Skip to main content

Full text of "King's American dispensatory"

See other formats 


il 


HtNRYK.WAMPOL£&CO.Umited 


KINC'S 

AMERICAN  DISPENSATORY 

BY 

HARVEY  WICKES   FELTER,  M.  D. 

ADJIMT    l'Ki>H>»liK    I'K    I  IlKMIMKY,  I'llAHMAl  Y,  AM)    ToXiCOI.i  K.  Y,  AX  J>    rKnKK.--soK  UF  AN  ATiiM  V,  IN 

THE   ECLECTIC   MEDICAL   IXSTITITE,  CIXCI.NXATI,  OHIO;   EDITOR  OF   IXICKE's  SYLLABUS 

OF   MATERIA    MEDICA    AND   TIIERAPECTICS;    E.X-I>RESH)EXT  OF   THE  OHIO 

STATR     Kc  I  !•(  Tli:     MKDTCAI.     ASSO<  I  ATi.  IV,    KTC.   KTI.,   XTC. 

AND 

JOHN    URI    LLOYD,  Phr  M.,  Ph.  D. 

TROFESSOR    OF    CHEMISTRY,    PHAIOIACY,  A.VD    TOXICOLOtiY,  IX    THE    ECLECTIC    MEDICAL    INSTITUTE, 

CIXCINNATI,OHIO;  FORMERLY  PROFESSOR  OP  CHEMISTRY  AXD  PHARMACY  IX  THE  CINCINNATI 

COLLEGE    OF   PHARMACY;    EX-PRESIDENT    OF    THE    AMERICAN     PHARMACEUTICAL 

association;   author  of  the  chemistry   of   medicines;    drugs   AXD 

MEDICINES    OF    NORTH     AMERICA;    A    STUDY    IN    PHARMACY; 

ETIDORHPA,    ETC.,  ETC.,   ET1\ 

ENTIRELY  REWRITTEX    AXE)    EXLAROED. 

NINETEENTH   EDITION.      THIRD  REVISION. 
IN  TWO  VOLUMES. 


VOL.  II. 


C  INC  INN. ATI: 

THE   OHIO   VALLEY   COMPANY, 

317—321    RACE   STREET. 

1905. 


AUTHORIZATION. 

Resolution  passed  by  the  National  Eclectic  Medical  Associa- 
tion at  the  annual  meeting,  in  Cleveland,  Ohio,  June  19, 1879 : 
Resolved,  That  this  Association  adopt  The  Americas  Dispensa- 
tory as  its  STANDARD  AfTHORITV. 

Alexander  Wilder,  M.  D.,  Secretary. 

'Authority  to  use  for  comment  the  Phannacopieia  of  llie  United 
States  of  Amerim  (18SX)) ,  Seventh  Decennial  Revision,  has  been 
granted  by  the  Committee  of  Revision  and  Publication." 

Authority  to  print  selections  from  the  Xational  Formulary,  has 
been  granted  by  the  Council  of  the  American  Pharmaceu- 
tical Association. 


COPYRIGHTS. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  18.>l.  by 
MOORE,  WILSTACH  &  KEYS, 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1859,  by 

>fOORE,  WILSTACH,  KEYS   &  CO. 

In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States, 

for  the  Southern  District  of  Ohio. 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1864,  by 

MOORE,  WILSTACH  &  BAf.DWIN, 

In  the  Cleric's  Office  of  the  Kistrict  Court  of  the  United  States. 

for  the  Southern  District  of  Ohio. 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  years  ISTOand  1880.  by 

WILSTACH.  BALDWIN   i  CO. 

In  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington 


Copyright,  1898.  by 
THE  OHIO  VALLEY  COMPANY. 


Copyright,  1900  by 
TIIE  OHIO  VALLEY   COMPANY. 


PHINTEO  AND  BOUND 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Fin.                                            SAME.                                                                                                                         SOIRCE.  PAGE. 

116.  Root  of  Alpinin  otticinaruui Fre<lerick  Stearns  &  Co.'s  Catalogue,  905 

117.  Gaultheria  procuinbene Standard  Dictionary  ( Funk  &  Wagnalls),  913 

118.  Gelsemiuin  sempervirens After  Millsjiaugh's  American  Medicinal  Plants,  917 

nil.  Rhizome  of  ( ielsemiuni  sempervirens V  rederick  Stearns  &  Co.'s  Catalogue,  918 

120.  Gentiana  lutea The  American  Cyclopedia  (I).  Appleton  &  Co.),  924 

121.  tierauium  maculatiun St^mdard  Dictionary  i  F.  &  VV.|,  928 

122.  Glvcvrrliiza  glabra Staiidiird  Hirtioiuirv  i  F.  &W.),  946 

123.  Gooiivera  pubescens .><t;ui.l:ir.l  Pirtioiuuv  i  F.  it  W.),  949 

124.  Punica  Granatum Stan.lui.I  I  >i(ti,.n;ny    F   &  W.),  953 

125.  lla-inatoxylon  campccbianum The  Aniciican  Cvrl.iii  i-.lia  i  |i".  A.  it  Co.),  972 

12<i.  llainameli^  virginiana Sian.hinl  I  lirliimary  i  F.  &  W.),  974 

127.  Iledfoma  pulegioides The  Anuiican  (  v(I..|ki  ,lia  (D.  A.  &  Co.),  977 

12n.   11,-dera  Helix ' St^n.hn.l  I>i.  ti.Miary  (F.  &  W.),  978 

12!i.  Holiaiithemum  cana<lense .•^lui.ln  1  Di  ti..nary  (F.  &W.),  980 

i:!0.  Uelleborus  niger v.    ,;   ,     l         .nary  (F.  &  W.),  982 

131.  Anemone  Hepatica m                      i  inary  (F.  &  W.),  985 

132.  Anemone  acutiloba Lloyd's  Drugs  an.  i     i n    i  .  -    i   North  America,  986 

133.  Hciichera  americana '. .■^laiuiai.i  1  n.lDnarv  ( F.  &  W.),  988 

134.  .K-mlns  Ilippocastanum The  American  Cycloptedia  ("D".  A.  &  Co.),  990 

i:;"..  llumulii-.  l.npuhis Standard  Dictionary  (  F.  it  W.),  998 

13(i.   I»riid  rliizoiiie  of  Hydrastis  canadensis Lloyd's  D.  and  JI.  of  N.  A.,  1020 

137.  Crystals  of  Berberiiie I  i..;.!-  1'   ;iiid  U.  of  X.  A.,  1022 

138.  Crystals  of  Hvdrastine i                   md  M.  of  X.  A.,  1024 

13'.i.  Hyoscyanius  niger The  Aun n.        i                 ia  i  D.  A.  it  Co.  I.  1033 

140.  Hypericum  perforatum -                  I          .nan- (  F.  &  \V.),  1038 

141.  Bean  of  .St.  Ignatius Frcl.  !         -i        !,.  Co.'s  Catalogue,  1043 

142.  Ili-xopaca -                <•     ;   nary  (F.  &  W.i.  1044 

143.  Iicxiilabra -i    :      i       1'.     i  .narv  iF.  &\V.l,  1045 

144.  Iiiipati.-n.=  pallida .-l.u. .:.....  Da  ii..nar\-  (F.  it  W.  i,  1047 

14")    Inipati.ns  lulya Suiidaid  Dictionary  (F.  &  W.),  1047 

14i;    Inula  il    I.  Ilium Frederick  .^tearns  it  Co.'s  Catalogue,  10.58 

147    Ci|ili,i.  lis  Ipecacuanha Frederick  Stearns  it  Co.'s  Catalogue,  1071 

14s.   Iris  tiureiitina Stan.lard  Dictionary  (  F.  it  W.),  1081 

I4!i.  Liaye.s  of  Jacaranda  procera Frederick  Stiai  iis  it  Co.'s  Catalogue,  1082 

loO.   IpoMUea  jalapa The  American  Cylnpadia  (I).  A.  &  Co.),  1084 

151.  Juglans  cinerea Standard  Dictionary  (F.  it  W.  I,  1089 

1.52.  Kaluiia  lalifolia The  American  Cydopjedia  ^ I).  A.  it  Co.i,  1093 

153.  Single  rtower  of  Kalmia  l&tifolia The  American  Cyclopedia  (  D.  .\.  &  Co.i,  1093 

1-54.  Sterculia  acuminata Stearns'  "  Kola,"  1100 

155.  Crystals  of  CatTeine Stearns' '"  Kola,"  1101 

1.56.  Arctium  Lappa Lilly's  Bulletin,  1118 

157.  Ijuandula  yera Standard  Dictionary  ( F.  &  W. ),  1 124 

15S.  Leonurus  Cardiaca Standard  Dictionarj-  (F.  it  W.l,  1125 

l-5'.<.  Chrysanthemum  Leucanthemum Standard  Dictionary  iF.itW.),  1130 

KM).  Ligiistrum  vulgare .^tamlard  1  lictinnarV  >  F.  it  W.  i,  11.32 

Itil.  Li.|uidanil)ar  styraciflua Siandar.l  l>i,;inriaiy    K.  itW.),  1148 

lt)2.  Litliospermum  canescens Standanl  Didinnaiv  iF.it  W.i,  1198 

Ki.3.  I^l«?lia  inflata Lloyd's  Drugs  and  Me.licines  of  North  America,  119i> 

164.  See.!  of  Lobelia  inHata LloVd's  Drugs  an.l  Medicines  of  North  America,  1199 

1C5.  Crystals  of  Inflatin Lloyd's  Drugs  and  Medicines  of  North  .\in«rica,  1201 

16(i.  Lv'copoilium  dayatum ". .  .The  .\merican  Cyclopsedia  i  D.  .V.  &  Co.i,  1211 

167.  ^farrubium  yulgare Standard  Dictionary  (  F.  it  W.i,  1241 

165.  M..iuha  pipirita Standard  Dictionary  (F.  &  \V.),  12.54 

16!i.  .Mentha  yiridis The  American  Cyclogiedia  (1).  A.  &  Co.),  1255 

170.  Crystals  of  Menthol . . .. Pharmacology  of  the  Newer  Mat.  Med.  (Parke,  Dayis  &  Co.),  1256 

171,  Mitchellarepens '. The  American  Cyclopiedia  (  D.  A.  &  Co.),  1273 

(iii) 


>IST  OF  ILLTSTRATIONS. 


174. 

Co 

175. 

M^ 

176. 

sti- 

177. 

Set 

178. 

Xv 

179. 

<Ki 

180. 

Xe 

181. 

Sh 

182. 

(iii 

1811 

Ol. 

184. 

i;i« 

Morns  nigra 

Myrii<tica  fragrans 

CouiTiiipliora  Myrrlia 

MyvtuK  communis 

yoliMO.'s  Xnx  vomica 

■il  of  StrviliMos  Xnx  vomica. 


i|nrlol 


SOIRCE. 

.standard  iJictionan'  i  F.  &  W. ), 

Stan.lar.l  DictionarV  i  F.  &  W.  |, 

StaiHlar.l  I>icti..n;.rV    F.&W.i, 

Standard  Hirtioiiarv  <F.  &W.,i, 

.The  .\merican  Cy<luip:.dia  ( D.  A.  &  Co.l, 

Frederick  .Stearns  &  Co.'s  Catalogue, 

.The  American  Cyclopedia  ( I».  A.  &  Co.), 

Standard  Dictionary  i  F.  &  \V. ), 

Standard  Dictionary  i  F.  &  W.), 

Frederick  Stearns  A  Co.'.s  Catalogue, 

Standard  Hictionarv  ,  F.  &  W.), 

.Standard  DictionarV  ■  F.  &  W.), 

.Tlie  American  Cyclopiedia  iD".  A.  &  Co.), 
.Tlie  American  Cydopa-dia  (D.  A.  &  Co.), 

Standard  Dictionarj'  i  F.  &  W.  i, 

.The  -American  Cydopsedia  i  li.  A.  &  Co.), 
.Tlie  American  Cvcloj)a-dia  i  D.  A.  &  Co.  >, 

Standaril  Dictionary  (  F.  &  W.), 

Standard  Dictionary  i  F.  &  W.  , 

Frederick  Stearns  c<c  Co.'s  Catalogue, 

Frederick  Stearns  &  Co.'s  Catalogue, 

Frederick  Stearns  &  Co.'s  Catalogue, 

Standard  Dictionary  i  F.  &  W.  i, 

Lilly's  Bulletin, 

Lilly's  Bulletin, 

Frederick  Stearns  &  Co.'s  Catalogue, 

Frederick  Stearns  &  Co.'s  Catalogue, 

Supplement  to  American  Disj>ensatory, 

Pharmacology  of  the  Newer  Mat.  Med.  (Parke,  Davis  &  Co.t, 


tigmavenenosniii 


.Aralia 
Passill 

IVntliiirniii  sedoid 
PhysDstigma  vene 
Calabar  bean ;  fruit  of  Pliy 

Phytolacca  deeandra 

Poke-root 

Poke-root  (section) 

Anandrta  paniculata 

Cocculns  indicus;  fruit  of  Anamirta  paniculata 

Leaf  of  Jaborandi. 

Piscidia  Erythrina 

Podophyllum  peltatum(with  rhizome  and  fruit). .Frederick  Stearns&  Co.'s  Catalogue 


Ptelea  trifoliata 

Anemone  Pulsatilla 

Pyrola  rotundifolia 

Picrrena  excelsa 

Ehamnus  cathartica 

Genuine  Cascara  sagrada 

Rhus  glabra 

Rhus  Toxicodendron 

Rosmarinus  officinalis 

Rnmex  Acetosa 

Rume.v  Acetosella 

Ruta  graveolens 

Salvia  officinalis 

Sambucus  canadensis 

Sanguinaria  canadensis 

Saponaria  officinalis 

Sarracenia  purpurea 

Honduras  sarsaparilla 

Mexican  sarsaparilla 

Smilax  sarsaparilla  root 

Bamboo  brier-root 

Sassafras  varii  folium 

Scroplnilaria  nodosa 

.«cutell:,ri;i  lii(<-nfiora 

Sciit.Hnia  vri-sii-olor 

Kodt  .ii    l'nl\  L.':ila  Senega 

.\ri>tol,.,liia  ^iTpentaria 

SilphiinH  laeiniatnm 

Hrassica  Mii.'ni 

Snlnine.  frum  Solanum  Carolinense, 


l>hisagria 


StiHin;;i;i,  section  of 

Datura  Stramonium 

Capsule  and  seed  of  Datura  Stramouium 

Nicotiana  Tabacum 

Tanncetum  vulgare , 

Taxus  baccata 

Thea  chinensis 


Tea  leaves . 


The  American  Cyclopedia  (D.  A.  &  Co, 

Frederick  Stearns  &  Co.'s  Catalogue, 

Standard  Dictionarj-  i  F.  &  AV.  i, 

The  American  Cyclopiedia  i  T).  \.  &  Co.  t, 

The  American  Cyclopedia  ( D.  A.  &  Co. ), 

Pharra.  of  the  Newer  Mat.  Med.  (  Parke,  Davis  iV;  Co. ), 

The  American  Cydopietlia  tD.  A.  *  Co.', 

Johnson's  Medical  Botany  (  Wm.  Woo^Is  &  Co.), 

Standard  Dictionary  ( F.  &  W. ), 

Standard  Dictionary  ( F  &  W.  t, 

Standard  I  Hctionary  i  F.  &  W. ), 

The  American  Cyclopaedia  i  D.  A.  &  Co.  I. 

Standa'rd  Dictionarv  i  F.  iV  W.i, 

The  American  Cvdnpadia    I>'.  A.  A  Co.l, 

Standard  I  >i,ti.  .narv  i  F.  A  W. ). 

Standard  1  'iitii'nary    F.  &  W. ), 

The  American  Cvcliipa>dia    D.  A.  A  Co.  i, 

: Lillvs  Bulletin. 

LillV's  Bulletin, 

Lillvs  Bulletin, 

Lillys  Bulletin, 

Standanl  l>ictionary  ( F.  &  W. ), 

Lloyd's  Drugs  and  Jledicines  of  North  America, 

." Supplement  to  American  Dispensatory, 

Supplement  to  .\merican  Disjiensatorv. 

The  American  Cvcloiuedia  i  D.  A.  A  Co.'i. 

Standard  Dictionarv    F.  »V:  W. ', 

Standanl  Di.tinnarV  ■  F.  iV  W. i. 

Standard  Dictinnary  (  F.  A:  W.i, 

Lloyd's  figure  in  .-Vnur.  .lour.  Pharni., 

The  American  Ivclopadia    D.  A.  iV  Co.). 

Standanl  Dic'tionary    F.  A-  W.  i. 

The  American  Cyclopedia    D.  .\.  A  Co.), 

Frederick  Stearns  iNc  Co.'s  Catalogue, 

Lilly's  Bulletin. 

Frederick  Stearns  A:  Co.'s  CataK>gue, 

Frederick  Stearns  A  Co.'s  Catalogue. 

The  .\merican  Cydona'dia  i  D.  A.  Ac  Co.), 

Standartl  Dictionary    F.  A  W. ), 

Standanl  Dictionary  (  F.  A:  W. ), 

Standard  Dictionary  i  F.  A  W.l, 


1295 
1298 
1301 
1313 
1314 
1318 
1319 
1326 
1347 
1369 
1375 
1.381 
1400 
14a5 
1424 
1424 
1429 
1441 
1442 
1463 
1466 
1471 
1471 
1471 
1476 
1476 
1479 
1510 
1528 
1586 
1589 
1610 
1614 
1653 
1654 
166-3 


lti86 
1705 
1707 
170S 
1724 


172tt 
1730 


1739 
1745 
1752 
1756 
1756 
ISOO 
1S06 
1809 
1S.U 
18:56 
1,*S36 
1S38 
183S 
I'XVS 
1913 
1915 


.Foo<l  and  Food  Adulterants  (U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Bull.  Xo.  13),  1928 


LIST  OF  ILIA-STRATIONS.  V 

Flli.  N.IMK.  801K(K.  I'Al.E. 

244.  Tlieoliroiua  Cacau Kwilerick  Sti-arus  A  C'o.'s  Catalogue,  1931 

245.  Thuja  occidentalis The  Aiiiori.aii  ("v,l..i);i(lia  ( D.  A.  &  Co.i,  19;U 

24(j.  Thvmus  vulgaris St;iii.lar.l  IHctioiiaiv  (F.  &\\'.),  1(140 

247.  Til'm  americana Sian.lar.l  I>i(tionary  (F.  &  W.I,  1940 

24.S.  Trillium  i-reituin The  .\uurii  an  Cv  ilopadia  ( 1).  A.  &  Co.  I,  1!»97 

249.  rstilairo  setfetuui The  Ainerican  C'vclo|He<lia  (D.  .\.  &  Co.),  20:!4 

2-50.  ArctostaphvloK  Iva  ursi Stamhml  I)ictionar>-  (F.  &  W.I,  2038 

251.  Vanilla  plahit..lia The  Ameriiaii  Cv.loi.ie.lia  ( P.  A   A  Co.),  2044 

252.  VeratnuM  allnini Staiidanl  DictiMnarv    I"  >ii  \V  ',  2049 

253.  Veratnim  \  iri.U' Fred.riik  St.anis  ^  ( '.  -  ( ■Mi:il.._i!r.  2051 

254.  Verbasniin  Tliapsus .■<tan.lanlI«irti..narN     I     ,v  W.i.  2055 

255  Visemu  Haveserns Stan.lar.l  lli.'ti.niaiy     V.  ,v  W,  .  20S0 

25(i.  Xantliiinliiza  ajiiifolia Lloyil's  Drugs  and  .Medieim-s  of  Ndrtli  Am. ma.  -Jiim, 

257.  Xantlinwluni  americauum .". .  .The  Ameriean  Cyclopwdia  (1).  .\.  >v  (  .i  -ns; 

255.  Xantlii.xyluiu  aniericanum  Icross-section) Lilly's  liull.iin,  ■Jll^^ 

259.  Xaiitli'ixvluni  CUiva-Hereulis  (cross-section) Killv's  Hiilh'tin.  Jii'-s 

260.  Ziimilur  I.tlicinale     Fretlerick  Stearns  it  Co.'s  Cataln^iie,  2109 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


Endeavor  lias!  b«?on  made  to  t-xteml  full  civdit  in  the  text  by  meane  of  abbreviations, 
t  of  which  are  self-explanatory.     The  followinj;  selective  list  may  assist  some  readers: 

.1. ./.  /'.,  American  Jonrnal  of  I'harniacy. 

A.  P.  A.,  American  I'harmaccntical  Association. 

A.  J'.  A.  J'liH-.,  American  I'liarmaccutical  Association  Proceediugs. 
Am.  Horn.  I'hitrm.,  American  Homa-opathic  Pharniacopceia. 
Aiiier.  Ifoiii.,  American  Honueojiathist. 

Aiiifr.  Mill.  I'Uiiitf,  Millspaugh's  American  Medicinal  Plant!;. 

Ann.  lit-  r/ii'm.  el  I'hurm.,  Annales  de  Chimie  et  de  Pharmacie. 

Ann.  ilrr  i'heiii.  iiiiil  I'liiirm.,  Annalen  der  Cheunc  und  Pharmacie  (Liebig's  Annalen). 

Arch,  ilir  I'hiiiiti..  .Vrchiv  der  Pharmacie. 

Attjitlil,  Alttiel'l's  Chemistry. 

.li'.,  Avoirdupois. 

B..  BigelowV  Ve!n-tal)l.-  Materia  Miilica  and  American  Medical  Botany. 

B.  A.  A.  S.,  British  Asi^nciaticn  Ut  the  Advaiuiiiiciit  of  .<cicnce. 
Bur.,  Barton's  \'e};etal>lc  Mat.ria  Mcdica  ol  the  United  States. 

B(r.  ,1.  ,1.  ri„m.  <;,.<..  Berichic  der  I  icut.'^.lun  Cluniiscluii  Gesellschaft. 

Bill.  Beij.,  Botanical  Kegister. 

Br.,  British  Pharmacop.eia. 

Br.  I'hur.,  British  I'liarmacopa-ia. 

Biichntr'.t  liiji..  lUichncr's  Repcrtorium  fiir  die  Pharmacie. 

BiK-lin,r's  .\r,i,.t  J!,j„rl.,  Huchiier's  Xeues  Kcpertiirium  liir  Pharmacie. 

C.  t'liristisfin's  Pi.-^pensatory. 
°C.,  Degree  Centigrade. 

Cc,  Cubic  Centimeter. 
Cm..  Centimeter. 

Clum.  I'nilriilhl.,  Chemisches  Centralblatt. 
Chill.  Xltj.,  Chemiker  Zi'itung. 
CMeiilz,  Ccjblentz's  Newer  Kemedies. 

Com.  Did.  (if  Iiuirijiiim-  Sulahililiix,  \.  .M.  Comcy,  Oictinnary  of  Inorganic  Solubilities,  1896. 
Coiiijil.  Benil.,  Comptes  Hendus. 
Co.r(,  Coxe's  Dispensatory. 

/>  ,  David  Don.  I.inn.ian  Transactions  ami  Philosophical  Magazine. 
I>.  mill  M.  Ill  S.  .1..  l.lovrl's  Drugs  and  Medicines  ot  North  America. 
Dill...  Dublin  PlianiKiic'.iueia. 

Diiniiik.  Dymocks  \". -itable  Materia  Medica  of  Western  India: 

E.  <l-  r  .  Kdwarcls  ami  \'ava.sseur,  Manual  of  Materia  Medica,  tr.  bv  Tongo  and  Durand. 
AW..  Kdinburgh  Disi..n,s.torv. 
Ell.  M,,l.  .hiiir..  Kdinburgh   .Medical  Journal. 
Ell.  IhiiH-iiii,  Dniiran's  Kdiidjurgh  Dispensatory,  l.SW. 
Ell.  E.  .V. ./..  Kditorial,  Kclectic  Medical  Journal. 
°F.,  Degree  Kabrenheit. 
/'.  Siilr.,  .Michaux"s  North  American  Sylva. 
Full':,  Dr.  Kent  <).  Foltz  in  Webster's  Dynamical  Therapeutics. 
G.,  (irav's  Botanv  of  the  Northern  States. 
''.'//I.,  (iramnie. 
<!i  II  .  ( lenesis  i  Bible). 
';. /.  /'/.'i,/ii. .  (icrinan  Pharmacopoeia. 
/'/'//..  Imperial  measure. 

.lahr...!,.  ,1,  r  I'liiuiii.,  Jabreslx-riclit  der  Pharmacie. 

.Inn,-.  'I.  rliini.  Mill.,  Journal  de  Chimie  Medicale  ile  Pharmacie  et  de  Toxicologie. 
.hill,.  .1.  l-h.uu,..  Journal  de  Pharmacie  et  ile  Chimie. 
A"..  Prol.  John  King.  .M.  D. 
/...  Lin.lU  ys  .M.dical  Flora. 

I.iili.  .liiiinl.,  I.iebig's  Annalen  (Ann.  il.  Cliem.  and  I'harm.i. 
Urb,  l,o<k.'s  Syllabus  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics.     By  Felter. 
IajiiiI.,  London  Pharmaco]><eia. 
lAtnil.  Din/i..  Thomson's  London  Dispensittory. 
.l/<i».  o/  Bill.,  Katon's  Manual  of  Botanv. 

(vii) 


ABBREVIATIOXS. 

.lAi/.  .!/«/.  U'l'^leni  Tiidid,  Dymock's  Vegetable  Materia  Medica  of  Western  India 

Mall.,  Mattlicw  (Bible). 

M.'l.  FIih;:.  ilalinesque's  Medical  Flora. 

Ml, I..  MilliiiMti-r. 

i\'.  /•'.,  National  Formulary. 

Nal.  Form.,  National  Formulary. 

Nat.  Ord.,  Natural  Order. 

P.,  Pareira's  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics. 

P.  J.  Tr.,  Pharmaceutical  .Journal  and  Transactions  (British). 

P.  J.  Proc,  Pharmaceutical  Journal  and  Proceedings. 

Par.  Cod.,  Parisian  Codex. 

Pharm.  1880,  United  States  Pharniacopceia  of  1880. 

Pharm.  Ceiitmlh.,  Pharniaceutische  Centralhalle. 

Pliarm.  fiidia.  Pharmacopoeia  of  India. 

Pharm.  Jour.,  PharmaceuticalJournal  and  Transactions  (British). 

Phil,  rnnin..  Philosophical  Transactions. 

S.,  Kaliii.s.|ih--s  Mrdical  Flora. 

Ji.  A-  S..  l;.,~,  M.   :iu,l  Srhorlemmcr's  Treatise  on  Chemistry. 

Spec.  Jh'i'i..  -.  Hi M.r'~. ■Specific  Diagnosis. 

Spt'c.  M-il..  >i  ii'Mi  1  >  Specific  Medication. 

Si/Uah.  of  Mat.  Med..  Locke's  Syllabus  of  Eclectic  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics. 

By  Felter. 
Syha,  Michaux's  North  American  Sylva. 

T.,  Thomson's  Chemistry  of  Organic  Bodies  and  Inorganic  Chemistry. 
T.  S.,  Pharmacopoeial  Test  Solution. 
Taylor,  Taylor's  .Medical  Jurisprudence. 
U.  S.,  United  States. 
U.  S.  P    Uiiitf^'f  ^ttiti-s  Pharmacopoeia. 
F.  >S'.,  I'l  1 1  Volumetric  Solution. 

Var.,^.u  ■  ■ 

W.,y\' 1  -  «  U"  l;  -k  of  Botany. 

Webster,  \\  ibster  s  I  >ynamical  Therapeutics. 

TT'^iH.,Wittstein's  Practical  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry  and  Wittstein's  Organic  Constituents 

of  Plants. 
Wo.,  Woodyille's  Medical  Botany. 


Fig.  116. 


GALAN6A.— GALAKOAL. 

The  rhizome  of  Alpini'a  offirinannn,  Haucf. 

Nat.  Ord. — Scitaminejv  (Ziugiberucea). 

Common  Namks  :    Colic  root,  Eat<t  J»dia  root,  Galangal. 

Ii.LCSTKATiox  :    Bentlev  and  Trinien,  Med.  PlmUti,  271. 

Botanical  Source  and  iHistory.— The  plant  that  yields  galangal  was  descriijed 
liy  Mr.  II.  F.  llame,  in  the  .Inimul  of  the  Liniunn  Socuttj  (1871).  The  plant  wa? 
■  >i>i.iiiud  froiii  Hainan,  an  island  diri'otly  south  of  China,  but  p.     ^^g 

it  al.-;o  doubtless  grows  on  the  adjacent  mainland,  as  the  root 
is  largely  exported  from  Shanghai  and  other  Cliina  ports. 
The  galangal  of  commerce  is  known  as  I^'sgergahngal;  another 
variety  known  as  Greater  galangal,  is  rarely  found  in  the  mar- 
ket. It  is  the  product  of  Alphua  Galanga,  Willdenow,  {Ma- 
.■fintn  Galanga,  Linne),  and  grows  in  Java.  The  name  _^alangal 
is  paid  to  be  derived  from  the  Arabic  A'^anAuyVni,  which,  in 
turn,  is  perhaps  the  perversion  of  a  Chine.se  word,  signifying 
mild  ginger.  Galangal  has  long  been  an  article  of  commerce 
with  the  Eastern  nations,  and  has  been  known  in  Northern „  ,,,,,,  _  . 
Europe  since  the  twelfth  century  (Hancc).  The  stem  is  from  Koot<"^'P'"i»officmanm. 
:!  to  4  feet  high,  erect,  and  bears  a  close  resemblance  to  the  common  cultivated 
canna,  or  shot  plant.  The  parallel-veined  leaf  blades  are  about  a  foot  long,  2  to  4 
inches  wide,  smooth,  entire,  and  sharply  acuminate.  They  are  attached  at  the 
base  to  a  scarious,  margined  sheath,  which  clasps  the  stem.  The  flowers  are  borne 
in  a  terminal  dense  spike;  they  consist  of  a  short,  tubular,  superior  cah-x,a  white 
corolla,  with  3  lobes,  a  large  ovate  labellum  marked  with  red  veins,  a  single  anther- 
hearing  stamen,  and  a  pistil  with  an  inferior  ovarv  and  a  slender  stvle  (Bentley 
and  Trimen,  Mrd.  Plaut^). 

Description. — The  rhizome,  as  found  in  market,  is  in  sections  of  from  1 
inch  to  4  inch>'.s  in  length,  and  of  a  reddish-brown  color,  as  though  covered  with 
rust.  The  cut  ends  are  usually  rounding,  while  the  edges  expand  outwardly  and 
turn  back.  Each  fr:igment  has,  generally,  one  or  more  short  branches,  and  it  is 
evident  that  the  roots  are  taken  from  the  ground  in  masses,  and  chopped  into 
pieces.  Encircling  themat  intervals  of  from  ^  to  ^  inch  apart,  are  corrugated  rings 
of  a  light  color  consisting  of  adhering  bases  of  leaf  sheatns.  The  roots  are  stout, 
and  break  with  a  granular  fracture  presenting  a  brownish-gray  color,  interspersed 
throughout  which  are  small  ligneous  fibers.  These  fibers  project  a  short  distance 
beyond  one  surface  of  the  root,  thus  leaving  depressions  on  the  opposite  side, 
resembling  pin-holes;  the  center  of  the  root,  for  about  one-fourth  to  one-third  of 
its  diameter,  consists  of  a  bundle  of  these  fibers.  Galangal  reminds  us  of  ginger, 
and  imparts  a  pungent  taste  and  an  ai'nmatic  odor,  very  similar  to  that  article. 
In  this  country,  galangal  has  not  come  into  use  among  physicians,  but  has  been 
sold  extensively  by  street-corner  venders  under  such  names  as  "colic  root,"  "the 
wonderful  East  India  root," etc.,  and  was  asserted  by  them  to  be  a  certain  cure  for 
toothache,  headaclie,  cti-. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  constituents  of  galangal  are  similar  to  those  of 
ginger.  A  volatile  oil  is  obtained  by  distilling  the  root  with  water,  which  ]>os- 
."essi-i  a  camphoraceous  smi-ll  resembling  that  of  cajcput  oil.  This  is  due,  accord- 
ing to  Scliimmel  &  Co.  (1890),  to  the  presence  of  appreciable  amounts  of  cineol. 
It  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  is  lighter  than  water.  A  soft  resin,  having  a  pungent 
tast<',  is  extracted  by  ether,  and  also  a  peculiar,  crystalline  substance,  naniefl  by 
Brand-3  (^].8:i^),hTmpfrrid.  Jahns  (IS.SI)  differentiated  the  k;empferid  of  Brandes 
into  thr-e  cmpounils,  all  forming  yellow  crystals,  viz.,  Avrj/ip/fVfW  (r„H,.,0,),  fus- 
ing at  2J2°  C.  (431.6°  F.i,  almost  insoluble  in  water,  and  solublewilh  difficulty 
in  al.oh..l ;  gnlnnghi  (C„H,A).  fusing  at  214°  C.  (417.2°  F.\  soluble  in  34  parts  of 
absolute  and  68  parts  of  90  per  cent  alcohol;  and  alpinin  (C,,H,,0,\  fusing  at 
173°C.  (34:i.4°F.). 

K.emjiferid,  by  oxidation  with  nitric  acid,  forms  anisic  arid  (C,H,[0CH,1 
COOH),  oxalic  acid  and  other  products.  Gnlangin  similarly  yields  i>enzoic  ana 
oxalic  acids  {Aimr.Jour.  Pharm.,lS82,  p.  288).     Kostanecki  and  Harry  M.  Gordin 


906  GALBANUM. 

(^Dissert.,  1897),  showed  Icsempferid  to  be  a  flavonol  derivative  and  established  its 
exact  graijhic  formula.  Probably  galangin  is  similarly  constituted.  Thresh 
(Pharm.  Jour.  Trnns.,  Vol.  XV.,  1884,  p.  234),  announced  the  presence  of  a  pun- 
gent principle,  which  he  designaied  galangol,  and  gave  tlie  tabulated  result.--  of  a 
complete  analysis  of  the  root,wliich  shows  as  much  as  23.7  per  cent  of  starch. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Galangal  is  a  stimulating  aromatic, 
and  has  been  successfully  employed  to  aid  the  digestive  process,  preventing  fer- 
mentation and  removing/((^ws.  It  will  be  found  especially  useful  in  some  forms 
of  dyspepda,  preventing  vomiting  or  sickness  of  the  stomacli,  and  facilitating 
digestion.  It  may  be  used  in  all  cases  in  wliich  a  stimulating  aromatic  is  indi- 
cated. It  has  some  reputation  as  a  remedy  for  periveal  relnration  with  hemorrhoids, 
and  for  a  lax  and  pendulous  abdomen.  Its  best  form  of  administration  is  in  tinc- 
ture, the  dose  of  which  is  from  ^  to  1  fluid  drachm.  The  powder  may  be  given 
in  doses  of  15  to  20  grains;  from  80  to  60  grains  may  be  given  in  infusion.  It 
is  rarely  prescribed  at  the  present  day. 

GALBANUM.— GALBANTJM. 

The  gum-resin  of  Ferula  galhaniflua,  Boissier  and  Buhse;  Ferula  ruhricaulis, 
Boissier;  and  probably  from  other  related  species. 

Nat.  Ord. — Umbelliferse. 

Synonym:    Gummi-resina  galbanum. 

Illustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  128. 

Botanical  Source. — Ferula  galhaniflua  is  a  north  Persian  plant  having  a  solid, 
tall  stem  about  4  or  5  feet  high.  The  leaves  are  grayish-tomentose,  the  radical 
ones  being  triangular  in  outline,  and  decompound-pinnate,  pinnatifid,  the  sec- 
tions being  linear-obtuse.  The  radical  leaves  are  large  and  the  stem  leaves  small. 
The  fruit  is  thin  and  flat,  winged  near  the  face,  has  slender,  prominent  ribs,  and 
in  the  grooves  presents  single  oil-tubes.  Sometimes  two  narrow  tubes  are  pres- 
ent.    The  commissure  has  no  tubes. 

Ferula  rubricaidis  is  a  south  Persian  plant,  probably  growing  to  some  extent 
in  northern  Persia  also.  It  has  been  classed  with  the  preceding  by  some  botanists, 
while  others  accord  to  it  a  separate  place.  It  differs  chiefly  in  the  greater  width 
of  the  leaf  segments,  and  in  having  more  numerous  and  narrower  oil-tubes. 

History  and  Description. — The  plant  from  which  the  gum-resin  O'dbanum 
is  obtained,  is  not  definitely  known.  The  Britii-hPharmmojKiia  (1898)  mentions 
the  above-named  species  and  refers  to  the  probability  of  other  species  of  Ferula 
yielding  it.  That  the  Ferula  galhaniflua  is  believed  to  yield  it  is  due  to  the  state- 
ment of  F.  A.  Buhse,  a  German  resident  of  Persia,  w  ho  relates  that  in  1848  (see 
Fliickiger,  1S91),  he  was  informed  that  the  product  spontaneously  exudes  from 
the  plant  in  question,  and  was  told  by  the  natives  that  it  was  the  source  of  gal- 
banum. Galbanum  is  imported  from  the  Levant,  and  from  India  in  cases  and 
chests.  It  is  generally  met  with  in  lumps,  consisting  of  large,  irregular  masses 
of  a  brownish  or  dark-brownish  color,  and  composed  of  agglutinated  tears,  some 
few  of  which,  when  broken,  are  somewhat  translucent ;  they  have  a  waxy  density, 
but  become  soft  and  sticky  at  a  temperature  of  3-5°  to  37.7°  C.  (95°  to  100°  F.  \are 
not  pulverizable  unless  in  very  cold  weather,  have  a  strong,  unpleasant  odor,  and 
a  hot,  somewhat  acritl,  and  amarous  ta"5te.  Occasionally,  galbanum  is  met  with 
in  the  form  of  oval,  globular,  or  irregular  tears.  On  account  of  the  impurities  it 
contains,  it  should  be  melted  and  strained  previous  to  employing  it.  When  the 
color  of  galbanum  is  dark-brown  or  blackish,  and  when  it  contains  an  admix- 
ture of  sand,  straw,  chiiis  of  wood,  and  other  foreign  matters,  the  article  should 
be  rejected  as  being  inferior.  The  specific  gravity  of  galbanum  is  1.212.  Gal- 
banum is  partially  dissolved  by  water,  vinegar,  or  wine,  forming  therewith  an 
emulsion.  Alcohol  dissolves  about  three-fifths  of  it,  the  residue  being  gum  and 
impurities.     Diluted  alcohol  is  its  best  solvent. 

Chemical  Composition.— According  to  Pelletier,  galbanum  contains  6  per 
cent  volatile  oil,  (17  per  cent  resin,  19  per  cent  gum,  ami  8  per  cent  foreign  matter 
(11.  and  II.).  The  vo!,,iile  oil  consists  mainly  of  a  hydrocarbon  of  the  terj>ene 
series,  C,„H,(.    According  to  Mossmer  its  boiling  point  is  lietwecii  l(iO°and  16.5°C 


GAI.HANTM.  907 

y'620°  and  329°  F.)-  It  is  dextro-rotatory,  colorless,  has  a  specific  gravity  of  0.S84, 
and  forms  crystals  with  gaseous  hydrochloric  aciil.  I'rohably  other  hydrocarbons 
are  also  present.  The  yellow-brown  imin  of  galbanuni  may  be  obtained  (Fliicki- 
ger,  P/iannarogiwsic,  1S91,  p.  (>")  1,  by  extractin;^  galbanuni  with  alcohul  and  dis- 
tilling off  the  solvent.  The  residual  resin  is  also  soluble  in  carbon  disulphide  in 
commercial  but  not  quite  in  absolute  ether,  and  in  caustic  soda.  Upon  destruc- 
tive distillation  galbauum  resin  yields  an  aqueous  fraction  containing  fatty 
acids,  and  a  thick  blue  oil  of  the  composition  C',uH,„0,  or  more  probably  C',„I1.^(), 
after  reiuQving  therefrom  a  hydrocarbon  t',„II„  ( Kachler,  1871).  The  blue  oil 
boils  at  JBF  C.  (oo2.2°  F.  ),  and  'holds  in  solution  or  suspension  a  crystalline  body 
which  Sommer  (1859)  named  ximbelliferon.  This  substance  is  a  "common  con- 
stituent of  the  products  of  the  dry  distillation  of  such  gum-resins  as  asatoetida, 
sagapenum  and  opopanax,  and  those  derived  from  Impcratoria  Ostruthium,  Angelica 
Arrhangdica,  etc., all  being  umbelliferous  plants,  hence  the  name.  An  occurrence 
exceptional  to  this  rule  was  observed  in  the  non-umbelliferous  plant,  Daphne 
Mezciruiii  (Zwenger,  1854). 

Umbelliferon  may  be  abstracted  from  the  blue  oil  by  means  of  boiling  water, 
or  by  slightly  alkaline  water.  It  may  also  be  obtained  from  galbanum  resin 
direct  by  heating  it  with  hydrocliloVic  acid  to  10U°  C.  (212"  F.),  abstracting 
with  chloroform  and  evaporating  the  solvent.  Umbelliferon  (V.jllfi,i,  is  closely 
related  to  couinarin,  being  pura-oxi/rouinarin.  It  is  hardly  soluble  in  cold,  soluble 
in  100  parts  of  boiling  water,  little  soluble  in  ether,  soluble  in  alcohol.  It  melts 
at  224°  C.  (435.2°  F.),  developing  therebj'  an  aromatic  smell.  In  aqueous  solution 
it  exhibits  a  bluish  fluorescence  markedly  increased  by  alkalies.  Its  solution  in 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  is  likewise  beautifully  fluorescent.  When  boiled 
with  caustic  potash  umbelliferon  is  decomposed  into  nsorcin  (^meta-dwxy-henzene) 
(CJT,[OH]j),  and  formic  and  carbonic  acids.  Resnnin  is  likewise  formed  when 
galbanum  resin  is  fused  with  caustic  potash,  and  was  discovered  by  this  reaction 
in  1866,  by  Illasiwetz  and  Bartli.  It  enters  into  the  composition  of  many  dye- 
stuffs,  especially  fluoresceine  (which  see),  and  has  been  produced  since  on  the 
manufacturing  scale.  When  boiled  with  nitric  acid,  galbanum  resin  yields  ^n- 
nitrore--<orcin  or  stij/)hnic  arid  (C'gH[NO,,],[OHl).  Galbanum  gum  may  be  obtained 
by  exhausting  the  drug  with  alcohol,  and  extracting  the  residue  with  water. 
T'lie  a(iueous  solution  is  optically  inactive  (Hirschsohn),  and  is  precipitated  by 
basic,  but  not  by  neutral  acetate  of  lead. 

A  distinctive  test  for  galbanum  is  as  follows:  Extract  its  resin  by  means  of 
carbon  disulphide,  dissolve  it  in  alc<ihol,  and  gently  warm  with  hydrochloric  acid 
ofsp.gr.  1.15.  The  mixture  then  assumes  a  beautiful  blue  color  which  is  evanes- 
cent. Galbanum  resin,  when  in  prolonged  contact  (for  several  hours)  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  of  sp.  gr.  1.12  or  higher,  imparts  to  the  latter,  especially  upon  warm- 
ing, a  beautiful  red  color  (Fliickiger,  Plt<irmaro<ino-^ie,  1891). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  effects  of  galbanum  are  similar 
to  those  of  a.safcoetida  and  ammoniac,  being  weaker  than  the  former,  but  stronger 
than  the  latter.  Upon  the  unbroken  skin  it  produces  papules,  while  it  causes 
ulceration  if  the  skin  be  broken.  It  controls  excessive  catarrhal  discharqcs,  and 
causis  some  arterial  tension  and  cerebral  fullness.  It  has  been  used  in  hi/steria, 
chronic  rheumatism,  siipprcsKcd  vicnstruation,  Iciicorrhcea  and  chronic  viucous  affections 
of  the  air  jiossagcs;  and  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  10  grains  to  A  drachm,  in 
pill  form,  or  in  emulsion.  Externally,  a  plaster  is  sometimes  employed,  as  a  mild 
stimulant  and  resolvent  to  indolent  tumors;  and  the  tincture  has  been  efficient  in 
scrofulous  ophthalmia,  or  irritability  or  iceakness  of  the  eyes. 

Related  Oum-resins  and  Drugs.— Sagapenum  (or.Sfro/j/num  of  mediseval  times).  Sapa- 
penuiii  is  iini>ortf.l  fnnu  tlu-  Levant.  It  is  the  eolidified  juice  of  au  unknown  plant,  prol> 
al)l  V  a  ]■'>  rulii,  of  I'ersian  origin.  It  w  (■()iiii)U)nlv  in  tears  aj-'Klutinatcil  tot;etlier,  iif  a  brownlsh- 
j-eiiow  ci>lf.r,  a  liot  and  bitti-r  taste,  often  alliaceous  odor,  softens  between  the  fingers,  is  spar- 
ingly Boluhle  in  water,  not  completely  poUihlo  in  alcohol,  and  wlun  <listilled  with  water  it 
yields  a  pale-yellow,  v.ry  fluid  volatile  oil.ht-'htiT  than  water,  of  a  stronir,  alliaceous  smell,  and 
a  bitter,  acrid  taste,  it  is  readily  Bfihible  in  ether  and  alcohol,  and  is  spc-edily  changed  to  a 
transparent  resin  on  exposure  to  the  air.  .Vceordiiig  to  Hager  ( Ihinllnirh  der  Plwrm.  Prajrit, 
\HH6<,  eagapenum  consiats  of  about  50  jxr  cent  resin,  30  pi-r  cent  gun\,  5  to  10  per  cent  volatile 
oil,  and  5  to  8  per  cent  impurities.  Fliickiger  (  Pharinacograpliia),iit»Un  that  sagapenum  rnn- 
tains  t(;nW/(7V>ro;i  l)ut  no  sulphur,  and  that  it  is  remarkable  for  the  jiermancnt,  intense  bbie 


908  GALEGA. 

color  it  aeeumes  in  the  cold  when  a  very  small  piece  is  placed  in  hydrochloric  acid  (density 
1.13).  Sagapenum  possesses  medicinal  properties  similar  to  ammoniac  and  asafoetida ;  but  is 
not  BO  powerful  as  the  last  of  these.  It  is  sometimes  added  to  discutient  plasters  as  a  stimu- 
lating iugredient.    The  dose  is  from  10  grains  to  i  drachm. 

Oi'OPANAX. — The  gum-resin  of  Opopanax  Chimnium,  Koch  (Paslirutca  OpopanuJ-,  Linai). 
Nat.  Oed.— Umbellifurae.  This  plant,  called  Bouah  parsnip,  is  indigenous  to  the  south  of  Europe. 
On  wounding  the  stalk-base,  or  the  root,  a  yellowish  lactescent  juice  exudes  and  concretes. 
This  is  opopanax.  The  best  grade  is  that  which  occurs  in  irregularly  angular  pieces,  or  sub- 
globular  tears,  varying  in  size,  and  of  a  reddish  or  yellowish  brown  color,  i  t  readily  fractures, 
displaying  a  waxy  interior,  and  often  e.xliibita  imbedded  fragments  of  vegetable  tissues.  Its 
odor  is  strong  and  disagreeiiM'-,  and  its  taste  acrid,  bitter  and  balsamic.  AVhen  warmed  it 
becomes  soft,  exhaling  an  oimn-likf  ol  t.  It  burns  with  a  bright,  non-sooty  flaiue.  The 
poorer  qualities  are  not  so  biti'-r  as  g' "  >d  oijopanax,  and  come  in  masses  larger  than  a  walnut. 
A  specimen  of  false  opopanax  has  been  observed  in  commerce  by  J.  H.  JIarais  (see  ^1/iier. 
Jour.  Fharm.,  1875,  p.  39),  consisting  entirely  of  gum  mj-rrh,  which  it  resembles  in  appearance. 
Myrrh  changes  to  a  rose  color  v  ith  the  vapors  of  nitric  acid,  while  gum  opopanax  is  not  altered 
by  the  same  treatment.  It  forms  a  yellow  emulsion  with  water.  Besides  vegetable  impuri- 
ties it  contains  starch  (4.2  per  cent),  wax,  volatile  oil,  resin  (42  per  cent  i,  and  gum  (3:5.4  per 
cent  (Pelletier,  JJull.  de  Pharm.,  1812,  p.  51).  It  is  seldom  used  in  medicine  now,  but  in  olden 
times  was  one  of  the  gum-resins  thought  to  be  applicable  to  almost  all  ills,  hence  the  name 
opopanax,  meaning  the  "  all-healing  juice."  In  later  times  it  was  used  in  plasters,  and  inter- 
nally in  bruiirhiiis  with  abundant  expectoration,  asthnui,  hysteria,  hypochondriasis,  arutnorrhaa, 
etc.     Dose,  from  15  to  30  grains. 

Iltruiaria  glabra. — .\bout  1885  a  demand  was  made  in  this  city  for  Hemiaria  glabra,  the 
drug  being  introduced  by  a  specialist  for  whom  the  writer  procured  a  supply  in  England. 
The  remedy  is  still  employed  by  physiciims,  several  claiming  to  derive  good  results  from  the 
fluid  extract.  This  is  a  very  old  remedy,  popular  with  the  early  herbalists  of  England.  Iler- 
niarinc,t\xe  erystallizable  body  obtained  from  this  plant  has  been  shown  to  be  melhyl-umM- 
liferon  (CioHsOa ).  Faronychine,  an  alkaloid,  has  been  found  in  small  amounts  in  the  plant  by 
Schneegans  {Amer.Jour.  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  488).  About  the  only  use  the  plant  now  has  is  in 
catarrhal  affections  of  the  bladder.  J.  H.  Schroder  (1693)  and  Samuel  Dale  {PharmacoltHjin,  7th 
ed.,  1751)  refer  to  the  plant  as  being  principally  employed  to  cure  hernia  (hence  its  name)  and 
to  increase  the  flow  of^  urine.  It  was  also  said  to  increase  the  flow  of  bile,  and  was  employed 
for  the  cure  of  jaundice  and  excess  of  mucus  in  the  stomach  ( probably  gastric  catarrh  i.  Inter- 
nally and  externally  it  was  praised  in  snake-bites,  and  the  powdered  plant  was  employed  to  kill 
maggots  upon  unhealthy  sores  of  horses.  It  was  reputed  to  "crush  "  and  expel  calcidi  from 
the  kidneys  and  bladder,  assisting  in  their  expulsion  by  carrj-ing  with  them  an  enveloping 
coating  of  "mucus.  Its  general  properties  were  said  to  be  cooling  and  drying,  and  the  plant 
was  popularly  known  as  Breast  wort  and  Knot  weed. 

GALEGA.— GOATS  RUE. 

The  herb  of  Galega  officinalis,  Linne. 

Nat.  Orel. — Leguminosa?. 

Common  Name:   Gont'.^  rue. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — This  is  an  herbaceous  plant,  native  of  south- 
ern Enio])e.  It  has  an  eiett,  perennial,  glabrous  stem,  about  3  feet  high,  and  is 
found  growing  mostly  in  sandy  soil.  Tiie  leaves  are  alternate,  oddly  pinnate,  and 
furnished  at  the  bas^e  with  lanceolate  stipules.  The  leaflets  are  smooth,  lanceo- 
late, and  terminate  in  a  mucronate  point.  The  flowers  appear  in  June  and  July, 
are  blue,  and  borne  in  loose,  axillary  racemes  longer  than  the  leaves.  The  calyx 
has  5  narrow,  equal  lobes.  Tlie  corolla  is  papilionaceous  with  an  obtuse  keel. 
The  stamens  are  united  in  one  set ;  the  filament  of  the  tenth,  however,  is  distinct 
for  about  one-half  its  length.  The  fruit  is  a  dry,  round,  smooth,  many-seeded 
legume. 

Tcjihrosia  virginiana,  Persoon  (see  Tephro»ia),  a.  plant  formerly  referred  to  the 
genus  Galega,  is  a  native  of  the  United  States,  and  the  root,  which  is  slender  and 
very  tough,  is  reinited  to  be  an  anthelmintic.  We  can  not  find  that  either  of 
the  aforenanii'd  plants  have  been  examined  chemically. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Galega  has  a  disagreeably  bitter  taste, 
and  upcin  being  chewed,  imparts  a  dark-yellowish  color  to  the  Riliva.  Various 
properties  were  attributed  to  it  in  fornicr  times,  in  which  it  was  considerably 
emi>lo\  t(l  as  a  vermifuge,  as  a  stiimilant  to  the  nervous  system,  as  a  diuretic  and 
tonic  in  ti/phnid  cDtulitimu,  and  is  also  stated  to  have  been  of  service  in  the  plague, 
as  well  as  to  stimulate  the  lactiferous  vessels  to  an  increased  secretion  during  tlie 
period  of  lactation.     It  is  seldom,  if  ever,  prescribed  in  practice. 


GALIUM.  909 

GALIUM.— CL£AVEBS. 

The  herb  of  Galium  aparine.  Limit,  and  other  species  of  Galium. 

Nat.  l)rd. — Rubiaccae. 

Common   Namks:    Cleavers,  Goosf-grass,  Catch-weed,  Bedstratv,  etc. 

Botanical  Source. —  Gnlium  aparine  is  an  annual,  succulent  plant,  with  a 
weak,  procumbent,  quadrangular,  retrorsely-prickled  stem,  which  grows  from 
2  to  G  feet  long,  and  is  hairy  at  the  joints.  The  leaves  are  1  or  2  inches  in  length, 
2  or  3  lines  in  width,  verticillate  in  sixes,  sevens,  or  eights;  linear-oblanceolate, 
nearly  sessile,  mucronate,  tapering  to  the  base,  and  rough  on  the  margins  and 
mid  vein  ;  the  peduncles  are  axillary  and  1  or  2-flowered  ;  the  flowers  white,  small, 
numerous  and  scattered.  Calyx  4-toothed,  corolla  rotate  and  4-parted,  stamens  4 
and  short,  st  vKs  2.    The  fruit  is  large  and  bristly,  with  hooked  prickles  (  \V. — G.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant  is  common 
to  Europe  and  the  I'nited  States,  growing  in  cultivated  grounds,  moist  thickets, 
and  along  banks  of  rivers,  and  flowering  from  June  to  September.  Its  root  con- 
sists of  a  few  hair-like  fibers,  of  a  reddish  color.  There  are  several  sjiecies  of 
Galium,  all  of  which  possess  similar  medicinal  virtues,  as  Galium  us^pniluif),  Mi- 
chaux,  Rouijh  or  Pointed  cleavers,  which  difi'ers  from  the  above  in  having  its  leaves 
in  whorls  of  4  or  6,  and  smaller,  its  fruit  smooth,  its  stem  less  in  length,  and  is 
perennial;  Galium  vcrum,  Linne,  or  Yellow  bahlraic,  with  an  erect  stem,  leaves  in 
whorls  of  8,  root  long,  perennial,  fibrous,  flowers  densely  paniculate,  yellow,  and 
terminal;  Galium  trifidum,  Linne,  or  Small  cleavers,  with  a  perennial  root,  decum- 
bent stem,  herb  smaller  than  the  others,  leaves  in  fours  or  fives,  and  white  flowers; 
Galium  triflorum,  Michaux,  or  Sweet-scented  bcdstraw  contains  coumarin  (C5H5O,), 
an  odorous  principle  found  also  in  tonka  beans,  melilotus  and  other  plants; 
the  Galium  tinctorium,  a  variety  of  the  G.  trifidum,  having  a  stouter  and  a  nearly 
smooth  stem,  leaves  of  the  branches  in  fours,  of  the  stem  in  sixes;  peduncles 
2  to  3-flowered;  parts  of  the  flowers  usually  in  fours;  G.  lanceolatum,  Torrey, 
and  G.  circaezans,  Michaux,  are  sometimes  known  as  Wild  licorice  on  account  of 
their  taste. 

In  a  green  state  these  plants  have  an  unpleasant  odor,  but  are  inodorous 
when  dried,  with  an  acidulous,  astringent,  and  bitter  taste.  Cold  or  warm  water 
extracts  the  virtues  of  the  plants;  boiling  destroys  them.  The  roots  dye  a  per- 
manent red,  and  the  bones  of  the  animals  who  eat  the  plant  are  said  to  be  colored, 
similar  to  that  caused  by  madder.  The  flowers  are  said  to  curdle  milk,  but  this 
is  not  a  constant  efiect.  Analysis  has  detected  in  G.  reri(»i  and  G.  aparine  rubi- 
chloric  acid,  galitannic  acid,  citric  acid,  starch,  chlorophyll,  etc,  G.  aparine  con- 
tains more  citric  acid  than  G.  rerum,  while  the  latter  ho'lds  the  most  galitannic 
acid.    Oxalic  acid  may  be  present. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— A  most  valuable  refrigerant  and  diu- 
retic, and  will  be  found  very  beneficial  in  manj'  diseases  of  the  urinary  organs, 
as  suppression  of  urine,  calculous  affections,  inflammation  of  the  kidneys  ana  bladder, 
and  in  the  scalding  of  urine  in  gonorrhaa.  It  is  contraindicated  in  diseases  of 
a  passive  character,  on  account  of  its  refrigerant  and  sedative  efiects  on  the  sys- 
tem, but  may  be  used  freely  in  fevers  and  all  acute  diseases.  It  has  been  recom- 
mended in  scorbutic  and  nervous  affections,  but  can  not  be  depended  upon.  Grotcths 
or  deposits  of  a  nodular  character  in  the  skin  or  mucous  membranes  are  regarded 
as  indications  for  its  use.  An  infusion  may  be  made  by  macerating  lA  ounces 
of  the  herb  in  a  pint  of  warm  water  for  2  hours,  of  which  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces 
may  be  given  3  or  4  times  a  day,  when  cold.  It  may  be  sweetened  with  sugar  or 
honey.  Equal  parts  of  cleavers,  maiden-hair,  and  elder-blows,  macerated  in  warm 
water  for  2  or  3  hours,  and  drank  freely,  when  cold,  form  an  excellent  drink  in 
acute  erysipcUu,  scarlatina,  and  other  exanthematous  diseases,  in  their  inflammatory 
stages.  The  infusion  made  with  cold  water  is  also  considered  very  beneficial  in 
removing  freckles  from  the  face,  likewise  lepra,  and  several  other  cutaneous  erup- 
tiotts;  the  diseased  parts  must  be  washed  with  it  several  times  a  day,  and  contin- 
ued for  2  or  3  months  in  case  of  freckles.  It  has  also  been  found  useful  in  many 
cutaneous  diseases,  as  psoriasis,  eczana,  lichen,  cancer,  and  scrofula,  and  is  more  par- 
ticularly useful  in  these  diseases  when  they  are  combined  with  a  strumous  dia- 


910  GALLA. 

thesis.  The  infusion  may  be  prepared  and  administered  as  above  mentioned. 
Of  specific  galium  the  dose  is  from  5  to  60  drops. 

Galium  tinctoriuvi  is  said  to  be  nervine,  antispasmodic,  expectorant,  and  dia- 
phoretic. It  has  been  used  successfully  in  n.sthmn,  cough,  and  chronic  bronchitis, 
and  appears  to  exert  an  influence  principally  upon  the  respiratory  organs.  The 
plant  has  a  pungent,  aromatic,  pleasant,  persistent  taste.  A  strong  decoction  of 
the  herb  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  1  to  4  fluid  ounces,  and  repeated  2  or  3 
times  a  d.iy,  according  to  circumstances.  The  loot  of  this  plant  is  said  to  dye  a 
permanent  red. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Dysuria,  painful  micturition;  renal  and  cys- 
tic irritati<m  with  Imrning;  diuretic  for" inflammatory  states  of  the  urinary  tract, 
and  for  febrile  conditions;  "nodulated  growths  or  deposits  in  skin  or  mucous 
membranes"  CScudder). 

GALLA.— NUTQALL. 

'•An  excrescence  on  Querrus  Imitanica,  Lamarck  (Quercus  infectoria,  Olivier), 
caused  by  the  punctures  and  deposited  ova  of  Cynips  Gallee  tinctorise,  Olivier. 
Class:  Insecta.     Order:  Hymenoptera"— (C' S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord.— Cupuliferffi. 

Synony-ms:  Galls,  Galln  tinctoria,  Galla  halepense,  Galla  levantica,  Galla  quercina. 

Illustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  249. 

Botanical  Source. — Quercus  Imitanica  (Quercus  infectoria),  is  a  small  shrub, 
or  tree,  from  4  to  6  feet  in  height.  The  stems  are  crooked ;  the  leaves  borne  on 
short  petioles,  1  to  1^  inches  long,  oblong,  with  a  few  coarse  mucronate  teeth  on 
each  side,  bluntly  mucronate,  rounded  and  rather  unequal  at  the  base,  smooth, 
bright-green,  and  shining  on  the  upper  side.  The  fruit  or  acorns  are  solitary, 
long,  and  obtuse;  the  cup  is  scaly  and  hemispherical  (L). 

History. — Dyer's  oak,  or  gall  oak,  is  indigenous  to  the  country  from  the  Bos- 
porus to  Syria,  and  from  the  Archipelago  to  the  frontier  of  Persia.  It  furnishes 
the  gall-nuts  or  galls  of  commerce.  These  are  produced  by  the  puncture  of  the 
folia'ceous  or  cortical  parts  of  the  tree  by  an  insect,  for  the'deposition  of  its  eggs. 
The  insect  producing  the  galls  of  commerce  is  the  Cynips  Gallas  tinctoria,  Olivier 
{Cynips  que rcusfolii,  of  Linn£eus,  or  Diplolepsis  Gallx  tinctoriA\oi  Geoflroy).  After 
the  female  has  made  a  puncture,  she  deposits  her  eggs  therein;  in  consequence  of 
the  irritation  thus  caused,  an  excrescence  is  soon  formed,  from  the  concretion  of 
the  morbid  secretion  which  subsequently  ensues,  and  which  is  called  galls.  The 
larva  of  the  insect  is  soon  developed  from  the  egg,  changing  first  into  the  pupa 
and  then  into  the  imago.  Toward  the  end  of  July,  the  young  insect,  having 
passed  through  all  its  stages  of  transformation  into  the  state  of  fly,  perforates  its 

Srison  and  escapes.  The  best  galls  are  those  which  are  gathered  about  the  mid- 
le  of  July,  just  before  the  escape  of  the  insect.  These  are  bluish-black,  heavy, 
not  yet  perforated,  and  constitute  the  commercial  black,  bhw,  or  greni  galls.  Those 
galls  from  which  the  insect  has  escaped  are  commonly  larger,  lighter  colored,  per- 
forated, and  less  astringent;  they  are  called  ichite  galls,  and  command  a  lesser 
price  in  commerce  (P. — Ed.). 

Galls  are  chiefly  imported  from  the  Levant,  i.  c,  Syria  and  Turkey,  though 
some  valuable  grades  (rhus  galls)  are  brought  in  smaller  quantity  from  several 
other  countries,  e.  g.,  China  and  Japan  (see  below).  The  Aleppo  or  Syrian  galls  are 
blue  or  black;  Snrian  galls  are  small  and  blackish,  and  the  radiation  of  the  inte- 
rior is  absent;  and  the  Smyrna  galls  are  grayish  or  olive-gray  green  intermingled 
with  white  galls.  European  countries  also  1'urnish  oak  galls,  r.  p.,  England,  Ger- 
many, Italy,  but  these  are  decidedly  inferior  in  the  amount  of  tannin  they  con- 
tain. For  an  interesting  monograjdi  on  various  species  of  galls,  including  Ameri- 
can oak  galls,  see  C.  H;irtwich,  Jrrh.  d.r  rhann.,  1S83,  pp.  819  to  Sv^l. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— Galls  are  described  by  the  V.  S.  P. 
as  follows:  "Subglobular,  1  or  2  t'm.  (•  to^inch)in  diameter,  more  or  less  tuber- 
culated  above,  otherwise  smooth,  heavy,  hard;  often  with  a  circular  hole  near 
the  middle,  communicating  with  the  central  cjivity:  blackish  olive-gr»M-n  or  black- 
ish-gray ;  fracture  granular,  grayish  ;  in  the  center  a  cavity  containing  either  the 
partly  developed  insect,  or  pulverulent  remains  left  by  it;  nearly  inodorous,  taste 


GALLA.  911 

Strongly  a.-Jtriugeut.  Light,  spongy,  ami  whitish-colored  iiutgall  should  he  re- 
jected "—T.  i).  P.).  Water  is  the  best  solvent  of  galls,  and  proof-spirit  the  next ; 
pure  alcohol  or  ether  acts  more  feebly  upon  them.  The  chemical  reactions  of 
galls  in  decoction  or  tincture,  are  similar  to  those  named  for  tannic  arid  or  t(ni)ii)i 
(gallotannic  ncid,  vhich  see),  as  this  substance  exists  in  galls  in  large  i)ro])or- 
tions.  A  number  of  analyses  of  galls  from  various  sources  are  recorded  in  "  7/« 
Tannins"  (1S92)  by  the  late  Prof.  Henry  Trimble.  The  amount  of  tannin  varied 
from  2-1  per  cent  in  European  galls  (German,  English,  Italian),  to  61  per  cent  in 
Aleppo  g:ill.s,  and  69  per  cent  or  more  in  Chines-e  galls. 

H.  K.  Bowman  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1869)  obtained  from  selected  oak  galls 
80  per  cent  of  tannin  ;  from  white  galls  about  30  per  cent;  and  from  good  com- 
mercial powdered  galls  52  per  cent. 

Prof.  Trimble  (Ainei:  Jour.  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  563)  found  in  two  species  of  galls, 
both  from  Querrus  alha,  growing  in  the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia,  from  32  to  about 
35  per  cent  of  tannin,  and  1.11  and  1.71  per  cent  of  a.-^h,  referred  to  dried  sub- 
stance. Moisture  was  46  and  73  per  cent.  Trimble  ob.served  that  galls,  when 
allowed  to  air-dry  slowlv,  will  deteriorate  in  tannin  strength,  hence  must  be  rap- 
idly dried  at  100°  C.  (2"l2°  F.)  in  order  to  destroy  the  insect  in  whose  develop- 
ment the  tannic  acid  seems  to  be  consumed.  Gallic  acid  is  present  in  galls  in 
small  amounts  (about  1.5  per  cent). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Galls  are  astringent,  and  were  used  in 
all  ca.-;<s  win  re  astringents  aio  indicateil.  as  in  chronic  dysmitenj,  diarrhcea,  passive 
heiiiorrhiiiji  ■■<,  aud  in  ca.'^es  of  poi.ioning  by  strychnine,  vcratrine,  and  other  vegetable 
nlkaloidi,  with  which  it  forms  tannates  possessing  less  activity  than  the  other 
salts  of  these  bases.  Boiled  in  milk  the  decoction  is  used  for  the  diarrhaa  of  chil- 
dren. As  a  local  ajiplication,  the  infusion  is  employed  as  an  injection  in  gleet, 
leucorrhiin,3>,'ilap.'iiis  a »(,  or  for  a  gargle  in  indolent  ulceration  of  the  fauces,  relaxed 
uvula,  and  the  chronic  stage  of  mercuried  action  on  the  mouth.  The  addition  of  alum 
is  said  to  render  it  more  beneficial.  Dose  of  the  powder,  from  5  to  20  grains;  of 
the  tincture,  ^  to  1  fluid  drachm ;  of  the  infusion,  from  i  to  1  fluid  ounce.  Gallic 
and  tannic  acids  have  now  supplanted  it  as  a  medicine. 

Eelated  Galls  and  Drugs. — Gall.f.  Chinenses  sep  J.\ponic«.  Chinese  and  Japanese 
galli.  This  iinportaiit  variety  of  galls,  containing  70  per  cent  of  gallotannic,  or  common  tan- 
nic aci'l,  is  (k-rivid  from  tlie  Bhus  fi-miatata,  Murray,  being  produced  upon  the  leaf  or  leaf- 
stalk throiich  the  agency  of  the  Aphis  chinentis,  Bell,  which  punctures  the  part.  These  galls 
are  hollow,  light,  very  irregular  in  shape,  more  or  less  lobed,  and  have  numerous  protuber- 
ances. Their  shell  is  thin,  horny  and  translucent,  brittle,  and  breaks  with  a  smooth,  glisten- 
ing fracture.  These  galls  are  attenuated  toward  the  base  and  inflated  at  the  other  extrem- 
ity. The  shell  is  of  a  red-brown  color,  densely  covered  with  a  velvety  gray  downy  pubescence. 
Iiie  interii>r  of  the  gall  contains  a  number  of  dead  insects.  The  Japanese  galls  are  simdar  but 
more  slender,  and  have  more  lobes.  Their  pubescence  is  denser  than  that  of  the  Chinese 
variety,  and  of  a  pale  brown  color.  The  Japanese  galls  are  thought  to  be  derived  from  Rhua 
japunica,  Siebold. 

Tam.\ri.-k  G.\lus. — Product  of  Tamarix  orientalis,  Forskal.  South  and  southwest  Asia. 
These  are  knotty,  subglobular,  and  from  i  to  J  inch  in  thickness.  They  yield  tannin  to  the 
extent  of  40  to  50  per  cent.  Tmnarifk  a/ricann,  Poiret,  of  northern  Africa,  yields  a  similar  gall, 
while  the  bark  and  leaves  of  the  Tmnarisk  gallica,  Linne,  are  used  as  astringents  in  Kurope. 

Amerk  AN  XuTGALLs.— .Several  species  of  Quercus,  especially  Queroiia  att>a,  Linne,  yield 
inferior  liijht,  spongy  galls,  which  contain  comparatively  little  tannin.  Forty  per  cent  of  tan- 
nin is  said  to  be  yielded,  however,  by  aTexan  species,  the  Qnercusvirens,  Aiton  (see  Trimble,  The 
ramii'iu).     The  'Qiiercus  lobala,  Engelmann,  furnishes  California  oak-ijaUs,  rich  in  tannin. 

Vai.loxea  (  Vahnin),  Acorn  cups. — Several  varieties  of  acorn  cups,  including  many  of  our 
indigenous  products,  are  a-stringont.  Those  of  Qnercus  Robiir,  Linni'',  furnish  Ihmijaria  valoniit, 
while  the  Orimiid  t'lhinia  is  the  pniduct  of  several  species  of  Quercus  from  southwestern  Asia 
and  southeast  Enrol"-,  especially  Greece  and  Asia  Minor,  such  as  (iuercus  \'allonect,  Kotschy, 
Querent  .f^jilupa,  Linne,  and  others. 

B.vssoRA  Gali-s  contain  on  an  average  27  per  cent  of  tannin.  They  are  ground  and  sub- 
sequently pressed  into  rectangular  cakee.  Persia  and  Asia  Minor  produce  them,  and  they  are 
employed  in  tanning. 

Nance  Bars.— Probablv  from  Malpitjhia  qiabra.  Contains  over  2C  per  cent  of  tannin 
(Hollierg,  Amer.  Jour.  I'harm.,\'i)\.  XVI  i.     Consiilerably  employed  by  the  Mexicans  in  tanning. 

Bkdeocar. — .\n  excrescence,  known  as  Fuwins  romrum,  produced  by  the  puncture  of  in- 
sects {fi/nipi)  upon  the  Eijlimliiu-  or  Su„t  brior  and  other  species  of  tlie  rose  family.  It  is 
roundish  or  irregular,  atxiut  an  inch  tlirough,  and  made  uji  of  cavities,  each  containing  a 
larva.  It  is  feebly  astringent  ami  almost  odorless.  It  was  formerly  regarded  anthelmintic, 
lithontriptic  and  diuretic,  being  given  in  doses  of  from  10  to  40  grains. 


912 


GARCINIA.— MANQOSTEEN. 


The  fruit  of  Garcinia  mangostana,  Linne,  and  other  species  of  Gnrcinia. 

Nat.  Ord.— Guttiferse. 

Common  Names  :   Mangosteen,  Mangostan. 

Illustrations  :  Botanical  Magazine  t.,  1847.  Of  G.  indica,  Bentley  and  Trimen, 
Med.  Plants,  32.  ,       .  ,  •        , 

Botanical  Sovirce,  Description,  and  History.— The  tree  furnishing  the  man- 
gosteen is  large  and  handsome,  liaving  elliptic,  ohlong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  deep- 
green  glossy  leaves.  The  bark  of  the  tree  is  bitter  and  exceedingly  astringent. 
The  fruit  is  brownish  or  brownish-gray,  marbled  with  yellow,  and  is  crowned  by 
the  4-parted,  sessile  stigma.  There  are  from  6  to  8  seeds,  and  the  pulp  is  juicy, 
white,  and  delicious  in  taste  and  odor.     It  is  about  the  size  of  an  orange. 

Garcinia  peduncidata,  Roxburgh,  yields  a  yellow  fruit  having  an  acidulous 
taste.     It  is  of  an  inferior  quality. 

Garcinia  Ki/dia,  Roxburgh,  yields  a  small  fruit  of  a  deep-yellow  color.  It  is 
of  better  quality  than  the  preceding  variety. 

Garcinia  indica,  Choisy  {Garcinia  purpurea,  Roxburgh;  Brindonia  indica,  Du- 
Petit-Thouars).— The  fruit  of  this  species  is  of  a  dull  or  purplish-red  or  purple 
color,  having  also  a  purple,  acid  pulp.  The  pulp,  dried  in  the  sunlight  and 
slightly  salted,  is  a  commercial  article,  and  when  fresh  the  fruit  is  used  in  a  cur- 
rie  in  India,  where  a  purple  syrup,  for  use  in  bilious  affections,  is  also  prepared 
from  it.  The  juice  is  occasionally  used  as  mordant  for  dyeing  purposes.  ^  The 
fruit,  seeds  and  bark  are  all  employed  in  India  (Dymock,  Mat.  Med.,  Weatcm 
India).  The  seeds,  when  bruised  and  boiled  with  water,  yield  the  concrete  oil  of 
mangosteen,  known  as  knkam  or  kokinn  butter.  It  is  hard  and  friable  at  all  ordinary 
temperatures,  has  a  crystalline  structure,  and  comes  pressed  in  the  form  of  hand- 
molded,  egg-shaped  cakes.  It  has  a  greenish-white  or  yellowish  color,  and  pro- 
duces the  unctuous  touch  of  spermaceti.  The  fat,  as  found  in  market,  must  be 
strained  before  being  employed  in  pharmaceutical  operations.  This  removes 
particles  of  seed,  fruit,  etc.,  with  which  it  is  usually  mixed.  This  butter  is  some- 
times used  for  cooking  purposes  in  India,  but  is  more  valuable  iu  the  preparation 
of  ointment  of  nitrate  of  mercury,  for,  when  added  to  lard,  it  gives  it  a  good  con- 
sistence for  hot  climates  (Dymock,  Mot.  Med.,  Western  India). 

Garcinia  mangostana  is  found  in  the  Malay  islands.  It  was  grown  in  the  gar- 
dens of  the  Duke  of  Northumberland  in  1855,  and  produced  both  blossom  and 
fruit  (.see  illustration  in  Bot.  Mag.  t.,  1847).  The  fruit  of  this  tree  is  the  famous 
mangosian  or  mangosteen,  said  to  be  among  the  most  luscious  of  tropical  fruits.  Its 
rind  is  about  the  fourth  of  an  inch  in  thickuess,  contains  a  very  astringent  juice, 
from  which,  during  wet  weather,  a  j-ellow  gum  exudes,  which  is  a  variety  of  gam- 
boge. The  Chinese  use  the  bark  of  the  tree  to  produce  a  black  dye,  and  it  is  also 
used  in  dysentery. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  bitter  and  astringent  rind  of  the  fruit  of  Gar- 
cinia mangostana,  according  to  W.  Schmid,  contains  tannin,  resin,  and  crystal- 
lizable  mungostine  (C^H^O,),  forming  golden-yellow,  tasteless  scales,  melting  at 
190°  C.  (374°  F.),  readily  soluble  in  alcohol  or  ether,  insoluble  in  water.  Basic 
lead  acetate  precipitates  it  from  its  alcoholic  st>lution.  Its  solution  in  alkalies 
reduces  gold  and  silver  solutions.  The  acidity  of  the  fruit  is  due  to  malic  acid. 
The  resinous  exudation  of  the  trunk  of  the  tree  was  investigated,  in  1858,  by 
X.  Reitier  in  Wittstein's  laboratory  {Viertdjahresschr.f.prakt.  PAnrHi.,Vol.  VII,  p. 
170),  and  found  to  consist  of  88  per  cent  of  resin,  soluble  in  alcohol  and  in  ether. 
Ammonia  differentiates  it  into  a  soluble  and  an  insoluble  resin. 

Knkam  baiter  exists  in  the  seeds  of  Garcinia  purpurea  to  the  extent  of  30  per 
cent,  and  consists  chieflv  of  tristearin  and  the  glycerides  of  oleic  and  myristic 
acids  (./,//(,•,../,. ,/,  ,•  Pharm:,  1S06,  p.  71). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  rind  of  the  fruit  is  highly  recom- 
mended for  di/scntert/,  and  has  been  extensively  employed  in  India  lor  that  dis- 
ease. A  few  years  ago  the  rind  was  introduced  into  hurope  by  Gruppe,  of  Manila, 
who  prepared  an  extract  which  was  administered  in  the  Vienna  liospitals,  as  an 
astringent,  with  success  in  nitnrrhn!  cmuUtions  of  the  thmni,  }:Uuldr  .  ,  ■■■*>, -n.  and 


CiMTLTHERIA.  913 

uterm,  etr.     Tlie  dose  of  the  solid  extract  is  1  grain,  repeated  G  or  8  times  per  day, 
in  pill  form,  or  rubbed  up  with  syrup. 

Related  Products.— Koi.a  Bittkr  or  Male  Kola.  These  seeds  have  a  coffee-like, 
astriugeut  ami  bittir  taste.  Tlu»y  are  produced  by  the  Garcinia  Kola,  Heckel,  of  western 
Africa  (see  Kola). 

Mammek  AiM'LE. — A  subglobular,  brownish-yellow  fruit,  about  the  size  of  a  large  orange, 
the  pulp  of  which  is  yellow  and  aromatic,  ami  the  rind  coriaceous  and  hitter.  The  seeds  are 
3  or  4  and  rough.  It  is  the  product  of  the  West  Indian  Mammca  americana,  Linne,  .A'«(.  Ord.-- 
(luttifene.  Another  fruit  is  also  known  in  the  West  Indies  as  mammee.  It  is  the  rusty-brown, 
oblong-ovoid  berry  of  Liiattiia  mammosa,  Jussieu,  of  the  Nat.  Ord. — Sapotacea;.  It  ha.s  one  large 
polished  seed  of  a'vellow-brown  color.  The  pulp  of  the  fruit  is  sweet  and  uiucilaginous,  and  of 
a  yellowish  or  reddish  color. 

GAULTHERIA.— WINTEROREEN. 

The  leaves  of  Gaultheria  prorumbens,  Linne  {Gaultiera  repens,  Rafinesque; 
Gautlherui  humilis,  Salisbury). 

Nat.  Ord. — Ericacea-. 

Co.MMON  Namks:  Wintergrcen,  Mountain  tea,  Deerberry,  Teaberry,  Boxbei-ry,  a.nd 
improperly  as  Partridgeberry  and  Checkerbemj. 

iLi.rsTRATioNs :  'Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  164;  Bigelow,  Medical 
Botany,  22. 

Botanical  Source. — Gaultheria  procumbens  is  a  native,  suffruticose  plant, 
with  a  woody,  horizontal  root  or  rhizome,  often  \  of  an  inch  in  thickness.  The 
stems  are  several,  ascending  about  3  inches  from  the  rhi- 
zome, round  and  downy.  The  leaves  are  alternate,  ever-  ■^'^'  ^^'' 
green,  scattered,  near  the  extremities  of  the  branches,  coria- 
ceous, shining,  oval  or  obovate,  acute  at  both  ends,  revolute 
at  the  edge,  furnished  with  a  few  small  serratures,  each  ter- 
minating in  a  bristle.  The  flowers  are  few,  drooping,  axil- 
lary, white,  on  round,  downy  stalks.  Bracts  2,  concave  and 
cordate.  The  calyx  is  white,  cleft  into  5  roundish,  acute  seg- 
ments. The  corolla  is  urceolate,  5-angled,  contracted  at  the 
mouth;  the  limb  divided  into  5  short,  reflexed  segments. 
Stamens  10,  rose  colored;  filaments  white,  hairy,  bent  toward 
the  corolla;  anthers  oblong,  orange  colored,  ending  in  2 
double  horns,  bursting  outwardly  for  their  whole  length 
above  the  filaments;  pollen  white.  The  ovary  is  roundish, 
depressed,  and  5-angled,  resting  on  a  reddish,  10-toothed, 
glandular  disk;  styleerectand straight ;  stigma  simple.  The 
fruit  is  a  small,  5-celled,  many-seeded  capsule,  invested  with 
the  calyx,  which  becomes  large,  round  and  fleshy,  having 
the  appearance  of  a  bright  scarlet  berry  .-(L.)              _                 Gaultheria  procumbens. 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— 
This  ])lant  is  a  native  of  the  United  States,  growing  from  Maine  to  Florida,  and 
westward  to  Pennsylvania  and  Kentucky,  in  cool,  damp  woods,  sandy  soils,  and 
on  mountains,  flowering  from  June  to  October.  It  does  not  grow  in  alluvial  soil, 
nor  in  limestone  countries.  The  leaves  are  medicinal,  yet  the  whole  plant  may 
be  used  ;  the  leaves  have  a  peculiar  fragrance  and  an  agreeable,  characteristic 
flavor,  with  a  slight  astringency;  the  berries  possess  a  similar  flavor  with  sweet- 
ness, and  are  eaten  by  many;  some  wild  animals,  as  deer,  partridges,  etc.,  use  it 
for  food.  Water,  by  infusion,  and  alcohol  extract  the  virtues  of  the  plant.  The 
leaves  contain  an  odorous  volatile  oil,  which  may  be  obtained  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  oil  of  peppermint.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  oil  is  1.173  at  10°C.  (50°  F.). 
It  is  colorless  at  first,  but  subsequently  becomes  more  or  less  of  a  iiinkish  color, 
has  a  hot  and  aromatic  taste,  possesses  acid  properties,  and  is  soluole  in  alcohol 
or  ether  (see  Okum  Gaultheria:). 

Mr.  J.  Oxley,  in  1872,  found  the  leaves  to  contain  glucose,  chlorophyll,  gum, 
tannic  acid,  a  body  analogous  to  gallic  acid,  but  not  yielding  pyrogallic  acid  upon 
heating,  and  principles  found  also  in  uva  ursi  and  chimaphila,  viz.:  Arhutin, 
ericnlin  and  tirson.  A  quantitative  proximate  analysis  of  the  leaves  made  by 
F.  \V.  Droelle  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1887,  p.  289)  largely  confirmed   lliese  results. 


914  GELATIXA. 

Volatile  oil  was  found  to  the  extent  of  i  per  cent.  Gaultheria  procumbens  was 
ascertained  by  Prof.  Power  and  N.  C.  Werbke  to  be  free  from  andromedotoxin,  a 
neutral  poisonous  principle  present  in  several  plants  of  the  natural  order  Eri- 
cace.e  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  18S9,  p.  361). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Wintergreen  possesses  stimulant,  aro- 
matic, and  astringent  properties.  It  is  u.«ed  in  infusion  as  an  a.«tringent  in  chronic 
mucous  discharges,  as  a  diuretic  in  dysuria,  as  an  emmenagogue,  as  a  stimulant  in 
cases  of  debility,  and  is  said  to  augment  the  flow  from  the  lactiferous  vessels  of 
nursing  women,  but  this  is  doubtful.  It  is  also  recommended  as  a  valuable  rem- 
edy for  articular  and  muscidar  rheumatism.  The  infusion  and  the  essence  both  re- 
lieve irritation  of  the  wethra  and  bladder,  and  are  adapted  to  the  incipient  stages  of 
rennlinflammation.  Tubal  nephritis  is  alleged  to  have  been  arrested  by  it  even 
when  examination  has  revealed  in  the  urine  the  presence  of  blood  corpuscles  and 
tube  casts  (Webster).  Scudder  recommends  it  in  spermatorrhaa  with  increased 
sexual  excitement,  and  as  a  sedative  in  irritation  and  inflammation  of  the  urethra, 
prostate  gland  and  bladder.  The  volatile  oil  (see  Oleum  Gaultheria ),  or  its  tinc- 
ture, is  used  to  render  syrups  and  other  preparations  more  agreeable.  The  oil 
allays  the  pain  of  carious  teeth,  and  large  doses  of  it  administered  internally  have 
caused  death  by  producing  inflammation  of  the  stomach;  the  essence  of  winter- 
green  is  a  carminative,  and  is  sometimes  used  in  the  flatulent  colic  of  infants. 
An  infusion  of  the  leaves  or  whole  plant  (,y  to  water  Oj )  may  be  drunk  freely. 
Dose  of  essence,  1  to  30  drops;  of  specific  gaultheria,  1  to  20  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Cystic  and  prostatic  irritation,  undue  sex- 
ual excitement,  renal  inflammation  (early  stage). 

Related  Species. — Gaultheria  hinpiduln,  or  Cancer  wintergreen,  is  supposed  to  Vm-  .  fficient 
in  removing  the  carcinomatous  taint  from  the  system;  used  a'lso  in  fcro/tda  and  prolapntttUeri. 

Melastoma  Ackermanni. — Colombia.  Yields  an  oil  probably  identical  with  oil  of  winter- 
green (methyl  salicylate).    Used  provincially  as  an  anti-neuralgic. 

GELATINA.— GELATIN. 

Purified  glue  prepared  b}'  boiling  gelatinous  animal  tissues  in  water,  evapo- 
rating and  drying  the  product  in  the  air.  Carefully  selected  fresh  bones  are 
preferred. 

Synonyms  :    Gelatine,  Artifiml  isinglass,  Ghitin. 

Source  and  History. — Gelatin  is  found  in  abundance  in  various  animal  sul> 
stances,  especially  in  the  skin,  cartilages,  tendons,  membranes  and  bones.  The  com- 
mon gelatin  of  commerce,  called  glur,  is  made  from  trimmings  and  scra]>s  of  skins, 
ears,  bones  and  hoofs  of  animals.  It  may  be  obtained  by  boiling  these  animal  part* 
in  water,  straining  thedecoction,  and  evaporating  it  until  it  forms  a  jelly  on  cool- 
ing. This  is  divided  into  thin  slices  of  various  sizes,  which  are  allowed  to  dry  in 
the  open  air.  The  purest  variety  of  gelatin  is  obtained  from  the  air  bladder  of 
fishes— e.  gr.,  the  sturgeon  and  codfish — and  is  named  isinglass  (see  l-hthyocolla). 
The  gelatin  used  for  culinary  and  pharmaceutical  purposes,  in  photography, 
etc.,  usually  called  gelatin  proper,  is  carefully  prepared  from  the  bones  of  animals 
from  which  the  fat  is  previously  removed  and  the  earthy  matter  dissolved  out  by 
means  of  hydrochloric  acid.  (For  a  detailed  description  of  the  processes  of  manu- 
fiicture  involved,  see  Prof.  S.  P.  Sadtler,  Lid.  Org.  Chetn.,  1895,  p.  334.)  Gelatin  may 
also  be  obtained  from  the  vegetable  kingdom,  viz. :  From  certain  sj>ecies  of  sea 
weeds  in  Asiatic  waters  (see,  for  examjile.  Agar  Agar). 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— Glue  {Colla).  Glue  of  good 
quality  is  firm  and  friable,  not  easily  pulverized,  of  a  light-brown  color,  and 
translucent.  On  the  addition  of  water" it  becomes  soft  and  swells  up,  but  does  not 
dissolve  except  the  water  be  hot  or  boiling.  When  dissolved  in  Imt  water,  it  is 
much  in  use  for  uniting  wood  and  various  other  substances  together,  but  is  too 
impure  for  internal  employment  or  for  a  chemical  test.  Addition  of  acetic  acid, 
or  boiling  with  dilute  nitric  acid,  has  the  effect  of  destroying  the  gelatinizing 
power  of  gelatin,  while  its  adhesive  properties  are  fully  retained.  A  cement  or 
liquid  glue  is  thus  obtained,  which  does  not  require  the  aid  of  heat  to  render  it 
fit  for  use.     A  strong,  liquid  glue,  very  convenient  for  a  number  of  objects,  and 


even  for  porcelain,  glass,  aiul  pearl,  and  which  is  preferable  to  that  made  with 
vinegar  or  nitric  acid,  is  prepared  as  follows:  To  3  parts  of  strong  glue  well 
bruised  add  )S  parts  of  water,  and  allow  them  to  remain  in  contact  for  several 
hours ;  then  add  i  a  part  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  ^  of  a  part  of  sulphate  of  zinc. 
Expose  the  whole  for  10  or  12  hours  to  a  temperature  of  80°  to  yO°  C.  (176° 
to  194°  F.). 

Gelatin  appears  in  commerce  in  thin,  rectangular,  transparent  sheets,  vari- 
ously marked  by  impressions  received  from  the  nets  upon  which  the  moist  jelly 
is  spread  in  order  to  dry.  It  al.so  occurs  in  smooth,  transparent  pieces,  or  in 
thicker,  opaque,  porous  pieces.  It  is  not  so  thick  as  pieces  of  glue.  Gelatin  comes 
also  in  shreds  and  is  often  artificially  colored.  After  digestion  in  hut  water  it 
should  develop  no  odor  nor  should  it  change  color.  Dried  gelatin,  when  di.-;- 
solved  in  100  parts  of  hot  water,  solidities  in  the  form  of  a  tremulous  jelly  upon 
cooling.  Prolonged  boiling  of  the  aqueous  solution  causes  it  to  lose  its  gelatiniz- 
ing properties. 

Gelatin  diflfers  from  albuminous  bodies  in  not  coagulating  in  aqueous  solu- 
tion on  boiling,  nor  being  precipitated  Iw  nitric  acid  or  potassium  ferrocyanide. 
Its  aqueous  solution  is  precipitated,  however,  by  alcohol  and  b}'  tannic  acid.  Upon 
the  latter  reaction  depends  the  conversion  of  hide  into  leather  in  the  process 
of  tanning.  Two  proximate  principles  may  be  distinguished  in  various  forms  of 
gelatin  :  G'utin,  or  gelatin  proper,  which  is  tlie  gelatinous  principle  of  tendons, 
hides,  and  the  larger  bones;  and  chondrin,  v:\nch  occurs  mostly  in  the  cartilages 
of  the  ril>.^  and  joints  and  the  young  bones  while  yet  soft  (S.  P.  Sadtler).  (Uutin 
has  all  the  aforenamed  properties  of  gelatin,  and  has  a  greater  adhesive  power 
than  chondrin,  swelling  up  in  cold  and  dissolving  in  hot  water,  forming  a  jelly 
upon  cooling.  When  boiled  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid  or  alkali,  glycocoll 
(CjHjNO.)  and  leucin  (CsHi,NO,)  are  chiefly  produced.  The  former  substance  is 
not  formed  with  chondrin.  Dry  distillation  yields  bases  of  the  fatty  and  the 
pyridine  series.  Chondrin  is  precipitated  by  alum,  lead  acetates  and  metallic  salts, 
not  by  corrosive  sublimate,  while  glutin  is  precipitated  by  corrosive  sublimate, 
but  not  bv  lead  acetates,  nor  by  alum  or  ferric  chloride  T.S. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Gelatin  probably  does  not  affect  the  growth  of 
the  bodily  structures.  In  the  form  of  jellies  it  lias  been  used  during  convales- 
cence, but  the  nutrition  derived  from  these  preparations  is  believed  to  be  due  to 
the  sugar,  etc.,  usually  employed  in  preparing  them.  Gelatin  may  act  as  a  pro- 
tective in  rectal  enemas,  in  the  treatment  of  din  affect urtis,  and  in  cases  of  poi-wn- 
ing  by  corrosive  substances.  Medicated  gelatin  (see  Gelanthum)  is  now  used  to  some 
extent  in  the  treatment  of  skin  (//.sw.sr,'!,  particularly  those  of  an  eczeinatou3  type,  and 
in  the  treatment  of  catarrhal  affections  of  the  imsal  passages. 

Gelatin  has  been  introduced  here,  in  consequence  of  its  application  in  phar- 
macy, for  the  purpose  of  promoting  certain  useful  indications..  Several  remedial 
agents  of  a  valuable  character,  are  unfortunately  so  repulsive  to  the  palate  as  to 
produce  nausea  and  vomiting  whenever  swallowed,  and,  as  in  many  instances,  it 
is  almost  impossible  to  dispense  with  them,  an  imjiortant  object  is  to  prepare 
them  so  that  they  may  reach  the  stomach  without  offending  the  organs  of  taste. 
This  has  been  effected' by  inclosing  the  medicine  in  a  case  or  cover  of  gelatin, 
forming  what  are  cMvd'gclalin  capsules,  invented  in  France  by  M.  Mothe.  There 
are  several  inetho.ls  at  the  present  day  for  making  these  capsules;  thus  the  end 
of  an  iron  rod  is  made  bulbous  or  egg-shaped,  and  is  highly  polished;  being 
slightly  oiled  it  is  dipped  into  a  hot,  concentrated  solution  of  3  parts  of  pure  gela- 
tin, i  part  of  sugar,  and  6  parts  of  water.  A  number  of  rods  are  generally  used. 
The  rods  are  then  rotated  to  spread  the  solution  evenly  over  the  mold  or  bulb, 
and  placed,  bull)  upward,  on  a  board  perforated  for  the  jjurpose;  when  cool  and 
dry  they  may  be  removed  by  giving  to  the  cap.sule  or  bulb  a  pulling  and  gently 
twisting  motion.  These  are  then  filled  with  the  medicine,  and  the  orifice  closed 
over  with  more  of  the  gelatin  solution.  Sometimes  animal  membrane,  or  fine 
skin,  distended  with  mercury,  is  used  instead  of  the  iron  bulb.  (For  a  detailed 
method  of  preparing  gelatin  capsules,  see  standard  works  on  pharmacy  and  Amer. 
.lour.  Pharm.,\o\.  IX,  p.  20).  In  this  way  capsules  may  be  made  to  contain  from 
10  to  20  grains  of  liquid.  Since  the  foregoing  appeared  in  former  editions  of  this 
Dispensatory,  commercial  empty  capsules  of  all  sizes  have  become  a  standard 


916  GELATINUM  CHONDRL— GELSEMITJM. 

article  of  commerce.  When  received  into  the  stomach  the  gelatin  is  dissolved, 
allowing  the  medicine  to  accomplish  its  therapeutical  influences,  li soft  capsules 
are  demanded  a  little  glycerin  added  to  the  gelatin  will  make  the  product  elastic. 
Capsules  are  now  largely  employed  for  dispensing  quinine  and  similar  medicines 
of  unpleasant  taste.  These  capsules  are  oblong,  rounded  and  closed  at  one  end, 
and  cut  off  and  open  at  the  other  end.  It  is  only  necessary  to  introduce  the  pow- 
der and  slip  a  second  capsule  over  the  open  end  of  the  filled  one.  Folding  or 
devorati.ve  capsules  are  thin  films  of  gelatin  designed  to  be  used  like  powder-papers, 
except  that  after  folding  upon  the  powder  the  edges  are  made  to  adhere  by  mois- 
tening them.  When  ready  to  be  taken  the  whole  capsule  (and  powder)  is  dipped 
in  water  until  softened,  and  then  swallowed.  Medicinal  pearls  of  gelatin,  com- 
bined with  sugar,  acacia  and  honey,  are  also  employed  to  enclose  ether  and  simi- 
lar fluids.  Gelatin  (3  parts)  and  glycerin  (7  parts)  is  sometimes  used  as  a  basis 
for  bougies  and  rectal  and  vaginal  medicated  suppositories.  Gelatin  is  also  used  for 
making  court-plaster,  hectographs,  for  coating  pills,  and  for  estimating  the  amount 
of  tannin  contained  in  a  drug  or  preparation. 

A  good  paste  is  made  by  dissolving  best  white  glue,  3  ounces  (av.);  refined 
sugar,  1^  ounces;  water,  10  fluid  ounces,  or  a  sufficient  quantity,  together  by  the 
aid  of  a  water-bath,  and,  while  warm,  apply  it  by  means  of  a  suitable  brush  to 
the  reverse  side  of  the  labels  while  uncut  or  in  sheets.  After  being  dried  and 
moderately  pressed  they  are  ready  for  cutting.  Thick  paper  and  not  sized  will 
require  less  water  than  when  thin  and  well  sized,  and  in  all  cases  it  should  be 
quickly  and  evenly  applied.  It  can  only  be  used  while  warm.  It  does  not  pene- 
trate the  paper  and  disfigure  the  labels,  is  very  adhesive,  never  loosens  from  glass 
and  leaves  no  disagreeable  impression  in  the  mouth  after  being  moistened  with 
saliva. 

GELATINUM  CHONDRI  (N.  F.)— IRISH  MOSS  GELATIN. 

Preparation. — Formulary  number,  18-4  :  "  Irish  moss,  one  thousand  grammes 
(1000  Gui.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.]  ;  water  a  sufficient  quantity.  Wash  the 
Irish  moss  with  cold  water,  then  place  it  in  a  suitable  vessel,  and  add  fifty  thou- 
sand cubic  centimeters  (50,000  Cc.)  [about  106  pints]  of  hot  water,  and  heat  it  on 
a  boiling  water-bath  for  15  minutes,  frequently  stirring.  Strain  the  decoction, 
while  hot,  through  a  strong  muslin  strainer;  return  the  strained,  mucilaginous 
liquid  to  the  water-bath,  evaporate  it  to  a  semi-fluid  consistence,  then  transfer  it 
to  shallow,  flat-bottomed  trays,  and  evaporate  it  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding 
90°  C.  (194°  F.),  so  that  the  gelatin  may  become  detached  in  scales.  Note. — Irish 
moss  gelatin  thus  prepared  furnishes  a  mucilage  of  Irish  moss  which  is  opaque,  like 
that  made  directly  from  the  moss  itself.  It  maybe  prepared  so  as  to  yield  a  trans- 
parent mucilage  by  following  the  plan  pointed  out  in  the  Note  to  Mucilago  Chondri 
(F.  275) "~(Nat.  Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— (See  Chondrm.) 

GELSEMIUM  (U.  S.  P.)— GELSEMIUM. 

The  rhizome  and  roots  of  Oclscmium  sempcrvirtns  (Linno),  Persoon.  {Gelaemium 
nitidum,  Michaux ;  Gelsemium  lucidum,  Poiret ;  Bignonia  sempervirens,  Linne ;  Anotiy- 
mos  sempei-virens,\V alter;  and  Li^^ianthtis  sempervireus, 'SliWer). 

Nat.  Ord. — Logan  iacea;. 

CoM.MON  Names:  Yellow  jasmine,  Yellow  jessamine.  Wild  xcoodbiiu,  Carolina  jag- 
min  or  je-mimine. 

Illustrations:  Johnson,  Med.  Bat.  of  K  ^1.,  Plate  7;  Meehan,  Native  Flovxrs 
and  Fcrn.'i,  I,  9;  Hentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  181 ;  Millspaugh's  Amer.  Med. 
Plants,  I'liite   130. 

Botanical  Source. —  The  Yellow  jasmine  is  a  handsome  climber  growing 
along  banks  and  in  lowlands  and  woods.  The  stem  is  smooth  and  twining;  the 
leaves  opposite,  entire,  ovate,  or  lanceovate,  nearly  evergreen,  being  dark-green, 
smooth,  and  shining  on  top  ;  paler  beneath.  The  flowers  are  in  axillary  dusters, 
showy,  and  of  deep-yellow  color,  and  emit  an  agreeable,  but  rather  narcotic  odor. 


OI.SKMUM. 


on 


The  i-aiyx  is  5-parted  and  very  small,  with  acute,  lanceovate  lohes.  The  corolla 
is  Y  to  1^  inches  long,  with  5-lobed  margin;  stamens  5,  half  as  long  as  the  corolla, 
and  inserted  on  it.  The  style  is  longer  than  the  stamens,  and  supports  two 
2-parted  stigmas.  The  fruit  is  an  elliptical  ixhI,  2-celled,  2-valved,  and  many- 
seeded.  The  seeds  are  flat,  and  attached  to  the  margins  of  the  valves.  Owing 
to  its  evergreen  leaves,  fragrant  llowers,  pj^  ^^3 

and  the  shade  it  aflords,  it  is  e.xten- 
sivelv  cultivated  in  the  gardens  of  the 
South  for  ornamentation. 

History. — This  strikingly  beautiful 
climher,  peculiar  to  our  southern  cities, 
furnishes  one  of  the  most  valued  and 
universally  used  Eclectic  remedies.  It 
is  a  twining  vine,  flourishing  in  great 
profusion  from  Virginia  to  Florida, 
hanging  in  festoons  from  the  neighbor- 
ing treesand  shrubs,  sometimes  growing 
to  the  height  of  50  feet.  The  average 
height,  however,  is  from  20  to  30  feet. 
The  plant  blooms  in  early  spring— in 
FloridaduringMarch,and  in  Mississippi 
and  Tennessee  in  May  and  June.  Dur- 
ing the  dowering  period  it  perfumes  the 
air  with  a  delightful  fragrance  similarto 
thatof  the  true  jasmine.  When  the  vine 
is  abundant,  the  odor  of  the  flowers  is 
said  to  be  almost  overpowering.  (.Jel- 
semium  is  known  by  several  popular 
names,  as  Yellow  jessamine,  Yellow  jas- 
min, Carolina  jessamine,  Carolina  jas- 
min, and  Wild  woodbine.  The  name 
gelsemium  wasgiven  it  by  Jussieu,  and  „,      . 

P      ,      .        ,     „       ^    .,         Ti    1-  7  •  Gelsemium  sempervirens. 

19  derived    from  the    Italian  gelsomina, 

meaning  jasmine.  The  plant,  however,  resembles  the  true  jasmine  only  in  its 
fragrance,  and  belongs  to  an  entirely  different  natural  order.  Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes 
(Phnrm.Jour.  Trau.-:.,  1S75,  p.  481)  states  that  it  is  rather  unfortunate  that  it  should 
often  be  called  the  Yellow  jessamine  in  America,  since  there  is  a  true  jessamine 
(Jasininiim  fniticans,  Linne)  with  yellow  flowers,  which  is  often  found  in  cultivation. 
If  the  name  jessamine  be  ajiplied  to  Gelsemium  xcmjicrvircns  at  all,  it  should  be 
carefully  distinguished  as  the  Carolina  jessamine  (see  also  Dr.  A.  R.  i..  Dohme,  in 
Druij.Clrc,  1897,  p.  179).  Gelsemium  was  formerly  known  botanically  as  Bignonia 
sempervirens  of  Linnscus,  and  the  Gelsemium  nilidum,  of  Michaux  and  Pursh.  The 
name  gelsemium,  as  used  exclusively  by  Eclectics,  arose  from  a  typographical  error, 
and  was  widely  copied  in  various  writings,  and  accepted  as  autboritv  before  the 
mistake  was  discovered  (see  Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd,  in  Ec.  Mai.  Joiir.,{oT  Jfarch,  1S92). 
While  gelsemium  is  one  of  our  best  remedies,  yet,  like  iris,  jihytolacca,  and 
other  plants,  it  suffers  from  worthless  representatives  on  the  market.  These  prepa- 
rations, made  from  old,  dried  material,  will  fail  to  fulfil  the  expectations  of  he 
who  administers  them  for  the  specific  effect.  Specific  gelsemium,  the  preparation 
em])loyeil  by  Eclectic  physicians  almost  exclusively,  fully  represents  the  plant. 
Prof  J.  U.  Uoyd  informs  me  that,  in  the  preparation  of  specific  gelsemium,  the 
green  root  only  is  used.  It  is  gathered  in  February  or  in  early  spring,  cut  into 
small  pieces,  put  in  barrels,  and  to  the  contents  of  each  barrel  is  added  10  gallons 
of  alcohol.  In  this  condition  it  is  shipped  from  the  Carolinas  (where  it  is  gath- 
ered) to  Cincinnati.  On  arrival,  it  is  dumped  into  the  drug  mill  and  ground, 
alcohol  and  all,  and  from  this  material  the  specific  medicine  is  made.  He  further 
states  that,  in  one  sea.-on,  when  the  winter  was  uncommonly  mild,  the  continuous 
growth  of  the  plant  caused  a  large  amount  of  albuminous  material  to  form  in  the 
root,  and  that  preparations  manufactured  from  such  a  product  threw  <lown  an 
unsightly  albuminous  jjrecipitate,  which,  though  it  did  not  impair  the  therapr-utic 
value  of  the  preparation,  remlered  it  unsalalile. 


918  GELSEMIUM. 

This  plant  was  brought  into  notice,  as  far  as  we  can  learn,  in  the  following 
manner :  A  planter  of  Mississippi,  whose  name  we  liave  forgotten,  while  laboring 
under  a  severe  attack  of  bilious  fever,  which  resisted  all  the  usual  remedies,  sent 
a  servant  into  his  garden  to  procure  a  certain  medicinal  root,  and  prepare  an  infu- 
sion of  it  for  him  to  drink.  The  servant,  by  mistake,  collected  another  root,  and 
gave  an  infusion  of  it  to  his  master,  who,  shortly  after  swallowing  some  of  it,  was 
seized  with  a  complete  loss  of  muscular  power,  unable  to  move  a  limb,  or  even 
raise  his  eyelids,  although  he  could  hear,  and  was  cognizant  of  circumstances 
transpiring  around  him.  His  friends,  greatly  alarmed,  collected  around  him, 
watching  the  result  with  much  anxiety,  and  expecting  every  minute  to  see  him 
breathe  his  last.  After  some  hours,  he  gradually  recovered  himself,  and  was 
astonished  to  find  that  his  fever  had  left  him.  Ascertaining  from  his  servant 
what  plant  it  was  the  root  of  which  acted  in  this  manner,  he  collected  some  of  it, 
and  emplo}'ed  it  successfully  on  his  own  plantation,  as  well  as  among  his  neigh- 
bors. The  success  of  this  article  finally  reached  the  ear  of  some  physician,  who 
prepared  from  it  a  nostrum  called  the  "  Electrical  Febrifuge,"  which  was  disguised 
with  the  essence  of  wintergreen.  This  plant  was  the  Yellow  jessamine,  and  a 
knowledge  of  its  remarkable  effects  was  not  communicated  to  the  profession 
until  a  later  period  (King). 

Description. — The  best  preparations  of  gelsemium  are  made  from  the  green 
rhizome,  therefore  that  official  in  the  U.  S.  P.  is  not  adapted  to  the  uses  of  the 
Eclectic  pharmacist  and  doctor.     That  work 
Fig.  119.  simply  states  the  "  rh  izome  and  roots"  without 

specifying  whether  green  or  dried,  hence  it  is 
to  be  inferred  that  the  dried  root  is  the  one 
intended.  For  the  sake  of  completeness  we 
give  the  official  description : 

"Cylindrical,  long,  or  cut  in  sections, 
mostly  from  5  to  15  Mm.  (i  to  -f  inch),  and 
occasionally  3  Cm.  {\  inch)  tliick,  the  roots 
much  thinner;  externally  light  yellowish- 
brown,  with  purplish-brown,  longitudinal 
Rhizome  of  Gelsemium  eempervirens.  lines;  tough;  fracture  splintery,  bark  thin, 
with  silky  bast-fibres,  closely  adhering  to  the 
pale-yellowish,  porous  wood,  which  has  fine,  medullary  rays,  and  in  the  rhizome 
a  thin  pith;  odor  aromatic,  heavy;  taste  bitter" — {U.  S.  P.).  Gelsemium  yields 
its  virtues  to  water  or  alcohol.  The  rhizome  is  several  feet  iu  length  (roots  in 
Fig.  119  are  cut  off),  with  scattered  fibers,  and  is  from  2  to  3  lines  in  diameter  to 
nearly  2  inches.  The  internal  part  is  woody,  and  of  a  light-yellowish  color;  the 
external  part,  or  bark,  in  which  the  medicinal  virtues  are  said  principally  to 
reside,  is  of  a  light  snuS-color,  and  from  ^  to  3  lines  in  thickness.  The  root  of 
this  plant  has  been  said  to  contain  a  resin  which  is  poisonous  in  very  small  doses, 
and  a  tincture,  made  by  digesting  it  in  undiluted  alcohol,  is  stated  to  have  proved 
fatal.  This  statement  is  denied,  and  upon  good  grounds,  for,  were  it  true,  death 
would  necessarily  follow  the  use  of  the  tincture  made  with  undiluted  alcohol,  in 
consequence  of  the  presence  of  this  resin,  which  would  still  be  taken  up  by  alco- 
hol in  a  proportion  corresponding  to  the  alcoholic  strength  of  the  solvent.  Again, 
it  has  been  asserted,  that  the  deaths,  which  have  occurred  where  the  article  was 
used,  were  owing,  not  to  the  gelsemium.  but  to  the  presence  of  another  verv  poi- 
sonous root,  somewhat  resembling  it,  whicli  was  carelessly  or  ignorantly  collected 
and  mixed  with  it.  Others  again,  state  that  they  have  given  large  doses  without 
any  serious  consequences,  and,  in  one  case,  6  fluid  drachms  of  the  tincture  were 
swallowed  by  a  lad  of  20  years  of  age,  without  any  permanent  injury.  Notwith- 
standing these  statements,  death  has  followed  the  employment  of  what  was  sup- 
posed to  be  the  tincture  of  gelsemium,  in  a  few  instances,  and  further  investi- 
gations are  required  to  determine  its  probable  cause,  and  whether  this  agent  will 
produce  any  fatal  results  in  large  medicinal  doses.  Yellow  jessamine  may  be 
administered  in  decoction,  infusion,  or  tincture. 

Dr.  Hiram  H.  Hill,  formerly  of  the  late  firm  of  F.  D.  Hill  tt  Co.,  of  Cincin- 
nati, has  collected  many  hundred  pounds  o(  the  gelsemium  root  in  the  South.  I 
am  indebted  to  him  for  the  following  statement  of  it:    "The  length  of  the  gel- 


tiKLSK.Mir.M,  ;iiv 

seiniuin  root,  in  day  soil,  is  from  3  to  10  feet,  and  on  the  Magnolia  ridges,  and 
along  small  streams,  1  have  traced  some  roots  to  the  extent  of  30  feet,  although 
the  average  length  is  abont  15  feet.  Like  the  roots  of  many  other  vines,  it  is 
hranching,  with  scattered  fibers,  and  runs  horizontally  near  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  sometimes  merely  under  the  leaves,  for  several  feet.  When  first  pulled 
up  it  is  very  yellow,  and  has  a  peculiar  odor  like  that  of  the  tincture,  with  a  bit- 
ter, rather  pleasant  taste  to  most  persons,  at  least  people  were  constantly  tasting 
or  chewing  it,  while  I  was  collecting  it.  The  vine  is  of  a  green  color,  and  always 
runs  to  the  top  of  the  tree  or  bush  on  which  it  fastens,  then  branches  out,  cover- 
ing the  topmost  branches  with  its  thick  foliage.  I  have  seen  it  on  trees  that  were 
50  feet  in  height,  and  the  size  of  the  vine  was  the  same  near  the  top  as  at  the 
ground  ;  its  general  length  is  from  20  to  30  feet.  The  bark  of  the  vine  is  full  of 
a  silk-like  fiber,  which  is  not  found  in  other  vines  that  1  have  seen.  On  old  vines, 
the  leaves  are  about  \h  inches  in  length,  of  a  dark-green  color,  lance-shaped, 
and  on  short  foot-stalks;  on  young  vines  or  shoots  they  are  longer,  and  are  4  or  5 
inches  apart,  while  on  the  old  ones  they  are  very  close  and  always  oi)posite.  The 
Howers  are  funnel-shaped  and  yellow.  The  vine,  the  root  of  which  is  sometimes 
gathered  l>y  mistake  for  the  gelsemium,  resembles  it  very  much  in  appearance, 
though  it  is  of  a  lighter  color,  and  the  outer  bark  is  covered  with  white  specks  or 
marks  somewhat  similar  to  those  on  young  cherry  or  peach  limbs,  and  the  lower 
parts  of  the  old  vines  l)ecome  rough,  and  have  small  tendrils  that  fasten  upon 
the  bark  of  trees,  and  which  are  never  seen  on  the  gel.semium.  The  bark  of  the 
vine  is  also  more  brittle,  and  the  leaves  are  always  on  long  foot-stalks,  which  are 
opposite,  at  the  end  of  which  are  two  opposite  leaves,  almost  exactly  resembling 
the  leaf  of  the  Ari.''tolochi(t  Serpeutaria.  The  root  is  almost  white,  very  tough, 
brittle  when  dry,  not  so  fibrous  as  the  true  root,  straight,  about  the  same  length 
of  the  medicinal  root,  and  has  a  slightly  bitter,  disagreeable,  nauseating  taste.  I 
never  saw  any  of  the  flowers,  though  they  are  said  to  resemble  the  others  in 
shape,  but  are  pale,  dirty-white,  with  a  slight  unpleasant  odor,  by  no  means  like 
that  peculiar  to  gelsemium.  The  vine  is  called  ]Vhite  poison  vine  and  White 
je-<-<(imine''  ( King). 

Chemical  Composition. — Mr.  Henry  KoUock,  in  1855  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm,. 
Vol.  XX\'I1,  p.  197  I,  found,  beside  the  usual  constituents  of  plant  roots, a  volatile 
oil,  a  dry,  acrid  resin  (the  yel--<emin  of  the  older  Eclectics,  see  later),  and  a  bitter, 
crystalline,  alkaloidal  substance  which  he  named  geUeminia.  Prof.  Maisch  and 
C.  L.  Eberle  (.4»i^r.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1869,  p.  3-5)  again  obtained  this  alkaloid;  the 
latter  stated  its  being  absent  from  the  wood  of  the  root,  which  was  later  confirmed 
by  Gerrard.  In  1870  {Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm..  \).  1),  Prof.  Th.  G.  Wormley,  examin 
ing  a  fluid  extract  of  the  root,  discovered  therein  a  crystallizable  acid,  which  he 
called  (jilsriniiur  (or  gel-semic)  acid,  and  which  is  remarkable  for  the  beautiful  blue 
fluorescence  exhibited  by  solutions  of  the  acids  in  aqua  ammonia;  or  other  alka- 
lies, even  when  highly  diluted.  Chas.  A.  Robbins,  in  Prof.  Sonnenschein's  labora- 
tory (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1876,  p.  191),  found  gelsemic  acid  to  be  non-nitrogenous, 
and  pronounced  it  to  be  identical  with  wt^rulin,  the  characteristic  glucosid  of  horse 
chestnut  bark.  Prof.  Wormlev  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1882,  p.  337)  and  recentlv, 
Prof.  V.  Coblentz  (  Pror.  Amer.' Pharm.  A.<mr.,  1S97,  p.  225)  proved,  however,  that 
gelsemic  acid  and  it.irulin  presented  some  striking  differences  in  solubilities,  etc., 
and  could  not,  therefore,  be  identical.  In  this  connection,  it  may  be  said  that. 
15  years  ago.  Prof.  F.  A.  Fliickiger,  from  gelsemic  acid  made  for  him  by  J.  U. 
Lloyd,  and  asculin  made  l)y  himself,  established  that  they  presented  certain  dif- 
ferences, lie  communicated  his  results  by  letter  to  Mr.  Lloyd,  but  thev  were  not 
published  to  our  knowledge.  More  recently.  Prof.  E.  Schmidt  ( An-hiv  (Icr  Pharm., 
1898,  p.  324)  has  clearly  proved  the  identity  of  gelsemic  acid  with  the  known  sub- 
stance l»'ta-}iiethyl-;t:*ndetin  (C^^lfi,').  In  harmony  with  this  result  are  the  re- 
searches of  Prof.  Coblentz,  who  gave  experimental  proof  of  the  fact  that  gelsemic 
acid  contains  two  hydroxyl  groups,  which  agrees  with  the  constitution  of  that 
substance  identified' by  Prof.  Schmitlt.  More  doubt  exists  with  regard  to  the 
alkaloidal  i>rinciple,  owing  to  the  difliculty  of  obtaining  it  in  crystallized  form. 
Sonnensoliein  and  Robbins  (l.S7fi)  gave  it  the  formula  C,,H„NO,,  while  A.  W. 
Gerrard  ( .Amer.  Jour.  Pharm..  1893,  ji.  2')()i.  evidentlv  obtaining  it  in  much  purer 
form  I  (mm    th.-    purified    hydrochlori.le),  finds   C';,H„NO,.     I-  Spiegel's  results 


920  (lELSEMIUM. 

(1893)  agree  with  the  latter  formula.  Finally,  Mr.  F.  A.  Thompson  (laboratory' 
of  Parke,  Davis  &  Co.)  {Pfutrm.  Era,  1887,  p.  3)  believes  that,  besides  this  alkaloid, 
which  he  calls  gelsemine,  there  exists  another  in  gelsemium  root,  which  he  calls 
gelsiminme;  its  hydrochloride  is  more  easily  soluble  in  water  than  that  of  the 
first  alkaloid.  Gelsemine  is  believed  to  act  as  a  paralyzing,  gel.seminine  as  a 
tetanizing,  medium.  A.  R.  Cushny  (Ber.  d.  Dcutsrh.  Chem.  Ges.,  1893,  p.  1725)  corro- 
borates the  existence  of  the  two  alkaloids  mentioned. 

Wormley  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1877,  p.  1-50)  gives  the  following  directions  for 
obtaining  from  the  fluid  extract  of  gelsemium  root  the  alkaloid,  gelseminine  {yelse- 
mine),  SLiid  gelsemic  acid:  Acidulate  the  fluid  extract  with  acetic  acid;  atld  this 
slowly  to  8  times  its  bulk  of  water,  filter  from  the  resins,  concentrate  the  filtrate 
on  the  water-bath  to  somewhat  less  than  the  original  volume;  then  abstract  gel- 
semic acid  by  ether,  and,  subsequently,  the  gelsemine  by  ether  or  chloroform, 
after  rendering  the  fluid  alkaline  with  sodium  carbonate.  In  fluid  extracts,  pre- 
pared in  the  quantity  of  480  grains  of  root  to  the  ounce,  Prof.  Wormley  obtained 
a  yield  of  0.2  per  cent  of  gelsemine  and  0.4  per  cent  of  gelsemic  acid. 

Comparative  analyses  of  the  rhizome,  root,  and  stem  of  gelsemium,  carried 
out  in  the  laboratory  of  Prof.  L.  E.  Sayre  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1897,  p.  234), showed 
the  total  absence  of  the  alkaloid  and  the  acid  in  the  stem,  while  the  rhizome  con- 
tained 0.2  per  cent  of  alkaloid  and  0.37  per  cent  of  gelsemic  acid,  and  the  root  0.17 
per  cent  of  alkaloid  and  0.3  per  cent  of  gelsemic  acid.  The  alkaloid,  gelseminine 
(gelsemine  of  Thompson),  is  described  by  Wormley  as  a  colorless,  odorless,  intensely 
bitter,  basic  principle,  and  was  obtained  by  A.  W.  Gerrard  in  crystalline  form. 
When  pure,  it  exhibits  no  color  reaction  with  sulphuric  and  nitric  acids,  as 
claimed  by  Sonnenschein.  It  is  sparingly  soluble  in  water,  freely  soluljle  in  acids, 
in  chloroform  and  ether  (1  in  25).  Its  nitrate  crystallizes  best  of  all  its  salts 
(Spiegel,  Amer.  Joicr.  Pharm.,  ISOo,  y.  :^.S1). 

Gelsemic  acid  [beta-methyl ;:  •■<riil,  tin  <  it'  E.  Schmidt),  according  to  Prof.  Wormley, 
is  a  colorless,  odorless,  nearly  t;l^t^•ll's.-,  crystallizable  acid,  readily  di.-isolving  in 
alkalies  with  beautiful  blue  iluorescenct-;  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water  (1  in 
1000),  more  easily  soluble  in  hot  water;  also  soluble  in  chloroform,  ether,  and  alco- 
hol.   Its  salts  formed  with  heavy  metals  are  soluble,  with  difficulty,  in  water. 

Gelsemin,  the  so-called  concentration  (resinoid),  should  not  "be  emi>loyed  for 
at  least  two  reasons.  First,  it  is  of  uncertain  strength  and  quality.  Secondly, 
its  name  being  so  similar,  both  in  spelling  and  sound,  to  that  of  the  alkaloid,  (/e/<*e- 
miwe,  that,  through  mistake,  the  latter  agent  might  be  supplied  and  serious  results 
follow.  Death  has  resulted  from  such  a  mistake,  consequently  it  should  be  dis- 
carded, especially  as  it  is  not  equal  in  therapeutic  power  to  the  fluid  preparations 
of  gelsemium.  It  may  be  of  interest  to  state  that  nearly  all  of  the  so-called  con- 
centrations (excepting  podophyllin)  of  the  earlier  Eclectics  have  been  discarded 
by  the  Eclectics  of  the  present  day,  and  are  now  used  almost  exclusively  by  the 
regular  school,  and  especially  by  European  physicians;  also,  by  that  class  who 
believe  that  a/i  the  virtues  of  a  remedy  reside  in  concentrations  and  alkaloidal 
principles.  Clinical  experience  proves  that  such  preparations  do  not  fulfil  the 
indications  as  do  the  fluid  preparations  containing  all  the  solu'^'e  medicinal 
ingredients  of  tlie  plant. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Gelsemium  powerfully  impresses  the 
nervous  system,  though  in  man  it  never  produces  convulsions.  Convulsions 
may  occur  in  the  lower  animals.  Small  (medicinal)  doses  relax  the  muscles, 
especially  the  levator  palpebra-,  and  allay  nervous  irritation.  A  pleasant  or  lan- 
guid sense  of  ease  and  relaxation  is  usually  experienced,  accompanied  in  the  case 
of  larger  doses  by  a  tendency  of  the  lower  jaws  to  drop,  and  a  difficulty  in  manag- 
ing the  eyelids.  Sometimes  sensation  is  lost  first;  again,  and  usually,  muscular 
paralysis  is  the  first  to  take  place.  The  continued  administration  of  it  effects  the 
brain  (indirectly),  spinal  centers,  and  medulla,  causing  marked  feebleness  of  mus- 
cular movements,  confusion  of  vision,  and  vertigo.  Large  doses  paralyze  tlie 
spinal  cord  and  cause  almost  complete  loss  of  muscular  power.  Reflex  action  is 
depressed  with  tiie  loss  of  muscular  power,  and  these  and  the  lack  of  sensibility, 
which  usually  takes  place,  are  due  to  its  action  upon  the  sitinal  marrow.  Con- 
sciousness may  be  lost,  but  it  is  usually  retained  even  wlien  toxic  (loses  have  been 
taken.     When  fatal,  however,  dissolution  is  iisually  jireceded  by  lo.<s  of  eonsrious- 


GKLSKMIUM.  921 

ness.  The  c'liaracl«»ristic  toxic  symptoms  are  palpebral  relaxation,  ili^turbance 
of  the  ocular  muscles,  the  dropping  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  the  jirofound  prostra- 
tion and  muscular  relaxation.  The  pupil  dilates,  there  is  drooping  of  the  eye- 
lids (ptosis),  and  double  vision  (.diplopia).  Applied  locally  to  the  eye,  it  dilates 
the  pupils  and  interferes  with  the  action  of  the  muscles  of  accommodation.  The 
pulse  is  slowed  to  30  or  40  beats,  and  there  is  a  marked  decrease  in  temperature. 
Respiration  is  at  first  (juickened,  then  slowed,  breathing  becomes  shallow,  and  the 
action  upon  the  heart  appears  to  depend  upon  the  efl'ect  upon  respiration.  As  a 
rule,  the  mental  faculties  are  not  directly  atlected  by  it,  unless  it  bedue  to  accumu- 
lation of  cari>on  dioxide,  the  result  oi"  respiratory  paresis.  Occasionally,  death 
results  from  overdoses,  and,  when  it  does  so  occur,  is  due  to  asphj'xia.  Persons 
are  reported  to  have  been  poisoned  by  eating  honey  gathered  Ijy  the  bees  from 
gelsemium  dowers. 

Gelsemium  is  said  to  increase  the  tetanizing  power  of  strychnine.  The  post- 
mortem appearances  after  death  from  gelsemium  present  nothing  specially  char- 
acteristic. Twelve  minims  of  the  fluid  extract  have  been  asserted  to  have  killed 
a  boy  of  3  years,  yet  recoveries  have  taken  place  from  much  larger  doses.  Death 
from  gelsemium  usually  takes  place  in  from  1  to  8  hours.  (For  report  of  two  fatal 
cases,  see  Taylor's  Mal.'JurLsp.,  1892,  p.  164.) 

In  poisoning  by  gelsemium  or  its  alkaloid,  gelsemine,  evacuate  the  stomach 
by  emetics  or  stomach  pump,  administer,  hypodermatically,  morphine  and  atro- 
pine, use  friction,  internal  stimulation,  hot  drinks,  external  heat,  etc.  Tannin 
and  the  alkalies  and  their  carbonates  are  reputed  chemically  antagonistic.  Arti- 
ficial respiration  should  be  resorted  to,  and  the  heart  should  be  sustained  by  digi- 
talis and  similar  aicents.  As  but  few  cases  of  poisoning  by  gelsemium  have 
occurred,  tlie  antidotal  treatment  is  as  yet  not  well  established. 

rhera[)eutically,  gelsemium  acts  upon  the  cerebro-spinal  nerve  centers,  dimin- 
ishing; the  blood  supply  to  them,  as  in  determination  of  the  blood  to  the  head 
and  spine,  thereby  preventing  spasmodic  action.  Consequently,  in  dde-nnination 
of  the  hlood  to  the  hraia  and  npinalcord  and  their  appendages,  or  in  mJUimmotori/  condi- 
tion;! of  the  rerebro-.spinal  system,  the  drug  would  be  clearly  indicated.  It  is  never 
the  remedy  for  congestion.  Prof.  Scudder  has  pointed  out  as  the  specific  indica- 
tions for  it:  "The  Hushed  face,  bright  eye,  contracted  pupils,  increased  heat  of 
head,  great  restlessness,  and  excitation."  With  these  may  be  associated  a  general 
headache.  Bearing  these  indications  in  mind,  the  drug  will  be  found  useful  in 
the  diseased  conditions  named  in  this  article.  Gelsemium  was  first  employed  in 
febrile  tliseascs,  as  bilious,  remittent,  typhoid  and  malarial  feveis.  In  these  condi- 
tions, it  was  found  t<i  have  such  a  marked  antipyretic  action  that  it  rapidly  rose 
in  favor  among  the  earlier  Eclectics.  More  pronounced  effects  were  looked  tor  by 
the  Eclectic  fathers  than  are  now  known  to  be  most  desirable.  They  regarded  it 
as  the  only  agent  ever  yet  discovered  capable  of  subduing  in  from  2  to  20  hours, 
and  without  the  least  possible  injury  to  the  patient,  the  most  formidable  and 
most  complicated,  as  well  as  the  most  simple/ewr«  incident  to  our  country  and 
climate,  quieting  all  nervous  irritability  and  excitement,  equalizing  the  circula- 
tion, promoting  perspiration,  and  rectifying  the  various  secretions,  without  caus- 
ing nausea,  vomiting,  or  purging.  They  also  believed  it  adapted  to  any  stage  of 
the  disea.se,  while  the  majority  of  those  who  now  employ  it  believe  it  best  adapted 
to  the  earlier  stages  of  fevers,  and  seldom  of  marked  value,  if  not  harmful,  in  the 
advanced  stages,  or  after  the  period  of  excitation  has  passed.  It  may  follow  any 
preceding  treatment  with  safety.  It  is  best  suited  to  sthenic  cases  with  determi- 
nation of  biuoil  to  nerve  centers.  It  is  to  its  controlling  influence  over  nerve  irri- 
tation that  its  antipyretic  action  is  mainly  due.  As  soon  as  its  physiological  efi'ects 
are  observed,  the  remedy  should  be  discontinued,  lest  the  relaxation  may  be  too 
great  for  the  system  to  recover  from.  A  writer  observes  that  his  experience  in 
the  treatment  of  fevers,  with  this  agent,  inclines  iiim  to  believe  that  when  given 
in  do.ses  Bufliciently  large  to  produce  its  full  and  complete  constitutional  eflects, 
it  impairs  the  tonicity  of  the  mu.scular  fibers  of  the  heart  (which  are  always 
weakened  in  those  feversj,  and  thus  retards  or  prolongs  convalescence.  Gelse- 
mium is  a  remedy  for  elevation  of  temperature,  whether  from  cold,  or  due  to 
graver  affections,  as  the  fevers  above  notice<l,  or  whether  due  to  pneumonid.pleiiriinj, 
or  even  puerperal  fever,  in  which  it  is  often  of  marked  value.     Chilly  sensations 


922  GELSEMIUM. 

upon  moving  the  body  are  indications  for  it,  and  are  usually  followed  by  the 
high  temperature  and  the  stage  of  excitation,  in  which  the  drug  has  earned  its 
reputation. 

Gelsemium  possesses  a  most  perfect  control  over  the  nervous  system,  remov- 
ing nervous  irritability  more  completely  than  any  other  known  agent.  Such 
agents  as  passiflora  increase  its  efficiency  in  this  direction.  Prof.  W.  E.  Bloyer 
(E.  M.  J.,  1894,  p.  532)  writes:  "  There  is  a  species  of  nervousness  that  gelsemium 
always  overcomes.  The  patient  says  that  he  is  'nervous.'  He  is  grouchy,  touchy, 
every  impulse  and  feeling,  whether  painful  or  pleasant,  is  magnified  or  accelerated, 
and  the  contracted  pupil  is  not  always  specially  noticeable.  If  the  patient  be 
nervous  and  without  fever  or  inflammation,  give  him  Pulsatilla;  with  these,  give 
Gpecific  gelsemium."' 

By  allaying  nervous  excitement  and  restoring  the  secretions  it  prepares  the 
system  for  quinine,  for  quinine  is  very  frequently  associated  with  gelsemium  in 
the  treatment  of  various  conditions.  In  i\\e  fevers  and  inflammations  of  children 
this  irritation  is  often  marked,  and  frequently  results  in  convulskyiis.  These  cases 
are  promptly  relieved  b\'  gelsemium,  which,  as  an  antispasmodic,  is  second  to  no 
other  drug.  Its  power  is  well  displayed  in  cnnvulsions  from  dentition,  and  in  like 
conditions  from  inflammatory  states  of  the  digestive  tract,  as  enteritis,  gastro-enteritis, 
especially  in  bowel  troubles  of  the  second  summer,  as  cholera  infantum,  diarrh(xa,  and 
dysentery.  Its  powerful  antispasmodic  action  makes  it  especially  applicable  to 
hysterical  females.  In  hysteria,  begin  with  1  drop  and  increase  until  the  muscles 
relax  and  diplopia  results.  In  convulsions,  with  cramping  rigidity  of  the  muscles, 
give  gelsemium  until  its  physiological  effects  are  produced.  Neuralgia,  with  pow- 
erful nervous  twitching,  is  relieved  by  it.  Toothache,  from  peridental  inflamma- 
tion, is  relieved  by  it  as  well  as  that  form  of  toothache  frequently  accompanying 
pregnancy.  It  is  a  good  agent  in  facial  neuralgia  from  nerve  excitation  and  dart- 
ing pain,  from  cold,  or  from  dental  caries.  Administer  in  drop  doses.  Insomnia 
is  often  relieved  by  gelsemium.  It  is  prominent  as  a  remedj'  for  pain,  though  the 
specific  indication  (nervous  tension)  should  be  present  or  the  remedy  will  be 
likely  to  fail.  There  must  also  be  evidence  of  increased  circulation — hyperemia 
of  the  part.  In  headache,  with  active  circulation,  and  especially  from  eye  strain, 
in  migraine,  in  nervous  headache,  and  in  myalgia,  administer  small  doses.  It  also 
benefits  bilious  headache  and  tic-douloureux.  For  ovarian  neuralgia  full  doses  are 
necessary.  It  benefits  intercostal  neuralgia  and  sciatica.  It  relieves  the  tenesmus 
of  dysentery  and  other  spa-STnodic  conditions  of  the  bmceh.  It  is  a  valuable  agent  in 
chorea,  and  it  has  been  used  with  marked  success  in  epilepsy  and  tetanu.^,  its  efTects 
in  the  latter  affection  having  been  very  favorable.  In  spasmodic  cmulitions  of  the 
urinary  tract  it  is  frequently  indicated.  It  produces  relaxation  during  the  passage 
of  renal  calculi.  Scanty  flow  of  urine,  with  irritation  of  urinary  passages,  calls 
for  gelsemium.  It  should  generally,  unless  specially  contraindicated,  be  given 
previously  to  or  with  the  indicated  diuretic,  when  urinal  suppression  is  due  to 
renal  or  cystic  irritation  (not  congestion).  It  is  the  remedy  for  dysuria  from  spas- 
modic urethral  stricture.  Hot  applications  to  the  loins  and  back  aid  its  action.  It 
acts  promptly  in  the  retention  of  urine  in  the  hysterical  woman.  It  is  a  good  rem- 
edy in  gonorrhoea,  and  some  cases  oi  spermatorrhaia  in  plethoric  subjects  have  been 
cured  by  it,  though  as  a  rule  it  is  far  less  serviceable  than  otlier  agents  in  noc- 
turnal emissions.  One  of  its  early  uses  was  for  gonorrluva,  for  which  it  was 
thought  to  be  almost  specific.  For  the  early  inflammatory  stages  of  this  affec- 
tion, with  tendency  to  chordee,  no  agent  is  more  prompt  than  gelsemium.  It  is 
frequently  given  with  aconite  and  cannabis  indica  for  this  purinise.  Gelsemium 
quickly  relieves  the  tenesmic  pain,  ischuria,  etc.,  of  i>ri><7//if  catarrhal  cottdittoiis 
of  the  hiadder.  Jnflamnmtimi  of  the  kidneys,  bladder  or  urethra,  are  relieved  by  gel- 
semium. In  puerpenU  convulsions  it  has  probably  been  used  oftener  than  any  other 
remedy,  excepting  morphine  and  chloroform. 

In  the  pelvic  disorders  of  women  it  is  a  favorite  remedy.  With  the  usual 
indications  it  subdues  oraritis,  metritis,  and  salpingiti.t.  Severe  dysmenorrhaa  with 
colicky  pains,  and  uterine  colic  are  promptly  relieved  by  large  doses  of  it.  Rigid 
OS  uteri,  with  thin,  unyielding  edges,  and  "a  dryness  of  the  parts,  is  relaxed  by 
gelsemium.  In  fact,  it  relaxes  all  sphincters.  "By  rectifying  such  complications 
it   facilitates  labor.     Free  doses  should    be  administered.     CJelsemiu.n,  alone  or 


combined  with  pulsatilla,  is  iiivaluiiblo  t<>  overcome  the  marked  restlessness 
evinced  V>y  some  parturients,  and  gelsemium  will  often  retard  a  labor  that  has 
begun  before  the  parts  are  ready  for  the  ordeal,  i>articularly  when  the  woman  is 
excessively  excitable  and  nervous,  and  the  pains  are  spurious,  or  at  least  jerky 
and  ineffectual.  The  vervoiis  teimon  following  accouchement  is  quickly  relieved 
by  this  drug.  After-}jains  are  controlled  by  it,  and  it  is  serviceable  in  some  forms 
of  lewitrrhau. 

By  blunting  peripheral  sensibility  it  allays  the  itching  of  erzema,  and  locally 
applied  (diluted )  is  serviceable  in  pruritjo.  Delirium  tremetis,  mania,  and  paralysis 
have  been  treated  successfully  with  this  drug.  It  has  also  been  employed  to 
some  extent  as  a  mydriatic  in  eye  practice.  I'rof.  King  derived  considerable  ad- 
vantage from  gelsemium  in  covj u mi i litis,  muscular  asthenofiia,  iritis,  and  in  tiitnitus 
(iHrtHHi,  administered  in  small  doses  every  3  or  4  hours;  being  extremely  careful 
not  to  carry  the  influence  of  the  agent  to  depression  or  relaxation.  Dr.  J.Par- 
rish,  of  Philadelphia,  derived  the  greatest  benefit  from  tlie  administration  of  this 
drug,  in  cases  of  habitual  drunkards  and  opiuui  eaters.  Gastro-intestimd  irritation 
and  irritative  d;/spcpt:ia,  with  feeling  of  rawness,  heat,  and  pain,  with  a  sensation 
of  knotty  contraction  in  the  stomach,  call  for  gelsemium.  In  the  cxanthimata 
this  remedy  is  often  indicated  by  the  great  heat  and  restlessness.  It  is  nearly 
always  called  for  in  cerebrospinal  mcniin/itis.  In  the  recent  epidemics  oi  influenza 
(In  gripjie)  probably  no  one  remedy  was  more  extensively  used,  or  oftmer  indi- 
cated. Where  there  were  persistent  high  temperature  and  headache,  with  great 
excitability,  it  acted  promptly  and  kindly.  Gelsemium  has  been  used  quite 
extensively  in  vhoojiinci-rough,  ^lasmodic  cough,  spasm  of  the  glottis,  o.-^thma,  and  the 
cough  of  htjstcrin.  In  ejxessire  action  of  the  heart,  especially  in  liysterial  subjects, 
it  is  often  serviceable.  Gelsemium  has  also  proved  beneficial  in  vertigo,  hcmor 
rhage-^,  ague-cake,  gout  and  rheumatism,  in  the  latter  disease  aiding  some  of  the 
antirheumatic  remedies.  Bronchitis,  lari/ngitis  and  albuminuria  have  also  been 
successfully  treated  with  gelsemium.  Externally,  gelsemium  will  be  found  of 
service*  in  neuralgic  and  rheumatic  pains.  The  usual  prescription  is  from  5  to  15 
drops  of  specific  gelsemium  in  4  ounces  of  water.  Dose,  a  teaspoonful.  For  the 
larger  doses  begin  with  1  drop,  and  administer  cautiously  until  the  physiological 
effects  are  ajtparent.     Dose  of  spi'cific  gelsemium,  y'^  drop  to  10  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Gelsemium  is  indicated  by  bright  eyes, 
contracted  pupils,  flushed  face,  great  heat,  and  restlessness ;  mental  irritability; 
insomnia,  with  excitation ;  pain  over  the  whole  head;  dysuria,  with  scanty  secre- 
tion of  urine;  irritation  of  the  urinary  tract ;  pinched,  contracted  tissues;  thin, 
dry,  unyielding  os  uteri,  with  dry  vaginal  walls;  arterial  throbbing  and  exalted 
sensibility:  chilly  sensations  upon  motion;  hyperemia;  and  convulsions. 

GENISTA.— GENISTA. 

The  young  branches  and  leaves  oi  Genista  tinetoria,  Linne. 

Nat.  Ord. — Leguminosa-. 

Common  N.\mks  :  Dyer's  green-weed.  Wood-waxen,  Green  ireed,  Dyer's  broom. 
Dyer's  weed. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — This  plant  is  an  erect  shrub,  about  a  foot 
high,  and  is  a  native  of  Central  Europe.  It  is  quite  common  in  poor  soil 
throughout  England,  and  has  been  naturalized,  and  grows  abundantly,  in  a  few 
localities  of  the  eastern  United  States.  The  stem  is  short,  woody,  anil  sends  uj> 
numerous  erect  branches.  The  leaves  are  simple,  a  character  distinguishing  the 
plant  from  most  of  the  native  leguminous  plants.  They  are  narrowly  lanceolate, 
acute,  entire,  sessile,  alternate,  and  attached  to  the  stem  at  an  acute  angle.  The 
flowers  are  numerous,  bright  vellow,  and  are  borne  in  terminal,  showy  racemes. 
The  calyx  is  2-lipped,  with  a  deeply  '2-lobed  upper,  and  a  3-lobed  lower  lip.  The 
corolla  is  papilionaceous,  and  the  10  stamens  are  united  into  a  complete  tube  at 
the  base.     The  fruit  is  a  flat,  several-seeded  pod. 

There  are  three  English  species  of  Genista,  two  unarmed;  G.tinctoria,yi'\i\i 
smooth,  and  (;.  pilosa,  with  hairy,  leaves.  The  armed  species,  G.  angliea,  has  sharp, 
eimjile  thorns.  The  leaves  of  G.purgans,  a  native  of  France,  are  used  as  a  cathartic. 


924  GEXTIAXA. 

Little  is  known  of  tlie  cliemical  history  of  the  several  species  of  GenUta.  Dr. 
Plugge  (^Jahresb.  dcr  Phcmn.,  1895,  p.  134),  investigating  the  occurrence  of  the  alka- 
loid cytisine  in  various  species  of  Papilionacete,  found  Genista  tinctoria  and  G.pUosa 
to  be  free  from  this  substance.  Genista  tinctoria  has  been  in  some  little  repute 
as  a  medicine  since  the  day  of  Culpepper.  The  flowers  yield  an  inferior  yellow 
dye.  The  dried  plant  possesses  scarcely  any  taste.  It  must  not  be  confused  with 
Broom  tops  (Scoparius). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Both  the  flowers  and  the  seeds  have 
been  employed  in  medicine,  in  dropsinil,  (iffa-tions,  and  with  considerable  efficacy. 
Sixty  grains  of  the  powdered  seeds  })rodu'(e  active  catharsis,  and  even  emesis,and 
is  the  dose  generally  advised  in  dropsy.  An  iiifusicjn  of  the  flowers  has  been  ad- 
vantageously emploj'ed  in  gout  and  rheumatism,  and  is  also  stated  to  have  been 
successful  in  several  cases  oi  albu  in  inuria,'u\  doses  of  2  tablespoon  fuls  every  1  or  2 
hours.  Probaljly  a  tincture  would  be  found  more  available.  Formerly  this  plant 
had  an  unmerited  reputation  fi  ir  the  prevention,  as  well  as  the  cure,  of  hydrophobia. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — "Ascites,  and  cedema  with  cutaneous  dis- 
ease, or  erosion  of  tlie  skin  with  exudation"  (Scudder,  Spec.  Med.). 

GENTIANA  (U.  S.  P.)— GENTIAN. 


"The  root  oi  Gentian  a  lutea,Lmne"—(U.  S.  P.). 
Nat.  Ord. — Gentianete. 
Common  Names:   Gent  inn,  Gentian-root. 
Illustration-  :    Bcntley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  182. 

Botanical    Source. — This  plant  has  a  long,  thick,  cylindrical,  wrinkled, 
ringed,  t'orki'd,  perennial  root,  brown  externally,  and  yellow  within.     The  stem 
is  3  or  4  feet  high,  hollow,  stout,  and  erect. 
^'^'  ^^°-  The  radical  leaves  are  ovate-oblong,  o-nerved, 

and  2  or  3  inches  broad;  those  on  the  stem 
sessile,  ovate,  and  acute;  those  next  the  flow- 
ers cordate,  amplexicaul,  and  concave;  all 
are  a  pale,  bright-green.  The  flowers  are  large, 
bright-yellow,  in  many-flowered  whorls,  and 
peduncled;  the  calyx  is  monophyllous.  of  a 
papery  texture,  semitransparent.  3  or  4-cleft, 
with  short,  lanceolate,  unequal  segments. 
The  corolla  is  rotate,  with  a  very  short  tube, 
0  or  6  green  glands  at  the  base.  5  or  6-parted, 
with  oblong,  acute,  narrow,  veiny  lobes;  the 
stamens,  5  or  6  in  number,  are  not  so  long  as 
the  corolla;  the  anthers  are  subulate,  some- 
what united,  becoming  distinct;  the  ovary 
conical;  the  stigmas  se.«sile  and  revolute;  the 
capsule  stalked,  oblong,  2-val  ved.  and  1-celled, 
and  the  seeils  are  many  and  flattened,  with 
thin,  brownish  edges  (L.\ 

History  and  Description.— This  plant 
is  common  to  the  central  and  southern  parts  of  Europe,  especiallv  the  Pvrenees. 
Alps,  etc.,  being  found  from  3,000  to  5,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Its 
root  affords  the  medicinal  portion,  and  is  brought  to  this  market  from  Havre, 
Marseilles,  etc.     The  U.  S.  P.  describes  it  as  follows : 

"In  nearly  cylindrical  pieces  or  longitudinal  slices,  about  25  Mm.  (I  inch) 
thick,  the  upper  portion  closely  annulate,  the  lower  portion  longitudinally  wrin- 
kled; externally  deep  yellowish-brown;  internally  lighter;  somewhat  flexible 
and  tough  when  damp;  rather  brittle  when  dry;  fracture  uneven;  the  bark 
rather  thick  ;  separated  from  tiie  somewhat  spongy  medituUium  by  a  black  cam- 
bium line;  odor  peculiar,  faint,  more  prominent  when  moistened;  taste  sweetish 
and  persistently  bitter" — {U.  S.  P.). 

The  root  imparts  its  virtues  readily  to  cold  or  hot  water,  alcohol,  or  sulphuric 
ether.    A  licjuor  iM-ejiart'd  from  it  in  some  parts  of  Switzerland  is  much  j^rized  a* 


Gentiana  lute 


GEXTIANA.  925 

a  stomachic;  it  is  made  lij'  macerating;  tli<-  root  in  cold  water,  addiiif;  some  sugar, 
yeast,  and  distilling  after  vinous  lermentation  has  occurred.  Fliickiger  {Phamui- 
cofinoitU',  1891 ),  states  that  as  a  consequence  of  this  use,  the  plant  has  almost  dis- 
ai)peared  fmni  some  i)arts  of  Switzerland. 

Chemical  Composition. — Tlie  following  three  proximate  principles  are  the 
characteristic  constituents  of  gentian  root:  Gentiopikrin,  of  Kromayer  ( IS62),  to 
which  the  root  owes  its  hitterness;  gcntUin,  of  Hlasiwetz  and  Habermann  (1875), 
a  yellow,  tasteless  substance,  whose  reactions  with  ferric  chloride  seem  to  have 
l>  -en  mistaken  for  those  of  tannin  (see  Maisch,  A  mtr.  Jnur.  Pharm.,  1876,  )i.  4.S6,  and 
iS'^0,  p.  1);  and  gmtlmwse,  of  Arthur  Meyer  (1882),  a  crystallizable,  fermentable 
suiiar,  not  reducing  Feliling's  solution,  and  which  occurs  in  the  fresh  root  only. 
The  root  also  contains  a  volatile  oil  to  which  its  odor  is  due;  fatty  and  resinous 
matter,  uncrystallizable  sugar,  large  quantities  of  mucilage,  about  8  per  cent  of 
ash,  but  no  starch.  Drying  the  root  seems  to  have  the  effect  of  increasing  the 
resinous  matter  (Fliickiger,  P/mrmarorinosie,  ISltl  i. 

Gkntiopikrin  (0„H„0,;\  first  olitained  pure  by  Kromayer  (Arch,  der  Pharm., 
1S62,  Vol.  CLX,  p.  27),  was  previously  described  as  gpntianin  by  Henry  and  Caven- 
tou  (1821),  and  later  differentiated  by  Trommsdorfl',  Leconte,  and  Dulk  into  the 
bitter  gentuinin  and  the  non-bitter  acid  geutmn  or  gintu<ic  acid. 

Gentiopikrin  is  completely  abstracted  from  aqueous  solution  by  animal  char- 
coal; on  this  principle  it*  purification  was  affected.  It  crystallizes  in  needles 
of  bitter  taste,  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  in.soluble  in  "pure  ether.  It  is  a 
glucosid,  being  decomposed  liy  diluted  acids  into  sugar  and  amorphous,  yellow- 
brown,  bitter  _(;<;/i?«:i^<?)u/i  (CnHijOj).  Kromayer  obtained  from  (i  pounds  of  fresh 
root  only  4  grammes  of  crystallized  gentiopikrin.  Fluckinger  ( 1891)  records  that 
alcoholic  tinctures  of  gentian  root  lose  their  bitterness  upon  standing,  crystallized 
dextrose  being  deposited  (Crawfurd  and  Wittstein).  Allcali  likewise  destroys  the 
bitterness  of  the  tincture. 

Ge.ntisis  (C„H,„05),  of  Hlasiwetz  and  Habermann  (Jaresb.  der  Pharm.,  1874, 
p.  309),  forms  yellow,  tasteless  needles,  nearly  insoluble  in  water  and  ether,  crys- 
tallizable from  alcohol.  The  researches  of  Kostanecki  and  his  pupils  (JBer.  d. 
Deutxrh.  Chem.  Ges.  i^^/'.,  1891  and  1894)  have  shown  that  this  sul)stanee  is  a  trioxy- 
xiDith'mr  belonging  to  the  same  class  of  substances  as  chi-i/.fiv,  iinercetin,  fi-^din,  and 
other  vegetable  dyes.  Fusing  with  caustic  potash  splits  gentisin  into  acetic  acid, 
phloroglucin.  and  oxysalicylic  acid  (CjH^Oj,  an  isomer  of  protocatechuic  acid: 
it  was  probably  the  gentunc  or  gnUinnir  arid  of  older  authors.  In  1894,  Kostanecki 
and  Tambor  succeeded  in  effecting  the  complete  chemical  synthesis  of  gentisin 
(which  is  methyl-gentUrin,  Kostanecki,  1891);  gentise'in  (CuHsOs+H.O)  being  the 
intermediary  produet  ( Bn:  d  Deuisch.  Chem.'Oes.  Ref.,  1894,  p.  190).  G.W.  Kennedy 
i  .\iner.  .lr,)ir.  /"';/;i.,  1881,  p.  280),  found  gentiopikrin  and  gentisin  also  in  the  root 
of  Frn.-^era  W ,  •.  ■/  (wliich  see). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — A  i>owerful  tonic,  improves  the  appe- 
tite, strengthens  digestiim,  gives  more  force  to  the  circulation,  and  slightly  elevates 
the  heat  of  the  body.  When  taken  in  large  doses  it  is  apt  to  oppress  the  stomach, 
irritate  the  bowels,  and  even  produces  nausea  and  vomiting,  as  well  as  fullness  of 
pulse  and  headache.  Its  administration  is  contraindicated  where  gastric  irrita- 
bility or  inflammation  are  present.  Used  in  cases  of  debility  and  exha^tstimi,  and  in 
all  cases  where  a  tonic  is  required,  as  di/fpepsid,  gout,  ameiwrrhaa,  hysteria,  scrofula, 
interm,ittent*,  diarrhfen,  worms,  etc.  A  tincture  made  by  percolation  of  1  part  of 
podophyllum  and  6  parts  of  gentian,  diluted  alcohol  being  the  menstruum, 
was  prized  by  Prof.  Scudder  as  one  of  the  most  efficient  remedies  for  "■atony  of  the 
Ktonvich  and  bowels  with  feeble  or  slow  digestion"  (S/iec.  Med.).  Gentian  is  valuable 
to  relieve  irritation  and  increase  the  appetite,  after  protracted  fevers,  where  the 
powers  of  life  are  depressed  and  recovery  de]>ends  upon  ability  to  assimilate  food. 
Dose  of  the  powder,  from  10  to  30  grains ;  of  the  extract,  from  1  to  10  grains;  of 
infusion,  1  or  2  fluid  ounces;  of  tincture,  1  or  2  fluid  drachms;  of  specific  gen- 
tian a,  5  to  40  drops. 

Dr.  Kiichenraeister  believes  that  impure  and  nncrystallized  gentianin  (see 
previous  editions  of  the  Amer.  /)(-•</).)  is  the  most  valuable  substitute  for  quinine, 
acting  as  rapidly  and  as  eflicaciously  on  the  spleen,  in  doses  of  from  15  to  30 
grains  twice  a  day. 


926  GENTIAN  A  OCHROLEUCA. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— "Sense  of  depression  referred  to  epigastric 
region,  and  associated  witii  sense  of  physical  and  mental  weariness"  (Scudder, 

List  of  Specific  Judications). 

Related  Species.— '7m(iana  Catesbsri,  \V alter  {Gentinna  Saponaria,  hinn^) ,  Blue  or  Ameri- 
can gentian,  has  a  perennial,  branching,  somewhat  flesliy  root,  with  a  simple,  erect,  rough 
stem,  8  to  10  inches  in  height.  Leaves  opposite,  ovate  or  lanceolate,  slightly  3-%-eined,  acute, 
rough  on  the  margin.  Flowers  large,  blue, crowded,  eubsessile,  axillarj',  and  terminal.  Calyx 
divided  into  4  or  5  linear-lanceolate  segments  longer  than  the  tube.  Corolla  large,  blue,  ven- 
tricose,  plaited ;  its  border  divided  into  10  segments,  the  outer  .5  roundish  and  more  or  less 
acute,  the  inner  5  bifid  and  imbricate.  Stamens  5,  with  dilated  filaments  and  sagittate  anthers. 
Ovary  oblong-lanceolate,  compressed,  supported  by  a  sort  of  pedicel.  Style  none;  stigmas  2, 
oblong,  reflexed.  Capsule  oblong,  acuminate,  1-celled,  2-valved  (L. — B.).  It  grows  in  the 
grassy  swamps  and  meadows  of  North  and  South  Carolina,  flowering  from  September  to  De- 
cember. The  root  is  about  J  inch  in  thickness  and  3  inches  long,  having  a  vivid,  yellow,  epi- 
dermal covering,  under  which  is  a  whitish,  spongy,  cortical  layer  enclosing  a  thin  column  of 
woody  tissue.  Its  bitterness  is  less  pronounced  than  that  of  the  official  drug.  It  is  little  infe- 
rior to  the  foreign  gentian,  and  may  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  it  in  all  cases,  in  the  same 
doses  and  preparations.  Alcohol  and  boiling  water  extract  its  virtues.  Probably  the  Gentiana 
Andrewfii,  Grisebach,  or  Cloied  him  gentian,  the  Gentiana  puberula,  Michaux,  and  the  -Gentiana 
crinita,  Frcelich,  or  Blue  fringed  gentian,  possess  analogous  medicinal  virtues.  Maisch  believed 
the  two  first-mentioned  to  be  collected  indiscriminately  with  the  Gentiana  Cateshni,  of  Walter, 
The  same  author  also  found  the  root  of  Gentiana  crinita,  Frcelich,  and  of  G.  C"fes'),ti',AV alter, 
to  be  free  from  tannin  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1876,  p.  487). 

The  following  European  species  are  sometimes  gathered  and  used  like  gentian : 

Gentiana  purpurea,  Linn^.  South  and  Central  Europe,  in  Alpine  meadows.  Differs  from 
gentian  root  only  in  having  a  peculiarly  branched  top,  and  being  of  a  more  pronounced  bitter. 
Flowers  yellow-purple. 

Gentiana  puncUita,  Linn6.  South  and  Central  Europe,  Alpine  districts.  Resembles  pre- 
ceding.   Flowers  yellow  and  dotted  with  purple. 

Gentiana  pannonica,  Scopoli.  Austrian  mountain  districts.  Root  smaller  than  that  of 
G. purpurea,  but  similar  in  other  respects.     Flowers  deep-purple. 

GENTIANA  OCHROLEUCA.— OCHROLEUCOUS  GENTIAN. 

The  root  and  tops  of  Geiitlana  ochroleum,  Froelich. 

A^at.  Ord. — Gentianeaj. 

Common  Names:  Marsh  gentian,  Yellowish-wkUe  gentian,  Straw-colored  gentian^ 
Sampson  snnkeroot,  etc. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  has  a  stout,  ascending  stem,  mostly  smooth, 
from  1  to  2  inches  in  height.  The  leaves  are  from  2  to  4  inches  long,  ^  of  an  inch 
to  1^  inch  wide,  obovate-oblong,  sessile  or  amplexicaul,  margin  slightly  scabrous, 
narrowed  at  the  base,  the  lowest  broadly  ovate  and  obtuse,  the  uppermost  some- 
what lanceolate.  The  flowers  are  straw-colored,  2  inches  long,  f  of  an  inch  thick, 
disposed  in  a  dense,  terminal  cyme,  often  also  in  axillary  cymes.  The  calyx 
is  5-cleft,  the  lobes  unequal,  linear,  longer  than  the  tube,  and  shorter  than  the 
corolla.  The  corolla  is  clavate,  connivent  or  slightly  expanding  at  the  top,  ochro- 
leucous  or  straw-colored,  with  green  veins  and  lilac-purple  stripes  internally ;  the 
lobes  are  ovate  and  obtuse;  the  folds  entire,  acute,  and  short.  Anthers  separate. 
The  ca])sule  or  pod  is  included  in  the  persistent  corolla.  The  seeds  are  entirely 
wingless  ( \V. — G.). 

History. — This  plant  is  found  growing  in  dry  grounds,  especially  through 
the  middle  and  low  country  of  the  southern  states,  flowering  in  September  and 
October.  Said  likewise  to  inhabit  Canada,  and  the  western  states,  but  this  must 
be  rare.  The  root  is  the  medicinal  part,  and  the  tops  are  also  often  employed. 
Thoy  are  bitter  to  the  taste,  and  probably  possess  the  medicinal  properties,  in  a 
greater  or  less  degree,  of  the  other  plants  of  the  same  family.  Alcohol  or  lioiling 
water  extracts  their  virtues.  None  of  the  American  Gentians  seem  to  have  been 
satisfactorily  analyziMl. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Bitter  tonic,  antheluiintic,and  astrin- 
gent. Fornit  ily  niiuli  used  in  diispepsia,  intermktcnts, dysentery, o.n^  all  diseases  of 
periodicity.  To  2  ounces  of  the  tops  and  roots,  pour  on  H  pints  of  boiling  water, 
and  when  nearly  cold,  add  ^  pint  of  brandy.  Dose,  from  A  to  4  fluid  "ounces, 
every  ^  hour,  gradually  increased  as  the  stomach  can  bear  it,  at  the  same  time 
lengthening  the  intervals  between  the  doses.     Also  used  for  biles  </  snakes,  and 


GENTIANA  QlUNQl'EKLORA.— OKRANIIM.  927 

in  typhus  fever:,  pneumonia,  etc.  This  is  ii  valuable  agent,  and  deserves  greater 
attention  from  the  profession  than  it  has  received.  It  will  be  found  very  useful 
as  a  tonic  to  all  enfeebled  mucous  tissues,  and  especially  when  there  is  more  or 
less  mucous  discharge,  as  in  chrmiic  catarrhal  affections,  7Hucotw  diarrhcea,  etc. 

GENTIANA  QUINQUEFLORA.— FIVE-FLOWERED  GENTIAN. 

The  root  of  Gentiana  ijuinqucjiom,  Lunmrck. 

Nat.  Onl. — Gentianea". 

C0M.M0N  Names:   Five-Jlowetrd  gentian,  Gall-u^ed. 

Ii.i.i-STRATio.N- :    Botaninil  Maga'zinc,  Plate  3496. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  annual  jilant,  found  in  woodland  pastures 
and  otlur  oinu  situations  in  the  eastern  section  of  the  United  States.  Tlie  stem 
is  smooth,  erect,  4-angled,  and  from  1  to  2  feet  high.  The  leaves  are  opposite, 
entire,  sessile,  slightly  cordate,  clasping  the  stem  at  the  base,  and  aiute  at  the 
apex.  They  are  about  1  inch  long,  and  have  from  3  to  5  veins  proceeding  from 
the  base.  Tlie  flowers,  which  ai)poar  late  in  the  summer,  and  open  only  in  sun- 
shine, are  of  a  bright-blue  color,  and  erect.  They  are  borne  on  loose  panicles,  in 
axillary  and  terminal  clusters  of  3  to  5,  on  pedicels  shorter  than  the  flowers.  The 
calyx  is  about  one-quarter  the  length  of  the  corolla,  and  is  deeply  5-parted,  hav- 
ing very  narrow,  linear  lobes.  The  corolla  is  smaller  than  in  the  other  native 
species  of  Gentian;!,  being  slightly  less  than  an  inch  in  length.  It  is  narrowly 
bell-shaped,  and  has  5  acute,  sliort  lobes.  The  stamens  are  5,  and  attached  to  the 
corolla  tubes;  they  have  versatile  anthers,  which  are  introrse  when  the  tlower  ex- 
pands, but  at  length  turn  away  from  the  pistil.  The  pistil  consists  of  a  1-celled 
ovary,  sup)iorted  on  a  slender  stii)e,  and  bears  2  distinct,  sessile  stigmas.  The 
fruit  is  a  dry  capsule,  opening  by  2  valves,  and  tilled  with  very  numerous  small 
seeds.  The  plant  above  described  is  the  form  of  (ientiana  quinqueflora  occurring 
in  the  eastern  section  of  the  United  States.  A  western  variety  t  var.  occidentalis. 
Gray)  difl'ers  in  being  more  rolnist,  and  in  having  the  calyx-lobes  half  the  length 
of  the  corolla.  It  occurs  in  the  prairies  of  Illinois,  and  throughout  the  neigh- 
boring states,  and  southwardly. 

History  and  Description.— This  plant  was  recommended  a.s  a  substitute  for 
quinine,  the  ru<it  being  employed.  As  found  in  the  market,  under  the  above 
name,  it  is  about  the  size  of  senega,  has  the  general  appearance  of  this  root,  ex- 
cepting tlie  angled  form  and  ridge.  It  has  a  smooth  bark,  which  is  light-yellow 
externally,  and  white  within.  It  breaks  with  a  clear  fracture  and  is  hard  and 
woody.  The  taste  is  very  bitter,  resembling  the  Apocynums  rather  than  Gentiana 
lutea.  It  has  never  been  cliemically  examined.  The  plant  grows  in  woods  and 
pastures,  flowering  in  September  and  October,  and  is  found  from  Vermont  to 
Pennsylvania. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Gentiana  quinqueflora.  Five-flowered 
gentian,  SDinctiiiits  called  Gall-weed,  on  account  of  its  intense  bitterness,  has  been 
found  of  niuih  servii  e  in  hntdiu-li, ,  linr  affcrllons, jaundice,  etc.,  and  is  greatly  supe- 
rior in  it.s  action  to  the  olhcial  root.  This  is  certainly  a  valuable  tonic  and 
cholagogue,  and  deserves  further  investigation.  It  is  regarded  a  valuable  agent  in 
chronic  (/nstro- intestinal  atony.  Dose  of  a  saturated  tincture  of  the  recent  root,  from 
5  to  40  drops. 

GERANIUM  lU.  S.  P.)— GERANIUM. 

"The  rhizome  of  Geranium  vuwulalum,  Linne" — {U.  S.  I'.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Geraniacea-. 

CoMMO.v  Names:  C'ranesbill,  Wild  cranesbill,  Crowfoot,  Spotted  (jcranium.  Alum- 
root, etc. 

IlU'strations:  Bentlev  and  Trimen,  Med.  Pl<ntts,  -I'i  ;  Johnson's  Med.  Bat.  of 
N.  A.,  Plate  4. 

Botanical  Source. — Geranium  has  a  perennial,  horizontal,  thick,  rough  and 
knobby  root,  with  many  small  fibers.  The  stems  are  grayish-green,  erect,  round, 
clothed  with  reflexed  hairs,  angular,  dichotomous,  and  1  or  2  feet  high.     The 


92S  GERANIUM. 

leaves  are  ppreading,  hairy,  palmate,  with  3,  o,  or  7  deeply  cleft  lobes,  2  leaves  at 
each  fork ;  lobes  cuneiform,  entire  at  the  base,  and  incisely  serrate  above.    Th3 
radical  leaves  are  OQ  long  petioles,  erect  and  terete ;  leaves  at  the  top  opposite, 
subsessile,  those  at  the  middle  of  the  stem  opposite,  petiolate, 
'^"        ■  and  generally  reflexed.     Stipules  linear  or  lanceolate.     The 

flowers  are  large,  generally  purple,  mostly  in  pairs,  on  unequal 
pedicles,  sometimes  umbelled  at  the  ends  of  the  peduncles. 
Peduncles  long,  round,  hairy,  tumid  at  the  base,  and  at  the 
forks  of  the  stems  2-flowered.  The  calyx  consists  of  5  ob- 
ovate,  ribbed,  mucronate  sepals,  the  outermost  haiiy.  The 
petals  are  5,  obovate,  entire,  liglit  purple,  and  marked  with 
green  at  the  base.  The  stamens  are  erect  or  curving  out- 
ward, alternately  longer,  furnished  at  the  base  with  glands, 
terminated  by  oblong,  convex,  deciduous,  purple  anthers. 
Ovaryovate;  style  straight, as  long  as  the  stamens;  stigmas  5, 
at  first  erect,  and  afterward  recurved.  The  capsules  are  5, 
together,  and  each  1-seeded  (L. — W.). 

History  and  Description. — Geranium  is  a  native  of  this 
T"-^  countrv,gr(jwing  in  nearlv  all  parts  of  it  in  low  grounds, open 

Geranium  maoniatum.  ^q^j^ -^^0.,  flowering  from  April  to  June.  There  are  several 
varieties  of  this  species  which  are  probably  equivalent  in  medicinal  virtues  to 
the  G.  maculatuin.  The  dried  root  is  the  official  part.  It  is  officially  described  as 
follows:  "Of  horizontal  growth,  cylindrical,  5  to  7  Cm.  (2  to  3  inches)  long; 
about  1  Cm.  (|  inch)  thick;  rather  sharply  tuberculated,  longitudinally  wrinkled, 
dark-brown;  fracture  short,  pale  reddish-brown;  bark  thin;  wood-wedges  yellow- 
ish, small,  forming  a  circle  near  the  cambium  line;  medullary  raj-s  broad ;  central 
pith  large;  roots  thin,  fragile;  inodorous;  taste  strongly  astringent  (f.  <S'.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition. — Geranium  was  analyzed,  in  1829,  by  Dr.  Staples, 
who  found  it  to  contain  a  large  quantity  of  gallic  acid,  tannic  acid,  mucilage,  red 
coloring  matter,  principally  in  the  external  covering  of  the  root,  a  small  amount 
of  resin,  and  a  crystallizable  vegetable  substance  (Jour.  Phil.  Col.  Phann.,  Vol.  I, 
p.  171).  The  Messrs.  Tilden  have  more  recently  made  a  quantitative  analysis 
of  the  root,  and  found  it  to  contain  a  resin  soluble  in  alcohol,  a  resin  soluble  in 
ether,  an  oleoresin  soluble  only  in  ether,  tannin,  gallic  acid,  gum.  pectin,  starch, 
sugar,  albumen,  lignin,  chlorophyll, etc.  {Phann.  Jour.,  1863,  Vol.  V.,p.  22).  H.  K. 
Bowman,  in  1869,  found  in  the  root  of  Geranium  maculatuin  about  13  and  17  per 
cent,  and  Chas.  F.  Kramer,  in  1882,  about  17  per  cent  of  tannin ;  while  Henry 
.1.  Mayers,  who  made  a  complete  analysis  of  the  root  (Amcr.  Jour.  Phann.,  1889, 
p.  238),  obtained  only  4.28  per  cent,  with  much  decomposed  tannin  (phlobaphene); 
from  another  specimen  he  obtained  about  11.5  per  cent.  He  also  confirmed  the 
j)resence  of  gallic  acid.  More  recently  (Bull.  Km:  Garden.^'.  1896.  No.  109,  p.  30) 
Henry  R.  Procter  found  as  high  as  25.7  per  cent  tannin.  These  contradictory 
results  are  sufficiently  explained  by  the  researches  of  Prof.  Trimble  and  Mr.  J.  C. 
Peacock  (Ainer.  Jour.  Pharm..  1891,  p.  265).  In  these  ex|)eriments  moisture  and 
tannin  were  determined  in  samples  which  were  obtained  from  14  collections  sys- 
tematically extending  over  a  period  of  two  years.  The  principal  result  of  this 
work  may  be  summarized  as  follows: 

I.  Root  collected  in  January  had  11.72  per  cent  tannin,  calculated  on  abso- 
lutely dry  drug.     The  amount  ro'se  to  27.85  per  cent  in  spring,  just  before  bloom. 

\iiul  fell  io  9.72  per  cint  in  October. 

II.  The  tannin  obtained  yields  pyrogallol,  upon  heating,  hence  is  related  to 
gallotannic  acid. 

III.  The  tannin  obtained  is  a  glucosid  ;  when  heated  with  2  per  cent  hydro- 
chloric acid  it  easily  decomposes  into  gallic  acid,  glucose,  and  geranium  red,  a 
phlobaphene,  which  also  forms  as  a  red-brown  precipitate  when  a  1  per  cent  solu- 
tion of  the  tannin  is  allowed  to  stand. 

IV.  Xo  gallic  acid  is  present  in  the  fresh  root,  nor  in  the  decoction  made 
therefrom  ;  only  after  the  rhizome  is  dried  is  gallic  acid  present,  due  to  the  decom- 
jiosition  of  the  tannin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Geranium  is  a  powerful  astringent. 
Used  in  infusion  with  milk   in  thi>  second  stage  of  (li/stvUer;/,diarrhaa,  and  cholera 


GERARDIA.  929 

infnntuni.  In  bowel  disorders  it  is  the  chronic  or  subacute  states  in  wliich  it  is 
applicable,  an<l  especially  where  the  disciiar^fs  are  abundant  and  deliilitating. 
The  relaxati'iii  of  nienibraiifs  following  the  inflaniniatory  stage  is  an  indication 
for  its  use.  In  dysentery  it  is  not  adapted  to  the  first  and  acute  stage, but  should 
be  used,  after  a  laxative,  as  magnesium  sulphate,  where  the  disease  tends  to 
chronicity.  The  infusion  or  the  specific  geranium  in  milk  may  be  employed. 
Both  internally  and  externally  it  may  be  used  wherever  astringents  are  indi- 
cated, in  hemorrfiiKje^,  indole»t  vhrrs^  apfitlmus  sore  viouth,  o])lithalmin,  leucorrhcea, 
ghrt,  hciiialuriii,  victwrrhngia,  diabetts,  and  all  excessive  rhronir  jhkcoim  disc/iiirgeii; 
also,  to  cure  vu'rrurial  fKtlivntion.  Rilaintion  of  the  uvula  may  be  benefited  by  gar- 
gling with  si  decoction  of  the  root,  as  well  as  n^fftlhous  virrration  of  the  laovih  and 
throat.  Chronic  phnnptgad  catarrh  has  been  cured  with  it,  while  recently'  an  old- 
school  authority  claims  for  it  restorative  properties  in  incipient  jmhnonary  con- 
suiiiption.  From  its  freedom  from  any  nauseous  or  unpleasant  qualities,  it  is  well 
adapted  to  infants  and  persons  witli  fastidious  stomachs.  In  cases  oi  bUedingpiUf!, 
a  strong  decoction  of  the  root  may  be  injected  into  the  rectum,  and  shouhl  V)e 
retainetl  as  long  as  possible.  Hemorrhoids  are  said  to  be  cured  by  adding  of  the 
root  in  fine  powder,  2  ounces,  to  tobacco  ointment,  7  ounces,  and  appl}'  to  the 
parts,  3  or  4  times  a  day.  Troublesome  e]iistaxis,  bleeding  from  vounds  or  small 
vessels,  and  from  the  extraction  of  teeth,  may  be  checked  effectually  by  ai>plying 
the  powder  to  the  bleeding  orifice,  and,  if  possible,  covering  with  a  compress  of 
cotton.  With  Aletris  farinosa  in  decoction,  and  taken  internally,  it  has  proved 
of  superior  efficiency  in  diabetes,  and  in  Bright's  di-^a.^e  of  the  kidney.  A  mixture 
or  solution  of  2  parts  of  bydrochlorate  of  berberine  and  1  part  of  extract  of  gera- 
nium, will  be  found  of  unrivaled  efficiency  in  all  chronic  vuieous  diseases,  as  in  gleet, 
leucorrhifi,  oj'hthalmia,  gastric  affections,  catarrh,  and  ulceration  of  the  bladdtyr, etc., eic. 
A  decoction  of  2  parts  of  geranium  and  one  of  sanguinaria  forms  an  excellent 
injection  for  gleet  and  Uncnrrheea.  Dose  of  the  powder,  from  20  to  80  grains;  of 
the  decoctii'U,  from  1  to  2  fluid  ounces;  of  specific  geranium,  5  to  30  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Relaxed  mucous  tissues,  with  profuse,  de- 
bilitatiui;  discharges;  chronic  diarrhcea,  with  mucous  discharges;  chronic  dysen- 
tery;  diiirrli(_ea,  with  constant  desire  to  evacuate  the  bowels;  passive  hemorrhages. 

Related  Species. — Geranium  Eobertianum,  Linnt^,  or  Herb  Itoh,rl,  grows  wild  both  in  Eu- 
rojHj  ami  in  tlie  United  States,  bnt  is  rare  in  this  country  ;  and  Pursh  states  that  the  Ameri- 
can plant  is  destitute  of  tlie  heavy  snu-U  by  which  the  European  is  so  wpU  known,  tliough  the 
two  agree  in  all  other  respects.  It  has  a  tapering  root,  with  several  round,  leafy,  branched, 
re<ldisl»,  brittle,  succulent,  and  ditfuse  stems,  hairj-,  chiefly  on  one  side  (L. — W.).  The  plant 
flowers  from  May  to  September,  and  has  a  strong,  unpleasant  smell.  The  herb  has  a  disagree- 
able, bitterish,  astringent  taste,  and  imparts  its  virtues  to  boiling  water.  A  bitter  principle 
and  tannin  are  among  its  constituents.  It  has  been  used  internally  in  int'cmitUiit  Jefer,con- 
tiimplhn,  li'iiiorrhagts,  nephritic  complaintt,  jaundice,  etc., and  has  been  emplovid  as  a  gargle  in 
affecliom  of  tlie  throai,  and  applied  externally  as  a  resolvent  to  m-oUen  brea.<ts  and  other  lumors. 

Erofil'iiii  clrutariHin,  L'Hi^ritier  (Geranium  cicxilarium,  linn^).  Storkebill.—Sonthera  Europe 
and  common  in  Western  Uniteil  States,  though  scarce  in  Atlantic  states,  A  valuable  nutri- 
tious forage  plant,  and,  thouirh  neither  a  clover  nor  a  grass,  is  known  as  AlJUaria  (from  Spanish 
aljUerilhi,  signifying  pin  ;  hence  pin-weed),  Pin-clorcr,  Pin-grasi,  and  Filaree.  Cold  weather  doea 
not  kill  it  and  it  is  the  onlv  green  vegetable  substance  available  for  stock  in  dry  seasons^  It 
is  said  to  impart  a  fine  flavor  t(j  butter  and  milk  (see  Agr.  Grams  and  Forage  Plants  of  I'.  S., 
byVa*y,  1HS9i.     Diuretic  ior  dnipgit.  >  ^  ,. 

Entdium  moechaium,  A iton.— .Mediterranean  Europe,  north  and  south  Africa,  and  Cali- 
fornia. Valuable  forage  plant  in  dry  seasons.  It  has  the  odor  of  musk.  Therapeutically  it  i» 
dlai)horetic.     Other  astringents  are : 

\'inra  mnjur.  Orenl,r  jMri winkle ;  Vinca  minor,  Lemr  ]>,-riu-inkle.—'EDg]anil.  Reputed  useful 
in  menorrhwiia  and  Other  hemorrhagic  «/«/<•.«. 

Oroxiil'nm  in'licum.—East  India.  Bark  contains  an  acrid  substance  and  a  yellow  crj'stal- 
line  principle,  oojriflin  (Phann.  Jour.  Traiw.,  1890,  Vol.  XXI,  p.  2.57).  Bark  a  powerful  sudo- 
ritie,  astringent  and  tonic.    Employed  in  diarrhcea. 

Jiaimbd'iUii  comhretum. —Atrica.  Contains  an  abundance  of  tannin.  Employed  by  the  Am- 
cans  in  h:imnturic  bilious  ferer. 

GERARDIA.— BUSHY  GERABDIA. 

The  herb  of  Gerardia   pedicularia,  I.inn-e  {Damfstoma  ],edirularia,  Beniham). 

\nt.  Ord. — Scrophulariacete. 

Common  Names:    Bush;/  gerardia,  Lnmeioort,  Fever  rreed.  Amrn'cnn  fox-glove. 


Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  perennial  plant,  whose  stem  is  tall  and  bushy, 
with  a  scattered  woolly  pubescence,  2  or  3  feet  in  height,  and  brachiate-panicled. 
The  leaves  are  numerous,  opposite,  ovate-lanceolate  or  oijlong,  pinnatiSd,  the  seg- 
ments being  doubly  cut-dentate.  The  flowers  are  large,  yellow,  axillary,  trum- 
pet-shaped, opposite,  and  pediceled;  the  pedicels  are  longer  than  the  calyx.  Calyx 
5-cleft,  cut-dentate,  segments  as  long  as  the  hairy  tube.  Corolla  yellow,  an  inch 
or  more  in  length,  subcampanulate,  unequally  o-lobed,  segments  mostly  rounded, 
spreading,  leaf-like,  and  woolly  inside.  Capsule  2-celled,  dehiscent  at  the  top 
(L.-W.). 

History. — This  is  a  most  elegant  plant,  found  growing  in  dry  copses,  pine 
ridges,  and  barren  woods  and  mountains  from  Canada  to  Georgia  and  Ken- 
tucky, and  flowering  in  August  and  September.  The  whole  plant  is  used.  Water 
or  spirit  extracts  its  virtues.  It  has  not  been  analyzed.  There  are  several  varie- 
ties of  the  species,  which  probably  possess  analogous  virtues. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Diaphoretic,  antiseptic,  and  sedative. 
Used  principally  in  fibrile  and  infliuamatory  diseases;  a  warm  infusion  produces  a 
free  and  copious  perspiration  in  a  short  time.  Dose  of  the  infusion,  from  1  to  3 
fluid  ounces. 

GEUM.— GEUM. 

The  rhizome  and  rootlets  of  Geum  rivale,  Linne,  and  Geum  virginianum,  Linne. 

Xat.  Ord. — Rosacese. 

Common  Na.mes  :  (1)  Water  avens,  Purple  avens;  (2)  Virginia  geum,  Throat-root, 
Chocolat(-root. 

Botanical  Source. — Geum  rivale,  likewise  known  as  Purple  arcus,  is  a  peren- 
nial, hairy,  deep-green  herb,  with  a  creeping,  blackish,  somewhat  woody  root,  run- 
ning deep  into  the  ground,  with  numerous  fibers.  The  stems  are  1  or  2  feet  high, 
nearly  simple,  erect,  and  slightly  paniculate  at  top.  The  radical  leaves  are  nearly 
lyrate,  uninterruptedly  pinnate,  with  large  terminal  leaflets  on  long  hairy  petioles, 
rounded,  lobed,  and  crenate-dentate,  and  from  4  to  6  inches  long.  The  cauline 
leaves  are  few,  subsessile,  from  1  to  3  inches  long,  and  divided  into  3  serrate, 
pointed  lobes;  the  stipules  are  ovate,  acute,  cut,  and  purplish,  The  flowers  are 
few,  sub-globose,  nodding,  yellowish-purple,  on  axillary  and  terminal  jieduncles. 
The  calyx  is  inferior,  erect,  purplish-brown,  with  10  lanceolate,  pointed  segments, 

5  alternately  smaller  than  the  others;  petals  5,  as  long  as  the  erect  calyx  seg- 
ments, broad-obcordate,  clawed,  purplish-yellow,  and  veined.  The  seeds  are  oval, 
bearded,  and  hooked  at  the  end  (L. — W.— -G.). 

Geum  virgininnum,  Linne,  also  known  as  Throat-root,  Ckocokite-ront,  etc., is  also 
perennial,  with  a  small,  brownish,  horizontal,  crooked  root.  The  stem  is  simple  or 
branched,  smoothish  above,  pubescent  below,  and  2  or  3  feet  high.  The  radical 
leaves  are  pinnate,  lyrate,  or  simple  and  rounded,  with  appendaged  petioles  from 

6  to  8  inches  long;  the  cauline  leaves  3  or  5-lobed,  softly  pubescent ;  all  the  leaves 
are  unequally  and  incisely  dentate.  The  flowers  are  rather  small,  white,  erect, 
and  borne  on  long,  diverging  peduncles;  the  calyx  is  5-cleft.  with  5  smaller  and 
exterior,  alternate  bracteoles;  the  petals  5,  about  the  length  of  the  calyx;  the 
stamens  numerous;  filaments  slender,  anthers  yellowish  and  round.  The  styles 
are  many,  persistent,  mostly  jointed,  geniculate,  bearded,  and  hooked  after  "the 
upper  joint  falls  away.  Tiie  fruit  is  an  achenia,  aggregated  on  a  dry  receptacle, 
caudate  with  the  style  (W.— G.). 

History  and  Description. — Geum  rivale  is  common  to  Europe  and  this  coun- 
try, and  is  lound  growing  in  woods,  wet  meadows,  and  along  streams,  especially  in 
the  northern  and  middle  states,  and  flowering  in  June  and  Julv.  The  American 
species  diSers  from  the  European  (Geum  urbanum,  Linne),  in  having  the  petals 
more  orbicular  on  their  free  margin,  the  flowers  of  less  size,  and  its  leaves  with 
deeper  incisions.     The  fresh  root  is  aromatic. 

Geum  virgininnum  is  found  in  hedges  and  thickets,  and  in  moist  places  in 
most  parts  of  the  United  States,  flowering  from  June  to  August.  These  plants, 
with  some  other  varieties,  have  long  l)een  used  in  domestic  practice.  The  whole 
herb  contains  medicinal  properties,  but  the  medicinal  and  most  eflicient  portion 
is  the  root.    The  dried  root  of  the  G.  rivale  is  scaly,  jointed,  tapering,  hard,  brittle. 


CilLI.KNMA.  931 

easily  pulverized,  of  a  reddish  or  jiurplisli  color,  and  inodorous;  tliat  of  the  (i.  rir- 
giiiianum,  is  brown,  crooked,  tuljerculated,  and  brittle;  both  are  white  internally, 
and  of  a  bitterish,  astringent  t;iste.  Boiling  water  or  alcohol  extracts  their  vfr- 
tues,  the  solution  becoming  reddish.  They  have  not  been  analyzed,  but  probal)ly 
contain  tannic  acid,  bitter  extractive,  gum,  resin,  etc.  A  weak  decoction  of  the 
root  of  G.ra'flfe  is  sometimes  u.sed  by  invalids  as  a  substitute  for  tea  and  coflee. 
Its  constituents  are  probably  the  same  as  those  of  Aveus  {Geum  urbanum,  I.inne) 
(seeRelalidShirUs). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Tonic  and  astringent.  Useful  in  all 
cases  where  tlieie  is  au  enfeebled  state  of  mucous  tissues,  or  morbid  secretions 
therefrom.  Large  doses  may  cause  eniesis.  Used  in  numerous  diseases,  as  passive 
&ndchronicfiemorihit<i(S,chro)u'cduirrlt(iaanildy.^aitcri/JciKOirhu:a,dy8pepsi(i,2)lithists, 
rongesfioiis  of  tlie  alnhminul  viscera,  intcnnittcntx,  ap/ilhous  ulcerations,  etc.  Pose  of  the 
powder,  from  'JO  to  30 grains;  of  tlie  decoction,  from  1  to  2  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times 
a  day.    Gfum  vrh.iuiiin,  or  Ennipnui  uvcm,  possesses  similar  properties  (see  below). 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses,  —  {Gevm  rivale).  "Tearing,  spasmodic,  ab- 
dominal i>ains  recurring  upon  taking  food  or  exercise"  (Scudder). 

Related  Species.— ^fH»io/ht(»i,Gmeliii;  }yhilei]eum.  United  States.  Flowers  in  May  and 
-Vugust.     Used  in  hecuiaches  and  irritable  conditions  of  the  ttomach{Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1883). 

(iniin  vrbaunm,  Linne;  Amin,  Enropeun  airun.  Kurope,  growing  in  woodlands  and  shady 
situations,  and  has  yellow  flowers.  The  rhizome  of  this  plant  is  hard,  dark-brown,  fnbercu- 
lated  at  t>p,  short  (1  or  2  inches  long  and  from  J  to  i  iueh  thick),  and  has  the  siimniit  beset 
with  hairy,  reddish-brown  leaf  scales.  The  fresh  rhizome  resembles  cloves  in  odor,  hence  has 
been  called  radix  can/oyln/Uata.  Internally  the  rhizome  is  whitish,  surrounding  a  central  red 
portion.  It  has  many  fibrous  roots  of  a  lighter  brown  hue.  It  imparts  a  red  color  to  both 
water  and  alcohol.  Buchner  analysed  it  in  18-14,  and  found  a  considerable  amount  of  tannin 
and  an  amorphous  and  neutral  yellow  mass,  to  which  he  gave  the  name  genia  bitter.  He  also 
confirmed  the  observation  of  Trommsdortf  as  to  the  presence  of  a  greenish-yellow  volatile 
oil  (0.04  per  cent),  and  found  that  it  has  a  clove-like  odor  (Rep.  d.  Pharm.,  1844, Vol.  LXXXV, 
p.  168  to  201). 

A  vens  is  an  astringent  tonic  considerably  employed  in  European  practice,  where  it  is  used 
in  intermittent^,  dysentery  and  diarrhaa,  jxwiire  hemorrhages,  and  leucorrhaa.  It  is  apt  to  derange  the 
stomach  and  induce  emesis  if  given  too  freely.  The  dose  of  the  powder  is  from  20  to  60  grains, 
but  the  decoction,  made  by  boiUng  1  ounce  of  avens  in  1  pint  of  water,  is  preferable.  The  doee 
is  1  or  2  fluid  ounces 

GILLENIA.— INDIAN  PHYSIC. 

The  bark  of  the  rhizome  of  GiUenia  IriJ'oliala,  Moench  (^Spiraea  trijoliata,  Linne), 
and  GiUenia  stipulacea,  Nuttall  (Spirasa  s<())utoa, Willdenow). 

Nat.  Ord. — Rosacea?. 

Co.M.Mo.v  Names:  Indian  physic,  American  ipecac,  Indian  hippo,  and  sometimes 
Bowman's  mot. 

Botanical  Source. — Indian  phj'sic  is  an  indigenous,  perennial  herb,  with  an 
irregular,  brownish,  somewhat  tuberous  caudex,  from  which  radiate  many  long, 
knotted,  delicate  fil)ers.  The  stems  are  several,  from  the  same  root,  about  2  or  3 
feet  in  lieight,  erect,  slender,  flexuose,  smooth,  branched  above,  and  of  a  reddish 
or  brownish  color.  The  leaves  are  alternate,  trifoliate,  subsessile,  furnished  with 
small  linear-lanceolate  and  slightly-toothed  stipules  at  the  base;  the  leaflets  are 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  sharply  and  unequally  toothed,  the  upper  ones  often  single^ 
the  lower  broader  at  the  end,  but  acuminately  terminated.  The  flowers  are  white, 
with  a  reddish  tinge,  borne  in  terminal,  loose  panicles,  few  in  number,  scattered, 
on  long  peduncles,  occasionally  furnished  with  minute,  lanceolate  bracts.  The 
calyx  is  subcampanulate  or  tubular,  terminating  in  5  sharp,  reflexed  teeth.  Pet- 
als 5,  the  2  upper  ones  separated  from  the  three  lower,  white  with  a  reddish  tinge 
on  tlie  edge,  lanceolate,  unguiculate,  contracted  and  approximated  at  base  and 
•i  times  as  long  as  the  calyx.  The  stamens  are  about  20,  in  a  double  series 
within  the  calyx,  with  short  filaments,  and  small,  yellow  anthers.  Styles  5,  with 
obtuse  stigmas.  Capsules  5,  connate  at  base,  oblong,  acuminate,  diverging,  gib- 
l)ous  without,  sharp-edged  within,  2-valved,  1-celled,  and  1  or2-seeded.  The  seeds 
are  oblong,  brown,  and  bitter  (L. — B.). 

History.— The  nlant  GiUenia  trifolinta,  sometimes  called  Boumuin'sroot,\8  found 
growing  fioin  Canada  to  Florida,  in  rich  woods,  light,  gravelly  soils,  and  in  moist 


932  GILLENIA. 

and  shady  situations;  it  is  more  common  in  the  Atlantic  States  than  the  West- 
ern. It  blossoms  from  May  to  August.  The  root  is  the  medicinal  part,  and 
must  be  collected  in  autumn.  As  met  with  in  commerce  it  is  adry,  tuberculated 
root,  3  or  4  lines  in  diameter,  corrugated  lengthwise,  and  of  a  reddish-brown  color 
externally;  it  is  composed  of  a  light-colored,  ligneous,  internal  substance,  and  an 
easily  removed,  dense,  friable,  brownish  bark,  which  is  readily  reduced  to  a  pow- 
der, having  a  similar  color.  It  is  nearly  odorless,  and  has  a  nauseous,  amarous 
taste,  and  yields  its  properties  to  alcohol  or  water  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.).  The  bark 
is  the  active  portion,  the  internal  woody  substance  being  nearly  inert.  The  root 
of  G.  stipulojcea  is  larger,  tuberculated,  and  the  rootlets  present  an  annulated  ap- 
pearance due  to  constrictions  passing  part  way  around  the  rootlet,  forming  semi- 
circular depressions. 

Gillenia  stipulacea,  Nuttall,  also  called  Bowman's  root,  which  is  found  on  the 
western  side  of  the  Allegheny  Mountains,  growing  through  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illi- 
nois, Missouri,  and  southward,  flowering  at  the  same  time  as  the  above,  possesses 
similar  properties,  but  is  more  efficient  in  the  same  doses.  It  may  be  distin- 
guished by  its  drab-colored  and  branching  stems,  its  greater  size,  its  large,  clasp- 
ing, ovate-cordate,  leafy,  gashed,  and  serrated  stipules,  its  lower  leaves  being 
of  a  reddish-brown  color  at  the  tips;  the  stipules  are  leafy,  ovate,  doubly  incised 
and  clasping;  and  the  flowers  are  fewer,  smaller,  on  slender  peduncles,  hanging 
in  loose  panicles.  It  is  seldom  met  with  in  limestone  or  alluvial  soils.  (_For 
an  interesting  article  on  the  nomenclature  of  Gillenia,  see  Amer.  Jour.  Phann.. 
1898,  p.  501.) 

Chemical  Composition. — According  to  Mr.  Shreeve,  gillenia  contains  starch, 
gum-resin,  wax,  a  fatty  matter,  a  red  coloring  substance,  a  volatile  coloring  mat- 
ter, and  a  peculiar  principle  soluble  in  alcohol  and  diluted  acids,  but  insoluble  in 
water  or  ether  (Ainer.  Jour.  Pharm. ,Yo\.  I,  p.  28).  Mr.W.  B.  Stanhope  procured 
griWciuVi  from  Gillenia  trifoliata  by  making  an  alcoholic  extract  of  the  powdered 
bark,  evaporating  to  dryness,  treating  with  water,  macerating  the  resinous  and  bit- 
ter residue  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid  for  10  days,  filtering,  evaporating  with  excess 
of  magnesia,  extracting  with  alcohol  and  allowing  the  solvent  to  evaporate  spon- 
taneously. The  gillenin  thus  obtained  was  permanent  in  the  air,  very  bitter, 
soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  ether,  and  diluted  acids,  neutral,  giving  a  fine  green 
color  with  chromic  acid,  and  blood-red  with  strong  nitric  acid.  Tannic  acid 
produced  no  effect,  but  caustic  potash,  subacetate  of  lead,  and  tartar  emetic  threw 
down  white  precipitates.  In  doses  of  i  grain  it  produced  emesis,  with  consider- 
able vertigo  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1856,  p".  200).  Mr.  Frank  AV.  White  (.4ni<T.  Jour. 
Pharm. .1892,  p.  121),  found  the  active  principle  of  Gillenia  trifoliata  to  be  a  glu- 
cosid,  obtainable  by  agitating  the  aqueous  solution  of  the  alcoholic  extract  with 
chloroform. 

In  Gillenia  stipulacea  Mr.  Gordon  L.  Curry  found  two  glucosids  which  he  ob- 
tained from  the  ether  extract  of  an  aqueous  infusion.  One,  which  he  named  gillein. 
was  obtainable  in  feathery  crystals,  easily  gives  off  sugar,  is  soluble  in  water,  alco- 
hol, and  diluted  acids,  and  causes  nausea  in  the  dose  of  J  grain.  The  other  glu- 
cosid,  called  gillcenin,  is  amorphous,  much  more  stable,  soluble  in  water,  but  spar- 
ingly soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  Neither  of  these  substances  gives  the  reactions 
of  Stanhope's  piUeiiin.  Sugar,  gum,  and  tannin  were  also  found  ( .Amer.  Jour. 
PAacoi.,  18it2,  p.  513).  Both  this  root  and  that  of  the  Gillenia  trifoliata  were  for- 
merly ..tlicial  in  the  F.  S.  P. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  root-bark  of  these  plants  is  emetic, 
cathartic,  sudorific,  expectorant,  and  tonic.  In  their  action,  they  resemble  ipe- 
cacuanha. Like  the  latter,  their  dust  will  provoke  irritation  of  "the  throat  and 
breathing  organs.  They  have  been  recommended  in  amenorrhea,  rheumati.-'m. 
droim/,  habitual  coifiveucss,  dyspepsia,  irorms,  and  in  intrfmittenls.  As  an  emetic  and 
cathartic,  from  20  to  3.5  grains  is  a  dose,  which,  when  vomiting  is  required,  may  be 
vepeated  at  intervals  of  20  minutes.  It  may  be  used  in  all  diseases  where  emetics 
are  indicated,  as  a  safe  and  efficient  agent.  "  In  (h/Sfu^sia,  accompanied  with  a  tor- 
pid condition  of  the  stomach,  from  2  to  4  grains  forms  an  excellent  tonic.  As  a 
sudorific,  6  grains  may  be  given  in  some  cold  water,  and  repeated  at  intervals  of 
2  or  3  hours,  or  it  may  be  given  in  combination  with  a  small  portion  of  opium. 
Large  and  oft-repeated  doses  of  the  infusion  cause  severe  vomiting  and  purging. 


oLlXllO.MA.— liLYcEKlNf.M. 


GLECHOMA.— GROUND  IVY. 


Tho  j)laiit  Glahoma  halcracca,  Liiuiu  i^.W/zi^t  UUchuma,  Bentham). 

Nat.  On?.— Labiato. 

Common  Names:   Ground  ivy,  Cat-foot,  Oill-go-over-the-ground. 

Illustration  :   Jolnison's  Med.  Dot.  of  N.  J., Fig.  145,  p.  213. 

Botanical  Source  and  Description.— Tli is  plant,  the  (iterhomn  hcdema.i  ..f 
Linnieii.-i,  is  a  iH'ieiinial,  giav,  hairy  herb,  with  a  prostrate,  creeping  stem,  radi- 
cating at  base,  S(|uare,  and  from  a  few  inches  to  1  or  2  feet  long.  The  leaves  arc 
petiolate,  opposite,  roundish,  cordate-reniform,  crenate,  hairy,  and  glaucous  on 
both  sides,  though  often  purplish  beneath.  The  tioral  leaves  are  of  the  same 
form.  The  flowers  are  bluish-purple,  about  3  together  in  axillary  whorls.  The 
corolla  is  about  3  times  as  long  as  the  calyx,  with  a  variegated  throat.  The  calyx 
is  long,  curved,  villous,  the  limb  oblique,  the  teeth  lanceolate-subulate,  the  upper 
being  tlie  largest.  The  bracts  are  scarcely  as  long  as  the  pedicel.  The  2  antliers 
of  each  pair  of  stamens  meet  with  their  2  divaricate  cells,  forming  the  appearance 
of  across  (\..~\y.-~G.K 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant  is  common  to  Europe  and 
the  United  States,  where  it  is  found  growing  in  snady  places,  waste  grounds,  dry 
ditches,  fences  and  hedges,  and  on  the  sides  of  moist  meadows,  flowering  in  May 
and  August.  Tlie  leaves  are  the  parts  used,  and  yield  their  virtues,  by  infusion, 
to  boiling  water.  They  have  an  unpleasant  odor,  and  a  harsh,  bitterish,  slightly 
aromatic  taste.  This  plant  was  found  by  Mr.  Charles  A.  Ridgway  to  contain  an 
essential  oil  (0.06  per  cent\  fat,  resin,  gum,  wax,  sugar,  tannic  acid,  about  16  per 
cent  of  ash,  etc.,  and  an  acrid,  fatty  substance  (0.96  per  cent)  {Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm., 
1892,  p.  6(;i. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Ground  ivy  is  stimulant,  tonic,  and 
pectoral,  and  has  been  recommended  in  diseases  of  the  lungs  and  kidneys,  asthvia, 
jaundice,  Injjiochondrin,  and  monomania.  An  infusion  of  the  leaves  is  highly  rec- 
ommended in  lead  co/ir,  and  it  is  stated  that  painters  who  make  use  of  it  often  are 
never  troubled  with  that  affliction.  The  fresh  juice  snuffed  up  the  nose  is  said  to 
cure  hcndiiehe.  Dose  of  the  powdered  leaves,  from  i  to  1  drachm;  of  the  infusion, 
1  or  2  fluid  ounces.  A  tincture  of  the  fresh  plant,  prepared  with  98  per  cent  alco- 
hol, may  be  given  in  doses  of  1  to  15  drops. 

GLYCERINUM  (U.  S.  P.)— GLYCERIN. 

Formcla:  CjHsCOH)^.    Molecular  WEKniT:  91.79. 

"A  liquid  obtained  by  the  decomposition  of  vegetable  or  animal  fats  or  fixed 
oilB,  and  containing  not  less  than  95  per  cent  of  absolute  glycerin  (C3H5[OH]3^: 
91.79)"— (.r..?.  P.). 

Synonyms:    Glycerina  (f.  .*?.  P.,  1870),  Glyrerine,  Glycerol,  Propenyl  alrohol. 

History  and  Preparation.— Glycerin  was  discovered,  in  1779,  by  Scheele  in 
the  sapoiiitication  proiUuts  of  olive  oil  by  means  of  litharge,  and  later  recognized 
by  him  as  a  commou  constituent  of  other  oils  and  fats,  and  therefore  named  the 
"sweet  principle  of  fats."  Chevreul  gave  it  the  name  glycerin,  and  cleared  up  the 
nature  of  its  combination  in  the  fats.  Glycerin,  or  (//yrpro/,  as  it  is  now  prefer- 
ably called  to  indicate  its  alcohol  character,  is  a  trihydric  alcohol  (C  jH.,[OH],), 
containing  the  trivalent  radical  "glyceryl"  (C3H5).  It  exists  in  oils  and  fats, 
combined  with  palmitic,  stearic,  and  oleic  acids  in  the  form  of  glycerylesters  of 
these  acids  (tri/ydiniHn,  tri-itearin,  triolein;  also  see  under  Adc}is).  In  some  oils  and 
fats  it  is  combined  partially  with  other  acids — e.  g.,  in  butter — wherein  5  per  cent 
of  the  total  fat  is  glyceryl-tributyrate,  or  <W/»((^?/ri»;  in  cod-liver  oil  it  is  said  to 
exist  in  part  combined  with  ac(;ti('.  acid,  as  glyceryl  triacetate,  or  trincetin,  etc. 
Glycerin  al.<o  exists  in  the  yolk  of  eggs  and  the  human  brain  in  the  form  of  phnx- 
ph4)-glyrcrir  arid.  Pasteur's  researches  have  also  estalilished  its  occurrence  as  a 
regular  constituent  among  the  products  of  fermentation  (see  Alcohol). 

On  a  small  .-jcale  glycerin  may  be  oljtained  in  the  proce.'is  which  led  to  its 
discovery,  viz.,  that  of  making  lead  i)laster  (see  Emplastmm  Plumhi).     Tin-  late 


934  GLYCEEIXUM. 

Mr.  Robert  Shoemaker  prepared  by  this  method  probabl}'  the  first  commercial 
glycerin  in  the  United  States,  in  1848,  at  $4.00  a  pound  {Amer.  Jmr.  Pharm.,  1879, 
p.  289).     The  article  became  official  in  the  U.  S.  P.,  in  18.50. 

Large  quantities  of  glycerin  are  now  obtained  as  a  by-product  in  the  manu- 
facture of  soaps  and  candles.  This  was  formerly  thrown  away  as  useless.  The 
principle  involved  is  simply  that  of  splitting  the  fat  into  its  constituents  (Jntty  arid 
and  glycerin)  by  adding  the  elements  of  water  (see  Emplastrum  Phi.mbi).  The  pro- 
cess of  saponification  is  being  carried  out  in  several  diflerent  waj-s:  (1)  With 
alkalies;  the  fatty  acids  thereby  combine  with  alkali  and  form  soap  (see  Supo) ; 
the  glycerin  in  diluted  form  is  contained  in  the  aqueous  layer  below  the  soap. 
(2)  With  milk  of  lime  (old  process  of  Campbell  Morfit,  see  this  Di-i-pmsatm-y,  pre- 
vious revision),  or  with  milk  of  lime  and  water  in  closed  vessels  under  a  pressure 
of  10  atmospheres  and  a  temperature  of  172°  C.  (242.6°  F.)  (Millv's  Autoclave  Pro- 
cess, see  Prof.  S.  P.  Sadtler,  Handbook  of  Induct.  Org.  Chem.,  1895,  p.'56).  The  glycerin 
water  separates  from  the  layer  of  lime  soap  and  fatty  acids;  glycerin  is  obtained 
therefrom  best  by  evaporation  in  vacuo.  (3)  With  mperheated  steam  (''aqueous 
saponification")  and  subsequent  redistillation  of  the  raw  glycerin.  This  method 
was  introduced,  in  1855,  by  Messrs.  Wilson  and  Paine,  and  marked  a  great  step 
forward  in  the  problem  of  obtaining  a  pure  article.  In  saponifying  the  fats  with 
superheated  steam,  the  temperature  must  not  exceed  300°  C.'(572°  F.),  or  else 
decomposition  products  will  be  formed.  Both  the  fatty  acid  and  the  glvcerin 
distill  over.  In  redistilling  the  raw  glycerin  by  superheated  steam,  the  liquid 
is  heated  to  about  180°  C.  (356°  F.),  and  the  steam  has  a  temperature  of  about 
110°  C.  (230°  F.).  For  .details  regarding  the  manufacture  of  glycerin,  consult  the 
various  works  on  chemical  technology. 

Description. — Glycerin  is  officially  described  as  follows;  "A  clear,  colorless, 
liquid,  of  a  thick,  syrupy  consistence,  oily  to  the  touch,  odorless,  very  sweet  and 
slightly  warm  to  the  taste.  When  exposed  to  the  air,  it  slowly  abstracts  mois- 
ture. Specific  gravity,  not  less  than  1.250  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Soluble,  in  all  pro- 
portions, in  water  or  alcohol,  also  soluble  in  a  mixture  of  3  parts  of  alcohol  and 
1  part  of  ether,  but  insoluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  carbon  disulphide,  benzin,  ben- 
zol, and  fixed  or  volatile  oils.  Glycerin  is  slowly  volatilized  from  an  aqueous 
solution,  at  or  above  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  with  the  vapor  of  water.  Heated  by  itself 
to  a  higher  temperature,  it  yields  acrid  decomposition  products,  boils  at  a  tem- 
perature at  or  above  16.5°  C.  (329°  F.),and  is  finally  entirely  decomposed  and  dissi- 
pated''— ( U.  S.  P.).  The  exceedingly  irritating  decomposition  products  are  chiefly 
due  to  the  formation  of  acrolein  (allyl  aldehyde,  C,.H,.CHO ),  which  is  also  formed 
when  fats  are  burned,  or  when  glycerin  is  heated  with  strong  sulphuric  acid.  Yet 
Prof.  Trimble  has  demonstrated  (Amcr.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1885,  p.  275)  the  propriety  of 
the  use  of  the  vapors  of  pure  glycerin  for  inhalations,  the  details  being  as  follows: 
W'hen  50  grammes  of  pure  glycerin  were  slowly  heated  in  an  open  capsule, 
vaporization  became  abundant  at  130°  C.  (266°  F.).  At  264°  C.  (497.2°  F.),  slight 
boiling  was  perceptible,  but  very  little  was  left,  and  the  dense  vapors  formed 
had  a  purely  sweet  taste,  absolutely  free  from  any  irritating  quality.  Pure  glyc- 
erin, when  heated  to  150°  C.  (302°  F.)  in  an  open  crucible,  can  be  ignited,  and 
burns  with  a  blue  flame.  Glycerin  of  only  90  per  cent  can  be  burned  with  the 
aid  of  a  wick,  like  alcohol,  in  a  spirit  lamp.  Absolute  glvcerin  has  the  specific 
gravity  of  1.266  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  boils  at  290°  C.  (554°  F.\  while  95  per 
cent  glycerin  has  a  specific  gravity  of  1.2.526  and  boils  at  164°  C.  (327.2°  F.) 
(Gerlacii).  At  one  time  crystallized  glycerin,  from  a  Vienna  manufacturer,  was 
brought  to  London,  requiring  the  knile  and  hammer  to  break  it.  It  resembled 
rock-candy  (sugar),  being  in  white,  octahedral  crystals,  with  considerable  refractive 
l)ower,  and,  when  melted,  the  liquid  glycerin  presented  all  its  usual  projierties, 
but  could  not  be  again  reduced  to  the  crystalline  condition.  It  seems  that  pro- 
longed exposure  to  a  temperature  of  0°C.  (32°  F.)  will  J>ring  about  crvstallization, 
and  contact  with  a  crystal  already  formed  will  promote  this  pri>cess.  "The  cr^-stals, 
while  hard  and  gritty,  are  very  hvgroscopic.  More  recently,  some  specimens, 
after  being  melted,  were  found  bv  Prof.  Trimble  to  have  a  high  specific  gravity 
(1.2618)  (see  Wallace  Procter,  in  Amei:  Jour.  Pharm.,  1885,  p.  273). 

Glycerin  dissolves  many  vegetable  exudations  and  resinous  substances.  It 
does  not  dissj^lvo  siigar  or  gum,  Init  readily  mixes  with  syrups  and  mucilages. 


GLYCERINTM.  936 

It  is  insoluble  in  fatty  matter,  and  can  only  be  incorporated  with  it  mechanically, 
to  effect  which  it  is  necessary  that  the  fat  should  have  a  soft  consistence,  which 
maybe  imparted  to  it  by  combination  with  oil  of  sweet  almonds,  or  some  other 
fixed  oil.  Glycerin  mixes  with  acetic  acid;  moistens  bodies  without  rendering 
them  grt-asy,  does  not  become  rancid,  and  is  easily  charged  with  the  aroma  of 
volatile  oils. 

The  solubilities  of  certain  substances  in  glycerin  (Klever)  as  taken  from  Chemi- 
ker  Kdlender,  1897,  are  as  follows:  One  hundred  parte  (by  weight)  of  glycerin 
dissolve  at  15.5°  C.  (60°  F.) : 

l-ABTS.  PARTS. 

.\Ium 40  Phosphorus 0.20 

Ammonium  carbonate 20  PoUissium  arsenate 60 

.A.muiouiuia  chloride 20  Potassium  bromide 25 

Arsenic  trioxide 20  Potassium  chlorate 3.5 

Arsenic  pentoxide 20  Potassium  cyanide 32 

.\tropine 3  Potassium  iixlide 40 

Atropine  sulphate 33  Quinine 0.5 

Barium  chloride 10  Quinine  tartrate 0.25 

Benzoic  acid 10  Sodium  arsenate 50 

Boric  acid 10  Sodium  biborate 60 

Brucine 2.2  Sodium  bicarbonate 8 

Calcium  suli)hido 5  Sodium  carbonate 98 

Cinchoniiu- 0.5  Sodium  chlorate 20 

Cinchunine  sulphate 6.7  Strychnine 0.25 

Cupiic  acetate 10  Strychnine  nitrate 4 

Cnpric  sulphate 30  Strychnine  sulphate 22.50 

Iodine 1.9  Sufphur 0.10 

Ix>ad  acetate 20  Tannic  acid 50 

Mercuric  chloride  (corr.subl.l 7.5  Tartar  emetic 5.5 

Mercuric  cyanide 27  Urea 50 

Morphine 0.45  Veratrine 1 

Morphine  acetate 20  Zinc  chloride 50 

Morphine  chloride 20  Zinc  iodide 40 

Oxalic  acid 15  Zinc  sulphate 35 

Glycerin  dissolves  the  vegetable  acids,  aloes,  some  resinous  substances,  the 
deliquescent  salts,  the  sulphates  of  potassium,  sodium,  and  copper,  the  nitrates 
of  pota.-^sium  and  silver,  the  alkaline  chlorides,  caustic  potash,  caustic  soda,  baryta, 
strontia,  bromine,  iodine,  and  even  oxide  of  lead,  and  one-tifth  part  of  arsenous 
acid.  It  dissolves  about  1  per  cent  of  its  weight  of  calcium  sulphate,  and  2  per 
cent  of  chloride  of  lead.  It  dissolves  tlie  salts  of  morphine,  sulphate  of  quinine, 
and,  when  triturated  with  these,  or  with  the  salts  of  strychnine,  veratrine,  bru- 
cine, and  other  vegetable  alkaloids,  forms  a  medicinal  cerate  very  useful  for  fric- 
tions and  embrocations.  It  also  dissolves  sulphides  of  potassium,  of  calcium, 
and  of  iodine,  iodides  of  sulphur,  of  potassium,  and  of  mercury,  and  some  chlo-. 
rides.  It  promotes  the  solution  of  borax  in  tincture  of  myrrh,  no  water  being 
required;  added  to  tincture  of  kino  it  retards  gelatinizatioii.  The  vegetable  ex- 
tracts are  soluble  in  it,  some  of  the  solutions,  as  of  extract  of  belladonna,  forming 
useful  external  applications.  Being  possessed  of  strong  antiseptic  properties,  it 
preserves  animal  and  vegetable  substances;  meat  has  been  immersed  in  glycerin 
for  several  months  and  preserved  its  freshness.  It  dissolves  the  carbonate  of  iron 
immediately  on  its  formation,  giving  a  deep-green  solution.  Like  sugar  it  arrests 
the  conversion  of  the  ferrous  into  ferric  salts,  and  has  kei>t  iodide  of  iron  for  years 
witliout  change.  It  may  be  used  in  tiie  preparation  of  spirits  {c»»cncei<)  of  cloves, 
cinnain>n,  etc,  for  syrups  of  phosphate  of  iron,  bromide  of  iron,  and  iodide  of 
quinine,  for  jneserving  fresh  lemon  juice,  and  for  preserving  the  soft  consistence 
of  pill  masses  and  confections.  Thus  it  is  seen  tliat  the  solvent  powers  of  glyc- 
erin, ijoth  diluted  and  undiluted,  arc  very  extensive  and  important. 

By  oxidation  with  cold  nitric  acid,  glycerin  yields  glyceric  (uid  (CH,OH.CH. 
OH.COOII )  and  a  variety  of  other  acids.  Potassium  permanganate  in  alkaline 
solution  produces  oxalic  acid.  Upon  the  latter  reaction  is  based  a  (|uantitative 
determination  of  glycerin  by  Benedict  and  Zsigmondv,  a  process  also  indicated 
by  Wm.  Fox  and  J.  A.  Wanklyn  (see  Am^r.  Jnur.  Phar'm.,  188G,  i..  248).  Another 
niettiod  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  glvci-rin,  by  L.  Legler  and 
O.  He'iner    Amrr.  .h„r.  Phann..  1S87,  \>.  4G-1,  from  The  Analy.^t,  Jan.  and  Feb..  1887\ 


936  GLYCERINUM. 

is  based  on  the  fact  that  glycerin  can  be  completely  oxidized  to  carbonic  acid 
and  water  by  being  heated  with  sulphuric  acid  and  potassium  bichromate. 
Sulphuric  acid  combines  with  glycerin  to  form  an  ester  glycerylsulphuric  acid 
(SO,H.C3H5[OH],).  Likewise  glycerin  combines  with  phosphoric  acid  to  form  a 
similarly  constituted  compound  CPO,H2.C3H5[OH],).  Nitroglycerin  is  a  highly 
explosive  compound  that  is  made  by  methods  safe  only  on  a  manufacturing 
scale  and  in  the  hands  of  qualified  men  (see  Spiritus  Glonoini).  Glycerin  liberates 
from  borax  half  its  quantity  of  boric  acid;  thus  if  blue  litmus  solution  is  added 
to  separate  quantities  of  neutral  glycerin  and  borax  solution,  when  mixed,  a  red 
color  results.  W.  R.  Dunstan  (Amer.  Jour.  Fharra.,  188'i,  pp.  447-4-56)  has  shown 
that  the  red  color  turns  blue  upon  warming,  and  reappears  on  cooling.  Again, 
when  adding  glycerin  to  a  mixture  of  molecular  quantities  of  bicarbonate  of 
sodium  and  borax,  the  boric  acid  liberated  by  the  glycerin  will  expel  with  effer- 
vescence half  of  the  carbonic  acid  in  the  bicarbonate,  and  monocarbonate  will 
remain  (with  reference  to  this  reaction,  see  also  Mr.  L.  F.  Kebler,  Amer.  Jour. 
Phnrm.,  1894,  p.  428). 

Glycerin  is  capable  of  undergoing  fermentation  under  certain  conditions. 
A.  Fitz  (1877)  obtained,  by  the  action  of  a  certain  class  of  fungi,  called  Schizomy- 
cetes,  from  glycerin  diluted  with  twenty  times  its  bulk  of  water,  large  quantities 
of  normal  butylalcohol  and  normal  butyric  acid ;  also  ethyl  alcohol,  capronic 
acid,  hydrogen,  and  carbonic  acid.  Freund  has  also  shown  that  trimethyleneglycol 
(CjHgOj)  is  one  of  the  principal  products  formed.  This  substance  has  more 
recently  been  demonstrated  by  A.  A.  Noyes  and  W.  H.  Watkins  {Avxer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  1895,  p.  633),  to  occur  as  a  troublesome  by-product  in  the  manufacture 
of  glycerin  from  fats  that  have  undergone  spontaneous  saponification  and  sub- 
sequent fermentation. 

Tests  and  Uses. — For  medicinal  purposes,  glycerin  only  should  be  used  that 
has  been  purified  by  distillation ;  an  impure  glycerin  when  applied  to  wounds 
or  ulcers  is  very  apt  to  cause  a  burning  sensation,  and  a  papular  eruption  on  the 
skin;  when  pure  it  is  unirritating.  Formerly  its  impurities  were  more  numer- 
ous than  now,  owing  to  the  imperfect  method  of  its  manufacture.  The  process 
of  purifying  glycerin  by  distillation  has  reduced  the  proportion  of  ash  consider- 
ably, which  in  pure  distilled  glycerin  does  not  exceed  0.2  per  cent,  while  undis- 
tilled  glycerin  from  soap  lyes  may  have  from  7  to  14  per  cent  of  ash.  Impurities 
liable  to  occur  in  glycerin  are  :  water,  volatile  fatty  acids  {e.g.,  formic  and  butyric 
acids),  added  sugar  or  glucose,  empyreumatic  substances,  oxalic  acid,  chlorides, 
sulphates  of  calcium,  magnesium,  and  heavy  metals,  as  iron,  lead,  zinc,  etc. 
Siebold  (1889)  observed  the  presence  of  arsenic  in  glycerin  (in  one  instance,  0.04 
per  cent),  an  impurity  due  to  the  employment,  during  manufacture,  of  sulphuric 
acid  containing  it.  When  present  in  glycerin,  arsenic  is  exceedingly  difficult  to 
remove  ;  it  is  claimed  that  agitating  with  recently  precipitated  ferric  hydrate 
■  will  remove  this  contamination  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharrn.,  1890,  p.  523  >  The  presence 
of  iron  in  glycerin,  due,  according  to  Haussmann  {Amer.  Jour.  Fliarm.,  189"),  p.  84) 
to  its  being  kept  in  tinned  iron  cans,  disturbs  tiie  color  of  pharmaceutical  prepa- 
rations in  which  glycerin  is  coijibined  with  tannin,  or  phenols,  or  salicylic  acid. 
Another  impurity  occasionally  occurring  in  commercial  glycerin  is  the  trimethyl- 
eneglycol before  mentioned.  Glycerin,  beside  answering  to  the  official  description 
given  before,  should  conform  to  the  following  tests  of  the  l'.  S.  P.:  "If  a  fused 
bead  of  borax,  on  a  loop  of  platinum  wire,  be  moistened  with  glycerin,  and  then 
held  in  the  non-luminous  flanie,  the  latter  will  be  transiently  tinted  deep  green. 
An  aqueous  solution  of  glycerin  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  When  a  small  por- 
tion of  glycerin  is  heated  to  boiling  in  an  open  porcelain  or  platinum  capsule,  and 
then  gently  ignited,  it  should  burn  and  vaporize  so  as  to  leave  not  more  than  a 
dark  stain  (absence  of  dextrin  and  sugar),  which  would  leave  a  bulky,  difficultly 
combustible,  charred  mass);  and  on  full  combustion  no  residue  whatever  should 
be  left  (absence  of  fixed  impurities^  If  5  Cc.  of  glvcerin  be  mixed  with  50  Cc.of 
water  and  10  drops  of  Hydrochloric  acid  in  a  small  flask,  and  heated  for  half  an 
hour  on  a  boiling  water-hath,  then  10  Cc.  of  the  hot  liquid  mixed  with  2  Cc.of 
sodium  hydrate  T.S.  and  1  Cc.  of  alkaline  cupric  tartrate  V.S..  no  yellowish-red 
cloudiness  or  precipitate  should  appear  within  six  hours  (absence  of  sugars). 
On  gently  warming  a  mixture  of  equal  volumes  of  glycerin  and  of  concentrated 


GLYCEIMNTM.  037 

sulphuric  acid  in  a  test-tube,  the  liquid  should  not  acquire  a  dark  color  (absenco 
of  readily  carbouizable  impurities).  On  gradually  heating  5  Cc.  of  glycerin  with 
3  Cc.  of  diluted  sulphuric  ai'id  in  a  test-tube,  short  of  boiling,  no  oflensive  or 
acidulous  odor  should  be  evolved  (.absence  of  fatty  acids,  etc.).  No  color,  cloudi- 
ness or  precipitate  should  appear  when  separate  portions  of  its  aqueous  solution 
(1  in  10)  are  treated  with  hydrogen  sulphide  or  amraoniuni  sulphide  T.l^. 
(absence  of  metals^  barium  chli>ride  T.S.  (.sulphuric  acid),  calcium  chloriile  T.S. 
(oxalic  acid),  or  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (calcium  salts).  If  a  mixture  of  2  C^-. 
of  glycerin  with  10  Co.  of  water,  contained  in  a  perfectly  clean,  glass-stoppend 
cylinder,  be  he.tted  for  five  minutes  in  a  water-bath  at  a  temperature  of  60°  to 
60°  C.  (140'  to  140°  F, ),  then  mixed  with  10  drops  of  silver  nitrate  T.S.,  and  the 
cylinder  set  aside,  well  stoppered,  in  ditlused  daylight,  no  change  of  transparency 
or  color  should  occur  in  the  mixture  within  five  minutes  (absence  of  chlorides, 
and  limit  of  impurities  having  reducinsf  properties)" — {U.S.P.).  The  presence 
of  butyric  acid  may  be  detected,  according  to  the  British  Phnrmacopaia  (1898 1,  by 
adding  a  mixture  of  eipial  vt)lurae3  of  alcohol  (90  per  cent)  and  diluted  sul- 
phuric acid,  and  gently  heating,  whereupon  the  pineai)|>le  odor  of  butyric  ether 
is  at  once  developed.  As  pure  glycerin  does  not  polarize  transmitted  light,  the 
presence  of  sugar  may  be  easily  recognized  also  by  optical  methods.  The  Briti^'h 
PhaniMcopiri.i  (I5;98)"fixes  the  limit  of  arsenic  in  glycerin  by  the  following  test : 
"2  Cc.  diluted  with  5  Cc.  of  a  mixture  of  1  part  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  7  parts 
of  water,  1  Gm.  of  pure  zinc  being  added,  and  the  whole  placed  in  a  long  test- 
tube,  the  mouth  of  which  is  covered  by  a  piece  of  filter  paper  moistened  with  a 
drop  or  two  of  test  solution  of  mercuric  cldoride,  and  dried,  should  not  afiord  a 
yellow  stain  on  the  paper,  even  after  15  minutes  (limit  of  arsenium)" — 'Br.  Ph., 
1898).  (Also  see  article  on  arsenic  in  glycerin,  by  A.  C.  Langmuir,  Jour.  Aintr. 
Chan.  5o';.,lS99,  p.  133.)  The  most  extensive  use  of  glycerin,  in  the  industries 
and  arts,  is  in  the  manufacture  of  nitroglycerin ;  large  quantities  are  also  used  in 
the  making  of  cosmetics,  and  for  filling  wet-process  gas  meters  to  prevent  the 
containing  fluid  from  freezing  in  winter  and  evaporating  in  summer.  It  is 
also  employed  as  a  food  preservative,  and  for  the  treatment  of  wine,  vinegar 
and  beer  (tins  process  being  called  scheelizinfi),  and  in  addition  to  its  use  in  phar- 
macy and  medicine,  it  is  also  employed  for  many  practical  purposes  in  the 
mechanical  arts. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.  —  Stimulant,  antiseptic,  laxative  and 
demulcent.  Pure  glycerin  abstracts  water  from  the  tissues,  leaving  them  hard 
and  irritated,  and  if  of  the  skin  lialjle  to  crack;  impure  glycerin,  besides  acting 
in  the  same  manner,  is  more  of  an  irritant  on  account  of  traces  of  suljjhuric 
and  nitric  acids  as  well  as  certain  organic  acids,  and  other  deleterious  substances 
contained  in  it.  In  view  of  these  facts  only  the  purest  glycerin  should  be  used, 
and  that  should  be  mixed  with  a  certain- amount  of  water  or  rose-water  before 
using.  Glycerin  may  be  used  in  prurigo,  p.si)ria.'<is,  impetigo,  lichen,  lepra,  pityriasis, 
herpci  er€(?<».<?,  and  some  syphilitic  and  strumous  a^cctions.  M.  Fonssagrives  con- 
siders its  usefulness  in  parmitical  cutaneous  affections  to  be  due  to  its  antiseptic, 
antiputrid,  and  anliparasitical  properties.  Glycerin  has  been  used  in  the  place 
of  cod-liver  oil,  to  improve  nutriticm  in  convalescence  from  exhausting  diseases, 
and  in  asthenic  conditions  generally.  It  is  also  used  as  a  solvent  of  many  alka- 
loid.s,  extracts,  salts,  acids,  etc.,  etc.",  especially  for  local  application  to  inflomed, 
ulcerated  or  suppurating  part.^;  also,  as  stated  above,  to  several  cutaneous  nuilailies. 
Pure  glycerin  has  been  recommended  fi>r  di'ibitic palicnis  by  Drs.  Pavy  and  Abbot 
Smith,  as  a  substitute  for  cane  sugar,  lioney,  molasses,  etc.,  sweetening  tea.  cuflee, 
various  drinks,  cakes,  etc.,  with  it.  It  is  generally  regarded  as  a  non-nutritious 
substance  at  the  present  day,  and  has  lost  prestige  as  a  food  in  phthifit<  and 
diaheten,  and  other  e/hiuiKting  di'ieases.  It  can  not  compare  with  cod-liver  oil  lor 
this  purpose,  though  there  is  some  good  evidence  tiiat  it  lessen.s,  and  in  some 
instances  checks,  the  excretion  of  sugar  in  mccharine  diahetcs.  Large  amounts  of 
glycerin  act  not  unlike  alcohol,  producing  intoxication  and  the  same  gastric 
effects.  From  one-third  to  one-twelfth  of  glycerin  may  be  added  t<j  washes  or 
cataplasms,  to  ren<ler  them  soothing,  and  to  keep  the  latter  moist  for  some  time. 
It  acta  as  an  emollient  and  soothing  application,  absorbing  moisture  from  the 
air,  and    preventing  the  parts   to  whicii  it  is  applied   from  b.'c<'ming  too  dry. 


938  GLYCERIN'UM. 

A  very  small  amount  added  to  a  few  grains  of  borax  and  rose-water,  furnishes 
one  of  the  most  elegant  and  efficient  washes  for  chapped  hands,  face,  lips,  or 
nipples.  A  small  quantity  of  glycerin  added  to  pills  or  extracts,  will  preserve 
them  from  becoming  hard  and  moldy.  Vaccine  virus  may  be  preserved  by 
mixing  it  with  glycerin.  It  has  been  highly  recommended  for  deafness  in  which 
there  is  a  partial  or  total  absence  of  ceruminous  secretion,  by  protectingthe 
tympanum,  and  gradually  restoring  the  parts  to  their  natural  condition ;  it  is 
likewise  said  to  cause  hearing  in  cases  where  the  tympanum  is  thickened  and 
indurated,  or  where  it  is  in  an  unsound  state  or  destroyed  by  ulceration  ;  but  in 
this  last  case  it  is  not  permanent ;  and  when  there  is  a  hardness  of  the  cerumen, 
and  induration  of  the  tympanum,  it  has  proved  successful.  The  plan  is  to  mois- 
ten wool  with  the  glycerin,  pure  or  diluted  with  water,  and  pass  it  into  the  ear. 
In  fact  water  and  glycerin,  or  glycerin  alone,  are  the  best  solvents  for  impacted 
and  hardened  cerumen,  and  by  softening  the  mass  with  either,  it  may  be  readily 
removed  by  syringing  carefully  M-ith  warm  water.  An  efficient  lotion  for  dress- 
ing the  parts  after  the  removal  of  the  impacted  mass,  is  the  following  :  R  Color- 
less hydrastis  (Lloyd's),  3j;  glycerin,  gtt.  xx;  distillate  of  hamamelis,  q.  s.  floSs. 
Mix.  Sig.  Apply  warm  to  the  parts  by  means  of  cotton.  The  bland  and  unir- 
ritating  character  of  pure  glycerin,  in  the  presence  of  a  little  water,  its  perma- 
nence when  exposed  to  the  atmosphere  (except  its  absorption  of  moisture),  and 
the  completeness  with  which  it  shields  the  parts  covered  by  it,  render  it  suscep- 
tible of  many  important  applications.  Mr.  J.  H.  Ecky  has  given  a  formula  for 
the  preparation  of  a  glycerin  ointment,  especially  useful  for  chapped  hands,  lips, 
excoriations  of  the  slin,  etc.  It  will  also  serve  as  a  medium  for  applying  powders, 
etc.,  to  -ulcers,  cutaneous  affections,  or  other  difficulties,  by  combining  them  with  it, 
in  the  desired  proportions.  The  formula  is  as  follows  :  Melt  together  spermaceti 
half  an  ounce,  and  white  wax  1  drachm,  with  oil  of  almonds  2  fluid  ounces,  at  a 
moderate  heat;  put  these  into  a  Wedgewood  mortar,  add  glycerin  1  fluid  ounce, 
and  rub  together  until  well  mixed  and  cold.  An  excellent  lotion  for  cracked 
hands,  and  especially  for  those  who  work  in  water,  is  the  following:  R  Carbolic 
acid  (liquefied  by  warmth),  gtt.  v ;  tincture  of  arnica,  fl5ss;  glycerin,  flsss;  rose- 
water  (or  water  or  distillate  of  hamamelis),  q.  s.  flsvj.  Mix.  Sig.  Wash  the  hands 
thoroughly  with  asepsin  soap  and  warm  water,  rinse  them,  and  apply  the  lotion 
while  the  hands  are  still  wet. 

A  Ghjcerin  Balsam  for  chapped  lips  and  hands  is  made  by  melting  together  1 
ounce,  each,  of  white  wax  and  spermaceti,  then  stirring  in  half  a  pound  of  sweet 
almond  oil  and  2  ounces  of  glycerin,  and  when  nearly  cold,  half  a  drachm  of  attar 
of  roses.  Mr.  Wilson  recommends  glycerin  as  an  injection  into  the  bladder  to 
dissolve  calculous  deposits,  especially  urea,  and  phosphate  of  calcium  ;  also  to  be 
used  as  a  substitute  for  syrups  in  preserving  fruits;  mixed  with  alcohol  or 
pyroxylic  spirit  as  an  economical  fuel  for  spirit-lamps ;  and  as  a  remedy  in  diseases 
of  the  viucous  memhrnne  of  the  stomach.  Dr.  Wni.  Bayes  advises  a  solution  of 
tannic  acid  in  pure  glycerin  as  a  local  application  to  local  hnnorrhapcs,  hy  a.  sponge 
or  brush,  also  to  the  vaginal,  uterine,  urethral,  rectal,  or  nasal  membranes,  where 
a  strong  and  non-irritant  astringent  lotion  is  desired.  Glycerin  dissolves  nearly 
its  own  weight  of  tannic  acid;  the  solution  should  be  recently  prepared  and  be 
kept  in  the  dark,  else  it  will  decompose  (see  Gh/ceritc'i).  On  account  of  its 
affinity  for  the  water  of  the  tissues,  glycerin  may  be  used  as  an  astringent.  It 
has  tlius  been  employed  to  dry  and  constringe  vound.-<,  lessening  the  tendency  to 
tlie  formation  of  pus,  and  a  cotton  pledget  first  dipped  in  hot  water,  squeezed, 
and  saturated  with  glycerin,  applied  to  fresh  wounds,  is  said  to  cause  union  by 
first  intention.  Glycerin  is  an  efficient  astringent  for  Icumrrhnn.  Otorrha!a, 
ozcenn,  and  other  catan-h<d  dixcharqes  may  be  lessened  by  the  local  use  of  gl)'cerin. 
Abscesses,  boils,  carbuncles,  and  local  odcnuis,  as  of  the  prepuce,  may  be  treated  with 
it.  A  mixture  of  glycerin  and  water  is  in  common  use  to  relieve  drt/ncss  of  the 
vwuth  induced  by  febrile  and  other  states.  Internally  administered,  "glycerin  is 
somewhat  laxative,  and  cures  of  chronic  constipation  and  hetnorrhoids,  ])Oth  blind 
and  bleeding,  have  been  accredited  to  its  use.  When  used  by  rectal  injection,  or 
by  means  of  the  glycerin  suppository,  it  certainly  is  a  very  efficient  remedy  for 
habitual  cost ivei^ess,  provided  the  fecal  mass  be  located  in  the  rectum,  and  there  is 
no  lesion  of  the  parts.     If  the  parts  be  sound  and  the  glycerin  pure,  no  smarting 


GLYCERITA.-GLYCERITCM  ACIDl  CARBOLICI.  939 

or  pain  is  likely  to  follow  its  use.  It  may  be  employed  even  with  very  young 
infantii,  and  a  few  injections  will  generally  break  up  the  constipation  habit. 
Occasionally  irritation  of  the  rectum  has  followed  in  infants,  but  such  instances 
are  rare,  and  probably  due  to  an  unluultliy  condition  of  the  rectum  or  to  the  use 
of  an  impure  glycerin.  The  amount  to  be  used  is  from  A  to  1  drachm.  A  small 
glass  syringe  may  be  employed.  Added  to  washes  and  ointments  for  skin  diseases, 
glycerin  aids  in  allaying  itching,  when  present.  One  of  the  best  applications 
for  tihiul  vlcerations  is  the  following:  R  Glycerin,  .^j ;  carbolic  acid  (melted  by 
warmth),  gr.  iij ;  aqua  pura,  q.  s.  Oj.  Mi.x.  "  Sig.  Bathe  the  part  two  or  three 
times  a  day.  and  keep  the  part  wetted  by  laying  upon  it  a  cloth  saturated  with 
the  solution. 

Dr.  Goddard  has  given  a  formula  for  a  very  adhesive  plycerin  pute,  suitable 
for  fixing  paper  labels  to  glass  and  other  surfaces,  and  which  keeps  well ;  it  is  to 
dissolve  1  ounce  of  gum  Arabic  in  2  fluid  ounces  of  boiling  water,  add  2  fluid 
drachms  of  glycerin,  and  strain  if  necessary.  This  forms  a  valuable  paste  for 
druggi.^t.-,  chemists,  and  others.  A  (ilijccr'nijcUy  is  prepared  by  intimately  mixing 
half  a  drachm  of  soft  soap  with  2  fluid  drachms  of  pure  honey,  then  gradually 
adding  6  ounces  of  clear  olive  oil,  stirring  without  intermission  until  all  the  oil 
is  taken  up.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  add  the  oil  too  fa.st.  Or  it  may  be  pre- 
pared by  rubbing  and  mixing  well  together  half  an  ounce  cf  powdered  gum 
Arabic,  and  4  ounces  of  simi)le  syrup,  then  add  the  yolks  of  3  eggs,  and  when 
well  mixed,  add  gradually  4  ounces  of  olive  oil,  and  2' ounces  of  glycerin,  previ- 
ously mixed  together.  The  ordinary  dose  of  glycerin  is  1  drachm,  though  from 
2  to  4  drachms  night  and  morning  may  be  usetl. 

Belated  Preparation.— Glycones,  prepared  l>y  Eli  Lilly  &  Co.,  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  are 
rectal  suppositories  containing  i'5  per  cent  of  pure  glycerin,  covered  with  an  easily  removable 
coating  which  is  impennous  and  unchangeable,  preserving  the  suppositories  in  all  climates. 
They  are  designed  to  overcome  co»wf ipa/i'on,  and  quickly  and  easily  produce  rectal  evacuation. 

GLYCERITA.— GLYCERITES. 

SyxoxYMs:  Glycerina  {Bi-.j,  Glycerines  i^Br.j,  (ilycemla,  Glyceroles,  Glycerolata, 
Glycerols,  Glycerates,  Glycemates. 

By  this  class  of  preparations  is  generally  understood  solutions  of  medicinal 
substances  in  glycerin,  although  in  certain  instances  the  various  Pharmacopoeias 
deviate  to  an  extent.  The  term  Glycerita  as  here  applied  to  fluid  glycerines,  or 
solutions  of  agents  in  glycerin,  is  preferable  to  the  ordinary  names,  '^ glyreroles," 
"glycerates,"  or"  glyceiiiaUs,"  etc.,  &nd  includes  all  fluid  preparations  of  the  kind 
referred  to,  whether  for  internal  administration  or  local  application.  Many  solu- 
tions of  glycerin  or  glycerin  and  water,  are  apt  upon  standing  to  develop  micro- 
scopic cryptogams,  unless  a  certain  proportion  of  alcohol  is  added  to  the  solutions. 
On  this  account,  it  is  better  to  i)repare  many  members  of  this  class  of  solutions  in 
small  quantity  at  a  time,  and  only  as  they  are  wanted  (see  Lotions  and  Plfismx). 

Belated  Preparation.— GLVcELasiM.  This  was  intro<luced,  in  1667,  by  T.  B.  Groves. 
Take  alni'.n.l  lueal  (tine  ,  *  ounce;  glveerin,  1  ounce;  olive  oil,  :5  ounces.  Triturate  the  meal 
with  the  ciycrin  and  jrraihially  itu-ori.orate  the  nil  with  the  mixture.  This  semi-gelatinous, 
})asty  nia.ss  mav  be  iua<le  into  emulsions  by  gradually  adding  water  to  it.  Powders  may  also 
(«;  incorp<jrated  with  it.  Uleoresins  and  essential  oils  may  he  employed  as  substitutes,  wholly 
or  in  part. 

GLYCERITUM  ACIDI  CARBOLICI  (U.  S.  P.)— GLYCERITE  01 
CARBOLIC  ACID. 

PvN'iNVM,:    Glycerin  of  carbolic  tuid,  Glycerole  of  carbolic  acid. 

Preparation.— ■'  Carbolic  acid,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm. )  [309  grs.]  ;  glycerin, 
eightv  grammes  (SOGm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,360  grs.];  to  make  one  hundred  grammes 
(100  Gm.)  [:J  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.].  Weinh  tiie  carbolic  acid  and  glycerin,  succes- 
sively, into  a  tared  capsule,  and  stir  them  together  until  the  acid  is  dissolved. 
Then  transfer  the  solution  to  a  bottle"— (T.  .S  /'.). 


940  GLYCEEITUM  ACIDI  GALLICI.— GLYCERITUM  ACIDI  TANXICI. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  has  been  beneficially  employed  as  a  local 
application  in  several  forms  of  cutaneous  disease,  attended  with  intense  itching, 
prurigo,  psoriasis,  etc. ;  likewise  in  parasitical  affections  of  the  skin,  as  tinea,  pity- 
riasis, itch,  etc. 

This  preparation  may  be  used  of  full  strength  in  the  preparation  of  carbolic 
acid  plaster,  but  when  designed  for  local  applications,  it  should  be  still  further 
diluted  with  glycerin.  A  solution  of  the  above  has  been  advised  as  a  dressing 
to  gangrenous  wounds  in  preference  to  a  solution  of  permanganate  of  potassium 
(Maissonneuve).  Solutions  of  various  strengths  have  been  used  in  various  cu^a- 
neous  affections,  cancerous  and  other  fetid  ulcerations. 

GLYCERITUM  ACIDI  GALLICI.— GLYCERITE  OF 
GALLIC  ACID. 

Sysoxym  .    Glycerin  of  gallic  acid. 

Preparation. — Take  of  gallic  acid,  1  troy  ounce;  glycerin,  4  fluid  ounces. 
Powder  the  gallic  acid  in  a  mortar,  then  gradually  add  the  glycerin,  rubbing 
the  mixture  constantly,  until  an  even  mixture  is  effected.  Transfer  this  to  a 
porcelain  evaporating 'dish,  and  warm  gently  upon  a  water-bath,  stirring  con- 
stantly until  the  acid  dissolves.  This  preparation  should  not  be  heated  above 
the  boiling  point  of  water,  100°  C.  (212°  F. ),  lest  poisonous  pvrogallol  be  formed 
(T.  E.  Thorpe). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  preparation  has  been  taken  in- 
ternally, instead  of  gallic  acid  in  substance,  in  the  several  varieties  of  disease  in 
which  "this  acid  is  indicated,  and  is  supposed  to  be  more  promptly  absorbed  when 
used  in  tliis  form.  Useful  in  inflammatory  affections  of  imwous  surfaces,  as  of  the 
fauces,  nasal  membrane,  ear,  vagina,  etc.  It  is  to  be  applied  locally,  either  as  a 
wash,  gargle,  or  injection.  Its  dose  is  from  10  minims  to  1  fluid  drachm.  Ex- 
ternally it  has  been  applied  to  the  scalp,  in  cases  of  alopecia. 

GLYCERITUM  ACIDI  SALICYLICI.— GLYCEEITE  OF 
SALICYLIC  ACID. 

Synoxyji  :    Glycerin  of  saliq/lic  acid. 

Preparation. — Take  of  salicylic  acid  (made  from  wintergreen  oil\  borax  (in 
fine  powder),  each,  GO  grains;  glycerin,  2  tluid  ounces.  Triturate  the  acid  with 
■  the  borax,  in  a  mortar,  until  thoroughly  mixed ;  then  add  the  glycerin,  and  rub 
until  a  clear  solution  is  olitained. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Acidum  &dicylicum.)  This  prepa- 
ration will  be  found  very  useful  in  all  maladies  in  which  salicylic  acid  is  indicated. 
It  may  be  used  internally  as  well  as  externally,  and  constitutes  a  useful  local  appli- 
cation in  several  diseases  of  the  mouth  and  pharnyx,  in  gangrenous  idceri-,  Uvcorrhoea. 
offensive  discharges,  2>ediridi,jrruritis,  etc.  The  dose  internally  is  from  ^  to  2  fluid 
drachms. 

GLYCERITUM  ACIDI  TANNICI  (U.  S.  P.)— GLYCERITE  OF 
TANNIC  ACID. 

Synonyms:    Glycerin  of  tannin,  Glycerolc  of  tannin. 

Preparation.—"  Tannic  acid,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [309  grs-J:  glycerin, 
eighty  grammes  (80  Gni.)  [2  ozs.  av.,3(>6  grs.] ;  to  make  one  hundred  grammes 
(100  Cim, )  [:5  ozs.  av.,231  grs.].  Weigli  the  tannic  acid  and  glycerin,  successively, 
into  a  tared  porcelain  capsule,  avoiding  contact  with  metallic  utensils,  and  apply 
the  heat  of  a  watir-hath,  until  the  acid  is  completely  dissolved.  Then  transfer 
the  solution  to  a  l.dttlo  "— ( I '.  S.  P.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  forms  a  useful  local  application  in  Heeding 
from  nUs,  leech  bitcf,  epistari^t,  sore  nipple.-<,  anal  Jis.ntre,  chronii-  coryza,  s}KOi<iy  gutna, 
vaginal  leucorrhcea,  and  chronic  mucous  inffammalinn.'^,  in  whidi  the  mucous  mem- 
brane is  relaxed.    It  will  be  found  an  excellent  local  application  in  glnlAhe  naml 


OLYCERITUM  ALOES. -GLYCEniTlM  15ISMITHI.  941 

(lixr/inrges  following  the  exanthematoua  affections,  otorrfifyn  in  children,  granular  oph- 
thalmia, ozana,  etc.  It  is  contraindicated  in  active  inflammations,  which  should 
be  allayed  previous  to  its  use  (see  Acidum  Tanntcum).  Chronic  diseases  of  the 
skin,  as  enema,  impetigo,  tinea,  lichen,  etc.,  have  also  been  greatly  benefited  by  its 
api)lication. 

GLYCERITUM  ALOES.— GLYCERITE  OF  ALOES. 

Sv.Nii.NVMs  :    Ulycerinum  aloes,  Glt/cerin  of  aloes,  Glycerole  of  aloes. 

Preparation. — Take  of  finely  powdered  socotrine  aioes,'4  drachms  ;  glycerin, 
4  troy  oiuKv.-;;  triturate  the  aloes  with  the  glycerin  in  a  glass  or  porcelain  mortar, 
transfer  to  a  hottle  and  agitate  well  together.  If  the  aloes  is  not  entirely  dissolved 
digest  the  mixture  for  15  minutes  in  a  water-bath  and  strain.  This  forms  a  syrupy 
liquid  of  a  bright  mahogany  color. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  recommended  as  a  local  application  in 
lichen  aiirics.  and  irzeinut'ni.i  affections. 

GLYCERITUM  ALUMINIS.— GLYCERITE  OF  ALUM. 

Synony.m  :    (ilycerin  of  alum. 

Preparation. — Aluni,  1  ounce;  glycerin,  5  fluid  ounces;  place  ingredients  in 
a  porcelain  vessel,  stir  them  together,  and  heat  gently  until  solution  is  accom- 
plished. Set  tlie  solution  aside,  and  when  all  particles  have  settled  pour  off'  the 
clear  liquid. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  to  be  used  for  the  same  purposes  as 
alum  (see  Alumen).  It  is  more  irritating  than  glycerite  of  tannin,  but  has  the 
advantage  of  being  stainless. 

GLYCERITUM  AMYLI  (U.  S.  P.)— GLYCERITE  OF  STARCH. 

Synony.ms:    (ih/cerin  of  sturrh,  Pla»ma.  Glymmyl. 

Preparation. — "Starch,  ten  grammes  (10  (im.)  [154  grsj ;  water,  ten  cubic 
centinietvrs  (10  Cc.)  [162  HI];  glycerin,  eighty  grammes  (SO  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  360 
grs.].  To  the  starch,  contained  in  a  porcelain  capsule,  add  the  water  and  glyc- 
erin, and  stir  until  a  homogeneous  mixture  is  produced.  Then  apply  a  heat 
gradually  raised  to  140°  C.  (284°  F.),  and  not  exceeding  144°  C.  (291.2°  F.),  stir- 
ring constantly,  until  a  translucent  jelly  is  formed.  Transfer  the  product  to  suita- 
ble vessels,  provided  with  well-fitting  covers" — (f.  .9.  P.). 

This  preparation,  if  exposed  to  the  atmosphere,  readily  absorbs  moisture, 
hence  it  siiould  be  kept  in  closely-stoppered  bottles.  According  to  Willmott 
the  substitution  of  water  in  ]ilace  of  one-third  of  the  glycerin  used  will  prevent 
this  change. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Glycerite  of  starch  forms  a  bland  preparation, 
very  useful  in  cases  in  which  it  is  desired  to  apply  mild,  non-irritating  aressings, 
as  in  the  burning  heat  o{  eczema,  in  excoriated  surfaces,  in  erythema,  and  in  several 
other  irriiatdl  or  inflamed  conditionn  of  the  skin.  It  likewise  forms  a  vehicle  for  the 
application  of  other  agents  with  which  it  may  be  mixed. 

GLYCERITUM  BISMUTHI  (N.  F.)— GLYCERITE  OF  BISMUTH. 

SyniiNvm-  :    Li'iunr  liisiitntlii  nmcrntratus.  C'imccntralcil  anlutinn  of  bismuth. 

Preparation. — "Bismuth  and  aninK>niuin  citrate,  two  hundred  and  seventy- 
five  graiiuii's  I  JT')  Gm.)  [0  ozs.  av.,  307  grs.]  ;  stronger  water  of  ammonia  ( I '.  S.  P.), 
a  sutUcient  quantity;  glycerin,  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [16  tis, 
435  nil;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000  Cc.)  [33  fl.5,  3!»1  TTl].  Triturate  the  bismuth  and  ammonium  citrate  with 
three  hundred  and  fiftv  cubic  centimeters  (350  Cc")  [11  fl.?,  401  1111  of  water  and 


942  GLYCERITUM  BOROGLYCERINI—GLYCEEITUM  HYDRASTIS. 

two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (250  Cc.)  [8  flg,  218  TTl]  of  glycerin,  and 
add  to  it  gradually  just  enough  stronger  water  of  ammonia  to  dissolve  the  salt, 
and  to  produce  a  neutral  solution.  Then  add  the  remainder  of  the  glycerin  and 
enough  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  Q5.  391  TTl], 
and  filter.  Each  fluid  drachm  contains  16  grains  of  bismuth  and  ammonium 
citrate.  Note. — If  glycerite  of  bismuth  should  at  any  time  deposit  a  precipitate, 
this  maybe  redissolved  by  the  addition  of  just  sufficient  stronger  water  of  am- 
monia " — (A^nt.  Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Useful  as  a  local  application  in  eczema,  excoruitiom, 
chaps  of  till'  liji-^  o  ml  lidiuh,  in  gonorrkosa,  vaginitis,  chronic  granular  conjunctivitis,  ciliary 
and  glandular  hltjjliaritis,etc.  It  should  always  be  well  shaken  just  previous  to 
using  it. 

GLYCERITUM  BOROOLYCERINI  (U.  S.  P.)— GLYCERITE  OF 
BOROGLYCERIN. 

Synonyms:    Glycerite  of  glyceryl  borate,  Solution  of  boroglyceride. 

Preparation. — "  Boric  acid,  in  fine  powder,  three  hundred  and  ten  grammes 
(310  Gm.)  [10  ozs.  av.,  409  grs.];  glycerin,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thou- 
sand grammes  (1000  (Jm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Heat  four  hundred  and 
sixty  grammes  (460  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  99  grs.]  of  glycerin,  in  a  tared  porcelain  cap- 
sule, to  a  temperature  not  exceeding  150°  C.  (302°  F.),  and  add  the  boric  acid  in 
portions,  constantly  stirring.  When  all  is  added  and  dissolved,  continue  the  heat 
at  the  same  temperature,  frequently  stirring,  and  breaking  up  the  film  which 
forms  on  the  surface.  When  the  mixture  has  been  reduced  to  the  weight  of  five 
hundred  grammes  (500  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  1  oz.,*279  grs.],  add  to  it  five  hundred 
grammes  (500  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  1  oz.,  279  grs.]  of  glycerin,  mix  thoroughly,  and 
transfer  it  to  suitable  vessels" — (U.S.  P.). 

This  may  also  be  made  quickly  by  dissolving  boroglyceride  (1  ounce,  av.; 
in  glycerin  (1  ounce,  av.)  by  gently  heating  the  mixture. 

Description  and  Uses. — This  preparation  is  colorless,  thick,  viscid  and  sweet. 
It  is  antiseptic  and  possesses  marked  preservative  qualities. 

BoROGLYCERiN-UM  (N.  T.), Boroglyccrin,  Glycertjl  borate,  Boroglyceride. — "Boric  acid,  in  pow- 
der, six  hundred  and  twenty  gramme'a  (620  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av., 5  ozs., 381  grs.] ;  glycerin,  nine  hun- 
dred and  twenty  grammes  (920  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av„  198  grs.].  Heat  the  glycerin  in  a  tared  porcelain 
capsule  to  a  temperature  not  exceeding  150°  C.  (302°  F.),  and  add  the  boric  acid  in  portions, 
constantly  stirring.  When  all  is  added  and  dissolved,  continue  the  heat  at  the  same  tempera- 
ture, frequently  stirring,  and  breaking  up  the  film  which  forms  on  the  surface.  When  the 
mixture  has  become  reduced  to  a  weight  of  one  thousand  grammes  (lOOOGiu. '  [2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs., 
120  grs.],  pour  it  out  on  a  flat  surface  previously  coated  with  a  very  small  quantity  of  petrolatum, 
let  it  cool,  cut  it  into  pieces  and  transfer  them  immediately  to  bottles  or  jars,  which  should  be 
well-stoppered.  Note.— The  official  glycerite  of  boroglycerin  may  be  made  from  this  by  adding 
an  equal  weight  of  glycerin  to  the  finished  boroglycerin  while  it  is  still  warm  "—(Sat.  Form.  1. 

GLYCERITUM  HYDRASTIS  (U.  S.  P.)— GLYCERITE  OF 
HYDRASTIS. 

Preparation.—  "  Hydrastis,  in  No.  60  powder,  one  thousand  grammes  (^1000 
Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.];  glycerin,  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500 
Cc.)  [16  II3,  435  Til];  alcohol,  water,  each  a  sufiicient  quantity  to  make  one  thou- 
sand cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  H.^,  391  111].  Moisten  the  hydrastis  with 
three  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (3-50  Cc.)  [11  tl.^,  401111]  of  alcohol, 
and  pack  it  firmly  in  a  cylindrical  percolator;  then  add  enough  akoliol  to  satu- 
rate the  powder  and  leave  a  stratum  above  it.  When  the  liquid  begins  to  drop 
from  the  percolator,  close  tlie  lower  orifice,  and,  having  closely  covere<.l  the  t>erco- 
lator,  macerate  for  48  hours.  Then  allow  the  percolation  to  proceed,  gradually 
adding  alcohol  until  the  iiydrastis  is  practically  exhausted.  To  the  percolate  add 
two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (250  Cc.>  [8  H5,  218111]  of  water,  and 
then  drive  oflf  tlie  alcohol  by  evaporation  or  distillation.  After  tlie  alcohol  is 
driven  off,  add  enough  water  to  the  residue  to  make  it  me.isure  five  hundred  cubic 


GLYCEKirrM  lODIXII  COMPOSITUM  -GLYCERITIM  PICIS.  943 

centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [16  fl^,  435 111],  and  set  it  aside  for  24  hours.  Then  filter, 
pass  enough  water  through  the  ifilter  to  make  the  filtrate  measure  five  hundred 
cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [16  fig,  435  ITl],  add  the  glycerin,  and  mix  thor- 
oughly"—(T.  S.  P.). 

flistory. — This  preparation  wa^  first  elaborated  by  Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd,  in  re- 
sponse to  a  call  from  Dr.  L.  E.Wickens,  of  Holly,  Michigan.  It  came  into  ex- 
tended use,  and  the  published  formula  has  now  found  its  way  into  the  Xati/nml 
Fonnii'iiri/  and  I  'nilcil  Snh.t  P/iarmacopwia.  Owing  to  the  yellow  color  it  has  fallen 
into  gi'iuM-al  tiisfuvor. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — (Those  of  Hi/dmstis.)    Dose, i  to  1  fluid  draclim. 

GLYCERITUM  lODINII  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
GLYCERITE  OF  IODINE. 

Synonyms  :  Glycerinum  iodinii  compositum,  Covipound  glycerin  n/ioditx,  (Itycerole 
of  iwlinc. 

Preparation. — Take  of  iodim,  1  drachm;  iodide  of  potassium,  1  drachm; 
glycerin.  4  drachms ;  thoroughly  triturate  in  a  glass  mortar  the  iodide  of  potassium 
and  glycerin  together,  then  gradually  add  the  iodine,  and  continue  the  tritu- 
ration until  it  is  all  di.<solved,  and  keep  the  mixture  in  a  well-closed  vessel. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  a  somewhat  caustic  preparation,  very 
useful  as  a  local  application  to  ulcemtion  of  the  os  uteri,  tion-vascuhir  goitre,  scrofu- 
lous ulcers,  as  well  as  those  from  constUutional  fryphilis.  It  should  be  applied  by 
means  of  a  hair  pencil,  or  lamp-wick  porte-caustic. 

GLYCERITUM  KINO.— GLYCERITE  OF  KlNO. 

Synonyms  :    (ihirtriitum  kino.  Glycerin  of  kino,  Glycerole  of  kino. 

Preparation. — Take  of  powdered  kino,  4  drachms;  glycerin,  2  fluid  ounces. 
Tiiturat.-  tlmroughly  toirether  in  a  Wedgewood  mortar,  and  transfer  to  a  vial. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  forms  a  permanent  solution,  not  giving 
any  deposit,  and  should  he  employed  as  a  substitute  for  the  tincture  of  kino. 

GLYCERITUM  PEPSINI  (N.  F.)— GLYCERITE  OF  PEPSm. 

Preparation.  — /bnnu/on/  mtmber,  187:  "Pepsin  {!'.  S.  P.  i,  eighty-five 
grannnes  i  >--5  Gni.)  [3  ozs.,  av.j;  hydrochloric  acid  {V.  S.  P.).  ten  cubic  centimeters 
(10  Co  [162  Ttl];  purified  talcum  (F.  395),  fifteen  grammes  (15  Gm.)  [231  grs.]  ; 
glycerin,  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [16  fl.s,  435  Ttl]  ;  water,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc. )  [33  fl.s,  391  111]. 
Mix  the  pepsin  with  four  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (450  Cc.)  [15  flg, 
104  ni]  of^ water  and  the  hydrochloric  acid,  and  agitate  until  solution  has  been 
effected.  Then  incorjjorate  the  purified  talcum  with  the  liquid,  filter,  returning 
the  first  portions  of  the  filtrate  until  it  runs  through  clear,  and  pass  enough  water 
through  the  filter  to  make  the  filtrate  measure  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500 
Cc.)  [16  fl.s,43oTll].  To  this  add  the  glycerin,  and  mix.  Each  fluid  drachm  repre- 
sents 5  grains  of  pepsin  (('.  S.  P.).  iVo<<?.— For  filtering  the  aqueous  solution  of  pepsin 
first  obtained  by  the  above  formula,  as  well  as  for  filtering  other  liquids  of  a  vis- 
cid character,  a  filter  paper  of  loose  texture  (preferably  that  known  as  "Textile 
Filtering  Paper  ''  i.  or  a  layer  of  absorbent  cotton  placed  in  a  funnel,  or  percolator, 
should  be  employed"  — i  Xnl .  Form.). 

Action  and' Medical  Uses.- (Those  of  Pepsin.) 

GLYCERITUM  PICIS.— GLYCERITE  OF  TAR. 

Synonyms:    Glycerin  of  tar,  Glycerole  of  tar. 

Preparation. — Take  of  tar,  1  troy  ounce;  glycerite  of  starch, 8  iroy  ounces. 
Transfer  the  tar  to  a  mortar,  and  gradually  add  the  glycerite  of  starch,  stirring 


944         GLYCERITUM  POTASSII  CHLORAS.— GLYCERITUM  QUININ.E  SULPHAS. 

constantly  until  an  even  mixture  results  (Neiv  Remedies,  1879,  p.  200).     It  is  ad- 
visable to  previously  warm  the  glycerite  of  starch. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  preparation  formsa  very  useful  local  applica- 
tion in  lichen,  pruriricpityruisis, psoriasis,  lepra,  herpes,  erythema,ecse)nn,  tinea, pruritis, 
and  alopecia;  also  in  indolent  and  gangrenous  ulcers.  It  may  be  rubbed  upon  the 
affected  part,  or  be  spread  on  a  piece  of  linen  and  thus  applied.  It  is  very  apt  to 
afford  more  or  less  relief,  even  when  it  does  not  remove  the  disease.  Do  not  con- 
found this  valuable  tar  compound  for  external  use  with  the  following  liquid  to 
be  taken  internally: 

Belated  Preparation.— GLYCEBirrM  Picis  Liqcid^e.  A  good  formula,  with  its  u?es.  is 
as  follows:  Take  of  tar,  strained,  1  troy  ounce;  carbonate  of  magnesium,  rubbed  to  powder 
on  a  sieve,  3  troy  ounces;  alcohol,  2  fluid  ounces;  glycerin,  4  fluid  ounces;  water,  a  suflBcienl 
quantity.  Mix  the  alcohol  and  glycerin  with  10  fluid  ounces  of  water.  Rub  the  tar  in  a  mor- 
tar with  the  carbonate  of  magnesium  added  gradually,  until  a  smooth  pulverulent  mixture  is 
obtained,  then,  add  gradually,  in  small  portions  at  a  time,  with  thorough  trituration  continued 
for  15  or  20  minutes,  6  fluid  ounces  of  the  mixture  of  alcohol,  glycerin,  and  water,  and  strain 
with  strong  pressure;  return  the  residue  to  the  mortar,  and  repeat  the  trituration  as  before, 
with  5  fluid  ounces  more  of  the  same  liquid,  and  again  strain  and  express;  again  treat  the 
dregs  in  the  same  manner  with  the  remainder  of  the  fluid  mixture,  and  after  expression,  re- 
duce the  residue  by  trituration  to  a  uniform  condition,  and  finally  pack  firmly  in  a  glass  fun- 
nel, prepared  for  ))crcolation,  and  pour  upon  it  the  expressed  liquors,  previously  mixed,  and 
when  the  mixture  has  all  passed  from  the  surface,  continue  the  percolation  with  water  until 
1  pint  of  liquid  has  been  obtained. 

This  is  an  elegant  and  palatable  preparation  of  tar,  of  a  beautiful  rich  reddish-brown 
color  at  first,  but  losing  its  transparency  from  a  deposition  of  resinous  matter,  which  does  not, 
however,  affect  the  medicinal  virtues  of  "the  preparation  in  the  least.  If  glycerin  be  substituted 
for  the  alcohol,  in  its  preparation,  the  solution  is  nearly  as  strong  as  whenalcohol  is  employed 
and  deposits  less  resin.  Glycerin  appears  to  be  a  good  solvent  of  the  medicinal  properties  of 
tar,  and  possessing  demulcent,  alterative,  and  nutrient  properties,  serves  as  a  valuable  adjunct 
to  the  latter  therapeutically. 

Glycerin  solution  of  tar  is  very  valuable  in  chronic  cough,  chronic  laryngeal,  bronchial  and 
pulmonary  affccttons,  and,  being  free  from  sugar,  it  is  less  liable  to  offend  the  stomach  and  dis- 
turb the  digestive  functions  of  patients  requiring  its  long-continued  use.  It  may  be  associated 
with  the  fluid  extracts  of  wild  cherrj'  bark,  blood-root,  etc.,  to  suit  the  views  of  the  prescrib- 
ing physician.  The  dose  is  from  2  to  4  fluid  drachms,  3  or  4  times  a  day,  which  will  represent 
from  about  7^  to  15  grains  of  tar  (J.  B.  Moore,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharin.,  1S69,  p.  115) 

GLYCERITUM   POTASSII  CHLORAS.— GLYCERITE  OF 
POTASSIUM  CHLORATE. 

Synonyms  :  Glycerimtm  potassii  chloras,  Glycerin  solution  of  chlorate  of  potas- 
siv,in,  Glyrerolc  of  chlorate  of  potassium. 

Preparation. — Take  of  chlorate  of  potassium,  in  powder,  I  drachm ;  glycerin, 
10  drachms.  Place  the  two  articles  in  a  vial,  and  agitate  until  the  chlorate  is 
all  dissolved. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  has  been  found  valuable  as  a  disinfectant 
and  dressing  for  ill-conditioned  ivounds  and  ulcers,  and  as  a  local  application  to 
enfeebled  and  ulcerated  mucous  surfaces,  as  in  aphthous  affections  of  the  mo^tdi, 
leucorrhaa,  gonorrhoea  in  females,  nasal  ulcerations,  etc. 

GLYCERITUM  QUININ,®  SULPHAS.— GLYCERITE   OF 
QUININE  SULPHATE. 

Synonyms  :  Glycerinum  quinina-  sulphas,  Glycerin  of  sulphate  of  quinine.  Glycerole 
of  qv  in  I  nc. 

Preparation. —  Take  of  sulphate  of  quinine,  24  grains;  glycerin,  2  fluid 
ounces.  Triturate  the  quinine  with  the  glycerin,  in  a  glass  mortar,  until  it  is 
dissolved,  and   transfer  to  a  vial. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses- — This  forms  an  elegsmt  preparation,  containing 
1^  grains  of  sulphate  of  quinine  to  the  fluid  dracnm.  It  may  l)e  u?ed  both 
internally  and  externally  in  all  cases  where  quinine  is  indicated. 


i.i.vi. i:i;irLM  SAPoNis.-GLVL'KKrriM  vitelli.  ;t4o 

GLYCERITUM  SAPONIS.— GLYCEEITE  OF  SOAP. 

Preparation. — Take  ii<nitral  cDcoanut-oil-soda  soap  (or  tallow-soda  soap), 
1  part;  glycerin  (sp.  gr.,  1.250),  4  parts.  The  soap  must  be  exactly  neutral  and 
dried  at  100°  (.".  (212°  F.).  Dissolve  the  soap  in  the  glycerin  on  a  water-batli, 
and  while  .-till  hot  filter  the  solution. 

Description  and  Uses.— This  process  yields  a  hygroscopic,  odorless,  light- 
yellow  nia.-is,  having'  elasticity.  The  heat  of  the  body  is  sufficient  to  liquify  it. 
This  has  lieen  proposed  l)y  Hebra  as  an  ointment  base,  the  desired  medicinal 
agents  being  added  to  it  (Proc.  Amer,  Pharin.  A<soc.,  1891 ). 

GLYCERITUM  SODII  BORATIS.— GLTCERITE  OF 
BORATE  OF  SODIUM. 

Synony.Ms:    dhicerite  of  bnrnr,  Glycerin  of  borax. 

Preparation.— Take  of  crystallized  borate  of  sodium  (borax),  1  troy  ounce ; 
glycerin,  8  fluid  ounces.  Rub  the  borax  in  a  mortar  until  it  is  finely  powdered, 
then  gradually  add  the  glycerin  and  rub  together  until  the  bora.K  is  dissolved. 
The  Gh/rerinum  Borac is  of  the  Br.  Pharm.  contains  powdered  borax.  1  ounce  (av.); 
glycerin.  4  fluid  ounces;  and  distilled  water,  2  fluid  ounces. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Tiiis  preparation  is  employed,  locally,  in  aph- 
thiv,  thrv.gh.  And  other  forms  o(  .■'iiimiitili.t.  \n  fis.sured  and  idrernted  vij>ples,\n  ci-zemn, 
tifhen,  iiit>rlri<in,  in  pcn-asitir  culiniri)ii.-<  ili.-^tiise.f, and  especially  in  piityrin.si.i  of  the  scalp. 
It  is  also  useful  in  aphthous  and  nlrcrative  conditions  of  the  vulva.  It  most  generally 
relieves  the  burning  and  itching  attending  many  cvianeous  malndie.'^. 

GLYCERITUM  TRAGACANTH.®  (N.  F.)— GLYCERITE  OF 
TRAGACANTH. 

Preparation. — Fnrmxdamj  number,  189 :  "  Tragacanth,  in  fine  powder,  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty-five  grammes  (125  Gm.)  [4  oz.  av.,  179  grs.];  glycerin,  seven 
hundred  and  seventy-five  cubic  centimeters  (775  Cc.)  [20  fls,  99  Ttl]  ;  water,  one 
hundred  and  eighty-five  cubic  centimeters  (185  Cc.)  [6  fls,  123  111].  Triturate 
the  tragacanth  with  the  glycerin  in  a  mortar,  add  the  water,  and  continue  the 
trituration,  until  a  homogeneous,  thick  paste  results." 

Xote. — -'The  Glycerinum  Tragaeanthx  of  the  Br.  Pharm.  (1885)  is  prepared  by 
mixing  3  troy  ounces  of  tragacanth  with  12  fluid  ounces  of  glycerin  in  a  mortar, 
adding  2  fluid  ounces  of  water,  and  triturating  until  a  translucent,  homogeneous 
jelly  is  formed. 

'■Mwiiofio  Tragacanthx  of  the  I '.  S.  P.  (1890)  is  made  by  mixing  18  grammes  of 
glycerin  with  75  cubic  centimeters  of  water,  heating  the  mixture  to  boiling,  add- 
ing 6  grammes  of  tragacanth,  macerating  for  24  hours,  and  then  adding  water  to 
make  100  grammes,  heating  it  to  a  uniform  consistence,  and  straining. 

■'I'lifiueiiluiii  Gh/rerivio(  the  Ger.  Pharm.  is  prepared  by  triturating  1  part  of 
powdered  tragacanth  with  5  parts  (bv  weight)  of  alcohol  (of  about  91  per  cent), 
then  addiiii;  50  parts  of  glycerin,  and  heating  on  a  steam-bath "-(iVai.  Form.). 

Uses.— This  Jelly-like  mass  is  used  chiefly  as  a  pill  excipient. 

GLYCERITUM  VITELLI.— GLYCERITE  OF  YOLK  OF  EGG. 

Sy.nosy.ms:    Glyconin,  Glyconinum. 

Preparation.— " Fresh  yolk  of  egg,  forty-five  grammes  (45  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av., 
257  grs.l ;  glvcerin,  fiftv-five  grammes  (55  Gin.)  [1  oz.  av..411  grs.] :  to  make  one 
hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.l.  Uuh  the  yolk  of  egg,  in  a 
Miortar,  with  the  glycerin,  graduallv  added,  until  they  are  thoroughly  mixed. 
Th.n  transfer  the  mixture   to  a  bottle  "—(('..'<'.  f.). 


946  GLYCVRRHIZA. 

This  preparation  is  of  a  honey-like  consistence  and  is  of  value  as  an  emulsify- 
ing agent  for  cod-liver  and  other  oils.  If  kept  from  contact  with  the  air,  so  that 
it  can  not  absorb  moisture,  it  keeps  unaltered  for  a  great  length  of  time. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Protective  and  emollient.  Useful  in  bums,  ery- 
sipelas, erythema,  and  other  cutaneous  irritations  for  which  glycerite  of  starch  is  em- 
ployed,   'it  is  inferior  to  that  agent  for  most  purposes. 

GLYCYRRHIZA  (U.  S.  P.)— GLYCYRRHIZA. 

"The  root  of  Glycyrrhiza  glabra,  Linne,  and  of  the  variety  glandulifera  (Wald- 
stein  et  Kittaibel)  Kegel  et  Herder"  {U.  S.  P.)  (Liquiritia  officinalis,  Moench). 
Nat.  Ord. — Leguminosffi. 

Common  Names:  Liquorice-root,  Spanish  licorice-root,  Licorice-root,  Radix  glycyr- 
rhizas  hispianicte. 

Illustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  74. 

Botanical  Source. — The  liquorice-plant  has  a  perennial,  cylindrical  root, 
running  to  a  considerable  length  and  depth,  grayish-brown  externally,  yellow 
internally,  succulent,  tough,  flexible,  rapid  in  growth,  and  provided  with  scat- 
tered fibers.  The  stems  are  erect,  herbaceous,  smooth,  striated,  with  few  branches, 
of  a  dull,  glaucous-gray  color,  growing  2  or  3  feet  in  height.  The  leaves  are  alter- 
nate and  unequally  pinnate;  the  leaflets  generally  about  13,  oval,  entire,  obtuse, 
slightly  emarginate,  viscid,  and  1  terminal;  the  stipules  are  inconspicuous.  The 
flowers  are  small,  bluish  or  purplish,  in  axillary,  erect  spikes,  shorter  than  the 
leaves,  and  borne  on  long  peduncles.  Calyx  persistent,  tubular,  bilabiate,  and 
5-cleft.  The  corolla  is  a  straight,  ovate-lanceolate  vexillum;  the  keel  is  biparted, 
acute  and  straight.  Stamens  diadelphous;  anthers  simple  and  rounded;  style 
filiform;  and  stigma  blunt.  The  legumes  are  oblong,  compressed,  1-celled,  and 
1  to  4-seeded;  the  seeds  are  small  and  reniform  (L. — Wi.). 

The  variety  glandulifera  differs  in  not  being  smooth  like  the  preceding,  but 
in  partaking  more  or  less  of  a  pubescent  character,  the  leaves  (beneath^  and  stem 
being  glandular-pubescent,  while  the  pods  are  glandular  and  prickly. 

History. — This  plant  inhabits  southern  Europe,  and  some  parts  of  Asia,  and 
is  cultivated  in  England,  Germany,  France,  and  in  the  United  States  to  some  ex- 
tent.     The  so-called  Bussian  liquorice  (that  produced  by  the 
'^'       ■  variety  glandulifera)  grows  from  Hungarj'  and  Turkey  into 

western  Asia.  Liquorice  root  is  imported  chiefly  from  Spain 
and  Sicily.  Commercially  considered  there  are  5  grades,  viz.: 
Italian,  the  best  and  sweetest,  Spanish  or  Common  liquorire  root, 
Syrian,  Turkish  and  Russian,  the  bitterest.  These  grades  are 
preferred  in  the  order  named. 

Description.—"  In  long,  cylindrical  pieces,  from  5  to  25 
Mm.  (I  to  1  inch)  thick,  longitudinally  wrinkled,  externally 
grayish-brown,  warty ;  internally  tawny-yellow;  pliable, 
tough;  fracture  coarsely  fibrous;  bark  rather  thick;  wood  por- 
ycyrr  izag  a  ra.  ^^^^  ^^^^  dense,  in  narrow  wedges;  medullary  rays  linear;  taste 
sweet,  somewhat  acrid.  The  underground  stem,  which  is  often  present,  lias  the 
same  appearance,  but  contains  a  thin  pith.  The  drug  derived  from  the  variety 
glandulifera  (so-called  Russian  liquorice)  consists  usually  of  roots  and  root- 
branches,  1  to  4  Cm.  (f  to  1  inch)  thick,  15  to  30  Cm.  {6  to  12  inches)  long,  fre- 
quently deprived  of  the  corky  layer,  the  wood  rather  soft,  and  usually  more  or 
less  cleft " — (f.  5.  P.).  Liquorice  root  has  a  faint  odor  and  is  so  dense  as  to  sink 
in  water.  It  must  be  kept  in  a  dry  place.  Those  roots  are  to  be  pn  lerred  which 
are  not  worm-eaten  or  decayed,  and  whose  surfaces  of  fracture  are  bright  yellow. 
Chemical  Composition.— The  characteristic  constituent  of  the  root  is  glycyr- 
rhizin,  so  named  by  Kolnquet  (ISO?)  on  account  of  its  sweet  taste.  There  are 
furthermore  present,  fatty  and  resinous  matter  (0.8  percent),  small  amounts  of 
turn,  albuminous  substances,  tannin,  starch,  yellow  coloring  matter,  a  bitter  prin- 
ciple (glycyramarin),  and  wtparagin  (Plisson,  1828),  a  substance  already  recognized 
by  Robiquet,  who  named  it  agidoite.  Seslini  (1878)  found  from  2  t'^  4  i>er  cent 
of  this  principle  present  in  liquorice  root. 


GLYCYRKHIZA.  947 

G.;i'i/irhcziii  Wiis  obtained  by  Gorup-Besanez  by  making  a  cold  infusion  of 
the  root,  and  heating  the  solution  to  boiling,  filtering,  evaporating  to  a  smaller 
bulk,  and  precipitating  with  suli)huric  acid.  The  yellow  dakes  thus  obtained 
are  washed  with  water  and  further  purified  by  means  of  ether-alcohol  (Husemann 
and  Hilger).  Z.  Roussiu  (ISTo)  and  Habermann  (.1S79)  showed  that  the  sweet 
principle,  glycyrrhizin,  is  the  acid  aniniouiuin  salt  of  a  peculiar  nitrogenous  tri- 
basic  acid,  called  glynjrrhizic  mid  (often  tcriucd  glycyrrhizinj,  to  which  Haber- 
mann assigned  the  formula  C„H„NO„.  The  acid  potassium  salt  of  this  acid  is 
reniarkiible  for  its  intensely  Bwcet  taste.  The  free  acid,  prepared  from  the  lead 
salt,  forms  a  brown,  gelatinous  mass,  soluble  in  hot  water,  and  having  a  bitter- 
sweet taste  and  acid  reaction.  It  decomposes  carbonates,  swells  up  in  cold  water, 
is  easily  soluble  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  but  not  in  alcohol  or  ether. 

Habermann  (ISSO)  found  that  by  boiling  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  it  splits 
into  gh/ryrre(in  (C„H,,NO,),  a  white,  tasteless  powder,  insoluble  in  water,  alkali  and 
ether,  soluble  in  alcohol ;  and  jKiratiMr/iari/:  arid  (C5H,„0j,which  reduces  Fehling's 
solution.  Gorup-Besanez  believed  that  dextrose  was  formed  in  this  reaction. 
Habermann  obtained  the  arid  a mmnniu in  glycyrrhizinate  (glycyrrhizin  proper)  by 
crystallizing  the  commercial  liquorice  extract  from  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  subse- 
quent rccrysUdlization.  In  the  purest  state  it  forms  yellow  crystals  of  sweet  taste, 
little  soluble  in  cold  water.  When  dissolved  in  hot  water  and  then  cooled,  a  stiff 
jelly  is  formed.  This  salt  is  hardly  soluble  in  alcohol  or  ether.  The  amount  of 
glycyrrhizic  acid  contained  in  liquorice  root  is  varying.  Sestini  (1S7S)  obtained 
3.3  per  cent  from  air-dried  root;  H.  J.  MiJller,  in  1880,  obtained  7.5  per  cent  from 
Russian  root  (Fliickiger,  1891).  Mr.  L.  McCullough  {Amer.  Jour,  riumn.,  1890,  p. 
389),  found  7.18  per  cent.  In  commrrrial  liqunrire  ejtrart  gl  vcyrrhizin  was  found  by 
Kremel  {Archiv  dcr  Phann.,  1SS9,  p.  511)  to  vary  from  6.8"  to  11.9  per  cent.  Peltz 
{Pharm.  Zsrhr.f.  Rmslund,  1876,  p.  257)  records  the  results  of  10  analyses  of  com- 
mercial extracts  of  liquorice  root.  Glvcyrrhizin  was  found  to  vary  from  1.33  to 
18.14  per  cent,  starch  from  1.33  to  35  per  cent.  Sestini  (1878)  found  water,  48.7; 
glycyrrhizin,  3.27;  carbohydrates, 29.62;  asparagin,  1.25;  ash, 2.08.  (For  methods 
of  valuation  of  commercial  liquorice  extracts,  see  Fliickiger,  Pharvinmgnosie,Zde6., 
1891,  ai\d  Alfred  Mellor,  Amcr.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1898,  p.  136.)  Glycyrrhizin  is  stated 
(Fliickiger)  to  occur  in  other  plants, e.gi.,^/»-»s  preratorim  (Berzelius),  Axtrngalus 
glycyphyUos,  Poly/jodiuni  vuUjnre  (Guignct,  18R5),  Myrrhis  odnmlfi  (Schroeder,  1885), 
GiUiflma  »perio.-</i,  Martins,  and  Moiuxin  bork  (Peckolt,  Pharm.  Rundscfiou,  1888, 
pp.  31,203,  20(>  I,  but  these  statements,  according  to  Fliickiger,  require  verification. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Liquorice  root  is  emollient,  demul- 
cent, and  nutritive.  It  acts  uiion  mucous  surfaces,  lessening  irritation,  and  is 
conseijuently  u.-^eful  in  coinjhs,  cntdrrli.s,  irritation  of  the  urinary  organs,  and  pain  of 
the  iiitoylint^  in  dian-haa.  It  is  commonly  administered  in  decoction,  sometimes 
alone,  at  other  times  with  the  addition  of  other  agents,  and  which  is  the  prefer- 
able mode  of  using  it.  As  a  general  rule,  the  acrid  bark  should  be  removed  pre- 
vious to  forming  a  decoction.  When  boiled  for  some  time  the  water  becomes 
impregnated  with  its  acrid  resin  ;  hence,  in  preparing  a  decoction  for  the  purpose 
of  sweetening  diet  drinks,  or  covering  the  taste  of  nauseous  drugs,  it  should  not  be 
boiled  over  5  minutes.  The  elHcieney  of  the  root  in  old  bronchial  affections  may  be 
due  to  this  acrid  resin.  The  powdered  root  is  also  employed  to  give  the  proper 
solidity  to  pills,  and  to  prevent  their  adhesion;  the  extract  for  imparting  the 
proper  viscidity  to  them.  The  extract,  in  the  form  of  lozenge,  held  in  the  mouth 
until  it  has  dissolved,  is  a  very  poi)ular  and  efficient  remedy  in  coughs  and  pectoral 
(iffcrlions.  An  excellent  troche  or  lozenge,  very  useful  in  ordinary  cough,  maybe 
made  by  combining  together  6  parts  of  refined  liquorice,  2  parts  of  benzoic  aciil, 
4  jiarts  of  pulverized  alum,  and  |  a  part  of  pulverized  opium.  Dissolve  the  liquor- 
icii  in  water,  and  evaporate  to  the  proper  consistence,  then  add  the  powders  with 
a  few  drop.s  of  oil  of  anise,  and  divide  it  into  3  or  6-grain  lozenges.  The  bitter- 
ness of  quinine,  qua.ssia,  aloes,  and  the  acrid  taste  of  senega,  guaiacum,  mezereon 
and  ammonium  chloride  are  masked  by  liquorice. 

Related  Species.— GlyryrrhUa  Ifpidota,  which  grows  in  MiBsowi,  posseeses  the  taste  of 
liquorice  to  a  consuierable  degree.  McCullough  (Amrr.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  :!S;ii  found  it  to 
contain  cvir  (1  ((>.:!',))  jicr  cent  oi  ijlyryrrhiziii. 


94S  GLYCYRRHIZINUM  AMMONIATUM-GXAPHALIUM. 

Ononis  spinosa,  Liniie,  Rest-lmn-ow.—Europe,  in  sandy  situations.  The  root  of  this  plant 
is  about  2  feet  in  length,  and  from  less  than  i  to  nearly  1  inch  in  thickness.  It  is  tough, 
curved,  or  twisted,  and  flattened,  deeply  rugose,  and  coveretl  with  a  thin,  deep  grayish-brown 
bark.  It  is  whitish  internally.  This  has  a  mucilaginous  taste,  at  first  sweetish,  then  bitter 
and  disagreeable,  and  on  the  whole  somewhat  resembles  that  of  liquorice  root.  Reinsch  (1842) 
obtained  therefrom  crystals  of  ononin  (C30HJ4O13),  tasteless  and  colorless,  and  recognized  by 
Hlasiwetz  (1855)  to  be  a  glucosid.  Another  constituent,  ononid  (CisHjjOg,  Hlasiwetz),  discov- 
ered by  Reinsch,  much  resembles  glycyrrhizin  in  its  chemical  behavior.  Hlasiwetz  also  iso- 
lated from  Reinsch's  impure  ononin  a  waxy  substance  which  he  called  onncerin.  Tliis  liob 
was  recently  found  by  H.  Thorns  (Archiv.  der  P/mrm.,  1897,  p.  28)  to  be  a  secondary  air  ..h/.; 
(C26H42[OH],),  for  which  he  proposes  the  altered  name  onocol.  It  seems  closely  related  t  i 
(iliyloiilerin  {vegetable  cholesterin). 

Aqueous  or  acetous  decoctions  of  this  root  are  reputed  diuretic  and  lithontriptic,  other 
properties  also  being  ascribed  to  it.  Its  principal  use  is  as  a  diuretic  for  dropsy,  for  which  it  is 
a  popular  remedy  in  France.  Other  conditions  in  which  it  has  been  employed  are  as  a  wash 
foT  ulcen,  toothaclie,  hemorrhoids,  scalp  eruptions,  hydrocele,  enlarged  glands,  and  internally  in  jaun- 
dice, gout,  and  rheumatism,  usually  combined,  in  the  two  latter  diseases,  with  renal  depurants. 
The  decoction  is  made  with  from  1  to  2  ounces  of  ononis  root  to  water,  1  pint,  the  dose  of  which 
is  a  wineglassful  several  times  a  day.  From  3  to  5  grains  of  ononin  produced  a  prolonged  irri- 
f»tion  and  sense  of  rawness  in  the  mouth  and  throat  (Schroffl. 

GLYCYRRHIZINUM  AMMONIATUM  (U.  S.  P.)— AMMONIATED 
GLYOYRRmzm. 

Preparation. — "Glycyrrhiza,  in  No.  20  powder,  five  hundred  grammes  (500 
Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,1  oz.,279  grs.];  water,  ammonia  water,  sulphuric  acid,  each,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity.  Mix  four  hundred  and  seventv-five  cubic  centimeters  (475  Cc.) 
[16  fl5,30TTl]"of  water  with  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  (25  Cc.)  [4061(11]  of  am- 
monia water,  and,  having  moistened  the  powder  with  the  mixture,  macerate  for 
24  hours.  Then  pack  it  moderatelj'in  a  conical  glass  percolator,  and  gradually 
pour  water  upon  it  until  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [16  85, 435  TTl"] 
of  percolate  are  obtained.  Add  sulphuric  acid  slowly  to  the  percolate,  with 
constant  stirring,  so  long  as  a  precipitate  is  produced.  Collect  this  on  a  strainer, 
wash  it  with  cold  water  until  the  washings  no  longer  have  an  acid  reaction,  redis- 
solve  it  in  water  with  the  aid  of  ammonia  water,  filter,  if  necessary,  and  again 
add  sulphuric  acid  so  long  as  a  precipitate  is  produced.  Collect  this,  wash  it,  dis- 
.solve  it  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  ammonia  water  previously  diluted  with  an 
equal  volume  of  water,  and  spread  the  clear  solutiou  upon  plates  of  glass,  so  that, 
when  dry,  the  product  may  be  obtained  in  scales" — (  U.  S.  P.). 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition. — "Dark-brown  or  brownish-red 
scales,  without  odor,  and  having  a  very  sweet  taste.  Readily  soluble  iu  water  and 
in  alcohol.  The  aqueous  solution,  when  heated  with  potassium  or  sodium  hy- 
drate T.S.,  evolves  ammoniacal  vapors.  If  the  aqueous  solution  be  supersaturated 
with  an  acid,  there  will  be  produced  a  precipitate  (glycyrrhizin)  which,  when  dis- 
solved in  hot  water,  forms  a  jelly  on  cooling.  This  substance,  after  being  washed 
with  diluted  alcohol,  and  dried,  appears  as  an  amorphous,  yellow  powder,  having 
a  strong,  bitter-sweet  taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Upon  incineration,  ammoniated 
glycyirhizin  should  not  leave  more  than  atrace  of  ash" — (U.  S.  P.).  This  product 
consists  largely  of  ammonium  glycyrrhizate  ([XH,]C„H,,NO,j,)  and  glycyramarin 
(CjsHjjNOij),  a  bitter  glucosid,  dissolving  in  ether-alcohol  (see  G/.i/<"i/rr/iija).  This 
preparation  is  used  mainly  for  masking  the  bitterness  of  quinine  salts.  It  pro- 
duces with  these  substances,  when  in  solution,  precipitates  which  contain  tlie 
quinine.     Hence,  care  must  be  taken  to  shake  the  vial  before  taking  a  dose. 

GNAPHALIUM.— WHITE  BALSAM. 

The  herb  of  Gnnphaliuin  polycephalum,  Linne. 

Nat.  Ord. — Conipositfe. 

Common   Namks:    hulian  posi/,  SwcetsretUed  life-€verlasting.  Old  field  hubam. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  is  indigenous,  herbaceous,  and  annual,  with 
an  erect,  whitish,  woolly,  and  much-branchetl  stem,  from  1  to  2  feet  in  height. 
The  leaves  are  alternate,  sessile,  linear-lanceolate,  acute,  entire,  scabrous  above. 
and  whitish  tomentose  beneath.     The  flowers  are  tubular  and  vellow,  borne  in 


GOOUYERA.-GOSSYPK'M  PIRIFICATI-M.  949 

hf:i(l.-!  ilusteivil  at  tlie  summit  of  Ihe  panicled-corymbose  branches,  ovate-conical 
before  expansion,  then  obovate.  The  involucre  is  imbricate,  witli  whitish,  ovate, 
and  oblong,  rather  obtuse  scales.  Florets  of  ray,  subulate — of  disk,  entire.  The 
receptacle  is  flat  and  naked,  the  pappus  pilose  "and  scabrous  capillary  (W. — G.). 

History. — White  balsam  is  found  in  Canada  and  various  parts  of  the  United 
States,  growing  in  old  fields  and  on  dry,  barren  lands,  and  bearing  whitish-yellow 
flowers  in  July  and  August.  The  leaves  have  a  iilcasant,  aromatic  smell,  and  a 
slightly  bitter  and  astringent,  but  rather  agreeable  taste.  They  yield  their  prop- 
erties to  water.  No  analysis  has  been  made  of  them.  The  AnUnnaria  Margo- 
ritacea,  R.  Brown,  formerly  Gnapkalium  Murgarilcurum,  Linno,  <>r  pearl-flowere-l 
life-everlasting,  a  perennial  i)lant,  possesses  similar  properties  to  the  above  (see 
Antennm-ia). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Astringent.  The  leaves  and  blossoms 
chewed,  and  the  juice  swallowed,  have  provetl  beneficial  in  tdrerationg  of  the  moulh 
and  throat.  A  warm  infusion  (gss  to  water  Oj),  may  be  used  iwfevas  to  produce 
diaphoresis,  and  is  of  service  in  quinsy,  pulmonary  complaints,  leucorrkiea,  etc.;  it 
may  be  used  internally  and  as  a  local  application.  Likewise  used  as  an  infusion 
in  diseases  of  the  bowels,  and  hemorrhages,  and  applied  in  fomentations  to  bruises, 
indolent  tumors,  and  other  local  affections.  Prof.  Scudder  suggests  investigation 
to  determine  its  influence  upon  the  reproductive  and  urinary  stuctures,  in  actUe 
and  chronic  ulceralions,  and  in  digestive  disorderts.  The  fresh  juice  is  reputed  an 
aphrodisiac. 

GOODYERA.— NET-LEAF  PLANTAIN. 

The  leaves  of  Gnodyera  pid)cttrens,  Roherl  Brown. 

Nat.  Or,/.— Orchidaceffi. 

CoMMiiN   .\  AMKs  :    Net-leaf  plantain.  Scrofula  iceed.  Adder's  violet,  Rattlesnake-leaf. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  has  a  perennial  root,  from  which  arises  an 
erect,  sheathed,  and  pubescent  scape,  from  8  to  12  inches  in  height.  The  leaves 
are  radical,  ovate,  dnrk-green,  conspicuously  reticulated, 
blotched  above  with  white,  about  2  inches  in  length,  and 
contracted  at  base  into  winged  petioles  scarcely  half  as  long. 
The  flowers  are  white,  numerous,  ])ubescent,  and  borne  in  a 
crowded,  terminal,  oblong,  cylindric  spike.  Lip  ovate,  acu- 
minate, saccate,  and  inflated.  Petals  ovate.  The  Goodyera 
repens,  R.  Brown,  is  a  reduced  variety  of  the  above,  the  scape  g 
being  from  6  to  8  feet  in  height;  leaves  less  conspicuously 
reticulated,  flowers  being  on  a  somewhat  unilateral  spike, 
more  or  less  spiral;  in  other  respects  about  the  same  as  the 
preceding  (W. — G.). 

History. — This  herb  grows  in  various  parts  of  the  United 
States,  in  rich  woods,  and  under  evergreens,  and  is  common 
southward,  while  the  G.  repens  is  more  common  northward 
and  on  mountains.     It  bears  white  or  yellowish-white  flowers      ^^^^    ^^  ^^ 
in  .July  and   August.     The    Uavi-s  are  the   parts   employed,        °°  ''"^P"  escens. 
and  yield  their  virtues  to  ixiiliiig  water.     No  analysis  has  been  made  of  them. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Net-leaf  ]ilantaiu  is  anti-scrofulous, 
and  is  repute<i  to  have  cured  severe  eases  of  scrofula.  The  fresh  leaves  are  steejied 
in  milk  and  applied  as  a  poultice  to  scrofulous  iclcers,  or  the  bruised  leaves  may  l>e 
laid  on  them,  and  in  either  case  they  must  be  renewed  every  3  hours;  at  the 
same  time  a  warm  infusion  must  be  taken  as  freely  as  the  stomach  will  allow. 
U.sed  as  an  injection  into  the  vagina,  and  at  the  same  time  exhibited  inter- 
nally, the  infusion  has  ])roved  beneficial  in  leucorr/uen,  recent  prolapsus  vicri, 
and  as  a  wash   in  ."'rrnndonit  uplithalitiia. 

GOSSYPIUM   PURIFICATUM  (^U.  S.  P.)— PURIFIED  COTTON. 

"  The  hairs  of  the  seed  of  Gossypium  herbaceum,  Linne,  and  of  other  species  of 
Gossypium  (Nat.  Ord. — MalvaceaO,  freed  from  adhering  impurities  and  deprived  of 
fatty  matter"— (f'.  S.  P.). 


y.30  GOSSYPIUM  PUKIFICATUM. 

Synonyms:  Gossypium  {Pharm.,  1880),  Absorbent  cotton,  Bombyx,  Lana  gossypii, 
Lanugo  gossypii,  Pili  gossi/pii.  Cotton  wool. 

Source  and  Preparation.— Purified  cotton  is  now  made  on  an  enormous 
scale  by  manufacturers  whose  processes,  being  private  and  of  great  personal  value, 
should  not  be  published  in  justice  to  the  owners.  All  the  absorbent  cotton  of 
commerce  is  purchased  by  pharmacists  and  other  consumers,  none  being  made 
on  a  small  scale.  It  may  be  prepared  from  raw  cotton  by  '' mercer izing"  the  latter, 
that  is,  by  boiling  with  weak  solutions  of  alkalies.  By  union  with  the  fatty  ma- 
terial of  the  cotton  a  soap  is  formed  which  is  removed  by  repeatedly  washing  the 
cotton  with  water.  F.  L.  Slocum's  process  (Amer.Jour.  Pharm., 1881,  p.  53),  is  as 
follows:  Carded  cotton  is  boiled  for  one-half  hour  in  diluted  solution  (5  per  cent) 
of  caustic  potash  (or  caustic  soda).  The  soap  formed  is  thoroughly  washed  out, 
the  cotton  expressed  and  placed  for  15  or  20  minutes  in  a  diluted  solution  (5  per 
cent)  of  chlorinated  lime.  It  is  tlien  washed  with  water,  dipped  into  water  made 
slightly  acid  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  again  thoroughly  washed  with  water. 
The  cotton  is  then  expressed  and  again  boiled  for  15  or  20  minutes  with  the 
diluted  (5  per  cent)  alkali  (hydroxide  of  potassium  or  sodium),  washed  again 
with  water,  next  with  acidulated  water,  and  lastly  with  water.  The  cotton  is  then 
expressed  and  dried  rapidly.  It  requires  two  boilings  with  alkalies  to  completely 
remove  the  fats.  Mr.  Slocum  defines  absorbent  cotton  to  be  cotton  entirely  freed 
from  all  matter  (grease),  that  will  obstruct  capillary  attraction.  It  is  on  record  that 
in  order  to  meet  a  popular  demand  for  pure  whiteness  and  a  jieculiar  "feel"  in 
purified  cotton,  the  latter,  after  being  freed  from  fatty  and  resinous  matter,  has 
been  covered  again  with  a  trace  of  free  fatty  acid  by  passing  it  through  a  (diluted) 
soap  solution,  and  an  acid  solution  afterward  (^Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1891,  p.  189). 

Description. — Cotton  is  tasteless,  odorless,  highly  combustible,  and  accord- 
ing to  Thompson,  is  not  soluble  in  alcohol,  water,  ether,  oils,  or  vegetable  acids; 
weak  alkaline  liquids  have  no  perceptible  action  on  it,  but  when  very  strong  they 
dissolve  it  by  the  aid  of  heat.  Tannic  acid  forms  a  brown  or  yellow  compound 
with  it;  nitric  acid  decomposes  it  when  assisted  with  heat,  oxalic  acid  being 
formed;  sulphuric  acid  dissolves  it.  The  strong  mineral  acids  generally  decom- 
pose it.  Gun-cotton  (Pyroxylin)  a  nitro-compound  of  an  explosive  character,  is 
prepared  from  it  by  means  of  nitric  acid  (see  Collodium  and  Pyrojcylinum). 

Purified  cotton  is  almost  pure  cellulose.     It  is  officially  described  as  follows : 

''White,  soft,  fine  filaments,  appearing  under  the  microscope  as  hollow,  flat- 
tened and  twisted  bands,  spirally  striate,  and  slightly  thickened  at  the  edges ;  in- 
odorous and  tasteless;  insoluble  in  ordinary  solvents,  but  soluble  in  copper 
ammonium  sulphate  solution.  Purified  cotton  should  be  perfectly  free  from  all 
visible  impurities,  and,  on  combustion,  should  not  leave  more  than  0.8  per  cent 
of  ash.  When  purified  cotton,  previously  compressed  in  the  hand,  is  thrown  on 
the  surface  of  cold  water,  it  should  readily  absorb  the  latter  and  sink,  and  the 
water  should  not  acquire  either  an  acid  or  an  alkaline  reaction  (evidence  of  proper 
purification)'"— (T'.S.  P.). 

Action  and  Medical  and  Surgical  Uses.— Externally,  cotton  is  used  as  a 
local  application  in  erysipelas,  erythem(i,frts/i  burns,  wounds, severe  bruises  or  contusions. 
in  rlieumiitir  pains,  and  has  been  successfully  employed  in  dressing  bli^ers.  In 
burns  and  blisters,  it  quickly  allays  pain,  but  care  must  be  taken  that  the  cotton  does 
not  harden  and  adhere  firmly  to  the  part  over  which  it  is  applied,  as  it  will  then 
cause  irritation  the  same  as  any  other  foreign  body;  this  may  usually  be  avoided 
by  first  applying  some  simple  oleaginous  substance  over  the  surface  which  is  to 
come  in  contact  with  the  burn  or  ulcer.  Cotton  is  supposed  to  prove  etficient 
by  excluding  the  air  from  the  parts  over  which  it  is  applied,  and  also  by  imbib- 
ing the  secretions.  As  an  application  after  surgical  operations  it  is  unsurpassed, 
and  by  taking  up  the  discharges  prevents  purulent  absorption.  It  is  often  medi- 
cated with  boracic  acid,  carbolic  acid,  etc.,  for  this  purpose.  Pessaries  and  tam- 
pons are  often  prepared  with  cotton,  but  should  be  frequently  removed  lest  they 
become  foul  from  absorption  of  the  discharges.  Surgeons  make  extensive  use  of 
absorbent  cotton  to  clean  surfaces  and  cavities,  and  it  is  specially  applicable  for 
use  in  the  nasal  and  aural  passages,  both  for  cleansing  purposes  and  for  the  intro- 
duction of  medicaments.  For  packing  wounds  and  cavities  and  similar  surgical 
uses  some  of  the  forms  of  gauze  are  preferred. 


GOSSYPII  RAOICIS  CORTEX.  951 

Cotton  Preparations.— GossY  PI  I  M  stvi-tutm  {'S.F.),  Styptic  cotton.  Formulary  number, 
190:  '-Purilieil  cotton  ( ('.  S.  P. ),  solution  of  cliloriae  of  iroufT.  .S.  P.  >,  glycerin,  water,  of  each 
a  sufficient  quantity.  Mix  the  liquids  in  the  i>roportion  of  tive  (■">)  part.s'of  the  iron  solution, 
one  (1)  part  ..f  jrlvcerin,  and  four  |4)  pftrts  of  water,  in  such  quantities  that  the  purified  cotton 
shall  he  eunipktelv  immersed  in  the  liquid  when  gently  pressed.  Allow  the  cotton  to  remain 
in  the  liquid  1  hour,  then  remove  it,  i)res8  it  until  it  'has  been  brought  to  twice  its  original 
weight,  spread  it  out  in  thin  layers,  in  a  warm  place,  protected  from  dust  and  light,  and  when 
it  is  sufficiently  dry,  transfer  it' to  well-closed  receptacles"— i-V(i(.  Form.). 

Hemost.-itii'  cotton  is  prepared  by  impregnating  absorbent  cotton  with  solution  of  sub- 
sulphate  of  iron  or  mixture  ol  alum  and  chloride  of  iron. 

£>.\uiYi.ic  COTTON  or  Stilieijlatfl  cotton,  contains  from  5  to  10  per  cent  of  the  salicylic  acid. 
Cotton  is  also  imprtu'iiated  with  other  substances,  as  benzoic  acid  (benzoic  cotton),  iodoform 
(iodoform  cotton  i,  chlorine  (chlorinated  cotton  i,  boracic  acid  (borated  cotton),  etc. 

GOSSYPII  RADICIS  CORTEX  (U.  S.  P.)— COTTON  ROOT  BARK. 

"The  bark  of  the  root  of  Gossypium  herhaceum,  Linne,  and  of  other  species  of 
Gomfpium"—(V.S.  P.). 

Nut.  *:>/•</.— .Mill vacea?. 

Ilhstratio.n-  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  PlanU,  37. 

Botanical  Source. — Gossypium  herhaceum  is  a  biennial  or  triennial  herb  with 
a  fusiform  root,  giving  otf  small  radicles,  and  a  round,  pubescent,  branching  stem, 
about  5  feet  high.  The  leaves  are  hoary,  palmate,  with  5  sublanceolate,  rather 
acute  lobes,  3  large,  2  small,  lateral,  and  a  single  gland  on  the  midvein  below, 
J  an  inch  from  the  base.  The  stipules  are  falcate-lanceolate.  The  flowers  are 
yellow;  the  calyx  cup-shaped,  obtusely  5-toothed,  surrounded  by  an  involucel  o;' 
3  united  and  cordate  leaves,  deeply  and  incisely  toothed.  The  petals  are  5  in 
number  anil  deciduous,  with  a  purple  spot  near  the  base.  Style  simple,  marked 
with  3  or  5  furrows  toward  the  apex.  Stigmas  3  or  5.  Capsules  3  or  5-celled, 
3  or  5-valved,  and  loculicidal;  the  seeds,  3  or  5,  are  involved  in  cotton,  somewhat 
plano-convex  and  reniform  (W- — R- — ^^  •'• 

Gossypium  barhndense,  Linne,  or  Sea  Islnnd  cotton  plant,  is  a  larger  plant  than 
the  preceding;  leaves  5-lobed,  with  3  glands  beneath,  upper  ones  3-lobed;  cotton 
white  and  seeds  black.     It  is  likewise  biennial  or  triennial  ( W.). 

History. — Cotton  is  an  A.siatic  plant,  but  is  extensively  cultivated  in  India, 
Syria,  Asia  Minor,  the  Mediterranean,  and  America.  Cultivation  has  consider- 
ably changed  tlie  plant  so  as  to  render  it  difficult  for  botanists  to  correctly  de- 
8cril>e  the  originals.  Several  species  have  been  named  by  authors,  which  Swartz 
and  Macfayden  believe  to  be  mere  varieties  of  one  species;  while  Wight,  Arnold, 
and  Hamilton  believe  that  there  are  but  two  distinct  species,  the  G.  album,  whose 
seeds  are  white,  and  which  furnishes,  according  to  A.  W.  Chapman,  the  vplnnd  or 
ghort-stnp'e  cotton,  and  the  (r.ii/^ruw,  whose  seeds  are  black,  and  which  furnishes 
long-staple  or  Sea  Island  cotton  of  "the  United  States.  G.  harbddeme  yields  true  Sea 
Island  cotton.  The  various  cotton  plants  dififer  considerably  in  the  form  of  the 
leaf  and  its  gland,  the  height  of  the  plant,  the  hue  of  the  petals,  and  the  elonga- 
tion and  di'licacy  of  the  cotton.  The  plant  can  not  be  profitably  cultivated  north 
of  the  Ohio  River,  or  above  that  latitude.  The  leaves  are  very  mucilaginous,  aiid 
have  been  u:<ed  in  cases  where  mucilage  is  required.  A  fixed  oil  is  contained  in 
the  seeds,  which  may  be  procured  by  pressure;  it  is  a  drying  oil.  The  i)art  used 
in  medicine  is  the  inner  Dark  of  the  root,  anil  the  white,  downy  substance  con- 
tained in  the  matured  capsule,  and  known  as  "cotton."  When  examined  micro- 
scopically, the  filaments  constituting  cotton  are  seen  to  consist  of  distinct,  flat, 
narrow  ribbons  or  tubular  hairs,  with  occasional  appearances  of  joints,  indicated 
by  lines  at  right  angles  to  the  side  of  tlie  tube. 

The  r.  S.  P.  thus  describes  cotton  root:  "In  thin,  flexible  bands  or  quilled 
pieces;  outer  surface  brownish-yellow,  with  slight,  longitudinal  ridges  or  meshes, 
small,  bl.ick,  circular  dots,  or  short,  transverse  lines,  and  dull,  brownish-orange 
patches,  from  the  abrasion  of  the  thin  cork;  inner  surface  whitish,  of  a  silky  lustre, 
finely  striate;  l)ast  fibers  long,  tough,  and  separable  into  papery  layers ;  inodor- 
ous; taste  viry  .-lightly  acrid  and  faintly  astringent" — (f.  S.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition.— Prof  E.  S.  Wayne  (Avier.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1872,  p.  289) 
regards  the  red  resin  so  frequently  j.recipilMted  in   fluid  extracts  of  gossypiuii 


952  GRAXATUM. 

as  being  produced  by  chemical  change  from  a  chromogene  substance  existing 
in  all  parts  of  the  plant.  It  has  acid  properties,  dissolves  in  alkali  and  forms 
colored  precipitates  with  solutions  of  metallic  salts,  and  is,  therefore,  called  gos- 
sypic  arid.  About  8  per  cent  of  the  acid  resin  was  found  by  Wm.  C.  Staehle 
(1875)  in  the  powdered  bark.  It  was  soluble  in  alcohol,  chloroform,  ether,  and 
somewhat  less  in  benzol.  Charles  C.  Drueding  {Amer.  Jour.  Phann.,  1877)  removed 
from  the  red  coloring  matter  a  yellow  principle  by  means  of  boiling  benzin.  He 
also  finds  in  the  root  fixed  oil,  gum,  sugar,  tannin,  and  chlorophyll.  Walter  A. 
Taylor  {Amcr.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1876,  p.  402)  observes  that  fresh  root  yields  with  strong 
alcohol  a  tincture  of  pale  yellow  color,  which  turns  red  upon  prolonged  standing, 
yet  without  precipitating.  A  weaker  alcohol  solution  exhibits  the  same  change 
in  color,  but  precipitates.  Old  root  yields  to  strong  alcohol  at  once  a  deep-red 
solution,  which  does  not  precijiitate  upon  standing. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  bark  of  the  recent  root  of  the 
cotton  plant  is  enimenagogue,  parturient,  and  abortive.  It  is  said  to  promote 
uterine  contraction  with  as  much  efficiency  and  more  safety  than  ergot,  and  was 
used  by  the  slaves  of  the  South  for  inducing  abortion,  which  it  efl'ected  without 
any  apparent  detriment  to  the  general  system.  It  is  adapted  to  cases  of  uterine 
inertia,  and,  while  acting  after  the  manner  of  ergot,  is  a  much  feebler  though  less 
dangerous  drug.  Four  ounces  of  the  inner  root-bark  may  be  boiled  in  a  quart  of 
water  down  to  a  pint,  the  dose  of  which  is  1  or  2  fluid  ounces  every  20  or  30  min- 
utes. The  hydro-alcoholic  extract,  as  well  as  the  decoction  and  specific  gossypium, 
form  excellent  emmenagogues,  and  may  be  used  in  chlorosis,  amenorrhaa,  dysmen- 
orrhcea,  etc.  It  is  very  doubtful  W'hether  this  will  ever  take  the  place  of  other 
more  certain  parturients.  In  my  own  practice,  it  failed  in  producing  any  influ- 
ence upon  the  uterus  during  parturition  in  about  one-half  the  cases  in  which  it 
has  been  used,  owing,  probably,  to  its  not  being  fresh  enough.  It  operated 
exceedingly  well  in  the  first  cases  in  which  it  was  exhibited  (J.  King).  The  old 
root-bark  is  valueless  as  a  medicine.  The  fluid  extract  is  less  efficient  than  the 
decoction,  and  fluid  preparations  are  valueless  after  they  begin  to  gelatinize,  and 
deposit  the  so-called  "red  tannates"  {seeFluid  Extract  ofGossypium).  Enthusiastic 
reports  of  its  efliciency  in  hysteria  have  been  made.  It  seems  adapted  to  those 
cases  in  which  there  is  an  anemic  state  of  the  reproductive  organs,  with  lack  of 
sexual  desire  or  pleasure.  It  is  a  remedy  for  sexual  lassitude,,  and  has  been  sug- 
gested for  impotmcy  (Webster).  It  is  regarded  as  an  efficient  remedy  for  the  re- 
duction oi  uterine  subinvolution  and  fibroids.  It  should  not  be  used  where  there  is 
marked  irritation  or  tendency  to  inflammation.  Gossypium  is  also  a  stimulant 
diuretic.  The  dose  of  the  decoction  (see  above) ;  of  "the  fluid  extract,  1  to  60 
minims;  of  specific  gossypium,  1  to  60  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Uterine  inertia  during  parturition  (large 
doses).  _  Menstrual  delay,  with  backache  and  dragging  pelvic  pain  ;  fullness  and 
weight  in  bladder,  with  difficult  micturition  ;  hysteria,  with  anemic  condition  of 
the  reproductive  tract;  sexual  lassitude,  with  anemia. 

Other  Parts  of  the  Plant. — The  seeds  are  reputed  to  possess  superior  antiperiodic  prop- 
erties. A  pint  of  cotton  seed  placed  in  a  quart  of  water  and  boiled  down  to  1  pint,  and  1  gill  of 
the  warm  tea  given  1  or  2  hours  before  the  expected  chill,  is  said  to  cure  interntittetU  rVivr  with 
the  first  dose.  The  flowers  and  leaves  are  reputed  diuretic,  and  useful  in  urinanj  affections;  the 
leaves  steeped  in  vinegar,  are  said  to  relieve  hemicrania  when  locally  applied,  and  a  ilecoction  is 
considered  beneficial  in  the  bites  of  venomous  reptiles  in  Brazil.  An  infusion  of  the  whole  plant  is 
reputed  galactagogue. 

GRANATUM  (U.  S.  P.)— POMEGRANATE. 

"The  bark  of  the  stem  and  root  of  Pun  if  a  Granatuin,  Linne" — (C.  S.P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Lythrariea\ 

Com  MOM  Name:    Pomegranate  root-bark. 

iLi.rsTRATio.N  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plant.'!,  113. 

Botanical  Source. — Pomegranate  is  a  small  tree  or  shrub,  with  spinescent 
branchlets.  Tlic  leaves  are  opposite,  oblong,  inclining  to  lanceolate,  entire, 
smooth,  with  no  marginal  vein,  2  or  3  inches  long,  by  5  or  10  lines  wide,  obtusCL 
deciduous,  shortly  petioled,  rarely  verticillate  or  alternate,  and  often  axillary  and 


GRANATUM. 


!).53 


Fig.  124. 


lasciclt'd.  The  ilowers  are  liirge,  red,  2  or  3,  nearly  sessile,  on  soiuewliai  teniiinal 
lir^inchlets.  Calyx  turbinate, o-cleft,  thick,  pale, and  succulent;  lestivation  valvule. 
The  corolla  consists  of  5  much  crumpled,  meinhranous  petals.  The  stamens  are 
numerous,  inserted  on  the  calyx,  tilamcnt.s  distinct ;  anthers 
yellow.  The  ovary  is  roundish  and  interior;  the  style  sim- 
ple and  filiform  ;  the  stigma  globular  and  capitate.  The  fruit 
is  a  large,  globose  pericarp,  the  size  of  a  small  nniskmelon, 
leatliery,  crowned  by  the  prominent  hardened  tube  of  the 
calyx,  divided  horizontally  into  2  parts  by  a  very  irregular, 
confus(>d  dissepiment;  the  lower  division  3-celleci,  the  upper 
5  to  9-celled;  dissepiments  membranaceous;  placentie  in  the 
lower  division  at  the  bottom  ;  in  the  upper  stretching  from 
the  side  of  the  fruit  to  the  middle.  The  seeds  are  numer- 
ous, angular  and  covered  with  a  bright  red,  succulent,  acrid 
coat.  Embryo  oblong;  radicle  short  and  acute;  cotyledons 
foliaceous  and  spirally  convolute  (L. — W.). 

History.— The  pomegranate  grows  on  the  Mediterranean 
shores,  Persia,  China,  and  other  countries  of  Asia,  and  has 
been  naturalized  in  the  West  Indies,  and  other  civilized 
countries  in  warm  latitudes.  It  has  splendid,  dark-scarlet 
flowers,  often  doubled,  which  appear  in  July  and  August. 
The  Mowers,  called  biditu.<ilion  by  the  ancients,  have  a  slightly 
styptic  taste,  without  odor,  and  their  infusion  gives  a  deep 
bluish-black  precipitate  with  ferric  salts.  The  saliva  is  colored  a  violet-red  upon 
chewing  them.  Both  tannic  and  gallic  acids  enter  into  their  composition.  In 
some  foreign  Pharmacopoeias,  they,  together  with  the  seeds,  are  recognised  as 
official.  The  rose-colored,  juicy,  acid  pulp  is  edible, and  is  very  grateful  to  febrile 
patients.  The  bark  of  root  and  stem  is  the  only  part  employed  in  this  country. 
The  rind  of  the  fruit  was  also  official  with  us  formerly.  The  fruit  varies  in  size 
and  flavor,  that  of  the  West  Indies  becoming  the  most  perfect.  The  root  is  large, 
ligneous,  knotty  and  hard.  Its  wood  is  not  used  in  medicine.  In  this  country  the 
pomegranate  shrub  grows  out  of  doors  as  far  north  as  Washington,  D.  C.  (Coville). 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition. — Graxati  Fructus  Cortex.  The 
rind  of  the  fruit  (Granati  frurtus  corter),  when  dry,  is  brown  externally,  j-ellow 
within,  about  a  line  in  thickness,  smooth  or  finely  tuberculated,  hard,  "dry,  brit- 
tle, in  irregular  fragments,  inodorous,  and  of  a  very  astringent,  somewhat  bitter 
taste.  Its  infusion  gives  an  abundant,  dark-bluish  precipitate  with  the  salts  of 
iron.  Analysis  showed  18.8  per  cent  of  tannin,  17.1  of  mucilage,  10.8  of  extractive 
matter.  30  of  lignin,  a  trace  of  resin,  and  29.9  of  moisture. 

Gra.nati  Radicis  Cortex. — The  bark  of  the  root  (Granati  radicis  cortex)  is  de- 
scribed by  the  U.  S.  P.  as  follows .  "  In  thin  quills  or  fragments,  from  5  to  10  Cm. 
(2  to  4  inches)  long,  and  from  1  to  3  Mm.  (^\  to  ^  inch)  thick ;  outer  surface  yel- 
lowish-gray, somewhat  warty,  or  longitudinally  and  reticulately  ridged ;  the 
stem-bark  often  partly  covered  with  blackish  lichens;  the  thicker  pieces  of  the 
root-bark  more  or  less  scaly  externally;  inner  surface  smooth,  finely  striate,  graj'- 
ish-yellow;  fracture  short,  granular,  greenish-yellow;  indistinctly  radiate ;  inodor- 
ous; taste  astringent,  very  slightly  bitter  " — (U.S.P.). 

The  bitterness  of  the  bark  is  nearly  lost  by  drying.  When  chewed,  it  tinges 
the  saliva  yellow.  Its  infusion  yields  a  deep-blue  precipitate  with  the  salts  of 
iron,  a  yellowish-white  one  with  a  solution  of  gelatin,  a  grayish-yellow  with  cor- 
rosive sublimate,  and  caustic  potash  or  ammonia  colors  it  purple.  Paper  which 
has  been  colored  yellow  by  the  moistened  inner  face  of  the  bark,  changes  to  blue 
by  the  action  of  sulphate  of  iron,  and  to  a  delicate  rose  color,  which  is  evanescent, 
by  nitric  acid.  These  changes  do  not  occur  with  the  bark  of  barberry,  or  of  box- 
root,  which  are  sometimes  fraudulently  mixed  with  it;  the  box  bark  is  nearly 
white,  very  bitter,  but  not  astringent,  and  its  infusion  is  not  precipitated  by  salts 
of  iron  (Guibourt— Planchon,  Hi.il.  </<■«  Drof,ues  Simple.%  1876,Vol.  Ill,  p.  280).  The 
barberry  bark  likewise  very  much  resemljies  the  pomegranate,  but  is  very  bitter 
and  not  astringent,  and  is  not  affected  by  the  salts  ol  iron,  solution  of  isinglass, 
corrosive  sublimate,  or  caustic  potash  The  ligneous  part  of  pomegranate  root  is 
inert,  and  should,  therefore,  be  always  separated  from  the  bark. 


954  GRANATUII. 

Pomegranate  bark  contains  about  20  per  cent  of  tannin,  which  was  believed 
by  Rembold  (1867)  to  consist  of  two  astringent  principles,  one  being  gallotannic 
acid,  the  other  punirotannic  acid  {C^a^fi^J,  peculiar  to  this  bark.  Diluted  sul- 
phuric acid  hydrolyzed  it  into  sugar  and  ellagicacid  {C^^Yif>^)  (Fluckiger,P/(a7-7n«- 
cognosir,  1891).  The  presence  of  gallic  acid  and  mannil  has  been  observed  by  vari- 
ous authors  [jahresb.  der  Pharm.,  1867,  p.  139).  The  bark  leaves  from  10.5  to  16.5 
per  cent  of  ash.  It  also  contains  a  yellow  coloring  matter  (see  above).  The  an- 
thelmintic properties  of  pomegranate  burk  are  due  to  the  presence  of  several 
(4)  alkaloids,  discovered  by  Tan  ret  in  1878  and  1S80  (Amer.  Jour.  Phai-m.,  1880, 
p.  416),  and  to  which  he  gave  the  collective  name  pelletierine,  in  honor  of  the  cele- 
brated French  chemist  Pelletier  (1788-1842).  C.  J.  Bender  (188.5)  proposes^  the 
more  euphonic  name  pimicine.  By  mixing  the  ])owdered  bark  with  milk  of  lime, 
exhausting  with  water,  shaking  with  chloroform,  and  abstracting  this  solution 
with  diluted  acid,  a  solution  of  the  4  alkaloids  is  obtained.  From  tiiis  solution 
sodium  bicarbonate  liberates  rnethylpelletierine  and  pseudiOpelletierine,  which  are  re- 
moved by  chloroform;  the  addition  of  caustic  potash  then  sets  free  jielletierine  dLudi. 
isopelletierine. 

Pelletierine  (CijHjjNjO,)  is  a  colorless  liquid,  of  specific  gravity  0.988,  rap- 
idly absorbs  ox3'gen,  and  resinities.  It  boils  at  195°  C.  (383°  F.),  is  soluble  in  20 
parts  of  cold  water,  and  mixes  in  all  proportions  with  ether,  alcohol,  and  chloro- 
form.   Its  salts  are  crystallizable,  but  give  off  the  base  upon  heating  either  dry  or 


in  solution.     Its  sulphate  is  la?vo-rotatory.     Isopelletierine  (C^^li^}\fi.,)  is  a  liquid 

"^       "  '    '  Diling 

point  are  the  same  as  with  its  preceding  isomer.    Its  sulphate  is  deliquescent  and 


optically  inactive,  forming  salts  with  acids.     Density,  solubilities,  and   boiling 


optically  inactive.  Mcthylpelletierine  {C^^^^fi^  is  a  liquid  whose  boiling  point 
is  215°  C.  (419°  F.).  Its  hydrochlorate  is  dextrogyre.  The  alkaloid  dissolves  in 
25  times  its  weight  of  water  at  12°  C.  (53.6°  F.),  and  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether, 
and  chloroform.  Pseudopelletierine  {C^^ii^^fi.,)  is  a  crj'stalline  body,  fusing  at 
46°  C.  (114.8°  F.),  is  optically  inactive,  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  ether,  and  chlo- 
roform. The  chemistry  of  this  base  (called  also  granatonin)  was  investigated 
more  recently  by  Ciamician  and  Silber  (see  Jnhresb.  der  Phann.,  1893,  p.  532,  and 
1894,  p.  526). 

Tanret  recommended  the  tnnnate  of  pelletierine  as  the  most  efficient  form  of 
application.  The  bark  of  the  stem  contains  principally  pelletierine,  while  in  the 
root-bark  methylpelletierine  predominates  (Fliickiger,  1891).  As  to  the  yield  in 
total  alkaloids,  W.  Stoeder  (1894)  obtained  from  Java  root-bark  from  1.29  to  1.86 
per  cent  of  hydrochlorates  of  alkaloids,  the  white-flowering  variety  yielding  the 
most  alkaloid.  In  1890  {Jahresb.  der  Pharm.),  the  same  author  had  obtained  a 
j'ield  as  high  as  3.75  per  cent  of  hydrochlorates  from  the  white-flowering  variety. 
On  the  other  hand,  E.  Aweng  {ibid.,  1890),  observed  that  the  alkaloid  may  entirely 
disappear  from  tlie  commercial  bark  upon  storing. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  flowers  and  rind  of  the  fruit  are 
astringent  and  have  been  used  for  arresting  chronic  mucous  discharges,  passive  hem- 
orrhages, aphthous  disorders  of  the  mouth,  night  sueats,  colliquatire  diarrhaa,  etc.,  but  are 
now  seldom  employed.  The  rind  has  also  been  found  serviceable  in  intenniUent 
fever  and  tapeworm.  The  bark  of  the  root  possesses  anthelmintic  properties,  and  is 
chiefly  serviceable  in  tapeworm.  The  bark  of  the  wild  pomegranate  is  considered 
by  the  French  to  be  more  active  than  the  cultivated  plant,  and  the  fresh  bark  is 
more  active  than  an  old  bark.  It  may  be  given  in  powder,  but  the  decoction  is 
more  frequently  used.  Pomegranate  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  drugs,  having  been 
used  fronr  time  immemorial.  The  bark  and  its  alkaloid  pelletierine,  are  now  by 
common  consent,  acknowledged  as  specifics  for  the  removal  of  tapeworm.  Dizzi- 
ness, imperfect  vision,  sleepiness,  or  faintness,  benumbing  of  the  extremities,  and 
occasionally  convulsions  have  been  produced  by  it.  Foy,  as  well  as  Brenton,  rec- 
ommend to  prepare  the  decoction  by  placing  2  ounces  of  the  root  in  li  or  2  pints 
of  water,  and  boiling  down  to  1  pint;  this  is  to  be  strained,  and  from  2  to  4  fluid 
ounces  given  for  a  doise  every  half  hour  or  hour,  until  the  pint  of  the  decoction 
has  been  taken.  It  commonly  occasions  several  stools,  an  increa.'ied  flow  of  urine, 
or  nausea  and  vomiting,  owing,  it  is  sujiposed,  to  the  agitation  into  which  the 
worm  is  thrown  from  its  presence.  Sometimes  joints  of  the  worm  begin  to  come 
awnv  in  less  than  an  hour  after  the  last  dose.     But  often  the  doses  luust  be  re- 


GRATIOLA.  955 

peated  several  successive  mornings  before  they  take  effect, and  it  is  right  to  repeat 
them  occasionally  for  4  or  5  days  after  the  joints  have  ceased  to  come  away. 
Laxatives  should  be  atl ministered  from  time  to  time.  It  is  said  to  act  with  the 
greatest  certainty  when  the  joints  of  the  wi>rm  come  away  naturally.  The  dose 
of  the  rind  or  tlowers  in  powder,  is  from  20  to  40  grains,  and  in  decoction  from 
1  to  3  riuid  ounces.  Eclectic  physicians,  as  a  rule,  follow  Prof.  Locke's  method  of 
administering  granatum.  According  to  Dr.  Locke,  it  is  the  best  remedy  for  the 
removal  of  the  worm,  but  as  ordinarily  recommended,  the  dose  is  too  small.  Its 
great  drawback  is  its  tendency  to  make  the  patient  vomit,  which  may,  in  a  meas- 
ure, be  prevented  bjr  administering  a  little  lemon  juice  and  keeping  the  patient 
quiet.  When  vomiting  can  be  prevented,  it  seldom  or  never  fails  to  bring  the 
worm  whole.  Prof.  Locke's  method  is  as  follows:  Press  8  ounces  (av.)  of  the 
coarse  bark  (not  powdered),  into  a  vessel,  and  pour  upon  it  3  pints  of  boiling 
water.  Boil,  strain,  and  then  boil  this  down  until  the  finished  product  will  meas- 
ure 1  pint.  First  prepare  the  jiatient  by  giving  him  at  night  a  brisk  cathartic, 
such  as  the  antibilious  physic,  and  in  the  nxirning  allow  a  light  breakfast.  At 
about  10  o'clock  in  the  forenoon  administer  4  Huid  ounces  of  the  decoction.  For 
the  purpose  of  causing  it  to  pass  quickly  into  the  intestines  and  thereby  prevent 
its  absorption  as  much  as  possible,  a  fluid  drachm  of  fluid  extract  of  jalap  with 
a  drop  of  oil  of  anise  or  cinnamon  may  be  added  to  the  dose.  In  2  or  3  hours 
repeat  this  dose  in  the  same  manner.  When  its  action  begins  give  an  enema  to 
hasten  its  operation  (see  Locke's  S;/llnbusof  Mat.  Med.).  Should  this  treatment 
fail  the  first  time,  it  may  be  repeated  another  day.  As  to  treatment  with  the 
alkaloid  the  sulphate  of  pelletierine  was  first  employed,  but  was  superseded  by 
the  tannate  which,  on  account  of  being  tasteless  and  having  less  of  a  tendency  to 
provoke  nausea  or  vomiting,  seems  the  preferable  form  to  employ.  The  patient 
should  have  a  light  diet,  preferably  milk,  the  night  previous  to  taking  the  medi- 
cine. Single  doses  of  about  7  grains  are  now  administered  upon  an  empty  stomach, 
the  patient  being  kept  quiet  in  a  reclining  posture.  The  dose  is  usually  preceded 
by  a  drink  of  water,  and  followed  at  regular  intervals  by  more  water.  A  purga- 
tive, like  fluid  extract  or  compound  tincture  of  jalap,  is  administered  about  2 
hours  after  taking  the  pelletierine  tannate.  Some  prefer  castor  oil  as  an  evacuant. 
To  insure  the  passage  of  the  worm  entire  it  should  be  received  into  a  vessel  of 
warm  water,  which  will  prevent  its  separation  into  segments. 

There  seems  to  be  a  diversity  of  opinion  regarding  the  effects  of  pelletierine 
upon  the  system.  Undoubtedly  it  acts  pronouncedly  upon  the  nervous  system, 
causing  motor  paralysis,  while  the  contractility  of  the  muscular  fibers  and  sensa- 
tion remain  unaffected.  Itsaction  has  been  compared  to  that  of  curare  (Dujardin- 
Beaumetz).  Temporary  general  paralysis  is  said  to  have  occurred  in  a  woman 
after  a  dose  of  5  grains.  Marked  congestion  of  the  retina  and  diplopia  are  as- 
serted to  have  followed  the  subcutaneous  injection  of  6  grains  of  the  alkaloid. 
On  account  of  its  action  upon  the  ocular  nerves,  it  has  been  successfully  used  in 
paralytic  states  of  the  sixth  and  t!iird  crduial  verves.  While  many  contend  that  it  has 
a  powerful  control  over  certain  of  the  nervous  functions,  others  declare  it  innocu- 
uous.  As  great  diversity  exists  in  regard  to  dosage  as  to  its  effects.  The  dose  of 
pelletierine  has  been  given  as  ranging  from  i  to  8  grains;  the  sulphate  in  about 
5-grain  doses;  the  tannate  in  doses  of  from  5  to  23  grains,  about  7  grains  being  the 
average  (ll>^;e.  Pelletierine  ])reparations  are  usually  sold  in  solution  containing 
enouph  f^r  one  dose.     I>o<e  of  jHitnegranate  flowers  or  rind,  20  to  40  grains. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Ta;niacide  and  tseniafuge  for  the  destruc- 
tion ami  expulsion  of  tapeworm  i  T;tnia  Solium). 

GEATIOLA.— HEDQE-HYSSOP. 

The  plant  and  root  of  Orutiola  officinalij<,  Linm'. 
•    Nal.  Ord. — Scrophulariaceie. 

Co.\l.Mo.\   X.\.\iF.:    lleihje-hti.<snp. 

Botanical  Sovirce  and  fiistory. — The  genus  Gratiola  is  compo.-ed  of  small 
herbs  less  than  a  loot  high,  and  found  growing  in  low,  damp  situations.  They 
nil  ]ioss<— !  l)itt<T  proj)ertiis  and  cattle  refuse  to  eat  them.     They  have  opposite. 


956  GRINDELIA. 

sessile  leave's  and  small  axillary  flowers.  The  calyx  is  sub-equally  o-parted, 
and  the  corolla  tubular  and  bilabiate.  The  stamens  are  2,  and  there  are  often 
2  or  3  sterile  filaments.  The  fruit  is  a  dry,  many-seeded,  2-celled  capsule  opening 
by  4  valves. 

Gratiola  officinalis,  Linne,  is  a  native  of  Europe,  and  has  a  smooth,  4-augled 
stem,  and  lanceolate,  3  or  5-nerved  leaves.  The  corolla  is  pale-yellow,  and  striped 
with  light-purple.  The  calyx-lobes  are  often  7.  This  species  has  long  been  used 
as  a  medicine  in  the  south  of  Europe,  and  was  mentioned  by  Lewis  in  hi.s  Materia 
Medira  (1761),  under  the  names  Gratiola  centaur ioides,  Gratia  Dei,hedg€-hysiop,  and 
herb  of  grace. 

Gratiola  virginica,  Linn^,  is  the  most  common  indigenous  species, and  is  found 
in  large  patches  in  damp  soil.  It  is  a  small,  much-branched  plant,  with  an 
erect,  glutinous  stem.  Tlie  leaves  are  lanceolate,  dentate,  and  clasping.  The 
flowers  are  very  numerous,  with  small,  white  corollas  variegated  with  yellow,  and 
pubescent  in  the  throat.  The  other  indigenous  species  of  Gratiola  are  mostly 
found  in  the  southern  states. 

Chemical  Composition. — Nothing  is  known  about  the  chemical  constituents 
of  the  indigenous  species,  but  they  are  probably  similar  to  those  of  G .  officinalis. 
Vauquelin  (1809)  found  in  the  latter  a  bitter  resinous  substance,  an  acid  in  com- 
bination witli  lime  and  soda,  believed  by  him  to  be  malic  or  acetic  acid,  and  vari- 
ous earthy  salts  and  principles  common  to  plants.  Marchand  {Jov.n\.  de  Chim. 
Med.,  IS-io,  p.  518^,  proved  the  resin  of  Vauquelin  to  be  a  compound,  identifying 
tannic  acid  and  a  white,  bitter,  crystallizable  substance  to  which  the  name  gratio- 
lin  was  given.  Afterward,  Walz  proved  gratioHn  to  be  a  flucosid,  and  obtained  in 
addition  another  glucosid,  grntiosolin,  and  an  acid  named  by  him  gratiolic  acid. 
The  chemical  constituents  of  Gratiola  officinalis  are  of  little  practical  value,  as 
the  infusion,  or  tincture,  or  plnnt  in  substance,  are  alone  used  in  medicine. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Hedge-hyssop  is  rarely,  if  at  all.  used 
in  this  country.  In  I'uropi'  it  has  been  employed  as  a  liydragogue-cathartic  in 
the  treatment  of  f//v>j;.?iV((^  affections,  in  duses  of  from  10  to  30  grains  ot  the  pow- 
dered root.  Its  use  is  frequently  followed  by  emesis  and  diuresis.  In  large  doses 
its  irritant  action  is  pronounced,  inducing  violent  vomiting  and  purging,  the 
stools  often  being  bloody  and  attended  with  severe  colic.  Gastro-intestinal  in- 
flammation may  follow,  the  rectum  being  most  generally  affected.  In  smaller 
doses,  it  has  been  advised  in  climnic  affections  oj  the  liver,  in  jaundice,  and  also  in 
certain  vuiiincholic  forms  ofinMinih/.  Splenic  engorgement,  cerebral  fullness  and  oppres- 
sion, and  other  conditions  attended  with  an  obstructed  circulation  are  the  states 
in  which  it  is  recommended  by  Prof.  Scudder  (.Spec.  A/cff.),  who  regards  the  indi- 
cations to  be  "soreness  and  rawness  of  the  mouth.''  It  is  an  active  agent,  and 
should  be  administered  with  judgment.  An  infusion  ot  4  drachms  to  a  pint 
of  boiling  water,  may  be  given  in  ^  fluid-ounce  doses.  Thirty  grains  act  as  a 
drastic  cathartic.  Probably  a  tincture  of  the  root  might  be  useful:  but  every 
indication  for  this  agent  can  be  fulfilled  by  one  of  our  indigenous  plants,  as 
podophyllum,  iris,  euphorbia,  apocynum,  etc. 


GRINDELIA  (U.  S.  P.  i— GRINDELIA. 

"  The  leaves  and  flowering  tops  of  Grindelia  riibtista,  Xuttall,  and  of  Gn'ndelia 
squarrosa,  Dunal'" — (('.  5.  P.). 

ynl.  C>rd. — Compositu'. 

CoMMu.N  Names:    1.  Hanli/  grindelia.     2.  Seal;/  grindelia. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— (^n'ndW/a  robusta  is  an  erect  perennial  plant, 
native  of  Calit'ornia.  It  was  brought  to  the  notice  of  pharmacists  and  the  medical 
profession  generally,  by  Mr.  Jas.  G.  Steele,  of  San  Francisco,  Cal..  through  a  paper 
presented  to  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association,  in  1S75, although  Dr.C.  A. 
tanfield,  h)ng  previously,  had  noticed  it  in  the  Pucific  Med.  and  Surg.  Jour.  The 
plant  has  a  smooth,  mund,  striate  stem,  much  divided  into  ascending  branches, 
each  of  which  ends  in  a  large,  yellow  flower-head.  The  lower  leaves  are  obovate- 
spatulate,  and  tapering  at  the   base;    the   upper  are  alternate,  n.«cendine,  and 


GRINDELIA.  957 

have  broad,  clasping  bases.  They  are  of  a  firm,  coriaceous  texture,  and  a  light- 
green  color;  the  margins  are  coarsely  toothed.  The  flower-heads  are  large,  nearly 
I  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  are  solitary-,  terminating  the  branches.  The  in- 
volucre is  very  resinous  and  consists  ot  many  thick,  imbricated  scales,  with 
recurved  tips.  The  receptacle  is  fiat,  pitted  like  a  honey-comb,  and  destitute 
of  scales.  The  ray-flowers  are  large,  yellow,  spreading,  and  arranged  in  a  single 
series.  They  are"  pistillate  and  tertile.  The  disk-flowers  are  very  numerous 
and  perfect.  The  achenia  are  smooth,  oblong,  and  slightly  4-angled.  The  most 
distinguishing  character  of  the  genus  Grindelia  is  the  pappus,  which  consists  of 
3  or  4  very  deciduous  awns;  they  are  rigid,  more  or  less  curved,  white,  very 
smooth,  and,  when  magnilied,  have  a  waxy  appearance.  In  the  G.robxjusta  they  are 
about  half  the  length  of  the  disk-flowers.  A  very  large  variety  (var. /((A(/b^i((),  of 
this  species  of  Grindelia  is  frequent  in  California,  and  is  often  collected.  It  is 
much  more  robust  in  every  particular,  having  heads  over  an  inch  in  diameter. 
The  upper  stem-leaves  are"  about  an  inch  broad,  and  the  flower-heads  are  sur- 
rounded at  the  base  by  a  cluster  of  3  or  4  leaves. 

Grindelia  squarrom  has  the  general  appearance  of  Grindelia  robusta,  but  is  a 
smaller  plant,  and  h;is  lately  been  considered  a  variety  of  this  species.  It  is  more 
widely  distributed  than  G.'robustn,  and  is  quite  common  on  the  plains,  from  the 
Rocky  Mountains  west  to  the  Pacific.  The  mode  of  growth  is  diSerent  in  the  two 
species.  In  the  Griiulelia  squarrosa,  a  perennial  root-stalk  sends  up  from  its  head 
a  cluster  of  from  4  to  10  slender,  erect,  sub-parallel,  and  generally  undivided 
branches,  from  1  to  2  feet  high.  The  stem-leaves  are  alternate,  acute,  sessile,  and 
slightly  clasping  at  the  base,  and  serrate  on  the  margin.  They  are  about  an  inch 
long,  one-quarter  as  wide,  and  are  attached  to  the  stem  in  an  erect  position.  The 
scales  of  the  flower-heads  are  narrow,  and  have  long,  slender,  recurved  points 
(whence  the  specific  name).  In  other  respects  the  flower-heads  resemble  those 
of  the  Grindelia  robusOi,  but  are  smaller.  The  pappus  of  the  Grindelia  squnrrosa 
is  slender  and  about  the  length  of  the  disk-flowers.  Grindelia  squarrosa  was  in- 
troduced  as  a  remedial  agent  some  years  after  Mr.  Steele  brought  G.  robusta  into 
notice.  Its  sensible  properties  are  exactly  like  those  of  G.robxista,  and  it  is  often 
found  on  the  market  and  substituted  largely  for  G .  robusta . 

Description — Owing  to  the  fact  that  both  species  are  often  indiscriminately 
gathered,  or  that  the  one  is  frequently  adulterated  with  the  other,  both  are  de- 
scribed by  the  U.  S.  P.  under  the  name  Grindelia,  as  follows: 

•'  Leaves  about 5  Cm.  (2  inches),  or  less,  long,  varying  from  broadly  spatulate 
or  oblong  to  lanceolate,  sessile  or  clasping,  obtuse,  more  or  less  sharply  serrate, 
often  spinosely  toothed,  or  even  laciniate-pinnatifid,  pale  green,  smooth,  finely 
dotted,  thickis"h,  brittle,  heads  many-flowered,  subgloVjular  or  somewhat  conical; 
the  involucre  hemispherical,  aboutlO  Mm.  (|  inch)  broad,  composed  of  numerous 
imbricated,  squarrosely-tipped  or  spreading  scales;  ray-florets  yellow,  ligulate, 
pistillate;  disk-florels  "yellow,  tubular,  perfect;  pappus  consisting  of  2  or  3  awns 
of  the  li-n-rth  of  the  disk-florets;  odor  balsamic;  taste  pungentlv  aromatic  and 
bitter"—  r.  .^.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition. — C.  J.  Rademaker  (Neto  Rem.,  1876,  p.  205),  was  prob- 
ably the  first  to  make  an  analysis  of  Grindelia  robusta,  yet  with  no  positive 
results.  G.  Lin  wood  Libby  (Pharm.  Era,  1888,  p.  11),  isolated  from  the  same  plant 
an  oleoresin  and  a  resin. 

A  complete  parallel  analysis  of  G.  robusta  and  G.  squarrosa  was  made  by 
W.  H.Clark,  in  1888,  witii  the"  result  that  the  constituents  were  qualitatively  the 
same  in  both  plants  except  that  Grindelia  robusta  contained  tannin  ( 1.5  per  cent ), 
while  G.  squarrosa  Sf-emed  to  be  free  from  it.  Volatile  oil  was  found  in  both.  A 
crvstallizable  saponin-like  body  also  occurred  in  both  species  (G.  robusta  con- 
taintMl  2  per  cent,  and  G.  squarro.*a  0.82  per  cent),  for  which  the  author  proposes 
the  name  grindetin  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharui.,  1888,  jip.  433-441).  On  the  other  hand, 
Mr.  .lohn  L.  Fischer  applies  the  name  grindeline  to  a  bitter,  crystallizable  alkaloid 
which  he  found  in  Grindelia  robusta,  and  the  name  robust ic  acid  to  a  crystallizable 
acid  found  in  the  aqueous  solution  of  the  alcoholic  extract  of  the  same  drug 
(Phnrm.  Km,  1888,  p.  208).  Mr.  Clark  had  obtained  contradictory  results  with  re- 
gard to  the  i)resence  of  an  alkaloid.  Dr.  Schnecpans,  in  1892,  found  the  saponin- 
like  body  to  consist  of  two  glucosids,  one  being  identical  with,  the  other  closely 


958  GRIXDELIA. 

resembling  Kobcrt"s  saponin,  from  senega  and  quillaja.  The  )>resence  of  small 
amounts  of  an  alkaloid  was  also  indicated  {Anier.  Jour.  Pharni., 1892.  p.  370). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  grindelias  leave  in  the  mouth  a 
bitter,  acrid  sensation,  which  persists  for  some  time  and  is  accompanied  or  fol- 
lowed by  an  increased  fiow  of  saliva.  On  account  of  their  irritant  effects  upon 
the  kidneys,  they  act  as  diuretics.  The  brain  and  cord  are  first  stimulated  Ijy 
then),  followed  by  motor  impairment  of  the  lower  extremities  and  a  desire  to 
sleep.     The  number  of  respirations  are  reduced  by  them. 

Grindelia  robusta  has  been  found  especially  efficient  in  asthma,  giving  prompt 
relief,  and  effecting  cures  in  cases  previously  rebellious  to  medication.  Occa- 
sionally, however,  as  is,  indeed,  the  case  with  all  the  therapeutical  agents,  it  has 
failed,  but  the  circumstances  attending  these  failures  have  not  yet  been  deter- 
mined. Further  investigations  regarding  its  action  in  this  disease,  and  the  cause 
of  its  occasional  failure  are  required.  It  has  likewise  been  found  efficient  in 
bronchial  affections,  in  pertussis,  and  in  some  renal  vialadies.  Prof.  Soudder  wag 
partial  to  this  remedy  as  a  local  application  in  chronic  dmases  of  the  skin  with 
feeble  circulation,  particularly  old  chronic  and  indolent  ulcers.  Specific  grindelia 
robusta  (51  to  gii  to  water  Oj),  was  employed  with  marked  benefit.  The  fluid 
extract  and  sj^ecific  grindelia  robusta  are  the  preparations  generally  employed, 
the  former  in  doses  of  from  10  to  60  minims,  and  the  latter  in  doses  of  5  to  40 
minims,  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day,  as  may  be  required.  Children  require 
doses  of  from  5  to  15  or  20  minims  (fluid  extract),  and  1  to  10  minims  (specific 
grindelia  robusta). 

Grindelia  squarrosa  has  been  highly  eulogized  as  an  efficient  remedy  in  inter- 
mittent fever,  and  in  other  malarial  affections,  also  to  remove  the  splenic  enlargement 
which  so  frequently  follows  those  disorders.  Why  two  plants  so  closely  allied  as 
the  G.  robusta  and  the  G.  squarrosa,  and  possessing  nearly  identical  constituents, 
should  give  such  discordant  therapeutical  results,  is  certainly  enigmatical.  The 
fact  is,  that  many  physicians  have  a  great  proneness  to  run  after  new  remedies, 
especially  when  introduced  under  some  pretentious  name,  and  to  place  a  marvel- 
ous credulity  in  the  statements  of  interested  parties,  who  are  incapable  of  deter- 
mining accurate  conclusions  as  to  the  value  of  a  remedy.  Webster,  however, 
asserts  that  the  remedy  has  a  special  action  upon  the  splenic  circulation,  and 
points  out  as  thecasefor  it  one  oi splenic  congestion  associated  with  sluggish  hepatic 
action  and  dyspepsia.  Dull  pain  in  the  left  hypochondrium,  sallow  skin,  debility, 
and  indigestion  are  the  symptoms  pointing  to  its  selection  (Dynam.  Therap.K  The 
same  author  recommends  it  in  chronic  dyspepsia  due  to  prolonged  malarial  influ- 
ence, gastric  pain  when  the  spleen  is  seemingly  involved,  and  in  the  splenic  conges- 
tion of  vuitarial  cachexia.  As  a  local  application,  the  fluid  extract  is  stated  to  be 
of  value  in  the  ^painful  eczematousinflarmnation  a.nd  vesicular  eruption  resulting  from 
contact  with  the  poison  vine  or  the  poison  oak.  The  dose  of  the  fluid  extract  is 
from  15  minims  to  1  fluid  drachm,  repeated  every  3  or  4  hours;  of  specific  grin- 
delia squarrosa,  5  to  40  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Grindelia  robust.a.  :  Asthmatic  breathing, 
with  soreness  and  raw  feeling  in  the  chest;  cough,  harsh  and  dry:  breathing 
labored,  with  a  dusky  coloration  of  the  face  in  plethoric  individuals.  Locally, 
old  atonic  ulcers;  full  tissues;  rhus  poisoning. 

Grindelia  sqxjarrosa:  Splenic  congestion,  especially  when  dependent  on 
malarial  cachexia;  fullness  and  dull  pain  in  left  hypochondrium,  with  indiges- 
tion, pallid,  sallow  countenance,  and  general  debility;  gastric  pains  associated 
with  splenic  congestion. 

Related  Species.— Orindelia  glutinosa,  Dunal,  of  California,  and  Griitdelia  hirtutuJa, 
Hooker  and  Arnott,  have  a  similar  odor  and  tast^  to  Grindelia,  and  are  probably  gathered 
with  it.  The  leaves  of  the  former  are  smooth.  It  constitutes  the  Mexican  CalaneapatU  ile 
Pueblo.    The  second  species  is  found  along  the  Pacific  to  Puget's  Sound. 

Haplopappus  liaylahuen  (Hi/sterioiuca  Baylahuen).  Nat.  Ord.:  ComiHieitw. — This  plant  i.«  a 
native  of  Chili  and  contains  a  resin,  tannin,  and  volatile  and  fixed  oils.  The  resin  acts  upon 
the  bowels  and  the  essential  oil  upon  the  respiratory  organs  after  the  manner  of  the  terebin- 
thinates,  without,  however,  being  an  irritant  to  tlie  gastro-intestinal  tr.ict.  The  chronic  Uhxhiu.^ 
of  the  boivels  ol  tuberculous  patients  is  controlled  by  it,  and  the  remedy  is  reputed  of  value  in 
injfiammation  of  the  bladder.  Locallv,  the  tincture  hiis  been  used  on  ii/r^rs,  uwiiii.f."-,  etc.  both  as  a 
stimulant  and  protective.  The  tincture  is  prt'pared  of  the  strength  of  1  part  to  r>,  and  the  di^se  is 
from  5  to  25  drops. 


GUAIACI  LIGNUM  (U.  S.  P  )— GUAIACUM  WOOD. 

"The  heart-wood  of  G^Mtacum  officinale,  Linn^,  and  of  (luaiacum  sanctum 
Linne"— U'.  5.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Zygophyllea^. 

SysoXYMs:    Lignum  vita',  Lignum  sanctuin,  Lignum  benediclum,  PaUm  naiirttix. 

Illi'stration  :    Beiitley  ami  Trimen,  Med.  Plajits,  41. 

Botanical  Source. — Uiuiuirum  ^jfi^^-inale.  This  tree  grows  very  slowly,  vary- 
ing in  hii.i:lit  from  15  to  50  feet.  'Tlie  trunk  is  u^^ually  crooked,  with  crowdell, 
knobby,  s^hort-jointod,  tlexuose,  spreading  branches,  about  4  feet  in  diameter; 
the  bark  is  furrowed,  spotted,  and  grayish.  The  leaves  are  opposite,  bijugate  or 
trijugate;  the  leaflets  sessile,  more  or  "less  obovate,  rounded  at  the  apex,  nerved, 
and  glabrous;  the  common  petiole  is  terete  and  clianneled  above.  The  flowers 
are  light-blue,  on  axillary  peduncles,  which  are  an  inch  long,  1-flowered,  filiform, 
minutely  downy,  and  several  together.  The  calyx  of  sepals  have  the  2  exterior, 
somewhat  broader  than  the  others;  all  are  obtuse  and  hoary  with  down.  Petals 
5,  thrice  the  length  of  the  sepals,  oblong,  bluntish,  unguiculate,  and  internally 
downy.  Stamens  10,  without  scales ;  filaments  twice  the  length  of  the  sepals, 
grooved  ou  tlie  hack  ;  anthers  bifid  at  the  base  and  curved.  Ovary  2-celled,  with 
nvimeroua  suspended  ovules,  and  compressed  ;  style  short,  acute  and  subulate  ; 
stigma  simple;  capsule  obcordate,  succulent,  glabrous,  yellow,  2  to  5-celled  ;  on 
short  stalks,  somewhat  fleshy,  angular;  the  seeds  are  solitary,  compressed,  round- 
ish, smooth,  and  pendulous  (L.). 

GuaiariDii  sunrtvm  differs  from  the  preceding  in  its  leaflets,  6  or  8  of  which 
compose  the  leaf,  having  an  oblique-obovate,  or  rhomboid-ovate  outline  ;  in  hav- 
ing a  fruit  with  5  cells;  and  in  having  smaller  wood,  which  is  less  compact  and 
lightt-r  in  color.     It  grows  in  Cuba,  Bahama,  and  otlur  ^\■^•st  India  Isles. 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  tree  (Guaiacum 
offiri)>aU\Linnt)  inhabits  the  West  Indian  Islands,  especially  Jamaica, 8t.  Thomas 
and  St.  Domingo.  The  wood  and  resin,  or  solidified  juice,  are  the  parts  used  in 
medicine,  though  the  whole  tree  possesses  medicinal  virtues.  The  bark  is  said 
to  be  the  most  active  part  of  it,  but  it  is  seldom  met  with  in  commerce.  The 
wood  of  this  tree  was  used  as  a  medicine  by  the  natives  long  previous  to  the  dis- 
covery of  the  country,  and  they  made  it  known  to  the  Europeans;  by  these  it  was 
introduced  into  Eurojje  in  the  sixteenth  century,  and  employed  to  much  advan- 
tage in  syphilitic  afiectious.  Guaiacum  wood,  also  known  asLignum  vita:,  a  name 
given  to  it  from  a  belief  that  its  medicinal  virtues  were  of  a  superior  kind,  is 
largely  imported  into  this  country  from  the  West  Indies  for  making  block-sheaves, 
wooden  pestles,  and  many  other  objects,  for  which  it  is  j)eculiarly  fitted  by  its 
extraordinary  hardness  and  toughness.  It  is  imported  in  billets,  about  a  foot  in 
diameter,  and  generally  without  the  bark.  The  bark  is  hard,  flat,  a  few  lines  thick, 
of  a  greenish-black  color,  with  yellowish  and  grayish  spots,  inodorous,  but  very 
acrid.  The  wood,  used  for  medicinal  purposes,  consists  of  turnings  from  the 
workshop  of  the  turner,  and  is  a  uniform  mixture  of  the  alburnum  and  duramen, 
but  that  used  in  medicine  should  consist  only  of  the  latter. 

Tlie  alburnum  or  sap-wood  is  of  a  yellow  color,  that  of  the  duramen  or  heart- 
wood,  greenish-brown.  Guaiacum  wood  is  only  odorous  wlien  burned  or  rasped, 
the  odor  being  aromatic;  its  taste  is  acrid,  aromatic,  and  amarous,  succeeded  by  a 
liricking  in  the  throat.  It  is  very  dense  and  tough,  and  has  a  specific  gravity  of 
1.833.  It  is  oflicially  descrilx'd  as  follows  :  "Heavier  than  water,  hard,  brown  or 
greenish-brown,  resinous,  marked  with  irregular,  concentric  circles,  surroundt-d 
by  a  yellowish  alburnum,  sjilittiiig  irregularly;  when  heated,  emitting  a  balsamic 
oilor;  taste  slightly  acrid.  Guaiacum  wood  is  generally  used  in  the  form  of  rasp- 
ings or  turnings,  which  should  be  greenish-brown,  containing  few  ))articles  of  a 
whitish  color,  and  shouM  acquire  a  dark  l)luish-green  color  on  the  addition  of 
nitric  acid  " — (!'.  S.  P.).  When  a  very  fine  powder  of  guaiacum  wood  is  acted  upon 
by  the  atmosphere,  its  color  is  converted  into  green.  Nitric  acid  turns  it  l>luish- 
green,  and  a  solution  of  ferric  chloride  turns  it  blue.  Solution  of  chlorinated 
lime  eflects  no  change  in  other  woods,  but  causes  the  guaiacum  to  u.ssume  a, 
green  color  in  a  few  seconds.      These  tests  may  be  employed   to  determine  the 


960  GUAIACI  RESIXA. 

authenticitj'  of  the  wood.  Alcohol  takes  up  its  active  parts  (see  Guaiari  Resina). 
dissolving  about  21  per  cent.  Fliickiger  {Pharmacognosie,  1891),  b)'  extracting  with 
ether,  obtained  22.12  per  cent  of  resin  from  the  duramen,  and  only  2.85  per  cent 
from  the  alburnum.  The  same  authority  found  a  trace  of  essential  oil  hy  distill- 
ing the  wood  with  water.  Fremy  and  Urbaiu  found  vasndose  (the  incrustating 
substance  in  wood)  to  exist  in  guaiac  wood  to  the  extent  of  36  per  cent  (see  Jour. 
Pharm.  C/i/Hi.,  1882,  p.  325).  Several  other  trees  of  this  family  are  stated  to  fur- 
nish the  guaiacum  wood,  as  the  G. sanctum  (now  official),  which  has  a  tran.slucent, 
paler-yellow,  and  kss  heavy  and  hard  wood,  and  also  the  G.arboreum. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Taken  internallj',  guaiacum,  both  the 
wood  and  rrsiii,  cuiu  imuii y  excites  a  sense  of  warmth  in  the  stomach,  and  a  dryness 
of  the  mouth,  with  thirst.'  They  act  upon  the  economy  like  stimulants,  increasing 
the  heat  of  the  body,  and  accelerating  the  circulation.  If  the  body  be  kept  warm 
while  using  the  decoction,  which  is  the  form  generally  preferred,  it  will  prove 
diaphoretic ;  if  cool,  diuretic.  As  a  diaphoretic  and  alterative,  it  has  been  admin- 
istered (but  usually  in  compound  decoction  or  sj'rup),  in  chronic  rheumatism, 
chronic  cutaneous  diseases,  scrofula,  and  syphilitic  disease.  As  water  can  not  take  up 
much  of  the  active  principle  in  the  wood,  it  is  probable  that  its  reputed  efficiency 
was  owing  principally  to  the  active  agents  associated  with  the  syrup  or  decoction. 
The  resin  of  guaiacum  is  the  active  principle  (which  see).  The  decoction  of  guaia- 
cum shavings  may  be  made  by  boiling  2  ounces  of  the  shavings  in  3  pints  of 
water  down  to  2  pints,  the  dose  of  which  is  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces  every  3  or  4 
hours  (see  Guaiaci  Resina). 

Related  Species.— Gcaiaci/m  mgustifolium,  Engelmann  (Porliern  atjffustifolia .  Gray). 
Mexico  and  south  Texas.  The  wood  of  this  tree  is  emploj'ed  like  that  of  guaiac.  It  is  a  yel- 
low-brown, heavy  and  hard  wood,  splitting  irregularly. 

Balsam  Wood.  Pnio  batsamo. — A  South  American  tree  of  unknown  botanical  origin,  the 
wood  of  which  is  thought  to  contain  guaiaein.  Upon  distillation  of  the  wood,  about  6  parts 
of  a  thick,  sticky,  fragrant  oil  are  obtained.  This  oil  contains  a  crystalline  solid,  fusing  at 
91°  C.  (195.8°  F.),  and  answering  closelv  to  the  composition  Ci4Ho40  iSchirumel  &  Co., 
Seports,  1892). 

GUAIACI  RESINA  (U.  S.  P.)— GUAIAC. 

"  The  resin  of  the  wood  of  Guaiacum  officinale,  Linne  " — ( U.  S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Zygophyllea;. 

Synonyms:    Guaiarum,  Guaiacum  resin,  Resina  guajaci. 

Source  and  Preparation. — The  resin  of  guaiacum,  or  grina^uafVinim  as  it  i.s 
erroneously  called  by  some,  is  procured  from  the  wood  of  the  tree,  by  natural 
exudation;  by  jagging  or  wounding  the  tree  in  several  places;  by  heat  applied 
to  the  wood  sawed  into  large  billets;  and  by  boiling  the  chips  of  the  wood  in 
water  and  salt,  and  skimming  oflf  the  resin  as  it  floats  on  the  surface  {Ed. — P.). 
The  last  two  modes  are  the  most  frequent  in  use. 

Description  and  Tests. — Guaiacum  is  ordinarily  met  with  in  amorphous, 
hard  masses  of  varying  sizes,  in  which  are  found  pieces  of  wood,  dirt,  and  other 
foreign  matters.  It  has  a  sweetish,  faintly  bitter  taste,  succeeded  by  a  lasting 
acrimony,  especially  in  the  fauces.  It  does  not  soften  by  the  heat  of  the  hand, 
becomes  tough  wlien  chewed,  and  is  fusible  at  a  moderate  heat.  Its  specific 
gravity  is  1.20  to  1.23.  It  is  readily  reduced  to  powder,  becoming  somewhat 
tenacious,  and  quickly  aggregating,  by  the  action  of  the  air.  Guaiac  resin  is 
officially  required  to  be  in  "irregular  masses,  or  subglobular  pieces,  externally 
greenish-brown,  internally  of  a  glassy  lustre,  and,  in  recent  guaiac,  usually  red- 
dish-brown, transparent  in  thin  splinters,  fusible,  feebly  aromatic,  the  odor  be- 
coming stronger  on  heating;  taste  somewhat  acrid;  powder  grayish,  turning 
green  on  exposure  to  air.  Soluble  in  potassium  or  sodium  hydrate  T.S.  and  in 
alcohol;  the  alcoholic  solution  is  colored  blue  on  the  addition  of  tincture  of 
ferric  chloride"— (('.  5.  P.). 

The  resin  is  practically  insoluble  in  water,  soluble,  although  not  completely, 
in  ether  and  oil  of  turpentine,  easily  soluble  in  acetone,  amyl  alcohol,  chloroform 
and  in  creosote;  fixed  and  volatile  oils  scarcely  dissolve  it,  although  oil  of  cloves 
and  cassia  oil  are  capable  of  dissolving  appreciable  quantities.  Benzin,  benzol 
and  carbon  disulphide  dissolve  the  resin  very  sjiaringly.     tJuaiac  resin  is  remark- 


GUAIACI  RESINA.  961 

able  for  the  blue  color  reaction  it  yields  in  alcoholic  solution  (1  in  100)  with 
ozoniziis  (Sohonbein's  ozonide).  Ozone,  chlorine,  bromine  and  iodine,  nitrous 
aiid,  chromic  acid,  hj-pochlorites,  ferric  salts,  lead  and  manganese  dioxide, etc., 
and  some  organic  substances,  especially  vegetable  ferments  and  enzymes  of  the 
most  obscure  kind,  <■.  gr.,  the  enzymes  existing  on  freshly  cut  raw  potato,  etc., 
(oxitlnttoitjc'iuoits  of  Schonbein),  cause  a  rapid  bluing  of  tincture  of  guaiac.  Ac- 
cording to  Prof.  Ed.  Pchaer  (Forschungsberiehle  iihcr  Lltcnt<mittcl,\'o\.  Ill,  1896,  p. 
l),the  blue  color  is  due  to  a  very  unstable  ozone  compound  of  guaiaconic  acid 
(see  Chcmiriil  Compo!<ition).  Its  formation  is  prevented  by  light,  heat,  free  acids, 
especially  by  alkalies,  but  acetic  aeid,  even  in  the  form  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  singu- 
larly promotes  its  formation.  In  contrast  with  these  ozonizers  stand  Schonbein's 
antoznnide  ('uitozonizers),  substances  otherwise  capable  of  giving  ofif  oxygen,  but 
incapable  of  reacting  with  tincture  of  guaiac.  The  type  of  these  substances  is 
hydrogen  peroxide  (HjO,).  They  become  active,  however,  toward  tincture  of 
guaiac  through  the  intervention  of  certain  inorganic  substances,  and  a  number 
of  fluids  containing  animal  and  vegetable  ferments,  f.  ^.,  malt  extract,  saliva, 
fresh  milk,  or  the  red  corpuscles  of  the  blood.  Schonbein,  the  discoverer  of  ozone, 
was  the  tirst  to  base  upon  this  behavior  the  well-known  guaiac  test  for  blood, 
often  believed  to  be  fallacious,  while  Prof.  Schaer  pronounces  it  exceedingly  char- 
acteristic and  sensitive  if  properly  carried  out. 

Prof.  Schaer,  in  the  paper  mentioned,  publishes  a  new  mode  of  carrying  out 
this  test,  to  which  he  has  given  30  years'  time  of  successful  trial.  This  test  is 
based  on  the  following  observation:  When  an  alcoholic  tincture  of  guaiac  is 
poured  into  an  aqueous  solution  of  blood  acidified  with  acetic  acid,  the  guaiac 
resins,  in  precipitating,  carry  along  with  them  almost  quantitatively  the  blood 
coloring  matter  present  in  the  fluid.  Filter  through  paper  and  dry  the  latter 
with  its  contents,  taking  especial  care  to  exclude  light  and  air  as  much  as  possi- 
ble. The  blood  test  is  then  produced  by  moistening  small  pieces  of  the  filtering 
paper  with  water  and  adding  hydrogen  peroxide  solution  containing  some  acetic 
acid.  If  bl'iod  is  present  the  paper  and  liquid  assume  a  pure  blue  color.  The 
test  can  be  applied  with  equal  success  to  dry  blood  stains,  and  after  a  period  of 
6  or  even  10  years  after  drying  the  paper.  A  modification  of  this  process,  involv- 
ing the  use  of  a  concentrated  aqueous  solution  of  chloral  hydrate  to  dissolve  dried 
blood  stains,  is  carried  out  as  follows :  Moisten  the  blood  stains  with  acetic  acid, 
extract  with  a  70  per  cent  solution  of  chloral  hydrate,  add  an  equal  volume  of 
guaiac-chloral  solution  (1  per  cent  guaiac  resin  in  70-75  per  cent  chloral  hydrate); 
if  ammonium  nitrate  is  absent,  a  j'ellow-brown  mixture  results  (otherwise  a  blue 
coloration  takes  place  at  once).  If  now  the  mixture  is  superposed  by  Hiinefeld's 
solution  (15  C'c.  of  a  3  to  5  per  cent  solution  of  hydrogen  peroxide,  25  Cc.  of  alco- 
hol, 5  Cc.  of  chloroform,  and  1.5  Cc.  of  glacial  acetic  acid),  previou.sly  ascertained 
not  to  react  with  a  mixture  of  chloral  and  guaiac,  an  intensely  blue  zone  is  de- 
veloped at  the  surface  of  contact  of  both  fluids  if  blood  is  present.  Soluble  fer- 
rous salts  mixed  with  the  blood  stain  also  give  the  reaction  (Archiv  der  Pkann., 
1898,  p.  574). 

Reversely,  this  reaction  with  ozonizers  can  be  used  as  a  delicate  test  for  the 
presence  of  the  resin  of  guaiacum  in  other  resins,  e.  jr.,  scammony,  jalap,  etc. 
Guaiac  is  subject  to  adulteration  with  pine  resin  and  other  substances.  This 
may  be  detected  by  observing  that  the  genuine  article,  when  heated,  does  not  ex- 
hale a  turpentine  odor,  and  that  oil  of  turpentine  dissolves  resin  but  not  guaiac. 
Sulphuric  acid  forms  with  guaiac  a  dee]>-red  solution;  nitric  acid  dissolves  it 
without  the  aid  of  heat,  and  with  strong  ettervescence  yielding  oxalic  acid  upon 
evaporation.  The  so-called  Peruvian  guauic  resin,  analyzed  by  E.  Kopp  {Arehir 
del-  Phann.,  [3]  Vol.  IX,  p.  193),  is  entirely  difl'erent  from  guaiac  resin,  and  there- 
fire  does  not  give  the  characteristic  reaction  for  this  resin. 

Chemical  Composition.— In  1862,  Hadelich  found  the  composition  of  guaiac 
resin  to  be  as  follows:  "Guaiaconic  acid,  70.3  per  cent;  guainc-resinic  acid,  10.5 
per  cent;  guaiac-heta-resin,  9.8  per  cent;  guaiacic  acid,  giiaiac-yellow  and  impurities, 
4  9  per  cent;  gum,  3.7  per  cent;  ash  constituents,  0.8  per  cent"  (Fliickiger, 
Phfirmarognosic,  1891).  Tne  first  three  substances  may  be  (liflereutiated  from  the 
guaiac  resin  as  follows  :  To  a  concentrated  alcoholic,  solution  of  the  resin  (1  i)art ) 
add  a  warm   alcoholic  solution   of   potassium    hydrate  (A  i>art\  and    allow  the 


962  GUAIACI  RESIXA. 

mixture  to  stand  for  24  hours;  a  magma  of  crystals  results,  consisting  of  the 
potassium  salt  of  giudac-resinic  acid.  Strain  through  cloth,  evaporate  the  mother 
liquor  to  a  syrup,  add  absolute  alcohol  in  order  to  remove  some  more  of  this 
potassium  salt.  Now  charge  the  alcoholic  solution  with  carbonic  acid  gas,  which 
precipitates  the  potassium  as  carbonate,  filter,  add  water,  acidulate  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  distill  oflF  the  alcohol.  The  residual  resin  is  then  washed  with 
warm  water  and  treated  with  ether.  Guaiaconic  acid  is  thereby  dissolved,  while 
guniac-beta-resiii  remains.  The  substances  thus  obtained  are  then  purified  by  fur- 
ther treatment,  for  which  see  details  in  Husemann  and  Hilger,  Pflanzenstoffe ,  p.  857 

Guaiaconic  acid  (C„H,,A\  isolated  by  Hadelich,  in  1862,  is  the  chief  constitu- 
ent of  guaiac  resin  (70  per  cent),  and  is  the  substance  to  which  is  due  the  blue 
color  reaction  with  oxidizing  agents.  Prof.  E.  Schaer  (  Wittsteins  Vierteljahrsschrift, 
1873,  p.  68),  however,  remarks  that  guaiaconic  acid,  when  exposed  to  direct  sun- 
light loses  its  property  of  turning  blue  with  oxidizers,  even  when  the  air  is 
excluded.  It  is  a  tasteless  and  odorless,  brownish,  amorphous  body,  fusible  near 
the  boiling  point  of  water,  easily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  acetic  ether 
and  acetic  acid.  It  is  optically  lavo-rotatory,  forms  soluble  amorphous  salts  with 
alkalies,  decomposable  by  the  carbonic  acidof  the  air,  and  forms  insoluble  salts 
with  heavy  metals.  It  dissolves  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  with  a  cherry-red 
color,  water  precipitating  violet  flakes  from  this  solution.  Dry  distillation  yields 
an  oily  distillate. 

Guaiac-resinic  acid  (CjoH^Oj)  was  discovered  by  Hlasiwetz,  in  1859,  and  is  a 
crystallizable  substance,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform, 
benzol,  carbon  disulphide,  acetic  ether  and  acetic  acid,  also  in  solution  of  caustic 
soda  or  potash,  but  not  ammonia.  It  melts  between  75°  and  80°  C.  (167°  and 
176°  F.).  It  dissolves  in  sulphuric  acid  with  a  cherry-red  color.  Watt- r  precipitates 
white  flakes  from  this  solution.  When  heated  with  hydrochloric  acid  this  substance 
(as  well  as  guaiaconic  acid)  yields  methyl  chloride  and  pyrocatechin  (CeH,[OH];). 
Fused  with  caustic  potash, it  yields  protocatechuic  acid  (CeH3rOH],.COOH )  (Hlasi- 
wetz and  Earth).  Upon  dry  distillation  it  yields  gvaiacol  (CjH.OCHjCOH])  (which 
see),  and  crjsia\\iza.hle  pyroguniacin.  The  yield  of  this  substance  is  0.5  per  cent. 
It  melts  at  180°  C.  (356°  F.),  is  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  insoluble  in  water, 
can  be  sublimed  in  the  form  of  needles  or  scales,  which  turn  green  with  ferric 
chloride,  and  blue  with  warm  sulphuric  acid.  When  heated  with  zinc  dust,  the 
hydrocarbon  guaicn  (CjjH,^)  is  obtained,  forming  fluorescing  plates. 

Guaiacic  acid  (CgHgOj,  Deville)  was  first  obtained,  in  1837,  by  Righini  from 
guaiac  wood  as  a  white  crystallizable  substance.  In  1S41, Thierry  isolated  it  from 
both  the  wood  and  the  resin.  It  forms  white  needles,  resembling  benzoic  acid, 
but  is  more  soluble  in  water  than  the  latter;  also  soluble  in  alcohol  and  in  ether. 
Only  0.005  per  cent  of  this  acid  could  be  obtained  by  Hadelich  from  guaiac  resin. 
Deville  found  this  substance  upon  rapid  sublimation  to  decompose  into  carbonic 
acid  and  gunjaceii(guajol)  {C^Hfi),  a  colorless  oil,  of  the  odor  of  bitter  almonds. 
It  was  found  by  Lieben  and  Zeisel  (confirmed  by  Herzog,  Berichtc,  1882.  p.  1085)  to 
be  identical  with  tiglhiraldehyde  (CH3CH:C[CH.,].CH0),  convertil)le  by  oxidation 
into  tiglic  acid,  a  constituent  of  Roman  chamomile  oil,  as  well  as  of  croton  oil 

(hiaiac  yellow  was  first  observed  by  Pelletier,  and  obtained  by  Hadelich  (1862) 
in  yellowish  quadratic  plates  of  neutral  reaction  and  hitter  taste,  not  easily  solu- 
ble in  water,  diluted  acids  and  chloroform,  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  carbon  disul- 
phide and  alkalies,  in  the  latter  with  yellow  color.  With  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  it  forms  a  beautiful  blue  solution,  turning  green,  then  yellow. 

The  resin  of  guaiac,  upon  dry  distillation,  yields  a  brown-red  tar  containing 
gtmiacol  (C,H^O^)  (see  Guaiacohuii),  pyroguaiacin  (Ci.HioOH.OCjH^rOHJ'i,  'puaiol 
Iguazacen,  tigliu-aldehyde,  CsHjO),  and  kreosol  {C^l{,fiJ.  Fusion  witli  caustic  pot- 
ash yields  protocatechuic  arirf,  and  by  distillation  with  zinc  dust,  K.  Botsch  {^Amer. 
Jbwr.  P/m;-m.,  1881,  p.  60)  obtained  50  per  cent  kreosol,  30  per  cent  toluol,  meta 
and  ii.\r:ixylol,  ))>('ucl()oumc)l,  and  the  liydrocarbon  guajon  or  guairn  (C,.H„),  afore- 
named, which  is  iiUiitical  with  the  (luaiacen  prepared  by  Wiesner. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Guaiaci  Ligni  also.)  Guaiac  is 
stimulant.  Taken  internally  it  uroduces  the  same  efiects  as  named  in  the  wood. 
but  in  a  more  active  degree.  Large  doses  act  as  a  cathartic.  It  is  used  in  the 
same  affections  as  guaiaci  ligni  or  guaiacuin  wood.     Several  practitioners  have 


GUAIACOLUM.  963 

founil  it  luni'licial  in  (imenorrhan,  dymienonhosa,  and  other  uterine  diseases,  aW  of 
atonic  oliaracter,  likewise  in  acute  dynenten/,  in  which  its  employment  is  s:iiil  lo 
be  lollowed  by  speedy  beneficial  results.  It  is  much  used  in  rhronic  r/uunidfism, 
and  in  the  abating  stages  of  tiie  acute  form,  and  has  proved  a  most  valuable  agent 
in  these  diseases.  It  is  said  to  be  an  antidote  to  the  effects  of  the  tincture  of 
Rlnis  Toxicodendron.  If  the  preparations  of  guaiacuni  produce  sickne.^^s,  defective 
appetite,  and  irregularity  of  the  bowels,  their  use  must  be  discontinued.  Guaiac 
gained  its  greatest  reputation  in  the  treatment  of  constitutional  syphilis,  having 
been  liberally  used  for  centuries  in  the  treatment  of  that  malady,  but  at  the 
present  day  it  is  almost  discarded  as  an  antisyphilitic.  It  undoubtedly  benefits 
some  cases  of  rheumatism  and  is  well  endorsed  as  a  remedy  for  rheumatic  sore  throat 
or  rhcumolir  pharyngitis.  A  tincture  of  guaiac,  or  preferably  the  ammoniated 
tincture  is  to  be  used.  The  latter  preparation,  as  well  as  troches  of  the  powder, 
have  been  highly  endorsed  as  a  remedy  to  abort  tnnsiliiis.  For  this  purpose  they 
must  be  given  early  or  good  effects  fail  to  be  produced.  In  chronic  rheumatism, 
where  the  circulation  of  the  blood  is  feeble  and  the  vital  functions  greatly  de- 
pressed, and  the  hands  and  feet  are  cold,  from  30  to  60  drops  of  the  tincture  may 
be  used  with  expectation  of  benefit.  A  good  tincture  is  prepared  by  macerating 
8  ounces  of  guaiac  in  1  pint  of  alcohol.  Guaiac  is  also  of  some  value  in  atonic 
dyspepsia,  Tprovided  no  inflammation  is  present.  Certain  f/;TO)u'c  si- in  diseases,  re- 
quiring  stimulation,  are  benefited  by  guaiac.  From  ^^  to  -Jg-  grain  of  the  resin  in 
i  ounce  of  thick  malt  extract  is  recommended  as  a.  lemcdy  for  habitual  con.'itipa- 
tion.  Guaiac  is  a  remedy  in  atonic  conditions  only.  It  is  contraindicated  in  all 
active  febrile,  plethoric,  or  inflammatory  conditions,  or  where  there  is  vascular 
excitment,  tending  to  hemorrhage,  or  impaired  digestion,  with  tendency  to  irri- 
tation (Locke).  Dose  of  the  powdered  resin,  from  5  to  20  grains ;  of  the  tincture, 
from  1  to  4  fluid  drachms,  either  of  which  may  be  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day; 
ammoniated  tincture  of  guaiac,  10  drops  to  1  fluid  drachm.  A  mixture  of  10 
grains  each  of  guaiac  and  compound  powder  of  ipecacuanha  and  opium  has  been 
found  of  advantage  in  rheumati.sm  and  dysentery. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Dryness  and  stiSiiess  of  the  throat,  with 
tumid,  swollen  tonsils,  painful  deglutition,  and  dribbling  of  saliva;  incipient 
tousilitis  (if  used  early) ;  rheumatic  pharyngitis. 

GUAIACOLUM.— GUAIACOL. 

Formula:  C,HA  or  C,H..0CH3.0H.    Molecular  Weight :  123.71. 

Synonyms  :   Methyl-pyrocatechin,  Catechol  nwnomethyl  ether. 

Source  and  Preparation. — Guaiacol  is  obtained  from  beechwood  creosote 
(see  Creosotum  ),  of  which  it  forms  from  60  to  90  per  cent,  the  other  constituents  of 
importance  being  creosol  (C.Hj.OCHj.OH),  and  the  cresols  (C,H,.OH).  To  obtain 
it,  beechwood  tar  creosote  is  subjected  to  fractional  distillation  whereby  crude 
guaiacol  passes  over  in  the  portion  distilling  between  200°  and  20.5°  C.  (392°  and 
401°  F.).  After  washing  out  the  acid  compounds  with  weak  solutions  of  ammo- 
nia, the  purified  guaiacol  is  again  fractionally  distilled,  and  the  lower  fraction 
treated  with  ether,  from  which  solution  potassium-guaiacol  is  separated  by  the 
addition  of  a  strong  solution  of  caustic  potash  in  alcohol.  The  potassium  guaia- 
col is  then  thoroughly  washed  with  ether,  and  the  guaiacol  liberated  by  niians  of 
diluted  sulphuric  acid,  after  which  it  is  once  more  rectified.  Commercial  guaiacol 
frequently  contains  cresols.  It  may  be  obtained  pure  by  saponification  of  its  ben- 
zoyl compound,  previously  purified  by  repeated  crystallization.  Guaiacol  is  also 
formed  in  the  dry  distillation  of  resin  of  guaiac  (which  sec), and  may  be  prepared 
svnthcticaliy  bv  heating  the  potassium  salt  of  methyl-sulphuric  acid  (CHjSO.K), 
with  i.yrorMtechin  (CV,H.[OII]j,  and  caustic  potash,  to  1S0°  C.  (356°  F.). 

Description. — <Tuai:icol,when  pure,  is  a  pleasantly  aromatic,  colorless  liouid. 
It-^  .-pccitic  f:ravity  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  is,  according  to  Helbing,  1.133,  and  its  boil- 
ing point,  according  to  the  same  authority,  20G°  to  207°  C.  (402.8°  to  404.6°  F.). 
It  dissolves  to  some  extent  in  water  (1  in"  8.5),  and  freely  in  ether,  alcohol,  and 
acetic  acid.  Solutions  of  caustic  soda  and  caustic  potash  dissolve  it,  producine 
the  unstable  salts  of  sodium-guaiacol  aii<l  potassium-guaiacol.    Impure  guaiacol 


forms  a  clear  solution  with  twice  its  bulk  of  benzol  at  20°  C.  (68°  F.),  but  when 
pure,  rapid  and  complete  separation  occurs.  If  to  a  solution  of  guaiacol  in  alco- 
hol be  added  a  small  amount  of  ferric  chloride,  a  blue  color  is  formed  which  turns 
emerald-green  upon  the  addition  of  more  of  the  iron  compound.  This  is  a  char- 
acteristic reaction  (even  when  OH  is  replaced  by  OCH3,  as  with  guaiacolj,  for 
all  ortho-dioxy-phenols. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Guaiacol  and  its  compounds  (see 
below),  have  been  used  in  wasting  diseases,  particularly  phthvsis  xiulmonalis  and 
other  tubercular  affections.  Lupus  has  likewise  been  treated  with  it.  It  is  useful 
in  profuse  hronchorrhoea.  The  indications  sought  to  be  fulfilled  are  the  diminution 
of  diarrhoea,  excessive  sweating,  cough,  and  expectoration.  It  was  introduced  as 
a  substitute  for  creosote,  and  is  reputed  to  act  by  combining  with  the  toxic  pro- 
ducts of  the  tubercle  bacillus,  and  thereby  effecting  their  elimination  from  the 
system.  The  dose  of  guaiacol  for  adults  is  from  2  to  5  minims ;  for  children,  1  to  3 
minims,  4  times  a  day,  in  milk,  cod-liver  oil,  or  capsules.  Wine  maybe  used  as 
its  vehicle,  and  the  drug  may  be  given  foj  a  length  of  time.  Formerly^  it  was 
inhaled,  and  it  has  been  unwisely  used  hypodermatically.  It  agrees  with  the 
stomach  better  than  creosote  and  dispels  flatulence. 

Guaiacol  Derivatives  and  Compounds.— Guaiacoi,  Carbonate  ([CeHi.OCHj.OljCOi. 

This  salt  is  produced  by  precipitating  a  soda  solution  of  guaiacol  with  carbonyl  chloride  and 
crystallizing  the  product  from  alcohol.  It  is  a  white,  crystalline  powder,  neutral  in  reaction 
and  almost  without  taste  or  odor.  It  is  sparingly  soluble  in  glycerin,  fixed  oils,  and  cold  alco- 
hol ;  easily  soluble  in  hot  alcohol,  benzol,  chloroform,  and  ether,  and  insoluble  in  water.  This 
is  the  di-guaiacol  ester  of  carbonic  acid  and  contains  about  91  per  cent  of  guaiacol.  It  does 
not  irritate  the  stomach,  but,  passing  through  that  organ,  is  decomposed  in  the  inteetines. 
Ordinary  dose,  2  to  8  grains,  gradually  increased  to  60  grains  a  day. 

Guaiacol  Bexzoate  (CjHi.OCHa.CsHjCOj),  Bemosol,  Benzoyl-^taiacol. —Thie  salt  is  pro- 
duced by  the  interaction  of  potassium-guaiacol  and  benzoyl  chloride.  The  product  is  crystal- 
lized from  alcohol.  It  forms  a  colorless,  crystalline  powder,  devoid  of  taste  and  odor,  soluble 
In  boiling  alcohol,  chloroform,  and  ether,  and  nearly  insoluble  in  water.  Does  not  give  the 
guaiacol  reaction  with  ferric  chloride.  Used  in  phlhisis  and  other  ttibercutmis  digtatts.  Dose, 
5  to  100  grains  per  day. 

Guaiacol  Cixnamate  (CaHs.CHiCH.COsCjH.OCHj),  Cinnamiil-gualacol,  S/yra<-o/.— Col- 
orless, needle  crystals  of  styracol  are  formed"  by  the  interaction  of  cinnamyl  chloride  and 
guaiacol,  the  product  being  crystallized  from  alcohol.  It  is  nearly  insoluble  in  water.  It  fuses 
at  130°  C.  (266°  F.).  This  agent  has  been  used  in  phthisis,  caiarrhal  digestive  affectiom,  chronic 
diarrhcea,  gJeei,  and  catarrh  of  the  bladder. 

Guaiacol  Diiodide,  Guaiacol  bituodide.—This  newsalt  is  produced  by  precipitating  a  solu- 
tion of  crystallized  sodium-guaiacol  in  water  by  means  of  an  iodide  of  potassiiun  solution  of 
iodine.  It  forms  a  red-brown  compound,  having  an  iodine-like  odor.  It  is  unstable  and  easily 
decomposed  by  heat.  Alcohol  and  the  fixed  oils  dissolve  it.  The  uses  and  dose  are  the  same 
as  for  guaiacol. 

GiAiACOL-CAHBONic  AciD  (C8H30HOCH3.C05H-(-2H20.),  Methoxysaiicyjic  ocM.— This  sub- 
stance is  prepared  by  a  patented  process.  It  forms  a  bitter,  white,  crystalline  powder,  devoid 
of  odor.  The  fusing 'point  of  the  anhydrous  acid  is  14S°  to  loO°  C.  (2^8.4°  to  302'  F. ).  Alcohol, 
ether,  hot  water,  ancl  sodium  bicarbonate  solution  easily  dissolve  it,  while  it  dissolves  with 
diflSculty  in  cold  water.  This  substance  and  its  alkali  salts  have  been  used  as  antirheumatics 
and  antiseptics. 

Guaiacol  Salicylate  (CoH^OHCOj.C.H^OCHj),  Guaiacol-.^M,  Gwiiacolic  saM,  Salicpl- 
ffuaiacol. — This  compound  is  obtained  by  acting  on  a  mixture  of  sodium-guaiacol  and  sodium 
salicylate  with  phosphorus  oxychloride. "  It  is  a  white,  tasteless,  odorless,  crystalline  powder, 
soluble  in  alcohol,  chloroform,  and  ether,  but  not  in  water.  Fusing  point,  62°  C.  1 143.6°  F.). 
This  agent  is  used  as  an  intestinal  antiseptic  and  to  aid  the  digestion  of  phthisical  subjects. 
Dose,  5  to  15  grains. 

Guaiacol  Succinate  and  Guaiacol  Phosphate  are  occasionally  employed  for  the  same 
purposes  as  guaiacol. 

GUARANA  (U.  S.  P.)— GUAKANA. 

'"A  dried  paste  chiefly  consisting  of  the  crushed  or  pounded  seeds  of  Pmillinin 
Cupana,  Kunth  ( Pnulliuin  sorhilis,  Martins)  "—({'.  5.  P.). 

Nat.  (.)rii — Sa])indaceR\ 

CoMJiiix   Namks:    (hiarana,  Uaranazeiro,  Uabano. 

Ii.i.rsTUATiON  :    Bentlev  and  Trimcn,  }[c(i.  Plants,  67. 

Botanical  Source.— Tlie  genus  Paullinia  comprises  about  SO  species,  natives 
of  tropical  Ainerica,  with  a  single  .Vfrii'an  cxceptioi).    The  Paullinia  Cupannt  Paul- 


GUARAXA.  965 

linia  soibilis)  i.s  a  (.-limbing,  shrubby  vine,  growing  in  northern  Brazil,  in  moist, 
sandy  locations.  The  flexible  stem  is  very  long,  and  takes  root  readily  wherever 
it  touches  the  ground,  so  that  a  single  plant  often  extends  over  considerable 
space.  In  the  wild  state  the  vine  attaches  itself  to  large  trees,  and  the  fruit  is 
difficult  to  collect,  and  of  small  yield;  the  vine  is  cultivated  without  support. 
The  leaves  are  alternate,  stipulate,  and  consist  each  of  5  smooth  leaflets;  the  leaf- 
lets have  the  same  shape  and  dentation  as  those  of  Rhus  Toxicodendron,  and  look 
very  much  like  them.  The  flowers  are  small,  numerous,  and  disposed  in  erect, 
axillary,  close  panicles;  the  sepals  are  5,  the  petals  are  4,  and  have  each  a  large 
pubescent  scale  on  the  inside,  near  the  base;  the  stamens  are  8,  attached  to  a 
thick  column.  The  pi.^til  has  a  3-lobed  ovary,  and  a  sessile,  3-parted  stigma.  The 
fruit  is  pear-shaped,  and  generally  has  a  single  brownish  seed  attached  to  the  base, 
and  nearly  filling  the  periearp. 

History  and  Preparation.— This  plant  is  of  interest  to  the  medical  profes- 
sion from  the  fact  that  the  drug  known  as  Gunmna  is  prepared  from  the  seeds. 
Guarana  was  introduced  into  France  in  the  year  1817,  by  a  French  officer,  and 
was  described  in  the  same  year  by  Gassicourt  in  the  Journnl  de  Pharmacie,  the 
botanical  source,  however,  being  then  unknown.  It  was  called  "'guarano,"  after 
the  trilie  of  South  American  Indians  (Guaranis),  who  prepared  it,  and  in  1826, 
Martius,  after  identifying  the  plant,  gave  it  the  name  of  Paullinia  sorbilis,  in  allu- 
sion to  the  fact  that  giuirana  is  employed  to  produce  a  drink.  The  preparation  of 
guarana  from  the  cultivated  plant  is  clescribed  by  Prof.  H.  H.  Rusby  (Amei-.  Jour. 
Phann.,  1888,  p. 267),  as  follows:  "When  the  ripe  pods  begin  to  open  the  seeds  are 
shelled  from  the  husk  by  hand,  washed  to  remove  a  phlegmy  substance,  and  sub- 
jected for  6  hours  to  a  roasting  process  whereby  a  papery  sliell  is  loosened,  which  is 
removed  by  placing  the  seeds  in  sacks  and  beating  them  with  clubs.  A  small 
amount  of  water  is  then  added  and  the  seeds  kneaded  by  hand  into  a  mass  of  the 
consistence  of  dough.  The  mass  is  then  rolled  into  cylinders,  spread  out  on  the 
upper  floors  of  large  buildings  erected  for  that  purpose,  and  subjected  to  a  slow 
fire,  as  nearly  free  from  smoke  as  possible.  The  temperature  is  kept  equable  for 
several  weeks,  and  the  product  as  known  in  commerce  is  then  ready  for  the  mar- 
ket." Sometimes,  it  is  said,  the  moistened  magma  of  the  coarsely  powdered  seed 
is  incorporated  with  cocoa  and  tajtioca  before  kneading  and  rolling,  but  in  Prof. 
Rusby"s  experience  such  is  not  the  case. 

Description. — Guarana  appears  in  our  market,  generally  in  cylindrical  sticks, 
from  6  to  12  inches  in  length,  and  from  IJ  to  2  inches  in  diameter,  rounding  at 
the  ends,  and  averaging  from  8  to  20  ounces  in  weight.  Throughout  the  roll  are 
fissures  caused  by  contraction  in  drving.  It  leaves  a  sweetish  after-taste  resem- 
bling that  of  dulcamara.  The  U.S.  P.thus  describes  it:  "Subglobular  or  elliptic 
cakes,  or  cylindrical  sticks,  hard,  dark,  reddish-brown;  fracture  uneven,  some- 
what gl'>ssy,  pale  reddish-brown,  showing  fragments  of  seeds  invested  with  black- 
ish-brown integuments;  odor  slight,  peculiar,  resembling  that  of  chocolate;  taste 
astringent  and  bitter.     It  is  partly  soluble  in  water, and  in  alcohol'"— (['.  -?.  P.). 

Cnemical  Composition. — Guarana  was  first  analyzed  in  1826,  by  Th.  Martius, 
who  discovered  in  it  a  crystallizable  substance  and  named  it  guaraninc;  hut  the 
fact  of  its  itlentity  with  caffeine  became  known  by  the  researches  of  Berthemot 
and  Peschastelus  {.hur.  Phnrm.  C/iim.,  1840,  p.  618),  who  concluded  that  it  existed 
in  guarana  in  combinatiim  as  Unwdle  of  caffeine,  and  that  it  was  obtainable  in 
greater  quantity  from  guarana  than  from  any  source  of  caffeine  hitherto  known. 
Subsequent  researches  confirmed  the  presence  of  cafleine;  Stenhouse  {Pfxinn. 
Jour.  TraTis.,  18.56,  Vol.  XVI, )).  2 12),  found  5.07  per  cent  of  this  substance  in  gua- 
rana, and  Mr.  F.V.  Greene  (Amn:  Jour.  Phann.,  1877,  pp.  338  and  388),  obtained 
about  the  same  amount.  Still  others  claim  that  the  average  is  only  about  3  per 
cent.  The  standard  established  by  J.  U.  Lloyd  as  proper  for  fluid  extract  of 
guarana,  is  4  per  cent. 

The  tannic  acid  of  guarana  was  believed  by  Fournier  (Jwr.  P/i^rm.  C'/im/i., 
1861,  p.  291),  to  be  iilentical  with  cafieotannic  acid,  and  Peckolt  (1866),  stated 
that  it  resembletl  kinotannir  acid;  F.  V.  Greene  (1877;,  termed  it  jiaulfinitanvjc  acid. 
Recently  the  tannic  acid  of  guarana  was  more  closely  studied  i>y  Ernst  Kirmsse 
(Dissert.,  Strassburg,  1897).  who  established  its  non-glucosidal  nature,  hence  its  non- 
identitv  with  kino-  or  caffeo-tannic  acids,  and  i)ointed  out  its  close  rehitionship  to 


966  GUTTA-PERCHA. 

catechu-tannic  acid  (see  Catechu).  The  same  author  confirmed  the  observation  of 
Peckolt  as  to  the  presence  of  saponin  in  guarana.  By  exhausting  guarana  paste 
of  its  caffeine  by  repeated  extraction  with  chloroform,  and  subsequently  extract- 
ing with  absolute  ether,  Dr.  Kirmsse  furthermore  obtained  0.05  per  cent  of  a 
micro-crystalline  substance  anticipated  by  Prof.  Schaer  in  1890  {Arrhiv  der  Pharm., 
Vol.  CCXXVIII,  p.  279),  which  proved  to  be  catechin  (^ratechuic  acid),  and  was  dis- 
tinguished by  its  discoverer  as  PauUinia  catechin  (see  Catechu).  This  substance 
was  mistaken  by  Peckolt,in  1866,  for  gallic  acid,  as  Dr.  Kirmsse  proved  by  employ- 
ing Wackenroder's  test  to  distinguish  between  gallic  acid  and  catechin.  This 
test  is  based  on  the  fact  that  the  green  coloration  produced  by  gallic  acid  in  a 
freshly  prepared  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate  containing  some  sodium  acetate, 
does  not  disappear  upon  adding  acetic  acid,  while  the  color  produced  by  catechin 
disappears  under  the  same  conditions.  For  methods  recorded  and  results  obtained 
in  assay  of  guarana,  see  Kirmsse's  dissf-rtation,  H.W.  Snow  (Amcr.  Jour.  Pharm., 
1886,  p.  483),  Chas.  A.  La  Wall  (ihi.l,  is'.iT,  p.  350),  and  method  by  J.  U.  Lloyd. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— It  is  very  probable  that  from  the  tan- 
nin contained  in  guarana,  it  has  effected  recovery  from  diarrhaa,  leucorrhcta,  etc., 
of  a  very  mild  form;  but  as  we  have  more  prompt  and  efficient  articles  for  these 
affections,  in  which  this  agent  was  at  first  so  loudly  heralded,  it  is  no  longer  em- 
ployed therapeutically,  except  chiefly  for  the  relief  of  certain  forms  of  headache. 
Like  coffee  and  tea,  it  appears  to  be  a  gentle  excitant,  and  is  serviceable  in  cases 
where  the  brain  becomes  irritated  or  depressed  by  mental  over-exertion,  and  when 
there  is  a  sensation  of  fatigue  or  exhaustion  during  very  warm  seasons;  as  it  has 
practically  the  same  chemical  composition  as  caffeine  and  theine,  we  find  it  has 
likewise  precisely  the  same  physiological  action.  It  is  chiefly  in  nervous  headache, 
in  the  cephalalgia  sometimes  accompanying  menstruation,  and  that  following  a 
course  of  dissipation,  in  which  the  most  benefit  is  derived  from  it.  Its  use  ap- 
pears to  be  contraindicated  in  mo.st  cases  of  neuralgia,  neuralgic  headache,  and 
chronic  headache,  and  in  all  cases  in  which  it  is  not  desirable  to  excite  the  heart, 
increase  arterial  tension,  or  increase  the  temperature.  Its  administration  is  often 
followed  by  dj'suria.  The  dose  of  guarana,  in  powder,  is  from  10  grains  to  1 
drachm,  but  this  is  an  unpleasant  and  objectionable  form  of  administration.  The 
indications  for  its  use  are  a  feeble  pulse,  pallid  countenance,  and  expressionless 
eyes,  with  sick  headache.  It  is  asserted  by  Foltz  to  relieve  the  temporary  paralysis 
oj  the  third  nerve,  which  occasionally  succeeds  headache.  The  smaller  doses  act 
better  than  the  excessively  large  doses,  the  medium  dose  of  specific  guarana  being 
10  drops.  Webster  claims  that  it  is  serviceable  in  occipital  ncumlgia  and  lumbago. 
The  fluid  extract  and  specific  guarana  are  probably  the  most  eligible  preparations 
for  use;  the  former  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  ^  to  1  teaspoonful,  in  syrup  or 
sweetened  water,  repeated  3  times  a  day;  the  latter  in  from  1  to  30-drop  doses. 
M.  Gubler  states  that  guaranhie  possesses  diuretic  properties,  having  tested  it  with 
several  imtients;  in  doses  of  about  7i  grains  daily,  it  increased  the  urine  from 
27  to  G7  and  107  fluid  ounces  in  the  course  of  2-1  hours. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Headache,  with  pallor  of  the  face,  weak 
circulation,  and  the  pain  aggravated  by  exertion  ;  sick  headache  (migraine),  with 
cerebral  anemia;  headache  of  menstruation,  with  cerebral  anemia;  mental  ex- 
haustion or  depression ;  headache  from  dissipation. 

Related  Species.— Timbo.  Several  leguminous  plants  of  Brazil  ai-e  known  by  this 
naiuu.  Thevare  usod  to  stupefy  fish.  An  alkaloid, /iHifcomV,  has  boen  obtained  from  Paii/- 
liulu  j,liui,il',(  by  Stanislas  Martin  {Pharm.  Jour.  rc<iii)i.,Vol.  VII,  1S77,  p.  lOL'O'.  From  anotlier 
tiinbn  riaHobtaiiifd  two  crvstallino  substances,  one  timbdi)i,heiug  a  nerve  poison,  and  oheniio- 
ally  neutral ;  the  other  anhi/dro-limboiii,  a  non-poisonous  substance.  Crude  tiniboin  yieldeil 
tci  a  lij;ht  |ietnileum  timbol,  an  oily  compound,  probably  a  poisonous  constituent  of  the  stem 
and  brandies  u{  tlie  plant  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1S91,  p[5-HK 

GUTTA-PERCHA.— GUTTAPERCHA. 

The  concrete  juice  of  Isonandra  Gutta,  Hooker  t^Dichopfi.t  Gutta.  Bentley),and 
other  species  of  same  order. 
Xol.  0/-(^— Sapotacoa^. 


GUTTA-PERCHA.  967 

CuMMi'X  Names:  Gutta-percha,  Gulta-titban,  Gutta-j)erch(i  dqniratn,  Gummi-plas- 
ticum. 

Ii.i.rsTRATioN  :    Bentlej'  and  Trinien,  Med.  PInuls,  167. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  the  concrete  milky  juice  of  a  tall  tree,  a  native 
of  tlie  Miilayan  Archipelago,  especially  of  Singapore,  where  it  is  now  becoming 
rai)iilly  extinguished  through  ruthlessness  in  collecting  gutta-percha.  It  has  a 
straight  and  lofty  trunk,  about  3  feet  in  diameter  at  the  ba.«e,  with  numerous 
ascending  branches;  the  terminal  buds  are  white  from  exuding  gutta.  The  wood 
is  hard;  the  leaves  crowded  at  the  extremity  of  the  branches,  alternate,  petiolate, 
oblong,  with  a  small  point  at  the  apex,  base  tapering,  4  or  5  inches  long,  2  inches 
broad,  up|>er  surface  bright-green,  feather-nerved,  under  surface  brownish-red, 
from  den.se  pubescence;  the  midrib  and  petiole  the  same;  thepetiole  1  inch  long, 
channeled,  n<ttarticidated  with  the  stem.  Stipules  none.  The  flowers  are  axil- 
lary, sessile,  4  together,  disjiosed  in  a  quadrangular  manner,  small  and  white. 
Bracts  none.  Calyx  persistent,  6  sepals,  brownish-red,  in  a  double  series,  the 
outer  largest;  a?stivation  valvate.  The  corolla  is  monopetalous,  6-oleft,  the  lobes 
J  of  an  inch  lung,  tubes  i  an  inch  and  deciduous;  aestivation  twisted.  Stamens 
12,  in  a  sinde  series,  equal,  similar,  and  inserted  in  the  mouth  of  the  tube.  The 
filaments  are  ecpial  in  length  to  the  lobes  of  the  con>lla;  the  anthers  sagittate,  ex- 
trorse,  and  affixed  by  their  base  to  the  filaments  ;  the  pollen  scanty.  The  ovary 
is  superior,  conical,  sessile,  seated  on  a  disk,  6-celled,  each  cell  containing  a  single 
ovule  suspended  from  a  central  axis;  the  funiculus  is  conspicuous.  Style  longer 
than  tlie  stamens  and  persistent;  stigmas  undivided  (E.  W  bite). 

History  and  Description.— This  substance  was  introduced  in  1842  to  the 
profession,  by  l>r.  William  IMontgomerie,  a  surgeon  in  the  British  army  in  the 
Indies.  The  natives  cut  down  the  tree,  remove  its  bark,  and  collect  the  milky 
juice  in  conic  receptacles  made  from  the  spathe  of  the  Areca  palm.  The  juice 
soon  concretes  upon  exposure  to  the  air.  The  product  is  then  put  into  a  pot 
with  water  warmed  to  70°  C.  (loS°  V.)  and  kneaded,  which  removes  particles  of 
wood  and  bark,  this  process  being  repeated  several  times  until  a  uniform  mass  is 
obtained.  It  has  been  stated  that  the  yield  from  one  tree  is  20  to  30  pounds,  but 
according  to  data  given  by  Prof.  Tschirch  (Indisc/te  Heil  vnd  Kutzpflanzen,  1892, 
p.  203)  this  must  be  an  exaggeration.  Dr.  Burck,  in  Buitenzorg  (.lava),  has  shown 
that  by  making  incisions  in  living  trees  1400  grammes  of  gutta  may  be  obtained 
annually,  and  that  this  yield  may  be  maintained  during  a  ])eriod  of  3  or  4  years. 
Aa  imported  it  contains  various  foreign  matters  from  which  it  should  be  freed 
before  using  it.  It  is  a  white  or  dirty  pinkish  opaque  solid,  having  a  faint  odor. 
no  taste,  and  hardens  at  15.5°  C.  (60°  F.).  Water,  alcohol,  alkaline  solutions, 
hydrochloric  and  acetic  acids,  and  fixed  oils  have  no  action  on  it.  It  is  soluble 
in  coal  naphtha,  oil  of  turpentine,  benzol,  chloroform,  boiling  ether,  and  bisul- 
phide of  carbon.  Hot  water  softens  it,  and  a  heat  of  71.1°  C.  (160°  F.)  renders  it 
adhesive  and  pliable ;  when  soft  it  mav  be  easily  cut  or  molded  into  various  shapes 
—a  temperature  of  65°  to  60°  C.  (120°  to  128°  F.)  being  the  most  favorable  for 
this  purpose.  It  resembles  caoutchouc,  and  like  this  substance,  has  the  ]>ropertj- 
of  combining  with  sulphur,  and  is  thus  capable  of  being  vulcanized  for  use  in  the 
arts  (see  Elastirn).  Its  specific  gravity  is  0.979.  Gutta-percha,  when  in  contact 
with  air  for  some  time,  oxidizes  and  undergoes  a  peculiar  change,  becoming  brit- 
tle and  ultimately  losing  all  coherence.  In  this  process  formic  acid  is  lil)erated. 
The  oxidized  substance  is  soluble  in  cold  alcohol.  This  change  does  not  take 
place  when  gutta-percha  is  kept  under  water.  It  is  a  better  insulator  for  electric 
wires  and  cal)les  than  caoutchouc,  and  is  employed  for  insulating  purposes  in 
large  ciuautitiis. 

Chemical  Composition.— When  gutta-percha,  according  to  Payen  (1852),  is 
purified  liy  kneading  in  warm  water,  dried,  and  treated  with  hot  absolute  alcohol 
a  hydrocarbon,  gutta  (75  to  82  i)er  cent^  remains.  From  the  hot  solution  an  oxy- 
gen compound,  a/6a(i  (14  to  16  per  cent),  falls  out  upon  cooling,  while  another 
oxygen  compound, _^(t'(fi/  (4  to  6  per  cent),  remains  in  solution.  To  these  con- 
stituents Otto  Oe.sterle,  in  Prof.  Tschirch 's  laboratory  (^rcAiw  rf^rPA^rm..  1892,  p. 
641),  added  guttane,  an  unstable,  thread-like  body  resembling  gutta.  Crude  gutta- 
percha of  commerce  also  contains  tannin,  salts  and  saccharine  substances.  No 
volatile  oil  could  be  identified. 


968  GUTTA-PERCHA. 

Gutta  determines  the  elasticity  of  gutta-percha,  and  its  plasticity  at  elevated 
temperatures.  It  is  a  white,  amorphous  hydrocarbon  of  the  formula  (C,„H,5)n 
(Oesterle) ;  CjoHjj  fOudemans,  Baumhauer) ;  (C\H,jn  (Payen),  etc.,  insoluble  in 
alcohol  and  cold  ether,  little  soluble  in  benzol  and  oil  of  turpentine,  easily  solu- 
ble in  carbon  disulphide  and  chloroform.  It  melts  at  53°  C.  (127.4°  F.)  (Oesterle) 
and  absorbs  oxygen  rapidly,  whereby  formic  acid  is  liberated  (Payen  n  Exposed 
to  air  and  light  pure  gutta  becomes  yellow,  friable,  and  partly  soluble  in  alcohol, 
caustic  potash  and  benzol. 

Alban  is  a  light  powder,  not  dissolved  by  water,  diluted  acids  or  alkalies, 
dissolves  in  boiling,  but  not  in  cold,  absolute  alcohol;  readily  soluble  in  ether, 
chloroform,  carbon  disulphide,  benzol,  and  oil  of  turpentine.  It  has  the  compo- 
sition C,|,H|^Oj  (Oesterle),  yielding  a  hydrocarbon,  alben,  by  heating  with  alcoholic 
Eotassa.  It  melts  at  195°  C.  (383°  F.").  The  presence  of  alban  does  not  seem  to 
ave  any  harmful  effect  upon  the  technical  properties  of  gutta-percha. 

F/jiavU  is  a  lemon-yellow,  amorphous  body,  having  the  composition  (C,oH,50)n 
(Oesterle),  melting  between  82°  and  85°  C.  "(179.6°  and  18-5°  F.),  but  becoming 
soft  at  a  much  lower  temperature.  When  it  occurs  in  gutta  in  larger  quantities 
it  renders  this  article  brittle.  Fluavil  is  more  soluble  in  the  solvents  mentioned 
than  the  other  constituents.  Whether  alban  and  fiuavil  are  decomposition  prod- 
ucts of  gutta,  was  not  determined. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Gutta-percha  serves  several  useful 
ends  in  medicine,  surgery,  and  pharmacy,  and  is  likewise  used  fur  ornamental 
and  various  other  purposes.  Splints,  etc.,  have  been  made  of  it,  and  employed 
in  cases  oi fractures,  diseased  joinis,  and  other  cases  where  it  is  desired  to  keep  "the 
parts  in  a  permanent  position,  and  it  is  also  formed  into  bougies,  injection  jiipes, 
catheters,  pessaries,  specula,  forceps,  handles,  etc.  Its  pliability  after  having  been 
immersed  into  hot  water  renders  it  especially  adapted  for  the  preparation  of 
splints,  and  such  splints  are  preferable  to  carved  wooden  splints.  The  solution 
in  bisulphide  of  carbon  has  been  employed  by  M.  Vogel  in  iround-s  eflected  by 
cutting  instruments — the  fluid  evaporates  with  great  rapidity,  and  leaves  a  thin 
layer  which  protects  the  wound  from  atmospheric  action,  at  the  same  time  keep- 
ing its  edges  in  close  contact.  Tlie  following  compound  is  recommended  for  the 
AeHiorMa^e  supervening  the  extraction  of  teeth:  Take  of  gutta-percha,  1  ounce; 
best  tar,  IJ  ounces;  creosote,  1  drachm;  shellac,  1  ounce.  Boil  these  in  a  cru- 
cible, stirring  or  beating  them  well,  until  they  are  blended  into  a  stift',  homogene- 
ous mass.  The  compound  is  readily  softened  between  the  fingers,  and  is  easily 
introduced  into  the  bleeding  socket.  It  must  be  pressed  in,  and  the  hemorrhage 
will  be  speedily  checked.  For  dental  purposes  solution  of  gutta-percha  is  purified 
by  agitating  it  with  calcium  sulphate.  Mixed  with  silica,  powdered  glass,  zinc 
oxide,  and  similar  mineral  substances,  to  give  hardness  and  the  proper  consist- 
ence, it  is  largely  used  by  dentists  to  fill  the  cavities  of  carious,  tath.  Mr.  Alton 
recommends  the  following  preparation,  applied  to  the  skin  in  the  same  manner 
as  collodion,  as  a  protection  against  poisonous  or  deleterious  vapors  or  fluids: 
Add  30  grains  of  gutta-percha  to  ^  an  ounce  of  benzene,  and  expo.-^e  to  a  mod- 
erate heat;  when  the  gutta-percha" is  dissolved,  add  to  it  a  solution  of  5  grains 
of  caoutchouc  dissolved  in  ^  ounce  of  benzene  (benzol).  A  clear  solution  ct  qutt(v- 
percha  may  be  made  by  adding  to  the  solution  a  mixture  of  §  of  a  part  of  finely 
powdered  carl)onate  of  lead  in  2  parts  of  chloroform  ;  agitating  the  whole  2  or  3 
times,  and  then  allowing  the  mixture  to  stand  10  or  12  days.  The  carbonate  of 
lead,  in  becoming  deposited,  carries  with  it  coloring  and  insoluble  matters;  the 
clear  solution  should  then  be  decanted  and  placed  in  i  fluid  ounce  vials,  with 
closely-fitting  gla.ss  stoppers  (see  Liquor  (lut((i-pcrch,r).  This  will  be  found  very 
valuable  as  a  local  ai)|)lication  to  irritaltd  and  abraded  surfaces, chaps,  small  voumh, 
etc.,  as  it  fmins  a  kind  of  cuticle  over  the  parts. 

Dr.  Maunoury  reioiumends  mixing  2  parts  of  chloride  of  zinc  with  1  part  of 
powdered  gutta-percha,  in  a  tube  or  porcelain  dish,  and  gently  heating  the  mix- 
ture over  a  lanij).  The  gutta-percha  softens,  the  itarticles  cohere  in  a  spongy 
mass,  which  retains  the  chloride  of  zinc,  and  may  be  made  into  any  convenient 
shape,  which  it  retains  on  cooling.  This  he  recommends  as  a  manageable  caustic, 
as  it  retains  its  consistence  and  flexibility,  and  can  be  easily  inserted  into  the 
urethra,  nostrils,  fistulous  or  other  pa.<sai.'f.'<,  and.  by  its  porosity,  pcriuits  the  exu- 


UY.MNUCLAUIS  'J(;!l 

ilalion  v(  the  cr.ustic,  and  thus  opens  a  free  passage  for  the  result  of  the  aotidii  "f 
I  lie  cau^lic  ou  the  tissues.  Other  caustics  or  agents  may  he  applied  in  the  same 
way.     Chrysarobin  is  well  applied  with  solution  oi  tiuttapercha. 

It  has'been  extolled  by  dermatologists  as  an  ethcient  ap])lication  in  certain 
i:kin  affcrtinns,  to  prevent  access  of  air  and  the  formation  of  crusti*,  to  lessen  the 
quantity  of  secretions,  and  to  limit  the  action  of  the  medicaments  employed.  It 
has  thu.s  been  employed  in  smallpox  {lo  prevent  pitting),  in  ery»ipelas, psoriai^i.^. 
I  tonsurans,  pruru/o,  and  certain  eruimig. 

Prof.  J.  M.  Maisch  proposed  the  following  solution  as  preferable  to  collodion, 
in  having  no  gloss  or  contractile  jiower,  and  in  its  close  resemblance  to  the  skin  : 
Take  1  part  of  the  best  commercial  gutta-percha,  cut  it  into  small  pieces,  and,  by 
jigitation,  dissolve  it  in  12  parts  of  chloroform ;  on  standing  for  a  day,  all  the  color- 
ing matter  rises  like  a  scum  to  the  surface,  leaving  the  solution  clear;  this  may 
then  be  easily  drawn  off  to  the  last  drop.  A  wide  glass  tube,  narrower  at  the  bot- 
tom, and  so  arranged  that  both  ends  may  be  closed  by  corks,  is  the  only  instrument 
necessary;  after  the  sejjaration  is  con:plete,  the  upper  cork  must  be  removed,  and 
the  lower  one  loosened  so  as  to  allow  the  liquid  to  run  out  slowly.  Gutta-percha 
is  acted  upon  by  the  strong  mineral  acids,  but  not  by  sea  water,  alkalies,  vegetable 
acids,  or  weak  mineral  acids,  hence  gutta-percha  vessels  are  highly  valuable. 

Belated  Products  and  Preparation. — .Several  giUtag,  some  of  which  are  closely  allied 
to  caoutcliouo,  are  useil  t'uululterate  fiiitta-percha,  among  which  may  l>e  mentioned  tl:e  follow- 
ing: (Tiilta-fn>-f-io — two  l.iiiils — one  from  I'erek,  the  other,  a  caoutchouc,  from  Borneo,  GttlUi- 
linggarip,  Gi(IUi-nimb<mtj,  and  Guttft-sninUk  [Ciutta-putih). 

B.n,.<TA  (GcM  Chicle). — This  is  a  milky  exudate,  known  in  tropical  America  as  Cliirle,  or 
Tiino-yiiHi,  derived  from  the  Bully  tree  (Mhnusops  <?/(>fco«o,  Gaertneri,  which  grows  along  the 
Amazon  and  Orinoco  rivers  of  .South  America.  It  is  very  much  like  gutta-percha,  and  ia  em- 
ployed sometimes  in  plasters.  Within  recent  years  the  demand  for  this  substance  has  increased 
enormously  in  the  United  States,  where  the  bulk  is  employed  in  making  chewing  gum. 

GrTTA-PERcn.\  Cements. — An  improved  cement  for  uniting  the  parts  of  boots  and  shoes, 
and  in  the  manufacture  of  articles  of  dress  in  which  cement  is  required,  is  made  of  64  parts, 
by  weight,  of  gutta-percha,  16  parts  of  caoutchouc,  8  parts  of  pitch,  4  parts  of  shellac,  and  8 
{tarts  of  oil.  The  ingredients  are  melted  together,  the  caoutchouc  having  been  previously  dis- 
solved. A  cement  for  uniting  sheet  gutta-percha  to  silk  or  other  fabrics,  is  composed  of  gutta- 
percha, 40  pounds;  caoutchouc,  3  pounds;  shellac,  3  pounds;  Canada  balsam,  14  pounds; 
liquid  styrax,  35  pounds;  gum  mastic,  4  pounds;  and  oxide  of  lead,  1  pound.  Another  fur 
uniting  it  to  leather,  as  soles  of  shoes,  etc.,  consists  of  gutta-percha,  50  pounds;  Venice  tur- 
pentine, 40  pounds;  shellac,  4  pounds;  caoutchouc,  1  pound;  and  liquid  st>Tax,  5  pounds.  .\ 
cement  for  repairing  or  patching  shoes  and  boots  has  been  in  vogue  among  shoemakers.  It  is 
made  by  dissolving  1  ounce  of  raw  gutta-percha  in  1  pound  of  hisulphide  of  carbon,  and  then 
adding  a  piece  of  resin.    The  leather  must  be  well  buffed  to  make  the  cement  adhere. 

GYMNOCLADUS.— AlVCERICAN  COFFEE-NUT. 

The  seeds  and  pulp  of  the  pods  of  Gymnockidus  caiuuknsis,  Lamarck. 

yat.  Onl. — Leguminosa?. 

Commcpn  X.\mes:    American  coffee-henn  tree.  Coffee  tree,  Kentiirky  mahogany. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  slender  and  unarmed  tree,  attaining  the  height 
of  50  or  GO  feet,  with  a  trunk  from  12  to  15  inches  in  diameter.  For  about  25  feet 
from  the  ground  the  trunk  is  straight  and  simple,  and  covered  with  a  rough,  scaly 
bark.  The  leaves  are  compound,  unequally  bipinnate,  2  or  3  feet  long,  and  1-^  to 
20  inches  wide;  the  leallets  7  to  13  in  number,  ovate,  acuminate,  and  duUtrii'  n. 
the  single  leaflets  often  occupying  the  j)lace  of  some  of  the  pinna?.  The  flowers 
are  large,  regular,  diiecious,  whitish,  in  axillary  racemes,  succeeded  by  jmils. 
Petals  5,  oblong,  equal,  inserted  on  the  summit  of  the  calyx  tube.  Calyx  tul)U- 
lar,  5-cleft,  and  equal.  Stamens  10,  short,  distinct,  inserted  with  the  petals. 
Style  1.  The  legume  is  8  to  10  inches  long,2  to  2i  inches  wide,  oblong,  flattened, 
curving,  pulpy  within,  and  several-seeded.  The  seeds  are  from  2  to  4,  quite  hard, 
and  somewhat  egg-shaped,  of  a  dark-olive  color  externally,  slightly  compressed, 
and  about  ^  inch  in  bngth  by  A  inch  wide  (W.— <}.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  tree  is  indigenous  to  the  United 
States,  and  is  fmiol  glowing  in  ri<li  w.»,ds  and  along  rivers  and  lakes  in  westirn 
New  Yolk,  Ohio.  Indiana.  KentiK  ky.  et.-.  It  is  known  l.y  several  names,  as  C'ffee 
tree.  Kenturl;/  rnffir  free.     The  see-is  were  p>asted  and   u^ed   by  the  earlier  settlers 


970  GYMNOCLADUS. 

instead  of  coffee.  The  trunk  is  naked  for  some  distance  above  the  ground,  above 
which  is  a  rather  small  but  regular  head,  formed  by  a  few,  quite  long  branches. 
The  wood  is  quite  hard  and  strong,  is  reddish  or  light  yellowish,  rather  fine 
grained,  and  susceptible  of  taking  a  very  fine  polish  and  presenting  a  mo.st  beau- 
tiful grained  appearance;  on  this  account  it  is  highly  prized  in  architecture  and 
cabinet  work.  In  our  eastern  cities  it  has  been  represented  as  a  wood  from  Japan 
and  brought  most  fabulous  prices.  The  pulp  and  the  seeds  of  the  pods  are  the 
parts  to  be  used;  the  former  has  some  reputation  as  a  fly  poison.  It  is  greenish 
and  viscid.  The  active  principle  of  these  is  taken  up  by  alcohol,  which  gives  a 
yellowish-brown  tincture,  or,  if  the  pulp  alone  be  u:^ed,  a  beautiful  green,  and, 
upon  standing,  crystals  are  deposited.  The  tincture  lias  an  unpleasant,  bitterish 
taste,  followed  by  a  persistent  pungent  aci'imony  in  the  fauces.  Rafinesque  states 
that  the  leaves  are  purgative  and  contain  a  principle,  cysticine,  of  a  nauseous,  bit- 
ter taste.  The  seeds  are  said  to  produce  emesis.  S.  8.  Mell  (1887)  obtained  from 
the  seeds  a  yellowish,  saponifiable,  fixed  oil  (specific  gravity  0.919)  to  the  extent 
of  10  per  cent.  •  Wax,  resin  and  fat  were  extracted  by  ether,  some  tannin  and  a 
glucosid,  burning  to  the  taste  and  possessing  a  distinctive  odor,  were  abstracted 
by  alcohol.  The  seeds  also  contained  mucilage,  starch,  and  albuminoids  (Avier. 
Jour.  Phorm.,  1887,  p.  230).  J.  H.  Martin  largely  confirms  these  results,  but  found 
saponin  in  all  parts  of  the  plant,  and  concludes  that  to  this  principle  the  physio- 
logical activity  of  the  plant  is  probably  due.  Tannic  and  gallic  acids  are  absent 
in  the  seeds.  The  pulp  surrounding  it  contains  sugar,  tartaric  and  citric  acids, 
and  probably  saponin  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1892,  p.  558).  The  carbohydrates  of 
the  fruit  were  investigated  bv  W.  E.  Stone  and  W.  H.  Fest  {Amer.  C'hem.  Jour., 
1893,  p.  660). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  tincture  of  the  pulp  and  pods, 
and  in  some  instances  of  the  bark  also,  has  been  used  with  benefit  in  intermittent 
j'ever.  More  recently  it  has  been  tried,  and  with  advantage,  in  cases  of  abnormal 
states  of  the  nervous  centers,  as  indicated,  among  other  symptoms,  by  impaired 
sense  of  touch  and  vision,  numbness,  dull  headache,  apathy,  and  formication. 
In  one  case  of  locomotor  ataxia  it  proved  decidedly  beneficial,  and  is  valuable  in 
some  of  the  more  serious  symptoms  resulting  from  excessive  masturbation.  Recent 
reports  (Dr.  N.  G.Vassar)  confirm  its  value  as  a  remedy  for  s/)frm«torrAft'n.  Prof. 
Roberts  Bartholow,  M.  D.,  investigated  physiologically  the  purified  tincture  of  the 
leaves  as  prepared  for  him  by  J.  U.  Lloyd'and  found  it  to  be  very  marked  in  its 
qualities.  It  has  likewise  been  recommended  in  laryngeal  comjh  with  chronic  irri- 
tation of  the  mucous  lining  membrane  of  the  air  passages,  in  erysipelas,  in  aU/'T«-s 
presenting  a  typhoid  condition,  in  puerperal  peritonitis,  and  in  the  exantliematoxn 
affections.  It  is  certainly  deserving  the  attention  of  our  practitioners.  The  tinc- 
ture is  best  made  by  taking  2  ounces  of  the  coarsely  bruised  seed  and  1  ounce  of 
the  pulp,  and  adding  to  them  8  fluid  ounces  each  of  water  and  alcohol;  let  it 
macerate  12  or  14  days  with  frequent  agitation,  and  then  filter.  One  fluid  drachm 
of  this  is  to  be  added"  to  3  fluid  ounces  of  water,  of  which  the  dose  is  a  teaspoon- 
ful,  to  be  repeated  every  3  or  4  hours. 

Eelated  Species. — Cercis  canadensis,  Linne,  Ari<.  Ord. — Legumiuosie.  The  Htd  bud  or 
Judos  ti;, ,  is  a  small  tree  growin;;  in  rich  woods  in  the  miiUilo  states.  The  flowers  expand  in 
earlv  spriiiu'  In  fore  the  leaves  come  out.  Tliey  are  borne  in  lateral  clusters  and  are  of  a  pale- 
reddish  <olor.  They  have  an  agreeably  acid  taste,  and  are  often  eaten  by  children.  The 
leaves  are  simple,  acute,  cordate,  and  are  supported  on  slender  stalks.  The  fruit  is  a  dr^-, 
brown,  flat  pod,  which  hangs  on  the  branches  during  the  winter.  The  name  Judas  tree  is 
inapplicable,  and  the  tree  is  so-called  because  its  relative,  the  Verris  sili'/uasirum,  abundant  in 
Palestine,  is  said  to  have  been  the  tree  upon  which  Judas  hanged  himself.  It  onlv  required  a 
little  further  credulity  to  transfer  the  notion  to  the  American  species.  The  biirk  of  the  root 
is  the  preferred  part,  and  is  exceedingly  astringent,  even  surpassing  oak  and  hemlix-k.  "When 
chewed  it  puckers  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  mouth  almost  as  sensibly  as  the  green  fniitof 
the  persimmon  tree,  or  as  the  seed  of  the  fruit  of  black  haw  (  Vihurmnn  yrunifoliuin)"  (Lloyd, 
in  Drags  iiiid  ^f(■dicines  of  \orth  America).  Prof.  J.  T.  Lloyd  could  detect  neither  alkaloid  nor 
crystalline  glucosid,  the  chief  constituent  being  the  taiiniu  (i7<id.,Vol.  II,  1241.  The  leaves 
and  bark  of  this  tree,  especially  the  bark  of  the  nx>t,  possess  [lowerfuUy  astrin^'Ut  propertiee, 
and  maybe  administered  in  cases  in  which  this  class  of  agents  is  indicated,  as  in  diarrhira  and 
rfi/iX'H/cn/,  particularly  in  the  chronic  forms,  and  in  chrmiic  catarrhal  coiulilious :  also  recom- 
mended as  a  local  application  in  chronic  gMiiorrhaa, gleet,  Itniconrhaa,  and  chremic  conjuuctiritit,  and 
Other  aflfections  attended  with  inucoun  projiuvia. 


GYNOCARDIA.  971 


GYNOCARDIA.— CHAULMOOGRA. 


The  seeds  and  oil  of  fh/nontrdia  odoratn,  Robert  Brown  {Chaulnwogra  odoratu, 
Roxburgh  ;  Hj/dnoi-arpus  odorala,  Lindley). 

Nat.  Ord. — Bixinetv. 

Common  Names:   Chnithnugia  seeds,  CJiaulmofira. 

ILI.I-.STKATION  :    Bfutlcy  an"<l  Trimeii,  Med.  Plants,  2S. 

Botanical  Source,  History,  and  Description. — This  is  a  very  large  and 
hands'Miie  East  Indian  tree.  The  leaves  are  glossy,  entire,  and  alternate;  the 
flowers  yellow  and  sweet-scented.  The  fruit  is  round,  ash-colored,  and  when  ma- 
ture, averages  in  weight  from  10  to  20  jiounds.  The  numerous  seeds  are  imbedded 
in  its  pulp,  and  contain  an  oil,  which,  according  to  Roxburgh,  is  mixed  with 
fresh  butter,  and  used  by  the  natives  as  a  remedy  for  cutaneous  diseases.  They 
are  known  as  Chmiimoogni  (cir  Chaulmugra),  and  are  said,  when  powdered,  to  have 
been  used  with  advantage  in  scrofula,  skin  diseases,  and  rheumatism,  the  dose 
being  alniut  6  grains.  Tiie  seeds  are  grayish,  irregularly  ovoid,  compressed,  some- 
what angular  and  smooth,  a  little  over  an  inch  long,  and  have  an  oily  taste  and 
a  peculiar,  nauseous  odor. 

Chemical  Composition.— C/iix/mHj/mo/;  was  obtained  by  pressure  from  the 
seeds  about  twenty  years  ago,  and  has  attracted  some  little  attention  outside  of 
India,  where  it  has  long  been  used.  It  is  said  that,  in  consequence  of  its  high 
price,  it  is  extensively  adulterated  by  the  natives  of  India,  and  so  adroitly  as  to 
cause  even  the  physicians  in  India  to  discontinue  its  use  {Xew  Remedies,  1S79). 
This  oil  is  granular,  melts  at  42°  C.  (107.6°  F.);  but  after  melting  may  be  reduced 
much  below  this  point  without  solidifying, and  has,  at  42°  C.  (107.6°  F.),  the  spe- 
cific gravity  of  0.930.  It  has  an  acid  reaction,  an  acrid  taste,  and  a  slight  scam- 
mony-like  odor.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  partly  soluble  in  alcohol,  and,  excepting 
impurities,  seems  to  perfectly  dissolve  in  ether,  chloroform,  carbon  disulphide, 
and  benzin.  Mr.  J.  Moss  (Phnrm.  Jour.  Tram.,  1871),  Vol.  X,  p.  251),  founcl  it  to 
yield,  upon  the  application  of  appropriate  reagents,  palmitic  aridja.  new  acid,  to 
which  he  gave  the  name,  gynocardic  arid;  hypogaic  acid  (named  from  the  seed 
ofAmehis  hypogxa),  and  cocinic  arid.  Of  these  four  acids  palmitic  constitutes  the 
largest  proportion  (63  per  cent),  altogether  making  81  per  cent,  the  weight  of 
the  oil.  These  acids  exist  in  the  form  of  glycerides,  as  fats,  the  first  two  acids 
also  in  a  free  condition.  Gynocardic  arid  (C„H,,Oj),  however,  is  the  important 
constituent  (11.7  per  cent),  and  gives  the  burning  taste  to  the  oil.  Chaulmoogra 
oil  strikes  a  green  color  with  sulphuric  acid. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Chaulmugra  oil  is  used  both  inter- 
nally and  externally  in  Uj'rosy,  secondary  sy}ifiili-<,  rheumatism,  sn-ofula,  and  in 
phthisis.  Thed'ise  for  an  infant  is  1  or  2  drops  daily  ;  for  an  adult,  from  2  to  4 
minims,  repeated  3  times  a  day.  Drachm  doses  are  said  to  have  been  given  with- 
out any  unpleasant  results.  As  a  remedy  for  lcj)rosy,  it  has  been  thought  by  some 
to  give  good  results  in  the  macular  and  anxsthetic  forms  (early  stage),  while  other 
and  equally  good  authorities  pronounce  it  inoperative.  The  seeds,  when  pow- 
dered, are  reputed  more  active  than  the  oil.  The  oil  has  relieved  the  dyspepsia 
and  bronchitis  occurring  in  lepers.  Externally,  it  has  been  successfully  applied 
in  the  above-named  diseases,  likewise  in  herpes,  tin<  a,  stiffness  of  joints,  ulcers,  and 
various  cutanenm  eriiptions.  In  the  latter  class  it  generally  proves  too  irritating 
except  in  eczemas  and  psoriasis.  It  is  said  to  destroy  pediruli  and  the  itch  in.-<ect. 
It  is  usually  trituratedwith  from  4  to  6  parts  of  simple  ointment,  and  thoroughly 
rubbed  in  with  the  palm  of  the  hand,  or  with  tiie  fingers'  ends.  Moss  recom- 
mends the  following  formula  for  ita  economical  use:  Take  of  chaulmugra  oil,  2 
parts;  paraffin  wax,  at  41°  C.  ( 106°  F.),  1  part,  and  ozokerine,  5  parts,  and  tritu- 
rate thoroughly  together.  (Ozokerine  is  produced  from  ozokerite,  or  earth  wax, 
and  furmsata-tele.-^sahil  odorless  basis  for  preparing  ointments.)  He  also  advises, 
as  a  more  pleasant  mode  of  administration,  the  use  of  perles  or  caj)sule.s,  each  con- 
taining the  required  dose.  Children  may  take  it  in  a  little  warm  milk.  It  may 
also  be  given  in  emulsion  with  oil  of  almonds  or  glycerin.  The  powdered  seeds 
are  given  in  pills,  from  3  to  6  grains  being  a  dose.  Salt  meat,  sweetmeats,  spices, 
acids,  and  tobacco  are  strictly  forbidden  while  taking  this  oil.    Webster  (Dynnm. 


972 


HiEMATOXYLON. 


Fig.  125. 


Therap.),  praises  cliaulmoogra  oil  in  the  anemia  of  syphilis,  and  states  that  by  its 
action  as  a  deobstruant,  it  averts  indurations  and  banishes  skin  and  mucous 
patches.  He  believes  it  to  promise  more  than  any  other  remedy  if  used  early,  to 
abort  the  constitutional  efiects  of  syphilis.  Prof.  Scudder  mentions  its  internal 
and  local  use  to  allay  itching  and  burning,  being  specially  beneficial  where  the 
circulation  is  feeble  and  common  sensation  impaired. 

Belated  Species. — Hydnocarpns  r^'nenata,  Gcertner.     Ceylon. 

Hydnocarpus  Wightiana,  Blume.  AVesterii  India.  The  seeds  of  both  this  and  the  prt- 
ceding  species  yield  an  oil  which  may  be  used  for  the  same  purpose  as  Chaulmw/ra  uil.  It 
resembles  the  latter  in  odor  and  color,  and  strikes  with  sulphuric  acid  a  blue  coloration,  not 
so  pronounced,  however,  as  that  produced  by  Chaulmugra  oil.  This  coloration  is  due  to 
the  presence  of  gynucardic  acid,  which  Moss  also  found  in  this  species  (Dymock,  J/a<.  J/p(f.  o/ 
Western  India). 

H.fflMATOXYLON  (U.  S.  P.)— H-ffiMATOXYLON. 

"  The  heart-wood  of  Hasmatoxylon  campechianum,  Linne" — (['.  S.  P.). 
Nat.  Ord. — Leguminosje. 
Common  Name  :   Lngimod. 

Illustrations  :  Woodville,  Med.  Bot.,  17;  Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  PlanU,  86. 
Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  tree  of  from  20  to  25  feet  in  height,  and  occasion- 
ally re:iching40  or  50  feet.  The  trunk  or  stem  is  generally  crooked  and  deformed, 
seldom  exceeding  18  inches  in  diameter, 
and  covered  with  a  rough,  ash-colored  bark. 
The  branches  are  somewhat  tlexuous,  ter- 
ete, and  covered  with  whitish  spots;  in 
mountains  and  moist  situations  unarmed, 
jut  in  localities  where  the  tree  is  stunted 
in  growth,  furnished  with  sharp  spines  be- 
low the  leaves.  The  leaves  are  alternate, 
from  2  to  4  from  the  same  irregular,  rough, 
tubercular  prominence,  pinnate,  some- 
times dividing,  in  a  bipinnate  manner,  at 
the  lowest  pair  of  leaflets;  the  k-aflets  are 
4-paired,  shortly  stalked,  obovate,  or  obcor- 
date.  The  flowers  are  yellow,  slightly  fra- 
grant, on  pedicels  i  inch  in  length,  borne 
in  axillary  and  subterminal  racemes.  The 
calyx  is  deeply  5-parted,  brownish-purple, 
with  thin  membranous,  deciduous,  une- 
qual lobes,  and  a  short,  green,  campanu- 
late  tube.  The  petals  are  nenrly  equal, 
obovate,  wedge-shaped  at  base,  .'■carcely 
longer  than  the  sepals,  and  of  a  lemon-yellowish  color.  Stamens  10,  alternately 
short,  inserted  on  the  in.side  of  the  margin  of  the  jversistent  tube  of  the  calyx'; 
filaments  hairy  at  base;  anthers  ovate,  without  glands.  Ovary  lanceolate,  com- 
pressed, 3-seeded,  bearing  a  capillary  style,  which  projects  beyond  the  stamens 
and  petals;  stigma  capitate  and  expanded.  The  pod  or  legume  is  flat, compressed, 
lanceolate,  acuminate  at  both  ends,  1-celled,  2-seeded,  not  opening  at  the  sutures, 
but  bursting  in  the  middle  longitudinally  (,!..). 

History  and  Description.— This  tree  grows  in  Jamaica,  on  the  eastern  shore 
of  the  bay  of  Cam  poachy,  and  in  many  of  the  West  India  Islands.  The  wood  con- 
sists of  a  yellowish  alburnum,  and  a  dingy  cherry-red  inner  wood,  which  last  is 
the  part  used  in  medicine  and  the  arts;  it  forms  a  useful  commercial  commodity, 
and  is  extensively  used  ns  a  dye-stuff.  It  becomes  darker-colored  liy  exposure. 
Water  or  alcohol  extracts  its  coloring  nnitter,  forming  deep-purple  solutions.  Its 
aqueous  solution  yields  a  fine  blue  precipitate  with  lime-water,  alum,  and  acetate 
of  lead;  a  deep  violet-blue  with  the  higher  salts  of  iron,  and  curdy  flakes  with 
solution  of  gelatin;  sulphuric,  nitric,  hydrochloric,  and  acetic  acids.and  sulphate 
of  copper  also  jiroduce  precipitates.  Water  is  the  menstruum  usually  employed 
to  extract  its  virtues.  A  pound  of  the  wood  yields  about  2  ounces  of  the  extract. 
The  medicinal  article  is  thus  described  in  the"  Pharmacop<pia: 


Htematoxylon  campechianum. 


H.EMATOXYI.OX.  il73 

•  Heavy,  hard,  externallj- purplish-black,  internally  brownish-red,  and  marked 
with  irregular,  concentric  circles,  splitting  irregularly ;  odor  faint,  agreeable;  taste 
sweetish,  astringent.  When  chewed,  it  colors  the  saliva  dark  pink.  Logwood  is 
generally  met  with  in  the  form  of  small  chips  or  coarse  powder  of  a  dark  brownish- 
red  color,  often  with  a  greenish  luster" — (f.  5.  P.). 

Mr.  Louis  Siebold  {Brit.  Ph<^rm.  Conf.,  1887,  [sec  Amer.  Jour.  P^anji.]),  consid- 
ers the  logwood  of  San  Domingo  and  Jamaica  inferior  to  that  of  Campeachy  or 
Honduras,  and  points  out  the  great  chemical  difference  between  the  commercial 
wood  sold  in  logs,  and  that  which  comes  to  us  ground  or  in  chips,  for  the  latter 
has  mostly  undergone  a  process  of  fermentation  during  which  it  is  considerably 
modifii-d,"and  loses  its  sweet  taste.  Howi^ver,  for  the  purpose  of  testing  water  for 
traces  of  metals  by  means  of  logwood  extract  (see  below),  the  fermented  wood  is 
preferalile. 

Chemical  Composition. — Besides  the  usual  plant  constituents,  logwood  con- 
tains t'liuiiii  (o.o  per  cent,  according  to  Chas.  F.  Kramer,  Avier.  Jour.  Phmm.,  1882, 
p.  388);  plihbapheiHS  (,\\h\ch  are  coloring  matters  produced  by  decomposition  of 
tannin  substance),  and  ^;(/iia?oji///)i  or //,ri(ifi^/».  Tlie  latter  bodj' was  discovered 
by  Chevreul  in  1811,  and  obtained  pure  in  1842  by  Erdniann.  Commercial  log- 
wood extract  often  contains  from  9  to  12  per  cent  of  this  principle  which  fre- 
quently crystallizes  therefrom  spontaneously  in  long  needles.  It  is  obtained  by 
extraction  with  aqueous  ether  and  crystallization  from  hot  water  containing 
reducing  agents,  e.  p.,  sulphurous  acid  or  acid  sulphites. 

H;nnat".q/li)i  (C,5H,.C\,  Erdmaun  i,  crystallizes  with  3  molecules  of  water  in  the 
quadratic,  with  1  molecule,  in  the  rliomliic  system.  It  is  not  easily  soluble  in 
cold,  but  readily  dissolves  in  hot  water,  alcohol,  and  in  salts  of  alkaline  reaction, 
e.^.,  borax;  from  the  latter  solutions  it  can  not  be  obtained  crystallizable  unless 
the  solution  is  slightly  acidified.  Hematoxylin  is  very  sensitive  to  light  and  air, 
turning  reddish  when  exposed  to  light.  When  exposed  to  moist  air  or  other 
oxidizers,  it  rapidly  deliquesces,  turns  brown,  and  finally  yields  a  colorless  mass 
containing  oxalic  acid.  By  milder  oxidation  it  is  converted  into  hirmaian.  Solu- 
tion of  hoematoxylin  yields  a  black  violet  precipitate  with  ferric  salts  (ink),  and 
is  also  nrecipitated  by  solutions  of  other  metallic  salts.  The  precipitates  with 
lead  ana  copper  salts  turn  blue  upon  exposure  to  the  air.  When  subjected  to 
destructive  distillation  hfematoxylin  yields  fymqalhd  and  resorcin;  accordingly,  a 
purple-colored  p/ito/t-m  (see  .<4««7/)ie  !>!/«),  has  been  prepared  by  the  interaction  of 
2  molecules  of  hjematoxylin  and  1  molecule  of  phtalic  anhydride  (E.  A.  Letts, 
Bcrichte,  1879).  Hematoxylin  undergoes  a  remarkable  change  with  ammonia 
water  in  the  presence  of  air.  It  is  dissolved  with  rose-red,  then  purple-red  color. 
The  solution,  by  absorbing  oxygen  from  the  air  becomes  blackish-red,  and  upon 
evaporation,  j'ields  violet  prismatic  crystals  of  luevuitein-ammonia  (C,8H,jOj.2XHj). 
These  are  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol'.  When  heated  to  130°  C.  (266"  F.),  ammo- 
nia is  given  oflF  and  furmatein  (C^Ji^^O^),  is  formed.  Acetic  acid  likewise  precipi- 
tates it  from  the  aqueous  solution  of  its  ammonia  compound.  Another  method 
of  obtaining  it  is  to  add  a  few  drops  of  nitric  acid  to  an  ethereal  solution  of 
haematoxylin.  It  forms  a  dark-violet,  crystalline  powder,  soluble  with  difliculty 
in  alcohol  and  glacial  acetic  acid,  insoluble  in  chloroform  and  benzol.  It  dis- 
solves at  20^  C.  (68°  F.\  in  water  at  the  rate  of  6  in  10,000,  and  is  about  twice  as 
solul)le  in  ether.  In  alkalies  it  dissolves  with  blue  color,  which  changes  to  brown. 
HaMuatuxylin  has  been  propr)sed  as  a  delicate  test  for  ammonia;  the  presence  of 
pnr^inr  1'=^'"^'  of  ammonia  in  water  is  indicated  by  an  orange-red  color  assumed  by 
blotting  pajier  saturated  with  an  alcoholic  solution  of  hematoxylin  (^see  Husemaim 
and  'iHlger,  Pdmizemtoffr).  Arthur  Weddell  likewise  recommends  hicmatoxylin 
as  a  delicate  test  for  calcium  bicarbon-ate  in  water,  and  for  the  presence  of  lead 
(1  in  200,000 1,  in  the  same  medium,  by  the  characteristic  color  reaction  which 
takes  plare  in  the  presence  of  air  (Amrr.  Jnur.  Phann. ,1884, p. 2\4).  L.  Siebold 
(ytm/T.  Jour.  Pfiartn.,  18^7,  p.526\was  able  to  detect  even  much  smaller  quantities 
of  metals  in  potable  water  by  this  method.  For  the  application  of  hicmatoxylin 
08  an  indicator  in  alkaloidal  as.say,  see  Pror.  Amer.  Pharm.  As-toc,  1806,  p.  109. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Logwood  is  a  tonic  and  unirritating 
astringent.  le<s  coiisti]>atiiig  tlian  many  f>tlier  astringents,  and  is  useful  in  hannr- 
rhuq'-i  !  ■  ni  (l.i:  nil  riix.  Imni.^,  ami  li-nn  Is,  in  «/i/  (luirr/ia'an  and  ihisciiUrus,  in  .summer 


974  HAMAMELIS. 

complaint  of  children,  and  in  night-sweaU.  A  favorable  preparation  with  many  of 
the  older  practitioners  in  cholera  infantum,  after  a  proper  employment  of  the  syrup 
of  rhubarb  and  potassa,  is  the  following:  Dissolve  2  drachms  of  extract  of  log- 
wood in  4  fluid  ounces  of  boiling  water,  to  this  solution  add  2  fluid  drachms  of 
ammoniated  tincture  of  opium,  3  fluid  drachms  of  tincture  of  catechu,  1  fluid 
drachm  of  compound  spirits  of  lavender,  and  4  fluid  ounces  of  simple  syrup,  or 
syrup  of  ginger.  The  dose  is  a  teaspoonful  every  3  or  4  hours.  An  infusion  of 
logwood  taken  internally,  and  also  used  locally,  in  form  of  spray  or  injection,  has 
effectually  cured  several  cases  of  obstinate  and  offensive  nzuna.  In  constitutions 
broken  down  by  disease,  dissipation,  or  the  excessive  use  of  mercury,  the  decoc- 
tion of  logwood,  used  freely  in  connection  with  the  other  treatment,  will  be  found 
highly  beneficial.  Dose  of  the  decoction,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces  ;  of  the  extract, 
5  to  30  grains.  The  use  of  logwood  imparts  a  blood-red  color  to  the  stools  and 
the  urine.  It  should  never  be  combined  with  chalk  or  lime-water,  as  they  are 
incompatibles. 

Red  Ink. — A  good  red  ink  may  be  made  as  follows :  Take  of  pernambuco  woo<J,  a  Bra- 
zilian wood  said  to  be  derived  from  Ciesalpinia  echinata,  4  ounces ;  diluted  acetic  acid,  distilled 
water,  of  each,  16  ounces  ;  boil  together  until  24  ounces  remain.  Then  add  1  ounce  of  alum, 
evaporate  the  liquid  to  16  ounces,  dissolve  1  ounce  of  gum  Arabic  in  it,  strain,  and  to  the  cold 
liquid  add  1  drachm  of  chloride  of  tin.  This  ink  is  preferable  to  the  cochineal  ink,  being  free 
from  its  bluish  tint  and  more  permanent. 

Related  Species. — Algarobilla,  the  pod-like  fruit  of  BaUamocarpum  hrerifoUum  of  Chili. 
Contains  a  large  proportion  of  ellagic  acid  and  more  than  60  per  cent  of  tannin. 

HAMAMELIS  (U.  S.  P.)— HAMAMELIS. 

"  The  leaves  of  Hamameli.'<  virginiana,  Linne,  collected  in  autumn" — {U.  5.  P.). 
also  the  bark  and  twigs  of  same. 
Nat.  Orel. — Hamamelacese. 

Common  Names:    Witch-hazel,  Winterbloom,  Snapping  hazelnut.  Spotted  alder,  etc. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  indigenous  shrub,  and  consists  of  several 

crooked,  l)ranching  trunks  from  the  same  root,  from  4  to  6  inches  in  diameter, 

Fig  X26  ^^  ^^  ^^  ^^®*  "^  height,  and  covered  with  a  smooth  gray  bark. 

The  leaves  are  borne  on  short  petioles,  alternate,  oval  or  ob- 

ovate,  acuminate,  obliquely  subcordate  at  base,  margin  cre- 

nate-dentate,  scabrous,  with  minute  elevated  spots  beneath, 

and  from  3  to  6  inches  long,  two-thirds  as  wide.     The  flowers 

are  yellow,  on  short  pedicels  3  or  4  together  in  an  involucrate, 

axillary,  subsessile  glomerule.     The  calyx  is  small,  divided 

into  4  thick,  oval,  downy  segments,  with  an  involucel  of  2  or  3 

bracts  at  base.     The  petals,  4  in  number,  are  yellow,  |  of  an 

inch  long,  linear,  curled  or  twisted.     Sterile  stamens  4,  scale- 

Ti™„™„i     ■    ■  ■  liJ^^,  opposite  the  petals,  alternating  with  the  4  fertile  ones. 

Ovary  ovate;  styles  2,  short;  stigmas  obtuse.    The  capsule  or 

pod  is  nut-like,  2-celled,  2-beaked,  opening  loculioidally  from  the  top  :  the  outer 

coat  separating  fmm  the  inner,  which  incloses  the  oblong,  black  seeds,  but  soon 

bursts  elastically  into  2  ])i.-cos  (W.— G.— R.). 

History  and  Description.— This  shrub  grows  in  nearly  all  parts  of  the  United 
States,  esinrially  in  damp  woods,  flowering  from  September  to  November,  when 
the  leaves  are  falling,  and  maturing  its  seeds  the  next  summer.  The  bark  and 
leaves  are  the  parts  used  in  medicine;  they  possess  a  degree  of  fragrance,  and, 
when  chewed,  are  at  first  somewhat  bitter,"very  sensibly  astringent,  and  then 
leave  a  pungent  sweetish  taste,  which  remains  "for  a  considerable  time.  Water 
extracts  their  virtues.  No  analysis  has  been  made  of  the  leaves,  though  they 
are  known  to  contain  a  bitter  body  and  tannin.  The  bark  and  root  probably 
contain  a  very  small  amount  of  volatile  oil  (see  Drs.  J.  Marshall  and  11.  C.  Wood, 
in  Therap.  Guz.,  1886,  p.  295).  Dr.  Charles  A.  Lee  {Jour.  Mat.  MaL,  1S59,  p.  200) 
found  in  the  bark  6^  per  cent  of  tannin,  while  H.K.Bowman  (Amt-r.^lmr.  Pharm., 
1869,  p.  194)  records  8.10  per  cent,  and  Walter  B.  Cheney  (ibid..  1886,  p.  418)  6.75 
per  cent.  No  glucosid  nor  alkaloid  was  obtainable  bvthe  latter  author  or  by 
others.     F.  Gruttner  {Archiv  ikr  Pharm.,  1898,  pp.  27S-320)  obtained  from  the 


HAMAMELIS.  975 

bark  3  per  cent  of  a  crystallizable  ami  optically  active  tannin  {haviavielitnnniu, 
C„H„0,— oH.O),  gallic  aciil,  dextrose,  fatty  and  waxy  matter,  including 7)/(,v''w'«''"''" 
(Cj,H„0+H_.0  I,  etc.  A  preparation  made  hy  distilling  water,  or  watir  containing 
some  alcohol,  from  the  green  twigs  and  leaves  of  hamanielis  is  very  popular  under 
the  term  Di-^lilUd  Extract  oj  Hamamelii<.  The  ('.  S.  P.  describes  hamamelis  leaves  as 
follows:  ••  Short-petiolate,  about  10  Cm.  (4  inches)  long,  obovate  or  oval,  slightly 
heart-shaped,  and  oblique  at  the  ba.-^e,  sinuate-toothed,  thickish,  nearly  smooth  ; 
inodorous;  taste  astringent  and  bitter" — iCS-P.).  The  shoots  are  used  as 
divining-rods  to  discover  water  and  metals  under  ground,  by  certain  adept.s  (?i 
in  the  occult  arts. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Witch-hazel  is  tonic  and  astringent. 
Some  have  pronounced  it  sedative  also.  The  decoction  of  the  bark  is  very  useful 
in  hemoplysis,  hemateviesiA,  and  other  hemnrrhngts,  as  well  as  in  dmrrhcea,  d>jsentenj, 
and  excessive  mucous  dischanjes,  v^ith  full,  l)ale,  and  relaxed  tissues.  It  has  been 
employed  with  advantage  in  inrijncnt  }>/itlii-<l.-<;  in  which  it  is  supposed  to  unite 
anodyne  influences  with  its  others.  It  is  useful  in  the  form  of  poultice  in  sicell- 
tnjrs  and  ^('/i<)/-s  of  a  painful  character,  as  well  as  in  external  tuflammations.  The 
American  Indians  used  it  for  this  purpose.  The  decoction  may  be  advantageously 
used  as  a  wash  or  injection  for  sore  irunith,  painful  ttuiwrs,  extcrnnl  injiammations, 
bowel  complaints,  prolapms  ani  and  vteri,  teucorrhan,  gkct,  and  op'ilhalmin. 

Since  the  introduction  of  the  distilled  extract  of  witch-hazel  and  the  specific 
hamamelis,  the  use  of  decoctions  of  the  bark  has  been  largely  abandoned.  The 
fluid  extract  has  but  little  to  recommend  it.  The  particular  field  for  hamamelis 
is  in  disorders  involving  the  venous  structures.  Its  most  pronounced  virtue  is 
its  stimulating  and  tonic  action  upon  the  venous  coats,  exhibited  so  markedly  in 
ita  power  over  raricoses,  heinorrhoid^,  hemorrhnyes,  and  other  conditions  due  to  re- 
laxation of  venous  structures.  The  parts  are  usually  pale  and  relaxed,  though 
occasionally  a  deep  redness,  due  to  venous  engorgement,  is  observed.  Here,  and 
especially  as  great  pain  is  usually  an  accompaniment,  belladonna  may  be  asso- 
ciated with  it.  It  is  adapted  to  the  whole  venous  system,  overcoming  debility, 
differing  therein  from  such  agents  as  act  only  upon  localized  vascular  areas. 

Prof.  J.  M.  Scudder  and  others  have  found  witch-hazel  a  valuable  remedy  in 
passive  hemorrhages  and  congcMion,  especially  in  epiataxis,  hemorrhoid-i,  jjhleijmima 
dolens  (after  acute  phases  have  passed  away ),  phlebitis,  and  varicose  veins.  He  also 
found  it  vakiable  in  diarrhcea,  in  chronic  pharyngitis,  and  in  chronic  lUcrine  conges- 
lion,  where  the  cervix  is  enlarged  without  abnormal  hardness,  the  os  uteri  being 
soft,  open,  and  patulous,  and  perhaps  leucorfhaa  and  some  prolapsus  present.  It 
is  specially  adapted  to  diarrhoea  with  a  tendency 'to  or  associated  with  passive 
hemorrhage.  It  also  forms  an  excellent  application  to  chronic  vasndar  conditions 
of  mucous  tissues,  and  to  old,  flabby,  fetid  ulcers.  Prof.  A.  J.  Howe  stated  that 
in  "several  cases  of  uterine  hemorrhage,  all  occurring  within  2  years,  he  adminis- 
tered witch-hazel  with  success.  In  some  instances,  the  cause  of  the  flow,  and  the 
conditions  upon  which  it  depended,  were  unknown  or  rested  on  conjecture,  yet 
the  exhibition  of  the  medicine  was  always  followed  by  satisfactory  results." 
Half-teaspoonful  doses  of  specific  hamamelis  were  mixed  with  water  and  repeated 
every  few  minutes  while  the  flow  lasted,  and  afterward  every  few  hours  to  pre- 
vent a  return  of  the  hemorrhage.  In  m>  nurrhagia  and  those  wasting  states  so 
common  after  abortion,  in  the  early  months  of  pregnancy,  he  used  no  remedy 
that  exerted  such  beneficial  effects  as  witch-hazel.  In  uterine  hemorrhage  follow- 
ing delivery  at  full  term,  the  remedy  is  probably  not  equal  to  ergot,  but  in  the 
kind  of  cases  referred  to  it  is  a  safer  agent.  In  chronic  diarrhaa  and  choltra  infan- 
tum it  is  a  valuable  medicine.  Hamamelis,  both  internally  and  topically,  arrests 
oozing  of  Hood  from  mucous  surfaces.  This  action  is  well  shown  in  non-inflam- 
■nuttort/  hemnluria.  It  is  not  the  remedy  for  active  hemorrhage,  but  for  passive 
bleeding,  as  from  the  lungs,  stomach,  bowels,  renal  or  genital  organs  its  action  is 
satisfactory. 

Besides  its  control  over  actual  hen.aturia,  hamamelis  is  often  serviceable  in 
renal  affections  due  chiefly  to  va.^cular  relaxation.  Thus  in  diabetes  insipidus  it 
has  been  of  some  value,  but  it  is  of  greater  service  in  mucous  projiuvia  of  the  urino- 
genitnl  tract.  It  is  of  benefit  in  vesicid  catarrh,  with  tenesmus,  and  in  irritation  of 
the  bladder,  due  to  enlarged  and  relaxed  scrotal  veins.     It  should  be  used  both 


976  HEDEOMA. 

internally  and  locally  to  the  scrotum.  While  it  relieves  varicocele,  U>o  much  must 
not  be  expected  of  it  in  the  way  of  a  cure.  In  female  disorders  it  is  indicated  by 
venous  fullness  and  relaxation.  Dull,  aching,  ovarian  pain  is  relieved  by  hama- 
melis,  and  in  leiicorrhaa,  v>-ith  fullness  of  the  pelvic  veins  and  relaxation  of  the 
uterine  and  vaginal  walls,  its  internal  and  external  exhibition  is  of  marked 
benefit.  It  relieves  ovarian  and  testicular  congestion.  Hamamelis  is  of  pronounced 
value  in  hemorrhages  into  the  eye  ball,  and  locally  relieves  ecchymosis  of  the  lids  and 
conjunctiva. 

Hamamelis  is  justly  popular  as  a  remedy  for  sprains,  conttisions,  vxmnds,  swell- 
ings, etc.  A  solution  of  a  few  grains  of  asepsin  in  distilled  hamamelis  forms  an 
elegant  and  efficient  dressing  for  hxmis,  .scrt  W.s,  cuts,  abrasions,  crushed  fingers,  etc.  Ten 
grains  of  menthol  to  4  fluid  ounces  of  distilled  hamamelis  are  also  efficient  in 
burns  and  scalds  (EUingwood).  Glycerin  and  hamamelis,  or  Lloyd's  hydrastis 
and  hamamelis,  equal  parts,  has  rendered  us  excellent  service  in  irritated  and 
inflammatory  conditions  of  the  external  auditory  meatus,  especially  when  due  to  irrita- 
tion from  the  presence  of  inspissated  cerumen.  Locally,  hamamelis  forms  an  excel- 
lent soothing  application  for  chafing,  dne  to  excessive  discharges;  it  is  likewise 
useful  in  diffusive  cutaneous  inflammations.  Few  agents  are  more  grateful  in  vari- 
ous subacute  forms  of  sore  throat,  also  in  sore  throat  with  deep  redness  and  great 
pain,  and  it  is  particularly  soothing  in  scarlatinal  angina.  It  is  a  very  valuable 
aid,  locally,  in  the  treatment  of  tonsiUt is,  phlegmonous  ulceration  of  the  throat,  diph- 
theria, and  acute  catarrh.  Chronic  conjunctivitis,  with  vascularity  of  the  palpebral 
and  ocular  conjunctiva,  has  yielded  to  a  decoction  of  equal  parts  of  hamamelis 
(bark),  hydrastis,  and  lobelia,  boiling  the  first  two  ingredients,  and  adding  the 
lobelia  to  the  hot  liquid.  Cover,  allow  to  cool,  and  strain.  Hamamelis  should 
not  be  neglected  as  a  part  of  the  treatment  of  inflamed  breasts,  and  applied  hot 
it  gives  great  relief  to  the  soreness  of  abdominal  muscles  and  pelvic  parts  fol- 
lowing childbirth.  Muscular  soi-encss  and  aching  sensations,  as  of  having  been 
bruised,  whether  from  colds,  exposures,  strains,  bruises,  or  severe  muscular  action, 
are  greatly  relieved  by  the  application  of  distilled  hamamelis,  either  hot  or  cold, 
by  means  of  compresses,  while  specific  hamamelis  may  be  given  internally. 
It  forms  a  good  face  wash  for  burning  of  the  skin,  for  tan  and  freckles,  for  dilated 
facial  capillaries,  and  a  good  application  after  shaving.  Distilled  hamamelis  and 
Lloyd's  colorless  hydrastis  form  a  safe  and  efiicient  injection  for  most  Ciises  of 
gonorrho'a.  Witch-hazel  enters  into  many  of  the  ointments  designed  for  appli- 
cation Xo  piles.  An  ointment  made  with  lard  and  a  decoction  of  white  oak  bark, 
apple-tree  bark,  and  witch-hazel  has  been  successfully  employed  for  this  purpose. 
Dose  of  decoction  of  witch-hazel,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day;  of 
distilled  hamamelis,  5  to  60  drops;  of  specific  hamamelis,  1  to  30  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Venous  debility,  with  relaxation  and  full- 
ness; jiale  nuicous  tissues  (occasionally  deep-red  from  venous  engorgement,  or 
deep-blue  from  venous  stasis);  mucous  profluvia,  with  venous  relaxation  ;  passive 
hemorrhages;  varicoses;  capillary  stasis;  hemorrhoids,  with  full  feeling:  relaxed 
and  painful  sore  throat;  dull,  aching  pain  in  rectum,  pelvis,  or  female  organs; 
perineal  relaxation, with  fullness;  muscular  relaxation;  muscular  sorene^  and 
aching  and  bruised  sensation,  whether  from  cold,  exposure,  bruises,  strains,  or  from 
physical  exertion. 

HEDEOMA  (U.  S.  P.)— HEDEOMA. 

"The  leaves  and  tops  of  Hedeoma  pulegioidcs  (Linne).  Persoon" — (U.S.P.); 
(Melissa  jmlcgioides,  Linne;  Ounila  pulegioides,  WiWdenow.  Zi:iphcnn  piiltgioides, 
Desfontaines). 

Nat.  0/(/.— Labiatw. 

CoMMo.v  Namks  :  Pcnni/royal,  American  penm/roval.  Tick-weed,  Squawmint. 

Ii.irsTitATioNs :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  '200:  Barton,  Med.  Boi.,  4L 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  indigenous  annual  plant.  It  ha^  a  fibrous, 
j-ellowish  root,  an  erect,  branching,  pubescent,  rather  angular  stem,  from  6  to  12 
inches  high.  The  leaves  are  A  inch  or  more  long,  opposite,  oblong,  have  1  or  2 
teeth  on  each  side,  are  smooth  above,  rough  below,  narrowed  at  the  b.ise,  and 
borne  on  short  jietioles;  the  floral  leaves  are  similar.    The  flowers  are  quite  small, 


HKi>i:()MA.  977 

liglit-blue,  ill  6-floweretl,  axillary  wIkhIs.  Calyx  ovoid  or  tubular;  gibbous  on 
the  lower  side  near  the  base,  with  13  stria' ;  upper  lip  Stoothed;  lower  2-cleft ; 
throat  hairy.  The  corolla  tube  is  as  long  as  the  calyx,  downy,  and  ■J-lipped; 
upper  lip  erect,  Hat  and  notched  at  the  apex;  the  lower  y.     ^^^ 

spreading  and  o-cleft,  the  lobes  being  nearly  equal.  Stamens 
2,  ascending  and  tiliforni;  the  cells  of  the  "anthers  diverging. 
Seeds  4,  and  olilong  ( \V.— (4.— T,.\ 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— This 
herb  was  placed  i>y  l.innaus  in  th"  •.thus  .IAV/.^mi,  and  after- 
ward t'lNu'/n,  from  which  it  \va>  leninvt  il  by  I'dsoon,  and  placed 
in  the  gf\H\s  Hcde(xma.  It  must  not  lie  confounded  with  Meti' 
Iha  Pulttiium,  Linn^,  or  Eumju-nn  f>e»ii>/r'njal,v;h\(h  has  simi- 
lar action  and  uses.  It  is  a  well-known  plant,  growing  in 
barren  woods  and  dry  fields,  and  particularly  in  limestone 
countries,  flowering  from  June  to  Septemlxr  and  October, 
rendering  the  air  fragrant  for  some  distance  around  it.  It  is 
common  to  nearly  all  parts  of  the  United  States.  It  has  a 
peculiar,  aromatic  oilor,  wliich,  however,  is  very  offensive  to 
some  jiersons,  and  a  hot,  pungent,  aromatic  taste.  It  imparts 
its  virtues  to  boiling  water  by  infusion;  boiling  destroys  its 
activity  by  evaporating  the  volatile  oil,  on  which  its  properties 
depend.  Tlie  oil  (.-^eo  Olmm  Hahomu),  its  chief  constituent, 
maybe  obtained  bv  distillation  with  wafer,  and  is  often  em- 
ployed,  or  its  tincture,  instead  of  the  herb  itself;  it  is  of  a  light-  Hedeoma  pulegioldes. 
yellow  color,  and  specific  gravity  ranging  from  0.!t:',0  to  0.940.  JJcdcoma  tliynwkk-i. 
Gray,  a  Texan  plant,  has  similar  properties.  Tlu-  ollicia!  diuii  is  thus  described: 
"Leaves  opposite,  short-pilioled,  about  12  Mm.  (^  inch)  long,  oblong-ovate,  ob- 
scurely serrate,  glandular  beneath;  branches  roundish, quadrangular,  hairy;  flow- 
ers in  small,  axillary  cymules,  -with  a  tubular-ovoid,  bilabiate  and  five-toothed 
calyx,  and  a  pale  blue,  spotted,  bilabiate  corolla,  containing  2  sterile  and  2  fertile, 
exserted  stamens;  odor  strong,  mint  like,  taste  warm  and  pungent''— (  T.  .'<'.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Pennyroyal  is  a  stimulant,  diapho- 
retic, emmenagogue,  and  carminative.  The  warm  infusion  used  freely,  will  pro- 
mote jierspiration,  restore  svjipres^ed  lorhin,  and  excite  the  menstrual  discharge 
when  recently  checked,  especially  by  colds ;  it  is  often  used  by  females  for  this  last 
purpose,  a  large  draught  being  taken  at  bedtime,  the  feet  having  been  previously 
Ijathed  in  warm  water.  It  is  an  excellent  remedy  for  common  colds.  A  gill  of 
l)rewer"s  yeast  added  to  the  draught  is  reputed  a  safe  and  certain  abortive.  The 
warm  infusion  may  likewise  be  employed  with  advantage  in  the  flutulent  colic  of 
children.  The  oil,  or  its  tincture,  is  also  administered  as  a  carminative  and  anti- 
emetic, and  has  been  of  benefit  in  h>j-<ti  ria,whooping-cou<jfi,  spasim,etc.  Hedeoma 
is  accredited  with  galactagogue  powers,  but  it  acts  best  probably  when  diminished 
lactation  is  due  to  acute  colds.  Dr.  M.  H.  Hennell  (  Tnuis.  Oluo  E.  M.  A><xor.,  1895, 
p.  31),  justly  extols  tiie  remedy  in  flatulent  col ir,  not  only  to  serve  as  an  anti-spas- 
modic, but  to  act  as  a  calmative  of  the  nervous  phenomena.  He  uses  it  exten- 
sively in  threatened  conmil-fiom  of  children,  in  fii/sirria  from  menstrual  derange- 
ments, in  ;)u«r»rrf(/  sej^ticasm in,  and  to  hasten  or  aid  the  eruptive  process  in  the 
rxanlliriiiiita.  Dr.  Hennell  nraises  it  especially^  as  a  remedy  for  chronic  ainnioi-r/iao, 
and  gives  the  indications  below  named.  It  is  likewise  used  as  a  rubefacient  in 
rhf'niniii--iii,  and  united  with  linseed  oil,  as  an  application  to  burns  and  ncnlds. 
Dose  of  the  oil,  from  2  to  10  drops;  of  a  saturated  tincture,  1  to  2  fluid  drachms. 
The  infusion  maybe  freely  administered.  Dr.  Toothacker  {Pfiilti.  Jour,  of  Horn., 
Vol.  II,  {).  <>')•"))  reports  a  case  of  jioisoning  in  a  woman  from  one  fluid  drachm  of 
oil  of  pennyroyal.  The  symptoms  were:  Severe  headache,  dillicult  swallowing, 
intense  nausea,  with  severe  retchings  without  emesis,  intolerable  bearing  down, 
Ial)or-like  pains,  abdominal  tenderness,  constipation,  dyspnoea,  limbs  .^emipara- 
lytic,  and  nervous  weakness  and  jirostration  ( Millspaugh's  Amer.  Med.  Plnnl.'i). 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Amenorrh<ea  of  long  standing,  with  jiallor 
ami  anemia,  and  dark  circles  about  the  eyes.  Patient  comnlains  of  languor  and 
la.ssitn.jc.  lak's  cold  easily,  has  j.ain  in  the  back  and  limos,  and  exhibits  full, 
prominent  veins  (Hennell). 


978  HEUERA. 

HEDERA.— IVY. 

The  leaves,  berries,  and  gum-resin  of  Hedern  Helix,  Linne. 
Xat.  Ord. — Araliace;e. 
Common  Namks:   ]vy,  Common  ivy. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  evergreen  creeper,  with  long  and  flexible 
stems  and  branches,  which  attach  themselves  to  the  earth,  or  trees,  or  walls,  by 
numerous  root-like  libers.   Tiie  leaves  are  coriaceous,  smooth, 


shining,   dark-green,  with  vein  s  petiolate,  the   lower  ones 
old 


Fig.  128. 

5-angled  or  5-lobed,  the  upper  or  old  ones  ovate  and  acute. 
The  flowers  are  greenish-white,  disposed  in  numerous,  simple, 
^  and  downy  umbels,  forming  a  corymb.    The  berries  are  black, 

with  a  mealy  pulp  CSV. — 1..  i. 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition. — This 
plant  is  tomnicin  all  ovi  r  Europe,  and  is  cultivated  in  many 
parts  of  the  United  States;  it  flowers  in  September.  The 
gum-resin  (GummiresiwiHederie,  or  Ivy  gum),  exudes  from  the 
incised  bark,  and  comes  to  us  in  yellowish  or  red-brown, 
irregular  pieces.  The  edges  are  translucent  and  of  a  garnet 
"'""'  hue.     It  is  acrid,  faintly  bitter,  and  when  heated  emits  a 

pleasant,  aromatic  odor.  The  loaves  and  berries  are  the  parts  used.  The  former 
possess  a  peculiar,  rather  fragrant  odor,  and  a  nauseously  bitter  and  astringent 
taste.  The  taste  of  the  latter  is  somewhat  acid,  piquant,  and  terebinthine. 
A.  Jandous  (Aina:  Jour.  Pharni.,  1883,  p.  371),  reports  the  ivj'  berries  to  contain  in 
their  fleshy  part  70  per  cent  of  water,  a  dark-red  coloring  matter  soluble  in  alco- 
hol and  w-ater,  resinous  matter  first  tasting  sweet,  then  sharp  and  bitter,  and 
grape  sugar,  gum,  albumin,  and  salts.  The  seeds  contain  a  fatty  oil  of  irritating 
taste  and  producing  a  green  color  with  ferric  chloride.  The  poisonous  properties 
of  the  fruit  are  neither  due  to  the  resinous  matter  in  the  pulp,  n<,ir  to  the  oil 
in  the  seeds. 

A  bitter  substance  believed  to  be  an  alkaloid  and  named  hederin,  was  obtained 
from  the  seeds  by  Vendamme  and  Chevalier  (see  Amei-.  Jour.  Pharm.,  18-12,  p.  172). 
Posselt,  in  1849,  isolated  from  the  seeds  two  proximate  principles,  viz..  crystallizable 
hcdcric  acid  (C^J:Lfi„  aecording  to  Davies,  1878),  which  Kingzett  believed  to  be  a 
glucosid,  and  amorphous  A«/f/-((^nMi/cfl(7W.  (^  For  details  regarding  these  substances 
see  Huseniann  and  Hilger,  Pflanzrnstoffe,  ]->,  96S.)  The  hlUet  hcdcrin  is  probably 
identical  with  hedcratannic  acid.  The  leaves  of  ivy  have  a  peculiar  fragrant  odor 
and  an  astringent,  bitter  taste.  Mr.  F.  A.  Hartsen,  in  1875,  by  extraction  with 
85  per  cent  alcohol,  obtained  therefrom  iu  impure  form,  a  glucosid  resembling 
saponin,  but  differing  from  the  latter  by  not  being  soluble  in  water.  L.Vernet 
{Jour.  Phiu-m.  Chim.,  1881,  p.  347),  isolated  this  glucosid  (C3,H^0„),  which  was  later 
named  hclixin  (■\iiii\in.  Jour.  P/mrm.  Chim.,lSdl,  p.  215),  by  boiling  out  the  bruised 
leaves  with  water  repeatedly,  then  extracting  them  witli  alcohol,  evaporating  the 
latter,  washing  with  cold  benzin,  and  crystallizing  from  solution  in  boiling  ace- 
tone. It  forms  silky  needles  melting  at  2:v>°  C.  (4.51.4°  F.),  insoluble  in  water, 
chloroform, and  benzin,  soluble  in  warm  acetone,  benzol,  and  ether;  also  in  warm 
alkalies  and  hot  alcohol.  It  reduces  Fehling"s  solution  only  after  being  heated 
wi th  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  sugar, and  a  neutral,  crvstallizable"substance(C«H.,0,>. 
melting  at  278°  to  280°  C.  (532.4°  to  636°  F.),  being  formed.  The  latter  is  not  fer- 
mental)le  with  veast;  ^</'/j((/('////i  is  the  name  recorded  for  the  helixin  derivative 
in  C.  E.  Sohn's  /)/-/.  Ariire  Priiu-iplrs  of  Plants,  1894. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  leaves  are  stimulating,  and  have 
been  employed  as  an  api)lieation  to  i-sucs;  and  have  likewise  been  efficient  in 
diseases  oV  tlie  skin,  indolent  ^tlccrs,  erzemn.'<,  itch,  etc..  in  the  form  of  decoction,  and 
applied  locally;  this  will  also  destroy  vermin  in  the  hair,  which,  it  is  stated,  is 
stained  black  by  the  application.  They  are  reputed  beneficial  as  a  cataplasm  in 
gUmdulnr  cnldrgcmrnts.  Marasmus  ofcliUdren,  rarliiti.<,  and  jiii/Hionmv  affections  have 
been  benefited  by  the  dried  leaves  in  powder,  in  doses  of  20  grains  or  more.  The 
berries  act  as  an  emetic  and  cathartic,  and  were  formerly  esteemed  in  Jehrile  afffc- 
lions,  having  been  supposed  to  posso.-^s  sudoritic  virtues.    As^^iX'iateil  with  vinegar. 


HELEXIVM.-HELIAXTHEMrM.  !t79 

they  were  con:?iileriibly  used  during  the  [Mndon  jilaiiui.     The  guin-resiu  has  been 
used  for  toothache,  ulcerations,  IikoI  jxiuik,  and  to  control  nutxive  duicharije^. 

HELENIUM.— SNEEZEWOET. 

The  i>lant  Helenium  auluvinale,  Linne. 

Xat.  Oiil. — Composita'. 

CoMMiiN  Na.mks:    Sueezeuort,  Sneez^ioeed,  Swamp  m-njlmcei:  Wild  sunflower. 

Ii  1  rsTKATiDN  :    Meehan's  Antiie  Fhmers  and  Fn-ns,  II,  113. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant,  liicewise  called  Swamp,  or  False  Bunflowir, 
is  an  iiidigen')ns,  perennial  herb,  having  a  fibrous  root,  and  several  erect,  branch- 
ing, angular  stems,  2  or  3  feet  high,  and  strongly  winged  by  the  decurrent  leaves. 
The  leaves  are  alternate,  smooth,  or  slightly  pubescent,  elliptic-lanceolate,  more 
or  less  deeply  serrate,  and  often  sprinkled  with  bitter  and  aromatic  resinous  glob- 
ules. The  dowers  are  large,  numerous,  bright  yellow,  terminal  in  loose,  showy 
corymbs,  with  flat,  drooping,  wedge-shaped  rays,  each  ending  in  3  obtuse  teeth, 
longer  than  the  large,  globose  disk.  The  invohuie  is  small,  reflexed,  with  the 
scales  linear  or  subulate.  The  receptacle  is  globose  or  oblong,  naked  in  the  disk, 
and  chaffy  in  the  ray  only.  Achenia  top-shaped  and  ribbed.  Pappus  of  5  thin 
and  1  nerved  chafly  Scales,  the  nerve  e.xtending  into  a  bri.'^tle  or  point  ((4. — W.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— Sneezewort  is  a  plant  common  to  the 
United  !^t:lt^'s,  growing  in  low,  damp  fields  and  meadows,  and  on  alluvial  river 
banks,  flowering  from  August  to  October.  It  is  nearly  inodorous,  with  a  rather 
acrimonious,  amarous  taste.  It  has  been  analyzed  by  F.  J.  Koch  (Amcr.  Jour. 
Pharm. ,lS~i,  p.  221).  It  contains  a  trace  of  tannin  and  volatile  oil,  malic  acid, 
and,  besides  tlie  ordinar^r  plant  principles,  an  amorphous  glucosid  to  which  the 
bitter  t^iste  of  the  herb  is  due.  When  boiled  with  diluted  acid  it  splits  into  a 
bitter,  non-crystalline  body  of  acid  reaction,  and  glucose.  This  glucosid  is  solu- 
ble in  boiling  water,  alcohol,  and  ether. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Tonic,  diaphoretic,  and  errhine.  Re- 
puted valiial>le  in  chills  omlftrrr  and  other  febrile  diaea^se^.  The  whole  plant  pos- 
sesses errhine  properties,  but  the  flowers,  particularly  the  florets  of  the  disk,  are 
the  most  active,  and  may  be  used,  in  powder,  as  a  snuflf,  in  headache,  incipient 
coryza,  catarrh,  deafness,  and  other  affections  where  errhines  are  desired. 

Eelated  S'pecies. ^  ffdenium  tnutifoUuni,  Sixtt&U.  United  States,  from  Georgia  west  to 
Texas  au.l  north  to  Kansas  U'or  illustration,  see  Meelian's  yatiie  Floiier.i  and  Ferns,  11,  S7y 
This  s|.f.  i.  <  is  ]".is(.ii.ius.  According  to  Galloway  (.1»(.)-.  your.  P/inrm..  18721,  spasms,  with 
(leliriiiin  aii'l  uncnTisciinisness,  were  produced  in  fournegroes  by  this  plant,  while  in  animals 
it  resulted  in  twitching  of  the  muscles,  violent  convulsions,  and  death. 

Helenium  parviflorutn,  Nuttall.— Georgia.  Properties  similar  to  those  of  IMenium  autumnale. 

HELIANTHEMUM.— FROSTWORT. 

The  plant  Helianthcmum  canadensc,  Michau.x  {Ci.'<tus  camidensU,  Linne), 

NcU.  Cn/.— Cistacea'. 

CoM.Mo.v  Names  :   Frostvoeed,  Frosttvort,  Frostplant,  Rock-rose. 

Botanical  Soiarce.— This  plant  is  a  perennial  herb,  with  a  simple,  ascending 
downy  stem,  about  1  foot  high,  at  length  shrubby  at  base.  The  leaves  are  alter-  ^ 
nate,  from  8  to  12  lines  long,  about  one-fourth  as  wide,  oblong,  acute,  lanceolate, 
erect,  entire,  subsessile,  tomentose  beneath,  and  without  stipules.  The  flowers  are 
large  and  bright  yellow,  few,  in  terminal  corymbs;  apetalous  ones  smaller,  lateral, 
solitary  or  racemose,  clustered  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves,  and  nearly  sessile.  The 
corolla,  of  the  petaliferous  flowers,  are  1  inch  wide,  with  5  jietals,  crumpled  in  the 
bud,  and  fugacious.  Calyx  of  the  large  flowers  liairy-pubescent,  and  5;  of  the 
small  flowers,  hoary.  Stamens  of  the  large  flowers  numerous  and  declinate;  of 
the  small  flowers,  few.  Style  short  or  none.  Stigmas  3-lobed,  scarcely  distinct; 
capsule  smooth,  shining,  triangular,  3-valved,  1-celled,  opening  at  top,  about  3 
lines  long;  of  the  apetalous  flowers  not  larger  than  a  pin's  head;  the  seeds  are 
angular,  few,  and  brown.  The  yellow  flowers  open  in  sunshine,  and  cast  their 
petals  by  the  next  day  (G.— W.j. 


980  HELIANTHEMUM. 

History. — This  plant  grows  throughout  the  United  States  in  dry,  sandy  soils, 

and  flowers  from  May  to  July.    The  large  flowers  make  their  appearance  first  and 

later  in  the  season  the  smaller  flowers  are  produced  on  the  same  or  other  plants. 

The  whole  plant  is  medicinal.     The  leaves  and  stems  of  the  plant  are  covered 

129       with  a  white  down,  and  Prof.  Eaton,  in  his  work  on  botany,  says: 

^"  "  In  November  and  December  of  1816, 1  saw  hundreds  of  these  plants 

sending  out  broad,  thin,  curved  ice  crystals,  about  an  inch  in  breadth, 

from  near  the  roots.     These  were  melted  away  by  day,  and  renewed 

every  morning  for  more  than  2-5  days  in  succession."    These  spicules 

of  ice  are  sent  out  from  fissures  in  the  bark  of  the  plant  near  its  ba.se. 

The  plant  has  a  bitterish,  astringent,  slightly  aromatic  taste,  and 

yields  its  properlifs  to  Imt  water. 

Chemical  Composition.  —  Analyzed  in  1888  by  W.  Crutcher 
[  Arwr.  Jour.  Pfwnn.,  l.NbS,  p.  390),  frostweed  was  found  "to  contain  tan- 
nin (10.8  per  cent),  wax,  fatty  and  volatile  oils.  A  white  crystalline 
principle,  thought  to  be  a  glucosid,  was  obtained  in  fine  needles  by 
treating  an  alcoholic  extract  with  water  and  shaking  out  with  benzol. 
These  crystals  were  not  further  e.xaniined. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  plant  has  long  been 
used  in  practice  as  a  valual)le  remedy  fur  scrofuln,  in  which  disease  it 
has  been  reported  to  liave  efl'ected  some  astonishing  cures.  It  is  used 
Heiiamhemum  in  the  form  of  decoction,  syrup,  or  fluid  extract ;  if  taken  in  too  large 
can  ense.  (jgggg  j^  ^yju  gonietimes  vomit.  It  is  tonic  and  astringent,  as  well  as 
nntiscrofulous.  In  secondary  syphilis,  either  alone,  or  in  combination  with  cory- 
dalis  and  stillingia,  it  was  formerly  regarded  as  a  most  valuable  remedy.  In  the 
form  of  infusion,  it  has  also  been  found  very  serviceable  in  chronic  diaiThna  and 
dysentery,  especially  when  occurring  among  persons  disposed  to  scrofula,  also  as  a 
remedy  in  several  forms  of  cutaneous  disease;  also  as  a  gargle  in  scarlatina  and  aph- 
thmis  ulcerations,  and  as  a  wash  in  scrofulous  ophthalmia, prurigo,  and  other  cutaneous 
diseases.  Externally,apoulticeof  the  leaves  is  applied  to  *t'-TOf"(//<)i(of^/»ior««/i(ii(/<vrs. 
The  fluid  extract  is  the  best  form  for  internal  use;  dose,  1  or  2  fluid  drachms, 
3  or  4  times  a  day.  (For  a  list  of  physiological  phenomena  produced  by  this  plant, 
in  small  and  large  doses,  consult  Millspaugh's  Anu^r.  Med.  Plants,Vo\.  I,  p.  28.) 

Related  Species  and  I>Tugs.—neUantliemum  corimbosiim,  or  Frosiwed,  with  an  erect, 
branching,  canescent  stem ;  lance-oblong,  alternate  leaves,  canescently  tonientose  beneath  ; 
flowers  in  crowded,  I'astigiate  cymes ;  primary  ones  elongateil,  filiform  pedicels,  and  with  petals 
twice  longer  than  the  calyx;  sepals  villous-canescent,  outer  ones  linear,  obtuse  ;  inner  ones 
ovate,  acute;  is  found  growing  in  pine-barrens  and  sterile  sands,  in  the  southern  and  middle 
states.  It  possesses  properties  analogous  to  the  preceding,  and  may  be  indiscriminately  em- 
ployed with  it.  F.  J.  Kruell,  in  1874  {.Imer.  Jour.  Phartn.),  found  it  to  contain  resin,  chloro- 
phyll, gum,  extractive,  glucose,  salts,  and  a  large  amount  of  tannin. 

Helianthemum  vulgare,  (jaertner  {CUtus  BeliaiUhemum,  Linn^J.  Europe.  It  has  properties 
similar  to  the  rock-rose. 

Laudantm,  Jienina  ladamtm. — This  resinous  exudate  is  derived  from  several  species  of 
Cisim,  ol  the  iV«^  Ord. — Cistacese,  especially  tlie  Cistits  crflirui'.hinnd;  Ci.'<Ih.<  hidanifentf,  Lmn4; 
and  Ci.ilus  cijpriu.%  Lamarck.  These  are  handsome  evergreen  shrubs,  natives  of  the  Levant 
and  (rreciau  Archipelago.  The  resin  is  collected  from  the  branches  bv  means  of  a  leather 
instrument  somewhat  like  a  rake — called  lalidauitlerion — the  implement  being  drawn  over  the 
bniuches  and  leaves,  and  the  protbict  scraped  off  the  leather,  to  which  it  adheres.  It  is  then 
kneaded  or  mixed  together  with  sand  or  other  solid  material.  Two  grades  of  lalnianum  a>e 
met  in  commerce.  The  first  form,  cuke  laManuin,  occurs  as  dark-lirowu  or  blackish  masses, 
becoming  soft  and  sticky  by  the  warmth  of  the  hands.  When  fn-shlv  broken  it  hus  a  grayish 
ixsp.'ct,  soon  changing  to  a  darker  hue.  The  second  form,  C(wi»ioii  hiMauum,  cotm^a  in  cylin- 
driciil  sticks,  or  spiral  pieces,  which  are  hard,  brittle,  light,  porous,  and  of  a  gray-black  c<ilor. 
Unlike  the  purer  grade,  it  does  not  soften  by  the  heat  of  til-,'  hand.  Both  varieties  arv  bitter, 
and  have  a  l)alsamic,  pleasant  odor.  The  second  grade  is  usually  much  adulteniteil  or  wholly 
artificial.  Pure  labdanum  is  fusible,  and  burns  with  a  vivid  flame,  is  nearly  completely  dis- 
solved by  alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  water.  The  p<x)rer  grades  are  said  to  be  gatherol  from  the 
hair  of  go;its  and  wool  ol  sheep,  which  are  allowed  to  browse  on  the  plants.  Cate  /<iWaiiiim, 
accordiiii;  to  Guibourt  (//is/.  </. /Jroj^iic,'!,  1875,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  6751,  ctmtains  oi  r»>sin  and  a  small 
amount  ol  volatile  oil,  8t)  percent;  wax,  7  per  cent;  extractive,!  percent;  hair,  sjind,  and  other 
insoluble  matter,  6  per  cent.  Hull  hMainnn  yieUled  to  Pelletier,  sand,  72  per  cent ;  and  resin, 
but  20  per  cent.  I.abdauum  was  formerly  "regardeil  diuretic  and  exi>eotorant,  ami  was  em- 
ployed in  hroncliitis,  Irurnrihtta,  catarrli,  di/.^rnti III.  v\f.  It  is  now  used  only  ii\  plasters,  and  is 
nearly  obsolete  as  a  medicine.  Owing  to  ils  agreeable  aroma  when  burned,  it  was  employed 
by  the  ancients  for  fumigating  purposes. 


H£LlANTlir< 


HELIANTHUS.— SUNFLOWEE. 


The  seeds  and  stems  of  Helinnthus  <iunuu.<,  Linne. 

Xat.  Ord. — Compositie. 

Common   Name:  Sunjlmrer. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  annual  plant,  with  an  erect,  rough  stem,  usu- 
ally aiit)Ut  7  liet  high,  but  which,  under  favorable  circumstances,  attains  the 
height  of  15  and  even  20  feet.  The  leaves  are  large,  cordate,  and  3-nerved ;  the 
upper  ones  alternate,  the  lower  ones  opposite.  Peduncles  thickening  upward. 
The  flowers  are  large  and  nodding;  the  rays  yellow;  the  disk  dark-purple.  The 
seeds  are  numerous  and  dark-purple  when  ripe.  A  splendid  variety  occurs  with 
the  llowcrs  all  ni.liat.' ( \V.). 

History  and  Description.— This  well-known  plant  is  a  native  of  South 
America,  and  is  extensively  cultivated  in  the  gardens  of  this  country  on  account 
of  its  beautiful,  brilliant,  yellow  flowers,  which  appear  in  July  and  August.  The 
ripe  seeils  are  the  parts  used;  they  are  of  a  purplioh  color  externally,  about  4  or  5 
lines  long,  between  2  and  3  wide,  2-angled,  margins  parallel,  apex  somewhat 
pointed,  the  base  truncate,  compressed,  with  longitudinal  convex  surfaces,  so  as 
nearly  to  present  4  angles;  internally  the  testa  is  whitish,  and  tiie  kernel  is  whit- 
ish, oily,  rather  sweetish,  and  edible.  They  contain  a  fixed  oil  which  may  be 
obtained  by  expression.  The  leaves  are  large,  and  when  carefully  dried,  may  be 
made  into  cigars,  very  much  resembling  in  flavor  that  of  mild  Spanish  ones. 
The  virtue  of  the  seeds  chiefly  depends  upon  the  fixed  oil  they  contain. 

The  finely  prepared  fiber  of  the  stalks  is  said  to  be  used  in  China  to  adulter- 
ate silks.  Sunflower  plants  are  now  planted  to  some  extent  in  malarial  quarters 
under  the  belief  that  they  have  a  beneficial  influence  in  warding  ofl'  miasmata. 
Its  action  in  this  direction,  if  effective  at  all,  is  probably  due  to  its  power  of 
absorbing  large  amounts  of  water  from  damp  grounds. 

Chemical  Composition. — All  parts  of  the  plant  are  rich  in  mineral  matters, 
10.8  per  cent  of  ash  being  yielded  by  the  dry  plant  (Brandenburg).  John  found 
the  fresh  pith  to  contain  1.5  per  cent  of  potassium  nitrate,  corresponding  to  9 
per  cent  of  the  dried  pith.  Aspanu/in  occurs  in  the  young  plant  (Dessaignes), 
and  inulin,  according  to  Braconnot,  in  the  root  ( A  rch iv  der  Pharm.,  1859,  p.  1).  The 
kernels  of  the  seeds  yield  40  per  cent  of  a  limpid,  fixed  oil,  Sunjionir  oil.  It  is 
colorless  or  pale-yellow,  odorle.ss  and  almost  without  taste.  Its  specific  gravity  is 
0.926;  and  at  ^15°  C.  ( -+-5°  F.j,  it  congeals.  It  is  an  excellent  burning  fluid,  and  the 
plants  are  largely  cultivated  in  China  and  some  other  countries  for  the  purpose 
of  obtaining  the  oil,  of  which  an  acre  of  ground  will  yield  between  200  and  3(X) 
pounds.  Sunflower  oil  dries  slowly.  i/</«(/i^/iic  rtr/ri  (C\H,Oj,  was  obtained  from 
the  seeds  by  Ludwig  and  Kromayer  (Arrhiodcr  Pharm.,  1859,  p.  1).  It  dissolves  in 
water  and  alcohol;  the  aqueous  solution  is  colored  intensely  yellow  by  alkalies. 
With  ferric  salts  it  strikes  a  deep-green  color,  but  is  not  precipitated  by  gelatin. 
Boiling  with  diluted  acids  liberates  a  sugar,  reducing  alkaline  cupric  tartrate  so- 
lution. Its  reactions  show  it  to  be  a  peculiar  tannic  acid,  differing  at  least  from 
caffeotannic  acid.  A  sunflower  of  Algerian  growth  yielded,  according  toChardon, 
a  distinctive  oleoresin  ( Pfmnn.  Jovr.  Tnin.t.,  1873,  p.  322). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Sunflower  seeds  and  leaves  are  diu- 
retic and  expectorant,  and  have  been  used  in  pulmonary  offeft ions  yviih  consid- 
erable benefit.  The  following  preparation  has  been  of  much  efficacy  in  hroticliial 
and  Inn/ngeal  afrctions,  and  even  in  the  cnui/h  of  phl/ii.ni^;  it  acts  as  a  mild  expec- 
torant and  diuretic:  Take  of  sunflower  seeds,  bruised,  2  jiounds;  water,  5  gal- 
lons; boil  the  two  together  until  but  3  gallons  of  liquid  remain,  then  strain,  add 
12  pounds  of  sugar,  and  U  gallons  of  good  Holland  gin.  The  dose  of  this  is  from 
2  fluid  drachms  to  2  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day,  or  whenever  tickling  or 
irritation  of  the  throat,  or  cough  is  excessive,  or  when  exnecioration  is  diflicult. 
Various  agents  may  be  added' to  this  i)reparation,  accoraing  to  indications,  aa 
tincture  of  stillingia,  tincture  of  balsam  of  tolu,  etc.  An  infusion  of  the  pilh  of 
sunflower  stem  is  diuretic,  and  may  be  used  where  this  class  of  agents  is  indi- 
cated, aLso  in  many  febrile  and  inflamvutlori/  /or»i.s  af  diieivc;  it  likewise  makes  a 
good  local  appiicat"ion  in  some  forms  i<i  nrn'ienplilhalmin.    The  i)ith  contains  nitre, 


982  HELLEBORUS. 

and  has  been  recommended  for  the  making  of  moxa;  the  quantity  of  nitre, 
however,  varies,  depending  entirely  upon  the  locality  and  character  of  soil  in 
which  the  plant  grows.  The  oil  obtained  from  the  seeds  by  expression,  has  been 
employed  with  benefit  in  cough,  in  dysentery,  in  inflammnti'ni  of  the  mucous  coat  of 
the  blndiler,  and  in  dinerise  of  the  kidneys.  To  be  given  in  do^es  of  from  10  to  lo 
drops,  2  or  3  times  a  day.  A  teaspoonful  of  the  oil  taken  at  one  dose,  has  pro- 
duced active  diuresis  for  four  consecutive  days,  accompanied  toward  the  termi- 
nation with  pain  and  debility  in  the  lumbar  region.    The  leaves  are  astringent. 

Related  Species. — Acthiomem  helianlhoides,  Nuttall.  Gravel  or  Diabetes  weed. — This  plant 
is  diuretic  anil  has  been  successfully  employed  in  chronic  cyslilig,  dropsy,  and  gravel. 

HeliaHlhus  luberosus,  Liun6.  JeruwUm  arlklujke. — The  tubers  of  this  species  resemble  arti- 
chokes, and  have  been  used  as  a  substitute  for  i)otatoes.  The  carbohydrates  of  the  tubers 
have  been  investigated  repeatedly  by  O.  Popp(1870  and  1878) ;  Dieck  and  ToUens  (Jahresb.  dtr 


Pluirm.,  1878,  p.  81),  and  more  recently  by  Ch.  Tanret  (Jour.  Pharm.  Chim.,  ]8«3,  p.  107).  The 
latter  author  finds  the  juice  of  the  tuber  before  ita  maturity  to  contain  16  per  cent  of  the  fol- 
lowing carbohydrates :  ISarcharot'e,  inulin,  pseudo-inidin,  inulenin,  and  two  newly  isolated  substan- 


ces, helianthenm  and  »t/nanthrin.  The  formulie  of  all  these  substances  have  the  nucleus  CuHioOio 
(also  see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 1S95,  p.  4981.  A  Hni:ill  .|nantity  nf  hi'vulose  ami  dextrose  i:^  inrmed 
when  the  tuber  ripens. 

HELLEBORUS.— BLACK  HELLEBOBE. 

The  rhizome  and  rootlets  oi  Helleborus  niger,  Linne. 
Nat.  Ord. — Ranunculacese. 
Common  Kames:   Black  hclkhore,  Christmas  rose. 

Illustrations  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants, 2 ;  Woodville,  Med.  Bot.,  169. 
Botanical  Source. — Black  hellebore  has  a  black,  perennial,  tuberculated, 
horizontiil,  scaly  root  or  rhizome,  whitish  internally,  and  sending  oS'  numerous, 
130         lo"gi  fleshy,  brownish-yellow  fibers,  which   become  darker   upon 
'^'       ■        drying.     Its  leaves  are  large,  radical,  on  cylindrical  stalks  from 
4  to  8  inches  long,  pedate,  of  a  deep-green  color  above,  and  paler 
and  strongly  reticulated  beneath;  leaflets  5  or  more,  1  terminal, 
cuneate-obovate,  entire  and  unequal  at  the  base,  and  coarsely  ser- 
rated near  the  point.     The  scape  is  shorter  than  the  petiole,  1  or 
2-flowered,with  ovate  lacerated  bracts  immediately  beneath  thecalyx, 
and  5  or  10  inches  high.    The  flowers  are  large  and  rose-like.    The 
calyx  consists  of  6  large,  ovate  or  roundish,  spreading  sepals,  at  first 
white,  then  rose-red,  eventually  becoming  green.     The  petals  are 
yellowish-green,  tubular,  shorter  than  the  stamens,  and  narrowed 
e  e  onisniger.   -^^  ^j^^  base;  stamens  numerous;  anthers  yellow;  capsules  leathery; 
seeds  many,  arranged  in  2  rows,  elliptical,  umbilioated,  black,  and  glossy  (L.V 

History  and  Description. — Black  hellebore  inhaliits  the  subalpine  woodland 
regions  in  the  middle  and  southern  parts  of  Europe,  flowering  between  December 
and  I'ebinary ;  it  is  also  called  Christinas  rose.  It  is  not  the  Melampodium  of  the 
ancients,  so  celobrated  in  mental  diseases,  which  is  now  shown  to  be  a  distinct 
species,  the  Hcllrborus  oriental  is,  and  v;h\ch  probably  possesses  similar  medicinal 
virtues,  as  well  as  do  the  runts  of  some  other  6]>ecies  of  the  same  genus.  Another 
species  should  be  mentioned  here  on  account  of  its  rhizome  having  a  commercial 
name  liaiile  to  become  confused  with  IVniinnii  ri/((/e  (green  hellebore\  It  is  the 
Hellcborus  viridis,  Linne.  The  commercial  name  of  the  drug  (rhizome  and  root- 
lets), is  Radix  hellebori  viridis,  or  green  hellebore  root.  This  species  is  reg-arded  by 
some  as  more  useful  than  the  black  hellebore,  and  has  consequently  obtained 
oflicial  recognition  in  Europe.  The  medicinal  parts  of  hellebore  are  the  radicles  or 
root  fibers,  which  are  generally  met  with  the  rhizome  attached.  It  is  a  many-headed 
root  with  a  caudex  or  body  seldom  over  ^  inch  in  thickness,  and  several  inches 
long,  horizontal,  sometimes  contorted,  uneven,  knotty,  with  transverse  ridges, 
slightly  striated  longitudinally,  its  upper  surface  having  the  remains  of  the  leaf 
and  flower-stalks,  and  thickly  beset  upon  the  sides  and  under  surface  with  fibers, 
which,  when  uninjured,  are  from  3  inclies  to  a  foot  in  length,  2  or  3  lines  in 
diameter,  dark  brownish-black  externally,  whitish  within,  spongy,  not  wotxly, 
brittle,  with  a  feeble  odor,  and  a  faint,  bitter  taste  (C.^.  When  fresli  they  are  said 
to  he  very  acrid  and  nauseous,  occasioning,  when  chewed  for  a  short  time  a  jnin- 


HELLEBORL'S.  983 

gent,  numb  sensation,  resembling  that  which  accompaDies  the  eating  or  drinking 
of  anything  hot.  Desiccation,  as  well  as  age,  gradually  lessens  this  acridity.  Its 
properties  are  taken  up  by  water  or  alcohol;  long-continued  heat  diminishes 
its  activity. 

The  rliizomes  of  Adoniif  vernnlis,  Linno,  and  Artan  s^ica/«,  Linn6,  of  Europe, 
have  lieen  emplovcd  as  adulterants  of  black  hellebore. 

Chemical  Composition  —The  root  and  the  root-leaves  of  the  various  species 
of  IlelkliiMUs  contain  two  glucosids,  /itilehnrein,  which  is  a  cardiac  poison,  also 
having  drastic  powers,  and  /idkhnrii),  a  narcotic  poison  ;  also  fatty  oil,  acrid  resins, 
etc.,  but  no  tannin.  JJdlihnrus  ririilis  is  stated  to  yield  a  more  active  helleborein 
than  //  vi'irr;  tlie  same  plant  yields  the  largest  amount  of  helleborin  (.0.04  per 
cent).  i/i''/t/v""//i  was  discovered  in  18()4  by  Husemann  and  MsiTm€  {Avn.  Chnn. 
P//«c»i.,Vol.  CXXXV,  p.  55).  These  authors  also  studied  more  closely  the  hf/le- 
6o/m  discovered  in  1S.33  by  BAi^tick  (riiann.Jour.  Tram.).  Both  substances  were 
carefully  investigated  quite  recently  by  K.  Thaeter  (^rcAw  </(r  P/«7r»;i.,  1898,  pp. 
414-4"24i.  The  isolation  of  the  two  substances  from  the  root  was  effected  by 
means  of  their  opposite  behavior  toward  water  and  ether,  helleborein  ])eing  freely 
soluble  in  water,  but  insoluble  in  ether,  while  helleborin  is  insoluble  in  water  and 
soluble  in  ether. 

Helleborein  crystallizes  from  absolute  alcohol  in  fine  needles,  which  are 
not  hygroscopic  when  pure ;  it  is  of  a  sweetish  taste,  and  in  powder  form  has 
sternutatory  properties.  Its  aqueous  solution  is  precipitated  by  mercurous  ni- 
trate, tannic  acid,  etc.  On  boiling  with  diluted  acids,  it  is  decomposed  into  sugar 
and  dark  blue  flakes  of  ^<-/'^<'6ore^i')i,  which  are  insoluble  in  water  and  ether,  but 
soluble  in  alcohol  with  violet  color  (Husemann  and  Marnie).  K.  Thaeter  has 
quantitatively  established  the  mechanism  of  this  reaction,  in  which  2  molecules 
of  dextrose  and  3  molecules  of  acetic  acid  are  formed,  the  equation  being  as  fol- 
lows: C„H^()„  (Mteboreln)  -f  5H,0-C„H„C\  (helkboretu,)  -\-2C,li,G,+  oC,U,0,. 
Hell' horef ill  is  permanent  toward  hot  diluted  acids,  and  is  a  member  of  the  fatty 
series  of  organic  compounds.  Concentrated  nitric  acid  produces  with  helleboretin 
a  characteristic  deep-violet  color  which,  on  dilution  with  water,  is  permanent  for 
some  time.  Thus  the  formation  of  blue  flakes  upon  boiling  with  acids,  and  the 
subsequent  color  reaction  with  nitric  acid  may  serve  as  a  characteristic  test  for 
hellebori  in. 

Helleborin. — K.  Thaeter  confirmed  all  the  properties  found  by  Husemann 
and  Marme  for  this  substance,  except  its  formula,  for  which  he  finds  (CgHioO)]!, 
while  his  predecessors  arrived  at  the  formula  C^^H^Oj.  This  substance  forms 
white,  oilorless,  and  tasteless  needles,  but  in  alcoholic  solution  they  impart  an 
acrid  tasie.  It  is  insoluble  in  cold  water, quite  soluble  in  alcohol  and  chloroform. 
Prolonged  boiling  with  diluted  acids  decomposes  it  into  sugar  and  helleboresin 
(C„H„0, 1.  Helleborin  gives  a  characteristic  violet-red  color  with  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid;  when  poured  into  water  white  flakes  are  precipitated. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Black  hellebore  is  a  drastic  cathartic, 
ami  is  re|iuled  to  possess  eniiiitnagOi.'ue  powers,  but  the  latter  is  probably  due  to 
its  i>urgati\e  enicls.  In  fiualler  doses  it  is  a  cardiac  stimulant,  and  diuretic  and 
anthelmintic  properties  are  also  ascribed  to  it.  In  large  doses,  it  is  a  powerful 
poison,  causing  gastro-intestinal  inflammation,  dizziness,  painful  spasms,  severe 
emesis,  catharsis,  heart  failure,  dilatation  of  the  pupils,  thirst  with  abdominal 
heat,  cold  sweats,  convulsions,  and  even  death.  Death  occurs  from  spasms  and 
exhaustion.  The  recent  root  produces  rubefaction,  and  sometimes  blisters,  when 
held  in  contact  with  the  Bkin.  Hellebore  was  formerly  used  in  piil.<i/,iii!'(niit)/. 
aiinjilr.ii/,  (h-<q,.-'ii,  ejiilep.*;/,  eU\,  h»t  is  seldom  used  at  present;  oecasionally  it  is 
found  useful  in  chloronix,  nnu  iwrrhnn,eic.  In  nervous  disorders  it  might  still  be 
used,  if  properly  employed,  in  cases  of  melnncholia  and  mania  when  due  to  gastro- 
hepatic  disturbances,  or  in  acute  forms  of  mental  abcrrationa  due  to  menstrual 
wrongs.  HijMeria  and  hyporhondria  may  be  benefited  by  it,  especially  when  de- 
pendent upon  abdonnnal  wrongs.  As  an  agent  for  f/r')//.>fV,  it  is  regarded  as  less 
useful  th:in  a|iocynurn.  It  ba.s  been  used  to  reduce  dropsy  through  its  purgative 
action,  but  since  it  has  been  found  that  small  doses  of  the  drug  tend  to  stimulate 
the  heart  and  increase  diuresis,  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  we  have  not  yet 
fnllv  nininiint.-  1   tip-  power  of  the  drug.     Dropsies  due  to  atonic;  states  of  the 


984  HEMIDESMUS. 

bowels,  serous  effusion  alter  inflammations,  with  deficient  absorption,  and  Aydro- 
ihorax  and  anasarca  following  the  specific  eruptive  diseases,  are  specially  mentioned 
as  coming  within  its  curative  power.  The  dose  for  this  purpose  should  be  from 
a  fraction  of  a  drop  to  5  drops  of  specific  hellebore.  Bryonia,  apocynum,  and 
digitalis  act  well  with  it. 

The  drug  in  small  doses  increases  the  force  of  the  heart's  contraction,  slows 
the  pulse,  and  increases  arterial  tension.  Renal  activity  is  increased  under  its 
action,  and  non-compensatory  symptoms  in  heart  affections  have  rapidly  disap- 
peared under  the  use  of  this  drug.  Prof.  Scudder  {Spec.  Med.)  suggests  it  as  an 
emmenagogue  when  the  patient  is  annoyed  by  heat  flashes,  burning  of  the  sur- 
face of  the  thighs  and  nates,  and  sensitiveness  of  the  pelvic  and  perineal  tissues. 
It  has  been  used  in  bowel  disorders  with  jelly-like  passages.  The  agent  requires 
and  deserves  restudy.  For  the  specific  uses  the  minute  dose  is  preferable.  R  Spe- 
cific helleborus  niger  gtt.  v,aqua  flgiv.  Mix.  Sig.  Dose,  a  teaspoonful  every  1,2, 
or  3  hours.  For  its  old  uses  as  a  drastic  purgative,  etc.,  the  dose  of  the  powder 
is  from  6  to  10  grains;  of  the  tincture,  from  1  to  2  fluid  drachms;  of  the  extract, 

2  to  6  grains. 

Helleborein,  besides  possessing  similar  properties,  has  been  found  to  be  a  de- 
pressant of  the  nervous  functions,  and  to  possess  decided  ana3sthetic  properties. 
From  the  fact  that  it  has  no  apparent  eflect  upon  the  pupil,  nor  affects  the  intra- 
ocular tension,  it  has  been  preferred  by  some  over  cocaine  as  a  local  anesthetic 
in  eye  diseases,  and  is  reputed  more  permanent  in  its  effects  than  the  latter.    From 

3  to  4  drops  of  a  solution,  representing  in  all  from  ^  to  ^^  grain,  is  thus  employed. 
Owing  to  its  powerful  action  upon  the  heart,  it  is  not  used  subcutaneously  to  pro- 
duce local  anasthesia. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — (The  minute  doses  only.)  Dropsy,  heavy 
feeling  in  head,  with  cold  forehead  and  clammy  sweat;  amenorrhoea,  with  flashes 
of  heat,  burning  oi  surface  ol  thighs  and  buttocks,  and  pelvic  and  perineal  sensi- 
tiveness; discharges  of  gelatinous  mucus  from  the  bowels. 

Related  Species.— fli??fcfcor!«  fcelidw.  Bear's  foot.  This  European  perennial,  of  fetid 
odor,  is  the  most  active  of  the  hellebores.  The  acrid,  bitterish,  and  pungent  Itavcs  and  stem- 
stalks,  when  chewed,  excoriate  the  membranes  of  the  mouth.  It  acts  as  a  powerful  emetic 
and  purgative,  and  in  large  doses  is  a  dangerous  agent.  It  has  been  used  in  powder  and 
decoction  to  expel  tapeworm,  and  in  asthma,  hij}iochondriasis,  and  hysteria.  Dose  of  the  drug, 
from  6  to  20  grains;  ot  the  decoction  (1  5  oi  drug  to  8  R5  of  water l",  a  fluid  ounce.  It  contains 
the  same  constituents  as  hellebore.   Therapeutically,  it  is  scarcely  known  in  this  country. 

HEMIDESMUS.— INDIAN  SABSAPAEILLA. 

The  root  of  Hemidesmris  indints,  Robert  Brown  {Periploca  emfiicn.  Retzius"). 

Nat.  Ord. — Asclepiadaceffi. 

Common  Names:  Indian  sarsaparilln, Nunnari. 

Illustratio.n  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  174. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  climbing  plant  with  a  long  and  slender  root, 
with  few  ramifications,  covered  with  rust-colored  bark,  and  with  twining,  difluse 
or  climbing,  woody,  slender  stems,  from  the  thickne.«s  of  a  crow's  quill  to  that  of 
goo.se's,  and  nearly  smooth.  The  leaves  are  opposite,  on  short  petioles,  entire, 
smooth,  shining,  and  of  firm  texture;  they  vary  much  in  shape  and  size,  those  of 
the  young  shoots  that  issue  from  old  roots",  being  linear,  acute,  and  striated  down 
the  middle  with  white;  while  the  others  are  generally  broad-lanceolate,  some- 
times ovate  or  oval.  The  stipules  are  4-fold,  small,  on  each  side  of  each  petiole, 
and  caducous.  The  flowers  are  small,  externally  green,  internally  a  deep-purple, 
in  axillary,  sessile  racemes,  which  are  imbricated  with  flowers,  anil  then  with 
scales  like  bracts.  Calyx  6-cleft,  with  acute  divisions:  corolla  flat,  rotate,  with 
oblong,  pointed  divisions,  and  rugose  inside.  Follicles  long,  slender,  and  spread- 
ing (L.-Ro.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant  is  the  Peri- 
plora  (fi(^(V(iof  Willdenow,  and  the  AscUjii'is  ;i,v<H(/(),Mn>'n  of  Roxburgh.  It  is  com- 
mon all  over  the  peninsula  of  India.     It  has  long  been  use*l  as  a  medicine  in 


HEPATiCA.  98.5 

India,  but  was  not  known  to  the  medical  profession  of  this  country  ami  Kuiojit-, 
until  its  introduction  by  Dr.  Ashburner,  in  l&^l  {ImiuI.  nnd  lAlinh.  I'ln/s.  Jour., 
Vol.  LXV,  p.  189).  Its  root  is  loop,  tortuous,  cylindrical,  rugose,  furrowed  longi- 
tudinally, and  has  its  cortex  divided  l)y  tranverse  fissures  into  nioniliforin  rings. 
It  is  brownish  externally,  has  a  feeble,"bitter  ta-^te,  and  a  peculiar  aroniatic  odor, 
somewhat  like  that  of  sassafras,  but  which  has  been  compared  to  that  of  mw  hay. 
The  cortical  ])ortion  has  a  corky  consistence,  and  surrounds  a  ligneous  nieditul- 
lium.  Mr.  Ciarden  {Lmd.  Med.  Gnz.,  1837,  p.  800)  obtained  from  it  a  volatile, 
cr^-stallizable  acid,  on  which  the  taste,  smell,  and  probably  the  medicinal  proper- 
ties depend.  From  an  erroneous  notion  of  the  origin  of  the  root,  he  called  the 
acid  the  smilnsjieric  anil,  but  it  may  with  more  propriety  be  termed  hemidismic  acid 
or  hemldrsmnHV.)  (also  see.-l,mr..A,„,-.  /V,an)(.,Vol.  XX,  P- 289). 

Action,  MedicalUses,  and  Dosage.— Indian  sarsaparilla  has  been  success- 
fully employed  in  rnuruil.  (//.vca.-c.M,  especially  in  cases  where  the  South  American 
sarsaparilla  has  proved  iiielHcient.  Dr.  A.shburner  savs  that  it  increases  the  ap- 
petite, acta  as  a  diuretic,  and  improves  the  general  liealth;  "plumpness,  clear- 
ness, and  strength,  succeeding  to  emaciation,  muddines.s,  and  debility."  Likewise 
said  to  l)e  useful  in  (ifffctions  of  tlie  kidtiei/.%  sn-ofula,  cuUincoit.s  diseases,  aind  t/,rush. 
Notwithstanding  these  statements  it  is  by  no  means  so  eflicient  and  certain  as 
many  of  our  indigenous  remedies.  It  is  used  in  the  form  of  infusion,  as  boiling 
dissipates  its  active  volatile  principle.  Two  ouncis  of  the  root  may  be  infused 
in  a  pint  of  boiling  water  for  an  hour,  the  whole  of  which  may  be  taken  in 
the  course  of  24  hours.  A  syrup  of  hemidesmus  is  used  for  flavoring  medicinal 
mixtures. 

Related  Species.— ^ymrwrna  aylvestre,  Robert  Brown  (Atclepias  gemirmta,  Roxburgh  i. 
This  a.sil('i)i;ulao«oii8  climbir  is  indigenous  to  India  and  Africa.  The  vine  is  wo«ly  and  bears 
little  yellow  tlowers.  The  root  is  nearly  an  inch,  or  abont  two-thirds  of  an  inch,  in  tliicknes.s, 
and  is  covered  with  a  red-brown,  spongy  bark.  To  the  taste  it  is  acrid  and  saline.  The  leaves 
of  this  plant  are  said  to  possess  the  peculiar  property  of  temporarily  obliterating  the  sense  of 
taste  for  sweetness  or  bitterness,  so  that  sugar  does  not  tiste  sweet,  and  that  quinine  tastes 
like  chalk  (.Imcr.  Juur.  I'harm.,  18S8,  p.  33i»;  aKso  ihid.,  1848,  p.  \hZ).  This  property  is  thought 
to  be  due  to  an  acid  having  some  likeness  tochrysophanic  acid.  It  was  isolated  by  I>.  Hooper, 
in  1887,  and  named  by  him  gumnemic  acid.  The'ta.ste  of  sour,  saline,  and  astringent  substances 
is  not  alten'd  by  thisprincii'Ie.  J»r.  Hooper  also  found  coloring  matter,  resins,  albumen,  vari- 
ous carljobydrates,  tartaric  acid,  and  a  bitter  neutral  bo<iy.  The  powdered  root  is  a  remedy 
in  India  f<jr  wwAe-fti/ts. 

HEPATICA.— LIVEELEAP. 

The  leaves  oi  Anemone  nrutilobn,  Lawson,  and  Anenwne  Hepaticu,  Linne. 

Xal.  Ord. — Ranunculaceffi. 

CoMMo.N  Names:  Liverleuf,  Livenvort,  Noble  liverwort,  Avierkan  livei-leaf,  kidney 
liverleiif  (A.  Heji. ),  Henri  liverleuf  (A.  ariU.),  Hepatwa,  etc. 

RiASTRATio.N  :    Lloyd's  Urmj.t  ami  Med.  of  X.  A.,  Plate  V,  Figs.  10  to  IT. 

Botanical  Source.— I.  Anemone  Hepatka  {Hcpatica  ameri^ann  of  De  Can- 
dolle  and  He,,atini  triJoha  of  Willdenow).  This  is  a  perennial  plant,  the  root  of 
which  consists  of  numerous  strong  fibers.     The  leaves  are  pig.  131. 

all  radical,  on  long,  hairy  petioles,  with  3  ovate,  obtuse,  or  ^  ^ 

rounded,  entire  lobes,  smooth,  evergreen,  coriaceous,  cordate  ^vi,oi 

at  base,  the  new  ones  appearing  later  than  the  flowers.  The 
flowers  appear  almost  as  soon  as  the  snow  leaves  the  ground 
in  thesprin;:;  are  single,  generally  blue,sometimes  white  and 
fl'sh  colored,  no<lding  at  fii-st,  tlien  erect,  on  hairy  scape 
■i  or  4  inches  long;  by  cultivation  they  become  double.  Tl 
involucre  is  simple  and  composed  of  3  <ntire,  ovate,  obtuse 
bracts,  resembling  a  calyx,  and  situated  a  little  below  the 
flower.  The  calyx  consists  of  2  or  3  rows  of  petaloid  senals; 
the  stamens  are"  awl-shaped;  the  anthers  elliptic;  anil  the 
achenia  ovate,  acute,  and  awnless  (\V.--G. ). 

IL  Anemone  ActiTii.oBA  (Hqmtira  <truttlnh,i)  diflers  in 
having  the  leaves  with  3  ovate  and  j)ointe<l  lobes,  or  soine- 
times  6-lobed;  leaves  of  the  involucre  acute  or  acutish  fC  >. 


HERACLEUil. 


History  and  Description.— The  Anemone  Hepaiica  has  been  viewed  as  the 
onl)'  species  of  this  genus,  the  differences  observed  as  to  color,  form,  etc.,  being 
De  Candolle,  however,  divided  it  into  two  species. 
These  plants  are  common  to  the  United  States, 
growing  in  woods  and  upon  elevated  situations; 
the  A.  Eepatka  (H.  ainericana'),  which  is  the  least 
coniir.on,  being  found,  as  Eiiton  state.*,  on  the  side 
of  hills  exposed  to  the  north, and  the  other  on  that 
facing  the  south.  They  both  bear  white,  blue,  or 
purplish  flowers,  which  appear  late  in  March  or 
early  in  April,  and  are  among  the  most  beautiful 
and  most  sought-for  of  our  vernal  flowers.  The 
entire  plant  is  employed.  It  occurs  in  market  in 
broken  masses  of  leaves, sometimes  intermixed  with 
broken  roots,  and  of  a  green  color.  It  is  odorless, 
and  has  a  subastringent  and  viscid  taste,  and  yields 
its  virtues  to  water.  The  name  livcruoH  sometimes 
erroneously  applied  to  it,  belongs  to  the  cryptogam 
Marchantia  polymorphc,  and  others  of  the  same 
family.  Undoubtedly  it  was  the  demand  for  the 
latter  plant  that  led  to  the  wonderful  "hepatica 
boom  "'  about  the  year  1S80.  In  1883,  the  consump- 
tion of  liverleaf  in  this  country  alone  was  about 
450,000  pounds.  (For  an  exhaustive  article  on 
hepaiica,  the  reader  is  referred  to  Drugs  cnai  ^fedi■ 
cines  of  North  Americn,  by  J.  U.  and  C.  (J.  Lloyd, Vol. 
I,  pp."37^4.)  According  to  Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd,  the 
blunt-lobed  variety  is  seldom  found  in  commerce,  and  does  not  form  one-fiftieth 
part  of  that  collected  in  America,  the  supply  being  almost  wholly  from  the 
acute-lobed  hepatica. 

Chemical  Composition.— Rafinesque  (1828)  stated  that  the  plant  contained 
"tannin,  mucilage,  extractive,"  etc.  C.  B.  Smith  (186S)  demonstrated  the  exist- 
ence of  tannin  in  the  plant.  Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd  and  Mr.  Harter  analyzed  it,  sum- 
ming up  the  result  as  follows :  "  It  contains  none  of  the  classes  of  active  constitu- 
ents found  in  medicinal  plants,  but  consists  of  the  usual  constituents  of  plants, 
such  as  a  tannin,  gum,  sugar,  chlorophyll,  and  small  amounts  of  a  bland  oleo- 
resin  (Harter,  Pharm.  Record,  1884).  Ot  the  substances  named,  none  were  in 
amount  sufficient  to  render  them  consjncuous.  It  may  be  accepted  that  hepatica 
does  not  contain  a  single  prominently  marked  constituent,  and  that  few  herbs 
present  less  decided  peculiarities"'  (.T.  U.  Lloyd,  in  Drugs  ond  Mul.  of  N.  A.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — A  mild  mucilaginous  astringent.    It 
has  been  used  in  infusion,  taken  frt'eW  in  fevers,  hejiatic  complaint.t.  blefding  frotn 
</ie  in«i7.s  coup/iS,  etc.,  but  in  severe  cases  it  is  unavailable.     Th    '    ■"     ' 
taken  ad  libitum. 


Anemone  acntiloba. 


is  unavailable.    The  infusion  may  be 


HERAOLEUM.— MASTERWORT. 


The  root  of  Herarkum  lauutum,  LinnL 

Nat.  On?.— Uml)ellifer;e. 

CoMMO.v  Names:   Mustenport,  Cotc-parsnip. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant,  sometimes  called  Cme-parsnip,  has  a  large, 
splmlle-shaped,  perennial  root,  of  a  strong,  disagreeable  smell,  from  which  arises 
a  hollow,  thick,  furrowed,  branching  and  pubescent  stem,  from  3  to  5  feet  high, 
and  often  an  inch  or  more  in  width  at  the  base.  The  leaves  are  very  large,  on 
downy,  channeled  petioles,  and  ternately  compound ;  the  leaflets  roundish-cor- 
date, and  unequally  lobed ;  the  lobes  acuminate,  almost  glabrous  above,  and 
woolly  underneath.  The  flowers  are  white,  in  huge  umbels,  often  a  ft>ot  broad, 
with  deciduous  involucres.  Involucels  long-pointed,  lanceolate,  and  manv-leaved. 
The  calyx  limb  is  composed  of  5  small,  acute  teeth.  The  petals  are  obcordate, 
with  the  point  inflexed,  the  outer  larger  and  radiant,  appearing  deeplv  2-clefl. 


HERACLEUM.  1»n, 

The  fruit  i^s  compressed,  oval,  with  a  broad,  flat  margin,  and  3  obtuse  dorsal  ribs 
to  eacli  cari)el;  intervals  with  single  vitt;i',  and  seeds  tiat  (G. — W. — R.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.  — Found  growing  in 
moist  meadows  and  lultivateil  frrounds  Iruni  Labrador  to  Pennsylvania,  and  west 
to  Oregon,  liowering  in  J  une.  The  root  is  tlie  jiart  used ;  is  somewhat  analogous  to 
parsley  in  appearance,  has  a  strong,  peculiar,  unpleasant  odor,  and  an  ill-flavored 
acrimonious  taste.  The  recent  root  and  leaves,  when  placed  in  contact  with  tin- 
skin,  irritate  and  inflame  it;  and  that  which  inhabits  very  damp  localities  i.< 
considered  poisonous  (B.).  The  leaves  and  seeds  have  also  been  used  medici- 
nally. The  root  probably  contains  acrid  principles,  volatile  oil,  and  resin.  The 
plant  is  Slated  by  Nuttall  (.-limr.  Jour.  i'/K/nii.,  l836,Vol. VII,  p.  281)  to  be  hardly 
distinct  from  Hcrarleuin  sphoitihjliinn,  Linm'-,  of  Europe  and  Asia.  This  pl'\nt  is 
also  known  as  Cow-parsnip,  and  lias  similar  medicinal  properties.  The  fruits  of 
all  species  of  Heracleum  thus  far  analyzed,  abound  in  volatile  oil,  free  ethyl  and 
methyl  alcohol  and  solid  hydrocarbons  of  the  paraffine  series.  From  ILrdrleum 
giganleum,  Gnlzeit  obtained  2  per  cent  of  volatile  oil,  which  was  differentiated 
into  10  per  cent  of  a  mixture  of  elhijl-butyrnte  and  acetate,  and  55  per  cent  of  hcryl- 
butyrate  and  octyl-acetale.  Besides,  a  crystallizable  substance,  hcradin  (C32H.„0,„), 
was  otitained  from  the  immature  fruits.  It  is  a  colorless,  odorless  substance, 
melting  at  ISS"  C.  (365°  F.),  insoluble  in  water,  not  easily  soluble  in  ether,  solu- 
ble in  chloroform,  boiling  carbon  disulphide  (1:400)  and  in  cold  (1:700)  and  boil- 
ing (1:60)  absolute  alcohol  {Amer.Jmu:  Pli,mn.,18S0,  p.  136).  The  fruits  odfim- 
cleum  ephondj/liuni  yielded  to  Zincke  (i)/;ss.,  1869),  0.3  per  cent  and  to  Moslingcr 
(Jahresb.  chr  PAncm.,  1876,  p.  165),  0.8  to  0.9  per  cent  of  a  volatile  oil.  (For  a  review 
of  its  constituents,  which  are  similar  to  those  of  H.  giganteum,  see  Husemann 
and  Hilger,  Pflanzenstoffc.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Stimulant,  antispasmodic,  and  car- 
minative. Used  in  decoction  infntulenn/  and  di/xjiejisia,  and  2  or  3  drachms  of  the 
powdert-d  root,  taken  daily  in  €/jil)jis>/,  ivid  continued  some  time,  with  a  strong 
infusion  of  the  leaves  and  tops  at  night,  has  been  found  successful.  Recent  trials 
with  a  saturated  tincture  of  the  root  seem  to  indicate  that  it  has  some  power  over 
epilepsy  though  the  conditions  in  which  it  is  specifically  applicable  have  not  yet 
been  determined.  Recommended  also  in  asthma,  colic,  amenorrfKva,  dysmenorrha'a, 
palsy,  apoplexy,  intermittent^,  etc.,  in  doses  of  1  drachm.  The  dose  of  a  strong  tinc- 
ture (3viii  of  root  to  Oj  of  alcohol),  ranges  from  5  to  60  minims. 

Belated  Species. — Imperalnria  Oslmthium.  Tlie  rootstock  of  Peucfdmium  OstnUhium,  Koch 
[Imperntunn  (htridliiuin,  Linne),  Nat.  On/.— Unibelliferie.  Masterwii.  This  dru^  consists  of  a 
fioincwliat  ti:itt>iied,  subconical  rootstock, of  al)outa  finder's  thickness,  and  ranging  from  2  to4 
iuolii-8  in  length.  Its  surface  is  wrinkled,  scarred,  and  warty;  its  uppir  portion  bus  a  finely 
annulati'il  appearanci'.  Its  color  externally  is  a  deep  bro«u-j;ray  ;  iutern.ally  dirty  wliite.  It 
has  a  large  cinlral  pith,  while  its  bark  is  thin,  and  all  parts  abound  in  nsin  cells  of  a  brown- 
ish-yellow hue.  Its  taste  is  pungent,  aroinalic,  aixl  bitter,  giving  a  prolonged  sense  of  warmth- 
to  tiie  mouth.  Its  odor  is  markedly  balsamic,  somewhat  reseuihling  aiii,'elii;a.  Masterwort  is 
scarcely  at  all  usidin  America,  ami  la  noticed  here  chiefly  on  account  of  its  having  been  used 
as  an  aduhtriint  of  aconite  ( Holmes).  In  former  years  it  was  much  esteemed  as  a  medicine, 
beiug  known,  on  account  of  its  extensive  uses,  as  diiituim  rrmediam.  It  grows  in  the  moun- 
tains of  central  and  south  Europe,  It  contains  from  0.2  to  0.7  per  cent  of  volatile  oil.  Osaun 
and  Wackenroder,  in  IS:'.!,  obtained  from  it  iinperalorin,  a,  principle  believed  by  K.  AVagner 
(18.54)  to  be  identical  with  peucedanin,  obtained  from  Pmceilanum  officinale,  Liunt^,  an  allied 
species,  by  Schlatter,  in  1«33.  However,  more  recent  authors  (A.  Jassoy,  1890)  lulieve  it  to 
be  identi<-al  with  oslnilliln  (see  below l.  Piuculnu I niorms  colorless, rhombic  prisnis, or  plates, 
or  fine  ni-edli-8,  which  are  odorless  and  tasteless  when  pure;  they  are  insoluble  in  water,  but 
soluble  in  etlur,  chloroform,  and  alcohol, the  latter  solution  haviiiga  faintly  bitter  taste.  The 
pure  sub.stancomrlts  at  10.'S^O.c22i>.4°F.)  (1'.  Ilaensel,  IS'.ll).  AVh.n  concent  rali-.l  hydrochloric 
acid  6<jlution  is  added  to  an  alcol.,,lic  solution  of /"".v./,!,,;;!,  the  biiur  lo.srs  a  m.thvl  group 
and  is  quantitatively  converted  into  o/ro.s, /..,(( lHa-^iw.tz  and  Wci.l.ll.  The  fc.rmiiUe  of  the  two 
compounds  have  been  differently  stated,  but  the  researches  of  A..lassov  (lS9<t)  and  P.  Ilaensel 
(1891),  in  Prof.  Schmidt's  laboratorv,  and  tbo.se  of  >I.  Popper  ( l.'^'.i.S),  have  denionRtrated  the 
forinulaof /,."r«/„„;,.  to  be  ChHihOCHj^.O,,  or  CmIImO,,  wliile  ormM-Inn  vaa  found  by  Hlasi- 
wetz  and  Weidel  i.Ihh.  Cliem.  /'/i<i  rm.,  1822,  Vol.  174,  p.  tiT)  to  have  tlie  (analogous)  comi>o8i- 
tion  CnHi,'(JH).Oj,  or  ChH,/),  (see  Arrhiv  <lrr  I'Imrm.,  1S98,  pp.  662-692).  The  latter  sub- 
stance is  a  crj-stallizable,  tasteless  Ixxlv,  hardly  soluble  in  cold  alcohol  or  ether,  almost  insolu- 
ble in  cold  water,  better  soluble  in  boiling  water,  soluble  in  chloroform,  alkalies,  and  even 
concentrated  mineral  acids  without  umiergolng  chemical  alti-ration.  The  melting  point  of  tho 
pure  substance  is  gt.ited  to  be  IT.i'f.  (:!47°  F.)  or  177°('.  (:V)1..5°  F.).     Another  con-titu  ;it  of 


988  HEUCHERA. 

imperatoria  is  a  colorless,  odorless  tasteless  boily,  ostruihin  (CuHjoOs,  A.  Jassoy,  in  Archiv  der 
P/(an».,  1890,  p.  544),  which  forms  characteristic,  rhombic  crj-stals,  insoluble  in  water,  but 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  It  was  obtained  from  the  root,  in  1874.  by  Gomp-Besanez  (0.6 
percent).  Alkalies  dissolve  it  with  beautiful  blue  fluorescence ;  weak  acids  precipitate  from 
this  solution  osiruthin  unchanged.  Upon  fusing  it  with  caustic  alkalies,  Gorup-Besanez  ob- 
tained a  small  yield  of  resorcin,  and  butyric  and  acetic  acids.  The  same  author  found  in  this 
root  oxypeucnlaniu,  a  bitter,  crystallizable  principle,  insoluble  in  ether,  soluble  in  chloroform, 
and  previously  obser^'ed  by  Erdmann  in  older  roots  of  Peucedanum  officinale.  Heut  ( 1874 )  found 
its  melting  point  to  be  140°  C.  ( 284°  F. ) ,  a  result  confirmed  by  Ja.ssoy  and  Haensel  ( 1898 1.  The 
root  here  considered  is  stimulant,  and  was  formerly  used  locally  in  indolent  vJctrii,  buccal  par- 
(i/i/sis,  and  (wJ/mc/K",  the  root  being  chewed  in  the  latter  instances  ;  internally  in /"lo/fora  and 
iiijiammation,  flatulence,  colic,  dyspepsia,  delirium  tremem,  hystt ria,  t^tc,  saiil  la  other  debilities, 
both  general  or  local.    It  has  not  been  used  in  Eclectic  medicine. 

HEUCHERA.— ALUM-EOOT. 

The  root  of  Heuchera  americaiia,  Linne. 
Nat.  Ord. — Saxifragacese. 
Common  Names:   Alum-root,  American  sanicle. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant,  sometimes  called  American  sanicle,  is  herba- 
ceous and  indigenous,  with  a  perennial,  knotty,  yellowish  root.     The  leaves  are 
j,^    ^gg  all  r;\cliral,  on  very  long,  downy  petioles  from  2  to  8  inches 

'^        ■  in  kiigth,  roundish-cordate,  hispidly  pilo.-e,  about  7-lobed, 

and  from  2  to  8^  inches  in  diameter ;  the  lobes  are  short, 
roundish,andcrenate-dentate,  with  dilated  mucronate  teeth. 
Many  scapes  or  flower  stems  arise  from  the  same  root,  from 
2  to  4  feet  high,  erect,  naked,  viscid-pubescent  in  their 
U))j)er  part,  terminating  in  loose,  pyramidal,  forked  jmnicles, 
which  are  nearly  one-third  the  length  of  the  scape.  The 
calyx  is  permanent,  5-cleft,  campanulate,  small,  obovate, 
striated  with  very  obtuse  segments,  and  more  conspicuous 
tlian  the  petals.  Tlie  petals  are  purplish-white,  or  rose- 
colored,  minute,  spatulate,  and  inserted  into  the  margin  of 
the  calyx,  between  its  segments.  The  filaments  are  twice 
V/  j^         as  long  as  the  petals,  yellowish,  inserted  opposite  the  seg- 

J]{1     .-^S^  ments  of  the  calyx,  persistent,  and  surmounted  by  small, 

ik'     ^^^\  red,  globose  anthers.    Cap.«ule  ovate.    Seeds  minute,  oblong, 

cftM.       black,  and  very  hispid  {  L. — W. — R."). 
Heucnera  amencana.  History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.  — 

Tliis  plant  is  a  native  of  North  America,  and  is  found  in  shady,  roeky  woodlands 
from  Connecticut  to  Illinois  and  southward,  flowering  from  May  to  August.  The 
root  is  the  part  used  ;  it  is  perennial,  yellowish,  horizontal,  somewhat  flattened, 
rough  and  unequal,  with  an  intensely  astringent  taste.  It  yields  its  medicinal 
virtues  to  water.  It  should  be  collected  in  September.  Bowman  (,lSt39)  found 
tannin  present  to  the  extent  of  20  per  cent,  but  Jos.  C.  Peacock  i^Amcr.  Jour. 
P^arm.,  1891,  p.  172)  found  only  5.55  percent  tannin  and  12.2  per  cent  phloba- 
phene.  Roots  collected  in  October  were  richest  in  tannin  (19.66  per  cent,  calcu- 
lated upon  dry  substance),  and  ricliest  in  starch  granules  (,13.62  per  cent)  in 
March.  Compare  al.so  Prof.  E.  S.  Bastin,  on  the  structure  of  i/ncTitAj  americatia 
{Amer.  Jour.  P/i'(»-?)i.,  1894,  p.  407).  There  are  several  species  of  Heuchera,  the 
Heuchera  caulocens,  //.jsii(if-s'f)(S,  and  others  which  possess  similar  properties,  and 
are  often  collected  and  sold  with  the  roots  of  H.amcrimna.  H.fiispiiia,  Pursh ; 
H.parcijlora,  Nuttall;  and  H.n/lindrim,  Douglas,  are  said  by  F.W.  Anderson  to 
l)e  much  employed  by  the  hunters  of  the  northwest  as  astringents  to  check  the 
diarrhcea  produced  by  thealkali-waterof  tlie  plains.  The  root  of  Mii("ii  jx-ntandrn. 
Hooker,  belonging  to  the  same  natural  order,  is  recommended  by  F.  W.  Anderson 
as  being  far  suj)erior  to  ahim-n-iot  for  this  purpose  (Bol.  Viiz.,\SS~,  p.  6-'>  i. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— -Alumroot,  as  its  name  would  indi- 
cate, is  a  powtil'ul  astringent  ol  such  intensity  as  seldom  to  be  ailministered  in- 
ternally, yet  it  would  undoubtedly  prove  useful  in  small  doses,  in  all  cases  where 
astringents  are  indicated.  An  aqueous  extract  will  be  found  very  Wneficial  in 
dinrrfuva  and  di/sentcri/  in  the  second  stages,  in  ftcmorrfx^qe^,  and  other  similar  dis- 
eases.    Externally    the  powdered  root  may  be  applied   to  >i,wnr,-h,in,.<,  ,  ,,i.<inri.<. 


HIBISCUS  ESCULENTVS.— HIERACirM.  t>.S9 

ri'ouiuU,  foul  and  indolent  ulcers,  etc.  The  decoction  is  utseful  in  ap/Uhous  sore  vvmlh 
And  soreiie^s  of  the  throat  and  faiKCJf;  it  may  I'c  used  as  a  wash  or  gargle.  Taken 
internally,  in  doses  of  a  wineglass  half  full  3  or  4  times  a  day,  it  has  been  eOicient 
in  didbttt.^,  and  in  bUrding  jiile^,  employing  it,  in  this  last  complaint,  by  injection 
also.  Equal  parts  of  alum-root  and  black  cohosh-root  in  decoction,  form  an 
excellent  local  application  in  leiieoT^han  and  ea-oination  of  tlie  cervix  uteri.  Some 
practitioners  employ  this  root  indiscriminately  with  that  of  the  Geranium  macu- 
latum;  it  is,  however,  more  iiowerfully  astrinjrent. 

HIBISCUS  ESCULENTUS.— OKRA. 

The  unripe  fruit  of  the  Hibisnts  fsndetitus,  Linne  (Abelmosrhua  esculentus  of 
Wiglit  and  Arnott). 

Xnt.  Ord. — Malvacea:. 

Common  Names:   Okrn,Go)nbo,  Bendcc. 

iLLrsTR.xTioN :  Beutley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  36. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  is  an  herbaceous  annual,  with  a  stem  some- 
what woody  at  tiie  base,  attaining  a  height  of  from  3  to  6  feet,  and  being  3  or  4 
inches  thick,  bearing  alternate,  serrate  leaves  of  3  varieties,  angular,  palmate,  and 
.subdigitate.  The  tlowers  are  solitary,  large,  and  showy;  of  a  pale  yellow,  tinged 
at  the  b;i-e  a  dark  crini.son.  The  herbaceous  portions  of  the  plant  are  clothed 
with  sharp  bristles,  and  often  bear  purplish  spots. 

Description. — The  gombo  fruit  is  a  pentagonal,  narrow,  cylindrical  capsule, 
from  2  to  12  inches  long,  tapering  at  the  base,  and  about  1  inch  in  diameter.  It  is 
often  cinvcd,  and  is  covered  with  hairs,  especially  along  the  ridges.  The  pods  con- 
tain several  roundish  or  kidney-shaped  smooth  seeds  in  each  of  the  several  cells. 

History. — Okra  was  well-known  to  the  Spanish  Moors  and  Persians,  and  as 
early  as  1216  was  described  by  a  native  Sevillian  botanist,  Abul-Abbas-el-Nebate, 
who  states  that  the  young  and  tender  fruit  was  eaten  with  meat  by  the  people  of 
Egypt,  who  also  employed  it  medicinally  for  its  emollient  properties  {Pharmacog- 
raphia).  The  Indian  Pharmacopoeia  has  an  official  decoction  of  the  immature 
capsules  to  be  employed  as  a  demulcent  diuretic  in  catarrhal  affections  of  the 
urinary  tract,  as  gononlK  ea,  and  in  dysuria,  and  ardor  urinae.  Okra  is  indigenous 
to  tropical  Africa,  where  the  natives  call  itbnmeea,  and  to  the  West  Indies,  and  is 
cultivated  throughout  the  tropical  and  subtropical  regions.  It  is  raised  on  a 
large  scale  near  Constantinojile,  where  the  fruit  is  employed  on  account  of  its 
demulcent  properties.  The  fiber  of  the  bark  is  used  in  the  arts  to  make  paper 
and  ropes.  Its  fruit  is  valued  chiefly,  and  especially  in  the  southern  states,  for  a 
mucilaginous  substance,  gotnhine  (Landrin,  Jahresb.  der  Pharm.,  1874,  p.  172),  which 
it  imparts  to  soups,  being  often  used  in  combination  with  tomatoes.  It  is  also 
used  for  pickles.  According  to  Porcher,  the  parched  seeds  are  used  by  the  negroes 
of  South  Carolina  us  a  substitute  for  coffee. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Okra  is  demulcent,  mucilaginous,  and  the  leaves 
are  said  to  make  an  e.\(  client  emollient  cataplasm.  The  seeds  of  the  H.Abelmos- 
rhus  (see  below)  were  formerly  considered  a  stomachic  stimulant,  antispasmodic, 
and  nervine,  but  are  now  employed  chiefly  by  the  perfumer. 

Related  Species.  — flihlsrus  Ahelmosrhtm,  Linm'.  {AhelmofcliHS  7nosckalm,  Moench).  .\n 
evergri-fii  tree,  iiitroduceil  into  tropical  America,  but  indigenous  to  Egypt  and  southern  Asia. 
The  seeds,  known  a-s  yrana  j/ionc/mdi,  have  a  musk-like  odor,  and  are  warm  and  spicy  to  the 
taste.  The  odor  resides  in  the  teeta  of  the  seeds,  an<l  is  more  noticeable  if  tlio  see<ls  he  heatiil 
or  rubbed.  According  to  Ainslie,  the  seeds  are  used  by  the  Aral>8  to  impart  a  pleasant  flavor 
to  their  coffee.  They  are  also  used  to  adulterate  musk  and  employed  in  the  making  of  per- 
I'unies.  In  fJombay  they  are  used  to  protect  woolens  from  the  ravages  of  the  moth,  and  rubbed 
to  a  past*-  with  milk,  employed  to  cure  the  i/<7i  (Dymock,  Mnt.  Med.  of  KeMem  India). 

HIERACIUM.— HAWKWBED. 

The  root  and  leaves  of  Hieracinm  venosii m,hinne. 
Xnt.  Ord. — Composita;. 

Common  Namks  ;  IlnwhreerJ,  Veiny-lenrcd  hnwhrcfd,  Riiltli.ituilr  treed,  .'>lriiicd 
hhioilin):>. 


990 


HIPPOCASTANUM. 


Botanical  Source. — This  plant  has  a  perennial  root,  with  a  stem  or  scape 
from  1  to  2  feet  in  height,  dark-brown,  slender,  sometimes  naked,  sometimes  with 
1  or  more  glabrous,  cauline  leaves,  forking  above  several  times  into  a  spreading, 
loose  corymb,  with  an  awl-shaped  bract  at  each  division.  The  radical  leaves  are 
obovate  or  oblong,  somewhat  acute,  nearly  entire,  subsessile,  thin  and  pale,  pur- 
plish, and  glaucous  underneath,  a  little  hairy  above,  often  hairy  along  the  midrib, 
marked  with  purple  veins,  and  the  first  that  unfold  are  close  to  the  ground.  The 
heads  are  very  small,  in  a  loose  panicle  on  slender  diverging  peduncles,  12  t<j 
20-flower(d;  tlie  involucre  glabrous,  hispid  at  the  base;  the  flowers  bright-yellow; 
the  achenia  slu)rt,  linear,  and  not  tapering  at  the  summit  (G.—W.;. 

History  and  Description. — Hawkweed  grows  in  many  parts  of  the  United 
States,  but  more  commonly  in  the  East  and  North,  upon  dry  hills  and  in  pine 
woods.  It  bears  yellow  flowers  from  May  to  July.  The  leaves  and  roots  are 
employed;  they  are  inodorous,  with  a  bitter  and  a.'^tringeut  taste;  they  seem  not 
to  have  been  analyzed.    Water  extracts  their  virtues. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  plant  is  tonic,  astringent,  and 
expectorant ;  it  has  been  used  in  decoction  in  scrofula,  menorrhagia,  hemoptysis,  and 
other  hemorrhages.  The  powdered  leaves  ami  root,  combined  with  bloodroot,  have 
been  used  as  a  snuff  in  polypus  of  the  nnxe.  Said  to  be  efficient  against  the  bites  of 
poisonous  tnalcs,  over  which  it  undoubtedly  has  some  power.  The  juice  of  the 
fresh  leaves  is  recommended  as  a  cure  for  toarts.  Dose,  of  the  infusion  or  syrup, 
from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces. 

Related  Species. — The  following  species  of  Hieracium  have  also  been  used  to  some 
extent  in  medicine,  and,  unless  otherwise  stated,  have  the  same  uses  as  the  preceding  plant. 

Hieracium  scabrum,  Linn6.   Rough  hawkweed. — Has  been  employed  for  the  relief  of  toothache 

Hieracium  Gronovii,  hinni.  Hairy  hawkweed. — Used  like  the  preceding,  t^aid  lu  be  fully 
as  useful  in  siiake-biteg  as  H.  renosum. 

Hieracium  murorum,  Linn6.  —Astringent  and  faintly  bitter.    Vulnerary. 

Hieracium  pilosella,  Linn6. — Astringent  and  bitter. 

HIPPOCASTANUM.— HOESE-CHESTNUT. 


The  bark  and  fruit  ot\E6culu.'i  Hippocuslnnuin,  Limn-. 
Xut.  Ord. — Saiiindacea. 
CoMMO.N  Name:   llorsi -chestnut. 

Botanical  Source.— The  ^Esculus  Hippocastanum  is  a  beautiful  middle-sized, 
round-headed  tree,  .")0  or  60  feet  in  height,  with  many  branches,  a  rugose,  tawny 


Pie.  134. 


lIi|>pi>oaG(auum. 


bark,  and  a  white,  not  very  firm  wood.  Th 
leaves  are  opposite,  digitate,  long-stalked, 
and  consist  of  7  obovate-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, bright-green,  coarsely  and  irregularly 
serrated  leaflets  which  diminish  in  size  from 
the  center.  The  flowers,  which  are  pink- 
colored  and  white,  are  borne  in  terminal 
thyrses,  or  pyramidal  racemes.  The  corolla 
is  spreading  and  composed  of  5  oblong,  un- 
guiculate,  fringed,  wavy  petals,  with  a  small 
reddish  spot  above  each  claw.  The  calyx 
is  5-toothed,  bright-green,  and  campanulate. 
The  stamens  are  7  in  number,  and  support 
reddish-brown,  oblong  anthers.  The  fruit  is 
a  prickly,  thick,  and  tough  capsule, 3-valved, 
1  to  3-celled,  with  usually  2  large,  deep  chest- 
nut-brown seeds,  and  a  large  broad  space 
forming  a  hilum. 

Description.— The  B.\kk.  Horse-chest- 
nut bark  is  of  a  gray  color  externally,  show- 
ing leaf  scars  and  wart-like  excrescences  spar- 
ingly distributed.  The  internal  surface  is 
whitish  and  snuxith.  Tiie  bark  is  thin,  and 
throughout  its  internal  structure  presents  a 


HIPI^^JASTANIM.  Vt;»l 

brown  or  brownish  color.  Tlie  inner  bark  has  a  rough,  bitter  taste,  and  i^  nearly 
odorlees;  and  is  tough  and  fibrous  on  fracture.  It  yields  it.s  })roperties  to  water 
and  diluted  alcohol.  The  aqueous  infusion  is  bitter,  fawn-colored,  and  non-astrin- 
gent. Gelatin  separates  its  tannic  acid;  iron  gives  a  green  precipitate;  infusion 
of  galls  and  tartar-emetic  produce  no  efl'ect  upon  it. 

The  Nut,  when  dry,  is  subglobular,  compressed,  from  1  to  1 J  inches  in  diame- 
ter, with  a  shining,  chestnut-brown  testa,  marked  by  a  reddish  or  yellowish-gray 
hilum,  nearly  an  inch  in  diameter.  In  the  middle  (if  the  hilum  is  a  smaller  spot, 
in  the  center  of  which  is  a  slightly  roughened  elevation.  Passing  from  the  hilum 
around  to  the  oi)posite  surface  may  be  observed  an  elevated  ridge  terminating  in 
a  bulbous  extremity,  and  resting  in  a  horseshoe-shaped  depression.  The  surface 
of  the  nut  is  slightly  corrugated.  The  internal  portion  is  starchy,  yellowish-white 
in  color,  and  has  an  unpleasant,  bitter  taste.    The  nut  has  a  sligiit, peculiar  odor. 

History. — Horse-chestnut  is  indigenous  to  certain  parts  of  southern  Asia 
(Persia,  northern  India),  from  whence  it  was  conveyed  into  Europe.  It  is  now 
common  to  many  p:irts  of  the  United  States,  where  it  grows  rapidly,  Vilossoming 
from  Ai)ril  to  July,  and  maturing  its  fruits  in  the  autumnal  months.  It  is  exten- 
sively cultivated  for  shade  and  ornamentation  in  gardens  and  along  sidewalks. 

Chemical  Composition. ^.\  11  parts  of  the  plant,  especially  the  bark  of  the 
root,  trunk,  and  branches,  and  thotestaof  the  seeds,  contain  a  peculiar  tannic  acid, 
which  forms  an  uncrystallizable,  nearly  colorless  ni;iss,  whose  solutions  turn  red- 
brown  when  exposed  to  the  air.  Heating  with  diluted  mineral  acids  to  the  tem- 
perature of  boiling  water  jiroducesared  p/ilohaphcne, a.suhsteLacewh\ch.  also  occurs 
ready-formed  in  the  bark  and  the  leaves  ot  the  tree  (Rochleder).  yEscidin  {C^fi,fi,), 
discovered  by  Canzoneri  and  first  obtained  pure  by  Minor  (1831\  is  a  faintly 
bitter  glucosid  occurring  principally  in  the  bark,  also  in  the  testa  of  the  seeds, 
but  not  in  the  leaves  (F.  0.  Ray,  A„wr.  Jour.  PIi<irm.,18SG,  p.  409).  From  2  to  3  per 
cent  have  been  obtained  from  the  bark.  It  is  a  white,  microcrystalline  powder, 
soluble  in  672  parts  of  cold  and  12.5  parts  of  boiling  water,  and  in  24  parts  of 
boiling  alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  absolute  ether.  ^E^culin  is  distinguished  by  the 
blue  fluorescence  it  displays  in  aqueous,  but  more  markedly  in  alkaline  solution. 
This  glucosid  is  easily  decomposed  into  its  constituents,  if  it  be  heated  above  its 
melting  point,  1GU°C.  (320"^  F.\  and  also  by  the  action  of  the  ferment  einul-<in 
(see  Amygfl'ilw<),OTVth(n  boiling  it  with  diluted  acids,  when  it  is  decomposed  into 
dextrose  and  a'>r«/<'//(i  (C'^HjO,).  The  latter  substance,  which  is  also  to  be  found 
in  the  bark,  is  a  diixy-coumarin  (C^Ho[OH]oCH:CH.CO.O),  and  an  isomer  to  d<iph- 
;!'?(■«,  a  derivative  of  certain  epeci' s  of  Daphne.  yEsculinhns  been  repeatedly  de- 
monstrated to  be  different  from  yeUemk  acid,  with  which  it  was  at  one  time  sup- 
posed to  be  identical  (see  Gelsemium). 

A  crystallizable,  bitter  glucosid,  argyrsescin  (CjtH^Oio),  found  by  Rochleder  in 
the  cotyledons  of  the  seeds,  occurs  most  largely  shortly  before  maturity.  A  yellow 
coloring  matter  (qwrx^cUrin  of  Rochleder),  occurs  in  the  leaves  of  horse-chestnut, 
as  well  as  in  the  cotyledons  of  the  seeds,  and  especially  in  the  flowers.  More 
recently  N.  Rudolph  (see  Amcr.Jnnr.  P/mnii.,  1804,  p.  35),  established  its  chemical 
relationship  to  otlicr  quercitrin-like  bodies,  and  gave  it  the  formula  CjiHooO,,, 
while  qiienUriii  (of  qiiercitrin  bark),  was  found  to  contain  1  molecule  less  of 
water.  Boilingwith  diluted  acids  decomposes  the  horse-chestnut  quercitrin  into 
/«ot?u/'i7c  (C,H„Oj,  and  (y-M-rre^Z/i  (('„H,<,0,). 

A  variety  of  other  substances,  such  as  {r.^ric  and  rapsubiscic  arid.^,  trl^scin, 
//•((ar///,  etc.,  mn.-^tly  intermediary  products  in  the  development  of  the  different 
"part!?  of  the  plant,  have  been  isolated  by  Rochleder,  for  which  see  details  in  Hust- 
mann  and  Hilger,  PflanzenMoffe,  p.  870.  Suponin  (itphrodxacin  of  Rochletler,  1858), 
is  also  a  constituent  of  the  seeds,  and  the  latter  have  long  been  known  to  bo 
useful  in  powder  form  for  washing  purposes  and  as  a  sternutatory  (see  Pharm. 
Central),. ,my2,  y.  687,  and  1806,  p.  163).  A  fatty  oil  {Uleum  Hippocnstani).  has  been 
obtained  from  the  seeds  in  the  amount  of  0. 1  percent.  It  is  of  a  rich  yellow  color, 
has  a  specific  gravity  of  0.027,  and  solidifies  at  a  temperature  of  + 1.25°  C.  ( 34.3°  F.). 
The  seeds  also  contain  starch,  ami  on  this  account  attempts  have  been  made  to 
utilize  horse-chestnut  seeds  as  a  food  material,  but  these  eH()rts  have  not  met  with 
success,  owing  to  the  dillicullv  of  economically  removing  saponin  from  the  seeds 
rseeP.  Soltsien,  rhem.  Zcitinuj'mn,  p.  1374). 


992  HIRUDO. 

In  the  seeds  of  JSsadus  Pnvia,  Linne,  the  Red  buckeye  of  the  southern  states, 
E.  C.  Batchelor  (Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1873,  \i.  Ho),  found  a  poisonous  glucosid,  in- 
soluble in  ether  and  chloroform,  soluble  in  hot  alcohol,  and  freely  soluble  in  cold 
water;  this  solution  froths  upon  being  shaken.  The  principle  is  not  identical 
with  tiie  anij/rnsrir,  and  the  (i/i/n-fKhisrin  of  Rochleder. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Undoubtedly  horse-chestnut  acts  upon 
the  human  sy.stcni  very  niucli  after  the  manner  of  buckeye  (^Esculus  glabra).  By 
some,  however,  its  power  over  the  circulation  is  thought  to  be  more  pronounced, 
particularly  its  control  over  the  portal  vessels.  The  virtues  formerly  ascribed  to 
the  bark  anl  nut  are  as  follows:  Horse-chestnut  bark  is  tonic,  astringent,  febri- 
fuge, narcotic,  and  antiseptic.  In  intermittent  fever  i\\Q  bark  has  effected  cures  when 
given  in  doses  of  a  teaspoonful  4  or  6  times  a  day.  Ten  grains  of  the  powder 
of  the  rinds  of  the  nuts  have  been  asserted  to  be  equivalent  in  narcotic  power 
to  three  grains  of  opium.  This  claim,  however,  requires  substantiation.  Gan- 
grenous and  ill-conditioned  ulcers  have  been  benefited  by  a  strong  infusion  of  the 
bark.  The  whitish,  central  part  of  the  nuts,  when  in  powder,  has  been  recom- 
mended as  a  sternutatory  in  some  cases  of  ojihihnlmia&wd  headache.  The  oil  of 
horse-chestnuts  is  considered  in  Europe  a  valuable  local  application  in  neuralgic 
and  rheumatic  affections;  it  is  made  by  exhausting  the  powdered  horse<-he5tnut  in 
ether,  filtering  and  evaporating.  iEsculin,  in  doses  of  from  5  to  30  grains,  re- 
peated 2  or  3  times  a  day,  has  proved  beneficial  in  periodical  febrile  affections,  and  in 
•neuralgia  of  the  internal  viscera.  Of  all  the  uses  formerly  made  of  hippoca.stanum, 
only  the  latter  is  recognized  to-da}',  its  power  of  controlling  neuralgia  of  the  viscera, 
and  then  only  in  csLses  of  abdominal  plethora.  Specific  medication  has  taught  us 
that  it  is  a  remedy,  not  for  active  conditions,  but  for  congestion  and  engorgement. 
It  is  indicated  in  general  by  capillary  engorgement — a  condition  of  stasis — with 
vascular  fullness  and  sense  of  soreness,  throbbing,  and  malaise  all  over  the  body. 
An  uneasy,  full,  aching  pain  in  the  hepatic  region  is  also  an  indication.  Rectal 
disorders,  such  as  rectal  irritation  and  heirwrrhoids,  with  marked  congestion  and  a 
sense  of  constriction,  as  if  closing  spasmodically  upon  some  foreign  body,  with 
itching,  heat,  pain,  aching,  or  simple  uneasiness,  are  fields  in  which  hippocastanum 
exerts  a  specific  influence.  The  pile-tumors  are  purple,  large,  do  not  bleed  as  a 
rule,  but  there  is  a  sense  of  fullness,  or  spasm  of  the  parts,  and  a  free  diarrlio-a 
may  be  present.  Not  only  does  it  relieve  such  rectal  complaints,  but  cures  dis- 
orders hinging  upon  ihem,  snch.  SlS  rectal  neuralgia,  prnctilis,e\.Q.,&nA  the  retiexep 
induced  by  them,  proceeding  from  the  rectal  involvement.  Among  these  reflex 
manifestations  may  be  mentioned  dyspnaa,  af<thmatic  seizures,  dizzinc^t,  headaehe, 
backache,  and  disturbed  gastric  functions  amounting  to  veritable  forms  of  (/]/«»«>- 
sia.  These  conditions  pass  away  when  hijjpocastanum  overcomes  the  rectal  diffi- 
culties. Dose  of  specific  horse-chestnut  (prepared  from  the  nut  only\  from  J  to  5 
minims  in  water  every  1  to  3  hours. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Visceral  neuralgia,  due  to  congestion;  sore- 
ness of  the  whole  botly,  with  vascular  fullness,  throbbing,  and  general  malaise: 
throbbing,  fullness,  and  aching  in  the  liepatic  region  ;  rectal  uneasiness  with  burn- 
ing or  aching  pain;  sense  of  constriction,  with  itching;  large,  purple  pile-tumors: 
uneasy  sensations  and  reflex  disturbances  depending  upon  hemorrhoids  or  rectal 
vascular  engorgement. 

HIRUDO.— LEECH. 

The  !><inguistiga  medicinalis,  Savigny,  and  Sangui^uga  officinali.<,  Savigny. 

CTo,9.<  .•  Vermes.      (>(/«•  .•  Annulata.     Sub-order :  Aitodn.     Familij :  Uirxxdinete. 

Description.  —  The  leech  belongs  to  the  cla.«s  of  Vermes  in  "the  Zoological 
arrangement,  and  order  Annulata.  This  class  is  characterized  l>yaniore  or  less 
elongated  body;  soft  skin,  segmented  and  annulated;  articulated  members  and 
wings  absent,  and  blood  red.  The  general  zoological  characters  of  the  order  are: 
"Jaws  with  2  rows  of  pointed,  numerous  teeth,  which  are  mutually  inclined  at 
an  acute  angle"  (Brandt). 

"Body  elongated.  Back  convex.  Belly  flat.  Extremities  somewhat  narroweil, 
furnished  with  disks  or  suckers;  anterior  extremity  somewhat  narrower  than  the 
posterior  one.     Rings  from  90  to  100.     Eyes  represented  by  10  blackish  points. 


HI  KUDO.  993 

Mouth  trirafliate.  Jaws  cartilaginous,  arnicil  witii  numerous  cutting  teeth.  Anus 
small,  placed  on  the  doi-sum  of  the  last  ring"  (P.). 

Two  species  of  leeches  are  recognized  in  commerce,  the  Sanffuvmgn  officinal^ 
{Hirudo  njficinnli!!)  and  the  Stiii(juixu(ia  nmlicinalU  (Hirtidn  medicinnlis,  Linne; 
Hiiudo  ;)rori)iriVj/w,  Carena),  tiiough  some  excellent  zoologists  consider  them  to 
he  only  varieties  of  the  same  species.  "  Both  have  a  soft  extensile  body  composed 
of  about  98  rings.  They  vary  in  length  from  1^  to  6  inches  when  in  repose,  hut 
can  contract  themselves  to  a  third  of  their  length,  and  stretch  themselves  out  to 
marly  the  double  of  it.  They  present  along  the  back  and  flanks  6  continuous  or 
interrupted  stripes  of  a  rusty  or  greenish-yellow  color,  by  which  they  are  easily 
distinguished  from  all  other  species  that  resemble  them.  They  can  attach  them- 
selves by  both  ends  to  adjacent  objects  by  means  of  a  particular  apparatus.  The 
.S.  mattr'inalis  is  distinguished  by  a  dark-brown  or  greenish-brown  back,  with  Tusty 
stripes  generally  spotted  with  black,  and  a  grayish  or  yellowish  belly,  also  more 
or  less  speckled  with  black  spots.  The  S.  offiriwdi.'<  has  a  paler  greenish-black 
back,  less  bright  and  unspotted  stripes,  often  interrupted  and  intercommunica- 
ting, and  a  paler,  more  yellowish,  or  greenish  unspotted  belly.  Tiie  former,  coni- 
monly  called  the  English,  Ga-man,  .S'im/(W),  or  Sjiakird  leech,  is  a  native  of  Britain, 
Germany,  Poland,  Sweden,  northern  France,  and  European  Russ  a.  The  latter, 
usually  iknown  as  the  Humjnnj,  or  (ueen  leerh,  is  a,  native  of  that  country,  and 
likewise  of  the  south  of  France.'  Both  species  have  3  converging  mandibles,  fur- 
nished at  their  edge  with  minute  sharp  teeth,  from  69  to  71  in  number  in  each 
jaw  in  the  Hungary  leech,  and  from  79  to  90  in  the  other.  By  means  of  these 
teeth,  when  the  skin  is  sucked  in  the  mouth,  it  is  pierced  with  a  sawing  motion, 
soas  to  present  3  incisions  meeting  in  a  common  center.  These  incisions  often 
l>euetrate  through  the  whole  thickness  of  the  integuments  into  the  cellular  tis- 
sue. The  animal  becomes  filled  with  blood  in  the  course  of  15  minutes,  if  it  be 
vigorous,  and  draws  about  a  drachm  and  a  half"  (Christison).  The  American 
leerh  {Hinidn  decora.  Say),  is  frequently  used  in  this  country,  though  it  does  not 
draw  as  much  blood,  by  one-third,  as  the  foreign  leech.  It  has  a  back  of  a  dark- 
green  color,  and  having  3  rows  of  quadrangular  dots  running  lengthwise, the  cen- 
tral row  being  pale  brownish-yellow,  and  the  others  quite  black.  The  abdomen 
is  also  pale  brownish-yellow,  and  interspersed  with  dark  spots.  It  is  ordinarily 
about  3  inches  long,  and  occasionally  longer.  (For  an  account  of  the  repulsive 
mode  of  collecting  leeches  in  Greece,  see  Amer.  Druggist,  1891,  p.  81.) 

Preservation.— There  is  considerable  difficulty  in  preserving  leeches,  especi- 
ally on  a  large  scale,  as  they  often  die  suddenly  and  in  great  numbers.  Various 
iiiean.s  have  been  adopted  to  keep  them  healthy.  The  most  common  cause  of  their 
sickness  and  death  is  the  formation  of  a  slimv  matter  on  their  skin,  and  which 
they  are  in  the  habit  of  removing  by  drawing  themselves  through  moss  and  small 
stones.  Dr.  Johnson  names  certain  diseases  as  a  cause  of  their  death,  and  Brostat 
describes  three  epidemic  disorders.  Leeches  are  more  liable  to  disease  and  mor- 
tality, when  kept  together  in  large  quantities,  than  when  preserved  in  small  num- 
bers." They  should  be  keitt  in  glass  or  earthenware  jars,  in  clean  rain  or  soft 
water,  which  should  be  changed  every  day  or  two,  and  at  the  bottom  of  which 
is  placed  some  loose  mo.<s,  pebbles,  etc., for  them  to  move  among.  "It  is  stated 
that  the  ])resence  of  metallic  iron  in  water  prevents  it  from  becoming  putrid. 
This  influence  is  said  to  be  very  marked  in  water  in  which  leeches  are  preserved, 
and  renders  the  changing  of  the  water  unnecessary  for  very  long  periods.  The 
slimy  excretions  of  the  animal  appears  to  combine  with  the  oxide  of  iron,  which  is 
constantly  l)eing  formed."  Tiie  jar  in  which  the  animals  are  kept  should  be  cov- 
ered with"  a  thin  cloth,  and  placed  in  a  locality  where  the  temperature  is  equable. 
A  dead  leecli  should  be  at  once  removed,  and  fresh  water  be  immediately  8U)> 
l)lied  to  the  remaining  ones.  M.  Allchin  has  prepared  a  leech  conservatory,  in 
which  the  leeches  were  kept  in  a  healthy  state,  and  the  water  clear  and  sweet, 
without  changing  the  water  for  10  or  12  months.  It  consists  of  a  glass  tank  with 
a  movable  glass  cover,  and  arrangement  for  admitting  air  through  a  perforateil 
metallic  i)late.  Some  coarse  gravel  is  jilaced  at  the  bottom  of  the  tank,  which  is 
about  half  filled  with  water,  and  into  it  are  put  1  plant  of  Valisneria,  10  water 
snails  ( Plawirhiji  conieiu<),  and  about  1(X)  leeches.  A  permanent  balance  of  animal 
and  vegetable  life  is  thus  obUiiied,  and  no  necessity  occurs  for  changing  the 
6.3 


<;94  HOMATROPIN.E  IIYDR0I5R0MAS. 

water.  It  has  been  tried  to  propagate  leeches  in  confinement,  but  in  all  these  cases, 
after  a  few  years,  there  remained  only  those  which  were  placed  in  the  water,  and 
those  just  hatched.  This  depopulation  of  the  artificial  ponds  in  which  thej'  were 
kept  has  been  attributed,  by  Dr.  Berard,  to  the  "enemies  of  the  leech,"'  or  those 
animals  which  devour  tliem,  among  which  he  names  the  pig,  the  otter,  the  mole, 
the  hedgehog,  the  rat,  water-shrew  mice,  teal,  ducks,  heron,  fowls,  serpents,  toads, 
fresh-water  shrimp,  and  other  crustacefe.  The  goose,  aquatic  toad,  water-lizard, 
and  frog  he  does  iii)t  consider  enemies  of  the  leech.  If  these  statements  are  found 
to  be  correct,  they  will  aid  materially  in  determining  the  best  plan  by  which  to 
preserve  and  propagate  leeches  artificially. 

Artifiridl  or  mechanical  leeches  are  now  to  be  had.  They  are  in  reality  small 
cupping  instruments. 

Action,  Medical  and  Surgical  Uses. — Leeches  are  occasionally  used  as  a 
substitute  for  general  blood-letting  (which  is  scarcely  ever  now  practiced)  among 
children  and  delicate  adults,  or  when  it  is  required  to  abstract  blood  from  some 
part  whose  locality  or  sensitiveness  contraindicates  the  lancet  or  cupping.  The 
abstraction  of  blood  by  means  of  leeching  has,  however,  a  decidedly  different 
effect  from  that  obtained  by  bleeding.  A  local  impression  may  be  made  without 
seriously  disturbing  the  whole  system,  as  is  the  case  in  venesection.  They  are 
also  very  beneficial  when  applied  with  care  to  hemorrhoidal  tumor.^,  prolapsed  rectum, 
inflamed  vulva,  etc.,  watching  that  they  do  not  creep  out  of  reach  within  any  of 
the  internal  cavities  of  the  body,  as  serious  results  might  ensue.  Salt  is  a  speedy 
poison  to  the  leech,  and  whenever  one  gets  within  the  stomach,  or  other  cavity 
beyond  reach,  the  introduction  of  a  strong  solution  of  salt  will  destroy  it.  They 
are  more  commonly  used  in  heal  inflammations,  bruises,  etc.,  in  which  thej'  often 
render  excellent  service.  In  applying  them,  any  hair  growing  on  the  part  must 
be  removed  by  shaving,  and  the  part  must  be  thoroughly  cleansed  by  soap  and 
water,  followed  by  clear  water.  Should  the  leech  not  fasten  quickly,  various 
means  have  been  advised  to  overcome  this  difficulty,  as  moistening  the  part  with 
warm  milk  and  water,  sugar  and  water,  or  with  a  drop  of  blood,  or  by  immersing 
the  leech  for  a  moment  in  porter.  It  has  also  been  recommended  to  hold  the 
leech  in  a  dry  cloth,  direct  its  head  to  the  selected  part,  and  slowly  withdraw  it 
along  the  skin,  thus  forcing  it  to  take  hold  in  order  to  find  a  firm  attachment. 
But  it  must  be  recollected  that  there  are  certain  states  of  the  body,  in  which  the 
leech  will  not  attach  itself,  or  speedily  perish  if  it  does.  In  poisoning  by  nux 
vomica,  strychnine,  oxalic  acid,  etc.,  and  where  sulphur  has  been  ustd.  the  leech 
dies  if  it  abstracts  blood.  In  order  to  hold  leeches  to  any  part  of  the  body,  they 
are  placed  in  a  narrow  tube  called  a  leech-glass,  which  confines  them  to  one  spot. 

When  it  is  desired  to  remove  leeches  froua  the  skin,  this  maj-  be  accomplished 
readily  by  dropping  a  little  salt  upon  them,  which  sickens  them.  The  usual 
mode  is  to  draw  the  leech  gently  through  the  thumb  and  index  finger,  in  a  direc- 
tion from  its  tail  to  its  head,  thus  forcing  out  the  blood,  and  tlu-n  place  the  ani- 
mal in  clean  water,  to  remain  there  for  several  days  before  employing  it  again, 
frequently  renewing  the  water.  Soubeiran  and  Bouchardat  recommend  as  the 
best  plan,  first,  to  sicken  the  leech  by  placing  it  in  a  solution  of  8  parts  of  s;Ut  to 
50  of  water,  then,  holding  it  by  the  tail,  to  dip  it  into  hot  water,  but  which  can 
be  borne  by  the  hand,  and  then  to  strip  it  by  gently  passing  it  between  the  fin- 
gers ;  the  leech  is  then  to  be  placed  in  fresh  water,  which  should  be  changed  every 
day.  A  little  white  sugar  dissolved  in  the  water  will,  it  is  said,  speedily  restore 
them  to  their  original  activity.  When  the  hemorrhage  from  leech-bites  is  trouble- 
some, or  too  long  continued,  it  may  be  checked  by  applying  tannic  acid  or  other 
astringents,  collodion,  eau  de  Pagliari,  or  by  a  very  superficial  stitch  with  a  fine 
sewing  needle. 

HOMATROPIN^  HYDROBROMAS.— HOMATROPINE 

HYDROBROMATE. 

Formula:   C,JI,,iNO,.HKr.     Molecular  Weight:  355.17. 

Source  and  Preparation.— ifoma/rop/Hc  (t>ri//o/»v/-'rt>/x'iii«)  is  the  most  im- 
iwrtant  of  the  tropeints  (wliich  see) — a  series  produced  by  heating  (mpinf  (C.H,. 
NO)  in  the  presence  of  diluted   hydroihloric  acid  and   certain   o'ganio   acids. 


IIOMATU.iIMN  .:  llYnr.ODUOMAS.  995 

Thus  liuiiiatro|iiiie  is  prepared  l>y  the  action  of  tropine  upon  mandelic  (phenyi- 
fllyoolic)  acid  (C^H^O,)  (see  article  on  liomatropine  by  Prof.  F.  B.  Power,  in  Amer. 
Jour.  Pharii).,  IHH2.  p.  145).  Houiatropine  is  an  alkaloid.  forn)ing  transitarent, 
prismatic  crystals  (Merck,  1880),  soluble  in  ether,  alcohol,  and  chloroform,  but 
less  soluble  in  carbon  disulphide,  from  a  solution  of  which  it  readily  crystallizes. 
A  peculiarity  of  this  alkaloid  is  that,  though  hygroscopic  and  extremely  deli- 
quescent, it  dissolves  with  dillicultv  in  water.  *rhe  alkaloid  forms  salts  with 
hydrorhloric,  hydrobromic.  and  sulpliuric  acids;  also  with  picric  acid.  The  most 
valuable  salt  of  homalropine,  therapcuticallv,  is  liomatropine  hydrobroniate. 

HoM.\TROPi.sE  Hyukorrom.\tk  (C,sIi„JsO,.HBr.)  can  be  easily  obtained  in 
crystallized  form  by  the  action  of  hydrobromic  acid  upon  crude  liomatropine  and 
subse(iui  lit  ri'crystallization  from  water. 

Description  and  Tests. — Homatropine  hydrobromate  occur.s  in  small,  white, 
lustrous,  non-hygrosctipic  crystals,  soluble  in  6  parts  of  water  and  130  parts  of 
alcohol.  The  Br.  Phann.  (1898)  for  homatropine  hydrobromate  directs  that  the 
solutions  should  be  neutral  to  litmus.  The  same  authority  demands  that: 
"  Heated  on  jilatinum  foil  it  fuses  and  burns  without  leaving  an  appreciable  resi- 
lUie.  If  0.2  Cc.  of  chloroform  be  shaken  with  1  Cc.  of  a  10  per  cent  aqueous  solu- 
tion, to  which  a  solution  of  chlorine  has  been  cautiously  added,  the  chloroform 
will  assume  a  brownish  color.  A  2  per  cent  aqueous  solution  yields  no  precipi- 
tate, nor  does  the  c;iutious  addition  of  solution  of  ammonia,  previously  diluted 
with  twice  its  volume  of  water,  but  diluted  solution  of  potassium  hydroxide  pro- 
duces in  it  a  white  precipitate,  soluble  in  excess  of  the  reagent.  Solution  of 
iodine  causes  a  brown,  and  test  solution  of  mercuric  chloride  a  white  precipitate. 
If  about  0.01  Gm.  be  dissolved  in  a  little  water,  and  the  solution  rendered  alka- 
line with  solution  of  ammonia,  and  shaken  with  chloroform,  the  separated  chlo- 
roform will  leave  on  evaporation  a  residue  which  will  turn  yellow  and  finally 
brick-red,  when  warmed  with  about  1.-5  Cc.  of  a  2  per  cent  solution  of  mercuric 
chloride  in  a  mixture  of  5  volumes  of  alcohol  (90  per  cent),  and  3  volumes  of 
water.  When  treated  with  fuming  nitric  acid  and  potassium  hydroxide,  as  de- 
scribed under  'Atropina,'  no  reddish-violet  coloration  is  developed  (distinction 
from  atropine),  the  residue  becoming  reddish-yellow.  It  affords  the  reactions 
characteristic  of  liydnibromides"  (Br.  P/ki/v/k,  1898).  The  sulphate,  hydrochlo- 
rate,  and  salicylate  of  homatropine,  each  in  white  crystals,  soluble  in  water  and 
alcohol,  are  ocx-asionally  employed  therapeutically. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  salt  acts  very  much  like  atropine, 
causing  a  quick,  full  dilatation  of  the  pupil,  but  the  paralyzing  influence  upon 
the  muscles  of  accommodation  is  much  less,  and  the  effects  of  the  agent  more 
transient.  Homatropine  dilatation  seldom  lasts  over  24  hours,  and  usually  be- 
gins to  diminish  after  a  few  hours,  whereas  atropine  dilatation  may  persist  for 
several  days.  Homatropine,  after  the  instillation  of  large  doses,  imparts  a  bitter 
taste,  but,  unlike  atropine,  no  dryness  of  the  pharynx  is  induced.  Homatropine 
hydrobromate  is  a  safer  agent  than  atropine,  and  does  not  produce  such  marked 
systemic  disturbances  as  the  latter.  A  1  per  cent  solution  is  usually  preferred  for 
ophthalmic  work.  The  solution  is  fairly  permanent.  Under  the  use  of  this  drug 
pupillary  dilatation  takes  place  in  from  15  to  25  minutes,  reaches  the  maximum 
in  about  1  hour,  and  usually  disappears  in  about 6  hours;  accommodation  paresis 
occurs  in  f  to  1^  hours,  and  passes  off  before  the  dilatation  is  overcome.  Instilla- 
tion of  this  agent  produces  some  smarting,  and  occasionally  conjunctival  irrita- 
tion results,  but  these  effects  are  less  likely  to  occur  than  with  atropine.  Poison  / 
ing  by  homatropine  and  its  salts  should  be  treated  by  means  of  emetics"  and  the' 
stomach-pump,  followed  by  tannin  and  animal  charcoal,  and  emesis  again  resorted 
to.  Then  a  cathartic  dose  of  castor  oil  is  advisable.  Heat,  stimulation,  and  arti- 
ficial respiration  should  not  be  neglected.  Hartridge  advises  a  combination  of 
cocaine  and  homatropine  for  producing  quick  maximum  dilatation. 

Foltz  {Wehster's  Dynmii.rherai,.,r>.5S0)  states  that  for  use  in  middle-aged 
persons,  the  drug  is  all  that  can  be  desired,  but  for  refractive  troubles,  particularly 
of  children,  with  ciliary  spa.sm,  he  regards  it  of  little  value.  It  is  contraindicated 
in  glaucoma.  The  agent  is  seldom  used  internally.  However,  homatropine  is 
now  by  far  the  most  commonly  employed  mydriatic  for  use  in  refraction  work. 
For   oiihtlndinoncopic  cininiiKitiom  it    b:is    Impl"  ly  riplaced  atropine,  as  it  has  ia 


estimating  refraction  in  patients  over  25  j-ears  of  age.  Homatropine  is  antago- 
nistic to  muscarine  and  pilocarpine.  Homatropine  hydrobromate  has  been  suc- 
cessfully u.«ed  inthevighl-miecls  of  phthisis.  Doses  of  ^  grain  have  been  advised 
for  this  purpose,  but  the  jjractice  c:in  not  be  strongly  recommended.  The  dose  of 
homatropine  hydrobromate  is  from  y^^  to  ^^j grain;  the  maximum  amount  for  a 
day  being  ^^  grain  ;  as  a  colly rium,  3  to  4  grains  to  1  fluid  ounce  of  water. 

Belated  Preparation. — Mvdrixe.  Thi.s  is  a  white  powder— a  combination  of  thp  alka- 
loids homatropine  and  ephedrine — introduced  into  ocular  therapeutics  by  Dr.  Cattaneo,  in 
IS95.  It  dissolves  freely  in  water,  and  is  employed  chiefly  in  10  per  cent  solution.  It  is 
promptly  mydriatic,  scarcely  irritant,  causing  at  first  sl'^ht  burning,  and  has  no  effect  ujxiu 
accommodation.  Claimed  "to  be  quicker  and  more  transient  than  other  mydriatics,  and  con- 
sequently of  marked  value  for  diagnostic  purposes. 

HORDEUM.— BAELEY. 

The  decorticated  seeds  of  Hordeum  distichm},  Linne. 

Common  Names  :   Barley,  Pearl  barley. 

Illi'stratiox:    Bentley  and  Triinen,  Med.  PlatUs,  293. 

Botanical  Source. — There  are  several  kinds  of  barley,  the  more  general  ones 
being  the  following:  Hordeum  vulgare,  Linne,  has  an  erect,  smooth,  fistular  culm 
or  stem,  from  2  to  4  feet  in  height,  with  alternate,  carinate,  lanceolate,  linear, 
and  roughish  leaves;  the  sheaths  are  auriculate  at  the  throat.  The  flowers  are 
all  hermaphrodite  and  awned;  the  spikes  thick,  and  about  3  inches  long;  the 
spikelets  3,  all  fertile,  1-flowered,  with  an  awn-like  rudiment  at  the  base  of  the 
upper  palete.  Glumes  2,  subulate,  nearly  equal,  and  awned.  Paleiu  2  and  herba- 
ceous; the  lower  one  lance-ovate,  concave,  and  long  awned;  the  upper  obtusely 
acuminate,  and  bicarinate.  The  stamens  are  3  in  number;  ovary  hairy  at  the 
apex.  Stigmas  2,  sessile,  somewhat  terminal,  and  feathery.  Scales  2,  ciliated. 
Caryopsis  adhering  to  the  palea\     Fruit  or  seeds  in  4  rows  (L. — W.). 

Hordeum  di'<tichon,  Linne,  differs  from  the  preceding  by  having  a  compressed 
spike  or  ear,  with  the  lateral  spikelets  abortive  and  awnless;  the  spikelets  on  the 
edge  only  being  fertile,  and  the  fruit  is  disposed  in  2  rows. 

Hordeum  hcra-^tk-hnn,  Linne,  has  the  fruit  in  6  rows. 

History  and  Description. — Barley  is  thought  to  be  a  native  of  central  Asia, 
but  the  subject  is  involved  in  much  uncertainty.  The  seeds  are  the  parts  em- 
ployed. They  are  oblong-ovoid,  with  a  furrow  on  one  side  running  lengthwise, 
j'eliow  outside,  white  internally,  of  a  feeble  odor,  and  a  moderately  saccharine 
taste.  When  the  seeds  are  stripped  of  their  husks,  and  made  round  by  a  particu- 
lar process,  it  constitutes  pearl  barley  {Hordeum  Perlatum),  which  is  the  best  form 
for  use  ;  when  this  is  ground  into  a  coarse  flour  it  forms  barley  meal.  Pearl  bar- 
ley occurs  in  subspherical  or  marly  ovoid  grains,  of  a  white,  starchy  aspect. 
Sometimes  remaining  portions  of  tlie  husk  give  to  it  a  yellowish  cast."  This  is 
especially  the  case  along  the  longitudinal  groove.  Its  t;is"te  resembles  that  of  the 
farinace;e  in  general.  When  the  seeds  are  but  partially  decorticated  it  is  known 
&3  hulled,  Seoteh,  or  j'ot  barley.  When  the  entire  grain  is  moistened  and  exposed 
in  mass  to  a  summer  temperature  until  it  begins  to  germinate,  and  is  then  devi- 
talized at  a  definite  stage  of  the  germinating  process,  by  a  stronger  heat,  it  is  con- 
verted into  MAi.T,  which  is  extensively  employed  in  making  ale,  beer,  and  porter. 
During  the  process  of  making  malt,  the  temperature  rises  appreciably,  much  car- 
bon dioxide  is  given  off,  and  the  nitrogenized  matter  in  the  seeds"unde«;oes  a 
change,  being  in  part  converted  into  a  peculiar  ferment,  called  diasta^.  It  has 
the  power,  peculiar  to  infusions  of  malt,  of  converting  large  quantities  of  starch 
into  dextrin  and  a  fermentable  sugar,  vmltos^\  To  obtain  the  greatest  possible 
yield  of  diastase  from  a  given  amount  of  barley,  at  the  same  time  reducing  the  loss 
of  carbohvdrates  to  a  minimum,  is  the  object  of  successful  malting  (see  special 
works  on  Wewing,  etc.,  for  details  of  this  process"!. 

Chemical  Composition.— Kim ig  {Xahmngs  uud  GenussmitUl,  3d  ed.,  1893, 
Vol.  II,  p.  467)  gives  the  following  percentage  composition  of  barley  seed,  the 
results  being  the  average  of  706  recoraed  analyses  of  barley  from  many  countries, 
imhiding  the  United  Slates:    Water,  ll.ft");  nitrogenous  matter,  9.6(>;  fatty  mat- 


iii>i;i>i;rM.  997 

ter,  1.93;  sugar  {innllo.sc),  l.ol;  dextrin,  ().:'>!1;  stiin-h,  .59.09 ;  (i lire,  4.95;  as^li,  2.42. 
The  iiitrogeiiouii  matter  consists  of  gluten  rasein,  glulcii-Jihriu,  inurcdin,  and  albu- 
min. The  gliadin  contained  in  wheat  being  absent,  it  is  therefore  imiii>.>isible  to 
obtain  gluten  from  barley  (see  Ai-cim)-  Albumin  varies  in  barley  from  Of)  to  1.77 
per  cent.  As  regards  carbohydrates,  sugar  is  stated  to  predominate  over  de.xtrin 
in  American  barley.  Stelhvaag  (ISSUi  found  tiie  fatty  matter  in  barley  to  con- 
sist of  13.62  per  cent  free  fatty  acids  (coulainiug  hurdcie  uckl,  or  lauro-slediir  arid 
of  Beckmann,  1855),  71.78  per  cent  neutral  fats,  4.24  per  cent  lecithin,  and  6.08 
per  cent  phyloxterin. 

J.  C.  Lermer,  in  1863  (Wittstein's  Vierteljnhrssrhrift,  Vol.  XII,  p.  4),  made  a 
comparative  aiuilysis  of  barley  seeds  and  the  malt  obtained  tiierefrom.  and 
observed  a  loss  in  starch  of  14.57  per  cent,  and  an  increase  of  sugar  by  2.03  per 
cent,  also  the  fatty  oil  became  reduced  in  quantity,  while  dextrin,  cellulose,  and 
proteids  remained  constant.  Mr.  Frank  X.  Moerk  has  more  recently  (Aimr.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  1884,  p.  366  and  46.5)  made  some  diligent  analyses  of  Canada  barley  as 
well  as  the  malt  prepared  from  it,  to  which  articles  the  reader  is  referred.  A 
peculiar,  optically  lavogyre  carbohydrate,  .<('/i«W//j!  (f,;/n(uilhro><e),  was  found  in  hor- 
deum  liy  Kiihuemann  ( 1875).  The  ash  of  barley  seeds  contains  chiefly  phosphate 
of  pota.-isium,  magnesium  and  calcium,  and  large  amounts  of  silica  (in  the  husks). 

A  peculiar  principle  has  been  found  in  barley  seeds  subsequent  to  the  germi- 
nating process,  by  MM.  Payen  and  Persoz,  which  they  have  named  duistasc.  The 
same  substance  has  likewise  been  found  in  the  seeds  of  oats  and  wheat,  and  in 
the  potato,  but  only  after  these  have  undergone  germination.  Diastase  maj'  be 
obtained  by  macerating  ground  malt  in  cold  water,  suljjecting  to  pressure,  and 
filtering  and  lieating  the  liquid  to  the  temperature  of  70°  C.  (158°  F.).  Another 
nitrogenous  body  existing  in  the  liquid  is  thus  coagulated  and  removed.  The 
liquid,  being  filtered  again,  is  to  be  mixed  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  alcohol  to 
throw  down  the  dinsia.se.  Toobtain  the  diastase  pure,  it  should  be  again  dissolved 
in  water,  and  thrown  down  by  alcohol,  and  this  ought  to  be  rejieated  several 
times.  Diastase  thus  obtained  is  solid,  white,  amorphous,  insoluble  in  alcohol, 
but  soluble  iu  water  and  diluted  alcohol.  Its  aqueous  solution  possesses  neither 
acid  or  alkaline  qualities,  and  has  little  taste.  Diastase,  after  purification,  is  best 
obtained  in  the  dry  state  by  exposing  it  in  thin  layers  to  a  current  of  air  at  about 
44.3°  C.  (110°  F.).  Its  aqueous  solution  is  not  jirecipitated,  like  that  of  starch, 
by  lime,  baryta,  or  acetate  of  lead  ;  on  keeping  it  becomes  acid.  Its  most  remark- 
able property  is  that  of  converting  starch  in  the  presence  of  water,  at  a  temjiera- 
ture  of  about  50°  C.  (122°  F.),  into  a  peculiar  sugar  {mnltose,  C„H,„,0,,)  and  dex- 
trin. It  has  no  action  upon  either  gum  or  sugar,  and  yet  1  part  of  it  added  to 
2000  parts  of  starch,  suspended  in  water,  causes  the  starch  globules  speedily  to 
burst,  the  teguments  sejjarating  from  the  containetl  granulose,  which  readily 
undergoes  this  extraordinary  conversion  without  any  perceptible  diHeronce  in  the 
weight  of  the  substance  employed.  Diastase  has  also  been  called  midtiiic.  A  sec- 
ond ferment,  jiefita-sc,  forms  during  malting,  whoseaction  is  to  change  the  jiroteids 
into  pept(jnes  and  jiarapeptones,  tlie  beer  <lepending  upon  the  latter  bodies  for  its 
(asserted  )  nutritive  <iualities  (  Wagner,  Ilniidhurhder  Clteni.  Tcchnologie,  1889,  p.  901). 

The  difl'erent  kinds  of  beer,  ale,  and  porter  are  made  from  malt,  with  the 
addition  of  hops  and  other  articles.  Malt  has  a  sweetish,  mucilaginous,  rather 
agreeable  taste.  An  infusion  of  it  at  71.1°  C.  (160°  F.)  completes  the  conversion 
of  the  starch  into  sugar  and  gum;  yeast  being  then  added  at  a  temperature 
between  15.5°  and  26.6°  C.  (60°  and"80°  F.),  vinous  fermentation  takes  place, 
carbonic  acitl  gas  is  disengaged  and  alcohol  formed.  The  sugar  is  the  source  of 
the  alcohol  exi.^ting  in  malt  liipiors,  while  the  gummy  dextrin  is  the  cause  of 
their  viscidity.  an<l  tin-  periuan.-nce  of  their  etferve.-cence  and  frothy  top. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Pearl  barley  in  decoction  is  nutritive 
and  demulcent,  and,  on  account  of  its  mild  and  unirritating  qualities,  is  much 
used  as  an  article  of  diet  for  the  sick  and  convalescent,  acting  at  the  same  time, 
if  the  barley  itself  be  swallowed,  as  a  gentle  aperient.  The  decoction  is  employed 
for  suspending  powdered  drugs  insoluble  in  water,  and  also  as  a  drink  in  fdirile 
diseriscs,  catarrh,  dyxetilen/,  inflnmmdtinn  nf  the  hlndder,  gitnoriho'a,  and  rhronir  mucous 
inflammations.  Combined  with  ho|)s,  or  in  the  form  of  beer,  ale,  or  porter,  it  forms 
a  valuable  tonic  in  many  chronic  exhnu^liiKj  di^teaties,  anrl  in  convalescence.     From 


998  HCML-Lrs. 

2  to  4  ounces  of  malt  boiled  in  a  (juart  of  water,  afford  a  more  demulcent  and 
nutritious  liquor  than  barle\',and  is  consequently  betteradapted  to  cases  requiring 
a  sustaining  course  of  treatment.  In  making  the  decoction  of  barley-,  2  ounces 
must  first  be  washed  with  cold  water,  and  all  extraneous  matters  removed,  then 
place  the  barley  in  i  pint  of  water,  boil  for  a  short  time,  strain  ofif  the  water,  and 
throw  it  away,  as  this  is  only  employed  to  remove  mustiness,  or  any  disagreeable 
flavor  which"  the  barley  may  have  acquired.  To  the  barley  thus  prepared,  add  4 
pints  of  boiling  water,  boil  down  to  2  pints,  and  strain.  The  decoction  may  have 
other  articles  added  in  the  course  of  its  preparation,  varied  to  suit  the  taste  of  the 
patient,  as  sugar,  sliced  figs,  raisins,  liquorice-root,  etc.     It  may  be  drank  freely. 

HUMULUS  (U.  S.  P.)— HOPS. 

"The  strobiles  of  Huvmlus  Lupulus,  Linne" — (U.  S.  P.). 
Nat.  Ord. — Urticaceae. 
CoMMO.v  Name:  Hop. 

Illustration  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  230. 

Botanical  Source. — This  i)lant  has  a  perennial  root,  with  many  annual,  an- 
gular stems,  rough  backward,  with  minute,  reflexed  hairs,  twining  around  sur- 
p.     ^gg  rounding  objects  in  a  volute  direction  with  the  sun,  and 

^^'       '  climbing  to  a  great  height.     The  leaves  are  opposite, 

on  long,  winding,  rough  petioles;  the  smaller  ones  cor- 
date, the  larger  from  3  to  5-lobed;  all  are  deep-green, 
serrated,  veiny,  and  very  rough.  Theflowering  branches 
are  axillary,  angular,  and  rough.  Stipules,  2  or  4,  be- 
tween the  petioles,  smooth,  ovate,  and  reflexed.  The 
flowers  are  numerous,  axillary,  and  of  a  greenish  color. 
Male  flowers  very  numerous,  panicled,  yellowish-white; 
sepals  5,  oblong,  obtuse,  spreading,  concave;  stamens 
short;  anthers  oblong,  opening  by  2  terminal  pores. 
Female  flowers  pale-green,  grow  on  a  separate  plant,  in 
the  form  of  an  ament,  having  each  pair  of  flowers  sup- 
ported by  a  bract,  which  is  ovate,  acute,  and  tubular  at 
the  base";  sepals  solitary,  obtu.-;e,smallerthan  the  bracts, 
1    L      1  enfolding  the  ovary;  ovary  roundish  and  compressed ; 

umu  us   upu  us.  stigmas  2,  long,  subulate,  and  downy.    The  bracts  en- 

large into  a  persistent  catkin  or  strobile,  each  bract  inclosing  a  nut  enveloped  in 
its  permanent  bractlet,  and  some  yellow,  resinous  grains  (L. — B.\ 

History  and  Description.— This  plant  is  common  in  hedges  and  thickets  in 
many  parts  of  Europe,  and  grows  si)ontaneously  in  various  sections  of  the  United 
States;  said  also  to  inhabit  China  and  the  Canary  Islands.  It  is  largely  cultivated 
for  its  cones  or  strobiles,  which  are  used  medicinally,  and  in  the  manufacture  of 
beer,  ale,  porter,  etc.  A  few  rows  of  the  barren  vines  planted  among  the  fertile 
ones,  are  said  to  be  profitable  by  increasing  the  weight  of  the  produce.  The  strob- 
iles or  cones  are  the  parts  employed;  these  are  collected  when  thoroughly  ma- 
tured, properly  desiccated,  and  then  placed  in  large  bags  or  pockets,  and  sold  as 
Hops.  They  consist  of  ovate,  membranous,  semi-transparent,  light-green  scales, 
tinged  more  or  le.ss  of  a  yellow  color,  which  are  glandular  at  their  base,  nearwhich 
I  hey  develop  2  minute,  globular,  hard  nuts  or  achenia  of  a  bay-brown  color,  and 
which  are  covered  with  aromatic,  superticial,  globose,  golden-yellow  glands  or 
.i;rains.  To  these  the  name  lupuVin  was  given  by  Ives  {Amer.  Jour.  Science.  1820, 
p.  o02).  The  active  i)roperties  of  hops  are  owing  to  the  lupulin,  although  the 
scales  possess  them  also,  but  in  an  inferior  degree.  Lupulin  (see  Ll^pulinum^.  is  pro- 
cured by  beating  or  rubbing  the  strobiles,  and  then  sifting  out  the  grains,  which 
form  about  ^  part  of  the  hops.    The  official  description  of  nops  is  as  follows: 

"Ovate,  about  3  Cm.  (1^  inch)  long,  consisting  of  a  thin,  hairy,  undulated 
axis,  and  many  obliquely-ovate,  membranous  scales,  in  the  upper  part  reticulately 
veined,  and  toward  the  base  parallel-veined,  glandular,  and  surrounding  a  su6- 
globular  achene ;  color  of  the  scales  greenish,  free  from  reddish  or  brownish  sjx>ts; 
odor  aromatic;  taste  bitter,  aromatic  and  slightly  astringent"— (T.  S.  P.). 


HUMVLlri.  9;ivi 

Oaemicdl  Composition.— Boiling  water  takes  up  the  virtues  of  hops;  how- 
i  ver,  tliey  are  iin])aired  by  long-continued  heat.  Tlie  decoction  turns  litmus 
paper  red,  becomes  deep-green  with  the  salts  of  iron,  and  turbid  with  the  solution 
of  isinglass.  A  better  solvent  than  water  is  diluted  alcohol.  By  distillation  with 
water,  ho]>s  yield  a  limjiid  vnlnlih-  oil  (O.S  per  cent,  v.  W'agn-r),  lighter  than 
water;  Payen  antl  Chevallier  (1822)  obtained  from  lupulin  2  ])er  cent.  Tiie  oil 
in  part  contains  /nimu'tne  (a  sesquiterpene,  C|jH„),  and  unsaturated  hydrocarbons 
not  belniiging  to  tiie  terpene  series.  The  formation  o{  buti/ric  and  vitleritmic  uci(U, 
i>b.*erved  in  liie  distillation  of  old  hops  or  lupulin  with  water,  is  not  due  to  oxi- 
dation of  the  volatile  oil  (A.  C.  Chapman,  Pharm.  Ccntmlh.,  1899,  p.  73). 

A  bit(<r  principle  was  obtaineil  as  an  amorphous,  water-soluble  mass,  by 
M.  L-isleib  [Arrhio  der  Pharm.,  1880, )).  o4o),  by  e.xhausting  lupulin  of  its  bitternes's 
by  cold  water,  abstracting  the  bitter,  with  some  resin,  oy  animal  charcoal, 
abstracting  with  alcoliol,  and  separating  the  bitter  from  the  resin  by  means  of 
etlier,  which  dissolves  the  bitter  part  only.  The  bitter  principle,  upon  boiling 
with  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  is  resolved  into  brown,  amorphous  lupuliretin  (also 
supposed  to  be  an  oxidation  product  of  the  volatile  oil),  and  crystallizable  bipulic 
acid.  A  cn/stiilli-abU\  bitter  principle,  called  hop-hitter  arid,  was  first  obtained  pure 
by  Lermer  in  1863  (Diugl.  Pol.  Jour.,  Vol.  CLXIX,  p.  54),  by  an  elaborate  process. 
This  substance  is  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  and 
other  liquids,  notably  the  volatile  oil  of  hops.  The  same  compound  was  more 
recently  obtained  by  H.  Bnngener  (Amer.  Jour.  Phnnn.,  1884,  p.  427,  from  Pharm. 
Jour.  Trans.,  1883-4,  p.  1008).  Six  kilograms  of  fresh  lupulin  from  unsulphured 
hops  were  extracted  with  low-boiling  petroleum  ether,  and  yielded  400  Gm. 
(6.6  per  cent),  of  crude  hop-bitter  acid.  The  pure  substance  melts  at  92°  to  93°  C. 
(197.6°  to  199.4°  F.),  and  when  exposed  to  the  air,  soon  turns  yellow,  resinifies, 
and  develops  an  odor  of  fatty  acids  and  aldehydes.  Oxidizers  produce  valerianic 
acid  in  considerable  quantity. 

The  rcsiiis  of  hops  were  dififerentiated  by  Dr.  Hayduck  (see  Amer.Jmir.  Pharm., 
1888,  p.  25.  into  three  resins,  two  of  which  are  soluble  in  petroleum-ether  and 
form  ether-soluble  copper  salts.  The  hop-bitter  acid  aforementioned  is  spontane- 
ously convertible  into  one  of  these  two  resins,  namely,  that  which  is  not  pre- 
cipitated by  lead  acetate.  These  two  resins,  as  well  as  the  hop-biter  acid,  were 
established  to  be  the  principles  antagonistic  to  lactic  ferments,  while  the  oil  of 
hops  does  not  possess  such  untiseptic  properties.  A  peculiar  tannin,  called 
humuli-tnnnir  acid,  was  found  to  be  present  in  hops  to  the  extent  of  2  to  5  per 
cent  (v.  Wagner,  18.53,  and  Etti,  1876).  A  crystallizable  alkaloid  was  believed  by 
Lermer  to  exist  in  hops,  although  Gresshoff  (1887)  established  its  absence  in 
lupulin  (see  Fliickiger,  Phnrmacorinosie,  1891).  In  this  connection,  the  nature  of 
the  poi.«oiious,  crvstallizal)le  substance  abstracted  by  F.  Davis  from  the  green 
strobiles  of  hops  "with  ether  (Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.,  1886,  Vol.  XVIII,  p.  20).  prob- 
ably deserves  further  investigation.  Other  constituents  are:  Wax  (about  10  per 
cent  in  lupu'in),  chlorophyll,  dextrose  (3  per  cent,  by  Griessmayer,  1874),  a.-tpara- 
i/ine  (I  per  cent,  Bungener  and  Fries,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1886,  p.  91),  trimethylatn- 
'ine  and  choline  (C,H,[0H].V[CH3],0H),  lupuline  of  Griessmayer,  1874);  oi'  the 
latter  base,  Griess  and  Harrow  obtained  from  hops  0.02  jjcr  cent;  diluted  aqueous 
solutions  of  this  substance  dissolve  comparatively  large  amounts  of  ^o;)  resin,  pro- 
ducin<r  an  intensely  bitter  solution.     (Also  see  Lupulinum  for  special  jwints.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Hops  are  tonic,  hypnotic,  febrifuge, 
antilitbic,  an  1  anthtlinintic.  Their  tonic  and  anthelmintic  properties  are  small, 
and  ]irnlialily  depend  u])iin  their  bitterness;  they  pos.sess  no  antiperiodic  virtues. 
Sometimes  tliey  cause  diuresis,  and  are  said  to  correct  lithic  arid  deposits.  They 
are  priieipuliy  used  for  their  sedative  or  hypnotic  action — producing  sleep,  remov- 
ing restlessness,  and  abating  pain,  but  which  they  often  fail  to  accomplish.  A 
]>illow  stutl'ed  with  hops  has  long  been  a  popular  remedy  for  procuring  sleej). 
Hops,  as  well  as  lupulin,  are  useful  in  delirium  tremens  to  allay  the  morbid  excite- 
ment and  vigilance,  while  at  the  same  time  it  exerts  its  stomachic  effects.  It 
is  extremely  elficient  in  dijxpefiKin  where  restlessness  and  a  brooding  disposition 
are  prominent  feature.*.  Fermeutalire  di/spc/isia,  with  con.seouent  eructations, 
often  yields  to  hops  or  lupulin.  Externally,  in  the  form  of  a  tomentation  alone, 
or  coiTibined  with  boneset  or  other  bitter  herbs,  hoi>s  have  jirnved  beneficial  in 


1000  HYDRANGEA. 

pneutnonia,  pleurisy,  yastritus,  enteritis  ;  also  as  an  application  to  painful  swellings  or 
tumors.  An  ointment  made  by  boiling  2  parts  of  stramonium  leaves  and  1  of  hops, 
in  lard,  has  proved  an  effectual  application  \n.  erzema,  ulcers,  HTui  pninftd  t'unons. 

Lupulin  exerts  a  more  certain  influence  than  hops,  and  should  be  preferred 
for  internal  use,  as  the  dose  is  much  less  bulky.  The  properties  here  ascribed  to 
hops  are  possessed  by  lupulin,  and  the  conditions  benefited  by  lupulin  are  also 
those  in  which  hops  act  beneficially.  The  subject  will  be  further  discussed  under 
Lupulin  (see  Liqndinum). 

The  decoction  of  hops  is  seldom  employed.  Ale,  porter,  and  beer  are  fre- 
quently administered  in  cases  of  debility  in  the  absence  of  inflammatory  symp- 
toms, as  tonic,  stimulant,  and  nutritive  agents.  fFor  specific  indications  see 
Lupulinum.) 

HYDRANGEA.— HYDRANGEA. 

The  root  of  Hydrangea  arhnrescens,  Linne  {Hydrnngcd  vulgaris,  Michaux  and 
Pursh). 

Nat.  Ord. — Saxifragacea-. 

CoMMo.N'  Names:    Seven  harks,  WiM  hydrangea. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  is  the  Hydrangea  vulgaris  of  Michaux  and 
Pursh.  It  is  an  indigenous  shrub,  smooth,  or  nearly  so,  attaining  the  height  of 
5  or  6  feet,  with  opposite,  petiolale  leaves,  wliieh  are  ovate,  obtuse  at  the  base, 
rarely  cordate,  acuminate,  serrate-dentate,  nearly  smooth,  and  green  on  both 
sides.  The  flowers  are  often  all  fertile,  numerous,  small,  white,  becoming  roseate, 
and  borne  in  fastigiate  cymes.  The  calyx  tube  is  hemispherical,  8  or  10-ribbed, 
and  coherent  with  the  ovary;  the  limb  4  or  5-toothed,  and  persistent ;  the  petals 
ovate  and  sessile;  the  stamens  8  or  10,  and  slender;  the  capsule  crowned  with  the 
2  divergent  styles,  2-celled  below,  and  opening  by  a  foramen  between  the  styles; 
and  the  seeds  are  numerous  (W. — G.). 

History  and  Description.— This  elegant  shrub  grows  abundantly  in  the 
southern,  and  middle-western  states,  in  mountains  and  hills,  and  on  rocks  and 
near  streams.  The  bark  is  rough,  pealing  ofl' — each  layer  being  of  a  difl^erent 
color,  and  which  has  probably  given  origin  to  the  name  "seven  barks."  It  is 
quite  common  in  the  Susquehanna  and  Schuylkill  valleys,  and  its  flowers  are 
often  met  with  in  bouquets  in  the  markets  of  Philadelphia.  The  rout  is  the  part 
that  has  been  employed.  It  is  firmed  of  numerous  radicles,  sometimes  not  larger 
than  a  goose-quill,  and  again  half  an  inch  or  more  in  diameter,  and  of  consider- 
able length.  These  proceed  from  a  caudex,  which  sends  upward  numerous  diver- 
gent branches.  When  fresh,  the  root  and  stalks  are  very  succulent,  containing 
much  water,  and  can  easily  be  cut,  and  the  root  likewi.se  contains  a  great  deal 
of  mucilage,  with  albumen  and  starch.  When  dry  they  are  very  tough  and 
resistent,  and  exceedingly  difficult  to  bruise  or  cut,  hence  they  should  be  bruised 
while  fresh,  or  which  is  better,  cut  into  short  transverse  sections,  which  facilitates 
the  drying.  The  bark  of  the  dried  root  has  a  rather  pungent,  aromatic,  not  dis- 
agreeable taste,  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  cascarilla  bark.  The  stalks  contain 
a  pith  which  is  easily  removed,  and  they  are  used  in  some  parts  of  the  country 
for  pipe-stems. 

Chemical  Composition.— Mr.  Joseph  Laidley,'of  Richmond,  Va.(^4Hi<T.Jbur. 
Pharm.,  1852,  p.  20),  found  the  root  to  contain  gum,  albumen,  starch,  resin,  and 
inorganic  salts.  It  was  subsequently  analyzed  by  Jos.  Baur  {ibid.,lSSl,  p.  157 1. 
who  found,  in  addition,  probable  indications  of  an  alkaloid  and  a  crystallizablc 
body.  A  glucosid,  hydrangin,  fluorescing  with  opal-blue  color  in  alkaline  solution, 
was  obtained  later  by  C.  S.  Bondurant  (,.4»i<r.  Jour.  Phami.,  1887,  p.  123).  It  forms 
star-like  masses  of  crystals,  soluble  in  ether  and  alcohol,  and  when  treated  with 
diluted  acids,  sjilits  into  grape  sugar  and  a  resinous  body.  Acids  destroy  the 
fluorescence.  Sugar,  saponin,  several  resins,  fixed  and  volatile  oils  (2.28  per  cent), 
and  starch  (7.28  per  cent)  were  also  found.  Sulphur  is  a  constituent  of  the 
volatile  oil.  Contrary  to  Baur's  statement,  no  tannin  was  found.  Mr.  H.J.  M. 
Schroeter  {Amer.  .Iciir.  Pliann.,  ISSD,  p.  117)  obtained  a  yield  of  O.OS  per  cent  of 
In/ilninqin,  for  which  he  established  the  formula  C„H.^O|pand  found  th'>  molting 
point  to  be  228°  C.  (442.4°  F.\ 


HYnitAUiiYUI  (.IILOKIDIM  COUUojJlVlM.  10()l 

Therootof  if i/<^ra»(/(aj/ant<«/rt/((,var.pr(in(/j^oro,  a  shrub  frequently  cultivated 
in  the  northern  and  iiiiildle  states,  was  analyzed  quite  rt>rently  (A.G.  Luebert, 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1898,  p.  550).  A  glueosidal,  crystallizalile  nrinciple  was  ob- 
tained, nieltintj  at  178°  C.  (.■^52.4°  F. ),  and  probably  not  identical  with  the  hydrnn- 
ijin  n{  Bonduraiit.    The  name  7"/ (<(-/( i/'/'vi »(///!  is  suggested  for  this  substance. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  plant  w  as  introduced  to  the  pro- 
fession by  l>r.  S.  \V.  I>utl<  r,  of  Burliiiu'ton,  N.  J., as  a  remedy  for  the  removal  of 
riilrulou.<!  or  (irdvrlhj  (I, jio.sils  in  tfif  hliuUh  i\  and  for  relieving  the  excruciating  pain 
attendant  on  the  passing  of  a  calculus  through  the  ureter;  and  from  reports 
made,  it  certainly  deserves  a  full  and  thorough  investigation.  The  power  of  cur- 
ing or  dissolving  stone  in  the  bladder  is  not  claimed  for  it;  it  is  only  while  the 
deposits  are  small,  when  in  that  forui  of  the  disease  known  as  grarcl,  that  it  is  an 
elhcieut  remedy;  then  by  removing  the  nucleus,  which,  if  allowed  to  remain  in 
the  organ,  would  increase  in  size  and  form  stone,  the  disease  is  averted,  and  when 
employed  at  this  stage,  it  is  said  to  have  proved  beneficial  in  every  instance,  and 
as  many  as  120  calculi  have  been  known  to  come  from  one  person  under  the  use 
of  this  remedy.  The  efleet  of  the  plant.  Dr.  Butler  states,  is  to  remove,  by  its 
own  specific  action  on  the  bladder,  such  deposits  as  may  be  contained  in  that 
viscus,  j)rovided  they  are  small  enough  to  pass  through  the  urethra.  Thus  it  has 
chieHy  an  eliminatory  action  rather  than  any  power  to  dissolve  gravel.  By  its 
soothing  action  it  relieves  vesical  and  urethral  irritation.  Probably  its  greatest 
value  lies  in  its  power  of  preventing  the  formation  of  alkaline  and  phosphatic 
deposits.  The  former  mode  of  using  it  was  to  prepare  a  concentrated  syrup  of  it 
with  sugar  or  honey,  and  give  a  tea-spoonful  3  times  a  day.  Now  specific  hydran- 
gea, in  doses  of  5  to  30  drops,  3  times  a  day,  preferably  in  hot  water,  or  a  simple 
decoction  of  the  root  to  be  taken  freely  are  preferred.  If  taken  in  overdo.ses  it  will 
produce  some  unpleasant  symptoms,  as  dizziness  of  the  head,  oppression  of  the 
chest,  etc.  It  is  a  good  remedy  in  acute  nqihritis.  The  leaves  of  hydrangea  are  said 
by  Dr.  Eoff  to  be  tonic,  sialagogue,  cathartic,  and  diuretic.  The  specific  hydrangea 
and  fluid  extract  of  hydrangea  are  principally  used  in  the  earthy  deposits,  as 
phosphates  of  calcium,  ammonium,  and  magnesium,  in  alkaline  urine,  and  in 
rhronic  ghd,  and  mucmis  irrilntina  of  the  bladder  in  aged  persons.  Its  alterative 
powers,  chiefly  due  to  its  washing  away  of  strumous  and  other  unhealthy  products, 
are  not  to  be  underrated.  It  is  not  without  some  value  in  hrnncho-pulmonic  affec- 
tions, relieving  irritation  ;  also  in  some  forms  oi gnstric  irritatioi). 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Vesical  and  urethral  irritation,  with  grav- 
elly deposits;  dithcult  urination;  bloody  urine;  deep-seated  renal  pain;  hepatic 
pain  ;  irritation  of  bronchial  tract.  It  improves  the  nutrition  of  the  urinary 
mucous  tissues. 

Preparation  of  Hydrangea.— Lithiated  HvDn.\NGE.\.  This  specialty  of  the  Lambert 
Pharuuical  t'o.,i't  St.  l.ouis.  Mo,  is  a  compound  of  fresh  hydrangea  and  benzo-salicylate  of 
litliium,  prepared  liy  special  proce.'*s.  It  is  employed  in  renal  and  cystic  affections,  viz. : 
I.UIiuria,  goat,  rheumatism,  ciilculun,  diabeits,  cystitis,  and  vesical  irrtlation.  The  dose  is  from  1  to  2 
fluid  drachms,  4  times  a  day,  preferably  between  meals. 

HYDRARGYRI  CHLORIDUM  CORROSIVUM  (U.  S.  P.) 
CORROSIVE  MERCURIC  CHLORIDE. 

FoRMUL.\:  HgCl,.     MoLEciLAR Weight:  270.54. 

Sy.sf).N  VMS :  Corrosive  chloride  of  mercury,  Corrosive  sublimate,  Hydrargyri  jicrr/i/n 
ridnin.  I'crrhloride  of  mercunj.  Bichloride  of  vurcury.  Chloride  of  mercury.  Corrosive 
miiriiite  of  mcrcun/,  Oiymurinte  of  vicrrury,  Hydrnrgyrum  muridticum  corrosivuiii, 
llydrargyruvi  con-OKivum  snhlimatum,  Ilydranjyri  hichloridum,  Mcrcurins  suhlivuitUM 
rorrosivux,  Sublimatum  corrosivutii,  Sublimatus  corrosivin',  Chloruretuiii  (Chloretum) 
hydrnrqyrirum.  Mercuric  chloride. 

"Corrosive  mercuric  chloride  should   be  kept  in  well  stoppered  bottles" — 

(CS.P.K 

Preparation.  -"Take  of  persulphate  of  mercury,  20  ounces  (av.)  ;  chloride 
of  sodium,  dried,  UJ  ounces  (av.);  black  oxide  of  manganese,  1  ounce  (av.).  Re- 
duce the  persulphate  of  mercury  and  the  chloride  of  sodium,  each,  to  line  jiowder, 


1002  HYURARGYRI   (  HLURIDIM   COKROSIVUM. 

and,  having  mixed  them  and  the  oxide  of  manganese  thoroughly  b}'  trituration 
in  a  mortar,  put  the  mixture  into  an  apparatus  adapted  for  sublimation,  and 
apply  sufficient  heat  to  cause  vapors  of  perchloride  of  mercury  to  rise  into  the 
less  heated  part  of  the  apparatus  which  has  been  arranged  for  their  condensa- 
tion"—(Br.  Pharm.'). 

Double  decomposition  takes  place  thus:  HgS0,-|-2NaCl=HgCl,+Na,S0.. 
Any  inercurous  compound  that  may  contaminate  the  mercuric  sulpiiate,  and  any 
iiiercurous  chloride  generated  during  this  process,  are  converted  into  mercuric 
chloride  b}'  the  chlorine  generated  from  the  action  of  the  manganese  dioxide 
<'niployed  upon  the  sodium  chloride.  This  process  differs  from  the  U.  S.  P. 
(1870)  in  the  employment  of  an  already  prepared  mercuric  sulphate,  and  in  the 
introduction  of  the  manganese  salt. 

Description. — Mercuric  chloride,  when  obtained  by  sublimation,  forms  in 
beautiful  white,  semitransparent  masses,  composed  of  very  small  prismatic 
needles.  It  has  the  specific  gravity  5.14  to  5.42.  In  the  light  it  becomes  reduced. 
first  to  mercurous  chloride  (calomel),  and  finally  to  the  metallic  state.  Its  incom- 
patibles  are  alkalies  and  their  carbonates,  tartar  emetic,  sulphide  of  potassium, 
soaps,  albumen,  iron,  copper,  lead,  metallic  mercury,  vegetable  substances  con- 
taining tannic  acid,  etc.  It  is  officially  described  a"s  "  heavy,  colorless,  rhombic 
crystals,  or  crystalline  masses,  odorless,  and  having  an  acrid  and  persistent,  metal- 
lic taste;  permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  16  parts  of  water, 
and  in  3  parts  of  alcohol,  in  2  parts  of  boiling  water,  1.2  parts  of  boiling  alcohol, 
4  parts  of  ether,  and  about  14  parts  of  glycerin.  It  fuses  at  26-5°  C.  (509°  F.)  to  a 
colorless  liquid,  and  at  about  300°  C.  (572°  F.)  it  volatilizes  in  dense,  white 
vapors,  leaving  no  residue.  The  aqueous  solution  reddens  blue  litmus  paper,  but 
becomes  neutral  to  litmus  on  the  addition  of  sodium  chloride.  With  ammonia 
water  it  yields  a  white  precipitate;  with  an  excess  of  hydrogen  sulphide  a  black 
one;  with  ]iotassium  iodide  T.S.  a  red  one,  soluble  in  an  excess  of  the  reagent; 
and  with  silver  nitrate  T.S.  a  white  precipitate,  insoluble  in  nitric  acid"  — 
{U.  S.  P.).  The  white  precipitate  produced  in  solutions  of  corrosive  sublimate  by 
ammonia  water,  has  the  composition  HgCl.NHj;  the  analogous  precii>itate  produced 
in  solutions  of  mercurous  salts  with  ammonia  water,  is  black.  Mercuric  chloride 
is  easily  reduced  to  insoluble  mercurous  chloride  (calomel)  by  such  reducing 
agents  as  sulphurous  acid  or  stannous  chloride.  An  excess  of  the  latter  reagent  will 
further  reduce  the  calomel  formed  to  metallic  mercurv.  The  reactions  involved 
are  as  follows:  2HgCl.,-^SnCl.,==Hg,Cl,-fSnCl,  and  Hg,CI,+  SnCL--Hg,+SnCl.. 
Mercuric  chloride  forms  crystallizable  double  salts  with  the  chlorides  of  potas- 
sium, sodium,  and  ammonium,  and  also  combines  with  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
Alemhruth  Salt  of  the  alchemists  was  a  mixture  obtained  by  evaporating  to  dryness 
a  solution  of  equal  weights  of  mercuric  chloride  and  ammonium  chloride. 

Tests. — "If  a  saturated,  acjueous  solution  of  the  salt  be  heated  nearly  to  boil- 
ing, then  completely  saturated  with  hydrogen  sulphide,  and  allowed  to  stand  for 
several  hours  in  a  well-corked  flask,  it  should  yield  a  colorless  filtrate,  which,  on 
evaporation,  should  leave  no  residue  (absence  of  many  foreign  salts).  If  the  pre- 
cipitated mercuric  sulphide  obtained  in  the  last  test  he  washed  with  water,  then 
shaken  for  a  few  minutes  with  ammonia  water,  and  filtered,  the  filtrate  shouM 
be  colorless,  and,  on  the  addition  of  a  slight  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  should 
afford  neither  a  yellow  color,  nor  a  yellow  precipitate  (absence  of  arsenic)" — 
(['.  S.  P.).  The  presence  of  calomel  (mercurous  chloride)  in  corrosive  sublimate 
is  recosrnized  by  an  insoluble  residue  being  left  upon  dissolving  in  water,  this 
residue  tuniint,'  l)lack  with  ammonia  water. 

Action  and  Toxicology.— In  this  article  the  action  of  the  mercurials  in  een- 
eral  will  first  be  given,  followed  by  such  special  statements  as  apply  to  individual 
members  of  the  group.  In  the  metallic  state  mercury  is  inert  as  a  medicine, except 
when  in  a  state  of  minute  division;  but  its  oxides  and  other  comiwunds  possess 
exceedingly  active  projjerties.  Metallic  mercury,  undivided,  may  be  taken  in  con- 
siderable amount,  acting  by  its  weight  merely  as  a  purgative.  If,  however,  it  l>e 
retained  in  the  intestinal  tract  so  a<  to  form  soluble  salts,  or  if  in  prolonged  contact 
with  the  skin,  it  will  produce  the  con.'<titutional  effects.  Thus  the  blue  ointment 
and  mercurial  plaster  have  caused  alarming  symptoms.  The  vapor  of  metallic 
mercury  is  exceedingly  poisonous.     Mnrrel'  ree.T.N  :in  a'-rouiit  of  the  wrei-king, 


HYDUAIKiYKl  fHI.OIUDrM  CORROSIVrM.  1003 

near  Cadiz,  of  a  vessel,  and  the  recovery  of  several  tons  of  quicksilver  by  the  crew 
of  an  English  man-of-war,  whereby  '200  of  the  crew  were  sickened,  with  2  fatali- 
ties, besides  the  destruction  of  animals,  fowls,  and  roaches,  all  in  consequence  of 
the  rotting  of  the  sacks  containing  the  metal.  From  the  vapors  from  a  fire  in 
the  quicksilver  mines  at  Idria,  ovt-r  9lX)  individuals  residing  in  the  vicinity  were 
attacked  with  trembles. 

Almost  all  the  mercurial  preparations  act  in  the  same  way,  possessing  siala- 
^'ogue,  deobstruent,  alterative,  etc.,  properties,  the  character  and  degree  of  which 
are  frequently  diminished  or  augmented  by  the  peculiar  agents  in  coml)ination 
with  them.  These  eflects,  however,  are  rarely  increased  physiological  effects,  but 
pathological  in  character.  Bartholow,  in  considering  the  action  of  the  mercurials 
upon  the  glandular  system,  very  properly  observes  that  "  these  actions  of  mercury 
should  not  be  regarded  as  a  physiological  stinnilation  of  the  intestinal  glands,  in 
the  sense  that  the  foods  are  stimulant  to  these  organs.  The  action  is  pathological, 
and  the  products  of  the  action  are  pathological"  {Mat.  Med,  p.  248).  The  mercu- 
rials, when  long  continued,  and,  in  many  instances  but  few  doses,  with  some  very 
susceptible  constitutions,  induce  a  succession  of  very  serious  symptoms,  as  ema- 
ciation, general  debility,  oedema,  tremor  of  the  limbs,  diseased  liver,  pain  in  the 
bones,  caries,  palsy,  ulcerations  of  the  pharynx  and  other  parts,  gangrenous 
ulceration  of  the  mouth  and  face,  and  a  sort  of  scorbutic  marasmus.  It  likewise 
occasionally  produces  a  febrile  condition  of  tlie  system,  with  profound  prostration 
{mercurial  ereihisiv),  profuse  perspiration,  several  forms  of  cutaneous  disease,  as 
eczema,  herpes,  inflammation  orcongestion  of  the  eye,  fauces,  or  peritoneum,  nodes, 
enlargement  of  the  inguinal,  a.xillary,  mesenteric,  parotid,  pancreatic,  etc.,  glands, 
together  with  various  painful  and  nervous  attacks.  It  was  introduced  to  the 
medical  profession  by  the  notorious  Paracelsus. 

The  modus  operandi  of  the  mercurials  is  not  well  understood  In  the  stomach 
it  probably  forms  an  albuminate,  which,  though  insoluble  in  water,  is  readily 
dissolved  by  chloride  of  sodium  and  by  an  excess  of  albumen.  Minute  doses  are 
said  to  increase  the  red  blood  discs;  large  doses  destroy  the  blood  discs,  reduce 
fibrin,  and  poison  the  heart.  Mercurials  have  a  special  affinity  for  the  glandular 
structures.  This  is  well  marked  in  its  action  upon  the  salivary  glands.  The  former 
practice  of  "touching  tiie  gums,"  or  producing  profuse  salivation  (mercurial  ptya- 
lism),  has  been,  largely  through  the  stand  taken  by  the  Eclectic  school,  aban- 
doned. This  disagreeable  condition,  which  formerly  produced  untold  misery, 
exhibited  itself  in  its  worst  form  by  an  enormous  increase  of  thick,  ropy,  albu- 
minous saliva,  subsequently  becoming  thin  and  watery,  and  amounting  to  several 
l)int3  in  a  day.  Then  followed  extensive  ulceration,  or  gangrenous  stomatitis  of 
the  cheeks  and  adjacent  structures,  with  tender  and  swollen  glands,  sloughing  of 
the  cheek  and  gum,  allowing  the  teeth  to  fall  out  and  the  jaw  to  become  carious.^ 
Practical  medicine  has  no  greater  stain  upon  her  escutcheon  than  the  memory  of 
the  horrors  of  acute  mercurialism,  as  formerly  practiced.  So  profound  was  the  con- 
dition of  mrrcurinl  carhexia,  fn/drargi^m,  or  mercurial  ere(hi.«m  from  continued  doses 
of  these  drugs,  that  profound  marasmus,  anemia,  and  excessive  purging  soon  led 
the  victim  to  an  untimely  grave.  This  condition  was  frequently  accompanied  by 
the  mercurial  tremor,  neuralgia,  paralysis,  or  epileptiform  convulsions.  Scrofu- 
lous individuals  and  those  latioring  under  renal  affections  are  said  to  be  more 
susceptible  to  the  untoward  action  of  the  mercurials,  while  children  are  less 
readily  salivated. 

Artisans  who  are  employed  as  gilders,  and  who  work  in  looking-gla.ss,  ther- 
mometer, and  barometer  factories,  and  miners  of  quicksilver,  are  afflicted  with 
a  somewhat  different  form  of  mercurialism,  marked  features  of  which  are  pros- 
tration and  anemia,  mercurial  fever,  pustular  or  vesicular  eruptions,  jerky,  stam- 
mering speech,  convulsions,  and  particularly  a  peculiar  form  of  muscular  weak- 
ness denominated  "the  trembles."  These  tremors  (or  "shaking  nal.«y")  manifest 
themselves  first  in  the  upper  limbs,  then  in  the  legs,  and  finally  in  the  trunk. 
They  are  readily  brought  on,  gradually  increase  in  extent  ami  severity,  and  are 
quite  persistent  and  uncontrollable.  The  prehensile  movements  lack  precision 
and  the  lower  extremities,  in  walking,  tremble  as  if  strung  on  wires.  (For  a 
graphic  account  of  this  condition,  see  Murrell's  Manual  of  Materia  Medica  and 
TherapciUicM,  ]8tl6,  J).  204.) 


1004  HYDEAEGYPJ  CHLOEIDUM  CORKOSIVUM. 

Before  the  vigorous  fight  of  the  Eclectics  against  the  mercurials  as  chola- 
gogues,  it  was  the  prevailing  opinion  that  these  salts,  particularly  calomel,  increased 
the  natural  secretions  of  the  liver,  thereby  causing  an  augmented  flow  of  bile. 
Reliable  experimentation  by  several  old  school  observers  has  proved  the  claims  of 
our  practitioners  to  be  largely  true.  While  it  is  still  admitted  by  some  that  cor- 
rosive sublimate  is  slightly  stimulant  to  the  liver,  the  majority  deny  even  to 
this  salt  cholagogue  powers.  That  calomel  has  no  such  action  is  now  univer- 
sally acknowledged.  If  an  increased  flow  of  bile  into  the  intestinal  canal  does 
take  place  under  the  action  of  the  mercurial,  it  is  caused,  as  with  croton  oil, 
by  the  reflex  contraction  of  the  gall-bladder  and  duct,  due  to  the  duodenal  irri- 
tation produced.  This  is  the  view  held  by  Bartholow,  among  others.  The  long- 
continued  use  of  mercury  has  caused  an  altered  biliary  secretion,  and  has  even 
checked  hepatic  activity. 

Briefly,  the  distinctive  eSects,  aside  from  the  general  mercurial  impression, 
of  mercury  and  its  chief  salts,  are  as  follows:  Metallic  mercury,  undivided  is  a 
mechanical  purgative;  in  a  divided  state,  as  in  gray  powder,  blue  mass,  and  blue 
ointment,  it  becomes  an  active  agent  capable  of  all  the  untoward  efiects  of  this 
class  of  agents.  Blue  pill  readily  causes  salivation,  calomel  less  frequently.  The 
general  action  of  calomel  closely  resembles  that  of  mercury  in  the  divide"d  state. 
Calomel  probably  passes  for  the  most  part  into  the  intestines,  where  the  alkaline 
secretions  convert  it  into  oxide  of  mercury.  Mercuric  chloride,  mercuric  iodide, 
mercuric  cyanide,  and  mercuric  nitrate  are  exceedingly  energetic  and  toxic 
agents.  Some  of  the  mercurials,  particularly  the  corrosive  chloride  and  the  bin- 
iodide  are  energetic  germicides.  The  anthrax  spores  are  destroyed  by  the  tirst  iu 
a  solution  of  1  to  1000. 

Taken  internally,  corrosive  sublimate  is  an  active,  corrosive  poison,  acting 
very  quickly,  and  producing  in  over-doses  a  coppery,  metallic  taste,  and  violent 
burning  pain  in  the  mouth,  throat,  oesophagus,  and  stomach;  great  ditliculty  of 
swallowing,  sense  of  suflTocation,  nausea,  violent  vomiting,  increased  by  everv- 
thing  taken  into  the  stomach;  the  pain  soon  becomes  diffused  over  the  whole 
abdomen,  which  becomes  very  sensitive  to  pressure;  violent  purging,  often  of 
blood;  gre'at  anxiety;  flushed  (occasionally  pale),  and  even  swollen  countenance; 
restlessness;  pulse  quick,  small,  and  contracted;  cold  sweats;  burning  thirst; 
short  and  laborious  breathing;  urine  frequently  suppressed;  and  finally  stupor, 
coma,  convulsive  movements,  partial  paralysis,  or  paraplegia,  and  death.  Faint- 
ing often  precedes  death.  Sometimes  before  death  ensues,  if  time  enough  has 
elapsed,  there  may  be  profuse  salivation,  ulceration  of  the  mouth,  fetor  of  the 
breath,  and  other  secondary  mercurial  symptoms.  The  mouth  and  oesophagus 
appear  whitish,  as  if  having  been  painted  with  silver  nitrate  solution  (Taylor). 
On  inspection  after  death,  the  membranes  of  the  mouth,  throat,  and  ctsophagus 
are  softened  and  whitish  or  bluish-gray,  and  show  marked  inflammation,  while 
the  stomach  and  bowels  will  be  found  excessively  inflamed,  sometimes  with 
patches  of  ulceration  or  gangrene.  (Arsenic  lesions  are  confined  chiefly  to  the 
stomach  and  bowels.)  Corrosive  sublimate  poisoning  differs  from  arsenical  poi- 
soning in  the  metallic  taste  produced,  in  the  violent  symptoms  almost  imme- 
diately occurring,  and  in  the  evacuations  being  more  often  mixed  with  blood. 
If  death  is  produced  quickly,  the  symptoms  closely  resemble  those  of  cholera;  if 
several  days  elapse  before  death,  the  symptoms  are  more  like  dysenterv,  with  vio- 
lent tenesmus  and  shreddy,  blood-mixed  mucous  discharges  (Taylor,  Med.  Juris.). 

In  poisoning  by  corrosive  sublimate,  death  may  not  take  place  for  several 
days.  Such  cases  may  show  a  total  inactivity  of  the  renal  organs.  Death  usually 
occurs  in  from  1  to  6  days,  though  it  mav  occur  earlier  or  later,  having  l>een 
known  to  take  })lace  in  less  than  i  hour.  The  smallest  dose  known  to  have  killed 
(a  child),  is  3  grains;  it  is  thought  tlial  from  3  too  grains  or  less  will  kill  an  adult 
(Taylor).  Death  may  occur  from  the  external  application  of  tlie  drug  to  tumor^ 
ulcers,  etc.;  and  soritnis  symptoms  have  followed  from  the  use  of  the  .solutions 
even  when  the  skin  is  un)>roken. 

In  the  bodies  of  persons,  who,  during  life  had  employed  mercury  or  some  of 
its  preparations,  either  internallv  or  externally,  metallic  mercury  has  been  found, 
as  in  the  bones,  brain,  pleura,  liver,  cellular" tissue,  lungs,  kidneys,  etc.  It  has 
also  been  detected  in  the  secretions  of  patients  who  were  under  its  influence,  as  in 


HYDRAKOYin  CHLORIDrXl  CoUItoSn  TM.  1005 

the  perspiration,  urine,  saliva,  l>iie,  gastro-intoetinal  secretions,  and  in  the  fluids 
of  ulcers.  The  salivation  and  gangrenous  inflammation  of  the  mouth  occasioned 
by  mercurials  are  best  overcome  by  astringent  infusions,  as  tincture  of  myrrli, 
both  taken  internally  and  used  as  a  gargle,  and  the  administration  of  chlorate  of 
pot;issium.  Its  constitutional  eflects  are  best  remedied  by  vegetable  alteratives 
with  iodide  of  potassium,  tonics,  attention  to  the  excretions,  malic  acid,  exercise, 
etc.;  though  it  is  rarely  the  case  that  a  perfect  recovery  of  liealth  ensues  where 
the  system  has  sufiered  considerably  from  the  eflects  of  tiie  mercury. 

In  the  treatment  of  cases  of  poisoning  by  corrosive  sublimate,  the  antidotes 
must  be  given  promptly,  without  the  least  delay.  Thus  the  white  and  yolks  of 
eggs,  well  beaten  with  water;  milk,  or  a  niixture  of  wheat  flour,  oat-meal,  or  bar- 
ky-meal, and  water;  these  f(-rm  a  compound  whose  chemical  action  on  the  tis- 
sues are  slight  when  compared  w  ith  that  of  the  poison.  One  egg  is  said  to  be 
required  for  every  4  grains  of  corrosive  sublimate  swallowed.  The  above,  as  well 
as  mucilaginous  ^rauiihts  should  be  given  freely  until  relief  is  aSbrded  ;  and  as 
soon  as  possible  the  stomach  sliouUl  be  evacuated  by  the  stomach-pumj),  and  like- 
wise be  well  washed  out.  Chemical  antidotes,  or  those  which  decompose  the  poi- 
son, or  form  harmless  compounds  with  it,  should  also  be  used,  as  a  mixture  of  2 
parts  of  very  fine  iron  filings,  and  1  of  fine  zinc  filings,  which  is  said  to  reduce 
the  corrosive  sublimate  to  the  metallic  state;  or,  the  hydrated  sulphide  of  iron, 
which  completely  destroys  the  poisonous  quality  of  the  mercurial  salt,  if  given 
witiiin  10  or  15  minutes  after  it  nas  been  swallowed.  After  the  poi.sonous  symp- 
toms have  been  overcome,  any  inflammation  which  may  remain,  must  be  treated 
on  general  principles. 

Medical  Uses  and  Dosage. — Mercury  and  its  preparations  have  been  little 
employed  by  Eclectic  pliysicians,  and  have  even  been  absolutely  proscribed  by 
many  menil>ers  of  the  Eclectic  school.  While  it  is  true  that  the  use  of  the  drug 
has  been  discouraged  by  the  teachers  and  writers  of  our  school,  it  is  also  true 
that  their  ground  of  opposition  is  well  taken,  for  these  are  drugs  so  pernicious  in 
their  etil-ets,  as  ordinarily  employed,  that  their  abuse  should  be  strongly  guarded. 
They  should  only  be  used  when  the  S])ecific  indications  for  their  employment  can 
be  unmistakably  pointed  out.  Therefore  it  is  desirable  that  we  reiterate  what  has 
been  declared  again  and  again  by  the  leaders  and  teachers  of  the  Eclectic  school, 
that  it  is  not  the  «•?<",  but  the  o^!<*e  of  mercury  to  which  objection  is  made.  The 
earlier  Eclectics,  many  of  whom  would  not  use  mercury  in  any  form,  sought  to 
find  Buljstitutes  for  the  mercurials  (as  with  podophyllin,  etc.,for  hepatic  disor- 
ders), for,  as  stated  by  Prof.  King  in  the  original  preface  to  the  American  Dispensa- 
tory (\>.  8>,  "there  is  no  siugleremedy  known  to  man  which  has  produced  agreater 
amount  of  mischief  by  its  indiscriminate  use  than  mercury ;  nor  is  there  any  other 
drug  which  has  done  one-hundredth  part  as  much  to  create  a  prejudice  against 
scientitic  medicine,  to  destroy  the  confidence  of  the  community  in  its  practition- 
ers, and  to  repel  them  from  the  physicians  to  the  nostrum  dealer."  That  the 
Eclectic  fathers  were  justified  in  their  objections  to  the  viciously  injudicious  em- 
ployment of  mercurials  prevalent  in  regular  medicine  in  the  early  days  of  our 
school,  is  now  evident  from  the  position  taken  by  many  of  the  most  conspicuous 
old  school  authors  of  to-day,  and  by  the  very  conservative  use  of  the  drug  at 
present  by  old  school  physicians,  as  well  as  by  their  kindlier  feelings  toward 
their  professional  brethren,  whose  opinions  relating  to  some  problems  in  therapy 
do  not  agree  with  their  own.  In  referring  to  the  medical  uses  of  the  preparations 
of  mercury,  unless  attention  is  called  to  Eclectic  authority,  the  reader  is  to  under- 
stand that  the  uses  given  in  this  work  are  in  accordance  with  the  authorities 
of  the  regular  school,  and  are  designed  to  give  scientific  information  concern- 
ing a  class  of  preparations  we  can  do  without  or  replace  by  better  and  more 
kindly  remedies. 

Corrosive  sublimate  is  little  used  by  Eclectic  practitioners,  either  as  an  inter- 
nal or  external  remedy.  Nor  is  its  use  as  extensive  among  allopathic  practition- 
ers as  it  was  some  years  back.  In  fact,  in  reviewing  the  old  school  works  upon 
[)ractice  and  materia  medica  of  the  past  and  present,  one  is  struck  with  the  com- 
parative conservatism  in  the  use  of  these  jireparations  as  compared  with  former 
times.  Corrosive  sublimate  has  been  employed  as  an  alterative  in  ciitnneom,  srrnfu- 
/■lie,  .and  rh'umatic  dixeascs,  nervous  disorders,  ditvnxcs  nj  the  lione",  in  ohslinate  jmrriijo. 


1006  IIYDRARfiYRI  CHLORIDCM  CORROSIVl'M. 

aciu,  and  other  eruptions  on  the  face,  etc.  It  was,  however,  more  generally  admin- 
istered, and  is  still  largely  used  in  the  treatment  oi  syphilitic  maladies.  Atthe  pres- 
ent day,  besides  its  use  in  syphilis,  it  is  advocated  internally  in  gustri/-  ulcer,  to  pro- 
mote cicatrization  and  internally  and  locally  in  diphlheria.  Murrell  advises  its  use 
(1  grain  to  10  fluid  ounces  of  water;  dose,  1  teaspoonful  every  hourj,  in  inJuviHe 
diarrhcea  with  green,  slimy,  offensive  stools.  Externally,  it  is  the  chief  antiseptic 
agent  for  use  as  a  germicide,  being  used  more  largely  for  that  purpose  than  any 
other  drug  by  these  practitionerir.  It  destroys  pcdiruli,  and  in  the  form  of  solu- 
tion or  ointment  is  largely  employed  in  pnra>^itic  skin  affertions,  in  orue,  piiyriniiix, 
chloasma,  freckles,  gonorrhmi,  pruritLs  vulvie,  in  the  treatment  oiunumh,  and  in  gen- 
eral surgical,  gynecological,  and  obstetrical  manipulations.  (For  a  more  detailed  ac- 
count of  its  employment  by  the  old  school  profession,  consult  any  "regular'' 
materia  medica.)  The  solutions  employed  for  general  antiseptic  purposes  should 
never  be  stronger  than  1  in  2000.  Solutions  of  1  to  10,000  in  vaginal  injections 
during  operations  have  produced  violent  toxic  effects.  Death  has  resulted  from 
solutions  of  1  to  1500  employed  in  surgical  operations.  Many  fatalities  have 
occurred  from  its  employment  even  in  dilutions  of  1  to  6000,  when  used  in  the 
peritoneal  cavity  and  in  other  operations  ou  the  viscera.  Used  in  this  way  it  fre- 
quently produces  albuminuria.  For  these  reasons,  corrosive  sublimate  solutions 
are  rarely  used  by  Eclectic  surgeons. 

Internally,  corrosive  sublimate  has  been  emploj'ed  to  some  extent  by  Eclec- 
tic physicians.  Prof.  Scudder,  who  opposed  its  use  chiefly  because  of  the  lack  of 
discrimination  on  the  partof  physicians,  believed  that  if  rightly  studied,  mercury 
might  fill  a  valuable  place  in  medicine,  but  only  in  chronic  cases  {Sper.  Med.,  p.  179). 
He  stated  that  if  he  were  administering  it,  he  would  be  guided  by  the  small,  con- 
tracted, elongated,  and  pointed  tongue,  of  natural  or  more  than  usual  degree  of 
redness,  with  prominent  papilla?.  The  urine  should  be  of  normal  specific  gravity, 
depositing  no  sediment,  the  lijjs  of  good  color,  the  circulatiiin  good,  and  the  skin 
elastic.  He  declared  the  mercurials  were  contraindicated  by  a  pale  mouth  and 
tongue  with  absence  of  papilla?,  pale  and  full  fauces,  tonsils,  and  palate,  shiny  red 
spots  over  the  tongue,  pallid,  expressionless  face,  full  lips,  and  increased  secretion 
of  saliva. 

Prof.  H.  T.Webster  advocates  the  use  of  corrosive  sublimate  ox  (adults)  to 
6x  trituration  (children),  in  2-grain  doses  every  2  or  3  hours,  for  its  effects  upon 
■  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  colon,  the  vitality  of  which  has  been  impaired  by 
long-continued  inflammation  in  chronic  cholera  infantum  and  dy.^'cntery.  llcers  of 
the  colon  and  rectum  form,  the  evacuations  are  semipurulent,  and  convalescence 
lingering.  Here  he  claims  that  it  lessens  the  pain  and  tenesmus,  checks  the 
evacuations,  and  restores  normal  energy  to  the  parts. 

Externally,  solutions  of  corrosive  sublimate  have  been  advised  asacoUyrium 
(1  to  10<X)  to  1  to  10,000),  in  various  affections  of  the  eye,  as  ophthalmia  neonatorum, 
acute  c<iUirrh(d  conjunctivitis,  phlychtenular  conjunctivitis,  keratitis,  xcra-^is,  trachoma, 
Inchrynud  blcnorrhcea,  and  hypopyon  keratitis  (Foltz).  Corneal  opacitits  have  resulted 
from  its  local  use.  Foltz  employs  j^  to  ^'j  grain  doses  in  syphditic  eye  disorders. 
In  ear  disorders  he  advises  internally  ^^  to  ^^  grain  doses  in  (ryphditic  suppura- 
tive otitis  media,  and  in  internal  ear  affections.  Washes  (I  to  1000  to  1  to  4000) 
have  been  recommended  in  suppurative  otitis  media,  furuncles,  diffu.^  otitis  media. 
and  in  operations  for  mastoid  disease.  A  wash  composed  of  solutions  of  borax 
and  corrosive  sublimate  is  asserted  signally  useful  in  the  treatment  of  nocks. 
fissures,  and  other  sons  affecting  the  face,  corners  of  the  mouth,  behind  the  ears, 
etc.,  in  children.  The  ordinary  doses  of  mercuric  chloride  range  from  -jV  to  i 
grain.  The  dose  preferred  by  Webster  is  2  grains  of  the  3x  trituration  for  adults, 
and  of  the  6x  trituration  for  children. 

Yellow  \yASH  (Lotio  Flava),  used  as  an  application  to  venerfnl,  scrofulou*,  and 
phagedenic  tdcers,  is  prepared  by  adding  2  or  3  grains  of  corrosive  sublimate  to  a 
fluid  ounce  of  lime-water.  When  employed,  it  should  be  well  shaken  and  used  in 
the  turbid  state. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Tongue  small,  contracted,  elongated,  and 
pointed,  and  of  normal  color,  or  of  increased  redness,  and  prominent  papilla-; 
urine  must  be  normal  in  specific  gravity  and  deposit  no  sediment:  cin-ulation 
good;  lii)s  of  good  color,  and  skin  elastic  (Scudder).     Impaired   mucous  mem- 


IlYKKAlUiVKl    I  lIUtUlUlM    (.UKKoSlVr.M.  1(X)7 

brane  of  colon  and  loctuiu  in  chronic  dysent'-ry  and  cholera  iiifantuin.  with 
ulceration,  pain,  ttiiisiiius,  and  semipurulent  discharges  (Webster). 

Mercury  and  Mercurial  Compounds.— Hydrargyrum  (U.IS.  P.),  iVercwy,  Quicksilier, 
Argnilnin  viruin,  Ilyilritiiii/mm  rinun,  Mtrcurius  vifus.  Symbol:  Hg.  Atomic  Weight:  199.8. 
MiToiiry  often  occui-s  iii  a  luilive  slate,  but  it  is  met  witli  more  abunilantly  in  the  form  of 
c-innaUar,  or  sulphide  of  mercury.  It  is  also  nut  with,  altliuugh  rarely,  in  the  form  of  an 
amnl^ram,  iu  combination  with  gold  and  silver,  aLso  in  the  lurui  oi  niereuruu^  chloride,  and  in 
certain  copper  ores.  The  hulk  of  mercury  conie.«  from  .Vluuulen,  Spain,  and  New  .Ahnaden, 
California.  Idria,  in  .Vustria,  likewise  furnishes  it,  a.s  well  as  mines  iu  China,  Japau,  Ten;, 
ete.  The  pnxiess  for  obtaining  pure  mercury  from  its  sulphide  is  very  simple.  The  cinnabar 
ore  is  mixed  with  half  its  weight  of  lime,  and  then  di.stilled  in  iron  retorts.  Mercury  distilLs 
over,  and  the  sulphide  of  calcium  remains  in  the  retort.  .Vt  Idria,  in  .Vustria,  and  Almaden, 
in  Spain,  the  ore  is  roasted.  I)y  which  the  sulpliur  is  converted  into  siilphtirous  acid,  and  the 
mercury  is  volatilized  and  condensed  in  suitable  apparatus.  This  is  the  process  most  generally 
employed.  The  mercury  thus  ohtained  is  shipped  in  cylindrical  iron  tiasks,  holding  about 
75  pounds.  The  I'.  S.  J',  directs  that  "mercury  should  be  kept  in  strong,  well-stoppered 
bottles,"  and  describes  it  as  "a  shining,  silver-white  metal,  without  odor  or  taste.  It  is  liquid 
at  the  ordinary  temperature,  and  easily  divisible  into  spherical  globules;  but,  when  cooled  to 
—39.38°  C.  I — i5S.S8°  F.),  it  forms  a  ductile,  malleable  mass.  Specific  gravity  13..5584  at  1.5°  C. 
(59°  F.).  Insoluble  in  the  onlinary  solvents,  also  in  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  and,  at 
common  temperatures,  in  sulphuric  acid;  but  it  dissolves  in  the  latter,  when  hoiled  with  it, 
and  is  readily  and  completely  soluble  in  nitric  acid.  At  ordinary  temperatures  it  volatilizes 
very  slowly,  more  rapidly  as  the  temperature  increases,  and  at  :)r>7.2')°  C.  (675.0.5°  V.)  it  boils, 
and  is  con'ipletely  volatilized,  yielding  a  colorless  mid  ver\  |.iiisonous  vapor.  When  globules 
of  mercury  are  "driipp,d  upin'i  white  jiaper,  tin  >  sli  'uM  I'll  almut  freely,  retaining  their 
globular  form,  and  leMvini;  Mi>streaks  or  traces,  li  sh.iiM  In-  p.  riectly  dry  and  presenta  bright 
surface.  On  boiling  .'i  tiiii.  of  imrcury  with  .'i  (V.  nt  water  and  4.-T"(;ni.  of  sodium  hyposul- 
phite, in  a  test-tiihe,  lor  about  1  luiiiii'te.  the  mercury  shouUl  not  lose  its  luster,  and  should 
not  acquire  more  than  a  slightly  vellowish  sluule  (absence  of  more  than  slight  traces  of 
foreign  metids)"— ( ['.  .S'.  P.).  .Mercury,  wlien  frozen,  has  the  specific  gravity  14.931,  and 
crystallizes  in  octahedra.  Mercury  is  not  altered  by  being  kept  under  water,  but  its  surface 
becomes  gradually  tarnished  when  exposed  to  the  action  of  tbe  air,  becoming  covered  with 
a  black  oxide,  especially  when  impure.  In  order  to  purify  it  for  certain  scientific  purposes, 
e.  g.,  the  making  of  barometers  and  thermometers,  it  must  be  redistilled.  By  this  process 
such  impurities  aa  lead  and  tin  remain  in  the  residue.  It  may  also  be  purified  by  digesting 
100  parts  of  mercury  for  3  days  in  5  parts  each  of  water  and  nitric  acid,  and  subsequently 
washing  it  well  with  distilled  water  and  drying  it  with  bibulous  paper;  or  the  mercury  is 
allowed  to  fail  in  a  fine  stream  through  a  hiidi  column  of  cliluted  nitric  acid  iL.  Meyer). 
Mercury  combines  with  bromine,  I  I  il  •  ;  i;ii.Mixygcn,lead,  phosphorus,  sulphur,  bismuth, 
arsi-nic,  etc.     Gold,  silver,  tin,  ear  :iil>iii(   with  it  when  cold,  forming  alloys  called 

(iiiialyams.     When  heated  in  (i|m  !i      i  i     ts  li..ilini;  point,  mercury  unites  with  oxygen, 

firoducing  the  red  oxide  in  scale-      ^l   i  h  ■-  umi  ,|,  , i pose  water;  but  if  boiled  in  this 

iquid  it  aljsorbs  sijj  of  its  weight  li  i,  maii  I  v,  iih  lai.  or  ajitated  for  a  great  length  of  time 
with  water,  it  is  divided  to  such  a  l.-i,  ,  as  p,  1  ,-.  it-  m.  t  ilia  In-ter,  and  then  forms  a  blackish 
powder,  which  is  the  metal  in  a  stat.-  oi  -i,  at  Ai\  i-mh        ■,,,.., ./i,./  or  killed). 

Two  oxides  of  mercury  are  knuwn,  the  hi^lur  ,  Ilgi  i  ami  lower  (HgjO^and  the  two 
corresponding  series  of  salts  are  known  respectively  as  nurcuric  anil  iiiemirous  compounds. 
All  soluble  compounds  of  mercury  are  poisonous,  acid  in  reaction,  and  disagreeably  metiillic 
to  the  taste.  White  is  the  usual  color  of  the  normal  salts,  while  the  basic  compounds  are 
yellow.  .Veirwom  salts  form  a  white,  insoluble  precipitate  with  soluble  chlorides  (calomel), 
which  turns  black  upon  the  addition  of  ammonia.  They  precipitate  black  with  caustic  potash 
or  caustic  soda,  mercurous  oxide  (IlgjO)  being  formed."  Mercuric  salts  precipitate  yellow  with 
caustic  potash  or  caustic  soda.  They  yield  a  scarlet  precipitate,  mercuric  iodide  (Hglj),  if 
carefully  added  to  solution  of  potassium  iodide,  but  this  precipitate  dissolves  iu  excess  of  the 
latter  reagent. 

Mercury,  in  combination  with  other  substances,  may  be  detected  bv  dissolving  the 
substance  in  nitric  acid;  in  the  solution  place  a  idece  of  bright  copper,  and  after  some  time 
remove  it,  and  rub  it  with  a  clean  paper,  when,  if  mercury  be  present,  a  silvery  stain  will  he 
found  on  the  cop|H-r,  which  is  removeil  by  heat,  and  niay'bi'  collected  in  a  minute  globule  of 
qiii<'ksilver  if  the  volatilization  be  conducte<l  in  a  small"  glass  tube.  If  a  strong  .solution  of 
iodi<le  of  potiissium  be  ad<led  to  a  minute  portion  of  any  of  the  salts  of  mercury,  placed  on  a 
clean,  bright  plate  of  copper,  the  mercurj'  is  immediately  deposited  in  the  metallic  state, 
appearing  as  a  silvery  stain  on  the  copper;"  no  other  metal  is  deposite<l  by  the  same  means. 
The  solution  of  mercury  previous  to  the  application  of  this  test,  must  be  concentrateil  by 
evaporation  (  A.  Morgan," /Viarm.  Jour,  and  Traw.,  XI,  372).  -Vny  solid  mercury  compound  may 
be  recognized  by  mixing  It  with  drv  sodium  carbonate,  placing  tiie  mixture  into  a  small,  dry 
glass  tube  closed  at  the  bottom  and  heating  over  a  tlame.  The  mercury  will  then  be  set  free, 
anrl  will  collect  at  the  colder  part  of  the  tube  in  the  form  of  minute  globules.  In  addition  to 
its  chemical  and  pharmaceutical  uses,  merciirv  iseinploved  extensively  for  a  variety  of  pur- 
poses, viz.,  the  extraction  of  gold  and  silver  froni  tli.ir  ore"s  by  the  process  known  as  .imn/^nmn- 
limi;  in  electrolvtic  processes;  in  the  manufacture  of  iihysleal  apparatus,  such  as  barometers, 
thermometers,  and  mercury  air  pumps;  in  tlie  form  of  amalgams  in  the  making  of  mirrors,  cic. 


1008  HYDKAKGYKI  CHLORIDUM   COKROSIVUM. 

IIydrargykum  Cum  Creta  (U.  S.  P.),  Mercury  wilh  chalk,  ^thiops  creiaceug. — "  Mercury, 
tliirty-eight  grammes  (38  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  149  grs.J;  clarified  honey,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.) 
[154  grs.] ;  prepared  chalk,  fifty-seven  grammes  (57  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  5  grs.];  water,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [S  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.].  Weigli  the  mercury 
and  clarified  honey  successively  into  a  strong  bottle  of  the  capacity  of  one  hundred  cubic  cen- 
timeters (100  Co  [3  fl,5,  183Ttl],  and  add  two  cubic  centimeters  (2  Cc.)  [33111]  o(  water. 
Cork  the  bottle,  and  shake  it  for  about  half  an  hour  at  a  time,  until  tlu-  aggregate  time  of 
shaking  reaches  10  hours,  or  until  the  globules  of  mercury  are  no  longer  visible  under  a  lens 
magnifying  4  diameters.  The  shaking  maybe  more  conveniently  performed  by  mechanical 
means.  Rub  the  prepared  chalk  with  water,  in  a  mortar,  to  a"  thick,  creamy  paste,  and, 
having  added  the  contents  of  the  bottle,  washing  the  la.st  portions  in  with  a  little  water, 
triturate  the  whole  to  a  uniform  mixture.  Finally  ilry  the  mixture,  first  between  ample  layers 
of  bibulous  paper,  and  afterward  in  a  capsule,  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  until  it  weighs 
one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  oz.  av.,  231  grs.].  Then  reduce  it  to  a  uniform  powder, 
without  trituration,  and  keep  it  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  protected  from  light" — (  I .  S.  P.). 
Mr.  Francis  Hemm  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1894,  p.  391)  states  that  the  process  is  not  suitable  to 
the  wants  of  the  retail  pharmacist. 

Several  methods  have  been  devised  for  the  preparation  of  this  powder,  but  the  official 
process  above  described  is  probably  as  efficient  as  any.  It  is  based  upon  Squibb's  succussion 
process.  The  Br.  Pharm.  employs  i  part  of  mercury  and  2  parts  of  chalk,  but  excludes  the 
honey.  In  this  preparation  the  "mercury  becomes  minutely  divided,  with,  perhaps,  a  conver- 
sion of  a  very  little  of  it  into  mercurous  oxide.  It  forms  a  powder  of  a  gray  color,  which 
effervesces  when  diluted  acids  are  added  to  it.  When  acetic  acid  is  added,  an  insoluble 
precipitate  remains,  which  is  dissolved  by  diluted  nitric  acid,  and  consists  principally  of 
mercury.  The  substance  under  consideration  is  officially  described  as  "a  light  gray,  rather 
damp  powder,  free  from  grittiness,  without  odor,  and  having  a  slightly  sweetish  ta.«te.  If  a 
portion  of  the  powder  be  digested  with  warm  acetic  acid,  the  chalk  is  dis.solved  with  efferves- 
cence, leaving  a  residue  of  finely  divided  mercury.  The  filtrate  should  not  become  more  than 
slightly  opalescent  on  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  (limit  of  mercurous 
oxide '.  If  another  portion  of  the  powder  be  digested  with  warm,  diluted  hydrochloric  aciti, 
the  filtrate  should  not  be  afTected  by  hydrogen  sulphide  T.  .S.,  or  by  stannous  chloride  T.  S. 
(absence  of  mercuric  oxide)"— (  K  ,S'.  P.).  This  salt  is  used  as  a  laxative,  cholagogue,  and 
alterative  (many  prominent  old  school  physicians  deny  it  these  properties),  though  it  pro<luces 
all  the  deleterious  constitutional  effects  of  mercury,  by  continued  use.  It  has  been  used  in 
biliary  dem lujeinents,  sti-umom  diseases,  syphilis  in  infault,  diarrhea,  etc.  The  dose  for  an  adult  is 
from  5  to  10  or  20  grains,  1  or  2  times  daily;  to  children  from  1  to  3  grains.  It  may  be  given 
alone,  in  powder,  or  in  combination  with  rhubarb,  bicarbonate  of  sodium,  or  other  compatible 
agents.    Jonathan  Hutchinson  regards  this  as  the  best  preparation  of  mercurj-  for  use  in  fyphilL'. 

Hydrargyrum  Cum  Magnesia,  Mercttry  with  magnesia,  is  used  in  the  same  doses  and  for 
the  same  purposes  as  the  preceding  compound.  It  is  prepared  by  triturating  together  the 
same  as  in  the  above,  1  part  of  mercury  with  2  parts  of  carbonate  of  magnesium. 

Massa  Hydrargyri  (  r.  iS.  P.),  .Uass  of  mercury,  Blue  mags,  Blue  pill. — (See  Masm  Hydrar- 
gyri.)  Blue  pill  is  used  as  an  alterative,  sialagogue,  and  purgative,  and  is  said  to  be  less 
irritating  than  the  other  mercurials.  It  has  been  used  in  c(,ni'll}>ation,  biliary  derangement, 
syphilitic  diseases,  and  wherever  it  is  desirable  to  bring  the  system  under  the  influence  of  mer- 
cury. As  an  alterative,  2  or  3  grains  are  given  daily,  or  on  alternato  days,  liedtime  being 
usually  preferred  for  their  administration.  As  a  purgative  and  reputed  cholagogue.  the  dose 
is  from  1  to  3  pills,  to  betaken  on  going  to  bed;  when  thus  given,  it  iscustomarj-  to  administer  a 
dose  of  castor  oil,  infusion  of  senna,  or  other  cathartic  on  the  next  morning,  as  recommende<l 
by  At)crnitliy.  Po  cause  salivation,  from  3  to  5  grains,  taken  in  the  morning,  and  twice  this 
quantity  at  iiedtirae,  in  conjunction  with  opium  to  prevent  purging,  is  usually  prescriU'd. 
Blue  pill  is  frequently  associated  with  other  purgatives,  as  rhubarb,  aloes,  jalap,  colocvntli, 
etc.,  also  with  quinine,  antimony,  or  other  agents,  according  to  the  indications  to  be  fulfilled. 

Hydrargyri  Cyanidum  ( U.  S.  P.),  Mercuric  cyanide,  Hydrargyri rtiamirftwn,  i  (".  .V.  P..  1850', 
Cyamiref  of  merntni,  Mercurim  cyanalus  {or  Itoriissictis),  Cyannrelvm  hydrargyrirmii.  Hydrtirgynnn 
borusstrii-'.  I ',.„,,;, I,- .,f  ■nn-mrii.  I'nif!^intr  of  mercury,  Bicyanide  of  mercury.  Hg(CN)j  — 251.76. — 
"Men  111  I     !      h   iiM  !>,■  l;c|it  in  well-stoppered,  dark  amber-colored  bottles" — l  C.S.  P."*. 

It  nia\    !  I    '      I  n  |.;ii,-.l   liv   .lis-, living  red   precipitate   {Hvdraegyr^tvi  aridum   rnhnnn)  in 

dilutr.l  1  II  .\  111.  i.i.l,  iili,riii._'  Mild  evaporating  to  cr\-stal"lization.  thus:  Hg<")4-2HC>>V- 
HjG  •  llu'  '  N  1   .1  iN  ;.i.  |iarati<>n  from  ferrocyanide  of  jwtassium  and  nienniric  snipliate. 

See  dill.  1 1.. 11-  111  I  .  s.  /.,  i^iO.  I  "(_'olorless  or  white,  prismatic  crystals.  oilorU>R*.  and  having 
abitlci',  iiu'iillir  i:i-ii  (ill.  salt  is  exceeilingly  ])oisonousl;  beroroing  dnrk-<"oloredi>ii  «xi><isuie 
to  light,  s.iliihl,.  at  I'l  ('.  ."'ii''  V.)  in  12.S  parts  of  water,  and  in  l.i  parts  of  alctihol  ;  in  3  prirts 
of  boiling  water,  and  in  (1  parts  of  boiling  alcohol;  vcrv  sparingly  soluble  in  itlu  r.  When 
slowly  heated  in  a  gla.ss  tube,  the  salt  decrepitates,  and  decomposes  into  metallic  iiK'n-nry  aii^l 
inflainmable  cyanogen  gas,  which  burns  with  a  purple  flame.  On  further  heating,  the  blackish 
residue,  consisting  of  i>ar!i-cyanogt>n  with  globules  of  metallic  mercurj-.  is  wholly  dissi|>i<le<l 
If  1  part  of  the  salt  be  gentiv  heated  with  1  part  of  iodine  in  a  drv  tost-lnlv,  it  will  affonl  at 
first  a  yellow  sublimate  which  afterward  becomes  red,  and  above  tiiis  a  sublimate  of  <-<'l<irlet*. 
needle-shaped  crystals  will  be  formed.  On  adding  hydrochloric  nciil  to  the  aqueous  solution 
of  the  salt,  the  odor  of  hydrocyanic  acid  is  evolved!  A  .»  per  cent  aqui-ous  solution  of  Ihf 
salt  should  b(>  neutral  to  litmus  paper,  ami  should  not  yield,  on  the  gradual  addition  of  a 
few  drops  of  potassium  ioilide  T.  8..  either  a  tvA  or  a  reddish  prtx-ipitate.  s«-ilnble  in  an  excess 
of  the  precipitant,  nor  should  it  yield  a  white  precipitate  with  silver  nitmie  T.S.  ^absenc^•  of 


IIYl)KAI!(iYni  C  HLORIDl-M  rORROSIVUM.  1009 

mercuric  clilorifle^  " — {U.S.  P.).  >rcn-uric  cyaiiiilo  i.s  :i  corrosive  poison,  combining  also  the 
poisonous  effects  of  prussic  aciil,  but  lias  been  ust'd  in  ii iifnal  ilinenivf,  humid  fjunnwig  MIrrt, 
porrigit,  and  other  cutantou*  disfrnvf,  as  well  iis  in  some  rlinniic  injtummntiotiii.  It  has  also  been 
advocate<l  in  (liphlheria.  Its  dose  is  from  i^  to  J  pr.iin,  in  pill  form,  with  opium  and  crumb  of 
bread,  t'liibrel  claims  to  have  averted  meningeal  infection  from /xinii/i/ir/id/i/iiVix  by  washing 
the  contents  ul  the  eye  with  a  solution  of  mercuric  cyanide  ( I  to  15,000).  An  ointment  for 
ext -rnal  :iiipli«'iUion  in  skin  diseases,  etc.,  in:iv  be  made  by  rubbing  together  cyanide  of 
mi'pcury.  Hi  grains,  with  lard,  1  ounce,  and  oil  of  lemon,  15  drops.  Not  employed  iii  Ju-lectic 
theraiH'Utics. 

HvnKAR.iViUM  A.MMOSIATIM  (I'.S.P.),  Ammouitihtl  mfrcury  (XH,HgCl=251.18!,  ll/iiVe 
prreipil'ite,  Mtrciirir  ainmoniiim  chloritlt;  Merruriiminunhun  clilnridt;  M>Tcuriiis  pnrcipUatitii:  ullius, 
llildrarij\ir<i,ii  ynrcipitntum  jlhitiii,  JJi/drargi/n  aiiimoiiiif-cliloritliDii,  Jlydniryyrum  amido-chlimilnm, 
Hfldriinjiiri  ii iiinliilo-bichlnriduiii,  Hydrargi/niiit  tiiiiinoniiilo  iniirlaliriDii,  W'hiti'  oxide  of  vtercurij ,  Infu- 
riije  iflli'le  prtripil'ilf. — "Corrosive  mercuric  chloride,  in  jMiwiler,  one  hundred  grammes  (100 
CJm.)  [3  ozs.  av..23l  grs.];  ammonia  water,  distilletl  water,  e;ich,  a  suthcient  quantity.  Dis- 
solve the  corrosive  uiercuric  chloride  in  two  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (20tiO  Cc.)[()7fl5, 
3  d  m]  of  warm  distilled  water,  filter  the  solution,  and  allow  it  to  cool.  Pour  the  filtered  liq- 
uid gradually,  and  with  constant  stirring,  into  one  hundred  ami  fifty  cubic  centimeters  ( 150  Cc.) 
[5  fl5.  35  ITl]  of  ammonia  water,  taking  care  that  the  latter  shall  remain  in  slight  exces,?.  Col- 
lect the  precipitate  on  a  filter,  and.  when  the  liquid  has  drained  from  it  ns  much  as  possible, 
wash  it  with  a  mixtun'of  four  hundred  cubic  Centimeters  (-1110  Cc)  [13  fl5,  2.'i3  HI  ]  of  distilled 
water  and  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.)  [325  ITl]  of  ammonia  water.  Finally,  dry  the  pre 
cipitate  between  sheet.-?  of  biliuloiis  paper  in  a  dark  place,  at  a  temjjerature  not  exce<'ding 
30*"  C.  lSt>°  F.).  Keep  the  profbut  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  protected  fnui  light "— i  C.  S.  P.). 
The  washing  directed  in  tli^  I'.  S.  P.  process  with  ammonia  water  is  for  the  purpose  of  re- 
moving the  ammonium  chloride.  If  water  only  be  u,<;ed,  the  washing  must  be  (Quickly  per- 
formed, and  cold  instead  of  hot  water  employed.  This  will  prevent  the  change  into  a  basic 
Sidt — oxii-diinerciir-ammonium  clilnride  (XII,HgOHgCI  i,  a  lemon-vellow  compound.  If  iodine 
and  ammoniated  niercu'V  be  triturateil  together,  nitrogen  iodide  (iodamine),  will  gradually 
form  and  after  a  time  the  mixture  '■pulfsup."  But  should  iodine  and  alcohol  both  be  present 
a  dangerous  explosion  results. 

Ammoniat'd  mercury  is  officially  desorilied  as  occurring  in  "white,  pulverulent  pieces, 
or  a  white,  amorphous  powiler,  without  odor,  and  having  an  earthy,  afterward  styptic  and 
m-t.dlic  t;:ste.  Permani  nt  in  the  air.  Almost  insoluble  in  wateror  in  alcohol.  By  pro- 
long-d  w.ishiiig  with  w;iter,  it  is  gradually  decomposed,  assuming  a  yellow  color,  and  becom- 
ing converted  i:itoabasic  salt.  Readily  soluble  in  w;iT"n  Ivlr-Moric,  nitric,  or  acetic  acid, 
and  ill  a  C'l'd  sfilution  of  animoninm  carbonate.  Also  (  ;  '  :  ' .  ~  hilile  in  a  cold  solution  of 
solium  liy|i  i^ulphite,  with  the  evolution  of  ammoni:!  W  i  ;  -  solution  is  heated  for  a 
eliort  tiim-,  red  mercuricsuliiliiile  i.sseparateil,  which,  on  pr  i  ik  !  I  lioiling,  turns  black.  At 
a  temperature  below  a  reil  beat  tlie  salt  is  decomposed  witliout  lusiou,  and  at  a  red  heat  it  is 
wholly  volatilized.  AVheu  heat.  1  wiih  jLta^siuin  or  sodium  hyilrate  T.S.,  the  salt  turns  yel- 
low, and  evolves  vapor  of  amiie.nia.  '11  le  .s,,|iitl(m  of  the  salt  in  "diluted  nitric  acid,  gives  with 
potassium  iodide  T.S.  a  red  pre<  ipitate,  w  ith  silver  nitrate  T.S.  a  white  one.  The  salt  should 
be  st>luble  in  hydrochloric  acid  without  etl'ervescence  (absence  of  carbonate),  and  without  leav- 
ing a  residue  I  absence  ol  niercurous  saltK  Its  solution  in  acetic  acid  should  not  be  rendered 
turbiil  by  <libit.'d  sulphuric  acid  (absence  of  \eai\)"—{L'.S.P.).    The  salt,  when  heated  tea 

L-raiure  b  low  a  red  heat,  forms  ammonia,  nitrogen,  calomel,  and  water.    Caustic  ammo- 


nia does  not  alter  it.     White  precipitate  i.s  used  externally  oiilv,  in  herpes,  impetigo,  porrigo. 

'    "  " •.-...        lit  tol2partaof  lard, 

imnie  cerate,  lorms  an  ointment  tor  application  in  the  above-named  maladies.    Ran>lyem- 
ployea  in  Eclectic  practice,  but  isaconstituent  in  the  popular  old  Fx'lectic  Ophthalmic  Balsam. 


and  other  offectioiiK  of  the  fl.in,  and  in  ophlhnlmia  Uirfi.    One  part  of  the  salt  to  12  parta  < 

or  simple  cerate,  forins  an  ointment  fur  application  in  the  aoove-nanied  maladies.    Ran>lyem- 


Afcrcuric-<li'immonittm  c/</"ri<'(i[NH3],llgCl2 ),  Fmsibleuhite  piicijiilate. — This  compound  was 
at  one  time  confused  with  ammoniated  iiiereury  (NHjHgCl).  It  is  produced  by  boiling  the 
latter  with  ammonium  chloride  snlution.or  by  precipitating  mercuric  nitrate  with  ammonium 
chloride  and  potassium  carbonate.  It  ditlers  from  ammoniated  mercury  in  juai)uj  at  a  tempera- 
ture less  than  rednes-s. 

Mek(  i-RifS  iSoLfBius  Haunem.*nxi,  Solidile  mercun/  of  JJnhnfmnnn,  Ammonio-nitmie  of  mir- 
cnr;/,  Ilii'tinrgyrum  ojrydulatuiii  iiiyntm,  Hydrnryyniin  o.rydiihilHin  uilricuin  ammotiitiluiii. —  This 
compound  is  of  a  variable  composition;  according  to  Mitsrhn  li.  li.  it  is  triinercuroso-ammo- 
nium  nitrate  I  Hg3lIN.NOj)2.2Il20.  This  Hahnemanniiii  i  |  '  ■'  i-i  a  velvety  black  pow- 
der, with  a  slightly  metallic  taste.  It  is  sublimable  wit!  •  i  i  sition  and  contains  no 
irlobules  of  metallic  inercurj'.  Hahnemann  discarded  tins  i!;  ■  i'  ii  in'favorof  Mercurius 
vivus  (Aiiwr.  Horn.  Phnrm.,  which  see  for  methods  of  preparation). 

HvuiiAR<;vni  Sfusui-PHAS  Fi.avus  (  f.  .S'.  /'. ),  YeUow  mercurie  tubgidphale  (Hg[HgO]jS04  = 

■       "     ■  ■   "  —  Duhnnlphiile  of  merrury,  Subpemulphn' 


'■27 A4),  BfiAic  mercuric  sidphale,   Tiirjxth  minend,   Yellow.  ,  _  ..  .        . 

iif  mercury,  Trdnific  tulphate  of  the  oxide  of  mercury,  Ilydrargyri  ojtdum  tidphuriaim,  /[ydrnrgtri 
udmulpha.'',  M,rriiriun  emeticug  flanif,  Tur/iethum  minernle.  Hydrargyrum  sutphurictim  Jlnrum,  .Si//- 
p/i<i»  hydrnrgy riots  fianm,  Ilydrargyri  fidphax  flarim  ( I'.  S.  P.,  1870),  Oxy-niercuric  sidphate.—Th\a 
preparation  may  lie  obtained  by  triturating"  mercuric  sulphate  with  hot  water;  the  yellow 
powder  resulting  therefrom  is  to  be  well  washed  with  distille<I  water,  and  then  dried.  The 
I'.S.  /'.process  first  prepares  the  mercuric  sulphate, and  afterward  the  sMbsulphate,  as  follows: 
"Mercury-,  one  hundred  grammes  (lOCXim.)  [2  oz-s.  av.,2:!l  grs.];  sulphuric  acid,  thirty  cubic 
centimeters  i30  Cc.)  [487111]:  nitric  a<id,  tw.nty-tive  cubic  centimeters  (2.'S  Cc.  i  [^OHITI]; 
distilled  water,  a  sufficient  quantity.     Upon  the  mercury,  contained  in  a  capacious  fliL«k,  jiour 


1010  HYDRARGYRI  CIILORIDrM  CORROSIVUM. 

tho  sulphuric  acid,  previously  mixed  with  fifteen  cubic  centimeters  (15  Cc.)  [243111]  of  dis- 
tilled water,  then  add,  very  gradually,  the  nitric  acid,  jireviously  mixed  with  twentv-five  cubic 
centimeters  (25  Cc.)  [406  TTl]  of  distiiled  water,  and  digest  at  a  gentle  heat  until  reddish  fumes 
are  no  longer  given  off.  Transfer  the  mixture  to  a  porcelain  capsule,  and  heat  it  on  a  sand- 
bath  under  a  hood  or  in  the  open  air,  with  frequent  stirring,  until  a  dry,  white  mass  remains. 
Reduce  this  to  a  fine  powder,  and  add  it  in  email  portions  at  a  time,  with  constant  stirring,  to 
two  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (2000  Cc.)  [67  fl.5, 301  TTl]  of  boiling  distilled  water.  When  all 
has  been  added,  continue  the  boilingfor  10  minutes;  then  allow  the  mixture  to  8>-ltle,  decant 
the  supernatant  liquid,  transfer  the  precipitate  toaetrainenwashit  with  warm  distilled  water, 
until  the  wa.shing8  no  longer  have  an  acid  reacti(jn,  and  dry  it  in  a  moderately  warm  place. 
Keep  the  product  in  well-stn|ipircd  bottles,  protected  from  the  light" — ( ('.  iS'.  /'. '.  Boiling 
the  mercury  with  Bulpliuricaiid  and  hastening  the  processby  nitric  acid,  results  in  the  forma- 
tion of  mercuric  sulphate.  AVlien  this  is  added  to  boiling  water,  the  basic  or  oxysulphale  pre- 
cipitates, while  a  corresponding  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  goes  into  solution.  'Tlie  tempera- 
ture and  quantity  of  the  water  influences  the  yield.  About  75  per  cent  is  realizf-d.  "A  heavy, 
lemon-vellow  powder,  odorle.ss  and  almost  ta.steless ;  permanent  in  the  air.  .'^•.luble  in  about 
2000  parts  of  water  at  15°C.(-")0°F.l,and  in  600  pait.s  of  boiling  water;  insoluble  in  alcohol: 
readily  soluble  in  nitric  or  hydrocbloiic  acid.  \Vlien  heated,  the  salt  turns  red,  becoming 
yellow  again  on  cooling.  At'a  n  d  heat  it  is  volatilized,  evolving  vapors  of  mercury  and  of 
sulphur  dioxide,  and  leaving  no  residue.  A  solution  of  the  salt  in  nitric  or  hydrochloric  acid, 
diluted  with  water,  gives  with  i)otas?ium  iodideT.S.  a  red  precipitate,  and  v.  itli  barium  chloride 
T.S.  a  white  one.  The  salt  should  be  completely  soluble,  in  10  parts  of  hydrochloric  aciil 
(absence  of  mercurous  salt  or  of  lead  i " — '  U.  S.  P.).  Its  aqueous  solution  is  colorle.ss.  Its  spe- 
cific gravity  is  6.444.  Boiled  with  caustic  6f>da  or  potash,  a  red  precipitate  is  thrown  down, 
while  the  solution  contains  sulphate  of  potassium.  It  was  once  employed  as  an  emetic, in 
doses  of  from  3  to  5  grains,  in  su-elled  teKtide,  its  nauseating  and  emetic  action  being  suiMXised 
to  promote  absorption;  it  has  also  been  recommended  in  vumbranoug  croup.  In  doses  of  from 
J  grain  to  J  grain  per  day,  it  has  been  given  as  an  alterative.  One  grain  mixed  with  5  or  6 
grains  of  some  mild  powder,  has  been  used  as  an  errh'meinoiihthnlmic  of  rlirms,  chrome  cntarth, 
cerebral  difficulties,  etc.;  it  excites  sneezing.  One  part  of  turpeth  mineral  triturated  with  100orl2o 
parts  of  iard,  forms  an  ointment  which  has  been  used  in  frictions,  in  cases  of  h- rjjff,  slightlg 
inflammatory  tetters,  etc.  Like  other  mercurials,  this  is  ajit  to  cause  salivation ;  and  in  improper 
doses  acta  as  a  violent  poison.  It  is  seldom  used  at  the  present  day,  and  is  even  condemned 
as  dangerous  and  superfluous  by  some  of  the  old  school  authors. 

Hydrargvri  Pkh-suli'iias  (HgSO,),  Mercuric  sulphate,  Persulphate  of  mercim,,  Sutphale  of 
mercury.  Normal  mercuric  sulphate,  (inlfas  mercuricus,  Hydrar(pjrum  tulphuricum,  ilereuricut  ritrio- 
latw. — This  salt  is  prepared  by  placing  in  a  porcelain  capsule,  quicksilver,  10  ounces  (av.),  in 
6  fluid  ounces  (Imp.),  of  commercial  oil  of  vitriol;  apjily  heat  and  constantly  stir  with  a  porce- 
lain spatula  until  eflervescence  ceases,  and  nothing  remains  but  a  white  and  dry  crystalline 
salt  (Dulj.l.  This  accords  with  the  iJr.  P/iann.  process.  The  salt  is  a  white,  opaque  S'-.lid,  which 
becomes  orange-colored  at  a  dull  red  heat,  but  white  on  cooling ;  at  a  full  red  heat  it  is  decom- 
posed. Water  decomposes  it,  producing  turpeth  mineral  (which  seel,  and  a  soluble  persalt. 
It  is  not  used  as  a  medicine,  but  is  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  calomel,  corrosive  subli- 
mate, and  subsulphate  (oxysulphate)  of  tuercury. 

Hvi)R.\Ri.via  DiPER.NiTR.\s,  Bafic  mercuric  nitrate,  Bibasic  nitrate  of  nierrunj. — Prepared  by 
boiling  uieicuiy  in  strong  nitric  acid  until  the  liquid,  when  diluted  with  water,  ceases  to  yielii 
a  white  precii)itate  (calomel)  on  the  addition  of  a  solution  of  common  salt.  Then  concentrate 
until  it  has  the  sp.gr.  3.47.  This  liquor  has  an  acrid,  metallic  taste,  and  colors  the  skin,  when  ex- 
posed to  light,  purplish  red.  By  careful  evaporation  over  concentrated  sulphuric  aiid,  crystals 
of  the  normal  nitrate  (IIg[X03]2)2.H20,  are  formed.  When  evaporated  to  crystallization, the 
bibasic  nitrate  Hg,Oi>'03)2+-li2t),  separates;  if  the  crystals  be  washed  with  cold  water,  as 
long  as  it  gives  an  acid  reaction,  a  heavy  yellow  powder  is  obtained,  which  is  a  more  basic 
nitrate  of  mercury  (IlgjOjfXOsL);  this,  when  boiled  in  water,  yields  a  briek-nHi  powiler, 
which  is  still  more  basic  (HgeOstN'Oj],).  The  bibasic  nitrate  of  mercury  is  acridand  caas- 
tic,  more  so  than  the  nitrate  (Hg[X03]2'i,  and  exerts  an  influence  up<->n  the  syst.-m  similar  to 
that  of  corrosive  suhlimate,  into  which  sjdt  it  becomes  converted  by  the  action  of  the  alkaline 
chlorides  in  the  alimentary  canal.    It  is  now  seldom  used. 

■HvDK.\R(iYRi  Pnospn.\s,  Mercurous  jilm^jihate,  Pliofphale  of  mercury,  Protuphitfuhale  of  mer- 
n/rv.— This  salt  is  made  by  triturating  8  i>art3  of  dry  mercurous  nitrate,  in  a  porcelain  niortar, 
witn  16  parts  of  distilled  water,  in  which  is  mixed  i  part  of  nitric  acid,  sp.  gr.  1.20 ;  to  this  is 
added  ahout  60  parts  of  pure  water,  and  the  w  hole  gently  warmed  until  dissolve<l.  filten>d  if 
necessary,  the  clear  solution  diluted  w  ith  8  times  its  wiijilit  i>f  jnire  water,  and  tin  n  treatol 
with  a  siihition  of  crystallized  sotlium  plins|ihate,  so  long  as  a  pncipitaie  is  lorined.  Wa>h 
this  carefully  with  water  until  it  no  longer  gives  ai\  acid  reaction,  dry  with  a  gentle  heat,  ami 
keep  in  a  closed  bottle  excluded  from  the  light.  It  is  a  white,  <ine,'crystalline,  cxlorless,«n.l 
tasteless  powder.  He.ated  it  fuses,  evolving  oxygen  and  metallic  mercury,  and  leaving  a  col- 
orless, glacial  mass,  which  is  the  phosplioric  acid  with  a  trifling  quantity  of  mercury.  It  is 
insoluble  in  water,  but  is  completely  dissolved  in  nitric  acid  by'^the  aid  ot  heat.  It  has  Ut-n 
highly  spoken  of  as  an  efticient  remedy  in  f>findnry  si/[>liil!s,  in  divsos  of  J  grain  or  1  grain  in 


pill  form.  Phosphate  of  mercury  4  J  grain.'),  opium  3  grains,  tartar  emetic  }  grain.  fornie»l  into 
V  pills,  with  a  sullicient  quantity  of  conserve  of  roses,  has  been  used  with  asserttnl  ad\-iuitagi-. 
One  pill  to  be  taken  every  nicht  ami  morning. 

Hydrahoyki  Si'i.pnintM  Kiiuu  m  (HgS.    Molecular  weight :  2S1.7SV  Urd  iHemiric  tuMid.-. 
Ilydrurgyri  mlphuntuiii   rubnan  (  C.  ^'.  7'.,  IS70),  .Sn/^'/i«ri/  oj'iifr-''-  -A-'   kv.  s>i     is  I'^.d,,  . 


1;YI)KARi;YKI  tHLORIOlM  CORKOSIVL'M.  1011 

Uied,  oriiVrf  ?n//)/iurrt  of  mercury,  Cinnal>ar,  Vermilion,  Paris  rcil,  Biiulphuret  of  mercury,  Sulfn- 
rfhtm  hiidrargi/ricum,  }lyilrargtirum  mlfuratum  riiliruiii,  I 'innaliarin,  yfinium.  —  This  compound 
is  found  in  large  quaniity  in  nature,  and  is  the  chief  source  from  which  mercury  is  pre- 
pared. The  I'.  S.  ]'.  (  IS7(fi.  directed  for  its  jireiiuratimi :  (.iraduallv  add  to  8  troy  ounces  of 
melted  sulphur,  40  troy  ounces  of  mercury;  stir  continually,  and  heat  until  the  maiss  Coui- 
mences  to  swell,  then  "remove  from  the  fire  and  cover  the  vei^sel  closely  to  preveut  its  taking 
fire,  an. I  when  cold,  powder  the  uuiss  and  suliliiiie  it.  Vermilion  may  also  be  j)repareil  iu  the 
wet  way  liy  agltatint;  mercury  with  a  Sciliition  of  sulphur  in  caustic  potash.  (Kor  th<-  d. 'tails 
of  Wittsteln's  ])riR-ess,  see  this  l>ispensatory,hi.st  edition.)  When  prepared  by  the  first  jiniciss, 
cinnabar  forms  in  dark  reddish-brown  masses,  coinpused  of  cry.'<talliue  needles,  wliich  fiiruisti 
a  powder  of  a  beautiful  scarlet-red  color.  Prepared  by  the  latter  method,  a  liery-red,  soft, 
heavy  powder  is  obtained,  distinguishable  from  that  prepared  by  sublimation,  especially  by 
ita  bright  color.  Cinnabar  is  odorless,  tasteless,  insolulile  in  water,  alcohol,  cold  nitric  aciil 
(sp.gr.  1.2),  cold  hydrochloric  acid,  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  and  aci'lic  arid.  Hot  nitric  acid 
decomposes  it,  precipitating  a  portion  of  the  sulphur,  and  converting  the  other  portion  into 
sulphuric  acid,  sulphate  and  nitrate  of  nien-ury;  fuming  nitric  acid  totally  converts  it  into 
mercuric  suliJiate.  Nitro-hydrochloric  acid  dissolves  it  with  decoiniMi.<itioii,  snlpluir  being  lib- 
erated and  mircuric  chloriile  andenlphuricacid  being  formed.  Expo.sed  to  the  light,  it  gradu- 
ally acquires  on  the  surface  a  pray  tint,  arising  from  the  separation  of  the  miTcury  and 
sulphur,  both  of  which  in  their  free  state  remain  in  admixture  with  the  compound.  Heated 
in  a  test-tube  it  acquiR's  nearly  a  black  color,  and  sublimes  without  fusing,  to  a  shining  iron- 
grav  mass,  becoming  red  on  trituration;  any  adulterations  in  the  cinnabar,  as  red  lead,  col- 
cothar,  chalk,  or  brick-dust,  remain  bihiiid.  If  this  residue  yields  on  charcoal  before  the 
blow-pipe  a  bead  of  lead,  red  lead  is  present ;  but  if  it  undergoes  no  change,  either  brick-dust 
or  colcothar  is  jiresent.  If  dr.igon's  blood  be  present,  itwill  color  alcohol  in  which  the  cinna- 
bar has  been  shaken.  If  the  addition  of  a  ndneral  acid  causes  ellervescence,  chalk  is  present 
If  cinnabar  be  boiled  with  acetic  acid,  ioilide  of  potassium  will  give  a  yellow  precipitate  of 
iixlide  of  lead  in  the  filtrate,  if  red  lead  De  present;  and  hydrogen  8ulphi<re  a  black  precipitate. 
If  it  completely  volatilizis  upon  hratAnierunn  ir-miliua  (basic  lead  chromatel,  is  absent. 

Cinnahar'was  formerly  exhibited  internally  in  dlseafisoftheskin,  gout,  chronic  rheumati.im, 
and  ironn«,  in  dosesof  from  10  to  L'O^rain.s,  in  pills,  or  incorporated  in  an  electuary.  It  is  at 
the  present  day  rarely,  if  ever,  us.d  internally.  In  gi/pliililic  ulirmliotix  of  the  air  passages,  and 
in  several  rhniiiic  ciiliuuoits  difiiia^s,  it  has  been  used  as  a  fumigating  agent,  aliout  i  drachm 
being  placed  up. in  an  iron  plate  heated  to  reilness,  and  the  vapors  which  are  evolveil  being 
inhaled  or  directed  upon  the  disea.s.(l  parts.  Owing  to  the  irrit;iting  nature  of  the  sulphurous 
vapor,  the  suboxide  of  mercury  is  preferred  to  cinnabar  for  fumigation. 

HvDR.\KiiVia  Sllphidc.m  NR;Rf.M,  Black  giilpliide  of  vicrcwy,  JMiops  viinend,  Ilydranjtjri 
rulphuretuin  niijram.  Black  sulphuret  of  mercury,  Ainorphnus  mlphuret  of  inercury,  Elhtups  mineral, 
Hydrargyri  txdiihurelum  cnm  mlpliure,  etc. — It  is  procured  by  rubbing  together,  in  a  porcelain 
mortar,  equal  parts  of  mercury  and  washed  flowers  of  sulphur  (with  the  occasional  addition 
of  a  few  dro|)8  of  water  to  prevent  any  dust  from  ascending i,  until  they  form  a  grayish-black 
powder,  and  neither  mercury  nor  siilpliur  is  visible  with  a  niagnilyi'ng  glass;  the  labor  is 
greatly  diminished  by  employing  diluted  sulphide  of  amnioninin  instead  of  water.  It  is  also 
formed  by  precipitating  a  solution  of  a  mercuric  salt  with  an  exivss  of  hydrogen  sulphide  ps. 
Hlack  sulphide  of  mercury  is  a  heavy,  somewhat  grayish-black,  inodorouis,  tasteless,  insoluble, 
amorphous  powder,  insofuble  in  water,  hylrochloric  acid,  and  diluted  nitric  acid,  the  latter 
taking  up  at  the  most  only  small  traces  of  uiu-ombined  mercury.  Heated  iu  a  test-tube,  it 
tirst  loses  sulphur,  which  deposits  on  the  cool  portion  of  the  tube,  and  partly  combines  with 
the  oxygen  of  the  air  present,  to  sulphurous  acid;  then  sulphide  of  mercniy  sublimes,  and 
deposits  it.self  as  an  iron-gray  mas.s,  becoming  red  when  ruMud.  If  there  is  a  residue,  either 
the  mercury  or  sulphur  was  impure,  or  charcoal  may  ha\  e  been  added.  In  composition  it  is 
undoubtedly  black  amorphous  mercuric  sulphide  mixed  with  sulphur  in  excess. 

Ethiops  mineral  was  formerly  employed  as  a  diaphoretic,  alterative,  and  vermifuge ;  in 
doses  of  from  5  grains  to  }  drachmj  2  or  3  times  a  day,  it  has  been  used  in  srrofnhns  and  skin 
disenseii.  It  acts  very  mildly,  and  as  stated  by  Dr.  lUincan,  may  be  continued  for  a  consider- 
able length  of  time  in  doses  of  several  drachms  without  producing  scarcely  any  Sensible  efTect. 
It  is  Seldom  u.sed,  except  in  the  form  of  ointment  as  au  application  to  i<(7i,<fHti-,  and  some  other 
ciUaneoits  ajfertitmi. 

HvnR.\K<.VKl  Pit  1  I  1  ~  'Tr.'.[;X03]j),  Prul.nillrate  of  mercury.  Mercitrim^  tiilralr,  Xltrnt, 
of  mercury,  X-ulral  ),.'  —This  salt  is  olitained  by  digesting  excess  of  mercury  in 

cold  nitric  acid  until  -i  •  ]  i  -■<■.  i  r  nystals  are  formed.  Nitrate  of  mercury  may  be  distin 
guished  from  other  niliii-  -  I  tiM  u  liit'e  precipitate  of  calomel  formed  when  it  is  dissolved  ie 
water  and  mixed  wiili  a  snUiMe  chloride,  e.  ;/.,  solium  chloride.  Nitrate  of  mercury  is  rarely 
used  as  a  meclicine,  on  account  of  it.s  tendency  to  decompose.  A  solution  of  inercurous  nitrate 
is  one  of  the  first  steps  iu  the  preparation  of  citrine  ointment.  The  comiKisition  of  the  salt 
after  having  been  acti'<l  ujion  by  the  hot  grease,  is  problematical,  a  portion  of  it  iirobably 
l>eing  converted  into  mercuric  nitrate,  which  change  is  iiccelerate<l  by  the  fr.  c  nitric  acid.  An 
ounce  of  the  salt  dissolveil  in  j  pint  of  distilled  water,  acidnlatiil  with  70  grains  of  nitric  aciil. 
and  the  solution  made  of  sp.  gr.  1.100,  has  lieen  used  as  a  mild  caustic  in  (.;-.  r,.il  ii/c.  ..(/luruiand 
;trt>irlli».  Two  parts  of  the  .salt  to  .">()  of  the  lard,  form  an  ointment  which  has  been  U8e<l  in 
■'•l>ra,  pmriafi*,  etc.  In  Eclectic  practice  brown  citrine  ointment  has  bi-en  useil  by  Prof.  Scudder 
and  others  in  chronic  eczema,  nyconiK,  harlier's  ilili.  and  some  cases  of  priiritii  {S/jec.  .Vc</.). 

HVDRARGVKI  ET  QUI.VIS.is  C'llI.ORIDU.M,  '  Vi/,,,-,'./,' .,/' ,,„Tri//// <ll/<f  (/IKIIIIK.— Take  1  part  of  the 
j.ichloride  of  mercurv,  and  3  parts  <.f  hvi!r.Mhl<.r  ie  ..f  quinine.     l>i»solve  each  wparately 


1012  HYDRARGYRI  CHLORIDUM  CORROSIVUM. 

in  the  least  possible  quantity  of  water,  mix  the  solutions,  filter,  and  drj'  the  precipitate  bv  a 
gentle  heat.  This  has  1  leen  used  in  obstinate  cutaneous  diseases,  and  in  cases  where  it  is  desirable 
to  produce  the  influence  of  quinine  and  mercury.  The  dose  is  from  J  grain  to  1  grain,  everj- 
4  or  6  hours,  in  pill  form  with  opium  and  erumb  of  bread. 

Hydrargyri  Bok.^s,  Borate  of  mercury. — Rub  together  11  parts  of  calomel  and  13  parts  of 
biborate  of  sodium,  for  about  15  minutes,  then  add  small  quantities  of  water  from  time  to 
time,  continuing  the  trituration  throughout;  then  filter,  wa.«h  the  precipitate  till  the  washings 
are  tasteless,  and  dry.  At  one  time  recommended  as  a  substitute  for  calomel,  in  doses  of  2 
grains  daily,  increasing  gradually. 

Hydrargy'ri  Bromidim,  Mercurous  bromide  {VLg2BT2),  Bromide  of  viercvry. — Toaweak  solu- 
tion of  mercurous  nitrate  add  a  solution  of  bromide  of  potassium  so  lone  as  a  precipitate  falls: 
filter,  wash,  and  dry  by  a  gentle  heat.  It  forms  a  white  powder  resembling  calomel.  This  is 
given  for  the  same  purpose  as  the  iodide  of  mercurj',  in  doses  of  1  grain  per  day,  gradually 
increased.  A  bibromide  of  mercury  (mercuric  bromide  [HgBr,]),  is  made  by  mixing  together 
equal  parts  of  mercury  and  bromine ;  sublime  the  white  powder  formed  by  the  mixture.  It  is 
white,  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  or  ether;  its  solution  gives  a  red  or  yellow  precipitate  with 
alkalies,  and  nitric  or  sulphuric  acid  decomposes  it  with  evolution  of  vapors  of  bromine.  It 
is  a  powerful  poison,  and  has  been  recommended  in  syphilis,  lepra,  etc.,  in  doses  of  ^  grain, 
gradually  increased  to  J  grain.     It  may  be  given  in  pill. 

Hydrargyri  Acetas,  Acetate  of  mercury.— It  forms  in  rectangular  tables  and  plates,  hav- 
ing their  angles  frequently  truncated.  They  are  white,  but  become  black  on  exposure  to  light 
are  inodorous,  of  an  acrid,  metallic  taste,  and  almost  insoluble  in  water  or  alcohol.  Heat  de- 
composes it.  It  has  been  occasionally  used  in  syphiliticajfections,  in  doses  of  from  1  to  5  grains. 
One  or  2  grains  dissolved  in  water,  has  been  used  as  a  wash  in  obstinate  cutaneous  affections. 
This  salt  is  seldom  used. 

Hvi)r.\rgyi;i  P.knzoas  (Hg[C6H5C00]2-f H,0),  Mercuric  binfizoate.—A  crystalline,  white 
powder,  tasteless  and  odorless,  and  formed  by  mutual  decomposition  between  a  mercuric  com- 
j)Ound  and  an  alkali  benzoate.  It  dissolves  easily  in  alcohol,  solution  of  common  salt,  but 
sparingly  in  water.  It  may  be  used  by  injection  (1  in  1000  or  1  in^OOO),  into  the  urethra  for 
gonorrhoea,  or  it  may  be  hypcKlermatically  administered.  For  the  first  purpose  it  is  added  to 
an  equal  amount  of  sodium  chloride,  and  for  subcutaneous  uses,  combined  with  cocaine  and 
sodium  chloride  (Stukowenkow). 

Hydrargyri  Carbol.^s,  Mercuric  carbolale  (Hg[C,H50]2),  Mercuric  phenylate  (phenate). 
Hydrargyrum  plunylicum,  Mercuric  dip/if (la/e  (Merck's).— -Caustic  potash  56  parts,  carbolic  acid 
(liquefied),  188  parts.  Dissolve  by  aid  of  heat  in  just  enough  alcohol  to  eiTect  solution,  and 
add,  with  continual  stirring,  corrosive  sublimate  (13-5  parts),  dissolved  in  alcohol.  Evaporate. 
The  yellowish  precipitate  becomes  nearly  colorless  as  drj-ness  approaches.  Wash  with  water 
slightly  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  and  crystallize  from  boiling  alcohol.  This  compound 
forms  "stable,  needle  crystals,  colorless,  soluble  in  hot  alcohol,  alcoholic  ether,  ether,  and  gla- 
cial acetic  acid ;  not  soluble  in  alcohol  and  water.  Reputed  antisyphilitic.  Dose,  i  to  i  grain, 
twice  a  day.  An  inferior,  less  stable  preparation,  known  also  as  mercuric  phenate,  is  batic 
mercuric  phenate  iHgOHOCjHj)  (Gamberini's). 

Hydrargyrum  Bichloratcm  Carbamidatum  SoLCxrM,  Solution  of  mercuric  chloride  and 
urea. — This  preparation  quickly  undergoes  change,  and  is  generally  directed  to  be  prepared 
extemporaneously.  Dissolve  mercuric  chloride  ( 1  Gm. )  in  hot  water  (100  Cc. ) ;  when  cola,  add 
urea  (o  Gm.).    Filter.    Dose,  1  Cc,  equal  to  i  grain,  once  a  day,  hypodermatically,  for  typhilit. 

Hydrargyrum  Formamidatum  SoLCTrM,&/i(((ou  of  mercuric  formamide. — This  is  prepared 
by  dissolving  the  oxide,  freshly  precipitated,  from  10  Gm.  of  mercuric  chloride,  in  enoagh 
formamide  to  dissolve  it,  and  bringing  the  measure  to  lOlX)  Cc.  with  distilled  water.  Dose, 
1  Cc.  (16  minims),  equal  to  i  grain,  liypodermatically,  in  gyphilis. 

Hydrargyrum  Peptoxatum  SolVtum,  Solution  of  nurairicp>'plonate. — Prepared  by  mixing 
aqueous  solutions  of  mercuric  chloride  and  dry  peptone,  filtering,  and  adding  sMiumchloride 
to  the  solution,  and  bringing  the  whole  to  the  desired  strength  with  water.  The  do^,  hypo- 
dermatically, is  1  Cc,  equal  to  J  grain  of  mercuric  chloride.  Gluten  pe/'tone  ruNimatr,  in  1  per 
cent  solution  (25  per  cent  mercuric  chloride),  has  bee.n  recommended  as  a  substitute. 

Hydrargyrum  Tannicum  O.xydulatum,  Mercurous  taimate.  Hydrargyri  lannat. — This  was 
introduced  by  Lustgarten  as  possessing  advantages  over  other  mercurials  in  fyphili.:  It  is  pre- 
pared bv  precipitating  freshly  prepared  mercurous  nitrate  with  a  strong  solution  of  tannic 
acid.  Three  to  5-grain  doses  are  auministered  daily  until  150  grains  have  been  taken.  It  is 
without  taste  or  odor,  insoluble  in  the  common  solvents,  and  yields  its  tannin  to  alcohol  or 
water.     It  contains  about  50  per  cent  of  mercury. 

Hydrargyri  Salicyi-as,  Neutral,  or  Secondary  nifrairic  talicylale. — From  mercuric  chloride 
(27  parts),  precipitate  oxide  of  mercury,  wash  it  well,  and  rub"  with  water  to  a  soft  magma. 
Add  salicylic  acid  (15  parts),  heat  on  a" water-bath,  and  shake  frequently  until  the  yellowness 
.  changes  to  snow-white.  Wash  the  resulting  sjilicylate  wiih  warm  water  to  remove  all  fret- 
acid,  drain,  and  dry.  It  forms  an  odorless,  tasteless,  non-crystalline  salt,  s<ilnble  in  solution 
of  sodium  chloride,  and  in  soda  solution  (a  double  salt  forniingl,  but  not  soluble  in  wat«r or 
alcohol.  It  is  administered  in  pill,  the  dose  being  Ho  A  grain,  three  times  a  day,  the  «lciee 
being  gradually  increased  to  1  to  li  grains.  Preferred  by  Aiirajoaiid  others,  over  other  niei^ 
curiiils  as  an  antiseptic  and  antisvpliilitic. 

Hydrargyri  et  Zinci  Cyaxidum,  .If  avihc  r.nl  :i<>c  cyaoide  (Zn,Hg[CX]h)-— .^n  insoluble 
white  powder,  lauded  by  Lister  as  a  non-poisonous  antiseptic. 

Hydrargyri  O.VYUY.txiDUM,  Oxycyanide  (>i  mercury  (Hg,0[CN],V— .K  solution  in  water 
(1  to  1500)  of  this  compound  is  recomuienued  us  an  antiseptic  iu  ocular  therapeutics. 


HYDKARCiYKI  (III.oUinrM  MITE.  1013 

Hydrargyri  Pyrobokas,  Affrctin/  iiyrohuiale  (HgB.O,).— An  insoluble,  non-crystalline, 
brown  powder,  recommendi-il  as  a  tonical  agent  in  fi/phililic  and  other  ulceratiom. 

Anione  other  mercurials,  the  following  are  newer  introductions  for  use  in  ki/ji/hVw:  Thi/m- 
olsiJphale  01  iH<>ro(rv  ([(CudlisOjHg.HgJjSO,);  Tlivmolncelale  (V  mcrnin/ (  [C'loHisOJ.IIg.Hg'.C, 
HjOjl;  ThtfinolnitraU  of  mfrnin/  (  [CioHisOlHg.HgNOa);  XaphlhoUile  of  nurrury  (iiienury  30.8 
per  centi,  a  yellow  powder;  and  Tribmplienul  turlule  of  uirrcury.  Hydnirgiiri  ml phocifunna 
or  SnlphiMijanntf  of  merfuni  (sulphocyaniae  formerly  I,  is  employed  in  making  the  trinket, 
'•  Pharaoh's  Srjxnl." 

HYDRARGYRI  CHLORIDUM  MITE  (U.  S.  P.)— MILD 
MERCUROUS  CHLORIDE. 

"Obtiiined  in  the  form  of  jiowder  V)y  the  rajiid  condensation  of  the  vapor 
of  niercurons  chloride.  Mild  mercurous  chloridu  should  be  kept  in  dark  amber- 
colored  bottles"— (f.  5.  P.). 

Formi'la:  HgjClj.     Molecular  Weight:  470.34. 

Synonyms:  Calomel,  Mild  chhriile  ofmercuri/,  Hydrargyri  svbchloridum,  Hydrar- 
gi/ri  chlnriduin,  Hydrargijrtun  chhmitum  dnlre,  Hydnirgynuii  vniriaticum  dulce.  C  hlorw- 
retuin  hydrargi/rosuni,  Chlorelitui  hydrnrgyrosum,  Mcrcurius  dulcis,  Calomelas,  Mernuous 
chloride;  Sulichlnride  (SuhmuridU)  of  mercury,  Protorhloride  of  mercury. 

Preparation. — Calomel  is  never  prepared  by  the  pliarniacist.  "Take  of  per- 
sulphate of  mercury  10  ounces  (av.),  mercury  7  ounces  (av.),  chloride  of  sodium, 
drieil,  5  ounces  (av."),  boiling  distilled  water  a  sulliciency.  Moisten  the  persul- 
phate of  mercury  with  some  of  the  water,  and  rub  it  and  the  mercury  together 
until  globules  are  no  longer  visible;  add  the  chloride  of  sodium,  and  thoroughly 
mix  the  whole  by  ci>ntinued  trituration.  Sublime  by  a  suitable  apparatus  into 
a  chamber  of  su("h  size  that  the  calomel,  instead  of  adhering  to  its  sides  as  a  crys- 
talline crust,  shall  fall  as  a  line  powder  on  its  floor.  Wash  this  powder  with 
boiling  distilled  water  until  the  washings  cease  to  be  darkened  by  a  drop  of 
sulphh  vdrate  of  ammonium.  Finally,  dry  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  100"  C. 
(212°  F.)  '•—(/>>.  Fhann.,  1885). 

In  this  process  double  decomposition  takes  place,  as  follows:  2NaCl+Hg, 
SO,=X;i,SO,-f-Hg,Cl.,.  Mercurous  chloride  sublimes,  and  if  passed  into  a  small 
receiver  crystalline  crusts  or  masses  are  obtained ;  if  in  a  large  receiver,  as  directed, 
a  fine  crystalline  powder  results.  A  still  softer  or  finer  powder  may  be  olitained 
if  a  jet  of  steam  be  allowed  to  pass  into  the  receiver,  or,  according  to  Soubeiran, 
if  a  blast  of  cold  air  be  admitted.  The  best  calomel  is  that  produced  by  aid  of 
the  steam  vapor,  as  this  agent  at  the  same  time  dissolves  out  any  mercuric  chlo- 
ride which  may  lie  present,  due  to  possible  admixture  of  the  mercurous  sulphate 
employed  with  mercuric  sulphate. 

Description  and  Tests. — "A  white,  impalpable  powder,  becoming  yellowish- 
white  on  being  triturated  with  strong  pressure,  and  showing  only  small,  isolated 
crystals  under  a  magnifying  power  of  100  diameters.  It  is  odorless  and  tasteless, 
and  permanent  in  the  air.  InsoluV)le  in  water,  alcohol,  or  etiier,  and  also  in  cold 
dilute  acids.  When  strongly  heated,  it  is  wholly  volatilized,  without  melting. 
In  contact  with  calcium  hydrate  T.S.,or  with  solutions  of  alkali  hydrates,  or 
with  ammonia  water  the  sait  is  blackened.  When  heated  with  dried  sodium  car- 
bonate in  a  dry  glass  tube,  it  yields  metallic  mercury" — {I'.S.P.).  Calomel  is 
incompatible  with  the  alkalies,  lime-water,  and  sulphide  of  potassium,  which 
blacken  it,  forming  the  suboxide  or  black  oxide  of  mercury  (Hg,,0) ;  also  with  anti- 
mony, copjjcr,  iron,  lead,  etc.  It  has  been  stated  that  if  calon'iel  be  given  at  the 
same  time  with  either  common  salt,  nitrohvdrochloric  acid,  or  the  alkaline  chlo- 
rides, it  may  give  rise  to  serious,  if  not  fatal  results.  This  is  due  to  the  calomel 
being  soluble  in  aqueous  solutions  of  alkali  chlorides,  especially  in  solution  ol 
chloride  of  ammonium  at  40°  to  50°  C.  (104°  to  122°  F. ).  When  warmed  for  sev- 
eral hours  to  this  temperature,  100  parts  of  sodium  chloride,  dissolved  in  833 
pirts  of  water,  form  0.33  parts  of  cornoivo  sublimate  from  25  parts  of  calotnel, 
u'Cjual  to  1.2  per  cent)  (Mialke,  in  A.  M.Comey,  Din.  of  Chen.  Snhd.il it i,.^,  1S!»G). 
Likewise,  calomel  should  never  be  given  in  connection  with  articles  containing 
hydrocyanic  acid,  either  in  a  free  or  latent  condition,  m  it  may  be  converted  into 
the  bicyanide  of  mercury,  and  mercuric  chloride.  Tlie  alkaline  earths  and  car- 
bonates (calcium  carbonate  excepted),  niid  citric  aeid,  convert  it  i)artially  into 


lOU  HYDRARGYRI  CHLORIDUM  MITE. 

corrosive  sublimate.  Tlie  same  is  effected  when  it  is  rubbed  with  sugar  contami- 
nated with  lime,  but  not  when  lime-free.  Calomel  of  a  gray  color  contains  free 
mercury.  If  cold  water  which  has  been  agitated  with  it  for  some  time  gives, 
with  sulphide  of  ammonium,  a  black  precipitate,  it  contains  corrosive  sublimate. 
Ether,  in  this  case,  readily  dissolves  out  the  corrosive  sublimate.  In  testingcaloni'  1 
for  corrosive  sublimate,  it  must  not  be  treated  with  boiling  water,  since  calomi  1 
is  slowly  decomposed  with  boiling  water,  corrosive  sublimate  being  formed.  After 
1  hour's  boiling  of  calomel  with  20  Cc.  of  water,  2  Mgr.  of  corrosive  sublimate  were 
insolation  (A.  M.  Come}',  see  above  reference).  "If  1  Gm.of  the  salt  be  shaken 
with  10  Cc.  of  water  or  alcohol,  the  respective  filtrates  should  not  be  affected  by 
hydrogen  sulj^hide  T.S.,  or  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (absence  of  mercuric  chloride),  nor 
should  they  leave  any  residue  on  evaporation  (absence  of  other  soluble  impuri- 
ties). On  heating  a  portion  of  the  salt,  in  a  test-tube,  with  potassium  or  sodium 
hydrate  T.S  ,it  should  not  evolve  the  odor  of  ammonia;  and  if  another  portion 
be  shaken  with  acetic  acid,  the  filtrate  should  not  be  affected  by  hydrogen  sul- 
phide T.S.,  nor  by  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (distinction  from  and  absence  of  ammo- 
niated  mercurv)" — {U.S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  remarks  under  Hydrargyri  Chlo- 
riduvi  Corrosivum.)  Internally,  calomel  acts  as  a  purgative,  in  doses  of  from  2  to  5 
grains ;  on  account  of  its  uncertainty  of  action,  it  is  usually  given  in  combination 
with  other  purgatives,  as  jalap,  senna,  scammony,  colocynth,  etc.  It  has  been 
much  used  as  a  purgative  in  torpid  states  of  the  bowels,  in  torpor  of  the  liver,  d<  ranijed 
conditions  of  the  biliary  organs,  jaundice,  Bomejehrile  disorders,  iiorins,  dropsij,a.iid  vari- 
ous disordered  conditions  of  the  alimentary  cnnal  uiuiccampanicd  by  inflamnuitimi.  Large 
doses  of  calomel,  as  20  to  40  grains,  every  half  hour  or  hour,  are  said  to  act  as  a 
sedative,  and  have  been  administered  in  yellow  fever,  dysenter;/,  A-<iatic  cholera,  diseases 
of  the  liver,  etc.  As  an  alterative,  it  has  been  exhibited  in  chronic  cutaneous  diseases, 
glandular  affidions,  hepjatitis,  etc., in  doses  of  from  i  to  1  grain  every  1  or  2  days, 
as  circumstances  may  require,  with  occasional  doses  of  castor  oil,  or  some  mild 
saline  laxative  to  keep  the  bowels  free.  Asa  sialagogue,  it  has  been  used  in  various 
forms  of  disease,  as  all  febrile,  inflammatury,  s)/p/hili}ic,  and  chronic  vi^-eral  discaseg, 
etc.,  in  doses  of  1,  2,  or  3  grains,  every  3  or  4  hours,  usually  combined  with  Dover's 
powder,  or  some  other  opiate,  when  there  is  no  condition  of  tbe  nervous  system 
contraindicating  the  use  of  narcotics.  Very  few,  however,  use  it  at  the  present 
day  for  its  sialagogue  effects ;  and  it  may  be  said  the  numl)er  who  use  it  for  the  pre- 
ceding affections  is  becoming  less  and  less  as  the  years  pass  by.  Calomel  increases 
the  action  of  the  secreting  organs;  when  its  use  is  continued  for  along  time, 
according  to  the  susceptibility  of  the  patient's  system,  it  produces  the  constitu- 
tional effects  of  mercury.  Sometimes  it  produces  nausea,  griping,  and  great  faint- 
ness.  Large  doses  are  always  dangerous,  as  the  agent  is  very  uncertain  in  its 
action  at  all  times;  I  have  known  as  small  a  dose  as  3  grains  to  cause  phagedenic 
ulceration  of  the  face  and  jaw  (King).  This  kind  of  ulceration  is  by  no  means 
uncommon  among  patients  under  mercurial  treatment.  Combined  with  other 
remedies,  calomel  is  said  to  increase  their  effects— hence,  those  who  use  it  have 
combined  it  with  antimonials  to  promote  diaphoresis;  Siud.  viilh  squills  to  favor 
diuresis  in  droji-iical  affectiom.  Many  jvidioious  physicians  of  the  regular  school 
now  condemn  the  employment  of  calomel  in  acute  hepatitis,  hepatic  cirrhosis, 
hepatic  abscess,  acute  yellow  atrophy  of  the  liver,  jaundice  from  gall-stones,  yel- 
low fever,  remittent  fever,  many  acute  intlammatory  disorders,  such  as  pneumo- 
nia, ])leurisv,  endocarditis,  pericarditis,  peritonitis,  meningitis,  etc.  Notwith- 
standing tliat  it  has  been  shown  to  actually  lessen  the  biliari*;'  discharge,  it  is  still 
.■onsideiahly  used  in  so-called  ''bilious  allaek-^."  Externally,  it  has  been  used  as  a 
snuff  combined  with  other  substances,  in  nasal  polypus,  and  di-^ascs  of  the  Schnci- 
derian  memb7-(ine;  and  blown  into  the  eye  in  chronic  rhrunuUic  &nd  srrofjulousoph- 
thahnia,  and  spots  on  the  cornea.  One  part  of  calomel  to  8  parts  of  lard,  is  said  to 
form  an  excellent  ointment  in  porrigo  favosa,  heri^s,  imj^etigo,  l<-pra,  psoriasis,  and 
other  chronic  skia  diseases.  Cnndylomnla'o.Te  treated  among  other  ways,  by  dusting 
them  with  calomel;  likewise  heriws  and  irritation  around  the  genitalia;  also  used  to 
d'im[Q'iA\  exid>erant  granulations,  and  it  forms  an  ingredient  of  some  cancer  pow- 
ders. One  drachm  of  calomel  added  to  a  pint  of  lime-water  forms  the  Black 
Wash  (/-o?M)  A^flfrn),  which  is  a  favorite  application  with  some  old  school  physi- 


HYDRARGYni  l()niI)lM  lUBRrM.  1015 

c'ians,  to  nil  syphililic  ulrrrs.  Soinetinies  llie  \va.<li  i.-s  niiulo  2  or  4  times  the  strength 
of  the  above.     For  furtlier  remarks,  see  any  staiulard 'TeguUir"  materia  medica. 

In  the  Eclectic  school  of  medicine  calomel  in  minute  doses  has  been  recom- 
mended l>y  Webster  (-D_v»M HI.  TlitTU)/.),  in  hlhargic  stiites  characterized  chiefly  by  a 
long-continued  tired  feeling,  associated  with  marked  diurnal  drowsiness  and  noc- 
turnal wakefulness.  The  patient,  though  apparently  in  good  health,  awakens  tired 
in  the  morning,  is  averse  to  exerti'in  of  any  Kind,  and  retires  at  night  still  tired, 
and  the  drowsine.*s  is  of  such  a  pronounced  character  as  to  require  much  effort  to 
remain  awake.  Such  a  condition,  he  states,  often  follows  malarial  infection, 
though  he  does  not  consider  that  it  dei)ends  upon  such  a  cause.  Tlie  trouble 
must  be  idiopathic  and  not  dependent  upon  "sympathetic  local  trouble."  The 
dose  is  2  or  3  grains  of  the  3  x  trituration,  3  times  a  day. 

Calomel  forms  an  excellent  topical  application  in  corneal  ulter  of  a.  slnpgii-h 
character.  It  should  be  freely  dusted  upon  the  lesions.  Phlyctenular  conjunct iv it U 
may  be  similarly  treated.  Foltz  warns  us  that  it  should  not  be  used  when  cor- 
neal ulcers  are  forming,  or  when  they  are  enlarging.  He  uses  calonnl  to  provoke 
irritative  action  in  suiicrjicidl  corneal  opuritics,  thereby  inducing  reparative  fiction. 
Calomel  forms  a  good  application  in  sj/philitic  ch<iu(~re  m\d  chancroid,  particularly 
the  latter.  Prof.  J.  M.  Scudder  employed  it  in  such  lesions  when  the  sores  were 
pale  and  coated  with  a  pultaceous  secretion.  Dose  of  calomel  for  specific  effects, 
2  or  3  grains  of  tiie  3  x  trituration,  3  times  a  day.  Not  employed  by  Eclectics  as 
a  purgative.  Tlie  use  of  calomel  internally  or  locally  is  contraindicated  while 
taking  iodide  t>f  potassium,  h-t  it  be  converted  into  iodide  and  iodate  of  mercury. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— (See  under  Hydrargyrl  Chturidum  Corrosivum 
for  general  indications  for  the  mercurials.)  Tiretl,  apathetic,  or  lethargic  condi- 
tion, with  marked  drowsiness  in  daytime,  and  sleeplessness  at  night.  Locally,  to 
sluggish  corneal  ulcers  and  pale  chancroids  covered  with  a  pultaceous  secretion. 

HYDRARGYRI  lODIDUM  RUBRUM  ^U.  S.  P.)— RED 
MEKCURIC  IODIDE. 

FoKMfLA:  Hgl,.     MoLECDLAR  Weight:  452.86. 

Synony.ms  :  Biniodide  of  mercury,  Red  iodide  of  mercury,  Hydrargyri  jieriodidum, 
Periodide  of  mercury,  Deutiodide  of  mercury,  Hydrargyri  iodidi  nihrum.  Mercuric  iodide, 
loduretuiii  hydrnrgyricum,  DeiUoioduretum  hydrargyri,  Biniodidum  hydrargyri,  Mercu- 
riua  indatos  ruber. 

Preparation. — "Corrosive  mercuric  chloride,  forty  grammes  (40  Gm.)  [1  oz. 
av.,  180  grs.];  potassium  iodide,  fifty  grammes  (.50  (Jm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  3o4  grs.];  dis- 
tilled water,  a  surticient  quantity.  Dissolve  the  corrosive  mercuric  chloride  and 
thepotassium  iodide,  each,  in  eight  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (800  Cc.)  [27  fls, 
25  Til]  of  distilled  water,  and  filter  the  solutions  separately.  Pour  both  solutions, 
simultaniMiusly  and  in  a  tiiin  stream,  under  constant  and  very  active  stirring, 
into  two  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (2000  Cc.)  [67  fls,  301  111]  of  distilled  water. 
When  the  precipitate  has  subsided,  decant  the  supernatant  liquid,  collect  the  pre- 
cipitate on  a  filler,  and  wash  it  with  cold  distilled  water,  until  the  washing.s  give 
not  more  than  a  slight  opalescence  with  silver  nitrate  test  solution.  Finally,  dry 
it  in  a  dark  place,  between  sheets  of  bibulous  paper,  at  a  temperature  not  exceed- 
ing 40°  C.  (104°  F.).  Keep  the  product  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  protected  from 
lighf— ir..S'.i'.). 

Description  and  Tests.— Mercuric  iodide  (^Hgl,)  is  remarkable  for  its  being 
f/imor;>/iow.<,  J.  f.  occurring  in  two  different  physical  modifications.  The  salt,  as 
obtained  by  the  official  process  (precipitation),  is  scarlet  red;  this  is  the  stable 
modification,  which  may  be  obtained  also  in  quadratic  crystals  by  crystallization 
from  hot  alcohol  and  other  solvents.  Heat  converts  this  salt  into  the  unstable, 
yellow  modification  which  assumes  the  form  of  rhombic  prisms  when  the  salt  is 
subjected  to  sublimation.  These  crystals  turn  red  again  upon  cooling,  but  should 
they  retain  their  yellow  color  upon  cooling,  friction  with  a  hard  body  will  sud- 
denly restore  it.  The  official  salt  is  described  as  "a  scarlet-red,  amorphous  pow- 
der, odorless  and  tasteless;  permanent  in  the  air.  Almost  insoluble  in  water, 
but  soluble  in  130  parts  of  alcohol  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  15  parts  of  boiling 


1016  HVDRARGYRI  lODIDfM  RUBRUM. 

alcohol;  also  soluble  in  a  solution  of  potassium  iodide,  or  of  mercuric  chloride, 
and  in  a  solution  of  sodium  hyposulphite.  When  heated  to  about  150°  C.  ('302°  F.), 
the  salt  becomes  yellow,  but  again  assumes  a  rfd  color  on  cooling;  at  238°  C. 
(400.4°  F.),  it  fuses  to  a  dark  yellow  liquid,  which,  on  cooling,  forms  a  yellow, 
crvstalline  mass,  and  at  higher  "temperatures,  volatilizes  without  decomposition, 
leaving  no  residue.  On  heating  the  salt  with  potassium  or  sodium  hvdrate  T.S., 
and  adding  a  little  sugar  of  milk,  metallic  mercury  is  precipitated.  NVhen  it  is 
heated  with  sulphuric  acid  and  a  little  manganese  dioxide,  vapor  of  iodine  is 
evolved.  If  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  hot  alcohol,  the  solution,  after  cooling,  should 
be  colorless;  and  when  this  solution  is  diluted  with  an  equal  volume  of  water,  it 
should  not  redden  blue  litmus  paper  (absence  of  mercuric  chloride).  If  about 
0.5  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  shaken  with  10  Cc.  of  water,  the  filtered  liquid  should  not 
become  more  than  very  slightly  colored  by  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.,  nor  give  more 
than  a  slight  opalescence  with  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (limit  of  soluble  chlorides  or 
iodides)  " — (U.  S.  P.).  Fixed  oils,  chloroform,  carbon  disulphide,  mercuric  solu- 
tions, potassium  chloride,  and  some  ammonium  compounds  dissolve  it.  Red 
iodide  of  mercury  enters  into  the  formation  of  Mayer's  and  Nessler's  Te^i  Solutions 
(see  List  of  Reagents). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Mercuric  iodide  is  an  active  poison, 
nearly  as  powerful  as  corrosive  sublimate.  In  doses  of  ^V  of  a  grain,  carefully 
augmented  to  J  of  a  grain,  it  has  been  largely  employed  in  syphilitic  and  scrofulous 
affections.  This  is  the  preparation  usually  selected  by  Eclectic  physicians  when  a 
mercurial  is  to  be  employed  in  constitutional  syphilis,  and  in  cutaneous,  o<-ular,  and 
aural  affections,  depending  on  a  syphilitic  taint.  Its  use  was  particularly  advo- 
Gited  by  Prof.  Howe.  The  minute  doses  are  usually  preferred.  The  indications 
are  those  given  under  mercuric  chloride  (which  see).  In  diseases  of  the  eye,  of 
syphilitic  origin,  as  in  syphiliticiritis,  it  has  given  results  when  iodide  of  potas- 
sium has  failed.  Similar  results  are  obtainable  in  keratilis,  choroiditis,  choroido- 
retinitis,  etc.  Locally,  it  has  been  employed  chiefly  as  Panas' solution,  as  in  tn- 
cipient  trachoma,  and  in  phh/ctei}ulnr  and  catarrhal  conjunctivitis.  This  Solution  (mer- 
curic iodide  1  part,  absolute  alcohol  400  parts,  and  distilled  water  20,CHX)  parts)  is 
frequently  employed  as  an  irrigating  fluid  for  use  previous  to  operations  upon 
the  eye,  as  in  iridectomy,  removal  of  cataract,  etc.  Di.'ieases  of  the  internal  and  middle 
ear,  when  of  specific  origin,  frequentl}'  yield  to  the  judicious  use  of  this  drug. 

Externally,  a  solution  of  it,  6  grains  to  a  fluid  ounce  of  distilled  water,  has 
been  used  as  a  lotion  to  scrofulous  and  syphilitic  ulcers,  etc.  An  ointment  composed 
of  2  grains  of  mercuric  iodide,  40  grains  of  cerate,  and  20  grains  of  almond  oil, 
has  also  been  used  in  obstinate  ophthalmia  tarsi,  with  thickening  of  the  meibomian 
glands,  opacity  of  the  cornea,  obstinate  venereal  ulcers,  chronic  cutaneous  diseases,  etc. 
A  drachm  each,  of  mercuric  iodide,  lard,  and  olive  oil,  has  been  successfully  em- 
ployed as  a  caustic  application  to  lupus.  It  is  to  be  used  in  very  small  quantitie.< 
at  a  time,  being  careful  to  place  it  only  on  a  limited  amount  of  diseased  surface, 
repeating  its  application  about  once  in  every  week,  and  extending  its  action 
from  one  part  of  the  disease  to  another,  as  the  cure  progresses  (Cazenave,  Ann.  de 
Therap., 1852,  p.  175).  Mercuric  iodide  may  be  ailministered  in  i>ill,  trituration, 
or  in  solution  in  alcohol,  or  ether,  to  be  administered  in  water.  Tlie  do<e  ranges 
from  t-jVtt  grain  to  J  grain,  the  doses  of  j^^  to  ^\  grain  usually  being  preferred  by 
our  physicians. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. —  (See  Hydrar^yri  Chloridum  Corrosinun,  for 
indications  for,  and  general  action  of,  the  mercurials.) 

Related  Preparation.— SoLmoN  of  1odo-hydr\rgvrate  op  Potassitm.— A  preparation 
was  rccominendeii  by  Pr.  Channing,  called  Sohtlion  of  iixto-htidnir^ifrntf  of  po/iMwi'iim,  which  is 
Baid  to  ln>  efficient  in  clinmic  tuberctdous  nffeetion.*,  diifptitsia,  chronic  htoatilis  mid  fiJfiiilif,  ngut- 
cake,  nna.*an-a,  ascites,  scrofulous  aud  Sfi/ihilitic  distasts,  leucorrhaa,  and  m»-n«<rii<i/  iti mttgmu-uts, 
Bonie  cutaneous  affections,  etc.  It  is  prepan'il  by  dissolving  7  grains  of  icniide  of  putassiuin  in  '2 
fluid  on nces  of  distilled  water,  aud  then  adding  it  grains  of  nuTcuric  iodide.  Thi-re  will  l>e 
about  16  grains  of  the  iodo-hydi-argyrate  of  potitssium  in  this  solution,  with  a  slight  excess  of 
iodide  of  potassium.  The  dose  is  2,  ;i,  or  5  drops,  repi-ated  o  times  a  d:iy ;  it  nj.iy  l>e  given 
largely  diluted  with  water,  or  in  some  vegetable  alterative  svrun. 

tlelated  Salt. — HvDRARdYKi  Iodidcm  Fi.avim(  r.  .S".  A". ).  )VWo»r  mrpdjroiK  iVWirf^.  (HgjI, 
=652.tit)l.  Hyiirarquri  iodidum  tiride  (Phann.,  \SSO\,  Protiodidf  of  mercwy,  YfUow  lor  tirrtn) 
iodide  of  mercury,  Hydrargyri  tuhiudidum,  Suhiodide  of  mercury,  Proloiodidt  of  mfrciini.  Mide  if 


HYDRARr.YRI  OXIDTM  FLAVrXI.  1017 

mercury,  Hydrargyri  iodiduin  (  f.  >'.  7^.,  1S50),  Jlyilniryyniiii  iixlalumfiarum,  lodurrtum  hydrar- 
gyrofuiii,  Jlydrargyri  prvlo-ujduri  I  inn .  "  Mercury,  fifty  prainmus  (•'lO  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  S34  Kf^]; 
nitric  aciil,  pt)tassium  iinlidi',  distilled  water, afioliiil,  euoli,  a  eiiflifieiit  quantity.  Mix  twenty 
culiio  cvntinieters  (-'OCV.)  [:V2'i  llll.eaoli.of  nitric  aiid  and  distilled  water,  and,  when  the  liquid 
is  cold,  pour  it  upun  the  mercury  coul;iined  in  a  Bniall  glass  flask.  Set  the  mixture  aside  in 
a  cool  and  dark  j>l;u'e,  and  agitate  it  occasionally, until  the  reaction  cease8,and  a  little  mer- 
cury still  remains  undissolved.  Scpanite  the  crystals  of  mercurous  nitrate,  which  will  have 
formed,  from  the  mother  liquid,  allow  them  to  draia  in  a  phiss  funnel,  and  dry  them  on  bibu- 
1  >aspaper,  in  a  dark  place.  When  the  salt  is  dry,  w.igh  oil"  forty  grammes  (40Cini.)  [1  oz.av.. 
1^0  prs.J  of  it,  and  dissolve  it  in  one  thousand 'cuhie  centini.  te'rs  (liMK)  Cc.)  [03  ti.j,  SiU  HI]  ol 
distille*!  water,  to  which  ten  cubic  centimeters  (10  i\-.)  [H'lilll]  of  nitric  acid  had  pr^•vion^ly 
been  added.  Having  prepared  a  sohitiiin  of  twentv-iMur  grammes  (24  Cim.)  [:!70  grs]  of  potil^- 
sium  iodide  in  1000  cubic  centimeters  ( moo  Ce.)  [o3  H,v  3i>l  lit]  of  distilled  water,  slowly  pour 
the  solution  of  potassium  iodide  into  tli;it  of  tlie  nnrcuroua  nitrate,  with  cons'tant  stirring, 
allow  the  precipitate  to  subside,  deiant  the  eninrnatant  lieinid,  and  transfer  the  precipitate, 
together  with  the  remainder  of  the  liquid,  to  a  filter.  ^VIlen  the  precipitate  has  drained, 
wash  it  with  distilled  water  until  the  washiuL'S  no  lon^jcr  have  an  acid  reaction  ujion  litmus 
paper,  and  afterward  wash  it  with  alcohol,  as  long  a)  the  char,  colorless  washinj.'s  give  any 
color  with  hydrogen  sulphide  test-solution.  Lastly,  dry  the  product  in  a  dark  place,  between 
sheets  of  bibulous  paper,  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  40°  C.  (104°  F.k  Keep  it  in  dark 
amber-colored  vials,  with  the  least  possible  exposure  to  li;;ht.  Instead  of  weighmg  otf  forty 
grammes  (40  Om.)  [1  oz.  av.,  ISO  grs.]  of  the  mercurous  nitrate  as  above  directed,  the  whole  of 
the  crystallized  salt  may  be  taken  aud  the  amount  of  potassium  iodide,  etc.,  adjusted  uu  the 
pnnwrtions given  above" — ( I'.S.  P.). 

Theproeess  involved  is  represented  by  the  equation:  2KI-fHg2(X03lj=2KX03  +  2(  Hgl). 
The  potassium  iodide  nmst  be  added  to  inot  the  revei-se)  the  solution  of  mercurous  nitrate, 
to  prevent  the  formation  of  mercuric  iodide.  The  ahohol  is  employed  to  wash  away  traces 
of  the  mercuric  iodide,  should  any  be  present.  Its  absence  will  he  "shown  by  the  hydrogen 
sulphide  test  employed. 

The  ollicial  8;ilt  is  "a  bright  yellow,  amorphous  powder,  odorless  and  tasteless.  By  ex- 
posure to  light  it  becomes  darker,  in  proportion  as  it  undergoes  decomposition  into  metallic 
mercury  and  mercuric  iodide.  Almost  insoluble  in  water,  and  wholly  insoluble  in  alcohol  or 
ether.  "When  slowly  and  moderately  heated,  it  assumes  at  first  an  orange  and  then  a  red 
color,  l>ecoming  yellow  again  on  cooling.  When  quicklyanil  strongly  heated,  it  is  at  tiret  par- 
tially decomposed  into  mercury  aud  mercuric  ioilide,  and  finally  is  completely  volatilized. 
When  it  is  heated  with  suliilniric  acid  and  a  little  manganese  dioxiile,  vapor  of  iodine  is 
evolved.  In  contact  with  a  solution  of  potassium  iodi<le,  the  salt  is  decomposed  into  mercuric 
iodide,  which  dissolves,  leaving  a  residue  of  metallic  mercury.  If  0.5  Gm.of  the  salt  be  shaken 
with  10  Cc.  of  alcohol,  a  portion  of  the  filtrate  should  be  "scarcely  affected  by  hvdrogen  sul- 
phide T.S.,  nor  should  it  produce  more  than  a  very  faint,  transient  opalescence  wiien  dropped 
into  water;  and  if  6  Cc.  of  the  filtrate  be  evaporated  from  a  white  porcelain  surface,  not 
more  than  a  verv  faint,  red  stain  should  remain  (absence  of  more  than  traces  of  mercuric 
iodide)"— (r.S.  "P.). 

(Compare  JL/drargyn  Chloridum  Corrosirum.)  Yellow  iodide  of  mercury  is  a  powerful 
irritant  poison,  but  has  been  administered  in  small  dosi'S  in  nnihdis  and  gcinfida.  especially 
when  they  occur  in  the  same  individual.  The  dose  is  i  to  1  grain  per  day,  cautiously  carrying 
it  to  3  or"4  grains.  Children  of  6  months  old  reijuire  iV  of  a  gram,  gradually  increased  to  J 
grain.  It  maybe  given  in  pill  form,  conjoined  with  some  narcotic,  as  conium,  opium,  etc. ;  or, 
1  part  of  the  iodide  niay  be  dissolved  in  48  jiarts  of  ether,  of  which  solution,  12  drops  contain 
alxiut  i  of  a  grain.  It  is  now  preferred  by  some  physicians  in  the  treatment  of  omgtitutional 
nifihilh.  It  18  geldoin  employed  by  Eclectic  physicians.  Prof.  Webster,  however,  declares  that 
the  3x  trituration  (dose  2  or  3  grain.s).  Las  a  specific  action  upon  tiie  larynx,  making  it  a 
prompt  remedy  in  hKtrseiuss  and  cniup  {Ih/nain.  nrrap.,  p.  407).  An  ointment  Used  as  a 
dressing  for  elrumo-syphdilic  ulcus,  and  as  an  application  to  sycosis,  lupxis,  rosaccn,  and  other 
tuhfrcniitr  fkin  disfases,  is  made  by  triturating  together  6  ounces  of  the  iodide  with  a  mixture 
of  white  wax  2  ounces,  lard  6  ounces. 

HYDRARGYRI  OXIDUM  FLAVUM  (U.  S.  P.)- YELLOW 
MERCURIC  OXIDE. 

For.mula:  HgO.     Molecular  Weight:  215.76. 

Syso.nym.s  :  Mercuric  oxide,  Pnripi/ated  oxide  of  mercury,  Hydrargyrum  oxydatuiii 
prsecipitdtii III  ( i-iifluvum).  Yellow  oxide  of  mercury. 

Preparation.  —  "Corrosive  mercuric  cliloritlc,  one  hundred  grammes  ClOO 
Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  gr.-.];  soda,  forty  grammes  (40  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  180  grs.] ;  dis- 
tilled water,  a  siillicient  quaiititv.  Dis.-iolve  tlie  corrosive  mercuric  chloride  in 
one  thf>usaiid  ciiijiccontimeters  (lOOOt'c)  [33  flg,  301  lUl  of  warm  distilled  water, 
and  filter  the  solution.  Dissolve  the  soda  (which  should  contain  90  per  cent  of 
sodium  hydrate),  in  one  thousand  cuhic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  H.5, 391  ITl]  of 
cold  distilled  water,  and  into  this  solution  pour  gradually,  and  with  constant 


1018  HYDRAKGYRI  OXIDUM  FLAVUM. 

Stirring,  the  solution  of  corrosive  mercuric  chloride.  Allow  the  mixture  to  stand 
for  an  hour  at  a  temperature  of  about  30°  C.  ("86°  F.),  stirring  frequently.  Then 
decant  the  supernatant,  clear  liquid  from  the  precipitate,  and  wa.^h  the  latter 
repeatedly  bv  the  affusion  and  decantation  of  distilled  water,  using  one  thousand 
cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  SDl  1U]  of  water  each  time.  Collect  the  pre- 
cipitate on  a  strainer,  and  continue  the  washing  with  warm  distilled  water,  until 
a  small  portion  of  the  washings,  when  poured  on  a  little  mercuric  chloride  test- 
solution,  no  longer  produces  a  yellowish  turbidity  at  tlie  line  of  contact  of  the  two 
liquids.  Then  allow  the  precipitate  to  drain,  and  dry  it  bitween  sheets  of  bibu 
lous  paper,  in  a  dark  place,  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  30°  C.  (86°  F.).  Keeji 
the  product  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  protected  from  thelight'" — (  U.  S.  P.).  Thi- 
is  Dr.  Hoffman's  process,  and  is  represented  by  the  following  equation  :  HgClj-r 
(NaOH),— (NaC'lJ2-f-HgO+H,0.  An  excess  of  alkali  is  essential,  that  brown  mer- 
curic oxychloride  be  not  formed  and  precipitated  with  the  oxide;  for  this  reason 
the  corrosive  chloride  must  be  poured  into  the  alkaline  solution.  The  soda  solu- 
tion must  be  free  from  carbonate,  else  a  brownish  mercuric  carbonate  will  be 
formed.  If  the  temperature  be  too  high  the  tendency  is  to  form  a  reddish-colored 
salt,  therefore  it  is  best  to  operate  at  as  low  a  temperature  as  practicable,  to  pro- 
duce the  bright-yellow  oxide. 

Description  and  Tests. — "A  light  orange-yellow,  amorphous,  heavy,  impal- 
pable powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  somewhat  metallic  taste ;  permanent  in  the 
air,  but  turning  darker  on  exposure  to  light.  Almost  insoluble  in  water,  insoluble 
in  alcohol,  but  readily  and  completely  soluble  in  diluted  hydrochloric  or  nitric 
acid,  forming  colorless  solutions.  When  moderately  heated,  the  salt  assumes  a 
red  color.  At  red  heat  it  is  completely  decomposed  into  oxygen  and  metallic 
mercury,  and  is  finally  volatilized,  leaving  no  residue.  If  0.5  Gm.  of  the  oxide 
be  digested  on  a  water-bath  for  15  minutes?,  with  a  solution  of  1  Gm.  of  oxalic  acid 
in  10  Cc.  of  water,  it  will  be  converted  into  white  mercuric  oxalate  (distinction 
from  red  mercuric  oxide).  On  dissolving  1  Gm.  of  the  oxide  in  100  Cc.  of  diluted 
nitric  acid,  the  resulting  solution  should  be  clear,  and  should  not  afford  more 
than  a  slight  opalescence  with  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (limit  of  chloride) '" — {('.  S.  P.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  agent  has  not  been  employed  in  Eclectic 
practice  as  an  internal  medicine.  It  is,  however,  an  important  topical  remedy  in 
ocular  thtrapeutir.-:.  For  ciliary^  blepharitis  the  ointment  is  probably  the  best  local 
application,  especially  in  chronic  cases.  The  dried  scales  should  te  softened  and 
removed  by  means  of  an  alkaline  wash,  as  of  potassium  bicarbonate,  and  the  lids 
dried.  Then  the  ointment  should  be  thoroughly  apjilied  to  the  margins  of  the 
lids.  If  too  strong,  marked  irritation  and  conjunctival  hyperemia  may  be  pro- 
duced. Foltz  states  that  in  phlyrtemdar  keratitis  in  children  it  is  indicated  in 
nearly  all  cases  (Webster's  Dynatn.  Therap.).  The  ointment  is  also  advised  in 
corneal  maruhr,  indnhid  conical  tilcer.'i,  conjunetival  gnmulntinns,  arro.y^v,  cpi.9rlcntis,  and 
pannus.  Foltz  declares  it  of  negative  value  in  supjatratire  otitis  vtoHa,  but  has 
obtained  good  results  from  its  use  to  heal  the  tympanic  lesion  after  the  cessation 
of  the  discharge.  R  Yellow  oxide  of  mercury,  grs.  xxx,  petrolatum  sj.  Mix.  An 
ointment  containing  2  per  cent  each  of  the  yellow  oxide  and  morj^hine  sulphate 
in  connection  with  dry  heat  is  reputed  efficient  in  the  earlv  stage  of/urtmrular  in- 
fiammation  of  the  external  auditory  canal  (see  also  Ungiientxim  "Hydrargyri  Oridi  flavi). 

Other  Oxides  of  Mercury.— Hydraegyri  Oxinrsi  Ribrcm  (U.S. P.),  Rfdmfrcuric  oxide, 

Peroxide  <.:/  nnri-ury,  ]!'<!  prtdpitalf.  0.tydu7n  hudrargyricttm,  Hydrargyri  nilrico-oiidum,  il<rcuri\is 
torrosiiiif'riili'  r,  Merciiriiis  pniciinliilun  ritlM  r,  Pfd  oxiile  of  mrrcuri/,  Dniuuide  v/vifrmry.    Formula 


HgO.  Moltcularwiiylit:  21."). 76.  Red  mercuric  oxiile should  be  ki'pt  in  wi'll-f^topperi-d  bi>t- 
"i-s,  prott'Cti'il  fiiiuiliglit.  This  pn-paration  is  obtaiued  by  dissolving  mercury, 3  rounds,  in 
itric  acid,  is  fluid  ounces,  and  distilled  water,  2  pints,  with  the  aid  of  agi>ntle  heat.  K<iil  down 


tli-8,  protccti'd  fiiiui  light.  This  preparation  is  obtained  by  dissolving  mercury, 3  rounds,  i 
"1  pints,  with  the  aid  of  a  p'ntle  heat.  K<iil  dow 
the  liquor  and  rub  what  remains  to  a  powder,    rut  this  into  anoihi-r  very  shallow  vessel,  am! 


apply  a  gradual  heat  until  red  vapors  cease  to  rise  (  ImwI.).  In  this  instance  nitrate  of  mercun,- 
is  first  formed, and  then  decoui|X)Sed  by  the  aiil  of  heat.  A  trace  of  nitrate  is  liable  to  ri>main 
if  the  heat  is  not  sufficiently  high  ;  on  the  other  hand,  an  excess  of  heat  would  cause  decom- 
position of  the  oxide  into  mercury  and  oxygen,  and  consequent  loss  of  oxide. 

Officially  described,  it  is  in  "  heavy,  orange-red,  crystalline  scales,  or  a  crystalline  powder, 
becoming  more  yellow  the  finer  it  is  divided,  odorless,  and  having  a  somewhat  metallic  taste: 
permanent  in  the  air.  Almost  insoluble  in  water,  insoluble  in  alcohol,  but  n'adily  and  com- 
pletely soluble  in  diluted  hydrochloric  or  nitric  acid,  forming  colorless  solutions.  When 
lieated  to  about  400°  ('.  (752°  r.),  it  beivtnes  dark  violet  oralmost  black,  but  assumes  its  origi- 


UYDUAsTINlN.V;  11  YlHiOCHLUKAS.  1019 

nal  color  on  coolinp.  At  a  red  heat  it  is  completely  iK-composeil  into  oxyp-ii  ami  uu-tallic 
iiu-rcury,  ami  is  finally  volatilized,  leaving  no  rewdue.  If  0.5  Gni.  of  the  oxide  be  dinested,  on 
a  water-l);ith,  with  a  solution  of  1  C-ini.  of  oxalic  acid  in  10  Co.  of  water,  it  will  not  change  color 
within  2  hours  (distinction  from  yellow  meri'urio  oxide).  If  a  little  of  the  oxide  be  strongly 
li.ated  in  a  test-tube,  the  vapors  "should  not  redden  moistened  blue  litmus  paper  (absence  of 
nitrate).  On  dissolving  1  Cini.  of  the  oxide  in  UXl  Cc.  of  diluted  nitric  acid,  tlie  resulting  solu- 
tion should  Ih'  clear,  and  should  not  aflord  more  than  a  slight  opalescence  with  silver  nitrate 
T.S.  ( limit  of  chloride)  "— ( I'.  *'.  P.). 

Ki  d  precipiUtte  is  a  powerful  irritant,  and  when  taken  internally,  even  in  small  doses, 
readily  excites  vomiting  and  |>urging ;  large  doses  cause  gastro-enteritis.  It  is  rarely  employed 
internally  on  account  o?  these  dangerous  eflTects,  though  it  has  been  recommended  in  ityphititic 
./iVd.sfti.  The  ilosi-  of  it  is  from  \^t  to  i  grain,  combined  with  i  grain  of  opium,  in  pill  form, 
to  Ik>  repeated  once  or  twice  a  day.  It  is  principally  used  externally,  as  an  escharotic  and 
stimulant,  to  Ti'iUwe  jungoiin  Jlenliy  ixcrfscfufn,  to  onii/iircs,  to  excite  certain  syphititif  ulcerations, 
and  Imh'liiil  iilci-s  generally,  and  principally  to  reduce  c/iroHic  o/)/i(/i(i/Hii<i,  maintained  by  the 
ulceration  of  the  free  margm  of  the  eyelids.  One  part  of  the  finely  levigated  powder  of  red 
precipitate,  mixed  with  8  parts  of  simple  ointment,  forms  a  stimulating  application  to  ulcers, 
chnnilc  vflillialiiiiii,  some  diseasff  nj  Ihc  skiu,  etc.  Mackenzie  recommends  1  part  of  the  powdered 
red  precipitate  to  be  triturated  with  8  i)arts  of  white  sugar,  a  portion  of  which  may  be  blown 
into  the  eye,  through  a  quill,  in  opacitt/  of  the  cornea.  In  syphilitic  ulceration  of  the  throitt,  uitUa, 
liiiisits.  etc.!  the  following  has  l)een  recommended  as  a  fumigation:  Mix  together  red  pre- 
cipitate, 2  drachms;  frankincense,  myrrh,  each,  40  grains;  camphor,  16  grains.  Throw  a  por- 
tion of  this  on  a  hot  shovel,  and  inhale  the  vapor.  It  must  be  remcmoered  that  it  is  capa- 
ble of  being  absorbed,  and  of  proilucing  very  serious  accidents.  Rarely  employed  in  Eclectic 
practice. 

Hydrar>;vri  Oxidu.m  Xichc.m,  Uydrargyri  .<i<(«>.ri/'/(iHi(HgjO)  Suboxide  nf  mercury,  Mercurous 
oxide:  also  called  Protoxide,  Gray  or  Black  oxide  of  mercury,  etc. — This  oxide  is  prepared  by 
tn-ating  1  part  of  finely  divided  calomel  in  a  porcelain  mortar,  with  1  part  of  solution  of  caustic 
potash,  sp.  gr.  1.233,  which  has  previously  lieen  diluted  with  3  parts  of  water;  after  rubbing 
together  for  about  i  hour,  throw  it  on  a  filter,  protecting  the  residue  as  much  as  possible  from 
the  light,  and  wash  with  cold  water  as  long  as  the  filtrate  exhibits  an  alkaline  reaction;  then 
dry  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  and  keep  in  a  ves.scl  excluded  from  the  light.  An  excess  of 
|>o'tassa  is  necessary  to  insure  the  entire  decomposition  of  the  mercurous  chloride;  and  heat, 
during  the  process,  must  be  carefully  avoided,  as  it  will  cause  the  protoxide  to  separate  into 
mercuric  oxide  and  mercury.  Nevertheless,  with  every  precaution,  a  small  portion  will  decom- 
pose, and  during  the  washing  and  drying  the  black  rolor  becomes  tinged  with  green. 

Pure  mercurous  oxide  (suboxideof  mercury),  shuiild  he  quite  black,  but  from  the  pres- 
ence of  a  little  mercuric  oxide,  it  has  generally  a'green  tinge ;  it  is  very  heavy,  inodorous,  with- 
out taste,  insoluble  in  water,  alcohol,  or  alkalies,  but  readily  soluble  ih  diluted  nitric  acid,  and 
acetic  acid.  It  is  readily  decomposed  by  light,  becomes  olive-colored,  and  is  resolved  into  mer- 
curic oxide  and  metallic  mercurj-.  Heated  in  a  tube  it  acquires  at  first  a  red  color,  from  de- 
composition into  oxide  and  metal,  it  then  becomes  darker,  separating  into  oxvgen  and  metal, 
and  volatilizes  without  leaving  a  residue.  Its  purity  maybe  iletermined  by  tnis  last  experi- 
ment. Its  solution  in  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  should  give  no  precipitate  with  either  potassa, 
or  oxalate  of  ammonium ;  if  any  red  oxide  had  been  dis.soIved,  the  potassa  would  throw  it  down 
as  a  reiidish  or  yellowish  hydrate ;  if  calcium  be  present,  the  oxalate  will  give  a  white  precipi- 
tate. It  is  one  of  the  least  'irritating  of  the  mercurial  i)reparations,  when  pure,  and,  like  them, 
}iroduces  cnnstitutional  effects,  especially  when  its  use  is  continued  for  a  time.  In  doses  of 
rom  i  grain  to  1  grain  per  day,  it  acts  "as  an  alterative;  2  or  3  grains,  repeated  every  3  or  4 
hours,  will  produce  salivation.  (!)n  account  of  its  varying  composition,  and  tendency  to  ope- 
rate severely,  owing  to  the  presence  of  mercuric  oxide|  it  is  seldom  exhibited  internally.  One 
part  of  the  mercurous  oxide,  well  rubl)e(l  up  with  3  or  4  parts  ot  lard,  has  been  used  as  a 
substitute  for  unnurial  uintineiu. 

HYDRASTININ.a:  HYDROCHLORAS  (U.  S.  P.)— HYDRASTININE 
HYDROCHLORATE. 

FoRMrL.\:   C„H„N0,HC1.     Moi.ecvlar  WEroHT:  224.97. 

"  The  hydrochlorate"  of  an  artificial  alkaloid  derived  from  hydrastiiie,  the 
latter  being  a  colorless  alkaloid  obtained  from  hydrastis.  Hydrastinine  hydro- 
chlorate  should  be  kept  in  well-.st()ppered  vials" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Source.— The  colorless  alkaloid  of  hydrastis,  hydra-stine,  when  oxidized  by 
such  agents  as  sulphuric  acid  and  iiianjianese  dioxide  combined,  or  with  potas- 
sium pennanganate,  platinic  chloride,  or  chromic  acid,  yields  an  artificial  alka- 
loid known  as  hydrastinine,  and  an  iwu],  opinnir  (trid  (M.  Freund  and  W.Will, 
1885;  also  see  Schmidt  and  Wilhelm,  1888).  Hydrastinine  is  introduced  into  the 
Pfi(irmncof,<tia  for  the  first  time  in  the  form  of  the  hydrochlorate.  Its  pharnia 
copoeial  recognition,  however,  has  not  been  followed  by  any  considerable  use  and 
physicians  neglect  it  in   favor  of  natural  preparations  of  hydrastis. 


1020  HYDRASTIS. 

Description. — This  new  salt  is  officially  described  as  follows :  "  Light-yellow, 
amorphous  granules,  or  a  pale-yellow,  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a 
bitter,  saline  taste;  deliquescent  on  exposure  to  damp  air.  Soluble  at  15°  C. 
59°  F.),  in  0.3  part  of  water,  and  in  3  parts  of  alcohol;  difficultly  soluble  in  ether 
or  chloroform.  When  heated  to  173°  C.  (343.4°  F.\  the  salt  undergoes  partial 
fusion,  but  does  not  liquefy.  Upon  ignition,  it  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue. 
The  salt  has  an  acid  reaction  npon  litmus  paper.  A  dilute  aqueous  solution  of 
the  salt  (up  to  about  1  in  100,000),  has  a  decided  blue  fluorescence.  The  salt  dis- 
solves la  sulphuric  acid  with  effervescence,  coloring  the  acid  yellowish-red.  An 
aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  is  not  preciijitated  by  ammonia  water.  An  aqueous 
solution  of  the  salt  yields,  with  silver  nitrate  T.8.,  a  white  precipitate  insoluble 
in  nitric  acid.  On  adding  to  2  Cc.  of  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  (1  in  1(X)), 
an  excess  of  bromine  water,  a  yellow  precipitate  is  produced,  which  is  dissolved 
by  ammonia  water  to  a  nearly  colorless  liquid  (difference  from  hydrastine,  with 
which  the  ammonia  produced  a  brick-red  precipitate)" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Recent  investigations  of  this  body 
seem  to  indicate  that  paralysis  (without  tetanus)  of  the  motor  tract  of  the  spi- 
nal marrow,  is  an  effect  of  its  physiological  doses.  Acting  mainly  upon  the 
arterial  walls,  and  less  so  upon  the  cardiac  muscle,  it  increases  arterial  tension 
and  slows  the  pulse,  the  latter  effect  being  largely  due  to  tlie  irritation  it  pro- 
duces of  the  pneumogastric  nerve.  Its  chief  use,  and  that  for  which  it  has  been 
introd>iced,is  in  hemorrhage  from  the  uterus — menorrhagia,  metrorrhagia,  etc.,  buying 
been  successfully  treated  with  it.  It  has  likewise  been  extolled  in  endometritis  of 
a  mild  type,  and  dysmenorrltaa  of  a  congestive  form.  The  weight  of  testimony- 
seems  to  favor  the  view  that  it  acts  upon  the  small  arterial  terminals  in  the  Uter- 
ine mucous  surfaces,  and  that  it  jjossesses  no  oxytocic  properties.  On  the  other 
hand,  there  is  good  evidence  that  it  produces  strong  tetanic  contractions  of  the 
uterine  muscles,  producing  abortion.  Several  alxirtions  have  thus  been  attributed 
to  its  use.  It  is  asserted  tliat  it  is  jireferable  to  ergot  in  controlling  uterine  hem- 
orrhage. The  astringent  action  of  hydrastine  was  noticed  by  Prof  J.  A.  Jean9on 
in  1886  (see  Er.  MkJ.  Jom-.,  18S6,  p.  5SG).  Hydrastinine  hydrochlorate  is  employed 
hypoderniatically  in  doses  of  J  to  li  grain. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— To  control  uterine  hemorrhage,  especially 
when  due  to  congestion. 

HYDRASTIS  (U.  S.  P.)— HYDRASTIS. 

"The  rhizome  and  roots  of  Hydrastis  canadensis,  lAnne" — {U.  S.  P). 

Nat.  Ord. — Ranunculacea;. 

Common  Names:  (See  below.) 

Illustr.'Vtio.ns:  Llovd"s  Druqs  and  Med.  of  X.  A,  PI.  8;  Bentley  and  Trimen, 
Med.  Plants.  1 ;  Holder's  Mrd.  Pflanzen,  PI.  180. 

Botanical  Source. — This  indigenous  plant  has  a  perennial  root  or  rhizome, 
which  is  tn-tuous,  knotty,  creeping,  internally  of  a  bright-yellow  color,  with 
numerous  long  fibers.  The  stem  is  erect,  simple, 
herbaceous,  rounded,  pubescent  upward, from 
6  to  12  inches  in  height,  oecoming  purplish,  and 
bearing  2  unequal  terminal  leaves.  The  leaves 
are  2  only,  alternate,  palmate,  with  from  3  to  6 
lobes,  hairv,  dark-green,  cordate  at  base,  veiny, 
the  lower  leaf  peti<date,  the  other  sessile,  froin 
4  to  9  indies  wide  when  full-grown,  and  the  seg- 
ments serrated.  The  flowers  solitarv,  terniiniu, 
^  .  ^   , .  ,  „  ^  ,     ,       small,  white  or  rose-coloretl,  and  borne  on  a  ped- 

Dncd  rhizome  of  Hydra«ti.i  canadensis.  ,        ,        .  .-,   •       i         •      i         .i         m  i         *^ 

uncle  about  2  inches  in  length.  The  calyx  con- 
sists of  3  petaloid,  deciduous,  broadly-ovate,  jnile  greenish-wliite,  concave,  slightly 
ilowny  sepals,  wliieh  fall  away  when  the  flower  onens.  The  stamens  are  m.Hny, 
and  longer  than  the  pistils.  Filaments  flat,  linear-lanceolate,  and  liaving  the  cells 
of  an  anther  on  their  edge  at  the  apex.  Pistils  sevenil ;  ovary  oval,  glabrous  and 
attenuated  upward  into  a  short  style.  Stigma  obtuse  and  scarcely  lobt-d.  The 
fruit  resembles  a  raspberry,  is  red,  and  cmisists  of  many  little  l!-.<Vecled  drupi^ 


HYDRASTIS.  1021 

ct)llectiil  into  a  globose  head,  each  crowned  with  the  persistent  style;  the  seeds 
are  ncarlv  black,  obovate,  and  polished,  having  a  minute  embryo  at  the  base  of  a 
lleshv  aiul  oilv  albumen  (L.— \V.— G.). 

fiistory.— This  i)lant  is  found  growing  in  shady  wood^,  in  rich  soil,  and 
dump  meadows,  in  different  parts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  but  is  more 
abundant  west  of  the  AUeghanies.  From  about  1847,  and  especially  since  the 
first  appearance  of  the  Eclectic  Dutjiensatory  of  the  I'nited  States  (now  American  Di-i- 
l)ensntori/),m  1852,  hydrastis  has  figured  conspicuously  among  the  leading  Eclectic 
drugs,  and  few  have  been  in  greater  esteem.  This  plant  is  well  known  to  bota- 
nist' as  Yellow  pHccoon  and  Oramje  root.  The  present  pharmacopwial  name,  OoWcti 
seal,  was  introduced  by  the  Thomsonians,  who  employed  the  root  to  a  limited 
extent.  It  has  reference  both  to  the  color  of  the  root  and  to  its  seal-like  scars 
produced  by  the  death  of  the  stalk  of  the  plant  of  the  preceding  year.  It  has 
several  other  common  names,  some  of  thera  apjdicable  and  some  being  shared 
by  other  plants,  one  in  particular.  Yellow  root,  being  the  commercial  drug  name 
(or  X'liilhorrhiza  apiij'olia.  Some  of  these  common  names  are  derived  from  some 
physical  characteristics  of  the  plant;  others  from  its  therapeutic  u.«es;  while  still 
others  have  reference  to  its  resemblance  to  other  substances.  The  following  are 
some  of  its  popular  api)ellatives:  G'')/(/cn  seal.  Yellow  puccoon,  Yelloxo  root,  Orange 
root,  Ene  balm.  Eye  root.  Ground  raspberry,  Indian  paint.  Yellow  paint,  Indian  dye. 
Yellow  eye.  Jaundice  root.  Wild  nircuinn,  Ohio  curcuma,  Curcuma,  Golden  root,  M'ild 
turmeric,  and  Indian  tuniu-ric.  In  commerce,  both  golden  seal  and  yellow  root  are 
the  terms  employed.  The  other  names  should  be  dropped,  and  only  the  name 
of  golden  seal,  as  recognized  by  the  Pharmacopn?ia,  should  be  retained.  The 
scientific  name  HydraMis,  given"  it  by  Linnaeus,  on  authority  of  Ellis,  is  a  mis- 
nomer, derived  from  old  English  authorities,  who  supposed  that  the  plant  grew 
in  bopgy  places,  an  error  which  also  appears  in  Wood's  Class  Book  of  Botany  {CG. 
Lloyd),  whereas  the  plant  is  never  found  in  wet  or  boggy  situations,  on  prairies, 
or  in  sterile  soil,  but  rather  in  rich  open  woodlands,  preferring  a  hillside  richly 
strewn  with  leaf  mold.  An  attempt,  which  unfortunately  failed,  was  made  by 
Miller,  in  17o9,  to  change  the  name  to  Wameria,  in  honor  of  Richard  Warner,  of 
Woodford,  Essex,  England. 

In  our  article  on  podophyllum,  we  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  that  plant 
can  not  easily  be  exterminated  by  the  advance  of  agriculture.  With  hydrastis. 
however,  the  oi)posite  is  true;  the  plant  disappears  as  soon  as  the  ground  is  dis- 
turbed by  the  settler.  Once  plentiful  along  tlie  Ohio  river  banks,  it  is  now  found 
only  in  isolated  spots,  having  suffered  extermination  as  fast  as  the  woodland 
yielded  to  the  pioneer's  axe.  At  present  the  geographical  center  of  the  plant  is 
around  Cincinnati.  But  four  states  now  grow  sufticient  hydrastis  to  make  it 
profitable  for  gathering  fi)r  commercial  use.  These  are  Ohio,  Indiana,  Kentucky, 
and  West  Virginia.  There  is  one  redeeming  feature,  however,  in  the  fact  that  in 
the  mountainous  parts  of  the  states  in  which  it  grows,  it  is  not  very  likely  to  dis- 
appear soon.  These  districts  are  inhabited  by  a  class  of  individuals  commonly 
known  as  "white  trash,"  and  also  by  negroes.  They  are  perfectly  contented  to 
exist  with  the  least  possible  exertion  on  their  part,  consequently  they  do  not  take 
kindly  to  cultivation  of  the  soil.  These  virgin  forests  of  the  mountain  contain 
an  abundance  of  medicinal  roots,  among  them  hydrastis.  While  the  plow  exter- 
minates it  forever,  simply  digging  the  roots,  as  is  done  by  these  contented,  happy 
rxit  diggers,  will  never  absolutely  exhaust  the  resources  of  those  regions.  Hence, 
we  may  hope  to  have  a  moderate  supply  of  this  drug  as  long  as  these  people  are 
left  to  enjoy  their  seclusi(jn;  but  it  must  grow  scarcer  each  year,  and,  if  the 
demand  continiies  in  medicine,  increasingly  more  expensive. 

Hydrastis  is  of  very  rapid  growth,  so  much  so  that  those  who  are  searching 
for  botanical  specimens  must  be  on  the  alert,  as  the  ])lant,when  favored  by  a  con- 
tinuance of  warm  weather  during  May,  will,  in  a  week  or  10  days,  send  up  a  stem 
and  open  its  blossom.  This  bloom  is  white  and  small,  the  stamens,  on  account 
of  their  whiteness,  being  the  most  conspicuous  portion  of  the  flower.  The  stem 
of  the  plant  ranges  from  6  inches  to  1  loot  in  height,  forking  near  the  top,  and 
each  part  of  the  division  thus  made,  bears  a  roundish  cordate  leaf,  each  having 
from  0  to  7  lobes.  The.se  leaves,  after  the  flowering  periiids,  often  become  6  or  S 
inches  broad,  iieing  but  partly  developed  at  the  time  of  flowering.     The  lower 


1022  HYDRASTLS. 

leaf  is  the  larger  at  this  time,  while  the  smaller  is  eessile  at  the  bas^e  of  the  Hower 
stem,  enclosing  the  bud,  and  is  but  ])artially  unfolded  when  the  flower  expands. 
A  whole  patch  of  hydrastis,  for  it  grows  in  patches  in  rich,  hilly  woods,  will  not 
remain  in  bloom  over  a  week.  The  fniit,  consisting  of  several  drupes  aggregated 
together,  known  botanically  as  an  el.rrlo,  matures  in  July.  It  resembles  somewhat 
a  rod  raspberry,  though  larger.  Each  of  the  drupes,  which  are  from  8  to  10  in 
number,  contains  1  round,  shining,  black  seed,  imbedded  in  a  white,  sweeti.sh  pulp. 
Description.  — The  rhizome  of  hydrastis — the  part  employed  in  medicine — 
<locs  not  attain  a  very  great  size,  for  after  from  4  to  6  years  growth,  a  gradual 
decay  sets  in  at  the  end  of  the  root  remote  from  the  stem.  It  consists  of  a  crooked, 
knotty,  wrinkled  rootstock,  1  or  2  inches  long,  giving  off  a  numberof  yellow  fibers. 
The  younger  rhizomes  are  well  marked  on  the  upper  surface  with  cup  like  depres- 
sions, showing  where  the  stems  of  the  previous  years  were  articulated.  The 
cotyloid  cavities  become  less  marked  as  the  rhizome  advances  in  age,  and  it  is 
from  these  seal-like  depressions  that  the  name,  golden  seal,  is  derived.  Fresh 
hydrastis  is  vivid  yellow,  both  within  and  without,  but  upon  drying,  becomes 
dull-brown.  The  best  rhizome  has  a  large  amount  of  yellow  juice,  which,  in 
drying  may  leave  the  interior  yellow  or  orange-yellow,  or,  by  aggregations  of 
it,  the  central  portion  may  as.sume  a  reddish  hue.  Dry  hydrastis  usually,  how- 
ever, is  of  a  lemon-yellow  color  on  fracture,  if  the  root  be  not  old.  If  old,  it 
may  be  of  a  greenish-yellow  hue,  or  even  brown,  the  latter  color  being  due  to 
the  disintegration  "of  the  yellow  princiiiles.  Therefore,  specimens  of  hydrastis, 
showing  a  greenish-brown  or  brown  color,  should  be  rejected  as  being  of  inferior 
quality.  The  juice  was  used  by  the  Indians  to  color  their  clothing,  and  to  etain 
their  faces.  Hydrastis  has  a  peculiar  odor  and  a  bitter  taste,  added  to  which  is  a 
persistent  acridity,  which  causes  the  abundant  salivary  flow  following  the  chew- 
ing of  the  rhizome.  Hydrastis  loses  about  two-thirds  of  its  weight  by  drying. 
Its  virtues  are  imparted  to  water,  glycerin,  or  alcohol.  The  official  drug  is  thus 
described:  "Rhizome  about  4  Cm."(li  inche.s)  long  and  6  Mm.  (J  inch)  thick; 
oblique,  with  short  branches,  somewhat  annulate  and  longitudinally  wrinkled ; 
externally  brownish-gray;  fracture  short,  waxy,  bright  reddish-yellow,  with  a 
thickish  bark,  about  10  narrow  wood-wedges,  broad  medullary  rays,  and  large 
pith.  Roots  thin,  brittle,  with  a  thick,  yellow  bark  and  subquadraiigular,  woody 
center.     Odor  slight,  taste  hitter"— {['.  S.  P.). 

Chemical  History  and  Composition.— The  root  of  hydrastis  contains  the 
usual  plant  constituents,  starch,  albuminous  matter,  resin,  sugar,  fatty  matter, 
inorganic  salts,  and  three  alkaloids,  birhcrine.  of  yellow  color,  and  hydrasline  &n<\ 
canadme,  hoih  of  which  are  white. 

Berberine  has  received  different  names,  according  to  the  botanical  sources 
in  which  it  was  discovered,  and  to  this  alkaloid  the  name  hi/drnsthie  was  first 
Pie  137  aflixed.     In  1824,  Huttenschmid  found  a  yellow  coloring  matter 

in  what  he  believed  to  be  Geoffmya  i»ermi.i,  the  Jamaica  cabbage- 
tree,  and  gave  it  the  rxdme  jn mo icini\  This  substance,  Wittstein 
{Oryanic Prinrlplcs ofPldutf:),  accepts  as  berberine.  In  1S26,  Cheval- 
lier  and  Pelletan  found  a  rich  yellow  alkaloid  in  the  bark  of 
Xiinthnxylum  Clava  Hcrculi^  (Hercules'  club),  which  they  named 
xanthopicrite.  This  was  s\ibsequently  also  proved  identical  with 
berberine.  In  1828,  C.  S.  Ralinesque."  whose  works  were  authority 
with  the  Eclectic  fathers,  stated  in  his  Medical  Flora  of  thf  L'ltUfd 


I'stnls   of    Rorbe- 


Slates  (1828),  that  the  constituents  of  Hydrastis  canadensi 


were: 


ghtiy   "Amarin,  extractive,  several  salts,  and  a  peculiar  principle,  hydras 
maguiflfd.  f^^^g^  of  a  yellow  Color,"  taking  pains  to  italicize  the  word  hiidrnstine. 

Again, in  1830,  Huchner  and  Herberger  obtained  from  Bcrbais  tii'j/nn'.-,  a  purifietl 
yellow  extract,  which  they  named  hcrberhic.  In  18;i9,  Dr.  George  Kemp  prepared 
a  salt  of  berberine  and  picric  acid,  and  was  the  first  to  class  berberine  among  the 
alkaloids.  This  name  at  last  superseded  the  terms  jnmaicinf,  xnnthojuerile,  and 
Rafinesqiie's  /n/drnstine,  although  the  latter  name  clung  to  it  for  a  long  time  after- 
ward. Even  "to  this  day,  the  name  h;/dr<tstitie  is  freiiuently  preferre<l  in  America 
owing  to  the  priority  of  the  appellation  given  by  Kafinesque^nd,  as  an  act  of 
right,  due  to  priority,  it  has  been  insisted  upon  by  the  earlier  Eclectics.  H;/dni*- 
tine  {berberine),  was  "not  the  exact  substance  employed   by  the  members  of  our 


HYnUASTis  1028 

school  as  a  medicine,  l>ut  rather  a  salt  of  the  above  was  used— a  hydrochlorate  of 
hydrastine  (muriate  of  hydrastine),  wliioh  was  called  hydrngline,  orneutnit  fn/ilrns- 
tine.  It  was  not  sliown  to  be  a  salt  until  after  Durand  (I'^Sl)  gave  a  i>roce.<s  for 
making  a  jTOiluct  similar  to  tii;it  wiiicii  had  long  been  i)rej)ared  by  Eclectic  jihar- 
mat'ists  and  emjiloyed  medicinally  by  Et'lectic  physicians.  As  late  as  ISQ'I,  Mr. 
F.  Mahla,  of  Chicago,  proved  this  Eclectic  hydrastine  to  be  an  aikaloidal  salt, 
and  showed  that  the  oase  was  brrherine.  Eclectic  physicians,  however,  refuse<l 
then  to  change  the  name  of  the  medicinal  salt,  ami  to  this  day  it  frequently  bear ; 
the  old  name,  hydrastine. 

The  demand  for  ''concentrated  medicines,"' or  .so-called  "Eclectic  concentia- 
tions,"  was  the  means  of  introducing  viuruite  of  hydniMine  (Jiydrofhlorate  of  bcrbe- 
rnie")  into  medicine.  Arguing  tiiat  if  podophyllum  yickled  an  active  medicinal 
product  by  precipitation  of  its  alcoholic  preparations  with  water,  the  early  Eclec- 
tics also  thought  that  an  active  product  could  be  thus  obtained  from  hydrastis. 
Upon  trial,  a  yellow,  bitter,  resinous  body  was  obtained  and  put  on  the  inarket 
as  a  "concentrated  powder,"  under  the  \yMue,reshwid  hi/dr<i;i(in.  It  soon  became 
evident  that  this  resinous  precipitate,  or  "resinoid,"  did  not  possess  the  medicinal 
qualities  of  the  crude  drug,  hence  a  desire  to  further  investigate  kd  to  the  method 
of  adding  hydrochloric  acid  to  the  supernatant  liquid  after  precipitation  of  the 
resinoid  (which  solution  was  shown  to  possess  the  major  part  of  the  active  prop- 
erties of  the  root),  with  the  result  of  obtaining  a  very  bitter,  brilliant  yellow 
precipitate.  To  distinguish  it  from  the  resinoid  kt/dnistin,  this  yellow  salt  was 
callea  hydmstin  (hydmKlint)  vcufral,  and  was  put  on  the  nnirket  by  three  manu- 
facturers under  the  following  names:  Mnrinte  of  /lydnistin,  hydraidn  ii(u(r(il,Rnd 
hydrastine.  The  name  hydra.itin  neutral  being  finally  dropped,  it  entered  the  lists 
s\a  hy draft ine,  vuiriale  of  kydrasline,  and  hydrastin,  the  resinoid  of  the  latter  name 
having  gone  out  of  market. 

To  recapitulate  we  find :  (1)  That  the  yellow  alkaloid  now  known  as  berhe- 
r(W  was  the  hydrat^tine  of  Rafinesque ;  (2)  that  the  medicinal  fn/drantine  of  the 
Eclectic  fathers  was  hydmchlnratc  of  brrhenne,  and  was  known  to  them  a.s  hydrastine 
or  ventral  hydrastine,  or  viuriate  of  hydrastin;  and  still  later  as  hyilrasti,,;  (3)  that 
the  name  hydrastin  originally  referred  to  tlie  resinous  precipitate  prepared  by  treat- 
ing the  alcoholic  tincture  with  water  and  drying  and  powdering  the  jirecipitate. 
To  make  matters  still  worse  a  mixture  of  various  substances  supitosed  to  repre- 
sent all  the  peculiar  constituents  and  virtues  of  hydrastis  was  named  ^'■mmbined 
hydrastin.''  This  is  the  onlydiug  miw  known  simply  as  ^Vf//v7.s(//j,  or  combined 
principles  A,'/</'"-''«"«.  Boviral  bcrberine  salts  have  been  used  in  medicine.  For 
further  particulars  concerning  the  early  history  of  berberine,  see  J.  U.  and  C.  G. 
Lloyd  (D.  and  M.  of  i\.  A.,\\,[.  I,  p.  96.) 

Brrhfrinem:\y  be  obtained  by  the  following  process,  recommended  byMr.Wm. 
Procter,  Jr. :  "Take  the  root  of  Hydrastis  canadensis,  or  of  Berberis  vulgaris,  pref- 
erably the  former,  in  coarse  powder,  exhaust  it  by  repeated  decoction  or  diges- 
tion in  boiling  water,  and  evaporate  the  filtered  liquid  to  a  soft  extract.  Treat 
this  with  stronger  alcohol  by  digestion  in  a  water-bath  still,  at  several  times  until 
it  is  exhausted  (or  until  a  quart  of  ahohol  has  been  employeu  for  the  extract 
from  each  pound  of  the  root ).  Add  to  the  tincture  one-fourth  of  its  bulk  of  water, 
distill  off  five-sixths  of  the  alcohol,  and  add  to  the  hot,  watery  residue  an  excess 
of  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  and  allow  it  to  cool.  The  sulphate  of  berberine  crys- 
tallizes out,  and  if  necessary,  may  be  drained  from  the  mother  li<iuid,  redissolved, 
in  the  smallest  quantity  of  boiling  water,  and  again  crystallized.  The  sulphati- 
of  berberine  thus  obtained  is  dissolved  in  boiling  water,  and  decomposed  b^' the 
addition,  in  exce.ss,  of  oxide  of  lead  (freshly  obtained  by  i)recipitation  from  the 
acetate  or  nitrate  of  lead  by  liquor  potass.a,  and  well  washed ),  the  solution  being 
kept  hot  during  the  d'-composition.  When  a  drop  of  the  hot,  clear  liquid  will 
not  be  precii)itated  by  baryta  water  or  acetate  of  lead,  tlie  decomposition  is  fin- 
ished. The  solution  .should  then  be  filtered  off  hot,  evaporated,  and  set  aside  for 
crystallization"  (Anur.  J«nr.  I'/iarm.,lSVA,  j).  10). 

The  aulhoT?i  of  J),  and  M.  of  N.  A.  prefer  the  preparation  of  berberine  by  the 
decomposition  of  berberine  sulphate  with  a  very  slight  excess  of  baryta  water. 
Ber6«-i(i«  (C„H|,NO.,  J.  Dyson  I'errins,  1862)  crystallizes  in  tufts  of  dark,  brown- 
red  needles,  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  and  practically  insoluble  in  sulphuric 


ether,  chloroform,  carbon  disulphide,  ami  benzol.  It  forms  crystallizable  salts 
with  acids,  such  as  the  hydrochlorate,  the  nitrate,  the  acid  and  the  neutral  sul- 
phate (mono- and  di-berberine  sulphate),  etc.  It  al;^o  forms  a  crystallizable  com- 
pound with  acetone,  called  acetoiw  berberine  (C,oH„NO,.C3H50;  (For  the  history 
and  descriptiovi  ol  the  salts,  see  D.  and  M.of  I^.  A.  The  graphic  formula  of  berbe- 
rine was  brought  to  light  by  W.  H.  Perkins.  Jr.,  in  1890. 

Hydrastine,  the  principal  white  alkaloid  of  hydrastis,  must  not  be  confused 

with  Rafinesque's  hydrnstme  or  with  the  Eclectic  medicine  hydrazine  luurinte.    It 

j,jg  j^gg  was  discovered  in  1850,  by  Mr.  Alfred  B. 

^___^- -  Durand(yl7ner.Jbwr.P/iarm., Vol. XXIII, 

^^-^-""T'^^^  ^^X"""^ /    h       P-  ^'^^'  "'^°  described  it  as  being  insolu- 

/^X\^''-'\  )^      ^'^C-2-— -^X — ^       ^^®  ^^  water,  sparingly  so  in  cold  ether 

^X'>^-''^^~"iy^      ^i^C  ^y^       and  alcohol,  more  soluble  in  boiling 

^ ^  ^  ether,  entirely  soluble  in  chloroform 

and  boiling  alcohol,  but  speaks  of  the 

crystals  as  being  of  a  brilliant  yellow 

-;j  ,v  yf"         fO\    color,  which  was  undoubtedly  due  to 

^.i  — _^  ^<*Y  V^   contamination  with  traces  of  berberine. 

^^ ^     \}  /^      Mr.  J.  Dy.«on   Per r ins  {Phnnn.  Jour 

^    ,,.„;,      ,  ,  r?^?!.^.,  May,  1862)  was  the  first  to  obUin 

CrystalB  of  Hydrastine,  natural  s.ze.  j^  ^.^j^'^     ^^^    p    ^I^j,,^_  ^^  Chicago,  pre- 

pared it  in  1863  (Amcr.  Jour.  Phnrm.,\o\.  XXXV,  p.  433;.  by  adding  aqua  ainmo- 
nise  in  slight  excess  to  the  mother  liquor  from  which  berberine  was  previously 
separated  as  hydrochlorate  by  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid.  The  crude 
hydrastine  was  then  purified  by  recrystallization  from  alcohol.  Also,  see  paper 
by  Prof.  F.  B.  Power,  on  the  preparation  of  hydrastine  in  Prnc.  Ainer.  Phdrm. 
Ass'„:,\SM,  p.  448.  Bydmsdne  (C„H„NOe,  Freund  and  Will,  Bit.  d.  Dtut^h.  Chevi 
Ges.,  1887,  p.  88j  is  tasteless  in  the  alkaline  saliva;  it  forms  salts  with  acids 
which,  however,  are  not  crystallizahlo.  Its  soluble  salts  are  acrid,  the  hydrochlo- 
rate, and  occasionally  the  citrate,  being  the  preferred  medicinal  salts.  Hydrastine 
salts  in  solution  are  decomjtosed  by  alkalies,  which  liberate  the  alkaloid  as  a  pre- 
cipitate. A  fluorescent  body  has  been  found  adhering  to  crystals  of  fii/drastine, 
its  effects  are  produced  in  the  presence  of  alkalies  (seeD.nnd  M.of  N.  A., Yo].  I, 
p.  143).  The  melting  point  of  hydrastine,  according  to  Prof.  Power,  is  132°  C. 
(269.6°  F.).  By  reduction  with  nascent  hydrogen,  this  author  obtained  crystal- 
lizable tetrn-hydro-hydrastine.  Hydrastine,  when  oxidized  in  acid  media,  is  con- 
verted into  opinnic  arid  (C^}I,.,0J  and  hydrastinine  (C,,H„NO,),  Freund  and  Will, 
1888 ;  also  see  E.  Schmidt  and  Wilhelm  (Archiv  dcr  Pharm.,  1888,  p.  3-53).  In  alka- 
line solution  viethylamine  and  hemipinic  a.nd  nicotinic  acids  Tesuh.  An  interesting 
account  of  the  chemical  relationship  between  hydrastine  and  narcotine  on  the  one 
hand,  and  berberine  and  papaverine  on  the  other,  is  given  by  Dr.  Alfred  R.  L. 
Dohme  in  the  Wet-tern  Drugt^ist,  1895,  y).  58.  The  statement  made  by  Dr.  Freund 
is  also  recorded,  that  hydrastine  and  berberine  exist  in  the  root  of  golden  seal, 
most  probably  in  the  free  state. 

C.\XADi.NE  (C.„H.,,XO.).  In  1873,  Mr.  A.  K.  Hale  (Ainer.  Joiir.  Phnnn.,  1873, 
p.  247),  announced  the  presence  of  a  third  alkaloid  in  hydrastis  root,  resembling 
berberine,  but  being  darker  in  color,  and  behaving  diflferently  toward  solvents. 
Mr.  .bihn  C.  Burt  (.Iwrr.Joiir.  PA«;»i.,  1875,  p.  481),  continued  these  observations. 
and  gave  additional  reactions.  Again,  Mr.  Herman  Lerchen  (Amcr.  Jour.  Phnrm., 
1879,  p.  470),  prepared  the  new  base,  naming  it  xanfhnpurrine,  on  account  of  the 
yellow  color  of  the  alkaloid  as  he  obtained  it.  Lastly,  F.  Wilhelm,  in  Prof. 
Schmidt's  lalioratory,  incidentally  obtained  minute  quantities  of  a  new  alkaloid 
(.4)rAfy(?friV(ar(;i.,  1888,  p.  345),  which  Prof.  Schmidt  named  f'imi«/(iif,  ami  which 
he  believes  to  be  identical  witli  tiie  third  alkaloid  of  hydrastis  obtained  by  his  pre- 
decessors. More  recently,  Prof.  Schmidt  found  canadine  to  be  tdni-hydro-berheriuf. 
havingtheformulaC,„HJ,NO,(.lrcA(0(/<r  P/i(jrm.,  1894,  pp.  136-154;  also  see  resume 
by  Mr.  F.  X.  Moerk,  in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1894,  p.  304).  Cnnadine  forms  an  almost 
insoluble  nitrate  by  means  of  which  the  alkaloid  was  obtained  from  hydrastis. 
The  free  base  forms  white,  acicular  crystals  melting  at  132.5T.  (270.5*  F.).  It 
is  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  benzol,  and  hot  petr<»- 
leum-ether;  the  hydrochlorate  and  hydrobromate,  esptHMftlly  in  exces^s  of  acid. 


HYDRASTIS.  1025 

are  not  ea.sily  solublf,  while  tlie  sulphate  forms  an  exception,  being  solulile  in 
water.  ^Vhen  exposed  to  light,  ainndiyie  gradually  turns  yellow,  being  converted 
into  berberine,  especially  in  sulphuric  avid  solution. 

From  the  researchi-s  of  Pri>f.  Schmidt,  it  bicomes  probable  that  hydrastis  root 
contains  in  adilition  sevcr.il  alkaloids  rt-latid  to  those  already  known,  but  occur- 
ring only  in  minute  quant  it  v.  (For  a  special  dissertation  on  hvdrastis,  the  reader 
is  referred  to  Vol.  I,  ot  D.  and  M.  of  N.  A.,  by  J.  U.  and  C.  G.  Lloyd,  from  which 
j>ublication  is  derived  nuuh  of  the  botanical  and  chemical  material  embodied 
in  this  ariiele  on  hydrastis  ) 

Medical  History,  Action,  Uses,  and  Dosage.— For  many  years  the  salts  of 
berberine  and  p'>wdered  hydrastis  were  the  chief  forms  in  which  this  drug  was 
administered.  At  the  present  time  tiiese  salts  and  the  crude  drug  are  but  little 
used,  and  in  this  paper  we  shall  confine  ourselves  principally  to  the  liquid  prepa- 
rations of  hydrastis — chief  among  which  are  the  specific  hydrastis  and  Lloyd's 
hydrastis.  As  there  have  been  many  prei)arations  of  this  "drug  thrown  on  the 
niarket  (since  Lloyd's  was  introduced),  uiulcr  the  name  "colorless  hyilrastis,"and 
accompanied  by  the  statement  that  they  are  preparations  of  the  white  alkaloid 
hydrdKtiiit',  it  is  but  fair,  in  speaking  of  Lloyd's  hydrastis,  that  we  should  state 
that  it  is  not  merely  a  solution  oi h;/dra!!tinc,'\\h'\ch' ia  probably  the  lea-=t  valuable 
constituent  of  hydrastis,  but  a  nn  paration  containing  the  cvnduned  calorhss  con- 
stitiiatts  of  t]ie  drug.  It  is  a  well-known  fact,  though  often  overlooked  by  those 
who  wish  to  make  it  appear  that  the  alkaluiclal  constituents  of  a  plant  are  alone 
the  valuable  and  active  therapeutic  factors,  that  the  combination  or  a>sociation  of 

Srinciples  formed  naturally  in  the  plant,  or  held  together  naturally  even  when 
erived  from  the  plant,  more  completely  represents  the  crude  drug  than  do 
the  isolated  and  forcibly  separated  alkaloids,  and  that  medicinal  virtues  are  pos- 
sessid  by  the  former  that  can  not  be  even  approximated  by  the  latter.  Thus  it 
is,  that  Lloyd's  hydrastis  is  much  superior  as  a  remedy,  than  if  it  were  merely  a 
fluid  preparation  "of  the  white  alkaloid.  From  some  experiments  made  by  Prof 
J.  A.  Jean^on  {Fc.  Mai.  Jour.,  ISSfi,  p.  586),  with  a  concentrated  solution  of  the 
associated  colorless  principles  divested  of  the  alkaloid,  hydrastine,  it  was  shown 
that  marked  therapeutic  effects  could  be  obtained  from  them  alone.  It  acted 
principally  as  an  astringent,  gradually  decreasing  and  finally  arresting  hyper- 
secretion. As  an  intrauterine  astringent  he  preferred  it  above  all  others.  In 
determining  its  physiological  effects,  he  administered  it  to  animals  in  health, 
but  could  not  observe  any  appreciable  eff'ect  ujion  temperature,  pulse,  or  respira- 
t' 11  y  apparatus.  These  physiological  doses,  however,  produced  constipation  and 
anorexia.  Thus,  we  observe,  as  is  very  frequently  the  case,  a  marked  contrast 
iietween  the  almost  negative  physiological  eff'ects  and  the  very  positive  thera- 
peutic results.  In  this  connection  we  can  state  that  Prof.  Lloyd  has  been  led, 
from  his  great  experience  in  observing  the  results  of  the  uses  of  hydrastis,  to 
.seriously  consider  the  advisability  of  excluding,  to  the  great  extent,  the  white 
alkaloid  from  Lloyd's  Hydrastis.  Reports,  unquestionably  reliable,  indicate  that 
it  is  often  irritating  and  objectionable. 

The  whole  drug,  including  the  alkaloid  hydrastine,  appears  to  stimulate  the 
respiratory  and  circulatory  apparatus,  imparting  increased  tone  and  power.  Arte- 
rial tension  is  augmented,  and  blood  pressure  in  the  capillaries  increased,  render- 
ing it  valuable,  like  belladonna  and  ergot,  in  overcoming  blood  stasis.  Its  action 
upon  the  nervous  system  has  been  compared  to  that  of  strychnine  (Ellingwood). 
though  less  energetic,  but  more  permanent.  Thus  the  tone  imparted  to  the 
heart  muscle  is  permanent,  rather  than  intermittent  or  spasmodic  (ilnd.).  The 
sensibility  of  the  nerve  endings  is  blunted  by  hydrastis  in  excessive  doses,  and 
in  the  lower  animals  large  doses  of  the  alkaloid  have  produced  death.  No  such 
toxic  action,  however,  has  been  observed  uiwn  man.  Muscular  nutrition  is  in- 
creased under  the  judicious  administration  of  hydrastis,  making  it  a  valuable 
agent  in  niMndar  debility,  and  in  altered  states  of  the  muscles,  particularly  of  the 
unstriped  variety. 

It  is  a  little  singular  that  hydrastis  was  not  mentioned  by  our  earliest  writers 
on  indigenous  materia  medica,  for  it  was  in  extensive  use  among  certain  of  the 
aboriginal  trilies  of  North  America,  being  used  both  as  a  medicine  and  as  a  color- 
ing material.     Prof.  Kenjaniin  Smitli  Barton  in  his  first  edition  of  "0)//<-rtion« /or 
65 


1026  HYDRASTIS. 

an  Essay  Toward  a  Materia  Medica  of  the  United  States''  (1798),  refers  to  the  Cherokee 
use  of  it  as  a  cure  for  cancer.  Later,  he  calls  attention  to  its  propertie.s  as  a  bitter 
tonic,  and  as  a  local  \va.«h  for  ophthalmia  From  that  time  on  it  was  endorsed  by 
Rafinesque,  Hand,  Smith,  and  the  various  writers  of  the  botanic  and  of  the  med- 
ical reform  schools.  The  extensive  range  of  uses  given  by  the  foregoing  writers  was 
not  included  in  the  first  edition  of  tlie  Aincrim n Dtxjiemsdtory  (1&52),  Prof.  King 
evidently  believing  the  virtues  of  the  drug  to  have  been  greatly  overdrawn.  He 
gave,  however,  a  careful  review  of  its  properties  and  uses,  and  thus,  for  the  first 
time,  it  became  firmly  established  as  an  Eclectic  medicine.  At  the  present  time 
it  is  a  great  favorite  with  Homa'opatliic  practitioners  and  with  a  large  proportion 
of  Allopathic  physicians.  It  was  introduced  into  Horaceopatliic  medicine  by  the 
late  Prof.  E.  ^I.  Hale,  M.  D.,  who  was  familiar  with  the  Eclectic  usts  of  the  plant. 

Hydrastis  is  bitter  to  the  taste,  and  induces  increased  activity  of  the  salivary 
glands.  It  sharpens  the  appetite  and  aids  digestion  when  indicated.  Schatz  ha.s 
shown  that  it  increases  contraction  of  the  muscular  fibers  of  arteries  without 
affecting  other  muscular  tissues  of  the  tubular  organs.  He  has  also  shown  that 
it  decreases  congestion  of  the  genito-uriuary  tract.  Rutherford,  who  investigated 
it,  concluded  that  it  was  a  hepatic  stimulant,  and  in  less  degree  stimulant  to  the 
intestinal  tract.  Its  power  as  a  hepatic  stimulant  is,  however,  probably  overrated, 
while  as  a  stimulant  of  the  gastric  and  intestinal  mucous  surfaces  its  action  is 
marked.  Hydrastis  exerts  its  chief  action  upon  the  mucous  and  glandular  struc- 
tures, and  to  some  extent,  through  its  white  alkaloid,  upon  the  nervi>us  system. 

Hydrastis  is  a  valuable  drug  in  disordered  states  of  the  digestive  apparatus, 
especially  when  functional  in  character.  It  is  not  adapted  to  all  classes  of  cases, 
but  is  rather  to  be  considered  as  indicated  in  disorders  of  a  sub-acute  charac- 
ter and  in  atonic  states  with  increased  tl'iwof  mucus.  In  mh-anite  and  chmnic 
injlaiiiiiialion  tciihfne  S(cntion  it  yiill  be  found  to  render  good  service.  Asa  gen- 
eral bitter  tonic  it  resembles,  though  does  not  equal  calumba  and  gentian,  but  is 
more  api)licable  to  debilitated  conditions  of  mucous  tissues.  Beginning  at  the 
mouth,  its  beneficial  action  may  be  traced  throughout  the  alimentary  canal.  For 
aphthous  stoiii'ititis  it  is  equaled  only  by  coptis  and  phytolacca.  It  is  not  the 
remedy  in  this  disorder  when  the  mucous  secretions  are  checked,  Vuit  is  best 
adapted  to  subacute  forms,  bordering  on  :ichronic  state.  As  a  remedy  for  various 
gastric  disorders  it  will  take  a  leading  place,  e>pecially  if  it  be  borne  in  mind 
that  it  is  never  beneficial,  but  on  the  contrary,  dues  harm,  in  acute  inflamma- 
tory conditions.  When,  however,  the  trouble  is  subacute  and  semi-chronic,  and 
especially  with  mucorrhaa,  or  even  secretion  of  pus,  the  drug  will  give  good 
results.  It  is  indicated  in  gastnc  irritability,  relieving  the  irritation,  and  after- 
ward restoring  the  tone  of  the  parts.  For  years  the  powdered  root  was  made  into 
acjueous  infusion,  which,  when  cold,  was  enii>loyed  with  marked  benefit,  but  now 
we  have  pleasantcr  preparations  which  give  ecjually  as  good  results  without  entail- 
ing the  unpleasantness  of  swallowing  a  large  quantity  of  bitter  and  crude  medi- 
cine. Lloyd's  hydrastis  has  proved  an  excellent  form  of  administration  in  cases 
of  "ire  iviilcr  dyspepsia,'  a.  dii^eased  condition  said  to  be  peculiarly  American,  on 
account  of  the  almost  universal  practice  in  this  country  of  drinking  ice  water  and 
iced  tea.  The  hydrastis  should  oe  given  in  10-drop  doses,  before  each  meal  and 
at  bedtime.  Chronic  giiMritis,\\\{\\  increased  secretion  (chmnic  gastric  catarrh), is 
often  promptly  met  with  this  drug.  It  is  very  valuable  in  gastric  ulnr.  Several 
physicians  have  observed  that  it  is  a  very  useful  remedy  to  exhibit  in  cases  of 
gastric  catarrh  following  the  inordinate  use  of  alcoholic  stimulants.  Prof.  Bar- 
tholow,  who  among  the  "  regulars,"  has  made  extensive  use  of  hydrastis,  gi>e3  so 
far  as  to  state  that  in  suflicient  doses  (tinctur^^^L^id  extract  >,  it  is  probably  the 
best  substitute  for  alcoholic  beverages  when  ^^^^isired  to  abandon  the  use  of 
spirituous  stimulants.  This  statement  is  riil^HRrby  the  therapeutic  editor  of 
the  National  Dispensatory.  However,  it  is  certain  that  it  is  valuable  in  any  form 
of  gastric  disorder,  no  matter  what  its  origin  may  be,  if  there  be  irritation,  or 
subacute  infiammatory  symptoms  vilh  innyascd  serrction — a  condition  of  alony. 
In  chronic  alroholisni  it  may  be  associated  with  capsicum  or  strychnine,  or  both, 
together  with  a  liberal  quantity  of  beef  tea  and  other  easily  digested  food,  reg:u- 
larly  administered.  Small  doses  of  hydrastis  will  be  found  indicated  in  that 
form  of  dysjicpsia  exhibiting  a  belching  of  jiutrescent  gases,  and  full.iwed  by  a 


HYDRASTIS.  in27 

Wfakue.-s,  ur  sonsation  of  "goneness"  in  the  pit  of  the  stomach.  If  j;reat  irrila- 
hility  of  the  stomach  is  present,  minute  doses  of  the  duid  preparations  or  of 
liydrastine  hydrochlorate  are  to  be  preferred.  When  there  is  less  irritation  ami 
great  inactivity,  po\vdere<l  hyilnistis  may  be  used.  When  the  larger  doses  are 
employed  it  should  be  immediately  after  meals. 

This  drug  is  equally  as  beneticial  in  oitdt-rhal  statis  of  the  intestines  and  gall 
ducts.  In  thindcmd  oitarr/i,  with  jaundice,  and  in  those  forms  of  catarrh  ofthebilinn/ 
/.</*«i(7<-s  due  to  accretions  of  inspissated  bile  mixed  with  crystallized  cholesterin. 
ilie  remedy  will  be  found  serviceable  if  continued  for  a  considerable  length  ot 
lime.  Hydrastis  should  be  remembered  in  o/w/»ifl<e  co/i.s(/;}hO'o)i.  It  is  especially 
useful  in  those  disordered  states  due  to  hcjnitic  obstruction  or  to  hepatic  confieMion, 
accompanied  or  not  with  intestinal  or  biliary  catarrh.  The  constipation  best  met 
with  hytlrastis  is  that  hinging  on  atunicconditionsof  theintestinal  glands, which 
may  be  gently  stimulated  to  normal  activity  by  small  doses  of  either  the  specific 
preparation  or  Lloyd's  hydrastis.  Prof.  King  considered  it  a  valuable  tonic  for 
enfeebled  st:ites  ot  the  alimentary  tract  in  infants  and  children,  and  recom- 
mended it  for  the  same  purpose  in  convalescence  from  "severe  attacks  oidiniThno, 
d)f8cntcn/,  nnd  other  debilitating  maladies."'  Local  application,  with  the  internal 
use  of  hydrastis,  has  been  resorted  tola  hemorrhoids,  Jif.iundanus,utcers  and  eczema 
of  the  o/ii<-<,  and  pro/, (^ /.serf  and  vlanitrd  rertuii),  with  apparent  benefit. 

For  the  use  of  hydrastis  in  respiratory  affections  we  insert  the  following  from 
a  jtrevious  article:  "Golden  seal  is  a  valuable  local  agent  in  affections  of  the  nose 
and  thruat.  It  acts  as  a  subastriugent  tonic  to  the  jiarts  to  which  it  is  applied. 
Simple  cularrhid,  follicular,  or  granular  pharyngitis  is  often  cured  by  it.  Si/philitic 
ulcerittionsoft/ienaso-pharynycalpamtgesare  relieved  and  often  cured  by  it.  The 
colorless  hydrastis  (Lloyd's)  has  a  beneficial  effect  in  the  various  forms  of  sore 
throat,  rhinilit,&nd  also  ulceratid  or  aphthous  varieties  of  tonsillar,  phuri/ngeal,  and 
retrophnryngeal  catarrh.  Subacute  and  naso-pharyngcal  catarrh  where  the  niucous 
membranes  are  dry  and  parched,  the  secretions  being  altered  in  quantity  and 
character,  is  cured  by  it.  In  catarrhal  hypertrophy  with  profuse  discharge  and 
thickening  of  the  Selineiderian  membrane,  this  pieparatiou  is  without  an  equal. 
It  should  oe  somewhat  diluted,  and  is  never  the  remedy  for  active,  in tlammatoiy 
lesions"  (Felterj.  For  that  disagreeble  state  accompanying  nasal  and  pharyn- 
geal catarrh,  in  which  the  mucus  forms  in  gelatinous  masses  and  drops  into  the 
throat,  hydrastis  is  probably  without  an  equal.  It  should  be  apijlied  locally  and 
also  adniinistered  internally.  Locally,  it  is  especially  serviceable  in  subacute 
forms  of  tondlitis,  &nd  occa-^ionaWy  m  diphtheria.  The  drug  is  more  especially 
indicated  in  catarrhal  affections  of  any  of  the  mucous  membranes  if  there  be  also 
muscular  debility. 

In  aural  and  ophthalmological  practice  this  drug  is  a  favorite  local  applica- 
tion. In  the  earlier  history  of  its  use  as  a  medicine,  infusion  of  the  root,  as  em- 
l.loved  by  the  Indians  met  by  Captain  Lewis,  in  1804  (during  the  famous  Lewis 
and  Clark  E.xpedition),  and  s<"plutioiis  of  berberine  salts,  as  used  by  the  "  Eclectic 
Fathers,"  were  employed  in  various  o^-//^^a/»iMi«.  These  forms  gave  e.^cellent  re- 
sults, the  one  objection  to  their  employment  being  their  staining  qualities.  At 
the  present  day  these  colored  preparations  are  seldom  used,  but  in  their  stead 
Lloyd's  hydrastis  gives  fully  as  great  satisfaction  therapeutically,  as  well  as  being 
l)leasant  in  taste  and  much  more  cleanly  as  a  hual  application.  It  may  be  em- 
ployed in  the  proportion  of  about  1  part  in  10  or  20  of  pure  water  in  coujumtival 
diseases.  It  is  only  useful  in  superficial  disorders  of  the  eye,  having  no  value  in 
intraocular  affections.  It  is  valuable  in  all  amjunctival  mllainmatioiis,  particularly 
-')  in  the  catarrhal  forms.  Foltz  regards  it  as  an  excellent  remedy  in /«///rw/nc 
'nijunctivitis.  Suiterfirial  corneal  ulcerations  are  benefited  by  it,  and  in  cilmry  blepha- 
ritis it  may  be  emploved  with  confidence.  It  is  well,  however,  in  the  latter  dis- 
order to  wiush  the  edg'es  of  the  lids  thoroughly  with  a  weak  solution  of  potassium 
bicarbonate,  rinse  well  with  pure  water,  and  lastly  apply  the  hydrastis  lotion.  It 
has  been  recommended  and  used  with  a  degree  of  success  in  trachomic  lids;  but  it 
is  not  nearlyso  effective  in  this  complaint  as  theointment  of  non-alcoholic  thuja. 
The  principal  use  of  this  drug  in  ear  dise(u<cs  has  been  for  the  cure  of  purulad 
luriammatioii  of  the  viiildle  ear,  provideil  granulations  do  not  exist.  It  may  be  em- 
ployed lieie  in  both  acute  and  chronic  inHainmalion>,  and  is  .specially  imlicatdl 


1028  HYDUASTIS. 

where  the  discharge  is  abundant.  It  may  be  dropped  in  the  ear,  or  the  ear  may 
be  cleansed  with  water  to  which  a  quantity  of  the  medicine  has  been  added. 
About  10  drops  of  solution  (1  to  6  or  8)  is  about  the  proper  amount  to  be  em- 
ployed when  instilled  into  tlia  aural  aperture.  Excellent  results  have  been  obtained 
by  using  it  in  this  manner,  mixed  with  specific  hamamelis,  to  which  water  is 
added  if  too  much  smarting  be  produced.  This  combination  has  served  us  well 
in  eczema  oj  the  aural  canal  and  in  irritation  due  to  inspissated  cerumen,  the  latter 
being  readily  softened  by  it. 

Prof.  Webstar  (_D;/nnui.  Therap.)  calls  attention  to  the  use  of  specific  hydrastis 
in  cases  of  myalijic  tinderncss  and  soreness.  He  regards  it  as  indicated  where  the 
unpleasant  symptoms  are  masked  during  rest  but  aggravated  by  pressure  and  by 
motion.  These  myalgic  symptoms  may  be  due  to  various  causes,  often  resulting 
as  reflexes  from  uterine,  rectal,  and  prostatic  disorders.  He  also  includes  in  the  cate- 
gory of  myalgic  complaints,  headac/ies  resulting  from  reflexes  in  which  the  scalp- 
muscles  are  involved;  pcctor(d  tenderness  due  to  lacerated  cervix  uteri;  and  the 
vnisculor  pains  caused  by  anemia,  resulting  fnjm  uterine,  hemorrhoidnl,  and  other 
hemorrhages.    The  dose  recommended  is  fri)ra  the  fraction  of  a  drop  to  1  drop. 

Taking  advantage  of  the  results  of  Prof.  Schatz's  investigation  of  the  action  of 
this  drug  on  the  circulation,  several  physicians  have  employed  it  in  hemorrhagic 
conditions  and  in  pathological  states  upon  which  hemorrhages  are  likely  to  depend. 
Schatz  found  it  useful  in  hemorrhagefrom  uterine Jihrouls  (mi/omata);  congestive  dys- 
menorrhea; hemorrhage  in  ?;i?-y»is,  persisting  even  after  the  use  of  the  curette;  hem- 
orrhages from,  subinvolution,  endometritis,  vietritis,  parametritis,  cicatrices,  stenotic  condi- 
tions, a.nd  climacteric  hemorrhage.  Operations  and  other  means  had  failed  in  the 
cases  above  mentioned,  but  hydrastis  cured.  The  dose  a<lministered  was  20  drops 
of  the  tincture  3  times  daily.  Too  small  a  dose  is  without  this  controlling  power 
over  the  walls  of  the  vessels,  according  to  Schatz,  while  large  doses  have  an  effect 
further  than  is  desired.  It  is  too  slow  a  remedy  for  a.cU\e post-partum  hemorrhage. 
but  may  be  employed  for  the  control  of  passive  hemorrhage.  It  is  useful  in  vietror- 
rhagia.  Like  ergot,  it  may  be  employed  for  the  reliei of  chronic  cerebral  hy]>eraemia. 
&nd  other  forms  of  cerebral  engorgement.  Other  observers  have  seen  its  beneficial 
action  in  the  cure  of  fungoid  endometritis,  lacerated  cervix,  and  pelvic  cellulitis.  Lo- 
cally and  internally,  excellent  results  are  obtained  from  hydrastis  in  Icucorrha a. 
both  vaginal  and  uterine.  For  gonorrhoea,  Lloyd's  hydrastis  probably  enjoys  a 
more  extensive  use  as  a  local  application  than  any  other  drug,  aud  this  use  of  it 
is  not  confined  to  Eclectic  practitioners  alone.  ¥  or  gket  it  is  equally  as  beneficial. 
For  this  purpose  it  may  frequently  be  combined  with  aqueous  thuja.  Salts  of 
zinc  and  lead,  in  very  small  amounts,  may  be  added  to  the  solution  of  hydrastis. 
If  carefully  em])loyed,  stricture  as  a  result  need  never  be  feared.  Other  prepara- 
tions of  hydrastis  will  give  good  results,  but  their  staining  qualities  coudemn 
them.  To  Prof.  John  King  must  be  accorded  the  first  mention  of  this  use  of  the 
drug.  He  also  used  it  successfully  in  '■'•  mcipunt  stricture,  i-jiermatorrhaa,  and  inHam- 
mation  and  iilccration  of  the  internal  coat  of  the  bladder."  As  a  remedy  for  cystitis,  it 
may  be  given  internally,  and  used  largely  diluted  to  wash  out  the  bladder.  Prof. 
Jean(,(in,ia  discussing  tlie  concentrated  solution  of  the  associated  principles  of 
hydrastis  (devoid  of  hydrastine),  says:  "  Formerly,  I  used  to  apply  locally  a  tam- 
l)on  or  wad  of  absorbent  cotton,  well  saturated  with  a  solution  of  the  double  sul- 
phate of  alumina  and  copper,  in  cases  of  ctrvical  erosions  and  light  tHipillary 
vegetations.  Now  I  apply  the  cotton  saturated  with  the  concentrated  solution  of 
tlicse  hydrastis  substances,  and  find  that  the  effect  is  all  that  can  be  desired.  The 
eroded  "surface  becomes  smooth,  the  vegetations  disappear,  and  a  fine  glistening 
layer  of  mucous  structure  soon  makt-s  its  appearance." 

Hydrastis  has  been  used  to  some  extent  in  cutaneous  diseases.  Prof.  Jeanvon 
cured  a  stubborn  case  of  eczmut  of  the  scrotum  with  it.  Othtr  taj^es  of  eczeiiui,  de- 
fending upon  gastro-intestinal  disturbances,  have  been  cured  by  Us  ialernalexlii- 
bition  alone.  Ame,  seborrhea  sicca  or  oleosa,  scmjula,  acne  rosacta,  tuptu<,  st/cosi.i,  boiU, 
carhuncUs,  and  ulcers,  wben  dependent  upon  gastric  ditliculties,  have  been  greatly 
benefited  and  Some  cases  cured  by  tlie  internal  use  of  the  drug  alone.  The  local 
use  at  the  same  time  hastens  the  cure.  Eczematous  manifestations  around  the 
ouili'ts  of  the  body  also  yield  to  tlie  kindly  a<  lion  of  golden  seal  locally  applied 
ll  has  been  said  loiure  ((i/u«r,  though  tliis  U>e  of  the  drug  is  overrated.    Still. 


HYDKASTIS.  1029 

many  oelieve  it  to  have  a  beneficial  effect  in  proloiijiiiig  life  and  in  mitigating  the 
severity  of  the  disease.  On  this  point  Prof.  Scudder  remarks,  "  In  some  cases  of 
cancer  with  sloughing  of  tissues,  and  in  malignant  ulceration,  no  application  will 
do  more  to  retard  the  i)rogress  of  the  disease  than  an  infusion  of  the  crude  article 
or  a  solution  of  the  alkaloid  (,^< //x  rnx  ).  It  has  been  claimed  that  the  internal 
administration  of  the  remedy  alone  will  prove  curative.  I  am  satisfied  that  in 
some  cases  tills  use  of  hydrastis  will  do  much  to  relieve  pain  and  lengthen  life, 
even  if  it  does  not  prove  curative."  Hale  and  others  consider  the  long-continued 
use  of  hydrastis  internally  excellent  in  n'Uinhug. ■<rirr/i  us  of  the  hrntM, -when  the 
tumor  is  hard  and  painful,  but  has  not  vet  advanced  to  ulceration. 

Hydrastis  should  be  remembered  lu  cimvakmnrefroia  dismsc-'i  having  exces- 
sive mucoid  discharges,  or  where  hemorrhage  has  played  an  imiiortaut  part.  For 
malaruil  dUordtrs  it  probably  has  but  little  to  recommend  it.  It  has  been  used  as 
an  anti-malarial  drug,  but  as  it  has  usually  been  employed  with  some  of  the  cin- 
chona alkaloids,  the  beneficial,  or  at  least  the  antiperiodic  eflects  were  probably 
due  to  the  latter.  Hydrastis  should  not  be  overlooked,  nevertheless,  in  convales- 
cence from  (jCHcnd  dcliililt/,  pwtnirlcd  fevers,  iiifl(immatm-i/  afferlions,  and  nervous  pros- 
tration. Hence  it  is  u-sefiil  to  combine  with  it  capsicum,  strychnine,  nux  vomica, 
iron  salts,  and  quinine,  when  there  are  clear  indications  for  their  selection.  Pros- 
trating tiighl-swedls  are  very  often  controlled  by  it.  In  heiiatic  and  stomachic  dis- 
orders it  may  be  greatly  aided  by  iris,  phytolacca,  bryonia,  arnica,  leptandra, 
chionanthu-j,  and  podophyllin,  provided  any  of  these  are  indicated.  Powdered 
hydrastis  and  the  extract  are  now  seldom  employed.  The  usual  do.se  of  specific 
hydrastis  ranges  from  the  fraction  of  a  drop  to  30  drops;  of  Lloyd's  hydrastis, 
from  5  drops  to  1  drachm;  of  infusion  of  Hydrastis  (gi  to  aquaOj)  from^to2 
fluid  ounces;  locally,  Lloyd's  hydrastis,  from  full  strength  (ulcerated  cervix  uteri), 
to  a  dilution  of  1  in  20  in  water.  Dose  of  the  powder,  from  10  to  30  grains;  of  the 
tincture,  from  1  to  2  fluid  drachms;  of  the  hydro-alcoholic  extract,  from  2  to  5 
grains;  of  the  fluid  extract,  10  to  60  minims;  hydrastine  (Eclectic^  1  to  6  grains; 
of  hydrastiniue  hydrochlorate,  J  to  li  grains;  berberine  (see  below),  2  to  20  grains; 
berbVriiie  hydnulilciratc,  1  to  5  grains;  berberine  sulphate,  1  to  5  grain.s. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Hydrastis  is  specifically  indicated  in  catar- 
rhal states  of  the  niuious  nienibranes,  when  unaccompanied  with  acute  inflam- 
mation. An  apparent  exception  to  this  is  in  acute  purulent  otitis  media,  in 
which  it  is  said  to  act  better  than  in  chronic  conditions;  gastric  irritability;  irri- 
tation of  parts  with  feeble  circulation;  muscular  tenderness  and  soreness,  worse 
under  pressure  or  on  motion;  passive  hemorrhages  from  uterus  and  other  pelvic 
tissues;  skin  diseases  depending  on  a  gastric  abnormality,  indicating  hydrastis. 

Related  Brag.— Ccclocline  polycarpa,  A.  DeCandoWe  (Ummn  jmli/rarpa,  De'Candolle),  }>/- 
lou-tliie  ir.f  ,,j  Sjuddii,  Btrberiite  tree.  An  African  tree  inhabiting  Sierra  l.eone,  Soudan,  and 
other  points  in  western  Africa,  which,  when  wounded,  exudes  a  juice  which  leaves  an  in- 
delible yellow  fitain  upcin  linen,  and  tinges  the  saliva  yellow.  It  is  used  as  a  yellow  dye  by 
the  natives,  and  imparts  both  color  and  bitterness  tow'ater.  Stenhouse  has  shown  the  color- 
ing principle  to  be  (-<  rh,  rine.  Medicinally,  it  has  been  used  in  decoction  and  powder  by  the 
inhahitants  of  Sierra  Leoiio,  as  a  topical  dressing  for  ohsliixile  ulcerallom. 

Preparation  of  Hydrastis.— I. iqcid  Hydrastis.  This  is  a  glycerin  preparation  intn»- 
diioi'd  l>y  till'  William  S.  .M.rrfll  Chemical  Company,  of  Cincinnati,  and  is  properly  a  specialty 
of  this  iirm.     lluid  hydrastis  is  employed  l)Oth  externally  and  internally. 

Related  Preparations.— BKREiERiNB  and  Its  Salts.  Bniuriun,  Berbmne.  (Foradi'Bcrip- 
tion  of  lurbfiiiie  see  al)ove.)  Herberine  is  an  excellent  tonic,  and  also  appears  to  possess 
slightly  laxative  properties.  It  will  be  found  to  exert  an  efficient  action  upon  all  abnormal 
mucous  tissues,  and  may  be  employed  In  ca.se8  where  barherry  or  hydrastis  is  indicated.  It 
may  be  used  in  powder.in  doses  of  "from  2  to  20  grains;  or  in  water,  to  which  citric,  tarturii-, 
or  acetic  acid  baa  been  added  to  aid  its  solution.  AcHate  qfbrrberiue  will  be  found  a  very  solu- 
ble salt,  and  of  much  efficacy. 

Beriieri.n.b  HvDROcHi-ORAS,  Berlnriiie  hydrochlorate  (see  above).— Hydrochlorate  of  her- 
berine ia  a  tonic,  with  an  especial  action  on  diseased  nuicoua  tissues ;  It  poRsesses,  in  an  emi- 
nent degree,  the  tonic  virtues  of  the  root,  and  was  formerly  nnich  used,  ami  ia  still  employed, 
by  some  physicians  as  a  substitute  for  it.  It  is  more  benehcial  as  a  tonic  durini;  lonvalesceiice 
from  exhauf'ting  di»eaai»,  such  as  biliom  and  tiiiihuid  /ners,  acute  hriinlitis,  (jnitlrlllf,  nil'  rilh.  ilinr- 
rhirn,  di/srnten/,  etc.  In  di/npepKia  anil  chnmic  iiiHiimnialhn  of  llie  itomnch  it  is  very  valuahle,  and 
will  be  found  of  especial  advantage  in  the  treatment  of  pi»rson»  who  are  int«-mneriite.  gradu- 
ally removing  the  abnormal  condition  of  the  stomach,  and  in  many  instances  destroying  the 
appetite  for  li<iuor;  it  niav  be  condjined  in  these  '-ases  with  sulphate  of  iic.inine,  extract  of 
quassia,  or  other  hitter  toiiie.     In  linoulir,;  n  coinhination  of  opial  parts  of  hvdrm-hlorate  of 


1030  HYDROCOTYLE. 

berberine,  extract  of  bayberrj'  bark,  and  oleorosin  of  prickly  ash  bark,  will  often  prove  efficient. 
Coinbined  with  sulphate  of  quinine  and  extract  of  leptandra,  it  was  once  considered  useful  in 
infantih'  rnnitU-nt  fi-cer.  Equal  parts  of  hydrochlorate  of  berberine,  resin  of  caulophyllum,  and 
extract  of  leptandra,  form  an  excellent' medicine  ior  aphtlue  and  other  ukeratiotu  of  Ihe  nv/udi 
and  tlii-itat,  in  infants,  as  well  as  adults;  it  should  be  administered  internally.  A  pill  com- 
posed of  1  crrain  of  hvdrochlorate  of  berberine,  ^  of  a  grain  of  alcoholic  extract  of  nux  vomica, 
and  sufficient  olooresin  of  ptelea  to  form  a  pill-mass,  is  found  an  efficient  remedy  for  some 
forms  of  dyxjiiimti,  and  loss  of  appetite;  1  pill  to  be  given  for  a  dose,  and  repeate<i  3  times  a 
dav.  Dose  of  hydrochlorate  of  berberine:  For  an  adult,  from  1  to  b  grains;  for  children, 
from  .'  a  grain  to  3  grains ;  and  which  may  be  repeated  from  3  to  0  times  a  day,  if  required. 
Bekbkkjn.e  i^vi.VH\ii,  Berberiiu  sulphate. — Four  grains  of  sulphate  of  berberine,  dissolved 
in  1  fluid  ounce  of  hot  water,  forms,  when  cold,  an  excellent  collyrium  in  puml^iU  and  phlye- 
teuular  coiijuiidiviti.-',  and  an  efficient  injection  in  otorrlitea,  oztena,  leucorrhoea,  catarrh  oj'Oie  bladder, 
chronir  ijuiiorrhaa,  prostatorrhcea,  and  relaxed  or  enfeebled  condiiiom  of  mucom  membranes.  Staining 
of  garments,  etc.,  is  an  objection  to  the  local  use  of  berberine  salts. 

HYDROCOTYLE.— WATER  PENNYWORT. 

The  entire  plant  of  Hydrocotyk  Asiaikc,  Linne. 

Nat.  Ord.— Umbelliferse. 

Common  Names:  Water  pmnytvort,  Thick-leaved  pe^inywort,  Indian  pennyvxrri, 
Bevilacqua. 

Illustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  117. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — The  genus  Hydrocotj-le  is  an  extensive 
family,  comprising  nearly  100  .<j)ecies  that  are  found  throughout  the  temperate 
world*,  consisting  mostly  "of  small,  inconspicuous  marsh  herbs.  The  generic  char- 
acters are:  Flowers  small,  in  simple  umbels;  petals  5,  white,  the  points  not  in- 
flexed;  calyx  margin  wanting;  fruit  of  2  carpels,  which  are  flattened  laterally, 
5-ribbed,  and  not  furnished  with  oil-tubes. 

Hydrocotyk  Asiatica  is  a  low,  creeping  plant,  widely  difi'used  over  the  warmer 
parts  of  the  world,  and  abundantly  met  with  in  India,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and 
Australia.  The  leaves  are  kidney-shaped,  crenate,  and  the  petioles  attached  at 
the  base  of  the  leaf. 

In  England  the  genus  is  represented  by  a  single  species.  H.  vulgaris,  which  is 
found  growing  in  most  parts  of  Europe.  The  leaves  of  this  species  are  nearly 
orbicular,  and  about  the  size  of  an  English  pennj';  hence  the  common  name 
"pennyimrt."  The  name  "sheep-rot''  is  sometimes  applied  from  the  supposition 
that  it  causes  the  "  rot"  when  eaten  by  sheep.  The  leaf-stalks  are  attached  to  the 
leaf-blade  near  the  center  of  the  under  surface,  a  position  comparatively  rare 
among  plants. 

There  are  five  American  species  of  Hydrocotyle.  all  small  herbs,  growing 
in  swamps.  H.  iimbellata  and  H.  interrupta  have  the  leaves  peltate ;  while  in 
H' Americann,  H.  ranuncitloides,  and  H.  repandn  the  leaves  are  attached  to  the  leaf- 
stalks at  the  base  of  the  blades.  Hydrocotyk  Americana  is  the  most  common  native 
Bpecies,  and  is  found  farther  north  than  the  others.  It  is  a  delicate,  slender  plant 
growing  in  damp,  shady  places;  the  leaves  are  thin  and  smootli,  and  are  borne  on 
short  leafstalks  ;  the  minute  wliite  flowers  are  in  close  sessile  umbels,  in  the  axes 
of  the  leaves.  The  Ht/droroti/lc  ruliriris  and  tlio  5  American  species  have  proper- 
ties pnd.al>ly  similar  to  those  of  Hie  //.  Asnitlm. 

Medical  History  and  Chemical  Composition.— In  1852,  Dr.  Boileau,  of 
India,  having  been  for  many  years  attlicted  with  leprosy,  heard  that  the  American 
plant,  called  Chiiichunchulli',  v,-i\s  of  value.  This  plant  was  said  to  resemble  the 
violet,  and,  while  waiting  for  the  arrival  of  a  supply,  the  doctor  experimented 
with  Hydrocotyk  Asiatica,  and  recovered.  He  subsequentlv  used  the  remedv  with 
other  lepers.  "  His  experience  was  published,  the  plant  \)eing  callwl  ftriViKi/un. 

In  18.53  or  18.54,  M.  Jules  Lepine  continued  the  subject  in  the  iV<i«/r(i,<  (inutte 
(Phnrm.  Jour,  and  Tram..  1853  and  18.54),  and  confirmed  the  assertions  of  Pr. 
Boileau  regarding  its  elliciency  in  leprosy.  Before  this,  liowever,  the  plant  is  said 
to  have  occupied  a  place  in  the  Indian  5lateria  Medica.  The  composition  of  the 
plant  is  not  known,  beyond  the  experiments  of  Lepine,  who  decided  that  an 
oily  substance,  named  by  him  vellarin,  was  the  active  medicinal  principle.  (See 
Christv,  .\cw  Commercial  Hints,  1885,  p.  58.) 


HYOSCIN.K  HYniKiHKOMAS.-lIYOsCYAMlX.K  HYDKOBKoM AS,  W6l 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Tliis  plant  should  be  ranked  among 
the  acronaicolic  uoisons,  along  with  tlm  CKnantlia  crocata,  and  the  C^icitas.  Boi- 
Ifau,  Lepine,  ana  others  liave  found  it  u.-eful  as  a  remedy  against  elrphantiaaia  of 
the  Greeks  (leprosy).  Devergie,  C'azenave,  Waring,  Hunter,  etc.,  have  derived 
benefit  from  it  in  chronic  eczema  and  otlier  cutniicniis  vwkidies,  in  8rr<>ful<i,  secmidari/ 
f-yp/iiliSjii  'riTS, and c/ironicr/icumiitinm.  It  is  an  at'tive  agent,  large  amounts  induc- 
ing headache,  dizziness,  and  stuj)or,  as  well  as  bloody  passages  from  the  bowels. 
Itching  of  the  skiu  is  said  to  be  occasioned  by  it  also.  As  tlie  root  is  very  hygro- 
scopic, and  is  not  well  preserved  in  powder,  its  best  form  for  administration  is  in 
infusion,  or  syrup,  1  ounce  of  the  root  to  1  pint  of  fluid,  and  which  may  be  given 
in  doses  of  from  4  to  1  fluid  ounce,  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day.  An  alcoholic 
extract  may  likewise  be  used  in  doses  of  from  J  to  |  of  a  grain.  Notwithstanding 
the  favoral>le  rej)ort3  concerning  the  efficiency  of  tliis  plant,  it  has  fallen  into 
disuse,  and  is  seldom  employed  at  the  present  day. 

The  Hydrofotyle  gummi/era,  growing  in  Brazil  and  in  the  Antilles,  has  been 
used  in  hepatic  and  re)ial  affections. 

HYOSCINiE   HYDROBROMAS  (U.  S.  P.)— HTOSCINE 

HYDROBROMATE. 

"The  hydrobromate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained  from  Hyoscyamus.  It  should 
be  kept  in  small,  well-stoppered  vials" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Formiia:   C„H,,N0.HBr-f3IIp.     Molkcl-lar  Weight:  436.98. 

Preparation. — The  mother  licpiors  from  the  preparation  of  hyoscyamine  were 
found  by  l.Mclinliuiii,  in  18H),  to  yield  the  syrupy  alkaloid  hijosrliie.  It  is  freed 
from  hyoscyamine  by  jirodming  the  gold  cliloride  double  salts,  and  that  of  hyos- 
cine  is  more  soluble  than  its  corresponding  hvosc\anjine  salt,  thereby  allowing 
its  separation.  The  melting  p..int  of  the  hyoscine  salt  is  198°  C.  (388.4°  F.).  The 
union  of  the  alkaloid  with  hydrohromic  acid  yields  hi/oscine  hydrobromate. 

Description.— ''Colorless,  transparent,  rhombic  crystals,  odorles.s,  and  having 
an  acrid,  .slightly  bitter  taste;  permanent  in  the  air.  Solul)le,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.), 
in  1.9  parts  of  water,  and  in  13  parts  of  alcohol;  very  slightly  soluble  in  ether  or 
chloroform.  When  heated  to  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  the  salt  loses  its  water  of  crystalli- 
zation, and  fuses  to  a  thick,  syrupy  mass,  which  becomes  quite  fluid  at  160°  C. 
(320°  F..).  When  ignited,  it  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The  salt  is  neutral 
to  litmus  paper.  Addition  of  ammonia  water  to  the  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt 
(1  in  6U)  produces  no  change,  but  sodium  or  potassium  hydrate  T.S., causes  a 
white  turbidity.  Addition  of  silver  nitrate  T.S.  to  the  aqueous  solution  produces 
a  yellowish-white  precipitate,  which  is  insoluble  in  nitric  acid,  but,  when  filtered 
off  and  washed,  is  soluble  in  ammonia  water  diluted  with  its  own  volume  ot 
water.  If  5  drops  of  fuming  nitric  acid  be  added  to  0.01  Gm.of  the  salt,  in  a 
small  porcelain  capsule,  and  the  mixture  be  evaporated  to  dryness  on  a  water- 
bath,  a  scarcely  tinted  residue  will  be  left,  which,  when  treated,  after  cooling,  with 
a  few  drops  of  an  alcoholic  solution  of  potassium  hydrate,  will  assume  a  violet 
color"— (r.S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Hyosq/avius.) 

HYOSCYAMIN.*:  HYDROBROMAS  (U.  S.  P.)— HYOSCYAMINE 
HYDROBROMATE. 

"The  hydrobromate  of  an  alkaloid  ol)tained  from  Hyoscyamus.  It  should 
be  kept  in  small,  well-stoppered  vials" — (I'.S.P.). 

Formii.a:  C,,H„NO,HHr.     Molecular  Weight:  369.14. 

SvNO.w.M:   Hyosri/fimiiium  hydrobromicum. 

Description.— 'A  yellowisli-white,  amorphous,  resin-like  mass,  or  prismatic 
crystals,  having,  particularly  when  damp,  a  tobacco-like  odor,  and  an  acrid,  nau- 
seou.s,  and  bitter  taste;  deliquescent  on  exposure  to  air.  Soluble,  at  15°C.  (59° 
F.),in  about  0.3  part  of  water,  2  parts  of  alcohol,  3000  parts  of  ether,  or  250  parts 
of  cldoroform.     At  78°  C.  (172.4"*^  F.),  the  salt  melts,  for 


forming  a  nearly  colorless 


1032  HVOSCYAMIN.E  SrLPHAS.-HYOSCYASUS. 

liquid.  When  ignited,  it  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The  salt  is  neutral 
to  litmus  paper.  An  aqueous  Folution  of  the  salt  is  not  precipitated  by  platinic 
chloride  T.S.  (difference  from  most  other  alkaloids).  With  gold  chloride  T.S.  it 
yields  a  precipitate  which,  when  recrystallized  from  a  small  quantity  of  boiling 
"water  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  is  deposited,  on  cooling,  in  minute,  lus- 
trous, golden-yellow  scales  (difference  from  atropine).  The  aqueous  solution  of 
the  suit  yields,  with  silver  nitrate  T.S.,  a  yellowi.sh-white  precipitate,  which  is  in- 
soluble in  nitric  acid;  but,  when  filtered  off  and  washed,  is  soluble  in  ammonia 
water  diluted  with  its  own  volume  of  water" — [U.  S.  P.). 
Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Hyoscyamus.) 

HYOSCYAMINiE  SULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— HYOSCYAMIKE 
SULPHATE. 

"The  neutral  sulphate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained  from  Hyoscyamu^.  It  should 
be  kept  in  small,  well-stoppered  vials" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Formula:  (C„H^N03),H2S0,.    Molecular  Weight:  674.58. 

Preparation. — Carefully  neutralize  an  alcoholic  solution  of  hyoscyamine  with 
diluted  sulphuric  acid  and  evaporate  in  the  cold.  It  may  also  be  obtained  by 
slowly  concentrating  the  diluted  sulphuric  acid  solution  of  hyoscyamine  over 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  It  is  claimed  by  some  that  this  salt  forms  in  small 
crystals,  but  Ladenburg  maintains  that  only  hyoscine  salts  and  not  those  of  hyos- 
cyamine are  crystallizable.  As  found  in  market  both  lines  of  salts  are  somewhat 
colored,  hut  when  pure  are  white  or  colorless. 

Description.— -"White,  indistinct  crystals,  or  a  white  powder,  without  odor, 
and  having  a  bitter,  acrid  taste;  deliquescent  in  damp  air.  Soluble,  at  15°C. 
(o9°  F.),  in  0.5  part  of  water,  and  in  2.5  j)arts  of  alcohol ;  very  slightlv  soluble  in 
ether  or  chloroform.  At  140°  to  160°  C.  (284°  to  320°  F.)  the  salt  'melts,  and, 
upon  ignition,  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The  salt  is  neutral  to  litmus 
paper.  An  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  is  not  precipitated  by  platinic  chloride 
T.S.  (difference  from  most  other  alkaloids).  With  gold  chloride  T.S.  it  yields  a 
precipitate  which,  when  recrystallized  from  a  small  quantity  of  boiling  water 
acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  is  deposited,  on  cooling,  in  minute,  lustrous, 
golden-yellow  scales  (difference  from  atropine).  The  aqueous  solution  of  tiie  salt 
vields,  with  barium  chloride  T.S.,  a  white  precipitate  insoluble  in  hydrochloric 
acid"— {U.S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (Bee  Hyosq^amm.) 

HYOSCYAMUS  (U.  S.  P.)— HYOSCYAMUS. 

"  The  leaves  and  flowering  ioY>»  of  Hi/osci/amus  /(/(/tv,  Linne,"  "collected  from 
plants  of  the  second  year's  growth" — (T.  S.  P.).  .-Mso  the  .seeds  <>f  Hwn>n/amxti 
niger,  Linne. 

Nat.  Old. — Solanacese. 

CoM.MoN  Name:  Henbane. 

Ili.ustk.^tio.n  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plant.t,  194. 

Botanical  Source. — Henbane  is  a  biennial  jilant,  with  a  long,  spindle-shaped, 
thick  and  corrugated  root,  of  an  internal,  whitish  color,  and  e.^ternally  brown. 
The  stem  is  from  6  inches  to  2  feet  high,  erect,  tapering  scarcely  branched,  and 
covered  closely  with  long,  weak  hairs,  tipped  with  a  minute  black  gland.  The 
leaves  are  large,  oblong,  acute,  alternate,  coarsely  and  unequally  sinuated.  occa- 
sionally somewhat  decurrent,  stem-clasping  at  the  base,  pale  dull-green,  and 
slightly  pubescent,  witii  long,  glandular  liairs  upon  the  midrib.  The  tlowers  are 
numerous,  a.xillary,subsolitary,  nearly  sessile,  and  embosomed  in  the  up[>ermost 
leaves,  than  which  they  are  much  shorter.  The  corolla  is  of  a  dull,  dirty  yellow, 
strongly  netted  with  purple  veins,  deep-purple  at  the  orifice,  funnel-shapetl,  with 
a  somewhat  erect,  5-lobed  limb;  lobes  rounded,  spreading,  the  2  anterior  a  little 
smaller  than  the  others,  and  separated  at  base  by  a  deep  slit  in  the  tuW.  Calyx 
villous,  funnel-shaped,  5-lobed,  regular,  wider  than  the  corolla,  to  whose  \nW  it 


HYO.S(YAMVS. 


1(i:j:} 


Fig.  139. 


Hyoscyamus  niger. 


is  equal  in  length  and  persii^tent ;  i;ich  lobe  is  ovale  ami  acute,  with  an  open 
lestivation.  Stamens  5,  deelinate,  straight,  t^horter  than  the  corolla,  the  3  lower 
longer  than  the  others,  filaments  juibescent,  inserted  about  llie  middle  of  the 
lube  of  the  corolla,  and  inclined;  anthers 
cordate  and  purple.  The  ovary  is  nearly 
round,  shining,  pale-green,  2-cellcd,  with 
numerous  ovules,  adhering  to  tlie  dissepi- 
ment; style  till  form,  declinate,  and  )iurple 
at  theape.^;  stigma  blunt, rouml,  and  capi- 
tate. The  fruit  is  an  ovate,  2-celled  cap- 
sule, opening  transversely  by  a  ci'iivex  lid. 
The  seeds  are  many,  small,  obovate,  and 
brownish  (L. — B.)."  The  whole  plant  has 
a  disagreeable,  fetid  odor,  and  a  repulsive 
appearance. 

History. —  Henbane  is  an  European 
herb,  naluralized  in  this  country,  growing 
in  wiiste  grounds  and  commons,  and  flow- 
ering from  June  to  September.  Botanists 
are  divided  as  to  whether  it  is  an  annual 
or  biennial  plant.  All  parts  of  tlie  plant 
are  medicinal,  but  the  leaves  and  seeds  are 
the  parts  usually  employed;  the  former 
should  be  collected  at  the  time  of  its  flow- 
ering, and  the  latter  when  perfectly  ma- 
tured. The  leaves  of  the  second  year's 
growth  of  the  plant  are  reputed  more  active  than  those  of  the  first  year;  when 
fresh  they  abountl  in  a  viscid  juice,  and  when  bruised  have  a  nauseously  rank, 
narcotic  smell,  and  an  acrid,  oleaginous,  disagreeable  taste.  Upon  drying,  the 
smell  and  taste  are  almost  destroyed.  Tlie  leaves  impart  their  properties  to 
diluted  alcohol;  water,  alcohol,  ether,  fixed  or  volatile  oils  also  take  up  a  portion 
of  their  virtues.  The  aqueous  infusion  is  tasteless,  light-yellow,  and  has  the  taste 
and  odor  of  the  plant.  The  leaves  should  be  kept  in  a  dry  situation  on  account 
of  their  tendency  to  absorb  moisture. 

Description. —  HYoscY.A.Mrs  (V.  S.  P.).  "Leaves  ovate,  or  ovate-oblong,  up 
to  25  Cm.  (^10  inches)  long  and  10  Cm.  (4  inches)  broad;  sinuate-toothed,  the 
teeth  lar:_'e,  oblong  or  triangular;  grayish-green,  and,  i)articularly  on  the  lower 
surface,  glandular-hairy;  midrib  prominent;  flowers  nearly  sessile,  with  an  urn- 
shaped,  5-toothed  calyx,  and  a  liglit  yellow,  purple-veined  corolla;  odor  heavy, 
narcotic;  taste  bitter  and  somewhat  i'.crid" — (U.  S.  P.).  For  a  microscopical  ex- 
amination of  powdered  hyoscyamus  leaves,  see  Prof.  S.  E.  Jelifie,  in  Druggists' 
CVVat^r,  1899,  p.  74. 

Hyoscyami  Semen.  Hyoscyamtis  seeds. — The  seeds  were  official  in  the  U.  S.  P., 
1870.  They  are  employed  for  Ihe  production  of  the  alkaloid,  hyoscyamme.  They 
are  small,  numerous,  oval,  obtuse,  or  somewhat  reniform,  compressed,  finely  dot- 
ted, of  a  yellowish-gray  color,  and  having  the  same  taste  and  odor  as  tlie  leaves, 
hut  with  oiliness.  The  interior  is  whitish,  displayingwithin  the  albumen  a  figure 
'Jshaped  embryo.    The  concavity  of  the  seed  is  marked  by  the  hiluin. 

Chemical  Composition. — According  to  Morries,  an  empj-reumaticand  highly 
poisonous  oil  is  olitainable  by  the  destructive  distillation  ol  henbane  {Kdin.  Med. 
(uid^'u/Y/.  J'.,(,-.,Vul.XXXlX,p.370),  Thechief  constituents  of  hyoscyamus  seeds, 
iiesides  fi.xcd  oil  and  fatty  matter,  gum,  starch,  albuminous  matter,  etc., are  two 
alkaloids, /i;/o«r?/a»)U/ie  and /(i/o.-ia'xe,  the  latter  having  been  recognized,  in  ISSO,  by 
L:idenburg"(/>i<'''.^'"i.,Vol.C'CVl,p.270),and  ))reviously  (1876)  observed  by  Buch- 
lieim,  and  ca.led  hy  h\m  sdcrranine.  Mr.  F.  Mahla  obtained  nearly  2  p.rcentof 
nitrate  ot  potassium  from  the  leaves  of  henbane  (.l/iKr.  Jour.  Phann.,  IWil.  p.  402). 

Hyoscvami-SE  (C,,H„N03,  Ladenl)urg),  was  found  in  iienbane  (impure)  by 
Peschier  (1821;  and  by  Payen  (1824),  and  subsequently  purified  by  tieiger  and 
Hes.se  (1838).  It  is  nuire  abundant  in  the  .eee<ls  than  in  the  herb,  the  latter  when 
fresh,  yielding  0.14  to  0.16  per  cent;  in  the  fresh  seeds  Wadgymiir  (P/w.  ylmfc. 
I'hiirm.  Asmc,  1867,  p.  404  i,  found  as  high  as  0.52  per  cent  of  the  alkaloid.    ( For  a 


1U.]4  HYOSCYAMUS. 

Buniraary  review  of  the  various  methods  pursued  in  isolating  hyoscyamine,  tee 
Husemann  and  Hilger,  PJianzenstoffe,r).  1181.)  In  purest  form  it  is  obtainable  from 
its  (purified)  gold  double  chloride  (Ladeuburg).  Pure  hyoscyimine  crystallizes  in 
tufls  or  stellate,  silky  needles  of  an  acrid,  unpleasant  taste;  when  impure  it  is  an 
amorphous,  deliquescent  mass,  having  a  nauseating,  narcotic,  tobacco-like  smell. 
It  dissolves  sparingly  in  cold,  more  readily  in  hot  water,  is  soluble  in  alcohol, ether, 
chloroform,  benzol,  and  amj'l  alcohol.  Its  melting  point  is  108.5°  C.  (227.3°  F.). 
Hi/osri/nmiiie  is  strongly  basic  and  forms  crystallizaljle  salts  with  acids.  In  aqueous 
solution  it  is  very  unstable,  being  decomposed  by  heat,  especially  when  heated 
with  alkalies,  ammonia  then  being  liberated.  Ladenburg  proved  it  to  be  an 
i.somer  of  atropine  (which  see),  yielding  the  same  decomposition  products  (tropine 
and  tro2-nc  arid)  as  atropine  when  heated  with  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  or  baryta 
water.  From  solutions  of  its  salts,  hyoscyamine  is  but  incompletely  precipitated 
by  caustic  alkalies  or  carbonates;  it  forms  precipitates  with  auric  chloride,  tinc- 
ture of  iodine,  tannic  acid,  and  other  alkaloidal  reagents.  The  platinic  double 
chloride  is  more  soluble  than  that  of  atropine.  This  behavior  permits  its  isola- 
tion from  commercial  (impure)  atropine.  Hyoscyamine  is  identical  with  duhoisine 
from  Duboisia  imioporoides  (Ladenburg),  and  is  likewise  identical  with  daturine 
(see  Merck's  Index,  1896).  Hyoscyamine  is  an  active  poison,  as  are  its  salts;  a 
minute  quantity  of  it  placed  within  the  eye,  causes  a  persistent  dilatation  of 
the  pupil. 

Hyoscine  (Ci,H5,N0„  0.  Hesse  and  E.  Schmidt).  This  base  was  obtained  by 
Ladenburg  from  commercial  semi-liquid  brown  hyoscyamine  by  dissolving  it  in 
water,  precipitating  with  gold  chloride,  and  recrystallizing  from  hot  water,  from 
which  solution  hyoscine  gold  chloride  fir.'^t  precipitates,  and  the  base  is  then  easily 
regenerated.  Hyoscine  forms  an  amorphous,  semi-liquid  mass,  not  easily  soluble 
in  water,  easily  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  It  j'ields  crystallizable  salts  with 
acids,  and  on  warming  with  baryta  water  at  a  temperature  of  60°  C.  (140°  F.). 
is  decomposed  into  tropic  acid  (t',H,„0,),  and  pseudo-tropine  (C,H,jXOi.  A  water 
soluble  hyoscine  was  recently  found  by  O.  Hesse  to  be  obtainable  in  compara- 
tively lartre  quantities  from  the  flowers  of  D«;i(/-a  ofta,  an  ornamental  plant  cul- 
tivated  in  southern  Grrniany  (D'(';/f/;>^<' C/rrH/ar,  1809,  p.  85). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — ^Ilyoscyamus  is  a  powerful  narcotic, 
and  is  dangerously  poi.sonou.';,  tliuugh  fatalities  from  it  or  its  alkaloids  are  rare. 
In  fact,  the  physiological  action  of  hL-nbane  and  its  bases  scarcely  differs  from  that 
of  stramonium  and  belladonna  and  their  alkaloids,  except  in  degree.  It  produces 
the  same  dryness  of  the  mouth,  flushing  of  the  face,  pupillary  dilatation,  quick- 
ened cardiac  and  respiratory  action,  illusions,  hallucinations,  and  delirium  occa- 
sioned by  belladonna,  only  in  a  lesser  degree.  No  difference  is  observable  in  the 
action  of  hyoscyamine  and  atropine  upon  the  mechanism  of  accommodation  and 
upon  the  movements  of  the  lungs  and  heart.  Hyoscyamine  is  more  hypnotic  and 
less  apt  to  cause  delirium  than  atropine.  The  dilatation  of  the  pupils,  which, 
however,  does  not  always  take  place  under  hyoscyamine,  is  caused  by  stimulation 
of  the  sympathetic  nerves.  When  death  occurs  from  liyoscyamus  or  its  alkaloids 
it  is  due  to  respiratory  jiaralysis.  The  alkaloids  are  eliminated  by  tlie  kidneys. 
In  large  doses,  but  in.sullicient  to  produce  death,  the  tendency  of  hyoscyamus  is 
to  produce  general  paralysis  of  the  nervous  structures.  One  patient  lost  her 
memory  from  being  poisoned  with  it.  Among  the  ill  eftects  of  hyoscyamus  are: 
Deranged  vision,  dilatation  of  the  pupils,  giddiness,  general  excitation,  fullness 
of  pulse,  flushing  of  the  face,  weight  in  the  head,  headache,  loss  of  muscular  con- 
trol,  with  tremulousness,  mental  confusion,  incoheniicy  or  loss  of  speech,  somno- 
lency, furious  delirium,  unconsciousness,  coma,  irresponsiveness  of  the  pujiila  to 
light,  cold  sweat,  small,  frequent,  and  fecMe  pulse,  and  deep  and  laborea  respira- 
tion. Tetanic  rigidity  may  be  present  a  portion  of  the  time  and  sometimes  con- 
vulsions, as  well  as  na"usea,"vomUing,  and  intestinal  pain  and  purging.  The  treat- 
ment of  poisoning  by  hyoscyamus  is  tiiat  indicated  yxnAer  Belladonna.  Chloral 
is  especially  recommended  for  poisoning  by  hyoscine.  Autopsies  reveal  gastro- 
intestinal inflammation  from  poisoning  by  this  drug. 

When  1^  of  a  grain  of  sulphate  of  hyoscyamine  has  been  subcutaneooslv 
injected  hyoscyamine  has  been  detected  in  the  urine  22  minutes  al"terward.  ff 
enough  be  injected  to  cause  complete  dryness  of  the  tongue  and  hard  and  soft 


HYOSCYAMUS.  103o 

)>iilates,  the  pulse  will  increase  temporarily  in  frequency,  volume,  and  power;  if 
this  eti'ect  upon  the  tongue  is  not  produced,  the  pulse  will  he  lessened  in  fre- 
(liieiuy  without  diiiiinution  of  its  volume  and  force,  and  giddiness,  somnolency, 
iuul  dilat^ttion  of  tlie  pupils  will  accompany,  the  patient  frequently  acting  as  if 
intoxicated  (Ilarley).     (Compare  Alrophun  Snlji/ias  and  Dtiboma.) 

Hyoscyanuis  is  a  cerebro-spinal  stimulant,  or  in  the  Eclectic  meaning  of  the 
term,  a  cerebro-spinal  sedative.  It  relieves  pain  and  promotes  sleep.  Nervous  iiri- 
tiiti'Di.  without  congestion,  high  ft'ver,  or  disturbance  of  the  circulation  in  tlie 
cerebrum  is  the  key-note  to  its  use.  Functional  disturbances  are  those  best  re- 
lieved by  the  smaller  doses  of  hyoscyanius.  In  medicinal  doses  it  is  anodyne, 
liypnotic,  calmative,  and  antispasmodic;  allaying  pain,  soothing  excitability,  in- 
ducing sleep,  and  arresting  si>asm.  It  does  ii<>t  produce  constipation  like  opium, 
l>ut  has  a  tendency  to  act  as  a  laxative.  Its  sedative  effect  upon  the  sympathetic 
nervous  system  requires  larger  doses  to  produce,  and  it  is  more  transient  anil  less 
powerful  than  belladonna;  its  most  prominent  eflccts  are  excessive  giddiness  and 
somnolency,  which  is  caused  by  belladonna  in  only  a  very  secondary  degree. 
Hyoscyamus  is  a  far  safer  agent  for  children  and  old  people  than  opium.  It 
favors  the  restoration  of  the  normal  functions wlun  impaired  through  nerve  irri- 
tability or  debility.  In  this  way  it  often  favors  the  action  of  the  special  sedatives. 
If  there  is  irritation  of  the  gat-tro  intestinal  trai't  it  improves  the  action  of  the 
bitter  tonics.  As  a  remedy  for  pain  it  is  less  ellicient  than  opium,  and  usually 
requires  larger  doses.     Unlike  the  latter,  it  docs  not  restrain  the  secretions. 

Hyoscyamus  is  usually  given  in  cases  where  opium  disagrees,  or  where  con- 
stipatii)n  must  be  avoided;  in  vruralfiic and  all  sjiiisinodicaff(.'ciions,a3  rcnnl, uterine, 
hcjKitic  and  fl<tt II Ir lit  colic,  ciMlnna,  ciitiU,  rficuiiiitl/xni,  chronic  cough,  irritations  of  the 
nri)ian/  oninris,  and  infionnmitory  cases  attended  with  nervous  excitability  and  not 
with  high  fever.  On  account  of  not  producing  headache,  it  is  preferred  to  opium 
in  hepatic  and  renal  inflammaiions,  and  to  relieve  j.ain  and  lessen  cough  in  pulmonic 
affcrlioni>.  In  bronchitis  with  short,  dry,  explosive  cough,  it  is  a  very  useful  agent, 
and  in  pneumonia  we  have  obtained  prompt  results  from  small  doses,  when  a  con- 
dition of  sub-delirium  with  widely  dilated  pupils  was  present.  Dry,  irritative 
coH(jh  and  the  troublesome  nervous  cough,  so-called,  aggravated  by  lying  down, 
are  indications  for  hyoscyamus.  As  a  cough  remedy,  it  is  frequently  given  with 
syrup  of  wild  cherrj',  and  la  this  form  renders  excellent  seiwice  in  jihthisis.  It 
often  renders  good  service  in  sjxwmodic  asthma,  and  it  should  be  remembered  as 
an  important  remedy  in  uhoopimj-cough. 

Hyciscyamus  is  a  remedy  for  spa.vn  and  pain — particularly  for  spasmodic  pain. 
When  there  is  nervous  irritation,  feeble  circulation,  and  tendency  to  mental 
aberrations,  it  is  particularly  useful  in  the  veuralgia  of  exhaustion,  si/phiiitic  bone- 
pains,  di/smenon-hcea,  particularly  when  neuralgic,  men.^lrual  headache,  headache  oj 
debility,  and  the  paim  of  herpes  zosin;  pains  in  tht  liver,  kidneys,  bladder,  ovaries, 
etc.  All  these  cases  when  showing  anemia  and  nervous  depression,  will  yield  to 
hyoscyamus  or  its  alkaloids.  Great  unreal,  with  debility,  is  relieved  by  this  drug. 
Hyoscyamus  is  an  excellent  agent  in  irritable  conditions  of  thebladdcr'and  urethra, 
where  nerve  f<jrce  is  low,  ami  should  therefore  find  a  place  in  urinal  urging,  tenes- 
niic  voiding,  and  in  nocturnal  as  well  as  diurnal  incontinence.  It  is  a  urethral 
sedative,  and  combined  with  camphor  (pill)  has  long  been  employed  to  relieve 
urethral  irritation  after  the  passing  of  bougies,  catheters,  sounds,  and  divulsors. 
The  i)ains  of  hemorrhoids  are  frequently  relieved  bytiiis  agent.  Hyoscyamus  is 
frequently  combined  with  active  cathartics,  as  scammony,  colocynth,  aloes,  resin 
of  podopliyllin,  etc.,  without  impairing  their  energy,  not  only  for  preventing  tor- 
mina, but  because  it  renders  their  action  more  ellicient. 

The  great  field  for  hyoscyamus  and  its  alkaloids  is  inncrvou.^  (iffeetion.i,and 
here  its  principal  em])loyment  is  to  cause  sleep,  or  remove  irregular  nervous 
action.  They  are  useful  "in  irritable  conditions  of  the  brain  and  hmrt,  with  palpi- 
tation, and  in  certain  cases  oi  epilep-fy,  chorea,  senile  and  mercurial  treiiwrs,  and  enu- 
resis. Brown-SeqiKird  says  that  hyoscyamus  shouiil  be  used  instead  of  belladonna 
or  opium,  in  cases  of  paraplegia,  with  symptoms  of  irritation  of  the  spinal  cord, 
where  sleeplessness  is  present.  To  force  sleep  in  insomnia,  narcotic  doses  are 
required,  and,  as  a  rule,  such  an  action  is  undesiralile,  and  other  agents  are  better 
for  tliis  jiurpose.    But  to  allay  irritability,  upon  whicli  sleeplessness  often  depends. 


1036  HYOSCYAMUS. 

or  to  relieve  restlessness  and  dreaming  during  sleep,  no  drug  is  more  efficient 
than  hyoscyamus,  in  small  doses.  It  is  often  useful  in  children's  diseases  for 
this  jjurpose.  In  fractional  doses,  it  is  an  excellent  calmative  in  typhomania  of 
typhoid  fever.  It  is  serviceable  in  hjateria,  w'Mh.  frequent  voiding  of  small  quan- 
tities of  urine.  Fractional  doses  of  hyoscyamus,  frequently  administered  are 
useful  in  ^^ 'puerperal  convulsions,  associated  with  a  nervous  condition  bordering  on 
mania"  (Locke). 

Few  remedies  have  been  more  valued  in  the  treatment  of  the  various  forms 
of  insanity  than  hj'oscyamus  and  its  alkaloids.  It  is  especial!}'  useful  in  mania, 
both  acute  and  chronic,  larger  doses  being  usually  required  in  the  latt<r  form. 
The  cases  most  benefited  are  tho.se  exhibiting  great  excitation,  MJth  a  ti-ndency 
to  destructiveness,  delu.'<inii(il  ivsavily,  epileptic  mania,  and  rcrurrrnt  mnnia.  Prof. 
Webster  mentions  as  a  strong  indication  for  hyoscyamus  the  garrulousness  and 
quarrelsomeness  exhibited  by  the  insane.  Nervous  disturbances  manifested  by 
low  muttering  delirium,  or  by  singing  and  talkativeness  during  fevers,  are  fre- 
quently relieved  by  small  doses  of  this  agent.  Hj'oscj'amus  has  been  declared 
useless  in  delirium  tremens,  but  there  is  abundant  reliable  evidence  to  prove  that 
it  is  an  exceedingly  useful  agent  when  that  malady  is  not  of  the  mo.=t  active 
character,  and  the  victim  is  given  to  low  muttering  delirium.  Here  stimulant 
doses  sufficient  to  sustain  the  nervous  system  should  be  given. 

Hyoscyamus  should  not  be  overlooked  as  a  calmative  in  nymphomania,  par- 
ticularly if  due  to  childbirth,  when  there  is  evidently  more  delirium  than  sexual 
passion";  the  circulation  is  feeble,  tlie  pulse  quick  and  small,  the  brain  active, 
and  the  patient  may  have  been  distuihed  with  un|)lpasant  dreams.  P"erpernl 
mnnia,  due  to  exhaustion  and  weakness,  is  often  cnntrolied  by  hyoscyamus.  It 
acts  well  in  the  insomnia  of  exhaustion,  where  there  is  continual  agitation  and 
nervous  unrest.  Hyoscyamus  is  especially  valuable  to  control  the  nervous  phe- 
nomena following  fevers  and  other  exhausting  diseases.  Nervous  heart  action  is 
amenable  to  it,  as  is  also  tumultuous  heart-action,  with  valvular  insufficiency. 

Where  the  fresh  leaves  can  be  obtained,  they  are  employed  in  fomentation, 
or  bruised,  as  an  external  application  to  allay  the  inflamnMtory  and  painful  condi- 
tion of  iilcers  and  tumors,  as  well  as  to  relieve  nervous  headache,  and  the  pain  in 
gouty,  neuralgic,  rheumatic,  and  similar  affections.  An  ointment  of  hyoscyamus 
extract  (sj  to  petrolatum  sj),  is  useful  to  relieve  pain  in  hemorrhoids,'cancer,  etc. 
A  liniment  for  glandular  swellings  may  be  made  by  mixing  together,  extract  of 
henbane,  1  drachm;  white  soap,  4  drachms,  and  linseed  oil,  12  fluid  ounces;  to 
be  applied  2  or  3  times  a  day  with  considerable  friction.  Dose  of  the  powdered 
leaves,  from  2  to  10  grains;  of  the  tincture,  from  30  drops  to  2  fluid  drachms;  and 
of  the  alcoholic  extract,  which  is  the  only  extract  that  should  be  used,  from  i  to  2 

f rains,  which  may  be  cautiously  increased,  according  to  its  efft-ets;  of  specific 
yoscyamus,  fraction  of  a  drop  to  20  drops.  It  should  be  remembered  that  the 
administration  should  begin  with  the  smaller  doses,  and  that  patients  become 
tolerant  of  its  action  so  that  enormous  doses  may  be  given.  For  the  specific 
action,  however,  only  small  doses  are  required. 

HvoscYAMi.NE  AND  Hyosci.ne  (SCOPOLAMINE). — The  two  alkaloids  of  hyos- 
cyamus—/(i/o.srj/rtHi/xe  and  hyosrine — or  their  salts,  chiefly  the  hydrobromates,  are 
frequeiUly  given  in  the  nervous  disorders  alwve  mentioned,  liyoscyamine  salts 
being  preferred  to  those  of  hyoscine,  as  the  latter  are  said  to  sometimes  jiroduce 
mental  excitation.  From  the  fact  that  much  of  the  so-called  "amorphous  hyos- 
cyaniine,"'the  most  active  kind,  is  frequently  largely  contaminated  with  hyo.«cine, 
it  has  been  extremely  diftieult  to  determine  the  e.xact  field  of  action  of  each, or 
tiie  proper  do.ses.    Hyoscine  is  much  more  active  than  hvoscyaniine,  the  ordinary 

'  "  li  even  in  these  doses  it 
.-oscyamine  may  be  given 
r>scyamine  hydrobromate 
been  especially  employed  in  acute  mnnia,  e]iiUptic  mania,  delusional  ins<inity, 
chronic  dcmottia,  chronic  alcoholism,  paralysis  agitans,  sexual  fxciiation  with  ,<miin(i/ 
emissions  (y^^  to  -^  grain  at  be<ltimc\  nymphomania,  trhooping-cotigh,  enteralgia, 
spasmodic  axllnna,  spasmodic  torticollis,  facial  neuralgia,  insomnia,  profuse  etrcaling, 
iiiany,  tetanus,  neurasthenia  of  h>fpochondriasi»,etc.  Hyoscine  lias  hoeti  u<eil  to  cure 
tlie  innrphine  habit. 


hypodermatic  dose  ranging  from^^tOY^ifgrain,  tiiougli  even  in  these  doses  it 
should  be  cautiously  employed.  Tlie  hydrobromate  of  hyoscyamine  may  be  given 
in  much  larger  doses.    Hyoscine  hydrobromate  and  hyoscyamine  hydrobromate 


lIVO.sfYAMlS.  lUo, 

As  a  mydriatic,  hyoscine  is  more  powerful  and  more  prompt  than  atropine, 
hut  the  dihitation  produced  is  less  prolonged  ;  acconiniodation,  however,  is  slow  ly 
recovered.  The  hydrohromate  is  the  form  generally  enii)loyed,  heing  used  in  the 
cases  in  which  atropine  is  apparently  indicated,  hut  when  tiic  latter  gives  rise 
to  atropine  irritation.  The  solutions  generally  iiii ployed  are  those  containing 
from  2  to  4  to  S  grains  to  the  ounce  of  distilled"  water.  Scopolamine  (see  S<o],olia 
iilropoiiks).  is  now  recognized  as  practically  identical  with  hyoscine,  the  (Icrmnn 
I'h'ifiiiwnpit'ln  having  adopted  the  name  Scnjinliniiiiii-  llifdnibrinniite  for  hyoscine 
hydrohromate,  from  the  fact  that  most  of  the  hyoscine  is  now  prepared  from  Sco- 
/.olid  iitroj,oi(ks,  it  yielding  larger  amounts  than  other  hyosciiie-yielding  species. 
One  drop  of  a  1  to  3000  a(jueous  solution  of  scopolamine  hydrohromate  produces 
complete  dilatation  of  the  pupils  in  ^  hour,  and  maintains  the  dilatation  for  2 
day.«.  A  drop  of  1  to  '20,00t)  aqueous  solution  will  produce  a  partial  dilatation  in 
20  minutes  (Murrell).  Scopolamine  may  he  employed  for  ticcommodation  }mralysis 
hy  applying  1  drop  only  hy  means  of  a  glass  rod.  For  examining  for  errors  of 
refriniiiiii  1  drop  of  a  solution  of  ahout  ^  grain  to  1  fluid  ounce  of  water  is  prefer- 
red. The  lids  should  he  ruhbed  outward  to  prevent  the  fluid  from  entering  the 
ducts.  Several  cases  of  most  profound  poisoning  have  resulted  from  the  use 
of  even  weak  solutions  of  this  mvdriatic,  therefore  its  action  should  be  closely 
watched  (  Prof.  W.  B.  Scudder.  M.  1).). 

The  leaves  of  hyo.<cyamus  in  infusion,  or  the  extract  dissolved  in  water,  were 
formerly  used  locally  to  the  eye  before  operating  (or  cutnrnct,  in  order  to  dilate  the 
pupil,  which  is  usually  effected  in  3  or  4  hours,  without  any  subsequent  iniurv 
to  the  eye.  This  was  succeeded  by  the  use  of  hyoscyamine  and  its  salts,  which 
have  now  given  way  to  hyo.scine  hydrohromate;  occasionalh'  hyoscine  hydriodate 
is  used  for  the  same  purpose. 

As  to  the  dosage  of  the  alkaloids,  hyoscamine  and  hyo.scine  and  their  salts, 
tliere  has  been  much  variance,  i)articularly  in  regard  to  the  former,  which  in  com- 
merce is  often  of  greatly  variable  strength.  Hyoscyamine  has  been  given  in  doses 
.IS  large  as  1  grain,  but  the  ordinary  commencing  dose  should  not  be  larger  than 
.*j  grain,  gradually  increased  until  the  desired  action  is  obtained.  Hyoscyamine 
sul))hate.  jj^  to  5I5  grain;  by  instillation  into  eye,  A  to  ^'0  grain;  hyoscyamine 
hydrohromate,  jjn  to  Jj  grain;  by  instillation  into  tne  eye,  ^  to  5'^  grai" ;  hyos- 
cine hydrohromate,  y-i^j  to  g'^  grain  ;  to  eye,  i  to  1  per  cent  solution ;  hypodermatic- 
^llyiTiu  to-nrugi'aiii-  As  a  general  rule  the  hypodermatic  dose  of  these  salts  is 
one-half  or  less  than  one-half  as  small  as  when  given  by  mouth.  Particularly 
should  care  be  exercised  in  the  case  of  the  hyoscine  salts,  the  preferred  doses  of 
of  which  are  those  of  ^^  to  j^^  grain. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. —  Nervous  irritability,  with  unrest  and  in- 
somnia; face  flushed  and  pupils  dilated;  fright,  terror,  restlessness  in  sleep; 
loquaciousness;  busy  delirium  of  a  low  muttering  character,  or  with  singing, 
talkativeness,  amusing  hallucinations  and  illusions,  etc. ;  garrulousness;  destruc- 
tiveness;  sharp,  dry,  nervous  cough,  worse  upon  assuming  a  recumbent  position; 
muscular  spasms;  choking  sensations;  rapicl  and  palpitating  cardiac  action. 

Preparations  Containing  Hyoscyamus.— BAi.'<.\MrM  Tbanqitllans.  The  French  Coder 
has  a  ]>!•  |i  iKiti'iii  ci  til.-  ;ilpii\.-  nam.  iiiailc  l>y  tri-atiuK  narcotic  and  aromatic  plants  with  olive 
oil  to  exilic  t  their  aitivr  (■■.iistiiuc  iits.  It  is  used  ii.s  a  local  application  fury/<ii/i.  X  nioditicd 
prepiiratiMii  lia?  l.fcii  iis.cl  in  this  i-..nntry.  Take  GO  grains  of  each  of  the  alcoholic  extraets  of 
bfllaili.nna,  hyogevanuis.  coniuni,  ami  stramonium,  ami  24  grains  of  aqueous  extract  ol  opium. 
.\il(l  L'  fluid  riiinceH  of  hoiling  water  to  soften  the  extract.",  and  add  olive  oil.  S  tliiid  ounces. 
Dig.-.~t  with  moderate  heat  until  the  wnter  is  dissijiated,  and  lilter.  Add  to  the  liltrati-  L'O  min- 
ims e.icli  oi  tlie  essential  <;ils  of  lavender,  sage,  peppermint,  thyme,  worinwooil,  and  rue.  It 
i.i  a  good  application  in  cii/uc/"',  a  few  drops  being  introduced  upon  cotton  into  the  external 
auditory  meatus.     Care  shuulil  bi'  observt^il  in  its  use. 

Olkc.m  I1vo.scvami  Co.mi>ositc.m  (X.  F.  1,  CiDiifmuml  nil  of  htjmrtinnxn'.  Rnhnmum  Irnnqvil- 
/(iii>.— ■•<  »il  of  absinth,  oil  of  laveudi-r,  oil  of  rosemary,  oil  of  sage,  oil  of  thyme,  of  each,  2  drops; 
infused  oil  of  hvoscyamus  (F.  27"J).  one  hundred  eiibic  centimeters  (Hxi  Cc.  I  [:i  H.^,  1S31TI]. 
Mix  tlieiii.  .V.,/^.  — Oil  of  absinth  i.s  the  volatile  oil  of  .liV« i/iiW-i  AUxuilhiiim,  l.inne  1  wormwood), 
and  oil  of  sage  is  the  volatile  oil  of  Stilrhi  nffinnalin,  l.inne.  Infu.s«-d  oil  of  hyoseyanms  is  the 
(».„,„  Il.i..,.:i„„n  of  the  (nr,wi„  l'h.,mma,iMii.,.  The  It^mm  TrnwiniUe  {  }i„lmmum  Tr,in<,uillnm) 
of  the  <  .x/.  .  is  a  more  lomijlex  preparation,  not  identical  with  the  above,  but  jiossessing  about 
the  same  prnperties"  A"/.  Fnrm.).  This  and  the  preceding' preparation  may  lie  tuiployed 
as  embrocations  for  the  relief  01  nairolijii-,  unjalyii-  ami  rheumolir  jniiiu. 


1038  HYPEPJcr>f. 

HYPERICUM.— ST.  JOHNS  WORT. 

The  leaves  and  flowering  tops  oi  Hypericum  perforatum.  Linne. 
Nai.  Ord. — Hypericacea-. 
Common  Namk:   St.  Jolm's  vort. 

Illustration  :   .Johnson's  Med.  Bot.  of  X.  A.,  Fig.  112. 

Botanical  Source. — This  phint  has  a  perennial,  woody,  tufted,  fusiform, 
tortuous,  somewhat  creeping  root.     Its  stem  is  2-edged,  branchiate,  erect  above, 
curved  below,  branched,  and  from  1  to  2  feet  high.   The  leaves 
'^'       ■  are  very  numerous,  elliptical  or  ovate,  obtuse,  opposite,  en- 

tire, marked  with  pellucid  dots,  of  a  pale-green  color,  from 
6  to  10  lines  long,  one-third  as  wide,  the  ramial  leaves  being 
^  much  smaller.  Tlie  flowers  are  numerous,  of  a  bright  yellow 
( <  ilor,  and  borne  in  dense,  forked,  terminal  panicles.  The  calyx 
is  persistent;  and  the  sepals  are  5,  acute,  lanceolate,  connected 
ut  the  base,  with  6  dark-colored  glands.  Petals  5,  twice  as 
long  as  the  sepals,  ovate,  obtuse,  yellow,  dotted,  and  streaked 
with  black  or  dark  purjde.  Stamens  numerous,  united  at 
base,  divided  into  3  sets,  with  small  anthers.  Styles  3,  short, 
erect, ;  stigmas  small.  The  capsule  is  roundish,  3-celled  and 
Hypencum perforatum,  g.^^lved;  the  Seeds  numerous,  small,  and  roundish.  The 
whole  herb  is  dark-green,  with  a  powerful  scent  wlun  rubbed,  and  stain  the  fingers 
dark-purple,  from  the  great  abundance  of  colored  essential  oil  (L. —  W.  i. 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. —  St.  John's  wort  is  an  herb  abun- 


dantly growing  in  this  country  and  Eurojie,  and  proving  exceedingly  annoying 

■  It  has  a  pe< 

binthine  odor,  and  a  balsamic,  bitterish,  rather  astringent  taste.     It  imparts  its 


to  farmers.    The  flowers  apjitar  from  June  to  August.    It  has  a  peculiar,  tere- 


properties  to  water,  alcohol,  ether,  oils,  or  alkaline  solutions.  Other  species  of 
Hypericum  are  possessed  of  medicinal  properties,  notably  the  fl)///priVi'/(i  mrothra, 
Michaux,  pinc-ivecd  or  ordnrie-gra.^s,  growing  in  sands,  winch  has  aperient  (jualities. 
An  allied  plant,  the  Ascyruni  crujc-Andi-eo',  Linne,  or  St.  Andrcii's  ooa>,  has  been 
locally  applied  to  glandular  indurations  and  swellings.  Hypericum  contains  a 
volatile  oil,  a  resin,  tannic  acid  and  coloring  matter  (Blair,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
Vol.  II,  p.  23).  Pectin  is  also  present.  The  red  coloring  principle  is  a  resinous 
body  known  as  hyperimm  red.  The  odor  of  this  principle  is  similar  to  that  of 
the'flowcrs.  Karl  Dieterich  (P.^nr»!..  Cc/i^roM.,  1891,  p.  683)  macerated  the  flowers 
with  90  per  cent  alcohol,  and  obtained  a  tincture  of  a  rich  red  color,  containing  a 
mixture  of  two  coloring  matters,  a  yellow  principle  soluble  in  petroleum  ether, 
and  a  red  coloring  matter,  insoluble  in  this  solvent.  The  red  principle,  in  solid 
form,  w:i3  a  resinous  mass  of  a  green  lustre,  soluble  in  alcohol  with  red  color,  and 
resembling  nnV/iamm ret/;  insoluble  in  fatty,  but  soluble  in  ethereal  oils.  Acids 
dissolve  it  with  red,  alkalies,  chloroform,  bejizol  and  carbon  disulphide  with  green 
color.  The  substance  does  not  possess  any  advantage  over  other  indicators  in 
alkalimetry.  W lieu  exposed  to  air  in  thiu  layers,  it  turns  greenish  at  once.  The 
aqueous  extractive  matter  of  the  fliMvcrs  contains  calcium,  magnesium,  potas- 
sium, and  oxalic,  siilphuiic  and  carbonic  acids. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Astringent,  sedative,  and  diuretic. 
Used  in  supprest<ion  of  the  vrine,  chronic  vrinnry  njf'ect ions,  in  diarrhun,  dusentrry, 
vornis,  jaundice,  mcnorrhaijia,  hysteria,  ticrvous  affections  with  depression,  hemoptysis', 
and  other  hcmon-haqes.  Hypericum  has  undoubted  power  over  the  nervous  sys- 
tem, and  j)articular^y  the  s])inal  cord.  Homoeopathic  physicians  regard  it  as  the 
arnica  of  that  structure.  It  is  \i»cd.  in  injuries  of  the  Sjiine  and  in  lacerated  and 
punctured  iconnds  of  the  limbs  to  prevent  tetanic  complications  and  to  relieve  the 
excruciating  pains  of  such  injuries  (Scudder).  It  is  highly  valued  by  Webster 
in  sjyinal  irritation  when,  \i\wn  gentle  pressure  u^ion  the  spinous  processes  of  the 
vertebriv,  burning  pain  is  elicited.  Throbbing  ot  the  whole  body  in  nervous  indi- 
viduals, fever  being  absent,  is  said  to  be  a  good  indication  for  hypericum.  The 
usual  method  of  administration  is:  R  Tincture  of  hypericum,  gtt.  x  to  xxx  ; 
aqua,  flsiv.  Mix.  Sig.  Teaspoonful  every  1  or  2  hours.  Externally,  hyjieri- 
cum  may  be  used  in   fomentation,  or  used  :is  :in   .•inlm.'nt   for  ili-i..'!!iiiir  IkiiiI 


HYSSOPl'S— IPHTHYOOOLLA.  1UH9 

tumors,  cakrd  hreitsts,  bruur.<,  cccliymosi^,  surllings,  tilcern,  eic.  The  blossoms,  infused 
in  sweet  oil  or  bear's  oil,  by  means  of  exposure  to  the  sun,  make  a  fine,  red  bal- 
samic ointment  for  uoumh,  ulcers,  sircUings,  lumors,  etc.  A  very  excellent  oint- 
ment for  tumors,  erchymnsed  conditions,  etc.,  may  be  made  by  adding  to  1  jioundof 
lard.  A  j)Ound  of  the  recent  tops  and  flowers  of  St.  John's  wort,  and  A  pound  of 
fresh  stramonium  leaves  ;  bruise  all  toi;ether,  expose  to  a  gentle  heat  for  an  hour, 
and  strain.  Dose  of  the  powder,  from  i  to  2  drachms;  of  the  infusion,  from  1  to  2 
fluid  ounces.  The  dose  of  the  strong  tincture  is  from  i  to  10  minims.  The 
saturated  tincture  of  the  fresh  herb  (.sviii  to  alcohol,  76  per  cent,  Oj)  is  nearly  a.> 
valuable  as  that  of  arnica  for  bruises,  etc.,  and  may  be  substituted  for  it  in  many 
instances. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Spinal  injuries,  shocks,  or  concussions; 
throbl)ing  of  the  wIkiIc  body  uitlmut  fever;  spinal  irritation,  eliciting  tenderness 
and  burning  paiu  upon  sligiil  pressure;  spinal  injuries,  and  lacerated  and  punc- 
tured wounds  of  the  extremities,  with  excruciating  jiain  ;  liysteria ;  locally  to 
wounds,  contusions,  etc. 

HYSSOPUS.— HYSSOP. 

The  flowering  tops  and  leaves  of  Hi/ssopu.-,  nffiriimlis,  I.inne. 

Xat.  0/-(/.— Laliiatcic. 

CoM.Mo.v  Na.mk:  Hysso}). 

Botanical  Source. — Hyssop  is  a  perennial  herb.  Its  stems  are  quadrangu- 
lar, woody  at  the  base,  spreading,  verj'  much  branched,  and  1  foot  or  2  in  height; 
the  branches  are  rod-like.  The  leaves  are  opposite,  sessile,  usually  oblong-linear, 
or  lanceolate,  sonielinies  ellii)tical,  sometimes  narrower,  acute,  entire,  punctate, 
green  on  each  side,  rather  tliick,  and  1  ribbed  underneath.  The  flowers  are  blu- 
ish-puri«!e,  seldom  white,  and  borne  in  racemose,  second  whorls,  consisting  of 
from  6  to  15  flowers.  The  floral  leaves  are  like  those  of  tlie  stem,  but  smaller. 
Outer  bracts  lanceolate-linear,  acute,  scarcely  shorter  than  the  calyx.  Uj^per  lip 
of  the  corolla  erect,  flat,  emarginate;  lower  lip  trifid,  spreading,  with  the  middle 
lobe  larger.  Stamens  4,  protruding,  and  diverging;  anthers  with  linear  divari- 
cating c  lis  (T,.— W.K 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. — Hvssop  inhabits  Europe  and  this 
country,  being  raised  jirincijially  in  gardens.  It  flowers  in  Jul}-.  The  tops  and 
leaves  are  the  medicinal  parts;  "their  odor  is  pleasantly  fragrant,  and  their  taste 
hot,  spicy  and  somewhat  oitter,  which  pro]ierlies  are  due  to  a  volatile  aromatic 
oil,  which  rises  in  distillation  both  with  water  and  with  alcohol. 

This  oil  ojhi/ssnp  is  limpid,  neutral,  and  of  a  pale  yellow  or  greenish-yellow 
color,  camphoraccous  in  ta.~tc,  neutral  in  reaction,  and  in  odor  resembling  hys- 
6op.  Alcohol  freely  dissolves  it.  Its  specific  gravity  is  0.88  to  0.98.  It  is  an  oxy- 
genated oil,  or,  according  to  Stenhouse,  a  mixture  of  several  such  oils  (Husemann 
and  llilg.  r).  Tromni.sdorf  has  shown  Herberger's  (1829)  hyssopinto  be  merely  an 
impure  sulphate  of  calcium.  Hyssop  also  contains  fat,  tannin,  resin,  mucilage 
and  sugar.  Water,  by  infusion,  or  alcohol  extracts  the  active  virtues  of  hyssop. 
It  is  Slid  to  contain  some  bitter  principle  and  sulphur.  In  Mexico  the  Stjlvia 
axill.iris,  Pc-sse,  is  called  /inss,,/,. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Stimulant,  aromatic,  carminative  and 
tonic.  Principally  used  in  quiniyy  and  other  sore  throats,  as  a  gargle,  combined 
with  sage  and  alum,  in  infusion  sweetened  with  honey.  Also  recommended  in 
tiMhmii,  roiiij/is,  and  other  aWections  of  the  chest,  as  an  expectorant.  The  leave.s, 
applied  to'  bruisrs,  sj)eedily  relieve  the  pain,  and  disperse  every  spot  or  mark 
from  the  parts  aflected.  The  infusion  (herb,  giv  to  aqua  Oj)  may  be  given  freely; 
the  volatile  oil,  in  doses  of  1  or  2  drops. 

IGHTHYOCOLLA  (U.  S.  P.)— ISINGLASS. 

"The  swimming-bladder  of  Acipenser  Hu.m,  T,inn<',  and  of  other  siM-.i.:«  of 
Acipenger" — (f.  S.  P.). 

OlfiMj,:   Pisces,      fjrdtr:  Sturioms. 


1040  ICHTHYOCOLLA. 

Source  and  History. —  Isinglass  is  an  almost  pure  gelatin,  being  usually 
procured  from  the  air-bags,  sounds,  or  swimming-bladders  of  various  fishes,  chief 
among  which  are  those  furnishing  Ru-isiaa  isinglass.  These  are  mainly  the  belugo 
(Acipemcr  Huso,  Linne),  the  sterlet  {Acipenser  ruthenus,  Linnej,  the  oxseter  {Aciptnser 
GAldcnstluHi,  Ratzeburg),  and  the  scwruga,  or  starred  sturgenn  (Acipenser  sldlutm, 
Pallas).  These  sounds  are  membranous  sacs  situated  under  the  spine,  in  the 
middle  of  the  back,  and  above  the  center  of  gravity.  In  most  fi.-:hes  they  connect 
with  tiie  stomach  or  a'soi)hagus  by  the  pneumatic  duct;  these  sacs  are  filled  with 
air,  containing  about  80  per  cent  of  oxygen,  and  are  composed  of  a  firm,  silvery 
external  coat,  and  two  thin  and  delicate  internal  coats.  The  sounds  are  re- 
moved from  the  fi.sh,  cut  open,  carefully  washed,  and  then  exjKjsed  to  the  air  to 
dry;  then,  after  being  dampened  to  soften  them,  they  are  made  into  rolls  about 
half  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  folded  between  three  pegs,  into  the  shajie  of  a  horse- 
shoe, heart,  or  lyre  (long  and  shoH  staple),  or  folded  in  the  manner  book-binders 
fold  printed  sheets  of  ■pa.\)ex  {hook  isinglass),  or  dried  in  single  sheets  {'>lteet  i.siu- 
gluss).  When  tlie  sound  is  rolled  out  it  is  termed  ribbon  isinglass.  The  internal 
membrane  of  the  sounds  is  thin  and  insoluble.  Sometimes  isinglass  is  reduced 
to  small  shred.s,  when  it  will  be  scarcely  possible  for  the  eye  to  distinguish  the 
inferior  from  the  finer  kinds;  the  latter  may  be  known  by  their  whiteness,  free- 
dom from  unpleasant  fishj'  odor,  solubility  in  water,  and  translucency  of  the 
jelly  obtained  on  cooling  from  its  hot  solution.  The  above  are  the  best  forms; 
the  sheet  isinglass  is  superior  to  any ;  an  ounce  of  water  will  di^.-^ol  ve  10  grains  of 
it,  leaving  hardly  any  insoluble  matter,  and  furnishing  an  excellent  jelly. 

There  are  other  kinds  of  an  inferior  character,  as  the  cfie  i*/)!';Ai>.*,  which  is 
in  cakes  or  round  pieces,  having  an  unpleasant  smell,  and  a  tawny  color,  and 
which  is  principally  used  by  artists.  The  Samorey  isinglass  is  prepared  in  Russia 
from  the  Silurus  glanis,  but  it  is  not  so  pure  as  those  named  above.  Isinglass  is 
also  made  in  the  eastern  states,  in  this  country,  from  the  sounds  of  the  hair 
(Gadns  merluccius,  Linne)  and  cod  (Gadus  Morrhua  Linne,  or  Morrhua  americann), 
and  other  fishes.  It  is  in  long,  flat  pieces,  known  as  ribbon  isinglass,  is  very  pure, 
being  almost  wholly  soluble  in  water,  but  its  piscatory  flavor  is  an  objection  to 
its  use  for  domestic  or  pharmaceutical  purposes.  A  very  inferior  isingla.<s  is  pre- 
pared in  Brazil  from  the  sounds  of  fish  {lump  isinglass  and  honei/romb  i.<inglass), 
and  in  the  East  Indies  (purses  and  leaves,  P.)  (Anter.  Jour.  Fha!-m.,Yo].  XVlII,  p. 
54).  A  variety  of  fish  glue,  apparently  procured  from  the  natatory  bladder  of  the 
yellow  sturgeon,  but  unfit  for  pharmaceutical  purposes,  has  been  met  with  in  com- 
merce in  France.  It  swells  up  in  water  and  is  only  partially  dissolved.  Isin- 
glass prepared  from  the  air-bags  of  large  fishes,  when  unopened,  is  known  &spipe 
or  purse  i'iinglass. 

When  American  isinglass,  in  solution,  is  thinly  spread  on  cotton  cloth,  pre- 
viously oiled  and  dried,  it  forms  a  very  pure  article,  in  clear,  delicate  lamina', 
but  having  a  piscatory  smell,  and  is  known  as  ''  transpareiU  or  refined  gla.^^."  The 
so-called  Chinese  or  Japanese  isinglass  is  the  vegetable  product  of  certain  algae  (see 
Agar  Agar). 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition. — "  In  separate  sheets,  sometimes 
rolled,  of  a  horny  or  pearly  appearance;  whitish  or  yellowish,  senii-transyvirent. 
iridescent,  inodorous,  insipid;  almost  entirely  soluble  in  boiling  water  and  in 
boiling  diluted  alcohol,  A  solution  of  isinglass  in  24  parts  of  boiling  water  forms, 
on  cooling,  a  transparent  jelly '" — (  U.  S.  P.). 

Isinglass  is  sometimes  kept  in  thin,  very  fine  cuttings,  in  which  form  it  is 
more  readily  dissolved  by  boiling  water.  Isinglass  is  chiefly  a  very  pure  gelatin 
— that  known  as  glntin  (see  Gelatin).  The  best  kinds  are  white,  tra'nsparent,  glis- 
tening, odorle.«s  and  tasteless;  the  poorer  varieties  are  colored,  opaque,  and  have 
either  a  fishy  taste  or  smell.  It  is  soluble  in  weak  acidulous  and  alkaline  liquids, 
and  in  water  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  forming  with  the  latter,  when  strainecf  anil 
cooled,  a  pure  animal  jelly.  It  is  not  dissi)lved  by  alcohol,  ether,  nor  by  w.iter  at 
15.5°  C.  ((iO°  F.),  but  with  this  latter  it  expands  and  becomes  soft.  Tannic  acid 
added  to  its  solution  occasions  a  tough,  gelatinous  precipitate,  taniiate  of  gelatin. 
When  boiled  with  caustic  i)otash,  or  with  concentrated  minenil  acids,  it  is  dtHiini- 
posed,  forming  sugar  of  gelatin  or  gh/cm-ull  (amido-<icitir  arid),  C,}\,(}iU,)0.,  whirlj 
is  in  large  transparent  crystals,  very  sweet,  soluble  in  water,  ami  forming  lH»nuti- 


ICHTHYOLUM.  1U41 

fully  crystallized  salts  with  acids.  John  found  100  parts  of  the  purest  isiiiglus.- 
to  consist  of  70  parts  of  gelatin,  16  of  o»m(uome*2.o  of  membrane  insoluble  in 
boiling  water.  4  of  free  organic  acid  salts  of  potassium,  sodium  and  phosphate  of 
calcium,  and  7  parts  of  moisture.  Mr.  R.  Bairti  {Amer.  Jour.  Plinrm.,  1888,  p.  608) 
found  the  ash  in  three  samples  of  Russian  isinglass  to  vary  from  0.4  to  0.6  per 
cent,  while  in  two  specimens  of  American  isingla.<s  the  ash  amounted  to  2.17  an<l 
■2.40  per  cent.  Prof.  \V.  T.  Wenzcll  (Amn:  Jour.  P/iurm.,  1894,  p.  447)  recommends 
the  use  of  American  isin;:la.-;s  for  tli-  (iu:intit;itive  determination  of  tannin,  in 
place  of  the  hide-powder  usually  eiiiployed. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Isinglass  is  seldom  used  in  medicine, 
excei)t  as  a  nutritive.  It  is  u.-ed  as  a  diet,  in  the  form  of  jelly,  or  added  to  other 
jellies,  to  give  them  a  tremulous  apjjearance.  It  has  proved  very  useful  for  scrofu- 
limg  and  coiimiiiptive  pntimls.  I  have  used  the  following  preparation  in  inconti- 
nence  of  urine,  both  in  children  and  adults,  in  many  instances,  and  have  found  it 
a  useful  as  well  as  agreeable  remedy,  proving  serviceable  when  other  means  had 
failed:  Take  of  isingVdss  (loiui  sUipU),  1  roll;  boil  it  in  1  pint  of  water  till  it  is 
dissolved,  then  strain,  add  1  pint  of  sweet  milk,  put  it  again  over  the  fire,  and 
remove  it  just  as  ebullition  commences;  then  sweeten  with  loaf  sugar,  and  grate 
nutmeg  upon  it.  When  made  it  very  much  resembles  custard.  Of  this,  a  tum- 
blerful may  be  taken  3  or  4  times  a  day  by  an  adult  (K.).  Isinglass  is  employed 
in  the  arts  "for  various  purposes,  for  clarifying  or  fining  wines,  beer,  coffee,  syrups, 
etc.,  and  is  a  constituent  of  court-plaster.  Three  drachms  form  a  proper  jelly 
with  a  pint  of  water. 

Cements.— An  excellent  cement,  called  Armeni.^n  or  Di.\moxd  cement,  is  made  witli 
isinglass,  which  is  valuable  for  mending  glass,  china,  and  porcelain  vessels,  which  are  not  to 
be  expose"!  to  heat  and  moisture.  It  is  made  by  sprinkling  water  npon  2  drachms  of  isinglass, 
allowing  it  to  stand  until  .softened,  then  adding  as  much  proof-spirit  as  will  rather  more  than 
cover  it,  then  dissolving  with  a  moderate  heat.  Have  previously  prepared,  a  solution  njade 
by  dissolving  1  drachm  of  gum  mastic  in  2  or  :;  fluid  drachms  of'alcohol.  Mix  the  two  solu- 
tions, and  .stir  in  1  drachn>  of  gum  ammoniacum,  prex  iuusly  reduced  to  a  fine  powder,  au<l 
rubb«-d  down  with  a  little  water.  Evaporate,  it  miessary,  mi  a  watn-lMtU  to  a  proper  consist- 
ence. Kei-p  the  cement  thus  prepared  in  a  vial.  When  riMjuircd  i(ir  use  plunge  the  Ixittle  in 
warm  water,  and  keep  it  there  until  the  ceiiunt  becoiut-.s  Huid  ;  tlien  apply  it  with  a  stick  or 
small  hard  brush  to  the  edges  of  the  broken  vessel,  previously  warmed.  Compress  the  pieces 
(irmly  together  until  coM,  taking  care  to  make  the  contact  perfect,  and  using  a  very  thin  layer 
of  tviuent.  When  properly  applied,  the  cement  is  almost,  if  not  quite,  as  strong  as  the  glass 
or  china  itself. 

A  cement  for  stoneware  may  be  made  by  softening  gelatin  in  cold  water,  warming  and 
ailding  recentiv  slaked  lime  enough  to  render  the  mass  sufticiently  thick  for  the  purpose.  A 
thin  coating  di  this  cement  is  to  be  spread  while  warm  over  the  gently  heated  surfaces  of 
fracture  of  the  articles,  and  dried  under  strong  pressure. 

ICHTHYOLUM.— ICHTHYOL. 

FoRMUL.^:  C«,H3.S,0„(NH,)r    Molecular  Weight:  598.88. 

Sy.nonvms  :    Ammonium  irhthyol  mlphonnte.  Ammonium  ichthjol. 

Source  and  Preparation. — In  the  Tyrolese  Mountains  of  Europe  are  found 
immense  deposits  of  a  bituminous  mineral  containing  the  fossilized  remains  of 
fishes  and  .sea  animals  of  a  pre-historic  period.  If  this  mineral  be  subjected  to 
destructive  distillation,  it  yields  a  transparent,  crude  oil,  of  a  brownish-yellow 
color,  and  a  peculiar,  i)enetrating,  pungent  odor.  It  has  a  density  of  0.865  and 
boil.s  between  100°  C.  and  255°  C.  (212°  F.  and  401°  F.).  The  crude  oil  is  mixed 
with  strong  sulphuric  iicid  in  excess,  whereby  it  becomes  ichthyolsulphonic  acid. 
When  the  reaction  has  ceased  the  mixture  is  tVeateil  repeatedly  with  a  strong  solu- 
tion of  common  salt,  to  remove  the  remaining  sulphuric  and  sulphurous  acids, 
when  the  ichthyolsulphonic  acid,  in  form  of  a  dark  mass,  separates.  If  the  acid 
be  saturated  with  ammonia,  ammonium  ichthyolsulphonate  is  formed. 

Ichthyol  (the  ammonium  salt),  is  a  syrupy  liquid  of  a  reddish-brown  color, 
and  a  bitu'minous  taste  and  odor.     It  contains  as  much  as  10  per  cent  of  sulphur. 

%  Onnaz-mu ,  iicrorcUiiff  to  (imclii 
V  -'71).  was  i.btHlned  by  Thtiiartl  liy  . 
wiiu  aU'.>hiil.  luil  evaporaUng  the  alcoholic  Uqui'l 


1042  ICHTHYOLLM. 

Water  dissolves  it,  forming  a  clear,  red-brown  fluid,  of  faintly  acid  reaction.  It 
is  but  partially  soluble  in  ether  or  alcohol,  but  when  these  are  mixed,  volume 
for  volume,  complete  solution  is  eflected.  The  aqueous  sfdution  yields  a  tarry 
layer  of  the  free  acid  upon  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid.  When  dried  by  the 
heat  of  a  water-bath,  it  loses  nearly  half  (45  per  cent)  of  its  weight.  Ichthyol 
puffs  up  when  heated,  and  carbonizes,  and  if  the  heat  be  continued  sufficiently 
long  it  completely  volatilizes,  leaving  no  residue.  It  mixes  readily  with  fats  and 
petrolatum  in  any  proportion.  (For  a  more  detailed  description  of  ichthyol  and 
related  preparations,  see  P/ianH.Ce/j^mWa//*',  1883,  pp.  113  and  477;  and  1886."p.  115.) 
Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Owing  to  the  presence  of  the  sulphur 
contained  in  it,  several  dermatologists  were  led  to  the  use  of  ichthyol  in  .4-tn  affer- 
tinns.  For  a  time  it  was  extensively  used  in  almost  every  form  of  skin  disease,  as 
well  as  applied  to  wounds  and  other  accidental  lesions.  Rlieumntir  joinU.  ijimtj 
amcUtions,  and  iipniim  were  treated  with  it,  a.^ -were  tomUlar  enl/irgements  and  othei 
glandular  hypertrophies.  Internally,  it  was  employed  for  the  relief  cf  throat  dU- 
orders  and  digestive  derangements,  particularly  those  of  a  fermentative  type,  but  its 
intolerable  odor  and  taste  have  led  to  its  abandonment  for  the  latter  types  of 
disease.  Active  germicidal  properties  are  attributed  to  it,  and  its  use  is  now 
largely  confined  to  cutaneous  maladies,  in  which  it  appears  to  be  no  more  success- 
ful than  other  bodies  of  a  like  nature,  the  extraordinary  properties  first  attributed 
to  it  being  given  but  little  credence  at  the  present  time.  It  appears,  however, 
to  give  fair  results  in  erydpelns.  The  chief  skin  di.^eases  in  which  it  has  been 
employed  are  ulcerations,  rhilblnins,  frost-bites,  contusions,  urticaria,  bums,  scalds,  acne, 
eczema,  psoriasis,  and  entertrigo.  A  pomade  of  1  part  of  ichthyol,  2  parts  of  lanolin, 
and  6  parts  of  sweet  almond  oil,  is  said  to  have  been  signally  useful  in  smallpox. 
As  an  inhalation,  a  25  per  cent  aqueous  solution  of  ichthyol  may  be  employed; 
internally,  from  1  to  20  minims  ma}'  be  given  in  milk  or  capsule.-:  as  an  oint- 
ment, it  may  be  used  with  lanolin  or  petrolatum  in  strengths  ranging  from 
22  to  50  per  cent. 

Related  Compounds. — Other  Ichthtols.  When  the  term  ichthyol  alone  is  used  it  refers 
to  ammoiiixm  ichlliyul.  There  are,  however,  several  other  compoumls  of  ichlhyolsiilphonic  {sul- 
phoichthyolic)  acid,  known  respectively  as  wiium  uhlliyol,  lithiniii  ichthyol,  zinc  iihthyol,  iiirrciiry 
ichthyol,  etc.,  prepared  liy  saturation  of  the  acid  with  either  the  oxides  or  carboniites  of  these 
elements.  The  sodium  "salt  is  the  one  prepared  for  pill  administration.  It  dis.«<ilvesinwat«'r, 
and  is  alkaline  in  character.    These  ichthyols  are  all  tar-liko,  lirown  or  black  niass«-s. 

Thiolum  or  Thiol. — This  drug,  obtained  by  E.  Jacobsen  by  a  jwtented  process,  occnia 
in  two  forms,  the  dry,  thiolum  siccum,  and  the  fluid,  Ihiolum  li(piiilum,t\u-  latter  containing  about 
40  per  cent  of  dry  thiol.  The  latter  is  a  deep-brown,  synipy  preparation,  really  a  neutral  solu- 
tion of  thiol  in  water,  It  has  a  peculiar  odor  resembling  that  of  so-called  Russia  leather.  Its 
density  is  1.080  to  1.081.  It  is  freely  soluble  in  water  and  glycerin,  with  the  tir*t  forming  a 
frothy"  solution  when  agitated.  The"  dry  form  is  prepared  by  evaporation  of  the  liquid  thiol. 
Pure  thiol  is  a  dark-brown,  non-hygroscopic  powder,  soluble  in  water.  This  agent  has  been 
employed  for  precisely  the  same  conditions  as  ichthyol,  a  solution,  or  ointment,  or  occasionally 
the  dry  powder  being  applied.  The  advantage  claimed  over  the  former  is  the  absence  nf  otlor. 
From  5  to  10  drops  of  the  fluid,  or  1  to  2  grains  of  the  powder  have  been  administered  in  rheu- 
matic complaints. 

Ti'MExoi.i-M,  TcMENOL.— Tumenol  is  a  dark-colored,  syrupy  fluid  obtained  from  the  puri- 
fied oils  from  bituminous  shale,  by  acting  upon  them  with  strong  sulphuric  acid.  It  is  a  mix- 
ture of  sulphonic  acids  and  sulphones.  Tumawl  oil  consists  of  the  sulphones  separated  from  a 
caustic  soda  solution  of  tumenol,  by  means  of  ether.  It  is  a  thick,  deep-yellow  fluid,  soluble 
in  benzol  and  ether,  but  does  not  dissolve  in  water,  unless  tiinienol  milphonic  acij  be  present.  A 
caustic  soda  solution  of  tumenol  precipitates,  upon  the  addition  of  hydnx-hloric  acid,  a  dark- 
colored,  bitterish  powder,  lumciml  giilplwnic  acid.  Crudf  tumenol  \tumenol  lenali  .  is  a  soft,  tough, 
resinous  mass  of  a  brown  color  and  without  odor,  composed  of  tumenolsulphonic  acid  and 
tumenol  Bulphone.  A  lotion  containing  10  j>er  cent  of  tumenol  and  equal  quantities  of  glyc- 
erin (or  water),  alcohol,  and  ether,  has  been  highly  endorst'd  by  Neisser  i  ISvl ',  to  control  the 
itching  of  prurigo,  eczema,  and  parafilic,  as  well  as  otlier  affections  of  the  fkin.  Eczemaious  Jiirm»  (^ 
akin  dist>riU'r.^  appear  to  be  best  influenced  by  it. 

IciiTinLiiiN,  Ichthyol  albuminate.— .\  form  of  ichthyol  for  internal  use.  prepan^d  by  precipi- 
tating ichthyol  with  fresh  albumen.  Prolongeil  heating  or  washing  of  the  pn-cipitate  remo^-s 
the  ichthyol  taste  and  odor.  This  is  an  odorless  and  nearly  tjistele.ss.  grayish-brown  powder, 
insoluble  in  water  and  acid  media,  but  soluble  in  alkaline  media.  It  is  slowly  dissolved  by  the 
intestinal  secretions.  Claimed  to  be  more  valuable  tlian  ichthyol  for  internal  us*',  but  can 
not  supplant  it  as  an  external  remedy.  Said  to  disinfect  and  n-gufato  the  action  of  the  bowels, 
improve  the  appetite,  and  increase  assimilation.  The  dose  ranges  from  o  to  o<>  grains,  directly 
before  meals ;  (or  children,  the  smaller  doses  should  lie  given,  mixed  with  p4>Vdered  choco- 
late.    It  has  iieen  used  in  inteMinal  aluuy  and  catarrh,  rachitis,  Bcroftila,  anemia,  etc. 


IGNATIA.— IGNATIA. 

The  Pt'ed  o{  Slryrhno.<  Linnlin,  Lindley  (lijnatia  innarn,  LiniK?  lilius;  Stryrhnox 
hiuitii,  Berjiius;  Stryr/ino.i  p/ulippnjsii',  Blsinci';  Ignntinnn  philippinirn,  Loureiro). 

Xnt.  Ord — Loganiaoeic. 

Common  Names  and  Synonyms:  St.  Ir/natiiw  bean.  Bean  nf  Si.  Ifinniiu-o:  Fnhn 
I(inatii,  Sttiun  J(ittnti;f. 

Ili.isthation  :    Bentley  and  Trinien,  Mnl.  Plants,  179. 

Botanical  Source. — Strychnos  Jgnatla  of  Lindley,  is  a  braiu'hing  tree,  witli 
long,  Inpering,  smooth,  scrambling  branches.     The  leaves  are  ovate,  acute,  i)Ctio- 
late,  veiny,  pmooth,  and  a  sjian  long.    Hooks  none.    Panicles  small,        j,.     j^^^ 
axillary,  3  to  Sflowored,  with  short,  round,  rigid  pedicels.     The 
flowers  are  very  long,  nodding,  white,  smelling  like  Jasmine.    The 
fruit  is  smooth,  pear-shaped,  the  size  of  an  ordinary  apple  or  a 
Bonchretien  pear;   seeds  aliout  20,  somewhat  angular,  about  12 
lines  lonir,  and  imbedded  in  a  pulp(L. ). 

History  and  Description. — This  tree  is  indigenous  to  the 
Philippine  Islands.  Its  seeds,  the  8t.  Ignatius  bean  of  commerce, 
are  about  the  size  of  olives,  rounded  and  convex  on  one  side,  and 
somewhat  angular  on  the  other,  pule  brownish  externally,  with 
a  bluish-gray  tint,  greenish- hrown  internally.  Their  substance 
is  hard,  compnet,  and  horn-like.  They  are  inodorous  and  of  an 
exceedioixly  lutter  taste. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  St.  Ignatius  bean  yields  its 
l)roperties  to  water,  but  alcohol  is  its  best  solvent.  Pelletier  and 
Caventou,  in  1818,  found  it  to  contain  the  constituents  of  nux 
vomica  only  in  different  proportions.  These  chemists  found  1.2  per 
cent  of  strvchnine  and  little  brucine.  On  the  other  hand,  how- 
ever, F.  F.  "Mayer,  in  New  York  {^Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1863,  Vol.  36,  ^TiSs f^ f u ii^o i 
p.  219),  found  it  to  yield  twice  to  three  times  as  much  brucine  as  strj-chnos  ig- 
of  strychnine.  More  recently,  B.  Sundblom,  in  Prof.  Fliickiger's  '"'"^' 
laboratory  (^rr/ii'y  (//■>•  P/mn)i.,"l 889,  Vol.  227,  p.  145),  obtained  from  the  seeds  0.178 
per  cent  of  strychnine  and  0.278  per  cent  of  brucine.  (For  details  regarding  these- 
alkaloids,  see  Nuz  Vomica.)  The  alkaloids  were  observed  by  Pelletier  and  Caventou 
to  occur  in  natural  combination  with  igamric  arid,  a  substance  identified  by  Hohn 
(Arr/iio  dcr  Phnrm.,  1873,  Vol.  CCII,  p.  137)  as  an  iron-greening  tannic  acid.  Mr. 
Jas.  M.  Caldwell  {Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  18-57,  Vol.  XXIX,  p.  294)  notes  the  absence 
of  starch  from  the  seeds,  while  albuminous  matter  is  present  to  the  amount  of 
about  10  per  cent  {Phnrmacographin).  Prof.  Fliickiger  (Arrhiv  der  Pharm.,  1HS9), 
examining  authentic  specimens  of  other  parts  of  the  tree,  found  in  the  bark  of  the 
stem  0..52  per  cent  of  total  alkaloids,  strychnine  predominating,  while  in  the  wood 
of  the  stem  brucine  was  in  larger  amount.  The  root  contains  considerably  less 
alkaloid,  while  the  leaves  are  free  from  it. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  action  and  uses  of  ignatia  are 
very  similar  to  tlmse  of  mix  voniica,  but  more  energetic.  It  appears  also  to  pos- 
se.ss  an  intlueiK-e  over  the  nervous  system  of  a  tonic  and  stimulating  character, 
not  bclonjring  to  nux  vomica  or  strychnine.  It  is  never  a  remetly  for  conditions 
of  excitation  of  the  nervous  system,  but  its  key-note  is  atom/;  it  is  the  remedy  for 
ncn-ous  debility,  and  all  that  that  terra  implies,  being  one  of  the  best  of  nerve  st  iniu- 
lants  and  nerve  tonics.  It  was  early  recognized  in  this  woik  as  a  remedy  for 
nervous  d'biHty,  ameuorrhcea,  chloro.<<is,  etc.  As  a  rule,  the  dose  of  ignatia  adminis- 
tered is  too  large,  a  depressing  headache  often  resulting  from  its  immoderate  use. 
Tlie  ])re])aration  mostly  employed  in  our  school  is  specific  ignatia,  of  which  from 
•5  to  10  drops  should  be  added  to  4  fluid  ounces  of  water,  and  the  solution  be 
administered  in  teaspoonful  doses  every  2  or  3  hours.  Bearing  in  mind  the  con- 
dition of  Ti'rr'^K.g  fl/o»ii/,  it  maybe  successfully  administered  in  noz-oi/a,  where  the 
patient  is  cold,  and  especially  when  coldness  of  the  extremities  is  one  of  the  dis- 
tressing features  of  the  menopause.  It  should  be  thought  of  in  anemic  states  of 
the  brain,  and  particularly  in  those  cases  where  the  j)atient  exhibits  hyMeriral, 
iDclnnrfiiilir,  or  hyporhondriaral  deinonxtriilimix.    It  is  a  remedy  for  digestive  disorders, 


1U41  ILEX  OPACA. 

i^uch  as  atonic  dyspepsia  and  chronic  catarrh  of  the  stomach,  with  atonj-,  and  jf'/.* 
Iralgia  or  gaslrodynia.  The  sick  headache  of  debility  is  relieved  by  it.  Shifting, 
dragging,  boring,  or  darting  pains,  deeply  seated  in  the  loins  or  lumbar  region, 
are  those  benefited  l)y  ignatia.  It  is  an  important  remedy  in  ato-nic-  rqyrodwiivc 
dtMrrders.  Eclectics  have  not  found  it  to  be  especially  adapted  to  females  only. 
as  have  the  Homo-opaths,  who  declare  it  the  remedy  for  women,  while  nux  and 
strychnine  are  remedies  for  men.  Sexual  coldness  in  both  .sexes,  impoli;nre  in  the 
male  and  sterility  in  the  female  are  remedied  many  times  by  the  judiciou.s  admin- 
istration of  ignatia.  The  deep-seated  pelvic  pains  of  women,  particularly  owrwH 
pai/i.s-  and  uterine  colic  are  especiall}'  relieved  by  ignatia,  which  is  also  indicated  in 
menstrual  disorders  with  colic-like  pains,  heavy  dragging  of  the  ovaries,  and  an 
abnormally  large  and  heavy  womb.  If  added  to  these  pelvic  weaknesses,  the  gen- 
eral nervous  system  is  greatly  debilitated,  there  are  wandering  pelvic  pains  or 
pain  in  the  right  hypochondrium  with  constipation,  neuralgia  in  other  parts  of 
the  body,  twitching  of  the  facial  muscles,  a  tendency  to  paralysis,  and  choreic 
and  epileptiform  symptoms,  associated  with  a  disposition  to  grieve  over  one's 
condition,  the  indications  for  ignatia  are  still  stronger.  But  to  obtain  beneficial 
effects  the  dose  must  be  small. 

Ignatia  has  shown  itself  useful  in  atonic  states  of  the  eyes  and  ears.  Atonic 
vimal  asthenopia  and  catarrhal  conjunct Ivitk,  with  palpebral  twitchings  and  a  sen- 
sation as  of  dust  in  the  member,  are  relieved  by  doses  of^to  ^  drop  of  specific 
ignatia,  while  3^-drop  doses  have  proved  useful  in  the  tinnitus  and  impaired  hearing 
depending  upon  general  atony  of  the  system  (Foltz). 

The  dose  of  ignatia  (powdered)  may  range  from  ^V  to  i  grain  ;  of  the  alco- 
holic extract,  from  ^  to  J  grain ;  of  specific  ignatia,  from  yV  to  |  drop;  of  the 
tincture,  from  \  to  2  minims.  The  treatment  of  poisoning  by  ignatia  is  identical 
with  that  of  strychnine,  which  see. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — General  nervous  atony ;  disposition  to 
grieve;  dull,  deep-seated,  dragging  pain  in  loins,  back,  or  right  hypochondrium: 
hysterical,  Llioreic,  epileptoid,  or  hypochondriacal  manifestation,  due  to  debility: 
dysmenorrhoea,  with  colicky  pains  and  heavy  womb;  sexual  frigidity,  impotence. 
and  sterility;  wandering  pelvic  pains;  coldness  of  extremities;  muscular  twitch- 
ings, particularly  of  face  and  eyelids;  dull  hearing,  due  to  general  atony;  nervous 
depression  ;  burning  of  the  soles  of  the  feet;  congestive  headache. 

ILEX  OPACA.— AMERICAN  HOLLY. 

The  leaves  of  Ilex  opaca,  Alton. 
Nat.  Ord. — Aquifoliacese. 
Common  Namk:  American  holly. 

Botanical  Source.— This  tree"  rises  from  20  to  40  feet  in  height,  having  leaves 

which  are  alternate,  coriaceous,  evergreen,  smooth,  and  shining,  flat,  oval,  acute 

at  the  end,  and  the  wavy  margins  armed  with  strong,  scattered, 

*?■        ■        spiny  teeth.     The  flowers  are  small,  greenish-white,  arranged  in 

-^      ^       scattered  clusters  along  the  base  of  the  yoiuig  branches,  and  borne 

^U/!rS   from  the  axils  of  the  leaves.     The  calyx  is  persistent;  the  calyx- 

^Sl^jT-T      teeth  acute.     The  corolla  is  rotate,  monopetalous.  and  4-cleft;  the 

stamens  erect  and  alternate  with   the  divisions.     The    ovary    i> 

globular,  and  4-celled.     Stigmas  4,  subsessile,  and  obtuse.    The 

fruit  is  a  red,  globular  berry  of  4  cells;  the  nutlets  are  4  and 

striate  (G.— W.V 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  holly  is  foun.i 
growing  throushiiut  tlir  Initfd  States  Irom  Maine  to  Louisiana, 
iicx  opaca.  j^^  moist  woodlands,  and  llowcring  in  .Uine.  It  is  quite  common 
to  the  Atlantic  states,  especially  New  Jersey.  The  viscid  substance  of  the  inner 
bark,  like  the  mistletoe  berry,  "furnishes  an" adhesive  material  known  as  hirdHuif. 
Tlie  berries  are  about  as  large  as  a  whortleberry,  of  a  red  color,  and  an  acrid,  liit- 
ttrish  taste.  The  leaves  are  the  medicinal  parts.  They  have  a  bitter,  somewhat 
liarsh  taste,  but  no  odor,  and  yield  tlieir  virtues  to  water  or  alcohol.  They  are 
believed   to  contain  ilicin  (see  Related  Species),  wax,  gum,  salts,  etc.     (For  the 


ILEX  OI'A(  A.  1045 

preparation  of  Rousseau's  ilirin,  see  this  Disj,rmalory,  last  revision.)  Mr.  D.  P. 
Pancoast  {Amer.  J(jur.  r/mrm.,  lS.")6,Vol.  XXVIII,  ]>.  315)  prepared  from  the  leaves 
of  American  holly  an  aqueous  decoction  from  which  tlie  bitterness  was  removed 
by  charcoal,  and  subsequently  abstracted  from  the  latter  by  alcohol.  An  amor- 
phous, non-hygroscopic,  intensely  bitter  mass  resulted  upon  evaporation  of  the 
solvent,  partially  soluble  in  water,  and  completely  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether. 
It  could  not  be  obtained  in  the  crystallized  state.  By  the  same  process  the  author 
isolated  from  the  berries  a  crystallizable,  very  bitter  i)rinciple,  soluble  in  ether, 
water,  and  alcohol.  Acids  precipitate  it  from  aqueous  solution.  The  fruit  con- 
tains tannin.  Mr.  Walter  A.  Smith  {Amer.  Jnur.  J'/mnn.,  \88~,  i>.  2'^0)  obtained 
from  the  leaves,  by  extraction  with  benzin,  a  volatile  oil  of  an  acrid,  mustard- 
like odor,  and  also  identitied  a  glucosid.  The  leaves  contained  4.5  pir  cent 
of  ash. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Holly  leaves  are  tonic  and  febrifuge; 
said  to  be  verv  efl'icient  in  the  treatment  of  inlcrmillcut  fevers,  in  doses  of  60  grains 
of  their  powder  administered  1  or  2  hours  previous  to  the  chill.  The  infusion 
has  also  proved  beneficial  in  icteru-^,  pleurilij^.  eutnrrh,  variola,  art/iriti.i,  etc.  The 
berries  are  said  to  be  emeto-cathartic  and  cholagogue;  from  8  to  15  of  them  will 
act  as  a  hydragogue.  According  to  Dr.  Rousseau,  ilicin  acts  decidedly  upon  the 
spleen,  liver,  and  pancreas,  producing  a  sedative  effect,  and  is  a  cheap  substitute 
for  quinine.     Its  dose  is  10  grains  in  pill  form,  gradually  increased  to  30  grains. 

Belated  Species. — lle.r  aquifoUum,  Linn^,  European  holly,  together  with  several  other 
species  in  this  country,  possess  properties  similar  to  tliose  of  American  holly.  Dr.  F.  Molden- 
hauer  has  found  in  the  leaves  a  crj-stalline  yellow  coloring  matter,  which  is  scarce  in  tlie  leaves 
when  they  are  collected  in  Januar>',  but  abundant  when  gathered  in  August.  It  is  soluble  in 
alcohol  or  hot  water,  but  insoluble  in  ether  or  cold  water,  loses  its  color  at  18.)°  C.  (365°  F.), 
and  fuses  at  197.7°  C.  (388°  F.),  decomposing  slightly  above  this  temperature.  He  gave  it  the 
name  Hijcanihin  (CrHaOn).  He  also  isolated  from  the  aqueous  extract  the  crystallizable  cal- 
cium salt  of  a  syrupy  acid,  iliac  acid.  Ilicin  is  the  bitter  principle  upon  which  the  febrifuge 
properties  of  the  leaves  depend;  it  has  not  been  obtained  as  yet  in  a  pure  state.  The  leaves 
have  been  used  in  intermittent  fevers  and  rheumatism,  and  the  berries  in  dropsy.  The  leaves  pro- 
duce rastric  heat,  nausea,  anil  colic.    The  berries  have  emeto-cathartic  properties. 

Ilex  Vassine,  Walter  {Ilex  romiloria,  of  Alton),  or  South  Sea  lea,  an  evergreen  shrub,  grow- 
ing in  the  southern  states,  is  the  Cassiite  of  the  Inilians  II  is  also  known  as  Canfena,  Yaupon, 
oi  Yotipon.  A  liquid,  called  6/aci  rfnuA-,  is  prepan  1 1  l\  liiilinL'  the  toasted  leaves  in  water  ;  in 
the  performance  of  their  religious  rites,  and  on  j.'ii  :it  .Mr;iM,,iis  ulien  in  council,  the  men  only 
are  permitted  to  drink  this,  for  the  purpose  of  cli  aii^in;:  lluir  systems.  The  leaves  have  a 
rough,  aromatic  taste,  no  odor,  and  in  large  doses  their  decoction  causes  active  emesis,  cathar- 
sis, and  diuresis;  in  small  quantity  it  greatly  increases  the  urinary  discharge.  A  few  leaves  of 
this  plant  lessen  the  injurious  influence  of  saline  water,  and  it  is  used  for  this  purpose  by  per- 
sons along  the  sea  shore  in  North  Carolina.  Acconling  to  the  analysis  of  Dr.  F.  P.  Venable 
(Amer.  Junr.  Phann.,  1885,  p.  390),  the  dried  leaves  contain  0.32  percent  of  caffeine,  7.39  per 
cent  of  tannin,  and  5.75  per  cent  of  ash.  Mr.  Henry  M.  Smith  (Amer.  Jour.  I'hann., Mi'2,  p. 
216)  found  0.011  per  cent  of  a  volatile  oil,  3.4  per  cent  of  resin,  and  0.122  per  cent  of  cafTeine. 
(For  a  detailed  and  exhaustive  article  on  Ilex  Va.'<itine  see  monograph  by  E<lwin  M.  Hale,  M.  D., 
Bulletin  Xo.  14,  Division  of  Botany,  U.  S.  Department  of  .\griculture.) 

Ilex  glabra.     Ink  bern/.—Siindy  grounds  from  New  England  Pig.  143. 

to  Florida.     Employed  cluefly  for  ornamentation,  and  was  at  a  . 

one  time  used  in  intermittent  fevers.  ;  afe 

•     Ilex  Dahoon,\\'a\\er;  Dahoon  holli/,  am\  Ilex  myrtifolia,  Wa.\         <gtr        _W  V7 

ter;  both  of  southern  stjites,  are  also  known  as  Ca^sena.  ti  ^'V  ^  \^^    1     '.]      I'-i. 

lltx  naraguayensis,  8t.  Hilaire;  Argentine   Republic,  and       y^^  \.^y'  '  ''<i  ,. 

Brazil.— This  tree  "yields  Paraguay  tea  or  Yerha  matt';  Si.  Barlholo-        ,  V 
miii'x  1,11  <,rjt suit's  tea,  which  is  consumed  in  immense  quanti-    r\^ 
ties  in  Snuth  .\merica  in  place  of  Chinese  tea.     Its  etTects  are    N^^ 
said  to  more  nearly  resemble  coca  than  tea.     The  plant  grows  «^ 

along  water  courses,  and  from  December  to  August  collecting 
parties  gather  the  leaves  which,  after  a  preparatory  torrificatioii 
to  enhance  their  aroma,  are  powdered  and  enter  into  commerce 
and  are  sold  to  be  prepared  by  infusion  like  common  tea.   Their         L^ij^      i 
chief  constituent  is  catreine,  which  exist.s  in  quantities  varying  li 

from  0.2  per  cent  to  1.8  per  cent,  the  average  vieM  d'eckolt)  lUx  l 

being  0.G4    per  cent.     Tannin   {tnalrlanide  arid)'  U   present    in 

amounts  of  from  10  to  1(>  per  cent  ( A.  Hobbins,  .linn-.Jiiur.  /7;i/;hi.,  187S,  p.  273).  1  i"  i.  :i^.-  ..i.- 
most  aromatic  just  before  the  fruit  is  ripe.  Volatile  oil,  a  stearopten,  ami  a  cryslaiiizable 
acid,  matrririilie  acid,  have  also  been  obtained  from  the  leaves.  The  infusiun  of  Paraguay  tea 
is  diuretic  and  gudorilic,  and  in  excessive  doses  acts  as  a  drastic  purgative,  itor  an  interest- 
ing article  on  mat;  or  Para^'uay  tea,  see  Th.  I'c  <kf>lt,  Amrr.  Jour.  J'lutrm.,  \S&i,  p.  570.  i 


1046 


ILLICIUM  (U.  S.  P.)— ILLICIUM. 


The  fruit  of  lUinum  verum,  Hooker. 

Nat.  Orel. — Magnoliaceae. 

Common  Names  and  Synonyms:  Star-anise,  Star-anise  fruit,  Chinese  anise;  Semen 
bfulinna,  Anisi  stellatn  frurtits. 

Illustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  10. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— The  plant  bearing  star-anise  is  a  small  tree 
or  shrub,  indigenous  to  southwestern  China,  growing  in  the  mountainous  eleva- 
tions of  Yunnan.  The  shrub  attains  a  height  of  from  8  to  12  feet,  and  has  entire. 
lanceolate,  evergreen  leaves,  which  are  pellucid-punctate.  The  flowers  are  poly- 
petalous  and  of  a  greenish-yellow  color.  The  fruit  is  described  below.  This 
jilant  was  introduced  into  Japan  bj'  the  followers  of  Buddha,  and  planted  near 
their  temples. 

Description. — The  ['.  .S.  F.  describes  star-anise  of  commerce  as  follows,  giving 
also  the  distinctive  differences  between  it  and  the  poisonous  fruit  of  Illicittm  ani- 
satum,  Linne :  "'  The  fruit  is  pedunculate  and  consists  of  8  stellatelj'-arranged 
carpels,  which  are  boat-shaped,  about  10  Mm.  (f  inch)  long,  rather  woody,  wrinkled, 
straight-beaked,  brown,  dehiscent  on  the  upper  suture,  internally  reddish-brown, 
glossy,  and  containing  a  single,  flattish,  oval,  glossy,  brownish-yellow  seed;  odor 
anise-like;  taste  of  the  carpels  sweet  and  aromatic,  and  of  the  seeds  oily.  Star- 
anise  should  not  be  confounded  with  the  very  similar  but  poisonous"  fruit  of 
Iliicium  anisatum,  Linne  (Illieium  rellgiosum,  Siebold),  the  carpels  of  which  are 
more  woody,  shriveled,  and  have  a  thin,  mostly  curved  beak,  a  faint,  clove-like 
odor,  and  an  unpleasant  taste" — (U.S.  P.).  This  last  poisonous  fruit  is  some- 
times found  as  a  dangerous  admixture  to  true  star-anise. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  seeds  contain,  according  to  Meissner  (1818). 
some  volatile  oil,  resin,  and  a  large  amount  of  fixed  oil.  The  fruit  (without  the 
seeds)  contains  volatile  oil,  resin,  fat,  tannin,  pectin  and  mucilage.  The  volatile 
oil  (oil  of  star-nnL'<e),  amounts  to  about  4  to  5  per  cent,  and  is  almost  identical 
with  oil  of  anise  (from  Pimplnella  Anisum,  Linne).  Star-anise  oil  (from  Chinese 
fruit)  according  to  Schimmel  &  Co.'s  Semi-annnal  Report  (October.  1893),  has  the 
specific  gravity  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  of  0.980  to  0.990,  and  its  known  constituents  are 
pinene,  anethol,  phellundrene,  safrol,  and  hydro-quinone-ethyl-ether,  while  onlv  anethol 
(C,H,[OCH3][CH:CHCH3])  &nA  pinene  ([C,<,HJ)  (Fluckiger,  Pharmacogno'sie,  1891) 
are  given  as  the  constituents  of  anise  oil,  which  has  the  same  density  as  sinr- 
anisc  oil.  J.  F.  Eykmann  (1888)  detected  the  poisonous  sikimin  in  the  fruit,  while 
Schlegel  found  a  crystalline  principle  of  a  pronounced  odor  of  musk.  He  also 
found  saponin  in  the  watery  extract  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1885,  p.  426). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Both  the  seeds  and  oil  of  star-anise 
possess  the  .^liinulant,  diuretic,  carniinative,  and  slightly  anodyne  properties  of 
anise.  Locally  applied  and  internally  administered,  t&ey  have  been  used  for 
abdominal  pains,  particularly  when  associated  with  flatus,  and  in  bronchitis,  and 
locally  alone  in  earache  and  rheumatic  complaints.  The  dose  of  the  powder  is  from 
10  to  20  grains;  of  the  oil,  from  1  to  10  drops.  Oil  of  star-anise  is  largely  em- 
j)loyed  to  inijjart  a  flavor  to  spirits,  especially  in  France,  Germany  and  Italy. 

Related  Species. — Iliicium  aniMtum,  Linne  (Iliicium  religiofum,  Siel)ol(li.  This  fruit  was 
until  quite  recently  (1880)  considered  identical  with  the  preceiling,  the  shrub  bearing  which 
was  also  known  as  Illiciitm  animtum,  Loureiro,  until  it  was  determined  by  Hooker  ( ISSSl  to  In? 
a  distinct  species,  to  which  the  name  Iliicium  tt-nim.  Hooker,  was  applied.  Illirium  rfligi,K'iii„ 
is  indigenous  to  the  eastern  portion  of  .Vsia,  and  is  cultivated  in  Japan,  where  the  plant  is 
known  aa  gikimi  (shikimi).  Eykmann  found  in  the  seeds  a  crj-stalline,  poisonous,  non-gluc<>- 
sidal,  non-alkaloidal  body,  sikimin,  soluble  in  hot  water,  alcohol,  and  chloroform.  For  an 
account  of  the  analysis,  see  Amcr.  Jour.  Pharm..  1881,  p.  407.  The  volatile  oil  ^yl7  ,>/  rfnr-<iiii.v. 
from  .Tapanese  fruit  1,  according  to  .'^chimniel  A  Co.,  contains  «ifn>/,  and  has  a  density  of  0.i»J<4 
10  0,994  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  The  fruit  is  dcscribe<l  above.  It  is  highly  iioisonous,  and  atten- 
tion was  drawn  to  this  fruit  through  cases  of  poisoning  which  occurr«rt  in  the  Netherlands, 
in  I8S(),  as  also  in  Japan,  their  native  country.  Fatalities  in  children  have  resulted  from  the 
ingestion  of  the  seeds,  the  toxic  symptoms  being  vomiting,  i-onvulsions  reeembling  thos.- 
of  epilepsy,  with  frothing  at  the  mouth,  loss  of  consciousness,  dilated  pupils,  and  the  f.Hiv 
exces-ivelv  i-vanotic. 


IMI'ATIE.N:^.  1047 

Illicium  pan'ifl(mim,  Micbaux. — Georgia,  Florida,  and  Carolina,  in  the  hill  districta.  This 
ppeoies  has  yellow  blossoms,  the  fruit  is  S-carpidled,  anil  has  the  tnslc  of  sassafras.  They  are 
poisonous.  Barral  (Amei:  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1890,  p.  :530),  isolated  a  tn\i,  ._'lii.'..~i(l  iinin  the  seeds. 
The  properties  are  tliought  to  resemble  those  of  rhik-imi  (Jlliciuui  /■./.;.-.,...  m.  li  .Id). 

Illiriiiiii  flofidanum,  Ellis;  Sliuk-bush,  Poumii-bay:— An  ever^;iv,u  -l.iuli,  mowing  from 
I'Morida  along  "the  Gulf  of  Mexico  coast  to  Louisiana,  and  bearing  juiii.li'  lli.uii>.  The  fruit  is 
13-carpelled,  and  has  a  disagreeable,  anise  odor  resembling  somewhat  that  ol  turpentine.  Both 
fruit  and  leaves  are  poisonous.  The  fruit,  leaves,  and  bark  of  this  8i)ecies  are  aromatic,  the 
tirst  being  occasionally  substituted  for  anise,  the  last  for  cascarilla.  (bee  Henry  C.C.  Maisch, 
.1../,  r.  ./..»,.  rifii-iii.,  18So,  pp.  22S  and  27S,  for  a  histological  and  chemical  study  of  this  plant.) 

//'.,;  ..uK.i,  Hooker  tilius  et  Thomson.— Malay  Peninsula.  Fruit  U'or  13-carpelled, 
l>huki.-hl  r.«  n  in  Color,  and  has  a  taste  like  mace. 

///,.--,  ',,  jH//i I i.  Hooker  (iliuset  Thomson. —UeuK'al.  Fruit  13-carpelled.  Taste  bitter  and 
acrid,  like  bay-leaves  and  cubebs. 

IMPATIENS.— JEWELWEED. 

The  plants  Impatiens  pallida,  Nuttall,  and  Iinpatknsfulva,  Nuttall. 
Na(.  On/.— Gerauiacea\ 

CoMMu.N  N.\.MKs:  I.  {Impatiens  pnllidn),  Balsam  jeirelivefd,  Balsam  weed,  Pale 
Uiuc/i-iii._-ii"t.     II,   ,  ]inpati£i\s  J'ulva),  Speekled  jcireU,  Spotted  tourh-me-nat . 

Botanical  Source. — Jmpatiens  pallida  is  an  indigenous  annual  plant  having  a 
smooth,  succulent,  tender,  subpellucid,  branching  stem,  with  tumid  joints,  growing 
from  2  to  4  feet  in  height.   The  leaves  are  oblong-ovate,  coarsely 
Fig.  144.  ^jj^j  obtusely  serrate,  teeth  muoronate,  from  2  to  5  inches  long, 

petiolate,  and  about  two-thirds  as  wide.  The  flowers  are  large, 
pale-yellow,  sparingly  maculate,  and  mostly  in  pairs;  the  ped- 
uncles, 2  to  4-flowered  and  elongated.  The  sepals  are  appar- 
parently  but  4,  the  2  upper  united,  the  lowest  gibljous,  dilated- 
conical,  broader  than  long,  with  a  very  short,  recurved  spur. 
The  petals  are  apparently  2,  unequal-sided  and  2-lobed,  each 
consisting  of  a  pair  united.  Stamens  5,  short;  anthers  open- 
ing on  the  inner  face,  connivent  over  the  stigma.  Ovary 
5-celled ;  stigma  sessile.  Capsules  oblong-cylindric,  an  inch 
long,  5-valved,  bursting  at  the  slightest  touch  when  ripe,  and 
scattering  the  anatropous  seeds  (W. — G.). 
J        .    ^  Impatient)  Jul  va  is  the  most  common  variety;  its  leaves 

mpatienspa     a.        ^^^  rhombic-ovate,  obtusish,  coarsely  and   obtusely  serrate, 
with  teeth  mucronate.     The  flowers  are  smaller  than  in  the 
previous  one,  deep-orange,  maculate,  with  many  brown  spots ;  ^'^'  ^     ' 

lower  gibbous  sepals  acutely  conical,  longer  than  broad,  with 
an  elongated,  recurved  spur. 

Impatieus  balsamina,  the  Garden  balsam,  or  Ladies^  slippers, 
is  spontaneous  about  gardens;  its  leaves  are  lanceolate,  ser- 
rate, upper  ones  alternate;  peduncles  clustered  and  1-flowered; 
spur  shorter  than  the  flowers.  The  flowers  are  red,  white,  pur- 
ple, pink,  flesh-color,  and  scarlet;  sometimes  they  are  double. 
This  is  an  exotic  plant,  a  native  of  the  East  Indies,  and  culti- 
vated as  a  Iteautiful  garden  annual.     Its  height  is  from  1  to  5 

History. — These  plants  grow  throughout  the  United  States, 
in  moist,  sluuly  jjlaces,  and  along  rills,  in  rich  soil,  flowering  from  July  to  Sep- 
tember. The  /.pallida  is  most  common  northward  and  westward,  and  the  I.  fulva 
southward.  Both  plants  pos.sess  similar  properties.  The  leaves  are  astringent. 
The  whole  plants  are  used  medicinally,  and  impart  their  virtues  to  water.  They 
contain  a  yellow  coloring  matter,  buthave  not  been  chemically  studied. 

ActlQn,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — They  are  aperient  and  diuretic;  a 
decoction  is  recoinmended  \i\  jiiin,,!;,;.  /upntiti.'i,  and  dropxij.  The  juice  is  said  to 
remove  wartti,  cure  rinijininns,  snli-r/Kinii.  etc.,  and  to  cleanse  foul  ulcere;  or  it  may 
be  applied  for  these  purpdses  in  the  form  of  a  poultice  boiled  in  milk.  The 
bruised  plants  or  the  juice  ai)plied  to  parts  ;wwo)i<'(i  hj/ rhus,  give  prompt  relief 
It  also  gives  relief  from  tl>e  ett'ects  of  stinging  nettle.  The  recent  plant  boiled  in 
lard,  forms  an  excellent  ointment  (or piles. 


1048 


INDIGO.— INDIGO. 


A  blue  dye-stufif  obtained  from  several  species  of  Indigofera. 

Nat.  Ord. — Leguminosse. 

Synonyms:   iDdirmn.  P'Kjmentum  indkun. 

Source  and  History. — The  plants  furnishing  indigo  are  quite  numerous; 
chief  among  them  are  Lidlgofem  tinrioria,  Linne,  cultivated  in  India  and  the  East 
India  Islands;  Indigofera  Anil,  Linne,  growing  in  the  West  Indies,  Central  and 
South  America,  and  Indigofera  argentea,  Linne,  cultivated  in  Egypt  and  the-  French 
colonies  in  Africa.  To  these  sources  is  to  be  added  the  commercial  product  called 
Woad,  prepared  from  the  leaves  of  hntis  tinrtorin  and  I.lmitanica  (Sat.  Ord. — Cruci- 
fera;),  plants  which  were  formerly  much  cultivated  in  France  and  Germany,  and 
supplied  the  demand  for  indigo  before  it  was  introduced  into  Europe  from  for- 
eign countries. 

Indigo-blue  does  not  pre-exist  as  such  in  these  plants. .  It  is  developed  by  the 
decomposition  of  the  bitter  glucosid  indiran  (CjjHjjNO,,),  a  colorless  chromogene 
existing  therein.  This  substance  also  occurs  sometimes  in  pathological  urine. 
When  acted  upon  by  diluted  acids  or  ferments,  it  is  said  to  absorb  water  and  to 
be  hydrolyzed  into  indigo-hhie  {C.^fi^^.<d.,),  and  a  saccharine  principle  indiglutin 
(CeHioOg),  "which  undergoes  further  decomposition  by  fermentation.  However, 
oxidation  also  plays  an  important  part  in  the  production  of  indigo-blue.  The 
plants  are  collected  during  the  flowering  season,  and  are  kept  immersed  in  water 
in  soaking  vats  or  cisterns.  At  a  temperature  of  about  30°  C.  (86°  F.),  fermen- 
tation soon  sets  in,  lasting  from  12  to  15  hours.  When  the  liquid  becomes  of  a  yel- 
lowish-green color,  it  is  drawn  off  and  stirred  briskly  for  about  3  hours.  The  liquid 
now  turns  deep  blue,  and  the  indigo,  being  insoluble  in  water,  and  of  a  greater 
specific  gravity,  soon  falls  to  the  bottom.  The  supernatant  liquid  is  removed, 
the  thick  indigo  sediment  is  heated  to  the  boiling  point  of  water  to  prevent  fur- 
ther fermentation,  then  strained,  pressed,  and  cut  into  cubical  blocks  and  care- 
fully dried.  Three  hundreil  kilograms  of  the  indigo  plant  yield  about  1  kilogram 
of  indigo  (S.  P.  Sadtlt  r,  ILmdhnok  of  Indu4rinl  Organic  Chemhtnj,  2d  ed.,  189-5). 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— Commercial  indigo  occurs  in  hard, 
porous,  brittle  lumps  or  cubes  of  a  dark-blue  color  and  devoid  of  taste  or  odor. 
Indigo  which  is  firm,  dense,  not  easily  broken,  and  which  has  a  dull  or  greenish 
or  grayish  hue,  is  of  inferior  quality.  Its  specific  gravity  varies  between  1.32  and 
1.45.  Commercial  indigo  contains  from  20  to  80  per  cent  of  indigo-blue,  the  aver- 
age being  about  45  per  cent ;  the  remainder  consists  of  indigo-brown,  indigo-red, 
indigo-gluten,  water,  and  varying  quantities  of  mineral  matters.  The  ash  should 
not  amount  to  more  than  8  per  cent.  When  indigo  is  rubbed  with  a  hard  and 
smooth  body,  the  surface  of  friction  assumes  a  copper-like  lustre.  Heated  to 
287.7°  C.  (550°  F.),  indigo  sublimes  as  a  violet-colored  vapor,  although  not  without 
decomposition,  and  condenses  on  cool  surfaces  in  the  form  of  small,  acicular  crys- 
tals of  a  copper  hue.  Indigo-blue  is  not  affected  by  the  ordinary  solvents,  such  as 
water,  alcohol,  ether,  diluted  acids  and  alkalies.  It  can  be  crystallizt-d,  however, 
from  aniline  and  oil  of  turpentine,  and  is  also  soluble  in  chloroform,  glacial  acetic 
acid,  paraffine,  castor  oil,  nitrobenzene,  phenol,  and  similar  solvents.  Concen- 
trated, especially  fuming  sulphuric  acid,  readily  dissolves  indigo,  forming  deep- 
blue  solutions.  According  to  the  relative  quantities  of  indigo  and  sulphuric  acia, 
and  the  temperature  maintained  in  the  reaction,  either  indigo-mi)noi.uli>honic  (<fn/- 
pho-purpuric)  arid  (C|sHprSO,H]  N,0,),  or  indigo-di.tidjihonir  (.nilphiudigntic)  nciil 
(C„H,[SO,H],N,0,),  may  be  obtained.  The  monosulphonir  acid  is  insoluble  in 
water;  its  sodium  salt  is  soluble,  and  is  called  indigo-purple  or  rrd-indigo  cnrminr. 
The  di.mlpfionir  arid  is  soluble  in  water,  and  is  the  substance  commercially  ternietl 
Saxoni/  blue  or  C/iemnitz  blue.  The  sodium  or  potaissium  salt  of  this  acid  is" the  true 
indign-rarmine  or  xoluble  indigo  of  commerce,  and  occurs  in  the  form  of  u  pasty 
ma.ss  or  as  a  powder;  in  the  latter  case  it  obtains  the  commercial  name  indigotine 
(S.  P.  Sadtler,  Handbook;  1895,  p.  447).  The  name  indigotin  is  also  often  given  in 
text-books  to  the  pure  indigo-blue  (C,jH,„N,0,). 

Indigo-bhw  h  converted  by  oxidizers,  <.  or,  nitric  acid,  into  yellow-reil,  crystal- 
lizable  wi^in  (C„H,oN,0,),  whi"ch,  when  distilled  with  caustic  potash.  yi.l.N  ,n,iti,>e 


(CjH^NHj).  When  indigo  is  acted  upon  by  reducing  agents  in  alkaline  solution, 
«■.  J/.,  by  dextrose,  or  sulphurous  acid,  or  hydrogen  sulphide,  zinc,  etc.,  a  solution 
of  a  yellow  color  is  yielded,  containing  "alkali-soluble  iixligo-uhite  ((.\^\l,.'S f),). 
This  solution,  exposed  to  the  air,  precipitates  indixjo-Mue  again.  This  reaction  is 
made  use  of  in  dyeing;  the  cloth,  being  saturated  with  the  alkaline  solution  con- 
taining indiqn-u-hite,  is  exposed  to  the  air,  whereby  the  indigo-blue  formed  is  firnilv 
tixed  in  the' fiber. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Indigo  and  its  preparations  when  ad- 
ministered, iiavf  imjiarted  a  blue  color  to  the  cutaneous  and  renal  secretions. 
Large  doses  cause  gastro-intestinal  irritation,  debility,  and  nervous  derangements. 
The  sulphate  is  reputed  an  active  emnienagogue,  and  indigo  was  several  years 
ago  tested  as  a  remedy  for  qnlcp>fi/,  but  has  been  abandoned  as  inefficient  and  even 
detrimental.    The  dose  ma_v  be  stated  at  from  1  to  20  grains. 

Synthetic.\i.  iNnioo. — Within  the  last  20  years,  several  syntheses  of  indigo-blue  and  its 
iliTivatives  have  been  accouiplished.  An  iiiiportitnt  stepping-stone  to  tliis  feat  was  the  syn- 
tlu-sis  !•(  In'liil  (CgHiX)  (the  skeleton  substance  of  indigo),  by  Baeyer  and  Enimi-rhng,  in  1S69. 
The  tirst  synthesis  of  imligo  by  Baeyer  {liir.  d.  Detiturli.  ('hem.  TrVx.,  1880,  p. 22.54),  was  aecoiu- 
plished  by  converting  orlho-nitr(>^iiiiia'mlc  aciil  (CjH^NOj.CHrC'H.COOH)  into  ortlio-uitro  jilu-ni/l 
pniitiiilir  (icit/ (C|,H4[N"Oj].CCiCOOH.l,  and  this  into  indiyo-hlw  through  the  reducing  agency 
of  sugar  in  alkahne  solution.  The  graphic  formula  of  iiuligo-liliie  (C8H4.NH.CO:C=C:CO. 
NH.CjH,),  elucidated  by  the  researches  of  Prof.  Baeyer  and  his  co  workers,  suggests  to  him 
an  analogy  with  that  of  the  Azndiji.ii  which  see).  More  recently  additional  syntheses  of  indigo 
were  effected  simultaneously  by  L"Ledererand  K.  Heumann  (see  Clumiker  Z^ittmi], ]>>90, Oct.  1st 
anil  Oct.  Sth;  also  see  .I»i«t.  ./ohc  P/inrm.,  18!)0,  p.614) ;  likewise  some  methods  for  the  direct 
fvntlie-iis  of  l,uli'j,^,-.iniiii;  are  uu  nodnl  (see  A.  Haas,  in -Inifr.  Jour.  P/if(n».,  1891,  p.  406,  and 
li.  lieynianii.  in  'Pr..!.  .-a.ltlerV  Jl.nJJ /.-.  1895,  p.  4.i2). 

Related  Species  and  Product.— In  addition  to  the  plants  above  mentioned,  indigo  is 
probalily  yieliled  also  hv  tlie  following  plants:  (lyinneniti  tiiiijois,  Sprenfrel,  Hindustan;  Polygo- 
num liiirturiiini,  Linne,  Cliina;  Wrightia  Inirlorin.  Robert  Brown,  Hindustan;  and  Chdego  liuctoria. 
Prof.  H.  Moliseh  {Anur.Jour.  Pliariii.,imi,  |>  494  i.  delects  the  presence  of  indkan  in  plants  by 
boiling  some  fragments  of  the  latter  in  a  test-tulie  with  a  diluted  sohition  of  aqua  ammonise, 
and  in  another  experiment  with  <liluted  hydrochloric  acid,  tilteriug,  cooling,  and  agitating 
with  chloroform,  which  assumes  a  blue  color  if  indican  is  present. 

t'rtscentia  ciyV(<'.— South  America.  The  fruit  of  this  plant  contains  a  blue  body  resembling 
indigo,and  crescentinic  add  (G.  Peckolt,  Phnrm.  Rrmdsrhvi,  1884). 

INFUSA.— INFUSIONS. 

Infusions  are  solutions  of  vegetable  principles  in  water.  The  addition  of  any 
alcoholic  mixture  is  only  made  in  cases  wliere  the  medicinal  action  of  the  liquor 
itself  is  desired,  or  to  act  as  a  preservative.  Clear,  soft  water,  as  river,  rain,  or 
distilled  water  should  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  infusions;  hard,  or  lime- 
stone water,  from  springs  or  wells,  or  water  holding  saline  substances  in  solution, 
is  unfit  for  this  purpose,  as  such  water  is  apt  to  occasion  precipitates.  Drugs  con- 
taining volatile  active  constituents,  or  which  are  deteriorated  by  a  temperature 
somewhat  elevated,  or  which  contain  a  principle  not  desired,  and  which  is  not 
readily  dissolved  by  water  at  a  low  degree  of  heat,  are  better  made  into  infusions 
by  cold  instead  of  hot  water. 

Infusions  form  a  very  expeditious  and  convenient  mode  of  exhibiting  many 
medicines,  as  the  most  of  them  readily  yield  their  active  constituents  in  this  way 
without  requiring  to  be  very  finely  divided.  The  principal  objection  to  them  is 
the  diHiculty  of  keeping  them  for  any  length  of  time,  in  consequence  of  which 
they  n  ijuire  to  be  prepared  off-handed,  and  in  limited  quantity  at  a  time.  Mugs 
containing  a  movable  diaphragm  are  now  much  in  use  for  the  preparation  of 
infusions.  The  diajihragm  extends  to  one-third  or  one-half  of  the  dei)th  of  the 
mug,  and  contains  the  vegetable  remedy,  while  the  jar  is  filled  with  hot  or  cold 
water  as  m-Ay  be  required.  A  constant  circulation  is  kejit  up  in  the  fluid  by  the 
increased  density  of  the  impregnjited  water  carrying  it  to  the  bottom,  while  its 
place  is  occupied  by  the  less  impregnated  fluid,  and  this  continues  until  the 
remedy  is  exhausted  of  its  active  soluble  principles. 

In  making  infusions  with  boiling  water,  starch  and  other  principles  are  often 
taken  up,  whose  presence  disposes  to  acidity  or  moldiness,  or  perhaps  favors  re- 
actions which  materially  impair  the  infusions;  on  this  account  percolation  bv 
cold  water  is  often   preferable,  as  it  avoids  these  inconveniences,  beside  which 


1050  INFUSA. 

these  infusions  have  a  less  tendency  to  spoil  than  those  made  at  a  boiling  tern- 
l)erature.  The  process  of  percolation  or  displacement  b}-  cold  water,  affords  infu- 
sions of  very  great  strength,  and  is  preferred  to  any  other  mode;  it  requires,  how- 
ever, that  the  articled  should  be  more  finely  powdered,  as  a  general  thing,  than 
is  customary  in  preparing  infusions  in  the  ordinary  way.  When  of  too  great 
strength,  the  infusion  may  be  reduced  by  dilution  with  water.  Very  excellent 
infusions  may  be  prepared  with  many  medicinal  herbs,  roots,  or  barks,  by  perco- 
lating with  a  fluid  composed  of  3  parts  of  water  and  1  part  of  glycerin. 

Infusions  are  better  when  prepared  in  glazed  earthenware  or  porcelain  ves- 
sels fitted  with  covers,  than  when  prepared  in  metallic  vessels,  on  account  of  a 
liability  to  chemical  alteration  from  metallic  influence,  and  which  frequently 
iinijairs  the  preparation.  Infusions  containing  acids,  or  saline  substances,  should 
always  be  prepared  and  kept  in  gla.ss  or  china  vessels. 

In  the  preparation  of  infusions,  the  reactions  of  agents  should  always  be  kept 
in  view.  Thus,  infusion  of  chamomile  florrern  yields  precipitates  with  nitrate  of 
silver,  sulphate  of  iron,  gelatin,  yellow  Peruvian  bark,  tincture  of  chloride  of  iron, 
corrosive  sublimate,  and  the  acetates  of  lead.  Infusion  of  horxerndiih  undergoes 
rapid  decomposition,  and  is  precipitated  with  acetate  of  lead,  infusion  of  galls, 
nitrate  of  silver,  corrosive  sublimate,  and  the  alkaline  carbonates.  Infusion  of 
doves  is  precipitated  by  the  soluble  salts  of  antimony,  zinc,  iron,  silver,  lead,  and 
by  lime-water.  Infusion  oi  casrnrUla  is  precipitated  by  infusion  of  galls,  acetates 
of  lead,  sulphates  of  zinc  and  iron,  nitrate  of  silver,  and  lime-water.  Infusion 
of  yellow  Peruvian  bark  is  incompatible  with  potassium,  sodium,  and  ammonium 
hydroxides  and  carbonates,  lime,  magnesia,  tannic  and  gallic  acids,  and  vegeta- 
bles containing  these  acids,  tartaric  acid,  oxalic  acid,  and  the  soluble  tartrates  and 
oxalates.  It  also  afifords  precipitates  with  other  agents,  which,  however,  do  not 
always  injure  its  efficiency  or  active  principle,  as  corrosive  sublimate,  arsenous 
acid,  tartar  emetic,  gelatinous  solutions,  soluble  salts  of  iron,  silver,  and  zinc,  and 
many  vegetable  solutions,  as  those  of  cloves,  chamomile,  calumba,  cascarilla,  galls, 
horseradish,  catechu,  digitalis, senna,  orange-peel,  rhubarb,  valerian,  and  simaruba.  ■ 
Infusions  oi  senna,  gentian,  rhubarb,  and  calumba,  are  better  made  with  cold  water. 
When  boiling  water  is  added  to  calumba  it  takes  up  the  starch,  and  the  infusion 
spoils  rapidly.  It  should  be  made  with  cold  water,  then  boiled,  and  filtered  to 
separate  albuminous  matter.  Infusion  of  digilalis  is  precipitated  by  acetate  of 
lead,  sulphate  of  iron,  and  infusion  of  cinchona  (Land. — Phillips,  Phann.  Jour,  and 
Trans.,  1855,  Vol.  XIV,  pp.  339,  438,  439,  403,  486). 

As  nearly  all  vegetable  medicines  are  occasionally  administered  in  the  form 
of  infusion,  it  would  be  useless  to  enter  into  an  especial  relation  of  them,  further 
than  already  explained  in  the  above  general  rules.  Thev  are  more  commonly 
prescribed  as  secondary  or  auxiliary  measures,  and  are  left  for  the  nurse  or  family 
to  prepare.  However,  there  are  a  few  compound  infusions,  some  of  which  are 
of  a  spiritous  nature,  which  it  may  be  advisable  to  describe  on  account  of  their 
extensive  employment  and  superior  efficiency  in  the  diseases  for  which  they 
are  recommended. 

The  U.  S.  P.  general  method  is  as  follows:  "An  ordinarv  infusion,  the 
strength  of  which  is  not  directed  by  the  physician,  nor  specified  "by  the  Pharma- 
copoeia, shall  be  prepared  by  the  following  formula  :  Take  of  the  substance, 
coarsely  comminuted,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av..  334  grs.] ;  boiling  water, 
one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  ti.v  391  lU];  water,  a  suflicient  quan- 
tity to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  lU].  Put  the 
substance  into  a  suitable  vi'ssel  provided  with  a  cover,  pour  upon  it  the  boiling 
water,  cover  the  vessel  tightly,  and  let  it  stand  for  half  an  hour.  Then  strain, 
and  pass  enough  water  through  the  strainer  to  make  the  infusion  measure  one 
thousand  cubic  centimeters  (UXlOCc)  [33  fls,  391  111].  Caution.— The  strength 
of  infusions  of  energetic  or  powerful  substances  should  lie  speciallv  prescribed  bv 
the  physician"— ([^.5.  P.). 

We  give  place  to  formulas  for  several  infusions  according  to  the  British  Phar- 
viacnpiein,  and  a  number  official  in  the  l'.  S.  P.,  1870. 

iNPrsuM  EiTp.\Tonn  ( ('.  S.  P.,  1870),  Infitnion  of  Ihorouijhtrort.—V^Tied  bouewt,  or  thorough- 
wort,  1  troy  ounce;  boiling  water,  1  pint.  Macorato  2  hours.  Strain.  Doee,  as  an  emetic,  take 
freely  in  tepid  condition;  as  a  tonic,  use  colli  in  I  or  2  fluid-ounce  doses. 


IXFls^lM  ANTHEMIUIS.-INFUSUM  BUCHV.  lU'.l 

I.NFr=rM  Picis  LiQriD.E  (  V.  S.  P.,  1S70),  In/tmon  of  tar,  Tnr  iw/,t.— Tar,  1  pint ;  water,  4 
pints.  Mix,  agitato  frequently  tliroiighout  24  hours,  pour  off  infusion,  and  filter.  Dose,  as  a 
diuretic,  I  or  L'  pints  daily.  Locally,  as  a  lotion  in  skin  diseases,  and  as  a  bladder-wash  in 
cliro7tic  n/ftilis. 

I.NFi-siM  SPIGELI.E  (  ['.  S.  P.,  1870),  Infugio)!  of  spigrlia. — Spigelia,  j  troy  ounce ;  boiling 
water,  1  pint.  ^lacerate  2  hours.  Strain.  Dose,  for  young  child,  J  to  1  fluid  ounce,  night  and 
morning:  for  adult,  2  to  6  fluid  ounces. 

IxFisiM  .S.*Lvi.E  (  v.  S.  P.,  1870),  Infusion  of  sage. — Sage,  J  troy  ounce;  boiling  water,  1 
pint.  Macerate  J  hour.  Strain.  Dose,  1  fluiil  ounce.  Valuable  in  .ipermalorrliaa  and  nighl- 
smats.    Locally,  as  a  mouth-wash,  or  volucle  for  other  topical  agents. 

INFUSUM  ANTHEMIDIS.— INFUSION  OF  CHAMOMILE. 

Synonym:   Infusum  chamomillx  romame. 

Preparation. —  Infuse,  in  a  closed  vessel  for  15  minutes,  h  ounce  (av.)  of 
chanioniili'  llowers  in  10  Huid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  boiling  distilled  water.  Strain. 
This  aeoor,l>  witi>  the  Rr.  Pharm..  1S.S.5. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Anthemis.)  A  useful  preparation 
in  the  hotcel  troubles  of  dentition.  Dose,  i  to  2  fluid  ounces,  smaller  doses  being 
given  to  children.    It  is  emetic  when  warm  ;  tonic  and  nervine  when  cold. 

INFUSUM  APII  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
INFUSION  OF  PARSLEY. 

Preparation. — Take  of  parslej'  roots  and  seeds,  coarsely  bruised,  carbonate 
of  iron,  eacli.  4  ounces;  horseradish  root,  in  small  pieces,  2  ounces;  juniper  ber- 
ries, squill,  white  mustard  seed,  mandrake  root,  and  queen  of  the  meadow,  of 
each,  finely  bruised,  1  ounce;  good  cider,  6  quarts.  Boil  the  cider  and  pour  it  on 
the  rest  of  the  articles  mixed  together  in  an  earthen  vessel;  cover  the  vessel,  and 
digest  with  a  gentle  heat  for  24  hours. 

The  cider  should  not  be  hard,  nor  too  new,  but  sparkling  and  pleasantly 
tart,  and,  after  digestion  bv  heat,  it  should  be  allowed  to  remain  upon  the  articles 
without  straining  it  off.  fey  this  course,  the  liquid  becomes  still  further  impreg- 
nated with  tlie  properties  of  the  iiieilicines. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  is  a  most  excellent  preparation 
in  several  varietie.'s  of  dropsy,  for  wiiicli  alone  it  is  used.  It  increases  the  action 
of  the  kidneys,  regulates  the  bowels,  improves  the  digestive  functions,  and  pro- 
motes activity  of  the  absorbent  vessels.  The  dose  is  1  or  2  fluid  ounces,  3  times 
a  day.  In  the  summer  season,  half  the  above  quantity  may  be  made  at  one 
time^  as  otherwise  it  becomes  very  sour  and  moldy.  It  should  always  be  used 
immediately  after  its  preparation  (J.  King). 

INFUSUM  AURANTII  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
INFUSION  OF  OEANOE  PEEL. 

Preparation. —  Infuse,  in  a  closed  vessel  for  15  minutes,  }  ounce  (av.)  of 
bitter  orange  peel  Ccut  small) ;  56  grains  of  fresh  lemon  peel  (cut  small\  and 
28  grains  of  liruised  cloves,  in  10  fluid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  boiling  distilled  water. 
Strain— (Br.  Ph>irm.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Used  chiefly  as  a  carminative.  Dose, 
A  to  2  fluid  ounces. 

INFUSUM  BUCHU.— INFUSION  OF  BUCHU. 

Sysosyms:  Infiunim  diosnur,  hfusum  hnrosmae. 

Preparation.— Infuse,  in  a  cll)se<l  vessel,  for  30  minutes,  h  ounce  (av.)  of 
bruised   Kuchu  liavfs,  in   10  fluid  ounces  ( Imp.)  of  boiliiiK  water.    Strain. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Burlm.)  One  of  the  best  forms 
in  which  to  euiploy  buchu.     Dose,  A  to  2  fluid  ounces. 


1052  INKUSUM  CALUMB.E.— INFU.SUM  CUSsU. 

INFUSUM  CALUMB^.— INFUSION  OF  CALUMBA. 

Synonym:   Infusinn  of  columbo. 

Preparation. — Macerate,  in  a  closed  vessel,  for  30  minutes,  J  ounce  fav.)  of 
calumba  root  (cut  small),  in  10  fluid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  cold  water.  Strain.  When 
made  with  boiling  water  the  preparation  is  mucilaginous,  and  is  not  believed  to 
keep  so  well.  T.  Greenish,  however,  states  that  the  contrary  is  true,  and  directs 
that  cold  water  be  first  used,  thus  getting  rid  of  the  starch,  and  afterward  bring- 
ing the  infusion  to  the  boiling  point,  by  means  of  which  the  albumen  is  coagu- 
lated. Greenish's  views  are  not  generally  accepted,  for  according  to  the  weight  of 
evidence,  the  infusion  made  by  means  of  cold  water  is  most  permanent. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  C'alumbn.)  Dose,  1  to  2  fluid  ounces, 
before  meals. 

INFUSUM  CARYOPHYLLI.— INFUSION  OF  CLOVES. 

Preparation. —  Macerate,  in  a  closed  vessel,  for  30  minutes.  \  ounce  (av.) 
of  bruised  cloves  in  10  fluid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  boiling  distilled  water.  Strain — 
(Br.Pfnu;,,.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Cnryophyllm.)  Carminative.  Used 
chiefly  in  the  nnmen  of  debility,  and  in  pains  induced  by  flatulenre. 

INFUSUM  CATECHU.— INFUSION  OF  CATECHU. 

Synonyms:  Compound  infusion  of  catechu,  Infusum  catechu  coinpositurn  (U.  S.  P., 
1870). 

Preparation. — Infuse,  in  a  closed  vessel,  for  30  minutes,  160  grains  (av.)  of 
coarsely  powdered  catechu,  and  30  grains  (av.)  of  bruise.d  cinnamon  bark,  in  10 
fluid  dunces  (Imp.)  of  boiling  distilled  water.  Strain.  This  accords  with  the 
Br.  Pharm. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Catechu.)  Used  chiefly  in  non- 
irritant  diarrhiKi.     Do.se,  I  to  3  fluid  ounces. 

INFUSUM  CINCHON.ffi(U.S.  P.)— INFUSION  OF  CINCHONA. 

Synonym:   Acid  infusion  of  cinchona. 

Preparation. — '•  Cinchona,  in  No.  40  powder,  sixty  grammes  (60  Gm.  i  [2  ozs. 
av.,  61  grs.];  aromatic  sulphuric  acid,  ten  cubic  centimeters  (10  Cc. )  [162  ITl]; 
water,  a  suflicient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  i  UKX)  Co.) 
[33  flg,  391  m].  Mix  the  acid  with  five  hundred  cubic  centimeter?  (500  Cc.)  [16 
n5,  435  111]  of  water,  and  moisten  the  powder  with  thirty  cubic  centimeters  (30 
Cc.)  [1  flg,  7  TTl]  of  the  mixture;  pack  it  firmly  in  a  conical  glass  percolator,  and 
gradufilly  pour  upon  it,  first,  the  remainder  of  the  mixture,  and  afterward  water, 
until  the  infusion  measures  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1(X)0  Cc.)  [33  flg, 
39im]"— (f/.  .S'.  P.). 

The  Br.  Phdrm.  directs  red  cinchona  bark.  Yellow  bark  is  preferable  for  this 
preparation,  although  the  l'.  S.  P.  permits  any  good  cinchona.  This  preparation 
represents  ;i  solution  of  the  cinehoiui  alkaloids  in  the  form  of  sulphates,  and  is  an 
efficient   iireiiaratioii. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— i S.r  r,,.,/, \-^...\   n,..,tiv  :><  ;» 

tonic.      Dose,  2   fluid   ounces,  :;   tjints  a   (lay. 

INFUSUM  CUSSO.— INFUSION  OF  KOUSSO. 

Synonyms:    I,>Ui.'<Hm  bnn/rm-  {!'.  S.  /».,1S80).  hfu.^io,,  ,f  f,r,n„-m. 

Preparation. ^Infuse,  in  a  dosed  ve.<sel  for  15  minutes,  i  ounce  of  coarsely 
powdered  kousso  in  S  fluid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  boiling  distilled  water.  Do  not 
strain.     This  accords  with  the  Br.  Pharm. 


INFrSUM  DIGITALIS.— IXFl'SUM  ERGOT.K.  1053 

Tlu-  r.  .9.  P.,  1870,  ilirected  brayera,  No.  20  powder,  6  parts;  boiling  water,  100 
jiart.*.     The  Xational  Formulor)/  directs  as  follows : 

I.NFi-si'M  Br.wek.k  (X.  F.)  {U.  S.  P.,  1880),  Infmmi  of  hrnyera.-rFomndnry 
numlier,  101 :  '  Brayera,  in  No.  20  powder,  sixty  grammes  (60  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,51 
i-'is.];  boiling  water,  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  115,391  ITl]. 
I'our  the  boiling  water  upon  the  brayera,  and  let  it  macerate  in  a  covered  vessel 
until  ci>nl.     The  infusion  should  be  dispensed  witliout  straining" — (X<it.  Form.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — As  a  vermifuge,  this  infusion  should 
be  taken  fa>tiiig,  one-half  the  ([uantity  being  given  an  hour  before  the  second 
portion,  the  llowers  being  swallowed  with  the  infusion.  This  is  the  original 
Aliyssinian   method  of  administering  cusso. 

INFUSUM  DIGITALIS  (U.  S.  P.)— INFUSION  OF  DIQITALIS. 

Preparation.—"  Digitalis,  bruLsed,  fifteen  grammes  (1.5  Gm.)  [232  grs.];  alco- 
hol, one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  ( 100  Cc.)  [3  fl.s,  183  TTl]  ;  cinnamon  water,  one 
hundred  and  tiftv  cubic  centimeters  (loO  Cc.)  [5  H.s.  35  Til];  boiling  water,  five 
hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [16  fl.5.  435  ttl]  ;  cold  water,  a  sufficient 
t|uantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  HI]. 
Upon  the  digitalis,  contained  in  a  suitable  vessel,  pour  the  boiling  water,  and 
allow  it  to  macerate  until  the  mixture  is  cold.  Then  strain,  add  the  alcohol  and 
cinnamon  water  to  the  strained  liquid,  and  pass  enough  cold  water  through  the 
re^iidue  on  the  strainer  to  make  the  product  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centi- 
meters ( 1000  Cc.)  [33  fl5, 391  my  — ( r.  s.  p.). 

The  cinnamon  in  this  preparation  is  merely  added  to  flavor  the  infusion, 
while  the  alcohol  tends  to  preserve  it.  Infusion  of  digitalis  throws  down  a  pre- 
cipitate on  standing  several  hours. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage, — (See  Digitalis.)  Infusion  of  digitalis 
is  the  mo<t  ethcient  preparation  of  foxj;love,  and  is  particularly  applicable  when 
a  diuretic  action  is  desired.  It  should  be  remembered  that  digitalis  acts  slowly 
and  the  infusion  should  not  be  pushed  too  fast,  lest  an  over  action  result  from 
it  a  day  or  two  after  its  administration.  Dose,  1  to  4  fluid  drachms,  3  times 
a  day,  carefully  watching  its  action. 

INFUSUM  EPIG^^  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
INFUSION  OF  TRAILING  ARBUTUS. 

Synonym:  Diuretic  compound. 

Preparation. — Take  of  trailing  arbutus,  queen  of  the  meadow  root,  dwarf- 
elder  bark,  marshmallow  root,  each,  coarsely  bruised,  i  ounce ;  boiling  water, 
good  Holland  gin,  of  each,  1  pint;  honey,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Pour  the  boil- 
ing water  and  gin  on  the  plants,  and  digest  them  with  gentle  heat,  in  a  close- 
covered  vessel,  for  6  hours ;  then  remove  from  the  fire,  strain,  and  add  sufficient 
honey  to  i>ndtr  it  pleasantly  sweet. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  a  very  valuable  remedy  in 
(irinrl,  in  chrnnic  caturrh  of  the  Mudder,  .-iuppre^sion  of  urine,  high  colored  or  scalding 
urine,  inflammation  of  the  urethra,  and  other  disorders  of  the  urinary  organs.  In  oxidir 
dcj,o:<its,' however,  it  is  of  no  utility.  The  dose  is  about  2  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4 
limes  a  day;  in  severe  cases,  this  dose  may  be  given  every  hour  until  relief  is 
obtained,  after  which  every  3  or  4  hours.  In  ca.ses  of  gravel,  a  corresponding 
quantitv  of  wild  carrot  root  and  seed  mav  be  advantageouslv  added  to  the  articles 
I.  KinL' 

INFUSUM  ERGOTiE.— INFUSION  OF  ERGOT. 

Preparation.— Infuse,  in  a  closed  vessel  for  30  minutes,  J  ounce  (av.)  of 
orir.«ly  p..w(lered  ergot  in  10  fluid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  boiling  distilled  water. 
Strain— <  Dr.  Phann.). 


1054  IXFUSUM  GENTIAN. E  COMP.— INFUSUM  HYDKASTIS  COM!'. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — About  10  grains  of  ergot  are  contaiiieil 
in  a  fluid  ounce  of  this  infusion,  the  dose  of  which  is  from  1  to  2  fluid  ouncns.  It  is 
used  as  a  parturient. 

INFUSUM  GENTIANS  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
INFUSION  OF  GENTIAN. 

Preparation. —  'Gentian,  in  moderately  coarse  powder,  i  troy  ounce;  bitter 
orange  peel,  in  moderately  coarse  powder,  coriander,  in  moderately  coarse  pow- 
der, of  each,  60  grains;  alcohol,  2  fluid  ounces;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Mi.x 
the  alcohol  with  14  fluid  ounces  of  water,  and,  having  moistened  the  mixed  pow- 
ders with  3  fluid  drachms  of  the  menstruum,  pack  them  firmly  in  a  conical  per 
colator,  and  gradually  pour  upon  them,  first,  the  remainder  of  the  menstruum, 
and  afterward  water,  until  the  filtered  liquid  measures  a  pint"'— (T.  .S'.  P.,  1870). 

The  following  accords  with  the  Br.  Pharm.:  Infuse,  in  a  closed  vessel  for  30 
minutes,  55  grains  each  of  sliced  gentian  root  and  bitter  orange  peel  (cut  small;, 
and  \  ounce  (av.)  of  fresh  lemon  peel  (cut  small)  in  10  fluid  ounces  (Imp.)  of 
boiling  distilled  water.     Strain. 

The  formula  of  the  (/.  S.  P.,  1870,  is  to  be  preferred  to  that  of  the  latter,  as  it 
is  a  more  eflicient  product,  and,  on  account  of  the  alcohol  it  contains,  is  much 
more  easily  jirescrved. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Stomachic  and  tonic.  Dose,  ^  to  1 
fluid  ounce,  3  times  a  day. 

Related  Infusion. — Infusum  Gentiax-u  Compositcm  Fortius  (^.¥.),  Stronger  compound 
infusion  of  qentian.  Formulary  number,  192:  "  (ientian,  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  grammes 
(125  Gm. )  [4  ozs.  av.,  179  grs.]  ;  coriander,  thirty-five  grammes  (35  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  93  grs.] ;  bit- 
ter orange  peel,  thirty-five  grammes  (35  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av., 93  grs.]  ;  diluted  a)cohol  i  t'.  .S.  P.),a 
.sufficient  quantity  to  "make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Co.)  [33  fl.^,  391  111].  Reduce 
the  drugs  to  a  nioilerately  coarse  (No.  40)  powder,  moisten  it  with  diluted  alcohol,  pack  it  in  a 
percolator,  and  percolate  with  diluted  alcohol,  until  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  1 1000  Cc.) 
[33  fli,  391  TTt]  are  obtained.  Note. — When  Infusum  geiitimui:  comix/silum  is  prescribed,  mix  1 
volume  of  this  preparation  with  3  volumes  of  water" — (Nat.  Fonn.). 

INFUSUM  GERANII  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 

INFUSION  OF  CRANESBILL. 

Preparation. — Take  of  cranesbill,  witch-hazel,  black  cohosh,  and  golden  seal, 
each,  coarsely  bruised,  |  ounce;  boiling  water,  2  pints.  Mix  the  articles  together, 
and  digest  witli  a  genfle  heat,  in  a -closed  vessel,  for  2  hours;  remove  from  the 
fire  and  strain.     If  rc(|uir('il.  alum.  1  drachm,  may  be  added. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  forms  an  efficient  astringent  wash 
in  aphtlious  and  other  (//.yvi.M  x  ,;/'//„'  „i'mlk  and  thrmit,  when  unaccompanied  with 
inflammation;  and  is  also  useful  as  an  injection  in  Iciuorrhan.  prolnjtsus  ani,  &nd 
prolapsus  uteri.  Without  the  alum,  this  infusion  may  be  administered  internally 
in  doses  of  from  1  fluid  drachm  toi  fluid  ounce,  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day.  and 
will  prove  efficient  in  chronic  diarrhina  and  dysenUt-y,  in  wrt^-irc  fumorrhages,  in 
hemorrhoids,  and  in  debilitated  conditions  of  the  venous  fi/stem  (J.  King). 

INFUSUM  HYDRASTIS  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
INFUSION  OF  GOLDEN  SEAL. 

Preparation.— Take  of  golden  seal,  blue  cohosh,  witch-hazel,  of  each,  in  pow- 
der, A  ounce;  boiling  water,  1  pint;  pulverized  alum,  1  drachm:  honey,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity.  Ad(i  the  plants  to  the  boiling  water,  and  digest  with  a  gentle 
heat,  in  a  closed  vessel,  for  A  hour,  remove  from  the  fire,  strain,  add  the  alum, 
and  suiruient   honey  to  thorougblv  sweeten  the  infusion. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  infusion  is  very  valuable  as  a 
wash  or  gargle  in  various  forms  of  Korr  mouth  and  itlcenUcd  sore  fhront.  Without 
the  alum,  it  may  also  be  employed  internally  in  the  same  cases  as  named  in  the 
preceding  article  (.1.  King).    Dose,  i  to  1  fluid  ounce. 


IXKISUM  JABOKAXDI.-INKISI  M   1>KINI  VIIU.INI AN.K  Ut>5 

INFUSUM  JABORANDI.— INTUSION  OF  JABORANDI. 

Preparation.— Iiil'ut-f,  in  a  closeU  ve!^¥l■l,  lur  M  iiiuuilf!-,  i  ouiiLf  (uv.;  ol 
jahoraiuli  ^^■ut  small),  in  10  fluid  ounces  (.Imp.")  of  boiling  distilled  water. 
Strain— I  />'/■.  I'/mrni.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Pilomrjms.)  The  large  doses  ne.  - 
essarv  render  this  infusion  somewhat  apt  to  provoke  nausea  and  vomiting,  thou^!; 
it  well  represents  the  virtues  of  jaborandi.     Dose,  A  t<i  2  fluid  ounces. 

INFUSUM  KRAMERI.ffi:.— INTUSION  OF  RHATANY. 

Preparation.— Infuse,  in  a  dosed  vessel,  for  30  minutes,  i  ounce  (av.)  of 
rhatany-root  (.\o.  40  powder),  in  10  fluid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  boiling  distilled  water. 
Strain— vi>V.  P/iann.).  Each  fluid  ounce  contains  23  grains;  that  of  the  U.  S.  P., 
1870,  contained  30  grains. 

Action,  Mediced  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Aromerw.)  Useful  in  pns-nve  fum- 
I'l-rhages  and  Hiic-""-  i.r..ti, ,,■;,,,     !),,<,-,  A  to  2  fluid  ounci's. 

INFUSUM  LINI.— INFUSION  OF  LINSEED. 

Synonyms  :   Infusum  lini  composUum  (C.  S.  P.,  1870),  Injmion  of  flaxseed. 

Preparation. — Infuse,  in  a  closed  vessel,  for  2  hours,  150  grains  (av.)  of  lin- 
seed (whole),  and  50  grains  (av.)  of  liquorice-root  (No.  20  powder),  in  10  fluid 
ounces  (Imp.)  of  boiling  distilled  water.  Strain— (Br.  Phftrm.).  The  U.  S.  P..  1870, 
process  directed  flaxseed,  A  troy  ounce;  bruised  liquorice- root,  120  grains,  and 
boiling  water,  1  pint.  Macerate  2  hours  and  strain.  The  linseed  should  not  be 
bruised,  else  the  swelling  of  the  seed  will  prevent  .straining,  and  as  the  mucilage 
is  in  the  testa  of  the  .seed,  bruising  is  wholly  unnecessary. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Lini  Farina.)  Useful  in  acute 
reispiratury  di^oithrs,  but  the  liquorice  impairs  its  usefulness  in  intestinal  inflam- 
mations. It  may  be  freely  used  for  the  administration  of  magnesium  sulphate 
and  quinine  salts,  though  it  is  employed  chiefly  for  coloring  and  flavoring  pur- 
poses. Burcal  mid  fiiitcial  inflaminfition.s' and  ulceration-^  may  be  washed  with  it,  and 
given  internally,  through  the  sulphuric  acid  contained  in  it,  it  exerts  some  con- 
trol over  coUiquntivc  mvats.     Dose,  1  to  4  fluid  ounces. 

Related  Preparation.— Infisi-m  Ro-s.e  Compositcm  (X.  F.),  Compound  infuMon  of  rw. 
Fonnnlttrij  numUi;  103:  "Red  rose,  thirteen  grammes  (13  Gm.)  [201  grs.] ;  ililutcd  sulphuric 
acid  (  r.  .S'.  y.),  nine  cubic  centimeters  (9  Cc.)  [146 TTl];  sugar,  forty  grammes  (40  Gni.)  [1  oz. 
av.,  ISO  grs.]  ;  boiling  water,  one  tliousand  cubic  centimeters  i  lOOO'Cc.)  [33  flj,  391  TTl].  Pour 
the  boiling  water  upon  the  rose,  in  a  glass  or  porcelain  vessel,  add  the  acid,  cover  the  vessel, 
and  macerate  for  an  hour.    Then  di.ssolve  the  sugar  in  the  liquid  and  strain. 

INFUSUM  LUPULI.— INTUSION  OT  HOP. 

Synonym:  Jnfunum  humtdi  (U.  S.  P.,  1870). 

Preparation. —  Infuse,  in  a  closed  ves.«el,  for  1  hour,  ^  ounce  (av.)  of  hops  ii. 
lo  fliiiil  oiinr,  s  ( Imp  I  of  boiling  distilltd  water.     Strain— (Z</-.  P/innn.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— i  See /fiimit/u*.)    An  eflicient  form  for 

the  administration  of  ho]is.     Dose.  A  to  2  fluid  ounces. 

INFUSUM  PRUNI  VIRGINIANS  (U.  S.  P.)— INTUSION   OF 
WILD  CHEREY. 

Preparation.—"  Wild  cherry,  in  No.  20  powder,  forty  grammes  (40  Gm.)  [1  oz. 
av.,  180  grs.]  ;  water,  a  sufficient  <|uantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 


10o6  INFUSU.M  QUASSI.E.-INFUSU.M  SEXN.E  COMPUSITUM. 

(1000  Cc.)  [33  55,391111].  Moisten  the  powder  with  sixty  cubic  centimetois 
(60  CeO  [2  ng,  14  Ttl]  of  water,  and  macerate  for  1  hour;  then  pack  it  firmly  in 
a  conical  glass  percolator,  and  gradually  pour  water  upon  it  until  the  infusion 
measures  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  TTl]  "—(U.  S.  P.). 

On  account  of  the  volatile  character  of  the  active  constituents  of  wild  cherry, 
cold  water  only  should  be  used  in  preparing  an  infusion  of  it.  A  transparent, 
wine-colored  infusion,  pleasantly  bitter,  and  possessing  the  well-known  flavor  <jf 
bitter  almonds. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  iVunrw  virginiana.)  Sedative  and 
tonic.     Dose,  1  to  3  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day. 

INFUSUM  QUASSI.ffi.— INFUSION  OF  QUASSIA. 

Preparation. — Macerate,  in  a  closed  vessel  for  30  minutes,  5-5  grains  of  quassia 
wood  (in  chips)  in  10  fluid  ounces  of  cold  distilled  water.  Strain — {Br.  Pharm.). 
Warm  water  is  equally  or  more  eflective  for  the  preparation  of  this  infusion. 
The  above  process  of  the  Br.  Pharm.  yields  an  infusion  of  only  one-fourth  of  the 
strength  which  might  be  had  by  employing  the  U.  S.  P.  general  method. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — A  pure,  bitter  stomachic  tonic.  Dose, 
i  to  2  fluid  ounces. 

INFUSUM  SALVI.®  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
INFUSION  OF  SAGE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  sage  leaves,  hyssop  leaves,  of  each,  1  ounce;  boiling 
water.  2  pints  ;  pulverized  borax,  1  drachm.  Place  the  herbs  in  the  boiling  water, 
allow  them  to  dige^^t  for  i  hour,  then  strain  and  add  the  borax. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  infusion  is  employed  as  a  wash  and  gargle 

in  aphthas,  sore  throat,  and  qHii}.<n/,  when  accompanied  with  inflammation. 

INFUSUM  SENN.ffl.— INFUSION  OF  SENNA. 

Preparation. — Infuse,  in  a  closed  vessel   for  30  minutes,  1  ounce  (av.)  of 

senna  and  28  grains  of  sliced  ginger  in  10  fluid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  boiling  distilled  . 
water.  Strain— (Br.  Phnrm.).  The  U.  S.  P.,  1870,  directed  senna,  1  troy  ounce; 
bruised  coriander,  60  grains;  boiling  water,  1  pint.  Macerate  1  hour.  Strain. 
Infusion  of  senna,  when  exposed  to  the  atmosphere,  precipitates  a  yellow  deposit, 
which  is  said  lo  increase  its  tendency  to  gripe. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Senna.)  Doee,  1  to  4  fluid  ounces. 

INFUSUM  SENN.ffi  COMPOSITUM  lU.  S.  P.)— COMPOUND 
INFUSION  OF  SENNA. 

Synonym  :    Black  draught. 

Preparation. — "Senna,  sixty  grammes  (60  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,51  grs.];  manna, 
one  hundred  and  twenty  grammes  (120  Gm.)  [4  ozs.  av.,  102  grs.] ;  magnesium  sul- 
phate, one  hundred  and  twenty  grammes  (120  Gm.)  [4  ozs.  a  v..  102  grs] ;  fennel, 
bruised,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gin.)  [309  grs.];  boiling  water,  eight  luuKlretl  cubic 
centimeters  (800  Cc.)  [27  lis,  25  111]  ;  cold  water,  a  sullicient  quantity  to  make  one 
thousand  cubic  centimeters  (lOtX)  Cc.)  [33  l\s,  391  111]-  Upon  the  senna  and  fen- 
nel, contained  in  a  suitable  ves.<el,  pour  tlic  boiling  water,  and  macerate  until  the 
mixture  is  cold.  Then  strain  with  expression,  dissolve  in  the  infusion  the  mag- 
nesium sulphate  and  manna,  and  again  strain.  Lastly,  add  enough  cold  water 
through  the  strainer  conUiining  the  senna  and  fennel  to  make  the  infusion  meas- 
ure one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (RXX)  Cc.)  [33  flS,  391  111]  "— (C  .S.  P.). 

This  is  tlie  famous  black  draught,  and  should  not  he  c<  nfounded  with  block 
drop,  or  vinegar  of  opium  {Acctum  Opii).    These  names  should  be  dropped  from 


INKl'Sr.M   VALEKlAX.E.-INJErriO  MUKI'IIIN.K  HYPOUEUMICA.  1057 

medical  literature,  as  much  harm  has  and  may  still  result  from  confusing  the  one 
with  the  other.  The  infusion  should  not  be  allowed  to  macerate  too  long,  lest  an 
increased  griping  result  from  its  use.  The  addition  of  the  fennel  is  for  the  pur- 
pose of  les.<fning  its  tendency  to  gripe. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Senna.)  Purgative.  Dose,  1  to  4 
lliiid  <nnues  every  I  or  2  hours  until  catharsis  occurs. 

INFUSUM  VALERIAN/E.     INFUSION  OF  VALERIAN. 

Preparation. — Infuse  in  a  closed  vessel  for  1  hour,  Jounce  (av.)  of  bruised 
vaieriaii"  iliizcime  in  10  fluid  drachms  (Imp.)  of  boiling  distilled  water.  Strain 
— I i)V. /'/,„,,».. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Vakriaua.)     Dose,  J  to  2  fluid 

OUMCe>. 

INJECTIO  APOMORPHINiE  HYPODERMICA.— HYPODERMIC 

INJECTION  OF  APOMORPHINE. 

Preparation.— "Take  of  apomorphine  hydrochlorate,  2  grains;  camphor 
water.  HKi  minims.  Dissolve  and  filter.  The  solution  should  be  made  as  required 
for  use.  Dose,  by  subcutaneous  injection,  2  to  8  minims" — {Br.  Fharm.).  Equal 
to  about  ^  to  i  grain  of  apomorphine  hydrochlorate. 

INJECTIO  ERGOTINI    HYPODERMICA.— HYPODERMIC 

INJECTION  OF  ERGOTIN. 

Preparation. — '"Take  of  ergotin,  100  grains  (or  1  pa:.-t) ;  camphor  water,  200 
lluiil  grams  (or  2  fluid  parts).  Dissolve  by  stirring  them  together.  The  solution 
should  be  made  as  required  for  use.  Dose,  by  subcutaneous  injection,  3  to  10 
minims  "—(Br.  Phami.).   Equal  to  about  1  to  3^  grains  of  ergotin. 

INJECTIO  MORPHIN.®  HYPODERMICA. -HYPODERMIC 
INJECTION  OF  MORPHINE. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  hydrochlorate  of  morphine, 92  grains;  solution  of 
ammonia,  acetic  acid,  distilled  water,  of  each,  a  sufficiency.  Dissolve  the  hydro- 
chlorate of  morphine  in  2  ounces  of  distilled  water,  aiding  the  solution  by  gently 
heating;  then  a<ld  solution  of  ammonia  so  as  to  precipitate  the  morphine,  and 
render  the  liquid  slightly  alkaline;  allow  it  to  cool;  collect  the  precipitate  on  a 
filter,  wash  it  with  distilled  water,  and  allow  it  to  drain  ;  then  transfer  the  mor- 
phine to  a  small  porcelain  dish  with  about  an  ounce  of  distilled  water,  apply  heat 
gently,  and  carefully  add  acetic  acid  until  the  morphine  is  dissolved,  and  a  very 
slightly  acid  solution  is  formed.  Add  now  sufficient  distilled  water  to  make  the 
solution  measure  exactly  2  fluid  ounces.  Filter  and  preserve  the  product  in  a 
stoppered  bottle  excluded  from  the  light" — (Br.  P/inrm^. 

Description.— This  is  a  slightly  acid,  clear  solution,  free  from  any  solid  par- 
ticles when  freshly  prepared.  When  kept,  it  slowly  disintegrates,  acquiring  a 
hrowni.-h  cilor,  crystals  of  morphine  being  gradually  deposited.  To  prevent  this 
cliunge,  S'luibb  recommended  ^  per  cent  of  pure  carbolic  acid  ;  .Johnson,  sulphur- 
ous acid  (5  drops  to  the  fluid  ounce,  Jennings);  and  Limousin,  j^  j^er  cent  of 
salicylic  acid.  "A  fluid  drachm  of  it,  rendered  slightly  alkaline  by  the  addition  of 
solution  of  ammonia,  yields  a  precipitate  of  morphine  which,  after  being  washed 
and  dried,  should  weigh  4.25  grains,  corresponding  to  6  grains  of  acetate  of  mor- 
phine"—(/?,-.  P/Kirm.). 

Dose,  by  subcutaneous  injection,  from  1  to  6  minims  (^  to  i  grain)  beginning 
with  the  smaller  doses. 


1058 


INULA  (U.  S.  P.j— INULA. 


"The  root  of  Inula  Helenium,  Linn6" — {U.  S.  P.)  (Corvusartia  Helenium.  Merat). 
Nat.  Ord. — Compositse. 
Common   Names:    Elecavipane,  Scabwort . 

Illustrations:  MiUspaugh,  Amer.  Med.  Plants,  PL  81;  Bentley  and  Trimen. 
Med.  Plants.  150 ;  WoodviUe,  Med.  BoL,  26. 

Botanical  Source. — Elecampane  has  a  thick,  tap-shaped,  branching,  aromatic, 
and  perennial  root,  with  a  thick,  leafy,  round,  furrowed,  solid  stem,  from  4  to  6 
^.^  ^^^  feet  high,  branched  and  downy  above.     The  leaves 

are  large,  ovate,  serrate,  veiny,  smooth,  of  a  dark-green 
color  above,  downy  and  hoary  beneath,  with  a  deshy 
midrib;  radical  ones  petiolated,  from  1  to  3  feet  in 
length,  by  6  or  12  inches  wide;  cauline  ones  se.«sile 
and  amplexicaul.  The  flower-heads  are  large,  radiate<l, 
solitarj'  at  the  downy  summits  of  the  blanches.  2 
inches  broad,  and  of  a  bright-yellow  color.  The  in- 
volucre is  hemispherical;  the  outer  scales  broad,  re- 
curved, leafy,  and  finely  downy  on  both  sides;  the 
inner  ones  linear.  The  florets  of  the  ray  are  numer- 
ous, pistillate,  long,  and  narrow,  in  1  row.  and  termi- 
nate in  3  unequal  teeth  ;  the  disk-florets  are  numerous, 
perfect,  tubular,  and  5-toothed,  and  the  anthers  have 
2  bristles  at  the  base.  Ovary  oblong.  Achenia  quail- 
rangular  and  smooth ;  pappus  simple  and  roughish. 
The  receptacle  is  reticulated,  and  not  quite  smooth  or 
naked  (  L  — W— G.— T.). 

History  and  Description— Elecampane  is  com- 
mon to  Europe,  and  cultivated  in  this  country,  grow- 
ing in  pastures,  along  roadsides,  etc..  flowering  from 
July  to  September.  The  root,  which  is  the  part  used, 
should  be  gathered  in  the  second  year  of  its  development,  and  during  the  fall 
months.  When  recent  it  is  quite  thick,  spindle-shaped,  dividing,  with  many 
delicate  fibers;  its  color  is  yellowish-gray  externally.  Iodine  colors  the  root 
brown,  and  the  infusion  is  changed  to  a  green  color  by  the  addition  of  ferric 
chloride.  The  P.  8.  P.  describes /?)«/«  as  follows:  "In  transverse,  concave  slices 
or  longitudinal  sections,  with  overlapping  bark,  externally  wrinkled  and  brown  ; 
flexible  in  damp  weather;  when  dry,  breaking  with  a  short  fracture;  internally 
grayish,  fleshy,  slightly  radiate,  and  dotted  with  numerous  shining,  yellowish- 
brown  resin-cells;  free  from  starch;  odor  peculiar,  aromatic;  taste  bitter  and 
pungent "-(T.  .'>'.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition. — The  following  percentage  composition  of  inula  is 
recorded  in  Hager's  Handbuch  der  Phann.  Praxii',\o\.  II,  1886.  p.  76:  "  ImUin, 
30  to  40  ;  a  trace  of  volatile  oil;  inula  (alaut)  camphor,  or  hclanv.  a  crystallizable, 
volatile  substance,  0.5;  wax,  0.3;  acrid  soft  resin,  2;  glutinous  bitter  extractive.  33; 
protein  bodies,  12.5;  cellulose,  9.6;  potassium  and  calcium  salts,  /iiu'/x  (6C,H|,0i 
+  HjO,  Kiliani,  1881),  an  isomer  of  starch,  was  discovered  in  elecampane  by  Val. 
Rose,  in  1804,  and  was  called  by  him  aUiutin.  Sometimes  it  is  also  termed  Menin. 
It  is  a  fine,  white,  starchy  powder,  very  hygroscopic,  tasteless,  and  inodorous;  its 
specific  gravity  is  1.356.  Iodine  gives  it  a  yellow  color,  which  distinguishes  it 
from  starch,  and  also  renders  it  insoluble  in  water.  It  is  soluble  in  boiling  water, 
from  which  it  is  deposited  as  the  solution  cools.  It  is  insoluble  in  alcohol. 
Diluted  acids,  upon  heating,  transform  it  into  hvvulose,  the  intermediary  product^", 
metinulin  and  l;ivulin  (CjHn,Oj),  being  formed.  Ferments,  f.  p.,  dia^itase.  yeast, 
emulsin,  saliva,  have  but  a  slight  sugar-forming  eSect  upon  inulin  (DragendorflT, 
1870;  also  see  Husemann  and  Hilger,  f^mnni.^offe,  1882,  Vol.  I.  p.  142).'  The  re- 
searches of  Kiliani  made  it  probable  that  inulin  is  chemically  tne  anhydride  of 
hevulose  (see  ,4»)<T.  Jour.  P/iorm..  1881,  pp.  188  and  469).  Its  solution  in  boilinfi 
water  produces  left-handed  rotation  upon  n  ray  of  polarized  light.  It  melts  ne.ir 
165°  C.  (229°  v.),  gives  off  water,  anil    leaves  a  scaly,  sweetish,   gummy  ina.<s. 


iNTLA.  la'in 

readily  m.IuIiU-  in  wiiter.  Concentrated  nitric  acid,  heated  with  it,  converts  it 
into  oxalic  acid.  Diluted  nitric  acid,  by  oxidation,  change.*  it  into  formic,  oxalic, 
glycolic,  and  racemic  acids.  Inulin  docs  not  reduce  Fehling"s  solution,  nor  does 
it  undergo  fermentation.  It  may  be  prepared  in  abundance  also  from  dande- 
lion roots,  and  those  of  the  dahlia  and  other  roots  of  the  Compo:<U<t;,  when  dug 
up  in  the  autumn.  Roots  dug  in  the  autumn  yield  over  twice  the  amount  (44 
per  cent,  Oragendurtl )  yielded  by  spring  roots,  "in  the  spring  of  the  year  a  por- 
tion of  the  inulin  seems  to  have'been  changed  into  hevulin,  mucilage,  sugar,  and 
several  glucosids. 

Alant  aimphor  (helenin)  was  observed  in  the  root  of  elecampane  as  early  as  176U, 
by  Lefebure  and  others  (see  Husemann  and  Hilger),  as  it  sometimes  crystallizes 
on  old  roots.  .1.  Kalien  (Ber.  ,i  Dcutsrh.  Chem.  Ge".,  1873  and  1876).  has  shown  this 
volatile  substance,  which  he  obtained  by  distillation  of  the  root  with  water,  to  be 
composed  of  needle-like  crystals  of  (ilantir  anhydride  (C,jH.„0,),  melting  at  66°  C. 
(150.8°  F.);  aln-nlol  'X\Ji,fi),  an  aromatic  liquid;  uUmt  camphor  proper  (C.oH.sO), 
the  latter  a  white  subsUmce  melting  at  64°  C.  (147.2°  F.),  of  a  mint-like,  aromatic 
odor:  and  helenin  (C^H,0).  an  odorless,  bitterish,  crystallizable  principle,  with 
melting  point  :it   1 10°  C.  (230°  F. ). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Elecampane  is  an  aromatic  stimu- 
lant and  tonic,  and  is  said  to  be  expectorant,  emmenagogue,  diuretic,  and  diapho- 
retic. It  is  much  used  in  rhronie  jndmnnnry  nffection>:,  rtxakneg/'  of  the  dujeMiw. 
orqmix,  hepntie  torpor,  atonic  dyspepsui,  with  flatus,  and  internally  and  externally 
ill  'ettrr.  itrh.  and  Other  riUanemi,-i  diiea.ie.-<.  When  added  to  the  compound  syrup  of 
spikenard,  it  should  be  exhausted  by  boiling  alcohol,  and  the  tincture  added  to 
the  syrup,  instead  of  boiling  it  with  the  other  articles,  as  is  usually  done.  The 
alcoholic  extract,  combined  with  powdered  extract  of  liquorice,  benzoic  acid,  san- 
guinaria,  and  morphine,  forms  a  lozenge  or  pill  very  valuable  in  chronie  catarrhal, 
bronrhial.  and  all  pulmonary  irri/adons.  One  drop  of  the  oil  of  stillingia  may  be 
ailded  to  each  lozenge  for  bronehial  and  laryngeid  affections.  Night-sioeats  are  relieved 
by  inula,  as  are  some  cases  of  humid  asthma,  and,  by  its  tonic  properties,  it  tends 
to  sustain  the  strength  of  the  patient  in  chronic  dist)rders  of  the  respiratory  tract. 
Helenin  is  accredited  with  a  fatal  action  upon  the  tubercle  bacillus  by  Korab, 
Blocq,  and  others.  Inula  is  somewhat  slow  in  action,  and  should  be  used  for 
quite  a  time  to  get  its  full  action.  That  it  is  an  important  remedv  in  irritation 
of  the  trachea  and  bronchise  is  now  well  established.  It  is  adapted  to  cases  with 
free  and  abundant  expectoration,  teasing  cough,  and  pain  beneath  the  sternum, 
conditions  frequent  in  la  grippe,  and  the  severer  forms  of  colds. 

An  etficient  preparation  is  that  recommended  by  Prof  Locke  (Syllah.  of  Mat. 
Med.) :  R  Elecampane,  si ;  boiling  water,  1  i)int.  Boil  until  but  8  ounces  remain  ; 
add  4  pound  of  white  sugar.  Chronic  vesical  catarrh  has  yielded  to  the  kindly  ac- 
tion of  elecampane.  Both  acute  and  chronic  disorders  may  be  treated  with  inula. 
It  is  also  useful  in  leucorrheea,  and  is  especially  eflfective  in  catarrhal  mdometritis, 
with  discharge  of  glairy  mucus.  Dose  of  the  powder,  from  20  grains  to  1  drachm  ; 
of  the  infusion,  from  1  to  2  fluid  ounces;  syrup,  1  to  4  fluid  drachms;  specific 
inula,  5  to  40  drops  ;  fluid  extract,  10  to  60  drops;  helenin,  J,  to  J  grain.  Elecam- 
pane should  be  restudied  in  reference  to  its  action  in  catarrhal  atfections  of  the 
respiratory  organs,  and  especially  in  relation  to  the  kind  of  cough  which  is  men- 
tioned above. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Cough,  of  a  teasing,  persistent  character, 
accompanied  with  substernul  pain,  and  profuse  secretion;  atony  of  abdominal 
viscera,  with  engorgement  and  relaxation  ;  catarrhal  discharges. 

Related  Sjfeciea.  -Inula  luptnrrosa,  Bornhanli  (Inula  Conyza,  DeCandoUe;  Conyza  rtjuar- 
',-1.  I.imiei.  Herl)  used  in  Europe.  Diuretic  and  emmenagogue,  and,  when  charred,  eni- 
ploved  an  an  insecticide. 

Pnlkdrin  ili/KnItrica,  Gaertner  (Inula  liyeenUrica,  Linne),  ^Vmuwrt.— Properties  like  those 
•  'i  the  preceding  species. 

CVir/iiw  «fa'(/M,  Linn^.  Cariinf  i^iiXfe.— Europe.  The  root,  which  is  unpleasant  m  odor 
iid  sweet,  Iw.t,  and  tiually  bitter  to  the  taste,  is  the  part  cmploved.  It  contain.s  volatde  oil 
lid  rtsin.     Hiuretic  and  emmenagogue;  large  doses  cathartic.     Tlu' de<<K-tion  or  |>owiI<t  hiW 

n   use<l   in   amrnnrrhijea.  imfxitruce.  i/litfsnl  imnili/^iti,  and  in  li/iihoiil  flalef  o(  acute  inaladiea. 

low-  of  powdered  root,  from   10  to  -'0  grains,  be.st  Hdniinistered  in  decoction.     It  appears  to 
-trongly  influence  tbe  sexual  organs  of  both  male  and  female. 


1060  lODoFoRMlM. 

lODOFORMUM  (U.  S.  P.)— IODOFORM. 

Formula  :  CHI,.    Molecular  Weight  :  392.56. 

"Iodoform  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  and  dark 
place"— (T.  S.  P.). 

History  and  Preparation. — Iodoform  was  discovered,  in  1822,  by  SeruUas, 
and  introduced  into  medicine  by  Glover  and  Bouchardat,  in  1837.  Its  composi- 
tion was  determined  by  Dumas  (1834).  It  is  formed  when  iodine,  in  the  pres- 
ence of  caustic  alkalies,  or  alkaline  carbonates,  acts  upon  a  variety  of  substances, 
such  as  alcohol  or  acetone,  aldehyde,  lactic  acid,  acetic  ether,  and  other  readily 
saponifiable  ethers.  Gum,  dextrin,  and  sugars,  in  aqueous  solution,  as  well  as 
albumen,  casein,  fibrin,  and  other  proteid  compounds  in  alkaline  solutions,  also 
give  rise  to  iodoform  when  properly  acted  upon  by  iodine. 

Iodoform  may  be  prepared  by  heating  an  alcoholic  solution  of  iodide  of  potas- 
sium to  40°  C.  (104°  F.),  then  adding  and  stirring  in  successive  quantities  of 
chlorinated  lime,  until  the  dark-red  color  of  the  liquid  is  removed.  On  standing, 
crystals  of  iodoform  and  iodate  of  calcium  are  precipitated.  Treat  these  with 
boiling  alcohol  of  90  percent;  the  iodoform  only  is  dissolved,  and  is  deposited 
in  crystals  as  the  solution  cools. 

Suillot  and  Raynaud  (1889)  devised  a  process  now  largelj'  employed  in 
France,  and  by  which  an  exceptionally  pure  product  (the  ^'absolute  iodofonn"  of 
Casthelaz)  is  produced.  It  is  prepared  directly  from  kelp  (ash  of  sea  weeds),  which 
is  lixiviated;  a  definite  quantity  of  potassium  or  sodium  iodide  prepared  there- 
from (say  25  parts) ;  and  acetone  (3  parts),  and  caustic  soda  (1  part),  both  in  solu- 
tion in  water  (500  to  1(XX)  parts),  are  added.  Sodium  hypochlorite  solution  is 
then  added,  drop  by  drop,  as  long  as  a  precipitate  of  iodoform  occurs.  Filhol's 
method  is  favorably  received,  and  gives  a  large  yield  (72  per  cent).  It  is  essen- 
tially as  follows :  Into  a  long-necked  flask,  with  a  long  supply  tube  are  intro- 
duced crystallized  sodium  carbonate  (2  parts),  water  (10  parts),  and  alcohol  (1 
part).  The  mixture  is  then  gradually  and  slowlj'  heated  to  between  60°  and  80° 
C.  (140°  to  176°  F.).  Then  iodine  (1  part)  is  added  in  fractional  portions  until 
the  color  is  discharged.  The  solution  is  allowed  to  cool  and  the  crystals  collected 
upon  a  filter.  The  filtrate  is  then  warmed,  sodium  carbonate  (2  part*:)  and  alco- 
hol (1  part)  added,  and  chlorine  gas  passed  rapidly  into  the  solution  as  long  as 
iodoform  is  precipitated.  More  iodoform  may  be  obtained  by  repeating  this  treat- 
ment of  the  filtrate.  ( For  a  review  of  some  of  the  earlier  methods  of  preparing 
iodoform,  see  Pharm.  Centralhnlle,  1882,  p.  419.) 

Description  and  Tests.— Iodoform  is  officially  described  as  occurring  in 
"small,  lemon-yellow,  lustrous  crj»stals  of  the  hexagonal  system,  having  a  pecu- 
liar, very  penetrating  and  persistent  odor,  somewhat  resembling  that  of  saffron 
and  iodine,  and  an  unpleasant,  slightly  sweetish,  and  iodine-like  taste.  Specific 
gravity  2.000,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Very" slightly  soluble  in  water,  to  which  it,  how- 
ever, imparts  its  odor  and  taste.  Soluble  in  about  52  parts  of  alcohol  at  15° C. 
(59°  F.),  in  about  12  parts  of  boiling  alcohol,  and  in  5.2  parts  of  ether.  Very 
soluble  in  chloroform,  benzin,  and  fixed  and  volatile  oils.  Iodoform  is  slightly 
volatile  even  at  ordinary  temperatures,  and  in  boiling  water  distills  slowly  over 
with  its  vapor.  At  about  115°  C.  (239°  F.),  it  melts  to  a  brown  liquid,  and  at  a 
liigher  temperature  emits  vapors  of  iodine,  leaving  beliind  a  carbonaceous  mass, 
which,  upon  full  combustion,  should  be  completely  dissipated  (absence  of  fixed 
impurities).  On  digesting  about  0.1  Gm.  of  iodoform  with  5  Cc.  of  a  5  per  cent 
solution  of  pota.ssium  hydrate  in  alcohol,  and  then  slightly  supersaturating  with 
diluted  nitric  acid,  the  liquid  will  be  rendered  blue  bv  starch  T.S.  The  solutions 
in  neutral  solvents  are  neutral  to  litmus  paper,  if  2Gm.of  ioiloform  be  thor- 
oughly shaken  with  10  Cc.  of  water,  the  filtrate  should  be  colorless  and  free  from 
bitter  taste  (absence  of  soluble  yellow  coloring  matters,  picric  acid,  etc.),  should 
not  affect  the  color  of  litmus  paper  (absence  of  free  acids'),  and  should  remain 
unaflected  by  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (absence  of  soluble  iodides)" — (T.  .S.  P.). 

Iodoform  is  somewiiat  unctuous  to  the  touch.  The  aromatic  oils  of  peupermint, 
anise,  fennel,  and  others,  as  well  as  balsam  of  Peru  and  couniarin,  have  ne«n  sjiid 
to  mask  its  un|)leasant  odor,  from  3  to  5  drops  of  oil  of  peppermint  t>eing  reconi- 


lODOKiiUMfM.  1061 

mended  to  disguise  an  ounce  of  iodoform  in  ointments  or  mixturet;.  Our  expe- 
rience is  to  the  effect  that  none  of  tiiem  accomplish  the  puruose.  Kven  though 
they  cover  the  odor  in  mass,  on  exposure  the  rank  odor  of  ioiioform  asserts  itself. 
In  this  connection  it  may  be  Siiid  tliat  Johnson  and  Johnson  have  introduced  an 
ioduret  of  carbon,  under  the  name  iodoform  odorUsK,  which  is  claimed  to  be  fully  as 
efficient  as  ordinary  iodoform,  and  free  from  all  odor.  Analvsis  by  Pmf.  S.  P. 
Sadtler  gave  95.20  per  cent  iodine.  To  remove  the  odor  from  tfie  hands,  utensils, 
and  instruments,  tirst  applv  a  few  drops  of  oil  of  turpentine,  and  afterward  thor- 
ougly  wash  with  water  and  soap  (see  also  Imloformum  Aromali-'Hihim).  Iodoform 
solutions,  when  exposed  to  sunlight,  liberate  iodine.  The  latter  is  contained  in 
iodoform  to  the  extent  of  98.69  per  cent.  Gentle  heat  decomposes  it  into  iodine 
and  hydriodic  acid.  It  is  partially  decomposed  when  boiled  with  solution  of 
potassa,  yielding  iodide  and  formate  of  potassium.  It  is  not  likely  to  contain 
many  impurities.    Its  chemical  decomposition  is  analogous  to  that  of  chloroform. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Ordinarily  iodoform,  when  applied  to 
the  sound  <>r  broken  skin,  wounds,  ulcers,  and  mucous  membranes,  is  non-irrita- 
ting, and  acts  as  a  topical  anasthetic.  Occasionally,  however,  serious  poisoning 
occurs  from  its  absorption,  and  death  has  been  known  to  result  from  such  appli- 
cations. Among  the  symptoms  thus  produced  are  drowsiness  and  stupor,  menin- 
gitis, delirium,  progressive  emaciation,  high  fever,  sphincter  paralysis,  and  death. 
Occasionally  an  eczematous  eruption  is  caused  by  it,  or  an  erythema  or  papular 
eruption  may  appear.  In  one  case  under  our  treatment,  after  the  removal  of  an 
encysted  bullet  from  the  knee,  and  the  dressing  of  the  wound  with  a  10  per  cent 
iodoform  gauze  of  standard  make,  an  erythematous  redness  followed  in  24  hours, 
succeeded  in  2  days  by  an  extensive  and  painful  eruption  of  vesicles,  filled  with 
a  deep,  orange-colored  serum.  Considerable  constitutional  infection  accompanied, 
with  a  rise  in  the  temperature  of  2  degrees.  The  whole  knee  was  involved,  and 
had  the  appearance  of  a  large,  rough-skinned  orange.  The  lesion  spread  rapidly 
wherever  the  viscid  serum  touched  the  sound  surface.  It  resisted  ordinary  treat- 
ment with  sodium  bicarbonate,  borax,  etc.,  until  dusted  with  bismuth  subiiitrate, 
when  healing  took  place  rapidly.  Applied  to  the  rectum  in  suppository,  iodo- 
form so  far  blunts  sensibility  as  to  allow  unconscious  defecation.  Iodoform, 
when  employed  in  large  quantities  for  packing,  may  become  an  encapsulated  for- 
eign body,  and  eventually  gives  rise  to  an  iodoform  "abscess,"  the  contents  of 
which  are  iodoform  and  mucus  (Murrell).  Chorea,  suicidal  mania,  and  profuse 
diarrhiea  have  followed  the  local  use  of  iodoform.  Internally,  small  doses  (5  or  6 
grains,  or  less)  improve  the  appetite,  and  iodine  quickly  appears  in  the  urine  and 
saliva,  escaping  from  the  former  as  an  iodide  of  sodium  with  a  small  portion  of 
iodate.  The  symptoms  produced  by  toxic  doses  are  the  following:  Faintne.«s, 
giddiness,  headache,  mental  confusion,  drowsiness,  burning  gastric  pain,  delirium, 
convulsions,  unconsciousness,  a  quickened  or  slowed,  small  pulse,  cold,  livid  skin 
with  profuse  perspiration,  and  general  paralysis  (Taylor,  Med.  Juris.,  from  Br. 
Med.  Jour.,  1882). 

In  iodoform  poisoning,  the  use  of  the  drug  should  be  stopped  and  the  alka- 
line carbonates  employed  locally  and  internally  together  with  the  internal  admin- 
istration of  bromide  of  potassium,  acetate  of  potassium,  or  lemonade.  Asa  rule, 
iodoform  should  not  be  used  in  conjunction  with  carbolic  acid.  Fatty  degenera- 
tion of  the  kidneys,  liver,  and  heart  has  been  found  after  death  from  iodoform. 

Iodoform  has  been  used  to  some  extent  as  an  internal  medicine.  M.  Righini 
(1862)  stated  that  the  inhalation  of  its  ethereal  solution  is  of  great  service  in  re- 
tarding the  progress  of  phthisis.  Foxwell,  of  Birmingham,  England,  now  regards 
it  as  almost  specific  in  the  treatment  of  phlhu'is.  From  1-grain  pills,  6  times  a 
day,  he  claims  greater  results  than  from  any  drug  or  combination  he  has  em- 
ployed. He  has  administered  as  high  as  50  grains  per  day  for  long  periods  with- 
out ill  results.  The  effects  reported  by  Foxwell  are :  Soothing  of  nervous  erethism, 
lessening  of  cough  and  expectoration,  increased  nutrition,  and  improvement  of 
physical  signs.  Murrell,  who  endorses  Foxwell's  treatment  in  the  main,  in  jilil/iudjt 
and  loiitlcr-coiigh,  found  that  in  some  cases  the  large  doses  had  to  be  abandoned  on 
account  of  the  strong  odor  imparted  to  the  breath,  and  the  nau.sea  and  vomiting 
induced  (Murrell,  Mat.  Med.,  1896).  It  is  said  to  be  very  efficient  in  checking 
pulmonari/  hemorrhage  in  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs.    Internall  •,  in  the  dose  of  1  to  3 


1062  lODOFORMUil. 

grains,  3  times  a  day,  in  pill  form,  it  was  forncerly  regarded  useful  in  goitre,  scrofula, 
rachitw,  glandular  tumors,  vienstrual  derangements,  affections  of  the  bladder,  etc,  hut  is 
now  seldom  employed  for  these  affections.  It  is,  however,  valued  by  some  as  an 
alterative  in  the  same-sized  doses,  in  syphilis  and  in  syphilitic  neuralgia. 

Iodoform  is  best  known  as  an  antiseptic  surgical  dressing  for  use  in  operations, 
and  as  an  application  in  various  forms  of  ulcerations,  syphilitic  and  otherwise. 
Few  agents  are  more  useful  in  the  treatment  of  ulcerated,  granulated,  or  abraded 
surfaces,  than  a  solution  of  1  part  of  iodoform  in  4  parts  of  glycerin  (Locke).  In 
venereal  diseases,  barring  its  odor,  which  may  be  masked,  however,  it  is  one  of  the 
most  useful  of  applications.  Soft  chancres  readily  yield  to  it,  as  do  many  painful 
phagedenic  ulcers.  For  these  purposes,  the  pure  iodoform  in  small  amount  may 
be  dusted  upon  the  ulcers,  or  the  powder  proposed  bj'  Prof  Locke  may  be  em- 
ployed. It  is  composed  of  iodoform,  100  parts;  thymol,  1  part,  and  sugar  of  milk, 
200  parts.  It  is  exceedingly  useful  in  syphilitic  fissure  of  the  tongue,  syphilitic  pharyn- 
geal ulcers,  and  simple  or  s^/philitic  ozena.  It  is  without  a  superior  in  hospital  gan- 
grene, gangrenous  vulvitis,  ajMhous  vulvitis  of  debilitated  children,  and  in  ointment, 
to  temporarily  relieve  pruritis  vulvse.  It  forms  the  chief  application  to  suppura- 
ting buboes.  A  good  form  of  exhibition  is  that  given  by  Murrell:  R  Iodoform, 
5j;  oil  of  eucalyptus,  flsj  ;  soft  and  hard  petrolatum,  of  each,  gijss.  Mix.  In 
venereal  diseases,  the  more  irritable  and  painful  the  lesions,  the  more  effectual  is 
iodoform.  Go^.wrrhcea  and  gleet  may  be  well  treated  with  iodoform,  bougies  con- 
taining that  drug  and  oil  of  eucalyptus,  being  the  preferable  form  for  use.  It  is 
better  adapted  to  gono-rhcea  of  the  female.  However,  iodoform  is  less  effectual  in 
this  class  of  diseases  than  other  forms  of  treatment.  Chordee  is  palliated  by  it.  A  20 
per  cent  ointment  is  reported  to  have  subdued  pain  and  swelling  in  acu'te  orchitis. 
Vaginismus  and  other  forms  oi  vaginal  hypersesthe.na  are  relieved  by  iodoform. 

An  ointment  of  30  to  60  grains  of  iodoform  to  an  ounce  of  lard  or  petrolatum, 
has  been  successfully  applied  to  tumors  and  in  certain  dry  forms  of  skin  diseases, 
and  especially  of  syphilitic  origin.  Ringivorm  is  said  to  be  cured  by  it.  In  sup- 
pository form  with  cacao  butter  (iodoform,  grs.  xxx;  cacao  butter,  5j.  Mix.  Make 
6  suppositories),  it  has  proved  beneficial  in  cancer  of  the  utenis.  Cancer  of  the  breast 
and  other  carcinomata  are  also  benefited  by  it.  Its  advantages  are  that-  it  relieves 
pain,  corrects  the  offensive  odor,  retards  destruction  of  tissues,  and  conserves  the 
strength  of  the  patient.  It  does  not  arrest  the  secretions  as  does  opium.  An 
ointment  (1  part  to  15  of  petrolatum)  forms  a  good  application  in  cracked  nipples. 
The  parts,  however,  should  be  thoroughly  washed  befoi'e  suckling  the  child.  Pain- 
ful chronic  ulcers  should  be  first  destroyed  with  nitric  acid,  and  then  treated  with 
iodoform.  Iodoform  in  ointment  or  suppositorv  is  exceedingly  useful  to  subdue 
pain  and  promote  healing  in  rectal  tilcers,  hemorrhoids,  und  painful  anal  fi.ssures.  It 
aids  greatly  by  rendering  defecation  painless.  Iodoform  forms  a  good  dressing 
after  the  opening  of  boils  and  carbuncles.  The  latter  are  said  to  have  been  aborted 
by  the  injection  of  an  ethereal  solution  of  iodoform. 

An  emulsion  of  iodoform  has  been  employed  for  injecting  roW  o6«ce.«!f5  and 
tubercular  carii's  (Billroth ),  and  in  the  treatment  'of  cystitis.  A  solution  of  iodoform 
in  ether  or  glycerin  has  been  lauded  by  some  as  an  injection  for  emj)yema,ab.<!cesses, 
and  joint  affections,  ixW  of  tuhcrrulous  character.  A  collodion  solution  na.s  been  em- 
])loyed  toi)ically  to  infla mnuitory  sirelling.'<,  chronic  arthriti-".  localized  neurnlgias.  goitn, 
.•<wollen  cervical,  and  other  lymphatic  glamls,  and  for  the  absorption  of  peritoneal, 
pleuritic,  and  pericardial  effusions.  A  saturated  chloroforniic  solution  gives  relief  in 
various  superficial  neuralgias.  A  turpentine  solution  (4  per  cent),  inhaling  from 
■  >  to  5  drons,  lias  been  advised  in  bronchicrtasii:  and  in  laryngeal  and  pulmonic  tuber- 
riilo.iLs.  >iurrell  recommends  the  following  powder  for  insufflation  in  laryugeiu 
plithij<is:  R  Iodoform,  boric  acid,aa5ij;  menthol,  grs.  x  ;  phosphate  of  calcium. 
il.s.,5J.    All  in  fine  powder.     Mix. 

Iodoform  is  largely  used  in  the  treatment  of  Mmp/^",  .^nrptra/,  (/wti^Ao/,  and  tn- 
ferifil  u-nunds.  For  Such  )>urposes,  the  powder  or  the  gjiuze  are  generally  iireferred. 
It  relieves  pain  and  promotes  healing.  As  little  should  be  used  as  will  accom- 
plish the  desired  purpose,  and  never  should  more  than  30  grains  be  used  at  one 
iliessing.  Neither  should  its  application  be  too  frequent.  Good  drainage  should 
be  insured,  and  the  parts  should  not  be  too  snugly  V>andageil.  Iodoform  gauze 
should  be  preferred  in  operations  u]>on  the  intestine'!,  and  {Peritoneal  and  other  cavUita. 


lODOFORMUM.  1063 

Iodoform  is  an  important  agent  in  nasal,  ocular,  and  aural  duieages.  As  an 
insufflation  powder,  a  combination  of  iodoform  and  tannic  acid  is  effectual  in 
ozena,  pont-nanal  catarrh,  and  in  soft  nasal  hyprrtrophu's.  A  first  decimal  trituration 
dusted  uj>on  the  lids  with  a  soft  brush,  is  useful  in  granular  ronjunrtivitis  (I.ocke). 
In  eve  disorders  a  5  to  10  per  cent  ointment  or  an  impalpable  powder  should  be 
employed.  Aged  persons  are  sometimes  toxically  impressed  by  its  apiilication  in 
ocular  affections.  Iodoform  may  be  used  after  ojitralions  ttpnn  the  n/e  or  aji]iemlages, 
in  ciliary  blepharitis,  simple  and  serpiginous  corneal  ulcers,  hypopyon  hrotitis,  purulent 
conjunctivitis,  pannits,  ophthalmia  neonatorum,  phlyctenular  conjunct  iritis,  palpebral 
ulcers,  and  conjunctival  gumma.  Iodoform  is  employed  in  f^ujipunitice  car  affections, 
particularly  after  the  "active  phases  have  paissed.  The  powiler  or  gauze  may  be 
used  after "o/.(;-(i^(0)W  upon  the  aural  canal.  Foltz  {Dynam.  Therap.)  declares  the 
"pale  mucous  membrane"' the  indication  for  iodoform,  and  in  suppurative  otitis 
media  prefers  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  boric  acid  and  iodoform.  If  eye  or  ear 
disorders  are  of  syphilitic  origin  its  use  is  particularly  commended. 

Various  combinations  of  iodoform  are  employed  locally,  besides  those  already 
mentioned.  The  following  are  useful  forms:  (1)  A.ntiseptic  powder  :  Iodoform 
11  parts,  bismuth  subnitrate  4,  salicylic  acid  4,  camphor  1  (Cavazini).  (2)  Anti- 
septic p.\ste:  Iodoform  1  part,  oil  of  camphor  4,  salicylic  acid  4,  starch,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  form  a  stifl'  paste.  (3)  Inhalant:  Iodoform  1  part,  oil  of 
turpentine  8."  (4)  E.mulsion:  Iodoform  10  parts,  glycerin  8,  distilled  water  2, 
tragacanth  5.     Thia  may  be  shaken  with  water  in  any  quantity  desired. 

Ointments  of  iodoform  (with  petrolatum),  usually  contain  from  5  to  10  per 
cent  of  the  drug.  With  it  may  be  incorporated  some  of  the  deodorants  men- 
tioned, particularly  oil  of  camphor  or  eucalyptus.  Glycerin  solutions  contain 
from  5  to  30  per  cent;  ether  solutions,  from  5  to  25  per  cent;  oleaginous  solutions 
(olive  oil  1,  10  to  25  per  cent;  flexible  collodion  solutions,  5  to  10  per  cent;  iodo- 
form gauze,  from  10  to  50  per  cent,  the  former  being  generally  preferred;  tritu- 
ration in  milk  sugar,  10  per  cent.  The  dose  of  iodoform  ranges  from  i  grain  to  3 
grains,  in  pill. 

Other  Iodoform  Preparations. — C.\RBAsrs  Iodoform.^ta  (X.F.i./odo/onn  jnitz^.  Formu- 
Inry  nui,tl>,i;  IM     '•  I.Mlofonn,  tin  >;iamu)es  (10  Gm.)  [l.")4grs.];  ether  (r'..S.  P.),  forty 


(40  Gm.  I  [1  oz.  av.,  l.SO  grs.];  alcofiol,  forty  grammes  (40  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  180  grs.];  tincture  of 
benzoin  (  ['.  .v.  P.  i,  five  grammes  (5  Gm.)  [77  grs.J;  jilycerin,  five  grammes  (5  Gm.)  [77  grs.]; 
gauze  mu.«lin,  a  suffioient  quantity.  Dissolve  the  iodoform  in  tlie  ether,  then  add  the  alcohol, 
tincture  of  benzoin,  and  glycerin.  Immerse  in  a  weighed  quantity  of  this  solution,  contained 
in  a  suitabli-  ve.ssel,  the  exact  amount  of  gauze  muslin  required  to  absorb  the  whole  of  it,  to 
pro<lui-e  a  proihiot  of  a  prescribed  percentage  of  iodoform,  work  it  alwut  with  a  pestle  so  as  to 
impregnate  it  uniformly;  then  take  it  out,  and  hang  it  up  to  dry,  in  a  horizontal  position,  and 
in  a  dark  place.  Lastly,  wrap  it  in  parattin  paper  and  preserve  it  in  air-tight  receptacles. 
Note.— To  calculate  the  amount  of  muslin  and  of  iodoform  solution  required  to  obtiiin  a  prod- 
uct approximately  of  anv  required  percentage  of  iodoform,  let  x  denote  this  required  percent- 
age. Then  take  of  the  aliove  iodoform  solution  ten  (10)  times  this  quantity  (or  iO  x).  Also 
multiply  the  n-quired  percentage  (x)  by  three  (:;),  divide  the  resulting  product  by  two  (2), 
and  subtract  the  quotient  from  one  hundred  ( 100).  The  remainder  represents  the  number  of 
parts  by  weiglit  of  gauze  muslin  to  be  used.  Reganling  the  most  suitable  kind  of  gauze  mus- 
lin, see  note  to  Carbusm  Curt>oUita  (  F.  17)  " — (.iY«(.  Form.). 

Ioi)oK()[!ML-M  AromatisatC-M  (N.  F.],Aromalized  iodoform.  Deodorized  iodoform.—"  Iodoform, 
25  parts;  cumarin,  1  part.  Mix  them  intimately  by  trituration.  Ao/c.-^Should  cumarin  not 
be  available,  or  should  it  be  objectionable  to  the  patient,  the  odor  of  iodoform  may  also  he 
more  or  less  masked  by  many  essential  oils,  for  instance  those  of  pep|)ermint,  cloves,  cin- 
namon, citronella,  bergamot,  sassafras,  eucalyptus,  etc.  Another  etlicient  covering  agent  is 
freshly  roaste<l  ami  powdered  coffee.  The  odor  of  iodoform  may  be  removed  from  the  hands 
or  any  utensil  which  it  has  coiue  in  contact  with,  by  washing  them  with  an  aqueous  solution 
of  tannii'  acid"—  .\''i  I.  Firm.,  1st  ed.). 

Related  Compounds.— .\ristoi.,  .•lnnidn/in,/)i7A.vmo/f/iio(/irf»'(OjoHs40jIj).  An  iotloform 
Bulwtitute  pr.lerrc.l  nn  account  of  its  comparative  hick  of  odor.  It  contains  4.5.8  per  cent  of 
iodine.  It  is  a  bulky,  deep  reddish-brown,  amorphous  powder,  without  taste,  but  haying  a 
neruliar  ami  slightly  aromatic  odor,  suggestive  of  iiMline.  Water  and  glyceiin  do  not  dissolve 
It,  but  it  is  readily  di88olye<l  by  chloroform,  ether,  and  collodion.  Alcohol  dissolves  it  with 
ditBculty.  Caustic  alkalies  do  not  effect  its  solution,  though  it  is  taken  vip  by  the  lixeil  and 
ea><ential  oils,  vaseline,  petrolatum,  etc.  .'Sulphuric  acid,  heat,  and  light  ilecomiio.se  it.  Aristol 
U  ]iro<luced  by  the  interaction  of  a  solution  of  thymol  in  caustic  soda  solution  and  a  solution 
of  i«Kline  in  an  aqueous  solution  of  potassium  iodiile.  Mr.  George  M.  Heringer  (.Iwkt.  ^uur. 
/'/i<(n;i.,  l,S»l,p.  I75i  fouml  commercial  aris'tol  to  conform  to  the  following  formula,  C«)H»il, 
<),.-.'lI,<>.  thus  holding  ('..14  per  cent  of  water.     Annidalin  was  originally  one  of  the  names 


1064  loDuFuKMr.M. 

applied  to  aristol,  but  it  is  chemically  a  rlitbyniol  (liio.iifle.  Aristol  is  employed  as  a  cicatrizant 
and  substitute  for  iodoform,  consequently'  tlie  conditions  requiring  its  use  need  not  be  re- 
peated. Some  prefer  it  to  iodoform.  Fo'ltz  speaks  highly  of  aristol,  in  dry  powder,  in  aoite, 
subacute,  and  chronic  siippuniliie  otitis  media,  and  in  moist  eczema  of  the  external  avditory  canal,  with 
great  itching.  An  ointment  of  aristol  may  be  used  upon  corneal  tUcers,  after  active  inflammation 
has  been  subdued ;  and  in  interstitial  keratitis,  after  subsidence  of  the  acute  phases  it  assists  in 
clearing  the  cornea.  In  powder  and  ointment  it  has  given  good  results  in  pklijctenular  cn- 
junctiritis.  A  1  per  cent  solution  in  almond  oil  has  Ijeen  used  by  injection  with  apparently 
good  results  in  pulmonary  tuberculosis. 

Cakvacrol  Iodide  (CisHisOI). — A  yellow-brown  powder,  which  decomposes  above  the 
boiling  point  of  water.  It  results  when,  in  the  manufacture  of  aristol,  carvacrol  is  suljstitnted 
for  thymol. 

Xeroform,  Tribromphenol-bisnmlh  (CeHjBrjO — Bi — 0). — A  new  substitute  for  iodoform, 
greater  efficiency  being  claimed  for  it,  besides  its  comparative  lack  of  odor  and  the  capability 
of  being  sterilized  without  decomposition  at  110°  C.  (2.'!()°  F.  i.  (For  its  preparation,  see  Pharm. 
Cenlralhalle,  1895,  p.  309.)  It  is  a  neutral,  greenish-yellow,  fine  powder,  tasteless,  and  having 
but  a  faint  carbolic  acid  odor.  It  is  not  decomposetl  by  light.  Acids  and  bases  decompose  it, 
especially  when  heated.  The  claims  made  for  it  are :  It  is  antibacterial,  rendering  poisonous 
toxines  and  ptomaines  innocuous,  and  being  itself  non-poisonous;  it  limits  and  prevents  the 
secretion  of  pus.  It  is  desiccant,  deodorant,  analgesic,  hemostatic,  and  promotes  granulation 
and  cicatrization.  Bulk  for  bulk,  it  has  greater  covering  power  than  ioaoform.  Having  first 
thoroughly  cleansed  the  parts,  it  should  bi-  a|>pli(<l  cxactlv  like  iodoform.  It  is  particularly 
claimed  of  value  in  moist  eczemas,  even  wluii  |ir-  .In  i  1  l.y  iodoform.  Success  has  been  reported 
from  its  use  in  fresh  and  infected  xvovml.  .-,  rarirose  ulcerations,  suppuratinij  buboes, 

abscesses,  bums,  chancroids,  paronychix.  '•<  rillc  affections,  impetigo,  nasnl  and  aural 

diseases,  antnd  disease,  and  in  gynxcoloyicul  i-'  Its  application  is  sometimes  irritating  at 
first,  but  this  is  said  soon  to  pass  off. 

Ei'ROPHEN,  Diisobutyl-orlho-cresol-iodide  (CsaHsiOjI). —  Prepared  like  aristoi.  the  thymol 
being  substituted  by  isobutyl-ortho-cresol.  A  soft,  fine,  and  light,  non-crystalline,  yellow  pow- 
der, having  a  feeble,  saffron-like  odor,  but  no  taste.  Alcohol,  chloroform,  ether,  collodion, 
and  the  fixed  oils  dissolve  it,  while  in  glycerin  and  water  it  is  insoluble.  It  is  nmch  lighter 
than  ioiloform,  being  five  times  as  bulky".  When  heated  to  llCC.  (230°  F.  i,  it  yieMs  a  trans- 
parent, brown  liquid.  When  dry,  it  is  permanent.  When  moistened,  it  splits  into  iodine, 
and  an  iodine  compound,  which  is  .soluble.  Iodine  is  also  set  free  by  the  alkalies  and  their 
carbonates.  Light  and  heat  decompose  its  solutions.  Europhen  contains  27.9  per  cent  of 
iodine.  The  general  applications  of  this  body  are  those  of  ioaoform.  being  regarded  by  some 
as  superior  in  certain  eye,  ear,  iin<l  nose  affections,  and  in  various  form.«  of  stin  diseases,  imvnds, 
and  in  specific  and  non-sji'  <■'/!'■  oh-'  mih.n.-t. 

.\ntiseptin,  .Boro-fA///</"/-:i"  -'•'/./,.— Radlauer,  who  introduced  this  remedy,  claime<l  it 
to  be  a  definite  chemical  cmiiiih.iiii.I,  liiit,  according  to  F.  Goldmann  {Pharm.  Centralhalle,  1891, 
p.  499  ,  it  is  a  mixture  of  zinc  sulphatr  (85  parts),  boric  acid  (10  parts',  thymol  i2.5  parts*,  and 
zinc  iodide  (2.5  parts). 

Antiseptol,  Cinchonine  iodosulphate,  or  Cinchonine  heropalhlte. — .-V  com|>ound  oi  varying 
composition,  according  to  methods  of  preparation  Usually  a  reddish-brown,  light  powder, 
containing  50  per  cent  of  ioiline,  soluble  in  chloroform  and  alcohol,  but  not  in  water.  It  is 
prepared  by  precipitating  cinchonine  sulphate  by  means  of  solution  of  iodine  in  ]K>tassium 
iodide  ( Yvon,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  493).  Solutions  of  it  are  employe<l  upon  irounds, 
ulcers,  and  hemorrhoids. 

loDoL,  Tetraiodo-pyrrol,  Pyrrol  letriodide  (UJ^XH).— Introduced,  in  1885,  by  Ciamician 
and  Silber.  Iodine  is  allowed  to  react  with  pyrrol  in  alcoholic  (or  methyl  alcohol  I  solution. 
Upon  the  addition  of  water,  iodol  separates  in  crystalline,  yellow  flocculi.  It  may  also  be 
obtained  as  directed  for  aristol,  substituting  pyrrol  for  thvmol.  -V  bulky,  pale-yellow,  shining, 
crvstallinc  powder,  without  odor  or  taste  when  p<iro.  ft  contains  88.97  per  cent  of  io<)ine. 
Water  scarcely  dissolves  it, diluted  alcohol  butslightlv,  ether, alcohol,  and  the  fixed  oilsfrt-ely 
dissolve  it.  Its  solution  in  alcohol  is  miscible  with  glycerin.  .\t  the  temper.iture  of  Ixniing 
water,  it  remains  permanent,  but  at  and  above  145°  C.  (293°  F.l,  decomposition  takes  niace, 
ioiline  is  given  off,  and  the  iodol  burns  without  leaving  a  residue.  Upon  treatment  with  sul- 
phuric acid,  ioilol  turns  green  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1885,  p.  (i05).  It  should  not  be  con- 
tonndod  with  Iodol,  a  substance  reseuibling  chlond  in  its  action  upon  animals  i  Ral)Ut«-auK  and 
prepareil  by  acting  upon  a  mixture  of  nitric  acid  and  alcohol  with  iodine.  lodal  is  tleconi- 
posed  by  alkalies,  yielding  formic  acid  and  iodoform.  Iodol  is  antiseptic  and  a  substitute  for 
iodoform.  Its  external  use  is  reported  to  have  produced  toxic  symptoms.  Internallv.  in  2  or 
3-grain  doses,  it  has  been  employed  in  diabeles  mellitns,  scrofula,  i\m\  syfjtili*.  .\pplieil  locally, 
to  vounds,  chancroids,  ulcers,  condylomata,  and  funtjous  groirths;  and,  by  insufflation,  in  larytifitol 
tuberculosis  and  atrophic  forms  of  nasal  and  pharyngeal  catarrh. 

Io<lol  lias  also  been  employed  in  calarrluil  eye  affections,  but  is  said  to  Iv  undt>sirable  in 
phlyctenidar  coujnnctirilis.  It  is  nion-  irritating  in  tr.iumatic  and  ulcerate*!  ear  affections  than 
iodoform.  .Vccording  to  Foltz,  it  does  not  produce  healthy  granulations,  and  he  tleclares  it 
less  etticient  than  boric  acid  in  purulent  iutfainmation  of  the 'middle  ,ar.  It  is,  however,  said  to 
bo  useful  in  corions  suppuration  of  the  e-rlerual  auditory  canal.     Dose,  2  to  20  grains. 

I^tsoi-UAN  (l/>sophane),  r/i'-iWo-Hirtdcrcsoi  (C'HIjOH.CH,).— This  bo<ly  was  intro<lucr<l 
in  1892,  and  contains  78.39  per  cent  of  iodine.  It  is  prepareil  by  the  action  of  iixliue  upon 
nieta-oxy-toluic  acid  (t^Hj.OH.UHj.OXlH)  in  tlie  presence  of  "the  calculated  quantity  of 
caustic  alkali  or  alkaline  carbonate.     It  forms  white  or  colorless  needles,  wit  In  nit  . "lor,  and 


lUlJOFullMlM.  1UG5 

lueltiog  at  121.5°  C.  (l'o0.7°  F.).  EthiT,  chlon)form,  benzol,  and  tlie  fixi-d  oils,  wlu-ii  warnnMl 
to  60°  C.  ( 140°  F.  I,  dissolve  it.  Alcohol  dissolvi-s  it  with  dilficulty ;  in  water  it  is  insoluble.  It 
is  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  iodoform. 

S<)Z()ioi)i)LK,  .SijoiikW,  .Soioi<»<Wic  ariil,  I>ilo<lo-para-iilinuil  mdphoiiic  acid  (C«Hj.OH.l2..">0j 
H.^.'iUjCti.  —\  compound  containing  ol'.S  per  cent  of  iiHline.  The  potassium  salt  is  i)repared 
by  the  acliun  of  cuuient rated  sulphuric-  acid  upnu  jihenol  (carVxilic  acidi,  jniru-jiln iml  .■iiilf/huiiii' 
iKiiMiiiiij;  l.inued.  Tliis  is  converted  into  the  potassium  sjilt,  and  the  calculated  amount  of 
ii)do-cliloride  i<  aldrd,  wlieriliy  the  .v(C."'»(/o/,-//ii/ti.wi(m  is  precipitated  as  n  crystalline  sub- 
stance. Soluble  with  dithculty  in'  water.  It  is  then  imritieil  by  recrystallization  (Oslerinayer, 
I'hiirm.  Vtnlralhiilh;  ISSS,  p.  o-'U).  Sozoiodolic  aci.l  occurs  in  Bnuill,"pri*'l""tic  needle-civstals, 
easily  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  or  glyceriu.  With  metallic  ba,«es  it  forms  acid  an^l  neutral 
salts,'  thi'  former  of  which  constitute  the  medicinal  salts  generally  employed.  The  four  which 
li.ive  come  into  more  prominent  use  are  the  following:  |1)  ISDZoiodolt-sodnuix  [fyiiiiiuu  fozoiiHlo- 
I'llf).  in  colorless,  inodorous,  astringent-sweetish  needles,  soluble  in  water  (1  in  20)  in  alcohol, 
ami  warm  glycerin.  This  is  the  preparation  known  simply  as  Sozoiodole.  It  is  non-toxic, 
antiseptic,  and  de.siccant,  and  has  a  wide  application  in  venereal  Jimrderf,iD  oiihlhnlmuloijy,  m 
fi/r.c/ioiix  ()/  the  nosv  and  llirnal,  and  in  all  cases  requiring  antiseptic  treatment.  It  is  \ised  in  pow- 
der of  1  to  10,  or  pure;  and  in  solutions  of  1  to  12  to  1  to 50 of  solvent.  (2)  5<oiiW"/^-/j"(</«.-ii(m 
( Pulamiim  guzitioiliil'ile),  a  white,  light,  inodoroiLS  powder,  hardly  soluble  in  warm  alcohol,  but 
soluble  in  water  (1  in  100 1.  Properties  similar  to  the  sodium  compound;  unlike  the  latter,  it 
swells  ui)  when  heated  on  platinum  foil,  similar  to  the  phenomenon  known  an  rhe  "  Pharaoh's 
Serpent.  (3)  S>i:(iii>dolt-zinc  \Zinc  foznuxlolnte).  Delicate,  prismatic  needle-crystids,  colorless, 
otlorless,  solubh-  in  glycerin  and  alcohol,  and  in  25  parts  of  water.  More  astringent  than  the 
prewding,  ami  being  niore  irritant  and  liable  to  prove  escharotic  in  concentration,  must  be 
use<l  in  greater  dilutiou.  .■^jK-cially  applicable  in  j/ij«orr/itr<i.  Employed  in  powder,  salve,  or 
solution  of  strength  ranging  from'l  too  to  1  to  100.  (4)  SozouKlole  mercun/  (.Vrn-io;/ «)«)»«/<)- 
lull).  Very  fine,  orange-yellow  powder,  insoluble  in  water  or  alcohol,  but  dis-solving"  in  water 
( 1  in  200)  uiKjn  tlie  addition  of  sidt  or  hydrochloric  acid.  Caustic  in  concentrated  form,  and 
the  only  }K)isonous  salt  of  the  group.  Employed  like  other  mercury  compounds,  and  as  a 
general  antiseptic  like  iodoform.  Used  in  strengths  of  from  1  to  200  to  pure,  in  jwwder,  salve, 
or  solution.  These  salts  are  odorless,  non-toxic  (except  the  mercury  salt),  soluble  in  one  or 
more  of  the  couimon  solvents,  non-decomposable  by  light,  and  in  from  10  to  25  per  cent  tritu- 
rations are  claimed  to  have  about  the  same  power  as  pure  iodoform.  (For  their  detailed 
description,  see  Phann.  CenlrallmUe,  1890,  p.  335.) 

Si>z\i.,  Aluiniimm  jMrapheniilsiU^lionale  {Sozonale)  (  [C|,H,  [OHJSOsIb  Alj).  —  Formed  by 
ilouble  decomposition  between  barmm  parapbenolsulphonate  and  aluminum  sulphate,  or  by 
dissolving  aluminum  hydrate  in  paraphenolsulphonic  acid.  It  forms  astringent,  crystalline 
granules  naving  a  faint  phenol  odor.  It  is  quite  stable  and  forms  permanent  solutions  with 
water,  alcohol,  or  glycenn.     It  is  one  of  the  proposed  antiseptic  substitutes  for  iodoform. 

SrLi'HAMiNOL,  nivxt/dijilieyii/lamhie  (CisHjOSjX).— .l/rtno.ri/rfip/if7ii//<(»iiHc,  boiled  with  caus- 
tic BO<Ia  solution  and  sulphur,  tiltere<l,  and  treated  with  ammonium  chloride,  yields  a  precipi- 
tate of  sulpliaiuinol.  It  is  a  light-yellow  powder,  tasteless  and  odorless,  easily  soluble  in  alco- 
hol, glacial  acetic  acid,  and  alkali  solutions,  insoluble  in  water.  Combined  in  solution  with 
guaiacol,  menthol,  eucalyptol,  and  creosote,  under  the  names  of  sulphaminol  guaiacol,  sul- 
pbaminol  menthol,  etc.,  it  has  been  employed  in  ttibercular  affections  of  the  lari/nu: 

TniopnEN-E  (C,H,S).— An  oily,  colorless,  mobile  liquid,  boiling  at  84°  C.  (183.2°  F.),  a 
regular  constituent  of  commercial  coal-tar  benzol  (Victor  Meyer,  1883),  and  isolated  therefrom 
by  agitation  with  stroni:  Mdpliuric  acid.  It  does  not  mix  with  water.  Two  of  its  compounds 
have  been  medicinally  cmi.loycd.  Sodium  tliiophene  sulphonate  (CjHjS.Na.^O, )  is  a  crystal- 
line white  powder  contaiuinK  of  sul|)luir  about  34  percent.  Thiophene  diiodide  (C^HjIjS,) 
contains  9.5  per  cent  of  sulphur  and  75.6  per  cent  of  iodine,  and  forms  plate-like  crystals  solu- 
ble in  the  common  .solvents  except  water.  It  is  volatile,  and  melts  at  40.5°C.  (104°F.K  It  is 
proposed  as  an  iodoform  sulxstitute. 

XosoiMiES,  TelraiiA;,,henoli,hthalein  ( rC,H,I,.OH],:C:C,H,C0.0  or  C!oHioI,0,).— This 
U  an  odorless  iodine  comi)<)uiid  intended  chiefly  as  an  antiseptic  powder — a  substitute  for  iodo- 
form. It  has  greater  covering  power  than  the  latter.  It  is  a  tasteless,  pale,  yellowish-gray 
powder,  containing  61.8  per  cent  of  ioiline.  Nosophen  is  insoluble  in  water  and  acids,  and 
feebly  .soluble  in  alcohol,  while  chloroform  and  etlier  dissolve  it  freely.  Heating  with  strong 
sutplinric  or  hydrochloric  acid  decomposes  it,  iodine  being  liberated.  Concentrated  alkalies 
and  dilute<l  aciils,  however,  ilo  not  decompose  it,  even  upon  boiling.  It  forms  salts  «ilh 
80<lium  lantinosinel,  bismuth  (eudoxinel,  mercury,  zinc,  etc.  It  is  non-poisouous,  possesses 
bactericidal,  anastbetic,  antihemorrhagic,  and  desiccating  properties,  and  maybe  used  in  a 
great  variety  of  troubles,  Iwtli  locally  and  internally,  in  which  iodoform  is  employed.  It  is 
used  chiefly,  however,  in  powdir,  as  a  topical  agent'.  The  dose  is  J  grain  to  8  grains,  but  the 
bismuth  salt  (eudoxine)  is  preferred  for  internal  administration. 

A.VTiNosiNE  is  the  sotlium  salt  of  iiosophen,  and  is  used  chiefly  in  1  to  5  per  <'cnt  solu- 
tions, in  antiseptic  irrigations.  It  is  a  dark- blue  amorphous  povv<ler,  freely  soluble  in  water 
and  aU'ohiil ;  also  soluble  in  glycerin.  It  is  not  i>ermanent,  like  nosophen,  owing  to  the  action 
of  the  atmospheric  carbon  dioxide.  It  has  no  odor,  and  is  said  to  be  non-irritant  and  non- 
poisonous. 

EuDoxtSK  is  the  bismuth  salt  of  nosophen.  It  is  a  tasteless  and  o<lorle8s.  reddi.'>h-brown 
IMjwder,  containing  .52.9  per  cent  of  io<line  and  14.5  percent  of  bismuth.  It  is  insoluble  and 
non-poisonous,    .\lkaliea  decompose  it,  nosophen  and  bismuth  oxide  resulting.     It  has  li.-.-n 


rocomiuended  in  the  bowel  disorders  of  infants.  Eudoxine  is  the  salt  o(  tetra-iodo-phenol-phta- 
lein,  and  is  preferred  for  internal  administration.  Dose,  i  grain  (very  young  infants),  to  8 
grains,  3  times  a  day. 

lODUM  (U.  S.  P.)— IODINE. 

Symbol:  I.     Atomic  Weight:  126.53. 

A  non-metallic  element  obtained  from  kelp,  and  as  a  by-product  from  the 
mother  liquor  of  Chili  saltpeter.  It  should  "  be  kept  in  glass-stoppered  bottles, 
in  a  cocil  iilacc"— (  U.S.  P.). 

History  and  Source. — Iodine  was  discovered,  in  1812,  by  M.  Courtois,  a  salt- 
peter manufacturer  of  Paris;  and,  in  1820,  its  medicinal  virtues  were  first  made 
known  by  Dr.  Coindet,  Sr.,  of  Geneva.  It  is  prepared  from  the  ashes  of  sea  weeds, 
occurring  on  the  coasts  of  France,  Ireland,  Scotland,  Jajjan,  etc.  The  ashes  are 
of  a  dark  color,  and  are  known  by  the  name  of  kelp.  They  contain  about  0.2  per 
cent  of  iodine.  It  also  occurs  in  sponge.  The  amount  of  iodine  present  in  the 
different  algte  varies  according  to  the  species.  Mr.  James  Wheeler  (1882)  found 
comparatively  large  amounts  of  iodine  in  Laviinaria  flex icaulis  and  L.mrrharina. 
According  to  L.  Van  Itallie  (1889)  about  0.01  per  cent  of  iodine  is  contained  in 
FiKiis  vesiculosiis  and  Choixdru»  crispus.  The  occurrence  of  iodine  in  the  beds  of 
Chili  saltpeter  is  also  traceable  to  a  probable  marine  origin. 

Probably  all  varieties  of  Gadu.^  (codfish)  contain  it  in  their  livers — a  maxi- 
mum of  1  part  in  60,000  (Mitchell  Bird,  1882)— and  the  liver  of  Raja  clavata  and 
B.  batis  are  said  to  contain  even  more  than  the  cod-liver.  Traces  of  iodine  have 
been  found  in  the  liquids  of  Julus  fastidissimus,  crabs,  starfish,  salted  herrings,  etc. 

Its  presence  in  minerals  and  natural  waters  is  frequent.  It  has  been  found 
combined  with  mercury  and  silver,  in  the  cenis-iite  of  Catorce,  Mexico ;  in  verj- 
small  quantity  in  Silesian  zinc  ore;  in  the  salt  of  Hall,  Tyrol ;  in  native  nitrate  of 
sodium ;  in  Silesian  coal ;  in  the  distillation  products  of  coal;  in  the  Jura  lime- 
stones near  Lyons  and  Montpellier;  in  clay,  vegetable  mold,  sulphur,  cinnabar, 
iron,  and  manganese  minerals,  gypsum,  white  chalk,  etc.  It  has  likewise  been 
detected  in  rain  and  fresh  water,  and  in  various  mineral  waters^,  in  diflerent  parts 
of  the  globe.  The  salt  brines,  left  in  the  manufacture  of  salt  and  of  bromine  in 
West  Virginia,  were  shown  by  Prof.  Mallet  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1881,  p.  606) 
to  contain  considerable  quantities  of  iodine. 

Preparation. — Iodine  is  commonly  prepared  from  kelp,  which  is  lixiviated  in 
water,  the  solution  concentrated  by  evaporation,  and  the  various  salts  of  sodium 
and  potassium  deposited,  whereby  a  dark-colored  mother  liquor  is  left,  called  ioiUne 
lye.  Sulphuric  acid  is  added  to  this  to  acidulate  it,  and  to  liberate  carbonic  acid, 
sulphurous  acid,  and  hydrogen  sulphide  gas,  while  sulphur  is  deposited,  and  hy- 
driodic  acid  is  formed  in  solution.  The  acidulated  lye  is  now  introduced  into'a 
leaden  still,  and  heated  to  60°  C.  (140°  F.)  when  manganese  dioxide  is  gradually 
added;  a  leaden  head  is  then  adapted,  heat  is  applied,  iodine  is  evolved,  and  is 
collected  into  a. series  of  glass  receivers,  on  the  inner  surface  of  which  it  condenses. 
The  following  reaction  takes  place:   2IH4-MnO.,+  HjSO,-:-MnSO,-|-2H.O+I,. 

Soubeiran  states  that  iodine  may  also  be  obtained  from  the  mother  liquor  by 
the  following  process:  Add  sulphate  of  copper  to  the  mother  water  so  long  as  a 
white  precipitate  of  cuprous  iodide  (Cu.I,,)  is  thrown  down,  while  part  of  the 
iodine  remains  in  the  fluid.  Then  treat  the  supernatant  liquid  with  more  of  the 
sulphate,  together  with  iron  filings.  The  iron,  taking  the  place  of  the  copper  in 
the  solution,  sets  that  nutal  free,  and  the  metal,  in  the  act  of  evolution,  unites 
with  the  iodine  in  the  fluid,  so  that  more  iodide  of  copper  is  formed.  When  this 
iodide  is  mixed  with  dioxide  of  manganese  and  sulphuric  acid,  a  moderate  heat 
decomjxjses  it,  and  iodine  is  sublimed. 

Tiie  criide  iodine  is  purified  to  some  extent  by  resublimation,  but  must  un- 
dergo additional  purification  to  get  rid  of  traces  of  iodine  chloride,  bromide,  or 
cyanide.  For  this  purpose  it  is  recommended  by  F.  Musset  (18W)  to  melt  it 
under  a  concentrated  layer  of  potassium  iodide  solution,  allowing  to  cool,  and 
washing  out  the  iodine  cake  witli  water.  Another  method,  that  of  Stas,  to  obtain 
pure  iodine  from  potassium  iodide  solution,  is  to  oxidize  part  of  the  iodide  to 
lodate  in  such  proportion  that  upon  subsequent  acidulation  with  sulphuric  acid, 


lODUM.  1067 

Muline  is  nrecipitated  according  to  the  following  equation  :  RIOj+iKI-|-,H,SO,^^ 
,K,S(),-|-,H,,0+I,.  Acconiing  to  C.  Meineke  (Chcmikcr  Zcitunq,  18!)2,  p.  VIW  and 
1230),  an  exceptionally  pure  iodine  is  yielded  by  this  method.  This  author  pre- 
fers tlie  use  of  potassiunj  permanganate  as  an  oxidizer. 

Description. — Iodine  is  usually  sold  in  small  scales,  or  rhombic  plates;  occa- 
sionally in  solid  ma.<ses.  It  is  heavy,  friable,  dry,  grayish-black  or  bluish-black 
in  color,  has  a  shining  appearance,  a  peculiar,  unpleasant,  and  irritating  odor, 
and  a  sharp,  acrid  taste.  It  is  brittle  and  easily  pulverized,  fuses  at  114°  C. 
(•237.2°  F.),  boils  at  175°  C.  (.347°  F.),  though  its  vapor  rises  with  that  of  boiling 
water.  "As  it  fuses  it  is  gradually  dissipated  in  the  form  of  a  purplish  vapor, 
leaving  no  residue" — {U.S.  P.).  At  common  temperatures  it  slowly  evaporates. 
Its  specitic  gravity  is  4.948  at  17°C.  (62.6°  ¥.)—{l'.S.  P.).  It  .stains  the  skin  a 
deep  brown,  which  slowly  disappears,  and,  if  the  contact  be  prolonged,  will  de- 
stroy the  soft  textures  of  the  body.  Vegetable  colors  are  slowly  discharged  by  it. 
"  Soluble  in  about  50(X)  parts  of  water,  and  in  10  parts  of  alcohol  at  15°  C.  (50°  F.) 
with  a  brown  color;  also  freely  .soluble  in  ether,  and  in  a  solution  of  jjotassium 
iodide  with  a  brown  color;  and  in  chloroform  or  carbon  disulphide  with  a  violet 
color" — (T.  .9.  P.).  According  to  W.  Duncan  {Amer.  Jour.  P/iarm.,  l.Si)2,  p.  100), 
the  solubility  of  iodine  in  chloroform  is  limited  to  1:56.6  at  10°  (".  F.  Dietze 
(Aimr.  J-ntr.  Phnrm.,  1898,  p.  574)  states  that  its  solubility  in  water  is  (on  the  aver- 
age) 1:3600  at  ordinary  temperature,  and  1:2200  at  30°  C.  (86°  F.).  It  is  .soluble 
in  water  containing  syrup  of  orange,  and  6  ounces  of  water  to  wliich  2  grains  of 
tannic  acid  are  added,  will  dissolve  10  grains  of  iodine.  In  saline  solutions  it 
is  much  more  soluble,  and  freely  so  in  solutions  of  chloride  of  sodium,  nitrate  of 
ammonium,  or  iodide  of  potassium.  It  is  very  soluble  in  benzene,  glycerin,  or 
the  volatile  oils,  but  with  some  of  them,  especially  those  from  the  coniferous  tribe 
of  plant.<,  considerable  heat  is  evolved,  brisk  effervescence  ensues,  and  much  of  the 
iodine  is  discharged  in  vapor.  With  castor  oil,  a  20  per  cent  solution  of  iodine 
niav  be  obtained,  which  has  the  advantage  of  being  niiscible  with  alcohol  (Amei-. 
.W)-.P/('»™.,  188.5,  p.  43.5). 

Iodized  oil  of  juniper  (iodine,  i  drachm,  oil  of  juniper,  1  ounce,  the  iodine  to  be 
added  gradually  until  the  whole'is  added)  possesses  all  the  properties  of  the  tinc- 
ture of  iodine,  and  its  use  is  not  attended  with  discoloration  of  the  cuticle.  Iodine 
unites  with  oxygen  or  hydrogen  to  form  acids,  also  with  sulphur,  phosphorus, 
carbon,  chlorine,  etc.,  and  readily  unites  with  metals,  such  as  copper,  iron,  silver, 
etc.  Its  characteristic  reaction  is  that  with  starch.  This  substance,  if  converted 
by  boiling  with  water  into  soluble  starch,  forms  a  blue  precipitate  with  it,  of  such 
intensity  that  iodine  may  easily  be  detected  in  4.50,000  parts  of  water.  To  effect 
tliis  the  iodine  must  be  free,  which  may  be  obtained  by  adding  a  little  nitric  acid  to 
the  suspected  solutions,  and  the  solutions  must  be  cold  (see  also  Amylum).  Iodine 
is  easily  mixed  with  fatty  substances;  it  is  apt  to  escape  from  the  surface  of  oint- 
ments, unless  united  with  iodide  of  potassium,  which  impedes  this  result.  The 
combination  of  iodine  with  hydrogen  forms  a  gaseous  acid,  called  hydrhdic  acid 
(IH),  an<l  that  with  oxygen  forms  two  acids,  the  iodir  (10,11)  and  pcr-iodic  arid.'< 
(IO,H  ).  The  preparation  known  as  rolorlr.^s  tincture  nf  iodine  is  a  solution  of  iodine 
in  comtiination,  and  will  be  considered  in  its  proper  jibioe. 

Tests.  — "With  starch  T.S.  it  produces  a  dark-blue  color.  A  solution  of  iodine 
in  chliirol'orm  should  be  perfectly  clear  and  limpid  (absence  of  nioi.sture).  T<< 
determine  the  presence  of  c_vanogen,  chlorine,  or  bromine,  proceed  as  follows: 
Triturate  0.5  Gm.  of  finely  powdered  iodine  with  20  Cc.  of  water,  and  filter  off' the 
solution.  To  one-half  of  this  solution,  in  a  test-tube,  carefully  a<ld  decinormal 
.sodium  hyposulphite  V.S.,  until  the  solution  is  just  decolorized.  Then  add  a  few 
drops  of  "ferrous  sulphate  T.S.,  and  sub.sequently  a  little  sodium  hydrate  T.S., 
and  heat  the  mixture  gently.  On  now  adding" a  slight  excess  of  hydrochloric 
acid,  the  liquid  should  not  assume  a  blue  color  (absence  of  iodine  cyanide).  To 
the  other  half  of  the  aqueous  filtrate,  in  a  te.st-tube,  add  a  slight  ex'cess  of  silver 
nitrate  T.S.,  shake  actively,  allow  the  precipitate  to  sul)side,  and,  having  poured 
off"  the  clear,  supernatant  "liquid  completely,  shake  the  precipitate  with  a  mixture 
of  1  Cc.  of  ammonia  water  and  9  Cc.  of  wiiter,  and  filter.  Upon  the  addition  of 
a  slight  excess  of  nitric  acid  to  the  filtrate,  not  more  than  a  sliglit  opalescence 
should  make  its  appearance  (limit  of  cblDrine  or  bromine).    If0..32  Gm. of  iodine. 


1068  lODUM. 

together  with  1  Gm.  of  potassium  iodide,  be  dissolved  in  20  Cc.  of  water,  and  the 
solution  mixed  with  a  few  drops  of  starch  T.S.,  it  should  require  not  less  than  25 
Cc.  of  decinormal  sodium  hyposulphite  T.S.  to  discharge  the  blue  or  greenish  color 
of  the  liquid  (corresponding  to  at  least  98.85  per  cent  of  pure  iodine)" — ( f '.  .S*.  P.). 
(For  a  detailed  list  of  tests  and  the  mode  of  their  application,  see  this  Di^xnmtory, 
preceding;  editimi.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— In  large  doses,  iodine  is  an  irritant 
and  cori-o.-^ive  pnison,  stimulating  the  raucous  membranes,  liver,  and  absorbent 
glands,  e.xciting  the  sexual  organs,  and  producing  debility  of  the  digestive  func- 
tions, muscular  weakness,  and  emaciation.  This  influence  upon  the  system,  in 
which  its  poisonous  efifects  are  developed,  is  termed  iodisvi.  Its  symptoms  are 
fever,  violent  vomiting  and  purging,  great  thirst,  palpitation,  extreme  restle.ss- 
ness,  rapid  emaciation,  acute,  ejiigastric  pain,  cramps,  small  and  frequent  pulse, 
violent  priapism,  trembling,  occasional  syncope,  etc.  These  symptoms  vary  in 
different  persons,  and  have  even  terminated  fatally.  From  4  to  6  grains  have 
produced  these  sx'mptoms,  hence  it  should  never  be  administered  in  large  doses, 
and  wiien  these  effects  appear,  the  medicine  should  at  once  be  stopped.  (For 
further  consideration  of  iodism,  see  Pota-'<ni  lodidum.) 

In  small,  or  medicinal  doses,  iodine  is  a  stimulant,  tonic,  alterative,  di-uretic, 
emmenagogue,  and  diaphoretic.  It  affects  especially  the  absorbent  and  glandu- 
lar system,  and  its  results  vary  according  to  the  dose,  combination,  etc."  It  has 
been  detected  in  the  urine  soon  after  being  swallowed,  also  in  the  saliva,  perspi- 
ration, milk,  and  blood,  and  always  in  the  form  of  hydriodic  acid,  or  an  iodide. 
It  is  supposed  to  undergo  conversion  in  the  stomach  into  hydriodic  acid,  and  is 
thus  absorbed.  In  proper  doses,  iodine  improves  the  appetite  and  digestion, 
stimulates  to  some  extent  excretion  and  secretion,  proves  diuretic,  and  increases 
strength.  It  probably  does  not  stimulate  blood-making  nor  nutrition,  but  it  ma- 
terially assists  in  the  removal  of  worn-out  tissues — in  fact,  increases  retrograde 
metamorphosis.  There  is  a  difference  of  action  in  preparations  of  iodine;  those 
which  act  especially  by  iodine  in  a  free  state,  or  in  which  it  is  readily  set  free,  are 
not  eliminated  from  the  economy,  as  tincture  of  iodine,  iodide  of  iron,  and  iodide 
of  calcium,  and  should  be  administered  in  small  doses.  On  the  other  hand,  those 
which  are  eliminated,  as  iodide  of  potassium,  or  of  sodium,  may  be  given  in  large 
doses.  These  not  only  convey  into  the  excretions  metallic  substances  that  may 
have  been  in  the  system  for  a  long  time,  but,  as  with  iodide  of  potassium,  they 
produce  the  influences  peculiar  to  the  base;  with  the  iodide  of  potassium  we 
observe  the  diuretic  and  sialagogue  influence  of  the  alkali  (Bouchardat's  Ann. 
dc'  Therap.,  1869,  p.  184).  Iodine  and  some  of  its  preparations  will  occasionally 
produce  salivation,  soreness  of  the  mouth,  coryza,  and  often  pustular  eruptions. 
Under  its  influence,  enlarged  glands  are  brought  to  their  normal  size,  and  strumous 
ulcers  gradually  healed.  Occasionally  it  has  caused  a  rapid  and  permanent  wast- 
ing away  of  the  mamma?  or  testicles,  and  again,  after  a  lapse  of  time,  these  organs 
have  recovered  their  original  development. 

Iodine  is  i'nii)l()yed  mi'dicinally  in  various  forms  of  disease,  in  some  of  which 
it  produces  astonishingly  beneticial  results,  this  being  especially  true  in  di.<eases 
involvinji  the  lymphatic  structures.  The  diseases  in  which  it  appears  to  be  more 
generally  I'llicient  are  hrmirhorele,  glandular  ohntnirtion.9,  stTofulti,  ifj/phili--*,  merrurin- 
!<i/phillf:.  utruinoiix  ophthalmia,  ozena,  ulcers  of  the  integuments,  enlargement  of  the  external 
absorheiil  glands,  chranic  enlargement  of  the  lieer  and  x/iUen,  vuimnut,  testes,  and  i(/<Tt<«, 
ovarian  tumors,  ieueorrheea,  amenorrhea,  dysmenorrhiea,  caries,  ]uirali/sis.  chorea,  rheu- 
matism, and,  in  fact,  the  majority  of  diseases  of  a  h}i}>ertrophical,  stnimmis.  or  cachec- 
tic character.  In  bronchoeele,  it  is  most  serviceable  in  the  early  congestive  .-Jtage,  or 
in  the  middle  stage  of  gelatiniforni  effusion  ;  in  the  indurated  stage  of  the  tiiyroid 
gland  it  is  of  little  benefit.  In  this  afi<ition  its  use  should  he  continueil  uninter- 
ruptedly for  at  least  Ave  weeks,  and  if  no  good  etTect.*  appear,  it  may  be  laid  .iside. 
The  compound  solution  of  iodine  is  generally  prefern-d  in  doses  of  5  to  10  drojwi, 
8  times  a  day.  Iodine  has  been  injected  into  the  gland  with  apiiarent  lieneht^ 
but  this  pi-actice  is  not  generally  commended.  Prof.  .1.  M.  Sonader  i^}xc.  Med.) 
advised  small  doses  of  iodine  in  serual  debility:  R  Tincture  of  iodine,  gtt.  xx; 
simple  syrup.  H.^iv.  Dose,  1  teatipoonful  4  times  a  day.  prefenibly  after  meals 
and  !tt  bedtime. 


KlUlXl  KHj'.t 

Iodine  is  not  a  cumulative  medicine,  like  lead,  digitalis,  etc.,  hence,  whenever 
its  effects  approach  iodisni,  a  suspension  of  its  use  will  gradually  remove  them; 
however,  at  the  present  time,  these  effects  are  not  so  often  observed  as  among  its 
early  investigators.  Yet,  as  some  persons  are  very  susceptible  to  its  influence,  the 
approach  of  iodism  should  be  carefully  watched,  and  its  symptoms  checked.  In 
rhronir  lUarrhmi  and  di/scnteri/,  cholfro  infantum,  colliqunlive  ilutrr/io'd  of  jiht/iuitJ^,  and 
.■.rnj^H/'x/.*  (/(>n.<<'.<,  Prof.  King  found  the  following  a  su|)erior  remedy:  Take  of 
iodine,  lA  grains;  sulphate  of  morphine,  J  grain  ;  extract  of  geranium,  20  grains; 
triturate  thoroughly  together  in  a  mortar,  form  into  a  pill-mass  with  simple  syrup 
or  extract  of  liquorice,  and  divide  into  10  pills;  of  these  1  pill  maybe  given  every 
1  or  2  hours  to  an  adult.  In  hepnt ir  Hud  ■■•■j>lenir  nffert inn. ■<,i\r\ed  extract  of  leptandra 
may  be  substituted  for  the  extract  of  geranium.  In  the  Mexican  diarr/xea,  he  suc- 
leeded  in  curing  every  case  in  which  the  following  preparation  was  employed  : 
Take  of  iodine,  H  grains;  tannic  acid,  10  grains  ;  distilled  water,  5  fluid  draclims. 
Mix  together.  For  an  adult,  give  1  fluid  drachm  every  2  hours,  in  syrup  of  ginger, 
or  cinnamon  water,  to  be  continued  daily.  Iodine  is  contraiiulicuted  in  cerebral 
congestion  and  tendency  to  apoplexy,  in  menorrhagia,  in  disordered  stomach  or 
bowels,  or  wherever  local  diseases  become  attended  with  symptomatic  fever,  or 
with  incidental  febrile  affections. 

Externally,  iodine  is  u.*ed  in  the  form  of  ointment  for  .strumous  w/r«T.v,  np/i- 
thnlmia.  and  some  cutaneou,"  di.ieases,  as  lupw.  fai-u.%  acne,  psoriasi.",  etc.  With  collo- 
dion it  forms  a  good  ajiplication  ior  frost-hite.-'.  Subcutaneous  injections  of  iodine 
arounil  the  wound,  have  been  found  successful  in  bites  of  some  .*nakes  and  other 
poisonom  wounds.  A  cau^ic  iodine  solution  (Lugols)  is  recommended  as  an  appli- 
cation to  stimulate  or  destroy  soft  Sindjungmts  granulation.^,  and  as  a  remedy  for 
uoli-me-lan^irre.    (See  Lugol'g  .'^lution.) 

Drs.  R.  Druitt  and  B.  \V.  Richardson  recommended  the  vapor  from  iodine  as 
a  deodorizer  and  disinfectant.  Powdered  iodine,  or  a  strong  tincture  of  iodine  is 
place']  in  open  vessels  in  various  parts  of  a  room,  so  that  the  air  therein  becomes 
impregnated  with  the  vapor.  This  is  recommended  in  cases  of  smallpox,  typhoid 
and  other  fer'rji,  or  wherever  the  atmosphere  of  a  room  requires  purification,  as 
where  there  are  sinks,  sick-chairs,  closets,  etc.  The  air  thus  purified  becomes 
fresh  and  agreeable  to  the  sen.«e  of  smell.  Inhalations  of  vapor  from  iodine 
have  been  highly  spoken  of  in  the  treatment  of  phthisi.'<  (palliative  only),  rhronir 
binimjiti.-'  and  bronrhiti.t.  and  in  aj/honia;  the  atmosphere  of  the  patient's  room  to 
be  impregnated  with  the  vapor,  so  that  it  can  be  constantly  inhaled  day  and 
night.  Dr.  J.  Waring  Curran,  in  the  treatment  of  diphthrria,  recommended  a  fluid 
drachm,  of  a  compound  composed  of  iodine,  iodide  of  potassium,  each,  4  grains  ; 
alcohol,  4  fluid  drachms;  water,  4  fluid  drachms — which  he  adds  to  a  pint  of  vine- 
gar in  which  a  handful  of  sage  has  been  boiled;  this  is  placed  in  a  teapot  or  an 
inhaler,  and  kept  hot  over  a  spirit  lamp,  and  the  vapor  is  inhaled  10  or  12  times 
a  day,  for  10  or  12  minutes  each  time.  The  dose  of  the  iodine  solution  must  be 
steadily  increased  until  it  reaches  i  fluid  ounce  foreach  inhalation.  The  tincture, 
in  2  or  3-drop  doses,  in  syrup  of  lemon,  is  said  to  improve  the  condition  in  diph- 
theria. In  eniiipelntoux  inflnmmatityns  it  has  been  advi.«ed  to  paint  the  inflamed 
surface  with  a  .strong  tincture;  likewi.se,  in  chilblains  and  rulaneous  .icrnfula.  Boil.-< 
may  be  aborted  by  painting  with  tincture  of  iodine,  which  application  is  also 
useful  in  carbuncles,  ihoxxgh  a  dilution  (1  part  to  3  or  4  of  water)  is  le.ss  painful, 
arrests  destruction  of  tissues,  and  removes  the  decayed  parts.  Locally,  iodine  is 
useful  in  chronic  uterine  eiui'irgrment,  chronic  induration.i  of  the  remix  uteri,  uterine 
ulcerations,  leucorrhiea,  mtci,  phan/ngeal  granulation-'  and  ulcers,  spina  hifula,  and  thi' 
tincture  or  compound  tincture  gives  relief  in  laryngeal  ulrei-ntions,  for  which  the 
vapor  has  been  less  efficiently  em|)loyed.  The  topical  application  of  iodine  i> 
frequently  resorted  to  in  rhronir  rheumatism  and  neuralgia,  and  applied  to  the 
chest  in  rhronir  pleuri-fy  to  promote  the  absorption  of  plastic  exudations.  An 
ointment  of  iodine  is  of  value  in  hydrarthrosis.  Applied  in  smallpox  it  is  said  U> 
prevent  in  a  measure  the  full  development  of  the  pustules,  and  thereby  prevent 
extensive  pitting.  Iodine  is  an  excellent  application  to  buljors,  and  if  applied 
early  may  abort  them;  it  is  likewise  of  value  in  syjihilitir  ulritatiims  of  the  tonsil. ■< 
and  faures,  and  in  strelling  of  Ihr  qum*  and  loo.-ening  of  the  teeth.  Ringirnrm.  rorns. 
an<l  felons  are  often  benefited   bv  iodine. 


1070  lODUM. 

A  solution  of  iodine  (grs.  j),  in  glycerin  (flsj),  forms  a  good  application  in 
purulent  nasal  discharges,  as  ozena.  The  tincture,  diluted  with  three  times  its  vol- 
ume of  water,  has  been  recommended  as  an  injection  in  h y drorek.  nfter  removal 
of  the  effused  fluid,  to  stimulate  the  tunica  vaginalis  to  adhesive  inflammation. 
These  injfftions  have  also  been  advised  in  ovarian  cysts,  drop>ry  of  tlie  joinU,  hernia, 
indnlfiii  iiliyci>:s,  rnrities,  sinuses,  fistula  in  ano,  etc. 

hxliiii'  ill  ^tiuiig  solution  has  been  successfully  employed  in  blepharitis  cUinrix 
and  in  ronjii ,ii-iirl/is.  An  adhesive  iodine  paint  is  used  at  Moorfield's  Ophthalmic 
Hospital,  as  an  application  to  chronic  inflammations  of  the  eyelids;  the  mastic  pre- 
vents the  paint  from  spreading  on  the  more  delicate  structures  in  the  neighbor- 
hood ;  take  of  alcohol,  2  fluid  drachms;  spirit  of  nitric  ether,  4  fluid  drachms; 
mastic,  i  drachm;  iodine  to  saturation.  Mix.  The  vapor  of  tincture  of  iodine 
with  camphor,  applied  by  Politzer's  method,  is  said  to  improve  non  suppurative 
otitis  media.  Occasionally  painting  the  tincture  on  the  mastoid  region  relieves  in 
mastoid  disease,  and  the  same  applied  to  the  attic  of  the  tympanum  check.?  suppu- 
rative action  in  those  parts.  The  compound  tincture  is  applied  after  opening  the 
sac  of  hematoma  aur is,  and  according  to  Foltz  (Dynam.  Thernp.,\>.Q2^),a  mixture 
of  glycerin  10  parts,  and  iodine  1  part,  is  excellent  for  the  cure  of  that  morbid 
action  giving  rise  in  the  canal  and  fundus  of  the  ear  to  aggregations  of  epithelium 
and  pus  of  a  tenacious  character. 

Iodine  may  be  kept  in  a  state  of  solution  when  added  to  mixtures  in  the 
form  of  tincture,  by  the  addition  of  syrup  of  orange  peel,  or  a  few  grains  of  tannic 
acid.  When  given  internally  to  females  it  is  apt  to  increa^ie  the  quantity  of  the 
menstrual  discharge  and  sometimes  to  multiply  the  periods  of  its  appearance;  if  the 
symptoms  are  not  very  severe  or  alarming,  but  little  interference  will  be  required, 
as  they  will  cease  after  a  short  time;  where  this  is  demanded,  a  cessation  of  the 
use  of  the  remedy  will  most  generally  sufl!ice.  In  the  employment  of  iodine,  if 
the  urine  is  passed  in  quantity,  and  on  examination  is  found  to  contain  iodine, 
and  the  strength  and  appetite  of  the  patient  gradually  return,  it  may  be  consid- 
ered indicative  of  a  beneficial  therapeutic  influence,  and  its  use  should  be  contin- 
ued. Dose  of  iodine,  in  substance,  i  grain,  2  or  3  times  a  day,  in  pill  form;  of  the 
tincture,  from  5  to  15  drops,  twice  a  day.  The  best  forms  for  internal  use  are  the 
compound  tincture  and  compound  solution.  Some  prefer  the  3  x  trituration. 
When  given  in  powder,  it  should  be  united  with  opium  or  hyoscyamus,_and 
formed  into  a  pill  with  the  extract  of  liquorice.  In  poisoning  by  iodine,  first 
evacuate  the  stomach,  by  giving  an  emetic  in  starch  water,  and  afterward  admin- 
ister freely  starch  water,  starch  paste,  flour,  or  arrow-root  in  water. 


Related  Preparations.— Iodizeo  Puf.noi  .  T>r.  Pircy  Boulton  intrwluceil  to  the  profee- 
sion  a  (■iiliirl(>s  sdiition  of  iodine  aii'l  .:iil.  11.  .iri.l,  as  possessing  stimulant  ami  antiseptic 
pro|)(itiis  in  a  ni:iikc<l  degree.     It  li:i>  i  i      i    :  u-eful  as  a  local  application  i  by  injection, 

gargle,  l.itinii,  Ml   spiay  inhalation),  in  'hrria.oztnii,  otorrhnn,  fturuletit  ophthalmia, 

/oij/anil  i:iil'il'  III  iilfii:-i,leitcorrha'a,  utci  I'lh^  /  <  .  .  iileri,  intental  lieHinrrhoidi.  lariniyeiil,  mul 
bronchial  iijf'cclions,  etc.  In  some  instjmcis  it  will  rtijnire  to  be  diUitcd  with  water,  and  when 
the  spray  is  to  be  inhaled,  the  glycerin  maybe  omitted,  and  the  mixture  be  diluted  to  the 
required  extent  with  water.  Its  tormula  is  as  follows:  Take  of  compound  tinctun'  of  iodim-, 
45  minims;  crystals  of  carbolic  acid  (liquefied),  6  minims;  glyeerin.  S  fluid  drachms;  distillnl 
water,  5  fluid  (Uinces.  Mix.  The  color  disappears  in  frt>m  S  hours  to  10  days, depending  iimm 
the  temperature;  the  mixture  should  be  kept  in  a  dark  jilace.  (.See  also  formula  of  .HciViini 
Carboliciiiii  /l«/<(^(»l  [.V(i(. /•'(//•ni.],p.  41,  which  preparation  has  similar  us»'s  to  the  prein-ding.  ■ 

Mktiiynoi,.— This  agent  was  introdueed  by  Prof.  J.  .\.  Jeancon,  M.  P.,  acconling  to  whom 
it  is  "a  compound  of  the  sodium  salts  of  a  systematic  series  of  iodo-phenol  acids,  in  which  the 
hydrogen  of  iodo-phenol  is  progressively  substituted  with  imline,  carboxyl.  and  hydnx-arbon 
/groups,  and  in  which  the  iodin-!  preponderates.  The  use  of  methyiiol  is  inilicated  in  all  forms 
of  venous  congrMioii  of  the  skin  or  of  the  nuu'ons  membranes  of  the"  Iwdy  ;  in  all  forms  of  ulcmi- 
fioH,  of  whatever  origin  ;  in  inliltrate^l  ^tiite.^i  ,.(  the  tissues,  whether 'due  to  stoppage  of  the 
venous  current  and  dilation  of  the  lymphatic  vessels. or  to  local  obstruction  by  dimoni/iim.wn', 
etc.  In  action  this  substame  is  highly  .«tiiuulating  to  vascular  activity  without  having 
the  least  elfect  on  tlie  heart.  It  acts  also  as  an  antiseptic  and  iK>w»rful  germicide,  its  two 
qualities  ronibiniiij;  to  produce  healthy  circulation  and  absorption  of  inflltrat»tl  substances, 
also  di'stiiiying  the  more  or  less  noxious  matter,  fornuMi  in  the  stagnant,  unhealthv  tissues. 
The  use  of  methynol  promptly  produces  healthy  granulations  in  iiii(o(<'ii(  ii/cfTs,  checking  sup- 
puration and  invigorating  the  enfeebled  tissues;  new  and  invigonUing  substance  is  the  result. 
In  pilfs,  condylomata,  prurilis  ani  (itching  piles),  it  is  equally  efficient.  In  ralmr  or  r.i;/ii«ii 
'u/^iemccretions,  in  catarrhal  «(n(<'»  of  the  primir  ri'.r.  as  well  as  in  that  of  the  uterine  ctr>ix.  its  action 
prompt  and  eflective.    Old  sore  fliitif  an-  readily  liealed  by  daily  applic:?'' ■••:  'n.thy- 


hi/pernecret 
is  both  pi 


I'KCACVANHA. 


1U7I 


r.  >!.  In  pruritif  nilrir  and  /inirigo,  jwrrlgo 
a|>i«licatiuiis  of  this  iliiiv;  ami  most  of  tl 
niiiov.-.l  Ipv  it.  Mctlivnul  can  bo  applie< 
after  tlu-  alii-cttii  surlai-.-s  havi-  tirst  bet-n 
lineil  witli  discaseil  mucous  membranes  hi 
which  arc  allowed  to  remain  1  or  2  hours, 
produced  by  the  application  of  the  drup.  S 
nhould  be  applied  only  after  the  parts  havi 
chlorate.  As  the  drug  is  not  poisttnous,  it 
cal,  nasal,  pharyngeal,  and  larynpe:  " 
he  injected  without  pro<lucing  any  harm; 
about  1  drachm  of  castor  oil  or  almond  oil 
tity  of  the  drug.  .\n  ointment  of  methyiiol 
be  formed  by  mixing  the  iugredinits  in  I 
prescription:"  R  Methynol,  1  ouiicr;  peti 
mortar,  or  on  a  pill  slab,  with  a  scatula' 


I,  and  inUrtrign,  the  itching  gives  way  after  seviTal 
le  si|uaniiius  and  mxlular  alTections  of  the  skin  are 
I  with  a  soft  sponge,  or  with  a  camel's  hair  pencil, 
cleaned  with  castde  soap  or  inirax  water.  Cavities 
«ve  to  be  tn'ated  with  proper-sized  cotton  tampons, 
as  the  Ciuse  rei|Uin>8.  There  is  very  seldom  any  pain 
Should  the  atTecteil  surface  he  too  irritable,  methynol 
■  been  tii-st  treateil  with  a  solution  of  cocaine  hyilro- 
can  be  safely  used  (properly  diluted  i  upon  the  bue- 
meinbranes.  In  tiimmx  or  lumoral  );«(iW)i,  it  max 
beginning  with  5  drojjs  of  the  methynol  mixeil  willi 
,  as  an  injection,  and  gradually  increasing  the  qunn- 
I  with  petrolatum  or  kindred  substances,  can  readily 
he  [■iiiportion  desire<l.  The  following  is  a  desirable 
Mix  together  bv  rubbing  in  a 
Jeaiicon,  M.  D.I. 


IPECACUANHA  lU.  S.  P.  i— IPECAC. 


"The root  of  Crjihn'etis  Ipecnenanha  (Brotero)  A.  Richard" — (('.  S.  P.).  Cephdi- 
lis  enutica,  Persoon;  Callicocm  Ipecacuanha,  Brotero;  i'rngoga  Ipemrunnht,  Baillon; 
Pifi/rhotria  Ipemruanhd,  Miiller-Argoviensis. 

Sat.  Off.— Rubiacetv. 

Common  Names:  Ipecac,  Ipemcuanha. 

Ii.Lr?TR.\TioN  :    Rentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  PInnts,  14-5. 

Botanical  Source— Cephaelis  Ipecacuanha  is  a  small  plant,  with  a  perennial 
root,  <lesceiniiiii;  oMiquely  into  the  ground,  from  4  to  6  inches  long,  simple,  <>r 
divided  into  a  few  diverging  branches,  about  as  thick  p.     ^^„ 

as  a  goose-quill,  ringed,  when  fresh  pale-brown,  when 
drj'  umber-colored,  blackish-umber-cohjred,  or  gray- 
ish brown;  tlie  cortical  integument  with  a  reddish, 
resinous,  glittering  fracture,  and  readily  se|)aratin<.' 
from  a  central  woody  axis.  The  stem  is  suffniticnsc, 
from  2  to  3  feet  long,  ascending,  often  rooting  near 
the  ground,  smooth  and  cinereous  at  the  base,  and 
downy  and  green  near  the  apex.  The  leaves  are 
rarely  more  than  4  or  6  on  a  stem,  oblong-ovate,  acute, 
roughisli  with  hairs,  from  3  to  4  inches  long,  from 
1  to  2  broad;  those  at  the  top  of  the  stem  are  oppo- 
site, those  toward  the  base  alternate.  Petioles  short 
and  downy.  Stipules  erect,  appressed,  membranous, 
deciduous,  and  4  to  6-cleft.  Peduncles  solitary,  axil- 
lary, downy,  erect  when  in  flower,  reflexed  when  in 
fruit,  and  about  ii  inches  long.  The  flowers  are 
small,  white,  in  senugiobose  heads,  of  8,  12,  or  more; 
the  involucre  is  1-leaved,  spreading,  deeply  4  to 
(>-|)arted,  with  obovate,  acuminate,  ciliated  segments. 

obovate-oblong,  acute,  and  downy.  Calyx  minute,  obovate,  whitish,  adliering  t 
the  ovary,  with  5  bluntish,  short  teeth.  The  corolla  is  wliite,  funnel-sliaped,  the 
tube  cylindrical,  downy  on  the  outside  and  at  the  orifice,  the  liml>  shorter  than 
the  tube,  with  5  ovate,  reflexed  segments.  Stamens  5;  filaments  fililbrm,  white, 
and  smooth;  anthers  linear,  longer  than  the  (ilaments,  projecting  a  little  beyon<l 
tiie  corolla.  Ovary  with  a  fleshy  disc  at  the  apex  ;  style  filiform;  stigmas  2,  linear. 
The  berry  is  ovate,  obtu.se,  about  the  size  of  a  kidney-bean,  at  first  purple,  after- 
ward violet-black,  2-celled,  2-seeded,  with  a  longitudinal,  fleshy  partition.  Nucules 
plano-convex  and  furrowed  on  the  flat  side  (L.). 

History. — Ipecacuanha  inhabits  Brazil,  in  moist,  shady  situations,  and  is  also 
fouinl  in  other  sections  of  South  America,  generally  between  7°  and  20°  south 
latitude  (/vV/.),  flowering  from  December  to  Mardi,  and  maturing  in  fruit  between 
April  and  June.  The  root,  which  is  the  official  part,  is  gatiiered  by  tlie  natives 
from  January  to  April,  who,  after  removing  the  stem  from  it,  wash  it  and  dry  it 
by  exposure  to  the  sun's  rays.  (For  details  regarding  its  cultivation  am!  cofjec- 
tion,  see  article  in  Ffw/erH />^u^<;^.v^  18!t7.  p.  :i4l5.)     It  is  principally  imported  from 


CephaSMs Ipecacuanha. v 

Bracts  to  eacli    flower  1, 


1072  IPECACUAXHA. 

Rio  Janeiro,  in  barrels,  seroons,  and  large  packages.     The  bark  of  the  root  is  its 
most  active  part. 

Description. — "About  10  Cm.  (4  inches)  long,  and  4  or  5  Mm.  (^  to  ^  inch) 
thick  ;  mostly  simple,  contorted,  dull  grayish-brown  or  blackish,  finelj'  wrinkled; 
closely  and  irregularly  annulated,  and  often  transversely  fissured;  bark  thick, 
brittle,  brownish,  easily  separated  from  the  thin,  whitish,  tough,  ligneous  por- 
tion; odor  slight,  peculiar,  nauseous;  taste  bitterish,  acrid,  nauseating.  When 
ipecac  is  sound  and  free  from  moldiness,  its  quality  is  proportionate  to  the  thick- 
ness of  the  bark,  and  the  thinness  of  the  ligneous  portion  "—( I'.  S.  P.).  Commer- 
cial ipecacuanha  roots  are  sometimes  distinguished  as  the  grayish-black,  the 
grayish-red,  and  the  grayish-white  varieties.  The  true  variety  is  called  Rio  ipecac 
commercially. 

Ipecacuanha  root,  when  whole,  is  so  characteristic,  that  it  is  hardly  liable  to 
adulteration.  A  variety  known  as  the  Carthagena,  Xeto  Granada,  or  Columbian  ipecac 
{Cephaiiis  aruminatn,  Karsten),  is  larger,  less  markedlj-  annulated.  and  shows  a 
larger  number  of  more  conspicuous  medullary  rays  than  the  ordinary  drug.  The 
name  radix  antidy^enterica,  was  formerly  applied  to  ipecacuanha  root.  The  pow- 
der of  the  genuine  article  is  of  a  grayish-yellow  color,  with  a  faint,  bitterish,  ob- 
scurely acrid  taste,  and  a  weak,  musty,  peculiar  odor,  which  becomes  stronger  and 
nauseating  during  the  process  of  pulverization ;  in  some  persons  it  excites  sternu- 
tation, in  others  a  difficulty  of  breathing  resembling  asthma.  It  yields  its  prop- 
erties to  water,  and  still  better  to  alcohol,  spirits,  or  wines.  Boiling  impairs  its 
virtues.  As  regards  the  detection  of  adulterants  of  ipecacuanha,  see  article  on  the 
microscopic  examination  of  ipecac  root  and  its  possible  adulterants  in  powder 
form,  by  Dr.  Alfred  Schneider  {Amer.  Druyght,  1897,  p.  3).  Likewise,  some  micro- 
scopical and  chemical  criteria  for  true  ipecac  root  were  laid  down  bv  Prof.  Tschirch 
and  F.  F^iidtke  (  Archiv  dn-  Phann.,  1888,  p.  441). 

Chemical  Composition.— While  the  root  of  the  ipecacuanha  plant  is  the 
only  official  part,  its  active,  emetic  principle  has  been  shown  to  exist  also  in  other  ■ 
parts  of  the  plant,  e.g.,  the  stems  and  the  leaves  (Hooper.  1892).  but  not  in  the 
seeds  (Fliickiger,  PAaVmnco_(7nos«',  1891).  In  1817  Pelletier  and  Magendie  isolated 
from  true  ipecac  root  an  alkaloid  which  they  called  emeiine,  but  the  fact  that  they 
obtained  16  per  cent  of  this  principle  demonstrates  their  product  to  have  been 
merely  a  concentrated  extract.  Upon  further  experimentation,  however.  Pelletier 
succeeded  in  obtaining  a  pure  alkaloidal  product  in  the  amount  of  60  grains  to 
the  pound,  which  corresponds  to  somewhat  less  than  1  per  cent.  Subsequently, 
the  chemistry  of  ipecacuanha  root  was  elaborated  bv  Reich  (1863),  Lefort  (1869), 
Podwissotzky  (1879),  and  others.  H.  Kunz,  in  1887  {Jahre.^.  da-  Phann.,  1887,  p. 
416),  found  for  emetine  the  formula  C3„H^oN.;05,  which  is  now  generally  adopte<l 
as  correct.  Kunz  also  established  the  dyad  nature  of  the  alkaloid  emetine  in  it« 
saturation  power  with  acids,  which  in  1890  was  confirmed  bv  Blunt  {Phann.  Jour. 
Trans.,  1890,  Vol.  XX,  p.  809),  and  W.  Simonson  {Prnc.  Amc'r.  Phann.  Assoc.,  1890, 
p.  188);  hence  the  statement  in  Fliickiger  (/or.  r//.),  that  emetine  is  a  monad  base, 
requires  correction.  Kunz  also  found  cholin  (C,H,OH.N[CH5]jOH),  to  be  present 
in  ipecac  root. 

Pure  emetine  forms  a  white,  non-crystallizable  powder  which  turns  brown  by 
exposure  to  light  and  air.  It  is  very  slightly  soluble  in  water;  the  solution  tastes 
bitter  and  is  alkaline  to  litmus  paper.  It  dissolves  readily  in  diluted  acids,  a,-; 
well  as  in  chloroform,  alcohol,  warm  benzin.  and  ether,  and  is  also  soluble  in 
fixed  oils  and  benzol,  but  insoluble  in  caustic  alkalies  and  in  essential  oils.  With 
acids,  emetine  forms  neutral,  soluble,  bitter,  acrid,  and  for  the  most  part  uncrys- 
tallizable  salts.  Fliickiger  obtained  the  hydrochlorate  in  crystalline  form  (Phar- 
viarognnsie,  1891).  The  nitrate  dissolves  in  water  with  difficulty.  The  solutions 
of  the  salts  are  precipitated  by  gallic  and  tiinnic  acids.  Fliickiger  (,/«<•.  ri/.t,  gives 
the  following  test  (or  emetine  \n  ipecac  root:  Shake  the  ro(H  with  five  times  its 
weight  of  cold  hydrochloric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1.12),  filter,  and  sprinkle  siune  chlorinated 
lime  upon  the  liquid.  If  emetine  is  present,  a  chanuteristic  fire-red  color  is  pro- 
duced. Bv  this  reaction,  the  absence  of  emetine  from  the  wood  of  the  root  is 
established 

In  1894  and  189.5  Paul  and  Cownley(./hAres/).  (/rr  PAnrm.,  1894,  p. 523.  and  18*^=:. 
1>.  163),  discovered  another  alkaloid  in  ipecac  root  which  they  called  crphacli 


IPKIAC  rAN-Hi»  1073 

This  is  distinguished  from  emetine  piinciiwlly  by  its  hiinj;  .soluble  in  caustic 
alkalies,  and  by  its  melting  point,  whioh  is  U)-2°  C.  (215. (5°  F.  i.  while  for  ^-mWiii* 
they  found  6S°  C.  (154.4°  F.).  Pelletier  also  had  observed  that  emetine  was  natu- 
rally combined  with  what  he  took  to  be  {lallio  acid,  but  which  was  recognized 
later  by  Willigk  as  a  new  substance,  and  by  him  called  iptracuan/iir  arid.  Reich 
sul)sequently  found  it  to  be  a  glucosid.  .*>V<i;v/j  is  present  in  ipecac  root  in  large 
amounts,  and  a  trace  of  a  nauseating  elherad  oil  is  also  present.  In  some  allied 
sj)ecies  SK/jfir  abounds. 

Literature  concerning  the  as.say  of  ipecacuanha  is  abundant  and  often  dis- 
cordant, althougli  a  satisfactory  solution  of  the  ipecac  problem  seems  to  have 
been  reached.  The  proportions  of  total  alkaloids  observed  by  different  authors 
generally  range  from  1  to  3  per  cent.  C.  C  Keller  thinks  that  2i  per  cent  may 
not  be  too  excessive  a  standard  of  alkaloidal  strength  (Pcor.  Amer.  Phnrm.  Assoc., 
1893,  p.  400).  Dr.  A.  R.  L.  Dohme  {Pror.  Amer.  Phnrm.  A^soc,  1805,  p.  2G9),  has 
found  that  the  part  of  the  root  where  it  merges  into  the  stem  {irinj  root)  is  at 
least  as  rich  in  alkaloid  as  the  rest  of  the  root  {fann/  mot),  and  that  "the  part  of 
the  stem  adjacent  to  the  root  still  contains  considerable  quantities  of  emetine. 
(Adapted  in  part  from  an  article  on  ijjecacuanha  in  the  \Ve)<tern  Drnqgint,  1897, 
p.  346. 1  Tannic  acid,  all  astringents  containing  tannic  or  gallic  acicls,  iodine, 
salts  of  iron,  and  acetati'  of  It-ad.  -.xn-  incompatible  with  ipecacuanha. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Ipecac,  in  material  amounts,  is  irri- 
tant to  the  cutanious  and  mucous  surfaces.  Applied  to  the  skin  by  inunction 
it  excites  irritation,  and  produces  vesicular,  pustular,  and  sometimes  ulcerative 
effects.  It  is  exceedingly  irritating  to  the  Schneiderian  membrane,  causing  heat 
and  violent  sneezing.  In  some  individuals,  the  inhalation  of  the  powdered  drug 
l)rovokes  decided  paro.xysms,  closely  resembling  spasmodic  asthmatic  attacks — 
the  chief  symptoms  being  great  dyspncta,  with  marked  anxiety  and  prostration, 
and  wheezing  respiration  and  cough.  This  is  often  accompanied  with  violent  and 
prolonged  sneezing  and  spitting  of  blood.  Such  attacks  are  usually  followed  by  a 
free  expectoration  of  mucus.  Ipecac,  in  doses  of  less  than  1  grain,  acts  as  a  gastric 
tonic  and  liepatic  stimulant,  but  large  doses  prove  emetic.  When  it  fails  to  pro- 
duce eniesis.  catharsis  usually  results,  though  both  effects  may  take  place  from 
its  emphivnient.  The  stools  produced  by  this  agent  are  of  the  so-called  bilious 
type,  and  have  been  denominated  "ipecacuanha  stools."  A  state  of  tolerance 
may  be  established  from  the  prolonged  use  of  ipecac.  Ipecac  produces  a  relaxa- 
tion of  the  skin  and  consequent  diaphoresis,  and  it  increases  the  broncho-pul- 
iiionic  secretions.  Physiologically  speaking,  ipecacuanha  is  said  to  scarcely  affect 
the  circulation,  but  there  is  no  doubt  that  in  minute  doses  in  disease,  it  stimu- 
lates the  circulatory  apparatus,  acting  thereby  as  a  fipccinl  sedative,  us  that  term  is 
employed  in  Eclectic  therapy.  Its  therapeutic  action  upon  the  circulation  is  well 
shown  in  its  effects  upon  hemorrha(ie;  anci  in  acute  disorders  of  the  stomach,  bowels, 
and  breathing  organs.  The  alkaloid,  emetine,  the  active  principle  of  ipecac,  is  so 
severe  and  uncertain  in  its  action  that  it  is  seldom  used  in  medicine.  Two  grains 
of  it  have  killed  a  large  dog,  and  Jj  grain  vomited  an  old  man  severely.  Observa- 
tions upon  the  lower  animals  prove  that  death  takes  place  from  cardiac  paralysis. 
The  post-mortem  lesions  arc:  Gastro-intestinal  irritation,  and  sometimes  swol- 
len, red,  blood-stained,  and  ecch^-mosed  patches  are  seen,  similar  to  those  pro- 
tluced  by  some  of  the  metals;  the  lungs  are  hyperemic,  though  occasionally 
anemic:  and  henatized  patches  are  observable.  "Emetine  is  eliminated  by  the 
way  of  the  l)oweis. 

Therapeutically,  ipecac  is  a  very  important  remedy.  It  has  three  chief  fields 
of  operation:  fl)  In  large  doses  it  provokes  emesis,  and  for  this  purpose  it  may 
be  employed  as  suggested  below  ;  (2)  it  checks  active  hemorrhages;  (3)  it  relieves 
gastro-intestinal  and  broncbo-pulmonic  irritation  and  inflammations.  Its  spe- 
cific use,  ill  small  doses,  is  to  relieve  irritation,  no  matter  what  the  disea.«e  may 
be.  The  specific  action  of  ipecac  is  best  observed  in  acute  affections,  when  there 
is  hyperemia,  capillary  engorgements,  and  hypersecretion.  Ijjccac  is  often  em- 
j>Ioyed  to  a.«sist  the  action  of  other  agent.«,  particularly  agents  to  act  upon  the 
l»owels,  and  with  other  agents  which  control  irritation. 

Thfc  dose  of  ipecac  largely  controls  its  uses.  In  do.ses  of}  to  A  grain,  it  acts 
as  a  tonic,  improving  digestion,  increasing  the  ai)petite,  and  is  valua&le  in  irritative 


1074  IPECACUANHA. 

dyspasia.  In  doses  of  ^  to  2  grains,  administered  every  3  or  4  hours,  it  produces 
perspiration,  and  is  beneficial  in  febrile  and  inflmnvuitory  disemes;  combined  with 
opium  its  diaphoretic  influence  is  greatly  augmented,  as  seen  in  the  powder  of 
ipecacuanha  and  opium. 

Half-grain  doses  are  expectorant.  From  3  to  10  grains  will  produce  nausea, 
which  may  be  continued  for  any  length  of  time,  and  which  is  attended  with  more 
or  less  depression  of  the  pulse,  languor,  moisture  of  the  skin,  and  an  increased 
mucous  discharge  from  all  the  mucous  tissues  of  the  system,  which  renders  it 
very  useful  in  pulmonary  and  hepatic  diseases.  It  has  been  found  very  useful  in 
typhoid  pneu7nonia  in  combination  with  sulphate  of  quinine.  In  doses  of  from 
J  to  1  grain,  rubbed  up  with  sugar  to  render  it  pleasant,  it  has  proved  efficient  in 
the  pneumonia  of  children.  Doses  of  from  5  to  15  grains  have  a  tendency  to  move 
the  bowels,  while  doses  of  20  grains  or  more  act  as  an  emetic.  It  is  stated  that  an 
infusion  of  2  drachms  of  ipecacuanha  in  a  gill  of  hot  water  and  strained,  will,  if 
drank  warm,  prove  emetic;  then  if  the  same  quantity  of  hot  water  is  again  added 
to  the  residue,  strained  and  drank  cold,  it  will  prove  purgative;  and  the  same 
process  repeated  the  third  time,  and  used  cold,  becomes  a  valuable  tonic.  This, 
however,  requires  confirmation. 

Ipecac  is  a  specific  emetic,  and  the  mildest  of  its  class.  As  such,  in  20-grain 
doses,  it  operates  actively,  causing  much  nausea  and  continued  muscular  strain- 
ing, with  a  free  secretion  of  mucus;  vomiting,  however,  seldom  takes  place  until 
15  or  20  minutes  after  its  administration.  It  is  inferior  to  no  other  emetic,  being 
safe  even  in  large  doses,  seldom  producing  painful  spasms  of  the  stomach  or 
bowels,  and  causing  less  prostration  of  the  vital  forces  than  tartar-emetic  and 
similar  drugs.  It  is  best  employed  in  combination  with  other  emetics,  as  in  the 
compound  jw^oder  of  lobelia,  which  is  much  used  by  practitioners,  and  is  preferred 
to  any  other  emetic  in  the  early  stage  of  febrile  disea><es,  and  in  other  instances 
where  a  severe  succussion  of  the  system  is  indicated.  Ipecac  is  the  best  emetic 
for  the  purpose  of  unloading  the  stomach  of  undigested  aliment,  and  "amte  indi- 
gestion, bilious  attacks,  accompanied  with  siz-k  headache,  and  other  forms  of  head- 
ache, depending  upon  difficult  digestion,  may  be  cut  short  with  an  emetic  dose 
of  the  powdered  drug"  (Locke,  Syllab.  of  Mat.  Med.,  p.  24).  "In  nau.^a,  with  a 
broad,  flabby,  and  slimj'  tongue,  give  ipecac  in  full  emetic  doses"  (ibid).  Re- 
peated doses  of  the  powder  in  sweetened  warm  water,  until  emesis  takes  place,  are 
useful  in  the  convulsions  of  children,  cramjjs,  colic,  etc.,  arising  from  intestinal  irrita- 
tion, though  it  is  less  effectual  than  lobelia  and  gelsemium  combined.  Small 
doses  of  ipecac  may  follow  to  relieve  irritation.  In  intermittent  ferer,  and  particu- 
larly in  chronic  ague,  where  quinine  is  ineffectual,  the  system  may  he  gradually 
brought  under  the  emetic  action  of  ipecac,  after  which  the  quinine  will  give  better 
results,  and  may  even  not  be  needed.  Ipecac  is  less  useful  than  zinc  sulphate, 
or,  preferably,  apomorphine  hydrochlorate,  hypodermatically,  in  narmtir  poison- 
ing, for  which  it  has  been  recommended.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that,  being  a 
specific  emetic  chiefly,  it  must  be  absorbed  before  it  exerts  it^  emetic  effect.  In 
croup  and  membranous  rroup,  when  the  secretions  are  well  loosened,  ipecac  is  a  use- 
ful emetic.  In  .'<pa.-<modic  a.'^thma  (less  valuable  than  lobelia),  hysteria.  )ierttissis,sore 
throat,  common  catarrh,  and  stricture  of  the  che-^'t  common  in  phthi.-is.  ipecacuanha,  as 
an  emetic,  will  sometimes  be  found  very  beneficial.  In  menorrhagio.  20  grains  of 
the  powder  at  bedtime,  followed  by  a  saline  cathartic  in  the  mo.rning,  has,  in  the 
hands  of  several  practitioners,  promptly  checked  the  discharge.  .\s  a  rule,  how- 
ever, its  emetic  action  is  not  required,  as  hemorrhage  is  best  checked  witii  smaller 
doses.  Bronchitis  in  children,  with  dry,  hoarse,  croupal  cough,  is  often  cut  short 
by  the  emetic  action  of  ipecac. 

While  ipecac  is  an  emetic,  it  has  long  been  well-known  as  a  remedy  to  ihe<'k 
nausea  and  vomiting.  This  is  best  accomplished  by  it  when  the  tongue  is  red  and 
pointed,  and  shows  evidence  of  irritation.  If  the  condition  depends  upon  foul 
accumulations  within  the  stomach,  the  emetic  action  will  be  first  required,  after 
which  the  small  doses  may  be  continued  to  control  irritation,  if  pre.«ent. 

The  specific  use  of  ipecac,  as  before  stated,  is  to  relieve  irritati'Oi.  no  matter 
what  organ  is  affected.  With  this  may  be  vascular  excitation.  This  is  probably 
due  to  the  irritated  condition  of  the  sympathetic.  The  patient  may  be  irritable 
mentally,  easily  disturbed  by  noise.s  and  the  skin  is  heightened  in  color.    Fits 


IPECACIAXHA.  1075 

of  weeping  an-  not  uiicoinnion.  Its  beneficial  eflFects  are  particuliirly  noticeable 
in  acute  irritative  and  inHanimatory  disorders  of  the  stomach  and  bowels.  It 
should  be  said  here  that  in  these,  as  well  as  in  other  troubles  of  a  similar  nature, 
the  special  sedatives  —  aconite,  veratrum,  gelsemium.  and  rhus,  and  such  other 
irritation-relieving  remedies,  as  matrienria,  amygdalus,  epilobium,  bismuth,  mag- 
nesium sulphate  (small  doses),  collinsonia,  hydrastis,  and  bryonia,  may  be  indi- 
cated with  ipecac.  In  fact,  where  the  indications  below  given  for  ipecac  are  pres- 
ent, it  will  materially  aid  the  action  of  these  remedies,  one  or  more  of  which  are 
usuall}'  necessiirv,  as  ipecac  seldom  covers  the  whole  range  of  symptoms  present 
in  these  cases,  l^he  chief  indications  pointing  to  the  .sole  or  associate  use  of  ipe- 
cac, in  stomach  and  bowel  disorders,  are  the  elongated  and  pointed  tongue,  with 
reddened  tip  and  edges,  with  large  papilhc,  or  eflfacement  of  the  pajiilUe;  tender- 
ness on  prcssuri';  contraction  of  tissues;  pinched  countenance,  white  line  around 
the  mouth;  tendency  to  nausea  and  vomiting,  with  or  without  eructations;  and 
marked  hyperusthesia.  There  is  evidence  of  hypersecretion,  sympathetic  irrita- 
tion and  capillary  engorgement,  and  the  cases  are  acute.  With  these  indica- 
tions well  in  hand,  it  will  be  found  of  great  service  in  gastrir  irriUthiUty.  nausea, 
and  vomilinfi  (if  not  from  organic  stomach  lesions), and  acute  muroui:  diarrhita.  In 
the  diarrhaa  nj  feeUtituj,  with  tongue  coated  white,  and  stools  green,  bloody,  and 
offensive,  and  associated  with  nausea,  ipecac  serves  a  useful  purpose.  For  the 
offensive  element  chlorate  of  potassium  may  be  as.sociated  with  it,  and  for  the 
peevishness  and  fretfullness  usually  present,  matricaria.  In  simple  diarrhun,  due 
to  undigested  and  irritating  food,  an  emetic  or  cathartic  is  preferable  to  small 
doses  of  ipecac,  though  the  latter  sliould  be  given  to  control  after-irritation.  It  is 
a  valuable  remedy  in  muco-cntcritU.  It  should  be  associated  with  aconite  or  epi- 
lobium. In  artitc  cholera  injmitum,  with  small  and  frequent  mucoid  passages,  it 
should  be  given  early.  It  is  of  less  value  where  the  stools  are  profuse  and  watery, 
Though  less  valuable"  in  chronic  than  in  acute  disea.ses,  it  is  applicable  in  chronic 
chohrn  infantum,  with  pallid  tongue,  nausea,  vomiting,  abdominal  pain,  and  pallid 
or  yellowish  face.  But  in  this  case  nux  vomica  should  be  given  with  it  (Scud- 
der).  In  simple  irritative  diarrhcra,  nux  should  be  given  with  it  when  the  pre- 
ceding symptoms  are  present.  No  remedy,  with  the  exception  of  magnesium 
sulphate,  gives  better  results  in  acute  dysentenj.  Combined  with  proper  diet  and 
absolute  rest  upon  the  back,  the  following  may  be  given  :  B  Specific  aconite, 
gtt.  v;  specific  ipecac,  gtt.  x  to  xv;  magnesium  sulphate,  ji;  aqua,  flsiv.  Mix. 
Dose,  1  teaspoonful  every  hour.  Small  doses  of  diaphoretic  powder  (containing 
ipecac)  are  also  useful  in  dysentery.  Ipecac  is  specially  adapted  to  cases  o{  spo- 
radic dysnUrry,  and  is  less  effectual  in  zymotic  cases,  unless  associated  with  antizy-  • 
motic  treatment.  Dysentery  has  been  treated  with  large  doses  of  the  powdered 
<lrug.  suflficient  to  produce  catharsis,  but  this  method  is  le.>^s  efficient  than  that 
indicated  above.  F'ornierly,  1  grain  each  of  dried  extract  of  leptandra  and  ipe- 
cacuanha, and  ^  grain  of  resin  of  podophyllum,  given  every  3  hours  until  it 
operated  freely,  was  considered  an  excellent  remedy  for  dysenteri/. 

Ipecac  is  a  remedy  of  first  importance  in  many  respiratory  disorders.  These 
conditions  are  similar  to  those  indicating  its  employment  in  gastro-intestinal  dis- 
eases, viz.,  irritation,  capillary  engorgement,  and  hypersecretion.  Thus,  associated 
with  the  special  sedatives  and  asclcpias  and  bryonia,  if  necessary,  it  is  a  very 
valuable  agent,  in  honrsene-^s  or  congestion  of  the  vocal  cordf,  hroncho-pidmnnary  con- 
gestion from  colds,  irritable  and  spasmodic  coughs,  and  in  the  early  stage  of  acute 
catarrhal  affections,  dyspnrea  of  pregnann/,  and  pertussis.  In  colds,  capillaiy  bronchitis, 
acute  bronchitis,  and  pneumonia,  particularly  of  children,  it  has  an  important 
place.  It  acts  chiefiy  on  the  bronchioles  and  the  parenchyma  of  the  lungs,  allay- 
ing irritation,  relieving  cough,  and  diminishing  expectoration  when  profu.^^e 
(stimulant  doses),  and  aiding  expectoration  when  scanty  (nauseant  doses).  It 
also  answers  well  in  subacute  cases.  The  u.«e  of  ipecac  (emetic  doses)  in  croup 
has  already  been  referred  to.  It  is  also  of  value  in  small  doses  in  mucous  crouji; 
it  should  be  combined  with  aconite.  In  manbranous  croup  it  has  been  recom- 
mendid  with  bryonia.  In  dry  forms  of  cough  it  may  be  given  in  nauseant  doses; 
ill  hypersecretion,  in  small  or  stimulant  doses;  in  spasmodic  cough,  with  bloody 
<xpectoration,  frequently  repeated  do.«es  short  i>f  nausea.  It  relicvis  irritative 
'•onilitions  ariBing  from  too  frequent  or  violent  tise  nf  the  voice. 


10i6  IPECACUANHA. 

Owing  to  its  evident  action  upon  the  capillaries,  it  is  a  valualjlo  aj^ent  in 
artive  hemorrhages — post-parl"  m.  hnnnptj/ns,  hematemesis,  hematurui,  eiji'stoxU,  and  hem- 
orrhages from  the  hoicels.  Tin-  ( -i-i-  rolling  for  ii  are  usually  those  of  nervous  indi- 
viduals, with  marked  irrital.iliiy  ;uiil  vascular  excitation.  Under  similar  condi- 
tions it  is  of  value  in  mewinhatjia  and  inetrorrhngin.  It  is  sometimes  of  value  in 
heiiiorrhoids,  especially' when  of  the  bleeding  variet\'.  It  maybe  associated  with 
hamamelis,  ffisculus,  or  collinsonia  as  indicated. 

In  fevers  and  inflammtitory  affections,  small  diaphoretic  doses  of  ipecac  have 
been  highly  beneficial.  Its  action  in  these  cases  is  also  beneficial  upon  the  nerv- 
ous system  and  mucous  membranes.  Excitability  and  suppres.sed  secretion.^ 
being  symptoms,  it  acts  favorably  in  the  erupt iir  fevers.  Both  Dover's  Poinle)'  and 
the  Diaphoretic  Povder  are  often  indicated  in  inflammatory  and  febrite  dixonhr--. 
Both  are  very  efficient  in  the  nifjht-ivcats  of  consumption.  Doses  of  from  ^  to  -J 
drop  of  specific  ipecac  give  prompt  relief  in  the  majority  of  cases  o{  phlyctenular 
diseases  of  the  eye  with  photophobia,  the  latter  symptom  being  quickly  subdued  by 
it  (Webster's  Dynam.  Therap.,  p.  588).  It  will  likewise  act  as  a  sedative  in  many 
local  inflammatory  diseases,  and  will  be  found  extremely  valuable  in  peritonitis. 
even  the  worst  form  occurring  in  puerperal  .women.  It  is  also  of  value  in  aru^c 
rheumatism,  gold,  jaundice  from  biliary  catarrh,  and  to  relax  the  parts  in  the  pas- 
sage of  small  biliary  calndi. 

A  liniment  of  ipecac  (R  Powd.  ipecacuanha,  sweet  oil,  of  each,  sij;  lard,  gs.'?; 
mix  well  together),  to  be  used  with  friction,  3  or  4  times  a  day,  afterward  cover- 
ing the  parts  with  flannel  until  an  eruption  was  produced,  was  formerly  used  in 
the  treatment  of  itiripicnt phl/ii.-is.  cfitain  rheumatic  afferlions,  chroi\ic  hydrocephalus, 
chronic  injlamination  of  the  .■^i/nnn'nl  in>  mhrnne  of  the  knee,  and  infantile  convulsions.  It 
has,  however,  but  little  tn  inomiin ml  it.  In  all  cases  where  this  drug  as  an 
emetic,  can  not  be  given  by  the  luoulh,  it  may  be  used  in  injection,  adding  2 
drachms  of  the  powder  to  1  pint  of  warm  water,  for  an  adult — it  will  operate 
kindly  and  thoroughly  as  an  emetic. 

The  doses  of  ipecac,  for  its  various  uses,  have  been  sufficiently  indicated 
above.  However,  the  range  of  dosage  is  from  the  fraction  of  a  grain  to  20  grains; 
specific  ipecac,  the  fraction  of  a  drop  to  20  drops.  The  usual  prescription  for 
specific  purposes  is  R  Specific  ipecac,  gtt.v  to  xx;  aqua,  fl^iv.  Dose,  1  teaspoonful 
every  1  or  2  hours.  It  must  be  remembered  that  sometimes  powdered  ipecac  will 
do  that  which  no  fluid  preparation  of  ipecacuanha  can  accomplish. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— An  emetic  for  overloaded  or  foul  condi- 
tions of  the  stomach,  and  other  conditions  indicating  emesis;  i"n-i/«/(V);!,  whether 
of  stomach,  bowels,  nervous  system,  or  pulmonary  tissues;  active  hemorrhages; 
irritative  diarrhoea;  acute  bowel  disorders  with  irritation;  long,  pointed  tongue, 
with  reddened  tip  and  edges,  accompanied  with  nausea  and  vomiting,  and  with 
or  without  fever;  dyspncea;  irritative  cough ;  hoarseness  from  cold;  hypersecre- 
tion, with  mucous  rales  (small  doses) ;  diminished  expectoration  (nauseant  doses). 

False  Ipecacs  and  Related  Species.— Several  emetic  roots  of  the  natural  orders  Ruhia- 
w.T,  Poli/iidhr,  autl  ]'liilor,;r,  ha\i-  been  at  tiiue.s  thrown  upon  the  market  as  varieties  of  Ipecaru- 
anlia.  "fhey  are  all  known  in  Brazil  as  jxxtya,  or  in  the  remaining  parts  of  South  America  as 
Ipecacuanha.    These  are: 

Law;e  Striated  IPEc.\crANnA. — Derived  from  the  /'xi/<7i.>(ri<i  rmelica.  Mutis  (JVn/.  Orrf. — 
Rubiacese),  New  Granada.  This  is  also  known  a.s  Viulel  flrinlcd  i/i»<yim<iii/i<i,  i/vracmiii/ia  of  St. 
Martlia,  etc.  It  is  larger  than  ipeoae-root,  and  is  marked  bv  longitudinal  grooves.  The  thick, 
brown  bark  has  constrictions,  but  is  not,  like  ipecac,  aunuiated.  It  is  tough  under  the  koil«-, 
exhibiting  a  violet-cut  surface,  and  is  vioisl  ami  .tnft,  even  when  many  vears  old.  this  being 
its  chief  distinguishing  feature.  It  has  a  sweet  taste,  due  to  sugar,  ft  contains  no  stan-li 
( Pharmacographia). 

Small  Striatkh  Ii'ECACLANn«..— This  is  thought  by  Planchon  to  come  fr«m  a  species  of 
Jiich<nilsoi>in.  It  is  known  also  as  Ulack  ijiecacmvilia,  t>irialc<l  Itriulf  ifxTactianha,  Hlaci  itriatfd 
iliccaciiuiiliii,  etc.  It  resembles  the  foivgoing,  but  is  smaller,  and  usually  tupering  at  the  ex- 
tremities. It  dillers  in  color  (being  black-brown),  and  in  being  britiU.  S'tarch  i-ells  are  promi- 
nent, and  till'  tiiste  is  acrid,  not  sweet. 

I'ndi  i.ATEi)  Ii-E^AcrANUA. — FarinacfDUf.  Ami/huYouf,  or  Whitf  ipfcaciianha.  The  root  of 
Richiiitliii  .iriilirti,  l.inne  { Hiclinrdnoiiia  ivahra.  St.  ililairel,  A'li/.  Ord. — Hubi«cea>;  Brazil.  The 
fresh  root  is  white;  the  diied,  iron-grj\y.  It  is  sinuous  or  undulated,  apjH-aring  knotty,  and  is 
altfrnalily  tissured  on  the  siiles.  Tts'bark  is  Ihiek,  brittle,  white,  and  starehy,  enelosiug  a 
strong,  sk-ndcr,  llexible,  ligneous  portion.     It  contain.-;  no  emetine. 


iKis.  1U77 

Ixiii  vs"  IrKCAcrAXiiA.  —  Another  asclcpiiiilai'i'oiis  phiiit,  the  Tiilnjihura  iiflhiiiiiliin.Vi,' n:\tt  et 
Arnott  (.l*<"/'V""'"""'''<'<'.  LiiuiO),  furnishes  an  emetic  rout.  Indian  ipeeae  is  a  twining,  s^hruhby 
species, a  native  of  the  Imlian  Peninsula,  Ceylon,  ami  the  Moluccas.  The  riMit  hag  lon^'  l>een 
useil  by  the  Hindus  as  a  medicine;  and,  in  small  doses,  is  cathartii — in  large  doses,  emetic. 
In  conseijuence  of  its  use  us  a  siib.stitnto  for  ipecac,  in  India,  the  plant  has  acquired  tlie  name 
"[luHan  i/*C(ic."  It  has  been  succ-essfuUy  employed  as  a  remedy  tor  epUlimlr  (/;/Krti/»r_i/,  and 
has  also  been  recommended  in  limiKiriil  a»thiii(i.  ftilpatrick  report*  the  administration  of  the 
leaves,  in  a  jjreat  number  of  cases,  with  entire  satisfaction.  The  dose  of  the  |>o\v<lered  leaves, 
as  an  emetic,  is  25  or  30  grains;  as  a  diaphoretic  and  expectorant,  from  3  to  5  grains.  Tylo- 
phurhie,  an  alkaloi<l,  was  ol>taine<l  from  it,  in  1891,  by  .Mr.  1).  Hooper. 

The  other  species  yielding  emetic  roots  are  as  follows:  lunidium  JpecacutiHliii,\\-nU-uat. 
.Vii/.  Ord. — Violaceie.  So-cti\U'n  Wliilf  llgiuviis  iiH-cdcufiiilia.  Hra/.il.  .S"/<'<i  r<T(iV(7/(i<<i,  Sprengel, 
and  lonidium  /uj/i/ya/.i/o/iiim,  Ventenat,  have  been  employeil  bv  the  Mexicans. 

Afclefnas  CHmindricd ,  Linne,  is  known  as  HuManl  i/i.v(i(-i((iiJi<i.  A  Senegambian  plant  fur- 
nishes a  root  known  as  Bttlalior,  having  properties  like  those  of  ipecac.  A  species  of  lonidium, 
variously  determined  as  1.  inarcmri,  Limmfliintiii,  and  /.  miVi-«/(/i.yH«H;,  yields  an  emeto-Durgative 
root  known  in  South  America  as  cuicliiiiu-lntlli.  It  has  been  used  in  th^phaiUia-iiK.  >!(irihiiiu  cain- 
panuUiUi,  Roxburgh  (Nat.  Orrf.— Rubiaceiel,  of  India,  yields  a  purgative  and  anthelmintic  berry. 

Niiregamia  (itatti,  Wight  and  Arnott.  Xal.  Ord. — Meliacere.  Naregamia,  Titm/xiui,  (inanfte 
ipecaruunha.  Western  India.  This  root  contains  wax,  oxiilizable  fixed  oil,  and  imregamine,  an 
alkaloid  (D.  Hooper).  Agpamgine  is  also  thought  to  be  present.  It  is  reputed  an  expectorant, 
hepatic  stimulant,  and  emetic.  Small  d(»e8  of  it  are  given  in  India  in  bronchitis,  fultilliug 
the  indications  for  ipecac  and  senega.  The  natives  of  >hdabar  employ  it  in  emetic  doses  in 
dytenlery,  lironchilif,  r/ienmalism,  and  bilioim  and  dimiepllc  flates.  The  ordinary  dose  of  a  strong 
tincture  (1  in  41  is  from  5  to  10  drops;  as  an  emetic,  15  to  30  drops. 

C0CI1.1.AXA. — Cocillana  bark  is  derived  from  a  Bolivian  tree,  the  Sgcornrpuis  Rmhifi.  Its 
activity  is  due  to  a  principle  regardeil  by  Husbyas  an  alkaloid;  by  Eckfeldt,  a  glucosid.  Its 
action  closely  resembles  that  of  ipecacuanha,  vomiting,  heavy  headache,  sneezing,  coryza, 
ilepressioii,  and  purging  having  been  produced  by  from  20  to  50  grains.  .As  an  exiieeturant  it 
is  reputed  more  stimulating  than  ipecac,  and  in  doses  of  10  to  20  drops  of  the  fluiil  extract,  it 
has  been  employed  in  bronchial  affections,  both  acute  and  chronic,  and  in  ptdmimam  coiimmiition, 
with  reputed  success. 

Cyperus  arliculatus,Adrue,Guiiua  rush. — Antiemetic.  Tonic.  Dose  of  fluid  extract, 30  drops. 

Petiveria  hexaglochin,  Pipi  rtxrf.— Reputed  diaphoretic  and  a  stimulant  expectorant. 

IRIS  (U.  S.  P.)— IRIS. 

"  The  rhizome  and  roots  of  Iris  versicolor,  Linne" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Xat.  Ord. — Iridese. 

CoM.MO.v  N.\MEs:   Blue  flag,  etc.  (see  below). 

Ilu'stratioxs:  Meehan,  Native  Flouas  and  Ferns,  I,  141;  Bigelow,  American 
Medical  Botany,  I,  1.5o ;  Millspaugh,  American  Medicinal  Plants,  173. 

Botanical  Source. — Iris  versicolor  is  an  indigenous  plant,  with  a  fleshy, 
horizontal  root  or  rhizome.  Its  stem  is  2  or  3  feet  in  height,  terete,  flexuous, 
round  on  one  side,  acute  on  the  other,  and  frequently  branched.  The  leaves  are 
about  1  foot  long,  i  to  1  inch  wide,  ensiform,  striated,  erect,  and  slieathing  at  the 
base.  Bracts  scarious.  The  flowers  are  from  2  to  6  in  nuniher,  generally  blue 
or  purple.  The  ovary  is  obtusely  3-cornered.  The  peduncles  are  of  different 
lengths,  and  flattened  on  the  inside.  The  .sepals  are  spatulate,  l)eardless,  tlie 
border  purple,  the  claw  variegated  with  green,  yellow,  and  white,  and  veined  with 
purple.  The  petals  are  erect,  varying  in  shape  from  spatulate  to  lanceolate,  usu- 
ally paler  than  the  outer,  entire,  or  emarginate.  TJie  stignisis  are  3,  petaloid,  pur- 
ple, or  violet,  bifid,  crenate,  and  more  or  less  refle.xed  at  the  point.  Stamens  3, 
concealed  under  the  stigmas,  with  oblong-linear  anthers.  Capsule  S-ceiled, 
3-valved.  when  ripe  oblong,  turgid,  3-sided,  with  roundish  angles.  The  seeds  are 
numerous  and  flat  (L.— B.— \V.). 

History  and  Description. — Iris  versicolor  has  been  desigiuitcd  by  various 
names,  as  Bin,  jhi,i,  Flmi  lihj.  Water  flag,  Liver  lily.  Snake  lily,  Flonrr  de  luce,  Poimn 
flag  in  contradistinctidu  to  Sweet  flag  (^corw-s  C«7((mi(.-i),  and  Larger  blue  flag  io 
"distinguish  it  from  the  other  species  of  this  genus.  The  name  /m,  from  a  Greek 
word  meaning  "the  rainbow  deified,"  was  given  it  by  the  ancients  on  account  of 
the  brilliancy  and  diversity  of  color  in  its  blo.^sonis. 

Blue  flag  is  one  of  our  most  beautiful  and  interesting  common  wild  flowers, 
growing  throughout  the  United  States  in  wet,  marshy  localities,  blooming  in 
May  and  June.  The  flowers,  from  2  to  6  in  number,  are  jarge  and  showy,  of  a  pur- 
jjlish.  or  violet-blue  color,  variegated  witii  wiiite  and  greenish-yellow,  intersper-^ed 


1078  IRIS. 

with  purple  veins.  The  plant  grows  from  1  to  3  feet  high,  having  a  stout,  .some- 
times branchinfr  .'^tpm,  angled  on  one  side.  The  leaves  are  sword-shaped,  from 
6  to  8  inclii  -  liiiit.'.  ami  f  of  an  inch  wide.  The  root,  which  resembles  that  ofAcorus 
Cnlamiiy.  i-  tin-  jiai  t  officially  used.  It  has  a  peculiar  odor,  augmented  by  rub- 
bing and  jiulveriziug.  The  t^.  .9.  P.  thus  describes  iris:  "Rhizome  of  horizontal 
growth,  consisting  of  joints,  5  to  10  Cm.  (2  to  4  inches)  long,  cylindrical  in  the 
lower  half,  Hattish  near  the  upper  extremity,  and  terminated  by  a  circular  scar, 
annulated  from  the  leaf-sheaths,  grayish-brown  ;  roots  long,  simple,  crowded  near 
the  broad  end;  odor  slight;  taste  acrid  and  nauseous  " — {(.'.  S.  P.).  The  recently 
dried  root  varies  from  a  light,  pinkish-brown  internally,  studded  over  with  min- 
ute white  dots,  somewhat  resembling  in  color  very  light  sandstone,  to  a  dark  red- 
brown — the  latter  being  unfit  for  pharmaceutical  uses.  Care  should  be  exercised 
as  to  the  locality  in  which  the  plant  grows.  We  recently  rejected  a  large  lot, 
more  than  2000  pounds,  extra  fine  in  external  appearance,  that  came  from  the 
South,  and  was  of  a  dark,  red-brown  internally,  but  almost  destitute  of  oleoresin, 
which  principle  had  been  replaced  by  a  red,  astringent  tannate.  Our  experience 
is  to  the  effect  that  the  Ohio  raised  iris  is  superior  to  that  of  any  other  locality 
known  to  us,  and  in  collecting  the  drug,  for  specific  iris,  many  times  the  market 
price  is  paid  for  the  rhizome  from  one  locality  in  the  state. 

The  active  properties  of  iris  are  taken  up  by  boiling  water  in  infusion,  and 
by  alcohol  or  ether;  and  its  acridity,  as  well  as  its  medicinal  virtues  are  dimin- 
ished by  age.  The  fresh  root,  sliced  transversely,  dried  in  an  atmosphere  not 
exceeding  39.4"  C.  (103°  F.),  pulverized,  and  then  placed  in  darkened  and  well- 
closed  vessels  to  protect  it  from  the  action  of  light  and  air,  will  have  its  medicinal 
virtues  preserved  for  a  L'lcat  length  of  time. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  fresh  rhizome  of  iris,  when  distilled  with  water, 
yields  an  opalescent  distillate,  from  which  a  white,  camphoraceous  substance 
separates,  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  having  a  faint  odor  (C.  H.  Marquardt,  1876). 
The  rhizome  furthermore  contains  starch,  gum,  tannin,  sugar,  oil.  and  resin.  The 
resiii  is  of  a  light-brown  color,  of  a  faint  odor,  and  of  a  taste  resembling  that  of  the 
root;  when  perfectly  freed  from  oil  it  is  whitish-yellow.  Its  therapeutic  influences 
are  not  positively  known.  It  is  soluble  in  chloroform,  ether,  and  boiling  alkaline 
solution,  from  which  acids  precipitate  it.  The  oil  possesses  in  a  high  degree  the 
taste  and  smell  of  the  root,  and  is  the  principle  to  which  it  owes  its  medicinal 
activity.  Cressler  (Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1881,  p.  602)  found  indications  of  an  alka- 
loid, obtainable  by  extracting  the  alcoholic  extract  of  iris  with  acetic  acid,  remov- 
ing fat  b}'  means  of  ether,  and  abstracting  the  alkaloidal  substance  by  means  of 
amylic  alcohol  after  rendering  the  fluid  alkaline. 

As  early  as  1844,  Prof  John  King  prejjared  and  introduced  to  the  profession 
the  o/,'nr).<i I)  of  iri.s — about  the  same  time  that  he  discovered  the  resins  of  cimici- 
fuga  and  piMtiphyllum.  The  name,  oleoresin  of  iris — a  trade  name  being  iridin — 
was  applii-d  to  this  substance  50  years  ago.  It  is  but  little  used  at  present,  except 
in  combination  with  other  hepatics,  in  pill  form,  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  dis- 
eases of  the  liver.  The  preparation  upon  the  market  known  as  irUiit.  though 
commonly  spoken  of  by  medical  writers  as  iridin,  or  oleoresin,  is  a  mixture  of 
the  oleoresin,  with  a  sufficient  amount  of  the  root  to  stiflfen  it  and  render  it  piil- 
verizable.  It  may  be  stated  here  that  the  watery  fluid  preparations  of  iris  are 
very  unreliable.  Fluid  preparations  should  be  made  only  from  recent  rhizomes, 
jiresenting  internally  a  very  light  pinkish-brown  color,  studded  with  minute 
white  dots.  Those  having  a  brown-red  color  throughout,  should  be  rejected. 
When  dropped  into  water  the  preparation  should  give  an  opalescent,  milky  ap-_ 
pearance,  and  when  in  large  amount  should  precipitate  oleoresin.  The  odor  of 
iris  should  also  bo  perceptibly  increased  when  its  preparations  are  added  to  water, 
being  to  most  people  a  disagreeable,  nauseous,  fatty  odor. 

Medical  History.— This  plant  was  highly  esteemed  by  our  American  Indians, 
who  used  it  in  gastric  affections,  and  it  was  also  a  popular  domestic  remedy  when 
it  was  thought  necessary  to  produce  salivation  without  resorting  to  mercurials — 
hence  it  is  sometimes  called  "  trpc^dft/*'  merrun/."  Bigelow,  Smith,  and  Thaclier 
wrote  regarding  its  cathartic  properties,  but  on  account  of  its  unpleasant  effects. 
when  given  in  purgative  doses,  it  did  not  come  into  general  use  until  taken  up 
by  our  school,  where  it  is  not  used  as  a  cathartic. 


ii:is  1079 

The  bhu'  flag  is  one  of  our  most  valued  of  early  Eclectic  medicines,  having 
been  u^ed  almost  exclusively  by  our  practitioners,  until  of  late  years,  when 
it  found  finite  a  imiminent  [dace  in  the  therapeutics  of  both  Allopathic  and 
Homti'i)p:it!iif   practice. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Physiologically,  iris  acts  upon  the 
givstro-inu  ^tinal  cinal,  and  tin-  glan<luhu-  and  nervous  systems.  It  powerfully 
excites  the  biliary,  salivary,  and  pancreatic  secretions.  Upon  the  ga.stro-intestinal 
tract  it  acts  violently,  causing  acid  vomiting,  frequent,  hydragogue  catharsis,  with 
intestinal  liurning  and  severe  colic.  A  writer  says:  "The  root  of  the  blue  flag  ex- 
tends its  influence  through  every  part  of  the  .>;ystem  in  small  doses,  and  repeated 
at  short  intervals.  It  seems  to  act  more  particularly  on  the  glandular  system, 
exciting  them  to  a  discharge  of  their  respective  offices.  In  large  doses  it  evacu- 
ates and  exhausts  the  system,  acting  on  the  liver,  and  the  alimentary  canal 
throughout."  Animals,  after  death  from  its  ingestion,  show  marked  congestion 
of  the  gastric  and  intestinal  tissues.  By  its  action  upon  the  nervous  system,  it 
has  produced  neuralgia  of  the  face,  head,  and  extremities.  Iris  .salivates,  but 
without  injury  to  the  gums  and  teeth.  In  general  practice  salivation  is  not,  as  a 
common  rule,  desired  for  the  cure  of  disease,  yet  we  have  many  articles  which 
produce  it,  and  often  without  the  practitioners  being  aware  of  the  fact, and  hence, 
when  it  does  occur,  the  cry  is  at  once  raised  that  mercury  is  used.  Salivation 
caused  by  vegetable  agents  may  be  known  from  that  by  mercury,  by  the  absence 
of  mercurial  fetor,  and  no  sponginess  of  the  gums  or  loosening  of  the  teeth. 

Therapeutically,  this  agent  is  alterative  and  cholagogue.  It  is  one  of  our 
best  agents  to  influence  the  process  of  waste  and  repair.  It  exerts  a  powerful 
catalytic  action  upon  the  lymphatic  glandular  system,  and  the  ductless  glands,  as 
well  as  upon  the  liver,  pancreas,  and  kidneys.  In  cachectic  t<tatcs  of  the  system,  bad 
blood,  scrofulii,  and  ^' mercurial  diseases  "  it  does  excellent  service,  and  in  secondary 
syphilis,  with  cerebral  disturbances,  and  copper-colored  dermal  pigmentation,  it 
is  one  of  the  best  drugs  we  possess. 

Upon  the  liver,  its  action  is  marked.  In  that  unpleasant  condition  known 
as  ^'biliottsness."  it  is  prompt  and  efficient,  and  as  a  remedy  for  bilious  headache, 
accompanied  by  nausea  and  vomiting  of  bitter  ingesta,  or  in  sick  headache,  depend- 
ent upon  indigestion,  it  is  unsurpassed.  In  chronic  hepatitis,  and  other  hepatic  dis- 
orders, with  constipation,  and  sharp,  cutting  pains,  increased  by  motion,  iris  may 
be  given  alone  or  may  be  advantageously  combined  with  other  hepatics.  Duo- 
dciutl  catarrh,  with  jaundice,  and  clay -colored  stools,  indieating  a  lack  of  biliary 
secretion,  is  cured  by  iris,  and  it  is  likewise  valuable  in  comtipntion,  dependent 
upon  biliary  and  intestinal  torpor.  Minute  doses  of  iris  allay  ijastric  irritation, 
being  valuable  in  cholera  infantum  and  cholera  morbus.  R  Specific  iris,  gtt.  v ; 
aqua,  flgiv.  Mix.  Dose,  1  te:ispoonfuI  every  hour.  In  diarrhoea  and  dysentei-y, 
with  large,  slimy  evacuations:  R  Specific  iris,  gtt.  xv;  aqua,  flgiv.  Mix.  Dose,  1 
teaspoonful  every  hour.  Iris,  in  small  doses,  is  often  valuable  in  gastric  irritation, 
associated  with  sickness  at  the  stomach  and  vomiting,  and  in  gastralgia.  It  is  not 
without  good  results  in  burning  aphthous  states  of  the  oral  cavity.  From  1  to  5 
drops  should  he  used  in  the  latter  case.  Reflex  muscular  pains,  dependent  upon 
gastro-intestinal  and  pancreatic  disorders,  are  relieved  by  it,  and  especially  when 
the  muscular  coats  of  the  viscera  are  involved.  Pectoral  nains  and  distressing  sen- 
Bations  beneath  the  scapula  are  also  relieved  by  iris  in  doses  of  from  1  to  5  drops. 

Iris  is  specifically  indicated  in  soft  glandular  enlargements.  It  is  one  of  the 
very  few  reliable  drugs  used  for  the  cure  of  goitre,  or  enlarged  thyroid.  Indeed,  for 
this  condition  it  is  our  most  direct  and  effectual  remedy,  whether  the  enlarge- 
ment be  constant,  or  whether  it  be  simply  a  fullness  due  to  menstrual  irregulari- 
ties. This  use  was  early  pointed  out  Dy  Prof  King.  Further,  it  has  a  marked 
influence  for  good  on  the  ovarian  and  uterine  dijfturbances  giving  rise  to  this  full- 
ness. In  goitre,  apply  a  cotton  cloth  saturated  with  specific  iris,  and  give  inter- 
nally a  teaspoonful,  3  times  a  day,  of  a  mixture  of  specific  iris,  fl^ss ;  aipia,  fll'^'- 
Basedou' .<  dixease — exophthalmic  goitre — in  the  early  stage,  has  been  cured  bv  iris; 
AddUon'x  disease  of  tne  suprarenal  capsules  hus'lieen  irreatlv  improved,  though 
not  cured  by  it.  In  chronic  affections  nf  thr  pancreas,  witli  a  sodden,  leaden-colored 
tongue,  and"  in  chronic  splenic  disease,  when  the  skin  is  blanched — as  in  leuenry- 
t'tr'iiii'i — this  drug  is  indicated.     Chronic  renal  diseases,  ascites,  anasarca,  hydrothorax, 


1080  IRIS. 

and  hydropericardmvi  have  yielded  to  its  curative  powers.  In  dropgy.  it  is  admin- 
istered in  cathartic  doses.  It  is  seldom  used  at  present  as  a  cathartic,  but  when 
so  used  its  harsh  effects  may  be  somewhat  overcome  by  combining  it  with  ginger, 
piperin,  or  camphor. 

As  a  remedy  for  uterine  hypertrophy,  enlarged  ovaries,  ulcerated  os  and  eertix  uteri, 
^iterine  leucorrhcea,  and  dysmenorrha/a:  R  Specific  iris,  gtt.  x  to  xx ;  aqua,  flgiv. 
Mix.  Dose,  1  teaspoonful  every  hour  in  acute  troubles,  and  4  times  a  day  in 
chronic  affections.  It  is  all  the  more  strongly  indicated  in  these  conditions,  if 
there  be  impaired  general  health,  with  mental  depression,  and  when  the  skin 
presents  abnormal  pigmentation. 

This  drug  has  been  successfully  used  in  chronic  rheiiniaiism,  syphilitic  rheuma- 
tism, gnnnrrhira.  xprrmatorrhaea,  and  prostatorrhcea.  Specific  iris,  in  doses  of  from 
1  to  5  (lrn|j~.  (  V.  ly  4  or  5  hours,  in  a  fluid  ounce  of  water,  w-ill  be  found  very  useful 
in  those  j.r,,..t,iiir  :lis<-]inrges  and  nocturnal  emissions,  the  re.sult  of  masturbation,  and 
which  are  aecuuipanied  with  considerable  debility,  mental  uneasiness,  and  more 
or  less  irritation  of  the  nervous  centers.  Prof.  Scudder,  in  his  "Practice,"'  states 
that  he  has  for  years  placed  great  reliance  on  iris  in  treating  syphilittr  iritis.  It  is 
very  efficient  in  malarial  jaundice,  and  intermittent  and  bilious  remittent  frers.  It  is 
rendered  more  efficient  in  malarial  disorder.^,  when  combined  with  eunnymus,  or 
alstonia  constricta.  Iridin,  in  3-grain  pill,  every  night,  followed  by  a  .saline  cathar- 
tic in  the  morning,  was  quite  popular  among  Edinburgh  physicians  some  years 
ago  as  a  remedy  for  the  vomiting  of  pregnancy. 

Iris  is  of  great  utility  in  dermal  practice,  given  alone  or  associated  with  other 
indicated  reni(  dies.  It  seems  to  have  a  better  action  in  chronic  conditions.  It 
is  particularly  adapted  to  disea.=es  involving  the  sebaceous  glands,  and  is  espe- 
cially useful  in  comedones,  and  other  erujttions  common  to  youth.  It  i.-  indicateil 
by  rough,  greas}',  discolored  conditions  of  the  skin,  and  in  those  cases  where  pus- 
tular, eruption  seems  to  be  associated  with  functional  disturbances  of  the  repro- 
ductive apparatus ;  also  when  associated  with  thyroid  fullness  in  the  female.  It  is 
valuable  in  .syphilitic skin  diseases.  We  have  used  it  beneficially  in  eczema  ntltrum  of 
children,  and  in  cases  of  eczema  of  the  scalp  in  adults.  Some  cases  are  benefited  only, 
not  cured  by  it.  In  one  case  of  13  years'  standing,  the  unpleasant  symptoms  were 
subdued  as  long  as  the  patient  took  the  drug  ;  as  soon  as  the  iris  was  witiidrawn 
the  unpleasantness  returned,  though  the  general  health  of  the  man  was  much 
imj)roved  by  its  administration.  Herpes  zo.-<ter  and  herpes  prfrpuiinlis  usually  call 
for  iris  and  rhus.  Rujiia  and  impetigo  have  been  cured  by  it  when  associated"  with 
sulphur,  or  Fowler's  solution.  Persistent  prurigo,  p>toriasi.%  and  acne  indurata  will 
usually  present  conditions  calling  for  iris.  For  lejira:  R  Specific  iris,  tisi  to  flsii; 
aqua,  flgiv,     Mi.\.    Teaspoonful  4  times  a  day. 

The  system  should  first  be  prepared  hy  sulphur,  or  the  sulphites,  compound 
tonic  mixture,  or  acid  solution  of  iron,  if  debilitated.  Other  remedies  may  l>e 
associated  with  iris  in  chronic  skin  diseases  wlien  indicated,  as  alnus,  apis.  Phy- 
tolacca, or  rhus  tox.  Pu.<tules  upon  the  scalp  and  face  in  children  are  benefited 
by  the  minute  dose  of  iris. 

The  dose  of  iris  depends  largely  upon  the  effect  desired.  If  a  pronounced 
action  upon  the  gastro-intestinal  and  glandular  secretions  is  desired,  from  5  to  20 
grains  of  the  powder,  or  10  to  60  minims  of  the  strong  tincture,  or  5  to  20  drops 
of  specific  iris  may  be  used.  In  some  persons,  and  when  exhibited  in  large  doses, 
it  is  apt  to  occasion  much  distressing  nausea,  with  considerable  prostration  ;  these 
effects  may  be  obviated  or  mitigated  by  combining  it  with  a  few  grains  of  cap.si- 
cum,  or  ginger,  a  grain  of  camphor,  or  4  or  5  grains  of  resin  of  blue  cohosh  (cauio- 
phyllin).  For  its  specific  uses,  however,  the  specific  iris,  in  doses  of  from  ^  to  5 
drops,  is  preferred.  Like  all  representative  fluid  preparations  of  iris,  specific  iris 
is  liable  to  decompose  and  gelatinize,  and  is  then  useless  as  a  medicine.  The 
remedy  is  not  appreciated  as  it  should  he,  but  it  is  safe  to  say  that  with  a  reliable 
preparatitm  it  will  grow  in  favor  the  more  it  is  employed. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— The  specific  indications  for  iris  may  be 
stated  as  fullness  of  thyroid  gland:  enlarged  spleen:  chronic  hepatic  complaint.s 
with  sharp,  cutting  pain,  aggravated  iiy  motion:  nausea  and  vomiting  of  sour 
liquids,  or  regurgitation  of  food,  especially  after  eating  rich  pastry  or  fats:  watery. 
burning  bowel  discharges;  enlarged  lymphatics,  soft  and  yielding:  rough,  greasy 


(1  Lucca,     Av  li     /I 

The  //•(«     111,  \\.    tsV     ^■:r^>liV  ■ 


IKIS  FLOREXTISA.  lOSI 

conditions  of  the  skin  ;  disorders  of  sebaceous  follicles ;  abnormal  dermal  i>i.<;iii(  n- 
tation  :  menstrual  wrongs,  with  thyroid  fullness;  unilateral  facial  neuralgia; 
muscular  atrophy  and  other  wastings  of  the  tissues;  bad  blood. 

Related  Species.— Tliere  are  st-veral  species  of  iris,  as  I.  rinjiiiieii,  l.inne,  Bmton  irin  ; 
I.  hirii^lni',  Nuttall ;  //IS  i,ni<i,  Liune.or  Dmirf  iri/.  utc.,wliicli  are  often  collected  ami  niixeil  with 
the  ollicial  article.  JrUjloreiUiiui,  or  Flureiiline  orriji,  is  said  to  be  emetic,  catliartir,  and  diuretic, 
liut  it  is  .seldom  employed  except  in  the  composition  of  tooth  i>owders,  and  to  conceal  an  offengire 
breiilh  I  see  Irinjlort-iiliitii  >. 

IRIS  FLORENTINA.— FLORENTINE  ORRIS. 

The  rhizome  ci(  IrU  gtmnanu-a,  Linne;  IrU  fiorentina,  Linn^,  and  Iris  pallida, 
Lamarck. 

Xat.  Ord. — Iridacea\ 

t'oMMns    NA>fKs:   Florcniinr  m-ris,  Orrit-rnnt. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — Three  species  of  iris  furnish  the  orris-root 
of  commerce,  the  Iriit  girnuiitirn,  or  liluf  fla(i;  the  Iris  pallida,  or  Pale  flag,  and  the 
I ri-i  flit  rent  inn,  or  White  flaq.     The  first  is  indigenous  to 
south  Europe,  and  found  likewise  in  Morocco  and  north-  ''^^ 

em  India,  and  is  cultivated  near  Florence  and  Lucca, 
besides  being  a  coiumon  flower  in  London 
All  three  species  have  the  general  characteristics 
order,  but  differ  in  the  color  of  the  flower.  " 
fierninnirn  has  large,  handsome,  dark-blue  flowers.  Iris 
pallida  has  flowers  of  a  delicate,  pale-blue  hue.  Though 
not  indigenous,  it  grows  plentifully  about  Florence  and 
Lucca,  and  wild  in  the  stonj^  regions  of  Lstria.  Its  stem 
is  much  taller  than  that  of  the  /.  germanica.  The  two 
preceding  varieties  furnish  the  bulk  of  commercial  orris- 
root,  the  Iris  fliirentiiia  furnishing  but  little.  The  latter 
is  closely  related  to  Iris  pallida,  but  has  large,  beautiful 
white  flowers,  luarked  with  yellow  and  brown.  They 
are  sweet-scented.  The  rhizomes  of  all  these  species  are 
indiscriminately  collected,  and  are  termed  by  the  Tus- 
can peasants  (liaggiolo.  They  are  gathered  in  August, 
peeled,  and  dried  by  solar  heat.  The  larger  sections  are  replanted.  The  peasants 
divide  the  drug  into  several  grudes,  us  selertcd,. sorts,  raspings,  powder,  and  that  made 
into  orrin  peait.  Irisia.  of  the  Indian  bazaars,  which  is  brought  into  commerce 
unpeeled,  is  believed  by  the  authors  of  Pharmarographin  to  be  the  product  o{  Iris 
gennanim.  The  same  source  is  attributed  to  an  inferior  grade  from  Morocco. 
The  fresh  root-stock  is  jointed,  branching,  and  fleshy.  E.>cternally  it  is  yellowish- 
brown,  internally  juicy  and  white.  Its  taste  is  acrid,  and  its  odor  at  first  earthy, 
becoming,  as  it  dries,  of  a  pleasant,  violet-like  fragrance,  which  is  said  to  be  not 
fully  developed  until  the  root  has  been  dried  for  two  years.  The  rhizomes  of  the 
three  species  all  resemble  each  other. 

Description. — Dried  orri.s-root  comes  in  sections  from  2  to  4  inches  in  length, 
and  from  1  to  U  inches  in  width,  being  broadest  at  the  apex.  The  pieces  are 
made  uj)  of  an  elongated  portion  which  is  irregularly  subconical,  and  sends  off  at 
its  broader  extremity  1,  2,  and  occasionally  3,  branches,  and  these,  having  been 
cut  short  in  trimming,  give  them  the  appearance  of  small  cones  attached  to  the 
main  portion  by  their  apices.  The  rhizome  is  somewhat  bent  into  an  arch,  flat- 
tened, shrunken,  grooved,  and  contorted.  Where  the  small  rootlets  have  been 
attached  to  the  under  surface,  little  circular  .«cars  may  be  seen.  The  bark  is 
usually  absent,  leaving  a  dull,  white,  heavy,  compact  texture,  which  fractures 
irregularly.  Its  taste  is  at  first  bitterish  and  aromatic,  and  finally  acrid;  its  odor 
suggestive  of  the  violet.  Under  the  microsco|)e  the  drug  exhibits  crystals  of 
calcium  oxalate.  Orris-root  Ls  sometimes  adulterated  with  other  species"  of  orris, 
but  thev  lack  its  pcciili;ir  fragrance.  The  various  starches  used  to  adulterate  the 
pi.wder  MKiy  iM'dete.ted  under  the  lens. 

Chemical  Composition. —  Orris-root  contains  a  large  amount  of  starch,  a 
small  (juantity  of  a  cry-stuiline,  volatile  substance  (Dumas),  a  brownish,  soft,  acrid 


1082  JACARAXDA. 

resin,  and  a  small  proportion  of  tannin,  which  strikes  green  with  ferric  salts.  By 
distillation  with  water  from  0.60  to  0.80  per  cent  of  a  crystaWine  oi-ris  camphor 
floats  upon  the  surface  of  the  distillate.  Fliickiger  (Phamiacographia),  has  proved 
this  to  be  chiefly  viyristic  arid  (C„Hj,Oj),  intermingled  with  a  small  amount  of 
volatile  oil.  which  develops  in  the  drying  of  the  drug.  This  orris  camphor,  some- 
times calliil  '</'/  nf  nrris-rnnt,  has  the  persistent  violet  fragrance  of  the  drug.  The 
so-called  //'/"/V  (-//  (if  orris-root  is  said  to  be  prepared  by  digesting  crushed  orris- 
root  in  oil  iif  fpdai-wood,  and  finallj"  distilling  with  steani. 

Iridin  (Q.^^\\.,fi^^)  is  a  glucosid  obtained  from  orris-root  by  G.  De  Laire  and 
F.  Tiemann  {Jnhresh.  der  Pharm.,  1893,  p.  548;  also  see  Amer.  Jour.  Phann.,  1894. 
p.  32).  It  must  not  be  confused  with  the  Eclectic  Iridin  (see  Iris  versicolor), 
which  for  half  a  century  has  been  an  article  of  commerce.  It  forms  white  needles 
slightly  .soluble  in  water  (1  to  500),  and  acetone  (1  to  33),  insoluble  in  ether,  chlo- 
roform, benzol,  etc.,  soluble  in  hot  alcohol.  Dilute  alcoholic  sulphuric  acid  decom- 
poses it,  near  the  temperature  of  boiling  water,  into  dextrose  and  crystallizable 
irigenin  (CJi,fi^),  having  the  character  of  a  phenol  and  producing  "with  ferric 
chloride  a  deep  violet  color.  Irigenin,  when  heated  with  concentrated  alkali,  is 
decomposed  into  formic  acid,  iridic  acid  (C,„H,P^),  (which  is  an  aromatic  oxy-acid), 
and  iretol  (C.Ufi^),  a  phenol.  Heated  above  its  melting  point,  180°  C.  (356°  F.), 
iridic  acid  is  decomposed  into  carbonic  acid  and  a  phenol,  iridol  (C,H5[OCH,]jOH). 
The  synthesis  of  all  these  bodies  \va«  ettocted  by  the  authors. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Active  irritant  qualities  are  ascribed 
to  orris-root,  alxlniuinal  iiain  and  iiuitu-catharsis  being  among  its  effects.  These 
properties  are  dis.'^ipated  ujion  drying  the  rhizome,  when  it  becomes  merely  a  gas- 
tric stimulant.  The  salivary  flow  and  renal  secretion  are  augmented  by  it  while 
sneezing  and  increased  pituitary  secretion  results  from  its  use  as  a  sternutatory. 
About  the  only  use  now  made  of  orris-root  is  as  an  ingredient  of  breath  perfumes 
and  dentifrices,  it  not  only  giving  a  pleasant  flavor,  but  acting  beneficiallj'  on  the 
gums.  It  was  formerly  used  as  a  diuretic,  expectorant,  and  remedy  for  chronic 
diarrhoea.     From  5  to  15  grains  constitutes  a  dose  of  the  powdered  root. 

JACARANDA.— JACARANDA. 

The  leaves  of  Jacaranda  procera,  Sprengel  (^Jacaranda  Caroba,  De  CandoUe; 
Bignonin  Co?-o/;«,Velloso;  Bignonia  Copaia,  Auhlet;  Karadelestr is  syphilitica,  Arxvida. 
da  Camara). 

Nat.  Ord. — Bignoniacese. 
Common  Names:   Caroh-trec,  Caroba,  Caaroba. 

Botanical  Source. — The  caroba  tree  grows  in  Guiana  and  Brazil,  and  attains 
a  heijrlit  of  30  or  40  feet.     The  tree  is  much  branched,  and  luxuriantly  crowned 

with  a  foliage  of  beautiful  deep-green, 
compound  leaves.  These  are  abruptly 
bipinnatifid,  dividing  into  3  or  4  pairs  of 
pinna?,  each  having  from  8  to  12  ellip- 
tical, nearly  sessile  leaflets,  subacute  at 
each  extremity,  and  covered  under- 
neath with  a  woolly  pubescence,  due  t" 
the  abundance  of  long,  empty  hairs. 
The  flowers  are  borne  in  terminal  cymes, 
are  white  and  red  and  showy,  and  ex- 
hale a  honey-like  perfume.  The  fruit 
is  a  woody,  many-seeded  capsule.  The 
root  of  the  tree  is  deep-red  externally, 
and  yellow-white  internally.  The  bark 
of  the  tree  is  of  an  ashen  hue. 
Description  and  History. — The  leaves  are  the  medicinal  parts.  They  are 
somewhat  coriaceous,  from  1  to  2  inches  long,  entire  or  nearly  so,  elliptic,  lance- 
oblong,  or  ol)long;  either  oblique  at  liase,  or  subacute  at  both  extremities,  smootli. 
and  (lark-brown  on  upper  surface,  lighter  beneath,  strongly  nerved,  and  velvety- 
woolly.  The  surfaces  are  beset  with  oil-glands.  Odor  slight :  taste  bitter-astringent. 


JALAI'A.  1083 

The  Jnrnrnnda  pmrern  is  one  of  the  many  trees  known  in  Brazil  as  Cdroha  or 
Carohiiikn,  others  hemg  Jacaranda  orj/ji/ii/lla,  Chawiie^o  ;  Jdcurainh  ftivoi/'Ad,  Spren- 
<;el;  Jumniiiiln  xuhrfi'imht'n,  De  Candolle ;  Carobn  de  fior  cenle.  S[)rengel;  Iii<inonin 
iiiiihisii,  Manso;  Spuniltdnjiermn  lit/ioiitripticum,  Martius;  ('y}}iMnx  (tnlvsyphVilica, 
MartiiH— all  of  tlicni   hnving  uses  similar  to  jacaranda  in  their  native  country. 

Chemical  Composition.— A  detailed  analysis  of  the  leaves  and  bark  oi  Jam- 
r.nul.i  ,.,u.-trn.  hy  Th.  IV-ckult  (Zeilsr/ir.  <l.  Oe.star.  Apoth.  Ver.,  1881,  Xos.  30  and  31). 
is  altstraeted  in  Ainer.  .lour.  Pfmrm.,  1882.  p.  135.  The  leaves  contain  cnrubin  (0.16 
per  cent ),  a  crystallizable,  faintly  bitterish,  inodorous  principle,  soluble  in  boiling 
water  and  alcuhol,  insoluble  in  ether,  precipitated  from  aqueous  solution  by  tartar 
emetic;  with  acetic  acid  it  yields  a  crystallizable  compound.  Carohir  nciil  (0.ft5 
per  cent)  crystallizes  in  needles  of  aromatic  odor  and  acid  taste;  is  soluble  in 
water  and  diluted  alcohol;  .oteorarnbir  nrid  (0.10  per  cent),  pale-brown,  of  a  tonka- 
like odor,  soluble  in  cold  absolute  alcohol  and  ether;  cdroftojif  (2.66  per  cent),  a 
balsamic,  resinous  acid,  greenish,  soluble  in  alcohol  (sp.  gr.,  0.815)  and  caustic 
alkalies;  carohu  re.^in(Z.^'i  per  cent),  inodorous  and  tasteless;  carobn  Ixtlmm  {I AA 
per  cent),  dark  brown,  syrupy,  of  tonka-like  odor;  carnba  tannin  (0.4-t  per  cent), 
and  a  hitter  principle  (2.88  per  cent; ;  albumen,  starch,  etc.  The  bark  contains 
rarohin  lO.S  per  cent),  aimba  rfsi)i  (0.5  per  cent),  the  6i«CT- principle  (0.28  per  cent), 
and  in  addition  nirohintir  <«■/(/ (0.2  per  cent),  devoid  of  odor.  According  to  Hesse 
(ISSOi,  11.)  alkaloid  is  present. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  agent  has  been  used  in  its  native 
country  as  an  antisyphilitic,  and  was  introduced  into  general  medicine  for  the 
treatment  of  venereal  disorders.  If  useful  at  all  in  si/philis,  it  appears  to  be  en- 
dorsed as  a  remedy  for  secondary  manifestations,  and  is  used  both  locally  and 
internally  in  ■■tifphililir  ulcerations.  It  has  not  been  generally  used  liy  Eclectics 
for  this  purpose.  It  seems  to  have  been  successful  in  ryMic  di-<order>i  with  pus- 
bearing  and  fetid  urine,  and  in  gonorrho'a.  Carobin,  which  resembles  the  active 
constituent  of  sarsaparilla,  has  been  used  in  doses  of  1  grain  in  syphilis  and  scrofula 
(Peckolt ).  Dr.  Lyman  Watkins  (Ec.  .Med.  Jmr. ).  treated  successfully  with  jacaranda 
a  case  of  epHrp-j/  at  the  Eclectic  Medical  Institute  Clinic.  The  disease  was  of 
fourteen  years  duration,  and  averaged  from  7  to  10  convulsions  in  a  day.  From 
the  very  outset,  through  the  3  months  during  which  the  patient  was  treated,  not 
a  convulsive  attack  was  experienced.  Jacaranda  undoubtedly  has  an  influence 
upon  the  nervous  structures.  Epileptic  disorders  relieved  Ijj'  it  are  those  super- 
induced by  sexual  indiscretions.  It  is  recommended  for  those  of  feeble  mentality 
though  well-nourished  in  body,  with  voracious  appetite  and  addicted  to  mastur- 
bation. The  usual  manner  of  exhibiting  the  remedy  is  as  follows :  R  Specific 
jacaranda.  flji  or  fl^ii;  aqua,  fl.^iv.  Mix.  Sig.  Teaspoonful  every  4  hours.  Fluid 
extract  of  jacaranda  is  given  in  doses  of  Irom  15  to  30  minims.  4  times  a  day, 
carobin.  in  1-grain  doses.  For  local  use.  R  Jacaranda  leaves  (powdered),  3i  to  jii; 
p.-trol:,tiini..5i. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Mental  enfeeblement,  voracious  appetite, 
and  i|iili:psy.  particularly  of  niasturbators ;  secondary  syphilis  and  syphilitic 
ulcers. 

JALAPA  lU.  S.  P.)— JALAP. 

"The  tuberous  root  of  Ipomcea  jatapa,'S\itta.\\" — (I'.S.P.);  (Ipoman  purga, 
Hayne;  Iponuen  Schiedennn.,  Zuccarini ;  Exogonium  jalnjni,  Baillon;  Kxagonium 
!  'irga,  Bentham  ;  Convolvulus  jalupn,  Linne;  Convolmdu.'<  jiurga.  WenderothV 

Sot.  Ord. — Convolvulacete. 

CoMMo.N  Name:  Jalap. 

Ii.i.isTKATio.Ns:  Bentlev  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  186;  Boi.  ^f,„,„z!l„.\^o\.  73. 
Plat.-42S(i 

Botanical  Source. — Jalap  has  a  fleshy,  tuberous,  pyriform  root,  with  numer- 
ous rouiidisii  tubercles.  The  stems  are  several,  smooth,  brownish,  very  slightly 
rough,  with  a  tendency  to  twist,  twining  alxnit  surrounding  liodies.  The  leaves 
are  long  jjetioled,  the  first  hastate,  the  succeeding  ones  cordate,  acuminate,  niucro- 
nate.  smooth,  deejily  incised  at  base,  and  conspicuously  veined  beneath.  I'ed- 
uncles  axillary.  2Howered,  rarely  3,  twisted,  as  long  as  the  jjetioles.    Calyx   has 


1084 


no  bracts; composed  of  5  smooth,  obtuse,  mucronate  sepals.  The  corolla  is  funnel- 
shaped,  purple,  with  a  long,  somewhat  clavate  tube,  and  an  undulated  limb,  with 
5  plaits.  Stamens  5;  filaments  smooth,  unequal,  and  longer  than  the  corolla 
_.     tube;  anthers  white,  oblong-linear,  and  pro- 

jecting. Ovary  slender,  and  '2-celled ;  stigma 
simple,  capitate,  and  deeply  furrowed.  Cap- 
sule 2-celled ;  cells  2-seeded ;  seeds  unknown 
(L.-N.). 

History. — It  is  only  within  compara- 
tively recent  years  that  any  certainty  has 
existed  in  relation  to  the  plant  from  which 
jalap  root  is  obtained.    It  was  first  spoken 
of  in  1609,  as  Bryonia  meclwfiainn  nigrirans, 
then  it  was  regarded  by  Ray  as  Convolvulus 
1  iiirrktinuK  jahipium  dirlut',  aft  c  r  which 
■  inirnelort,  being  deceived  by  persons  who 
--(  rted  that  they  had  seen  the  plant  grow- 
ig,  referred  it  to  a  species  oi  Mimlnlk.  Bal- 
>iir  placed  it  as  iha  Emgonivm  i,urga,  an  A 
.uuiicus  named  it  Convolvulvs  julnpa,  and 
thu^  much   difference  of  opinion  existed 
until,  in  1S27,  when  Dr.  J.  R.  Coxe.  of  Phila- 
.,,„»..,.,>  J... ■.,..>  (lelphia,  succeeded  in  obtaining  jierftct  flow- 

''"""'  '""' "  prs  from  roots  of  the  true  plant  furnished 

to  him  from  their  native  soils,  and  thus  first  made  its  true  character  known  to 
the  scientific  world.  The  name  of  Ipoiixvu  punjn  was  bestowed  upon  the  plant  by 
Wenderoth  and  Hayne,  but  as  the  authorities  of  this  country  have,  undoubtedly, 
the  first  claim,  it  may  be  viewed  as  fixed  that  I.jnlapa,  the  name  originally  given 
to  it  by  Nuttall,  is  the  official  plant. 

The  jalap  plant  is  found  in  a  deep,  rich,  vegetable  soil,  at  an  elevation  of 
nearly  6000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  growing  in  Mexico,  near  Chicanquiaco 
and  Xalapa,  from  which  last  named  place  it  is  usually  exported,  and  from  which 
it  has  also  obtained  its  name.  It  is  generally  imported  in  bags,  containing  100 
or  200  pounds.  The  root  is  the  official  part,  and  is  gathered  in  all  sea.sons,  but 
principally  in  March  and  April,  when  the  young  shoots  are  appearing.  The 
plant  may  be  cultivated  in  the  southern  parts  of  the  United  States.  In  1866,  Dr. 
I).  Hanbury  planted  a  root  or  tuber  of  jalap  in  a  garden,  near  London,  and  ob- 
tained promising  results.  It  is  now  successfully  grown  in  Jamaica  and  in  India, 
especially  in  the  Nilgherry  hills  of  that  country.  According  to  Warden  (1887), 
the  jalap  tubers  of  India  are  not  of  first  quality.  Jalap  is  a  very  varialile  drug, 
much  of  it  being  of  an  inferior  quality.  The  best  kind  is  that  known  as  the  Vera 
Cruz  variety.  Several  related,  and  often  inferior  drugs,  <•.  (/.,Tampico  jalap,  have 
appeared  on  the  market  {ir.ee  Bc/atnl  Sperit's). 

Description. — When  fresh,  the  root  is  black  externally,  white  and  milky 
within,  and  varies  in  size  according  to  its  age,  from  that  of  a  walnut  to  that  of  a 
moderate-sized  turnip.  It  is  dried  in  net  bags  over  the  fire,  sometimes  entire,  and 
sometimes  in  sections.  It  is  often  pre3'ed  upon  by  insects  which,  however,  leave 
its  active  part  untouched,  rendering  it  con-scquently  more  eneri;ftic.  Jalap  thus 
preyed  upon  is  used  for  procuring  the  resin,  but  should  not  be  given  internally, 
except  in  much  smaller  doses  than  for  the  ordinary  root.  Jalap  is  rather  difficult 
to  pulverize,  but  if  triturated  with  cream  of  tartar,  sugar  of  milk,  or  other  hard 
salt,  the  ]>roce.ss  of  i)ulverization  is  facilitated,  and  the  powder  rendered  much 
finer.  When  in  powder,  the  color  is  a  pale  grayish-brown,  and  when  in  contact 
with  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  air-tube,  causes  coughing  and  sternutation, 
with  an  increased  discharge  of  saliva.  Its  solvents  are  water,  alcohol,  or  spirits. 
Water  takes  up  a  small  portion  of  its  cathartic  principle,  but  considerable  of  an 
amylaceous  and  mucilaginous  extractive  matter,  .\lcohol  dissolves  the  resin,  on 
which  its  cathartic  virtues  depend.  Kther  (mly  partially  dissolves  it.  Dilute*! 
alcohol  completely  extracts  its  active  properties. 

The  r.  S.  P.  thus  describes  good  jalap,  and  gives  tlie  method  of  valuation  of 
same:    "Napiform,  pyriform,  or  oblong,  varying  in  size,  the  large  roots  incised. 


JAI.Al'A.  1085 

more  or  let;.*  wrinkled,  ilark-hrown.  with  lighter-colored  spots,  and  short,  trans- 
verse ridges;  hard,  compact,  internally  pale,  grayisli-l>rown,  with  niunerous  con- 
centric circles  composed  of  small  resin  cells;  fracture  resinous,  not  fibrous;  odor 
slight,  but  ])eculiar,  snif)ky,  and  sweetish  ;  taste  sweetish  and  acrid.  On  exhaust- 
ing 100  i)arts  of  jalap  with  alcohol,  concentrating  the  tincture  to  40  parts,  and 
pouring  it  into  water,  a  precipitate  of  resin  should  he  obtained,  which,  when 
washed  with  water,  and  dried,  should  weigh  not  less  than  12  parts,  and  of  which 
not  over  10  per  cent  should  be  soluble  in  ether" — (  T.  N.  P.). 

.lahip  root  is  seldom  adulterated  ;  if  light,  whitish  internally,  spongy,  friable, 
:ind  of  a  dull  fracture,  it  should  be  rejected.  The  resin  of  jalap,  met  with  in 
commerce,  however,  is  sulyect  to  falsification,  being  adulterated  sometimes  with 
j;uaiac,  colophony,  and  various  inert  substances.  In  the  case  of  colophony,  freshly 
rectitied  oil  of  turpentine  will  di.-^solve  out  this  atlulteration,  while  jalap  resin  is 
insoluble  in  this  medium  (Tromsdorfl). 

Chemical  Composition.— Analysis  of  commercial  jalap  shows  the  presence 
of  starch,  uiii'rystallizal)lc  sugar  (19  per  cent,  Guibourt),  gum,  coloring  matter, 
a  resin,  .-oluble  in  alcohol,  and  a  soft  resin,  soluble  in  ether.  From  12  to  18  per 
cent  is  the  average  yield  of  resin  (J'/Kirnuirognijihia),  though  as  high  as  22  per  cent 
has  been  obtained.  As  stated  above,  the  i'.  S.  P.  demands  12  per  cent  of  total 
resin,  including  not  more  than  1.2  percent  of  ether-soluble  resin.  The  resin  of 
jalap  may  be  obtained  by  treating  the  coarsely-chopped  roots  with  water,  which 
removes  such  constituents  as  sugar,  gum,  and  coloring  matter,  and  extracting  the 
resin  from  the  roots  by  means  of  boiling  alcohol,  sjiecific  gravity  0.880.  This 
resin  consists  of  two  distinct  resins.  One  of  these,  having  the  odor  and  acrid 
taste  of  jalap,  is  soft,  of  acid  reaction,  and  soluble  in  ether  as  well  as  in  alkaline 
solutions;  from  the  latter  it  is  reprecipitated  by  acids.  Prof.  Mai.sch  (Amer.Jour. 
Pharui.,  1887,  p.  326)  considers  it  a  mixture  of  resins,  not  deserving  a  special  name 
until  better  investigated.  The  other  resin,  insoluble  in  ether,  is  the  purging 
principle  (jfilnpiagin,  Maisch,  1887;  convolrulin,  C^HJ^,^,^!^.  Mayer,  18-56;  or 
C„II,„.0.,.  A.Krom'er,  1894;  rhodeoretin,o{  G.  A.  Kayser,1844;  and  ja/rt;)t»i,  of  Buch- 
ner  and  Herberger,  1831).  It  is  hard,  white,  odorless,  and  tasteless,  while  in  alco- 
holic solution  it  is  nauseously  acrid.  The  latter  solution  is  optically  la;vo-rotatory. 
Convolvulin  (as  it  is  mostly  called)  is  insoluble,  or  nearly  so,  in  water,  ether,  chlo- 
roform, carbon  disulphide,  petroleum  benzin,  oil  of  turpentine,  etc.,  but  dissolves 
readily  in  alcohol,  acetic  acid,  acetic  ether,  in  cold  nitric  acid,  and  in  alkalies; 
in  the  case  of  ammonia  being  used,  the  heat  of  the  water-bath  effects  solution. 
Upon  again  acidulating  the  alkaline  solution,  no  precipitate  is  formed,  owing  to 
the  conversion  of  convolvulin  into  (-onvolvulic  (convolvulinic)  acid  (Cj.jHj^Ojj,  Mayer), 
an  amorphous,  white,  hygroscopic  powder,  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  and  in- 
.-olnble  in  ether.  Of  this  substance  convolvulin  is  the  anhydride.  Convolvulin, 
as  well  as  convolvulic  <trid,aTe  glucosids  (Kayser).  When  conrolvulic  acid  (CjjHjjO,,, 
A.  Kromer,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1894,  p.  197)  is  treated  with  the  ferment  cmulsin,  or 
with  warm  diluted  acids,  it  is  decomposed  into  2  molecules  of  sugar  (CjH,jO,), 
and  crystallizable  convolvulinolic  acid  (Ci^H^Oj,  Kromer).  The  latter  is  insoluble 
in  water  and  melts  at  46°  C.  (114.8°  F.).  Convolvulin,  treated  with  the  same  agents, 
decomposes  into  glucose,  volatile  methyl-ethyl-acetic  acid,  and  convolvulinolic  acid ; 
with  alkalies,  1  molecule  of  mcthyl-ethyl-acetic  and  2  molecules  of  convolvulinir  acids 
are  formed.  Hiihnel  (1896),  by  the  same  agents,  obtained  2  glucosid  acids,  con- 
volvulinic and  purqinic  acidx  (see  Jahre^b.  dec  Pharni.,  1896,  p.  511).  Strong  nitric 
acid  oxidizes  convolvulin  to  carbonic  and  oxalic  acids,  and  a  small  quantity  of 
xcbacic  (ijjoinic)  acid  (C.H,„[C0OH].),  a  substance  which  is  also  one  of  the  products 
of  the  dry  distillati..ii  «f  ol.-ic  fats. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Jalap  is  an  irritant  and  cathartic,  ope- 
rating energetically,  occasioning  profuse  liquid  stools  with  griping,  and  some- 
times sickness  at  stomach,  or  even  vomiting.  Large  doses  produce  violent  hyper- 
catharsis,  sometimes  terminating  fatally.  When  applied  to  a  wound,  it  is  said  to 
induce  purgation.  Notwithstanding  its' activity,  it  is  a  safe  and  convenient  purga- 
tive, much  in  use  among  the  profession,  and  is  useful  in  all  cases  where  it  is  de- 
sirable to  produce  an  energetic  influence  on  the  bowels,  or  to  obtain  large  evacua- 
tions. In  intestinal  inflammations  it  should  not  be  used.  I'nited  with  the 
bitartrati- of  potassium,  its  hvdragi.gue  properties  are  much  increased,  and  thus 


1086  JALAPA. 

it  proves  beneficial  in  dropsies,  a.'i  well  as  in  some  forms  of  scrofula.  Jalap,  how- 
ever, is  suitable  for  excitable,  active  conditions,  and  may  be  used  where  a  cooling 
effect  is  desired,  as  when  it  is  necessary  to  evacuate  the  bowels  in  febrile  dimrder^. 
Inflammatory  rondltions  of  the  hilinry  apparntus  are  exceptions  to  the  rule  that  it 
should  not  be  us^ed  in  gastro-intestinal  inflammations.  When  the  rectum  i.« 
impacted  with  a  hard,  fecal  mass,  the  expulsion  of  the  latter  is  facilitated  by  the 
})urgative  action  of  jalap,  which  greatly  augments  the  intestinal  secretions;  all 
casi'S  oi  const ipnt inn,  due  to  dryness  of  the  mucous  membranes,  through  inactivity 
of  the  intestinal  glands,  are  relieved  by  jalap.  The  dose  for  this  latter  purpose 
may  be  5  grains  in  the  morning,  repeated  for  several  days.  When  a  stimulating 
laxative  can  not  be  used  in  hemorrhnids,]a\ai^  may  be  employed,  and  it  is  likewise 
elHcient  as  a  derivative  in  cerebral  disorders.  The  nntibilions  physic  (which  .see),  or 
the  following  modifications  (Locke)  of  it  are  verj- useful  preparations:  (1)  R  Pow- 
dered jalap,  5viii ;  powdered  senna,  gxvi;  powdered  ginger,  gi.  Mix.  Dose,  a 
full  teaspoonful  in  sweetened  water;  (2)  R  Jalap,  giij ;  potassium  bitartrate,  gvj; 
ginger,  gii.  Mix.  Dose,  30  to  60  grains,  in  water,  every  3  hours,  as  a  hydragogue 
cathartic. 

It  is  stated  that  the  aqueous  extract  of  jalap,  the  root  having  been  previ- 
ously exhausted  of  its  resin  by  alcohol,  will  exert  no  cathartic  influence,  but  will 
operate  as  a  powerful  diuretic,  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  procure  this  effect, 
though  having  made  a  trial  in  several  cases  (King).  Three  grains  of  jalap,  taken 
an  hour  before  each  meal,  act  as  a  slight  nauseant,  destroying  a  desire  for  food 
among  persons  who  are  apt  to  eat  too  freely.  If  jalap  is  digested  in  ether,  its  nause- 
ous taste  and  smell  will  be  wholly  removed  without  lessening  its  cathartic  power. 
A  biscuit  is  sometimes  made  for  those  to  whom  it  is  extremely  nauseous  and  dis- 
agreeable; 5  drachms  of  jalap,  30  of  sugar,  and  4  ounces  of  flour,  are  made  into  15 
biscuits  after  the  usual  mode;  1  biscuit  is  a  dose.  The  tendency  of  jalap  to  gripe 
aiid  nauseate,  may  be  obviated  by  adding  to  the  dose  1  or  2  grains  of  camphor,  or 
3  grains  of  cloves.  The  dose  of  powdered  jalap  is  from  10  to  30  grains  (the  aqueous 
extract  ought  not  to  be  used,  except  as  a  diuretic);  of  the  tincture,  from  1  to  4 
fluid  drachms;  the  resin,  or  alcoholic  extract,  is  given  in  from  2  to  8-grain  doses, 
being  usually  rubbed  up  with  sugar,  or  in  emulsion,  for  the  purpose  of  lessening 
its  disposition  to  produce  painful  irritation  of  the  intestinal  mucous  membrane. 
As  a  hydragogue,  2  drachms  of  the  bitartrate  of  potassium  are  added  to  10  or  30 
grains  of  pulverized  jalap.  Convolvidin  (rhodeoretin)  purges  violently  in  3  or4grain 
doses,  and  appears  to  be  the  active  princii)le  of  jalap.  Specific  jalap,  10  to  20 
drops  every  4  hours  ff)r  its  specific  uses.  Though  not  an  anthelmintic,  jalap  is 
often  given  tn  hasten  tlie  expulsion  of  iroTHi-s,  after  agents  have  been  given  for 
their  stupefaetidii   (ir  destruction. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Constipation  from  deficient  secretion  of  in- 
testinal glands;  pain  and  griping  in  lower  bowel;  colic,  with  stercoraceous  vomit- 
ing; general  gastro-intestinal  torpor. 

Related  Species  and  Drugs.— Several  related  convolvnlaceous  tuhers  of  >fexico  and 
Brazil  have  been  eiuployed  as  i>iir_'ativef.   They  are  uot,  however,  articles  of  general  commerce. 

Ta.miio  .1  MM'.  Tliis  is  tlie  Mexican  Piov/u  de  .Sirmi  Oonfii.aiul  is  derived  from  the 
Ipomad  xliiiiihiii.-^,  llanliuiv.  It  mueli  resembles  the  jalap  tuber  in  !ip|H?arance,  odor  and  taste. 
While  it  is  dilflcult  to  distiii^'iiish  some  of  the  tubei-s  from  those  of  trne  jalap,  most  of  the 
Tauipico  tubers  are  smaller  and  more  elongated,  more  corky  ami  shrivelled,  and  show  an 
absence  of  little  scai-s  crosswise  the  roots  so  noticeable  iu  true  jalap  { Phannaci^jixphia).  It 
yields  a  resiii  1 10  t..  15  per  cent).  Fliickiger  obtained  10  per  cent  of  it.  It  is  completely  solu- 
iile  in  ether.  S|,ii.r:itis  |s7il)  named  the  resin  Idinpicin  (C«sHioOss).  It  is  converlitf  into 
Unujiirir  ,1,1,1  (I  VJI,  ,M,,  i  liv  means  of  concentrated  alkalies,  .\cids  resolve  it  into  sug-ar  and 
hiiiipii;,!,,-  ,1,1,1  ((  .1  l,,|i  I,,  ,  ilius  showing  its  glncosidal  character,  analogously  to  that  of  con- 
njlndiii.    It  has  piirgati\e  j)r(iperties. 

Mirabllls  jnlnpa,  Linne;  Four  o'clnrk. — The  tubers  of  this  species,  which  somewhat  resem- 
ble jalap,  may  be  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  needle-like  raphides  of  calcium  oxalate. 

Tpoiiiceii  tiirjictliiijii.  K.  lirown  ;  Tiii-i>eln  r<x>l. — This  is  the  TitrhUh  vrgfOil  of  the  t'lriich  Chtifj: 
It  is  not  verv  sunilar  in  appearance  to  jalap.  It  contains  a  resin  (4  per  cent>,  of  which  hir- 
lulhiii,  the  etiier-soluble  |Hiriiiin.  a  glneosid,  behaves  like  resin  of  jalap  in  relation  to  acids  and 
alkalies.  Bases  convert  it  intri /"/71W/11V  ociVJ,  iiicMi/'-croloiiiV  nciV,  tnices  of  formic,  and  niflhj/l- 
ellnil;i<;t!r  (,ri,ltt.  etc.  (see  articles  by  N.  Kromer,  Ofitrrr.  Z^lir.f.  Phannnri..  ISiCi.  N(^.  IS  to  24 1. 

liwiiiira  nil,  Roth  {<'iiiii<>ltiiln»  iiiV,  Linn^ ;  Pharbitia  iiiV,  Choisyl. — Tropical  regions  an<l 
southern  I'niteil  States.  Seeils  called  kiilmldmi  in  India,  and  are  slightly  puiyative.  They  are 
black,  triangular,  with  a  rounded  back,  and  have  a  sweetish  taste,  followed  by  an  acrid  son- 


JEFFERSOXIA.  10S7 

>.iti<>n.  They  yiclil  ^ilmrhilinin  (identical  witli  cnnvl inline  ami  n  vnlatiU-  oil.  The  eeeils  are 
r<>aste<l  anil  V'^*""  '"  powili-r. 

I/iomiiii  li-ili)>Hi  I  Phiirhilis  triloba,  I/wmirti  /icc/z-rdccn).— The  seeds  of  the  Japanese  plant 
known  as  hii./«i»/i(,  vield  cnnnilniliii,  and  are  eiuployed  like  kiiUnUtim. 

Mechoacan— this  proiluit.  probably  of  a  convolvulaceous  plant,  comes  in  (:ray  or  whitish 
I'ircular  seclinns  or  fragment-",  somewhatfarinaceons,  autl  destitute  of  the  ciR-les  of  resinous 
lells.  It  sometimes  occurs  as  an  adulterant  of  jalap,  but  its  detection  is  not  diflicult.  It  is 
feeblv  cathartic. 

Okizaba  RiHiT.— This  is  variously  known  iis  \\'ikh\<i.  Liijlil,  or  Fufijonn  jiitnp.  >Mf  jnla)), 
Jiiliiji  t;iw  or  !>hilb<.  and  is  the  Mexican'/'io;/.)  i/i<(r/.<..  It  is  deriveil  from  the  1}i»,ih>'i  i.riznlunfix, 
l.cdanois.  This  root  is  fusiform,  ami  sonu-tinus  occurs  in  comiiierce  in  transvcrx-  slices,  but 
more  frc(iuentlv  in  rectaufiular  blocks.  Its  lon^'itudinal  wrinkles  ;irc  deeper  than  those  of 
jalap.  Its  color  is  also  lighter.  From  the  latter  it  nuiy  be  know  n  bv  il..'  iM.linlions  on  traiis- 
verse  section,  and  by  leaving,  when  fractured,  projecting  bumllcs  •■!  r  i  ;-  >— i-ls.  C'hetnie- 
ally,  it  closely  resembles  jalap.  Its  chief  constituent  is  jalaitin  ( ('  ,  1 1  '  '  i  (  1 1  :<  )32,  Poleck), 
so  named  by  Mayer  i/«ini-i7io'/forrti/i  of  Kayseri,  and  should  not  In  >  i.i  ii  •;  i  u  iili  the  jalayin 
of  Buchnerand  Herberger,  which  is  convolvulin.  Miiyer's  JMlapin  .iiii.  i.-.  iioin  convolvulin  in 
that  ether  and  acetone  freclv  dissolve  it.  Polnk  isiii'  pn, puses  lor  it  the  name  orizabhi,  as 
Prof.  Maisch  has  done  in  18S7'.  .Alkalies <-hange  it  into  water-soluble  jn/niiiV  ociVf  (C88HiisO.-!j,or 
Hjt'irH^n,,  Poleck).  Dilutol  acids  convert  it  into  sii^Mr  and  ;(i^i;<iHO?(Cs2H62<>7).in.'!oluble  in 
water;  inobably  identical  with  jalapinolic  acid  (Ccl  ler.t  >,,  or  C'leH.TnOj,  Poleck,  18921,  obtainable 
frniu  -caiumony  resin.  Jalapin  {urizuliin)  is  oxidized  by  nitric  acid  to  carbonic,  isobutyric,  and 
11.  .(/(>(•  (iciW,  the  latter  an  isomer  of  sebacic  acid  (compare  cimoi/cn/iii).  Jiiluuiii  (Mayer's)  has  been 
-liowu  bv  Spirgatis  to  be  identical  with  feaininuniii  both  in  chemical  ami  purgative  qualities,  a 
tact  more  recently  confjrmetl  by  Th.  Pohck  (see  J-ihr.sl,.  ,1,  ,■  fhin,,.,  1892,  p.  80i. 

Ip<iiiiir<t  /Htttdmiilii,  Meyer  (  C<iiuolrulii.<  yxii/Jioddw,  Liune' ;  ^yHd  /i<./«/<e.— This  plant,  like- 
wise known  as  Wild  jolap,  .Won  in  lli^  (Irovnd,  M>rlio  ,n,  ck .  M,i,i  nfthe  K'irll,.  etc.,  has  a  perennial, 
Very  large,  tapering  rix)t,  with  several  stems  from  the  same  root,  from  4  to  8  feet  long,  round, 
-lender,  purplish,  smooth  or  nearly  so,  trailing  or  twining.  I^eaves  2  or  .'J  inches  long,  about 
tin-  same  width,  broadly  cordate  at  base,  acuminate,  entire, or  wavy,  alternate,  sometimes  pan- 
hiriform,  smooth,  deep-green  above,  paler  beneath,  on  long  petioles.  Flowers  white,  dull- 
|.urple  toward  the  base,  large,  opening  in  the  forenoon;  peduucles  axillary,  longer  than  the 
|ietioles,  cymose,  branching  at  th^'  top,  several-flowered.  C'>rolla  large,  campauulate,  2  or  3 
Miches  long.  Calyx  smooth,  5-parted,  naked  ;  si-pals  ovate-oblong,  stamens  white,  the  U'ngth 
"f  tlie  tube;  anthers  oblong.  Style  white,  thread-like;  stigma  capitate,  bilobed.  Capsule 
"Idong,  2-<iIleil,  4-seeded,  without'  intermediate  partitions  i  I,. — \V.-  ti.). 

Wild  potato  is  indigenous  to  the  United  States,  growing  in  light  and  sandy  soils,  from 
I  onnectieut  and  west  Xew  York,  southward  and  westward,  and  flowering  from  .lune  to  August; 
;l  rarelv  iriows  North,  but  is  found  in  some  parts  of  South  .Xnierica.  The  root  Is  the  medicinal 
p  irt ;  it  is  verv  large,  being  from  2  to  8  feet  in  length,  and  from  L'  to  4  or  .j  inches  in  diameter, 
■  ranched  at  the  bottom,  brownish-yellow  externally,  whitish  ai.d  lactescent  internally,  fur- 
r.wed  lengthwise,  and  of  a  disagreeable  odor  an<l  bitter,  rather  a<  rid  taste;  about  75  per  cent 
in  weight  is  lost  in  drving.  It  is  generally  met  with  in  transverse,  circular  sections,  which  are 
-.iiuew  hat  tawny  externally,  whitish  with'diverging  lines  internally,  and  n(jt  readily  powdered; 
the  powder  is  somewhat  grayish.  Watf  r  or  alcohol  extracts  its  active  properties,  but  diluted 
alconol  or  spirits  are  its  Wst" solvents.  It  contains  resin,  bitter  extractive,  sugar,  starch,  gum, 
a  body  resembling  tannic  acid,  etc.  The  resin  is  purgative.  It  consists  of  an  acid,  and  a  non- 
acid  portion.     It  is  a  glucosid,  and  exists  to  the  extent  of  1.5  per  cent. 

The  active  principles  of  this  plant  are  unknown.  It  pos.sesses  mild  cathartic  properties, 
acting  gently  in  doses  of  from  40  to  (>0  grains  of  the  powdered  root.  The  infusion  taken  in 
wineglassful  doses  every  hour,  has  been  etTective  in  (/m/«v,  "''•""(/'("/,  and  cntcutoun  afeclioits. 
It  seems  also  to  exert'  an  influence  over  the  lungs,  liver,  and  kiilneys,  without  excessive 
diuresis  or  catharsis.  The  s.tturated  tincture  is  more  energetic  than  the  powdered  root,  ile- 
coction.or  extract.  It  is  asserted  that  the  Indians  can  handle  rattlesnakes  with  impunity  alter 
wetting  their  hands  with  the  milky  juice  of  this  mot. 

JEFFERSONIA.— TWINLEAF. 

The  rhizome  of  Jeffersnnia  diphylla,  Barton. 

.\<tl.  0/-J.— Berberidaceie. 

CiiMMuN    Namks:    Tuinknf,  Rhcumnlkm-nifit,  Ground-squirrel  pea. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  indigenous,  perennial  phmt,  sonielinie-s  known 
as  Grouiid-Miuirrel  pea,  and  Rheumatism-root.  Its  rhizome  is  horizontal,  with 
matted  fibrous  radicle.*;  the  .scape  or  stem  is  simple,  naked,  1-flowered,  and  from 
8  to  14  inches  in  height.  Tiie  leaves  are  in  pairs,  binate,  placed  base  to  base,  oval, 
broader  than  long,  ending  in  an  obtuse  point,  smooth,  jilaUKUis  beneath,  and  borne 
on  petioles  as  long  as  the  scape,  which  arise  from  the  rliizoine.  The  lluwers  are 
large,  regular,  and  white.  The  calyx  consists  of  4  lolored,  deciduous  sepals.  The 
corolla  is  com)»osed  of  8  flat,  oblong,  spreading,  incurved  petals.  Stamens  S,  with 
oblong-linear  anthers,  on  slender  filaments.     Ovary  ovoid,  soon  gibbons,  i.ointed; 


1088  JUGLAXS. 

stigma  •2-lobed.  The  capsule  is  obovate,  or  somewhat  pear-shaped,  stipitate.  and 
1-celIed,  opening  half-way  round  horizontally,  making  a  persistent  lid.  The 
seeds  are  many  on  the  lateral  placenta,  with  a  fleshy  lacerate  aril  on  one  side 
and  oblong  (\V.—  G.). 

History  and  Description. — This  plant  is  found  from  New  York  to  Maryland 
and  Virginia,  and  in  many  parts  of  the  western  states,  growing  in  limestone  soil, 
in  woods  and  near  streams  and  rivers,  and  flowering  in  April  and  May.  The 
part  used  is  a  thick,  knotty  rhizome,  from  which  long,  fibrous  roots  proceed,  and 
is  of  a  brownish-yellow^  color.  It  is  used  as  an  adulterant  of  hydrastis,  and  is 
often  artfully  mixed  therewith.  In  cases  that  have  come  under  our  ob.-ervation, 
this  root  has  been  chopped  so  as  to  bring  it  to  about  the  size  of  hydrastis.  In 
other  instances  it  has  been  matted  together  inside  of  bunches  of  hydrastis,  and 
in  still  others  the  rootlets  have  been  removed,  chopped,  and  mixed  with  hydra.<- 
tis.  The  epidermis  is  somewhat  corrugated,  and  in  some  specimens  transversely 
cracked.  The  bark  is  resinous,  and  contains  the  active  principle  of  the  roots. 
The  central  portion  is  ligneous,  of  a  light  straw  color,  and  is  easily  separated  by 
bruising  the  root.  The  root  has  an  odor  similar  to  that  of  podophyllum,  and  a 
bitter,  mucilaginous  taste  at  first,  followed  by  a  pungent,  nauseous,  and  acrid 
taste.    Wati_-r  or  alcohol  extracts  its  virtues. 

Chemical  Composition. — An  analysis  by  Prof.  E.  S.  Wayne,  showed  this 
plant  to  contain  tannic  acid,  gum,  starch,  sugar,  mineral  matters,  considerable 
pectin,  fatty  resin,  a  bitter  substance,  an  acrid  and  nauseous  matter  somewhat 
similar  to  polygalic  acid,  which  occasioned  vomiting  with  persistent  nausea  (see 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,yo\.  XXVII,  p.  1).  Prof.  F.  F.  Mayer  states  that  the  pectin 
of  Prof.  Wayne,  in  the  above  analysis,  is  saponin;  also  that  the  root  contains  a 
large  proportion  of  a  white  alkaloid,  and  a  small  quantity  of  bcrbcrine  (Auier.  Jour. 
Pharm..  18fi3,  p.  90 ).  AW.  Flexer  {  Amei:  Druggist,  1884,  p.  227),  denies  the  existr 
ence  of  K.rln-rinr  in  .Ifilpr.<(jni:i. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Diuretic,  alterative,  antispasmodic,  and 
a  stimulating  diaphoretic.  Successfully  used  in  rhmnic  rhnimati^i,  as  &  ionic  in 
secondary  ov  mercurio-syphilvt;  &\so  used  with  advantage  in  dropsy,  in  many  »i<Tro«-< 
affectiom;  spasms,  a-amps,  nervous  excitability,  And  even  dunng  pregnane;/.  In  syphi- 
litic diseases  it  has  been  combined  with  corydalis,  but  I  have  been  unable  to  deter- 
mine any  other  than  a  tunic  influence,  with  evident  improvement  in  nutrition, 
whether  it  be  administered  alone  in  this  maladj',  or  combined  as  just  stated 
(King).  As  a  gargle  it  has  been  beneficial  in  diseases  of  the  throat,  ulcers  about  the 
fauces,  scarlatina,  ophthalmia,  and  indolent  ulcers.  It  is  administered  in  decoction 
and  saturated  tincture.  Dose  of  the  decoction,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  3  times 
a  day;  of  the  tincture,  from  1  to  3  fluid  drachms,  3  times  a  day.  Some  prac- 
titioners substitute  this  jilant  for  senega,  as  an  expectorant  and  emetic. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Pain  in  the  head  with  dizziness  and  sen- 
sation of  tension  (Watkius,  Conipendimn  of  Eekelic  Prartiee). 

JUGLANS  (U.  S.  P.)— JUGLANS. 

"The  bark  of  the  root  of  Juglans  cincrca,  Linne,  collected  in  autumn" — 
{U.S.  P.).  {Juglans  oblonga.yiiUer;  Juglans  cathartica,  yik-h&MX).  The  leaves  are 
also  employed. 

A'((/.  0?"f?.— .Juglandacea\ 

Common   N.\mes:    Butternut,  Mliite  u-alnut.  Oil  nut. 

li  i,r<ri;A  1  ION  :    Rentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  247. 

Botanical  Source. — This  tree  is  indigenous,  and  grows  to  a  height  of  from 
30  to  50  feet,  with  a  trunk  about  4  feet  in  diameter,  at  some  4  or  (J  feet  from  the 
ground,  and  which,  at  8  or  10  feet  from  its  biu^e,  divides  into  numerous,  nearly 
horizontal,  wide-spreading  branches,  with  a  smooth  gray  bark,  and  forming  a 
large  tufted  head,  giving  to  the  tree  a  peculiar  appearance.  The  leaves  are  alter 
nate,  from  12  to  20  inches  long,  consisting  of  7  or  8  pairs  of  leaflets,  wliich  aie 
2  or  3  inches  in  length,  oblong-lanceolate,  rounded  at  tlie  ba.<e.  acuminaty.  finel\ 
serrate,  and  downy,  with  the  petioles  and  bmnchlets  downy  with  clammy  hair- 


jri;i.ANS.  1089 

Male  and  female  flnwors  distinct  upon  the  same  tree,  the  former  in  large  aments, 
4  or  5  inches  long,  hanging  from  the  sides  of  tiie  la.st  year's  shoots,  near  their 
extremities.     The  scales  which  compose  them,  oblong  and  deeply  cleft  on  each 
side  into  about  3  teeth  or  segments.    Anthers  about  8  or  10 
in  number,  oblong,  and  nearly  sessile.    The  fertile  flowers  '*' 

grow  in  a  short  spike  at  the  end  of  the  new  shoot;  are  ses- 
sile, universally  pubescent,  and  viscid;  when  fully  grown 
they  seem  to  consist  of  a  large  oblong  ovary,  and  a  f<>rked 
feathery  style.  The  top  of  the  ovary,  however,  presents 
an  obscurely  4-toothed  calyx.  Within  this  is  a  corolla  of 
four  narrow  lanceolate  pttals  growing  to  the  sides  of  the 
style;  the  style  divides  into  2  large,  diverging,  feather}', 
rose-colored  stigmas,  nearly  as  long  as  the  ovary.  The 
fruit  is  sometimes  single,  suspended  by  a  thin,  pliable, 
|)eduncle;  sometimes  several  are  together  on  the  sides  and 
extremity  of  the  same  peduncle.  It  is  of  a  green  color, 
brown  w-hen  ripe,  oblong-oval,  obtusely  pointed,  hairy, 
and  extremely  viscid.  The  nut  or  nucleus  is  dark-colored, 
liard,  oblong,  pointed,  carinated  on  both  sides,  and  its  whole  surface  roughened 
bv  deep  indentures  and  sharp  jirominences.  The  kernel  is  oily,  pleasant-flavored, 
and  edible  (L.— W.— B.l. 

History  and  Description.— This  tree  and  the  Juglnnf  nigra  or  Black  walnut 
a'-e  common  to  North  America.  The  J.cinerea  is  found  throughout  the  New 
Kiigland.  Middle,  and  Western  states,  and  Canada,  growing  in  rich  woods,  on  ele- 
vated river  banks,  and  on  cold,  uneven,  rocky  soils,  flowering  in  April  and  May, 
and  maturing  its  fruit  during  the  middle  of  autumn.  A  saccharine  juice,  said 
to  furnish  a  good  sugar,  is  obtained  by  tapping  the  trees  early  in  the  spring. 
Butternut  wood  is  light,  of  a  reddish  hue.  not  apt  to  become  worm-eaten,  and  is 
frequently  used  in  paneling  and  for  ornamental  work.  The  fruit  collected  some- 
time previous  to  its  ripening  is  used  in  the  form  of  pickles  by  many  persons;  the 
bark  and  shells  of  the  nut  furnish  a  dye  of  a  chocolate  color,  for  woolen  goods,  but 
as  a  dye,  the  bark  of  the  black  walnut  is  preferable.  In  the  recent  state,  butternut 
bark  is  acrid,  and  when  rubbed  upon  the  surface  of  the  body,  occasions  redness 
and  sometimes  blisters.  The  medicinal  parts  are  its  leaves  and  the  inner  bark  of 
the  root,  the  latter  of  which  is  best  when  gathered  from  April  to  July.  The  bark 
of  the  root  is  otficial,  and  this,  the  Pharmacoptjeia  directs,  should  be  gathered  in 
the  autumn.  The  official  description  of  the  bark  is  as  follows:  "  In  flat  or  curved 
pieces,  about  5  Mm.  {\  inch)  thick ;  the  outer  surface  dark-gray  and  nearly  smooth, 
or  deprived  of  the  soft  cork  and  deep-brown;  the  inner  surface  smooth  and 
striate;  transverse  fracture  short,  delicately  checkered,  whitish,  and  brown;  odor 
feeble;  taste  bitter  and  somewhat  acrid" — {U.S.  P.).  Its  original  whiteness  soon 
begins  to  alter  upon  exposure  to  the  air,  changing  from  a  yellow  to  a  dark-brown 
color.    Water  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  takes  up  all  its  active  poperties. 

Chemical  Composition. —  In  the  bark  of  Juglans  cnifrea,  (Butternut  tree), 
C.  O.  Thii'liaud  found  (Amer.  Jour.  Phnnn.,  1872,  p.  253),  bitter  extractive,  much 
oil,  crystullizable,  orange-yellow  jugkindic  acid,  soluble  in  benzol,  alcohol,  and 
ether,  but  hardly  soluble  in  water,  and  probably  related  to  chrysophanic  acid ;  a 
crystallizable,  colorless  acid,  and  a  volatile  acid,  but  no  tannin,  although  ferric 
chloride  gave  a  dark-colored  precipitate.  Mr.  E.  8.  Dawson  (1874\  however,  estab- 
li-^ht-d  the  presence  of  tannin  in  the  bark,  when  rapidly  and  immediately  dried 
after  collection.  The  bark  stains  the  skin  persistently  brown.  A  quantitative 
and  comparative  analysis  of  the  bark  of  the  root  and  trunk  by  E.  D.  Truman  is 
reci>rde(i  in  Anier.Jour.  P/innd.,  1893,  p.  426.  Juglamlii-  arid  was  obtained  by  the 
author  in  orange-red  crystals  from  the  alcohol  extract  when  this  was  treated  with 
water  and  the  solution  abstracted  with  ether.  The  crystals  turn  deep-violet  with 
alkalies,  and  decompose  very  readily,  resinous  products  insoluble  in  water  being 
formed.  Perhaps  juqlandir  acid  is  identical  with  nucin  or  ji/jr/o»t,  obtainable  from 
the  green  leaves  ancf  pericarps  of  the  Juglam  regia,  Linne,  or  European  walnut 
(see  Related  Sperirn). 

JiGL.\NoiN  is  a  name  once  given  to  a  dried  extract  from  the  J.cinerea.  It 
was  a  member  of  the  class  of  jjreparations  introduced  and  used  about  50  years 


1090  jroLAXS. 

ago  by  the  Eclectics  under  the  name  resinoids  or  conrcntmtiom  (see  Leptandrin  and 
Podophylh'n  for  special  remarks  concerning  this  class). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Butternut  in  small  doses  is  a  mild 
stimulant  t'l  the  intestinal  tract,  proving  laxative  and  in  larger  doses  is  a  gentle 
and  agrctalik'  cathartic,  causing  no  griping,  nor  subsequent  weakness  of  the  in- 
testines. It  resembles  rhubarb  in  its  effect,  but  without  inducing  constipation 
after  its  action.  It  is  very  valuable  in  cases  of  habitual  constipation,  rolorert it i^,  and 
several  other  intestinal  diseases.  It  is  generally  used  in  the  form  of  an  extract,  in 
do.«es  of  1  to  30  grains.  An  excellent  combination  for  chronic  constipation  is  tlie 
following:  R  Ext.  butternut,  3j  ;  ext.  nux  vomica,  grs.  v.  Mix.  Ft.  Pi  1.  No.  40. 
Sig.  Two  pills,  3  times  a  day  (Locke).  The  same  pill  is  very  efficient  in  deficient 
gastric  secretion,  in  atonic  dyspepsia,  and  in  indigestion  accompanied  with  gastric 
irritation,  sour  eructations,  and  flatulent  distension  of  the  stomach.  Administer 
1  pill  a  day.  Juglans  is  useful  in  tenesmic,  burning,  fetid  diarrhaa  and  dysenten/, 
and  should  be  remembered  in  inte-<inal  dyspepsia  with  irritation.  The  specific 
juglans  maybe  given  in  from  1  to  10-drpp  doses.  The  same  doses  of  the  same 
preparation  act  as  an  efficient  alterative  in  chronic  skin  affections  and  scrofula,  being 
particularly  indicated  in  those  skin  affections  exhibiting  vesicles  or  pustules. 
Webster  believes  it  effectual  in  all  skin  diseases  except  those  presenting  parasitic, 
scrofulous,  or  syphilitic  manifestations.  Juglans  is  an  efficient  cathartic  to  use 
when  a  free  action  of  the  bowels  is  demanded  in  rheiimntimn  and  chronic  re-fpiratory 
affections.  A  strong  decoction  of  it  is  much  emjiloyed  in  some  sections  of  the 
country,  as  a  domestic  remedy  in  rheumatism  affecting  the  muscles  of  the  back, 
and  in  intermittent  and  remittent  fevers,  as  well  as  in  other  diseases  attended  with 
congestion  of  the  abdominal  viscera ;  it  is  also  reputed  efficient  in  murrain  of 
cattle,  and  yellow  water  in  horses.  It  was  used  with  great  advantage  in  the 
treatment  of  dii^mtn-y  and  dinrrhn'a  occurring  among  our  soldiers  in  the  Civil 
War.  Dose  of  the  extract,  from  1  to  30  grains,  usually  from  1  to  5  grains;  specific 
juglans,  1  to  20  drops,  tlie  smaller  doses  being  preferred  for  its  specific  action. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Chronic  constipation ;  gastro-intestinal  irri- 
tability, with  sour  eructations,  flatulence,  and  either  diarrha*a  or  constipation 
dependent  thereon;  diarrhrea  and  dysentery  with  tenesmus  and  burning  and 
fetid  discharges;  torpid  liver;  chronic  skin  affections  of  a  pustular  or  vesicular 
character,  discharging  freely ;  eczematous  affections. 

Belated  Species.— Jughnf  nigra,  or  Black  valiiul  grows  from  60  to  90  feet  high,  with  a 
diameter  of  from  o  to  (J  feet,  with  a  brown  bark.  Ix'aflets  numerous,  7  to  10  or  11  pairs,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  serrate,  subcordate  at  base,  taper-iiointed  at  the  apex,  smooth  alxive,  the  lower 
surface  and  the  petioles  minutely  downy.  Fruit  globose,  with  scabrous  punctures;  nut  cor- 
rugated, kernel  sweet,  more  plea.sant  tasted  and  less  oily  than  the  Vrutternut,  but  greatly 
inferior  to  the  European  v,  a\nnt,  Juylatis  ngia  (\V. — G.).  juglans  nigra  i.s  rarely  found  in  the 
northern  states,  but  is  more  common  to  the  middle  and  western.  It  flowersand  ripens  its 
fruit  at  the  same  time  with  the  butternut.  The  duramen  of  its  wood  is  compact  and  heavy, 
of  a  deep-violet  color,  surrounded  with  a  white  alburnum.  It  is  extensively  use<l  in  building 
and  for  cabinet  work  (G. — W.).  The  leaves  otJaglam  nigra  were  analyzed  by  Lillie  J.  Martin 
(Amfr.  Jour.  Phorm.,  1886,  p.  468),  and  contained  tannin" as  the  dominant  principle;  volatile 
oil,  a  volatile  acid,  resin,  wax,  gum,  and  a  crystallizable  substance,  probably  a  glucosid.  The 
ash  constituted  8.5  per  cent,  and  the  absence  of  aluminum  in  the  ash  was  established.  The 
juice  of  the  rind  of  black  walnut  is  said  to  cure  Inrjjes,  (czana, porrigo,  etc., and  a  decoction 
has  been  used  to  remove  worms.  The  bark  is  very  astringent  and  acriiuouious.  and  is  en>- 
ployed  in  dyeing. 

Juglans  r(gia,l,inn6;  English,  or  European  walnut. — The  leaves  and  green  pericarp  of  the 
fruit  of  this  species  have  an  astringent,  bitter  taste  and  a  characteristic  odor.  They  are  known 
in  European  pharmacy  respectively  aa  tlie  Folia  juglamlis  and  Cvrttx  frticttu  juii'linulK*.  The 
kernels  of  the  ripe  fruit,  as  well  as  those  of  the  black  walnut,  butternut,  peoam-nut  i  Oiri/ci 
olii\ijormis,  Nuttall),  and  the  hickory  nuts  (siiecies  of  Carya)  yield  a  tixed  oil  known  as  nut  oil. 
It  isone  of  the  drving  oils,  and  is  "bland,  of  a  greenish  or  light-yellow  color,  and  In  oimes  of 
the  consistence  of  lardat  near — 18°C.  (0°  ¥.).  ft  has  a  specific  gravity  of  0.;>2S.  and,  aceording 
to  Mulder  (18651,  contains  linolcie,  ni  vristic,  and  lauric  acids.  .■V  volatile  oil  was  obt^uned  from 
the  leaves  (0.02!)  per  Cent i.  1  \  .li-till;i'ti..u  with  water.  It  has  the  flavor  of  tea,  and  solidifies  at 
lo°C.  (59°F.)  (Schimmels  /. 

Juijlon {CmHfOj,  ()>.,'.■  -./uimnw,  Rornthsen  and  Lemf>er,  18S5;  .Win,  of  Vogel 
and  Reisehauer,  1856  an  I  1^'^  /.  /i,  of  Thipson,  1,S'I6).  oix-ure  in  the  grvon  pericarps  of 
the  European  walnut,  and  is  ol't:iinal>le  by  extniction  with  carKm  disulphide.  ether,  etc. 
-Vceording  to  Bernthsen  and  Lemper,  it  is  aii  oxidation  product  of  /iy(/n);'iij//i.H.  which  exists  in 
the  husks,  and  can  be  abstracted  therefrom  with  ether.  The  ethereal  solution  shaken  with 
diluted  chromic  acid,  converts  it  bv  oxidation   into  yellow.  i-rystallizaMe     i-;.' soluble  in 


.njlHA-JlNirKKlS.  1001 

chlorolVirin  arul  concfiitrateil  sulphurii-  lu-id  with  blood-red  color,  harilly  soluble  in  cold  alco- 
hol and  ether.  Crj'stals  ofjugton  are  suliliiiial)le,  and  are  ileconiposed  by  hot  water,  a  brown 
coloring  matter  resulting.  Jughm  .stains  the  skin  brown.  Uilutetl  alkalies  iWefoWe  jnglon  with 
an  evanesivnt  purple  color.  The  periciirp  ol  the  immature  fruit  contains  largi'  quantities  of 
tannic  acid  i  luiriutimir  acid,  of  I'hipson ),  but  the  ripe  husk  is  entirely  free  from  this  principle 
(C.  Hartwicb,  Arcliir  A-r  I'liunn..  18>S7,  p.  IkJS). 

A  crwstflllizable  alkaloid,  Jii(//(im(/iu,  was  isolated  from  the  leaves  in  1876,  by  Tanret;  it 
turns  black  upon  exposure  to  the  air.  .Yi«i7  (CnHijO.  +  jHjOj.a  non-fermenlable  sugar  occur- 
ring in  the  leaves,  was  found  by  Tanret  and  Villiers  ( 1878)  to  be  identical  with  inosit.  Sestini 
obtained  from  the  root  of  juglims  t'onsiderable  quantities  of  (jlycyrrhizin  in  the  form  of  potas- 
sium and  calcium  salts. 

The  European  walnut  has  been  fouml  by  Prof.  Negrier,  of  Aneere,  to  be  very  efficient  in 
ft-i-ofulii.  To  children  hilmring  under  this  disease  he  administered  a  strong  infusion  of  the 
leaves  in  teacM|iiul  dnsts,  or  the  aqueous  extract  in  doses  of  6  grains,  or  a  proportionate  dose 
of  a  syrup  pn  pared  with  S  grains  of  the  extract  to  10  drachms  of  syrup,  repeating  the  dose 
from  2  to  5  times  a  day.  All  the  iilars  and  «0f<'  fi/ts  were  washed  with  a  strong  decoction  of  the 
leaves,  and  the  ulcers  covered  with  linen  compresses  steeped  in  this  decoction,  or  poultices 
made  with  flour  and  the  decoction.  Xo  injury  followed  its  long-continued  administration. 
The  above  American  species  would  probably  answer  as  good  a  purpose. 

JUJUBA.— JUJUBE-BERRIES. 

The  fruit  of  Zizypfius  vulgaris,  Lamarck,  and  Zizyphus  Lotus,  Lamarck. 

Xitl.  Onl. — Rhamnacese. 

Ci>.M.MiiN   Name  :   .hijuhr-hrrries. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — The  shrubs  bearing  jujube-berries  are  cul- 
tivateil  ill  Siiain,  Italy,  and  Fnince,  and  along  the  Mediterranean.  Tlie  first  spe- 
cies is  indigenous  to  Syria  and  Asia  Minor,  the  second  grows  in  the  northern  part 
of  Africa.  Jujube  plants  are  shrubs,  sometimes  arborescent,  and  have  alternate, 
serrated,  ovate  leaves,  which  are  3-nerved  and  armed  at  the  base  with  prickly  and 
spinous  stipules.  By  abortion  the  fruit  is  1-celled  and  1-seeded,  but  it  usually 
has  2  cells  and  2  seeds. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— Jujube-berries  are  roundish-oval 
or  oblong  drupes,  about  the  size  of  an  olive.  The  skin  is  vivid-red  when  fresh, 
but  when  dried  becomes  brownish-red,  and  is  leathery,  thin,  and  wrinkled.  The 
pulp  is  soft,  yellowish,  mucilaginous,  sweet,  and  acidulous,  and  encloses  the  ovate, 
pointed  stone.  The  drupe  of  the  Z.  Ij)tus  is  smaller  (about  |  inch)  and  subglobu- 
lar.  The  fruit  of  an  East  Indian  species,  Zizyphus  jujuba,  Lamarck,  possesses  like 
properties,  and  the  shrub  gives  a  stick-lac  from  which  a  portion  of  the  shellac  of 
commerce  is  prepared  (fice  Amer.  Jour.  Phartn.,  1886,  p.  307).  Chemically,  jujube- 
berries  contain  sugar  and  mucilage,  while  tannin  is  a  constituent  of  the  bark. 
(2.8  per  cent,  D.  Hooper,  1894).  The  fruits  of  the  first  two  species  constitute  an 
article  of  food  in  their  native  countries,  being  employed  like  raisins,  figs,  etc. 

Preparation. — Jujube  Paste.  Masm  de  jujulm.  With  sufficient  water  ex- 
tract juiulii'-licrries,  5  parts,  to  obtain  of  the  infusion,  35  parts;  add  sugar,  20 
parts;  acacia.  .'^(J  jiarts.  Evaporate,  add  orange-flower  water,  2  parts;  boil  slowly 
ibr  12  Imurs,  and  run  into  molds.  This  is  in  accordance  with  the  French  Codex. 
Jujube  pa^tf  (ill  the  Cnitcil  States),  seldom  contains  jujube. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Jujube  decoction  is  employed  in  some  countries 
as  a  deinulceul  pectunil,  and  like  other  acidulous  and  sweet  fruits,  jujube  enters 
into  the  composition  of  tisanes  for  the  relief  of  throat  and  bronc/io-pulinonic  irri- 
tatiom.    Jujube  paste  is  demulcent,  but  seldom  met  with  in  this  country. 

JUNIPERUS.— JUNIPER. 

The  fruit  (berries)  of  Juniperus  cominuni'<,  Linne. 

Xnt.  Ord. — Conifera'. 

C'oMMo.N  Name:  Juniper  berries. 

Ii.i.rsTKATioN  :    Beiitley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plnnli,  255. 

Botanical  Source.— This  is  a  small  evergreen  shrub,  never  attaining  the 
hei^'ht  of  a  tn-c,  with  manv  very  close  branches,  the  extremities  of  which  are 
smooth  and  angular.     The  leaves  are  attaclied  to  the  stem  or  branches  in  threei, 


1092  JUXIPKIiUS. 

in  a  verticillate  manner,  linear-acerose,  sharplj'  mucronate,  entire,  shining-green 
on  their  lower  surface,  and  channeled  and  glaucous  along  the  center  of  their 
upper  surface;  they  are  always  resupinate,  and  turn  their  upper  surface  toward 
the  ground.  The  flowers  are  dioecious,  the  males  in  small  axillary  aments,  witli 
roundish,  acute,  stipitate  scales,  inclosing  several  anthers.  The  female  flowers  an- 
on a  separate  shrub,  having  a  small,  3-parted  involucre  growing  to  the  scale-^. 
which  are  3  in  number.  The  fruit  is  fleshy,  roundish-oblong,  berried,  of  a  dark- 
])urp]ish  color,  formed  of  the  confluent,  succulent  scales,  marked  with  3  promi- 
nences, or  vesicles  at  top,  ripening  the  second  year  from  the  flower,  and  contain- 
ing 3  bony,  angular  seeds  (L.). 

History  and  Description. — Juniper  is  common  to  Europe  and  this  country, 
growing  in  dry  woods  and  hills,  and  flowering  in  May.  The  fruit  or  berries  are 
the  medicinal  parts ;  those  which  are  imported  from  the  southern  parts  of  Europe 
are  the  best.  The  American  berries  possess  less  medicinal  virtue,  and  are  seldom 
employed.  Juniper  berries  are  about  the  size  of  currants,  of  a  purplish-black 
color,  shrunken,  marked  at  the  top  with  a  triradiate  groove,  and  at  the  base  with 
the  bracteal  scales;  they  contain  3  seeds.  Their  odor  is  peculiar,  terebinthine, 
and  aromatic,  and  their  taste  terebinthine  and  sweetish,  succeeded  by  some  bit- 
terness; these  qualities  are  due  to  an  essential  oil,  which  may  be  obtained  by 
distillation  with  water.  They  yield  their  properties  to  hot  water  or  alcohol.  An 
empyreumatic  oil — oil  of  cnde  (see  Oleum  Cadinum),  or  huile  de  cade,  is  obtained  in 
France  l'\  iliy  (lif^tilliition  of  the  wood  of  Juniperwi  Orycednii<,  Linne. 

Chemical  Composition. — According  to  Schimmel  &  Co.,  juniper  berries  con- 
tain 1.2  (ilt  cent  of  essential  oil  in  Hungarian,  and  only  0.7  per  cent  in  German 
fruit  (Fliickiger,  Pharmnrngvosie,  1891).  (Also  see  Oleum  Juniperi.)  Steer  (1856) 
isolated  from  the  berries  a  yellow  coloring  matter  which  he  QoWeii  juniperin.  It 
is  soluble  in  60  parts  of  water,  also  soluble  in  ether,  alcohol,  sulphuric  acid,  and 
in  ammonia  with  golden-yellow  color.  Two  analyses  by  Ritthausen  and  Donath 
{Juhresh.  der  Pkarm.,  1877,  p.  62),  gave  the  following  percentage  composition :  Mois- 
ture 10.77  (recent),  29.44  (dry);  ash  3.37  (R.),  2.33  (D.);  dextrose  14.36  (R.),  29.6-5 
(D.) ;  water-soluble  matter,  consisting  of  formic,  acetic,  and  malic  acids  and  a  bit- 
ter substance  11.7  (R.),  3.41  (D.) ;  fat,  resin,  and  volatile  oil,  12.24  (R.),  11.33  (D.)  : 
protein  bodie.s,  5.41  (R.),  4.4.5  (D.)  ;  cellulose,  31.6  (R.),  15.83  (D.  t;  nitrogen-free 
matter  soluble  in  sulphuric  acid  and  caustic  potash  (pectin,  Donath)  10.55  (R.), 
0.73  (D.i. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Both  the  berries  and  oil  are  stimu- 
lating, carminative,  and  diuretic.  The  oil  is  said  to  act  like  copaiba  in  arresting 
mucous  discharges,  especially  from  the  urethra.  It  is  contained  in  the  spiritous 
liquor  called  Hollands,  one  of  its  best  forms  as  a  diuretic.  Five  minims  of  the 
oil,  with  1  fluid  drachm  of  nitrous  ether,  given  3  times  a  day  in  any  common 
vehicle,  produces  diuresis  in  dropsy  when  other  means  fail.  Combined  with  an 
equal  part  of  watermelon  seeds,  and  made  into  an  infusion,  I  have  cured  several 
cases  of  ascites  occurring  in  children,  having  them  to  make  free  use  of  it  (King  l 
The  berries  are  employed  principally  as  an  adjunct  to  other  diuretics,  and  have 
been  found  eflicient  in  ponorrhcea,  gleet,  leucnrrhren,  cystirrhcea.  nffc-tinns  of  the  skin, 
scorbutic  diseases,  etc.  Pyelitis,  ]n/elo-nepfiritis,  and  ry.-<tilis  wlien  chronic,  and  particu- 
larly when  in  old  people,  are  relieved  by  juniper.  Uncomplicated  renal  hyprrfmin 
is  cured  by  it.  The  indications  are  a  persistent  weiglit  or  dragging  in  lumbar 
region.  Dose  of  the  berries,  from  1  to  2  drachms ;  of  the  oil,  from  4  to  20  minims. 
The  infusion  (berries,  gi ;  aqua,  Oj),  may  be  given  in  wineglas^ful  do.*es,  a  pint 
being  taken  in  a  daj'.  It  is  very  useful  in  the  dropsy  following  si-arlatina,  and 
other  infectious  diseases,  and  may  be  combined  with  acetate  or  biTartrate  of  potas- 
sium if  desired.  Oil  of  C.\de  has  been  successfully  employed  in  ;)<ira.«iVi>  ulin 
diseases,  nwist  eczema,  and  psoriasis. 

Preparation  of  Juniper.— Howe's  Ji'siper  Pomape.    This  preparation  is  a  compound 

of  laril.  nil  nf  jiuiiiKT  aiul  l-'owlor'.s  solution,  tlio  proportions  of  which  tiavi-  l>etni  publisueil  iu 
thi-Kclfhr  M,,Ih;iI  .Ininn.il.  Mui-h  i)hiirniaoeutical  skill  is  n'iinirt'<l  to  hlen.l  the  ingre<lients 
so  as  to  ]in>vi'nt  sulisiquent  s<>]i;\i-alion.  .T\)nip(>r  pomade  is  useful  in  "all  forms  of  fcro/m  or 
Idler,  it  allays  the  itcliing  anil  i.vti,.\~  ih,  vesicles  and  scales.  The  unvruont  ma.v  l>e  usetl 
upon  all  parts  of  the  boilv,  tin.;,     -i    ■         .  u|ion  mucous  surfaces.     It  isemployeil  in  the 

nasal  cavities  with  acauiers  h:ni  i  ■    -      :  iu-ate  the  symptoms  of  <-ii/<irr/i,toarn.'St  hou-i'fn-r, 

to  heal  mi.inl  itlcnv,  to  arrest    '   .  -,  ami  to  improve  states  of  it,,ifiu-x>  depending 


KAI.MIA. 


1093 


upon  thickening  of  the  linings  of  the  Enstacliian  tul)e8.  Juniper  poiiuule  softens  tlie  Koaly 
patches  on  the  lace  which  are  often  tpllhluiiiiiiliiii.t.  It  hiw  proved  an  excellent  dressin).'  Inr  teller 
o/llie  edtjii  ••/ llo  I  i/t liil.i.v;h\ch  leads  to'  ii  ikl  Amrj'.'and  indnratiun  njthe IuimI l^ndeni.  The  pomade 
is  reliable  in  the  treatment  of  «//•(  iii/»;y/tji  in  nursiny  women;  and  it  will  cure  chapped  hands'" 
(Prof.  A.J.  Howe,  M.  D.i. 

KALMIA.  -MOUNTAIN  LAUREL. 


Fig.  152. 


Kalmia  latlfolia. 


The  leaves  of  Kalmia  latijolia,  Linne. 

Nat.  Oni — Ericacea?. 

Common  Namks:   Mountain  laurel,  TMurd,  Slirep  laurel, etc.  (see  below). 

Botanical  Source  and  Description.— This  jilant  is  known  by  various  names  ii 

different  sections  ol'  the  couutry,  us  Laurel,  LnnhkiU,  Ivy,  Big-leaved  ivy,  Spoomvood, 

Calicu-hush,  MnKntnin  l(iur(l,eU\     It  is  a  beautiful 

shrub,  from  4  to  8  feet  high,  sometimes  attaining 

the  height  of  a  small  tree,  with  crooked  stems  and 

a  rough  bark.    The  leaves  are  irregularly  alternate 

and  ternate,  evergreen,  coriaceous,  very  smooth, 

with  under  side  soiuewhat  paler,  ovate-lanceolate, 

acute  at  each  end,  entire,  on  long  petioles  at  the 

ends  of  the  branches,  from  2  to  3  inches  long. 

The   flowers  are  numerous,  white  or   variously 

tinged  with  red.very  showy,  clammy,  in  splendid 

terminal,  viscid-pubescent,  simple  or  compound 

corymbs,  with  opposite  branches.     The  pedicels 

are  glutinous  and  pubescent,  with  ovate,  acumi- 
nate bracts.  Calyx  small,  5- parted,  and  persist- 
ent, with  oval  acute  segments.     The  corolla  is 

large,  monopetalous,  with  a  conical  tube,  a  cyathi- 

form  limb,  and  an  erect,  shallowy,  5-lobed  mar- 
gin; at  the  circumference  of  the  limb,  on  the 

inside,  are  10  niches  or  pits,  accompanied  with 

corresponding  prominences  on  the  outside;  in  these  depressions  the  anthers  are 

found  lodged  at  the  time  when  the  flower  expands.  The  stamens  are  10.  hypo- 
gynous,  bent  outwardly  so  as  to  lodge  their  anthers  in  the  niches 
of  the  corolla,  but  liberating  them  during  the  period  of  flowering 
and  striking  against  the  sides  of  the  stigma;  anthers  2-celled  with 
2  terminal  pores.  The  ovary  is  roundish,  supi)orting  a  slender, 
declinate  style  longer  than  the  corolla;  stigma  obtuse.  The  fruit 
is  a  dry  capsule,  which  is  roundish,  depressed,  5-celled,  5-valved, 
the  valves  alternating  with  the  divisions  of  the  calyx.    The  seeds 

rare  numerous,  and  minute  (L. — W. — B. — R.). 
■  History. — Sheep  laurel,  or  more  j)roperly  Mountain  laurel, 

inhabits  most  parts  of  the  United  States,  on  rocky  hills  and  ele- 
vated grounds,  and  in  damp  soil,  sometimes  forming  a  dense 
thicket,  with  a  profusion  of  beautiful  rose-colored  flowers  which 
KSmia^iauioUa  appear  in  June  and  July,  forming  a  contrast  with  its  dark,  glossy, 
green  leaves.  The  leaves  are  reputed  to  be  poisonous  to  sheep 
and  several  other  animals,  killing  them;  while  others  again,  as  deer,  goats,  and 
partridges,  feed  upon  them  without  any  unpleasant  consequences.  When  par- 
tridges, which  have  eaten  the  laurel  leaves,  have  themselves  been  cooked  and 
eaten,  they  are  said  to  have  occasioned  sickness  at  stomach,  headache,  in)paire<l 
vision,  diflicult  breathing,  coldness  of  the  surface  and  extremities,  and  other 
symptoms  similar  to  those  caused  when  putrid  lueats  are  eaten.  An  emetic  of 
mustard  with  warm  water  has  relieved  some  of  thi'  above  symptoms  by  removing 
the  poison  from  the  stomach.  It  is  very  doubtful,  however,  whetlier  these  .symp- 
toms were  cau.sed  by  the  poisoned  flesh  of  the  birds,  as  numerous  persons  eat 
partridges  that  have"  fed  on  these  leaves,  without  the  lea.st  inconvenience.  The 
Indians  are  said  to  have  use(l  the  expressed  juice  of  the  leaves,  or  a  strong  decoc- 
tion, for  the  purpose  of  committing  suicide.  They  also  made  si)oons  of  the  wood, 
hence  the  name  spoonwood.  The  leaves,  which  are  astringent  and  bitter  (dc-icribcd 
above),  are  the  medicinal  parts,  and  yield  tiieir  virtues  to  alcohol  or  water. 


Fig.  153. 


1094'  KALMIA. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  leaves  contain,  according  to  Mr.  C.  Bullock, 

fatty  matter,  resin,  tannic  acid,  gum,  a  bodj'  somewhat  like  mannit,  chlorophyll, 
wax,  albumen,  an  acrid  substance,  extractive,  yellow  coloring  matter,  and  various 
.'ialts  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,\o\.  XX,  p.  264).  Mr.  G.  W.  Kennedy  (187.5j  isolated 
(trhutin  in  small  quantity.  The  poisonous  principle  is  nndromedotoxin  (CjiH^iO,,), 
a  neutral  body,  found  by  Prof.  Plugge  in  several  poisonous,  ericaceous  plants  (see 
also  investigation  by  A.  J.  M.  Lasche,  P/iarm.  Rundschau,  1889,  p. 208).  It  is  soluble 
in  water  (1  in  35),  chloroform  (1  in  400),  alcohol  (1  in  9),  and  almost  insoluble 
in  ether  (1  in  1400).  The  diluted  mineral  acids,  when  warm,  impart  to  it  a  beau- 
tiful red  color.  Mi.ss  De  Graffe  {Amer.  Jour.  Phann.,  I8d6,  p.  321),  found  tannin 
resembling  oak-tannin  in  the  stems  and  leaves  of  mountain  laurel.  Mr.  Harry 
Matusow  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1897,  p.  Z41)  analyzed  the  root  of  Kalmia  latifolia, 
which  contained  11.4  per  cent  of  starch,  1.24  per  cent  of  ash,  tannin  resembling 
oak-tannin,  etc.  The  ether  extract  contained  a  substance  which  gave  reactions 
for  amlrnmrdntoiin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — In  immoderate  doses,  sheep  laurel  is  a 
poisonous  narcotic,  producing  the  symptoms  above  named,  with  diminished  cir- 
culation. In  medicinal  doses,  it  is  antisyphilitic,  sedative  to  the  heart,  and  some- 
what astringent.  Internally,  either  in  powder,  decoction,  or  tincture,  it  is  an 
efficient  remedy  in  primary  or  secondary  syphilis,  and  will  likewise  be  found 
invaluable  in  febrile  and  inflammatory  diseases  and  hypertrophy  of  the  heart,  allaying 
all  febrile  and  inflammatory  action,  and  lessening  the  action  of  the  heart.  In 
nrtive  hemorrhages,  diarrhoea,  and/wx,  it  has  been  employed  with  excellent  effect, 
and  will  be  found  useful  in  overcoming  obstinate  chronic  irritation  of  mucous  sur- 
faces. I  have  extensively  used  this  agent,  and  regard  it  as  one  of  our  most  effi- 
cient agents  in  syphilis;  and  have  likewise  found  it  very  valuable  in  inflammatory 
fevers,  jaundice,  and  ophthalmic  neuralgia  and  inflammation.  The  remedy  must 
always  be  used  with  prudence;  and  should  any  of  the  above  mentioned  symp- 
toms" appear,  tlie  dose  must  be  diminished,  or  its  use  suspended  for  a  few  days. 
In  cases  of  poisoning  by  this  article,  stimulants,  as  brandy,  whiskey,  etc..  must  be 
given,  with  counter-irritation  to  the  spine  and  extremities.  Sheep  poisoned  by 
eating  the  leaves,  have  been  saved  by  administering  1  or  2  gills  of  whiskey  to  them 
(King).  Scudder  (Spec.  Med.),  states  that  he  has  employed  it  with  marked  advan- 
tage in  secondary  syphilis  and  atonic  chronic  inflammations.  For  the  treatment  of 
aching  pains  in  the  muscles  of  the  face,  muscular  rheumatism  ■with  shifting  pains, 
and  in  the  early  stage  of  rheumatism  of  the  heart,  success  has  been  claimed  for  this 
drug,  the  specific  medicine  being  used  in  from  1  to5-drop  doses.  Bright's  diseaseif) 
is  asserted  to  have  been  benefited  by  its  use.  Pain  in  the  back  during  the  men- 
strual period,  and  pain  upon  moving  the  eyes  are  said  to  be  relieved  by  kalmia. 
Externally,  the  fresh  leaves  stewed  in  lard,  or  the  dried  leaves  in  powder  mixed 
with  lard  "to  form  an  ointment,  are  said  to  be  beneficial  in  tinea  cajulis,  psora,  and 
other  cutaneous  affections.  "Sometime  since  I  treated  a  case  of  syphilis  of  five  weeks' 
standing,  which  had  not  received  any  kind  of  treatment  during  that  period.  The 
patient,  at  the  time  I  first  saw  him,  had  several  chancres,  the  surface  of  the  body 
and  head  was  covered  with  small  red  pimples,  elevated  above  a  jaundiced  skin, 
and  he  was  in  a  very  debilitated  condition.  I  administered  a  saturated  tincture 
of  the  leaves  of  kalmia,  and  touched  the  chancres  with  a  tincture  of  chloride  of 
iron,  and  effected  a  cure  in  4  weeks,  removing  the  jaundice  at  the  same  time" 
(King).  The  saturated  tincture  of  the  leaves  or  specific  kalmia,  are  the  best  forms 
of  administration;  they  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  10  to  20  drops  every 
2  or  3  hours;  the  decoction  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  A  to  1  fluid  ounce; 
;ind  of  the  powdered  leaves,  from  10  to  oO  grains.  For  acute  disorders,  particu- 
larly affections  of  the  heart,  from  5  to  20  droi)S  of  specific  kalmia  may  l>e  added 
to  4  fluid  ounces  of  water,  and  the  dilution  administered  in  teaspoonful  doses 
every  hour.  A  salve  made  of  the  juice  of  the  plant,  forms  an  eflicient  local  appli- 
cation for  rheumatism.  This  remedy  was  a  great  favorite  with  Prof.  King.  esi>e- 
cially  for  troubles  depending  primarily  upon  syphilitic  infection. 

Specific  Indications  ana  Uses.— Syphilis  with  excitation  of  the  heart  and 
circulation;  rheumatism  with  sliifting  pains;  cardiac  excitation;  cardiac  palpi- 
tation excited  retiexly  from  gastro-intestinal  irritation:  pain  upoti  movement 
of  the  eves. 


KAMA  I.  A.  1095 

Related  Species  and  Derivative.— Thrro  are  othorspocieB  of  Kalmia,  ns  fCnImia glaitca, 
Alton,  or  s,r„„ij,  or  /'<(/.•  launl,  anil  Knlmia  tnniuiflifolia,  LiniK-,  or  .Ynm.ic-/«'<ii>(/  Iniinl,  which 
I>os!8ess  similar  proiHTties.  The  K.  tingii^tifolia  Is  siippoeeil  liv  some  to  hi-  the  best  of  the  spe- 
cies for  im-dicinal  use.  l^awlKS  in  1889,  found  <indromeilt,lan'u  in  the  leaves  and  twigs  of  the 
latter  plant,  as  well  as  the  berries  of  Kalmia  lali/uliu.  This  plant  is  used  by  the  Cree  Indians 
88  a  tonic  and  remedy  for  iutislinal  irregulnritien. 

L.M-KoTtTANi.\K. — M.  (ireslioff  has  found  in  a  number  of  l.aurel  speciee  a  crystalline, 
toxic  alkaloitl  thniiiManiiie't.  soluble  in  an  excess  of  alkali.  It  closely  resembles  strychnine 
in  its  action  upon  the  spinal  cord  [I^hunn.  Jour.  Tratis..  IS'.U,  Vol.  XXI.'p-  662). 

KAMALA  ^U.  S.  P.)— KAMALA. 

"Thegland.<  and  hairs  from  the  c&psu\es  of  Mallntus  phiHppiensw  (Lam&Tck), 
Miiller  Arg." — ( T.  S.  P.);(Erliinus  philippinensis,  Baillon  ;  Rottlera  tinctoria,  Rox- 
burgh ;  CrottD)  p/iilippemu^,  Lamarck). 

Ndl.  Oril. — Euphorhiacea?. 

Co.MMo.\   Names:    Rottlem  {('.  fi.  P.,  1870),  Knmain,  Kameela,  Spommood. 

Ii.i.i-.STRATio.\  :    l?cntley  and  Trinien,  Med.  Plants,  236. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— This  is  a  small  tree  or  arborescent  shrub, 
found  ill  the  hilly  jiurts  of  India,  along  the  base  of  the  Himalaya  mountains 
from  Assam  to  near  Ferhawur,  in  Mysore,  and  near  Bombay,  in  Australia,  China, 
Abyssinia,  etc.,  and  growing  from  1.5  to  30  feet  high.  It  was  formerly  known  as 
Rottlerii  tinctoria.  Its  leaves  are  entire,  petiolate,  ovate,  and  acute.  The  fruit  of 
this  plant  is  about  the  size  of  a  hazel-nut,  tricoccous,  with  its  external  covering 
trifurrowed,  and  thickly  covered  with  glands  of  a  pulverulent  appearance,  and 
a  reddish  color.  These  glands  are  the  parts  used,  and  are  obtained  by  simply 
brushing  them  off  from  the  ripe  ca])sule,  which  usually  ripens  between  the  last 
of  January  and  the  first  of  April.  In  Hindustan  this  powder,  under  the  name 
of  tvurru.9  (see  Belated  Drugs),  hsLS  been  extensively  employed  as  a  dyeing  agent. 

Description. — Kamala,  when  recent,  has  a  peculiar,  heavy  odor  (inodorous, 
/'.  S.  P.>.  increased  on  being  rubbed  between  the  fingers,  or  upon  being  wanned, 
but  which  diminishes  with  age.  In  the  mouth  it  is  gritty  and  has  a  somewhat 
acrid  taste.  When  exposed  to  a  temperature  of  93.3°  to  100°  C.  (200°  to  212°  F.) 
it  undergoes  no  apparent  alteration ;  when  a  small  portion  is  dropped  into  a 
Hame  it  flashes  up  instantaneously.  Its  best  solvents  are  alcohol,  ether,  and  solu- 
tions of  alkalies,  from  which  it  is  precipitated  by  water  or  acid,  in  the  form  of  a 
resinous  substance. 

The  U.  S.  P.  thus  describes  the  official  drug:  "A  granular,  mobile,  brick-red 
or  brownish-red  powder,  inodorous,  and  nearly  tasteless,  imparting  a  deep-red 
color  to  alkaline  liquids,  alcohol,  ether,  or  chloroform,  and  a  pale-yellow  tinge  to 
boiling  water.  Under  the  microscope  it  is  seen  to  consist  of  stellately  arranged, 
colorless  hairs,  mixed  with  depressed-globular  glands,  containing  numerous  red, 
club-shaped  vesicles.  Upon  ignition  it  should  leave  not  more  than  8  per  cent 
of  ash  " — (['.  S.  P.).  Dr.  F.  A.  Fliickiger  states  that  if  the  glands  are  caused  to 
roll  under  water  or  glycerin,  they  all  ultimately  show,  to  the  observer,  under  the 
microscope  their  flat  side.  In  its  center  we  find  a  very  short  stalk  cell,  from 
which  a  certain  number  of  small  clavate  cells  radiate  in  different  directions,  thus 
constituting  the  somewhat  globular  form  of  the  gland,  which  is  covered  by  a  weak 
integument.  The  thicker  ends  of  the  small  clavate  cells  within  appear  at  the 
outside  as  soft  protuberances,  upon  which  partly  depends  the  irregularity  of  the 
nearly  globular  form  of  the  glands.  The  radiate  cells  in  question  .ire  arranged 
around  the  center  of  the  flat  side  to  the  number  of  from  9  to  30.  If  only  the 
basal  side  is  examined,  they  will  be  seen  to  be  filled  with  a  dark-brown  or  brown- 
ish-red resin,  the  intermediate  spaces  and  the  outer  membrane  being  of  a  light- 
yellow  color.  The  outline  of  that  side,  which  is  always  turned  to  the  ob.server, 
forms  thus  an  undulated  circle  or  ellipsis,  the  diameter  of  which  varies  from 
70  to  120  micromillimeters  (thousandth  parts  of  a  millimeter),  the  lieight  of 
till"  whole  gland  being  always  considerably  less.  The  kamala  glands  are  always 
accompanied  by  a  tolerable  amount  of  characteristic,  stellate,  colorless,  or  brown- 
ish hairs,  belonging  equally  to  the  fruits  of  M<iIIoIh.-<,  and  some  fraguients  of  tl^g 
latter,  and  inorganic  impurities  {Pharm.  Jour.,  Dec.  1867,  p.  279). 


101)0  KAMALA. 

Chemical  Composition.— Kamala  contains  a  small  amount  of  moisture  (O.o  to 
3.5  per  cent),  .starch,  tannin,  gummy  extractive,  citric  and  oxalic  acids,  volatile 
oil,  and  ash,  but  consists  chiefly  (to  80  per  cent)  of  a  red-colored  resin,  which 
is  soluble  in  ether,  alcohol,  carbon  disulphide,  amyl  alcohol,  glacial  acetic  acid; 
also  in  alkalies,  imparting  to  the  latter  a  beautiful  red  color.  Leube  Q860;  dififer- 
entiated  the  ether-.solubIe  part  of  kamala  into  a  resin  freelv  soluble  in  alcohol, 
fu.'iing  at  80°  C.  (176°  F.),and  another,  less  soluble,  fussing  at  191°  C.  r.375.8°  F.). 
Anderson  (185-5)  observed  a  yellowish-brown  crystalline  sediment  in  an  ethereal 
solution  of  the  resin,  and  named  it  rottlerin  (Cj,HjoOg).  By  fusion  with  caustic 
potash,  Fliickiger  obtained  from  this  exxhstAnce  para-oxy-henznic  acid .  Rottlerin  (or 
kaiiKilin  of  Merck  ;  see  Fliickiger,  Pharmacognosie,  1891,  p.  261),  is  probably  the 
same  substance  as  mallotoxin  {C,giltfi^.  or  C„H,„03),  obtained  in  flesh-colored 
needles  from  kamala  by  A.  G.  and  W.  H.  Perkin  (1886),  and  by  Jawein  (1887), 
the  latter  observing  its  melting  point  at  200°  C.  (392°  F.).  Acids  reprecipitate 
this  substance  from  its  solution  in  alkalies.  The  ash  of  kamala  was  found  by 
Fliickiger  and  Hanburj'  not  to  exceed  3  per  cent  in  a  good  grade;  the  V.  S.  P. 
allows  8  per  cent.  A  red  color  of  the  ash  points  to  the  presence  of  ferric  oxide. 
H.  G.  Greenish  (Ainer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1893,  p.  193)  calls  attention  to  a  false  kamala 
observed  by  him  in  trade,  and  which  consisted  mainly  of  powdered  safflower, 
carelessly  collected  and  badly  preserved. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  article  has  been  known  as  a  rem- 
edy for  tapetmrm  among  European  and  American  physicians,  for  only  a  few  years, 
though  long  known  and  employed  for  this  purpose  in  India.  Dr.  C'  Mackinnon, 
a  surgeon  in  the  English  army  in  India,  first  made  its  properties  known  to  the 
profession,  he  having  been  almost  invariably  successful  with  it.  Since  then 
other  practitioners  have  employed  it  with  equal  success.  In  doses  of  from  2  to  4 
drachms  it  purges,  often  with  griping,  or  nausea  and  vomiting,  and  producing 
from  4  to  10  or  15  stools.  The  worm  is  usually  expelled  entire,  but  often  without 
the  head,  in  the  third  or  fourth  stool,  after  3  drachms  of  the  powder  have  been 
administered.  A  strong  alcoholic  tincture  acts  more  mildly  and  with  more  uni- 
form effects.  Round  and  seat  worms  are  also  said  to  be  expelled  by  it.  The  dose 
of  the  powder  for  an  adult  is  from  2|  to  3  drachms,  given  in  mucilage,  .syrup,  or 
other  vehicle;  of  the  tincture,  made  in  the  i)roportion  of  3  ounces  to  ^  pint  of 
alcohol,  ^  fluid  ounce.  The  dose  to  be  repeated,  if  necessary.  Dose  of  specific 
kameela,  as  a  ttenifuge,  30  to  60  drops,  every  3  hours,  until  5  or  6  doses  have  been 
taken.  Externally,  its  employment  is  stated  to  be  efficient  in  certain  cutaneous 
affections,  particularly  scabies  and  herpetic  ringworm. 

Related  Drug. — War?,  Wtrras,  or  Warras.  This  term  properly  signifies  saflron,  but 
ha.«  been  applied  not  only  to  kamala,  bnt  more  especially  to  a  certainj>owder.  the  Ixitanical 
source  of  \vhi(  Ii  is  not  ilifinitily  known,  though  thought  to  come  from  Flemiiiriia  Ornhnmiana. 
This  is  the  Mil.>t:mr.>  re i>  rri  .1  ti)  and  beautifully  illustrated  in  the  paper  from  whii-h  the  above 
quotiition  Is.  .■  A'//,  ii/i,  /,  ■ ; /yd. /i  i  is  extracted.  I>r.  Kliickigt-r  therein  refers  to  a  new  kind 
of  kamala,  which  lie  thinks  iiuist  belong  to  another  plant.  It  is  darker  colored,  more  free 
from  earthy  impurities,  and  its  grains  are  all  larger  than  those  of  the  old  or  true  kamala,  anil 
instead  of  being  globular  they  are  cylindrical  or  nearly  conieal;  its  cells  are  not  elavate.  but 
simply  subcylindrical,  and  not  radiate,  and  the  hairs  with  which  it  is  mixed  are  nearly  coloi^ 
less,  and  not  stellate  or  tufted,  as  in  the  true  kamala,  hut  quite  simple.  When  exposed  to  a 
temnerature  of  93.3°  to  100°  C.  (200°  to  212°  F.t,  the  new  kamala  becomes  intensely  iihick.  Its 
alconolic  tincture,  slowly  evaporated,  leaves  microscopic  crystals,  probably  the  i-«}//<ri)i  of  Dr. 
.\nderson.  It  is  imported  from  Aden.  (For  interesting  details  reganling  wars,  see  Flflckiger, 
PhctniKirnriiiosie,  2d  ed.,  1883,  p.  236). 

Other  Taeniafuges. —jKmMia  ribrx,  Burmann.  Sal.  Oi<l.  -Myrslnese.  India.  The  Lorries 
of  this  tree  are  amuiatie,  and  have  been  used  to  adulterate  pepper.  The  color  is  dnll-reil.  The 
stalk  and  .5-parted  calyx  are  often  attached;  the  apex  is  beaked;  and  the  surface  striated. 
The  ta-ste  is  pleasantly  astringent  and  feebly  aromatic.  It  is  ta-niacide.  The  natives  of  India 
attribute  tonic,  alterative,  and  especially  antlielmintic  properties  to  it.  It  is  saiil  to  cause  the 
death  of  the  worm.  It  enters  into  the  focal  applications  for  skin  diseases,  esjwiiallv  riii<7int>nii, 
and  has  some  reputation  as  a  carminative  stomachio  in  df/sfK-intia.  The  natives  further  I»-lieve 
that  its  use,  with  licorice,  tends  to  strengthen  the  l««lv,  and  |>revent  the  ilU'tleets  .•!  old  age 
(Dymock,  .\fat.  Med.  Western  India).  Warden  i  ISS.'^  is.'.lated  Irom  it  golden-yellow  ervstals  of 
im'Micarid  (CjIIuOj).  It  is  soluble  in  al.oliol  ami  ehlomform,  but  not  in  water,  Kor  M/>'- 
wiirm,  Etnhelia  rilies  is  given  in  powder  i5i  to  ~)\n)  with  milk,  upon  an  empty  stomach,  and 
followed  with  a  purgative. 

McsKN'NA,  JIesen.sa,  Bisissa,  or  BrssESA. — The  bark  of  .4mci<i  anthelminlien.  Baillon. 
,Yfi/,  On/.— Leguminosa'.     .\u  acrid  dru»'  containing,  according  to  Thiel  ( 1862 \,  bitter  ami  sweet 


KIN.).  10!»7 

principles,  V>fsi<ie8  mutenin,  an  amorphous,  saponin-lilce  principle.  An  Abyssinian  remedy  lor 
Itiiietiwiii,  taken  in  doses  of  '2  or  3  ounces  of  tlie  powder,  followed  after  some  time  with  a  purga- 
tive.   It  i.s  siiid  to  cause  nausea,  and  the  worm  is  expelled  in  a  pulpy  condition. 

Ka-vsM.A  is  a  remedy  employed  by  the  .\byssini;ui.s  for  the  removal  of  Uijietnonn. 

Ophiiixyhin  sf-iiKiitiiiuin. — Kast  India.  The  root  contains  an  essential  oil  and  ophioxylin 
iCmHijO,  1,  a  yellow,  crystalline  body.  The  root  is  used  by  the  natives  as  an  anthelmintic 
and  cathartic. 

S.\i>ui.\. —  Fruit  of  Mtfsn  lanrfolala,  Forskal.  ..V«(.  Onl. — Myrsineie.  Abyssinia.  A  brown- 
green,  resinous  drupe,  having  a  bitter,  acrid,  pungent  tjiste,  and  sometimes  causing  nausea, 
emesis,  and  catharsis.  It  contains,  acconling  to  .\poiger  (1S57I,  j>ectin,  an  iron-greening  taii- 
nin,  fatty  anil  volatile  oil,  and  an  acrid  boily.  Wittstein  and  Apoiger  {Amer.  Jour.  Phmm.,  IfviS, 
!>.  I.i9)  established  the  remarkable  occurrence  of  boi-'u-  acid  among  the  mineral  constituents 
of  this  plant.  Reputed  an  ctTective  tajniacide.  .\dministered  in  powder.  It  is  said  to  impart 
a  violet  hue  to  the  urine. 

Tatzr,  or  Satze.— .\  disagreeable  fruit,  of  a  red-brown  color,  derived  from  the  .l/;/rsi»<; 
(ij'ricana,  Schimper.    Tieniacide.    Dose,  4  to  G  drachms. 

KINO  (U.  S.  P.)— KINO. 

"The  inspissated  juice  of  Pterocarpus  Marsupium,  Ro.\burgh  " — (('.  5.  P.). 

Nal.  Ord. — Leguminosa?. 

Co.MMoN   N.ame:   Gummi  kino,  Re.nna  kino,  Biyn  (Bengalese). 

Illistk.\tion  ( of  tree) :    Beutley  and  Triiueu,  Xfcl.  PldtiU,  81. 

Botanical  Source. — For  a  long  time  the  origin  of  kino  was  unknown.  It 
has  been  a.-icertained  to  be  the  product  of  a  lofty  tree,  growing  upon  the  moun- 
tains of  the  Malabar  coast  of  Hindustan,  named  Plciomrpus  Mnrsupiiun,he\ongmg 
to  the  A'«/.  fc(/.  Leguiuinosw.  It  has  an  erect,  very  higii  trunk,  rarely  straight. 
The  outer  layer  of  the  bark  is  brown  and  spongy,  falling  ofl'  in  flakes;  the  inner 
red,  fibrous,  and  astringent;  branches  spreading,  horizontal,  numerous,  and  far- 
extending.  The  leaves  are  sub-farious,  alternate,  pinnate  with  an  odd  one,  8  or  9 
inches  long;  leaflets  5,  6,  or  7,  alternate,  elliptic,  emarginate,  firm,  deejj-green, 
and  shining  above,  less  so  below,  from  3  to  5  inches  long,  and  2  or  3  broad.  The 
petioles  are  round,  smooth,  waved  from  leaflet  to  leaflet,  5  or  6  inches  long, 
stipules  none.  Panicles  terminal,  very  large;  ramifications  bifarious,  like  the 
leaves.  Peduncles  and  pedicels  round,  a  little  downy.  Bracts  small,  caducous, 
solitary  below  each  division  and  subdivision  of  the  panicle.  The  flowers  are  very 
numerous,  white,  with  a  small  tinge  of  yellow.  Vexillum  with  a  long,  slender 
claw,  very  broad  ;  sides  reflexed,  waved,  curled,  and  veined;  keel  2-petaled,  adher- 
ing slightly  for  a  little  way  near  the  middle,  waved,  etc.,  same  a.s  the  vexillum. 
Stamens  10,  united  near  the  base,  but  soon  dividing  into  2  parcels  of  5  each; 
anthers  globose,  2-lobed.  Ovary  oblong,  pedicelled,  hairy,  generally  2-celled;  cells 
transverse,  1-seeded.  Style  ascending.  The  legume,  which  is  borne  on  a  long 
petiole,  is  three-fourths  orbicular,  the  upper  remainder,  which  extends  from  the 
pedicel  to  the  remainder  of  the  style,  is  straight,  the  whole  surrounded  with  a 
waved,  veiny,  downy,  membranous  wing,  swelled,  rugose,  woody  in  the  center, 
where  the  seed  is  lodged,  not  opening;  generally  1,  but  sometimes  2-celled.  Seeds 
single  and  renifnrm  (L.). 

History  and  Description.— Kino  is  the  juice  of  the  tree  obtained  by  making 
longitudinal  inci.-ions  in  the  bark;  it  flows  abundantly,  has  a  red  color,  and  by 
drying  in  the  sun,  cracks  into  irregular,  angular  masses,  which  are  then  placed 
into  wooden  boxes  for  exportation.  It  usually  reaches  this  country  bv  way  of 
England,  being  originally  imported  from  Bombay  or  Tollicherry.  East  India  (or 
Malabar)  kino  is  that  recognized  by  the  l'.  S.  P.,  which  describes  it  as  follows: 

"Small,  angular,  dark,  brownish-red,  shining  pieces,  brittle,  in  thiii  layers 
ruby-red  and  transjiarent,  inodorous,  very  astringent  and  sweetish,  tinging  the 
saliva  deeji-red.  Soluble  in  alcohol,  nearly  insoluble  in  ether,  and  only  slightlv 
soluble  in  cold  water" — (C.  S.  P).  Kino  burns  without  fusion  or  softening,  witii 
but  little  flame  and  frothing,  leaving  a  scanty  gray  a.>'h.  Boiling  water  dissolves  a 
large  j)ro|)ortion  of  it,  forming,  when  cold,  a  perinanent,  intense,  blood-red  solu- 
tion, which  yields  with  ferric  chloride  a  dark-green,  coarsely  flocculent  precipitate, 
which  is  so  abundant  as  to  render  the  whi)le  liquid  gelatinous.  Acetate  of  lead 
produces  a  gray  i)recipitate,  and  tartar  emetic  gradually  a  lake-red,  muddy  jelly. 
Cold  water,  which  partly  dissolves  it,  forms  with  it  a  clear,  cherry-red  solution, 


1098  KINO. 

leaving  a  crumbly,  grayish  residuum.  Alcohol  dissolves  about  two-thirds  of  it. 
and  forms  a  deep,  brownish-red  tincture,  which  is  not  disturbed  by  water.  By 
long  standing  the  tincture  gelatinizes,  and  becomes  less  astringent.  Proof-spirit 
is  a  less  complete  solvent,  but  the  tincture  is  less  apt  to  gelatinize.  Its  solubility 
in  water  is  facilitated  by  alkalies,  but  its  astringency  is  thereby  lost,  and  its 
general  eliaiacti-is  chan^rcd. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  chief  constituent  of  kino  is  kino-tannic  (cocco- 
(annir)  uri,!,  whieh  ir-  |irt'sfnt  in  the  amount  of  from  45  to  55  per  cent  (F.  E.  Mafat. 
Pharm.Jnur.  r/YOi,-*,  1892,  Vol.  XXIII,  p.  146).  It  is  closely  related  to  the  Unnin 
from  catecliu;  its  non-glucosidal  nature  was  established  by  Bergholz  (Dmeri. 
Dnrpiit,  1884).  Unlike  cattchu,  however,  kino  yields  to  ether  no  catechin  (cnte- 
rkuic  arid).  This  solvent,  according  to  Eissfeldt  (1854),  abstracts  from  kino  only 
traces  of  pijromterh in  (C6H,[0H]j).  On  continued  boiling  of  an  aqueous  solution 
of  kino  or  kino-tannic  acid,  an  insoluble,  red  jjhlobaphene,  kino-red,  is  precipitated. 
This  substance  is  also  formed  gradually  by  prolonged  exposure  of  solutions  of 
kino  at  ordinary  temperature  (Gerding,  1851).  By  fusion  with  caustic  potash, 
Hlasiwetz  (186.5)  obtained  from  kino  9  per  cent  of  phloroglucin  (C5H3[OH]3) ;  proto- 
catechuic  acid  (CeH3[0Hl.C00H)  has  also  been  observed  in  this  reaction  (Sten- 
house).  Kinoin  (CnHuOj  is  a  crystallizable  substance  obtained  by  Etti  (1878) 
from  Malabar  kino,  by  boiling  this  with  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  decanting  from 
the  kino-red  formed,  and  abstracting  the  aqueoussolution  with  ether  (see  Jahresb. 
der  Pharm.,  1878,  p.  190). 

The  yield  of  kinoin  is  1.5  per  cent.  Etti  found  this  substance  to  be  decom- 
posable by  hydrochloric  acid  into  gallic  acid  (C5H,[OH]3.COOH),  pyrocatechin,  and 
methyl  chloride.  Heated  to  130°  C!  (266°  F.),  it  loses  water  and  is  converted  into 
h'7io-ref/ (CjgH^O,,).  Kinoin  is  soluble  in  alcohol  and  boiling  water,  little  soluble 
in  ether;  its  solutions  produce  with  ferric  chloride  a  red  coloration,  and  are  not 
precipitated  by  gelatin.  Kino-red  is  hardly  soluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol 
and  alkalies;  its  solutions  are  precipitated  by  gelatin,  and  colored  green  by  ferric 
chloride.  A.  Kremel  was  unable  to  obtain  kinoin  by  Etti's  method;  in  its  place 
he  invariably  found  protorntechuir  arid  (see  Jahresb.  der  Pharm.,  1884,  p.  281).  Good 
kino  leaves  about  1.5  per  cent  of  ash. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Kino  is  a  pure  and  energetic  astrin- 
gent, and  may  be  used  to  fulfil  all  the  indications  for  which  catechu  is  emploj'ed. 
It  is  not  considered  so  efficient  in  rhronic  dysentery  as  catechu,  but  is  preferred 
internally  in  menorrhagia,  and  as  a  topical  application  in  leurorrho'a,  relaxed  sore 
throat,  and  aphthae  of  the  mouth  or  fauces.  An  infusion  thrown  into  the  nostril 
has  suppressed  hemorrhage  from  the  Schneiderian  membrane;  and  the  powder  on 
iint  has  suppressed  a  hemorrhage  from  a  wound  in  the  palate.  Dose  of  the  pow- 
der, from  10  to  30  grains;  of  the  tincture,  from  i  to  2  fluid  drachms. 

Related  Drugs. — There  are  many  other  exudations  known  in  commerce  as  Kino,  partly 
derived  from  plants  belonging  to  entirely  different  natural  orders,  c.  g.,  many  species  of  Euca- 
lyptiLi,  Myi-iftica,  etc.  Among  the  most  important  are  the  African  kino,  Dhak-tret  kino.  Botany 
Kaij  kino,  Jamaica  kino,  and  .S'o«//i  A7nerican  kino. 

African  Kino,  Gambia  kino,  until  within  recent  years  was  very  rarely  seen  in  commerce ; 
from  specimens  received  from  Mungo  Park,  when  on  his  last  journey,  it  was  decided  to  be  an 
exudation  from  the  Plerocarpu.1  eriuaceu,'!,  Poiret,  a  tree  growing  in  niaiiy  districts  of  the  .'^negal, 
Nunez,  and  along  the  banks  of  the  Gambia  and  other  streams  of  West  .\frica.  Its  behavior 
is  similar  to  that  of  ordinary  kino.  According  to  Th.  Christv,  of  London,  this  tn-e  yields  the 
genuine  kiiio  that  was  first  introduced  into  medicine  by  Dr.  tothergill.  An  authentic  commer- 
cial snecimeii  left  1  T.t  per  cent  of  ash,  and  contiiined  .=i2  per  cent  of  tannin,  while  other  com- 
mercial spe<Mes  vielded  from  2.6  to  7  per  cent  ash,  and  from  14  to  ;<!•  percent  tjinnin. 

DiiAK-TREE  Kino,  liitlea  kino,  lieiigal  kino,  Biiirn  '/"'".  Ai/o."  kino.  I'ihif  kitio,  (liim  of  the 
Piil<i.t  iDhnk-tny).  is  the  product  of  the  Bnlci  frtniiU^in.  Roxburgh,  a  miignitic«>nt  leguminous 
tree  of  the  East  Indies.  BiUra  fHi>ei-ba,  Roxburgh,  and  Buhn  ;Hirrirf..ni.  Roxburgli.  exude  a 
similar  product.  The  juice  naturally  exudes  from  tissurt-s  in  the  branches  of  the  trve,  and 
concretes  into  red  tears  which  become  black  uniler  the  action  of  the  sun.  Thev  art-  irrx-gn- 
larly  angular,  seldom  so  largi'  as  a  grain  of  barley,  apparently  black  and  ojwque.  but  r»-ally  of 
an  intense  garnet-red  color,  transparent  in  thin  pieces,  and  fretpiently  have  IiIhtb  of  bark 
adhering  to  one  of  their  faces,  their  taste  is  very  astringent,  brittle  when  chewed.  wilJiout 
adhering  to  the  teeth,  and  they  tinge  the  saliva  lake-red.  Their  chemical  n-actions  and  solu- 
bilities are  similar  to  those  of  the  Eivst  India  variety.  Thev  contain  from  7:5  to  W  per  ctMit  of 
tannic  acid,  and  might  be  safely  substituted  for  orilinary  kino.  It  rarely  reaches  England, 
"nd  has  not  been  imported  to  .\merica.     It  is  termed  Onm  hitm. 


KOLA.  lU'.lD 

_  BoTAN-v  B.\Y<Klso,  Auilralinn  Uno,  or  £ucali/pUts  kino,  first  ilescriboJ  by  White  ami  Smith, 
in  1790,  was  bi-lieveJ  to  be  the  astriiigt-nt  inspisaateU  juice  of  the  brown  gu'm  tri'c  of  New  llol- 
liintl  I  the  £'!(.vi%<i«  rtmnijern),  a  tine  tjill  tree  belonging  to  the  iVri(.  Cc/.— JIvrtaie;r,  ami  wiis 
stuteil  tt>  yiel.l  a  roil  juice  so  urofu.-icly  from  incisions  that  CO  jrallons  mit;ht  lie  collectt<l  from 
on"  tree.  Acconliug  to  J.  H.  Maiden  [Phariii.  Jour.  Tmm.,  Vol.  XX,  1889,  pp.  'JJl  and  :V2\), 
til  -se  statements  are  consider.ibly  overdrawn,  ami  the  jK'culiari'i/cu/y/jdn  rcW/ii/cra  botanically 
ileserilK'.l  bv  Smith,  can  not  now  be  identiiied,  as  the  majority  of  Australian  eucalyptus  spe- 
cies are  resin-bearing  plants.  Only  one  species,  however,  is  of  commercial  value  (although 
Maidiii  recommemls  si-veral  others  i,  viz.,  Kucoliiiilm  roMmln,  .'^chlecht.,  growing  in  enormous 
iliianlilies  along  the  Murray  Hiver,  in  Australia;  it  yields  the  .I/m/th.v  »■.(/-;/«;»,  or  AV</-(/hhi  kino. 
The  im'duct  obtained  fixnn  all  other  spi-cies  is  sparingly  s(j1ii1)1o  in  water  and  alcohol  and 
tlieretore  commercially  unsuitable,  but  this  is  i>r(ibaly  due  to  jirolonged  exposure  of  the  resin 
to  the  air  before  it  is  gathered.  This  inferior  grade  has  been  used  as  an  adulterant  of  the 
li.'tler  grades  of  kino.  Mr.  Jaseph  Bosisto  (.4i/i<r.  ,/.w/-.  I'lmnii..  1K97,  p.  .=S;«),  staU-s  that  the 
i;il-(jiim  of  K.  if'Mi-dtu  lo<lgt'8  itself  in  t  lie  ducts  between  t  lie  bark  and  the  wood,  and  when  tapped 
It  can  be  obtained  in  rather  large  <iuantities.  .1.  II.  .Maiden  ( .Inifr.  Join:  J'liarin.,  18i>7,  p.  1 )  gives 
the  highest  yielil  at  4  gallons,  the  average  l)eiiig  I  quart  from  one  tree.  On  evaporating  the 
juice  in  a  vacuum  pan  a  ruby-red  gum  is  obtained,  entirely  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol.  Com- 
mercial specimens  yielded  about  47  per  cent  of  tannic  acid.  The  turbidity  observed  with  some 
of  the  kinos  from  Australian  eucalyptus  including /iT.  ros/rd^d),  when  dissolved  in  alcohol  or 
water,  is  ilue  to  the  presence  of  two  crystallizable  substances,  rudesmiti  and  aromadendrin. 
(For  details  regarding  the  chemistrv  of  "these  substances,  see  Henry  G.  Smith,  Anui:  Jour. 
J'lianii.,  lS9t5,  p.  679). 

.T.w.MC.K,  or  West  Ixdi.\.v  Kixo,  is  obtained  from  the  f>en-iidi>  grape  (Coccolohn  urifera, 
Linn^),  a  tree  belonging  to  the  Nal.  0/v/.— Polygonacea-.  The  tree  inhabits  the  seacoast  of  the 
West  India  Islands-and  the  adjoining  coast' of  .\merica.  .\  decoction  is  prepared  from  the 
leaves,  wood,  and  bark,  which  are  excessively  astringent,  then  evaporated,  and  the  thick  fluid 
poure<l  into  vessels,  in  which  it  solidities  upon  cooling.  I'lwn  extracting  it  from  the  vessels 
containing  it.  it  is  readily  reduced  to  pieces  varying  in  size,  generally  about  as  large  as  a  small 
cherry,  anil  with  a  disposition  to  the  orthogonal' form.  Thevare  ligliter  colored,  and  less  .shin- 
ing than  the  ordinarj- kino,  are  impervious  to  light  in  bulk,  but  garnet-red  and  semi-trans- 
parent in  thin  fragments;  are  brittle  and  pulvenible,  forming  a  paler-colored  powder  than  the 


Irug.  They  are  inodorous,  amarous,  ami  excessively  astringent,  impart  a  red  hue 
t'>  the  saliva  wlien  masticated,  and  contain  about  41  per  cent  of  tannic  acid.  Cold  water, 
and  alcohol,  dissolve  nearly  the  whole  of  AVest  Indian  kino,  about  6  to  11  per  cent  remaining 
undissolved. 

SoiTii  .\merican,  Coi.rMBiA,  Or  CARACAS  KiNo,  is  probably  furnished  by  the  same  tree  as 
the  West  Indian,  and  is  likewise  probably  derived  from  the  Coccohha  uvifera,  Linne.  It  is 
imported  in  heavy  masses,  and  closely  resembles  the  Jamaica  kino  in  its  several  properties, 
excepting  that  it  "is  equally  .soluble  in  cold  water  and  alcoliol,  is  more  free  from  any  tenacious 
siibstanoi'  interfering  withthe  filtration  of  its  watery  solution,  and  contains  no  resinous  body. 
It  is  rarely  si'en  in  America. 

MvKisTKA  Kiso  { K'il  jadikai)  is  an  extract  resembling  ulliiial  kino,  obtained  as  an  exu- 
dation upi>n  making  incisions  into  the  bark  of  MyrMcu  mnl'ih.i <■,,-,,_  l.:niiarck,  a  tree  growing  in 
southern  India.  The  product  was  studied  in  recent  ye;ir<  by  I'n'i.  IM.  Schaer  [Amer.  Jour. 
I'hnrm.,  IS'.Hi,  i>.  546),  who  found  that  the  myristica  kino  airncs  In  all  iliaracteristics  with  true 
kino,  except  that  no  pyrocalechiu  could  be  "abstracted  with  ether.  .\  characteristic  constitu- 
ent of  yfi/ristic'i  kino,  however,  was  found  both  in  a  dry  specimen  obtained  from  the  Kew 
(iarden.*,  and  a  semi-liuuid  extract  prepared  for  the  author  in  the  Buitenzorg  (Java)  Botanical 
tiardeu,  namely,  crystals  of  calcium  tartrate,  the  presence  of  which,  therefore,  seems  to  indicate 
Mi/rittica  kino,  and  to  distinguish  it  from  the  official  kino,  .yfi/ri^tica  sucadaiua  seems  to  yield 
must  of  the.se  crystals. 

Ptrrornrpni  i/Ky/fK.*,  Willdenow. — Philippine  Islands  and  South  India.  Thisspecics  yields 
a  red  kino  of  a  fetid  character,  known  as  .Saii;;  draaon. 

Ceratopetall'm.— .\  kino-like  gum.  Is  saitf  to  be  obtained  from  a  plant  of  this  genus 
growing  in  New  South  Wales. 

KOLA.— KOLA. 

The  seed.'!  of  Sterculin  acuminata,  I'alisot  de  Beauvais  (^Coln  ncuminaln,  Roliert 
Brown ).  It  has  mnny  other  synonyms.  (See  Kola,  Monograph  No.  5,  of  Frederick 
Stearns  «.t  Co.) 

AW.  Ord. — Sterculiacese. 

Common  Names:  Kola,  Kola  nut.  Female  Ma,  Cola  (Bism/-l)is»y,  triiru.  Ver- 
nacular). 

Ili.u.stratio.vs:  Kola,  Monograph  No.  5,  of  Frederick  Stearns  &  Co.,  Figs.  3, 
T).  0  and  11  ;  A"'/"  IHfi^trafed,  by  Johnson  it  Johnson. 

Botanical  Source.— This  is  a  tree  from  40  to  m  feet  high,  somewhat  re.'^em- 
hling  til'-  Kimnion  chestnut  tree.  The  trunk  is  erect,  smooth,  and  cylindrical. 
The  bark   is  green  and  thick.     The  le.tves  are  alternate,  entire,  slightly  revolute. 


Sterculia  acuminata. 


smooth,  green,  and  oblong-acuminate,  from  8  to  6  inches  long  by  1  to  2  inches 
broad.  They  are  borne  on  petioles  from  1  to  3  inches  long.  The  younger  leaves 
are  pubescent.  The  flowers  are  polygamous,  and  borne  in  both  terminal  and  axil- 
lary cymose  panicles,  beset  with  stellate  hairs. 
The  flowers  are  greeni.sh-j-ellow  or  white  and 
purple  at  the  margins  of  the  petals.  The  fruit 
is  composed  of  follicles,  containing  from  1  to  10 
oblong,  obtuse  seeds,  with  acartilaginou.*,  pur- 
plish testa.  The  cotj'ledons  are  generally  2 
in  number  (may  be  3  to  5),  red  or  greenish- 
j'ellow,  flatly  ovate,  or  auriculate,  compressed, 
and  thick. 

History. — The  kola  tree  grows  in  a  some- 
what limited  locality,  comprising  that  portion 
of  western  Africa  between  Sierra  Leone  and 
the  Congo  and  Lower  Guinea.  It  thrives  at 
about  or  a  little  higher  than  the  sea  level,  in 
hot  and  moist  situations.  When  conditions 
of  soil  and  climate  are  favorable,  it  grows  in- 
land from  the  points  mentioned  olXl  or  600 
miles.  It  has  been  found  elsewhere,  though 
undoubtedly  introduced,  as  in  Jamaica,  where 
it  was  distributed  by  slave  traders.  The  Eng- 
lish and  French  have  introduced  it  into  many 
of  their  possessions,  and  the  gulf  and  Pacific 
coast  districts  of  the  L^nited  States  are  said  to 
possess  the  required  climate  and  soil  for  its 
growth  in  this  country.  The  travels  of  Leo 
Africanus(in  the  16th  century)  referred  to  this 
tree  as  the  Gora  or  Guru,  and  he  wrote  concerning  its  bitter  nut.  Clu.-ius  ( 1591) 
described  and  illustrated  the  seeds.  J.  Bauhin  first  referred  to  its  medicinal  use, 
noting  its  employment  by  the  natives  in  fevers.  Kola  seeds  have  been  used  by 
the  African  natives  from  time  immemorial  as  a  necessity  and  a  luxury.  It  fig- 
ured as  an  indispensable  necessity  in  manj'  ceremonials — social,  political,  and 
religious.  It  was  used  as  a  declaration  of  war  (red  nut),  and  as  a  symbol  of  peace 
(white  nut).  It  figured  in  courtship  and  marriage,  compacts  of  friendship,  as  a 
mark  of  hospitality,  and  was  put  into  the  graves  of  the  dead  to  nourish  them  on 
their  long  journey.  The  natives  masticated  kola  to  allay  hunger,  prevent  thirst, 
promote  digestion,  and  sustain  strength.  Like  the  so-called  Indian  charing  nut, 
it  was  accredited  with  the  property  of  purifying  and  sweetening  water.  The 
natives  prefer  it  over  tea  and  coffee,  and  innumerable  are  the  faluilnus  virtues 
ascribed  to  it.  In  civilized  countries  kola  was  known  chiefly  as  a  curiosity  until 
quite  recently.  In  1883,  Meckel  and  Schlagdenhauften  published  a  detailed 
monograi>h  ctmcerning  it,  entitled  "  Sur  les  Kolns  Africains."  It  now  has  an  exten- 
sive commerce  in  this  country.  (For  exhaustive  and  instructive  matter  concern- 
ing kola  consult  •' Ao/a,"'  by  Frederick  Stearns  &  Co.,  and  Koln  Illustrfifed.  by  John- 
son it  Johnson  ;  see  also  an  interesting  illustrated  paper  bv  F.  B.  Kilmer,  on  Bi^si/ 
nuts,  the  Kol,i  of  the  West  Indie.*,  in  Auu^r.  Dni.i.,  1S!I4,  p.  o.56.> 

Description.— Kola  nuts,  .so-called,  are  the  cotyledons  of  the  seeds,  deprived 
of  their  puriilish,  cartilaginous  testa.  The  irregular  seeds,  owing  to  close  nesting 
in  the  follicle,  have  a  compressed,  somewhat  triangular  and  subtetragonal  shape, 
and  bear  considerable  resemblance  to  the  horse-chestnut.  Tlie  cotyledons,  which 
may  number  from  2  to  5,  are  fleshy  and  thick,  and  about  1  iudi  in  length.  They 
have,  when  fresji,  a  bitterish,  somewhat  astringent  taste.  Wlicn  dried,  however, 
they  possess  a  mild  and  fiiintly  aromatic  taste,  and  an  odor  that  lias  been  coni- 
])ared  to  that  of  nutmegs.  There  are  two  varieties  of  kola  nut — the  irhite  kola, 
which  is  more  nearly  "a  pale  greenish-yellow,"  and  the  ml  l-nin  —  both  being 
yielded  by  the  same  species,  and  often  occurring  in  the  same  nod. 

Chemical  History  and  Composition.— 0.  Dapper,  in  hisdescrintion  of  Africa 
(Amsterdam,  U!7«l  I,  slaits  that  the  kola  nut,  "as  experience  teaclietli.  eaten  in  tlie 
evening,  hiuderetli  sleep"  (J,  O.  Schlotterbock.  in  "Koto,"  publisheil  by  F.  Stearns 


KOLA.  1101 

&  Co.).  That  this  effect  was  clue  to  the  presence  o(  theinc  (c(ifftinc),\\a^  ascer- 
tained, in  1SG4,  by  Dr.  Daniell,  a  noted  traveller  in  West  Africa,  who  also  sujiplied 
Dr.  Atttield  with  the  drug  for  tlie  purpose  of  analysis.  Beside  theine  (aiffeinc) 
(2.13  per  cent),  starch  (42.5  per  cent),  ash  (3.20  per  cent),  volatile  oil,  fat,  albu- 
minoids, gum,  and  sugar  were  found  by  the  latter  chemist  {Pharm.  Join-.  Trans., 
1864,Vol.  VI,  p.  4.50). 

More  recently,  Heckel  and  Schlagdenhauffen  (Sur  lex  Kolm  AJricaing,  1883), 
discovered,  in  addition,  small  quantities  oi  theohmmine  (C,H,N,Oj),  the  chief  alka- 
l.iidal  principle  ofcacao(77(f'</)/()Hi/(  Ctwtio);  ^hoi/h.  a  sub-  j,     ^^^ 

stance  not  recorded  by  Attfield;  and  a  residual,  pecu- 
liar and  physiologically  active  substance,  called  kola-red. 
E.  Knebel,  in  1892,  concluded  that  the  kola-red  of  these 
French  chemists  was  an  impure  glucosid,  to  which,  in 
its  pure  form,  be  gave  the  name  kolatiin.  According  to 
Knebel,  kohitiin  is  a  combination  of  equal  molecules  of 
citffeim,  glucose,  and  koln-red  proper,  a  body  closely  allied 
to  the  tannins.  It  is  decomposed  into  its  constituents 
by  drying  the  drug,  or  by  the  action  of  diluted  acids,  or 
a  certain  diastatic  ferment,  which  he  succeeded  in  iso- 
lating. The  gradual  decomposition  and  consequent 
liberation  of  caffeine  would  account  for  discrepancies 
observed  in  the  analyses  on  record.    In  this  connection,  Crjstais  of  Cafleine. 

see  an  interesting  paper  on  kola  and  kolanin,  by  F.  B.  Kilmer,  in.4»i(i-.  Joiu:  Phann., 
1896,  p.  9(5.  The  recent  exhaustive  researches  of  James  W.  T.  Knox  and  A.  B. 
Prescott  {Pmc.  Amer.  Phann.  A^sor.,  1896,  p.  136;  and  1897,  p.  131)  have  shown, 
however,  that  the  caffeine  compound,  called  by  Knebel  kolanin,  is  simply  a  kola- 
tannate  of  rnffeine,  the  kolatanjiic  acid  itself  being  free  from  sugar,  thus  differing 
from  coffeotitnnir  acid. 

Kolatannic  acid  (kolatnnnin)  exists  in  kola  both  free  and  in  combination  with 
caffeine,  and  was  obtained  in  pure  form  by  abstracting  it  by  repeated  shakings 
with  acetic  ether,  after  removing  the  alkaloids  with  chloroforin.  (For  the  details 
of  this  painstaking  process,  as  well  as  the  description  of  its  acetyl  and  bromine 
derivatives,  prepared  in  order  to  clear  up  the  constitution  of  this  compound, 
consult  the  original  paper.)  The  formula  for  kolatnnnin  is  C,„H,oOg.  It  is  com- 
pletely soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  acetone^ethyl  ether;  sparingly  so  in  ether;  and 

austic  potash  yields  ■ 
^:,H,[OH],).  Boiling 
diluted  acids  converts  it  into  an  insoluble  rerftoc/?/ of  variable  composition;  the 
filtrate  yields  to  ether  protocatechuic  arid.  Kolatannin  is  to  be  classed  with  the  oak 
tannin  grou]),  as  contradistinguished  from  the  gall  tannin  group  (Trimble),  the 
farmer  group  yielding  with  ferric  salts  a  green  (the  latter  a  blue)  solution  and 
precipitate,  with  calcium  hydroxide  a  light-pink  precipitate,  turning  red,  then 
brown  (the  gallotannic  group  forming  a  white  precipitate,  turning  blue),  and 
with  bromine  water  a  yellow  precipitate,  turning  brown,  while  the  latter  group 
yields  no  precipitate. 

The  question  of  assay  methods  seems  to  be  still  a  matter  of  some  controversy. 
For  a  resume  of  the  methods  of  J.  Jean  (1896),  F.  Carles  (1896),  and  the  method 
of  Knox  and  Prescott  (1897),  see  tlie  paper  of  these  chemists  herein  referred  to; 
also  see  K.  Dieterich,  Pharm.  Centmlhallc,  1897,  p.  675. 

A.  R.  L.  Dohme  and  H.  Engelhardt  (189(3)  found  specimens  of  African  kola 
to  yiekl  more  caffeine  (2.24  jier  cent)  than  Jamaica  kola  (1.93  per  cent). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  action  of  kola  has  been  compared 
to  that  of  cofiicaiid  iokiu,  imt  it  ditiirseven  from  these,and  from  that  of  the  two 
principles — caffeine  and  tli»i)l)r(imine--contained  in  it.  l^pon  the  stomach  it  ap- 
pears to  exert  a  tonic  influence,  improving  digestion.  This  it  does  either  b}- 
increasing  secretion  or  by  acting  upon  the  circular  fibers  of  the  stomach  (Monnet). 
It  increases  the  functions  of  the  cerebro-spinal  system  and  sympathetic  system. 
Thisis  the  effect  of  small  and  medium  do.«es,renderingonecapableof  severe  mental 
exertion,  overcoming  mental  dejjression,  and  tlie  tendency  to  somnolency.  Large 
doses  produce  overstimulation,  and  tlius  tend  to  destroy  the  usefulness  of  thedrug 
when  given  in  proper  doses.     Physical  strength  is  augmented  and  sustained  by 


insoluble  in  chloroform  and  benzin.      Fusion  with  caustic  potash  yields  proto- 
ratechui'-   arid   (C.H3fOH],.COOH)    and  phloroglucin  (C6H,[0H],).     Boiling  with 

of  VI       "  " 


1102  KOLA. 

kola,  its  action  upon  the  muscular  system,  increasing  contractility,  being  pro- 
nounced. It  must  not  be  forgotten,  however,  that  while  kola  has  c^nisiderable 
power  in  warding  off  physical  and  mental  depression  and  exhaustion,  that  state- 
ments regarding  its  action  in  this  respect  are  largely  overdrawn.  Kola  is  a  tonic 
to  the  heart,  regulating  its  contractions  and  increasing  its  power.  Under  a  weak- 
ened state  of  the  heart,  kola  causes  the  pulsations  to  become  fuller  and  less  fre- 
quent. Arterial  tension  is  increased  by  the  drug,  diuresis  augmented,  an  especial 
increase  of  the  watery  portion  of  the  urine  having  been  observed.  Tissue  waste 
is  retarded  under  its  administration,  the  excretion  of  urea  being  diminished. 

Kola  is  undoubtedly  of  value  in  certain  conditions,  hinging  chiefly  on  nerv- 
ous depression.  Htjatcria  and  neurnsihenin,  with  mental  gloominess  and  forebod- 
ings, have  been  relieved  by  it.  In  melanchnlin  it  appears  sometimes  useful,  par- 
ticularly if  that  condition  be  associated  with  phthisis.  The  neurasthenic  condi- 
tions following  exhaustive  discharges,  or  following  typhoid  and  other  fevers,  is  a 
field  for  its  exhibition.  It  is  very  useful  in  cerebral  anemia.  The  guiding  symp- 
toms, after  protracted  illness,  are  mental  depression,  tendency  to  faintness,  marked 
nervous  irritability,  poor  appetite  and  digestion,  and  great  muscular  debility.  To 
these  may  be  added  the  diarrho>a  of  debility.  It  has  been  administered  in//»e«- 
monia  and  typhoid  fever,  when  great  nervous  irritability  was  present.  Its  reputa- 
tion as  a  remedy  for  the  alcohol  habit  has  not  been  sustained,  though  there  is  good 
reason  to  credit  the  statement  that  it  quickly  overcomes  acute  alcoholi.ym.  Evi- 
dence is  not  wanting  that  it  sustains  the  nervous  svstem  in  one  attempting  to 
break  from  the  tobacco  habit.  C.  W.  Hamilton,  M.  D.  [Brit.  Med.  Jour..  lS90.Vol.  I, 
p.  1067),  claims  it  an  effective  remedy  in  sea  sickness.  Certain  forms  of  atonic  di/.<- 
pepsia  are  benefited  by  it,  while  for  the  cure  of  obstinate  chronic  dian-hceas,  it  has 
long  had  a  reputation.  It  has  been  assg  /.ed  that  its  action  in  this  respect  can  not 
be  well  understood,  as  the  amount  of^nnin  in  the  drug  is  so  small.  May  it  not 
be  due  to  relieving  irritation,  and  not'  to  its  astringent  action  ?  That  form  of  dys- 
pepsia, attended  with  pyrosis,  eructations,  and  sick  headache,  is  amenable  to  kola. 
The  vomiting  of  pregnancy  is  said  to  be  arrested  by  it.  It  has  also  api)eared  useful 
to  check  Asiatic  chole7-n,  and  has  been  used  in  the  various  forms  of  diarrhoea  preva- 
lent in  the  tropics. 

Kola  may  be  used  in  feeble  conditions  of  the  heart,  especially  rorrfiVir  irrita- 
bility, the  cases  being  those  in  which  caffeine  is  useful.  Difficult  breathing,  irregu- 
lar action,  and  valvular  deficiency  are  the  indications  for  its  use.  It  forms  a 
good  vehicle  for  the  exhibition  of  other  cardiac  stimulants.  It  is  said  to  be  of 
marked  value  in  s^noker's  heart.  Kola  has  given  good  results  in  migraine,  and  in 
those  forms  o{  neuralgia  of  debility  in  which  cafi'eine  and  like  agents  have  proven 
useful.  Dose  of  powdered  nut,  5  to  30  grains;  fluid  extract,  5  to  30  drops;  solid 
extract,  1  to  6  grains.  Various  proprietary  fluid  preparations  are  ujion  the  mar- 
ket. The  best  form  for  administration  is  kola  in  bulk,  the  drug  to  be  slowly 
masticated  and  the  salivary  solution  swallowed. 

Substitutes  and  Adulterations.— The  seeds  of  several  plants  have  been  used  either 
■wholly  a.s  a  substitute  fov,  or  ;is  :i(lulteraiits  of,  true  kola.  .All  ol  these,  however,  are  wholly 
destitute  ol  the  eharacteristic  iiriiuijiles  of  that  drug,  .\mong  these  phiuts  may  he  lueutiontxl 
the  following: 

Giirciiiia  AVd,  Ileckel.  .Y<i/.  Orrf.— Guttifene.  The  fruit  of  this  plant  is  rarely  found  as  an 
adulterant  of  kola,  as  their  external  features  are  entirely  dilTerent.  However,' it  lH>ar8  the 
names  of  False  kola,  Male  kuh,  and  liitter  kola.  False  kola  \Uk»s  not  enter  comuiercv.  hut  it  is 
highly  esteemed  by  the  natives  of  .-Vfriea,  though  devoid  of  marked  stimulant  pro|ierties. 
.\phrodisiac  effects  are  acereiiited  the  seeds  by  the  Negroes,  and,  as  a  masticatory,  they  employ 
,  them  in  common  colds.  They  contain  tannin,' coloring  matter,  and  a  browu  and  a  yellowish- 
white  resin,  hut  no  alkaloids  (see  also  Uaninia  Manyoslatia). 

Hi'citiera  lilturoli.'!,  Alton.  Xal.  Ord. — iSterculiaoea^.  An  orbicular-shaped  se«l  of  a  choco- 
late color,  which  tnight  not  to  be  mistaken  for  kola,  its  characteristii-s  being  suttioiently  diflVr- 
ent.  Admixtuie  w  itli  the  smaller  seeils  of  kola  is  possible.  This  plant  prows  in  India,  .\frica. 
Australia,  and  the  Philippines.  It  contains  none  of  the  characteristio  jirinciplesof  kola,  except- 
ing a  tannin  similar  to  kolatannic  acid.    It  containsi,  however,  10  times  as  much  fat. 

Pcntadesma  buli/race.r,  Don.  Xal.  Onf. — Clusiare««.  A'aii.i/d.  Tn'e  growing  along  west 
coast  of  Africa.  Found  by  Heckel  and  Schlagileidiauffen  as  a  fre<^uent  a<lulterant  ol  kol.i 
which  it  closely  resemliles  in  appearance  and  color,  and  from  which  its  dilVeriMitiation  is  ditVi- 
cult.  No  starch  or  alkaloids  are  present,  but  the  seeils  contain  an  ahundauiv  of  fat— inii;.  •■ 
biUler—am\  a  peculiar,  odorless,  and  tasteless  resin,  of  a  yellowisli  color,  and  possessing  toxi. 
properties. 


KUAMKKIA.  1103 

Xttfivleiiun  iHi;»-nn/i«,  Beauvais. — The  reniform,  rvddish  St'eds  dI  this  spoii.s  >'cln^titutt■  :i 
false  kola,  wbieli  has  a  taste  closely  resembling  that  of  true  kola.  The  external  apiM-aranees, 
liowever,  are  entirely  ditlereut.  J^ponin  is  present  in  large  amounts,  aecoriiiuj;  to  Heckel  un<l 
^^c■hlag(lenhaul^en. 

Liifum.i  m<i)/i»io«j,  tiriesebach.  Stifxiti.  Xat.  On/.— Sapot;ipe8e.  .\c-coRling  to  Helbing  the 
seeils  of  this  plant  have  been  otlered  as  kola.  The  dried  seeds  are  said  to  evolve  a  strong 
odor  of  prussic  aeid.  On  ai-rount  of  their  aroma,  the  seinis,  wiiii-h_ contain  a  large  quantity  of 
fattv  oil,  are  sjiid  to  U'  usimI  as  a  cundiuient  bv  the  natives  of  the  West  Indies. 

Iiimuryhaiiilni  .1/ont  (.l/oni  ..ic./.y/l  a  leguminous  tri'c,  is  the  j)robable  8<jnrce  of  a  false 
kola,  from  St.  liomiiigo  ( West  Indies),  which  was  ollend  in  l^S'.Hi  m  the  English  market.  It 
appears  to  contain  no  call'eine  (liuinn.J'iin-.  Tnms.,  !Wl,S,  p.  L'STl. 

Belated  Species.— .l/'/-om<i  aiKjn"!".  Mnne.  .Vn/.  Cnl.  Sterculiacese.  A  common  shrub 
in  Bengal,  where  it  is  known  as  rhil'himbol,  and  cultivated  as  (lUik-Uimliitl  in  Boudtay  gardens. 
The  shrub  has  velvety  branches,  and  the  Howers  are  of  a  handsome  red  color.  The  leaves  are 
ovate-oblong,  and  the' seeds  are  contained  in  a  cottony  envelope.  Sircar  (/»</.  Meil.  (•'a:-,  187L') 
announced  the  baik  of  the  root  as  an  etticient  emmenagogue.  It  is  al,<o  reputeil  serviceable 
in  dutnininrrlnni.  particularlv  when  accompanied  with  con-'estion  orwith  neuralgic  pain.  One- 
halfdrachm  of  the  white,  viscid  juice  found  in  the  bark  of  the  root  is  administered  in  combi- 
uation  with  black  pepper  {see  Pymock.  -l/(i(.  Mt<l.  ir,.s/<(/<  luitin). 

KRAMERIA  (U.  S.  P.)— KRAMERIA. 

"The  root  of  Kramer  ia  triaudm,  Ruiz  et  Pavon,  and  of  Knimcria  Iximi,  Linne'' 
-(U.S.  P.). 

Nat.  Oct?.— Polygalea\ 

Common  Names:    Rhatany,  Ratanhia. 

Illi-strations:    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Mai  PlanU^,  30  and  31. 

Botanical  Source. — Krameria  triandra.  This  is  a  suflfruticosse  plant,  with 
a  horizontal,  very  long,  and  branched  rout,  with  a  thick  bark.reddish-hrown  exter- 
nally, and  red  iiiternally.  The  stem  is  round,  procumbent,  much  Inanihed,  and 
tapering;  the  branches' are  2  or  3  feet  long,  and  when  young  white  and  silky; 
when  old,  dark  and  naked.  The  leaves  are  alternate,  sessile,  oblong,  and  obovate, 
acuminate,  entire,  and  hoary  on  each  side.  Flowers  red,  solitary,  and  axillary, 
on  short  stalks.  Calyx  of  4  sepals,  the  inferior  largest,  silky  externally,  smooth 
and  shining  inside,  of  the  color  of  lac.  The  corolla  consists  of  4  petals,  the  2 
upper  separate,  spatulate,  the  two  lateral  roundish  and  concave.  Stamens  3, 
hvpogenous;  anthers  small,  urceolate,  with  2  ojienings  at  top;  ovary  ovate;  style 
red,  and  terminal;  stigma  simple.  The  fruit  is  a  dry,  hairy  drupe,  burred  with 
dull  red  hooks;  seeds  1  or  2  (L.). 

Krameria  Ixi.na,  Linne,  differs  in  having  5  unlike  petals  in  its  flowers  which 
are  red,  and  borne  in  terminal,  loose  racemes.  Its  leaves  are  petiolate  and  longer 
than  those  ti(  the  preoediug  species. 

History  and  Description.— The  root  of  Krama-ia  triandra  is  known  as  Payta 
or  Peruvian  rhatany ;  that  of  A'^.  hina  as  New  Granada  or  Savanilla  rhatany.  The 
latter  is  found  growing  from  North  Brazil  to  Mexico,  and  in  the  West  Indies. 
The  former  plant  grows  upon  the  dry,  gravelly,  and  sandy  hills  in  Peru  and  Bo- 
livia flowering  all  the  year  round.  The  natives  had  used  it  as  astrong  astringent 
long  before  its  di.>covery  by  Ruiz,  in  1780.  The  root  is  the  oflicial  part;  it  is  dug 
up  in  large  quantities  after  the  rains,  and  after  being  well  dried  is  exported.  In 
Portugal  it  h;vs  been  emi)loyed  to  adulterate  red  wines.  Sometimes  an  extract  is 
jtrepared  from  it,  which  is  exported  and  used  in  a  similar  manner.  The  I'.S.  P. 
thus  de.«cribes  rhatany:  "From  1  to  3  Cm.  (|  to  1^  inch)  thick,  knotty,  and  sev- 
eral-headed above,  branched  below,  the  branches  long;  hark  smooth. or  in  the  thin- 
ner i)ieces,  scaly,  deep,  rust-brown,  1  to  2  Mm.  (^  to  ^  inch)  thick,  very  a.strin- 
gent,  inodorous;  wood  i>ale  brownish-red,  tough,  with  tine  meilullary  rays,  nearly 
tasteless.  The  root  of  Krameria  Jximi  (Savanilla  rhatany)  is  less  knotty  and  more 
slender,  and  has  a  dark  purplish-brown  bark,  about  3  Mm.  (J  inch)  thick'"— 
(.{'.  S.  P.).  Cold  water  or  diluted  alcohol  readily  extracts  its  active  constituents. 
In  powder  it  is  of  a  reddish  color.  The  bark  contains  more  of  the  medicinal  vir- 
tues than  the  ligneous  or  woody  part.  If  the  root  be  macerated  in  water  at 
100°  C.  (212°  F.),  its  medicinal  properties  will  be  extracted,  but  as  a  little  starch 
and  some  colored  extractive  will  also  be  dissolved,  the  infusion,  when  cool,  will 
become  niuddv,  and  after  a  time  the  above  inert   substance  will   be  depo.-ited. 


11U4  KILVMEHIA. 

Boiling  will  extract  still  more  of  this  matter,  and  the  tannic  acid  of  the  root  being 
oxidized  by  the  action  of  the  air,  loses  all  its  therapeutical  influences.  A  cold 
infusion,  or  an  extract  from  the  cold  infusion,  are  the  best  forms  for  use.  By 
placing  the  powdered  root  in  a  percolator,  and  passing  water  throivgh  it,  a  brick- 
red,  aqueous  solution  is  obtained,  possessing  all  the  medicinal  qualities  of  the  root, 
and  from  whieli  an  excellent  extract  maybe  procured  by  a  quick,  but  cautiously 
conduitid  fvapriration. 

Chemical  Composition.— Wittstein  (  Vierteljnhrsschrifl ,  1854,  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  348 
and  485),  found  the  freshly  peeled  root-bark  of  rhatany  to  contain  an  iron-green- 
ing tannic  acid,  and  a  red  decomposition  product  of  the  latter,  analogous  to 
chinnnt-red;  gummy  matter,  wax,  sugar,  starch,  calcium  oxalate,  etc.  No  gallic 
acid  is  present.  Thf'  tannin  of  rhatany,  caUed  rafanhm-tnnnir  (h-ameria-tmiiii'-) 
acid,  is  the  mnr-t  impoitant  constituent.  It  is  a  red  amorphous  powder.  Nearly 
18  per  cent  Ava~  i.litiiiia  .1  from  the  Payta  variety  by  Wittstein  (1854),  while  R.  G. 
Dunwody  (Anur.  Jour.  Phann.,  LS90,  p.  166)  found  in  the  commercial  drug  con- 


siderably less  tannin,  viz.,  8.4  per  cent.     Tartar  emetic  causes  no  precipitate  with 

■  "        " ed  pre ~ 

as  a  decomposition  product  in  dry  distillation;  fused  with  potassium  hydroxide 


it;  with  gelatin  a  llesh-colored  precipitate  is  obtained.    Pyrornterhin  is  produceil 


it  yields phloroglucin  and  protocatechuir  acid;  and  diluted  acids  acting  upon  it  pro 
duce  sugar  and  ratanhia-red  (C.iell„0^^) ,  a.  product  similar  in  composition  to  one 
yielded  by  hippocastanum  and  tormentil.  The  dry  extract  of  rhatany  formerly 
imported  from  South  America  yielded  to  Wittstein  a  crystalline  principle  whicii 
he  believed  to  be  identical  with  tyrodn  (C^HjiNO,),  an  amido  acid ;  this  principle  is 
not  contained  in  ratanhia  root.  Ruge  and  Stiideler  (1862)  found  it  to  have  the  for- 
mula CioHjjNOj,  and  pronounced  it  to  be  methyl-tyrosin,  and  also  named  itratunhin. 
Ruge  obtained  1 .26  per  cent  of  this  substance.  Gintl  (see  Jnhresb.  der  Phnrm.,  1860, 
p.  165),  showed  it  to  be  identical  with  angelin,  first  obtained  by  Peckolt  in  the 
quantity  of  more  than  86  per  cent  from  the  Resina  d^  angelim  pedra,  a  natund 
exudate  from  the  Brazilian  tree  Ferreira  spectahilis,  Allemao.  It  is  probable  that 
the  South  American  ratanhia  extract  in  question  was  derived  from  tliis  tree  and 
not  from  krameria.  0.  Hiller-Bombien  {Archiv  der  Phnrm.,lS^2,\^\t.bVi-oAS). 
confirmed  the  identity  of  ro^ni/(m  with  niethyl-tyrosin  and  angelin,  and  also  with 
the  alkaloid  surinanmie,  obtained  in  1824  by  Hiittenschmid  from  Gtoffroya  siiri- 
naryunisi'^.  and  proposed  for  it  the  name  andirin,  on  account  of  its  probable  occur- 
rence in  all  species  ut'  Amlini. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Rhatany  is  a  powerful  astringent,  with 
some  slight  tonic  virtues.  Constipation  with  slight  dyspeptic  symptoms  maj*  be 
induced  by  immoderate  doses.  It  may  be  employed  internally  with  advantage  in 
vwiorrhagia,  hematemesis,  passive  hemmrhages,  chronic  diarrhra,  leucorrliaa,  dironir 
mucous  discharges,  colliquative  persjnration,  and  incontinence  of  urine.  Internally  in 
small  doses.  Prof.  J.  M.  Scudder  (Spec.  Med.)  recommends  it  in  '' gastric  C(ita)-rh,  dys- 
pepsia, with  full,  relaxed  skin,  inmniinence  of  urine,  gleet,  prostatorrhita,  leucnrrhua. 
and  in  some  cases  of  catarrh"  (p.  164).  It  is  also  used  as  an  energetic  styptic  in 
epistaxis,  hemorrhage  from  the  cavity  of  an  extracted  tooth,  or  the  surface  of  a 
wound,  and  as  a  local  application  to  prolapsus  ani,  fis-^'ure  of  the  anu-i,  Jissurcd  nip- 
ples, and  leuco^rha-a.  As  an  application  to  spongy  and  bleeding  gums,  to  redden  and 
consolidate  them,  as  well  as  to  preserve  the  teethj  the  following"  paste  will  be  found 
unsurpassed:  Take  of  prepared  chalk  and  powdered  cinchona,  of  each,  equal 
parts;  combine  them  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  equal  parts  of  the  tinctures  of 
rhatany  and  myrrh,  to  form  a  paste.  Use  daily  with  a  brush.  Dose  of  the  pow- 
dered rhatany,  from  10  to  30  grains;  of  the  tincture,  from  1  to  4  Huid  drachms; 
of  the  infusion,  from  1  to  4  fluid  ounces ;  of  the  extract,  from  10  to  20  grains. 

Related  Drugs.— Bn.vzii.i.vx  (Par.v  or  Ce.\r.\)  Rh.xt.vnv  is  referred  by  Fh'ickipcr  and 
llanbiuy  to  Kruinrriii  argentea,  Martins,  of  Brazil.  Kramrria  cistoidfu.  Hooker, of  Chili,  furnishes 
11  rhatany  closely  rosemblinj:  the  I'ayta  pio<iiu't,  while  Texiis  Wki/hhj/  is  yiel<U><l  l>y  tlie  A'lii- 
mcria  sec'iindiriura  of  De  CandoUe.  Kiaiiirria  lanctiilalu,  Torrey,  of  North  Aiiurii-n,  is  richer  in 
tannin  and  extract  than  the  official  prodnct.  .\  false  rhatany  has  been  nut  with,  the  s<.ni> .• 
of  which  is  unknown;  compared  with  trne  rhatany,  its  twigs  aiv  smoother  and  slightly  shin- 
ing, having  also  deeper  furrows  and  transverse  depn>ssions  of  an  annular  form.  It  is  not  s.i 
lougli,  breaks  more  ea.sily  and  with  a  short  fraetuiv;  its  l»ark  is  thicKer  and  adheres  lirndy  !.• 
the  wooil,  is  lighter-colored  on  its  inner  surface,  and  has  a  glistening  aspect  when  cut  wiih  a 
sharp  knife.     The  center,  when  cut  through,  is  of  a  dull,  {wile-red  color,  and  without  the  dark 


points  lu.-l  with  in  the  true  nM.t.  It  is  iniKlonms,  more  strongly  astringent  in  tiiflte  tlian  the 
genuiDe  rliatauy.  anil  gives  more  abundant  precipitate  with  chemical  reagents  [Pharm.  Jour. 
atul  Trtins.  I. 

LABURNUM.— LABURNUM. 

Tlie  seeds  of  ('i/li.-<u.<  Lnbumum.  Linii<-, 

Nut.  Ord. — Leguininosa'. 

Co.MMOx  Names:    Bmn-lrrfoil,  Golden  chain. 

lLLfsTF{.\TioN :    BoUinirnI  Mfigiiziiie,  Plate  176. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— Laburnum  is  an  unarmed  shrub  or  small 
tree,  niitivf  <4"  tlio  iiiuuiuaiiidus  portions  of  southern  Europe,  and  frequently 
found  in  tultiv;ition,  espciialiy  in  Great  Britian.  The  leaves  are  petiohite  and 
trifoliate,  with  ovate  lanceolate  leaflets,  pubescent  underneath.  The  golden-yellow 
flowers,  which  appear  from  May  to  June,  are  very  showy,  and  are  disposed  in 
lo>>se,  pendulous  racemes.  The  calyx  is  canipanulate  and  two-lipped;  the  upper 
lip  is  entire,  the  lower  one  three-toothed.  The  corolla  is  papilionaceous,  with  a 
large  vexillum.  Tlie  fruit  is  a  brown  legume,  containing  many  seeds,  and  is 
attenuate  at  the  base.  The  genus  Cytisus  is  almost  exclusively  European,  and 
there  is  no  indigenous  s|)ecies  in  the  United  States.  Ct/>.ii-iu<  Scojiarius,  Link,  or 
"common  broom,"  a  very  abundant  shrub  in  Great  Britain,  is  extensively  used 
as  a  diuretic. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  ripe  seeds  of  Cytmi.'^  Lolmmum,  as  well  as  other 
species  of  Cytisus,  contain  an  alkaloid  n/^i-'-jnc,  discovered  and  obtained  pure  in 
1864,  by  Huseniann  and  Marine.  It  also  occurs  in  other  genera  of  plants,  and 
was  established  by  A.  Partheil  (Archiv  da-  Phnrm.,  1892,  p.  470),  to  be  identical 
with  K/rW/i,  discovered  by  A.  W.  Gerrard  {Pharm.  Jmn:  7Vrt».'*.,  1886,  Vol.  XVIII, 
J).  101 ),  in  the  seeds  of  l'le£euroj),Tus.  More  recently,  K.  Gorter  {Archiv  der  Phamt., 
1897,  p.  321),  proved  its  identity  with  6oy''//"r/)i''.  tlic  alkaloid  of  the  root  of  £o;)- 
tisiii  liiictnrid  (which  .«ee).  Prof.  Plugge  ( 1>^''1  >  :il-i>  I'llieves  it  to  be  the  same  sub- 
stance a-:  t-ofdinrin,  from  Sophora  toinenlosd.  Ciii'ishk'  (  llexine,  Bajilitoxine)  has  the 
formula  C|,H|,N.,0  (Partheil,  1892;  Gorter,  ISOTi,  and  when  pure  crystallizes  in 
large  colorless  prisms,  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  chloroform,  and  acetic  ether;  less 
soluble  in  benzol,  amyl  alcohol,  and  acetone;  insoluble  in  petroleum  ether, carbon 
disulphide,and  absolute  ether.  It  melts  at  152°  to  153°  C.  (305.6°  to  307.4°  F.), 
and  can  be  sublimed  by  heating  in  vacuo.  It  is  a  d  vad  base,  forming  two  series  of 
salts  with  acids.  The  nitrate  (C„H„N,0.HN03-f  11,0)  forms  large  crystals.  Par- 
theil obtained  1.5  per  cent  of  cytisine  from  laburnum.  In  the  mother  liquors  he 
observed  the  )ircsence  ofcholin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Administered  to  certain  animals,  as 
the  dug.  cat,  etc..  even  in  small  doses.  M.  Chevallier  found  laburnum  to  occasion 
emesis,  muscular  debility,  increased  pulse,  accelerated  respiration,  somnolence, 
spasms,  and  finally  death."  With  man,  according  to  Dr.  T.  S.  Gray,  Popham,  Clout, 
and  others,  the  bark,  the  flowers,  or  the  seeds,  in  large  doses,  produce  a  sense  of 
indisposition,  drowsiness,  followed  by  vomiting,  vertigo,  cold  sweats,  dryness  and 
constriction  of  the  throat,  gastric  pain,  pallor,  purging,  accelerated  respiration, 
strong  contraction  of  the  features,  dilatation  of  the  pupils,  muscular  contrac- 
tions, quick  and  agitated  pulse,  and  other  symptoms  of  narcotism.  Recovery 
from  these  symptoms  occurs  more  or  less  speedily,  and  no  case  is  recorded  in 
which  death  was  the  result.  In  cases  of  poisoning  by  laburnum.  Dr.  Gray  has 
ailvised  the  use  of  charcoal,  though  in  many  severe  cases,  persons  who  have  suf- 
fered severely  from  the  symptoms  named,  have  ])romptly  recovered  w  ithout  the 
aid  of  any  antidote.  Chevallier.  who,  having  taken  6  or  8  grains  of  cytisine,  found 
liimself  threatened  with  severe  symptoms,  drank  quite  freely  of  lemonade,  and 
tiiereby  checked  their  further  progress.  In  medicinal  do.ses.  Dr.  Gray  recommends 
the  use  of  the  active  principles  of  laburnum  in  the  treatment  of  i/v/Myw/a  attended 
with  vomitings  of  bile-matters  and  alternate  attacks  of  diarrluea  and  constipation  ; 
likewise  to  check  the  vomiting  of  children  who  eject  their  food  .soon  after  its  in- 
gestion; to  relieve  bronchial  roufih,  and  mitigate  the  severity  of  the  paroxysms  of 
jtertimin  and  aMh ma,  and  to  prevent  the  sympathetic  vomiting  of  pregumir;/;  hovi- 
ever,  these  recommendations  have  not  lieen  supported  by  suljseinienl  trials.    Prof. 


1106  i-A(. 

J.  M.  Scudder  (Spec.  Med.),  suggests  the  small  dose  (teaspoonful  of  the  solution  of 
10  drops  of  a  tincture  of  the  recent  bark,  made  with  98  per  cent  alcohol,  in  4  ounces 
of  water),  every  1  to  3  hours  in  irritation  of  mucous  tissues  occurring  in  nervous 
dyspepsia,  in  the  restlessness  and  uneasiness  which  follows  mental  overwork,  and 
in  the  excitation  of  the  gastric  and  hepatic  nerves  giving  rise  to  frequent  and 
easily  excited  vomiting.  The  dose  of  a  decoction,  of  sp.  gr.  1.034,  is  from  2  to  30 
minims;  of  C3'tisine,  from  ^  grain  to  2  grains  (hypodermatically  ^  to  |  grain) ;  of 
laburnine,  from  2  to  10  grains.  In  a  case  where  poisoning  occurs,  tlie  best  course 
to  pursue  is  to  remove  the  contents  of  the  stomach  as  speedily  as  po.«sible  by 
means  of  an  emetic  well  diluted  with  warm  water,  and  then  to  administer  am- 
monia, whiskey,  or  other  dififusible  stimulants. 

LAC— MILK. 

"  The  fresh  milk  of  the  cow.  Bos  Taurus,  Linne"— (Br.  Pharm.,  1885). 

Class:  Mammalia.    Order:  Ruminantia. 

Description. — Cow's  milk  was  official  in  the  former  British  Pharmacopasiiis, 
being  used  in  the  preparation  of  Mistura  Scammonii.  It  is  a  white,  opaque  fluid, 
having  a  density  of  near  1.030.  Its  taste  is  sweet,  bland,  and  to  most  individuals 
agreeable;  its  odor  slight  and  peculiar  and  its  reaction  feebly  alkaline  or  neutral. 
Under  the  microscope  it  appears  as  a  transparent  fluid  in  which  are  imbedded 
minute  globules  or  corpuscles  of  a  fatty  nature,  which  give  to  the  liquid  its 
opacity  and  whiteness.  According  to  some  observers,  these  globules  are  sur- 
rounded by  an  albuminous  envelope.  The  globulas  being  somewhat  lighter  than 
the  medium  in  which  they  are  suspended,  rise  to  the  surface  and  cun-titute  what 
is  familiarly  known  as  cream.  This  yellowish-white  stratum,  which  contains  also 
some  of  the  serum  and  casein,  constitutes  about  5  per  cent  of  the  fluid.  When 
the  cream  is  removed  or  skimmed  ofi",  skim-milk  remains,  containing  enough  of 
the  globules  to  give  it  opacity  and  a  bluish  whiteness.  If  the  cream  be  agitated 
for  a  time,  as  in  churning,  the  fat  globules  aggregate,  or  as  some  contend,  the 
envelope  is  ruptured,  and  butter  is  produced.  The  serum  which  remains  upon 
removing  the  butter, contains  some  butter  and  casein,  saline  matter,  and  milk  sugar 
in  solution,  and  is  the  well-known  huttermilk.  The  pleasantly  acid  taste  of  butter- 
milk is  due  to  l((ctic  acid  formed  by  the  fermentation  of  some  of  the  milk  sugar. 
If  milk  be  allowed  to  stand  it  will  become  soured  on  account  of  the  formation  of 
lactic  acid,  a.nd  formi  curds  or  clabber,  due  to  the  precipitation  of  the  r<i.*f/H.  The 
latter  substance  is  the  material  which  forms  cheese.  Acids  and  rennet  produce 
the  same  effects.  The  curds  are  suspended  in  a  thin  fluid  and  can  be  readily 
separated  by  straining.  The  separated  fluid  is  then  known  a.s  uhq/,  and  is  chiefly 
a  solution  of  salts  and  sugar  of  milk  {saccharum  lactis)  and  some  albumen,  coagu- 
lable  by  heat.  When  the  casein  is  precipitated  by  rennet,  siceet  ir/ici/  is  obtained, 
while  when  precipitated  by  spontaneous  souring,  mtr  whey  results.  According  to 
C.  Arnold  (Archiv  der  Pharm.,  1881,  p.  41),  fresh  milk  that  has  not  been  boiled  may 
be  recognized  by  the  guaiacum  test,  producing  with  tincture  of  guaiaeum  a  blue 
color;  if,  however,  an  alkali  or  an  acid  has  been  added,  or  the  milk  heated  to 
80°  C.  (176°  F.),  no  such  coloration  takes  jiiace  (also  see  Guaiari  Rcsitui '.  Benzin, 
ether,  alcohol,  chloroform,  and  carbon  disulphide  yield  with  milk  permanent 
emulsions.  This  behavior  prevents  the  elaboration  of  a  method  to  determine  the 
total  solids  in  milk  by  taking  its  specific  gravity  after  removing  the  fat  by  means 
of  immiscible  solvents  (CJustavus  Pile,  Amcr.  Jour.  Pharm.,  ISSS,  \k  244  >. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  milk  of  all  mammals  has  the  s.\me  composi- 
tion qualitatively;  the  ingredients  differ  only  in  their  relative  quantities.  Even 
in  one  and  the  same  species  of  animals,  there  is  a  marked  diversity  in  the  com^Ki- 
sition  of  the  milk,  according  to  the  breed  of  the  animal,  the  quality  and  quantity 
of  its  food,  according  to  whether  the  animal  is  at  rest  or  active,  or  on  the  prox- 
imity to  a  birth.  For  cow's  milk,  Wagner  (Haudbuch  der  Chan.  Technologie.,  1885), 
p.  953)  gives  the  following  limits  in  the  percentage  of  its  constituents:  Total 
solids,  6.8  to  17.1  (water,  92.2  to  82.9);  fat,  1.4  to  7.2;  nitrogenous  matter.  2.2  to 
6.2;  milk  sugar,  1  to  5.2;  salts,  0.1  to  1.7.  The  following  table  compiled  from 
data  given  by  J.  Kiinig  {Die  Menschl.  Xahrungs  und  'ienuss^mittti.  3tl  ed.,  1S93\  illus- 


trates  the  coiiip;initive  average  composition  of  a  great  number  of  sample!-  of  milk 
from  various  sources: 


Water 

Casein 

Albumin 

Total  nitrogenous  matter 

Kat 

Sugar  of  milk 

8alt8 


Woman. 

Cow. 

Coat. 

Sheep. 

AM. 

87.41 

87.17 

85.71 

80.82 

89.64 

1.03 

3.02 

3.20 

4.97 

0.67 

1.26 

0..53 

1.09 

1.56 

1..T.T 

L'.29 

3.55 

4.29 

6.52 

2.22 

S.-8 

3.69 

4.78 

6.86 

1.64 

4.88 

4.46 

4.91 

5.99 

0.31 

0.71 

0.76 

0.89 

0.51 

90.78 
1.24 
0.75 
1.!I9 


It  is  evident  from  thi."!  table  that  cow's  milk  and  woman's  milk  differs  in  some 
respects.  Woman's  milk  is  richer  in  milk  sugar,  but  poorer  in  salts.  Woman's 
milk  also  contains  more  albumin  and  less  casein  than  cow's  milk.  The  deficiency 
in  the  salt  contents  in  woman's  milk  is  probably  the  cause  why  its  oa.-^ein  is  pre- 
cipitated by  the  add  of  the  gastric  juice  in  the  unusual  form  of  fine  flakes  wliich 
are  more  readily  digestible  than  the  more  lumpy  casein  precipitate  of  cow's  milk 
(A.  Dogiel,  in  .J.  Konig,  lor.  cU.).  Even  richer  in  salts  than  cow's  milk  is  the  milk 
of  goats  and  sheep.  Much  fat  (butter)  and  nitrogenous  matter  characterize  that 
of  the  goat  and  sheep.  The  milk  of  the  mare  and  ass,  on  the  other  hand,  show 
a  marked  deficiency  in  butter  and  albuminoids,  and  a  relatively  larger  amount 
of  sugar  of  milk.     "They  approach  woman's  milk  in  composition. 

The  nitrogenous  portion  of  milk  is  chiefly  composed  of  rasein  a.nA  albumin. 
The  latter  is  eoagulable  by  heat  in  the  presenceof  acids.  Reside.s.  there  are  small 
quantities  of  pepton-like"  bodies  present,  probably  originating  in  the  decomposi- 
tion of  casein  or  albumin.  One  of  these  substances  is  called  Inrto-protein,  which 
is  not  precipitated  by  acids,  or  heat  or  rennet,  but  is  thrown  from  solution  by 
alcohol  or  tannic  acid.  Casein,  which  is  held  in  solution  probably  as  a  calcium 
compound  (W.  Eugling,  1885),  differs  from  albumin  in  not  being  eoagulable  by 
heat,  but  being  coagulated  by  the  action  of  inorganic  and  organic  acids,  and  by 
certain  ferments,  especially  a  peculiar  enzyme  (unorganized  ferment)  contained  in 
rennet,  a  membrane  obtained  from  the  fourth  stomach  of  the  calf.  The  separa- 
tion of  casein  al.so  takes  place  spontaneously  at  ordinary  temperatures  upon  stand- 
ing, the  process  being  greatly  favored  by  warmth, and  being  due  to  the  formation 
of  lactic  acid.  (For  Duclaux's  views  regarding  the  properties  of  the  protein  mat- 
ters of  milk,  see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1884,  p.  591.) 

The  fatty  matter  in  milk  is  the  butter,  which  is  a  rather  complex  body.  The 
tats  are  glycerides  of  butyric,  capronic,  caprinic,  stearic,  oleic,  palmitic,  and 
myristic  acids.  Rancid  butter  is  due  to  the  decomposition  of  the  glycerides  con- 
taining the  lower  fatty  acids,  and  the  liberation  of  the  free  fatty  acids,  especially 
butyric  acid,  in  fluid  form.  Besides  the  fats,  an  odorous  substance  in  small  quan- 
tity'and  liirlin  (sugar  of  milk),  salts,  casein,  and  water  are  ])resent  in  butter.  The 
salts  contained  in  milk  are  chiefly  phos]jhates  and  chlori<les  of  calcium,  magne- 
sium, pota.-sium,  and  sodium,  nil  being  inorganic  bodies  necessary  to  the  suste- 
nance of  life.  Th.  Henkel  ( 1888)  has  found  citric  acid  to  bo  a  normal  constituent 
(0.1  per  cent)  of  cow's  milk;  woman's  milk  does  not  contain  it. 


Preservation. — Boiled  milk  may  be  ])re.Kerved  in  open  air  longer  than  ra\ 
lilk.    To  preserve  milk  for  journeys  the  simplest  method  is  to  .«"terilize  it  b 


placing  the  fresh  milk  in  a  proper  container,  well  filled,  immersing  in  a  boiling 
water-bath  for  a  time,  closing  the  container  tightly,  ami  taking  pro|.er  measures 
to  prevent  the  access  of  air.  It  is  also  recommended  to  place  the  milk  in  a  well- 
annealed  glass  container,  to  add  .sodium  l)icarl>iinate  (about  5A  grains  to  the 
quart),  cork  the  bottle  tightly,  place  in  water-bath  at  90°  C.  (194°  F.).  for  4  hours, 
remove  the  container,  and  varnish  the  cork.  Boric  acid  (1  to  1000)  and  .salicylic 
acid  (1  to  5000)  will  prevent  for  a  time  the  formation  of  lactic  acid  in  milk. 
However,  preserved  milk,  even  if  kept  in  well-.sealed  bottles,  is  liable  to  decompo- 
^ition  and  to  become  intensely  bitter,  if  it  is  not  heated  to  a  sufliciently  high 
temperature  or  for  a  suflicient  length  <«f  tim.-  (C.  Naegeli).     This  ob.«ervation  is 


1108  LAC. 

confirmed  by  Meissl  (1882),  who  found  the  milk,  after  a  lapse  of  one  year,  to  have 
a  somewhat  bitterish  taste;  the  fat  being  somewhat  rancid  and  bleached,  the 
milk  sugar  (4  to  5  per  cent)  unaltered,  the  nitrogenous  matter  peptonized,  and 
small  quantities  of  leucin,  tyrosin,  and  ammonia  were  present,  but  no  organized 
ferment.  0.  Loew  {Bericlile,  1882;  also  see  Aiwr.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1883,  p.  102),  found 
that  milk  heated  to  120°  C.  (248°  F.)  will  keep  for  a  number  of  years,  while 
anotlier  specimen  that  was  kept  for  8  years  after  having  been  heated  to  101°  C. 
(213.8°  F.)  for  40  minutes,  was  intensely  bitter,  the  milk  sugar  being  decomposed 
into  lactose  and  dextrose,  and  casein  and  albumin  into  peptones,  etc. 

Condensed,  or  Concentrated  Mii.k  is  now  largely  used  in  place  of  preserved 
milk.  This,  as  usually  found  upon  the  market,  appears  as  a  pasty  mass,  of  j-el- 
lowish-white  color  and  somewhat  translucent.  When  diluted  with  about  5  parts 
of  water  (by  weight),  it  will  appear  like  ordinary  milk.  There  are  variou.s  brands, 
and  all  are  prepared  b}'  varying  methods  and  require  different  amounts  of  diluent. 
The  above-mentioned  dilution  applies  to  a  condensed  milk  prepared  essentially 
as  follows:  Milk  is  poured  to  a  depth  of  about  2  inches  into  a  flat-bottomed, 
shallow  boiler,  and  heated  by  means  of  a  water-bath.  Cane  sugar  is  added  in  the 
proportion  of  1  ounce  to  the  pint  of  milk.  Heat  is  continued  and  evaporation 
favored  by  constantly  stirring  the  mixture,  which  is  reduced  in  volume  four-fifths, 
when  it  is  poured  into  cans  and  these  are  hermetically  sealed.  The  cans  are  then 
arranged  in  a  boiler  and  subjected  to  a  steam  lieat  a  little  above  the  boiling  point 
of  water.  The  process  is  then  completed  (Lignac).  On  a  manufacturing  scale, 
milk  is  condensed  by  evaporation  in  vacuum  apparatus.  Sugar  is  added  to  the 
original  milk  as  a  preservative.  Evaporation  can  also  be  carried  to  dryness,  -pro- 
dueing  "milk  prnrder.''  (See  tabulated  results  of  21  analvses  of  condensed  milk 
in  Jour.  .4n„r.  Chein.  Sor..  1899,  p.  444.) 

Adulteration  and  Detection. — Watered  milk  maybe  known  by  its  relatively 
low  specific  gravity,  that  of  milk  being  1.030.  Skim-milk  has  a  higher  specific 
gravity.  To  detect  adulterations  it  is  first  necessary  to  carefully  evaporate  the  fluid 
to  dryness;  the  loss  will  represent  the  water,  the  residue  the  solids.  To  ascertain 
the  amount  of  fats,  extract  the  residue  with  benzin  or  ether:  incineration  of  the 
residue  now  remaining  will  indicate  the  amount  of  salts  in  ash,  while  the  nitroge- 
nous matter  and  sugar  are  represented  by  what  is  lost  in  incineration.  Another 
method  is  to  treat  with  alcohol  and  water  the  ether-insoluble  residue,  whereby 
the  salts  and  sugar  are  dissolved  and  the  casein  remains  as  residue.  S]>ecial 
instruments  have  been  devised  for  the  rapid  determination  of  the  amount  of 
cream,  butter,  and  the  density  and  degree  of  opacity  of  milk.  These  are  known 
as  lactometers  (creamometers),  and  lactoscopes.  The  following  process  for  the  deter- 
mination of  fat  in  milk  is  recommended  in  Phnrni.  Centralhalle  (1899,  Y>-27i)  as 
giving  exact  results:  In  a  glass  cylinder  40  Cm.  long,  provided  with  a  graduation 
between  15  and  20  Cc.  and  at  70  Cc,  place  10  Cc.  of  milk,  1  Cc.  of  20  per  cent 
ammonia  water,  and  10  Cc.  of  95  per  cent  alcohol.  Add  25  Cc.  of  ether,  shake  and 
add  25  Cc.  of  petroleum  ether,  shake  again.  Allow  the  ether — petroleum  ether 
solution  to  separate,  measure  its  volume,  evaporate  an  aliquot  part  of  it  to  dry- 
ness.   Dry  the  residual  fat  at  100°  Cc.  (212°  F.)  for  2  hours,  and  weigh. 

The  presence  of  siilin/lir  aci<l  in  milk  can  easily  be  recognized  by  abstracting 
milk  diluted  with  its  own  volume  of  water,  treating  with  a  few  drops  of  acetic 
acid,  and  filtering  with  ether,  evaporating  this  solvent,  and  observing  the  violet 
coloration  with  a  1  per  cent  solution  of  ferric  chloride  (see  Amrr.  Jour.  Pharm., 
1882,  p.  358).  (For  details  regarding  milk  analysis  see  J.  Konig  [/(><•.<■*<.];  also 
Prof  Sadtler's  Hondbook  of  Industi-inl  Organic  Chemistri/,18S5.  p.  264,  and  s|i€cial 
literature  there  indicated.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  use  of  milk  as  a  beverage  and 
food  arr  too  well-known  to  r(()uiri'  comment.  SuRice  to  say  that  in  arnle  difta^es, 
with  high  tiMupeiature  and  rajjid  liurning  of  the  tissues,  hot  milk.  salte<l  or  un- 
salted,  is  the  best  food  for  administration,  being  easily  digested  and  sustaining 
the  nutrition  of  the  body.  It  is  specially  of  value  in  most  irat^iiuj  condiiiong,  &nd, 
when  modified,  forms  tlie  he^^l  suhst  Utile  for  mothci'.->  milk.  Occasionally,  some  in- 
dividuals can  not  partake  of  milk,  claiming  that  it  renders  them  l>il"ious.  This 
effect  is  undoubtedly  more  largely  due  to  a  faulty  condition  of  the  digestive  tract, 
rendering  the  digestion  of  cream"  dillicult.     In  .«uch  cases  skimmed  milk  has  the 


i.At.  1109 

advantage  over  whole  milk.  Milk  is  treijuently  of  great  advantage  in  dif/entive 
derangniuiits,  particularly  in  chronic  aflections,  reVn-viug  gastro-ititexliual  irriUUion, 
un»mne.«>,  uivrM,  and  iimomiiin.  Sour  or  coagulated  milk  is  an  excellent  agent  to 
meet  the  indications  alluded  to  under  Aridum  hirtirum. 

The  so-called  "milk  cure"  has  given  excellent  results  in  many  disorders, 
chiefly  of  a  chronic  character.  In  certain  European  centers  milk  cures  have  been 
establishetl,  and,  while  to  the  fresh  milk  must  be  attributed  great  good,  there  is 
no  doubt  but  that  hygienic  attention,  climate,  and  sanitary  surroundings  con- 
tribute much  toward  a  cure.  The  plan  is  usually  to  place  the  patient  upon  an 
exclusive  milk  diet  for  at  least  3  weeks,  from  1  to  2  quarts  of  milk  being  con- 
sumed in  a  day.  This  treatment  requires  great  fortitude  on  part  of  the  patient. 
Upon  taking  this  treatment,  but  a  short  time  elapses  before  a  repugnance  for  milk 
conies  upon  the  patient,  the  appetite  fails,  there  is  a  distressing  sense  of  goneness 
and  emptiness  in  the  stomach,  the  tongue  becomes  pasty  and  furred  and  tastes 
badly,  and  constipation  and  great  weakness  ensue.  The  body  steadily  loses  weight 
until  a  certain  point  is  reached,  and  there  it  is  maintained.  Constipation,  with 
dry,  scybalous,  practically  inodorous,  and  yellowish  stools  is  the  rule. 

The  urinary  flow  is  increased,  and  the  quantity  of  urea  greatly  lessened. 
After  the  third  week  it  is  customary  to  allow  a  little  liread,  and  then  meat,  and 
so  on,  for  a  continued  period,  the  chief  part  of  the  diet,  however,  still  consisting 
of  milk.  Sometimes  it  is  necessary  to  skim  the  milk  or  to  boil  it,  or  to  add  to  it 
lime-water  or  some  of  the  carbonated  alkalies,  but  where  possible  the  pure  milk 
alone  is  to  be  preferred.  Coffee,  mineral  waters,  and  laxatives  are  sometimes  re- 
quired to  overcome  the  constipation.  The  "  milk  cure"'  has  been  signally  eflective 
in  certain  obstinate  slomark  ami  bmrel  affections,  as  chronic  dysjiepsia,  gastric  ulcers, 
gastric  catarrh,  gastratgia,  chronic  diarrhiea,  chronic  dj/senten/,  persistent  enteralgia,  in- 
testinal indigestion,  ascites,  diabetes,  and  desquamatice  nephritis,  with  albuminuria. 
Gout  and  eczema  are  also  said  to  have  been  cured  by  an  exclusively  milk  diet. 
Milk  is  one  of  the  most  soothing  of  substances  for  gastric  cancer,  and  sustains  the 
strength  of  the  patient. 

Co.NDKXSED  Milk  is  stated  by  Dr.  Richard  Neale  to  be  of  great  medicinal  value 
to  infants  at  times,  but  it  should  not  be  given  to  them  as  food,  as  it  does  not  suf- 
ficiently support  vitality  {see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1S!^S.  i>.  i72).  Similar  experi- 
ence is"  recorded  by  Dr.  Edmund  Owen  (Amer.  Jour.  Phurm., 1R84,  p.  278).  It  is 
evident  that  if  too  much  sugar  has  been  added  considerable  dilution  with  water 
is  necessary,  which  renders  the  milk  too  weak  in  nutritive  constituents. 

BvTTERMiLK  IS  signally  eflective  in  many  cases  oi  stomach  and  bowel  disorders; 
and  in  diabetc--<  and  albuminuria.     (For  indications,  see  Acidum  Lacticum.) 

Sweet  Whey  forms  an  excellent  diet  drink  in  acute  diseases,feve)-s, and  inf ani- 
mations.   The  pale  tongue  indicates  it. 

Sour  Whey  should  be  given  when  the  tongue  is  red. 

KofMYS  is  useful  in  many  constitutional  and  exhausting  diseases,  as  cAronic 
bronchitis,  ^(/iMwm  pulmonalis,  scrofula,  low  fevers,  chronic  diarrhwa  and  dysenten/,  dys- 
pepsia, neurasthenia,  ga.-itric  cancer  and  gastric  rdcer,  summer  bowel  disorders  of  children, 
and  in  many  adynamic  states  requiring  food  and  an  alcoholic  stimulant.  It  should 
be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that  on  account  of  the  amount  of  alcohol  present,  an 
intemperate  habit  may  be  formed  or  fostered  by  the  continued  u.-^e  of  kouniys. 
Under  favorable  conditions,  as  under  the  koumys  treatment  in  the  steppes  of  Rus- 
sia and  in  Asia,  consumptives  are  reported  to  have  been  cured  l>y  this  iieverage. 

Kefir  is  very  similar  in  its  effects  to  koumys,  though  le.-^s  stimulating,  and 
may  be  u.sed  in  tfie  aflections  for  which  the  latter  is  useful.  The  amount  of  these 
two  beverages  to  be  consumed  will  be  regulated  according  to  the  effect  desired  or 
produced. 

Milk  is  one  of  the  substonces  usually  administered  in  poisoning  by  the  corrosive 
poisons,  particularly  those  with  which  it  may  combine  chemically,  as  with  mer- 
curic chloride;  even  when  not  antidotal  it  forms  a  .Miothing  agent  in  the  after 
treatment.  A  bread  and  sweet  milk  poultice  is  in  frequent  use  to  hasten  suppu- 
ration in  boils,  (d>scesses,  etc.,  and  milk  has  i)een  employed  as  a  lenitive  in  .-icveral 
skin  disea.«es,  particularly  in  cases  t,t' siml/urn,  and  as  an  application  in  ojJiihalmui 
and  otorrhwi.  The  practice  of  milking  mother's  milk  into  the  eyes  of  the  new- 
born is  to  be  condemned. 


1110  LACCA. 

Milk  Preparations. —  Koi-.mvs  (i-umii«),  a  ferment<>d  beverage  and  medicine, 
:ind  useil  \>y  ccitaiu  nomadic  tribes  of  Russia  and  the  inhabitants  of  Tartarj-,  is  produced  by 
fermenting' fre.sh  mare's  milk  with  yeast.  When  about  12  hours  old  it  is  known  as  siaumt/fil 
or  ssaumal.  Upon  standing  a  few  days  it  becomes  much  more  energetic,  acquires  a  stronger 
acid  taste,  and  becomes  well  charged  with  carbonic  acid  gas,  whicli  renders  it  sparkling.  Even 
when  well  secured  in  bottles,  and  at  a  low  temperature,  fermentation  having  once  begun  will 
continue,  with  an  increase  of  lactic  acid,  carbon  dioxide,  and  alcohol.  The  Tartars  are  said  to 
jirepare  koumys  also  by  adding;  ^  part  of  koumys  to  fresh  milk,  stirring  frequently, and,  at  the 
end  of  3  or  4  hours,  n-movinji  the  mixture  from  the  tall  vessels  employed  and  putting  it  into 
champagne  l)Ottles,  placing  them  into  a  cool  place  for  a  period  of  about  a  week.  The  product 
acquiies  thereby  a  peculiar,  .sweet,  acidulous  taste.  Cow's  milk  is  free  from  the  unpleasant 
odor  and  taste  of  mare's  milk,  and  is,  therefore,  to  be  preferred  in  preparing  koumys.  Dr.  I,. 
Wolll'  recoimiiends  as  follows:  Take  J  ounce  of  grape  sugar,  dissolve  it  in  4  ounces  of  water 
in  a  quart  champagne  bottle,  and  add  to  the  mixture  a  solution  of  20  grains  of  compresseil 
yeast  (Fleischmann's),  or  well-washed  and  pressed  brewer's  yea.st;  finally,  to  the  whole  adil 
good  cow's  milk  sufficient  to  almcst  fill  the  bottle.  Place  the  cork  and  wire  it.  Put  the  bottle 
in  a  cool  place  at  10°  C.  (50°  F.),  or  lower,  shake  3  times  a  day,  and  allow  fermentation  to  pro- 
ceed about  .S  or  4  days.  It  is  then  ready  for  use,  and  will  keep  4  or  5  days.  The  kumyss  of 
the  N'lt'iniirtl  Furmulary  is  prepared  as  follows  : 

Lai  Frkmentatum  (N.  F.),  Fei-nieiiUd  milk;  Kumyss. — "  Cow's  milk,  fresh,  32  fluid  ounces; 
yeast,  scmiliquid,  60  minims;  sugar,  1  troy  ounce.  Dissolve  the  sugar  in  the  milk  contained 
in  a  strong  bottle,  add  the  veast,  cork  the  bottle  securely,  and  keep  it  at  a  temperature  between 
25°  and  32°  C.  (75°  to  90°  F'. )  for  6  hours,  then  transfer  to  a  cold  place  "— ( Nul.  Form.,  1  st  ed. ), 

Kefir,  or  Kephir. — A  milk-wine,  prepared  by  certain  tribes  of  the  Caucasus  from  goat's 
and  sheep's  milk  by  fermentation,  in  a  leather  bag,  with  yeast  and  a  peculiar  bacterium  or 
fungus.  A  goat-skin  bag  is  filled  with  milk,  and  to  it  is  added  "kejjr  seed,"  a  tenacious,  dark- 
brown,  dry,  earthy  mass,  the  origin  of  which  is  kept  secret,  and  which  contains,  according  to 
Kern,  the  liaoterium  Dispora  cauca.tica,  Kern,  with  some  Saccharomyces  cererigia;  or  yeast  fun- 
gus. The  properties  of  this  "seed"  are  retained  for  a  long  period  after  drying.  It  is"  an  article 
of  commerce,  and  is  used  in  the  preparation  of  kefir  from  cow's  milk,  which  is  preferably  ster- 
ilized by  heat  before  the  adding  of  the  kefir  seeds  (B.  Xiederstadt,  1890i.  Fermentation  en- 
sues in  a  few  hours  after  adding  the  ferment.  The  changes  which  take  place  are  chiefly  in  the 
casein.  Prepared  from  cow's  milk,  it  is  less  acid  and  not  so  alcoholic  as  koumys,  but  c-ontains 
more  albumin,  and,  by  some,  is  preferred  to  the  koumys  preparation,  i  For  directions  to  pre- 
pare kefir  without  the  '"  kefir  seeds,"  see  Dr.  Kogelmann,  Anier.  Jour.  Platnn.,  1886,  pp.  295  and 
388.)  The  comparative  percentage  composition  of  gow's  milk,  koumiss  and  kefir,  is  stat«d  as 
follows  I  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1887,  p.  515) : 


Cows  Milk. 

Koumiss. 

Kefir. 

4.8 
3.8 
4.1 

1.12 
2.05 
2.20 

i;65 
91.83 

Butter           ...                           

20 

20 

Lactic  acid 

Alcohol       .             ..                       

08 

87.3 

Seri-.m  L.\ctis  Dulce,  ir/iei/.— With  200  parts  of  fresh  cow's  milk  mix  1  part  of  rennet- 
wine  ;  warm  to  35°  to  40°  C.  (95°  to  104°  F.),  when  coagulation  takes  place,  and  the  whey  may 
be  strained  from  the  curd. 

Sebum  Jj\cTts,  or  Serum  laclU  acidum,  Acid  whey. — Heat  100  parts  of  fresh,  or  skim  milk, 
to  boiling,  and  add  1  part  of  vinegar,  or  0.1  part  of  citric  acid,  in  1  part  of  water.  When  coajru- 
lation  is  complete  strain,  mix  the  strained  fluid  with  the  white  of  1  egg,  heat  to  the  boiling 
point,  and  filter. 

Seki'm  L.^otis  T.\>i.\Ri.N'DiN'ATi'M,  Tamarind  whey. — .K  brownish  whey,  obtaineil  by  heat- 
inu;  together  4  parts  of  tamarinds  and  100  parts  of  milk,  and  straining. 

Seki  M  .\i.i  MiNATiM,  Alum  irliei/. — Obtained  bv  heating  to  l«>iliiig  1  part  of  powdere<l 
ahun  and  100  parts  of  milk.     Strain." 

LACCA.— LAC. 


A  resinous  exudate  produced  tlirough  the  puncture  of  several  trees  by  the 
lieiuiiiterous  insect.  Coccus  laccn,  Kerr. 

Source. — Lacca  is  collected  from  the  branches  of  several  trees,  most  of  them 
lac-bearing,  found  chiefly  in  the  East  Indies.  Several  American  ulants  are  also 
said  to  yield  the  product,  these  being  the  hirrca  mexiciuin,  Moricanu  (L<irrc<i  qluti- 
iio.v'i,  Engelmann),  the  Stinkweed  or  Crenxnte-bu^h ,  and  the  Acucia  (frrt/;/".  Gray,  Dot h 
growing  in  Arizona,  west  Texas,  Mexico,  and  southern  California.  The  East  India 
trees  yielding  it  are  said  to  be  the  following:   Aleiirites  /rtrci/irm.Willdenow  (Croton 


larriferum,  Liniie  [Euphorbiacea'] ;  Finis  itnlira,  Roxljurgh  ;  Ficus  religiosa,  Linue; 
Ficus  lieiKjalen.-'is,  Linne;  Ficvs  TsjeUi,  HamWUm  [Urticacea-];  Butea  fiondosa,  Rox- 
burgh fLeguminopaJ;  Schkichern  /)•(/«(/((,  Willdenow  [Sapindaceaj]  ;  and  Zizyjthus 
jujithx  [Rhaiiinacea'] ). 

Large  numbers  ol'tlie  insects  l^Corru^  laeea)  congregate  upon  the  smaller  and 
tender  branches  of  these  trees.  The  female  insect  punctures  tlie  limb  and  becomes 
surrounded  l)y  the  exuding  resinous  matter.  The  imbedded  insects  swell  uji  and 
form  a  cell  containing  a  red-coloring  matter  (yielding  /(ir-(/i/<),  which  gives  to  tiie  lac 
containing  it  a  superior  value.  The  young  iarva>  are  develoi)ed  in  tlie  exudation, 
which  gradually  becomes  hard,  and,  \)oring  their  way  out,  make  their  escape. 

History  and  Description. — The  principal  grades  of  lacca  are  ^^VA-Air,  f/rnw- 
lac  {g('fd-hir),  sliell-lw  (s/iellac),  and  lump-lar  ((jrapc-lnc).  The  thickly  beset  "resin- 
nodules  enclosing  the  twigs  constitute  slirk-hir.  This  contains  about  10  per  cent 
of  red  coloring  matter.  When  these  nodules  are  detached  from  the  branchlets, 
and  for  the  most  part  deprived  of  their  coloring  matter  by  a  washing  process, 
they  form  the  seal  or  grain-lac.  The  individual  tears  of  the  first  variety  are  red- 
dishbrown  and  contain  in  their  central  portion  a  deep,  blackish-red  substance. 
The  taste  is  subastringent  and  slightly  bitterish.  When  the  young  insect  has 
made  its  escape  the  exudation  is  brown.  The  second  variety  consists  of  more  or 
less  shiny,  small  fragments,  of  a  yellowish  or  reddish  color,  and  are  almost  taste- 
less. Slit'l>-I(ir  is  the  product  of  the  preceding  varieties  after  they  have  been  boiled 
in  water  and  partially  deprived  of  coloring  matter,  fused,  and  congealetl  upon  a 
polished  surface.  Or,  the  crude  seed-lac  is  put  into  a  narrow,  sausage-like  cloth 
bag,  heated  over  a  charcoal  fire,  and  the  cloth  slightly  twisted  until  the  melted 
lac  apj>ears  on  the  outside ;  the  bag  is  then  removed  from  the  fire,  and  the  lac 
scraped  off  by  means  of  an  aloe  leaf.  The  scrapings  at  once  harden,  and  consti- 
tute what  is  known  as  shellac  (.see  interesting  article  on  shellac,  by  Jos.  Bosisto, 
in  Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1886,  p.  307).  Lump-lac  is  the  same  as  stick-lac,  yet  de- 
prived of  the  woody  portion  and  melted  together.  8eed-lac,  in  agglutinated  mas- 
ses, is  sometimes  known  as  (/rf(^e-/«f.  If  stick-lac  be  chewed,  it  becomes  soft,  and 
a  beautiful,  purple-red  hue  is  imparted  to  the  saliva.  Red  stick-lac  boiled  in 
water,  imparts  to  it  its  coloring  matter.  This,  when  precipitated  by  alum,  and 
pressed  into  cakes,  constitutes  what  is  known  as  lac-dye — a  purple  coloring  body. 
IJme-water  likewise  precipitates  the  coloring  matter.  Caustic  soda  and  potash, 
sodium  biborate,  acetic  and  hydrochloric  acids  dissolve  shellac,  also  hot  alcohol, 
while  cold  alcohol  dissolves  about  90  per  cent,  leaving  a  wax-like  body  undis- 
solved. With  aqua  ammonife,  if  digested  in  a  closed  container,  it  forms  a  gelati- 
nous magma.  Acids  reprecipitate  shellac  from  its  solution  in  alkali.  Blenched 
shellac  is  obtained  by  acting  with  chlorine  gas  upon  shellac  in  alkaline  solution. 
This  yields  a  product  insoluble  in  alcohol.  Alcohol-soluble  bleached  shellac  is 
obtained  by  digesting  an  alcoholic  solution  of  it  with  animal  charcoal. 

Chemical  Composition.— Unverdorben  found  lac  to  be  a  complex  material 
consisting  of  at  least  five  resins  (separable  by  their  behavior  toward  ether,  alcohol, 
or  alkalie.- 1,  fat,  wax,  and  coloring  matter.  According  to  Hatchet,  shellac  contains 
about  [»0  |ier  cent  resin  and  4  per  cent  wax,  while  scarcely  seven-tenths  of  resin  and 
10  per  cent  of  coloring  matter,  also  wax,  etc.,  is  contained  in  stick-lac  (see  Hager, 
Hnndhuch  der  Phnrm.  Praxis,  1886,  Vol.  II,  p.  330).  Shellac  contains  but  little  if 
any  coloring  matter.  The  coloring  body  has  been  more  recently  examined  by 
R.  E.  Schmidt  ( 1887),  who  gives  it  the  formula  C|jH,jOs,  and  names  it  Inccnic  acid. 
It  closely  resembles  the  coloring  matter  of  cochineal,  canninic  acid,  although  they 
are  not  identical.  It  forms  brown-red,  crystalline  crusts,  is  slowly  soluble  in  alco- 
hol, e:isiiy  snlul.lc  in  amyl  alcohol,  acetone,  and  glacial  acetic  acid;  also  somewhat 
solubl.'  ill  xv^itir,  ami  insDJuKl.-  in  ether.    It  forms  colored  solutions  with  alkalies. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Lacca  is  slightly  astringent,  besides  po.ssessinj? 
some  f)f  tiie  properties  common  to  the  resins,  on  which  account  it  was  formerly 
used  as  a  dressing  for  vounds  and  ulcers.  It  is  not  now  used  medicinally.  Sur- 
gical si)lints  are  sometimes  prepared  from  it  (see  below). 

Shell-kic  Splints.— Take  of  finely  pulverizeil  shell-lac,  1  poun«l;  alcohol  (90  per  cent), 
1  quart ;  mix,  ainTixpose  it  to  a  moderate  heat  in  a  loosely-stopped  bottU-,  for  48  hours,  when 
till-  »hill-la.-  will  Ik-  dissolveii.  With  this  Bolution  witnrate  woolen  cloth,  and  allow  it  to  dry. 
Ti>  apply  and  fit  tlir  cloth  to  any  part,  cut  it  into  tin-  proper  shape,  and  then  liold  it  near  a 


1112  LA(JH.NANTHK.S— LACMl'S. 

fire  or  hot  stove,  or  dip  it  into  boiling  water,  when  it  will  become  soft  and  pliable.  As  soon 
as  it  has  cooled  so  as  not  to  burn  the  patient,  apply  it  to  the  part,  and  by  holding  it  for  a  few 
minutes,  or  by  the  application  of  the  bandage  while  it  is  yet  pliable,  it  will  assume  any  form 
desired,  and  on  cooling,  it  becomes  hard  and  retains  its  form  exactly.  If  it  is  desirable  to 
strengthen  the  sjdint,  take  two  pieces  of  the  saturated  cloth,  spread  one  side  of  each  with  a 
thick  coat  of  the  solution,  by  means  of  a  common  paint  brush,  allow  the  alcohol  to  evaporate, 
and  then.  placinK  these  two  coated  sides  together,  press  them  with  a  hot  flat-iron  until  they 
have  bei'oini'  perfectly  cemented.  This  operation  may  be  repeated  several  times,  if  it  is  nec- 
essary tn  iiicri  ;)sc  the'  strength  of  the  cloth  or  splint. 

Related  Products.— Xanthorrh<k.\  Re.siss,  Gum  acaroides,  Gum  acroides,  Grasg-tree  ffum. 
Dififereut  species  ui  Xanthorrhoea  in  Australia  have  j'ielded  resinous  balsams,  the  chief  of 
which  are  the  yellow  balsam  from  Xanthorrhcea  ha$tUis,  and  the  red,  from  X.  australU.  Thev 
contain  cinnamic  and  benzoic  acids,  and  when  heated  evolve  a  tolu-like  oflor.  Heated  with 
nitric  acid  they  are  converted  info  picric  acid.  Medicinally  they  resemble  tolu  and  gtoraz, 
and  have  been  used  in  the  treatment  of  diarrhua.  The  supply  is  inexhaustible,  and  the  resin 
has  been  used  like  shellac  for  varnishing  cabinet  work,  but  is  much  inferior  to  that  product. 

SoiNOR.4^  Gu.M.— An  acidulous  gum-resin,  said  to  be  the  exudate  of  the  branches  of  Larrea 
mexicana,  Moricand.  It  is  employed  by  brewers,  and  is  said  to  be  identical  with  Arizona 
shellac. 

LACHNANTHES.— LACHNANTHES. 

The  whole  plant  Lachnanthes  (inctorui,  Elliott. 

Nat.  Ord. — Haemodorace£e. 

Common   Names:   Red  root,  Spirit  weed. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  perennial  plant,  introduced  into  practice  by 
the  Homoeopaths.  It  has  a  red  fibrous  root,  and  an  erect  stem,  strict.  18  to  24 
inches  liigh,  clothed  with  white  wool  above.  The  leaves  are  mostly  radical, 
fleshy,  equitant,  sword-shaped,  3  to  4  inches  wide,  and  nearly  as  high  as  the  stem; 
the  cauline  leaves  remote  and  bract-like.  The  corymb  is  terminal,  close,  15  to 
30-flowered  ;  the  flowers  densely  clothed  with  white  wool  outside,  glabrous  and 
yellow  within.  Perianth  woolly  outside,  6-parted  down  to  the  adherent  ovary. 
Calyx  lobes  exterior,  of  3  linear  sepals,  as  long  as  the  3  lance-oblong  petals.  Sta- 
mens 3,  opposite  the  sepals;  filaments  long,  exserted;  anthers  linear,  bright-yel- 
low. Style  thread-like,  exserted.  declined;  stigma  minutely  2-lobed.  Capsule 
globular,  truncated,  3-celled,  many-seeded ;  seeds  few  on  each  fleshy  placenta,  flat 
and  rounded,  fixed  by  the  middle  (W.— G.). 

History. — This  plant  is  a  native  of  the  United  States,  growing  in  .«andy 
swamps  and  along  borders  of  ponds,  near  the  Atlantic  coast,  from  Rhode  Island 
to  Florida,  flowering  in  July.  The  root  has  been  used  for  dyeing  jiurposes,  and, 
according  to  Dr.  Byron,  has  been  used  among  the  Florida  Indians  to  produce  a 
brilliancy  of  the  eye,  a  flushed  and  swollen  face,  a  bold  appearance,  and  eloquent 
speaking;  after  these  peculiar  stimulating  efiects  pass  off",  the  person  becomes 
stupid  and  very  irritable.  The  method  of  employing  it  is  to  make  the  whole 
plant  into  a  saturated  tincture. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Large  doses  of  lachnanthes  produce 
dilatation  of  the  pupils,  impaired  vision,  dizzine.«s,  and  other  unplea.*ant  symp- 
toms, somewhat  similar  to  those  produced  by  belladonna.  Lachnanthes  has  been 
more  particularly  recommended  in  imeumonin,  nerfous  and  ti/phus  fcrers.  some  rfis- 
ecuies  of  the  bruin,  in  the  delirium  offerer,  in  morbid  conditions  of  the.  braiu  and  nervou-i 
■Hy.'item,  especially  when  in  these  .several  maladies  redness  of  the  cheeks  and  bril- 
liancy of  the  eyes  are  accompanying  symptoms.  It  has  also  been  efficient  in 
rheumatic  %vry  neck,  hoar.<<enei<$,  larj/}>(^eal  cough,  tinnitus  aurium,  and  in  nervous  heid- 
ache.  A  fluid  drachm  of  the  tincture  added  to  4  fluid  ounces  of  water,  and  admin- 
istered in  fluid  drachm  doses,  every  3  or  4  hours,  is  the  proper  method  of  ad- 
ministering it. 

LACMUS.— LITMUS. 

A  peculiar  blue  coloring  matter  obtained  from  Rocctlla  tinctoria,  Acharius, 
and  other  lichens. 

Nat.  0»-rf.— Lichen  es. 

Common  Names  a.nd  Svno.nyms:  Litmus,  TuriusoU;  Tournesol,  Ltjcca  cimUeti, 
Lacca  musica. 


LAons.  1113 

Botanical  Source. — Roccella  tinrtoria^or  Orcfiilla  weed,  is  a  small,  dry  liclieii, 
with  a  rounded,  glaucous,  nearly  erect  thallus,  forked  and  subdivided  into  numer- 
ous branchy,  roundish,  gray,  yellowish,  or  brownish  threads;  the  apothecia  are 
scattered,  red  and  elevated;  the  disks  are  Hat,  csesius,  pruinose,  and  as  broad  as 
the  border. 

History,  Preparation,  and  Description.— Koccella  tinctoria  is  found  on  the 
Miaritinif  rocks  of  tlic  eastern  .\ll;ii\tic  Islands,  as  the  Azores,  Canaries,  etc. ;  the 
western  coast  of  Suutli  America,  south  of  England,  Portland  Islands,  Seilly 
Islands,  and  various  otlier  countries.  Litmus  was  formerly  obtained  from  this 
])lant  alone,  but  other  lichens  have  now  in  a  great  measure  supplanted  it,  as  the 
Eoirelln  fuciformif,  or  Amiola  ured,  from  Angola  and  Madagascar;  the  I^canora  tar- 
tnmt,  or  Tartarean  mons,  from  Norway  and  Sweden  ;  the  Variolaria  dealbata,  from 
Auvergne  and  the  Pyrenees,  and  some  others. 

Lacmis,  or /w7hi'(.<,  was  formerly  jjrepared  only  in  Holland,  but  at  present  is 
manufactured  from  various  lichens  in  Italy,  France  and  Britain.  It  is  made  "by 
niacerating  jtowdered  lichen  for  several  weeks,  with  occasional  agitation,  in  a 
mixture  of  urine,  lime,  and  potashes,  in  a  wooden  trough  under  shelter.  A  kiiul 
of  fermentation  takes  place,  and  the  lichen  becomes  first  reddish,  and  subse- 
quently blue.  Wiien  the  pulp  has  acquired  a  proper  blue  color,  it  is  placed  in 
brass  or  steel  molds,  and  the  cakes  thus  obtained  are  subsequently  dried.  An 
addition  of  aqueous  ammonia  answers  the  same  purpose  as  that  of  urine  in  the 
above  mixture.  "Litmus  is  imported  in  the  form  of  small,  rectangular,  light 
and  friable  cakes  of  an  indigo-blue  color.  Examined  by  the  microscope,  we  find 
sporules  and  portions  of  the  epidermis,  and  mesothallus  of  some  species  of  lichen, 
moss,  leaves,  sand,  etc.  Its  odor  is  that  of  indigo  and  violets"  (P.).  Litmus  is 
usually  mixed  with  chalk  or  gypsum  in  order  to  form  it  into  cakes. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  chromogenic  bodies  in  the  lichens  mentioned 
are  crystailiziiiile  i)henols  and  phenol  acids.  To  the  latter  class  belong  lernnnric 
acid,  discovered  in  1842  by  .Schunck,  with  which  bela-nrsellinir  arid  of  Stenhouse 
(1848)  is  identical;  crythrinir  and  rnrcellic  arids  (Heeren,  1830),  !(^"?((>  arid.evernic 
acid,  etc.  (  For  details  regarding  the.se  acids,  see  Husemann  and  Hilger,  Pftatizeti- 
stoffcVo].  I,  p.  303.)  They  are  in  themselves  colorless, but  become  converted  into 
coloring  matters  by  the  joint  action  of  water,  air,  and  ammonia. 

Lecarwrir  and  (C,jH„0.,  Gerhardt  and  Hesse),  crystallizes  in  white  stellate 
needles  soluble  in  2500  parts  of  boiling  water  with  acid  reaction,  more  .soluble  in 
liot  acetic  acid,  ako  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  Its  melting  point  is  153°  C. 
(307.7°  F. ),  and  it  forms  crystallizable  salts  with  acids.  Heated  with  water,  alcohol 
or  aqueous  alkalies, /^raHoriV  arid  adds  one  molecule  of  water  and  is  converted  into 
crystallizable  orselli)iic  arid  (C\H,0,).  This  when  continuously  boiled  with  water, 
loses  carbonic  acid  and  forms  nrrin  or  dihi/droxy-toluene  (C-HjO,  or  C^H  ,.CH,.rOH]j), 
which  is  also  obtained  by  dry  distillation  of  lecanoric  acid.  Orcin  is  the  cliromo- 
gene  body  jiroper  of  this  group.  It  forms  colorless  needles  of  sweetish,  nausea- 
ting taste,  is  easily  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether;  ferric  chloride  produces 
with  it  a  violet  coloration.  Exposed  to  light  and  air  it  turns  reddish.  In  alka- 
line solution  it  changes  to  red  or  brown  upon  exposure  to  the  air.  In  contact 
with  moist  air  containing  ammonia,  it  is  converted  into  orcein  (C,H,XO;,),  a 
brown  substance  soluble  in  aqueous  alkalies  with  purple-red  color,  being  precipi- 
tated from  this  .solution  by  acids.  Orcein  is  the  coloring  princijjle  of  orsei lie  or 
archil  (see  below). 

Urrin,  when  exposed  to  moist  and  ammoniated  air  in  the  presence  of  alkali 
carl)onates,  is  converted  into  azolitmin,  the  blue  coloring  matter  of  litmus.  The 
coloring  bodies  in  litmus,  according  to  Dr.  Kane  (C/fem.  CeH<n(//(/«/^  1841.  p.  567; 
also  see  Pereira,  Mai.  iV«/.,  edition  by  J.  Carson,  1846),  are:  (1)  A  jnirplish-red 
semifluid  material,  P/7/</iro/f/)i.  It  is  soluble  in  ether  and  alcohol,  and  yields  with 
ammonia  a  rich  purple  solution;  (2)  a  crystalline  body  of  a  light  red  color, 
crythrolitmin,  nitrogen  free,  soluble  in  alcohol",  but  sparingly  so  in  etiier  and  water, 
and  striking  blue  with  ammonia;  (3)  a  brownish-red,  noncry.«talline  body,  the 
chief  coloring  i)rinciple  of  litmus,  named  azolitmin  cC".H,NO,);  it  turns  blue  with 
alkalies,  is  in.soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  ami  siiaringlv  soluble  in  cold  water; 
(4)  a  small  amount  of  a  bright-red  UAy,  spa,,  ioi  it  mi  n.  which  is  colored  blue  by 
alkalies;  water  di.ssolves  it  sparingly;  insoluble  in  alcohol  and  ether. 


1114  LACTUCA. 

Action  and  Uses.— 0?-«n  resembles  resorcin  in  its  effects  upon  skin  diseases. 
It  is  said  to  be  a  decided  antiseptic,  and  to  cause  death  in  toxic  doses  by  para- 
lyzing the  heart-muscle. 

Litmus  is  employed  in  urinary,  chemical,  and  pharmaceutical  analysis,  and 
is  a  familiar  test  for  free  acids  and  alkalies.  The  acids  impart  a  red  color  to  blue 
litmus;  the  alkalies  restore  the  original  blue  color  to  the  reddened  litmus.  Car- 
bonate of  calcium  dissolved  in  water  by  a  considerable  excess  of  carbonic  acid, 
will  also  restore  the  blue  color  of  reddened  litmus.  It  is  used  either  in  infusion, 
or  in  the  form  of  litmus  paper.  The  infusion,  sometimes  erroneously  called  tinc- 
ture of  litmus,  in  made  by  adding  1  part  of  litmus  to  25  parts  of  distilled  water, 
to  which,  for  the  purpose  of  preserving  it  about  jV  P^f"^  "f  spirit  or  alcohol  may 
be  added. 

Litmus  Paper. — Blue  Litmus  Paper  (Chartu  Exploratoria  Ccerulea)  is  pre- 
pared by  dipping  strips  of  paper  in  a  clear  and  strong  infusion  of  litmus,  or  by 
brushing  the  infusion  over  the  paper.  White  unsized  paper  is  the  best  for  this 
purpose;  and  the  infusion  may  be  made  by  adding  1  part  of  litmus  to  6  parts 
of  boiling  water.  Good  litmus  paper  should  be  of  uniform  color,  neither  too  light 
nor  too  dark,  and  when  carefull_y  dried,  should  be  kept  in  well-stopped  vessels  in 
a  dark  place;  when  it  has  a  purplish  tint,  it  is  a  more  delicate  test  for  acids  than 
when  pure  blue.  An  extremely  delicate  test-paper  may  be  made  by  almost  neu- 
tralizing the  alkali  contained  in  the  litmus;  thus:  Divide  the  filtered  infusion 
of  litmus  into  two  parts;  stir  one  portion  with  a  glass  rod  which  has  been  pre- 
viously dipped  into  very  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  repeat  this  until  the  liquid 
begins  to  look  reddish;  then  add  the  other  portion  of  liquid,  and  immerse  the 
paper  in  it  (P.). 

Red  Lit.^ius  Paper  (Charta  Exploratoria  Rubefacta)  is  best  prepared  by  dip- 
ping the  blue  paper  in  a  very  dilute  acetic  or  hydrochloric  acid,  merely  acid 
enough  to  redden  it. 

Related  Products. — The  following  pigments  are  produced  from  the  same  plant  which 
yields  lacinus.  They  are  similarly  prepared,  excepting  that  alkalies,  caustic  soda,  or  potash, 
are  not  added  to  the  ammoniacal  mixture  (see  Chemual  Composition  above). 

Orchil,  or  Archil,  is  used  for  dyeing,  coloring,  and  staining.  There  are  two  kinds,  called 
blue  oirh  il  and  red  orchil,  wliich  di  ffer  merely  in  the  degree  of  their  red  tint.  They  are  deep-red- 
dish purple  liquids,  or  pasty  masses,  with  an  ammoniacal  odor.  Orchil  is  prepareil  by  steep- 
ing the  lichens  in  an  ammoniacal  liquor,  in  a  covered  wooden  vessel. 

Cudbear,  or  Persio,  is  obtained  by  the  same  process  as  orchil,  and  when  the  proper  pur- 
plish-red color  lias  been  developed,  the  mixture  is  dried  in  the  air  and  reduced  to  fine  powder. 
It  is  used  as  a  dye,  and  sometimes  as  a  test  for  acids  and  alkalies.  (An  interesting  article  on 
the  manufacture  and  chemistry  of  orchil,  cudbear,  and  litmus,  by  Dr.  Crace-Calvert.  is  to  be 
found  in  Pharni.  Jour.  7'ram.,Vol.  II,  1871,  pp.  514  aud  535.  i 

LACTUCA.— LETTUCE. 

The  flowering  herb  of  Lnctuea  virosa,  Linne,  and  other  species  of  Lactuca. 

Nat.  Orel. — Compositas. 

Common  Name  :   Strong-scented  lettuce. 

Ii,i.usTR.\TioN  :    Bentley  and  Trinien,  Med.  Plants.  160  and  16L 

Botanical  Source. — Lnctuea  virosn  has  a  tap-shaped  root,  with  a  solitary  stem, 
2  or  ;;  feet  high,  irtct,  round,  smooth,  sparingly  leafy,  scarcely-  branched,  panicled 
at  the  tup,  and  a  little  prickly  below.  The  leaves  are  horizontal,  nearly  smooth, 
and  finely  toothed ;  the  radical  ones  numerous,  obovate,  undivided,  depressed  ; 
those  of  the  stem  smaller,  often  lobed;  arrow-shaped,  clasping  at  their  base;  the 
midrib  of  all  more  or  less  beset  underneath  with  prominent  prickles,  such  as  often 
occur  on  the  margin  also.  The  flower-heads  are  numerous  and  panicled,  with  an 
abundance  of  small,  heart-shaped,  pointed  bracteas.  Involucral  scales  downy  at 
the  tip,  destitute  of  any  keels  or  ribs.  Corolla  small  and  light-yellow.  Pappu.^ 
rough  (L.).  There  are  many  varieties  of  lettuce;  they  all  have  large  leaves,  often 
corrugated,  and  containing  more  or  less  of  a  whitish  juice,  the  lactucarium.  Their 
stems  are  round  and  corymbose  at  the  suiumit;  the  leaves  sulxirbicular  and  run- 
cinate;  cauline  ones  cordate  or  obovate:  flowers  yellow. 

Lactuca  sativa  has  an  annual,  tap-shaped  root,  with  a  corymbose  stem,  2  or  3 
feet  in  height,  and  suborbicular  leaves  ;  cauline  ones  cordate.    Heads  numerous 


LACTICARIUM.  1115 

and  small,  with  yellowish  corolla  (W.).  It  is  not  so  rank  in  odor  as  the  L.  virosa, 
has  not  blood-red  spots  on  its  stems,  and  no  prickles  on  the  keel  of  its  leaves. 
Previous  to  the  appearance  of  the  dowering  stems,  the  garden  lettuce  contains  a 
pleasant,  sweet,  watery  juice,  and  in  this  condition  the  plant  is  employed  as  a 
salad;  l>ut  in  both  species,  no  sooner  does  the  (lowering  stem  rise  above  the  early 
leaves  than  the  juice  grows  milky,  very  bitter,  and  of  a  strong,  peculiar,  rank 
odor,  not  unlike  that  of  opium  (see  Chemical  Composition). 

Lvtnrn  Srariolii,  Linne,  difl'ers  hum  L.  virosa  in  having  vertical,  spinescent, 
tooth"-d.  deeply-cut,  or  pinnatifid  leaves. 

History.— The  Lactucn  rimsn,  Linne.  is  the  only  species  recognized  by  the  Br. 
Phorm..  188.5,  and  is  directed  by  the  V.  S.  P.  as  the  source  of  hictuniriiun  (see  Lac- 
tiiJ-ariitm).  Several  other  species,  however,  yield  this  product.  Lactuvu  saliva,  ot 
common  lettuce  of  the  gardens,  is  supposed  to  be  a  native  of  the  East  Indies;  it 
is  e.\tensivelv  cultivated  in  Europe  and  this  country.  According  to  Prof.  J.  M. 
Maiscli,  the  L.  canadensis,  var.  elongata  (wild  lettuce),  of  our  country  po.ssesses  nar- 
cotic i)rinciples  similar  to  the  others.  Mr.  H.  Flowers  (Amer.  Jour.  Pliarm.,  1879, 
p.  343)  observed  in  a  growing  specimen  of  this  plant  a  strong,  narcotic  odor  of 
the  milky  juice,  but  a  remarkable  change  in  the  taste,  from  sweetish  to  bitter, 
took  place  later  in  the  .season.  Ixictucarium,  or  lettuce-opium,  s^o-caUei],  is  obtained 
from  the  plants  "by  cutting  the  stem  of  the  lettuce  at  the  time  of  flowering,  im- 
bibing the  milky  juice  that  Hows  out  by  a  sponge  or  by  cotton,  and  squeezing  it 
out  into  a  vessel  containing  a  little  water.  It  is  then  left  in  a  dry  place  until' it 
concretes  into  a  solid  mass"  (Thompson's  Orfi.  C/iem.).  The  juice,  in  drying,  loses 
about  half  its  weight  of  water.  By  making  another  cut  a  short  distance  below  the 
first,  and  so  proceeding  several  times  daily,  the  whole  of  the  juice  contained  in 
the  plant  may  be  collected.  There  are  several  other  modes  recommended  for  pro- 
curing the  lactucarium,  but  no  one  of  them  obtains  an  article  equal  to  that  col- 
lected by  the  above  plan.  After  the  middle  period  of  inflorescence,  the  juice, 
becomes"  thicker,  but  deteriorates  in  its  medicinal  principles.  A  single  plant  of 
L.  saliva  is  said  to  yield  17  grains  of  lactucarium.  while  a  plant  of  L.  virosa  gives 
56- grains.  L.  Scariola,  or  prickly  lettuce,  yields  25  grains.  As  found  in  commerce, 
lactucarium  is  in  roundish,  compact,  rather  hard  masses,  weighing  several  ounces, 
of  a  reddish-brown  color  externally,  of  a  bitter,  narcotic,  and  somewhat  acid  taste, 
and  an  odor  approximating  that  of  opium.  It  is  asserted  that  two  species — 
L.  Scariola.  Linne.  and  L.  alti.'tsima,  Bieberstein  —  furnish  a  superior  article  of  let- 
tuce-opium. Fairgrieve,  of  Scotland,  cultivated  the  L.  virosa,  var.  montana,  and 
Aubers;ii-r.  of  France,  tlie  L.  alti.-<sima. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  chief  constituent  of  lactuca  is  lactucarium  (see 
Lactucarium  i  Potassium  nitrate  is  an  additional  constituent.  Mr.  T.S.  Dymond 
(Pharm.  Jour,  rivni.''.,  1891,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  449),  having  ob^erved  mydriatic'action 
with  extracts  of  Lactuca  sativa  (common  garden  lettuce)  and  L.  virosa,  the  former 
being  collected  while  flowering,  succeeded  in  isolating  therefrom  an  alkaloid  (not 
exceeding  0.02  per  cent),  which  he  identified  as  hi/'i.-^ri/amine.  Specimens  of  Eng- 
lish and  German  lactxtcarium,  on  the  other  hand,  did  not  contain  a  trace  of  the 
alkaloid.  The  occurrence  of  an  alkaloid  in  so  widely-u.*ed  a  vegetable  need  not, 
however,  cause  alarm.  It  is  probably  in  insignificant  quantity  in  the  early  stages 
of  growth  of  the  vegetable. 

Medical  Uses. — iSee  Lactucarium.) 

LACTUCARIUM  (U.  S.  P.)— LACTUCARIUM. 

"The  concrete  milk-juice  of  Lartuca  virosa,  Linne"— (f.  S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Compositte. 

CoM.Mo.v   N.\mk:   I.^ttuce-opiuvi. 

Description.  — (For  source,  history,  and  collection  of  Lactucarium  [in  part], 
Bee  Lactuca.  Lactucarium  comes  to  us  chiefly  from  Germany  and  Scotland,  and 
is  also  produced  in  France,  although  little  of  the  latter  jjrotUKt  reaches  American 
market.'^.  The  Scotch,  or  English,  variety  is  said  to  be  of  better  quality  than  the 
German.  It  occurs  in  angular  pieces  of  various  sizes,  is  brown  in  color,  and 
earthy  in  appearance.     The  German  product  occurs  in  brown  quarter-siections  of 


1116  LACTUCARIUM. 

plano-convex,  circular,  or  saucer-shaped  cakes.  French  lactucarium  comes  in 
small,  circular  cakes,  otherwise  resembling  the  German  drug. 

The  official  product  i.s  thus  described  :  "In  sections  of  plano-convex,  circu- 
lar cakes,  or  in  irregular,  angular  pieces,  externally  grayish-brown,  or  dull  red- 
dish-brown, internally  whitish  or  yellowish,  of  a  waxy  luster;  odor  heavy,  some- 
what narcotic;  taste  bitter.  It  is  partly  .soluble  in  alcohol  and  in  ether.  When 
triturated  with  water,  it  yields  a  turbid  mixture,  and,  when  boiled  with  water,  it 
softens  and  yields  a  brownish-colorpd  liquid  which,  after  cooling,  is  not  colored 
blue  by  iodine  T.S." — {U.  S.  P.).  Lactucarium  does  not  absorb  moisture  from  the 
atmosphere;  is  softened  by  heat,  and  at  a  high  temperature  burns  with  a  large, 
white  flame.  Cold  water  takes  up  about  a  sixth  of  it,  forming  a  deep-brown  infu- 
sion ;  boiling  water,  proof-spirit,  alcohol,  and  ether  a  much  larger  proportion. 
The  addition  of  acetic  acid  to  water  or  alcohol  improves  their  .solvent  powers 
upon  this  article.  It  pulverizes  with  difficulty.  It  does  not  readily  emulsionize 
with  water,  unless  gum  Arabic  be  present.  By  previous  trituration  with  a  small 
quantity  r>f  nitrous  ether,  it  may  be  readily  incorporated  with  water  (Vogeler). 

Chemical  Composition. — Lactucarium  contains  neither  morphine  nor  hyos- 
cyamine,  nor  any  other  alkaloid  (see  Lactuca),  but  is  found  to  consist  of  the  bitter 
substances  Uicturin,  lactuco-picrin,  and  lactucir  arid,  large  amounts  of  caoutchouc  and 
laclucerin  (Inrturon),  a  camphoraceous  volatile  oil  (Thieme),  sugar,  gum,  pectic  acid, 
albumen,  oxalic  acid,  mannit,  potassium  nitrate,  etc. 

Larturln  (C,,HnOj,  Kromayer,  1861 ),  one  of  the  bitter  principles  of  lactucarium, 
may  be  obtained  by  extracting  lactucarium  with  cold  alcohol  of  specific  gravity 
0.85.  It  is  a  colorless,  odorless,  fusible,  neutral  substance,  crystallizing  in  rhom- 
bic plates,  or  in  pearly-white  scales.  It  dissolves  in  from  60  to  80  parts  of  water, 
is  slightly  soluble  in  ether,  readily  so  in  alcohol,  and  in  acids.  It  reduces  Fehl- 
ing's  solution,  but  yields  no  sugar  upon  hydrolysis.  Lactucic  arid  (Ludwig, 
Archiv  det-  Pharm.,  1847)  is  light  yellow,  very  hitter,  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol, 
and  does  not  readily  crystallize.  Alkalies  turn  its  aqueous  solution  red.  By 
some  this  acid  is  considered  a  prominent  active  constituent.  The  mother  liquor 
of  lactucin  yielded  (Kromayer,  1861)  lartuco pterin  (C„H3,0j,).  It  is  a  brown, 
amorphous,  bitter  body,  faintly  acid  in  reaction,  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol.  It 
is  probably  an  oxidation  product  of  lactucin.  Kromayer  regards  lactucic  acid  as 
the  product  of  the  oxidation  of  lactuco-picrin. 

By  far  the  most  abundant  substance  in  lactucarium  is  lactucerin  (lactucon  of 
Lenoir,  1846)  (C.^H^^O,  Fliickiger  and  O.  Schmidt,  1875),  constituting  half  or 
more  of  its  weight.  It  is  obtained  b}'  extracting  lactucarium  with  cold,  then 
with  boiling  alcohol,  which  leaves  caoutchouc  undissolved;  or  b}- extracting  lac- 
tucarium with  a  mixture  of  1  part  of  chloroform  and  3  parts  of  alcohol.  It  forms 
odorless,  tasteless,  colorless  needles,  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  benzin,  benzol,  chlo- 
roform, and  volatile  and  fixed  oils,  but  not  soluble  in  water.  Its  exact  chemical 
nature  remains  yet  to  be  established  (see  O.  Hesse  and  G.  Kassner.  J-i/o-M.  dfr 
Phnrm.,  1886,  p.  37 ;  and  1887,  p.  65;  also  Licb.  Annnl.,  1886  and  1S88).  Fliickiger 
(Pharmarociraphia)  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  it  is  remarkably  analogous  to 
euphorbon  (fromeuphorbium),n/)u«!c/io/(C,5H.j,0)  (from  Ci/nnnchum  arntum.  Linne), 
echicerin  (from  Alstonia),  and  taraxacerin  (from  Turaxncum).  Lactucarium  is  lia- 
ble to  be  adulterated  with  bread  crumbs,  hence  the  pharmacopoeial  test  for  starch 
above  given. 

Thrid.^ce  is  the  in.«pissated,  expressed  juice  obtained,  in  France,  from  Lactu- 
carium gallirum  s.  parisit-^nse,  by  collecting  the  stalks  near  the  flowering  period, 
depriving  them  of  their  leaves,  and  then  subjecting  them  to  pressure.  It  is  not 
identical  with  lactucarium  as  was  at  one  time  supposed. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Lactucarium  has  never  been  thor- 
oughly anil  satisfactorily  invi>ti>.'ate(l  in  relation  to  its  theraj^eutical  influences; 
indee<l,  various  experimenters  diller  in  their  views  on  this  point,  some  asserting 
it  to  be  a  stimulant  and  otliers  a  sedative.  It  is,  when  emjjloyed  at  all,  usually 
given  as  a  calmative  and  hypnotic,  and  as  a  substitute  for  opium,  to  whioli  it  is 
to  be  preferred  in  many  instances,  on  account  of  its  freedom  from  unpleasjuit 
after-effects,  as  constipation,  excitement  of  the  brain,  etc.  However,  it  is  not  con- 
si<lered  equal  in  power  to  opium.  The  nmst  energetic  lactucarium  is  said  to  be 
obtained  from  L.virosa  and  L.alti^inw.     Moderate  doses  of  it  act  as  a  narcotic 


LAMELL.t.— LAMINAKIA.  1117 

poison  on  the  lower  animals,  and  10  or  20  grains-  swallowed  liy  a  ilog  will  cause 
Bleep,  or  the  watery  solution  injected  into  a  vein  occasions  sleep,  coma,  and  death. 
It  appears  to  he  of  use  in  insomnin,  due  to  mental  overwork.  A  syrup  of  lactuca- 
rium  i:<  of  value  in  the  rouy/i  of  ji/it/ii.iix,  and  even  garden  lettuce  appears  to  exert  a 
good  influence  in  this  disease,  tending  to  allay  the  broncho-pulmonary  irritation. 
Dose  of  lactucarium  in  pill  or  powder,  which  is  the  most  efficient  mode  of  admin- 
istration, from  5  to  20  grains;  of  the  tincture,  30  to  60  drops;  of  the  alcoholic 
extract.  1  to  5  grains. 

LAMELLA.— DISCS. 

Sy.sonvms:    Orlaliii  (//«>■,  Medirnted  geliitm. 

Preparation  and  History. — Under  this  head  the  British  Pharmacopceia{1885), 
without  giving  processes  for  making  them,  introduces  discs  of  gelatin,  medicated 
with  powerful  alkaloids,  for  insertion  under  the  eyelids  for  ocular  etfects.  They 
weigh  aliout  -^^j  grain  and  are  about  i,^  of  an  inch  thick.  They  are  prepared  by 
pouring  upon  glass  or  porcelain,  sliglitly  greased  to  prevent  their  adhering,  hot 
solutions  of  the  desired  alkaloids  in  gelatin,  allowing  them  to  cool,  and  finally 
cutting  them  into  the  form  of  discs.  To  keep  them  ])liable  glycerin  is  added. 
'I'he  following  are  official  in  the  Britiah  Pharmacopwia,  188.5- 

Lamei.l.k  Atropi.n.?:,  Di»s  of  atropine. — "  Discs  of  gelatine,  with  some  glycer- 
ine, each  weighing  about  5*5  grain,  and  containing  yjV^r  grain  of  sulphate  of  atro- 
pine"—i  Br.  Phitrm.,  1885). 

Lamei.l.e  CoiwiN.E,  Discx  of  cocaine. — "Discs  of  gelatine,  with  some  glycer- 
ine, each  weighing  about  ^  grain,  and  containing  j^u  grain  of  hydrochlorate  of 
cocaine"'— (5r.  Pharm.,  1885). 

Lamei.l.e  Physgstrjmin.t.,  Disat  of  physostigminc. — "Discs  of  gelatine,  with 
some  glycerine,  each  weighing  about -^  grain,  and  containing -j-,^  grain  of  phy- 
sostigmi'ne"- (Br.  Phnrm.,  1885). 

The  BritiJi  Pharmnropceia,  of  1898,  has  added  the  following. 

L.\MELi-.K  HoMATKOPiN.K,  Discs  of  homatropine. — "  Discs  of  gelatine,  with  some 
glycerine,  each  weighing  about -jij  grain  (1.3  milligrammes),  and  containing -j-^ 
grain  (0.65  milligramme)  of  homatropine  hydrobroniide" — {Br.  PAarni.,  1898). 

LAMINARIA.— LAMINARIA. 

The  sea  weed  I^minaria  Clousloni,  Edmonston  {L.digitata,  Lamouroux). 

N'lt.  (),d.—A\gx. 

f'uMMuN   X.\MEs:   .%'n  liinqlfs,  Sea  girdles. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— This  marine  plant,  together  with  another, 
the  Liifiiiiiiiriii  tl<xi<aulis,  Le  Jolis  {Laminariti  steno]}hylln,  Harvey),  were  included 
by  Linnuus  under  the  name  Fucus  digitatv^.  The  last  has  a  deep-brown,  flexible, 
shining  stem,  and,  when  dry,  becomes  thin  and  fibre-like.  The  Laminarin  Clous- 
toni  is  not  flexible,  but  rigid  and  erect,  its  stem  being  cylindrical  and  from  3  to  6 
feet  long  and  2  inches  thick  at  the  base.  In  color  it  is  light-brown.  Below  the 
stem  it  divides  into  root-like  branches,  which  spread  and  attach  the  plant  to  the 
submarine  rocks.  Tlie  frond  is  flat,  coriaceous,  of  an  olive-green  color,  and  divided 
into  (inL'er-lik<' divisions.  The  cylindrical  part  of  the  stem  only  is  used.  The 
l>huit~  LT'iu   iipon  the  rocks  in  tlic  .Atlantic,  Pacific,  and  Arctic  Oceans. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition. — Laminaria,  in  commerce, consists 
of  dried,  cylindrical  portions  of  the  stem,  somewhat  irregular,  deeply  corrugated, 
a  half  inch  or  less  in  thickness,  horny  in  consistence,  of  great  strength  and  elas- 
ticity, and  breaking  with  a  smooth,  corneous  fracture.  The  color  is  brown,  the 
internal  portion  being  paler  than  the  outer.  Its  value  depends  upon  its  property 
of  softening  and  swelling  to  .several  times  its  iliameter  when  immersed  in  water, 
and  when  in  contact  with  the  secretions  of  the  body.  A  whiter,  inner  layer  is 
composed  of  large  cells,  while  smaller  cells  occupy  the  outer,  brownish  portion, 
F>arge,  elongated,  mucilage  cells  are  also  i)resent.  When  formed  into  conical  ami 
cylindrical  sticks  they  are  ready  for  use.  Mannit  was  found  in  the  plant  by  Sten- 
h'ouse.    Dextrose  is  likewise  present.    It  contains  an  abundance  of  mucilag"-.  from 


1118  LAPPA. 

which  Schiniedeberg  (188-5)  isolated  laminaric  acid,  a  substance  having  tlic-  prop- 
erty of  swelling  up  with  water  to  an  unusual  degree,  and  laminarin,  an  indifferent 
mucilage;  and  the  mineral  constituents  common  to  marine  plants  (see  Cliouflnis). 
The  ash  of  this  class  of  algw  (Ldminaria)  amounts  to  about  14  per  cent,  and  the 
species,  i.  digitata,  is  the  chief  source  of  the  production  of  iodine  on  the  Norwe- 
gian coast,  containing  about  1  per  cent  of  this  element  (Jensen,  Ja^reit.  der  Phorm., 
1888,  p.  155).  Laminaria,  when  distilled  with  sulphuric  acid  and  water,  yields  a 
liquid  (ftirii.«ol)  containing  A"/'"'"'  (furfurnldehyde,  CjHj.CHO)  and  derivatives 
{F\\ick\ger,  Phaniifirn(iiw^ie,i8^n, 1^.27^)). 

Action  and  Uses. — Laminaria  was  brought  forward  as  a  substitute  for  sponge 
tents  for  the  dilatation  of  such  parts  as  the  uterine  os,  urethra,  etc.  Being  of 
smaller  size,  and  of  greater  rigidity,  they  are  more  easily  introduced  into  small  aper- 
tures and  tortuous  canals  than  sponge  tents,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  their  very 
rigidity  renders  them  more  liable  to  produce  hemorrhage  when  organic  changes 
occur  in  the  uterus,  or  when  such  growths  as  polypi  occlude  the  os.  They  readily 
swell  to  four  times  their  diameter  by  the  ease  with  which  they  absorb  fluids,  ancl 
do  not  so  retain  the  discharges  as  to  induce  putrefactive  changes.  If  greater 
dilatation  is  desired  than  is  produced  by  a  single  tent,  several  maybe  fastened 
together.  Sea  tangle  tents  are  considered  less  eligible  than  the  rubber  bag,  or 
the  sponge  tents,  for  inducing  premature  births. 

Related  Plants  and  Preparations.— /..a»niiinria  esciilenia,  Lamouroux,  as  well  as  the 
LamiiifirKi  s'irrl,.,fn,.i ,  Lamouroux,  which  ha.s  entire  fronds  and  a  flattish  stem,  and  when 
washed  with  wat.i   becomes  sweet,  are  edible.    They  likewise  yield  iodine. 

Several  iilianiiaceutical  preparations  from  various  species  of  laminaria  and  n-lated  algse, 
were  suggested  by  Mr.  James  Wheeler  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1882,  p.  124). 

Tupelo. — Oii  account  of  the  greater  ease  with  which  absorption  of  fluids  and  consequent 
swelling  of  tissues  take  place,  the  root-wood  of  two  species  of  Xyssa  has  been  used  for  tents 
and  bougies  instead  of  laminaria.  The  tissue  is  light,  spongy,  and  white,  and,  when  in  contact 
with  fluid,  doubles  in  thickness.  This  root-wood  is  known  as  Tupelo,  from  the  trees  (of  Xai. 
Ord. — ComaceiB)  which  yield  it,  the  species  being  the  Xi/sfii  (/randidei^tatu,  Michaux  ijlius,  the 
Cotton-gum,  or  Large  tiipeh ;  and  tlie  Xys-w  capitala,  Walter,  the  Sour-gum,  Tupelo-gum,  or  Ogechee 
lime.    They  grow  near  the  coast  in  the  southern  states. 

LAPPA  (U.  S.  P.)— BURDOCK. 

The  root  and  seeds  of  the  Arctium  Lappa,  Linne  {Lappa  officinalis,  AUioni). 
The  U.  S.  P.  directs:  "  The  root  of  Arctium  Lappa,  Linn^,  and  of  some  other  spe- 
cies of  .<-l  )■(•/»/ HI." 

Nat.  Ord. — Compositse. 

CoM.MON  Name  :    Burdock. 

Botanical  Source.— Burdock  is  a  well-known  biennial  weed,  with  a  tapering, 
fleshy,  brown-colored  root,  from  8  to  15  inches  in  length,  throwing  ofi"  slender 


Fig.  156. 


fibers.  It  has  a  round,  solid,  fleshy,  juicy  stem,  3  feet 
or  more  in  height,  furrowed,  hairy,  and  having  many 
wide-spreading  branches.  The  leaves  are  large,  alter- 
nate, on  very  long  petioles,  and  are  nearly  entire,  or 
slightly  dentated,  heart-shaped,  undulated,  veiny,  3-rib- 
bed  at  the  base,  and  somewhat  hoary  and  downy  be- 
neath. Tlie  lliiwer-heads  are  axillary  and  globose ;  the 
florets,  anthers,  and  stigmas  of  which  are  purple,  and 
occasionally  white.  The  involucre  is  composed  of  im- 
bricated scales,  terminating  in  recurved  or  hooked  ex- 
tremities, and,  when  in  fruit  easily  breaks  from  the 
stalk,  and  is  well-known  as  the  "burdock  bur,"  sticking 
to  the  hair  or  clothing  of  persons  who  come  in  contact 
with  it.  The  fruit  is  a  smooth,  oblong,  laterally  com- 
Aretinm  Lappa.  pressed  aclienia,   transversely  wrinkled,  with   a  "short, 

rough,  prickly  pappus.     The  seeds  are  quadrangular. 

History. — By  I)e  Candolle  tliis  plant  is  named  Lappa  minor;  by  Gaertner, 
Lappa  vtajor;  and  by  Lamarck,  lAippa  (omcnti^a.  The  plants  named  by  these  bota- 
nists are  now  considered  as  varieties  only,  apd  are  all,  at   the  present  time,  in- 


LAPPA.  1119 

(lulled  under  the  one  term  Arctinvi  Lappa,  Linne.  Burdock  is  indigenous  to  Asia 
;ind  Europe,  and  prows  freely  in  uneultivated  soils,  in  waste  places,  and  around 
dwellings  in  this  c-ountry,  flowering  in  July  and  August.  The  root  and  seeds  are 
the  medicinal  parts;  the  root  is  to  be  collected  in  tin-  spring,  or  tlie  autumn  of  its 
first  year,  and  loses  four-fifths  of  its  weight  by  drying.  The  root  only  is  otlicial 
in  the  V.  S.  P.  A  tincture  of  the  seeds  (Tiiniiirii  L<ii>/i;i'  Fructus)  is  prepared  by 
percolating  with  diluted  alcohol  (3  of  alcohol  to  1  of  water)  4  ounces  ot  the  ground 
fruit,  to  obtain  1  pint. 

Description. — Radix  Lapp.*:.  The  root  is  long,  tapering,  subcylindrical,  or 
fusiform,  extiinally  black-brown  or  grayish-brown,  internally  of  a  light  color.  It 
is  fleshy  when  recent;  scaly,  and  longitudinallv  corrugated  when  dried,  and 
breaks  with  a  horn-like  fracture.  At  the  tup  of  the  root  the  white,  silky  bases  of 
the  leaf-stalks  nuiy  renuiin  as  a  small,  tuft-like  crown.  It  has  a  weak,  unpleasant 
smell.  The  bark  has  a  subsaline,  and  tlie  internal,  spongy  parenchyma  a  sweet- 
ish, afterward  bitter,  mucilaginous  taste. 

FRrcTTs  Lapp.?;,  Burdock  »et'ds. — Small,  curved,  compressed, angular  seeds,  of 
a  dark-brown  color,  or  spotted  with  black,  having  an  oily,  spicy,  bitter,  subacrid 
taste,  but  no  odor. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  root  was  quantitatively  analyzed  by  G.  A. 
\Veckler(.-lm<r.  J'/«r.  yV«(rm.,  1887,  p.  393),  wiio  found  fixed  oil  (0.4  percent),  muci- 
lage, sugar,  altered  tannin  {p/ilobop/ieue,  O.OTo  per  cent),  vnilin,  resin,  nsli  (3.67  per 
cent),  etc.  The  aqueous  solution  of  the  alcoholic  extract  gave  indicati(3ns  of 
a  gluroM'd.  The  seeds  were  analyzed  by  Prof.  Trimble  and  Mr.  F.  D.  McFarland 
(Amer.  Jour.  P/iarm.,  1885,  p.  127",  and  1888,  p.  79).  Moisture  was  7.3  ])er  cent,  and 
:ish  5.34  per  cent.  Petroleum  spirit  abstracted  15.4  per  cent  of  a  bland,  fixed  oil, 
drying  upon  exposure  in  thin  layers  to  the  air.  It  has  a  specific  gravity  of  0.930, 
and  is  soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  benzol,  and  hot,  absolute  alcohol.  A  crystal- 
line, bitter  substance  was  also  obtained  byextracting  the  drug  first  with  petroleum 
si)irit,  then  with  alcohol,  pouring  the  concentrated  alcolu)lic  solution  into  water, 
whereby  resin  is  separated.  The  aqueous  solution  contains  the  bitter  principle, 
which  proved  to  be  a  glucosid  devoid  of  alkaloidal  reaction.  Tlie  name  lapjiin  is 
applied  to  it.  Upon  hydrolysis  with  very  dilute  acid,  it  is  decomposi  d  into  sugar 
ami  alcohol-soluble  re?in. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  root  is  alterative,  ai)erient,  diu- 
retic, and  .-udorilic.  A  dfcoctinn  nf  it  has  been  used  in  rheiuualir,  (inuty,  venereal, 
/eprou.o,  and  other  disorders,  and  is  preferred  by  some  to  that  of  sarsaparilla.  It  is 
also  useful  in  scurvy,  scrofula,  etc.  The  seeds  are  recomnunded  as  very  efficient 
diuretics,  given  either  in  the  form  of  emulsion,  or  in  i>owder  to  the  quantity  of  a 
drachm,  or,  preferably,  in  alcoholic  form,  as  in  specific  lappa  oflicinalis.  They  form 
a  good  diuretic  alterative,  and  are  used  in  diseases  of  the  kidnei/s,  and  to  remove 
hoiU  and  styes  on  the  eyelids.  The  action  of  the  seeds  upon  the  urinary  tract  is 
direct,  relieving  irritation  and  increasing  renal  activity,  assisting  at  the  same 
time  in  eliminating  morbid  products.  In  chronic  disorders  lappa  may  be  used 
to  remove  worn-out  tissues,  where  the  saline  diuretics  are  inadmissible.  Drojtsy 
and  yiiinful  urination,  due  to  renal  ohstructio)i,  have  been  relieved  by  it.  A  tinc- 
ture of  the  fresh  fruit  or  specific  lappa  should  be  employed.  It  is  of  marked 
value  in  catarrhal  and  aphthous  ulcerations  of  the  digestive  tract.  A  favorable  action 
is  obtained  from  it  in  dyspepsia.  When  a  cachectic  condition  of  the  blood  is  niani- 
Test,  and  where  an  alterative  is  demanded,  it  relieves  broncho-jiulmonir  irrit(iti(m 
and  cdiigh.  Rheumatism,  both  muscular  and  articular,  when  previous  inflamma- 
tions have  left  no  structural  alteration,  are  said  to  be  i)enefite(l  by  the  seeds.  Shin 
( /(".■»•((.<<■«,  depending  upon  a  depraveil  state  of  tiie  cutaneous  tissues  and  less  upon 
the  state  of  the  blood  itself,  are  conditions  in  which  lappa  has  gained  arejiutation. 
It  has  been  particularly  praised  in  ;(.'*or(Vi.'<w,  its  use  being  long-continued  to  pro- 
duce good  results.  Chronic  erysipielas,  milk  crust,  and  various  forms  <A'  eczema  have 
been  cured  with  it.  The  cutaneous  circulation  is  feeble  in  cases  requiring  bur- 
dock seeds.  A  tincture  of  the  recent  seeds  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  1  to  60 
drops;  of  specific  lappa  officinalis,  1  to  '25  drops.  An  ointment  of  the  leaves, 
or  their  juice,  has  been  used  advantageously  in  certain  diseases  of  the  skin  and 
obstinate  ulcers.  The  do.se  of  a  decoction,  or  syrup,  of  the  root  is  from  4  to  6 
fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day. 


1120  LARICIS  CORTEX.— LARIX  AMERICANA. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Feeble  cutaneous  circulation;  scaly,  dry 

eiuptiuns;  impaired  iuUriti(3n  of  skin ;  urinary  irritation  ;  psoriasis. 

LARICIS  CORTEX.— LARCH-BARK. 

The  bark,  denuded  of  its  outer  corky  layer,  of  Larix  europcea,  De  CandoUe 
(Pinus  Larix,  Linne;  Abies  Larix,  Lamarck;  Larix  decidua.  Miller). 

Nat.  Old.— Conihrad. 

CoMMo.N   N.\MES  :    European  larch-bark.  Larch-bark. 

iLi.u.sTitATioN :    Bentlcy  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  260. 

Botanical  Source. — Tlie  larch  is  a  tree  of  straight  and  lofty  growth,  with 
wide-spreading  branches,  whose  extremities  droop  in  the  most  graceful  manner. 
The  l)uds  are  alternate,  perennial,  cup-shaped,  scaly,  producing  annually  a  pencil- 
like tuft  of  very  numerous,  spreading,  linear,  bluntish,  entire,  smooth,  tender, 
bright-green,  deciduous  leaves,  about  an  inch  long.  The  male  flowers  are  droop- 
ing, about  i-  inch  long,  and  yellow;  the  female  catkins,  erect,  larger  than  the  male 
flowers,  variegated  with  green  and  pink;  the  cones  are  erect,  ovate,  about  an  inch 
long,  purple  when  j'oung,  reddish-brown  when  ripe,  their  scales  spreading,  orbicu- 
lar, slightly  reflexed,  and  cracked  at  the  margin  (L.). 

History. — The  larch  inhabits  the  mountainous  regions  of  central  and  south 
Europe,  and  is  cultivated  in  Europe  and  America  for  ornamenta'ion.  Venire 
Turpentine  (see  Terebinthina  Canadensis),  is  obtained  from  the  trunk.  The  bark 
contains  a  large  amount  of  tannic  acid.  "A  saccharine  matter  called  Manna  of 
Brianr^on  exudes  from  the  branches,  and  when  the  larch  forests  in  Russia  take 
fire,  a  gum  issues  from  the  trees  during  their  combustion,  which  is  termed  Gummi 
Orenbe7-gense,  and  which  is  wholly  soluble  in  water  like  gum  arabic"  (Lindley. 
Flor.  Mcd..\}.  5.55).  The  manna  referred  to  contains  a  peculiar  sugar  called  by 
Berthelot  melczito-'^e. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  bark  is  the  part  employed 
and  was  official  in  the  British  Pharmacopo  ia  of  1885,  as  Laricis  Carter,  or  larch-bark. 
It  is  collected  from  the  branches  and  trunk  in  the  spring  of  the  year.  It  is  of  a 
rose  or  deep-red  color  externally  (after  the  corkj'  layer  is  removed),  the  internal 
surface  being  yellowish  or  pinkish.  The  pieces  are  flat  or  quilled,  and  break  with 
a  fibrous  fracture.  It  is  astringent  to  the  taste,  and  its  odor  is  somewhat  balsamic 
and  terebinthinate.  The  bark  contains  gum,  sugar,  resinous  matter,  and  a  pecu- 
liar tannin,  which  strikes  olive-green  with  iron  salts.  A  syrupy  preparation, 
obtained  by  evaporating  an  aqueous  infusion  of  larch-bark,  yielded  to  Stenhouse, 
by  cautious  distillation,  a  peculiar  volatile  body,  lariiinic  acid  or  larixinc  (C,„H,o05), 
which  exists  ready-formed  in  the  bark  of  larix.  It  sublimes  at  93°  C.  (199.4°  F.). 
and  forms  beautiful  long,  colorless,  lustrous  crystals,  freely  soluble  in  hot  water, 
alcohol,  diluted  alkalies,  or  acids,  and  sparingly  so  in  ctlur.  It  has  a  faintly 
bitter,  aromatic  taste,  and  a  feebly  empyreumatic  or  somewhat  camphoraceous 
odor.  It  is  inflammable  and  is  allied  to  pyrocatechin  and  pyrogallol.  yielding  in 
solution  a  purple  color  with  ferric  chloride.  With  an  excess  of  concentrated  solu- 
tion of  barvta  it  forms  a  thick,  gelatinous,  and  transparent  precipitate.  It  occurs 
most  abunibmtly  in  the  bark  of  yoiin^  trees  {Amcr.Jour.  Phann.,  1862,  p.  555). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.  — (For  uses  of  Venire  Turpentine,  see  7>rf- 
binthimi  ('(ritiiil)n.-<iy.)  Laieli-l)aik  restiubles  the  other  terebinthinous  barks,  and 
in  strong  tincture  has  been  used  in  chronic  (/cnito-vrinartj  inflammations,  chronic 
bronchitis  to  check  secretions,  and  to  control  the  bleeding  of  purpura  hemorrhagica, 
and  in  passive  hemorrhage.     Dose  of  tincture.  5  to  30  drops. 

LARIX  AMERICANA —TAMARAC. 

The  bark  of  Larix  americana,  Michaux. 
Nat.  Ord. — Conifera\ 

Common   Namks:   American  larch,  Tamarac,  Hackmetack,  Black  larch. 
Botanical    Source.— This  is  the  Pinns  itendnta.  Pinus  microcarpo.  and  AhifS 
amcricanu  of  various  botanists,  and  is  known  bv  the  several  names  of  Black  larch, 


I.AimXERASI  FOLIA.  1121 

AnuTican  larch,  Hackmetack.etc.  Tlu-  tree  hai^a  slraiglit  and  j^leiuler  trunk,  with 
slender  horizontal  branches,  and  attains  the  height  of  80  or  100  feet.  The  leaves 
are  short,  1  or  2  inches  long,  very  slender,  alnio.st  thread-form,  soft,  deciduous, 
without  sheaths,  in  fascicles  of  froin  20  to  40,  Ixing  developed  early  in  the  spring 
from  lateral,  scaly,  and  globular  buds,  which  produce  (the  same  or  the  second 
year)  growing  shoots  on  which  the  leaves  are  scattered.  The  cones  are  oblong,  of 
few  rounded  scales,  inclining  upward,  from  i  to  1  inch  in  length,  and  of  a  deep- 
purple  color.  The  scales  are  thin  and  ii\flexed  on  the  margin.  Tiie  bracts  are 
elliptical,  often  hollowed  at  the  sides,  abruptly  acuminate,  with  a  .slender  point, 
and,  together  with  the  scales,  persistent  ( W. — U.). 

History.— This  is  a  beautiful  tree,  nion-  common  throughout  New  England; 
it  is  found  in  swamps  and  moist  places,  and  flowers  in  A]iril  and  May.  It  may 
be  di!;tin;_'uished  from  the  pines,  l)y  the  branches  being  without  leaves'  for  nearly 
half  the  year.  Its  wood  is  very  heavy,  strong,  and  durable,  and  is  the  most  valu- 
able of  all  tliH  piiu-s  or  s|irures.     The  bark  is  the  jjart  used  as  medicine. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— A  decoction  of  the  bark  of  this  tree 
is  said  to  l)e  laxative,  tonic,  diuretic,  and  alterative,  and  is  recommended  in 
nb^tntctionfi  of  the  liver,  rheumatixm,  jaundice,  nnd  some  rutaiieoux  di^ea^g;  a  decoction 
of  the  leaves  has  been  employed  in  piles,  lieinoptyiti.-:.  mnwrrhtigia,  dlai-rhaa.  and 
di/iienten/.  and  externally  in  rutaneous  diseases,  ulrerg,  burt'..i,  etc.  In  dropsy,  com- 
bined with  spearmint,  juniper  berries,  and  horseradish,  it  has  proved  valuable. 
Dose  of  the  decoction,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  2  to  4  times  a  day. 

LAUROCERASI   FOLIA.— CHERRY-LAUREL  LEAVES. 

The  leaves  oi' Prutnt.s  Lnuroeenmia,  Linue  {Cerasug  Laurocei-asus,  Lois). 

Niil.  (Jrd. — Rosiicea. 

Co.M.MO.N   Xa.me:    Cherry-lnurel. 

Ii.i.rsTKATioNs:  Bentlev  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  Plate  98;  Woodville's  Med. 
Bot..Pha.-  \<>:  .\nu^'  ILnid  At'.'s.\n\.  I,  p.  2a5. 

Botanical  Source  and  Description.— Cherry-laurel  is  a  small  evergreen  tree, 
native  of  Asia  Minor,  and  often  cultivated  as  an  ornamental  shrub  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  Europe.  The  flowers  are  small,  white,  and  disposed  in  axillary  racemes. 
which  are  shorter  than  the  leaves.  The  fruit  is  an  ovate,  acute,  purple  drupe, 
with  a  globular  stone.  The  leaves  are  very  thick  and  leathery,  about  6  inches  in 
length,  and  one-third  as  broad,  tapering  at  the  apex  to  a  sharp  point,  and  at  tht- 
base  to  A  short  leaf-stalk.  The  margin  is  denticulated  with  sharp,  appressed,  rather 
distant,  serrate  teeth.  The  upper  surface  of  the  leaf  is  of  a  bright-shining  green 
1  olor;  the  lower  pale  and  dull.  The  tree  belongs  to  the  section  Or«.*i(.<  (Jussieu), 
which,  bv  many  botanists,  is  considered  distinct  from  Prunus, chiefly  on  account 
of  the  globular  fruit-stone. 

History. — The  leaves  are  employed  in  medicine.  When  fresh  and  bruisetl. 
they  evolve  hydrocyanic  acid,  but  the  unbroken  fresh  leaf  is  odorless.  If  th. 
perfect  leaves  are  dried  and  then  powdered,  they  do  not  give  rise  to  hydrocyanic 
acid,  but  the  addition  of  a  little  water  at  once  develops  the  acid  (Hanbury).  At 
a  meeting  of  the  Phiirmnreutiml  Sorirty  of  Pari.-<,  December  6,  1871,  Mr.  Marai- 
stated  that  a  temperature  of  — 22°C'.  (—7.6°  F.), applied  to  the  leaves  and  twigs 
(irevented  subseijuent  formation  of  hydrocyanic  acid,  although  other  volatile  i)ri) 
ducts  were  fonued. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  leaves  of  the  cherry-laurel,  as  well  as  the  bark 
and  the  .seeds  of  the  tree,  when  di.stilled  with  water,  vield  a  distillate  of  hi/dr"- 
r,,anic  orirl.  and  henzoir  aldehyde  (henzald,h,/de,  hitler  almond  oil.  C,H,.CHO).  W.  A. 
tilden  (  Phnrm.Jour.Tram..\o\.X,  l«7o,p.  tfil), finds  that  thees.«ential  oil  ofcherrv- 
laurel  is  not  absolutely  identical  with  that  of  the  bitter  almond  ;  it  consist.s  mainly 
of  l)enzoic  aldehyde,  and  is  accompanied  by  hydroevanic  acid,  possibly  some />e?i- 
zoir  nirohol  (CjiyCli,OH),  and  minute  qu.iiitities  of  a  resin  having  the  |)eculiar 
odor  of  the  cherry-laiirel  leaf.  Both  substances  constitute  the  medicinal  i)rinciples 
i>{  Ai/iia  hturoren'mi  (  He.)  or  cherry  \n\\Tf\  water  (nee  A<jnii  hmrorera^i). 

The  formation  of  these  substiinces  suggests  the  iire.sence  of  amyf/dalin  in 
the.se  parts  of  the  ])lant  (see  Amy(jd(dit^>.  Lehmann  (1X74  i,  testing  the  leaves  for 
71 


1122  LAURUS. 

amygdalin,  obtained  1.3  per  cent  of  crystallizable  but  deliquescent  bitter  Imtro- 
cercmn,  which  behaved  toward  the  ferment  emulsin  exactly  like  amygdalin,  yield- 
ing hydrocyanic  acid,  benzaldehyde,  and  dextrose.  The  similarity  also  holds  good 
in  the  products  obtained  from  both  when  boiled  with  baryta  water;  ammoni.i  is 
split  off  in  both  cases,  and  the  barium  salt  of  amygdnlic  cwid  (C^dH^^O,,)  is  formed, 
which  must  not  be  confused  with  mandeUr  arid  (CVH^O.^.  With  hiuroreraain,  hnw- 
ever,  2  molecules  of  amygdalic  acid  were  formed  for  each  molecule  of  ammonia, 
while  amygdalin  yielded  but  one.  Hence,  Lehmann  accepts  that  1  molecule  of  ^/«.- 
rocerasin  (C^Hj^NOj,,)  is  composed  of  equal  molecules  of  amygdtdin  (anhydrous, 
Cj„H,,NO„),  amygdalic  acid  (C^J^^^),  and  6  molecules  of  water.  Laurocerasin  i.^ 
believed  also  to  exist  in  the  unripe  bitter  almonds,  and  to  evolve  amygdalin 
during  the  process  of  maturing.  It  is  also  contained  in  the  bark  of  Pnnius  padu.% 
the  bird-cherry  tree,  while  in  its  seeds,  as  well  as  those  of  cherry-laurel,  amyg- 
dalin is  present.  The  theoretical  yield  of  hydronjanic  arid  from  laurocerasin 
(C^oHjjNOjo)  is  only  about  one-half  of  that  from  cVystallized  amygdalin  (C„H.,, 
NOii+SH^O).  Fliickiger  {Pharmacognosie,  3d  ed.,  1891,'p.  766), obtained  on  an  aver- 
age 0.12  per  cent  of  hydrocvanic  acid  in  the  distillate  of  bruised  fresh  leave.s.  The 
yield  also  varies  with  the  season,  being  highest  in  the  spring  and  lowest  late 
in  the  fall,  being  then  reduced  to  about  one-half  The  leaves  also  contain  reduc- 
ing sugar,  an  iron-greening  tannin,  and  a  fatty  or  waxy  matter.  Bougarel  (.1877) 
isolated  from  the  leaves  crystallizable  phyllic  arid,  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether, 
insoluble  in  water,  and  melting  at  170°  C.  (338°  F.).  It  also  occurs  in  the  leav'es 
of  the  apple  tree,  maple,  peach,  almond,  etc.  Young  leaves  incinerated,  yielded 
to  Fliickiger  about  7  per  cent  of  ash. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Aqua  Laurocerasi.)  The  bruised 
leaves  are  anodyne. 

LAURUS.— LAUEEL. 

The  leaves,  fruit,  and  oil  of  Laurus  nobilis,  Linne. 

Nat.  Ord. — Laurinea;. 

Common  Names  :    Laurel,  Bay,  Siceel  bay,  Siceel  bay  tree. 

Illustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  ^Ied.  Plants,  221. 

Botanical  Source. — The  bay  tree  is  either  a  shrub  or  small  tree,  usually 
growing  to  a  height  of  from  20  to  30  feet.  The  leaves  are  short-petioled,  oblong- 
lanceolate  or  oblong,  veined,  entire,  or  occasionally  repand.  somewhat  acute  at 
each  end,  and  alternately  affixed.  They  are  smooth,  leathery,  glossy-green  above, 
and  paler  beneath.  The  veins  meet  the  midrib  at  an  acute  angle,  and  by  means 
of  small  lateral  veinlets,  form  a  network  which  does  not  anastomose  prominently 
near  the  leaf-margin.  The  flowers  are  dioecious,  yellow,  or  yellowish-white,  axij- 
lary,  and  borne  in  umbellate  clusters.  The  fruit  is  an  oval,  deep-purple,  almost 
black  drupe. 

History,  Decription,  and  Chemical  Composition.  — This  plant,  the  well- 
known  ba\-  tree,  is  cultivated  in  Mexico,  but  is  indigenous  to  the  countries  round 
about  the  Mediterranean.    The  leaves,  expressed  oil,  and  berries  are  employed. 

I.  Folia  Latri,  Laurel  leaver. — These,  as  well  as  the  fruit,  have  been  de- 
scribed above.  When  dried  they  are  of  a  yellow-green  or  brown-green  color,  and 
possess  an  aromatic,  bitter  taste,  and  an  aromatic  agreeable  odor.  Their  virtues 
are  due  to  the  presence  of  a  volatile  oil  (J  per  cent,  Fliickiger,  Phaimixrognosic, 
1891 ;  from  0.8  to  2.5  per  cent,  referred  to  dried  leaves,  Schimmel  i\:  Co.'s  Report, 
October,  1893).  It  is  probably  identical  with  that  from  the  fruit  ^which  yields 
0.8  per  cent),  but  has  a  finer  aroma.  Its  specific  gravity  is  0.924.  According  to 
Prof.  Wallach  (1889),  the  oil  both  from  the  leaves  and  the  berries,  contains  for 
the  most  part  rincol  (eumlyptol),  a  terpene  derivative,  and  small  quantities  of  the 
terpene  piwnc.  (For  list  of  22  essential  oils  in  which  cinenl  has  Wen  found  to 
occur,  see  Hchimmel  &  Co.'s  Report,  1891,  p.  68.) 

II.  Fructus  (or  BACC.f:)  Lai'ri,  Laurel  or  Bay-berrifs. — The  dry  berries  are 
fragile,  wrinkled,  green-black,  or  black-brown,  having  a  thin,  friable"  integument 
enclosing  an  aromatic,  oily,  bitter,  dicotyledonous  kernel.  Bonastre  ( 1824)  found 
the  fruits  to  contain  0.8  per  cent  of  volatile  oil,  12.8  per  cent  of  a  green  fatty  oil. 
and  5.1  per  cent  of  solid  fat.     According  to  analysis  by  Staub  ilS79i  a  variety 


I.AVANDl  LA.  1123 

of  fatty  iiiaiu-rs  ait-  (.resent,  viz.,  the  glycerides  of  acetic,  oleic,  liimleic,  .steiiric, 
palmitic,  mviistie,  ami  lauric  acids,  with  small  amounts  of  free  acetic  acid. 

III.  Oi.EiM  L.\iHi,  Uil  of  L/iK/r/.— This  is  the  expressed  oil  of  the  fruit,  and 
is  known  also  as  Olruin  Liitr!  Er))rcjinuin,  Oleum  Liuriiinm,  and  Oleum  Diuri  I'lnini- 
iKwiim.  This  oil  is  a  green,  granular,  lard-liko  mixture,  melting  at  40°  C.  (104°  F.), 
to  a  dark-green  aromatic  Huid,  and  consisting  of  a  semi-solid  fat  (chiefly  Aik/o- 
."teitriiie,  the  glycerylester  of  laurir  acid  C,.,H,,03),  fragrant  ethereal  oil  of"  bitter, 
balsamic  taste,  and  green  chlorophyll,  which  is  permanent  toward  ammonia.  An 
adulteration  with  indigo  and  curcuma  can  therefore  be  recognized  l)y  the  forma- 
tion of  a  red  color  upon  the  addition  of  ammonia  water  to  an  alcoholic  extract  of 
the  oil.  These  coloring  matters  are  also  insoluble  in  ether,  while  oil  of  laurel  is 
completely  solul.le  with  green  color.  Col<l  alcohol  dissolves  out  essential  oil  and 
dilorophyll.  leaving  tiie  ftitty  matter  undi.-isolved. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. -The  ancients  valued  bay  leaves  and 
laurel  berries,  using  them  as  astiiniitnts,  stimulants,  and  stomachics.  In  Europe 
p.istry  is  at  the  present  day  llavored  with  the  leaves,  the  belief  prevailing  that 
they  render  the  food  more  ca.sily  digested.  Active  emmenagogue  properties  were 
formerly  ascribed  to  laurel,  and  a  decoction  of  the  root-bark  was  in  vogue  as  a 
remedy  in  (lii)/,.sie.i  and  disorders  nj  (he  urinor)/  trael.  Locally,  in  powder  or  decoc- 
tion, the  leaves  and  fruit  were  applied  to  insert  hites  and  Mings,  scalp  eruptions,  and 
in  teurorr/iiea  when  accompaniecl  by  lax  vaginal  walls.  All  that  now  remains  of 
this  ancient  medication  is  the  use  of  the  oil  (iioth  volatile  and  fixed)  as  a  stimu- 
lant topical  agent  for  rheumatic  and  other  painful  parts. 

Belated  Species. — Pemea  gratmima,  Gsertner  ( Laurus  Persea,  Linn6),  Alligator  pear.  The 
fruit,  fnini  it.«  long,  pear  shape,  is  also  known  as  the  Aracado  pear,  and  from  its  butyraceons, 
rich  pull),  Midsliipmati'n  Imlter,  or  Veyetable  marrow.  The  tree  closely  resembles  our  sassafras 
tree,  and  the  fruit  is  either  green,  purple,  or  red, the  first  variety  being  preferred  by  the  natives 
who  consume  the  fruit.  If  eaten  liefore  maturity  the  fruit  is  liable  to  induce  dysenteric  and 
febrile  disorders.  The  seeds,  which  arc  the  medicinal  parts,  are  hard  and  glotose,  contain  a 
milky  juice  which  leaves  a  red  ineffaceable  mark  upon  a  white  surface  when  exposed  to  the 
atmcephere.  The  seeds  contain  ami/gdalin,  and  a  ferment  capable  of  producing  therefrom 
hi/droc;ianic  acid ;  fat,  starch,  mannit,  and  sugar;  the  fruit,  gum,  sugar,  fixed  oils, and  salts  of 
malic  acid  (Betancourt).  The  seeds  are  reputed  anthelnuntic,  and  are  applied  locally  and 
given  internally,  ia  fluid  extract,  for  rheumatism  and  intercostal  neuralgia. 

LAVANDULA.— LAVANDULA. 

The  flowers  of  Lavandula  eern,  Dc  Candolle  {Lavandula  s/)tcrt,  var.  a.  Linne; 
Lavandula  offiri)(alis,  Chaix;  Lavandula  angustifolia,  Ehrhart). 

Xat.  (>rd. — Labiata*. 

('oMjro.v  Names:   Lavender,  Lavender  flotvei-s. 

li.i.i<T«ATio.\  :    Rentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  199. 

Botanical  Source.— Lavandula  vera,  of  l)e  Candolle,  is  a  small  shrub,  gener- 
ally 1  or  2  feet  high,  but  sometimes  growing  to  even  6  feet.  The  leaves  are 
oblong-linear  or  lanceolate,  entire,  opposite,  sessile,  and,  when  young,  hoary  and 
revolute  at  the  edges.  The  flowers  are  of  a  lilac  color,  small,  in  terminal,  cylin- 
drical spikes,  formed  of  interrui)ted  whorls  of  6  to  10  flowers,  each  whorl  with  2 
minute  oracts.  The  corolla  is  tubular,  2-lipped,  upper  lip  large  and  2-lobed, lower 
lip  3-lobed-.  The  floral  lefrvon-are  rhomboid-ovate,  acuminate,  membraneous,  all 
fertile,  the  uppermost  shorter  than  the  calyx.  Stamens  4,  deciinate;  antiiers 
renif(jrni,  l-celled  :  style  slender  ;  stiirina  bilobate  (L.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— Axivkk/u/'i  vera  inhabits  southern 
Europe  and  north  Africa,  growinji  in  dry,  sterile  soils  in  mountainous  and  other 
sunny  elevations.  It  is  largely  cultivated  in  the  United  .States,  flowering  in 
July  and  August.  It  is  subject  to  a  disease,  which  can  only  be  avoided  by  not 
allowing  the  plants  to  grow  too  closely  together.  The  whole  plant  is  anunatic 
The  flowers  are  the  parts  used;  they  a're  gathered  shortly  after  their  ajjpearance, 
or  before  fully  expanded,  usually  in  .June  and  .hily,  and  carefully  dried.  They 
have  a  rich,  peculiar  fragrance,  which  is  retained  long  after  drying,  and  a  strong, 
bitter,  aromatic,  sonjewbat  caniplio.aceous  taste.    Tlieir  jiroperlies  are  yielded  to 


Fig.  157. 


Lavandula  vera. 


112-1  LEDUM. 

alcohol  or  ether.  The}'  contain  volatile  oil  (see  Oleum  LavanduUe),  resinous  matter, 
tannic  acid,  a  bitter  principle,  and  woody  fiber.  The  recent  flowers  yield  from 
about  1.2  to  l.fi  i)pr  cent  of  the  volatile  oil. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. —  Lavender  is  a  tonic,  stimu- 
lant, and  cniniinative.  It  i.s  seldom  given  in  the  crude  state, 
but  in  itri  otiieial  preparations,  which  .see.  Colic  is  said  to  be 
occa.sioned  by  the  infusion  if  immoderately  used.  Lavender 
fomentations  are  occasionalh'  employed  in  painful  local  affe<- 
tions.  The  infusion  is  prepared  with  1  drachm  of  the  flowers 
and  1  pint  of  water.  Prof.  Scudder  considered  lavender  the 
child's  stimulant,  preferring  the  tincture  of  the  oil  (sii)  to 
alcohol  (Oj). 

Related  Species. — Lmandnia  ^pica,  of  De  CandoUe,  is  more  dwarf- 
ish aii'l  more  lioarv  than  the  Lavandula  rera.  Leaves  oblong-lanceolate, 
somewhat  .spatuhite,  entire,  much  narrowed  at  the  base,  hoary  oil  both 
sides.  Spikes  somewhat  interrupted.  Bracts  linear-subulate,  shorter 
than  the  calyx.  This  plant  is  not  used  in  medicine,  but  yields  what  is 
called  oil  of  gjnh,  much  used  in  the  preparation  of  artistical  varnishes 
and  by  porrelain  painters.    The  chief  constituent  of  this  oil  is  ciiteol. 

Lavandula  atachas.  Linn^. — This  small  shrub,  the  flowering  spikes  of 
which  are  known  as  French  or  Arabian  lavender,  is  found  in  the  countries 
bordering  on  the  Mediterranean.  They  bear  small-stidked,  deep-purple, 
small  flowers,  having  a  camphoraceous,  pronounced  aroma. 

Ociinum  basilicum,  Linn^,  Basil,  Sweet  baail. — This  herb  is  an  annual, 
belonging  to  the  Labiata,  and  indigenous  to  Africa  and  Asia,  in  the 
tropical  portions,  and  often  cultivated  in  gardens.  It  has  a  cooling, 
balsamic  taste,  and  a  strongly  aromatic,  agreeable  odor.  It  contains  a 
small  amount  of  tannin  and  "a  volatile  oil.  This  plant  is  employed  in 
some  sections  as  a  flavoring  herb  in  cooking,  and  in  southern  .South  America,  the  fresh  juice 
is  employed  to  expel  worms.  It  has  been  used  in  mild  nervous  disorders.  The  oil  is  nervine 
and  carminative. 

LEDUM.— LABRADOR  TEA. 

The  leaves  of  Ledum  latifoHum,  Alton. 

Nat.  Ord. — Ericacete. 

Common  N.\mes:   Labrador  tea,  JamesUen. 

Botanical  Source. — Ledum  latifolium  is  an  evergreen  shrub,  with  an  irregu- 
larly liranched  stem,  from  2  to  5  feet  in  height.  The  branches  are  woolly.  The 
leaves  are  alternate,  subsessile,  entire,  1  or  2  inches  in  length,  nearly  one-third  as 
wide,  obtuse,  elliptical  or  oblong,  smooth  above,  clothed  with  a  dense,  rusty  wool 
beneath,  and  have  revolute  or  replicate  margins.  The  flowers  are  large,  white,  in 
dense,  terminal  corymbs  of  about  a  dozen  flowers  ;  the  pedicels  nearly  as  long  as 
the  leaves,  filiform  and  pubescent.  The  calyx  is  very  minute.  Corolla  white, 
consists  of  5  spreading,  obovate,  obtuse  petals.  Stamens  5  or  10,  as  long  as  the 
petals ;  filaments  slender  and  smooth ;  anthers  small,  opening  bj-  2  simple,  termi- 
nal pores.  Ovary  roundish;  style  straight, about  as  long  as  the  stamens;  stigma 
small  and  obtuse.  Capsule  ovate-oblong,  subpubescent,  o-celled  and  5-valved; 
valves  splitting  from  the  ba.se  upward,  with  the  margins  inflexed  and  connivent; 
and  receptacles  linear,  extenclin<;  into  the  cells  of  the  capsule.  The  seeds  are 
minute,  teruiinatinj;  in  a  membrane  at  each  extremity  (L. — Torrey"). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. — This  plant  is  a  native  of  North 
America,  and  is  found  in  the  northern  part  of  the  United  States  and  in  Canada, 
growing  in  cold  bogs  and  damp  mountain  woods,  flowering  in  .lune  and  July.  It 
is  also  found  further  south,  growing  on  the  mountains.  The  leaves  are  the  j)arts 
used.  They  have  a  pleasant  flavor,  and  yield  their  virtues  to  hot  water  in  infu- 
sion, or  to  alcohol.  It  contains  the  glucosid  ericolin  (R.  Thai,  1S83).  They  were 
much  employed  instead  of  tea  leaves  during  the  Revolutionary  War.  Their 
medicinal  virtues  were  well-known  to  the  Cree  Indians  in  the  territory  of  the 
Hudson    Hay.  and  to  other  Indian  tribes. 

Action,"  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Ledum  latifolium  is  pectoral  and 
tonic,  anil,  in  small  doses,  is  useful  in  rmifih.'>,  irritations  of  the  pulmonari/  mtinbrnius. 
and  in  di/spcp^in.  It  increases  the  urinary  flow.  Reputed  also  to  possess  similar, 
but   less  energetic,  properties  than  the  Ix-dum  pa hu^t re  (»ee  below),  wliich  is  sujv 


LEOXUIU'S.  1125 

posed  to  possess  narcotic  powers.  An  infusion  of  the  leaves  has  been  success- 
fully employed  in  decoction  in  ]Hrtt(.<<<i.'>,  di/sento-i/.  und  to  nWay  jmtn'tir  inilatian 
inexanthematoiis  di.-'cnses.  In  kjironi/,  ilr/i,m\(\  scvtrdl  (Im-tiseii  of  the  skin,  the  decoc- 
tion internally  and  externally  has  been  beneficially  used.  Clothes,  among  which 
it  is  strewed,  are  said  to  be  preserved  from  the  ravages  of  moths.  A  strong  decoc- 
tion, used  externally,  will  kill  lire  and  other  insects.  Dose  of  the  infusion  of 
either  of  the  above  plants,  from  2  to  4  lluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day.  A  tinc- 
ture may  be  prepared  from  the  fresh  leaves  (gviii  to  alcohol,  98  per  cent,  Oj). 
Dose,  1  to  10  minims. 

Related  Species. — L-dum  pnliLiire,  Liiine,  or  .VkiWi  Un,  nl?o  known  as  .\farsh  rifiun,  II'iW 
/omi/Ki/'v,  ;iiiil  /,'m<//ii(;//i'/.,  si/hrflris,  inliabits  sphagnous  swamps  in  the  cold  regions  of  tlio  two 
continents,  an.l  may  lie  lii-Jtineuished  l)y  its  linear  leaves,  luiving  nnifornily  10  stamens,  and 
eepei'iallv  l)y  its  oval  p<ic|s.  The  leaves  have  a  pleasant,  resinous  odor,  and  a  not  unpleasant, 
amarous,  and  somewhat  spicy  taste,  with  slight  a.stringency.  They  were  formerly  used  in 
place  of  hops  in  the  making  of  beer  in  some  parts  of  (Jermany  and  Sweden.  Water,  by  infu- 
sion, or  alcohol,  extracts  the  properties  of  ledum.  Its  chief  proximate  principles  are:  (1)  liricolin 
(CmHjoOj,  R.  Thai,  188;5l,  a  resinous,  bitter  ghicosid  without  odor,  decomposing  with  water,  or 
more  rapidlv  with  diluted  mineral  acids,  into  sugar  and  ericinol  (CaiHjjOl.wliicli  readily  absorbs 
water  and  forms  /ii/rfro»"nViiiy/ (CioHaoO,),  a  thick  fluid  of  a  peculiar  odor;  i'2)  Mikiiniic  acid 
(CisHsoOg);  (3)  volatile  oil  containing  crvstallizable  Ifdum  camphor  (CisHmO,  Rizza,  .A(/i/w6.  </<t 
Pharm.,  1887,  p.  363,  and  Hjelt,  Chemihr  /Ig.,  18!t.5,  p.  2126),  melting  at  10o°  C.  (221°  F.I.  0.7 
per  cent  of  the  oil  was  obtained  by  Hielt  and  Collau  (18821  from  the  herb  grown  in  wet  locali- 
ties. The  flowering  tops  yielded  (tJchimmel  &  Co.,Oct.,  18!H)  1.2  per  cent  of  the  oil,  while 
the  non-flowering  shrub  vields  oiilv  about  0.3.5  per  cent.  The  poisonous  amlroiiiid(,ti>.rin  waa 
established,  bv  Prof.  Plugge  and  Do  Zaaver,  to  lie  absent  from  Ledum  palustre  (.li/ifr. /our. 
PAarm.,1889, 13.  360). 

LEONURUS.— MOTHERWORT. 

The  tops  and  leaves  of  I^on^irii.^  Cardinra,  Linne. 

Xai.  Orfl.—l.ahmiif. 

CoMMdN   Xamf. :   Motherwort. 

Botanical  Source.— Leo)!»ri<s  Cardiaca  is  a  perennial  plant,  with  stems  from 
2  to  y  feet  in  heifiht,  wand-like,  minutely  downy,  acutely  quadrangular,  with 
intermediate  channels,  purplish,  beset  with  numerous  pairs 
of  opposite,  long-stalked,  rough,  dark-green,  somewhat  downy 
leaves  in  4  vertical  rows.  The  lower  stem-leaves  are  palinate- 
lobed  and  broadest ;  the  upper  ones  acutely  3-lobed  ;  those 
about  the  summit  lanceolate  and  undivided  ;  and  all  toothed 
and  cuneiform  at  the  base.  The  flowers  are  purplish  or 
whitish-red,  in  numerous  axillary  whorls.  The  calyx  is  rigid 
and  bristly.  Corolla  purplish,  upper  lip  clothed  with  dense, 
white,  shaggy,  upright  hairs ;  lower  deeply  colored,  variegated, 
smooth,  in  3  nearly  equal  entire  lobes;  middle  lobe  ohcordate. 
Stamens  didynamous;  anthers  approximated  in  pairs,  with 
parallel  transverse  cells  and  naked  valves,  sprinkled  with 
shining  dots.  Achenia  oblong,  or  linear-obovate,  blunt  and 
squamosely  muricated  atthesummit,  and  longitudinally  striated,  withalong beak; 
pappus  white,  hair-like,  very  soft,  simple,  !ind  radiated  in  many  rows  (L. — W. — G.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— Mot lurwort  is  an  exotic  plant,  but 
extensively  inlidiliicecl  into  this  country,  j;niwiiig  in  fields  and  jjasturcs,  and 
llowerin;,' "fcom  May  t(.  Septcinhcr.  It  "is  supposed  to  be  a  native  of  Tartary, 
and  may  probably  be  iiidif^enous  to  the  northern  sections  of  this  country. 
In  some  sections  of  continental  Eurojie,  and  {(articulary  in  Russia  Leonurun 
Cnrdinra  has  been  highly  endorsed  as  a  remedy  for  hydrophobia.  It  ha.s  not, 
liowever,  been  as  extensively  used  as  a  medicinal  agent  in  this  country,  as  its 
virtues  warrant.  The  root  sends  forth  a  number  of  small,  long  fibers  of  a  dark- 
yellowish  color.  The  whole  jilant  is  medicinal.  It  has  a  peculiar,  aromatic,  not 
tli.«agreeable  odor,  an<l  a  slightlv  aromatic,  very  bitter  taste,  and  yields  its  proper- 
ties to  water  ..ralcohol.  Mr.  W.A.  II.  Naylor(/'A'nm..7r>,-,-.  T/vkk^.,  Vol.  XXV,  1894, 
p.  181)  found  the  following  constituents  of  L»nu,u.i  Cardiara:  A  bitter  principle 
soluble  in  alcohol,  chloroform,  and  ether,  insoluble  in  water,  benzol,  and  petro- 
leum ether;  an  n/Aa/oiV/((/ substance,  not  reacting,  liowever,  with  Mayer's  Solution; 


Lconurus  Cardiaca. 


112t)  LEPTAXDRA. 

a  hard  resin,  a  soft  resin,  fixed  oil,  wax,  and  potassium  chloride,  calcium  phos- 
phate, and  citric,  malic,  and  tartaric  acids.  Some  interesting  notes  on  the  early 
literature  of  Leonurus,  b}'  E.  M.  Holmes,  precede  Mr.  Najior"s  article. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Motherwort  isemmenagogue,  nervine. 
antispasmodic,  and  laxative.  It  is  usually  given  in  warm  infusion  in  amenorrhcea 
from  coUh;  and  in  suppressed  lochia  we  have  found  it  superior  to  any  other  remedy. 
Also  useful  in  hysteria  and  chorea  (King).  The  extract  is  recommended  in  nervous 
complaints,  pains  peculiar  to  females,  in  irritable  habits,  cldirium  tremens,  typhoifJ  stages, 
with  morbid  nervous  excitability,  all  chronic  diseases  attended  with  restlessness, 
wakefulne.ss,  disturbed  sleep,  apinal  irritation,  and  neuralgic  pains  in  the  stomach 
and  head,  and  in  liver  aff'ectioi^s.  It  is  adapted  to  cases  of  nervous  debility  with 
irritation,  nervous  unrest,  tendency  to  choreic  or  spasmodic  movements,  pelvic 
and  lumbar  uneasiness  or  pain,  bearing  down  pains,  and  the  irritability  due  to 
female  disorders.  Combined  with  ictodes  and  resin  of  black  cohosh,  it  forms 
a  superior  antispasmodic,  nervine,  and  emmenagogue.  Externally,  it  maj'  be 
used  as  a  fomentation  to  the  bowels  in  suppressed  and  painful  menstruation,  etc. 
Dose  of  decoction,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  every  1,  2,  or  3  hours;  of  the  extract, 
from  3  to  6  grains,  every  2  to  4  hours.  The  root  in  infusion  is  diuretic,  and  is 
stated  to  be  efficient  in  obstinate  intermitte^its.  The  seeds  have  been  given  in  half- 
teaspoonful  doses  in  water,  in  bilious  colic,  and,  it  is  said,  will  pass  through  the 
bowels  when  quicksilver  will  not;  they  must  not  be  pulverized.  This,  however, 
requires  more  satisfactor}'  evidence  (King). 

Related  Species. — Slachys  pnlustris,  Linn^,  Hedge  nettle.  Europe  and  North  America,  in 
wet  situations.  This,  with  other  species  of  Slachys,  has  been  employed  as  a  topical  and  gen- 
eral stimulant. 

Bnllola  nigra,  Linne,  Black  horehonnd. — New  England,  naturalized.  Has  bfen  used  as  a 
stimulant,  antispasmodic,  and  vermifuge. 

Galtopfis  Tetrahit,  Linne,  Hemp  nettle. —  Formerly  used  in  bmnchUi.i  and  inlermittent  fever. 

LEPTANDRA  (U.  S.  P.)— LEPTANDRA. 

•'The  rhizome  and  rootlets  of  Veronica  virginica,  Linne""  {LeptanJra  virginica, 
Nuttall). 

Nat.  Ord. — Scrophularinea\ 

Common  Names  :    Black  root,  Cidver^s  root,  etc.  (see  History). 

Im.ustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  196. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  the  Veronica  virginica,  of  Linnffus,  and  Leptandra 
virginica,  of  Nuttall.  It  is  an  indigenous,  perennial  plant,  with  a  simple,  straight, 
smooth,  herbaceous  stem,  from  2  to  5  feet  in  height.  The  leaves  are  whorled  in 
fours  to  sevens,  short-petioled,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  finely  serrate,  and  glaucous 
beneath.  The  flowers  are  white,  numerous,  nearly  sessile,  in  long,  terminal,  and 
verticillate,  sub-terminal  spikes.  Spikes  panicled  and  crowded ;  bracts  very  small. 
Calyx  4-parted.  The  corolla  is  small,  nearly  white,  with  a  deeply  4-cleft,  spread- 
ing border,  the  lateral  or  lower  segments  narrower  tlian  the  others,  tubular  and 
l)ubescent  inside;  the  tube  of  the  corolla  is  longer  than  its  limb,  and  much  longer 
than  the  calyx.  Stamens  2,  very  much  exserted.  Capsule  oblong-ovate,  not 
notched,  opening  by  4  teeth  at  the  apex,  and  many-seeded  (G. — W.). 

History. — Leptandra  is  one  of  the  very  old  Eclectic  drugs.  Like  most  medici- 
nal i)Iants  it  is  known  by  several  popular  names,  as  Black  root,  Culver"s  root. 
Culver's  physic.  Bowman  root.  Tall  speedwell,  Veronica,  T.iU  veronica.  Physic 
loot,  and  Whorlywort.  Its  name  Veronica  is  jirobably  derived  from  St.  Veronica. 
Hlack  root  is  found  more  or  less  plentifully  tliroughout  the  United  States,  from 
\'ermont  to  Wisconsin,  and  southward,  growing  in  wet,  or  moist,  rich  ground 
near  streams,  in  woods,  thickets,  glades,  and  open  plains.  It  is  particularly  plen- 
tiful in  limestone  districts.  It  is  a  perennial  herb,  growing  from  1  to  5  feet  nigh, 
with  an  upright  stalk,  having  whorls  of  leaves,  and  surmounted  by  spikes  of 
crowded  white  flowers.  It  blooms  in  July  and  August.  The  rliizome  is  perennial, 
and  should  be  gathered  in  the  fall  of  its  second  year.  When  fresh,  it  has  a  faint, 
almond-like  odor,  and  a  bitter,  nauseous  taste,  which  is  somewhat  lessened  bv 
drying,  and  yields  its  properties  to  water  at  100°  C.  (212"  F.),  or  still  better  to 
alcohol.    .Age  does  not  impair  its  virtues. 


I-Kl'TANDKA.  1127 

This  drim  was  well-known  tu  the  Indian  Ht-rl)  Doctor  Peter  Sniilh.and  to 
Dr.  Hough.  To  the  former  it  was  known  as  Culver's,  or  Brinton's  root,  and  he 
Ktates  that  his  father  "used  to  cure  the  iileurisy  with  amazing  si)eed "' with  jt. 
Hough  said  of  it  that  it  was  'a  most  mild  and  eflicacious  purge  in  fevers,  in  dis- 
orders of  the  stomach,  or  the  howels,  to  destroy  vicious  liumors  in  tiie  hlood,  to 
remove  costiveness.  or  to  cool  fevers."  The  \Vy:iiitlots  were  acciuainted  with  its 
virtues,  and  regarded  it  a.s  "a  very  good  liealing  purge."  Tlio  early  Kdectic  phy- 
sicians considered  it  one  of  their  most  valualile  therapeutic  agents. 

Si>eciHc  I-eptandra,  the  most  extensively  used  preparation,  has  a  dark-brown 
color,  the  peculiar,  and  markedly  so,  odor  of  the  drug,  and  a  l)itter  taste  that  is 
accompanied  by  the  aroma  of  the  root  from  which  it  is  jirepared.  When  dropi)ed 
into  water  it  produces  a  turbidity  or  milkincss.  If  specific  leptandra  be  allowed 
to  evaporate  by  rubbing  a  few  drops  in  tlie  palm  of  the  hand  the  skin  is  impreg- 
nated with  the  strong  odor  of  leptandra  in  an  intensified  degree. 

Description.— Leptandra  is  oflicially  described  as  "of  horizontal  growth,  from 
10  to  15  (.111.  ,4  to  6  inches)  long,  and  at>out  5  Mm.  (i  inch)  thick,  somewhat  flat- 
tened, bent,  and  branched,  deep  blackish-brown,  with  cup-shaped  scars  on  the 
upper  side,  hard,  of  a  woody  fracture,  with  a  thin,  blackish  bark,  a  hard,  yellowish 
wood,  and  a  large,  puri)lish-brown,  about  Grayed  pith  ;  roots  thin,  wrinkled,  very 
fragile;  inodorous;  taste  bitter  and  feebly  acrid" — (U.S.  P.).  (See  also  illustra- 
tion of  the  microscopic  structure  of  leptandra,  by  A.  P.  Breithaupt.  Amei:  Jour. 
P/Kinn.,1897.p.23.5.) 

Chemical  Composition.— The  root  of  leptandra,  as  well  as  its  preparations, 

Sossesses  a  peculiar,  strong  odor,  and  yields,  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  an  acid 
istillate  of  an  unpleasant  odor,  and  containing  traces  of  formic  acid  (F.  F.  Maver, 
Anm:  Jour.  Pharm.,  1863,  p.  298).  Prof.  E.  S.  Wayne  i)rocured  a  bitter  principle 
by  the  following  process:  The  root,  in  coarse  powder,  was  treated  with  water  in  a 
percolator  until  the  infusion  was  no  longer  bitter;  subacetate  of  lead  was  added 
to  this,  and  the  precipitate  removed  by  filtration  ;  carbonate  of  sodium  was  then 
added  to  remove  excess  of  lead,  and  the  liquid  again  filtered.  The  pale-yellow 
liquid  was  then  allowed  to  filter  through  a  column  of  purified  animal  cha.rcoal. 
The  liquid  that  passed  through  was  totally  devoid  of  taste  and  color.  The  coal 
was  then  washed  with  water  until  this  commenced  to  have  a  bitter  taste;  it  was 
then  dried  and  treated  with  boiling  alcohol,  and  the  alcoholic  solution  allowed  to 
evaporate  spontaneously.  It  dried  to  a  dark-green  mass,  no  signs  of  crystalli- 
zation being  observed  during  the  time.  It  was  again  dissolved  in  water,  treated 
with  ether,  and  allowed  to  evaporate,  when  a  number  of  bitter,  pale-green,  needle- 
shaped  crystals  were  obtained  [Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,\o\.  CXXV,  p.  510). 

G.  Steinmann  {Amer.  Jour.  Pliarm.,  1887,  p.  229)  obtained  a  bitter  principle 
by  pouring  a  concentrated  tincture  of  the  root  into  water,  which  ])recipitates  the 
resin.  The  filtrate  was  acidulated  and  shaken  out  with  benzol.  Upon  evapora- 
tion of  this  solvent,  0.1  per  cent  of  a  crystalline  and  very  bitter  residue  was  left, 
which  was  again  crystallized  from  ether.  The  i)ale,  lemon-yellow  crystals  are  in- 
soluble in  petroleum  benzin,  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  benzol,  hot  water,  and 
yield  no  jnecijtitate  with  Mayer's  solution,  nor  with  tannic  acid;  neither  does  it 
reduce  Fehling's  solution  after  being  boiled  with  diluted  suli)huric  acid.  The 
resinous  matter,  precipitated  by  water  and  purified  by  repeated  precipitation  is 
absolutely  inert  (see  Lij,i(iiiilrin').  The  filtrate  from  the  first  i)re(ipilation  of  the 
resin  contains  mannit  (  E.  S.  Wayne,  Amer.  Jour.  P/iarm.,  1859,  j).  557).  .1.  l^  Lloyd 
(Amer.  Jour.  Phurm.,  1880,  ]>.  491 )  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  bitternes.s"of 
the  tincture  of  leptandra  disappears  when  in  prolonged  contact  with  diluted  sul- 
phuric acid,  or  more  rapidly  upon  boiling.  An  inert  resin  is  formed  in  both 
cases,  and  the  solution  contains  a  great  amount  of  reducing  substance. 

Lkpt.\.ndrix. — Leptandrin  was  discovered  and  introduced  about  the  year 
1850.  by  Mr.  William  Stanley  Merreli.  It  was  one  of  the  class  of  Eclectic  con- 
centrations or  resinoids  and  followed  i)odopbyllin,  macrotin  and  irisin,  which 
were  i)reviously  discovered  by  Prof  John  King.  As  found  in  commerce  it  is 
prepared  by  pouring  an  evaporated  alcoholic  tincture  of  leptandra,  of  a  thick, 
syrupy  consistence,  into  cold  water.  A  black,  tarry  substance  is  thrown  down. 
This  precipitate  is  then  washed  with  pure  cold  water  and  becomes  tasteless.  This 
l.rodnct  has  a  deep-black  color,  resembling  asphaltum,  and  breaks  with  a  shiny 


1128  LKPTANDRA. 

fracture.  By  this  process  the  bitter  principle  of  leptandra  remains  dissolved  in  the 
water  used  as  a  precipitant.  The  leptandrin  made  by  the  foregoing  process  (Greve) 
is  inferior  as  a  medicine.  Prof.  Lloyd  agrees  with  Dr.  Greve,  that  a  dried  alcoholic 
extract  (not  precipitated  in  water)  possesses  more  nearly  the  medicinal  qualities 
of  the  drug.  He  further  states  that  the  dried  precipitated  resin  differs  so  mark- 
edly from  the  dried  alcoholic  extract  as  to  forbid  their  substitution  for  each  other. 
If  the  resin  be  rubbed  with  distilled  water  and  filtered  the  filtrate  will  be  color- 
less, nearly  tasteless,  and  without  bitterness,  while  the  filtrate  from  the  dried  alco- 
holic extract,  similarly  treated,  is  dark-colored  and  extremely  bitter.  The  resin 
of  leptandra,  or  leptandrin,  will  not  run  together  nor  lump  in  any  temperature 
or  in  an}'  atmosphere.  Under  like  conditions,  or  if  not  well  dried,  the  alcoholic 
extract  will  run  together  and  form  a  hard  mass.  The  root,  which  should  be  well 
dried  and  at  least  one  year  old  after  collecting,  yields  about  6  per  cent  of  resin. 
Of  the  alcoholic  extract  the  yield  is  about  10  per  cent.  The  yield  of  resin  in- 
creases with  age  and  exposure  after  collection,  consequently  the  roots  of  two  or 
more  years  of  age  are  preferable  for  the  production  of  leptniulrin.  Prof  John 
King,  to  whom  maybe  ascribed  the  popularity  of  leptandra  as  a  medicinal  agent, 
did  not  employ  the  so-called  "  leptandrin,"  but  found  the  therapeutic  value  of  the 
drug  to  depend  upon  a  mixture  of  the  aqueous  and  alcoholic  extracts  (see  Amer. 
Pharm.  Assoc.  Proc, Vol.  XXVIII,  p. 421).  In  this  connection  the  following  remarks 
from  former  editions  of  this  work  may  be  used  to  indicate  the  opinion  of  Prof. 
King  concerning  the  preparation  sold  under  the  na.me  leptandrin. 

"  Dr.  T.  L.  A.  Greve  states  that '  under  the  name  of  leptandrin  various  prepa- 
rations have  been  sold.  Originally,  the  soft  resin  was  simply  dried  and  powdered 
but  it  was  found  to  be  nearly  inert.  The  alcoholic  extract,  dried  and  powdered, 
makes  a  good  preparation,  and  would,  probably,  be  better  if  deprived  of  its  resin. 
It  is  very  diflScult,  however,  to  dry  it  without  the  addition  of  magnesia  or  some 
other  absorbent.  Most  of  the  so-called  leptandrin  made  at  present  for  medicinal 
purposes,  is  merely  a  dried  aqueous  extract,  so  that  our  practitioners  may  observe 
how  much  they  have  been  imposed  upon  heretofore  by  the  representations  of 
some  manufacturers  of  the  concentrated  principles  as  to  their  modes  of  prepara- 
tion, etc.  (N.  B. — The  powder  known  heretofore  by  the  name  '  leptandrin,"  being 
at  this  day  prepared  so  as  to  be  nearly  worthless,  I  have  substituted  the  extract 
for  it  in  nearly  all  the  formulte  in  this  work  where  its  use  occurs)'"  (King.) 

At  present,  neither  leptandrin  nor  other  "  resinoids  "  are  used  to  any  great 
extent  by  Eclectic  physicians. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Physiologically,  leptandra  acts  upon 
the  gastric,  hepatic,  and  intestinal  apparatus.  The  fresh  root  is  actively  and 
dangerously  cathartic,  and  has  produced  violent  emesis  and  bloody  purging,  ac- 
companied by  vertigo,  and  administered  to  the  pregnant  female  has  produced 
miscarriage.  In  this  state,  it  is  totally  unfit  for  a  cathartic,  but  upon  drying 
the  root  loses  its  drastic  qualities,  and  becomes  a  safe  cholagogue.  laxative,  and 
cathartic.  In  ordinary  doses  it  does  not  produce  copious  alvine  discharges,  but 
gently  stimulates  the  functions  of  the  liver.  It  does  not  debilitate  nor  lower  the 
tone  of  the  bowels  or  the  general  system,  but  gently  stimulates  and  strengthens 
the  functional  activity  of  the  whole  intestinal  apjtendages.  It  favors  normal 
intestinal  excretion  and  improves  digestion.  Prof  Scudder  regarded  it  as  a  gas- 
tro-intestinal  tonic,  and  thought  it  indicated  where  there  is  enfeebled  circulation 
with  tendency  to  stasis.  The  only  condition  in  which  tlie  green  root  has  been 
used  was  for  intermittent  fever,  but  as  we  possess  better  remedies  for  this  state,  its 
use  as  a  cathartic  is  at  least  injudicious. 

No  better  laxative  can  be  used  in  atonic  states  of  the  system  than  leptandra. 
No  matter  how  great  the  intestinal  atony,  it  will  be  found" to  operate  gently  and 
without  systemic  disturbance.  It  is  an  exceedingly  useful  drug  for  conditions 
depending  upon  hepatic  torpor.  Small  doses  restore  the  liver  to  its  normal  con- 
dition. The  cathartic  action  of  leptandra  is  beneficial  in  the  forming  stages  of 
fevers  and  in  the  early  stages  of  di/.ienten/.  It  relieves  tlie  constipated  upper  bowel, 
increases  the  biliary  secretions,  and  acts  as  an  unirritating  intestinal  tonic,  and 
tlie  dysenteric  discharges  are  speediiv  checked.  In  acute  dr/.-^cntrni  it  should  b« 
used  early.  It  is  an  admirable  reniei\y  for  chronic  d)/scnten/,  with  chronic  cnteriti.'i, 
accompanied   by  dizziness,  cold   extremities,  headache,  abdominal  and   liepatic 


LEl'TASDUA.  1129 

puin,  with  nu-ntal  depression.  It  is  a  good  agent  {or  atnnicity  »/ the  stoiimrh  mitl 
liiTi:  Tlio  indications  pointing  to  its  iis^e  are  drowsiness,  coldness  of  the  extremi- 
ties, hot,  dry  skin,  sluggish  circulation,  alidoniinal  plethora,  dull  aching  pain 
in  hepatic  region  and  in  left  shoulder,  and  dull  heavy  frontal  headache,  sallow 
or  yellow  skin,  with  a  pale,  white-coated,  broad,  thick  tongue,  and  a  bitter,  dis- 
agreeable taste.  * 

Leptandra  stimulates  the  glandular  system  to  activity,  and  is  valuable  in 
r/ronic  (//.•«T(.<f.<  of  the  iinirou.i  v)emhiini<>>.  For  inilkicalion,  with  deficient  secretion 
and  constipation,  it  may  be  combined  with  jMidophyllin  triturate  (1  in  KXl). 
When  the  stools  are  clay-cnlored,  with  a  deticiency  of  the  biliary  secretion,  it  may 
be  used  to  bring  about  bilious  discharges,  even  though  diarrlnea  be  already  pres- 
ent. In  di/»}icp.^iii,  with  an  unpleasant  frontal  headache,  yellow,  furred  tongue, 
with  nausea  and  yellowness  of  the  skin  and  conjunctiva,  specific  leptandra  will 
be  found  an  excellent  drug.  In  gastric  atony,  if  necessary,  it  may  be  combined 
with  hydra.stis,  xanthoxylum,  chelone,  and  the  milder  bitter  tonics  in  general. 
Black  root  is  a  good  reniedy  in  iliarrhun  when  indicated.  There  is  a  passage  of 
undigested  aliment,  the  liver  is  inactive,  there  is  dull  abdominal  pain,  and  the 
stools  may  be  of  a  light  clay  color.  Here  leptandra  will  be  found  to  act  kindly. 
Another  condition  in  which  it  will  prove  serviceable,  is  in  the  diarrhua  of  chil- 
dren passing  through  the  period  of  dentition.  Chamomi'la  or  rhubarl)  may  be 
exhibited  with  it,  when  specifically  indicated.  When  the  skin  shows  a  jaundiced 
condition,  and  there  is  hepatic  tenderness,  R  Compound  syrup  of  rhubarb  and 
potassa  Hjiij.  specific  leptandra  flji.  Mix.  Sig.  Ten  to  20  drops  every  hour 
until  the  diarrha-a  ceases. 

Leptandra  is  a  useful  remedy  in  disorders  of  the  liver.  It  is  a  valuable 
agent  in  that  state  known  as  " biliousness.''  In  acute  ficpnt His  combine  the  dried 
alcoholic  extract  with  a  small  portion  of  diaphoretic  powder  to  relieve  the  con- 
gested viscus.  An  occasional  dose  is  not  without  good  effect  in  chronir  inflamma- 
tion of  the  I  icer.  Specific  leptandra  maybe  employed  after  the  passage  of /<(7i«/T/ 
calru'li.  Combined  with  hydrastis,  it  will  materially  alter  the  condition  upon 
which  the  formation  of  the" concretions  depends.  In  jr/iou/ ice  it  may  be  combined 
with  dioscorea,  chionanthus,  or  chelidoniuni,  as  indicated.  It  has  been  success- 
fully employed  in  nrute  muco-enteritis  and  c/ironic  enleiitis.  In  the  formative  stage 
of /cucrjr,  particularly /^///oiw/crer,  its  cathartic  action  will  be  appreciated.  Many 
times  it  checks  the  morbid  process,  and  puts  the  patient  on  the  road  to  recovery. 
It  has  been  used  with  advantage  in  typhoid  fever  in  malarious  districts,  though  it 
is  fjuestionablo  whether,  as  a  rule,  any  agent  should  be  employed  which  has  a 
tendency  to  increase  the  intestinal  secretions  and  alvine  evacuations.  It  is  better 
suited  to  those  cases  showing  typhoid  characteristics,  but  not  evidencing  lesions 
of  Fever's  patches. 

Leptandra  has  been  found  useful  in  mnlnria.  The  chill  should  first  be  broken 
with  quinine  and  followed  by  a  cathartic  dose  of  leptandra.  Many  contend  that 
by  its  exhibition  in  this  manner,  the  abnormal  condition  producing  the  chill  is 
rectified  and  a  return  of  the  unpleasantness  is  wholly  averted,  while  under  tlu' 
induence  of  quinine  alone,  though  the  chill  be  broken,  there  is  likely  to  be  a 
return  of  the  malady.  Drop.v/  has  been  quite  successfully  treated  with  leptandra. 
In  hydroeeiihalua  its  cathartic  action  is  desirable.  It  should  be  combined  with 
cream  of  tartar  and  mentha  viridis  for  this  purpose.  In  ««v7t«,  with  hepatic  con- 
gestion anil  great  mental  depression,  it  will  be  administered  both  with  a  view 
to  removing  the  excess  of  fluid  and  to  prevent  its  further  accumulation.  Pose 
of  the  ])owdered  root  as  a  cathartic,  from  20  to  60  grains,  which  may  be  given  in 
sweetened  water;  of  the  infusion,  in  typhoid  conditions,  i  fluid  ounce  every  hour 
intil  it  operates,  and  to  be  repeated  daily.  Dose  of  the  alcoholic  extract,  which 
is  one  of  its  best  forms  of  administration,  from  1  too  grains  in  form  of  pills, 
."Specific  Icpt.indra.  'l  <lnips  to  1  lluid  drachm. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.  — Drowsiness,  dizziness,  and  mental  depres- 
sion, with  teiidenie.-^s  and  heavv  pain  in  the  hepatic  region;  the  tongue  is  coated 
markedlv  white,  the  skin  is  yellow,  there  is  a  bitter  taste,  cold  extremities,  nausea, 
and  dull  frontal  h.adache;  thirst,  with  inability  to  drink;  restlessne.=s,  with 
insomnia:  diarrhiea,  with  half-digested  i>a.s.sages,  or  day-colored  evaoiations;  en- 
feebled portal  circulation,  with  lassitude  and  gloomy  and  depre.-^.^ed  mental  state. 


1130  LEUCANTHKMUM.— LIATKI.-. 

LEUCANTHEMUM— OX-EYE  DAISY. 

The  whole  plant  of  Chrysanlhenuim  Leucfinthemum,  Linn^  {Leucanthemum  vul- 
gare,  Lamarck). 

Nat.  Ord. — Compositae. 

Common  N.\mes:  Or-n/r  rhii.^y.  Wlii/f  veed,  Great  ox-eye.  Field  daisy,  Moon  daisy. 
Maudlin  ihiisy,  Wli'iii  ihii.il/.  Hor-ii  ijinrdi,.  (ininde  Marguerite,  Goldens. 

Botanical  Source. — ('/ii-i/.-iiiiif/iniiinii  I^'umnt/icmum, of  L\ni'\xus(Leiu:anthemum 

vtdgare,  of  Lamarck),  generally  known  as  Ox-eye  daisy,  is  a  perennial  herb,  with 

Fie.  159.  ^"  erect,  branching,  furrowed  stem,  growing  from  1  to  2  feet 

high.     The   leaves   are   comparatively  few,  small,  alternate, 

"     '   '  '       amplexicaiil,    lanceolate,   serrate,   and    cut-pinnatifid   at   the 

base;  the  lower  ones  petiolate,  with  deep,  irregular  teeth  ;  the 

upper  ones  small,  subulate,  and  those  of  the  middle  sessile, 

deeply  cut  at  base,  with  remote  teeth  above.    The  heads  are 

large,"  terminal,  and  solitary.    Disk  yellow.    Rays  numerous 

and  white  (W.). 

^  W\     ^'  History. — This  plant  was   introduced  into  this  country 

*'       *"       I'  from  Europe,  and  is  a  very  troublesome  weed  to  farmers  in 

nearly  every  section.    It  generally  grows  from  1  to  2  feet  high. 

and  bears  white  flowers  in  June  and  Jul}'.     In  the  eastern 

states  it  is  now  used  for  fodder.     The  leaves  are  odorous  and 

somewhat  acid ;  the  flowers  are  bitterish  ;  they  impart  their 

virtues  to  water. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Tonic,  diuretic,  and 
antispasniddie.  Large  doses  emetic.  Used  as  a  tonic  instead 
of  chamoMiile  flowers,  and  has  been  found  serviceable  in  u-hnoji- 
ing-cnug/i,  a-^t/ima,  and  nervous  excitability.  Very  beneficial  exter- 
nally and  internally  in  Icucorrhaea;  and  its  internal  use  lias  been  liighly  recom- 
mended in  colliquative  persjnratinv.  When  u.«ed  locally  for  the  latter  purpose, 
as  it  sometimes  is,  it  stains  the  skin.  Externally,  it  has  been  used  as  a  local 
application  to  tvounds,  xdcers,  scald-head,  and  some  other  cutaneous  diseases.  Dose 
of  the  decoction,  from  2  to  4  ounces.  2  or  1^  times  a  day.  Said  to  destroy  or  drive 
away  fleas. 

LIATRIS.— LIATRIS. 

The  rhizomes  of  several  species  of  Liatris. 

Nat.  Ord. — Composite^. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — Liatris  spicata,  Willdenow.  Button  snake- 
root.  This  plant,  also  known  by  the  names  of  Gay-feather,  Devil's  /)//.  etc..  has  a 
perennial,  tuberous  root,  an  erect,  annual  stem,  2  to  5  feet  in  height,  mostly  stout, 
and  very  leafy.  The  leaves  are  linear,  glabrous,  alternate,  punctate,  ciliate  at 
ba.se,  lower  ones  3  to  5-nerved,  and  narrowed  at  base.  The  flowers  are  sessile,  of 
a  bright-purple  color;  the  heads  many,  densely  crowded  in  a  long,  terminal  spike, 
and  from  8  to  r2-flowered.  The  scales  of  the  cylindrical,  bell-shaped  involucre  are 
ol)long  or  oval,  and  appressed,  with  slight  scarious  margins.  Acnenia  pubescent, 
obconic.  Pappus  permanent,  colored,  barbellate,  not  evidently  plumose  to  the 
naked  eye.  Receptacle  naked.  This  plant  is  found  in  moist  places  in  the  middle 
and  southern  states,  and  in  abundance  in  the  prairies  (G. — N\  .). 

Liatris  sqdarrosa,  Willdenow.  or  Blazi})g-.i:tar,  has  a  perennial,  tuberous  root, 
with  a  stem  2  to  3  feet  high,  thickly  be.set  with  long-linear,  nerved  leaves;  the 
lower  ones  attenuated  at  the  base.  The  heads  are  few,  sessile  or  nearly  so,  with 
brilliant  purple  flowers;  the  racemes  flexuous  and  leafy;  the  involucre  ovate- 
cylindric,  and  the  scales  of  the  involucre  large,  numerous,  squarrose-spreading; 
outer  ones  larger  and  leafy,  inner  ones  mucronate-acuminate,  and  scarcely  colored. 
Pappus  plumose.  This  plant  is  found  in  the  middle  and  soutiiorn  states,  in  dry 
soil,  and  is  known  in  the  South  by  the  name  of  RatlU\-nak('s  masttr{G. — W.). 

Liatris  scariosa,  Willdenow,  or  Gayfcathcr,  has  a  perennial,  tuberous  root. 
with  a  stout,  scabrous-pubescent  stem,  4  to  o  feet  in  height,  whitish  above.  The 
leaves  are  numerous,  lanceolate,  tapering  at  both  ends,  glabrous,  with  rough  uiar- 


i.icrsTRrM.  1131 

gins,  eiitiif,  lower  ones  on  long  petioles,  3  to  9  inches  long,  ujtper  ones  1  to  3 
inches  in  lengtli  by  1  to  3  lines  in  width.  The  hciiils  niunber  from  5  to  20,  an 
inch  in  iHanieter,  and  me  dis|>(i8ed  in  a  long  raceme,  witli  20  to  40  purple  flowers. 
The  invohu're  is  globose-hemispherical ;  the  scales  of  the  involucre  obovate  or 
spatulate,  very  ol>tuse,  with  dry  and  scarious  margins,  often  colored.  Pappus 
scabrous.  Tliis  plant  is  found  in  dry  woods  and  sandy  fields  from  New  England 
to  Wisconsin,  and  extending  southward  (G. — \V.). 

Li.\TRis  ODORATissiMA,  Willdenow. — This  plant,  known  as  Dca-'s  tongue  or 
r<(??i7/rt;i/(i;i/,  has  radical  and  stem  leaves;  the  former  are  obovate-spatulate,  taper- 
ing below,  generally  7-veined,  and  sometimes  slightly  obtusely  toothed.  The  stem 
leaves  are  oblong  aiul  clasping.  Tlie  leaves  are  more  or  less  glaucous  and  fleshy. 
The  flower-heads  are  arranged  in  a  panicle  or  corymb,  and  are  from  4  to  10-flow- 
ered,  the  blossoms  being  of  a  vivid  purple  hue.  The  involucre  lias  but  few  scales. 
and  these  are  spatulate-oblong,  and  imbricated.  Pappus  not  plumose,  but  finely 
barbollate.  The  rhizome  of  this  species  is  not  tuberous.  Deer's  tongue  is  found 
from  Virginia  south,  and  flowers  in  Sejitember  and  October.  The  leaves,  when 
dry.  have  a  pleasant  odor. 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. — All  the  above  plants  are  splendid 
niitives.  and  llnwiring  thnnigh  Auu'ii.-t,  September,  and  October.  Tiiere  are  sev- 
eral other  specits  of  this  genus  which  appear  to  possess  medicinal  properties  analo- 
gous to  each  other,  and  which  deserve  further  investigation — i'.  (/.,  L.  n/lindracea, 
L.  gmmiiiifolin.  etc.  The  roots  are  the  medicinal  parts ;  they  are  all  tuberous,  except 
L.odoratiisimii,  with  fibers,  and  have  a  hot,  somewhat  bitter  taste,  with  consid- 
erable acrimony,  and  an  agreeable,  turpentine  odor.  They  appear  to  contain  a 
resinous  substance,  volatile  oil,  and  a  bitter  principle.  Their  virtues  are  extracted 
by  alcohol,  and  partially  by  hot  water  in  infusion.  The  leaves  of  L.odoratis- 
nma  are  often  covered  with  glistening  crystals  of  coumnrin  (C,HgO,,)  (Procter, 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1859,  p.  556).  On  account  of  this  constituent,  it  is  used  in 
North  Carolina  for  keeping  moths  out  of  clothes.  Deer's  tongue  is  also  of  interest 
as  a  reputed  adulterant  of  tobacco,  it  being  said  to  be  especially  employed  in  the 
making  of  cigarettes,  the  deleterious  efiects  of  which  have  been  attributed,  by 
some,  to  tiie  coumarin  present  in  them.  Lintris  spirnla  was  analyzed  by  W.  F. 
Henry  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,1892,  p.  603).  It  contained  0.09  per  cent  of  volatile 
oil,  about  4.5  per  cent  of  resin,  2.3  per  cent  of  a  caoutchouc  like  body,  16  per  cent 
of  inulin,  also  mucilage,  glucose,  etc..  but  no  glucosid  nor  alkaloid. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — These  plants  are  diuretic,  with  tonic, 
stimulant,  and  i  innieiiaKogue  i)ni|>erties.  A  decoction  of  them  is  very  eflicient 
in  (jonorrhiui.  <jlnt.  and  mj^/iritir  di.-<(< /.■<(.■<,  in  doses  of  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4 
times  a  day.  It  is  also  reputed  beneficial  in  srrofalu,  dysmenoirhoea,  amennn-hmi, 
after- ji(iins,'eXt:.  It  is  likewise  of  advantage  used  "as  a  gargle,  in  sore  throat,  and 
rhnmir  irritation  of  the  throat,  vf\th  relaxed  tissues,  and  in  injection  has  proved  use- 
ful in  leurorrhwa.  It  acts  kindly  on  the  stomach,  and  is  of  some  value  in  dyspepsia 
associated  with  renal  torpor.  While  it  relieves  roli/-  and  other  spa-wwdir  hoirel 
nffectiom  of  children,  it  ha§  some  reputation  as  a  remedy  for  pain  and  weakness  in 
the  lumhnr  region.  Said  to  be  beneficial  in  Bright's  disease  (?)  in  connection  with 
Lycopus  virginicus  and  Aletris  farinosa  ;  equal  parts  of  each  in  decoction.  These 
plants  are  celebrated  for  their  alexipharmic  powers  in  bites  of  venomous  snakes. 
Pursh  states  that,  when  bitten,  the  inliabitants  of  the  southern  states  bruise  the 
bulbous  roots,  and  apply  them  to  the  wound,  at  the  same  time  drinking  freely 
of  a  decoction  of  them  in  milk.  This  requires  corroboration.  The  eliminatiye 
action  of  liatris  may  be  taken  advantage  of  in  removing  morbific  products  left  in 
the  system  after  serious  forms  of  illness.  The  decoction  is  prepared  from  an  ounce 
of  the  root  to  1  pint  of  water.     Dose,  1  fluid  drachm  to  4  fluid  ounces. 

LIGUSTRUM.— PRIVET. 

The  leaves  of  LiquMrvm  rnliiari .  I.iniic'. 
N„f.  0,v/,— Olcaceie. 
('(i.MMciN   Na.mks:    Privet.  Priri/,  Prim. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plimt  is  a  smooth  shrub,  growing  5  or  8  feet  iiigli, 
with   wand-like  l)ranches.     The   leaves  are  dark-green,  1  or  2  inches   in  length. 


1132 


LILTUM  CANDIDUM. 


about  half  as  wide;  opposite,  entire,  smooth,  lanceolate,  and  obovate,  obtuse,  or 
acute,  and  borne  on  short  petioles.    The  flowers  are  small,  numerous,  white,  in 
tetranierous,  thyrsoid,  terminal  panicles.    The  calyx  is 
^^'  minutely  4-toothed,  deciduous,  and  short-tubular;  the 

corolla  funnel-form,  tube  short,  limb  with  4  .spreading, 
ovate,  obtuse  lobes.  The  stamens  are  2,  on  the  tube  of 
the  corolla ;  the  anthers  large  and  exserted.  Style  very 
short;  stigma  2-cleft.  Berries  spherical,  black,  in  coni- 
cal liunche^,  2-<-fll((l.  fiv,m  2  to  4-S('prlefl :  seed?  convex 
on  one  side,  aiitiular  ..n  thr  ctlif-i'  -  \V  — (..  .. 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition. 

—Privet  i.s  found  growing  wild  in  \vo(jd.~  aM<l  thickets, 
and  along  the  roadsides  from  New  England  to  Virginia, 
and  west  to  Missouri,  flowering  in  May  and  June.  It 
is  used  in  England  for  hedges,  from  which  place  it  is 
Ligustrum vuigare.  supposed  to  be  introduced;  but  it  is  indigenous  in 

Missouri.  It  is  often  cultivated  in  gardens.  The  leaves  are  the  medicinal  parts; 
they  have  but  little  odor,  and  an  agreeable,  bitterish,  and  astringent  taste;  they 
yield  their  virtues  to  water  or  alcohol.  The  flowers  have  been  employed  for 
similar  purpo.ses  with  the  leaves.  The  berries  have  a  sweetish-bitter  taste,  are 
reputed  cathartic,  and  to  render  the  urine  brown;  they  have  been  u.«ed  for  dyeing. 
Probably  the  bark  will  be  found  equal  if  not  superior  in  efficacy  to  the  leaves.  M.  G. 
Polex  (1841)  found  the  bark  to  contain  sugar,  mannit,  starch,  bitter  resin,  and  a 
peculiar  substance  which  he  called  liqmtriv,  which  has  since  been  .'^hown  by  Kro- 
ma.y &T  {Arrhlv  dcr  Pharm.,  1863,  Vol.  CLXIII,  p.  19),  to  be  identical  with  .'^tjringin 
(C,9H2(,0,„.H20),a  crystallizable  glucosid  occurring  in  our  common  lilac  (si-tf  Related 
Species).  It  is  odorless  and  tasteless,  soluble  in  hot  water  and  alcohol,  insoluble 
in  ether.  Kromayer  found,  in  addition,  a  bitter  crystalline  body  named  by  him 
liijiistron,  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether.  A  third  principle,  amorphous  and 
of  bitter  taste,  si/ringnpib-in,  probably  also  occurs  in  the  bark  of  ligustrum.  (For 
details  rfganlin^  the  clieniistrv  of  these  substances,  see  Husemanu  and  Hilger, 
Ppn,zrn.-t„tr<.  LSM,  p.  127:',,) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Privet  leaves  are  astringent;  a  decoc- 
tion of  them  is  very  valuable  in  r/irouir  homd  complaints,  ulceration  of  stomach  and 
hoiveh,  as  a  gargle  for  ulcers  of  mouth  and  thrmit,  for  which  it  is  peculiarly  effective, 
and  as  an  injection  for  ulcerated  ears,  with  offensive  discharges,  leucorrhaa,  gleet, 
and  ulceration  of  the  bladder,  likewise  in  diidicfes.  They  may  be  employed  either 
in  decoction  or  powder.  Dose  of  the  jxnvdered  leaves,  from  30  to  60  grains.  3 
times  a  day ;  of  the  decoction,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Aphthous  sore  mouth;  sore  throat. 


Related  Species.— Si/ringa  rulgari.':,  Common  lilac.  A  well-known  shrub,  the  fruit  and 
iiiid  Rub-aerid.  Besides  a  sweet  principle  Petroz  and  Robinet 
isOiM.lKo.  Kniiiiaycr,  1S(>;^),  tlif  lilacin  of  Meillet,  and  gt/ringin 
\\  tlif  fi.iii.-ir'i II  of  Polex.  This  l)ody,  when  pure,  is  not  bitter, 
iivf  .  Iiiliitf  acids  si)lit  it  into  t^ugar  and  ,«vWii^m'ii  (CisHigOj), 
led  mass  sohililf  in  alioliol,  but  not  in  etiior  and  water.    The 


found  a  bitter  glucosi 
of  Bernays,  and  ident 
but  tasteless  (see  /-(';/»; 
an  ainorplious,  pale 
an.(  1 


fruit 


kavi 


mil  tc 


LILIUM  CANDIDUM.— MEADOW  LILY. 


Til.'  bulb  of  LUium  rn.ulidum. 

X<il.  (),<l.~lA\h\veiV. 

(  'd M  M o N    N  A  M  Ks  :   Wh itc  lily,  Meadow  lily. 

Botanical  Source. — This  jtlant  h.as  a  perennial  root  or  bulb,  composed  of 
imhiiratcil  tltshy  scales,  from  which  ari.«es  a  tliick  stem  3  to  4  feet  in  height. 
The  leaves  are  "scattered,  lanceolate,  and  narrowed  at  the  ba«e.  The  flowers 
are  large,  snow-white,  campanulate,  smooth  inside,  and  borne  in  a  terminal 
raceme  (W.). 

History. — This  is  an  exotic,  a  native  of  Syria  and  Asia  Minor,  and  is  much 
cultivMted  in  this  country  on  account  of  its  beautiful  white  flowers,  which  have 
long  been  regarded  as  the  emblems  of  purity,  and  which  appear  in  .lune  and 


LIMON,  1133 

July.  Tlu-  liulb  is  the  part  used;  it  is  inodorous,  but  has  a  iiuuihiginous,  ania- 
lous,  rather  unpleasant  taste.  Mucilage  enters  largely  into  its  constitution, 
together  with  a  small  quantity  of  an  acrid  substance,  which  disappears  by  heat. 
VVatei-  cxtraits  its  virtues. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Meadow  lily,  or  white  lily,  as  it  is 
sonietiiiK's  called,  is  nuKila,i:iii(ius,  dcimikont,  tonic,  and  astringent.  Useful  in 
leucorr/iiKi  ami  ■i>r(ilii]>.su.-<  uteri,  the  tltcoclion  taken  internally  and  emploj'ed  in 
injei'ti-'ii;  it  is  more  decided  in  its  etlccts  when  combined  with  senecio.  Boiled 
in  milk,  it  forms  an  excellent  poultice  for  Hlrei-x,vrteni<il  iuflamiiiiitii)iin,  (umors,  etc. 
The  revent  root  is  stated  to  have  been  useful  in  <//•";/.<)/.  The  flowers  are  very  fra- 
grant, which  property  they  communicate  to  oily  or  fatty  bodies,  forming  liniments 
or  ointments  u.seful  to  relieve  the  heat  and  pain  attending  load  iuJIainnuUions;  the 
oil  obtained  from  the  petals  is  reputed  efficient  in  pains  0/ the  ivotnb,  and  in  otitis. 

Related  Species. — LUium  ligrinnm  or  Tigir  litij.  The  tiger  lily,  so-called  from  the  fact 
that  the  ll.iwcrs  arc  .^potted  after  the  maimer  of  the  skin  of  the  tiger,  is  a  native  of  Japan  and 
China,  Imt  h:is  been  widely  {■iiltivated  as  a  garden  plant.  The  flowers,  which  appear  in  July 
and  Aufriist.  ;irc  large  and  borne  in  a  pyramidal  cluster  at  the  top  of  the  stem.  They  are  of  a 
dark-orange  hue  and  marked  with  somewhat  elevated  black  or  deep  crimson  spots.  A  tincture 
of  the  plant,  in  tiowcr,  is  used  quite  largelv  by  honia-opathic  physicians,  to  whom  it  was 
introduceil  by  Dr.  W.  E.  Payne. 

Tincture  of  ti^er  lily  has  acquired  considerable  of  a  reputation  ns  a  remedy  for  uterine 
irritnliuii  ami  congexlion,  its"  effects  being  slowly  pro(luce<l.  It  has  relievol  the  naxDvn  of  uter- 
iiu-  irril<itiuii,  ana  the  naii.-v<i  of  pmjiiancv,  and  excellent  results  are  reported  of  its  efficacy  in 
cungfftire  dysmeiiorrlicea.  It  is  reputed  a  leading  remedy  for  chronir  orarimt  uiiuidfjui,  being  indi- 
cated by  darting,  burning  pains  in  the  ovarie.s.  When  pelvic  weight  and  prolonged  lochia 
accompany  a  tardy  recovery  from  parturition,  this  remedy  jiromises  relief,  and  much  testi- 
mony points  to  its"  value  in  relieving  the  bearing-<lown  sensations  incident  to  uterine  prolupse. 
The  dose  is  from  I,  drop  to  5  drops  of  a  strong:  tincture  of  the  fresh  plant.  The  remedy  deserves 
a  careful  studv.  Vomiting,  purging,  aii^l  diowsiin >s  were  the  symptoms  produced  iu  a  little 
girl  poisoned  \)y  the  pollen  of  tiger  lily  1  Wviiiim.  iMilii. 

Phormiitin  teitax,  Forster.  Xeiu  /ni/iniii  jln.r.  X.in  Zealand  hemp.  Nat.  Ord. — Liliaeese.  A 
tall  flowering  plant,  indigenous  to  some  01  the  (<outli  Pacific  Islands  ami  intniduced  into  other 
countries,  anil  frequently  found  in  hot-houses.  The  leaf-fibers  i..nptitiili-  tlic  .-^ilky  appearing 
and  cream-colored,  tou^fi  Xeir  Zealand  flax,  used  for  cordage.  The  mot.-i  aii'l  leaf-bases,  in  con- 
centrated decoction,  with  the  addition  of  carbolic  acid,  have  been  employed  as  a  surgical 
dressing  in  ampuiatium  and  other  fresh  ivouuds.  It  is  said  to  reduce  or  prevent  excessive  sup- 
poration  (Mouckton).    It  needs  further  investigation. 

LIMON.— LEMON. 

The  rind  and  juice  of  Citrus  {Limon)  Limonum,  Risso  {Citrus  VKdica,\'a.T.  B., 
Linne). 

Nat.  0/f/.— Rutaceae. 

Co.MMo.v  Name  :    Lemon. 

lLi,rsTK.\Ti<>N  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  54. 

Official  Parts. — I.  Limo.nis  Cortex  {('.  S.  P.),  Lemon  peel.  "The  rind  of  the 
recent  iVuii  of  Ciiru.i  Litn<iiiuiii,Risso  {Xnt.  Orrf.— Rutacese)  " — {U.  S.  P.). 

11  l.iMo.Nis  Puccus  (U.S.  P.),  i^mon  juice. — "The  freshly  expressed  juice 
<•(  the  ri)..-  iVuit  of  Citrus  Liiiwiium,'Risso  (Nat.  Ord. — Rutaceae)." 

Botanical  Source. — The  lemon  tree  is  an  evergreen,  about  15  or  20  feet  in 
height,  with  branches  easily  bent.  The  leaves  are  alternate,  ovate-oblong,  usually 
.■serrulated,  smooth,  glossy,  and  dark-green,  with  a  winged  petiole.  The  flowers 
are  middle-sized,  white,  piirjile  externally,  and  odoriferous.  The  calyx  and  petals 
nre  similar  to  tlio.se  of  the  orange  TliV  fruit  is  an  oblong-spheroid,  sometimes 
almci-t  fjliihular,  with  a  thin,  pale  yellow  rind,  and  a  juicy,  very  acid  pulp  (L.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant,  as  well  as 
those  varieties  of  it  producing  the  ritrou  and  the  lime,  is  of  .Vsiatic  origin,  and  cul- 
tivated in  the  West  Indies,  and  some  other  tro[)ical  countries.  The  exterior  rind 
of  the  lemon  and  the  juice  of  its  pulp  are  official.  The  finest  lemons  are  those 
which  are  smoothest  and  thinnest  in  the  skin. 

Li.Mo.Ni.-i  C'oKTEX  (U.  S.  P.).— The  rind,  or  leman  peel,  as  officially  used,  is  de- 
scribed by  the  C.S.P.tiS  occurring  "in  narrow,  thin  bands  or  in  elliptical  seg- 
ments, wi'th  very  little  of  a  spongy,  white,  inner  layer  adhering  to  them;  outer 


1134  LIMO.V. 

surface  deep  lemon  j-ellow,  and  luggedlj' glandular;  odor  fragrant;  taste  aromatic 
and  bitterish.  The  gpong_v,  inner  layer  usually  present  in  the  segments  should 
be  removed  before  the  lemon  peel  is  used  " — (U.  S.  P.). 

Lemon  peel  imparts  its  properties  to  alcohol,  wine,  or  water.  These  depend 
upon  a  volatile  oil  contained  in  the  minute  vesicles  with  which  it  is  filled,  and, 
when  obtained  by  distillatinn  with  water,  or  by  expression,  it  forms  the  oil  of 
lemon  of  commerce  (see  OI>'in„  l.i,iiniii.<<.  The  white  portion  of  the  rind  contains 
hc>')>eri<lin  {C.,.,ll.,fi,.,),  a  bittii,  <  i ystalline  glucosid,  splitting,  when  heated  with 
diluted  acids,  into  glucose  .uul  lieifperdia  (C,5H„0e)  {se&  Aur ant ii  Amur i  Cortex). 
The  seeds  of  the  fruit  contain  bitter  limonin,  soluble  in  cold  alcohol,  almost  in- 
soluble in  water. 

LiMO.Ms  Succus  ({/.  S.  P.). — Lemon  juice,  according  to  the  official  description, 
is  "a  slightly  turbid,  yellowish  liquid,  usually  having  an  odor  of  lemon,  due  to 
the  accidental  presence  of  some  of  the  volatile  oil  of  the  rind.  Taste  acid,  and 
often  slightly  bitter.  Specific  gravity  not  less  than  1.030  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  It 
has  an  acid  reaction  upon  litmus  paper,  due  to  the  presence  of  about  7  per  cent 
of  citric  acid.  On  evaporating  100  Gm.  of  the  juice  to  dryness,  and  igniting  the 
residue,  not  more  than  0.5  Gm.  of  ash  should  remain" — {U.  S.  P.). 

One  part  of  brandy  or  alcohol  added  to  10  parts  of  lemon  juice,  and  then 
filtered  to  separate  the  mucilage,  will  preserve  the  acid  for  a  long  time;  it  will  be- 
come slightly  bitterish,  but  retains  its  strong  acidity  undiminished.  The  juice 
is  frequently  preserved  in  sugar,  forming  lemon  syrup,  which,  however,  is  apt  to 
spoil  by  age.  Hence,  citric  acid  in  solution  may  be  substituted  for  it,  about 
4  drachms  of  the  acid  being  dissolved  in  8  fluid  ounces  of  water,  which  may  be 
flavored  with  a  few  drops  of  oil  or  essence  of  lemon.  The  strained  juice  has  been 
preserved  for  some  time  by  putting  it  into  a  bottle,  and  pouring  upon  it  a  layer 
of  sweet,  or  almond  oil.  The  juice  may  be  concentrated  by  gentle  evaporation 
or  by  freezing.  All  methods,  however,  are  rather  unsatisfactory,  the  juice  either 
spoiling  or  becoming  altered  in  flavor.  Lemon  juice,  as  stated  above,  containa 
about  7  per  cent  of  citric  acid ;  furthermore  mucilage,  nuilic  acid,  and  salts  of 
potassium  and  calcium  are  present.  However,  its  proportion  of  acid  is  rather 
variable.  As  high  as  44  grains  of  citric  acid  to  the  ounce  of  juice  were  obtained 
by  Stoddard. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Lemon  peel  is  used  in  cookery  and 
confectionery,  and  also  in  mcilicint'  to  correct  the  taste  and  augment  the  power  of 
bitter  infusions  and  tinctures,  its  virtues  being  similar  to  that  of  the  orange  peel. 
The  juice  of  lemon  is  tonic,  refrigerant,  and  antiscorbutic,  forming  a  refreshing 
and  agreeable  drink,  called  lemonade,  possessing  some  medicinal  influence,  and 
which,  as  with  orange  juice,  may  be  used  freely  and  advantageously  in  the  febrile 
and  inflammatory  diseases,  with  reddened  mucous  membranes,  for  whieh  this  last 
has  been  recommended.  It  may  also  be  added  to  the  nutritive  drinks  of  the  sick, 
as  gum-water,  gruel,  barley-waler,  etc.  Its  power  in  preventing  and  arresting 
scurvy  is  unequaled  by  any  other  remedy,  except  a  liberal  supply  of  fresh  vegeta- 
bles of  the  cruciform  family.  In  scurvy,  an  ounce  or  an  ounce  and  a  half  of  the 
juice  per  day,  is  a  preventive  dose,  and  when  the  disease  manifests  itself.  4  or  6 
ounces  per  day  will  arrest  it.  Occasionally,  but  rarely,  it  fails  to  eflect  any  benefit 
in  this  disease.  Ships  about  to  make  long  voyages,  should  be  furnished  with  a 
bountiful  supi>ly  of  citric  acid  and  oil  of  lemon,  or  lemon  syrup,  with  a  small  por- 
tion of  brandy  added.  Scrotal  pruritis  and  uterine  hemorrhage  have  been  benefited 
by  a  local  application  of  the  juice.  Prof.  A.  J.  Howe,  M.  1).,  states  tliat  althougii 
chloroform  will  arrest  a  paroxysm  of  hiecoucih  temporarily,  yet.  if  a  permanent 
subsidence  of  the  sjiasmodic  action  of  the  stomach  and  diaphragm  be  required, 
lemon  juice  is  superior  to  all  other  known  remedies  ;  in  several  instances  he  has 
cured  obstinate  and  dangerous  hiccough  with  it.  Both  citric  acid  and  lemon 
juice  appear  to  exert  considerable  influence  in  preventing  or  modifying  .i4«flfiV 
cholera.  When  the  mucous  membranes  and  tongue  are  very  red  and  the  urine 
alkaline,  ?7)ri(Hif(^(.*ni  is  benefited  by  lemon  juice.  One  or  two  daily  applications 
of  lemon  juice  with  a  camel's-hair  pencil  will  reduce  enlarged  urula  and  tonsils.  It 
also  gives  teiuiiorary  relief  in  hoar.^'ene.^.^,  and  has  benefited  some  cases  of  »Hfl/flrin. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Fevers  and  inflammations,  with  very  red 
membranes;   rheumatic    pain,  with  very  red   tongue  and    mucous   tissues   and 


i.iNAi:iA.-i.ixi>i:i:.\.  \i:Vj 

alkaline  luiiu';  obstiuate  hiccough;  scurvy;  ami  j^hould  br  given  a  trial  in 
Asiatic  cholera. 

Related  Varieties.— 'V/nw  acUla,  Roxburgh.  Tlie  lime  is  a  tree  about  8  feet  in  height, 
with  a  ei.iokea  trunk  anil  ililfuse  branche.s  witli  prickle.s.  I-eaves  ovate,  oliovate,  oblong,  ami 
serrate,  lining  placed  uiwn  petioles  not  wingeil  as  in  the  orange  ami  lemon.  Flowers  small, 
white.  Stamens  :!0.  Fruit  ovate  or  roundish,  pale-yidlow,  with  a  l)os8  at  the  point,  and  about 
1.1  inches  in  diameter.     Cysts  in  the  rind  concave.     Pulp  very  aciil.  Mat,  slightly  bitter. 

The  lime  is  of  c<insid"er:il>ly  less  size  than  the  lemon,  globular  or  oval,  of  a  similar  color, 
but  frequently  with  a  >.'reen  or  ireiiiish  tinge.  It.s  outer  coat  is  not  so  thick  and  rough  as  that 
of  the  lemon,  and  its  internal  pulp  contains  a  large  amount  of  juice  of  an  excessively  aeid 
taste.  This  jnice  is  chietiy  used  in  the  manufacture  of  citric  acid.  A  variety  of  the  lime  tree, 
C.  Limiitii.  furnishes  a  fruit  froui  the  riud  of  which  is  obtained  the  Oiloj  Bergamut.  [VorvarUlies 

l)i  t'anilolle  (Origin  of  Ciiltinited  Platiiss)  gives  CiVrHs  m.ifiVo,  Lin ne,  as  the  name  of  the 
tree  giving  rise  to  the  varieties,  U-mon,  lime,  citnin,  etc.,  and  gives  as  such  varieties  those  four 
enumerated  hy  Urandis  and  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  viz.: 

I.  ( 'I'd-ii.s'  )ii,v/ic<i  propiT,  or  the  Citron  of  the  Knglish  {redii)  of  the  Italian,  and  cidralirr  of 
the  French).  The  fruit  of  Ibis  variety  is  ohloni;  and  large,  not  spherical,  has  an  arou)atic. 
lumpv  rind,  and  a  juice  neither  very  acid  nor  very  iileuty.    This  is  the  Citrus  inedica  of  Kisso, 

II.  Cilnis  jnedica  Limonum,  the  Lemon. 

IIL  Ci//ii.i  iitedica  acida,  CUnisaMa,  Roxburgh.— Juice  very  acid,  fruit  sinall  and  of  vari- 
able shape,  anil  flowers  sinall.  The  Li.me,  Sour  Lime.  OUms  acris,  Miller,  and  other  varieties, 
probably  furnish  a  [lart  of  the  sour  limes. 

IV.  Ci/ritu  medial  Limella  (C  LinwtUi  and  ('.  Lttmiii  of  Rissol,  Swket  Lime. — Fruit  spher- 
ical, with  nou-aromatic,  sweet  juice. 

LINARIA.— TOAD  FLAX. 

The  )ilant  Linnria  vulcjuris,  ^WWer  {Antinliiauiii  LiiKtrin,  Linne). 

.V.I'   o,-./.— .^crophulariaceie. 

CoMMoN   Namks:   Stinp-dmgoii,  Butter  and  ee/ys,  Toad  flax,  Ramsted. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  is  a  perennial  whose  stem  reaches  a  height  of 
Ironi  1  to  2  feet,  and  has  pale-green,  smooth,  lance-linear,  crowded,  sessile,  alter- 
nate leaves.  The  Howers,  yellow  and  orange  in  color,  are  dense  and  imbricate,  and 
borne  in  a  showy  terminal  spike  or  raceme.  .  The  corolla  is  i)ersonate  and  its  base 
extended  into  a  spur.     The  calyx  is  smooth  and  not  so  long  as  the  curved  spur. 

History.— Linaria  is  a  native  of  Europe,  but  is  naturalized  in  this  country, 
where  it  is  common  in  waste  places,  and  sometimes  becomes  so  plentiful  in  fields 
;is  to  become  a  nuisance.  When  fresh  the  plant  has  a  nauseously  unplea.«ant 
odor,  which  it  loses  for  the  most  part  upon  drying.  Its  taste  is  sui)acrul,  bitter, 
and  slightly  saline.  It  should  be  gathered  when  in  bloom,  which  is  in  .July  and 
August,  ([uickly  and  carefully  dried,  and  placed  in  close  containers  protected 
from  light  and  air.  A  yellow  coloring  substance  (nnt/iokirriii)  was  obtained  by 
Rigel,  in  1848,  from  the  blossoms.  Walz,  in  1854,  isolated  autirrhinic  arid  (a  pecu- 
liar volatile  substance);  liiinrnsmhi  (an  oily  residue  from  the  distillation  witii 
water);  bitter  crystalline ///i';;///),  an  acrid  resin /marocrm,  and  tannic  and  citric 
acids,  gum,  sugar,  mineral   matters,  etc. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  plant  is  recommended  for  ''bad 
blood,"  sjil/'nir  -.uul  lirpniir  /ii/jtriiriijiliits,jiiiiiidiir,skii)  di-^i'a.<es,  and  )»roful(i.  An  oint- 
ment prepared  by  cnvering  1  part  of  the  liruised  fresh  jilaiit  with  10  parts  of  hot 
lard  or  mutton  tallow,  form.s  a  soothing  application  for /xy/iorr/ioa/.s  and  similar 
conditions.  A  strong  tincture  (.5viii  to  alcohol  98  per  cent  Oj),  may  be  given  in 
do.ses  of  a  fraction  of  a  drop  to  10  drops.  A  decoction  is  prepared  from  1  ounce  of 
the  i)lant  to  1  pint  of  water. 

LINDERA.— SPICE  BUSH. 

The  bark  and  berries  of  Lindera  Benzoiii,  yit^'iA^ner  (Benzoin  otlorij'i nun, 'Sves; 
Laurua  Benzoin,  Linne). 
Nat.  Ord. — I.auracea'. 
CoMMo.N   Namks:   Spire-bmh,  Fcver-bun/i,  M'ild  allspice,  Spirnoiod,  FnrnnHHl,  Bru- 


J<' 


l.n.h. 


Botanical  Source. — Spice-bush  is  an  indigenous  shrub  growing  from  5  to  12 
feet  in  height,  with  obovate-lanceoiate,  veinh.ss,  entire  deciduous  leaves,  green  on 


1136  LINI.MKNTA. 

each  side,  and  slightly  pubescent  beneath.  The  flowery,  which  are  yellow,  in 
little  naked  umbels  on  the  naked  branches, often  dioecious;  the  buds  and  pedicels 
are  smooth ;  the  fruit  is  the  size  of  an  olive,  bright-red,  borne  in  clusters,  and 
contains  an  ovate,  pointed  nut.    The  calyx  is  6-cleft,  with  oblong  segments  (\V.). 

History. — This  shrub  grows  in  damp  woods,  along  streams  and  shaded  places, 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  bearing  greenish-yellow  flowers  in  March  and 
April,  before  the  leaves  are  unfolded,  and  maturing  its  fruit,  which  consists  of 
bright,  crimson-colored,  ovoid  berries,  growing  in  small  bunches,  in  the  middle  of 
autumn.  The  whole  plant  has  a  pleasant,  aromatic  taste,  owing  chiefly  to  a  vola- 
tile oil,  and  yields  its  virtues  to  boiling  water  or  alcohol.  The  dried  berries  were 
used  during  the  American  Revolution,  and  in  the  South  during  the  late  Rebellion, 
as  a  substitute  for  allspice. 

Description. — Bark.  Benzoin  bark  occurs  in  quills  or  thin,  curved  frag- 
ments, externally  black-brown,  somewhat  shining  and  smooth,  except  where 
covered  with  small  cork-like  warts.  In  older  specimens  the  corky  warts  are  more 
conspicuous  and  the  bark  is  more  of  an  ashen  color.  Internally  it  is  smooth,  and 
yellow  or  light  brown  in  color.  Its  fracture  is  abrupt  and  granular.  It  has  a  faint 
aromatic  odor,  and  to  the  taste  is  sharp  and  astringent. 

Fruit. — The  fruit  is  a  long,  red,  ovate  drupe,  with  a  circular  depression  indi- 
cating the  point  of  attachment  of  the  pedicel.  It  contains  1  white  seed,  quite 
large,  possessing  an  oleaginous  taste.  The  integuments  of  the  fruit  become  very 
dark — almost  black — on  drying,  appearing  granular,  and  have  an  agreeable  odor 
and  spice-like  flavor. 

Chemical  Composition. — J.  Morris  Jones  (Ainer.  Jour.  P/inrm.,  1873,  p.  301), 
found  in  the  bark  a  volatile  oil,  probably  of  the  cinnamyl  series,  developing,  on 
treatment  with  oxidizing  substances,  a  bitter-almond  odor.  He  also  found  sugar, 
resin,  starch,  and  tannin.  From  the  berries  Dr.  A.W .'MiWer  (Pror.  Amer.  Pharm. 
Assor.,  1878,  p.  772),  obtained  by  warm  expression  and  extraction  with  gasoline. 
60  per  cent  of  fatty  and  volatile  oil  of  a  greenish-brown  color.  By  distilling  this 
oil  with  steam,  about  1  per  cent  of  a  pale-green,  volatile  oil  was  obtained,  of  a 
specific  gravity  of  0.850,  and  possessing  a  warm  aromatic  taste  resembling  that  of 
allspice.  Mr."P.  M.  Gleim  (Amer.  Jour.  Pliarm.,  1875,  p.  246).  obtained  by  the  dis- 
tillation of  fresh  berries  the  unusual  yield  of  5  per  cent  of  a  colorless,  fragrant, 
volatile  oil,  having  a  density  of  0.87. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Aromatic,  tonic,  and  stimulant.  An 
infusion  nr  deeortion  has  been  successfully  used  in  the  treatment  of  ague  and 
typhoid  Jonn-f  of  /ever;  also  as  an  anthelmintic.  The  berries  afford  a  stimulant 
oil  much  esteemed  as  an  application  io  bn(kes,rhronic  rheumatism.  iVr^,  etc.,  and 
has  some  reputation  as  a  carminative  in  flat ulenrc,  flatulent  colic,  etc.  The  bark,  in 
decoction,  is  said  to  be  refrigerant  and  ex"hilarating,  and  exceedingly  useful  in  all 
kinds  of  fever,  for  allaying  excessive  heat  and  uneasiness;  a  warm  decoction  is 
employed  to  produce  diaphoresis.     The  decoction  maj-  be  drank  freely. 

Related  Species.— ijnd<>ra  aericea,  Blume.  Japan.  Tonic  ami  stimulant.  Sourco  of  the 
Japanes.  '  .„im,.  ■"!,  nn  essential  oil  distilled  from  the  leaves  and  voting  twigs,  and  hav- 
ing inii>i  1.  lablc  fia-iance  (see  .'^chiuimel  &  Co.'s  Keport,  April,  1897";  also  see  analysis  by 
W.  K\va.-.iiik,  Anlii,  </<r  Phtirm..  1892,  p.  265). 

Liiakni  trilvbu,  Blume.     Japan.     Tonic  and  stimulant. 

LINIMENTA.— LINIMENTS. 

Synonyms  :    Embrocations. 

These  preparations  are  designed  for  external  application,  and  should  always 
be  of  a  consistence  which  will  enable  them  to  be  applied  to  the  skin  by  gently 
rubbing  with  tlie  naked  hand,  or  flannel.  They  are  usually  composed  of  oily, 
spirituous,  gummy,  or  saponaceous  substances,  are  more  fluid  than  the  ointment.*, 
denser  than  water,  and  at  the  temperature  of  the  body  are  always  liquid.  \Vater 
is  seldom  employed  as  a  vehicle.  The  benefit  derived  from  them  depends  either 
upon  their  counter-irritating  influences,  or  from  absorption  of  their  active  con- 
stituents. Liniments  are  usually  prescribed  extemporaneously  by  physicians, 
each  having  a  preference;  yet  it  is  absolutely  necessiiry  that  there  be  some  estalt- 
lished  rule  in  relation  to  them,  and  that  the  oflicial  preparations  be  generally 


LLSIMENTIM    ACONITI.— l.lNIMKNTrM   ACONITIX.K  (UMPUtSITlM.  11:".7 

known.    A  solution  of  ammonium  chloride  formed  the  basis  of  many  liniments 
employed  by  Prof.  King,  who  was  not  an  admirer  of  greasy  embrocations. 

LINIMENTUM  ACONITI.— ACONITE  LINIMENT. 

Synonym:   LiiiiiDniiuni  uamiti  nulu-iK. 

Preparation. — Take  of  aconite  root,  in  powtler,  4  ounces;  glycerin,  2  Huid 
drachms;  alcohol,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Macerate  the  aconite  with  i  pint  of  alco- 
hol for  "24  hours,  then  pack  it  in  a  small  percolator,  and  add  alcohol  gradually 
until  a  pint  of  tincture  has  passed.  Distill  off  12  Huid  ounces,  and  evaporate  the 
residue  until  it  measures  12  fluid  drachms.  To  this  add  alcohol,  2  Huid  drachms, 
and  the  glycerin,  and  mix  them.  This  preparation  was  offered  by  W.  Procter,  Jr., 
as  a  substitute  for  aconitine  as  an  external  ana-sthetic  application.  It  is  twice 
the  strength  of  the  root,  and  is  exceedingly  active.  The  glycerin  is  added  for  the 
purpose  of  retarding  evaporation  after  application  of  the  liniment  to  the  skin, 
and  which  may  be  further  secured  by  using  oiled  silk. 

Arotiili-  liniment,  based  on  Procter's  formula,  was  official  in  the  LI  S.  P.,  1870. 
A  similar  liniment  may  he  prepared  by  mixing  together  i  fluid  ounce  of  glycer- 
ine with  4  fluid  ounces  of  fluid  extract  of  aconite  root.     Evaporate  to  4  fluid 

ounces. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. —This  liniment  may  be  used  in  all  cases  in 
which  aconitine  would  prove  useful,  as  in  gout,  neurfilijin,  and  rheinnatmn.  It  is 
to  be  used  as  follows:  Cut  a  piece  of  lint  or  muslin  of  the  size  and  form  of 
the  part  to  be  treated,  lay  it  on  a  plate  or  waiter,  and  by  means  of  a  camel's- 
hair  brush,  saturate  it  with  the  liniment.  Thus  prepared",  it  should  be  applied 
to  the  surface,  a  piece  of  oiled  silk  laid  over  and  kept  in  place  by  an  adhesive 
edge,  or  by  a  bandage.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to  appi}'  it  to  an  abraded  sur- 
face, and  in  its  use  the  patient  should  be  informed  of  its  character,  and  avoid 
bringing;  it  in  contact  with  the  eyes,  nostrils,  or  lips. 

LINIMENTUM  ACONITI  ET  CHLOROFORML— LINIMENT  OF 

ACONITE  AND  CHLOROFORM. 

Preparation. — Take  of  castor  oil,  2  fluid  drachms;  chloroform,  water  of  am- 
monia, tincture  of  aconite  root,  each,  2  fluid  drachms;  camphorated  tincture  of 
soap,  1  fluid  ounce.     Mix  them  well  together. 

The  Xaiional  Formulanj  prepares  this  liniment  as  follows:  "Tincture  of  aco- 
nite (('.S.P.).  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  (125  Cc.)  [4  flg, 
lOOITl];  chloroform,  one  hundred  and  twenty  five  cubic  centimeters  (125  Cc.) 
[4  fl.s.  100  111];  soap  liniment  ( T.  .S.  P.),  seven  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centi- 
nietris  (7.-)()Cc.)  [25  fl.s.  ITSTH].     Mix  them  "— (^V(^  Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  forms  a  liniment  useful  in  rheumatic  and 
iirunihjk  pains,  and  wherever  such  a  combination  is  desired.  If  the  solution 
above  does  not  readily  form  a  jjerfectly  homogeneous  mixture,  a  few  moments' 
heating  in  a  water-bath  will  effect  it  (W.  Procter,  Jr.). 

The  following  form  excellent  liniments,  which  have  been  found  very  efficient 
in  rheuiimtic  and  neuralgic  pains:  (1)  Take  of  fluid  extract  of  aconite,  2  fluid 
ounces;  American  petroleum,  6  fluid  ounces.  Mix.  (2)  Take  of  fluid  extract  of 
aconite,  chloroform,  each,  2  fluid  ounces;  benzol,  4  fluid  ounces.    Mix  (,J.  King). 

LINIMENTUM  ACONITIN.E  COMPOSITUM— COMPOUND 

LINIMENT  OF  ACONITINE. 

SvN0NY>r:   Aiio(l)fi)f  potnade. 

Preparation. —Take  of  glycerin,  diluted  hydrocyanic  acid,  each,  1  fluid 
dracliMi ;  aconitine,  1  grain.  Rub  tlie  glycerin  ancf  aconitine  thoroughly  together, 
and  then  add  the  hydrocyanic  acid;  when  thoroughly  mixed,  put  in  a  well- 
stoppered  vial. 


1138  LINIMENTUM  AMMONLE.— LIXIMENTIM  CAJUPUTI  COMPOSITIM. 

In  preparing  this,  care  should  be  employed  not  to  inhale  any  of  the  mixture, 
and  after  the  addition  of  the  hydrocyanic  acid,  the  mixture  should  be  bottled  as 
quickly  as  possible. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Anodyne;  to  be  applied  locally  by  means  of 
a  camers-hair  pencil,  over  parts  affected  with  neuralgiuj  when  painted  on  the 
regions  about  the  eye  it  will  allay  the  pains  incident  to  several  affections  of 
the  internal  coats  of  the  eye  (Prof.  A.  J.  Howe,  M.  D.). 

LINIMENTUM  AMMONIA  (U.  S.  P.)— AMMONIA 
LINIMENT. 

Synonyms  :   Volatile  liniment,  Common  liniment. 

Preparation. — "Ammonia  water,  three  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters 
(350  Cc.)  [11  Hg,  401  m];  alcohol,  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (50  Cc.)  [1  fig.  3.32  m]; 
cotton  seed  oil,  six  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (600  Cc.)  [20  fig,  138  Ttl].  To  make 
one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  ftl].  Mix  them  by  agitation 
in  a  bottle,  which  should  be  well  stoppered.  This  liniment  should  be  freshly 
prepared  when  wanted" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Or,  take  of  solution  of  ammonia,  1  fluid  ounce;  olive  oil,  2  fluid  ounces.  Mix 
and  agitate  them  well  together  (Ed. — Lnnd.).  The  British  Pharnarrq>a:ia  (1898) 
formula  differs  from  the  latter  in  adding  1  fluid  ounce  of  almond  oil.  In  this 
liniment  a  soap  is  formed  by  the  union  of  the  oil  and  ammonia,  which  is  but 
imperfectly  dissolved,  and  a  white  oleo-compound  of  ammonium  i.«  formed  with 
some  glycerin. 

The  U.  S.  P.  formula  gives  a  liniment  fluid  at  ordinary  temperature,  and  dif- 
fers from  that  of  1870  in  the  substitution  of  cotton  seed  oil  for  olive  oil.  This 
liniment  is  liable  to  separate  into  two  parts.  The  alcohol  is  designed  to  retard 
this  separation.  It  has  been  suggested  by  Prof.  Maisch  that  if  ^  portion  of  olive 
oil  be  substituted  for  a  like  amount  of  cotton  seed  oil,  a  better  liniment  would 
result.  Lard  oil  is  said  to  form  quite  a  uniform  mixture.  By  substituting  cam- 
phor liniment  for  the  olive  oil  Camphorated  volatile  liniment  (LinimentU)n  Ammonise 
Camphoratum)  may  be  formed. 

Action  and  iVIedical  Uses. — This  preparation  is  used  as  a  rubefacient  in 
rheumatic  and  ii>'iir<il<iii-  ji(iiiis,sore  thi'oat,  pleurisy,  sprains,  bruif'c.i,  eXc.  It  maybe 
applied  over  the  part  on  flannel,  or  the  skin  may  be  gently  rubbed  with  it. 
If  it  becomes  too  active,  it  must  be  weakened  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  oil. 
It  will  vesicate  if  evaporation  be  prevented.  Care  should  be  exercised  in  apply- 
ing it  to  children  and  to  old  people  lest  blistering  occurs. 

LINIMENTUM    BELLADONNA  (U.  S.  P.)— BELLADONNA 
LINIMENT. 

Preparation. — "  Camphor,  fifty  gramme.*  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av..  334  grs.l;  fluid 
extract  of  belladonna  root,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic 
centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls,  391  Til].  Dissolve  the  camjihor  in  about  two  hun- 
dred cubic  centimeters  (200  Cc.)  [6  fl^g,  36(>111]  of  the  fluid  extract,  and  then  add 
enough  of  the  latter  to  make  the  product  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centi- 
meters (1000  ("c")  [33  fl.s,  31)1  111].     Mix  thoroughly"— (f.  S.  P.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  preparation  may  be  applied  locallj*  to  rheu- 
matic and  neuralgic  parts,  sprains,  and  other  painful  conditianii,  particularly  when 
there  is  also  spasmodic  muscular  action. 

LINIMENTUM  CAJUPUTI  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
CAJEPUT  LINIMENT. 

Preparation. — Take  of  oils  of  sassafras,  cajeput,  and  hemlock,  each,  1  ounce; 
soap,  a  sufficient  quantity.     Mix  them  together  and  form  a  liniment. 


liMMKNTiM  cAij  is.-linimesti;m  camphor.e  composita.  1139 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  forms  a  valuable  stimulating  and  discu- 
tient  appliration.  It  is  principally  used  in  indolnU  (scrofulous  tumors,  and  in 
the  mnmmnri/  hifliimmutiittit  nf  nursing  women  (.1.  King). 

LINIMENTUM  CALCIS  (U.  S.  P.  i— LIME  LINIMENT. 

SyNoNVM  :    I'xrriiH  ml. 

Preparation— "Solution  ol"  lime,  linseed  oil, of  each,  1  volume.  Mix  them 
In-  agitation"— (T.  S.  P.). 

Or.  take  of  olive  oil,  or  linseed  oil,  and  lime-water,  equal  parts.  Mix  and 
agitate  them  together  i  Ed. — Land.). 

The  lime  and  oil  unite  and  form  a  calcareous  soap,  the  oleate  of  calcium, 
with  some  glycerin.  It  is  called  Carron  oil.  Turpentine  may  be  sometimes 
advantageously  added  to  it. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  a  very  useful  and  probably  the  best 
application  to  recent  hnnig  and  scalds;  it  is  best  applied  on  carded  cotton.  It  is 
recommended  to  prevent  the  pitting  of  variola.  The  following  is  also  reputed 
beneficial  in  hiirn-<:  Take  of  lime-water,  2  fluid  ounces;  oil  of  turpentine,  olive 
nil,  each,  1  fluid  ounce.  Mi.x.  If  it  be  used  immediately  after  the  accident, 
add  oil  of  pennyroyal.  1    lluii!  ounce. 

LINIMENTUM  CAMPHOR.®  (U.  S.  P.)— CAMPHOR  LINIMENT. 

Sv.NONY.Ms  :    Linimentum  camphoratum,  Camphorated  oil. 

Preparation. — "Camphor,  in  coarse  powder,  two  hundred  grammes  (200 
<Jm.)  [7  ozs.  av.,  24  gr.s.]  ;  cotton  seed  oil,  eight  hundred  grammes  (800  Gni.) 
[1  lb.  av.,  12  ozs.,  96  grs.]  ;  to  make  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av., 
3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Introduce  the  camphor  and  the  cotton  seed  oil  into  a  suitable 
flask,  and  apply  a  gentle  heat,  by  means  of  a  water-bath,  loosely  stoppering  the 
flask  during  the  operation.  Agitate  from  time  to  time,  until  the  camphor  is  dis- 
solved"— (T.  S'.  P.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  forms  a  stimulant  and  anodyne  application 
in  conliLsions,  sprai)is,  bedsore-^,  r/icumatic,  neuralc/ic,  and  other  pains.  In  glandidur 
enlargements  it  is  used  as  a  resolvent,  being  particularly  employed  in  the  forming 
stage  of  nuistiiis,  both  as  a  resolvent  and  to  assist  in  checking  the  secretion  of 
milk.    For  the  latter  purpose,  it  should  be  applied  as  warm  as  can  be  borne. 

LINIMENTUM  CAMPHOR.®  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND 
LINIMENT  OF  CAMPHOR. 

Synonyms  :  Rheumatic  liniment,  or  drops,  Tinctura  campkoras  composita.  Com- 
pound linrlure  of  camphor.  Rheumatic  tincture. 

Preparation. — Take  of  camphor,  1  pound  ;  oil  of  origanum,  oil  of  hemlock, 
each.  A  j)oun<l;  oil  of  sa.ssafras,  oil  of  cajeput,  each,  2  ounces;  oil  of  turpentine, 

1  ounce;  capsicum,  4  ounces;  alcohol,  1  gallon.     Macerate  for  14  days  and  filter. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. —This  is  exceedingly  efficient  as  an  external 
application  in  almost  every  painful  afiection,and  is  of  advantage  in  chronic  rhru- 
nrntism.  /.'ji/i.v  in  various  parts  of  the  system,  hrni'^es,  sfyrains,  chilblains,  coiitu.'<ion.i, 
lameness,  nnmlnic.-'s.  white  sirellinris,  and  other  swellings,  etc.    In  ordinary  cases  apply 

2  to  4  teaspoonfuls  to  the  aflected  part,  and  rub  it  well  by  the  fire,  and  apj.ly 
warm  flannel  over  the  region  of  the  affected  part  several  times  a  day.  Internally, 
take  20  drops  on  sugar,  but  in  severe  and  obstinate  cases,  after  bathing  as  above 
<lireeted,  apply  an  additional  piece  of  flannel,  which  must  be  kept  constantly 
wet  with  the  drops,  until  relieved.  When  ai)plied  to  the  teeth,  wet  a  small  (pian- 
litv  of  cotton,  and  introduce  it  into  the  derating  t.cth.  If  the  face  is  swollen, 
l)athe  with  it  likewi.se  (J.  King).  That  of  tlie  British  Pharmacopa'ia  (1885)  is 
stimulant  and  rubefacient  on  account  of  the  stronger  ammonia  employed.  It 
tii:iy  111'  employed   in  lornl  painful  condiiitns. 


1140  LIXIMENTUM  CAPSICI  COMPOSITUM.— LINIMENTUM  lODI. 

LINIMENTUM  CAPSICI  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
CAPSICUM  LINIMENT. 

Preparation.— Take  of  tincture  of  capsicum,  2  fluid  ounces;  tincture  of 
opium  and  aqua  aninidniiu,  each,  3  fluid  drachms;  oil  of  origanum,  2  fluid 
drachms;  oil  of  cinnamon  and  tincture  of  camphor,  each,  1  fluid  drachm.    Mix. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  a  very  efficient  application  in  rheu- 
mntic,  pleuritic,  neuralgic,  and  other  pains. 

LINIMENTUM  CANTHARIDIS  (N.  F.)— CANTHARIDES 
LINIMENT. 

Preparation.— "Cantharide.s,  in  No.  60  powder,  one  hundred  and  fifty 
grammes  (150  Gm.)  [5  oz.  av.,  127  grs.]  ;  oil  of  turpentine,  a  sufficient  quantity  to 
make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl5,39l  ITll.  Digest  the  can- 
tharides  with  one  thou.sand  cubic  centimeters  (ICXK)  Cc.)  [33  fl^5,  391  TTl]  of  oil  of 
turpentine,  in  a  closed  vessel,  by  means  of  a  water-bath,  for  3  hours;  then  strain, 
and  add  enough  oil  of  turpentine  through  the  strainer  to  make  the  liniment 
measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  TTL]  "—(Xat.  Form.). 

Uses. — (See  Cantharis.) 

LINIMENTUM  CHLOROFORMI  (U.  S.  P.)— CHLOROFORM 
LINIMENT. 

Preparation. — "  Chloroform,  three  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (300  Cc.)  [10 
flS,  69  1U]  ;  soap  liniment,  seven  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (700  Cc.)  [23  fl.^, 
321  m]  ;  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  mj.  Mix 
them  by  agitation" — (U.  S.  P.). 

The  Linimentum  Chlorofonni  of  the  British  Pharmacopoeia  (1885)  is  prepared  by 
combining  equal  parts  of  camphor  liniment  and  chloroform. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Employed  as  a  local  anaesthetic  for  neuralgias 
and  other  superficial  pains. 

LINIMENTUM  CROTONIS.— OEOTON-OIL  LINIMENT. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  croton  oil,  1  fluid  ounce;  oil  of  turpentine, 7  fluid 
ounces.     Mix  together  with  agitation" — (Dub.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  acts  as  a  prompt  rubefacient,  and  when 
used  for  some  time,  produces  pustulation.  From  10  to  30  minims  may  be  placed 
upon  a  limited  surface,  and  rubbed  in;  and  when  pustulation  is  required,  this 
should  be  repeated  two  or  more  times  every  day. 

Related  Preparation. — The  National  Formulary  directs  besiiios  Croton-oil  liniment,  thi- 
following;: 

Linimentum  Tiglii  (/Ompositi'm  (X.  F.),  Oompound  croton-oil  liniment:  "Croton  oil, twenty 
cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.)  [325  TTL] ;  oil  of  sassafras,  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.)  [32o  TTl] ; 
oil  of  turpentine,  twentv  cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.)  [325 TTl];  o"  of  olive,  forty  cubic  centi- 
meters (40  Cc.)  [1  flg,  169 TTl].     Mix  them"— (yat.  Form.). 

LINIMENTUM  lODI.— LINIMENT  OF  IODINE. 

Preparation. — The  National  Famintari/  directs:  "  Iodine,  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  grammes  (125  Gm.)  [4  ozs.  av.,  179  grs.];  potassium  iodide,  fifty 
grammes  (^50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  334  grs.];  glycerin,  thirty-five  cubic  centimeter.- 
(35  Cc.)  [1  fl,^,  88111] ;  water,  .^ixty-five  cubic  centimeters  (65  Cc.)  [2  fl,5,  95  TTl]  ; 
alcohol,  a  suffiriont  quantitv  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1(D00 
Cc.)  [33  fl.5,  391  iri].     Mix  oiglit  ium.lnd  cubic  centimeters  (8(X)  Cc.)  [27  fls. 


I.INIMKNTUM  XKiiaM.-LINI.MKXTrM  OI'Il.  1141 

25  111]  i>l' alcohol  with  the  other  ingredients,  :uul  (li^;^;<.lve  tlic  solids  l.y  ajritation. 
Then  add  enough  alcohol  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  ( 1CK.X)  (.'c.) 
[33  flg,  3fllTTl].  .Wf.— The  proportion  of  the  ingredients  above  given  yields 
a  product  practically  identical  with  that  prescribed  bv  the  Briti-:li  Phnnnacojtwia, 
l885-—{.\n>.  Form.): 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — The  uses  of  this  liniment  are  those  of  iodine 
(see  lodii.inn). 

Related  Preparation.— Liximkntim  Ammoxii  Iodidi  (N.  F.),Linimn\tf>j'ammoniiuii  ii>dUU. 
"Iodine,  lour  firaiuiius  i4  (ini.)  [(52  urs.];  oil  of  rosemary,  tifteen  cubic  centimeters  (lo  Co.) 
[243  1T\];  oil  of  lavender,  fifteen  cubic  centimeters  (1-t  Cc.)  [243  TTl];  camphor,  thirty  prammes 
(30  Gm.)  [4<)3^rs.];  water  of  ammonia  i  T.  S.  Z^.),  one  humlred  and  ten  cubic  cenlinieters 
(110  Cc.)  [3  d5,  34.")  Ill];  alcohol,  a  sufficient  quantitv  to  make  one  tliousaml  cubic  centi- 
meters (1000  (V.)  [33  lis,  391  TTl].  Dissolve  the  io<line,  the  oils,  and  the  camphor,  in  seven 
hundred  an.l  fifty  cubic  tvntimeters  (750  Cc.)  [25  flg,  173111]  of  alcohol,  ami  then  aild  the 
water  of  ammonia,  and  lastly,  enough  alcohol  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  [33  flj, 
391  TTl].  .V(i<''.— On  standing,  the  liquid  will  become  colorless,  and  there  will,  usually,  be  a 
slight  precipitate,  which  may  l)e  separated  by  filtration  "—i  .Vd/.  Form.).  This  liniment  ia 
designe<l  for  the  purpose  of  using  iodine  locally  in  a  form  that  will  not  stain. 

LINIMENTUM  NIGRUM.— BLACK  LINIMENT. 

Preparation.— Take  of  olive  oil,  li  fluid  ounces;  sulphuric  acid,  1  fluid 
drachm:  mix  well  together,  and  then  add  oil  of  turpentine,  4  fluid  ounce. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— An  active  counter-irritant,  but  does  not  vesi- 
cate. To  be  rubbed  on  the  part  with  a  piece  of  lint  twice  a  day  until  the  skin 
becomes  tender  and  inflamed.  It  may  be  used  in  indolent  swelling.'^  of  the  joints, 
rheumatic  pains,  and  wherever  active  counter-irritation  is  indicated  (Brodie). 

LINIMENTUM  OLEORUM.— LINIMENT  OF  OILS. 

Synonym:    r.u.i,,,,  „ttim  ul,i. 

Preparation.  -Take  of  oils  of  cedar,  cajeput,  cloves,  and  sassafras,  of  each, 
1   fluid  ounce.     Mix. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  forms  an  efficient  application  to  rheumatic 
and  other  painful  affection.-';  it  should  also  be  rubbed  on  affected  part.  3  or  4 
times  daily. 

Belated  Preparation.— Liximentcm  Olei  Compositim,  Compound  linimmt  i,joll.<,  Conrrn- 
trah'l  til, II, nni.  Take  of  oils  of  origanum,  hemlock,  cajeput,  and  camphor,  each,  4  ounces,  by 
weight;  capsicum.  J  omucs.  Mix  the  oils  and  dis.solve  the  camphor  in  the  mixture;  then 
add  the  capsicum  ami  let  it  macerate  for  14  days,  frequently  agitating.  Then  filter.  This  is 
a  powerful  connt«'r-irritant,  and  may  be  employed  with  advsintage  in  indolent  tumort,  mduniled 
mamma:,  rhetimnlir  and  other  paint,  and  to  the  spine,  in  epikjisy,  nervous  dehility,  etc.  (J.  King). 

LINIMENTUM  OPII.— LINIMENT  OF  OPIUM. 

Synonym:  .hmdiiH,  liuuiuut. 

Preparation.— tincture  of  opium,  liniment  of  soap,  each,  2  fluid  ounces. 
Mix— I  /.'/•.  /V"(,m..I.S85). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  an  anodyne  and  mild  rubefacient  appli- 
Ciition  in  roi,ii..^ii,ii^,  .^prfiin-t.  ncurnlgic  and  rheunuttir  pains,  etc. 

Related  Liniment.— I.inimextcm  Opii  Compositim  (N.  F.^,  rom/(oiin'niHiHi/-iiN/i.i(iiiiii, 
Ciiiinda  liiiimriil.  -  Tincture  of  opinm  (  I'.S.  I'.),  one  hun<lre<l  cubic  centimeters  (UK)  Cc.  I  [3fl3, 
18:?  TTl];  camphor,  seventeen  and  one-half  grammes  (17..'>  «im.)  [270  grs.];  alcoh«.l.  two  hun- 
dred and  fiftv  cubic  centimeters  (2.50  Cc.)  [S  fls,  21.S  IT]];  oil  of  pcpiMTinint,  twcnty-tivc  cubic 
centimeters  (25  Cc.)  [40t)  TTl];  water  of  aminonla  (  V.S.  P.\,  three  hundred  and  s.vonty-live 
cubic  centimeters  (375  Cc.)  [12  fl.s,  327  Til];  oil  of  turpentine,  a  sullicient  quanlily  to  make 
one  fliousand  cubic  centimeters  (lOnO  Cc)  [X\  fl=,  391  TT]]-  Kissolve  the  camphor  ami  the  oil 
of  peppermint  in  the  alcohol,  then  add  the  tinctun-  of  opinm,  water  of  ammonia,  and  enough 
oil  of  turpentine  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [;!3  H,^,  391  TTl]-  l^hake 
the  mixture  whenever  any  of  it  is  to  be  disinnsed.     .\W.— This  liniment  will  sepanite  a  short 


1142  LINIMKNTUM  PETROLEI  COMPOSITUM.— LINIMEXTUM  SAPONIS. 

time  after  it  has  been  mixed.  It  may  be  made  somewhat  more  permanent  by  adding  twenty- 
five  cubic  centimeters  (25  Co.)  [406111]  of  tincture  of  quillaja  (U.S.  P.),  to  the  water  of 
ammonia,  before  adding  it  to  the  mixture" — (Xat.  Form.). 

LINIMENTUM  PETROLEI  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
LINIMENT  OF  PETROLEUM. 

Preparation. — Take  of  American  petroleum  (sp.  gr.  40°  to  42°  Baume),  6 
fluid  ouuce.s;  aqua  ammoniffi,  tincture  of  opium,  each,  1  fluid  ounce;  camphor 
60  grains.    Mix. 

Action  and  Medical»Uses. — This  forms  a  very  useful  application  in  rkeu- 

matkm,  njiniiiis,  liniis,.^,  .^,,n  throat,  and  painful  afiections.  A  Camphorated  petroleum 
for  similar  iiuriju^^es  may  Ke  prepared  by  dissolving  1  ounce  of  camphor  in  1  pint 
of  American  petroleum  (40°  to  45°  Baume). 

LINIMENTUM  PLUMBI  SUBACETATIS  (N.  F.)— LINIMENT  OF 
LEAD  SUBACETATE. 

Preparation. — "Solution  of  lead  subacetate  (C  S.  P.),  three  hundred  and 
fifty  cubic  centimeters  (350  Cc.)  [11  fl.5, 401  lU] ;  cotton  seed  oil,  six  hundred  and 
fifty  cubic  centimeters  (650  Cc.)  [21  flg,  470111].    Mix  them." 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  agent  was  used  chiefly  as  a  discutient, 
and  is  applicable  to  c/ulblains,  chapped  hands,  contusions,  sprains,  and  glandular 
inflammations.     It  is  no  longer  oflicial. 

LINIMENTUM  POTASSII  lODIDI  CUM  SAPONE.— LINIMENT  OF 
POTASSIUM  IODIDE  AND  SOAP. 

Preparation.  —  Powder  U  ounces  (av.)  of  potassium  iodide  in  a  mortar. 
Then  mix  with  10  fluid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  distilled  water,  1  fluid  ounce  (Imp.) 
of  glycerin,  and  into  the  mixture,  contained  in  a  porcelain  dish,  introduce  2 
ounces  (av.)  of  curd  soap,  cut  small,  and  dissolve  over  a  water-bath.  Next  pour 
the  liquefied  soap  upon  the  potassium  iodide  in  the  mortar,  and  triturate  briskly 
until  the  mixture  becomes  cold.  After  setting  it  aside  for  1  hour,  rub  well  into 
the  creamv  mixture  1  fluid  drachm  of  oil  of  lemon.  This  accords  with  the 
British  Phnniinrnpu  la,  18S5. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  liniment  is  designed  to  give  a  topical 

preparation  of  ioilide  of  potassium.  Probably  a  concentrated  solution  of  the 
potassium  salt  in  water  alone  will  be  more  effectual,  being  more  readily  absorbed. 

LINIMENTUM  SAPONIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SOAP  LINIMENT. 

Synonyms  :  Tinctura  saponis  camphoratn  (f '.  8.  P.,  1S.50),  Camphorated  tincture  oj 
snap;  Liquid  opodeldoc,  Spiritus  nei-vinus  ramphoratus. 

Preparation. — "  Soap,  in  fine  powder,  seventy  grammes  (70  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av., 
205  grs.];  camphor,  in  small  pieces,  forty-five  grammes  (45  Gm.)  []  oz.  av.,2o7 
grs.];  oil  of  rosemary,  ten  cubic  centimeters  (10  Cc.)  [162  TTl];  alcohol,  seven 
liundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (750  Cc.)  [25  flg,  173  111];  water,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fla.  391  HI]. 
Introduce  the  camphor  and  the  alcohol  into  a  suitable  bottle,  and  shake  until  tlie 
camphor  is  dissolved.  Then  add  the  soap  and  oil  of  rosemarv,  and  shake  the 
bottle  well  for  a  few  minutes.  Lastlv,  add  enough  water  to  maVe  one  thousand 
cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  111],  and  again  shake  until  the  liquid 
becomes  clear.     Set  it  aside,  in  a  cool  place,  for  24  hours,  then  filter" — (T.  5.  P.). 

On  account  of  its  greater  solubility  in  alcohol,  soap  made  from  soda  and 
olive  oil,  and  not  that  made  from  animal  fats,  should  be  employed.    Castor  oil 


LIXIMENTUM  SAPOXIS  CAMTH.— UXIMENTL'M  SAPOXIS  MOLLIS  1143 

(8ayre)  has  been  recommended,  as  has  a  potassa-soap  prepared  with  rape-seed  oil 

(Harokhaii<en>. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  forms  a  very  useful  stimulating  and  ano- 
dyne application  in  rr,,iiii.^;„,is,  .■<j,r(tiii.-<,  r/icuiiuitir  lutil  olfnr  pahijitl  <iff'a-(i(jii.'<. 

LINIMENTUM  SAPONIS  CAMPHORATUM.— CAMPHORATED 
SOAP  LINIMENT. 

Synonym  :  (Jjindddoc. 

Preparation. — Take  of  common  white  soap,  2  ounces;  camphor,  1  ounce;  oil 
of  rosemary,  3  drachms;  oil  of  origanum,  2  drachms;  aqua  ammonia-  (f.  .S'.  P.), 
1  ounce;  alcohol,  li  pints.  Place  the  soap  in  the  alcohol  and  digest  on  a  sand- 
bath  ;  when  the  soap  is  dissolved,  add  the  ammonia,  oils,  and  camphor;  agitate 
until  they  are  dissolved,  and  immediately  pour  into  wide-mouthed  vials.  When 
cold,  this  liniment  becomes  of  a  semi-solid  consistence. 

This  liniment  a.^sumes  an  appearance  of  solidity,  which  is  owing  to  its  forma- 
tion with  a  soap  made  with  animal  oil,  instead  of  one  with  vegetable  or  olive  oil. 
It  is  yellowish-white,  translucent,  and  becomes  Huid  at  the  temperature  of  the 
body.  Before  cooling  it  is  usually  placed  in  2  or4-ounce  vials  with  wide  mouths, 
and  is  known  by  the  name  of  Opndeldor.  The  Opfxh-ldoc  of  the  I'.  S.  P.  (1850)  was 
prepared  by  digesting,  on  a  sand-bath,  common  soap  (sliced),  3  ounces,  in  alco- 
hol, 1  pint.  When  dissolved,  add  camphor,  1  ounce;  oils  of  rosemary  and  origa- 
num, each,  1  fluid  drachm.  Pour  into  wide-mouthed  bottles.  There  are  other 
formulius  for  opodeldoc.    The  yndonal  Formulary  directs: 

LiNiMENTr.M  S.\P0NAT0- CAMPHORAxrM  (N.  F.),  Cnviphornted  soap  linimeiU. 
Ojyodeldor,  i>oUd  opodeklor :  '•  White  castile  soap,  dried  and  powdered,  seventy-fiv- 
grammes  (75  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  284  grs.]  ;  camphor,  twenty-five  grammes  (25  Gn). 
[386  grs.];  alcohol,  nine  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (950  Cc.)  [32  tl.v 
59  ITl]  ;  oil  of  thyme,  three  cubic  centimeters  (3  t'c.)  [49  lU];  oil  of  rosemary,  si.\ 
cubic  centimeters  (6Cc.)  [97  TH]  ;  stronger  water  of  ammonia  (f.  !^.  P.),  fifty  cubic 
centimeters  (50  Cc.)  [1  ns,  332  Ttl].  Introduce  the  castile  soap,  camphor,  and 
alcohol,  into  a  flask  or  suitable  bottle,  and  apply  a  gentle  heat  until  solution  is 
efifected,  taking  care  that  no  loss  of  alcohol  be  incurred  by  evaporation.  Filter  the 
liquid,  while  hot,  into  another  flask  or  bottle;  warm  again,  if  necessary,  to  render 
the  contents  liquid,  add  the  oils  and  stronger  water  of  ammonia,  and  when  the 
whole  has  been  thoroughly  mixed,  pour  it  into  small  dry  vials,  which  should 
have  been  previously  warmed,  and  should  immediately  be  corked  and  cooled. 
Note. — The  quantity  above  given  is  usually  divided  into  from  18  to  20  vials.  Solid 
opodeldoc  is  directed  by  the  German  Pharmacopniu  to  be  prepared  with  soap  made 
from  animal  fats;  but  pure,  white  castile  soap  may  be  used,  provided  it  has  been 
previously  deprived  of  water.  The  stronger  water  of  ammonia  should  be  of  the 
full  -treiil'th  prescribed  by  the  U.  S.  P."—(\at.  Form.). 

Action  and  MedicalUses. — Camphorated  soap  liniment  is  an  excellent  ano- 
dyne e!iil'ni,ati'in  in  all  hcd  pains,  rhcumatkm,  rontmions,  sprains,  sore  throat,  etc. 

LINIMENTUM  SAPONIS  MOLLIS  (U.  S.  P.)— LINIMENT  OF 
SOFT  SOAP. 

Sv.voNYM  :    Tinctura  saponis  riridi^  (Pfiarm.,  1880). 

Preparation. — "Soft  soap,  six  hundred  and  fifty  grammes  (G-VKun.l  [1  lb. 
av.,  6  ozs.,  40()  grs.];  oil  of  lavender  flowers,  twenty  "cubic  centinu'tcrs  (20  Cc.) 
[325  TTl]  :  alcohol,  three  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (300  Cc. )  [in  tl.s,  ti9  111]  ;  water, 
a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  11.^. 
391  TTl].  Mix  the  oil  of  lavender  with  the  alcohol,  dissolve  in  this  the  soft  soaj. 
by  stirring  or  agitation,  and  set  the  solution  aside  for  24  hours.  Then  filter  it 
through  paper,  and  pass  enough  water  through  the  filter  to  make  the  produi  t 
measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (10(.>0  Cc.)  [33  fl5,391TTl].  Mix  thor- 
oughly'—rr.  .<  /'.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  is  Hebra's  tincture  of  green  sonp,  so-called. 
It  is  u«ed  in  cuiaiwou.^  di.-'orders,  especially  in  eczema,  prurigo,  lirheii,  and  pmria*is. 


[XIMENTUM  SINAPIS  COMP.-LIXI.MENTU.M  SUCCINI  COMP. 


LINIMENTUM  SINAPIS  COMPOSITUM  (U.  S.  P.)— COMPOUND 
LINIMENT  OF  MUSTAED. 


Preparation. — ■'  Volatile  oil  of  mustard,  thirtj'  cubic  centimeters  (30  Cc.) 

I3,  7  TTl]  ;  tluid  extract  of  mezereuni,  two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (200  Cc.) 

[6  fig,  3661m.]  ;  camphor,  sixty  grammes  (60  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  51  grs.]  ;  castor  oil, 


^1  lis,  7  TTl] ;  Huid  extract  of  mezereuni,  two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (200  Cc.) 

'     \  Til];  camphor,  sixty  grammes  (60  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  :        "  _     1 

one  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (150  Cc.)  [5  fls,  35  TTl];  alcohol,  a  suffi- 


cient quantity  to  made  one  thou.sand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl.5.  391  Ttl]. 
Dissolve  the  camphor  in  live  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [16  fl.5,  435  ITIJ 
of  alcohol,  and  add  the  fluid  extract  of  mezereuni;  then  add  the  oil  of  mustard 
and  the  castor  oil,  and  finallv,  enough  alcohol  to  make  the  product  measure  one 
thousand  cubic  centimeters  ( 1000  Cc.)  [33  fls,  391T11].  Mix  thoroughly  "— (  V.  S.  P.). 
Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  powerfully  counter-irritant,  and  may 
be  employed  as  a  revulsive.  Care  should  be  exercised  in  its  use,  however,  as 
the  sores  produced  by  both  mustard  and  mezereuni  are  sometimes  productive  of 
great  harm,  and  are  difficult  to  heal. 

LINIMENTUM  STILLINGI^  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
LINIMENT  OF  STILLINGIA. 

Synonyms  :    Stillingia  liniment,  Compound  tincture  of  stilling  ia. 

Preparation. — Take  of  oil  of  stillingia,  1  fluid  ounce;  oil  of  lobelia,  oil  of 
cajeput,  of  each,  ^  fluid  ounce;  alcohol  and  glycerin,  of  each,  2  fluid  ounces. 
Mix  in  the  order  named.  This  formula  is  that  revised  by  Prof.W.  E.  Bloyer,and 
is  far  preferable  to  the  formula  given  below.  Prepared  in  this  manner,  the  com- 
ponent parts  of  the  liniment  do  not  separate  as  readily  as  in  the  old  preparation, 
the  formula  for  which  is  as  follows :  Take  of  oil  of  stillingia,  1  fluid  ounce ;  oil  of 
cajeput,  i  fluid  ounce;  oil  of  lobelia,  2  fluid  drachms;  alcohol,  2  fluid  ounces. 
Mix  together. 

Stillingia  liniment  is  prone  to  precipitate,  and  often  thickens  to  a  magma  or 
jelly.  It  should  be  well  shaken  before  being  used.  If  it  has  solidified,  it  should 
be  replaced  by  a  fresh  supply. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  forms  a  peculiar  kind  of  liniment,  pos- 
sessing stimulant  and  relaxant  properties.  It  is  used  in  chronic  riMhma,  croup, 
epilepsy,  chorea,  etc.  In  asthma  and  croup,  the  throat,  chest,  and  neck  are  to  be 
bathed  with  it  3  or  4  times  a  day.  With  Prof  Scudder  it  was  regarded  as  of  great 
value  externally  in  croup,  and  given  internally  it  forms  a  good  remedy  for  ii-rita- 
tive  and  chronic  coughs.  It  may  be  given  on  sugar,  discs,  or  in  syrup.  In  chorea, 
epilepsy,  and  spasmodic  diseases,  the  whole  vertebral  column  is  to  be  bathed  with 
it.  In  rheumatism,  sprains,  and  painful  affections,  the  diseased  parts  are  to  be  bathed 
with  it.  In  asthma  its  action  is  very  prompt  and  effectual,  relieving  and  ultimately 
curing  some  very  obstinate  cases.  In  the  majority  of  instances,  when  applied  to 
the  chest,  neck,  etc.,  the  patient  experiences  a  peculiar  taste  in  the  mouth,  some- 
what resemliling  that  of  the  lobelia  and  stillingia  combined.  It  is  often  used  of 
less  strength,  as — Take  of  oil  of  stillingia,  i  fluid  ounce;  oil  of  cajeput.  A  fluid 
ounce;  oil  of  lobelia,  1  fluid  drachm;  alcohol,  3  fluid  ounces.  Mix.  It  is  an 
agent  peculiar  to  Eclectic  jwactice,  and  is  very  active  and  efficient  (R.  S.  Newton). 
The  dose  of  stillingia  liniment  is  from  1  to  o'drops. 

LINIMENTUM  SUCCINI  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 
LINIMENT  OF  OIL  OF  AMBER. 

Preparation.— Tako  <>(  oil  of  stillingia,  rectilied  oil  of  amber,  each,  1  fluid 
ounce;  oil  of  lolnlia.  •>  tinid  drachms;  olive  oil,  2  fluid  ounces.     Mix. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— I  have  found  this  preparation  very  efficient  in 
chronic  aslhina,  croaji,  j^rlussis,  chore(t,cpileps;/,  rhrumatisnuscialira,  and  various  other 
spasmodic  and  painful  uffectiotis;  in  many  instances  being  nuicli  superior  to  the 
compound  liniment  of  stillingia.    Its  manner  of  application  is  tiic  same  as  recoin- 


LIXIMEXTUM  TKRKBINTHIN.K.— LINTEUM.  1145 

mended  lor  the  preceding  liniment.  In  very  t^evere  cases,  it  maj'  be  applied  everj* 
liour,  or  half-hour,  and  continued  until  vomiting  ensues.  It  acts  as  a  stimulant, 
relaxant,  and  antispasmodic.  In  many  of  the  above  diseases  it  will  effect  a  cure 
without  the  exhibition  of  any  internal  medicine,  and  is  especially  useful  among 
ehildren  to  whom  it  is  ditheult  to  administer  remedies  by  mouth,  or  in  ca.ses 
where  the  stomach  rejects  all  medicines.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  use  too 
much  of  this  liniment  at  any  one  application.  Owing  to  the  presence  of  stil- 
linjjia  in  this  preparation,  the  liniment  is  prone  to  precipitation  (see  remarks 
concerning:  (onijioinid  StilUniiin  Linim,  iil)  (J.  King). 

LINIMENTUM  TEREBINTHIN^  (U.  S.  P.)— TURPENTINE 
LINIMENT. 

Preparation.— -Resin  cerate,  six  hundred  and  fifty  grammes  ((wO  Gm.)  [1 
lb.  av..6  o/.s.,406  grs.];  oil  of  turpentine,  three  hundred  and  fifty  grammes  (3oO 
Gm.)  [12  ozs.  av.,  151  grs.];  to  make  one  thousand  grammes  (lOClO  Gm.)  [2  lbs. 
av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Melt  the  resin  cerate  in  a  capsule,  on  a  water-bath,  then  add 
the  oil  of  turpentine,  and  mix  them  thoroughly" — (I'.S.P). 

This  is  Ktntiiih  liitimetit.  In  its  preparation  a  low  heat  should  be  employed 
to  melt  the  cerate,  after  which  the  oil  may  be  added  gradually  with  constant 
stirring. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  was  at  one  time  highly  praised  as  an  appli- 
cation to  liiini.-'  and  .<r,!lrl.-<.  It  should  be  applied  as  soon  as  possible  after  the  acci- 
dent, and  be  allowed  to  remain  on  for  at  least  a  day.  It  should  be  applied  on  lint, 
care  being  taken  to  keep  it  from  contact  with  the  sound  tissues.  After  healthy 
granulations  set  in,  it  should  be  discontinued.  It  may  be  employed  in  eri/t/ienmtous 
and  en/.-'ijK liitou.i  rimditioii!'.  whvn  sujierficial  orari:<ing  from  injury,  and  in  jivst-bites. 

LINIMENTUM  TEREBINTHINiE  COMPOSITUM.— COMPOUND 

LINIMENT  OF  TURPENTINE. 

SvNo.NVM  :    ^nitr  linlinenl. 

Preparation.  - -Take  of  rose-water,  2^  tluid  ounces;  yolk  of  egg,  1;  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, 3  Huid  ounces;  oil  of  lemon,  i  fluid  drachm;  pyroligneous  acid  (or  in 
its  absence  acetic  acid),  1  fluid  ounce.  To  the  yolk  slowly  add  the  rose-water, 
and  rub  together  in  a  mortar,  then  add  the  turpentine  and  oil  of  lemon.  Pour 
the  mixture  into  a  pint  bottle, and  agitate  to  mix  thoroughly;  then  add  the  acid, 
and  agitate  quicklv  and  briskly.    It  must  be  kept  well  corked. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Used  in  nsthma  and  inflammation  of  the  htngs, 
rubbing  it  on  tiie  throat  and  chest  with  a  sponge  or  cloth,  from  the  epiglottic 
region  to  the  epigastric ;  also  useful  whenever  a  counter-irritant  is  required. 

Belated  Preparation.— The  Xalional  Formular;/  gives  the  following  formula  and  name: 
LiMMKNTiM  'rKUKiiiNTiiix,*;  ACETICUM  (N.  F.),  Acetir  tiirpentiiit'  linimeut,  Linimenlum  album, 
Stokft'  liiiinii'iil,  SI.  .hiliii  Lony'g  liniment. — "  Oil  of  turpentine,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters 


(100  fV.)  [:!  fli,  I.S.?  1T1  ] ;  fresh  egg,  albumen  and  volk,  one  1 1 1 ;  oil  of  lemon,  four  cubic  centi- 

•    .MiU.r  -         ■       ■  

.  ."<.  I-.),  eigiiry-nve  cubic  centimeters  («o  (.  e. )  [i'  n,s,  4L'o 
contents  of  flie  fre.sli  egg  with  the  oil  of  turpentine  and  thei>il  of  lemon  in  a  mortar  until  tin 


meters  <4  Co.  I  [(i.T  Ttl  ] ;  acetic  acid  (  U.  S.  P.  I,  tweiitv  cuhie  ciiitiiiietirs  '  20  CV.  I  [32.^  Ill ' 
water  I  I'.  S.  P. ),  eighty-five  cubic  centimeters  (85  t'e. )  [2  tl,v  420  TTl].    Triturate  or  beat  the 


'  thoroughly  mixed.    Then  incorporate  tlie  acetie  acid  and  rose-water.    .Shake  the  mixture, 
whenever  any  of  it  is  to  be  <li.Kpen8ed  " — (\al.  Form.  I. 

As  this  la.st  preparation  U-ars  the  same  name  as  the  Jir.  Phnrm.  Linimenlum  Trnltintliinx 
Acelirum  (glacial  aeefic  acid,  1  fluid  part;  liniment  of  camphor  and  oil  of  turpentine,  each, 
4  fluid  parts;  mix),  the  two  should  not  Ix*  confounde<l  with  each  other.  Acetic  tunx-ntine 
liniment  is  rubefacient  and  vesicatory.  It  may  he  applied  to  relieve /oc(j/uf</ /x»iii«  or  iiirfum- 
miiliinj  mifltinijii,  and  has  lieen  found  useful  in  nenmlijin  and  mufculnr  rlieumatitm,  and  is  a  coun- 
ter-irritant  in  r/antric  ii>Jtamiii(itiim.'<  to  allay  irritation  :iiid  vomiting. 

LINTEUM.— LINT. 

SvNowM:;:    f.infiiim  niriitinn.  '^'/iiir/.i,  (i,{  the  French). 
Source,  Preparation,  and  Description.— Originally,  lint  was  prepared  by 
scraping  with  a  kiiifo   IiI.mcIi.mI    lin.n.  mk  li  ms   t.. w.  Is.  .-^liirt.-.  table  cloths,  sheeti, 


1146  Lixr.M. 

etc.,  until  soft  and  fleecy.  As  thus  prepared,  it  was  designated  hand-made  lint, 
to  distinguish  it  from  that  afterward  made  by  mechanical  appliances,  and  known 
as  machine-made  lint.  It  is  now,  however,  made  almost  wholly  by  machinery 
from  a  cloth  especially  prepared,  and  is  known  as  patent  lint.  When  prepared 
from  cotton,  as  is  often  the  case,  it  is  called  cotton  lint.  The  latter,  however, 
is  not  so  u.seful  as  linen  lint,  for,  upon  becoming  wet,  it  quickly  loses  its  elas- 
ticity, and,  unless  the  oil  has  been  well  removed,  it  fails  to  properly  absorb  fluids. 
Besides,  the  fibers  of  the  linen  are  much  softer  and  do  not  irritate  like  cotton. 
Good  lint  should  be  soft,  flocculent,  and  unirritating,  yet  firm  enough  to  be  torn 
in  any  one  direction,  and  also  be  capable  of  taking  upon  its  surfaces,  cerates,  etc., 
should  be  sufficiently  loose  to  absorb  discharges,  and  should  be  compact  enough 
to  leave  no  detached  portions  in  the  wound  to  which  it  is  applied.  Patent  lint 
comes  in  soft,  fleecy  sheets  of  considerable  thickness.  Micro.scopically,  the  linen 
lint  presents  its  fibers  as  long,  almost  straight,  cylindrical  tubes,  with  a  small, 
central  cavity;  cotton  fibers  are  flattened,  often  twisted,  and  have  a  wide,  central 
canal  (see  also  article  on  Lint,  in  Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1861,  p.  359). 

Tests. — Aside  from  microscopical  diSerences  exhibited  by  cotton  and  linen 
fibers,  they  also  present  some  differences  in  their  behavior  toward  chemical  re- 
agents. Linen  fiber,  dipped  first  in  rosolic  arid  (aurin,  yeUow  corallin)  solution, 
and  afterward  in  strong  sodium  carbonate  solution,  becomes  rose-red;  while  cot- 
ton, under  like  treatment,  remains  colorless.  Tincture  of  madder  colors  linen 
orange-red,  cotton  pale-yellow.  Linen  fiber  becomes  translucent  when  rubbed 
with  a  fixed  oil,  while  cotton  remains  an  opaque  white.  Cotton  fiber  is  destroyed 
and  dissolved  in  less  than  two  minutes  bj'  cold  sulphuric  acid  (concentrated), 
while  linen  is  not  appreciably  altered  in  the  same  time.  Linen  is  turned  bright- 
yellow  by  boiling  caustic  potash  solution,  while  cotton  is  either  not  altered 
or  becomes  but  faintly  yellow.  This  test  must  be  quickly  applied,  as  the  color 
fades  rapidly. 

Surgical  Uses. — Lint  is  used  as  a  surgical  dressing  to  protect  injured  parts, 
absorb  discharges,  to  prevent  too  great  pressure  from  surgical  appliances  and 
bandages,  etc.  It  should  be  soft  and  unirritating.  Cotton  lint  quickly  loses 
its  elasticity  when  wet,  and  is,  therefore,  not  so  useful  as  cbarpie  and  linen  lint. 

Related  Substances. —  .Sp.^Nisn  Moss,  Pe.\t  Moss,  and  Wool  Wood,  or  Wool  C'LOTU.a 
spongy  ti-^-i;     i    in|"»-,Ml  of  wood  fibre,  have  been  applied  like  lint. 

Om  I  I  lame  introduced,  in  1862,  by  Dr.  L.  A.  Sayre,  of  the  United  States  Xavy. 

It  is  ci  Hill  lumpen  fibers  of  old  rope  impregnated  with  tar.     It  is  often  preferred 

for  wouii!  li-rii  11^;  I-  pus.  Tow  has  been  similarly  used.  (.See  Dr.  Ruschenbercer,  in  Amer. 
Joiir.  Phariii.,  ]sG3,  p.  161,  for  comparative  tests  of  the  absorbing  power  of  equal  weights  of 
cotton,  oakum,  tow,  coarse-scraped  and  patent  lint.  Oakum  absorbed  only  one-fourth,  but 
patent  lint  seven  and  a  half  times  its  weight  of  water.) 

Ch.\rpie. — Strictly  speaking,  charpie,  as  used  by  the  French  surgeons,  consisted  of  bundles 
(4  or  5  inches  in  length")  of  straight,  unravelled  threads  of  linen,  but  the  name  has  also  become 
synonymous  with  scraped  lint. 

LINUM  (U.  S.  P.)— LINSEED. 

"The  seed  of  Linum  u-^itati^simum, Linno" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Linete. 

Common  Names:   Flaxseed,  Linseed  (Lini  smiina,  Br.  Pharm.,  1885). 

Ii,Lt'STR.\TioN  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  39. 

Botanical  Source. — Flax  is  an  annual  plant,  very  smooth,  with  a  slender 
fibrous  riiwt.  and  1  or  more  straight,  round,  leafy  corymbose  stems,  1  or  2  feet  in 
height.  The  kaves  are  small,  alternate,  sessile," acute,  3-veined,  and  rather  glau- 
cous; the  lowermost  short  and  blunt.  The  flowers  are  several,  large,  blue,  erect, 
borne  in  a  terminal,  corymbose  panicle,  on  long  footstalks.  The  calyx  is  persist- 
ent, consists  of  5  ovate,  acute  sepals,  which  are  3-veined  at  base,  and  membra- 
naceous on  the  margin,  Tiie  corolla  is  composed  of  5  thin,  delicate,  roundish, 
wedge-shaped,  crenate  petals,  which  arc  glo.-ssy,  have  numerous  veins,  and  readily 
drop  ofl'.  Stamens  5,  straight,  and  awl-shaped.  Anthers  2-celled.  and  arrow- 
shaped.  Ovary  ovate,  superior;  styles  5;  sti<rmas  obtuse.  The  fruit  is  a  round 
capsule,  5-celled,  the  cells  nearly  divided  by  a  false  disseniment;  seeds  2  in  each 
cell,  ovate,  compressed,  brown,  smooth,  and  glo^sy  (L, —  \V. — Torrey  and  Gray). 


LIXUM.  1147 

History.— The  native  country  of  riax  is  unknown,  though  supposed  to  Ik- 
dtriviil  t'lDUi  Egypt,  or  from  Central  Asia.  It  has  been  known  from  remote 
antiquity  (.^ee  (ien.xli,  42,  and  ExodAx.  31).  It  is  now  naturalized  in  nearly  all 
civilized  countries.  It  blossoms  from  May  to  August,  and  matures  its  seeds  early 
in  autumn.  The  seeds  and  their  expressed  oil  are  used  in  medicine.  The  seeds 
are  described  by  the  U.  S.  P.  as  follows: 

"About  4  "or  5  Mm.  (i  to  \  inch)  long,  oblong-ovate,  flattened,  obliquely 
pointed  at  one  end,  brown,  glossy,  covered  with  a  transparent,  mucilaginous  epi- 
thelium, which  swells  considerably  in  water;  the  embryo  whitish  or  pale  green- 
ish, with  2  large,  oily,  plano-conve.x  cotyledons,  and  a  thin  perisperm;  inodorous; 
taste  mucilaginous,  oily,  and  bitter.  Ground  Unseal  (linseed  meal,  or  flaxseed 
meal;,  fur  inetlicinal  purposes,  should  be  recently  prei)ared,  free  from  unplea.>iant 
or  rancid  odor.  When  extracted  with  carbon  disulphide,  it  should  yield  not  less 
than  20  per  cent  of  fixed  oil.  The  filtered  infusion  of  ground  linseed,  prepared 
with  boiling  water  and  allowed  to  cool,  has  an  insipid,  mucilaginous  taste,  and 
should  not  lie  colored  blue  by  iodine T.S.  (absence  of  .'<tarch)"— (T.  S.  P.).  In  this 
connection  see  paper  bv  J.  U.  Lloyd,  on  the  testing  of  flaxseed  for  starch,  in  the 
Phorm.  Rn.uU-hau,  1895,"  p.  210. 

OU-i-iikc  (rake-meal,  when  ground)  is  the  compressed  refuse  portion  remaining 
after  the  oil  has  been  pressed  out;  it  contains  the  mucilage  of  the  husk  and  all 
of  the  nitrogenous  matter  of  the  seed  in  condensed  form  (about  5  per  cent  nitro- 
gen ),  and  is  therefore  used  to  feed  cattle.  Starch  should  be  absent  from  the  cake, 
and  the  ash  should  not  exceed  5  per  cent.  The  seeds  finely  ground,  furnish  a 
dark,  ash-colored  powder,  flnxseed  meal,  which  forms  with  hot  water  a  tenacious 
substance,  used  for  luting  in  chemical  ojjcrations.  For  poultices,  the  oflicial 
Grounil  linsee'l  {Fariiin  lini,  or  TAn-^eed  meal)  is  the  best. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  chief  constituents  of  flax  seeds  are  mueilage 
(about  6  per  cent  I,  residing  in  the  epithelial  cells  of  the  epidermis,  and _/ix<'rf  o(7 
(see  Olritiii  Lini.  linseed  oil),  contained  in  the  cotyledons  (from  2-5  to  33  per  cent; 
as  high  as  38  per  cent,  W.  A.  Puckner,  Am^r.  Jnur.  Pharm.,  1889,  p.  442).  Starch 
is  absent  in  ripe  seeds.  (An  adulteration  of  linseed  meal  with  40  per  cent  of 
corn  meal  is  on  record;  see  G.  M.  Beringer,  ^Imer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1889,  p.  167.)  The 
mucilage  probably  has  its  origin  in  the  starch  occurring  in  the  unripe  seeds. 
When  the  unbruised  seeds  are  covered  with  water,  a  viscitl,  odorless,  and  almost 
tasteless  mucilage  is  obtained,  precipitable  by  alcohol.  When  deprived  of  its  ash 
(amounting  to  10  per  cent),  the  composition  of  the  mucilage  corresponds  to  the 
formula  C'ljH^.O,,,  (Tollens  &  Kirchner,  1874).  It  is  precipitated  also  by  basic  ace- 
tate of  lead,  but  not  by  tannic  acid.  It  is  not  colored  blue  by  the  addition  of 
iodine  and  sulphuric  acid,  nor  docs  it  redden  litmus  when  in  fresh  condition. 
Boiling  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid  produces  mostly  a  dextro-rotatory  sugar,  and 
about  -5  per  cent  of  insoluble  cellulose.  Nitric  acid  converts  it  partly  into  mucic 
arid,  oxalic  acid  being  likewise  formed. 

Flax  seeds  contain  about  4  per  cent  of  nitrogen,  corresponding  to  about  25 
per  cent  of  protein  bodies.  Part  of  the  nitrogen  is  due,  however,  to  the  presence  of 
a  crystallizable,  bitter  substance  formerly  believed  to  be  amr/gdalin,  but  difleren- 
tiated  from  it  as  linamarin  (Jorissen  and  Hairs,  see  Jahre^h.  dcr  P/i((rm.,  1891, 
p.  114).  The  pre.sence  of  this  substance  gives  rise  to  the  frequently*  observed 
formation  of  hydrocyanic  acid  in  ground  flaxseed  meal  by  spontaneous  fermenta- 
tion (see  A.  Jorissen,  Jnhresb.  der  PArt»-m.,1883  and  1894  ;  and  W.  0.  Senior,  Pharm. 
Jour.  Trans.,  18So,Vo\.  XVI,  p.  514).  The  seeds  contain  on  an  average  3.6  per 
cent  of  ash,  which  is  rich  in  phosphoric  acid  {Amer.  Jour.  /*/i((n)i.,  1881,  p.  552). 
(As  regards  the  manufacture  and  composition  of  linseed  cake  and  meal,  as  well  as 
enumeration  of  the  jjossible  impurities  by  weeds,  etc., consult  interesting  article 
in  Amer.  .hur.  Pharm.,  1893,  p.  195.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Flaxseed  is  used  as  a  demulcent  and 
emollient.  .\u  infu-ion  of  tlic  entire  -neds,  an  ounce  toaquart  of  water  at  100°  C. 
(212°  F.  i.  form-  a  iiiueilaj.'iiH.n.-  .Ir:uii:lit  which  is  much  employed  in  ardor  uriiiii- 
and  urinary  di.'<ea.'<rs,  nejihritic  ],<iins,  rouijhs,  ri,ld.t,  coin- reel  ids,  jnilmonnry,  ijastro-enlerir, 
and  urinary  injiammalions.  Wlien  not  contraindicated,  the  addition  of  lemon 
juice  improves  the  flavor,  or  it  mav  be  sweetened  with  loaf  sugar  or  honey.  An 
infusion  of  flaxseed,  or  of  flaxsee.l  meal,  forms  an  excellent  laxative  injection; 


1148  LIQUIDAMBAR. 

and  the  meal  added  to  boiling  water,  and  made  of  the  proper  consistence,  makes 
an  excellent  cataplasm  (see  Cataplasma  Lini).  Dnse  of  the  infusion,  1  or  2  pinta 
daily.  Linseed  oil  in  doses  of  2  fluid  ounces  twice  a  day,  is  said  to  have  cured 
severe  cases  of  piles  within  2  or  3  weeks;  while  using  it  liquors  and  stimulating 
diet  are  to  be  avoided.  It  is  likewise  reputed  beneficial  when  internally  admin- 
istered in  dysentery,  colic,  and  lumbricus.  Used  as  an  enema  it  is  advantageous 
in  dysentery,  hemorrhoids,  and  ascarides;  and  combined  with  lime-water,  it  forms 
Carron  oil,  an  excellent  application  to  burns.  One  pint  of  linseed  oil,  combined 
with  ^  ounce  each,  of  oils  of  origanum  and  wintergreen,  forms  a  pleasant  cathartic; 
to  be  given  in  the  same  doses  as  castor  oil. 

Belated  Species. — Linum  cnlharlicum,  Purging  fiax.  This  is  a  European  annual  l)ear- 
ing  very  small  white  flowers,  and  having  a  very  bitter  subacrid  taste.  Water  extracts  its 
virtues,  the  infusion  being  yellow.  The  active  cathartic  principle  is  linin,  which  occurs  in 
neutral,  white,  silky,  and  lustrous  crystals.  It  is  most  abundant  in  the  plant  just  after  the 
flowers  have  fallen.  Its  alcoholic  solution  is  persistently  and  strongly  bitter.  ( For  furtlier 
details,  see  Huseraann  and  Hilger,  PflanzeK<Ujffe,\?,?A,  p.  829. 1  Purging  flax  has  the  reputa- 
tion on  the  continent  of  being  mildly  purgative,  and  has  been  employed  in  hepatic,  catarrhal, 
and  rheumatic  diwrders.  The  dose  of  the  powdered  plant  is  1  drachm ;  of  the  extract,  4  to  8 
grains.     Diuretic  properties  are  also  ascribed  to  it. 

LIQUIDAMBAR.— SWEET-GUM. 

The  balsamic  exudate,  or  concrete  juice  of  Liquidanhnr  styraciflua.  Linne. 
Nat.  Ord. — Hamamelacea'. 

Co.MMo.v  Names  :  (Tree)  Sicect-gum  tree,  Bilsted,  Copalm;  (Gumj  Stieet-guvi, 
Gum  vii.f. 

Botanical  Source. — The  sweet-gum  tree  attains  the  height  of  50  to  60  feet, 
with  a  diameter  of  3  to  5  feet.     It  is  covered  with  a  gray,  deeply  furrowed  bark, 
J,.    j^Qj^  with  corky  ridges  on  the  branchlets.     The  leaves  are  palmate, 

'^'        ■  deeply  5  to  7-lobed,  rounded,  smooth,  shining,  of  a  rich  green 

color;  the  lobes  finely  glandular,  serrate,  and  acuminate;  the 
veins  villous  at  their  bases.  When  bruised  the  leaves,  which 
are  fragrant,  turn  crimson  or  deep-red  in  autumn.  The  sterile 
flowers  are  in  a  conical  cluster  of  several  globular  heads,  naked 
or  achlamydeous;  the  aments  monoecious,  roundish,  and  sur- 
rounded with  a  4-leaved  involucre;  the  stamens  numerous  and 
intermixed  with  minute  scales;  the  filaments  short,  and  the 
anthers  numerous,  oblong,  and  subsessile.  The  fertile  fli>wer8 
consist  of  2-celled  ovaries,  subtended  by  minute  scaler,  all  more 
Liquidambar  etyraci-  or  less  cohering  and  hardening  in  fruit,  forming  a  spherical  cat- 
"*■  kin  or  head.    The  catkins  are  racemed,  nodding,  inclosed  in  the 

bud  by  a  -l-leaved,  deciduous  involucre.  Styles  2,  long.  Fruit  a  kind  of  strobile, 
composed  of  the  indurated  scales  and  capsules.  Capsules  or  pods  2-beaked,  2-celled, 
opening  between  the  two  awl-shaped,  or  prickly  diverging  styles.  Seeds  small, 
several,  amphitropous,  with  sparing  albumen,  and  a  straight  embryo:  cotvledons 
foliaceous  (G.— \V.). 

History  and  Description.— This  is  a  large  and  beautiful  tree,  with  tine- 
grained  wood,  growing  tluougliout  the  United  States  in  moist  woods  from  Con- 
necticut and  New  Jersey,  southward;  but  found  in  greater  abundance  in  the 
southern  and  middle  states,  as  well  as  in  Guatemala  and  Mexico.  In  warm  cli- 
mates, a  whitish-yellow,  somewhat  limpid  juice  exudes  from  the  incisions  made 
into  the  tree,  especially  during  the  warm  seasons;  it  hsis  the  density  of  thick 
s^'rup,  but  by  standing  it  forms  a  soft,  resinous-like,  adhesive  mass,  somewhat 
like  white  turpentine,  but  opaque  and  almost  bl.aok.  Or,  it  may  become  hard, 
breaking  with  a  resinous  fracture.  It  is  known  as  Suret-ffum,  Gum  trax,  or  FAijuid- 
amhar  (Liqttidum  Liquidambar  Stynici^fiun);  it  has  a  pleiisant,  benzoinic  odor,  and  a 
benzoinic,  somewhat  bitter,  and  pungent  taste.  It  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  chloro- 
form, ether,  oil,  lard,  or  fats,  softens  in  warm  weather,  and  becomes  harder  in  cold. 
Its  tincture  sli^'litly  reddens  litmus  paper. 

Chemical  Composition. — Liquidambar  is  closely  allied  in  its  composition  to 
storii.r,  an   exndatinn    cd'  the   bark  of  Liqiiidamhur  orinUali^,  Miller  (^see  Stt/rojc). 


I-KilOKES.— LIQUOR  ACIDI  ARSENOSI.  1149 

William  L.  Harrisim  {Amer.  Jour,  /'/mj-jii..  1874,  p.  161),  from  a  semiliquiil  speci- 
men collected  in  Virginia,  obtainetl  by  distillation  with  an  aijueous  solution  of 
sodium  carbonate  1.5  per  cent  of  volatile  xli/rol,  a  hydrocarbon  of  a  peculiar  aro- 
matic odor.  The  yield  is  stated  to  liave  been  as  high  as  7  percent  (Bonastre). 
When  extracting  sweet-gum  with  petroleum  benzin,  a  mixture  of  rlunaniir  acid 
(C,H,CH:CH.COOH)  and  >-t;/racin  {riin,am,/l-ci,nm,nnte,  [C.H,CH:CH.C00.C,H,1, 
discovered  by  Bonastre,  1S27I,  results,  from  wliicii  diluted  ammonia  extracts  all 
of  the  cinnamic  acid  which  may  be  precipitated  by  means  of  diluted  acids  (see 
Prof.  Maisch,  .4m<T.Jo((r. /Vi'irm.,  1874,  ]).  IG6).  The  total  yield  of  cinnamic  acid 
was  5i  per  cent.     No  benzoic  acid  could  be  detected. 

W.  von  Miller  (Anhir  thr  Plmnn.,  1S82,  p.  648),  obtained  by  the  distillation 
with  steam  of  a  rather  tirni  specimen  of  the  resin  sh/rol  contaminated  with  an 
oxygenated  oil;  in  the  residue  W!\s  found  rhinmuic  acitl,  melting  at  133°  C. 
(271.4°  F.),  but  no  benzoic  acid;  ^tyracin,  in  beautiful  crystals,  melting  at  44°  C. 
(112°  F.)  and  a  thick,  vellow  oil,  consisting  chiefly  of  ]ihein/l-propi/l-cinnnmate 
(C,H,.CH:CH.rOO.CH,('"H,CH,C,H.).  The  ethyl-  and  benzyl-esters  of  cinnamic 
acid  were  found  to  be  absent.  Ston-sit),  a  peculiar,  comjilex  alcohol  occurring  in 
storax  free  and  as  cinnamate,  in  large  quantity  (von  Miller,  1877),  is  also  present 
in  li(iui<lambar.  The  Ictivcs  of  Liquidumbar  styraciflua  contain  tannin  and  small 
quantities  of  a  volatile  oil.  8weet-gum  contains  nearly  10  per  cent  of  impurities, 
such  as  jiuitions  of  the  bark,  etc. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Sweet-gum  probably  has  virtues  simi- 
lar to  the  lonirete  juice  of  ^tyrax  offirina/e,  which  see.  It  makes  an  excellent  and 
agreeable  ointment  when  melted  with  equal  parts  of  lard  or  tallow,  which  I  have 
found  decidedly  useful  in  hemorrhoids,  psora,  r in g^rorm  of  the  sailp,  ]iorrigo  scutulata, 
and  many  other  cuteHfoiw  affect ious;  a.]so  in  that  indolent  species  of  ulcer,  known  as 
"fever  sores  on  the  legs.''  In  anal  Jistula,  it  maintains  an  increased  discharge,  softens 
the  callosity  of  the  walls  of  the  sinus,  and  produces  a  normal  result,  and  efifects 
this  without  pain  to  the  patient.  If  necessary,  in  fstula,  a  little  creosote,  or  other 
stimulant  may  be  added  to  it.  This  employment  of  sweet-gum  is  not  generally 
known,  and  physicians  would  do  well  to  avail  themselves  of  its  use  in  the  above 
diseases.  It  is  also  used  in  chronic  catarrh,  coughs,  and  pulmonary  affections.  The 
dose  internally  is  from  10  to  20  grains  (J.  King). 

LIQUORES.— SOLUTIONS. 

Under  the  term  liquor,  or  solution,  the  U.  S.  P.  includes  all  aqueous  solutions 
of  substances  wholly  soluble  in  that  menstruum,  and  not  containing  sugar,  vola- 
tile oils,  or  gases.  This  excludes  such  aqueous  preparations  as  infusions,  decoc- 
tions, medicated  waters  and  syrups. 

LIQUOR  ACIDI  ARSENOSI  (U.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
ARSENOUS  ACID. 

Sysonvms:  Liquor  arsenid  chloridi  (^U.  S.  P.,1870),  Liquor  arsenici  hydrochlo- 
virus  (Br.  Phnrm.,  1885),  Solution  of  arsenic  chloride.  Hydrochloric  solution  of  arsenic. 

Preparation.— "Arsenous  acid,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.];  diluted 
hydrochloric  acid,  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (50  Cc.)  [1  fl5,332in];  distilled  water, 
a  suflicient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  tis, 
391  Til].  Mix  the  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  with  two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic 
centimeters  (250  Cc.)  (^8  Hs,  218  111]  of  distilled  water,  add  the  arsenous  acid,  and 
boil  the  mixture  until  all  the  arsenous  acid  is  dissolved.  Filter  the  solution 
and  pass  enough  distilled  water  through  the  filter  to  make  the  product  meas- 
ure one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg.  391  lU J.  Mix  thor- 
oughly"—( T.  S.  P.). 

This  contains  the  two  acids  (arsenous  and  hydrochloric)  uncombined,  the 
latter  acid  simply  aiding  in  dissolving  the  former.  The  name,  solution  of  arsenic 
chloride  is,  therefore,  erroneous  an<r  misleading.  The  strength  of  the  U.  S.  P. 
solution  is  1  percent  (4.^6  grains  to  lluid  ounce;  density,  1.005)). 


1150  LIQUOR  ACIDI  CARBOLICI. 

Description  and  Tests.— 'A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  odorless,  having  an  acidu- 
lous taste  and  an  acid  reaction.  If  24.7  Cc.  of  solution  of  arsenous  acid  be  boiled 
for  a  few  minutes  with  2  Gm.  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  the  liquid  cooled,  diluted 
with  water  to  100  Cc.,and  mixed  with  a  little  starch  T.S.,  it  should  require  from 
49.4  to  50  Cc.  of  decinormal  iodine  V.S.  to  produce  the  blue  tint  of  iodide  of 
starch  (corresponding  to  1  Gm.of  arsenous  acid  in  100  Cc.  of  the  solution;"' — 
(U.S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  agent  is  used  for  the  same  pur- 
poses as  F'owler's  solution  of  arsenic.  The  do.se  is  from  ^  to  3  minims,  well  di- 
luted, after  food. 

Related  Preparations.— De  Val,\ngin's  .Solution.  "  Liquor  arxenici  rhhri'li,"  S'Aution  of 
cliloride  of  itrsenic,  or  De  Vulangin's  solutio  solrentu  mineralii.  To  distilled  water,  1  fluid  ouuee, 
add  hydrochloric  acid,  IJ  fluid  drachms,  and  arsenous  acid,  in  small  pieces,  1  drachm.  Boil 
until  the  arsenic  is  dissolved,  then  add  distilled  water,  a  sutlicient  quantitj-  to  make  the  whole 
measure  1  pint.  The  dose  is  from  J  to  3  drops,  3  times  a  day,  beginning  with  the  smallest 
dose  and  graiUuilly  innvasiiie. 

Liquor  P(.t\-mi  A  i:>kn atis  et  Bromidi  (S.F.),Sohilioti  of  potassium  arsenate  ami  hromide. 
Liquor  arseuii  hn'iNi.li.  S,,!,:tl,,n  of  bromide  of  arsenic,  Clemens'  solution. — "Arsenous  acid,  ten 
grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154gr.s.];  potassium  bicarbonate,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.];  bro- 
mine, fifteen  and  one-half  grammes  (1.5J  Gm.)  [239  grs.]  ;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make 
one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl§,  391  X{\_].  Boil  the  arsenous  acid  with  the 
potassium  bicarbonate  and  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  (12.5  Cc.)  [4  flg, 
109  ITl]  of  water,  until  solution  is  effected.  Allow  this  to  cool,  add  six  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  cubic  centimeters  (62.5  Cc.l  [21  fig,  64111]  of  water,  then  the  bromine,  and  afterward 
enough  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl5,  391  Tl]].  Let  the 
mixture  stand  a  few  hours,  agitating  it  occasionally,  then  filter.  This  solution  contains  an 
amount  of  arsenic  in  combination,  corresponding  to  1  per  cent  of  arsenous  acid.  Note. — The 
title,  "  Solution  of  Bromide  of  Arsenic  {Liquor  Arsenii  Bromidi),  ■which  is  often  applied  to 
Clemens'  solution  or  similar  preparations,  is  a  misnomer,  since  arsenic  bromide  can  not  exist, 
as  such,  in  presence  of  water,  but  is  split  up  into  hydrobromic  and  arsenous  acids.  The  pro- 
portions of  the  ingredients,  in  the  fonnnki  uliovr  triven,  have  been  adjusted,  as  closely  as 
practicable,  so  as  to  yield  definite  conii.iuipls.  \  iz  :  arsenate  and  bromide  of  ptotassium.  In 
order  to  prevent  injury  to  the  balanet■^  I  y  \\,i^liiiig  a  definite  amount  of  bromine,  the  plan 
suggested  iu  the  note  to  Xo.  213  may  be  applitil  tu  this  preparation,  viz. :  To  prepare  such  a 
quantity  of  the  latter  at  one  time  as  will  be  commensurate  to  the  actual  contents  of  an  origi- 
nal vial  of  bromine" — {Xat.  Form.). 

A  somewhat  similar,  but  modified,  Clemens'  solution  is  the  following : 

Liquor  Arsexici  Bromidi. — Mix  powdered  arsenous  acid  ( 1  part)  witli  potassium  carbon- 
ate (1  part)  and  dissolve  them  in  boiling  water  (10  parts).  Add  water  (80  part*'  and  bromine 
(2  parts).  Pet  aside  in  moderate  atmosphere  until  the  liquid  is  decolorizeil.  and,  lastly,  add 
enough  water  to  bring  the  solution  to  100  parts  by  weight.  This  solution  is  probably  one  of 
potassium  bromide  and  potassium  arsenate.  It  improves  on  keeping.  Pure  ingredients  must 
be  used  in  making  it. 

Liquor  Auri  et  Arsenii  Bromidi  (X.  F.),  Solution  of  bromide  of  gold  and  arivmV.—"  Arsenous 
acid,  two  and  one-half  grammes  (2J  Gm.)  [39  grs.) ;  tribromide  of  gold,  three  ami  one-fourth 
grammes  (3}  Gra.)  [.50  grs.] ;  bromine  water,  distilled  water,  of  each,  a  sntticient  quantity  to 
make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  391  TTl].  Introduce  the  arsenous  acid 
and  about  one  hundred  and  thirty-five  cubic  centimeters  (l:?o  Cc.)  [4  A%,  271  11X]  of  bromine 
water  into  a  flask  and  heat  gentlv  until  all  free  bromine  has  disappeannl.  Then  adil  bromine 
water,  twenty  (20)  to  thirty  (30)  clrops  at  a  time,  until  it  will  be  present  in  slight  excess,  or  until 
the  solution  does  not  become  colorless  after  some  time.  Transfer  the  solution  to  a  porcelain 
capsule,  expel  the  excess  of  bromine  with  the  aul  of  gentle  heat,  dilute  it  with  water  to  al>out 
nine  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (900  Cc.)  [30  fl^,  208  ITl],  and  dissolve  in  this  the  tribromide 
of  gold,  adding  enough  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Co.)  [33  fl^, 
391  Ttl].  Ten  ( 10)  minims  of  this  solution  contains  j'j  grain  of  tribromitle  of  gold  and  the 
equivalent  of  tV  grain  of  tribromide  of  arsenic.  .Vnf<-. —  Bromine  water  is  made  by  shaking 
bromine  with  about  30  times  its  weight  of  water,  occasionally  during  several  hours,  and  decant- 
ing the  water  from  the  undissolved  oromine" — {Xnt.  Form.'). 

LIQUOR  ACIDI  CARBOLICI.— SOLUTION  OF  CARBOLIC  ACID. 

Preparation.— Take  of  carbolic  acid  (.commercial),  1  part:  oil  of  lemon,  3 
parts;  aicoliol.  100  iiarts.     Mix. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  forms  an  intimate  and  permanent  solu- 
tion, which  is  deprived  of  the  unpleasant  odor  of  the  carbolic  acid  without  im- 
pairing its  properties,  bv  the  presence  of  the  lemon  oil.  It  may  be  used  where- 
ever  carbolic  acid  is  indicated,  and  may  be  more  or  less  diluted  as  required. 


LIQUOK  ACIDI  rHR(jMICI.-LlyroR  ALIMINI  At  KTATI.-:.  1151 

LIQUOR  ACIDI  CHROMICI.— SOLUTION  OF  CHROMIC  ACID 

fVeparation.  I'iss.ilvc  rlnoiuit'  aful,  1  (piuhc  mv.)  in  distilled  water,  3  lluiil 
ounces  (Imp.  I. 

Description. — This  accords  with  the  Biiti.->/i  J'/iarmacoptriu,  and,  according  t«i 
that  authority,  contains  the  equivalent  of  25  per  cent  of  chromic  anhydride 
(CrOj) ;  or  29.5  \hv  cent  of  real  chromic  acid  (H.CrO,).  It  is  a  caustic  and  strongly 
acid,  odorless,  orantre-nd  liquid. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — May  lie  used  as  a  caustic,  as  it  is  sinijily  an 
aqueous  sohitii)ii   '>(  (.hroniic  acid  (see  Acidiun  f'/innnicum). 

LIQUOR  ACIDI  PHOSPHORICI  COMPOSITUS  (N.  F.)-COMPOUND 
SOLUTION  OF  PHOSPHORIC  ACID. 

Sy.no.nym:    Sty'itdnn  oj  arul  j,/io.-pl>ute-':. 

Preparation. — "  Bone  ash,  in  Hne  powder,  one  thousand  grammes  ( 1000  Gm.) 
[2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.];  sulphuric  acid  (sp.gr.  1.830),  seven  hundred  and 
eighty  grammes  (780  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  11  ozs., 225  grs.];  water,  four  thousand  cubic 
centimeters  (4IXH.I  Co.)  [135  H3.  122  TTl].  Mix  the  bone  ash  with  one  thousand 
cubic  centimeters  (1000  Co  [33  H5,  3fll  TTl]  of  water,  add  the  suliihuric  acid,  di- 
luted with  two  thousand  cuoic  centimeters  1 2(.K)0  Cc.)  [67  H5,  362  TTl]  of  water, 
and  mix  thoroughly  with  a  porcelain  or  trlass  stirrer.  Now  add  the  remainder  of 
the  water  and  set  the  mixture  a.sidf  for  24  hours,  stirring  occasionally.  Then 
transfer  the  mixture  to  a  strong  muslin  strainer,  and  subject  this  to  a  gradual 
pressure  (avoiding  contact  with  metals),  so  as  to  express  as  much  of  the  liquid  as 
possible.  Lastly,  filter  this  through  paper.  The  specific  gravity  of  this  solution 
is  about  1.113  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Xote. — The  quantity  of  the  product  obtained 
depends  on  the  degree  of  force  used  in  pressing.  By  strong  pressure  about  3500 
parts  may  be  obtained.  If  desired,  the  magma  may  also  be  poured  into  a  glass  per- 
colator, the  neck  of  which  contains  a  layer  of  fine  quartz  sand  or  asbestos,  previ- 
ously deprived  of  matters  soluble  in  sulphuric  or  phosphoric  acids.  On  cautiously 
pouring  water  on  top,  so  as  not  to  mix  it  with  the  magma,  the  acid  solution  will 
be  displaced.  But  the  percolation  must  be  interrupted  as  soon  as  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  percolate  begins  to  fall  below  1.113.  The  sulphuric  acid  used  in 
this  preparation  may  be  the  commercial  variety,  provided  it  is  free  from  arsenic, 
and  of  a  specific  gravity  not  less  than  1.830" — (.V«^  Form.). 

Medical  Uses. — (See  Afidinii  Pfin.^jjhoricum.  I 

LIQUOR  ALUMINI  ACETATIS  (N.  F.)— SOLUTION  OF 
ALUMINUM  ACETATE. 

Preparation. — •Aluniinum  sulphate,  crystallized,  three  hundred  grammes 
(300  (im.)  [10  ozs.  av.,  2.55  grs.];  acetic  acid  {I'.  S.  P.),  thvee  hundred  grammes 
(.300  Gm.)  [10  ozs.  av..  2.55  grs.];  calcium  carbonate,  one  hundred  and  thirty 
grammes  (130  Gm.)  [4  ozs.  av.,  256  grs.];  water,  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000  Cc.)  [33  11.5,  391  TU].  Dis.solve  the  calcium  carbonate  in  the  acetic  acid 
mixed  with  two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (200  Cc. )  [6  H.s, 3(56  111]  ofwatei-.and 
the  aluminum  sulphate  in  eight  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (8()'»  Cc.)  [27  11.^, 
2-5  m].  Mix  the  two  solutions,  and  allow  the  mixture  to  stand  for  24  hours, 
agitating  occasionally.  Then  pour  oflT  the  clear  solution  and  filter.  The  solution 
contains  from  7.5  to  8  per  cent  of  basic  aluminum  acetate.  Note. — Practically 
identical  with  the  Liquor  Aluminii  Acetici  of  the  German  Pharm." — (a\<U.  Form.). 

Uses. — (See  Aluminuvi  AreUite.) 

Related  Preparation.— Liqioh  Ai.vmim  Acetico-tahtimtis  (N.  T.),Soliiiioii  nf  alumiiium 

acelicij-tarlraU  :  -  Alilin  (  T.  .V.  P.\,  seven  ImiiilreM  and  tifty  uriMniiies  (7.S0  (ini.)  [1  11).  iiv.,  10 
ozs,  l!»y  KPS.];  80<liuni  carlionate,  .seven  Inimlred  (.'"unnie.s  (TOO  tiin.l[l  11..  iiv.,  S  oj».,M'i 
grs.];  glacial  acetic  acid  (  C.  .V  /'.).  one  Inindred  and  lilty  Kniinnie!'  (!.')»)  liin.)  [-5  ozh.  iiv., 
127  grs.];  tartaric  acid,  one  Inindred  and  llnrty-live  grannm  s  (i:i.i  (iui.i  [4  ozs.  av.,  XK  (ira.]; 


1152  LIQUOR  AMMONIl  ACETATIS. 

water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  grammes  1 1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120 
grs.].  Dissolve  the  alum  and  the  sodium  carbonate  each  in  ten  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(10,000  Cc.)  [338  flg,  66 in.]  of  water;  mix  the  solutions  and  wash  the  precipitate  with  water, 
first  by  decantation,  and  afterward  on  a  strainer,  until  the  washings  run  ofl'  tasteless.  Allow 
the  precipitate  to  drain  and  to  shrink  in  volume  by  exjiosure  on  the  strainer.  Then  tran.sfcr 
it  to  a  tared  capsule,  add  the  glacial  acetic  and'  the  tartaric  acids,  and  apply  heat  until 
solution  has  been  effected.  Finally,  evaporate  the  liquid  to  one  thousand  grammes  (1000 
<im.)  [2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  The  product  contains  about  50  per  cent  of  drj-,  so-called 
aluminum  acetico-tartrate.  Note. — The  dry  salt  may  be  obtained  by  evaporating  the  solu- 
tion " — (Xat.  Form.).  This  agent  is  a  disinfectant  and  caustic.  Diluted  one-half,  it  has  been 
employed  in  affections  of  the  naso-pharyiuc  and  faitces. 

LIQUOR  AMMONIl  ACETATIS  lU.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
AMMONIUM  ACETATE. 

"An  aqueous  solution  of  ammonium  acetate  (NH,CjH305=76.87),  containing 
about  7  per  cent  of  the  salt,  together  with  small  amounts  of  acetic  and  carbonic 
acids"— (T.  ,5.  P.). 

Synonyms  :    Spirittm  Mindereri,  Spirit  of  Minderems,  Acetas  ammonicus  liquidus. 

Preparation. — "Ammonium  carbonate,  five  grammes  (5  Gm.)  [77  grs.] ;  di- 
luted acetic  acid,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  flg,  183  TTl].  Add 
the  ammonium  carbonate  (which  should  be  in  translucent  pieces,  free  from 
white,  pulverulent  bicarbonate),  gradually  to  the  cold  diluted  acetic  acid,  and 
stir  until  it  is  dissolved.  This  preparation  should  be  freshly  made  when 
wanted"— (T.S.  P.). 

If  the  above  directions  be  exactly  followed  a  uniform  product  of  definite 
strength  will  be  obtained,  provided  a  good  ammonium  carbonate  has  been  em- 
ployed. Ammonium  carbonate  which  has  been  kept  loose  in  the  drawers  of 
pharmacies  will  not  answer  for  this  purpose,  for  as  a  rule,  a  large  share  of  the 
active  portion  {ammonium  carbamate),  has  become  dissipated,  and  the  bulk  of  the 
material  left  is  but  ammonium  bicarbonate,  of  no  worth  so  far  as  the  value  of 
the  above  solution  is  concerned.  The  solution  should  be  prepared  onl;/  when 
needed  for  immediate  use.  The  Br.  Pharm.  (1885)  directs:  Strong  solution  of 
acetate  of  ammonium,  4  fluid  ounces  (Imp.);  distilled  water,  enough  to  make  20 
fluid  ounces  (Imp.).     Keep  in  bottles  free  from  lead.     Densit}-,  1.022. 

Liquor  A.mmonii  Acetatis  Fortior  (Pr.,  1885)  is  made  by  gradually  adding 
to  acetic  acid  (4.5  ounces),  crushed  ammonium  carbonate  (17i  ounces).  Then  add 
more  acetic  acid  (usually  about  5  ounces),  until  the  liquid  is  neutralized.  Lastly, 
bv'  means  of  water,  bring  the  product  to  measure  60  fluid  ounces  (Imp.).  Keep 
in  vessels  free  from  lead  (see  also  Related  Preparations). 

Description. — "A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  free  from  emp3Tcuma,  of  a  mildly 
saline  acidulous  taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  It  is  wholly  volatilized  by  heat.  When 
solution  of  acetate  of  ammonium  is  heated  with  potassium  or  sodium  hydrate, 
vapor  of  ammonia  is  evolved.  When  heated  with  sulphuric  acid,  the  solution 
gives  off  vapor  of  acetic  acid  " — ( {'.  S.  P.). 

Liquor  ammonii  acetatis  is  colorless,  has  a  faint  smell  of  acetic  acid  and 
ammonia,  a  feeble  saline  and  somewhat  bitter  taste,  in  which  that  of  ammonia  is 
perceptible.  This  taste  of  ammonia,  which  is  also  perceptible  in  other  salts  of 
this  base  having  a  neutral  reaction,  is  caused  by  the  free  or  feebly  combined  soda 
in  the  saliva  combining  with  the  acid  and  evolving  the  ammonia.  It  should  not 
be  kept  any  considerable  time,  as  it  undergoes  decomposition,  and  should  be  made 
only  in  small  quantities  at  a  time.  It  is  subject  to  all  the  impurities  nameti 
under  the  heads  of  acetic  acid  and  carbonate  of  ammonium.  If  the  solution  be 
colored,  this  may  generally  be  removed  by  filtering  it  through  animal  charcoal. 
If  quite  neutral,  neither  litmus  nor  turmeric  papers  will  be  affected  by  it.  The 
tests  of  its  impurities  are  the  same  as  named  in  aqua  amniouia\and  carbonate  of 
ammonium.  Good  liquor  ammonii  acetatis  yields  soluble  crystals  of  acetate  of 
silver  with  nitrate  of  silver;  evolves  amnioniacal  gas  if  lime  or  potassa  be  added. 
Liquor  ammonii  acetatis  is  incompatible  with  the  alkalies,  strong  acids,  corrosive 
sublimate,  nitrate  of  silver,  metallic  sulphates,  lime-water,  alum,  chloride  of  cal- 
cium, magnesia,  and  some  of  its  salts,  etc. 


I.IQrOK  AMMONII  CITRATIS.  11,53 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— In  small  tl.).-<es  tliis  solution  is  regarded 
as  a  refrigerant ;  in  large  doses  tliaiihoietic  ami  diuretic.  The  diuretic  innuence 
is  more  obvious  when  the  patient  is  kept  cool;  the  diaphoretic,  when  he  is  kei)t 
warm.  It  is  principally  used  in  frcci-K  and  injlninmot'in/  affertinm  when  not  ofa 
high  grade,  and  is  frequently  associated  with  opium,  tincture  of  camphor,  nitrate 
of  potassium,  etc.  Its  diuretic  influence  is  more  marked  when  combined  with 
sweet  spirit  of  nitre.  It  is  useful  in  the  exanthematu  when  the  circulation  is  feehle 
and  eruption  tardy,  overeomiiig  both  oi  these  conditions,  while  in  the  declining 
stages,  with  depression  ol  the  nervous  system,  dry  skin,  and  renal  inactivity,  it 
may  be  given  in  A-drachm  doses  to  reestablish  the  secretions.  Spirit  of  Minde- 
rerus  may  he  given  where  alcohol  can  not  he  administered,  being  a  stimu- 
lant of  a  different  character,  and  it  is  frequently  used  as  a  sobering  agent 
for  drunlcenms».  This  use  of  it  to  overcome  the  eflects  of  alcohol  is  quite  popular 
in  some  localities.  When  a  stimulant  that  will  not  disturb  the  brain  is  required 
in  low  forms  of  typhoid  fever,  this  agent  may  be  selected,  and  often  the  sirk  head- 
ache of  depreAiinn  may  be  relieved  by  i-drachm  doses  of  the  solution.  Uterine  colic 
and  dysmenorrhea  are  sometimes  relieved  by  it,  tincture  of  opium  (20  drops), 
being  used  with  it  in  the  first-named  trouble,  (rout,  rheumati.-<iii,  and  some  forms 
of  dropsy  and  heart  disease  have  been  benefited  by  its  use.  It  is  an  excellent  agent 
in  influenza  and  the  initial  stages  of  («•»?(>  (-(t^rtrrrt.  Applied  on  cloths,  moistened 
with  it,  it  has  been  found  useful  in  hydrocele  and  mumpjs,  and  resolves  (/landular 
enlargements  and  early  stage  of  mammitis.  Four  parts  of  the  solution  added  to 
28  parts  of  rose-water  and  1  part  of  tincture  of  opium,  form  a  very  excellent 
collyriuni  in  some  chronic  inflammations  of  the  eye.  Its  dose  is  from  i  fluid  drachm 
to  1  fluid  ounce,  in  some  sweetened  water,  which  may  be  repeated  every  3,  4, 
or  6  hours. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.^ — Impaired  capillary  circulation,  with  tardy 
eruption  in  the  exanthemata;  alcoholic  intoxication;  sick  headache  with  de- 
pression. 

Belated  Preparations. — The  following  preparation  has  been  recommended  a.s  an  ele- 
gant am!   plea.SiUit  anodyne,  and  diapfioretic  in /eifr*,  worthy  the  notice  of  the  profession: 

LiQi"i'  Ammh.mi  .\'cet.\tis  et  Mokphix.k:  Take  of  solution  of  acetate  of  ammonium, 
1  fluid  drachm  ;  acet:ite  of  morphine,  1  grain ;  isyrup  of  lemon,  enough  to  make  1  fluid  ounce; 
mix  tf)getlu-r.  The  dose  is  from  J  to  1  fluid  drachm,  to  be  taken  in  water.  Each  tluid  drachm 
contains  J  grain  of  acetate  of  morphine  ( W.  S.  Merrell). 

LiQi'OR.\.MMosn  .\cET.vTisCoxcEXTBATL's  (N.F.),  Concenlratfd Solution  of  ammonium  acetate: 
"Acetic  acid  (  V.  H.  P.),  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [16  fig,  43.5  Ttl];  ammonium 
carbonate',  water,  of  each,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000  Cc.)  [33  fl,^,  391  TTl].  Neutralize  the  acetic  acid  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  ammonium 
carbonate,  carefully  avoiding  an  excess.  Then  add  enough  water  to  make  the  product  meas- 
nn-  one  thousand  cubic  centniieters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  391  TTl].  iVo(<'.— The  product  is  about 
3  times  the  strength  of  the  official  Liquor  Ammonii  Acetatii.  Xote. — It  is  not  recommended  to 
keep  this  Solution  on  hand  for  the  preparation  of  the  official  Liquor  Ammonii  Acetatis,  as  this  is 
preferably  uiaile  fresh  when  wanted  for  use.  When  it  is,  however,  required  or  deemed  of 
advantage,  to  dispense  the  concentrated  solution,  it  is  suggested  that  it  be  diluted  with  carbonic 
acid  water,  or  be  directed  to  be  diluted  with  this  at  the  time  of  administration  " — (Xat.  Form.). 

LIQUOR  AMMONII  CITRATIS.— SOLUTION  OF  CITRATE  OF 
AMMONIUM. 

Preparation.— Dilute  5  fluid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  strong  solution  of  citrate  of 
animoiiiuni  with  enough  distilled  water  to  make  20  fluid  ounces  (Imp.).  Den- 
sity, 1.1)62. 

Description.— A  clear,  colorless  fluid,  saline  to  the  taste,  and  should  be  unaf- 
fected i)y  either  litmus  or  turmeric  papers.     Keep  in  bottles  free  from  lead. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (Same  as  for  Liquor  Ammonii  Acetatis, 
which  M-...I     I  ),,-.•.  2  tn  (\  tluid  drachms. 

Belated  Preparation.— I.iqi'i in  .VM.M.'Xit  Citratis  Forti<>b,  Stroyig  mluiion  of  riimic  of 
aminoiiiiim:  .Neutralize  citric  acid,  12ounrH8  (av.)  with  strong  solution  of  ammonia,  11  fluid 
ounces  (Imp.),  or  a  sufficient  amount,  and  l)y  means  of  distilled  water  hriuK  tbe  pnKluct 
to  measure  L'O  fluid  ounces  (Imj).).  Density,  i.-JM.  1  >o»e,  •_'.'>  to  7.^)  minims.  Tliis  is  useil  iu 
preparing  the  solution  of  citrati-  of  aiiiuiDnium.  Hoth  solutions  were  oflicial  in  the  liritith 
/'/iiirm-e  .-/««(,  1.S85.     (.See  al8<J  Liqitnr  Ammwii  Cilniti.i  Fortiiir.) 


1154  LIQ.  AMMOXII  CITRATIS  FORTIOR.— LIQ.  AXTIMuNII  CHLOKIM, 

LIQUOR  AMMONII  CITRATIS  FORTIOR  |N.  F.)— STRONGER 
SOLUTION  OF  AMMONIUM  CITRATE. 

Preparation. — "Citric  acid,  five  hundred  and  sixty  grammes  (560  Gni.) 
[1  lb.  av.,  3  ozs.,  329  gr.s.];  stronger  water  of  ammonia  (f.  .S'.  P.).  water,  of  eacli, 
a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Co.;  |_33  Hg, 
391  TTl].  Neutralize  the  citric  acid  with  the  stronger  water  of  ammonia,  and  add 
enough  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.j  [33  flg.  391  111]. 
The  solution  should  be  kept  in  bottles  free  from  lead.  Each  fluid  drachm  cin- 
tains  about  40  grains  of  ammonium  citrate.  Note. — This  solution  is  apt  to  take  up 
notable  quantities  of  lead  if  kept  in  bottles  made  of  flint  glass.  Liquor  Ammouii 
Citratis  (Br.  Pharm.)  may  be  prepared  from  this  solution  by  mixing  1  volume  of 
it  with  4  volumes  of  water" — (Nat.  Form.). 

Uses. — This  preparation  is  employed  in  making  mixtures  of  liquids  fmni 
tannin-yielding  drugs  and  tincture  of  chloride  of  iron.  It  blends  them  togetlier 
so  as  to  prevent  the  inkiness  otherwise  a  factor  in  such  mixtures. 

LIQUOR  ANTIMONII  CHLORIDL— SOLUTION  OF  CHLORIDE  OF 
ANTIMONY. 

Synonyms:  Liquor  antirywviiterchloriili,  Sobttionof  terchloride  of  antimony ,  Liquid 
butter  of  antimony,  Antimony  trichloride.  Butter  of  antimony,  Butyrum  antimonii,  Buiy- 
rum  stihii,  Liquor  stihii  chlorati,  Chloridum  stibirum,  Chloruretum  stibicum.  Antinumium 
muriat'.cum  liqiddum. 

Preparation. — "  Take  of  purified  black  antimony,  1  pound ;  hydrochloric 
acid,  4  pints.  Place  the  purified  black  antimony  in  a  porcelain  vessel,  pour  upon 
it  the  hydrochloric  acid,  and,  constantly  stirring,  apply  to  the  mixture,  beneath  a 
flue  with  a  good  draught,  a  little  heat,  which  must  be  gradually  augmented  as  the 
evolution  of  gas  begins  to  slacken,  until  the  liquid  boils.  Maintain  it  at  thi.^ 
temperature  for  15  minutes,  then  remove  the  vessel  from  the  fire,  and  filter  tin- 
liquid  through  calico  into  ano!b  r  vessel,  returning  what  pas.ses  through  first,  that 
a  perfectly  clear  solution  may  be  obtained.  Boil  tliis  down  to  the  bulk  of  2  pints 
and  pre.serve  it  in  a  stoppered  bottle  "—(Br.  Pharm.,  18&5).  Weights,  avoidupois; 
measures,  Imperial. 

History. — In  earlier  days  butter  of  antimony  was  prepared  by  distilling  the 
evaporated  solution  of  antimony  trisulphide  in  hydrochloric  acid.  A  white, 
semi-transparent,  crystalline  mass  resulted.  The  red  color  of  the  solution,  as  pre- 
pared by  the  above  official  process,  is  due  to  the  impurities  present,  cliiefly  of  iron 
and  other  metals.  If  this  be  distilled  a  coiorle.'ss  solution  of  antimony  trichloride 
(SbCl,)  will  be  obtained.  In  tlie  process  above  given  double  decomposition  en- 
sues, antimony  trichloride  is  formed,  and  hydrogen  sulphide  escapes  with  effer- 
vescence.    The  operation  should  be  conducted  under  a  hood. 

Description. — Butter  of  antimony  is  a  heavy,  yellow-red  fluid  of  about  the 
specific  gravity  1.47.  When  a  little  of  it  is  dropped  into  water  a  white  precipitate 
falls,  which  is  colored  orange  upon  treatment  with  iiydrogen  sulphide.  After 
filtering  out  the  white  deposit  the  filtrate  gives  an  abundant  precipitate  with 
silver  nitrate.  "One  fluid  drachm  of  it  mixed  with  a  solution  of}  ounce  <if  tar- 
taric acid  in  4  fluid  ounces  of  water,  forms  a  clear  solution,  which,  if  treated  with 
sulphuretted  hydrogen,  gives  an  orange  precipitate,  weighing,  when  washed  and 
dried  at  212°  F.  (100° C.)  about  22  grains"— ^Br.  Pharm. ASSo).  The  white  pow- 
der which  falls  upon  the  addition  of  water  is  the  imuder  of  Alqamth.  or  antimonous 
oxychloride  (2SbCl3.5Sb.p,).  The  antimonium  chloride  "of  the  Frrnrh  rn,lex\s  the 
soft,  crystalline  mass  above  referred  to.  It  fumes  in  the  air  and  is  very  deliques- 
cent. It  is  a  powerful  caustic.  The  impurities  are  likely  to  be  iron,  lead,  copper, 
and  arsenic.  Copper  will  strike  blue  with  an  excess  of  ammonia;  lead  crystaili«es 
out  from  the  cold  liquid  ;  that  ninaining  may  he  detected  with  sulphuric  acid. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  article  is  used  only  as  a  caustic 

to  fiin<ii)U.i!  grouihr'.  pni.'iminii.i  bilr.i  of  ri i>tilr<  or  aiiimal.%  mnliijtiniit  /ii(.v/i//<«.  rhtinrrrs. 


l.IQ.  AKSKXI  ET  HYDKARGYRI   lODIDI.-I  IQ.  ATROPIN.E  SULPHATIS.         1155 

etc.  Having  first  airefuUy  removed  the  blood,  which  decomposes  it,  apply  the 
caustic  liquid  to  the  uouvd  or  tumor  by  means  of  a  camel's-hair  pencil,  or  on 
a  dossil  of  lint.  This  agent  is  a  poison,  a  charred  surface  and  symptoms  of  col- 
lapse resulting  from  its  use.  The  antidotes  are  tannin  solutions,  magnesia,  and 
magnesium  and  calcium  carbonates.  These  should  be  followed  by  demulcent 
drinks.    The  agent  is  not  used  in  Eclectic  medicine. 

LIQUOR  ARSENI  ET  HYDRARGYRI  lODIDI  i  U.  S.  P.  i— SOLUTION  OF 
ARSENIC  AND  MERCURIC  IODIDE. 

SvX"XVMS:  Donovan's  solution,  Solutio  Donovuni,  Sf>lution  of  hydriodiiic  of  ursenic 
nnd  merruri/. 

Preparation.— "Arsenic  iodide,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.]  ;  red  mer- 
curic iddiih',  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.]  ;  distilled  water,  a  sufficient  quantitj' 
to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl.5,  391  TH].  Powder  the 
arsenic  iodide,  and  mix  it  with  the  red  mercuric  iodide  by  trituration.  Add  one 
hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (150  Cc.)  [5  fls,  35  Hi"]  of  distilled  water,  and 
continue  the  trituration  until  solution  is  effected.  Filter  the  solution,  and  pass 
enough  distilled  water  through  the  filter  to  make  the  product  measure  one  thou- 
sand cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  TTl].     Mix  thoroughly'— (  C  S.  P.). 

Description. — A  clear,  pale-yellowish  liquid,  without  odor,  but  having  a  dis- 
agreeal)le,  metallic  taste.  It  is  a  1  percent  solution  each  of  arsenic  iodide  and 
red  mercuric  iodide  (4.5(5  grains  each  to  the  ounce).  It  should  be  kept  in  the 
dark,  and  should  free  iodine  be  apparent,  as  evinced  by  its  odor,  or  should  it 
become  oran<:(>  or  yellow-rod.  it  should  not  be  dispensed.  It  is  not  compatible 
with  the  soluble  c(im])<iuuils  nf  nKirpliine,  nor  with  tincture  of  opium.  Alkalies 
and  silver,  and  alkaloidal  salts  priiducc  ])recipitates  with  it. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Donovan's  solution  is  one  of  the  few 
preparations  containing  mercury  tliat  have  been  endorsed  by  Eclectic  teachers. 
Its  u.se  in  our  .school,  however,  is  limited,  the  indications  being  those  mentioned 
below.  Our  use  of  it  is  chieily  in  second(ir>/  iyjihilis.  It  is  said  to  be  useful,  in 
doses  of  from  10  to  30  drops,  2  or  3  times  a  day,  in  lupus,  lepra,  diisenses  of  the  scalp, 
psoria^i^,  impetigo,  venereal  eruptions,  and  other  obstinate  cutaneous  affections.  This 
dose,  however,  is  too  large,  and  the  quantities  employed  for  its  specific  uses  are 
small,  the  usual  projiortion  being  from  1  to  10  drops  in  4  fluid  ounces  of  water, 
the  dose  of  which  solutiun  is  a  teaspoonful. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Small,  contracted,  elongated,  and  pointed 
tongue,  with  i)rominent  papilla;  and  increased  redness. 

Related  Preparation.— Lujcor  Hvdr.\rgvri  et  PoT.\ssn  Iodidi  (N.  F.), Solution  of  iodide 
of  merciiri/  dud  init'itsfium.  Solution  of  pntwvsium  iodohydrargyrate,  Channing's  solution.  "  Red  iodide 
of  mereiiry,  ten  };rammes  (10  (Jui.)  [154  grs.];  potassium  iodide,  eight  grammes  (8  Gm.)  [123 
grs.];  distilled  water,  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  301  TTl].  Dissolve  the 
salts  in  the  distilled  water" — (iW.  Form.). 

LIQUOR  ATROPIN.a:  SULPHATIS.— SOLUTION  OF 
SULPHATE  OF  ATROPINE. 

Preparation. — Dissolve  fl  grains  of  sulphate  of  atropine  (1  part)  in  16*  fluid 
drachms  of  camphor  water  (09  Huid  parts).  Contains  1  per  cent  of  atropine  sul- 
pliate.  This  accords  with  the  Briti.<ih  P/uirmnropira,  18S.5.  This  solution  decom- 
poses after  a  time,  and  should  be  prepared  in  small  amounts  only,  or  as  needed. 
The  Brit i.-<h  Pharnwcojwin  (1898)  employs  distilled  water  and  salicylic  acid,  on^^- 
ninth  the  i|U.intitv  of  .Ttrc>[)ine  sulpliate. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Atropina.)  A  drop  may  be  instilled 
upon  the  eye  for  etlecting  dilatation  of  the  pupil  whenever  this  is  desired  for  oph- 
thalmoscoilic  examinations,  or  for  operations  on  this  organ.    Dose.  1  to  4  minima. 

Related  Liquor.— Liqcor  Atropin.e  SAiirvi.ATis, Sululion  «/  nlmuiue  mtici/lnU.  Atropine, 
2.7  uriiiuH  ;  salicylic  acid,  1.3  grains;  distilled  wMtir  I  ..mne  This  Huliilioii  is  Miid  tn  keep  f<ir 
any  length  of  time  (Tichborne). 


l]o6  LIQXOi:   mSMlTHI   ET  AMMO.VII  CITRATIS. 

LIQUOR  BISMUTHI  ET  AMMONII  CITRATIS.— SOLUTION  OF 
BISMUTH  AND  AMMONIUM  CITEATE. 

Synonyms  :  Liquor  bi.-<muihi,  Liquor  bkmutlt,  Solution  ofummonio-citrateofhi-miuth. 

Preparation. — Take  bismuth  oxynitrate  and  potassium  citrate,  of  each,  613 
grains  (Imp.)  or  70  grammes  (metric);  potassium  carbonate,  175  grains  (Imp.)  or 
"20  grammes;  nitric  acid,!  fluid  ounce  (Ihip.)  or  50  cubic  centimeters;  solution 
ol  ammonia,  distilled  water,  of  each  a  sufficient  quantity.  "  Dissolve  the  bismuth 
oxynitrate  in  the  nitric  acid,  diluted  with  an  equal  volume  of  distilled  water;  add 
distilled  water  with  constant  stirring  until  the  liquid  is  very  faintly  opalescent; 
add  the  potassium  citrate  and  carbonate  dissolved  in  a  little  distilled  water;  heat 
the  liquid  to  the  boiling  point;  cool;  separate  the  precipitate;  wash  it  with  dis- 
tilled water  until  free  from  nitrates.  Gradually  add  solution  of  ammonia  to  the 
moist  precipitate  until  it  is  just  dissolved;  dilute  with  distilled  water  to  1  pint 
(or  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters).    Filter" — (Br.  Pharvi.,  1898). 

This  compound  originated  in  a  secret  preparation  termed  Liquor  Bismuthi, 
prepared  by  Mr.  Schacht,  of  England.  Various  formula;  have  from  time  to  time 
been  given"  for  the  preparation  of  an  identical  liquid,  one  of  these  being  that  of 
Mr.  C.  H.  Wood,  in  the  Lond.  Pharm.  Jour.,  March,  1868. 

Description. — As  prepared  by  the  British  process,  Liquor  Bismuthi  is  a  color- 
less solution  having  a  slightly  metallic  taste  and  a  density  of  1.07.  It  mixes 
freely  with  water,  and  has  a  neutral  or  but  feebly  alkaline  reaction.  Heated  in 
the  presence  of  the  alkalies  ammonia  is  expelled  and  a  white  precipitate  falls.  If 
the  solution  be  evaporated  and  the  dry  residue  be  ignited  a  "charred  mass"  with 
a  yellow  edge  is  left  behind.  The  bismuth  contained  in  a  fluid  drachm  of  the 
solution  is  about  equivalent  to  3  grains  or  5  per  cent  of  bismuth  oxide.  "A  mix- 
ture of  10  cubic  centimeters  of  the  solution  with  40  cubic  centimeters  of  water, 
treated  with  hydrogen  sulphide  in  excess,  yields  a  black  precipitate,  which,  when 
washed  and  dried,  should  weigh  at  least  0.55  gramme" — {Br.  Pharm. .1898).  In 
case  the  solution  precipitates  by  reason  of  the  escape  of  ammonia,  a  small  amount 
of  ammonia  added  tlieri'to  will  redis.solve  it. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  salts  of  bismuth  are  extensively 
employed  to  allay  gastm-intestinal  irritation.  For  gastric  irritation  alone  small 
doses  of  the  subnitrate  are  efficient,  but  larger  doses  are  required  where  the  intes- 
tinal tract  is  also  involved.  Preferable  to  the  impalpable  powder— the  subnitrate — 
for  rhrniiir  ,j,i.-<tro-iiiteMinal  irritnfion  with  diarrhoea.  Eclectic  physicians  have  used 
the  liquor  bismuth  or  solution  of  bismuth  and  ammonium  citrate.  It  is  equally 
valuable  in  the  diarrhcea  of  typhoid  fever,  and  in  dysenteric  diarrhan.  It  is  especially 
serviceable  in  many  forms  of  diarrhcea  accompanied  with  pain,  and  due  to  irritation 
of  the  stomach  and  bowels  from  undigested  aliment.  Watery  diarrhoea  coming  in 
sudden  gushes  is  frequently  best  controlled  with  liquor  bismuth.  The  indications 
for  its  selection  are  (riven  below.     Dose, -i  to  1  fluid  drachm,  4  times  a  day. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Long,  pointed,  red  tongue,  irritation,  uneasy 
or  ))aiiilul  sm-ations  in  the  stomach,  with  heat;  eructations  of  acrid  or  acid 
material;  irritative  diarrhrea. 

Related  Preparation.  —  Liquor  BisMrTHi  (N.  F.),Sohuion  of  bigmuih.  Liquid  bi*miith: 

"Ulvceriti'  nf  liisimith  (F.  1S5K  one  hundreil  and  twentv-five  rubio  centimeters  [\'2b  Cc.) 
[4  li'^,  lomUl;  alcohol,  one  hundred  and  twentv-tive  ciibic  centimeters  (12.^  Cc.)  [4  flg, 
lOli  ]]\  ] ;  .listilli'd  water,  seven  hiindred  and  liltv  cubic  centimeters  i75()  CV.)  [25  65.  173  TUJ- 
Mix  tlu'  ylycnite  of  bismuth  with  xUv  distilk'd  water,  tlien  add  the  alcohol. 

Suhdii^H  1/  hituniitli  may  also  be  prepared  in  the  following  manner:  "  Bismuth  and  ammo- 
nium citrate,  seventeen  and  one-hall  prannnes  (IT.-t  iUn.)  [210  grs.];  alcohol, one  hunilreil  and 
twenty-live  cubic  centimeters  (125  Ci'.t  [4  fl,^,  lOil  111  ];  plyoerin,  sixty-five  cubic  centimeters 
((w  CV.  I  [2  tl^,  !•)  nil;  water  of  ammonia  (  ('.  S.  I'.),  distilleil  water,  of' each,  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity til  iiiak \v  thousand  lubic  cciitimct.rs  (  HKX)  tV.)  [;r.  115,  3',>1  TU].    dissolve  the  bismuth 

and  aniiiinniinii  litiate  in  seven  luindnd  and  lil'ty  cubic  centimeters  (ToOCc.t  [2.i  fl:,  17;i  111] 
of  distilKd  water  and  allow  the  solution  tostaiida  short  time.  Should  any  insoluble  matter 
have  deposited,  pour  olt'the  clear  liquid  ami  add  just  enous;h  water  of  ammonia  to  the  re^idue 
to  dissolve  it,  or  to  cause  it  to  retain  a  faint  odor  of  ammonia  Then  filter  the  united  liquids, 
add  the  alcohol,  the  glvcerin,  and  enough  distilled  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  it-nti- 
meters  (UHX1  Cv.)  [;«fl.^.  :«)!  ni  ].  This  prei.anition  ^h.luld  be  freshly  made  when  wanted  for 
use.     Kach  fluid  drachm  represents  1  ^'rain  of  bismuth  and  ammouiuui  citnile"  — (.Vnt.  /■uri/i.l. 


I.IQlult  r.lIoMl-l.Kjrou  CALCI.S.  1157 

LIQUOR  BROMI  (N.  F.)— SOLUTION  OF  BROMINE. 

Synonym:    Smith'.^  nolutwu  nj  bromine. 

Preparation.— ■' Bromine,  "twenty-five  grammes  (25  Gm.)  [386  gr«.];  potas- 
sium hmmide.  twelve  and  one-half  grammes  (12.5  Gm.)  [193  grs.] ;  water,  one 
hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  C'c.)  [3  tig,  183  111].  Dissolve  the  potassium  bro- 
mide in  the  water  contained  in  a  bottle,  add  the  bromine,  and  shake  the  mixture 
until  this  is  dissolved.  Keep  the  solution  in  ghis.*-stoppered  vials  in  a  dark  place. 
Xote. — As  bromine  vapor  is  very  injurious  to  the  respiratory  passages  and  destruc- 
tive to  balances,  it  is  often  preferable  to  take  the  contents  of  an  original  bottle  of 
bromine — weighing  the  bottle,  both  before  0]>ening  it  and  after  emptying  it.  in 
order  to  ascertain  the  exivct  weight  of  the  bromine  contained  therein — and  then 
to  use  a  quantity  of  potassium  bromide  and  of  water  proportionate  to  the  quan- 
ties  above  given" — (Xat.  Form.). 

Uses. — (See  Bromine.) 

LIQUOR  CALCIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF  LIME. 

"A  saturated,  aqueous  solution  of  calcium  hydrate  (Ca[OH],=73.83).  The  per- 
centage of  calcium  hydrate  varies  with  the  temperature,  being  somewhat  over  0.17 
per  cent  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),and  diminishing  as  the  temperature  rises" — (T.  X.  P.). 

Synonyms:  Aqua  ralci.'>,  Solution  nf  calrittm  hydrate.  Lime-water,  Aqua  calrariit- 
iwtfF,  (^all-aria  >mhita,  Onjdum  calcicum  aqua  solutum. 

Preparation. — "Lime,  twelve  grammes  (12  Gm.l  [185  grs.];  distilled  water, 
a  sufticient  iiuantitv.  Slake  the  lime  bv  the  gradual  addition  of  seventy  cubic 
centimeters  (70  Cc')  [2  flg,  176  TTl]  of  distilled  water,  then  add  three  hundred 
and  sixty  cubic  centimeters  (360  Cc.)  [12  H.s,  83  TTl]  more  of  distilled  water,  and 
agitate  occasionally  during  i  hour.  Allow  the  mixture  to  settle,  decant  the  liquid, 
and  throw  it  awav.  Then  add  to  the  residue  thirtv-six  hundred  cubic  centimeters 
(3600  Cc.)  [121  flg,  351  TTl]  of  distilled  water,  agitate  thoroughly,  wait  a  short  time 
for  the  coarser  particles  to  subside,  and  pour  the  liquid,  holding  the  undissolved 
lime  in  suspension,  into  a  glass-stoppered  bottle.  From  time  to  time  shake  the 
bottle,  so  as  to  keep  the  solution  saturated.  Pour  off  the  clear  liquid  when  it  is 
wanted  for  use" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Description  and  Tests. — Lime  from  marble  should  be  preferred  if  it  can  be 
obtained.  By  theartidn  of  the  water  the  calcium  oxide  is  converted  into  cal- 
cium hydroxide  (CapH],),  and  this  is  dissolved  in  the  water.  As  lime  is  more 
soluble  "in  cold  than  in  hot  water,  the  former  should  be  used  in  making  this  prepa- 
ration. The  purpose  of  throwing  away  the  first  washings  in  the  above-given  offi- 
cial process,  is  to  get  rid  of  the  water-soluble  alkali  salts  frequently  contained 
in  ordinary  lime.     If  marble  is  employed  in  the  preparation  of  the  latter,  this 

f)recaulion  is  superfluous.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  Liquor  Calf  is  as  "a  clear,  colorless 
iquid,  without  odor,  and  having  a  saline  and  feebly  caustic  taste.  It  absorbs  car- 
bon dioxide  from  the  air,  so  that  a  pellicle  of  calcium  carbonate  forms  on  the 
surface  of  the  liquid.  On  being  heated,  it  becomes  turbid  from  separation  of 
calcium  hydrate,  which  redissolves  again  when  the  liquid  is  cooled.  It  gives  a 
strongly  alkaline  reaction  with  litmus  paper''— (U.  S.  P.).  Bottles  containing  it 
should  always  have  an  excess  of  lime,  and  be  kept  well  stopped. 

It  is  not  a  good  plan  to  keep  adding  water  to  the  excess  of  lime  in  the  con- 
tainer as  the  liquor  is  poured  off,  as  is  done  by  some  pharmacists.  "The  alkaline 
reaction  of  the  solution  should  entirely  disappear  after  it  has  been  saturated  with 
carbon  dioxide.and  subsequently  boiled  (absence  of  alkalies  and  their  carbimates*. 
In  other  respect,'*  it  should  conform  to  the  reactions  and  tests  given  under  lime 
(see  Calx).  Fifty  cubic  centimeters  of  solution  of  lime  should  require,  for  c<)m- 
plete  neutralization,  about  20  Cc.  of  decinornial  oxalic  aciil  V.S.  (corresponding 
to  about  0.14  [0.148]  p.-r  cent  of  calcium  hydrate),  phenolphtalein  being  used  as 
an  indicator ■■—(  I'.  .■<.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Lime-water  is  astringent  (topical  and 
internal  I,  and  stvutic  idit  not  caustic.  Taken  internally  it  counteracts  acidity,  but 
is  probablv  not  "all  neutralized  l.v  the  gastric  .acids,  for  after  pas.«ing  the  .stomach 


1158  LIQUOR  CALCIS  CHLORINATE. 

it  still  acts  as  an  astringent  in  dinrrhaen.  It  has  been  found  useful  in  pyrosis, 
gastrodynia,  and  other  painful  gastric  symptoms  due  to  deranged  digestion,  like- 
wise in  epilepsy,  and  other  spasmodic  and  chronic  diseases,  which  are  accompanieil 
with  acidity  of  the  stomach.  It  is  specifically  indicated  in  indigestvra  and  dy.-qjepyi'i 
caused  by  the  development  of  lactic  acid  from  the  decomposition  of  the  food. 
In  scrofula  and  scrofulous  skin  affections  with  deposits  in  all  parts  but  the  Ij'mphatic 
glands,  it  is  peculiarly  effective.  In  dyspepsia,  phthisis,  and  other  forms  of  disease, 
where,  from  acidity  or  irritability  of  the  stomach,  the  usual  food  is  rejected,  or  if 
retained  gives  rise  to  uneasiness  and  manj'  unpleasant  symptoms,  1  part  of  lirat- 
water  added  to  1,  2,  or  3  parts  of  good  sweet  milk,  will  be  found  useful  as  an 
antacid,  calmative  and  diet.  It  frequently  cures  thrush.  A  tablespoonful  of 
lime-water  will  often  allay  troublesome  vnmitincj.  When  in  infantile  dysjicpsia  with 
passages  of  green  stools,  and  the  child  vomits  curdled  milk,  it  is  specifically  indi- 
cated. Lime-water  has  proved  beneficial  as  an  astringent  in  chronic  diarrhoea  and 
dysentery,  and  dicd)etes,  especiall}'  when  given  in  combination  with  a  decoction  of 
white-oak  bark.  It  acts  specially  upon  the  subcutaneous  cellular  tissues,  sub- 
duing inflammation,  is  a  specific  in  cases  of  obstinate  and  repeated  formation  of 
boils,  and  is  advantageous  in  cases  where  there  is  an  excess  of  uric  acid.  It  relieves 
irritation  of  the  cellular  tissues,  checks  determination  of  blood,  and  promotes 
absorption  of  the  exudation  products  of  the  inflammatory  process.  It  is  some- 
times u.sed  in  combination  with  wormseed  oil,  or  other  fluid  anthelmintics, 
for  the  removal  of  worms;  and  will  be  found  more  especially  efficient  in  cases 
attended  with  great  acidity.  It  has  been  advantageously  used  as  an  injection  in 
gleet,  gonorrhoea,  leucorrhoea,  ulceration,  and  increased  discharges  from  the  bladder, 
etc.,  and  in  fact  is  a  very  simple  and  useful  wash  for  mucous  or  purulent  profluvia 
from  any  of  the  mucous  surfaces. 

Externally,  it  has  been  employed  as  a  wash  in  various  affections  of  the  skin, 
as  scabies,  prurigo,  lejjra,  psoriasis,  ringworm  of  the  scalp,  eczema  capiti.%  and  also  in 
scrofulous  and  indolent  idcers.  Mixed  with  linseed  oil,  it  forms  a  calcareous  soap  or 
liniment,  now  official  and  well  known  as  Carron  Oil,  which  is  very  valuable  in 
scalds  and  burns,  being  probably  the  best  immediate  application  for  these  accidents. 
Oil  of  turpentine  is  sometimes  advantageously  added  to  it.  Lime-water  has  been 
asserted  to  dissolve  false  membranes.  Whether  this  be  true  or  not,  the  use  of  a 
dilution  of  1  part  of  lime-water  to  10  or  15  parts  of  water,  used  as  a  spray  or 
gargle,  or  better  still,  this  proceedure  alternated  with  exposure  to  the  vapor  of 
slaking  lime,  has  contributed  as  much  as  any  method  to  what  little  success  has 
been  attained  in  the  treatment  of  diphtheria,  psmdo-^nembranous  croup,  and  allied 
disorders.  Lime-water  should  not  be  given  during  the  presence  of  active  inflam- 
mation ;  nor  should  its  use  be  too  long  continued,  as  it  weakens  the  stomach  and 
digestive  powers.  Its  dose  is  from  i  fluid  ounce  to  4  fluid  ounces,  and  maj-  be 
taken  alone,  in  milk,  or  in  some  aromatic  water.  An  overdose  occasions  unpleas- 
ant symptoms,  which  are  best  combated  by  bland  and  mucilaginous  fluids. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Infantile  dyspepsia  with  green  stools  and 
vomiting  of  curdled  milk ;  successive  formation  of  boils,  and  other  cellular  inflam- 
mations resulting  in  suppuration;  indigestion  from  the  formation  of  lactic  acid 
from  food  decomposition.     Locally  (Carron  Oil)  in  burns  and  scalds. 

LIQUOR  CALCIS  CHLORINATiE.— SOLUTION  OF 
CHLORINATED  LIME. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  chlorinated  lime,  1  pound   (,av.);  distilled  water, 

1  gallon  (Imp.).  Mix  well  the  water  and  the  chlorinated  lime  by  trituration  in 
a  mortar,  and,  having  poured  the  mixture  into  a  stoppered  bottle,  let  it  be  well 
shaken  several  times  for  the  space  of  3  hours.  Pour  out  now  the  contents  of  the 
bottle  on  a  calico  filter,  and  let  the  solution  which  passes  through  be  preserved  in 
a  stouprivcj  l.uttle  "—(Br.  Pharm.,  1885). 

Description. — This  liquor  has  the  general  properties  of  chlorinated  lime. 
"  Spicillc  gravity  about  1.055.  Eighty  grains,  by  weight,  mixed  with  20  grains  of 
iodide  of  potassium,  dissolved  in  4  fluid  ounces  of  water,  when  acidulated  with 

2  fluid  drachms  of  hydrochloric  acid,  gives  a  red  solution,  which   requires  for 


LIQUOR  CALCIS  SILPHUUAT.E.— LlylOR  CARMINI.  1159 

the  discharge  of  its  color  not  less  than  450  grain-measures  of  the  volumetric  solu- 
tion of  hvi>o,<uli)hite  of  soiliuni,  corri-.-ponding  to  about  2  per  cent  of  available 
chlorine  ■•"ti.V.  /V„/;-m..  1  v^3  i. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Solution  of  chlorinated  lime  is  an  ex- 
cellent ileodorizer.  It  has  the  gi-ncral  usi-s  of  chlorinated  lime,  being  particularly 
employed  as  a  stimulant  to  the  skin  in  tmrftbrite  ftatcf!  and  rhrouic  din  erujitionn. 
The  dose  is  from  20  to  60  minims;  for  external  use,  from  half  to  full  strength.  It 
antidotes  hydrogen  and  potassium  sulphides,  hydrocyanic  acid,  and  ammonium 
sulphydrate. 

Belated  Preparation. — Liqcor  Calcii  Chlokidi,  SiMuion  of  chlvride  of  calcium.  The 
Jirilitli  Plutrimicuiniio  (18,Sot  directs  88  grains  (1  parti  of  chloride  of  calcium  to  be  dissolved  in 
1  fluid  ounce  (5  fluid  parts,  Imp.)  of  distilled  water,  and  filtered,  if  necessary.  Density,  1.145. 
(For  uses,  see  Calcii  Cliloridwn.)     Pose,  15  to  ,")0  minims. 

LIQUOR  CALCIS  SULPHURATiE  (N.  F.i— SOLUTION  OF 
SULPHURATED  LIME. 

Synonym.*:   Solution  of  orysulphuret  of  calcium,  Vleminck's  solution  {or  lotion). 

Preparation. — "Lime,  freshly  slaked,  one  hundred  and  sixty-five  grammes 
(165  Gm.)  \o  ozs.av.,359  grs.];  sublimed  sulphur,  two  hundred  and  fifty  grammes 
(250  Gm.)  [8  ozs.  av.,  358  grs.];  water,  a  sutlicieut  quantity  to  make  one  thousand 
grammes  (.1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs..  120  grs.].  Mix  tlie  slaked  lime  with  the 
sulphur,  and  add  the  mixture  graduallv  to  sixteen  hundred  and  fifty  grammes 
(1650  Gm.)  [3  lbs.  av.,  10  ozs.,  88  grs.]  "of  boiling  water.  Then  boil  the  whole, 
under  constant  stirring,  until  it  is  reduced  to  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.) 
[2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.]  ;  strain,  and,  having  allowed  the  solution  to  become 
clear  by  standing  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle,  decant  the  clear,  brown  liquid,  and 
keep  it'in  completely  filled  and  well-stoppered  bottles" — {Kcit.  Foi-m.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  solution  is  very  eflBcient  as  a  local  applica- 
tion in  it'll,  liixn  cipiti^,  pityriasis,  and  other  jxirasitir  cutaneous  affections.  In  itch, 
the  patient  should  be  thoroughly  washed  with  warm  soap  suds,  and  then  well 
dried  ;  following  this,  the  solution  is  to  be  applied,  which  must  not  be  rubbed 
oflF.  Upon  drying,  the  sulphide  is  left  upon  the  skin  in  the  form  of  a  thin  coat- 
ing, which  may  be  removed  in  20  or  30  minutes.  Two  or  3  applications  at  most 
effect  the  cure".     It  is  probably  the  promptest  and  surest  agent  for  this  purpose. 

LIQUOR  CARMINI  (N.  F.)— SOLUTION  OF  CAEMINi:. 

Preparation. — "Carmine,  sixty  grammes  (60  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  51  grs.]; 
water  uf  ammonia  (L'.  S.  P.),  three  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (350  Cc.) 
[11  fl.^,  401  rri]  ;  glycerin,  three  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (350  Cc.)  [11 
fls,  401  TTl]  :  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000  (c.)  [33  tl,5,  391  lU].  Triturate  "the  carmine  to  a  fine  powder  in  a  wedge- 
wood  mortar,  gradually  add  the  water  of  ammonia,  and  afterward  the  glycerin, 
under  constant  trituration.  Transfer  the  mixture  to  a  porcelain  capsule,  and  heat 
it  upon  a  water-bath,  constantly  stirring,  until  the  liquid  is  entirely  free  from 
ammoniacal  odor.  Then  cool  and  add  enough  water  to  make  one  thou.«and  cubic 
centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  ITl].  Note.— The  best  quality  of  carmine,  known 
in  commerce  as  'No.  40,'  should  be  used  for  this  preparation" — (Aa<.  Form.). 

Uses  -Solution  of  carmine  is  employed  as  a  coloring  agent  for  medicines 
and  fur  syrups. 

Related  Preparation.— Liquor  Cocci.neus  (N.  P.),  Cochineal  color.  "  Cochineal,  in  No.  50 
powder,  si.xtv  grammes  ((M)  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,51  grs.];  i^tassium  carbonate,  thirty  grammes 
(30  Gm.i  [I  oz.  av..  25  grs.];  alum,  thirty  grammes  (W  «iiii.i  [I  oz.  av,  L'.i  grs.];  potassium 
bitartrate,  sixtv  graumies  (60  (im.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  51  grs.];  glycerin,  five  luindred  eubic  cenli- 
ineters  ibOO  Ce.)  [16  fl.5,  435111];  alrobol,  thirty  fubie  rcntimeU-rs  (:«J  Cc.)  [1  1,5.  "  IJl] ; 
water,asufiieient  quant'itv  to  make  one  tliousaml  cubic  centimeters  1 1000  Co  [X\  l\,^..mVn). 
Triturate  the  cochineal  intimatelv  with  the  pot!U<sium  carbonate  anil  five  hundnil  cubic 
centimeters  (.500  Cc.)  [16  fl.?,  4:i.5  til]  '>'  water.  Then  ndil  the  alum  and  (M.UiSRium  biUrtrate 
Buccessivelv.  heat  the  mi.xture  to  boiling  in  :i  capacious  vessel,  then  set  it  aside  to  cool, add 


IIGU  LIQUUR  COCAINE  HYDEOCHLOEATIS.— LlyLOR  ELECTKOPOEICUS. 

to  it  the  glvcerin  and  alcohol,  filter,  and  pass  enough  water  through  the  filter  to  make  one 
thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  r([]"—{Nat.  Form.).  This  agent  is  used  in 
pharmacy  as  a  coloring  substance. 

LIQUOR  COCAINJE  HYDROCHLORATIS— SOLUTION  OF 
COCAINE  HYDROCHLORATE. 

Preparation. — "Cocaine  hydrochlorate,  33  grains;  salicj'lic  acid,  ^  grain j 
distilled  water,  sufficient  to  produce  6  fluid  drachms.  Boil  the  water,  add  the 
salic3'lic  acid,  and  then  the  cocaine  hydrochlorate;  cool,  and  add  water,  if  neces- 
sary, to  produce  the  required  volume '" — {Br.  Phann.  Add.,  1885). 

Each  minim  contains  about  yV  grain  of  cocaine,  or  5.5  grains  to  the  fluid 
drachm. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Cocainx  Hydrochloras.)  Dose,  1  to  5 
minims.  The  custom  in  America  is  to  make  a  4  per  cent  solution  of  cocaine 
hydrochlorate  by  dissolving  4  grains  of  the  salt  in  96  grains  of  distilled  water. 
The  preparation  looses  its  energy  by  keeping,  and  must  be  frequently  replaced. 

LIQUOR  CUPRI  ALKALINUS  (N.  F.)— ALKALINE 
SOLUTION  OF  COPPER. 

Synonym  :   Fehling's  solution. 

Preparation. — I.  The  Copper  Solution.  •'  Sulphate  of  copper,  pure,  thirty- 
four  and  six  hundred  and  thirty-nine  one  thousandths  grammes  (34.639  Gm.) 
[1  oz.  av.,97  grs.];  di.stilled  water,  enough  to  make  five  hundred  cubic  centime- 
ters (500  Cc.)  [16  ds,  435  111].  Dissolve  the  sulphate  of  copper  which,  before  being 
weighed,  should  have  been  reduced  to  powder  and  pressed  between  blotting 
paper,  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  distilled  water  to  produce  the  volume  required 
by  the  corresponding  formula  above  given. 

II.  The  Alkaline  Solution. — "  Tartrate  of  potassium  and  sodium,  one 
hundred  and  seventy-three  grammes  (173  Gm.)  [6  ozs.  av.,45  grs.]  :  soda  (f.  S.  P., 
1880),  sixty  grammes  (60  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,51  grs.];  distilled  water,  enough  to 
make  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (600  Cc.)  [16  fls.  43-')  TTl].  Dissolve  the  tar- 
trate of  potassium  and  sodium  and  the  soda  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  distilled 
water  to  produce  the  volume  required  by  the  corresponding  formula  above  given. 
Set  the  mixture  aside  until  the  suspended  impurities  have  been  deposited;  then 
remove  the  clear  solution  with  a  siphon. 

"  Keep  both  solutions,  separately,  in  small,  well-stoppered  vials,  in  a  cool  and 
dark  place.  For  use,  mix  exactly  equal  v  'umes  of  the  two  solutions  by  pouring 
the  copper  solution  into  the  alkaline  solution.  Note. — The  two  solutions  should 
be  prepared  with  cold  distilled  water,  and  should  be  made  up  to  their  respective 
volumes  at  one  and  the  same  temperature.  They  should  also  Vie  at  the  same 
temperature  at  the  time  of  mixing.  On  diluting  a  small  quantitv  of  the  mixed 
reagent  with  about  3  volumes  of  distilled  water,  and  heating  the  liquid  in  a  test- 
tube  to  boiling,  it  should  remain  entirely  clear,  without  any  trace  of  discoloration 
or  precipitate.  After  the  solutions  have  been  mixed  for  use,  and  assuming  that 
they  have  been  prepared  and  mixed  at  the  average  indoor  temperature.  lOCc.  of 
the  mixture,  prepared  by  metric  weight  and  measure,  correspond  t<>  O.Gt  Gm.  of 
glucose.  Of  the  mixture,  prepared  by  apothecaries' weight  and  measure,  210  min- 
ims correspond  to  1  grain  of  gUicose  " — {Xnt.  Form.). 

Uses.— This  is  the  well-known  Fehling's  test  solution  for  the  detection  of  glu- 
cose in  urine. 

LIQUOR  ELECTROPOEICUS  iN.  F.)— BATTERY  FLUID. 

A.    For  the  Carbon  and  Zinc  Battery. 

Preparation.— I.  For  Ori)in.\kv  Use.  •Sodium  bichromate,  in  coarse  pow- 
der, one  hundred  and  twentv-five  grammes  (125  Gm.)  [4  ozs.  av..  179  grs.];  sul- 
phuric aciti,  commercial,  one  lumdred  and  twenty-five  ounic  centimeters  i,  12o  Cc.) 


LigrOK  EPISPASTICIS-I.IWVOR  EKUOTIN.K.  1161 

[4  ri.5,  109  m];  water,  cold,  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls, 
o91  111].  Pour  the  sulphuric  acid  upon  the  powdered  bichromate,  and  stir  tlie 
mixture  occassionally  during  1  hour.  Then  slowly  add  the  water" — (Xat.  Form.). 
II.  For  Use  with  the  Galvano-Cautery. — "  Sodium  bichromate,  in  coarse 
powder, one  hundred  and  forty  grammes  (140 (J m.)  [4  ozs.av.,  411  grs.]  ;  sulphuric 
acid,  commercial,  three  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (300  Cc.)  [10  d,?,  69  TTl];  water, 
cold,  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  ( KXX)  Cc.)  [33  tig,  391  ll\].  Proceed  in  the 
same  manner  as  directed  under  No.  1.  Xotf. — Sodium  bichromate  is  more  soluble 
tlian  the  potassium  salt,  and  its  products  of  decomposition,  in  the  battery,  are  also 
more  soluole.  As  it  is  also  much  cheaper,  it  is  now  preferred  in  all  large  electric 
laboratories.  When  it  can  not  be  obtained,  potassium  bichromate  may  be  used  in 
)>lace  of  it,  as  heretofore.  The  two  salts  may  be  substituted  for  each  other,  weight 
ior  weight.'' 

B.— For  the  Leclanche  Battery. 

"Ammonium  chloride,  three  hundred  and  twenty-five  grammes  (325  Gm.) 
[11  ozs.  av.,  203  grs.];  water,  enough  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000  Cc.)  [33  Hg,  391  m].     Dis.solve  the  salt  in  the  water"— (A'cK.  Fomi.). 

Uses.— These  fluids  are  used  for  charging  electric  batteries. 

LIQUOR  EPISPASTICUS— BLISTERING  LIQUID. 

Sy.SONV.M:    LiidiiKiituin  cuitthiiriili.-i. 

Preparation. — "  Take  of  cantharides,  in  powder,  5  ounces  (av.) ;  acetic  ether, 
a  suliicit  iny.  Mix  the  cantharides  with  3  fluid  ounces  of  acetic  ether;  pack  in  a 
percolator,  and,  at  tiie  expiration  of  24  hours,  pour  acetic  ether  over  the  contents 
of  the  percolator,  and  allow  the  sitlution  to  pass  slowly  through  until  20  fluid 
ounces  are  obtained.  Keep  the  liquid  in  a  stoppered  bottle" — (Br.  Pliurm..  1885). 
The  preparation  of  the  BrilUh  Pharmaropceia  (1898)  has  twice  the  strength  of 
the  abov.-. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  de'^igned  for  rapid  vesication  of  the  parts 
to  which  it  is  a})plied.  It  should  be  used  only  upon  limited  areas,  and  rubbed 
upon  the  skin  by  means  of  a  sponge,  or  like  body,  having  a  handle  attached. 
When  the  parts  become  red,  enough  has  been  used  to  raise  a  blister. 

LIQUOR  ERGOTIN,«.— LIQUOR  OF  ERGOTIN. 

Synonym:    .1/.  Vmn's  .<„i,ft,'.,„  nj  ,,■()<, tin. 

Preparation  and  Description. — Coarsely  powder  ergot  and  deprive  it  of  its 
fixed  nil  by  washing,'  it  with  itctitied  disulphide  of  carbon,  then  dry  it  in  the  open 
air  and  protected  from  the  light  until  the  odor  of  the  solvent  has  entirely  disap- 
l)eared.  Introduce  this  powder  into  a  cylindrical  percolator,  and  exhaust  it  in 
the  cold  by  distilled  water,  to  every  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.) 
[33  fls,  39iTtl]  of  which  two  grammes  (2  Gm.)  [31  grs.]  of  tartaric  acid  have 
been  added.  Heat  the  liquid  obtained,  so  as  to  coagulate  any  albuminous  mat- 
ters that  may  be  present  in  it,  then  filter,  and  by  means  of  a  water-bath,  evajjorate 
it  to  about  one-third  of  its  volume.  When  cool,  filter,  digest  the  filtered  liquid 
with  a  slight  exce.*s  of  recently  precipitated  carbonate  of  calcium  so  as  to  .saturate 
the  excess  of  tartaric  acid.  Filter,  evaporate  to  the  consistence  of  thick  syrup, 
and  precipitate  with  alcohol  of  sp.  gr.  0.822,  added  in  such  quantity  as  to  furnish 
with  the  aqueous  liquid  an  alcohol  of  sp.  gr.  0.871.  Again  filter,  and  then  evaiio- 
rate  to  drive  oft'  the  alcohol.  Exhaust  the  residuum  by  the  addition  of  distilled 
water  in  quantity  slightly  less  than  that  of  the  weight  "of  the  ergot  eninloved.  a 
little  animal  charcoal  being  used.  Again  filter,  and  to  the  filtered  liquitl  add,  for 
each  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  gn<.]  of  ergot  employed, 
fifteen  centigrammes  (15  Cgm.)  [2J  grs.J  of  salicylic  acid.  Complete  the  pro- 
cess by  adding  distilled  water,  in  such  (juantity  as  to  obtain  a  weight  of  liquid 
equal  to  that  of  the  ergot  employed  in  the  preoaration  of  the  solution.  Allow 
this  to  rest  for  several  days  in  a  cool  place,  and  then  pour  it  into  small  vials  hav- 
iiiL'  well-fitted,  ground  stojipers. 


il62  LIQUOR  EXTKACTI  GLYCYRRHIZ J,.— LIQUOR  FERRI  ACETATIS. 

Hypodermatic  injections  of  ergotin  have  rapidlj'  come  into  favor  with  the  pro- 
fession, being  employed  in  various  forms  of  disease.  One  great  objection  formerly 
to  their  employment  has  been  the  irritating  quality  of  the  solutions  used,  occa- 
sioning abscesses  and  indurations.  M.  Yvon  succeeded  in  forming  a  solution 
wholly  free  from  irritating  principles,  the  jjrocess  for  preparing  which,  as  described 
by  himself,  we  have  deemed  proper  to  present.  The  liquid  obtained  by  this  pro- 
cess is  of  a  fine  amber  color,  clear,  non-fermentable,  and  keeps  well;  all  the  re- 
agents of  the  alkaloids  form  abundant  precipitates  with  it.  One  Gm.  of  this 
solution  represents  1  Gra.  of  ergot,  and  it  contains  the  obstetrical  and  hemostatic 
principles  of  this  drug. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (Bee  Ergota.) 

LIQUOR  EXTRACTI  GLYCYRRHIZ^  (N.  F.i— SOLUTION  OF 
EXTRACT  OF  GLYCYRRHIZA. 

Synonym:  Solution  of  extract  of  liquorice. 

Preparation. — "  Purified  extract  of  glycyrrhiza  (F.  158),  a  sufficient  quantity ; 
alcohol,  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  r'lbic  centimeters  (125  Cc.)  [4  fig.  109111]; 
glycerin,  two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  <  eutimeters  (2-50  Cc.)  [8  fls,  218  Dl];  water, 
a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg, 
391  lU].  In  a  small  portion  of  purified  extract  of  glycyrrhiza,  weighed  into  a 
tared  capsule,  determine  the  amount  of  water,  by  drying  it  to  a  constant  weight. 
Then  take  of  the  purified  extract  a  quantity  equivalent  to  two  hundred  and  fifty 
grammes  (250  Gm.)  [8  ozs.  av.,  358  grs.]  of  dry  extract,  dissolve  this  on  a  water- 
bath,  in  two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (250  Cc.)  [8  flg,  218  Ttl]  of  water, 
add  the  glycerin,  and  allow  the  liquid  to  cool.  Lastly,  add  the  alcohol  and  enough 
water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  391  Wl  Each 
fluid  (Iraclnn  represents  15  grains  of  dry  extract  of  glycyrrhiza" — {Nat.  Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  'Uses.— (See' Glycyrrhiza.) 

LIQUOR  FERRI  ACETATIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
FERRIC  ACETATE. 

"An  aqueous  solution  of  ferric  acetate  (Fe,,[C,HjOj]e=464.92),  containing 
about  31  per  cent  of  the  anhydrous  salt,  and  corresponding  to  about  7.5  per  cent 
of  metallic  iron  " — (f.  S.  P.). 

Preparation. — "Solution  of  ferric  sulphate,  one  thousand  grammes  (1000 
Gm.)  [2  ll)S.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.];  glacial  acetic  acid,  two  hundred  and  sixty 
grammes  (260  Gm.)  [9  ozs.  av.,  75  grs.]  ;  ammonia  water,  eight  hundred  and  fifty 
cubic  centimeters  (850  Cc.)  [28  flg,  356  Ttl] ;  water,  distilled  water,  each,  a  suffi- 
cient (juantity  to  make  one  thousand  grammes  (ICiOO  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120 
grs.].  .Mi.\  the  ammonia  water  with  three  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (3000  Cc.) 
[101  fl.s,  212  111]  of  cold  water,  and  the  solution  of  ferric  sulphate  with  ten  thou- 
sand cubic  centimeters  (10,000  Cc.)  [338  fls,  66  m]  of  cold  water.  Add  the  latter 
solution  slowly  to  the  diluted  ammonia  water,  stirring  constantly.  Let  the  mix- 
ture stand  until  the  precipitate  has  subsided  as  far  as  practicable,  and  then  decant 
the  supernatant  liquid.  Add  to  the  precii>itate  six  tnousand  cubic  centimeters 
(6tK)0  Cc.)  [202  fls,  424  tn]  of  boiling  water,  mix  well,  and  agsiin  set  the  mixture 
aside,  as  before.  Repeat  the  washing  with  successive  portions  of  boiling  water, 
in  the  same  manner,  until  the  washings  are  no  longer  aflected  by  sodium  cobaltic 
nitrite  test  solution  (showing  the  removal  of  ammonia  and  its  salts).  Transfer 
the  mixture  to  a  wet  muslin  strainer,  allow  the  precipitate  to  drain  completely, 
and  press  it  folded  in  the  strainer,  until  its  weight  is  reduced  to  seven  hundred 
grammes  (700  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  8  ozs.,  303  grs.],  or  less.  Now  add  the  precipitate 
gradually  to  the  glacial  acetic  acid  contained  in  a  tared  jar  provided  with  a  glass 
stopper,  stirring  the  mixture  after  each  addition  until  each  portion  added  is 
nearly  dissolved  before  adding  another  portion.  Finally,  add  enough  distilled 
water  to  make  the  product  weigh  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av., 


LUHOK  FKURI  IHLORIUI.  116:'. 

3  iizs.,  liiO  j;rs.]:  mix  thoroughly,  allow  it  to  become  clear  by  subsidence,  ami 
di'caiit  til-'  tl.ai  solution.  Keep  the  product  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool 
pUu-.',  pr..t.ct,.,l   iVoiii   iiiiht  ■■—(('.  N.  P.). 

Description  and  Tests.— "A  dark  reddish-brown,  clear  liquid,  of  an  acetous 
odor,  a  s\\>iiish,  acidulous,  somewhat  styptic  taste,  and  a  slightly  acid  reaction. 
SpeciKc  gravity,  about  1.160  at  15°  C.  (5!l°  F.).  The  diluted  solution  yields  a 
brownish-red  precipitate  with  ammonia  water,  and  a  blue  one  with  pota.ssium 
I'crrocyanide  T.S.  When  heated  to  boiling  the  solution  yields  a  brownish-red 
precipitate,  and  when  heated  with  sulphuric  acid,  it  emits  acetous  vapore.  If  the 
iron  be  cumpletely  preciiiitated  from  a  portion  of  the  solution  by  an  excess  of 
ammonia  water,  the  filtrate  should  be  colorless,  and  sliould  not  yield  a  white  or 
dark-colored  precipitate  with  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  zinc  or  copper), 
nor  should  it  leave  a  residue  on  evaporation  and  gentle  ignition  (absence  ot  .salts 
of  the  fixed  alkalies).  If  to  a  small  portion  of  the  solution,  diluted  with  about 
10  volumes  of  water,  a  few  drops  of  freshly  prepared  potassium  ferricyanide  T.S. 
be  added,  a  pure  brown  color  should  be  produced,  without  a  tinge  of  green  or 
greenish-blue  (absence  of  ferrous  salt).  If  1.12  (1.1176)  Gm.  of  the  solution  be 
introduced  into  a  glass-stoppered  bottle  (.having  a  capacity  of  about  100  Cc), 
together  with  15  Cc.  of  water  and  2  Cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  after  the  addition 
of  1  Gm.  of  potassium  iodide,  the  mixture  be  kept  for  half  an  hour  at  a  tempera- 
ture of  40°  C.  (104°  F.),  then  cooled,  and  mixed  with  a  few  droi)s  of  starcli  T.S., 
it  should  require  about  15  Cc.  of  decinormal  sodium  hyposulphite  V.S.  to  dis- 
charge the  blue  or  greenish  color  of  the  liquid  (each  cubic  centimeter  of  the 
volumetric  solution  indicating  0.5  per  cent  of  nietallic  iron)" — ((/.  S.  P.). 

The  LiQfOR  FERRr  Acetatis  of  the  liritifh  Pharmacopcein  (1898)  has  a  specific 
gravity  of  1.031,  and  contains  only  1.57  per  cent  of  metallic  iron. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and 'Dosage.— (See  Tinctura  Ferri  Acetatis.)  Dose, 
1  to  15  Miinini.~. 

LIQUOR  FERRI  CHLORIDI  (U.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
FERRIC  CHLORIDE. 

"An  aqueous  solution  of  ferric  chloride  (Fe.,Cl6— 323.98),  containing  about 
37.8  per  cent  of  the  anhydrous  salt,  corresponding  to  62.9  percent  of  the  crys- 
tallized salt  (Fe,Cle+12H.,0=539.5),  or  to  about  13  percent  of  metallic  iron '"— 
(f.S.P.). 

Sy.noxyms  :  Solution  of  chloride  of  iron,  Strong  sohUion  of  perckloride  of  iron,  Ferrum 
^■xtjuichloriitum  solutum,  Liquor  ferri  muriatici  orydati. 

Preparation.— "  Iron,  in  the  form  of  fine,  bright  wire,  and  cut  into  small 
pieces,  one  hundred  and  fifty  grammes  (150  (im.)  [5  ozs.  av.,  127  grs.];  hydro- 
chloric acid,  eight  hundred  and  seventy  grammes  (870  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  14 ozs.,  301 
grs.]  ;  nitric  acid,  distilled  water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand 
grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Introduce  the  iron  wire  into  a 
tlask  having  a  capacity  of  about  two  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (20CX)Cc  )  [67  flg, 
301  m].  pour  upon  it  a  mixture  of  five  hundred  and  forty  grammes  (540  Gm.) 
[1  lb.  av,  3  ozs.,  21  grs,]  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centi- 
meters (250('c.)  [8  fl.5,  218111]  of  distilled  water,  and  let  the  mixture  stand  in  a 
moderately  warm  place  until  effervescence  cea.ses ;  then  heat  it  to  the  boiling  point, 
filter  it  through  paper,  and,  having  rinsed  the  flask  and  iron  wire  with  a  little  hot 
distilletl  water,  pass  the  rinsings  through  the  filter.  To  the  filtered  liquid  add 
two  hundred  and  eighty  grammes  (280  Gm.)  [9  ozs.  av.,384  grs.]  of  hydrochloric 
acid,  add  the  mixture  slowly  and  gradually,  in  a  stream,  to  eighty  grammes  (80 
(Jm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  360  grs.]  of  nitric  acid  contained  in  a  capacious  porcelain  vessel, 
and  warm  gently.  After  effervescence  ceases,  apply  heat,  by  means  of  a  sand- 
bath,  until  the  liquid  is  free  from  nitrous  odor.  Then  test  a  few  drops  of  the 
liquid,  dihited  with  water,  with  freshly  prepared  potassium  ferricyani<le  test-solu- 
tion. Should  this  reagent  produce  a  blue  color,  add  a  little  more  nitric  acid, 
drop  by  drop,  as  long  as  efl'erve.scence  is  ub.>;erved,  and  evaporate  off'  the  excess. 
Finally,  add  the  remaining  fifty  grammes  (.50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,3.34  gi-s.]  of  hydro- 
clilnric  acid  and  enough  distilled  water  to  make  the  solution  weicb  oum  fb.msnnd 
-rammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.]  "—(U.  S.  P.). 


1164  LIQUOR  FERRI  CHLORIDI. 

Description  and  Tests. — "A  reddish-brown  liquid,  having  a  faint  odor  of 

hydrochloric  acid,  an  acid,  strongly  styptic  taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Specific 
gravity  about  1.387  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  The  diluted  solution  yields  a  brownish- 
red  precipitate  with  ammonia  water,  a  blue  one  with  potassium  ferrocyanide  T.S., 
and  a  white  one,  insoluble  in  nitric  acid,  with  silver  nitrate  T.S.  If  the  iron  be 
completely  precipitated  from  a  portion  of  the  solution  by  an  excess  of  ammonia 
water,  the  filtrate  should  be  colorless,  and  should  not  yield  a  white  or  a  dark-col- 
ored precipitate  with  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  zinc  or  copper; ;  nor 
should  it  leave  a  fixed  residue  on  evaporation  and  gentle  ignition  (absence  of  salts 
of  the  fixed  alkalies).  On  adding  a  clear  crystal  of  ferrous  sulphate  to  a  cooled 
mixture  of  equal  volumes  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and  a  moderately 
dilute  portion  of  the  solution,  the  crystal  should  not  become  colored  brown,  nor 
should  there  be  a  brownish-black  color  developed  around  it  (absence  of  nitric 
acid).  If  to  a  diluted  portion  of  the  solution  a  few  drops  of  freshly  prepared  po- 
tassium ferricyanide  T.S.  be  added,  a  pure  brown  color  should  be  produced,  with- 
out a  tinge  of  "green  or  greenish-blue  (absence  of  ferrous  salt).  On  diluting  1  Cc. 
of  the  solution  with  water,  to  40  Cc,  and  boiling,  the  liquid  should  remain  clear 
(absence  of  oxychloride).  If  1.12  (1.1176)  Gm.  of  the  solution  be  introduced  into 
a  glass-stoppered  bottle  (having  a  capacity  of  about  100  Cc),  together  with  15  Cc. 
of  water  and  2  Cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and,  after  the  addition  of  1  Gm.  of  potas- 
sium iodide,  the  mixture  be  kept  for  i  an  hour  at  a  temperature  of  40°  C.  (104°  F.), 
then  cooled,  and  mixed  with  a  few  drops  of  starch  T.S.,  it  should  require  about 
26  Cc.  of  decinorraal  sodium  hyposulphite  V.S.  to  discharge  the  blue  or  greenish 
color  of  the  liquid  (each  cubic  centimeter  of  the  volumetric  solution  indicating 
0.5  per  cent  of  metallic  iron)  " — {U.  S.  P.). 

This  preparation  is  also  known  as  Liquor  Ferri  Perchloridi  and  Solution  of 
Perchloride  of  Iron.  It  is  used  mainly  for  making  tincture  of  chloride  of  iron, 
which  see.  The  .solution  of  this  name  in  the  latest  British  Phnrmnropceia  (  Liquor 
Ferri  Perchloridi)  has  the  strength  of  the  tincture  in  the  same  work:  both  are 
prepared  from  a  strong  solution  of  ferric  chloride  (Liquor  Ferri  Perchloridi  Fortis), 
containing  22.5  Gm.  of  iron  in  100  Cc.  of  the  preparation. 

Action  and  Medic&l  Uses.— {See  Fen-i  C/doridum.)  Solution  of  ferric  chlo- 
ride may  be  kept  on  hand  for  the  preparation  of  freshly  precipitated  hydroxide 
of  iron,  the  antidote  for  arsenic  and  its  compounds.  A  solution  of  Liquor  Ferri 
Chloridi  in  alcohol  forms  the  well-known  niuriated  tincture  of  iron  (tincture  of 
iron,  or  tincture  of  chloride  of  iron)  (see  Tinctura  Ferri  Chloridi). 

Related  Solution. — Liquor  Ferri  PROTocRLORini  (N.  F.),  Wu/ion  o/pro/ofWonW^o/ iron, 
Solutidti  Df/crniiix  cliliiride.  "  Irou,  in  the  form  of  fine,  bright,  and  finely  cilt  wire,  one  hundred 
and  sixty  gniimiies  (  160  (im.)  [5  ozs.  av.,  282  grs.] ;  hydrochloric  acid  (  ('.  .^'.  P.  i.  six  hundred 
and  twenty-five  granimcs  (H2-'i  (tlii.)  [1  lli.  av.,  6  ozs.,  20  ^rs.] ;  glycerin,  two  hundretl  and  fifty 
cubic  centnneters  (2.i0  t'c.  i  [S  t\^,  21S  HI  ] ;  dihited  hyiKi|ihosphorous  acid  i  T.  .S,  P.).  ten  cubic 
centimeters  (10  CV.  I  [lli2  \\[];  distilled  water  a  suliie'ient  qiuiiititv  to  make  one  tliousand  cubic 
centimeters  1 1000  i\\  i  [X{  H.s,  '-'''.n  VC[  ].  To  the  iron,  contained  in  a  fiiisk,  add  three  hundred 
and  fifty  cubic  ceMtimeteis  cr.O  CV.)  [11  fig,  401  Ttl]  of  distilled  water,  and  the  hyilr.K-hloric 
•id,  ami  a|i|>ly  a  gentle  he:it  until  etl"erves<-ence  ceases.  Then  raise  the  liquid  to  boilinp.keep 
'  rt  time  so  that  tlie  iron  may  be  brought  into  solution  as  far  fis 
High  a  pellet  of  absorbent  cotton  placed  in  the  neck  of  a  fun- 
a  little  distilled  water.  Evaporate  the  filtrate,  over  a  boiling 
n  to  form,  anii  the  escaping  vapors  cease  to  redden,  or  only 
litmus  (laper.  Now  add  the  glycerin  and  the  dilute<l  hypophos- 
phorous  acid,  conlimie  the  heat,  if  necessary,  until  a  perfect  solution  is  obtained:  then  trans- 
fer the  liquid  to  a  graduated  bottle,  allow  it  to  cool,  and  add  enough  distilled  water  to  make 
cue  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [:S  fl,5,  :!91  TTl].  Kacli  fluid  draclim  represents 
about  20  grains  of  protochloride  of  iron  i ferrous  chloridel  "— (.V-ir.  /V.rm.l. 

Other  Solutions  of  Iron  Salts.— Li^iU'i;  Kkhui  Owsi  i  imhtisiX.  F.i,.>iW.iftV)n  of  foryfiil- 
f>hate  (}f  ( inn  ■•  SnlplKitc  of  iron,  mie  Inindrecl  :nid  sixtv-tivc  L'r:uiimes  I  Itvi  tini.)  [.i  ozs.  av., 
;«9  gi-s.] ;  nitric  acid  .  T.  .s.  /',  >.  one  hundred  and  sixtv-tive  .jrannnes  (ltv>  tim. '  [.>  oxs.  av..:»!l 
grs.] :  distilled' water,  a  snllicient  cni;mtitv  to  iiKike  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  i  lOOOCc.) 
[;«  flg,  W'.n  W\\  Dissolve  the  sulpluuc  .If  iron  in  eight  Inui.lred  and  liftv  cubic  centiineteis 
(8.i0  Cc.)  [2S  fl.:^.  :!.-i(;  1111  "I  boiling  distilled  water,  in  a  flask,  graduallyadd  the  nitric  acid,  and 
continue  the  he;it  until  the  esi-;ipini;  v;ipors  cease  to  have  a  nitrons  odor.  When  the  reaction 
is  completed,  allow  the  liquid  to  cool,  nml  add  enough  distilled  water  to  make  one  thousand 
cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [:5:i  tl.s,  SIM  ll]]  "— ( .V<((.  F»,m.\. 

Howe's  .Acid  Solction  ok  Iron.— This  solution  is  prt-paivd  by  triturating  ferrous  .sulphate 
(2  parts)  in  a  mortar,  and  adding  10  partii  of  water  and  I  part  of  iiitric  acid.     No  heat  is  to  be 


itattbis  ten.peia 

turefoiash 

possible.  Hllci-  tli. 

■  solution  th 

ncl,  and  uasi,  tin 

■  cotton  witli 

water-luuli.  until 

rrvstals   h.'t 

Slightlv  allrrl.  111. 

.istencd  blut 

LIQl'OR  FERRI  CHLUHIDI.  I1G.5 

finplov' il.  When  tht>  liquid  assumi*  a  clear,  amber  color  it  is  to  hi-  liottled.  This  (irepnra- 
tion  contiiins  excess  of  nitric  acid,  ami,  nrobalily,  also  (nirt  of  the  iinexiiellcd  nitrons  acid. 
Its  medicinal  value  probably  consists  in  the  associated  actions  of  these  siiiistances  as  well  as 
the  iron  salt.  Howe's  acid  solution  of  iron  is  a  favorite  |irepanition  with  Kdectic  physicians 
to  fulfil  the  indications  for  iron  and  an  acid.  It  is  less  apt  than  any  other  fluid  preparation  of 
iion  to  provoke  febrile  phenomena.  It  is  an  excellent  ajient  in  chrunic  cittun-luil  ajfa-tiuiiB, 
iiufmlii,  (7i/.iri<,<i>,  anil  (jfwetil  debililit.  We  have  found  it  l)est  adapted  to  cases  exhibiting  a  pal- 
lid, waxy  skin  and  cherry-red  mucous  membranes.  The  dosi-  sliould  1k'  alwut  2  dro]*,  3  or  4 
times  a  day.  A  very  pleasant  preparation  is  the  following:  R  .Vcid  solution  of  iron,  fi,)i 
syrnp  of  orange,  ti.siv.  Mix.  .Sig.  Dose,  1  teaspoonful.  given  preferably  before  meals  and  at 
bedtime.    This  is  tlie  best  preparation  of  iron  for  u.se  in  iihlhixif  and  oilier  wasting  diseases. 

I.oefflek's  Soi.iTiox.— Various  solutions,  to  be  u.sod  for  the  disinfection  of  the  throats  of 
tlljihlh'  ria  patients,  have  been  devi.scd  by  Prof.  I.oettler,  of  (ireifswald.  Chief  among  these  is 
that  pn'pan?d  after  the  following  formula:  R  Menthol,  ten  grammes  llOtim.)  [ir)4grs.]; 
tolnene,  a  sutficient  quantity  to  make  thirty-six  cul)icci-ntimeters  CitiCc.)  [1  ti,^,  104  TTl] ;  then 
add  creolin,  two  cubic  centimeters  |2  Cc.)  [33  HI] ;  solution  of  chloride  of  iron,  lour  cubic  centi- 
meters ( 4  Cc. )  [tiii  TTl  1 ;  alcohol,  sutficient  to  make  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.) 
[3  flS,  183  Til].  Of  all  the  solutions  recommended  bv  L,oetHer  the  preceding  is  preferred  for 
children  and  sensitive  individuals,  being  applied  as  I'ollows:  .\fter  first  cleansing  the  throat 
of  mucus  by  means  of  a  piece  of  dry  cotton,  carrieil  by  means  of  forc-eps  or  wire  applicator, 
neatly  wrap"  a  piece  of  cotton  upon  the  wire  applicator  ami  saturate  it  with  the  solution. 
Pass  "the  application  to  the  throat  and  gently,  but  firndy.  press  against  the  diphtheritic  exu- 
date for  10  seconds,  immediately  repeating  the  application.  Continue  the  application  everj- 
3  or  4  hours  for  several  days,  or  until  the  local  manifestations  have  disappeared.  This  should 
Ih?  foUowetl  in  the  course  of  20  minutes  with  an  irrigation  of  the  nose  and  throat  with  anti- 
septic cleansing  solutions,  such  as  of  hvdrogen  peroxide,  listerine,  lime-water,  Dobell's  solu- 
tion, etc.  Other  solutions  recommendeil  by  Loefner  are  as  follows:  (1)  Carbolic  acid,  1  part ; 
alcohol,  25  parts;  turpentine,  25  parte.  (2")  Alcohol,  16  parts;  toluene,  9  parts.  (3)  Alcohol, 
16  parts:  benzene,  9  parts. 

LuiioR  Ferri  loDini  (X.  F.),  Solution  of  iodide  of  iron. — "  Iron,  in  tlie  form  of  fine,  bright, 
and  finely  cut  wire,  two  hundre<l  grammes  (200  Gm.)  [7  ozs.  av.,  24  grs.l ;  io<line,  six  hundred 
and  sixtv-four  grammes  (6<)4  Gm.i  [1  lb.  av.,  7  ozs.,  185  grs.];  diluted  bypopbosphorous  acid 
(  ('.  S.  /*."i.  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  (25  Cc.)  [406  TTl];  distilleil  water,  a  sufficient  quantity 
t>i  make  one  thoiasand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)J33fl3,  391  Ttl.].  Mix  the  iron  with  seven 
hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (750  Cc.)  [25  fl5,  173  Til]  of  distilled  water  in  a  flask,  add 
about  one-half  of  the  iodine,  and  agitate  continuously  until  the  liquid  becomes  hot.  Then 
moderate  the  reaction  by  i)lacing  the  flask  in  cold  water,  or  by  allowing  cold  water  to  flow- 
over  it.  meanwhile  keeping  up  the  agitation.  When  the  reaction'has  moderated,  add  one-half 
of  the  remaining  iodine  at  a  time,  and  carefully  moderate  the  reaction  each  time,  in  the  man- 
ner above  directed.  Finally,  raise  the  contents  of  the  flask  to  boiling,  and  filter  immediately 
through  moistened  pure  filtering  paper  (the  point  of  the  filter  being  supported  by  a  pellet  of 
absorljent  cotton)  into  a  bottle  contaming  the  diluted  hypopliosphorous  acid.  When  all  the 
liqui<l  has  passed,  rinse  the-  flask  with  tnirty-five  cubic"  centimeters  (l-!5  Cc.)  [1  fig,  88  TTl]  of 
lM)iling  distilled  water,  and  pass  this  through  the  filter.  Cork  the  bottle  and  set  it  aside  to 
cool.  Finally,  add  enough  distilled  water  to  make  the  prcMluct  meii.sure  one  thousand  cubic 
centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl5,  391  Vl[].  Xole.— This  solution  contains  about  85  per  cent  of 
ioHde  of  iron  (ferrous).  On  mixing  1  volume  with  7  volumes  of  syrup  (  U.  .S.  /'.I,  the  product 
will  Ih?  practically  identical  with  syrup  of  iodide  of  iron  (  V.  S.  P.)'" — (Xat.  Form.). 

Lun'oR  Fer"ri  Hvpophosi'Hit'is  (X.  F.),  Solution  of  hy/tophofphite  of  iron,  Sohition  of  ferric 
hyiKijiluiitphite. — "Iron  and  ammonium  sulphate  (  f.  .V.  P.),  in  perfect  crystals,  three  hundred 
and  thirty  grammes  (3:«)  Gm.  >  [11  ozs.  av.,  280  grs.] ;  sodium  hypophospfiite.  two  hundrtnl  and 
twenty  g'rammes  (220  Gm.)  [7  ozs.  av.,  333  grs.];  potassium  citrate,  two  hundn'd  and  fifteen 
grammes  (215  Gm.)  [7  ozs.  av.,  255  grs.];  glycerin,  one  hundred  and  fifty  cul)ic  centimeters 
(150  Cc.  I  [5  flg,  iiTTl];  water,  a  suflicient  quantity  to  make  one  thousantl  cubic  centimeters 
( 1000  Cc.  I  [3;i  flg.  .391  TIV].  Dissolve  the  iron  and  'ammonium  sulphate,  and  the  sodium  hypo 
phosphite,  each,  in  fifteen  hundred  cubic  centimeters  ( 1 500  Cc.)  [^50  fl.^,  *>41Tl]  of  water,  and, 
if  necessary,  filter  each  solution.  Then  mix  them,  and  stir  thoroughly;  after  a  few  minutes 
transfer  the  resulting  magma  to  a  close  linen  or  muslin  strainer,and  wash  the  precipitate  with 
alwut  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc. )  [16  fl.g,  435  ITl]  of  water.  Allow  it  to  drain,  and 
then  press  it  forcibly  in  the  strainer,  so  a.s  to  remove  as  much  of  the  liquid  as  passible.  Trans- 
fer the  pn-cipitatf  from  the  strainer  to  a  mortar,  add  to  it  the  potassium  citrate,  and  triturate 
until  a  i)«-rfectly  smooth  paste  results.  Then  add  the  glycerin,  and  gra<lually.  while  stirring, 
enough  water  to  make  the  solution  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (KXM)  Cc.)  [:i3  fl.^. 
391  Ti\].  Place  it  for  several  .lays  in  a  cold  place,  if  convenient ;  then  pour  ofl"  the  clear  solu- 
tion fnim  anv  precipitate  or  crvstals  that  mav  have  formed,  and  keep  the  solution  in  small, 
completely  fVlled  ami  well-corke.l  bottles'"— ("A"!/.  Fun,,.). 

SiJiiiiiii,  r,f  h,ij,o])hi^fphili-  of  inn,  (ferric)  mav  also  be  prepared  in  the  following  manner: 
"Hypophospliite  of  iron  (F.  I'SS),  one  humlred'and  sixty-five  grammes  (1<J5  Gm.)  [6  ozs.  av., 
359'grs.J;  potassium  citrate,  two  iiun<lred  and  fifteen  grammes  (215  (im.)  [7  ozs.  av.,  255  grs.] ; 
glycerin,  one  hundred  and  fill  v  cubic  centimeters  (1.'.0  Cc.)  [5  fl.?.  35  TTl  J;  water,  a  suflicient 
quantitv  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centiniet.rs  (1000  Cc.)  [.33  fl.s,  3!il  111]  Tritunite  th.' 
hviH.pirosphite  of  iron  with  three  hundr.<l  and  tilly  cubic  tvntimeters  ^^^^^  Cc.)  [II  fl.^.  401  TTl  ] 
of  water  to  a  jierfectlv  smooth  mixture,  then  i\>\'\  the  jiotassium  citrate  and  glyc.-rin.  and  apply 
q  «<-ntle  heat,  until  solution  has  been  ellecled.    Allow  the  li.juid  to  i-ool,  and  ail.l  enough  water 


1166  LIQUOR  FERRI  CITRATIS. 

to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl.s,  391  TH]-  Place  the  solution  for 
sevenil  flays  in  a  cold  place,  if  convenient ;  then  pour  oflT  the  clear  solution  froi.i  any  precipi- 
tate or  crystals  that  may  have  formed,  and  Iceep  the  solution  in  small,  completely-tilU-d  and 
well-corked  bottles.  About  6  minims  of  this  solution  represent  1  grain  of  hypophosphite  of 
iron  (ferric)  "— (-V«(.  Form.). 

LIQUOR  FERRI  CITRATIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 

FERRIC  CITRATE. 

"An  aqueous  solution  of  ferric  citrate,  corresponding  to  about  7.5  per  cent  of 
metallic  iron"— (f'.  5.  P.). 

Syno.nyms:    Liquor  ferri  citrici,  Citras  ferricm  liquifh(.i. 

Preparation.— "  Solution  of  ferric  sulphate,  one  thou.«and  and  fifty  grammes 
(lft50  Gra.)  [2  lbs.  av.,5  ozs.,  17  grs.] ;  citric  acid,  three  hundred  grammes  (300 
Gm.)  [10  ozs.  av.,  255  grs.];  ammonia  water,  eight  hundred  and  eighty  cubic  cen- 
timeters (880  Cc.)  [29  fls,  363  ITl];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thou- 
sand grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Mix  the  ammonia  water 
with  three  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (3000  Cc.)  [101  fls,  212  m]  of  cold  water 
and  the  solution  of  ferric  sulphate  with  ten  thoui^and  cubic  centimeters  ( 10,000 
Cc.)  [338  fls,  66111]  of  cold  water.  Add  the  latter  solution  slowly  to  the  diluted 
ammonia  water  with  constant  stirring.  Pour  the  mixture  on  a  wet  muslin  strainer, 
and  allow  the  liquid  to  run  off  and  the  precipitate  to  drain.  Then  remove  the 
moist  mass  from  the  strainer,  mix  it  well  with  six  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(60(X)  Cc.)  [676  fls,  132  ITl]  of  cold  water,  again  pour  it  on  the  strainer,  and  let  it 
drain.  Repeat  this  washing  with  several  successive  portions  of  cold  water  in  the 
same  manner,  until  the  washings  cease  to  produce  more  than  a  slight  cloudiness 
with  barium  chloride  test-solution.  Then  allow  the  precipitate  to  drain  com- 
pletely, transfer  it  to  a  porcelain  capsule,  add  the  citric  acid,  and  heat  the  mixture 
on  a  water-bath,  to  60°  C.  (140°  F.),  stirring  constantly  until  the  precipitate  is 
dissolved.  Lastly,  filter  the  liquid,  and  evaporate  it,  at  the  above-mentioned 
temperature,  until  it  weighs  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs. av.,3  ozs., 
120  gns.]"— (r.S.P.). 

In  this  process  ferric  hydroxide  is  first  produced,  and  as  this  holds  a  large 
amount  of  water,  the  preparation  becomes  liquid  as  the  citric  acid  is  added,  and 
citrate  of  iron  is  produced.  The  heat  should  be  maintained  at  about  60°  0.(140°  F.), 
never  more  than  a  few  degrees  higher,  until  the  ferric  hydroxide  is  dissolved. 

Description  and  Tests. — According  to  the  U.  S.  P., this  solution  is  "a  dark- 
brown  liquid,  odorless,  and  possessing  a  slightly  ferruginous  ta.<te.  Specific 
gravity,  about  1.250  at  15°  (59°  F.).  Upon  evaporating  100  Gm.  of  the  solution 
in  a  thin  layer,  on  plates  of  glass,  about  42.5  to  43  Gm.  of  garnet-red  scales  will 
be  obtained.  The  solution  has  an  acid  reaction  upon  litmus  pajier.  and  is  not 
precipitated,  but  rendered  darker  in  color,  by  ammonia  water.  With  pota.<sium  fer- 
rocvanide  T.S.,  it  affords  a  bluish-green  color  or  precipitate,  which  is  increased»and 
rendered  dark  blue  by  the  subsequent  addition  of  hydrochloricacid.  On  heating 
the  solution  with  potassium  or  sodium  hydrate  T.S.,  itwill  yield  a  brown  precipi- 
tate, without  evolving  vapor  of  ammonia.  If  a  portion  of  the  solution,  diluted  with 
4  volumes  of  water,  be  deprived  of  its  iron  by  boiling  it  with  an  exce.<s  of  potas- 
sium or  sodium  hydrate  T.S.,  and  the  filtrate  slightly  acidulated  with  acetic  acid, 
a  portion  of  this  liquid,  when  allowed  to  stand  for  .-^onu'  lime,  should  not  give  a 
white,  crystalline  precipitate  (absence  of  tartrate).  If  to  another  portion  of  the 
acidulated  and  cooled  filtrate  a  little  calcium  chloride  T.S.  be  added,  and  the 
jiquid  heated  to  boiling,  it  should  gradually  deposit  a  white,  crystalline  precipi- 
tate. If  1.12  (1.1176)  Gm.  of  the  solution  be  introduced  into  a  glass-stoupered 
bottle  (having  a  capacity  of  about  100  Cc),  together  with  15  Cc.  of  water  and  2  Cc 
of  hydrochloric  acid,  and,  after  the  addition"  of  1  Gm.  of  potassium  iodide,  the 
mixture  be  kept  for  half  an  hour  at  a  temperature  of  40°  C.  (KM°  F.),  then  cooled, 
and  mixed  with  a  few  drops  of  starch  T.S. ,  it  should  require  about  15  Cc.  of  deci- 
normal  sodium  hyposulphite  V.S.  to  discharge  the  blue  or  greenish  color  of  the 
liquid  (each  cubic  centimeter  of  the  volumetric  solution  indicating  0.5  percent 
of  metallic  iron)"— (  l'.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Ferri  <  'iimn,  or  Ferri  d  Ammonii 
Citras.)     Dose,  1  to  10  minims. 


l.UnOR  FERUI  ET  AMMONII  ACET.\T1S.-LI<  >10U  KERKI  MTKATIS.  11G7 

LIQUOR  FERRI  ET  AMMONII  ACETATIS  i  U.  S.  P. )— SOLUTION  OF 
IRON  AND  AMMONIUM  ACETATE. 

Synonyms:   Mii>titra  ferri  n  ammonii  arelntii^  (Pfinrm.,  1880),  Basham's  mixture. 

Preparation. — "  Tincture  of  ferric  chloride,  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (20 Co.) 
[825  ITl]:  (liluteil  acetic  acid,  thirty  cubic  centi meters" ( 30  Cc.)  [1  fig,  TTtlJ;  solu- 
tion ofauHUoniuni  acetate,  two  luuulred  cubic  ceiitiiuct(  is  (2(X)('c. )  [fi  fl.5,866TTl]; 
aromatic  elixir,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  ( 1(«)  (.C.)  [:'.  tl,^,  is:i  111]  ;  };lveerin, 
one  hundred  and  twenty  cubic  centimeters  a20C'c.)  [4  H5,  281111;  water.a  suiii- 
cient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (iO(to  Ce  )  [8:5  H5,  3!U  Til]. 
To  the  solution  of  ammonium  acetate  (which  should  not  be  alkaline)  add,  suc- 
cessively, the  diluted  acetic  acid,  the  tincture  of  ferric  chloride,  the  aromatic 
elixir,  and  the  glycerin,  and,  lastly,  enough  water  to  make  the  product  measure 
one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  tig,  391  ITL].  This  preparation 
should  be  freshly  made  when  wanted  " — (('.  S.  P.). 

The  reaction  here,  by  double  decomposition,  produces  ferric  acetate  and 
ammonium  chloride.  A  large  proportion,  however,  of  the  ammonium  acetate 
remains  uncombined.  While  this  solution  may  keep  for  quite  a  length  of  time, 
it  should,  to  insure  a  good  and  fresh  preparation,  be  made  onlv  as  needed  for  use. 
It  is  a  briirht-red,  transparent  lluid. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  agent  is  diuretic  and  acts  kindly 
upon  the  stomach.  In  doses  of^to  1  fluid  ounce,  it  has  been  administered  in 
aUtuminuria.     Said  to  be  most  valuable  when  tubular  nephritis  is  present. 

LIQUOR  FERRI  NITRATIS  lU.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
FERRIC  NITRATE. 

"An  aqueous  solution  of  ferric  nitrate  (Fe.;[NO,]s=483.1),  containing  about 
6.2  per  cent  of  the  anhydrous  salt,  and  corresponding  to  about  1.4  per  cent  of 
metallic  irnn  "—(,''.  S.  P.). 

8y.no.nyms  :    Liquor  ferriperniiratis,  Solution  ofpernitrnte  of  iron. 

Preparation. — "  Solution  of  ferric  sulphate,  one  hundred  and  eighty  grammes 
(180  Gm.)  [6  oz.  av.,  153  grsj;  ammonia  water,  one  hundred  and  sixty  cubic  centi- 
meters (160  Cc.)  [5  fl.5, 197  Til]  ;  nitric  acid,  seventy-one  grammes  (71  Gm.)  [2  ozs. 
av.,  221  grs.];  distilled  water,  water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thou- 
sand granimes(1000Gm.)[21bs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Mix  the  ammonia  water  with 
five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [IG  fl.5,  435  Til]  of  cold  water,  and  the 
.solution  of  ferric  sulphate  with  fifteen  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (1500  Cc.)  [50 
fls,  346  Til]  of  cold  water.  Add  the  latter  solution  slowly  to  the  diluted  ammo- 
nia water,  with  constant  stirring.  Let  the  mixture  stand  until  the  precipitate 
has  subsided  as  far  as  practicable,  and  then  decant  the  supernatant  liquid.  Add 
to  the  precipitate  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl.5,  391  Ttl]  of 
cold  water,  mix  well,  and  again  set  the  mixture  aside,  as  before.  Repeat  the 
washing  with  successive  portions  of  cold  water,  in  the  same  manner,  until  tlie 
washings  produce  but  a  slight  cloudiness  with  barium  chloride  test-solution. 
Pour  the  washed  ferric  hydrate  on  a  wet  muslin  strainer,  and  let  it  drain  thor- 
oughly. Then  transfer  it  to  a  porcelain  capsule,  add  the  nitric  acid,  and  stir  with 
a  glass  rod  until  a  clear  solution  is  obtained.  Finally,  add  enough  distilled  water 
to  make  the  finished  product  weigh  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av., 
3  OZ.S.,  120  grs.].     Filler,  if  necessary"— (T.  S.  P.). 

History.— Mr.  William  Kerr  introduced  this  prei)aration  to  the  profession  in 
1832  (  Ed.  .Mrd.  and  Sur;i.  .Jour.,  XXXVII,  p.  99).  When  correctly  made  it  is  of  a 
deep-red  color  (amber-colored  if  an  excess  of  acid  be  jiresent),  clear,  and  powerfully 
astringent.  On  standing,  sesquioxiile  of  iron  forms,  which  at  first  destroys  the 
transparency  of  the  liquid,  but  is  finally  deposited,  ami  which  may  be  prevented 
by  the  addition  of  a  drachm  of  hydrochloric  acid.  On  account  of  the  great  lia- 
bility to  change  in  this  preparation,  various  suggestions  have  been  made  for 
the  purpose  of  i)rocuringai)ermanent  solution  ;  among  them  a  process  ofi'ered  by 


1168  LiQr(ji;  fkkki  sib.scli'Hatis. 

W.  Procter,  Jr.,  of  Philadelphia,  which  forms  the  basis  for  the  U.  S.  P.  process 
iAiner.  Jour.  PAr,rm.,Vol.  XXIX,  p.  306j. 

Description. — "A  dear,  amber-colored,  or  reddisli  liquid,  odorless,  having  an 
acid,  styiitic  taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Specific  gravity  about  1.050  at  15°  C. 
(59°  F.j.  The  solution  gives  a  brownish-red  precipitate  with  ammonia  water, 
and  a  blue  one  with  potassium  ferrocyanide  T.S.  If  a  clear  crystal  of  ferrous 
sulj)hate  be  added  to  a  cooled  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  the  solution  and  of  con- 
centrated sulphuric  acid,  the  crystal  will  become  brown  and  be  surrounded  by  a 
brownish-black  zone.  If  1.12  (1.1176)  Gm.  of  the  solution  be  introduced  into  a 
glass-stoi)pered  bottle  (having  a  capacity  of  about  100  Cc),  together  with  15  Cc. 
of  water  and  2  Cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and,  after  the  addition  of  1  Gm.  of  potas- 
sium iodide,  the  mixture  be  kept  for  |  an  hour  at  a  temperature  of  40°  C.  (Kt4° 
F.),  then  cooled,  and  mixed  with  a  few  drops  of  starch  T.S.,  it  sliould  require 
about  2.8  Cc.  of  decinorraal  sodium  hyposulphite  V.S.  to  discharge  the  blue  or 
greenish  color  of  the  liquid  (each  cubic  centimeter  of  the  volumetric  solution 
indicating  0.5  per  cent  of  metallic  iron)  " — {U.  S.  P). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Solution  of  nitrate  of  iron  is  astrin- 
gent, and  possesses  the  projjerty  of  diminishing  tenderness  and  irritability  of  the 
mucous  membranes  with  which  it  comes  in  contact.  It  has  been  found  useful  in 
chronic  diarrhoea,  where  intestinal  ulceration  is  absent,  and  in  the  diarrhaa  of  weak 
and  nervous  persons.  It  is  contraindicated  if  inflammatory  symptoms  are  pres- 
ent. It  has  also  been  used  in  hcviatevifsis,  hemorrhage  from  the  bowels,  uterine  hemor- 
rhage, and  mennrrhagia,  especially  in  pale,  feeble,  and  languid  constitutions.  It 
has  also  been  found  advantageous  as  an  injection,  and  by  mouth,  in  leworrhcea. 
In  the  colliquative  diarrhau  of  tuberculous  phthisis,  it  has  afibrded  much  benefit,  as 
well  as  in  chronic  diarrhea  and  cholera  infantuvi  of  anemic  or  scrofulous  patients. 
The  dose  is  from  5  drops,  gradually  increased  to  15  or  20  drops,  or  more,  suffi- 
ciently diluted  with  water,  and  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day ;  the  ordinary  dose  to 
commence  with  is  10  or  12  drops.  Injected  into  the  vagina,  it  will  cause  consid- 
erable irritation,  unless  previously  weakened  with  water. 

LIQUOR  FERRI  SUBSULPHATIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
FEERIC  SUBSULPHATE. 

An  aqueous  solution  of  basic  ferric  sulphate  (of  variable  chemical  compo- 
sition), corresponding  to  about  13.6  per  cent  of  metallic  iron. 

Synonyms:  Solution  of  basic  ferric  sulphate,  Monsel's  solution.  Solution  of  permd- 
phnfc  of  iron  (erroneously). 

Preparation. — "  Ferrous  sulphate,  in  clear  crystals,  six  hundred  and  seventy- 
five  grammes  (675  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  7  ozs.,  354  grs.];  sulphuric  acid,  sixty-five 
grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  128  grs.J ;  nitric  acid,  distilled  water,  each,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  make  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.")  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120 
grs.].  Add  the  sulphuric  acid  to  five  hundred  cubic  centimetei-s  (500  Co.)  [16  fls, 
435  ITl]  of  di.>;tilled  water  in  a  capacious  j)orcelain  capsule,  heat  the  mixture  to 
nearly  100°  C.  (212°  P.),  then  add  sixty-five  grammes  (65  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  128 
grs.]  of  nitric  acid,  and  mix  well.  Divide  the  ferrous  sulphate,  coar.*ely  pow- 
dered, into  4  equal  portions,  and  add  these  portions,  one  at  a  time,  to  the  hot 
liquid,  stirring  after  each  addition  until  effervescence  ceases.  When  all  of  the 
ferrous  sulphate  is  dissolved,  add  a  few  drops  of  nitric  acid,  and,  if  this  causes  a 
further  evolution  of  red  fumes,  continue  to  add  nitric  acid,  a  few  drops  at  a  time, 
until  it  no  longer  causes  red  fumes  to  be  evolved;  then  boil  the  solution  until  it 
assumes  a  ruby-red  color,  and  is  free  from  nitrous  odor.  Lastly,  adil  enough  dis- 
tilled water  to  make  the  product  weigh  one  thousand  grammes  (,1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs. 
av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Keep  the  product  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  moderately 
warm  place  (not  under  22°  C.  or  71.6°  F.),  protected  from  light.  This  solution 
will  sometimes  crystallize,  forming  a  semi-solid,  whitish  mass.  When  tliis  occurs 
the  application  of  a  gentle  heat  to  the  bottle  will  restore  the  liquid  condition. 
Note. — Solution  of  ferric  subsulphato  is  to  be  dispensed  when  solution  of  j>erstil- 
phate  of  iron  lias  been  prescribed  by  the  jthysician" — (('.  S.  P.). 


LIQUOR  FERRl  TERSDLPHATK-;.  11G9 

History— This  process  is  practically  that  of  Dr.  E.  R.  Siiuilib  ( IStiiii.  The 
lorrous  siil^)hate  is  changed  into  ferric  sulphate,  but  as  there  is  m>t  a  .-iillicii-nt 
quantity  ot  the  sulphuric  acid  present  to  jiroduce  the  normal  ferric  sulphate,  an 
oxysulphate.  basic  or  subsulphate  is  formed,  of  the  approximate  composition 
Fe".tS<\    .OH\. 

Description  and  Tests. — "A  dark  reddish-brown  liquid,  odorless  or  nearly 
so,  of  an  acid,  strongly  styptic  tiiste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Specific  gravity,  about 
1.550  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Miscible  witii  water  and  alcohol,  in  all  proportions, 
without  decomposition.  The  diluted  solution  yielils  a  brownish-red  precipitate 
with  ammonia  water,  a  blue  one  with  pota!<sium  ferrocyanide  T.S.,  and  a  white 
one,  insoluble  in  hydrochloric  acid,  with  barium  chloride  T.S.  On  slowly  mixing 
2  volumes  of  the  solution  with  1  volume  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  in  a 
beaker,  a  semisolid,  white  mass  will  separate  on  standing  (difference  from  ter- 
sulphate).  On  adding  a  clear  crystal  of  ferrous  sulphate  to  a  cooled  mixture  of 
equal  volumes  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and  a  diluted  portion  of  the  solu- 
tion, the  crystal  should  not  become  brown,  nor  should  there  be  a  brownish-black 
color  developed  around  it  (absence  of  nitric  acid).  If  to  a  small  portion  of  the 
si.lution,  (liluted  with  about  10  volumes  of  water,  a  few  drops  of  freshly  prepared 
potassium  ferricyanide  T.S.  be  added,  a  pure  brown  color  should  be  produced, 
without  a  tinge  of  green  or  greenish-blue  (absence  of  ferrous  salt  i.  If  1.12  ( 1.1176) 
Gm.  of  the  solution  be  introduced  into  a  glas.s-stoppered  bottle  (having  a  capacity 
of  about  UK)  Cc),  together  with  15  Cc.  of  water  and  2  Cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid, 
and,  after  the  addition  of  1  Gm.  of  potassium  iodide,  the  mixture  be  kept  for  i  hour 
at  a  tempt-rature  of  40°  C.  (104°  F.),  then  cooled,  and  mixed  with  a  few  drops  of 
starch  T.S..  it  should  require  about  27.2  Cc.  of  decinormal  sodium  hyposulphite 
V.S.  ti>  <li<char;jrc  the  Idue  or  greenish  color  of  the  liquid  (each  cubic  centimeter 
of  thf  v.iUnnetiii-  soluiidn  indicatiuL'  0.5  per  cent  of  metallic  iron)"— (T.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  agent  is  an  almost  unirritating 
styptic.  Its  action  on  lilood  and  albumen  is  powerful;  with  the  former  it  pro- 
duces a  voluminous  clot,  absolutely  insoluble,  which  continues  to  enlarge  for 
several  hours  after  its  application,  and  becomes  quite  hard  and  firm.  If  applied 
to  a  superficial  wound  as  soon  as  made,  not  a  drop  of  blood  escapes,  and  no  pain 
results  from  the  application.  It  acts  by  producing  instantaneous  coagulation  of 
the  blood,  and  will  be  found  invaluable  in  hemorrhages  from  the  mouth,  noxe,  and 
throat,  when  it  is  impossible  to  ligate  the  vessels,  and  may  be  equally  efficient  in 
alarming  uterine  hemorrhage.  The  solution  is  readily  applied  by  a  glass  or  wooden 
brush,  or  by  saturating  cotton  or  sponge,  or  may  be  used  diluted  with  water  as 
an  injection.  The  dry  salt  (Monsel's  salt),  is  very  deliquescent,  and  speedily  dis- 
solves in  water.  A  solution  of  from  1  to  10  drops  of  MonseFs  solution  in  a  fluid 
ounce  of  water,  has  been  successfully  used  by  atcunization  in  hemopf'jsin.  From 
1  to  5  minims  in  water,  is  useful  in  hemntemesis.  Instances  have  occurred  in 
which  the  coagulating  power  of  this  solution  upon  blood  has  produced  mischief, 
followed  by  gangrene  of  the  parts  to  which  it  was  applied. 

LIQUOR  FERRI  TERSULPHATIS  (U.  S.  P. t— SOLUTION  OF 
FERRIC  SULPHATE. 

"An  aqueous  solution  of  normal  ferric  sulphate  (Fe,[SO,],=399.22),  con- 
taining about  28.7  per  cent  of  the  .salt,  and  corresponding  to  about  8  per  cent  of 
metallic  iron"—{U.S.P.). 

Synonyms:  Liquor  ferri  permlphatis.  Solution  of  persulphate  of  iron.  Solution  nf 
normal  ferric  sulphate. 

Preparation.— "  Ferrous  sulphate,  in  clear  crystals,  four  hundred  gramnns 
(400  Gm.)  [14  ozs.  av..48  grs.];  sulphuric  acid,  seventy-eight  grammes  (78  Gm.) 
[2  ozs.  av.,  329  grs.];  nitric  acid,  distilled  water, each,  a  sufiicient  quantity  to  make 
one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Add  the  sulnliuric- 
acid  to  two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (200  Cc.)  [6  H5.  36()  ITl]  of  di.stilled  wat.r 
in  a  capacious  porcelain  capsule,  heat  the  mixture  to  nearly  100°  C.  (212°  F.  t, 
then  atld  fifty-five  grammes  (.55  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,411  grs.]  of  nitric  acid,  and  mi.\ 
well.     Dividt'the  ferrous  sulphate,  oansely  powdered,  inti>  4  equal   portions,  and 


117U  LiQUOK  gutta-perchj:. 

add  these  portions,  one  at  a  time,  to  the  hot  liquid,  stirring  after  each  addition 
until  effervescence  ceases.  When  all  of  the  ferrous  sulphate  is  dissolved,  add  a 
few  drops  of  nitric  acid,  and,  if  this  causes  a  further  evolution  of  red  fumes,  con- 
tinue to  add  nitric  acid,  a  few  drops  at  a  time,  until  it  no  longer  causes  red  fumes 
to  be  evolved;  then  boil  the  solution  until  it  assumes  a  reddish-brown  color  and  . 
is  free  from  nitrous  odor.  Lastlj',  add  enough  distilled  water  to  make  the  product 
weigh  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Filter,  if 
necessary '' — (U.  S.  P.). 

By  clear  crystals,  as  directed,  is  meant  the  unefHoresced  salt.  The  reaction 
here  taking  place  is  precisely  the  same  as  when  Liquor  Ferri  Subgulphati>i  is  formed, 
excepting  that  sufficient  sulphuric  acid  is  employed  to  produce  the  non-basic  or 
normal  ferric  sulpliate  ( Fe^SOJ,).  The  equation  6FeSO.+3H,SO.-f  2N03H= 
4H,0+3Fr  (SO,  I,— NO   illustrates  the  reaction. 

Description  and  Tests.— "A  dark  reddish-brown  liquid,  almost  odorless, 
having  an  acid,  strongly  styptic  taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Specific  gravity, 
about  1.320  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Miscible  with  water  and  alcohol,  in  all  propor- 
tions, without  decomposition.  The  diluted  solution  yields  a  brownish-red  pre- 
cipitate with  ammonia  water,  a  blue  one  with  potassium  ferrocyanide  T.S.,  and  a 
white  one,  insoluble  in  hydrochloric  acid,  with  barium  chloride  T.S.  On  slowly 
mixing  2  volumes  of  the  solution  with  1  volume  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid, 
in  a  beaker,  no  solid,  white  mass  will  separate  on  standing  (difference  from  sub- 
sulphate).  On  adding  a  clear  crystal  of  ferrous  sulphate  to  a  cooled  mixture  of 
equal  volumes  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and  a  moderately  diluted  portion  of 
the  solution,  the  crystal  should  not  become  brown,  nor  should  there  be  a  brown- 
ish-black color  developed  around  it  (absence  of  nitric  acid).  If  to  a  small  portion 
of  the  solution,  diluted  with  about  10  volumes  of  water,  a  few  drops  of  freshly 
prepared  potassium  ferricyanide  T.S.  be  added,  a  pure  brown  color  should  be 
produced,  without  a  tinge  of  green  or  greenish-blue  (absence  of  ferrous  salt).  If 
1.12  (1.1176)  Gm.  of  the  solution  be  introduced  into  a  glass-stoppered  bottle 
(having  a  capacity  of  about  100  Cc),  together  with  15  Cc.  of  water  and  2  Co.  of 
hydrochloric  acid,  and,  after  the  addition  of  1  Gm.  of  potassium  iodide,  the  mix- 
ture be  kept  for  ^  hour  at  a  temperature  of  40°  C.  (104°  F.).  then  cooled,  and 
mixed  with  a  few  drops  of  starch  T.S.,  it  should  require  about  16  Cc.  of  decinor- 
mal  sodium  hyposulphite  V.S.  to  discharge  the  blue  or  greenish  color  of  the 
liquid  (each  cubic  centimeter  of  the  volumetric  solution  indicating  O.o  per  cent 
of  metallic  iron)  "— (T.  &  P.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — May  be  used  like  Monsels  solution,  but  is  less 
desirable  because  not  so  astringent,  and  is  more  strongly  irritant.  It  should  be 
kept  on  hand  for  the  preparation  of  freshly  precipitated  hydroxide  of  iron,  the 
antidote  for  arsenic. 

LIQUOR  GUTTA-PERCH,ffi  (N.  F.i— SOLUTION  OF 
GUTTA-PERCHA. 

Preparation.— ■Gutta-percha,  in  thin  slices,  fifteen  grammes  (l-">  Gm.)  [231 
grs.];  commercial  chloroform,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  {\00  Cc.)  [3  flj, 
183111];  lead  carbonate,  in  fine  powder,  seventeen  grammes  (17  Gm.)  [262  grs.]. 
Add  tlie  gutta-percha  to  seventy-five  cubic  centimeters  (75  Cc. )  [2  tls,  257  lU]  of 
the  chloroform  contained  in  a  bottle,  cork  it  well,  and  shake  it  occa.*ionally  until 
tiie  gutta-percha  is  dissolved.  Tlien  add  the  lead  carbonate,  previously  "mixeil 
with  the  remainder  of  the  chloroform,  and,  having  several  tinies  shaken  the 
whole  together,  at  intervals  of  ^  hour,  set  the  mixture  aside  until  the  insoluble 
matters  have  subsided  and  the  solution  lias  become  perfectly  clear.  Lastly. 
decant  the  liquid  and  preserve  it  in  small,  cork-stoppered' vials" — [Xttt.  Form.). 

As  chloroform  does  not  make  a  clear  solution  of  gutta-perclia,  Maschke  pro- 
(losed  agitation  of  the  solution  with  water  (1  to  l\  per  cent),  to  hasten  the  collec- 
tion of  the  impurities  at  the  top  of  the  solution.  Others  liave  proposed  heavy, 
insoluble  substances  to  carry  with  them  in  precipitation  the  insoluble  matter. 
Chief  among  these  was  lead  carbonate,  jtroposed  by  Win.  Hodgson,  Jr.,  in  1861. 
which,  by  causing  the  impurities  to  subside  with  it,  renders  the  solution  clear 
and  colorless,  or  nearly  so.     The  liquid  may  then  be  decanted.     On  account  of  its 


1  lyion  iiYin:.\K(iYi;i  nitkatis.  1171 

chiiracler  it  can  not  be  filtered.  Should  it  b}-  evaporation  become  loi>  den:?e,  a 
little  chloroform  may  be  added.  Under  the  name  TRAi'MATinsK,  Aui^pitz,  of 
\'ienna,  introduced  a  solution  of  jiutta-percha  (1  part)  in  chloroform  ( lU  parts). 
Action  and  Medical  Uses.  — An  adhesive  protective.  (For  usc^.  si-i-  (intin- 
pcrchii.) 

LIQUOR  HYDRARGYRI  NITRATIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
MERCUEIC   NITRATE. 

"A  li(iuid  containing  about  60   per  cent  of  mercuric  nitrate  (Hg[NO,] 
323.58),  together  with  about  11  per  cent  of  free  nitric  acid" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Syno.nyms:  Liqunr  hydrorgyri  nitratis  acidus,  Liquor  hydnmiyri  uitriri  orydnli. 
Arid  sohilidii  of  nitrate  of  meirury.  Solution  of  nitrate  of  mercury,  Si^lution  of  pemitrate 
of  iiurniry,  Hjidi-argyrum  orydalum  nitrirum  solutum. 

Preparation.— "  Red  mercuric  oxide,  forty  grammes  (40  Gm.)"]!^!  oz.  av.,  180 
gr:i.];  nitric  acid,  forty-five  grammes  (45  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,2.57  grs.];  distilled  water, 
fifteen  grammes  (15  (ini.)  [231  grs.] ;  to  make  one  hundred  grammes  ( 100  Gm.) 
[3  oz.  av.,  231  grs.].  Mix  the  nitric  acid  with  the  distilled  water,  and  dissolve 
red  mercuric  oxide  in  the  mixture.  Keep  the  product  in  glass-stopi)ered  bot- 
tles'"—(  r.  .s'.  P.K 

Description  and  Tests. — In  the  foregoing  process  the  mercuric  oxide  com- 
bines with  the  nitric  acid  as  follows:  HgO+2HN03=Hg(NO,),,+  H.,0.  It  is  "a 
clear,  nearly  colorless,  heavy  liquid,  having  a  faint  odor  of  nitric  acid,  and  a  strongly 
acid  reaction.  Specific  gravity,  about  2.100  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  On  evaporating  a 
few  drops  of  the  solution  in  a  porcelain  capsule,  a  white  residue  is  left,  which,  on 
being  heated,  becomes  successively  yellow,  red,  and  brown,  and  is  finally  com- 
pletely volatilized.  On  a  bright  surface  of  copper,  the  solution  deposits  a  coating 
of  metallic  mercury.  The  solution,  diluted  with  water,  yields  with  pota.ssiuni  or 
sodium  hydrate  T'S.  a  yellow  precipitate;  and  with  potassium  iodide  T.S.  a  bright 
red  one,  soluble  in  an  excess  of  the  reagent.  A  clear  crystal  of  the  ferrous  sul- 
phate dropped  into  the  solution  rapidly  acquires  a  brown  color,  and  becomes 
surrounded  by  a  brownish-black  zone.  No  precipitation  or  cloudiness  should  occur 
in  thft  solution  on  the  addition  of  water,  or  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  (absence 
of  mercurous  salt)  " — (f.  6'.  P.).  When  strong  nitric  acid  is  added  to  this  solution 
a  deliquescent,  crystalline  mass  of  mercuric  nitrate  may  be  obtained,  and  this 
salt  maybe  obtained  in  large  crystals,  having  the  composition  2Hg(  NO,  ),.H,0, 
by  slowly  evaporating  the  solution  over  sulphuric  acid.  If  alcohol  be  mixed  with 
this  solution  and  heated,  the  dangerous  ex]p\osi\e,fulminating  mercury,  is  produced, 
and  L'r>:it  can-  Muir^t  be  used  to  avoid  such  a  compound. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  forms  a  thick,  heavy,  very  caustic  solu- 
tion, which  has  been  employed  with  some  success  in  lupuf>,  iilreni'ted  cenix  uteri, 
obstinate  lepra,  psoriam,  porrigo,  /lerjtes  excdem,  etc.,  sypliililic  and  sci-qfuloui  ulcerg. 
It  is  applied  by  means  of  a  camel's-hair  pencil  to  a  surface  not  exceeding  an  inch 
in  diameter  at  any  one  time,  and  over  this  a  pledget  of  lint  is  applied,  which  has 
been  previously  dampened  with  some  of  the  solution.  It  whitens  the  part  at 
once,  a  kind  of  erysipelatous  inHanimation  is  induced  in  the  neighboring  parts, 
and  a  scab  of  yellow  color  forms  and  falls  off  in  3,  4,  or  5  days.  In  ulcerated  cervix 
uteri,  one  application  is  said  to  have  materially  imjjroved  the  character  of  the 
sore.  As  salivation  has  been  caused  by  a  single  application,  Mialhepropo.'^ed  to 
prevent  absorption  of  the  mercury  by  washing  the  cauterized  jiart  immediately 
after  the  caustic  has  been  aitjilied  (l"'.).  It  is  seldom,  if  ever,  employed  l>y  tin^ 
Kclectic  physicians. 

Related  Preparations.— .Mili.on's  Te.st  Soi.itio.v.  Dissolve  by  moans  cf  a  m-\nU-  luat 
an  equal  wiiL'iil  ..i  in.n  nrv  in  concentrale.l  nitric  aci.l,  adil  twice  its  hulk  of  water,  and  .leant 
from  the  pn  ,  ipitatc  whiclj  forms.  This  reagent,  which  must  contain  some  unconibinc.l  nitric 
and  nitrou.s  acid,  is  employed  as  a  test  for  proteids,  the  hitter  impartinj:  to  it  n  rod  coloration 
upon  warming. 

l-mcoK  Hydrargybi  Nitrici  OXYDI'LATI  {Liquor  BdliHiii,  or  Jli/drargi/rum  luydiilalum 
.^--ZiidDii).— Take  mercurous  nitrate,  100  parts;  nitric  aci.l,  l.^i  parts;  enough  water  to  make  lOOO 
))art8.  Dis.solve  without  heat.  If  exposed  to  th.-  air  this  s,.luti..n  chanir.-s  to  mercuric  nitrate 
through  oxi.lation. 


1172  LIQUOR  HYDRARGYRI  PERCHLORIDI.-LIQUOR  lODI  COMPOSITT'S. 

LIQUOR  HYDRARGYRI  PERCHLORIDI.— SOLUTION  OF 
PERCHLOEIDE  OF  MERCURY. 

Synonyms  :  Liquor  liydmrgyri  hicJdorkU,  Solution  of  mercuric  chloride,  Solution  of 
corrosive  mhlimate. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  perchloride  of  mercury,  chloride  of  ammonium, of 
each,  10  grains  ;  distilled  water,  1  pint.  Dissolve" — {Br.  Pharm.,  1885;.  The Brituh 
Pharmacopreia  (1898)  omits  chloride  of  ammonium. 

Description.— A  colorless  liquid  having  a  saline,  metallic  taste,  and  contain- 
ing^ grain  of  mercuric  chloride  in  the  Imperial  fluid  ounce.  It  is  decomposed 
l>y  the  alkalies  and  alkaline  carbonates,  medicinal  extracts,  and  the  juices  of  vege- 
tables. It  is  a  solution  of  the  alchemist's  Sal  Alembroth.  By  substituting  for  the 
water  bitter  almond  emulsion,  (Rowland's  Cosmetk  Lotion  is  formed.  Van  Swieten's 
Liquor  (Liijuein-  di-  Vnn  Siriiiri).  of  the  French  Codex),  contains  mercuric  chloride, 
1  part;  aleuhol,  IdO  parts;   water. '.)(«»  ]iarts. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Hydrargyrum  Chloridtim  Corrn- 
siviim.)    Dose,  j  to  1  fluid  drachm  (equal  to  :j'g  to  ^  grain  of  corrosive  sublimate). 

LIQUOR  HYPOPHOSPHITUM  (N.  F.)— SOLUTION  OF 
HYPOPHOSPHITES. 

Preparation. — "Calcium  hypophosphite,  thirtj'-five  grammes  (3-5  Gm.)  [1  oz. 
av.,  lo:;  grs.J  sodium  hypophosphite,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm. )  [309  grs.]^: 
pota.ssiuni  hypophosphite,  seventeen  and  one-half  grammes  (17.5  Gm.")  [270  grs.J: 
citric  acid,  sixteen  grammes  (16  Gm.)  [247  grs.] ;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to 
make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391111].  Dissolve'the 
salts  and  citric  acid  in  water  so  as  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000 
Cc.)  [33  fig,  391  TIL] ;  filter,  if  necessary,  and  pass  enough  water  through  the  filter 
to  restore  the  original  volume.  Each  "fluid  drachm  contains  2  grains  of  calcium 
hypophosphite,  1^  grains  of  sodium  hypophosphite,  and  1  grain  of  potassium 
hypophosjihite" — (Nat.  Form.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  the  respective  hypophosphites.) 
Dose,  1  drachm. 

LIQUOR  lODI  COMPOSITUS  (U.  S.  P.)— COMPOUND 
SOLUTION  OF  IODINE. 

Synonyms  :  Solution  of  iodine,  Lugol's  solution. 

Preparation.^ — "Iodine,  five  grammes  (5  Gm.)  [77  grs.];  potassium  iodide, 
ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.];  distilled  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make 
one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  oz.  av.,  231  grs.].  Dissolve  the  iodine  and 
potassium  iodide  in  a  sufficient  quantitj'  of  distilled  water  to  make  the  product 
weigh  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  oz.  av.,  231  grs.].  Keep  the  solution 
in  glass-stoppered  bottles" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Metallic  iodine  is  very  slightly  dissolved  by  water,  but  is  extremelj' soluble  in 
a  solution  of  iodide  of  potassium.  In  preparing  this  solution.  2  parts  of  the  iodide 
are  generally  added  with  1  of  iodine,  forming  a  concentrated  solution  of  iodine, 
which  is  the  active  medicinal  agent  in  tlie  solution.  The  solution  loses  its  strength 
by  exposure  to  the  air,  in  consequeneeof  the  evaporation  of  the  iodine:  light  al.^^o 
a])iiears  to  exert  a  deleterious  influence  upon  it.  It  should,  therefore,  be  Kept  in 
well-stojiprrcd  bottles,  and  in  a  dark  place. 

Description.— Lugol's  solution  is  a  deep  brownish-red  fluid  having  the  char- 
acteristii',  caustic,  iodine  taste.  Starch  paste  is  colored  blue  by  it.  A  portion  of 
the  iodine  is  driven  oft"  on  boiling  it.  It  may  be  decolorized  by  shaking  it  with 
ether,  chloroform,  or  carbon  disulphide.  "  If  12.66  Gm.  of  the  solution  be  mixed 
with  a  few  drops  of  starch  T.S.,  it  should  require,  for  complete  decoloration,  from 
49.3  to  50  Cc.  of  decinormal  sodium  liyposulphitc  V.S.  (each  cubic  centimeter  of 
the  volumetric  solution  corresponding  to  0.1  i)er  cent  of  iodine)  " — ((.'.  5.  P.). 


I.ltiliiK  MAiiNKSlI  (.•iTKATl>.  1173. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Compound  solution  «(  iodine  pos- 
sesses ;ill  the  virtues  of  iodine,  and  may  be  used  advanUgeously  in  srrofuldM, 
syphilitic,  and  all  titherculoiui  digeuse^,  or  wherever  iodine  is  indicated.  The  dose  is 
5  drops  in  a  tahUspoonful  of  water,  sweetened  if  desired,  and  gradually  increased 
ti)  20  or  30  drops ;  the  dose  to  be  repeated  3  times  a  day.  Twelve  drops  are  equal 
to  al>out  ^  grain  of  iodine. 

Related  Preparations.— Lugol's  Cavstic,  Catuiicum  iodi.  One  part  eacli  of  iotline  and 
poUii^siuiii  iLMlule,  Jissolved  in  L' parts  of  water. 

Meiika's  loKixE  C.^l'STic— One  part  each  of  iodine  and  iodide  of  potassium,  dissolved  in 
2  i>nrls  of  filycerin. 

LiuioEi  Iodi  C.M'sticvs  (N.  F.  i,  Caustic  tolutlon  of  iodiuf.  Iodine  rniutic,  Churrhill'ii  iodine 
cattMic. — '•  loiline,  twentv-tive  grauinies  (ii  Gm.i  [386  grs.];  potasssiuni  iodide,  fifty  grammes 
(50  Gm. )  [1  oz.  av.,  XU  grs.] ;  water,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  ( 100  Cc.  i  [3  tls,  183  ITl]. 
Dissolve  the  potassium  iodide  and  the  iotline  in  the  water"— (A(i/.  Form.). 

LlQl'OR  Ii>i>i  C.vKBoi.ATfS  (N.  F.  I,  Oirbotiied  mliition  of  imliiu  ,  BotUlon'n  solution,  Fniich  mi.i- 
lure. — "Compound  tincture  of  iodine  (U.S.  P.),  fifteen  cubic  centimeters  1 1.5  Co  [243  TTl]; 
carbolic  acitl,  liiinefie.l  by  a  pentle  heat,  five  and  one-half  cubic  centimeters  (5.5  Cc.  i  [89  Till ; 
glvcerin,  one  hundred  and  sixtv-five  cubic  centimeters  (U>o  Cc. i  [5  fi.^,  278  TTl];  water,  a 
sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl.^,  3',il  TTl].  ^li" 
the  glvcerin  witli  the  c;iri)olic  acid  and  compound  tincture  of  iodine,  add  enough  water  to 
make  "one  thousaiKl  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.i  [3:5  flg,  391  TTl],  and  expose  the  mixture  to 
sunlight  until  i;  has  Ih'coiuo  colorless"— i  .V</(.  Fu/m.  . 

LIQUOR  MAGNESII  CITRATIS  lU.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
MAGNESIUM  CITRATE. 

Synonyms:   Solution  of  ritrnle  of  mnguesiinn,  Liquor  magne.ni  citrin. 

Preparation. — "Magnesium  carbonate,  fifteen  grammes  (15  Gm.)  [231  grs.]; 
citric  acid,  thirty  grammes  (.30  Gm.)  [463  grs.];  syrup  of  citric  acid,  one  hundred 
and  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (120  Cc.)  [4  fls,  28 Til];  potassium  bicarbonate,  two 
and  one-lialf  grammes  (2.5  Gm.)  [39  grs.];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Dissolve 
the  citric  acid  in  one  hundred  and  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (120  Cc.)  [4  fls, 
28TTI]  of  water,  and,  having  added  the  magnesium  carbonate,  stir,  until  it  is  dis- 
solved. Filter  the  solution  into  a  strong  bottle  of  the  capacity  of  about  three 
hundred  and  sixty  cubic  centimeters  (360  Cc.^  [12  fls.  83  Til],  containing  the  syrup 
of  citric  acid.  Then  add  enough  water  to  nearly  fill  the  bottle,  drop  in  the  potas- 
sium bicarbonate,  immediately  close  the  bottle  with  a  cork,  and  secure  it  with 
twine.  Lastly,  shake  the  mixture  occasionally,  until  the  potassium  bicarbonate 
is  dissolved  "— (f.  S.  P.).  "-  | 

This  solution  is  more  effervescent  than  that  formerly  official.  It  is  colorless, 
pleasantly  acidulous,  not  bitter,  and  should  deposit  no  sediment  at  first,  although 
it  does  80  in  time,  under  which  conditions  its  medicinal  properties  are  impaired. 
It  should  preferably  be  prepared  for  immediate  use.  Liquid  citrate  of  magnesia 
is  preferred  to  magnesium  citrate  in  powder,  because  the  latter  is  only  slowly 
soluble  in  water,  and  does  not  readily  make  a  clear  solution.  This  preparation, 
about  1863-65,  was  very  i)opular.  It  was  made  on  a  large  scale  by  dissolving  freshly 
precipitated  magnesium  carbonate  in  water  under  pressure  of  carbon  dioxide. 
This  solution  was  then  poured  into  a  citrate  of  magnesia  bottle,  and  at  the  bottom, 
through  a  funnel  tube,  enough  syrup  of  citric  acid  was  carefully  added  to  produce 
magnesium  citrate.  The  bottles  were  then  corked,  tied  over  witn  strong  twine,  and 
tinally  agitated.  This  carbonated  liquid  was  a  great  favorite  with  physicians 
The  writer's  early  experience  in  pharmacy  consisted  largely  in  making  and  filling 
'•Effervescing  Solutions  of  Citrate  of  Magnesia."  The  following  is  the  formula 
employed  : 

Solution  Xo.  1. — Take  of  carbonate  of  sodi_um,  8i  ounces;  dissolve  this  in  tepid 
water,  2  pints;  likewise  dissolve  in  another  vessel  sulphate  of  magnesium,  8 
ounces,  in  tepid  water,  2  pints.  After  the  two  solutions  are  perfected  and  clear, 
mix  them  in  a  convenient  ves.«e],  when  a  precipitate  will  take  place.  The  i)recipi- 
tate,  when  completed,  must  be  washed  frequently  until  the  excess  of  sulphate  of 
sodium  is  removed.  The  hydrate  of  magnesium  thus  fornied,  is  to  be  mixed  with 
clear  water,  4  pints,  and  the  mixture  charged  with  carbonic  acid  gas  until  all  the 
hydrate  is  dissolved,  which  will  re(|uire  a  pressure  of  100  or  110  pounds. 


1174  LIQUOR  MAGXESII  CITRATIS. 

Solution  No.  2. — Take  of  citric  acid,  8  ounces;  calcined  magnesia,  10  drachui.s ; 
simple  syrup,  2^  pounds;  tepid  water,  2  pints.  Dissolve  the  citric  acid  in  tlie 
tepid  water,  then  add  the  magnesia  graduallj'  until  it  is  taken  up  and  forms  a 
clear  solution,  and  then  add  the  sj-rup. 

To  place  in  bottles. — Take  bottles  of  12  fluid  ounces  each,  fill  them  at  first  two- 
thirds  with  Solution  No.  1,  and  then  one-third  with  Solution  No.  2,  pouring  the 
second  solution  through  a  long-stemmed  funnel  to  the  bottom  of  the  bottle,  cork- 
ing immediately.  This  forms  a  pleasant,  cooling  purgative,  operating  without 
jiain  or  griping.  The  dose  is  the  contents  of  one  bottle,  one-half  of  which,  or 
6  riuid  ounces,  will  prove  gently  laxative.  (See  M.  E.  Rol)iquet's  process  for  a 
soluble  citrate  of  magnesium,  in  Amer.  Jour.  Phnnn.,yo].  XXVII,  p.  317.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Solution  of  citrate  of  magnesium  is  a 
pleasant,  cooling  purgative,  acting  mildly  upon  the  bowels,  operating  without 
pain  or  griping.  It  is  best  administered  in  broken  doses  of  4  to  6  fluid  ounces. 
The  dose,  as  a  cathartic,  is  about  12  fluid  ounces;  as  a  laxative,  6  fluid  ounces. 

Other  Magnesia  Solutions. — Liqi'or  M.^gxe-su  Bisulphitis.  Archibald  prepared  this 
BOlutiou  by  acting  upon  magnesium  carbonate  with  sulphurous  arid,  forming  thereby  a  sul- 
phite, 16  grains  of  wliich  he  added  to  an  ounce  of  wat'-r.  ainl  i..i-s.  .1  tlirough  the  mixture 
enough  sulphur  dioxide  to  render  the  solution  transpai.  in.  Tin-  ^'Imi'u  he  proposed  as  a 
remedy  for  j«/)-osi3,  as  butyric  acid  fermentation  is  elite  kt-.l  l.y  tiis  >uli.liite. 

Solution  of  Chlorinated  Magnesia. — This  ])reiiniati<in  may  l.e  prepared  after  R.  E.  Fair- 
thoriie's  proce.s8  (Amer.  Jour.  Pliarm.,  iS68).  In  2  pint>  til  water  dissolve  i  pound  lav.  i,  of 
magnesium  sulphate;  to  this  add  a  solution  made  hy  trituiatin.'  in  a  mortar  a  like  quantity  of 
water  and  33  drachms  of  chlorinated  lime.  Agitate  tla-  mixture  Meeasionally,  and  after  allowing 
it  to  stand  I  day,  pour  oif  the  overlying  fluid.  Nearly  'J  grains  of  magnesia  are  contained  in 
each  fluid  ounee.  It  was  projiosed  by  its  autli'T  as  an  internal  medicament,  being  less  irri- 
tant than  its  corresponding  sodium  and  pota.ssium  .■-. .Inti'ins. 

LiQi-OR  M.MiXEsii  SuLiMi.ATis  EFFEHVEsei;Ns  i  X.  I'.l,  Liijuor  magnesia:  efen-e.^'Ci'M,  Efferve.^C(nt 
tolution  of  imKjmviiim  sulphate. — "  Magnesium  sulphate,  twc-nty-five  grammes  (25 Gni.)  [386  gre.]; 
citric  acid,  four  grammes  (4  Gm.)[62  grs.] ;  syin|i  of  citric  acid  i  C'.  .V /'.'.  sixty  cubic  centi- 
meters (60  Cc.)  [2  flg,  14TTI];  potassium  Mc  arlionate,  crystals,  two  and  one-half  grammes 
(2.5  Gm.)  [39  grs.];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  three  hundred  and  lifty  cubic  centi- 
meters (350  Cc.  I  [11  flg,  401  Ttl].  Dissolve  the  inacnesium  sulphate  iuid  the  citric  acid  iu  two 
hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (250Cc.  i  ["^fl^.  21x111]  of  water,  add  the  syrup  of  citric  acid, 
and  filter  the  solution  into  a  strong  bottle  of  alwou  tliiec  hundred  and  sixtv cubic  centimeters 
(360  Cc.)  [12  flg,  83  tri)  capacity.  Then  add  cn  ejl-  "  ::t.  ■•  to  nearly  fill  the' bottle,  drop  in  the 
crj'stals  of  potassium  bicarbonate,  immediate!-  1  -  •!  1  ttle  with  a  cork,  and  secure  it  with 
twine.     Lastlj',  shake  the  bottle  occasional!}    un:  lystals  are  dis.solved" — (  Xat.  Form.t. 

LiQiOR  ^Ia(;nesii  Bro.midi  (N.  F.),SijIiii.  ;  ;.,//,  bromide. — "  Diluted  liydrobromic 
acid  I  ('.  '^'.  P.  .  '  'lie  thousand  cubic  centimetei-s  i  iuuu  Co  [33  fi5,  391  ITl ) ;  magnesium  carbon- 
ate, a  siitli.  iciit  .|uantity.  .Saturate  the  diluted  hydrobromic  acid  with  a  sufficient  quantity, 
about  sixt\  -ii\  e  -lammes  (65  Gm.  I  [2  ozs.  av.,  128  grs.]  of  magnesium  carlwnate.  When  effer- 
Tes<ence  lias  ( ,  ased.  filter.     Each  fluid  drachm  contains  about  7  grains  of  magnesium  bro- 

LiQioi;  M.\<;nesii  Carboxatis,  Solution  of  carbonate  of  magnesium,  Fluid  magnefia.  Aqua 
iiHigiuaio-rfrrnaif  11.1. — "Take  of  sulphate  of  magnesium,  2  ounces;  carbonate' of  sodium,  2J 
ounces;  distilled  water,  a  sufficiency.  Dissolve  the  two  salts  separately,  each  in  J  pint  of 
water.  Heat  the  solution  of  sulphate  of  magnesium  to  the  boiling  point,  then  aiUl  to  it  the 
solution  of  carbonate  of  sodium,  and  boil  them  together  until  carlmnic  acid  igasi  ceases  to  be 
evolved.  Collect  the  precipitated  carbonate  of  magnesium  on  a  calico  filter,  and  wash  it  with 
di.stilled  water  until  what  passes  ceases  to  give  a  precipitate  with  chloride  of  barium.  Mix 
the  washed  iirecipitate  with  a  pint  of  distilled  water,  and  putting  them  into  a  suitable  appa- 
ratus, I'lirce  into  it  inire  washeo  carbonic  acid  gas,  obtained  by  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  on 
chalk.  1-et  the  mixture  remain  in  contact  with  excess  of  carbonic  acid,  retained  there  under 
pressure  of  aliout  3  atmospheres  for  24  hours  or  longer,  then  filter  the  lii|uid  to  remove  any 
nndissolveil  cailinnate  ni  magnesium,  an<l  again  pass  carbonic  acid  gas  into  tlie  filtere»l  solu- 
tion. Finally  kee|i  tin'  solution  in  a  bottle  securely  closed,  to  prevent  the  esca|>e  of  carlxmic 
acid.  This  solution  contains  nearly  10  grains  of  the  official  carfxmate  of  magnesium  in  a  fluid 
ounce,  or  about  2  per  cent  " — (  Br.  I'lmnii..  1S,S.5).  (  Weights,  avoirilujwis;  measun'S,  ImiVTial.l 
Magnesium  carbonate  is  insoluble  in  water,  hut  soluble  in  carltonic  acid  water,  the  fri'shly  pre- 
pared hydrated  carlionate  being  more  readily  dis.«olved  than  the  normal  carbonate  which  has 
been  prepared  for  some  time.  Hence,  the  directions  leading  to  the  production  of  the  oxvcar- 
bonate  of  magnesium,  4(MKC03).Mg(OH  1,. 

This  solution  is  clear,  slightlv  acidulmts,  and  free  from  bitterness.  I'pon  opening  the  con- 
hxiner  for  the  tirst  time,  it  may  sliglitly  etfervesce,  due  to  the  escape  of  carlxin  dioxide.  The  white 
residue  left  upon  evaporating  a  fluid"  ounce  of  the  solution  to  dryness,  should,  ui>on  being  cal- 
cined, weigh  about  4  grains,  and  answer  to  the  tests  for  magnesm.  This  is  an  agrt»eable  form 
iu  which  to  administer  magnesia  in  cases  of  excessive  acidily  of  the  siiMem  and  where  arid  depofits 
occur  ill  the  urine.     It  is  used  in  England  in  connlitutiomd  ffou't.    Doee,  1  to  2  fluid  ounces. 


LIQ.  MORPHIN.K  ACETATI;;  -I.Ui.  MOia'HlN.K  II YPOPEHMK  IS.  1175 

LIQUOR  MORPHINE  ACETATIS.  -SOLUTION  OF 
ACETATE  OF  MORPHINE. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  acetate  of  inoiphiiie,  9  grains;  diluted  acetic  acid, 
ISmiiiiiiis;  leitified  spirit,  i  fluid  ounce;  distilled  water,  li  fluid  ounces.  Mix 
the  acid,  the  si>irit,  and  the  water,  and  dissolve  the  acetate  of  morphine  in  the 
mixture"  {Br.  Pharm.,lSSo). 

Freshlv  prepared  acetate  of  morphine  sliould  be  used.  The  strength  is  about 
1  in  100.  £aoh  fluid  drachm  contains  i  grain  of  morphine  acetate.  The  spirit 
is  present  as  a  prfservativt'. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Morpkina.)  Dose,  10  to  60  minims. 

LIQUOR  MORPHINE  BIMECONATIS.-SOLUTION  OF 
BIMECONATE  OF  MORPHINE. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  hydrochlorate  of  morphine,  9  grains;  solution  of 
ammonia,  a  sufliciency;  meconic  acid,  6  grains;  rectified  spirit,^  fluid  ounce; 
distilled  water,  a  sufficiency.  Dissolve  .the  hydrochlorate  of  morphine  in  2  or  3 
drachms  of  distilled  water,  aiding  the  solution  liy  warmth;  then  add  solution  of 
ammonia  until  morphine  ceases  to  be  precipitated;  cool;  filter;  wash  the  pre- 
cipitate with  distilled  water,  until  the  washings  cease  to  give  a  i)recipitate  with 
nitrate  of  silver:  drain  ;  mix  the  precipitate  with  sufficient  water  to  produce  H 
ounces;  add  the  rectified  s])irit  and  the  meconic  acid;  dissolve" — (Br.  Phann., 
1885).     fSet-  al.-^c)  Morfilnna;  Birneconn>>,  under  Morphinn.) 

Description. — A  colorless  or  nearly  colorless  solution,  each  fluid  ounce  con- 
taining ali'iut  rih  grains  of  morphine  himeconate.  Solutions  of  morphine  bime- 
eonate  are  sometimes  colored  with  burnt  sugar.  Dose,  5  to  40  minims.  The  solu- 
tion mentioned  under  Morphin.t  Buueronns  is  an  excellent  preparation.  These 
preparations  are  free  from  many  of  the  disagreeable  features  of  morphine  sulphate. 

LIQUOR  MORPHINE  HYDROCHLORATIS.— SOLUTION  OF 
HYDROCHLORATE  OF  MORPHINE. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  hydrochlorate  of  morphine,  9  grains;  diluted  hydro- 
chloric acid.  IS  minims;  rectified  spirit,  i  fluid  ounce;  distilled  water,  lA  fluid 
ounces.  Mix  the  hydrochloric  acid,  the  spirit,  and  the  water,  and  dissolve  the 
hydrochlorate  of  morphine  in  the  mixture" — (Br.  Pharm.,  188.5). 

This  sdluti.'^in  contains  1  per  cent  of  morphine  hydrochlorate,  or  1  part  in  100. 
Each  fluid  diaclim  contains  I  grain  of  the  morj)hine  salt. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  J/orpAmrt.)  Dose,  10  to  60  minims. 

LIQUOR  MORPHINiE  HYPODERMICUS  iN.  F. )— HYPODERMIC 
SOLUTION  OF  MORPHINE. 

Sv^■o^•v^[:    \ffigmdie^s  unlulion  of  morphine. 

Preparation. — "Morphine  sulphate,  three  and  one-half  grammes  (.3.5  Gm.) 
[•")4  grs.];  distilled  water,  warm,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  ( 1(X1  Cc. )  [3  fls, 
183 TTl].  Dis.solve  the  morphine  sulphate  in  the  warm  distilled  water,  and  filter 
the  solution  through  a  small  pellet  of  absorbent  cotton.  When  the  solution  is 
cold,  pass  a  little  distilled  water  through  the  cotton,  if  neces.sary,  to  makethe 
filtrate  measure  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc)  [3  fls,  183  TTl].  Keep 
the  solution  in  well-stoppered  vials  in  a  dark  place.  NnU: — Particular  care  should 
be  taken  in  dispensing  and  labelling  this  solution,  so  that  it  may  not  be  mistaken 
for  the  so-called  United  States  Solution  of  ^h^r\^\uw  ( I.i'iwir  Murphhe  SulphoOg, 
V.  S.  p.,  1870),  containing  only  1  grain  of  morphine  suli>hate  in  each  fluid  ounce, 
which  is  ^till  u.sed  in  some  parts  of  this  country.     The  d<'vcIo])mi'nt  of  fungoid 


1176  LIQUOR  PHOSPHOKI.— LlyUOlL  PLUMBl  SUBACETATIS. 

growths  or  micro-organisms  in  this  and  similar  solutions  used  hypodermatieallj', 
may  be  prevented,  or  at  least  greatly  retarded,  by  using  chloroform  water  instead 
of  plain  distilled  water  as  a  solvent.  This  should,  however,  be  done  only  with 
the  knowledge,  or  by  the  direction,  of  the  physician.  Another  efficient  method 
to  pre.serve  such  solutions,  is  to  sprinkle  a  little  benzoic  acid  on  the  surface  of  the 
absorbent  cotton,  through  which  the  solutions  are  filtered.  Or,  about  5  grains  of 
boric  acid  iii;iv  1m.  m.MccI  to  ciicli  ilui<l  ounce"— (^'■a^  Form.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Morphina.)  Each  fluid  drachm 
contains  about  :'.  grains  of  morphine  sulphate;  1623  minims  contain  54  grains. 

Related  Morphine  Solutions. — LiQroR  Morphix^e  Sclpuatis  of  the  Britiiih  Addenda, 
is  composed  of  35  grains  of  morpliine  sulphate  dissolved  in  sufficient  distilled  water  and  recti- 
fied spirit  (2  fluid  ounces),  to  make  8  fluid  ounces  of  finished  product,  .\bout  *  grain  of  uior- 
pii'ine  sulphate  is  contained  in  each  fluid  drachm.     Dose,  10  to  60  minims. 

Liquor  Mokphis.e  Citr.vtis  (N.  F.  i,  .SWod'on  of  morphine  citrate. — "Morphine  (alkaloid), 
three  and  one-half  grammes  (3.5  Gm.)  [54  grs.] ;  citric  acid,  three  grammes  (3  Gm.  i  [46  grs.]; 


cochineal,  one-tenth  of  a  gramme  (0.1  Gm.)  [1.5  grs.];  alcohol,  twdvi-  and  one-half  cubic  centi- 
meters (12.5  Cc.)  [203111];  distilled  water,  a  suflicient  quantity  t..  make  one  hundred  cubic 
centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  fig,  183111].  Triturate  the  solids  with  th.-  akohol  and  eighty  cubic 
centimeters  (80  Cc.)  [2  85,339111]  of  water:  filter,  and  pass  enough  distilled  water  through 
the  filter  to  make  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  ( 100  Cc. )  [3  fl5, 183 !![].  This  solution  should 
not  be  kept  on  hand,  but  prepared  only  when  required.  Each  fluid  drachm  contains  2  grains 
of  »orphine  in  the  form  of  citrate" — (Nai.  Fomi.). 

LIQUOR  PHOSPHORI  (N.  F.)— SOLUTION  OF  PHOSPHORUS. 

SYNONYiM  :    Thompson  s  solution  of  phosphorus. 

Preparation. — "Phosphorus,  seven  centigrammes  (0.07  Gm.)  [1  gr.];  abso- 
lute alcohol,  thirty-five  cubic  centimeters  (35  Cc.)  [1  flg,  881TI];  spirit  of  pepper- 
mint {U.  S.  P.), one-half  cubic  centimeter  (0.5  Cc.)  [8111];  glycerin,  sixty-four  and 
one-half  cubic  centimeters  (64.5  Cc.)  [2  fl5,871(Tl].  Dissolve  the  phosphorus  in 
thirty  cubic  centimeters  (30  Cc.)  [1  flg,  "IHl  of  absolute  alcohol,  in  a  .-loppered 
vial  or  test-tube,  by  immersion  in  a  water-batn  and  frequent  agitation,  taking  care 
that  any  loss  of  alcohol  by  evaporation,  be  made  up  from  time  to  time,  .\llow  the 
solution  to  become  nearly  cold,  and  then  add  to  it  the  remainder  of  the  absolute 
alcohol  and  the  glycerin,  previously  mixed  and  slightly  warmed.  Finally,  add 
the  spirit  of  peppermint.  Keep  the  solution  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle,  in  the 
dark.  Each  fluid  drachm  contains  about  ^'^  grain  of  phosphorus.  Note. — This 
solution  must  not  be  confounded  with  the  Spiritus  Phosphori  {U.  S.  P. ''.  which  is 
not  intended  to  be  administered  as  such,  but  is  only  to  be  used  in  compounding 
the  elixir  or  other  preparations  of  phosphorus.  The  phospiiorus  sliould  be  per- 
fectly translucent,  cut  and  weighed  under  water,  and  cjuickly  dried  with  tiltering 
paper  before  being  dropped  into  the  alcohol" — {Nat.  Form.). 

Uses. — (See  Phosphorus.) 

LIQUOR  PICIS  ALKALINUS  iN.  F.)— ALKALINE 
SOLUTION  OF  TAR. 

Preparation. — "Tar,  two  hundred  and  lifty  grammes  (250  Gm.)  [8  ozs.  av., 
358  grs.J:  potassa,  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  grammes  (125  Gm.)  [4  ozs. av., 
IT'.l  grs.]:  water,  six  hundred  and  twenty-live  cubic  centimeters  (.62-5  Cc.)  [21  fl.s, 
(il  111].  Dissolve  the  jwtassa  in  tlie  water.  Shake  the  solution  witli  the  tarso  that 
tlic  latti  T  may  l>c  dissol  veil,  and  strain  tlie  solution  through  muslin  '" — {Nnt.  Form.). 

Medical  Uses.— (Scf  Pir  Liipiiiln.) 

LIQUOR  PLUMBI  SUBACETATIS  iU.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
LEAD  SUBACETATE. 

"An  aqueous  liquid,  containing  in  solution  aiiout  25  per  cent  of  leail  >ubace- 
tate  (approximately  Pb,0[(',lI,Oj,^546.48)  "— f.  .•^■.  P. 

Synonyms:  Goulard'.i  extract,  Arf turn  plumbirttm,  Aretum  .■'iiturni,  Suimrrtoii  plum- 
fttriM  liqukhis,  Plumbum  hi/drico-areticum  solutnm. 


LUiUOR  I'LUMBI  SUBACKT A TI.S  1)1  LITIS.— LlylOK  rOTASS.fi.  1177 

Preparation. — "  Lead  acetate,  one  hundred  and  seventy  grammes  (170  Gni.) 
[5  ozs.  av.,436  grs.];  lead  oxide,  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [.3  ozs.  av., 
231  grs.];  distilled  water,  a  .sufficient  (luanlilv  to  make  one  thousand  grammes 
(10<X)  Gm.)  [2  ll>i=.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Dissolve  the  lead  acetate  in  eight  hun- 
dred grammes  (^800  Gm.)  [1  Ih.  av.,  12  ozs.,t)6  grs.]  of  boiling  ilistilled  water,  in 
a  glas.-i  or  porcelain  vessel.  Then  add  the  lead  oxide,  previou.-ly  jiassed  through 
a  tine  sieve,  and  boil  lor  A  hour,  o(ea.«ionally  adding  hot  distilled  water  to  mak<! 
up  the  loss  by  evaporation.  Remove  the  heat,  allow  the  liquid  to  cool,  and 
adil  enough  distilled  water,  previously  boiled  and  cooled,  to  make  the  product 
weigh  one  thousand  grammes  (UXHJ  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Finally, 
lilter  the  licjuid  in  a  closelv-covered  funnel.  Keep  the  product  in  well-stoppered 
bottles"— (r..s-. />.). 

This  solution  contains  basic  acetates,  the  character  of  it  depending  upon  the 
relative  proportions  of  the  two  lead  compounds  employed.  If  molecular  propor- 
tions be  used  (and  this  is  aimed  at  in  the  official  (process),  a  basic  salt  of  thecom- 
l)osition  Pb(C,H,0),.Pb(OH),  is  chiefly  formed.  This  preparation  changes  on  keej>- 
ing,  and  in  reality,  like  many  similar  compounds,  has  the  exact  pharmacopieial 
composition  but  once  in  its  existence,  and  that  is  immetliately  after  it  is  finished. 

Description  and  Tests.— "A  clear  colorless  liquid,  odorless,  having  a  sweetish 
astringent  taste,  and  an  alkaline  reaction.  On  exposure  to  the  air  it  absorbs  car- 
bon dioxide,  which  causes  the  formation  of  a  white  precipitate.  Specific  gravity, 
about  l.U)5  at  1-5°  C.  (59°  F.).  When  solution  of  lead  subacetate  is  added  to  a 
solution  of  acacia,  it  produces  a  dense,  white  precipitate  (distinction  from  an 
aqueous  solution  of  normal  lead  acetate).  In  other  respects  the  solution  con- 
forms to  the  reactions  and  tests  given  under  lead  acetate  (see /'/i!//i6/ .4rc^i.<).  If 
13.67  Gm.  of  the  solution  be  diluted  with  50  Cc.  of  water,  there  will  be  required, 
for  complete  precipitation  of  the  lead  about  25  Cc.of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (each 
cubic  centimeter  corresponding  to  1  percent  of  lead  subacetate),  methyl-orange 
being  used  as  indicator  "—(r.  .'^.  P.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  agent  has  not  been  used  to  any  extent  in 
Eclectic  practice.  By  some  practitioners  it  is  applied  as  a  topical  sedative  and 
astringent  to  allay  inflnininiitid]!,  and  to  les.«en  d'm-horqeJ*  from  relaxed  tUmes.  Spraim, 
bruiser,  Intrns,  ah.rne,s!'eii,  i njldm motor)/  ^kin  cnt]itiiins,i?tc.,Are  asserted  to  have  been 
benefited  by  its  employment.  It  should  never  be  given  internally,  nor  should  it 
be  applied  to  denuded  surfaces,  as  excoriations,  in  which  it  is  occasionally  recom- 
mended, lest  lead  jwisoning  should  result  from  its  absorption.  The  diluted  form 
(see  Liijuor  Plumbi  SubareliUii<  Dilutuo),  is  more  generally  preferred. 

LIQUOR  PLUMBI  SUBACETATIS  DILUTUS  (U.  S.  P.)— DILUTED 
SOLUTION  OF  LEAD  SUBACETATE. 

Sv.NoNVMs:    I.«i(l  u-iilrr,  A'jiin  j,liiiiihi,-(i,  .Ujini  snlurniiia. 

Preparation.— •'  Solution  of  lead  subacetate,  thirty  cubic  centimeters  (30  Cc.) 
[487111];  distilled  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centi- 
meters (KXX)  Cc.)  [33  fl.5,  391  m).  Mix  the  solution  of  lead  subacetate  with 
enough  distilled  water,  jireviously  boiled  and  cooled,  to  make  the  product  meas- 
ure one  thou.<and  cubic  centimeters  (10(X)  Cc.)  [38  H.s,  391  Til].  Keep  the  solution 
in  well-stop|)ered  bottles" — (f.  S.  P.). 

Lest  this  .-solution  become  cloudy  in  preparation,  great  cjire  should  be  exer- 
cised that  a  previously  boiled,  pure  distilled  water  be  employed,  and  that  the 
finished  i(ro<iuct  lie  excluded  from  the  air.  As  usually  dispensed,  however,  it  is 
somewiiMt  o|i:ilis(  cut.     It  is  best  jirepared  in  small  amount. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— (Same  a.s  Liquor  Plumhi Sidxweintis.) 

LIQUOR  POTASSiE    U.  S.  P.  i— SOLUTION  OF  POTASSA. 

■An  acpieous  solution  ol  pota.«snim  iiydrate  ( KOH=55.i>9),  containing  about 
5  per  cent  of  the  hydrate'— ( ('.  S.  P.). 

Synonyms:  Sohdion  of  iwtassium  hydrate.  Solution  of  poUuk,  Kali  hydricum  aolu- 
tum.  Lirin'um  ntiuiticum. 


1178  LlQL<Jl;  POTASS.E. 

Preparation. — "Potassium  bicarbonate,  eighty-five  grammes  (8-5  Gm.)  [3  ozs. 
av.]:  lime,  forty  grammes  (40  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  180  grs.];  distilled  water,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity.  Dissolve  the  potassium  bicarbonate  in  four  hundred  cubic  centi- 
meters (400  Cc.)  [13  fl5,  252111]  of  distilled  water,  heat  the  solution  until  effer- 
vescence ceases,  and  then  increase  the  heat  to  the  boiling  point  of  the  liquid. 
Slake  the  lime  with  about  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.)  [32-5  TTl]  of  distilled- 
water,  then  mix  it  well  with  four  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (4(X)  Cc.)  [13  fls, 
2-52  TTl]  of  distilled  water,  pour  the  mi.xture  into  a  tared  flask,  and,  having  heated 
it  to  boiling,  gradually  add  to  it  the  solution  of  potassium  bicarbonate,  and  boil 
(luring  10  minutes.  Then  add  enough  distilled  water  to  the  flask  to  make  the 
contents  weigh  one  thousand  grammes  (10(X)Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.],  and 
set  the  flask  aside,  well-stoppered,  until  the  contents  are  cold.  Lastly,  strain  the 
liquid  through  linen,  set  it  aside  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle  until  it  has  become 
clear  by  subsidence,  and  separate  tlie  clear  solution  by  decantation  or  by  means 
of  a  siphon" — (U.  S.  P.).  The  directions  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  aim  at  the  sepa- 
ration of  the  carbonic  acid  radical  from  the  carbonates  employed,  which  is  accom- 
plished by  the  slaked  lime.  The  U.  S.  P.  prefers  the  use  of  potassium  bicarbonate 
to  the  carbonates,  on  account  of  its  greater  purity. 

Solution  of  Potassa  may  also  he  \)TeY>a.red  in  the  following  manner:  "  Potassa, 
fifty-six  gram'mes  (56  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,427  grs.];  distilled  water,  nine  hundred  and 
forty-four  grammes  (944  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  1  oz.,  131  grs.].  To  make  one  thousand 
grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Dissolve  the  potassa  in  the 
distilled  water.  The  potassa  used  in  this  process  should  be  of  the  full  strength 
directed  by  the  Pharmacopeia  (90  per  cent).  Potassa  of  any  other  strength,  how- 
ever, maybe  used,  if  a  proportionately  larger  or  smaller  quantity  be  taken;  the 
proper  amount  for  the  above  formula  being  ascertained  by  dividing  .50013  by  the 
percentage  of  absolute  potassa  (^potassium  hydrate)  contained  therein.  Solution 
of  potassa  should  be  kept  in  bottles  made  of  green  glass,  and  provided  with  glass 
stopjiers  (Matrd  with  paiartin  or  pftrolatum" — (U.S.  P.). 

Description  and  Tests.— "Official  Liquor  Potassa'  is  a  clear, colorless  liquid, 
o(h)rk>r^,  having  a  very  acrid  and  caustic  taste,  and  a  strongly  alkaline  reaction. 
Specific  gravity,  about  1.036  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  It  should  conform  to  the  same 
reactions  and  tests  as  an  aqueous  solution  of  potassa  (see  Potassa).  To  neutralize  28 
Gm.  of  snhition  of  potassa  should  require  about  25  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid 
(each  (uMc  ^  ntinu-ter  of  the  volumetric  solution  indicating  0.2  per  cent  of  abso- 
lute pnta->iuni  hydrate,  phenolphtalein  being  used  as  an  indicator)"— (T.  S.  P.). 
A  browui.-h  color  "in  liquor  potassa'  indicates  organic  matter.  It  causes  a  soap-like 
sensation  when  rubbed  between  the  fingers,  and  reddens  yellow  turmeric  paper. 
It  strongly  attracts  carbon  dioxide  from  the  atmosphere,  and  should,  therefore,  be 
kept  in  closed  vessels.  It  corrodes  flint  glass,  and  should  be  preserved  in  green 
glass  bottles. 

According  to  Dr.  A.  B.  Garrod,  liquor  potassa?  destroys  or  renders  inert  the 
active  principle  of  hyoscj-amus,  stramonium,  belladonna,  etc. ;  and  other  caustic 
alkalies  produce  similar  results.  The  carbonates  or  bicarbonates  of  these  alkalies 
have  not  the  property  of  destroying  the  activity  of  the  plants  named. 

Liquor  potassa  decomposes  all  the  alkaloidn"!  salts,  and  tannin  and  compounds 
derived  from  it.  Wool,  skins,  animal  tissue,  and  some  vegetable  structures  are 
destroyed  by  it.  Fats  are  decomposed  by  it,  a  soluble  soap  resulting.  The  British 
PlHiriiMropaiii  (1898)  retiuires  liquor  potass.c  to  be  of  the  specific  gravity  of  1.0o.*<. 
and  to  ciintain  "i.s.'i  p,.r  cent  by  weight,  of  hydroxide  of  pota.-^sium.  KOH. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Solution  of  potassa.  wlien  rubbed 
between  the  fingtis  inipart^  t.i  them  a  scnipy  sensation,  which  is  due  to  the  union  of 
the  caustic  potash  witii  the  oily  matter  of  the  skin,  producing  a  soft  soap.  When 
the  stomach  is  active,  as  it  is  alter  a  meal,  solution  of  ])otas.«a  in  ordinary  doses 
unites  with  the  free  gastric  acids;  but  if  the  stomach  be  empty  and  inactive,  the 
solution  is  absorbed, enters  the  circulati-m,  neutralizing  acidity,  and  particularly 
overcoming  the  acidity  of  the  urine,  for  it  is  chiefly  eliminated  by  tlie  kidneys. 
Hence,  if  its  action  on  the  urine  be  desired,  it  should  be  given  between  meals, 
when  the  stomach  is  at  rest.  Symptoms  closely  resembling  those  of  scurvy  are 
the  effect  of  its  continued  use.  (For  acute  poisoning  with  Liquor  Potassa\  and 
treatment  therefor,  see  Potassa.) 


LlQrOlJ  I'OTASS.K  Kri'KRVESCEXS.  1170 

Liquor  iwtassa>  is  used  as  an  antacid  in  conjunction  with  a  bitter  tonic  infu- 
sion in  «././(>//  ()/■  the  stoimich.  The  solutions  of  the  carlxtnates  are,  however, 
preferable  ;is  an  antacid.  It  has  also  been  recommended  to  remove  the  tendency 
to  formatiiin  ot  arir  arid  in  the  urine,  but  is  inferior  to  the  carbonates,  which  may 
be  used  for  a  longer  time,  and  without  debilitating  the  stomach  so  soon  as  the 
liquor  potassie.  This  fluid  has  been  found  useful  as  a  resolvent  in  indurnlinn  and 
ciiliiqiiiiient  of  the  h/mphittir  (jU\iti\s.  and  especially  inexcessive  enlnnjemenl  of  l/ie  (/lon- 
tlnlur  /Id  iiill.r  at  the  end  of  the  tongue.  In  uniUling  oj't/ic  urethrd  accomjiany  ing  ijonor- 
r/init,  combined  with  10  or  12  drops  of  laudanum,  liquor  pota.-^sa' will  1)V  found  to 
afford  i>rompt  relief  It  has  also  been  u.-^ed  in  gout  and  rheinndli.-^m,  attended  with 
uric  acid  in  the  urine,  to  diminish  the  viscidity  of  the  mucus  in  c/ironie  hronrlutis 
(injurious  in  consumption),  and  in  some  c/imnir  skin  difeni<ef;  externally  it  has 
been  used  as  an  application  to  ideerg,  and  in  weak  solution  in  some  xkindiseases. 
It  softens  corns,  bunions,  u-arts,  and  is  employed  to  destroy  ingromi  noils.  The  dose 
is  from  5  minims  to  ^  drachm;  it  shouki  be  taken  in  some  mucilage,  or  sweetened 
water,  and  be  repeated  2,  3,  or  4  times  a  day.  When  taken  in  quantities  to  injure 
the  stomach,  or  in  an  undiluted  state,  tiie  i)roper  antidotes  are  acids  which  neu- 
tralize the  alkali,  as  vinegar,  or  solutions  of  acetic  or  citric  acid,  or  oil  may  be  given 
to  convert  it  into  a  harmless  soap.  If  a  concentrated  solution  has  been  swallowed, 
and  in  larse  quantities,  the  stomach  pump  should  be  preferred  to  emetics. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Frequent  desire  to  urinate,  with  a  sense 
of  periiiial  eon-ti  irtion,  dillicult  urination,  or  strangury;  leaden  pallor  of  the 
tongue  and  niurous  tissues;  ft-eble,  tremulous  muscles;  fullness  of  muscles; 
debility  all  out  of  proportion  to  the  diseased  condition. 

LIQUOR  POTASS^  EFFERVESCENS.— EFFERVESCING 
SOLUTION  OF  POTASH. 

Sy.son  VMS     Aqua  potass;r  effenrsrens,  Potash-uoter. 

Preparation.— Dissolve  potassium  bicart)onate,  30  grains,  in  water,  1  pint 
(Imp.  i.  Filter.  Into  the  solution  pass  as  much  pure  washed  carbon  dioxide 
(that  has  been  prepared  by  acting  upon  chalk  witli  sulphuric  acid)  as  can  be 
forced  into  it  with  a  pressure  of  4  atmospheres.  Keep  in  securely-stoppered  bot- 
tles to  pnvf  nt  the  escape  of  the  imprisoned  gas.    This  accords  with  the  Britiah 

Ph(trmorn,,„;o.  IS85. 

Description. — A  clear,  colorless,  sparkling  solution,  strongly  eflfervescing 
from  the  li Deration  of  carbonic  acid  gas,  when  the  stopper  is  removed  from  the 
container.     It  has  a  pleasant  acidulous  taste. 

Medical  Uses. — (Same  as  Liquor  Magneaii  Carbonntis.) 

Related  Solutions. — Liquor  Pod.i:  Effervescexs,  Effrrremng  solution  of  soda,  Soda  water, 
Ai/un  urnh  ./?'.  r/wiYiw,  Aqua  alcalmia  effenesceiu.  This  is  prepared  precisely  like  the  above  solu- 
tion, employing  the  same  quantities,  excepting  that  sodium  l)icarl)ouate  is  used  instead  of 
potassium  bicarbonate.     Its  properties  and  uses  are  likewise  the  same  as  for  Effervescing  Solu- 

/e.H  uf  ['otitsh. 

LujioK  LiTHi.E  Effervescess,  Efferresscing  mlution  of  lilhia,  Litliia  valer,  Aqua  liihiv  effer- 
rrtw^-nji.— Lithium  carbonate,  10  grains;  water,  1  pint  (Imp.).  Prepare  precisely  like  Effervescing 
Solution  (if  I'litiish.  This  is  a  sparkling,  clear  liquid  of  a  i)leasantly  acidulous  taste.  Upon  evapo- 
ration, each  fluid  ounce  (Imp.)  should  yield  .)  grain  of  lithium  carbonate.  (For  uses,  see  LIthii 
<  'iirlumiis.  I    Dose,  4  to  12  fluid  ounce.o. 

LitiCOR  8oi)n  ClTHo-TARTR.\Tis  Efferve-scexs  I  N.  F.),  EffrnvscenI  mlution  of  sodium  citro- 
lartrate,  Tartro-ellric  leiiwumle.—"  .Sxlium  bicarbonate,  twenty-six  grammes  i2G  Gm.)  [401  grs.]; 
tartaric  acid,  twentv-lour  grammes  (24  Gm.l  [:'.70  grs.];  citric  aci<l,two  grammes  i2  Gm,l  [31 
grs.];  BjTupof  citric  acid  (T.  .S'.  7'.  i.fiitv  cubic  centimeters  (.iO  Cc.i  [1  fl.^,  332  111  ]  •.  water,  a  suf- 
ficient quantity  t.j  make  three  hundred  and  tiltv  cubic  centimeters  (3.i0  Cc.)  [ll  fl.^,  401  1T1]. 
Dissolve  twentv-four  grammes  (24  Gm.)  [370  grs. j  of  the  sodium  bicarbonate  in  two  hundred 
and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (2.50  Cc. )  [8  fl,5,  218  Ttl]  of  water,  ail.l  the  tartaric  and  citric  acids, 
and  when  they  are  ilissolved,  the  svrup  of  citric  aci<l.  Filter  thi-  fobition  into  a  .-troni;  lK)ttle 
oi  atK)Ut  three  hundred  and  sixty  ciibic  centimeterH  r.',m  Cc.  i  [12  rl.v  S3  ITl]  capacity,  and  pa.ss 
enough  water  through  the  filti'r  to  make  the  Hltrate  measure  three  hundrid  and  twenty 
cubic  centimeter  .320  Co  [ID  t\%.  .394111].  Dis.'^olve  the  renuiinderof  the  sinlium  bicarbonate 
(2  tim.)  [31  grs.]  in  thirty  cubic  centimeters  (30  Cc.i  [4S7  Vf[  j  of  water,  filU-rlhe  solution,  j)our 
it  on  top  of  the  wjlution  in  the  bottli-,  which  clone  immediately  with  a  cork,  and  secure  it 
with  twill,-.     Then  shake  the  bottle  "—(.Vu(. /•Vm.  I. 


1180  LIQUOR  POTASSll  ARSENITIS.-LIQIOR  POTASS^II  CITRATIS. 

LIQUOR  POTASSll  ARSENITIS  lU.  S.  P. —SOLUTION  OF 
POTASSIUM  ARSENITE. 

Synonyms:  Fowlers  solution,  Sotulio  nrsenicdlk  Fowleri,  Arsenical  solutum,  Kali 
arsenirositiii  suhitwi. 

Preparation. — "Arsenous  acid,  in  fine  powtler,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.;  [154 
grs.]  ;  potatrsium  bicarbonate,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [309  grs.];  compound 
tincture  of  lavender,  thirty  cubic  centimeters  (30  Cc.)  [487111];  dis^tilled  water,  a 
sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  tiiousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Ce.)  [33  flg, 
391  Til].  Boil  the  arsenous  acid  and  potassium  bicarbonate  with  one  hundred 
cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  flg,  183111]  of  distilled  water  until  solution  has 
been  effected.  Then  add  enough  distilled  water  to  make  the  solution,  when 
cold,  measure  nine  hundred  and  seventy  cubic  centimeters  (970  Co.)  [32  fl^, 
384 TR],  and,  lastly,  add  then  the  compound  tincture  of  lavender.  Filler  through 
paper"— (r.&P.). 

Fowler's  solution  should  be  prepared  every  4  or  5  months  instead  of  being 
made  in  large  batches  to  be  kept  for  a  longer  period,  for  by  oxidation  the  ai-senous 
acid  is  gradually  changed  to  arsenic  acid,  thus  rendering  the  pre|>aratinn  weaker. 
A  fungous  vegetation  is  likewise  liable  to  form  in  it  when  long  kein.  Care  should 
be  exercised  in  the  selection  of  the  ansenous  acid. 

Description. — Fowler's  solution  is  at  first  an  opalescent,  afterward  pinkish 
or  reddish  fluid,  having  an  agreeable  slight  odor  of  lavender.  It  is  alkaline  in 
reaction.  "If  24.7  Cc.  of  the  .solution  be  boiled  for  a  few  minutes  with  2  Gm.  of 
sodium  bicarlionate,  and  the  liquor,  when  cold,  diluted  with  water  to  100  Co., 
and  mixed  with  a  little  starch  T.S.,  it  should  require  from  46.4  to  50  Cc.  of  deci- 
normal  iodine  V.S.  to  produce  the  blue  tint  of  iodide  of  starch  (corresponding  to 
1  Gm.  of  arsenous  acid  in  1(X)  Cc.  of  the  solution)  " — (U.  S.  P.). 

Fowler's  solution  was  introduced  into  medicine  by  Dr.  Fowler,  of  Stafford, 
England,  to  take  the  place  of  a  remedy  then  known  as  ''tasteless  ague  drop."  It 
is  still  a  question  as  to  whetlier  it  l)e  a  solution  of  potassium  arsenite,  as  many 
believe,  or  whether  it  is  simply  an  alkaline  solution  of  arsenous  acid. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Aridum  Ar.-<cnosum:)  Dose, :J^  to 5 
minims,  well  diluteii.  alter  meals. 

LIQUOR  POTASSll  CITRATIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
POTASSIUM  CITRATE. 

"An  aqueous  liquid,  containing  in  solution  about  9  per  cent  of  anhydrous 
potassium  citrate  (K,,CjH5O,=305.63),  together  with  small  amounts  of  citric  and 
carbonic  acids" — (i'.  S.  P.). 

Synonyms  :    MiKtum  potassii  citrnti^,  Liquor  kali  citrici. 

Preparation. — "Pota.-;sium  bicarbonate,  eight  grammes  (8  Gm.')  [123  grs.]; 
citric  arid.  .<ix  grammes  (6  Gm.)  [93  grs.];  water,  a  sutiicient  quantity.  Dissolve 
the  potassium  bicarbonate  and  the  citric  acid,  each,  in  forty  cubic  centimeters 
(40  Cc.)  [1  tis,  169111]  of  water.  Filter  the  solutions  separately,  and  wash  the 
filters  with  enough  water  to  obtain,  in  each  case,  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (50  Cc.) 
[1  H5, 332  111].  Finally,  mix  the  two  solutions,  and,  when  etl'ervescence  has  nearly 
ceased,  transfer  the  liquid  to  a  bottle.  This  preparation  should  be  freshly  made, 
when  wanted" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Description. — "A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  odorless,  having  a  mildly  saline 
taste,  and  a  slightly  acid  reaction.  It  should  conform  to  the  reactions  and  tests 
of  potassium  citrate  (see  Polasaii  Citras) '' — (T.  >'.  P.).  This  preparation  is  designed 
to  take  the  place  of  the  less  stable,  but  more  agreeable  Mi^ura  P<>tn<s'ii  CitralU 
{U.  S.  P.,  1880),  or  Xmtmt  Miiturc,  the  formula  for  which  was  as  follows:  "  Fresh 
lemon-juice,  strained,  100  parts;  bicarbonate  of  potassium,  about  10  parts,  or  a 
suflicient  quantity.  Add  tlie  bicarbonate  of  poUissium  gradually  to  the  lemon 
juice  until  it  is  neutralized.  This  preparation  should  be  freshlv  made  when 
wanted  for  use" — {['.  S.  P.,lSSO).  This  diJlers  from  the  ollicial  solution  in  pos- 
sessing the  agreeable  flavor  of  lemons,  and  in  having  a  yellowish  hue.    It  h&a 


LUilOK  POTAtiSIl.PBRMANliAXATlS.  IKSl 

been  suggested  that  tlie  two  solutions  be  prepared  as  above  directed  and  ki'pt 
separately  in  proper  containers,  to  be  mixed  wlien  called  for.  This,  in  our  opinion, 
is  unwise,  inasmuch  as  solutions  of  citric  acid  are  prone  to  decoun^osition, 
becoming  moldy,  and  developing,  among  other  substances,  free  acetic  acid,  when 
kept  on  hand  for  any  great  length  of  time.  The  old  formula  of  this  Dispensatory 
is  as  follows: 

Triturate  citric  acid,  2  drachms,  with  oil  of  lemons,  2  minims,  and  then  with 
water,  4  fluid  ounces;  when  the  solution  is  perfected,  gradually  add  crystallized 
bicarbonate  of  potassium  until  effervescence  no  longer  takes  place,  and  filter.  In 
this  formula  the  alkaline  salt  is  decompo-sed  by  the  citric  acid;  carl)onic  acid  is 
given  otl"  with  effervescence,  ami  citrate  of  potassium  i,s  formed  by  the  combina- 
tion of  the  citric  acid  and  the  alkali,  which  is  held  in  .solution  with  .some  free 
carbonic  acid.  When  the  acid  is  saturated  by  the  alkali,  the  solution,  after  the 
carbonic  acid  has  been  allowed  to  i>ass  off,  will  exert  no  action  on  blue  or  red 
litmus  paper.  This  preparation  is  similar  in  medicinal  virtue,  to  the  official 
solution,  the  citric  acid  and  lemon  oil  being  intended  to  supply  the  absence  of 
the  lemon  juice.  It  is  proper  to  filter,  in  order  to  remove  foreign  or  undissolved 
substances. 

This  preparation,  like  solution  of  ammonium  citrate  and  solution  of  sodium 
citrate,  has  the  power  of  preventing  the  inkiness  that  follows  the  mixing  of 
ferric  salts,  such  as  tincture  of  chloride  of  iron,  and  vegetable  astringents.  The 
dry  citrates  have  the  same  property.  The  preparation  known  as  Tactdcsn  Thic- 
ture  of  Iron  is  a  mixture  of  tincture  o(  chloride  of  iron  and  one  of  the  above  salts 
or  solutions.  It  has  a  greenish  color,  an  insipid,  ferruginous  taste,  and  mixes  clear 
with  liquids  containing  vegetalilc  astringents. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  solution  is  a  refrigerant  prepa- 
ration, acting  mildly  on  the  skin,  i)o\vels,  and  kidneys.  It  is  very  useful  in 
allaying  gastric  irvilahility.  Its  sedative  and  diaphoretic  properties  may  be  aug- 
mented by  the  addition  of  aconite  or  of  digitalis;  its  diuretic  influence  is  ren- 
dered more  certain  by  combining  it  with  sweet  spirit  of  niter;  and  in  diarrhoea  or 
irrituble  boivels,  some  opium  or  morphine  luay  be  added  to  it.  It  forms  a  ver}' 
grateful  draught  for  fever  patients,  and  may  be  sweetened  with  sugar  if  needed. 
The  dose  is  a  tablcpoonful,  diluted  with  about  an  equal  measure  of  water,  and 
repeated  5  or  6  times,  or  oftener,  in  the  course  of  the  day.  A  similar  preparation 
mav  be  given  as  an  effervescent  drink,  by  forming  one  solution  of  lemon  juice 
anJ  water,  each,  i  fluid  ounce;  and  another,  by  dissolving  bicarbonate  of  potas- 
sium, H  drachms  in  4  fluid  ounces  of  water.  The  two  solutions  are  to  be  mixed, 
and  the  whole  taken  at  a  draught  during  the  effervescence. 

Related  Preparation.— LiQroR  Sonn  Citr.\tis  (N.  F.),  Solution  of  sodium  citmte,  }fisiura 
sodii  cilrali!:.  Srtiiimliii.  Pulio  rireri  {Cut.  J'liiiriii.).  "Citric  acid,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [309 
grs.];  soilium  bicarbonate,  twenty-five  grammes  (25  Gm.)  [386  gra.];  water,  one  tliousand 
cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  tl5,  391  Ttl].  Dissolve  tlie  citric  acid  in  water  contained  in 
a  bottle,  adil  the  sodium  bicarbonate,  dissolve  it  by  agitation,  and  immedintclyetopper  tlie 
bottli'  securely.  This  preparation  should  be  freshly  prepared  when  wauti'd  for  use.  Xote. — 
The  Cniuin  l''hnrmuitij)<jria  directs  tliat  wlien  Salurulio  is  prescribed,  without  any  specification 
of  the  ingrt'dienfs  or  strength,  Poliu  Riieri,  represented  liere  by  Liquor  SiKlii  Citmtis,  be  dis- 
pensed"— [yul.Form.U 

LIQUOR  POTASSII  PERMANGANATIS.— SOLUTION  OF 
PERMANGANATE  OF  POTASSIUM. 


Preparation.— We  prefer  the  old  formula  of  this  work,  as  follows :  "Take  of 
pernian-aii;iti-  of  potassium,!  part;  distilled  water,  9  parts;  mix  and  dissolve." 
This  is  piepared  by  the  Brill^h  P/iarmacopoia  (188.5),  by  dissolving  permanga- 
nate of  liotassium,  88  grains  (I  part),  in  distilled  water,'l  pint  (Imp.)  (99  fluid 
parts).  This  contains,  therefore,  1  per  cent  of  the  potassium  salt.  It  has  the 
characteristic  purple  color,  but  is  not  a  permanent  preparation,  as  ujwn  expo- 
sure it  decomposes  with  the  deposition  of  oxides  of  manganese.  It  is  too  weak 
for  some  u.scs  and  too  strong  for  others.  The  dose,  according  to  the  Britu/i  Phnr- 
imiropaid  (188.5  and  1898),  is  from  2  to  4  fluid  drachms  (equal  to  1.2  to  2.4  grains 
of  tlic  permanganate). 


1182  LIQUOR  SACCHARIXI.— LIQUOR  SODJ;. 

Description  and  Medical  Uses. — The  first-named  solution  contains  10  per 
cent  of  the  permanganate,  but  nia}-  be  diluted  to  whatever  extent  is  deemed  nec- 
essary. It  may  be  used  in  all  cases  where  the  potassium  .salt  is  indicated.  One 
part  of  the  solution  added  to  200  or  more  parts  of  distilled  water  may  be  used  as  a 
local  application  in  ozienti.  putrid  sore  throat,  l€urorrh(ea,(jonorrhini.  offcmive  otorrhcea, 
and  to  reiiiovi'  the  unpliiisant  odor  from  the  hands  after  making  dissections. 

LIQUOR  SACCHARINI  (N.  F.)— SOLUTION  OF  SACCHAEIN. 

Preparation. — "Saccharin,  seventy  grammes  (70  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,20.5  grs.J ; 
sodium  bicarbonate,  thirty-three  grammes  (33  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  72  grs.];  alcohol, 
two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (250  Cc.)  [8  flg,  218TTI]:  water,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.  [33  fl 3.  391 TU]. 
Dissolve  the  .saccharin  and  the  sodium  bicarbonate  in  six  hundred  and  fifty  cubic 
centimeters  (650  Cc.)  [21  fl5,470TTl]  of  water,  filter  the  solution,  add  the  alcohol 
to  tJie  filtrate,  and  ))ass  enough  water  through  the  filter  to  make  one  thousand 
cufeic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  3511  til].  Each  fluid  drachm  represents  4 
grains  of  saccharin.  Note. — The  saccharin  directed  in  the  above  formula  is,  prop- 
erly speaking,  'anhj^dro-ortho-sulphamine-benzoic  acid,'  an  artificially  prepared 
member  of  the  so-called  aromatic  series  of  organic  chemicals.  It  is  a  body  having 
feebly  acid  properties,  soluble  in  about  333  parts  of  water  and  in  33  i>art<  of  alcohol 
at  1-5°  C.  (59°  F.).  When  neutralized  bj^  an  alkali,  it  is  quite  solul>le  in  water. 
The  solution  of  saccharin  is  intended  to  be  used  for  sweetening  liquids  or  solids, 
when  the  use  of  sugar  is  objectionable,  or  when  a  sweet  taste  is  to  be  imparted  to 
a  liquid  without  increasing  its  density  " — {Nat.  Form.). 

Uses. — (See  St^irrharinum.) 

LIQUOR  SOD.ffi  (U.  S.  P.  1— SOLUTION  OF  SODA. 

"An  aqueous  solution  of  sodium  hydrate  (NaOH=39.96),  containing  about 
5  per  cent  of  the  hydrate  " — ( ( '.  S.  P.). 

SvNONV.Ms:   Solntiiin  of  .wdium  h}/drate.  Solution  of  cau-^tir  soda. 

Preparation. — "Sodium  carbonate,  one  hundred  and  seventy  grammes  (170 
Gm.)  [5  ozs.  av.,  436  gr.^.J  ;  lime,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av..  334  grs.];  dis- 
tilled water,  a  sufKcient  quantitv.  Di.^solve  the  sodium  carbonate  in  four  hun- 
dred cubic  centimeters  (400  Cc.)"'[13  fig,  2-52  ni]  of  boiling  distjlled  water.  Slake 
the  lime  with  about  thirty  cubic  centimeters  (30  Cc.)  [1  fis,  7111]  of  distilled 
water,  then  mix  it  well  with  four  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (,40ti  Cc.)  [13  fls, 
252111]  of  distilled  water,  pour  the  mixture  into  a  tared  flask,  and.  having  heated 
it  to  boiling,  gradually  add  tc  it  the  solution  of  sodium  carbonate,  and  boil  dur- 
ing 10  minutes.  Then  add  enough  distilled  water  to  the  flask  to  make  the  con- 
tents weigh  one  thousand  grammes  (lOtK*  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.J,  and 
set  the  flask  aside,  well  stoppered,  until  the  contents  are  cold.  Lastly,  strain  the 
liquid  through  linen,  set  it  aside  in  a  well-stopi)ered  bottle  until  it  has  become 
clear  bj' subsidence,  and  separate  the  clear  solution  by  decantation,  or  by  means 
of  a  siphon." 

Solution  of  soda  may  also  be  prepared  in  the  following  manner :  "  Soda,  fifty- 
six  grammes  (56  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  427  grs.];  distilled  water,  nine  hundretl  and 
forty-four  grammes  (944  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  1  oz.,  131  grs.]:  to  make  one  thousand 
grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Dissolve  the  .-^oda  in  the  dis- 
tilled water.  The  soda  used  in  this  process  should  be  of  the  full  strength  directed 
by  the  PharmacopaMa  (90  per  cent).  Soda  of  any  other  strength,  however,  may  be 
used,  if  a  proportionately  larger  or  smaller  (iuai\tity  be  taken;  the  proper  amount 
for  the  above  formula  "being  ascertained  by  dividing  5000  by  the  percentage  of 
absolute  soda  (sodium  liydrate)  contained  "therein.  Solution  of  soda  should  be 
kept  in  bottles  made  of  green  glass,  and  provided  with  glass  stoppers  coated  with 
paraflin  or  jietrolatum  " — (T.  .S.  P.). 

Description. — "A  dear,  colorless  liquid,  odorle.<s,  having  a  very  acrid  and 
caustic  tasfe.  and  a  strongly  alkaline  reaction.  SjH'cific  gravity,  about  1.(^59  at 
15°  C.  (59°  F.).    It  should  conform  to  the  same  reactions  and  tests  as  an  aqueous 


LIQUOR  SUD.K  CHLOKAT.K.  1183 

-iWution  of  soda  (see  So(h).  To  neutr.ilizt'  20  Giii.  of  solution  of  soda  h^hould 
:niuiit'  about  25  Cc.of  normal  suliiliuric  aiid  (oath  cubic  cciitinicter  ut'  the  volu- 
UK-tric  solution  indicating  0.2  ))er  cent  of  absolute  sodium  hydrate),  phenolphta- 
lein  beino;  used  ms  an  indicator"— (  I'.S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage— Formerly  used  in  hepatic  torjior,  in 
doses  of  o  to  4(,i  drops,  well  diluted.  S.  Idom  n,,\v  employed  internally,  but  u.*;!  cl 
in  the  prepamtinn  of  s.idium  liydmxidr.  and  otluT  .sodium  eompound,-;. 

LIQUOR  SODJE  CHLORATiE  lU.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
CHLORINATED  SODA. 

"An  aijueous  sidution  of  several  chlorine  compounds  of  sodium,  containiii'j 
at  least  2.6  per  cent,  by  weight,  of  available  chlorine  " — ( T.  iS'.  J'. ). 

Syxoxyms  :  Ixthdrmque's  solution,  Liquor  natri  chlorati,  Liquor  nntri  hypoclilorosi, 
Liquor  soihr  c/ilo7-itiat;r  {Br.),Labnrraque^s  disinfecting  liquid. 

Preparation. — "Sodium  carbonate, one  hundred  and  fifty  grammesi  loOGni.) 
[o  07.>.  av.,  127  grs.];  chlorinated  lime,  seventy-five  grammes  (75  Gm.)  [2  ozs.av., 
2S2  grs.];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  grammes  (U«K»  Gm.) 
[2  lbs.av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Triturate  the  chlorinated  lime  with  two  hundred  cul>ic 
centimeters  (200  Cc.)  [(jflg,  3(56  111]  of  water,  gradually  added,  until  a  uniform 
mixture  results.  Allow  the  heavier  particles  to  subside,  and  transfer  the  thinner, 
supernatant  portion  to  a  filter.  Then  triturate  the  residue  again  with  two  hun- 
dred cubic  centimeters  (200  Cc.)  [6fl5,  366111]  of  water,  transfer  the  whole  to  the 
tilter.  and  when  the  liquid  has  drained  off,  wash  the  filter  and  contents  with  one 
hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  fls,  183  HI]  of  water.  Dissolve  the  sodium 
carbonate  in  three  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (300  Cc.)  [10  tig,  691(1]  of  hot 
water,  and  add  this  solution  to  the  previously  obtained  filtrate  contained  in  a 
suitable  vessel.  Stir  or  shake  the  mixture  thoroughly,  and,  if  it  should  become 
jrelatiiious,  warm  the  vessel  until  the  contents  liquefy.  Then  transfer  the  mix- 
ture to  a  new  filter,  and,  when  no  more  liquid  drains  from  it,  wash  the  filter  and 
contiiits  with  enough  water  to  make  the  product  weigh  one  thousand  grammes 
(1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Keep  the  solution  in  well-stoppered  bot- 
tles, protected  from  light" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Mr.  Chas.  H.  La  Wall  (Amer.Jour.  Pharin.,l895,Y>.20i)  pointed  out  that  the 
]>rocess  of  the  U.  S.  P.  (1880)  is  preferable  to  that  given  above.  This  conclusion 
is  fully  confirmed  by  our  own  experience.  The  process  is  as  follows:  Take  of 
■'carbonate  of  sodium,  100  parts;  chlorinated  lime,  80  parts;  water,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  KKX)  parts.  Mix  the  chlorinated  lime  intimately  with  400 
parts  of  water  in  a  tared  vessel  provided  with  a  tightly  fitting  cover.  Dissolve 
the  carbonate  of  sodium  in  400  parts  of  boiling  water,  and  immediately  pour  the 
latter  solution  into  the  former.  Cover  the  vessel  tightly,  and,  when  the  contents 
are  cold,  add  enough  water  to  make  them  weigh  1000  parts.  Lastly,  strain  the 
mixture  through  mu-slin,  allow  the  precipitate  to  subsicle,  and  remove  the  clear 
solution  by  means  of  a  siphon  " — ( f '.  S.  P.,  1880).  We  prefer,  however,  to  stir  the 
sodium  carbonate  solution,  cold,  into  the  lime  magma.  The  mass  gradually 
thickens,  forming  a  stiff  dough,  but  soon,  and  rather  suddenly,  breaks  up  into  a 
thin  li(}uid  from  which  the  calcium  carbonate  readily  separates.  The  clear  solu- 
tion may  then  be  siphoned  off  and  after  being  a.ssayed,  is  diluted  to  its  proper 
strength  by  the  addition  of  water. 

The  disinfecting  power  of  this  preparation  was  discovered  by  I-abarraque 
about  1820.  By  the  above  itrocesses  double  decomposition  occurs ;  hypochlorite  of 
sodium  ancl  chloride  of  sodium  are  formed  in  solution,  while  carbonate  of  calcium 
is  precipitated  according  to  the  equation  Ca(C10),+  Na,C(>,  -2NaC10+CaC0,. 

Description  and  Tests.— "A  dear,  pale-greenish  li(iuid,  having  a  faint  odor 
of  chlorine,  and  a  <li-a^'reeiible,  alkaline  taste.  Specific  gravity,  ab.uit  1.0.52  at 
lo°  C.(^)'J°  ¥.,.  The  solution  at  first  colors  red  litmus  paper  blue,  and  then 
bleaches  it.  The  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid  to  the  solution  causes  an  effer- 
vescence of  chlorine  and  carl)onic  acid  ga.s.  If  6.7  (6.74)  Gni.  of  the  solution  be 
mixed  with  50  Cc.  of  water,  then  2  Gm.  of  potassium  iodide  and  10  Cv.  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  added,  together  with  a  few  drops  of  starch  T.S.,  it  slioul.l  requirV  not 


1184  LIQUOR  SODII  AKSEXATIS. 

less  than  50  Cc.  of  decinormal  sodium  hyposulphiteV.S.  to  discharge  the  blue  or 
gieenisli  tint  of  the  liquid  (each  cubic  centimeter  of  the  volumetric  solution 
corres^iiinding  to  0.052  i)er  cent  of  available  chlorine)'" — (V.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  solution,  in  large  doses,  is  an 
irritant  poison.  In  small  doses  it  has  been  used  as  an  antiseptic  in  all  conditions 
of  the  system  attended  with  gnat  pidsliMtion,  dry,  brown-coated  tongue,  and 
offensive  excretions,  as  in  mnU<jii<iiti  j'l  o  r<.  •  finthemalous  di-sease.-<,  dysentery,  putrid 
,so/-c  throiit,  anthrax,  gangrene,  mercurial  salirniian,  etc.  It  has  also  been  used  as  a 
local  application  to  remove  fetor,  check  ulceration  and  sloughing,  in  sore  nipples, 
hums,  oza'na,  and  in  foul  vaginal  discharges;  also  in  some  diseases  of  the  skin,  as 
eczema,  scald-head,  prurigo,  eic.  Its  dose  is  20  drops  or  more,  diluted  with  some 
mild  aqueous  liquid.  Under  the  continued  use  of  it,  glandular  eidargemenits  and 
chronic  mucous  discharges  have  disappeared,  and  the  secretion  of  urine  is  generally 
increased.  When  used  externally  it  must  be  diluted  with  from  5  to  30  parts  of 
water,  according  to  the  sensibility  of  the  tissues  or  organs  to  be  acted  upon  by  it. 
In  contagious  or  nudignant  diseases,  it  may  be  sprinkled  around  the  rooms  of  the 
sick,  being  one  of  our  most  valuable  disinfectants.  The  chlorine  emanations 
given  oft'  in  the  room  readily  penetrate  every  crevice  and  corner,  and  search  out 
the  ofifending  particles,  without  the  liquid  coming  in  direct  contact. 

Belated  Preparations.— Liqior  Potass.f,  Chlorat.e  i Chlorinatse i,  CA/orinoto?  ])olnfta 
mhUion.  The  Eau  ile  JavcUe  of  the  French  is  prepared  by  substituting  for  the  Bwiium  carbon- 
nate  (in  above  process)  an  equal  quantity  of  potassium  carbonate.  Its  composition  and 
bleaching  qualities  are  analogous  to  those  of  Labarraque's  Solution.  It  will  remove  stains  of 
fruits  from  linen.    The  National  Formulary  process  is  as  follows: 

Liquor  PotassjE  Chlorat.e  (^.  V.),  SohUion  of  chlorinated  polassa,  Liquor  potassx  chlori- 
natx,  Javelle  water. — "Potassium  carbonate,  fifty-eight  grammes  (58  Gm.t  [2  ozs.  av.,  20  grs.]; 
chlorinated  lime  (  U.  .S'.  P. ),  eighty  grammes  (80  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  360  grs.] ;  water,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120 grs.].  Mix  the  chlo- 
rinated lime,  contained  in  a  tared  flask,  with  four  hundred  grammes  (-100  Gm.)  [14  ozs.  av., 
48  grs.]  of  water.  Dissolve  the  potassium  carbonate  in  three  hundred  grammes  (300  Gm.) 
[10  ozs.  av.,  255  grs.]  of  boiling  water,  and  pour  the  hot  solution  into  the  mixture  first 
prepared.  Shake  the  flask  well,  stopper  it,  set  it  aside  to  cool,  and  then  add  enough  water  to 
make  the  contents  weigh  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,3  oz.s.,  120  grs.].  Allow 
the  suspended  matters  to  subside,  and  remove  tlie  clear  solution  by  means  of  a  siphon,  or  by 
straining  through  muslin.  Keep  the  product  in  well-stoppered  bottles.  .V.»/< . — The  chloriuated 
lime  should  not  contain  less  than  25  per  cent  of  available  chlorine  " — ( Xal.  Form. ). 

Solution  of  Chlorikated  Magnesia. — Fairthorne  (ISOS)  proposed  this  solution  as  less 
irritating  for  internal  use.  His  method  of  preparation  was  to  dissolve  magnesium  sulphate 
(8  ounces)  in  water  (2  pints).  Then  in  a  mortar,  triturate  chlorinated  lime  (3;i  drachms)  in 
water  (2  pints).  Mix  the  solutions,  occasionally  agitate  the  mixture,  and  after  allowing  it  to 
stand  a  half  day,  pour  off  the  overlying  fluid.  A  little  less  than  9  grains  of  magnesia  is  contained 
in  each  ounce. 

LIQUOR  SODII  ARSENATIS  (U.  S.  P.l— SOLUTION  OF 
SODIUM  ARSENATE. 

Synonyms  :   Solution  ofarseniate  of  sodium,  Liquor  sodii  arseniafis  {Br..  1885). 

Preparation.—"  Sodium  arsenale,  deprived  of  its  water  of  crystallization  by 
a  heat  not  exceeding  149°  C.  (300.2°  F.),  one  gramme  (1  Gm.)  [lo.o  grs.]  ;  distilled 
water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  luiiulred  cubic  centimeters  ( 100  Cc.)  [3  fl5, 
183  TTL].  Di.s.solve  the  sodium  arsenate  in  a  sufficient  (juantity  of  distilled  water  to 
make  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc. )  [3  ll.s,  1S3  til].  The  solution  con- 
forms til  tlir  reactions  and  tests  of  sodium  arsenate  (see  SxUi  Ar.<enas)" — (C.  S.  P.). 

Description.— A  colorless  solution  containing  1  per  cent  of  anhydrous  sodium 
arsenate.  The  British  process  directs  9  grains  of  the  salt  to  2  fluid  ounces  (Imp.) 
of  distilled  water,  and  is,  therefore,  a  1  per  cent  solution.  This  preparation  is 
practically  the  same  as  that  directed  bv  the  British  Pharmaropiria,  1898. 

Pk.\kson"s  Arsenuwi.  Solition  {Liijucurnrsinicale  de  Pearson, French  Ov/^r)  is 
a  solution  of  crystallized  sodium  arsenate  (1  part)  in  distilled  water  (600  parts). 
The  Nallnnal  Fuirinulary  directs  as  follows: 

Lkjior  Sodii  Ausknatis,  Pearson  (N.  F.),  Pearsons  solution  of  sotiium  arge- 
nate. — "Sodium  arsenate,  in  perfect  crvstals.  one  gramme  (1  Gm.)  [io.ogrs.];  dis- 
tilled water,  six  hundred  cubic  centiineters  (600  Cc.)  [20  fl.?.  138  m].  Dissolve 
the  sodium  arsenate  in  the  distilled  water,  and  filter,  if  necessjiry.     Pearsot>'s  folu- 


LU^l  UK  tfODII  BoKATIS  CoMroslTlS— LUiVUK  .SODII  ETHYLATIS.  1185 

tion  of  sodium  urnenate  miij'  also  be  prepared  us  follows;  Solution  of  sodium  arse- 
nate (U.  S.  P.),  ten  cubic  centimeters  (10  Cc.)  [162  HI];  distilled  water,  ninety 
cubic  centimeters  (90  Cc.)  [3  A3,  21  TU].  Mix  the  solution  of  sodium  arsenate 
with  the  distilled  water.  This  solution  contains  about  A  per  cent  of  anhydrous 
sodium  arsenate.  Note. — This  preparation  should  not  oe  confounded  with  the 
Liquor  Soda  ArsennlU  (('.  S.  P.),  which  is  ten  times  stron<;er  than  the  above  prepa- 
ration. Pearson's  .solution  is  recognized  in  the  Frenr/i  P/iarmiirujiaui  under  the 
title  Soliitt  d'Arsi'niile  de  Sonde  (or  Sitlulioii  Arshicale  dc  Peormn).  It  is  recommended 
that  Pearson's  solution  be  dispensed  only  when  expressly  designated  as 'Pear- 
son's' "—CV((/.  Fnnn.'). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (Uses  same  as  for  Fowlers  Solution  of 
Arsenic.)    Duse  :}  to  .".  miniins. 

LIQUOR  SODII  BORAHS  COMPOSITUS    N.  F.i -COMPOUND 
SOLUTION  OF  SODIUM  BORATE. 

Sv.Ni  iN  VM  :    Dohelt's  solution. 

Preparation. — "Sodium  borate,  fifteen  grammes  (15  Gm.)  [231  grs.];  sodium 
bicarlioii:ite.  fifteen  grammes  (15  Gin.)  [231  grs.];  carbolic  acid,  crystallized,  three 
grammes  i3  Gm.)  [46  grs.];  glycerin,  thirty-five  cubic  centimeters  (:i5  Cc. )  [1  lis, 
88  TTl]  :  water,  a  sunicienl  quantity  to  make  one  thou.sand  culjic  centimeters  ( 1000 
Ce. )  [33  U.S.  391  TTl].  Dissolve  the  salts  in  about  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters 
(500  Cc. )  [16  rt.^,  445  Ttl]  of  water,  tlien  add  the  glycerin,  and  the  carbolic  acid, 
previouslv  liquefied  bv  warming,  and,  lastlv,  enough  water  to  make  one  thousand 
cubic  centimeters  (  KXV)  Cc. )  [33  fl.5,  391  TTl]  "— (.Y«^  Form.}. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Dobell's  solution  is  largely  used  as  a  cleansing 
and  anti.-eptic  wasli  in  mtnrrhal  affections  of  the  nose  and  throat. 

LIQUOR  SODII  CARBOLATIS    N.  F.)— SOLUTION  OF 
SODIUM  CARBOLATE. 

Sy.s.  in ym  :    Phi'nol  sodique. 

Preparation.— "Carbolic  acid,  crystallized,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av., 
334  gr.-.]  ;  soda  (^ 6'.  S.  P.),  three  and  one-half  grammes  (3.5  Gm.)  [54  grs.]  ;  water, 
forty-six  and  one-half  grammes  (46.5  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  280  grs.J.  Dissolve  the  soda 
in  the  water,  add  the  carbolic  acid,  and  warm  gently  until  it  is  dissolved.  This 
lireparati<in  should  be  niaile  freshly  when  wanted  for  use.  Note. — The  formula  is 
l)ased  up'iii  that  ui'  the  (Irrnan  Pharmacopoeia,  I,  1872" — (Nat.  Fonn.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— fSee  Sodium  Carbolate.) 

LIQUOR   SODII   ETHYLATIS.— SOLUTION  OF 
SODIUM  ETHYLATE. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  metallic  sodium,  free  from  oxide, 22  grains  (1  part); 
ethylic  aNohol  (aljsolute  alcohol).  1  fluid  ounce  (20  fluid  parts).  Dissolve  the 
sodium  ill  the  ethylic  alcohol  contained  in  a  flask,  the  latter  being  kept  cool  in  a 
stream  of  cold  water.  The  solution  should  be  recently  ])repared" — (Br.Phnrm., 
18S.5).    The  Iiriii'<h  Pharmaropaia  (1898)  uses  the  same  proportions. 


Description.— A  syrupy,  colorless  li(iuor  of  the  specific  gravity  0.867.    Ujwn 
jiing,  it  becomes  brown.    The  solution  contains  18  per  cent  of  solid  ,«odium 
L'thylate  (XaCjH.O).     It  l>oils  when  heated,  giving  ofl' alcoholic  vapors,  leaving  a 


white  residue,  which,  upon  lieing  heated,  strongly  chars.  Mixed  with  water  and 
heated,  this  salt  yields  alcohol,  and,  ujion  evaporation  of  the  solution,  a  white  resi- 
due, mostly  caustic  soda,  remains.  Water  should  be  kept  away  from  this  solution. 
In  warm  situations  it  ha-^  been  known  to  explode. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  agent  has  been  praised  by  Richard.son  and 
Hruntoii  ;«  a  lo(  al  destrmtive  agent,  limited  in  action  to  the  part  to  which  it  is 
applied  and  causing  far  less  pain  tlian  most  similar  escharotics.  But  little  effect 
further  than  redne.'<8  is  produced  by  its  ap])lication  to  the  skin  until  the  agent 


1186  LIQUOR  SODII  ULEATIS.— LKifOR  SUDII  .'iiLRATlS. 

begins  to  abstract  the  moisture  from  the  tissues,  thereby  causing  the  formation  of 
caustic  soda,  which  gradually  attacks  the  part.  Should  bleeding  take  place,  it  is 
in  part  at  least  checked  by  the  coagulating  effect  of  the  alcohol  upon  the  albu- 
minous constituents  of  the  blood.  Besides  these  effects,  it  is  said  to  prevent  the 
destroyed  tissues  from  putrefactive  decomposition.  Its  action  may  be  controlled, 
by  dropping  upon  the  surface  a  few  drops  of  chloroform.  Vascular  nuri  have 
been  successfully  destroyed  by  this  agent,  and  mother's  marks,  tattoo,  icarts,  naml 
polypi,  ringworm,  pile  tumors,  lupus,  vidanntic  (jrowths,  and  hyp/ertrichosis  have  yielded 
to  its  action.  It  is  said  to  leave  but  little  scarring.  It  is  recommended  that 
poisoned  wounds  and  cystic  tumors  be  treated  with  it.  It  should  be  applied  wit))  a 
camel's-hair  pencil,  and,  if  it  causes  too  much  pain,  tincture  of  opium  may  be 
combined  with  it  (Richardson). 

Related  Preparation.— Sodiuii  Ethylate,  Caustic  alcohol  (CjHsNaO).  The  pure  salt  is 
prepared  by  the  action  of  ab.iolute  alcohol  upon  metallic  sodium.  It  is  a  white  powder,  occa- 
sionally tinted  brownish.  Water  dissolves  it  with  a  hissing  noise,  and  even  a  very  small 
quantity  of  that  fluid  causes  it  to  split  up  into  alcohol  and  sodium  hydroxide. 

LIQUOR  SODII  OLEATIS  (N.  F.)— SOLUTION  OF 
SODIUM  OLEATE. 

Preparation. — "White  castile  soap,  dry  and  powdered,  six  hundred  and 
twenty-tive  grammes  C625  Gm.j  [1  lb.  av.,  6  ozs.,  20  grs.] ;  water,  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity to  make  ten  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (10,000  Cc.)  [338  &l,  66  Ttl].  Mix  the 
castile  soap  with  twenty-five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (2500  Cc. )  [84  fl.s,  2.57  HI] 
of  water,  so  as  to  produce  a  uniform  and  gelatinous  mixture.  Then  add  sixty-five 
hundred  cubic  centimeters  (6500  Cc. )  [219  fig,  379  Ttl]  more  of  water,  apply  heat 
until  the  soap  is  dissolved,  allow  the  liquid  to  cool,  and  add  enough  water  to  make 
it  measure  ten  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (10,000  Cc.)  [338  tig.  66111].  ynte. — 
This  solution  is  intended  to  be  used  in  the  jireparation  ofOlcalcs" — {Xat.  Form.). 

Uses.— (iSee  above.) 

LIQUOR  SODII  SILICATIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
SODIUM  SILICATE. 

"Solution  of  sodium  silicate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — 
{U.S.  P.). 

Synonyms  :    Vitrium  soliihile,  Soluble  glass,  Xatrum  silieiuvi  solutum.  Liquid  glass. 

Preparation.^The  ingredients  used  and  the  proportions  vary  with  the  use  to 
be  made  of  the  preparation.  As  a  rule,  silicate  of  sodium  is  prepared  by  fusing 
together  fine  sand  (or  tlint),  1  part,  and  dried  sodium  carbonate,  2  jiaris.  The 
l)roduct  so  obtained  is  dissolved  in  boiling  water,  filtered,  and  evaporated. 
Another  method  is  that  of  fusing  a  mixture  of  charcoal,  1  part :  exsic-cated 
sodium  carbonate, 8  parts;  and  fine  sand,  15  parts.  It  is  never  prepared  by  the 
pharmacist. 

History.— The  base  (silicium)  of  this  compound  is  an  important  constituent 
of  certain  rocks  and  minerals,  always  as  an  oxide,  often  forming  whole  mountain 
chains.  Flint,  ■•'(ind,  (juort:,  agntc.  rhaUrdnny,  nmdhyst.  and  tridymite,  or  opal,  all 
contain  silicic  oxide  (8iO,,).  This  oxide,  also  known  as  silica,  is  pre,<ent  in  a  pure 
state  in  rork-crysttd.  The  element  silicon  {silicium)  has  the  symbol  Si,  and  the 
atomic  weight  28.3.  In  combination  it  forms  a  large  portion  of  the  crust  of  tiie 
earth,  and  is  found  in  plants,  especiallj'  in  hickory  bark,  and  constitutes  tiie 
glossy  surface  of  straw.  Glass  is  a  mixture  of  silicates  with  an  excess  of  silica, 
and,  when  colored,  the  tints  are  produced  by  metallic  oxides.  Hydrochloric  acid 
will  dissolve  amorphous  silicon,  while  nitro-hydrochloric  acid  dissolves  tiie  crys- 
talline modification.  Van  Helmont  (1640)  was  the  first  to  ol>serve  that  a  salt  of 
silicon  (SiO.;)  and  salt  of  tartar  (potassium  carbonate)  would  become  tluid  in  the 
presence  of  damjiness,  and  the  nuid  so  produced  w;i#  called  the  ••//•/lor  nffiiiil.<:" 
{liquor  silicum).  Nearly  two  centuries  thereafter  (1818>,  Fuchs  demonstnited  that 
such  a  solution  would  render  substances  incombustible,  and  soon  afterwanl,  soda 
having  been  substituted  for  potns.^a,  the  jireparatiou  became  an  article  of  impor- 


LIQCOR  SODII  S1LICATI.S.  11S7 

taiicL-  undtT  the  naiue  "  soluble  (or  liquid)  glass,"  the  potassium  preparation  also 
hiariii};  this  name.  In  medicine,  solution  of  sodium  silicate  is  used  chiefly  as  a 
protective  dressing;  in  tlie  arts  it  is  extensively  employed  in  calico  jirintin^;. 
making  artificial  stone,  is  added  to  the  cheaper  soaps,  used  in  fresco  painting,  loi 
cements,  and  various  other  purposes.  It  is  said  to  have  been  used  instead  ot 
gum  Arabic  in  the  i)roduction  of  cheap  gum-drops.  SuhsUmces  protected  with 
sodium  silicate  are  not  readily  inflammable,  hence  the  name  '' indent ricii I, i, 
vnrni^fi"  owvt'  aiii>lied  to  it. 

Description.— Sodium  silicate  is  a  transparent,  glassy  mass.  With  variable 
amounts  ol  water  of  crystallization  it  may  be  obtained  in  crystals  of  the  formula 
Na.jSiOj.  Upon  exposure  it  becomes  opaque  on  the  surface.  Boiling  water  slowly 
dissolves  it,  and  a  thick,  syrup-like  fluid  may  be  obtained  by  evaporating  an  alka- 
line solution  of  it.  The  solution  is  oflicially  described  as  "a  semi-transparent, 
almost  colorless,  or  yellowish,  or  pale  greenisli-yellow,  viscid  liquid,  odorless,  hav- 
ing a  sharp,  siiline,  and  alkaline  taste,  and  an  alkaline  reaction.  Specific  gravity 
1.300  to  1.400  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  A  drop  of  the  solution,  when  held  in  a  non- 
luminous  flame,  imparts  to  it  an  intensely  yellow  color.  If  a  portion  of  the  solu- 
tion, largely  diluted  with  water,  be  supersaturated  with  nitric  acid,  a  gelatinous 
or  pulverulent,  white  precijutate  of  silicic  hydrate  will  be  produced" — (  T.  .S.  P.). 

Sodium  silicate  falls  as  a  gelatinous  deposit  upon  adding  alcohol  to  it.  It 
should  be  preserved  in  glass  or  stone  containers,  stoppered  with  paraflin-coated 
glass  or  stone  stoppers,  or  good  cork  or  rubber  stoppers  may  be  used  instead.  The 
cheap  '•  oftice  mucilage  "  of  commerce  is  likely  to  be  solution  of  sodium  silicate.  In 
some  instances  we  have  known  fine  plate-glass  windows  to  be  ruined  by  the  corro- 
sive action  of  the  silicate  "  nuu'ilage"  which  had  been  used  to  stick  j)osters  thereon. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — When  i>ure,  this  agent  is  claimed  by  Lciwenhaupt 
to  lack  antiseptic  properties.  The  ordinary  solution,  however,  is  endorsed  by 
many  as  an  antiseptic,  having  extraordinary  control  over  putrefactive  processes. 
Solutions  of  i  of  1  per  cent  have  been  used  to  check  the  discharges  in  raginitii, 
ulceration  of  the  vomb,  chronic  cydilig,  gnnorrhun,  and  in  ozwnn.  This  agent  has  also 
been  recommended  as  a  surgical  dressing  (or  f met vre-^.  Over  the  roller,  next  to  the 
skin,  a  layer  of  cotton  should  be  applied,  and  this  should  be  wound  with  trashed 
bandages  (lest  shrinking  should  strangulate  the  parts).    The  solution  should  then 


idage  will  have  dried.     To  remove  the 


be  painted  upon  the  bandage  as  applied.     The  limb  should  remain  at  rest  until 

1  or  2  hours  have  elapsed,  when   the  banc 

bandage,  soften  it  with  warm  water  and  cut  with  scissors. 

Related  Products.— i^oniiM  S^ilico-fixoritie  CSaiSiFt).  Sodium  fluonlicate.  If  fluor-spar 
calciuiii  Huuriilf,  CaFj )  be  acted  upon  bv  sulpburic  acid  in  the  presence  of  fragments  of  glass, 
and  tin-  gaseous  product — silicon  nuoricle  (SiF,) — be  passed  into  water,  bydrogpn  silico-fluo- 
ride  (MjSiF, )  is  formed.  This,  when  neutralized  with  so<lium  hydroxide  lor  the  carbonate), 
will  yield  sodium  silico-fluoride.  It  does  not  readily  dissolve  in  water.  A  solution  of  it  is 
known  as  mlu/er.  This  agent  corrodes  steel  surgical  instruments,  and  was  brought  forward  as 
u  deodorant  and  antisei)tic,  and  has  l^en  claimed  bv  some  to  be  non-toxic,  others  claiming  to 
have  ol)served  poisonous  effects  from  its  use.  A  solution  of  A  part  to  2000  of  water  has  lieen 
used  as  a  topical  antiseptic  in  ixiihr,  aunil,  obsleirical,  and  .virgiral  digurdfrt,  being  preferred  by 
some  to  corrfwive  sublimate;  later  observers,  however,  deny  its  equality  with  the  latter  as  "a 
germicide.     Undiluted,  it  is  irritjint  an<l  caustic. 

PoTA.>«n  Sn.ic.vs  ( Kj.'^iOj  l,  I'otiifsiniii  sitieate,  Suluhle  gta.*». — This  compound  resembles  the 
.soilium  salt,  but  it  is  more  readily  melted.  It  is  prepared  by  fusing  together  charcoal,  1  part; 
potassium  larbunate,  10  parts;  and  fine  sand,  15  parts.  This  agent  has  been  used  forthe  same 
IHirjHises  as  siHlium  silicate. 

Mm.nk^ii  .>^iLiiA.M. — This  com|)ounil  is  native  in  several  minerals,  among  them  being 
,ifUfi,,t,  uili\  (ir  Frtndi  chalk  (see  below ),  sometimes  known  as  utealitf ;  iiiai-ncliauin  (2Mg<1.;i.SiOi  I, 
and  nKiitMoiif,  a  silicate  of  magnesium  and  aluminum.  The  mineral  yields  a  slijipery,  soft, 
tasteless,  and  insoluble  powder.  Talc  was  formerly  U8e<l  in  the  chrauic  diarrhaa  01  Udtrrrulim.^. 
I-arge  iluses,  in  milk,  were  administered.  The  treatment,  however,  is  not  admirea.  Talc  is  an 
ingredient  of  some  dusting  or  infant  powilers. 

Talccm,  or  French  chalk.  Tali-  (4.\rg<  (..VSiOj.EIjOI.— This  widely  disseminate.l  mineral  in 
found  in  many  countries,  notably  in  Austria.  ."Sweden,  Bohemia,  .'Shetland  Islands,  and  in  this 
<ountry  ir  XewJersev.  It  is  often  calletl  ..(..i///.  orwxiyw/o/".  though.  prf)i)erly,  the  latter  difTeni 
in  containing  some  alumininii.  It  is  found  in  miuLses  which  split  in  only  one  direclion.  It  ia 
unctuous,  compact,  and  glossv,  of  a  whitish  or  greenish-gray  color,  and  may  lie  eiisily  M-nilche«l. 
Puretalei»practii-!illvins<)lul'>leiiiaciilsaiul<itlierHuidH.  t'alcium.  aluminum,  and  I'errousroDi- 

Is  art  apt  to  lie  i)resent  in  it.     When  piiriliiHl  of  these  it  forms  u  gf»Kl  tillering  mediuui. 

•h  chalk  is  largely  used  bvl:iiloi>i  in  ujarking  upon  ilolli  ami  for  reiuuviiig  giease  stains. 


IKJl 


1188         LIQUOR  STRYCHNIX.K  ACETATIS.— LIQUOR  STRYCHXINJE  NITRATIS. 

Talci'm  PuRiFiCATUM  (X.  F.),  Purified  talcum. — "Talcum,  in  fine  powder,  100  parts;  hylro- 
chloric  ackl,  15  parts;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Mix  500  parts  of  boiling  water  with  the 
talcum,  gradually  add  10  parts  of  the  hydrochloric  acid,  and  boil  the  mixture  during  15  minutes. 
Then  allow  the  suspended  talcum  to  subside,  pour  oft"  the  supernatant  liquid,  and  boil  the  resi- 
due again  with  500  parts  of  water,  mixed  with  the  remainder  of  the  hydrochloric  acid.  Again 
allow  the  mixture  to  become  clear  by  settling,  pour  off  the  supernatant  liquid,  and  wa^li  the 
residue  with  watti.  by  repeated  decantation,  until  a  portion  of  the  wash-water,  filtered  and' 
placed  in  a  tist-tulir,  ("i-ases  to  produce  a  precipitate  with  test-solution  of  silver  nitrate  acidified 
with  nitric  arj.l.  1  luii  transfer  the  magma  toaclose  linen  ormuslin  strainer,  allow  it  to  draic, 
and  dry  it  I'v  lit-at.  yute. — Purified  talcum  is  used  as  an  aid  in  filtering  turbid  liquids  contain- 
ing finely-divided  matters  in  suspension,  which  are  apt  to  pass  through  the  filter,  or  stop  up 
its  pores" — (Nat.  Form.). 

LIQUOR   STRYCHNINiE   ACETATIS  (N.  F.)— SOLUTION  OF 

STRYCHNINE    ACETATE. 

Synonym:  Hall's  solution  nf  strych-nine. 

Preparation. — "  Strychnine  acetate,  two  and  one-tenth  grammes  (2.1  Gm  ) 
[32gr.«.];  diluted  acetic  acid  (C^.  .S.  P.),  thirty-five  cubici 
88  TU];  alcohol,  two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  i 
compound  tincture  of  cardamom  (U.S.  P.), ten  cubic  cent' 
water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.) 
[33  fls,  391  111].  Dissolve  the  strVchnine  acetate  in  about  five  hundred  cubic  centi- 
meters (500  Cc.)  [16  fls,  435 TTt]"of  water  mixed  with  the  diluted  acetic  acid,  then 
add  the  alcohol,  compound  tincture  of  cardamom,  and  lastly,  enough  water  to 
make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  391  Tfl.].  Allow  the  mix- 
ture to  stand  a  few  days,  if  convenient,  and  filter.  Each  fluid  drachm  contains 
J  grain  of  strj'chnine  acetate. 

Note. — "The  British  Pharmacopoeia  (1885)  directs  a  Liquor  Strifchninse  Hydro- 
chloratis  {viMh  synonym:  Liquor  Strychnia)  which  is  much  stronger,  and  should 
not  be  confounded  with  the  above  preparation.  It  should  never  be  dispensed, 
unless  expressly  designated.  It  may  be  prepared  by  dissolving  1  grain  of  crys- 
tallized str3'chnine  (alkaloid)  in  80  minims  of  water  with  the  aid  of  2  drops  of 
diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  and  then  adding  20  minims  of  alcohol.  The  product 
contains  I  grain  of  strychnine  in  each  fluid  drachm'" — {Nat.  Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — (See  Strychnina.)  One-eighth  grain  of  strych- 
nine acetate  i.s  contained  in  each  fluid  drachm. 

LIQUOR  STRYCHNINiE  HYDROCHLORATIS.— SOLUTION  OF 
STRYCHNINE   HYDROCHLORATE. 

Synonym  :   Liquor  stryrhninse  (see  note  to  Liquor  Slrychniiiie  Aretatis). 

Preparation. — Mix  14  minims  of  hydrochloric  acid  with  i  fluid  ounce  of 
distilled  water,  and  by  the  aid  of  heat  dissolve  in  the  mixture  9  grains  of  strych- 
nine, in  crystals.  Add  rectified  spirit,  i  fluid  ounce,  and  distilled  water,  1  fluid 
ounce  (Imperial  measure).  This  accords  with  the  Briti-^h  PharutacoiKtio.  ISS-'). 
The  Briti.'<h  Pharmacopeia  (1898)  directs  a  preparati(^n  of  the  same  strength,  but 
starts  from  the  hydrochloride  of  strychnine,  one  part  of  which  is  dissolved  in 
twenty-five  fluid  parts  of  alcohol  mixed  with  sufficient  water  to  make  one  hun- 
dred  fluid  parts. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  is  a  permanent  .-solution  contain- 
ing 1  prr  cent  of  strychnine  hydrdcliliaate.  It  may  be  employed  where  stryck- 
nine  is  indicated.    Dose,  5  to  10  minims  (equal  to  ^^  and -jV  grain  of  the  salt). 

LIQUOR   STRYCHNIN.®    NITRATIS.— SOLUTION  OF 
STRYCHNINE  NITRATE. 

Preparation.— Take  of  strychnine,  in  crystals,  4  grains ;  nitric  acid.  6  minims; 
distilled  water,  1  fluid  ounce.  Add  the  slrychnine'to  the  water,  and  then  add 
the  acid,  and  agitate  until  the  strychnine  is  dissolved.  This  forms  a  clear,  per- 
manent solution. 


LUilOi;  ZINCI  (  HUMIim.  1189 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.-  May  I'e  employed  in  cases  wlure 
Siryohiuiie  is  iiulicated.  wlutlu-r  externally  or  internally.  Ten  minims  contain 
■jV  grain  of  strychnine.  One  i>art  of  this  so'lution  added  to  three  parts  of  distilled 
water  forms  an  excellent  local  ajjplication  for  ^iriikii'xs  of  the  ei/es  following  intlani- 
matorv  attacks  of  these  organs,  lor  (jlect,(ioiw,rh<m,  h-urnnhua  with  enfeehled  vagi- 
nal walls  and  diarrhmi  with  debility  of  the  intestines  or  walls  of  the  rectum. 
Bv  hv|M)dermatic  injection,  strychnine  may  be  used  in  doses  of  y^^  to  ti's  of  a 
grain";  1  minim  of  the  above  solution  contains-j+jof  a  grain  of  strychnine. 

LIQUOR    ZINCI    CHLORIDI  (U.  S.  P.)— SOLUTION  OF 
ZINC   CHLORIDE. 

"An  aqueous  solution  of  zinc  chloride  (ZnCl,=  135.84),  containing  about  50 
per  cent,  by  weight,  of  the  salt"— (T.  S.  P.). 

Preparation. — "Zinc, granulated,  two  hundred  and  forty  grammes  (240  Gm.) 
[8  ozs.  av.,  204  grs.];  hydrochloric  acid,  eight  hundred  and  forty  graninies  (S40 
Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  13  ozs.,  276  grs.]  ;  nitric  acid,  twelve  grammes  (12  Gm. )  [18.')  grs.]  ; 
precipitated  zinc  carbonate,  twelve  grammes  (12  Gm.)  [185  grs.]  ;  distilled  water, 
a  suflicient  quantity.  To  the  zinc  contained  in  a  glass  or  porcelain  vessel,  add 
one  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (150  Cc.)  [5  fig,  35  TTl]  of  distilled  water; 
then  gradually  add  the  hydrochloric  acid,  and  digest,  until  the  acid  is  saturated. 
Pour  off"  the  solution,  add  the  nitric  acid,  evaporate  the  solution  to  dryness,  and 
.heat  the  dry  mass  to  fusion  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  115°  C.  (239°  F.). 
Let  it  cool,"  and  dissolve  it  in  a  suflicient  amount  of  distilled  water  to  make 
the  product  weigh  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm  )  [2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.]. 
Then  add  the  precipitated  zinc  carbonate,  agitate  the  mixture  occa.sionally  dur- 
ing twenty-four  hours,  and  then  set  it  aside  until  it  has  become  clear  by  subsi- 
dence. FinalJv,  separate  the  clear  solution  by  decantation,  or  by  means  of  a 
siphon"— ,  r.  .V.  P.). 

Description. — "A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  odorless,  having  a  very  astringent, 
sweetish  taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Specific  gravity,  about  1.535  at  15°  C.(59°  F.). 
It  conforms  to  the  reactions  and  tests  of  an  aqueous  solution  of  zinc  chloride  (see 
Zinci  Chlori(him)"—(U.  S.  P.).  The  British  Phannncojiivin  (1898)  solution  has  a 
density  of  1.530,  and  contains  about  40  grammes  of  zinc  (or  about  S3  grammes  of 
zinc  cfiloride)  in  1(X)  Cc.  of  the  preparation.  An  aqueous  solution  of  zinc  chloride 
was  introduced  in  1840,  as  a  disinfectant,  by  Sir  William  Burnett,  and  known  as 
Burnrtl's  Dixinfectiiui  Fluid.  Its  density  is  2.(X3;  contained  200  grains  of  zinc  to 
the  fluid  ounce  (Imp.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  agent  is  destructive  to  some  forms  of 
bacteria,  and  is  used  chiefly  as  a  disinfectant  and  deodorant  for  sinks,  vaults, 
sewers,  hospitals,  dissecting  rooms,  and  has  been  injected  into  cadavers  for  their 
preservation,  which  it  accomplishes,  but  they  are  rendered  unfit  for  dissection 
on  account  of  the  corrosive  action  of  the  preservative  upon  the  scalpel.  Inter- 
nally taken,  it  has  proved  fatal.  From  10  to  20  drops  in  4  fluid  ounces  of  wafer, 
have  been  used  in  leucoirhtea  and  gonnrrhaa^a^nA.  as  a  collyrium  for  ophthnhiun, 
the  result  of  the  latter  disease,  and  of  diphtheria.  Great  care  should  be  exercised 
in  its  use. 

Related  Preparations:— Liquor  Zinci  et  Ai.umixi  Compo.sitc8  (N.  F.),  Compouwl  mlntiim 
„f:ii,c  ii„<l(ihiml,ium.  "  Zinc  sulpliaje,  one  thousand  uraniines  (IIXK)  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  nv.,S  «/.<.,  VM 
(irs,];  aluniinmu  sulphate,  one  thousand  grammes  (  KKX)  Urn.)  [2  lbs.  av..  S  ozs.,  lliO  gi-s.]; 
naplithol,  three  grammes  (3  Gni.)  [46  grs.];  oil  of  thvme.  ten  cnUie  eentrmelers  i  10  Cc.) 
[Ui-'rn];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  nialce  tive  thcnsMn.l  cubic  cntimelers  ."MXTO  tV.) 
[1(.:»H5.  .^S^n].  I»i.«.solve  the  zinc  sulphate  and  aluminum  sulphate  in  tive  tlicusnuil  .iibic 
centimeters  i.^OOOCc.i  [169fl5,:«Tn]  of  water,  by  the  ai<l  of  heat,  a.ld  the  naphtli..l  an.l  nil  of 

thvme,  anil  shake  the  mixture  occasionallv,  in  a  stoppered  iMittle,  until  it  < Is.     >et  it  ;usi.le 

for  a  few  <lays,  if  convenient,  and  then  pass  it  through  a  wetted  tilter.  I"ull..wuig  U  « itb  enough 
water  to  make  five  thousand  cubic  centimeters  I'MK)  Cc.  i  [KKl  ft.?,  :i:nTl  ]•  -\"''.  H'c  com- 
mercial aluminum  sulphate  (twt  alum)  may  be  ub»h1  for  this  preparation.  This  generally 
contains  a  trace  of  iron,  but  by  allowing  the  liquid  to  stan.l,  this  will  Ih-  gradually  precipi- 
tatK(\"—{X(U.  Fonii.). 

LlQCOR  Zl.Nci  CT  Ferri  Compositus  (  N.  F.).C(mipoHnit  fiiulion  of  zmc  ami  iruii.  I>f<jilnmnt 
aolution.—"  Zinc  sulphate,  one  thousand  grammes  1 1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozB.,  iL'Ogrs.];  ferrous 


1190  LIQUOR  ZIXGIBERIS.— LIRIODEXUROX. 

sulphate,  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  Ihs.  av.,  S  ozs..  120  grs.];  copper  sulphate, 
three  hunchcl  an.l  twentv-tive  grammes  (325  Gm.l  [11  oz.  av.,  20:^  grs.];  naphthol.  three 
grammes  i  ".  I ; 111.  i  [4ti  urs.];  oil  of  thyme,  ten  cubic  centimeters  llOC'c.)  [1(52111];  diluted  hyjio- 
pliospliorou^  ii.id  I  r.  N.  /'.),  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.i  [8251T1J;  water,  a  suflScient 
quantity  to  make  iiv<>  thousand  cub'ic  centimeters  (5000  Cc.)  [169  tig, 33  Tit].  I>issoIve  the  zinc 
sulphate,  ferrous  sulphate,  and  cojiiier  sulphate,  in  five  thoasand  cubic  centimeters  (5000  Cc.) 
[169  fl,^,  3:!  V([]  of  boiling  watiT.  «(M  tin-  iiaphtliol.  and  oil  of  thyme,  and  shake  the  mixture 
occasionally,  in  a  stoppered  liottlc,  until  it  is  cold.  Then  add  the  diluted  hypophosphorous 
acid,  filter  "the  liquid  through  a  wetted  filter,  and  lastly,  pass  enough  water  through  the  filter 
to  make  five  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (oOOO  Cc.)  [169  fls,  SSITI]-  -Vo/*'.— This  solution  is 
used  as  a  simple  deodorant  and  antiseptic  for  common  domestic  uses  when  it  is  unnecessary 
or  impracticable  to  employ  more  powerful  agents.  When  a  deodorant  solution  is  required  for 
purposes  where  iron  is  objectionable,  as  for  instance  where  woven  fabrics  are  to  be  steeped  in 
it,  the  compound  solution  of  zinc  and  aluminum  ( t .  248)  may  be  employed  " — ( Nat.  Form.  K 

LIQUOR   ZINGIBERIS  (N.  F.)— SOLUTION  OF  GINGER. 

Synonym:   Soluble  e-^-sence  of  ginger. 

Preparation. — "  Fluid  extract  of  ginger  {U.  S.  P.).  three  liundred  and  thirty- 
five  cubic  centimeters  (335  Cc.)  [11  flg,  157  TTl];  pumice,  in  moderately  fine  pow- 
der, one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.,];  water,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fi.5,  391  TTl]. 
Pour  the  fluid  extract  of  ginger  into  a  bottle,  add  to  it  the  pumice,  and  shake 
the  mixture  thoroughly  and  repeatedly  in  the  course  of  several  liours.  Then 
add  the  water  in  portions  of  about  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters 
(125  Cc.)  [4  fl.^,  109  TU],  shaking  well  and  frequently  after  each  addition.  When  ' 
all  is  added,  lepeat  the  agitation  occasionally  during  24  hours,  then  filter,  return- 
ing the  first  i)ortions  of  the  filtrate  until  it  runs  through  clear,  and,  if  necessary, 
pass  enough  water  through  the  filter  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000  Cc.)  [33  fi.5,  391  mr— (  Xat.  Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— (Those  of  Zinnilxr.) 

LIRIODENDRON.— TULIP  TREE. 

The  bark  of  Liriodendrmx  TuUpifevd,  Linne. 

Nat.  Ord. — MagnoliaceEe. 

CoifMON  Names:  Tulip  tree,  Yellow  wood,  White  uood,  Poplar,  YeJlnw  jwplar, 
Canoe  wood. 

iLLusTR.iTroN :    Lloyd's  Drugs  nud  Medicines  of  North  America,  Vo].  II,  PI.  26. 

Botanical  Source.— This  tree  is  ordinarily  about  80  feet  high,  with  a  diameter 
of  2  or  3  feet,  but  in  favorable  situations  it  frequently  attains  a  height  of  140 
feet,  with  a  diameter  of  8  or  9  feet.  The  trunk  is  perfectly  straight,  cylindric, 
covered  with  a  bark  of  a  brown  or  grayish-brown  color,  smooth  when  young,  rough 
and  furrowed  when  old.  At  the  top  it  divides  rather  abruptly  into  coarse,  crooked 
branches,  in  somewhat  regular  order,  giving  asymmetrical  aspect  to  the  tree;  the 
hark  of  the  young  branches  is  bluish  or  of  a  reddish  tinge.  The  leaves  are  large, 
bright-green,  alternate,  on  long  petioles,  smooth,  sliining,  3-lobed.  lateral  lobes 
ovate,  middle  one  truncated,  appearing  as  if  cut  ofi'  by  a  broad,  shallow  notch. 
Lateral  lobes  of  tlie  large  leaves  furnished  with  a  tooth  or  additional  lobe  on  their 
outside.  There  is  a  variety  with  the  lobes  of  the  leaves  not  pointed,  but  very 
obtuse.  The  Howcrs  are  large, solitary,  terminal,  tulip-shaped,  yellowish,  and  4  to  6 
inches  in  diameter.  The  bracts  are  2,  triangular,  falling  ofl'as'the  flower  expands. 
The  calyx  is  double,  the  inner  and  proper  sepals  being  3,  large,  oval,  concave, 
veined,  of  a  pale-green  color,  spreading  at  first,  and  afterward  reflexed.  The 
corolla  consists  of  6,  7,  or  more  petals,  which  are  obtuse,  concave,  veined,  of  a  pale, 
yellowish-green  color,  marked  with  an  irregular  indented  crescent  of  a  bright- 
orange  on  both  sides  toward  the  ba.se.  Stamens  numerous,  with  short  filaments, 
and  long  linear,  adnate  anthers.  Pistil  a  large,  conical,  acute  bod\',  upper  half 
covered  with  minute,  blackish,  recurved  stigmas;  lower  furrowed,  l>eingama.<s  of 
coalescing  styles  and  ovaries.  Tlie  fruit  is  a  cone  of  imbricated  seed-vessels,  wltich 
are  woody.  an<l  solid,  their  upper  portion  formed  by  the  lon^,  lanceolate  stvle;  the 
seeds  .•ire  '2,  blackish,  and  ovate,  and  one  or  both  often  abortive  (L. — B. — \V.^. 


I,ll:lol>KXDRuX.  1191 

History  and  Description.— This  is  one  of  the  most  magnificent  and  remark- 
able treis  in  tiie  American  forests,  on  account  i)f  its  size,  its  elegant  ai)|>earanci- 
when  in  flowi-r,  its  thi-rapeutical  virtues,  and  its  serviceable  wood.  It  is  i'uuiul  in 
rich  soils  from  Maine  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  reaches  its  greatest  size  in  tin* 
middle  and  southwestern  states;  its  flowers  appear  in  May  and  June.  The  wood 
is  compact  and  lip;ht,  and  is  e.xtensivelj-  used  as  a  substitute  for  pine.  It  is  but 
slightly  aflected  by  dampness  in  the  air,  and  is  seldom  injured  by  worms.  The 
medicinal  part  is  the  bark  of  the  trunk  and  root.  It  is  whitish,  with  a  yellow 
tinge  when  its  epidermis  is  removed,  light,  tibrous,  easily  broken,  of  an  unplea.><- 
aiit,  somewhat  aromatic  odor,  and  an  aromatic,  pungent,  slightly  camphoraceous 
and  amarous  taste.  The  root-bark  is  colored  the  darkest.  When  fresh  both  kinds 
of  bark  are  white,  that  of  the  root  turning  orange-colored  on  the  surface  next  the 
bark,  and  finally  gives  the  whole  piece  a  streaked  aspect;  the  tree  bark  turns  yel- 
lowish. The  fresh  root  bark  is  much  the  stronger,  being  "intensely  acrid  and 
bitter,  producing,  when  chewed,  a  painful,  biting  sensation  approaching  to  pep- 
periness"  ( Lloyd,  in  D.  and  M.  of  X.  A.,Xo].  II,  p.  12).  The  virtues  of  this  bark 
are  somewhat  impaired  by  time,  though  it  may  possess  some  activity  after  several 
years'  keeping.  Water  or  alcohol  take  up  its  active  properties,  which  are  dissi- 
pated by  a  continued  heat  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.).  The  bark  should  be  collected 
during  the  winter.  Squirrels  are  fond  of  the  mature  flower  buds,  which  have  an 
aromatic,  terebinthinate,  bitter  taste,  and  a  turpentine-like  odor.  The  leaves  are 
purely  bitter,  and  not  acrid. 

dhemical  Composition.— Prof  J.  P.  Emmet  (Amer.  Jour.  Plionn.,  1831,  p.  5) 
discoveivd  in  the  bark  a  peculiar,  putty-like  principle  which  he  named  liriodeu- 
drin,  and  which  he  considered  as  a  camphor  and  intermediate  between  the  vola- 
tile oils  and  the  resins.  Emmet  obtained  it  in  colorless  scales  or  in  needles, 
insoluble  in  cold  water,  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  or  nitric  acid,  and  having  an 
aromatic,  bitter,  and  somewhat  acrid  taste. 

Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd,  as  well  as  Prof.  Coblentz,  failed  to  obtain  liriodendrin  in 
crystals.  Wallace  Procter  (1872)  was  likewise  unsuccessful.  According  to  Lloyd. 
"  the  characteristic  principles,  aside  from  the  ordinary  constituents  of  plants,  an- 
a  bitter  extractive,  volatile  oils,  resin,  coloring  principles,  and  an  alkaloid.  Tin- 
aroma  of  the  frcsli  bark  depends  upon  the  volatile  oils;  the  acridity  upon  the 
resin;  the  bitterness  (especially  of  the  green  leaves),  upon  the  bitter  extractive 
matter;  the  coloring  matter  and  the  alkaloid  are  not  perceptible  to  either  tiiste  or 
smell'"  (D.  ami  M.  of  X.  ^.,Vol.  II,  p.  1.5).  The  active  constituent  of  the  bark, 
according  to  the  physiological  investigations  of  Prof  Roberts  Bartholow,  is  the 
alkaloid  tulifiifertne  first  obtained  by  Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd  in  1886.  According  to 
Lloyd's  description,  it  is  colorless,  odorless,  tasteless,  slightly  soluble  in  water, 
but  freely  in  diluted  acids.  Ammonia  water  in  small  amount  precipitates  it 
from  aqueous  solution,  and  an  excess  of  ammonia  dissolves  it  All  the  alka- 
loidal  reagents  aflFord  precipitates  with  solutions  of  its  i^i\\l^  (D.aiid  M.oj  X.  A.. 
Vol.  II,  p.  16).  (For  account  of  color  reactions,  by  Coblentz  and  Llnyd,  see  same 
authority. "»  Tlie  alkaloid  was  small  in  amount.  A  small  quantity  of  a  glucosid, 
polulilf  in  bi'ii/.ol,  was  separated  liy  Prof.  Coblentz. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Tulip-tree  bark  is  an  aromatic  stimii- 
lant  toiiir,  and  li;is  proved  beneficial  in  intcnnitteDl-i,  chronic  rhcvmatiiim,  chronir 
gaMrir  and  iniiMliiinl  r//.>m.*M,  vorms,  and  Injdci-ki.  In  hyderia,  cond>ined  with  a 
small  ipiantity  of  laudanum,  it  is  said  to  be  speedy,  certain,  and  ctiectuid,  and 
also  (o  abate  the  hectic  fecer,  night-gireats,  and  colliquative  dian-/inn  of  p/illiixix.  Tin- 
warm  infusion  is  diaphoretic,  and  under  certain  states  of  the  system  ha.-^  jiroven 
diuretic.  It  is  now  seldom  used.  Prof.  Bartholow  found  the  alkaloid  tuiipiferinr 
to  act  energetically  upon  the  nervous  system  of  frogs  and  rabbits.  Hose  of  tin- 
powdered  bark,  from  20  grains  to  2  dr.ichms ;  of  the  saturated  tincture,  which  is 
the  be.st  form  of  administration.  1  fluid  drachm;  of  the  infusion,  from  I  to  2  fluid 
ounces;  of  liriodendrin.  from  5  to  10  grains. 

Belated  Dmg.—Cnlyenntliu*  floridm.Liniu':  Florida  nlUpice.  Xnt.  Or-f.— Calyi-antliac.-n- 
A  shrub,  nativi-  i.f  tin-  southern  etatcs,  ami  common  in  cultivation  both  in  this  countrj-  nn.l 
Kuni|M-.  The  sti-ni  is  from  6  to  8  f.-et  hijrh  an.i  mucli  branched.  The  l.-av.-H  arc  o|.i>ot!it<-. 
entire,  coriat-eous,  oval,  and  borne  on  abort  leaf-Htalko.  The  entire  plant  i«  in-rvaile)!  witli  an 
aromatic,  camphoraceous  odor,  which  is  esiiecially  the  cam-  with  the  hark  and  roots.     Tlie 


1192  LITHII  BENZOAS. 

flowers  are  nearly  sessile  and  borne  near  the  ends  of  the  branchlets.  They  are  of  a  brownish- 
purple  color,  and  exhale,  especially  when  wilted  or  crushed,  an  abundant  fragrance  compared 
by  some  to  that  of  the  strawbeiTS'. 

This  shrub,  in  common  with  other  species  of  Calycanthus,  is  known  also  as  Carolina  all- 
spice, Sweet-scented  shrub,  or  "Bubby."  The  C.  l^-igatus,  Willdenow,  and  C.  gtaucus,  are  similar 
plants.  The  Californian  C.  occidentalis,  Amott  and  Hooker,  is  called  Spice  hufh.  The  bark  con- 
tains resin,  volatile  oil,  tannin,  and  an  acrid  principle,  and  the  seeds  of  C.  fjlaucus  yield  fixed 
oils,  albumen,  starch,  and  2.25  per  cent  of  an  alkaloid  calycanthine,  discovered  by  R.  G.  Eccles 
{Proc.  Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc,  1888,  p.  84).  It  dissolves  freely  in  chloroform  and  etlier,  and  but 
slightly  in  water,  and  is  easily  decomposable  by  caustic  alkalies,  a  new  crystallizable  alka- 
loid resulting.  A  strong  sweet  odor  like  that  of  oil  of  ylang-ylang  is  at  the  same  time  devel- 
oped. The  seeds  of  calycanthus  contain  no  essential  oil,  while  the  bark,  flowers,  and  leaves 
do.  Dr.  H.  W.  Wiley  {Amer.  Chem.  Jour.,  1889;  see  also  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm..  1890,  p.  96),  con- 
firms the  occurrence'of  calycanthine  in  the  seeds  of  Calycanthus  glaucus,  as  well  as  the  reactions 
described  by  Dr.  Eccles,  and  obtained  47  per  cent  of  fatty  oil  from  the  seeds.  This  plant  has 
been  suggested  for  use  in  medicine  as  a  stimulant,  antiperiodic,  and  aromatic;  its  virtues  in 
these  respects  are,  very  probably,  in  no  way  superior  to  the  many  agents  already  named  in  our 
materia  medicas,  possessing  similar  properties. 

LITHII  BENZOAS  (U.  S.  P.)— LITHIUM  BENZOATE. 

Synonyms  :   Lithium  bcnzoicum,  Benzoas  litliicus. 

FoKMrL.\:  LiC^HjOj.     Molkcular  Weight:  127.72. 

Preparation.— Add  carbonate  of  lithium  to  benzoic  acid  mixed  with  hot 
water,  until  elTervescence  ceases  and  the  acid  is  dissolved  and  saturated;  then 
filter  and  evaporate  the  filtrate  to  drvness  upon  a  water-bath,  thus:  Li,COj-f 
2HC,H50.,=2LiC,HA+H,0-(-CO,.  Tlie  salt  may  be  obtained  in  permanent  crys- 
tals, by  evaporating  the  solution  and  setting  the  capsule  or  vessel  aside.  In  our 
own  experience,  32  parts  of  benzoic  acid,  mixed  with  128  jiarts  of  water,  require 
11  parts  of  carbonate  of  lithium;  and  the  yield  is,  practically,  about  that  of  the 
weight  of  the  acid  employed.  The  impurities  to  be  expected  are  such  as  accom- 
pany carbonate  of  lithium. 

Description  and  Tests. — The  official  salt  is  "  a  light,  white  powder,  or  small, 
shining,  crystalline  scales ;  odorless, or  of  faint  benzoin-like  odor,  and  of  a  cooling, 
sweetish  taste;  permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  4  parts  of 
water,  and  in  12  parts  of  alcohol;  in  2.5  parts  of  boiling  water  and  in  10  parts  of 
boiling  alcohol.  The  presence  of  sodium  beiizoate  increases  the  solubility  in 
water  and  lessens  that  in  alcohol.  When  heated,  the  salt  fuses;  at  a  higher  tem- 
perature it  chars,  emits  inflammable  vapors  having  a  benzoin-like  odor,  and  finally 
leaves  a  residue  of  lithium  carbonate  mixed  with  carbon.  This  residue  imparts  a 
crimson  color  to  a  non-luminous  flame,  and  its  aqueous  solution  has  an  alkaline 
reaction  upon  litmus  paper.  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  of  lithium  benzoate 
has  a  faintly  acid  reaction  upon  litmus.  If  2  Cc.  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.  lie  mixed 
with  a  small  drop  of  aaimonia  water,  and  added  to  2  Cc.  of  an  aqueous  solution 
of  the  salt,  a  voluminous  brownish-pink  precipitate  of  basic  ferric  benzoate  will 
result.  If  1  Cc.  of  diluted  nitric  acid  be  added  to  0.2  Gm.of  lithium  benzoate 
dissolved  in  2  Cc.  of  water,  and  the  precipitated  benzoic  acid  be  removed  by 
filtration,  the  clear  filtrate  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  on  addition  of  silver 
nitrate  T.S.  (absence  of  chloride),  or  of  barium  nitrate  T.S.  (absence  of  suljihate). 
If  a  concentrated  solution  of  the  salt  be  mixed  with  hydrochloric  acid,  a  wiiite 
precipitate  of  benzoic  acid  will  be  formed,  which,  after  being  .separated  from  the 
liquid,  and  thoroughly  washed  and  dried,  should  respond  to  the  tests  of  jnirity 
given  under  Acidum  Bemoinim.  If  the  filtrate  from  this  precipitate  be  evaporated 
to  dryness  and  ignited,  1  part  of  the  residue  shoidd  be  soluble  in  5  parts  of  abso- 
lute alcohol.  If  to  this  alcoholic  solution  an  equal  volume  of  ether  be  added, 
no  precipitate  or  turbidity  should  appear  (limit  of  other  alkalie,s\  Tiie  aqueous 
solution  (1  in  20)  of  the  salt  should  remain  unaffected  by  hydrogen  sulphideT.S., 
or  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead,  iron,  aluminum,  etc.),  or 
bv  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium),  or  by  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite 
T.S.  (limit  of  potassium);  nor  sh.uild  silver  nitrate  T.S..  or  barium  nitrate  T.S., 
produce  in  it  more  than  a  very  slight  turbidity  (limit  of  chloride  and  .-ulpliate). 
If  1  Gm.of  dry  lithium  benzoate  be  thorougfily  ignited  in  a  i)orcel.\in  crucible, 
so  as  to  burn  off  most  of  the  carbonaceous  matter,  and  the  residue  be  mixed  with 
20  Cc.  of  water,  it  should  require,  for  complete  neutralization,  not  less  than  7.8 Cc. 


LITHII  UKO.MIDIM.  1193 

of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (corrcspoiuling  to  not  less  than  it'J.G  per  cent  of  the  pun- 
salt),  ni.-th_vl-oranj;e  lieiii>;  usod  a.s  iiidiiator  "—((.'.  N.  /'.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  employnient  of  lithium  com- 
pouniis  ill  lueiliciue  is  tliii'  t<>  tin-  fait  that  the  urate  of  lithium  is  much  more 
?olul>lf  tliau  the  other  alkaline  urates.  Henzoate  of  lithium  was  recommended 
by  E.  I?.  Shuttleworth,  as  an  agent  superior  to  other  compounds  of  lithium  in  the 
treatment  of  gout,  and  certain  difonlfr.t  of  tlw  wiimnj  onjdns,  more  especially  when 
there  is  an  cr'vw  oM< '■<''<•<,  or  of  vir  arid.  It  is  a  stable,  noii-delifjuescent  prepa- 
ration, and  consistsof  acomliinationof  two  agents, each  of  which  have  been  found 
valuable  in  the  treatment  of  certain  forms  of  urinary  ditlicuUies,  as  well  as  in 
chrouk-  iiiJinminiUiiiii  of  the  lurk  of  the  bJudilcr.  It  acts  as  a  diuretic,  and  is  especially 
useful  to  prevent  gouty  paro.xysnis,  by  preventing  the  formation  and  sub-seijuent 
deposition  of  insoluble  urates  in  the  tissues,  to  remove  the  tendency  to  excessive 
deposition  of  uric  acid  or  urates  in  the  urine,  and  to  render  this  fluid  neutral  or 
alkaline.  It  is  useful  in  c/i/od/*?  ?7ir»mi?/.-))i,  where  uric  acid  deposits  are  voided 
with  the  urine.  It  corrects  ammoninral  urine,  relieves  n/!<(ic  irriUitinn  from  the 
presence  of  gravrl,  and  is  reputed  to  retard  the  formation  of  biliary. odruli,  and  the 
consequent  hejiatir  colic.  The  dose  is  from  1  to  30  grains,  dissolved  in  a  wine- 
glassful  of  water,  repeating  the  dose  3  or  4  times  daily.  Doses  of  from  1  to  5  grains 
are  preferable  to  the  laiger  doses. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Bad  taste,  fetid  breath,  and  imperfect  nutri- 
tion, associated  with  continuous  urinary  irritation  ;  lumbar  uneasiness  e.xtending 
to  the  bladder,  urine  bearing  mucus  and  earthy  phosphates,  j)erineum  full  and 
tense  with  frequent  desire  to  micturate,  the  urine  passing  with  dilliculty. 

LITHII  BROMIDUM  (U.  S.  P.)— LITHIUM  BROMIDE. 

FoRMiT,.\:  LiRr.     Molecular  Weight:  86.77. 

Synonyms:   Lithium  hromalum,  Bromuretum  lithicum. 

Preparation.— This  salt  may  readily  be  prepared  as  follows:  To  a  given 
amount  of  solution  of  hydrobromic  acid,  in  a  glass  or  porcelain  evaporating  basin, 
add  grailually,  with  constant  stirring,  carbonate  of  lithium  until  the  acid  is  satu- 
rated and  etl'ervescence  ceases.  Then  filter,  and  evaporate  the  filtrate  to  drvness. 
The  reaction  is  represented  as  follows :  2HBr+Li,C03-^  2LiBr-(-H,0-f  CO.,.  Owing 
to  the  low  atomic  weight  of  lithium,  its  bromide  contains  about  92  jier  cent 
of  bromine,  while  the  potassium  bromide  contains  nearly  66  per  cent,  and  the 
sodium  bromide  about  78  per  cent.  Its  taste  is  not  so  disagreeable  as  that  of  the 
potassium  salt,  but  mure  so  than  that  of  the  sodium  or  ammonium  bromides.  It 
is  incompatiido  with  solutions  of  the  carbonates  of  the  other  alkali  metals,  form- 
ing, bvdecomjiosition,  carbonate  of  lithium  (Li.COj).  "Lithium  bromide  should 
be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles"— (T.  S.  P.). 

Description  and  Tests. — This  salt  is  otHcially  described  as  "a  white,  granu- 
lar salt,  odorless,  ami  having  a  sharp,  slightly  bitter  taste;  very  deliquescent. 
Soluble,  at  1-5°  C.  {Jj\f°  F.),  in  0.6  part  of  water,  and  in  0.3  part  of  boiling  water; 
very  soluble  in  alcohol,  also  soluble  in  ether.  At  a  low,  red  heat  the  salt  fuses, 
and  at  a  higher  heat  it  is  slowly  volatilized.  It  imjiarts  a  crimson  color  to  a  non- 
luminous  flame.  The  aqueous  solution  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  If  a  few 
<lrop3  of  chloroform  be  added  to  5  Cc.  of  the  solution  (1  in  20),  then  1  Cc.  of  chlo- 
rine water,  and  the  mixture  shaken,  the  liberated  bromine  will  dissolve  in_  tiie 
cldorfiform,  communicating  to  it  a  yellow,  or  yellowish-brown  color.  If  0..5  Cc. 
of  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.  be  added  to  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution,  no  pre- 
cipitate or  turbidity  should  occur  within  10  minutes  (limit  of  potassium).  One 
part  of  the  salt  should  di.s.solve,  without  residue,  in  5  jiarts  of  absolute  alcohol, 
and  the  addition  of  an  equal  volume  of  ether  should  |)roduce  no  i)recipitato  in 
this  solution  (limit  of  other  alkalies).  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  not 
be  affected  by  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  either  before  or  after  acidulation  with  a 
drop  of  hyiir.icliloric  acid  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead,  copi>er,  etc.),  nor  by  ammo- 
nium sulphide  T.S.  (ab.sence  of  iron, aluminum, etc.).  In  the  aqueous  s(dution  no 
turliiditv  should  be  |>roduced  bv  the  ndrlition  of  barium  cliloriile  T.S.  (ab.xence  of 
iulidiate).    If  a  few  drops  of  s'anh  T.S.  be  added  to  .5  Cc.  of  the  atjueous  solution, 


1194  LITIIII  CAKBOXAS. 

then  1  or  2  drops  of  chlorine  water,  no  hlue  color  should  appear  (ahsence  of 
iodide).     If  0.3  Gm.  of  dry  lithium  bromide  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  and 

2  drops  of  potassium  chromate  T.S.  be  added,  it  should  require  35.3  Cc.  of  deci- 
normal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  to  produce  a  permanent  red  color  of  silver  chroraate 
(corresponding  to  at  least  98  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt)" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Roubaud,  having  investigated  the 
action  of  tliis  compound,  arrived  at  tlie  following  conclusions:  That  it  possesses 
the  litlmntriiJtii;  properties  common  to  the  lithium  preparations;  that,  like  other 
bromides,  it  afiects  reflex  sensibility,  with  energy,  and  without  that  inconvenient 
action  upon  the  heart  usually  following  the  use  of  bromide  of  potassium ;  and 
that  it  is  useful  as  a  sedative  and  autilithic  in  cases  of  uric  ncid  diathesis  accom- 
panied by  painful  phenomena,  or  complicating  neuroses.  E.  Levj'  considers  it 
to  have  a  beneficial  eflfect  in  gout,  but  less  so  than  some  of  the  other  salts  of 
lithium,  although  its  influence  in  diminishing  the  quantity  of  uric  acid  is  verj' 
small ;  being  ver^^  rich  in  bromine,  it  is  more  active  than  bromide  of  potassium, 
having  a  marked  sedative  influence  upon  the  cerebro-spinal  axis,  without  affect- 
ing the  heart.  Dr.  S.  W.  Mitchell  has  found  it  to  be  a  rapid  and  powerful  sopo- 
rific' ngent,  more  so  than  any  of  the  other  bromides  used  in  therapeutics,  and  has 
(Miii)li>yiil  it  advantageously  in  the  milder  forms  oi  rjiiUji.^ii,  in  limdache,  insomnia, 
ir:il:/fii/ii'ss  from  mental  or  physical  exertion,  and  in  n'miitns  nuriuin,  attended  with 
pain  in  the  temporal  region  and  sleeplessness.  It  has  likewise  been  found  bene- 
ficial in  certain  cases  of  spermatorrhcen,  chronic  irrituhility  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder, 
and  in  irritable  litems.  It  is  a  remedy  for  rlnuiiuiti-ni  when  dependent  on  lithsemia. 
The  dose  is  from  3  to  10  grains,  in  well-diluted  solution,  which  should  be  repeated 

3  or  4  times  a  day.  Owing  to  its  extreme  deliquescence,  this  salt  should  be  kept 
in  aqueous  or  alcoholic  solutinn. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Flushed  countenance;  mental  depression; 
insomnia,  due  to  mental  and  physical  exhaustion:  severe  inter-scapular  pain; 
mild  attacks  of  epilepsy;  renal  inactivity. 

LITHII   CARBONAS  lU.  S.  P.)— LITHIUM  CARBONATE. 

Forjifla:  LijCO,.     Molecclar  Weight:  73.87. 

Sv.NoNVMs:    Carhonas  lithicm,  Carbonate  of  Uthin,  Normal  carbonate  of  lithium. 

Preparation. — This  salt  maj;  be  prepared  by  pouring  a  concentrated  solu- 
tion of  chloride  of  lithium  (LiCl)  into  a  solution  of  ammonium  carbonate,  in  am- 
monia water,  continuing  the  process  until  the  precipitate  ceases  to  form  upon 
heating.  (For  its  preparation  from  the  lithium-bearing  minerals,  Icpidolite,  peta- 
lite,  ,y)odumene,  etc.,  see  C.  Thompson,  ^mtr.  Jour.  Phann.,  1883,  p.  318;  also  L.  F. 
Kebler,  ihid..  1898,  p.  600.) 

Description  and  Tests. — "A  light,  white  powder,  odorless,  and  having  an 
alkaline  taste;  permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble  in  80  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59° 
F.),  and  in  140  parts  of  boiling  water;  much  more  soluble  in  water  saturated  with 
carbon  dioxide;  insoluble  in  alcohol;  soluble  in  diluted  acids  with  active  effer- 
vescence. At  a  low,  red  heat  the  salt  fuses,  at  a  higher  temperature  it  loses  some 
of  its  carbon  dioxide,  and  is  partially  converted  into  lithium  oxide.  It  imparts 
a  crimson  color  to  a  non-luminous  flame.  The  aqueous  solution  ha.<  an  alkaline 
reaction  upon  litmus  pajjcr.  If  1  Gm.of  lithium  carbonate  be  dissolved  in  40  Cc. 
of  diluted  acetic  acid,  no  insoluble  residue  should  remain.  Separate  portions  of 
this  solution  should  not  be  affected  by  the  following  reagents:  Hydrogen  sul- 
])hide  T.S.  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead,  etc.),  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of 
iron,  aluminum,  etc.),  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (calcium),  silver  nitrate  T.S. 
(chloride),  barium  chloride  T.S.  (sulphate),  or  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.  (,li'n't 
of  potassium).  If  0.5  Gm.of  lithium  carbonate  be  dissolved  in  2  Cc.  of  hydnv 
chloric  acid,  and  the  clear  solution  be  evaporated  to  dryness,  the  dry  residue 
should  completely  dissolve  in  3  Cc.  of  absolute  alcoliol,  and  an  addition  of  3  Cc.  of 
ether  should  not  render  the  .solution  turbid  (limit  of  other  alkalies).  If  O.-'i  Gm.  of 
the  dry  salt  be  mixed  with  20  Cc.  of  water,  it  should  require,  for  complete  neutrali- 
zation, not  less  than  13.4  Cc.  of  normal  sulidiuric  acid  (corresi>onding  to  at  least 
98.98  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt),  methyl  orange  being  used  as  indicator" — ( T.  i**.  P.). 


LlTIIll  CAKBOXAS.  11!».", 

Tlif  :ilo>h<)l-ethcr  test  serves  to  distinguish  litbium  carbonate  from  the  more 
probable  iini>urities,  carbonates  of  potassium  ami  of  sodium,  the  chlorides  of 
which  elements  are  not  soluble,  especially  in  the  latter  of  the  menstrua  named. 
Carbonate  of  lithium  has  been  fraudulently  adulterated  with  sugar  of  milk.  This 
may  be  detected  by  its  reduction  of  the  copper  salt  in  Fehling's  solution ;  also 
by  the  adulteration  emitting  a  caramel  odor  and  turning  black  when  exposed  to 
calcination  heat. 

Hydro<;kn  Lithu'M  Carbonate,  or  the  Arid  lifhium  carbonate  (HLiCOJ,  is 
formetl  when  freshly  precipitated  normal  carbonate  of  lithium  is  suspended  in 
water  and  exposed  to  a  current  of  carbon  dioxide.  This  salt  is  more  soluble  than 
the  common  carbonate,  about  5  parts  dissolving  in  100  parts  of  water.  It  readily 
decomposes  by  exposure,  and  by  evaporation  on  the  water-bath,  forming  normal 
carbonate  of  lithium,  carbon  dioxide,  and  water,  thus:  '2HLiC03=Li,CO,-|-H.p+ 
C"Oj.  The  acid  salt  is  not  obtainable  in  solid  form,  except,  perhaps,  upon  exceed- 
ingly slow  evaporation  of  the  bicarbonate  solution  (A.  Goldammer,  Amcr.  Jour. 
Fha7'm.,lSf^6.  )>.  347).    It  is,  probably,  the  form  in  which  it  exists  in  mineral  waters. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Carbonate  of  lithium  is  considered  a 
diuretic,  and  an  tiicrgi-tio  alk:iliziii;.'  :igent  of  the  urine.  Administered  inter- 
nally, it  causes  the  insoluble  urates  of  the  blood  to  form  soluble  urates  of  lithium, 
and  hence  has  been  advised  in  (/out,  and  in  urinan/  deposils  of  uric  acid  and  wates, 
the  same  as  the  benzoate  and  the  citrate  of  this  alkali.  The  action  of  these  agents 
may  fail  umler  certain  conditions  of  the  system,  which,  after  liaving  been  ascer- 
tained, should  be  removed  Ijy  appropriate  measures  previous  to  the  administra- 
tion of  the  lithium  salts.  Lithium  carbonate  is  reputed  a  powerful  solvent  of  false 
nienibrane.  The  dose  of  carbonate  of  lithium  is  from  1  to  4  grains,  in  a  gill  or  so 
of  hot  water,  repeating  it  3  or  4  times  a  day.  Garrod  and  Charcot  advise  it  to  be 
taken  as  follows:  Water,  charged  with  carbonic  acid,  1  pint;  bicarbonate  of 
sodium,  3  grains;  carbonate  of  lithium,  li  grains.  Mix,  and  keep  well-stoppered. 
This  quantity  is  to  be  used  daily,  in  wineglassful  doses,  continuing  to  prepare 
and  use  it  I'i'r  '2  nr  •">  consecutive  weeks. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Indigestion  and  acid  eructations,  with  uri- 
nary depo>it.- ;  artieular  swellings;  gout. 

Lithium  and  Its  Compounds. — Lithium,  iiV/ii'iim.  Symbol:  Li.  Atomic  Weight:  7.01. 
Litbium  is  tlie  inetaUic  ba.^e  ol  an  alkaline  oxide,  lithia,  and  as  vet  has  not  been  employed  in 
medicine  nur  in  the  arts.  Tlie  name,  meaning  "  stony,"  is  derived  from  the  Greek  lilhi>»,  a  stone. 
The  alkali  was  discovered  by  Arfvedson,  in  1817 ;  the  element,  by  Bunsen  and  Mattliiessen, 
in  185.5.  Lithium  is  very  widely  distributed,  but  in  small  quantities,  a  fact  brought  out  by 
the  development  of  spectrum  analysis  by  Kirchhoff  and  Bunsen.  The  important  minerals 
which  contain  it  are  trinhyline  la  phosphate  of  iron,  manganese,  sodium,  and  lithium  i,  ;«"/<i/i<<; 
and  fijiHliiiiiene  iboth  silicates  of  alummum,  sodium,  and  lithium),  and  leimhAite  (a  silicate  of 
aluminuui,  potassium,  and  lithium  I.  LithmphUilc  and  aiiihli/ijiiiiile  are  litliium-bearing  minerals, 
als<i,  (lecurring  in  North  Carolina,  and  containing  from  9  to  10  jier  cent  of  lithium  oxide.  Some 
mineral  spiiiit.'s  are  likewise  foun<l  to  contain  it,  notably  one  in  the  Wheal  Cliflbrd  Mine,  in 
Cornwall.  Kiiirland.  Our  Gettysburg  Spring's,  I'enn.,  aiid  the  BuH'alo  Lithia  Springs,  Meck- 
lenbnru'  County. Va.,  likewise  contain  it.  Lithium  is  much  less  oxidizable,  and  hartler  than 
either  pi.ta^siuin  or  sodium,  but  softer  than  lea<l.  When  freshly  cut  it  exhibits  a  silver-like 
surface,  which  tixrnishes  by  exposure.  It  melts  at  180°  C.  (3.d6°  F.),  is  the  lightest  of  all 
known  solids,  having  a  specific  gravity  of  0.5986,  floats  on  benzin  and  on  water,  quickly  oxi- 
dizing in  the  latter  case,  but  without  fusing.  Lithium  is  of  interest  to  the  medicaf  profession 
from  the  fact  that  several  compounds  of  it  are  employed  in  medicine.  They  are  chieHy  the 
carbonate,  benzoate,  bromide,  sjilicvlate,  and  citrate,  the  first  being  employed  in  the  produc- 
tion of  the  others.  However,  the  claims  as  to  the  curative  properties  of  lithia  ami  lithia-water 
springti,  in  cases  of  gout,  rheumatism,  and  uric  acid  diathesis,  are  lialile  to  be  exaggerated.  It 
must  be  borne  in  mind,  as  Mr.  L.  Sielwld,  in  1889,  has  pointed  out,  that  lithia  owes  its  distinc- 
tion over  caustic  soda  or  potai^i  as  a  uric  acid  solvent,  only  to  its  small  molecular  weight. 
Much  less  of  lithia  tlian  of  so.la  or  potas.sa  is  necessary  to  dissolve  the  t^ame  (inantity  of  uric 
acid.  Furlhi-rmore,  lithium  in  the  form  of  chloride,  of8uli>hate.  has  not  the  slightest  solvent 
action  Ujwn  uric  acid  (see  .Imcr.  ./■m/-.  J'hurm. ,]SS'.I,  p.  ."):;().  and  1s;M.  p.  .')SS(. 

LlTllll  BoitociTR.ts.— Thne  bormitrates  of  litliinm  have  hr,-i'  pn  p^red  for  medicinal  liur- 
poees— tbemono-.thedi-.and  tlietri-boroeitrateotlithiuii,.  Th.lii-l  C,II,LirBO]0,  +  H,()) 
requires  for  its  prrxluction  lithium  carlionate,  4  part<;  l>ori.-  :irid,  i.  part.'*;  and  citric  acid,  I'D 
parts.  The  second  (C,H,I,i,[B(t]50,+l'Hj<)i  re(iuir<s  lithinin  carbonate  7  parts  ;  boric  aciil. 
12  parts;  and  citric  acid.  20  i>arts.  The  third  ,C,ll.,Li3<)T  •  Ballot  >,  i  Ih  prepar.-<l  from  litluum 
carbonate,  11  parts;  lM)ric  acid,  IS  i)arts ;  citric  acid,  20  part.M.  The  mgreilunls  are  di8.s<ilve.l  in 
boiling  water,  evaiiorated  to  dryness,  ami  powdered,  or  the  concentniteil,  syrupy  solution  may 
he  painted  upon  glas-s  and  s<'aled  l  E.  ."^iheiV-,  ISSO;  .liner.  Jour.  I'harm.,  1881.  \>.  (Mil. 


1196  LITHII  CITRAS. 

LiTHii  Chloriovm,  Lithium  chloridf.  Symbol:  LiCl.  Molecular  weight:  42.38.  This  is 
prepared  from  lepidoHte.  This  compound  forms  anhydrous  octohedra,  soluble  in  water  and 
alcohol.  Its  taste  is  saline,  and  it  fuses  at  a  red  heat.  Exposed  to  the  air  it  readily  deliquesces. 
Evaporation  of  its  aqueous  solution  produces  slight  decomposition,  traces  of  hydrochloric  acid 
being  evolved,  and  a  corresponding  amount  of  lithium  oxide,  of  an  alkaline  reaction,  being 
formed.  Lithium  chloride  combines  with  water  of  crvstallization  in  two  proportions,  forming 
LiCl  +  TI,0  an.U.iCI -211,0. 

LiTiiii  \>.\,u<v\\.  I.Uh'nn,,  iodide.  Symbol:  Lil.  Molecularweight:  1 3.3.-54.  This  salt  may 
be  propnr.-.l  l.\  ilic  |.r(«i-.<s  lor  making  bromide  of  lithium,  excepting  that /i)/f//-iVx7i>  is  substi- 
tuted foi  Iniilrnl.nniiir  (ifiil .  Prof.  Zeisct,  of  Vienna,  prepared  it  by  double  decomposition  of 
ferrous  iodide  with  lithium  carbonate  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1882,  p. '3081.  This  salt  is  crj-stal- 
line,  and  forms  with  ZH^O  deliquescent,  prismatic  crystals  whicli,  when  exposed,  have  a  tend- 
ency to  become  yellow,  on  account  of  .the  liberation  of  iodine.  It  dissolves  readily  in  water 
and  alcohol,  and  should  be  kept  in  tightly-stoppered  vials. 

Effervescing  Lituium'Carbonate  may  be  prepared  by  heating  in  a  flat  ves.'sel.  to  100°  C. 
(212°  F.),  with  constant  stirring  until  agranular  product  results,  a  mixture  lall  well  powdered) 
of  lithium  carbonate  (10  parts),  sodium  bicarbonate  (50  partsi,  and  citric  acid  i40  parts.  Pass 
the  product  through  a  coarse  sieve,  and  place  the  granules  in  clngely-toi.pered  vials. 

LITHII    CITRAS  (U.  S.  P.)— LITHIUM  CITRATE. 

Formula:  Li3C6H30. .     Molecular  Weight:  209.57. 

Synonyms:    Lithix  citrns.  Lithium  citricum,  Citrate  of  lithia. 

Preparation. — Take  of  carbonate  of  lithium,!  part;  citric  acid  in  crystals, 
2  parts,  or  a  sufficient  quantity;  distilled  water,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Mix  the 
carbonate  of  lithium  with  2  parts  of  water  heated  to  the  temperature  of  82.2°  C. 
(180°  F.),  in  a  capacious  glass  or  porcelain  vessel.  Then  dissolve  the  citric 
acid  in  4  parts  of  water,  at  the  same  temperature,  and  gradually  pour  a  sufficient 
amount  of  the  acid  solution,  with  constant  stirring,  into  the  nii.xture  of  carbon- 
ate of  lithium  and  water,  to  dissolve  the  carbonate.  Then  raise  the  temperature 
to  93.33°  C.  (200°  F.),  and  cautiously  stir  into  the  solution  a  few  grains  of  car- 
bonate of  lithium;  if  eflfervescence  ensues,  continue  adding  more  of  the  carbon- 
ate until  it  is  in  slight  excess ;  now  filter  the  solution,  evaporate,  at  a  gentle  heat, 
to  the  consistence  of  syrup ;  then  dry  in  a  warm-air  closet,  until  the  salt  will 
pulverize,  and  inclose  it  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle. 

As  usually  made,  citrate  of  lithium  is  a  very  unsatisfactory  preparation,  from 
its  proneness  to  deliquesce.  To  a  great  extent,  this  property  is  derived  from  the 
excess  of  citric  acid  usually  present.  We  will  call  attention  to  the  fact  that,  by 
reversing  the  process  of  the  U.  S.  Phnrmnropceia  (1870)  and  adding  the  solution  of 
citric  acid  (q.  s.)  to  the  carbonate  of  lithium,  better  results  apiu'ar  to  be  obtained 
than  with  the  process  of  the  Pharmacopoeia.  Citrate  of  lithium,  prepared  as  above, 
may  contain  aslujht  proportion  of  carbonate  of  lithium,  an  uninimportant  con- 
tamination. It  is  liable  to  contain  all  the  impurities  present  in  both  the  citric 
acid  and  the  carbonate  of  lithium  cm]iloved  in  its  preparation.  "Lithium  citrate 
should  be  kei>t  in  well-stoppered  bottles ''—( T.  6'.  P). 

Description  and  Tests. — The  ('.  .S'.  P.  describes  tlie  salt  to  be  '"a  white  pow- 
der, o<lorliss,  aiul  having  a  cooling,  faintly  alkaline  taste;  deliquescent  on 
exposure  to  air.  Soluble  in  2  parts  of  waterat  15°  C.  (59°  F).,and  in  0.5  part  of 
boiling  water;  almost  insoluble  in  alcohol  or  ether.  At  a  red  heat  the  salt  chars, 
emits  inflammable  vapors  of  a  pungent  odor,  and  finally  leaves  a  black  residue 
of  lithium  carbonate  mixed  with  carbon.  It  imparts  a  crimson  color  to  a  non- 
luminous  Hame.  The  aqueous  solution  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  If  the  aque- 
ous solution  (1  in  20)  of  lithium  citrate  i>e  boiled  with  an  equal  volume  of 
calcium  chloride  T.S.,  a  white  precipitate  will  be  deposited  "—(('.  S.  P.K  Crys- 
tallizable  lithium  citrate  is  not  deliquescent.  According  to  Mr.  Nunnery  it  lias 
the  composition  Li,,C\H,0.4-4H,0.  corresponding  to  74.3  per  cent  of  anhydrous 
salt.  (For  a  valuable  resume  of  the  methods  of  its  preparation  and  analvsis,  see 
C.  Thompson,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1883,  p.  314.) 

.\s  regards  tests,  the  ('.  S.  P.  directs  as  follows:  "Separate  portions  of  the 
solution,  slightly  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  should  not  be  affected  l\v  hydrogen 
sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead,  etc.) ;  ammonium  sul^ihide  T.S.  (iron, 
aluminum,  etc.) ;  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (calcium) ;  or  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite 
T.S.  (limit  of  potassium).   With  barium  nitrate  T.S.,  or  with  silver  nitrate  T.S.  not 


l.ITHII  IITKA>  KKIKUVESCKXS.-LITHII  SALUYLAS  1197 

more  than  a  slight  turbiditj-  should  appear  (limit  of  sulphate  ami  of  chloride). 
If  the  retiidue  oi)tained  l>y  calcining  the  salt  at  a  red  heat  lie  dipsolvetl  in  a  slight 
excess  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  filtrate  evaporated  to  dryness,  a  por- 
tion of  the  residue,  treated  with  o  parts  of  absolute  aleoliol,  should  completely 
dissolvr,  and  the  addition  of  an  equal  volume  of  ether  should  not  render  the 
solution  tuihid  (limit  of  other  alkalies).  If  1  gramme  of  dry  lithium  citrate  he 
thoroughly  ignited  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  so  as  to  burn  ofl'  most  of  the  carbona- 
ceous maiter,  and  the  residue  be  mixed  with  20  Cc.  fif  water,  it  should  require, 
for  complete  neutralization,  not  less  than  14.2  C'c.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid 
(corresponding  to  at  least  90.2  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt),  methyl  orange  being 
used  as  indicator  "-  ( ('.  S.  P. ). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Citrate  of  lithium  is  employed  in  the 
same  anrctiiHis  as  litliiuni  cMrbonate,  and  in  the  same  doses;  being  the  more 
soluble  of  the  two,  it  has  been  preferred  to  that  salt.  Its  do.«e,  as  \vith  that  of  the 
carbonate,  may  be  carried  to  from  15  grains  to  even  half  a  drachm;  but  these 
large  doses  an-  apt  to  occasion  cardialgic  dyspepsia.  Lithium  citrate  is  excreted 
in  the  urine  as  a  carbonate.  The  ioilide  and  sulphate  of  lithium  have  occasionally 
been  employed  theraiieutically,  i)ut  no  e<|it'cial  advantage  has  yet  been  derived 
from  tii'ir  use.    The  specilic  indi(  Mtions  lor  lithium  citrate  are  those  given  below. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Imlitrestion  and  acid  eructations,  with  uri- 


Specinc 

•V  diiio-its 


nary  dipo>its  ;  articular  swellini.'>  :  t;ont. 

LITHII  CITRAS  EFFERVESCENS  (U.  S.  P.)— EFFERVESCENT 
LITHIUM  CITRATE. 

Preparation.— •■  Lithium  carbonMie,  seventy  grammes  (70  Gm.~)  [2  ozs.  av., 
2(t5grs.];   sodium   bicarbonate,  two   hundred   and   eighty   grammes   (280  Gm.) 

E9  ozs.  av., 384  grs.]  ;  citric  acid,  three  hundred  and  seventy  grammes  (370  Gm.) 
13  ozs.  av.,  22  grs.] ;  sugar,  in  fine  powder,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one 
thou.'^and  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Triturate  the  citric 
acid  with  about  two  hundred  grammes  (200  Gm.)  [7  ozs.  av.,  24  grs.]  of  sugar, 
and  dry  the  mixture  thoroughlj-.  Then  incorporate  with  it,  by  trituration,  the 
lithium  carbonate  and  sodium  bicarbonate,  and  enough  sugar  to  make  the  pro- 
duct weigh  one  thousaml  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Keep 
the  powder  in  well-stopperetl  bottles  "— (  U.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.—  (See  LUhii  Citras.)  This  furnishes 
a  ()leasantly  acidulous  form  for  the  administration  of  lithium  citrate.  Dose, 
i  to  2  drachms. 

LITHII  SALICYLAS    U.  S.  P.)— LITHIUM  SALICYLATE. 

Formii.a;   LiC.HA-     Moi.ecilak  Weight  :  143.68. 

Sv.NoNv.M  :    Lithium  saliri/lirinn. 

Preparation. — Heat  together,  until  effervescence  ceases,  a  mixture  of  lithium 
carbonate,  o  jiarts,  salicylic  acid,  11  parts,  and  water,  25  parts.  Filter,  wash,  evapo- 
rate, and  dry  tin-  salt,  anil  jilace  it  in  a  closely -stoppered  vial. 

Description  and  Tests.— This  salt  is  official  as  "a  white  or  grayish-white 
powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  sweetish  taste;  deli(iuescent  on  exposure  to  air. 
Very  soluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol.  When  heated,  the  salt  is  decomposed, 
emitting  the  odor  of  phenol,  and  finally  leaving  a  residue  of  lithium  carbonate 
and  carbon.  It  imparls  a  crimson  color  to  a  non-luminous  flame.  The  aque- 
ous solution  slightly  reddens  blue  litmus  paper.  If  copper  sulphate  T.S.  be 
added  to  an  aqueoiis  solution  (1  in  20j  of  the  salt,  the  mixture  should  have  a 
bright-green  color.  If  a  small  quantity  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.  be  added  to  an 
excess  of  a  concentrated  aqueous  solution  (1  in  4)  of  lithium  salicylate,  a 
deep-red  color  will  be  produced,  which,  after  the  liquitl  is  largcdy  diluted  and 
mixed  with  more  ferric  chloride  T.S.,  will  change  to  a  deep  bluish-vi(det  tint. 
Upon  adding  to  1  Gm.  of  the  salt,  in  a  test-tube,  about  1  Cc.  of  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid,  then  cautiously,  in  droiis,  about  1  Cc.  of  methylic  alcohol,  and 
heating  the  mixture  to  boiling,  the  odor  of  oil  of  gaultheria  will  be  evolved. 
Hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid  produces  in  the  aqueous  solution  a  voluminous 


1198  LITHO.-^I'EUMrM. 

precipitate  of  salicylic  acid,  which,  when  separated  and  washed,  should  conform 
to  the  reactions  ancl  tests  given  under  Arlduni  Sdlu-yllriaii.  The  aqueous  solution 
should  be  colorless  (absence  of  iron  and  organic  coloring  matters),  and  should 
not  effervesce  on  the  addition  of  diluted  acids  (absence  of  carbonate;.  If  1  part 
of  the  salt  be  agitated  witii  lo  parts  of  sulphuric  acid,  no  color  should  be 
imparted  to  the  acid  within  15  minutes  (absence  of  readily  carbonizable,  organic 
impurities).  If  a  portion  of  the  residue,  left  after  ignition,  be  dissolved  in 
diluted  acetic  acid,  separate  portions  of  the  filtrate  should  not  be  rendered  turbid 
on  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  (ab.«ence  of  sulphate),  nor 
be  rendered  more  than  slightly  turbid  by  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (limit  of  chloride). 
Other  j)ortions  of  the  same  filtrate  should  not  be  affected  by  hydrogen  sulphide 
T.S.  (ab.«ence  of  arsenic,  lead,  etc.) ;  nor  by  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.  (aluminum, 
etc.);  nor  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (calcium)  ;  nor  by  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite 
T.S.  (limit  of  potassium).  If  another  portion  of  the  residue,  left  after  ignition, 
be  dissolved  in  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  filtrate  evaporated  to  dryness, 
a  portion  of  the  residue,  when  treated  with  5  parts  of  absolute  alcohol,  should 
completely  dissolve,  and  the  addition  of  an  equal  volume  of  ether  should  not 
render  the  solution  turbid  (limit  of  other  alkalies).  If  2  Gm.  of  dry  lithium 
salicylate  be  thoroughly  ignited  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  so  as  to  burn  off  most  oJ 
the  carbonaceous  matter,  and  the  residue  be  mixed  with  20  Cc.  of  water,  it  should 
require,  for  complete  neutralization,  not  less  than  13.8  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric 
acid  (corresponding  to  at  least  99.13  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt),  methvl-orange 
being  used  as  indicator"— (T.  S.  P.).  M.  Julliard  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1887,  p.  400) 
records  an  adulteration  of  lithium  salicylate  with  from  12  to  15  per  cent  of 
sodium  salii'vlate. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  agent,  like  the  other  lithium  com- 
pounds, is  (iiiii'.iiyed  in  (jnut,  and,  like  the  sodium  salicylate,  as  a  remedy  for  rheu- 
matte  affections  of  the  joini.-i,  chiims  having  been  made  that  it  succeeds  where  the 
latter  fails.  It  contains  more  of  the  salicylic  acid  radical  than  the  sodium  com- 
pound, and  large  doses  have  been  charged  with  the  induction  of  persistent,  painful 
diarrhoea.  Dizziness,  tinnitus,  impaired  hearing  and  headache,  are  also  effects  of 
immoderate  doses,  the  latter  ceasing  first.  The  average  dose  is  from  1  to  8  grains, 
though  as  high  as  75  grains  have  been  given  in  a  day.  Such  large  doses  are 
unnecessary  and  unsafe. 

LITHOSPERMUM.— LITHOSPERMTJM. 

The  roots  and  seeds  of  Lithospemium  officiitnle,  Linne. 
Nat.  Old. — Borraginacese. 
Common  N.\me:  Common  gromuell. 
lLi.rsTR.\TroN:  ^X oodyiWi'' s  Mrdini!  /?<./,,, y/,  Plate  IGo. 
Botanical  Source  and  Chemical  Composition. — This  is  a  large,  rough, 
hairy  weed,  a  native  of  Kuroiie,  and  very  commdU  in  some  parts;  it  is  rarely 
Fig.  162.  naturalized  in  the  eastern  section  of  the  United  States,  and  is  found 
growing  in  dry  and  gravelly  soils.  The  stem  is  from  1  to  2  feet 
higi),  erect,  much-branched,  and  covered  with  small,  stiff  hairs.  The 
leaves  are  numerous,  veiny,  alternate,  sessile,  ovate,  and  acute  at  the 
apex.  They  are  covered  with  a  close,  grayish  pubescence,  which  is 
rough  and  stiff  on  the  upper  surface,  but  softer  beneath.  The  flowers 
appear  in  June,  and  are  small,  in  axillary  or  terminal,  revolute, 
leafy  spikes.  The  calyx  has  5  acute  lobes.  The  corolla  is  salver- 
form,  slightly  exceeds"the  calyx,  and  is  of  a  pale-yellow  color.  The 
fruit  consists  generally  of  one  or  two  smooth,  hard,  shiny,  gray, 
ovate  nutlets,  which  are  attached  to  the  persistent  calyx  by  the  base. 
A  native  species  of  Lithospemium,  L.ladfolium.  Michaux.  closely 
resembling  L.  nffirinnle,  especially  in  the  smooth,  polished  nutlets, 
and  considered  a  variety  of  it  by  Willdenow,  is  common  in  the  open 
woods  of  the  middle  states.    It  has  green  leaves,  and  is  more  loosely 

^ branched  than  the  introduced  species.    The  ash  of  the  seeds,  accord- 

canek'uut.        jng  to  Homberger  (1875),  is  rich  iu  calcium  carbonate  (68.2  per 
cent)  and  silica  (19.39  per  cent).     The  root  bark  of  Lillt<K*pfrmttm  ann^.'^e,  Linn^, 


(.oiUains  a  red  colorinp  matter,  lilhospermum  rcd,is< 
{Arrhir  <lrr  /V,-;,-hi..  IS'.S.  V,.l.  CXF.VI.  ]..  '278). 


1199 


ilated  by  Ludwig  and  Kroiimyer 


Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  plant  is  diuretic,  possessing 
properlifs  analogous  to  tliux-  ol  tlif  (hmstiKHlium  \  irfiinunmnt,  unA  deserves  fur- 
ther investigation.  It  has  jnoved  etheient  in  both  rtcii/e  and  t/ic'/i/iV- n/»^V/.<,  and 
likewi.se  in  certain  culcutdiis  affiTtioiis.  A  strong  infusion  of  the  dried  root,  1 
ounce  to  water  1  pint,  may  be  given  every  3  hours  in  tablespoonful  do.ses.  The 
seeds,  in   powder,  are  used  in    half-teaspoonful   doses  every  4  or  5  hours  (King). 

Related  Species. — Lithogpennttm  cnuivreu.<,  hehm,  Hinini  pm-cooii,  or  ttlkanrt ;  also  calli'd 
in  some  stiii.>ns  Indum  /Hiinl  iwj/.  Dr.  K.  C.  Elv  (  *,'.  M.J.,  1.SS2  ami  18»ii  claims  for  this  plant 
woinii-rhil  bealiii^'  properties  in  culg,  iivinulu,  old  surtf,  ijuii.tlu>l  uiiund^,  icznmi,  and  huni.''.  The 
uiutiuent  is  useil.  It  is  prepared  by  siiumcriug  thf  root  in  laril  or  fresh  butter.  The  oint- 
ment has  a  pale-i3urple  color,  due  to  a  coloring  matter  identical  with  alkanet  found  in  the  roots 
of  the  species  of  Lithospcrmum.     iSee  illustration  on  piiye  1  UKS.) 


LOBELIA  (U.  S.  P.)— LOBELIA. 


latter,  with  a 


"The  leaves  and  tops  of  Lobelia  inpita,  Linne,  collecteil  after  a  portion  of  the 
capsules  have  become  inflated  "—({'.  .S.  P.). 
Ant.  Ord. — Lobeliacea?. 

CoM.MON   N.\MEs:   Lobelia,  Lulinn  tobacco,  etc.  (see  HiMori/). 
Ii.i.rsTK.\Tioxs:  Lloyd's  Drugs  and  Med.  of  N.  A.,  Plate  34;  Bentlevand  Trinien, 
Med.  PI;  nt.-<,  295. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant,  generally  known  as  Wild,  or  Indian  tobacco, 
is  an  annual  or  biennial  indigenous  plant,  more  commonly  th"  ' 
fibrous,  yellowi.sh-white  root,  and  an  erect,  angular,  pj^  j^gg 

very  hairy  stem,  in  the  full-sized  plant  much 
branched,  and  from  6  inches  to  3  feet  in  height.  The 
leaves  are  alternate,  scattered,  sessile,  ovate-lanceo- 
late, serrate,  veiny,  and  hairy.  The  flowers  are 
small,  numerous,  pale-blue,  on  short  peduncles,  each 
originating  from  ttie  axil  of  a  small  leaf.  The  calyx 
consists  of  5,  subulate  segments.  The  corolla  is  tubu- 
lar, small,  slit  on  the  upper  side,  ventricose  at  the 
base;  the  limb  bilabiate;  tube  prismatic;  segments 
spreading,  acute  ;  two  upper  ones  lanceolate,  three 
lower  ones  oval.  The  anthers  are  united  into  an  ob- 
long, curved  body,  and  of  a  j)urple  color;  filaments 
white.  Style  filiform;  stigma  curved,  2-lobed,  in- 
closed by  tlie  anthers.  The  capsule  is  2-celled,  ovoid, 
inflated,  striated,  10-angled,  crowned 
with  the  persistent  calyx.  The  seeds 
arc  numerous,  small,  oblong,  and 
.  bn.wn  I  1,.— B.— W.). 

'V«»  History. — Lobelia  is  very  plentiful 

llVX  throughout  the  United  States,  and  is 
ula||  usually  found  thriving  in  dry  soil 
|CB     along  "roadsides,  in  dry  tiel.ls,  a-id  old  '^'^""  '""""• 

pastures,  as  well  as  in  woodland  grazing  grounds.  It  flowers  from 
July  to  September,  or  until  frost  checks  its  blooming.  It  grows 
from  a  few  inches  to  2  feet  in  height,  and  is  peculiar  in  that  it  will 
blossom  when  the  flowering  time  arrives,  even  if  it  be  but  an  inch 
in  height.  The  plant  has  alternate  leaves,  and  flowers  of  a  liglit- 
blue  color,  inconspicuous,  yet  very  pretty  when  closely  examined, 
having  the  characteristic  split  corolla  tube  (along  the  upper  side) 
of  the  lAibeliuit.  The  fruit  is  an  inflated  pod,  resembling  a  small 
balloon,  easily  compressible,  and  contains  an  innumerable  number 
of  minute  brown  seeds.  The  plant,  when  broken  or  cut,  exudes  an  acrid,  milky 
juice,  imparting  a  taste  very  much  resembling  that  of  tobacco.  The  whole  plant 
is  active,  but  the  leaves  and  .seeds  are  more  usually  employed.  Tlie  root  is  sup- 
posed to  be  more  energetic,  medicinally,  than  any  other  jiart  of  the  ]>lant.    The 


1200  LOBELIA. 

proper  tiiue  for  gathering  the  plant  is  from  the  last  of  July  to  the  middle  of 
October,  during  which  period  the  seed-vessels  are  in  great  abundance.  The  plant 
should  be  dried  in  the  shade,  and  then  be  preserved  in  packages,  or  covered  ve.<- 
sels,  more  especially  if  it  be  reduced  to  powder.  When  dried,  it  has  a  faint,  nau- 
seous, rather  disagreeable  odor,  and  a  strong,  acrid,  nauseous  taste  developed  by 
chewing,  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  tobacco,  which  powerfully  affects  the  throat 
and  fauces,  occasioning  ptyalism  and  sickness  at  stomach.  The  leaves  form  a 
greenish  powder;  the  seeds  a  brownish.  Hot  water,  vinegar,  ether,  or  alcohol 
take  up  its  medicinal  principles,  but  boiling  dissipates  them. 

Few  drugs  are  more  favored  among  Eclectic  physicians  than  lobelia,  and  cer- 
tainly none  others  have  so  interesting  a  history.  This  plant  is  vulgarly  known 
as  Indian  tobacco,  though  why  it  should  have  this  name  is  difficult  to  say,  as 
there  is  no  distinct  record  as  is  the  case  with  other  plants  (unless  we  accept  the 
statements  made  that  it  was  known  to  the  Penobscot  tribes),  that  it  was  ever 
employed  as  a  medicine  by  the  natives.  As  the  plant  resembles  somewhat  in 
taste  tiie  common  tobacco  (Xifolinna  Tahacuni),  and  was  for  this  reason  called  Wild 
tobacco,  the  authors  of  "Drugs  and  Medicines  of  North  Amerira"  advance  the  opinion 
that  if  known  as  Wild  tobacco  it  was  but  a  step  farther  to  call  it  Indian  tobacco, 
on  the  presumption  that  a  tobacco  that  was  wild  would  be  used  by  the  Indians. 
The  earliest  botanists  did  not  use  a  common  name  for  lobelia,  and  it  was  not 
until  1810  that  we  find  the  first  popular  name — Bladder-pod — given  it  by  Alton. 
Following  this  came  Inflated  lobelia  and  Bladder-pod  hjbelia  for  obvious  reasons. 
So  much  for  names  suggested  by  the  plant  itself.  When  it  came  to  be  used  in 
medicine  a  new  set  of  popular  names,  having  reference  to  its  projierties,  were 
ajiplied.  Thomson  and  Cutler  called  it  Emetic  weed  and  Emetic  herb.  These  names 
suggested  those  to  follow — Puke  weed.  Vomit  weed,  and  Gag  root.  Although  the 
term  gag  root  was  employed,  the  root  was  never  used  in  medicine,  statements  to 
the  contrary  notwithstanding.  One  of  its  very  old  names  is  Eye-bright — a  name 
properlj'  belonging  to  Euphrasia  officinalis,  and,  from  its  use  as  an  anti-asthmatic, 
some  writers  have  referred  to  it  as  Asthma  weed.  Its  generic  name — lobelia — was 
given  it  in  honor  of  Matthias  de  Lobel  (deTObel),  a  distinguished  botanist  of  the 
sixteenth  century ;  its  si)ecific  name — inflata — on  account  of  its  inflated  seed  pods. 

Though  lobelia  grows  nearlj^  all  over  this  country,  much  of  the  drug  supply 
of  commerce  comes  from  the  mountainous  districts  of  North  Carolina.  Lobelia 
was  known  to  the  Penobscot  Indians,  and  was  also  extensively  u.«ed  by  the  people 
in  New  England  in  domestic  practice,  long  before  the  time  of  Samuel  Thomson, 
its  assumed  discoverer.  Though  used  by  a  few  in  domestic  practice,  the  credit  for 
the  introduction  of  lobelia  into  medical  practice  is  due  to  Drs.  Manasseh  Cutler 
and  Samuel  Thomson.  The  latter  claims  to  have  been  the  first  to  employ  it  and, 
indeed,  it  would  seem  probable  that  Cutler  learned  the  use  of  it  from  Thomson. 
As  before  stated,  few  drugs  have  been  so  notoriously  historical  as  the  one  under 
consideration.  It  became  widely  known  to  the  people  during  the  early  part  of 
the  present  century,  through  the  famous  trials  of  Drs.  Thomson  and  Frost.  The 
name  of  lol>elia  became  so  odious,  that  to  be  known  as  a  '"lobelia  doctor"  was 
sufficient  to  subject  the  physician  to  all  manner  of  ridicule.  The  prosecution  of 
Thomson  was  brought  at  the  instigation  of  a  jealous  jjliysician — Dr.  French^ — 
backed  by  a  jealous  ])rofession.  While  under  treatment  by  Dr.  Thomson,  om 
Ezra  Lovett,  of  Beverly,  Mass.,  died  after  a  tedious  course  of  medicine  applied 
after  the  peculiar  method  of  Thomson.  The  prosecutors  charged  the  latter  witli 
killing  Lovett  with  lobelia.  Thomson  deniecl  it,  claiming  the  drug  employed  to 
be  marsh  rosemary.  The  prosecutors  showed  tlieir  ignorance  by  exhioiting  to 
to  the  court  some  of  the  powder  alleged  to  have  been  employed,  which  powder 
actually  proved  to  be  marsh  rosemary.  Judge  Parsons  instructed  the  jury  t" 
acquit  Thomson.  The  memorv  of  lobelia  was  again  revived,  in  ISIiT,  by  the  trial 
of  Dr.  R.  K.  Frost,  of  New  York  City,  for  the  alleged  killing  of  T.  G.  French.  Th. 
charge  against  Frost  was  that  he  jiut  French  into  a  "  vapor  batli"  and  "admini>- 
tered  to  nim  poisonous  decoctions  of  lobelia,  and  giving  deleterious  herbs  whicli 
no  reasonable  man  would  administer  to  a  dog."  He  was  tried  for  manslaughter, 
the  trial  lasting  ten  days,  and  the  jury  found  him  guilty  (.in  the  fourth  degree), 
but  recommended  him  to  the  mercy  of  the  court.  The  court  sentenced  him  to 
three  months'  imprisonment. 


i.<.i!i;i.iA  1201 

Thf  tiist  published  account  of  t lie  use  of  lohclui  m  ic;;ui.ii  iiicdiciin',  is  by 
the  Ri-v.  Manasst'li  Cutler.  LL.  D.,  in  his  '■Accouiil  of  JiuligDious  lV;/.y'(W,.s"  (1785), 
stating  that  the  leaves,  if  chewed,  '"produce  a  giddiness  and  pain  in  the  head, 
with  a  trembling  agitation  of  the  whole  body."  Cutler  was  a  great  sufferer  from 
asthma  and  found  this  drug  to  give  him  more  relief  than  any  other,  and  as 
Thomson  had  been  in  the  habit  of  using  lobelia  for  this  complaint,  and  juae- 
ticing  so  near  to  the  home  of  Cutler,  in  Massachusetts,  it  is  fair  to  presume  tliat 
the  latter  derived  his  knowledge  of  the  drug  from  Thomson.  As  early  as  1820, 
the  first  edition  of  tlie  f.  >'.  P.  recognized  lobelia  and  it  has  continued  official 
until  the  present  time. 

Description.— The  r.  N.  P.  officially  describes  lobelia  as  follows:  "Leaves 
alternate,  p.iiolate.  the  upper  ones  sessile,  ovate  or  oblong,  about  5  Cm.  (2  inches) 
long,  irregularly  toothed,  pubescent,  pale-green;  brandies  hairy,  terminating  in 
long  racemes  of  small,  pale-blue  flowers,  liaving  an  atlherent,  5-loothed  calyx, 
which  is  inflated  in  fruit,  a  bilabiate  corolla,  and  5  united  stamens;  odor  slight, 
irritating;  taste  mild,  afterward  burning  and  acrid" — (I'.  S.  /'.). 

Lobelia  Seed. — Lobelia  .seeds  are  not  ofhcial,  excepting  as  included  in  the 
inflated  pods  of  the  plant.  Lobelia  seeds,  viewed  under  tlie  microscope,  are  about 
j'jofaninch  in  length.  ^'5  of  an  inch  in  breadth,  of  a  dark-brown  color,  oblong, 
with  ridges  and  furrows,  somewhat  resembling  basket-work;  the  only  seeds  which 
resemble  them  are  those  of  the  L.  mrdinali.'',  which  are  not  so  dark-colored,  but 
are  oval,  or  almond-shaped,  reticulated  with  irregular,  oblong-S(juare,  or  rectan- 
gular reticulations  not  so  well  defined,  and  are  of  larger  size  (!'. — F.  Curtis). 

Lobelia  in  the  powdereil  form  enters  into  the  composition  of  the  compound 
emetic  powder,  and  is  a  constituent  of  the  compound  tincture  of  lobelia  and 
capsicum  (King's  Antisjtasmodic).  and  the  acetous  emetic  tincture.  The  oil,  as 
before  stated,  is  contained  in  the  stillingia  liniment.  Specific  lobelia,  the  pre- 
ferred preparation  of  this  plant,  has  a  deep  wine  color  and  a  peculiar  fatty  odor. 
When  droppetl  into  water  it  produces  a  white  turbidity,  forming  a  yellowish- 
white,  milky  liquid,  when  viewed  by  refiected  light.  It  mixes  with  alcohol 
without  change.  The  taste  is  peppery  and  persistent,  leaving  a  disagreeable  acrid 
impression  in  the  throat  and  fauces.  A  few  drops  only  will  sicken  some  persons 
and  even  produce  emesis.  Specific  lobelia  contains  a  large  amount  of  oil  of  lobelia, 
which  preserves  the  alkaloid  in  the  preparation.  Investigations  made  by  Prof. 
Lloyd  demonstrated  that  solutions  devoid  of  the  oil  were  inferior,  being  altered 
by  agt^.     Spi'ritic  lobelia  retains  its  energies  indefinitely. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  active  principle  of  lobelia  is  an  acrid,  irrita- 
ting. un~t;iblr  alkaloid,  called  lohe/ine,  first  obtained  by  Wm.  Procter,  Jr.  (Amer. 
Jour.Ph'imt..  1838,  p.  98,  and  1841,p.l),asa 
yellowish  liipiid  of  faintly  aromatic  taste, 
soluble  in  water  and  exhibiting  an  alka- 
line reaction.  It  exists  in  combination 
with  a  vegetable  acid — Inlielic  nriil — form- 
ing precipitates  with  solutions  of  metallic 
salts  (Pereira.  1842).  Lobelineand  its  salts 
are  exceedingly  active  emetics.  Though 
stable  when  thus  combined,  it  readily 

decomjioses  when  freed  from  contact  with  the  other  constituents  of  the 
Heat  ai>plii(l  to  either  an  aqueous  j)reparation  or  an  alcoholic  tiiutuie  of  lobe 
destroys  this  alkaloid,  hence  a  decoction  or  hot  infusion  of  this  jilant  is  irratioiud. 
Ijnheli'ne  was  obtained  by  Prof.  Lloyd  (see  D.  find  M.  of  X.  A.,  by  J.  U.  and  C.  G. 
Lloyd,  Vol.  II.  pp.  75  and  76),  by  depriving  lobelia  seeds  of  fat  by  means  of  benzin, 
abstracting  the  seeds  with  alcohol  acidulated  with  acetic  acid  in  a  percolator, 
and  evaporating  and  extracting  the  alkaloid  with  ammoniated  ether.  As  thus 
obtained,  lohelitie,  after  further  purification,  is  a  colorless,  odorless,  amorphous,  and 
non-hygroscopic  alkaloid,  of  an  alkaline  reaction,  Poltil)le  in  alcohol,  chloroform, 
benzol,  ether,  and  carbon  bisulphide.  It  is  also  somewhat  soluble  in  water  and 
exhibits  in  solution  alkaloidal  reactions.  No  cry.stallizable  salts  could  be  obtained, 
though  Prof.  Procter  (lor.rii.)  alludes  to  a  crystallizable  muriate,  sulphate,  nitrate, 
and  oxalate  o(loheliii).  Pa.«chkis  and  Smita  oi)tained  frtmi  lolhUnr  benzoic  acid 
by   oxidation    with    potassium    i.'rnianganate    { Aniei-.  Jour,   /'/kidii.,  18!tO.  p.  3311 


1202  LUBELIA. 

H.  von  Rosen  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1889,  p.  393),  isolated  two  alkaloids,  one  liquid 
(lobeline)  and  another  solid. 

According  to  Prof.  Lloyd,  the  plant  also  contains  a  cr3'Stallizable,  non-basic 
substance,  to  which  he  gave  the  name  inflntin.  This  body  exists  in  the  plant, 
intimately  associated  with  the  alkaloid  and  some  volatile  oil  (see  below).  Inflatin 
is  tasteless  and  odorless,  "  insoluble  in  water,  or  glycerin,  but  soluble  in  carbon 
disulphide,  benzol,  chloroform,  ether,  and  alcohol,  in  the  order  given"  (^  Lloyd, 
D.  and  M.  of  N.  J., Vol.  H,  p.  78).     It  is  not  important  in  a  medical  sense. 

The  lobelarrin  of  Enders  (1871),  which  was  obtained  in  warty  tufts  of  a  brown 
color,  was  regarded  b}'  W.  H.  D.  Leurs  {Pharm.  Jour.  Tmiw.,  Vol.  VIII,  1878, 
\>.  562),  as  probably  lobeliate  of  lobeline.  Lobelia  contains  a  non-acrid,  volatile  oil  of  a 
pungent  odor,  possessing  but  little  taste  and  no  acridity.  It  was  named  hbclinniv 
by  Pareira  in  1840.  In  addition,  the  plant  contains  about  30  per  cent  of  non- 
volatile oily  matters.  The  impure  oil  (so-called)  of  lobelia,  so  extensively  em- 
ployed by  Eclectic  doctors,  is  simply  a  syrupy  extract  of  lobelia  made  with 
stronger  alcohol,  preferably  acidulated  with  acetic  acid.  This  so-called  oil  is  the 
active  constituent  of  that"  favorite  Eclectic  preparation,  the  compound  stillingia 
liniment.  The  pure  or  true  fixed  oil  of  lobelia  is  non-acrid  and  bland,  but  as 
usually  obtained  (impure),  is  acrid  and  of  a  green  color.  The  fixed  oil  of  lobelia 
(impure)  may  be  obtained  by  bruising  the  seeds  between  heated  rollers,  and  press- 
ing while  hot  in  a  strong  linen  cloth,  between  proper  iron  plates.  Its  consistence 
is  nearly  like  that  of  linseed  oil,  and  eminently  possesses  the  drying  qualities 
common  to  many  fixed  oils.    It  posse.'sses  all  the  medicinal  properties  of  the  seeds. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Lobelia,  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the 
term,  is  not  a  poison.  Undoubtedly,  its  injudicious  use  has,  and  might  produce 
death,  but  the  same  is  true  of  many  other  drugs  that  are  not  ordinarily  considered 
as  poisons.  That  the  alkaloid  lobeline  will  kill  animals,  has  been  full}-  demon- 
.strated.  A  drop  of  the  alkaloidal  solution  placed  upon  the  tongue  of  a  strong, 
healthy  man,  instantly  vomited  him.  To  this  property  of  its  alkaloid,  is  undoubt- 
edly due  the  failure  of  lobelia  to  act  as  a  toxic  agent.  Its  emetic  action  is  so 
prompt  and  decided,  that  the  contained  alkaloid  could  not,  under  ordinary  cir- 
cumstances, produce  fatal  results.  Given  in  cases  //)  extremi».  the  resulting  exhaus- 
tion from  repeated  emesis  would  very  likely  hasten  death,  but  death  would  be 
more  likely  due  to  the  act  of  vomiting  exhausting  the  patient,  than  to  any  poison- 
ous effect  of  the  medicine. 

If  lobelia  be  chewed,  it  gives  rise  to  an  acrid,  prickling,  and  persistently 
pungent  sensation  in  the  throat  and  fauces,  accompanied  by  slight  nausea  and  a 
feeling  of  warmth  and  distension  along  the  esojjhageal  tract  and  in  the  stomach. 
The  sensation  is  not  very  unlike  that  produced  by  tobacco.  The  salivary  and 
buccal  glands  are  imjiressed,  pouring  out  saliva  and  mucus  in  abundance.  A 
sense  of  epigastric  depression  succeeds,  followed  by  profound  nausea,  and  if  the 
amount  chewed  be  large  enough,  severe  and  thorough  emesis  results.  The  gas- 
tric mucus  is  secreted  in  great  abundance  and  ejected  with  the  contents  of  the 
stomach.  The  emetic  action  of  lobelia  is  extremely  depressing,  and  is  usually' 
accompanied  by  profuse  perspiration.  Oppressive  prostration,  relaxation  of  the 
mu.'^cular  system,  and  a  languid  pulse  accompany  the  emetic  stage.  The  depres- 
sion, however,  is  of  short  duration,  and  is  immediately  followed  by  a  sense  of 
extreme  satisfaction  and  repose.  Under  its  action  the  mental  jiowers  are  unusu- 
ally acute,  and  the  muscles  are  powerfully  relaxed.  Tiie  circulation  is  enfeebled 
by  large  and  strengthened  by  small  doses,  and  the  bronchial  secretions  are  aug- 
mented. When  the  drug  does  not  prove  emetic,  it  is  said  tliat  it  usually  purges. 
Death,  when  due  to  lobeline,  is  said  to  re.«ult  from  respiratory  paralysis. 

Lobelia  is  nauseant,  emetic,  expectorant,  relaxant,  antispasmodic,  diaphoretic, 
siaiagogue,  sedative,  and,  secondarily,  occasionally  cathartic  and  diuretic  and 
astringent.  It  is  in  no  sense  a  narcotic.  The  earliest  use  of  lobelia,  as  will  be 
seen  from  its  history,  was  that  of  an  emetic,  and  for  this  purjiose  it  is  still  em- 
ployed when  we  desire  the  action  of  u  systemic  emetic.  Though  momentarily 
depressing,  its  beneficial  after-effects  cause  it  to  be  preferred  above  other  agents, 
ipecac  not  excepted,  when  such  an  agent  is  required.  Its  action  is  somewhat 
modified  by  combination  with  ipecacuanha,  and  other  vegetable  emetics,  and 
rendered  safer  and  more  effectual.     Such  a  combination  is  the  emetic  powder. 


LOBELIA.  l-2{)\i 

It  may  be  usfil  in  foniiiiig  stages  of  febrik  (iffiTtion:<,  mul  is  especially  indicated 
by  a  general  sluggishness  of  the  whole  system  with  an  oppressive  feeling,  and  the 
tongue  is  heavily  and  foully  coated  at  the  base.  In  .<;ome  chronic  diseases  its 
emetic  action  is  salutary  in  arousing  the  system  from  its  atonic  state.  When 
its  emetic  action  is  desired,  small  do.«es  should  be  frequently  administered  until 
profound  nausea  is  induced,  and  then  the  drug  should  rapidly  be  pushed  to 
emesis.  Copious  draughts  of  warm  water  will  hasten  its  action  and  render  the 
act  of  emesis  much  easier.  Spasmodic  movement  is  incompatible  with  nervous 
and  muscular  relaxation,  hence  we  find  prompt  relief  in  manj'  spasmodic  con- 
ditions by  the  use  of  this  drug. 

The  powerfully  relaxant  properties  of  lobelia  render  it  a  very  edicient  agent 
in  several  conditions,  whose  chief  feature  is  the  spriKiinxlir  elcincnt.  For  its  control 
over  spasmodic  movement,  nauseant  or  emetic  do.-^es  must  be  given.  For  this 
l)urpose  it  may  be  exhibited  in  chorea,  ktatui,-;  "  ironn  /iM  "  of  children,  hysteric  and 
hijantile  conrvUiiivs,  cpilcptij'onii  ;ind  other  convulsive  lUsorders.  For  jnterperni  crlnmp- 
Kin,  chloroform  by  inhalation,  and  morphine  subcutaneously  injected,  give  better 
results  than  lobelia,  though  the  latter  drug  has  been  used  with  success  in  some 
cases.  Lobelia  is  of  value  in  obstetrical  practice.  It  powerfully  subdues  muscular 
rigidity.  It  is  the  remedy  to  overcome  a  rigid  os  uteri  during  parturition,  and  at 
the  same  time  it  relaxes  the  perineal  tissues.  This  it  does  when  there  is  fullness 
of  tissue — a  thick,  doughy,  yet  unyielding,  os  uteri;  when,  however,  the  edge  of 
the  OS  is  thin  and  closely  drawn,  sharp  like  ;*  knife  edge,  full  doses  of  gelsemium 
are  indicated.  For  its  antispasmodic  action  it  may  be  given  by  mouth  and  by 
rectum.  Intestinal  obstructions  have  been  overcome  by  lobelia  when  other  agents 
would  have  been  inadmissible,  hence  it  is  of  value  in  the  reduction  of  strangulated 
hernia, an  enema  lieiHg  employed.  Intussusception  and  te'''d  impaction  may  be  treated 
with  this  drug  when  cathartics  would  result  fatally.  It  is  for  its  antispasmodic 
effects  that  it  is  given  in  asthmatic pnrorysms,  spamnodic  croup,  and  ivhoop in;/ -cough. 
It  has  been  successfullj'  used  to  overcome  the  violent  convulsions  resulting  from 
strychnine  jioLwuing.  Chloroform  and  ether  excepted,  it  is  the  best  antispasmodic 
drug  in  the  materia  raedica,  and  much  safer  than  either  of  these.  In  the  so-called 
"  rcorm  Jits"  it  should  be  carried  to  nausea  and  then  followed  by  santonin,  after 
which  a  mild  purgative  may  be  given. 

Lobelia  is  a  stimulant  to  the  sympathetic  system.  It  improves  the  inner- 
vation of  the  ]>arts  supplied  by  both  the  pneumogastric  and  sympathetic  nerves. 
The  appetite  and  digestion  are  improved  by  small  doses  of  the  drug.  It  will  fre- 
quentl}'  be  found  inilicatcd  in  indigestion  and  dyspejisin.  We  have  frequently  used 
it  in  small  doses  tor  siik  headache  due  to  gastric  derangement.  It  is  indicated  by 
the  feeling  of  "qualmishness"  and  nausea  present.  Though  frequently  over- 
looked when  we  are  looking  for  a  drug  to  overcome  imlestinnl  atony,  lobelia  will  be 
founil  one  of  the  best  drugs  at  our  command  for  the  relief  of  hahitnal  constipation. 
R  Specific  lobelia,  gtt.  i^ij,  every  2  hours.  Administered  with  podophyllin  it 
tends  to  prevent  the  costiveness  so  frequently  the  result  after  using  a  "bowel 
persuader  in  cathartic  doses.  It  increases  peristalsis.  Small  doses  of  it  relieve 
infantile  colic. 

Lobelia  is  the  drug  for  angina  jwctori.<,  neuntlgia  of  the  hcai-t,  and  pulmonary 
apoplexy.  Though  evanescent  in  its  action,  large  doses  of  specific  lobelia  (about 
•20  drops),  may  be  administered  with  the  expectation  of  relieving  the  patient.  Tlie 
dose  may  be  repeated  if  necessary.  Lobelia  is  a  cardiac  stimulant,  thus  we  class 
it  with  the  sedatives,  for  all  sedatives  in  medicinal  (small)  doses  are  heart  stimu- 
lants. When  the  circulation  exhibits  a  markedly  slow  jiulse-wave  it  will  be  better 
corrected  by  lobelia  than  by  any  other  drug  we  possess.  In  fact  the  most  promi- 
nent indic.'ition  for  the  drug  is  the  full,  opjjres.-^ed,  sluggish,  doughy  pulse.  A.^so- 
ciate  this  with  pra-cordial  oppression,  thoracic  pain,  ditlicult  breathing,  soreness 
or  bruised  feeling  within  the  chest,  nausea  with  tongue  heavily  coated  at  base, 
fullness  of  tissue,  and  we  have  before  us  a  fair  range  of  the  action  of  lobelia.  It 
is  a  good  remedy  in  cardiac  congestion. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  use  for  this  drug  will  be  in  the  treatment  of 
respiratorv  affections.  For  this  cla.^s  of  diseases  no  remedy  is  more  highly  vahud 
by  physicians  of  our  school.  '•Lol)elia  is  an  admirable  i)ectoral  remedy.  As  a 
nau.se.ant  expectorant  it  has  no  cciumI.     Wli.ii  ini  . m.ti.    i-  il.-li-.d   in  jiiilmonary 


1204  LOBELIA. 

complaints  it  is  one  of  the  most  efficient  that  can  be  employed.  It  has  come  to 
bii  the  first  of  remedies  for  spasmodic  asthma,  and  is  not  without  utility  in  whoop- 
iitq  rnuqh.  It  improves  innervation  and  the  circulation,  and  is  one  of  the  best 
renieilies  to  employ  in  congestive  conditions.  It  is  frequently  indicated  in  pl.eu- 
ris'ii  and  pleuro-pne'timonia.  As  a  sedative  it  ranks  between  veratrum  and  aconite. 
Arntr  piieuitioiiia,  with  tendency  to  congestion,  the  breathing  being  o])pre.s-*ed,  is 
quickly  relieved  by  lobelia.  All  chronic  forms  of  sore  throat,  especially  when  ulcera- 
ted, are  Ijenefited  by  it.  Chronic  pneumonia,  bronchitis,  and  laryngitis  are  all  con- 
ditions in  which  lobelia  will  be  of  great  service.  In  asthenic  laryngitis  of  children 
it  is  exceedingly  useful.  It  is  a  remedy  of  great  value  in  chronic  ratarrh,  dry. 
hard,  or  barking  coughs,  colds,  and  all  forms  of  irritation  of  the  respiratory  tract.  \\\\h 
oppression.  It  relaxes  the  tissues,  favors  expectoration  when  a  large  quantity  of 
mucus  is  secreted  and  there  is  want  of  power  to  remove  it.  The  indications  for 
this  drug  are  the  full,  oppressed,  or  small,  feeble  pul^e,  prajcordial oppression,  with 
difficult  respiration,  oppression  anywhere  in  the  chest,  with  accumulation  of  the 
bronchial  secretions,  cough  with  loud  mucous  ra/cs  within  the  chest.  The  "ace- 
tous emetic  tincture,"  which  contains  this  agent,  may  be  used  to  fulfil  mosi  of 
the  indications  for  this  drug.  Powdered  lobelia  seeds  or  leaves,  or  the  "com- 
pound powder  of  lobelia  and  capsicum,"  are  the  best  local  applications  that  can 
be  employed  in  acute  pulmonary  complaints,  and  give  great  relief  in  chronic  cases 
with  a  sense  of  suffocation  and  fullness,  accompanied  by  soreness  within  the 
chest"  (Felter). 

When  in  the  eruptive  diseases  retrocession  takes  place,  lobelia,  by  promoting 
determination  of  blood  to  the  skin,  will  promptly  bring  the  eruption  to  the  sur- 
face. It  is  also  indicated  in  scarlatina  and  measles  when  the  eruption  is  tardy  in 
making  its  appearance. 

Lobelia  was  formerly  u.sed  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the  eruptire  skin  di-ieases. 
In  the  Wr.^irni  MnUnil  Rrfnniifr  for  iSi'.S,  we  find  it  lauded  as  a  local  wash  for 
"■herpes,  til-Ill  II.  ri-.i'iiiii.  iiiiilrrnsli^  ami  i  ri/xi'j.rlns."  There  is  one  condition  in  which 
its  use  should  nut  \>v  overlodkeil,  and  that  is  in  poisoning  by  Rhus  Toxicodendron. 
An  aqueous  solution  of  specific  looelia,  or  an  infusion  of  the  plant  should  be 
freely  used  by  wetting  the  cloths  in  the  lotion  and  applying  frequently  to  the 
afiected  parts.  Externally,  the  infusion  has  been  found  useful  in  ojththnlmic  affec- 
tions; and  the  tincture  is  a  valuable  local  application  to  sprains,  bmises,  rheumatic 
plains,  erysipelas,  And  erysipelatous  inflammations,  tetter,  and  other  forms  of  cutaneous 
diseases.  A  poultice  of  povvdere<l  lobelia  and  slippery -elm  bark,  with  a  weak  lye- 
water,  will  be  found  valuable  in  ei-ysipelatous  diseases,  bites,  and  stings  of  poisonous 
insects,  spasmodic  affections  of  the  limbs,  pains,  and  to  produce  muscular  relaxation. 
Tincture  of  lobelia,  painted  upon  the  parts  before  suppuration  has  begun,  is  said 
to  abort /ip/oii.s. 

The"  oil  of  lobelia  is  valuable  in  tetanus  and  some  other  extreme  Cixses,  as  it  is 
easy  to  introduce  enough  upon  the  tongue  to  relax  the  whole  system  immediately. 
Onaccount  of  the  tendency  to  produce  inflammation  of  the  stomach,  it  should  not 
be  employed  alone  as  a  common  emetic,  but  a  few  drops  of  it  should  be  triturated 
with  sugar,  and  diffused  in  chamomile,  boneset,  or  other  emetic  infusion.  One 
drop  of  the  oil,  triturated  with  20  grains  of  sugar,  and  divided  into  from  6  to  12 
doses  will  be  found  highly  useful  as  an  expectorant,  nauseant,  sedative,  and  diapho- 
ictic,  when  given  every  i  or  2  hours,  as  may  be  required.  As  a  local  application, 
much  benefit  may  be  derived  from  it,  where  a  particular  nerve  is  to  be  quieted,  or 
a  muscle  to  be  relaxed.  An  excellent  liniment  may  be  made  of  a  mixture  of 
i  ounce,  each,  of  oils  of  amber  and  sassafras,  1  drachm  of  oil  of  lobelia,  and 
I  drachm  of  ethereal  oil  of  capsicum.  To  be  used  in  painful  vruralglr  )un\  rheu- 
matic affections.  That  lobelia  is  a  valuable  remedy  will  be  conceded  by  all,  and 
tliat  it  has  been  notoriously  misrepresented  is  aijjiarent  to  all.  Carefully  used 
according  to  its  specific  indication.*,  it  will  be  better  appreciated  the  more  it  is 
used.  As  an  emetic,  dose  of  the  powder,  from  20  to  60  grains;  of  the  tincture, 
from  2  to  4  fluid  drachms;  as  a  nauseant  and  expectorant,  fivm  5  to  20  grains. 
The  dose  of  specific  lobelia  ranges  from  1  to  40  drops,  according  to  use,  taken  in 
a  little  water.  When  lobelia  does  not  act  as  an  emetic,  it  is  very  apt  to  purge. 
The  relaxation  caused  by  lobelia  may  be  counteracted  by  the  stimulating  and 
tonic  influence  of  capsicum. 


I.0T10NKS.  1205 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Lobelia  is  speciticall y  imiicaled  l>y  the  full, 
labored,  dougliy  pulse;  the  blood  moves  with  difficulty ;  pain  inchest  of  a  heavy, 
sore,  ^r  oppressive  character;  angina  pectoris;  cardiac  neuralgia;  pulmonary 
apoplexy;  mucus  accumulation  in  bronchiic;  convulsive  movements;  rigidity  of 
muscular  tissues;  rigid  os  uteri,  with  thick  dough v  edges;  rigid  perineum, or  vagi- 
nal walls;  nausea;  oppressive  sick  headache,  witVi  nausea.  As  an  emetic  when 
tongue  is  heavily  coated  at  base. 

Related  Species.— There  are  other  species  of  Ixjbelia,  as  the  Bhif  luhelia  i  Ix>l»li(i  nyjihi- 
litica,  l.iiiiii  ,  :ui.l  tlir  Fiiii  Miflia  (L.  cnrdinalis,  L\nn6).  The  first  is  iliaphon-tic,  emetic,  and 
cathartir  ;  ;il>"  ■liiintic-  imd  iintisyphilitic,  and  a  strong  infusion  of  it  lias  cured  ynwirrhim.  It 
has  liki'W  isc  lutii  ustil  iu  ilropni/,  tliarrlia-a,  and  (fi/ftiitiry.  Tile  root  is  the  part  used;  dose, 
from  20  to  tiO  jirains  of  the  i>owcier.  The  /,.  ranliitalif  is  said  to  he  anthelmintic,  nervine,  and 
antispa.smodic.  These  two  varieties  are  seldom,  if  ever,  used  in  medicine.  Wm.  Procter,  Jr. 
(1839)  ohtained  a  hitter,  acrid,  aromatic,  oily,  liquid  alkaloidal  body  from  this  plant.  It  was 
probably  a  mi.\ture  of  the  alkaloid  with  impurities  (see  D.  mid  M.  of  X.  ^•l.,Yol.  II,  p.  106). 
UtMia  'Kalmii  is  the  plant  shown  to  Mr.  Kalm  by  Col.  Jolinson,  as  the  one  used  hy  the 
Indians  of  some  parts  of  North  .\merica  to  cure  «,i//J/ii/i,<;  and  be  was  likewise  informed  that 
syphilis  was  known  among  them  previous  to  their  acquaintance  with  the  Europeans,  and  that 
they  cured  it  very  readily,  even  when  "the  patient  is  half  rotten  and  insupportable  to  be 
approached  "  {.General  Practice  of  Phytic,  by  R.  Brookes,  M.  D.,  "th  ed.,  1777, Vol.  II,  pp.  67-71 ). 

LOTIONES.— LOTIONS. 

Synonym  :   Wm/ies. 

These  comprise  all  compounds  used  as  external  washes  and  collyria,  in  which 
vegetable  or  mineral  substances  are  dissolved  in  water  or  spirits,  but  which  do 
not  strictly  class  with  infusions,  liniments,  mixtures,  or  tinctures.  Water  is  most 
often  used  in  preparing  them. 

Glycerin  has  been  proposed  as  a  vehicle  for  forming  lotions  with  salts  of 
alkaloids,  thus:  1.  Morphine  lotion. — Take  of  acetate  of  morphine.  3  grains; 
glycerin,  5  drachms  (^troy);  dissolve.  2.  Strychnine  lotion. — Take  of  sulphate 
of  strychnine,  6  grains ;  glycerin,  5  drachms  (troy).  Dissolve  the  salt  in  the  glyc- 
erin in  a  porcelain  mortar.  A  teaspoonful  of  this  lotion  is  applied  by  friction  in 
paralysis  of  the  limbs,  on  the  vertebral  column  iu  chorea,  and  on  the  temple  in 
certain  ca.ses  oi  amnuroiis.  3.  Ver.atrine  lotion. — Take  of  veratrine,  15  grains; 
glycerin,  5  drachms;  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  a  sufficient  quantity;  dissolve. 
A  teaspoonful,  applied  by  friction  in  chronic  rheumal ic  pains  of  the  joints,  or  in  the 
sacro-lumbar  region  to  relieve  painful  menstruation.  4.  Atropine  lotion. — Take 
of  atropine,  6  grains;  glycerin,  2i  drachms;  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity.  Dissolve  and  mix.  Forty  or  50  drops,  3  times  a  day.  rubbed  on 
the  track  of  the  infra- and  supra-orbital  nerves,  on  that  of  the  facial  nerve,  etc. 

Liquid  preparations  in  which  glycerin  forms  a  large  portion  of  the  men- 
struum, are  termeil  "  Ghjccrites,"  Gh/aroles,  or  Glycerin  Solutions  (see  Glyeeritts,  Oint- 
ments, and  Pl'isnur). 

Other  Lotions.— Two  mercurial  lotions,  not  employed,  however,  by  Eclectics,  are  otRcial 
in  the  British  Pharmnrupieia.  They  are  also  found  in  the  Xational  Formulary  from  which  we 
repro<luce  them  as  follows: 

I.oTio  Fi.AV.\  iX.  F.I,  Yrllow  lotion.  Yellow  tcafh,  Aijna  phageiLmien  flnra. — "Corrosive  chlo- 
ride of  mercury,  three  grammes  (3  Gm.)  [46  grains];  luiiling  water,  solution  of  lime  (  I'.  S.  P.J, 
of  each,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousjuid  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.  t  [;53  fig, 
301  TH.].  Dissolve  the  corrosive  chloride  of  mercury  in  thirty-five  cubic  centimeters  i35  Cc.) 
[1  flg,  R8tn]  of  boiling  water,  and  adil  the  solution  to  a  .«utficient  quantity  of  solution  of  lime 
to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc. )  [:5:i  fl,^,  :>!il  TH.].  This  mixture  should  lie 
Well  agitated  whenever  any  of  it  is  to  be  dispensed  " — (.\(it.  Fiinii.). 

LoTio  Ni<.R.\  (N.F.I,  lil'irk  l/ition,  Blaik  inij/i,  .li/mi  j.liiiij,'hi,ira  iiiV/cn.-  "  Mild  chloride  of 
mercury,  seven  and  one-half  grammes  (7.5  Cini.)  [1H>  grs.];  water,  solution  of  lime  i  f.  .v.  P.J, 
of  each,  a  sufficient  quantitv  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc. )  [;}.3  II.5, 
3<,tl  TTl].  Triturate  the  mild  chloriile  of  mercurv  with  thirtv-five  cubic  centimetei-s  (35  Cc.) 
[1  fig.  ."^S  TH.]  of  water,  and  graduallv  add  a  sulluient  quantity  of  solution  of  lime  to  make 
one  thoiwaml  cubic  centimeters  ( ICKK)  Cc.l  [:«  fl^,  3'.M  TTl].  This  mixture  shouM  be  well 
agitatetl  whenever  any  of  it  is  to  be  dispensed  "—1  .S'm.  I'miii.K    Other  lotions  are: 

LoTio  .\n.STRlX(iENs  iN.  F.),  .1.^1  riiiy, III  l>,li;ii,\\'iin,ii\->  j</.//./iV.  Sly/itir  /..i/**!"!.— ".>;ulphuric 
acid  (V.S.P.),  thirtv-eight  cubic  centimeters  i;W<-f.i  [1  tl5,  1.17  TTl] ;  "'•  f'  tiirm-ntine,  thirty- 
one  cubic  centimeters  (31  Cc. )  [.t(«  111  1 ;  alcohol,  thirly-oue  cubic  ceiitinieters  [3l  Cc.  1  [50:t  TTl_]. 
To  the  siili.hiiiic  aciil,  contaiiu  .1  in  a  wedgewood  niohar,  slowly  adil  the  oil  of  tur|M'ntine,  in 
small  portions  at  a  lime.  1 slanlly  stirring,     .\llow  the  mixture  to  cool,  then  aild  the  alcohol 


■  1206  LOTIO  .ETHEIU.S  COMI'USITA.— LOTIO  BOKACIS. 

cautiously,  in  the  same  manner,  and  continue  stirring  until  no  more  fumes  arise.  When  the 
liquid  is  cold,  pour  it  into  a  glass-stoppered  bottle.  Note.— In  preparing  this  mixture  caution 
sliould  be  used  so  that  the  temperature  may  not  rise  too  high.  Particular  care  is  to  be 
observed  if  a  larger  quantity  of  this  mixture  is  to  be  prepared.  In  this  case  it  is  preferable 
to  prepare  it  in  several  portions" — {Nat.  Form.).  This  preparation,  under  the  name  Slyplic 
Jinham,  was  a  favorite  with  the  early  Eclectic  physicians. 

LoTio  Pllmbi  et  Oi'II  (N.  F.),  Lotion  of  lead  ami  opium,  Lead  and  opium  uyi.^h. — "  Lead  ace- 
I'enteen  and  one-half  grammes  (17.5  Gm.)  [270  grs.] ;  tincture  of  opium  (U.S.  P.: 


tliirty-flve  cubic  centimeters  (35  Cc.)  [1  fl5,  88  TTl];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  om- 

thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl5,  391  liTl];_    Dis.solve  the  lea<*  acetate  in  about  six 

uudred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  ((ioO  Cc.)  [21  fls,  470  TTL]  of  water,  add  the  tincture  of 


opium  and  enough  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  391  Til]- 
This  mixture  should  be  well  agitated  whenever  any  of  it  is  to  be  dispensed" — iXal.  Form.). 

LOTIO  ^THERIS  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND  ETHEREAL  LOTION. 

Synonym:   Evaporating  lotion. 

Preparation.  —  Take  of  ether,  alcohol,  solution  of  acetate  of  iimmonium, 
each,  lA  ounces;  ro.se-water,  3^  ounces.     Mix  together. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  lotion  may  be  used  to  produce  a  refrigerant 
or  Htiinulaiit  influence,  according  to  its  mode  of  employment.  Applied  to  the 
Burface  and  allowed  to  evaporate  by  free  exposure,  it  acts  as  a  r^^V«^era«/,  but  if 
the  evaporation  is  prevented  by  covering  the  part  to  which  it  is  applied  with  the 
hand  or  a  cloth,  it  acts  as  a  stimulant.  Tiie  solution  of  acetate  of  ammonium, 
largely  diluted  (without  the  addition  of  ether  or  alcohol),  is  a  superior  cooling 
lotion  in  all  cases  of  fever  where  there  is  a  hot  and  dry  state  of  the  surface,  often  of 
itself  inducing  diaphoresi.s. 

LOTIO  ALKALINI.— ALKALINE  WASH. 

Preparation. — Take  of  carbonate  of  sodium  (sal  soda),  2  drachms;  warm 
rain-w-ater,  1  quart.  Dissolve;  or,  make  a  weak  ley,  by  adding  hardwood  ashes 
to  hot  water. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  wash  was  formerly  extensively  employed 
by  physicians,  as  an  application  to  the  surface  of  the  body  and  limbs  in  a\l  febrile 
and  inflammatory  diseases,  and  in  chronic  affections.  In  the  former  cases  it  is  ap- 
plied several  times  a  day,  especially  when  the  acute  symptoms  run  high  ;  in  the 
latter  affections  it  is  commonly  used  once  or  twice  a  week.  The  surface  should 
be  well  rubbed  and  dried  immediately  after  each  application.  Frequently,  when 
external  stimulus  is  also  required,  the  above  proportion  of  water  is  lessened  i  or  i 
and  the  balance  of  the  quantity  made  up  by  the  addition  of  whiskey  or  other  spirit. 

LOTIO  AMMONII  CHLORIDI.— LOTION  OF  AMMONIUM  CHLORIDE. 

Synonyms:    Lolio  ammmiix  hydrochloras,  Lotion  of  hydrochlorate  of  amnumium. 

Preparation. — Take  of  chloride  of  ammoniumj  2  drachms ;  distilled  water. 
1  fluid  (uuu-e;  tincture  of  conium,  1  fluid  ounce.  Dissolve  the  ammoniacal  salt 
in  the  water  and  add  the  tincture. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  sedative  and  resolvent,  and  is  used  a.«  a 
local  ai)pli(atiiin  to  iliscuss  tumors,  etc.  Its  external  use  is  sometimes  associated 
with  its  internal  exhibition.  Professor  King  always  used  a  saturated  solution  of 
ammonium  chloride  as  a  vehicle  to  carry  remedies  intended  to  be  used  liy  inunc- 
tion. His  liniments  were  not  fats  and  oils  medicated,  luit  this  solution  medi- 
cated. He  claimed  for  it  greater  absorptive  power,  and  decidedly  greater  advan- 
tage in  cleanliness. 

LOTIO  BORACIS.— BORAX  LOTION. 

Synonym:  Cooling  %ca^h. 

Preparation. — Take  of  borax,  in  powder,  2  drachms;  rose  water,  ^  pint.  Dis- 
Bolvc.  In  this  preparation  soft  river  water  may  be  substituted  for  rose-water, 
when  the  latter  can  not  be  obtained  (Beach's -4jii<c.  Prac). 


LU^VOK  BUKALlti  Cr.M   MOIU'HINi:.— LOTKl  JIGLAXDIS.  1207 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  forms  a  cooling  application,  and  may  be 
used  in  iniiammntionti  of  the  n/es,  and  injiamnmtion  or  ulceration  of  the  nipples,  and  of 
the  mouth  and /aufM,  as  well  as  other  irritated  or  inflamed  mucous  surfaces. 

LOTIO  BORACIS  CUM  MORPHINE— BORAX  LOTION  WITH 
MORPHINE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  borax,  in  powdir,  i  ounce;  sulphate  of  morphine, 
6  grains:  dec<)ctit)n  of  golden  seal,  8  fluid  ounces.  Add  the  borax  and  morphine 
to  the  (leioction. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  forms  a  cooling  and  mild  anodyne  wash, 
and  ma V  lie  used  in  injinmmation  of  the  et/es,  and  aore  and  inflamed  nipples,  pruritis 
vulva?,  iijJilhous  uUrnilio'nf:  of  the  mouth  and  fauces,  and  other  irritated  or  inflamed 
mucou^<  mrfares. 

LOTIO  GLYCERINI.— GLYCERIN  LOTION. 

Preparation.— Take  of  glycerin,  i  ounce ;  distilled  water,  ^  pint.     Mix. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Thi.s  lotion  has  been  recommended  in  eczema, 
lichen.  And  other  rutuneoufi  disease'';  also  as  an  application  to  the  meatus  externus 
in  cases  of  deafness  owing  to  want  of  secretion  of  cerumen. 

LOTIO  HYDRASTIS  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND  LOTION  OF 
GOLDEN  SEAL. 

Preparation. — Take  of  strong  infusion  of  green  lea  and  of  golden  seal, 
each,  1  pint:  .«ulphate  of  zinc,  gunpowder,  each,  2  drachms.  Mix  the  decoction, 
then  add  the  rt-mainder  of  the  articles,  and  agitate  briskly.  After  solution  and 
deconipo-iiion  have  ceased,  and  the  precipitate  has  subsided,  pour  off  the  super- 
natant   li'|Vlid. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  curious  lotion  was  employed  as  a  coUyrium 
■in  chronir  nplithidrnir  diseases,  but  it  may  be  advantageously  employed  in  all  chronic 
affections  of  mucom  mrfaces,  as  an  external  application.  The  affected  parts  are  to  be 
bathed  with  it  several  times  a  day. 

LOTIO  HYDRASTIS  ET  ACONITI.— LOTION  OF  GOLDEN 
SEAL  AND  ACONITE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  golden  seal,  in  powder,  4  drachms;  boiling  water, 
4  fluiil  ounces;  tincture  of  aconite,  1  fluid  drachm.  Add  the  golden  seal  to  the 
water  and  digest  for  3  hours  by  a  gentle  heat ;  then  filter  and  evaporate  to  2  fluid 
ounces,  ti>  wiiich  add  the  tincture  of  aconite. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  forms  a  superior  application  to  the  eye  in 
many  c:ises  of  disease  in  that  organ.  It  may  be  applied  by  means  ofacamel's- 
hair  pencil,  or  dropping  1  or  2  minims  on  the  eyeball.  Thave  likewise  found 
immense  benefit  in  these  cases  by  substituting  for  the  tincture  of  aconite  1  or  2 
fluid  drachms  of  the  saturated  tincture  of  black  cohosh.  Some  physicians  em- 
plov  the  hvdrochlorate  of  berberine  in  preparing  the  above  formula,  but  as  this  is 
insoluble  i"n  water,  it  can  effect  but  little  influence.  This  preparation,  used  as  a 
wash  or  injection,  will  also  be  found  of  service  in  chronic  mucous  difficulties,  as  vagi- 
nal leucorrhoea,  etc.  (J.  King). 

LOTIO  JUGLANDIS.— WALNUT  LOTION. 

Preparation.— Take  of  extract  of  green  walnut  shells,  6  grains :  distilled 
water, -Ml  grains.     Mix  and  dissolve. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  is  recommended  as  an  efficient  agent  in 
eidarfieiiunl  <f  the  tonsiU.  and  is  stated  t<i  be  very  prompt  in  its  effects.  It  is 
appliid  to  the  parts  by  means  of  a  camel's-hiiir  pencil. 


1208  LOTIO  LOBELIA  COMPOSITA.— LOTIO  ZINCI  COMPOSITA. 

LOTIO  LOBELIiE  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND  LOBELIA  LOTION. 

Synonym  :   Herpetic  wash. 

Preparation. — Take  of  ba3-berry  bark,  lobelia  leaves  and  .';eed,  yellow-dock 
root,  each,  in  powder,  2  drachms;  vinegar,  1  pint.  Mix  all  together,  and  allow 
them  to  macerate  for  7  days,  and  filter;  or,  make  the  lotion  by  percolation. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  preparation  forms  an  excellent  local  appli- 
cation to  several  species  of  cutaneous  disease,  also  to  erysipelas  and  erysipelatous  inflam- 
TTuitians.  It  is  frequently  prepared  with  spirits  instead  of  vinegar,  especially  where 
more  active  stimulation  is  desired.  In  erysipelas,  i  pint  of  a  saturated  solution 
of  chloride  of  ammonium  may  be  added  to  the  above  quantity  with  advantage. 

LOTIO  MYRRH,ffi:  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND  MYKKH  LOTION. 

Preparation. — Takeof  myrrh,  in  powder,  |  ounce;  acetate  of  zinc.  Udrachms; 
acetate  of  lead,  i  drachm ;  water,  2  pints.  Add  the  myrrh  to  li  pints  of  water, 
and  boil  together  for  10  or  15  minutes;  when  cold,  add  the  rest  of  the  water  in 
which  the  lead  and  zinc  salts  have  been  previously  dissolved.  Let  them  stand 
24  hours  and  filter.  If  necessary,  add  enough  water  to  pass  through  the  filter  to 
make  2  pints  of  the  lotion  (.J.  King). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Compound  myrrh  lotion  was  formerly  employed 
in  cases  of  chronic  ophthalmia.  It  will,  however,  be  found  useful  in  all  chronir 
mucous  diseases.  It  is  usually  applied  3  or  4  times  a  day,  and  must  not  be  used 
during  the  presence  of  inflammation.  When  too  severe,  it  maybe  diluted  with 
water. 

LOTIO  REFRIGERANS.— COOLING  LOTION. 

Synonym:  Saline  wash. 

Preparation. — Take  of  fine  salt,  i  ounce ;  spirits,  vinegar,  and  rain  water, 
eacli,  4  fluid  ounces.  Mix  the  fluids,  and  then  dissolve  the  salt  in  them  (Beach's 
An7a-.  I'rac). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  lotion  is  extensively  employed  as  a  cooling 
application  in  cases  of  pain  or  determination  to  the  head,  during /i!>i-<T,<,  jn^am- 
mation  of  the  hrain,  dropsy,  etc.  It  is  used  cold  or  tepid,  according  to  the  benefit 
received  from  its  application  at  these  temperatures. 

LOTIO  SASSAFRAS.— SASSATRAS  LOTION. 

Preparation. — Take  of  pith  of  sassafras,  1  drachm;  rose  water,  1  pint.  Mix. 
Let  them  stand  for  4  hours,  and  filter  (Beach's -loirr.  Prac).  Distilled  water  may 
be  substituted  for  the  rose  water,  and  the  preparation  may  be  made  more  speedily 
by  boiling  the  mixture  for  a  few  minutes. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  an  extemporaneous  preparation,  and  is 
principally  used  in  acute  ophthalmia.  A  similar  preparation  of  marshm;il low  root, 
elm  bark,  or  ))Uckhorn  brake,  will  be  found  equally  available. 

LOTIO  SODII  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND  SODA  LOTION. 

Preparation. — Take  of  roek  salt,  3  ounces:  sulphate  of  zinc,  1  ounce:  persul- 
phate of  iron.S  grains;  rain  water  or  clear  river  water,  1  pint.  Add  the  articles 
together  and  form  a  solution. 

Action   and   Medical  Uses.  —  Used  as  a  stimulating   collvrium    in  chronir 

ophlhalmir  f//.vy/.v(>-. 

LOTIO  ZINCI  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND  LOTION  OF  ZINC. 

Preparation. — Take  of  sulphate  of  zino,  alum,  each.  2  gniins;'disiilled  water, 
2  pints.     Mix  and,  when  dissolved,  filter. 


LV  PIN  US.  1209 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Tliis  lotion  is  used  a^  a  stimulating  applieaiiun 
to  the  eye  in  cases  oi jihn--',  ."ueclcs,  op(uitiej<,vlc.;  to  abnormal  jrou'^/*.*  on  mucou.s 
surfaces;  to  indolent  ulcers  with  fungous  yrowt/is;  and  to  gangrene. 

LUPINUS.— LUPIN. 

The  seeds  o(  Lupinus  (ill>u.'<.  Liim*?. 

.Wil.  Oril. — L('guminosa>. 

Common   X.\mes:    White  lupin,  Lujiin. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  annual  with  a  .«tem  nearly  2  feet  high,  hav- 
ing 5  to  7  foliate,  palmate  leaves,  with  obovate,  oblong  leaflets,  from  1  to  2  inches 
in  length.  They  are  beset  with  white  hairs  beneath,  but  on  their  upjier  surface 
nre  smooth.  The  large,  white,  shortpedicelled  tlowers  are  borne  in  terminal 
spikes,  or  racemes.  The  fruit  is  a  long,  compressed  pod,  containing  from  3  to  6 
seeds  which  are  flattish,  circular,  and  of  a  white  color.  The  seeds  have  no  odor, 
but  a  bitterish  taste. 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant  is  indigenous  to  west  Asia 
and  south  Elurope.  lusiiUs  luinir  mt-t  with  in  our  gardens.  Various  species  of 
Lupinus  produce  in  sh»-e]i  tlu-  su-callcd  lupinose  disease.  Yrom  JAipinus  albu.i,& 
very  bitter  alkaloid,  luinnine  (or  lupinotoxin  of  C.  Arnold,  Jnhrc^b.  dtr  P/ittrw.,  1883, 
p.  277),  wa.s  isolated  by  Campani  and  Betelli  ( 1882) ;  it  was  soluble  in  ether,  ben- 
zol, chloroform,  and  alkalized  water.  H.  Weiske  (Jdhresh.dcr  Pharm.,  1883)  records 
the  comparative  percentage  of  the  toxic  principle  in  various  species  of  I.ui)inus; 
L.  Cruih/iankii  contained  most  (1  per  cent),  L.hirsutus  least  of  it  (0.02  per  cent), 
while  L.  iilbus  contained  0.5  per  cent.  A.  Soldaini  (Arcliii^  dir  Pharm.,  1898,  p.  321) 
found  an  optically  inactive  alkaloid  (C„H,,N.,0)  melting  at  99°  C.  (230.2°  F.),and 
a  deliquescent  alkaloid  of  the  same  formula.  L.  Sherman  Davis,  in  Prof  Schmidt's 
laboratory,  ascertained  (Archiv  dcr  Phiinii..lS'.)~.  p.  217)  that  the  seeds  of  Lupinus 
nlbus  conUiin  two  alkaloids  :  1.  Dcrlro-lupunin  (C,jHj,N._.0),  melting  at  44°  C.  ( 111.2° 
F.)  and  identical  with  the  deliquescent  alkaloid  of  Soldaini,  as  well  as  with  the 
dextro-lupintin  obtained  by  himself  from  the  seeds  of  the  Blue  lupin,  L.anffusti- 
foliits.  Linne.  2.  Imutive  lupanin  (C:„H^N,0),  composed  of  equal  molecules  of 
dextro-kind  turo-lupanin,  which  recalls  the  analogous  isomerism  existing  in  the  tar- 
taric acid  series.  The  seeds  of  lupinus  also  contain  the  ali)uminous  bodies  cim- 
glutin  and  le;iumin  (Ritthausen,  1883),  soluble  in  diluted  alkali,  precipitable  by 
acids,  and  separable  by  means  of  salt  solution,  in  which  the  former  is  soluble. 
By  distillation  of  the  seeds  of  L.albus  with  water  vapor,  Campani  and  Grimaldi 
(18S8t  obtained  vanillin. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — The  ancients  employed  lupin  medicinally.  An 
enema  of  .5  ounces  of  lupin  decoction  produced,  on  two  occasions,  toxic  symp- 
toms, as  follows:  malaise,  unplea.sant  sensations  in  the  head,  dimness  of  vision, 
palpebral  heaviness,  dizziness,  mental  excitation,  and  laryngeal  and  pharyngeal 
constriction  (  Donnabella[1877],/Vfi'7(7iVMif)).  Diuretic,  anthelmintic,  and  emmena- 
gogue  properties  have  been  ascribed  to  white  lupin  seeds,  and  the  same,  bruised 
and  soaked  in  water,  were  formerly  applied  to  ulcers. 

Belated  Species.— /.."yimw  hirnulusi,  Linne  (blue  or  rose  flowersl,  ami  f.Kjiiiiii.i  liii,ii.i, 
Linne  ivi-Hdh-  (lowers i,  both  of  south  Europe,  liave  similar  properties.  /-.  /iiZ/us  is  tl\e  species 
tliat  li:iA  been  niijst  frequently  investigateil.  L.  liiTend  i/>i.w,,/.,  MarlMirg,  ISStTl  estaWislucl  in 
the  fcee'ls  of  this  species  llie  i)resenee  of  two  alkaloids,  viz. :  crvstallizalile  ln/iiniii  ([C.iILo 
NjOjj.liauniert,  ISSli  and  liquM  h,,,i,MVi,i  if,ni-,Ni.  It  is  excJe.liiii.-ly  probable  that  the 
alkaloids  ..f  the  various  Hi>eeies  of  Lupiiius  stand  in  close  chemical  relationship  toone  another. 
K.  S<hnl/e  and  K.  Stei^-er  obtained  from  the  germinated  seeds  of  l.ii/,i„iiK  liilms  an  alkaloid 
which  thev  nameil  iiiijii,ii« .  The  voting'  plants  likiwi.se  contiiin  asparajjin,  ulutaiiin,  leucine, 
tvrosiii...  ,.tV..i>robablv  as  decomposition  i.rodiicts  fr.im  the  albuniiuoi<ls  I  .Iwicr.  ./"/'.•.  Phurm., 
1S.S7.  p.  4Js'i.  1;.  Steijier  •  .\iii<  r.  Jimr.  I'liar..  issi;,  p.  44!ii  found  in  the  seed  of  l.upiiKi*  liili'nf  a  pecu- 
liar dextrin-like  sulistanee.  wliicli  he  named  Llii-ijiilitrl,,,,.  .Vtteniptri  have  also  been  nia.le  to 
utilize  lupinuii as  food  material  by  depriving  it  of  its  bitterness  (see  Haumert,.lrr/iiV(/cr /'/koi/i., 
1SK.S.  p.  4-J4  .  Many  -Vnierican  species  have  like-  prop.rties,  amou);  these  are  Liipintif  /••  iniiin, 
l.innt''  iblue-fiowersi,  of  eastern  I'nited  Stat«'8,  and  LH/iiiniH  lUimiJiunui,  Nuttall,  and  l.ii)iinu» 
ixil^phi/lhi.*,  .Nuttall,  of  the  western  states.  The  two  latter  are  often  found  in  pnlens.  <.Se« 
chemical  investigations  of  Black  luftiniu  as  well  a«  L.  jioli/phyUtu,  by  K.  lierham,  iu  Anhiv  der 
Plain,,.,  I.SVT,  |.p.:!4:.'-:«>4.) 


LT^Pl'LINXM. 


LUPULINUM    (U.  S.  P.)— LUPULIN. 

"The  glandular  powder  separated  from  the  strobiles  of  Humulus  Lupulus, 
Linne  (Xat.  O/t/.— Urticacese)"— (T.  S.  P.). 

Preparation.— On  beating  or  rubbing  the  strobiles  of  hops,  and  then  sift- 
ing them,  a  glandular  powder  is  separated,  and  is  known  in  medicine  as  Lupulin. 
The  sifting  is  necessary  to  remove  the  broken  bracts  and  other  vegetable  parts. 
About  10  jier  cent  of  lupulin  is  thus  obtained  from  the  dried  hops. 

Description. — "  Bright  brownish-yellow,  becoming  yellowish-brown,  resin- 
ous, consisting  of  minute  granules,  which,  as  seen  under  the  microscope,  are 
subglobular,  or  rather  hood-shaped,  and  reticulate;  aromatic  and  bitter.  When 
lupulin  is  agitated  with  water  and  the  mixture  allowed  to  stand,  no  considerable 
sediment  (sand,  etc.)  should  be  deposited.  When  ignited,  lupulin  should  not 
leave  more  than  10  per  cent  of  ash'' — {U.  S.  P.).  Lupulin  is  of  a  cellular  tex- 
ture and  somewhat  transparent.  The  common  center  around  which  the  cells  are 
arranged,  is  called  the  hilum.  Lupulin  has  the  odor  and  taste  common  to  the 
hop;  a  gentle  heat  renders  it  tenacious;  exposed  to  flame  it  burns.  Owing  to 
the  presence  of  the  oil,  lupulin,  in  quantities,  is  liable  to  spontaneous  combustion 
(see  record  of  such  combustion  on  board  a  vessel  lying  in  the  Bremen  harbor,  in 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,189d,\).  555).  Unless  carefully  dried  it  soon  loses  its  proper- 
ties, which,  indeed,  under  all  circumstances  are  impaired  by  keeping.  It  is  always 
preferable  to  the  hop  for  medicinal  purposes.  The  constituents  of  lupulin  are 
essentially  those  described  under  Humulus  (hops),  which  see. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Humulus  also.)  Lupulin,  or  its 
tincture,  is  used  in  delirium  tremrn.s,  and  wakefulness  in  connection  with  nervous 
irritation,  anxiety,  or  exhaustion;  it  does  not  disorder  the  stomach  nor  cause 
constipation,  as  with  opium.  Also  useful  in  after-pains,  to  suppress  venereal 
desires,  and  allay  the  pain  attendant  on  gonorrhcea.  Lupulin  has  been  found  espe- 
cially useful  in  cases  of  genito-urinury  irritations,  irritation  of  the  bladder,  as  well  as 
in  those  irritable  conditions  of  the  brain  and  genital  organ.^,  &o  often  accompanying 
nocturnal  emissions;  it  allays  the  irritation,  promotes  sleep,  and  checks  the  emis- 
sions, in  quite  a  number  of  cases;  it  has  also  been  advised  as  an  efficient  remedy 
in  chordee.  In  these  instances  it  requires  to  be  given  in  quite  large  doses,  double 
or  triple  the  ordinary  ones.  The  ethereal  tincture  of  lupulin  forms  what  was 
formerlj'  termed  the  ethereal  oil  of  lupulin  (see  Oleoresinn  Lupulini)  by  allowing  the 
ether  to  spontaneously  evaporate.  It  produces  at  first  a  stimulant  influence,  suc- 
ceded  by  a  very  agreeable,  calming  sensation,  and  has  been  used  with  advantage 
in  some  cases  of  nervous  irritabilitj'  where  opium  and  other  narcotics  failed.  It 
does  not,  however,  appear  to  possess  any  narcotic  jiroperties.  A  mixture  of  oil 
of  chamomile,  1  fluid  drachm,  and  ethereal  oil  of  lupulin,  li  fluid  drachm,  dis- 
solved in  sulphuric  ether,  half  a  fluid  ounce,  in  doses  of  from  30  to  60  drops,  every 
3  or  4  hours,  has  been  found  beneficial  in  d>/.'<menorrhiea,  and  ot\wr  jiainful  uterine 
diseases.  Mr.  Duckworth  advises  as  a  very  remarkable  hypnotic,  a  preparation 
composed  of  lupulin,  1  ounce,  aromatic  spirit  of  ammonia,  half  a  pint;  mix,  let 
them  macerate  for  7  days,  with  agitation  from  time  to  time,  filter,  and  add  more 
fluid  to  procure  half  a  pint.  The  dose  is  from  1-5  minims  to  1  fluid  drachm.  The 
dose  of  lupulin  is  from  6  to  10  grains,  which  may  be  given  in  powder,  or  in  pill 
made  by  merely  rubbing  it  in  a  warm  mortar  till  it  acquires  a  pilular  consistence. 
The  tincure  of  lupulin  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  1  to  4  fluid  drachms.  Tinc- 
ture of  lupulin,  as  well  as  tincture  of  hop,  mav  be  used  in  di/sprpsia.  with  marked 
restlessness,  and  disposition  to  brood  over  trou^de.  Use  it  also  when  fermentation 
and  eructations  occur  after  meals.  Ini<ouinia,  due  to  worry  or  neurasthenia,  is 
relieved  by  lui)ulin.  The  odor  of  lupulin,  like  that  of  hop,  will  cause  in  suscep- 
tible individuals  a  distressing  sick  headache,  accompanied  with  extreme  and  pros- 
trating nausea;  on  the  other  hand  both  lupulin  and  hop  have  been  employed  to 
relieve  various  forms  of  hcadaehe,  chiefly  in  debilitated  subjects,  with  cerebral 
hyperemia. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Nervousness,  irritability,  disposition  to  brood 
over  trouble,  delirium,  insomnia,  cerebral  liy peremia ;  fermentative  dyspepsia. with 
acid  eructations;  genital  and  mental  irritability  associated  with  spermatorrhcFii. 


LYCOPODIl'M 


LYCOPODIUM  (U.  S.  P.)— LYCOPODIUM. 

"The  spores  of  Lycopodium  clavaium,  Linne,  unci  of  nther  species  of  Li/cnj ,o- 
dwm'—yC.S.P.). 

Nut.  Old, — Lycopodiaceae. 

Common  Names  and  Synonym  :  (Plant)  Club  moss;  (Spores)  Lycopodium  md, 
Pitlveriz'il  liirnpndium.  Vcifcttihle  sulphur,  Spnnr  h/copodii. 

liiisTUATioN  :    Bentley  and  Trinicn,  Ma).  Plants,  299. 

Botanical  Source.— Clul)  moss  is  a  creeping  perennial  with  a  trailing  stem, 
givinL'  "ll  several  ascending  leafy  branches.  The  stem  is  often  several  feet  in 
lengtii  and  thickly  clothed  with  lance-linear, 
awl-shapecl,  smooth.  Hat,  evergreen  leave.*,  which 
are  imbricated  and  inflexed.  Tiie  branches  are 
from  "2  to  4  inches  high,  the  fertile  ones  hav- 
ing a  long,  terminal  peduncle  supporting  from 
1  to  3  erect,  long,  cylindrical  Hower  spikes, 
which  are  clothed'with  ovate,  sharp-pointed 
bracts,  bearing  in  their  axils  the  yellow  reni- 
form  sporangia  (thtnt). 

History. —  T.ycopodium,  or  Common  club 
mo.«s,  is  fiiund  in  almost  all  parts  of  the  earth, 
especially  in  northern  regions,  growing  in  dry 
situations,  as  pastures,  mountains,  and  woods. 
The  spores,  the  chief  medicinal  portion,  are 
shaken  out  of  the  renal-shaped  capsules  (spo- 
rangin)  which  grow  on  "the  inner  side  of  the 
bracts  covering  the  fruit  spike '^(P/jo;/ 
dri 


Lycopodium  clavatum. 


graph  ill)  as  a  yellowish   powder.     The  (frug  is 

gathered  in  Germany.  Russia,  and  Switzerland, 

during  the  months  of  July  and  August,  by 

the  peasants,  who  cut  the  tops  from  tlie  plants  and  carry  them  to  their  homes, 

where  the  powder  is  obtained  by  shaking  the  tops  and  sifting  out  the  extraneous 

mattir.    As  the  plant  fails  to  be  plentiful  some  years,  the  annual  collection  is  apt 

to  vary  much. 

Description. — According  to  the  U.  S.  P.,  lycopodium  is  "a  fine  powder,  pale, 
yellowish,  verv  mobile,  inodorous,  tasteless,  floating  upon  water  and  not  wetted 
by  it.  l(Ut  sinking  on  being  boiled  with  it,  and  burning  quickly  when  thrown 
into  a  flame.  Under  the  microscope  the  spores  arc  seen  to  be  spha?ro-tetrahedral, 
the  surfaces  marked  with  reticulated  ridges,  and  the  edges  beset  with  short  pro- 
jections. Lycopodium  should  be  free  from  pollen,  starch,  sand,  and  other  impuri- 
ties, any  of  which  are  easily  detected  by  means  of  the  microscope.  When  ignited 
with  free  access  of  air,  Ivcopodium  should  not  leave  more  than  5  per  cent  of 
a-h"— (f.  .S'.  P.). 

If  lycopodium  be  heated  slowly  it  burns  with  violence,  but  if  brought  in 
contact  with  a  flame,  it  suddenly  catches  fire  with  a  vivid  flash  and  a  hissing 
explosiveness.  Unlike  most  bodies,  when  triturated  it  becomes  darker  in  color, 
assuming  a  somewhat  greasy  and  coherent  state.  When  dried  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.), 
it  loses  but  4  per  cent  of  moisture  (  Phdrmncognijihia). 

Chemical  Composition.— Sugar  to  the  extent  of  3  per  cent  (Langer,  1889, 
2.1  per  cent),  was  found  in  lycopodium  by  Bucholz  (1807).  Pollenin  is  the  name 
applied  to  the  material  composing  tiie  walls  of  the  cells.  Alfons  Langer  (^/v/i/p 
der  Phfirm. ,IH89,  pp.  241,  289,  and  62o),  obtained  from  the  spores  of  commercial 
Ijycnpodiuui  cldvatinn  49.34  per  cent  of  a  greenish-yellow  oil  having  an  acid  re- 
action and  consisting  of  about  80  to  86.0  per  cent  of  a  peculiar /i/'''7">f'"""-'''<'""'"""' 
(C,.H,P,  or  [CH,],CH.CH.CH.C[CH.,].(CH,..,COOII,  deryl-Unpmpyl  ,wn,lic  «-/./), 
with  varying  quantities  of  glvcerin  (about  .'5  to  o  i>er  cent),  and  solid  fatty  acid.s, 
chieflv  nviristirarid.  The  spores  must  be  jiowdered  by  trituration  with  quartz- 
sand  'if  all  of  the  oil  is  to  be  extracted  (  Phnnii<ir<„iriij,hi,i).  A.  Bukowski  (Anhiv 
der  Phnrm..  1889,  p.  62-5),  analvzing  freshly  collecte.l  s|)ores,  obtained  an  oil  of  neu- 
tral reaction,  and  a  constant'  (juantity  (X.2  per  cent)  of  glycerin.     It  also  diflered 


1212  LYCopoDirxi. 

in  chemical  composition  from  that  obtained  by  Langer.  The  latter  found  the 
spores  to  contain  0.857  per  cent  of  nitrogen,  corresponding  to  5.3  per  cent  of  pro- 
tein substance.  When  heated  with  solution  of  caustic  potash,  the  spores  \-ielded 
monomethylamine  (CH3NH,).  Upon  being  incinerated,  they  gave  1.16  per  cent  of 
ash.  The  spores  have  the  peculiar  property  of  oxidizing  a  i:)ortion  of  the  alcohol 
with  which  they  are  macerated,  to  aldehyde. 

Adulterations. — Besides  the  possible  adulterants  mentioned  by  the  f '.  S.  P., 
dextrin  and  spores  of  other  species  of  Lycopodium,  gypsum,  talc,  sulphur,  and 
rosin  may  be  present.  According  to  A.  L.  Reichert(Pharm.  Revieii:,189S.  p.  260), 
most  of  the  specimens  of  lycopodium  examined  were  practically  free  from  adul- 
teration, containing  mostly  fragments  of  the  sporangium  wall  as  impurities;  one 
specimen  contained  20  per  cent  of  pine  pollen,  and  two  other  specimens  had 
potato  starch,  in  onf  amnuntintf  to  oO  per  cent. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  agent  was  for  a  long  time  used 
only  as  a  du.sting  powder  fur  jirotcctive  purposes  in  erydpelas,  intertrigo,  herpes, 
ulcers,  eczemas,  etc.  Druggists  used  it  to  prevent  pills  from  adhering  to  each  other 
in  the  boxes,  and  pyrotechnists  employed  it  in  the  manufacture  of  their  wares. 
Of  recent  years  it  has  become  quite  important  as  a  remedy  in  our  school,  the  sug- 
gestion coming  first  from  the  homoeopaths,  who  use  it  quite  extensively.  It  was 
introduced  to  us  as  a  remedy  by  Prof.  Scudder.  He  prepared  a  tincture  of  the 
fresh  plant  before  it  had  cast  its  sporules  with  98  per  cent  alcohol,  and  al.«o  a 
tincture  of  the  sporules  first  triturated  in  a  dry  mortar  until  doughy,  then  placing 
them  in  a  percolator,  covering  with  alcohol,  allowing  to  macerate  4  days,  when 
the  tincture  was  drawn  off.  He  recommended  the  tincture  of  the  sjiorules  in 
"extreme  sensitiveness  of  the  surface;  sensitiveness  of  a  part,  and  care  to  prevent 
its  being  touched;  slow,  painful  boils;  nodes  or  swellings;  extreme  sensitiveness 
ofthe  organs  of  special  sense,  with  pale,  livid,  or  dirt}' complexion '"(.^/ift-.  iV''/.,174), 

In  fevers  showing  an  obscure  periodicity  lycopodium  has  been  found  cura- 
tive. The  cases  are  not  distinctly  arjucs  nor  ordinary  intermittent  s,  and  conseijuently 
not  influenced  bj'  quinine.  The  febrile  phenomena  are  not  active,  and  there 
may  be  an  irritable  stomach,  with  either  dinrrhwa,  dysenferj/,  or  constij-atio,,^  an 
obscure  colic  being  a.«sociated  with  the  latter,  and  some  sore  throat.  The  fever, 
though  not  active,  is  intractable,  and  exceedingly  depressing,  and  the  character- 
istic symptoms  guiding  the  selection  of  lycopodium  are  a  high-colored  red  urine 
staining  the  clothing,  and  an  afternoon  exacerbation,  usually  occurring  in  the 
middle  of  the  afternoon. 

Lycopodium  is  an  efficient  gastric  sedative,  and  with  the  high-colored  red 
urine,  and  the  patient  suffering  more  in  the  afternoon,  will  be  found  of  value  in 
dyspepsia,  and  especially  if  constipation  and  cardiac  palpitation  are  aUo  present. 
There  is  tenderness  over  the  stomach  and  a  sense  of  fullness.  Pj/rosis.  with  flatu- 
lence, is  corrected  by  it,  and  in  indigestion,  with  fermentative  changes  and  borbo- 
.rygmus,  it  should  be  remembered  when  the  special  indications  above  alluded  to 
are  present.     It  is  reputed  useful  in  catarrhal  gastritis. 

Lycopodium  is  prominent  as  a  remedy  in  urinary  disorders.  S^pasmodir  refen- 
tion  qfvrine  in  children,  and  ralarrfial  cystitis  in  adult.'*,  with  deposits  of  mucus  or 
mucus  and  blood,  with  frequent  jiainful  micturition,  are  disorders  in  which  it  has 
rendered  good  service.  It  is  a  remedy  for  the  lithic  acid  diathesis,  when  there  is 
pain  in  tlie  kidneys,  ureters,  and  bladder,  with  unpleasant  sensations  in  nuctu- 
rition,  and  there  are  red,  sandy  deposits  in  the  urine.  Oonotrhaa,  plat,  irsiail 
catarrh,  and  rhcumrttism  with  uric  acid  diathesis,  are  said  to  be  benefited  by  lyco- 
podium. Dr.  Scudder  recommended  the  tincture  of  the  plant  in  chnuiir  kidney 
diseases  vfith  blood  inthe  urine;  and  in  cases  of  "cough  with  bloody  expectoratiou, 
congestive  headache,  dizziness,  and  tendency  to  syncope."  The  usual  method  of 
administering  lycopodium  for  its  specific  effects  is  as  follows:  R  Specific  lyc«>- 
podium,  gtt.  x:  aijua,  fl.^iv.    Mix.    Sig.    Dose,  a  teaspoonful  every  1  or  2  hours. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Intractable  forms  of  fever,  not  of  an  active 
tyi>e,  showing  obscure  periodicity,  with  afternoon  exacerbation,  and  the  voiding 
of  a  high-colored  red  urine,  staining  the  clotliing;  dyspepsia  and  indigestion  with 
the  same  urinary  symptoms,  or  with  red,  sandy  deposits  in  the  urine,  palpitation, 
constipation,  borborygmus,  and  water  bra.^h;  spasmodic  retention  of  urine  in 
children;  cystic  catarrh  in  adults,  with  painful  micturition;  urine  loaded  with 


LYCOPIS.  1213 

mucus  «>r  l>loo(l,  or  both,  or  deposits  of  red  sanil  or  pliosphntes ;  cough  witli  Klood y 
expectoration,  congestive  headache,  dizziness,  and  tendency  to  fainting. 

Related  Species. — There  are  several  varieties  of  Lyroi>fKliiitii  wliose  Fpores  are  Bonie- 
tinies  oOlectfl  witli  tlii>?^e  ul  l..il<ii<itiim.  Ainon^  tlieiii  iiiiiy  lie  iiicnticnieil  t\u-  Li/coijodiiimt — 
iuniiiiihii'iin.  (■•iiiipltiiKilnin,  ii\\i\  aiiiiiitiiiiim — ot  LiiingiUR.  All  alkaloid  liiropotline  '  C'ihHjiX^Oj  I 
wa.s  olitain.-d  from  /-.(■..i;i/'/(iiinrii"i  l>y  K.  Hoclek.r  (  IS82I. 

Li/ni/HHliuiii  g.iuriiriM.  Tills  plant  is  tin-  l'ili<jiiii  of  Bnizil.  I'iliynnini'.n  toxic  alkaloid  not 
identical  with  the  alxive  lycopodiiie,  \v:is  ili.scovercd  in  it  hy  .\ilrian  i./((/iiW<. <^r /'/i«n».,  IHHH 
ami  1S!I2 1.  -V  do)t  succumbed  to  2  grains  of  this  alkaloid,  which  is  add  to  possess  cmetocathartic, 
and  convulsant  properties.  Tlie  plant  likewise  acts  as  an  eiiu-to-cathartic,  doses  of  4  praius  of 
the  extract  producing  purgation.  As  a  cathartic,  iiili-ranine  hydrochlorate  may  be  admiuiGtered 
in  doses  of  from  }  to  J  grain. 

LYCOPUS.— BUGLEWEED. 

The  whole  herb  of  L>/copug  viniininut,  Linnc. 

.V./r  O/v/.— Labiativ." 

C'oNtMo.s   N'.\MF.s:   Ihifilewieil,  Sweet  burjle,  U'itdr  bugle,  etc.  (see  below). 

Botanical  Source. — Tlii.s  ]>lant  is  an  indigenous,  perennial  herb.with  a  fibrous 
root,  :uid  a  smooth.. -liaigiit,  obtusely  four-angled  stem,  with  the  sides  concave,  pro- 
duciui;  sliMnler  runners  from  the  base,  and  10  to  '20  inches  in  height.  The  leaves 
are  opposite,  oblong,  or  ovate  lanceolate,  toothed,  entire  toward  the  base,  with  glan- 
ilular  dots  underneath.  The  flowers  are  very  small,  purplish,  in  den.^^e,  axillary 
whorls;  at  the  ba.se  of  each  flower  are  two,  small,  subulate  bracts.  The  corolla  is 
canipanulate,  4-cleft,  tlie  tube  as  long  as  the  calyx,  upper  segment  broadest,  and 
emarginate.  The  calyx  is  tubular,  4cleft,  longer  than  the  achenia.  Stamens  2, 
distant,  diverging,  and  simple;  anthers  erect  and  bilolied  ;  ovary  superior  and 
4-anglcd  :  style  straight  and  slender;  stigma  bilobate ;  achenia  4,  smooth,  oliovate, 
obliiiucly  truncate  at  apex,  compressed,  and  margins  thickened  (G. — W. — R.). 

History. — I.ycopus  belongs  to  a  class  of  perennial  herbs  somewhat  resem- 
bling the  mints, Tnit  lacking  their  aroma  and  having  but  2  perfect  stamens.  It  is 
found  growing  in  almost  all  parts  of  the  United  States,  being  very  common,  and 
preferring  moist,  shady,  places,  showing  particular  fondness  for  wet,  Ijoggy  soils. 
It  grows  from  6  to  IS  inches  in  height,  and,  like  most  labiate  plants,  has  a  straight, 
smooth,  scpuire  stem  (obtusely  4-angled),  with  concave  sides,  supporting  opposite, 
oblong,  ovate  or  lanceolate,  serrately-toothed  leaves,  having  on  their  under  sur- 
face small,  glandular  dots.  The  entire  plant  is  smooth  ami  often  i.urjilish.  and 
the  stem  occasionally  sends  off  long,  slender  runners.  The  (lowers,  which  ajipear 
in  midsummer  (.July  and  August), are  very  small,  and  arranged  in  dense,  axillary 
whorls,  or  cajiitate  clusters  of  a  purplish  color.  The  whole  plant  has  an  agree- 
able, yet  peculiar  balsamic,  terebinthinate  odor,  and  to  most  persons,  a  disagreeable, 
slightly  bitter,  balsamic  taste.  Its  virtues  are  supposed  to  depend  upon  a  volatile 
oil  and  tannin. 

Lycopus  is  popularly  known  as  Bugleweed,  Water  bugle.  Sweet  bugle,  Water 
hoarhound,  Gypsy-weed,  Pauls  betony,  Green  ashangee  anil  Archangel,  though 
the  latter  name  is  oflener  applied  to  another  plant  —  the  Archangelun  Atrojuu- 
pumi.  The  name  lycopus  originates  from  two  Greek  words — (ukm,  wolf;  and 
//o(M,  foot;  hence  wolf-foot,  so  called  because  of  a  fancied  resemblance  of  the  cut 
leaves  to  a  wolfs  foot. 

We  have  evidence  that  this  plant  was  used  early  in  the  present  century 
aa  a  medicine.  Schoe])f,  Ive.s,  and  ZoUikofTer  mention"  it.  In  1828,  KatMicsque. 
whose  works  were  prominently  recognized  by  the  early  Eclectics,  notwithstanding 
the  many  liliertie.s  he  took  in  his  writings  on  scientific  subject.*,  gave  the  best 
account  of  its  introduction  into  medicine.  He  wrote  of  it  that  it  was  an  excel- 
lent sedative,  subtonic,  subnarcotic,  and  subastringent.  He  further  states  that 
"it  is  described  as  partaking  of  the  properties  of  digitalis,  sanguinaria,  cimici- 
fuga,  and  spi^elia;  but  it  is  neither  diuretic  nor  anthelmintic.  an<l  is  rather 
one  of  the  mildest  and  best  narcotics  in  existence."  The  same  author  claimed 
'it  acts  somewhat  like  digitalis  without  producing  any  of  its  bad  efl'ei-ts  or  ac- 
cumulating in  the  system."  He  complains  that  volumes  have  been  written  on 
fox-glove,  a  rank  jioison,  while  this  excellent  substitute  has  been  allowed  to 
ii.iss  almost  unnoticed. 


1214  LYCOPUS. 

Among  the  first  to  investigate  the  properties  of  bugleweed  were  Dr.s.  Pendle- 
ton and  Rogers,  of  New  York,  who  published  several  cases  of  hemoptysis  and 
incipient  consumption  cured  by  it.  In  Rafinesque's  day  it  was  used  to  a  consid- 
erable extent  in  New  York  and  New  Jersey:  in  the  latter  state  being  much 
employed  as  a  remedy  for  diarrhoea  and  dysentery.  Rafinesque  pointed  out  that 
it  acted  chief!}'  on  the  blood  vessels,  and  was  especially  useful  in  plethoric  and 
inflammatory  states,  particularly  internal  inflammations  resulting  from  ine- 
briety, and  for  cardiac  diseases.  While  he  did  not  believe  that  it  would  cure 
phthisis,  he  stated  that  it  was  verj'  valuable  for  hemoptysis,  and  that  it  acted 
on  the  circulatory  system  as  a  sedative,  slowing  the  pulse  and  thereby  allaying 
irritation  and  cough. 

Until  recent  years,  lycopus  has  been  scarcely  mentioned  by  allopathic  writers. 
It  was  introduced  into  homoeopathic  practice  by  the  late  Prof.  E.  M.  Hale.  M.  D.. 
of  Chicago,  who  first  used  it  on  the  recommendation  of  an  Eclectic  pliysician  in 
a  case  of  incipient  phthisis,  for  its  control  over  the  circulator}-  apparatus,  with 
marked  benefit.  At  present  it  is  considerably  employed  by  the  homrtopathic 
branch  of  the  profession.  Since  nearly  all  that  has  been  written  on  this  drug 
has  come  from  Eclectic  pens,  we  may  safely  claim  the  remedy  as  one  of  Eclectic 
development. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  Messrs.  Tilden  found  this  plant  to  contain 
tannic  acid,  organic  and  inorganic  matters,  bitter  principle,  and  a  peculiar  prin- 
ciple. Mr.  J.  L.Weil  (Anter.  Jour.  Phann.,  1890,  p.  72)  found  in  it  a  fat  (0.41  per 
cent)  melting  at  50°  C.  (122°  F.),  a  granular,  wax-like  body  (0.68  per  cent )  fusing 
at  70°  C.  (158°  F.);  a  crystalline  resin  (0.43  per  cent)  soluble  in  ether:  small 
amounts  of  tannic  and  gallic  acids,  and  a  crystallizable  glucosid  obtainable  by 
extracting  an  alcoholic  extract  of  the  drug  with  ether.  It  readily  splits  into  resin 
and  sugar.  The  herb  contains  a  small  quantitv  (0.075  per  cent)  of  volatile  oil 
(Hennessy,  Am,;-.  Jn,,,-.  Ph, ,,;„..  issii.  ]<.  70;   Schimmers  Report,  Oct.,  189(»,  i-.  62). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Lycopus  fills  an  important  place  in 
Eclectic  tlierapeutics.  Its  action  is  chiefly  exhibited  on  the  vascular  structures 
and  the  sympathetic  nervous  system.  It  is  a  certain  sedative,  mild  narcotic, 
subastringent,  and  tonic.  Its  sedative  action  is  most  pronounced  and  most  fre- 
quently indicated  where  the  vascular  action  is  tumultuous,  the  velocity  of  the 
pulse  rapid,  with  evident  want  of  cardiac  power.  It  is  for  this  purjiose  that  it  is 
principally  employed  in  advanced  stages  of  acute  disease  with  great  debility, 
and  in  chronic  disease  with  frequent  pulse.  It  improves  the  circulation,  and  its 
good  influence  is  extended  to  all  the  parts  under  the  control  of  the  vegetative 
system  of  nerves.  As  a  sedative.  Prof.  Scudder  classes  it  with  aconite  and  vera- 
trum.  It  acts  somewhat  like  digitalis  in  reducing  the  velocity  of  the  pulse,  but 
is  devoid  of  the  dangerous  effects  resulting  from  the  use  of  that  drug,  and  hence 
has  proved  useful  in  some  cardiac  affections.  It  controls  excessive  vascular  excite- 
ment, general  irritability,  and  diminishes  exalted  organic  action.  Upon  the 
stomach  its  action  is  kindly,  improving  the  appetite,  and  serving  as  a  mild 
gastric  tonic.  Normal  secretion  is  established  oy  it,  and  blood-making  and 
nutrition  are  improved. 

Lycopus  is  a  remedy  for  morbid  vigilance  and  insomnia  attendant  upon  either 
acute  or  chronic  disease.  As  a  remedy  ior  jiainjul  and  distressing  forms  of  iudiffes- 
tion,  the  sjiecific  lycopus  will  be  found  advantageous  as  well  as  a  mild  tonic  in 
general  debility.  In  the  past  it  has  been  employed  to  purify  the  blood  of 
patients  suffering  from  old  ulcers,  nn  infusion  being  employed  locally  at  the  .«ame 
(time.  Bugleweed,  simmered  with  fresh  butter  or  petrolatum,  may  be  eniployed 
'  as  a  topical  dressing  for  hums  and  irritnhle  ulcers. 

Several  cases  of  diabetes  mellitus  have  been  reported,  througli  the  Kelectir 
Medical  Journal,  as  benefited  by  lycopus.  Dr.  Gerald  (1878)  reported  an  extra- 
ordinary case  as  cured  by  it,  but  does  not  specify  which  variety  of  diabetes  the 
patient  was  afflicted  with.  Prof  Edwin  Freeman,  M.  D.  (187i))  used  the  drug 
with  remarkable  results  in  a  case  of  diabetes,  though  he  did  not  have  the  gomi 
fortune  to  see  the  disease  cured,  as  the  patient,  who  was  rapidly  improving, 
moved  away  and  the  doctor  lost  track  of  the  case.  Other  successful  cases  were 
reported  by  Dr.  Ray.  Lycopus  has  j)roved  a  good  remedy  iti  some  cases  of  nlbu- 
mitiitria  with  great  irritation  and  rapid  action  of  the  heart.     It  luis  given  good 


LYroiTS.  1215 

ivsults  in  hcnifirrhiHies,  being  particularly  adapted  to  those  cases  ia  wliicii  tin; 
Meeding  is  frequent  but  small  in  amount.  Under  such  conditions  specific  lycopus 
is  valuable  in  hemoptyais,  epUtaxi^,  hematemej^ii,  hematuria,  and  uterine  and  intestinal 
hemorrhage. 

Its  therapy  in  gastro-inteMinal  affections  is  worthy  of  notice.  We  have  already 
noticed  its  use  in  indigestion.  In  di/senteri/  and  diarrhaa  it  may  be  given  with 
advantage  to  the  patient.  It  is  of  special  value  in  the  diarrhiva  of  phlhisijt,  and 
is  equally  valuable  to  allay  irritation  and  inflammation  in  grtstritis  and  enteritis, 
especially  those  acute  gaiitric  di^iturbttnres  and  intldnnnntoi-y  diieaiies  common  to  the 
drunkarcl.  Bugleweed  has  been  used  both  for  its  sedative  effects  and  ft)r  it.s 
influence  on  the  gastro-intestinal  troubles  accompanying  inlemiiltent/ei-rrs. 

Cdrdiiir  disfii-se.  lioth  organic  and  functional,  iiave  been  niarkediv  impressed 
by  lycopus.  Administered  to  patients  sullering  from  endocurditi.-i  and  ]>erinirdili-i 
it  quickly  subdues  the  inflammation.  It  is  a  good  remedy  fur  cardiac  piiliiitdlinn, 
dependent  on  irritation  of  the  cardiac  nerve  centers,  or  when  arising  from  organic 
lesions.  It  is  best  adapted  to  those  forms  of  heart  disease  characterized  by  irri- 
tability and  irregularity,  with  dyspno-a  and  prsecordial  oppression.  Lycopus 
powert'ully  increases  the  contraction  of  the  unstriped  muscular  fibers,  particu- 
larly those  of  the  heart  and  arteries,  hence  its  value  in  cardiac  dilntntinn  and 
hypertnijihi/  which  have  been  known  to  undergo  marked  improvement  under  its 
administration.  It  quickly  relieves  the  suffering  and  anxiety  nearly  always  expe- 
rienced in  heart  diseases.    It  has  favorably  influenced  cxnphi'haliaic  goitre. 

"Bugleweed  is  of  great  value  in  acute  puhnonanj  romplnint.^,  and  of  still  greater 
utility  in  chronic  lung  troubles.  It  acts  as  a  gentle  sedative  and  tonic.  It  reduces 
the  frequency  and  force  of  the  heart's  action,  and  is  indicated  in  pulmonary 
lesions  with  irritation  and  cough,  and  with  tendency  to  hemorrhage.  It  is  par- 
ticularlj'  valuable  in  chronic  cases  with  copious  secretion  of  mucus  or  muco-pus.  It 
lessens  irritation,  allays  the  distressing  cough  so  frequently  encountered  in  chronic 
hronchitia,  pneumonia,  and  consumption.  By  its  action  as  a  nervine  it  gives  rest 
and  quiets  pain.  By  its  control  over  the  circulatory  apparatus  it  slows  the  pulse 
and  brings  down  the  temperature.  Tunudtuou.i  action  of  the  heart  and  consequent 
increase  of  the  circulation  through  the  lungs  are  controlled  by  it.  It  may  be  em- 
ployed in  acute  cases  to  control  fever  and  inflammation.  Here  it  gives  rest, 
alleviates  the  pain,  quiets  the  va.«cular  excitement,  besides  allaying  the  irritative 
cough.  It  is  one  of  our  very  best  remedies  for  hemoptysis,  especially  in  those  cases 
where  the  bleeding  is  small  in  amount  yet  freijuent,  or  it  may  be  administered  to 
prevent  the  tendency  to  hemoirhage  in  ]dilhi.'<is.  In  consumption  it  is  a  splendid 
remedy  to  relieve  the  distressing "sympt(m]s,  and  maybe  administered  in  drop 
doses  every  hour.  It  is  valuable  in  acute  us  well  a.3  chronic  pneumonia.  In  ordi- 
nary acute  catarrh  it  may  be  administered  with  aconite,  eupatorium,  and  other 
indicated  agents.  It  is  indicated  by  chronic  cougli,  mucous  or  muco-purulent 
expectoration,  frequent  pulse,  high  temperature,  tubercular  deposits,  and  albu- 
minuria, with  va.scular  excitement"  (Felter). 

For  pulmonary  hemorrhage,  lycopus  combined  with  cinnamon  and  ipecac,  is 
the  best  remedy  with  which  we  are  acquainted.  Dose  of  the  powder,  from  1  to  2 
drachms;  of  the  infusion  (si  to  aqua  Oj),  from  2  drachms  to  4  fluid  ounces  ;  of 
a  strong  tincture  (sviii  to  alcohol  Oj)  of  the  recent  plant,  from  5  to  60  minims; 
of  specific  lycopus,  1  to  ?>0  minims. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Vascular  excitement;  hemorrhage,  in  small 
amounts,  resulting'  fii'in  d. •termination  of  blood  to  the  lungs,  kidne)-s,  or  ga.-<tro- 
inte.stinal  oi^ans  ;  alljuminuria,  with  fre<pient  pulse;  cough,  with  copious  expec- 
toration of  liuius  or  muco-pus,  especially  debilitating  chronic  cough;  wakeful- 
ness and  morbid  vigilance,  with  inordinately  active  circulation;  frequent  pulse, 
with  high  tenijjerature,  and  in  tubercular  deposits. 

Belated  Species.— /.j/co^im  eurojxxm,  Linn6;  Wate)-  horelunmd.—X  European  plant  intro- 
<lii('C'd  into  this  coiuitrv,  ia  said  to  posses.^  febrifuRe  properties,  ouring  severe  inlrnnilUnl*  in 
<li.ses  of  1  or  2<lrachins  of  tlie  pnwdered  plant,  cverv  2  or  4  hours.  It  baa  liceii  funf(nm<U'.l 
with  the  /,.  fiV(;miC(«,  with  wliioli  it  is  fri-tiufiitly  .dll.-itiil,  hut  may  he  <lis<riiiiiiinle.l  l>y  its 
sU'in  Ix-ing  more  acutely  4-aiiKleil,  its  leaves  not  s^i  hroail,  the  lower  l>ein«  soiiiewhiil  I'catlur- 
ileft,  its  Mowers  more  chjsely  Kroupe.l,  and  the  cjly.x  divisioM.s  iiresenting  chort  spinej*.  This 
plant  undouhtedly  possesses  many  of  the  properties  of  Liirujuit  rirginiciu. 


1216  LYTHRIM.— MACIS. 

LYTHRUM.— LOOSESTRIFE. 

The  Lythrum  Salicaria,  Linne  (Lythrum  Salicaria,  var.  pubescens,  Pursh). 

Nai.  Orel. — Lythraceaj. 

^o^rMON  NA>rEs:  Loosestrife,  Purjilevnllme-herh,  Milkmllmc-herb(Herhasnliraruf). 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  is  a  handsome  perennial  with  a  woofly  root 
branrliiiii;  at  the  crown,  from  which  arise  several  erect,  acutely  quadrangular. 
either  smootli  or  duwny,  leafy,  generally  simple,  reddish  stems  2  to  5  feet  higli. 
The  leaves  are  nearly  sessile,  lanceolate,  acute,  entire,  3  to  6  inches  long,  about 
one-fourth  as  wide,  the  upper  ones  diminished  to  sessile  bracteas,  all  mostly  oppo- 
site, sometimes  in  whorls  of  3  or  4,  in  which  cases  the  numt>er  of  angles  on  the 
stem  is  likewise  increased.  The  flowers  are  large,  numerous,  showy,  nearly  ses- 
sile, in  numerous  axillary  whorls,  six  in  each,  of  a  variable  crimson  or  purplf, 
composing  long,  leafy  spikes.  The  calyx  is  inferior,  cylindrical,  striated,  the  limb 
with  6  broad  teeth,  and  the  same  number  of  alternate,  smaller,  subulate  diverging 
ones;  6  of  the  teeth  long  and  reddish.  Corolla  of  6,  equal  petals.  Stamens  12; 
anthers  conspicuous,  red,  with  green  or  yellow  pollen.  Capsule  small,  elliptical, 
2-celled,  and  many-seeded  (L. — W.). 

History. — This  plant  grows  in  several  parts  of  the  globe,  and  is  found  in  wet 
meadows,  ditches,  etc.,  in  this  country,  especially  in  the  northern  andieastern  states, 
bearing  purple  flowers  in  July  anil  August.  It  has  no  odor,  but  an  herlvlike, 
astringent  taste,  and  b}'  chewing,  l)econies  very  mucilaginous.  The  ferruginous 
salts  darken  its  infusion,  and  boiling  water  takes  from  it  a  large  amount  of  muci- 
lage, beciiniin<;  quite  viscid.  It  yields  its  pro]ierties  to  water.  It  has  not  been 
analyzed,  as  far  as  we  know,  but  jirolialily  contains  tannin  and  much  mucilage. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Loosestrife  i)ossesses  considerable  muci- 
lage, rendering  it  a  demulcent,  while  at  the  same  time  its  tannic  acid  gives  to  it 
astringent  properties.  A  decoction  of  it  used  freely  has  been  serviceable  in  various 
affections  of  the  bowels  where  this  class  of  remedies  was  indicated,  as  in  mlorertitu:, 
suiniDer  compl>ii)its  of  children,  dimrha'a,  etc.  Externally,  it  is  very  beneficial  as  a 
local  application  in  rhrottir  o/ifitlinlmia,  ulcers,  and  some  forms  of  cutaneoti-s  di/ten^; 
also  in  leucorr/nea,  (jleet,  chronic  yoiwrr/iii'ii,  etc.,  being  used  either  as  a  wash,  or  in 
form  of  j)oultice.  Dose  of  the  decoction,  1,  2,  or  3  fluid  ounces;  of  the  powder, 
30  to  60  grains,  repeated  every  3  or  4  hours.  An  infusion  is  said  to  be  better  than 
a  decoction. 

Belated  Species. — Decodon  (Elliott),  or  Lythrum  rertirillatum,  ( Decodon  aquaticvm,  Gmelin ; 
Anoiiymus  ayuatica,  Wright  I,  Swamp  vUloir-herb,  or  Grags-poley.  bearing  jmrple  flowers,  pos- 
sesses similar  properties  to  the  above;  it  is  said  to  cause  abortion  in  mares  and  cow.s  brows- 
ing on  it  iu  winter,  and  may,  perh.ips,  exert  a  medicinal  iufiuence  on  tlie  human  uterus.  It 
grows  in  swampS  throughout  the  L  nited  States  and  Canada,  i;as  a  stem,  wo<xly  at  the  base. 
often  prostrate,  and  rooting  at  the  sunmiit,  3  to  8  feet  long,  or  wlien  erect  2  to  3  feet  in  height, 
and  4  to  ()-angled.  The  leaves  are  opposite,  or  in  wliorls  of  3,  lanceolate,  on  short  petiolee, 
acute  at  base,  3  to  5-4nche8  long,  gradually  acuminate,  and  acute  at  aix>x.  The  flowers  are 
large,  jjurple,  in  axillary  subsessile  umbels  of  3  or  more,  apparently  whorled,  constituting  a 
long,  leafy,  terminal,  and  showy  panicle.  Calyx  short,  broadly  cainpanulate,  with  5  erect 
teeth,  and  5  elongated,  spreading,  horn-hke  processes.  Petals  o  or  ti.  ."^tanieus  10.  alternate 
ones  very  long;  style  tiliforur,  capsule  globose,  included,  3-celled,  many-seeded    W, — O.). 

Li/lhrnin  iilniinii,  I'nrsli.     North  America. 

I.i/th,io,i  „ll„ii„.  Kuiith,    Texas. 

Lt/lhrinn  liiiin,,l(iiii,ii,  I-^lUott.  Under  the  name  of  ycrfca  tfW  «iiif<T.  the  >[exicans  emplo\ 
these  three  species  in  pdiiltices,  to  be  applied  to  caucei: 

i'liphitt  n«(«issiHi(i,  Jacquin.  Ab(.  0/-rf. — Lythracese  Grows  from  Massachusetts  s<Mith 
and  west,  flowering  in  August. 

Ciiphea  Idiicevlald,  Kunth.  The  Atlaj}chann  of  the  Mexicans.  Tliese  two  pUuits  are  repnte<l 
useful  in  diarrli(eo. 

Ciiphea  microphylla,  Kunth.     \  Branches  and  leaves  employed  in  iNiuth  .\merica  as  an 

Cuphea  antisyphililica,  Kunth.  j      antisyphilitic. 

MACIS  (U.  S.  P.)— MACE. 

"  The  arillode  of  the  seed  of  Miiri.-itirafnuimns.  Houttuyu  (^A'<U.  Ore/.— Myristi- 
cacea?)" — {I'.  S.  P.). 

8VN0NVM:   Arilhi<  ini/riMicir. 

Source  and  Preparation.— (See  .ifvn'.^rjWi.') 


MA<iXKSlA.  1217 

After  the  fruit  i>f  the  mitnieg-tree  is  gathered,  tlie  out^^i^le  fleshy  pericarp  is 
either  thrown  away,  or  made  into  a  preserve,  while  the  arillus,  being  cautiously 
removed  from  tlie  nut,  is  compressed,  exposed  to  the  sun,  and  wlien  dried,  mois- 
tened with  salt  water,  in  order  to  aid  in  its  conservation,  and  is  then  packed  into 
sacks,  tunning  tlie  mace  of  commerce. 

Description.— "In  narrow  bands,  25  Mm.  (1  inch)  or  more  long,  somewhat 
branched  and  lobed  above,  united  into  broader  bands  below;  browuish-orange; 
fatty  when  scratched  or  pressed;  odor  fragrant;  taste  warm  and  aromatic" — 
(I'.S.P.).  The  best  mace  (.R<i)i(/(i  mnre)i»  Hakyand  spread,  and  of  a  dingv  yellow- 
color.  It  is  seldom  used  in  medicine,  being  employed  chiefly  as  a  davoring 
agent.  Bomlmi/  mare,  from  i^fi/ri^tira  inalabarira,  Lamarck,  is  devoid  of  aroma, 
contains  mucli  dark,  red-brown  coloring  matter  allied  to  curcuma,  and  is  often 
used  as  an  adulterant  of  Banda  mace  (see  description  and  tests  by  Tschircii  and 
Hanau>ek  in  Amn:  Jour.  PImrm.,  1S82,  p.  13,  and  1890,  p.  398;  also  P.  Soltsien, 
i7„W..  ISiii:;.  1,.  4o7.. 

Chemical  Composition. — By  distillation  with  water,  mace  yields  from  4  to  15 
per  cent  iif  volatile  oil,  oil  of  mace  (Oleum  Mncidis).  It  is  dextro-rotatory,  and 
contains  the  hvilrocarbons  jjinene  and  dijicnlene  (Wallach,  1889),  and  the  stear- 
opten  mi/ri.-'dcin  (C,.H,.0,)  a  crvstallizable  bodv  melting  at  30.25°  C.  (86.5°  F.) 
(F.  W.  Semmler,  Berichte,  1890;"also  see  Amer.  Jour.  Phon.i.,  1890,  p.  442).  Prof. 
Fliickiger  obtained  from  mace,  by  extraction  with  boiling  ether,  about  24.5  per 
rent  of  a  soft,  resinous,  non-fatty  mass,  and  also  found  uncrystallizable  sugar. 
Tscliirch  observed  amylodertrin,  a  body  intermediary  between  starch  and  dextrin, 
yielding  a  red  or  violet  color  with  iodine.  Starch  is  not  present  in  mace,  hence 
.in  adulteration  of  powdered  mace  with  powdered  nutmeg  can  readilv  be  detected 
by  the  starch  reaction  (P.  Solt^ien,  1891).  The  ash  of  mace  should  not  exceed 
2.5  per  cent  referred  to  air-dry  substance. 

Ti.NCTrR.\  Macidis,  or  Tincture  of  mace,  is  prepared  by  digesting  mace,  1  part, 
ill  alcoh"!.  -1  ])arts.    Filter. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.—'  See  MyrL-^tica.) 

MAGNESIA  (U.  S.  P.)— MAGNESIA. 

For.mii.a:  MgO.     Molecular  Weight:  40.26. 

Sy.no.sv.ms  :  Mngt}c.'<ia  uxta,  Magnesia  ccilrinata,  Calcined  magnesia.  Light  magnesia 
(.Miigiif.-^in  /<  r/.v\  and  Maguexium  oxide. 

Preparation. — Magvesiu,  or  Calciiml  magnesia,  as  it  is  more  generally  termed, 
is  obtained  liy  placing  a  convenient  quantity  of  commercial  carbonate  of  mag- 
ne.-iuiii.  in  small  lumps  (not  finely  powdered),  in  an  earthen  crucible,  which 
.'-Imuld  be  firmly  packed,  nearly  filled,  loosely  covered  with  a  lid,  and  placed  in  a 
good  wind  furnace.  Wlien  the  crucible  is  at  a  dull-red  heat,  its  contents  are  from 
time  to  time  carefully  stirred  with  a  clean  iron  spatula;  and  when  the  interior 
portion  has  also  acquired  this  temperature,  a  small  quantity  is  withdrawn,  and 
when  cool,  shaken  with  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid.  If  this  causes  an  evolu- 
tion of  gas,  the  heat  must  l>e  continued  until  a  small  portion,  dropped  into  dilute 
aciil.  quietly  sinks  in  the  liquid,  and  after  a  few  minutes  dissolves  without  the 
sliglitest  evolution  of  gas.  The  contents  of  the  crucible  are  now  emptied  on  a 
clean  copper  or  iron  plate,  and  before  they  are  quite  cool  placed  in  a  well-stop- 
pered bottle;  the  crucible,  in  the  meantime,  is  filled  with  a  fresh  portion,  and 
the  heating  proceeded  with  as  before.  Nine  parts  of  the  carbonate  yield  about 
four  parts  of  calcined  magnesia.  The  process  involved  is  represented  by  the  fol- 
lowing equation  :  4MgCO,.Mg(OH).+5H,0  (Macinesium  rarbonate,l'.  S.  P.)  =5MgO 
-f  6H,0— 4C0,.  If  the  heat  is  continued  after  the  water  and  carbon  dioxide  are 
expelled,  the  jiroduct  soon  loses  it  lightness  and  acquires  a  compact,  lumpy  form. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  magnesia  known— the  liglit  and  the  heai-y.  Tlie  former, 
Magnexin  Levis,  is  designated  in  the  C.  .^.  P.  simply  as  Magnesia.  The  heavy  cal- 
cined magnesia,  is  produced  precisely  like  the  light  magnesia  excejiting  that 
hfini.  instead  of  light  magnesium  carbonate,  is  used  in  its  production.  The  lieavy 
variit  V  i-  d.  signaled  bv  the  V.  S.  P.  as  Mugntsin  I^mdcro^a,  or  Haicy  mngncMa. 

Description.— The  ollicial  descrijition  of  light  and  of  heavy  magnesia  is-M 
n.lf.iws  :   M.MiNESiA  (  r. .?.  p.).— "A  white,  very  light,  and  very  fine  jHiwder,  without 


gtened  with  water. 
ing  1  part  of  m.ig^ 
ixture  tij  stand  Ion 
lent  consistence  to) 
IhereJ  .-flTuTtTm-tft 


1218  MAGNESIA. 

odor,  and  having  an  earthy,  but  not  a  saline  taste.  On  exposure  to  the  .lii.  it 
slowly  absorbs  moisture  and  carbon  dioxide.  Almost  insoluble  in  water,  and 
insoluble  in  alcohol,  but  soluble  in  diluted  acids.  It  is  not  altered  by  heat,  but 
wben  very  strongly  heated  its  density  is  increased.  When  moistened  with  water. 
it  has  a  fajnt.ly  ii^lka1infi_rgactjo^upon  litmus  paperJpT))!  stirring  1  part  ot  m.igA 
ITWta^ifli  15  part's'  oF  water,  inli'beaker,  and  allowing  the  mixti—  *  '* — '  '•  -^ 
about  half  an  hour,  it  will  form  a  gelatinous  mass  of  sufficient 
prevent  it  from  dropping  out  when  the  g;lass  is  inverted.  /"  A  ItttFi 
-mag»esra  in  dttnUd  uulphunc  acid,  mixed  with  ammonium  chloride  T.S.,and 
an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  yields,  with  sodium  phosphate  T.S.,  a  white,  crys- 
talline precipitate" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Magnesia  Ponderosa  {U.  S.  P.),  Heavy  magnesia.— "A  white,  dense,  and  very 
fine  powder,  which  should  conform  to  the  reactions  and  tests  given  under  Af<'»^- 
nesia.  It  difiers,  however,  from  the  latter  in  not  readily  uniting  with  water  to 
form  a  gelatinous  hydrate" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Magnesia  crackles  slightly  when  thrown  into  water.  Unlike  lime,  it  evolves 
scarcely  any  heat  when  water  is  added  to  it,  although  this  fluid  in  small  quantity 
is  absorbed  by  it.  Water,  in  large  quantity,  dissolves  traces  of  it;  on  heating 
the  aqueous  solution  it  becomes  turbid,  but  clears  again  on  cooling.  Its  specific 
gravity  is  variously  given  as  2.3,  3.07,  and  3.2.  Continued  trituration  will  con- 
siderably increase  its  density,  so  that  a  bottle  which  would  only  contain  1  ounce 
of  it  when  not  triturated,  will,  by  this  process,  readily  hold  4  ounces.  It  is  dis- 
solved by  the  dilute  acids  without  effervescence ;  if  gas-bubbles  are  given  ofl", 
carbonic  acid  is  present.  Magnesia  should  be  kept  in  well-closed  containers.  In 
the  form  of  light  magnesia,  or  still  better,  the  gelatinous  hydrate,  separated  from 
the  solution  of  sulphate  of  magnesium  by  caustic  potash,  and  dried,  magnesia 
has  been  recommended  as  an  antidote  to  arsenic  (arsenous  acid,  ASjO,)  by  Bussy, 
insoluble  magnesium  arsenite  (AsOjMgH)  being  formed;  and  experiments  of 
Christison,  as  well  as  Ph.  Hoglan  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm. ,1S80,  p.  487 ),  show  that  arsenic 
is  as  thoroughly  removed  from  a  solution  as  b}'  freshly  precipitated  ferric  hydrate. 
This  treatment  must  not  be  employed,  however,  in  the  case  of  arsenous  sulphide 
ASjSj ;  the  latter  is  comparatively  innocuous  because  it  is  insoluble  in  water,  but 
becomes  converted  into  a  soluble,  and  therefore  poisonous,  compound  upon  treat- 
ment with  magnesia  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1879,  p.  153).  For  solidifying  copaiba, 
magnesia  answers  best  when  perfectly  anhydrous  (Mialhe). 

Tests. — "  If  a  mixture  of  0.2  Gm.  of  magnesia  with  10  Cc.  of  water  be  heated 
to  boiling,  and,  after  cooling,  5  Cc.  of  the  supernatant  liquid  be  filtered  oflF,  this 
filtrate  should  not  give  more  than  a  faintly  alkaline  reaction  with  litmus  paper, 
and,  when  evaporated  to  dryness,  should  not  leave  more  than  a  very  slight  resi- 
due (limit  of  foreign  soluble  salts).  The  mrtgne*;ia  mixed  with  water  remaining 
from  the  jireceding  test,  when  poured  into  5  Cc.  of  acetic  acid,  should  dissolve 
without  the  evolution  of  more  than  a  few  isolated  gas  bubbles  (limit  of  carbon- 
ate). This  latter  solution,  when  filtered,  should  not  be  rendered  more  than 
slightly  opalescent  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (limit  of  calcium),  or  by  barium 
chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate),  or,  after  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  nitric 
acid,  by  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (limit  of  chloride).  If  0.4  Gm.  of  magnesia  be  dis- 
solved in  10  Cc.  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  the  solution  should  be  colorless, 
and  should  not  be  affected  by  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.,  nor,  after  the  addition  of 
a  slight  excess  of  ammonia  water,  should  it  be  immediately  afi'ected  by  ammo- 
nium sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  metallic  impurities).  If  magnesia  be  exposed 
to  a  low  red  heat  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  it  should  not  lose  more  than  5  per  cent 
of  its  weight  (limit  of  water  of  hydration)"' — (T.  .'^.  P.).  If  iron  be  present,  the 
addition  of  tannic  acid  will  occasion  a  violet  or  bluisli-black  turbidness  in  the 
neutral  solution  in  sulphuric  acid  (Wittstein).  Messrs.  Keasbey  and  Mattison, 
in  1889  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  p.  122),  called  attention  to  a  spurious  commercial 
brand  of  English  heavy  calcined  magnesia,  which  consisted  ot  79  percent  calcium 
sulphate  and  20.7  per  cent  of  water.  An  admixture  with  Roehelle  salt  is  likewi.«e 
on  record  [ibid,  1873,  p.  13). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Magnesia  is  antacid,  antilithic,  and 
laxative.  The  stools  produced  by  it  are  feculent  (unless  acid  is  present  in  large 
quantities),  and    arc  not  strongly   oiIokuis.     Whenever  a  laxative  is  indicatetl, 


MAGNEt^ll  CAKbONAS.  1219 

ty  of  ritnmnr/i  and  hoiri 
kimllj',  seldom  causing  nausea,  or  griping,  ft  is  slow,  requiring  o  or  6  hours, 
but  is  mild,  thorough,  and  eHicient.  It  is  one  of  the  prompt  remedies  for  /lenrt- 
burn.  It  is  useful  in  dyspeji'^ia  until  ariditi/,  and  is  preferable  to  the  carbonate  as 
it  does  not  give  rise  to  Halus,  and  the  dose  is  less;  its  laxative  qualities  likewise 
give  it  some  advantage  over  alkaline  remedies.  In  all  cases  attended  with  acidity 
and  ronstipiition  it  will  be  found  useful.  It  acts  as  an  antilithic,  first  by  correct- 
ing gastric  acidit;/,  anil  secondly,  by  forming  with  free  lithic  acid,  or  lithate  of 
ammonium,  the  more  soluble  lithate  of  magnesium.  It  is  on  this  account  bene- 
ficial in  gout,  and  rheunuitic  (jaut,  frequently  giving  material  relief.  When  no  acid 
is  present  in  the  stomach  or  intestines,  magnesia  is  liable  to  lodge  in  some  |)art 
of  them,  hence,  in  such  instances,  its  administration  should  be  followed  by  a 
draught  or  two  of  lemonade.  From  5  to  10  grains  of  rhubarb  mixed  with  20  to  40 
grains  of  magnesia,  and  a  few  grains  of  ginger,  form  an  excellent  laxative  and 
antacid.  Wlien  the  stools  are  green  and  excoriating  in  young  children,  give 
5  grains  of  magnesia  with  2  or  3  grains  of  rhubarb.  SiA  hendarhe,  with  sour 
stomach,  is  often  cut  short  with  magnesia,  as  is  occasionally  the  vomiting  of  preg- 
nunry  with  gastric  acidity.  Taken  in  laxative  doses  night  and  morning  for  a 
long  period  it  is  said  to  remove  warts. 

The  following  is  recommended  in  cases  of  poisoning,  in  which  the  nature  of 
the  poison  is  unknown  :  After  freely  evacuating  the  stomach  by  emetics,  give 
the  following  mixture  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water— calcined  magnesia,  pul- 
verized charcoal,  and  hydroxide  of  iron,  of  each,  equal  parts,  mixed  together. 
It  is  perfectly  innocuous,  and  as  its  ingredients  are  antidotes  to  the  most  active 
and  commonest  poisons,  it  is  very  likely  to  be  efficient.  Dose  of  magnesia  as  a 
laxative,  from  half  a  drachm  to  a  drachm;  for  children,  5  to  10  grains;  as  an 
antacid,  or  antilithic,  from  10  to  :')0  grains  twice  a  day. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Gastro-intestinal  acidity,  pyrosis,  heart- 
burn ;   green,  excoriating  stools  ;  constipation  with  acidity. 

Related  Body. — Indian  Yellow.  A  yellow  pigment  prepared  from  an  Indian  sulv 
stance  known  as  I'urm.  The  latter,  Sten house  believes  to  be  thu  juice  of  some  plant  mixed 
with  niannc^ia.  ami  boiled  to  a  solid  state  ;  others  regard  it  as  a  body  deposited  ui  tlie  urine 
of  camels  wliioli  lu>ve  l)ecn  fed  upon  the  fruit  of  the  man^o  tree,  Mawji/era  Iiuiica  (see  I'hihm. 
iltuj.,\'o\.  XXX,  and  Chem.  Gazette,  1855).  Purree  comes  ni  <lark-brown  balls,  yi-Uow  within, 
weighing  about  a  ijuarter  pound.  It  has  a  castor-like  odor,  .'-^tenhouse  foun<l  it  to  be 
composed  mainly  of  the  magnesium  salt  of  jmnvlr  neid.  Pnn-eic  acid  {en.mnlhic  acid,  Erdmann) 
<x"cuis  in  the  amount  of  half  the  weight  of  purree,  forming  small,  pale-yellow  crystals,  resem- 
bling berl>erine,  and  having  a  sweetish  and  afterward  bitterish  taste.  Hot  idcohol  readily 
dissolves  it.  In  hot  water  it  is  quite  soluble,  but  sparingly  so  in  cold  water.  Nitric  acid 
converts  it  into  yellow  needles  of  uxiipicrk  acid  (Erdmann). 

MAGNESII  CARBONAS  (U.  S.  P. )— MAGNESIUM  CARBONATE. 

Formula:  "Approximately  ([MgC0,],.Mg[0H],-f5H,0)"— (f.  .'^.  P.).  Mo- 
i.Ecii.AuWKrfJiiT:  484.62. 

SvNoNV.Ms:  Carbonate  of  mngnesin,  Carbonicus  mngnesicus,  Magnesia  hydrico-car- 
bonieo.  M'/'iii'sia  nHm.  Mac/ncni.'e  carbonas. 

Source  and  History.— Native  carbonate  of  magnesium,  or  n!ay7n<'.«i?e  CMgCO,, 
in  its  i>urest  form  j.  lias  been  found  in  Moravia;  the  vicinity  of  Turin,  Piedmont;  in 
the  East  Indies;  and  in  the  island  of  Eubiea.  It  constitutes  a  range  of  low  hills 
in  Hindustan;  also  in  EulMea  there  are  entire  hills  of  it.  At  one  time.upwanl 
of  2(XX)  tons  are  .said  to  have  been  annually  exported  to  Sriiyrna  and  England. 
The  Eub<ean  magnesite  is  almost  pure  magnesium  carbonate.  In  England,  car- 
bonate of  magnesium  is  found  in  combination  with  carbonate  of  calcium,  forming 
what  is  called  magnesian  limestone  or  d  ohm  it,'  (CaCO.MgCO,).  This  mineral  is 
also  found  abundantly  in  some  portions  of  the  United  States,  notably  in  the  New 
England  and  New  York  states.  A'k'j**-/)^- (MgSO.+  H.O),  found  in  the  Stassfurt 
salt-beds  in  Germany,  is  also  a  source  from  which  artificially  prei)ared  carbonate 
of  magnesium  is  derived.  The  preparation  magnesium  carbonate,  the  Magtieitin 
•dba  of  Pharm.  Ijrnd.,  1787,  formerly  bore  the  name  at  Rome,  of  Count  Raima's 
powder,  and  was  kept  a  secret  for  many  years.     The  mode  of  preparation  was 


1220  MAGXESII  CARBONAS. 

probably  carried  from  Germanj'  to  Italy.  Lancisi,  in  1717  (and  it  is  said,  Valen- 
tini.  in  1707),  and  afterward  Hoffman,  in  1722,  made  public  the  process  of  manu- 
facture. At  that  time  it  was  extracted  from  the  mother  liquor  which  remain? 
after  the  crystallization  of  rough  niter  (chloride  of  magnesium)  by  ])recipita- 
tion  with  a  solution  of  carbonate  of  potassium  or  sodium.  The  name  Mmirvhnn 
Chemkum,  wufi  given  to  it  from  the  circumstance  of  a  precipitate  being  furuied  by 
the  mixture  of  two  clear  solutions. 

Preparation. — Magnesium  carbonate  may  be  prepared  in  several  ways,  de- 
l)endent  mainly  upon  the  source  from  which  the  magnesia  is  derived,  as  each 
mineral  requires  a  different  mode  of  treatment'according  to  its  composition.  In 
this  connection  the  reader  is  referred  to  an  exhaustive  article  on  the  occurrence 
and  commercial  production  of  magnesium  carbonate  in  Phnnn.  Jour.  Trans., Vol. 
XIV,  18.55,  p.  221.  The  largest  producers  of  magnesium  carbonate  in  this  country 
are  the  Keasbey  &  Matti.son  Company,  of  Philadelphia,  who  prepare  it  from 
dolomite  and  kieserite.  When  magnesium  is  in  solution  as  chloride  or  sulphate, 
the  carbonate  is  prepared  by  precipitating  with  sodium  carbonate.  By  precipi- 
tating magnesium  sulphate,  for  example,  with  sodium  carbonate,  the  neutral  com- 
pound MgCO,  is  never  formed;  basic  carbonates  are  invariably  precipitated  (that 
recognized  by  the  U.  S.  P.),  having  the  composition  (MgC03),.Mg(OH),+5H,0. 
The  process  is  represented  by  the  following  equation  :  5MgSO,+5Xa,CO,+  6H.,0= 
Mg(C03)^.Mg(OH)2-l-5H,0+oXa,SO,+HCO,.  If  the  liquid  is  warm",  the  carbonic 
acid  gas  escapes;  if  cold  it  remains  and  holds  magnesium  in  solution  in  the  form 
of  the  soluble  bicarbonate  Mg(CO^H)j. 

The  British  Pharmacoposia  (1898)  recognizes  a  heavy  magnesiv.m  carbonate  (Mng- 
nesii  Ca^-bonas  Ponderosus),  and  a  light  magnesium  carbonate  (Magnesii  Carbonns 
Levis),  both  of  the  composition  3(MgC03)Mg(HO),4H.p.  Heavy  Carbonate  of  Mag- 
nesium is  directed  to  be  prepared  as  follows:  "Magnesium  sulphate,  10  ounces 
(Imp.)  [125  Gm.,  metric]  ;  sodium  carbonate,  12  ounces  (Imp.)  [150  Gm.,  metric]  ; 
distilled  water,  boiling,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Dissolve  the  magnesium  suljihate 
and  the  sodium  carbonate,  each,  in  a  pint  (or  250  Cc.)  of  the  distilled  water,  mix 
the  solutions,  and  evaporate  to  dryness;  digest  the  residue  for  i  hour  with  2  pints 
(or  500  Cc.)  of  the  distilled  water,  and,  having  collected  the  insoluble  matter  on 
a  calico  filter,  wash  it  repeatedly  with  the  distilled  water,  until  the  washings  are 
free  from  sulphates;  dry  the  product  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  100°  C. 
(212°  F.)  ■■—(£;■.  Pharm.,  1898). 

Light  Mngnesium  Carbonate  is  directed  to  be  prepared  by  using  the  same  mate- 
rials and  amounts  as  in  the  preceding  case,  and  dissolving  "  the  magnesium 
sulphate  and  the  sodium  carbonate,  each  in  i  gallon  (or  1  litre)  of  cold  distilled 
water;  mix  the  two  solutions;  boil  the  mixture  for  15  minutes;  transfer  the  pre- 
cipitate to  a  calico  filter;  pour  upon  it  boiling  distilled  water,  until  the  washings 
are  free  from  suluhates ;  dry  the  product  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  100°  C. 
(212°  F.)  "—(Br.  Pharm.,  1898). 

Description. — The  olhcial  salt  is  described  as  ''  light,  white,  friable  masses,  or 
a  light,  white  powder,  without  odor,  and  having  a  slightly  earthy  taste:  perma- 
nent in  the  air.  Almost  insoluble  in  water,  to  which,  however,  it  imparts  a 
slightly  alkaline  reaction;  insoluble  in  alcohol,  but  soluble  in  diluted  acids  with 
acti.ve  effervescence.  When  strongly  heated,  the  salt  loses  water  and  carbon 
dioxide,  and  is  converted  into  magnesia.  A  filtered  solution  of  the  salt  in  diluted 
sulphui-ic  acid,  when  mixed  with  ammonium  chloride  T.S.  and  an  excess  of 
ammonia  water,  yields  with  sodium  phosphate  T.S.,  a  white,  crystalline  jirecipi- 
tate" — (U.  S.  P).  Carbonate  of  magnesium  is  loose  and  granular  if  dense,  but 
somewhat  coherent,  like  starch,  if  light;  more  readily  soluble  in  cold  than  iiot 
water;  if  the  water  be  charged  with  carbonic  acid,  it  is  rendered  much  niort- 
soluble,  requiring  only  48  parts  of  this  fluid  for  its  solution.  As  before  stated,  it 
exists  in  this  solution  as  magnesium  bicarbiuiate.  When  this  solution  is  heate<). 
carbonic  acid  is  evolved,  and  basic  magnesium  carbonate  precipitated.  "The 
incompntihle  substances  with  this  salt  are  acids  and  acid  salts,  alkalies  and  neutral 
salts,  alum,  cream  of  tartar,  nitrate  of  mercury,  acetate  of  mercury,  bichloride  of 
mercury,  acetate  of  lead,  sulphates  of  zinc,  iron,  and  copper"  (Coxc^. 

Impurities  and  Tests. — The  impurities  of  carbonate  of  magnesium  are 
similar  to  those  of  magnesia,  and  usually  occur  from  carele.«sness  in  tlie  process  of 


MAGNKSII  CARBONAS.  1221 

nianulaeturiiig.  It  is  lialile  to  contain  traces  of  sodium  carbonate,  calcium,  iron, 
sulphates  and  chlorides,  etc.,  which  are  detected  by  employing  the  fulldwing  tests 
of  the  r.  S.  P. :  "  If  the  salt  be  boiled  with  water,  the  filtered  liijuitl,  wIkmi  evapo- 
rated to  dryness,  should  not  leave  more  than  a  very  sliglit  residue.  A  2  per  cent 
solution  of  "the  salt  prepared  by  the  addition  of  acetic  aciil,  should  not  be  rendered 
more  than  slightly  opalescent  by  ummoniuni  o.xalate  T. 8.  (limit  of  calcium) ;  nor 
bv  barium  chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate);  nor  after  the  addition  of  a  few  drops 
of  nitric  acid,  by  silver  nitrate  T  S.  (limit  of  chloride).  If  0.4  Gm.of  the  salt  he 
dissolved  inoC'c.  of  diluted  hyilrochloric  acid,  the  solution  should  be  colorless, 
and  should  not  bcaflected  by  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S. ,  nor,  after  the  addition  of  an 
exce.-'s  of  ammonia  water,  should  it  be  immediately  aflected  by  ammonium  sul- 
phide T.S.  (absenct'  of  metallic  impurities).  If  I  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  ignited  in  a 
porcelain  crucible,  the  residue  should  weigh  not  less  than  0.4  Gm." — (I'.S.P.). 
Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Carbonate  of  magnesium  is  antacid, 
antilithic,  and  i>urgative  when  it  meets  with  an  acid  in  the  alimentary  canal,  but 
not  without.  Hence,  it  is  always  useful  to  give  it  in  combination  with  lemonade 
or  lemon  juice.  It  has  the  same  uses  as  magnesium  oxide.  It  lias  proved  use- 
ful in  cases  of  <«•('</  stomach,  gout,  and  where  the  urine  contains  an  cxnsg  of  urie 
(icid;  but  from  its  liability  to  occasion  Hat  us,  owing  to  the  escape  of  its  carbonic 
acid  gas,  when  in  the  intestines,  it  is  inferior  to  calcined  magnesia,  especially  for 
use  in  children.  Doses  of  a  teaspoonful  of  magnesium  carbonate,  night  and 
morning,  continued  for  a  length  of  time,  are  said  to  be  efficient  in  removing 
cutaneous  warts.  Dose,  as  an  antacid  and  antilithic,  1  to  40  grains;  as  a  cathartic, 
1  or  2  drachms  in  water  or  milk.  In  preparing  camphor,  and  other  medicated 
waters,  carbonate  of  magnesium  by  trituration,  aids  materiall}'  in  diffusing  the 
essential  oils,  etc.,  through  the  water.  Its  use  for  this  purpose,  however,  has  been 
discarded  by  the  Pharmacopana  in  favor  of  precipitated  phosphate  of  calcium. 

Magnesium  and  Its  Compounds. — .Vugnegium,  Magnium,  Manganesium.  Symbol:  Mg. 
Atomic  weight:  23.94.  This  element  is  very  abuiulant  in  nature,  orcurring  in  the  form  of 
carbonates,  as  maijnenite  (MgCOj) ;  ln/dromagnesite  (basic  carbonate,  ;iMgC03.Mg[OH],  +  3H20) ; 
dolomite  (MgCOs.CaCOj):  as  sulphate  in  hieferite  (MgSO.  +  HiO),  and  in  Epmm  mils  (MgSO.-l- 
7H2O1  frmr.  l)itter-\v:iter  s;)rlns;-j :  ;is  an  ;\hiiiilnate  in  npimll,  and  in  a  great  numlier  of  silicates, 
f.  </.,  asl"-i  -  I  li  Hill  ii  iiiriii;iliiir.  rti-.  Ill  111.'  fi>rm  of  magnesium  cliloride  the  clement  exists 
in  com|i^n    ■     ■  i  _.      uimn  \  m  -^  ,1  ua'.  1 .  iiml  is  also  a  constitui-nt  of  tlie  oiiraiiic  world. 

M.t.i,  ,  ■,,,,_:>.  - I  w.i-  iii-i  i-..;,i;.  J  Irv  I'avy.  Subsequently  it  was  iilit;iiiio(l  by  reduc- 
tion of  iiH.licii  u.agn.  r-iuui  rliluiiilf  uiih  1111  tallu'  sodium.  In  more  recent  years  it  is  prepared 
by  electrolytic  decomposition  of  magnesium  cldoride  (Bunsenl,  or  certain  magnesium  min- 
ei-als,  c.  g.,canwllil''.  Magnesium  is  a  silver-white  metal,  perniaiient  in  dry  air,  but  oxidizes 
on  its  surface  when  exposed  to  moist  air.  It  has  the  specilic  gravity  1 .7."i,  and  melts  at  slightly 
below  800°C.  (1472°F.)  (Victor  Meyer,  1887).  In  commerce  it  is  found  both  in  ribbon  and  in 
iiowder  form.  When  held  in  a  flame,  the  ribbon  ignites  and  burns  with  :i  brilliant  white 
light,  rich  in  chemically  active  (actinic)  rays;  hence  its  use  in  flash-light  pbulcigraiihy.  White 
magnesium  oxide  (MjrOl  is  formed  in  the  combustion  of  the  metal.  Magnesium  is  also  used 
in  pyrotechnics  as  an  ingredient  i>i  ahitr  and  red  fire.  (See  fornuilie  in  Aiiiri:  Jour.  Phnnn., 
1880,  p.  60-5. 1  It  is  likewise  recoiiim.  ii.l.  I  a-^  a  substitute  for  zinc  in  the  testing  for  arsenic,  by 
Marsh's  test,  on  account  of  its  biiii_'  ii.  .  11  iin  contaminating  arsenic.  Magnesium  decom- 
poses water  slowly  at  boiling  teminratni.',  and  dissolves  in  diluted  acids  with  evolution  of 
nydrogen  gas,  forming  a  line  of  .s.ilts  which  is  of  importance  in  me<licine.  Magnesium,  under 
certain  conditions,  also  combines  with  nitrogen,  forming  the  nitride  MgaN,.  This  reaction 
became  jirominent  by  the  part  it  played  in  tlie  isolation  of  argon  by  Lord  Kayleigh  and  Prot 
Kamsay.  in  ]S'Xt.     Magnesium  also  ffinn-;  m11"\"  x\  itti  metals  and  an  amalgam  with  mercury, 

Other  Magnesium  Compounds.     M  -     i- \l\s,  Maqmmum  salin/lale  \[C,U,. Oil. 

COO]j.MglI:«)i.  This  salt  lorrns  iiieloii.ai.  I  i-i  il.  --  needles,  hygroscopic,  and  soluble  in  alco- 
hol and  water,  and  ot  l)itterish  ta.ste.  H.  !•  isclur  1  J-nunn.  /lg.,ixSS)  prepares  it  by  saturating 
a  solution  of  salicylic  acid  in  boiling  water  with  magnesium  carbonate.  It  has  been  used  in 
typhoid  fever,  but  h.is  not  become  popular. 

M.v<i.Ni->n  Cni.oiMDCM,  M<igne»ium  chloride,  MgCl,.— This  salt  is  a  by-product  of  the  potjish 
and  bromine  works  at  Stassfurt.  It  is  a  bitter,  very  deliiiuescent  compounil,  acting  as  a  miUI 
purgative.  It  is  said  to  augment  the  api)etite,  and"  ]iroMiote  an  increased  How  of  bile.  Uose, 
J  to  1  ounce,  well  cljluted. 

M.voNKSM  L.vcTAs,  Mwjmiiitm  lirlalr,  ( Mg[C3Us03]3.:tIl50l.— Dissolve  s<-parately,  in  liot 
■water,  magnesium  sulphate,  ."i  jiarts.  and  calcium  lactali',  •>  part.'*.  Mix  the  solutions  and  tiller 
from  the  precipitate<l  calcium  sulphate.  Toinsureaconiph-tc  precipitation,  digest  with  a  small 
quantity  of  magnesium  carbonate,  lilter  aunin.  evaporate,  nml  crystallize.  Or  it  iiiav  bi-  pns 
pared  by  saturating  an  aoueous  dilution  of  li.il.-  i.i.l  ii  in  in    wiili  an  i\i  i-^s  ..f  ■  arl..,nate  of 


1222  MAGNESII  CITRAS  EFFEKVESCENS.— MAGNESII  SULPHAS. 

magnesium.  Filter  and  evaporate  to  crystallization.  White,  crj-stalline  granules  or  needles, 
Boluble  in  cold  (30),  and  in  boiling  water  (6),  but  not  soluble  in  alcohol.  It  decomposes 
upon  heating. 

AsBEsTiis. — A  compound  of  silicon,  calcium,  and  magnesium,  most  largely  of  magnesium 
silicate,  occurring  in  many  sections  of  Europe,  and  in  Canada  and  the  United  States.  It  con- 
sists of  parallel  aggregations  of  long,  silky  fibers,  which  are  insoluble,  incombustible,  and  is 
a  poor  conductor  of  heat.  Formed  into  paper,  or  into  pulp-like  masses,  it  is  used  to  protect 
structures  from  fire  and  to  retain  heat  in  steam  pipes.  It  is  also  an  excellent  filtering  substance 
for  fluids  which  can  not  be  passed  through  paper.  In  a  finely  divided  state  it  is  known  as 
mineral  wool. 

MAGNESII  CITRAS  EFFERVESCENS  (U.  S.  P.)— EFFERVESCENT 
MAGNESIUM  CITRATE. 

Preparation. — "Magnesium  carbonate,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.]; 
citric  acid,  forty-six  grammes  (46  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,272  grs.]  ;  sodium  bicarbonate, 
thirty-four  grammes  (34  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  87  grs.];  sugar,  in  fine  powder,  eight 
grammes  (8  Gm.)  [123  grs.];  alcohol,  distilled  water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity. 
Mix  the  magnesium  carbonate  intimately  with  thirty  grammes  (30  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av., 
25  grs.]  of  citric  acid  and  four  cubic  centimeters  (4  Cc.)  [6.5  TTl]  of  distilled  water, 
so  as  to  form  a  thick  paste.  Dry  this  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  30°  C.  (86°F.), 
and  reduce  it  to  a  fine  powder.  Then  mix  it  intimately  with  the  sugar,  the  sodium 
bicarbonate,  and  the  remainder  of  the  citric  acid  previously  reduced  to  a  very  fine 
powder.  Dampen  the  powder  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  alcohol,  so  as  to  form 
a  mass,  and  rub  it  through  a  No.  6  tinned-iron  sieve.  Then  dry  it,  and  reduce  it 
to  a  coarse  granular  powder.    Keep  the  product  in  well-closed  vessels  " — ( T.  S.  P.). 

Care  must  be  taken  to  observe  these  proportions  exactly,  and  especially  not 
to  exceed  the  temperature  indicated,  in  order  to  obtain  a  soluble  product.  In  the 
first  part  of  the  process,  an  acid-soluble  magnesium  citrate  is  formed,  and  the 
final  product  is  a  mixture  of  acid  magnesium  citrate,  sodium  bicarbonate,  some 
slight  excess  of  citric  acid,  and  sugar. 

Description  and  Tests.— "A  white,  coarsely  granular  salt,  without  odor,  and 
having  a  mildly  acidulous,  refreshing  taste.  Deliquescent  on  exposure  to  the 
air.  Soluble,  with  copious  effervescence,  in  2  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and 
very  soluble  in  boiling  water;  almost  insoluble  in  alcohol.  The  aqueous  solution 
(1  in  20)  has  an  acid  reaction,  and,  after  the  addition  of  ammonium  chloride  T.S. 
and  a  slight  excess  of  ammonia  water,  it  yields  with  sodium  phosj^hate  T.S.,  a 
white  crystalline  precipitate.  If  to  another  portion  of  the  aqueous  solution  a 
little  calcium  chloride  T.S.  be  added,  and  then  a  slight  excess  of  ammonia  water, 
the  filtered  liquid  will  deposit  a  white  precipitate  on  boiling.  A  saturated, 
aqueous  solution  of  the  salt,  when  mixed  with  potassium  acetate  T.S.,  and  a 
small  ((uantitv  of  acetic  acid,  should  not  yield  a  white,  crystalline  precipitate 
(absence  of  tartrate)  "—(  U.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — A  mild  laxative.  Dose.  2  drachms  to 
1  ounce,  Wfll  diluted. 

MAGNESII  SULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— MAGNESIUM  SULPHATE. 

Formula:  MgS0,+7H,0.     Molecular  M''eight :  245.84. 

Sv.NoNV.Ms:  E]i^!r)m  !<nh.  Sulphate  of  magnesia,  Sal  Epsomei)i<e,  S<i I  Sed license,  Sal 
amarviii,  Snl  niKjIicii m.  Sulfur  xKujiiesicus. 

Source  and  Preparation. — Sulphate  of  magnesium,  commonly  known  as 
Rpaoin  w(/^  exists  abundantly  in  sea  water,  and  in  some  mineral  springs.  It  wa.« 
discovered  in  1(594  by  Nehemias  Grew,  who  prepared  it  from  the  saline  waters  of 
Epsom,  in  England,  from  whence  it  has  derived  its  familiar  name  E]>som  filt;  it 
also  occurs  in  the  form  of  the  mineral  kicscritf  (^MgSO.-fH.O"),  which  is  found  in 
the  celebrated  salt-beds  of  Stassfurt,  Germany,  with  other  magnesium-bearing 
minerals,  such  as  kainiie,  polyhnlite,  etc.  Magnesium  sulphate  may  be  prepared 
from  various  sources :  From  the  natural  bilter-watei-s  by  evaporation  and  recry.*- 
tallization  ;  from  the  mother  liquors  in  the  preparation  of  salt  from  sea  water; 
from  ilolnmitc  (magnesium  calcium  carbonate);  from  kifserite,  by  calcination,  solu- 
tion in  hot  water  and  crystallization,  etc.    In  large  quantities  it  is  obtained  as 


MAGNESII  Sl'LPHAS.  1223 

a  ln-pru(luct  in  the  manufacture  of  carbonic  acid  gas  from  inagne»Ue  (MgCO,) 
uitii  sulphuric  acid. 

Crab  Orchard  Salt,  obtained  by  evaporating  the  water  of  certain  wells  in 
Kentucky,  i.«  an  impure  magnesium  sulphate,  its  off-color  being  due  to  impurities, 
inm  compounds  probably  contributing  somewhat  to  the  discoloration.  Viley 
ClSTlXfound  it  to  contain  maene.<ium  sulphate  to  the  extent  of  nearly  65  percent 
(Amer.  Jour.  Ph.irm.,  1871,  p.  209) ;  ali^o  see  ibid.,  1874,  p.  5,  and  1875,  i.."229). 

Description.  —  Magnesium  sulphate  occurs  in  "small,  colorless,  rhombic 
pri.^ni.-,  or  acioular  crystals,  without  odor,  and  having  a  cooling,  saline,  and  bitter 
taste  :  slowly  t-fflorescent  in  dry  air.  Soluble  in  1.5  partsof  waterat  15°C.(59°  F.), 
and  in  U.7  part  of  boiling  water ;  insoluble  in  alcohol.  When  heated  to  52°  C. 
(125.6°  F.  I.  the  salt  loses  1  molecule  of  water,  and  is  converted  into  a  white  pow- 
der. At  about  132°  C.  (269.6°  F.),  it  still  retains  1  molecule  of  water,  and  at  a  tem- 
perature of  20()°  to  238°  C.  (392°  to  460.4°  F.K  it  is  rendered  anhydrous.  The 
aqueous  solution  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  When  mixed  with  ammonium  chlo- 
ride T.S.  and  ammonia  water,  it  yields  with  soiHum  phosjihate  T.S.,  a  white,  crys- 
talline precipitate.  With  barium  chloride  T.S.  it  yields  a  white  precipitate  insolu- 
ble in  nitric  acid"— (C. .'^.  P.).  Magnesium  sulphate  should  be  kept  in  well-closed 
containers  to  prevent  it  from  etflorescing.  Magnesium  sulphate  is  decomposed 
by  the  hydroxides  of  barium,  strontium,  the  alkalies,  and  all  the  salts  formed  by 
these  bases,  excepting  the  alkaline  chlorides,  nitrates,  and  sulphates;  and  by  the 
nitrate,  chloride,  and  carbonate  of  calcium.  Caustic  potash  and  soda,  also  lime 
water  and  aqua  ammonifu  precipitate  white  magnesium  hydroxide  (Mg[OHl), 
which  forms  a  soluble  compound  with  ammonium  chloride  or  any  of  the  other 
salts  of  ammonium;  hence  the  precipitation  with  ammonia  water  is  incomplete, 
sulphate  of  ammonium  being  formed  in  the  reaction.  Alkali  carbonates  precipi- 
tate basic  magnesium  carbonate  (see  Md^incium  Carbonate). 

The  afore-mentioned  crystalline  precipitate  with  sodium  phosphate  in  solu- 
tion of  magnesium  sulphate  to  which  previously  ammonia  and  ammonium 
chloride  were  added,  is  characteristic  for  magnesium.  It  has  the  composition 
PO,(N'H,)Mg4-6H50,  and  is  insoluble  in  water  containing  ammonium  hydroxide. 
Heated  to  redness,  it  loses  ammonia  and  water,  and  is  transformed  into  mag- 
nesium  |>yii)iilio.;[ihate  (P.O.Mg,,). 

Impurities  and  Tests. — This  salt  is  liable  to  various  impurities,  the  most 
probable  lieiiiir  iron  and  chloride  of  magnesium.  When  iron  is  present  the  solu- 
tion gives  a  violet  or  bluish-black  precipitate  with  tannic  acid,  and  a  blue  or 
bluish-white  precipitate  with  ferrocyanide  of  potassium.  The  latter  reagent  pro- 
duces a  red-brown  precipitate  if  copper  is  present.  If  contaminated  with  chloride 
of  magnesium,  the  salt  will  be  more  or  less  deliquescent,  according  to  the  amount 
of  chloride  contained  in  it.  If  chloride  of  calcium  be  present,  oxalate  of  ammo- 
nium will  cause  a  precipitate  in  the  salt  solution  acidulated  with  acetic  acid. 
The  presence  of  chlorides  may  be  known  by  the  evolution  of  hydrochloric  acid 
gas  when  the  sulphate  is  acted  on  by  sulphuric  acid.  If  the  salt  is  of  acid  reaction, 
contamination  with  zinc  sulphate  or  with  oxalic  acid  may  be  looked  for. 

The  r.  .9.  P.  directs  the  following  tests:  "  When  a  small  portion  of  the  salt 
is  introduced,  on  a  clean  platinum  wire,  into  a  non-luminous  flame,  it  should  not 
impart  to  the  latter  a  persistent  yellow  color  (limit  of  sodium).  A  5  per  cent 
aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  should  not  be  affected  by  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S. 
(absence  of  metallic  impurities);  nor  produce  more  than  a  slight  opalescence 
with  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (limit  of  chloride) ;  nor  should  20  Cc.  of  the  same  solution 
give  any  coloration  or  precipitate  on  the  addition  ofO.oCc.  of  pot.a.«sium  ferro- 
cyanide'T.S.  (ali.«ence  of  iron,  zinc,  or  copper).  If  1  Gm.of  the  i)owdered  salt  be 
shaken  with  3  Cc.  of  stannous  chloride  T.S.  (see  List  of  Rraciail.^.  Bettendorffs  Test 
for  Arsenic),  a  small  piece  of  pure  tin-foil  added,  and"  the  test-tube  then  .«et  aside 
no  coloration  should  appear  within  1  hour  (limit  of  arsenic)  "—(r.  ■<«'.  P.).  The 
arsenic  test  is  ollicially  given  to  guard  against  arsenic  being  introduced  into  the 
salt  through  the  sidphiiric  acid  u.<ed  in  its  manufacture. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Refrigerant,  catliartic,  and  diuretic. 
Sulpiiate  ol  magnesium  (.roduc  es  copious  and  repeated  watery  evacuations,  de- 
peniling  in  character  largely  upon  the  amount  of  water  in  which  it  is  adminis- 
tered.    If  taken  when  the  stomach  is  empty,  it  is  promjit  in  action,  and  when  it 


1224  MAGXESU  SULPHAS. 

can  be  retained  in  hot  solution  a  quick  action  results.  Diuresis  accompanies  the 
cathartic  action  and  is  often  quite  pronounced  if  the  drug  be  in  small  amount 
and  the  skin  kept  cool.  Owing  to  its  marked  refrigerant  properties  it  should  not 
be  given  to  delicate  individuals,  except  in  hot  weather.  Concentrated  doses  of  2 
ounces  have  caused  death.  Collapse  without  purgation  has  resulted  from  its 
administration  in  this  manner.  Chiefly  used  in  fehriU-  and  inflammatory  nffections, 
or  in  cases  where  a  refrigerant,  mild,  laxative  effect  is  desired.  It  is  specially 
adapted  to  summer  disorders  requiring  catharsis,  though  it  is  lacking  in  cholagogue 
properties.  It  may  be  dissolved  in  eight  times  its  quantity  of  water.  The  addi- 
tion of  4  or  5  drops  of  sulphuric  acid  to  the  do.se  covers  the  bitter  taste  of  the 
salt,  causes  it  to  sit  easier  on  the  stomach,  counteracts  its  refrigerant  effects,  does 
not  impair  its  energy,  completely  removes  its  tendency  to  gripe  or  irritate  the 
rectum,  and  prevents  it  from  interfering  with  the  appetite  or  digestion. 

Magnesium  sulphate  is  not  so  extensively  used  as  a  cathartic  as  it  was  for- 
merly. It  is  one  of  the  hydragogue  cathartics  which  may  be  used  for  a  continued 
length  of  time,  and  for  that  reason  it  has  been  of  service  in  dropsy.  Prof.  Locke 
recommends  the  following  combination  :  R  Magnesium  sulphate,  potassium  bi- 
tartrate,  aa  gi;  sulphur,  si;  oil  of  peppermint,  gtt.  iij.  Mix.  Sig.  One  tea- 
spoonful  in  plenty  of  water,  every  2  or  3  hours.  These  doses  should  be  followed 
by  smaller  doses  after  a  free  evacuation  has  been  provoked.  Magnesium  sulphate 
in  doses  of  from  10  grains  to  1  drachm,  should  be  frequently  repeated  for  impacted 
feces  in  an}'  part  of  the  intestinal  tract.  It  is  particularly  useful  where  impaction 
in  the  right  iliac  region  threatens  to  provoke  inflammatory  action,  and  there  is  a 
rise  of  temperature.  Ten-grain  doses  should  be  frequently  given  where  other 
remedies  are  vomited  in  these  cases.  It  is  a  remedy  for  constipation,  being  given 
in  full  laxative  doses. 

Sulphate  of  magnesium  is  one  of  the  most  certain  of  the  specific  agents 
employed  for  the  relief  of  dysentery.  Occasionally,  if  the  patient  has  been  very 
costive,  the  larger  dose  will  be  required.  But  for  ordinary  cases  of  dysentery, 
and  for  dysentery  following  diarrhoea,  the  small  doses  gradual!}'  and  surely  bring 
about  a  cure.  The  proper  dose  is  about  1  or  2  grains  in  a  tablespoonful  of  water, 
every  hour.  Aconite  and  ipecac  also  aid  its  action,  and  may  be  given  with  it  or 
in  alternation.  R  Magnesium  sulphate,  gr.s.  xxx  to  si ;  specific  aconite,  gtt.  iij; 
specific  ipecac,  gtt.  x;  aqua,  flgiv.  Mix.  Sig.  Dose,  a  teaspoonful  every  hour. 
This  overcomes  the  derangement  of  the  upper  bowel,  allays  the  fever  and  the 
inflammation  of  the  lower  bowel,  checks  the  outflow  of  mucus,  allays  the  tor- 
mina, and  promptly  arrests  the  hemorrhagic  manifestations  when  present.  For 
acute  lead  poisoning  or  lead  cnlir,  large  doses  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid  act 
specifically.  Magnesium  sulphate  is  contraindicated  and  dangerous  in  concen- 
trated doses  and  when  the  patient  is  suffering  from  chills,  cholera,  or  wasting 
diseases,  and  in  the  cases  of  the  old  and  debilitated.  Webster  {Dynam.  Therap/) 
states  that  doses  of  yV  to  i  grain  of  magnesium  sulphate,  continued  for  2  or  3 
weeks  are  effectual  in  removing  ?ra/7«. 

The  dose  of  this  .salt  for  its  full  purgative  effect  is  about  1  ounce,  well  diluted; 
for  its  specific  purposes  in  dysentery  and  fecal  impactions,  from  1  to  10  grains  to 
1  drachm  may  be  emploj-ed,  though  in  the  former  conditions  the  smaller  the 
dose  the  better  the  action.  M.  Combes  states  that  the  bitterness  of  this  salt  may 
be  removed  by  the  following  means:  Take  of  sulphate  of  magnesium.  1  ounce; 
powder  of  roasted  coffee,  2^  drachms;  water,  about  16  ounces.  Place  in  a  vessel 
(not  a  tin  one),  and  boil  for  2  minutes;  remove  from  the  fire,  and  let  the  mixture 
infuse  for  some  minutes,  so  as  to  allow  time  for  the  development  of  the  aroma; 
then  strain  and  sweeten  to  the  taste.  By  this  process  the  salt  is  not  decomposed. 
Should  it  be  required  to  increase  the  aniount  of  the  sulphate  without  augment- 
ing the  projjortion  of  coffee,  2  or  3  grains  of  tannic  acid  should  be  added  to  the 
boiling  decoction. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Dysenteric,  mucoid,  or  muco-sanguineoua 
alvine  discharges,  with  tormina  and  tenesmus;  fecal  obstructions:  acute  lead 
poisoning  or  "  painters'  colic." 

Belated  Preparation.— M.vgxksii  sJilpius  E.xsicc.ktis.  The  ilngntfiuin  Siuuiiuricum 
Siccum  of  tlie  Oiniuni  Pliarmacojxvia  is  made  by  exposing  crystallixie  uiagnesiuni  sulphate  in 


.M.vt;.M>ii  sii.i'His.  1225 

a  warm  situation  until  it  loses  in  weight  from  35  to  37  per  cent,  and  then  pugging  it  througli  a 
fifve.  Its  properties  are  those  of  the  erystalline  sjilt,  heing,  of  course,  of  greater  strength,  bulk 
for  bulk.    It  is  hygro«oopic.  and  lonseiiuently  slundd  In-  preserved  in  well-stoppered  bottles. 

MAGNESII  SULPHIS.— MAGNESIUM  SULPHITE. 

Formula:  MgSO,.GH,0.     Molkitlak  WEUiiir :  2")").7t>. 

Synonym  :  Sulji/nte  of  mdiineiiiiin. 

Preparation.—"  DisVolve  13(5  parts  of  freshly  prepared  crystallized  sulphite 
of  .■iodiuiii,  free  from  carbonate  and  sulphate,  in  the  smallest  quantity  of  hot 
water;  tiller  into  this  hot  liquid  a  concentrated  solution  of  123  parts  of'  Epsom 
salt,  and  stir  the  mixture  till  eold.  Drain  the  mass  of  fine  cry.stals  on  a  strainer, 
press,  and  drv  them  at  a  moderate  heat.  The  product  should  weigh  69  parts 
(J.  C.  Stieht  in  Wittstein's  Vurtelj<ilir»sclirifl,  1S67,  p.  49). 

Pn d".  .1  oseph  P.  Remington  obtained  "better  results  by  the  following  process, 
published  in  Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1868,  p.  97:  Take  of  pure  calcined  magnesia, 
8  ounces  (av.),  and  make  into  a  paste  with  distilled  water,  1  pint,  and  then  add 
.~ulpiuirous  acid  {('.  S.  P.),  sp.  gr.  1.035,  stirring  constantly  until  the  liquid  gives 
a  slight  acid  reaction;  allow  the  crystals  that  form  to  subside,  and  then  decant 
the  clear  liquid.  Drain  the  sulphite  of  magnesium  on  a  muslin  strainer,  and 
wash  with  distilled  water  until  free  from  impurities,  then  drain  again  and  dry  on 
bibulou.-;  pajier.     The  yield  should  be  1  pound  and  8  ounces  of  dry  crystals. 

Description. —  Sulphite  of  magnesium  prepared  by  the  above  process  is 
obtained  in  small,  white  crystals  having  the  peculiar  taste  of  the  sulphites,  mild 
and  earthy  at  first,  but  afterward  sulphurous  They  are  soluble  in  20  parts  of 
water  at  15.5°  C.  (60°  F.);  the  solution  on  exposure  to  air  gradually  absorbs  oxy- 
gen and  is  converted  into  the  sulphate;  by  exposure  to  iieat  thej-  soften,  become 
ductile  like  gum,  and  lose  0.45  part  in  weight;  strong  Iieat  sets  the  acid  free, 
leaving  pure  magnesia  behind.  The  specific  gravity  of  sulphite  of  magnesium 
is  1.3802.  Chloride  of  barium  produces  a  precipitate  with  it  which  should  be 
completely  soluble  in  hydrochloric  acid  (absence  of  sulphate).  Sulphite  of  mag- 
nesium destroys  the  color  of  a  solution  of  permanganate  of  potassium,  reduces  the 
ferric  to  ferrous  salts,  forms  a  white  precipitate  of  sulphite  of  silver  with  the 
nitrate,  and  reduces  the  chloride  of  gold  from  its  acid  solution.  It  does  not  so 
readily  Ijecome  converted  into  a  sulphate,  on  exposure  to  the  air,  as  the  sulphite 
of  sodium  or  of  calcium,  has  the  least  taste  of  either,  and  contains  a  larger  pro- 
portional quantity  of  acid  than  the  sodium  salt,  and  hence  is  more  useful  and 
valuable  as  an  internal  remedy  when  the  action  of  the  acid  is  particularly 
desired.  Material  in  the  dissecting  room  can  be  preserved  for  many  weeks  in  a 
-olutidii  of  one  of  these  suliihites,  without  anj-  change  being  induced  in  it,  and 
without  actini;  u|ion  the  in-tnuiieiits  einploved,  in  dissecting  it. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Yhe  sulphites  of  magnesium  ana  so- 
dium were  introduced  to  the  profession  as  active  azymotic  agents,  by  Prof.  Gio- 
vanni PoUi, of  Milan  ;  and  his  statements  of  their  efficacy  have  been  confirmed 
l>y  numerous  physicians  in  this  country  and  Europe.  Their  efficacy  is  due  not 
wholly  to  the  base,  but  in  oart  at  least  to  their  sulphurous  acid  radical,  which  is 
set  free  in  the  stomach,  and  permeates  the  whole  system,  and  that  without  any 
injury  or  destruction  to  the  vital  jjrinciples;  though  owing  to  their  deoxidizing 
qualities,  their  long-continued  us(!  is  apt  to  induce  opdema  and  diseases  of  debility. 
They  are  supposed  to  act  l)y  destroying  vegetable  organisms  when  present,  and 
by  preventing  the  peculiar  fermentation  that  develops  zvmotic  phenomena;  and 
which  j>revention  may  be  due  either  to  destruction  of  the  fermentable  material, 
or  to  a  modification  effected  in  its  composition.  After  having  taken  them  they 
appear  in  the  urine  in  20  minutes,  but  are  gradually  ('hanged  in  the  system 
into  sulphates.  Under  ordinary  circumstances  they  are  not  decomiiosed  in  the 
stomach,  but  when  they  are  there,  there  is  a  manifest  production  of  sulphurous 
acid  gas;  when  this  is  the  case,  the  acids  of  the  stomach  must  be  neutralized  by  a 
little  magnesia. 

The  hyjiosulphites  are  less  efficient  than  the  sulphites  are  less  active  azy- 
motics,  are  more  rapidly  oxidized  in  their  pa.«sage  through  the  system,  and  hence 
appear  ill  the  urine  as  sulphates,  and  often  occasion  a  troublesome  diarrho-a.  which 


is  not  the  case  with  the  sulphites.  The  earlier  these  are  administ«red  in  the 
diseases  for  which  they  are  used,  before  the  blood  corpuscles  lose  the  greater 
part  of  tlieir  vitalit}^,  the  more  prompt  will  be  their  salutarj-  influences.  The 
diseases  among  others  in  which  they  have  been  found  of  specific  application 
are  hospital  fever,  puerperal  peritonitis,  pyemia,  nepticemvi,  and  aW  fevers  with  putridity 
and  purulent  absorption;  measles,  scarlatina,  smatljMX,  erysipelas,  endemic  or  miasmatic 
fevers,  typhits  fever,  irritative  fever  from  absorption  of  pus,  infection  from  wounds  in 
the  dissecting  room,  pertussui,  dysentery,  diarrhoea,  rholem,  influenza,  diphtheria, 
plague,  malignant  sore  throat,  and  externally  in  the  dressing  of foid  ulcers  or  wounds, 
ichorous,  gangrenous,  phagedenic  ulcers  or  sinuses,  indolent  ulcers,  and  p,arasitiral  and 
other  cutaneous  diseases.  In  fevers  they  do  not  cut  them  short,  but  gradually  dimin- 
ish the  intensitj'  of  the  symptoms.  They  are  likewise  used  as  prophylactic.'^ 
against  zymotic  action.  These  remedies  are  borne  well  by  the  stomach,  and  to 
obtain  their  curative  effects  rapidly  and  promptly,  the  system  must  be  saturated 
with  them  as  speedily  as  possible,  giving  moderately  large  doses  daily,  so  that  the 
fluids  of  the  body,  urine,  saliva,  and  sweat,  will  contain  some  of  the  sulphite. 
As  tliey  are  decomposed  by  all  vegetable  acids  and  many  of  deoxidizing  agents, 
however  weak  these  may  be,  their  use  is  contraindicated  when  the  sulphites  are 
being  taken ;  such  as  citric,  malic,  tartaric,  oxalic,  nitric,  and  hydrochloric  acids, 
or  food  or  drinks  containing  them,  as  fruits,  oranges,  lemons  or  lemonade,  apple 
water,  acid  jellies,  and  the  like. 

For  internal  use  the  sulphite  of  magnesium  is  an  excellent  form ;  it  may 
be  given  in  powder  in  doses  of  from  1  to  30  grains,  and  repeated  according 
to  the  urgencj'  of  the  case,  every  1,  2,  3,  or  4  hours;  it  may  be  taken  in  water, 
syrup,  or  other  vehicle  not  contraindicated.  Unlike  sodium  sulphite,  which  is 
indicated  by  the  broad,  pallid  tongue  with  white,  pasty  coat,  magnesium  sulphite 
is  indicated  by  the  deep-red  or  dusky  tongue,  with  a  dark-brown  fur,  or  a  smooth, 
glistening  surface.  If  diarrhoea  or  vomiting  be  present,  these  must  be  relieved, 
otherwise  the  system  will  not  be  saturated;  or  else  injections  of  the  solution  must 
be  employed.  The  sulphite  may  be  combined  with  opium  for  diarrhoea,  pain. 
etc.;  with"  quinine  in  cases  of  obstinate  periodicity;  with  iron  when  anemia  is 
])resent,  and  so  on.  If  the  remedy  is  likely  to  be  efficient,  a  change  for  the  better 
will  occur  in  a  few  days  (see  Sulphite  of  Sodium). 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Typhoid  and  septic  states  with  deep-red, 
dusky  tongue,  coated  with  a  brown  fur,  or  smooth  and  glistening  without  the 
brown  coating. 

MAGNOLIA.— MAGNOLIA. 

The  bark  of  Magnolia  glauca,  Linne ;  Magnolia  acuminata,  Linne;  Magnolia 
Umbrella,  Lamarck,  and  other  species  of  Magnolia. 

Nat.  Ord. — Magnoliacea?. 

Common  N.\mes:    (See  below.) 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — Besides  the  species  herein  described,  there 
are  four  other  native  species  of  Magnolia,  all  probably  possessing  the  same  medici- 
nal properties  as  those  herein  mentioned.  These  four  are:  Magnolia  grandifora, 
Linne;  Magnolia  cordaia,'M\chnux ;  Magnolia  macrophylla.  yiichnux;  and  .Magnolia 
Fraseri,  Waiter.  The  M.  macrophylla  and  grandiflnra  (fruit  only),  are  figured  in 
Lloyd's  D.  and  M.  of  N.  yl.,Vol.  II.  The  Magnolia  grandiflnra  is  the  most  magnifl- 
ceiit  forest  tree  of  the  extreme  south.  Its  flowers  are  large  and  very  beautiful. 
The  M.  tnacrophylla  has  the  largest  leaves  of  any  native  tree,  thev  being  from  2  to  3 
feet  in  length  (C.  G.  Lloyd). 

M.\GN0LIA  GL.\uc.\. — This  tree  is  known  by  several  names,  as  White  bay.  Beaver- 
tree,  Sweet  magnolia.  Swamp  sassafra.9.  White,  or  Red  laurel,  etc.;  it  varies  in  heiglit 
from  6  feet  to  30  or  more,  being  taller  in  the  south  and  shorter  in  the  north;  its 
average  height  is  about  25  feet.  Bark  of  the  trunk  smooth,  ashn^olored,  that  of 
the  young  twigs  a  bright,  smooth  green,  scarred  with  rings  at  the  insertion  of  the 
leaves  by  the  fall  of  the  deciduous  stipules.  Branches  crooked,  spreading.  Leaves 
alternate,  petioled,  regularly  elliptical,  entire,  smooth,  thick;  tlieir  under  side, 
except  the  midrib,  of  a  pale,  glaucous  color:  when  young  covered  with  a  silken 
pubescence.     Flowers  large,  solitary,  terminal,  cream-colored,  of  a  grateful  odor, 


MAGNOLIA.  1227 

Oil  a  short  incrassated  peduncle.  Calyx  composed  of  3  pjjatulate,  obtuse,  ci'ii- 
cave  sepals;  corolla  of  8  to  14  obovate,  obtuse,  and  concave  petals,  contracted  at 
their  base.  Stamens  very  numerous,  inserted  in  common  with  the  petals  on  the 
sides  of  a  conical  receptacle;  filaments  very  short;  anthers  linear,  niucroiiated, 
2celled,  opening  inwardly.  Ovaries  collected  into  a  cone,  each  divided  by  a  fur- 
row, tipped  with  a  brownish,  linear,  recurved  style.  Fruit  a  cone,  consisting  of 
imbricated  cells,  which  open  longitudinally  at  the  back  for  the  escape  of  the  seed. 
Seeds  oliovate,  scarlet,  connected  to  the  cone  by  a  funiculus,  which  suspends  them 
some  time  after  they  have  fallen  out  (L.— B.).  "it  is  found  in  swamps  and  nioras.'^es 
from  Massachusetts  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  always  in  maritime  districts; 
Howering  from  May  to  August,  according  to  the  climate  in  which  it  is  located. 
.\t  the  south  it  is  known  as  ]Vfiilc-hii}/,or  I'^uret-bat/.  Although  the  flowers  yield 
a  delicate,  agreeable  odor,  yet  it  sometimes  occasions  unpleasant  symptoms,  as 
diflicult  breathing,  tendency  to  faint,  etc. 

M.\<;NoLiA  AcfMiNAT.\,  or  Cnrumhrr  lire,  sometimes  called  Blur,  and  ^fnuntniv 
marinnlid.  is  a  tree  reaching  from  (jO  to  80  feet  in  height,  and  4  or  /J  feet  in  diameter, 
with  a  jterfectly  straight  trunk.  Leaves  oval,  acuminate,  green,  a  little  pubescent 
beneath,  scattered,  about  6  inches  long,  half  as  broad.  Flowers  5  to  6  inches  in 
diameter,  bluish,  sometimes  yellowish-white,  numerous,  faintly  fragrant;  petals 
(J  to  it.  obovate,  obtusish.  Cones  about  3  inches  long,  cylindric,  bearing  some 
resemblance  to  a  small  cucumber.  This  tree  grows  near  the  Falls  of  Niagara, 
and  in  the  mountainous  regions  in  the  interior  of  the  country  from  New  York  to 
(teorgia  ;  it  is  more  abundant  in  the  southern  states.  It  is  most  abundant,  how- 
ever. "  in  the  moist  valleys  in  the  northern  Allegheny  Mountains"  (C.G.  Lloyd). 
Its  flowers  appear  in  May  and  June  (W. — G. — B.). 

Magnolia  Umbrella,  Lamarck,  or  Cmhrella  tree,  the  Magnolia  (ripetala,  of 
Linne,  is  a  small  tree  not  exceeding  30  feet  in  height,  generally  having  a  sloping 
trunk.  Leaves  16  to  20  inches  long,  by  6  or  8  in  width,  obovate,  lanceolate, 
pointed  at  both  ends,  silky,  when  young,  soon  smooth,  often  appearing  whorled 
at  the  ends  of  the  branches  in  the  form  of  an  umbrella,  displaying  a  surface  30 
inches  or  more  in  diameter.  Flowers  terminal,  white,  7  or  8  inches  in  diameter, 
with  5  to  12  narrow,  lanceolate,  acute  petals,  the  3  outer  curved.  Fruit  conical, 
rose-colored.  4  to  5  inches  in  length.  This  tree  is  found  growing  in  shady  situa- 
tions, in  strong,  deep,  fertile  soil,  in  the  same  range  of  country  as  the  M.nciimi- 
iintn,  being,  however,  more  generally  confined  to  the  lower  grounds.  It  also 
flowers  in  May  and  June  (W. — G. — B.). 

Description. — All  the  species  of  these  trees  jjossess  similar  therapeutical  vir- 
tues, which  a're  found  especially  in  the  bark  and  fruit.  Tlie  bark,  either  of  the 
trunk  or  root,  is  the  medicinal  part;  its  odor  is  aromatic,  and  its  taste  warm, 
bitterish,  and  pungent,  though  these  proj)erties,  with  the  exception  of  the  l)itter- 
ness,  are  lost  by  age.  The  bark  is  taken  off  during  the  spring  and  summer;  it  is 
ashen,  smooth,  and  silvery  externally,  white  and  fibrous  internally.  The  appear- 
ance of  the  bark  varies  inuch,  depending  upon  the  species.  Magnolia,  from  these 
three  species,  was  f  nnicrly  utlicial.    Water  or  alcohol  extracts  its  virtues. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  various  sjiecies  of  Magnolia  probably  have 
analogous  composition.  From  the  bark  of  Magnolia  Umhrella  and  M.  acuminala, 
John  Floyd,  in  1806,  obtained  small  amounts  of  an  aromatic,  volatile  oil,  a  resin, 
and  bitter  principles.  Dr.  Stephen  Procter  (1842)  analyzed  the  bark  of  M.  grandi- 
flora  in  search  for  a  substance  analogous  to  liriodendrin  of  Emmet,  and  found 
numerous  acicular  crystals,  a  resinous  body,  and  volatile  oil.  W.  H.  Harrison 
(1862)  obtained  from  the  bark  of  M  j/Aiwra' a  resin,  volatile  oil,  and  a  crystalli- 
zable  substance;  from  the  fruit,  ether  extracted  much  fixed  oil,  and  a  jiungent 
and  acrid  resin. 

Wallace  Procter  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1872,  p.  14-5),  ob.served  a  deposit  of  color- 
less crystals  in  an  evaporated  tincture  of  the  fruit  of  M  Umhrella  (umbrella  tree), 
which  substance  he  called  magnolin,  having  ascertained  it  to  be  difl'erent  from 
liriodeii'lrin  of  Emmet.  Petroleum  benzin  readily  removed  it  from  the  extractive 
and  coloring  matters.  It  is  a  neutral  body,  ins-oluble  in  cold,  crystallizable  in 
small  (luantity  from  hot  water,  freely  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  carbon 
(lisuli)hide  and  i)etroleum  benzin.  When  jture  the  crystals  are  tasteless.  A  soft, 
l)Uiig<iit  resin,  gum,  glucose,  etc.,  were  likewise  found  l>y  the  author. 


1228  MALTUM. 

Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd  separated  from  the  bark  ol  Mayiiolin  ylauca,  three  uncrys- 
tallizable  resins,  differing  in  their  behavior  toward  solvents;  furthermore,  a  crys- 
tallizable  glucosid,  and  a  fluorescent  substance,  probably  a  product  of  decompo- 
sition. The  filtrate  from  the  resins  and  the  glucosid  gave  reactions  for  alkaloids, 
but  no  alkaloid  could  be  isolated.  (See  D.  and  M.  of  X.  A.,Vo\.  II,  pp.  42^5,  for 
the  early  chemical  history.)  Mr.  W.  F.  Rawlins  (1889)  obtained  from  the  leaves 
of  Magnolia  glauca  a  glucosidal,  occasionally  crystallizable  substance,  by  abstract- 
ing an  evaporated  alcoholic  extract  with  water  and  shaking  out  with  chloroform. 
It  is  noteworthy  that  the  leaves  of  M.  glauca  produce  upon  linen  an  indelible 
stain  (C.  E.  Hornberger,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1876,  p.  279).  Analysis  of  the  bark 
of  M.  gmndiftora,  by  B.  A.  Randolph  (1891),  showed  the  presence  of  volatile  oil, 
tannin,  starch,  saccharine,  and  coloring  matter;  upon  incineration,  6i  per  cent 
of  ash  was  left. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Magnolia  bark  is  an  aromatic  tonic 
bitter,  of  reputed  efficacy,  and  appears  likewise  to  possess  antiperiodic  properties. 
IntermiUmt  fevers  have  been  cured  by  it  after  cinchona  had  failed.  It  is  not  so 
apt  to  disagree  with  the  stomach  and  bowels,  nor  to  induce  fullness  of  the  head  as 
cinchona,  and  can  be  continued  a  longer  time  with  more  safety  in  all  respects. 
Its  curative  agency  is  said  to  be  favored  by  the  diaphoretic  action  which  generally 
follows  its  administration.  In  dyspepsia,  with  loss  of  tone  in  the  stomach,  it  is 
very  useful  as  a  tonic,  and  has  also  proved  of  much  service  in  the  treatment  of 
remittents  with  typhoid  symptoms.  A  warm  infusion  acts  as  a  gentle  laxative  and 
sudorific;  a  cold  one  as  a  tonic  and  antiperiodic,  as  does  also  the  tincture  and 
powder.  The  powder  is  considered  the  preferable  form  of  administration.  The 
bark  of  the  M.  Umbrella,  chewed  as  a  substitute  for  tobacco,  has  cured  an  inveterate 
tobacco  chewer  of  the  filthy  habit,  and  deserves  a  further  trial  among  those  who 
wish  to  break  up  the  pernicious  practice.  The  bark  in  powder  may  be  adminis- 
tered in  ^-drachm  or  drachm  doses,  to  be  repeated  5  or  6  times  a  day ;  the  infusion 
may  be  taken  in  wineglassful  doses,  repeated  5  or  6  times  a  day.  It  is  used  in  the 
above  forms  of  disease,  as  well  as  in  rhronic  rheumatism.  The  tincture,  made  by 
adding  an  ounce  of  the  powder  to  a  i)int  of  brandy,  and  allowing  it  to  macerate 
for  10  or  12  days,  may  be  given  in  tablespoon  doses  3  times  a  day,  for  the  same 
purposes.  A  tincture  made  bj' adding  2  ounces  of  the  cones  to  a  i)int  of  brandy, 
has  long  been  used  as  a  doniestic  remedy  for  dysjn'jisia  and  chronic  rhcumatistn; 
it  is  given  3  or  4  times  a  day  in  doses  of  from  1  to  4  fluid  drachms.  Magnolia  is 
contraindicated  whenever  inflammatory  symptoms  are  present.  Though  possess- 
ing undoubted  tonic  properties,  magnolia  is  now  seldom  employed. 

Related  Species. —  Telauma  me.ricana,  Don.  This  is  called,  in  Mexico,  where  it  alMunds, 
tlie  yolu.riicliitl.  Qutrcdrin,  volatile  oil,  resin,  t.innin,  etc.,  have  been  found  in  the  fragrant 
white  bloosoms,  which  are  reputed  antispasmodic  and  tonic.  Antiperiodic  virtues  are  ascribed 
to  the  bark. 

MALTUM.— MALT. 

"The  seed  of  Hordvum  di^lichum,  Linne  {Xat.  OnJ. — Graminacea\  caused 
to  enter  the  incipient  stage  of  germination  bv  artificial  means  and  dried" — 
(U.S.  P.,  1880). 

Synonyms  :   Maltum  hordci,  Barley  malt. 

Preparation. — If  barley,  or  any  other  grain,  be  soaked  (steeped)  in  water  and 
thrown  into  heaps  (couched),  it  will  spontaneously  generate  heat.  Hy  frequent 
turning,  the  heat  is  prevented  from  l)cconiing  too  great.  The  barley  is  then 
spread  upon  the  floors  (floored),  whereupon  germination  takes  place.  Tiie  grain, 
after  its  germ  has  attained  a  certain  length  (usually  one  third  the  lengtii  of  the 
seed),  is  quickly  dried  in  kilns  at  a  temperature  not  above  71°  C  (1W°  F.),  and 
constitutes  what  is  termed  malt.  What  are  known  as  the  varieties — pule  molf,i>(ile- 
amber,  amber,  and  ambcr-broim  malt — is  the  malt  to  which  difiereut  degrees  of  neat 
have  been  applied  in  drying.  For  medicinal  uses  only  the  juile  mult  ov  iialcamber 
malt  should  be  employed.  Black;  or  roasted  malt,  is  that  kind,  the  integuments  of 
which  are  deep-brown  in  color,  made  so  by  roasting  in  rapidly  revolving  cylin- 
ders.   Should  the  interior  of  the  grain  be  of  the  same  hue  it  is  then  called  crystal- 


MASGANI  DIOXUHM.  1-^29 

lizecl  malt.  (For  a  very  readable,  short  article  on  malt  and  malting,  by  F.  X.  Mucrk, 
^ee  Amer.  Jour.  Phartn.,lSS4.y.^0.'^:  also  see  special  treatises  on  the"  feniK  iitatiuu 
industries.  > 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— Malt  should  have  a  pale  or  aml)er 
color,  a  sweetish  taste,  and  a  Sdiucwliat  pleasant  odor.  Its  aqueous  infusion 
should  be  of  a  deep-yellowish  or  brown  color.  Besides  the  constituents  of  liarley, 
malt  contains  the  terment  (Uastwc,  dextrin,  and  sugar.  Diastase  resembles  jitijnUn, 
in  tliat  it  changes  starch  into  de.xtrin  and  sugar  (mnltoae),  and  is,  therefore,  con- 
sidered liy  si>mH  as  identical  with  that  salivary  ferment  (also  see  under /^0)7/<>j<to). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (For  uses  of  extract  of  malt,  see  Ex- 
tniriiiiii  Miiil.)  Starcliy  food  is  renileied  more  easily  digested  by  malt  and  its 
l)reparations,  which  act  similarly  to  7-^_v<'/('»,  converting  amylaceous  matter  into 
sugar  and  dextrin,  and  preventing  fermentation.  An  excellent  diastatic  agent 
for  addition  to  farinaceous  foods,  for  those  suflering  from  wasting  disorders,  where 
nutriment  is  either  passed  undigested  or  is  vomited,  and  especially  useful  in  the 
summo-  ilisnnlerB  of  infants, &n<[  for  maras^nic  and  tubercular  j/uthutf',  is  the  following 
cold  infusion  of  malt:  Mix  li  ounces  of  crushed  malt  with  4  fluid  ounces  of 
cold  water.  Allow  it  to  stand  a  half  d.ay,  then  filter  it  through  paper  until  of 
a  perfectly  clear,  sherry-brown  color.  Maltose  and  diastase  are  its  principal  con- 
stituents, and  it  readily  ferments,  hence  but  small  amounts  should  be  prepared, 
and  those  daily.  A  half  ounce  of  this  sweetish  infusion  added  to  half  pint  of  any 
farinaceous  gruel,  at  a  moderately  warm  temperature,  will  cause  the  amylaceous 
products  to  he- converted  into  glucose  and  dextrin. 

MANGANI  DIOXIDUM  (U.  S.  P.)— MANGANESE  DIOXIDE. 

Formula:  MnO,.     Moi.kcclak  Weight:  86.72. 

"  Native  crude  manganese  dioxide,  containing  at  least  66  per  cent  of  the  pure 
dioxide  (MnO,=86.72)"— (r.  S.  P.). 

Syxoxyms:  Mnngani  oiidum  nigrum  {U.  S.  P.,  1880),  Blark  oxide  of  mavgane^, 
Pyrolmite,  Manganese  peroxide,  Mangamtm  hyperoxydatum,  Mangane»ia'vitriariorum, 
Deutnxide  of  mangnne.se,  Binoxide  of  manga ne-<<e,  Permanganir  oxide. 

Source  and  History. — Dioxide  (also  called  deutoxide,  binoxide,  peroxide,  or 
black  oxi(l>- 1  of  manganese  (MnO,,)  occurs  in  considerable  abundance,  and  consti- 
tutes tile  mineral  which  Haidinger  termed  ;j_?//-o/i(6iV<',  from  whence  all  the  oxide 
of  manganese  used  in  the  arts  is  obtained.  It  exists  in  various  parts  of  Europe, 
and  some  in  the  United  States,  as  in  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  and  on  Red  Island 
in  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco;  also  in  Nova  Scotia.  The  purest  varieties  are  found 
in  (ireat  Britain  and  Germany.  Usually  it  is  more  or  less  impure  from  the  pres- 
ence iif  lime,  alumina,  baryta,  silica,  oxide  of  iron,  and  brown  manijuniti'. 

Description. — Manganese  dioxide  occurs  in  nature  in  the  form  of  right  rhom- 
bic prisms,  or  needles,  or  in  amorphous  masses.  The  official  article  is  described 
as  follows:  "A  heavy,  grayish-black,  more  or  less  gritty  powder,  without  odor  or 
taste;  permanent  in  the  air.  Insoluble  in  water  or  alcohol.  It  is  not  affected  by 
cold,  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  but  when  heated  with  the  latter  it  is  converted 
into  manganous  sulphate,  with  the  evolution  of  oxygen.  When  heated  with  hy- 
drochloric acid,  it  is  converted  into  manganous  chloride,  with  the  development 
of  chlorine.  At  a  red  heat,  the  dioxide  gives  off  oxygen  gas.  and  is  converted  into 
reddish-lirown  manganoso-manganic  oxide  (Mn,0,) '" — (U.S.  P.).  It  is  infusible 
before  the  Mow-nipe,  dissolves  in  fused  borax  with  effervescence,  and  gives  to  the 
globule  an  ametnyst  color. 

Its  specific  gravity  is  stated  to  varv  from  4.7  to  4.9.  Chlorine  is  also  evolved 
when  manganese  dioxide  is  heated  with  a  mixture  of  common  salt  and  sulphuric 
acid,  the  reaction  taking  place  as  follows:  MnO,+  2NaCl-f  2H,S0,— MnSO,+ 
Na,S0,+2H,0-fCl,.  On  a  large  scale,  the  manganous  salt  formed  in  this  reaction 
is  not  thrown  away,  but  is  converted  back  again  by  oxidation  into  manganese 
dioxide  by  Weldon's  process,  which  was  introduced  in  1867.  (For  its  detailed 
description,  see  Roscoe  &  Schorlemmer's  ChemiMry.) 

Tests. — Iron  is  almost  always  pre.sent  in  this  oxide,  the  crystals  being  the 
most  free  from  it.     If  the  dioxide  be  digested  in  hydrochloric  acid  until  chlorine 


1230  MAXUANI  Sl'LPHAS.  -* 

ceases  to  be  evolved,  the  addition  of  ferrocyanide  of  pot:issium  will  color  it  green 
or  blue  if  iron  be  present.  The  C.  &  P.  directs  the  following  tests:  "On  inti- 
mately mixing  1  part  of  the  dioxide  with  1  part  of  potassium  hydrate  and  1  part  of 
potassium  chlorate,  introducing  the  mass  into  a  crucible,  moistening  with  water, 
drying,  and  igniting,  a  dark  fused  mass  is  obtained,  which  yields,  with  water,  a 
green  solution,  changing  to  purplish-red  on  being  boiled,  or  on  the  addition  of 
diluted  sulphuric  acid.  If  a  portion  of  the  dioxide  be  strongly  heated  in  a  dry 
test-tube,  no  combustion  should  ensue,  nor  should  any  carbon  dioxide  be  evolved 
(absence  of  organic  impurities).  If  to  another  portion  of  the  dioxide,  contained 
in  a  test-tube,  a  small  quantity  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  lie  added,  no  odor  of 
hydrogen  sulphide  chould  be  developed,  nor  should  a  strip  of  paper  moistened 
with  lead  acetate  T.S.,  and  suspended  over  the  mixture,  become  lilackened  (ab- 
sence of  metallic  sulphides).  After  the  mixture  of  the  dioxide  with  hydrochloric 
acid  has  been  raised  to  boiling  and  filtered,  the  filtered  liquid  should  not  give, 
with  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.,  an  orange-colored  precipitate  (absence  of  antimony 
sulphide).  If  1  Gm.  of  the  finely  powdered  dioxide,  contained  in  a  small,  long- 
necked  flask,  be  mixed  with  o  Cc.  of  water,  then  4.22  Gm.  of  ferrous  sulphate,  in 
clear  crystals,  added,  and  subsequently  5  Cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid,  the  mixture 
■  digested  for  about  15  minutes  at  a  gentle  heat,  and  finally  heated  to  boiling,  the 
cooled  filtrate,  when  immediately  tested  with  freshl}' prepared  potassium  ferricya- 
nide  T.S.,  should  not  acquire  a  blue  color  (presence  of  at  lea.«t  66  per  cent  of  pure 
manganese  dioxide)" — (('.  S.  P.).  Some  other  methods  for  the  valuation  of  man- 
ganese dioxide  are  based  on  the  fact  that  oxalic  acid  is  quantitatively  and  readily 
oxidized  to  carbonic  acid  bv  a  mixture  of  manganese  dioxide  and  sulphuric  acid 
according  to  the  equation  :  "CAH,+MnO,-|-H,SO.=MnSO,-f-2H,0-f  2C0,. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  JDosage. — The  actions  of  this  oxide  upon  the 
system  are  but  iniperfiMtl  y  unilerstood.  Dr.  Coupar,  of  Glasgow,  considered  it  to 
act  as  a  cumulative  poison,  producing  paralysis  of  the  motor  nerves,  but  without 
causing  colic,  constipation,  or  tremors.  It  has  been  used  internally  in  many  cuta- 
neous diseases,  as  herpes,  scabies,  and  in  the  scorbutic  diathesis.  It  has  likewise  been 
found  efficient  in  scrofvla,  chlorosis,  sj/philis,  and  in  anemiii.  The  gastro-intestinal 
membranes  are  said  to  absorb  but  very  little  of  the  salt,  but  if  it  be  injected  into 
parenchymatous  tissues,  it  is  readily  taken  up  and  excreted  with  the  feces  (Cahn). 
From  3  to  20  grains  maybe  given,  in  pill  form,  everj- 3  or  4  hours.  Externally, 
1  drachm  mixed  with  ^  ounce  of  lard,  lias  been  found  advantageous  as  an  appli- 
cation to  itch,  porrigo,  and  old  ulcers.  One  part  of  binoxide  of  manganese,  added 
to  5  or  10  parts  of  chlorate  of  potassium,  and  subjected  to  a  moderiue  heat  in  a 
glass  or  iron  retort,  gives  out  a  rapid  flow  of  oxygen  gas,  which  may  be  collected 
for  various  purposes. 

Dr.  J.  Kovascy  recommends  the  following  formula? :  Take  of  binoxide  of  man- 
ganese, 4  grains;  extract  of  savin,  extract  of  aloes,  each,  10  grains.  Mix,  and 
divide  into  6  pills,  of  which  1  pill  may  be  given  3  times  a  day.  (2)  Take  of 
binoxide  of  manganese,  3  grains ;  powdered  leaves  of  digitalis,  Igrain  ;  sugar  of 
milk,  8  grains.  Mix,  and  divide  into  6  powders,  of  which  3  are  to  be  taken  daily, 
preferably  after  meals.  These  are  said  to  be  useful  in  properly  selected  cases  of 
chlorosis  and  ameHorrh(e(t. 

MANGANI  SULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— MANGANESE  SULPHATE. 

Formula:   MnS0.-i-4H.,0.     Molecular  Weight:  222.46. 

Synonyms:  }fangan€sii  sulpha^s,  Mdm/auous  sulphaie,  Sulfas  manganosus,  Mun- 
ganuM  xulfuricinu. 

Preparation. — This  salt  may  be  formed  by  adding  to  carbonate  of  mangsi- 
nese  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  as  long  as  eflervescence  continues,  then  filtering  and 
evaporating  the  solution  to  crystallization.  Another  method  is  to  heat  a  thin, 
magma-like  mixture  of  nu»nganese  dioxide  and  sulphuric  acid.  Evaporate  to 
dryness,  heat  to  redness  in  a  crucible  to  decompose  the  ferrous  sulphate  present. 
Dissolve  out  the  manganese  sulphate  with  water,  and  heat  the  solution  with  a 
little  carbonate  of  manganese  to  precipitate  the  last  traces  of  iron,  filter,  evapo 
rate,  and  allow  to  crvstallize. 


MANliANI  SlLl-HAS.  1231 

Description. — "  Manganous  sulphate  varies  in  properties  iiccordiuj;  to  the 
waiii  ol  trystullization  present.  If  the  salt  is  orvstallizetl  at  a  lower  tenipera- 
liue  than  6°  C.  (48.8°  F.),  it  will  have  the  conipositi,.ii  MnS0..7H,0;  between 
7°  anil  10°  C.  (44.6°  and  50°  F.).  it  is  represented  hv  MnS(),.5H,0;  and  at  from 
20°  to  30°  C.  (68°  to  86°  F.),  by  iMnS0..3H,0  •'— (Lloyd'.s  C/um.  of  Med.,  p.  320).  The 
r.  .^'.  P.  describes  it  as  in  "  colorless,  or  pale  rose-colored,  transparent,  tetragonal 
prisms  (crystallized  at  a  temperature  between  20°  and  30°  C.  [68°  and  86°  F.], 
and  containing  4  molecules,  or  32.29  per  cent  of  water  of  crystallization),  odor- 
less, and  having  a  slightly  bitter  and  astringent  taste.  Slightly  efflorescent  in 
dry  air.  Soluble  in  0.8  part  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),and  in  1  part  of  boiling 
water;  insoluble  in  alcohol.  The  aqueous  solution  is  neutral,  or  very  slightly 
acid  to  litmus  paper,  and  yields,  with  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.,  a  flesh-coloreii 
precipitate  soluble  in  dilute  acids;  with  potassium  ferrocyanide  T.S.,  a  reddish- 
white  precipitate;  and  with  potassium  ferricyanide  T.S.,  a  brown  precipitate. 
With  barium  chloride  T.S.,  it  yields  a  white  precipitate  insoluble  in  hydrochloric 
acid.  If  a  fragment  of  the  salt  lie  mi.xed  with  a  littli'  sodium  hydrate  T.S.,  and 
the  mi.xture  then  dried  and  fused,  it  will  yield  a  durk-greeu  mass,  dissolving  in 
water  with  a  green  color  " — (U.  S.  P.).  When  the  water  of  crystallization  is  driven 
off  by  heat,  a  white,  friable  mass  is  formed.  Sulphate  of  manganese  should  be 
preserved  in  well-stoppered  bottles. 

Tests. — "A  5  per  cent,  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt,  after  being  heated  with  a 
few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  a  little  chlorine  water,  should  not  be  colored 
red  by  potassium  sulphocyanateT.S.  (absence  of  iron),  and  should  not  be  affected 
by  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  copper  or  arsenic).  If  the  manganese  be 
completely  precipitated  from  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  by  ammonium  car- 
bonate T.S.,  the  filtrate,  on  evaporation  and  gentle  ignition,  should  leave  no  resi- 
due (absence  of  salts  of  the  alkalies,  or  of  magnesium).  A  solution  of  1  Gm., 
each,  of  the  salt,  and  of  sodium  acetate,  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  to  which  a  few  drops  of 
acetic  acid  are  added,  should  not  be  affected  by  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  (absence 
of  zinc).  If  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  gently  ignited,  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  it  should 
lo.se  not  more  than  0.323  (tim.  in  weiirht  (distinction  from  manganese  sulphate 
containing  a  larger  amount  of  water  of  crystallization)  " — (T.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Sulphate  of  manganese  appears  to  be 
a  stimulant  to  the  lymphatic  system  of  vessels  and  glands,  and-  has  been  found 
valuable  in  (inemic  conditions  of  the  system,  accompanied  with  a  deficiency  of  the 
white  corjiuscles  of  the  blood.  It  acts  as  a  powerful  cbolagogue,  causing  a  profuse 
secretion  of  bile,  and  has  been  used  with  elKcacy  in  ^vmj/V/a,  chlorosis,  jaundice, 
torpid  lictr,  diseases  of  the  spleen,  and  cnchexid.  Pro^  .Scudder  praised  this  remedy 
for  its  effects  in  ascites,  due  to  hepatic  disease  and  particularly  in  old  topers.  He 
directed  from  J- to  1  grain  as  the  proper  dose.  In  jaundice,  with  /lejxdic  enlarge- 
Kient,  with  sense  of  weight  and  fullness  in  the  hypogastrium,  he  considered  it  a 
useful  remedy.  He  believed  small  doses  to  be  curative  in  disorders  where  the  chief 
symptoms  were  a  pallid,  dirty,  leaden  tongue,  gastric  fullness,  sluggish  bowels, 
and  lax,  pendulous  abdomen.  Minute  doses,  as  of  the  first  and  second  decimal 
trituration,  were  recommended  by  him  where  the  tissues  were  old  and  feeble,  and 
the  cardiac  action  and  circulation  weak.  A  high  dilution  (6  x  trituration)  of 
manganese,  has  been  recommended  by  Webster  in  doses  of  2  to  3  grains,  every  4 
hi>urs,  in  painful  affections  of  tlie  periosleum,  associated  with  subacute  inflammation. 
The  dose  for  its  gro.ss  action  is  from  2  to  20  grains,  3  times  a  day ;  for  .specific 
purposes,  from  Jj  to  1  grain.  One  or  2  drachms  dissolved  in  A  or  1  pint  of  water, 
will  act  as  a  prompt  purgative,  with  scarcely  any  depression  of  the  system.  Large 
doses,  or  its  long-continued  use  in  small  doses,  injures  the  tone  of  the  stomach. 
On.-  drachm  of  the  sulpliat.-  mixed  with  1  ounce  of  lard,  has  been  u.-^e.l  externally, 
as  an  oint  iiiriit,  in  hiil,n,.<.  r/mnrn.s.  indolent  ulcers,  and  some  diiiccises  of  the  skin. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Ascites,  with  hepatic  disease,  especially  the 
result  of  spirituous  beverages;  lax,  pendulous  abdomen  ;  pale,  dirty,  leaden-liued 
tongue;  diarrhoea;  small  mucous  passages,  with  tormina  and  tenesmus. 

Manganese  and  Its  Compounds. — MANci.vNiiiE,  .ViiiK/auiKiiim,  .Vowjnnum.  .Symbol:  Mn. 
Atomic  w.inht:  54. S.  Miiiii?aii<w,  in  the  forui  of  .lioxiilo,  lia»  long  U-iD  known  ntid  n»e<l 
ill  the  inanulacturf  of  (.'lasn,  ainl  was  comnionlv  con.siilcrtHl  an  iron  ore  until  I77r\whfu 
<iiihn  suctecdeil  in  cxtractinL' a  iictuliar  metal  from  it.     The  element  i»  widely  <li»lributcd 


1232  MANGANI  SULPHAS. 

in  the  soil  and  in  the  vegetable  kingdom.  According  to  Fliickiger  (Am'T.  Jour.  1  h<:,iii  .  ISaO. 
p.  147),  certain  species  and  natural  orders  — f-.?.,  Zingiberacese— are  remarkable  (or  their 
power  of  assimilating  manganese.  Tmpn  natans,  or  Waler-nvt,  a  marsh  plant  growing  in  some 
parts  of  Germany,  France.'aud  Italy,  is  another  example  of  these  "  manganivorous  "  plants. 
The  element  may  bp  obtained  by  the  reduction  of  pure  oxide  or  carbonate  of  manganese  with 
charcoal,  flux  material  being  added  and  the  whole  exposed,  in  a  covered  crucible,  to  a  verj- 
violent  heat  for  several  hours.  It  will  then  be  reduced  to  the  metallic  state  and  fused  into  a 
solid  mass.  Thus  obtained  it  has  a  gray  color,  somewhat  whiter  than  cast  iron,  finely  granu- 
lar in  texture,  hard,  and  so  brittle  that  it  can  be  reduced  to  powder  in  a  mortar.  Manganese  is 
an  importantfactor  in  the  production  of  whiteca8tiron(8eei^err«»i).  Its  specific  gravity  is  8.0l:i 
(7  13  to  7.21,  Bruuner).  It  has  strong  affinity  for  oxygen,  quickly  absorbing  it  from  the  atmos- 
phere, and,  in  consequence,  must  be  kept  like  sodium  and  potassium,  under  naptha  or  benzin  : 
but  if  it  contains  iron  it  will  be  permanent  in  the  air.  It  decomposes  water  rapidly  at  a  red 
hfat,  hydrogen  being  disengaged. 

Maiit;:iii.M-  roiiiliini  s  with  'iwl'ii  in  -  Mial  proportions,  forming  chiefly  the  following 
o>:i<l.>:       I     Mii(  I.  (N.(,^;/.i//-><   /I.-  '.  in  nous  ojide;  (2)  'Mn203,  manganejie  seMfiioxUle, 

i,\- ,,i'iu./-i,.,r  ,>,  :<l,  :    :;iMii,(i^;      l     Mnii  -////(.sc  d/o.rirff  (which  see) ;  ib>  ^InOj,  mangaiu*e 

(,■;..,;,/,',■  and  i\i  MuJ>7,  """"J'li"  '  /";■'.'"■'■.  M  i  The  oxide  MnO  isstrongly  basic,  dissolving 
in  acids  and  forming  salts  with  them,  known  as  Ma>i3ario»s  safe,  which  are  analogous  to  fer- 
rous salts.  Their  smutions  are  of  a  rose-red  or  flesh  color.  The  oxide,  its  hydroxide  (Mn 
[OH],),  and  the  carbonate,  when  moist,  easily  oxidize  when  exposed  to  the  air.  Solutions 
of  manganous  salts  become  turbid  upon  standing  if  exposed  to  air  and  light  (A.  Gorgeu, 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1889,  p.  522).  (2)  The  oxide  MnjOa  remains  as  residue  when  manganese 
dioxide  (MnOa)  is  heated  in  oxvgeu  gas.  It  occurs  in  nature  as  the  mineral  hranuite;  its 
hydrate  (MnjOjCOHJj)  as  manganite.  The  oxide  and  its  hydrate  have  weak  basic  properties; 
dissolved  in  acids  they  j;ield  manganic  salts,  which  are  analogous  to  ferric  salts,  but  rather 
unstable.  (3)  The  red  oxide  of  manganese  (MujO,)  occurs  in  nature  as  the  mineral  luiusman- 
nile.  It  is  the  form  into  which  the  lower  and  the  higher  oxides  of  manganese  are  converted 
upon  being  heated  (the  lower,  when  in  contact  with  air).  In  some  respects  it  is  analog<5U8  to 
red  kad  {mininm,  PbjO,).  (4)  Manganese  dioxide  (MnO,)  has  weak  basic  and  weak  acid  prop- 
erties. It  forms  several  salts  of  (the  hvpothetical)  maiiganous  acid  (MnjOnHji.  (3)  Man- 
ganese trioxide  (MnOj)  (see  Watte'  Dictionary,  1892,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  184)  is  the  anhydride  of  »i(i>»- 
ganic  ncid  (.VInOiHj),  which  is  not  known  in  the  free  state.  Its  salts  (the  manganalfs)  are 
green  and  are  stable  only  when  in  contait  with  an  txct-s  of  caustic  alkali.  Manganates 
may  be  formed  from  any  manganese  (nnijiinnd.  \>y  tiisinL'  it  with  oxidizers — e.  y.,  salt- 
peter and  soda,  or  potassium  chlorate  and  ran>li(  i.nta^li.  I'lie  green  mass  is  called  chame- 
kon  mineral  (Scheele),  because  it  undergois  a  cliant^e  "I  col.ir  from  green  to  blue,  violet,  and 
red  upon  the  addition  of  an  excess  of  water.  When  the  green,  fused  mass  is  treated  with 
diluted  acids — c.c;.,  acetic  or  even  carbonic  acid — it  likewise  turns  red,  being  decomposed  into 
insoluble  hydrate  of  manganesium  dioxide  and  soluble  permanganate  of  potassium.  This  is  a 
delicate  reaction  for  manganese.  (6)  Manganese  heptoxide  (MdjO,)  is  the  anhydride  of  the 
dark-red  liquid  and  powerfully  oxidizing pennaJij/oHic  aciti  (MnOjH).  Its  potassium  salt  is  the 
well-known  potasmum  permanganate  (which  see),  used  as  an  oxidizing  agent,  being  especially 
employed  in  analytical  and  organic  chemistry.  When  heated  with  caustic  potash,  the  solu- 
tion of  permanganate  turns  green ;  potassium  mauganate  is  formed  with  evolution  of  oxygen 
as  follows:     2KMn04+2KOH=2K2MnO,+0-|-H20. 

M.\.vG.\Ni  loDiDUM,  il/a?!5raiiOi/»  (Wi</e(Mnl2-f4H2()).— This  salt  maybe  prepared  by  add- 
ing manganese  carbonate  (to  saturation)  to  solution  of  hydriodic  acid,  thus:  MnC03-|-2HI= 
Mnlj-fHjO-l-COj.  It  forms  very  deliquescent,  unstable  crystals.  A  syrup  of  this  salt  is  used 
in  medicine. 

SvKip  OF  Iodide  of  Manganese  has  been  used  in  the  same  class  of  diseases  as  syrup  of 
iodide  of  iron  and  manganese.  Prof.  Procter  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1850,  p.  :W0)  directs  it  to 
be  niadi'  as  follows:  Take  of  sulphate  of  manganese,  Ki  drachms;  iodide  of  potassium.  19 
dracliins.  Dissolve  these  salts  separately,  each,  m  3  fluiil  ounces  of  water,  to  which  2  fluid 
drachms  of  .«yrup  have  been  previously  added.  Mix  these  two  solutions  in  a  gUiss-stopjiered 
bottle,  and  ndieu  the  resultant  crystals  of  sulphate  of  potiussium  are  all  precipitated,  filter  the 
supernatant  liquor,  through  a  fine  muslin  strainer,  into  a  vessel  containing  12  ounces  of  pul- 
verized sugar.  Add  to  this  sufficient  water  to  make  the  whole  measui-e  16  fluid  ounces.  A 
fluid  ounce  of  this  syrup  contains  about  60  grains  of  iodide  of  manganese.  Its  dose  is  from 
1 10  dr.'i-  t..  '  Unid  drachm,  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day.  Condiined  with  cinchona,  it  is  very 
clliiii  111  in  '       I  iliseasi'd  spken,lo\\oviin^inlermil'lei>t  Jevers. 

^^  1,  1 OF  Ikon  and  Manganese  has  been  recommended  in  niinnin,  «tomi/.i, 

i',!'i<'<     J  :  il'inicmenls.  Prof.W.  Procter,  Jr., gives  the  following  formula  for  its  prepn- 

rii  n  I  ;  I  i.ilidr  of  p.ita.ssiuni.  1000  grains;  suliihate  of  iron,  ti30  grains;  sulphate  «l 
in  n  Ml  mains;    iiMii   liliiis.'s  i  free   from   rust  i,  lOO  grains;  t-oarsely-powdered   white 

-n  i      I        1111-;  distill,  d  water,  a  sulliii.nt  .|iiantity.    Triturate  the   sulphates  and   the 

io  1  ih  ~,  I  ill.  1\  to  powdir,  mix  tliem  with  the  iron  tilings,  and  add  A  fluid  ountv  of  distille<i 
wal.r.  tiitniale,' and  allow  it  to  rest  l."i  minutes.  A  thin!  addition  of  water  should  now  be 
made  ami  mixed.  The  sugar  should  then  be  introduced  into  a  bottle  enpable  of  Imldingn 
little  more  than  12  fluid  ounces,  and  a  small  luniul,  prepared  with  a  moistened  filter,  inserte.l 
into  its  mouth.  Hemove  the  magma  of  salts  from  the  mortar  to  the  filter,  and  w  hen  the  dense 
solution  has  drained  through,  add  carefullv,  and  in  small  portions,  some  distilled  water,  until 
'^he  solution  of  the  iodides  is  displaced  ami  washed  from  the  inairma  of  crystals  of  sulphate  of 
potassium.     Finally,  finish  the  measure  of  12  ounces  by  adding  suflicieut  lUstilled  water,  aad 


MAXGIFERA.  1233 

ngitale  the  Ixittlo  until  the  snpir  is  dissolved.  The  solution  of  the  sugar  may  be  fjicilitntecl, 
when  dcsirahlf,  l>y  plai'inp  the  bottle  in  warm  water  for  a  tinn-,  then  agitating  Kach  fluid 
niuice  of  this  syrup  contains  50  grains  of  the  mixed  anhydrous  iiKlidi-s  in  the  projiortion  of 
tlie  3  parts  of  iodide  of  iron  to  1  pan  of  iodide  of  manga'nt.se,  and  the  dose  is  from  10  lui30 
drops  [Aiiit'i:  Jour.  Pharm.,  lSo3,  p.  H'l'K  Another  formula  bv  I'rof.  Lloyd  is  reeoriled,  ibid., 
1,S74,  p.  (i. 

Maxgani  CirLORiDfM,  Oilnride  of  mnngaitfiv,  .\t(inijaiiivf  dirliloride  (MnCl2.4IUO). — Formed 
l>y  dissolving  pure  dioxide  of  manganese  in  hydroehlorir acid,  evaporating  the  solution  to  dr>' 
ni'ss.  and  exposing  the  white  salt  that  remains  to  a  red  beat  in  a  glass  tube  with  a  verv  nar- 
row oritice.  This  comiwund  is  al^^o  obtaineil  jis  a  bv-product  in  the  manufacture  ol  chlorine 
gas  from  manganese  dioxide  and  hydro<'hluric  acid.  Thus  made  it  is  impure,  however,  and 
must  be  deprived  of  the  ferric  chloride  it  contains  by  i)roi)er  pn-eipitation  with  sodium  car- 
bonate. From  the  chloride  most  of  the  manganese  "salts  are  prepared,  the  carbonate  being 
made  the  intermediary  proiluct. 

Manganous  chloride  consists  of  thin,  broad,  delicate,  light-pink  plates,  which  fuse  in  close 
vi'ssels  without  alteration,  at  a  red  heat,  and,  when  exposed  to  the  air,  deliquesce.  ISome- 
times  the  salt  is  granular.  They  are  very  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  and  have  the  specific 
gravity  1.50.  They  are  inodorous,  and  have  a  sjiline,  astringent  taste.  This  salt  has  been  rec- 
ommended in  flirmiir  diftusff  of  llie  akin,  in  »i>rhulir  (ificlitiiig.  and  Ki/ithililic  dineiitu-f,  in  doses  of 
from  3  to  10  grains  in  watery  or  alcoholic  solution.  A  drachm  or  2  dissolved  in  1  pint  of  water, 
has  l>een  used  as  a  gargle  iii  nyphililii-  lUceraliun  of  the  month  anj  thrwit.  The  alcoholic  solution 
li;is  lieen  us<d  internally  to  check  </>i»<(ui«,  giving  10  or  20  drops  everj- 4  hours,  until  a  feeling 
of  giddines.s  is  perceive<l. 

M.vxoANi  ('ARnoNAs,  Manganeie  cnrlionate  (JlnCOa).— This  forms  a  white  precipitate  when 
solutions  of  cither  chloride  or  sulphate  of  manganese  are  mixed  with  solution  of  sodium  car- 
bonate. The  presence  of  a  little  syrup  is  desirable.  Wash  with  boiling  distilled  water,  and 
dry  quickly  at  a  moderate  temperature.  It  is  a  tasteless,  bufT-colored  salt,  .soluble  in  about 
.■-uOO  parts  of  water,  and  readily  soluble  in  water  containing  carbonic  acid  (Koscoe  &  Schorlem- 
mcrl.  Acids  dissolve  it  reaililV  with  formation  of  salts.  By  oxidation  at  ordinary  tempera- 
lure,  the  carbonate  yields  no  "higher  oxide  than  MujOj ;  when  exix)sed  to  a  heat  of  2(K)°  C. 
(:!92°  F.),  92  per  cent  of  man^nese  dioxide  (MnOj)  is  formed. 

Various  other  preparations  of  manganese  have  been  used  and  recommended  by  physi- 
cians for  nearly  similar  purposes,  as  the  malate,  tartrate,  phosphate,  lactate,  etc.,  but  their  thera- 
peutical actions  appear  to  be  very  nearly  alike.  Dr.  T.  S.  Speer  gives  the  following  formula  for 
a  Succhanite  rurtioiuile  of  irun  and  i/i'()i//((;i"«w.  which  has  proved  very  useful  in  anemia.  Take  of 
finely  powdered  sulphate  of  iron,  25  drachms;  carbonate  of  sodium,  5  ounces;  sulphate  of  man- 
ganese. 50tl  grains  ;  di.ssolvc  these,  each,  in  1 1  pints  of  water  (Imperial  measure i,  then  add  the 
solutions  togetlier  and  nnx  them  well.  Collect  the  precipitjite  on  a  filterof  cloth  and  immedi- 
ately wash  it  with  cold  water,  squeeze  out  as  much  of  the  water  as  is  possible,  and,  without 
delay,  trittuate  the  p'llp  with  sugar,  previously  reduced  to  a  fine  powder.  Dry  it  at  a  tempera- 
ture'ot  about  -Is.S"  C.  (120°  F.l.  It  forms  a  reddish-brown  powder,  having  only  a  saccharine 
taste,  and  may  be  given  in  doses  of  5  grains,  .S  times  a  day,  gradually  increased  to  20  grains. 
It  shouM  l)e  given  immediately  after  each  meal  (.-fniCT-.  Jojir. /'/lami..  1854, p.  127l.  The  com- 
pounds of  iron  and  manganese  have  cure*!  cases  of  anemia  in  which  iron  alone  failed. 

Maxgaxi  PnosiMiAs,  Mamjamff  pUw]iluite  (Mu3[P04]2+7H20).— Produced  when  swiiuni 
phosphate  solution  is  precipitated  with  solution  of  manganese  sulphate,  or  chloride.  A  white, 
or  faintly  rcildisb,  crystalline  jxawder.  A  syrup  may  be  made  by  dissolving  the  salt  in  dilute«l 
phosphoric  acid  and'adiling  to  the  cold  solution  enough  sugar  to  form  a  syrup. 

MAXGAXi  Laitas,  Maiigancne  /or/<i(f.— .Shining,  j)ale-rose  crj-stals,  produced  by  adding  to 
hot  lactic  acid  manganese  carbonate.  Soluble  in  cold  water  (12  parts  I  and  boiling  alcohol, 
from  which  the  salt  crystallizes  on  cooling. 

MAX(iAXi  Taxxa.s,"J/(iii(7«/(.«' («n)i(i(f. — Prepared  by  adding  manganese  carbonate  (freshly 
precipitate<l  and  wholly  free  from  iron)  to  a  hot  solution  of  tannic  acid,  in  distilled  water, 
until  it  Ceases  to  Ix'  dissolved.  Filter  and  dry  by  evaporation.  i"<oluble  in  water.  Its  solution 
should  not  be  of  an  inky  color  (absence  of  ironi. 

Maxcani  Taktras. — Take  of  Kochelle  salts,  10  parts;  dissolve  in  its  weight  of  boiling 
water.  Likewise  dissolve  manganese  sulphate,  8  parts.  Mix  the  solutions.  AVhen  cool,  wash 
the  salt  with  cold  water.  Decomposition  results  if  hot  water  be  employed  to  wash  the  product. 
White  or  faintly  red,  small  crystals. 

M  ANGIFERA . — M  ANGIFERA. 

The  inner  bnrk  of  the  root  and  tree  of  Mnngifn-n  indini,  Linne. 
Nat.  Ord. — Aiiacardiacea'. 
Common  Xamk:    Maiuia. 

il  I.lsTRATInN  :    li.  .1.,  n'nni  Mw,,r.n,c.  Plate  4.")1(). 

Botanical  Source,  History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.  -A  tall 
tree,  native  ol"  the  Ea.st  Inilies,  hut  riiltivated  in  nio.st  pnrt.s  of  tlie  ln>i>ic.s  for  it.s 
•  ilible  fruit.  It  has  "become  thorouglilv  naturalized  in  the  Wc^t  Indies,  and  i.s 
forming  large  groves  in  wa.ste  places  in  .Jamaica,  where  negroes,  hor.-;e.«,  pigs,  and 
fowls  feed  upon  the  fruit  for  nearly  four  months  of  the  year"  (D.  Morris, -4 jii#t. 


1234  MANGIFERA. 

Jour.  Pharm.,  1886,  p.  444,  from  Gard.  Chronicle).  The  leaves  are  alternate,  lanceo- 
late, entire,  from  6  to  8  inches  long,  and  one-quarter  as  wide.  They  are  petioled, 
and  borne  in  clusters  near  the  end  of  the  branches.  The  flowers  are  small,  yel- 
lowish, and  disposed  in  large,  loose,  terminal  panicles.  The  calyx-lobes  and  petals 
are  5.  The  stamens  are  5,  alternate  with  the  petals,  and  all  but  one  aljortive. 
The  fruit  is  a  reddish-yellow  drupe,  about  the  size  of  a  quince,  and  kidney-shaped; 
it  consists  of  a  hard,  fibrous  nut,  which  is  surrounded  by  edible  flesh  in  a  manner 
like  the  peach,  and  is  known  as  "  mango  fruit."'  It  is  largely  consumed  in  tropicjd 
countries,  and  forms  one  of  the  most  highly  esteemed  fruits.  The  natives  of  India 
use  the  leaves  and  leaf-stalks  to  harden  the  gums;  the  wood,  together  with  sandal 
wood,  is  used  by  the  Hindus  for  burning  their  dead,  and  an  infu.^ion  of  the  bark 
is  employed  for  various  skin  diseases.  When  incisions  are  made  into  the  bark 
of  the  tree,  a  soft,  reddish-brown  gum-resin  exudes,  which  hardens  by  age,  an<l 
resembles  bdellium;  this  dissolves  in  spirits  and  partly  in  water,  forming  milky 
solutions;  when  chewed,  it  softens,  adheres  to  the  teeth,  and  gives  a  pungent  and 
slightly  bitter  taste  (Roxburgh). 

Sir  J.  D.  Hooker  reports  {Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.,  1883, Vol.  XIV,  p.  501),  that  the 
yellow  pigment  known  as  piuri  or  Indian  yelbio  (compare  purree)  is  produced  in 
India  by  evaporating  the  urine  of  cows  which  are  fed  exclusively  on  mango  leaves. 
This  is  said  to  increase  the  secretion  of  the  bile  pigment,  and  to  impart  to  th •• 
urine  of  the  animal  a  bright  yellow  color;  the  yield  of  the  pigment  is  2  ounces 
a  day,  but  the  animal  becomes  very  unhealthy  under  this  treatment.  There  is 
another  ^mrj,  of  mineral  origin,  but  less  valued. 

In  1877,  Dr.  M.  F.  Linquist,  New  Haven,  Conn.,  introduced  the  haik  of  the 
mango  tree  to  the  medical  profession,  having  found  it  beneficial  in  a  number  of 
diseases.  The  bark  was  imported  under  the  name  "  mango,"  for  the  purpose  of 
removing  incrustations  from  steam  boilers,  it  having  been  stated  that  when  a 
Small  amount  of  a  strong  solution  of  the  bark  is  added  to  the  water  within  the 
boiler,  the  saline  deposit  quickly  separates.  The  bark  is  very  astringent,  and  this 
property  suggested  to  Dr.  Linquist  its  appropriate  application  in  a  therapeutical 
sense.  As  found  in  market  it  is  a  coarse  powder,  of  a  deep  lirownish-red  color, 
none  of  the  bark,  entire,  having  come  under  our  observation.  The  odor  is  pecu- 
liar, being,  in  a  very  slight  degree,  terebintheous.  The  taste  resembles  that  of 
rhatany.  According  to  DragendorfF  (Heilpflunzen  d.  versrh.Vdlhr  v.  Zciteri.  1898), 
the  bark  contains  16.7  per  cent  of  tannic  acid  and  an  acrid  oil;  the  fruit  contains 
much  sugar,  citric  acid,  mucilage,  and  yellow  coloring  matter. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Mango  bark  has  been  recommended 
in  the  treatment  of  nasal  ratdrrh,  diurrliwa,  dysentcn/,  vaginitis,  metritis,  diphtheria, 
hemorrhages,  etc.  Dr.  Linquist,  in  writing  to  me  concerning  its  use,  makes  the 
following  statement :  "  I  have  used  it  for  upward  of  eight  years,  and  have  largely 
experimented  with  it.  It  is  an  astringent  of  peculiar  power  upon  the  mucous 
membrane.  I  first  employed  it  in  certain  uterine  diseases,  with  marked  benefit. 
In  catarrh,  with  the  spray  atomizer,  I  have  used  it  with  better  success  than  any 
other  agent.  In  diphtheria,  and  other  malignant  di.'jeases  of  the  throat,  its  effect 
has  been  truly  marvelous.  During  last  year  I  have  had  several  cases  of  diphtheria, 
that  I  have  treated  exclusively  with  the  fluid  extract,  penciling  the  fauces  with 
it,  of  full  strength,  and  also  using  it  as  a  gargle  in  the  proportion  of  2  fluid 
drachms  of  the  fluid  extract  to  4  fluid  ounces  of  water.  As  an  internal  remedy 
in  hemorrhages  from  the  uterus,  bowels,  or  lungs,  or  in  mueo-jjuruUDt  dif^rhargcs  from 
either  the  bowels  or  uterus,  I  know  of  no  agent  equal  to  it.  It  appears  to  have 
the  following  advantages:  Tlie  dose  is  small,  is  easily  taken,  has  no  disagreeable 
taste,  does  not  derange  the  stomach,  is  rapid  in  its  action,  and  more  certain  in 
its  effects  than  other  medicines."  Prof.  A.  J.  Howe,  M.  D.,  writes  me  asfoUow.s: 
"  During  the  past  year  I  have  prescribed  a  tincture  of  Mangifera  indica  on  many 
occasions;  and  I  find  it  most  useful  in  lessening  lenrorrhaal  di.-<chnrg(s.  and  in 
diminishing  too  jjm/u.sc  mrt>!<trunl  eninititioiis.  The  agent  exerts  an  astringent 
action,  but  not  to  the  extent  of  constipating  the  bowels.  It  a,<suages  catanienial 
pains  to  an  appreciable  degree,  and  corrects  menstrual  disorders  in  general.  I 
consider  the  nuAlicine  a  valuable  adjutant  to  gymvcological  therapeutics.  I  have 
also  prescribed  it  in  the  treatment  of  rhrmtir  diarrhoea,  nwd  iw  ob.-'ti Date  gleet,  &nd 
have  obtained  quite  satisfactory  results,  thi>ugh  not  better  tlian  from  extract  of 


MAMIIOT.  1235 

logwood,  or  from  pinuf!  cunadeiisis.  In  a  cast-  of  albuminuria,  the  remedy,  for  a 
week  or  two,  greatly  lessened  the  amount  of  albumen  discharged;  yet  it  made  no 
decided  change  for  tiie  better.  The  dose  of  tiie  fluid  extract  is  from  15  minims 
to  1  fluid  drachm.  Dr.  Linguist  adds  from  "2  to  4  Ihiid  drachms  of  the  fluid 
extract  to  -t  fluid  ounces  of  water,  and  this  mixture  he  administers  in  leaspoonful 
doses,  repeated  every  hour  or  two  (J.  King).  In  Brazil,  the  flowers  of  the  mango 
are  used  either  in  the  form  of  tea  or  powder  for  ralarrh  of  the  bUulder  (G.  Peckolt, 
.Imo-.  ,/'>,,r.  P/mn„.18S4.p.  (Vi-i). 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Feeble  relaxed  tissues;  mucous  proflu via; 
.  hronic  dys^entery  with  uuKo-purulent  passages. 

MANIHOT.— TAPIOCA. 

The  fecula  of  the  root  ol'  Man ihol  utilissima,  I'ohl  {Jatropha  Mmiihot.  Linn^; 
Janij'liH  .\fiinlhi>t,  Kunth). 

Xni.  r>A/.— Euphorbiacea?. 

CuMMuN    Namks:   Titjii'ica,  Tapioca  meal,  Bmziliim  arrow-root. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant  is  a  native  of  Brazil,  and  is  cultivated  in 
various  parts  of  South  America.  It  has  a  large,  fleshy,  oblong,  tuberous  root, 
often  weighing  30  pounds,  and  full  of  a  wheyish,  venomous  juice.  The  stems 
are  white,  crooked,  brittle,  jointed,  pithy,  and  usually  6  or  7  feet  high,  with  a 
smooth,  white  bark.  The  branches  are  "crooked,  and  have  on  every  side,  near 
their  tops,  leaves  irregularly  placed  on  long,  terete  petioles,  broadly  cordate  in 
tiieir  outline,  divided  nearly  to  their  base  into  5  spreading,  lanceolate,  entire 
lobes,  attenuated  at  both  extremities.  The  leaves  are  dark  green  above,  and  pale 
glaucous  beneath  ;  the  midrib  is  strong,  prominent,  and  yellowish-red  below  with 
several  oblique  veins,  connected  by  lesser  transverse  ones,  branching  from  it. 
The  stipules  are  small,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  and  caducous.  The  flowers  ar.e 
borne  in  axillary  and  terminal  racemes,  the  pedicels  having  small,  subulate  bracts 
at  their  base.  Male  flowers  smaller  than  the  female.  The  calyx  is  campanulate, 
and  divided  into  5  spreading  segments,  purplish  externally,  fulvous-brown  within. 
The  disk  is  orange-colored,  fleshy,  annular,  10-rayed;  the  stamens  number  10, 
alternating  with  the  lobe  of  the  disk.  The  filaments,  which  are  shorter  than  the 
calvx,  are  white,  filiform,  and  free,  the  anthers  yellow  and  linear-oblong.  The 
female  flowers  have  the  same  color  as  the  male,  and  are  deeply  5-parted,  the  seg- 
ments being  lanceolate  ovate  and  spreading.  The  disk  has  an  annular,  orange- 
colored  ring,  in  which  the  purple  ovate,  furrowed  ovary  is  imbedded;  the  style 
is  short.  Stigmas  3,  reflexed,  furrowed  and  plaited,  and  white.  The  capsule  is 
ovate.  3-cornered,  and  tricoccous;  the  seeds  are  elliptical,  black,  and  shining,  with 
a  thick,  fleshy  funiculus  (L. — W.). 

Ristory I— Man i/int  utilU-:ima,  formerly  designated  by  botanists  as  Jatropha 
Mnni/int.  furnishes  a  large  amount  of  food  to  the  inhabitants  of  southern  America, 
under  the  names  of  mnndinc,  tapioai,  or  cassava  starch.  The  juice,  mixed  with 
molas.«es,  and  fermented,  produces  an  intoxicating  liquor  which  is  much  relished 
by  the  negroes  and  Indians  of  the  West  Indies.  According  to  Pohl,  there  are  two 
distinct  species,  the  6/»<T  and  ihe  sued  cassava.  The  bitter  is  the  more  common 
species,  3/a)u7(o^  utilissima  above  described;  its  root  is  much  larger,  knotty,  black 
externally  and  contains  a  bitter  and  jjoisonous  milky  juice.  The  root  of  sweet 
cassava  (.V'(/i  (7)0/ ;<(i/m<(^(,  of  J.Mueller;  MdiiUioi  Aijn, Pohl;  Jatropha  (/i(/c(*-,Gmelin) 
is  fusiform,  brown  externallv,  not  exceeding  6  ounces  in  weight,  with  a  sweet, 
.imylaceous  taste,  and  it  is  stated  that  it  may  be  eaten  with  impunity  (.see  Chemkal 
( '<iinj,i,.-<;iioii ). 

Preparation.— Tapioca  is  prepared  from  the  bitter  cassava.  The  large,  fleshy, 
and  tuberous  root  is  reduced  to  a  pulp,  this  is  wa.shcd  witli  cold  water  in  funnel- 
shaped  mat-filters,  the  starch  is  allowed  to  subside  in  the  milky  fluid  which  i)a.«s<-s 
through,  and  is  then  elutriated  in  the  usual  manner,  and  finally  converted  into 
the  granular  form  by  drying  it  on  hot  jilates.  Should  any  of  the  volatile  poison- 
ous principle  remain  in  the  meal  previous  to  drying  it,  the  heat  emi'loyed  for 
this  purpose  entirely  removes  it.  Ca.'<.-<nra  meal,  which  is  obtained  by  pressing  out 
the  poisonous  juice  "from  the  grated  rn,,t,  dryint'  the  leiuainini;  soli, I   portion,  and 


1236  MAXXA. 

finally  grinding  it,  is  made  into  cassava  bread  by  the  natives,  who  bake  it  in  thin 
loaves.     Large  quantities  of  tapioca  are  now  prepared  by  steam  in  Malacca. 

Description. — Tapioca  is  a  very  pure  starch  in  the  form  of  irregular,  wariy 
grains,  seldom  larger  than  a  pea,  white,  tasteless,  and  inodorous.  Boiling  water 
dissolves  it  almost  entirely,  or,  if  in  small  proportion  to  the  tapioca,  it  forms  with 
it  a  translucent,  tasteless  jelly,  and  firmer  than  is  made  with  most  varieties  of 
starch.  Cold  water  partially  dis>olves  it,  forming  a  liquid  which  yields  a  blue 
precipitate  with  iodine.  Under  the  microscope  it  is  found  to  consist  of  aggre- 
gated starch  globules,  about  ^sz-u  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  partly  broken,  partly 
ontire.  the  broken  ones  only  being  soluble  in  cold  water,  more  uniform  than  the 
granules  of  most  other  varieties  of  fecula,  with  a  distinct  hilum,  which  is  com- 
pletely surrounded  by  rings,  and  bursts  in  a  stellate  manner.  The  rupture  ob- 
served in  some  of  the  granules  is  owing  to  the  heat  employed  in  drying  (C. — P.). 
(See  also  an  interesting  article  on  Manioc  or  Cassava,  by  Dr.  E.  Cbenery,  in  Avirr. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  359.)  Tapioca  of  commerce  is  frequently  prepared  from 
domestic'  sources,  surli  as  potatoes,  etc. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  poisonous  principle  in  cassava  juice  was  sus- 
pected to  l)e  lii/ilroci/fdiir  acid  as  early  as  1796,  by  Dr.  Clark,  of  Dominica,  who 
pronounced  the  toxic  symptoms  caused  by  it  in  negroes  to  be  similar  to  those 
caused  by  prussic  acid.  Dr.  Fen  nor,  of  Cayenne,  shortly  afterward  isolated  the 
poison  by  distillation.  Subsequently,  Messrs.  Henry  and  Boutron-Charlard  iden- 
tified the  poison  in  a  specimen  of  cassava  juice  as  hydrocyanic  acid  by  chemical 
tests.  In  recent  years,  Mr.  E.  Francis  {Amer.Jnur.  Pharm.,  188i,i).  ^5.  hom  Cfietn. 
and  Drug.,  1882),  found  hydrocyanic  acid  not  only  in  the  bitter  but  also  in  the 
sweet  cassava,  the  latter  (15  samples  from  Trinidad)  containing  on  an  average 
0.0168  per  cent,  the  former  (10  samples),  0.0275  per  cent  of  prussic  acid. 

Dr.  Eberhard,  of  Blumenau,  Brazil  {Aiwr.Jnur.  Phai-m.,  1869.  p.  301),  found  the 
root  oi  Manihot  utilissimu  to  be  composed  of  starch  (13.63  per  cent),  water  (61.7 
per  cent),  lignin  (23.49  per  cent),  and  asli  (1.18  per  cent).  The  starch  flour 
obtainable  from  cassava  is  very  pure,  being  nearly  all  starch  (99.1  per  cent),  with 
only  about  0.5  per  cent  of  protein  substances.  Dr.  H.  W.Wiley  (T.  S.  Dep.ofAfir.. 
1895,  Bull.  No.  44;  also  see  Amer.  Jnur.  Pharm.,  1895,  p.  262),  found  in  sweet  cas- 
sava, growing  in  southern  Florida,  about  20  to  25  per  cent  of  starch  (referred 
to  fresh  root),  and  recommends  the  cultivation  of  this  root  for  the  economic  pro- 
duction of  tapioca,  glucose,  alcohol,  and  probably  cane  sugar. 

Action  and  Uses.— Nutritive  and  demulcent.  Used  as  a  light  and  agreeable 
nourishment  for  the  sick.  It  makes  an  excellent  nourishment  for  infants  about 
the  time  of  weaning,  and  is  less  apt  to  turn  sour  on  their  stomach  than  any  other 
farinaceous  food.  For  the  sick  and  convalescent,  its  flavor  may  he  improved  by 
raisins,  sugar,  prunes,  lemon-juice,  wine,  spices,  etc..  as  may  be  required. 

MANNA  (U.  S.  P.)— MANNA. 

The  concrete,  saccharine  exudation  oi  Fraxinus  Omxts,]^!^^^  i^Onms  europan. 
Persoon) . 

Nat.  Ord. — Oleaceae. 

Common  Name:  Manna. 

Ii.i.rsTRATiox  :   Bentlej'  and  Trimen,  Med.  Pla)\t.<.  170. 

Botanical  Source. — The  manna  tree,  or  Flourring  afh,  is  a  small  tree,  usually 
20  or  :'.<»  ftct  hiL'h.  with  a  close,  round  head ;  the  bark  is  smooth  and  grayish.  The 
leaves  arc  opinisite,  unequally  pinnated  in  3  or4  pairs;  the  petioles  furrowed  ;  the 
leaflets  petiolate,  oblong,  acute,  serrated,  and  very  hairy,  at  the  base  of  the  mid- 
rib on  the  under  side.  The  flowers  are  white,  in  dense,  terminal,  nodding  pani- 
cles, and  appear  with  the  leaves.  Calyx  very  small  and  4-oleft.  Corolla  divided  to 
the  base  into  linear,  drooping  segments.  Stamens  2;  anthers  yellow  and  incum- 
bent. The  pericarp  is  a  winged  key,  not  dehiscing  {L.).  The  leaves  on  the  same 
tree  are  said  to  be  variable. 

History  and  Description. — The  manna  tree  is  a  native  of  most  parts  of 
southern  I'liroiie.  The  ollicial  jiart  is  the  juice  of  the  tree,  known  in  connnerce 
■■\>i  "manna."     Manna  issues  from   the  tree  in  part  spontaneously  from  fiijsures, 


MANNA.  1237 

partly  from  punctures  produced  by  an  insect,  but  more  generally  from  inci:^ion8 
daily"  made  in  the  tree  (one  above  another)  during  the  warm  summer  months, 
from  which  the  viscous,  brown,  bluish  fluorescent,  bitterish  juice  flows  out,  and 
speedily  hardens,  losing  thereby  its  bitterness  and  becoming  white.  These  inci- 
sions are  repeated  annually,  and  alternately  upon  opposite  sides  of  the  tree,  each 
season,  so  long  as  it  yields  manna.  One  tree  may  yiehl  manna  for  20  years. 
There  are  several  varieties  of  manna,  which  chietly  difJer  from  one  another  in 
quality  according  to  the  season  and  mode  of  gathering.  The  Sicily  vuiDnn  {mitima 
(/rrnri)  is  the  most  esteemecl.  It  is  also  vnWvd  Jfukc  manna  {manna  rannulata) — 
laa/e  and  amn II  flake — and  is  procured  from  the  incisions  on  the  upper  part  of  the 
tree,  during  the  height  of  the  season,  when  the  juice  flows  vigorously.  It  is  col- 
lected on  straws  or  twigs,  etc.,  upon  which  it  concretes  in  stalactitic  masses.  Long 
keeping  deepens  its  color.  Its  fracture  is  somewhat  crystalline,  due  to  the  pres- 
ence of  crystals  of  niannite.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  good  manna  as  "in  flattish, 
somewhat "3-edged  pieces,  occasionally  20  Cm.  (8  inches)  long  and  5  Cm.  {2  inches) 
broad,  usually  smaller;  friable;  externally  yellowish-white;  internally  white,  por- 
ous, and  crystalline;  or  in  fragments  of  different  sizes,  l>rownish-white  and  some- 
what glutinous  on  the  surface,  internally  white  and  crystalline;  odor  honey-like; 
taste  sweet,  slightly  bitter  and  faintly  acrid.  On  heating  5  parts  of  manna  with 
100  parts  of  alcohol  to  boiling,  and  filtering,the  filtrate  should  rapidly  deposit  sepa- 
rate crystals  of  mannite.  Manna  consisting  of  brownish,  viscid  masses,  contain- 
ing few  or  no  fragments  of  a  crystalline  structure,  should  be  rejected" — (U.  S.  P.). 
The  ordinary  quality  is  comnimi  ntanna,  or  manna  in  sorls;  this  is  gathered  late 
in  the  season  when  the  temperature  is  diminishing,  so  that  the  juice  imper- 
fectly concretes,  and  has  to  be  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  sun  to  complete  its 
drying.  Pieces  of  manna  picked  up  from  the  ground  form  part  of  this  sort  of 
manna.  It  is  in  mas.«es  of  a  similar  color  to,  hut  of  less  size  than  the  flake  manna 
— ^joined  by  a  soft,  adhesive  substance  of  a  dark,  yellowish-brown  color;  its  taste 
is  rather  unpleasant.  A  third  variety,  termed /«<  vxnina,  is  gathered  in  the  latter 
part  of  autumn,  when  the  season  is  wet  and  cot)I,  and,  in  consequence  of  which, 
it  does  not  readily  concrete.  A  fatty  manna  is  also  said  to  be  procured  from  the 
incision  made  in  the  lower  part  of  the  tree,  during  the  warmer  months.  Fat 
manna  is  less  solid  than  the  preceding  varieties,  adhesive,  not  brittle,  of  a  yellow- 
ish-red or  yellowish-brown  color,  of  a  strong  honey  odor,  a  mawkish,  sweet,  un- 
pleasant taste,  and  mixed  with  sand,  pieces  of  bark,  and  other  foreign  substances. 
There  is  not  so  much  mannite  present  in  this  grade,  but  more  of  sugar,  gum,  etc. 
This  is  the  kind  of  manna  rejected  by  the  Pharmacopn?ia. 

Manna  softens  with  the  heat  of  the  hand,  melts  at  a  temperature  somewhat 
higher,  and  is  inflammable,  burning  with  a  blue  flame,  throwing  out  yellow 
sparks.  Pure  manna  is  almost  entirely  dissolved  in  3  parts  of  water  at  15.5°  C. 
(60°  F.),  and  1  part  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.).  From  the  latter  solution  it  is  deposited, 
on  cooling,  in  crystalline  forms.  In  consequence  of  the  sugar  contained  in  manna 
it  is  ca]iaM'-  n(  under<.:oing  fermentation. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  principal  constituent  of  pure  manna  is  man- 
nite (CsH.[C)lI]„i.  110  per  cent,  with  11  per  cent  of  sugar  and  about  0.75  per  cent  of 
impurities  i  Vhic^iger,  Pharmacotjnosie,  IS^l,  p.  27).  Inferior  sorts  of  manna  con- 
tain mucilage,  cane-sugar,  hevulose,  dextrin  (Buignet,  1868;  doubted  by  Fliickiger), 
bitter  substances  soluble  in  ether,  and  fraxin  (C,jH„0|(,),  a  fluorescent  glucosid 
resembling  nifrnlin. 

iMannite  (mannitol)  (C,H,[OH]j,  or  C,H„0,)  may  be  readily  prepared  from 
manna  by  digesting  it  in  hot  alcohol;  on  cooling,  the  mannite  forms  in  tufts  of 
silky,  quadrangular  prisms.  C.  T.  Bonsall's  method  consists  in  dissolving  manna 
in  boiling  water  (3  parts  by  weight),  precipitation  of  the  gum,  etc.,  by  lead  sul>- 
acetate,  removal  of  lead  with  sulphuric  acid  or  hydrogen  sulphide,  concentration, 
and  pouring  the  hot  solution  in  cold  alcohol  (2  parts),  from  which  the  mannite  i.s 
•  leposited  on  cooling.  Mannite  is  sweet,  odorless,  requiring  ai)out  6  part-s  of  water 
to  dissolve  it,  is  readily  dissolved  in  boiling  alcohol,  much  less  so  in  cold,  deli- 
quesces in  the  air,  and  does  not  dissolve  in  ether.  Its  solution  posses,«es  a  feebly 
lavo-rotatory  nolarization.  Mannite  comi)iiies  with  bases,  dissolves  lime,  reduces 
gold  from  its  chloride  solution,  does  not  reduce  Feb  ling's  solution,  forms  oxalic  and 
saccharic  acids  when  h<at'»d  with  nitric  acid,  does  not  ferment  when  its  solution 


12:38  MAKAXTA. 

i.-j  mixed  with  yeast,  though  it  ferments  when  in  contact  with  did  chc-e^e  and 
chalk  at  40°  C.  "(104°  F.),  alcohol,  lactic,  butyric,  acetic,  and  carbonic  acids  and 
hydrogen  being  produced.  Unlike  cane-sugar,  mannite  does  not  char  under  the 
action  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  does  not  become,  like  grape-sugar,  brown  when 
heated  with  alkaline  solutions.  It  fuses  at  about  165°  C.  (329°  F.),  without  los- 
ing weiglit,  and,  on  cooling,  the  colorless  solution  forms  a  mass  of  radiated  cry.^- 
tals.  At  aliout  200°  C.  (392°  F.),  it  sublimes  partially  unchanged,  but  a  large  por- 
tion (if  it  lifronics  a  sweetish,  viscid  liquid,  mannitan  (C^Hifi^).  It  is  also  changeil 
into  fermentable  mnnnitose  (CeHiPe)  <i'iJ  mnnnitic  acid  (CeH,,,0-)  when  in  contact 
witli  mois^tened  platinum  black  (Gorup-Besanez).  Mannite  also  exists  in  Laj«/- 
mtrin  saccharina,  onions,  asparagus  tops,  celery,  unripe  olives,  certain  fungi,  etc. 
It  has  also  been  procured  from  beet  root,  and  the  juice  exuding  from  apple  and 
pear  trees.     One  or  2  ounces  will,  it  is  stated,  act  as  a  gentle  laxative. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Manna  is  nutritive  in  small  doses,  and 
mildly  laxative  in  large  ones.  It  operates  without  causing  any  local  excitement 
or  uneasiness,  and  is  useful  as  a  laxative  for  young  infants,  children,  females  dur- 
ing pregnancy  and  immediately  after,  inflammation  of  the  abdomival  tmera,  disorders 
of  childhood,  hemorrhoids,  costiveness,  etc.  It  is  accredited  with  cholagogue  proper- 
ties, and  has  a  somewhat  beneficial  action  upon  the  respiratory  tract.  It  is  com- 
monly added  to  other  purgatives  to  improve  their  flavor,  as  well  as  to  increase  the 
purgative  effect.  One  or  2  ounces  may  be  taken  by  an  adult ;  1,  2,  or  3  drachms  by 
a  child,  according  to  its  age.  Two  or  3  parts  of  manna  to  1  of  senna  may  be  made 
into  a  laxative  infusion  for  children.  Sometimes  manna  causes  flatulency  and 
griping,  which  may  be  obviated  by  combining  it  with  any  grateful  warm  aroraatic. 

False  Mannas. — Various  other  trees  of  the  family  Ornus  and  Fraxinus  furnish  manna, 
as  the  O.rotuHillfoUa,  0.  parvifolia,  O.  subni/tsce»s,  O.lentiscij'olia,  F.ejccekior,  etc.  The  ^6i«  or 
Piniis  Liti-ix  I  Larix  europa-a)  yields  a  sweet  exudation  called  BRUxfoN  Maxxa,  or  European 
False  Maxxa,  but  which  contains  no  mannite,  but  a  jirinciple  called  uielezilote (Cisii3:0\s.2ii20). 
Tlie  Alhagi  Oimrluruin  {Hedyxm-um  Alhngi),  oi  i^yria,  yields  the  Masxa  Meresiabix,  an  inferior 
manna.  The  Larix  CMn(«  "produces  the  Maxna  of  Lebanox;  the  Tamarix  galtica,  oi  North 
Africa,  the  Maxxa  op  Moixt  Sixai;  it  also  yields  tamarisk  galls;  and  the  Eitaitt/ptiis  manni- 
fei-a,  a  kind  of  manna  called  New  Hoi.laxd  Maxxa,  containing  a  saccharine  principle,  but  no 
mannite.  Other  species  of  Eiirnh/ptus  yield  Ai'straliax  Maxxa.  There  are  several  other 
mannas,  such  as  Persian  Manxa,  Oak  ^IAXXA,  Oriental  Manna,  Lerp,  etc.,  for  description 
of  which  see  works  specially  treating  on  tiie  suliject.  The  manna  of  Scripture  is  now  thought 
possibly  to  be  the  lichen  Lecanom  ,sr„Unlii,  which  sometimes  falls  in  showers  from  Persia  to 
the  Desert  of  Sahara.  It  makes  a  fairly  pjod  bread,  and  is  eaten  by  the  people.  It  is  calle«I 
iiHitiini.  An  American  Maxxa,  so  called,  is  the  product  of  an  Oregon  tree — the  Pinus  Lam- 
heitiana.  It  contains  a  non-fermentable,  very  sweet  body  called  ;>im7<' (CjHijOs).  The  Cali- 
FOKxiA  JIaxxa,  described,  in  1702,  by  the  Jesuit  Father  Picolo,  is  most  likely  an  exudation  of 
»he  reed  grass,  Phragmites  commutiis.  caused  bv  insects  (see  J.  U.  Lloyd,  Amer.  Jour.  Phann., 
1897,  p.  329). 

MARANTA.— ARROW-ROOT. 

The  fecula  of  the  rhizome  of  Maranta  arundinacea,!,!!^^. 

Nat.  Ord. — Marantaceae. 

CoM.Mo.N  Na.mks:   Arroxo-root,  Bermuda  arrow-root. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant  has  a  perennial  rhizome,  which  is  tibrous. 
producing  numerous  fusiform,  fleshy,  scaly,  pendulous  tubers  from  its  crown. 
The  stems  are  2  or  3  feet  high,  much  })ranohed,  slender,  finely  hairy,  and  tumid 
at  the  joints.  The  leaves  are  alternate,  with  long,  leafy,  hairy  sheaths,  ovate, 
lanceolate,  slightly  hairy  underneath,  and  pale-green  on  both  sides.  The  flowei-s 
are  white,  and  disposed  in  a  long,  lax,  spreading,  terminal  panicle,  with  long. 
linear,  sheathing  bracts,  at  the  ramifications.  The  calyx  is  green  and  smooth  ;  the 
corolla  white,  small,  unequal,  with  one  of  the  inner  segments  in  the  form  of  a 
lip.  The  ovary  is  3-cplled  and  hairy.  The  fruit  is  nearly  globular,  with  3  obsolete 
angles,  and  the  ^^izc  of  a  small  currant  (1,.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant,  originally 
from  the  West  Indies,  has  been  introduced  into  several  mrts  of  the  world,  in  warm 
latitudes  and  moist  climates,  where  it  is  extensively  cultivated.  It  has  also  lieen 
raised  in  South  Carolina  and  Georgia.  The  plant  is  developed  by  planting  por- 
tions of  the  root-stock,  which  gradually  increa.>;es  in  size,  and  throws  out  leaves. 


MARANTA.  1239 

whicli  witlier  when  the  plant  is  mature.  Arrow-root  i?  prfiiaiid  fiuiu  the  root 
whi-n  nearly  it  year  old.  The  tubers  are  washed,  beaten  in  large,  deep  vessels  tea 
pulp,  this  is  well  stirred  in  clean  water,  the  fibrous  parts  being  separated  by  hand 
and  thrown  away.  The  milky  liquor,  which  holds  the  starch  in  suspension,  is 
passed  through  a  fine  sieve,  the  starch  allowed  to  subside,  the  su)>ernatant  clear 
Huid  is  poured  oil"  the  starch  is  again  washed  in  clean  water  and  drained,  and 
is  then  dried  on  siieets  in  the  sun.  This  constitutes  West  India  arrow  root,  of 
which  the  finest  comes  from  tlie  Bermudas.  The  crop  of  the  root  on  this  island 
in  1S91,  amounted  to  180,000  pounds,  yielding  12  per  cent  of  arrow-root.  Bermuda 
arrow-root  is  now  getting  very  scarce,  the  attention  of  tiie  Bermuda  planters  hav- 
ing turned  toward  raising  early  vegetables  for  the  New  York  market.  The  island 
of  St.  Vincent,  in  the  West  Indies,  is  now  the  leading  district  wiiere  arrow-root 
from  Mdiimla  (irumUnacea  is  proiUued  (see  J.  W.  McDonald,  Phnrin.  Jmtr.  Tram., 
1887,  Vol.  XVII.  p.  1042).  Arrow-root  is  likewise  obtained  from  other  jjlants,  as 
the  .1/.  nohilis,  M.  AUouiu,  M.  imUca,  Tussac  (regarded  merely  as  a  variety  ot  Maranta 
iirundiiiiurii)  (L.),and  Curcuma  amiustifoiia,  and  C.lcucorrniza,  Roxburgh,  the  last 
three  furnishing  the  East  India  arrow-root. 

West  Indi.\  Arrowroot  is  in  the  form  of  a  light,  opaque,  white  powder,  con- 
sisting of  irregular,  friable  grains,  varying  in  size  from  tliat  of  a  millet-seed  to 
a  pea.  It  is  inodorous,  nearly  tasteless,  and  crackles  when  rubbed  between  the 
fingers.  Musty  arrow-root  should  never  be  purchased  (see  Prof  Wni.  Procter,  Jr., 
Amer.J'iuf.  P/dfrm.,  1841,  Vol.  XIII,  p.  188).  Examined  by  the  microscope,  arrow- 
root is  found  to  consist  of  minute,  pearly  glolniles,  or  granules,  which  are  spherical 
or  ovate,  and  have  a  diameter  varying  from  7  to  ")0  micromillimeters.  The  rings 
are  said  to  be  distinct,  though  fine.  In  polarized  light,  very  distinct  crosses  are 
seen,  the  junction  of  the  arm  of  the  cross  indicating  the  position  of  the  hiluni. 

Arrow-root  presents  all  the  chemical  relations  of  wheat  and  potato-starch, 
though  it  makes  a  firmer  jell}'  with  the  same  quantity  of  boiling  water,  9  parts  in 
this  res])ect  being  equivalent  to  14  parts  of  common  starch.  According  to  J.  W. 
McDonald,  the  tuber  consists  of  27  per  cent  starch,  63  per  cent  water,  1.56  per 
cent  alljumen,  4.10  per  cent  sugar,  gum,  etc.,  0.26  jier  cent  fat,  2.82  per  cent  fiber, 
and  1.23  percent  ash.  Arrow-root  starch,  according  to  the  same  authority,  con- 
tains 15.87  jier  cent  water  and  83.70  per  cent  starch.  West  India  arrow-root  is 
sometimes  adulterated  with  wheat  or  potato  starch,  or  with  starches  from  sago 
and  tapioca.  The  (urmnn  Pharmaro^iiria  of  1872  (seeC.  L.  Lochman's  translation, 
1873)  recommended  the  test  to  shake  1  part  of  arrow-root  for  10  minutes  with  10 
l)arts  of  a  mi.xture  consisting  of  2  parts  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  1  i)art  of  water; 
the  greater  part  of  the  powder  should  separate  unchanged,  and  should  not  become 
mucilaginous  nor  yield  an  herbaceous  odor  similar  to  that  of  green,  unripe  bean- 
l)ods.  According  to  Prof  Schaer  (see  Amer.  Jour.  ]'h<irm.,  1875,  p.  503),  potato-starch 
in  this  jirocess  readily  yields  a  thick,  almost  clear  jelly,  of  a  strong,  herbaceous, 
bean-like  odor,  and  may  thus  be  easily  recognized.  (For  the  microscopical  differ- 
i  iitiation  of  genuine  arrow-root  from  adulterations,  see  the  afore-mentioned  pfiar- 
iiiacopieial  authority;  also  see  literature  on  this  phase  of  the  subject  in  Fliickiger, 
Pharmnrognosie,  189l',  p.  244.) 

E.-vsT  India  Arrow-root  is  chiefly  prepared  from  plants  growing  through- 
out India,  and  particularly  on  the  Malabar  coast,  the  Cxircumn  aitiiustifolia  and 
Cvrctiiita  leucotrhiza,  and  to  some  extent  from  the  Maranta  indirn;  it  is  nrepared 
by  a  process  similar  to  that  followed  in  the  West  Indies.  It  is  commonly  white, 
sometimes  mie-yellow,  less  crackling  between  the  fingers  than  the  best  West 
Indian  kind,  more  frequently  damaged  iiy  impurities,  and  composed  of  rather 
larger  globules,  unequal  in  size,  egg-shaped,  compressed,  faintly  rugous  at  their 
larger  end,  and  with  little  projections  attached  to  their  sides.  It  is  lighter  than 
Maranta  arrow-root,  does  not  so  quickly  make  a  jelly,  and  is  of  inferior  value. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Arrow-root  is  nutritive,  and  is  used  as  an  agree- 
al>le,  non-irritating  diet  in  certain  chronic  disea.ses,  during ro»ivitomir<-/roHi/ei'<T«, 
in  irrilalions  (if  the  (ilimcnlart/  ranal,  puhnnnan/  or<inni',  or  of  the  urinary  apparatus, 
and  is  well  .suited  for  infants  to  sujiply  the  place  of  breast-milk,  or  for  a  short 
time  after  having  weaned  them.  It  may  be  given  in  the  form  of  jelly,  variously 
seasoned  with  sugar,  lemon-juice,  fruit  jellies,  essences,  oraromatics.  Potato-starch 
is  sometimes  substituted  for  it,  but  it  is  more  apt  to  cause  acidity.    Arrow-root  18 


1240  MARMOIt  ALBUM.— ilAKRUBlLM. 

superior  to  every  other  kind  of  farinaceous  food,  except  tapioca  and  tous-les-mois. 
Its  jelly  has  no  peculiar  taste,  and  is  less  liable  to  become  acid  in  the  stomach, 
and  is  generally  preferred  by  young  infants  to  all  others,  except  tapioca.  Tous-lea- 
vwis  makes  a  stiffer  jelly.  Two  or  3  drachms  of  arrow-root  may  be  boiled  in  a 
pint  of  water  or  milk,  and  seasoned  as  may  be  desired,  if  allowable. 

Other  Varieties  of  Arrow-root. — A  product  termed  Z.\mia  Akrow-root,  Florida  arrow- 
root, Indian  bread  root,  or  Koonti,  is  prepared  in  Florida  by  the  Seminole  Indians  from  the  rhi- 
zome of  the  Zarnia  integrifoUa  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Phann.,  1898,  p.  213),  and  a  kind  of  arrow-root 
that  came  from  Chili  under  the  name  Takahuana  arrow-root,  proved  to  be  the  product  of 
AUtrcemeria  ligtu.  Other  species  of  Ahtrcerneria  also  yield  a  starchy  material  which  is  used  in 
South  America,  like  arrow-root.  Brazilian  arrow-root  is  derived  from  Maniliot  uldiiisiima  (which 
see).  Arrow-root  of  Tahili  is  derived  from  Tacca  oceanica;  Australian  arrow-root  (of  Queensland) 
is  yielded  by  Canna  edulis  (see  Canna).  The  Colocasia  esctilenta,  DIoscorea  satira  (Common  yam) 
and  fruit  of  the  bread-fruit  tree  {Arctocarpm  indm),  have  also  yielded  a  fecula  which  has  been 
substituted  for  true  arrow-root. 

Belated  Substance. — Lewisia  rediviva,  Oiita,  Sputhum,  Bitter  root.  Northwestern  United 
States.    Roots  largely  used  as  a  food  by  the  American  Indian.s  of  that  locality. 

MARMOR  ALBUM.— WHITE  MARBLE 

Formula:  CaCOj.     Molecular  Weight:  99.76. 

A  nearly  pure,  native,  white  crystalline,  or  granular  calcium  carbonate. 

Synonyms:    Marble.  Mm-mor  (U.  S.  P.,  1870). 

History  and  Description.— White  marble  is  distinguished  from  most  min- 
erals by  its  pure  white  color,  its  crystalline  structure,  and  the  effervescence  it  pre- 
sents when  touched  with  nitric  or  hydrochloric  acids.  It  is  tasteless,  inodorous, 
friable,  easily  powdered,  and  is  not  dissolved  by  water  or  alcohol;  but  water  satu- 
rated with  carbonic  acid  gas,  dissolves  j^Vtr  P^^*  ^f  it.  From  this  solution  it 
gradually  precipitates,  as  the  acid  leaves  it.  in  the  form  of  a  white  powder.  Its 
specific  gravity  is  2.717.  Heat  causes  it  to  decrepitate,  and,  as  the  heat  is  in- 
creased, the  carbonic  acid  gas  is  driven  off  and  caustic  lime  remains  (CaCOj^ 
CaO+COj).  Marble  dissolves  less  rapidly  in  acetic  acid  than  in  nitric  or  hydro- 
chloric. It  also  dissolves  with  effervescence  in  sulphuric  acid,  and  tonus  nearly 
insoluble  calcium  sulphate. 

It  is  sometimes  rendered  impure  by  the  presence  of  magnesia.  To  detect  this 
dissolve  the  marble  in  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  neutralize  with  aiumonia,  and 
precipitate  the  calcium  by  adding  ammonium  carbonate.  Boil  and  filter,  and  to 
the  cold  filtrate  add  solution  of  sodium  phosphate  (PO.HXa,).  If  magnesium  is 
present,  a  crystalline  precipitate  of  ammonium-magnesium  jibosphate  ( PO.XH, 
Mg+GH^O)  will  be  formed.  Marmor  album  was  formerly  official  in  the  U.  S.  P. 
(1870)  and  the  Br.  Pharm.  (1885). 

Uses. —  Marble  is  used  for  several  purposes  in  pharmacy,  the  principal  of 
which  is  to  furnish  carbonic  acid  gas.  It  is  also  used  in  preparing  Liquor  Calcii 
Chloridi.  For  pharmaceutical  purpo-es,  the  purest  marble  is  required,  but  for 
procuring  the  acid  gas,  ordinary  marble  will  answer.  The  Dolomitir  marble  con- 
tains more  or  less  magnesia,  and  is,  therefore,  unfit  for  pharmaceutical  use.  The 
finest  and  best  variety  of  marble  is  the  Carrara  or  Slntuary  marble. 

MARRUBIUM  (U.  S.  P.)— MAEBUBITJM. 

''The  leaves  and  tops  of  Marrubium  vulgan;  Linm" — {U.  .'^.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Labiatae. 

CoM.MON  Names:  Horchonnd,  Honrhound. 

Illustration  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants.  210. 

Botanical  Source. — Hoarhound  has  a  perennial,  fibrous  root  and  numerous, 
annual,  bushy  .stems,  which  are  erect,  quadrangular,  leafy,  clothed  with  tine,  woolly 
pubescence,  branching  from  the  bottom,  from  1  to  2  feet  in  height.  The  leaves 
are  roundish-ovate,  crenate  dentate,  rough  and  veiny  above,  woolly  on  the  under 
surface,  1  or  2  inches  in  diameter,  and  supported  in  pairs  upon  long  petioles; 
upper  ones  nearly  sessile.     The  flowei-s  are  small,  white,  in  sessile,  axillary,  hairy 


MASS.E  PILl'LARUM.  1-241 

dense  wlmrls.     Calyx  tubular,  5  to  lO-ncrved,  nenrly  equal,  witli  5  or  10  ncuivi-il, 
acute,  spiny  teeti),  alternate  ones  shorter;  orifiee  of  the  tulte  hairy.     Tlie  lurulla 
is  tubular,  upper  lip  erect,  Hattish,  and  notched;  lower  spreading 
and  tritid;  middle  lobe  broadest.  Stamens  4,  didynanious,  included         ^''-  ^^''■ 
beneath   the  upper  lip  of  the  corolla;  anthers  "with  divaricating, 
somewhat  confluent  lobes,  all  nearly  of  the  same  form.    Style  witli 
short,  obtuse  lobes.    Achenia  obtuse.    Seeds  4,  in  the  base  of  the 
calyx  (I.. — W. — G.).   A  syn()ptical  key  to  various  genera  belonging 
to  the  natural  order  Labiatie,  based  upon  the  microscopic  appear- 
ance of  the  nutlets,  by  S.  E.  Jellifle,  is  given  in  the  Druggiists'  Cir- 
cular. 1S!)7,  p.  34. 

History  and  Description.— Hoarhound  is  indigenous  to  Eu- 
rope, but  is  naturalized  in  this  country,  where  it  is  very  common. 
It  grows  on  dry,  sandy  fields,  waste  grounds,  roadsides,  etc.,  flower- 
ing from  June  to  Sepiember.  The  entire  plant  has  a  white,  hoary 
appearance.  The  whole  herb  is  medicinal,  and  should  be  gathered 
before  its  inflorescence.  It  has  a  peculiar,  rather  agreeable,  vinous. 
balsamic  odor,  and  a  very  bitter,  aromatic,  somewhat  acrid  and 
persistent  taste.  Its  virtues  are  ini])arted  to  alcohol  or  water.  The 
K  5.  P.  describes  the  drug  thus:  "Leaves  about  25  Mm.  (1  inch) 
long,  opposite,  petiolate,  roundish-ovate,  obtuse,  coarsely-crenate,  Iw^  '"\Y  ' 
strongly  rugose, downj' above,  white-hairy  beneath;  branches  quad-   'iy  U 

rangular,  white,  tomentose;   flowers  in  dense,  axillary,  woollv 
whorls,  with  a  stilTly  10  t.x.thed  calyx,  a  whitish,  bilabiate  corolla,     """^^Jj^f  '^" 
and  4  included  <taiiirn>  :  aromatic  and  l)itter" — (I'.S.P.). 

Chemical  Composition. — J.  A.  McMaken,  in  1845  {Ama:  Jour.  P/iarm.,\'o\. 
XV'II,  p.  1),  isolated  from  the  herb  of  i1/.i«///n/e a  peculiar  crystalline,  bitter  prin- 
ciple of  neutral  reaction,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  ether,  and  more  soluble  in 
hot  than  in  cold  alcohol.  The  principle  was  again  discovered,  in  18-55,  by  Mein, 
who  named' it  mnrruhiin.  It  was  subsequcntlv  investigated  by  Harms  (1855), 
Kromaver  (1861  and  lS63),and  more  recentlv  bv  Hertel  (Amer.  Jmtr.  P/i arm.,  1890. 
p.  273),'J.  W.  Morrison  (Ibid.,  p.  327),  and  Hai-ry"Mntusbw  (ihid.,  1897.  p.  201).  The 
latter,  by  extraction  with  acetone,  olitained  a  yield  of  0.8  jier  cent,  referred  to  air- 
dried  herb,  and  gives  marrubiin  the  formula  C„H,,0,.  The  reactions  gene'-ally 
confirm  those  given  bv  Kromaver,  onlv  the  melting  point  he  found  to  be  at  154° 
to  155°C.  (309.2°  to  311°  F.h  while  Kiomayer  finds  160°  C.  (320°  F.).  The  sub- 
stance is  not  a  glucosid.  According  to  Morrison,  several  distinct  bitter  principles 
appear  to  exist  in  the  jjlant.    The  latlfr  also  contains  traces  of  volatile  oil. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Hoarhound  is  a  stimulant  tonic,  ex- 
pectorant, and  diuretic.  Its  stimulant  action  upon  tlie  laryngeal  and  bronchial 
mucous  membranes  is  pronounced,  and  it,  undoubtedly,  also  influences  the  respi- 
ratory function.  It  is  used  in  the  form  of  syrup,  in  rouri/is,  cold.<,  chronic  catarrh, 
tit<thtitn,  and  all  pulmonari/  affectini>.«.  The  warm  infusion  will  produce  diaphoresis, 
and  sometimes  diuresis,  and  has  been  used  with  benefit  in  jaundice,  asthma,  hoarse- 
ness, amenorrhcea,  and  hj/.'iteria;  the  cold  infusion  is  an  excellent  tonic  in  some 
forms  of  dy.'fpep.'iia,  acts  as  a  vermifuge,  and  will  be  found  efKcient  in  checking 
mercurial  ptyalitm.  In  large  doses  it  purges.  It  enters  into  the  composition  of 
several  syrups  and  candies.  Dose  of  the  powder.  1  drachm  ;  of  the  infusion,  or 
syrup,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces;  sj)ecific  marrubium,  1  to  30  drops. 

MASS^  PILULARUM.— PILL  MASSES. 

Three  pill  masses  that  may  be  kept  in  slock,  are  recognized  by  the  T.  N.  /'. 

M.\ss.\  Hydrargyri  i  V.  S.  I'.\.  .Vim  of  iiinriini,  I'ilnUi  hiidrarijiirl,  lilue  mnm,  Blue  pill, 
J/<w<(  rnri</f(j.—"  Mercury,  tlurtv-tliree  grammes  i:«  (.Jm.  i  [1  oz.  av.,  72  (frs.];  glyi-yrihizji,  iu 
No. tiO  powder,  five  gramnies  laOiii.i  [77  grs.];  ullliiea,  in  No.  (iO  jMiwdcr,  tweiity-hve  griuuiius 
(2.5  Gin.)  [3S6  grs.T;  gl>xerin,  three  gramme.-i  iH  liiii.i  [M<  ^t!-.];  luMiey  of  row,  tliirty-tour 
gramniesuU  Gm. )  [1  oz.  av.,K7  grs.] ;  to  make  one  liinidred  gniiniiies  (100  liui.'  [:i  ozs.  uv., 
2:!1  grs.].  Triturate  the  mercury  with  tin-  honey  of  ro^e  and  glycerin  until  it  is  extingiiishe(L 
Then  gra<hially  a<l.l  tlie  glycyrrhiza  and  altluea.and  rontiiiue  the  trituration  until  globules  of 
mercury  are  no  longer  viaible  under  a  lens  magnifying  at  least  10  diami'teru.     if  a  portion  of 


1242  MASSA  COPAIBA.— MASSA  FERRI  CARBOXATIS. 

the  mass  be  triturated,  in  a  mortar,  with  warm  acetic  acid,  the  filtrate  should  not  become  more 
than  slightly  opalescent  on  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  hj-drochloric  acid  (limit  of  mercu- 
rous  oxide).  It  another  portion  of  the  mafis  be  digested  with' warm,  diluted  hydrochloric  acid 
and  a  little  purified  animal  charcoal,  the  filtrate  should  not  te  affected  by  hydrogen  sulphide 
T.S.,  or  by  stannous  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  njercuric  oxide)  " — (  U.  S.  P.)'. 

A  powder  of  blue  mass  is  prepared  by  using  the  same  ingredients  as  above,  except  that 
sugar  of  milk  and  a  drop  of  oil  of  rose  are  employed  in  place  of  glycerin  and  honey  of  rose.  By 
means  of  alcohol,  to  give  moisture,  rub  the  whole  to  a  uniform  mass,  and  allow  the  alcohol  to 
evaporate.  Reduce  to  powder.  It  is  known  as  Pulvis  Mas-s-e  Hvdrargvbi,  Foivdered  blue 
mass,  or  ^thiops  mccharatus.  Pilule  Hvdrargvki,  or  £^(€ /^iVfe,  of  the  C.  .S.  P.,  1870,  contained 
1  grain,  each,  of  mercury.    (For  uses,  see  Hydrargyrum.)    Xot  employed  in  Eclectic  practice. 

MASSA  COPAIBA  (U.  S.  P.)— MASS  OF  COPAIBA. 

Synonyms  :  Pilulx  copaiba,  Solidified  copaiba. 

Preparation.—"  Copaiba,  ninety-four  grammes  (94  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  138  grs.]  ; 
magnesia,  six  grammes  (6  Gm.)  [93  grs.]  ;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Triturate 
the  magnesia  with  a  little  water,  in  a.capsule,  until  the  powder  is  uniformly  damp- 
ened throughout.  Then  gradually'  incorporate  with  it  the  copaiba,  so  that  a  uni- 
form mixture  may  result,  place  the  capsule  on  a  water-bath,  and  heat  during  half 
an  hour,  frequently  stirring.  Lastly,  transfer  the  mixture  to  a  suitable  vessel,  and 
set  this  aside  until  the  mass  has  acquired  a  pilular  consistence" — (C.  S.  P.). 

Anhydrous  magnesia  does  not  easily  combine  with  the  resin  of  copaiba,  hence 
the  direction  to  sprinkle  water  upon  the  magnesia,  thus  hydrating  it,  in  which 
state  it  more  readily  unites  with  the  resin  (copnivicorid)  to  form  magnesium  copai- 
vate.  The  volatile  oil  is  simply  absorbed.  The  above  proportions  will  form  the 
proper  mass,  provided  too  much  volatile  oil  1)C  not  present.  If  such  should  be 
the  case,  evaporation  or  exposure  will  reduce  the  quantitv'  of  oil.  For  this  reason 
Para  copaiba,  which  is  thin,  has  to  be  prepared  in  this  manner  before  a  good 
result  can  be  obtained,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  Maracaibo  copaiba,  being  much 
thicker  on  account  of  its  greater  abundance  of  resin,  unites  to  form  a  hard  com- 
pound, a  sort  of  resin-soap.  Hence  the  preference  for  the  latter  variety.  Fresli 
calcium  hydrate  will  produce  similar  results.  Wax  or  spermaceti  have  been 
advised  in  making  pills  of  copaiba,  as  well  as  pills  of  copaiba  and  cubebs.  Vege- 
table powders,  as  powdered  liquorice  root,  may  be  combined  with  the  wax  in  the 
mass  if  desirable.  This  method  has  the  advantage  of  producing  a  pill  which 
remains  plastic. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Same  as  for  Copaiba.  It  should  be  made  into 
5-grain  pills,  2  or  3  of  which  is  the  ordinary  dose. 

MASSA  FERRI  CARBONATIS  (U.  S.  P. i— MASS  OF  FERROUS 
CARBONATE. 

Syno.vyms  :  Vallet's  mass,  Valkt's  pill-mass. 

Preparation. — "  Ferrous  sulphate,  in  clear  crystals,  one  hundred  grammes 
(100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av., 231  grs.];  sodium  carbonate,  one  hundred  grammes  (100 
Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av., 231  grs.];  clarified  honey,  thirty-eight  grammes  (3S  Gm.)  [1  oz. 
av.,  149  grs.];  sugar,  in  coarse  powder,  twenty-five  grammes  (2o  Gm.)  [3S0  grs.]  : 
syruj),  distilled  water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  hundred  grammes 
(100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av., 231  grs.].  Dissolve  the  ferrous  sulphate  and  the  sodium 
carbonate,  each  separately,  in  two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (200  Co.)  [6  lis, 
3f)6  Til]  of  boiling  distilled  water,  and,  having  added  twenty  cubic  centimeters 
(20  Cc. )  [325  Til]  of  syrup  to  the  solution  of  the  iron  salt,  filter  both  solutions,  and 
allow  them  to  become  cold.  Introduce  the  solution  of  sodium  carbonate  into  a 
bottle  having  a  capacity  of  about  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [16  flg, 
435  111],  and  gradually  add  the  solution  of  the  iron  salt,  rotating  the  flask  con- 
stantly or  frequently,  until  carbonic  acid  gas  no  longer  escapes.  Add  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  distilled  water  to  fill  the  bottle,  then  cork  the  bottle  and  set  it  aside, 
so  that  the  ferrous  carbonate  may  subside.  Pour  oflF  the  supernatant  liquid,  and, 
having  mixed  syrup  and  distilled  water  in  the  proportion  of  1  volume  of  syrup 
to  19  volumes  of  distilled  water,  wash  the  precijiitate  with  the  mixture  by  decan- 


MASTICHE.  I2i.i 

tation  until  the  washings  no  longer  have  a  saline  taste.  Drain  the-  precipitate  on 
a  imislin  strainer,  and  express  as  much  of  the  water  as  possible.  La.^tly,  mix  the 
precipitate  at  once  with  the  honey  and  sugar,  and.  by  means  of  a  water-bath, 
evaporate  the  mixture  in  a  tared  capsule,  with  constant  stirring,  until  it  is  re- 
duced to  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.]  " — {U.  S.  P.). 

Description.— By  this  process  the  iron  salt  is  almost  completely  prevented 
from  oxitlation  by  the  presence  of  the  saccharine  matter.  The  finished  product, 
through  some  loss  by  washing,  contains  but  about  35  or  36  per  cent  of  ferrous 
carbonate.  If  well  made,  it  will  be  completely  and  easily  aissolved  by  acids. 
When  recently  prepareil,  Masi:  of  frrrous  nu-bonnlr  (f '.  S.  P.)  is  a  greenish-gray,  soft 
mass,  of  a  pilular  consistence,  which  becomes,  superficially,  greenish-black  or 
blackish  'Ui  exposure     Its  taste  is  strongly  ferruginous. 

Medical  Uses  and  Dosage.— (See  Ferrous  Carbonate.)  Dose,  3  to  5  grains  in  pill. 

MASTICHE  lU.  S.  P.)— MASTIC. 

"A  concrete,  resinous  exudation  from  Pklacia  Lentiscus,  Linn6" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Not.  Onl. — Anacardiete. 

CoM.MON   X.\MES:    M<t.<tir,  MaMich. 

Ii.i.rsTR.\.TioN  :  Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  68. 

Botanical  Source.— The  LentiA.  or  Mastic-tree,  is  a  mere  bush,  rarely  attain- 
ing a  htight  grcatir  than  12  feet,  and  from  6  to  10  inches  in  diameter.  The  leaves 
are  evergreen,  and  equally  pinnate;  the  leaflets,  8  to  12  in  number,  usually  alter- 
nate, with  the  exception  of  the  two  upper,  which  are  opposite,  oval,  lanceolate, 
obtuse,  often  luucronate,  entire,  and  perfectly  smooth.  The  flowers  are  very  small, 
in  axillary  panicles,  and  dioecious;  the  raceme  of  the  males  is  amentaceous  with 
1-flowered  bracts;  calyx  5-cleft;  stamens  5;  anthers  subsessile  and  4-cornered ; 
the  females'  raceme  more  lax;  calyx  3-cleft;  ovary  1  to3-celled;  stigmas  3,  and 
rather  tliiok.  The  fruit  is  a  very  small,  pea-shaped  drupe,  reddish  when  ripe,  with 
a  siiiouth,  somewhat  bony  nut  (L.). 

History  and  Description.— This  plant  inhabits  the  south  of  Europe,  north 
of  Africa  and  the  Levant,  and  abounds  particularly  on  the  island  of  Chios,  where 
it  is  called  "shinia,"'  and  from  whence  the  bulk  of  "the  drug  comes;  about  120,000 
pounds  annually.  Pistaeia  Lenttsntg  also  grows  in  the  island  of  Cyprus,  where  the 
leaves  are  collected  and  exported  for  the  purposes  of  tanning  and  dyeing.  They 
contain  from  10  to  12  per  cent  of  tannic  acid.  The  seeds  are  eaten  "by  goats  and 
pigs,  and  yield  a  fatty  oil  used  for  burning  purposes.  Wlien  transverse  incisions 
are  made  into  the  bark  of  the  male  plant,  in  the  month  of  August,  a  fluid  exudes, 
which  soon  concretes  into  yellowish,  translucent,  brittle  grains. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  mastic  in  commerce,  the  picked  mastic  and  mastic  in 
sorts.  The  former  is  the  finer  variety.  Good  mastic  is  described  by  the  T.  S.  P.  as 
being  in  "globular  or  elongated  tears,  of  about  the  size  of  a  pea,  sometimes  cov- 
ered with  a  whitish  dust,  i)ale-yellow,  transparent,  having  a  glass-like  luster  and 
an  opalescent  refraction;  brittle;  becoming  plastic  when  chewed;  of  a  weak, 
somewhat  balsamic,  resinous  odor,  and  a  mild,  terebinthinate  taste.  Mastic  is 
completely  soluble  in  ether,and,  for  the  most  part,  soluble  in  alcohol" — (U.  S.  P.). 
It  is  also  soluble  in  oil  of  turpentine,  or  chloroform,  insoluble  in  water.  Boihng 
alcohol  dissolves  from  it  a  resinous  acid  to  the  amount  of  eight-tenths  of  its 
weight,  and  leaves  a  white,  ductile  substance  possessing  i)roperties  similar  to 
caoutchouc,  and  which  is  soluble  in  ether,  or  boiling  absolute  alcohol.  Carbon 
disulphide  dissolves  about  75  per  cent  of  mastic.  At  a  moderate  heat  (below 
120°  C.  or  248°  F.),  it  melts,  and  at  a  higher  temperature  it  burns  with  a  clear 
flame  and  balsamic  fumes.  It  has  a  specific  gravity  of  1.074.  The  mastic  in 
sorts  is  a  coarser  kind,  and  is  composed  of  many  tears  agglutinated  together,  vary- 
ing in  color  from  pale-yellow  to  grayish-brown  and  black,  together  with  pieces  of 
wood,  bark,  and  sand. 

Chemical  Composition. —  Mastic  contains  2  per  cent  of  an  essential  oil; 
according  to  FliirkiL'i-r.  it  is  dextro-rotatorv  and  chieliv  comi)osed  of  a  terpene 
(C,„H„i.  bulling  fiom  l.V>=  to  160°  C.  (311°  t<')  320°  F. ).  the  principal  constituent 
of  mastic  is  a  resin  which  was  differentiated   bv  .lohnston  (Phil.  7'r(uij<.,  1830)  into 


1244  MATICO. 

alcohol-soluble  alpha-resin  (mastichic  acid),  about  80  per  cent,  and  alcohol-insoluble 
beta-resin  (masticin),  the  latter  being  tough  and  elastic,  soluble  in  ether  and  in 
absolute  alcohol,  also  in  alcoholic  solution  of  mastichic  acid.  According  to 
E.  Reichardt  (Archiv  der  Pharm.,  1888,  p.  158),  benzin  effects  the  differentiation  of 
mastic  resin  more  readilj-  and  more  completely  than  alcohol.  Old  mastic  yielded 
to  benzin  66  per  cent,  while  new  mastic  yielded  90  per  cent.  Analysis  showed 
that  the  insoluble  resin  is  formed  by  the  gradual  oxidation  of  the  soluble  portion. 
Mastic  also  contains  a  bitter  principle,  soluble  in  boiling  water;  it  is  precipitated 
by  solutioiij;  <]f  tannic-  acid. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Mastic  is  seldom  employed  in  medicine,  though 
it  was  fdnni-rly  emijloyed  in  renal  and  bronchial  catarrhs.  The  Turks  used  it  as  a 
masticatory  to  sweeten  the  breath  and  strengthen  the  gums.  It  is  .sometimes 
employed  by  dentists  to  fill  the  rav Hies  of  decayed  teeth.  The  following  preparation 
is  recommended  for  this  purpose:  Take  of  pulverized  mastic,  9  parts;  sulphuric 
ether,  4  parts;  mix,  and  digest  for  several  days,  strain  it  through  a  cloth, and  add 
native  alum,  in  fine  powder,  a  sufficient  quantitj'  to  form  a  plastic  mass,  with 
which  vials  holding  about  2  drachms  are  to  be  filled,  having  first  poured  into  each 
about  30  grains  of  camphorated  alcohol,  and  15  grains  of  essence  of  cloves.  This 
substance,  introduced  into  the  cavity  of  a  carious  tooth,  first  well  cleansed  and 
dried,  is  extremely  useful  on  account  of  the  great  degree  of  hardness  it  acquires, 
An  ounce  of  mastic,  and  J  drachm  of  caoutchouc,  dissolved  in  4  fluid  ounces  of 
chloroform,  and  then  filtered  under  cover  to  prevent  the  evaporation  of  the  chlo- 
roform, forms  an  elegant  microscopic  cement.  Another  formula  for  dental  mastic 
is  as  follows:  Di.ssolve  4  parts  of  mastic  and  2.5  parts  of  balsam  of  Peru  in  7  parts 
of  chloroform  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  188-5,  p.  241,  from  Wnion  Pharm.,  1885).  A  solu- 
tion of  mastic  in  alcohol,  or  oil  of  turpentine,  forms  an  elegant  varnish.  Such  a 
solution  may  be  used  to  arrest  slight  hemorrhages  from  wounds,  leech  bites,  etc. 

Belated  Products. — Bombay  M.\stic,  or  East  Indian  mantic.  This  exudes  from  the  Pii- 
lua'a  Khiujuk,  Stocks,  and  the  Pi.s<ae!a  cabulica,  Stocks  (Piftaria  Terebinthus.Linn^'  ot  Kabul, 
Beloochistan,  and  Sind.  In  the  Indian  bazaars  it  is  known  as  ^fllgtagi-^•l'lmi  or  Roiiunx  inaslich. 
It  very  much  resembles  true  mastic,  but  is  usually  more  opaque  and  not  so  clean  as  that  prod- 
uct. The  same  species,  Pifiacia  Terehiuthus,  also"  grows  in  the  islands  of  Chios  and  Cyprus, 
and  yields  Chlan  turpentine.  The  mode  of  its  cultivation,  etc.,  is  described  in  Proc.  Amer. 
Pharm.  Assoc,  1 897,  p.  563.  Chian  turpentine  contains  from  9  to  1 2  per  cent  of  volatile  oil  i  Wig- 
ner,  1880).  The  Arabs  of  North  Africa  gather  from  an  Algerian  plant,  the  Pistacia  Terefnnihiis, 
Linne,  var.  Atlantica,  Desfontaines,  a  product  similar  to  mastic. 

S.\NDAR.\CH. — Sandaraca,  Sandarac.  A  northwest  African  tree,  the  Callitrif  quadriralvi*, 
Ventenat  ( Thuja  articrdntajVah]),  Xat.  Ord. — Conifera',  yields  tears  of  sandarac  Ijy  sjiontaneous 
exudation.  They  are  brittle,  elongated,  light-yellow,  and  have  a  dusty  appearaiue.  Wlien 
masticated  they  crumble  to  a  powder,  are  translucent,  have  a  vitreous  fracture,  and  are  almost 
completely  dissolved  by  alcohol.  Sandarac  is  also  soluble  in  ether,  amyl  alcohol  and  acetone, 
partly  soluble  in  chloroform  and  essential  oils,  insoluble  in  low-boiling"petroleum  U-niin,  and 
in  benzol,  partly  soluble  in  carbon  disulphide,  also  soluble  in  considerable  quaniity  in  hot 
solution  of  caustic  soda.  The  freshly  exuding  resin  contains  notable  quantities  of  essential 
oil  which  ev.-iporates,  however,  as  the  tears  are  exposed  (Fluekiger,  Pharmacognwif.  1891,  p.  108). 
Their  odor  is  therefore  feeble,  unless  the  product  be  heated  when  it  becomes  balsamic;  the 
taste  is  resin-like  and  subacrid.  It  is  inflammable.  Sandarac  is  said  to  be  composed  of  3 
resins,  which  may  be  differentiated  by  their  l)ehavior  towanl  solvents.  One  of  these  resins  is 
Gifse's  sandnmciu.     Like  mastic,  sjindarac  resin  contains  small  quantities  of  a  bitter  principle. 

.tiiflnilUin  miiiitiirach  is  physically  very  similar  to  the  foregoing.  It  is  obtained  in  Tas- 
mania and  .\nstralia. 

PsKri>(>-MASTi('ii. — Acanlho-maalich.  .\gslutinated  tears  of  an  exudation  from  the  .ttrae- 
li/lis  guinmifera.    It  comes  in  masses  about  the  size  of  a  small  egg.    It  is  employed  in  Greece. 

MATICO  (U.  S.  P.)— MATICO. 

"  The  leaves  oi  Piper  august  ifolium,  Ruiz  et  Pavon  " — ( U.  S.  P.).  (Pip^  elongatum, 
Vahl ;  Stcphcnsia  \^Steffensia'\  elongata,  Kunth ;  Artnnthe  elnngata,  MiquolV 

Xat.  Ord. — Piperacea\ 

CoMMO.v  N.\MES :  Matico,  Matira-leaves. 

Illustr.xtiox  ;    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plant.^,  242. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant  is  the  Artanlhe  chngata  of  Miquel,  and  the 
Sttphinsid  chiiiiatii  of  Kunth ;  it  is  described  as  a  tall  shrub,  presenting  a  singular 
appearance  from  the  segmentary  character  of  its  stems  and  branches.    The  leaves 


MATICU.  1245 

are  haisli.  short-.'^talked,  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  pubescent  beneath,  tessel- 
lated or  lou^'li  on  the  upper  side  on  account  of  the  sunken  veins.  The  spikes  are 
solitary,  (\vliiuhical  and  opposite  the  leaves;  the  bracts  lanceolate;  the  Howers 
herni;iplin>dite,  yellow,  minute,  and  numerous.  Tiie  fruit  consists  of  small, 
alnio,-;t  black  seeds. 

History  and  Description. — This  is  a  Peruvian  plant,  which  was  brought  into 
notice  anicin^'  the  jll■ot'e^^i^ll  of  tliis  country  bv  Dr.  Iluschenberger,  a  member  of 
tl»e  Unitiil  States  Navy.  The  dried  leaves  are  the  parts  used;  they  have  a  strong, 
rather  fragrant  odor,  not  unlike  that  of  cubebs,  and  a  warm,  aroniatic,  somewhat 
feebly  astringent  taste.  Tiiey  are  easily  reduced  to  a  powder  of  a  color  similar  to 
that  of  senna  leaves.  Water  takes  up  their  aroma  anil  a  slight  pungency,  but  no 
astringency.  Infusion  of  galls  produces  a  gray  precipitate  with  infusion  of  matico; 
iron  causes  a  deep-green  one;  tartar-emetic,  corrosive  sublimate,  and  gelatin 
scarcely  aflect  it. 

The  ollicial  description  of  matico  is  as  follows:  "From  10  to  1.5  Cm.  (4  to  6 
inches)  long,  short-peti(date,  oblong-lanceolate,  apex  pointed,  base  unequally 
heart-shajied,  margin  very  finely  crenulate,  tessellated  above,  reticulate  beneath, 
meshes  small,  and  the  veins  densely-brownish-hairy ;  aromatic,  spicy,  and  bitter- 
ish "—(/'.  .'^'.  /'.». 

Chemical  Composition.— Dr.  Hodges,  in  1844,  found  in  the  leaves  a  bitter 
principle  which  he  ealletl  matirin.an  aromatic,  volatile  oil  nitrate  of  jiotassium,  a 
soft,  dark-green  resin,  etc.  T.  S.  Wiegand  (]S4())  and  John  J.  Stell  (l.'^^S),  and 
more  recently,  Prof.  Fliickiger,  doubt  the  existence  of  Hodges  maticin  ;  Fliickiger 
(P/i(triiiitrn(in'i.^ir,  1(S91,  p.  748)  was  also  unable  to  verify  the  existence  of  Marcotte's 
crystallizable  urtoiiithir  arid  (ISfJO).  Tannin  is  i)resent  in  the  leaves.  The  volatile 
oil  of  matico  is  pale  yellow  and  thick,  and  exists  to  the  extent  of  2.7  per  cent.  Its 
optical  rotation  is  slightly  right-handed.  Most  of  the  oil  distills  l)etween  180° 
and  200°  C.  (3-56°  and  392°  F.).  From  the  thick  residue  Prof.  Fliickiger  obtained 
upon  cooling,  large  crystals  of  a  peculiar  camphor;  Kugler(1883)  ascribes  to  the 
purified  substance  the  formula  C,„H,3(C\HjO.  It  melts  at  94°  C.  (.201.2°  F.),  and 
is  devoid  of  odor  and  taste. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Matico  is  an  aromatic  bitter  stimulant, 
whose  virtues  reside  in  its  resin,  volatile  oil,  and  bitter  principle.  It  has  been 
highly  reecommended  in  hleediny  from  the  lungs,  stomach,  or  kulnej/s,  and  in  dysen- 
tery,hut  its  use  is  doubtful  in  these  cases.  It  has,  however,  been  found  advanta- 
geous in  leiu-orrho'n,  f/oiiorrhoea, piles,  and  rhronic  murnus  dp<rhnrges;  also  in  dyi<pe]ysia, 
I'wing  to  chronic  mucous  aflfections  of  the  stomach.  Externally,  the  leaves  are 
used  for  arresting  hemorrhages  from  wounds,  leech-bites,  etc. ;  the  downy  part  of  the 
leaf  is  said  to  be  the  most  active  part.  Also  applied  to  itlcers.  A  tincture  is  also 
used,  made  with  2i  ounces  of  the  leaves  to  1  pint  of  diluted  alcohol,  of  which  the 
dose  is  from  1  to  3  fluid  drachms.  The  infusion  is  made  by  macerating  i  ounce 
of  the  leaves  in  A  pint  of  boiling  water  for  1  hour;  dose,  from  1  to  2  fiuid  ounces, 
3  or  4  times  a  day. 

Related  Species.— Pip^  aduncum,  Linn^  {Artanthe  adwwa,  Miquel),  abundant  in  Tropionl 
America,  furnishes  a  leaf  wuich  was  substituted  for  matico,  and  was  detected  by  Prof.  Bentley 
in  18tJ4.  It  differs  but  little  in  odor,  shape,  or  color,  from  matico,  though  it  does  not  appear 
tessellated  like  the  latter.  The  parallel  ascending  nerves  are  more  prominent  on  the  uniler 
surface,  and  the  spaces  are  nearlv  smooth,  instead  of  rugose,  and  not  hairy  like  the  same  sur- 
face of  matico  leaves.  Chemically,  it  resembles  matico,  and  therapeutically,  it  is  probaMy  not 
lees  effective. 

Artanthe  lanceirfolium ,  Miquel  (Piper  lanceirfoliutn ,  H.  B.  K.),  yields  a  mnlico  which  is  cm- 
ployed  in  Xew  (iranada  {  Phnrmmographin).  Tlie  leaves  of  Eupatorium  jilulimmim,  Kuntli  (tlie 
Chmaloiigat  i  Xal.  fW.— Compositiel,  and  Wnllheria  gUimeiata,  Presl  (.^'l^  O/'/.— .^terculiaceie) 
of  Central  and  South  America,  are  known  also  as  matico.  It  ni)pears  that  the  terms  .VndVo 
and  Verba  { palo)  del  mtdado  {Si,ldier»'  herb  or  tree),  both  Spanish  names,  are  apjilied  to  thei*e 
plants  as  well  as  to  true  matico.  on  account  of  their  styptic  qualities.  The  I'liier  itduneiim  is 
useil  iu  Brazil  as  a  stimulant  only,  stvptic  pmiierties  not  being  mentioned.  The  fniit  of  the 
same  isenii)loyed  like  cub.-l>s.  the  leaves  of  the  Kupatorium  and  Waltheria  are  BUllicienlly 
ilifferent  a.s  not  to  bi-  rcmfouiided  with  nuitico. 

piper  t'nrpuuya,  Kuiz  et  Pavou.  Peru  and  Chili.  Glossy,  leathery  leaves  used  in  gaMrk 
disorden. 

Piper  uiiibellalum,  Linn^  ;  Piper  prilatiim,  Linne.  Tropical  .\merica.  The  r<uii>rlm  or  peri- 
IHirnln.  Rhizomes,  diuretic;  leaves  emi>loved  for  tiimort  and  culanetnit  diientet.  (ik-e  also  .4ircu, 
J'i/vr  „iell,:i.'lir„,„.  anil  /'/>r  Bille.  i 


1246  MATRICARIA. 

MATRICARIA  (U.  S.  P.)— MATRICARIA. 

"  The  flower-heads  of  Matricaria  Chamomilki,  Linne  '—{U.  S.  P.).  (Chanumiilla 
nffirinalis,  Koch  ;  Chrysanthemum  Chaviomilla,  Bernhardi.) 

Nat.  Ord. — Compositse. 

Common  Name:    German  chamomile. 

Ili.ustratio.n:    Bentley  and  Tiimen,  3/erf.  P/a;i^«,  155. 

Botanical  Source. — A  branching  annual,  having  a  stem  from  1  to  2  feet  high, 
witli  alternate,  smooth,  deep-green,  pinnate,  orbi-or  tri-pinnate  leaves,  the  leaflets 
of  which  are  small  and  linear.  The  numerous  small  branches  bear  single,  terminal 
flowers,  about  f  inch  in  breadth,  with  spreading  ra}'s.  The  calyx-scales  are  obtuse, 
whitish,  translucent,  and  membranaceous  near  the  margins,  but  green  in  the  cen- 
ter. The  white  ray-florets  are  spreading  at  first,  finally  becoming  reflected.  Th" 
disc  is  convex  primarily,  and  later  bicoiiies  prominently  conical  and  hollow. 

History  and  Description. —  riii>  iilant  is  found  in  wastesand  fieldsin  Europe 
northward  tn  Finhuid,  and  is  cul'.ivatrd  in  this  country  by  our  German  popula- 
tion. It  is  likewise  found  in  Asia  in  tlie  temperate  localities, and,  through  naturali- 
zation, has  become  one  of  the  plants  of  Australia.  All  parts  of  the  plant  are 
medicinal,  but  the  flowers  are  generally  employed.  When  dried  they  are  much 
smaller  than  the  fresh  heads.  Matricaria  is  described  by  the  f.  .•>.  P.  as  follows: 
"About  15  to  20  Mm.  (^tof  inch  broad),  composed  ofa  flattish,  imbricate  involucre, 
a  conical,  hollow,  naked  receptacle,  wliich  is  about  5  Mm.  (i  inch)  high,  about  15 
white,  ligulate,  reflexed  ray-florets,  and  numerous  yellow,  tubular,  perfect  disk- 
florets  w  itliDut  paj>pus  ;  strongly  aromatic  and  bitter.  The  similar  flower-heads  of 
Anthi  ini^  arc,  n-<is,  Linne,  and  Muriila  Cafnla,  De  CandoUe  {Xat.  Ord. — Compositse), 
have  eonieal.  solid,  and  chatty  receptacles  "—{V.  S.  P.).     (See  Anthemis.) 

Chemical  Composition.— In  addition  to  the  ordinary  constituents  of  plants, 
matricaria  contains  a  simdl  i)ortion  of  tannin  and  tannates,  malates,  bitter  ex- 
tractive, and  a  volatile  oil.  The  latter,  known  as  (Mcum  Chamomilht  .Ethereum, 
may  be  obtained,  by  distillation  in  a  suitable  apparatus,  in  the  quantity  of  0.45 
per  cent  (Schimmel  &  Co.).  It  has  an  aromatic,  warm  taste,  and  a  pronounced 
odor  of  matricaria.  It  is  thick,  somewhat  viscid,  opaipie  in  bulk,  but  in  layers 
transparent,  and  has  a  rich,  dark-blue  color  which,  on  exposure  to  air  and  light, 
gradually  becomes  green,  and,  lastly,  brown.  Its  density  is  0.93:  its  congealing 
point,  —20°  C.  (—4°  F.).  It  consists  of  a  colorless  oil  having  the  comjiosition 
C,„H,,0,  and  a  terpene  (C,„H,6).  Azulme  (of  Piesse),  or  ccerulein  (of  Gladstone),  a 
volatile  body  said  to  be  present  in  all  blue  or  green  oils,  gives  to  it  its  blue  colora- 
tion. It  was  investigated  by  Kachler  (1871),  and  occurs  only  in  the  highest 
fractions  of  the  oil.  An  Oleum.  ChamomilUe  Citralum.  sometimes  met  with,  is  pre- 
pared by  adding  oil  of  lemon  (1  part)  to  recently  gathered  matricaria  {■if'O  parts), 
and  distilling.  It  is  thinner  than  the  true  oil,  "and  its  blue  color  changes  more 
readily.  Werner,  in  1867,  states  to  have  obtained  from  Matricaria  Chnmomilla  the 
crystallizable.  hiiiev  anthmiic  arid,  isolated  by  Pattone  (1859)  from  the  flowers  of 
Anthemis  arvensis,  Linne;  and  a  crystallizable  "alkaloid,  which  he  called  anthemidine. 
Fliickiger  (1891)  doubts  the  correctness  of  these  results. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Matricaria  is  usually  listed  as  having 
proi)erties  similar  to  anthemis,  l)ul  of  less  activity.  It  has.  however,  come  to 
be  preferred  over  the  latter  by  Eclectic  practitioners,  and  is  now  an  important 
remedy  with  us,  particularly  in  aflections  of  young  children.  It  has  two  particu- 
lar specific  fields  of  action — one  upon  the  nervous  system,  subduing  nervous  irri- 
tability, and  the  other  upon  the  gastro-intestinal  tract,  relieving  irritation.  Upon 
the  nervous  system  its  action  is  most  pronounced,  aflecting  both  the  sen.«ory  and 
motor  nerves.  It  is  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  nermm  maiiife.-*tntiiins  of  dentition, 
and  in  other  affections  where  there  seems  to  be  a  mnrbid  suseqilihiliti/  to  puin.  Enr- 
whe,  rheumatic  &x\A  neuralgic  pains,  ahdominat  Hnnwf.-i,  etc.,  are  relieved  by  it  when 
the  nervous  apprehension  is  all  out  of  proportion  to  the  actual  amount  of  pain 
experienced.  A  matricaria  patient  is  restless,  irritable,  discontented,  and  impa- 
tient, and,  if  a  child,  is  only  appeased  when  continually  carried.  In  j,retiniinrt/,  it 
relieves  nervous  twitching^  cough,  false  pains,  etc.,  accompanied  by  great  unrest. 
It  should  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that  it  is  not  the  gross  do.«e  of  matricaria 


MEL.  1247 

that  will  overcome  these  inorliiil.  m  ivoiis  phenonuMia,  but  the  small,  oi  almust 
iiiiiuite  dose.  It  is  one  of  those  ageiil.-^,  ami  we  liave  iiiaiiy,  that  exert  their  pecu- 
liar eflTects  only  in  small  closes,  yet  can  i)e  used  witiiout  harm  in  large  doses,  but 
without  the  peculiar  benefit  derived  from  the  smaller  amounts.  It  relieves  the 
erethism  producing  hysteria — a  little  slowly,  i)eriiai>s,  l)Ut  its  effects  are  lasting — 
and  for  the  conditions  that  threaten  inj'nntiie  couvuUiom,  during  dentition,  it  is 
one  of  the  most  certain  of  drugs.  After  the  spasms  have  supervened,  it  is  not 
equal  to  gelsemiuni  or  lobelia. 

While  it  has  been  .«aid  that  it  has  two  specific  fields  of  action — upon  the  men- 
tal and  nervous,  and  up'>n  the  digestive  tract — it  must  be  remembered  that  tin- 
nervous  manifestations  calling  for  matricaria,  are  nearly  always  present  in  tin' 
disorders  of  the  latter,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  nervous  phenomena  may 
occur  without  anj-  disturbance  of  the  latter.  Hence  the  veferences  to  the  nervous 
symptoms  of  stomach  and  bowel  disorilers,  given  as  specifically  calling  for  the 
drug.  In  the  .«( HI HKT  (?wn-Aft'a  of  irritation  (not  of  atony),  it  becomes  an  impor- 
tant remedy.  The  condition  will  probably  not  be  without  call  for  other  specifics, 
but  the  indications  for  matricaria  will  be  distinct.  There  is  marked  irritability, 
the  ciiild  is  peevish  and  fretful,  the  stools  extremely  fetid,  and  may  excoriate 
around  the  anus  more  or  less.  In  appearance  they  vary — may  be  watery  and  green, 
or  slimy,  perhaps  in  yellow  and  white  lumps,  or  it  may  be  of  un.digested  curds  of 
milk,  imbedded  in  a  green  mucus— an  appearance  aptly  compared  by  Prof  Bloyer 
to  "chopped  eggs  and  greens."  In  sulxirute  intldmmnlioii  and  in  congti<ti(»i  of  the  liver, 
small  doses  of  matricaria  are  very  efficient  when  the  bowels  are  costive,  the  urine 
voidi-d  with  difficulty,  the  child  fretful  and  peevish,  and  the  right  hypochondrium 
tender.  If  fever  is  present,  aconite  may  l)e  associated  with  it.  It  coriects  tiie  skin 
eruptions  and  rashes  due  to  these  disorders.  Alone,  or  associated  with  phytolacca, 
it  relieves  snrene.-<s  and  sweltuig  of  the.  hmiMs  in  infuDtyi,  and  is  useful  in  mpiircAiion  of 
the  lacteal  ■■'erntimt.     It  is  a  remedy  for  Jldtalent  colic  with  distension. 

Either  small  or  large  doses  of  matricaria  (specific  or  infusion)  are  of  value  in 
amenorrhmi,  with  sense  of  weight  and  heaviness  in  the  womb,  and  bloating  of  the 
abdomen,  accompanied  with  sudden  nervous  explosions  of  irascibilit}'.  The  infu- 
sion, given  to  the  extent  of  producing  free  diaphoresis  relieves  dt/smenorrhom,  with 
labor-like  pains,  and  tends  to  prevent  the  formation  of  clots.  Various  painful 
conditions,  due  to  contracting  rnlds,  are  relieved  by  matricaria  infusion  associated 
with  aconite.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned  cornrhe,  rhenmntism,  cntnrrhal  affec- 
tinnx  of  the  boweU-^eurs,  nose,  and  €!/'><.  Locally,  it  has  l)een  used  as  a  wash  for  leucor- 
rhien,  iniimmiin/  (disre.tn,  ulceratinc/  bubo,  and  catarrhid  conjunrtivitis. 

For  topical  application  and  internal  administration,  an  infusion  (5ss  to  water 
<)j)  may  be  used.  For  its  gross  action,  it  may  be  given  freely,  but  for  specific  pur- 
poses, tea,<i>oonful  doses  of  au  infusion  of  half  the  above  strength  will  give  the  Dest 
results.     S|ii(itii'   matricaria   is  >;ivfn  in  doses  of  a  fraction  of  a  drop  to  30  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Nervous  irritability,  with  peevishness,  fret- 
fulness,  discontent,  and  impatience;  sudden  fits  of  temper  during  the  catamenial 
period;  muscular  twitching;  morbid  sensitiveness  to  pain;  head  sweats  easily; 
alvine  discharges,  fetid,  greenish  and  watery,  and  of  green  mucus  with  curds  of 
milk,  or  of  yellow  and  white  flocculi,  associated  with  flatulence,  colic,  and  excoria- 
tion of  the  anal  outlet;  a  remedy  particularly  fitted  for  the  disorders  of  dentition, 
and  to  correct  the  condition  threatening  to  end  in  dentition  convulsions. 

Related  Species.— Anilumionnenm,  Linnf:  .Vnierica  aixl  Kurope.  Tlie  fluwens  of  this 
-jiiM-ii's  havi-  no  inlor,  but  have  a  bitter,  acrid  taste.  They  are  possessed  of  meilioinal  <|ualitir8 
-iriiilar  to  antheiiiis  and  matricaria,  but  are  rcganled  less  valuahle.  I'attone  (lS.'>iti  loiuul  tlie 
ll.iwirs  to  contain  bitter  and  crvstallizahle  (inlhemic  acUl,  and  a  crystallizalile  alkaloiil,  aiilliemine. 
Fluckigcr  i  I'linnniinynosie,  M  I'd.,  I.Syl,  p.  832)  doubts  tlie  cnrrei-tness  of  these  statements. 

MEL  (U.  S.  P.)— HONEY. 

"A  saccharine  secretion  deposited  in  the  honevcomb  \ivAj,i.-'  uultiUrit.  Linm-"— 
{U.S.  P.). 

C'lii.-<s :   Inscctn.     > )nhr :  Hvinenoptera. 

Source  and  History.— Tlie  yl/)M  j)if//i>Vn,  or  honey-b«>e,  belongs  to  the  order 
Hi/infnoj,in:i.  of  iIh'  class  of  in.s.cts.     In  the  wild  state  it  dwells  in  the  hollows  of 


124S  MEL. 

trees  in  large  communities,  consisting  of  males,  females,  and  neuteis.  Honey  i»  a 
saccharine  matter  secreted  by  the  nectariferous  glands  of  flowers,  which  is  col- 
lected by  the  working  bees,  and  deposited  in  their  crop  or  honey-bag,  from  which  it 
is  ejected  when  the  insect  reaches  its  hive.  The  taste,  odor,  and  quality  of  honey 
varies  according  to  the  age  of  the  bees  and  the  character  of  the  flowers  from  whicii 
it  is  gathered.  The  presence  of  pollen  grains  in  honey  mostly  permits  the  iden- 
tification of  the  flowers  from  which  the  honey  is  taken.  There  is  no  dfiubt  but 
the  secretions  of  the  crop  of  the  insect,  somewhat  alter  the  properties  of  the  honey 
received  into  it  from  the  nectaries.  It  is  established,  for  example,  that  these 
secretions  contain  a  ferment  which  readily  converts  cane  sugar  and  starch  into 
invert-sugar.  Virgin  honey  is  the  best  kind,  and  is  procured  by  dripping  honey- 
comb from  a  hive  of  young  bees  before  they  have  swarmed.  Honey  of  a  superior 
quality  is  obtained  by  allowing  it  to  ooze  from  the  honeycomb.  After  the  fir.-t 
honey  is  thus  procured,  by  subjecting  the  honeycomb  to  compression,  an  inferior 
variety  may  be  expressed;  or  it  may  be  obtained  b}-  fusion  in  the  vapor-bath. 
Although  a  large  amount  of  honey  is  supplied  in  our  own  country,  yet  a  great 
quantity  is  also  imported  from  some  of  the  West  Indian  islands.  A  plea  for  Cali- 
fornia honey  was  made  by  J.  E.  S.  Bell,  in  Aincr.  Jovr.  Phann.,  1888,  p.  126.  The 
best  honey  is  stated  to  be  produced  from  linden  flowers.  On  the  other  hand,  cer- 
tain poisonous  plants,  especially  of  the  natural  order  of  Ericacea?,  yield  poisonou- 
honev,  the  toxic  principle  very  likelv  being  andromedotoxin  (see  interesting  paper 
by  L."F.  Kebler,  Pror.  Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc,  1896,  p.  167). 

Description. — The  U.  S.  P.  describes  honey  as  "a  syrupy  liquid  of  a  light-yel- 
lowish to  pale,  yellowish-brown  color,  translucent  when  fresh,  but  gradually 
becoming  opaque  and  crystalline,  having  a  characteristic,  aromatic  odor,  and  a 
sweet,  faintly  acrid  taste  " — (U.  S.  P.).  (See  Mel  Despumatttm.)  The  specific  gravity 
of  good  hone}',  on  the  average,  is  1.425  ;  it  should  not  be  lower  than  1 .375  (U.  S.  P. ). 
In  a  great  niea.sure  it  is  soluble  in  water,  not  so  readily  soluble  in  alcohol;  hot 
alcohol  dissolves  it,  but  on  cooling  deposits  crystals  of  grajie  sugar. 

Chemical  Composition. — According  to  J.  Konig  {Die  Metischlirhen  Xahrungs- 
und  Genussmittel,  3d  ed.,  1893,  p.  784),  the  average  composition  of  100  parts  each, 
in  183  samples  of  honey  analyzed,  was  as  follows:  Water,  20.6;  nitrogenou> 
matter,  0.76;  Ixvulose  (fruit  sugar),  38.6-5;  dextrose  (grapte  sugar  or  ghirose),  34.48: 
cane siogar (sucrose),  1.76;  (maximum  in  one  single  instance,  12.91 ;  the  beehives  in 
this  case  were  situated  near  a  cane  sugar  manufactory);  gum,  0.22;  pollen  and 
wax,  0.71;  non-sugar  substances,  2.82;  ash,  0.25;  phosphoric  acid,  0.028.  Thus  it  i> 
seen  that  the  bulk  of  the  sugar  is  present  as  inirrt  sugar  (equal  molecules  of  dex- 
trose and  Irevulose)  with  hivulose  somewhat  preponderating.  Most  of  the  genuini 
honey  therefore,  is  decidedly  la'vo-rotatory.  Still,  a  possible  increase  in  cane 
sugar,  which  is  dextro-rotatory,  or  of  dextrin-like  bodies  (sometimes  as  much  as 
4  per  cent),  in  natural  lioney  is  liable  to  change  the  optical  rotation  to  the  right. 
Pure  honey,  upon  standing  becomes  semi-crystalline,  crystals  of  dcrtmse  (C^Hi.O^-^ 
H,0)  being  deposited.  A  peculiar  property  of  invert  sugar,  which  is  made  use  ot 
inanalysis  by  optical  methods,  consists  in'the  fact  that  its  optical  rotation,  which 
is  to  the  left,  becomes  zero  at  a  temperature  of  87.2°  C.  (189°  F.).  Honev,  diluted 
with  water,  is  susceptible  to  the  vinous  fermentation,  without  the  addition  of 
yeast;  if  yeast  be  added,  it  forms  the  alcoholic  liquor  called  jow*?;  the  i>re.«enct' 
of  albuminous  bodies  in  honey  facilitates  fermentation  ;  if  nitric  acid  be  allowed 
to  act  on  honey,  oxalic  acid  results.  Honey  also  contains  formic  arid,  which  the 
bees  de]iosit  in  the  honey  in  order  to  preserve  it. 

Adulterations  and  Tests. — Honey  is  occasionally  adulterated  with  flour  or 
starch,  especially  the  inferior  kinds,  in  order  to  give  it  a  white  apnearance.  If 
the  honey  be  thin  and  slow  to  crystallize,  it  is  probably  adulterated  with  water. 
Honey  is  also  liable  to  be  adulterated  by  the  addition  of  solution  of  cane  sugar, 
or  of  glucose  syrup.  The  presence  and  (juantity  of  cane  sugar  may  be  established 
by  determining  the  reducing  power  of  the  honey  in  question  upon  Fehling"s  solu- 
tion before  and  after  inversion  with  diluted  hydrochloric  acid.  An  increase*! 
reduction  after  inversion  is  due  to  the  presence  of  cane  sugar.  The  aforenamed 
adulterants  are  recognized  by  the  following  official  tests:  "  When  recent  honey  is 
diluted  with  2  parts  of  water,  the  resulting  liquid  should  be  almost  clear,  not 
stringy,  and  should  have  a  specific  gravity  not  lower  than   1.100  (^corresponding 


MKl.  liUKAClS.  r_'-J9 

to  a  sjiecific  gravity  of  1.375  for  the  original  honey).  Honey  ha.<  a  faintly  acid 
reaction  toward  litmu.-;  jiaper.  If  1  part  of  honey  be  dissolved  in  4  parts  of  water, 
a  clear  or  nearly  clear  solution  will  result,  which  should  not  be  rendered  more 
than  faintly  opalescent  by  a  few  drops  of  silver  nitrate  T.S.  Oi™it  of  chlorides), 
or  of  i)ariuni  chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphates).  If  1  volume  of  honey  be  diluted 
with  1  volume  of  water,  and  a  portion  of  this  liquid  gradually  mixed  with  5  vol- 
umes of  absolute  alcohol,  it  should  not  become  more  than  faintly  ojialescent  (as 
compared  with  the  reserved  portion  of  the  solution),  and  should  neither  become 
opaque,  nor  deposit  a  slimy  substance  on  the  inner  walls  and  bottom  of  the  test- 
tul>e.  And  when  honey  is  incinerated,  in  small  portions  at  a  time,  in  a  platinum 
crucible,  it  should  not  leave  more  than  0.2  j)er  cent  of  ash  (ab.sence  of  glucose  ami 
foreign  inorganic  substances).  On  boiling  1  part  of  honey  with  5  parts  of  water, 
the  resulting  solution,  when  cold,  should  not  be  rendered  blue  or  green  on  the 
addition  of  iodineT.S.  (absence  of  starch) "" — (('.  S.  P.). 

Dr.  O.  Haenle  (.4hi.t.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  445),  employs  dialysis  and  subse- 
quent polarization  of  the  residual  licjuid  to  prove  the  presence  of  glucose  syrup  in 
honey;  the  residue  is  optically  active  if  glucose  (which  always  contains  dextrin- 
like i)i)dies)  is  mixed  with  the  honey  in  question.  Yet,  genuine  honey,  being  of 
variaijlf  cuuiposilion,  may  contain,  as  stated  before,  large  quantities  of  dextrin 
as  a  natural  constituent.  In  this  connection,  see  the  elaborate  researches  on  the 
chemistrv  of  honey,  by  0.  Kiinnmann  and  A.  Hilger,  in  Forschungsberichte,  1896, 
pp.  2 11-226. 

In  testing  honey  for  chlorides,  an  excess  of  chlorides  present  may  in  some 
cases  be  accounted  for  by  the  gathering  of  honey  from  flowers  grown  in  "  salt 
marshes"'  (see  L.  F.  Kebler,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm..  1895,  p.  27).  The  so-called  Euca- 
li/j-fu-f  honey  of  Australia,  for  which  its  discoverer,  D.  Guilmeth,  and  his  followers, 
daimiil  the  virtue  of  containing  large  amounts  of  eucalyptol,  proved  to  be  a 
misrepresentation.     (Compare  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1887,  p.  471,  and  1891,  p.  517.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.—  Honey  is  nutritious,  antiseptic,  diu- 
retic, and  demulcent.  L',<ed  in  urinori/  nfferlions,  and  as  an  addition  to  gargles, 
lotions,  injections,  etc.  A  very  excellent  preparation  for  cougfui,  especially  during 
Jebrile  or  infmnmntory  attach-i,  is  composed  of  honey,  olive-oil,  lemon  juice,  and 
sweet  spirits  of  niter,  each  1  fluid  ounce,  to  be  taken  several  times  a  day,  in  half 
fluid-drachm  or  fluid-drachm  doses.  ■  Honey  sometimes  enters  into  the  formation 
of  cataplasms  for  diminUhiufi  the  lacteal  secretion,  and  for  the  treatment  ofjissured 
nipples,  carhni'-les.  and  boils.  Several  preparations,  as  honey  of  borax,  honey  of  rose, 
etc.,  are  used  as  local  api>licatious  in  aphthous  sore  throat  and  mouth,  and  to  local 
disorders  of  the  female  genitalia.  It  is  .said  that  the  Indians  make  an  infusion  of 
the  honey  bee,  and  give  1  gill  of  it  every  half  hour,  in  stran/iury,  suppression  of 
urine,  etc.  (see  Ajtis),  and  it  is  further  added,  that  this  infusion  has  the  power 
of  destroying  the  sexual  propensity.  The  latter  statement  requires  confirmation. 
A  tincture  of  honey  bees  is  matle  by  collecting  a  quantity  of  the  living  insects 
in  a  vial,  agitating  them  roughly  so  as  to  irritate  them,  and  while  in  that  condi- 
tion thev  are  to  be  covered  with  alcohol;  in  a  few  days  it  will  be  ready  for  use. 
In  small  doses,  several  times  a  day,  this  is  a  highly  useful  remedy  in  many  dia- 
Kises  of  the  bladder  and  kidneys,  as  well  as  in  some  uterine  affect  ion.-!  (see  Api^). 
Some  practitioners  assert  that  it  will  produce  abortion  in  the  pregnant  female, 
if  its  use  be  too  long  continued,  or  when  employed  too  freely.  Though  exten- 
sively used  as  a  food,  honey  occasionally  causes,  in  susceptible  individuals, 
unpleasant  head  symptoms,  and  more  often  flatulent  colic  of  a  peculiar  char- 
acter, and  will  sometimes  produce  diarrha?a. 

MEL  BORACIS.— BORAX  HONEY. 


ns  of 


Sv.N'o.NVMs:    Mel  ."odii  lioratis.  Honey  of  fodium  horatf. 

Preparation.— Mix  60  grains  of'  finely  powdered  l)(jrax  with  8(1  grains  o: 
glycerin,  and  4.S0  grains  of  clarified  honev.  This  accords  with  the  British  Phar 
mnro),iei,i.  The  jiarts  u.^ed  are  respectively  2,  1.  and  16.  This  is  extemooraneously 
prepared  as  needed.  (See  an  interesting  article  on  the  chemistry  of  mel  boracis,  by 
\V.  R.  Dunstan,  in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1883,  p.  453.  from  Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.,  1883.) 


1250  MEL  DESPUMATUM.— MELILOTUS. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Its  uses  are  practically  those  of  each  of  the 
ingredients  composing  it.  It  is  especiallj'  applicable  to  aphthous  romUtiom  in 
young  children. 

MEL  DESPUMATUM  (U.  S.  P.)— CLARIFIED  HONEY. 

Preparation. — "Honey,  a  convenient  quantity;  glycerin,  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity. Mix  the  honey  intimately  with  two  (2)  per  cent  of  its  weight  of  pa};er- 
pulp,  which  has  been  previously  reduced  to  shreds,  thoroughly  washed  and 
soaked  in  water,  and  then  strongly  expressed  and  again  shredded.  Then  api)h- 
the  heat  of  a  water-bath,  and,  as  long  as  any  scum  rises  to  the  surface,  carefully 
remove  this.  Finally',  add  enough  distilled  water  to  make  up  the  loss  incurred 
by  evaporation,  strain,  and  mix  the  strained  liquid  with  five  (.5)  per  cent  of  its 
weight  of  glycerin  " — (f.  S.  P.).  Some  older  processes  employed  for  purification 
of  honey,  at  boiling  heat,  the  white  of  eggs,  animal  charcoal,  gelatin,  with  sub- 
sequent addition  of  tannic  acid,  etc.  (see  description  of  these  processes  in  this 
Dispemcton/,  i)receding  editions).  "Clarified  honey  should  conform  to  the  tests 
of  purity  given  under  honey  (see  Afel)" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Pharmaceutical  Uses. —  Honey  is  used  in  the  preparation  of  pills,  confec- 
tions, oxymels,  and  medicated  honeys. 

Mellita. — Medicated  honeys.  Simple  mixtures  of-drugs  with  honey,  prepared 
extemporaneously  on  account  of  their  liability  to  decompose. 

OxY.MELLiTA. — Oxyviels.  Medicated  honeys,  containing  vinegar,  or  acetic  acid 
(see  Oxyvul). 

MEL    ROS.S  (U.  S.  P.  I— HONEY  OF  ROSE. 

Preparation. — '"Fluid  extract  of  rose,  one  hundred  and  twenty  cubic  cenii- 
meters  (120  Cc.)  [4  fls.  28  TR];  clarified  honey,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  onu 
thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Into  a  tared  ve.-sel 
introduce  the  fluid  extract  of  rose,  then  add  enough  clarified  honey  to  make  the 
contents  weigh  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs..  120  grs.],  and 
mix  them  thoroughly"— ((/.  .^.  P.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Useful  and  pleasant  addition  to  mouth-washes 
and  gargles.  It  is  slightly  stimulant  and  astringent,  and  is  adapted  to  inflnmmatnry 
ulceratinns  of  mouth  and  throat. 

MELILOTUS.— MELILOT. 

The  leaves  and  flowering  tops  of  Melilotus  officinalis,  Willdenow  {Melilotiis  vul- 
garis, Eaton  and  Wright;  Trtfolium  officinale,  Linne). 

Nat.  Ord. — Leguminosae. 

Common  Names:   Sv-eet  rhver,  Yellow  mdilot,  Yellow  melUot  clover. 

lLLrsTR.\Ti(>N  :   Johnson,  Med.  Bnt.  of  .V.  A.,  Fig.  120. 

Botanical  Source,  History  and  Description.— Yellow  melilot  has  an  erect, 
sulcate  stem,  about  3  (2  to  4)  feet  high,  with  spreading  branches.  Tlie  leaves  are 
pinnately  trifoliate  ;  the  leaflets  obovate-oblong,  obtuse  and  smooth,  with  remote, 
mucronate  teeth.  The  flowers  are  yellow,  in  one-sided,  spicate,  axillary,  loo.<e, 
paniculate  racemes;  the  calyx  half  as  long  a.«  tlie  corolla  ;  the  legume  ovoid  and 
2-seeded.  The  petals  in  this  species  are  of  about  equal  length.  It  is  an  indige- 
nous annual,  growing  in  alluvial  meadows,  and  flowering  in  June.  The  whole 
plant  is  scented,  having  nearly  the  odor  of  the  sweet-scented  vernal  grass,  Antho- 
xnnthum  odoratuin.  The  taste  of  the  plant,  when  drietl,  is  somewliat  pungent,  aro- 
matic, and  bitterish.  A  closely  related  species,  the  }felilotH^  officinalis  of  Desrous- 
seaux  {M.  diffusa,  Koch  ;  M.arvcnsi^,  Walroth)  of  Europe,  is  collected  also  with  the 
foregoing  species.  It  has  light-yellow  flowers  having  short  carinas,  while  the 
fruit  is  a  transversely-rugose,  obovate,  usualU-  1-seeded  legume.  An  .\nierican 
species,  having  white  flowers,  probably  has  virtues  similar  to  yellow  melilot.  It 
is  the  Melilotus  nlba,  Lamarck  (M(lilolii.'<  officinalis,  Pui-sh  ;  Melilotus  officiualu<,  var, 
ii/ftn,  Nuttall ;  Meli'oiu.'<  leucanthn,  Koch^.     In  this  species  the  standard  is  longer 


MEI-IUiTrs.  12.">1 

than  the  other  petals.  It  is  known  as  White  md Hot,  White  melilot  rlmri;  or  Swed- 
s<riittil  i-lovir,  aiul  is  a  biennial,  witii  an  erect,  robust,  very  branching,  Hulcate  stem, 
4  t  >  6  feet  high.  The  leaflets  are  variable,  oval,  ovate,  ovate-oblong,  truncate,  and 
miicninate  at  the  apex,  remotely  serrate,  and  1  or  2  inches  long;  stipules  ceta- 
ceous. The  flowers  are  white,  numerous,  the  r.icenies  more  loose  and  longer  than 
in  the  first  species.  The  petals  are  unetiual,  the  banner  longer  than  wings  or  keel, 
and  the  calyx  shorter  than  the  corolla  by  more  than  one-half.  This  plant  grows 
in  similar  situations  willi  ^f.  <ilfiri)i<iti.<,  flowering  in  July  and  August,  and  having 
a  sweet  fragrance,  which  is  improved  upon  being  dried— (W.). 

Chemical  Composition.— The  characteristic  constituent  of  melilotus  is  the 
aromatic,  cr\  -talli/ahlr  rnmnarin  (C,H„0,),  which  is  the  aniivdrid  of  nrlho-nntmfirir 
arid  ((',11  oil  (IICIICOOII 1.  The  latter,  and  hydrocoumarir  (melilolic)  acid  (C,H, 
0H.Cli.jL'H_.C'001I;  likcwi.--e  occur  in  the  plant.  Cumarin  forms  with  melilolic 
acid  a  crystallizable  compound  (Zwenger  and  Hodenbender).  Melilotnl  of  Phipson 
(1875),  is  a  volatile  oil,  i)roliably  the  anhydrid  {I'lrtoue)  of  melilolic  acid.  As 
much  as  0.2  per  cent  has  been  obtained  by  distilling  the  fresh  herb  with  water. 
Chenofiodiii,  a  crystallizable  jirinciple  occurring  quite  frequently  in  various  plants, 
was  observed  bv  Keiiisch  ( 1867)  as  a  deposit  fi-om  an  alcoholic  extract  of  miilotus 
alba;  it  is  probably  identical  with  leiwin  (amido-raproic  iicid,  CjH,oNHX'OOH) 
(Fliickiger,  Phnnnarognnde,  1891). 

Coi'.M.^Ri.N  is  also  the  odoriferous  principle  of  many  other  plants,  occurring,  f.^., 
in  ToiiAa  ftf'i'i.?  where  it  was  first  discovered;  in  Liatris,  AitpiTula  odr,mt<i,eic.(see 
list  of  coumarin-bearing  jilants  in  Husemann  and  llUger,  Pflanzeiintoffe,  p.  1037). 
It  was  found  in  melilotus  only  in  small  quantity  (about  0.04  per  cent,  in  combi- 
nation with  nielilotic  acid).  Cnumnria  is  now  obtained  syntheticall}'  by  the 
action  of  acetic  anhydrid  and  sodium  acetate  upon  the  sodium  compound  of 
salicvlic  aldehvde  (C5H.OHCHO).  It  forms  hard,  colorless  prisms,  melting  at 
67°  C.  (152.6°  F.),  and  boiling  at  291°  C.  (608°  F.).  It  sublimes,  however,  at  ordi- 
nary temperature,  in  the  form  of  white  needles;  sometimes  it  is  found  in  crystals 
on  the  herb.  Coumarin  is  soluble  in  ether,  volatile  and  fatty  oils,  in  acetic  and 
tartaric  acids,  also  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol,  and  requires  400  parts  of  cold,  and  45 
parts  of  hot  water  for  .solution.    Hot  alkalies  convert  it  into  ortho-coumaric  acid. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Melilotus  (species),  placed  between 
woolen  clothing,  is  used  in  Europe  to  guard  against  the  ravages  of  the  moth.  The 
medicinal  properties  of  melilotus  are  undoubtedly  chiefly  due  to  coumarin. 
Many  observers  have  found  it  peculiarly  effective  in  certain  painful  disorders, 
particularly  nmrnlgias  of  long  standing  and  associated  with  debility.  Tt  is 
adapted  to  idiopathic  twimlgir  headarhes,  and  to  neuralgic  affections  noi  depending 
upon  reflex  causes,  although  it  has  given  good  results  in  headaches  arising  from 
painful  disorders  of  the  stomach.  Recurring  neurnlgin,  especially  from  cold  or 
fatigue,  have  been  promptly  relieved  by  small  doses  of  the  drug.  It  relieves 
ovarian  neuralgia  sometimes  as  if  by  magic,  and  in  dt/smeunir/um  its  beneficial 
effect  is  observed  when  lameness  and  soreness  are  prominent  symptoms,  and  par- 
ticularly when  the  trouble  seems  to  follow  the  great  sciatic  nerve.  Rheumatic 
cases,  showing  marked  lameness,  are  also  said  to  be  cases  for  its  exhibition.  It  is 
likewise  of  value  in  painful  dysuria  colic,  jminful  diarrhcta,  and  vwnstnial  cnlir. 
GaMndgia,  neuralgia  of  the  stomach,  a.na  other  abdominal  viscera,  have  been  promi)tly 
relieved  by  it,  and  a  prominent  symptom  in  these  disorders,  that  has  been  met 
by  the  drug,  is  the  coldness  of  the  extremities.  We  should  renieml)er  melilotus 
in  painful  states,  with  coldness,  and  marked  soreness  or  tenderness  to  the  touch. 
Dose  of  specific  melilotus,  1  to  10  droiis;  of  a  strong  tincture,  1  to  20  drops. 
The  leaves  and  flowers  of  these  two  plants  {M.  officinalis  am\  Jil.alba)  are  boiled 
in  lard,  and  formed  into  an  ointment,  which  is  found  of  utility  as  an  application 
to  all  kinds  of  j/Av  ,-,,■.  The  Vanilla,  or  Seneca  gras.'f,  \i»ed  for  a  stimulant  purpose, 
is  Uw  [i;.,:,rhh„:l,..,r„lis. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— -Idiopathic  headaches;  long-standing  neu- 
ralgias; coldness,  tenderness,  lamene.'iss  or  marked  soreness  of  parts ;  painful 
inen.struation  with  lamene.ss  or  sensation  of  cold;  menstrual  colic;  ovarian  neu- 
ralgia ;  colic  with  diarrlxjea  and  much  flatus. 

Belated  Drugs.— Tonk.k  Bea.ns.  Thew  a\x>  deriveil  from  tlii<  W/tteri/r  o«f.<«i/<i,  Willde- 
now  (r.,i(„i.i...«<.c-i  <»l<ir<iUi,  Aublet),  a  larRi-,  papilion.noeonH  tnt-  iiiliabitinK  Gninnn.    Thi-  fruit 


1252  MELISSA. 

consists  of  an  oblong-ovate,  l-seetled  legume.  The  seed,  or  part  enij)lo_vefl,  is  somewhat 
2-edged,  appearing  compressed,  blackish-brown  in  color,  and  has  a  brittle,  shining,  or  fatty-like 
skin,  is  deeply  rugose,  and  has  an  oily,  pale-brown  kernel.  The  seeds  possess  an  aromatic, 
bitterish  taste,  and  a  balsamic,  agreeable,  vanilla-like  odor.  The  chief  constituent,  and  tht' 
one  upon  which  its  odor  depends,  is  coumarin  (see  Melihtus),  which  is  often  found  between  the 
two  halves  of  the  seeds,  and  upon  the  surface,  as  an  efflorescence.  Coumarin  was  first  observetl 
in  Tonka  beans,  in  1820,  by  Vogel,  who  held  it  to  be  benzoic  acid.  Guibourt  soon  afterward 
declared  it  to  be  a  difierent  substance,  and  gave  it  its  present  name.  Tonka  beans  are  about 
2  inches  long.  A  variety  known  as  English  Tunka  beans,  are  smoother,  smaller,  and  do  not 
contain  as  much  coumarin  as  the  preceding,  108  grains  having  been  yielded  by  1  pound  of 
tine  Tonka  beans.  The  English  Tonka  bean  is  the  seed  oi  Dipteryx  oppogilifolia,  Willdenow. 
Tonka  depends  undoubtedly  upon  coumarin  for  its  virtues.  Pronounced  narcotic  effects  have 
been  observed  from  coumarin,  which  is  also  a  cardiac  stimulant,  and  finally  paralyzes  the 
heart.  Dr.  Laurence  Johnson  attributes  the  evil  effects  of  cigarette  smoking  to  this  principle, 
for  among  the  substances  used  in  preparing  cigarettes  are  plants  containing  coumarin,  notably 
Liatrig  odoraiissima.    A  fluid  extract  of  Tonka  bean  has  been  used  in  pt:rttau>i:<. 

F.^HAJi  Leaves. — The  leaves  of  Angreecum  Jragrang,  belonging  to  the  Orchidacese.  They 
have  a  strong  and  delicious  aroma,  and  a  sharp,  aromatic  taste.  Introduced  at  one  time  in 
France  as  a  substitute  for  ordinary  tea.  Fifteen  grains  are  infused  in  a  cup  of  cold  water, 
brought  to  a  boil  for  10  minutes,  poured  into  a  closed  container,  and  sweetened  when  partaken 
of.    It  comes  from  Mauritius  and  the  Isle  of  Reunion,  and  contains  animarin. 

MELISSA  (U.  S.  P.)— MELISSA. 

"The  leaves  and  tops  of  Melksa  officinalis,  Linne" — (U.S.  P.). 

Nat.  Orr?.— Labiata\ 

Common  Names:  Balm,  Lemon  balm. 

Botanical  Source.  —  Balm  is  a  perennial  herb,  with  upright,  branching, 
4-sided  stems,  10  to  20  inches  high.  The  leaves  are  opposite,  broadh-  ovate,  acute, 
coarsely  crenate-serrate,  rugose,  petioled,  and  more  or  less  hairj'.  The  flowers  are 
pale-yellow,  in  axillary  dimidiate  verticils,  and  subsessile;  the  bracts  are  few. 
ovate-lanceolate,  and  petiolate.  The  calyx  is  slightly  gibbous  at  base,  13-ribbed, 
flattish  above,  upper  lip  3-toothed,  lower  one  bifid.  Corolla  with  a  recurved- 
ascending  tube;  upi)er  liji  erect,  flattish,  lower  lip  spreading,  3-lobed,  middle  lobe 
mostly  broadest.     Stamens  ascending  (W. — G.). 

History  and  Description. — Balm  is  a  native  of  southern  France,  but  is  natu- 
ralized in  various  parts  of  Europe  and  the  United  States.  It  grows  in  fields, 
along  roadsides,  and  is  well-known  as  a  garden  plant,  flowering  from  May  to 
August.  The  whole  plant  is  medicinal,  and  should  be  collected  previous  to  its 
flowering.  In  the  recent  state,  it  has  a  lemon-like  odor,  which  is  nearly  lost  by 
drying.  Boiling  water  extracts  its  virtues.  It  is  oflicially  described  as  follows : 
"  Leaves  about  5  Cm.  (2  inches)  long,  petiolate,  ovate,  obtuse,  rounded  or  subcor- 
date  at  the  base,  crenate,  somewhat  hairy,  glandular;  branches  quadrangular; 
flowers  in  about  4-flowered  cymules,  with  a  tubular,  bell-shaped,  /i-toothed  calyx, 
a  whitish  or  purplish  bilabiate  corolla,  and  4  stamens;  fragrant,  aromatic;  some- 
what astringent  and  bitterish" — (['.  iS.  P.). 

The  Nepeta  Catarin,  Linne,  var.  B.  citriodora,  a  powerful  emmenagogue,  is  some- 
times cultivated  and  emjiloyed  by  mistake  for  balm.  It  has  the  same  odor,  but 
may  be  distintruislied  by  both  surfaces  of  its  leaves  being  hairy. 

Chemical  Composition. — Balm  containsabitfersubstance,  some  tannin,  gum. 
and  a  i>eiulinr  volatile  nil,  which  is  yellowish,  or  reddish-yellow,  very  limpid,  about 
0.89  in  (lensitv,  and  i)ossessing  the  fragrance  of  the  plant  in  a  very  high  degree. 
A  steaiopten  is  present  in  it  (Bizio) ;  the  oil  is  soluble  in  5  parts  of  alcohol.  The 
yield  in  oil  does  not  exceed  0.1  per  cent.  The  infusion  of  oalm  is  incompatible 
with  nitrate  of  silver,  acetate  of  lead,  and  sulphate  of  iron. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Balm  is  moderately  stimulant,  diapho- 
retic, and  antisiiasniiKJie.  A  warm  infusion,  drank  freely,  has  been  serviceable  as 
a  diaphoretic  in  phn'k'  (//.■.rn.-.ix  and  paiufiil  luen.itrunt ion, and  to  assist  the  operation 
of  other  diajdioretic  medicines;  in  combination  with  ipecacuanha  and  potassium 
nitrate,  a  valuable  diaphoretic  is  formed.  It  is  also  occasionally  used  to  as.«ist 
menstruation.  When  given  in  fevers,  it  may  be  rendered  more  agreeable  by  the 
addition  of  lemon  juice.    The  infusion  may  be  taken  ad  libitum. 

Belated  Species.— .Vi7i,<s<i  cordi/iilia,  IVrsiHin,  is  now  awepteil  as  n  variety  of  Melitm  iifici- 

nalis.     Its  leaves  are  mure  woolly,  larger,  and  have  an  unpleasjtnt  odov. 


mknisi'i;i;mim.  12'>3 

C'llrifiiflln  iMiUliln,  Lindlev,  and  ('ulruiulln  niixietnia,  Ik'Htluiiii,  art'  cinployol  \>y  tin-  .Mexi- 
can people  as  Siubstitutes  for  balm. 

J'uijotlimon  Patchouli/,  Pelletier  ( Pnjostfinon  stiair,  Tenorei. — Eastern  India.  .\n  aroinalic 
plant,  the  dried  leaves  of  which  vieM  the  volatile  oil  uf  wilchouty  {ixilcfuiuli),  niueh  eiui)Ioyed 
in  Hiving!  lasting;  qualities  to  other  odors  in  perfumes,  file  first  bale  of  the  leaves  was  oU'e'red 
in  London  iu  1844,  though  the  plant  was  known  as  early  as  182li.  Oil  of  patc-houly  is  of  two 
grades— that  distilled  from  the  selected  fresh  stock  near  the  Indian  plantations^  and  that 
ilistilled  in  Europe  from  the  importe<l  leaves.  It  is  of  a  brownish-yellow  color,  slightly  vis- 
cid. .\cconling  to  Uladstono  (lS6-Ji,  the  bidk  of  two  specimens  examined,  boiled  at  2o7°  C. 
411.')^  K.I.  The  residual  liquid  contained  a  strt)nglv  lilue  principle— cteru/W/i,  or  <iziilmi'—ol 
nuuli  higher  boiling  point, ;>OL'°C.  (■)76°F.).  It  is  also  found  in  the  oils  of  achillea,  calamus, 
alisiniliiiim,  niatricaria,  etc.  The  oil  of  patchouly,  upon  standing,  deposits  crystalline  prisms 
..I  i,.:t,l,„nhi  ciintjihor  (CisHasO),  a stearopten  which  fuses  at  511° C.  (188.2°  F.)  when  pure  (Mont- 
-■•Uiii  1.  The  od  has  a  specific  gravity  of  0.975  to  0.995,  according  to  Schimmel  &  Co.  {Hi-port, 
April.  1S1I7I,  and  contains  (•(((fiiKvii' and  ;K«o/iOH/.i/a/roAo/.  The  leaves  yield  from  1 .5  to  4  per  cent. 
The  oil  is  said  to  be  occasionally  ailulterated  to  the  extent  of  (>0  percent  with  cubeb  and  cedar 


oils  (see  interesting  article  on  Patchouli,  by  J.  C.  Sawer,  Amer.  Jour,  i'/iarm.,  1S81,  n.  187  ; 
i7)i</.,  1888,  p.  184,  from  Kiir  BulUtiii).    Prophylactic  powers  are  ascribed  to  this  pta 
Japanese,  Chinese,  and  .\ral 


bid.,  1888,  p.  184,  from  AVie  BulUiiii).    Prophylactic  powers  are  ascribed  to  this  plant  bv  the 
,  and  .\ral>s. 

MENISPERMUM  (U.  S.  P.)— MENISPERMUM. 


"  The  rliizoiiie  and  roots  of  McnU-jiermum  atnadense,  Linne" — (['.  5f.  P.). 

Xitt.  Ord. — Meiiisperinacca'. 

Co.M.Mo.N  X.A.MK.s :  Yellow  parilla,  Cnnndian  vwonseed,  Moonseed  sarsnparilld,  Texas 
mrgni^irilla.Viiu'  mnple. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  has  a  perennial,  horizontal,  woody,  very  long 
root,  of  a  beautiful  yellow  color  externally,  and  a  round,  striate,  climbing  stem, 
irreenish-yellow  when  young,  8  to  12  feet  in  length.  The  leaves  are  roundish, 
cordate,  peltate,  3  to  7-angled  or  lobed,  smooth,  the  i)etiole  inserted  near  the  base, 
3  to  5  inches  long,  white  lines  radiating  from  the  petiole  on  the  upper  surface  to 
each  angle,  glaucous  green  above,  paler  below,  entire,  4  or  5  inches  in  diam.eter. 
The  flowers  are  small,  yellow,  and  in  axillary  clusters;  sepals,  4  to  8,  in  a  double 
row;  petals  4  to  7,  minute,  retuse,  and  shorter  than  the  sepals.  Stames  12  to  20 
in  the  sterile  flowers  ;  anthers  4-celled.  Pistils  2  to  4  in  the  fertile  flowers,  raised 
on  a  short  stalk,  1  or  2  rij)ening  into  round  drupes.  Imperfect  stamens  are  some- 
times fouiul  in  the  fertile  flowers.  The  drupes  are  about  4  lines  in  diameter, 
black,  with  a  bloom  resembling  frost-grapes,  and  1-seeded.  The  seeds  are  crescent- 
shaped  and  compressed  (W. — G.). 

History. — This  is  a  valuable  American  remedy,  not  in  extensive  use  among 
physicians.  It  grows  in  woods  and  hedges  near  streams,  from  Canada  to  Caro- 
lina, and  west  to  the  Mis.sissippi,  flowering  in  July.  The  rhizome,  with  its  roots, 
is  the  official  part.  It  has  a  bitter,  persistent,  butnot  unpleasant  acrid  taste,  and 
yields  its  virtues  in  water  or  alcohol.  The  root  of  this  plant  has  been  offered  in 
our  markets  as  a  Tents  sarsaparilla  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Plinrm.,yo\.  XXVII,  page  7). 

Description. — The  P.  .S'.  P.  describes  yellow  parilla  as  follows:  "Rhizome 
several  feet  long,  about  5  Mm.  (J  inch)  thick,  brown  or  j-ellowish-brown,  some- 
what knotty,  finely  wrinkled  longitudinally,  and  beset  with  numerous  thin,  rather 
brittle  roots;  fracture  tough,  woody ;  internally  yellowish,  the  bark  rather  thick, 
the  wood-rays  broad,  porous,  and  longest  on  the  lower  side ;  pith  distinct.  Nearly 
inodorous:  taste  liitter"— (^f.  .'^.  P). 

Chemical  Composition. — Prof.  J.  M.  Maisch  found  in  it  a  small  amount  of 
berberine,  and  a  larj,'.'  (piantity  of  a  white,  amorphous,  bitter  alkaloid,  which  is 
soluble  in  ether,  alcohol,  and  in  much  water  with  alkaline  reaction  (.iHitr.  Joitr. 
/'/(((nil.,  1863,  p.  303).  It  does  not  dissolve  in  benzene  or  alkaline  solutions,  but 
dissolves  in  20  parts  of  chloroform,  H.  L.  Barber  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1884,  p.  401) 
has  shown  it  to  differ  in  its  properties  from  mcnixjicrmine  (from  Coi-rului^  indiciis) 
and  ori/iicfinlhine  (from  Bcrbrri.i  ruLjarUi).  Maisch  has  named  it  vieiiispiue;  its  taste 
is  a  pure  bitter,  like  that  of  gentian.  Tannin,  gum,  resin,  and  stJirch  are  also 
present  in  thp  drug. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Yellow  parilla  is  tonic,  laxative,  altera- 
tive,and  diuictic.  In  small  (1m.<c..,  no  obvious  eflect.s  are  produceil  on  the  gen- 
eral system,  but  in  larger  doses,  a  slight  increase  of  the  voliime  of  the  pulse  may 
be  perceived,  as  well  as  increase  of  the  appetite,  and  the  action  of  the  )M>wels.    In 


1254  MENTHA  PIPERITA. 

excessive  doses,  purging  and  vomiting  will  follow,  but  no  other  unpleasant  effect. 
It  is  a  superior  laxative  bitter.  It  acts  quite  prominently  upon  the  glandular 
structures.  It  was  formerly  much  esteemed  as  a  remedy  in  scrofulous,  cutaneous, 
arthritic,  rheumatir,  syphilitic,  and  mercurial  diseases.  Likewise  employed  in  dyspepsia, 
general  debility,  and  chronic  inflammation  of  the  viscera.  Externally,  the  decoction 
has  been  used  with  good  effect  as  an  embrocation  in  gouty  and  cutaneous  affection^. 
Indications  seem  to  point  to  its  probable  value  in  leucocythxmiu,  especially  whei; 
the  spleen  is  prominently  involved.  Dose  of  the  decoction,  from  1  to  4  flui': 
ounce.s,  3  times  a  day;  f)f  the  extract,  from  2  to  6  grains,  3  or  4  times  a  day;  <•:' 
the  saturated  tintturc,  from  A  to  1  fluid  drachm. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — "Skin  brown,  tongue  coated  at  the  bas(. 
tip  red.  irregular  ajjpetite,  constipation  "  (Scuddsr,  lAst  of  Specific  Indications). 

Related  Drug. — Puvgium  eduk.    East  India.    Contains  an  alkaloid  which  lias  been  com- 
pared to  meniyienniuf.     Anthelmintic  ami  narcotic,  and,  in  large  doses,  toxic. 

MENTHA  PIPERITA  (U.  S.  P.)— PEPPERMINT. 

"  The  leaves  and  tops  of  Mentha  piperita,  Smith  " — (  T.  S.  P.). 
Nat.  Ord. — Labiate. 
Common  Name:  Peppermint. 

Illustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  203. 

Botanical  Source. — This  herb  is  a  perennial,  with  procumbent,  ascending, 
branched,  reddish  stems,  quite  smooth,  or  fringed,  with  a  few  spreading  hairs,  fur- 
Fie  168  rowed  and  quadrangular,  and  2  or  3  feet  in  height.    The  leaves 

are  ovate-oblong,  or  somewhat  lanceolate,  rounded  at  the  base, 
deep-green,  smooth  or  hairy  on  the  under  side,  serrate,  and 
borne  on  ciliated  petioles.     The  flowers  are  in  whorls,  small, 
J    H^^  ^"^^   purplish;  upper  floral  leaves  small,  lanceolate-subulate, 

if  fr^^  shorter  than  the  flowers.    The  whorls  are  few,  lax,  uppermost 

ii     '^^^  in  a  short,  oblong,  obtuse,  reddish  spike;  lowermost   remote, 

,  ^^j/^B*-  with  the  cymes  shortly  stalked.  Bracts  subulate,  outer  ones 
fJ    ri^^f'  ^^  ^°"8  ^^  ^^®  calyx.    Pedicels  quite  smooth.    Calvx  5-toothed, 

*    *         il  teeth  liispid,  subulate,  erect.     The  corolla  is  4-cleft,  tubular, 

with  the  broadest  segment  emarginate.    Stamens  4.  awl-shaped, 
straiglit,  and  distant;  anthers  with  2  parallel  cells.     Achenia 
.smooth  (L.—  W.—G.). 
Mentiia  piperita  Hlstory,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— Pep- 

permint is  indigenous  to  England,  and  has  been  extensively  cultivated  in  various 
parts  of  Europe  and  throughout  the  United  States.  It  grows  wild  in  damp  places, 
and  flowers  from  .July  to  Sejitember.  In  order  to  preserve  the  fragrance  of  this 
plant,  the  roots  require  to  be  reset  triennially,  perhaps  oftener.  Care  must  also  be 
taken  to  keep  out  the  weeds,  especially  Erigeron  canadense,  Linne;  Erechtiteg  hicracl- 
/o/(V(,  Rafinesque,  and  ^wiirosirt  <?-f^(?rt,  Linne.  The  entire  herb  is  medicinal;  it 
should  be  collected  as  soon  as  the  flowers  begin  to  develop,  and  be  carefully  dried 
in  the  shade.  The  whole  plant  has  a  peculiar,  aromatic,  diffusive  odor,  and  an 
agreeable,  warm,  burning,  bitter  taste,  followed  by  a  feeling  of  coolness  during 
inhalation.  These  properties  are  more  marked  in  the  fresh  than  in  tiie  dried 
jilant.  Both  the  odor  and  taste  are  retained  when  the  plant  is  dried,  and  may  be 
|)reserved  for  a  long  time.  The  U.S.  P.  describes  it  as  follows:  "Leaves  about 
5  Cm.  (2  inches)  long,  petiolate,  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  sharply  serrate,  glandular, 
nearly  smooth,  the  few  hairs  containing  crystals  of  menthol  in  one  or  more  tliin 
cells;  branches  quadrangular,  often  purplish;  flowers  in  terminal,  conical  spikes, 
with  a  tubular,  5-toothed,  often  purplish  calyx,  a  purplish,  4-lobed  corolla,  and  4 
short  stamens;  odor  aromatic;  taste  pungent  and  cooling'" — {U.S.  P.).  Its  vir- 
tues are  due  to  a  volatile  oil  (see  Olcun)  Mnil!i;i  Pijirriia).  which  is  contained  in 
little  vesicles  existing  throughout  the  plant, and  visible  in  the  leaves;  the  oil  may 
be  obtained  by  distillation  with  water.  Tlie  plant  al.so  contains  t^mnic  acid,  as 
its  infusion  becomes  dark-green  with  ferric  salts.  Its  virtues  are  taken  up  in  infu- 
sion by  water,  and  still  better  by  alcohol.    As  regards  the  treatment  and  distil- 


MENTHA  VIKI1H8.  125.3 

liitioii  of  iteppermint  plants,  see  two  interesting  papers  bv  W.  M.  L.  Weills,  iV<«-. 
r,„n.  /'■,.-•,,.  .(.«'«•..  1SS7.  p.  147,  and  A.  M.  TocUi,  Avur.  Jour.  PA<(rw.,l888,  p.  328. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.  — Peppermint  is  a  powerful  diffusive 
stiniulaiii,  antispasmodic,  laniiinativcsininachic.and  weak  anodyne.  It  undoubt- 
I'dly  possesses  marked  antiseptic  properties.  Used  in  the  treatment  of  f/d^trmlynia, 
fliiiiiltiit  colic,  hi/.tterui,  sjxwmiS  or  cniinjix  of  the  Moiiuich,  to  allay  the  griping  of 
cathartics,  to  check  nmu^a  and  vomiting,  and  to  disguise  the  unplea.sant  taste  of 
other  medicines.  Equal  parts  of  the  es.sence  and  alcohol,  used  by  atomization, 
relieve  the  cntigh  of  bronchitis  and  pnciinwnin.  The  fresh  herb,  bruised  and  applied 
over  the  bowels,  will  often  allay  sick  stomach,  and  is  efficient  in  cholera  infantum. 
The  same  kind  of  application  sometimes  relieves  headache.  The  infusion  may 
l)e  drank  freely;  but  the  most  usual  form  of  administration  is  the  es.sence,  made 
by  dissolving  1  lluid  drachm  of  the  oil  in  1  fluid  ounce  of  alcohol.  Dose,  from 
10  to  60  drops,  in  sueetencd  water. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Gastrodynia,  flatulent  colic,  and  difficult 
digestion 

MENTHA  VIRIDIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SPEARMINT. 


■;::! 


"The  leaves  and  tops  of  Mentha  viridi",  Linne" — (/'.  .^.  J'.).  (Mentha  m/lvestri^, 
var.  jr/<(?;/-.(,  Koch.) 

Xat.  Ord. — Labiativ. 

CoM.MON-  Name:  SpenrmiTit. 

Ii,i.isTi!.\Tio.N  :    Bentlcy  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants, 20(2. 

Botanical  Source.— i^pearmint  is  a  creeping-rooted,  herbaceous  plant,  with 
iiect,  liraiicliing,  quadrangular,  smooth  stems,  1  or  2  feet  high.     The  leaves  are 
subsessile,   ovate-lanceolate,  unequally  ser- 
rated,  and  snuiotli;  those  under  the  flowers  **■ 

all  bract-like,  rather  longer  than  the  whorls; 
the.«e  last  and  the  calyces  hairy  or  smooth. 
The  flowers  are  pale  purple.  Spikes  cj'lin- 
drical  anil  loose.  Whorls  ai)proximated,  or 
the  lowest  or  all  of  them  distant;  peduncles 
smooth,  round,  and  shining.  The  calyx  is 
bell-shajied  and  -i-toothed.  Corolla  funnel- 
shaped    F..  — W  ). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. 

i^penvimulKJI'  rhn  ,„.  nth.rurat^,  [r,/ Roiih 
is  an  E\iropean  lierl),  but  like  the  pre 
ing  species  of  mint,  is  extensively  culti- 
vated in  various  moist  places  in  this  coun- 
try on  account  of  its  oil,  and  for  domestic 
u.=e.  It  flowers  in  .July  and  August;  the 
whole  herb  is  medicinal,  and  should  be  gath- 
ered for  medicinal  use  during  dry  weather 
and  previous  to  the  full  development  of 
the  flowers.  If  gathered  to  procure  its  oil,  it 
shoultl  be  done  after  the  flowers  have  become  developed,  and  before  the  ripening 
of  the  seeds.  It  has  a  strongj  peculiar,  aromatic  odor,  and  an  aromatic,  faintly 
bitter  taste,  followed  by  coolness  in  the  mouth  during  inhalation.  When  the 
l>lant  is  carefully  dried,  these  properties  are  preserved  for  a  long  time.  Its  virtues 
are  due  to  a  volatile  oil  (see  Oleum  Mentha;  Viridia),  which  may  be  obtained  In' 
distillation  with  water.  Alcohol  extracts  its  virtues,  also  water  by  infusion.  It 
contains  n  little  tannin. 

Description.— '•  Leaves  about  5  Cm.  (2  inches)  long,  subses.sile,  lance-oyate, 
acute,  senate,  glandular,  nearly  smooth;  branches  quadrangular,  mostly  light- 
green  ;  lluu.rs  in  terminal,  interrupted,  narrow,  acute  spikes,  with  a  tubular, 
sharply  5-tonthed,  ralyx,  a  light-puri.lish  4-lobed  corolla,  and  4  rather  long  sta 
mens:  odor  aromatic  ;  taste  pungint  "— (  T.  .'^'.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  carminative,  antispasmodic,  and 
stimulant  properties  of  spearmint  are  somewliat  inferior  to  those  of  ])e]ipermint; 


Mentha  rlrldls. 


1256  MENTHOL. 

its  principal  emplo^'ment  is  for  its  diuretic  and  febrifuge  virtues.  As  a  febrifuge, 
it  is  superior  to  peppermint,  and  may  be  used  freely  in  warm  infusion.  The  cold 
infusion  is  beneficial  in  high  color,  or  scalding  of  urine,  diffirvlt  micturition,  etc.; 
it  may  be  used  alone  or  in  combination  with  marsh-mallow  root.  In  fact,  it  is 
one  of  the  best  of  simple  diuretics,  and  acts  nicely  with  potassium  acetate.  A 
saturated  tincture  of  the  fresh  herb  with  gin  has  been  found  serviceable  in  gnnor- 
rhcen,  i<tniri(jiiri/,  i<ii'/ipressed  urine,  gravel,  and  as  a  local  application  Xo  painful  hemor- 
rhnids.  The  oil  is  diuretic,  stimulant,  antispasmodic,  and  rubefacient,  and  is  used 
externally  in  rhcmnatir  and  other  pain !<.     Dose,  same  as  peppermint. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Scanty  secretion  of  urine  with  frequent  desire 
to  urinate;  simple  nausea. 

MENTHOL  (U.  S.  P.)— MENTHOL. 


Formula:  C,|,H,<,0H.     Molecular  Weight:  1.55.G6. 

"A  stearopten  (having  the  character  of  a  secondary  alcohol),  obtained  from 
the  official  oil  of  peppermint  (from  Mentha  piperita.  Smith),  or  from  Japanese  or 
Chinese  oil  of  peppermint  (from  Mentha  arvenwis,'Lix\n^,\aiT.j>ipera.iceni,  Holmes, 
and  MrnfJin  cnnadrnsis,  Linne,  var.  (jlnlinitn,  Holmes.  Nat.  Ord. — Labiata;;.  Menthol 
should  he  k.]it  in  well-stoiipcied  I'.ottles,  in  a  cool  place"— (K  S.P.). 

Source  and  Preparation.— Menthol  is  the  solid  constituent  of  oil  of  pepper- 
mint, to  which  its  characteristic  odor  is  due,  and  was  formerlj'  known  as  pepper- 
mint camphor.     It  occurs  in  largest  quantity  in  the  oils  of 
^'~  ^""  peppermint  known  as  the  Chinese  and  Japanese  oils.     Our 

home-grown  i)epi)ermint  (Mentha pijierita)  yields  about  20 
per  cent  of  an  excellent  article  of  menthol,  of  a  pure  mint 
odor,  and  known  in  trade  as  pip-menthol.  It  forms  hand- 
some, dry  crystals,  and  was  first  prepared  in  this  country 
by  Mr.  A.  M.  Todd,  of  Nottawa,  Michigan.  Analysis  bv  the 
bite  Prof.  Henry  Trimble  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1884,  p." 405) 
shows  it  to  conform  to  the  above  formula  more  closely  than 
Japanese  menthol,  which  still  contained  traces  of  liquid 
hydrocarbons  and  also  showed  a  slightly  reduced  melting 
point  on  this  account.  According  to  Mr.  Todd  ( Amrr.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  1886,  p.  159),  menthol  is  obtained  by  subjecting  the 
distilled  oil  of  i)ei>permint  to  a  temi>erature  (^i — 11°  C. 
( — 7.6°  F.),  by  the  aid  of  a  freezing  mixture.  Tlie  menthol 
crystallizes  out  in  satiny  crystals,  and  the  mother  liquor  is 
removed  while  the  low  temperature  is  maintained.  In  rare 
instances,  the  distillate  congeals  at — 4.4°C.  (24°  F.V 

Description.— The  r.  .'>'./'.  describes  menthol  as  form- 
ing "colorless,  acicular  or  prismatic  crystals,  having  a  strong  and  pure  odor  of 
npermint,  and  a  warm,  aromatic  taste,  followed  by  a  sensation  of  cold  when  air 
rawn  into  the  mouth.  Menthol  is  only  slightly  soluble  in  water,  but  imparts 
to  the  latter  its  odor  and  taste.  It  is  freely  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform, 
carbon  disulphide,  or  glacial  acetic  acid.  It  melts  at  43°  C.  (109.4°  F.)  to  a  colorless 
liquid,  boils  at  212°  C.  (413. G°  F.),  and  volatilizes  slowly  at  the  ordinary  tempera- 
ture. When  it  is  triturated  with  about  an  equal  weight  of  cami)hor,  "thymol,  or 
chloral  hydrate,  the  mixture  becomes  liquid.  Its  alcoholic  solution  is  neutral  to 
litinns  ]);'iiMr,and  deviates  polarized  light  to  the  left" — {U.S.  P.).  Chemically, 
iiuntliol  is  a  secondary  alcohol  of  the  formula  CeH,(OH)CH,C,H..H„or/«w-/iy(f»^)- 
(-.17/  jiiira-ri/hirnc,  yielding,  upon  oxidation,  a  mobile,  dextro-rotatory  fluid  {mcnthoi}e, 
C,„II,|,0),  which  is  a  ketone,  and  bears  the  same  relation  to  menthol  as  Japan  cam- 
phor does  to  hornml  (see  Cuinphora).  Reversedly,  menthol  may  be  obtained  from 
menthone  by  reduction  with  metallic  sodium.  The  hydrocarbon  (»ir»?/ioit', C,„H,J 
is  obtained  by  heating  menthol  with  zinc  chloride,  or  other  dehydrating  agents. 
Tests. — "  If  a  little  menthol  be  heated  in  an  open  capsule,  on  a  water-bath,  it 
should  gradually  volatilize  without  leaving  any  residue  (absence  of  wax.jtaraftin, 
or  inorganic  sul>stances).  If  a  few  crystals  of  menthol  be  di.^olved  in  1  Co.  of 
glacial  acetic  acid,  and  then  3  drops  of  sulphuric  acid  and  1  drop  of  nitric  acid 
added,  no  green  color  should  be  produced  (absence  of  thymol) '" — t^l'.  S.  J'. '.  Cones 


Crystals  of  MenthoL 


MKXYANTHE.S.  V2o7 

or  pencils  of  menthol,  whicli  are  so  extensively  sold  as  a  remedy  for  headache, 
neuralgia,  ete.,  are  usually  kirgely  mixed  with  wax.  parallin,  or  other  foreign 
admixture,  the  pi-esence  of  which  is  ncou'iiiztd  by  tlie  above  test. 

Mr.  L.  F.  Kebler  (.•lmrr../')((r.  7'/i(i;-;/i.,  is;t7,  i>.  180)  recommends  the  quantitative 
deterniiiiation  of  menthol  hy  a  modification  of  the  process  given  by  Prof.  I'ower 
and  Dr.  Kleber  in  i'/idrw.  A'»»(/.«7i(ji(,  1S!)4,  p.  157.  According  to  this  process,  the 
cnin>>i,ifil  menthol — /.f., occurring  in  tlie  form  of  esters — is  first  determined  hy 
saponification  of  the  oil  with  a  known  amount  of  caustic  soda  solution.  The  Mat 
mentiiol  is  then  dctenuined  h}'  forming  an  acetyl  ester  of  mentliol,  and  saimnify- 
ing  the  iiroduct  by  a  known  excess  of  caustic  soda.  The  amount  of  fne  menthol 
is  then  ri-presented  by  the  diflerence  hetween  the  total  and  the  combined  men- 
thol.   (For  tlie  de4iils  of  tliis  process,  consult  tlie  interesting  jiapers  quoted.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Menthol  jutssesses  the  general  proper- 
ties t>f  peppermint  oil  soim-what  intensifi^'d.  It  undoubtedly  has  active  germicidal 
and  jironounced  tonic  properties.  It  exerts  considerable  an:esthetic  power  over 
parts  to  which  it  is  applied,  and  is  frequently  added  to  ether,  chloroform,  etc., when 
they  are  to  he  used  in  spray  for  the  relief  of  Inail  jxiins.  Paralysis  of  tiie  spinal 
nerve  centers  and  nerves,  involving  a  loss  of  both  sensation  and  motion,  has 
resulted  from  large  doses  of  menthol.  When  applied  in  solid  form  to  the  skin  or 
mucous  tissues,  it  first  produced  a  sharp,  burning  sensation,  soon  followed  by  a 
sense  of  coldness  with  decreased  sensibilit\'  of  the  parts.  It  forms  a  good  applica- 
tion to  UrhiiKj  surfarc)),  and  in  pruritU  vulne  a  weak  solution  in  olive  oil  has  given 
us  excellent  satisfaction.  It  is  largely  used  for  itch'uKj  of  the  surftice,  cellular  injlam- 
inati'»is,  and  loral  pains — such  as  occur  in  bnm-^,  scalds,  insert  biles  and  sdnys,  eczema, 
ringworm,  urticaria,  toiHhache,  earache,  neuralgia,  sciatica,  boils,  carbuncles,  etc.  In 
boils  of  the  external  auditor;/  canal,  a  20  per  cent  solution  in  oil  may  be  applied  on 
cotton,  renewing  every  24  hours.  A  petrolatum  ointment  of  menthol  (20  per 
cent)  has  been  recommended  as  a  stimulating  agent  wliere  there  is  a  lack  of  secre- 
tion of  cerumen.  Cdi-yza  and  luiy  Uci  r  are  frequently  treated  with  the  vapor  or  the 
direct  application  of  a  10  to  20  per  cent  solution  "to  the  nostrils,  and  a  solution 
of  the  latter  strength  has  been  recommended  where  thickening  of  the  membranes 
give  rise  to  oliat ruction  or  stenosis  of  the  Eu.-<tuchian  tubes.  Ozitna,  catarrhal  sore  throat, 
and  chninic  inHammntiou.  of  the  phari/nx  sxre  treated  with  the  solution,  while  it  has 
been  used  by  atomization  with  success  in  pertussis,  asthma,  and  bronchitis  of  a  chronic 
type.  Its  vapor  relieves  irritable  bronchial  cough.  Extraordinary  claims  regard- 
ing its  effects  in  nebulized  spray,  have  been  advanced  concerning  its  retarding 
influence  and  even  arresting  i)ower  over  both  jmlnunmry  and  laryngeal  phthi-iis. 
These  claims,  however,  require  substantiation.  Small  doses  sometimes  allay  rowitt- 
imj,  as  of  pregnancy,  etc.  The  dose  of  menthol  for  internal  use  is  from  i  to  2 
grains  in  pill,  capsule,  trituration,  or  olive  oil;  for  local  uses,  ointments,  liniments, 
and  solutions  are  einplovt-d  in  strength  ranging  from  5  to  20  per  cent. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Topically,  to  pruritic  surfaces. 

Belated  Product.— Mextiiiohoi..  Heat  carefully  in  a  capsule  menthol,  4  parts,  and  add 
io<l'iI,  ill  tiue  jMiwilfr,  1  part,  and  triturate  until  a  uniforin  mass  is  obtained.  Mold  into  suitable 
iH-iii-iU  or  cones.  If  tuo  hard,  soften  by  remelting  with  a  small  quantity  of  gum  camphor.  A 
local  api)lication  for  neurahjin. 

MENYANTHES.— BUCKBEAN. 

The  leaves  and  rhizome  of  Mcnyanthcs  trifoliata,\A\\\\i. 

Xal.  Ore/.— Gentianacea'. 

CoMMo.v  Names  :    Biukhcan.  Boghcan,  Marsh-trefoil,  Water-shamrock. 

Iij.isTRATioN  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Phmt.^  1^4. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant  is  perennial,  has  a  blackish  rhizome,  about 
o  or  G  lines  in  diameter,  penetrating  liorizontally  in  the  earth  to  a  great  distance, 
regularly  intersected  with  joints  at  the  distance"  of  about  half  an  inch  from  each 
other;  these  joints  are  formed  by  the  breaking  oil"  of  the  old  petioles  and  their 
sheaths.  The  leaves  procee<l  from  the  end  of  the  rhizome  on  long  stalks  fur- 
nished with  broad,  sheathing  stijudes  at  the  liase;  are  trifoliate,  nearly  oval,  gla- 
brous somewhat  fleshv,  slightly  repand,  or  furnished  with  many  irregularities  at 
the  fd._'e,  wbieb    hardiv  i.r.veii"t   tbein    iVuin   being  entire.     The  scape  is  round. 


1258  METIIYLENI  BICHLORIDUM. 

ascending,  snioolh,  about  a  foot  high,  bearing  a  conical  raceme  of  flowers.  Ped- 
uncles straight,  supported  by  ovate,  concave  bracts.  Calyx  erect,  somewhat  cam- 
pnnulate,  5-parted  and  persistent.  Corolla  white;  its  tube  short,  border  o-cleft, 
spreading,  at  length  revolute,  and  clothed  on  the  upper  part  with  a  coating  of 
dense,  fleshy,  obtuse  hairs.  Stamens  5,  shorter  than  the  corolla,  and  alternate 
with  its  segments;  anthers  oblong, arrow-shaped.  Ovary  ovate;  stigma  bifid  and 
coniiiressed.  Capsule  ovate,  2-valved,  and  1-celled ;  seeds  numerous  and  min- 
ute (  L.).    Its  flowers  are  flesh  color  or  pale  lilac. 

History. — Buckbean  is  indigenous  to  this  country  and  Europe,  growing  in 
spongy,  boggy  soils,  swamps,  ditches,  etc.,  flowering  from  April  to  August.  The 
whole" plant  possesses  medicinal  properties,  but  the  root  and  leaves  are  the  parts 
more  generally  employed.  The  whole  plant  is  nearlj'  odorless,  but  has  a  very 
bitter,  somewhat  aromatic  taste.  Water,  or  alcohol,  takes  up  its  active  properties. 
Infusions  of  the  leaves,  saccharated  by  adding  simple  syrup,  gelatinize  through 
the  presence  of  pectin  ;  if  the  latter  is  removed  by  alcohol,  no  gelatinization  takes 
place  (  see  Amu:  J<w,:  PhnruK,  1881,  p.  360). 

Chemical  Composition. — Mewianthes  trijolinta  contains  a  bitter,  glucosidal 
principle,  first  isolated,  in  1861,  by  Ludwig  and  Kromayer,  and  called  mmijanthin. 
Karl  Lendrich,  in  1892,  gave  an  improved  method  of  obtaining  menvanthin 
{Archiv  ikr  P/iarm.,  1892,  p.  38),  and  found  \t  to  have  the  formula  C^UJ^,,.  It 
is  a  neutral  body  of  bitter  taste,  and  yellow  color,  soluble  in  alcohol  and  hot 
water ;  soluble  with  difficulty  in  cold  water  and  ether.  Although  menyanthin 
contains  no  nitrogen,  it  strangely  enough  responds  to  alkaloidal  reagents,  such 
as  Mayer's  solution,  tannic  acid,  etc.  Diluted  alkalies  or  acids  cause  it  to  split 
into  a  resinous  product,  a  Itevo-rotatory  sugar,  and  a  volatile,  sweetish,  aromatic 
oil,  vunj/iuithol,  ('CjHnO,,)n,  which  is  both  an  aldehyde  and  a  phenol.  Contrary  to 
some  statements,  it  has  not  the  odor  of  bitter  almond  oil. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Buckbean,  when  recent,  and  given  in 
large  doses,  usualls'  causes  emesis.  It  is,  when  dried,  tonic  and  astringent,  or 
l)urgative,  according  to  the  dose.  It  is  valuable  as  a  tonic  where  digestion  and 
blood  making  are  impaired,  and  particularly  when  there  is  an  associated  uterine 
dmase  or  irregularity,  or  when  following  the  use  of  quinine  in  mnUtrial  dusorders 
(Scudder).  For  this  jiurpose,  a  strong  tincture  of  the  fresh  leaves  may  be  given 
in  doses  of  from  1  to  10  minims.  It  has  been  given  in  dy»pep^ui,  intermittent  and 
remittent  Jeveis,  with  advantage;  and  has  been  highly  recommended  in  chronic 
rheumatism,  hejmtalgia,  dropsy,  tcnrms,  and  some  cutaneous  di^ases,  and  a.s  a  tonic  in 
scrofula,  and  various  cachectic  affectionii.  As  a  tonic,  the  powdered  root  or  herb 
may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  10  to  25  grains;  of  the  aqueous  extract,  5  or  10 
^'ra'ins;  of  the  infusion  (made  by  infusing  2  drachms  of  the  herb  or  root  in  4 
fluid  ounces  of  water  at  212°  F.J,  a  fluid  ounce  or  two;  repeating  the  dtise  of 
either  every  3  or  4  hours.  Sixty  grains  of  the  powder,  or  4  fluid  ounces  of  the 
infusion,  produce  catharsis,  and  sometimes  emesis. 


METHYLENI    BICHLORIDUM.— METHYLENE  BICHLORIDE. 

Formula:  CHjCl.j.     Molecular  Weight:  84.71. 

Synonyms  :  Methene.  dichloride,  Bich'loride  of  methylme,  Methylene  dichloride.  Mono- 
chlorinated  chloride  of  methyl.  Chlorinated  chloride  of  methyl,  Dichhromethane,  Dichlor- 
methnne,  C'liloro-iiiithj/f,  Mr'lrnc  chloride. 

History  and  Preparation. — This  substance  may  be  considered  the  second 
substitution  i>roduct  o(  tlie  action  of  chlorine  upon  methane  (»i(ir.-.7i  ya.<),CH„  the 
first  jiroduct  being  gaseous  methyl  chloride,  or  chloromelhane,  CHjCl.  It  was 
discovered,  in  1S40,  by  Regnault ;  Dumas  and  Peligot  having  prepared  chloride 
of  methyl  about  five  years  previouslv.  It  is  difficult  to  prepare,  and  is  seldom 
found  in  commerce.  It  is  formed  w1ien  chlorine  gas  is  passed  into  di-iixlome- 
thane  covered  with  water,  the  retort  containing  it  being  at  the  s;ime  time  heated ; 
iodine  separates  in  crystals,  and  an  oily  Viqwid  (dichloromethane),  with  impurities, 
passes  into  the  cooled 'receiver.  This  is  purified  by  prolonged  conUict  with  chlo- 
rine, then  distilling  from  solution  of  potash,  agitating  with  calcium  chloride,  and 


MKTHYI.KXl  URHLultlUVM.  1259 

K-ilistillinfi  to  separate  water.  It  may  also  be  made  (Regnault's  process)  by  chlo- 
rination  of  methyl  chloride  (CH,C1)," bringing  tlie  g;isv.i  together  in  the  Funlight. 
and  afterward  separating  the  metliene  dicblori,!.'  l)y  fractional  cdndcnsation ; 
also  by  the  action  of  chlorine  on  methvl  iodide,  tiuis:  CH,l-i-fl  C'H,C1,+  HI. 
Another  process  consists  in  treating  chloroform  in  alcoholic  solution  with  zinc 
and  sulphuric  aci.l  as  follows:  CIU'1,,+H,^CH,C1,+  HC1. 

Description  and  Adulterations.— D/r/iZorit/e  ojmdhene  is  a  colorless  liquid,  of 
a  sweet,  clii<irukiini-like  odor,  of  speciric  gravity  1.360  at  0°C.  (32°F.\and  Iwiling 
at  40°  C.  ( 1U4^  F.)  (Butlerow).  According  to  Watts  and  others,  Regnault's  prejui- 
ratioii  boils  at  30.5°  C.  (87°  P.),  has  a  specific  gravity  of  1.3-14  at  18°  C.  (G4.4°  F.). 
is  Very  volatile,  and  resembles  Dutch  Liquid.  It  is  tlissolved  by  alcohol  or  ether, 
does  not  aU'ect  test  papers,  and  emits  a  vap(U-  that  is  readily  combustible. 

It  is  stated  that  cnloroform  has  been  substituted  for  methene  dichloride,  but 
the  fraud  can  be  readily  detected  by  the  specific  gravity,  unless  the  adulterating 
liquid  be  reduced  to  the  gravity  of  methene  by  the  addition  of  ether.  In  this 
case,  the  odor  of  ether  will  be  apparent.  t?hould  a  mixture  of  chloroform  and 
attsolute  alcohol  be  prepared  and  substituted,  agitation  with  cold  distilled  water 
will  seiiarate  the  alcohol,  and  the  dill'en  nee  in  bulk  will  reveal  the  fraud,  while 
specilic  gravity  of  the  heavy  liquid  will  be  found  greater  than  1.360. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Bichloride  of  methylene  has  been 
proposed  by  Kichardson,  Wells,  and  others,  as  an  anajsthetic.  The  inhalation  of 
its  vaiwr  is  rather  agreeable,  its  influence  occurs  without  any  unpleasant  sensa- 
tions, and  the  return  to  consciousness  is  rapid  and  without  anj'  feeling  of  pros- 
tration. Vomiting  frequently  accompanies  its  administration,  and  occasionally, 
a  very  obstinate  period  of  agitation  and  struggling.  It  has  been  considered  less 
dangerous  than  chloroform,  though  Richardson  states  that  it  is  one  of  a  danger- 
ous family  of  chemical  substances,  involving  more  or  less  risk,  unless  used  with 
great  care.  Spencer  AVells,  the  celebrated  ovariotomist,  having  employed  it  in 
nearly  one  thousand  cases,  in  the  course  of  a  surgical  practice  of  ten  years, 
recommends  it  as  more  eflective  and  less  dangerous  than  any  other  known  ana'S- 
thetic;  yet,  notwithstanding  the.se  commendations,  and  their  confirmation  bj- 
several  other  surgeons,  the  substance  has  not  come  into  general  use  in  surgical 
practice.  The  quantity  required  for  inhalation  varies  from  20  to  40  minims; 
and  10  or  20  minims  subsequently,  if  required,  whenever  symptoms  of  a  return 
to  consciousness  begin  to  manifest  themselves.  The  use  of  this  vapor,  undi- 
luted, is  unsafe;  it  should  always  be  inhaled  in  a.ssociation  with  a  certain  quan- 
tity of  atmospheric  air;  and  for  this  purpose,  a  hollow  cone,  of  metal  or  i)aste- 
board,  ])erforated  with  numerous  apertures,  has  been  advised.  The  material  upon 
which  the  liquid  has  been  ])oured,  is  to  be  placed  within  the  cone,  and  the  vapor 
be  inhaled  therefrom.  Wells  recommends  Junker's  apparatus  for  this  pur))ose. 
Messrs.  Regnault  and  Villejean  make  the  statement  (^iHKT.Jbwr.  P/((I/;h.,  18S4,  p. 
646)  that  the  methylene  chloride  at  one  time  suj'plied  to  surgeons,  was  often  noth- 
ing but  a  mixture  of  chloroform  and  methylic  alcohol.  Pure  dichloride  of  methy- 
lene prepared  I'v  them,  differed  markedly  from  chloroform  in  its  physiological 
action,  excepting  that  both  agencies  produce  unconsciousness.  The  pure  methy- 
lene chloride,  however,  produced  constant  symptoms  of  an  alarming  character. 

Related  Compounds. —Methvlen-k,  or  E.NGi.isn  Methvi.kxe  Chloride.  Tliis  is  not  tlie 
above  substant-e,  and  should  not  be  confounded  with  it,  as  it  is  not  a  definite  chemical  com- 
pound, hut  sirnply  a  mixture  of  etlier  and  methylene  chloride.  It  has  ana'Sthelic  properties. 
Kichard.son  dolared  it  a  safe  anjesthetic  in  doses  of  from  1  fluid  drachm  to  i  fluid  ounce. 
Others,  however,  regard  it  as  a  dangerous  agent  and  one  to  be  altogether  avoided.  Acconlinj; 
to  Helbinc,  a  second  product  has  been  gold  as  methylene  chloride.  It  is  a  mixture  of  methyl 
chloride  and  chlnroform. 

Methyl  Ciilokide,  MonorhUinmthnne  (CH3CI),  C/ifonH<7/i(/^— This  compound  is  pro<luced 
by  the  action,  in  the  presence  of  a  small  quantity  of  zinc  chloride,  of  liydro<-hloric  acid  pas 
n|)on  methvlic  alcohol.  It  is  also  formeil  by  heating  the  hvdro<hloride  of  trimethvlamine 
(.\rCH3]3.flCI)  tea  temperature  of  260°('.  (.^)00'>F.)  It  is  tllus  obtained  as  a  colorless  gas, 
with  an  ethereal  smell.     Ignited  it  burns  with  a  green-edg.d  llanie.     .\l— 2:rC.  (— !».4''  F.)  it 

condenses  to  a  tiuid.     Likewihc  a  pressure  of  .">  atiiinsnhen  s,  at  ( iniou  tenn>erature,  re<lui-es 

it  to  a  liquid.  It  dissolves  in  ether,  alcohol,  and  cliloroform,  but  less  readdy  in  water.  By 
employing  the  con.lensed  Ii<|uid  in  the  form  of  a  spray,  it  is  nseil  as  a  frci-zin'g  agent  to  pro- 
duce Ux-nl  mumthetia.  Reputed  (-uici-ss  has  attended  its  use  in  nciudca  (Debovel,  the  jiarts  over 
tlio  nerve  being  treaU:<l  with  it.-*  spray. 


1260  METHYLI  lODIDUM.— METHYL  SALICYLAS. 

METHYLI  lODIDUM.— METHYL  IODIDE 

Formula:  CH,I.     Molecular  Weight:  141.50. 

Preparation  and  History. — Equal  proportions  of  anhydrous  methylic  alco- 
hol and  potaissium  iodide  are  mixed  together  in  a  retort,  and  a  stream  of  dry 
hydrochloric  acid  is  passed  into  the  mixture.  Upon  warming,  iodide  of  methyl 
distills.  It  is  now  chiefly  prepared  by  a  modification  of  the  method  employed, 
in  1835,  by  its  discoverers,  Dumas  and  Peligot — namely,  by  the  interaction  of 
pure  wood  alcohol  (35  parts),  iodine  (100  parts),  and  red  (amorphous)  phosphorus 
(10  parts).  The  reaction  which  takes  place  is  as  follows:  lOCHjOH-f-Iio+Pj^ 
10CH,I+,PO,H,4-2H,O. 

Description. — Methyl  iodide  is  a  heavy,  colorless  liquid,  having  r.  sweetish, 
ethereal  odor.  Its  specific  gravity  at  0°  C.  (32°  F.)  is  2.199;  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),2.23; 
its  boiling  point,  42.8°  C.  (109°  F).  At  a  low  temperature  it  forms,  with  water, 
a  crystalline  liydrato  (CM  ,I.H_,0).  It  gradually  turns  brown  when  exposed  to 
light,  am)  itMiitrs  with  ■litlirulty.  Inirning  witli  evolution  of  violet  fumes  of  iodine. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  agent  was  introduced  as  an  ana;s- 
thetic  by  Richardson,  in  1868.  While  a  powerful  anaesthetic,  it  is  equally  a  dan- 
gerous one.  It  is  very  liable  to  decompose,  and,  when  it  does  so,  it  produces  the 
irritant  effects  of  iodine.  After  anesthesia  under  its  use,  the  efifects  last  for  many 
days.  It  will  not  come  into  use  for  operative  purposes.  It  has  more  lecently 
(1884)  been  given  internally  as  a  sedative,  and  to  quiet  pain  and  hyperesthesia 
in  cmicer  of  the  mammx  and  irnnib.  Richardson  so  employed  it,  using  1  grain  of  the 
iodide  in  10  minims  of  alcohol. 

Belated  Compounds. — Methyle.n-i  Iodidum  (Methylew  biniodidum),  CH,!,.  Molecalar 
TV'eight:  267.03.  This  compound  was  first  prepared  by  the  interaction  of  sodium  ethylate 
(CsMjONa)  and  iodoform  (Butlerow).  It  may  conveniently  be  prepared  by  beating  for  some 
hours,  at  about  130°  C.  (266°  F.),  a  mixture  of  strong  hydriodic  acid  and  chloroform.     It  is 

■  w  fluid,  congealing  at  about  0°  C.  {32°  F.).     Its  specific  gravity  is  3.34 ;  its  boiling  point. 


a  yellow 
180°C.(3 

Methyl  Fluoride  is  asserted  bv  H.  Moissan  to  be  ana^st 


C.  (356° F.).     Partial  decomposition  ensues  at  the  boiling  point. 

■  "  "  "  :hetic. 


METHYL  SALICYLAS  (U.  S.  P.)— METHYL  SALICYLATE. 

Foriviula:  CH3C,H50,.     Molecular  Weight  :  151.64. 

"Methyl  salicylate,  ]>roduced  synthetically.  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stop- 
pered bottles,  protected  Irom  liixht'"'— (LI  S.P). 

Synonyms:   ArtijirinI  (ov  Siml/uiic)  oil  ofu-'mtergrcen. 

Preparation. —  G.  iM.  Beringer's  {Amer.  Jour.  Ph<irm.,  1887,  \>.  8)  method  is 
essentiall}'- as  follows:  In  2  fluid  ounces  of  absolute  methylic  alcohol  dissolve 
^  ounce  of  salicylic  acid,  and  add  gradually  to  the  solution  1  fluid  ounce  of  sul- 
phuric acid.  Heat  gently  for  a  day.  Distill  from  a  retort  into  which  a  jet  of 
steam  is  injected.  Wash  the  distillate  thoroughly  and  decant  the  product.  The 
odor  of  the  product  is  said  to  improve  by  time.  In  the  bark  oi  Betula  laitu  methyl 
salicylate  results  from  the  decomposition  of  f/rti(///)rri)),a  bitter,  crystallizable  glu- 
cosid  discovered,  in  1843,  by  Prof.  Procter,  and  recentlj'  investigated  by  Schnee- 
gans  and  Gerock.  (See  review  by  F.  X.  Moerk,  in  .4»i<T.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1895,  p.  8; 
also  see  an  interesting  review  of  the  occurrence  of  methyl  salicylate  in  plants,  by 
Prof.  Henry  Kraemer,  in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1898,  p.  412). 

Description  and  Tests. — It  is  asserted  that  artificial  oil  of  wintergreen  is 
more  uniform  in  quality,  and  gives  better  results  than  the  natural  oils  from  birch 
or  gaultheria.  It  is  now  very  extensively  used.  Methyl  salicylate,  according  to 
the  U.  S.  P.,  is  "a  colorless,  or  slightly  yellowish  liquid,  having  tlie  characteristic, 
strongly  aromatic  odor,  and  tlie  sweetish,  warm,  and  aromatic  ta.ste  of  oil  of  gaul- 
theria, "with  the  essential  constituent  of  which  it  is  identical.  It  is  wholly  identi- 
cal with  volatile  oil  of  betula  (see  Oleum  Bdulir  Volatile).  Specific  gravitv  1.183  to 
1.185  at  15°C.  (59°F.).  Boiling  point  219°  to  221°  C.  (426.2°  to  429.8°  "F'.  It  is 
optically  inactive.  Soluble,  in  all  pro)Hirtions,  in  alcohol,  glacial  acetic  acid,  or 
carbon  disulphide.  Tlie  alcoholic  solution  is  neutral  or  slightly  acid  to  litmus 
paper.     If  a  drop  of  methyl  salicylate  be  shaken  with  a  little  water,  and  a  drop  of 


MEZEKEUM.  1261 

ferric  chloride  T.S.,  subs^equently  added,  a  deep-violet  color  will  l)e  produced. 
When  heated  on  a  water-bath,  in  a  Qa^k  provided  with  a  suitable  coikKum  r,  it 
should  yield  no  distillate  having  the  characteristics  uf  alcohid  or  chlororonii.  If 
to  1  t'c  .if  methyl  sjilicylate,  contained  in  a  capacious  test-tube,  10  Cc.  of  sodium 
hydrate  T.8..  lie"  added."  and  the  mixture  agitated,  a  bulky,  white,  crystalline  pre- 
cipitate will  be  produced:  then,  if  the  test-tube,  loosely  corked,  lie  allowed  to  stand 
in  l)oiling  water  for  aliout  5  minutes,  with  occasional  agitation,  the  pneipiiate 
should  ilissolve,  and  form  a  clear,  colorless,  or  faintly  yellowish  solution,  without 
the  separation  of  any  oily  drops,  either  on  the  surface  or  at  the  bottom  i)f  the 
liquid  (absence  of  other  volatile  oils,  or  of  jietroleum).  If  the  alkaline  liquid 
thus  ul)tained  be  subsequently  diluted  with  about  3  times  its  volume  of  water, 
and  a  slight  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid  added,  a  white,  crystalline  precipitate 
will  be  produced,  which,  when  collected  on  a  filter,  washed  with  a  little  water,  and 
recrystallized  from  hot  water,  should  respond  to  the  tests  of  identity  and  purity 
described  under  Aridum  Salici/Hcuiii  (absence  of  methyl  benzoate,  etc.)" — (U.  S.  P.). 
Action  and  Uses. — Sanie  as  for  oil  of  wintergreen  (see  Oleum  OauUheriae) 

MEZEREUM  (U.  S.  P.)— MEZEREUM. 

■•The  harkofP'iiJin,  M.z,r,a,„.lAnm\nm\  other  >^p(.'Q\es  of  Daphne"— {U.S.P.). 

Xat.  0,>/.— Thymeheacea'. 

Common  Name  .\nd  Synony.ms:  Mezereon-bnrk;  Mezerei  cortex,  Cortex  mezerei, 
Cortex  thnni'^ca-.  Cortex  rnrrngnidii. 

Ii.i.i-rii.vTioN  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Pl<int»,  225,  226,  227. 

Botanical  Source. —  n.\PHSE  Mezerei.m.  Mezereou,  or  Spurge  olive,  is  a 
weatliir-proof  shrub,  with  a  large  root  and  bushj'  stem,  4  or  5  feet  high,  with 
upright  alternate,  smooth,  tough,  and  pliant  branches,  leafv  when  young,  and  a 
smooth,  dark-gray  bark,  which  is  not  strongly  attacheil  to  the  wood.  The  leaves 
are  terminal  on  the  branches,  scattered,  stalked,  lanceolate,  smooth,  deciduous,  2 
inches  long,  appearing  after  the  Howers.  and  soon  accompanied  by  flower-buds  for 
the  next  season.  The  flowers  are  highly  fragrant,  oT  a  pale-rose  color,  in  little 
clusters  on  the  naked  branches,  with  several  brown,  smooth,  ovate  bracteas  under- 
neath. Calyx  tubular,  hairy  externally,  like  a  corolla  in  texture,  and  crimson  all 
over;  limb  in  4  deep,  ovate,  spreading,  colored  segments.  Stamens  8;  filaments 
short,  in  2  rows,  from  about  the  middle  of  the  tube;  anthers  roundish-oblong, 
2-celled.  simple,  and  inclosed  within  the  tube.  Ovary  superior,  ovate;  style  short 
and  terminal ;  stigma  capitate,  depressed,  and  entire.  The  berry  is  scarlet,  pulpy, 
oval,  1-celled,  and  l-sided  ;  the  seed  suspended,  oval,  and  large,  with  a  thin  brittle 
skin  (L.;. 

I).\PHNE  GxiDiCM  is  a  small  bush,  with  the  leaves  linear-lanceolate,  clustered, 
acuminate,  cuspidate,  and  quite  smooth.  The  flowers  are  numerous,  small,  white, 
downy,  and  fragrant,  in  terminal,  panicled  racemes.  The  fruit  is  globular,  dry, 
at  first  green,  but  ultimately  black  (L.). 

D.\PHNE  Laireoi.a,  or  'Spitnie-lmirel,  is  a  smooth  plant,  with  a  stem  2  or  3  feet 
high,  round,  pale,  brown,  upright,  tough,  and  pliant  branches,  crowneti  with  tufts 
of  evergreen  leaves,  elegantly  drooping  in  all  directions,  about  2  or  3  inches  long, 
lanceolate,  glabrous,  acute,  entire  and  subsessile.  The  flowers  are  deep-green,  with 
orange  anthers,  4  of  which  are  just  visible  in  the  throat  of  the  calyx,  5  together 
in  each  axillary  raceme.  An  oval,  concave  liract  accompanies  each  short  partial 
stalk,  at  till'  ba"se.     B.-rry  oval  and  black  (L.). 

History  and  Description.— All  species  of  Daphne  possess  active  properties, 
but  the  bark  met  with  in  commerce  is  usually  obtained  from  the  three  above 
described,  that  from  the  latter  being  less  active "Uian  the  others.  The/).  Mrzrrcum 
is  a  native  of  the  northern  parts  of'Europe,  where  it  is  cultivated  both  as  a  medi- 
<ine  and  as  an  ornament;  it  flowers  very  early  in  the  spring,  often  l)cfore  the 
snow  has  disappeared.  This  species  is  the"  most'active  plant  of  the  genus;  its  bark 
is  g.ncrally  collected  in  the  s])ring.  It  is  met  with  in  flat  or  (piilled  piece.",  a  few 
feet  in  length,  and  from  S  to  12  lines  in  breadth,  and  out  up  in  packages  which 
are  often  globular.  Alcohol  takes  up  its  virtues,  also  boiling  water.  Oils  or  fats 
boiled  with  it,  likewi.-e  take  up  its  sictive  principles  and  form  ointments.  The 
iKhudivn,  is  fnnii.l   in  tl,.   -..uib  of  p-ran.e  on  hills  and  barren  plains,  and  its 


1262  MICA  PANIS.— MIMULTS. 

bark  is  employed  equally  with  that  of  the  other  kinds ;  the  root-bark  is  also  used 
in  medicine.  The  barks  of  the  three  species  constitute  the  official  drug,  which  is 
described  as  follows :  "  In  long,  thin  bands,  usually  folded  or  rolled  into  disks ;  outer 
surface  yellowish  or  brownish-yellow,  with  transverse  scars,  and  minute,  blackish 
dots,  underneath  of  a  liglit-greenish  color;  inner  surface  whitish,  silky;  bast  in 
transverse  layers,  very  tough ;  inodorous ;  taste  very  acrid  " — (['.  S.  P.).  The  leaves 
of  D.s<itirifnh'<i.  Kunth,  of  Mexico,  are  used  in  that  country  as  an  epispastic. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  active  principle  of  the  bark  of  Daplme  Mezereum 
is  an  (trrid  refill  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  insoluble  in  water  (Buchheim);  it  is 
probably  formed  by  oxidation  of  volatile  oil  [iresent  in  the  bark.  The  latter  also 
contains  wax,  yellow  coloring  matter,  sugar,  nitrogenous  and  gummy  matter, 
malic  acid  and  malates,  and  duphnin,  a  crystallizable  odorless,  neutral  substance 
of  bitter,  somewhat  astringent  taste,  discovered  in  1812  by  Vauquelin,  in  the  bark 
of  D.nlpimi,  and  bv  Gmelin  and  Biir  (1822)  in  the  bark  of  D.  Mezereum.  Zwenger 
(1860)  found,  it  to  "be  a  glucosid,  of  the  formula  C,5H,sO,+2H,0.  It  is  but  little 
soluble  in  cold  water  or  alcohol,  but  readily  soluble  in  hot  water  or  alcohol, 
insoluble  in  ether.  By  boiling  with  diluted  acids,  or  under  the  influence  of  cer- 
tain ferments,  daphnin  is  decomposed  into  sugar  and  daphmtin,  a  crystallizable 
body  having  the  odor  of  coumarin;  it  was  found  by  Stiinkel  (1879)  to  be  diozy- 
coumnrin  (C6H.,[0H ].,.CHCH.COO).  Vmhellijiefoii  (.see  Galbmnim),  an  isomer  of 
daphnetin,  was  obtained  by  Zwenger  (18.54)  upon  dry  distillation  of  mezereum- 
resin.  In  the  fruit,  A.  Casselmann  {Jahresh.  der  Phfirm.,  1870,  p.  62)  determined  the 
presence  of  31  per  cent  of  a  fatty,  drying  oil,  5.46  per  cent  ash,  0.32  per  cent  of 
an  acrid  resin  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  0.38  per  cent  of  cocengnin,  a  crystallizable 
substance  not  identical  with  daphnin.  It  is  soluble  in  alcohol  and  alkalies, 
soluble  with  difficulty  in  hot  water,  insoluble  in  cold  water  and  in  ether.  Upon 
being  heated  it  sublimes  with  partial  decomposition,  the  odor  of  coumarin  being 
developed. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— In  large  doses,  niezereon  is  an  irritant 
poison,  causing  redness  and  vesication  of  tlie  skin  when  left  in  contact  with  it, 
and  causing  when  swallowed,  dryness  and  burning  of  the  throat,  vomiting,  hyper- 
catharsis,  and  frequently  renal  irritation.  The  berries  have  proved  fatal  to  chil- 
dren who  have  eaten  them ;  yet  in  some  countries  they  are  used  as  a  purgative  in 
doses  of  8  to  12.  In  small  doses  it  acts  as  a  stimulant,  alterative,  diuretic,  dia- 
phoretic, in  warm  decoction,  and  cathartic.  It  acts  favorably  in  syphili-^.  mercurio- 
syphiiis,  scrofula,  chronic  r/icumntixm,  and  some  forms  of  obstinate  difiease  of  the  skin. 
Dose  of  the  decoction,  from  1  to  3  fluid  ounces;  of  the  powder,  10  grains.  Homceo- 
pathists  regard  it  highly  in  the  treatment  of  the  periosteal  pains  and  nodes  following. 
syphilitic  infection,  and  in  rheumatic,  and  even  in  syphilitic  periostitis. 

Externally,  it  is  used  occasionally;  sometimes  employed  by  practitioners  to 
produce  rubefaction  and  vesication,  and  in  the  form  of  ointment  as  an  applica- 
tion to  blistered  surfaces,  indolent  ^dcers,  and  i.isucs.  in  order  to  excite  suppuration. 
When  vesication  is  desired,  the  bark  is  soaked  in  hot  vinegar  and  water  to  soften 
it,  and  then  applied  to  the  part  by  a  compress  and  bandage.  The  application  is 
to  be  renewed  night  and  morning,  until  vesication  is  produced. 

MICA  PANIS.— CRUMB  OF  BREAD. 

The  soft  portion  of  bread  made  from  whealen  liour  was  official  under  the 
above  title  in  the  British  Pharmacopa  in  of  188.">.  Bread  crumb  is  employed  as  a  pill- 
excipient,  and  is  a  constituent  of  the  former  British  charcoal  poultice  and  of  sev- 
eral emollient  cataplasms.  Corn  meal  is  gcniMally  used  in  this  country  in  making 
charcoal  poultice. 

MIMULUS.— HAIRY  MONKEY-FLOWER. 

The  plant  Mimulu«  i)j7o«i^<i, Watson. 
Nat.  Ord. — Serophulariacea'. 
Common   Xamk:    Haioi  monkry-Jfoicer. 

Botanical  Source.— This  is  a  small  annual  plant,  a  native  of  California,  and 
found  growing  in  damp  situations.     It  has  an  erect,  angular  stem,  le.«s  than  a  foot 


MISTIR-E.-MISTIRA   AUSTUIXCEXS  ET  i;SCHAU()TKA.  1-263 

high,  uiul  much  branched  from  near  the  hase.  The  entire  plant  is  covered  witii 
soft  ami  sticky  hnii-s,  whence  the  specific  name.  The  leaves  are  opposite,  from 
1  to  2  inches  long,  sessile,  and  entire.  The  flowers  are  small,  bright-yellow,  and 
are  borne  on  short  axillary  peduncles;  they  appear  in  July  and  August.  The 
corolla  is  abnut  J-  of  an  inch  in  length,  and  2-lipped  ;  it  has  a  broad  tube,  a  2-lobed, 
erect  U]>]>er  lip.  and  a  3-lobed  lower  lip,  bearing  2  purple  spots.  The  calyx  is  bell- 
.<lKiped,  sli>rhtly  shorter  than  the  corolla-tube,  and  has  o  unequal  teeth.  The  fruit 
is  a  dry,  2-celled  capsule,  containing  many  seeds.  This  plant  has  never  been 
examined  clieniic;illy. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  plant  is  of  rather  recent  intm- 
ductiou  to  the  profession,  nnd  deserves  further  investigation.  A  local  application 
of  the  ))lant.  in  the  form  of  a  cataplasm,  made  either  bj'  bruising  the  leaves,  or 
by  steeping  them  in  hot  water,  is  reputed  very  efficient  in  luail  inHunnnations  and 
jiainjul  affertiom,  as  in  r/uuiiKtti.^m.  neimilgia,  rn/xijielai^,  hum.-',  etc.  A  tincture  of  the 
plant,  in  the  dose  of  from  3  to  10  minims,  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day,  will  like- 
wise be  found  beneficial  in  rheiuixtli.'nn,  iKuralijia,  and  other  painful  disorders.  In 
'itrdinc  iiffertions,  the  sequence  of  rheumatic  attacks,  it  has  proved  very  serviceable, 
in  several  cases.  In  ob.-:tinat€ hroiirhial  and  lan/nf/cul  <tffertion)i.  I  have  derived  much 
benefit  from  the  use  of  a  tincture,  made  with  diluted  alcohol,  in  the  form  of 
spray.  It  is  probable  that  some  of  the  other  species  of  Mimulus  possess  similar 
properties  (J.  King). 

MISTURiE.— MIXTURES, 

Mixtures  include  those  liquid  preparations  containing  oleaginous,  mucilagi- 
nous, albuminous,  or  saccharine  substances,  which  are  used  internally,  and  can 
not  properly  be  cla.«sed  with  infusions,  decoctions,  syrujis,  tinctures,  emulsions, 
etc.;  also  pharmaceutical  compounds  in  which  in.soluble  substances,  whether 
liquid  or  solid,  are  suspended  in  aqueous  fluids  by  the  intervention  of  viscid 
substances. 

As  a  rule,  those  preparations  containing  oily  sul)stances  in  suspension  belong 
with  emulsion>>,  although  compounds  not  easily  classified,  as  will  be  seen  below, 
are  included  under  the  elastic  term  vii.rture.  S<ttii  rat  ions  are  etl'ervescing  draughts 
prepared  by  neutralizing  with  a  carbonate  solutions  of  a  vegetable  acid,  like  citric 
and  tartaric  acids,  the  container  being  tightly  corked  to  prevent  the  escape  of 
i-arl)onic  acid  gas. 

(iiitl.'r  are  mixtures  that  are  to  be  administered  by  drops.  If  designed  to  be 
taken  at  one  or  a  few  doses,  a  mixture  is  sometimes  called  a  Hinu<tii.<.  Potion,  or 
Drauijlit.  A  sweetened,  aromatic  mixture,  containing  a  medic.Tted  water  or  an 
essential  oil,  is  denominated  a  Julep  {Julapium) ;  a  sweet,  syrupy  mixture,  a  Linctus. 

MISTURA  ACACLffi  (N.  F.)— MIXTURE  OF  ACACIA. 

SvNdNVM  :    Mirtuni  ijnminOMi  { Go:  Phiinn.,  I  ). 

Preparation. — "Acacia,  in  coarse  powder,  seventy-five  grammes  (75  Gm.)  [2 
ozs.  av.,  282  trrs.];  sugar,  seventv-five  grammes  (75  Vim.)  [2  ozs.  av..  2S2  grs.J; 
water,  eight  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (8.50  Cc.)  [28  fls.  356111],  Dis- 
.-iolve  the  acacia  and  sugar  in  the  water.  This  preparation  should  be  freshly  made 
when  wanted  for  use  " — (Nat.  Form). 

Uses. -f  See  .I<-.,rt„.) 

MISTURA  ADSTRINGENS  ET  ESCH  ARCTIC  A    N.  F.i 
ASTRINGENT  AND  ESCHAROTIC  MIXTURE. 

Synonym  :  ViUnte's  solution. 

Preparation. — "Solution  of  lead  subacetate  (!'.  N.  P.).  one  hundred  cubic 
centimeters  dOO  Cc.)  [3  fl,?,  183  TTll ;  copper  sulphate,  .sixty-five  grammes  i  tw 
Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  128  grs.]  ;  zinc  sulphate,  sixty-five  grammes  (65  Gm.*  [2  <>zs.  av., 
128  grs.]  ;  diluted  acetic  acid  (f '.  .*>'.  P.).  eight  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters 
(850  Cc.)  [28  fl3,  356  TTl].    Dissolve  the  copper  sulphate  and  zinc  sulphate  in  the 


1264  MISTURA  ALTEEANTI^  COMP.— MISTURA  CAJUPUTI  COMP. 

diluted  acetic  acid,  add  the  solution  of  lead  subacetate,  and  agitate  thoroughly. 
Set  llie  mixture  aside  so  that  the  precipitate  maj'  subside.  Then  decant,  or 
siphon  off,  the  clear  liquid  and  preserve  it  for  use.  Note. — In  attempting  to  pass 
the  liquid  through  a  filter,  it  will  usually  be  found  that  the  finely  divided  pre- 
cipitate of  lead  sulphate  will  partially  pass  along  with  it.  This  may  be  prevented 
(in  this  and  many  similar  cases)  by  adding  to  the  mixture  a  small  quantity  of 
starch,  thoroughlj'  incorporating  this  by  agitation,  and  pouring  the  mixture  on 
the  previously  wetted  filter.  The  first  portions  of  the  filtrate  are  poured  back 
until  it  runs  through  clear "—(Aa/.  Fonii.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  fluid  mixture  is  designed  as  an  astringent 
and  escharotic. 

MISTURA  ALTERANTIiE  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND 
TONIC  MIXTURE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  sulphate  of  iron,  1  drachm  ;  phosphate  of  sodium,  6 
drachms;  sulphate  of  quinine,  192  grains;  strychnine,  6  grains ;  white  sugar,  14 
ounces;  diluted  phosphoric  acid,  14  fluid  ounces;  aqua  ammonia,  diluted  sul- 
phuric acid,  water,  boiling  water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Dissolve  the  sul- 
phate of  iron  in  1  fluid  ounce  of  the  boiling  water,  also  dissolve  the  i)liosphate  of 
sodium  in  2  fluid  ounces  of  the  boiling  water.  ^lix  these  2  solutions,  and  wash 
the  precipitate  (phosphate  of  iron)  until  the  washings  pass  tasteless.  Dissolve  the 
sulphate  of  quinine  in  2  fluid  ounces  of  the  water,  with  the  aid  of  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  the  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  and  then  add  the  solution  of  ammonia,  a 
sufficient  quantity,  to  precipitate  the  quinine,  and  thoroughly  wash  this  precipi- 
tate. Add  the  phospliate  of  iron  and  the  quinine  thus  obtained,  together  with 
the  strychnine,  to  the  diluted  phosphoric  acid,  and  when  they  are  dissolved,  add 
the  sugar:  dissolve  without  heat. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Of  this  mixture,  which  is  similar  to  the 
syrup  of  Kaston,  Prof.  .J.  M.  Scudder  observes:  "A  very  important  object  in  the 
treatment  of  many  forms  of  chronic  disease,  is  to  restore  the  tone  of  the  stomach 
and  bowels,  and  give  better  innervation  through  the  ganglionic  nerves.  The 
loss  of  power  in  the  worst  cases  (as  in  secondary  syphilis)  is  sometimes  .so  great  that 
it  requires  powerful  means  to  accomplish  the  object.  It  is  in  these  cases  espe- 
cially, that  this  combination  will  be  found  most  effective.  This  is  one  of  the 
most  powerful  combinations  I  have  ever  employed  to  restore  the  action  of  the 
ganglionic  sy.stem  of  nerves,  the  appetite,  and  the  functions  of  digestion  and 
nutrition.  It  maj'  be  emplo^-ed  in  any  rachertic  diseases,  or  where  the  blood  is 
deficient  in  quantity  and  quality,  with  imperfect  innervation.  It  is  also  an 
excellent  remedj'  in  periodical  diseases,  as  well  as  a  prophylactic  against  them.  Thi- 
dose  is  from  15  minims  to  1  fluid  drachm." 

MISTURA  CAJUPUTI  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND 
CAJEPUT  MIXTURE. 

Synonym  :  Himn'.-i  droj,s. 

Preparation.— Take  of  dUs  u{  eajeput,  cloves,  peppermint,  and  anise,  each. 
1  fluid  (luncc;  rectified  alcoliol,  1  fluid  ounces.     Dissolve  the  oils  in  the  alcohol. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  a  very  valuable  stimui,int  and 
antispasuiiMlic  |ir(|iarati(in,  and  has  been  successfully  used  in  col  ir,  r  ramp  of  the 
ftoiiiiir/i.  nv  ilsiwhere.  ftatulcnre,  pain.<  in  the  stomach  or  hourls,  jxiiuful  diarrhoea. 
r/iiilrni  iiuir/iii.-^,  A.^intir  cholera,  And  in  all  cases  where  stimulant  and  antispasmodic 
action  is  desired.  During  the  cAo/n-a  of  1849-51,  it  was  extensively  used  in  Cin- 
cinnati for  the  purpose  of  overcoming  violent  spasmodic  action,  in  the  doses  of 
1  or  2  fluid  drachms,  every  10  or  15  minutes;  1  or  2  doses  generally  succeeded  in 
relieving  the  pains  and  spasms  when  all  other  means  had  failed.  Tlu>  ordinary 
dose  is  from  10  drops  to  i  fluid  drachm.  It  should  be  given  in  simple  syrup. 
mucilage  of  slippery -elm,  or  in  hot  brandy  and  water  sweetened.  Care  slionld  In- 
taken  not  to  give  too  much  of  this  preparation,  as  a  large  amount  would  produce 
inflammation  of  the  stomach.  It  is  a  very  valuable  agent  when  properly  used, 
and  should  be  kept  by  every  physician  anddruggist  (.T.King). 


MISTIKA  CAMI'llUU.K  CUMr.— M  ISTVRA  LlIKNOl'Ul'U  COMP.  rJG.} 

MISTURA  CAMPHOR-S  COMPOSITA— COMPOUND 
MIXTURE  OF  CAMPHOR. 

Prepairation.— Take  of  camphor  water,  peppermint  water,  and  spearmint 
water,  each.  1  Muid  uunce:  camplioratcil  tincture  of  opium,  2  fluid  drachms.   Mix. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  a  very  ethcient  agent  in  allay- 
ing ;i'n(.v"i  ami  cniu'Iiki.  It  was  extensively  and  successfully  employed  in  Cincin- 
nati in  the  nausea  ami  voniitinjr  attending  A-vnlir  rfmleni.  "it  possesses  the  virtues 
of  the  several  articles  entering  into  its  comi>osition,  without  the  stimulating  influ- 
ence of  the  alcohol  (which  enters  into  their  tinctures),  upon  already  partially- 
inflamed  mucous  surfaces.  The  dose  is  from  a  teaspoonful  to  a  tabiespoonful, 
every  5  minutes,  if  the  patient  be  vomiting,  and  every  10  minutes  if  he  be  only 
nauseated  (.I.King).  This  preparation  maybe  employed  in  pa  ni/wi  states  due  to 
gaseous  distension  of  the  intestines. 

Other  Camphor  and  Diarrhoea  Mizttires. — Mi.«TrRA  Camphors  Acida  (N.  F.),  Acid 
cnmphnr  mijiim.  Misinni  aitliili/tfiilnka,  //-//» 's  iiii.iiiirt:  "  Nitric  acid  (  U.  S.  P.  i,  seventeen  and 
one-hull  cubic  centinietei-s  1 17.5  C'c.  i  [284  Ttl ] :  tincture  of  opium  ( U.  S.  P. ),  twelve  cubic  cen- 
tiiiicti-rs  r_*  IV.  [U'5  TTl];  camphor  water  (i'.  S.  P.  i,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thou- 
saii.l  ciiliir  centimeters  1 1(KK)  Cc.)  [:i:;  rt.5,  391  TTl].  Mix  the  nitric  acid  with  about  five  hun- 
dred cul>i.-  ccutiineters  (500  Cc. )  [l(i  fig,  4:55  TTl]  of  camphor-water,  add  the  tincture  of  opium, 
and,  la.stlv.  enou;jh  camphor  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  ( 1000  Cc.)  [33  tig, 
39ini]"-i.V<i<.  Funn.K 

MisTCRA  CoNTHA  DiARRHffiAM  (N.  F.), Diarrhcia  mixture.  Cholera  mixture. — 1.  "Tincture  of 
opium  I  r.  >'.  P.  I,  tincture  of  capsicum  (  U.  .S'.  P. ),  tincture  of  rhubarb  (  V.  S.  P.),  spirit  of  cam- 
phor (  U.S.  P.),  spirit  of  peppermint  (  U.  S.  P.),  of  each,  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.) 
[325  lit]-  ^'ix  them  and  filter.  .Yo(<'.— The  formula  above  given,  which  appears  to  be  that  in 
most  (leneral  use,  is  also  known  under  the  name  of '  Sun  Jlixture.'  Of  other  similar  prepa- 
rations, in  more  or  less  general  use,  the  following  may  be  mentioned  here : 

2.  Lioinis' dinrrhieii  ?;ii.r(i/r/'.—"  Tincture  of  opium  ( L^.  .S.  P.  1,  twelve  and  one-half  cubic 
centimeters  1 12.5  Cc.  i  [20:!  ITl] ;  tincture  of  rhubarb  ( f '.  ,S.  P.)\  twelve  and  one-half  cubic  centi- 
meters (12.5  Cc.)  [203  ITl]:  couipound  tincture  of  catechu  (U.S.  P.),  twenty-tive  cubic  centi- 
metere  (25  Cc.)  [40»>  111,];  "'•  of  sassafras,  one  cubic  centimeter  (1  Cc.j  [16111] ;  compound  tinc- 
ture of  lavender  i  U.  S.  P. ),  fortv-nine  cubic  centimeters  (49  Cc.)  [1  A5,  315111]. 

3.  fiqiiihb'a  liinrrhm  mixlii're.—"  Tincture  of  opium  ( U.  S.  P. ), twenty  cubic  centimeters  (20 
Cc.)  [325  ril];  tincture  of  capsicum  (U.S.  P.),  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.)  [325111]; 
spirit  of  camphor  1  U.  .S'.  P.),  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.)  [325  TH] ;  chloroform  (  U.  S.  P.) 
seven  and  one-half  cubic  centimeters  (7.5  Cc.)  [122 IH] ;  alcohol,  thirty-two  and  one-half  cubic 
centimeters  i32.5  Cc.  I  [1  flg,  47TI1]. 

4.  ThitUmnniii  diarrhoea  wi.rtur?.— "Wine  of  opium  (  r.S.P.),  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters 
(25  Cc.  I  [4nti  111] ;  tincture  of  valerain  1  U.  S.  P.),  thirtv-seven  and  one-half  cubic  centimeters 
(37.5  Cc.  I  [I  fl.?,  1219111];  ether  (  U.  S.  P.),  twelve  and  one-half  cubic  centimeters  (12.5  Cc.) 
[203m];  "11  of  peppermint,  three  cubic  centimeters  (3  Cc.)  [491TI];  Anid  extract  of  ipecac 
(  U.  S.  P.  I,  three-fourths  of  a  cubic  centimeter  (0.75  Cc.)  [12111]  ;  alcohol,  twenty-one  and  one- 
fourth  cubic  centimeters  ( 21 .25  Cc.)  [345  HI  ].  This  preparation  is  practically  identical  with  the 
Mistura  Thielemanni  of  the  Saedifh  Pharm. 

5.  Velji'nu'f  rllarrhaa  muddv.—"  Tincture  of  opium  (  U.S.P.),  compound  tincture  of  catechu 
(  r.  .S'.  P.i,  spirit  of  camphor  1  f.  .V  P.i,  of  each,  thirtv-three  and  one-third  culiic  centimeters 
(33.33  Cc.  1  [1  R%.  CI  m]    -'X'-il.  F:r,n  . 

MISTURA   CHENOPODII    COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND 
WORMSEED  MIXTURE. 

Synonym  :    Worm  mixlmr. 

Preparation.— Take  of  castor  oil,  1  fluid  ounce;  wormseed  oil,  anise  oil,  and 
tincture  nf  nivrrh.  f)f  each  1  fluid  drachm.     Mix  (Beach's  Amer.  Prar.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  an  excellent  vermifuge,  and 
mav  be  used  in  doses  of  one  teaspoonful  for  an  adult,  to  be  repeated  three  or 
four  times  a  dav,  and  after  having  been  taken  for  three  successive  days,  to  be  fol- 
lowed by  a  cathartic.  This  somewhat  re.sembles  F'(/l/«•.•<^"•A■'.s  rrniiiYi'f/',  which  is 
said  to  be  composed  of  castor  oil,  1  fluid  ounce;  oil  of  wormseed,  1  fluid  ounce; 
oil  of  anise,  A  fluid  ounce;  tincture  of  mvrrh,  A  fluid  dra<hm  ;  oil  of  turpentine, 
10  minims;  croton  oil,  1  minim.  Mix.  Yhe  do.se  is  a  tea.spoonful  for  an  adult, 
every  2  hours,  to  be  continued  for  H)  ur  I'i  hours. 


1266        MIST.  CHLORALI  ET  P0TAS6II  BKUMIDI  COMP.— MIST.  COPAIB-£  lOMP. 

MISTURA  CHLORALI  ET  POTASSII  BROMIDI  COMPOSITA  (N.  F.) 
COMPOUND  MIXTURE  OF  CHLORAL  AND  POTASSIUM  BROMIDE. 

Preparation. — '•  Chloral  ( U.  S.  P.),  two  hundred  and  fifty  gramme.';  (250  Gm.) 
[8  ozs.  av.,  358  grs.] ;  potassium  bromide,  two  hundred  and  fift}' grammes  (25U 
Gm.)  [8  ozs.  av.,  358  grs.];  extract  of  Indian  cannabis  (C.  S.  P.).  two  grammes 
(2  Gm.)  [31  grs.];  extract  of  hyoscyamus  (T.  .9.  P.),  two  gramme.s  (2  Gm.) 
[31  grs.];  alcohol,  sixty  cubic  centimeters  (60  Cc.)  [2  fig.  UTTl]  ;  tincture  of 
quillaja  (L'.  S.  P.),  sixt3'-five  cubic  centimeters  (65  Cc.)  [2  fl.5.  95  HI]  ;  water,  a 
sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fi|, 
391  TTL].  Dissolve  the  chloral  and  potassium  bromide  in  six  hundred  cubic 
centimeters  (600  Cc.)  [20  flg,  138  Ttl]  of  water,  dissolve  in  this  solution  the 
extract  of  hyoscyamus,  and  add  the  tincture  of  quillaja.  Then  dissolve  the 
extract  of  Indian  cannabis  in  the  alcohol,  and  add  this  solution  gradually,  and 
under  shaking,  to  that  first  prepared.  Finally,  add  enough  water  to  make  one 
thousand  cubic  centimeters  This  preparation  should  be  shaken  whenever  any 
of  it  is  to  be  dispensed.  Each  fluid  drachm  contains  15  grains  each  of  chloral 
and  potassium  bromide,  and  ^  grain  each  of  extract  of  Indian  cannabis  and  of 
extract  of  hyoscyamus.  Note. — The  resinous  extract  of  Indian  cannabis,  is  merely 
held  in  suspension  by  means  of  the  tincture  of  quillaja,  as  it  is  practically  insolu- 
ble in  the  liquid.  If  the  mixture  is  filtered,  the  resin  will  remain  on  the  filter" — 
{Nat.  Form.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Chtoml  and  Potiusium  Bromide.) 
Dose,  from  A  to  1  fluid  drachm. 

MISTURA  CHLOROFORMI  ET  CANNABIS  INDICS  COMPOSITA  N.  F.) 

COMPOUND  MIXTURE  OF  CHLOROFORM  AND  CANNABIS  INDICA. 

Synonym  :   Chloroform  anodyne. 

Preparation. — "Chloroform,  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters 
(125  Cc.)  [4  tl5,  109  TTL];  ether,  thirty-five  cubic  centimeters  (35  Cc.)  [1  tl5,88  tH]  ; 
tincture  of  Indian  cannabis  (U.  S.  P.),  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centi- 
meters (125  Cc.)  [4  fig,  109TTI];  tincture  of  capsicum  (6'^  S.  P.).  sixty-five  cubic 
centimeters  (65  Cc.)  [2  flg,  951TL]  ;  morphine  sulphate,  two  and  one-half  grammes 
(2.5  Gm.)  [39  grs.]  ;  oil  of  peppermint,  two  cubic  centimeters  (2  Cc.)  [32  Til]  ; 
glycerin,  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  (125  Cc.)  [4  flg,  109TTIJ; 
water,  sixty-five  cubic  centimeters  (65  Cc.)  [2  flg.  flSTtl];  alcohol,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to'  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  ( 10(X)  Cc.)  [33  85. 391  TtlJ.  Dis- 
.solve  the  oil  of  peppermint  in  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (500  Cc.)  [16  &5, 
435  TTl]  of  alcohol,  add  the  chloroform,  ether,  and  the  tinctures.  Mix  well,  and 
add  the  morphine  sulphate,  previously  dissolved  in  the  water  and  glycerin. 
Finally,  add  enough  alcohol  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  1 1000  Co.) 
[o3H5.  391  TTl],  Each  fluid  drachm  re]>rosents  about  7i  minims  of  chloroform  ; 
7A  minim.*  of  tincture  nf  Indian  lannabis;  3.f  minims  of  tincture  of  capsicum; 
and  1  of  a  lirain  of  murjihine  suliiliate" — (.Vo^  Foi~m.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  mixture  is  employed  for  the 
relief  of  palnjid  comUtions,  and  is  similar  to  the  various  preparations  that  have 
l)t'en  known  as  Chlorodyne.  The  average  dose  is  1  fluid  drachm  (see  aX&o  Mi»tura 
Vidorojormi  et  Opii  [N.  F.],  which  is  also  called  Chloroform  anodme). 

MISTURA  COPAIB.*:  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND 
COPAIBA  MIXTURE. 

Synonym  :  Diuretic  drops. 

Preparation. — Take  of  spirit  of  nitrous  ether  and  oil  of  almonds,  each,  1 
fluid  ounce;  copaiba  and  oil  of  turpentine,  of  each,  i  fluid  ounce;  camphor,  in 
powder,  10  grains.  Mix  the  liquids,  then  add  the  camphor,  and  agitate  briskly 
(Beach's  Amer.  Prac). 


MISTIIIA  (  r.KoSMTI.-MISTURA  CKCT.E.  1267 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  forms  a  diuretic  mixture,  whicli 
has  been  sueeessl'uUy  and  extensively  used  in  gonorrfuaa,  gkii,  sctildiiig  oj'uriiw, 
and  urinary  (iffodmiii.  The  dose  is  1  Huid  drachm  three  times  a  day,  in  some  tea 
or  mucihige.    It  siiould  be  well  agitiitcd  previous  to  administration. 

Other  Copaiba  Mixtures. — Tliere  are  various  inixturt's  of  copaiba  in  use  for  tlie  cure 
of  (/oiior./i.iii.  :inil  as  scvi-nil  oi  them  have  beeu  found  i-tfieii-nt,  I  give  the  formulas  for  pre- 
paring them  : 

1.  Tako  of  copaiba,  spirit  of  nitrous  ether,  oonn)oun<l  spirit  «if  lavender,  tincture  of  chlo- 
riile  of  iron,  of  eacli,  1  Huid  ounce.    Mix.    The  dose  is  a  teaspnoniiil  iliree  tiiiiis  a  day. 

1'.  Take  of  oil  oi  culx-bs,  oil  of  anise,  copaiba,  tinctun'  of  opium,  tiuiture  of  chloriile  of 
iron,  of  each,  1  fluid  ounce.  Mix.  The  dose  is  a  teaspoonful  three  times  a  day.  The  forego- 
ing preparations  are  very  disagreeable  to  the  tiiste,  but  very  etticient  in  (/iinunliun,  after  tlie 
active  symptoms  have  subsided.  They  nui.st  be  agitated  thoroughly  previous  to  taking  each 
ilose,  aiid  in  order  to  protect  the  teeth  from  the  iujuriou.s  action  of  the  acid  in  the  tincture  of 
iron,  it  is  recommended  to  rinse  the  mouth  immediately  after  taking  each  dose,  with  a  solu- 
ti<5n  of  bicarbonate  of  t)otas.sium. 

3.  Take  of  solidited  copaiba,  2  ounces;  white  wax,  1  ounce;  oil  of  culx-bs,  oil  of  p:iear- 
mint,  of  each,  1  fluid  drachm  ;  niter,  finely  pulverized,  2  drachms.  Melt  the  wax,  ad<l  the  oils, 
and  then  the  copaiba ;  stir  all  well  together,  and,  finally,  add  the  niter.  This  forms  a  paste 
once  U8e<l  for  the  cure  of  goiwrrhaa.  The  dose  is  a  (juantity  about  the  size  of  a  small  chestnut, 
three  times  a  day. 

4.  Take  of  alum,  in  powder,  1  drachm ;  precipitated  carbonate  of  iron,  1  ounce ;  pulver- 
ized cubebs,  1  ounce ;  copaiba,  a  sutficient  tpumtity  to  form  a  kind  of  paste.  The  dose  is  the 
siuue  as  in  the  preceding  preparation  (J.  King). 

.MisTiRA  CoPAiii.K  CoMPOsiTA  ( N.  F. ',  Com/)oi(ii<i  copaiba  muture. — l._Lafayette  mixture: 
"Copaiba,  one  hundretl  ami  twentv-five  cubic  centimeters  (12.5  Cc.)  [4  fig,  109111  ]_;  spirit  of 
nitrous  ether(r.*'.  P.),  one  hundred  and  twenty-flve  cubic  centimeters  (125  Cc.)  [4fl5, 1091TI]; 
compound  tincture  oif  lavender  (  T.  .s. /"),  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters 
(12.7  Cc.  1  [4  fl5,  109  m];  ."lolution  of  potassa  (  ('.  S.  /'. i,  thirty-five  cubic  centimeters  [So  Cc.) 
[1  fl^,  SS  Vilj;  syrup  (  F.  .S.  P.),  three  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  |325  Cc.) 
[10  ils,  47.J  ITL]  ;"  mucilage  of  dextrin  i  F.  277),  a  suJiicient  (juantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic 
centimetei-s  ( 1000  Cc.)  [33  R5,  391  V(l].  Mix  the  copaiba  with  the  solution  ol  potassa  and  the 
spirit  of  nitrous  ether.  Then  add  tlie  compound  tincture  of  lavender,  and  lastly,  the  syrup 
and  mucilage  of  dextrin.  Mix  the  whole  thoroughly  by  fihaking.  This  mixture  should  be 
well  agitated  whenever  any  of  it  is  to  be  dispensed.  Each  fluid  drachm  contains  7J  minims 
of  copaiba.  Xole.—The  above  mixture  has  usually  been,  and  may  be,  prepared  with  mucilage 
of  acacia  ;  but  if  mucilage  of  dextrin  he  used,  it  will  keep  for  a  longer  time  without  separating. 
.\.  mixture  of  somewhat  similar  composition,  in  considerable  use  in  some  parts  of  the  country, 
is  the  following : 

2.  Chojimnns  mixture. — Copaiba,  two  hundred  and  fiftv  cubic  centimeters  (2.50  Cc.)  [8  fig, 
218  m] ;  spirit  of  nitrous  ether  (  T.  S.  J'.  1,  two  hundred  ami  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (2.50  Cc.) 
fS  fl|,  218  111  ] ;  compound  tincture  of  lavender  (  C.  .S'.  /M,  sixty-five  cubic  ceutimetersj(i5  Cc.) 
[2fl5,95Tn.J;  tincture  of  opium  (  f.  .V.  7'.),  thirty  cubic  centimeters  (30  Cc.i  [1  fl.5,  7  TTlj; 
mucilage  of  acacia  (  T.  S.  P.\,  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  (125  Cc.l  [4  fl.?, 
lOilHl];  water,  a  sntfieient  quantitv  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.) 
[.33  fls,  391  HI]  "-'  -V«(.  Form.). 

MISTURA  CREOSOTI.— CREOSOTE  MIXTURE. 

Preparation. — To  a  mixture  of  1.5  minims,  each,  of  glacial  acetic  acid  and 
creosote,  add  gradually,  lo  Huid  ounces  (Imp.)  of  distilled  water.  Finally,  add 
to  this  1  fluid  ounie  ol'svrup  and  .',  tiuiil  drachm  of  spirit  of  juniper.  This  accords 

with  the  /ir///.-/(  I'harmnrnj.ui,,,  ISS.",. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Creosotn.)  This  agent  is  intended 
to  check  vomitiiKj.    Dose,  i  to  1  fluid  ounce. 

MISTURA  CRETiE  (U.  S.  P.)— CHALK  MIXTURE. 

Preparation.— ■■Compound  chalk  powder,  two  liundred  grammes  ciiHl  (ini.) 

[7  ozs.  av.,  24  gr.-.];  cinnamon  water,  lour  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (4(X)  Cc.) 
13  fl.^,  2-52  HI] ;  water,  a  sufficient  quantitv  to  make  one  thou.«and  cubic  centi- 
meter.s  (l(X)0  Cc.)  [33  fl.5,  391  HI].  Rub  the'commnind  chalk  powder,  in  a  inorUir, 
witii  the  cinnamon  water  and  about  two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (200  Cc.) 
[6  fl.s,  806111]  of  water,  gradually  added,  to  a  uniform  mixture;  transfer  this  to  a 
graduated  vessel,  and  rinse  the  "mortar  with  enough  water  to  make  the  product 
measure  one   thousand   cubic  centimeters  (  KK)0  Cc)   [:?3  fl,^,  3<)1  111].     Mix   the 


1268  MISniRA  EXPECTORANS,  STOKES.— MISTURA  FERRI  AROMATICA. 

whole  thoroughly.  This  preparation  should  be  freshly  made  when  wanted" — 
(U.S.P.).  As  this  readily  decomposes  in  hot  weather,  the  addition  of  a  little 
glycerin  i.^  rcconimemlicl  liy  Kennedy. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  preparation  is  popular  with  some 
physician.-;,  ( liittl  y  thu.-c  ot  the  Allopathic  school,  for  the  rfw/r^ofa*  of  children  and 
adults  when  the  dejecta  are  foamy  and  greenish,  and  there  is  flattdence  and  gmtrir 
aridity.  It  is  recommended  for  the  watery  diarrhcea  preceding  rholera.  Astringents 
and  tincture  of  opium  are  often  added  to  it.   The  dose  is  from  1  to  4  fluid  drachms. 

MISTURA  EXPECTORANS,  STOKES  (N.  F.i— STOKES' 
EXPECTORANT  MIXTURE. 

Synonym  :   Stokes'  expectorant. 

Preparation. — Ammonium  carbonate,  seventeen  and  one-half  grammes  (17.5 
Gm.)  [270  grs.];  fluid  extract  of  senega  {U.S.  P.),  thirty-five  cubic  centimeters 
(35  Cc.)  [1  flg,  881TL];  fluid  extract  of  squill  (U.  S.  P.),  thirty-five  cubic  centime- 
ters (35  Cc.)  [1  fls,  88  TTL]  ;  camphorated  tincture  of  opium  ( U.  S.  P.),  one  hundred 
and  seventy-five  cubic  centimeters  (175  Cc.)  [5  flg,  440111];  water,  one  hundred 
cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  fls,  183  m];  syrup  of  tolu  {U.  S.  P.),  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (ICXX)  Cc.)  [33  fls,  391  ID.). 
Dissolve  the  ammonium  carbonate  in  the  water,  add  the  fluid  extracts  and  tinc- 
ture and  lastly,  enough  syrup  of  tolu  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000Cc.)r33"fls,  39im]. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — As  its  name  implies,  this  preparation 
is  intended  as  an  expectorant  mixture.     Dose,  1  fluid  drachm. 

Other  Expectorants. — Mi.STrR.\  AmmosiiChloridi  {y.T.),  Mixture  of  ammonium  chluride, 
Miftiir'i  M.r  Mixtura)  solvem  simplex:  "Ammonium  chlorkle,  twenty-five' grammes  (2.i  Gm.) 
[3s(l  L'ls.j;  imrified  extract  of  glycyrrhiza  (F.  158),  twenty-five  grammes  [25  Gm.)  [386  grs.]; 
wattr,  a  ^uliiiit-nt  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  1 1000  Cc.  i[33  fls,  391  TH.]. 
Dissolve  the  solids  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  Irtl].  iVote.— Sometimes  a  Mistura  (or  Mixtura)  Solvens  Stibiata  is  pre- 
scribed. This  may  be  prepared  by  dissolving  tliirtv  centigrammes  ( 0.30  Gm. )  of  antimony  and 
potassium  tartrate  in  one  thousand  cubic  centim"eters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls,  39nTl]  of  mistura 
ammonii  chloridi" — (Nal.  Form.). 

Mistura  Olei  Picis  (N.  F.),  Mixture  of  oil  oftar,Mistxtrapicis  limdd<i;  Tar  mixlure.—"  Puri- 
fied extract  of  glycyrrhiza  (F.  158),  sixty-five  grammes  (65  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  128  grs.];  oil  of 
tar  (U.  f>.  P.),  thirtv-flve  cubic  centimeters  (35  Cc.)  [1  flg,  SSTTL];  sugar,  two  hundred  and 
fifty  grammes  (2.i0'  Gm.)  [8  ozs.  av.,  3.58  grs.];  chloroform  i  U.  .S.  P.i,  ten  cubic  centimeters 
(lO'Cc.)  [162Ttl];  oil  of  peppermint,  three  cubic  centimeters  (3  Cc.)  [4Vi  1U];  alcohol,  one  hun- 
dred and  sixty  cubic  centimeters  (160  Cc.)  [5  flg,  IHT  TT[] ,  water,  a  eufflcient  quantity  to  make 
one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  <  1000  Cc. )  [33  flg,  391  rfl].  Add  the  purified  extract  of  glycyr- 
rhiza and  sugar  to  six  huii.lr.M  ru\<\r  centimeters  (600  Cc.)  [20  flg,  13S  ITl]  «*  water,  containe<l 
in  a  covered  vessel,  and  h.at  tlir  ii.ixt\ire  to  boiling  until  the  extract  and  sugar  are  dissolved. 
Then  add  the  oil  of  tar,  cnv.  i  tlu-  \.  s-,  l.and  allow  the  contents  to  cool,  stirnng  occasionally. 
Next  add  the  chloroform  and  oil  uf  peppermint,  previously  dissolved  in  the  alcohol,  and 
lastly,  enough  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  ( 1000  Cc.)  [33  fls,  391  ITl].  This 
mixture  should  be  well  agitated,  whenever  any  of  it  is  to  be  dispensed" — (JVVil.  Form.i. 

MISTURA  FERRI  AROMATICA.— AROMATIC 
MIXTURE  OF  IRON. 

Preparation. — Macerate,  in  a  closed  vessel,  for  3  days,  with  occasional  agita- 
tion, 1  ounce  of  powdered  red  cinchona  bark,  i  ounce  of  coarsely  powdered 
caluiuba  root,  |  ounce  of  bruised  cloves,  and  i  ounce  of  fine  iron  wire,  in  12  fluid 
oinuis  of  pepiierniint  water.  Filter,  and  by  pouring  uptui  the  filter  a  sulHcient 
c|Uaiitity  (if  pei>pcrinint  water,  bring  the  measure  to  12^  fluid  ounces.  Then  add 
■\  liuid  ounce  of  tincture  of  orange-peel,  and  3  fluid  ounces  of  compound  tincture 
of  canlamonis.  (Weight,  avoirdupois;  measure,  Imperial.)  Preserve  in  tightly- 
stoppered  bottles.  This  accords  with  the  formula  of  the  Briti.-'li  Ph'iriiui<-«j.iiia, 
18S5.     It  is  a  £;reenisli-l>lack  fluid,  and  is  properly  a  compound  infusion. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Excellent  tonic  for  debilitated  and  ntwmic 
indifiihoil.s.     Do.-e,  1  to  2  lluid  ounces. 


MISTURA  KERKI  COMPOSITA.— MIJ^TrR A.  GLYCYRRHIZ.K  COMPOSITA.        1J«9 

MISTURA  FERRI  COMPOSITA    U.  S.  P.  i— COMPOUND 
IRON   MIXTURE. 

Synonym:   iirqhl'i'-<  tmxturr. 

Preparation.— ••  Ferrous  gulphate,  in  clear  crystals,  six  grammes  (6  Gm.) 
[i>o  grs.];  myrrh,  in  small  pieces,  eighteen  grammes  (18  Gm.")  [278  grs.]  ;  sugar, 
eighteen  grammes  (18  Gm.)  [278  grs.];  j>otassium  carhonate,  eight  grammes 
(8  Gm.)  [124  grs.];  spirit  of  lavender,  sixty  ciihic  centimeters  (6(i  Cc.)  [2  tl.s, 
14  TH.];  rose  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousaml  cuhic  centimeters 
(1000  Cc.)  [33  Hs,  391  mi  Rub  the  niyrrh,  sugar,  anil  pota.<sium  carbonate,  in  a 
mortar,  with  seven  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (700  Cc.)  [23  fi^,  321  111]  of  rose 
water,  at  first  very  gratlually  ailded,  so  that  a  uniform  mixture  may  result. 
Transfer  this  to  a  graduated  vessel,  add  the  spirit  of  lavender,  then  the  ferrous 
sulphate,  previously  dissolved  in  about  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (50  Cc.)  [1  fl.^, 
332  m]  of  rose  water,  and,  lastly,  enough  rose  water  to  make  the  product  measure 
one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  H5,  391  HI].  Mix  the  whole  thor- 
oughly.   This  preparation  should  be  freshly  made  when  wanted" — {('.S.P.). 

By  the  interaction  of  the  potassium  carbonate  and  ferrous  sulphate,  potas- 
sium sulphate  and  ferrous  carbonate  result.  The  mixtu'-e,  when  freshly  made,  is 
of  a  greenish  color,  but  if  allowed  to  oxidize,  as  it  will  do  if  not  tightlj'  corked, 
the  ferrous  salt  changes  to  rust-red  ferric  compounds.  Therefore,  the  mixture 
should  be  extemporaneously  prepared  as  needed. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  agent  was  formerly  much  ad- 
mired a.s  an  antihectic  remedy  in  pn ruh  nl  chronic  hronrhiti^Vk\i\\  hronrhial  d'dala- 
lion.  The  sulphate  and  the  myrrh  tend  to  overcome  relaxation  while  the  iron  is 
present  to  fulfil  the  common  uses  of  the  ferruginous  compounds.  Dose,  itoli 
fluid  ounces.  Griffiths  mixture  has  al.so  been  employed  in  memtrual  irregularities, 
and  in  anemic  and  debilitated  patients. 

MISTURA  GLYCYRRHIZiE  COMPOSITA  lU.  S.  P.  i— COMPOUND 
MIXTURE  OF  GLYCYRRHIZA. 

Synonym:  Broicn  mixture. 

Preparation. — "Pure  extract  of  glycyrrhiza.  thirty  grammes  (30  Gm.)  [1  oz. 
av.,  2-5  grs.];  syrup,  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (-50  Cc.)  [1  rt.5,  332  111];  mucilage  of 
acacia,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  fl,5,  183  HI] :  camphorated 
tincture  of  opium,  one  hundred  and  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (120  Cc.)  [4  ti.5, 
28  HI];  wine  of  antimony,  sixty  cubic  centimeters  (60  Cc.)  [2  fl.^,  14111];  spirit 
of  nitrous  ether,  thirty  cubic  centimeters  (30  Cc.)  [1  fl5,7TtlJ;  water,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  one  "thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl5,3911H].  Rub 
the  pure  extract  of  glvcvrrhiza,  in  a  mortar,  with  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters 
(500  Cc.)  [16  fl.^,  4:i5  fll]^  of  water  until  it  is  dissolved.  Transfer  the  solution  to  a 
a  graduated  ve.'sel  containing  the  other  ingredients,  and  rinse  the  mortar  with 
enough  water  to  make  the  jiroduct  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000  Cc.)  [33  fls,  391  HI].    Mix  the  whole  thoroughly  "— (T. .«'.  P.). 

This  forms  an  unsightly  mixture,  yet  it  is  very  popular  with  some  physi- 
cians. The  antimonial  wine  contained  in  the  preceding  mixture  will  render  it 
unpopular  with  the  Eclectic  profession,  and  the  following  old  formula  will  more 
nearly  meet  with  the  approval  of  our  physicians  where  a  mixture  of  this  kind 
is  desired : 

MisTURA  Gt.YOYRRHiz.T:  CoMPOsiTA,  Comjiouiul  liquorice  mirturc. — Take  of  pow- 
dered extractof  liquorice,  powdered  gum  Arabic,  and  white  sugar,  each,  2  drachma; 
triturate  these  with  water,  6  fluitl  ounces,  added  to  them  gradually,  and  when 
these  are  di.ssolved,  strain  the  solution,  and  add  to  it  camphorated  tincture  of 
opium,  1  fluid  ounce ;  tincture  of  bloodroot,  A  fluid  ounce ;  spirit  of  nitrous  ether, 
2  fluid  drachms. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  The  latter  jireparation  forms  an 
excellent  couj:!!  mixture,  and  nniy  l»'  iis.-d  'u\  c,il,trr/i<il  offcclioiiii  aher  the  subsi- 
dence of  the  more  active  syniploin's,  and  when  expectorati(jn  is  nresent.  An  adult 
may  take  i  fluid  ounce  for  a  dose,  and  a  child  3  or  4  years  olu  a  flui<l  drachm. 


lliTU  MISTURA  GlTAIACl.— MISTUEA  MAGXESIJ:  ET  ASAFCETID^. 

A  very  excellent  cough  remedy  maj'  be  made  as  follows:  Dissolve  ammonium 
chloride,  2  drachms,  in  water,  6  fluid  ounces;  then  add  extract  of  liquorice,  2 
drachms;  extract  of  hyoscyamus, -|  drachm;  when  these  are  dissolved,  add  syrup 
of  tolu,  1  fluid  ounce.'  The  dose  is  the  same  as  the  above,  and  may  be  repeated 
3  or  4  times  a  day.  A  grain  or  two  of  the  sulphate  of  sanguinarine  may  be  added 
to  render  it  more  expectorant  (J.  King); 

MISTURA  GUAIACI  (N.  F.)— MIXTURE  OF  GUAIAC. 

Preparation. — "Guaiac  {U.S. P.),  in  powder,  twenty-five  grammes  (2-5  Gm.; 
[386  grs.]  ;  sugar,  twentj'-five  grammes  (25  Gm.)  [386  grs.] ;  acacia,  in  fine  powder, 
fifteen  grammes  (15  Gm.)  [231  grs.];  cinnamon  water  {U.  S.  P.),  one  thousand 
cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  391  TTl].  Triturate  the  powdered  guaiac  with 
the  sugar  and  acacia,  then  gradually  add  the  cinnamon  water,  and  mix  thor- 
oughly. This  mixture  should  be  well  agitated,  whenever  any  of  it  is  to  be  dis- 
pensed. Note. — This  preparation  is  practically  identical  with  the  Mist ur a  Guaiaci 
of  the  British  Phannacopoin  "—{Xat.  Form.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Same  as  for  Guaincum.  Dose,  J  to  1 
fluid  ounce,  seveial  tinns  a  day.  Mixture  of  guaiac  was  once  very  popular  in 
the  treatment  of  aimtitutional  syphili.i  and  s;/philitit  rheumatism. 

MISTURA  MAGNESI.®  ET  ASAFCETID^ffi  (N.  F.)— MIXTUEE  OF 
MAGNESIA  AND  ASAFETIDA. 

Synonyms:  Deuvcs' carminntive,  Mistura  Cnrminativa  Dnvees. 

Preparation. — "Magnesium  carbonate,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.. 
334  grs.];  timture  of  asafcetida,  seventy-five  cubic  centimeters  (75  Cc.)  [2  flg. 
257  111]:  tincture  of  opium,  ten  cubic  centimeters  (10  Cc.)  [!62'ni];  sugar,  oni' 
hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  gr.s.] ;  distilled  water,  a_sufliicient 
quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc. )  [33  85,  391  111]. 
Rub  the  magnesium  carbonate  and  sugar,  in  a  mortar,  with  the  tincture  of  asa- 
fcetida and  the  tincture  of  opium.  Then  graduall}'  add  enough  distilled  watt- r 
to  make  the  mixture  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (ICXK)  Cc.)  [33  flg, 
391111]"— (:N>(^i^''m.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  agent  was  formerly  much  used 
in  infantile  colir.  The  average  dose  is  from  10  to  20  minims.  This  preparation 
contains  yts  P^J'*  o^  laudanum. 

Related  Preparations.— Mistura  Carminativa  (N.  F.),  Canninntire  mutvre,  Dalbi/'f  car- 
viinaliK.  ■•  .MaL'in'sium  carbonate,  sixty-five  grammes  {Ho  Gui.i  [U  ozs.  av.,  128  grs.];  potas- 
siuui  lailmuatr,  tliree  grammes  {?■  Gm. )  [46  gre.] ;  tincture  of  opium  i  T.  .S.  P.  C  twentj--five 
cubic  ci-utimctcrs  (l'5  Cc.)  [406  TTl] ;  oil  of  caraway,  one-half  cul)ic  centimeter  (0..5  Cc.l  [8  HI]  ; 
oil  of  fennel,  one-half  cubic  centimeter  (0.5  Oct  [STll];  oil  of  pejipermint.  one-half  cubic  cen- 
timeter (0..5  Cc.  I  [8  TTl] !  syrup  (  U.  S.  P.),  one  hundred  and  sixtv  cubic  centimeters  1 160  Co.) 
[5  fl,^,  197  TH.] ;  w.ater,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousaml  cubic  centimeters  1 1000  Cc.) 
[33  fl5,  391  ITl].  Triturate  the  oils  with  ab.iiit  ten  grammes  ( 10  Gm.)  [154j;n!.]  ot  magnesium 
carbonate,  and  seven  liundiicl  and  til'ty  ciilue  eintimeters  iT.^O  Cc.)  [25  65.  173  111]  of  water 
gradually  added.  Tlieii  ad.l  Wu-  rmiaiiidiT  ol  the  magnesium  carbonate  ami  the  other  ingre- 
dients, and  lastly,  aildeiioutrh  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  iIOOOCc.  1  [33  fl^, 
391  TTl].  This  preparation  "should  be  freshly  made,  when  wanted  for  use.  Each  fluid  ounce 
represents  about  1  grain  of  opium"— (iN'd'.  Fimn.). 

MisTVRA  Sassafras  et  Opii  (N.  F.),  Miituie  0/ sassafras  and  opium,  Mistura  opii  alkaliua, 
Go(ifrci/'s  cordiaJ. — "Oil  of  sassafraB,  one  cubic  centimeter  (1  Cc.)  [16  TTl];  tincture  of  opium 
{L'.'.S.  '/'.I,  thirty-five  cubic  centimeters  i35  Cc.)  [1  flg,  88  Til];  alcohol,  fifty  cubic  centimeters 
(50  Cc.)  [1  fls,  332111];  potassium  carbonate,  eight  grammes  (S  Gm.)  [123  grs.];  molasses, 
three  hundreii  and  twentv-five  cubic  centimeters  (:525  Cc.)  [10  iAx.  475  TTl  ] ;  water,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.>  [:«  fls,391  TTl]-  Mix  the  tinc- 
ture <if  "opium  with  the  alcohol  in  which  the  oil  of  sa.«safras  had  U'en  previously  dissolvt-vl. 
]>issolvr  the  i.ola.ssinm  carbonate  iu  about  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  ^o00  Cc.  1  [16  fl3, 
4.'{')  111]  >^>'  water,  mix  this  with  the  mola.vses,  then  add  the  niixtnrt'  first  jirepared.  and  lastly, 
enouj:h  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  ( 10l)0  Cc.)  [:i3  fi,^.391  TTl].  ••Vllow  the 
mixture  to  become  clear  by  standing,  then  pour  ott"  the  liquid  portion  aiwl  preserve  it  for  usi-. 
K.;ich  lluid  drachm  contains  2  minims  of  tincture  of  opium,  corn'sj>onding  to  aliout  t  grain 
of  opium  " —  .V(i(.  Form.). 


Mi~Tri;.\  (M.rdurM  cami'IIi'Uata.  mistika  sancimnaki.t:  tomi'.      1271 

MISTURA  OLEORUM  CAMPHORATA.— CAMPHORATED 
MIXTURE  OF  OILS. 

Preparation. — Take  of  oils  of  cloves,  eajeinit,  ami  amber  (rectified),  and  cam- 
phor, CMC  li.  I  (uiiitc-.    Mix  the  oils  together,  and  dissolve  camphor  in  the  mixture. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  is  intended  for  the  relief  of  foo^/in<r/(e.  The 
decayed  portion  of  the  tooth  is  to  be  cleansed  and  dried,  and  then  a  few  drops  of 
theiiii.xtureon  cotton  api>lied  to  the  part;  continue  application  2  or  3  times  in  the 
same  manner,  and  leave  the  last  in  the  tooth.  This  lias  proved  very  eflicient,  and 
has  been  e.xtensively  sold  througiiout  the  country  as^Piiiiscu'sVefjctdlile  Spcrijic." 

It  will  not  be  amiss  to  give  at  this  place,  another  preparation  ior  toothache, 
which  I  have  found  of  service.  Take  of  opium  and  saltpeter,  each,  2  ounces ;  cam- 
phor, lA  ounces;  galls,  in  powder,  4  ounces;  alcohol,  lA  pints.  Place  the  articles 
in  the  "alcohol,  macerate  for  14  days,  and  filter.  To  be  applied  the  same  as  the 
preceding  mixture.  Various  other  agents,  as  solution  of  tannic  acid,  or  gallic  acid 
in  alcohol,  etc.,  have  also  been  recommended  for  relieving  toothache  (J.  King). 

MISTURA  OLEORUM  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND 
MIXTURE  OF  OILS. 
Sysonym  :  I V;»i (;«;/{'  0(7. 

Preparation. — take  of  castor  oil  and  wormseed  oil,  each,  1  ounce;  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, and  oil  of  anise,  of  each.  A  ounce.    Mix. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  forms  an  eflicient  remedy  for 
ipor»)<-',  and  may  be  given  in  teaspoonful  doses  to  an  adult,  and  repeated  every'i 
hours.  -After  its  employment  for  2  or  3  days,  a  purgative  must  be  administered 
(T.V.Morrow). 

MISTURA  RHEI  ET  SODiE  (U.  S.  P.,— MIXTURE  OF 
RHUBARB  AND  SODA.      . 

Preparation. — "  Sodium  bicarbonate,  thirty-five  grammes  (35  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av., 
103  grs.];  (iuiil  e.vtract  of  rhubarb,  fifteen  cubic  centimeters  (15  Cc.)  [243  111] ; 
fluid  extract  of  ipecac,  three  cubic  centimeters  (3  Ce.)  [49111];  glycerin,  three 
hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (350  Ce.)  [11  fls,  401  111]:  spirit  of  pepper- 


mint, thirtv  five  cubic  centimeters  (35  Co.)  [1  fl.^,  88  1)1]  ;  water,  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity to  make  one  thou.sand  cubic  centimeters  (1000 Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  in.1  Dissolve 
the  sodium  bicarbonate  in  about  four  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (400  Cc.)  [13  fls. 


252  111]  of  water.  Then  add  the  fluid  extracts,  the  glycerin,  and  the  spirit  of 
peppermint.  an<l,  lastlv,  enough  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
fKXX)  C<-.)  [3:;  11.^,.  S'.U  ill]  ■-(  T.  .S'.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  preparation,  in  large  doses,  is 
purgative  and  carminative;  in  smaller  amounts,  it  checks  diarrha'n  and  colic 
accompanying  iitfantile  dyspepsia.    Dose,  J  fluid  drachms  to  2  fluid  ounces. 

Related  Preparation.— Mlstura  Riiei  Comi>o.«it.\  (N.  P.),  Compound  mijiuye  of  rhubarh, 
.Sfjuilih':!  ihiil'iirl,  iiil.iinri:  "  Fluid  extract  of  rhubarb  (  ('.  ,S'.  J'.),  twelve  cubic  ceiitiuioters  (12 
Cc.)  [lii.5  m  ] ;  Huiil  cxtrait  of  ipecac  (  C.^'.  7'.),  two  cubic  centimeters  (2  Cc.)  [33111];  podium 
bicarbonate,  t went v-fnur  jrrainmes  (24  Gm.)  [870 grs.];  glycerin,  two  hundred  and  ti It y  cubic 
ccntinieteix  -.'.-.OCV.!  [S  fl.^,  218  IIL];  peppennint  water  (  T.  .V.  /'.),  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make 
on.'  tlionsand  cubi,- centiiiieU'rs  ( 1(X)0  Cc.)  [33  fl^,  3itl  ITIJ.  Hissolve  the  Boiliuni  bicarlmnate 
in  alji.iit  live  hundred  Cubic  centimeters  (5()0  Cc.)  [Ui  fls,  43') Til]  ff  peppennint  water,  then 
ad"l  tlie  fluid  extracts  and  glycerin,  and  la.-tlv,  enough  peppermint  water  to  make  one  thou- 
eand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [:«  flg,  3!ll  111]"— (.V-//.  Form.).  This  i)reparalU)U  must  not 
be  confused  with  the  well-known  ueutraliziug  cordial,  which  iu  some  respects  it  resembles. 

MISTURA  SANGUINARLffi  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND 

MIXTURE  OF  BLOODROOT. 

Sy.nonvm:    Ctnifjh  drop.-'. 

Preparation.— Take  of  syrup  of  ipecacuanha,  syrup  of  squill,  tincture  of 
bloodroot,  syrup  of  balsam  tolu,  camphorated  tincture  of  opium,  each,  1  ounce. 
Mix  (.J.Kingj. 


1272  MI.STURA  SCAMMONII.— MISTURA  SPIRITVS  VIXI  GALLICI. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  is  a  very  eflBcient  preparation  in 

severe  mugh-'i  from  colch,  aitarrlial,  or  bronchud  irritations.  The  dose  is  from  ^  to  1 
fluid  drachm  whenever  the  fit  of  coughing  is  severe.  I  have  used  it  for  many 
years  in  practice,  with  much  benefit.  A  very  pleasant  preparation  for  cough  is 
composed  of  oil  of  anise,  oil  of  sweet  almond.s,"  tincture  of  balsam  of  tolu.  Canada 
balsam,  Madeira  wine,  each,  1  ounce.  Mix  (Beach's  Amer.  Prac).  The  dose  is  from 
10  to  20  drops,  3  or  4  times  a  day,  in  a  little  elm  or  flaxseed  infusion.  It  assists 
expectoration,  and  affords  great  relief  in  tickling  coughs  (J.  Kingj. 

MISTURA  SCAMMONII.— SCAMMONY  MIXTURE. 

Synonyms  :   Tmc  scnmmonii,  Emulsio  purgans  cum  scaminonia. 

Preparation. — Make  a  uniform  emulsion  by  triturating  together  6  grains  of 
powdered  scammony  and  2  fluid  ounces  of  milk.  This  is  really  an  emulsion,  and 
has  a  fine  appearance,  and  is  not  unpleasant  to  the  taste.  The  formula  accords 
with  that  of  the  British  P/iarvuicopceia,  1885.  It  should  be  made  only  when  needed 
for  immediate  use. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Scammonia.)  The  above  mixture 
is  intended  for  a  single  dose  for  an  adult;  for  a  child  the  dose  is  one-third  of  this 
mixture. 

MISTURA  SENN.ffl  COMPOSITA.— COMPOUND 
MIXTURE  OF  SENNA. 

Preparation. — Dissolve,  by  means  of  gentle  heat,  4  ounces  (av.)  of  magne- 
sium sulphate  in  15  fluid  ounces  (Imp.")  of  infusion  of  senna,  and  add  1  fluid 
ounce  of  liquid  extract  of  liquorice,  2^  fluid  ounces  of  tincture  of  senna,  and  1^ 
fluid  ounces  of  tincture  of  cardamoms.  This  is  the  British  form  (i?/-.  Pfiarm., 
1885)  of  compound  infusion  of  senna,  or  bl'trk  draught  (see  Infumm  Sennw  Com- 
positum  for  American  hlurk  dniuqJit). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Same  as  for  Compound  Injmion  of  Senna. 
Dose,  from  1  to  li  fluid  minces  (Imp.). 

MISTURA  SOD.®  ET  MENTHiE  (N.  F.i— MIXTURE  OF 
SODA  AND  SPEARMINT. 

Synonym  :  Snda  mint. 

Preparation.  —  Sodium  bicarbonate,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av., 
334  grs.];  aromatic  spirit  of  ammonia  (['.  8.  P.),  ten  cubic  centimeters  (,10  Cc.) 
[162  ni]  ;  spearmint  water  {U.  S.  P.),  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand 
cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl5,  391  TTl].  Dissolve'the  sodium  bicarbonate 
in  about  seven  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (750  Cc.)  [25  fls.  173  1U]  of 
spearmint  water,  add  the  aromatic  spirit  of  ammonia  and  enough  spearmint 
water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centinietei-s  (lOOOCc.)  [33  fl5-391  ITl].  Filter, 
if  necessary" — {Xdf.  Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Antacid  and  carminative. 

MISTURA  SPIRITUS  VINI  GALLICI.— MIXTURE  OF 
FRENCH  BRANDY. 

Synonym  :   Brandy  mixture. 

Preparation. — Take  of  brandy,  cinnamon  water,  each,  4  fluid  ounces:  the 
yolks  of  two  eggs;  refined  sugar,  ^  ounce ;  oil  of  cinnamon,  2  minims.  Mix — 
(Lond.).  Tliis  is  identical  witli  tiie  present  formula  of  the  Briti.<li  Phiirmnro}i<rin 
(1898),  cxceptiiii;  that  the  latter  does  not  add  the  2  minims  of  cinnamon  oil. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  forms  a  nutritive  and  stimulating  prepa- 
ration, especially  adapted  to  the  stage  of  prostration  in  low  foniu  of /rrrr.  and  in 
cases  of  much  debility  from  various  other  causes. 


MISTl"KA  SITLI'IUIIICA  ACIDA— MlTCl 

MISTURA  SULPHURICA  ACIDA  (N.  F.) 
ACID  MIXTURE. 


-SULPHURIC 


Synonyms  :   Mijiuni,  mljihurint  uriiln  {(icr.  Plmnn.),  ILilUr's  acid  elixir. 

Preparation.— 'Sulphuric  aeiil  (T.  ^'.  i*.},  two  hundred  and  fifty  grammes 
(250  Cmu.)  [$  ozs.  av.,  358  grs.];  alcohol,  a  sulHcii-nt  quantity  to  make  one 
thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Add  the  acid  very 
gradually  to  seven  hundred  and  fifty  grammes  ( ToOCim.  j  [1  Ib.av.,  10  ozs.,  1!)!)  grs.J 
of  alcohol  contained  in  a  flask,  agitating  after  each  addition,  and  taking  care 
that  the  temperature  of  the  mixture  he  not  allowed  to  riseabove  50°  C.  (122°  F.). 
When  the  mixture  is  cold,  add  enough  alcohol,  if  necessary,  to  make  one  thou- 
sand grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Note. — The  same  product 
may  be  obtained,  approximately,  by  carefully  and  plowly  adding  1  volume  of  sul- 
phuric acid  to  7  volumes  of  alcohol,  and  this  method  may  be  used  when  small 
quantities  are  required  for  immediate  use  in  a  prescription" — iAut.Fonn.).  The 
sulphuric  acid  gradually  becomes  converted  into  ethylsulphuric  acid,  of  which 
this  mixture  is  merely  an  alcoholic  solution. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.  — (See  Aridum  Sulphur icum.)  Dose, 
1  to  S  minims,  well  diluted  with  water. 


MITCHELLA.— PARTRIDGEBERRY. 


Fig.  171. 


The  whole  plant  of  Milrhella  repem,  Linne. 

Xnt.  Ord. — Rubiacea\ 

CtiMMoN  Names:  Purtridcieherry,  Checkerherry,  Squaw-vine,  Squrnr-bemj  vine, 
Winltr  cli'i;  r.  Dorhern/,  and  One-berry. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  indigenous,  evergreen  herb,  with  a  perennial 
root,  from  which  arises  a  smooth  and  creeping  stem,  furnished  with  roundish 
ovate,  or  slightly  heart-shaped,  petiolate, 
opposite,  flat,  coriaceous,  dark-green,  and 
shining  leaves,  usually  variegated  with 
whitish  lines.  Tiie  flowers  are  white,  often 
tinged  with  red,  very  fragrant,  in  pairs, 
with  their  ovaries  united.  Calyx  4-parted. 
Corolla  funnel-form,  two  on  each  double 
ovary,  limb  4-parted,  spreading,  and 
densely  hairy  within.  Stamens  4,  short, 
and  inserted  on  the  corolla.  Style  slen- 
der; stigmas  4.  The  fruit  is  a  dry,  berry- 
like, double  drupe,  crowned  with  the  calyx- 
teeth  of  the  two  flowers,  each  containing 
4  small  and  seed-like,  bony  nutlets.  Some 
plants  bear  flowers  with  exserted  stamens 
and  included  styles;  oth  ers,  conversely, 
those  with  included  stamens  and  exserted 
styles  (W.— G.— T.).  According  to  Mr. 
Thomas  Meehan,  this  is  a  dio'cious  plant, 
having  imperfect   rudimentary  pistils  in  Mitrhciia  repens. 

the  male  plant,  with  the  calyx-teeth  coarser  than  in  the  female,  the  anthers  on 
fdaments  projecting  considerably  beyond  the  corolla  throat;  in  the  female  plant, 
tlie  anthers  are  sessile,  rudimentary,  concealed  in  the  coarse  down  of  the  corolla 
tube,  and  the  pistil,  with  its  well-developed  stigma,  i>rojects  beyond  the  throat  of 
the  corolla  (Amer.  Jour.  IViarm.,18G8,  p.  554). 

History. — This  plant  is  indigenous  to  the  United  States,  growing  in  dry 
woods,  among  hendock-timber,  and  in  swampv  places,  flov.ering  in  June  anil 
July.  The  leaves  hear  fiome  resemblance  to  clover,  and  remain  green  through 
the  winter.  The  fruit  or  ijerry  is  bright  scarlet,  edible,  but  nearlv  tasteless,  dry, 
and  full  of  stonv  seeds,  and  al.so  remains  through  the  winter.  'l*he  whole  jdant 
is  medicinal,  and;  i 


iparLs  its  virtues  to  l)oiling  water  or  alcohol. 


1274  MOXARDA. 

Chemical  Composition.— E.  Breneiser  found  in  this  plant  a  saponin-like 
body,  frothing  in  aqueous  solution;  the  water-soluble  part  of  an  ether  extract  of 
the  plant  containeil  a  principle  forming  a  precipitate  with  tannic  acid  and  with 
picric  acid  ;  but  it  was  neither  an  alkaloid  nor  a  glucosid.  No  volatile  oil  was 
present  (Amer.  .hnn:  I'h.inii..  18S7,  p.  229  >. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Partridgeberry  \s  parturient,  diuretic, 
and  astringent.  Used  in  iln>j,.<,/.  suiqiris.^imi  of  urine  and  diarrhoea,  in  decoction.  It 
seems  to  have  an  e.^picial  atlinity  for  the  uterus,  exerting  a  powerful  tonic  and 
alterative  influence  upon  this  organ,  and  has  hence  been  found  highly  beneficial 
in  many  uterine  derangements,  as  in  amenorrhoea,  some  forms  of  dysnunorrhcea, 
vKiiorrhagia,  chronic  congestion  of  the  uterus,  enfeebled  uterine  nervous  system,  etc.  It  is 
said  that  the  squaws  drink  a  decoction  of  this  plant  for  several  weeks  previous 
to  their  confinement,  for  the  purpose  of  rendering  parturition  safe  and  ea.sy. 
Similar  virtues  have  been  ascribed  to  it  by  competent  physicians  of  our  time. 
The  remedy  is  peculiarly  American,  not  Ijeing  noticed  or  used  by  foreign  practi- 
tioners. Dose  of  a  strong  decoction,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  2  or  3  times  a  day. 
The  berries  are  a  popular  remedj'  for  diarrhcea  and  dysuria.  Used  as  follows,  par- 
tridgeberry is  highly  recommended  as  a  cure  for  sore' nipples :  Take  2  ounces  of 
the  herb,  fresh  if  possible,  and  make  a  strong  decoction  with  a  pint  of  w-ater,  then 
strain,  and  add  as  much  good  cream  as  there  is  liquid  of  the  decoction.  Boil  the 
the  whole  down  to  the  consistence  of  a  soft  salve,  and  when  cool,  anoint  the 
nipple  with  it  every  time  the  child  is  removed  from  the  breast. 

MONARDA.— HOESEMINT. 

The  leaves  and  flowering  tops  of  Monarda  punctata,  Linne. 

Nat.  0/y/.— Labiatte. 

Common  N.\me:  Horsemint. 

iLLrsTRATioN :  Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  208. 

Botanical  Source. — Horsemint  is  an  indigenous  perennial  or  biennial  herb, 
with  a  filjrous  root.  The  stems  are  obtusely  angled,  hoary  pubescent,  branched, 
and  2  or  3  feet  high.  The  leaves  are  oblong-lanceolate  to  oblong,  remotely  and 
obscurely  serrate,  narrowed  at  base,  punctate,  and  petioled.  The  flowers  are  yel- 
low, with  brown  or  purple  spots,  in  numerous,  dense,  axillary  whorls.  The  bracts 
are  large,  yellow,  and  red,  lanceolate,  obtuse  at  the  base,  sessile,  and  longer  than 
the  whorls.  The  corolla  is  nearly  smooth,  ringent,  tubular,  upper  lips  spotted 
with  purple,  lower  lip  reflexed,  3-lobed.  Calyx  elongated,  cylindric,  15-nerved, 
subequally  5-toothed,  and  hairy  in  the  throat;  the  teeth  are  short  and  rigid, 
awnle.'^s.  Stamens  2,  elongated,  ascending,  inserted  in  the  throat  of  the  corolla; 
anthers  linear,  cells  divarii-ite  at  base,  and  connate  at  apex  (G. — W.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant  is  found  growing  in  sandy 
fields  and  barrens  from  New  England  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  westward  beyond 
the  Mississippi,  flowering  during  the  summer.  The  entire  plant  has  a  rather  fra- 
grant odor,  and  a  pleasant,  pungent,  slightly  bitter  ta^Jte.  It  contains  an  abun- 
dance of  essential  oil  (Oleum  Monardie,  V.  S.  P.,  1870)  on  which  its  active  virtues 
depend.  The  oil  may  be  obtained  by  distillation  of  the  recent  herb  with  wat*r. 
The  plant  yields  its  virtues  to  alcohol,  or  boiling  water  by  infusion. 

Oleim  Monarda,  or  0(7  o/^or,<rHit«?,  is  of  a  yellowish,  or  more  often  yellow- 
ish-red or  brownish-red  color,  and  has  a  sharp  ta.<te  and  an  aromatic,  pleasant 
odor.  Alcohol  readily  dissolves  it.  Below  5°  C.  (39°  P.),  it  deposits  crystals  of  a 
stearopten  once  called  Hi/wia/v/wi,  but  which  hi\s  subsequentlv  been  shown  to  be 
thymol  (C,„H,30H).  H.  J.  M.  Schroeter  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1888)  believes  the  oil 
to  contain  50  per  cent  of  a  hydrocarbon  (C",„H,j\  25  per  cent  of  thymol,  whicli  he 
pronounced  to  be  dextro-gyrate,  while  thymol  from  oil  of  thvme  is  outically  inac- 
tive, and  oxygenated  bodies  of  the  composition  C,„H,50.  He  also  founa  small  quan- 
tities of  formic,  acetic,  and  butyric  acids  in  the  form  of  esters.  More  recently.  Prof. 
Edward  Kremers  and  W.  R.  Schumann  (P-oc.  Amer.  Pharm.  A^-xif.,  18lXi,  p.  238) 
distilled  the  flowering  herb  of  Monarda  punctata  of  their  own  collection,  and 
obtained  an  amber-colored  oil  of  0.i)307  specific  gravity,  at  20°  C.  (68°  Fi.  which 
yielded  to  a  10  per  cent  caustic  soda  solution,  56  per  cent  of  thymol.    The  residue 


MONESIA.  1275 

(listillnl  with  water,  yielded  an  oil  containing  the  hydrocarbon  eymene  (Vnll,,), 
previously  shown  by  Brennan  (1895)  to  occiu  also  in  the  oil  otMommlnJiMtuliMi. 
Anotlier  lot  of  the  herb  collected  by  tiie  same  autiioriJ  before  flowering  yielded 
ii|>on  ilistilktion  3.39  uer  cent  of  oil,  while  more  recently,  Kremers  and.  W.  E. 
lltiulri>k>  [P/inrm.  Atr/iices,  lSfln,Vol.  II,  p.  73),  obtained  only  1  per  cent  of  oil 
from  a  Howiring  specimen  of  the  plant.  In  the  latter  case,  60  per  cent  of  phenols 
wiTe  present,  mostly  thymol.  Its  isomer,  rnrvdcml,  may  be  occa.sionally  present 
in  siuall  quantity.  The  non-phenol  part  of  the  oil  contained  10  i)er  cent  of  an 
alcobul;  furthermore,  ci/ineiic,  and  a  small  (juantity  of  dextro-rotatory  limoiinie. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Horsemint  is  stimulant,  carminative, 
sudorific,  diuretic,  and  anti-emetic.  The  infusion  or  essence  is  used  in  //«/«/«!<•<•. 
nausea,  vomititxj,  and  as  a  diuretic  in  mppnvgian  of  the  urine,  and  otlier  urinary 
disorders.  The  warm  infusion  is  a  stimulating  diaphoretic,  and  has  acquired 
some  celebrity  as  an  emmenagogue;  it  may  be  drank  freely.  The  oil  is  extremely 
sharp  and  pungent,  and  applied  to  the  skin,  excites  heat  and  redness,  and  if  too 
long  or  too  closely  applied,  will  produce  a  painful  blister.  It  is  used  like  pepper- 
mint oil  internally,  and  is  employed  locally  in  embrocations  to  relieve  pain.  The 
full  strength  oil  may  be  used  upon  neuralgic  parts.  The  M.didynia  and  M.fistulom 
may  be  used  as  substitutes  for  the  above. 

Related  Species.— .V"n<ir>(<i  di'li/ma,  Llnn^;  Omygo  tea.  This  epecie-s  grows  in  tlie  Alle- 
ghany Mountains,  from  North  C'arolinii  nortliwartl  to  t'anada.  In  the  northern  states  it  often 
grows  along  streams  and  in  other  wet  situations.  The  flower  is  composed  of  a  showy,  large 
crimson  conjlla,  and  crimson-stained  bracts.  The  stamens  are  much  exserted.  It  is  often  cul- 
tivated in  ganiens. 

Munorilajifliilosa,  Linn^;  WUd  bergamot,  also  called /fors^niV.  From  New  England  states 
xvest  and  south,  growing  in  thickets.  Flowers  are  in  a  terminal  head,  large,  and  have  a  greenish, 
white,  light  lilac,  or  blue  corolla.  It  is  a  variable  species.  The  uses  of  these  two  specie?  are 
similar  to  those  of  horsemint.  The  chemical  composition  of  the  oil  of  thi.s  plant  is  analogous 
tfi  that  <>f  Mununht  jiitncltiln,  cariacrol  taking  the  place  of  its  isomer,  tht/imil,  contained  in  the 
latter  plant.  Le.ss  than  2  per  cent  of  thymol  is  present  in  the  oil  of  .V.Jiitliilosa.  The  latter  also 
contains  a  ervstalline  red  coloring  matter  reseiiihling  alizarin  (see  E.  J.  Jlelzner  and  Edward 
Kremers.  Pi-oc.  Amer.  Pharm.  .Isv-x.,  lS9<i.  ]■.  2V2.  anil  Plumn.  Archivth,  Vol.  II,  ISHO,  p.  76). 

MONESIA.— MONESIA-BARK 

Extract  of  the  bark  of  Chrysophyllum  Glyeijihheum,  Casaretti  (Chrysophyllum 
Buranht  ii\,  Riedel;  Lucumn  Glycypkkea,  Martins  et  Eichler). 

Xnt.  OriJ. — Sapotaceie. 

( '( '  M  Ml  I N  N  \  M  E  :   .Monmo . 

Botanical  Source. — Chrysophyllum  Glyciphloeum  is  a  common  Brazilian  tree 
known  locally  a.s  buranhen  or  guaran/iem.  It  is  often  from  40  to  50  feet  in  height. 
The  genus  Chrysophyllum  comj)rises  several  species,  mostly  South  American  trees, 
with  milky  juice.  The  leaves  are  alternate,  entire,  and  furnished  with  a  golden- 
yellow  pubescence  underneath,  hence  the  name.  The  flowers  are  small,  and  in 
fa-scicled  umbels  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves.  The  corolla  is  bell-shaped,  and  has  5 
stamens.     The  ovary  has  10  1-ovuled  cells,  and  bears  a  peltate  10-lobed  stigma. 

History  and  Description.— The  bark  is  in  fragments,  nearly  smooth,  and 
cinnaniiiii-col.irid  internally.  The  pieces  are  thin,  about  }  ori  inch  in  thickness; 
at  first  a  <we«  li-h  taste  is  imparted,  which  .subsequently  l)ecomes  acrid  and  astrin- 
gent. It  has  no  odor.  The  fruit  of  the  C.  CaiiiUo,  and  other  species  are  called 
"  star  aj)ples,"  and  are  eaten  by  the  natives.  Chrysophyllum  Glyciphlonim  is  of 
interest  from  the  fact  that  an  extract  from  the  Dark  "is  used  in  medicine,  and 
known  as  Mona>ia. 

MoxEsiA  {Exlrnctum  Monefrur),  the  extract  of  the  foregoing  bark,  w.is  intro- 
duced to  notice  in  1839,  in  an  article  written  by  Dr.  St.  Ange,  and  published  in  the 
Paris  Moliral  Gazette  {Br.  Pharm.  Joitn,  Vols.  Ill  and  IV).  The  extract  anpeared  in 
the  form  of  brown,  brittle  cakes  of  about  1  pound  each,  insoluble  in  ether,  partly 
soluble  in  alcohol,  but  more  so  in  water;  forming  with  the  latter  menstruum,  a 
frothv,  soap-suds-like  solution.  Monesia  extract,  when  prejiared  in  the  cold  is  of 
a  dark-red  color,  and  is  considered  in  Brazil  to  be  superior  in  quality.  T.  Peckolt 
reports  (.Pharm.  Ruivlsrhau,  1888,  p.  30)  that  the  extract  is  not  now  exported  to 
any  considerable  extent. 


1276  MOXESIA. 

Chemical  Composition. —  Shortly  after  the  introduction  of  monesia  bark 

Derosae  and  Henry  examined  it,  and  found  it  to  contain  chlorophyll,  v:a.x,glycyr- 
rhizin,  iron-bluing  tannin,  and  red  coloring  matter.  The  supposed  active  prin- 
ciple, which  is  acrid,  they  named  nionexin;  although  it  is  probable  that  the  tannin 
and  other  substances  are  of  therapeutic  value. 

Monesin  is  regarded  as  identical  with  saponin  (Cj^HyO.J.  It  forms  transparent 
yellow  scales,  insoluble  in  ether,  but  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  and  produces 
in  aqueous  solution,  upon  shaking,  an  abundant  froth.  It  is  odorless.  l»ut  has  a 
bitter,  acrid  taste.  Peckolt's  analysis  of  the  bark  (lor.cU.)  shows  the  presence  of 
vionesia-tannic  acid,  6.2  per  cent;  red  coloring  matter,  2.2  per  cent;  starch.  1.97  per 
cent;  monesin,  0.28  per  cent;  glyn/rrhiiin-,  1-5  per  cent;  crystallizable  hkurahein 
{lucumm^,  0.009  per  cent,  etc.  The  latter  substance  is  bitter,  insoluble  in  cold 
water,  soluble  in  ether  and  hot  alcohol. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Monesia  appears  to  possess  slightly 
stimulating  and  astringent  properties.  In  doses  of  from  2  to  10  grains,  repeated 
2  or  3  times  a  day,  it  acts  as  a  gentle  excitant  of  the  stomach,  improving  the  appe- 
tite and  the  digestive  functions.  In  larger  doses,  it  causes  a  burning  sensation 
in  the  epigastric  region,  gastric  uneasiness,  and  costiveness.  It  has  been  found 
advantageous  in  certain  atonic  forms  of  rfy^epm,  as  a  stimulant  and  tonic;  and 
as  a  tonic  and  astringent  in  diarrhosa  and  hemorrhciges,  as  from  the  lungs,  stomach, 
and  kidneys,  in  hemorrhoids,  and  in  profuse  menstruation.  In  chronic  bmnrfiitis, 
attended  with  considerable  expectoration,  and  in  the  catarrhal  affection.^  and  uinter 
cough  of  persons  in  advanced  years,  it  has  proved  useful.  As  an  alterative,  it  has 
been  advised  in  scrofulous  und  scorbutic  affections,  though  it  is  somewhat  doubtful 
as  to  its  good  effect  in  these  cases,  although  it  is  stated  to  have  been  eflectual 
in  the  purpura  of  scurvy.  It  has  been  advised  a.s  a  tonic  in  convalescence  from 
malarial  fevers  and  in  incipient  consumption.  As  a  local  application,  in  the  form  of 
powder  sprinkled  upon  the  parts,  in  aqueous  solution,  tincture,  or  ointment,  it 
has  proven  valuable  in  obstinate  indolent  ulcers,  in  anal  and  buccal  fism. res.  in  scor- 
butic or  other  unliealthy  condition  of  the  gums,  in  vaginal  leucorrhcea,  and  in  nasal 
hemorrhage;  it  may  be  applied  on  lint,  as  a  wash,  by  injection,  or  by  spray. 

The  dose  of  monesia  is  from  2  to  10  or  15  grains ;  of  monesin,  from  ^  to  ^  grain. 
These  may  be  given  in  pill,  or  powder,  and  in  some  syrup  or  other  convenient 
vehicle.  The  tincture  may  be  made  of  any  desirable  strength,  from  1  to  4  ounces 
of  monesia  extract  to  a  pint  of  alcohol.  The  ointment  may  be  made  by  tritu- 
rating 1  drachm  of  the  extract  with  7  drachms  of  cerate,  or  purified  lard. 

Belated  Species. — Lncuma  salicifoUa,  Kunth.  The  Zapote  amarillo  or  Z.  horracho  of  the 
Mexicans.  The  fruit  produces  sleep  and  the  seeds  are  employed  by  the  natives  in  pleuritit. 
Several  Brazilian  species  yield  food  or  medicines. 

Bosnia  longifolia,  Linii^ ;  Elloopa-tree. — East  India.  A  nutritious  jellv  is  prepareil  from  the 
fruit  and  flowers  of  this  tree,  which  also  furnishes  valuable  timber.  TYie  bark,  leaves,  and  a 
fixed  oil  from  tlie  seeds  have  antirheumatic  virtues  and  have  been  used  in  fkin  Ji^rdm. 
Elloopa  oil  is  greenish  and  odorous. 

Bassia  InUyracea,  Roxburgh. — The  seeds  yield  a  butyraceous  substance  known  as/u/uxj- 
biUter.     It  is  used  like  the  oil  of  the  preceding  species.    Baiuiia  parkii  yieMs  .sV/ki  Imtid: 

i\fimu.iops  Elengi,  Linne. — India.  The  sweet  fruit  of  tliis  species  is  eaten,  and  the  tree 
furnishes  an  excellent  timber.  A  pleasant  perfume  is  obtained  from  the  flowers,  and  the 
seeds  yield  a  drying  fixed  oil.  Bark  and  root  are  reported  astringent  and  tonic,  and  are  em- 
ployed" as  such  in  India.  The  juice  of  the  unripe  fruit  and  the  bark  are  used  to  fix  colors  in 
silk  dveiiifi  i  DyinockK 

'Mini      .  " '    (     ./   I,  Roxburgh. — Fruit  eaten.     I'ses  same  as  for  preceding. 

.1/  ^  '■  and  .1/.  A-"//i»i</ vielil  a  varietv  of  t'litta-percha. 

,1  ^  ,       .  l.iiiiie  i.S'i/..'/./  .Mirilf.  Milleri;  S<',i>..ki  plum  \ /dtiiolilla  i  or  BuUy  frcf.— West 

Indies,  >iiiuli  \iii,  i  n  i.  and  naturalized  in  western  India,  where  the  natives  eat  the  quince- 
flavored  fniit  lallid  by  them  Vliikhi  OT  hyiiaOi.  As  a  preventive  ag-ainst  jfl'rile  and  bilioiit 
attach,  the  inhaliitants  of  the  Concan  eat  the  fruit  wliich  has  l>een  soak.d  over  night  in 
melted  butter.  Tlie  bark  is  regarded  astringent,  tonic,  and  febrifuge;  the  seeds  diuretic  and 
aperient.  Bernou  ( 1883)  obtained  a crj-stalline  alkaloid,  .•^iikiHh,.  from  the  bark  i  ■\tiK>tl!la  Burk); 
it  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  dissolves"  in  alcohol,  cliloroform,  and  ether.  He  als«>  found  two 
resins,  and  a  largi'  amount  of  sapotannic  acid,  the  Uist  giving  the  bark  its  astriugeucy  .see 
Dymock,  Mat.  M<(l.  of  We^ern  India).  G.  Michaud  ilSi»U  obtainetl  from  the  see<is  s-iptrfin 
i(?»HisOsol,  acrvstalline,  wliite,  acrid  glucosid,  insoluble  in  chloroform,  etlier.  and  beuiol, 
but  soluble  in  Iiot  alcohol  and  water. 

.Vimi()!(V).i(7/o6o.'«(,Gaertner(.'<(i/«i('(  .Vi(W/«ti,  Blukrode ;  Achras  Bo/n/n,  .\ubletU  Bully  trrt.- 
Oiuiana.     The  "concrete  niilkv  juiif  <if  this  tree  furnishes  what  is  variously  known  asf   '  * 


MOXOTROI'A.-MOKIS  Kl  BKA.  1J77 

iliirlf-,  ffwn  chicle,  zapota  gum,  or  luuo  gum.  It  is  intonnediatf  belweon  gutta-percha  and  c-uout- 
iliouc,  aiiil  is  used  in  America  in  nianufncturinj;  rheiriiui  gum.  Its  Ixdiavior  toward  solvi-nts  ia 
like  that  of  gHtta-percha  (see  liull(i-f>erchii  ami  i/.«  liehilai  Products;  also  see  Amei:  Juur.  I'harm., 
KSS3,  l>.  52:;,  on  Pteudu  Uull<i-i»rrl„i.-\. 

MONOTROPA— INDIAN  PIPE. 

The  root  of  Monnti-opn  i(H///or«,  Linin'. 

A'((^  Onl. — Ericaceii-. 

Ci'MMox  Names  :  Inilimtpipf,  W-plant,Bir(r.-<  /x-sY,  Fil-jjlai)I.Ova-ova,Pipe-plant,etc. 

Ii.i.rsTRATiox  :   Dana's  Hmr  to  Knoir  the  U'ilil  T-'Axcr.v. 

Botanicail  Source  and  Description.— Tliis  plant  lias  a  dark-colored,  fibrous, 
perennial  root,  matted  in  niiisses  about  as  large  as  a  chestnut-burr,  from  which 
arise  one  or  more  short,  ivory-white  stems,  4  to  8  inches  high,  furnished  with  ses- 
sile, lanceolate,  white,  semi-transparent,  a]n>roximate  leaves  or  bracts,  and  bearing 
a  large,  white,  terminal,  solitary  flower,  which  is  at  first  nodding,  but  becomes 
upright  in  fruit.  The  calyx  is  represented  by  two  to  four  scale-like  deciduous 
bracts,  the  lower  rather  distant  from  the  corolla.  The  corolla  is  permanent,  of  5 
distinct,  erect,  fleshy  petals,  which  are  narrowed  below  with  a  small,  nectariferous 
pit  at  the  base.  Stamens  10,  sometimes  8;  anthers  short  on  the  thickened  apex 
of  the  hairy  filament,  2-celled,  opening  by  transverse  chinks.  Stigma  5-crenate, 
deprtssed,  and  beardless.  Pod  or  capsule  5-celled  and  5-valved;  the  seeds  numer- 
ous, and  invested  with  an  arillus-likf  membrane  (\V. — G. — Eaton). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. — This  is  a  singular  plant,  found  in 
various  parts  of  the  Union  from  Maine  to  Carolina,  and  westward  to  Missouri, 
growing  in  shady,  solitary  woods,  in  rich,  moist  soil,  or  soil  composed  of  decayed 
wood  and  leaves",  and  near  the  base  of  trees,  on  whose  roots  it  is  said  to  be  para- 
sitic. The  whole  plant  is  ivory-white  in  all  its  parts,  resembling  frozen  jelly,  and 
is  very  succulent  and  tender,'so  much  so  that  when  handled  it  dissolves  and 
meltsaway  in  the  hands  like  ice.  The  flowers  are  inodorous,  and  appear  from 
June  until  September;  their  resemblance  to  a  pipe  has  given  rise  to  the  names 
IniUnn  jilpc  or  Pipe-plant.  The  root  is  the  part  used;  it  should  be  gathered  in 
September  and  October,  carefully  dried,  pulverized,  and  kept  in  well-stoppered 
bottles.  A.  J.  M.  Lasche  (Phnrm.  RumWhau,  1889,  p.  208)  has  found  in  this  plant 
a  crystallizable  pol^onous  jirinciple,  wliicli  also  occurs  in  several  other  ericaceous 
plants;  it  is  named  nii^lmmeihit. ,.,■;,,  (('  ,H„0,„). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Ice-plant  root  is  a  tonic,  sedative, 
nervine,  and  antispasmodic.  It  has  also  been  employed  \n  febrile  di»ense»,  zs  a. 
sedative  and  diaphoretic.  The  powder  has  been  employed  in  instances  of  rest- 
lessness, pains,  nervous  irritability,  etc.,  as  a  substitute  for  opium,  without  any 
deleterious  influences.  It  is  reputed  to  have  cured  remittent  and  intermittent  fevers, 
and  to  be  an  excellent  antiperiodic.  In  convulsions  of  children,  epilepsy,  chorea,  and 
other  .s//(7.*Hiof/jV-  affections,  its  administration  has  been  followed  with  prompt  suc- 
cess; hence  its  common  name.  Fit  or  Conrulsion  root.  The  juice  of  the  plant,  alone, 
or  ombined  with  rose  water,  has  been  found  an  excellent  application  to  obstinate 
ojihthalinie  inftiunmntinn,  to  iileer.i,  and  as  an  injection  in  gnnorrhien,  and  inflammation 
and  ulreratio'n  of  the  bladder.  Dose  of  the  powdered  root,  from  i  to  1  drachm,  2  or  3 
times  a  day.     It  has  been  used  as  a  substitute  for  opium. 

This  plant  is  undoubtedly  one  of  value,  and  deserving  of  more  confidence  and 
attention  than  is  at  present  bestowed  upon  it.  It  is,  however,  seldom  or  never 
used  at  the  ]jresent  day.  It  is  not  the  Me.^rmhryanthemum  rn/stallininn  (see  F/<-».<, 
p.  8;)1 ).  or  Ice-plant  of  Europe,  which  has  a  creeping  stem  a  foot  or  more  in  length, 
with  large,  ovate,  wavy,  frosted  leaves,  and  white  flowers;  and  the  whole  plant  is 
covered  with  frost-like,  warty  protuberances,  which  give  it  a  singular  aspect. 

MORUS  RUBRA.— RED  MULBERRY. 

The  fruit  of  Mnni.-<  r>d,ni,  Linne. 
S„i.  0,v/.— rrticarea-. 
Common   Xamk:   lied  nut llicm/. 

Botanical  Source.  — Morus  "rubra,  or  the  Red  mulberry,  is  but  a  shrub  in  the 
north.  HI   and   New  England  states,  lo   to  20  feet  high,  but  in  the  middle  and 


1278  MORPHINA. 

western  states  it  attains  an  elevation  of  50  to  60  feet,  with  a  diameter  of  2  feet, 
and  covered  with  a  grayish,  furrowed,  much-broken  bark.  The  leaves  are  alter- 
nate, rounded  or  subcordate  at  base,  acuminate,  equally  serrate,  either  ovate  or 
3-lobed,  rough  above,  pubescent  beneath,  thick,  dark-green,  4  to  6  inches  long,  and 
about  two-thirds  as  wide.  The  flowers  are  small,  niomecious,  rarely  dioecious; 
sterile  ones  in  loose  spikes;  calyx  4-parted  ;  fertile  ones  in  dense  spikes;  styles  2, 
filiform,  stigmatic  down  the  inside.  The  ovary  is  2-celled,  one  of  the  cells 
smaller  and  disappearing.  Achenium  ovate,  compressed,  inclosed  within  the 
succulent,  berry-like  calyx.  Fertile  spikes  cylindric,  constituting  a  dark-red, 
thickened,  oblong  and  juicy,  compound  berry  or  fruit.  The  sterile  spikes  are 
rather  slender  (W. — G.). 

History. — The  red  mulberry  is  indigenous  to  the  United  States,  growing  in 
rich  woods,  flowering  in  May,  and  ripening  its  fruit  in  July.  The  wood  of  the 
tree  is  fine  grained,  strong,  and  durable.  The  fruit  is  oblong-oval,  of  a  dark-rod 
color,  and  is  compounded  of  a  great  number  of  small  berries,  which  are  very 
juicy,  inodorous,  and  of  an  agreeable  sweetish  and  acidulous  taste;  in  appearance 
it  very  much  resembles  the  fruit  of  the  blackberry.  This  species  is  fully  equal 
in  value  to  the  Morus  nigra,  Linne,  of  Europe  (figured 
^*     '  •  in  Bentley  and  Trimen,\V«/.  Plnnte,  229).  the  juice  of 

which  was  oflicial   in  the  British  Pharmacopoeia,  1885, 
under  the  title  Moki  Succus. 

The  Morus  nigra,  Linne,  possesses  similar  proper- 
ties. It  is  probably  a  native  of  the  Levant,  though 
cultivated  in  Europe,  and  to  some  extent  in  the  United 
States.  This  species,  and  that  following,  is  a  tree  of 
about  30  feet  in  height,  and  has  a  purplish,  black, 
berry-like  fruit.  Its  leaves  furnish  food  for  silk-worms. 
The  Morus  albci,  Linne,  a  native  of  China,  with  white 
fruit  which  is  more  saccharine  and  less  pleasant  than 
Morus  nigra.  ^^^  preceding  species,  is  one  of  the  trees  upon  the 

foliage  of  which  the  silk-worm  feeds.  This  species  is  naturalized  in  this  country. 
Chemical  Composition. — Mulberries  are  said  to  consist  of  bitartrate  of  potas- 
sium, pectin,  sugar,  woody  fiber,  coloring  matter  and  water.  They  contain  rather 
more  grape-sugar  than  the  ordinary  berries,  such  as  strawberries,  blackberries, 
currants,  etc.,  being  exceeded  only  by  the  cherry  and  grape.  Fresenius  found 
mulberries  of  the  following  percentage  composition  :  sugar,  9.19  :  malic  acid  with 
a  little  tartaric,  1.86;  albuminous  matter,  0.361 ;  gum,  pectin,  and  fatty  matter, 
2.31;  woody  fiber,  0.91 ;  ash,  0.66;  water,  84. 7L  Wright  and  Patterson  {Pharm. 
Jour.  Trans.,Yo].  VIII,  1878,  p.  540)  found  the  solid  matter  in  the  juice  of  the 
unripe  berries  to  amount  to  70.16  Gm.  to  the  liter.  A  large  proportion  (26.SH 
Gm.)  of  this  was  citric  acid,  and  a  smaller  quantity  (7.82  Gm.)  was  malic  acid. 
G.  Goldsmith  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1882,  p.  456)  observed  .■<urcinic  acid  in  the  form 
of  its  calcium  salt  (C.HjOf -i)  in  an  exudation  from  the  bark  of  Morus  alba.  It  is 
the  rnvriwrry  nr!<l  of  Kla])roth. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Mulberries  possess  very  slightly  nutri- 
tive qualities;  they  are  refrigerant  and  laxative,  and  their  juice  forms  a  pleasant 
and  grateful  drir.k  for  patients  suffering  under  febrile  diseases,  as  it  checks  the 
thirst,  relieves  febrile  heat,  and  when  taken  freely,  gently  relaxes  the  bowels. 
The  juice,  formed  into  a  syrup  and  added  to  water,  answers  the  same  purpose, 
and  forms  a  pleasant  adjunct  to  gargles  in  quiusy.  If  the  berries  are  eaten  to 
excess  they  are  apt  to  induce  diarrhoea.  The  bark  of  the  tree  is  reputed  purga- 
tive and  vermifuge,  having  expelled  tajieuorm. 

MORPHINA  (U.  S.  P.)— MORPHINE. 

Formula  :  C„H„NO,+H,O=302.34. 
"An  alkaloid  obtained  from  oi)ium" — (F.  S.  P.). 
Synonym.-; :   MorjJiiuum.  Mnrjihium.  Mor>>hia. 

Source  and  History.— Morphine,  the  first  alkaloid  identified,  was  discovered 
and  its  alkaline  quality  made  known  in  1816,  by  Sertiiruer,  a  Hanoverian  chemist, 


MORPHIN'A.  1279 

though  Derosne  and  Seguin.  two  French  chemists,  had  separated  it,  as  well  as 
narcotiiu',  as  far  back  as  18<)3  and  18()5,  without  recognizing,  liowever,  their  dirter- 
ences  or  establishing  their  alkaloidal  nature.  Its  only  source  thus  far  known,  is 
opium,  obtained  by  inspissalion  of  the  milky  juice  exuding  from  incisions  into 
the  unripe  capsules  of  the  poppy  l^Pnpnvei-  somniferum,  Linne)  and  its  varieties. 
Morphine  is  also  said  to  occur  in  the  milky  sap  of  the  Pajxiver  orieiilaU\Liniie, 
and  o{  Argeiiwii)'  mexirnmi,  Linne. 

Preparation. — Numerous  processes  have  been  devised  to  isolate  morphine 
from  opium,  the  aim  being  to  free  it  chiefly  from  contaminating  vterouir  arid, 
codeinf  (.methyl  morphine)  narrotine,  and  the  other  opium  bases,  and  resinous  and 
coloring  matters.  In  Gregory-.Vnderson's  process,  originated  by  Robertson,  an 
aqueous  extract  of  opium  is  neutralized  witli  marble  dust,  the  fluid  evai)orated 
to  a  syrup,  and  the  latter  boiled  for  a  sliort  time  with  e.xce.<s  of  solution  of 
calcium  chloride.  Upon  dilution  with  water,  resin  falls  out ;  the  liquid  is  filtered, 
again  treated  with  marble  dust,  and  concentrated  by  evaporation.  Calcium  meco- 
nate  falls  out,  which  is  removed.  Upon  evaporation  to  syrupy  consistence,  and 
cooling,  a  mass  of  crystals  is  formed;  consisting  of  the  hydrochlorides  of  mor- 
phine and  coiieine.  After  removing  the  black  mother  liquor,  the  salts  are  puri- 
fied by  treatment  with  animal  charcoal,  dissolved  in  water,  and  treated  with 
aqua  ammoniie  which  precipitates  only  morphine,  since  codeine  is  much  more 
soluble  in  water.  From  the  black  mother  liquor,  aforementioned,  the  other  opium 
ba-<es  may  be  obtained.  By  Mercks  process,  an  aqueous  extract  of  opium  is  pre- 
cipitated by  means  of  sodium  carbonate,  the  morphine  thus  obtained  is  purified 
by  washing  with  water  and  alcohol,  and  dissolving  in  acetic  acid  which  leaves 
narcotine  undissolved,  since  the  latter  does  not  easily  combine  with  acetic  acid. 
Or,  narcotine  may  be  dissolved  out  by  ether,  in  which  morphine  is  nearly  insolu- 
ble. Mohr"s  (trocess  is  that  on  which  is  based  the  a.-^.*av  of  opium  for  morphine, 
as  given  in  the  U.S.  P.,  1880,  and  the  Br.  Pharm.,18dH.'  It  depends  on  the  fact 
that  morphine  forms  with  milk  of  lime,  in  excess,  a  soluble  compound  which  is 
l.-composable  by  the  addition  of  ammonium  chloride,  morphine  being  precipi- 
ited.  The  other  opium  bases  are  not  soluble  in  milk  of  lime  (see  the  details  of 
Ills  process  in  this  Dispewnfory,  preceding  editions).  (For  a  useful  review  of  the 
methods  employed  for  abstracting  morphine  from  opium,  see  Husemann  and 
Hilger,  Pflnnzemtnffe,  1884,  p.  666.)  The  amount  of  morphine  obtainable  from 
opium  has  been  found  to  vary  between  the  limits  2.7  and  22.8  per  cent  (Guibourt) ; 
the  usual  average  is  about  10  per  cent. 

Description. —  As  officially  described,  morphine  occurs  in  "colorless  or  white, 
shining,  prismatic  crystals,  or  fine  needles,  or  a  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and 
having  a  bitter  taste;  permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  4350 
parts  of  water,  and  in  300  parts  of  alcohol ;  in  455  parts  of  boiling  water,  and  in 
36  parts  of  boiling  alcohol  ;  also  soluble  in  40(X)  parts  of  ether.  When  heated 
to  about  75°  C.  (167°  F.),  morphine  begins  to  lose  its  water  of  crystallization. 
Heated  for  some  time  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  it  becomes  anhydrous.  At  254°  C. 
(489.2°  F.)  it  melts,  forming  a  black  liquid.  Upon  ignition,  it  is  consumed  with- 
out leaving  a  residue.  Morphine  has  an  alkaline  reaction  ujion  litmus  paper" — 
{U.  S.  P.).  The  dry  crystals  are  first  tasteless,  afterward  slightly  bitter  ;  in  solu- 
tion the  taste  is  strongly  bitter.  Morphine  is  hardly  soluble  in  chloroform  if 
this  is  absolutely  free  from  alcohol.  According  to  Van  der  Burg,  1  part  of  mor- 
phine requires  for  solution  10,000  parts  of  absolute  chloroform;  2000  i)arts  if  it 
contains  1  i)er  cent  alcohol;  222  parts  if  it  holds  5  per  cent,  and  111  parts  if  it 
contains  10  per  cent  of  alcohol.  One  part  of  morphine  furthermore  requires  220 
jiarts  of  glycerin,  400  parts  of  cold,  90  parts  of  hot  amyl  alcohol,  and  5(X)  jiarts 
of  acetic  ether.  It  is  nearly  in.-<olubJe  in  alcohol-free  benzol,  and  in  carbon 
di.sulphide.  It  is  also  soluble  in  diluted  acetic,  hydrochloric,  nitric,  and  sulphu- 
ric acids,  in  the  fixed  and  volatile  oils,  in  solutions  of  caustic  potasli  and  of 
soda,  in  solutions  of  caustic  baryta,  lime,  and  strontia,  also  in  small  quantity  in 
aqua  ammonise.  It  is  precipitaU-d  from  its  alkaline  solutions,  when  expo^e«i  to 
tlie  atmosphere,  on  account  of  the  alkalies  combining  with  the  carbonic  acid  to 
form  carbonates. 

In  aqueous  and  in  alcoholic  solution,  morphine  is  optically  hevo-rotatory. 
Morpliine  is  a  tertiary  amine  also  containing  two  phenol  groups.     Its  formula 


1280  MORPHIXA. 

is  C„H,gN03+H,0  (Laurent),  or,  C„H„(OH),NO.  Its  solubility  in  excess  of  alka- 
lies, the  blue  color-reaction  with  ferric  chloride  (see  Tests),  etc.,  are  in  accord  with 
this  formula.  Morphine  dissolves  in  acids,  forming  a  series  of  salts.  In  solution 
it  is  precipitated  by  alkaloidal  reagents  (see  enumeration  in  Charles  E.  Sohn's 
Dictionary  of  the  Active  Principles  of  Plants,  London,  1894).  Solutions  of  alkaline 
carbonates,  like  alkalies,  precipitate  morphine  from  its  solutions,  but  it  is  much 
more  slowly  soluVde  in  excess  of  the  precipitant.  Morphine,  both  free  and  in 
combination,  is  remarkable  for  its  reducing  properties.  It  reduces  gold  chloride, 
silver  nitrate,  silver  oxide,  chromic  acid,  cuprammonium  sulphate,  potassium 
ferricyanide,  iodic  and  periodic  acids,  bismuth  subnitrate,  and  the  acids  of 
tungsten,  tin,  titanium,  vanadium,  and  molybdenum.  Morphine,  when  dissolved 
in  caustic  potash  solution,  is  oxidized  upon  exposure  to  the  air,  orydimnrpfiine 
(Cj^HagNjOe)  being  formed.  When  a  salt  of  morphine  is  heated,  in  a  closed  tube, 
to  150°  C.  (302°  F.),  in  the  presence  of  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  1  molecule  of 
water  is  abstracted  and  apomorphine  (C,.H„NO,)  is  formed  (which  see).  Morphine 
also  stands  in  close  connection  with  codeine  (C,,H|,[0CH3]X0,),  the  latter  being 
niethylmorphine  (see  Codeina).  Morphine,  when  heated  with  strong  potassium 
hydroxide,  yields  methylamine,  and  upon  destructive  distillation  over  zinc  dust, 
various  hydrocarbons  and  bases  are  vielded,  among  them  phenanthren  (C^Ji,J,tri- 
methyhimi'ne  CS[C'H^'],),  pyrrol  (C,H,\H),  pyridine  (C.H^N),  quinoline  (C^H.X),  etc. 

Tests. — The  V.  S.  P.  gives  the  following  tests  for  morphine:  "  When  crystals 
of  morphine  are  sprinkled  upon  nitric  acid  (specific  gravity  1.250  to  1.300)  they 
will  assume  an  orange-red  color,  and  then  produce  a  reddish  solution  gradually 
changing  to  yellow.  On  shaking  a  small  portion  of  morphine,  in  a  test-tube, 
with  10  Cc.  of  chlorine  water,  the  latter  will  acquire  a  yellowish  color.  On  now 
carefull}'  pouring  a  small  amount  of  ammonia  water  on  the  surface  of  the  liquid, 
a  brown  or  reddish-brown  zone  will  form  at  tlie  line  of  contact  of  the  two  liquids. 
If  to  a  neutral  1  per-cent  solution  of  morphine,  made  by  the  careful  addition  of 
dilute  sulphuric  acid,  a  few  drops  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.  be  added,  a  blue  color 
will  be  produced  which  is  destroyed  bj'  acids,  alcohol,  or  heating.  On  treating 
morphine  with  cold,  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  free  from  nitric  acid,  the  liquid 
should  not  at  once  acquire  more  than  a  faintly  j-ellowish  tinge  (absence  of  more 
than  traces  of  narcotine,  papaverine,  etc.) ;  and  the  subsequent  addition  of  a 
small  crystal  of  potassium  permanganate  should  produce  only  a  greenish,  but  no 
violet  or  purple,  color  (difference  from  strychnine).  On  precipitating  a  solution 
of  any  of  the  salts  of  morphine  by  ammonia  water,  dissolving  the  v  ashed  pre- 
cipitate in  sodium  hydrate  T.S. ,  shaking  the  solution  with  an  equal  volume  of 
ether,  and  evaporating  the  ethereal  solution,  no  appreciable  residue  should 
remain  (absence  of  narcotine,  codeine,  etc.).  On  adding  4  Cc.  of  potassium  or 
sodium  hydrate  T.S.  to  0.2  Gm.  of  morphine,  a  clear,  colorless  solution,  free  from 
any  i;ndissolved  residue,  should  result  (absence  of,  and  difference  from,  various 
otber  alkaloids)"' — {U.  S.  P.).  A  delicate  test  for  morphine  is  that  with  Frohde's 
Reagent  (a  solution  of  0.5  Gm.  of  sodium  molybdate  in  100  Cc.  of  sulphuric 
acid).  Traces  of  morphine  produce,  with  a  thin  layer  of  this  solution,  a  beautiful 
violet  coloration  which  changes  to  blue,  olive-green,  yellow,  and  in  24  hours  to 
purplish-blue  again.  Other  alkaloids,  <•.  jr.,  codeine,  produce  a  similar  change  of 
color  with  this  reagent.  According  to  Fliickiger,  if  a  trace  of  morphine  be  added 
to  a  solution  of  titanic  acid  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  a  brown-red  to  violet 
coloration  will  be  produced.  A  sensitive  test  for  morphine  is  tiiat  based  on  the 
liberation  of  iodine  froiii  solution  of  iodate  of  potassium,  in  a  slight  excess  of 
acetic  acid,  when  a  small  quantity  of  moriihine  is  added.  The  liberated  iodine 
maybe  recognized  by  the  blue  starch  reaction.  Other  alkaloids,  however,  f.  p.. 
codeine,  cryptopine,  eseridine,  laudanine,  and  narcotine,  behave  in  the  s;ime 
manner  (see  Fliickiger-Xagelvoort,  tioirtiinis,  Detroit,  lSv)3,  p.  77).  The  solution  of 
morphine,  in  diluted  nitric  or  acetic  acid,  must  give  no  precipitate  with  nitrate  of 
silver,  or  nitrate  of  barium  (absence  of  hydrochloride  or  sulphate  of  morphine). 
Upon  incineration  of  morphine,  upon  jilatinum  foil,  no  residue  should  remain 
(absence  of  inorg;inic  impurities). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— (See  }forphin.r  f^ulpha.^.) 

Salts  of  Morphine.     In  mUlition  to  the  salts  of  morphine  considered  hprein  under 

.■i|>,ri:il   liia.liii_-s.  till  IT  MIC  <'lheT  Si\)ts,  such  as  {he  nilmtCfplioi'jilhil'  nuA  iiirtniU:  lUtv  an- \>n^ 


MORPHIN.K  ACETAS.  1281 

iMivii  like  the  acetate,  by  substituting  the  nspeetive  noide.  Doees,  same  as  acetate.  The 
last-nnnied  salt  iiecurs  in  warly,  needle  crystals,  very  soluble  in  aU-nliDl  and  water,  and  pre- 
feritil  bv  some  to  the  sulphate  lor  li\  potlerniatic  use,  on  account  of  its  jrreater  soluliilitv. 

.Mn"iiniiN.F.  IlYOHionAs.— //v''nn(/.(/.  (!(■  mm/.AiV  (Ci7!ln,NOj.HI.-'Hj())  may  be 'made 
by  mixiujir  together  sironj;  solutions  of  hydrochlorate  of  morphine,'.'  parts,  an^l  of  iodide  of 
p>tassiui.ii.  rather  more  than  1  part.  Wash  the  pn-cipitate  with  a  little  cold  water;  press  it 
Wtween  foUls  of  blotting  pai)er,  redigsolve  it  in  Imt  water,  and  crystallize.  It  may  also  be 
prepared  with  morphine  and  warm  hyilriodi<>  acid.  Long,  silky  needles,  sparingly  soluble  in 
water.  Tliis  Sidt,  according  to  K.  Schmidt,  is  probably  iilenticjl  with  Winckler's  /«(</i(/c  of  mor- 
jthine  ( Moryhiiiie  lmlas,see  directions  for  its  preparation  in  this  /^I'.fyx/iMi/or;/,  preceding  editions, 
and  in  Aiiin:  J.jnr.  I'harm.,  \^A.  ji.  iL'tii.     l>oses  of  tUese,  same  as  the  acetate. 

MoKPiii.N.t:  Hydhobkom\s,  M,,q.h\iie  h;i'irol,n>m<ilf  (CnH,,'S03Ulir.2ii,0),  Morphine  hro- 
midc. — Prepared  by  ilouM.  1...  n  i  -ition  delween  alcoholic  solutions  of  morphine  sulphate 
(19  partsi,  and  pota.ssiiuu  i  '•■   '   ;    its,  or  by  dissolving  pui-e  morphine  in  warmol  liydro- 

broinic  acid.     It  forms  l'i_    ii     ■  iU-s.  soluble  in  2.t  i>art8  of  cold  water. 

MoRiMiix.K  rmiiAi  \-,   1/  y'llmliilr. — To  a  hot  solution  of  pure  phthalic  acid  add 

pure  morphine  as  I..111.'  as  the  hui.  1  is  dissolvt'd.  Filter  and  evaporate.  This  salt  dissolves  in 
5  parts  of  water,  forming  niiitnd  solutions,  and  is  recommended  for  hypodermatic  use. 

MoKpiiis.K  Lui  .\s ,  C,  - 11  iijM  >3.C3  Hj*  )3 ).— -V.-r/./i./ic  hiiiole  crvstallizes  in  prisms  soluble 
in  water  (1  in  8),  and  alcohol  (1  in  Sl:!i  (see  D.  B.  Dntt,  Aimi:  Jour.  I'harm.,  188«,  p.  :«{i. 

MoRPHi.v.E  V.\i.Eni.\x.\s. — Morphine  neutralizeil  with  valerianic  acid,  forms  Valerianate 
of  mnrphiiie,  a  salt  which  is  used  to  some  extent  in  tienxtus  diseases,  restlessness  in  feien,  etc. 
The  dose  is  the  .same  as  for  the  sulphate  of  morphine. 

MoRfHix.fi  Bi>iE<.os.\s,  Morplime  fiimiCoiiale.—X  preparation  called  Solulioti  of  Bimeconate 
of  Moi-phin  was  at  one  time  introdu<-ed  into  this  country  from  England,  and  at  a  very  high 
price,  and  was  stated  to  pos.ses8  all  the  therapeutic  eflect  of  opium  without  any  of  its  disagree- 
able inrtuences,  as  well  as  to  be  serviceable  in  those  cases  where  from  idiosyncrasy  or  other 
causes  the  crude  drug  or  its  ordinary  preparations  could  not  be  employed,  when  these  were 
indicated  (see  P.  Squire.  Amer.  Jour.  Pluirm., Vol  XI,  ISiil,  p.  166).  In  the  Loudon  Phartnaceulical 
Journal,  on  page  L'NS  Vol.  XV,  1885,  the  following  formula  for  this  solution  is  giveii :  "Take 
of  bimeconate  of  morphine,  10  grains;  alcohol.  I  fluid  drachm;  distilled  water,  13  fluid 
drachms.  Mix."  But  there  is  no  formula  Imt- tlir  liimeconate  itself.  If  there  be  such  a  salt, 
it  may  probably  be  made  by  the  aildition  oi  im  ( (niic  ;u  iil  to  a  solution  of  morphine. 

Accoriling  to  Prof.  \V.  Procter.  .Jr.,  tin-  luoipliiiK-  liimeconate  may  be  prepared  as  follows: 
Macerate  opium  in  powder  lor  dry  enoui;h  to  [.ow.ln  ."1  troy  ounces  in  distilled  water,  a  pint, 
with  agitation  lor  three  days,  .strain  with  rxpics-iou,  tiiid  a^'aiii  macerate  in  successive  portions 
of  distilled  water,  a  i)int  each  time,  for  24  Incurs,  mitil  4  i.ints  liave  been  used,  and  the  opium  is 
sutlicientlv  ixhausted.  Kvai)orate  the  licjuors  (aritullv  to  the  measure  of  a  pint,  filter,  and 
add  sulitii.n  of  acetate  of  lead  until  it  ceases  to  produce  "a  precipitate.  Collect  this  on  a  filter, 
thoroughly  wash  it  with  water,  suspend  it  in  a  pint  of  warm  distilled  water,  pass  a  current  of 
hydrogen  "sulphide  through  the  mixture  until  the  lead  is  entirely  precipitateti,  htat  and  filter 
tile  solution  of  meconic  acid  tliat  remains,  until  deprived  of  sulphuretted  odor.  Meanwhile, 
take  the  liquid  filtere<l  from  the  lead  precipitate  (containing  the  morphine,  etc.)  together  with 
the  washings,  evaporate  them  at  a  gentle  heat  to  4  fluid  ounces;  drop  in  sufficient  diluted 
sulphuric  acid  to  precipitate  the  oxide  of  lead  present,  and  filter;  then  mix  the  filtrate  with 
an  equal  bulk  of  alcohol,  and  carefully  add  water  of  ammonia,  with  agitation,  until  it  remains 
in  sliiiht  ixc^-s;  allowing  it  to  rest  24  hours,  that  the  morphine  may  separate.  Collect  the 
impure  Miorphiiie  on  a  filter,  wash  it  with  a  little  water,  and  dissolve  it  in  the  hot  solution  of 
meconi.-  a.  id  laliove  referred  tol  and  filter  if  necessary,  washing  the  filter  with  a  little  ilistilled 
water.  Kiiially,  add  sutficient  distilled  water  to  the  filtrate  to  make  it  measure  3  pints,  and 
then  stronger  alcohol,  'Jo  per  cent,  a  pint,  and  mix  them. 

This  solution  is  of  a  light,  reddish-brown  color,  varying  however,  in  difierent  specimens, 
and  which  is  due  to  adhering  coloring  matter,  and  especial! v  to  the  oxide  of  iron  with  which 
it  comes  in  contact  during  the  process;  its  odor  is  that  of  alcohol,  and  its  taste  decidedly 
bitter.  Its  morphine  strength  is  about  3.3  grains  per  fluid  ounce.  Prof.  Procter  does  not 
believe  it  to  possess  anv  merit  not  embraced  in  the  Liijuvr  Ojiii  Comijosilun,  of  D1-.  Squibb 
iAiner.  Jour.  Pliann.,  IStW,  p.  IL'O),  and  the  Ihodorized  Tincture  of  Opium  of  the  T.  .V.  P.  [Amer. 
.four.  Phono..  1867,  p.  104).  Mr.  D.  B.  Pott  {J'harm.  Jour.  Tran>.,yo\.  IX,  1S7!II.  o.  8S3,  endeav- 
oring to  prejiare  the  meconates  of  morphine,  could  obtain  only  one  well-defined  crystallizable 
salt,  namely,  the  neutral  (/in!or;)/iiiic  mccoiin/e,  of  the  formula  iCitH,  „Ntl3)2C;lI,(  I;.. ">ll;n.  It 
i-  easily  prepared  bv  dissolving  the  equivalent  quantities  of  morphine  and  meconic  acid  in 
I'oijing  water  and  aflowing  the  solution  to  cool.  The  author  was  unabh',  however,  to  prepare 
.1  crvstallizable  monomorphine  meconate  {morphitu- bimecouale )  and,  therefore,  doubts  its  existence 
Imer.  Jour.  Phanii.,  1887,  p.  188). 

MORPHINiE  ACETAS  (U.  S.  P.)— MORPHINE  ACETATE. 

Formila:   (VH^Nor  H  n      :;ll  ( i.     M,,i.|.;r,  i..ku  \Vki.;ht:  ;V.iS.1-_>. 

"Morphine  acetate  .shoukl  he  keid  in  dark  amiier-ctdored,  well-stoppered 
vials  "— (  r.  8.  A). 

Synonyms:  Morphi;r  (irrtni,  Mnrphinm  nrt'tinim,  Morjihinum  (irrtinnn,  Actintc  of 
wirjiliid,  Arelfis  innrjJiini.-,  A<rl(iM  morji/iitiii: 


1282  MORPHINE  HYDROCHLORAS. 

Preparation. — Wittstein's  process  is:  "  Intimately  mix  2  parts  of  pure  mor- 
phine with  2  parts  of  water  in  a  mortar,  warmed  in  a  sand-bath,  and  then  add 
concentrated  acetic  acid  to  it  until  the  morphine  is  dissolved ;  1  part  of  acetic 
acid,  sp.  gr.  1.045,  will  be  sufficient.  Pour  the  solution  on  a  shallow  porcelain 
plate,  dry  at  a  temperature  not  to  exceed  48.8°  C.  (120°  F.),  powder,  and  preserve 
in  a  closed  vessel  in  a  cool  place.  The  yield  will  be  about  one-eighth  more  than 
the  weight  of  the  morphine  employed."" 

In  the  British  process  (Br.  Phnrm.,  1885)  the  morphine  is  freshly  prepared 
from  the  hydrochlorate  by  precipitation  with  solution  of  ammonia.  The  well- 
washed  morphine  is  then  saturated  with  diluted  acetic  acid  and  evaporated  by 
water-bath,  keeping  the  acid  in  slight  excess,  until  when  cooled  it  will  solidify. 
The  product  is  dried  at  a  low  heat  to  prevent  the  dissipation  of  the  acid,  rubbed 
to  a  powder,  and  preserved  in  well-stopped  bottles. 

Description  and  Tests. — Morphine  acetate  is  officially  described  as  being 
"  a  white  or  faintly  yellowi.sh-white,  crystalline  or  amorphous  powder,  having  a 
faint,  acetous  odor,  and  a  bitter  taste.  It  slowly  loses  acetic  acid  when  exposed 
to  the  air.  Soluble  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  when  freshly  prepared  in  2.5  parts  of  water, 
and  in  47.6  parts  of  alcohol;  in  1.5  parts  of  boiling  water,  and  in  14  parts  of 
boiling  alcohol;  also  soluble  in  about  1700  parts  of  ether,  2100  parts  of  cold  chlo- 
roform, and  60  parts  of  boiling  chloroform.  On  protracted  exposure  to  the  air. 
the  salt  gradually  loses  some  acetic  acid,  and  becomes  less  soluble.  When  heated, 
the  salt  loses  water  as  well  as  acetic  acid.  Upon  ignition,  it  is  consumed,  leaving 
no  residue.  The  salt  is  neutral  or  faintly  alkaline  to  litmus  paper.  The  addition 
of  potassium  or  sodium  hydrate  T.S.  to  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  causes  a 
white  precipitate,  which  is  soluble  in  an  excess  of  the  alkali,  and  which  conforms 
to  the  reactions  and  tests  of  morphine  (see  Mnrphinn).  On  adding  sulphuric  acid 
to  the  salt,  vapors  of  acetic  acicl  are  evolved" — {U.S.  P.).  If  a  solution  of  the 
acetate  is  required  the  addition  of  a  trace  of  acetic  acid  will  render  the  solution 
clear  in  case  the  salt  has  lost  some  acid  by  evaporation.  Its  aqueous  solution, 
moderately  concentrated,  is  affected  by  nitric  acid  and  ferric  chloride  in  the  same 
manner  as  morphine;  and  the  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths  precipitate  morphine 
from  it,  but  redissolve  it  if  added  in  excess. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Acetate  of  morphine  exerts  a  similar 
influence  ii))on  the  system  to  tiie  citiier  salts  of  morphine,  and  is  preferred  by 
.some  praetitionens  to  them;  but  I  liave  not  found  the  combination  of  any  acid 
to  appreciably  atl'ect  the  therapeutical  influence  of  morphine  (J.  King).  It  may 
be  substituted  for  opium,  as  a  general  rule,  or  for  any  of  the  other  salts  of  mor- 
phine. The  dose  to  produce  an  anodyne  or  hypnotic  efi'ect  is  from  ^  to  J  grain  ; 
but  under  certain  excitable  conditions  of  the  system,  even  more  may  be  required. 
One-sixth  of  a  grain  represents  about  1  grain  of  opium.  It  is  sometimes  use<l 
externally,  applied  to  vesicated  surfaces,  for  the  purpose  of  aflfecting  the  system. 
Internally,  it  may  be  given  either  in  the  form  of  pill  or  .solution.  A  solution 
(lAfjuor  Mnrphiiur.  Acetntis)  may  be  formed  by  adding  4  grains  of  acetate  of  mor- 
phine to  4  fluid  ounces  of  distilled  water.  If  it  does  not  readily  dissolve.  5  min- 
ims of  diluted  acetic  acid  may  be  added.  The  dose  of  this  is  from  A  to  2  fluid 
drachms.  A  fluid  drachm  or  two  of  alcohol,  mixed  with  the  water  forming  the  solu- 
tion, will  prevent  spontaneous  decomposition.  (See  also  Liquor  Moq,)iiiuv  AretatU 
[7?r.  Pharm.'],  which  is  four  times  stronger,  containing  A  grain  of  niori>hine  to  the 
fluid  drachm.) 

MORPHIN.®  HYDROCHLORAS    U.  S.  P.  —MORPHINE 
HYDROCHLORATE. 

Formula:  C„H„N0,HC1  +  3H,0.     Moi.KrfLAR  \Vku;ht:  374.6;V 
Synonyms:    Morphiif  murins,  Hydrochhntii  moiyfiicufi,  Murias  m(rr]ihirui>.  Murinte 
of  morphia.  Morphia'  hydrovhloros. 

Preparation.— " Take  of  pure  morphine,  2  part^;  rub  in  a  porcelain  dish 
with  water,  5  parts;  heat  to  the  boiling  point,  and  add  pure  liydrochloric  acid 
until  the  morphine  is  dissolved  (1  part  of  acid,  sp.  gr.  1.130,  will  suflioe),  and 
tlien  allow  it  to  cool.  After  standing  a  day,  the  crystals  which  form  are  separated 
from  the  supernatant   li(|uiil,  wbicli  is  evaporated'to  further  crystallization.    Tlio 


MORPHIN.K  sn.I'HAS.  1283 

Sill  is  j^oreiul  on  filterinj;  paper  and  dried ;  about  2i  parts  by  weight  should  bf 
obtained  "  (Wittstein).  The  nydrochloric  acid  must  be  added  gradually,  and  the 
mixture  be  constantly  stirred."  The  process  of  the  l'.  S.  P.  (1870)  was  essentially 
the  same. 

The  process  of  the  British  Phormnropif in {\SSo)  is  biised  on  Dr.Wm.Gregorvs 
method  of  obtaining  tlie  hydrochlorate  from  opium  as  tiie  starting  point,  by 
this  process  the  meconate  of  morphine  existing  in  the  opium  is  decomposed  by 
chloride  of  calcium,  which  forms,  through  double  decomposition,  a  precijtitate  of 
meconate  of  calcium,  leaving  hydrochlorate  of  morphine  in  solution,  which  is 
obtained  in  crystals  by  evaporation  ;  these  are  purified  by  repeated  solution,  con- 
centration, ;in(l  ciystiiUization,  and  lastly,  decolorization  with  animal  charcoal. 
(Also  compare  Mnr/./iiini.) 

Description  and  Tests. — Hydrochlorate  of  njorphine  is  descrilied  by  the 
('.  5.  P.  as  occurring  in  "white,  feathery  needles  of  a  silky  luster,  or  minute,  color- 
less, cubical  crystals,  odorless,  and  having  a  bitter  taste;  permanent  in  the  air. 
Soluble  at  15°  C.  (50°  F.),  in  24  parts  of  water,  anfl  in  62  jiarts  of  alcohol ;  in  0.5 
part  of  boiling  water,  and  in  31  parts  of  boiling  alcohol.  Very  slightly  soluble 
in  ether  or  chloroform.  When  heated  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  the  salt  loses'its  water 
of  crystallization  (14.38  per  cent » ;  at  300°  C.  (572°  F.),  it  coheres  slightly,  but  does 
not  completely  melt;  and  ui>on  ignition  it  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The 
salt  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper'" — (f.  .S'.  P.).  Hydrochlorate  of  morphine  also  dis- 
solves in  20  parts  of  glycerin  and  800  parts  of  olive  oil.  This  salt  contains  of 
crystallized  morphine,  80.7  per  cent;  of  anhydrous  morphine,  75.9  per  cent. 
Hydrochlorate  of  morphine  is  decomposed  by  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  with  disen- 
gagement of  hydrochloric  acid.  "The  addition  of  potassium  or  sodium  hydrate 
T.S.  to  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  causes  a  white  precipitate,  soluble  in  an 
excess  of  the  alkali,  and  conforming  to  the  reactions  and  tests  of  morphine  (see 
Morphinn).  The  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  yields,  with  silver  nitrate  T.S. ,  a 
white  precipitate  insoluble  in  nitric  acid" — {('.  S.P.).  The  British  Phnnnncnpaid 
directs  that  this  salt  should  dissolve  "  without  coloration  in  strong  sulphuric  acid  ; 
the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  sodium  arsenate  to  a  portion  of  this  solution 
causes  a  bluish-green  coloration,  and  a  small  quantity  of  bismuth  oxynitrate 
added  to  another  portion,  givt»s  a  purplish-brown  coloration  " — {Br.  Phartn.,  1898). 
White  sugar  is  said  to  have  entered  sometimes  into  hydrochlorate  of  morphine 
as  an  adulteration.  The  fermentation  test  will  serve  to  discover  it.  Hydrochlorate 
of  mori>hine  should  be  cntirelv  sulnMc  in  water,  giving  a  colorless  solution;  its 
loss  of  w.ight  at  W>°  C.  i212°  F.),  should  not  exceed  14.3S  j.er  cent. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Hydrochlorate  of  morphine  possesses 
properties  similar  to  the  other  salts  of  morphine,  having  essentially  all  the  actions 
of  opium.  It  is  much  more  extensively  used  in  Great  Britain  than  in  this  coun- 
try; and  may  be  emploved  as  a  substitute  for  opium,  or  the  acetate  or  sulphate  of 
morphine.  It.s  dose  is  from  ^  to  ^  grain  ;  ^  of  a  grain  represents  about  1  grain  of 
opium.  A  solution  of  the  hydrochlorate  of  morphine  {TAiiuor  Mirrphii>;i  Ht/dro- 
rhloratvi)  is  made  by  dissolving  4  grains  of  hydrochlorate  of  morjjhine  in  distilled 
water,  4  fluid  ounces.  If  it  does  not  readily  dissolve,  5  minims  of  diluted  hydro- 
chloric acid  may  be  added.  The  do.se  is  from  ^  t<^  2  fluid  drachms.  Alcohol, 
1  or  2  fluid  drachms,  mixed  with  the  water  forming  this  solution,  will  prevent 
spontaneous  decomposition  (see  also  Liquor  Morphinx  H//drork(oriili  [/ir.  Pfinrm  , 
1898],  which  is  four  times  as  strong  as  the  foregoing  solution.) 

MORPHIN.E  SULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.  i— MORPHINE  SULPHATE. 

Foumii.a:  .C„H„NO,.,ll,SO.-r-')II,0.  MoLEri-i,.vR  Wki..mt;  756.3.V 
Sv.No.wMs  :  M'irjifii.i'  siUp/i<i--<,  >'«//</('(■■*  morpliicuy,  Sulp/nile  aj  iKorjihio. 
Preparation.— "Take  of  pure  morphinf,2  parts;  rub  it  in  a  porcelain  dish 
with  5  i)arts  of  dis^tilled  water,  then  heat  to  boiling  and  add  sulphuric  acid  until 
the  morphine  is  dissolved,  and  then  allow  the  solution  to  cool.  After  standing  a 
day,  the  crvst.als  which  form  are  treated  in  the  same  manner  as  namtni  for  tne 
crystals  of  hydrochlonite  of  morphine.  The  sulphuric  acid  must  be  adiled  gradu- 
ally, an  excess  of  acid  is  to  l.i-  t"sted  for  with  blue  litmus  paper.  an<l  the  mixture 


1284  MORPHINE  SULPHAS. 

must  be  constanth'^  stirred  "'  (Wittstein).  The  processes  of  the  U.S.  P.  (1870)  an>l 
of  the  Br.  Pharm.  (188-5;  are  essentially'  the  same.  Morphine  is  here  saturated  with 
sulphuric  acid,  of  which  saturation  its  complete  solution  in  the  water  is  an  indi- 
cation. As  in  the  preparation  of  the  acetate  of  morjjhine,  the  heat  must  not  be 
too  high  iluriiiK  evaiimation  of  this  salt,  else  it  will  be  decomposed. 

Description  and  Tests. —  Morphine  sulphate  is  officiallj'  described  as  occur- 
ring in  "  u iiite,  featlici  V,  acicular  crystals  of  a  silky  luster,  odorless,  and  having  a 
bitter  taste;  permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.j,  in  21  parts  of  water, 
ami  in  702  parts  of  alcohol;  in  0.75  part  of  boiling  water  and  1-14  parts  of  boil- 
ing alcohol;  almost  insoluble  in  ether.  When  heated  for  some  time  at  100°  C. 
(212°  F.),  the  salt  loses  3  molecules  (7.12  per  cent)  of  water  of  cry,stallization ;  the 
remaining  2  molecules  (4.75  per  cent)  are  gradually  expelled  by  raising  the  tem- 
lierature  to  130°  C.  (266°  F.).  At  255°  C.  (491°  F.)  the  salt  melts,  and  upon  igni- 
tion, it  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The  salt  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper. 
The  addition  of  potassium  or  sodium  hydrate  T.S.  to  an  aqueous  solution  of  the 
salt  causes  a  white  precipitate,  which  is  soluble  in  an  excess  of  the  alkali,  and 
which  conforms  to  the  reactions  and  tests  of  morphine  (see  Morphina).  The 
aqueous  solution  yields,  with  barium  chloride  T.S. ,  a  white  precipitate  insoluble 
in  hydrochloric  acid" — (U.S. P.).  Morphine  sulphate  is  also  soluble  in  glycerin 
(1  in  5).  It  contains  of  crystallized  morphine,  79.94  per  cent;  of  anhydrous 
morphine,  75.19  per  cent.  D.  B.  Dott  (1877)  found  a  certain  commercial  specimen 
of  morphine  sulphate  to  consist  of  more  than  one-third  of  anhj'drous  sulphate 
of  sodium.  Analysis  of  the  mixture  thrown  on  the  market  in  1898,  under  the 
name  "  Husa,"  showed  that  it  contained  large  amounts  of  morphine  sulphate  (see 
J.  U.  hl.iyd,  Anin:  .hmr.  Pharm..  IS'.K.i.  p.  210). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  effects  of  morphine  and  its  salts 
are  practically  those  ofnpiuiii,  which  see.  Being  bat  one  of  the  constituents  of  that 
drug,  however,  slight  differences  in  action  have  been  observed.  Much  depends 
also,  upon  the  manner  of  administering  it.  The  indications  are  those  given  under 
Opium.  Morphine  is  not  so  soluble  as  its  salts,  which  are  usually  employed;  the 
principal  ones  are  the  sulphate,  hydrochlorate,  and  acetate.  Pereira  says  that  in 
comparing  the  morphine  salts  with  opium,  we  observe  that  they  are  le.«s  stimu- 
lant, and  le.ss  disposed  to  cause  sweating,  constipation,  headache,  and  dryness  of 
the  tongue;  the  feelings  which  they  excite  are  less  agreeable,  and  hence  they  are 
not  adapted  to  be  substituted  for  opium- by  the  eaters  of  this  drug;  they  more 
readily  affect  the  bladder  than  opium.  Morphine  is  more  likely  to  provoke  nausea 
and  vomiting  than  opium.  If  given  by  mouth  for  any  length  of  time  it  induces 
diarrha?a,  while  opium  does  not,  but  the  bowels  cease  to  be  costive.  Hypoder- 
matically,  morphine  constipates.  Morphine  primarily  diminishes  the  frequency 
of  the  pulse,  while  opium  increases  it.  Morjihine  lowers  the  temperature,  while 
opium  often  increases  it.  Less  stimulation  of  the  nervous  and  circulatory  sys- 
tems are  observed  under  morphine,  and  itching  of  the  surface  is  far  more  readily 
produced  by  the  alkaloid.  Finally,  the  narcotic  action  of  the  morphine  is  com- 
paratively less  profound  than  that  of  the  parent  drug.  A  weak  and  oppressed 
heart  is  always  embarrassed  by  opium  and  its  alkaloids. 

Enormous  amounts  of  morphine  are  C(Uisumed  by  morphine  habitues  (see 
Opium).  Many  cases  are  reported  in  which  the  daily  allowances  were  H.  16,  IS,  40. 
50  grains,  and  even  80  grains  have  been  taken  for  a  few  days.  A  case  is  reported 
in  which  a  woman  took,  hyi)odermatically,  2o  grains  at  one  time,  and  a  case  came 
under  our  care  in  which  a  one-legged  habitue  attempted  suicide  by  the  injection 
of  24  grains,  besides  shooting  himself  through  the  lower  edge  of  tlie  left  lung,  the 
bullet  lodging  in  the  skin  of  the  back.  Every  inspiration  forced  frothy  blood  out 
of  the  bullet  wound.  He  recovered.  His  arms,  left  leg,  and  side  of  body  pre- 
sented a  tattooed  appearance  from  the  habitual  injections  to  whidi  lie  had  been 
accustomed. 

The  uses  of  morphine  have  been  considered  mainly  under  the  head  of  opium 
(see  Opium).  It  may  be  well,  however,  to  briefly  enumerate  some  of  tlie  conditions 
there  mentioned,  and  to  add  a  few  others.  It  should  be  borne  in  mind,  however. 
that  unless  contraindicated,  it  is  the  drug  for  sttddrn,  acute  pnin,  nwd  pain  from 
viiinuh,  liiirxf!,  and  snilih.  It  is  useful,  therefore,  following  the  indications  given 
under  Opium   in  ■jiucrpernl  r"iiri(/.</i);i.v.  prrilntiiti-'i.  jilntriti^,  nuiiitut  /xWom,  oraritig. 


metritis,  nppmdicit in,  (islhmn,gcint ira,  to  alleviate  severe  pain  in  the  various  forms 
of  uetinilgid,  as  pleurodynia,  gngtrodynia,  etc.,  and  in  nbstiuate  vomiting,  c/nilera  mor- 
bus, renal  and  biliary  cvlic,  local  spasms,  epileptifonu  nmruhions,  lead  rolir.  various 
severe  and  acute  abdominal  pains,  and  pni.toning  by  hfllnduiinn  or  atropine,  stramo- 
nium ov  strychnine.  In  sunstroke,  with  general  excitation,  jactitation,  and  convul- 
sions, morphine  gives  relief.  As  a  stimulant  in  the  i>rostrating  stage  of  ty/i/ius 
and  typhoid  feiYrs,  and  to  check  unhealthy  discharges,  opium  is  to  be  jtreferred  to 
morpnine.  Morphine  salts  are  always  used  to  relieve  the  excessive  operation 
of  strychnine. 

The  dose  of  morphine  and  its  salts,  is  from  ^  to  J  grain;  and  ^  of  a  grain 
represents  about  1  grain  of  ordinary  opium.  The  various  salts  of  niori)hine,  dis- 
solved in  water,  are  used  b^-  subcutaneous  injection.  A  dose  of  from  j^  to  i  grain 
of  the  selected  salt,  in  solution,  is  injected  at  once,  rei)eating  the  operation  in 
1  or  2  days,  or  even  every  3  or  4  hours,  if  the  urgency  of  the  case  requires.  Vomit- 
ing, nausea,  or  uneasiness,  sometimes  follows  the  injection,  but  soon  passes  away 
without  injury  to  the  patient. 

Sulphate  of  morpnine  is  probably  more  often  employed  in  this  country  than 
any  other  of  the  salts  of  this  alkaloid,  and  is  considered  to  be  more  uniform  in 
its  effects  on  the  system.  It  ))ossesses  the  usual  properties  belonging  to  morphine 
and  its  various  salts,  and  is  used  in  cases  where  these  are  indicated.  The  dose 
is  from  4  to  J  grain,  which  may  be  given  in  pill  or  solution,  or  hypodermatically. 
A  solution  of  sulphate  of  moi^hine  (Li'/imr  Morphia  Sulph,itu<,  I'.  S.  P.,  1870),  is 
made  by  dissolving  4  grains  of  the  sulphate  of  morphine  in  4  fluid  ounces  of 
distilled  water.  This  forms  a  convenient  solution,  in  which  the  morphine  may 
be  administered  in  minute  or  ordinary  doses  to  suit  the  occasion;  it  will  keep 
for  a  long  time  unaltered.  A  fluid  drachm  of  this  solution  is  eriual  to  about  ^ 
of  a  grain  of  the  sulphate  (see  also  Litpior  Morphin.r  Snlphatis  [Br.  PA^rwi.,  1885], 
which  is  four  times  as  strong  as  the  f '.  S.  P.  [1870]  solution.) 

MOSCHUS  (U.  S.  P.)— MUSK. 

"The  dried  secretion  from  the  preputial  follicles  of  Moschus  mosrhiferus, 
Linne"'— (f.  .S'.  P.). 

Class:  Mammalia.     Order:  Ruminantia. 

Source  and  History. — This  article  is  obtained  from  the  male  of  Mosrhvs  mas- 
chiferus  or  Mn.sk  deer,  a  wild  ruminating  animal,  rather  larger  than  the  domestic 
goat,  and  approaching  the  deer  in  its  characters,  and  which  is  an  inhabitant  of 
Central  Asia.  At  the  posterior  part  of  its  abdomen,  there  is  a  small  sac  situated 
immediately  under  the  skin,  which  opens  a  little  in  front  of  the  i)reputial  orifice, 
and  which  is  filled  with  a  thick  fluid,  abounding  particularly  in  the  rutting  season. 
This  fluid,  in  the  dried  state,  is  musk.  It  is  removed  from  the  animal  in  its  con- 
taining bag,  and  dried  in  tliis  state  for  exportation.  The  musk-bag,  or  pod,  is 
usually  plano-convex;  and  in  general  the  plane  surface  is  a  bare  membrane,  while 
the  convex  surface  is  covered  with  stiff" hairs;  but  sometimes  the  hairy  and  mem- 
branous parts  are  reversed.  It  weighs  along  with  its  contents,  between  5  and 
nearly  10  drachms,  and  contains  on  an  average  2 1  drachms  of  musk, /.«.,  from 
26  to  52  per  cent.  Two  kinds  of  musk  are  met  with  in  American  commerce.  The 
Chinese,  Thibet,  or  Ton(in!n  musk  is  the  variety  that  should  always  be  preferred. 
It  occurs  in  commerce  in  lots  of  about  25  ))ai)er-wrapped  sacs,  shipped  in  lead- 
lined  boxes  (caddies).  The  yellowish  or  brownish  hairs  are  cut  short.  It  comes 
to  U8  partly  from  Tonquin,  but  for  the  greater  part,  from  the  Cliincse  province 
of  Yun-Naii,  and  is  shipi)ed  from  the  Chinese  port,  Shangli,ii,  lience  the  name 
Chinese  musk.  A  consular  report  from  Shanghai,  in  188.'),  stated  tb.'  annual  export 
to  lie  about  3000  caddies,  each  containing,  on  an  average.  20  (.ods,  thus  renresent- 
ing  an  annual  decimation  of  the  animal  by  about  60.000.  Siberian  mi(,4-is  also 
called  Russian  musk;  it  is  exported  fron*  St.  Petersburgh.  It  re-sembles  the  pre- 
ceding, yet  often  is  of  a  much  inferior  <i\iality,  having  an  ammoniacal,  somewliat 
fetid  odor. 

Cabardine  musk  is  a  variety  which  conies  in  flat,  ovato  sacs,  the  hairs  on  which 
are  somewhat  paler  and  thinner,  and  the  odor  of  which  is  feebler  and   far  less 


aromatic  than  that  of  good  musk,  besides  having  a  urinous  smell.  Two  other 
grades,  Assam  and  Bucharian  musk-sacs,  are  not  found  in  American  markets.  Mu.sk 
is  now  scarcely  ever  prescribed,  both  on  account  of  its  high  price,  and  the  extreme 
difficulty  of  obtaining  a  pure  article,  as  nearly  all  the  musk  in  trade  at  the  pres- 
ent day,  is  an  almost  uncontrollable  drug  (see  Adulterations;  also  see  an  interest- 
ing article  on  "  Musk,"  from  the  Chemist  and  Druggist,  1890,  in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
1891,  p.  149). 

Description. — "In  irregular,  crumbly,  somewhat  unctuous  grains,  dark  red- 
dish-brown, having  a  peculiar  penetrating,  and  persistent  odor,  and  a  bitterish 
taste.  It  is  contained  in  oval  or  roundish  sacs  about  4  to  5  Cm.  (U  to  2  inches) 
in  diameter,  on  one  side  invested  with  a  smoothish  membrane,  on  the  other  side 
covered  with  stiff,  appressed,  grayish  hairs,  concentrically  arranged  around  2 
orifices  near  the  center.  About  10  per  cent  of  musk  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  the 
tincture  being  light  brownish-yellow,  and  on  the  addition  of  water  becoming 
slightlj'  turbid.  About  50  per  cent  of  musk  is  soluble  in  water,  the  solution 
being  deep-brown,  faintly  acid,  and  strongly  odorous.  When  ignited  with  free 
access  of  air,  musk  gives  off  a  peculiar,  somewhat  urinous  odor,  and  leaves  behind 
not  more  than  8  per  cent  of  a  grayish  ash" — (U.  S.  P.).  It  is  very  inflammable. 
Musk  is  very  little  soluble  in  ether  or  chloroform.  The  powerful  odor  of  musk 
is  destroyed  when  it  is  rubbed  together  with  camphor,  cinnamon,  s^Tup  or  oil  of 
bitter  almonds,  oil  of  fennel,  precipitated  sulphur,  ergot,  quinine  sulphate  or 
chloride,  etc.  Hence,  to  remove  the  odor  from  the  hands,  it  is  advised  to  rub 
the  hands  with  some  quinine,  moistened  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid.  On  the 
other  hand,  alkalies  intensify  the  odor  of  musk.  The  odor  is  also  lost  by  drying 
the  musk  over  sulphuric  acid  ;  it  gradually  returns,  however,  as  moisture  is  reab- 
sorbed. With  some  persons  the  odor  of  musk  produces  several  unpleasant  effects, 
as  cephalalgia,  fainting,  etc. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  chemical  nature  of  the  odoriferous  principle 
is  not  known.  Geiger  and  Reinmann  found  musk  to  contain  a  peculiar  volatile 
substance,  ammonia,  a  peculiar,  fixed,  uncrystallizable  acid,  stearin  and  olein, 
cholesterin,  peculiar  bitter  resin,  osniazome  (see  foot-note  under  Irhthyorolla),  and 
salts.  The  U.  S.  P.  demands  that  musk,  upon  incineration,  should  yield  not  more 
than  8  per  cent  of  ash.  In  addition  to  the  substances  mentioned  above,  musk  is 
incompatible  with  bichloride  of  mercury,  sulphate  of  iron,  nitrate  of  silver,  and 
infusion  of  cinchona. 

Adulterations.— Owing  to  its  high  price,  musk  is  very  liable  to  adulterations ; 
indeed  it  is  rare  that  the  pure  article  can  be  obtained  in  commerce.  In  1889,  a 
consular  report  from  Shanghai  states  that  the  article  comes  into  the  Chinese  mar- 
ket in  simple  wood  cases  of  9  to  14  caddies;  every  parcel  contains  a  number  of 
adulterated  sacs,  which  must  be  bought  along  with  the  good  ones.  About  50  per 
cent  seems  to  be  adulteration.  The  parcels  are  then,  as  a  rule,  broken  up  by  the 
exporter  and  sorted  for  the  London  market.  He  divides  the  lot  into  three  grades, 
all  of  which  are  probably  thrown  on  the  market.  "The  sophistication  consists 
of  earth,  rasped  wood,  and  small  pieces  of  leather  or  skin,  which  are  inserted  in 
the  pods  after  the  musk  has  been  removed.  Less  frequently  the  sophistication  is 
effected  with  lead,  heavy  pieces  of  flesh,  or  paper  inserted  between  the  thin  inner 
and  thick  outer  skin,  which  can  only  be  discovered  upon  cutting  it.  In  the 
last  year  or  two,  the  adulteration  has  gone  up  to  80  per  cent,  but  in  the  absence 
of  better  qualities,  even  such  an  article  has  found  buyers"  {Amcr.  Jour.  Pfiarm., 
1889,  p.  376). 

These  adulterations  are  very  difficult  to  detect.  Musk  which  is  not  readily 
inflammable,  whose  odor  is  weak,  which  is  of  a  black  or  pale  color,  very  damp,  or 
gritty  to  the  touch,  should  be  rejected  as  containing  impurities.  By  incineration, 
genuine  musk  leaves  behind  a  grayish-white  ash,  whereas  bloiul  leaves  a  reddish 
one.  It  is  probably  advisable  to  insist  on  buying  the  musk  in  its  containing  bag. 
False  pods  nuiy  be  distinguished  from  the  genuine  ones,  by  their  ammoniacal 
odor,  by  the  absence  of  any  aperture  in  the  middle  of  the  hairy  coat,  by  the  hair 
not  being  arranged  in  a  circular  manner,  and  by  the  absence  of  the  remains  of  the 
penis,  which  accompanies  every  genuine  musk-sac.  False  sacs  may  often  be  known 
by  being  stitched  together,  because  a  genuine  sac  mav  be  opened  to  introduce 
foreign  matter;  such  a  sample  becomes  suspicious,  and  invites  further  analysis. 


MoscHis.  1287 

To  test  a  bag  for  lead  inserted  through  its  arx-rture,  exposing  the  specimen  to 
the  action  of  the  Roentgen  rays  will  reveal  the  fraud  without  the  necessity  of 
tutting  Kill  11  the  bag  (see  inteir^ting  shadowgrajih  of  an  adulterated  musk-bag, 
by  E.  W..ltr.  Ph.vm.  Cei,lr„lh..  IMtC,  p.  S-J7). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Musk  is  a  stimulant  to  the  nervous  and 
vascular  systems,  acting  much  alter  the  manner  of  the  alcoholics,  and  an  irri- 
tant to  the  stomach,  deranging  its  functions;  also  said  to  possess  narcotic  proper- 
ties secondarily.  From  its  influence  on  the  nervous  system  it  is  termed  a  powerful 
antispasmodic;  and  has  been  used  with  advantage  in  tyjiliun  and  low  forms  offevo; 
(il)sliii(ile  hicrmiijh,  pertussis,  epileps]/,  cliorcn,  hyMrriti,  astlniin,  palpitation  of  the  iieart, 
colic,  Cdiwiilaioiis  of  infants,  all  spasmodic  affections,  etc.  (see  Specific  Indicatums  below). 
United  with  ammonia,  it  has  been  used  with  success  in  stopping  the  progress  of 
gnnijiene.  Fifteen  grains  of  musk,  combineil  with  extract  of  valerian,  and  alco- 
holic e.Ktract  of  cimicifuga,  of  each,  lo  grains,  and  divided  into  15  pills,  will  be 
found  benelicial  in  7)/i<»i(»i()iimi  accompanied  by  delirium,  and  in  the  involuntarj- 
movements  observed  in  low  typhoid  fcrcrn.  One  pill  may  be  given  every  1  or  2 
hours,  until  there  is  a  marked  improvement  in  the  symjitoms.  In  small  doses 
musk  is  liypnotic.  If  its  use  is  long  continued,  it  imparts  its  peculiar  odor  to 
the  secretions.  It  should  always  be  given  in  substance,  either  in  the  form  of  pill 
or  eiiHilsion.  Dose,  from  5  to  '10  grains,  every  2  or  3  hours.  Niter,  cochineal,  of 
each.  2  grains:  musk,  1  grain  ;  mix  and  form  a  powder.  This  powder,  given  and 
repealed  every  2  or  8  hours,  is  said  to  he  very  useful  in  some  low  forms  of  fever, 
and  mfhrih'  m-  inrinnniiotori/  affictioKS  with  spasmodic  action  or  delirium. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Hiccough;  musca-volitantes, subsultus  teu- 
dinum,  low  muttering  delirium,  and  stupor;  pulse  small,  quick,  irregular,  or, 
tremulous:  muscular  spasm;  insomnia  from  physical  or  mental  fatigue. 

Related  Products.— A  naturalist  fouml  in  Central  Africa  numerous  flocks  of  a  small 
rumiiiaiit  ..t  tli«-  gazelle  family,  the  excrement  from  which  exhaled  so  decided  an  odor  of  musk 
that  he  thought  it  might  be  advantageously  used.  M.Stanislas  Martin  formed  a  tincture  with 
some  of  it,  using  alcohol  of  80  per  cent.  It'  had  a  greenish  color.  This  excrement,  powdered 
and  macerated  with  glycerin,  lard,  or  fixecl  oils,  forms  a  powerful  musky  otlor,  answering  all 
the  purpose.s  of  musk  as  a  perfume,  and  being  decidedly  cheaper (jBuW.  <ie  77wap.,1868).  The 
species  probablv  referred  to  is  the  AtUihpe  Dorcas,  Linne,  or  Algerian  gazelle.  The  excrements 
are  small  and  globular.  Jacqueme  obtained  an  alcoholic  extract  (7  per  cent  I  from  them,  which 
containe<l  calcium,  ammonium,  and  sodium  salts,  a  resinous  body  of  musky  odor,  and  an  acid 
capable  of  crystallization. 

HvRACEOi.— Probably  derived  from  the  Hijrax  capensig,  Cuvier  (Order:  Hyracoidea),  or 
Hnrlijf-r,  a  .'^outh  African  m'anunal.  TUe  drug  comes  in  brittle,  resinous,  irregular,  blackish- 
brown  fragments,  of  a  nauseously  bitter  taste.  When  heated  it  becomes  soft  and  evolves  a 
cast(jr-like  odor;  further  heateJ  it  burns,  evolving  acrid  fumes.  Water  does  not  wholly  dis- 
solve it,  and  it  is  still  le.«s  soluble  in  alcohol  or  etner.  It  is  collected  on  mountain  sides  in 
Africa,  and  is  either  a  fecal  or  urinous  product.  Analyses  of  Wm.  H.  Greene  and  A.  J.  Parker 
(Amer.  .I'lir.  Pharm.,  1879,  p.  36.31,  show  this  substance  to  yield,  upon  incineration,  34  per  cent 
of  ash,  chiefly  containing  chlorides  and  carbonates  of  sodium,  calcium,  potassium,  and  magne- 
sium. The  organic  matter  constitutes  about  52  ))er  cent,  containing  traces  of  un-a,  uric  acid, 
liippuric  and  benzoic  acids.  Hyraceum  is  said  to  resemble  the  American  castor  in  |)hysio- 
logical  action.  A  similar  dried  body,  renal  ami  fecal,  is  fouml  in  rock-fissures  in  Now  Mexico, 
and  is  U-licved  to  be  the  proiluct  of  the  Xeoluma  or  Wild  rat  (Cope). 

CivKTTA,  or  ZiBETiii'.M,  Vint,  Zilflli.  —  An  unctuous,  musky  secretion,  collected  from 
receptacles  between  the  anus  and  genitalia  of  both  male  and  female  of  tlie  Vivrrrn  Ciretia, 
SehreljcrCCirW  cat),ol  Africa,  and  Virerrn  Xihetha,  S-hreber,  of  the  East  Indies.  The  animals 
are  kept  in  captivity  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  drug.  It  was  formerly  employed  in 
medicine,  but  is  now  wholly  consumed  in  the  perfumer's  art.  It  is  seuiisolid,  yellowish, chang- 
ing to  brown,  unctuous,  not' so  ditrusiblc  nor  agreeable  as  musk,  of  an  unpleasant,  subacrid,  bit- 
ter, greasy  taste,  soluble  in  part  in  hot  alcohol  and  in  ether,  but  not  in  water.  It  is  fusible,  and 
burns  without  leaving  much  residue.  It  contains  salts,  resin,  coloring  bixlies,  various  fats, 
and  a  volatile  oil. 

A.MERK  \N  MrsK.— The  musk-sacs  of  the  Mu»k-rai  ( Filler  zihelliiriift  have  been  substituted 
for  musk  under  the  uame  Atnericaii  mu»k:  Its  odor  <liffers  somewhat  from  that  of  iiiusjc,  but 
it  niav  be  advantageously  employeil  in  perfumes  isee  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1881,  p.  :W7,  and 
188a,  p. -i-iO  . 

Artificial  Misk.— .\n  artmVm/  mu>k  is  prepared,  by  carefully  adding,  drop  by  drop,  3 
parts  of  fuming  nitric  acid  to  1  of  unrectilied  oil  of^amber.  The  aci.l  is  decom|K»ied  and  the  oil 
converted  into  an  acid  resin,  which  must  be  kneaded  under  pure  water  until  all  excess  of  acid 
is  removed.  The  sutwtance  which  remains  is  of  a  yellowish-brown  color,  visciil,  ami  of  an  odor 
similar  to  musk,  for  which  it  may  be  used  as  a  sul'istitntc,  iu  doses  of  from  13  to  :»  grains. 


1288  ilUCILAGLNiis.— MUCILAGO  AMYLI. 

JIo.scHus  Factitius,  Artificial  jniisi.— The  artificial  musk  introduced  by  Dr.  A.  Baur,  and 
known  commerciallv  as^'Mmk  Baur,"  is Irinitroso-bntyl-tohienf  !  CeH.CH3.C[CH3]j. [NO, jj),  pre- 
pared by  the  interaction  of  tertiary  butyl-toluene  tC,H,.CH3.C[CHi]3  i.and  a  mixture  of  sul- 
phuric and  nitric  acids.  It  forms  yellowish-white  needles  uieUing  at  96°  to  97°  C.  '204.8°  to 
206.6° F.),  insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble  in  alcohol,  chloroform,  ether,  benzol,  ami  li^rlit  petro- 
leum ether  (see  Amer.  Jour.  J'liann.,  1890,  p.  -189,  and  1892,  p.  31 1.  The  action  of  this  body  is 
similar  to,  but  less  energetic,  than  that  of  musk.  The  dose  for  a  small  child  is  from  i  to  1  grain, 
every2  or  3  hours;  for  an  adult,  10  grains.  Ofatincture  (Sjtogxof  alcohol, the  dose  is  1 
fluid  drachm.     Hauner,  of  ilunieh,  praises  it  in  spai^m  of  the  glottig  in  children. 

VixiET.\BLE  Musk.— On  account  of  the  higli  price  of  musk,  and  its  liability  to  adulteration. 
Dr.  Hannon  (Jour,  de  Pharm.,  1854)  sought  for  a  vegetable  substitute,  which  he  thinks  he  has 
found  in  a  Columbian  plant,  cultivated  in  Belgium,  .Vimui((«  )/iOjsc/i«<i<«,  which  plant  yields  an 
essential  oil  by  distillation.  In  doses  of  2  or  3  drops,  this  oil  exerte  an  energetic,  excitant 
action  on  the  intestinal  canal,  and  on  the  brain.  In  a  state  of  health  it  caused  vertigo,  cephal- 
algia, dryness  in  the  fauces,  epigastric  weight,  and  eructations.  He  believes  it  may  replace  the 
animal  musk,  and  may  be  given  in  Inixierla  and  analogous  complaints,  in  doses  (•{  from  2  to  4 
drops  in  24  hours.     He  calls  it  vegddhle  mmk. 

Nearly  all  of  the  preceding  products  are  used  in  the  manufacture  of  perfumes  and  not,  at 
the  present  time,  in  medicine. 

MUCILAGINES.— MUCILAGES. 

Mucilages  are  viscid,  somewhat  tenacious,  and  generally  adhesive  liquids, 
prepared  with  water  as  a  solvent.  As  represented  by  the  preparation.-  nf  the 
U.  S.  P.  they  are  usually  solutions  of  gums,  or  closely  related  bodies.  The  official 
mucilages  gradually  decompose  and  become  acid,  tliinner,  and  oflensive  in  smell. 
Such  changes  may  often  be  checked  or  entirely  prevented  by  glycerin,  alum,  or 
creosote.     The  majority  of  the  mucilages  .should  be  prepared   only  a.<  wanted. 

MUCILAGO  ACACLffl  (U.  S.  P.  i— MUCILAGE  OF  ACACIA. 

Synonym  :  Miicilatje  of  gum  Amine. 

Preparation. — "Acacia,  in  small  fragments,  three  hundred  and  forty  grammes 
(340  Gm.)  [11  ozs.  av.,  435  grs.];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make'one  thou- 
sand grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lb.s.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Wash  the  acacia  with  cold 
water,  and  let  it  drain.  Then  add  to  it  enough  water  to  make  the  mixture  weigh 
one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs..  120  grs.],  agitate  or  stir 
occasionally  until  the  acacia  is  dissolved,  and  strain.  Keep  the  product  in  well- 
stoppered,  completely  filled  bottles,  in  a  cool  place" — {('.  S.  P.).'  Clear,  white 
pieces  of  gum  acacia" should  be  selected  for  this  mucilage.  By  rapid  wa.-hing  of 
the  fragments  first  with  cold  water,  much  of  the  impurities  may  be  removed. 
The  mucilage  becomes  thick  and  dense  during  preparation,  making  it  somewhat 
difficult  to  stir  or  agitate,  and  it  has  been  proposed  to  make  the  solution  by 
suspending  the  gum  in  a  loose-textured  bag,  which  should  be  moved  occasionally 
from  place  to  place  in  order  to  bring  it  into  contact  with  successive  portions  of 
water.  In  our  experience,  however,  no  difHculty  is  experienced  in  making  it  by 
the  usual  method.  It  should  be  at  once  put  into  well-filled  bottles,  and  even  then 
it  readily  sours  with  the  development  of  acetic  acid.  Mucilage  of  acacia  should  be 
a  colorless,  or  but  faintly  yellowish,  transparent,  nearly  tasteless,  viscid  Huid.  with 
a  faint,  although  not  disagreeable  odor.  Aluminum"  sulphate  (1  to  12-")  parts)  is 
said  to  increase  its  adhesix  eness.  Heat  should  not  be  employed  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  this  inuiilaiie  as  it  is  said  to  promote  the  formation  of  acetic  aciil. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  flavored  and  sweetenetl.  diluted 
mucila;4e  forms  an  agreeable  and  soothing  drink  for /i'ftnV*' and  iiitiiiiiimatory  roii- 
dilioiix,  being  particularly  applicable  in  (in.-<trir  and  re--:pirnton/  inflnmmiUim)".  It  is 
probably  nutritive.  In  pharmacy  it  is  employed  to  give  adhesiveness  in  pill 
masses, "and  in  mixtures  to  hold  in  suspension  insoluble  ingredients.  It  !•<  some- 
times used  in  making  troches.     It  may  be  freely  given. 

MUCILAGO    AMYLI.— MUCILAGE  OF  STARCH. 

Preparation. — To  120  grains  of  starch  gradually  add  10  lluid  ounces  (Imp.) 
of  distilled  water,  with  constant  trituration.  Boil  "for  a  few  moments,  with  con- 
tinual stirring.     This  accords  with  the  British  P/uxrmarojHfin.  \Sf<o.     It  should  be 


MLCILAUO  CHUNI)1!1.-Ml  Lll.AGO  HKXTKIXI.  1281) 

prepared  only  when  needed.    This  imuilaiio  is  of  proper  consistence  for  an  t-neiuM, 
being  opaline  and  gelatinous. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  is  employed  for  its  demulcent  etlects  in 
fM-M/and  other  iiit,.->i mil  iuriamiixitinn.t  that  can  1)6  reached  by  an  enema.  It  is 
( liiftly  cnnployed  as  a  vehicle  for  anodyne  applications  (as  laudanum)  in  ih/seutery, 
and  for  this  purpose  but  small  quantities,  2  or  3  fluid  ounces,  should  be  employed 
>u  that  the  patient  may  be  able  to  retain  the  medicament  until  its  etiects  are 
produced. 

MUCILAGO  CHONDRI  iN.  F.i— MUCILAGE  OF  IRISH  MOSS. 

Preparation. — "Irish  mo.'i.s  thirty  grammes  ^:',U  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av..  25  grs.] ; 
water,  a  sutlicient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.) 
[■VA  ri.s,  ;>;n  lll].  wash  the  Irish  moss  with  cold  water,  then  place  it  in  a  suitable 
ve.-sel,  ad<l  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  tis,  391  Til]  of  water, 
and  heat  it,  on  a  boiling  water-bath,  for  15  minutes,  frequently  stirring.  Then 
strain  it  through  muslin,  and  pass  enough  water  through  the  strainer  to  make 
the  liquid,  when  cold,  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (lOOOCc.)  [33  fi.5, 
301  111].  Mucilage  of  Irish  moss  may  also  be  prepared  in  the  following  manner: 
Irish  nio.^s  gelatin  (,F.  184),  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [309  grs.];  water,  a  suth- 
cient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters (lOCK)  Cc.)  [33  115,391111]. 
Heat  the  Irish  moss  gelatin  with  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1(X0  Cc.) 
[33  flg,  391  111]  of  water,  at  a  boiling  temjjerature,  until  it  is  completely  dissolved. 
Then  allow  the  solution  to  cool,  and  add  enough  water,  if  necessary,  "to  make  up 
the  volume  to  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  tis,  391  HI].  Xote. — 
Mucilage  of  Irish  moss,  thus  prepared,  is  well  adapted  for  the  preparation  of 
emulsions  of  fixed  oils.  If  it  is,  however,  required  for  admixture  with  clear 
liquids,  it  should  be  diluted,  when  freshly  made,  and  while  still  hot,  with  about 
3  volumes  of  boiling  water,  filtered,  and  the  filtrate  evaporated  to  the  volume 
corresponding  to  the  proportions  above  given.  The  fi,ltration  may  be  greatly 
facilitated  by  filling  the  filter  loosely  with  absorbent  cotton,  and  pouring  the 
liquid  upon  the  latter. 

•"Mucilage  of  Irish  moss  may  be  preserved  for  some  time  by  transferring  it, 
while  hot,  into  bottles,  which  should  be  filled  to  the  neck,  then  pouring  a  layer  of 
olive  oil  on  top.  securely  stoppering  the  bottles,  and  keeping  them,  in  an  upright 
position,  in  a  cool  place.  When  the  mucilage  is  wanted  for  use,  the  layer  of  oil 
may  be  riiuovid  by  means  of  absorbent  cotton  " — (-Vci^  Form.). 
'  Medical  Uses.— i  See  Chondrus.) 

MUCILAGO  CYDONII  (N.  F.)— MUCILAGE  OF  CYDONIUM. 

Sv.NoNVMs  :    Mucilage  of  quince-seed,  Mwilacjo  cydonia:. 

Preparation. — "  Cydonium,  two  grammes  (2  Gms.)  [31  grs.] ;  distilled  water, 
one  hunched  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  flg,  183  Td].  Macerate  the  cydonium 
for  half  an  hour,  in  a  covered  ves.sel,  with  the  distilled  water,  frequently  agita- 
ting. Then  drain  the  liquid  through  muslin  without  pressure.  This  preparation 
should  be  freshly  made,  when  required  for  use" — i  ynt.Form.).  An  identical  prei)a- 
ration  was  official  in  the  V.  S.  T'.,  1880.  Rose-water  is  employed  by  the  Ofnutut 
}'>iarmnri)]>(hifi.  The  hair-dressing  mucilage  known  as  Bmnlolin,  is  prepared  by 
macerating,  in  1  pint  of  water,  2  drachms  of  quince-seeds  (unbroken  ),  and  adding 
cologne  water,  1  ounce.    Other  perfumes  may  \>e  substituted,  if  preferred. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Quince-seed  mucilage  is  soothing  and 
protecting,  and  adapted  Uir  injidiiiiitdtions  nj  mucous  mrfacct.  It  is  therefore  valu- 
able in  (in.-'tro-iiit'.-'tinul  iujinmuiation^i,  irritntiou  of  bronchopulmomiri/  Irac/,  with  cough, 
ri/Mitl^  and  other  unite  uriunn/  di.wrdcr.^,  and  cuduwni.^  and  conjundivitf  iiilhiuimntions. 
U  may  I.e  freely  use.l. 

MUCILAGO   DEXTRINI  iN.  F. MUCILAGE  OF  DEXTRIN. 

Preparation. — "  Dextrin,  three  hundred  and  thirty-five  grammes  (335  Gm.; 
ni  oz-  av..  ;i.37  grs.];  water,  a  suflBcient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic 


1290  MUCILAGO  SALEP.— MLCILAGO  TRAGACAXTH.E. 

centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  lU].  Mix  them  in  a  tared  vessel,  and  heat  the 
mixture,  under  constant  stirring,  to  near  boiling,  until  the  dextrin  is  dissolved 
and  a  limpid  liquid  results.  Then  restore  anj^  loss  of  water  by  evaporation, 
strain  the  liquid  through  muslin,  and  allow  it  to  cool  short  of  gelatinizing,  when 
it  will  be  ready  for  immediate  use.  Note.—U  the  mucilage  is  not  at  once  to  be 
used  for  preparing  emulsions  or  other  mixtures,  transfer  it,  while  hot,  to  bottles, 
which  should  be  filled  to  the  neck.  Then  pour  into  each  bottle  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity of  olive  oil  to  form  a  protecting  layer,  and  when  the  mucilage  has  gelatinized, 
securely  cork  the  bottles,  and  keep  them  in  a  cool  place,  in  an  upright  position. 
When  "gelatinized  mucilage  of  dextrin  is  to  be  used  for  the  preparation  of  emul- 
sions and  other  mixtures,  pour  oft'  the  j)rotecting  layer  of  oil  from  the  surface, 
remove  the  remainder  of  the  oil  by  a  pellet  of  ab.sorbent  cotton,  and  warm  the 
bottle  gently,  until  the  mucilage  is  liquefied.  Then  allow  it  to  cool  short  of  gelati- 
nizing. The  kind  of  dextrin  suitable  for  this  preparation  is  the  commercial,  white 
variety,  provided  it  still  contains  some  unaltered  or  only  partially  altered  starch, 
and  forms  a  jelly  on  cooling,  when  made  into  a  mucilage  after  the  formula  above 
given.  The  yellow  variety,  which  is  completely  soluble  in  about  2  parts  of  cold 
water,  will  not  answer  the  purpose" — (Nat.  Form.). 

MUCILAGO    SALEP  (N.  F.)— MUCILAGE  OF  SALEP. 

Preparation. — 'Salep,  in  fine  powder,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.]; 
cold  water,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  fls,  183  TTl]  ;  boiling  water, 
nine  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (900  Cc.)  [30  flg,  "208111].  Place  the  powdered 
salep  into  a  flask  containing  the  cold  water,  and  shake  until  the  powder  is 
divided.  Then  add  the  boiling  water,  and  shake  the  mixture  continuously  until 
it  has  cooled  to  25°  C.  (77°  F.),  or  below  this  temperature.  The  cooling  may  be 
hastened  by  frequent  and  brief  immersion  of  the  flask  in  cold  water.  Mucilage 
of  salep  should  be  freshly  made,  when  wanted  for  use.  Note. — If  sugar  or  syrup 
is  prescribed  in  the  same'mixture  with  mucilage  of  salep,  it  is  preferable  to  tritu- 
rate the  required  quantity  of  powdered  salep  with  either  of  the  former,  as  the  case 
may  be, and  then  to  add  rapidly  the  proportionate  amount  of  boiling  water" — 
(Nut.  Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— (See  Snlep.) 

MUCILAGO  SASSAFRAS  MEDULLiE  (U.  S.  P.)— MUCILAGE  OF 
SASSAFRAS  PITH. 

Preparation.— ■■  Sassafras  pith,  two  grammes  {2  Gm.)  [31  grs.J  :  water,  one 
hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  flg,  183  Til].  Macerate  the  sassafras  pith 
in  the  water  during  3  hours,  and  strain.  This  preparation  should  be  freshly 
made,  wlun  wanted  "— ( U.  S.  P.).  Sassafras  mucilage  has  a  bland  taste,  is  thickish, 
colorless,  and  transparent. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  a  soothing  and  refreshing 
drink  for  intldininutory  conditions  of  viuroits  mrj'aces  and  in  febrile  disordas.  It  is 
especially  applicable  in  dysentery.  Locally,  it  is  applied  in  conjunct  iritis  (acute), 
enifliciiui,  and  various  inflammatory  skin  disorders.     It  mi 


iammatory  skin  disorders.     It  may  be  freely  used. 


MUCILAGO    TRAGACANTHiE  (U.  S.  P.)— MUCILAGE  OF 
TEAGACANTH. 

Preparation. — "Tragacanth,  six  grammes  {&  Gm.)  [93  grs.];  glycerin,  eigh- 
teen grammes  (18  Gm.)  [278  grs.]  ;  water,  a  suflicient  quantity  to  make  one  hun- 
dred grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,231  grs.].  Mix  the  glycerin  with  .«eventy- 
five  cubic  centimeters  (75  Cc.)  [2  flj,  257  TTl]  of  water  in  a  tiired  ve.^^el,  heat  the 
mixture  to  boiling,  add  the  tragacanth,  and  let  it  macerate  during  24  hours, 
stirring  occasionally.  Then  add  enough  water  to  make  the  mixture  weigli  one 
hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.],  beat  it  so  as  to  make  it  of  uui- 


MlllLAGO  CLMl.— SlUCUXA.  1201 

fi.rm  consistence,  and  strain  it  forcibly  through  muslin"— (C.  S.  P.).   Tragatauth 
it:  but  partly  s-oluble  in  water.    The  mucilage  is  viscid  and  thick. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  ha.s  been  applied  locaUy  to  burm,  scahh, 
u//"<T,--,  ftr.,  for  its  proteriivc  purposes.  It  is  employed  as  an  excipient  where  a 
slowly  di>.-«il\iii:r  prei>aratiun  is  desired,  as  in  troches,  and  in  laxatives  and  non- 
irritatiiiij  mixtures.     It  is  also  used  as  a  pill  excipieut. 

MUCILAGO  ULMI  (U.  S.  P.)— MUCILAGE  OF  ELM. 

Preparation.— ■' Elm,  bruised,  six  grammes  (6  Gm.)  [93  grs.]  ;  water,  one 
hundred  cubic  centimeters  (.100  Cc.)  [3  fl.^,  183  TH].  Digest  the  elm  with  the 
water,  on  a  water-bath,  in  a  covered  vessel,  during  1  hour,  then  strain.  This 
preparation  should  be  freshly  made,  when  wanted" — ([/.  S.  P.).  Though  this  ful- 
fils the  idea  of  the  framers  of  the  Pharmacopoeia,  inasmuch  as  it  produces  what 
is  understood  by  the  term  "  mucilage,"  it  does  not  produce  the  kind  of  a  muci- 
lage most  useful  and  most  grateful  to  the  patient.  By  a  mucilage,  the  ('.  5.  P. 
refers  to  a  kind  of  opaque  semifluid,  gelatinous  product,  having  more  or  less  of 
a  viscid  or  adhesive  quality.  It  is  often  a  solution  in  water  ot  a  gum,  or  some 
material  closely  related  to  it.  The  subst^ince  wanted  in  this  mucilage  is  the 
mucilaginous  constituent  of  the  elm-bark,  and  that  is  best  extracted  by  means  of 
very  mid  uaUr.  Therefore,  the  best  method  to  pursue  in  making  mucilage  of  slip- 
i>ery-elm  for  the  patient,  is  as  follows  :  Take  fresh  slipjjery-elm,  or,  if  it  can  not 
be  obtained  direct  from  the  trees,  use  the  dried  strips  as  found  in  the  drug  houses. 
Shred  these,  longitudinally,  so  that  the  individual  pieces  will  be  about  the  width 
of  an  ordinary  lead  pencil".  Now,  after  bundling  together  the  smaller  strips,  tie 
them  at  oneend  so  that  the  other  ends  maybe  left  free  after  the  manner  of  a 
whisk-l)room.  In  tying  the  pieces  together  leave  a  long  piece  of  cord  by  which  to 
suspend  the  bundle  of  shreds.  Prepare  a  pitcher  of  ice-cold  water,  and  place  a 
stick  across  the  top  of  the  vessel  and  from  the  stick  suspend  the  shredded  bark 
in  the  water.  If  particles  of  ice  be  floating  in  tlie  water,  so  much  the  better.  In 
a  short  time  the  water  will  be  found  to  have  assumed  a  thick,  ropy,  mucilaginous 
consistence.  This  preparation  should  be  prepared  often,  and  kept  in  an  ice-cold 
condition.  Furthermore,  it  should  be  placed  in  a  situation  remote  from  the  sick- 
room, outdoors  if  necessary,  on  account  of  the  great  facility  with  which  it  absorbs 
gases  and  noxious  emanations  of  the  sick-chamber. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.^  Prepared  by  the  second  method,  a 
good  mucilage  of  slippery-elm  is  obtained,  and  will  be  found  a  grateful  drink  for 
patients  undergoing /finY*  and  injiiunmntoni  dUmses,  &s  well  as  those  who  coitjrA 
much  and  complain  of  dn/iii.<i  of  (he  mooth  and  fances.  It  is  regarded  as  particu- 
larly useful  in  catarrhd  and  inflmnnuitory  diseases  of  the  stomarh  and  gcnito-urinary 
tract.  Locally,  it  is  serviceable  as  a  cooling  and  soothing  application  to  cutaneous 
disecises,  especially  the  various  forms  of  dermatitis,  erysipelas,  J'uinincles,  and  car- 
buncle. Besides  being  a  good  demulcent,  its  nutritious  value  is  considerable.  It 
may  be  freely  administered. 

MUCUNA.— COWHAQE. 

The  hairs  from  the  pods  of  iMucuna  jiruricns,  De  Candolle  (Mucuna  prvritn. 
Hooker;  Dolichos  pruriens,  Linne;  Stizolobium  jjruriens,  Persoon ;  Carpopaym  pru- 
riens,  Roxburgh). 

yat.  0/-(L— Leguminos.T. 

CoM.Mo.N   N.A.MEs:  Couhagc,  Couage  (Setn  siliqn.r  hirsute). 

Ii.LisTRATio.N  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Mtd.  Plant-'^,  78. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  perennial  plant,  with  a  fibrous  root  and  a  twin- 
ing, herbaceous,  much-branched  stem,  and  of  considerable  length.  The  leaves 
are  alternate,  piniiately  trifoliate,  distant,  and  on  long  petioles;  leaflets  entire, 
ovate,  acute,  smooth  above,  hairy  beneath;  lateral  ones  oliliqueattheba.se,  middle 
one  sligiitly  rhomboidal.  The  flowers  are  rather  large,  have  a  disagreeable,  allia- 
ceous odoT,  are  disposed  in  axillary,  lax,  many-flowered,  interrupted  racemes 
1  to  1^  feet  long.     The  corolla  is  papilionaceous;  vexillum  cordate,  incumbent 


1292  MUCUNA. 

on  the  wings,  much  shorter  than  they  and  the  keel,  without  callosities,  and  flesh- 
colored;  wings  oblong-linear,  connivent,  purple,  or  violet;  keel  or  carina  straight 
below,  slightly  falcate  in  the  upper  part,  terminated  by  a  smooth,  polished,  acute 
beak,  and  greenish-white.  Stamens  diadelphous  (9  and  1),  alternately  longer; 
anthers  alternately  longer  and  ovate.  Calyx  campanulate,  bilabiate,  with  2  very 
caducous  bracteoles  as  long  as  the  tube,  hairy,  pink,  bilabiate,  with  narrow  lanceo- 
late segments;  upper  lip  broad,  entire,  or  emarginate;  lower,  trifid,  middle  seg- 
ment the  largest.  Style  long,  slender,  and  hair\'  below;  stigma  smalL  The 
legume  is  about  3  inches  long,  as  thick  as  the  finger,  and  closely  covered  with 
strong,  brown,  stinging  liairs.  The  seeds  are  oblong  and  variegated,  with  a  white 
hilum  (L.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition. — This  plant  inliabiis  the 
West  Indies,  and  other  tropical  parts  of  South  America;  it  is  found  in  woods, 
along  river  courses,  upon  fences,  and  in  wa.*te,  neglected  places.  The  medicinal 
part  of  the  plant  is  the  hair  of  the  pods,  which  are  generally  imported  into  this 
country  attached  to  the  pod,  and  from  which  they  are  carefully  removed,  so  that 
they  do  not  fasten  to  the  operator's  hands.  They  are  straight,  about  ^  of  an  inch 
in  length,  quadrangularly  prismatic,  with  upper  half  retrorsely  serrated,  and 
acutely  pointed  at  the  apex.  They  are  brown  and  glossy,  and  inclose  a  granular, 
brown  substance,  which  but  partially  fills  the  hair.  Mucuna,  according  to  Mar- 
tins (1827;.  contains  resin  and  a  small  amount  of  tannin.  The  shorter,  darker- 
hued  spiculaof  the  Sti2nlohiiimvrens,FeTsoon  {Mucuna  urenx,  DeCandolle;  D"Urhos 
urens,  Linne),  is  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  cowhage.  The  seeds  of  this  species 
are  employed  in  dysuria  in  the  West  India  Island.*.  In  India  the  root  of  the 
cowhage  plant  is  a  reputed  remedy  for  cholera.  Mucuna  was  first  introduced  to 
the  notice  of  English  physicians  by  Bancroft,  about  the  year  1769  (see  Dymock's 
Vegetable  Materia  Malica  of  India,  p.  229). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Cowhage  was  formerly  regarded  as  a 
meclianical  anthelmintic,  acting  by  irritating  the  body  of  the  worms ;  its  decoc- 
tion or  tincture  h;is  no  anthclriiintic  properties.  It  was  used  in  the  treatment  of 
intestinal  wonii^,  which  are  expelled  alive.  It  is  very  probable,  however,  that  its 
setae  did  very  little  mechanical  harm  to  the  worm,  for  when  the  spicula;  are  mois- 
tened, they  largely  lose  their  irritating  properties.  It  has  no  effect  on  ta-nia,  but 
appears  more  serviceable  in  removing  the  lamhriri  and  ascaridts.  Dose,  from  1 
drachm  to  i  ounce,  in  syrup  or  molasses,  and  followed  a  few  hours  afterward  bj-  a 
purgative.  The  application  of  oil  is  the  best  to  allay  the  heat  and  itching  it  pro- 
duces when  rubbed  on  the  skin.  Cowliage  has  been  recommended  in  tlie  form  of 
an  ointment,  as  a  cutaneous  irritant,  in  the  place  of  croton-oil  and  tartar-emetic; 
also  as  a  good  medium  for  the  endermic  application  of  various  substances,  as 
hydrochlorate  of  morphine.  The  proportions  are,  7^  grains  of  the  hairs  of  cow- 
hage to  1  ounce  of  lard.  This  must  be  rubljed  in  from  10  to  20  minutes;  7  or  8 
grains  are  usually  sufficient.  The  immediate  effect  is  the  production  of  a  sen- 
sation resembling  stinging  with  nettles;  but  the  burning  sensation,  and  the 
itching  diminish  during  the  friction,  and  entirely  pass  off  in  le.ss  than  half  an 
hour.  The  skin  generally  becomes  covered  with  white,  flat  papulte,  whicli  soon 
disappear,  leaving  a  sensation  of  heat.  It  produces  no  inconvenience,  and  chil- 
dren bear  it  easily.     It  is  seldom  used. 

Related  Species.— The  following  si>ecie.'!  of  Corylus  are  indigenous  to  lone  cultivated 
ini  tlic  riiitcil  States,  one  of  which  has  covering  the  involucre  i^piculie.  wliich  arc  employed 
like  nuiciiua,  as  a  vermifuge.     Tliey  belong  to  the  natural  order  '  x/.K/i/cr.T. 

Cnyht.i  iiiitlratii,  Aitou,  litakril  h(t:il. —  Canaila,  nnrthem  I'nitcd  States,  ami  ali'Ug  the 
.\ppalaciiian  range;-.  ShniU  2  to.i  feet  high.  Fruit  indoscil  in  a  Ions,  s»-aly  involiu-rt-.  which 
is  hirsute,  ami  terminates  in  a  prolonged,  fubc-likc  beak.  The  spiculse  are  reputed  to  act  as  a 
mechanical  vermifuge. 

Corylus  amfrlcdtm.  Walter.— Xorth  Americ.in  thickets.  Fruit  wide  and  long,  surroundtnl 
by  an  involucre  at  least  double  the  length  of  the  fruit. 

Cori/liis  (iirlliiiKi,  biniic,  Ifii;,l.  -Eurojie,  Nurth  .\sia,  in  wood  ami  thicket.*.  t"ulti\-atCHl  in 
the  United  States.  .V  shruU,  from  10  to  15  feet  high.  Ilowering  in  early  sprins;  and  hsaring  fruit 
in  1.06  autunni.  The  fruit  is  known  as  the^/'xr/,  and  is  a  hard  nut,  witli  a  jiiiK'-Kiowii,  ligaoon-^ 
shell,  surrounding  a  sweetish,  oleaginous,  white  kernel.  It  is  alxmt  an  inch  long.  The  s»'ed< 
yield  about  ">0  per  cent  of  ImzelmU  oil,  a.  light-yellow,  tixtnl  oil,  without  odor,  but  tastin>:  sonu-- 
what  like  the  nuts.  It  is  composed  of  oleiu,  palmitiu,  aracbiu,  and  stearin,  freesiug  at  near  the 
zero  point,  0°  F.  (—17.8''C.). 


MVKICA.  1293 

MYRICA.— BAYBERRY. 

Tho  I'ark  and  wax  of  Mi/rira  ccrifa-a,  Linne. 

yul.  C'v/.— Myricaceii-. 

CoMMiiN   Namks:   W'ar-mi/rtlc,  Bai/beny,  Cmtdle  betfy,  Waxberry. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant  is  a  branching,  half-evergreen  shruh.  1  to  12 
feet  ill  lieight.  and  covered  with  gruyish-bark.  Tlie  leaves  are  glabrous,  ciMi(>ate- 
laui'.nlate,  rather  acute  or  obtuse,  distinctly  jietiolate,  margin  entire,  but  more 
freijui'iitly  remotely  dentate,  particularly  toward  the  end,  paler,  with  distinct 
veinlets  beneath,  generally  twisted  or  revolute  in  their  mode  of  growth,  shining, 
resinous,  dotted  on  both  sides,  H  to  2i  inches  in  length,  and  from  ^  to  ij  of  an 
inch  wide.  The  Howers  appear  in  May,  before  the  leaves  are  fully  expanded. 
The  males  grow  in  amenti-,  are  sessile,  erect,  6  to  9  lines  in  length;  originating 
from  the  sides  of  the  last  year's  twigs.  Every  flower  is  formed  by  a  concave, 
rhomboidal  scale,  containing  3  or  4  pairs  of  roundish  anthers  on  a  branched  foot- 
stalk. Females  on  a  ditt'erent  shrub,  less  than  half  the  size  of  the  males,  consist 
of  narrower  scales,  with  each  an  ovate  ovary,  and  2  filiform  styles.  To  these 
aments  succeed  clusters  or  aggregations  of  small  globular  fruits,  resembling  ber- 
ries, which  are  at  first  green,  but  finally  become  nearly  white,  and  consist  of  a 
hard  stone  inclosing  a  dicotyledonous  kernel,  studded  on  its  outside  with  small, 
black  grains,  resembling  fine  gunpowder,  over  which  is  a  crust  of  dry,  greenish- 
white  wax,  fitted  to  the  grains,  giving  the  surface  of  the  fruit  a  granulated  appear- 
ance.   The  fruit  is  persistent  fur  2  or  3  years  (L. — P. — W. — G.). 

History  and  Description. — This  i)lant  is  found  in  dry  woods,  or  in  open 
fields,  from  Lanatla  to  Florida.  The  bark  of  the  root  is  the  preferred  part;  boil- 
ing water  extracts  its  astringent  and  alcohol  its  stimulating  principles. 

Baybekky  Bark. — As  met  with  in  commerce,  the  bark  is  in  curved  or  quilled 
pieces,  from  1  to  6  or  7  inches  long,  covered  with  a  thiu,  grayish,  mottled  epi- 
dermis, with  slight  transverse  fissures,  beneath  which  the  true  bark  is  of  a  dull 
reddish-brown  color,  rugged,  darker  internally,  breaking  rapidly  with  a  short  frac- 
ture, and  giving,  when  pulverized,  a  light  brown  jjowder,  of  a  pungent,  peculiar, 
spicy  odor,  a  bitter  taste  succeeded  by  astringency,  acridity,  and  a  stinging  sensa- 
tion which  gradually  extends  to  the  fauces,  where  it  leaves  an  unplea.sant  feeling 
and  a  sense  of  constriction  ;  it  is  powerfully  sternutatory,  excites  cough,  and  forms 
a  dense  froth  when  briskly  agitated  with  water.  Water  takes  up  its  active  proper- 
ties; diluted  alcohol  is  its  best  menstruum.  The  root  should  he  collected  late  in 
the  fall,  cleansed  from  dirt  and  foreign  substances,  and  then,  while  fresh,  pounded 
with  a  hammer  or  club  to  separate  the  bark,  which  should  be  thorougldy  dried 
without  exposure  to  a  wet  or  moist  atmosphere,  then  pulverized,  and  6ept  in 
darkened  and  well-closed  vessels. 

Bavberry-tallow,  or  Myrtle  Wax  (Bayberry  wax.) — This  substance  is 
yielded  by  the  berries  and  is  obtained  by  boiling  them  in  water,  upon  the  top  of 
which  it  floats,  and  from  which  it  is  removed  when  it  has  become  cold  and 
hardened  ;  it  is  a  concrete  oil  or  fatty  substance  of  a  pale-green  color,  with  a  tend- 
ency to  dirty  gray,  of  moderate  hardness  and  consistence,  having  tiie  tenacity  of 
beeswax,  but  more  brittle  and  not  so  unctuous  to  the  touch,  of  a  faintly  balsamic 
and  pleasant  odor  which  is  increased  by  burning  it,  and  of  an  astringent,  Ijitter- 
ish  taste.  It  fu.ses  at  a  temperature  of  from  47°  to  49°  C.  (116.6°  to  120.2°  F.  i 
(Moore),  burns  with  a  clear,  white  flame,  producing  little  smoke,  and  lias  the  spe- 
cific gravity  1.004  to  1.006.  Water  does  not  act  upon  it ;  boiling  alcoliol  dissolves 
aV)out  four-fifths  of  its  weight,  but  deposits  it  again  upon  cooling;  but  ether  also 
di.-.«olves  it,  and  on  cooling  deposits  it  in  crystalline  plates  like  spermaceti;  the 
ether  Itecomes  green,  leaving  the  wax  nearly  white;  oil  of  turpentine,  aided  by 
heat,  dis.-;olves  it  sparingly;  alkalies  and  acids  act  upon  it  nearly  as  upon  beeswax 
Suli)huric  acid,  a.ssi8ted  by  heat,  di-ssolves  about  one-twelfth  of  its  weight,  and 
converts  it  into  a  thick,  "dark-brown  mass.  A  bushel  of  bayberries  will  yield 
about  4  ]ii>unds  of  the  wax. 

Chemical  Composition.— According  to  George  M.  Hambright  (1863),  bay- 
berry  bark  C'Hitains  albumen,  tannic  and  gallic  acids,  starch,  gum,  red  colorini: 
matter,  trace*  ..foil,  an  acrid  resin  soluble  in  alcoliol  or  ether,  an  a.-;trini.'ent  re-in 


1294  MYRICA. 

soluble  in  alcohol,  insolulile  in  ether;  myricink  acitl,  etc.  The  latter  substance  is 
granular,  and  when  shaken  with  water,  produces  a  bulky  froth,  hence  i>  analo- 
gous to  saponin.  It  is  persistentlj'  acrid  in  taste.  Ammonia,  added  to  its  aque- 
ous solution  produces  a  rapid  change  of  colors  from  deep  green  to  red,  and  finallv 
to  yellow  (Amer.  JoHi:  P//rrr,H.,  1863,  p.  193).  The  fruit  yielded  (Dana;  solid  fat, 
32  per  cent;  st.uch,  4")  ]ier  cent;  and  resin,  5  i)er  cent.  According  to  G.  E.  Moore 
{185'2),  baybn-ri/iii/lnir  is  composed  of  pnhnitin,!  part,  and  ptdmitic  ficid,  i  parts, 
with  a  little  Imirir  ti,-i,l  {/nuriii).  A  more  recent  analysis  by  G.  Schneider  (1890) 
shows  this  wax  to  be  chiefly  composed  of  palmitin  (70  per  cent),  raj-ristin  (8  per 
cent),  and  lauric  acid  (4.7  per  cent),  mostly  in  the  free  state  (see  G.  M.  Beringer, 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1894,  p.  221). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Bayberry  Ijark  is  astringent  and  stimu- 
lant, ami  as  such  is  valuable  in  debilitated  conditions  of  the  mucous  membranes; 
in  drnclim  <loses,  it  is  apt  to  oceasinn  emesis.  It  was  largely  employed  by  the 
followers  of  Samuel  Thomson,  in  raturrlial  states  of  the  alimentary  tract.  The  bark 
has  been  successfullj'  employed  in  scrofula,  jaundice,  diarrhoea,  dysentery,  aphtha; 
and  other  diseases  where  astringent  stimulants  were  indicated.  Specific  myrica, 
in  small  doses  (2  to  5  drops)  will  be  found  a  good  stimulant  to  the  vegetative  sy.«- 
teni  of  nerves,  aiding  the  processes  of  digestion,  blood  making,  and  nutrition.  In 
larger  doses  (5  to  20  drops)  it  is  a  decided  gastric  stimulant.  Ir  small  do.=es  it  has 
been  found  advantageous  in  chronic  gnstr  His,  chroniccatarrhaldinrrhaa.  inucoenteriti\ 
and  in  dysentery  having  a  typhoid  character.  It  is  said  to  restore  arrested  lochial 
discharges.  Cases  calling  for  myrica  show  feeble  venous  action,  while  the  pulse 
is  full  and  opjjressed.  It  is  not  adapted  to  acute  disorders  of  the  alimentary 
tract,  as  a  rule.  A  weak  infusion  used  as  an  injection,  is  an  admirable  remedy  in 
amenorrhoen  and  atonic  leucorrhcea.  Use  the  specific  medicine  or  tincture  internally 
also.  In  scarlatina  in  the  latter  stages,  when  the  tissues  are  swollen  and  enfeebled, 
it  may  l>e  used  both  for  its  antiseptic  and  stimulating  effects  (Locke). 

The  powdered  bark,  combined  with  bloodroot,  forms  an  excellent  application 
to  indolent  ulcers,  and  has  likewise  been  employed  as  a  snuff  for  the  cure  of  some 
forms  of  nasal  p)olypus.  In  the  form  of  poultice,  with  elm  or  alone,  it  is  a  valuable 
application  to  scrofulous  tumors  or  xilcers.  The  decoction  is  beneficial  as  a  gargle 
iu  sore  mouth  and  throat,  and  is  of  service  in  injection,  in  leucoi-rhcea  awA  fistula,  and 
a,lso  as  a  wash  for  ulcers,  tinea  capitis,  etc.  It  also  forms  an  excellent  gum  wash  for 
tender,  spongy,  and  bleeding  gums.  The  leaves  are  reputed  astringent,  and  useful  in 
scurvy  Sind  spasmodic  affections.  V rohahXy  ihv  M.pennsy Ivan ica,  M.  earn/ iticnsis,  aad 
M.  Gale,  possess  similar  properties.  Bayberry  or  myrtle  wax,  has  been  used  by 
Dr.  Fahnestock  in  epidemic  djiscntcry  with  typhoid  symptoms,  with  considerable 
success;  it  possesses  mild  astringent,  with  some  narcotic  properties.  It  is  also 
used  in  the  form  of  plaster,  as  an  application  to  scrofulous  and  other  vlcer.t.  Dose 
of  the  powdered  bark,  from  20  to  30  grains;  of  the  wax,  1  drachm:  of  the  decoc- 
tion of  the  leaves  or  bark,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces;  specific  myrica.  2  to  20  drops. 
Bayberry  bark  was  a  constituent  of  ''Thomson's  Composition  Potrdrr  or  .V".  6." 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Profuse  mucous  flows;  catarrhal  states  of 
the  gastro-inlestinal  tract ;  atonic  diarrlK^a,  typhoid  dysentery,  atony  of  the  cuta- 
neous circulation;  full  ojjpressed  pulse.  Locally  and  internally — sore  mouth; 
spongy,  flabby,  bleeding  gums;  sore  throat  of  scarlet  fever  when  enfeebled  and 
swollen. 

Related  Species.— J/vrira  Gale,  Linn^.  Siivet  gale,  or  Diilch  mt/rth.  a  smaller  plant  than 
the  baytiiiry,  is  foinul  in  swampy  places  in  northern  portions  of  Asia  and  Eurupe,  and  in  tlie 
United  States  Inmi  the  Carolinas  to  Canada.  Its  subcoriaeeous  leaves,  pubeseent-ilowny 
beneath,  and  its  fniit  are  dotted  with  a  yellow  resin.  The  ta.ste  of  the  leaves  and  twijre  is 
aromatic,  bitterish,  and  a.stringent;  the  odor  .•^tningly  balsamic.  .\  volatile  oil,  seven-tenths 
of  which  is  a  .stearopten,  was  obtained  in  small  quantity  by  Ravenhorst  i  lS3t>'  from  sweet-gale 
leaves.     It  solidilies  at  12°C.  i53.l>°  F.). 

Mi/rictt  ucuha,  a  widely  distributed  shrub,  in  the  Brazilian  province  of  Para,  furnishes  a 
fruit  whose  seeds  yield  Ocuha  icd.r.  It  has  been  used  in  Brazil  in  the  manufacture  of  cheap 
candles. 

Mt/ricn  jalapeii.'!!.'),  Kunth.— .\  solid  fat,  is  obtaineil  from  the  fruit  by  Vioilini!  it  with  water, 
and  the  bark  of  the  root  i.-?  astringent  and  acrid,  and  in  larger  doses  emetic.  The  fat  is  r»>adilr 
sapouitiable  with  alkalies,  has  probably  the  same  imposition  as  myrtle  wax  from  .tfynVa 
cerifera,  and  is  given  internally  ni  powder  for  diarrhmi  and  j<ieiii(?icf  ^Pfof.  J.  M.  Maiscb,  Amtr. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  1885,  p.  339). 


MYRISTICA  (D.  S.  P.)— NUTMEO. 

■■  The  seeds  o(  Myrii<tiiii  jnnjrnm,  Houttuyn,"  "•  (liprivt-il  of  its  testa"' — (r.S.I'.\ 

yiil.  Ord. — Mj-risticacea'. 

Common  Name:  Xiitiiiqi  {Nux  moschatti). 

Illi'stration  :    Bentley  and  Trinien,  Med.  PlaniK,  218. 

Botanical  Source.— Tliis  is  a  tree  from  20  to  25  feet  high,  having  a  f,'iayish 
Itrown,  somewhat  smooth  bark,  abounding  in  a  yellow  juice;  the  branches  an 
spreading,  in  whorls.     The  leaves  are  alternate"  on  _.    ^-g 

petioles  from  i  to  J  of  an  inch  long,  plane  above,  or 
oblong,  approaching  to  elliptical,  subbifarious,  gla- 
brous, rather  obtuse  at  the  base,  acuminate,  quite  en- 
tire, aromatic,  dark-green  and  somewhat  glossy  above, 
paler  beneath,  and  from  3  to  6  inches  long.  The 
flowers  are  diiecious,  small,  in  axillary,  subumbellate 
racemes,  sometimes  forked,  or  compound.  The  ped- 
uncles and  pedicels  are  glabrous,  the  latter  having  a 
quickly  deciduous,  ovate  bract  at  its  summit,  often 
pressed  close  to  the  flower.  Male  flowers.  3  to  5,  or 
more,  on  a  peduncle.  Calyx  urceolate,  thick,  fleshy, 
clothed   with  a  very  indistinct,  reddish   pubescence,  __ 

dingy  pale-yellow,  cut  into  3  erect,  or  erecto-patent  ji     . 

teeth.     The  filaments  are  incorporated  into  a  thick-  >riMKH  irasrunt.. 

cned,  whitish  cylinder,  about  as  long  as  the  calyx,  the  upper  half  covered  by 
about  10  linpar-ol)long,  2-celled  antliers,  free  at  their  base,  opening  longitudinally. 
The  female  flowers  are  scarcely  ditterent  from  the  male,  except  that  the  pedicel  is 
verj'  frequently  solitary.  Pistils  solitary,  shorter  than  the  calyx,  broadly-ovate. 
:i  little  tapering  upward  into  a  short  style,  bearing  a  2-U)bed,  persistent  "stigma. 
The  fruit  is  a  fiVshy  pericarp,  nearly  spherical,  of  the  size,  and  somewhat  of  the 
-liape,  of^a  small  pear;  flesh  astringent,  yellowish,  almost  white  within,  4  or  5 
iiies  thick,  opening  into  2,  nearly  cciual,  longitudinal  valves.  The  arillus  (mace) 
is  thick,  lietween  horny  and  fleshy,  much  laciniated,  folded  and  anastomosing 
toward  the  extremity,  almost  enveloping  tlie  nut,  and  so  tightly  as  to  form 
inequalities  on  its  surface;  when  fresh,  brilliant  scarlet;  when  dry,  much  more 
horny,  of  a  yellowish-brown  color,  and  very  brittle.  The  nut  is  oval  or  broadly- 
ovate,  with  a  hard,  rugged,  dark-l)rown,  glos.^y  shell,  pale,  smooth  within,  about 
half  a  line  thick.  The  seed,  or  nutmeg,  is  oval,  pale-brown,  quite  smooth  when 
fresh,  l»ut  soon  becomes  shriveled,  with  irregular,  vertical  lines  or  furrows  on  its 
surface.  Its  substance  or  albumen  is  firm,  fleshy,  whitish,  being  traversed  by 
veins  of  a  red  brown  color,  abounding  in  oil.  Near  the  base  of  the  albumen, 
imbedded  in  a  cavity  in  its  substance,  is  the  embrj'o,  which  is  small,  fleshy, 
yillowish  white,  rounded  below,  and  where  is  found-the  hemispherical  radicle; 
cotyledons  of  2,  large,  somewhat  foliaceous,  plicate  lobes,  in  the  center  of  which 
is  seen  the  plumule  (L.). 

History  and  Description.— This  tree  has  received  several  botanical  names, 
as  M.iiiH'iiitili'.i,  Linne,  M.  nioxr/iit/a,Thunherg,  M.  a  imm  it  ira,  Lamnrvk,  and  M.fm- 
firnn.<<,  Jlouttuyn;  this  last  is  the  one  now  generally  adopted  by  botanists.  The 
nutmeg  tree  is  indigenous  to  the  Molucca  Isles,  and  is  raised  in  i^uniatra,  French 
Guiana,  the  Mauritius,  and  various  West  Indian  Ishuuls.  The  nutmeg  tree  is 
propagated  by  planting  the  uninjured  seed  ;  when  it  has  attained  the  age  of 
about  9  years,  it  commences  to  blo.ssom,  and  continues  to  yield  fruit  for  about 
tiireequarters  of  a  century,  requiring  hardly  any  attention  from  its  cultivators. 
The  seeds  are  frequently  s"i)read  in  tlie  Handa  IsJes  by  certain  species  of  pigeons, 
which  thus  contrilnite  to  the  propagation  of  the  tree.  In  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury this  was  the  cause  of  much  disaster  to  the  natives  of  these  islands  in  their 
<lt'a"ling8  with  the  Dutch  East  Indian  Company  who  endeavoreii  to  limit  and 
monopolize  the  jdantation  of  the  nutmeg  tree,  bv  prohiliiting  its  being  planted 
on  certain  isles  (A.  T.-^chirch,  Indis,-/,,:  Ihil-imd  .V-,/:/,rf„»:,»,  Berlin,  l.S!»2,  p.  104  i. 
In  the  Banda  Isles  there  are  three  harvests  annually,  the  principal  one  in  July 
or  August,  in  November,  and  in  March  or  April.     The  ripe  fruit  is  gathered  by 


1296  MYRISTICA. 

means  of  a  barb  attached  to  a  long  stick  ;  the  mace  or  arillus  separated  from  the 
nut,  and  both  separately  cured  (P.).  The  kernel  of  the  fruit,  or  nutmeg,  and  the 
arillus  of  the  nut,  or  viace  (see  Mack),  are  the  official  parts ;  they  are  imported  from 
the  East  Indies,  from  Europe,  and  a  small  portion  from  the  West  Indies. 

The  nutmegs,  previous  to  exportation,  undergo  a  process  of  curing  to  pre- 
serve them,  and  protect  them  from  the  attacks  of  insects ;  the  nuts  are  exposed 
to  the  sun  for  4  or  6  davs,  and  afterward  smoke-dried  for  several  weeks  at  about 
60°  C.  (140°  F.)  ;  when  thoroughly  dried,  the  kernel  rattles  in  the  shell,  which  is 
then  cracked  with  a  wooden  malle't,  and  the  perfect  nuts  selected  ;  these  are  then 
covered  with  dry  lime,  or  steeped  for  a  time  in  a  thick  mixture  of  lime  and  water; 
the  former  is  considered  the  preferable  plan.  Nutmegs  are  officially  described 
as  follows:  "Oval  or  roundish-ovate,  about  25  Mm.  (1  inch)  long,  light-brown, 
reticulately  furrowed,  with  a  circular  scar  on  the  broad  end ;  internally  pale- 
brownish,  with  dark  orange-brown  veins,  and  of  a  fatty  lustre;  odor  strongly 
aromatic;  taste  aromatic,  warm,  and  somewhat  bitter "^ — (U.  S.  P.).  From  the 
interior  veins  mentioned,  an  oil  may  be  easily  expressed  with  the  point  of  a  warm 
knife.  The  virtues  of  nutmegs  are  extracted  by  alcohol  or  ether.  The  small, 
round,  heavy  nutmeg  is  esteemed  superior  to  those  which  are  larger,  longer, 
lighter,  less  marbled,  and  not  so  oleaginous.  It  produces  a  grayish-brown,  some- 
what fatty  powder.  Singapore  and  Penang  nutmegs  are  unlimed ;  those  from  the 
Dutch  colonies  are  limed.  (For  botanical  and  anatomical  studies  of  various  spe- 
cies of  Myristica,  see  A.  Tschirch  IJahresb.  der  Phann.,  1885,  p.  98,  and  1887,  p.  108, 
and  Archiv  der  Phnrm.,  1895,  p.  443];  also  J.  Moeller  [Phann.  Centralhalle,  1880,  pp. 
453, 46.5  and  473],  and  W.  Busse  [Johre^h.  der  Pharm.,  1895,  p.  113].)  An  exhaustive 
and  classical  monograph,  on  the  history,  botany,  commercial  aspect,  etc.,  of  nut- 
meg, was  written  quite  recently  by  O.Warburg  (1897). 

Chemical  Composition. -^Nutmegs  contain  8  to  10  per  cent  of  volatile  oil 
(see  Oleum  Mi/ri-stirx),  30  to  40  per  cent  of  fatty  oil  (see  Oleuin  MyrUticx  Ex])res-nimj, 
from  9  to  IS'per  cent  of  water,  and  about  5  per  cent  of  ash  ;  furthermore,  nitro- 
genous matter,  starch,  gum,  woody  fiber,  etc.  The  fatty  oil  of  nutmeg  contains  a^ 
the  characteristic  constituent,  about  12  per  cent  of  myristin,  the  glycerin  ester  of 
myristw  acid  (CuH^gO^),  discovered  by  Playfair,  in  1841.  Stearic  and  oleic  acids 
are  likewise  present  in  the  fatt}'  oil. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Both  nutmeg  and  mace  possess  aro- 
matic stimulating  properties,  and  are  occasionally  used  to  remove y?a/H/»'iiry,  cor- 
rect the  nausea  arising  from  other  drugs,  and  to  allay  nausea  and  vomiting.  It 
may  be  used  in  gastrodynia  and  atonir  diarrhcm.  The  nutmeg  forms  a  very  agree- 
able addition  to  various  drinks  for  convalescents,  as  well  as  to  some  articles  of 
diet;  it  is  generally  grated  over  them,  or  mixed  with  them.  Applied  locally, 
grated  nutmeg,  mixed  with  lard,  has  been  found  an  excellent  application  in  piles, 
and  the  nutmeg  roasted  is  used  internally  in  some  parts  of  the  country,  as  a 
domestic  remedy  for  leucorrhoea.  I  have  known  the  following  preparation  to  cure 
several  cases 'oiintennittent  fever,  and  have  been  assured  of  its  almost  universal 
success  in  this  disease.  It  is  also  recommended  for  the  cure  of  other  forms  of 
fever.  Char  a  nutmeg  by  holding  it  to  the  flame,  and  permitting  it  to  burn  by 
it.*elf  without  disturbance  ;  when  cliarred,  pulverize  it,  combine  it  with  an  equal 
quantity  of  burnt  alum,  and  divide  the  mixture  into  three  powders.  On  the 
commencement  of  the  chill,  give  a  powder — if  this  does  not  break  it,  give  the 
second  powder  on  the  approach  of  the  next  chill,  and  if  not  cured,  the  third 
powder  must  be  given  as  the  succeeding  chill  comes  on.  Usually  the  first  j'owder 
eflects  a  cure,  and  it  is  seldom  that  the  three  powders  are  required.  The  bowels 
should  be  acted  upon  by  a  purgative  previous  to  the  administration  of  the  pow- 
ders. It  is  certainly  deserving  attention,  though  I  do  not  pretend  to  account  for 
its  action  (J.  King)".  Nutmeg  occasionally  rt>ntrols  passive  uterine  hemorrhage.  The 
pow-der,  dusted  upon  a  larded  cloth,  is  ellectual  as  an  applicjition  to  the  chest  in 
}tiuHmonic  complaints  and  colds,  and  to  the  bowels  in  cholera  infautum,  and  over  the 
stomach  to  allay  vomiting.  Dose  of  nutmeg  or  mace,  from  5  to  20  grains.  Larger 
doses  possess  decided  narcotic  Qualities,  and  in  doses  of  2  or  3  drachms,  dangerous 
symptoms  have  been  producea.  Deatli  followed  the  eating  of  two  nutmegs  by 
a  boy  of  4  years.  The  symptoms  produced  in  various  cases  of  nutmeg  piu.s»ming 
vary.    The  chief  symptoms,  liowever,  are  lieadache,  coldness  and  collapse,  drowsi- 


MYUOBALANUS.  1297 

iic'ss,  in(li^;pc)!Jition  to  muscular  nioveiucnt,  ami  increased  diurcj-i.-^.  In  lalal  cases 
till' urine  has  lueu  sui)i)ressed  d^vi'  r:\t-f  at'  Mi/rislica  poisoninq,  Kc.  Mul.  Jour.,  IS[)1. 
p.  125:  also  .I,,,,,-.  Jo-',-. /•/„.,■,»..  1S8.-).  p.  2;^.). 

Related  Species  and  False  Nutmegs.     .V//ri.s/(V(i    argenlea,  Warburg,  (trows  in  New 

(tuiiu:i  .  )~  i  I  -  111-  .-ilviTV  l>ol(i«,  lii'iir.'  llii>  luiiiii'.  The  imtiin')»  in  liiiigiT  iiihl  iiarrowfi- 
tlian  tli.it  <  ;   '/  alter  wlii<-li  it  raiik.s  mxl  in  (-..iminTcial  iiiii«ortaiii-i'.    Ill^t^•all  of  this 

.■^pirics   1/  I!     .'M\  11,  plowing;  in  tin-  .Mi.liina   l>laiuls,  lias  fur  a  Ions  tinu-  Imi-ii  imto- 

lu-oiisly  1 \.   I   I  •  \  i.lil  the  \i>\\^  niitiiii';,' of  (-niiiinci-ce.     The  seed  of  jU./<i/»<i  (MuU  tmlmeg, 

jV(iim<(yV.-/.". .^  /'    sc  1.111  loses  its  alivady  weak  aroiiia. 

.V.  i/i(i(/.i;;.i,s..i/-iV)wi.i,l,ainai-ek, growing  in  Madagasrar, and  cultivated  in  the  French  ishuid 
of  Bourlion,  is  iirobably  identical,  according  to  Warburg  (Ikr.  d.  Deulnch  Plmnit.  O'et.,  1891',  j). 
211),  with  .V./.<i;/ni»M. 

M.  officinalis,  Martins,  growing  in  Brazil,  yields  the  solid  Jiiriii/hu  oil  of  the  Brazilians.  The 
seed  is  but  faintiv  aromatic,  and  yields  72  per  cent  of  oil  (see  analysis  by  A.  Stutzer,  Jahrenb. 
d<-i-P/i<(;-ni.,lSS7,  p.  lOS). 

.V.  bicuhiilHi,  .»^chott,  growing  in  Brazil,  )iri>duces  a  seed  of  an  agreealile,  cacao-like  o<lor. 
H.  Xonlliuger  >  .Im.v.  Jour.  J'Imrm  ,  1886,  \\  8St  fonml  tlic  dried  kernels  to  yield  7:>.7  per  cent  of 
an  aromatic  fat.  chiefly  the  glycerides  of  nivristic  aiul  oleic  a(-ids  with  free'uiyristic  acid. 

.1/.  .■'iinniiui.n.ils.  ijolan.l.— Eeinier  and  Will  found  in  the  seeds  73  per  cent  of  a  slightly 
aromatic  fat.  ni.-lr  j  ..:  1""("  1  i:!°F.),  and  consisting  of  myristin  and  6.5  per  cent  of  niyristic 
acid  (Aiiier.  X'"  .  i  .  i---  .  p.  SS). 

.V.  W-./-I/"-  .  1  I  K  i- helieved  to  yield  JJomiaynincf  (see  jVa<-i«).  Prof.  Schaer  (1896) 
found  in  thr  iiis|.i-~ai.   1  .  \i;:i.  i  of  the  bark  a  new  kino  (see  Kiuoi. 

C\L\B.\sii  NiTMK'i.  nr  .I.\M  MCA  XiT.MEG,  is  the  pp  "1  Hit  .  i  '/ ii  Mi/rinUca  ;  Plcme,  or 

Xew  Holl.\xd  XiTMEc;,  from  .lf/i(V(«ii>erm«  moschohi ;  anl  I  i  i  \  :  i ..,  from  Ayatliophylhtm 
'iromaticdiii.    I  For  species  yielding  oils,  see  also  0/ci(»i  .1/;;'        /  '.) 

Califobxh  Nctmeg. — The  seetl  of  a  California  cuniki,  liij  J'-r-ya  ra/i/ora ico,  Torrey 
(  Torreyii  Mi/ri^ica,  Hooker).  It  has  a  terebinthinate  taste,  is  oljloug,  its  testa  "smooth,  browii 
and  thin,  and  the  seed  upon  cross-section  is  marbled. 

MYROBALANUS.— MYROBALAN. 

The  fruit  of  TermiuaHn  C/itliala,  Retzius;  MyrobnUinus  Vhebula,  Gnertner. 

Xiit.  O/-'/.— Coiiibretarea'. 

Common  X.vmk:  Myivhcdans. 

Botanical  Source. — Terminalia  Chebula  is  a  tree  whose  trunk  towers  from 
40  to  70  feet,  its  verticillate  branches  giving  the  tree  a  syniinetrical  head.  The 
leaves  are  short-petioled,  alternate,  entire,  or  slightly  dentate,  arranged  on  the 
ends  of  the  branches  (hence  the  name  Terminnlid),  coriaceous  and  sjiotted.  The 
lO-stanietied  flowers  are  white  or  yellowish,  and  borne  in  racemes  or  spikes.  The 
fruit  is  a  diupe  about  the  size  of  a  large  plum. 

History. — ."Several  other  species  yield  commercial  myrobalans,  but  the  fruit 
is  almost  unknown  in  Western  commerce.  In  India  and  China,  where  the  spe- 
sppcie-s  are  indigenous,  the  fruit  is  highly  valued  for  almost  every  ill  that  flesh  is 
heir  to.  The  hard  wood  takes  a  fine  polish  and  is  useful  in  cabinet  work.  The 
creamy,  fragrant  juice  of  the  T.  «)((/».•*( //b/t«,  Wight,  when  dried,  is  used  in  Indian 
temple  worship  as  an  incense.  The  tree  is  regarded  sacred,  and  has  interesting 
historical  and  mythological  connections.  The  celebrated  Indid  Ink  is  the  product 
of  the  bark  and  leaves  of  T.  rattnpa,  Linne.  All  the  species  yield  a  tanning  bark. 
The  leave-,  bark,  and  fruit  yield  a  dye,  which  with  iron  gives  a  rich  black,  and 
with  ahun  a  tine  yellow  color. 

Description. — Chebula  myrohalnns  are  ovoid  or  oblong,  about  the  size  of  the 
prune,  yellow-brown,  marked  with  5  or  6  obtuse  angles,  and  riblied.  The  light- 
brown  endocarp  is  resin-dotted.  The  single  seed  is  white.  The  Mi/mbalnni  citriii.r, 
or  Yellnii}  mi/rolmlnns,  are  smaller,  orange  or  yellow-hued,  and  of  a  more  jironoiinced 
bitter  taste.  They  have  been  sold  as  jrhite gully.  The  unripe  fruit  is  known  as 
}fi/n>ba>iinivifirfK,'or  lilark  myrobnlfim.  They  are  blackish,  shrivelled  and  brittle, 
glossy  on  fracture,  and  contain  either  none  or  an  imperfect  seed.  They  are  astrin- 
gent and  somewhat  ^oiii-. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  fruit,  as  well  as  all  other  parts  of  the  tree, 
contains  taimiii.  Ac-,  oniing  to  E.  Mafat  {Phnrm.  Jour.  7'm7w.,Vol.  XXI 11,  l.S!)2, 
p.  14-5),  til-  amount  of  tannin  in  chebulic  myrobalans  varies  from  1S.2  to  52  jier 
cent.  Stciihouse  (1843)  found  45  per  cent  of  "tannin,  gallic  aciil,  mucilage,  and  a 
brown  yellow  coloring  matter.  The  black  variety  contains  much  sugar.  Apery 
(IN.S81  isolated  from  black  myrobalans  a  green  oleoresin  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether, 


1298  MYRRH  A. 

petroleum  spirit,  and  oil  of  turpentine.  He  named  it  myrobalanin.  A.  Campbell 
Stark  {Pharm.  Jour.  Trnm.,  1892,  Vol.  XXIII,  p.  253)  making  a  complete  analy- 
Bis  of  myrobalans,  observed  the  same  oil  and  obtained  only  20.6  per  cent  of 
tannin.  '  Dr.  G.  Zolffel  (Archiv  der  Phar,n.,lSQL  p.  123)  found  the  tannin  matter 
of  myrobalans  to  be  identical  with  that  of  aUjarohUla,  the  astringent  fruit  of 
Ca;sa//)i»)ia  6ret)(/b/tV(,  Bentham,  a  Chilenian  plant.  It  consists  of  two  ])rinciples 
which  differ  in  both  plants  only  with  regard  to  their  relative  i)roportions. 
Accordingly,  the  tannin  matter  of  iiivrobalans  is  a  mixture  of  predominating 
eUagf/en-tannk  acirf  (C„H,„0,„,  Loewe,  1875,  orC,H.,.COOH.[OH].,  O.O.CO.Cen.,[OHl„ 
Zolffelj,  and  a  smaller  quantity  of  (I'lllic  acid  glmosiil,  yielding,  upon  hydrolysis, 
gallic  acid  and  dextrose.  Gallic  acid  also  preexists  in  i)art  in  myrobalans.  £llag- 
f/en-taniiic  acid,  isolated  by  Loewe  (1875)  from  the  fruits  of  C'xmlpinia  Coriarin, 
Willdenow  (Divi-divi),  as  well  as  from  myrobalans,  decomposes,  upon  hydrolysis, 
into  water  and  ellngic  acid  (C^,Hfi^-ir2E'.fl).  Fridolin's  crystallizable  chebulinic 
acid  (1884),  ui)on  liydrolysis,  splits  into  2  molecules  of  gallic,  and  1  molecule  of 
tannic  acid.  It  is  no  doiibt  closely  r(l:ited  to  the  tannic  principles  aforenamed. 
Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.  —  Myrobalans  were  known  to  the 
ancients  who  appear  to  have  valued  them  highl}'  in  innumerable  complaints  for 
which  they  are  never  now  employed.  They  impart  a  green  color  to  the  saliva, 
and  have  an  astringent,  sourish  taste.  Like  rhubarb,  they  have  been  found  to 
possess  both  cathartic  and  astringent  properties  (Apery),  and  are  reputed  of  some 
value  in  the  chronic  forms  of  diarrha;a,  dysentery,  and  catarr/inl  disea.ses  of  the  bovxls. 
The  dose  is  from  2  to  5  grains,  in  pill  or  capsule,  every  2  to  4  hours. 

Other  Myrobalans.— Belleric  Mybobal.\xs.  Siibglobular,  t^maller  than  the  chebulic 
myro)>alans.  slhut-stalkt'd,  tomentose,  and  of  a  red-brown  color.  The  pntamen  is  light-brown, 
5-8ided,  odnilcss,  liitter,  and  astringent.  The  flesliy  part  of  the  fruit  is  resinous.  It  is  the  prod- 
uct of  Terminalia  bellerka,  Roxburgh  (see  its  analysis  in  Phnrmacographin  Iniiicn.  Vol.  II,  1890, 
p.7).  Several  other  species  of  Terminalia  yield  astringent  barks  and  are  employed  in  tanneries. 

Emblic  Myrobal.\ns. — This  is  furnished  by  an  entirely  different  plant  from  the  Termi- 
nalia, the  Phyllanthus  Emblica,  Linn6  (Emhliai  offitinalia,  Gaertnerl ;  Nat.  Ore/.— Eui>horbiacese. 
India.  Subglobular,  drupaceous  fruit,  having'  6  grooves,  deeply  furrowed  between  grooves, 
3-celled,  each  cell  enclosing  2  glossy,  brownish-red  seeds.  The  taste  of  this  fruit  is  astringent 
and  sour. 

MYRRHA  (U.  S.  P.)— MYRRH. 

"A  gum-resin  obtained  from  Commiphora  jl/yrr^a  (Nees),  Engler  " — (^U.S.P.). 
(Bakamodendron  Myrrha,  Nees.) 
Nat.  Ord. — Burseracefe. 

Common  Name:   Myrrh  (Gummi-resina  myrrha). 
Ilmtstr.^tion  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Mrd.  Plants,  60. 

Botanical  Source. — The  Commiphora  Myrrha  {Bakamodendron  Myrrha),  has  a 
shrubby,  arborescent  stem,  with  squarrose,  spinescent  branches,  a  very  pale-gray 
.p._^  \^^  bark,  and  a  yellowish-white  wood.  Its  leaves  are  ternate,  on  short 
petioles;  leaflets  obovatc,  obtuse,  somewhat  tooth-letted  at  the  apex, 
the  lateral  smooth.  The  flowers  are  unknown.  The  fruit  is  ovate, 
smooth,  brown,  somewhat  larger  than  a  pea,  surrounded  at  base  by 
a  4-toothed  calyx,  and  supported  on  a  very  short  stalk  (Nees — 
De  Candolle). 

History. — Until  recent  years  much  doubt  was  entertained  as 
to  the  true  botanical  source  of  myrrh.  Nees  von  Esenbeck  exam- 
ined specimcn.s  of  the  supposed  myrrh  tree  brought  from  Ghiznu 
(Arabia),  in  182(),  bv  Ehren berg,  and  named  it  Bal^^nmnil,  ndron  Myr- 
rha. D.  Hanbury,  in  1873  (see  his  Science  Pajms,  ]>.  378),  described 
four  districts,  all  situated  around  the  Gulf  of  Aden  and  the  Red  Sea, 
which  have  been  mentioned  by  various  travelers  as  bt-ingthe  home 
of  the  myrrh  tree.  Still  the  species  from  which  the  bulk  of  com- 
mercial, especially  Somali,  niyrrli  is  derived,  is  not  as  yet  known 
with  exactness.  Authorities,  including  the  T.  .'^.  P.,  however,  accept 
that  the  drug  is  derived  from  Commiphora  Myrrha  (^Nees).  Engler. 
Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes  (see  Amer.  Jour.  P^drm.,  1897,  p.  110)  believes  that  Arabian 
myrrh  at  least  is  derived  from  Bnhnmc-lcndnm  .Vi/rrAn,  Nees.  and  that  in  tracing 


MYRRHA.  1299 

the  botanical  origin  of  other  commercial  varieties,  the  taste  and  peculiar  oil<>r  of 
myrrh  may  reasonably  serve  as  a  guide,  since  these  qualities  undouiitedly  exist 
in  the  plants  themselves.  An  exceedinglv  useful  descrij)tion  of  tin-  plants  pos- 
Diblv  vielding  mvrrli  and  bdellium,  bv  Mr.  K.  M.  Holmes,  is  recorded  in  Pharm. 
Jour.  Tran><.,  1898,"  Vol.  VII,  p.  547,  and  "iSlH),  Vol.  VIII,  j.p.  26  and  77. 

The  region  south  of  the  gulf  of  Aden,  the  country  of  the  Somalis,  furnishes 
almost  the  etitire  commercial  drug.  Formerly,  myrrh  was  known  in  commerce 
as  Turhi/  myrrh,  as  it  formerly  entered  commerce  from  Kgyi't  and  the  Mediter- 
ranean ports;  but  now  it  goes  first  to  Berbera  (ancient  Mosylon)  and  Aden,  and 
from  thence  to  Bombay,  where  the  bags  are  ojUMied  and  sorted  ;  the  best  grades 
going  into  European  and  American  commerce,  while  the  inferior  sorts  are  sent  to 
China  to  be  used  as  incense.  What  was  formerly  known  as  Indin  nn/rrh  is  the 
6t.«rt  hnl  o(  the  Somalis  (se^  Otfici-  Mi/rrhx).  True  tnyrrh  is  known  in  its  native 
country  as  Mur  (Arab).  Mulmul  (Somali),  Heinibole  (Indian),  names  also  applied 
to  an  Arabian  product  from  the  tree  known  as  Ditlthin,  a  tree  identical  with  that 
furnishing  African  mvrrh.  (Also  see  commercial  classification  and  descrijjtion 
of  the  drug,  by  Mr.  ft.  M.  Holmes,  in  Ph<irm.  Jour.  Tram.,  1898,  Vol.  VII,  p.  547.) 
The  juice  flows  naturally  from  the  myrrh  tree,  like  cherry-tree  gum  upon  the 
bark  ;  at  first  it  is  soft  and  pale-yellow,  but  by  drying  becomes  hard,  darker  and 
redder,  and  forms  the  medicinal  gum  myrrh.  Myrrh  varies  in  size  from  that  of  a 
pea  to  that  of  a  large  walnut,  and  may  be  even  larger. 

Description. —  Myrrh  is  "  in  roundish  or  irregular  tears  or  masses,  dusty, 
brownishvellow  or  reddish-brown;  fracture  waxy,  somewhat  splintery,  translu- 
cent on  the  edges,  sometimes  marked  with  whitish  veins;  odor  bal.«amic;  taste 
aromatic,  bitter  and  acrid.  When  triturated  with  water,  myrrh  yields  a  brown- 
ish-yellow emulsion  ;  with  alcohol  it  yields  a  brownish-yellow  tincture  which 
acquires  a  purple  tint  on  the  addition  of  nitric  acid.  Dark-colored  pieces,  the 
alcoholic  solution  of  which  is  not  rendered  purple  by  nitric  acid,  and  pieces  of 
gum  which  dissolve  completely,  as  well  as  those  which  merely  swell  in  water, 
should  be  rejected" — {C  S.  P.).  Myrrh  is  friable  and  readily  powdered  in  cold 
weather,  but  in  a  warm  atmosphere  it  is  difficultly  pulverized,  unless  some  of  its 
oil  and  water  have  been  extracted  from  it.  When  heated  it  softens,  then  froths  up 
and  at  length  ignites  and  burns  with  difficulty.  Its  proper  solvent  is  rectified 
spirit.  It  is  not  wholly  dissolved  by  water,  ether,  or  proof  spirit ;  water  dissolves 
its  gum,  and  the  mucilage  retains  the  oil  and  part  of  the  resin  in  the  state  of 
i-mulsion  ;  proof-spirit  dissolves  some  of  its  resin.  The  tincture  is  transparent, 
and  when  poured  into  water  forms  a  yellow  Ojiaque  fluid,  but  does  not  form  a 
precipitate,  while  the  watery  solution  is  always  yellow  and  opaque.  Alkaline 
.solutions  are  good  solvents  for  myrrh. 

Gbemical  Composition.— Myrrh  is  composed  of  gum,  AO  to  60  per  cent,  in- 
soluble in  alcohol ;  r'si,,.  about  27  to  40  i)er  cent,  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  volatile  oil, 
2.18  per  cent,  Ruiekholdt;  7  to  8  per  cent,  0.  Kohler,  1890.  Upon  incineration, 
mvrrh  leaves  about  3.5  per  cent  of  ash,  principally  calcium  carbonate.  0.  Kohler 
{Arrhiv  der  Phnrm.,  1890,  p.  291)  found  57  to  59  per  cent  of  gum  which  was  ascer- 
tained to  be  a  carbohydrate  of  the  formula  C^HioO^.  The  resins  {myrrldn  and 
myrrhir  acid,  of  Ruicklioldt)  were  separated  by  Kohler  into  an  indifferent  resin 
(Cj,H„Oj)  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  and  having  three  replaceable  hydroxyl 
groups,  and  two  dibasic  resin-acids.  The  essential  oil  (myrr/ml,  or  myrrhciwl  of 
older  observers)  contains  a  volatile  compound  (C,„H„0)  not  identical  with  thy- 
mol or  carvol.  The  volatile  oil  of  myrrh  is  lavo-rotatory.  When  exposed  to  air 
and  light,  it  resinifies  l>y  oxidation  and  acquires  the  ajipearance  and  consistence 
of  myrrh.     Formic  acid  is  said  to  be  developed  in  this  process. 

Myrrhnl,  dissolved  in  carbon  disulj)hide  and  subsequently  treated  with  bro- 
mine or  nitric  acid,  gradually  assumes  a  permanent  violet-blue  coloration.  The 
resin  gives  the  same  reaction  due  to  the  presence  of  some  volatile  oil.  F"liickiger 
also  abstracted,  by  means  of  water,  a.  billcr  (ili(ro.iid  from  the  resin  as  obtained  by 
alcohol.  It  is  amorphous,  brittle,  and  brown,  and  sparingly  .soluble  in  water, 
producing  an  exceedinglv  bitter,  yellowish  solution  {  P/ianiiiirnifr<ij,hin).  Small 
amounts  of  pvrocatechuic  aci<l  an<l  pyn.catechin  are  formed  when  myrrh  is  fused 
with  potassium  hvdroxide.  The  gum  nuikes  a  good  non-dmoniposiiig  adhesive 
paste,  which  is  still  more  adhesive  if  mola.-^.-es  be  adtled  to  it  (Shutllewortb,  1H71  >. 


1300  MYRRHA. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Mj-rrh  is  stimulant,  especially  to 
mucous  tissues.  It  also  exerts  an  antiseptic  influence,  and  is  used  to  promote 
expectoration,  as  well  as  menstruation.  It  has  also  been  used  as  a  vermifuge. 
Internally,  the  smaller  do^es  promote  digestion.  Large  doses  accelerate  the  pulse, 
augment  the  heat  of  the  body,  cause  gastric  heat  and  burning,  great  sweating  and 
marked  prostration ;  occasionall}' it  causes  nausea,  vomiting,  and  purgation.  It 
is  not  antispasmodic,  and  is  contraindicated  in  internal  inflammations.  It  is 
generallj'  used  in  enfeebled  conditions  of  the  body,  and  has  been  found  useful  in 
cases  of  excessive  mucous  secretion,  as  in  gleet,  chronic  gonarrhan,  and  chronic  catarrh  ; 
also  in  laryngitis,  bronchitis,  humoral  asthma,  and  other  diseases  of  the  air-tubes 
accompanied  with  profuse  secretion,  but  expelled  with  difficulty.  Its  property 
of  restraining  the  mucous  discharges  is  observed  to  be  most  pronounced  upon 
the  renal  and  bronchial  tract.  As  an  expectorant,  it  acts  best  by  combining  it 
with  such  agents  as  squill,  giving  to  both  an  increased  force  possessed  by  neither 
alone.  Chronic  re-^piratory  disorders  axe  the  cases  for  its  exhibition,  it  being  indi- 
cated in  chronic  bronchitis  with  unhealthy  and  exhausting  secretions,  relaxed  mu- 
cous tissues,  and  difficulty  in  raising  the  sputa.  It  is  contraindicated  by  arterial 
excitement  or  fever.  For  use  in  the  above  condition,  the  following  combination, 
an  excellent  alterative  expectorant  and  stimulating  tonic,  is  recommended  bj- 
Prof.  Locke:  R  Syr.  prunus  virg.,  syr.  senega,  aa  flsij  ;  Comp.  tinct.  of  myrrh 
and  capsicum  fl^ij.  Mix.  Sig.  Teaspoonful  every  3  hours.  The  same  may  also 
be  used  in  the  adhma  of  the  aged.  Cough  and  expectoration  are  lessened,  the 
secretions  reduced  in  quantity,  and  the  consequent  exhaustion  incident  to  pro- 
fuse expectoration  prevented.  Besides,  it  acts  kindly  on  the  stomach,  and  other- 
wise sustains  the  strength  of  the  patient. 

Myrrh  has  some  rejjutation  as  an  emmenagogue.  It  is  adapted  to  female  dis- 
orders accompanied  with  weight,  dragging,  and  leucorrhcea.  It  is  reputed  useful 
in  suppressed  menses,  and  in  some  cases  of  anemia.  In  either  instance,  however,  it 
is  not  efficient  unless  exhibited  with  some  form  of  iron,  aloes,  etc.  Locke  recom- 
mends for  amenoirhoea,  and  particularly  if  the  uterine  torpor  be  associated  with 
constipation,  the  following  prescription  :  R  Pulv.  myrrh,  grs.  xxx  ;  aloes,  grs.  x; 
macrotin,  grs.  x.    Mix.    Make  20  pills.    Sig.    Dose,  1  or  2  pills  three  times  a  day. 

Myrrh  is  of  value  in  chronic  gastritis  and  atonic  dyspqisia  with  full,  pallid 
tongue  and  mucous  tissues,  and  with  frequent,  mucous  alvine  discharges  accom- 
panied with  flatulence.  Here  myrrh  and  gentian  act  well,  and  if  nervous  symp- 
toms are  prominent,  an  equal  quantity  of  valerian  may  be  used  with  them.  "  The 
dose  of  the  combination  of  equal  parts  of  these  tinctures  is  from  o  to  20  drops. 
Chronic  mucous  fluxes,  from  the  bowels  or  urinary  tract,  are  benefited  by  myrrh. 

Myrrh  was  formerly  used  as  a  dressing  for  indolent  ^ilcers  to  promote  granu- 
lation and  alter  the  character  of  the  discharges.  It  was  at  the  same  time  given 
internally  also.  Topically,  it  is  a  very  useful  application  to  indolent  sores,  gangre- 
nous idcers,  and  aphthou,s  or  sloughy  sore  throat,  spongy  or  tdreraied  condidons  of  the 
gums,  caries  of  the  teeth,  etc.  In  chronic  pharj/ngitis,  with  tumid,  pallid  membranes, 
elongated  uvula,  and  spongy,  enlarged  tonsils.. it  is  an  exceedingly  useful  topical 
agent.  It  overcomes  the  bad  breath  of  dysjuptics  and  scorbutics.  It  is  sometimes 
combined  with  hydrastis  and  capsicum,  in  aphthae.  The  dose  of  myrrh,  in  pow- 
der or  pill,  is  from  6  grains  to  J  drachm ;  of  the  tincture,  from  20  drops  to  2 
fluid  drachms. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Chronic  bronchitis,  with  profuse  secretion 
of  mucus  or  nuKo-jius,  with  diflicult  expectoration;  memliranes  lax  and  pallid, 
tonsils  enlarged  and  siiongy.  throat  pale  and  tumid;  sorene.«s  and  sponginess  of 
the  gums;  reproductive  disorders  of  women,  with  weight  and  dragging  in  the 
parts,  and  leuci)rrhoea. 

Other  Myrrhs.—  Bissa  Bol  ( liymhole,  BhesnM),  Hebballiade.  Hnbaghadi.  This  species 
of  myrrli  was  ioniierly  known  as  Ea.'<t  Imlian  tiup-rh.  ami  is  regardeil  in  etistern  commerce  as  a 
vi'iy  int'i'rior  quality  of  myrrli.  The  plant  yieUUng  it  is  now  known  as  Bnlfamfa  rrylhrm, 
Engler  (see  Fliickige'r,  I'luirmacog)i<i.ii,;  ;W  eil.,  1891,  p.  43).  This  pro<Uu't  rt>si-mbles  //(Vrti  Wor 
true  myrrh,  but  has  a  somewhat  ilitfen'nt  odor,  ivcalling  that  of  the  mu:ihi\>tmj.  Its  taste  id 
almost  "acrid,  and  its  resin  is  paler  than  that  of  myrrh.  Carbon  disulphide  but  sparingly  dis- 
solves it ;  it  is  almost  insoluble  in  petroleum  ether.  B»>sidfs  it  ditVoi-s  from  myrrh  in  InMug 
nnaflected  by  bromine,  the  latter  proilucing  an  intense  violet  hue  with  mvrrli  in  caiKin  ilisul- 
phide  solution.     W.  Tucholka  (.Jrc/ii'i- rf«T  P/idrm.,  1897,  p.  JIK)' propofos  tlic  following  cliarac- 


MYRTCS.  1301 

teristic  ti'St  for  Bisnlwl  uiyrrh:  tl  ilrops  of  a  petroleum  ether  oxtrnot  (its  conwiitration  not  to 
exceed  1:15)  are  uiixeil  in  a  test-tube  with  8  Cc.  of  ghtoini  aci-tic  aciil,  and  3  t'r.  of  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid  are  cautiously  addeil  so  as  to  form  a  lower  layer.  A  beautiful  rose-reil 
color  becomes  apparent  at  the  zone  of  contact  :  shortly  afterwanl  the  wliole  acetic  layer  will 
be  of  a  permanent  rose-red.  If  the  petmleuin  ether  extract  i.s  more  coneentrateil,  the  result- 
ant color  is  brown.  True  myrrh,  under  the  same  conditions,  produces  merely  a  laint  rose-red 
coloration  of  the  acetic  layer,  and  a  green  coloration  at  the  zone  of  contact,  turning  brown 
with  green  fluorescence  upon  standing.  Analysis  of  bisabol  .showed  the  following  percentage 
composition:  (.iuni,  soluble  in  water,  22.1 ;  giim,  .soluble  in  soda  .solution,  2n.!S5;  resin,  21.5; 
bitter  principle  (crmlel,  1.5;  ethereal  oil,  giving  the  above  reaction  plainly,  7.8;  water,  3.17; 
vegetable  and  iiiorgjinic  matter,  13.4. 

An.\iii.\N  MvKRU. — This  product  occurs  in  irregular  pieces  very  much  resembling  com- 
mon myrrh,  though  it  lacks  the  wliitish  markings  on  fnicture,  is  less  unctuous,  and  has  a 
gummy  ajipiaiance  externally.  With  broudne  it  reacts  like  myrrh.  It  comes  from  Aden, 
being  Vulliited  in  .Xiabia  by  the  Somalis. 

Related  Drugs.  1?dk'li,iim.  t'hietiv  two  varieties  of  this  product  are  known  in  com- 
raenv,  huli-m  and  Airinui.  Imlhn  Inhlliiim,  or  Ensl  IikHuu  Ixblliiuii,  is  believed  to  be  the  pro<l- 
uct  of  Bahiimixl.Hitil,,!  Miikiil,  Hooker  {JinlMimea  Mid'il,  Englei),  of  India,  and  possibly  Arabia. 
It  forms  large,  rounded,  dusty  fragments;  has  a  tiatti.sh  .shelldike  fracture;  in  thin  section 
translucent,  out  in  mass  dark^  even  deep-brown,  and  posses.ses  the  odor  and  taste  of  myrrh  in 
a  lesser  degree.  Nitric  acid  does  not  impart  a  purplish  color  to  the  tincture  of  this  or  the 
next  variety. 

African  Mellium  is  the  product  of  Baiinmodemiron  africanum,  Arnott  (Commiphora  afri- 
cana,  Kngler),  of  western  Africa.  It  occurs  in  oval,  or  roundish,  irregular  translucent  tears, 
breaking  with  a  wax-like  fracture,  and  ranging  in  color  from  yellowish  to  brownish-red.  It 
also  hits  a  cedar-like  cnlor  and  a  slightly  bitter  ta.ste.  Bdellium  is  infusible,  but  intiammable. 
It  consists  of  resin,  59  per  cent ;  bas.sorin,  30.6  i)er  cent ;  gum,  9.2  per  cent ;  and  volatile  oil,  1.2 
(Pelletierl.  The  French  use  the  African  variety  in  plasters.  Bdellium  was  once  used  for  pur- 
pckses  similar  to  myrrh. 

Bals  vmv.m  ttiLE.ADEX.sE,  Bnlsam  of  GUead,  Balm  of  fllleftd,  Ojwbaliamum,  Mecca  balsam. — This 
product  is  referred  to  a  small,  evergreen,  non-thorny  tree,  the  Bahamodendmn  Ojiobalmmiim, 
Kuntli  ( ('iimmli)liora  Oitolialsamiim,  Engler).  The  driedfruit  of  this  species  formerly  went  by  the 
name  ciiriniliahaiimiii ;  the  dried  branchlets  .riilohal:<aiiiniit;  and  the  exudation,  as  oiiiitiiihuiiium. 
As  it  spontaneously  exudes  from  the  tree  it  is  a  whitish  or  yellowish  ojiaciue,  viscid  Huid,  hav- 
ing considerable  fragrance.  By  exposure,  it  solidities.  Bonastre'  found  in  it  volatile  oil,  10 
»er  cent  (Trommsdorfl',  30  per  cent);  adhesive  resin,  70  per  cent,  and  hard  resin,  12  per  cent 
TromnjsdorfF  obtained  of  hard  resin,  64  per  cent.     It  is  seldom  found  in  commerce. 

Balmmodendron  Bernji. — An  Indian  thorn-tree,  J/ii/u  Kilirari/,  yielding  a  gum-resin  in 
abundance,  which  contains  84  per  cent  of  gum,  soluble  in  water.  This  gum-resin  is  devoid  of 
fragrancv  and  bitterness  (see  D.  Hooper,  Amcr.  Jour.  Phann.,  1889,  p.  508,  from  Pharm.  Jaur. 
Tram.,  1889). 

MYRTUS.— MYRTLE. 

Myrlus  cnmmunis,  Linne. 

Ntit.  On^— Myrtaceie. 

Common   N.\mes  :  Mijrtle,  Cnmmnn  myrtle,  Europenn  myrtle. 

Botanical  Source. — The  myrtle  is  an  evergreen  shrub,  whose  stem  is  from 
6  to  8  tVet  in  luiirht  ;uul  covered  witli  a  deep-grayisli,  fissured  bark.     Tlie  stem  is 
branclud,  and   be;us  o|)j)osite,  ovate,  lanceolate  leaves  of  variable        p.    j,^g 
width,  j^hort-petioled,  closely  pellucid-punctate,  smooth,  glossy,  and 
evergreen.     The  flowers  are  solitary,  axillary,  and  white,  or  pale- 
pinkish,  and  have  many  stamens.   The  fruit  is  a  2  or  3-celled  bluish- 
black,  fleshy  berry,  suliglobular,  each  cell  containing  4  or  5  reni- 
form,  whitish  seeds.     The  flowers,  leaves,  and  berry  are  all  very 
fragrant.    The  bark  is  astringent. 

History. — The  myrtle  grows  in  tropical  and  subtropical  climos, 
often  being  cultivated".  It  is  thought  to  be  a  native  of  the  south- 
ea.stern  portion  of  Italy,  and  now  grows  abundantly  throughout 
the  borders  of  the  Mediterranean.  Florists  consider  live  varieties 
of  this  species.  The  myrtle  has  been  held  as  the  emblem  of  honor 
and  authority,  and  was  worn  by  the  Athenian  judges  in  the  exer-  Myrtus 

else  of  tiieir  functions.  It  constituted  the  wreaths  of  the  Grecian  <-»uimuui». 
and  Roman  victors,  in  the  01yini)ian  and  other  festivities.  Scriptural  allusions 
to  it  are  abundant,,  and  to  the  Jews  it  was  a  token  of  jieace,  and  entered  into 
bridal  decorations.  It  is  a  Mohammedan  tradition  that  it  was  among  the  pure 
things  carried  by  Adam  from  out  the  Garden  of  Eden.  The  leaves,  berries,  and 
twigs  have  been  employed  in  flavoring  food  an<l  wines,  and  the  leaves  are  said  to 
furnish  a  good  tea  (see  Willis,  Pntdical  Flora). 


1302  MYRTUS. 

The  French  distill  an  aromatic  water  from  the  leaves  and  flowers  which  they 
call  eav,  d'mKje.  Myrtle  was  one  of  the  medicinal  plants  of  the  ancients,  and  was 
practically  obsolete  in  modern  therapeutics  until  revived,  in  1876,  by  Deliouxde 
Savignac.  In  Mexico  the  Myrtus  Arroya,  Kunth,  is  substituted  for  myrtle.  Its 
leaves  contain  a  volatile  oil  and  tannin. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  ripe  fruit  of  myrtle  yielded  Riegel  (1849)  resin, 
sugar,  citric  and  malic  acids,  tannin,  and  volatile  oil.  P.  Bartolotti  obtained  by 
distillation  of  the  leaves  and  twigs  0.56  per  cent  of  an  emerald-green  volatile  oil 
{Juliresb.  der  Pharm.,  1891,  p.  452).  It  is  dextro-rotatory,  and  has  a  specific  gravity 
of  0.895  to  0.915.  Myrtol  was  at  one  time  supposed  to  be  its  chief  constituent; 
however,  it  is  not  a  simple  body,  and  consists  of  a  mixture  of  pinene,  cineol,  and 
dipentene,  boiling  between  160°  and  180°  C.  (320°  and  356°  F.)  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
1891,  p.  48). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Myrtle  has  recently  been  revived  as  a 
remedy  for  relaxation  of  parts  with  mucous  and  other  profluvia.  The  oil  and 
the  alcoholic  solution  of  the  .same  possess  anodyne  properties,  less  in  degree, 
however,  than  that  of  menthol  and  peppermint  oil.  The  powder,  sprinkled 
upon  cotton  first  impregnated  with  glycerin,  has  been  applied  with  marked  advan- 
tage to  tUerine  ulcerations.  Suppurative  wounds  and  ulcers,  intertrigo,  and  eczema 
have  been  treated  in  the  same  manner,  omitting  the  glycerin,  while  in  cases  with 
offensire  discharges  and  threatened  gangre)ie,  a  wine  of  myrtle  has  been  employed 
with  the  result  of  correcting  the  fetor  and  inducing  granulation.  An  infusion  of 
the  leaves  or  the  tincture,  diluted,  may  be  used  for  the  above-named  purposes, 
and  has  given  excellent  results  when  used  as  an  injection  in  uterine  prolapse,  lax 
vaginal  jcalls,  and  leucorrhoea.  An  infusion  is  likewise  valuable  as  a  topical  agent 
in  catarrhal  conjunctivitis,  phan/ngitis,  and  bronchitis.  Made  into  a  bolus  with  Ven- 
ice turpentine,  it  has  some  reptitation  as  a  curative  agent  in  hemnrrhoid.-<.  An 
infusion  injected  is  said  to  relieve  dysentery,  while  the  powder  in  doses  of  15  to  40 
grains  is  asserted  useful  in  renal  and  cystic  catarrh,  and  colliquative  siceating  of 
phthisis,  and  in  doses  of  10  to  30  grains,  to  check  the  wasting  in  metiorrhagia. 
The  oil  stimulates  the  gastric,  renal,  and  })ulmonic  membranes,  increasing  their 
functions,  and  is  reputed  to  possess  decided  antiseptic  and  deodorant  powers.  In 
doses  of  2  minims,  the  oil  (in  capsules)  every  2  or  3  hours,  is  asserted  prompt  and 
curative  in  fetid  bronchitis  and  pulmonary  gangrene.  The  chief  advocates  of  the  use 
of  myrtle  are  Delioux  de  Savignac  and  Eichhorst.  Infusion  (leaves  or  berries, 
sii  to  siv  to  water  Oj)  locally;  for  internal  use  should  be  diluted,  and  even  then 
it  is  very  unpleasant  to  take.  A  much  stronger  infusion  of  the  bark  may  be  pre- 
pared (si  to  sii  to  water  Oss).  Dose,  of  the  fine  powder,  5  to  40  grains;  of  the 
oil  (in  capsules),  1  to  5  minims. 

Related  Species. — MyrUis  CMyin,Sprengel  (Eu(jenia  Chekan,  Molina).  This  Chilian  shrub 
is  knciwu  in  it.s  native  land  &schf/ce»,  chcfjueii,  or  cltihin.  The  rough  brownish  bark  is  astrin- 
gent, ami  the  leaves  almost  sessile,  nearly  an  inch  long,  elliptic  or  ovate-lanceolate,  smooth, 
pale-green,  with  slightly  revolute  margins,  and  beset  with  oil-glands,  are  gathered  with  the 
branehlets,  for  medicinal  use.  The  leaves  have  a  feeble,  aromatic  fragrance,  and  a  bitter,  pun- 
gent, aromatic  taste.  The  leaves  contain  volatile  oil  (2  per  cent,  J.  W.  England,  .t/iKT.Juur. 
Pharm. ,lH8'i,  p.  248),  soluble  iu  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  and  amvlic  alcohol;  insoluble  in 
water.  It  burns  with  a  brilliant  white  flame,  and  becomes  oxidized  when  exi>osed  to  the  air. 
Fritz  AVeiss  (Jahresb.  der  Pharm.,  1888,  p.  80)  found  it  to  consist  of  about  To  pec  cent  of  iiiiune 
(Cinll  \e,\.  15  per  rent  of  cineol  (CioHiaO),  and  10  per  cent  of  undetermined  higher  boiling  frac- 
tion TI  ^  1^  :i\  IS,  freed  from  the  essential  oil,  yielded  to  the  author  the  following  substances: 
Cix    (  I  i  '  L;  lion  (CwHhOs),  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  hot  alcohol;  amorphous,  non- 

piM  '  I'Hter,  soluble  in  all  ordinary  solvent.s  except  water  and  petroleum-ether; 

(/i./,  ,,,,  111(1,),  crystallizing  in  yellowish  plates,  and  probably  being  a  di-phenol,  and 
chikiiiiliii  iCiilljOn-fHjO),  forming' yellowish,  olive-colored  crystals,  probably  relattM  to 
qucroetin.  Tlie  mother  liquor  finally  contained  large  amounts  of  sugar  ami  a  small  amount  of 
r/i(i///i(',  whicli  tends  to  explain,  the  formation  of  the  volatile  base  c/i<iviiiii<'.  obeervetl  by  Mr. 
England  (/oc.  cit. )  upon  distillation  of  the  leaves  with  alkali  after  they  were  depriveil  of  "their 
essential  oil.  The  leaves  were  also  found  to  contain  alwut  4  per  cent  of  tannin  (.1.  W.  Enghind, 
/oc.  ri'/.,  and  J.  Hoehn,  Vbi'rf.,  p.  25H).  Cheken  was  brought  forward  as  an  efficient  ri'tnedy  for 
caUirrhnl  disorders  of  the  hroncho-pulmoiiicliaii,  and  similar  contlitions  of  the  urinary  organs.  It 
is  clainied  to  be  a  good  remedy  for  witilir  cough  and  oppressed  brt-athing.  The  dose  of  the 
fliiiil  extract  is  a  fluid  drachm,  3  times  a  day. 

,hmho!>ii  rul<jaris,  De  Candolle  (Ewjfnid .Inmlxyi,  T.inn^';  .fnmliosa  malaccnw.\  DeCandolle). — 
Iiiilia.    The  flowers,  leaves,  and  bark  are  used  miHlicinaUy  by  the  natives.    The  bark  of  jam- 


NABALUS.  1303 

liosa  root  is  aatringent,  and  is  used  in  India  in  Ir-ucorrhtra,  diarrhaa,  and  dyiienlery.  A  minute 
portion  of  alkaloid  (Lvons),  a  crvstallin.-.  non-ghu-opidal  bodvjn(»6<wm  (OiuHuNO,),  and  an 
oleoresin  have  been  found  in  it  i  A  \V  i ,,  i  i.ir.l,  /'/i(ir»i.  Jyi(r.'rrnii.i.,  18S4,  Vol.  XlV,  p.  717). 
The  frnit  is  rose-flavorx'd  aiul  pi.  i-nt  •,  m.l  is  known  as  ro»t-<ii>i}lf. 

Ftiilitiiii  liuajiuu,  l.inno    /'-   '  ,,  l.liine,  and  J'siiUum  pifriferum,  Linn^l. — West 

Indies  and  tlie  tropics.  The  ari'lul..ii~  ii mi  i  these  species  is  the  (/"(irii,  mueli  employed  by 
the  natives  in  jellies,  etc.  The  anunatic  leaves  and  astringent  bark  are  reputed  febrifujie. 
They  contain  12  per  cent  of  tannin,  ami  a  resinous  substance  guavin  (Bertherand,  1888) ;  the 
latter  is  believed  to  be  the  active  principle. 

Eii'jttii'i  Jnmbolnna,  Lamarck  i  Sii:iiiiinm  .Ifiiiitxilaniim,  PeCanilolle ;  Cnli/jitranlheit  JamMana, 
Willdenow).  .Yfi/.  On/.— Myrtacew.  jambiil,  JuinliiKi,  .hii;i  jiliiiii.—TUe  seeds  of  this  plant  are 
reputed  a  reuieily  for  i/iiiM.'s.  The  suUicid  frnit  is  largely  eaten  by  the  natives,  and  a  vine- 
gar prepared  from  it  i.s  regarded  as  carminative,  stomachic."  and  diuretic.  The  whole  plant  is 
astringent,  the  bark  being  employed  where  astringents  are  indicated.  The  bark  exterjjally  is 
fissured  and  gray:  internally  tibVons  ami  red.  It  has  a  very  astringent  taste  and  the  oilor  of 
oak-bark  Pymock).  The  fruit  is  pnrpli-.  of  the  shape  and'  size  of  an  olive,  ami  excessively 
astringent  unU'.s-s  altered  by  cultivation.  The  fruit  is  employe<l  in  India  in  hiliuii.i  diuiTlueas, 
tore  Ihrcxil.  an^l  ri iKjimrm .  The  seeils  have  tx'en  highly  landed  as  a  n-mely  for  rfia/«te,  the 
amount  of  s\igar  being  appreciably  reduced  in  a  marvelonsly  lirii'f  space  of  time,  the  patients 
at  the  same  time  being  able  to  partake  of  amylaceous  ii«,l\  without  ill  efl'ects.  It  ajipears, 
however,  that  the  opinions  as  to  the  etHcacy  of  this  reiiinly  are  divided  (.see  Cliemigl  aiiti  Dnig- 
gUl,  1892,  Vol.  XLI,  p.  ;!19i.  The  seeds  are  nearly  !,  imh  linii;.  and  i  inch  wide,  gray-black  in 
color,  cylindrical  in  shape,  with  one  truncated  anil  one  donu-shaiied  extremity,  very  hard  and 
nearly  tasteless.  Analysis  by  Mr.  W.  Kllxirne  (1S88  showed  the  presence  of  a  trace  of  issential 
oil,  fat,  chlorophyll,  gallic  acid  (1.65  per  cent),  colored  extractive  soluble  in  water,  albumen, 
and  resin  soluble  in  ether  and  alcohol,  all  in  small  amounts,  together  with  a  large  proportion 
of  insoluble  matter  (Fliarm.  Jour.  Trau».So\.  XVIII,  p.  921 1.  The  Hnid  extract  of  tlie  seeds  is 
administered  in  doses  of  from  30  minims  to  1  fluid  drachm  a  day,  beginning  with  10-drop  doses 
3  times  a  day  at  first,  and  gradually  increasing  each  day. 

NABALUS.— LIONS  FOOT. 

The  plant  Xabalus  albus,  Hooker  {Prenanthes  alba,  Linne). 

Nat.  Ord. — CompositEe. 

Common  N.\mes:  Lion's  foot,  Rattlesnake  root,  ^Vhiie  lettuce,  Gall  of  the  earth.  Can- 
cer we'll. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  is  an  indigenous,  perennial  herb,  with  a 
smooth,  somewhat  glaucous  stem,  corymbose-paniculate  at  the  summit,  stout, 
purplish,  often  deeply  so  in  spots,  from  2  to  4  feet  in  height.  The  radical  leaves 
are  angular-hastate,  oYten  more  or  less  deeply  3  to  5-lobed :  the  uppermost  cauline 
ones  lanceolate;  between  these  the  intermediate  forms  hastate  and  ovate,  petiolate, 
and  all  irregularly  dentate.  The  heads  are  pendulous  and  glabrous;  the  involucre 
of  8  linear  scales,  and  from  9  to  12-Howered ;  the  scales  purplish,  and  the  corollas 
whitish.     Pappus  brown  (W. — G.). 

There  is  a  variety  of  the  above  plant  Xnbahis  Serpentarin  (or  Prenanthes  Serpen- 
taria),  with  rough,  dentate  leaves,  of  which  the  radical  are  palmate,  the  cauline 
with  long  footstalks,  sinuate-pinnatifid,  disposed  to  be  3-lobed,  with  the  middle 
lobe  :vparted,  t  lie  upiier  lanceolate.  The  racemes  are  terminal,  somewiiat  pani- 
cled,  >linrt.  nodding,  with  an  8-cleft  calvx,  and  12  florets;  it  is  about  2  feet  high, 
with  purple  llowersiW. -(;.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. — This  plant  is  found  in  moist  woods 
and  shades,  in  rich  soils,  iVoin  New  England  to  Iowa,  and  from  Canada  to  Caro- 
lina, dowering  in  August.  The  v uriety  N.  fWpevtaria  is  common  to  the  moun- 
tainous districts  of  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  and  other  sections  of  the  United 
States,  and  is  considered  more  active  than  the  X  <///>"■-■.  The  root,  leaves,  and 
juice  of  tiie  plant  are  emi)Ioyed.  According  to  N.  B.Williams  ( .-Im/'r.  Jowr.  Phann.. 
1887,  p.  117>.  the  rhizome  contains  tannin,  gum,  resins,  etc., and  the  leaves  12  per 
cent  of  M<ii. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Nabalus  is  said  to  be  an  antidote  to 
the  6(Vc  of  the  ratthjtnnke,  and  other  jmiionom  ncrpcnt.i.  The  milky  juice  of  the 
jdant  is  taken  internally,  while  tiie  leaves  steei)ed  in  water  are  to  be  applied  to 
the  wound,  and  frequentlv  changed.  A  decoction  of  the  root,  wliich  is  bitter, 
has  been  successfully  used  in  the  bite  of  the  rattlesnake,  also  in  dysentery.  This 
plant  is  deserving  further  and  more  accurate  investigation,  possessing  undoiibted 
power  over  the  nervous  system.     A  strong  tincture  of  the  green  jilant  (sviii  to 


1304  NAPHTALIXU.M. 

alcohol,  76  per  cent,  Oj)  should  be  employed  in  doses  of  from  1  to  20  drops  in 
experimenting  for  its  effects  in  nervous  disorder:^. 

NAPHTALINUM  (U.  S.  P.)— NAPHTALIN. 

Formula:  C,„H8.     Molecular  Weight:  127.7. 

"A  hydrocarbon  obtained  from  coal-tar.  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered 
bottles"— (t/.S.  P.). 

SyiNonyms:   Xaphtalene,  Nnphtnline. 

History  and  Preparation. — Naphtalin  was  first  observed,  in  1819,  in  the  prod- 
ucts of  the  distillation  of  coal,  by  A.  (iarden,  and  believed  by  him  to  be  a  camphor. 
J.  Kidd  (1821)  gave  it  its  present  name.  T.  Thomson  showed  that  it  was  a  hydro- 
carbon, and  M.  Faraday  ascertained  its  correct  percentage  composition.  The  view 
of  Dumas  that  naphtalin  exists  ready-formed  in  coal  was  refuted  by  Reichen- 
bach.  E.  Erlenmeyer  established  its  graphic  formula,  the  correctness  of  which 
was  experimentally  proved  byGriibeand  others  (Roscoe  and  Schorlemmer's  CA^mr 
«s(r2/,Vol.  Ill,  1892). 

Naphtalin  is  formed  by  the  dry  distillation  of  wood  and  coal,  and  is  obtained 
by  fractional  distillation  of  the  resulting  wood- or  coal-tar,  the  latter  containing 
from  5  to  10  per  cent  of  naphtalin.  It  is  also  formed  when  certain  organic  sub- 
stances, e.g.,  oil  of  turpentine,  camphor,  even  alcohol,  acetic  acid,  etc.,  are  allowed 
to  pass  in  vapor  form  through  red-hot  metallic  tubes.  Naphtalin  may  also  be 
obtained  from  the  Baku  and  Burmese  petroleum.  Naphtalin  is  contained  in  that 
fraction  of  the  distillation  of  coal-tar  which  distills  over  between  180°  and  250°  C. 
(356°  and  482°  F.).  The  condensing  pipes.must  be  kept  warm  in  order  to  prevent 
the  naphtalin  from  crystallizing.  Upon  cooling  the  distillate,  dark-colored  crude 
naphtalin  crystallizes  and  is  separated  by  straining.  It  is  then  dejirived  of  its 
mother  liquor  (containing  phenols)  by  pressure,  and  is  purified  by  treatment  with 
solution  of  caustic  soda,  which  removes  phenol;  then  washed  with  water  and 
treated  with  sulphuric  acid,  whereby  some  bases  (uiiilinc,  etc.)  are  removed.  After 
washing  out  the  acid,  and  drying,  naphtalin  is  finally  obtained  almost  jaire  by 
sublimation.  Still,  owing  to  the  presence  of  certain  phenols,  it  has  a  tendency, 
when  exposed  to  light  and  air,  to  become  darker  in  color.  A  mixture  of  manga- 
nese dioxide  and  sulphuric  acid  is  then  made  to  act  upon  it  for  about  a  quarter 
of  an  hour,  at  the  heat  of  a  water-bath;  this  oxidizes  and  removes  the  phenols, 
after  which  the  product,  is  washed  with  water  and  caustic  soda  solution,  and  lastly 
sulilimed.  For  pharmaceutical  purposes  this  product  should  then  be  recrystal- 
lized  from  alcoholic  solution. 

Description.— Naphtalin  is  officially  described  as  occurring  in  •' colorless, 
shining,  transparent  lamina?,  having  a  strong,  characteristic  odor  ro.-embling  that 
of  coal-tar,  and  a  burning,  aromatio'taste;  slowly  volatilized  on  exposure  to  air. 
Insoluble  in  water,  but  when  boiled  with  the  latter  imparting  to  it  a  faint  odor 
and  taste.  Soluble  in  15  parts  of  alcohol  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  very  soluble  in 
boiling  alcohol;  also  very  soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  carbon  disuljihide.  and 
fixed  or  volatile  oils.  Naphtalin  volatilizes  slowly  at  ordinary  temperatures;  rap- 
idly when  heated.  It  also  volatilizes  with  the  vapors  of  water  or  alcohol.  At 
80°  C.  (176°  F.)  it  melts,  and  at  218°  C.  (424.4°  F.)  it  boils.  Its  vapor  is  inflam- 
mable, burning  with  aluminous  and  smoky  fiame.  When  ignited,  it  is  consumed, 
leaving  no  residue.  Naphtalin  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper  moistened  with  alcohol. 
On  shaking  a  small  portion  of  naphtalin  with  concentrated  sulpliuric  acid,  the 
acid  should  remain  colorless;  nor  should  it  acquire  more  than  a  pale  reddish  tint 
if  the  mixture  be  heated,  for  5  minutes,  on  a  water-bath  (absence  of  contamina- 
tions derived  from  coal-tar)  "—(f.  .«^.  P.).  Naphtalin  is  heavier  than  water,  its 
specific  gravity  at  4°C.  (39.2°  F.)  being  1.14,5. 

The  graphic  formula  for  naphtalin,  as  given  by  Erlenmeyer,  suggests  the 
possibility  of  a  number  of  substitution  i)roilu(ts,  which  are  considered  in  .detail 
in  every  text-book  of  organic  chemistry.  Diluted  nitric  acid  converts  naphtalin 
into  phtalic  acid;  with  "concentrated  "nitric  acid  it  yields  iii7rrtiifii)/i^>Viic.>(C,„H,. 
NO.j);  these  in  turn  are  converted  by  reduction  into  crystaliizable  ii.i/./-/i//(i»iiWji 
(C,oH,.NH.).    With  sulphuric  acid  it" yields  sulpho-acid.-".     By  substituting  naph- 


NAPHTOL.  1306 

talin  hydrogen  by  one  or  more  phenol   groups  (OH),  the  various  ii<ij,/itok  are 
obtained  i-ioe  Xaplitnl). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Xaplitalin  destroys  vegetable  and  ani- 
mal par:isitfs.  It  loriiis  :i  popiilMr  material  for  nroteoting  woolens  from  the  moth, 
sonittiiiifs  lifinji  oallt'tl  "tar  earii[>hor.'"  •moth  balls,"  etc.  It  also  finds  exten.«iv<' 
application  in  the  preparation  of  a  jircat  number  of  organic  dye-stufls  (see^l?///i)(c 
Colnrii).  Applied  to  the  sound  integument  it  exerts  no  action  upon  it,butif  the  skin 
be  broken  it  causes  heat  and  smarting,  and  if  the  raw  surfaces  are  secreting,  decom- 
position of  tiie  discharges  is  prevented.  Some  contend  that  as  high  as  75  grains 
may  be  taken  day  after  day  for  a  long  time  without  any  untoward  results,  owing 
to  its  limited  absorption  into  the  system.  On  the  other  band  it  is  claimed  that 
even  5  grains  liave  produced  unplea.>;ant  urinary  symptoms  and  positive  suffering, 
witii  frequent,  burning,  painful  micturition,  tenesmic  pain  in  the  bladder,  and  a 
reddening  of  the  meatus  urinarius  has  i)een  induced  by  15-grain  doses.  Collapse 
with  facial  i)allor  has  been  observed  in  its  employment  for  the  (//(((v/cm;  of  infants. 
To  tlie  taste  it  is  sharp,  acrid,  and  burning,  and  occasions  an  abundant  secretion 
of  froth-like  or  ropy  s]nita,  on  which  account  Dupasquier,  a  half  century  ago, 
brought  the  drug  forwanl  as  an  expectorant  in  rhrotur  hronchitis.  It  is  now  used 
in  vapor  form  in  the  bronchnn-hiea  and  rhrnnir  brourhinl  i))tlininiifitions  of  the  aged, 
and  in  pert  tuts  i-f.  Naphtalin  possesses  decided  antiseptic  jiroperties.  It  is  for  this 
action  that  it  ha.s  been  valued  in  fUarrhn as  causei.]  l)y  fermentative  changes  and 
catarrhal  states,  and  by  the  ulcerations  of  Peyer's  patches  in  entrrir  fever.  Intesti- 
nal uorrtis  have  been  expelled  under  its  influence.  Externally  and  to  mucous 
tracts  the  drug  has  been  ajiplied  for  the  i)urpose  of  preventing  putrescency.  In 
this  manner  inninds  And  foul  ulrer.t  have  been  treated  with  it.  An  ointment  of 
lard,  green  soap,  chalk,  and  naphtalin  is  used  in  .-tedhiex.  and  a  5  per  cent  oint- 
ment has  been  lauded  in  ;)/i(r/(7f>  and  other  skin  affections,  while  Sj)cf7(/i.<,  6nuW, 
etc..  have  been  treated  with  its  alcoholic  solution.  A  watery  emulsion  of  naph- 
talin is  occasionally  employed  in  purulent  ophthnlmin,  reducing  the  redness  and 
swelling  of  the  eyelids,  without  however,  materially  lessening  the  discharge.  For 
local  use.  an  ointment  containing  from  I-t  to  2.5  grains  to  the  ounce  of  lard  or  other 
base  may  be  used;  for  internal  use  the  powder  should  be  given  in  capsules  in  doses 
ranging  from  3  to  30  grains.     It  has  been  very  little  used  in  Eclectic  medicine. 

Related  Product.— Diosv-N-.\pnTALEN-E  (CicHgO,).  Several  isomers  of  tli is  body  are 
known,  all  being  di-plienols.  The  chief  are  ((//*/i«- and  tirta-iVioxy-naphtalenei.  Lepine  found 
it  to  lie  active  in  the  lower  animals,  producinfr. severe  convulsions.  Three  grains  of  it  a  day 
are  said  by  Lepine  to  increa.se  power  in  astlienic  individuals. 

NAPHTOL  (U.  S.  P.)— NAPHTOL. 

Formula:  C,„H,0H.    Molecplar  Weight:  143.66. 

"A  phenol  occurring  in  coal-tar,  but  usually  prepared  artificially  from  naph- 
talin. Xaphtol  should  be  kept  in  dark,  amber-colored,  well-stoppered  bottles" — 
(,r.  .S'.P.). 

Synonyms  :  Beta-naphtol,  B-nnphtol,  ho-nnphtol,  Nnphtol. 

Preparation.— Schiiffer  first  prepared  naphtol  in  1S69.  By  acting  upon  naph- 
talene  at  20'J°  (',  (:592°  F.)  with  strong  suli)huric  acid.  l)eta-naphtalene  sulphonic 
acid  (C,„H,.IIS03)  is  formed.  This  high  temperattirc  insures  the  conversion  into 
the  beta  variety.  At  a  low  temperature,  near  80"  C.  (176°  F.),  the  niphn  acid  is 
<'hietly  produced,  and  is  converted  into  the  Z^e/rt  acid  by  elevation  of  the  tem]iera- 
lure.  The  product  is  dissolved  in  water,  milk  of  lime  added  to  saturation,  and 
the  calcium  compound  crystallized  out  and  redissolved,  this  aqueous  solution 
being  then  acted  upon  bv  sodium  carbonate,  yielding  sodium  naplitalene  sulpho- 
nate  iC',„H.80,N'a).  The" sodium  compound  is  then  a.lded  to  melted  caustic  soda, 
so.lium  naphtol  fr,„H,0Na)  and  sodium  sulphite  (Xa,80,)  resulting.  To  the 
sodium  napiitol  hvdrochloric  acid  is  added,  resulting  in  the  production  of  sodium 
chloride  and  nai)htol.  To  purify  the  beta-naphtol  it  is  sublimed  and  re<;rystal- 
lized  from  hot  water  or  petroleum  ether  (lienzin). 

Description  and  Tests.  -'Colorless,  or  pale  bufT-colored.  shining,  crystal- 
line lamiuic,  or  a  white  or  yellowish-white,  crystalline  powder,  having  a  faint 
phenol-like  odor,  and  a  sharp  and  pungent,  but'not  persistent  taste.     Permanent 


1306  NAPHTOL. 

in  the  air.  Soluble  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  about  1000  parts  of  water,  and  in  0.75 
part  of  alcohol;  in  about  75  parts  of  boiling  water,  and  very  soluble  in  boiling  alco- 
hol. Also  very  soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  or  solutions  of  caustic  alkalies.  When 
heated,  naphtol  sublimes  easily.  It  is  also  volatilized  witli  the  vapors  of  alcohol 
or  water.  It  melts  at  122°  C.  (251.6°  F.),  and  b.iils  at  286°  C.  (546.8°  F.;.  On 
ignition,  it  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  It  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper  mois- 
tened with  alcohol.  A  cold,  saturated,  aqueous  solution  of  naphtol,  when  mixed 
with  ammonia  water,  exhibits  a  faint  bluish  fluorescence.  Chlorine  or  bromine 
water,  added  to  the  aqueous  solution,  produces  a  white  turbidity,  which  disappears 
on  adding  ammonia  water  in  excess.  On  adding  about  0.1  Gm.  of  naphtol  to 
about  5  Cc.  of  an  aqueous  solution  (1  in  4)  of  pota.ssium  hydrate,  then  about  1  Cc. 
of  cliloroform,  and  gently  w'arming,  the  aqueous  layer  will  acquire  a  blue  lint, 
changing  after  a  while  to  green  and  brown.  Ferric  chloride  T.S.  colors  the  aqueous 
solution  of  naphtol  greenish,  and  after  some  time,  causes  the  separation  of  white 
flakes,  which  turn  brown  upon  the  application  of  heat.  A  piece  of  pine  wood, 
dipped  into  an  aqueous  solution  of  naphtol,  and  afterward  moistened  with  diluted 
hydrochloric  acid,  becomes  green  on  exposure  to  daylight.  Naphtol  should  dissolve 
in  50  parts  of  ammonia  water  without  leaving  a  residue  (absence  of  naphtalin),  and 
the  solution  should  not  have  a  deeper  tint  than  pale  yellow  (absence  of  various 
other  organic  impurities).  If  0.1  Gm.  of  naphtol  be  mixed,  in  a  test-tube  with  1 
drop  of  syrup  and  5  Cc.  of  water,  and  about  3  Cc.  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
be  then  poured  into  the  tube  held  in  a  slanting  position,  so  that  the  liquids  may 
form  separate  layers,  a  yellowish-brown  color  will  appear  at  the  zone  of  contact, 
which  becomes  darker  on  standing  (absence  of,  and  distinction  from,  alpha- 
naphtol,  which  produces  at  once  a  crimson  color,  turning  deep  blue  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  zone  on  standing)" — (f.  S.  P.).  By  E.  Leger's  test,  the  presence  of 
nlpha-naphfol  in  betn-naphtnl  maybe  ascertained  by  the  following  delicate  reaction: 
Rub  the  naphtol  in  a  mortar  with  water,  until  a  saturated  solution  i.-;  obtained; 
then  add  to  10  Cc.  of  this  solution  2  drops  of  a  solution  of  sodium  hi/iiobrnmiWytre- 
pared  by  adding  30  Cc.  of  soda  solution,  36°  B.,  to  100  Cc.  of  water,  and  adding 
5  Cc.  of  bromine.  The  nlpha-naphlnl  produces  a  violet  color  and  precipitate  which 
is  still  noticeable  in  dilution,  whi\e'l"t<i-impktol  merely  turns  yellow,  then  greenish, 
and  finally  yellow  aoain  i  .l,m,-.  Jn,,,-.  Ph.rrm..  1897,  p.  369). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Beta-naphtol  is  deodorant,  antiseptic, 
antifermentative,  and  stimulant.  Unless  in  strong  solution,  it  does  not  stain 
the  integument  nor  hair,  and  maybe  readily  washed  from  garments.  Strong  solu- 
tions in  water  and  alcohol  fi.'ssure  the  skin,  slightly  staining  the  epidermis  brown- 
yellow.  By  absorption  when  applied  in  skin  aflectiinis,  it  has  produced  a  sort  of 
intoxication.  A  10  to  15  per  cent  ointment  is  efficient  in  itrh,  pruritic,  prurigo, 
acne,  morbus  ped indosis,  ichthyosis,  herpes,  and  lupus  erythematosus,  when  not  actively 
inflamed,  but  has  proved  irritating  in  eczema  (Kaposi).  A  soapy  solution  has  been 
applied  in  ozcena,  otitis,  conjunctivitis,  etc.,  awd  the  drug. is  given  internally  in 
typhoid  fever,  diarrhaa,  dysentery,  dys-pepsia,  and  cardiac  dilatation,  all  with  fermen- 
tative changes.     The  dose  is  from  3  to  5  grains. 

Beta-naphtol  (5  per  cent  solution)  has  been  beneficially  employed  once  a  day 
in  trachoma,  both  acute  and  chronic.  For  a  few  minutes  considerable  irritation 
is  produced,  but  this  may  be  subdued  bj-  the  application  of  cold  water.  A  solu- 
tion (1  in  2500)  has  been  found  efficient  in  purulent  ophthalmia,  hut  the  drug  is 
contraindicated  when  the  corneals  ulcerated  (Foltz). 

Related  Products.— C.vmpiior.\ted  X.\phtoi..  Betjinaphtol,  1  part;  camphor,  2  parts. 
Mix.  .\  iranspaniit,  brownish,  .syrup-like  fluid.  Cori/za,  furunctilous  iiirtamiiuitiuuf,  etc.,  are 
painteil  uitli  this  preparation  whidi  causes  considerabU'  pain. 

.\i.riiA-N.\iMiToL.— This  body,  as  has  hoen  stated  above,  is  proilucoii  in  the  same  manner 
aBbela-miphlul,  except  that  a  lower  temperature,  SO°to  90°  C.  (176°  to  \'M°  F.),  is  employed  (see 
Naphtol):  It  is  isomeric  with  beta-naphtol,  but  is  more  toxic,  dissolves  more  easilv  \n  wat«?r, 
fuses  at  94°  C.  (201.2°  F.),  and  boils  near  280°  C.  (53ti°  F).  A  coUyrium  (1  "to  5000)  is  employed 
in  puruU'ut  ophthalmias. 

Hydrox.vphtol. — A  derivative  of  beta-naphtol,  produced  by  noting  upon  the  l.-itter  with 
reducing  substances.  It  is  stated  to  crystallize  in  silver-white  "laminie  of  a  slight,  aromatic 
odor,  dissolving  readily  in  alcohol,  etlier!  chloroform,  glycerin,  benzol,  and  fixe<l  oils,  le.ss  solu- 
ble in  water  (1  in'lOOO).  It  melts  at  about  117°C.  (242.t>°  F.l.  The  hydronaphtol  of  onumenv 
is  said  to  be  merely  impure  beta-naphtol  (see  Amcr.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1S8<>,  pp.  93  and  liiSi.  This 
agent  was  rocomiuended  as  a  sulwtitute  for  carlwlic  acid,  having  mucli  greater  antiseptic 


KAKCISSUS.  1307 

power,  19  non-corrosive,  non-toxic,  and  not  destructive  to  garments.  Organic  matter  is  said 
not  to  deComi-osi-  it.  Tlie  ii.-<niil  antiseptic  wasli  consists  of  an  aqueous  solution  of  1  part  in 
1000  of  water.     It  is  said  to  destroy  tlie  i>arasite  producing  llnin  limnuram. 

Ilnxzo-N  M'liTiii.,  or  B-NAPiiTOL  Benzoatk  (C'li.ll;!  >.('(  )('„ll.,  ..—This  coni)>ound  of  l>euzoic 
nriil  ;iud  beta-iiaplilol  is  pnidiu-fd  by  acting  upon  biiniKiplitol  with  benzoyl  chloride  ^CjHi 
CU.C'l).  A  crj-stalline  white  powder  or  louj;,  acicular.  l;isUK'ss  and  odorless  crystals,  insolulilc 
in  cnM  watir.  soluble  in  chloroform  and  hut  ahohul,  little  .-..liible  in  ether.  It  melts  at  1 10°  V. 
{■SM-V.  .  This  a^^?nt  slows  the  action  of  the  heart  ami  liin^n',  reiliices  teiiiperaturc,  and  iii- 
cn  a.-^is  the  renal  secretions.  It  i>  used  as  an  antiseptic  and  diuretic.  The  dose  has  Ijeeii 
variously  given  as  from  4  to  .><  ^'lains,  .-nspenilcil  in  water  c.r  syrup,  while  others  give,  as  the 
daily  dose,  oO  to  70  grains.     Care  should  he  rx.  rrised  in  its  use,  as  it  is  somewhat  toxic. 

i;-.NAi-iiTOL  .SAt.ieVLATE  I  ('„  H,(  )H  .(.I  "  >  (  lul  1 ;  i,/>', /.i/,  Xii^thtnhl ,  SaUwtuhlol,  XtiiihtomM.— 
This  Iwdy  is  analogous  to  salol,  shlittiii^  up  in  the  intestines  hv  action  of  the  alkaline  pan- 
creatic fluid  into  heta-naphtol  and  salicylic  acid.  Comparing  molecular  weights,  betol  contains 
about  10  jier  cent  less  of  .salicylic  acid  t"lian  .salol.  It  has  a  higher  fusing  point,  t)5°C.  (L'03°  K.), 
(salol  at  4o^  C.  <  109.4°  V.  i,  anil  is  prepared  like  salol  (whii^h  see),  excepting  thatsodium  naph- 
lol  is  suhstitutcd  for  sodium  phenol.  .\n  odorless  and  nearly  tasteless,  lustrous,  crystalline 
po«  !•  r.  -  ■  ;  :.■  in  ether.  I.oilini.'  alcoliol.  benzol,  and  warm  linseed  oil,  soluble  with  diincnlly 
i:i  C-:  i  .  Ill  tnrprntine;  not  at  all  solulile   in   li.it  or  cold  water  ami  ^ihcerin.     CoM 

conr.  ;,'■  ■  i  .:~  Mr  diluted  alkalii's  scarcely  allect  it.  but  when  heated  with  concentrated 
alkali;.  -  ':;.-. it  i.s  sai.onilied  into  heta-napbtid  and  salicylic  acid.  Concentrate.l  sulphuric 
acid,  whin  pill.  .  proiluces  with  betol  a  leinoii-yellow  solution.  This,  upon  the  addition  of  a 
minute  <.|uaiitity  of  nitric  acid,  becomes  an  olive- or  brownish-green.  No  such  changes  take 
place  with  .salol  un.ler  like  treatment.  This  agent  is  pleasant  to  the  taste,  and  is  not  consid- 
ered toxic.  In  tloses  of  4  to  8  grains,  in  syrup  or  mucilage,  it  is  administered  in  rltetamithin  "/ 
the  joiiih,  ci/alic  oilanli,  yonorrhaal  ci/Hlili^  when  the  urine  is  animoniacal,  and  in  inlfntimil  dhor- 
(/.•rs,  chiefly  of  children.  It  is  eliminated  by  the  urine,  which,  when  treated  with  ferric  chlo- 
ri.le,  exhibits  a  violet  color. 

DiioDO  Bi;T.\-.\APnTOL(N'APiTTot-AitisToi  1  -A  solution  of  iodine  and  potassium  iodide  (2.4 
parts  each!  is  mixed  with  a  solution  .  .nfinniiiL'  beta-naiilitol  (U  parts),  and  sodium  carbonate 
(4  part.si.  .\  solution  of  soilium  hvpn.  M  riii.  in  .  ipitates  the  naphtol-aristol  from  the  mixture. 
.\  greenish-yellow,  ta.steless,  ami  o.l.  il.>s  .  .iiii|..iiin.l.  evolving  violet  vapoi-s  when  heated, 
ihloroform  dissolves  it  freely;  alcohol,  ar.  tic  a.  il.  ;iii<l  .  Ilur  sparingly;  it  is  insolulile  in  water. 

Micaoeoni.N-. — X  non-caustic,  antisepti.-  .  .mi | .1111. 1,  \  :irying somewhat  in  composition,  but 
contiiining  most  largely  sodium-naphtol.  I'.y  m.  IiIhl:  1  .j.  ther  1  part  of  heta-naphtol  and  A  part 
of  caustic  soda,  it  is  obtained  as  a  white  pmv.lii.  Aiiiisrptic;  said  to  be  twenty-fold 'more 
active  than  boric  aci.l,  and  ten-fold  more  prom  [it  than  pli.  n  il.  A  solution  (1  to  .5  parts  in  1000 
of  water)  is  used  upon  gangrenous  and  olhir  vli;iv,  an.l  ./^sv//,)  ,;,,,,/  ir,,iiii(ls. 

.\i.pn.\-oxYXAPnTOic  ACID  (CinH,OH.C(K )H  1.— I 'i .  p:ii .'.  1  liy  aclinj;  upon  sodium  alplia- 
naphtol  with  carbonic  acid  gas.  Crystallizes  in  colorlo.^  n.  .  .lies,  in  odor  resembling  that  of 
naphtol;  they  melt  at  lS.i°  C.  (365°  F.).  Quite  readily  soluble  in  hot  water;  sparingly  in  cold 
water,  glycerin,  alcohol,  and  ether.  It  unites  with  alkalies  to  form  soluble  compounds.  Anti- 
septic and  disinfectant.  I'sed  in  scabies  and  other  skin  afnilons,  employed  as  an  ointment  con- 
taining 10  per  Cent  of  the  acid. 

.\LrMNOL. — Atiimiiiiim  naphtohulphonate.  Probably  obtained  by  the  double  decomposition 
of  barium  naphtolsnl]ihouate  and  aluminum  sulphate.  A  non-hygroscopic,  white  powder, 
ea.sily  soluble  in  glycerin  aii.l  col.l  water,  less  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  insoluble  in  ether.  Its  solu- 
tions in  alohol  and  water  are  acid  ami  exhibit  blue  fluorescence.  -\  solution  prepared  with  hot 
water  will  remain  clear  if  not  containing  more  than  40  percent  of  alumnol.  It  precipitates 
albumen  aud  gelatin,  but  excess  of  the  latter  redissolves  the  precipitate.  Ferric  chloride 
strikes  blue  with  the  aqueous  solution.  Introduced  in  1,S92  as  an  a.stringent  antiseptic  by 
Heinz  an-l  Liebrecht. 

.\^Wtti>i.,C'ilcliim  betn-n/ip}it<il-(ilpha-monom!phonat,'  ([CioHj.OH.SOjJjCa-f SHjO).— This  is 
prejiare.l  by  neutralizing  it.s  component  acid  with  chalk,  evaporating,  and  crystallizing  the 
proiluct.  .\'neutral,  crystalline,  colorless  powder  soluble  in  water!  1  in  lJ),and  alcohol (1  m3i. 
Introiluced,  in  1892.  as  an  antiseptic  by  Stackler  and  Dubief.  Tsed  in  enteric  J'erer,  la  grippe,  and 
aente  rhiniiiumn.  Doses,  increasing  gradually  daily,  amounting  to  30, 40,  50  "grains  a  day,  being 
given  in  divided  quantities  with  plenty  of  water, 

CaiisoL-NAPHTOL. — A  viscid  tarry-brown  liquid  recommended  by  Guinard  as  an  active 
germicide.  Water  produces  with  it  an  emulsion,  but  does  not  dissolve  it.  Thouffh  toxic,  jioi- 
soning  is  said  to  be  seldom  produced  in  animals,  when  given  by  mouth,  from  the  fact  that 
speedy  emesis  occurs  to  eject  the  ]>oison.  Wlien  mixed  willi  wafer  and  applied  surgically,  it 
is  apt  to  be  deposited  in  the  wounds,  making  it  an  undesirable  renie.ly. 

NARCISSUS.— DAFFODIL. 

The  bulb  oi Narmms  Pamdo-NnrrUsus,  Linne. 

Sot.  Ord. — Ainaryllidaceie. 

Common  Namk:  Daffixlil. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— This  is  a  perennial,  bullHius  plant,  native 
of  the  reiitral  ainl  iiortliern  jiart.s  (d"  Europe,  and  a  coinnion  plant  in  moist  woods 
in  Kiiglaii.l.    It  is  orteii  oiillivated  in  this  country,  especially  the  form  with  double 


1308  NECTANDRA. 

flowers,  and  is  among  the  first  of  spring  flowers.  The  bulb  is  globular,  white  in- 
ternally, and  has  a  blackish  coat.  The  leaves  are  all  radical,  linear,  and  about  a 
foot  long.  The  scape,  which  is  a  little  longer. than  the  leaves,  is  erect,  and  bears 
a  large,  terminal,  nearly  nodding  flower  of  a  yellow  color.  The  flower  is  inclosed 
in  bud  in  a  membranous  spathe,  which  splits  lengthwise  when  the  flower  expands, 
and  remains  persistent  at  the  base.  The  perianth  has  a  funnel-form  tube  and  six 
acute  segments,  about  an  inch  long;  near  the  mouth  of  the  tube  is  borne  a  large 
bell-shape  cup,  about  the  length  of  the  perianth  segments,  and  with  a  crisped, 
6-lobed  margin.  The  stamens  are  6,  attached  to  the  perianth  tube,  and  included 
in  the  flower.  The  pistil  consists  of  a  3-celled,  inferior  ovary,  a  slender  style,'and 
a  3-lobed  stigma.     The  seeds  are  numerous. 

Narcissus  poeticus,  Linne,  Pvefs  narciss^is,  is  an  allied  species,  native  of  central 
Europe,  and  naturalized  in  raanj'  places  in  England;  it  is  one  of  the  most  com- 
mon of  spring  flowers  in  cultivation  in  this  country.  The  ovate  bulb  has  a 
brown  skin,  and  possesses  medicinal  properties  similar  to  the  bulbs  of  X  I'sendo- 
Narciesus.  The  perianth  segments  are  spreading,  and  of  a  pure  white  color.  The 
cup  is  very  short,  and  has  a  crenate,  crimson  margin. 

Xarrmiis  Jonquilla,  Linne. — Jonquil  has  a  scape  bearing  from  2  to  5  fragrant, 
yellow  flowers. 

Chemical  Composition. — M.  Jourdan  has  described  a  white,  deliquescent, 
active  principle,  po:^sessing  emetic  properties,  which  he  named  " T)«-/-riV(;if."  and 
M.  Caventou  obtained  from  the  flowers  an  odorous,  yellow  coloring  matter,  which 
he  termed  '' nrirrissine.''  From  the  bulbs,  Mr.  A.  W.  Gerrard  (Pliarm.  Jour.  Trans., 
1877,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  214)  obtained  a  small  amount  of  a  neutral  crystalline  body, 
and  a  non-crystalline  alkaloid,  somewhat  analogous  to  atropine,  to  which  the 
n&me  2^f<eudo-nnrcissine  has  been  given.  The  flowers  of  the  jonquil  yieldcil  Robi- 
quet,  by  extraction  with  ether,  a  volatile,  butyraceous,  yellow  oil,  very  fragrant, 
from  v/hich  jnnquii  cawjpAw crystallized  out,  upon  cooling,  in  the  form  of  yeljowish, 
warty  crystals,  volatile  by  heat.  Louis  Robechek  found  the  bulbs  cf  .V«/ri#8tM 
orienhlis  (Chinese  lily)  to  contain  0.02  per  cent  of  an  alkaloid,  and  0.2  per  cent  of 
a  glucosid  ;  furthermore,  resin,  pectin,  sugar  (3  per  cent),  mucilage  (9.5  per  cent), 
ash  (3  per  cent),  etc.  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  IS03,  p.  369). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  flowers  and  bulbs  of  this  plant 
are  the  parts  that  have  been  employed,  and  the  recent,  wild  plant  appears  to  pos- 
sess more  active  properties  than  the  cultivated.  Internally,  in  large  doses,  it  is 
an  active  and  even  dangerous  article,  occasioning  severe  emeto-catharsis  and  gas- 
tro-intestinal  inflammations,  and  its  local  application  to  the  surface  of  ulcers 
and  wounds  is  stated  to  occasion  similar  results,  and,  in  addition  tlurt-to.  serious 
depressing  effects  upon  the  nerve  centers.  The  alkaloid  from  the  bulb  is  a  myd- 
riatic, and,  in  many  respects,  resembles  atropine  in  action.  As  a  medicine,  nar- 
cissus is  rarely  employed  in  this  country,  but  is  said  to  possess  emetic,  cathartic, 
antispasmodic,  and  narcotic  properties.  It  has  been  used  in  epilqwy.  in  hi/nteria, 
and  other  spasmodic  offections.  Laennec  employed  it  with  success  in  perfu^i-*.  and 
other  European  practitioners  have  accorded  to  it  an  efficient  action  in  intennittent 
fever,  dinrrJufa,  dysenttry,  ?cor7»w,  etc.  It  has  likewise  been  found  of  prompt  l>enefit 
in  severe  catarrh.  The  cases  for  narcissus  are  those  exhibiting  epileptoid  niove- 
ments  of  the  muscles,  in  chorea,  in  rhemnati.-in,  showing  muscular  contractions, 
and  in  cerebral  diseases,  with  dull  eyes  and  dilated  pupils.  A  tincture  of  the  bulbs 
by  maceration  in  98  per  cent  alcohol,  may  be  given  in  doses  of  J  drop  to  10  drops. 
Dose  of  dried  flowers  or  bulbs,  in  powder,  from  10  to  60  grains;  from  1  to  3  grains 
of  the  aqueous  extract  provokes  vomiting.  A  syrup,  ethereal  oil,  and  acetous  tinc- 
ture have  also  been  em]doyed. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. —  E])ileptiforMi  inovements  and  muscular 
contractions;  eyes  dull,  pupils  dilattil. 

NECTANDRA.— BEBEERU-BARK. 

The  bark  of  Ne<tandra  Rodi.ri.  Sihomluui:k. 
Not.  Ord. —  fiauraceje. 

Common  Names:  Bebeeru,  Bel)etrn-bark\  (;reeiihairtd»irk,  Bibirti.  Sipiri  {^Corta 
bcbcru,  or  bibirit,  Nectandrn  cortex  \_Br.]  ). 


NKt'TANDKA.  1309 

Ti.i  rsTRATiox:   Bentley  ami  Trimen,  Mid.  Plants,  219. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  niagnificent  forest  tree,  growing  from  (iO  to  K) 
ftrt  in  height,  bramhing  near  the  .summit,  and  covered  with  a  sinootii,  ash-gray 
liaik  The  leaves  are  nearly  opposite,  smooth,  shining,  eoriaceous,  5  or  6  inches 
lonL'.  and  2  or  3  broad.  The  dowers  are  obscure,  whitish-yellow,  cordate,  and  dis- 
[losed  in  axillary  panicles.  The  truit  is  a  globular  l)erry,  about  6  inches  in  cir- 
cumference, having  a  woody,  grayish-brown,  speckled  pericarp,  and  a  seed  with 
2  large,  plano-convex  cotyledons,  which  is  yellow  when  freshly  cut,  and  possesses 
an  acid  reaction  and  an  intensely  bitter  taste.  The  fruit  abounds  in  bitter  starch 
(Schomluirgk  i. 

History  and  Description. — This  tree  is  a  native  of  British  Guiana.  Its  bark 
was  introduced  by  Dr.  Rodie  as  an  energetic  tonic  and  febril'nge.  It  is  in  flat 
pieces  of  1  or  2  feet  in  length,  from  2  to  6  inches  l)road,  and  about  4  lines  in  thick- 
ness, dark,  heavy,  brittle,  with  a  rough,  fibrous  fracture,  dark  cinnamon-brown, 
and  rather  smooth  internally, and  covered  externally  with  a  brittle,  grayish-brown 
epidermis.  It  has  little  or  no  odor,  but  a  .strong,  persistent,  bitter  taste,  with  con- 
siderable astringency.  The  fruit  is  about  the  size  of  a  small  peach,  somewhat 
heart-shaped,  or  inversely  ovate,  slightly  flattened,  the  outside  coat  being  frangi- 
ble, and  the  kernel  pulpy.  It  is  exceedingly  bitter.  The  sulphate  of  beberine  is 
obtained  from  the  bark  and  seeds. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  bark  of  nectandra  contains  starch,  iron-green- 
ing tannin,  (lelir|Uesccnt  hibiric  arid,  melting  at  150°  C.  (o02°  F.  i,  subliming  at 
2(H)°  r.  (.'3'.t2''  F.),  anil  has  two  alkaloids — licbecrine  (hiliirhw  or  liehcrinc)  and  nectnn- 
,lrine  isiij..  rinf  or  sifiiri,,,'  of  Maclagan,  1S4.5).  The  A'/-/V/.s/(  Plmnnm-opwids  of  1867 
and  188-'),  indicate  an  elaborate  process  for  the  preparation  of  beberine  sulphate 
from  nectandra  bark.  The  product  is  probably  a  mixture  of  sulphates  of  biherine 
(C„H,,X  .O5),  nertandrine  (C.^^H.sN.Oj),  and  other  alkaloids  (Maclagan  and  Gamgee, 
Pharm.  jour.  Trans.,  1869.  Vol.  XI,  p.  19). 

Beberine  (C,„H,,N0„  von  Planta,  Fliickiger)  is  identical  with  the  alkaloids 
bu.rine  and  pclonine  (see  Bums  and  Pureira  brava).  It  is  an  amorphous  substance. 
very  solul>ie  in  alcohol,  soluble  in  ether,  sparingly  soluble  in  water. 

Xe<  TANDKiXE  (Cj„Hj.,XO„  Maclagan  and  Gamgee)  is  a  white,  amorphous  pow- 
der of  an  intensely  bitter  taste,  fuses  in  boiling  water,  is  very  soluble  in  chlo- 
roform, but  is  much  less  soluble  in  ether  than  beberine.  One  part  beberine 
requires  104.2,  1  part  nectandrine,  2o(X)  parts  of  ether.  When  heated  with  strong 
sulphuric  acid  and  manganese  clioxide,  a  magnificent  green  color  is  developed, 
which  clianL'cs  to  violet  1  similar  to  the  analogous  strychnine  reaction). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  sulphuric  acid  salt  of  the  alkaloid 
beberin,']^  emploved  as  a  sul)stitute  for  quinine,  in  preference  to  the  bark  itself 
(seeB>hrr;„;f  Sulp/ins). 

Related  Species.— Ocotea  opi/era,  Aublet  (Oreodapkne  opifera,  Nees).  Brazil.  .Source  of 
canell'i  ilf  rh,!,".     The  I'niit  yields  a  volatile,  aromatic  oil,  used  "as  a  liniment. 

O.'jl.'i  (jiii'i,',        .  Aiii.l.t       Bark  employed  in  decoction  for  n/»srfs.vx. 

Crijiii^i'-iiri'i  I;.  Mil. Ill],  L'lnrJ.'Mareliin  Ixiylaunl,  Grai/  sassafras. — Australia.    In- 

sects dislik.-  till-  \'  ;■    . mt  of  it.^^  oil.,r.     Bark  persistently  bitter  through  the  presence 

of  an  alkaloi,!,  «  hi,  n  ,  i  \  -i:,;]/.  s  from  solution  in  stellate  masses.  It  is  toxic,  producing  in 
warm-blo<iilecl  aiiinmls  dithcalt  respiration,  ending  in  asphyxia  and  death  (Bancroft,  1887;  see 
i'nejnl  Satirt-  I'lmiU  0/ .liislrnliu,  by  jiaiden). 

Mefpilixiiiiiliiie  pnliij!ia,'i\vva'{Cryplocaria  y<rdws<j,  Martins). — Brazil.  Source  of  ca»ca  pre- 
tUaa.  A  warty,  cinnamon-colored  bark,  having  a  combined  cinnamon-sassafras  odor,  and  a 
warm,  aromatic,  sweetish  ta.«te. 

Xectandra  pttchuri)  major,  Nees,  and  Xertamtra  puchury  minor,  Nees,  Pichury  bean,  Piehuriin 
hean,  Swwifras  )i«fo.— Brazil.  The  halves,  or  cotyledons,  of  tlie  two  sizes  (one  alwut  U  inches 
long  bv  i  inch  thick,  the  other  about  one-half  that  size  1  are  oblong,  or  rouml-ovnte,  convex  on 
one  side,  flat-coiicave  on  llie  other,  having  a  .lepre.s.seil  railicle  war  at  one  end,  deep-brown  or 
clioeolate-if>lored  externallv.  pale-lirown  internallv,  iiiti-rspeised  with  oil  ci-lls,  and  yellow  in 
color.  The  small  seeil  are  darkest  in  color.  Both  tjLste  aii.l  odor  are  aromatic,  recalling  the 
(Nimbined  churacteristic-  of  sassafras  and  nutmeg,  .^tanli,  giiin,  hutyratvous  fat  {pifhiiriiiijul) 
containing  laurostearin,  solid  fat,  and  volatile  oil.  po.^sihly  containing  gafrol.  The  "  native 
oil  of  sassafras  or  laurel,"  from  Venezuela,  an  oleoresin,  descril)e<l  by  I'rocter  1  1S.t1  ),  as  liaving 
a  pale-aml)er  color,  a  penetrating,  peculiar  oilor,  ami  a  pungent,  bitter,  aromatic,  caniiiliora- 
cefMis  taste,  and  thought  to  be  tlu-  sulj^Umce  emploved  to  adulterate  Muracaibo  copaiva,  is 
referr.d.  by  I'rol.  Carson,  to  this  species  1  .liiier.  Jour.  I'luirm.,  ls.5.i,  p.  ."isj-l.  I'sed  for  same  |)Ur- 
po8,-s  as  the  ordinarv  aromatiis.  In  doses  of  from  10  to  20  grains,  in  |K>wder  or  infusion, 
pichurim  lieans  are  u'ivcii  as  a  stimulant  lonie  in  n-.ild  iiitrrlliml  ili.:,,riU-rf,  as  iit»i,ii-  iliurrliira  and 


1310  NICCOLI  SULPHAS. 

dysentery  of  a  subacute  or  cliioiiir  ciiaracter,  and  in  inteiftinnl  vrnlinim  vithfiatulenee.  The  bark, 
in  doses  of  from  20  to  4il  jiraiiis,  lias  been  employed  in  li/j,holil  rlhurdcr*,  chronic  romithuj,  dyg- 
pep^ia,  intermltteiils,  ami  ulunic  mi  uMruul  deraiu/ements, 

NICCOLI  SULPHAS.— NICKEL  SULPHATE. 

Formula:  XiSO,.7H,,0.     MoLEcri,.A.R  Weight  :  280.14. 

Preparation  and  Description.— This  salt  is  easily  formed  by  di.ssolving 
metallic  nickel  or  carbonate  of  nickel  in  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  and  concentra- 
ting the  solution.  When  the  solution  contains  an  excess  of  acid,  the  crystals  are 
l)luish-green,  quadratic  pyrainids  of  the  composition  XiSO,+  6HjO.  When  it  is 
neutral,  the  crystals  are  rhombic  prisms,  isomorphous  with  Epsom  salts,  sulphate 
of  zinc,  ferrous  sulphate,  etc.,  and  having  the  composition  NiS0,+  7H,.0.  The 
color  of  the  salt  is  a  fine,  deep  emerald-green,  its  taste  is  sweetish,  styptic,  slightly 
acrid  and  persistent.  At  15.5°  C.  (60°  F.),  100  parts  of  water  dissolve  75.6  parts 
of  these  crystals.  Neither  alcohol  nor  ether  dissolves  them.  Exposed  to  the  air, 
the  rhombic  prisms  lose  a  little  water,  but  the  square  prisms  do  not.  When 
heated,  they  swell  up  but  do  not  melt.  At  100°  C.  (212°  F.)  a  salt  of  the  compo- 
sition NiSOj+HjO  remains.  The  last  molecule  of  water  can  not  be  expelled 
under  temperatures  above  280°  C.  (536°  F.). 

Alrkc'l-dinmonmm  sulphate  {l'SHJ.,^\[S0,'].,.611fi)  is  precipitated  when  nickel 
sulphate  solution  is  mixed  with  an  excess  of  saturated  ammonium  sulphate  solu- 
tion.    It  is  a  blue-green  compound,  cliieflj^  employed  in  the  electroplater's  art. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Nickel  sulphate  has  been  asserted  to 
act  much  like  iron  and  manganese  compounds,  and  to  be  less  apt  to  nauseate 
than  the  corresponding  salts  of  copper  and  zinc.  However,  in  doses  of  5  grains, 
both  nausea  and  giddiness  were  produced  by  it.  It  appears  to  be  a  mild  tonic, 
and  pain-relieving  agent,  though  soporific  properties  are  not  attributed  to  it. 
Sulphate  of  nickel  was  recommended  by  Prof.  Simpson,  of  Edinburgh,  as  a  tonic, 
in  doses  of  from  ^  grain  to  1  grain,  repeated  every  4  or  5  hours,  and  given  in  pill 
form.  He  found  it  quite  efficient  in  jici-iddiral  cqihnlakjin  (Braithwaites  Retrospect, 
Vol.  XXVII,  p.  446).  Chronir  rntarrh  of  the  Momach,' irregular  heart  nrtion  due  to 
valvular  lesions,  (Unrrhmt,  and  rheumatic  paim,  are  other  conditions  in  which  it 
has  been  thought  useful.     The  dose  should  not  exceed  3  grains. 

Nickel  and  Its  Compounds. — Niccoi.im,  Xickel.  Symbol :  Ni.  Atomic  AVi-ight :  58.6. 
Nickel  was  first  prepared  from  nkcolite  [hiii/er-iiicM.  NiAs),  a  mineral  known  since  164(4. 
The  metal  was  discovered  in  17.51,  by  Crons'tadt,  and  the  discovery  confirmed  in  1774,  by 
Bergmann.  Nickel  occurs  to  a  slight  i-xtent  in  the  waters  of  certain  "mineral  springs,  and  iii 
combination  with  sulphur,  iron,  cobalt,  antimony,  and  arsenic,  in  various  ores  in  several  parts  of 
Europe,  as  well  as  in  the  United  -States  and  Canada.  The  ore  from  New  Caledonia  is  free  from 
cobalt.  It  is  a  silicate  of  nickel  and  magnesium,  and  is  called  giiri)itrilr.  Nickel  is  |>repape«i 
from  its  ores  by  converting  them  into  oxides  by  roasting  and  calcinating,  and  subsi-quently 
reducing  the  oxide  formed  by  strongly  heating  with  charcoal.  A  purer  product  is  obtained 
when  procecdini;  in  the  wet  way  (see  Ro3Coe  and  .^■horlemiiier"s  (7i»i/ii,'<<r!/,Vol.  II,  p.  144i.  A 
remarkalile  methoil  for  obtaining  pure  nickel  is  that  recently  devised  by  Ludwig  Mond.  of 
England.  "  \\hen  nickel  is  heated  to  80°  C.  (17(1°  K.)  in  the  presence  of  carbon  monoxide,  it 
is  combined  with  the  latter  to  nickel-carbonyl,  and  the  latter  is  agjiin  decomi>ose<l  into  its 
constituent  parts  at  ITiO"  C.  (oOl'°  1". ).  Jlond  has  tnriud  this  knowledge  to  practical  act.«unt 
to  separate  nickel  from  cobalt  in  tlie  ore.  Ta-ssiiii;  carbon  dioxide  over  tln'  warmed  nickel 
(previously  ol)lained  from  tlu>  ore  by  calcination  and  reduction  as  stated  alwve)  gaseous  nickel- 
earboiiyl  is  foriiii'd,  while  cobalt  remains  behind.  On  heating  the  gas,  pui-e  nickel  separates, 
while  the  relorined  carbon  nioiio.xide  is  nseil  over  and  over  again.  A  curious  fai-t  aK>nt  this 
metallic  c<mipiiiiiid  is  that  it  forms  a  colorless  tiiiid  which  boils  at  a  teni|>erature  lower  than 
ihloroform,  4:!°  C.  (Ul!).4°  V.K  (Adapted  from  ir,.</,,/i  Ihniji/i.-J,  ISSKi,  p.  IL'O:  also  see  I'hiinn. 
Jutir.  !rra»,'i.,18!IS,  Vol.  VII,  p.  ,'i2'i.  i     Xickel  is  also  a  lonstitiient  of  meteoric  mas-ses. 

When  pure,  nickel  is  white,  resembling  silver,  is  softer  than  iron,  has  the  soei'lfic  gravity 
8.27  to  8.513,  is  malleable,  attraetol  by  the  magnet,  is  not  altered  by  the  action  ol'  the  nir  or  of 
water,  is  soon  tarnislieil  when  motlerately  heated,  and  forms  two  oxides,  the  iiiun-oiifr'  (NiOi, 
an<l  /.,/■-..,(./,  (.<if,/tii,ul,lf>  I  XijDj  l.  Only  the  monoxide  forms  salts.  Nickel  is  nsed  in  eleclro- 
platiiii;,  and  forms  an  ess<-ntial  part  in"  certain  alloys,  (•.(/., '>"»THirtii  jiiVivr  tcopixr.  nickel,  and 
zini',  ill  the  proportion  of  alii>nt  .")::!:'.'i,  and  the  lower"  coins  in  some  countries,  including  the 
Ciiited  Stiites.  Our  .">-cent  coin  consists  of  U'.>  parts  of  nickel  and  75  partsof  copin-r.  Nickel  is 
also  u.sed  in  the  nianiil'actnre  of  iiic/</-.</»v/.  Its  preparations  ari'  said  to  lie  poisonous.  The 
sulphate,  chloride,  and  bromide  have  been  recommended  for  medicinal  use. 

Niccoi.i  BitoMii.iM,  \i,hl  l,r,„„i<tr  (NiHrj.lIlljOi.— Molecular  Weight:  272.  Prepare.! 
by  digesting  nickel  w  ith  an  aijueous  solution  of  bromine,  or  by  the  interaction  of  hydrobromic 


NIT30BEXZEXUM.  1311 

noid  juul  nickel  carbonate.  It  forms  (leliquoRt^ent,  proen  prisinatic,  or  acicular  crvstali*,  8n)ubli> 
ill  water,  aleoliol,  iiiiil  itlier.  Its  :u|Ueous  st>lutii>n  dei-onipiwes  on  exposiin-,  wiili  tlie  <li'|io6l- 
titdi  1.1  nickel  hyilroxide.  It  luis  a  sharp,  hot  taste.  It  has  favoralily  iiitluenod  ihe  ta-izures  of 
f/n/./wy,  in  several  iiisliiiices  having  been  etleetive  asa  nerve  sedative  when  the  alkali  bromideH 
failed,  and  may  he  used  in  only  a  third  as  larjje  a  ilosc.    The  dose  is  about  10  grains. 

Nia-OLi  ('iii.i'UiinM.  Xirl:,!  lA/.iii'/..— This  salt  is  prepared  by  dissolving  the  o.\ide  or  car- 
bonate of  nickel  ill  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  and  evaporating;  to  dryness.  The  anhydrous  salt 
is  yellow,  when  hydratetl  (with  6llj<»i,  it  forms  deliquescent.  ;:reen  crystals.  Heated  in  the 
presenti-  ol  air,  it  evolves  chlorine,  leaving  nickel  oxide  as  resiiliie;  if  the  air  is  excluded,  the 
salt  can  be  suhliined  without  decomposition.  Two-grain  doses  have  been  successfully  given 
in  aiwmiii  and  anitiinrrlmd. 

Niccoi.i  Carbo.nas,  .Xicktl  ciirlnmiile. — Prepared  by  precipitating  with  eodium  (or  potas- 
sium) carbonate  an  aqueous  solution  of  salts  of  nickel.  It  forms  a  compound  of  uncertain 
(basic)  composition,  having  a  light  or  very  dark -green  color. 

i\lCK.Ki.-<.\H»>s\i..(<irlHjnir  tuUle  (•/  tiiektl  iSi[VO]^\. — This  compound  is  not  eniploye<l  in 
medicine,  and  is  extremely  toxic,  vapors  of  it  producing  very  violent  headache.  It  reduces 
bodily  temperature,  and  is  thonirlit  to  ait  upon  the  blood,  destroying  the  hiemoglobin. 

NITROBENZENUM.— NITROBENZENE. 

FoR.Mii..\.  CJI^NO,.     MoLErcLAR Weight:  122.75. 

Sy.vo.ny.m.-  :   yili'.h.  iizni.  Oil nf  mirbane.  etc.  (see  below). 

Preparation  and  History.— Tiiis  article  is  prepared  (impure)  in  quantities 
for  the  puri>osr  i.l  inaiiularturiii^'  aniline  colors,  by  acting  ui)on  benzene  with  a 
mixture  of  nitiie  and  sulphuric  acids,  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  50°  C. 
(122°  F.);  or,  l>y  decomposing  nitrate  of  sodium  in  contact  with  benzene,  b}' 
means  of  sulphuric  acid.  In  the  former  case,  the  sulphuric  acid  .seems  to  con- 
centrate the  nitric  acid,  by  abstracting  wat<  r  from  it;  and,  in  the  latter  case,  it 
liberates  nitric  acid  from  its  combination  with  sodium.  It  was  discovered  by 
Mitscherlich  (1834),  and  was  originally  made  by  slowly  adding  benzene  to  warni, 
fuming  nitric  acid.  An  oily  liquid  separates  on  cooling, \vi)ich  is  washed  with 
water,  then  with  (austir  soda,  and  then  distilled  from  chloride  of  calcium. 

Description  and  Tests. — Nitrobenzene  is  a  yellowish,  oily  liquid,  having  the 
odor  (d'  I'ittir  almond  oil,  and  a  sweet  but  burning  taste.  Its  specific  gravitvis 
1.208  at  15"C.  <5!:»°  F.i.and  itsboilinsr  point  is  206°  to  207°  C.  (402.8°  to  404.6° "F.) 
(Prof.  S.  P.  Sadtler,  Handbook  I,HJii.'<t.  Org.  Chem.,  1895,  p.  391).  It  is  insoluble  in 
water,  but  dissolves  in  all  proportions  in  ether  and  alcohol.  It  forms  acicu- 
lar crystals  at  3°  C.  (37.4°  F.) ;  dissolves  in  fuming  nitric  acid  and  in  concen- 
tratetl  sulphuric  acid,  and,  upon  heating,  is  then  converted  into  dinitrobenzene 
(C,H.[-N0,1). 

Nitrobenzene  is  used  in  the  arts  for  preparing  aniline,  and  bj'  soap  manufac- 
turers for  scenting  soa]),  under  the  name,  oil  or  essence  of  mirbane.  It  is  called 
artiticial  oil  of  bitter  almonds,  and  has  been  used  to  adulterate  the  genuine  bitter 
almond  oil.  Various  methods  have  been  proposed  to  detect  the  presence  of  nitro- 
benzene in  oil  of  bitter  almonds;  one  of  these  is  as  follows:  '"2  Co.  of  the  sus- 
pected oil  are  well  shaken  with  34  Cc.  of  45  per  cent  alcohol.  Pure  oil  of  bitter 
almond  will  dissolve  completely;  but  nitrobenzol  or  mirbane  oil  will  gradually 
subside  from  the  liquid  in  the  course  of  24  hours  "  {Anw.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1887,  p.  557). 
Another  process  is  a.s  follows:  "Warm  with  a  little  sodium  hydrate,  and  add 
ferrous  sulphate  to  destroy  odor  of  hydrocyanic  acid  ;  an  addition  of  considerable 
excess  of  potassium  permanganate  will  now  remove  the  odor  of  oil  of  bitter 
almond  by  oxidizing  this  compound  to  benzoic  acid,  while  the  treatment  does 
not  affect  the  nitrobenzol,  which  can  now  be  ea.«ilv  detected  by  its  odor"  (Dr.  K. 
List.  (■•//'  /,/.  Zi.,..  ISSS,  ),.  1727 ;  also  sec  ^mcr.  .har.  'Phnrm.,  1889,  p.  77). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Nitrobenzol  is  a  very  poi.sonous  agent,  causing 
death  in  very  small  ibises  (  Letlieby,  L>ud.  Phnrm.,hur.,  Sept.,  1863),  and  whether 
its  toxical  eflects  be  due  to  internal  or  external  employment,  occasioning  vertigo, 
nervouH  and  muscular  prostrations,  spa.sm.s,  convulsions,  dilatation  of  the  pujuls, 
dyspncea,  irregular  action  of  the  heart,  and  eventually  death:  con.sciousness  lieing 
retained  the  most  of  the  time.  These  symptoms  vary  in  .severity  and  in  rapidity 
of  appearance,  according  to  the  amount  "of  the  dose  emiiloyed,  and  are  supposed 
to  be  owing  to  the  conversion  of  the  nitrobenzol  in  the  system  into  aniliin-.  The 
pathological  conditions  after  death  are,  congestion  of  the'lungs.  heart,  an.l  brain, 


1312  NITROGEXII  MONOXIDl-M. 

ami  a  ilark,  tarry  appearance  of  the  venous  blood.  It  should  never  be  employed 
in  tliirapeutics,  though  it  has  been  advised  as  a  local  remedy  in  the  treatment  o( 
ilfli  ami  jiiinisifir  cutaneous  maladies;  but  even  in  these  affections  dangerous  symp- 
toms lia\  !■  followed  its  employment.  The  best  means  to  employ  in  cases  of  poi- 
soning by  this  agent,  are  stimulants  internally,  as  carbonate  of  ammonium,  etc., 
and  externally,  electro-magnetism,  frictions,  and  baths  as  hot  as  can  be  used  with- 
out impairing  the  integrity  of  the  skin,  together  with  the  application, at  the  same 
time,  of  cold  douches  to  the  head  and  along  the  vertebral  column. 

NITROGENII  MONOXIDUM.— NITROUS  OXIDE. 

Formula:  N.p.    Molecular  Weight:  43.98. 

Synonym:  Langhing  c/as. 

Source,  Histoid,  and  Preparation. — Nitrous  oxide  was  discovered  by  Priest- 
ley, in  1776.  It  remained  of  interest  to  the  experimental  chemist  onlj'  until 
some  time  after  Davy,  in  1800  (Elements  of  Chemistry,  by  Lavoisier,  1802,  Vol.  U;, 
discovered  its  wonderful  action  when  inhaled.  Then  it  became  a  curiosity,  and 
under  the  name  of  laughing  gas,  remained  such  until  a  recent  period.  At  present 
it  is  in  extensive  use  throughout  civilized  countries  for  the  purpose  of  producing 
temporary  insensibility  in  dental  operations.  It  is  best  to  prepare  it  from  fused 
nitrate  of  ammonium.  At  a  certain  temperature  this  substance  splits  up  into 
water  and  nitrous  oxide  gas  (NHjN03=N,0+2H,0).  If  the  nitrate  of  ammonium 
be  free  from  chloride,  no  special  precautions  are  necessary  further  than  washing 
the  gas  with  warm  water;  but  if,  as  is  often  the  ca.se,  the  ammonium  nitrate  is 
impure,  precautions  must  be  taken  to  separate  the  impurities.  For  this  purpose 
the  following  process  is  recommended: 

Into  a  spacious  retort  introduce  fused  nitrate  of  ammonium  to  one-third  its 
capacity.  Connect  it  by  means  of  glass  tubes,  with  two  consecutive  wash  bottles. 
The  first  bottle  should  be  half  filled  with  solution  of  sulphate  of  iron,  the  second 
with  solution  of  caustic  potash.  Connect  the  latter  bottle  with  the  gas  bag,  or 
with  a  pneumatic  trough  containing  warm  water.  Apply  heat  to  the  retort,  and. 
when  the  temperature  approaches  200°  C.  (392°  F.),  nitrous  oxide  gas  will  be 
abundantly  disengaged.  As  the  reaction  progresses  the  temperature  may  be  cau- 
tiously increased.  The  traces  of  nitric  oxide  will  be  retained  by  the  solution  of 
ferrous  sulphate,  and  the  free  chlorine  (if  present)  by  tlie  solution  of  caustic 
potash. 

Description. — Nitrogen  monoxide,  or  nitrous  oxide,  is  a  colorle.ss  gas,  having 
a  sweet  taste  and  a  pleasant  odor.  Its  specific  gravity  is  1.52  (Colin),  1.6  (Dalton). 
It  is  somewliat  soluble  in  cold  water,  and  more  so  in  alcohol.  When  the  gas  is 
compressed  by  30  atmospheres,  at  0°  C.  (32°  F.),  it  liquefies  to  a  colorless  liquid. 
Wills  has  solidified  it  to  a  snow-like  formation  (Jmtr.  Chem.  Snc.,lS7A).  The  gas 
supports  combustion,  in  consequence  of  its  ready  decomposition  at  liigher  tem- 
peratures, with  liberation  of  oxygen,  which,  in  reality,  is  the  combining  agent.  It 
derived  the  name  laughing  gas,  from  the  curious  eflect  it  produced  upon  the  sys- 
tem when  mixed  with"  oxygen  and  inhaled.  At  present,  nitrous  oxide  gas  may 
be  obtained  in  our  cities  compressed  into  cylinders,  and  readv  for  use,  and  for 
dental  purpo.ses  it  is  extensively  employed  in  this  form,  and  tlie  dentist  is  thus 
saved  tlie  trouble  of  its  ]ireparation.  O.ri/genoiu^  nrnted  icuter  is  &  solution  of  this 
gas  in  water,  inrparcd  uihIit  a  fi-atmospbere  pre.«sure. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Sir  Humphrey  Davy  (1800)  discovered 
that  nitrous  oxide  iiosscsscd  anaesthetic  properties,  and  Dr.  Horace  Wells  (,1844\  of 
Hartford,  Conn.,  first  used  it  to  annul  pain  during  the  eitrnrtion  oftath.  Among 
anastlutics  it  stands  remarkable  for  its  quickness  and  brevity  inaction,  and  it>; 
comparative  safety.  The  death  rate  from  this  agent  is  estimated  at  I  in  100.000. 
Though  seldom  fatal,  occasionally  untoward  results  follow  it.*  administralion. 
among  them  being  convulsions,  coma  lasting  several  days,  paralysis,  hvsteria.and 
albuminuria,  though  these  effects  are  exceedingly  rare.  Tlie  "first  effect  of  thr 
inhalation  is  a  general  stimulation  of  the  bodywitli  accelerated,  strong  pulse, 
quick,  shallow  breathing,  a  tingling  sensation  throughout  tlie  system,  uncommon 
mental  activity,  and  a  pale  countenance.     After  inhaling  the  gas  for  a  period  less 


NVXVOMUA.  13K5 

tliau  2  inimites  in  duration, stertorous  breathing  ensues,  the  face  becomes  cyanotic, 
and  liiss  of  consciousness  and  sensation  follows.  If  the  inhalation  be  withdrawn 
before  the  latter  effects  are  produced,  a  stage  of  intoxication  is  produced.  Mus- 
cular rigidity  or  twitchings  are  sometimes  observed  under  this  agent,  and  occa- 
.sionally  hysterical  njanifcslaiidiis  and  even  erotic  actions  are  observed.  The  high 
state  of  excitement  produced,  causing  the  individual  to  sing,  make  speeches,  or  to 
laugh  immoderately,  has  given  to  this  agent  the  poi>ular  appellative  of  "laughing 
gas."'  Occajsionally  one  becomes  violent  under  its  influence.  Its  effects  are  quickly 
over  as  soon  as  the  agent  is  withdrawn. 

Nitrous  oxide  is  obviouslj'  employed  only  where  transient  or  quick  ojteratiou.-: 
are  to  be  performed.  It  may  be  safely  administered  to  young  or  old,  and  scarcely 
any  condition  contraindicates  its  use.  The  operative  stage  may  be  known  by  the 
loss  of  sensation  when  the  conjunctiva  is  touched,  and  by  the  stertorous  breath- 
ing. It  is  i)est  inhaled  by  a  mouth-piece  having  a  valve  to  permit  expiration,  the 
apparatus  being  connected  by  tubing  to  the  container,  which  is  generally  a  rui)ber 
bag,  or  wrought-iron  cylinder.  The  nostrils  should  be  held  closed.  The  chief  use 
to  which  it  li.i*  been  put  is  in  dentistry  to  allay  the  pangs  of  teeth  extraction. 
Opening  of  nk-^inses,  operations  for  catornct,  and  other  operations  requiring  not 
more  than  20  minutes'  time,  may  be  performed  under  its  influence.  It  has  been 
used  to  mitigate  the  sufferings  of  labor,  to  relieve  neuralgia  and  oiher  painful  affec- 
<t07»*,  but  is  now  seldom  emijloycd  outside  of  operative  dentistry. 

NUX  VOMICA  (U.  S.  P.)— NUX  VOMICA. 

"  The  seed  of  Strychnos  Nux  vomica,  Linne  " — (C. .?.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Loganiacea?. 

Common  Names:  Nux  vomica, Nux vomica  seed,  Quaker buttom,Poiscm  nut  (Semen 
ntuns  vnmicie). 

Ili.["'TR.\tios  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  178. 

Botanical  Source.— This  is  a  moderate-sized  tree,  with  a  short,  pretty  thick, 
often  eroiiked  trunk.  The  branches  are  irregular,  covered  with  smooth, "ash -col- 
ored bark;  the  young  shoots  deep-green  Fin  176 
and  highly  polished.  The  wood  is  white, 
hard,  close-grained,  and  bitter.  The  leaves 
are  opposite,  short-stalked,  oval,  shining, 
smooth  on  both  sides,  3  to5-nerved,  or  rather 
between  that  and  triple,  or  quintuple,  differ- 
ing in  size  from  H  to  4  inches  long,  and 
from  1  to  3  broad.  The  flowers  are  small, 
greenish-white,  funnel-shaped,  in  small,  ter- 
minal cymes, with  a  disagreeable  odor. 
Calyx  5-'toothed ;  corolla  also  5-parted.  Fila- 
ments scarcely  any,  or  exceedingly  short,  in- 
serted Qver  the  bottom  of  the  divisions  of 
the  corolla;  anthers  oblong,  half  within  the 
tube,  and  half  without.  Ovary  superior, 
roundish,  2-celled,  with  many  ovules  in  each 
cell,  attached  to  the  thickened  center  of  the 
l»artition.     Style  as  long  as  the  tube  of  the 

corolla;  stigma  cai)itate.    The  fruit  is  a  e      h      k     v 

berrj',  round,  about  the  size  of  a  large  apple,  ^'  ""*  '  "'  ' 

covered  with  a  smooth,  hard  rind,  of  a  rich-orange  color  when  ripe,  and  tilled 
with  a  white,  soft,  gelatinous  j>ulp.  The  seeds  are  5,  nidulant,  discoidal,  with  a 
central  jirominpnce.  covered  with  a  fine  woolly  substance,  but  whitish  and  hard 
like  horn  intf  rnallv  (I,.). 

History  and  I)escription. — The  nux  vomica  tree  inhabits  India,  along  the 
Coromandel  coast,  Ceylon,  and  other  jjarts  of  the  East  Imlics.  The  wood  is 
exceedingly  bitter,  especially  that  of  the  root,  which  is  said  to  cure  intermittent 
fevers  and  bites  of  venomous  snakes.  The  pulp  of  the  fruit  is  grecdilv  eaten  by 
various  birds.  The  Ligvum  rnhilniimm,  or  Snakr-imnil,  which  is  generally  referred 
83 


1314 


NUX  VOMICA. 


feeert  of  '^tryrhnos 


to  the  Strychnoi  colubrinn,  is  also  derived  from  the  nux  vomica  wood.  The  bark 
contain.s  ;i  large  proportion  of  brucine  and  some  strychnine,  and  i.<  .said  to  be 
TP;„   ,,^  identical  with  tlie  false  angustura  bark,  which  at  one  time  ap- 

peared on  the  market.  The  characteristic  seeds  are  the  parts 
used  in  medicine,  the  Bombay  variety  being  considered  the  best 
commercial  sort.  As  described  by  the  U.  S.  P.,  nux  vomica  is 
"about  25  Mm.  (1  inch)  in  diameter,  orbicular,  grayish  or  green- 
ish-gray; soft-hairy,  of  a  silky  lustre,  with  a  slight  ridge  extend- 
ing from  the  center  of  one  side  to  the  edge;  internally  horny, 
somewhat  translucent,  very  tough,  with  a  large  circular  cavity, 
into  which  the  heart-shaped,  nerved  cotyledons  jiroject.  It  is 
inodorous  and  persistently  bitter" — (J\'S.  P.).  The  seeds  are 
with  difficulty  reduced  to  a  powder.  An  efficient  method  is  that 
of  the  {orinev  Edinburgh  Pharmacopma,  which  directs  them  to  be 
softened  well  with  steam,  and  then  sliced,  dried,  and  ground. 
By  another  process  the  seeds  may  be  dried  whole  fa-  a  few  days 
in  a  drying  oven,  and,  after  breaking  them  into  fragments,  dried 
again  by  the  action  of  warm  air,  and  lastly  powdered.  The 
powder  "has  a  fallow-gray  color,  a  bitter  taste,  and  a  peculiar 
odor,  similar  to  that  of  liquorice.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
blackens  it;  nitric  acid  renders  it  a  deep,  orange-yellow  color. 
Hot  water  and  diluted  alcohol  dissolve  the  bitter,  active  ingre- 
dients; the  last  solvent  acts  most  energetically.  Ether  takes  up 
a  concrete  oil  and  some  wax.  The  aqueous  decoction  is  of  a 
pale,  grayish-yellow  color,  and  intensely  bitter,  and  becomes 
orange-yellow  on  the  addition  of  nitric  acid,  and  emerald-green  by  sesquioxide  of 
iron,  the  color  disappearing  on  the  addition  of  h3^drochloric  acid.  Tannic  acid, 
or  infusion  of  nutgalls,  produces  in  the  aqueous  decoction  a  copious  precipitate. 
Chemical  Composition. — The  chief  constituents  of  nux  vomica  are  s^rj/rAHf/ie 
(see  Strijchnina)  and  brucine,  both  existing  in  combination  with  i(/asvric  arid  (Pel- 
letier  and  Caventou),  a  tannic  principle  identical  with  caffeo-tnnnicncid  (G.Sander, 
1897).  A  crystallizable  glucosid  {loganin,  C.^^Hj^O,,)  was  discovered  by  Dunstan 
and  Short  (Pharm.Jour.  rm»s.,1884,  Vol.  XIV,  p.  1025),  in  the  pulp  surrounding 
the  seeds,  the  dried  pulp  containing  between  4  and  5  per  cent.  Loganin  was  also 
found  in  the  seeds  in  small  amounts.  When  gently  heated  with  a  few  drops  of 
strong  sulphuric  acid,  a  handsome  red  color  is  developed,  changing  to  purple  on 
standing.  When  boiled  with  diluted  acids,  it  splits  into  glucose  and  liuianetin. 
Loganin  is  readily  dissolved  by  alcohol  or  water,  but  is  less  soluble  in  ether,  chlo- 
roform, and  benzene.  A  supposed  third  alkaloid,  ((/K.-fi/rZ/i  (Desnoix.  .-I //«/•.  Jour. 
Phnrm.,  1854,  p.  31),  according  to  Shenstone  (ibid. ,'[881,  p.  610)  is  probably  nothing 
but  impure  brucine.  The  seeds  also  contain  a  fatty  substance  (/i  to  4  per  cent), 
yellow  coloring  matter,  nitrogenous  matter  (11  per  cent),  gum,  sugar,  and  about 
1.5  per  cent  of  ash.  The  amount  of  total  alkaloids  in  the  seeds,  usually  contain- 
ing strychnine  and  brucine  in  about  equal  proportions,  has  been  found  to  vary 
from  about  2  to  5  per  cent.  Dunstan  and  Short  (Pliann.  Jour.  Trans.,  1884,Vol.  XV, 
p.  6)  found  specimens  of  Ceylon  nux  vomica  especially  rich  in  alkaloids,  ihe  latter 
amounting  on  an  average  to  1.7  per  cent  of  strychnine  and  3.2  per  cent  of  bru- 
cine ;  the  total  amount  in  one  instance  was  5.34  per  cent. 

Brucine  (C.,3H,5NjO,-l-4H50)  was  discovered  by  Pelletier  and  Caventou  in 
1819.  It  exists  in  the  bark  and  seeds  of  nux  vomica,  and  in  St.  Ignatius"  bean 
(see  Ignutia).  It  was  obtained  by  its  discoverers  from  false  angustura  bark  (for- 
merly thought  to  be  the  bark  of  Brurca  antidyscntcrim,  Miller — hence  the  term6ru- 
rlne),  but  is  now  obtained  as  a  by-product  in  the  preparation  of  strvchnine  from 
nux  vomica  (see  Stryrhnina).  Shenstone  (hr.  rit.)  prepared  it  pure  l\v  converting 
the  base  (contaminated  with  small  amounts  of  strychnine)  into  the  hydriodide, 
and  recrystalli/.ing  the  latter  from  alcoiuil  repeatedly.  Bruriuc  slowly  crystflllizes 
in  colorless,  transparent,  oblique,  4-sidcd  prisms,  or  by  rapid  evaporation  in  pearly 
scales.  It  is  odorle.^s,  intensely  and  persistentlv  bitter,  slightly  etliorescing  in  the 
air,  and  fusible  a  little  above  100°  C.  (212°  F.)."  When  anhydrous,  it  i.*  soluble  in 
alcohol  (1.5  part.«),  chloroform  (7  parts),  and  glycerin  (70  "parish,  in  S.50  parts  of 


cold  water,  and  500  parts  of  bi 


th 


ivilrous  alkaloid  (411  O)  is  soluble 


r-."jx  VOMICA.  1315 

in  320  parts  of  cold  ami  150  parts  of  hot  water  and  in  aqua  aninionia  ;  sparingly 
soluble  in  fixed  and  volatile  oils,  and  insoluble  in  ether.  Brucine  forms  crystal- 
lizable  salts  with  acids.  In  chlorine  water  brucine  entirely  dissolves,  assuming  a 
rose  color,  which  ammonia  converts  to  a  dirty  yellow.  Nitric  acid  dissolves  it, 
also  with  decomposition,  forming  a  deep  rose-scarlet  or  blood-red  color,  which,  on 
warming,  becomes  yellow;  if  stannous  chloride  is  now  added  a  purple-violet  color 
and  precipitate  is  formed.  This  behavior  toward  stannous  chloride  distinfruislus 
brucine  from  morphine.  Strychnine  can  be  quantitatively  separated  from  bru- 
cine by  Gerock's  jirocess,  which  consists  in  converting  the  mixture  of  stryciinine 
and  brucine  into  picrates,  and  warming  with  nitric  acid  of  specific  gravity  1.0.5G, 
which  destroys  the  picrate  of  brucine  only.  Brucine  may  likewise  be  destroyed 
in  its  mixture  with  strychnine  by  merely  warming  it  for  half  an  hour  with  nitric 
acid  of  the  strength  mentioned  (see. I.  B.  Nagt4voort-Fluckiger,i?e((rttO)i«,  Detroit, 
1893.  p.  137;  and  Pro,-.  Amrr.  Pl„inn.  .!.«.»•.,  1S93,  p.  1(>5). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Nux  vomica  is  an  energetic  poison, 
exerting  its  inthu-nce  chiefly  upon  the  cerebro-spinal  system;  it  affects  the  spinal 
cord  principally,  l)ecause  the  division  of  this  cord  does  not  prevent  its  poisonous 
influence,  and,  again,  because  when  the  cord  is  destroyed  by  the  introduction  of 
a  piece  of  whalebone  into  the  spinal  canal,  the  convulsions  immediately  cease. 
In  poisonous  doses,  nux  vomica  produces  violent  tetanic  convulsions,  without 
impairing  the  functions  of  the  brain,  with  asphyxia  and  death.  Wlieu  given  in 
•loses  sufliciently  large  to  influence  the  system,  a  sensation  of  debilitj*  and  heavi- 
ness is  experienced,  the  spirits  become  depressed,  the  limbs  tremble,  and  a  slight 
rigidity  or  stiffness  comes  on  when  it  is  attempted  to  move.  Frequently,  the 
person  can  not  stand  erect ;  he  staggers,  and  if  at  this  time  he  be  suddenly  tapped 
on  the  ham  while  standing,  a  slight  convulsive  attack  will  often  ensue,  with  an 
inability  to  stand.  In  the  most  severe  paroxysms  caused  by  this  medicine,  the 
patient  retains  his  mental  faculties,  and  the  slightest  motion,  noise,  or  even  a 
breath  of  wind  passing  over  him,  will  excite  convulsions  anew,  every  time  these 
occur.  Sometimes,  even  with  small  doses,  there  will  be  sudden  starts  resembling 
shocks  of  electricity,  which  will  be  more  or  less  severe,  Occasioning  him  to  jerk 
the  muscles  acted  on  in  this  manner.  It  frequently  occasions  priapism.  Of 
course,  these  symptoms  vary  with  dififerent  persons,  in  proportion  to  their  sus- 
ceptibility to  "the  influence  of  the  medicine,  and  to  the  quantity  swallowed. 
The  usual  effects  of  nux  vomica  are  about  as  follows:  in  poisonous  doses,  stiff- 
ness, weariness,  pain  or  rending  in  the  limbs,  violent  tetanic  convulsions,  with 
short  intervals  of  repose,  acute  sensibility,  dreadful  alarm,  and  finally  death;  in 
small  doses,  twitching  of  the  muscles,  restlessness,  anxiety,  and  increa.se  of  urine, 
perspiration,  etc.  ;  when  the  doses  are  rather  large,  there  will  be  more  active 
spasm  of  the  muscles,  a  tendency  to  lockjaw,  with  the  preceding  symptoms  more 
or  less  severe.  Heat  in  the  epigastric  region,  constriction  of  the  throat,  headache, 
dizziness,  and  impairment  of  vision  with  closely  contracted  pupils,  are  often 
caused  by  small  do.ses;  and  more  especially  with  the  corpulent  and  apoplectic, 
there  will  be  i)ainful  sensations  in  the  skin  compared  to  an  electric  shock,  or  to 
the  creeping  of  insects  over  the  surface,  with  more  or  less  perspiration,  slight 
involuntary  spasms  of  the  muscles,  and  a  very  disagreeable,  dreamy  or  vague  con- 
dition of  the  lirain.  The  pulse  may  or  may  not  be  increased  in  frequency.  Chlo- 
roform is  beneficial  in  poisoning  by  nux  vomica.  (For  other  effects,  and  treatment 
of  poisoning  by  nux  vomica  and  strj'chnine,  see  aXso  Strnchninie  Sulphds.) 

In  medicinal  doses,  nux  vomica  is  tonic,  and  increases  the  action  of  the 
various  excretory  organs;  it  should  always  be  given,  as  well  as  its  alkaloids,  in 
doses  to  fall  short  of  any  immediate  sensible  effects  upon  the  system.  The  key- 
note to  its  use  is  atony.  It  was  formerly  employed  in  cases  where  there  is  a  want 
of  nervous  energy,  as  in  the  treatment  of  ;wini(i/)</.«,  especially  when  this  has  been 
of  some  standing,  and  not  occasioned  by  hemorrhage  in  the  nervous  centers,  or 
inflammatory  conditions  of  them.  Strychnine  is  now  generally  used  in  its  stead. 
It  mu.st  not"  be  used  in  recent  cases,  or  while  reaction  prevails,  or  when  signs 
exist  either  of  local  irritation  in  the  brain  or  spinal  cord,  or  of  determination  of 
blood  toward  the  head..  Congestion  or  inflammation  must  always  be  removed 
before  employing  it.  It  is  said  to  be  more  beneficial  in  qenernl  jmrnly^ut  and  pam- 
l>!cr)in  than  in  hemiplegia,  and  also  in  locid  jMiralynen,  as  of  the  bladihr,  in  iimnurotit. 


-1316  NIX  VOMICA. 

impotence,  spermatorrhcea,  tremor  of  the  muscles  produced  by  habitual  intoxicatio)i. 
etc.  It  has  also  been  beneficially  employed  in  neuralgia,  chorea,  proUipms  of  the 
rrctum,  horhorygmi  of  females,  colica  pictonum,  etc.  A  small  quantitj'  added  to  cathar- 
tics frequently  increases  their  energy.  Rheumatisvi,  hysteria,  mania,  and  uorms 
liave  been  successfully  treated  by  the  use  of  this  agent. 

As  a  remedy  for  atony  of  the  gastro-intestinal  tract,  few  agents  equal,  and  none 
exceed  nux  vomica  in  value.  The  condition  must  not  be  one  of  irritation  or 
inflammation,  though  it  may  be  one  of  irritability  due  to  atony.  Often  there 
'  is  an  enfeebled  spinal  innervation.  The  tongue  is  pallid  and  expressionless, 
there  is  nausea  or  vomiting,  a  yellow  or  sallow  circle  is  about  the  mouth,  and  there 
is  evidence  of  a  disordered  liver.  There  maj'  be  a  yellow,  pasty  coating  upon  the 
tongue,  j'cllowness  of  the  conjunctiva,  pain  or  fullness  in  the  hepatic  region, pain 
in  shoulder,  and  colicky  pains  pointing  to  the  umbilicus.  With  any  or  all  of 
these  symptoms  it  becomes  a  remedy  of  first  importance,  both  for  the  ailments 
of  adults  and  children.  When  nausea  is  due  to  irritating  material  in  the 
stomach,  nux  will  not  be  apt  to  relieve,  but  if  due  to  simple  atony,  it  is  a  posi- 
tive agent.  Used  as  above  indicated,  it  is  very  valuable  in  cholera  infniUum,  cholera 
morbus,  Asiatic  cholera,  constipation,  chronic  dysentery,  diarrhoea  of  atony,  nervous  debility 
of  the  stomach,  the  gastric  irritability  of  the  dipsomaniac  {with  good  food  and  capsi- 
cum), and  in  chronic  non-inflammatory  infantile  diarrhoea.  It  is  especially  used  in 
obstinate  and  habitual  constipation  due  to  atony.  A  drop  of  nux  vomica  should  be 
taken  in  a  glass  of  cold  water  upon  rising  in  the  morning,  and  a  regular  habit  of 
going  to  stool  be  encouraged.  Nux  relieves  constipation  due  to  spasmodic  con- 
ditions of  the  bowels,  and  to  some  extent,  that  arising  from  the  effects  of  lead. 
Nux  is  a  remedy  for  heartburn,  flatulent  colic,  colic  of  atony  in  infants,  in  all  of  which 
the  pain  centers  near  the  umbilicus.  It  relieves  the  vomUing  of  pregnancy,  of  hys- 
teria, and  of  phthisis  pulmonnlis.  In  chronic  dyspepsia  of  an  atonic  character,  or 
associated  with  dilatation,  or  flatulent  distension,  it  is  one  of  our  best  remedies. 
Drop  doses  are  of  great  benefit  in  the  dyspepsia  of  inebriates.  Though  usually  con- 
traindicated  by  congestion,  it  is  nevertheless  a  remedy  for  hepatic  and  splenic  conges- 
tion, or  other  parts  supplied  by  the  creliac  axis.  It  stimulates  the  sluggish  portal 
circulation  and  thereby  relieves  the  congestion  dependent  thereon.  It  is  the 
remedy  for  "biliousness,"  for  hepatic  colic,  y/hen  not  due  to  calculi,  and  for  chronic 
jaundice  due  to  atony. 

In  stomach  and  liver  disorders  requiring  nux,  there  is  always  a  feeble  and  slug- 
gish circulation,  and  enfeebled  spinal  and  sympathetic  innervation.  These  condi- 
tions are  overcome  by  nux  vomica  more  quickly  than  by  any  other  agent.  Nux 
vomica  is  more  largely  used  in  disorders  of  the  gastro-hepatic  tract  than  strych- 
nine, while  strychnine  is  generally  preferred  in  nervous,  sexual,  and  bladder  dis- 
orders. Nux  vomica  frequently  acts  as  a  sedative  and  antiperiodic.  This  it  does 
when  the  conditions  above  referred  to  are  present.  Thus  it  has  proved  exceed- 
ingly useful  when  nerve  force  was  low,  as  in  typhoid  fever,  and  in  asthmatic  seizures, 
in  both  of  which  there  was  impaired  spinal  innervation  and  difficulty  in  breath- 
ing. It  is  adapted  to  cases  where  the  patient  awakens  suddenly  from  sleep,  with 
a  sense  of  suffocation ;  where  breathing  seems  to  depend  largely  on  the  will 
power.  Here  strychnine  is  valuable.  When  respiration  flags  in  j»««(moHta,  nux 
or  strychnine  is  demanded. 

Nux  and  strychnine  are  of  great  value  in  the  %irinal  incontinence  of  children, 
when  not  due  to  irritation,  and  the  same  in  the  aged  when  due  to  a  relaxed 
or  paralyzed  sphincter  with  feeble  circulation.  It  is  also  a  remedy  for  jwra lytic 
)retention  of  urine.  It  is  often  of  value  in  catarrh  of  the  bladder.  It  is  a  remedv  for 
uterine  inertia,  and  is  said  to  lessen  tlie  VuxhiVity' to  post  part  urn  hemorrhage.  Nux 
has  long  been  used  in  scnuil  atony,  as  a  remedy  for  impotence,  spcrmatorrhaa,  sexual 
frigidity  in  the  female,  etc.  In  aiiienorrhaa  it  serves  well  with  iron  if  there  is  weak- 
ness, constipation,  anemia,  and  torpor.  When  in  dysmenorrhaa,  the  discharges 
are  premature  and  associated  with  cramps  and  chilliness,  or  in  vienstruid  colic 
with  sharp,  cramp-like  pain  and  marked  atony,  nux  vomica  is  the  remedy  to 
be  used,  ymall  doses  Ijenefit  leucorrhaa  with  a  lieavy,  yellow  discharge,  and  great 
torpor  of  the  system. 

Nux  vomica  has  been  praised  in  amblyopia  when  due  to  excessive  use  of 
toliacco  or  alcoliolics,  in  nervous  affections  of  the  lids,  and  in  mu^rular  asthenopia 


NUXVOMKA.  1317 

(Foltz).  Where  atony  of  the  general  syj^teni  contributes  toward  tile  aggravation 
of  eye  and  ear  disorders  mix  should  he  iulniiiiistered.  It  often  aiiis  in  the  cure 
of  coDJunrlhitU  and  })fil}/iiciinl<ir  bmlifi.-^.  It  is  of  some  value  in  choroiilitk.  In 
purulent  utitU  itu'dia  with  general  lack  of  tone,  nux  is  the  best  remedy  (Foltzj. 

Nux  vomica  and  its  alkaloids  should  always  be  given  with  great  care,  the 
physician  closely'  observing  its  etlects.  The  dose  of  powdered  nux  vomica  is  from 
*  grain  to  5  grains,  three  or  four  times  a  day,  and  gradually  increased  to  10,  or 
until  a  slight  influence  is  observed  as  indicated.  Specific  nux  vomica,  tincture, 
or  alcoholic  extract,  are  the  best  forms  of  administration.  The  extract  may  be 
given  in  doses  of  from -^  to  ^  of  a  grain  as  a  tonic;  and  in  paralytic  affections 
from  i  grain  to  2  grains  in  the  form  of  a  pill,  and,  as  with  the  powder,  gradually 
increased.  The  saturated  tincture  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  5  to  3U  drops, 
likewise  gradually  increased.  For  specific  uses,  the  usual  prescription  is:  R  Spe- 
cific nux  vomica,  gtt.  v  to  xv;  aqua,  HIiv.  Mix.  Sig.  One  teaspoonful  every 
1  to  3  hours,  as  indicated.    ( For  further  consideration,  see  Stn/rlmiiM'  Sul]jhaj<.) 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Atonic  states;  tongue  pallid  and  expres- 
sionless, uueoated.  or  coated  with  a  juisty-yellowish  coat;  yellowness  of  the  con- 
junctiva; yellow  or  sallow  countenance,  and  yellowish  or  sallow  line  around  the 
mouth;  fullness  and  dull  pain  in  the  right  hypochondrium  ;  pain  in  shoulder, 
colicky  pains  pointing  to  the  umbilicus;  menstrual  colic;  constipation;  diar- 
rhoea of  atony  ;  functional  forms  of  paralysis. 

Related  Species.— ^'/rj/Wmo.*  mnlaccmm,  Bentham  {Strychnoi  Gaulthfriana,F\erTe).Hoctng- 
Xiln,  Ti\i{'k-itl  himliiiol.  A  climber  of  Malacca  and  neighboring  isles,  also  of  China.  Its  bark  con- 
tains lirmiiu  and  slri/chnhu;  the  former  preponderating.  The  drug  closely  resembles  the  latter 
alkaloid  in  action,  producing  in  the  inferior  animals  violent  tetanic  convulsions.  In  doses  of  3 
grains  of  the  powdered  bark,  it  has  been  employed  in  cases  in  which  nux  vomica  is  applicable. 

Stri/chnw  coMjrinri,  Linn^,  yields  true  lignum  colubrinum,  often  substituted  in  India  for  nux 
vomica  branches.     It  contains  strychnine  and  bruiine. 

l<triichinn  /w>/«/on(»i,  Liune,  Clearing  ntUi',  Indian  gum  nnte,  Chilbiii::. — India.  The  seeds  of 
this  species  are  subglobular,  and  of  a  brown-gray  color.  They  are  insipid  in  taste,  and  do  not 
contain  any  alkaloid  (I'ruc.  Amer.  Pharm.  .K<.-v«-.,  isn:?,  p.  Stiot,  but  an  "abundance  of  an  albumin- 
ous body  ujion  the  presence  of  which  their  innportie.^  most  likely  depend.  They  are  used  in 
India  to' clear  inndily  water,  and  as  an  emetic,  aud  in  i^.v.v  n/triV-  disorders. 

Strf/chiiO»  Tieitlf,  Lesrhenault. — A  diiiiliiiit;  plant  ol  Java.  A  decoction  of  the  root-bark, 
mixed  with  onions,  garlic,  pepper,  and  other  siibstaucts,  constitutes  the  arrow  ]>oison  iiimt 
lieute.  Strychnine  (about  1.5  per  cent  i  and  viry  little  brucine  are  the  toxic  principles  contained 
in  it.  The  seeds  are  lighter  in  color,  and  siualler  than  those  of  nux  vomica.  The  seeds  and 
the  leaves,  acconling  to  Itoorsma,  also  contain  1.4  per  cent  of  strychnine. 

Akrnga,  Ikuju,  .VBounilmi,  (Jmii,  Ihijn,  Ifijn,  Bomuhtt.  —  .According  to  Pecholier  and 
.~^aint-Pierre,of  France,  this  is  believed  to  b.-  a  shrub  of  the  family  of  Apocynacese,  which,  aa 
with  some  other  plants  of  tlie  same  family  i  .V-  rium  Oleamh,-.  Ino\  etc.),  is  used  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  a  violent  arrow  poison.  .More  recently,  however,  it  was  ascertaine<l  to  be  a  Strychnos 
species,  and  the  poison  is  now  accepted  to  W  derived  from  iylri/chnng  Jcnja,  Baillon  (1879'.  The 
root-bark  is  emidnvecl.  It  is  intenselv  bitter,  and  feeblv  aromatic,  ami  contains,  according  to 
Prof.  T.  R.  Eraser,  of  Edinburgh,  a  crys'tallizable  alkaloid  which  he  has  named  nknzgine.  Meckel 
and  Schlagdenhautfen,  in  18S1,  established  the  absence  of  brucine  and  the  pre.«ence  of  strych- 
nine, in  Icaja  poison.  This  is  confirmed  by  the  more  recent  researches  of  Gautret  and  I^utier 
(Jour.  Phnrm.  Cliim.,  1896,  p.  418 1,  who  also  found  that  the  active  principle  is  chiettv  containe<l 
in  the  bark  of  the  root,  and  is  also  found  in  much  smaller  quantity  in  the  leaves  ani^  the  stems. 

.\ccording  to  Pecholier  and  Saint-Pierre,  the  bark  of  this  shrub  (Ncw/hkis /tvyVii  is  em- 
jiloveil  in  infusion  among  the  Africans  on  the  Gabon  as  an  ordeal  liquid  under  the  name  of 
yrliunnfliiii.  The  bark  is  macerated  and  the-infusion  given  to  the  accustnl  to  drink,  followed 
by  certain  proceedings;  and  if  the  accused  can  succes-sfully  pass  the  or.li'al.  he  is  deenu-d  innn- 
cent  of  the  charge  against  him.  Its  effect  is  todeterminetetanicconvulsions,  with  rapid  death. 
.Sometimes  pmfuse  urination  occurs,  and  the  person  gradually  returns  to  health  and  life. 
From  experiments  on  frogs,  a  dog,  and  rabliits,  these  gentlemen  have  cundudi-d  that  the 
Iwiundou  contains  a  poisonous  principle,  soluble  in  wat<T  ami  in  alcohul.  which  exerts  an 
action  upon  the  sensitive  nervous  svstem  analogous  to  that  causeil  by  nux  vomica.  .Vdminis- 
istereil  by  the  stmnach,  or  iised  cntfemiically,  this  poison  increases  the  nuinlMTof  inspirations 
and  card'iac  pulsations,  succeedeil  bv  a  gre'at  diminution  of  these  moveim-nts;  at  the  same 
time  it  caus»-8  an  exaggeration  of  sensibility,  foll.iwed  by  tetanic  convulsions,  and.  linally, 
insensibility,  paralysis,  ami  death.  Its  action  on  the  niolnr  nervous  system  is  only  secondary, 
and  it  does 'not  affe'ct  the  contraitilily  of  the  muscular  syslini.  It  is  not  a  iM.ison  to  the  lieart, 
which,  on  the  contrary-,  continues  to  pulsate  for  a  long  time  after  death  i  .l/..i///'./-.--  .\[-ill>-nl). 

IpoH.-At  one  tini.>  l»-lievi-.l  to  !»•  derived  from  T,  ,;■;.■,  ,11;,, lim  „r  Ttil„i  r.«./.  The  arrow- 
poison  of  the  Malavs  ami  lish  p..is.iii  of  .Tava.  lis  activ.-  constitu<  nt.an  aci.l  r.sin. ./.  m-/,  is 
n-puted  intenselv  poi.«onous,  gnl.l-li^h  b.ing  stup.-fi.-d  by  r.„„),,.„,T  part,  death  f.illowinu  in  30 
minutes.     Receii'tlv    1S92>.  I|H.h  has  bcin  ascertained  to  be  identical  with  f/.'n.  (ii.d.o-,  from 


1318 


NYMPHiEA. 


The  pygmies  of  Central  Africa 
ine  (also  see  Arrow-poisons  under 


Anliaris  ioxicaria  (see  Wray,P/ior»i.  Jo«c.  Trans.,  1892,  p.  613). 
use  an  arrow-poison  containing  both  slrychnine  and  erythrojMa 
,Slro}iliiiiilhus\. 

Hedwigia  hahamifera. — Habitat,  the  Antilles.  Contains  a  resin  and  an  alkaloid.  The  extract 
from  root  and  stems  acts  powerfully  upon  the  nervous  system.  The  alkaloid  acts  upon  the 
sjiinal  cord,  inducing  convulsions ;  the  resin  is  a  paralyzer. 

Hif.rnanchf  rjlobosa  ( Toxicodendron  capense). — South  Africa.  Contains  a  powerfully  poison- 
ous, bitter,  neutral  principle  hyananchine,  acting  much  like  strychnine,  except  that  it  markedly 
allects  the  cerebrum,  the  convulsions  being  of  centric  origin  i  see  Engelhardt,  JahreA.  derPhanu'., 
18'JL',  p.  .5.51. 

NYMPHiEA.— WATER  LILY. 


The  rhizome  of  Xyiii///Mii  odorntd  (Dryanderj,  Aiton  f^Castalia  odorota.  Dry- 
ander). 

Nat.  Ord. — Nymphseacea?. 

CojiMON  ^'a.mes:  Wdter  lily,  Pond-lily,  ]mte  pond-lily.  Sweet-scented  water  lily, 
Watrr  'ni/m/Ji.   Wn/.r  cabbage. 

Botanical  Source. — White  pond-lily  has  a  blackish,  large,  fleshy,  perennial 
rhizome,  growing  iu  mud,  where  the  water  is  from  3  to  10  feet  in  depth.  It  is  often 
as  thick  as  a  man's  arm,  sending  up  leaves  and 
flowers  to  the  surface.  The  petioles  are  long, 
somewhat  semi-circular,  perforated  throughout 
by  long  tubes  or  air-vessels  which  serve  to  float 
them.  The  leaves  are  floating,  orbicular,  some- 
iiiies  almost  kidney-shaped,  peltate,  cordate- 
It  at  the  base  quite  to  the  insertion  of  the 
iiiole,  lobes  on  each  side  prolonged  into  an 
acute  point,  entire,  reddish,  with  prominent 
veins  beneath,  dark  shining-green  above,  5  or  6 
inches  in  diameter.  The  flowers  are  large,  white 
or  rose-colored,  beautiful,  and  fragrant.  Sepals4, 
lanceolate,  green  without,  white  within.  Petals 
numerous,  lanceolate,  1  to  2^  inches  long,  of  the 
most  delicate  texture,  white,  sometimes  tinged 
witli  i>urple  on  the  outside.  Stamens  numerous 
ami  yellow,  in  several  rows;  filaments  dilated 
graduullj'  from  the  inner  to  the  outer  series  so 
as  to  pass  insensibly  into  petals.  Anthers  in  2 
longitudinal  cells  growing  to  the  filaments,  and 
opening  inwardly.  Stigma  with  12  to  24  rays, 
very  much  resembling  abortive  anthers,  at  first 
incurved,  afterward  spreading.  The  pericarp  is 
berrv-like,  many-celled,  and  manv-seeded  (L. — 

•■••" -  W.-G.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. — This  i)lant  grows  in  ponds,  marshes, 
and  shiL'iii^h  streams,  in  most  parts  of  the  United  States,  flowering  from  June 
to  SeiJteniher;  the  flowers  shut  at  night  and  open  about  sunrise,  and  the  seeds 
ripen  under  water.  It  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  flowei-s,  and  commands  a 
ready  sale  among  flower-lovers.  The  root  is  the  medicinal  part,  and  becomes 
liglit,  spongy,  and  friable  on  drying.  It  has  an  astringent  and  mucilaginous, 
bittt  r  taste,  and  readily  imparts  its  virtues  to  water.  The  root  should.be  collected 
in  tli«^  tall,  freed  from  dirt,  cut  into  slices  and  carefully  dried.  Nympluva  is  said 
to  contain  tannic  and  gallic  acids,  with  starch,  mucilage,  resin,  sugar,  tartaric  acid, 
etc.      It  pnil)alily  ccintains  several  non-to.xic  alkaloids  {see Related  S/xriV,*). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  root  is  astringent, demulcent,  ano- 
d3'ne,  and  antisiiot'ulous.  Used  in  dy!<ciitery,diarrhaa,  ganoiThcea,  leucorrha a ,  and 
na-qfula,  and  combined  with  wild  cherry  in  bronchial  affections.  Externally,  the 
leaves  and  routs  have  been  used  in  form  of  poultice  to  6<)i7j.',^(Hi')rx,«T-)/"((foiMt(/rcr8, 
and  iiittamnl  din.  In  infusion,  used  as  a  gargle  in  vlccrs  of  month  and  throat, and 
as  an  injection  in  Icurorrha'a.  I  recollect  a  lady,  who,  several  years  since,  was  priv 
nounced  by  several  pliysicians  to  have  K^rr/ii*;  fanrtr,  which  resisted  all  their  treat- 
ment ;  she  was  permanently  cured  by  a  squaw,  who  gave  her  to  drink  freely  of  the 


iKXdTHEUA.  1319 

decoction  of  a  root,  which  proved  to  be  that  of  the  white  pond-lih*,  as  well  as  to 
inject  it  in  the  vagina  (J.  King).  It  should  be  especially  experimented  with  for 
its  alterative  effects  and  its  influence  on  mucous  tissues.  A  tincture  may  be  pre- 
pared frum  the  root  (gviii),  and  alcohol,  76  per  cent  (Oj),  the  dose  of  which  ranges 
from  1  to  10  drops.  The  dose  of  the  powdered  root  is  i  drachm  in  milk  or  sweet- 
ened water;  but  one  of  its  best  forms  of  administration  is  the  infusion  made  by 
macerating  for  30  minutes  1  ounce  of  the  eoarsely  powdered  root  in  a  pint  of  boil- 
ing water,  of  which  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces  may  be  given  3  or  4  times  a  day. 

Related  Species.— Xuphar  advena  (R.  Brown),  Alton  (Xympluva  orfiviio,  .Solander).  The 
VeVoii-  jx.ii,'l-!t/ij,  called  also  Sptxtterdock,  Frog-tily,  Cou-lili/,  etc.,  possesses  similar  jiroperties,  and 
may  bf  used  as  a  substitute  for  the  precedinc.  It  has  a  large  and  extensively  creeping  rhi- 
zome, with  large,  erect  leaves,  or  floating  on  half-cylindrical  petioles,  oval,  ronndeil  at  apex, 
with  rounded,  diverging  lobes  at  base,  dark  shining'  gn-en  above,  and  when  floating,  pale  and 
slimy  beneath.  Klowere  rather  large,  glolnilar,  ereet,  yellow,  on  a  thick  rigid  stalk.  .Sepals  (>, 
the  3  outer  yellow  inside,  the  3  inner  entirely  yellow.  Petals  numerous,  small,  yellow,  fur- 
vetl   externally,  inserted  with  the  stamens  on  the  torus.    .Stamens  numerous,  truncated, 


linear.  Stigma  sessile,  dis<-oid,  with  prominent  rays.  Fruit  an  ovoid,  naked  pericarp,  many- 
celled,  many-Seeded.  It  is  a  very  ionimon  jilant  in  ponds,  ditches,  muddy  lakes,  and  mostly 
in  shallow  water  1  \V.—(;.). 

Xi/iiijilntit  iitlia,  Linne,  Eurojxtiii  nnlrr  litij. — The  flowers  of  this  species  are  official  in  the 
French  >'ift..f  as  Shtuphar  htnuc.  Dragendorflf  O^"**.  and  W.  (iriining  {Archiv  der  Pharm., 
\SS2.p.iyiH  found  in  the  rhizome  an  amorphous  alkaloid  probablv  closely  related  to,  but  not 
identical  with,  nupharin.  The  rhizome,  according  to  Griiuing,  also  contains  several  tannic 
principles,  viz.,  ether-soluble  lanm>-iiymph.vin  (CwHsjOse^  n;/mplix(>-phliibaphene  (CsslUsOae),  and 
niimphxa-tnnnic  acid  proper  (CmHssOss).  (See  .Inier.  Jour.  Pliann.,  1883,  j).  96. )  This  drug  was 
formerly  employed  as  an  aphrodisiac. 

X'uphar  liiieum,  of  Smith,  contains  a  non-toxic  alkaloid,  mipharine,  a  white,  amorphous 
bo<ly,  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  acetone,  amylic  alcohol,  and  diluted  acids.  The 
seed's  contain  a  tannin,  mnilmr-lannic  acid  (CjsHaeOari'  associated  with  uuphnr-phlobaphfui 
(CjgHaiOr.)  'Orunin^,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  \SS3,  p.  961.  This  agent  has  been  employed  in.«;^er- 
maturrhn",  and  to  arrest  tiocturnal  emissioitg,  as  well  as  to  give  tone  and  increased  power  to  the 
sexual  organs.  Its  best  eftects  are  probablv  obtained  in  digegtire  disorders  with  morning  diar- 
rhcea,  and  in  chronic  diairhcea.  Dr.  Zell  Baldwin  praises  the  fluid  extract  of  Xuphar  hiteum, 
employed  full  strength  locally,  as  a  valuable  agent  in  many  chrctiie  forms  of  uterine  disea»i- 
{Ec.  Annual  of  Med.  and  Surg.).  The  dose,  of  a  strong  tincture  of  the  fresh  root,  is  a  fraction  of 
a  drop  every  3  or  4  hours. 

(ENOTHERA.— EVENING  PRIMROSE. 

The  root,  bark,  leaves,  and  twigs  of  (Enothera  bknnii:,  Linne. 

Xiit.  Ord. — Onagracete. 

Common"  Na.mes:  Evening  primroge,  Tree  primrose. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  indigenous,  biennial  plant,  with  an  erect, 
rough,  hirsute,  and  branching  stem,  from  2  to  5  feet  high.     The  leaves  are  ovate- 
lanceolate,  alternate,  acute,  obscurely  toothed,  roughly  j)uhes-  ^^  ^^^ 
cent,  3  to  6  inches  long,  i  to  li  inches  broad,  those  on  the 
stem  "sessile,  the  radicles  tapering  into  a  petiole.    The  flow- 
ers are  numerous,  pale-yellow,  sessile,  odorous,  in  a  terminal, 
somewhat  leafy  spike;  thej'  are  nocturnal,  open  but  once  by 
night,  and  continue  only  a  single  day.     The  calyx  tube  is 
2  or  3  times  longer  than  the  ovary,  deciduous,  4-lobed,  and 
reflexed.    Petals  4,  equal,  obcordate,  or  obovate,  inserted  into 
the  top  of  the  tube.     Stamens  8,  a  little  shorter  than  the 
petals.     Anthers  mostly  linear.    Capsule  oblong,  somewhat 
tapering  above,  Scelled,  and  4-valved.     Seeds  numerous, 
nake<l,  and  in  2  rows  in  each  cell  (G. — W.). 

History. — Tree  primrose  grows  throughout  the  country 
in  fields  and   waste  places,  flowering  in  July  and   August. 
There  are  several  varieties  of  it,  as  fE'.jHxr/cfl^n,  ^J".f/(r7Hr////(>rfi,        „    .,.      .,      , 
(K  piirvtflnra,  (L.  cntciald,  and  (I/,  rnnf^rrns.     v>  lien  growing  in 
retired,  isolated  places,  a  white  substance  appears  on  the  leaves,  rendering  them 
apparently  very  downy.     By  cultivating  the  plant,  its  flowers  improve,  growing 
much  larger,  and  acquiring  a  darker  hue.     Each  flower  ojiens  at  the  dusk  of  eve- 
ning, and  does  not  close  till  about  9  or  10  o'clock  the  next  morning,  after  which 


1320  _  OLEA. 

tliey  do  not  open  again.  Pursh  remarks  that  he  has  "  frequently  observed  a  sin- 
gularity in  this  plant,  and  it  might  be  interesting  to  make  further  inquiry  into 
its  cause;  it  is  that  in  a  dark  night,  when  no  objects  can  be  distinguished  at  an 
inconsiderable  distance,  this  plant,  when  in  full  flower,  can  be  seen  at  a  great  dis- 
tance, having  a  bright  white  appearance,  which  probably  may  arise  from  some 
phosphoric  properties  of  the  flowers."  The  bark,  leaves,  and  twigs  are  the  parts 
used.  Their  taste  is  very  viscid,  with  a  subsequent  slight  acrimony,  which  last 
is  diminished  by  desiccation.    Water  takes  up  the  properties  of  the  plant. 

Chemical  Composition. ^The  stem  of  this  plant  contains  tannin '  Braconnot). 
Mucilage  is  abundant.  The  (enotherin  of  Chicoisneau  (1834)  is  composed  of  several 
substances,  and  has  not  been  well  studied.  The  alcoholic  extract  of  CE.  biennis 
sometimes  deposits  crystals  of  potassium  nitrate  {Amer.  Jour.  Phann.,  1884,  p.  365). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — An  ointment  made  by  boiling  the 
twigs,  leaves,  and  bark,  in  lard  or  tallow — or  a  strong  decoction  of  these — has  been 
found  very  efficient  in  curing  tetter,  milk-scall,  and  other  cutaneous  affections  of 
infants.  Collect  the  material  when  the  plant  is  in  flower.  In  fomentation,  or 
when  recent,  the  bruised  leaves  form  an  excellent  application  to  ulrfr^.  Inter- 
nally, cenothera  has  been  used  for  a  number  of  purposes,  and  its  specific  field  of 
action  seems  none  too  well  established.  It  has,  however,  been  accorded  a  place 
in  the  treatment  oi  gastro-intestinnl  (lisorde-rs  oi  &  ixmciional  character.  Dr.  Scud- 
der  points  out  as  the  indications  for  it,  a  sallow,  dirty  skin,  with  full  and  expres- 
sionless tissues,  an  expressionless  face,  an  unnatural  and  large  tongue,  having  the 
sallow,  dirty  hue  of  the  skin,  and  the  patient's  mentality  is  of  a  gloomy  and  de- 
spondent character.  Under  these  conditions  he  has  employed  it  with  success  in 
dyspepsia,  hepatic  torpor,  splenic  and  mesenteric  glandular  enlargements,  and  in  female 
disorders,  with  torpor  and  pelvic  fullness.  The  dyspepsia  met  by  it  is  that  form 
associated  with  vomiting,  distressing  sensations  after  taking  food,  restle5.?ness  at 
night,  and  frequent  desire  to  pass  urine.  When  cholera  infantum  and  uatcry  diar- 
rhceas  assume  a  choleraic  form,  it  has  been  asserted  to  act-well,  as  it  does  in  dysen- 
tery, with  marked  tenesmus  and  bloody  stools.  The  intestinal  irritation  and  con- 
sequent liability  to  destructive  inflammation  of  Peyer's  patches,  in  enteric  fever, 
is  said  to  be  lessened  by  the  timely  administration  of  cenothera  (Webster).  It 
relieves  difficult  respiration  and  chronic  asth ma,  \yith  gastric  complication.  The 
dose  of  the  fluid  extract  ranges  from  5  to  30  drops;  of  a  strong  tincture  of  the 
recent  plant  (98  per  cent  alcohol),  from  1  to  15  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Sallow,  dirty  skin,  tissues  full  and  expres- 
sionless, tongue  unnatural  in  size  and  color,  being  large  and  of  the  dirty  color  of 
the  skin,  face  dull  and  apathetic ;  dyspepsia,  with  vomiting  of  food,  and  gastric 
distress,  with  desire  to  urinate  frequently;  choleraic  and  dysenteric  discharges; 
nocturnal  restlessness ;  innervation  feeble :  patient  gloomy  and  despondent :  atonic 
reproductive  wrongs  of  the  female,  with  pelvic  fullness. 

OLEA.— OILS. 

The  term  Oil  applies  to  a  number  of  unctuous  bodies  not  miscible  with  water, 
from  both  the  vegetable  and  animal  kingdoms,  which  are  fluid  at  ordinary  or 
slightly  elevated  temperature.  When  placed  upon  paper  they  render  it  translu- 
cent, or  impart  to  it  a  greasy  stain.  Oils  may  be  conveniently  divided,  with 
reference  to  their  volatility,  into  two  great  classes  :  FiarJ  or  fatty  oils  Rndfatg,  to 
which  also  belong  the  waxes  (see  Cera),  and  volatile  or  es-'cntial  oik.  Intermediate 
between  the  two,  although  chemically  unlike  either,  stand  the  mineral  o/7,<  and 
mineral  n-are.9,  or  paraffins  (see  PetnilatHm). 

Olea  Fixa. — Fi.xkd  or  F.\ttv  Oils  (Olea  pinquia).  Fixed  oils  derive  their 
name  from  not  being  volatilized  by  the  vapors  of  boiling  water.  The  difference 
between  fatty  oils  and  fats  is  merely  one  of  consistencv,  the  former  being  liouid, 
the  latter  solid  or  semisoliil  at  ordinary  temneratures.  Li  the  vegetable  kingaom, 
fixed  oils  are  mostly  derived  from  tlie  seeiis  of  dicotyledonous  plants,  although 
monocotyledonous  ]>lunts,  such  as  tlie  palm  trees,  furnish  several  of  the  techni- 
cally important  fixed  oils.  The  oil  often  constitutes  a  large  proportion  of  the 
seeiis,  e.  g..  not  less  tlian  25  per  cent  in  linseed,  50  per  cent  in  walnuts,  about  as 


OLEA.  1321 

much  in  almonds,  as  against  about  2  per  cent  in  cereals.  It  is  obtained  from 
tlie  crushed  oil-bearing  material,  either  by  cold  or  warm  pressure,  in  hydraulic 
presses,  or  by  extracting  with  such  solvents  as  carbon  disulphide,  or  by  boiling 
the  crushed  material  with  water,  whereby  the  oil  floats  on  top  and  may  be  con- 
vt-niently  collected.  The  residual  press-cakes,  obtained  in  the  first  process  (oil 
dikes),  are  valuable  feed  material  for  cattle,  since  they  contain  much  nitrogenous 
and  fattv  matter  (^see  table  in  Prof  S.  P.  Sadtler's  Handbook  of  Indmt.  Org.  Chem., 
2d  ed.,1895,  p.  70). 

The  oils  and  fats  derived  from  the  animal  kingdom,  are  obtained  from  vari- 
ous organs  of  the  animal;  thus,  bone-oil  from  bones,  by  boiling  witii  water,  or 
extraction  with  solvents;  neat's-loot  oil  from  the  feet  of  oxen  by  Ijoiling  with 
water;  cod-liver  oil  and  shark  oil,  from  the  respective  livers,  by  spontaneous 
exudation  and  gentle  expression  ;  tallow  and  lard  from  the  internal  abdominal 
fat  of  sheep  and  hogs  (see  Scvum  and  A<lq>i),  etc.  The  crude  oils  and  fats  as 
obtained  in  the  manner  alluded  to.  are  mostly  of  a  yellow,  brown  or  even  black 
color,  and  frequently  retiuire  more  or  less  purihcation.  This  is  often  effected  by 
mechanical  treatment,  such  as  filtration  with  or  without  charcoal,  etc.,  but  more 
frequently,  by  chemical  processes,  especially  treatment  with  1  or  2  per  cent  of 
strong  sulphuric  acid  (applicable,  for  example,  to  linseed  oil),  or  with  zinc  chlo- 
ride, or  alkalies,  tanning  materials  and  oxidizers,  such  as  potassium  bichromate, 
hydrogen  peroxide,  etc. 

Tiie  fatty  oils  of  marine  animals,  and  those  from  most  vegetable  sources,  are 
fluid  at  ordinary  temperature  ;  pahn  oil,  cacao-butter,  nutmeg  butter,  cocoanut 
oil,  and  othei-s,  are  semisolid  like  butter.  When  exposed  to  cold,  fixed  oils 
solidify  at  temperatures  varying  with  the  oil.  Fatty  oils  are  insoluble  in  water, 
rendering  that  Huid  milky  when  agitated  with  it,  but  the  oil  finally  rises  upon 
the  surface;  if  a  mucilaginous  substance,  or  alkaline  carbonate  be  added,  the  oil 
is  prevented  from  rising,  and  a  permanent  milky  mixture  called  an  emuhion  is 
formed.  With  the  exception  of  castor  oil  and  croton  oil,  fatty  oils  are  nearly 
insoluble  in  cold  alcohol.  They  dissolve  readily,  however,.in  ether,  carbon  disul- 
phide, chloroform,  benzol,  petroleum  benzin,  amyl  alcohol,  acetone,  and  oil  of 
turpentine,  and  freely  mix  with  one  another,  as  well  as  with  resins  and  volatile 
oils.  They  are  all  lighter  than  water,  their  specific  gravities  ranging  from  0.879 
to  0.968.  Fatty  oils  are  not  volatile  as  such,  but  can  be  heated  to  boiling  (at 
about  315°  C,  or  600°  F.)  whereby  decomposition  takes  place,  acrid  fumes  oi  acro- 
lein (see  Glycerin)  being  evolved,  together  with  carbonic  acid  gas,  some  volatile 
organic  acids  and  inflammable  hvdrocarbons.  Upon  condensing  the  vapors,  an 
empyreumatic  oil  is  obtained.  \Vhen  in  the  state  of  vapor,  fixed  oils  take  fire 
upon  tiie  approach  of  an  ignited  body  ;  the  products  of  combustion  are  water  and 
carbonic  acid  gas. 

As  to  their  chemical  nature,  most  fatty  oils  are  mixtures  of  salts  of  the  triva- 
lent  alcohol  ijh/rerin  (C,Hj[OH],),  with  the  saturated  palmitic  (CijHj.O,,)  and  stearic 
acids  (C„H.„Oj,  l)oth  higher  homologues  of  acetic  acid,  of  tiie  general  formula 
CnH,.,0,„  and  the  unsaturated  oleic  acid  (CisH^O,),  which  represents  the  series 
CnHj, — ,0j.  The  salts  are  called  (ihjcerin  esters,  or  glyeerldes,  and  are  known  re- 
spectively as  prilmitin,  uteorin,  and  olein.  The  former  two  are  solid  and  preponder- 
ate in  solid  fats — e.  ;/■•  lard — while  olein  is  liquid  and  nredominates  in  liquid  fats 
— e.  jr.,  olive  oil  and  almond  oil.  The  solid  and  liquid  constituents  of  a  fatty  oil 
are  frequently  separated  by  subjecting  the  oil  to  hydraulic  pressure  at  about  the 
temi)eratiire  of  melting  ice.  Olive  oil,  for  example,  is  differentiated  into  a  purified 
olive  oil  and  solid  olive  oil  stearin,  lard  into  lanl  oil  ami  lard  stearin,  .sperm  oil 
(from  the  head  oi  Physeter  macrocq,h<thi><)  into  purified  sperm  oil  and  solid  *;>«•- 
maceti  (see  Cctuccum),  etc.  In  some  fats — e.  f/.,  butter— part  of  the  fatty  acid  is 
replaced  by  lower  fatty  acids — e.  _</.,  l)utyric,  or  in  porpoise  oil,  by  valerianic  acid — 
l>oth  occurring  as  glycerin  esters,  Intt'yrin,  valcrin,  respectively  (see  also  Glycerin 
and  Adejis).  In  drying  oils  (see  below),  oleic  acid  is  in  i)art  replaced  liy  the  still 
more  unsaturated  linoleic  acid  ((■„H,..0,,  of  the  type  C'nH, ,—,(),),  the  chief  con- 
stituent of  linseed  oil,  which  is  the  type  of  drying  oils.  The  waxes  have  an  analo- 
gous, yet  different  composition  (see  Tc/vi  and  Vv/rircKjii).  The  iiresence  of  certain 
albuminous  matters  in  fatty  oils,  and  other  causes  as  well,  often  induce  the  lib- 
eration  of  free  fatty  acid,  especially  the  ill-smelling  lower  volatile  acids.     Thus 


butN-ric  acid  is  formed  in  old  butter,  causing  what  is  known  as  rancidity.  Oiive  oil, 
palm  oil,  etc.,  are  also  liable  to  become  rancid  with  age.  Oils  which  have  3  tend- 
ency to  liberate  free  fatty  acids  are  undesirable  for  lubricating  purposes.  Neat's- 
foot  oil  hardly  possesses"  this  tendency.  Mineral  oils  (see  Petrolatum)  are  now  fre- 
quently employed  as  lubricants,  owing  to  their  indifferent  chemical  nature. 

When  fatty  oils  and  fats  are  treated  with  caustic  alkalies,  they  are  decomposed 
{mponifi&l)  into  glycerin  and  the  alkali  salts  of  the  fatty  acids  that  were  combined 
with  glycerin.  These  alkali  salts  are  called  Miajm,  and  the  process  is  that  oi  saponi- 
Jiniti'iiK  Analogous  decomposition  may  also  be  effected  by  means  of  caustic  lime, 
or  oxides  of  heavy  metals  (see  Emplnstrum  Pluinbi),  or  by  superheated  steam  (see 
Gli/rerinum  and  Sapo).  For  analytical  purposes,  this  reaction  is  likewise  of  great 
impiMtance.  Since  each  ester  requires  a  definite  amount  of  caustic  potash  solu- 
tion for  saponification,  values  expressing  the  number  of  grammes  of  the  fat  or  oil 
which  are  saponifiable  by  one  gramme-equivalent  of  the  caustic  alkali  employed, 
have  been  obtained  for  all  fatty  oils  and  waxes  (Koettstorfer's  Saponification  Equiva- 
lent). The  values  obtained  present  some  striking  differences  in  various  classes  of 
oils,  and  may  serve  as  useful  guides  in  the  detection  of  adulterations  by  certain 
oils.  Thus,  paraffin  oils,  on  account  of  being  hydrocarbons,  are  unaffected  by 
caustic  alkali,  and,  if  mixed  with  fatty  oils,  will  raise  the  saponification  equiva- 
lent of  the  latter  upon  saponification  of  the  oil.  Washing  out  the  soap  with  water 
will  allow  of  the  recovery  of  the  admixed  paraffin  oil  (see  table  and  comment, 
by  A.  H.  Allen,  Commercial  Organic.  Analy.<<l.<<,\o\.  II,  Part  I,  3d  ed., Philadelphia, 
1899,  pp. 53^8, and  p.  111).  An  additional  important  analytical  method  is  based 
upon  the  absorption  of  bromine  (Mills)  or  iodine  (Hiibl)  by  the  different  oils 
when  they  are  in  contact  with  solutions  of  these  elements.  Oils  in  which  the 
glycerides  of  saturated  acids  (carbon  atoms  united  by  single  bonds)  dominate,  as, 
for  example,  cocoanut  oil,  absorb  much  smaller  quantities  of  halogens  than  those 
oil.^  containing  a  highly  unsaturated  fatty  acid  (with  two  pairs  of  carbon  atoms 
united  bv  double  bonds) — e.gf.,  the  glvceride  of  linoleic  acid,  the  chief  constituent 
of  lin.-;eed  oil.  (For  details,"see  A.  H.  Allen,  loc.  «V.,pp.  62-66;  and  S.  P.  Sadtler, 
he.  rit..  2d  ed.,  1895,  pp.  78  and  79.) 

Parallel  with  their  capacity  for  absorbing  halogens,  runs  the  well-known 
quality  of  fatty  oils  to  absorb  oxygen  by  prolonged  exposure  to  the  air,  and  to 
become  more  or  less  dry  and  solid.  Accordingly,  fatty  oils  are  differentiated  into 
drying  oils  and  non-drying  oils.  The  type  of  drying  o'ils  is  linseed  oil,  and  of  the 
non-drying,  olive  oil  (see  enumeration  of  botli  classes  of  oils  in  the  table  sub- 
joined). 

Drying  oils  are  also  characterized  by  not  yielding  solid  elaidin  when  treated 
with  nitrous  acid  in  form  of  gas  or  in  solution,  while  non-drying  oils  bv  virtue  of 
their  olein  contents,  when  treated  with  nitrous  acid  gradually  become  aliard  mass 
of  elaidin,  an  isomer  of  olein  (compare  Aciduin  Oleicum).  (For  a  special  description 
of  the  more  important  oils,  see  the  authorities  quoted ;  the  pharmacopoeia!  oils 
are  described  under  their  respective  headings.) 

The  following  general  classification  of  the  fatty  oils  and  waxes  is  adapted 
from  A.  H.  Allen  {Commercial  Organic  Analysis,  3d  ed.,  Philadelphia,  1899,  Vol.  II. 
Part  I,  p.  88 ;  and  S.  P.  Sadtler,  Handbook  of  Indmt.  Org.  Chem,  2d  ed.,  1895,  p.  51) : 

Classification  of  Fatty  Oils  and  Waxes.— I.  Olivf.-oh.  GRorp.  Vegetable  oteins.Vepeiahie 
nnn-ilri/iiicniilf.  LighUT  than  Gruiii's  III.  IV,  ami  V.  Specific  gravity,  0.914  to  0.920.  Yields 
KoU<l  elaidins  with  nitrous  acid.  MoiU'iatc  sa|ionification  equivalents  and  iodine  absorptions. 
Includes  olive,  almond,  peach,  and  caithnut  oils. 

II.  R.\i'E-on.  Guocp. — All  nils  from  i  'mri/i  c.i .  Less  perfectly  non-<}ri/ing  oils.  Yield  pasty 
elaidins;  have  higher  iodine  absorptions  and  high  saponification  equivalents.  Includes  oil's 
of  rape-seed  (colza),  cabhage  seed, black  and  white  mustard. 

III.  CoTTox-sEKD  On.  G ROC c— Specific  gravity,  0.920  to  0.926.  Intermediate  between 
drying  and  non-dryiug  oils.  Undergo  more  or  less  drying  on  expositn?.  Yield  little  or 
no  elaidin.  Includes  oils  of  cotton-seed,  grape-seeil,  maize,  sesame,  sunflower,  hazelnut,  and 
hi'echuut. 

IN'.  LiNsEF.n-oiL  Gnovr.—Dniing  nils.  .*<pecitio  gravitv,  0.924  to  0.937.  Yield  no  elaidin. 
Less  viscous  than  the  preceding  groiins.  Includes  oils  of  linseed,  hemiveeed,  poppy  seed, 
tobacco  seed,  niger  seed,  Scotch  fir-seed,  and  walnut. 

V.  C.\STOR-oiL  Grovi". — .^[edicinal  oiU.  Very  viscous  and  of  hich  specific  gravity  i0.937 
to  0.98.5V  Includes  castor  and  croton  oils,  both 'distinguishes!  by  their  solubility  in 'alcohol 
and  glacial  acetic  acid. 


OLE  A.  lo2o 

VI.  Pai.m-oil  Gbovp.— Solid  vegetable  fats.  Do  not  contain  notable  quantities  of  esters 
of  lower  tatty  acids.  Includes  palm-oil,  cacao  butter,  nutmeg  butter,  bayberry  tallow,  and 
shea  or  ealam' butter. 

VII.  Coio.^si-T-oiL  Grocp. — Solid  vegetable  fats,  of  high  specific  gravity  and  low  saponi- 
fication equivalents.  Members  of  sub-group  A  (cocoauut,  palm-kernel,  laurel,  and  macassar 
nils  I  contain  notable  proportions  of  esters  of  lower  fatty  acids,  distilling  over  in  a  curivnt  of 
steam.    Sub-yroup  B  are  wax-like  and  of  peculiar  composition.    (Japan  wax,  myrtle  wax.) 

VIII.  L.\Ki)-oii.  Gitoii'.— .-iMiiiia/  olfiiif.  Do  not  dry  notably  on  exposure,  and  give  solid 
elaidins  with  nitrous  acid.  Not  turned  brown  by  boiling'with  caiistic  alkalies  (diflerence  from 
marine  animal  oilsi.     Includes  neat's-foot  oil,  bone  oil,  lard  oil.  and  tallow  oil. 

IX.  T.\Li.iiw  Guoi-p.— .Vi)/(</  iiuimal jaln.  Predominantly  glyceriiles  of  palmitic  and  stearic 
acids,  although  l>utter  contains  glycerides  of  lower  aciiis,  notably  butyric  aciil.  Includes  tallow 
(suet  ,  lanl.  bone  fat,  wool  fat  (suinti,  butter  fat,  oleomargarine,  and  manufactured  stearin. 

X.  Wn.\i.E-oiL  Group. — .Vm-iii.'  wiimal  oih.  Offensive  fishy  odor,  especially  on  warming : 
Reddish-brown  color  upon  warming  with  caustic  alkali.  Dries  more  or  less  upon  exposure, 
and  yields  but  little  elaidin.  Includes  whale,  porpoise,  seal,  menhaden,  cod-liver,  and  shark- 
liver  oils. 

XI.  ^per^i-oilGhoip.— Liquid  waxes.  Are  not  glycerides,  but  are  esters  of  higher  mon- 
atomic  alcohols  of  the  methane  series.  Yield  solid  elaidins.  Includes  sperm  oil,  bottle-nose 
oil  (diegling  oil ',  and  dolphin  oil. 

XII.  SpER.M.\cETi  GRorp. —  Wajres  pro/x-r.  Are  esters  (organic  salts t  of  higher  monatomic 
alcohols  with  higher  fatty  acids  in  free  state.  Includes  spermaceti,  beeswax,  Chinese  wax, 
and  carnauba  wax. 

In  the  early  days  of  Eclecticism  a  few  plant  preparations  in  which  the  natu- 
ral oil  of  the  drug  was  intimately  associated  witk  other  proximate  constituents, 
were  introduced  under  the  name  oil,  and  as  such  are  still  employed.  Among 
these  may  be  named  oil  of  stillingia,  oil  of  capsicum,  and  oil  of  lobelia.  These 
preparations  are  made  by  exhausting  the  thoroughly  dried  drug  (stillingia  root, 
capsicum,  and  lobelia  seed)  with  official  alcohol,  and  then  distilling  the  alcohol 
until  the  residue  is  sj'rupy.  This  product  in  each  case  is  a  mixture  that  carries 
the  therapeutical  <|ualities  of  the  drug  in  a  marked  degree  of  concentration,  but 
consists  largely  of  foreign  substances.  The  "oil  of  stillingia"  is  prone  to  gelatinize, 
but  the  I ith'er.'^  keep  fairly  well.    (Compare  O/fo/vsi/w.) 

Olea  Volatilia. — Volatile  Oils  (Essei>U'(il  oil'^).  Volatile  oils  (essential  oils) 
are  aromatic  lifjuids  of  vegetable  origin,  practically  insoluble,  or  but  slightly 
eoluble  in  water,  and  capable  of  being  distilled  with  more  or  less  facility  in  the 
vapors  of  boiling  water,  even  though  their  own  boiling  points  lie  considerably 
higher.  Like  fatty  oils,  they  render  paper  translucent,  but  the  oily  stain  pro- 
duced gradually  disappears  upon  exposure.  With  one  exception  {Oil  of  A^pidium) 
e.-sential  oils  have  been  obtained  from  phanerogamous  plants  only,  in  which,  as 
a  rule,  they  occur  read\-- formed.  Some  oils.c. ;/..  of  bitter  almond,  black  mustard, 
or  sweet  birch,  originate  in  definite  compounds  contained  in  the  plants  {amyg- 
dalin,  i'inuirin,  gnultherin  respectively),  and  are  evolved  therefrom  in  the  presence 
of  water  liy  the  action  of  certain  ferments  or  enzymes  {ennthin,  myrosin,  bdulase) 
that  are  likewise  present. 

All  parts  of  a  plant,  leaves,  flowers,  fruits,  stems,  and  roots  may  yield  essen- 
tial oils,  although  the  oil  is  in  most  cases  derived  only  from  one  or  two  of  these 
organs.  In  a  few  cases,  such  as  Chinese  cinnamon  (Cassia  cinnamon),  oil  of  uni- 
form qualit)'  may  be  obtained  in  fair  quantities  from  various  parts  of  the  plant, 
while  reversedly.  in  Ceylon  cinnamon  (L'inimmiminn  zcyhintnun)  the  oils  yielded  by 
the  bark,  the  leaves,  and  the  root  differ  materially  in  their  chemical  composition. 

Some  essential  oils,  c ;/.,  of  bitter  orange,  oil  of  lemon,  etc.  (which  see),  are 
prepared  by  expressing  the  rind  of  the  fruit  containing  the  oil.  Certain  oil.-.-  used 
in  perfumery,  which  are  sensitive  to  heat,  e.  g.,  the  odoriferous  principles  of  hya- 
cinth, jasmine,  etc.,  are  obtained  by  maceration,  especially  by  abstracting  tiu- 
aroma  by  means  of  liquid  fats  orsemisolid  paraffins  (('/(rf/c/o;// ).  Again,  synthetic 
oils,  such  as  artificial  methyl  salicylate,  are  obtained  by  laboratory  processes  which 
are  briefly  described  under" tlieir  respective  headings.  All  other  oils  are  obtained 
by  distillation  with  the  vapors  of  boiling  water.  Directions  for  the  pharmaceu- 
tical preparation  of  essential  oils  were  given  by  tlie  older  pharmacojxeias,  for 
example,  the  Eflinburgh  and  the  Dublin  Pharmumpaio*  (see  Xh\s  Dispcnmtonj,  pre- 
ceding editions). 

Tiie  technical  preparation  of  essential  oils  in  the  different  countries  produc- 
ing them  is  carried  out  by  distilling  the  oil  from  the  oil-bearing  material,  mixed 


1324  OLEA. 

with  water,  b\' means  of  steam,  which  either  runs  into  the  material  direct,  or  Ib 
applied  to  the  vessel  externally  by  means  of  a  steam-jacket.  In  some  cases  {e.g., 
eucalyptus  oils)  the  oil-bearing  material  is  deprived  of  its  oil  by  direct  steam 
without  previous  maceration.  Rectification  of  the  crude  oils  thus  obtained  is 
effected  by  fractional  distillation  either  at  atmospheric  pressure,  or,  if  decompo- 
sition is  to  be  feared,  at  reduced  pressure,  whereby  the  boiling  point  is  lowered. 

The  advances  made  within  comparatively  recent  years  in  the  theoretical 
study  of  essential  oils  has  been  the  cause  of  a  simultaneous  development  of  this 
branch  of  chemical  industry.  By  operating  upon  the  basis  of  exact  physical  and 
chemical  investigation,  the  manufacture  of  essential  oils  has  been  carried  to  a 
degree  of  refinement  well  illustrated  by  the  classical  work  now  before  us,  DU 
^T^herischen  Oele,  by  E.  Gildemeister  and  Frederick  HofiFmann,  published  within 
recent  months  by  Messrs.  Schimmel  &  Co.,  of  Leipzig.  We  are  greatly  indebted  to 
this  invaluable  work,  which  we  freely  consulted  in  the  preparation  of  this  paper, 
but  which,  in  its  complete  form,  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  pharmacist. 

Most  essential  oils  are  colorless  or  yellowish,  although  some  are  greenish  or 
bluish-green,  while  others,  like  oil  of  thyme,  soon  acquire  a  dark  red-brown  color. 
Some  oils  deposit  a  crystalline  body  upon  standing,  often  called  a  stcuropten  or 
camphor;  the  fluid  portion  lieing  termed  an  elseopten.  Such  deposits  are  formed, 
for  example,  in  the  oils  of  neroli,  chamomile,  matico  leaves  (Fluckiger"s  mniico cam- 
phor), elecampane  {alant  camphor),  etc.  Other  oils  produce  crystalline  deposits  at 
low  temperatures,  e.g., anise  oil  deposits  ancthol,  American  peppermint  oil  menthol; 
Japanese  peppermint  oil  is  a  semisolid  mixture  of  menthol  and  liquid  oil. 

The  specific  gravities  of  essential  oils  vary  more  than  those  of  fatty  oils. 
While  all  of  the  latter  class  are  lighter  than  water,  a  number  of  essential  oils, 
such  as  those  of  bitter  almond,  cassia,  cinnamon,  cloves,  6as.«afras,  mustard,  and 
wintergreen,  are  heavier  than  water.  The  specific  gravities  vary  from  0.800  for  oil 
of  heracleum  and  0.833  for  oil  of  rue,  to  1.187  for  oil  of  wintergreen.  .A.  11  essen- 
tial oils  are  soluble  in  absolute  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  benzene,  benzol,  carbon 
disulphide,  etc. ;  most  of  them  also  form  clear  solutions  with  weaker  alcohol,  of 
even  as  low  strength  as  70  per  cent  by  volume.  This  property  assists  us  in  recog- 
nizing many  adulterations,  cr/.,  mineral  oils  and  most  fatty  oils.  An  important 
agency  in  the  identification  of  an  essential  oil  consists  in  its  behavior  toward  a 
ray  of  polarized  light,  which  is  determined  by  means  of  polar i meters  (pohri»coi>eg). 
(See  article  on  "  The  Polarimeter  and  Its  Use  in  Pharmacy,'  l>y  Dr.  Charles  Symes, 
in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1880,  p.  44,  where  there  is  also  appended  a  list  of  specific 
gravities  and  optical  rotations  for  a  number  of  essential  oils.) 

^lost  essential  oils  readily  undergo  a  change  in  color,  consistency,  and  com- 
position if  exposed  to  air  and  light,  and  gradually  change  in  odor;  hence  the 
necessity  of  keeping  them  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  preferably  of  amber  color, 
protected  from  air  and  light.  The  constituents  of  essential  oils  are  of  a  far  greater 
variety  than  those  of  fatty  oils,  and  may  be  conveniently  classed  as  follows 
(adapted  from  the  work  above  qitoted) : 

I.  HvnRoc.^RBONs.— Poca^««(CnH2„-(-,),  and  o/«/iij«>( unsaturated  paraffins  CnH,n— «) 
are  sometimes  found  in  essential  oils,  such  as  arnica  flowers,  matricaria  {mntrkurHi-cjmphor), 


oil  of  bay  (tiii/n-ni,  CioHie),  etc.  t)tlKT  livdrocarbon.s  of  Decisional  occurrence  are/xira  cvmi 
(CioHul  in  oil  of  thyme,  etc.,  and  .•</.v/('/'(C«H,.CH:CHj)  in  oil  of  storax.  By  far  the  most 
important  essential  oil  livdiocarboMs  arc  those  known  as  the  Teupexes.  Thcv  are  isomers  of 
the  formula  C'lnHis,  unsaturated,  boiling  hi-tween  150°  and  180°  C.  (302°  and'iVi"  F.  i  They 
are  optically  dextro- or  l»vo-rotatory,  or  inactive,  and  comprise  the  following:  (1)  Pineite; 
(2)  caiiiiiliiii,,  .uolid,  nu-ltinf;  at  50° C.  (122°  F.I ;  (o)  ftiiclifiii-;  (4)  limuiiene:  (51  ilijH'nhiie;  (6)«yf- 
fCilrem' ;  ( 7  •  /,  rpn,.  „.  :  ,  S  i  j.h.lhn.lr,  ,„: 

SE.*iii  III  i:i  1  M~  :ii.  liv,ii..,:irl...n<  of  the  formula  Cv,Hu;  they  lioil  lietween  250' and 
280°C,(1M'  111  -  V  1  .  i  i  11  M  r'.ir  i:iavity  i.s  above  O.SH);  thvy  TOUiprise:  i]\  cailittenf; 
(2)  cariioph      -       .      ;  ,1  .  .etc. 

Poi  V  1 1  111!  M  -  I  111.  rpriii  ■-  an. I  1 1  itcrpenes,  lioiling  above  300°  C.  i5"2'' F.  .  Tlu-v  liave 
been  littlo  iiivi^tigalt.l. 

The  following  classes  comprise  sulistances  which  constitute  the  characteristic  otloriferoua 
in-inciples  of  the  oils  in  which  they  occur: 

II.  .\u(iiioij<.— (U  ;ic.ri/?-(C,HisOH)  and  oclyl-alcvliol  (CgHi;OH)  in  heradenm  oils;  ^2) 
Umtlml  [contiiiilivl)  (CioHisO)  in  oils  of  borgamot,  coriander,  etc.;  (S)grratilol  {rln-llinJ)  (CicHi^) 
in  oils  of  rose  and  lemon  grass;  (4)  ciliumllol  (CioH:!o(.M,  in  oils  of  gei-anium  and  rose ;  (5)  In^ 
pintol  (CwU\»0),  in  oils  of  c^ijeput  and  camplior;  (H)  bomtnl  (CivIlisO)  iu  Borneo  c-amphor; 
(7)  mnilhol  (Cu.HsoO\. 


OLEA.  1325 

III.  Aldehydes.— (1)  Citral  (Geranial)  (CioHnO),  the  aldehyde  of  geraniol ;  in  lemon- 
graas  dil:  2  CitroneUal  (CioHisO),  in  citronella  oil;  {3\  furfunii  {C,H.O),  in  oil  of  doves; 
(41  btimiliUlii/tlr  (CjHj.CHOK  in  oils  of  bitter  alniomt  ami  clierrv  laurel;  (oi  xilictilk  aUlfhyde 
(CjHjt-tH.CHOi.in  spinea  oil ;  (b)  <iHi»-<i/<Wn/</f  (C,n,.OCH3.Clli)),  in  old  auise  oil;  ('\  cumin 
aldehylc  C.lI.X'jlli.CHOi,  iu  oil  of  Roman  cliaiiioiuile  :  (Si  i..»,7/m  ((.(iHj.Ull.OCHj.CHO) ; 
i!»!  heli'irupii).  in  spirwa  oil ;  ( lOi  cinuamk  aliUhijde  i(\]l^Cll:Cli.CUO\,  in  cassia  and  cinna- 
mon oils;     Hi  Oi-lho-cumar-<ihM,)i,l,    methvl-ethfr  (C,H,.(  H'lIj.CUrCH.CHO),  in  oil  of  cassia. 

IV.  Ketones.— (1)  .\ffth<il-ami/l-k'lone  (CHj.fO.CjHn).  in  oil  of  .loves;  (2)  m,thiil-hepl,<,<,ue 
iCsHhOi.  allii-d  to  liualool;  &\  aimme  (CioHuOi,  in  oil  of  cjirawav  ;  i4)  nuii-kelune  (CjH,. 
wCHj.l'Hj.CO.t'Hjl;  (5)  y<i;*(ii  oa/zi/^/ior  (CioHuOl  (see  ' Vi»,^,Aorn)';  ((>) /f;iWi-<»f  (CioHnO), 
liquid,  in  oil  of  fennel ;  (7)  ihnjoue  {tiimicetoite)  (CioHkO),  in  oil  of  thuja ;  (S)  pithnom  (CioHnU), 
in  oil  of  pennyroyal;  (9)  menthone  (CwHwO),  in  oil  of  peppermint;  (10)  irone  (CisHjoO),  in  oil 
of  orris  root. 

V.  Acins.— .I<v/i>,  propionic,  buli/rir,  rnleriaiilc.  tiglinic  aciih,  iseldom  free,  mostly  ae  esters, 
combined  with  higher  alcohols.  Furthermore.  /»7ii(<i<-.".«(//.i//i>,  ;ind  riiuifniiic  aciih.  Laitoxes. — 
cmimiiiiii  anil  li!i'lnict<iimariii,al(iiiU>-lfirtuiii  [lultiiiin  in  oil  of  elecan)pane ;  O.vide-s. — Vinml  {eiica- 
lyptol  CiiiHi.(.t  ,  oecuring  in  many  oils,  especially  from  Artemii-ia  cimi,  cajeput  and  eucalyptus. 

VI.  I'liEXOL-s  and  Phexoi.-ether.s. — (I)  ]  auHliii ;  (2 \  anethol ;  l3)  pani-iTi-fil  iiitlli'i/Mlier 
(CjHj.C'Ha.OCHa).  in  ylang-ylang  oil  ;  l-Jl  inirari-ul  { iso-propijl  ortho-creMjIt,  in  oil  of  Moiiarda 
j£itfu/i«i<(,etc. ;  (o  I  Ihiimul  ( iso-propul  meta-rrcfol),  in  oil  of  thyme,  etc.;  1 6)  clitirirol  { pani-allpl-plifnol), 
in  Java  hetel-leaf  oil,  and  oil  of  bay  ;  (7)  mftliiil-chavicnf,  in  anise  oil ;  (8)  eiujeiuA  {alli/'l-yuaiacol) 
(CjHs.C'sHj.OCHjOH  I,  in  oil  of  cloves  ;  19)  mafrol  tCioHioOj),  in  sassafras  and  camphor  oils  ; 
(10 1  atnr.jii    (.'("IIisOj),  in  oil  of  .1*1  ram  eurnpuii'in  ;  (11)  (lyd'o/ (CuHuO,  >,  from  oil  of  parsley. 

VII.  MisTARD  Oii^. — Contain  sulphur  compounds. 

The  more  important  of  these  constituents  will  be  briefly  described  under 
the  oils  wherein  tney  chiefly  occur.  Since  the  chemical  nature  of  essential  oils 
is  in  many  cases  well-defined,  it  often  permits  of  a  more  or  less  exact  quantitative 
determination  of  their  characteristic  constituents.  Thus,  ei7e«,e.  </.,  linaloyl  ace- 
tate, in  oil  of  bergamot,  may  be  determined  bj-  their  saponification  value" (com- 
pare FoW?/ 0(7;?;  also  see  Cera);  certain  aldehi/de-s,  e. g.,c\iinanuc  aldehyde  in  oil  of 
cassia,  by  means  of  the  crystalline  comi)ounds  they  form  with  sodium  bisul- 
l)hite  ;  phenok,  e.  g.,e\igeno\  in  Ceylon  cinnamon  oil,  by  the  loss  of  volume  which 
the  oil  incurs  by  being  shaken  with  solution  of  caustic  pdtash.  An  interesting 
analytical  method,  applicable  to  oils  containing  an  nlkijl-oiy-group  {e.  (i.,metlinii/, 
OCHj)  as  anethol  in  anise  oil  (which  see),  consists  in  determining  the  methyl- 
number,  i.e. .the  number  of  milligrammes  of  methyl  that  is  split  ofl'when  1  gramme 
of  oil  is  boiled  with  hydriodic  acid  (measured" by  the  amount  of  silver  iodide 
that  is  precipitated  when  the  vapors  of  tiie  methyl  iodide  formed  are  conducted 
into  an  alcoholic  solution  of  silver  nitrate).  Since  alcohol  also  gives  a  methyl- 
number  when  subjected  to  this  reaction,  the  latter  may  serve  as  a  good  test  for 
alcohol  in  such  oils  as  do  not  contain  a  methoxy-group,  and  consequently  do  not 
yield  a  methyl  number,  as  bitter  almond,  bergamot,  caraway,  lemon,  cubeb,  euca- 
lyptus, lavender,  peppermint  oils,  etc. 

Owing  to  their  high  price,  essential  oils  are  frequently  subject  to  adultera- 
tion. If  a  few  drops  of  the  oil  in  question  be  placed  on  filtering  paper,  the  odor 
will  sometimes  indicate  impurities.  An  addition  of  rt/co^o/ reduces  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  oil.  Larger  quantities  may  be  recognized  by  shaking  out  with 
water,  distilling  the  aqueous  liquid  and  testing  the  distillate  for  alcohol  by  the 
iodoform  test,  viz.,  by  warming  with  sodium  carbonate  and  iodine,  whereby  iodo- 
form is  precipitated.  Or,  shaking  the  oil  with  dry  chloride  of  calcium  (  Borsa- 
relli),  or  acetate  of  potai^sium  (J.  J.  Bernoulli),  will  separate  the  alcohol  from  the 
essential  oil.  Oil  of  turpentine  is  the  adulterant  most  frequently  used.  It  may 
often  be  recognized  bj'  its  odor.  Its  presence  afliects  the  specific  gravity  and  the 
solubility  of  the  oil  in  70  per  cent  alcohol.  Its  chief  constituent  being  ^^TieHt",  the 
presence  of  this  body  in  oils  not  naturally  containing  it,  pmves  the  presence  of 
turpentine.  Additio"n  oijntty  oils  to  essential  oils  may  be  re.'ognized  by  a  perma- 
nent greasy  stain  thev  leave  on  jiaper,  upon  prolonged  e.xpo.-iure.  Their  presence 
may  al.«o  f>e  detected  by  distilling  the  essentia!  oil  witli  the  vapors  of  boiling 
water,  and  heating  a  portion  of  tiie  residue  on  ].latinum  foil,  or  in  a  dry  test- 
tube  with  acid  potassium  sulphate,  whereby  the  irritant  vapors  of  acrolein  are 
evolved.  Treatment  with  70  i)er  cent  aliohoj,  in  which  all  fatty  oils,  including 
castor  oil,  are  insoluble,  will  also  reveal  their  presence  in  manv  oils.  Mineral  oils 
(petroleum)  are  easily  separated  and  recognized  by  reason  of  their  insolubility  in 
alcohol,  their  low  specific  gravity,  nud   tluir  inability  to  saponify  with  alkalies. 


I32(i  OLEA  INFUSA.— OLEANDER. 

Suiue  essential  oils  as  stated  above,  contain  small  quantities  of  paraffins  as  regu- 
lar constituents.  Oils  of  reiJnr,  aipaiha,  and  gurjun  balsam,  are  also  used  as  adul- 
terants of  essential  oils,  and  are  detected  with  difficulty.  They  dissolve  with 
difficulty  in  alcohol  of  70  to  90  per  cent,  are  strongly  la^vo-rotatory,  and  boil  at 
temperatures  above  2oO°  C.  (482°  F.;. 

OLEA  INFUSA  (N.  F.)— INFUSED  OILS. 

Preparation.— "The  dry  herb,  in  moderately  coarse  (No.  40)  powder,  two 
hundred  grammes  (200  Gm.)  [7  ozs.  av.,  24  grs.];  alcohol,  one  hundred  and  fifty 
grammes  (150Gm.)  [5  ozs.av.,  127  grs.];  water  of  ammonia  (T.  .S.  P.),  four  grammes 
(4  Gm.)  [62  grs.];  lard  oil,  five  hundred  grammes  (500  Gni.)  [1  lb.  av.,  1  oz.,279 
grs.J;  cotton  seed  oil,  five  hundred  grammes  (500  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av..  1  oz.,  279  grs.]. 
Moisten  the  powdered  herb  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  the  alcohol  and  water  of 
ammonia  previously  mixed,  then  pack  it  tightly  into  a  stone  or  enamelled  iron 
vessel  of  suitable  capacity,  pour  on  the  remainder  of  the  ammoniated  alcohol, 
cover  it  well,  and  allow  the  mixture  to  macerate  for  24  hours.  Then  add  one 
hundred  and  twenty  grammes  (120  Gm.)  [4  ozs.  av.,  102  grs.]  of  the  mixed  oils, 
digest,  under  frequent  agitation,  during  12  hours,  at  a  temperature  between  50° 
and  60°  C.  (122°  and  140°  F.),  transfer  the  mixture  to  a  strainer,  and  express 
strongly.  To  the  residue,  returned  to  the  vessel,  add  the  remainder  of  the  oils, 
digest  and  express  in  the  same  manner,  and  unite  the  expressed  portions.  Xote. — 
This  process  is  a  modification  of  that  prescribed  by  the  Germnn  Pharmacopeia. 
The  alcohol  and  free  ammonia  are  dissipated  during  the  digestion.  Infused  oils 
are  usualh'  prepared  only  from  so-called  narcotic  plants,  but  it  is  known  that 
only  a  portion  of  their  active  constituents  is  taken  up  by  the  oil.  The  above 
process  is  to  be  used  for  the  preparation  of  Oleum  Hyoscyami  of  the  German  Phar- 
macopceid ,  and  similar  infused  oils" — {Xat.  Form.). 

_  The  uses  of  the  infused  oils  will  be  those  of  the  ingredients  which  enter  into 
their  composition. 

OLEANDER.— OLEANDER. 

The  leaves  of  Nerium  Oleander,  Linn(-. 
Xiit.  (JriJ. — Apocynacete. 
CciMMo.N  N.\MEs;  Oleander,  Laurier  rose. 

Botanical  Source. — The  oleander  bush   is  an   arborescent   shrub,  having 

branches  teruately  divided,  and  coated  with  an  almost  smooth  bark  of  a  grayish 

Fig.  180  °^"  gi"eenish-gray  color.     The  smooth,  coriaceous,  deep-green, 

almost  sessile  leaves,  are  in  whorls  of  three:  ab(_ive.  the}' are 

glossy;  beneath,  grayish  or  pale-green.     They  are  linear- 

'ifi^'^s;,.   ,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  entire,  marked  with  delicate,  feather 

{I    i^^'^"^^      veins,  and  about  4  to  6  inches  long.     The  flowei-s  are  beau- 

'"'  tiful.  and  of  a  rose  or  white  color,  and  waxy  appearance. 

History  and  Chemica.  Composition.— The  leaves  of 
I  his  iirnamental  sbrub,  ltow  wild  in  northern  Africa,  western 
Asia,  and  the  south  of  Europe.  They  have  been  used  in  the 
treatment  of  epilepsy,  but  without  ajiparent  benefit.  All 
1  of  the  shrub  are  cardiac  poisons.  The  acrid  and  bitter 
leaves  of?  N'erium  Oleander  contain,  according  to  Sclnniede- 
Nermm  Oleander.  j^^^^  {18S2),  three  glucosids.  namely  :  non-basic,  amorphous, 
poisonous  oleandrin,  discovered  by  Leukowsky  (1864).  who  believed  it  to  be  an 
alkaloid  ;  nerein  (neriin),  considered  by  Scliiiiiedci>erg  to  be  identical  with  lUgiiaUin 
(seeD/f/zVa//-^),  and  crystallizable  neriniit/iin,  free  from'nitrogen.  (For  details  regard- 
ing the  study  of  Oleander,  sec  Husemann  and  Hilger,  Ptianzcnstofie.  18S4.  p.  1331.) 
From  the  bark  of  Nerium  Oleander,  E.  Pieszczek  (.-IrcAnM/o- P/idrm.,  1890,  p. 
352)  isolated  a  new,  poisonous,  nitrogen-free  glucosid,  msagiiuu.  in  the  form  of 
warty  crystals,  melting  at  171°  C.  (339.8°  F.),  soluble  in  strong  alcohol  with  neu- 
tral reaction,  nearly  insoluble  in  water,  petroleum  etlicr,  ciilorofomi  and  ether 
if  free  from  alcohol.      In  addition   were  obtained,  bitter,  amorplious  mriin,  of 


OLEANDKS.  1:>J7 

Schiniedcheig,  iiitrogeii-free,  lemon-yellow,  soluble  in  water  and  absolute  alcoliol 
with  neutral  reaction,  insoluble  in  ether  and  petroleum  ether,  and  producing 
a  purple-violet  coloration  when  dissolved  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and 
brought  into  contact  with  bromine  vapor ;  a  volatile  oil  of  an  unpleasant  odor, 
and  a  crystallizal>le,  Huorescenl  body  occurring  more  pronouncedly  in  chler  l)ark, 
probably  identical  v.itli  iiiiilitllifiroii.'  The  oleander  of  Algeria,  upoii  incision  of  the 
twigs,  yields  n  poisonous  exudate  which  is  said  to  contain  glroiihunt/iin  (Amfr. 
Jour.  Pfidrm.,  1899,  p.  281).  The  Howers  of  the  oleander  are  reputed  to  y'eld  a 
poisonous  honev.  The  exhalation  of  the  flowers  of  oleander  in  bedrooms  is  said 
to  have  caused  death  (see  Picszczck,  lor.rii.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— According  to  Orfila,  Kurzak,  and 
others,  all  p;irts  of  the  oleander  plant  are  poisonous.  From  experiments  upon 
birds  and  the  lower  animals,  it  was  determined  that  both  the  voluntary  and 
involuntai-y  muscles  were  paralyzed  by  it,  and  the  voluntary  muscles  were  some- 
what convulsed.  When  death  ensues,  respiration  is  first  arrested  and  then  the 
heart's  action  stops.  The  action  of  the  active  constituents  has  been  compared  to 
that  of  digitalis.  Water  in  which  oleander  leaves  have  lain,  is  said  to  have 
caused  the  death  of  animals,  and  the  flesh  of  fowls  has  been  rendered  sufficiently 
toxic  to  be  fatal  to  man.  Rats  are  said  to  be  poisoned  by  the  bark,  and  ijedicu'li 
destroyetl  by  a  decoction  of  the  leaves.  In  fatal  cases,  the  heart  has  been  found 
flaiciii,  and  the  larger  venous  trunks  filled  with  a  dark-colored  blood.  The  chief 
theraueulic  use  that  has  been  made  of  oleander,  is  in  (/-/A/wy,  and  it  has  been 
abandoned  in  that  malady  as  useless.  From  its  decidedly  toxic  power  over  the 
heart,  it  seems  worthy  of  an  investigation  as  a  cardiac  remedy.  In  fact  it  has 
been  found  to  act  well  in  vnlvulnr  aff'irtions,  rapidly  slowing  the  heart's  action, 
reducing  the  oedema,  and  relieving  the  dyspncea.  Some  have  preferred  it  to 
digitalis  in  atheromatous  states.  It  is  actively  diuretic,  and  occasionally  purges. 
The  dose,  in  infusion  or  tincture,  represents  from  1  to  3  grains  of  fresh  bark 
or  dried  fruit. 

Related  Species. — Xerium  odnrum,  Alton  {Nerium  odoratum,  Lamarck).  India.  Wild 
.in^l  cultivated.  Closely  resembles  the  preceding  plant,  but  its  flowers  are  fragrant,  its  leaves 
longer,  anil  has  a  para'coroUa  which  is  fringed.  Greenish,  in  18sl,  isolated  two  toxic,  bitter 
gliicosids,  and  a  fixed  oil,  Xermdorin  is  a  yellow,  tenaeious,  transparent  varnish,  soluble  in 
ebloroform,  somewhat  le-^ss  in  alcohol,  and  little  soluble  in  water.  According  to  Sehniiedeberg, 
it  is  analogous  to  oleandrin,  while  iierioJoriin  is  a  lemon-yellow  powder,  insoluble  in  chloro- 
form, but  soluble  in  water  ami  alcohol,  and  resembling  neriin.  Neither  are  dissolved  by  car- 
bon disulphide,  benzin  or  benzol. 

Geiiinuitperinum  hie,  Baillon. — A  Brazilian  tree  known  in  its  habitat  as  pai'>  jxreira.  The 
bark  is  verv  bitter,  and  contains  three  alkaloids.  Geiisospermine  {Cwlin'SM2-\-'aiO,  O.Hesse. 
!S77),  crystiillizable,  melting  at  180°  C.  (320°  F.),  is  insoluble  in  water  and  ether,  not  easily 
soluble  in  cold,  but  readily  soluble  in  warm  alcohol;  soluble  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
to  a  colorless  liquid  which  soon  turns  blue  ;  it  is  poi.^jonous,  and  causes  ileatli  l)y  paralysis. 
Fireirine  (CisHmNjO,  O.  Hesse),  an  ainorjilmus  alkaloid,  soluble  in  alcuhol.  ether,  chforo- 
lorni.  nearly  insoluble  in  water.  Nitric  a.  i  I  li— ..1  .  -  it  with  bl(jod-red  ciilor  which  does  not 
turn  violet  witli  stannous  ddoride  (dill'  i    n  ^  ','((/(„,  see  Sn.r  Vimticn  t.     Large  doses 

cause  paralysis,  fever,  and  death.  IV/'-  '  I!  -  ii.  M,  Freund  and  Fanvet,  Ja/(rtv»6.  rfer 
Phttrm.,  lS'.»:i,  p.  .518.  and  189.5,  p,  44(1)  is  a  w.  li  .  ,  ■,  -iai,  /  ihi.-  alkaloid,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble 
in  chloroform,  alcohol,  warm  benzol  and  prtnileuni  beiizin,  partly  soluble  in  ether.  Accon.1- 
ing  to  analysis  by  T.  Peckolt  (ifriV/.,  1896,  p.  40),  the  air-dried  bark  contains  pereirine, '2.7'2  per 
cent ;  (/fijww/"; /o'li, ,  0.125  [ler  cent;  was,  starch,  resin,  etc.  The  leaves,  but  not  (he  bark,  con- 
tained tannic  acid.     The  bark  is  an  antiperiodic  also. 

I'arameri't  luhirrnria,  Hadlkofer.— Philippine  Islands.  A  climbing  plant,  the  bark  and 
leaves  of  which,  when  boiled  in  cocoanut  oil,  yield  a  peculiarly  odorous,  yellow  substance 
known  as  Cffm  hultmn  (finhnino  rie  Tiujuktwaij \ .  .\n  aromatic  resin",  3  per  cent, and  caoutcliouc, 
8.5  per  cent,  are  yiebled  by  the  bark  of  tlie  root  (Zipperer,  .liryiir  (/<r /'/larm.,  1885,  p.  817). 
The  oily,  yellow-wbite  lii|uid  is  applied  toinnim/)!  and  cutatieou*  affectiom. 

Theirlia  ycoilli,  I)e C'andolle  ( ( '<  ih,i;i  Ihnilitikli-*,  Knnth).— The  tree  known  in  the  Mexican 
Cordilleras  as  the  /.»/'//.■.  It  inhabits  the  rlamp,  hot  sections  of  the  mountains.  The  fruit  is 
applie<l  to  h'-mwrliiiiih.  The  seeds,  which  are  known  as  joyote  seeds,  are  very  acriil  and  jxii- 
sonous.  .\.  Ilerrera  lAmer.  Junr.  Phiirm.,  1,877,  i).  Uol  obtained,  liy  pressure,  40  per  cent,  of  a 
fixe<l  oil,  and  a  crystallizable,  acrid  glucosid  which  be  culle<l  llieretoaw.  Mertk  i  \S\H)  isolat»-d 
another  glucosiil  which  he  nanie>l  nrlieriil.     It  is  a  cardiac  poison. 

TheirlM  nrrliioll'i,  De  Cundolle  ( '  •rhrrn  Thn;  lin,  Linne '.  \V.*t  In.lies,  Bark  of  this  shrub 
used  as  an  antiperiodic.  It  yields  the  crvstallizable  gluc(.sid  fA.iv/i»i,  discovered  byDeVrij. 
By  treatment  with  diluted  acids,  it  splits  int..  siniar  and  a  resin..id  bo.ly.  th.rmfi,,.  Theivtin 
(OmHmOj,)  is  bitter,  odorless,  soluble  to  some  extent  in  cold  water,  nior.-  soluble  in  alcoliol 
and  acetic  acid.     Tluvcretin  (C«H;o()i;)  is  a  white  powder,  and  is  but  slightly  dissolved  by 


1328  OLEATA.— OLEATCM  VERATRIX^. 

hot  water.  Both  principles  are  toxic.  Thevetin  is  a  cardiac,  and  to  some  extent  a  re.spiratorj' 
paralyzer.  Its  eflFects  are  practically  identical  with  those  of  digitalin.  Its  identity  with  cerberin 
and  t'nnghtne  has  been  questioned.  Tlie  latter  is  the  ^ctive  constituent  of  the  "  Madagascar 
ordeal  bean,"  from  the  Tanghiuia  reufniffrn;  the  former,  the  active  constituent  of  Cerbera  odal- 
Inm,  Gaertner.  Thevetia  ovata,  De  Candolle,  and  Thevetia  cutieifotia,  De  CandoUe,  have  proper- 
ties similar  to  yccolli,  and  are  known  as  narcisos  amarillos  and  also  ae  joyoU.  This  bark  is  a 
drastic  cathartic,  and  the  fruit  causes  emesis. 

OLEATA.— OLEATES. 

M.  L'hermite  (1854)  propo.^ed  solutions  of  alkaloids  in  olei/j  acid  as  substitutes 
for  the  oleaginous  and  glycerinic  solutions  of  these  bases.  He  objected  to  the  oils 
from  their  incapability  of  dissolving  the  alkaloids,  and  to  the  glycerin  from  its 
not  possessing  unctuous  properties.  His  suggestions  passed  largely  unnoticed 
until  the  matter  was  revived,  in  1872,  by  Prof.  John  Marshall.  Oleic  acid  tritu- 
rated with  the  alkaloids  dissolves  these  and  their  salts  perfectly,  and  the  solu- 
tions, if  desired,  may  be  perfumed.  When  either  alkaloids  or  metallic  oxides  are 
treated  with  oleic  acid,  a  salt  known  as  an  oleate,  is  produced.  The  oleates,  as  em- 
ployed medicinally,  are  solutions  of  these  normal  salts  (true  oleates)  in  an  excess 
of  oleic  acid.  Heat  should  be  avoided  where  possible,  though  in  many  instances 
a  moderate  degree  of  heat  is  permissible. 

Oleates,  especially  of  the  metallic  oxides,  are  also  prepared  by  double  decom- 
position between  a  salt  of  the  base  selected  and  a  sodium  or  potassium  oleate 
or  castile  soap  (sodium  oleo-palmitate),  with  the  last-named  soap  yielding  an 
impure  oleate.  Prof  J.  M.  Good  (Proc.  Mo.  Phnnn.  j4.ssor.,1891)  suggests  dissolving 
the  alkaloids  in  just  sufficient  oleic  acid  to  efifect  solution,  and  then  diluting  with 
almond  oil  or  other  bland  oil. 

The  oleates  possess  the  properties  of  their  bases,  and  are  employed  like  the 
ointments  of  the  same  bodies,  being,  however,  more  cleanly  and  finer  in  appear- 
ance, and,  on  the  other  hand,  more  irritating,  unless  diluted  with  some  bland  oil. 
They  should  not  be  applied  with  friction,  but  should  be  gently  applied  with  the 
finger  or  brush.  (For  a  short  treatise  on  the  oleates,  see  G.  M.  Beringer,  Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  1889,  pp.  593-600  ;    also  see  John  V.  Phoemaker,  The  Oleato-^.  Phila.,  1885.) 

OLEATUM  VERATRINiE  (U.  S.  P.)— OLEATE  OF  VERATRINE. 

Preparation. — "  Veratrine,  two  grammes  (2  Gm.)  [31  grs.];  oleic  acid,  ninety- 
eight  grammes  (98  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  200  grs.].  To  make  one  hundred  grammes 
(lOO  Giu.)  [3  ozs.,  231  grs.].  Rub  the  veratrine  with  a  small  quantity  of  oleic  acid, 
in  a  warm  mortar,  to  a  smooth  paste.  Then  add  the  remainder  of  the  oleic  acid, 
previously  warmed,  and  stir  frequently  until  the  veratrine  is  dissolved  " — (I'.S.P.K 

This  preparation  contains  2  per  cent  of  veratrine.  The  other  alkaloidal  oleates 
may  be  made  after  this  formula,  when  a  2  per  cent  strength  is  desired:  should  a 
5  per  cent  preparation  be  wanted,  as  is  usually  the  case  with  cocaine  and  mor- 
phine, use  5  parts  of  the  alkaloid  and  95  parts  of  oleic  acid.  Quinine  oleate  is 
usually  25  i)er  cent  in  strength;  for  making  this  use  25  parts  of  the  alkaloid  and 
75  parts  of  oleic  acid. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  oleate  is  just  half  the  strength  of  irmtrine 
ointment.  It  is  employed  in  localized  neuralgia,  and  well  adapted  for  inunction 
purposes.  Where  it  is  desired  that  the  alkaloid  shall  not  be  absorbed  the  oint- 
ment is  preferable. 

Other  Oleates.— Oi.E.tTfM  Acokitin-.e  (X.  F.),  OUatfofaconitine.  "Aconitine,  alkaloid,  two 
grammes  (2  Gm.)  ['M  grs.];  oleic  acid,  ninetv-eight  grammes  (9S  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,2(X)  grs  ]. 
Triturate  the  aconitine  with  a  small  portion  of  the  oleic  acid  in  a  mortar,  then  incorixirate  the 
remainder  of  the  oleic  acid,  and  stir  the  mixture  frequently  until  the  alkaloid  is  dissolved. 
Note. — The  market  affords  a  variety  of  aconitines  made  by  different  protvsjses,  by  differi-nt  inanu- 
fiicturers,  and  of  greatly  different  potency.  Only  the  "pure  crystalliieil  or  cr\-etallizable  alka- 
loid, prepared  by  Duauosnel's  method,  or  at  least  one  equal  to  it  in  st  rength,  should  lx>  used  for 
this  preparation  " — (Nal.  Form.).  Tliis  agent,  in  very  small  amountfi,  is  employed  a.<5  a  topical 
application  for  lix'al  neuralgias  (see  article  bv  E.  R.  Squibb,  in  .iiiu-r.  .four.  Pharm.,  1SS2,  p.  572i. 
This  jireparation  is  a  <laugerou8  remedy,  and  is  seldom  employtnl  by  KcltH-tic  physicians. 

Oleatcm  HisMiriii,  OUate  oj'  bismuth.— Huh  to  a  fine  powder,  480  grains  l\  tr<>y  ounoo*  of 
bismuth  oxide,  dried  at  100"  C.  (212°  F.l  until  it  no  longer  loses  weight,  and  mix  thoroughly 


OLEATUM  ZINCI.  1329 

with  i7">.>  grains  of  purified  oleic  aciil.  Add  water,  2  parts,  nml  boil  until  complete  eapoiiifi- 
cation  taki  s  place,  adding  water  to  replace  tliat  lost  by  evaporation.  Wbi'n  the  process  liiis  so 
far  proceeded  that  a  portion  of  the  oleate,  when  droppeil  into  water, assumes  an  ointment-like 
consistence,  without  separating  any  free  oleic  acid,  the  oiieration  may  bo  considered  finished. 
This  nutliO'l  W!18  proimsed  by  G.  M.  BeringiT  (.Imo.  y.-ur.  i'/uirHu,  188'J,  p.  oUU).  The  usi.s  of 
the  oleate  are  those  of  bismuth  oxide. 

Ole.itim  llYiiitARi;YKi  (  f".  N.  J'.\,  Oli'ole  of  iiurrun/,  J/trci(ric  olfaU: — "Yellow  mercuric 
oxide,  thoroughly  dried,  two  hunilreil  grammes "( 2W)  Gni.  l  [7  ozs.  av.,  24  grs.] ;  oleic  acid,  eight 
hundred  grammes  ."00  Um. )  fl  lb.  av.,  12  ozs.,  IMi  gre.] ;  to  make  one  thousand  grammes  ( 1000 
(Jin.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs..  120  grs.J.  Introduce  tlie  oleic  acid  into  a  capacious  mortar,  and  gradu- 
ally add  to  it  the  yellow  mercuric  oxide  by  silting  it  upon  the  surface  of  the  acid,  and  incor- 
porate it  bv  continuous  stirring.  Then  set  the  mixture  aside  in  a  warm  place,  at  a  tempera- 
ture not  exceeding  40°  C.  ( 104°  F.\  and  stir  frequently,  until  the  oxide  is  dissolved  "— (  T.  .S.  /'. ). 
Contact  with  metals  must  be  avoide<l  in  its  pn^paration.  The  aliove  oleate  is  of  a  yellow  color, 
and  firm,  butyraceous  consistence.  It  contains  20  per  cent  of  the  yellow  oxide,  and  is  rather 
au  unstable  compound.  It  is  emploved  like  mercurial  ointment.  The  British  J'lianuacoparia 
(1898)  prepares  it  by  the  interaction  of  mercuric  chloride  with  oleic  acid  and  hard  soap. 

Ole.\tim  Pi.i-mhi  (N.  F.),  IamI  vUatt'. — "Lead  acetate,  seventy-five  grammes  (75  Gm.) 
\2  ozs.  av.,2S2  grs.l ;  solution  of  sodium  oleate  (F.  246 >,  two  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (2000 
Cc.)  [67  fl5.  oOl  111];  acetic  acid  (  C.  S.  P.),  water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Dissolve  the 
lead  acetate  in  four  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (4000  C'c.  i  [lo.'j  fig,  122  111]  of  water.  Should 
the  solution  be  turbid  or  opalescent,  add  to  it  acetic  acid,  in  drops,  until  it  has  become  clear. 
Then  filter,  if  necessary,  through  a  pellet  of  absorbent  cotton  placed  in  the  neck  of  a.  funnel, 
and  mix  it  .-lowly,  and  under  constant  stirring,  with  the  solution  of  .sodium  oleate.  Heat  the 
mixture  to  boiling,  transfer  it  to  a  strainer,  and  when  the  liquid  has  drained  ofi",  wash  the  resi- 
due with  four  thousand  cubic  centimeutei-s  ( 4000  Cc. )  [135  85. 122  Til]  of  boiling  water.  Lastlv, 
take  Uie  mass  from  the  strainer,  remove  any  occluded  water  by  pressure,  and  transfer  it,  while 
warm  and  soft,  to  suitable  vessels.  This  product  contains  an  amount  of  lead  corresponding  to 
about  2S  per  Cent  of  lead  oxide.  Xole. — The  theoretical  yield  of  lead  oleate  obtainable  from 
75  grammes  of  lead  acetate  is  143  grammes;  in  practice,  about  125  grammes  will  be  obUuned. 
Lead  oleate  prepared  by  the  above  process  is  of  about  the  consistence  of  lead  plaster,  and  may 
be  converted  into  an  ointment  by  mixing  with  it  such  a  proportion  of  oleic  acid  as  may  be 
required  " — (Xat.  Funii.).    Its  uses  are  practically  those  of  lead  acetate,  locally  applied. 

Ole.\ti-m  Qt:i.\i.N.E  (X.  F.),  0/«i(<o/(/«i/iih<'.—'- Quinine  (  i'.S.  P.),drisd  at  100*  C.  (212°  F.), 
until  it  ceases  to  lose  weight,  twenty-five  grammes  (25  Gm.)  [386  grsj;  oleic  acid,  seventy-five 


grammes  i7o  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  282  grs.].  Triturate  the  quinine  with  the  oleic  acid,  gradually 
added,  then  apply  a  gentle  heat,  and  stir  frequently,  until  the  quinine  is  dissolved.  The  prod- 
uct contains  25  per  cent  of  dry  quinine.     Xote. — When  the  official  quinine  (C20H24X2O2.3H2O) 


I  not  available,  the  quantity  corresponding  to  25  grammes  of  dry  quinine  may  be  prepared  as 
follows:  Take  34  grammes  of  otiieial  (niinine  sulphate,  dissolve  it  in  200  grammes  of  water 
with  the  aid  of  a  sufficient  quantity  ni  dilutid  sulphuric  acid,  then  precipitate  the  quinine  by 
means  of  water  of  ammonia,  added,  under  C'jnstant  stirring,  until  it  is  in  slight  excess.  Trans- 
fer the  magnii.  to  a  close  muslin  strainer,  previously  wetted,  allow  the  liquid  to  drain  ofi",  and 
wash  the  precipitate  with  ice-cold  water,  until  the  washings  are  practically  tasteless,  but  using 
not  more  than  about  200  grammes  of  water.  Lastly,  dry  the  precipiUite.  The  theoretical  quan- 
tity of  dry  quinine  obtainable  from  34  grammes  of  the  sulphate  is  25.27  grammes.  In  practice, 
approximately  25  grammes  will  be  obtained" — (yat.  Fomt.).  Its  uses  are  those  of  quinine 
by  inunction.' 

OLEATUM  ZINCI  (0.  S.  P.)— OLEATE  OF  ZINC. 

Preparation. — "Zinc  oxide,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,334  grs.];  oleic 
acid,  nine  hundred  and  fifty  grammes  (950  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  1  oz.,223  grs.].  To 
make  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.,  3  ozs.,  120  gr.s.].  Introduce  the 
oleic  acid  into  a  capacious  capsule,  and  gradually  add  to  it  the  zinc  oxide  by  sift- 
ing it  u])on  the  surface  of  the  acid,  and  incorporate  it  by  continuous  stirring.  Set 
the  mixture  aside  for  a  few  hours,  and  then  heat  it  on  a  water-bath,  frequently 
stirring,  until  the  oxide  is  dissolved  " — (T.  S.  P.). 

This  oleate  is  of  soft,  ointment  consistence,  and  contains  5  per  cent  of  zinc 
oxide.  That  of  the  British  Pharmnropceia  (188.5)  contains  10  per  cent  of  oxide  of 
zinc,  and  is  a  much  firmer  preparation.    Uses,  those  of  zinc  oxide,  locally  applied. 

Oleatcm  Zinci  (X.  F.).  Zinc  o^n(»>.— "Zinc  acetate,  crystallized,  one  hundred  and  fifteen 
grammes  (115  Gm.  I  (4  ozs.  av.,  25grs.];  solution  of  sodium  oleate,  five  thousand  cubic  centi- 
meters (5000  Cc.  I  [169  fl.5,  3:;  ni]  ;  Wiiter.  a  sufficient  quantitv.  Dissolve  the  zinc  act^tate  in  ten 
thousand  cubic  centimeters  1 10,IX)0  Cc.  1  [338  H5.  CtJlll  J  of  cold  water,  filtertlie  solution,  if  neces- 
sary, through  a  pellet  of  absorbent  cotton  nlaced  in  the  neck  of  a  funnel, ami  tin  11  mix  it  slowly, 
and  under  con.stant  stirring,  with  the  solution  of  sodium  oliate.  Transfer  tin-  ndxturetoa 
wette>l  muslin  strainer,  and  when  tlie  liquiil  lias  dr.iined  oil.  wash  the  precijiilnte  with  water, 
until  the  washings  are  practically  tjisteless.  1-istly,  dry  the  precipitate,  spn^ad  on  i)a|ier,  by 
exposure  to  ilust-tree  air,  without  heat.    Tin-  product  contains  au  amount  of  zinc  corn-simnding 


1330  OLEORESIN^.— OLEORESINA  ASPIDII, 

to  about  13  per  cent  of  zinc  oxide.  iVbte.— The  theoretical  yield  of  zinc  oleate  obtainable 
from  115  grammes  of  zinc  acetate  is  287.5  grammes;  in  practice,  about  265  grammes  will  be 
obtained.  Zinc  oleate,  prepared  by  the  above  process  is  in  the  form  of  a  soft,  white  powder, 
and  may  be  converted  into  a  plaster  or  ointment  by  mixing  it  with  such  a  proportion  of  oleic 
acid  as  may  be  required  " — (  Xat.  Form.). 

Powdered  Zixx  Oleate. — Dissolve  castile  soap,  1  ounce,  in  water,  2  pints ;  also  dissolve 
zinc  acetate,  360  grains,  in  water,  4  pints.  Both  solutions  being  cold,  add  the  soap  solution 
slowly  to  the  zinc  solution,  with  constant  stirring.  The  precipitate  should  now  be  collected, 
washed  well  with  cold  water,  and  dried  without  heat.    This  is  the  method  of  Parsons. 

OLEORESIN^.— OLEORESINS. 

Oleoresins  are  those  substances  obtained  from  vegetable  medicines  by  means 
of  ether  (sometimes  alcohol,  etc.),  which  consist  principally  of  a  fixed  or  volatile 
oil  and  a  resin.  In  some  ca.ses  the  resin  will  be  held  in  solution  in  the  oil,  while 
in  others  it  will  be  deposited  upon  standing,  and  will  require  agitation  to  again 
diffuse  and  suspend  it  in  the  oil.  A  third  case  occurs  in  which  the  oil  and  resin 
form  a  more  or  less  permanent  mixture,  having  the  consistence  of  a  very  soft 
extract.  The  resins  in  these  preparations,  like  the  essential  oils,  are  generally 
mixtures  of  two  or  more  resins,  but  which  on  account  of  their  unequal  solubility 
in  different  menstrua,  may  frequently  be  isolated  from  each  other.  Often  the 
resins  are  formed  by  the  oxidation  of  the  essential  oils  contained  in  the  plants, 
or  of  a  certain  portion  of  these  oils.  In  many  instances,  especially  with  the  oleo- 
resins obtained  from  alcoholic  tinctures,  it  will  be  better  not  to  distill  oflF  the 
remaining  third  of  the  alcohol  from  the  water,  until  the  oleoresin  has  sponta- 
neously precipitated  and  been  separated  from  the  liquid,  because  an  elevated  or 
too  prolonged  heat  will  injure  the  preparation.  All  these  oleoresins  should  be 
kept  in  well-stopped  vessels. 

Mr.  N.  H.  Rittenhouse,  in  the  process  for  obtaining  oleoresins.  recommends 
the  use  of  li  ounces  of  ether  for  each  ounce  of  drug  treated,  followed  by  suflScient 
benzin  to  make  the  amount  of  percolate  equal  to  the  amount  of  ether'employed, 
as  both  economical  and  satisfactory  (Pror.  Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc,  1866.  p.  208).  Tht 
expense  may  be  considerably  reduced  by  recovering  a  part  of  the  ether  distilled 
for  employment  in  future  operations.  The  suggestion  of  Mr.  George  M.  Beringer 
{Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1892,  p.  145),  to  use  acetone  in  place  of  ether  can  not  but  be 
regarded  favorably.  It  is  equally  as  efhcient,  has  a  higher  boiling  p<.int  than 
ether,  and  is  much  less  expensive. 

OLEORESINA  ASPIDII  (U.  S.  P.)— OLEORESIN  OF  ASPIDIUM. 

Synonyms  :  Oleoresin  of  mak  fern,  Liquid  extract  of  male  fern.  Oleum  Jiliris  viaris, 
Oleoremnn  filicis,  Extractum  jUlicis  liquidxim,  Oleoresin  of  fern,  Ahereal  eitrart  of  fern. 

Preparation. — "Aspidium,  recently  reduced  to  No.  60  powder.  fiveHundred 
grammes  (500  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  1  oz.,  279  grs.];  ether,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Put 
the  aspidium  into  a  cylindrical  glass  percolator,  provided  with  a  stop-cock,  and 
arranged  with  cover  and  receptacle  suitable  for  volatile  liquids.  Press  the  drug 
firmly,  and  percolate  slowly  with  ether,  added  in  successive  portions  until  the 
drug  is  exhausted.  Recover  the  greater  part  of  the  ether  from  the  percolate  by 
distillation  on  a  water-bath,  and,  having  transferred  the  residue  to  a  capsule,  allow 
the  remaining  ether  to  evaporate  spontaneously.  Keep  the  oleoresin  in  a  well- 
stoppered  bottle.  Note. — Oleoresin  of  aspidium  usually  deposits  on  standing,  a 
granular-crystalline  substance.  This  should  be  thoroughly  mixed  with  the  liquid 
portion  before  use" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Or,  by  percolation,  exhaust  coarsely  powdered  root  of  male  fern,  any  quan- 
city,  with'etlier,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Distill  off  three-fourths  of  the  ether,  and, 
laving  placed  the  remainder  of  the  solution  in  an  evaporating  dish,  allow  it  to 
evaporate  spontaneously. 

Description. — A  thick,  deep-green  or  brownish-green  liquid,  having  a  bitter- 
ish, nau.^cuus,  subacrid  taste,  and  the  odor  of  male  fern.  On  standing  it  deposits 
filinc  firid  in  granules,  hence  the  above  pharinacojxeial  direction  to  shake  the 
oleoresin  before  use.     Only  such  parts  of  the  rhizomes  a?  are  greenish  in  color 


ULKORESINA  CAPSICI.— OLEOKESIXA  CUBEB.E.  1331 

shoultl  be  employed  in  milking  this  oleoresin;  the  rhizome  with  the  stipes  gives 
a  brown  pnuliut. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  may  be  used  in  all  cases  where 
male  tern  is  iiuliiatcd,  lor  whiili  mc  Af:pUUuiii.  Six  grains  in  capsule,  with  or 
without  a  like  iiuaiitity  of  ether,  may  be  given  every  quarter  hour  until  U  or  2 
drachms  have  been  taken. 

OLEORESINA  CAPSICI  ^U.  S.  P.)— OLEORESIN  OF  CAPSICUM. 

Synonym  :    Etlureal  extract  of  cajisirum. 

Preparation.— "Capsicum,  in  No.  60  powtler,  five  hundred  grammes  lotiO 
Gm.)  [1  lb.  ay.,  1  ex.,  279  gr^<.];  etlier,  a  suirieient  quantity.  Put  tiie  eaitsicum 
into  a  cylindrical  glass  percolator,  provided  with  a  stop-coek,  and  arranged  with 
cover  and  receptacle  suitable  for  volatile  liquids.  Press  the  drug  firmly,  and  perco- 
late slowly  with  ether,  added  in  successive  portion.^,  until  the  drug  is  exhausted. 
Recover  tlie  greater  part  of  the  ether  from  the  percolate  by  ilistillation  on  a  water- 
bath,  and,  having  transferred  the  residue  to  a  capsule,  allow  the  remaining  ether 
to  evaporate  spontaneously.  Then  pour  off  the  liquid  jiortion,  transfer  the  re- 
mainder to  a  strainer,  and,  when  the  separated  fatty  matter  (which  is  to  be 
rejected)  has  been  completely  drained,  mix  the  liquid  portions  together.  Keep 
the  oleoresin  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle"— (T.  ^'''.  7'.). 

Or,  e.xbaust  finely  powdered  capsicum,  any  quantity,  in  a  percolating  appa- 
ratus, by  ether,  a  suflicient  quantity.  Distill  off  three-fourths  of  the  ether,  and, 
having  placed  the  remainder  of  the  solution  in  an  evaporating  dish,  allow  it 
evaporate  spontaneously. 

Description.— This  oleoresin  consists  of  a  thick  oily  liquid  holding  the  active 
principle  (((/K-a/f/n  (see  C(ip-'<icum),  and  a  fatty  substance  which  gradually  separates 
when  the  fluid  is  allowed  to  rest,  and  which  may  be  separated  by  decantation  or 
straining.  The  oleoresin  forms  a  thick,  dark-brownish  Huijl  possessing  in  a  high 
degree  the  acrid,  burning  taste  of  the  capsicum,  which  is  slightly  soluble  in  water 
or  vinegar,  but  very  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  oil  of  turpentine,  and  the  caustic 
alkalies,  forming  reddish-brown  .solutions.  Benzin  is  an  excellent  solvent  of  cap- 
sicum, and  may  hp  enijiloycd  in  the  above  process  instead  of  ether. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — As  this  oleoresin  is  a  very  powerful 
stimulant,  it  may  be  added  t')  liniments,  jjoultices,  etc.,  whenever  excessive  stimu- 
lation or  rubelaetion  is  desired,  it  is  entirely  too  active  to  emplo}' as  an  internal 
remedy,  except  in  very  small  doses,  not  exceeding  1  drop,  which  should  be  greatly 
diluted  with  syrup,  glycerin,  mucilage,  or  olive  oil.  Thus  used  it  may  prove  use- 
ful in  (hliri'iin  trnnens,  and  lorjinl  cnnditmhs  of  the  stomach. 

OLEORESINA  CUBEBiE  (U.  S.  P.)— OLEORESIN  OF  CUBEB. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  cubeb,  in  No.  30  powder,  five  hundred  grammes 
(500  Gm.i  [1  lb.  av.,1  oz.,  279  grs.];  ether,  a  suflBcient  quantity.  Put  the  cubeb 
into  a  cylindrical  glass  percolator,  provided  with  a  stop-cock,  and  arranged  with 
cover  and  receptacle  suitable  for  volatile  liquids.  Press  the  drug  firmly,  and  per- 
colate slowly  with  ether,  added  in  successive  portions,  until  the  drug  is  exhausted. 
Recover  the  greater  part  of  the  ether  from  the  percolate  by  distillation  on  a  water- 
bath,  and,  having  transferred  the  residue  to  a  capsule,  allow  the  remaining  etlier 
to  evaporate  spontaneously.  Keej)  the  product  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle.  Xnte. — 
Oleoresin  of  cubeb  deposits  after  standing  for  some  time,  a  waxy  and  crystalline 
matter,  which  should  be  rejected,  only  the  liquid  portion  being  used" — (('.  S.  P.). 

Description. — This  oleoresin  is  of  a  deep  brownish-green,  or  bright  green 
color,  aocoriling  to  the  amount  of  chlorophyll  present  in  the  cubebs.  It  contains 
active  resins  (cubeb  rexin  and  culichic  ariil;  see  Ci'lielia)  and  volatile  and  fixed  oils,  its 
relative  fluidity  depending  on  the  <|uantity  of  the  oil  present.  Cubehin  and  waxy 
matter  are  also  present,  and  will  deposit  on  standing.  These  should  be  separated 
by  decantation,  as  their  jiresenee  adds  nothing  of  special  value  to  the  preparation. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Cubeba.)  Doee,  1  to  30  minims,  in 
capsule  or  on  sugar. 


1332  OLEORESIXA  CYPRIPEDII.— OLEORESIXA  IRIDIS. 

OLEORESINA  CYPRIPEDII.— OLEORESIN  OF  CYPRIPEDroM. 

SvNONVM  :    Oi/pripedin. 

Preparation. —  By  percolation,  exhaust  coarsely  powdered  root  of  yellow 
ladies' slipper  any  quantity,  with  alcohol  a  sufficient  quantity.  Distill  off  about 
two-thirds  of  the  alcohol,  and  add  the  residue  to  two  or  three  times  its  volume 
of  water;  by  distilling  off  the  remaining  alcohol,  or  by  allowing  the  mixture  to 
stand,  the  oleoresin  precipitates.  Collect  it,  wash  it  in  "clear  water,  allow  it  to  sub- 
side, and  then  separate  it  from  the  water  by  decantation  and  filtration.  The 
result  is  a  dark  substance  of  the  consistence  of  a  soft  extract. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  oleoresin  may  be  used  in  all 
cases  where  cypripedium  is  indieatetl,  in  doses  of  from  1  to  o  grains,  2  or  3  times 
a  day;  it  is  best  given  in  pill  form  with  some  inert  or  active  (as  may  be  desired) 
excipient.  A  dry  Cypripedin  has  been  presented  to  the  profession,  consisting  of 
the  oleoresin  and  a  sufficient  quantity  of  magnesia  or  other  absorbent  powder; 
in  other  instances,  it  has  been  sim])ly  a  dried  aqueous  extract.  Either  of  these 
dried  preparations  are  nearly  worthless. 

OLEORESINA  IRIDIS.— OLEORESIN  OF  IRIS. 

Synonyms:   Oleoresin  of  blue  flag,  Iridin. 

Preparation. —  By  percolation,  exhaust  moderately  fine  powder  of  the  root 
of  blue  dag  an}-  quantit3%  with  alcohol  a  sufficient  quantity.  Distill  off  about 
two-thirds  of  the  alcohol,  and  add  the  residue  to  two  or  three  times  its  volume  of 
water.  By  distilling  off  the  remaining  alcohol,  or  by  allowing  the  mixture  to 
stand,  the  oleoresin  precipitates,  collect  it,  wash  it  in  clear  water,  allow  it  to  sub- 
side, and  then  separate  it  from  the  water  by  decantation  and  filtration. 

History. — I  had  the  pleasure  of  calling  the  attention  of  the  profession  to 
this  article  in  1844,  about  the  same  time  I  introduced  podophyllin  (to  remarks 
on  which  I  refer  the  reader),  and  again  in  1846.  I  have  used  it  extensively  and 
find  it  to  be  an  invaluable  medicine.  It  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  but  insoluble  in 
water  (J.  King).  Iridin,  or  Irisin,  in  powder,  is  prepared  by  adding  to  the  oleo- 
resin about  10  per  cent  of  magnesia  or  other  absorbent;  sometimes  the  extract  of 
the  root  deprived  of  its  oleoresin,  has  been  dried,  powdered,  and  sold  under  one 
of  the  above  names. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  oleoresin  is  cathartic,  alterative, 
sialagogue,  diuretii-  and  anthehnintic.  I  have  used  it  more  or  less  extensively 
for  several  years  in  combination  ^vith  the  resin  of  podophyllum,  and  in  the  form 
of  pill,  for  dropsy,  primary  and  gecondanj  syphilis,  chronic  visceral  affections,  rheumn- 
tism,  cjonorrhoea,  and  ma.ny  female  affections.  It  is  not  as  nauseating,  when  given 
alone,  as  the  resin  of  podophyllum,  and  requires  rather  larger  doses.  One  grain, 
triturated  with  10  grains  of  sugar,  may  be  given  in  3-grain  doses,  every  hour  or 
two,  until  a  cathartic  effect  is  produced.  I  have  long  used  the  following  as  a 
sialagogue  in  those  cases  oi' glandukir  diseases  which  seemed  to  resist  the  action 
of  other  means,  viz.:  equal  parts  of  oleoresins  of  iris,  podophyllum,  and  xanth- 
oxylum,  given  in  grain  doses  every  hour  or  two  until  ptyalism  was  produced. 
By  trituration  with  sugar  or  lactin,  this  combination  becomes  more  active.  Oleo- 
resin of  iris  is  not  as  prompt  in  its  efiects  as  resin  of  podophyllum,  although  it 
may  be  substituted  for  this  in  all  instances;  and  its  alterative  intluence,  though 
slowly  develojied  and  without  any  immediate  apprecialde  effect,  is  yet  positive 
and  certain.  For  several  years  I  used  it  in  preference  to  the  resin  of  podophyl- 
lum, conjoined  with  resin  of  cimicifuga,  in  nierine  dij<!eases.  The  usual  dose  of 
oleoresin  of  iris  ranges  from  i  grain  to  5  grains.  Physicians  will  occasionally 
meet  with  patients  upon  whom  resin  of  podophyllum,  even  in  small  doses,  exerts 
a  powerful  and  long-continued  influence,  sometimes  not  reailily  obviated  |  in 
sucli  cases,  oleoresin  of  iris  seems  to  me  to  be  more  especially  indicated.  The 
addition  of  capsicum  or  resin  of  caulophyllum  to  oleoresin  of  iris,  mitigates  any 
liarshness  of  action  it  may  produce.  A  combination  of  oleoresins  of  iris  and 
xanthoxylum,  with  resin  of  podojdiyllum,  or  extract  of  corydalis,  is  a  most  pow- 
erful and  certain  remedy  fur  syphilis,  either  primary  or  secondary,  and  will  be 


OLEOKESIXA  LUPULINI.-OLEORESINA  PTELEJ^  1333 

found  very  useful  in  scrofula.  Oleoresin  of  iris,  3  grains,  extract  of  kptandra,  6 
grains,  and  bitartrate  of  potassium,  20  grains,  made  into  one  powder,  forms  a 
hydragogue  cathartic  of  much  value  in  some  forms  of  t/ropsy.  Oleoresin  of  iris 
may  be  used  in  all  cases  where  iris  is  indicated  (J.  King). 

OLEORESINA  LUPULINI  lU.  S.  P.  i— OLEORESIN  OF  LUPULIN. 

Synonyms:  Oleoresina  lupulune  (['.  5f.  P.,  1870),  Extractum  lupidini  xthereum. 
Ethereal  extract  of  lupulin. 

Preparation. — "Lupulin,  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,231 
grs.]  ;  ether,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Put  the  lupulin  into  a  cylindrical  glass  perco- 
lator, provided  with  a  stop-cock,  and  arranged  with  cover  and  receptacle  suitable 
for  volatile  liquids.  Press  the  drug  very  lightly,  and  percolate  slowly  with  ether, 
added  in  successive  portions,  until  the  drug  is  exhausted.  Recover  the  greater 
part  of  the  ether  from  the  percolate  by  distillation  on  a  water-bath,  and,  having 
transferred  the  residue  to  a  capsule,  allow  the  remaining  ether  to  evaporate  spon- 
taneously.   Keep  the  oleoresin  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Description. — This  forms  a  thick,  dark  red-brown  oleoresin,  of  the  consist- 
ence of  a  very  soft  extract,  and  possessing  the  taste  and  smell  peculiar  to  lupulin. 
It  is  soluble  in  ether,  alcohol,  and  water  of  ammonia. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Similar  to  those  of  lupulin  (see  Lupur 
linum ).  The  dose  of  this  oleoresin  is  from  1  to  6  grains,  2, 3,  or  4  times  a  day,  given 
in  pill  form  with  some  inert,  or  active  if  desired,  excipient.  It  may  also  be  rub- 
bed up  with  syrup,  glycerin,  mucilage,  etc..  by  the  aid  of  a  little  ether  or  other 
solvent. 

OLEORESINA  PIPERIS  (U.  S.  P.)— OLEORESIN  OF  PEPPER. 

SYNONYNrs  :  Okoi-esin  of  black  pepper,  Ethereal  extract  (or  Oil)  of  black  pepper. 

Preparation. — "  Pepper,  in  No.  60  powder,  five  hundred  grammes  (500  Gm.) 
[1  lb.  av.,  1  oz.,  279  grs.j ;  ether,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Put  the  pepper  into  a 
cylindrical  glass  percolator,  provided  with  a  stop-cock,  and  arranged  with  a  cover 
and  receptacle  for  volatile  liquids.  Press  the  drug  firmly,  and  percolate  slowly 
with  ether,  added  in  successive  portions,  until  the  drug  is  exhausted.  Recover 
the  greater  part  of  the  ether  from  the  percolate  by  distillation  on  a  water-bath, 
and,  having  transferred  the  residue  to  a  capsule,  set  this  aside  until  the  remain- 
ing ether  has  evaporated,  and  the  deposition  of  crystals  of  piperin  has  ceased. 
Lastly,  separate  the  oleoresin  from  the  piperin  by  expression  through  a  muslin 
strainer.     Keep  the  oleoresin  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle  " — {U.  S.  P.). 

Description.— Oleoresin  of  pepper  forms  a  dark,  greenish,  rather  thick  liquid, 
containing  volatile  and  fixed  oil,  and  the  pepper-resin,  and  possessing  all  the 
active  properties  of  the  pepper.  About  one-sixteenth  part  of  the  oleoresin  is 
thus  obtained,  mixed  with  piperin,  which  is  removed  by  the  expression.  This  is 
not  so  dark  in  color,  and  contains  more  of  the  volatile  "oil  than  oil  of  black  pepper, 
once  employed  and  for  which  this  oleoresin  is  a  substitute.  Oil  of  black  pepper 
is  a  dark,  almost  black-green  body,  and  is  obtained  as  a  by-product  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  piperin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oleoresin  of  black  pepper  may  be 
used  in  cases  where  the  I'ruit  itself  is  indicated,  in  doses  of  from  1  to  3  or  4  drops, 
rubbed  up  with  mucilage,  glycerin,  syrup,  or  with  pill  mass. 

OLEORESINA  PTELE^.- OLEORESIN  OF  PTELEA. 

Synonyms:  Oleoresin  of  icafera^h,Ptelei)i. 

Preparation.— By  percolation  exhaust  moderately  fine  powder  of  the  liark 
of  wafer  ash,  anv  quantity,  with  alcohol,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Distill  off  two- 
thirds  of  the  alcohol,  and"  add  the  residue  to  two  or  three  tunes  its  volume  of 
water.     Bv  distilling  oft'  the  remaining  alcohol,  or  by  allowing  the  mixture  to 


18154  OLEORESINA  SEXECII. 

stand,  the  oleoresin  precipitates.  Collect  it,  wash  it  in  clear  water,  allow  it  to  sub- 
side, and  then  ,-icparate  it  frnm  the  water  by  decantation  and  filtration. 

History  and  Description. — The  oleoresin  of  ptelea,  improperly  namedptelein, 
was,  I  Ijelieve,  first  iiRpaicd  liy  Mr.  Wm.  S.  Merrell,  and  is  obtained  from  the 
tincture  of  the  bark  by  precipitation  with  water,  in  the  same  manner  by  which 
the  oleoresins  of  Eupatorium  purpureuui,  iris,  xanthoxylum,  etc.,  are  obtained. 
It  is  of  the  conssistence  of  thick  syrup  or  molasses,  dark-brown  in  mass,  much 
lighter  when  in  thin  layers,  and  has  a  peculiar  odor,  somewhat  similar  to  that  of 
the  extract  of  liquorice,  and  an  oily,  bitterish,  acrid,  persistent  taste,  peculiar  and 
rather  disagreeable,  and  acting  powerfullj'  on  the  fauces.  It  is  soluble  in  alcohol, 
ether,  oil  of  turpentine,  and  rather  imperfectly  in  alkaline  solutions;  insoluble 
in  acids  and  water.  It  imparts  a  slight  milky  color  to  water,  and  separates  into 
two  portions,  one  of  which  floats  on  the  water  while  the  other  sinks.  Acetic  acid 
added  to  its  alcoholic  or  ethereal  solution  does  not  disturb  them,  unless  added 
in  excess.  Water  added  to  the  alcoholic  solution  produces  a  milky  color,  precipi- 
tating the  resin  ;  added  to  the  ethereal  solution  it  separates  the  oil  which  floats 
on  the  surface.  The  same  r'liiarks  apply  to  "ptelein"  in  powder,  as  are  given 
concerning  "  irisln  "  in  pf)\v(li-r  ( .J.  Kini: ). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oleoresin  of  ptelea  is  a  tonic,  and  pos- 
sesses other  properties,  not  yet  satisfactorily  understood.  It  is  a  valuable  medici- 
nal agent.  I  have  used  it  extensively  and  successfully,  combined  with  equal  parts 
of  oleoresin  of  xanthoxylum,  and  given  in  doses  of  1  or  2  grains,  repeated  3  times 
a  day,  in  cases  oi  dyspepsia;  if  constipation  be  present,  I  have  found  the  following  an 
admirable  combination:  Take  of  oleoresin  of  ptelea,  19  grains;  alcoholic  extract  of 
nux  vomica,  1  grain  ;  white  sugar,  or  lactin,  2  drachms.  Mix  thoroughly  together. 
The  dose  is  6  grains,  to  be  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day.  I  have  found  the  follow- 
ing a  valuable  pill  in  chronic  erysipelas,  hepatic  torpor,  enlarged  »])leen,  hubilual  consti- 
jiation,  chronic  dysentery,  and  some  forms  of  dyspepsia:  Take  of  resin  of  podophj-1- 
lum  and  extract  of  leptandra,  each,  1  grain;  sulphate  of  quinine,  4  grains;  oleo- 
resin of  ptelea,  8  grains ;  mix  these  together,  and  divide  into  8  pills.  The  dose 
is  1  pill,  to  be  repeated  2  or  3  times  a  day,  and  the  alkaline  bath  to  be  used 
daily  (J.  King). 

OLEORESINA  SENECII.— OLEORESIN  OF  SENECIO. 

Synonyms:   Oleoresin  of  life  root,  Srnccin. 

Preparation. —  By  percolation,  exhaust  moderately  fine  powder  of  the  root 
and  herb  of  life  root,  any  quantity,  with  alcohol,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Distill 
ofif  about  two-thirds  of  the  alcohol,  and  add  the  residue  to  two  or  three  tinies  its 
volume  of  water.  By  distilling  off  the  remaining  alcohol,  or  by  allowing  the 
mixture  to  stand,  the  oleoresin  precipitates.  Collect  it,  wash  it  in  clear  water, 
allow  it  to  subside,  and  then  separate  it  from  the  water  by  decantation  and  filtra- 
tion. Any  other  of  the  Senecios  referred  to  in  this  work  may  be  used  in  the  prepa- 
ration nf  this  oleoresin. 

Description. — Oleoresin  of  senecio  thus  prepared,  is  of  thick  consistence,  a 
very  dark  green  color,  api)earing  quite  bhick  in  mass,  having  a  peculiar,  herba- 
ceous odor,  and  a  bitter,  slightly  pungent,  persistent,  and  rather  unpleasant  taste. 
A  portion  of  it,  probably  the  oil,  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  imjiartinga  green  color  to 
the  solution  ;  on  the  adilition  of  liquor  potas.sjv  to  the  alcoholic  solution,  th«  oleo- 
resin is  rendered  wholly  soluble,  and  if  hydrochloric  acid  be  added  in  small  quan- 
tity, it  changes  the  green  solution  to  greenish-white,  without  precipitation.  It  is 
entirely  soluble  in  ether,  forming  a  greenish  solution,  which  is  not  precipitated 
by  water  nor  acetic  acid.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  becomes  soluble  on  the 
addition  of  strong  alkaline  solutions. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oleoresin  of  senecio  jxissesses  the  vir- 
tues of  the  j)lant  from  whieh  it  is  obtained  in  a  high  degree.  It  is,  however, 
more  especially  employed  in  the  treatment  of  female  diseases,  as  avtaiorrhftn,  dy- 
mennrrhcea,  and  other  uterine  derangements.  Combined  with  alcoholic  e.xtract  of 
aletris,  resin  of  caulophyllum,  or  resin  of  cimicifuga,  it  will  be  found  especially 
useful  in  these  complaints.  In  menorrhagia  it  may  be  combined  with  extract  of 
geranium  advantageously:  or  its  ethereal  tincture  may  be  administered  in  some 


OLEORESINA  XANTHOXYLI.  1335 

iifitringent  infusion.  A  pill  of  oleoresin  of  senecio,  alcoholic  extract  of  aletris, 
and  sulphate  of  iron,  will  be  found  of  benefit  in  chlorosis  iiccompanied  with  amen- 
onhnd.  In  il!/.''menorrha'n  it  niav  be  combined  with  extract  of  belladonna  and 
sulphate  of  quinine.  It  is  one  of  those  agents  which  exert  a  tonic  influence  upon 
the  uterus,  thereby  restoring  its  various  functional  derangements  to  a  normal  con- 
dition.    Dose  of  the  oleoresin,  from  3  to  5  grains,  3  times  a  day  (J.  King). 

Related  Preparation. — Sexecioxink  is  the  incorrect  name  given  to  a  concentrated  pow- 
dereil  |>rei>aiatii>ii  lonnerly  made  by  our  manufacturers.  Pr.  H.  H.  Hill  prepared  it  as  follows: 
Make  a  tincture  of  the  coareely  powden-d  leaves  auii  roots  of  Siucin,  with  alcohol  of  76  per  cent. 
Distill  oil"  the  alcohol  until  the  liquid  is  of  the  consistence  of  a  tluid  extract,  add  to  it  several 
times  its  Weight  of  water,  and  precipitate  with  a  solution  of  alum.  Wash  tlie  precipitate  to 
free  it  from  the  alum,  and  dry  it  in  the  open  air  without  heat.  It  forms  a  dark-green  powder, 
having  a  jieculiar,  herhaceous,  strong,  unpleasant,  somewhat  resinous  and  senna-like  taste  and 
odor,  is  soluble  in  water,  partially  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  more  so  in  ether.  It  is  said  to  pos- 
sess the  virtues  of  the  plant,  and  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  1  to  5  grains,  3  or  4  times  a 
day  I  J.  King, 

OLEORESINA  XANTHOXYLI.— OLEORESIN  OF  XANTHOXYLUM. 

S v.Ni I.N  V-M-  :   Oleore.<in  of  jyrirkli/  ash,  Xmithori/lh}. 

Preparation. — Bv  percolation  exhaust  finely  i>owdered  prickly  ash  bark,  any 
quantity,  with  alcohol,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Distill  ofl'  two-thirds  of  the  alcohol, 
and  add  the  residue  to  two  or  three  times  its  volume  of  water.  By  distilling  off 
the  remainins:  alcohol,  or  by  allowing  the  mixture  to  stand,  the  oleoresin  precipi- 
tates. Collect  it.  wa-h  it  in  clear  water,  allow  it  to  subside,  and  then  separate  it 
from  the  water  by  devaluation  and  filtration. 

History  and  Description. — The  profession  is  indebted  to  Mr.Wm.  S.  Mer- 
rell  for  the  preparation  of  this  valuable  agent,  which  appears  to  possess  all  the 
medicinal  properties  of  the  bark  in  a  concentrated  form.  When  in  mass  it  is 
blacki.<h.  but  of  a  reddish-brown  color  in  thin  layers;  it  has  a  peculiar  odor,  some- 
what similar  to  that  of  most  oleoresins,  and  a"  peculiar  bitterish  taste,  quickly 
succeeded  by  a  persistent  pungency  in  the  mouth  and  fauces.  It  is  insoluble  in 
water,  partially  soluble  in  aqua  ammonia'  and  liquor  potassa>,  forming  a  solution 
with  a  soapy  feeling;  soluble  in  ether,  from  which  aqua  ammoniiv  removes  a  por- 
tion without  much  change  of  color;  soluble  in  oil  of  turpentine,  and  to  a  greater 
or  less  extent  in  oil  of  savin,  and  some  other  essential  oils;  soluble  in  alcohol, 
from  which  water  precipitates  it,  forming  a  dirty-white  solution.  Acetic,  nitric, 
sulphuric,  and  hydrochloric  acids,  when  added  to  the  alcoholic  solution,  occasion 
no  precipitate. 

•■Xaii'ho.n/lin  "  in  powder  is  prepared  somewhat  similar  to  the  process  named 
for  "  tV/^t/i  ■' in  jjowder;  as  a  rule  all  these  so-called  dry  oleoresins  (?)  are  nearh' 
inert,  ami  not  as  active  as  the  powdered  crude  article  from  which  the\-  are  made. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oleoresin  of  prickly  ash  bark  is  stimu- 
lant, toni<-.  alterative,  andsialagogue,  and  may  be  used  in  all  ca.ses  where  it  is  desired 
to  stiiiiulat"-  and  strengthen  mucous  tissues.  It  forms  an  excellent  remedy  for 
rhe\naiiii-'tn  unaccompanied  with  intiammation,  or  where  there  is  an  asthenic  con- 
dition of  the  system,  and  I  have  often  used  it  for  this  purpose  with  resin  of  black 
cohosh,  in  doses  of  1  grain  of  each,  every  1,  2,  or  3  hours,  with  much  advantage. 
Combined  with  quinine,  it  will  be  found  very  beneficial  in  cases  where  quinine 
alom-  appears  to  exert  no  influence,  and  will  prove  a  valuable  agent  in  (b/ttpep»m, 
accompanied  with  loss  of  appetite,  flatulence,  and  distress  after  eating,  given  in 
conjunction  with  oleoresin  of  ptelea.  In  low  typhoid Jerer,  oleoresin  of  prickly  ash 
bark  will  be  found  a  valuable  and  permanent  stimulating  tonic,  and  may,  wlien 
necessary,  be  added  to  laxatives  in  that  di.*ease,  to  prevent  too  much  prostration 
—it  must,  however,  be  employed  only  during  the  stage  of  prostration.  It  may  be 
used  alone  as  a  stimulating  tonic  and  alterative.  When  a  stimulating  tonic  is 
required  for  children  after  dinrrhcrn,  (hjxetitery,  or  other  (l>li  it  Hating  iliionsf.-'.  a  com- 
bination of  hvdrochlorate  of  berberine  with  oleoresin  of  prickly  ash  bark  will 
admirably  fulfil  the  indication.  In  chronic  rheumatism  I  have  found  the  following 
preparation  highly  beneficial :  Take  of  resin  of  cimicifuga,  oleoresin  of  prickly  ash 
bark,  and  extractof  apocynuni,  each,  1  drachm;  proof  spirits  or  whiskey,  1  pint. 
-Mix.     Of  this,  the  dose  is  a  tablespoonful  3  times  a  day,  or  sufficient  to  slightly 


133G  OLEORESINA  ZINGJEEKIS.— OLEUM  ADIPIS. 

afifect  the  head,  at  the  same  time  attending  to  the  surface  and  the  excretory  func- 
tions. Sometimes  I  add  2  drachms  of  guaiacum  to  the  above.  The  dose  of  the 
oleoresin  of  prickly  ash  bark  is  from  1  to  3  grains,  3  or  4  times  a  day  (J.  King). 

OLEORESINA  ZINGIBERIS  (U.  S.  P.  i— OLEORESIN  OF  GINGER. 

.Synonyms:    Extrnrlum  zingiberi.'<  prthereum,  Ethereal  cftract  of  ginger. 

Preparation. — "Ginger,  in  No.  60  powder,  five  hundred  grammes  (500  Gm.) 
[1  lb.  av.,  1  oz.,  279  grs.];  ether,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Put  the  ginger  into  a  cylin- 
drical glass  percolator,  provided  with  a  stop-cock,  and  arranged  with  cover  and 
receptacle  suitable  for  volatile  liquids.  Press  the  drug  firmly  and  percolate  slowly 
with  ether,  added  in  successive  portions  until  the  drug  is  exhausted.  Recover  the 
greater  part  of  the  ether  from  the  percolate  by  distillation  on  a  water-bath,  and, 
having  transferred  the  residue  to  a  capsule,  allow  the  remaining  ether  to  evaporate 
spontaneously.     Keep  the  oleoresin  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle" — (f.  .">'.  P.). 

Description  and  History. — This  substance  \s  Xha  piperoid  of  ginger  oi  Beral. 
It  is  a  clear,  thickish,  deep-brown  liquid,  having  the  sharp  pungency  and  the 
flavor  of  ginger  root.  Less  oleoresin  is  obtained  from  the  uneoated  Jamaica  gin- 
ger, but  it  has  a  more  pleasant  flavor,  a  lighter  color,  and  greater  fluidity  when 
obtained  from  the  latter.    Acetone  extracts  the  full  amount  of  it. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Same  as  for  ginger.  Dose.  1  minim, 
well  diluted. 

OLEOSACCHARA  (N.  F.i— OIL-SUGARS. 

Synony.m  :    Elfeosncrharn  {Ger.  Pharm.). 

Preparation. — "Any  volatile  oil,  one  drop  (1  drop);  sugar,  two  grammes 
(2  Gm.)  [31  grs.].  Triturate  the  sugar  ^vith  the  volatile  oil  to  a  fine  powder.  This 
preparation  should  be  freshly  made  when  wanted  for  use.  Xote. — When  Elaromccha- 
rum  Anisi,  E.Fieniruli,  E.  Menthie  piperitfe,etc.,are  prescribed,  these  are  to  be  pre- 
pared from  the  corresponding  essential  oils,  according  to  the  above  formula " — 
{Nat.  Form.). 

OLEUM  ADIPIS  ( U.  S.  P.)— LARD  OIL. 

A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  lard  at  a  low  temperature. 

Preparation.— If  lard  be  enclosed  in  stout  bags  and  exposed  to  a  very  low 
temperature,  about  that  of  freezing,  and  then  subjected  to  a  gradually  increased, 
yet  powerful  pressure,  the  olein  separates  from  the  stearin  and  yields  a  little  over 
60  per  cent  of  lard  oil.  The  residual  stearin  is  utilized  in  the  manufacture  of 
soap.  Lard  oil  chiefly  contains  olein,  with  some  palmitin  and  stearin.  Its  com- 
position is  similar  to  that  of  olive  oil. 

Description  and  Tests. — Lard  oil,  according  to  the  ['.  5.  P.,  is  "a  colorless  or 
pale-yellow,  oilv  liquid,  having  a  peculiar  odor,  and  a  bland  taste.  Specific  gravity, 
0.910  to  0.920  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  At  a  temperature  a  little  below  10°  C.  (,50°  F.)  it 
usually  commences  to  deposit  a  white,  granular  fat,  and  at  or  near  0°  C.  (32°  F.) 
it  forms  a  semisolid,  white  mass.  When  it  is  brought  in  contact  with  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid,  a  dark  reddish-brown  color  is  instantly  produced.  If  5  Co. 
of  the  oil  be  thoroughly  shaken  in  a  test-tube,  with  5  Cc.  of  an  alcoholic  solution 
of  silver  nitrate  (made  by  dissolving  0.1  Gm.  of  silver  nitrate  in  lOCc.  of  deodorized 
alcohol,  and  adding  2  drops  of  nitric  acid),  and  the  mixture  heated  for  about  five 
minutes  in  a  water-bath,  the  oil  should  remain  nearly  or  quite  colorless,  not 
acquiring  a  reddish  or  brown  color,  nor  should  any  dark  color  be  produced  at  the 
line  of  contact  of  the  two  liquids  (absence  of  more  than  about  5  per  cent  of  cot- 
ton-.seed  oil).  If  5  Cc.  of  tiie  oil,  contained  in  a  small  flask,  be  mixed  with  a 
solution  of  2  Gm.  of  potassium  hydrate  in  2  Cc.  of  water,  then  5  Cc.  of  alcohol 
added,  and  the  mixture  heated  for  about  5  minutes  on  a  water-bath,  with  occa- 
sional agitation,  a  i)erfectl\'  clear  and  complete  solution  should  be  formed,  which, 
on  dilution  with  water  to  the  volume  of  50  Cc,  should  form  a  transi>arent,  light- 


OLKIM  -KXHEREUM.-OLEUM  AMYGDALJi  AMAR^.  1337 

yellow  liquid,  without  the  'separation  of  an  oily  layer  (absence  of  appn-ciahle 
quantities  of  mratlin  oib)" — {C.  S.  P.). 

Medical  Uses. —  Lard  oil  is  used  chiefly  in  pharmacy.  In  the  absence  of 
other  l';Us  it  luiu'lit  l>e  employed  in  poisoning  by  the  caustic  alkalies. 

OLEUM  .ETHEREUM    U.  S.  P.  i— ETHEREAL  OIL. 

••.\  volatile  liiiui.l  eonsisting  of  equal  volumes  of  heavy  oil  of  wine  and 
ether"— if.  .s'./*.\ 

Preparation.— "Alcohol,  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl§, 
39nU]:  sulphuric  acid. one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (lOOOCe.)  [33  flg.Sfll  ITl], 
distilled  water,  twenty-five  cubic  centimeter  (2-5  Cc.)  [406  111];  ether,  a  sutiicient 
quantity.  Add  the  acid  slowly  to  the  alcohol,  mi.x  tliein  thoroughly,  and  allow 
the  mixture  to  stand,  in  aclosed  flask,  for  24  hours,  or  until  the  liquid  is  clear; 
then  pour  the  clear  liquid  into  a  tubulated  retort  of  such  capacity  that  the  mix- 
ture snail  nearly  fill  it.  Insert  a  thermometer  through  the  tubulure.  so  that  the 
bulb  shall  he  deeply  immersed  in  the  liquid,  and,  having  connected  the  retort 
with  a  well-cooled  condenser,  and  also  having  connected  with- the  receiver  a  bent 
glass  tube  for  conducting  the  uiicoudensed  ga>;es  into  water,  distill,  by  means  of  a 
sand-bath,  at  a  temperature  between  1-50°  and  160°  ('.  (302' and  320°  F.),  until 
oily  drops  cease  to  come  over,  or  until  a  black  froth,  which  forms  on  the  surface, 
begins  to  rise  in  the  retort.  Separate  the  yellow  ethereal  liquid  from  the  distillate, 
and  expose  it  to  the  air  for  24  hours,  in  a  shallow  capsule.  Then  transfer  it  to  a 
wet  filter,  and  wlien  the  watery  portion  has  ilraiiied  oti;  wash  the  oil  which  is  left 
on  the  filter  with  the  distilled  water,  which  should  Ije  as  cold  as  possible.  When 
this  also  has  drained  oft",  transfer  the  oil  to  a  graduated  measure,  and  add  to  it  an 
equal  \'olume  of  ether.  Keep  the  product  in  small,  glass-stoppered  vials,  in  a  cool 
place""— (f'.'^".  P.). 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— Ethereal  oil  is  officially  described 
as  "a  transparent,  nearly  colorless,  volatile  liquid,  of  a  peculiar,  aromatic,  ethereal 
odor,  a  pungent,  refreshing,  bitteri.sh  taste,  and  neutral  to  dry  litmus  paper.  Spe- 
cific gravity,  0.910  at  1.5°  C.  (.59°  F.) ""- (  U.  S.  P.). 

The  chemical  composition  of  this  oil  is  tersely  stated  by  Bruno  Hirsch  (Uni- 
versal Phiirmiirnpma,  1890,  No.  2109)  as  follows:  "The  heavy  oil  of  wine  which 
constitutes  one-half  of  the  finished  product,  is  to  be  considered  a  solution  of  solid 
,rtheriii  and  liquid  letheml,  both  of  the  empirical  formula  C..H,.in<Uct/>>/!-s)i/pi)iiroiiii 
a/-j(/  ( [C ,H JjSO,)  and  diethid-sulphuric  acid  ([C,HJ,SO,)  in  variable  quantities,  the 
proportions  of  which  are  not  vet  determined."  (Also  see  Prof.  J.  M.  Maisch,  Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  1865,  p.  100;  and  Charles  L.  Diehl,  «"/)i"f?.,  p.  126.) 

Uses. — This  oil  is  used  only  for  pharmaceutical  purposes.  It  is  a  constituent 
of  compound  spirit  of  ether.  In  moderate  doses  ethereal  oil  stimulates  the 
vasomotor  centers,  and  if  the  dose  be  sufficiently  large,  this  is  followed  by  paraly- 
sis of  the  tunics  of  the  blood  vessels. 

OLEUM  AMYGDALA  AMARM  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF 

BITTER  ALMOND. 

"A  volatile  oil  obtained  frnm  bitter  almond  by  maceration  with  water,  and 
subsequent  distillation.  It  should  be  kept  in  small,  well-stoppered  bottles,  pro- 
tected from  ligbt'"—(r.  .<?./".). 

Syxonvm  :   O'riim  oini/iiihiliiriiiii  unnnriiruin)  .rthereum. 

Preparation  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  greater  quantitv  of  com- 
mercial oil  of  bitter  .-1111101111  is  piriiaiiil  linia  tlie  seeds  of  apricots,  which  yield 
an  oil  ideiitieal  with  tlial  from  Litter  almond  (Gildeineister  and  Hoffmann, /)ie 
.Etheii.-<rhen  Ode,  Leipzig,  1899,  p.  572).  The  seeds  are  first  deprived  of  their  fixed 
oil  by  subjecting  them,  ground,  to  a  hydraulic  ]ire.ssure  of  350  atmospheres. 
Bitter  almonds  yield  50  per  cent,  ajiricots  45  to  38  per  cent  of  fatly  oil.  The 
powdered  pres.s-t'ake  is  then  mixed  with  about  6  parts,  by  weight,  of  water,  the 
mixture  allowed  to  digest  at  about  .50°  C.  (122°  F.)  for  some  12  liours;  the  oil 
is  tbfu  distilled  ntrwitb  st.aui.     Oil  uf  bitter  almond  does  not   preexist  in  the 


1338  OLEUM  AMYGDALAE  AMAJLE. 

kernels,  but  is  produced  in  the  presence  of  water  by  the  action  of  the  ferment  emul- 
sin  upon  the  glucosid  aiiii/ij<hih'n.  \vl1ereb3'  dextrose,  oil  of  bitter  almond,  and  hydro- 
cyanic acid  are  formed,  tliu- :  (' ,  H,.NO„  (amygdalin)  -f  2H,0  {uate-r)  =2C^K;.fl,, 
(glucose) +0^11^0  (oil  of  lu/hr  -i////-,,,,/;  +  HCN  (hydrocyanic  acid).  Time  must  "lie- 
allowed  this  chemical  decouipo.-ilion  to  take  place,  and  the  temperature  must  not 
be  too  high,  or  else  the  fermentative  power  of  emulsin  will  be  destroyed  (compare 
Aiiu/gdiila  Amara  and  Laurocerams) . 

Tlie  yield  of  the  oil  from  bitter  almonds  is 0.5  to  0.7  per  cent;  from  apricots, 
0  6  to  1  per  cent.  It  consists  of  bemaldehyde  (C^IlfiHO)  and  hydronjanic  acid,  the 
former  being  easily  convertible  by  oxidation  into  benzoic  acid.  This  change  i.* 
favored  by  removal  of  hydrocyanic  acid.  The  quantity  of  the  latter  may  nor- 
mally vary  from  1.5  to  4  per  cent  (F.  B.  Power,  Essential  Oife,  published  by  Fritzsche 
Brothers,  1894).  A  third  body  may  occur  in  the  oil,  namely  the  nitril'of  mandelir 
acid  (C5H5.CHOH.CN),  which  is  merely  an  addition  product  of  equal  molecules 
of  benzaldehyde  and  hydrocyanic  acid.  It  forms  when  both  substances  are  in 
prolonged  contact  with  each  other,  and  is  decomposed  into  its  constituents  by 
steam  heat.  It  is  therefore  not  present  in  the  fresh  oil.  It  has  the  specific  gravity 
1.124,  while  the  normal  oil  has  the  specific  gravity  of  1.045  to  1.060.  Thus  a  high 
specific  gravity  of  the  oil  (exceeding  1.070)  indicates  the  presence  of  dangerous 
proportions  of  hydrocyanic  acid.  As  to  the  method  of  valuation  of  hydrocyanic 
acid  in  bitter  almond  oil,  see  paper  by  Prof  Edward  Kremers  and  0."  Schreiner, 
in  Pharm.  Review,  1896,  p.  196.  The  oil  may  be  completely  deprived  of  its  hydro- 
cyanic acid  by  shaking  with  milk  of  lime  and  ferrous  sulphate,  whereby  insoluble 
calcium  ferrocyanide  is  formed  (Gildemeister  and  Hoff'niann,  lac.  cit.).  "The  crude 
oil  may  also  contain  benzoin  (C„HijOj),  a  solid,  crystallizable  substance  formed  by 
polymerization  of  benzaldehj'de. 

Description. — Oil  of  bitter  almond  is  officially  described  as  "a  clear,  color- 
less or  yellowish,  thin,  and  strongly  refractive  liquid,  having  a  peculiar,  aromatic 
odor,  and  a  bitter  and  burning  taste.  Specific  gravitv,  1.060  to  1.070  at  15°  C. 
(59°  F.).  Boiling  point,  about  180°  C.  (356°  F.).  Optically  inactive.  Soluble  in 
300  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).,  and  in  alcohol  or  ether  in  all  proportions; 
also  soluble  in  nitric  acid  at  ordinary  temperatures  without  the  evolution  of 
nitrous  vapors.  In  the  fresh  state  the  oil  is  neutral  to  litmus,  but  when  kept  for 
some  time  it  assumes  an  acid  reaction,  due  to  the  formation  of  benzoic  acid" — 
(U.  S.  P.).  Wann  nitric,  or  fuming  nitric  acid  converts  it  into  nitrobenzaldehyde 
and  benzoic  acid. 

Tests.— The  r.  S.  P.  gives  the  following  tests  :  "  If  10  drops  of  the  oil,  dis- 
solved in  a  little  alcohol,  be  shaken  with  a  few  drops  of  a  strong  solution  of 
sodium  hydrate,  then  with  a  little  ferrous  sulphate  T.S.,  and  finally  mixed  with  a 
slight  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  a  blue  precipitate  will  be  produced  (presence  of 
hydrocyanic  acid).  The  presence  of  artificial  oil  containing  chlorinated  products 
may  be  detected  in  the  following  manner.  Fold  a  small  strip  of  filter  paper  in 
the  form  of  a  taper,  saturate  it  with  the  oil,  and  lay  it  in  a  small  porcelain  cap- 
sule. Set  this  capsule  into  a  larger  one,  and  provide  a  large  beaker  to  be  inverted 
over  the  capsule  containing  the  taper.  Then,  having  moistened  the  inner  sur- 
face of  the  beaker  with  distilled  water,  ignite  the  taper,  immediately  invert  the 
biaker  over  the  capsule,  and  allow  the  products  of  comlmstion  to  be  absorbed  by 
tho  water  in  the  beaker.  If  the  beaker  be  now  rinsed  with  a  little  distilled 
water,  and  the  liquid  filtered,  the  filtrate  should  yield  no  turbidity  with  silver 
nitrate  T.S.  If  5  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  vigorously  shaken,  in  a  flask,  with  50  Cc.  of 
a  cold,  saturated  solution  of  sodium  bisulphite,  and  the  mixture  lieated  for  a  few 
minutes  on  a  water-bath,  the  odor  of  the  oil  should  disappear,  and  a  nearly  clear 
solution  be  formed,  without  the  separation  of  any  oily  drops  on  the  surface  of 
the  licjuid  (absence  of  most  other  volatile  oils  and  of  nitrobenzol)'" — (['.  S.  P.). 
The  latter  test  depends  on  the  property  of  aldehydes  to  enter  into  crvstallizable, 
inodonius  addition-compounds  with  sodium  bi.^iilphite.  Thus:  C.Hj.CHO+Na 
HSO3  — CgH, CIIOH.SOjNa  (,also  see  test  under  yUivbeiizemim).  Another  rapid  and 
simple  test  for  artificial  oil  containing  chlorine  compounds  depends  upon  the  dis- 
tinct, but  evanescent,  green-flame  coloration  imparted  to  the  flame  of  a  Bunsen 
burner  by  a  clean,  copi>er  wire  when  moistened  with  the  oil  in  question,  the  col- 
oration being  due  to  the  vapors  of  copper  chloride  (F.  B.  Power,  lo<\cit..). 


OLEUM  AMYGDALA  EXPRESJUM.  133» 

Artificial  Oil  of  Bitter  Almond,  or  pure  henzcddehyde  (benzoic  alde/iydi) 
C,H,0.  oi  C^Hj.COH,  is  now  extensively  iireparcd,  in  Europe,  from  certain  chlorine 
BubstitutiiMi  inoducls, e. p.. I'Ciizdlrhlnrii'lc  itVH,,.CHCl,),of  the  fluid  coal-tar  hydro- 
carbon tnhiin,  (C^Hj.CH,).  This  artificial  product  is  now  frequently  used;  it  is 
naturally  free  from  hydrocyanic  acid.  t>ut  has  a  slightly  i)cculiar  smellowing  to  the 
presence  of  tracvs  of  chlorine  coiminunds,  wliich  arc  difficult  to  remove  (sec  Te^tn). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  medicinal  uses  of  this  agent  are 
those  named  under  diluted  hydrocyanic  acid,  which  see.  It  is  used  in  the  art.'^ 
to  give  flavor  ami  odor  to  candies,  and  in  pharmacy  to  flavor  castor  and  cod-liver 
oils.  It  i.s  extremely  poisonous,  1  drop  having  proved  fatal  to  small  animals,  and 
16  drops  to  an  adult.  Locally  (oil,  1  drop,  to  water,  1  flg)  it  allays  itching.  The 
maximum  dose  internally  should  not  exceed  one-half  minim,  given  in  emulsion 
with  sugar,  water,  and  acacia. 

OLEUM  AMYGDALA  EXPRESSUM  (U.  S.  P.)— EXPRESSED 
OIL  OF  ALMOND. 

"A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  the  bitter  or  sweet  almond.  It  should  be  kept  in 
well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place" — (C.  5.  P.). 

8y.n"o.n  VMS :  Oleum  nmi/g/lohr  {Br.),  Oleum  amycidalx  dukis,  Oleum  amygdalarum, 
fij/zro-"/  "/'  iijiilmond.  Sweet  oil  ofulmoud. 

Preparation.  — Both  bitter  and  sweet  almonds  deprived  of  the  adherent 
browni^li  dust  by  means  of  rubbing  or  sifting,  and  freed  from  inferior  pieces,  are 
bruised  or  ground,  put  into  a  bag,  and  strongly  pressed  between  perfectly  smooth 
and  slightly  warmed  steel  plates.  The  heat  should  not  be  greater  than  30°  C. 
(86°  F.T.  The  margins  of  the  press-cake,  if  again  powdered  and  expressed,  yield 
an  additional  quantity  of  oil.  At  first  the  oil  is  turbid.  It  is  allowed  to  stand, 
and  the  clear  oil  is  then  decanted.  The  yield  is  from  40  to  55  per  cent  for  sweet 
almonds;  about  30  to  50  per  cent  for  bitter  almonds.  Th'e  highest  yields  are 
obtained  only  by  strong  hydraulic  pressure.  If  almonds  be  immersed  in  hot 
water,  deprived  of  their  cuticular  covering,  oven-dried  and  then  expressed,  a  color- 
less oil  is  oljtained.  but  it  is  more  liable  to  become  rancid  than  if  prepared  as 
above  directed,  and  to  develop  a  pnissic  acid  odor. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— 'A  clear,  pale  straw-colored  or 
colorless,  oilv  licjuid.  almn.-t  inodorous,  and  having  a  mild,  nutty  taste.  Specific 
gravity,  0.9lb  to  0.920  at  15°  C.  (oi)''  K.).  Only  slightly  soluble  in  alcohol,  solu- 
ble in  ether  and  in  chloroform  in  all  proportions.  It  remains  clear  at — 10°  C. 
(14°  F. ).  and  does  not  congeal  until  cooled  to  near  — 20°  C.  ( — 1°  F.)"' — (f.  8.  P.). 
Almond  oil  is  non-drying  and  when  exposed  to  the  atmosphere  is  liable  to 
become  rancid  and  acrid.  Benzin  and  the  fixed  oils  readily  dissolve  it  in  all  pro- 
portions. The  coloring  matter,  together  with  a  small  portion  only  of  the  oil,  is 
dissolved    by  alcohol.     According   to  G.  M.  Beringer  {Amer.  Jour.  Phm-ni.,  1889, 

fi.232),  1  part  of  oil  of  almond  is  completely  dis.solved  in  4  parts  of  boiling  abso- 
ute  alcohol,  and  in  34  parts  of  the  same  solvent  at  ordinary  temperature,  while 
42  parts  of  boiling  alcohol  of  the  specific  gravity  0.820,  are  required  for  comi>lete 
solution.  Expres.sed  oil  of  almond  consists  principally  of  the  glyceride  of  oleic 
acid  with  appreciable  amounts  of  the  glyceride  of  linoleic  acid  (see  A.  Hazura, 
in  Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1889,  p.  471). 

Tests.— "If  2  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  vigorously  shaken  with  1  Cc.  of  fuming  nitric 
acid  and  1  Cc.  of  water,  a  whitish,  not  red  or  brownish,  mixture,  should  be  formed, 
which,  after  standing  for  some  hours  at  about  10°  C.  (50°  F.),  should  separate  into 
a  solid,  white  ma.~s,  and  a  scarcely  colored  liquid  (distinction  from  the  fixed  oils 
of  apricot  and  peach  kernels,  and  from  sesamum,  cotton-j'ccd  and  i)0^)py-seed 
oils).  If  10  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  mixed  with  15  Cc.  of  a  15  ner  cent  solution  of  sodium 
hydrate  and  10  Cc.  of  alcohol,  and  the  mixture  allowed  to  stand  at  a  temperature 
of  35°  to  40°  C.  (05°  to  104°  F.),  with  occasional  agitation,  until  it  becomes  clear, 
and  then  diluted  with  100  Cc.  of  water,  the  cU-ar  .solution  thus  obtained,  upon  the 
Bubseciucnt  addition  of  an  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  will  set  free  a  layer  of  oleic 
acid.  This,  when  separated  from  the  aqueous  liquid,  waslicd  with  warm  water, 
and  clarified  in  a  water-bath,  will  remain  liquid  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  although  some- 
times depositing  particles  of  solid  matt»-r  and  becoming  turbid.    One  part  of  this 


1340  OLEUM  ANETHI.— OLEUM  AXIMALE  ^THEREUM. 

oleic  acid,  when  mixed  with  1  volume  of  alcohol,  should  give  a  clear  solution, 
which,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.)  should  not  deposit  any  fatly  acids,  nor  become  turbid  on 
the  further  addition  of  1  volume  of  alcohol  (distinction  from  olive,  arachis,  cotton- 
seed, sesamum,  and  other  fixed  oils)  "—(U.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — A  non-poisonous,  bland  oil  of  agree- 
able ta^te,  which  may  be  given  like  olive  oil,  in  dose  of  1  to  8  drachms  in  muci- 
lage or  egg  emulsion  for  the  relief  of  c/ironie  coughs. 

OLEUM  ANETHI.— OIL  OF  DILL. 

The  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  fruit  of  Anethum  graveolens,  Linne. 

Nat.  0,'/.— Umbellifera'. 

Preparation  and  Description. — The  yield  of  the  oil,  obtained  by  distillation 
with  water,  is  from  2.5  per  cent  (East  Indian)  to  4  per  cent  (Russianj  (Schim- 
mel  it  Co.).  The  residual  herb  is  rich  in  nitrogenous  and  fatty  matter,  and  in 
dried  form  is  used  as  feed  for  cattle.  The  oil  is  pale  j-ellow,  having  a  sweetish, 
sharp,  burning  taste,  and  a  penetrating  odor  resembling  that  of  the  fruit.  It 
gradually  becomes  darker  in  color.  The  odor  of  East  Indian  dill  oil  diflFere 
markedly  from  that  of  the  German  product.  The  density  is  0.905  to  0.915  (as 
high  as  0.07(1  for  East  Indian)  (Schimmel  &  Co.).  Optical  rotation,  -|-70°  to  +80°; 
East   Indian,  ^41=  :;n'. 

Chemical  Composition.— Oil  of  dill  contains  from  40  to  60  percent  ofcarvone 
{(•arvol),  identical  in  optical  rotation  and  other  physical  and  chemical  properties 
with  that  from  oil  of  caraway  (see  A.  Beyer,  Amer.  Jour.  Phann.,  1884,  p.  324). 
Furthermore,  the  terpene  hydrocarbons,  dexlro-limonene,  and  sometimes  phellan- 
ilrene  are  present.  The  East  Indian  dill  oil  contains  a  peculiar  heavy  constituent, 
ascertained  by  Ciamician  and  Silber  (1896)  to  be  an  isomer  of  apiol  from  parsley 
oil  and  named  by  these  chemists  dill-npiol  (C,.,H,,0.)  (Gildemeister  and  Hoffmann, 
Die  .Etherm-hrn  Oek,  1899). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Carminative  and  local  anodyne.  Useful 
in  Jiatulent  colic.    Dose,  5  to  10  drops  in  sweetened  hot  water. 

OLEUM  ANIMALE  ^THEREUM.— ANIMAL  OIL. 

Synonyms:  Oleum  animale Dippelii,  Dippel's  animal  oil,  Oleum  cornu  cervi  rectifi- 
catum. 

History  and  Preparation. — J.  C.  Dippel,  in  1711,  first  obtained  this  oil  hy 
the  destructive  distillation  of  dried  blood.  It  is  now  produced  by  the  rectifi- 
cation of  ('/•(((/(•  (or  fetid)  animnl  oil  {Oleum  Cornu  Cervi,  or  Bone  oil).  When  animal 
substances,  such  as  bones  (previously  freed  from  fat),  hoofs,  horns,  blood,  hide,  etc., 
are  subjected  to  dry  distillation,  th'e  following  substances  are  chiefly  produced: 
Carbonic  acid  gas  and  combustible  gaseous  products,  a  sublimate  of  carbonate  of 
ammonium  {mlt  of  hart,'</iorn,  t^nl  rornu  cervi);  an  aqueous  liquid  {>^jfirifu.i  Cornu 
Cervi),  containing  ammonium  salts  of  carbonic  and  hydrocyanic  acids,  ammonium 
sulphide,  and  empyreumatic  oils;  furthermore,  a  black-brown,  fetid  Vat  {Oleum 
Cornu  Cerri),  and  a  residue  of  charcoal  containing  nitrogen.  The  tar  chiefly  con- 
sists of  ])yridine  bases,  such  ns p}/ridine  (CjHjN),;//(V'/(/i<-  (CsH.N),  lutidiiie  (,C.H,X), 
co//tV//»r  (CJ1||N),  etc.,  and  yields  upon  repeated  rectification  Pi ppel's  ethereal  oil. 
According  to  llager  (Handhuch  der  Phann.  /V<(j-/,<,  Vol.  11,  1886.  p.  568\  the  crude 
oil  is  first  distille(l  from  a  glass  retort  by  the  lieat  of  a  sand-bath,  as  long  as  a 
thin  oil  passes  over.  The  distillate  is  mixed  with  four  times  its  bulk  of  distilled 
water,  and  this  mixture  distilled  from  a  metallic  retort.  The  distillate  separates 
into  an  aqueous  and  au  oily  layer;  the  latter  is  drawn  oft' and  run  into  small 
bottles,  securely  sealed  and  "put"  into  a  dark  and  cool  place.  The  yield  is  about 
15  to  20  per  cent. 

Description.— Medicinal,  or  rectified  animal  oil  is  a  thin,  colorless,  or  but 
faintly  yellow,  oily  body,  the  average  specific  gravity  of  which  is  O.StX  Its  odor 
is  ethereal,  not  fetid,  and  powerfully  penetrating;  its  t«ste  acrid  and  sharp,  with 
a  cooling,  bitter  after-taste.    Water  (SO  jiarts),  volatile  and  fixed  oils,  alcohol,  and 


OLEUM  ANI8I.  1341 

ether.  (li-:-:olve  it.  When  expofsed  to  the  atmo.sphere  and  light  its  color  deepens 
nipidlv.  iiiul  the  oil  a>smnes  a  ilenser  I'on.sistence.     Its  rcactimi  is  feebly  alkaline. 

chemical  Composition. — Tlii.s  oil  is  a  mixture  of  many  siibstance.s  which 
are  I'Ut  [larth  known,  Besides  several  hydrocarbons,  methyl-, propyl- and  butTl- 
aniine,  aniline.  /.//''"/(t'.H.X),  pyri<linr(C^U.J^),  lutidiue  (C.U^^i),  pieoline  (C^Ufi), 
and  i->illiiliiir  (C'.I1,,N  >,  eti-.,  are  jiresent  i  .Vnderson). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.  — Animal  oil  is  not  now  employed  to 
any  e.\tent  in  llierapy.  Formerly  it  was  employed,  alone  or  combined,  by  fric- 
tion, for  the  same  purposes  as  liniments.  From  5  to  oO  drops  were  fornierlj'  used 
internally,  combined  with  sugar,  ether,  and  Hotlinann's  anodyne,  for  the  expul- 
sion i>t'  tapeuorini<,  and  in  chorea,  epilepfj/,  purali/gk,  liyi<teriK,  griatir  neuralgid,  cliroiiir 
rheuiiKitUm,  and  in  typhoid  states.  It  has  much  to  condemn  it  and  nothing  to  com- 
mend it.    It  is  extremely  j)oisonous,  3  drachms  having  quickly  killed  an  adult. 

Derivatives  of  Crude  Animal  Oil.— PvniDi.NK  (not  ;,v/<v?;,n  i  a',,HjX)  is  n  colrrrless  fluid 
base  nlilaineil  I'luni  IMppel's  aniiiKil  oi),  anil  is  found  also  in  tobaeci)  smoke,  coal-naphtha, 
shale-nil,  peat-tar,  etc.  It  is  ohtaineil  hy  treating  the  oil  with  sulpljurie  acii),  afterward  with 
caustic  .-otUi,  subjecting  tlie  iteconiposetl  mixture  to  fractional  distillation,  treatinf:  with  oxidi- 
zers to  remove  aniline,  and  fractionating  a  second  time.  It  is  also  svntheticallv  prepared. 
Its  specific  gravity  is  0.980;  its  boiling  point,  110°  C.  (240.8°  F.);  it  ha.s  a  sharj),  peculiar, 
empyreuniatic,  ami  i.iersistent  taste.  AVith  .icids  it  unites  to  form  salts.  Water  dissolves  it, 
but  "caustic  potasli  or  soda  in  excess  precipitates  it.  Fixed  oils,  ether,  alcohol,  lienzol,  and 
chloroform  mix  with  it  in  all  proportions.  L.rge  doses  of  it  act  as  a  jiowerful  jioison,  inducing 
cyanosis,  general  uniscular  paralysis,  and  death  from  respiratorv  failure.  Small  doses  are 
reputed  stimulant,  ami  are  said  to  have  been  employed  successfully  in  angina  pectoris.  Dose, 
6  to  12  ilroi]s,  once  a  day;  or  better,  2  to  4  drops,  3  tiines  a  day.  It  has  been  more  generally 
recommended  as  a  palliative  inhalant  iu  asthmatic  affections.  An  aqueous  solution  1 1  in  300) 
has  been  employecf  locally  in  yimnrrhcea. 

Pyridine  Tkic.^kboxylic  Acid  (C5H2[C00H]3N).— A  derivative  of  pyridine,  aud  also 
obtained  from  certain  of  the  cinchona  alkaloids.  It  forms  prismatic  crystals  v.liicli  fuse  at 
244°  C.  (471.2^  F.  I.  Reputeil  antipyretic,  antiasthmatic,  and  antiseptic.  'Ten-grain  doses  are 
sjiid  to  nave  been  more  ettective  than  quinine  in  malarial  fever,  gieven  after  the  paroxysm. 
Asserted  useful  in  typhoid  fever,  asthma  (1  to  2-grain  doses),  "and  to  have  a  specific  effect  on 
gotwrrhaa  i  locally  applied). 

Pyrodise. — (See  Related  Compowids  and  Derivatives  of  Phenacetinum.) 

OLEUM  ANISI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  ANISE. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  anise.  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bot- 
tles protected  from  light,  and.  if  it  has  separated  into  a  liquid  and  a  solid  portion, 
it  should  be  completely  liiiuefied  by  wanning  before  being  dispensed  " — d'.S.P.). 

Source  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  oil  is  prepared  by  distilling  anise 
seed,  from  Pimpimlla  animm,  Linnc,  with  water.  The  Russian  seeds  are  no>v 
mostly  used  ;  they  yield,  according  to  Schimmel  &  Co.  {Rejiorts,  April,  1897),  from 
2.4  to  0.2  percent  of  oil;  Italian  fruit  (Bolognese)  yielded  as  high  as  3.5  i)er  cent. 
Over  90  per  cent  of  the  oil  consists  of  anethd  {para-m€thn.rij-propenyl-bein')f,  C^Jitfi, 
or  C,H,[OCHj].CH:CH.CH,),  which  is  the  essential  aroniatic  constituent  of  the 
oil.  It  was  obtained  synthetically,  in  1877,  by  Perkin.  It  is  a  snow-white,  crys- 
tailizable  body,  of  sweet  taste,  nielts  at  21.5°  C.  (69.8°  F.),  and  is  optically  in- 
active. The  liquid  constituent  of  anise  oil  if  melhyt-chnvirol,  an  isomer  nf  anethol. 
Both  anethol  and  methvl-chavicol  also  occur  in  the  oil  of  star-anise(///(V/i///i  ra-um) 
(Schimniers  Report.  Oct.,  1S95) ;  anethol  is  also  found  in  fennel  oil  (Cahours,  1841). 
In  oil  (>(  star-anise,  (lexlrn-pincne  and  Uevo-jJn llaiulrenewere  also  found. 

Description  and  Tests.— The  f/.  &'.  P.  describes  the  oil  as  follows:  "A  color- 
less or  pale-yellow,  thin,  and  strongly  refractive  liquid,  having  the  characteristic 
odor  of  anise,  and  a  sweetish,  mildly  aromatic  taste.  Specific  gravity,  about 
0.980  to  0.990  at  17°  C.  (62.6°  F.),  increasing  with  age.  At  a  low  temperature, 
usually  between  10°  and  15°  C.  (50°  antl  59°  F.),  it  solidifies  to  a  white,  cryslal- 
line  m'ass.  Soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol  to  a  clear  solution  (absence  of 
most  fixed  oils  and  oil  of  turpentine).  This  solution  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper, 
and  should  not  assume  a  blue  or  browni.sh  color  on  the  addition  ofadrou  of 
ferric  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  some  volatile  oils  containing  phenols).  When 
the  oil  is  dropped  into  water,  without  agitation,  it  should  not  produce  a  milky 
turbidity  rMb'^ence  of  ale„l„.ir-(r  .V   /',. 


1342  OLEUM  AXTHEMIDIS.-OLEUil  AUEANTII  CORTICIS. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Both  oil  of  anise  and  oil  of  etar-aniw, 
are  carminative  and  antispasmodic,  and  especially  adapted  to  flatukncy  and  colic 
nfinfantii.  They  likewise,  in  connection  with  aqua  ammonite,  "ammonium  chlo- 
ride, or  ammonium  carbonate,  afford  relief  in  ■■'i,n.<iaodic  cough.     The  dose  is  from 

5  to  10  drops.  Ruschenberger  states  that  the  offensive  odor  of  the  tersulphides 
in  solutions  or  ointments  is  removed  or  completely  covered  by  the  presence  of 
oil  of  anise.  Oil  of  anise  is  an  ingredient  of  paregoric  and  other  well-known 
preparations. 

Related  Oil. — Oil  of  Anise  Bark.  From  Madagascar;  Ixitanical  source  unknown,  but 
the  bark  closeh-  resembles  the  Massoi  bark,  and  yields  3  5  per  cent  of  essential  oil.  The  oil  is 
pale-yellow,  spicy  and  feebly  sweet  to  the  taste,  and  has  an  odor  suggestive  of  sfufnih  Density, 
0.969.  It  contains  chiefly  Eykman's  methyl-chavicol  (CH30.C8H4.CH2.CH.CH2),"the  fluid  am- 
thol  isomeric  with  ordinary  anethol,  of  which  it  also  contains  a  small  proportion  (Schimmel 

6  Co.'s  Heport,  April,  1892,  p.  .531. 

OLEUM  ANTHEMIDIS.— OIL  OF  CHAMOMILE. 

The  essential  oil  distilled  from  the  flowers  of  Aiithemis  noh'dis,  Linne. 

Nat.  Ord. — Compositie. 

Synonyms  :   Oleum  rhdmomillfe  Romana-,  Oil  of  Roman  chamomile. 

Source  and  Description. — Oil  of  chamomile  is  obtained  by  distillation  of 
chamomile  flowers  {Anthcmis  nobilis)  with  water,  the  yield  being  0.8  to  1  per  cent 
(Schimmel  &  Co.'s  Report,  April,  1897).  When  first  obtained  it  is  bluish,  after- 
ward greenish,  but  finally  becomes  yellowish-brown  ;  its  specific  gravity  is  about 
0.9083  (O.'.iOo  to  0.91.5).  It  has  the  odor  of  chamomile  flowers,  and  an'aromatic, 
somewhat  punL'tiit  ta^<te.     It  dissolves  in  6  parts  of  70  per  cent  alcohol. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  constituents  of  this  oil,  according  to  Schim- 
mel &  Co., are  chiefly  the  isobutykster  oiigobutyric  and  angelic  acids,  the  amyl- and 
hexyl-ester  of  angelic  and  tiglic  acids.  The  highest  boiling  fractions  yield  upon 
saponification  and  distillation,  principally  two  alcohols,  viz.,  methyl'-eihyl-propyl 
alcohol  (C.,H5.CH3:CH.CH,,.CH.,OH),  and  anthcmol  (C.^H.^O)  an  isomer  of  camphor. 
A  paraffin-like  body,  anthemen  (C,8H.,s)  (Naudin,  1884)  is  probably  also  present  in 
the  highest  fractions.  (For  interesting  details  regarding  the  chemistry  of  this  oil, 
see  Gildenieister  and  Iloflniann,  /oc.  cit.)  Angelic  and  tiglic  acids  are  isomers,  their 
composition  lii'in>,'  C',II,(),.    Ilcat  converts  the  former  into  the  latter  add. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Oil  of  chamomile  is  tonic  and  anti- 
spasmodic; and  lias  been  found  very  serviceable  in  spa.wi  ojihe  »tontach,  painj'ul 
dysmenorrhcea,  hiccough,  piertussis,  to  allay  nausea  and  vomiting,  and  to  prevent  or 
les.sen  the  griping  influence  of  some  cathartics.  The  dose  is  from  5  to  10  drops. 
The  Matricaria  Chainomilla  furnishes  a  thick,  deep-blue  oil,  becoming  brown  by  age, 
and  which  is  frequently  substituted  for  the  oil  of  chamomile.  It  is  less  antispas- 
modic than  the  true  chamomile  oil.  It  is  an  ingredient  of  some  liniments  for 
painful  affections. 

OLEUM  AURANTII  CORTICIS  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF 
ORANGE  PEEL. 

"A  volatile  oil  obtained  by  expression  from  the  fresh  peel  of  either  the  bitter 
orange,  Citrus  vulgaris,  Risso,  or  the  sweet  orange.  Citrus  Aurantium,  Linu6  {Nat. 
Ord. — Rutacese).  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place"— 
{U.S.  P.). 

Synonym  :  Essential  oil  of  orange  peel. 

Source  and  Preparation. — There  are  in  commerce  two  oils  of  orange  peel, 
viz. :  Oleum  Aukantii  Dru  is.  Oil  if  su-eet  orange  peel,  and  Oi-ETM  Avrantii  Amari, 
Oil  of  bitter  orange  peel,  lioth  are  included  in  the  official  oil.  They  ate  prepared 
in  southern  Europe  by  at  least  five  different  methods:  (1)  by  rupturing  the  super- 
ficial portion  of  the  rind,  thus  liberating  the  oil  from  the  glands;  (_'>  by  forcioly 
twisting  the  fresh  rind  and  collecting  the  oil  upon  sponges,  and  afterward  squeez- 
ing the  contents  of  the  saturated  sponges  into  a  suitable  vessel;  io>  by  grating 
the  exterior  of  the  rind  and  expressing;  (4)  by  putting  the  scrapings  into  hot 
water  and  skimming  off'  the  oil;  (5)  by  distillation  of  tne  residues  after  expres- 
sion, which  yields  an  inferior  product. 


OLEUM  ADRANTU  FLORUM.  1343 

Chemical  Composition. — Both  oils  are  composed  chiefly  (to  90  ptr  cent)  of 
Uxtro-timoiitiif  (W'aliach,  1S84).  In  addition  tht-  oil  ol'swecl  orange  iteel  contains, 
according  to  Sennnler  (1891),  a  small  quantity  of  ()ei-mii(d  (^ritral),  and  an  alde- 
hyde of  lower  boiling  point  (Power,  Etf.-^tnlial  OiU).  The  oil  of  orange  peel  is 
under  further  chemical  investigation.  Ninety  per  cent  of  the  oil  distills  between 
175"  and  180°  C.  (847°  and  3-54°  F.). 

Dextro-limoxene  occurs  chiefly  in  orange  and  lemon  oils;  also  found  in  oils 
of  caraway,  dill  and  elsewhere;  l.Tfo-limm)rne  in  American  oil  of  peppermint  and 
a  few  other  oils.  Both  modifications  are  iilentical  in  every  respect  except  their 
optical  antagonism.  Combined  in  equi-molecular  quantities,  they  form  a  terpene 
nearly  identical  with  dipmlene  which  is  inactive.  Limonene  is  a  colorless  liquid 
of  a  plea.*ant  lemon  odor;  its  specific  gravity  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.^  is  0.S46;  boiling 
point  175°  to  176°  C.  (347°  to  348.4°  F.).  Being  an  unsaturated  terpene,!  mole- 
cule absori)s  4  atoms  of  Viromine,  forming  therewith  a  characteristic  addition  prod- 
uct which  melts  at  104.5°  C.  (220°  F.\  ( Wallach.  1887). 

Description  and  Tests. — Chemically,  and  in  most  other  particulars,  these  two 
oils  are  similar.  Their  flavor  difl'ers  somewhat,  and  that  from  the  bitter  oranges 
undergoes  change  more  quickly  on  exposure.  Oil  of  sweet  orange  peel  is  gener- 
ally preferred  in  making  elixir  of  orange.  The  best  is  the  Sicilian  oil,  though  not 
all  is  made  in  Sicily.  That  from  Bigarade  orange  is  known  in  France  as  Essence 
de  Bigamde,  and  regarded  the  most  valuable;  that  from  the  Portugal  or  Sweet 
orange  is  called  Esst-nce  de  Portmjnl.  Oil  of  orange  peel  is  oflicially  described  as 
"a  pale  yellowish  liquid,  having  the  characteristic,  aromatic  odor  of  orange,  and 
an  aromatic  and,  when  obtained  from  the  bitter  orange,  somewhat  bitter  taste. 
Specific  gravity,  about  O.SoO  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Its  optical  rotation  should  not 
be  less  than  95°  to  the  right  in  a  1(X)  Mm.  tube,  and  at  a  temperature  of  about 
15°  to  20°  C.  (59°  to  68°  F.).  Soluble  in  about  four  times  its  volume  of  alcohol, 
this  solution  being  neutral  to  litmus  paper;  also  soluble  in  all  jnnportions,  in 
absolute  alcohol  or  in  carbon  disulphide,  and  in  an  equal  volume  of  glacial  acetic 
acid.  When  kept  for  some  time  the  oil  should  not  ilevelop  a  terebinthinate  odor  or 
taste  (absence  of  oil  of  turpentine  or  of  other  oils  containing  pinene)" — (U.S.  P.). 
Both  oils  have  the  same  specific  gravity  (0.84'=:  to  ().<54,  Schimmel  i\:  Co.). 

Action  and  Uses.— This  agent  is  employed  for  perfuming  or  flavoring  medi- 
cines. Its  properties  are  those  of  an  irritant,  and  it  is  somew'hat  narcotic.  Tho.se 
who  prepare  the  oil  are  subject  to  mental  confusion,  muscular  debility,  neural- 
gia, headaches,  disordered  digestion,  and  erythema,  pai)ulcs,  and  vesicles  upon 
the  skin. 

OLEUM  AURANTII  FLORUM  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF 
ORANGE  FLOWERS. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  fresh  flowers  of  tJie  bitter  orange,  Citni.t  vul- 
garis, Risso  (Xnt.  Ord. — Rutacese).  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in 
a  cool  place,  protected  from  light" — (f.  iS.  P.). 

Syxo.\y.ms  :   Oil  ofvcroli.  Es-oenrc  ofneroli. 

Preparation  and  History.— This  oil  is  obtained  in  the  making  of  orange- 
flower  water,  the  oil  floating  ui)on  the  surface  of  the  fluid  in  small  amounts.  It 
is  best  when  prepared  from  the  petals  rather  than  from  the  whole  flower.  As 
found  in  commerce  it  is  usuallj'  adulterated  with  oil  or  e.'<sn>re  of  petit  fimin.  The 
latter  is  the  volatile  oil  of  the  leaves,  shoots,  and  the  young  fruits  of  the  Bigarade 
orange.  The  term  oil  or  essence  of  petit  (jm  in,  was  at  one  time  apjilied  to  the  oil 
ol)tained  by  distillation  from  small,  immature  oranges,  but  is  now  referred  to  the 
oil  i)roduced  as  above  stated. 

Description.— "A  yellowish  or  brownish,  thin  liquid,  having  a  very  fragrant 
odor  of  orange  fltnvers,  and  an  aromatic,  somewhat  bitter  t;uste.  Specific  gravity, 
0.875  to  0.890  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Soluble  in  an  ecjual  volume  of  alcohol,  the  solu- 
tion being  neutral  to  litmus  paj)er.  If  a  little  alcohol  be  poured  on  the  surface 
of  the  oil,  and  the  mixture  gently  undulated,  a  bright,  violet  fluorescence  will  usu- 
ally be  observed.  In  contact  with  a  ,«aturated  solution  of  sodium  bisulphite  it 
jissumes  a  handsome  and  ])ermanent  purplish-red  color" — {U.  S.  P.).  The  oil  has 
a  slight  right-handed  optical  rotation. 


1344  OLEUM  BERGAMOTT^. 

Chemical  Composition. — Orange-flower  oil  contains  an  odorless  stratoptt;;. 
formerly  called  neroli  camphor;  it  is  a  paraffin,  melting  at  55°  ( 131°  F..P//f/mj'/'o- 
grnphin).  Tiemann  and  Semmler,  in  1893,  obtained  by  fractional  distillation  <■( 
the  oil  limonene,  Ixvo-linalool,  linaloyl  acetate,  and  geraniol.  Schimmel  &  Co.,  in  1894, 
discovered  in  the  oil  small  quantities  of  anthranUir  acid  methyl-estfr  fNH,.CjH,. 
COOCH,),  melting  at  25°  C.  (77°  F.),  to  the  presence  of  which  the  fragrance  and 
the  fluorescence  of  the  oil  are  due  (see  Report,  April,  1899,  p.  32).  An  artificial 
b"dy,  many  times  stronger  than  oil  of  neroli,  and  used  quite  extensively  by  soap- 
makers  and  perfumers,  is  on  the  market  under  the  name  nerolin.  It  is  a  white 
powder,  soluble  in  fixed  oil  and  alcohol,  but  not  in  water. 

Uses. — Oil  of  orange  flowers  is  used  chiefly  in  manufacturing  perfumes,  and 
has  been  suggested  for  perfuming  local  applications. 

OLEUM  BERGAMOTT.ffl  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  BERGAMOT. 

"A  volatile  oil  obtained  by  expression  from  the  rind  of  the  fresh  fruit  of 
Citrus  Berriiiiiiia,  Risso  et  Poiteau  (Nat.  Orel. — Rutacese).  It  should  be  kept  in  well- 
stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  protected  from  light" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Syxonym  :   OInim  bergamii  (Phnrm.,  1880). 

Botanical  Source,  iPreparation,  and  History.— Oil  of  bergamot  exists  in 
the  rind  of  the  ripe  fruit  of  Citrus  Berri<nni<i.  from  which  it  may  be  obtained  by 
expression  in  the  same  manner  as  for  procuring  the  oil  of  lemon.  It  may  also 
be  obtained  by  distillation,  but  the  product  is  not  so  agreeable  as  by  expression. 
According  to  Wight  and  Arnott,  the  leaves  of  the  bergamot  tree  are  oblong,  more 
or  less  elongated,  acute,  or  obtuse,  underside  somewhat  pale  ;  the  petiole  more  or 
less  winged  or  margined  ;  the  flowers  usually  small  and  white ;  the  fruit  pale- 
yellow,  pyriform  or  depressed  ;  the  rind  with  concave  receptacles  of  oil ;  the  pulp 
"more  or  less  acid.  About  2i  ounces  of  oil  may  be  obtained  by  expression  from 
100  bergamots.  The  plant  is  cultivated  in  the"south  of  Europe  from  whence  the 
oil  is  imp(>rt^'d. 

Description  and  Tests. — Bergamot  oil  is  sometimes  erroneously  called  essence 
of  bergamot.  The  ('.  S.  P.  describes  it  as  "a  greenish  or  greenish-yellow,  thin  liquid, 
having  a  peculiar,  very  fragrant  odor,  and  an  aromatic,  bitter  taste.  Specific 
gravity,  0.880  to  0.885  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Its  optical  rotation  should  not  be  more 
than  20°  to  the  right  in  a  100  Mm.  tube,  and  at  a  temperature  of  about  15°  to  20° C. 
(59°  to  68°  F.).  Two  volumes  of  the  oil,  when  mixed  with  1  volume  of  alcohol, 
should  give  a  clear  solution  of  a  slightly  acid  reaction,  and  this  solution  should 
not  become  turbid  on  the  further  addition  of  alcohol  (distinction  from  oil  of 
orange  or  oil  of  lemon).  The  oil  should  also  be  soluble  at  20°  C.  (68°  F.\  with- 
out the  separation  of  oily  drops,  in  1.5  to  2  volumes  of  alcohol  of  80°  per  cent  by 
volume.  It  is  soluble,  in" all  proportions,  in  glacial  acetic  acid.  If  about  2  Gm.  of 
the  oil  be  evaporated  in  a  small,  tared  capsule,  on  a  water-bath,  until  the  odor  has 
comjiletely  disappeared,  a  soft,  green,  homogeneous  residue  should  be  left,  amount- 
ing to  not"  more  than  about  6  per  cent  of  tlie  oil  (absence  of  fatty  oils)  "—{U.S.P.). 

Chemical  Composition.— The  fragrance  of  oil  of  bergamot  is  due  to  the 
aretir  ester  of  /;/  n,-ll,iiil,,nl.  its  quantity  varying  in  the  oil  from  36  to  sometimes  40 
per  cent.  Tlio  fully  matured  fruits  yield  most  of  this  ester.  Furthermore,  free 
linalool,  dextro-limonme,  perhaps  dipentcne,  and  5  per  cent  of  inodorous  bergamot  cam- 
phor or  hergapten  (C,.jH,0,)  are  present.  According  to  Pomeranz  (1891),  it  is  the 
mono-mcthj/t-ether  of  dior;/-coumnri7i,  derived  from  phloroghtcin  (Gildemeister  and 
HoS'mann,  hr.  rit.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Gently  excitant,  but  is  used  almost  wholly  in 
perfunury.  sonps,  and  for  scenting  toilet  preparations  and  ointments. 

Related  Oils.— On.  of  Lemon  GK.\!<%Olfmn  atxlronogon  cilrall.  An  essential  oil.. sometimes 
calleii  oit  ufr.rliimi.  derived  from  several  species  of  .fl)i</'<i/)o<^>ii,  particularly. liirfr-ii-H/c^n  ntmtu$, 
cultivated  in  Indin.  Ceylon,  Malayan  penin.sula,  and  near  SinjiajHire.  It  is  yellowish-brown 
witli  a  shar|i  tnste  and  peculiar  odor,  used  only  in  perfumes  in  this  aiuntry.but  a.«  a  stimulant 
and  eannin;itive  in  the  Eiist.  When  treate.l  with  :>  s:iturated  solution  of  sodium  hisulphito.  it 
vields  a  ervstalline  eoinjwuind.  The  known  eonstituents  of  this  oil  are  the  aldehyde  nV.-n/ 
"(OinHisO '.  an  unsntuniteil  ketone  mettoit-tuptenom  {(.\UuO\  and  in  the  highest  boiling  fractious 
the  alcohol  geniniul  {Cv>\l\iOy 


OLEUM  BETIL.E  VOLATILK.-OLKIM  HIBILIM.  1345 

Oil  >'F  Citroxella,  (ilnim  audm^igoii  uanli. — The  volatile  oil  distilled  Iroin  a  [dant  ia 
cultivatiiin  in  Ceylon,  in  the  Straits  Settlement,  ami  loajJt  of  Malabar.  The  natives  of  Ceylon 
are  enpijied  in  the  treatment  of  the  plant,  whieh  is  distilled  by  steam  in  suitiible  apparatus. 
It  is  a  yellowish-green  oil,  slightly  lievo-rotatory,  of  the  speeitie  gravity  0.8f*t)  to  O.IKX),  has  a 
sharp  taste  and  characteristic  (.»lor.  With  alcohol,  it  mixes  in  all  proportions.  Two  or  two  and 
one-half  volumes  of  alcohol  iSO  per  cent  i  should  mi.\  perfectly  transparent  with  1  volume  of 
the  oil,  lit  a  temperature  not  lower  than  L'0°C.  (t)S°F.  .  If  the' mixture  Ije  clouily  it  indicati  s 
the  presence  of  tixed  oils.  If  oily  drops  form  upon  standing,  when  .'>  to  10  volumes  of  80  per 
cent  ak'ohol  are  ailded,  the  presence  of  petroleimi  is  indicated.  Citronella  oil  contains  about 
50  per  cent  of  iji-rauiol,  vitrotullnl.  an  aMehyde  iCioHisOi  which  .'^enmiler  i  1S91  >  succ-eeded  in 
wmverting  intoVi/nnicf/ic  arid  i  t'loHigO;  i :  fiirtlieruioiv  lK,nitiil  (1  to  2  per  cent  i,  nnilijil-liiiitiiiitii,-, 
acHic  iiiu\  )--il.  i-innic  aciih  in  the  form  of  estirs.  The  higher  specific  gravitv  observed  m  L<iiia 
IxilH  ui!  is  du.-  to  the  presence  of  »if//i.//-"(;;.w)/  iall;,l-r,r.il,;J  CIIj.CjHj.OCIIj.OCHj  I  ((iilde- 
nieister  and  HoHuiann, /<«•  cit.\.     The  oil  is  employed  in  perfuming  soaps. 

Ylano-Yi.axi;  Oil,  Cnnanga  oil,  Olt-um  imoiut,  dlfiim  (kio/i.t.— The  flowers  of  a  south 
Asiatic  tree,  growing  in  Java  and  Manila,  vield  this  essential-  oil  which  is  used  onlv  in  per- 
fumes. A  reputed  solution  of  it,  in  the  oil  of  the  cocoanut,  is  known  as  Macasear  llair  Oil. 
Ylang-Ylang  oil  c-ontains  Ixio-linalool, geraniol,  benzoic  smA  acetic  acids  im  the  form  of  esters), 
methiji-fther  of  >>aru-XTYJ<o/  (CH3.CjH4.OCH3 1,  tr.ices  of  a  phenol,  cadinene,  etc. 

OLEUM  BETUL^  VOLATILE    U.  S.  P.  —VOLATILE 
OIL  OF  BETULA. 

"A  volatile  oil  obtained  by  distillation  from  the  bark  of  Betuln  lenta,  Linne, 
Street  birrh  (^Xaf.  Ord. —  Betulaoea-).  It  is  identical  with  methyl  snlieylate  (CH, 
C.HjO.i.and  ne.nrly  identical  with  oil  of  gaultheria.  It  should  be  kept  in  well- 
stopjiered  bottles,  protected  from  light" — i^U.  S.  P.). 

Sy.von  YM  :   0(7  of  sinrt  birch. 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  oil  is  formed  in  the  bark  by 
the  action  of  the  ferment  hrinUi.-'i-  (Schneegans,  1896)  upon  the  glucosid  ganttheriii 
(C,,H„0,-rHX'))  (Procter,  1843;  Schneegans  and  Gerock,  1804).  Upon  saponifi- 
cation, it  yields  salicylic  acid  and  methyl  alcohol.  The  oil  was  first  distilled  from 
sweet  birch,  in  1865,  in  Luzerne  county,  Pennsylvania,  and  although  the  yield 
is  only  0.23  per  cent,  against  0.80  per  cent  from  gaultheria,  distillation  of  the 
former  material  is  less  expensive.  (See,  in  this  connection,  two  interesting  papers 
by  Mr.  Geo.  W.  Kennedy,  in  Amer.  Jour.  Phann.,  1882,  p.  49,  and  W.  H.  Breisch, 
ibid.,  1891,  p.  579.)  The  oil  is  frequently  sold  for  Xattmtl  oil  of  wintergreeu.  Dr.  F.  B. 
Power  and  Dr.  C.  Kleber  (Phnrm.  Rundschdu,  1895,  y>.  228)  "summarize  the  diflfer- 
ences  between  oil  of  wintergreen  and  oil  of  sweet  birch  as  follows:  (1)  '^ Oil  of 
wintergreen  (Gonltheria)  contains  about  99  per  cent  of  methyl  salicylate,  together 
with  a  small  amount  of  a  paraffin,  which  is  probably  tritirontan  (C^Hj,.),  an  alde- 
hyde or  ketone,  an  apparently  secondary  alcohol  (CjH|«0),  and  an  ester  (C„H,,0,). 
a"  pure,  fresh  oil  of  gaultheria  deviates  a  ray  of  polarized  light  to  the  left,  and 
the  extent  of  this  rotation  should  not  be  less  than  — 0°  25'  in  a  tube  of  100  Mm. 
(2)  Oil  of  ft)rert  birch  (Betubi),\n  its  unrectified  state,  contains  about  99.8  per  cent 
of  methyl  salicylate,  together  with  a  very  small  amount  of  the  above-mentioned 
paraffin  "(C,<,H„)",  an  aldehyde  or  ketone,  and  the  ester  (C„H.,0,),  but  does  not  con- 
tain the  alcohol  (C,H„0),  "which  is  found  in  gaultheria  oil.  The  oil  of  sweet  birch 
is  alwavs  opticallv  inactive.  (3)  Both  of  these  oils  have  a  specific  gravitv  varying 
from  1.180  to  1.187  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Both  of  them,  as  well  as  synthetic  methyl 
salicylate,  form  a  clear  solution  with  five  times  their  volume  of  70  per  cent  alci>- 
hol,  'at  20°  to  25°  C.  (68°  to  77°  F.).  Neither  the  oil  of  gaultheria  nor  the  oil  of 
sweet  birch  contains  any  trace  of  benzoic  acid  or  its  esters,  nor  do  they  contain 
any  terpene  or  sesquiterpene." 

Volatile  oil  of  betula  "  has  the  same  properties  and  conforms  to  the  same 
reactions  and   tests  as  methvl  salicvlate"— (T.  S.  P.).    (See  Methyl  Saliajlas;  a\so 

Oleinn  (l.ni'fh.r;:,.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Same  as  Oleiim  Gmilthcrijr  {■Khich  see). 
OLEUM  BUBULUM.— NEAT'8-FOOT  OIL. 

The  oil  obtained  from  the  feet  of  the  Box  domenlirit.i. 
SySONVMs  :    Ohinii  ,„,hii,i  >:iii,i.  Arn iini.i  ,,ahim  liiuri. 


1346  OLEUM  CADIXUM.— OLEUM  CARBOLATUM. 

Preparation. —  Having  removed  the  skin  and  hoof  from  ox  feet,  subject 
them  to  the  long-continued  action  of  water  at  100°C.  (212''  F.);  the  fa ttj' matters 
which  rise  and  float  upon  the  surface  must  be  skimmed  off  from  time  to  time, 
placed  into  another  portion  of  clear  water,  and  the  whole  be  heated  to  about 
90.6°  or  93.3°  C.  (195°  or  200°  F.).  The  oil  again  floats  upon  the  surface,  and 
may  be  taken  therefrom.  The  oil  may  be  still  further  purified,  if  necessary,  by 
placing  it  in  clean  water,  and  subjecting  it,  for  20  or  2.5  hours,  to  a  temperature 
which  will  be  just  sufficient  to  isolate  the  oil  from  its  fat ;  upon  the  cooling  of  the 
water,  and  after  the  solidification  of  the  fat,  the  thin  oil  which  remains  should 
be  passed  through  a  coarse  charcoal  filter. 

Description. — Good  neat's-foot  oil  has  no  smell,  a  mild  ta.«te,  an  oily  feel, 
and  is  of  a  white  or  pale-yellowish  color.  According  to  Hager  (/ffnif/^M/-/;.  1886), 
it  does  not  become  rancid,  even  after  a  lapse  of  one  year;  its  use  for  hair  pomades 
is  therefore  suggested.  Its  specific  gravity  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.)  is  0.915.  It  does  not 
readily  solidify  remaining  fluid  at  very  low  temperatures,  and  is  used  for  lubri- 
cating purposes,  likewise  by  saddlers  and  shoemakers,  to  soften  and  preserve 
leather  and  prevent  its  cracking.  Glycerin,  oleic  acid,  and  a  small  portion  of 
stearic  acid,  are  yielded  upon  saponification. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  oil  is  emollient  and  relaxant,  and 
maybe  applied  with  advantage  to  the  breast  and  throat,  in  fro!,;*  or  rougA,  rub- 
bing it  on  with  brisk  friction.  It  likewise  enters  into  various  extemporaneous 
liniments  and  poultices.  Dr.  C.  R.  Hall  stated  in  the  Ty>ndon  Jounml.  of  Medicine, 
that  he  has  used  this  oil  in  the  place  of  cod-liver  oil,  in  tuhercuhn.^  di^a-ses  with 
much  efficacy;  the  dose  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  cod-liver  oil.  and  occasionally 
proves  laxative.  He  found  it  especially  useful  among  those  patients  with  whom 
the  fish  oil  occasioned  nausea.  The  oil  used  was  merely  freed  from  foreign  parti- 
cles; it  was  of  a  yellowish-brown  color,  and  thick  and  opaque  with  stearin,  like 
honey  not  over  clear.  It  does  not,  however,  find  favor  at  the  present  day,  on 
account  of  its  taste  and  odor,  and  its  tendency  to  purge.  It  is  now  largely  used 
for  rendering  leather  soft  and  pliable. 

OLEUM  CADINUM  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  CADE. 

"A  product  of  the  drv  distillation  of  the  wood  of  Juniperm  Orycedrus,  Linne 
(Nat.  Orrf.— Conifera-)  "— (  f.  S.  P.). 

Synonym  :   Oleum  jmiijM  ri  rmpi/reiniKitinim. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.  —  "A  brownish  or  dark-brown, 
clear,  thick  liquid,  having  a  tarrv  odor,  and  an  empvreumatic,  burning,  some- 
what bitter  taste.  Specific  gravity,  about  0.990  at  15"°  C.  (59°  F.).  It  is  almost 
insoluble  in  water,  but  imparts  to  it  an  acid  reaction.  It  is  only  partially  solu- 
ble in  alcohol,  but  is  completely  soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  or  carbon  disul- 
phide"— (r.RP.). 

It  is  inflammable,  and  is  prepared  in  France  in  a  manner  similar  to  that 
for  making  tar.  Common  juniper-wood  oil  is  often  substituted  for  it.  Oil  of 
cade  contains  ])henols  and  large  iiuantities  of  the  sesquiterpene  cndinene  (C,.H,.) 
(Wallach,  1887).  h         f  k   ■»"„ 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  cade  has  been  much  used  in 
France  as  a  renunly  in  manj-  cntnnavi'<  <iffectii)ns,ns  prurign,  chronic  eczema,  particu- 
larly of  the  moist  variety,  p-ioria.^i.^,  piti/ria-^i.^  rubra,  and/((r((,«,  and  for  the  removal 
of  worms  (3  to  5  drops,  .several  times  a  day).  Probably  our  common  tar  will,  as  a 
substitute,  prove  fully  as  eflfectual.  It  is  largely  used  upon  animals.  It  may  be 
used  pure,  or  in  ointment,  liniments,  soaps,  or  glycerites. 

OLEUM  CARBOLATUM  (N.  F.)— CARBOLIZED  OIL. 

Preparation. — "('arboljo  acid,  five  grammes  j^.i  Gm.)  [77  grs.]  :  ootton-seed 
oil,  ninety-tivf  graninies  ('.•■')  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  1.54  grs.l.  Melt  "the  carbolic  acid 
with  a  gentle  hiat,  and  mix  it  with  the  cotton-seed  oil  ' — {Nat.  Fnnn). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— (See  Acidum  Orr/x)/i'riim.) 


11  fY  '^ 


OLEUM  CAJUPUTI  lU.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  CAJUPUT. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  leaves  of  Melaleuca  I^eucadendron ,  Linne 
{X(tt.  Ord. —  Myrtacejf).  It  should  he  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool 
place" — (C.  S.  l'.\. 

Synonyms  :  Oliinn  i-ditimli.  oil  ufcnjepiif,  Oletim  Wittnehianum. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— This  oil  is  distilled  from  the  leaves  of 
ifelali'iicd  L-iini(liii(lron,iiirce  growing  in  the  Moluccas  and  adjacent  islands,  ll 
is  varioush"  known  as  White  ten-tree,  Brond-learal  ten-  ^_  ,„, 

tree,  Pnper-hnrked  ten-tree,  Sirnmp  tea-tree,  and   117*  (7c- 
irond.    It  is  a  .'•mall  tree,  with  a  tol»>rably  erect  hut 
crooked  trunk;  a  sdl't,   ihi'.k,  spongy,  whitish,  ash- 
colorcd  hark;  and  .^cntiercd  l>ranches,  with  the  slen- 
der twigs  often   drooping'  as  completely  as  in  the 
weeping  wiilow  ( .sVj//.r  y>'<i6i//«))(>r(').     The  leaves  are 
alternate,  most  freijiiently  vertical,  short-stalked,  nnr- 
ro\v-lanceo!ate,  while   young,    sericeous,  sometimes 
slightly  falcate,  entire,  from  3  to  o  inches  long,  and 
from  i  to  J  of  an  inch  hroad  ;  and  very  aromatic 
when    bruised.    The    flowers  are  ternate,  sessile,    '^ 
small,  white,  scentless,   in    terminal    and    axillary,    ^- 
downy  spikes;    the   bracts   are  solitary,  lanceolate, 
silky, and  caducous.   Cajy.x  urceolate.   Corolla  white 
and  orbicular;  filaments  30  to  40,  much  longer  thAn 
the  petals;   anthers  ovate-cordate,  with  a  yellow 
gland  on  the  apex.    The  style  is  somewhat  longer 
than  the  stamens;  the  stigma  obscurely  3-lobed.  The 
capsules  are  3-celled  and  3-valved;  the  seeds  numer- 
ous, and  angularlv  wedsre-shaped  (L.).    This  tree  is  ,  ,        ,        .    . 
the  Melaleiiro  O.juputi  of  Rox burgh,  and  the  Melaleuca            ■"^""'^"'^''  u-ucadendron. 
minor  of  DeCandolle.    By  Bentham,  it  is  regarded  as  a  variety  of  Melaleuca  Leu- 
radendron.     Several   other  species  of  Melaleuca,  as  M.  latifolin,  M.  viridifolia,  and 
M.  /n/piririfiilirt.  yield   closely  related   oils,  while  an  extract   prepared    from  the 
M.piinniinii/eiuis  has  liten  ustd  in  rheumatic  and  allied  complaints. 

Preparation  and  Description.— Oy«j}!(<  nil  is  obtained  by  distillation  of  the 
leaves,  which  are  collecte<l  in  autumn,  allowed  to  steep  for  a  night  in  water,  and 
then  distilled  in  copper  vessels.  The  yield  is  very  small.  It  is  imported  from 
the  East  Indies  in  green-glass  bottles.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  it  as  "a  light,  thin, 
bluish-green,  or,  after  rectification,  colorless  liquid,  having  a  peculiar,  agreeable, 
distinctly  camphoraceous  odor,  and  an  aromatic,  bitterish  taste.  Specific  gravity, 
0.922  to  0.929  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  With  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol  it  affords  a 
clear  solution,  which  either  has  a  slightly  acid  reaction,  or,  in  the  case  of  the 
rectified  oil,  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper" — {U.  S.  P.).  The  odor  of  the  oil  has  been 
stated  to  resemble  the  combined  fragrance  of  camphor,  rosemary,  and  cardamom. 
The  green  color  is  not  essential,  and  maybe  removed  by  distillation  ;  it  is  due 
chiefly  to  the  presence  of  copper,  and  partly  to  the  jiresence  of  some  altered  chlo- 
rophyll. The  oil  is  slightly  hevogyre.  Sulphuric  and  nitric  acids  have  but  little 
action  on  cajuput  oil. 

Adulterations  and  Tests.— In  consequence  of  its  high  price,  oil  of  cajuput 
is  subject  to  adulteration.  Oils  of  rosemary  or  turpentine,  combined  with  cam- 
phor and  bruised  cardamom  seed.*,  and  appropriatelv  tinted  with  milfoil  resin, 
liave  lieen  sold  as  genuine  oil.  Oil  of  camphor  has  been  used  as  an  adulterant. 
Oils  of  lavender,  origanum,  and  rosemary,  frequently  serve  for  adulteration,  but 
nre  distinguished  by  the  energetic  action  of  a  solution  of  iodine,  besides,  all 
would  materially  affect  the  nature  of  the  residue  of  the  iodine  test  subse<|uently 
described.  "  On  shaking  5  Cc.  of  the  oil  with  5  Cc.  of  water  containing  a  drop  of 
diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  the  oil  loses  its  green  tint  and  becomes  nearly  colorles.s. 
If  to  this  acid  liquid,  separated  from  the  oil,  a  drop  of  potassium  ferrocyanido 
T.S.be  added,  a  reddish-brown  color  will  usually  be  producetl  (presence  of  tracee 
of  copper).     If  5  parts  of  the  oil  be  heated  ti")  50°  C.  (122°  F.),  and  1  part  of 


1348  OLEUM  CARL 

powdered  iodine  gradually  added,  with  avoidance  of  any  further  rise  of  tempera- 
ture, the  mixture,  on  cooling,  will  deposit  a  mass  of  crystals  " — (['.  S.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition.— The  chief  constituent  of  cajuput  oil  is  eineol  (caje- 
puteur  /,;/,lr„i,',n,j,/,nh,i  ('Ji,.0)  (Blanchet,  1833 ;  Wallach.  1884). toyiHw/ (C,„H„0), 
both  free  and  a^^  an  esttr  of  acetic  acid,  and  small  amounts  of  tei-pene-^,  such  as 
lievo-pinene.  The  lowest  fraction  of  the  crude  oil  contained  valeric  aldehyde  and 
benzoic  aldehyde  (Voiry,  1888).  (For  interesting  details  regarding  this  oil,  see 
Gihlemeister  and  Hoffmann,  Die  JSthefiichen  Oek,  1899.) 

CtNEOL  (Eucalyptol,  Cf^H^fi)  is  a  constituent  of  many  essential  oils.  It  is  a 
colorless  liquid,  of  a  characteristic  camphoraceous  odor,  optically  inactive,  boils 
at  177°  C.  (350.6°  F.),  congeals  at  a  temperature  slightly  below  the  freezing  point 
of  water,  and  forms  a  cliara.teristic  adilitioii  product  with  hydrobromic  acid  which 
is  decomposable  by  water  iiilo  its  ((ui-titucnts. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Cajuput  oil  is  a  powerful  diflfusive 
stimulant,  diaphoretic  and  antispa-^^niodic.  When  swallowed,  it  occasions  a 
warmth  in  the  stomach,  with  an  increased  action  of  the  pulse,  and  occasionally 
diaphoresis.  It  is  very  much  valued  in  the  islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean,  the  inhabi- 
tants of  which  employ  it  extensively  in  rheumatism,  palsy,  epilepsy,  and  manj' other 
diseases;  using  it  both  internally  and  as  a  local  application.  It  may  be  advan- 
tageously employed  internally  in  chronic  rhev.mxUism,  hysteria,  colic,  ■-pn>-iiu^  or 
cvfiinps  of  the  slomnrh  or  boivels,  cholera  morbus,  Asiatic  cholera,  congestive  dy><meiuirrhoea, 
liic-dinjli,  lirriyiiis  di/^tphnijin,  in  the  typhoid  stage  of  fevers,  in  nermis  vomiting,  and 
wlicrevcr  a  powerful  stimulant  is  required.  It  also  appears  to  be  useful  in  remov- 
ing irunns,  and  in  chronic  affections  of  mucous  tissues,  being  especiall}'  useful  in 
chronic  laryngitis  and  chronic  bronchitis,  as  well  as  catarrh  of  the  bladder.  It  should 
never  be  given  internally  when  inflammation  is  present.  Externally,  it  is  very 
beneficial  as  an  application  to  rheumatie,  neuralgic  and  other  pains,  nervous  head- 
ache, and  may  be  used  alone,  or  in  cojnbination  with  other  oils.  It  has  likewise 
been  found  efficient  as  a  local  application  in  gutta  rosoi,  parasitic  and  other  cuta- 
neous midadics.  Applied  to  the  cavity  of  a  carious  tooth,  it  alleviates  toothache 
The  dose  is  from  1  to  10  drops,  on  sugar,  in  emulsion,  or  in  sweetened  brandy 
and  water.    Externally,  it  may  be  applied  3  or  4  times  a  day. 

OLEUM  CARI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  CARAWAY. 

A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Carum  Carvi,  Linne. 

Nat.  0/-(f.— Umbelliferw. 

"  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  protected  from 
light  "-(^.X  P.). 

Synonyais  :   Oleum  carui,  Oleum  rnrvi. 

Preparation  and  Description.— This  oil  is  easily  sejiarated  by  distillation  of 
the  fre.sh  fruit  (caraway)  with  water,  which  yields  from  3.2  to  3.6'  per  cent  (Rus- 
sian, wild),  or  6  to  7  per  cent  (Hessian,  wild).  The  Dutch  fruit,  cultivated,  yields 
from  4  to  6.5  per  cent  (Schimmel  &  Co.'s  Report,  April,  1897).  The  residue"  from 
the  distillation  of  caraway  seeds  is  used  as  feed  for  cattle.  When  fresh-prepared 
the  oil  is  colorless,  but  by  keeping  it  becomes  yellow,  and  ultimately  brown.  It 
produces  right-handed  rotation  on  a  ray  of  polarized  light  (-{-75°  to  ^."nj").  The 
official  oil  is  described  as  "a  colorless,  or  pale  yellow,  thin  liquid,  having  the 
characteristic,  aromatic  odor  of  carawav,  and  a  mild,  spicv  taste.  Specific  gravitv. 
0.910  to  0.920  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol,  this  solu- 
tion beins;  neutral  to  litmus  paper" — (('.  8.  P.).  Oil  of  caraway  is  little  soluble 
in  70  ]ior  cent  alcohol,  but  dissolves  clear  in  3  to  10  volumes  of"S0  per  cent  alri>- 
hol.     Its  l.oilinj;  jioint  is  between  175°and  230°C.  (347°  and  446°  F.). 

Chemical  Composition. — Oil  of  caraway  is  chiefly  composed  of  two  constitu 
ents,  the  hvdrocarhon  dcxtro-limoncne  (Schweizer's  ca'rvcne,  1841),  and  the  ketone 
dcxtro-carvone  (C,„H,.0,  Volckel,  1840;  Wallach,  1S93),  formerly  called  carvol.  The 
latter  is  the  peculiar  odoriferous  principle  of  oil  of  carawayi  and  occui-s  therein 
to  the  extent  of  60  to  60  per  cent.  Carrone  is  official  in  the'Germnn  Phnnnacopceia 
under  the  name  of  Oleum.  Card  or  Carvol,  specific  gravitv  0.96,  boiling  point  224**  C. 
(435.2°  F.);  according  to  Schimmel  &  Co..  229^  to  230°  C.  (444.2°  to  446°  F.)  if 


OLEUM  CAKYOPHYLLI.  1:549 

mercurial  column  is  surrounded  by  the  vapors.  Cnrvane  is  soluble  in  20  parts 
of  50  per  cent  alcohol  to  a  clear  liquid;  the  presence  of  2  per  cent  oi carvenf  is 
indicated  by  turbidity  (Sehimmel  ct  Co.).  Corrone,  if  exposed  to  air,  turns  yellow, 
and  then  produces  a  red-violet  coloration  with  a  il ilutal  i\o\ution  of  ferric  chloride. 
Cnrvonc  is  an  unsaturated  ketone,  forms  a  crystallizable  compound  with  hydrogen 
sulphide  (C,„H|,O.H.S),  by  means  of  which  it  can  be  isolated  and  iiurilied;  with 
hi)drnxyUuninc  (NH.OH)  it  forms  a  crystallizable,  not  vcrv  volatile  o./-('//ic  (C|,jH„: 
NOH)',  melting  at  72°  C.  (.161.6°  F.).  E.  Kremers  and  0.  Schreiner  {Plutrm.  HevieiB, 
1896,  p.  76)  estimate  tlie  quantitj'  of  carvone  in  oil  of  caraway  by  converting  it 
into  the  oxime  and  separating  the  latter  from  the  volatile  carvene  by  distillation 
with  steam. 

Carvone,  when  heated  with  sulphuric  acid,  phosphoric  acid,  chloride  of  zinc, 
or  alkalies,  etc.,  is  converted  into  its  isomer  rnrvacrol  {Uopropyl-nrtho  crexo[)  which 
is  also  an  isomer  of  thi/mol,  the  principal  constituent  of  oil  of  thyme.  Carvacrol 
occurs  chiefly  in  Oliion  Orignni  (which  see),  and  occasionally  in  the  oil  of  Monarda 
punctdlii  (.sue  Monnrdii). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  caraway  is  a  warm  diffusible 
stimulant  and  carminative.  It  is  frequently  used  to  allay  the  griping  and  sicken- 
ing effects  of  medicines,  also  to  increase  their  tiavor.  Like  oil  of  anise  it  allays 
flatulent  colic,  and  is  a  local  anodvne.  The  dose  is  from  1  too  or  10  drops.  Carva- 
crol, placed  on  cotton  and  introduced  into  the  cavity  of  a  carious  tooth,  is  said  to 
give  prompt  relief. 

OLEUM  CARYOPHYLLI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  CLOVES. 

A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  immature  flower-buds  of  Eugenia  nrodintica 
(Linne),  0.  Kuntze  {Eugenia  caryophxjllata,  Thunberg). 

Nnt.  Ord. — Myrtaceje. 

"  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  protected  from 
thelight-— (T.  5.  P.). 

Preparation.— Oil  of  cloves  is  procured  by  submitting  cloves,  with  water,  to 
repeated  distillation;  to  extract  the  whole  of  the  oil  from  cloves,  they  must  be 
subjected  to  repeated  cohobations.  The  addition  of  common  salt  is  often  resorted 
to  to  raise  the  point  of  ebullition.  On  an  average  they  yield  from  17  t«  22  per 
cent  of  volatile  oil.  At  the  present  time  nearly  all  the  oil  is  produced  by  mean.s 
of  superheated  steam.  The  bulk  of  the  oil  used  in  this  country  is  distilled  here 
from  South  American  cloves.  In  Europe  clore-Malk.t  are  said  to  furnish  a  portion 
of  the  oil.  The  vield  from  this  source  is  5.5  to  6  per  cent,  and  the  specific  gravity 
l.a>5  t.)  1.06-5  (Sehimmel  i<r  Co.). 

Description.  — The  official  oil  is  described  as  "a  pale-yellow,  thin  liquid, 
becoming  darker  and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air,  having  a  strongly 
aromatic  odor  of  cloves,  and  a  pungent  and  spicy  taste.  Specific  gravity,  1.060  to 
1.067  at  15°  C.  (59°F.).  Soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol,  this  solution 
being  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper;  also  soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  glacial 
acetic  acid"— (r.  S.  P.).  It  is  also  dissolved  by  ether  and  the  fixed  oils.  Nitric 
acid  reddens  it,  and  when  the  mixture  is  heated,  oxalic  acid  is  formed.  It'is  one 
of  the  least  volatile  and  most  difficult  to  distill  of  all  the  volatile  oils.  It  boils 
between  2')0='  and  260°  C".  (482°  and  500°  F.).  It  sinks  in  water,  and  is  sparingly 
soluble  in  it.     Its  oiiti<';d  rotation  is  slightly  left-handed. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  principal  constituents  of  oil  of  cloves  are  euge- 
nol(70  to  S-')  per  tent),  weto-engennl  (2  to  3  per  cent,  Erdmann,  1897),  the  sesciuiter- 
pene  cnn/ophy lie ne  constituting  the  remainder.  Eugcnol  (alh/l-guninrnl,C^\l,.C,,U^. 
OCHj.OH)  is  a  faintly  yellowish  liquid  po.sses.sing  a'strong  clove  odor  and  a  burn- 
ing taste.  It  is  heavier  than  water,  its  specific  gravity  being  l.t>72  at  14.5°  C. 
(58.1°  F.).  Bv  oxidation  it  yields  vanillin,  which  is  also  a  constituent  of  the  oil. 
Like  the  typical  phenol  (carbolic  acid),  eugenol  dissolves  in  solution  of  caustic 
alkalies,  forming  phenolates,  whereby  its  odor  is  lost;  the  eugenol  mav  be  lib- 
erated again  by  the  addition  of  acid.  On  account  of  its  being  an  orthodijdieno!- 
derivative,  it  tiirns  blue  in  alcoholic  solution  with  ferric  chloride  (compare  Ciuain- 
colum).    Canjoplnjllcne  (C,.H,., Church.  1875;  Wallach,  1802^  is  a  col,.rl.'ss  ILjuid  of 


1350  OLEUM  CHENOPODII. 

a  faint  odor;  it  forms  a  crj-stallizable  compound  with  1  molecule  of  water  {caryo- 
Ijhyllene  hydrate,  C,-^.,p),  melting  at  96°  C.  (204.8°  F.).  Caryophyllene  also  occurs 
in  oil  of  copaiba.  Minor  constituents  of  oil  of  cloves  are  salicylic  acid  (Scheuch, 
1863;  Erdmann,  1897),  'methyl  alcohol,  furfural  (furfur-aldehyde,CJi,O.CB.O),to  the 
presence  of  which  is  prol)ably  due  the  turning  brown  of  oil  of  cloves  upon  expo- 
sure, and  viethyl-amyl-kdone,  having  an  ethereal  fruit  odor  (see  Gildemeister  and 
Hoffmann,  Die  Mheri^chen  Oele,  1899). 

Tests. — The  U.  S.  P.  directs  the  following  tests  for  oil  of  cloves:  "When 
shaken  with  an  equal  volume  of  a  concentrated  solution  of  potassium  hydrate,  or 
of  stronger  ammonia  water,  it  forms  a  semisolid,  j-ellowish  mass.  If  2  drops  of 
the  oil  be  dissolved  in  4  Co.  of  alcohol,  and  a  drop  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.  added, 
a  bright  green  color  will  be  produced;  and  if  the  same  test  be  made  with  a  drop 
of  dilute  ferric  chloride  T.S.,  prepared  by  diluting  the  test-solution  with  four  times 
its  volume  of  water,  a  blue  color  will  be  produced  which  soon  changes  to  yellow. 
If  1  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  mixed  with  2  Cc.  of  a  mixture  of  2  volumes  of  alcohol  and 
1  volume  of  water,  it  should  form  a  clear  and  perfect  solution  (absence  of  petro- 
leum, most  fatty  oils,  oil  of  turpentine,  and  similar  oils).  If  1  Cc.  of  the  oil  be 
shaken  with  20  Cc.  of  hot  water,  the  water  should  show  a  scarcely  perceptible  acid 
reaction  to  litmus  paper.  If,  after  cooling,  the  aqueous  layer  be  passed  through 
a  wet  filter,  the  clear  filtrate  should  yield,  with  a  drop  of  ferric  chloride  T.S., 
only  a  transient  grayish-green,  but  not  a  blue  or  violet  color  (absence  of  carbolic 
acid)" — (r.  S.  P.).  A  markedly  lower  specific  gravity  than  that  given  above, 
points  to  the  addition  of  lighter  oils,  as  oil  of  turpentine,  etc.  Oil  from  clove- 
stalks  is  difficult  to  identify  chemically ;  according  to  Gildemeist€r  and  Hoffmann 
{loc.cit.),  it  differs  from  oil  of  cloves  in  being  devoid  of  aceto-eurienol. 

The  eugenol  contents  of  oil  of  cloves  maj'  be  determined  quantitatively, 
according  to  H.  Thorns  (1891),  by  converting  it  into  its  benzoyl  compound  and 
weighing  the  latter;  or,  according  to  Umney  (Phnrm.  Jour.  Trans., Vol.  XXV.  1895, 
p.  950),  by  adding  a  10  per  cent  (better  a  4  to  5  per  cent)  solution  of  caustic  potash 
to  a  definite  quantity  of  the  oil,  and  measuring  the  volume  of  the  oil  above  the 
eugenol-potas-ium   layer. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Oil  of  cloves  is  stimulant  and  irritant, 
and  is  much  used  as  a  corrector  of  other  medicines,  and  as  an  external  counter- 
irritant.  It  is  frequently  inserted  on  cotton  into  the  cavity  of  a  carious  tooth  to 
alleviate  toothache,  and  in  the  external  auditory  meatus  to  relieve  earache.  Its  dose 
is  from  2  to  5  drops  on  sugar,  or  in  emulsion.  One  part  of  oil  of  cloves  mixed 
with  3  parts  of  linseed  oil,  and  given  in  doses  of  6  or  S  drops  in  milk.  2  or  3  times 
a  day,  has  been  found  useful  in  allaying  pain,  palpitation,  and  other  annoying 
symptoms  common  to  some  forms  of  heart  disease.  It  preserves  mucilage  of  traga- 
canth  prepared  for  adhesive  purposes. 

Derivatives  of  Eugenol.— Eigenol-acetamide  (C.Hj.CjHj.OCHa.OCHjCOXHj).  This 

body  is  said  to  Ije  obtainod  by  the  interaction  of  concentrated  solution  of  ammonia  and  eugenol- 
aoctic-ethyl-ether.  It  forms  shining,  crystalline  needles  or  scales,  which  melt  at  110°C. 
(2:50° F.).  Water  and  alcohol  dissolve  it.  It  is  reputed  antiseptic  and  alocal  ana^thetic, acting 
somewhat  like  cocaine.    It  is  a  patented  preparation  (see  /'harm.  Cfntralhallr,  1S>I2.  p.  441 ). 

BKNzoYL-Kt<iK.\()i,(r„H3.C3ll5[OCH3]0.('OC,Hj  I.— This  compound  forms  colorless,  odor- 
less,  slightly  bitter  needles,  of  a  neutral  reaction.  It  fuses  at  70..5°  C.  (158.9°  F.  i.  Water 
scarcely  dissolves  it,  but  it  is  readily  dissolved  by  hot  alcohol,  acetone,  ether,  and  chloroform. 
It  is  reioiiHuended  for  the  treatiiieiit  of  tnhircnloiiK  disiinlir.i.     It  is  patentiiL 

t'iNNAMvi-i:i  .ucx.. I.  ((',113. C3ll5[OCH3]O.CO[CH]5C, Hi  I.— Tasteless,  odorless,  colorless, 
shiiiitiL'  iieedhs,  fusing  at  90°  to  9P  C.  (194*  to  195.S°  F.i.  Hot  alcohol,  ether,  at-etone,  and 
ehloidlnrm  dissolve  it.  Its  uses  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  precevlin^  drui;  (sea  Pharin. 
CnilrallmV,,  isvl.  ],.  :;tii;>. 

OLEUM  CHENOPODII  (U.  S.  P.i— OIL  OF  CHENOPODIUM. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  chenopodium.  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stojv 
pered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place" — (f ''.  5.  P.). 

Svxo.NVM  :  0(7  of  American  wonmced. 

Preparation,  History,  and  Description. — Oil  of  wormseed  is  prepared  in 
this  country  ;  that  jiroduced  near  the  litv  of  Baltimore  is  the  most  esteemed.  It 
is  nht.Tiiied  by  distillation  of  the  bruised  seed   or  ripe  tops  of  the  plant  with 


OLEUM  CINNAMOMI.  1351 

water,  and  when  first  obtained  is  of  a  light-yellcnv  color,  but  becomes  darker  by 
iige.  It  possesses  the  odor  and  taste  of  the  plant,  and  has  a  varying  specific 
gravity  which  may  become  higher  i\v  age.  An  oil  of  less  strength  is  prepared  in 
the  western  states  from  the  leaves,  stalks,  and  seeds  of  the  matured  plant,  and 
probably  possesses  similar  properties  when  given  in  larger  doses.  That  from  the 
seeds  always  commands  the  highest  price.  Thirteen  ounces  of  the  seeds  gave 
3i  drachms  of  volatile  oil,  according  to  Engelliardt,  which  corresponds  to  a  yield 
of  about  3.4  per  cent.  Gildemeister  and  Hotl'mann  (loc.  rit.),  however,  report 
a  much  smaller  yield  from  the  .seeds,  namely,  0.6  to  1  per  cent.  The  herb  of 
C.amhi-o.<tii>;fl,y!  vields  0.2.5  per  cent  of  oil,  of' specific  gravitv  0.901  (Schimmel 
&  Co.'s  Report.  A\M-\\,  1897).  The  oil  is  soluble  in  alcohol  and  "ether.  The  U.  S.  P. 
describes  it  as  "a  thin,  colorless  or  yellowish  lii^uid,  having  a  peculiar,  penetra- 
ting, somewhat  camphoraceous  odor,  and  a  pungent  and  bitterish  taste.  Specific 
gravity,  al>out  0.970  at  lo°C.(.59°  F.).  One  Cc.of  the  oil  should  form  a  perfectly 
clear  sulutinn  with  10  Cc.  of  a  mixture  of  3  volumes  of  alcohol  and  1  volume  of 
water"— I  I'.  .'^'.  P.).    The  oil  is  slightly  la^vo-rotatory. 

Chemical  Composition. — This  oil  has  not  been  recently  investigated.  Accord- 
ing to  (ianiLTU's  .I,,,-,-.  Jmir.  /V/.w//i.,  I&"i4,  p.  40-1 ),  it  co"ntains  a  hydrocarbon 
(C,„H,,,  i.  l.niliii-  at  17f;!^  C.  ( ;^4S  8°  F. ),  probably  limonnir,  and  a  body  (C',„U,fi). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  oil  is  used  onlv  as  an  anthelmin- 
tic. Its  dose  is  from  3  to  6  drops  for  a  child,  repeated  twice  a  day  for  4  or  5  days, 
and  then  followed  by  an  active  cathartic.  It  forms  the  basis  of  several  popular 
nostrums  for wo/-m,s.  "Poisonous  efifects  have  been  observed,  from  its  immoderate 
use.  It  has  also  been  used  in  dygpejisia  of  stomach  and  boivets,  and  in  certain  spas- 
modic nervous  disorders. 

OLEUM  CINNAMOMI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  CINNAMON. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  cassia  cinnamon.  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stop- 
pered bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  protected  from  light" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Synonyms:  Oil  of  cassia,  Oleit,m  cinnamomi  cassias,  Oleum  cassine,  CTiinese  oil  of 
cinnamon. 

Source,  Preparation,  and  Description. — There  are  several  oils  of  cinnamon 
the  chiet'  romiiifrcial  varieties  of  which  are  the  Oil  of  Chinese  Cinnamon,  and  the 
Oil  of  C- 1/'""  f'innuiiiun;  the  former  alone  is  recognized  by  the  present  edition  of 
thei'.  .S'.P. 

I.  Oi.EVM  CiNNAMO.Mi  Zeylahici,  Oil  of  Ceylon  cinnamon. —  Oil  of  cinnamon 
is  obtained  in  Ceylon,  by  macerating  refuse  bark  and  chips,  reduced  to  a  coarse 
powder,  in  sea-water  for  two  days,  adding  chloride  of  sodium,  and  then  distilling 
off  the  water.  Part  of  the  oil  floats,  and  the  other  part  sinks  in  the  water  which 
cf)mes  over;  the  whole  amounting  on  an  average  to  8  ounces  from  80  pounds, 
avoirdupois,  of  recently  prepared  cinnamon  (0.5  to  1  per  cent,  Schimmel  &  Co.). 
The  color  of  oil  of  cinnamon  is  pale-yellow,  or  wine-yellow,  which  slowly  passes  to 
cherry-red.  Its  taste  is  at  first  sweetish,  afterward  burning  and  aromatic.  It  is 
readilv  soluble  in  alcohol,  also  clearly  soluble  in  3  parts  of  70  per  cent  alcohol. 
Its  sp'ecitic  gravity  varies  from  1.024  to  1.040  (about  1.040,  f.  S.  P.,  1880).  This 
oil  has  the  finest  aroma  of  all  cinnamon  oils;  the  chemical  nature  of  the  aro- 
matic principle,  however,  is  not  known.  The  oil  contains  65  to  75  percent  of 
cinnnmir  aldehyde,  and  about  4  to  8  per  cent  of  eugenol,  both  of  which  form  the 
heavv  distillate;  the  lighter  distillate  contains  the  hydrocarbon  pheUandrene. 
Tliis'..il  is  often  adulterated  with  the  oil  from  the  leaves,  which  are  frequently 
distille.l  along  with  the  bark;  the  oil  of  the  leaves  (1.8  per  cent)  is  characterized 
by  a  much  higher  percentage  of  its  eiKjenol  contents  (70  to  90  per  cent),  and  con- 
sequentlv  bv  a  higher  specific  gravitv  (1.044  to  1.065). 

II.  "Oi."ei-.m  Cinnamomi  Cassi.>:.— O/Zo/raxs/n,  or  Chinese  oil  of  cinnamon, resem- 
bles  the  Ceylon  oil  in  color,  odor,  and  taste,  but  it  is  much  inferior.  Its  chemical 
reactions  are  similar  to  those  of  the  oil  of  cinnamon,  as  well  as  are  its  medicinal 
virtues.  The  Chinese  oil  is  optically  inactive,  while  the  "^eylon  oil  is  slightly 
hevo-or  dextro-gvrate.  According  to  Schimmel  &  Co.  (AV/wrt,  Oct.,  1892),  this 
oil  is  obtained  mainly  from  cas.sia  leaves  mixed  with  stem,  twigs,  and  refuse  iior- 
tions  uf  the  trees.    Schimmel  A-  Co.  {Snni- Annual  i?«7)o»-r,  Oct.,  1892  and  Oct.,  1893) 


OLEUM  CINNAMOMI. 


obtained  bj'  separate  distillations  of  various  parts  of  cassia,  the  following  per- 
centages of  cinnamic  aldehyde  : 


88.9 
80.4 
92 
90 

1.5 
1.55 
1.64 
0.2 
0.54 
0.77 

1.035  at  20°  C. 

Cassia  buds 

Cassia  biKl-sticks 

Ci^sii  l>i-infh  tops 

1.026  at  20°  C. 
1.046  at  1.5°  C. 
1  045  at  15°  C 

Caseiu  k'avfs.ieal'-staiks.aud  young  twigs,  mixed. 

l.a56  at  15°  C. 
1.055 

The  U.  S.  P.  describes  the  official  oil  as  follows:  "A  yellowish  or  brownish 
liquid,  becoming  darker  and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air,  having  the 
characteristic  odor  of  cinnamon,  and  a  sweetish,  spicy,  and  burning  taste.  Spe- 
cific gravity,  1.055  to  l.OGo  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  alco- 
liol,  the  solution  being  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper;  also  soluble  in  an  equal 
volume  of  glacial  acetic  acid.  When  shaken  with  a  saturated  solution  of  sodium 
bisulphite,  it  solidifies  to  a  crystalline  mass.  If  4  drops  of  the  oil,  contained  in 
a  test-tube,  be  cooled  to  0°  C.  (32°  F.\  and  then  siiaken  with  4  drops  of  fuming 
nitric  acid,  crystalline  needles  or  plates  will  be  formed  " — {U.  S.  P.).  In  the  latter 
reaction,  the  cinnamic  aldehyde  of  the  oil  and  the  nitric  acid  unite  to  forma 
decomposition  product,  decomposable  by  water. 

Chemical  Composition  and  Tests. — The  chief  constituent  of  cassia  (Chinese) 
oil  is  rinnamir  ,thJJr,i,le  ( c,  II  ,CII:(HCHO ),  discovered,  in  1834,  by  Dumas  and 
Peligot.  It  is  a  liglit-yt-llou-  liqiii.l,  of  specific  gravity  1.064  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.), 
forming  a  crystallizable  compound,  as  stated  above,  with  nitric  acid,  also  with 
sodium  bisulphite.  Upon  the  formation  of  this  compound  is  based  a  method 
for  the  valuation  of  cinnamic  aldehyde  in  oil  of  cassia,  devised  by  Messrs.  Schim- 
mel  &  Co.  (For  a  description  of  this  process,  see  Gildemeister  and  Hoffmann, 
Die  .Ether i^ch en  Oele,  1899.)  Other  constituents  of  oil  of  cassia  are  cinmnni/l-aretale 
(C<,H,.C,,H,0,)  (Sc'himmel  &  Co.,  1889),  and  1  per  cent  of  free  ciiniamir  oriii.  formed 
by  oxidation  of  cinnamic  aldehyde.  The  presence  of  this  acid  causes  corrosion 
of  the  leaden  containers  in  w'hich  the  oil  is  shipped.  Oil  of  cassia  was  at  one 
time  much  adulterated  with  colophony  and  petroleum.  The  U.  S.  P.  directs  the 
following  tests:  "  If  a  portion  of  the  oil  be  shaken  with  water,  and  tlie  liquid 
passed  through  a  wet  filter,  the  clear  filtrate  should  give,  with  a  few  drop.s  of  basic 
lead  acetate  T.S.,  a  white  turbidity,  without  a  yellow  color  (ab.sence  of  oil  of  cloves). 
If  4  drops  of  the  oil  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  alcohol,  the  subsequent  addition  of 
a  drop  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.  should  produce  a  brown,  but  not  a  green  or  blue, 
color  (absence  of  oil  of  cloves  or  of  carbolic  acid).  If  1  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  mixed 
with  3  Cc.  of  a  mixture  of  3  volumes  of  alcohol  and  1  volume  of  water,  a  clear 
solution  should  result;  and  if  to  this  solution  there  be  gradually  added  2  Cc.  of 
a  saturated  solution  of  lead  acetate  in  a  mixture  of  3  volumes  of  alcohol  and  1 
volume  of  water,  no  precijtitate  should  be  produced  (absence  of  jietroleum.  or  of 
colophony  )"—(( '.  .•>;.  P.  1.    The  Inttor  test  is  that  of  Hirschsohn  ( ISiX)). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  cinnamon  is  stimulant,  aro- 
matic, antispasmodic,  and  carminative.  It  is  frequently  used  to  modify  the  taste 
of  medicines,  and  is  given  as  a  stimulant  \n  fliituU  tit  colic,  cramps  of  the  ^tomnr/i, 
paralysis  of  the  tongue,  etc.  It  exerts  an  inllnence  upon  the  uterus,  and  is  one  of 
the  most  valuable  of  agents,  in  the  form  of  alcoholic  tincture,  in  uterine  hemor- 
rhac/c.  The  tincture  of  the  bark  is  frequently  administered  for  this  purpose,  but 
we  know  from  experience,  that  although  destitute  of  astringency.  yet  the  tinc- 
ture or  essence  of  the  oil  has  the  same,  if  not  a  better  action,  in  such  cases ;  again 
it  is  an  unsafe  remedy  to  exliibit  during  pregnancy,  as  it  is  very  ai>t  to  proaucc 
miscarriage.  The  essence,  or  even  cordial  of  cinnamon,  stimulates  the  gt-nerative 
organs,  and  produces  an  aphrodisiac  infiuence.  Tincture  of  oil  of  cinnamon 
combined  with  ergot,  iiiecac,  eriger(ni,  or  lycopus,  as  indicated,  is  an  excellent 
remedy  for  hcmopti/sis.  The  dose  of  oil  of  cinnamon  is  1  or  2  drops,  given  in  emul- 
sion ;  of  the  essence  from  i  to  1  Huid  drachm,  given  in  a  wine-glass  of  sweetened 
water.     Ten  drops  of  oil  of  cinnamon  added  to  a  fluiil  drachm  of  olive  oil,  gently 


Ul.KlM  OlOiS -ULKIM  (Ui-AIH.K.  1353 

iieated  and  rubbed  upon  tbe  spine,  will  frequently  quiet  a  restless,  fretful  ehild 
sufteriiig  witli  fiiihilenre  or  colic,  and  cause  it  to  sleep;  if  the  rubefacient  power 
requirts  to  be  increased,  10  drops  of  atjua  annuonia'  may  be  added. 

Related  Oils.— Oleim  Cin.sam(i>ii  KAnicis,  Oil  a/  ciuummn  rwl.  Distilled  from  the  root- 
bark  oi"  I'iiiiHinioiiiiim  ZtiiliDiiciim,  Breyn.  This  oil  is  nearly  colorless,  lm.«  a  cinnamon-like  and 
camiihoraceous  oilor,  anil  a  camphor-like  taste.  It  is  not  bo  heavy  as  water,  and  at  ordinary 
temperature  separates  common  camphor.     It  also  contains  ciinMinic  ulilihi/dt: 

Olecm  (.'isxa.momi  Foliobu.m,  Oi7  o/ci)i»((Hiy)i /((IIC.11.— Distilled  from  the  leaves  of  ri'ioK/. 
Zeylaiiicnm.    This  is  a  bright,  limpid,  nale-ycllow  oil,  with  a  combined  cinnamon-dovt 
il,  Kafrol,  ana  ciit'naii 


otior.     Its  constituents  are  eugtiuil,  nafrul,  and  ciiinamic  aldehyde,  sometimes  replaced  hy  hmu- 
aldehi/de  {also  see  Olfttin  Cintiamomi  Zciiliuiiri). 

Oil  of  Civn.\.mo.n-  from  the  bark  of  a  north  Indian  tree,  the  Cinnamomum  WUjIitii.  of 
JIeis.<ner,  is  highly  aromatic,  has  a  specific  gravitv  of  1.01,  and  boils  between  130°  and  170°C. 
(266°and  338°  F.).    The  yield  is  0.3  per  cent  (.><chi"mmel  &  Co. ). 

OLEUM  COCOS.— COCOANUT  OIL. 

Tbe  fixed  oil  obtained  from  Cocto'  iiHcZ/mi,  Lin ni'. 

y,i>.  O,-,/.— Falnue. 

Synonyms  :   Ohmn  roroin,  Cnrnanut  butter: 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — The  cocoanut  tree  (Cocoanut  pnlm)  yields 
the  cocoanut  (properly  coconut),  much  used  in  this  country  for  culinary  pur- 
poses, and  in  tbe  confectioner's  art.  The  tree  is  met  with  in  most  tropical  climes, 
growing  from  50  to  100  feet  high.  The  narrow,  long,  rigid  leallets  compose  the 
leaves,  which  are  of  great  length  (12  feet  or  more),  and  borne  in  a  cluster  at  the 
apex  of  the  tall  trees.  The  Howers  are  yellowish-white  and  the  fruits,  borne  in 
Clusters  of  from  10  to  20,  are  the  well-known  cocoanuts.  When  unripe  they  are 
filled  with  a  sweetish  liquid.  As  many  as  120  of  these  large  nuts  are  sometimes 
to  be  found  on  the  tree.  The  uses  of  the  cocoanut  palm,  aiul  its  products,  are 
probably  more  extensive  than  those  of  any  other  plant.  (For  an  account  of  its 
varied  uses,  see  Practical  Flora,  by  0.  R.  Willis  ;  i'^eful  Native  Plants  of  Australia,  by 
Maiden ;  Treasim/  of  Botany;  and  Materia  Medica  of  ]f'estern  India,  by  Dymock.) 
The  oil  is  obtained  by  boiling  in  water,  or  preferably  by  hot  expression. 

Description. — Cocoanut  oil  must  not  be  confused  with  ^^o/oi  o//,  or  with  mroo 
butter.  It  is  white,  butyraceous,  of  a  mild,  bland  taste,  and  a  peculiar  odor.  It  is 
capable  of  forming  a  hard,  white  soap,  which  is  not  precipitated  by  salt,  and  there- 
fore may  be  used  with  sea-water.  On  exposure  to  the  atinosi)here,  it  becomes  ran- 
cid. Its  melting  point  ranges  from  20°  to  28°  C.  (68°  to  82.4°  F.),the  cold  expressed 
oil  having  the  lowest  melting  point.  When  fused  it  is  thin,  yellowish,  and  trans- 
parent, congealing  again  between  14°  and  23°  C.  (57.2°  and  73.4°  F.).  It  may 
retain  its  fluidity  for  many  days  after  having  been  subjected  to  a  heat  of  240°  C. 
(469°  F.).  Tlie  soap  combines  with  much  water  when  mixed  with  it  near  the 
congealing  point. 

Chemical  Composition. — This  oil  contains  a  small  amount  of  oleic  acid,  as 
glyceride  (olrin).  The  hulk  of  the  oil  consists  of  a  glyceride  sometimes  called 
coconiii  (rocinule  off/li/rerin),  which  is  a  mixture  of  several  glycerides  (Oudemans), 
chiefly /(£'.( /-m,  the  glycerin  ester  of  lauric  acid.  MyrisUn, palmitin,  ai^d  stearin  are 
likewise  present,  as  well  as  the  glycerides  of  caproic,  caprinic,  and  caprylic  acids. 
The  oil  is  separable  by  hydraulic  pressure  into  a  solid  portion  utilized  in  candle- 
making,  and  an  oily  i)cirtion  used  for  salad  dressings,  illuminating  purposes,  the 
manufacture  of  so.ips.  etc 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Besides  the  commercial  uses  above 
referred  to,  cocoanut  oil  has  been  employed,  but  without  success,  as  a  substitute 
for  cod-liver  oil.    The  dose  is  about  A  ounce. 

OLEUM  COPAIBA  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  COPAIBA. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  copaii>a.  It  should  i)e  kept  in  well-stoppered 
bottles,  in  a  cool  place"— (  f.  .s'.  P.). 

Preparation. — The  oil  is  obtained  by  distilling  coiiaiba  balsam  with  water. 
"Take  of  copailja,  12  ounces;  water,  2  gallons.     Distill,  preserving  the  water; 


1354  OLEUM  CORIAXDRL— OLECM  CUBEB.E. 

when  most  of  the  water  has  passed  over,  heat,  return  it  into  the  still,  and  resume 
the  distillation  ;  repeat  this  process  so  long  as  a  sensible  quantity  of  the  oil  passes 
over  with  the  water"  {fJh). 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  more  recent  the  copaiba  bal- 
sam, the  greater  the  amount  of  volatile  oil  obtained.  Usualh' about  33  to  50  per 
cent  of  oil  may  be  distilled  from  copaiba,  and  it  is  stated  that  one  specimen  yielded 
80  per  cent  (Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,\o\.  XXII,  p.  289).  It  is  inflammable,  soluble  in 
ether  and  sulphide  of  carbon;  its  boiling  point  i.s  243.3°  C.  (470°  F.);  it  dissolves 
caoutchouc;  absorbs  hydrochloric  acid  gas,  artificial  camphor  being  deposited  in 
crystals.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  the  oil  as  "  a  colorless  or  pale  yellowish  liquid, 
liaving  the  characteristic  odor  of  copaiba,  and  an  aromatic,  bitterish,  and  pun- 
gent taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.890  to  0.910  at  15°  C.  C59°  ¥.),  increasing  with  age. 
Soluble  in  about  ten  times  its  volume  of  alcohol,  forming  a  slightly  turbid  liquid, 
which  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper"— (L'.  S.  P.;.  Potassium  may  be  preserved  in 
the  oil  unchanged.  When  droi)ped  on  iodine,  hy-driodic  acid  "is  produced  with 
sudden  development  of  heat.  It  dissolves  sulphur,  iodine,  and  phosphorus,  and 
is  converted  into  a  resinous  substance  by  nitric  and  sulphuric  acids.  It  has  a 
left-handed  optical  rotation.  It  is  composed  mainly  of  the  hydrocarbon  far2,ci^Ay/- 
Icne  {C^Ji.,^).     (Compare  Oil  nf  Cloven;  also  see  Copaiba.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  oil  of  copaiba  exerts  an  influence 
upon  the  system  similar  to  that  of  copaiba,  to  which  it  is  preferred  on  account  of 
the  smaller  dose  required,  and  its  non-tendency  to  cause  nausea.  It  enters  into 
many  of  the  nostrums  of  the  day  for  the  cure  oi  gonorrhmi.  It  is  also  reputed 
useful  in  bronchial  catarrh.  The  dose  is  10  or  20  drops,  which  should  be  given  in 
syrup,  peppermint,  or  cinnamon  water,  mucilage,  or  emulsion. 

OLEUM  CORIANDRI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  CORIANDER. 

A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  fruit  of  Coriandrum  Sdtintin.Linni:. 

i\v,/.  O'v/.— Uml)ellifera\ 

"  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place'" — (f.  5.  P.). 

Preparation. — This  is  obtained  by  distilling  ground  coriander  fruit  with  water 
or  by  steam.  The  yield  ranges  from  0.2  per  cent  (East  Indian)  to  0.8  to  1  per  cent 
(Russian)  (Schimmel  A-  C'o.i. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— "A  colorless  or  slightly  yellowish 
liquid,  having  the  characteristic,  aromatic  odor  of  coriander,  and  a  warm,  spicv 
taste.  Specific  gravity  0.870  to  0.885  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  One  Cc.  of  the  oil  form's 
a  perfectly  clear  solution  with  3  Cc.  of  a  mixture  of  3  volumes  of  alcohol  and  1 
volume  of  water,  the  solution  being  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  The  oil  is  also 
soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  glacial  acetic  acid" — {U.  S.  P.).  The  oil  is  dextro- 
gyrate (  +  4°  to  +13°)  and  contains  about  5  per  cent  of  deriro-pinenr;  the  bulk 
consists  of  the  dextro-rotatory  modification  of  linahwl  (C|oH|,0).  formerly  called 
roriandrol.  Neither  of  these  constituents  nor  their  mixture  exhibits  the  peculiar 
odor  of  coriander.  The  flowering  herb  distilled  yields  an  oil  of  a  repulsive  bed- 
bug odor,  which  disappears,  however,  upon  standing. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  oilis  carminative,  aromatic,  and 
anodyne.  It  may  he  used  locally  for  )iei(rnl<iic  and  rheumatic poin--'. and  internally 
i'or  fiitutent  colic,  crdinjiK,  etc.  It  gives  an  agreeable  flavor  to  many  medicines, 
senna  in  particular.     Dose,  from  1  to  5  drops. 

OLEUM  CUBEBiE  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  CUBEBS. 

.\  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  fruit  (A  Piper  Cubcbn,  Linne  tilius. 

Xnt.  0/v/.— I'iporaeea'. 

"It  sliould  he  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  eool  place"— (f.  5.  P.). 

Preparation,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— Cubebs  ground  and 
distilled  with  water,  furnisii  from  10  to  18  per  cent  of  this  oil.  The  bulk  of  the 
oil  boils  between  2-50°  and  2S0°  C.  (482°  and  536°  F.).  It  is  lighter  than  water, 
of  specific  gravity  0.910  to  0.930  (Schimmel  vt  Co.\  and  thickens  on  exposure  to 
the  air  without  losing  its  odor;  occasionally  it  deposits  crystals  wliiob  are  calle«l 


OLEUM  EKECHTITIS— OLEUM  ERIGEKONTIS.  135o 

cubeb  camphor  (CijHj.HjO).  This  camphor  is  deposited  in  old  oil,  or  in  that  ^li^i- 
tilled  from  old  fruit.  Oil  of  cubeb  is  olliciallv  described  as  "  a  colorless,  pale  green- 
isii,  or  yellowish  liquid,  having  the  characteristic  odor  of  cubeb,  and  a  warm, 
camphoraceuus,  aromatic  taste.  Soecilic  gravity,  about  0.920  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.). 
Soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  alcoiiol,  the  solution  being  neutral  to  litmus 
paper" — (C.  S.  P.).  It  contains  some  dipcntene  (C,„H„),  but  is  composed  mainly 
ofty,<///(.„MC„H,.-). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  cubebs  may  be  substituted  for 
the  pinvilereil  Ix  Tries,  in  iiKiny  insUuucs  with  l)enefit.  It  is  less  pungent  than  the 
oleoresin  or  lluid  extract,  and  is  i)rol]alily  only  one  of  the  active  principles  of 
cubebs.  Tlie  dose  is  10  or  12  drops,  8  times  a  day,  gradually  increased,  as  the 
stomach  will  permit,  or  until  it  produces  some  decided  results.  It  may  be  given 
in  syrup,  emulsion,  or  in  the  form  of  capsules,  like  copaiba. 

OLEUM  ERECHTITIS.— OIL  OF  FIREWEED. 

Botanical  Source  and  Description. — This  oil  is  obtained  by  distilling  the 
plant  Kiyfitit'.-'  hiernfijnlvi  witii  water.  Thus  obtained,  it  is  quite  fluid,  transpar- 
ent, yellowish,  of  a  strong,  peculiar,  fetitl,  and  slightly  aromatic  odor,  and  a  fetid, 
bitterish,  Inirning  taste.  In  its  odor  and  taste  it  somewhat  resembles  the  oil  of 
fleabane.  It  is  soluble  in  ether,  alcohol,  and  partially  in  acetic  acid ;  its  specific 
gravity,  according  to  Prof.  Power  (PA/irm.  Rundschau,^ o\.N ,  1887,  p.  201),  is  0.838 
at  18.0°  C.  (6.5.0°  F.).  According  to  Beilstein  and  Wiegand  (1882),  its  chief  con- 
stituent is  a  terpene  (C,„H,6),  boiling  at  175°  C.  (347°  F.).  The  oil  of  commerce  is 
liable  to  bo  mixed  with  oil  of  fleabane  (  ee  OUuin  Erigerontis;  also  see  A.  M.  Todd, 
Amer.  Jon,:  Ph.irm.,  1SS7,  p.  302.  and  I),in,s  ami  M,d.  of  X.  A.,\o\.  II,pp.  126-140). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  tlierapeutical  action  of  oil  of  fire- 
weed  is  not  well  understood.  It  seems  to  resemble  the  oil  of  fleabane  in  its  in- 
fluence upon  various  hemon-hages,  and  for  which  agent  it  is  frequently  substituted, 
and  is  considered  by  many  to  be  the  most  eflScient  in  such  cases,  of  the  two  oils. 
It  also  exerts  a  beneficial  eSect  on  mucous  surfaces,  and  has  been  successfully  used 
in  dinrrhcea,  di/sentci-y,  hemorrhoid-'^,  etc.  As  an  antispasmodic  it  has  been  found  of 
value  in  .^pagm-i  of  the  gtomnch  and'boxcels,  cnlir,  hicroug/i,  hysteria,  and  pertussin,  though 
it  is  apt  to  disagree  with  the  stomach,  causing  nausea,  etc.  It  is  chiefly  employed 
for  the  same  purposes  as  the  oil  of  fleabane.  The  dose  is  from  5  to  20  drops  on 
sugar,  or  in  emulsion.  When  triturated  with  the  extract  Of  stramonium,  oil  of 
fireweed  is  said  to  form  a  valuable  preparation  for  piles. 

OLEUM  ERIGERONTIS  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  ERIGERON. 

"A  volatile  oil  dii'tilled  from  the  fresh  flowering  heih  o(  Erigeron  canndense, 
Linne  (Xat.  Ord. — Compositffi).  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a 
cool  place,  protected  from  light" — {U.S.  P.). 

Svxn.vvMs:  Oil  of  fleabane,  Oleum  erigerontis  canadensis  (f7.  S.  P., 1870),  Oil  of 
C'anndn  fl'idtane. 

Preparation,  History,  and  Description. — This  oil  is  obtained  by  distillation 
of  the  leaves  and  flowers  of  fleabane  (Erigcron  canadense)  with  water.  When  freshly 
obtained  it  is  colorless,  or  of  a  light-yellow  color,  and  transparent;  both  the  odor 
and  taste  recall  to  mind  those  of  oil  of  spearmint,  combined  with  oil  of  amber. 
The  oil  is  inflammable,  burning  with  an  abundant,  sooty  flame.  The  f.  S.  P. 
describes  this  oil  as  "a  pale-yellow,  limpid  liquid,  becoming  darker  and  tiiicker 
by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air,  having  a  peculiar,  aromatic,  i)ersistent  oih)r  and 
an  aromatic,  slightly  pungent  taste.  Specific  gravity,  about  0.8o0at  15°  C.  (59°  F.), 
increasing  with  a^e".  8o]ul)h>  in  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol  (distinction  from  oil 
of  fireweed  [derived  from  Ererhtite:<  hiirarifnlin,  Rafinesque,  Xat.  Ord. — Compositjv] 
and  from  oil  of  turpentine),  this  solution  being  neutral  or  slightly  acid  to  litmus; 
also  soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  glacial  acetic  aciil.  It  distills  for  the  most  part 
between  175°  and  180°  C.  (347°  and  ;i56°  F.)"— (f.  S.  P.).  Oil  of  erigeron  waa 
introduced  into  practice  l>y  Eclectic  physicians. 


1356  OLEUM  EUCALYPTI. 

Chemical  Composition.— This  oil  is  mainly  composed  of  dextro-lirmnene  (see 
Fritz  \V.  Mtissner.  Aimr.  Jour.  J'/iiirm.,  1893,  p.  420;,  and  terpincol  (Kremers  and 

Huilkfl.   I'/inn„.  Hunrlsr/nn,,  Vol.  XIII.  ISHo,  p.  137). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  fleabane  is  hseniostatic,  stimu- 
lant, and  carminative,  with  scarcely  any  perceptible  astringency.  It  appears, 
notwithstanding,  to  exert  a  vtry  remarkable  influence  on  the  .«y?tem  in  hemor- 
rhages, to  check  which  it  is  chiefly  used.  It  is  of  superior  value  in  all  hemorrhages, 
but  more  especially  when  from  the  uterus.  Further  investigations  with  this 
remedy  are  required  in  order  to  know  its  proper  therapeutic  action.  The  dose  is 
from  2  to  10  drops,  dissolved  in  alcohol,  and  administered  in  mucilage  or  sweet- 
ened water.  It  should  be  repeated,  according  to  circumstances,  every  1-5  or  30 
minutes,  or  every  1,  2,  or  4  hours.  Combined  with  5  or  6  parts  of  castor  oil,  or  of 
stramonium  ointment,  it  forms  a  valuable  application  to -jnles.  (For  further  uses, 
see  Erigeron.) 

OLEUM  EUCALYPTI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  EUCALYPTUS. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  fresh  leaves  of  Eucalyptus  glnbuhts,  Labillar- 
diere;  Eucalyptus  oleosa,  F.von  Mueller,  and  some  other  species  of  EucalypAus  (_Xat. 
Ord. — MvrtaceaO.  'It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  pro- 
tected from  tho  light  ■■— I  r.  ,'?.  P.). 

History  and  Description. — When  the  leaves  are  distilled  with  steam,  and 
the  distillatf  purified  by  treatment  with  caustic  soda  solution  and  again  rectified, 
a  fragrant,  yellowish  oil  is  obtained,  which  becomes  brown  and  resinous  from 
oxidation,  when  exposed  to  the  atmosphere.  Eucalyptus  tar  is  the  soap-like,  brown 
residue  from  the  purification  of  the  crude  oil  with  caustic  soda.  It  is  sometimes 
used  as  a  cheap  disinfectant.  The  flower  buds  yield  eucalyjitusoil  in  great  quan- 
tity, and  even  when  dry  are  found  to  contain  numbers  of  large  oil  glands  filled 
with  oil.  As  described  by  the  U.  8.  P.,  it  is  "  a  colorless  or  faintly  yellowi^h  liquid, 
having  a  characteristic,  aromatic,  somewhat  camphoraceous  odor,  and  a  jiungent, 
spicy,  and  cooling  taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.915  to  0.925  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.i.  Solu- 
l)le,  in  all  proportions,  in  alcohol,  carbon  disuli)hide,  or  glacial  acetic  acid.  Its 
alcoholic  solution  is  neutral,  or  slightly  acid,  to  litmus  paper.  If  1  Cc.  of  the  oil 
be  mixed  with  2  Cc.  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  1  or  2  Cc.  of  a  saturated,  aqueous 
solution  of  sodium  nitrite  be  gradually  added,  the  mixture,  when  gently  stirred, 
should  not  form  a  crystalline  mass  (distinction  from  oils  of  eucalyptus  containing 
a  considerable  portion  of  phellandrene)" — (U.  S.  P.).  The  oil,  if  rich  in  cineol, 
solidifies  when  surrounded  by  a  freezing  mixture;  it  dissolves  resins  readily,  but 
does  not  dissolve  gutta-percha.  The  oils  of  various  species  of  Eucalyjitus  differ  in 
many  respects.  Since  1854,  the  manufacture  of  eucalyptus  oil  has  been  estab- 
lished in  A  ustralia  by  Joseph  Bosisto,  and  it  is  now  an  article  of  considerable  com- 
merce. ( In  this  connection,  see  an  interesting  article  bv  Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes,  on  the 
manufaeture,  etc.,  of  eucalyptus  oil,  in  Phanii.  Jour.  Tra,is.,yol.  XXV,  1S94.  p.  501.) 
Large  (|u:iiitilii  s  ol'  the  oil  are  now  also  produced  in  Algeria. 

ChemicalComposition.— Tlie  oil  of  7::i'(V(/(/^,?((.<(/toii(/i(.-(  contains (VH<-r./(C,„H,80, 
Jahns,  1884),  formerly  called  eucabiplol  (Cloez,  1870).  It  is  the  chief  constituent 
of  this  oil,  as  well  as  oil  of  cajuput  (which  see),  and  occurs  in  smaller  quantities 
in  a  number  of  other  oils  (see  enumeration,  in  Gildemeister  ami  Hoflmann,  lor. 
rit.).  It  is  a  colorless  fluid  of  a  characteristic  camphoraceous  odor,  and  crvstallii- 
ing  slightly  below  the  freezing  point  of  water.  It  boils  at  177°  C.  i  350.6'  f".),  and 
is  optically  inactive.  It  forms  crystallizabie  addition  compounds,  chiefly  with 
hydrobroniic  acid  gas  and  with  concentrated  phosphoric  acid,  wliich  serve  in  the 
isolation,  and  perhaps  tiie  quantitative  determination  of  cineol. 

The  oil  of  Eucalyptus  globulus  also  contains  the  hydrocarbon  dr.^iro-pinciif 
(W'allach  and  Gildemeister,  1884),  formerly  called  ewntypinu;  and  other  hydro- 
carbons. The  crude  oil  contains  ralerir,  butyric,  and  cny.m/c  aldehyde^,  to  which 
the  acrid  odor  of  the  oil  is  due.  The  oil  of  the  Australian  £".  (iiii.i/.'/'/n/iti'i.  I.abil- 
lardiere,  or  1(7//^?  and  Broun  pcjipermint  fire,  contains  chWAy  phellandretir.  witjj  little 
cineol.  The  aldehyde  citromllal  (C,„H„())  is  the  principal  constituent  vHl  to  90 
per  cent)  of  the  oil  of  F^.cilriodorti.  Hooker,  and  other  species;  and  ritral  (C,(,H„0) 
i>  found  in  large  (piantity  in  tiie  oils  from  Eucalyptus  Staitjcriaim.  F.von  Mueller, 


OLEUM  FCEXK  TLI.-OI.ErM  GAri.THEIM.K.  l.iJT 

and  Biiihlinii.-'in  cilrindorn,  F.  vor.  Mueller.  E.olcn.sn,  F.  von  Muelk-r,  contains  <•(««); 
and  rii,„i(i-iililrli>iili\  (For  al>iiiiii:iiit  information  rejiarding  eucalyjitus  oils,  see 
Gil.l.'nuister  and  Hoflniann.  Jh.  .hihrrisr/,,,,  0,l,;  189<).) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— ( Ft>r  n.<es,  see  Euraluptus.)  Dose,2  to  10 
drops. 

OLEUM  FCENICULI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  FENNEL. 

'•A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Fcenieulum  capillaeeum,  Gilibert  {Fcmiculum  vul- 
qnn.  CJacrtner")  {Nat.  Onl. — UmhelliferaO.  It  snould  be  kept  in  well-stoppered 
bottli  >,  in  a  cool  place,  and,  if  it  ha,s  jiartly  or  whollj'  solidified,  it  should  be  com- 
pletely liquetied  by  warming  before  being  dispensed" — ( I'.S.P.). 

Cescription. — Oil  of  fennel  is  prepared  from  brui.«ed  fennel  seed.s,  by  distil- 
lation v/itli  water.  The  yield  from  difi'erent  sources  (Saxon.  Galician,  Moravian, 
Roumanian)  varies  from  4  to  (>  per  cent.  As  officially  described,  the  oil  is  "a 
I'olorless  or  pale-yellowish  liijuid,  having  the  characteristic,  aromatic  odor  of  fen- 
nel, and  a  sweetish,  mild,  and  spicv  taste.  Specific  gravity,  not  less  than  0.960 
at  1.5°  C.  (oO''  F.).  Betwe<'n  5°  and  10°  C.  (41°  and  50°  F.)  it  usually  solidifies  to 
a  crystalline  mas'?,  but  occasionally  it  remains  liquid  at  a  considerably  lower  tem- 
perature. Soluble  in  an  einial  volume  of  alcohol,  the  solution  being  neutral  to  lit- 
mus pai)er:  also  soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  glacial  acetic  acid" — (I'.S.P.). 

Chemical  Composition  and  Tests. —Oil  of  fennel  contains  from  50  to  60 
per  cent  of  mutliol  (see  OUinn  Aidsi)  which  crystallizes  out  upon  cooling,  and 
deilrn-hnr/ione  (C,(,H,„0,  Wallach  and  Hartmann,  1890),  an  oily,  camphoraceous 
ketone  of  bitter  taste,  solidifying  above  the  temperature  of  melting  ice,  Ijoiling 
at  192°  to  193°C.  (377.6°  to  379.4°  F.)  and  forming  with  hydroxyiamine  a  crys- 
tallizable  orune  (C,(,H,^:N.OH),  characterized  by  its  melting  point,  164°  to  165°  C. 
(327. "2°  to  829°  F.).  Furthermore,  (lixtro-jiivene  and  dijuntene  ai-e  jiresent.  Tardy 
(1897)  found  in  a  specimen  of  French  fennel  oil,  in  addition,  mdliyl-rhavknl  (see 
Oleum  Aiii--i),  and  perhaps  ani^e-keUme  (CJi,.0('lI  .<  11  ('( M'H,).  The  relative 
amounts  of  the.se  constituents  vary  according  to  th'  li  n.;iaphical  sources  of  the 
oil;  thus,  fenchone  is  entirely  absent  in  sweet  or  Knniau  linnel  from  southern 
France  and  Macedonia,  while  Sicilian  fennel  {Fa  niruhtia  pijieritinn,  DeCandoWe) 
contains  but  traces  of  anethol.  Oil  of  bitter  fennel,  growing  wild  in  France, 
Spain,  and  Algeria,  contains  princij)ally  dextm-phelhindreue,  and  traces  of  fenchone 
and  anethol.  According  to  Gildemeister  and  Hoflmann  (Die  .Eth<  rUrfiev  Of/p,  p. 
740),  oil  of  fennel  from  which  part  of  its  anethol  is  removed  b}'  refrigeration, 
does  not  solidify  at  or  above  3°  C.  (37.4°  F.).  An  addition  of  alcohol  or  oil  of 
turpentine  reduces  the  specific  gravity  of  the  oil.  The  specific  gravities,  accord- 
ing to  Schimmel  &  Co.  (Rejiort,  April,  1897),  range  from  0.920  (Spanish  fruit)  to 
0.987  ( .Vsia  Minor  or  Aleppo  fruit).  The  T.  5.  P.  gives  the  following  tests  for  the 
jiurity  of  oil  of  fennel:  "The  oil  is  not  colored  by  the  addition  of  a  drop  of 
ferric  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  some  foreign  oils  containing  phenols,  and  of  car- 
bolic acid  i.  If  the  oil  be  dropped  into  water,  without  agitation,  it  should  not 
j>rodu<i>  a  milky  tiirbidity  (atiscnce  of  alcohol)" — (f '.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —Oil  of  fennel  is  principally  used  as  a 
(■arm illative,  and  lor  the  piirjinse  of  ciTrecti ng' or  concealing  the  unpleasantness  of 
other  iiiidicini's.  It  is  emmenagogue,  and  increases  the  lacteal  secretions.  The  dose 
is  from  o  to  '-'U  drops. 

OLEUM  GAULTHERIiE  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  GAULTHERLA.. 

'A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  leaves  of  GnuUherin  j>rontmhni<,  Linne  (  Win- 
lergrrrn,  Nut.  Ord. — Ericacea-\  consisting  almost  entirely  of  methyl  salicylate  (CH , 
('.HjO,  =  lol.64),  and  nearly  identical  with  volatile  oil  of  betula.  It  shoulil  1m- 
kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  protected  from  light" — (('.  S.  P.). 

SVNO.W.MS  :    Oil  ofvinliiijrecn.  Oil  of  tenhrrr)/,  Oil  of  fxirtridgfhern/. 

History. — This  volatile  oil  is  not' peculiar  to  gaultheria  alone,  but  has  been 
derived  also  from  the  bark  of  Betula  leulu, ihe  root  of  Poli/r/oln  j,intrifnli(i,i\m\  the 
stems  ami  roots  of  Sjilnm  Clmari'i.  Siiirini  lolmtti,  the  leaves  of  (Imdt/ierin  /li^/dduln, 
Gaulthirin  Iruriirnrjni.  (loidt/itriti ]>u)icl(itti,and  from  Monolrojia  H>/jioj,ili^i<.  Gaultheria 


1358  OLEUM  GOSSYPII  SEMIXIS. 

procumbens  i.s  a  small,  herbaceous  plant,  growing  in  the  United  StaUs  along  the 
Atlantic  coast  as  far  south  as  Georgia  and  Alabama,  and  westward  as  f.:r  as  Min- 
nesota. The  oil  was  first  distilleil  earl_v  in  this  centurj-,  in  the  states  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, New  Jersey,  and  New  York,  but  its  production  has  gradually  ho*  n  super- 
seded, to  a  great  extent,  b}' the  distillation  of  the  oil  from  Betula  Icntu, and  lat-r  by 
the  manufacture  of  artificial  methyl  salicylate,  which  is  the  chief  constituei;t  of 
both  oils,  a  fact  discovered  almost  simultaneously  by  Wm.  Procter,  Jr.  ri84"2;,  and 
Cahours,  in  France  (1844).  Oil  of  gaultheria  w'as  first  mentioned  in  American 
literature  by  Jacob  Bigelow,  in  1818  (see  historical  notes  in  Phnrw.  Rerieir,  1898,  p. 
176;  and  especially  Dr.  Frederick  Hoffmann,  in  Die  .Ether ischni  Ode,  1899,  p.  765). 

Description.— "A  colorless  or  yellow,  or  occasionally  reddi.sh,  liquid,  having 
a  characteristic,  strongly  aromatic  odor,  and  a  sweetish,  warm,  and  aromatic  taste. 
Specific  gravity,  1.175  to  1.185  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Boiling  point,  218°  to  221°  C. 
(424.4°  to  429.8°  F.).  It  deviates  polarized  light  slightly  to  the  left.  In  other 
respects  it  has  the  same  properties  and  conforms  to  the  same  reactions  and  tests 
as  methyl  salicylate  (see  Methyl  Salin/l/i.s;  aho  Oleum  Betuhe  Volntile)" — (T.  S.  P.). 
Oil  of  gaultheria  is  the  heaviest  essential  oil  known.  It  dissolves  in  6  parts  of 
70  per  cent  alcohol,  which  is  not  the  ca.se  if  the  oil  is  adulterated  with  ]petroleuni 
oil.  An  addition  of  the  latter  also  reduces  the  specific  gravity  of  the  oil.  Its 
odor  distinctly  differs  from  that  of  synthetic  methyl  salicylate.  The  only  physical 
difference  between  the  oils  of  gaultheria  and  sweet  birch,  consists  in  the  optical 
inactivity  of  the  latter. 

Chemical  Composition. — According  to  Power  and  Kleber  {Pharm.  RuntUchnu, 
1895,  p.  228),  98.05  percent  of  the  oil  consists  of  methyl  salicylate,  and  maybe 
removed  by  shaking  the  oil  with  solution  of  caustic  potash  (7.5  per  cent)  ;  this 
converts  the  salicylate  into  the  water-soluble  potassium-methyl-salicylate  (CjH,. 
OK.COOCH,).  The  remainder,  a  semisolid,  insoluble  mass,  was  differentiated 
into  the  paraffin  triarnntan  (C.Jig,);  an  aldehyde  or  ketone,  possessing  the  odor  of 
fenanth-aldehyde;  its  corrre.sponding  alcohol  (0.11,^0);  and  an  ester  (C„H„0,), 
saponifiable  into  the  same  alcohol  (C^Hi^O),  and  an  acid  (CjH,„0,).  Both  alcohol 
and  ester  possess  the  characteristic  odor  of  wintergreen  not  to  be  found  in  the 
artificial  oil  (Gildemeister  and  Hoffmann,  lor.  cit.).  The  terpene  (inuHherilene, 
observed  by  Cahours  (1844)  in  the  quantity  of  10  per  cent,  must  have  been  due 
to  an  adulteration  of  his  specimen  with  oil  of  turpentine.  Oil  of  gaultheria, 
according  to  recent  investigations  (see  Oleum  BetuUv  Volatile),  is  formed  in  the 
plant  by  decomposition  of  the  glucosid  gnultherin,  under  the  influence  of  a  pecu- 
liar ferment;  but  some  oil,  at  least,  must  exist  ready-formed,  judging  from  the 
odor  it  emits  when  rubbed  between  the  fingers. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  oil  is  stimulant  and  aromatic, 
and  is  largely  tiu]ilc)yed  to  correct  or  disguise  the  taste  of  other  medicines.  The 
essence,  or  the  oil  dissolved  in  alcohol,  is  stated  to  have  been  found  effectual  in 
curing  intermittent  fcccr.  Oil  of  wintergreen  possesses  decidedly  active  properties, 
and  in  \  ounce  doses  has  produced  death.  It  acts  much  like"  salicylic  acid,  but 
death  is  preceded  by  coma.  Congestion  of  the  kidneys, stomach,  and  duodenum, 
and  black  fluid  blood,  are  revealed  upon  autopsy.  The  symptoms  j)roduced  are 
drowsiness,  cerebral  congestion  with  throltbing  of  the  arteries,  delirium,  visual 
impairment  with  contracted  or  dilated  pupils,  tinnitus,  paresis,  somnolence  and 
coma.  Oil  of  wintergreen  has  been  more  recently  largely  employed  in  gonorrhaen, 
and  in  (jonorrhiKil  and  other  forms  of  rheumnti.-im,  in  trigeminal  neuralgia,  tie  doulou- 
reux, and  in  suhamte  and  ehronie  cyMiti-i.  As  large  doses  as  can  be  borne  should  be 
given  in  rheumatic  disorders,  but  like  salicylic  acid  and  the  salicylates  its  action 
upon  the  heart  must  be  closely  watched.  Locally  used,  it  relieves  pain.  The  dose 
of  the  oil  is  from  5  to  10  to  30  drops  on  sugar,  in  capsules,  or  in  emulsion. 

OLEUM  GOSSYPII  SEMINIS    U.  S.  P.    -COTTON-SEED  OIL. 

"A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  the  seed  of  Gasstipium  herhaeeum,  Linue,  and  of 
other  species  of  Gof.v/pium  (Xat.  Onl. — Malvaceae),  and  subsequently  purified.  It 
should  be  kept  in  weH-closed  vessels" — (f.  5?.  P.). 

Syno.ny.ms:    Oleum  gossi/pii.  Oil  of  Mlon,  Cotton  oil. 


Source  and  Preparation. — Cleaned  cotton  seeds  are  about  ^  inch  long  and 
^  intli  wide,  irregularly  ovoid,  covered  with  a  hard,  somewhat  fragile,  brown  testa 
marked  with  a  conspicuous  raphe.  Internally,  tlie  cotyietlons  are  folded,  and. 
imbedded  throughout  their  substance  are  a  number  of  resin-glands  of  a  blackish 
color.  The  embryo  is  whitish.  To  obtain  the  oil,  of  which  2  giiilons  are  yielded 
V)y  1  bushel  of  the  seeds,  the  testa  is  crushed  by  machines  especially  designed  fur 
this  purpose,  the  fragments  winnowed  out,  the  kernel  ground,  placed  in  bags,  and 
expressed  by  powerful  hydraulic  pressure. 

Purification. — Cotton-seed  oil,  when  freshly  expressed,  is  thick,  turbid,  of  a 
ruby-red  to  dark-brown  color,  and  contains  much  albuminous  matter.  Upon 
standing  it  deposits  a  considerable  cjuantityof  it.s  impurities,  leaving  tlie  oil  as 
a  clear  orange-yellow  liquid.  This  is  known  as  rlarijieil  oil.  The  albuminous 
constituents  may  be  coagulated  by  heating  the  oil  by  means  of  boiling  water. 
.\iiother  methodof  purifying  the  crude  oil  consists  in  agitating  tlie  oil  in  thecold 
with  a  weak  solution  of  caustic  soda,  which  removes  the  characteristic  coloring 
matter  of  the  oil  (see  Chcmiral  Cnmpositiou),  and  forms  with  part  of  the  oil  a  soap 
which  settles  upon  standing,  in  the  form  of  a  black  deposit.  Thus  the  oil  becomes 
of  a  much  lighter  color  and  constitutes  rejiiud  oil.  The  loss  by  this  process  is 
about  4  to  7  per  cent,  sometimes  considerably  more.  Bleaching  agents  are  also 
frequently  employed  in  the  refining  of  cotton-seed  oil. 

Description  and  Tests. — This  oil  is  officially  described  as  "a  pale  yellow, 
oilv  liquid,  without  odor,  and  having  a  bland,  nut-like  taste.  Specific  gravity, 
0.920  to  0.030  at  lo°  C.  (59°  F.).  Very  sparingly  soluble  in  alcohol,  but  readily 
soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  or  carbon  disuljjhide.  On  cooling  the  oil  to  a  tem- 
perature below  12°  C.  (58.6°  F.),  particles  of  solid  fat  will  separate.  At  about 
0°to-^  C.  (32°  to  23°  F.),  the  oil  solidifies"— (T.  S.  P.). 

This  oil  stands  intermediate  between  the  non-drying  and  drying  oils;  it 
thickens  upon  exposure,  but  does  not  become  solid.  Strong  solntions  of  alkalies 
readily  saponify  cotton-seed  oil.  Purifietl  cotton-seed  oil  is  largely  employed  for 
culinary  purposes,  e. ;;.,  as  salad  oil,  as  a  butter  substitute,  one  of  its  chief  uses 
being  to  adulterate  other  oils,  especially  olive  oil.  It  also  serves  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  soap,  in  the  preparation  of  woolen  and  Morocco  leather  goods,  and  has 
taken  a  prominent  place  in  pharmaceutical  preparations,  displacing,  in  a  measure, 
olive  and  almond  oils.  The  crude  oil  may  be  easily  recognized  by  the  beauti- 
ful purple  or  violet  coloration  (cotton -seal  blue)  which  the  soap  prepared  from  it 
iissumes  upon  exposure  to  the  air.  For  the  purified  cotton-seed  oil  there  are  sev- 
eral color  tests,  in  addition  to  the  requirements  of  specific  gravity  and  other  phys- 
ical constants.  A  red  color  is  observed  upon  treating  the  oil  with  strong  solution 
of  lead  acetate  and  allowing  it  to  stand;  S.  S.  Bradford  {Amcr.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1882, 
p.  481)  regards  it  an  easy  test  for  the  detection  of  this  oil  as  an  adulterant  of  olive 
oil.  The  l'.  .S.  P.  tests  are  as  follows:  "When  the  oil  is  brought  in  contact  with 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  a  dark  reddish-brown  color  is  instantly  produced. 
If  6  Gm.  of  the  oil  be  thoroughly  shaken,  in  a  test-tube,  for  about  2  minutes,  with 
a  mixture  of  1.5  Gm.  of  nitric  acid  and  0.5  CJm.  of  water,  then  heated  ia  a  bath  of 
boiling  water  for  not  more  than  15  minutes,  the  oil  will  assume  an  orange  or 
reddish-brown  color,  and, after  standing  for  12  hours  at  the  ordinary  temiierature, 
will  form  a  semisolid  mass.  If  5  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  thoroughly  shaken,  in  a  test- 
tube,  with  5  Cc.  of  an  alcoholic  solution  of  silver  nitrate  (ma<le  by  dis.-^olving 
0.1  Gm.  of  silver  nitrate  in  10  Cc.  of  deodorized  alcohol  and  adding  2  drops  of 
nitric  acid),  and  the  mixture  heated  for  about  5  minutes  in  a  water-bath,  the  oil 
will  a.«sume  a  red  or  reddish-brown  co\or."—{!'.S.P.).  The  second  of  these 
includes  the  elaidin  test;  the  third  is  Becchi's  test.  Halphen's  test,  introduced 
in  18'.»7,  seems  to  be  verv  delicate.  According  to  A.  H.  Allen  {Commnrial  Organic 
,l,ir//,/.,M,Vol.  II,  Part  I,"3d  ed.,  1S89,  p.  143),  it  is  executed  as  follows:  Carbon 
disulphide,  containing  about  1  per  cent  of  sulphur  in  solution,  is  mixed  with  an 
equal  volume  of  pentvl  (amvl)  alcohol.  Equal  volumes  of  this  reagent  and  the 
sample— about  3  Cc.of  each— are  mixed  and  heated  in  a  bath  of  boiling  brine 
for  15  minutes.  A  red  or  orange  tint  is  jjmduced  when  coit(>n-.<eed  oil  is  ].reseiit. 
If  the  color  is  not  produced,  1  Cc.  more  of  the  reagent  is  added,  and  heating  con- 
tinued forS  or  10  minutes  longer;  in  the  absence  of  color,  the  addition  is  repeated 
once  more. 


1360  OLEUM  HEDEOM.K. 

Chemical  Composition.— This  oil  is  composed  mainly  ofpalmitin  and  olein. 
Cottonseed  blue  (C^H^.O,),  an  amorphous  body,  lias  been  obtained  by  Kuhlniann 
(1861)  as  an  oxidation  product  of  a  chromogene  contained  in  the  oil.  Exposure 
to  light  and  air  bleaches  the  blue  substance,  while  oxidizers  wholly  destroy  it.    It 


Ives  in  strong  sulphuric  acid  with  a  purple  color,  is  also  soluble  in  ether 
and  alcohol,  while  chloroform  and  carbon  disulphide  sparingh' dissolve  it.  It  is 
insoluble  in  water,  diluted  acids,  and  alkalies.  The  chromogene  bod}',  according 
to  J.  Longmore,  is  a  pungent,  golden-yellow  substance  insoluble  in  water,  soluble 
in  alcohol  and  alkalies,  insoluble  in  acids.  It  is  a  fast  dye  for  wool  and  silk 
t-ee  A.  H.  Allen,  lor.rit.).\ 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  oil  is  a  wholessome  and  digestible 
food,  and  is  employed  in  pharmacy,  medicine,  and  surgerj',  for  many  of  the 
purposes  for  which  olive  oil  is  employed.     Dose,  1  fluid  drachm  to  2  fluid  ounces, 

Related  Oils. — Oil  of  Brazil  Jsuts.  The  tree,  whose  seed  yields  this  oil,  is  tlie  hand- 
some South  American  Berlhollettia  exceUa,  of  Humboldt  and  Bonpland  {Xat.  Orel. —  Lec\-thi- 
dacefe).  It  is  known  to  the  Brazilians  as  castanhiero  de  Pnra,  and  the  seeds  are  edible  and  an 
article  of  commerce  under  the  names  of  Brazil  or  Pnni  mils.  These  nuts  are  the  seeds  of  a 
large  globular  fruit  nearly  a  foot  in  diameter,  from  \H  to  20  seeils  being  contained  in  1  fruit. 
Brazil  nuts  are  long  (U  to  2  inches),  triangular,  convex  f>n  back,  and  have  a  rough,  hard, 
brownish-gray  testa,  inclosing  a  kernel  of  a  creamy  white  hue,  and  tasting  .somewhat  like 
alinonils.  It  is  considerably  used  in  making  a  cream-syrup  for  soda  fountain  uses.  The.  ker- 
nels yield  over  CO  per  cent  of  a  fixed  oil  used  by  the  natives  as  a  burning  fluid,  as  an  adulterant 
of  coi)aiba,  and  in  unguents.  It  is  a  bland  oilof  a  light-yellow  color,  readily  becoming  rancid. 
At — 1°C.  (30°  F.)  it  congeals.     It  is  ouiuposiMl  chiefly  of  olt-in,  palmitiii.  and  stearin. 

Oil  of  Sapucaya  Nut.s. — An  oil  .-iinil^ii  to  Brazil-nut  oil  is  obtained  from  the  nuts  '!<(ipu- 
cay  lints)  oi  LfCythis  Znbncajo,  Auliln.  a  i;i:i/ili:in  tree. 

Oleum  Fagi,  Beech  oil,  Bufh-,."!  i./'.  Tli.-  fruit  of  the  beech  tree  of  Europe i Fa<7t«  tiiU 
vaticci.  lAnni  ( Nat.  Ord. — CupulilVni'  ,  yi.  lil>  :i  yellow  oil,  mild  if  prepared  by  cold  expression, 
and  acrid  if  heat  be  employed;  in  tlii-  i  a>  it  1. 1  comes  mild  after  a  time.  It  is  obtained  from 
the  kernels  deprived  of  the  inteL'iimciits,  the  vicld  biintr  ;iliont  22  per  cent.  Its  specific 
gravity  is  0.021  to  0.923;  it.s  coiiireuliiig  j.oint  near— 17..')  f.  i  -.•'>°F.l.  A  soft  soap  may  be 
obtained  from  it  by  saponification.  It  doc  s  not  readily  become  rancid.  The  oil  contains 
stearin  and  palmitin,  but  is  composed  chiefly  of  olein.  The  press-cake,  while  eaten  with 
impunity  by  fowls  and  swine,  is  said  to  produce  untoward  eflTects  in  horses  or  cattle.  (See  also 
interestingdata  on  beech-nut  oil  by  Charles  H.  La  Wall,  .1 /»>•/■.  Jo"c.  /'/lorm.,  I.><it6.  p.  11. » 

Oil  ok  Maize  — The  germ  alone  of  our  Iitdinu  rorti,  or  American  hkiiV,  contains  alxiut  22 
per  cent  of  a  rich  golden-yellow  oil  of  a  characteristic,  not  unpleasant  odor  and  ta.^te.  It  is 
obtained  largely  as  a  by-product  in  preparing  starcli,  glucose  and  alcohol.  It  is  thickish  and 
hasaspecific  gravity  of  0.916  at  ]-5°C.  i59°F.).  At— 10°  C.  (14=  F.)  it  congeals.  It  is  composed 
of  olein,  stearin,  and"  iialmitiu,  and  eaf;ily  becomes  rancid. 

OLEUM  HEDEOM.ffi  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  HEDEOMA. 

A  volatile  oil  di.stilled  from  the  leaves  and  tops  of  HedeomapnUgioide^  (Linn^), 
Persoon.  "  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  protected 
from  light"— ({'.&/'.). 

Syno.nvms:  Oil  of  pennyroyal,  Oil  of  Americon  pennyroyal. 

Preparation. — The  oil  of  pennyroyal  is  distilled  from  the  wild  herb  mainly 
in  North  Carolina,  and  eastern  and  southern  Ohio,  by  means  of  rather  cru<le 
apparatus,  in  the  same  manner  as  oil  of  sa.ssafras  (see  T.  C.  Harris,  PA<ir»i.  Jour. 
Tnni.v.,  Vol.  XVII,  1887,  p.  672;  and  J.  F.  Pattun,  Proc.  Amcr.  P/nvm.  A^^'.r..  1S91, 
p.  548).  The  yield  from  the  fresh  herb  in  the  districts  named,  is  10  to  25  pounds 
of  oil  from  1  ton  of  herb,  gathered  while  in  bloom  and  partially  dried;  Schimmel 
&  Co.  (7?c;)o/y,  Oct.,  1893)  obtained  3  per  cent  from  dried  leaves,  and  1.3  i>er  cent 
from  dried  leaves  and  herb. 

Description. — "A  )>ale-vellowish,  limpid  liquid,  having  a  characteristic,  pun- 
gent, niiiu-like  odor  and  taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.930  to  0.040  at  l-'i"  C.  (59°  F.). 
The  oil  should  form  a  perfectly  clear  solution  with  twice  its  volume  of  a  mixture  of  3 
volumes  of  alcohol  and  1  volume  of  water,  this  solution  being  neutral  or  slightly 
acid  to  litmus  paper.  It  is  also  readily  soluble  in  carbon  disuljihide,  or  in  glacial 
acetic  acid" — d'.S.P.).  By  means  ofthistest,adulterat  ion  with  petroleum.ini  of  tur- 
pentine,etc,  may  be  recognized.  The  oil  is  optically  dextrogyrate  ( -^  18°to  -^22°^. 

Chemical  Composition.— Tl)oi>riiicipal  constituentof  oil  of  pennyroyal  ispu/r- 
flroji/'.  iden tilled  by  Habiiegger  (. I »i<r.  ,/«»/■.  /'/i.in;i..  1893,  p.  417'>.  Besides  there  nr<- 
present  two  ketones  (Ci^Hi^O).  one  hfdtomol.  the  other  probably  mnUhoyf;  further- 


OLEIM  jrNII'EKI.-oI.KlM  .irNIl'KUl  VII!(;iXI.\N.i:.  1:?61 

more,  small  quantities  of  formic.  luctio,  and  isohentvlic  acids  (C,n„0,)  (E.  Kremers, 
Proc.  An,.,-.  ri,.<nn.  ,-1.vno,-.,  1SS7.  po  .-,4(i-.M;i  :  and  Phnrm.  Rnu<hchnu,\m\.  p.  130). 
Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  pennyioval  is  a  stimulant,  car- 
minative. antisi)asmotlic,  and  emnuiiagogue.  It  lias  been  used  with  benefit  in 
riiimp  of  t/t,  sti,iiitul(,Jliiliileiit  rolir.  ii(ui.~,,i.  (iincnorrfut'o,  and  to  diminish  the  harsh- 
ness of  griping,  as  well  as  nauseating,  medicines.  It  is  frequently  employed  for 
the  j)urpose  of  occasioning  abortion,  but  as  with  all  agents  of /-his  sort,  it  is  very 
dangerous.  It  is  sometimes  applied  externally  as  a  mild  rubefacient.  The  dose 
is  from  2  to  10  drops  on  sugar,  or  in  emulsion".     (For  further  uses,  see  Hedeoma.) 

Related  Oils.— Oil  op  Ei-hope.an  Pennvroy.^i..  Distilleil  from  Mentha  Puleghmi,  \.\n\1k 
[Pideginiii  rn/yn,-. .  .Millerl.  \  stronglv  arorimtie.  mint-like,  yellowish  or  greenish-yellow  oil, 
whose  purity  is  to  he  ti'ste<l  for  in  the  sauie  manner  :is  theAnierican  oil ;  it  appears  to  pos- 
sess hke  theVaiieiitie  proi)erties.  Speeifie  gravity,  0.(K!.")  to  0.955.  Contains  aliout  80  per  cent 
of  tlie  ketone  iiiihyow  (CioHisO),  a  colorless  fluiil'having  an  agreeable,  peppermint-like  odor. 
Optie:il  rotation  ot  the  oil  -M8°to  -f  1*3°;  of  pulegone,  -1-21°  IG'.  The  hoiling  point  of  the  latter, 
at  reduced  pressure  ( tiO  Mm.),  is  130°  to  131°  C.  (266°  to  267.8°  F.  i.  The  major  portion  of  the  oil 
distills  at  212"  to  216° C.  (413.6° to  420.8° F.»,  pure  pulegone  at  221°  to  222°  C.  (430.8°  to  431.6°  F.) 
(see Power.  £V.,, ,/;.(/  (HU\. 

Oil  of  l'rLE..nM  micr.isthcm.  Clans,  reseinbles  the  preceding,  but  its  boiling  point  is 
higher,  ami  its  speeilie  gravity  greater.    This  plant  grows  in  southe'u  Russia. 

OLEUM  JUNIPERI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  JUNIPER. 

'•A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  fruit  of  Juniperus  communis,  Linn6  (Nat. 
Ord. — Conifera).  It  should  be  kept  in  v\-ell-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place, 
protected  from  ]\ght"—(U.S.P:). 

Sy.nonvm-:   olriiin  t'm'-t"-'^  jnniprri,  Oltnnn  bnrrw  juniperi,  Oil  of  jvmper-berries. 

Preparation  and  Description.— Oil  of  juniper  is  procured  from  the  bruised 
berries  by  <listillation  with  water.  The  full-grown,  green  fruit  yields  more  oil 
than  the  ripe,  as  in  the  process  of  ripening  the  oil  becomes  converted  into  resin. 
8chimmel  &  Co.  (Report,  April,  1897)  obtained  a  yield  varying  from  0.6  per  cent  in 
east  Prussian  to  1.5  per  cent  in  Italian  berries.  Oil  of  juniper  is  "a  colorless  or 
faintly  greenish-yellow  liquid,  becoming  darker  and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure 
to  air,  having  the  characteristic  odor  of  juniper,  and  a  warm,  aromatic,  some- 
what terebinthinate  and  bitterish  taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.850  to  0.890  at  15°  C. 
(59°  F. ).  Soluble  in  about  four  times  its  volume  of  alcohol,  forming  a  somewhat 
turbid  liquid,  which  is  neutral  or  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper.  Also  soluble  in 
an  equal  vt)lume  of  carbon  disulphide  " — ( ( '.  S.  P.).  The  optical  rotation  of  oil  of 
juniper  is  mostly  left-handed  (to — 18°).  sometimes  right-handed,  rarely  inactive. 
As  a  rule,  the  oil  is  soluble  in  about  8  to  10  parts  of  alcohol  of  90  per  cent  by 
volume;  aae  diminishes  its  solubility  in  alcohol. 

Chemical  Composition.— P/»f»<'  is  containe<l  in  the  fraction  of  the  oil  boiling 
from  loo  =  to  lia^C.  (oll°  to  32;-5.6°  F.);  riKlivenr  in  the  fraction  260°  to  275°  C. 
(o00°to.')27^F.  i;  the  intermediary  fraction.s  containing  esters,  have  not  been  fully 
analyzed,  ijut  contain  the  characteristic  aroma  of  the  oil.  The  aroma  can  not 
l>e  due  to  an  ester,  because  it  outlasts  sa])onification.  Juniper-camjihor,  frequently 
observed  by  older  chemists,  forms  crystalline  deposits  in  the  higher  fractions  of 
the  oil  when  expo.«ed  to  cold.  One  "such  deposit  of  needles,  upon  purification, 
melted  at  16-')°  to  166°  C.  (829°  to  330.8°  F.)  (Gildemeister  and  Hotlmanu,  Die 
.Et/ieriM-lini  (>rlr.]>.'X')(\). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage,— Oil  of  juniper  is  a  stimulant  diuretic, 
and  is  employed  to  arrest  chrouir  vtwon"  d i.-iiharqex.  especially  from  the  urethra.  It 
may  also  be  used  as  a  diuretic  with  other  agents  in  cases  n{droj>.-<j/.  Locally,  it  red- 
dens tiie  skin,  and  ma  V  vesicate.  The  dose  is  from  5  to  15  or  20dro].s.  The  peculiar 
taste  and  diuretic  property  of  Holland  pin  is  owing  to  the  presence  of  this  oil. 

OLEUM  JUNIPERI  VIRGINIAN^.— OIL  OF  CEDAR. 

An  es.eential  oil  distilled  from  the  leaves  of  Junijicrus  virijinidnn,  Linne  (Xat. 
Ord. — Conifera'),  Red  ccdnr. 

Synonym  :  Oil  of  cedar  learcx  (American). 

8(5 


1362  OLEUM  LAVANDULiE  FLORUM. 

Preparation,  History,  and  Description.— This  oil  is  prepared  by  distillation 
of  the  tops  and  leaves  of  red  cedar  with  water.  Messrs.  Schimmel  &  Co.  (Rej^/ort, 
April,  1898)  state  that  commercial  cedar  oil  is  liable  to  be  found  admixed  with  oil 
from  the  leaves  of  Thuja  occidentali»,  because  this  is  also  called  cedar  in  the  United 
States,  though  distinguished  &sWhi(e  rednr;  sli^o  the  leaves  of  other  conifera' are 
said  to  be  used  bj'  distillers  of  cedar  oil.  A  number  of  commercial  oils  examined, 
varied  in  specific  gravities  from  0.863  to  0.920,  in  optical  rotation  from— 3°  40' to 
— 24°  10';  some  were  soluble  in  4  or  5  volumes  of  70  per  cent  alcohol,  others  were 
not.  A  genuine  oil,  distilled  by  the  same  authorities  (yield  0.2  per  cent),  had 
the  following  properties:  Specific  gravity  0.887,  optical  rotation  -!-.59°  25'.  Not 
soluble  in  10  parts  of  80  per  cent  alcohol.  The  fraction  below  180°  C.  (356°  F.) 
constituting  the  larger  portion,  consisted  chiefly  of  dextro-livionme :  the  higher 
fractions  yielded  mdinene,  some  borneol,  and  small  quanities  of  bornyl  enters  (Gilde- 
meister  an<l  Hoffmann,  Die  .Elhrn'srh,  „  Oele,  p.  358). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Internally  this  oil  is  stimulant  and 
emmenagogue,  possessing  properties  .^-imilar  to  those  of  the  oil  of  savin  ;  however, 
it  is  very  seldom  administered  internally.  It  is  chiefly  used  as  a  rubefacient,  and 
forms  ail  excellent  application  in  inflmnmatory  rhewniatum  and  other  painful  nffee- 
tions,  either  alone  or  combined  with  other  articles  to  form  a  liniment.  The  dose, 
internally,  is  from  2  to  10  drops  on  sugar. 

Related  Oil.—  Oil  uf  Cedar  Wood.  Florida.  Distilled  from  the  wood  of  Junipena 
virgiiiKtiiii,  Liiino.  Light  or  greenish-yellow,  thickish,  having  an  agreeable  and  characteristic 
odor,  ami  a  specific  gravity  of  0.940  to  0.960.  Its  optical  rotation  is  from— 20° to —10°.  It  is 
largely  employed  in  perfuming  soaps,  and  is  also  employed  as  an  adulterant  of  oil  of  sandal. 
Its  constituents  are  cedar  camphor  (cedrol,  CijHseO  i,  melting  at  84°  C.  (183.2°  F.  >  i  Rousset,  1897), 
and  cedrene  (CijH24l. 

OLEUM  LAVANDUL.®  FLORUM  lU.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF 
LAVENDER  FLOWERS. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  fresh  flowers  of  Lavandula  officinalis,  Chaix 
(Nat.  0«/.— Labiatese).  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool 
place,  protected  from  light'' — {U.S.  P.). 

Preparation. — Oil  of  lavender  is  distilled  in  France,  from  wild-growing,  in 
England,  from  cultivated  flowers.  Distillation  in  France  is  effected  by  means  of 
portable  copper  stills,  in  which  the  flowers  are  heated  with  water  by  direct  fire, 
wood  being  used  as  fuel.  The  stills  are  carried  to  the  fields  where  the  flowers 
grow,  because  it  is  believed  that  tlie  flowers  deteriorate  upon  tran.«portation.  (.In 
this  connection,  see  an  excellent  illustration  of  such  a  ili.^tillerie  umliuliintein  Gilde- 
meister  and  Hoffmann,  Die  .Etheri<ichen  Oele,  p.  7&5.)  In  stationary  distilleries, 
the  oil  is  obtained  by  distillation  with  steam.  The  yield  is  1  pound  of  oil  from 
200  pounds  of  fresh  flowers.  Schimmel  &  Co.  obtained  from  dried  French  flowers 
a  yield  of  1.2  per  cent,  from  dried  German  flowers,  2.8  per  cent.  All  lavender  oils 
were  indiscriminately  termed  oil  of  up  ike  in  former  centuries  (see  Bclnkd  Oil.-<). 

Description. — The  otticial  oil"  is  described  as  "a  colorless  or  yellowish  liquid, 
having  the  fragrant  odor  of  lavender  flowers,  and  a  pungent  and  bitterish  taste. 
Specific  gravity,  0.885  to  0.897  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  It  is  soluble  in  all  proportions 
in  .alcohol  (distinction  from  oil  of  turpentine),  and  in  three  times  its  volume  of 
a  mixture  of  3  volumes  of  alcoliol  and  1  volume  of  water  (distinction  from,  and 
absence  of,  oil  of  turpentine);  it  is  also  soluble  in  glacial  acetic  acid.  With  an 
equal  volume  of  carbon  disulphide  it  forms  a  turbid  mixture.  The  alcoholic 
solution  of  the  oil  is  neutral  or  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper.  When  heated  on  a 
water-bath,  in  a  flask  provided  with  a  well-cooled  condenser,  the  oil  should  yield 
no  distillate  having  the  characters  of  alcohol"— (T.  5.  P.).  The  oil  is  optically 
Iffivo-rotatory  (— 3°  to — 10°).  Upon  exposure  to  the  air  it  has  been  observed  to 
absorb  oxygen  to  tiie  amount  of  about  120  volumes  in  4i  months. 

Oil  o"f  lavender  is  distinguislied  from  all  other  oils  of  the  n.-itural  order 
Labiatea-  by  the  quick  and  violent  fulniination  which  takes  jilace  witli  iodine  when 
about  0.1  Gm.  of  dry  iodine  is  placed  on  a  watch-glass  and  about  4  to  6  drops  of 
the  oil  are  brought  in  contact  with  it.  Oil  o(  lavender  shares  this  jn-operty  with 
oils  of  turpentine,  lemon,  orange  pet-l.  bcrganiot.  spike,  etc.   A  number  of  other  oils. 


OLKl'M  LINKIMS.  1363 

e.  f/.,  pepitormint,  cajuput,  rue,  etc.,  does  not  react  in  this  manner,  and  tliis  differ- 
ence in  behavior  toward  iodine,  may  sometimes  be  useful  in  detecting  adultera- 
tions. (See  chis,<ification  of  oils  along  this  line  in  Hsi^eT's  Hundbucli(hr P/irmn. 
P/v(j/.sVol.  II,  188(j,  p.  565.) 

Chemical  Composition. —  French  lavender  oil,  according  to  Bertram  and 
VVall>au:n  i  IMlii..  and  Srhiinmel  \-  Co.  (IS'X)  ;ind  ISO.'^),  consists  of  large  quanti- 
ties of  /JH,i  .»-/  U',„1I,.0,  or  CH,.C[CII,]:(;ii.ClI,.ClI,.C[CH,]OH.CH:CH,),  l-lina- 
li)i/l-a<rt<itc  (,oO  to  45  per  cent),  Imtt/nitc,  and  probahly  jintjiionatc  and  rulerinnate; 
traces  ufpinciie  and  cineol,  and  (leratiiol.  Contrary  to  the  statements  of  older  observ- 
ers, no  camphor  is  present  in  true  oil  of  lavender.  The  esters  are  the  carriers  of 
the  aroma.  English  lavender  oil,  according  to  Semmler  and  Tiemann  (1892),  and 
Schimmel  &  Co.  (1894),  contains  limoncm,  l-linahol,  l-linahnjl  ardntc  (7  to  10  per 
cent),  a  sescjuiterpene,  and  appreciable  quantities  oicincol.  (For  method  of  deter- 
mining the  quantity  of  lin<i!in/l  acetate  in  lavender  oils,  see  Power,  Essential  OiU, 
1>.  20.)  Large  amounts  of  cineol  in  lavender  oil  indicate  adulteration  by  oil  of 
spike;  jnnene,  by  oil  of  turpentine. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  lavender  possesses  stimulant  and 
carminative  prdpertiis.  and  is  suujt  linns  administered  in  hysteria,  nervous  debititi/, 
and  hoiihirfir.  Its  fragrance  renders  it  an  important  article  in  perfumery,  in  which 
it  is  principally  used.     Its  dose  is  from  1  to  6  drops. 

Related  Oils.— Oil  of  Spike.  The  broad-leaved  variety  of  lnvender  {Laiaruhtla  gpica. 
Do  Camlollei  furnishes  the  OHo/stpike;  it  is  not  so  fragrant  as  the  preceding  oil,  and  has  a 
camphoraceous  oilor.  Its  specific  gravity  is  0.;>05  to  0.920;  optical  rotation,  +3° (Schimmel 
it  Co.  I.  It  is  chiefly  used  iu  the  manufacture  of  varnishes  for  artists,  in  painting  on  porcelain, 
and  in  veterinary  practice.  With  3  vokunes  of  70  per  cent  alcohol  at  20° C.  (68®F.),acconiing 
to  Power  { Essenl'utl  Oitt),  it  should  produce  a  clear  solution  (absence  of  turpentine*.  It  con- 
tains cim/)/i<(r  (Kane,  1838), ci»foi  (10  }^t cent.), piiiew (f), c.amphene,  linalool,bonieol, aud  possibly 
geranxol  and  lerpineol. 

Oil  OF  Lav.vxdul.x  ST(Ecn.\.s,Linn^.— Distills  between  180°  and  245°  C.  (356° and  473°  F.); 
specific  gravity,  0.942;  odor,  rosemary-camphor;  known  constituent,  cineol. 

Oil  of  I!..vvasdcl.\  dentat.\,  Linn6. —  Distills  almost  entirely  between  170°  and  200°  C. 
(338° and  392°  F.) ;  specific  gravity,  0.926;  known  constituent,  cineol. 

OLEUM  LIMONIS  lU.  S.  P.i— OIL  OF  LEMON. 

"A  volatile  oil  obtained  by  expression  from  fresh  lemon  i)eel.  It  should  be 
kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles, "in  a  cool  place,  protected  from  light"' — (U.  S.  P.). 

Preparation. — Oil  of  lemon  is  obtained  by  lightly  grating  the  fresh  rind  of 
the  lemon,  placing  it  in  a  fine  cloth  bag,  and  then  subjecting  it  to  pressure;  the 
sediment  is  allowed  to  settle,  and  the  clear  oil  is  pourecl  off  (C).  It  may  also  be 
obtained  by  distillation,  but  this  mode  is  not  advisable,  because  the  distilled  oil 
readily  decomposes.  Other  methods,  such  as  the  process  of  rupturing  the  oil 
glands  and  gathering  the  product  upon  sponges,  etc.,  are  likewise  followed  (see 
Oleum  Auntnlii  Cortiri.-<).  The  oil  is  imported  from  the  southern  parts  of  Europe, 
as  Italy,  Portugal,  etc. 

Description  and  Tests.— Oil  of  lemon  as  officially  described,  is  "  a  pale  yel- 
low, limpid  liquid,  having  the  fragrant  odor  of  lemon,  and  an  aromatic,  some- 
what bitterish  taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.858  to  0.&59  at  15"  C.  (59°  F.).  Its  optical 
rotation  should  not  be  less  than  60°  to  the  right  in  a  100  Mm.  tube,  and  at  a  tem- 
perature of  about  15°  to  20°  C.  (59°  to  68°  F.).  Soluble  in  three  times  its  v«dunie  of 
alcohol,  the  solution  being  neutral  or  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper;  also  soluble, 
in  all  proportions,  in  absolute  alcohol,  carbon  disulphide,  or  glacial  acetic  acid. 
When  kept  for  some  time,  the  oil  should  not  develop  a  terebinthinate  odor  or  taste 
(alisenceof  oil  of  turpentine,  or  other  oils  con.sistingchieHy  of  pinene)"— (  U.S. P.). 
When  exposed  to  light  and  air,  oil  of  lemon  readily  decomposes,  becoming  thicker, 
and  forming  a  brown,  stickv  sediment. 

Oil  of  lemon  is  frequently  adulterated  by  alcohol,  the  fixed  oils,  or  more  fre- 
quently oil  of  turpentine.  Alcohol  may  be  detected  by  the  milky  fluid  which 
forms  iipon  agitating  the  oil  with  water."  The  fixed  oils  may  be  known  by  leav- 
ing a  residue  of  more  than  5  i)er  cent  upon  cvaiiorafinn  of  the  oil.     Well  rectified 


coal  oil  has  its  odor  entirely  covered  when  added  to  oil  of  lemon,  but  the  adul- 
teration may  be  detected  by  the  difference  in  specific  gravity,  and  by  the  almost 
complete  insolubility  of  the  coal  oil  in  alcohol.  Oil  of  turpentine  maybe  detected 
by  the  turpentine  odor  evolved  when  the  impure  oil  is  evaporated  from  heated 
paper.  Its  presence  can  be  more  accurately  established  by  its  diminishing  influ- 
ence u]K)n  the  optical  rotation  of  the  oil.  Oil  of  lemon  contains  no  pinene 
(Schinimel  et  Co.,  1897). 

Chemical  Composition. — Ninety  per  cent  of  oil  of  lemon  consists  of  tei- 
penes,  the  thief  constituent  of  which  is  rf«rt>-o-/(»io/!e/!e  (Wallach,  188-5 ;  TildenV 
ritreiie,  1^77 ),  with  a  small  quantity  of  phellandrene  (Schimrael  6:  Co.,  1897).  The 
highest  fractions  contain  a  sesquiterprne  (Olivieri,  1891).  The  agreeable  fragrance 
of  lemon  oil  is  due  to  oxygen  compounds,  especiallv  citral  (C,„H,eO,  or  CHj.C 
[CH,]:CH.CR,.CH,.C[CH3]:CH.CH0), a  doubly  unsaturated  aldehyde,  present  in 
the  quantity  of  about  7  to  10  per  cent  (J.  Bertram,  1888).  Its  chief  occurrence 
is  in  lemon-grass  oil  (70  to  80  per  cent).  It  is  a  golden-vellow  fluid,  optically 
inactive,  boiling  with  slight  decomposition  at  228°  to  229°  C.  (442.4°  to  444.2°  F.), 
under  atmospheric  pressure.  It  is  the  aldehyde  of  geraniol  (see  Oleum  Roue),  and 
forms  a  crystallizable  compound  with  sodium  bisulphite.  It  is  convertible  into 
ionone,  an  isomer  of  irone,Doth  possessing  the  essential  odor  of  orris  root  (see 
Gildemeister  and  lioffma.nu,  Die  ui:iherkchen  Oele,  \).2\o).  Oil  of  lemon  further- 
more contains  the  fragrant  aldehyde  ntronellal  (C,(,H„0),  and  small  amounts  of  the 
esters  qeranyl-acetnte{\n  Messina  and  Palermo  oih),  and  linaloyl-acetnte  in  the  latter 
oil  alone  (Umney  and  Swinton, /%-;/•»!.  Jour.  7'm7i.s.,Vol.VII,  1898. pp.  196  and  370). 
The  non-volatile  lemon  camphor  is  not  a  uniform  substance. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Stimulant  and  aromatic.  Its  chief 
use  is  in  perfumery,  and  to  impart  an  agreeable  flavor  to  medicines.  It  has  been 
recommended  in  certain  affections  of  the  eye,  as  a.  local  application.  A  very  agree- 
able drink  for  the  summer  and  for  febrile  patients  may  be  made  of  white  sugar, 
4  ounces;  oil  of  lemon,  10  drops ;  triturate  together,and  add  citric  acid,  2  drachms; 
a  teaspoonful  of  this  to  a  tumbler  of  water  forms  a  pleasant,  refreshing  draught. 
Tartaric  acid  may  be  substituted  for  the  citric,  if  desired. 

OLEUM  LINI  (U.  S.  P.)— LINSEED  OIL. 

"A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  linseed  without  the  use  of  heat.  It  should  be 
kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — (U.S.  P.). 

Synonym  :   Oil  of  flaxseed. 

Preparation.— M'hen  prepared  by  cold  expression  the  yield  varies  from 
15  to  20  per  cent.  Prepared  by  the  aid  of  heat,  the  gummy  substance  in  the  tegu- 
ment of  the  seeds  is  often  removed  by  roasting  or  steaming  them  previous  to 
expression,  and  after  expression,  the  oil  in  the  expressed  fluid  se]iarates  and  floats 
above  the  mucilaginous  w^ater.  The  yield  by  hot  expres^ion  varies  from  24  to  28 
per  cent.  For  medicinal  purpose  only  that  prepared  without  heating  is  admis- 
sible, because  otherwise  it  has  a  darker  color  and  an  acrid  taste.  The  press-cake 
remaining  in  the  expression  of  .the  oil  is  known  as  0(7  cake  (see  Linion').  The  oil 
as  first  obtained  is  called  raio  oil,  and  is  mostly  purified  by  agitation  with  about 
1  ]>er  cent  of  strong  sulphuric  acid,  the  latter  being  removed  by  boiling  water. 
The  oil  thus  obtained  is  called  refined  oil. 

Description.— The  U.  S.  P.  de.*cribes  linseed  oil  as  a  "yellowish,  or  yellow, 
oily  liquid,  having  a  slight,  peculiar  odor,  and  a  bland  taste.  When  exposed  to 
the  air,  it  gradually  tliiikens,  and  avquires  a  strong  odor  and  taste;  and  if  spread, 
in  a  thin  layer,  on  a  glass  plate,  and  allowed  to  stand  in  a  warm  place,  it  is  pradu- 
allv  converted  into  a  hard,  transj)arent,  resin-like  mass  (absence  of  non-tlrving 
oils).  Specific  gravitv  0.".>30  to  0.940  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.\  It  does  not  congeal  al>ove 
—20  C.  ( — 1°  F.).  SoluMe  in  ahont  10  parts  of  absolute  alcohol,  and,  in  all  pnv 
portions,  in  ether,  chloroform,  henzin,  carbon  disulphide.  or  oil  of  turpentine" — 
( ( '.  S.  P. ).  When  cooled  to  —27°  C.  (—16.6°  F.^  linseed  oil  congeals  to  a  yellowi.«h 
mass.  Upon  exposure  to  the  air,  old  oil  is  liable  to  become  rancid.  On  account 
of  its  drying  properties,  fiicilitated  by  warmth,  linseed  oil  is  a  most  important 
article,  being  used  in  the  nniking  ofjtaints  and  varnishes,  of  printer's  ink.  oil- 


OLEUM  LIXI.  1365 

cloth,  etc.  Its  atlinily  for  tlie  oxygen  of  the  air  is  so  great  that  it  is  liable  to 
inflame  cotton  waste  and  other  fibrous  material  soaked  with  it. 

Boiled  Lixseed  Oil. — For  technical  purposes,  the  raw  oil  absorbs  oxygen  and 
hardens  too  slowly.  Tliis  process  is  piouioled  by  heating  the  oil  to  a  tempera- 
ture of  130° C.  ("266°  F.)  while  a  current  of  air  is  made  to  pass  through  it;  ita 
temperature  is  then  raised  until  bubbles  arise,  due  to  decomposition  of  the  oil. 
Then  it  is  called  lutiUd  oil,  as  contra.'ited  with  tlie  rmo  or  unhaiUd  oil.  Boiled  oil  is 
thicker,  darker,  has  a  somewhat  higher  specific  gravity  (0.!)39  to  0.9.50)  and  dries 
more  rapidly  than  raw  oil,  hence  is  preferred  by  painters  for  outside  work  when 
it  is  desired  that  the  paint  dry  rajiitlly.  The  drying  properties  arc  materially 
increased  by  incorporating  during  the  process  certain  metallic  oxides,  as  jitiiarge, 
ferric  oxide,  red  lead,  manganese  dioxide,  esiiecially  lead  acetate,  manganous  borate, 
etc.,  whose  function  seems  to  be  partly  to  facilitate  the  transmission  of  oxygen, 
and  partly  to  form  more  readily  oxidizable  metallic  salts  of  the  fatty  acids.  The 
nature  of  these  substances,  as  well  as  the  mode  of  manipulation,  is  usually  kept 
secret.  Of  late,  oil-soluble  "driers"  or  "siccatives"  have  come  into  use — namely 
resinates  of  certain  metals,  as  lead  and  manganese.  (Concerning  these,  see  A.  H. 
Allen,  Cnmrnrrciid  Cynnir  Anu!>/.-<i^s,\ol  II,  Part  1, 3d ed., Philadelphia,  1899, p.loO.) 

Chemical  Composition  and  Tests.— Linseed  oil  consists  of  10  to  15  per  cent 
o{stenri)i,])nlmitin,  and  iin/ri.i:tiii;  the  remainder  is  chiefly  W'/(ho/((!//i  (the  glyceride 
ofwo/t«o/tHi<7ac«W,  Ci^H^O,, of  thetype  C'nH.a — gO,),  and  smalleramounts  odinolein 
(the  glyceride  of  linoleic  acid,  C,^H,,,0,„  type  CnH,n — ,0.,),  and  olein  (the  glyceride 
oi okic  acid,  C,sHj,0.,,  tyi)e  CnH^n — jO.J.  Unsaponitiable  constituents  amount  to 
about  1  per  cent  (also  see  Linum).  The  drying  qualities  of  linseed  oil  depend 
on  the  presence  of  the  highly  unsaturated  linolein,  linolenin,  and  isolinolenin. 
Upon  drying,  linseed  oil  becomes  gradually  converted  into  a  hardened  varnish, 
which  is  insoluble  in  ether.  Chemically,  it  is  an  ester,  called  hjdrnxy-limilin 
(Mulder's  linaxyn).  Linseed  oil  is  subject  to  many  sorts  of  adslteration.  Flax- 
seed itself  is  often  found  mixed  with  oil-bearing  weed  seeds,  adulterated  with 
hemp-seeds,  and  the  oil  may  be  adulterated  with  cotton-seed,  niger-seed,  and  fish 
oils,  mineral  oils,  and  turpentine.  These  additions  influence  the  specific  gravity, 
congealing  point,  iodine  absorption,  and  other  physical  and  chemical  constants 
of  pure  linseed  oil.  (For  details  regarding  the  analysis  of  linseed  oil,  see  A.  H. 
Allen,  loc.  cit.,  pp.  152-155.) 

The  U.S.  P.  gives  the  following  tests  for  linseed  oil:  "It  should  not  more 
than  slightly  redden  blue  litmus  paper  previously  moistened  with  alcohol  (limit 
of  free  acid).  If  2  Cc.  of  tlie  oil  be  shaken  with  1  Cc.  of  fuming  nitric  acid  and 
1  Cc.  of  water,  it  should  neither  completely  nor  partially  solidify,  even  after  stand- 
ing for  1  or  2  days  (absence  of  non-drying  oils).  If  10  Cc.  of  the  oil,  contained  in 
a  small  flask,  be  mixed  with  a  solution  of  3  Gm.  of  potassium  hydrate  in  5  Cc.  of 
water,  then  5  Cc.  of  alcohol  added,  and  the  mixture  heated  for  about  5  minutes 
on  a  water-bath,  with  occasional  agitation,  a  dark-colored,  but  clear  and  complete 
solution  should  be  ol>tained.  If  this  licjuid  be  diluted  with  water  to  the  measure 
of  50  Cc.then  cooled,  and  shaken  with  50  Cc.  of  ether,  the  clear,  ethereal  layer, 
after  having  separated,  should  not  shijw  abluisii  fluorescence,  and,  when  carefully 
decanted,  and  allowed  to  evaporate  spontaneously,  should  leave  not  more  than  a 
slight,  and  not  oily,  residue  (absence  of  paratlin  oils)  " — (['.  .S'.  P.). 

Rancid  linseed  oil  may  be  again  ma<le  sweet  by  shaking  it  with  warm  water, 
allowing  it  to  stand  a  while,  and  finally  decanting. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Linum.) 

Belated  Oils.— The  following  are  dryiiif-;  oils: 

C.\M)i.K-Nt  tOm..— Thisoil  is  olitaiind  by  boiling  in  water  the  crushed  seixla  oS  Alrtirila 
trilohn,  ViimU-r  { .ileitnli'smijliicrnna,\\"\\\i\enin\'\iouni\  in  tropical  regions,  in  the  isles  of  the 
Indian  ami  I'acific  Oieans,  In<lia,  and  the  Wist  Indies.  The  oil  is  known  by  scvcnd  names, 
as  A"'Ai/iiet/i7,  in  Ceylon;  Jiaiihul  oil,  in  India;  SiiaitM-ii-alnnt  oil,  in  Jamiuca;  Kukni  oil,  in  tUo 
Sandwich  Isles,  where  it  is  used  as  a  mordant  for  vegetable  colors.  The  tree  yielding  tlio 
fruit  is  known  as  the  Cnndldxrnj  Im;  from  tin-  fact  that  the  seeds,  strune  ujnin  imliii-liber«. 
are  u.=ed  for  lighting  purpo.-cs  by  the  INjlvii.  .^iaiiH.  The  nuts  tJiste  like  walnut.a,  ami  are  U8e<l 
a.s  fo(Kl  l)v  the  natives  of  Xew  Georgia,  'fhc  tr.e  is  rallpil  Jndinn  almt  (walnut)  in  India.  On 
aecount  ol  the  oil  being  nnich  ust-d  bv  painters,  il  is  sometimes  known  i\ncuiiiitrii-ii,ihiiit  oil 
or  arlifl' noil  isce  TnuMini  of  Bolniiii\.  The  oil  is  limpid,  transparent,  syrnpv,  nml«'r-yellow, 
odorless,  and  rapidlv  drying.    The  yield  is  alxMit  <n)  por  cent.     It  consists  oi  iiu{mHin,slfitnn, 


1366  OLEUM  MENTHA  PIPERITA. 

myrklin,  and  akin,  the  latter  being  somewhat  like  linolein  from  linseed  oil.  The  oil  is  laxativ.- 
(see  Wocxl  Oil  of  Cldna). 

Gkape-se'ed  Oil. —  From  10  to  20  per  cent  of  a  slowly  drying,  odorless,  pale-yellow  or 
brownish  oil  is  obtained  from  the  seeds  of  grapes  (  Vitis  vinifera,  Linn^i.  It  has  a  feebly  bitter 
taste.  At  near — 16°  C.  (3.2°  F.)  it  congeals.  Its  chief  constituent  is  the  glyccride  of  erucic  acid 
(C22H42O2).  At  34°  C.  (93.2°  F.)  this  acid  fuses,  and,  if  melted  with  caustic  potash,  yields  arachic 
and  acetic  acids.    The  lesser  constituents  are  stearin  and  palmitin. 

Niger-seed  Oil. — A  yellow  oil,  intermediate  between  the  drying  and  non-drying  oils,  ob- 
tained to  the  extent  of  about  40  per  cent  from  the  black  akenes  of  Guizotia  oleifera',I)e  Candolle 
IVerheniiii:  satira,  Roxburgh),  a  composite  plant  of  India  and  East  Africa.  It  has  a  nut-like 
3avor,  and  congeals  at — 10°  C.  (14°  F.).  It  is  composed  of  two  kinds  of  olein,  one  closely 
analogous  to  linulein,  and  mymtin  and  palmitin. 

Madia  Oil. — The  akenes  ol  Madia  sadia,  Molina,  a  composite  annual  found  native  in 
Chili  and  cultivated  in  the  Old  World,  yields  a  bland,  yellow,  fixed  oil  (about  40  per  cent), 
having  a  dLstinctive  odor,  a  specific  gravity  of  0.930,  and  congeals  at  about  — 20°  C.  { — 4°F.). 
It  readily  turns  rancid  on  exposure,  and  gradually  assumes  a  semisolid  state. 

Walnut  Oil. — (See  Jmjlans.) 

OLEUM  MENTHiE  PIPERITiE  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  PEPPERMINT. 

A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Mentha  piperita,  Smith  (Nat.  Ord. — Labiateae;. 

"  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles  in  a  cool  place  " — ( U.  S.  P.). 

History  and  Preparation. — The  three  most  important  peppermint-growing 
countries  are  the  United  States,  Japan,  and  England,  the  Japanese  oil  being 
derived  from  the  species  Mentha  arvensis,  Linne,  var.  jiiperascen.^,  Holmes.  Dis- 
tillation in  the  United  States  began  in  1816,  in  Waj'ne  county,  in  the  State  of 
New  York;  since  183-5,  peppermint  has  been  grown  and  oil  distilled  therefrom  in 
Michigan.  Until  1846  distillation  was  carried  out  by  means  of  simple  copper  stills 
heated  by  direct  fire;  since  that  date  distillation  by  steam  has  becuiiie  the  rule. 
Indiana  also  distills  large  quantities  of  oil.  Much  care  is  now  taken  to  exclude 
from  the  peppermint  fields  such  weeds  as  Erechtites  (fireweed),  Kri'jero)x,  and 
Be(ieam«  (pennyroyal),  to  prevent  undesirable  contamination  with  the  oils  from 
these  plants.  The  total  production  of  oil  of  peppermint  has  reached  enormous 
proportions,  the  United  States  alone,  in  1897,  producing  251.000  pounds.  Minor 
quantities  of  oil  of  peppermint  are  produced  in  Russia,  Germany,  Italy.  Norway, 
etc.  (For  much  interesting  detail  regarding  the  history  and  statistics  of  this  oil, 
see  Dr.  Frederick  Hoffmann,  in  Die  jEtheriichen  Oele,  pp.  82-5-836.)  The  yield  from 
German  herb  (fresh)  is  reported  by  Schimmel  &  Co.  to  be  0.1  to  0.25  per  cent; 
from  dried  herb,  0.7  per  cent. 

Description.— The  U.  S.  P.  describes  oil  of  peppermint  as  "a  colorless,  or  yel- 
lowish, or  greenish-yellow  liquid,  becoming  darker  and  thicker  b_y  age  and  expo- 
sure to  tlie  air,  having  the  characteristic,  strong  odor  of  peppermint,  and  a  strongly 
aromatic,  pungent  taste,  followed  by  a  sensation  of  cold  when  air  is  drawn  into 
the  in. mill.  Specific  gravity,  0.900  to  0.920  at  1-5°  C.(59°  F.V  The  oil  does  not 
fulminate  with  iodine.  It  form  a  clear  solution  with  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol. 
becoming  turbid  when  somewhat  further  diluted,  and  is  soluble  in  all  proportions, 
in  carbon  (lisuli)liide  and  in  glacial  acetic  acid.  The  alcoliolic  solution  of  the 
oil  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper" — (('.  S.  P.).  Tlie  oil  is  optically  kevo-rotatory  vary- 
ing in  American  oil  from — 25°  to — 33°.  The  better  grades  of  oil  from  Wayne 
county,  New  York,  do  not  form  a  clear  solution  with  3  to  5  volumes  of  70  per 
alcohol,  wliile  the  Michigan  (western  oils),  the  English  and  the  Japanese  oils  do. 
Scliiniincl  it  ('o.  suggest  that  this  diflerence  may  be  due  to  the  practice  of  pro- 
vimisly  drying  the  herb,  wliich  yields  an  oil  not  soluble  in  diluted  alcohol,  while 
that  from  i'resh  herb  is  soluble  (Gildemeister  and  Hofrmann,  /"c.  fi7.,p.  838).  When 
American  oil  of  peppermint  is  subjected  to  cold,  crystals  of  vteiithol  fall  out  (see 
7V.■■•^^•  below).  The  Japanese  oil  is  semisolid  at  ordinary  temperature,  owing  to 
the  large  (luantity  of  menthol  it  contains. 

Tests. — .Vdulterations  of  the  oil  with  alcohol  and  oil  of  turpentine  are  not 
iiitVequent ;  the  latter  may  be  known  bv  tiie  turpentine  odor,  by  the  imperfect  solu- 
tion it  forms  with  alcohol,  and  by  its  fulmination  when  iodine  is  added  to  it;  the 
fonmr  maybe  known  by  the  formation  of  a  dirty-white  liquid  when  an  equal 
volume  of  water  is  added  to  it.  Sometimes  adulteration  is  practice*!  by  removing 
part  of  the  nieiif  hoi  liy  freezing.  The  following  are  the  official  tests,  which  include 


OLECM  MEXTH.K  VIRIDIS.  1367 

tlie  characteristic  color  reactions  of  the  oil  of  peppermint:  " If  5  drops  of  the  oil 
lie  aihled  to  1  Cc.  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  aiul  the  mixture  gently  warmed,  the  liquid 
will  a.<s;uiiie  a  blue  color,  with  a  red  Huoresccnce.  If  2  Cc.  of  tlie  oil  be  mixed  with 
1  Cc.  of  ghicial  acetic  acid,  and  1  drop  of  nitric  acid  ailded,  the  Jiijuid  will  soon 
acquire  a  green,  greenish-blue,  blue,  or  violet  tint  with  a  copper-red  Huore.scence. 
If  1  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  dissolved  in  5  Cc.  of  alcohol,  0.5  Gm.  of  sugar,  and  I  Cc.  of 
hydrochloric  acid  added  and  the  mixture  gently  heated,  a  deep-blue  or  violet 
color  will  gradually  be  produced.  If  to  5  Cc.  of  nitric  acid  1  drop  of  the  oil  be 
added,  and  the  mixture  gently  agitated,  and  allowed  to  stand  for  about  3  hours, 
it  .should  have  a  yellowish,  but  not  a  bright  red  color  (absence  of  oil  of  camphor 
and  of  oil  of  sassafras').  If  a  portion  of  the  oil,  contained  in  a  test-tube,  be  placed 
in  a  freezing  mixture  of  snow  (or  pounded  ice)  and  salt  for  15  minutes,  it  snould 
become  cloudy  and  thick,  and  after  the  addition  of  a  few  crystals  of  menthol, 
l)eing  still  exposed  to  cold,  it  should  soon  form  a  crystalline  mass  (distinction 
from  dementholized  oil).  When  heated  on  a  water-bath,  in  a  flask  provided  with 
a  well-cooled  condenser,  the  oil  should  not  yield  a  distillate  having  the  characters 
of  alcohol"— (T.  S.P.). 

Chemical  Composition. — The  chief  constituent  of  peppermint  oil  is  menthol, 
known  aUo  as  mint  stm  nijitcn,  or  mint  aiinjihnr  (see  Menthnt).  New  York  oil  contains 
50  to  60  per  cent  total  menthol,  of  which  40  to  45  per  cent  are  free,  and  the 
rest  combined  in  the  form  of  ester.  It  also  contains  12  per  cent  of  nunthone. 
Michigan  oil  contains  about  48  to  58  per  cent  total  menthol,  of  which  43  to  50 
l>er  cent  are  free  menthol.  Bj'  distilling  menthol  with  phosphoric  anhydride,  a 
colorless  liciuid  of  an  agreeable  odor,  vicuthcne  (C,oH,J  results.  This  hydrocarbon 
has  been  said  to  occur  in  Russian  oil  of  peppermint;  the  American  oil  does  not 
contain  it.  According  to  a  detailed  research  on  American  peppermint  oil  by 
F.  B.  Power  and  C.  Kleber  (P/iorm.  i?t/;i<foc/«i(t,  1894,  p.  157),  this  oil  contains  the 
following  substances:  (1)  Acetnldehyde;  (2)  isovaleric  aldehyde;  ,(3)  amyl  alcohol; 
(4)  free  arcdr.  and  {b)  isovalerianic  acids;  (&)pinene;  (7)  phellandrene;  (8)  l-Umonene; 
(9)  mdinene;  (10)  cineol;  (11)  a  lactnne  (C.oH.jO.,);  (12)  menihone;  (13)  menthol; 
(14)  menthi/l-acetate;  {15 )  menthyl-isocdlerianate;  (16)  menthylester  of  an  oc/r/,  C,H„Oj; 
(17)  dimethyl  mlphide  (S[CH3]j).  Substances  3  and  17  were  additionally  found  in 
the  laboratory  of  Schimmel  &  Co.,in  1894  and  1896. 

Enslish  oil  of  peppermint,  according  to  Umnev  {Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.,  1896, 
Vol.  I  l.V- 123.  and  Vol.  Ill,  p.  103),  contained  of  total"  menthol,  63  to  66  per  cent; 
menthol  in  the  form  of  ester,  3  to  14  per  cent;  menihone,  9  to  11  per  cent.  Gilde- 
meister  and  Hoffmann  (lor.  cit.,  p.  844)  believe  that  the  other  constituents  of  the 
English  oil  will  prove  the  same  as  those  of  the  American  oil  above  enumerated. 
The  Jajiaiiese  oil  contains  of  total  menthol,  70  to  91  per  cent;  of  free  menthol, 
65  to  8-5  per  cent.  It  does  not  give  the  above-described  color  reactions,  or  but 
very  faintly,  with  glacial  acetic  acid. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Oil  of  peppermint  is  a  powerful  diffu- 
sible stimulant,  with  carminative,  antispasmodic,  and  antiemetic  properties.  It 
is  much  employed  to  relieve  flatulence,  gastrodynia,  nausea,  spasms  of  the 
stomach,  and  to  cover  the  taste  of  other  drugs.  Externally,  it  is  occasionally 
employed  as  a  rubefacient  and  anodyne.  It  relieves  the  pain  of  burns,  srakh,  and 
tooiliurhe  from  carious  teeth.  In  spray,  it  is  useful  to  sAleviale  jiainful and  inflamed 
fa  ures  a  ltd  to  nsih,  and  by  inhalation  relieves  many  of  the  unpleasant  symptoms 
itf  asthma  and  chronic  bronchitis  in  old  persons.  It"  enters  into  a  liniment,  which 
at  one  time  was  a  jiopular  remedy  for  various  painful  local  affections;  it  is  com- 
posed as  follows:  Take  of  oil  of  olives,  oil  of  peppermint,  oil  of  turpentine,  tinc- 
ture of  opium,  alcohol,  aqua  ammonite,  each,  1  fluid  ounce.  Mix.  To  be  applied 
3  or  4  times  a  tlav.  Peppermint  oil  is  commonly  used  under  the  name  of  essence 
of  peppermint,  which  is  a  tincture  of  it.  The  do,«e  of  the  oil  is  2  to  10  drops 
on  sugar. 

OLEUM  MENTHA  VIRIDIS  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  SPEARMINT. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Mentha  viridis,  Linne  (Xot.  Ord.—  LahiAiK).  It 
-liould  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  protected  from  light  "— 

j:s.p... 


1368  OLEUM  ilOXAEDJi.— OLEUM  MORKHU^. 

Preparation  and  Description. — The  oil  is  obtained  by  distillation  of  spear- 
mint herb  with  water;  tlie  3'ield  from  American  fresh  herb,  gathered  at  the 
beginning  of  flowering,  was  0.3  per  cent  (Schimmel  &  Co.).  It  is  extensively 
distilled  in  this  country,  and  in  smaller  quantities  in  Germany  and  Ru.s.sia.  The 
U.  S.  P.  describes  it  as  "  a  colorless,  yellowish,  or  greenish-yellow  liquid,  becom- 
ing darker  and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air,  having  the  characteristic, 
strong  odor  of  spearmint,  and  a  hot,  aromatic  taste.  Specific  gravity.  0.930  to 
0.940  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  With  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol  it  forms  a  clear  solu- 
tion, which  is  neutral  or  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper.  When  somewhat  further 
diluted  with  alcohol,  it  becomes  turbid.  It  al.so  yields  a  clear  solution  with  an 
equal  volume  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  with  half  its  volume  of  carbon  disul- 
phide;  but  with  an  equal  volume  of  the  latter  it  forms  a  turbid  mixture" — 
(U.  S.  P.).  The  oil  is  optically  lavo-rotatory  (as  high  as — 43°).  An  exceptionally 
high  specific  gravity  (0.980)  is  reported  by  Schimmel  &  Co.  for  the  oil  above 
mentioned. 

Chemical  Composition. — Tins  oil  consists  of  two,  and  probably  three,  laevo- 
gyrate  bodies.  One  is  lavo-carvniie  (C,(,H,jO),  a  ketone  of  a  pure  caraway  odor, 
found  also  in  the  oils  of  caraway  and  dill  (in  the  latter  two  as  dextro-carvom).  The 
quantity  of  carvone  in  spearmint  oil  was  found  by  Kremersand  Schreiner  (PAarm. 
Review,  1896,  p.  244)  to  be  56  per  cent.  The  second  body  is  Ifevo-limonene,  once 
known  as  carrme  (C„H,e).    The  third  constituent  is  probably  pinene. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  spearmint  is  carminative,  anti- 
spasmodic, and  diuretic.  It  i^  used  very  frequently  as  a  substitute  for  the  oil  of 
peppermint,  and  is  more  often  prescribed  on  account  of  its  diuretic  properties. 
The  tincture  of  the  oil  combined  with  potassium  acetate  renders  the  latter  more 
eflScient  as  a  diuretic,  besides  imparting  a  pleasant  flavor  to  it.  The  dose  of  the  oil 
is  5  or  10  drops  on  sugar. 

OLEUM  MONARDiE.— OIL  OF  HORSEMINT. 

A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  fresh  herb  of  Monarda  punctata,  hinne  (Nat. 
On?.— Labiatu'). 

Preparation  and  Description. — Oil  of  horsemint  is  obtained  in  this  country 
from  the  fresh  herb,  by  distillation  with  water.  The  yield  is  about  3  per  cent. 
The  oil  is  of  a  yellowish  or  brownish-amber  color,  having  a  penetrating,  aromatic, 
thyme-like  odor,  like  that  of  the  plant,  and  a  strong,  pungent,  somewhat  acrid 
taste;  and  is  .soluble  in  alcohol.     Its  specific  gravity  is  0.930  to  0.940. 

Chemical  Composition. — Oil  of  horsemint  contains  thynvA  (monardin)  and 
cymol,  sometimes  rarrarrol,  and  traces  of  dcxtro-limonene.    (For  details,  see  Monarda.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Oil  of  horsemint  is  stimulant,  anti- 
spasmodic, anil  aiitiemetir,  and  in  the  form  of  the  essence,  has  been  much  used 
to  allay  ihuisoi  and  nnnitiiitj  in  A^^iutir  chuUra,  cholera  morbus,  etc.;  it  relieves  the 
diorrhtvit  of  ildnlit;/,  hn  action  in  these  cases  being  prompt  and  permanent.  It 
stimulates  the  nervous  system  and  increases  cardiac  force.  It  gives  .<leep  and 
quiet  when  there  is  exhaustion  with  nervous  excitation.  It  ivstores  suppressed 
nwnses  when  due  to  colds,  and  given  with  turpentine  or  wintergreen  it  renders 
good  service  in  the  tympanites  of  enteric  fever.  Oil  of  horsemint  .^erves  well  in  the 
vomiting  of  inehriatei<,  and  in  nau-sea  accompanying  a  flatulent  distension  of  the 
stomach.  Externally,  it  is  rubefacient  and  even  vesicant,  and  lias  been  advan- 
tageously used  in  km  forms  of  fever,  cholera  infantum,  pan 1 1 >/.'<i.y.  rh<  u mat ir  Aud  neu- 
ralijic  jiain.-t,  etc.  It  soon  causes  rubefactioii  wlien  locally  applieil.  ati'ording  in 
many  instances  almost  immediate  relief.  The  dose  of  the" oil  is  from  2  to  5  drops 
on  sugar ;  of  the  essence,  from  10  to  30  drops  in  sweetened  water. 

OLEUM  MORRHUiE  (U.  S.  P.)— COD-LIVER  OIL. 

"A  fixed  oil  olitained  from  the  tresh  livers  of  (>^il/l'.^■  .l/ocrAidi,  Liini^.  and  of 
other  species  of  Cadn^i  (Cla.-^s,  Pisces;  Order,  Teleostia;  Family,  Gadida^.  It  should 
be  kept  in  well-stoppered  and  perfectly  dry  bottles" — U'.  S.  P.). 

Syxony-Ms  :    Oleum  jccoris  aselli,  Cod  oil.  Oleum  hepatis  morrhu-ir. 


OLKIM  MOKUHlJi.  \:.Q0 

Source  and  History. — The  common  codfish  is  the  Oadm  ilmihun  uf  Linnaus, 
or  Mn,r/i,i(i  ruliiitris  and  A.-<(lliis  iiiajor  of  other  naturalists.  It  is  a  fisii  2  or  3  leet 
iu  Icngtli,  having  a  gray  Inick  with  yil- 
lowish  si>iits,  and  a  white  abdomen.  Tlie 
body  is  somewhat  flattened,  and  symuiet- 
rioal ;  tlie  ventral  fins  are  pointed  ami 
placed  under  the  throat.  There  are  3  dor 
sal  and  2  anal  fins,  and  a  cirrus  or  bean 
at  the  end  of  the  snout.  The  teeth  arc 
pointed  and  unequal,  and  are  disposed  in 
several  rows.    The  large  gills  are  7-rayetl. 

On  the  external  surface  of  the  body  are "~ 

scales,  rather  soft,  and  not  of  large  size.  It  is  an  inhabitant  of  cold  or  temperate 
seas,  and  is  found,  at  certain  seasons  of  the  J'ear,  in  abundance  on  the  coast  of 
Norway,  in  the  neighborhood  of  Iceland,  in  the  Russian  Arctic  Sea,  and  on  the 
New  England  and  Newfoundland  coasts.  The  Norwegian  oil,  from  the  Lofoten 
Archipelago,  is  the  most  famous,  and  much  of  it  is  consumed  in  this  country; 
but  in  recent  years,  the  oil  from  the  Newfoundland  coast  is  graduallj'  gaining  iu 
favor,  owing  to  improvements  in  its  manufacture.  Other  species  of  Gadus  from 
which  cod-liver  oil  is  sometimes  obtained,  are  coal-fish  (G.  ca/-6o/iori«.3,  Linne,  or 
Merla))(ius  atrbonaritis,  Cuvier),  dorsch,or  dorse  {(j.cnllarius,Linne)^  tuihoti Rhombus 
mnximus,  Cuvier),  and  occasionally  from  the  pollack  (Gadus  pollachius,  Linne,  or 
Merlnnqus pollnch ius,  Cuvier),  hake  (Gadus  Merluccius,  Linne, or  Merluccius  communis, 
Cuvier), whiting(GV(f/H.*  Mcrlaiujus,  Linne, or  Akrlam/u.^  •(;«/(/(( w, Cuvier),  ling  (Gadtis 
M'llva,  Linne,  or  Lota  Molni,  Cuvier), and  haddock  (Gadtis  leylifinus,  Linne).  In  the 
Lofoten  Islands,  the  codfish  come  in  innumerable  quantities  in  the  month  of 
January  to  deposit  their  spawn,  all  other  fishes  disappearing  as  if  by  enchantment. 
The  codfishing  commences  about  the  early  part  of  January  and  terminates  about 
the  middle  of  April ;  there  being  no  less  than  25,000  persons  engaged  in  the  busi- 
ness, and  the  quantity  of  the  fish  is  prodigious,  incalculable.  The  annual  pro- 
duction in  the  Lofoten  Archipelago  alone  is  on  an  average  about  400,000  gallon.s. 
Three  barrels  of  liver  yield  1  barrel  of  first  quality  oil,  and  ^  barrel  of  brown  oil 
obtained  by  heat  and  expression.  (For  details  regarding  the  Norwegian  codfish- 
eries,  we  refer  those  interested  to  an  exceedingly  readable  monograph  entitled  Cod- 
liver  Oil  and  Cheiiii.<<trt/,  published  quite  recently,  by  Dr.  F.  Peckel  Moller,  London 
and  Christiania,  1895.)  Among  many  other  items  of  interest,  it  is  demonstrated 
how  the  peculiar  formation  of  the  Norway  seaboard  together  with  the  habits  of 
the  codfish  serves  to  make  the  Lofoten  Islands  the  natural  center  of  the  Nor- 
wegian fisheries.  (Also  see  resume  of  the  commerce  in  cod-liver  oil  and  its  chem- 
istry, by  J.  H.  Stallmann  and  E.  H.  Gane,  in  ^mer.  Druf/.,  Jan.,  1899,  pp.  37-40.) 
"  Preparation.— The  principal  process  by  which  the  oil  is  now  prepared  is  to 
remove  blood  and  impurities  from  the  carefully  sorted  livers  by  repeated  wash- 
ings; then  the  gall-bladder  is  removed  and  the  livers,  as  soon  as  practicable,  are 
put  into  iron  kettles  and  subjected  to  steam  heat  with  constant  stirring.  The  oil 
separates  from  the  liver  tissue,  and,  after  decantation  and  filtration  through  a 
funnel,  is  drawn  off  into  barrels.  In  the  Newfoundland  fisheries,  the  oil  obtained 
by  steam  heat  is  exposed  to  intense  cold  until  it  is  partly  solidified;  the  mass  is 
then  put  into  bags  and  subjected  to  strong  pressure.  In  this  manner  the  Ameri- 
can shon:  oil  is  oljtained.     The  residual  stearin  is  sold  to  soap-makers. 

Description. — Three  kinds  of  cod-liver  oil  are  usually  met  with  in  commerce  : 
The  white  or  pale-yellow,  which  is  obtained  from  fresh  and  perfectly  healthy  livers 
(shoreoil).  It  is  tlie  ofiicial  oil  and  is  described  by  the  U.  S.  P.  as''a  pale-yellow, 
thin,  oil  V  liquid,  having  a  peculiar,  slightlv  fishy,  biit  not  rancid  odor,  and  a  bland, 
slightly  "fishy  taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.920  to  0.925  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Scarcely 
.soluble  in  alcohol,  but  readily  soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  or  carbon  disulphide; 
also  in  2.5  parts  of  acetic  ether" — (U.  S.  P.).  The  second  form  is  pale-brown,  or 
brownish-yellow  (v^nuV.s  o//) ;  less  care  is  exercised  in  the  selection  of  the  livers 
and  the  preparation  of  the  oil.  The  third  kind  is  dark-brown  (/<(i)i^*  o//),  and  is 
an  inferior  grade,  being  derived  from  putrefied  livers;  its  odor  is  disagreeable,  its 
taste  a.rid  and  bitter;  and  it  has  an  aci<l  reaction.  The  best  grade  is  universally 
preferred   in  the  I'liited  States. 


1370  OLEfM  MORRHU.E. 

Adulterations  and  Tests. — Cod-liver  oil  is  subjected  to  adulterations  in 
several  ways.  One  method  is  to  bleach  an  inferior,  dark  oil,  it  is  stated,  bv 
exposure  to  the  raj's  of  the  sun.  The  addition  of  mineral  oils  can  be  recognized  by 
saponification  which  leaves  the  adulterant  unaffected.  An  oil  that  has  undergone 
partial  putrefaction  may  be  judged  by  the  quantity  of  free  volatile  acids  in  the 
oil.  Such  oils  also  absorb  much  less  iodine  than  fresh  cod-liver  oil.  Refined  seal 
oil  and  seed  oils  are  also  used  as  adulterants  of  cod-liver  oil.  (For  a  more  detailed 
consideration  of  this  phase  of  the  subject,  see  special  works  on  analysis,  e.  g.. 
A.  H.  Allen.  Commercial  Organic  Anahj»k,X ol  II,  Part  1, 3d  ed.,1899,  p.  197.)  The 
r.  S.  p.  gives  the  following  tests  for  the  purity  of  cod-liver  oil :  "  If  1  drop  of  the 
oil  be  dissolved  in  20  drops  of  chloroform,  and  the  solution  shaken  with  1  drop 
of  sulphuric  acid,  the  solution  will  acquire  a  violet-red  tint,  rapidly  changing  to 
rose-red  and  brownish-yellow.  If  a  glass  rod,  moistened  with  sulphuric  acid,  be 
drawn  through  a  few  drops  of  the  oil,  on  a  porcelain  plate,  a  violet  color  will  be 
produced.  Cod-liver  oil  should  be  only  very  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper  previ- 
ously moistened  with  alcohol  (limit  of  free  fatty  acids).  When  the  oil  is  allowed 
to  stand  for  some  time  at  0°  C.  (32°  F.),very  little  or  no  solid  fat  .should  separate 
(absence  of  other  fish  oils,  and  of  many  vegetable  oils).  If  2  or  3  drops  of  fum- 
ing nitric  acid  be  allowed  to  flow  alongside  of  10  or  15  drops  of  the  oil,  contained 
in  a  watch-glass,  a  red  color  will  be  produced  at  the  point  of  contact.  On  stirring 
the  mixture  with  a  glass  rod,  this  color  becomes  bright  rose-red,  soon  changing  to 
lemon-yellow  (distinction  from  seal  oil,  which  shows  at  first  no  change  of  color, 
and  from  other  fish  oils,  which  become  at  first  blue,  and  afterward  brown  and 
yellow" — (U.S.  P.).  The  presence  of  seal  oil  may  also  be  detected  by  means  of 
Amagat  and  Jean's  oleo  refractometer  (see  Pror.  Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc. ,lS98,'p.8S8). 

Chemical  Composition. — For  a  chronological  history  of  the  chemical  study 
of  cod-liver  oil,  see  M.  P.  Heyerdahl  in  F.  Peckel  Muller"s  monograph  above  men- 
tioned. According  to  older  analyses,  especially  by  DeJongh  (1843;.  cod-liver  oil 
was  accepted  to  consist  of  about  19  to  26  per  cent  of  palmitin  and  stearin,  72  to  76 
per  cent  of  olein,  and  from  2  to  5  i)er  cent  of  non-fatty  mattei-s.  The  following 
substances  have  been  observed  in  cod-liver  oil  in  minor  quantities,  although  the 
presence  of  many  are  no  doubt  due  to  putrefactive  changes  in  the  liver: 

(1)  Volatile  acid.i  (valerianic,  Spaarmann,  182S,  acetic  and  butyric  acids,  De  Jongh  i ;  i2l 
iodine  (De  I'Orme,  1S36;  on  an  average  only  0.000322  per  cent,  Stanford,  l&<m  ;  (3i  bromine 
(Herberger,  1839);  (4)  phosphorus  {DeXrij,  1S38);  (5)  hiliari/  consliluetils  il)i?  Jongh,  \Si3;  this  is 
not  confirmed  by  subsequent  researclies;  if  the  gall-bladders  are  excluded  from  the  process, 
no  bile  reaction  can  be  obtained  in  cod-liver  oil;  Buchheim,  18S4,  Salkowskv.  ISsT' ;  i6i  chol- 
f^rrift  I  Allen  and  Thompson,  18S.3;  0.4(>  to  l.:;2  iht  cent);  i7i  llf.^rh,..!,,,  (..i  \V.  Kahne,to 
which,  in  part,  the  color  reaction  with  sulphuric  acid  is  due;  Salkowsky.  1»7  ;  iS' volatile 
bases:  Ixitiil-amiiir.  iim,il-,n„n,.\  )„  njl-amini:,  dihiiilro-lulitiine;  (9)  non-vohitiJe  alkaloids— n<!f//iiM' 
(CiiHssNiiand)//  -   '  ill    \  3,  both  occurring  only  in  the  darker  oils;  (lOi  crystallizable 

morrhiiic  odd  (C,,lli  \'  '  '  !  1 1  line  derivative,  existing  in  the  oil  to  the  extent  of  0.1  per 
cent.  iXuiuberss,  ■  ,11  i  ;ii  v\.  1.  observed  by  Gautierand  Mourgues,  ISSS ;  the  existence  of 
alkaloids  in  lii.'lit-1'r..H  n  N..mt;;iau  oil,  as  well  as  in  Xewfoundland  and  Maine  oils,  was  also 
conHrmcd  bv.I.  ( 1.  Sciilnttcrluik,  Pharm.  Jour.  7')v()i.s.,Vol.  XXV.  1895,  p.  .i8.=i.  from  Pharm.Em.  1 
.\  solid,  fatty  arid,  ,j,(d;,iir  odd.  melting  at  63°  to  (i4°C.  (14.5.4°to  147.2°F.1,  was  obtained  by 
Luck,  in  is.^ii,  from  a  deposit  in  cod-liver  oil.  ^forrhuol  is  an  alcoholic  extract  of  cod-liver  oil 
obtained  by  Chapoteaut  (  .1(«<t.  Jvur.  /Vi(/n/i.,lSS6,  p.  19). 

According  to  M.  P.  Heyerdahl's  researches,  published  in  the  monograph 
aforementioned,  pure  cod-liver  oil  contains  no  stearin,  no  olein,  and  only  about 
4  per  cent  of  jytlmilir  arid  as  fri-pnimitin.  Two  new  glycerides,  however,  were  dis- 
covered, namely,  20  jier  cent  of  tri-lherapin, the  glyceride  oftixmj.ir  ii</(? (C,;Hj,0,\ 
a  hitlierto  unobserved,  unsaturated  fatty  acid  containing  four  double  bonds,  and 
forming  an  octo-bromine  addition  product  (C,.H,jBr„Oj  ;  and  over  20  per  cent  of 
tri-jerolcin,  the  glyceride  ofjccoleir  acid  (C„H,gO,,)  which  contains  only  one  double 
bond,  and  is  isomeric  witli  ihiglic  acid.  The  remainder  of  the  oil  contains  glycer- 
ides with  one  or  more  unsaturated  acids  belonging  to  the  same  series  as  jecoleic 
acid,  but  as  yet  entirely  unknown.  Tiie  solid  fat  removed  in  the  manufacture 
of  codliver  oil  by  cooling  and  sub.sequent  pressure,  and  believed  to  be  stearin, 
probably  contains  chiefly  these  undetermined  acids.  7'/i<t(j/)i>  and  jVroWc  acids, 
both  free  and  as  glycerides,  become  rapidly  oxidized  when  exposed  to  air,  espe- 
ciallv  if  heated  at  tiie  same  time.    Thev  are  converted  into  hvdroxvacids  winch 


OLEUM  MORRHUJi:.  1LJ71 

the  author  demonstrates  to  be  the  cause  of  rancidity  in  the  oil,  hitherto  ascribed 
to  the  presence  of  free  fatt}'  acids.  These  hydroxyacids  are  thus  shown  to  be 
jdiysiologicallj'  undesirable,  hence  the  necessity  of  absolutely  excluding  the  air  in 
the  preparation  of  the  oil ;  this  is  done  by  a  patented  process,  in  which  an  inert 
gasU;\rlionic  acidl  ri'inains  in  contact  with  the  oil  during  its  manufacture. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Cod-liver  oil  is  nutritive  and  alterative. 
It  has  l^iifj;  been  us<d  as  a  domestic  remedy  in  chronic  rheumatic  and  strummM  dis- 
eii.-'is,  especially  in  the  northern  parts  of  Europe,  ami  has  been  in  general  medicinal 
use  onlv  since  the  treatise  upon  it  by  Prof. .Bennett,  of  Edinburgh,  in  1841, 
although  employed  occasionally  in  the  profession  as  early  as  1766.  Cod-liver  oil 
is  a  remedy  for  defective  nutrition,  and  when  tolerated  can  be  relied  upon  to  give 
good  results;  but  if  it  provokes  persistent  nausea,  vomiting,  disgust,  and  diar- 
rhoea, it  can  not  be  expected  to  be  other  than  harmful.  Cod-liver  oil  is  a  fat-jiro- 
ducing  agent,  excelling  other  fats  which  have  been  proposed  as  substitutes  for  it, 
in  digest  iliility.  When  cod-liver  oil  "is  kindly  received  by  the  stomach  it  increases 
the  quantity  of  red  corpuscles,  improves  the  api)etite  and  general  strength,  and 
the  pulr-e  becomes  full  and  strong,  de.sh  increases,  and  nutrition  is  improved" 
{Locke's  Sj/llahiis  oj'Mtt.  Med.,\t. '346).  Though  used  for  many  conditions,  it  has 
been  shown  to  do  the  most  good  in  the  poorly  nourished,  suffering  from  phthisis 
pitlmonnHs,  tubes,  rirkrts,  ch)-onic  bronrhiti.'^,  and  chronic  rheumatism,  in  the  scrofulous. 
It  is  not  necessarily  a  curative  agent,  but  in  many  conditions  it  tides  the  patient 
over  while  other  agents  exert  their  curative  effects.  In  tubercular  nrlhriti.-:,  and 
so-called  scrofuloHs  iitjiammations  of  the  joints,  its  influence  is  often  marked.  Where 
there  is  necrosis,  however,  its  eflects  are  le.<s  evident.  It  maj'  be  given  in  tabes 
mesenterim  when  there  is  emaciation,  a  liard  abdomen,  offensive  breath,  and  cough. 
When  <7)/7<7>.!>y  depends  upon  a  scrofulous  and  debilitated  condition,  cod-liver  oil 
often  proves  a  good  remedy  (Locke).  In  rickets,  given  internally  and  applied 
locally  to  the  spine,  it  is  one  of  our  best  remedies.  Fistula  in  ano,  serofulnus  enlarge- 
meiUs,  and  srmjuj.ous  vfcei-ations  call  for  it.  It  undoubtedly  prolongs  the  consump- 
tive's life,  but  it  should  not  be  forced  if  the  stomach  persistently  refuses  to  toler- 
ate it.  In  some  cases  it  does  not  seem  to  derange  the  stomach,  but  nauseates  by 
its  unpleasant  taste.  In  these  cases  the  didiculty  is  sometimes  overcome  by  per- 
sisting in  the  use  of  the  remedy  or  by  changing  from  one  to  another  preparation 
of  the  oil.  In  all  cases  where  it  can  be  tolerated,  the  pure  oil  should  be  preferred 
over  the  emulsions. 

The  diseases,  besides  those  enumerated,  in  which  it  is  said  to  be  most  effi- 
cient, are  struairnis  diseases,  strumous  ophthalmia,  pnewh-syphilis,  in  scrofulous  constitu- 
tions, and  various  chronic  cutaneous  diseases,  as  in  eczema, impetigo,  prurigo, lichen, squa- 
mous affections,  piti/riasis,  ichthyosis,  etc.  Gout,  and  occasionally  caries,  it  is  said,  have 
yielded  to  its  influence.  It  is  also  asserted  to  have  been  (bund  useful  indiseases 
of  the  joints  and  spine,  lupus,  obstinate  consti}iation,irorms,a.nd  incontinence  of  urine; 
and  may  be  advantageously  employed  in  all  chronic  cases,  in  which  the  disease 
appears  to  consist  mainly  in  impaired  digestion,  assimilation,  and  nutrition. 
Kxternally  used  in  opxirities  of  the  cornea,  a  drop  or  two  placed  on  the  cornea  with 
a  camel's-hair  pencil;  also  in  various  chronic  czttaneous  diseases,  rhagades,  chaps, 
eczema,  exrorintions,  and  fissures.  Its  use  is  contraindicated  in  plethora,  or  where 
there  is  a  strong  tendency  to  it,  lest  hemorrhage  be  provoked.  When  long  used, 
it  is  said  to  frequently  occasion  an  eruption  on  tne  surface  of  an  eczematous 
character.  But  little  advantage  will  be  apparent  from  tlie  administration  of  cod- 
liver  oil,  until  its  use  has  been  jiersevered  in  for  5  or  6  weeks,  though  it  often 
commences  earlier.  The  light-colored  oil  is  the  best.  Some  prefer  the  darker 
colored  oils.  The  dose  of  cod-liv^r  oil  is  i  fluid  ounce,  twice  a  clay,  or  more;  but 
it  is  best  to  begin  with  small  doses  at  first,  say  1  drachm  only,  in  order  to  lessen 
the  risk  of  nau.«ea  and  vomiting.  Patients  soon  accustom  themselves  to  its  use 
without  repugnance.  It  is  best  given  alone,  followed  by  some  claret,  or  a  little 
sugar  and  cinnanum  jiowder,  or  i)repared  with  aromatic  oils,  the  same  as  castor 
oil  (wbiih  sec).  It  may  be  given  in  coffee,  milk,  or  brandy,  and  for  consumptives 
in  Bourbon.  A  pinch  of  salt  sometimes  renders  it  ])alatable,  while  others  advise 
the  chewing  of  a  small  portion  of  smoked  herring.  Tomato  catsup,  and  particu- 
larly the  froth  of  malted  i)everages  appears  to  mask  the  unj)leasantne.«s  of  the  oil. 
(For  various  methods  of  rendering  the  oil   palatable,  see  Emulsio  Old  Morrhufe.) 


1372  OLEUM  SIYRCI^. 

Dr.  Alexander  Wallace  recommends  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  lime-water 
and  cod-liver  oil,  well  shaken  together,  as  a  tonic,  sedative,  antacid,  and  nutrient; 
it  forms  a  thick,  milky  emulsion,  palatable,  especially  when  taken  with  a  little 
sherry  wine,  and  may  be  used  in  all  the  forms  of  disease  in  which  cod-liver  oil  is 
recommended. 

In  Germany  a  ferruginous  cod-liver  oil  is  much  employed  ;  it  is  prepared  by 
first  making  a  soda  soap,  from  which  its  glycerin  is  removed  by  conrentrated 
solution  of  sea  salt,  giving  as  the  result  an  iron  soap  by  double  decomposition — 
this  last  soap  is  dissolved  in  sixteen  times  its  weight  of  cod-liver  oil.  The  oil 
thus  prepared  is  brown  and  holds  in  solution  -g^  of  iron,  the  taste  of  which  is 
hardly  discernible. 

Related  Oils.— Ohvivyi  B..\}m,  Ray,  or  Skate  oil.  From  the  liv(n  of  Raja  Butif,  Linni.  Spe- 
cific gravity,  0.928.  Odor  and  taste,  fishy ;  color,  bright  or  pale-yellow;  reartion,  neutral.  Said 
to  contain  a  greater  quantity  of  iodine  than  cod-liver  oil.  It  i.s  used  by  the  Belgians  and 
French  as  a  substitute  for  cod-liver  oil. 

Oleu.m  Bal^.n*,  l!7iafe  oil,  Train  oil. — Obtained  from  the  blubber  of  Balsenn  niijMicetui, 
Linn6,  Greenland  whale;  and  Balsena  australis,  Desmoulins,  Cape  uhak.  Specific  gravity,  0.926. 
Odor,  fishy;  taste,  disagreeable.  At  10° C.  (■50°F.)  it  deposits  a  solid  material,  palmitin'.  Some 
whale  oils  contain  notable  quantities  of  valerin. 

Menhaden  Oil.— Obtained  on  the  New  England  coast  from  the  Atom  ilen]iailen,  Cuvier. 
It  constitutes  one  of  the  oils  known  as  ihefish  oils  or  uhaJe  o(/«,  and  is  used  in  the  niauuiacture 
of  leather.  The  term  train  oih  now  includes  all  oils  from  the  fleshy  parts  of  the  seal,  shark, 
»od,  and  like  fishes  or  marine  mammals. 

Oleum  Squali,  Shark  oil. — Specific  gravity  varies  from  0.911  to  0.928.  Taste,  acrid  ;  color, 
palt-ycllnw.  M  — 6°  C.  ( 21.2°  F. )  it  is  still  a  limpid  fluid.  It  is  obtained  from  the  liver  of  .'<<fualut 
r  (,  '  .,  T.iiiii.',  or  Shark,  besides  some  other  related  species.  The  Livers  of  Pa^inaea  hattata, 
L)(   !  I    1       /V'Oi  iijin(//(((/,  also  yield  an  oil  by  expression.    From  0.7  to  17.3  jjer  cent  of  cAoi- 

( t/  have  been  obtained  from  six  specimens  of  shark  oil  bv  A.  H.  Allen   Org.Chem. 

.l»../,,\.ii    II,  I'Mit  I,  3d  ed.,  p.  200). 

<-)i,KU.M  C'kti,  Sperm  oil. — Found  in  the  cranial  cavity  of  the  Phy^fter  macrocephnln.-.  Linn6, 
or  Sperm  whale,  and  obtained  by  expression.  Specific  gravity,  alx)ut  0.879.  Color,  yellow  or 
brownish-yellow.  It  is  distinguished  from  the  oils  of  the  Whale-oil  group  by  its  lower  specific 
gravity  and  its  composition.  Upon  cooling,  spermaceti  is  deposited.  Sperm  oil  proi>er  yields, 
upon  saponification,  chiefly  oleic  acid  and  dodecatyl  alcohol  ( CisHssOH ).   It  is  a  valualile  lubricant 

Oulacho.v  Oil,  or  Ei'lachox  Oil. — A  proposed  substitut*  for  cod-liver  oil.  yielded  abun- 
dantly by  the  Catulle-ti.-<h  (Th(dicthys  pacifica-i)  of  the  north  Pacific  coast.  Congt-lation  of  this 
oil  begins  at — 7°C.  (19.4°  F.),  though  according  to  some  statements  it  is  of  the  consistence  of 
lard  at  common  temperatures.  Specific  gravity,  0.907  at  15.5°  (60°  F.I.  It  contains  i A iV  actd 
(60  per  cent),  stearic,  and  palmitic  acids  (20  per  cent),  and  non-saponifiable  matter  labout  13 
per  cent). 

DuGONO  Oil.— The  Pugnng  { ITidi, -ore  Diigong,  Cuvier]  is  an  herbivorous  mammal  fonnd 
in  shallow  waters  tlirouglnmt  tlie  Indian  seas.  There  are  two  species  of  them— the  Malay  or 
Indian  Ihigong  ( Ifitlimr,  ii;</(Vi/.o,  and  the  .Australian  ( HnUcore  australis).  Thevare  from  6  to  16 
feet  in  length, and  weigh  fimii  400  to  (iOO  pounds  upon  an  average;  occasionally,  however, they 
are  found  of  larger  size.  They  frequent  the  neighborhood  of  ocean  inlets  where  sea-grass, 
algfe,  and  fuci  abound,  and  the  water  is  shallow.  They  are  called  Sea-hogs,  and  their  flesh 
(intermediate  in  flavor  between  beef  and  pork),  is  esteemed  a  great  delicacy  bv  the  natives 
of  the  islands  and  countries  near  which  the  animal  abounds.  I'nderneath  the  slcin  >  which  is 
about  i  inch  in  thickness,  and  is  often  made  into  gelatin )  is  found  a  layer  of  adipo.«e  tissne, 
Which  vields  from  4  to  16  gallons  of  oil,  according  to  the  -size  of  the  dugong.  This  oil  is  very 
palatable,  and  is  acceptable  to  the  most  sensitive  stomach,  and  has  obtained  somewhat  of  a 
reputation  as  a  substitute  for  cod-liver  oil.  The  oil  is  fully  as  nutritious  as  cod-liver  oil,  and 
may  be  administered  in  all  forms  of  tidiercidoiis  and  wafting  di.<<ai».i,  antl  with  equal  advantage 
in  cases  where  there  is  a  decided  repugnance  to  the  cod-liver  oil  (J.  King). 

TcRTi.E  Oil. — This  oil  is  said  to  be  fully  as  efticacious  a.s  c<xl-liver  oil  in  malnutrition, 
especially  in  strumous  individuals.  Large  quantities  of  it  are  consumed  in  South  .\merica, 
where  it  is  prepared  from  turtle-eggs;  in  Jamaica  and  theSeychelle  Island  it  is  prepared  from 
turtle-fat. 

OLEUM  MYRCI.®  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  MYRCIA. 

"A  volatile  oil  di.-itille.l  fiom  the  leaves  o(  .Mi,rroi  .(.■,/.<.  De  Candolle  {Xat. 
Orel — Mvrtace:c\  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place, 
protected   from  light"— (  T.  S.  P.^ 

Syno.nvm:    Oil  of  hat/. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — The  tree  producing  the  leaves  whidi  yield 
f)/7  of"/)(()/,  is  iiuliijetious  to  Venezuela  and  the  West  Indies,  where  it  is  known  as 
thvW'ilil  '■linxiDKui.  />.i'A''v/,  and  U'ilil  rloir  Ircf.    Its  branches  are  4-an!:led.  and  sujv 


OLEUM  MYRISTICiE.  1373 

port  broad-ovate,  almost  obtuse,  short-petiolate,  gtrongly-veiiied,  entire,  leathery 
leaves.  Tbese  are  dotted  with  pellucid  oil-glands,  and  when  bruised  give  ofla 
pleasant,  clove-like  aroma.  The  Howers  are  small  and  redtlish,  and  the  fruit  is  a 
smooth,  subglobular  berry.  0(7  of  hay  and  Spirit  of  bay,  or  Bay  rum,  are  distilled 
from  this  plant. 

Preparation. —  This  oil  is  obtained  partly  in  the  islands  from  tlie  fresh 
leaves,  but  mostly  in  the  United  States,  from  the  dried  leaves,  h^  distilling  them 
witli  water,  or  by  means  of  steam.  An  oil  lighter  than  water  first  distills  over, 
followed  by  another  heavier  than  water.  The  commercial  oil  consists  of  a  eoui- 
i)inatinn  of  those  two  fractions. 

Description  and  Tests.— "A  yellow  or  brownish-yellow  liquid,  having  an 
aromatic  and  somewhat  clove-like  odor,  and  a  pungent,  spicy  taste.  Specific 
gravity,  O.'.tTo  to  0.990  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  With  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol,  gla- 
cial acetic  acid,  or  carbon  disulphide,  it  yields  slightly  turbid  solutions.  The  alco- 
holic solution  is  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper.  When  nii.xed  with  an  equal 
volume  of  a  concentrated  solution  of  sodium  hydrate,  it  forms  a  semisolid  mass. 
If  2  droiis  of  the  oil  be  dissolved  in  4  Cc.  of  alcohol,  and  a  drop  of  ferric  chloride 
T.S.  be  added,  a  light-green  color  will  be  produced ;  and  if  the  same  test  be  made 
with  a  drop  of  diluted  ferric  chloride  T.S.,  prepared  by  diluting  the  test-solution 
with  four  times  its  volume  of  water,  a  light-bluish  coloration  will  be  produced,  which 
soon  disappears.  If  to  3  drops  of  the  oil,  contained  in  a  small  test-tube,  3  drops 
of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  be  added,  and,  after  the  tube  has  been  corked,  the 
mixture  be  allowed  to  stand  for  i  hour,  a  resinous  mass  will  be  obtained.  On 
adding  to  this  mass  4  Cc.  of  diluted  alcohol,  vigorously  shaking  the  mixture,  and 
gradually  heating  to  the  boiling  point,  the  liquid  should  remain  nearly  colorless, 
and  sliould  not  acquire  a  red  or  purplish-red  color  (distinction  from  oil  of  pimenta 
and  oil  of  cloves).  If  1  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  shaken  with  20  Cc.  of  hot  water,  the  water 
shoulil  not  give  more  than  a  scarcely  perceptible  acid  reaction  with  litmus  paper. 
If,  alter  cooling,  the  liquid  be  passetl  through  a  wet  filter,  the  clear  filtrate  should 
produce,  with  a  drop  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.,  only  a  transient  grayish-green,  but 
not  a  blue  or  violet  color  (absence  of  carbolic  acid)" — (U.  S.  P.).  The  test  for  dis- 
tinguishing between  this  oil  and  oil  of  pimenta,  above  given,  is  regarded  by 
Schiiiiin.l  i\:  Co.  (  Trot'.  F.  R.  Power,  Essential  Oils,  1894)  as  unreliable. 

Chemical  Composition.  —The  following  substances,  arranged  in  the  order  of 
their  relative  jiroportions,  have  been  ascertained  to  occur  in  oil  of  bay:  (1)  Euge- 
/lo/,  tirst  observed  in  this  oil  by  Prof.  Markoe  (1877) ;  (2)  w^/zvoi  (Ci^HJ,  a  liquid, 
unsaturated,  open-chain  hydrocarbon  (olefne)  of  a  characteristic  .odor,  specific 
gravity  0.S02,  and  convertible  by  hydration  into  linalool;  (3)  chavicol  (C;,H,„0) ; 
(4)  vufJn/l-i'ugenol;  (5)  inrtliyl-rhnvim!;  (6)  l-pheilandrene;  (7)  citral.  No  pinene  is 
present,  hence  oil  of  turpentine  umy  easily  be  recognized  if  present  as  an  adul- 
terant (Gildemcister  and  Uui\niann, Die .Etfio-i^chen  Oelc,  p.  6fi9). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  oil  is  chiefly  employed  in  per- 
fumes, and  is  a  constituent  of  Spiritus  Myrciie,  or  Bay  rum. 

OLEUM  MYRISTICffi  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  NUTMEO. 

'■A  volatile  oil  distilled  froui  Xudiiaj.  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered 
bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  protected  from  light" — (  T.  .S'.  P.). 

Synonyms:  Oleumnuci-ide  mthercum,  Volulile  oil  of  nutmeg. 

Preparation.— This  oil  is  oljtained  by  distilling  ground  nutmegs  by  means  of 
steam.  Itmuv  be  prepared  as  suggested  bvCloez(18(>4),by  exhausting  the  nuts  with 
carbon  disulphide  or  ether,  and  finally  distilling  the  extract  thus  ol)taincd  with 
the  aid  of  stt-am.    Nutmegs  yield  from  8  to  15  per  cent  (Scliiminel  A  Co.)  of  oil. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  U.  S.  P.  descriius  oil  of  nut- 
meg as  "a  thin,  colorless  or  i>ule  yellou  i>h  liiiuid,  having  the  characteristic  odor 
of  nutmeg,  and  a  warm,  spicy  taste  It  becomes  darker  and  thicker  by  age  and 
exposure  to  the  air.  Specific  gravitv,  0.S70  to  0.900  at  15°C.  (59°  F.).  Soluble 
in  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol,  the  so'lution  being  neutral  to  litnuis  paper;  also 
soluble  in  an  e(|ual  vohime  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  in  carbon  disulphide  in 
all  pioportions" — (('.  .S.  P.). 


1374  OLEUM  MYRISTIC.E  EXPRESSUM. 

The  specific  gravit}'  nt  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  according  to  Schimmel  &  Co.,  may  he 
as  high  as  0.920.  It  is  dextrogyre  (+14°  to +30°),  fulminate.s  with  iodine,  and 
forms  a  clear  solution  with  3  parts  of  90  per  cent  alcohol.  Oil  of  nutmeg  con- 
sists of  (l)?n((«ne(Wallach,1884;  Schacht's  ma^ew,  1862) ;  (2)flipfntr'„p:  C3  i  Glad- 
stone's myrutknl  (C,„H„0:  Wright,  C,„H,„0)  boiling  at  224°  C.  (43-5.2°  F.);  .'specific 
gravity,  0.9466  convertible  into  cymol,  (4)  myrkticin  (komyrislirln)  fC,.,H„0,)  in 
the  highesi  fractions,  melts  at  30°"C.  (86°  F);  its  specific  gravity  is  l.loO"  at  25°  C. 
(77°  F.),and  it  has  a  strong  odor  of  mace;  (5)  vxyriMic  arid  (C„H2,0,),  formerly 
called  7)iyristicin,  often  forms  a  sediment  (.«tearopten)  in  old  oils.  Oil  of  nutmeg 
contains  more  terpenes  tlian  oil  of  mace,  otherwise  their  composition  and  proper- 
ties are  alike  (Gildemeistev  and  Hiifl)iiann,  Die  ^Ethcrhchen  Oele). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Rarely  used  in  medicine.  In  2  or  3-drop 
doses  it  may  be  used  for  the  .«ame  puiposes  as  nutmeg. 

OLEUM  MYRISTIC^  EXPRESSUM.— EXPRESSED 
OIL  OF  NUTMEG. 

The  fixed  oil  obtained  from  nutmegs. 

SYNONY.^rs :  Adeps  myristicas,  Adeps  nucista?,  Enlmmum  nucistse,  Butyrum  nucktse, 
Nutmqi  Ii)ifti  /■,  fVi'ini)  niir/'s/;,-  erprcs-"!! m,  f'liiicnlr  oil  i:f  miiiDirj, 

Preparation,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  powder  of  nut- 
megs, beatt'ii  toapulp  with  a  little  watrr,  and  prt'->ed  liet  ween  heated  plates,  yields 
from  20  to  30  per  cent  of  a  fragrant,  orange-colored,  concrete  oil,  mottled  with  white, 
sometimes,  but  incorrectly,  called  oil  nfmace.  It  may  also  be  obtained  by  extracting 
the  bruised  nutmegs  with  disulphide  of  carbon.  This  oil  is  imported  from  the 
East  Indies  (Penang  and  Singapore)  in  the  form  of  rectangular  cakes  about  2^ 
inches  wide  and  thick,  and  10  inches  long,  enveloped  in  bast-fiV)ers  or  pisang 
leaves.  The  best  grade  is  the  Java  article.  Much  oil  is  also  obtained  in  Europe 
from  unsalable  nutmegs.  The  fat  has  the  consistence  of  suet,  and  possesses  the 
odor  and  taste  of  the  nutmeg.  It  is  inflammable,  burns  with  a  bright,  nearly 
smokeless  flame,  and,  when  free  from  tallow,  etc.,  does  not  emit  a  tallow  odor 
when  the  flame  is  extinguished.  Nutmeg  butter  is  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol  and 
ether,  depositing  myristin  upon  cooling;  its  specific  gravity  is  about  0.995;  its 
melting  point  is  given  by  the  German  Pharmmcopceia  as  45°  to  51°  C.  (113°  to 
123.8°  F.).  The  crude  article,  when  melted,  leaves  a  sediment  of  foreign  matters, 
and  must  therefore  be  purified  by  melting  and  sedimentation.  Nutmeg  butter 
consists  chiefly  (to  40  or  50  per  cent)  o(  myristin  (Playfair,  1841),  the  glyceride  of 
myristic  acid  {C^.H^JJ.^).  It  melts  at  55°  C.  (131°  P.), and  is  insoluble  in  cold  alco- 
hol or  ether.  The  fat  also  contains  free  myristic  acid,  some  p'dmitin,  nn<\  olein, 
aljout  6  ))er  cent  of  volatile  oil,  and  a  red-brown  coloring  matter.  Factitious  nut- 
meg butter  has  been  made  by  melting  together  tallow,  spermaceti,  etc.,  flavoring 
this  with  essential  oil  of  nutnaeg,  and  coloring  it  with  .safi"ron.  Adulteration  with 
fat  is  recognized  by  its  being  left  in  the  residue  when  treated  with  hot  alcohol; 
smaller  quantities 'of  fat  which  go  into  solution,  fall  out  with  the  myristicin  upon 
cooling,  and  reduce  its  melting  point. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  oil  is  bland,  and  does  not  readily  become 
rancid;  hence  it  turn i.-^lies  a  good  vehicle  for  topical  applications.  It  has  been 
eniployed  alone  by  friction  for  the  relief  of  rheiimati^n. 

Related  Fats.— BErrin.\T.\LLow  (i?iVi(/ii6n  fat,  or  B.baham).  This  fat  is  obtained  from 
the  KtHHls  of  a  liiiizilian  sjieoies  Mi/riilica  Benihiiho.  Schott,  by  expression.  It  resembles  ex- 
prosscil  oil  of  nntinef;,  except  in  its  taste,  wliioh  is  sharp  and  acidulous.  Fusinj:  point,  ■47''C. 
(110.(i°F.).    Aiooliol  but  partially  dissolves  it. 

OiTRA  W\x,  or  VntoL.v  T.vllow. — A  subcrystalline,  yellowish  fat,  meltinjj  at  45°to  50°  C. 
fl]3°to  ll"2°F.),  (lis.^olvinf;  wholly  in  alcohol," obtained  from  the  fruit  of  a  Para  shrub,  tlie 
I'n-n/it  s.hif,  ,;i,  .VuMet  (.Vi/Ws/ico  fi'Oifira,  SwartzK 

0\;,\\\  I'.niKH.— Obtained  froiu  the  fruit  of  .Vi/riXic<i  0(o/«i,  Ilumlxildt  and  Bonpland.  A 
nearly  e.il.rli  ss  or  yellowish  fat,  the  otior  resenihlins  that  of  nntmess  when  fresh,  but  becom- 
iuji  lirnwiiisli  in  color  and  disagreeable  in  oilor  «vitli  ago.  It  fuses  at  38°  C.  i  UXt.4"  P.).  It  crtn- 
tains /".i/n.^^/i,  oA/ii,  and  o(()'<i7.  The  latter  forms  colorless,  odorless,  tastele.ss.  prismatic  crys- 
tals, wliieh  fuse  at  i;W°C.(271.4°F.U    Cold  alcohol  si>arin^ly  dissolves  them. 

UcumiiA  Fat.— .V  yellow  solid  fat  obtained  from  Lciiliuba  nuts,  the  fruit  of  yfitnMicn  luri- 
(Conipare  .\fi/rlflicn,  Rilatni  Species.) 


OLEUM  OLIV^.— OLIVE  OH,. 


Olea  curopa^a. 


"A  fixed  oil  expressed  froiu  tlie  ripe  fruit  ofOloi  (iiroj,;i(t,  Linne  (Xut.  Ord. — 
OleacejeV  It  should  l>e  kept  iu  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place" — ({'.  S.  P.). 

Syxosym  :  Hiceet  oil. 

iLi.rsTRATiON  :  (Tree)  Bentley  and  Trinien,  Med.  Phtnlx,  172. 

Botanical  Source.— The  olive-tree  is  an  ever<;reen,  from  12  to  20  feet  high, 
with  lioary,  ri;.:id  branches,  and  a  grayish  bark.  The  leaves  are  opposite,  lanceo- 
late, or  ovate- hinceolate,  mucronate,short-petioled,  green 
above,  anil  hoary  on  the  underside.  The  flowers  are 
small,  in  short,  axillary,  erect  racemes,  very  nnich  shorter 
than  the  leaves.  The  corolla  is  short,  white,  with  4 
broad, ovate  segments;  the  calyx  short  and  4-tuiithed. 
Stamens  2,  rather  projecting;  style  very  short;  stigma 
bifid,  with  emarginate  segments.  The  fruit  is  a  drupe 
about  the  size  of  a  damson,  smooth,  purple,  2-celled, 
with  a  nauseous,  bitter  flesh,  inclosing  a  sharp-pointed 
stone  (L.). 

History. — The  native  country  of  the  olive-tree  is 
unknown  ;  it  is  supposed  to  have  been  originally  from 
Asia,  since  it  is  mentioned  in  the  Bible.  At  present  it  is  extensively  cultivated  in 
the  south  of  Europe,  especially  in  Spain,  France,  Sicily,  Italy, Calabria,  and  Apulia. 
It  has  been  introduced  into  South  America,  California,  and  our  southern  states; 
in  the  latter  section  it  does  not  thrive  successfully,  but  in  California  it  promises 
to  have  a  commercial  future.  The  tree  commences  yielding  fruit  in  its  third 
year;  in  its  sixth  year  it  is  very  productive,  and  remains  so  /or  an  indefinite 
length  of  time.  Varieties  of  the  tree  are  based  on  the  size,  color  and  taste  of  fruit, 
and  character  of  the  foliage.  The  bark  of  the  tree  was  formerly  used  in  medicine, 
as  well  as  the  leaves,  which  have  a  bitter  and  acrid  ta.ste.  In  the  warmer  prov- 
inces of  Europe  a  substance  exudes  from  the  bark,  which  has  been  called  (Vo)/iHi« 
d' Olivier,  and  which,  according  to  Pelletier,  consists  of  a  peculiar  resin  containing 
a  small  quantity  of  benzoic  acid,  and  a  peculiar  crystalline  principle,  which  he 
called  olivin  or  olivile.  This  was  at  one  time  used  as  a  remedial  agent.  The 
fruit,  gathered  when  not  quite  ripe,  is  very  solid,  bitter,  and  acrimonious;  but 
when  steeped  for  several  days  in  a  lye  of  wood  ashes,  and  then  pickled  in  brine, 
it  constitutes  the  olive  of  commerce,  much  valued  by  many  as  a  food.  Accord- 
ing to  Fliickiger,  the  bitterish  seeds  yield  a  bland,  non-drying  oil,  which,  when 
obtained  together  with  that  of  the  pulp,  amounts  to  ■j\  of  the  whole  quantity. 
The  leaves  and  fruit  of  this  tree,  before  maturing,  contain  mannit,  but  when  the 
fruit  has  ripened  this  substance  has  wholly  disappeared. 

Preparation. — The  oil  is  obtained  by  expression  from  the  fleshy  pericarp  of 
the  fruit.  The  fruit  is  carefully  collected  immediately  previous  to  its  ri]iening, 
or  when  it  assumes  a  reddish  hue,  one  day  usually  completing  the  gathering;  if 
the  olives  be  collected  when  fully  ripe,  the  tree  will  bear  only  every  other  year. 
Witliout  delay,  the  drupes  are  passed  thmugh  a  mill,  having  its  stones  so  arranged 
as  not  to  break  the  olive  nuts;  the  pulpy  mass  tlius  obtained  un<b)goes  cold 
expression,  from  which  the  finest  oil,  termed  rii(/in  nil,  is  procured.  The  residual 
press  cake  is  cruslied,  dampened  with  boiling  water,  and  again  exposed  to  pres- 
sure, thus  yielding  a  secoml-rate  oil,  which  is  made  use  of  as  a  ««/«</ o(V  ana  for 
preparing  fine  soajis  ;  it  is  the  ordinary  olive  oil  of  commerce.  Upon  a;:ain  break- 
ing uj)  the  i>rcss-cake,  steeping  it  in  water,  allowing  it  to  remain  fur  10  or  12  days, 
until  it  begins  to  ferment,  and  then  expressing  it,  an  inferior  oil  is  obtained, 
which  is  used  in  lamps,  and  for  making  plasters,  inferior  soaps,  etc.  Carbon  disul- 
phide  is  sometimes  used  to  extract  residual  oil  in  marc  that  has  already  been 
treated  with  i)ressure  and  water.  Such  an  oil  is  very  inferior.  Tlic  pioces.^  here 
described  is  followed  in  more  or  less  modified  form  in  the  different  olive-growing 
countries. 

Description. — The  best  grade  of  olive  oil  comes  from  the  south  of  France 
(Prnnnr,' oil),  SLud  from  IU\.\y  ( Lurra  oil,  Galli/ioli  oil,  etc.).  Spain  and,  recently, 
California  vield  good  grades  of  olive  oil.     Olive  oil  that  is  dark  in  color,  cloudy. 


1376  OLEr>r  OLiv.E. 

having  a  pronounced  acrid  after-ta^tc,  easily  becomes  rancid,  and  congeal.-  at  a 
point  lower  than  that  given  below,  is  inferior  in  quality  and  should  have  no 
place  in  medicine.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  the  best  oil  as  follows  :  ''A  pale-yellow, 
or  light  greenish-yellow,  oily  liquid,  having  a  sliglit,  peculiar  odor,  and  a  nutty, 
oleaginous  taste,  with  a  faintly  acrid  after-taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.915  to  0.9iS 
at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Very  sparingly  soluble  in  alcohol,  but  readily  soluble  in  ether, 
chloroform,  or  carbon  disulphide.  When  cooled  to  about  10°  C.  (50°  F.),  the  oil 
begins  to  become  somewhat  cloudy  from  the  separation  of  crj-stalline  particles, 
and  at  0°  C.  (32°  F.)  it  forms  a  whitish,  granular  mass"— (C.-S'.'/".).  Olive  oil  is 
little  soluble  in  alcohol  if  free  from  uncombined  oleic  acid.  It  is  soluble  in  petro- 
leum benzin  and  benzol,  and  in  5  parts  of  acetic  ether.  If  e.\ posed  to  light  and 
air,  olive  oil  becomes  rancid  and  liberates  oleic  acid.  Olive  oil  is  the  type  of  non- 
drying  oils,  and  is  therefore  much  used  as  a  lubricant,  although  its  tendency  to 
become  rancid  prevents  its  unrestricted  ajjplication  for  this  purpose.  Pure  olive 
oil  is  also  charactfrizeil  by  giving  the  elaidia  reaction  (see  TeMs  below). 

Chemical  Composition. — Olive  oil  may  be  differentiated  by  cold  and  pressure 
into  about  30  per  cent  of  a  solid  fat,  chiefly  consisting  oi  paljnifin,  stenrin,  and  a 
small  amount  of  ff!Y(r/(/,(,  the  glyceride  of  omrAtc  acid  ([C.,,H,„0.,],  a  constituent  of 
earthnut  oil),  and  about  70  per  cent  of  a  fluid  oil  composed  of  o/«/i  with  about 
7  per  cent  ot  linolcin  (the  glyceride  of  linnkic  ori<l;  see  Oleum  Lini).  Rancid  olive 
oil  may  contain  from  2  to  24  per  cent  of  free  oleir  arid.  Chlorophyll  and  small 
amounts  of  the  alcohol  cholesterin  (CogH^.OH)  likewise  occur  in  olive  oil.  Olive  oil 
is  frequently  adulterated,  being  substituted,  wholly  or  in  part,  by  cotton-seed  oil. 
earthnut  oil,  poppy,  rape-seed,  sesame,  and  lard  oil.  Its  physical  and  chemical  char- 
acteristics, such  as  specific  gravit}',  point  of  congelation,  saponification  equivalent, 
its  non-drying  quality,  the  elaidin  test,  its  low  iodine  number,  resulting  from  its 
limited  power  to  absorb  iodine,  and  other  tests,  assist  in  detecting  adulterations. 

Tests. — The  U.  S.P.  gives  the  following  tests  for  the  purity  of  olive  oil :  '•  If 
10  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  shaken  frequently,  during  2  hours,  with  a  freshly  prepared  solu- 
tion of  1  Gm.of  mercury  in  3  Cc.  of  nitric  acid,  a  perfectly  solid  mass  of  a  pale 
straw-color  will  be  obtained.  If  6  (!  m.  of  the  oil  be  thoroughly  shaken,  in  a  test- 
tube,  for  about  2  minutes,  with  a  mixture  of  1.5  Gm.  of  nitric  acid  and  0.5  Gm.  of 
water,  then  heated  in  a  bath  of  boiling  water  for  not  more  than  15  minutes,  the 
oil  should  retain  a  light-yellow  color,  not  becoming  orange  or  reddish-brown,  and, 
after  standing  at  the  ordinary  temperature  for  about  12  hours,  it  should  form  a 
perfectly  solid,  light-yellowish  mass  (absence  of  appreciable  quantities  of  cotton- 
seed oil,  and  most  other  seed  oils).  If  5  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  thoroughly  shaken,  in 
a  test-tube,  with  5  Cc.  of  an  alcoholic  solution  of  silver  nitrate  (prepared  by  dis- 
solving 0.1  Gm.  of  silver  nitrate  in  10  Cc.  of  deodorized  alcohol,  and  adding  2 
drops  of  nitric  acid),  and  the  mixture  be  heated  for  about  5  minutes  in  a  water- 
bath,  the  oil  should  retain  its  original,  jiale-yellow  color,  not  becoming  reddish  or 
brown,  nor  should  any  daik  color  be  produced,  at  the  line  of  contact  of  tiie  two 
liquids  (absence  of  move  than  about  5  percent  of  cotton-seed  oil,  and  of  many 
other  foreign  oils).  If  30  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  saponified  by  heating  with  20  Cc.  of 
alcohol  and  5  Gm.  of  potassa,  the  liquid  then  diluted  with  200  Cc.  of  water,  and 
freed  from  alcoliol  by  i)oiliiig,  on  supei-saturating  the  solution  with  diluted  sul- 
l)luuic  acid,  the  fatty  acids  will  form  a  layer  on  the  surface.  If  the.*e  be  separated 
as  far  as  jiossible,  free  from  water,  and  filtered,  5  Co.  of  the  filtrate,  when  shaken 
in  a  test-tube  with  5  Cc.  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  should  not  color  the 
latter  green;  and,  on  the  subsequent  adilition  of  about  0.5  Gm.  of  .=UL'ar.  and 
again  shaking  the  mixture,  no  violet  or  crimson  tint  should  lie  produced  in  the 
acid  layer  within  15  minutes  (absence  of  sesamura  oil)" — (^'.S.P^.  (For  the 
detection  of  oil  of  sesame  in  olive  oil,  bv  a  new  color  test,  see  J.  F,  Titcher,  Anu-r. 
Jovr.  P/hirni.,  1S91,  p.  140.  For  details  "of  analysis,  we  must  refer  the  reader  to 
special  works,  such  as  A.  H.  .Miens  C'HiimcirudOrgcinir  Analysis^Vol.  II,  Part  I, 
M  ed.,lS99, )).  12(i.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— According  to  Mr.  Sidney  H.  Maltass. 
a  strong  decoction  of  the  leaves  of  the  olive-tree,  given  in  doses  of  a  winegla^ful 
every  3  hours,  has  cured  the  most  obstinate  and  severe  forms  of  iutrrmittoilfrrt-r. 
He  considers  it  more  effectual  than  quinine.  Olive,  or  sweet  oil,  as  it  is  otten 
called,  is  emollient,  nutritive,  and  ajierient.     .\  fluid  ounce  or  two  purges,  but  is 


OLEfM  ORIGANI.  1377 

uncertain  and  often  ineffective  ;  yet  is  very  useful  in  teanpoonful  doses  fur  newly- 
born  infants,  where  the  mother's  niilit  does  not  prove  sufficiently  laxative.  As 
a  demuUent,  it  is  very  useful  in  irritntinn  ( if  the  miu-nu.-i  siirfiirem  of  the  iiir  ]Mi<Mgeti, 
and  of  the  (liniinUary'tubc.  It  may  he  ijiven  as  a  fjentle  iijjerient  in  cases  where 
other  agents  would  Ciiuse  too  much  intestinal  irritation;  and  is  of  service  as  an 
antidoli'  to  the  cimng  oMvi/(<vs,  in  which  it  acts  by  combining  with  them  to  form  soap. 
It  has  bii'n  used  in  cases  of ;)oi.<o)i/iij7  61/  runl/xiriihs,  but  i)wing  to  its  readily  dis- 
solving tluir  active  i>rinciple,  it  increases  tiie  peril  of  the  patient.  As  an  article 
of  diet  it  is  generally  harmful  to  dysi>eptics.  Olive  oil  is  largely  used  by  workers 
in  lead  to  prevent  nmatipiiiion  and  le<id  /iDUniiiiuj.  Large  doses,  prepared  in  emul- 
sion with  CfTfi  nnd  mint, have  been  succes.'^ful  in  removing  b'di/iry  concretinii^.  It  is 
said  to  be  effectual  in  j)hthuii)>,  particularly  to  control  exre<i'<ive  mrentmg.  Externally 
(with  lime-water),  it  is  a  valued  agent  for  anointing  bruises,  exmriatums,  mpeijicial 
ivounds,  burns  and  srnltls.  It  is  a  good  application  to  the  body  outlets  to  prevent 
excoriation  from  acrid  discharges.  Olive  oil  is  frequently  u.sed  as  a  vehicle  for 
anodynes  and  local  ansesthetics,  such  as  morphine,  menthol,  camphor,  etc.  An 
olive  oil  solution  of  camjihor,  applied  warm,  is  very  effective  in  via)<litis.  Olive  oil 
relieves  the  various  forms  oftenniche.  It  removes  rerlal  xvorins,  and  has  a  soothing 
effect  upon  the  rectum  in  dj/smta-y.  Live  inncrts  in  the  ear  may  be  destroyed  and 
removed  by  filling  the  canal  with  the  oil.  Applied  warm  it  gives  relief  to  the 
bites  andi^iiitqs  of  inserts.  Rubbed  over  the  whole  surface  of  the  body,  it  has  been 
considered  beneficial  in  the  treatment  of  plafiue.srnrlatina,  and  some  other  e»(»- 
thenuUoi'.s  affrriinns.  Finally,  it  is  largely  used  as  a  lubricant  for  the  operator's 
hands,  and  for  specula,  bougies,  and  other  instruments  to  be  introduced  into  the 
orifices  of  the  body.  To  fixcilitate  the  passage  of  catheters,  first  introduce  into  the 
uretlin  a  quantity  of  warm  olive  oil.  Olive  oil  enters  largely  into  the  formation 
of  liniments,  cerates,  ointments  and  plasters.  The  dose  of  oliv.e  oil  ranges  from 
2  fluiil  drachms  to  2  fluid  ounces.  In  the  countries  where  the  olive  grows  the  oil 
is  used  as  a  food. 

OLEUM  ORIGANI.— OIL  OF  ORIGANUM. 

Sy.nonym  :   Oil  (firild  marjoram. 

Preparation  and  Description. — This  oil  is  produced  from  the  Origanum  vul- 
gare,  by  ili.-tillation  of  the  jilant  with  water.  The  yield  referred  to  dried  herb  is 
0.15  to  0.4  per  cent  (Schimmel  ct  Co.).  It  is  of  a  yellowish  or  reddish  yellow  color, 
of  a  peculiar,  agreeable,  balsamic  odor,  and  a  warm,  very  pungent  taste.  Its  spe- 
cific gravity  ranges  from  0.87  to  O.fll.  It  is  imported  from  Europe,  and  frequently 
contains  oil  of  turpentine.  Very  little  true  oil  of  origanum  is  met  with  in  this 
country;  that  ginerally  sold  for  it  is  imported  from  France. 

Chemical  Composition. — A  camphor  like  stearopten  has  been  observed  in 
this  oil  by  Kane  (1889).  Two  i>henols,  one  being  rnrvacrol,  yvere  found  in  the 
oil  by  Jahns  (1880)  in  small  quantity,  not  exceeding  0.1  per  cent.  The  bulk 
of  the  oil  is  prol)ably  composed  of  terpenes  (.C,„H,5).  Its  chemical  examination  is 
incomipj'  t'-. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Oil  of  origanum  is  stimulant  and  rube- 
facient, ami  is  ciiictly  employed  in  tlie  form  of  liniment  as  an  application  to 
various  parts  sullering  from  puinful  (iffrrHnns.  As  with  many  other  essential  oils, 
it  affords  relief  in  toothache  upon  being  applied  to  the  decayed  tooth  by  means  of 
lint  or  cotton.     It  is  very  seldom  administered  internallj-. 

Related  Oils.— Oleum  Majoran.k.  The  Oil  of  mvet  mnrinnwi,  obtflini'il  by  dlBtillation  of 
the  O,  /./.iM'd/i  ni'ijwmia,  Linni?,  is  a  pale  yellow  or  {jreenish-yellow  oil  with  the  strong  odor  and 
ta.'iH'  ot  .Kwcft  uiarjoram,  and  on  standini^'  deposits  a  cainjihor.  lis  specific  gravity  is  0.890  to 
O.'tl .  ( )ptical  rotation  -f  17°  W  (iSchinimel  A  Co.).  Acconlins;  to  W.  Biltz  ( 1.S98),  tliis  oil  c-ou- 
taiiis  40  per  cent  of  terpenes,  chiefly  terpinene,  and  in  addition,  dtxlrii-lrrpinfol,  partly  in  the 
fipriii  of  ester.  It  is  employed  as  a  medicine  and  as  a  perfume  for  suaps.  It  is  seldoni  used 
in  the  fnited  States. 

Oi.KLM  Dhio.xm  Cretici,  PrrtiVid  oi7  (./' ori;/'(/.»m.— This  herb  is  di.'tilled  from  several  spe- 
cies of  Oriann>im,aa  O.cnlirum,  \AUn(-,  O.'hirMl'ini,  Link;  ".  mnrnuilniln/iiiii.  Link,  nnd  ".  iiuf)a- 
iJiirhyuiit,  Link.  .\  tfolden-vellow  oil  when  flesh,  ber<iii.in>;  yellowish  or  bro-.vnish  with  ace. 
It  h:ia  an  aromatic,  penetrating,  thvme-like  odor.  Si.ecitic  gravity,  O.lHiO  to  O.;»ti0  ( I'owen.  The 
Tri«<te  commercial  variety,  probablv  derived  from  O. /.in"/(.(»i,  Link,  contains,  accordmg  to 


1378  OLKUM  PALM^.— OLEUM  PHOSPHORATUM. 

Jahns  ( 1879),  carvacrol  (isopropyl  ortho-cresol,  C8lI3.CH3.OH.C3H, ),  a  colorless,  thick,  liquid  phe- 
nol, solidifying  in  the  cold.  Good  origanum  oil  should  contain  from  60  to  So  per  cent.  Jahns 
furthermore  found  0.2  percent  of  a  second  phenol  and  a  large  amount  of  ci/mol.  Smyrna  origa- 
num oil  (from  the  herb  of  Origanum  smyi-nieiirn,  Linne)  also  contains  cymol,  but  less  carvacul 
(25  to  60  per  cent),  and  contains  in  addition  l-tinalool  {GildemeisttiT,  Archie der  fhann.jlSSb, 
p.  182).  Origanum  oil  forms  a  clear  solution  with  3  parts  of  70  per  cent  alcohol.  For  micro- 
scopical purposes  the  oil  should  be  pak-ycUowish  and  kept  in  well-filled  and  closely-stopped 
bottles,  placed  iu  a  dark  situation  (Power,  Easenlial  Oih). 

OLEUM  PALM^.— PALM  OIL. 

The  fixed  oil  from  the  fruit  of  Elfeis  guineemis,  Jacquin. 

Nat.  Orrf.— Palmse. 

Synonyms:  Palm'ol,  Palm  hitter. 

Botanical  Source. — The  oil  palm  is  a  native  of  western  Africa,  and  is  found 
growing  in  other  trupical  sections.  It  is  a  very  handsome,  graceful  tree,  growinf; 
to  a  great  height,  and  supports  on  its  spine-armed  petioles,  large,  pinnate) y-divided 
leaves,  the  leaflets  of  which  are  narrow,  long,  and  linear.  The  fruit  is  a  drupe, 
yellow,  mottled,  and  ahout  an  inch  in  length.  Its  leathery  sarcocarp  contains 
much  oil;  the  seed  kernel  is  likewi.se  oily. 

Preparation  and  History. — Palm  oil.  or  fat  is  obtained  either  by  pressure  of 
the  oily  sarcocarp,  or  by  boiling  it  in  water.  It  is  produced  in  western  Africa, 
West  Indies,  Brazil,  and  Cayenne.  The  best  varieties  are  those  known  ns  Lagos 
prima  and  Lagos  secunda,  the  bulk  of  the  oil  being  shipped  from  that  jport  and 
from  Palmas. 

Description. — Palm  oil  is  of  a  butyraceous  consistence,  of  a  reddish- vellow  or 
orange-yellow  color,  and  a  pleasant  odor.  It  melts  at  27°  C.  (80.6°  F.  j.  iBy  exjio 
sure  and  age  the  fat  becomes  whitish  and  rancid,  a  large  portion  of  it  being  decom- 
posed into  glycerin  and  fatty  acids;  this  change  is  not  objectionable  to  its  use 
in  soap-making.  Such  changes  are  accompanied  by  rise  of  melting  point,  which 
reaches  occasionally  as  high  as  42°  C.  (107.6°  F.).  When  fresh  it  will  melt  by  the 
heat  of  the  hand.  Its  specific  gravity  is  0.945.  Ether  completely  dissolves  it, 
while  it  is  but  partially  soluble  in  alcohol. 

The  kernels  also  yield  an  oil  (pahn-kernd  oil,  or  palvi-nut  oil),  which  has  a 
white  or  pink  color  and  an  agreeable,  orris-like,  or  violaceous  odor.  Palm  oil 
is  largely  employed  in  the  making  of  soaps,  which  retain  the  agrecMble  odor  of 
the  fat.  To  prepare  a  white  soap,  the  oil  is  first  bleached  by  means  of  potassium 
dichromate  solution.     It  is  the  most  easily  saponified  of  the  fixed  oils. 

Chemical  Composition. — Palm  oil  ctmsists  of  palmitin,  o/c/»,  and  free  palmitic 
acid.  Palm-kernel  oil  differs  from  palm  oil  in  containing  a  considerable  quantity 
of  glycerin  esters  of  lower  fatty  acids.  According  to  Oudemans  (see  A.  H.  Allen, 
Com.  Org.  AnaL,Yo\.  II,  Part  I,  3d  ed.,1899,  p.  164),  one  sample  of  palm-kernel  oil 
consisted  oi olein  (26.6  ]^er  cent) ;  stearin,  palmitin,  and  viyristin  (33  j^er  cent),  and 
laurin,  caprin,  caprj/lin,  and  raproin  (40.4  per  cent).  All  fatty  acids  here  repre- 
sented contain  an  even  number  of  carbon  atoms. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  an  agreeable  emollient,  useful 
as  an  a|iplirati(iii  to  hm ;.^,.<.  spraii}.-:.  and  like  injuries.  It  is  less  drying  than  most 
of  the  vegetalile  oils  u.-^eil  for  this  purpose. 

Related  Oils.— (Compare  Oleum  Cocos.)  Ticr.M  Oil.  A  bright-red,  pleasantly  fragnint 
oil  obtained  from  tlie  fruit  of  the  South  American  Aflnicari/um  lulynre  of  Martins. 

Maca.ta  Hitter.— .V  yellowish,  butyraceous  oil,  having  au  agreeable,  violaoi>ous  tnlor, 
prepared  from  the  seeds  of"  the  Oiow  ncii/cd/d,  Jacquin,  of  the  .\merii-an  tropical  belt. 

OLEUM  PHOSPHORATUM  (U.  S.  P.)— PHOSPHORATED  OIL. 

Preparation. — "Phospliorus,  one  gramme  (,1  Gm.)  [lo.o  grs.l;  expressed  oil 
of  almond,  ether,  each,  a  suHicient  quantity  to  make  one  humired  grammes  (100 
Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,23l  grs.].  Introduce  a  sutlicient  quantity  of  exjirt-ssed  oil  of 
almonds  into  a  flask,  heat  it  on  a  sand  bath  to  2'>0°  C.  (482°  F.\  and  keep  it  at 
that  temperature  for  15  minutes.    Then  allow  it  to  cool,  and  filter  it.    Put  ninety 


OLEIM  riClS  LlQriD.E.-OLEl'M  PIMENT.E.  1379 

grammes  (90  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  iiv.,  76  grs.]  of  the  filtered  oil  together  with  the  i.hos- 
phorus,  previously  well  dried  by  filtering  paper,  into  a  dry,  tared  bottle  capable 
of  holding  about  one  hundred  and  twenty  cubic  centimeters  ( 120  Cc.)  [4  Hg, 
28 111];  insert  the  stopper,  and  heat  the  bottle  in  a  water-bath  until  the  phos- 
phorus melts.  TluMi  agitate  it  until  the  phosphorus  is  dissolved,  allow  it  to  cool, 
add  enough  ether  to  make  the  mixture  weigh  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.) 
[3  ozs.  av.,231  grs.],  and  agitate  again.  Lastly,  transfer  the  solution  to  small 
glass  stoppered  vials,  which  should  be  completely  filled  and  kept  in  a  cool  and 


dark  place"'— (f.  .S.  P.). 

To  prevent  the  oxidation  of  the  jihosphorus  the  oil  is  tieatetl  to  expel  any 
moisture  or  air  that  may  be  present.     Dr.  Squibb  advises  that  the  phosphorus  be 


dissolved  in  the  oily  fluid  only  in  the  presence  of  carbon  dioxide.  In  this  way 
he  prepares  a  solution  of  1  part  of  thoroughly  dried  phosphorus  in  99  parts  of 
cod-liver  oil.  The  ether  is  present  to  preserve  the  preparation  by  preventing 
oxidation,  and  to  impart  a  more  agreeable  taste.  In  the  British  Pharmacoijoja 
formula  ether  is  omitted,  hence  the  strong  phosuhorescence  of  the  British  official 
product,  which  fumes  in  the  air  through  combination  of  the  phosphorus  with 
atmospheric  oxygen.  The  U.  S.  P.  oil  contains  1  per  cent  of  phosphorus,  that  of 
the  Briti>:/i  Pli(innamp(eia,  0.99  per  cent. 

Description. — The  f '.  .^'.  P.  describes  phosjihorated  oil  as  "a  clear,  yellowish 
liquid,  having  the  odor  of  phosphorus  and  ot  ether,  but  not  jdiosphorescent  in 
the  dark.  It  should  be  perfectly  free  from  any  particles  of  undissolved  phos- 
l>horus" — I  r.  >'.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  is  a  convenient  form  for  the 
administration  of  Pliosphorvs  (which  see). 

OLEUM  PICIS  LIQUIDS  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  tAR. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  tar'' — {U.  S.  P.). 

Preparation. — When  common  wood-tar  is  distilled,  that  portion  of  less  den- 
sity than  water  passing  over,  is  called  nil  nf  tar;  a  residue  known  as  pitch  is  left  in 
the  retdit. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition. — "An  almost  colorless  liquid  when 
freshly  distilled,  but  soon  ac(juiring  a  dark  reddish-brown  color,  and  having  a 
strong,  tarry  odor  and  taste.  Specific  gravity,  about  0.970  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  It 
is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  the  solution  being  acid  to  litmus  paper" — (U.  S.  P.). 

The"  density  of  oil  of  tar  is  apt  to  vary  according  to  the  amounts  of  its  various 
constituents  present.  If  prepared  from  coniferous  tars  turpentine  is  likely  to  form 
a  large  portion  of  the  oil.  Oil  of  tar  contains  empyreumatic  substances,  several 
acids,  among  them  acetic  acid,  and  a  number  of  hydrocarbons. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  oil  has  the  uses  of  Tar  (which  see).  It  is 
applied  locally  in  scaly  and  other  forms  of  skin  diseasex.  It  has  been  used  for  the 
relief  of  chroinc  roucihy!    The  dose  is  1  to  5  drops  in  emulsion  or  capsule. 

OLEUM  PIMENT.fi  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  PIMENTA. 

A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Pimenta  officinalis,  Lindley.  "  It  should  be  kept  in 
well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  protected  from  light" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Sv.Nu.SV.MS:     Oi/  iifdil.y/lin;  Oil  of  jiiiiunlo. 

Preparation,  Description,  and  Tests. — When  unripe  and  sun-dried  allspice 
or  pimento  berries  arc  brui.-^ed  and  disiilled  with  water,  they  yield  a  volatile  oil  to 
the  extent  of  from  about  3  to  4.5  per  cent.  The  ripe  fruits  are  nearly  odorles.s. 
The  oil  is  heavier  than  water,  its  lowest  densitv  being  given  as  1.024  (Schinimel 
it  Co.'s  Report,  April,  1899).  The  ollicial  oil  is  -a  colorless,  or  pale-yellow  licpiid, 
having  a  strong,  aromatic,  clove-like  odor,  and  a  pungent,  spicy  taste.  It^becomes 
darker  and  thicker  bv  age  and  exposure  to  the  air.  Specific  gravity,  1.045  to  1.055 
at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  \Vith  an  e<iual  volume  of  alcohol  it  forms  a  clear  solution 
which  is  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper.  It  also  forms  a  clear  .solution  with  an 
equal  volume  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  a  nearly  clear  solution  with  an  equal 


1380  OLEUM  PIXI  SYLVESTEIS.— OLEUM  RICINI. 

volume  of  carbon  dipulphido.  When  mixed  with  an  equal  volume  of  a  concei  - 
trated  solution  of  sodium  hydrate,  it  forms  a  semisolid  mass.  If  2  drops  of  the  oil 
he  dissolved  in  4  Cc.  of  alcohol,  and  a  drop  of  ferric  chloridef-S.  be  ad(led,  a  bright 
grc  11  color  will  be  produced  ;  and  if  the  same  tests  be  made  with  a  drop  of  diluted 
ferric  chloride  T.S.,  prepared  by  diluting  the  test-solution  with  four  times  its 
volume  of  water,ablue  color  will  be  produced  changing  to  green,  and  soon  becom- 
ing yellow.  If  1  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  shaken  with  20  Cc.  of  h'jt  water,  the  water 
should  not  give  more  than  a  scarce!}'  perceptible  acid  reaction  with  litmus  paper. 
If,  after  cooling,  the  liquid  be  passed  through  a  wet  filter,  the  clear  filtrate  should 
produce,  with  a  drop  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.,  only  a  transient  grayish-green,  but 
not  a  l)lue  or  viol(>t  color  (alisence  of  carbolic  acid)" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition.— This  oil  contains  over  60  per  cent  of  the  heavy 
cugenol  (CgHcCjH  ,[<)H][t  K'H,]),  the  chief  constituent  of  oil  of  cloves  (which  see;, 
and  a  sesquiterpeuu  of  the  composition  C,-H,,„  boiling  at  255°  C.  (491°  F.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Oil  of  piinenta  is  stimulant  and  aro- 
matic, and  may  he  used  for  similar  purposes  as  the  other  oils  of  like  character,  in 
doses  of  from  2  to  10  drops. 

OLEUM  PINI  SYLVESTRIS.— FIR-LEAF  OIL. 

The  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  Pinus  sylvestris  (jsilvestris),  Linne. 

Nat.  Orrf.— Coniferw. 

Synony.m:  Okuia  folii  pini  sylvestris,  Fir-wool  oil,  Pine-needle  oil,  Oleum  pini 
foliar}!  III. 

Preparation  and  History. — This  oil  is  in  use  in  various  parts  of  Europe,  and 
is  distilled  in  Scotland,  Sweden,  and  Germany,  from  the  leaves  o( Pinus  in/lrestri^, 
or  ^^Srolch  pine,"  which  is  found  in  the  highlands  of  Scotland,  where  it  occurs,  as 
tree  or  shrub,  according  to  the  locality  of  its  growth.  The  oil  was  admitted  into 
the  Phil  rmacnpaia  of  the  Throat  Hospital,  London  (1872).  It  must  not  be  confounded 
witho(7o/^((/7)e«;/yic,  which  is  abundantly  produced  i'roni  the  trunk  of  same  tree. 
This  oil  is,  like  that  from  the  other  species  of  pine,  also  known  as  pine-needle  oil, 
and  is  i)repared  by  distilling  with  water  the  leaves  pounded  into  a  fibrous  condi- 
tion, and  then  known  as  fir-woo!.  The  yield  is  about  0.5  per  cent.  Scotch  leaves 
yielded  in  winter  U.13  ])er  cent. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition. — Fir-leaf  oil  is  a  limpid,  greenish- 
j'ellow  fluid,  soluble  in  about  10  volumes  of  90  per  cent  alcohol.  It  has  a  strong, 
but  agreeable,  coniferous  odor,  combined  somewhat  with  that  of  lavender.  The 
German  and  Swedish  oils  are  dextro-rotatory  (about +  10°),  but  the  Scotch  oil  is 
IsBVO-rotatory  (about  — 8°  to  — 19°).  The  s})ecitic  gravities  of  the  German  and 
Scotch  oils  vary  from  0.884  to  0.889 ;  that  of  the  Swedish  is  0.872.  The  German  oil 
contains  dcxtro-pinene,  d-.*ylvestrene,  cadinene,  and  probably  bornyl-or  itrpinyl-nvetate 
(about  3.5  per  cent).  The  Swedish  and  English  oils  are  similarly  constituted. 
except  that  the  hydrocarbons  occur  in  the  left-handed  modification,  in  the  English 
oils.  (For  other  pine-needle  oih,  see  table  of  oils  in  Schimmel  &  Co.'s  Report.  April, 
1897,  and  esi.eciaily  (iildemei.^ter  and  llotrmann,  Die  .Etherij>rhcn  Oele,  1899.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— It  is  said  that  fir-kaf  oil  is  largely  sold 
in  Eimlaiid  and  on  the  continent,  as  a  patent  liniment  for  the  cure  of  rheumatism. 
In  iiio!iii!i<<  nfthe  thrnnt  it  may  l)e  administered  internally  in  the  dose  of  a  few 
drops,  diJuted,  and  likewise  locally  applied  to  the  throat  and  chest. 

OLEUM  RICINI  (U.  S.  P.)— CASTOR  OIL. 

"A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  the  seed  of  RiciniDi  communii,  hiun^  (X<U.  Ord. — 
Enphorbiacea).     It  slionld  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles"— v  T.  '*?•  P^ 

Botanical  Source.— Rin'mis commim is,  the C(ist->r-oillm.-<h,  in  theruited  States, 
is  a  beib;iceous  annual,  witli  a  white,  frosted,  or  glaucous,  lioUow, smooth  stem, of 
a  purplish  red  color  upward.  Tlie  root  is  long,  thick,  and  filnous.  The  leaves 
are  largi>,  alternate,  deeply  divided  into  7  or  9  lanceolate  segments,  peltate,  ml 
mate,  serrate,  4  to  12  lines  in  diameter,  and  on  long,  tupering,  purplish  jM>tioles. 
Tlie  Howei-s   are   borne   in  long,  green,  and  glaucous  spikes,  springing  fnnn  the 


OLEUM  RICIXI. 


Ricinus  communis. 


divisions  of  the  branches;  males  from  the  lower  part  of  the  spike,  females  from 
the  upper.  The  capsule  is  prickly,  3-celled,  and  3-seeded  ;  the  seeds  ovate,  shin- 
ing, and  Wark  (lotted  with  gray  (L. — \V.) 

History.— Hicinus  communis,  or  Palmn  Christi,  is  an  East  Indian  plant,  in 
which  country  it  attains  the  size  of  a  tree.  In  the  United  States,  where  it  haa 
become  naturalized,  it  seldom  grows  higlier  ^_  ,o^ 

than  8  or  10  feet,  flowers  in  July  and  August, 
and  matures  its  seeds  in  August  and  Septem- 
ber. The  plant  is  much  grown  in  California 
for  its  oil,  also  in  Italv.  The  fixed  oil  of  the 
seeds  is  the  castor  oil  of  commerce,  and  was 
known  to  the  ancient  Egyptians.  The  seeds 
are  poisonous,  about  4  lines  in  length,  3  lines 
in  width,  and  about  li  lines  in  thickness,  and 
consist  of  a  smooth  external  coat,  covering  a 
thick,  hard,  and  dark-brown  shell,  composed 
of  two  layers  which  inclose  the  white  nucleus 
or  oleaginous  kernel,  which  has  within  it  a 
large,  dicotyledonous,  leafy  embryo.  A  non- 
griping  cathartic  oil,  Tanibnr  oil,  is  obtained 
from  a  Central  American  euphorbiacea,  Oin- 
phah'a  ofrifem,  Hemsley.  (For  a  detailed  his- 
torical account  of  the  castor-oil  plant,  see 
H.Stillin:uk-s  dissertation  on /?/(•/».  1S89.) 

Preparation. — Castor  oil  may  be  obtained 
by  several  methods,  mostly  by  warm  or  cold 
pressure  after  the  seeds  are  deprived  of  their  husks.  The  cold-drmcn  oil  is  the  most 
esteemed,  although  the  ('.  .9.  P.  does  not  expressly  demand  it.  In'order  to  remove 
the  acridity  of  the  fresh  oil,  and  to  coagulate  albuminous  matter,  the  oil  is  purified 
by  repeatedly  boiling  it  with  water.  By  cold  expression  the  seeds  yield  40  to  45  per 
cent  of  oil,  and  a  smaller  quantity  upon  subsequent  warm  expression.  The  latter 
oil,  however,  is  not  used  medicinalh'.  The  poisonous  principle  contained  in  the 
seed  remains  in  tl.e  ])ress-cake,  and  is  destroyed  by  boiling  with  water. 

Description  and  Tests. — Castor  oil,  as"  demanded  by  the  T.  5!.  P.,  is  "a  pale- 
yellowish  or  almost  colorless,  transparent,  viscid  liquid,  having  a  faint,  mild  odor, 
and  a  bland,  afterward  slightlv  acrid,  and  generally  ofl'ensive  taste.  Specific 
gravity,  0.950  to  0.970  at  15°  C.  ("59°  F.).  Soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol, 
and  in  all  proportions  in  absolute  alcohol,  or  in  glacial  acetic  acid;  also  soluble 
at  15°  C.  (59°  F.J,  in  three  times  its  volume  of  a  mixture  of  19  volumes  of  alcohol 
and  1  volume  of  water  (absence  of  more  than  aljout  5  per  cent  of  most  other  fixed 
oils).  With  an  equal  volume  of  benzin,  it  forms,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.>.  a  turbid  mix- 
ture, but  at  17°  C.  (62.6°  F.),  it  yields  a  clear  solution.  When  exposed  to  the  air 
in  a  thin  laver,  it  slowly  dries  to  a  varnish-like  film.  When  cooled  to  0°  C. 
(32**  F.),  it  becomes  turbid,  with  the  separation  of  crystalline  flakes,  and  at  about 
—18°  C.  (—0.4°  F.)  it  congeals  to  a  yellowish  mass.  If  3  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  shaken 
for  a  few  minutes  with  3  Cc.  of  carbon  disulphide  and  1  Cc.  of  sulphuric  acid, 
the  mixture  should  not  acquire  a  blackish-brown  color  (absence  of  many  foreign 
oils)  ■•-(  r.  .^■.  P.).  . 

This  oil  is  one  of  the  heaviest  and  most  viscid  of  the  fixed  oils,  and  is  dis- 
tinguished from  all  other  oils  except  croton  oil,  by  its  ready  solubility  in  alcohol 
and  acetic  acid  in  the  cold.  Its  remarkable  insolubility  in  an  excess  of  benzin 
(see  above)  may  be  overcome  by  the  admixture  of  a  third  Aittv  oil,  e.j;.,  lard  oil. 
When  exposed  to  the  air  in  bulk,  its  viscidity  increa.^es,  and  the  oil  becomes 
rancid;  in  thin  layers  it  .slowly  dries,  it  also  yielils  with  nitrous  acid  (according 
to  Phnrmnrngrnphia,  6  parts  of  castor  oil  warmed  with  1  part  of  starch  and  5  parts 
of  nitric  acid  of  specific  gravity  1.25)  solid  ricin-elnidin.  Tims  castor  oil  shares 
the  conspicuous  properties  of  both  drying  and  non-drying  oils.  Unlike  most 
other  fixed  oils,  some  speciniens  of  castor  <)\\,e.g.,  East  Indian  oils,  sliow  a  nght- 
han<led  optical  rotation.  When  heated  to  temperatures  above  100°  C.  (212°  F.), 
castor  oil  becomes  altered,  the  characteristic  ananlhol  being  among  the  products 
of  decomposition  (see  below). 


1382  OLEUM  RICIXI. 

It  is  stated  that  rancid,  acrid  castor  oil  may  be  deprived  of  its  disagreeable 
odor  and  taste,  as  well  as  of  acrimony,  by  boiling  it  for  15  minutes  with  water 
and  a  little  calcined  magnesia.  Castor  oil,  in  addition  to  its  medicinal  uses,  is 
much  employed  in  the  preparation  of  lubricants  and  cheap  soaps,  and  in  the 
making  of  turkey-red  oil,  which  is  used  as  a  mordant  in  dyeing  cotton  with 
alizarin  dyes. 

Chemical  Composition. — I.  Seeds.  According  to  Geiger,  the  seeds  consist 
to  about  one-fourth  of  the  husks,  and  three-fourths  of  nucleus.  The  se^cZ-coafe  con- 
tain tasteless  resin  and  extractive,  1.91;  brown  gum,  1.91;  ligneous  fiber,  20.00. 
The  nucleus  of  the  seeds  cont'dins  fatty  oil,  46.19;  gum,  2.40;  casein  (albumen  j,  0.50; 
ligneous  fiber,  with  starch,  20.00;  loss  or  moisture,  7.09  (P.).  They  also  contain  a 
peculiar  and  acrid  principle  which  does  not  enter  the  oil,  for  the  seeds  are  power- 
fully active  after  the  oil  has  been  expressed.  The  active  poisonous  principle, 
according  to  Stillmark  (loc.  cit.,  1889j,  is  an  unorganized  albuminous  ferment, 
called  ririn.  In  air-dry  seeds  it  is  present  in  the  quantity  of  about  3  per  cent.  It 
is  obtained  in  largest  amount  by  extracting  the  press-cake  cold,  with  a  10  per 
cent  solution  of  sodium  chloride,  and  precipitating  the  filtrate  witli  magnesium 
sulphate.  The  poison  is  destroyed  by  boiling  with  water,  although  not  by  dry 
heat.    It  is  not  a  glucosid. 

II.  Oil.— According  to  Alfred  H.  Allen  (Corn.  Org.  Anal.,Yo\.  II,  Part  I,  3d 
ed.,  1889,  p.  156),  castor  oil  is  free  from  palmitin  or  olein,  but  contains  small 
amounts  of  stearin.  Its  chief  constituents  are  ririnolein  (C3H5[C,gH„03]3),  isoricino- 
lein,  and  dihydroxystearin.  Ricinoleic  .\cid  (CigHj^O,)  is  the  principal  acid  of  the 
oil;  it  forms  a  thick  oily  liquid,  solidifying  below  0°C.  (32°  F.J,  soluble  in  alcohol 
and  ether.  It  does  not  absorb  oxygen  from  the  air,  although  as  an  unsaturated  acid 
it  absorbs  2  atoms  of  bromine.  B^^the  action  of  nitrous  acid  it  is  slowly  converted 
into  its  stereo-isomer,  ricimkndic  acid,  which  crystallizes  in  needles  melting  at 
50°  C.  (122°  F.).  By  distillation  under  diminished  pressure,  ricinoleic  acid  yields 
among  other  products  cenanthol  {cenanihic  or  heptoic  aldehyde  C,H„0  or  CeH,3.CH0), 
a  highly  refractive  liquid  of  a  characteristic  odor,  boiling  at  154°  C.  (309.2°  F.). 
Castor  oil  also  yields  osnanthol  when  rapidly  distilled.  In  addition,  ananthic  acid 
(CgH|3.C00H),  acrolein,  and  other  substances  are  formed.  In  this  connection  we 
may  refer  to  aennnthic  ether  (CgH,3.COOC,,H5),a  constituent  of  the  bouquet  of  wines, 
which  is  jireparcd  liy  conductint;  drv  hydrochloric  acid  gas  into  a  solution  of 
cenanthic  nri,!  in  ahs..rute  alr(,hol.  ■"  It  UA\'^  at  188°  C.  (370.4°  F.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  castor-oil  seed  or  bean  is  a  power- 
ful cathartic  and  gastric  irritant,  and  has  proved  fatal  to  man  when  taken  to  the 
extent  of  20  .seeds  at  once.  Yet  the  oil  expressed  from  it  is  only  a  mild  cathartic, 
operating  promptly,  producing  thin,  feculent,  but  not  watery  stools,  and  causing 
but  little  griping  or  nausea.  From  its  mildness  of  action,  it  is  especially  .adapted 
to  yo\ing  children,  pregnant  or  puerperal  females,  likewise  in  hemorrhoidal  affections, 
colic,  dinrrhan,  dysentery,  enteritis,  after  the  reduction  of  hei-nia,  obstinate  const ipalioti, 
collections  if  indurated  feces,  accumulation  of  acrid  secretions,  and  in  worms.  It  is  fre- 
quently used  to  remove  constii)ation,  and  also  in  diarrhoea  when  due  to  undi- 
gested material.  When  throat  and  skin  disorders  depend  upon  intestinal  accu- 
mulations, castor  oil  is  an  efficient  purgative.  One  part  of  oil  of  turpentine 
mixed  with  3  or  4  parts  of  castor  oil  increases  its  purgative  and  anthelmintic 
effect.  The  greatest  objections  to  this  cathartic  are  its  nauseous  tai^te  and  its 
tendency  to  cause  sickness  or  unconquerable  disgust.  This  may  be  overcome  by 
adding  to  1  pint  of  the  oil  ^  fluid  ounce  each  of  oils  of  origanum  and  wintergreen, 
or  1  ounce  of  sassafras  oil;  the  dose  of  this  may  be  given  in  sweetened  water. 
Any  other  aromatic  oils  will  answer  equally  as  well.  When  not  contraindicated 
it  may  be  taken  in  wine,  spirituous  liquors,  or  the  froth  of  beer.  likewi.<e  in  cin- 
namon or  peppermint  water.  I  find  it  a  very  pleasant  mode  of  administration 
to  boil  the  dose  of  oil  with  about  a  gill  of  good  sweet  milk  for  a  few  minutes, 
sweeten  with  loaf-sugar,  and  flavor  with  essence  of  cinnamon  or  other  favorite  aro- 
matic; it  somewhat  resembles  custard  in  its  taste  and  appearance,  and  is  readily 
taken  by  even  the  most  delicate  stomach  (J.  KingV 

Stuncke  states  that  castor  oil  saponifies  readilv  with  .alkalies,  and  gives  with 
soda  a  white  solid  soap,  which,  in  the  form  of  pills,  is  a  certain  and  agreeable 
purgative.     M.  Parola  proposes  an  ethero-alcoholic  extract  and  the  ethereal  and 


OLEVM  KOS.E.  1606 

alcoholic  tinctures  of  the  seeds  as  a  substitute  for  the  oil ;  he  states  that  the  above 
tinctures  have  a  purgative  action  four  times  as  strong  as  the  oil,  are  less  irritating, 
and  remain  unalterable  in  all  climates.  As  an  enema,  castor  oil  may  be  used  in  the 
quantity  of  2  or  3  tluid  ounces  mixed  with  some  mucilaginous  liquid.  Externallv, 
it  has  been  recommended  in  itch,  riiKjuorm,  and  other  cutaneous  diixains.  Daily 
applications  of  ca.--tor  oil  to  icirts  is  said  to  remove  them  in  a  few  weeks.  Dose  for 
an  adult,  1  or  U  fluid  ounces;  for  an  infant,  1,  2,  or  3  Huid  drachms,  according 
to  its  age.  Equal  parts  of  castor  oil  and  copal  varnish  form  an  excellent  local 
api)licaUon  for  hemni-rhoidal  affections.  A  hairwash  for  keeping  the  hair  from  fall- 
ing, and  cleansing  it  o{ dandruff,  is  sold  by  the  perfumers,  and  is  made  as  follows: 
Take  castor  oil,  i  pound;  strongest  alcohol,  i  pint;  powdered  cantharides,  48 
grains;  oil  of  bergaraot,^  ounce;  otto  of  roses,  4  drops.  Mix,  let  them  stand  for 
7  days,  frequently  shaking,  and  then  filter,  and  keep  in  well-closed  bottles. 

C.\sTOR-<>iL  Leaves.— .\ccording  to  Dr.  J.  O.  MoWilliani,  the  natives  of  the  Cape  Verde 
Islands  use  the  leaves  of  the  castor-oil  plant,  which  they  term  "linfareira,"  for  accelerating  and 
increasing  tlie  flow  of  milk,  in  cases  where  it  is  tardy  inappearing  or  deficient  in  quantity, and 
also  in  cases  of  emergency,  where  tlie  females  are  not  child-boaring,  or  have  not  suckled  a  child 
for  many  years.  The  u'liile  plant,  known  bv  the  light-green  color  of  the  leaf-stem,  is  used 
in.stead  of  the  i-e<l,  having  a  purjiiish-red  leaf-stem.  The  breasts  are  frequently  fomented,  and 
the  boiled  leaves  placet!  upon  tlie  breasts  in  the  form  of  a  poultice.  This  operation  is  fre- 
quently repeated,  and  in  obstinate  cases  the  thighs  and  generative  organs  are  exposed  to  the 
vapor  from  the  deeoction.  One,  two.  or  three  days  are  required  before  the  child  can  procure 
a  supply  of  milk  from  the  breasts  of  persons  thus  treated — according  to  circumstances. 

Women  with  well-developed  breasts  are  most  easily  affected  by  it,  while  those  with 
small  and  shriveled  breasts  have  the  uterine  svstem  acted  upon,  bringing  on  the  menses,  if 
their  period  l>e  distant,  or  causing  their  immotlerate  flow  if  their  advent  be  near.  Exposure 
to  cold  is  carefully  avoide<l  by  women  brought  under  its  influence;  they  scrupulously  aljstain 
from  wetting  thehands  or  feet  with  cold  water.  It  is  said  to  affect  virgins  of  adult  age,  similar 
to  child-beariug  women.  It  sometimes  produces  swelling  and  pain  in  the  breasts  and  axillary 
glands,  pain  in  the  back,  and  an  increase  of  a  leucorrhoeal  discharge. 

This  remedy,  and  the  Bed  bofareira,  both  of  which  are  common  to  this  country,  have 
been  tried  by  physicians,  as  an  emmenagogue,  and  the  re-sults  have  tieeti  sufficiently  favorable 
to  render  furtuer  investigation  very  desirable. 

OLEUM  ROSiE  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  ROSE. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  fresh  flowers  oi Rosa  davmscena,  Miller  (A^at. 
Ord. — Rosaceae).  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  vials,  in  a  cool  place,  pro- 
tected from  light.  When  dispensed,  it  should  be  completely  liquefied  by  warm- 
ing, if  necessary,  and  well  mixed  by  agitation" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Sv.NnxvMs  :    (Jitn  of  roses,  Attnr  of  roses,  Essence  of  rose. 

History  and  Source.— The  earliest  nations  gave  attention  to  the  rose  aroma, 
and  eniiiluyed  oil  of  rose  in  many  of  their  religious  ceremonies.  This  oil  con- 
sisted for  centuries  merely  of  some  fatty  oil  saturated  with  the  aroma  of  the 
flower.  Arab  writers  mention  the  distillation  of  the  oil  of  rose  in  the  eighth  and 
ninth  centuries.  In  the  middle  ages  Persia  was  the  principal  country  of  its  pro- 
duction. It  gradually  extended  to  India  and  westward,  and  gained  a  foothold  in 
Bulgaria  early  in  the  seventeenth  century.  Since  about  1S50  the  French,  and  in 
more  recent  years  the  German  rose  industries,  have  become  important.  Adul- 
teration with  santal-wood  oil  was  practiced  in  Persia  (E.  Klinijifer,  1682-1684), 
and  with  East  Indian  geranium  (Palnia  rosa)  oil  in  Kashn)ir  (Poller,  17SS).  (^See 
Dr.  Hoffmann  in  Die  jEtheriichen  Oelc,  p.  556.)  Rose  oil  is  distilled  in  Bulgaria  as 
well  as  in  Germany,  from  the  fresh  leaves  of  Rosa  diima«cena.  Miller;  in  southern 
France  from  Rosa' cent  if  ilia,  Linne.  The  yield  of  German  oil  is  1  pound  from 
5,(K)(>  to  6.(M(0  j)ounds  of  flowers,  or  about  0.02  per  cent. 

Description.- The  official  oil  of  rose  is  thus  described:  "A  pale-yellowish, 
transparent  liquid,  having  the  strong,  fragrant  odor  of  rose,  and  a  mild,  slightly 
sweetish  taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.86.5  to  0.8S0  at  2(i°  C.  (68'  F.).  It  is  but  slightly 
soluble  in  alcohol,  and  neutral  to  litmus  paper  moistened  with  alcohol.  The  con- 
gealing and  melting  points  of  the  oil  are  subject  to  some  variation,  depending 
upon  the  amount  of  stearopten,  but,  when  slowly  coded  to  a  tem))erature,  usually 
lietween  16°  and  21°  C.  (60.8°  and  6!).S°  F.  >,  it  becomes  a  transi>arent  solid,  inter- 
spersed with  numerous  slender,  shining,  iridescent,  scale-like  crystals.    Tpon  the 


1384  OLEUM  ItOSMARIXI. 

application  of  the  heat  of  the  hand,  the  crystals  should  float  in  the  upper  portion 
of  the  liquefied  oil" — (L'.  S.  P.).  It  is  combustible,  and  its  vapor  is  said  to  form 
an  explosive  mixture  with  oxygen.  The  pharmacopoeial  description  is  that  of  the 
Bulgarian  oil.  The  German  oil  is  stated  to  have  a  much  stronger  rose  odor  than 
the  Bulgarian,  and  to  be  of  ab.solute  purity  (see  Power,  Essential  Oils.  p.  30).  At 
ordinary  temperatures,  it  is  a  .semisolid,  soft  mass,  congealing  between  27°  and 
37°  C.  (80.6°  and  98.6°  F.),  and  containing  from  26  to  34  per  cent  of  stearopten, 
while  Bulgarian  oil  contains  from  10  to  15  per  cent. 

Chemical  Composition. — Rose-stenropten,  or  rose  camphor,  is  odorle.=s.  and  waa 
recognized  by  Fliickiger  i  1869)  to  be  a  paraffin  hydrocarbon.  It  may  be  differen- 
tiated, bv  di>tillatiun  in  vacuo,  into  two  paraffins,  one  melting  at  22°  C.  (71.6°  F.), 
the  other  at  40°  and  41°  C.  (104°  and  105.8°  F.).  The  presence  of  thi.-=  paraffin 
renders  the  oil  partly  insoluble  in  alcohol.  The  liquid  portion  of  oil  of  rose  con- 
tains as  its  chief  constituent  the  alcohol  yeraniol  (Bertram  and  Gildemeister.  1894; 
U.  Eckart's  rhodinol,  1891). 

Geraniol  is  a  colorless  liquid,  boiling  at  230°  C.  (446°  F.),  of  a  rose-like  odor, 
having  the  formula  C,„H,,0  or  (CH3.C[CHJ:CH.CH,,.CH,.C[CHJ:CH.CaOH).  It 
is  a  primary  alcohol,  and  yields,  upon  oxidation,  the  aldehyde  citrnl  (C,Jiifi).  It 
is  likewise  the  principal  constituent  of  East  Indian  geranium,  ro.-^e  geranium, 
citronella,  and  lemon-grass  oils.  It  forms  a  characteristic,  crystallizable  addition 
compound  with  dry  calcium  chloride  insoluble  in  the  usual  organic  solvents,  but 
decomposable  by  water;  this  regenerates  therefrom  geraniol,  which  may  be  obtained 
chemically  pure  by  this  method.  Oil  of  rose  furthermore  contains  about  20  per 
cent  of  l-citronellol  (Tiemann  and  Schmidt,  1896).  Both  geraniol  and  citronellol 
are,  for  the  smaller  part,  combined  in  the  form  of  ester  (about  3  per  cent).  The 
exact  honej'-like  odor  of  rose  oil  has  not  yet  been  obtained  by  a  combination  of 
the  constituents  enumerated. 

Adulterations  and  Tests. — Owing  to  its  high  price,  oil  of  rose  is  subject  to 
adulteratiuu  ;  the  aildititm.-;  lo  it  are  mostly  the  oils  of  palma  rosa  (East  Indian 
geranium  frcnn  .4  ndiojuxion)  and  of  rose  geranium  (from  Pelargonium  ).  A  deficiency 
in  rose  camphor,  resulting  from  the  addition  of  the.«e  oils,  is  sometimes  made  up 
by  adding  spermaceti.  The  addition  of  these  oils,  if  carried  out  intelligently,  is 
very  diflScult  to  detect.  Crude  adulterations  may  be  recognized  liy  determining  the 
following  constants:  Specific  gravity,  optical  rotation,  congealing  point,  amount 
and  chemical  nature  of  stearopten,  saponification,  and  acetylation  (see  details  of 
these  determinations  in  Gildemeister  and  Hoffmann,  Die  ^Etlterischen  Oele,  pp. 
566-570).  The  U.  S.  P.  gives  the  following  color  tests  for  the  purity  of  oil  of  rose: 
"If  to  5  drops  of  the  oil,  contained  in  a  test-tube, 5  drops  of  concentrated  sul- 
phuric acid  be  added,  a  reddish-brown,  thick  mixture  will  be  produced,  but  no 
white  fumes  or  tarry  odor  should  be  developed,  and  the  fragrant  odor  of  the  oil 
should  not  be  destroyed.  If  this  mixture  be  then  shaken  with  2  Cc.  of  alcohol, 
the  resulting  liquid  may  be  turbid,  but  should  be  nearly  colorless,  and  should  not 
at  once  assume  a  red  or  reddi.-'h-brown  color  (absence  of  oil  of  ginger-grass  or 
Turkish  oil  of  geranium,  from  Andropncfon  Srhienonlhus,  Linne  [Xat.  On}. — Gra- 
minea'],  and  from  oil  of  rose  geranium,  from  Pdnr<iouium  Radiila  [Cavanillesl, 
Alton,  Pchirgoniuni rapitatuvi[\Av\w'\.  Aiton,  and Pelanjmiium  odiinitisiimuin  [LinneJ, 
Alton  [.V((^"  On/.— Geraniacea-])"— (T.  S.  P.).  Power  {loc.  n't.)  suggests  that  the 
foregoing  test  is  rather  reliable  if  5  Cc.  of  alcohol  is  employeil  instead  of  2  Cc.and 
if  tlie  adulterant  is  present  in  considerable  quantity.  The  oils  mentioned  in  the 
above  test  all  have  an  acid  reaction,  as  well  as  the  oil  of  rliodium  (from  roots  of 
Coiirolndit.'^  [Rhodorrhiza^Wchh']  Sroparitis,  Linne,  and  Couvolvulu.i  Jloridu.-'.  Linne, 
of  Canary  Isles),  which  is  occasionally  an  adulterant.  The  latter  has  the  com- 
bined odor  of  rose,  copaiba,  and  cubeb,  and  is  bitter. 

Uses. — Oil  of  rose  is  used  altogether  as  a  perfume,  and  is  frequently  added 
to  cerates,  ointments,  liquors,  etc.,  for  the  ))ur(n)se  of  renderiuir  them  fragrant. 

OLEUM  ROSMARINI  lU.  S.  P.t— OIL  OF  ROSEMARY. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  leaves  of  i?()*Hi<iri)iiw  (i//iVi'/i<i/i'.<,  Linne  (iVnt 
Ord. — Labiatic).  It  sliould  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  pro- 
tected from  light"— {U.  S.  P.). 


OLEIWI  KIT.E.  1385 

Source  and  Description. — Ro,wuirinus  afficinnlis,  Linn^,  is  a  shrub  growing 
ill  the  Kiiropiaii  Meilitenaiu-an  countries  from  Greece  to  Spain.  There  are  two 
kiiul^  of  oil  iu  commerce,  the  Italian  and  the  French  oil.  The  former  is  ol)taineil 
from  the  I>alinatian  Islands  in  the  Adriatic  Sea.  The  Frencli  oil  has  the  finer 
aroma.  The  yield  from  Dalmatian  leaves  is  1.4  to  1.7  ]ier  cent,  iVom  dry  French 
leaves  2  per  cent,  from  the  flowers  1.4  per  cent  (Schinimel  i^'  Co.,  Rcji'ni/.  OvUt\)er, 
1893  and  1807).  The  commercial  oils  are  often  adulterated  with  oil  of  turpentine. 
The  ('.  S.  P.  gives  the  following  description  of  oil  of  rosemary:  "A  C()lorle.«s  or 
pale  yellow,  limpid  liquid,  having  the  characteristic,  pungent  odor  of  rosemary, 
and  a  warm,  somewhat  camphoraeeous  taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.895  to  0  915  at 
15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol,  the  solution  being  neutral 
or  very  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper;  also  soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  glacial 
acetic  acid" — (U.  S.  P.).  Oil  of  rosemary  is  optically  dextro-rotatory,  but  is  never 
hevo-rotatory,  unless  adulterated  with  oil  of  French  turpentine.  The  oil  requires 
from  2  to  lO"  volumes  of  alei>liol  of  80  per  cent  (by  volume)  for  complete  solution. 

Chemical  Composition  and  Tests.— Pure  oil  of  rosemary  contains  camphor 
(LalleuKUKi.  18(3(1 1 ;  hormo'  (Rruylants,  1879),  about  18  per  cent"(Gildemeister  and 
Stephan,  1897):  rineot  (E.Weber,  1887);  il-ntid  l-pimne  and  ra  );i;//i<?«(;(Gildemeister 
and  Stephan,  1S97).  In  order  to  test  the  oil  for  adulterations,  its  optical  rotation, 
especially  that  of  the  lowest  fraction,  which  is  always  dextro-rotatory  in  pure  oil, 
and  its  s]>eeific  gravity  and  .solubility  in  alcoliol  render  useful  aid. 

Action,  MedicalUses,  and  Dosage. — Oil  of  rosemary  is  stimulant  and  rube- 
facient; it  is  principally  employed,  however,  in  perfumery.  It  maybe  used  in 
colic,  nervous  disorders,  debilit)/,  pninjnl  or  tardt/  memtruatinn,  etc.,  and  locally  to  pain- 
fulpurts.    The  dose  of  oil  of  rosemary  is  from  2  to  10  drops. 

A  very  pleasant  cologne  may  be  made  as  follows :  Take  of  oil  of  rosemary,  oil 
of  lemon,  each,  2  duid  drachms;  oil  of  lavender,  oil  of  bergamot,  of  each,  1  fluid 
drachm;  oil  of  cinnamon,  oil  of  cloves,  oil  of  rose,  of  each,  8  niinims;  alcohol, 
1  pint.  Mix,  agitate  well,  and  after  allowing  the  mixture  to  stand  for  a  few  days, 
with  fre<iuent  agitation,  filter.  The  following  forniula  has  been  published  by 
Farina,  one  of  the  originators  of  Cologne:  Take  of  purified  benzoin,  oil  of  rose- 
mary, each,  by  weight,  tj^  ounce;  oil  of  lavender,  jounce,  by  weight;  strong  alco- 
hol, 9  pints.  Mix.  and  agitate  thoroughlj'  together,  and  tiien  add,  successively, 
oil  of  neroli  {petit  grains),  oil  of  lemon,  each.  1  ounce  and  144  minims;  oil  of  sweet 
orange  (Auranlii  dulcis),  oil  of  limmetta  (lime),  oil  of  bergamot,  each,  2  ounces 
and  228  minims;  tincture  of  rose  geranium  flowers, a  sufficient  quantity  to  impart 
the  desired  fragrance.  Macerate  for  several  weeks,  and  then  fill  into  flasks  (^ni«-. 
Drug.  C(>..Vol.  VIII,  p.  85;  Anier.  Jour.  Pliarm.,  1864,  p.  375).  I  have  reduced  the 
weights  and  measures  in  the  above  (J.  King). 

OLEUM  RUT^.— OIL  OF  RUE. 

The  essential  oil  distilled  from  RiUa  gravcolens,  Linn^. 

Xat.  Or./.--Rutacea'. 

Preparation  and  Description. — The  fresh  leaves  and  tops  of  Rtita  graveolens, 
Linne.  an  herl)aceous  plant  indigenous  to  the  Mediterranean  countries,  yield, 
when  distilleil  with  water,  about  0.06  per  cent  of  volatile  oil  (Gildemeister  and 
Hoffmann,  /"-•.  cit.).  It  is  a  colorless  to  yellow  liquid,  of  a  strong,  penetrating, 
persistent  odor.  Its  specific  gravity  is  0.8:^3  to  0.840,  this  being  nearly  the  lowest 
of  all  e.s.sential  oils.  It  is  slightly  dextro-rotatorv  ( -rO°30'to +2°  lO"').  and  con- 
geals between  8° and  10°  C.  (46.4°  and  50°  F.).  The' bulk  of  the  oil  distills  iietween 
2l5°and  232°  C.  (419°  and  449.6°  F.);  5  per  cent  distills  below  200°  C.  (392°  F.) 
(Umney,  1895  and  1897).  The  oil  forms  a  clear  solution  with  2  to  3  volumes  of 
70  per  cent  alcohol. 

Chemical  Composition  and  Tests. — About  90  per  cent  of  oil  of  rue  consists 
ni  inethul-ii'myl  k.iniir  (  CH  ,1 '().(  ,,11,^,  Ciesecke,  1870;  Gorup-Resanez  and  Grimm, 
187i).  "  Below  15°  C.  (.■)9°  K.)  it  i^  .«olid.  boils  at  224°  C.  (4*5.2°  F.),  and  lia.s  a  spe- 
cific gravity  of  0.8295  at  17.5°  C.  (63.5°  F.).  The  oil  is  also  said  to  contain  lnuric 
aldehyde  (C,jH„0)  (C.G.Williams,  1858).  No  terpene  is  present  in  oil  of  rue. 
Adulterations  with  other  essential  oils  increase  tlie  specific  gravity  and  decrease 


1386  OLEUM  SABIX.E.— OLEUM  SA.NTALI. 

the  congealing  point  of  oil  of  rue.  Petroleum  and  oil  of  turpentine  may  be  recog- 
nized b}'  being  insoluble  in  alcohol  of  70  per  cent  by  volume. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Oil  of  rue  is  stimulant,  antispasmodic, 

and  emmenagogue.  It  has  decidedly  active  properties.  Locally  it  is  irritant,  and 
internally,  even  in  .<mall  doses,  it  ha.-  iiioduced  severe  gastro-intestinal  and  nerv- 
ous disturbances.  Oil  of  rue,  in  the  dose  of  from  1  to  5  drops,  3  times  a  day,  has 
been  used  ^vith  advantage  in  hysteria,  roniulsions,  'jjerlH-'ifiti,  aineiiorrh'h'i,  a.nd  dysinen- 
orrhfXfi.  It  is  sometimes  criminally  used  for  the  jiurpose  of  producing  abortion, 
in  which  it  is  highly  dangerous,  having  bfcn  followed  h\  fatal  con.--equences. 

OLEUM  SABIN.®  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  SAVINE. 

A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  tops  ofJunipenis  Sabimi,  Linn6. 

Nat.  Orel. — Coniferit. 

"  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles, protected  from  light" — (  U.S. P.). 

Syxoxy.vi  :    Oil  of  savin. 

Preparation  and  Description. — The  tops  and  leaves  of  savine,  when  sub- 
mitted to  distillation  with  water,  yield  this  oil  in  the  quantity  of  from  4  to  5  per 
cent  (^Schimmel  &  Co.,  Report,  April,  1897).  The  official  oil  is  described  as  "a  col- 
orless or  yellowish  liquid,  having  a  peculiar,  terebinthinate  odor,  and  a  pungent, 
bitterish,  and  camphoraceous  taste.  It  becomes  darker  and  thicker  by  age  and 
exposure  to  the  air.  Specific  gravity.  0.910  to  0.940  at  1.5°C.  (o9°F.).  Soluble 
in  an  equal  volume  of  alcohol  (distinction  from  oil  of  juniper  and  oil  of  turpen- 
tine), the  solution  being  neutral  to  litmus  paper;  also  soluble  in  an  equal  volume 
of  glacial  acetic  aeid '" — ( I'.  S.  P.).     The  oil  is  dextro-rotatory. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  chief  constituent  of  oil  of  savine  is  the  alco- 
hol sahiiiol  (Schimmel  it  Co.,  Rejiort,  1895),  of  the  formula  C,(,H,p.  and  boiling  at 
208°  to  209°  C.  (406.4°  to  408.2°  F.)  (E.  Fromm,  1898).  It  exists  partly  free  (10  per 
cent),  partly  in  the  form  of  acetate  (40  to  44  per  cent)  The  highest  fractions  of 
oil  of  savine  contain  cadinene  (Wallach,  1877).  The  lowest  fractions  contain  ter- 
penes,  probably  pinene.  According  to  \Jmni-v  iPliann.  Jour.  Trans.,  1895),  not  more 
than  25  per  cent  of  the  oil  distills  below  "200°  C.  (392°  F.).  If  the  quantity  of 
distillate  exceeds  this  figure,  adulterations  with  oil  of  turpentine  may  be  looked 
for.  French  oil  of  savine  is  stated  to  be  frequently  adulterated  with  oil  o(  turpen- 
tine. An  addition  of  the  latter  (if  of  French  origin)  also  reduces  the  optical  rota- 
tion of  the  oil  (see  Gildemeister  and  Hoffmann,  Die  .Etherischen  Oeh\  1899.  p.  352). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  savine  is  a  powerful  irritant  to 
tile  iiiu(iiu>  tissues,  and  |>owerl'ully  deranges  the  nervous  system.  It  may  induce 
gastro-intestinal  inllanimation,  vesical  tenesmus  and  strangury,  congestion  of  the 
pelvic  organs,  fever,  mental  excitation  and  intoxication,  coma,  and  death.  Oil  of 
savine  is  an  emmenagogue,  and  is  .«eldom  used  for  any  otiier  purpose,  save  as  a 
liniment  to  the  lumbar  and  sacral  regions,  and  internally  in  amennrrhim  from  tor- 
por of  the  reproductive  organs,  in  which  it  is  sometimes  very  etlicient.  It  also  acts 
as  a  stimulant  and  abortivant.  Ten  drops  of  the  oil  on  sugar,  repeated  3  times  a 
day.  will,  it  is  stated,  positively  produce  abortion  in  from  1  to  3  weeks;  but.  as  with 
all  other  agents  <if  this  kind,  is  ajit  to  be  followed  by  very  serious  consequences. 
It  has  been  used  (ov  [hi^w'Ywi  oivterine  lencorrh<xa,vtcrine  hcmorrhacir.dy^meiwtThcea., 
and  f^trrility.  It  is  reputed  to  cure  enndylomata.  The  ilose  of  oil.  ordinarily,  is  from 
2  to  10  drops. 

OLEUM  SANTALI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  SANTAL. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  wood  of  Santalum  album,  Linne  {Xat.  Ord. — 
Santalaceie).  Oil  of  santal  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool 
jilace,  protected  from  the  light" — (U.S.  P.). 

Synonyms  :  Oil  ofsandnl-w(X)d.  Oleum  ligiti  saiUali.  Olfum  santoli  Jiavi.  Ea.-'t  Indiem 
oil  of  santal. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— Tiie  White  sanuU  is  indigenous  to  the  Indian 
Peninsula,  and  to  some  of  tiie  ishmds  of  the  Indian  Archipelago,  notably  Sumba 


OLEfM  SANTALI.  13S7 

(Sandal-wood  Island)  and  Timul.  It  grows  in  the  mountainous  districts  in  dry 
open  places,  and  not  in  woods,  a  strip  of  country  250  miles  long,  north  antl  north- 
west of  tlie  Nilgherry  Hills,  lying  mainly  in  Jlysore  and  Coimbatore,  yielding 
the  most  valuable  wood.  By  the  provisions  of  a  treaty  made  in  1770,  with  Hyder 
Ali,  the  cutting  of  the  trees  in  Mysore  is  entirely  under  the  control  of  the  East 
India  Company,  whose  officers  see  to  the  felling  of  the  trees.  In  other  places 
tliese  rcstiictions  have  been  removed  (see  Pliannnctxjraphin). 

The  Santalum  album  is  a  small  tree  growing  to  a  height  of  20  or  30  feet,  the 
trunk  measuring  in  girth  from  18  to  3.5  inches.  The  leaves  are  opposite,  smooth, 
glaucous  on  under  surface,  oval  or  lanceolate  in  shape,  or  rather  varying  between 
tiicse  two  forms.  It*  numerous  small  flowers  are  without  odor  and  of  varying 
lines,  and  borne  in  a  panicled  cyme.  The  tree  attains  about  a  foot  in  diameter 
when  from  20  to  30  years  old,  when  they  are  in  their  prime.  The  tree  is  para- 
sitic, and  will  attach  itself  to  other  plants  by  tuberous  processes  on  its  roots.  In 
regard  to  the  manner  of  collecting  the  wood,  the  authors  of  Pliartiiarofira]i/iia  give 
tlie  following  account :  "A  tree  having  been  felled,  the  branches  arc  lopped  off, 
and  the  trunk  allowed  to  lie  on  the  ground  for  several  months,  during  which  time 
the  white  ants  eat  away  the  greater  part  of  the  inodorous  sapwood.  The  trunk  is 
then  roui:hly  trimmed,  sawn  into  billets  2  to  2i  feet  long,  and  taken  to  the  forest 
depots.  There  the  wood  is  weiglied,  subjected  to  a  second  and  more  careful  trim- 
ming, and  classified  according  to  quality.  In  some  parts  it  is  customary  not  to 
fell,  but  to  dig  the  tree  up;  in  others  the  root  is  dug  up  after  the  trunk  has  been 
cut  down,  the  root  affording  valual>le  wood,  which,  with  the  chips  and  sawdust, 
are  preserved  for  distillation,  or  for  burning  in  the  native  temples.  The  sapwood 
and  branches  are  worthless" — {Phannncofimjihin,  \>.  601). 

Saxt.\l-wood  (Lignum  snntaii  album,  SanUilum  (ilbum,  Lignum  santnli  citrinum), 
Yelhw  or  While  samlers  wood. — Wliitish  or  brownish-yellow  billets,  from  3  to  9  inches 
thick,  and  3  or  4  feet  long,  hard,  heavy,  of  a  bitterish,  subacrid,  aromatic  taste, 
and  an  agreeable,  rose-like  odor  (when  rubbed  or  rasped).  On  transverse  section 
the  wood  has  a  lustrous,  waxy  appearauce,  showing  alternate  light  and  dark, 
irregularly-concentric  circles,  which  are,  however,  sometimes  not  well  marked. 
The  medullary  rays  are  delicate  and  the  vessels  very  fine.  The  darker-colored 
wood  is  most  highly  valued  (that  from  the  root  being  the  best  quality),  and  the 
taste  and  odor  vary  according  to  the  source  of  the  wood.  In  the  Chinese  markets 
three  grades  are  known  :  South  Sea  Island,  Timor,  and  Malabai;  the  last  far  exceed- 
ing the  others  in  price. 

Preparation. — Santal  oil  is  procured  by  distilling  the  wood  with  water  or  by 
means  of  steam.  The  most  and  best  oil  is  obtaine<l  from  the  root-wood.  Accord- 
ing to  Fliickiger,  2.5  per  cent  are  obtained  in  India,  notwithstanding  imperfect 
apparatus.  The  yield,  according  to  Schimmel  A-  Co..  is  1.6  to  3  per  cent  for  Macas- 
mr  (Dutch  Indian),  and  3  to  5  per  cent  for  Edd  huVutn.  Speaking  of  its  uses. 
Prof  Fliickiger  says:  "It  is  employed  as  a  perfume  and  for  the  fabrication  of  small 
articles  of  ornament.  Among  the  natives  of  India  it  is  largely  consumed  in  the 
celebration  of  sepulchral  rites,  wealthy  Hindus  showing  their  respect  for  a  departed 
relative  by  adding  sticks  of  sandal-wood  to  the  funereal  pile.  Tlie  powder  of  the 
wood,  made  into  a  paste  with  water,  is  u.sed  for  making  the  caste  mark,  and  also 
for  nieilicinal  purposes.  The  consumption  of  sandal-wood  in  Cliina  appears  to  be 
princiii:illy  for  the  incense  used  in  the  temples" — (Phaniiaro(inip/iiii,\^.603). 

Description  and  Tests. — Oil  of  sandal-wood  is  described  officially  as  "a  pale 
yellowish  or  yellow,  somewhat  thickish  liquid,  having  a  jieculiar,  strongly_aro- 
matic  odor,  and  a  pungent,  spicv  taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.970  to  0.978  at  15°  C. 
(")9°  P.).  It  deviates  polarized  light  to  the  left,  distinction  from  Amilralinn  (spe- 
cific gravity, 0.953)  and  West  Indian  (specific  gravity,  0.96.5)  sandnl-wood  oils,  which 
deviate  j)o"larized  light  to  the  right.  Readily  so'luble  in  alcohol,  the  solution 
being  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper.  If  to  l"  Cc.  of  the  oil,  at  20°  C.  (68°  F.), 
there  be  added  10  Cc.  of  a  mixture  of  3  volumes  of  alcohol  and  1  volume  of  water, 
a  perfectly  clear  solution  should  be  obtained  (te.st  for  cedar-wood  oil,  castor  oil,  and 
other  fatty  oils,  etc.)" — (U.  S.  P.).  According  to  Schimmel  &  Co.,  the  optical  rota- 
tion rem.iins  rather  constantly  between  the  limits —17°  to— 20°.  Oil  of  copaiba, 
as  an  adulterant,  lias  the  effect  of  diminishing  the  optical  rotation  to  some  extent. 
West  Indian  sandal-wood  oil  may  also  be  recognized  by  being  very  little  soluble 


1388  OLEUM  SASSAFRAS. 

ill  alcohol.  True  sandal-wood  oil,  however,  when  exposed  to  air  and  light,  or  by 
age,  becomes  le.ss  soluble  in  diluted  alcohol  than  when  fresh,  which  must  be  con- 
sidered ill  applying  the  above  pharmacop(r;ial  test. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  official  oil  is  the  Emt  Indian  Oil  of  Snntal,  amd 
according  to  Cliapoteaut  {1882),  and  Chapman  and  Burgess  (1896),  contains  some 
mntalal  (C,.H,,0;,  presumed  to  be  an  aldehvde  boiling  at  300°  C.  (572°  F.j,and 
from  93  to  98  per  cent  oi snntahl  (Q^.^Jd),  aii  alcohol  boiling  at  310°  C.  i.590°  F.). 
Phosphoric  anhvdride  converts  the  latter  into  the  hj-drocarbon  mndifine  (C,.JH,,), 
which  boils  at  260°  C.  (500°  F.).  When  oil  of  sandal-wood  is  heated  to  150°  C. 
(302°  F.)  with  acetic  anhydride,  the  acetic  ester  of'  santalol  (CpH.;O.COCHj  is 
formed.  T^pon  this  reaction  is  based  a  method  of  valuation  for  oil  of  sandal-wood 
(see  Gil(lcMii-i*t<-r  and  Hoffmann.  •/);>  .Elhrrkrhen  Oele,  1899,  p.  446). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  santal  is  an  active  substance  of 
agreeable  u.i.  a-  employed  in  the  treatment  of  imbacute  and  rhronicaffertioug  of  mwvm 
tissues,  particularly  gonorrhii-d  after  the  active  symptoms  have  been  mitigated. 
Chrmiic  bronchitis,  with  fetid  expectoration,  chronic  niwous  dinrrhirji,  chronic  injiam- 
iiiation  of  the  bladder  and  pyelitis  are  also  said  to  be  benefited  by  it.  It  occasionally 
disturbs  the  gastro-intestinal  tract,  and,  like  copaiba,  which  it  was  introduced  to 
supersede,  it  will  occasion  cutaneous  eruptions.  The  dose  ranges  from  5  to  20 
drops,  in  capsules  or  emulsion. 

Related  Products.  T,  0;nii;  -^i-.i  w--:  ■;-  Tii.-  followina  species  furnish  varieties 
ofsantal-"       :        r   i  /'  -  ^  /?"/.,■",„.,   " 

Sun!.,  ■  -  ,  :.     :         -.:  .       ,;  :  ■,  ,„iau  Isles. 

S<ui)'i:  .   \->',<>y.     -jii'iA  i' ii  ■■'   II. i-A.iiiau  Isles. 

Sant.'i  .'r(,i,Vu(;(,Veiell.—Xcw  Caledonia. 

Fux'in  I;   \\io\\-n  (Sanlalum  i<iiic(itum,  A.  DeCandol\e;  S.cyffnonmi,yi\qae\',  Fro- 

granl  uriivln:.'  '!.  Au-tialia.  Not  very  fragrant,  and  shipped  to  China  and  India  for  the 
"production  ol  oil. 

Fii.--aiiii.<  ocioninotus,  R.  Brown  {Santahim  Premianum,  Miquel;  Santalum  acuminntutu,  A.  De 
Candollei,  Xniiie peach. — .\ustralia.  Edible  fruit  and  seed.  The  nuts  yield  a  fatty  oil  which  is 
used  as  an  illuininant.  The  wood  is  pleasantly  fragrant,  takes  a  very  fine  polish,'and  is  much 
used  in  cabinet  work. 

F'mniM  penicariu.'!,  F.  von  Mueller  {Santalum  persicariwn,  F.  von  Mueller),  Xatire  tandal- 
u'ood, — .-Vustralia.   Yields  a  grade  of  sandal-wood. 

.Santalum  lanceolatum,  R.  Brown  (S.  oblongatum,  R.  Brown). — Australia.  Snniial-u-ood  of  the 
colonists.  Yields  an  agreeable  purple  truit.  Wood  firm,  yellow,  and  close-grained.  Useful  in 
cabinet  work. 

Santalum  ohtiislfuHniii,  R.  Brown  {Santahnn  oiatum,  R.  Brown),  Sandnl-uootl . — Australia. 
Yields  a  portion  of  A  ii~ii,:'i:,ii  >:aidal-wood. 

The  source  ■  i    !  -    sh.m.-wood  is  unknown.    West  Ixdi.vs  .'^.vxd.\l-wood  is  de- 

rived from  .  I wiy-' -  '  i    !  1  111',  not  belonging  to  Sanlataax  (.'Schimmel  &  Co.,  1899). 

The  wood  luim-hi;,-  in    It-t-nained  oil  is  called  ]'etwzueta  sandal-iioiHl. 

The  Er,ia„i,),ila  inih:}olli,  Bentham  {S<il.  0<</.— Myropina?!,  is  known  in  Queensland  as 
Sundal-iiOiiil,  IkiMard  sandal-uood,mu\  Jiosieimod.  It  is  veVy  Inigiant,  iK-autifuUy  grained,  brown, 
and  used  for  veneers.  It  is  not  a  true  sandal-wood.  The.so-called  mndal-irood  hirk  beare  no 
lelation  to  the  sandal-wood.s,  and  is  thought  to  be  deriveil  from  a  species  of  Mt/rvfjMnnum,  or 
Myro.viiloii.  A  fluid  resembling  Peru  balsam  may  be  obtained  from  it.  The  bark  is  used  as 
an  altiir  incense. 

II.  Other  Sant.\i,  Oils.  (See  Pchimmel  &  Co.,/J<'))oW,Oct.,lS93;  also  Powers  £MWi/ta/ 
Oih. )  On.  OF  S.\ST.\i.  (South  Australian). — From  .SVi »(<(/« i/i  I'nlitsianuiu,  Miquel  (  Fusanvii acumitia- 
/».<,  R.  Brown  i.  Color,  cherry-red;  congeals  at  ordinary  temi>erature;  specific  gravity.  1.022;  con- 
stituent, a  crystallizable  alcohol,  melting  at  101° to  10;!°C.  i2l:!..'<°to  217.4°  F.i;  yiel'd.o  jxTcent 

Oiu  oi-Samai.  I  .l./"iMri/("i.— Botanical  source  unknown.  From  Madagascar.  Color,  ruby- 
red  ;  spei  iiir.  .1  I ,  it\ .  e   M.i,  ,  .  ,ii.-i<tence,  like  the  ollieial  s;intal  oil ;  yield,  3  per  cent. 

On,.  I   ~  11       /  —(For  botanical  source,  see  A'. /ii/("</ llwd*.  I   Sj>ecific  gravity, 

O.Uti:?  to  (I 'II'         I      .   ,,  :    ;i'.    ;  ...ImhU  4  211°;  yield,  I  ..">  to  :!.."i  per  cent. 

On  (ii  >v\i\i  I  II  •  I  -•ni!hn)  from  Swan  Kiver.— From  Santalum  fi/(7noniiii,  Miquel 
{Fumniis  fpinitii.K,  H,  Hi-.iwiO.  Specific  gravity,  0.95;<;  optical  rotation,  4 5° 20'";  «lor,  resinous, 
empyreumatic,  and  sharp;  vield,  2  per  cent;  seems  to  contain  75  per  cent  saiidiW  (EL  J. 
Parry,  1898). 

OLEUM  SASSAFRAS  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  SASSAFRAS, 

.V  volatile  oil  di.^tilled  from  tiie  hark  of  the  root  of  .'Ni.<.<(irni,<  nirii/'>'i>n>i  i  Salis- 
burv),  O.  Kuntz  (.'^^d.^.yi/V'i.s  ^i^V/iin/c,  Necs).  "It  shiiuld  be  kept  in  well-stoppered 
bottles,  protected  from  light"— (T.  &  P.). 

\nt.  Onl. — Laurineie. 


OLEIM  SESAMI.  1389 

History  and  Preparation. — The  sassafras  tree  grows  in  North  America  from 
Canaila  to  h  lorida  and  Alabama,  and  westward  as  far  as  Kansas,  and  early  attracted 
the  attention  of  the  American  Indians  on  account  of  its  jjeculiar  ami  pleasant 
aroma,  and  its  supposed  power  to  purify  the  blood.  Until  aljout  18(50,  oil  of  sa-^-ea- 
fras  was  distilled  from  the  root-bark  in  the  states  of  Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  and 
\'irginia.  often  in  a  rather  primitive  manner;  since  then,  the  oil  has  been  manu- 
facturt'd  on  a  large  scale  in  other  states,  as  New  Jersey,  New  York,  Tennessee,  and 
the  Niw  England  states.  In  large  plants,  one  charge  consists  of  20,000  pounds  of 
wood,  which  is  exhausted  of  its  oil  in  about  48  to  50  hours.  The  yield  is  from 
(J  to  !)  prr  cent,  the  wood  of  the  root  yields  only  about  0.!1  per  cent.  (For  inter- 
esting details  regarding  the  history  of  sassafras  and  the  preparation  of  its  oil,  see 
Dr.  Frederick  Hoffmann,  in  Die  Jjthrrischen  Oele,  1899,  \).  514  ;  also  see  J.  U.  Lloyd, 
"An  Historical  Study  of  Sassafras,"  in  .4 mer«V(i«  X)n(</f/t.>?,  1898,  p.  258.) 

Description. — According  to  Prof  W.  Procter,  Jr.  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm. ,1866,.\). 
4Sl),a  ivMisli  colored  oil  is  yielded  from  the  bark  of  old  stump  roots,  while  young 
roots  aiv  >aid  to  yield  a  colorless  oil.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  the  oil  as  "a  yellow- 
ish or  reddi-^h-yellow  liiiuid,  having  the  characteristic  odor  of  sassafras  without 
the  odor  of  caniphor,  and  a  warm,  aromatic  taste.  It  becomes  darker  and  thicker 
by  age  and  exposure  to  air.  Specific  gravity.  1 .070  to  1 .090  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Solu- 
liie,  in  all  proportions,  in  alcohol,  the  solution  being  neutral  to  litmus  paper; 
also  soluble,  in  all  proportions,  in  glacial  acetic  acid, and  in  carbon  disulphide. 
If  to  5  drops  of  the  oil  5  drops  of  nitric  acid  be  added,  a  violent  reaction  will 
take  place,  producing  at  first  a  red  color,  and  finally  converting  the  oil  into  a  red 
resin.  If  to  a  few  drops  of  the  oil  a  drop  of  sulphuric  acid  be  added,  a  deep-red 
color  will  be  produced  at  first,  which  soon  becomes  blackish "'—(['.  S.  P.).  The 
oil  is  slightly  dextro-rotatory  (-1-3°  to  +4°).  The  above  reaction  with  nitric  acid, 
first  pbs.ived  by  Bonastre  (1828),  is  attended  with  emission  of  flame: 

•<3heinical  Composition. — Oil  of  sassafras,  according  to  Gildemeister  and 
HofTmann  (^/oc.  nV.,  p.  522 !,  has  the  following  percentage  composition,  ascertained 
by  Power  and  Kleber  (Phnrm.  Review,  1896,  p.  101)  :  safrnl  (C,oH„0,),  SO  per  cent; 
p'inene  {■■<ntrene  of  Grimaux  and  Ruotte,  1869)  and  phelln'ndrene,  together  10  per  cent ; 
dexti-o-cumphor  (ordinary  Jhjoad  camphor), &.?>  per  cent;  evgenol  (Pomeranz,  1890), 
0.5  per  cent;  sesquitei-pene  in  the  highest  fractions,  and  residue,  3  per  cent. 

S.\FR0L  is  a  colorless  or  yellowish  liquid,  possessing  the  pure  sassafras  odor, 
and  becomes  solid  upon  moderate  cooling;  it  melts  again  at  11°  C.  (51.8°  F.). 
It  was  first  observed  by  Binder,  in  1821,  as  a  deposit  from  the  oil.  Its  specific 
gravitv  is  1.108,  its  boiling  point  233°  C.  (451.4°).  Chemically,  it  is  the  mcthijlene 
ether  o"f  an  allyl-pijrocatechin  (C8H,.C3Hj.OOCH;),  and  also  occurs  in  large  ((uantity 
in  caiuiihor  oil,  and  in  oils  of  star  anise  and  cinnamon  leaves. 

Adulteration. — The  substitution  of  sassafras  oil  by  camphor  oil  is  very  diffi- 
cult to  drtc-ct,  since  the  constituents  of  both  are  the  same;  sometimes  deviations 
in  specific  gravity  will  point  to  substitution.  Artificial  oU  of  sasmfras  \%  thought 
to  be  a  fraction  of  camphor  oil  having  the  same  specific  gravity  as  oil  of  sassafras 
(see  Gildemeister  and  Hoffmann,  loc.  cit.,  p.  522).  Oil  of  sassafras  is  rarely  adul- 
terated in  this  countrv  with  oils  of  turpentine,  cloves,  or  lavender. 

Action,  Medical  tJses,  and  Dosage. — Sassafras  oil  is  stimulant,  diuretic,  car- 
minativ  I.  alterative  and  diaphoretic  It  maybe  U.sed  for  all  the  purposes  for  which 
the  bark  is  n-conunended.  It  is  said  to  be  an  eflicient  application  to  »viw.  It  is 
much  used  as  a  local  application  to  rheumatic  and  other  ;/((//(.•<,  and  has  proved 
advantageous  when  given  internally  in  chronic  goiiorrhwa  and  ci/.'flirrhd'd.  Its  dose 
is  from  3"to  12  drops  on  sugar,  or  in  emulsion.  It  is  stated  by  Dr.  Sheli)y,  of  Hunts- 
ville,  that  oil  of  sassafras  will  not  only  prevent  the  injurious  effects  of  tobacco,  but 
speedily  renvn*  them  when  produced;  he  has  verified  this  either  by  combining 
the  tobacco  with  some  sassafras  bark,  and  by  smoking  tobacco,  in  a  strong  pipe, 
to  which  a  few  drops  of  the  oil  has  been  added  (lioston  Jour.  C/i<»»i.,1860). 

OLEUM  SESAMI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  SE8AMUM. 

"A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  the  seed  of  Seinmnm  iiulirum,  Linne  (Nal.  Ord. — 
I'edaliacea*).     It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — (T.  S.  P.). 
SvsosvMs  :   Semme  oil,  Ted  or  Til  oil,  Bcnnc  oil,  Giitijili  or  Jinijili  nil 


1890  Ol.EUM  8ESAMI. 

Preparation. — This  oil  is  obtained  by  expressing  the  seeds,  the  yield  being 
about  50  iier  cent  by  weight.  When  pure,  it  is  one  of  the  least  alterable  of  oils 
(Fiiickiger).    Germnn  .^mimc  nil  is  derived  from  Cameliiia  sntivn,  Crantz. 

Description  and  Tests. — Oil  of  sesamum  stands  intermediate  between  the 
drying  and  the  non-drying  oils.  It  shares  with  castor  oil  and  croton  oil  the 
property  of  being  optically  active;  it  is  dextro-rotatory.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes 
the  oil  as  "a  yellowish  or  vellow,  oily  liquid,  inodorous  or  nearly  so,  and  having 
a  bland,  nut-like  taste.  Specific  gravity,  0.919  to  0.923  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.j.  When 
cooled  to— 3°  C.  (26.6°  F.)  it  becomes  thick,  and  at— 5°  C.  (23°  F.)  it  congeals  to 
a  yellowish-white  mass.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  converts  it  into  a  brownish- 
re^l  jelly.  If  5  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  shaken  with  an  equal  volume  of  concentrated 
hydrochloric  acid,  the  latter  will  usually  assume  a  bright  emerald-green  color, 
especially  if  the  oil  has  been  exposed  for  some  time  to  the  action  of  air  and  light; 
and,  on  "the  subsequent  addition  of  about  0.5  Gm.  of  sugar,  and  again  shaking 
the  mixture,  a  blue  color,  changing  to  violet,  and  finally  to  deep  crimson,  will 
be  produced  '"- (T.  S.  P.).  The  latter  test  is  that  known  as  Bniuloin's  Tat.  It  was 
modified  by  Villaveccbia  and  Fabris  {JahrcHb.  der  P/inrm.,  1893,  p.  693)  who  ob- 
served that  furfurol  is  the  active  principle  in  Baudoin's  test.  They  proceed  as 
follow.-^:  Mix  0.1  Cc.  of  a  solution  of  2  Gm.  furfurol  (C,H,O.CHO)  in  100  Cc.  of 
alcohol  with  10  Cc.  of  the  oil,  and  shake  with  10  Cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  (specific 
gravity,  1.19)  in  a  test-tube.  As  little  as  1  per  cent  of  sesame  oil  may  be  recog- 
nized by  the  crimson  coloration  produced  in  the  aqueous  layer.  This  test  is  char- 
acteristic for  oil  of  sesame  (also  see  Amer.  Jnxir.  Phann.,  1894,  p.  99).  Another  color 
reaction  with  nitro-sulphuric  acid,  discovered  by  Behrens  (1852),  is  mentioned 
in  Phnrmncoqraphin.  In  this  connection,  see  J.  F.  Tocher's  seiamin  iAmer.  Jour. 
Phann.,  189l',  p.  142.  and  1893,  p.  194). 

Chemical  Composition  and  Uses.— Fiiickiger  found  the  oily  portion  to  con- 
tain 76  per  cent  of  o/c/,;,  and  a  small  quantity  of  a  peculiar  resinoid  substance 
giving  the  above  color  test  of  Behrens.  The  solid  portion  of  oil  of  sesamum  con- 
sisted of  iiaiinttin,  stearin,  and  myristin  {P/ianuurograpltia).  The  oil  also  contains 
small  quantities  oUinolein,  to  the  presence  of  which  its  partial  drying  qualities  are 
due.  According  to  Villaveccbia  and  Fabris  (see  Jahresb.  der  Pharm..  1893.  p.  693), 
there  are  present  crj'stallizable  sesamin  (C,,H,.,03),  melting  at  123°  C.  (253.4°  F.); 
an  alcohol  (C.,jH„0),"  melting  at  137°  C.  (278.6°  F.) ;  and  a  non-nitrogenous  oil  to 
which  the  color  reaction  (in  Baudoin's  test)  is  due.  Oil  of  sesamum  is  used  for 
cooking  purposes;  in  Germany,  an  addition  of  10  per  cent  sesamum  oil  to  oleo- 
margarine is  required  in  order  to  facilitate  the  detection  of  adulteration  of  butter. 
Sesamum  oil  is  also  used  in  soap  manufacture,  for  illuminating  purposes,  and  as 
a  substitute  for  almond  and  olive  oils. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Sesamum.) 

Related  Oils.— Oi.eu.m  Araciiis,  P,aiuU  oil,  Ground-nut  oil,  Earth-nut  oil,  Arachinoil.  This 
non-drying  oil  is  obtained  from  the  nutritiou,>!  oily  seeds  known  i\s  jifanut.^.  and  derived  from 
the  leguminous  plant  Araehts  hi/pogcen.Lmui.  The  yield  is  nearly  50  per  cent.  It  is  obtained 
bv  cold  expression.  When  the  seeds  are  first  warmed  an  inferior  oil  is  obtained.  It  is  thin, 
almost  colorless,  or  pale  yellow,  has  a  faint,  pleasant  odor,  an<l  a  bland,  nutty  taste.  The 
specific  gravity  of  the  best  product  is  about  0.918  {Phnrm<ico<iroi>hin\.  .At  :;-C.  :)7.4°  F.)  it  is 
turbid;  at— 3°  to — 1°C.  (26.6°to  24.8°  F.  lit  concretes,  and  hardi-ns  at— 7°C'.  >  19.4°  F.'.  Expo- 
sure to  air  slowly  causes  it  to  thicken;  even  in  closed  containers  it  l>ej'onies  disagrveabljr 
rancid  {Phnnmicographia).  It  is  composed  of  the  glyceriiles  o!  four  fatty  acids,  chiefly  o/rtc 
acid.  The  other  acids  which  are  present  in  the  form  of  glyceritles,  are  palmltif,  gt.arlc,  arachic 
(CjoH^oOj),  hjipogu'ic  (CieHaoO;),  and  liiioleic  noi'rf.i.  This  oil  is  oHicial  in  India  where  it  is  largely 
consumed  as  a  substitute  for  "olive  oil,  under  the  name  of  Ktitchuuti  oil.  It  is  extensively  em- 
'  ploved  in  soap-making,  and  the  Chinese  use  it  for  illuminating  purposes. 

Sov  Oil.— A  yellowish,  bland  oil,  furnished  to  the  extent  of  l.S  per  ct-nt  by  the  edible 
seeds  of  Soja  hi»pida,  Moeneh  {Dolicliof  Soja,  T.inne)  { .Y<ir.  On/.— U-guminosjei.  ol  Japan  and 
southern  Asia.     A  sauce  called  soi/is  also  i)repared  from  the  see<ls. 

German  Sesame  Oil.— The  seeds  of  OiwiWinii  Mliia,  Crantz,  yielil  a  slowly  drj-ing  oil, 
sometimes  feebly  pungent,  sometimes  bland,  to  which  the  name  Gtrmnit  *-*im<-  oi7  is  occa- 
sionally applied. 

KriuNO  Oil. — Derived  from  the  gray,reniform  see<ls  of  roiK^imia  jj/oftni.  Ventenat  (Z>n/- 
'■■rijia  arboriii,  Roxburgh!  (.Yd/.  Orrf.— Legumiiiix'yel.  A  tr\H'  of  tW  East  Imlies.  The  oil  is 
vil'low  and  thiokish,  bei-omes  turbid  at  about  7°C.  (44.t>°  F.».  and  has  a  s|>ecifie  gravity  of  0.1M5. 
riie  leaves  and  root  of  this  tree  have  been  used  in  medicine:  the  oil  in  utin  rfi'.v.i.*.*. 

NuKER-.sEKD  Oil. — Bond ur-n III!!,  the  seeds  of  a  tropical  vine,  the  «'.T.«i/yiiMiii  Rmductlla, 
Koxburgh  [GuiUmdiua  BondHCilla,  Linn^),  yieM,  by  expression,  an  oil  which  is  use».i  in  lini- 


OI.EIM  SINAIMS  VOI.ATILK.  1391 

monts  by  the  natives  of  India.  There  the  seeds,  as  well  as  the  root-hark,  are  emplovid  as 
an  antiperiodic  and  tonic.  The  seed  is  varionslv  Iciiown  as  Senifu  hxuhu-dla^,  St'iiieii  ijiiildiKliii.r, 
(imi  nicker  »<(■</.<  (or  .Viifcl,  and  BimdKC  .if.il.t.  Kliukiger  obtained  from  them  a  non-alkaline, 
viTV  bitter  powder,  sparingly  solnble  in  water,  and  soluble  in  alcohol  and  etlier  (/'/id rmaco- 
iiniphiK,  p.  212). 

Hen  Oil,  Behex  Oil. — The  expressed  oil  otben  >ii(/;i,  the  seeds  oi  .Voriiiga  pleri/gmtptnna, 
Giertner  {Moringn  nleifira,  Lamarck,  ami  Oiiilandhw  .Voriiiga.  Linn^),  of  the  i\rt/.  Ord. — Morin- 
gaceie,  is  a  palatable  product,  more  employeil  in  the  arts  than  in  medicine.  The  tree 
lurnishing  tlie  seeds  is  .<nown  as  the  /Inrsirdtliili-lnr,  on  account  of  the  resemblance  ot  its 
root-bark,  both  in  taste  ami  udor,  to  onr  loniiiion  horsenidisli.  Several  allied  species  are  al.so 
said  to  vield  a  porti^in  of  the  oil.  Oil  of  ben  resembles  olive  oil,  and  is  emploved  for  like  pur- 
poses. "Its  density  is  0.!M2  to  0.1117;  it.s  color,  vellowish  and  clear;  it  is  odorless  and  bland  in 
taste.  If,  however,  the  oil  be  expressed  by  heat,  it  becomes  acrid  and  bitter,  and  possesses 
cathartic  powers.  It  does  not  easily  become  rancid.  At  7°C.  (44.6°  F.)  it  begins  to  deposit 
fatty  materials  ;  at  0°C.  {'.i2°  F.)  it  becomes  solid.  The  liquid  portion  overlying  the  solid  fats 
is  emploved  in  extracting  from  {lowers  their  delicate  odors.  Ben  oil  is  composed  of  the  glyc- 
erides  of  oleic,  palmitic,  mi/ri.^ic,  »teurir,  murlngic  (CpHaiOj),  and  benic  {behenic  FCasHwOj] )  aci(h 
The  latter  acia  is  crystalline;  moritigic  acidia  Huid.  The  yield  of  this  fixed  oil  is  about  30 
per  cent,  and  it  is  expressed  in  Euroiie  from  Egj-ptian  seeds. 

OLEUM  SINAPIS  VOLATILE  (U.  S.  P.)— VOLATILE 
OIL  OF  MUSTARD. 

"A  volatile  oil  obtained  from  Black  mustard  b}'  maceration  with  water,  and 
subsecjuent  distillation.  It  should  be  carefull}' kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in 
a  cool  place,  protected  from  light" — {['.  S.  P.). 

Sy.noxy.ms  :    Oil  nfmuslarrl.  Oleum,  siiuipis  ivthereum. 

Preparation  and  Description. — Volatile  oil  of  mustard  does  not  pre-exist  in 
black  mustard  .seed,  !>ut  is  fornieil  in  the  deconi)iosition  of  its  glucosid  itMu'^/rm  by 
a  process  of  fermentation  (see  ( 'In  miciil  Cnnifisiiinn ).  The  fixed  oil  is  first  removed 
bj'  hydraulic  pressure,  the  press-cake  is  crushed,  digested  with  water  at  a  tempera- 
ttirenot  exceeding  TO^C.  (15S°  F.),  and  the  volatile  oil  of  mustard  is  then  dis- 
tilled off  with  steam.  The  yield  is  about  0.5  to  0.75  per  cent.  White  mustard 
seed  does  not  yield  a  volatile  oil  when  thus  treated  (see  Siruipis). 

The  volatile  oil  of  mustard  thus  obtained  is  "a  colorless  or  pale-yellow,  lim- 
pid, and  strongly  refractive  litiuid.  having  a  very  pungent  and  acrid  odor  and  taste. 
Specific  gravity,  1.018  to  1.0-29  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Boiling  point,  148°  to  150°  C. 
(298.4°  to  302°  F. ).  Freely  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  or  carbon  disulphide,  the 
solutions  being  neutral  to  litmus  paper" — {U.  S.P.).  The  oil  is  soluble  in  from 
160  to  300  parts  of  water,  and  in  10  parts  of  70  per  cent  by  volume  of  alcohol. 
Exposed  to  light,  volatile  oil  of  mustard  decomposes,  turning  reddish-brown,  and 
depositing  a  thin  brown  film  on  the  walls  of  its  containing  vessel. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  principal  constituent  of  volatile  oil  of  mustard 
is  allyl-isot/i inn/a II ide  (^alh/l-viuslard  oil,  S:C:N.C3H5),  with  small  amounts  of  allyl 
cyanide  (CN.C^Hj  and  carbon  disulphide  (CS,,),  the  latter  being  of  somewhat  obscure 
origin.  Allyl-cyanide  is  formed  by  decomposition  of  allyl-mustard  oil,  which  takes 
place,  for  example,  when  the  oil  is  in  prolonged  contact  with  the  copper  of  the 
still,  thus:  SCNC,H^+Cu-  CuS+CNCjH,.  Notable  quantities  of  this  compound, 
which  has  the  specific  gravity  0.835,  may  render  the  volatile  oil  of  mustard  lighter 
tlian  water  (Will,  1863). 

Allyl-isothiocyanide  is  formed  by  the  decomposition  of  the  glucosid  sini- 
rp-in  {or  potimiuin  myronate  C,„H,„NS,,KOJ,  under  the  influence  of  the  albuminous 
ferment  ji!?/m-/;i,  both  being  constitutnts  of  black  mustard  seed.  The  reaction,  as 
elucidated'  bv  J.  Gadamer  an<l  bis  pivd.M-.ssor.s  ( .see  .1  ,v/nV  drr  Pharm..  1897,  p.  44), 
takes  place  as  follows:  C„,H,,,NSK(),  i -inigrin) +H.,0--SCNC,Hs  (allyl-mustard 
oil) +CeH,,0,  (dextro.se) +KHS(),(  acid  j.otassium  sulphate).  It  may  also  be  pre- 
pared svntlietically  by  the  interaction  of  pota.ssiuin  suli>hocyanide  ( NCSK),  and 
allvl  iodide  (C',II  I)  in"  alcoholic  solution,  whereby  a  molecular  rearrangement  from 
N-.'C.i^.CW  Jnll>/l-l/>in.rynnide)  to  fi.:C:'S.C,U,(iillyl-L-<ot/iiorynnidc)  takes  place 

Tests  and  Assay.— The  U.  S.  P.  directs  the  following  tests  for  the  volatile  oil 
of  mustard:  •  If  to  :'>  (Jm.  of  the  oil  6  Gni.  of  sulphuric  acid  be  graduallv  added, 
the  liquid  being  kept  cool,  the  mixture,  upon  subsequent  addition,  will  evolve 
sulidnir  dioxide,  but  will  remain   of  a  light-yellow  color,  and  at  first  perfectly 


1392  OLEUM  SUCCINI. 

clear,  becoming  afterward  thick,  and  occasionally  cr3'stalline,  while  the  pungent 
odor  of  the  oil  will  disappear"^{7.  S.  P.)-  The  final  product  in  this  reaction  is 
svJphate  of  alhjlamine  (C^H^NH^). 

"  If  a  portion  of  the  oil  be  heated  in  a  flask  connected  with  a  well-cooled  cm- 
denser,  it  should  distill  completely  between  148°  and  150°  C.  (298.4°  and  302°  F.), 
and  both  the  first  and  the  last  portion  of  the  distillate  should  have  the  same  spe- 
cific gravity  as  the  original  oil  (absence  of  alcohol,  chloroform,  carbon  disulphide, 
petroleum,  or  fatty  oils).  If  a  small  portion  of  the  oil  be  diluted  with  5  times  its 
volume  of  alcohol,  and  a  drop  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.  be  added,  no  blue  or  violet 
color  .should  be  produced  (absence  of  phenols).  If  a  mixture  of  3  Gm.  of  the 
oil  and  3  Gm.  of  alcohol  be  shaken,  in  a  small  flask,  with  6  Gm.  of  ammonia 
water,  it  will  become  clear  after  standing  for  some  hours,  or  rapidly  when  warmed 
to  50°  C.  (122°  F.),  and  usually  deposit,  without  becoming  colored,  crystals  of 
thiosijinmine  {allyl-thin  w?-ea,CS.N.,H3[C3H5]).  To  determine  the  proportion  of  thio- 
sinaminc  ot)tainable  from  the  oil,  decant  the  mother  water  from  the  crystals,  and 
evaporate  it  gradually  in  a  tared  capsule,  on  a  water-bath,  adding  fresh  portions 
only  after  the  ammoniacal  odor  of  each  preceding  portion  has  disappeared.  Then 
add  the  crystals  from  the  flask  to  tho.se  in  the  capsule,  rinsing  them  out  of  the 
flask  with  a  little  alcohol,  and  heat  the  capsule  on  a  water-bath  until  its  weight 
remains  constant.  The  amount  of  thiosinamine  thus  obtained  from  3  Gm.  of 
the  oil  should  be  not  less  than  3.25  Gm.,  nor  more  than  3.5  Gm.  After  cooling, 
thiosinamine  forms  a  brownish,  crystalline  mass,  fusing  at  70°  C.  (158°  F.),and 
having  a  leek-like,  but  no  pungent  (idor.  The  mass  should  be  soluble  in  2  parts 
of  warm  water,  forminp  a  sdlutimi  which  should  not  redden  blue  litmus  paper, 
and  whirh  imi-scsscs  a  scnuewlKit  biiti-r.  not  persistent  taste" — {U.S.P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  SinnpU.) 

OLEUM  SUCCINI.— OIL  OF  AMBER. 

The  volatile  oil  obtained  by  dry  distillation  of  amber  and  purified  by  recti- 
fication. 

Preparation. — The  crude  oil  of  amber  (Oleum  Succini  Crudum)  is  obtained  by 
destructive  distillation  of  amber  as  a  by-product  in  the  preparation  of  succinic 
acid  from  this  source  (see  yl  oifter,  below).  It  is  of  a  syrupy  consistence,  dark-brown, 
and  of  an  unplcasiint.  cnipyreumatic,  persistent  odor.  In  order  to  make  rectified 
oil  of  amber  {Oh  mn  Surrlni  Rirtijicdium),  the  U.  S.  P.  (1870)  directs  to  mix  in  a  glass 
retort,  oil  of  amlitr,  1  pint;  water,  6  pints,  and  to  distill  until  4  pints  of  water 
have  passed  with  the  oil  into  the  receiver;  then  separate  the  oil  from  the  water, 
and  keep  it  in  a  well-stopped  bottle.  According  to  Hager,  the  yield  is  from  65  to  70 
per  cent  of  the  crude  oil. 

Description. — The  oil  thus  obtained  is  thin,  colorless  or  pale-yellow,  but 
turns  brown  and  viscid  if  not  carefully  kept.  It  has  an  empyreumatic,  balsamic. 
yet  disagreeable  odor,  and  a  bitter  and  acrid  taste.  Its  specific  gnivitv  varies 
from  0.88  to  0.93;  Power  {Essential  Oils)  records  0.975  for  crude,  and  0.915  for  the 
rectified  oil.  The  latter  is  readily  dissolved  in  absolute  alcohol,  chloroform,  ether, 
disulphide  of  carbon,  or  the  fixed  oils ;  alcohol  of  90  per  cent  by  volume  dissolves 
only  about  one-fifth  of  it.  It  is  not  soluble  in  water,  thoughthis  fluid  acquires 
its  taste  and  odor  in  a  slight  degree.  It  is  a  solvent  for  caoutchouc.  It  is  princi- 
pally a  mixture  of  hydrocarbons  containing  some  phenols  (Power\  and  has  no 
constant  boiling  point.  It  does  not  fulminate  with  iodine.  Fuming  nitric  acid 
added  gradually  forms  with  it  a  balsamic  resin,  called  artifirial  mu.<k.  Eau  de  Luo 
is  formed  by  dissolving  1  part  of  rectified  oil  of  amber  in  24  parts  of  alcohol,  spe- 
cific gravity  0.830,  and  96  jjarts  of  caustic  ammonia,  specific  gravity  0.916. 

Adulterations. — Oil  of  amber  is  sometimes  adulterated  with  oil  of  turpen- 
tine. I»r.  Hollty  suggests  the  following  method  of  detecting  it :  In  a  cylindrical 
glass  vessel  al)out  a  foot  high,  place  the  suspected  oil,  and  pass  a  current  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  gas  into  it  by  a  tube  dipping  to  near  the  bottom.  The  gas  must  be 
previously  dried  by  passing  it  through  two  oottles  containing  coarsely-broken  chlo- 
ride of  calcium,  before  entering  the  oil.  The  current  is  to  be  continued  an  hour, 
and  if  oil  of  turpentine  is  jjreseut  to  the  extent  of  even  5  per  cent,  the  mixture 


OLEIM  s^lCCIXI.  1393 

gives  crystalline  evidence  of  it  after  standing  12  hours.  Of  course,  where  the 
adulteration  is  large,  the  artificial  camphor  is  apparent  much  sooner  (.-li/xr.  Jour. 
Phnnn.,  1S54,  p.  119).  According  to  Mr.  A.  E.  Ehert,  rectified  oil  of  amber  is  liable 
to  adulten\tion  with  kerosene,  rendering  the  oil  insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol,  im- 
parting an  opalescence  to  it  by  exposure  to  direct  sunlight,  and  forming  no  resin 
or  artificial  musk  when  treated  with  nitric  acid.  He  believes  that  there  is  but  a 
small  amount  of  the  true  rectified  oil  of  amber  to  be  had  in  our  markets,  that 
which  is  sold  for  it  consisting  principally  either  of  turjientine  agitated  with  the 
crude  oil  of  amber  until  it  has  the  desired  color,  and  which  may  be  detected  by 
its  odor,  and  violent  fulminating  action  with  iodine;  or  kerosene  may  be  substi- 
tuted for  the  turpentine  on  account  of  the  cost  of  the  latter  yPror.  Amer.  Pharm. 
Agso<:,  18t>5,  p.  149j.  It  may  be  owing  to  this  adulteration  that  piles  are  cured  by 
a  locaJ  application  of  it  to  them,  as  named  by  Prof.  Procter  in  Amet:Join:  Pharm'.. 
1866.  p.  217.  as  I  have  known  numerous  instances  where  persons  have  cured  or 
relieved  tlit-Uiselvts  of  pilt-s  by  the  application  of  ordinary  coal-oil  (J.  King). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Rectified  oil  of  amber  is  the  only  form 
in  which  oil  of  amber  should  be  employed  tor  internal  use.  It  is  stimulant,  diu- 
retic, and  antispasmodic;  and  has  been  employed  with  benefit  in  nrntnoi-rha'a,  hys- 
teria, d}/siii'  iiorrhaa,  tetanus,  epikju^y,  pertussin,  inj'antik  mnrhkions,  &nd  various  other 
fjia^inodir  affection.^.  The  dose  is  from  o  to  30  drops  on  sugar,  repeated  as  often  as 
required.  Applied  externally  it  is  a  rubefacient,  and  has  been  efficaciously  used 
as  a  liniment  in  palsy.  ch)-onic  rheumatism,  peiiussis.  and  infantile  convulsions;  in  the 
latter  affection  it  should  be  rubbed  along  the  spine,  either  alone  or  combined  with 
an  equal  part  of  laudanum  aud  3  or  4  parts  of  olive  oil.  Roches  Embrocatiox. 
for  pertUi<si.s  and  other  spasmodic  affections,  is  composed  of  oil  of  olive,  oil  of  cloves, 
each,  1  tiuid  ounce;  oil  of  amber,  i  fluid  ounce.    Mix. 

Related  Products.— Siccixim,  or  Amber,  Ambra  flara,  Elecirum.  The  origin  of  amber 
is  souiiwliat  unceruiin:  it  is  believed  to  be  a  fossil  resin,  prwluced  by  the  hardening  of  the 
resinous  exudates  of  certain  extinct  conilerse.  That  it  was  at  one  time'  liquid,  is  obvious  from 
the  insects  which  are  occasionallv  found  buried  in  it.  No  living  insect  is  Known  exactly  simi- 
lar to  those  found  in  amljer;  showing  that  a  very  long  period  must  have  elapsed  since  the 
trees  producing  it  vegetated  iT. ).  The  greatest  part  of  the  amber  of  commerce  is  found  in 
Prussia,  on  the  south  shore  of  the  Baltic,  being  thrown  up  from  the  sea  between  Konigsberg 
and  Memel.  It  is  supposed  to  be  derived  from  beds  of  wood-coal  from  Piniies  mccinij'er,  Goep- 
pert  i  Pilyujrvlon  succinij'enim,  Krausi,  in  the  basin  of  the  Baltic.  It  is  also  met  with  on  the 
.*^icily  co:ist,  in  Poland,  in  France  near  Paris,  in  China,  and  in  several  parts  of  the  United  States, 
.\mber  is  a  brittle,  light,  hard  substance,  usually  nearly  transparent;  sometimes  almost  color- 
less, but  c«^immonly  yellow,  deep-brown,  or  red.  It  usually  occurs  in  irregularly  shaped  pieces, 
tasteless,  anil  without  smell,  except  when  pounded  or  heated,  when  it  emits  a  fragrant  odor. 
.\mber  incapable  of  acquiring  a  fine  polish,  on  account  of  which  it  is  used  for  small  articles  of 
ornament.  It  yields  readily  to  the  knife,  has  a  conchoidal  vitreous  or  resinous  fracture,  Itecomes 
negatively  electrical  by  rubbing,  and  has  a  specific  gravity  of  1.065.  Water  has  no  action  on 
it,  out  alcohol,  by  long  digestion,  dissolves  alx)ut  one-eighth  of  the  amber,  and  forms  a  col- 
ored solution  which,  when'concentrated,  becomes  milky  when  mixed  with  water;  the  precipi- 
tate posses-ses  the  properties  of  a  resin.  Volatile  oils  aud  ether  but  partially  dissolve  it.  A 
boiling  solution  of  fixed  alkali  almost  wholly  dissolves  amber,  forming  a  kind  of  soap,  soluble 
in  alcohol  or  water.  Diluted  acids  have  no  action  on  amlier;  sulphuric  acid  converts  it  into 
a  black  resinous  mass;  nitric  acid  acts  upon  it.  dissob-ing  it  completelv. 

Heated  in  the  air,  amber  softens  at  about  215°  C.  (419°  F.),  and  fuses  at  about  2tH)°  C. 
(5.>4°  F.  I.  evolving  an  agreeable  aromatic  odor,  and  burning  with  a  clear  yellow  flame.  It  can 
not  be  fused  without  undergoing  some  chemical  change  By  destructive  distillation  in  a  retort, 
aml>er  yieMs  first  an  acid  liquor,  which  contains  succmic  aiid  acetic  acids;  then  some  succinic 
acid  is  deiKisite<l  in  the  neck  of  the  retort,  and  an  empyreuniatic  oil  loil  of  amlier  i  comes  over, 
at  first  thin  and  yellowish,  afterwanl  brown  and  thick ;  toward  the  end  of  the  operation,  a 
yellowish  light  sublimate  is  observed  in  the  neck  of  the  retort ;  this  is  called  by  Gnieliu,<im?»<>(- 
rnmi'hor.  .\n  inflammable  gas  is  evolved  during  the  whule  time  ol  the  operation.  The  ivsidue 
in  the  retort  cvmsists  of  a  brown  resin  ci,lo)iU<mium  mccini.  The  proximate  iirincii)les  of  amlier 
are  a  volatile  oil,  with  a  .strong  but  agreealile  odor:  a  resin  .soluble  in  cold  alcohol,  a  resin 
s-iluble  in  tviiling  alcohol,  succinic  acid  as  high  as  ti  per  cent,  and  a  bituminous  matter  on 
whieh  ali-ohol.  ether,  fixe<l  anil  volatile  oils,  and  alkabne  solutions  exert  no  .solveut  action. 
Baudrimout  found  o.4!>  p«-r  cent  of  sulphur  in  HX)  parts  of  aml>er.  Riniiixiuinu  muUi  yielded 
ti^  O.  Helm  ( .Imcr.  Jijur.  Plian,,..  1881,  p.  442)  1.15  l)er  cent  of  sulphur,  and  .5.2  i>er  cent  of  sue 
cinic  at  id.  .SiW/i.m  ainl^r  yielded  only  0.4  per  cent  of  the  latter  acid,  and  a  dark  variety  of 
aml>er.  ratleil  glttitc,  had  a  specific  gravity  of  only  1.015  to  1.027.  and  yielded  no  succinic  arid 
ui>on  dry  dLstillation. 

.\ml>er  is  not  U8e<l  as  a  medicine ;  its  principal  employment  is  in  the  preparation  of  its  oil, 
sacciuii-  acid,  and  varnish,  .\mber  varnish  is  made  by  roasting  2  pounds  of  amber,  and  then 
8.S  ,  ' 


1394  OLEUM  TANACKTI.— OLEUM  TEREBIXTHIX.K. 

dissolving  it  in  "  pounds  of  linseed  oil .  and  :i  sufficient  quantity  of  oil  of  turpentine.  Adultera- 
tion with  colophony  maybe  recoKn/'i   -       i  ..I1..I,  which  dissolves  out  the  adulterant. 

A<iDrMSicciNicuM,,S'«ccini'"        -  .  -/.i///,  (  HjCjH^O,).  Molecular  weight:  117.72. 

Succinic  acid  was  observed  by  Aj;i  ■       i   .  1.  and  wxs  long  believed  to  be  a  volatile  salt  of 

amber,  until  its  acid  character  wa.-:  ii  in  .n.-Uiud  iu  1075,  by  Leuiery.  It  exists  in  nature,  also 
in  fossilized  wood,  and  in  inany  vegetable  and  animal  fluids.  It  may  be  obtaineil  by  the  action 
of  nitric  acid  upon  the  higher  fatty  acids,  wax,  or  spermaceti.  Pasteur  discovered  its  formation 
in  the  vinous  fermentation  of  sugar.  It  has  also  been  obtained  synthetically.  The  medicinal 
acid  is  obtained  by  the  distillation  of  amber,  although  another  and  more  convenient  method  con- 
sists in  the  fermentation  of  calcium  malate  or  of  tartaric  acid  (see  details  in  Roscoe  and  Schor- 
lemmer'sC7ie)Hi«<ri/,Vol.III,PartII,NewYork,  1884,p.l8.5i.  The  acid,  when  pure,  forms  whiteor 
transparent  and  odorless  crystals;  when  prepared  from  amber  the  crystals  are  yellow  f>r  brown, 
with  a  smoky,  acid  taste,  and  have  the  odorof  amber  oil.  They  may  be  purified  by  boiling  with 
nitric  acid,  of  specific  gravity  1.32.  Succinic  acid  is  soluble  in  20  parts  of  cold,  2  parts  of  hot 
water,  less  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  nearly  insoluble  in  ether.  The  pure  acid  melts  at  180°  C. 
(3.5t)°  F. ).  Its  salts  are  called  succinates.  It  was  formerly  used  to  considerable  extent  in  medi- 
cine, but  it  is  now^  seldom  employed.  It  lia.s  but  little  action  except  to  accelerate  the  pulse  and 
promote  cutaneous  and  bronchial  exc'reti(  m.    The  dose  of  succinic  aciil  is  from  5  to  lb  grains. 

Succinate  of  A>i.monium  has  been  employed  in  spasmodic  condilious  ami  as  a  remedy 
for  delirium  tremens,  hysteria,  rheumatism,  anA  bronchitis.  A  liquor  of  succinate  of  ammonium, 
known  also  as  Liquor  Cornu  Ceni  Succinici,  ha.s  been  considerably  employed  in  Germany 
for  similar  purposes. 

OLEUM  TANACETI.— OIL  OF  TANSY. 

The  very  poisonous,  oxygenated  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Tanacetum  vulgare, 
Linni-  (  .V-v/.  "O,-,/.— Composita'). 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— Oil  of  tansy  is  prepared  by  dis- 
tilling tlie  dowering  herl)  with  water.  It  is  usually  yellow,  sometimes  of  a  green 
color,  turning  brown  on  exposure  to  air  and  light,  a  warm,  extremely  bitter  taste, 
and  an  odor  like  that  of  tansy,  but  more  intense.  An  oil  distilled  from  English 
cultivated  tansy  (Schimrael  &  Co.,  Report.  Oct.,  1895)  had  a  camphoraceous  odor 
resembling  rosemary,  and  upon  cooling  to  0°  C.  (32°  F.)  deposited  part  of  its  cam- 
phor. It  also  differed  from  American  and  German  oils  by  being  lavo-rotatory 
( — 27°),  the  former  exerting  a  right-handed  optical  rotation  (+30°  to  +45°). 
Oil  of  tansy  is  soluble  in  alcohol;  the  American  oil,  when  pure,  forms  a  clear 
solution  also  with  70  per  cent  alcohol.  The  specific  gravity  of  oil  of  tansy  (fresh 
plant)  varies  from  0.925  to  0.940;  dry  herb  0.955.  The  yield  of  oil  ranges  from 
0.10  to  0.20  per  cent  for  fresh,  and  0^20  to  0.30  per  cent  "for  dry  herb  (Schimmel 
it  Co.).  The  characteristic  odor  of  oil  of  tansy  is  due  to  its"  chief  constituent 
thujone  or  tnnaretnne  (Bruylants,  1878;  Semmler,  1892).  It  is  a  ketone  (C,(,H„0) 
boiling  at  203°  C.  (397.4°"F.),  and  combines  with  sodium  bisulphite,  and  forms  an 
oxime  with  hydroxylamine.  The  oil  also  contains  preformed  (.Schimmel  it  Co.) 
the  Uvvo-rotatory  modification  of  camphor  (C,„H,jO)  with  small  quantities  oiborneol; 
a  terj^enr  boiling  at  1(50°  C.  (320°  F.)  is  likewise  present  (Bruylants). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  tansy  possesses  the  properties 
of  the  plant  1  see  Tn  mi  return),  but  is  seldom  employed  internally  on  account  of  its 
bitternes."^.  It  has  been  employed  to  produce  abortion,  but  almost  always  with 
fatal  results.  Dose  of  the  oil  from  2  to  5  drops.  According  to  Peyraud  ( 1S87\  the 
oil  produces  in  animals  a  disease  similar  to  hydrophobia,  called  "rage  tanacetique" 
(Gildcmeister  and  Hoflfmann,  Die  .Ellm-i.-^rhrn  Orlr.  1S>)!),  p.  S!(0\ 

OLEUM  TEREBINTHIN.ffi:  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  TURPENTINE. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  turpentine"— (T.  5.  P.).    (See  Tcrehinfhina.) 
"Oil  of  turpentine  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles. protected  from" 

light' •—(  r.  N.  P.).  ^        .  _ 

Synonyms:  Sjiirit.-i  of  turpentine,  K'i«<iieeottur})aitine. 

Preparation  and  fiistory.— Oil  of  turpentine  is  the  volatile  constituent  of 
the  oleoresinous  exudate  obtained  from  coniferous  trees  and  known  as  turpentine 
(see  Terebinthinit).  The  oil  is  separated  by  distillation  with  water  or  steam  ;  the 
residue  in  the  still  is  known  as  ro.^iu  or  rolophim;/  (see  Ro-inn).  By  subjecting  tur- 
pentine to  a  dry  heat,  an  empyreuniatic  oil  is  produced,  to  which  the  term  rrsin 


OLKLSl  TEKEUINTm.V.L.  1395 

oil  is  more  proi)erly  applied.  By  distilling  the  leaves  or  fruit-cones  of  various 
species  of  the  natural  order  Conifeni'  with  water  or  steana,  the  so-called  plDt-mnlle 
oils  are  obtained  which  have  a  somewhat  different  composition  (see  Olnua  I'ini 
Si/lvestris). 

In  former  centuries,  the  large  pine  forests  extending  through  central  Europe 
westward  to  the  Atlantic,  supplied  the  oils  of  commerce.  In  the  eighteenth 
century,  American  turpentine  made  its  appearance  and  was  first  distilled  in 
North  Carolina  and  Virginia.  Up  to  the  i)resent  time  the  American  oil  ranks 
first  in  the  world's  market,  the  French  oil,  which  is  esteemed  for  its  finer  odor, 
ranking  second.  The  center  of  the  manufacture  of  oil  of  turiientine  in  the  United 
States  is  slowly  marching  southward,  on  account  of  the  gradual  depletion  of  the 
pine  forests  where  the  industry  is  carried  out.  The  leading  place  of  exjiort  not 
long  ago  was  Charleston,  South  Carolina;  now  its  position  is  taken  liy  Savannah, 
Georgia.  (For  a  full  account  of  the  manufacture  of  the  oil,  on  the  so-called  "tur- 
pentine farms,''  see  Dr.  Frederick  Hoti'mann,  in  Z)<V  .fJtherischen  Oe/e,  p.  310  ;  also  .see 
Btistin  it  Trimble's  "  North  American  Conifera-,"  in  Amer.Jour.Pliaiin.,  1896,  p.  242.) 

Description. — Official  oil  of  turpentine  is  "a  thin,  colorless  liquid,  having  a 
charactiristir  odor  and  taste,  both  of  which  become  stronger  and  less  pleassant  by 
age  and  rxposure  to  the  air.  Specific  gravitv,  0.&55  to  0.870  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  It 
boils  at  155°  to  170°  C.  (311°  to  338°  F.).  Soluble  in  three  times  its  volume  of 
alcohol,  the  solution  being  neutral  or  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper  ;  also  soluble 
in  an  equal  volume  of  glacial  acetic  acid" — (U.  S.  P.).  It  is  scarcely  solul)le  in 
water,  but  is  easily  dissolved  by  chloroform,  benzol,  ether,  etc.  Of  90  per  cent 
alcohol,  5  to  12  parts  are  required  for  complete  solution.  Old  oil  dissolves  more 
easily  than  fresh  oil.  It  dissolves  resins,  fixed  oils,  fats,  sulphur,  phosphorus, 
many  alkaloids  and  neutral  vegetable  principles,  and  is  also  a  solvent  for  caout- 
chouc. Unless  purified,  oil  of  turpentine  has  a  slightly  acid  reaction,  owing  to 
the  presence  of  acetic  and  formic  acids.  "  Bromine  or  powdered  iodine  acts  vio- 
lently upon  it.  When  brought  in  contact  with  a  mixture  of  nitric  and  sulphuric 
acids,  it  takes  fire" — (U.  S.  P.).  It  also  takes  fire  when  brought  into  contact  with 
chlorine  gas.  The  oil  is  inflammable,  burning  with  a  fierce,  red  flame  and  much 
black  smoke.  The  various  oils  of  turpentine  are  optically  active ;  the  French 
oil  is  markedly  /,T('o-rotatory  ( — 20°  to — 40°)  while  the  American  oil  is,  as  a  rule, 
d«i:</-o-rotatory  (to  +10°),  and  in  rare  cases  slightly  Irevo-rotatory  (to — 2°  5')  (Gilde- 
meister  and  Hoftmann,  lor.  rit.,  p.  320).  Oil  of  turpentine  is  quite  volatile  at  ordi- 
nary temperatures.  When  exposed  to  the  atmosphere,  especially  in  the  presence 
of  moisture,  it  becomes  "  ozonized  "  by  absorption  of  oxygen  ;  it"  thickens,  resini- 
fies,  and  acquires  an  acid  reaction.  In  this  condition'it  is  a  strongly  oxidizing 
agent,  due  to  its  containing  oxygen  in  some  active  form,  which  is  not,  however, 
that  of  ozone ;  this  has  been  pointed  out  by  Kingzett  (1874)  and  others.  Hydrogen 
peroxide  is  one  of  the  active  products  formed.  C.  Engler  and  J.  Weissberg  have 
more  recently  shown  (Berichte  d.  Deutsch.  Chem.  Gcs.,  1898,  p.  3046)  that  absolutely 
dry  oil  of  turpentine  absorbs  a  maximum  volume  of  active  oxygen  at  100°  C. 
(2i2°  F.),  no  ozone,  nor  hydrogen  peroxide  being  formed.  The  oil  thus  charged 
with  oxygen  retains  its  active  properties  for  years  if  it  is  kept  in  a  dark  place. 
Above  this  temperature  oxidation  of  the  oil  takes  place.  Among  the  products 
of  oxidation  of  "ozonized"  oil  are  formic  and  acetic  acids,  and  rampho'rir  arid 
(C,„H„0.),  and  small  quantities  of  an  aldehyde  {C,„l{,fl  J  (Schiff,  Chnn.  Zcitu.ir,,  1896, 
p.  361),  to  which  the  penetrating  odor  of  old,  rancid  oil  is  probably  due.  (For 
further  details  on  this  subject,  see  Gildemeister  and  HoSvn&nw,  Die  .Etherisrht-n 
Oe/p,  p.  300.) 

Tests. — Oil  of  turpentine  may  be  adulterated  with  petroleum,  paraffin  oils, 
or  resin.  For  their  detection,  the  U.  S.  P.  directs  that  "if  a  little  of  the  oil  be 
evaporated  in  a  small  capsule  on  a  water-liath,  it  should  leave  not  more  than  a 
very  slight  residue  (absence  of  petroleum,  paraffin  oils,  or  resin)"' — (T.  S.  P.).  The 
lighter  petroleum  oils  reduce  the  specific  gravity  of  oil  of  turpentine.  The  heavier 
paraffin  oils  may  be  recognized  by  not  being  volatile  with  steam,  and  may  be 
identified  in  the  residue  by  their  indifference  toward  strong  sul)>huric  or  nitric 
acid.  A  quantitative  separation  of  mineral  oils  from  oil  of  turpentine,  may  l)e 
effected  (Burton,  1890;  Allen,  1890)  by  means  of  fuming  nitric  acid  which  destroys 
the  latter  oil  only. 


1396  OLEUM  terebinthixj:. 

Chemical  Composition.— Oil  of  turpentine  consists  chiefly  of  hydrocarbons 
{ter/jene-^),  of  the  formula  C,oH|g  (Houton-Labillardiere,  1817).  Among  these, 2  inene, 
boiling  point  155°  to  156°  C.  (311°  to  312.8°  F.),  is  the  most  prominent.  Camphenc. 
melting  point  50°  C.  (122°  F.),  boiling  point  159°  to  160°  C.  (318.2°  to  320°  F.), 
and  probably /c>if/if/!<',  boiling  point  154°  to  156°  C.  (309.2°  to  312.8°  F.),  are  also 
regular  constituents  of  oil  of  turpentine,  as  well  as  dipenlene,  boiling  point  175° 
to  176°  C  (347°  to  348.8°  F.),  and  sesquiterpenes,  boiling  at  higher  temperature*. 
Certain  pine-needle  oils  also  contain  the  hydrocarbons  l-limonene,  dijientene,  d-»t/[-  _ 
vestrene,  l-pheUandrene  und  cadineiie,  and  the  fragrant  ester  bornyl  {borneol)  ucetah. 

PiNENE  occurs  in  two  modifications  which  are  chemically  identical.  Lxvu- 
pinene  (Wallach,  1885 ;  Berthelot's  terebentene)  is  the  principal  constituent  of  the 
French  oil  of  turpentine,  while  dextro-pinene  (Berthelot's  auMralene)  occurs,  as  a 
rule,  in  the  American  oil.  It  is  a  colorless,  mobile  liquid,  which,  to  some  extent. 
resinifies  and  absorbs  oxygen  when  exposed  to  the  air.  It  is  an  unsaturated 
hydrocarbon  with  one  double  bond.  Accordingly,  it  combines,  when  surrounded 
by  ice,  with  dry  hydrochloric  or  hydrobromic  acid  gas,  the  former  yielding  the 
solid  compound  C,oH,g.HCl,  which  has  the  odor  of  camphor,  hence  is  called  arti- 
ficial  camphor.  It  melts  at  125°  C.  (257°  F.),  the  bromine  compound  at  90°  C. 
(194°  F.).  Pinene  is  best  identified  by  the  melting  point  of  its  nitroso-chloride 
(C,oH„.NOCl)  which  lies  at  103°  C.  (217.4°  F.).  When  heated  to  250°  to  270°  C. 
(482°  to  518°  F.),  pinene  is  changed  into  dipcntenc,  the  inactive  (racemic)  modi- 
fication of  c/- and  l-limo7iene,  hoiUng  a.t  176'' C.  (348.8°  F.).  Alcoholic  sulphuric 
acid  converts  pinene  into  terpinokne  and  terpinene.  Pinene  in  prolonged  contact 
with  diluted  mineral  acids,  is  converted  into  crj'stallizable  teiyin  hydrate  (C,„H,8 
[OHJjH.O)  (see  Terpini  Hydras).  By  the  action  of  sulphuric  and  glacial  acetic 
acids,  pinene  forms  the  alcohol  ta-pineol  (C|(,H„0),  which  has  the  odor  of  hyacinth 
and  is  much  used  in  perfumery.  By  the  action  of  diluted  nitric  acid,  or  chromic 
acid,  pinene  is  oxidized  with  formation  of  the  lower  fattj'  acids,  and  tcrephtalic 
(CjHgOj)  and  terebcnk  (C;H,„0,)  acids.  By  distillation  with  sulphuric  acid,  pinene 
is  converted  into  inactive  lerebcuc  (see  Turhcnum). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  actions  of  oil  of  turpentine  are 
complex.  It  is  irritant,  stimulant,  cathartic,  diuretic,  vermifuge,  and,  in  rela- 
tion to  chronic  mucous  discharges,  astringent.  Given  in  large  doses  it  occasions 
fullness  of  the  head,  or  giddiness,  with  a  feeling  similar  to  that  of  intoxication, 
or  a  state  resembling  trance;  sometimes  it  gives  rise  to  pain  in  the  stomach, 
nausea  and  vomiting,  and  more  frequently  it  gives  rise  to  violent  strangury, 
bloody  urine,  and  other  symptoms  of  renal  "or  vesical  irritation.  In  small  doses 
long  continued,  or  when  absorbed  from  its  external  application,  or  its  vapor 
inhaled,  it  produces  in  the  urine  an  odor  resembling  that  of  violets,  and  some- 
times produces  strangury.  Its  most  constant  eSect  is  purgation,  and  when  this 
occurs,  the  other  effects  seldom  present  themselves.  In  medicinal  doses  it  warms 
the  stomach,  elevates  the  temperature  of  the  surface,  quickens  the  pulse,  and 
when  given  at  short  intervals,  in  slight  doses,  it  acts  upon  the  kidneys,  causing 
an  increased  urinary  discharge.  In  the  typhoid  stage  0/ fehrile  disei(se.<.  especially 
when  intestinal  idccration  is  diagnosed  from  the  .symptoms,  the  tongue  V>ecoming 
dry  and  dark-colored,  the  skin  dry  and  husky,  and  tympanites  is  present,  with 
occasionally  mental  derangement,  small  doses  given  at  short  intervals  and  con- 
tinued for  some  time,  will  act  as  a  stimulant  and  remove  all  these  symptoms.  It 
i.^  supposed,  in  these  instances,  to  normally  influence  the  ulcerated  "tissues.  It  is 
likewise  recommended  in  neu7-algia,  chronic  rhcinnati'<m,dropsy,sup]>ression  of  urine, 
)w<n/i.s  especially  t.rnia — iympanilic  di.<ite».iion  in  t y jthoid  fever.  }>erito)iitis,  or  otiier 
diseases — chorea,  hysteria,  croup,  colic,  jaundice,  Aud  in  cases  where  gravel  is  habitu- 
ally carried  ofiF  by  copious  discharge  of  lithic  acid  and  lilhate  of  ammonium. 
it  has  a  tendency  to  diminish  excessive  mucous  discharges,  and  has  been 
employed  with  advantage  in  chronic  catarrh,  chronic  hronchiti.-',  fetid  tronf/iiV/.*,  and 
pulmonary  gangrene  (in  lung  troubles  by  inhalation  as  well  as  internally),  cAtwiiV 
dysentery,  chronic  dian-hiva,  chronic  inflammation  of  the  bladder,  gleit.  chronic  gonor- 
rhaii,  and  leucoirhmi.  The  dose  in  ordinary  cases  is  from  0  drops  to  i  fluid 
«lrachm,  and  even  to  1  drachm,  at  intervals  of  an  hour  or  two  in  acute  and  everv 
3  or  4  hours  in  chronic  diseases.  In  the  course  of  its  action  it  is  absorbwl. 
and  imparts  its  odor  to  the  breath  and  perspiration.     In  doses  varying  from  20 


ul.ia.M  TKUKBlNTlll.V.i;.  loi)? 

iiiiiiiins  to  1  tluul  drachm,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  syniiitonis,  and 
repeated  every  3  or  4  hours,  it  is  a  most  efficacious  astringent,  and  may  be  used 
in  epistaxis,  hemuteincsk,  hemopiy-iiit,  and  other  sanguineous  discharges.  It  may  be 
administered  in  water,  flavored  with  some  agreeable  aromatic  syrup,  or  in  infu- 
sion of  niatico,  in  hemoptysig;  in  the  decoctions  of  uva  ursi,  epigaa,  or  eupa- 
toriura,  etc.,  in  hematuria;  or  in  the  decoction  or  infusion  of  cinchona,  in  },Hijnira 
hemorrhagica.  Where  much  arterial  blood  has  been  lost,  tincture  of  chloride  of 
iron  will  form  a  valuable  adjunct.  Combined  with  castor  oil,  it  is  an  ixcellcnt 
vermifuge.  It  probably  prevents  the  formation  of  biliary  calculi.  K.\ternallv  it 
is  a  rubefacient,  and  is  used  as  a  counter-irritant  in  the  form  of  liniment  in  rheu- 
matism, parah/si^,  neuralgia,  inflammation  of  internal  or(ian.i,in  the  neighborhood  of 
indolent  tumors,  to  chilblain--:,  indolent  and  cn/.-fipelatoua  ulcers,  caries,  sloughing,  espe- 
cially from  pressure  in  exhausting  diseases,  gangrene,  chronic  inflammation  of  the 
edge  of  the  eyelids,  and,  combined  with  linseed  oil,  in  recent  burns  or  scaldx. 

'Turpentine,  locally  and  internally,  has  given  signal  results  in  diphtheria  and 
sciatica.  In  the  latter"  atfection  about  30  drops,  3  times  a  day,  is  the  proi)er  dose. 
It  forms  a  good  local  application  in  mamn>itis,  pleu,ri.'<y.  pneumonia,  bronihiti.%  laryn- 
gitis, and  rhus  poisoning.  It  has  given  relief  in  puerperal  peritonitis.  Its  vapor 
kills  the  itch  insect.  Where  deafness  is  occasioned  by  a.  scanty  or  abnormal  secretion 
of  cerumen,  the  oil  of  turpentine  rubbed  up  with  some  bland  oil,  may  be  passed 
into  the  ear,  on  cotton.  In  ain(norrho;a  arising  from  torpor  of  the  uterine  vessels, 
in  obstinate  constipation,  in  tympanites,  or  when  the  bowels  are  distended  \\\lh  flatus, 
and  in  a-icarides,  oil  of  turpentine  used  as  an  injection  will  frequently  be  found 
a  superior  remedy.  From  4  to  8  fluid  drachms  may  be  rubbed  up  with  half  a 
pint  of  water  and  the  yolk  of  a  few  eggs,  or  with  some  mucilage,  and  injected 
into  the  rectum,  where  it  should  be  retained  for  some  time.  When  given  inter- 
nally, it  may  be  administered  in  simple  or  aromatized  syrup,  or  rubbed  up  with 
sugar,  or  taken  in  gin,  when  not  contraindicated,  etc. ;  or  it  may  be  triturated 
with  the  yolk  of  egg,  gradually  adding  syrup  and  essence  of  cinnamon,  with  a 
portion  of  water.  One  yolk  is  sufficient  for  trituration  with  every  2  fluid  drachms 
of  the  oil.  In  tapeworm,  it  has  been  combined  with  gin,  and  given  in  doses  of 
1  or  2  fluid  ounces.  As  an  ordinary  vermifuge,  3  or  4  parts  of  castor-oil  may  l)e 
added  to  1  part  of  the  oil  of  turpentine. 

Dr.  James  Warren  has  used  a  preparation  for  a  number  of  years  in  the  treat- 
ment of  hemorrhages,  with  uniform  success.  It  acts  both  by  its  sedative  power, 
in  diminishing  the  force  of  the  circulation,  and  by  its  astringent  qualities,  in 
contact  with  the  bleeding  vessels.  He  is  satisfied  that  no  known  remedy  exerts 
a  more  specific  power  and  gives  more  speedy  relief,  especially  in  hemoptysis,  hema- 
temesis,  epistaris,  and  menorrhagia.  Dr.  Warren  terms  it  Styptic  Balsam.  It  is  made 
as  follows  :  Place  sulphuric  acid,  5  drachms  by  weight,  in  a  Wedgewood  mortar, 
and  slowly  add  to  it  oil  of  turpentine  2  fluid  drachms,  stirring  it  constantly  with 
the  pestle;  then  add  in  the  same  manner  alcohol  2  fluid  drachms,  and  continue 
stirring  until  no  more  fumes  arise,  when  it  may  be  bottled,  and  should  be  stopped 
with  a  ground  stopper.  It  should  be  prepared  from  the  purest  materials;  and 
when  made  should  exhibit  a  dark  but  clear  red  color,  like  dark  blood ;  but  if  it 
be  a  pale,  dirty  red,  it  will  be  unfit  for  use.  The  dose  is  40  drops,  to  be  used 
as  follows:  into  a  common-sized  teacup  put  a  teaspoonful  of  brown  sugar,  thor- 
oughly incorporate  the  40  drops  by  rubbing  together,  and  then  slowly  stir  in 
wateruntil  the  cup  is  nearly  full,  when  the  mixture  should  be  immediately  swal- 
lowed. The  dose  may  be  repeated  every  hour,  for  3  or  4  hours,  and  its  use  should 
be  discontinued  as  soon  as  fresh  blood  ceases  to  How.  After  standing  a  few  days, 
a  pellicle  forms  upon  the  surface  of  the  balsam,  which  should  be  broken,  and  liie 
liqui<l  below  it  used.  If  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  age  does  not  deteriorate  it 
(X.y.Jour.  MciL).  French  oil  of  turpentine  and  old  oil  of  turpentine  are  antidotes 
to  ]ioi-'«>ning  by  phosphoru.<. 

Belated  Oil.— .\bieten-e  (C,IIi«).  This  hifthly  volatile  and  very  inflammaMe  oil  whh 
obtairie-l  !>>■  Prof.  \V.  T.  Wenzell  i  .Inter.  Jour.  l%irm..\X7-2,  p.  l\~)  from  the  tereliintliinoiw 
exiidati-  "f  till-  Xiit  pine  or  I)iij(/ir i>iiir  i  I'iiiiig  .■^iiliiiiidiiii,  nonirlasl  of  California.  Tlie  nut  of  this 
Bp»-cie8  is  eaten  1)V  tin-  I  "ivrL'-r' Indians.  The  cnuli-  oil  \h  colorleKs  anil  lioils  from  101 'to  ll.Vf. 
(•.'i:{°to239°F.  ;  tlu-  boiling  point  ot  the  largest  frnetion  iHlorC.  iL'i:i°K.i.  its  sp.iilir  t'ravily 
is  O.WH  ;  its  odor  i>fni-tratin){,  stronjt,  ami  oranet-like.  .\ciordin(;  to  T.  K.  Thorpe  ( '  /-'  ///.  .V-  «t, 
1S79),  it  is  identieal  with  luiiUtiie  iCTllu.one  of  the   low-boiling   petrolium    hydrocarbons. 


1398  OLEUM  TEEEBINTHIN.E  EECTIFICATUM.— OLEUM  THEOBKOMATIS. 

Ahietene  (heptane)  dissolves  both  bromine  and  iodine  without  fulmination,  and  is  soluble  in  95 
per  cent  alcohol  (5  parts).  According  to  Prof.  Sadtler  (A/ner.  Jour.  Phami.,  1879,  pp.  176  ami 
293),  an  oil  of  the  same  composition  is  furnished  by  the  Califomian  Pinus ponderom,  of  Douglas. 

OLEUM  TEREBINTHIN^  RECTIFICATUM  (U.  S.  P.)— RECTIFIED 
OIL  OF  TURPENTINE. 

Preparation. — "Oil  of  turpentine,  a  convenient  quantity;  lime-water,a  suffi- 
cient quantity.  Shalie  the  oil  thorough]}' with  six  (6j  times  its  volume  of  lime- 
water,  and  introduce  the  mixture  into  a  copper  still  connected  with  a  well-cooled 
condenser.  Then  distill,  until  about  three-fourths  of  the  oil  have  passed  over, 
and  separate  the  clear  oil  from  the  water.  Keep  the  product  in  well-stoppered 
bottles,  in  a  cool  place,  protected  from  light " — (['.  S.  P.). 

Description. — "A  thin,  colorless  liquid,  having  the  general  properties  men- 
tioned under  oil  of  turpentine  (see  Oleum  TerebinthiiuT).  Specific  gravitv,  0.8-55 
to  0.865  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Boiling  point,  about  160°  C.  (320°  F.).  Its  alcoholic 
solution  should  be  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  If  about  10  Cc.  of  the  oil  be  evapo- 
rated in  a  capsule  on  a  water-bath,  no  weighable  residue  should  be  left  " — 
{U.S.  P.).  "Rectified  oil  of  turpentine  should  always  be  dispensed  when  oil  of 
turpentine  is  required  for  internal  use  " — {U.  S.  P.). 

OLEUM  THEOBROMATIS  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  THEOBROMA. 

"A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  the  seed  of  Theobroma  Cacao,  Linne  (_Xat.  Ord. — 
Sterculiacese)"— (r.  S.  P.). 

Synonyms;  Oleum  theobromse  {U.  S.  P.,  1880),  Butter  of  cacao,  Oleum  cacao,  Buty- 

rum  rarno. 

Preparation  and  Description.— 5h«(t  of  cacao  must  not  be  confounded  with 
cocoanut  oil  from  Cnco.i  inicifcra;  with  pnlm  oil  from  Elieis  guiiieensis;  nor  with  coco. 
the  dried  leaves  of  Eryt/iroxylon  Coca;  it  is  obtained  by  two  or  three  processes,  one 
of  which  is  to  roast  the  seeds,  and,  after  removing  the  testa,  grind  the  seeds,  put 
them  in  canvas  bags,  expose  them  to  steam,  and  press  between  hot  iron  plates. 
The  butter  thus  expressed  may  be  purified  by  melting  it  in  hot  water,  by  passing 
it  through  hot  animal  charcoal,  or  by  the  use  of  acids,  and  then  running  it  into 
molds.  The  seeds  contain  about  45  per  cent  of  this  fat,  6  to  11  percent  of  starch, 
1  to  4  per  cent  oUheobromine,  nitrogenous  matter,  cacao-red,  ash,  etc.  The  yield  of 
cacao  butter  is  about  30  to  35  per  cent. 

Butter  of  cacao  is  officially  described  as  "a  yellowish-white,  solid,  having  a 
faint,  agreeable  odor,  and  a  blaiid,  chocolate-like  taste.  Specific  gravitv,  0.970  to 
0.980  at  15°  (59°  F.).  Readily  soluble  in  ether  or  chloroform  ,  also  soluljle  in  100 
parts  of  cold  and  in  20  parts  of  boiling  absolute  alcohol,  all  these  .solutions  being 
neutral  to  litmus  paper.  It  is  brittle  at  15°  (59°  F.),  and  melts  at  30°  to  33°  C. 
(86°  to  91.4°  F.),  to  a  clear  liquid  "— (T.  S.  P.).  The  melted  fat  solidifies  again  at 
20.5°  C.  (68.9°  F.),  accompanied  by  a  sudden  rise  of  temperature  to  about  27°  C. 
(80.6°  F.).    It  i.s  not  easily  liable  to  become  rancid. 

Chemical  Composition. — Butter  of  cacao  consists  of  tlie  glycerides^^ffiriH  and 
o/('//(,  with  small  (juantities  of  laimn,palmitin,  and  ararhin.  Kingzett's  t/icohromir 
arid  ((',JI,„(),,  1S77)  ciuild  not  be  reobtained  (M.  C.  Traub,  Airhir  der  Phunn.,l8SS. 
!>.  19).  P.  (iraf  {Arr/iir  dcr  Phann..  1883,  p.  830)  ahso  found  small  quantities  of 
foriDic,  iiniir,  and  huti/rir  drills,  and  rhol,\-<leriii  {/ihytntitcrin). 

Adulterations  and  Tests.— Butter  of  cacao  may  be  adulterated  with  tallow, 
beef  suet,  stearin,  stearic  acid,  wax,  spermaceti  and  paraffin,  oils  of  cocoanut. 
almond,  etc.  Some  of  these  admixtures  may  be  recognized  by  determining  the 
acid  and  iodine  numbers  and  the  saponification  equivalent  of  the  fat.  The  T.  5.  P. 
directs  the  following  test:  "If  1  Gm.  of  oil  of  tlieobroma  be  dissolved  in  3  Cc.  of 
ether,  in  a  test-tube,  at  a  temperature  of  17°  C.  (63°  F.),  and  tlie  tube  subsequently 
plunged  into  water  at  0°  C.  (32°  F.),  the  liquid  should  not  become  turbid,  nor 
depo.sit  a  granular  mass  in  less  than  3  minutes;  and  if  tlie  mixture,  after  congeal- 
ing, be  exposed  to  a  temperature  of  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  it  siiould  gradually  form  a 
perfectly  clear  liiiuid  (absence  of  paraffin,  wax,  stearin,  tallow,  etc.)" — (l'.  S.  P.). 


ul.KlM  TlIVMl.  1399 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Oil  of  theobroma  is  emollient  and 
nulriiia.  It  lorius  a  good  dressing  lor  icoumis  and  abnided  or  excoriated  parts,  and 
on  account  of  its  melting  at  the  temperature  of  the  bod}-,  furnishes  a  good  base 
for  suppositories  for  the  relief  of  rc(7((/,  ('(((/('/la/,  and  uterine  k.-<wnf.  Internally,  in 
5  to  30-grain  doses,  it  has  been  employed  in  chronic  brone/iixd  and  inte<<ti)ud  disorders. 

Related  Oils. — Shea  Bcttek,  also  known  as  Bainbuk  or  Galiiin  butler,  is  a  light-greenish  or 
grayish  fat.niiUl  to  the  taste,  and  having  an  oilor  like  cacao  butter.  It  fuses  near  28°  C.  (82.4°  F.). 
It  is  expressed  I'rom  the  seeds  of  Bassia  Parkii,  De  CandoUe,  an  African  tree. 

>lASrt-.\ii  BcTTER. — From  the  seeds  of  the  Indian  iJtuisUi  lati^'ulia  of  Roxburgh.  The  oil  is 
yellowish  or  greenish.  Its  fusing  point  is  near  4.5°  C.  1 1 13°  F.).  '1  he  flowers  of  this  species  are 
fleshy  and  said  to  yield  50  per  cent  of  sugar,  and  are  employed  by  the  natives  in  the  making 
of  a  spirituous  ht- verage,  and  for  food.     ( For  other  species  of  Bassiu,  see  .\fouesia.) 

Mafck.\  Bctter.— The  seeds  of  the  Trichiliaemetica,\'ah\  {  Mafiireiradleijtra, Bert^ro)  (Nat. 
Ord. — MeliaceseK  an-  bitter  and  have  the  characteristic  oilor  of  cacao-beans,  and  yield  a  fat 
much  resembling  cacao-butter.  It  is  yellow,  not  so  soft  as  tallow,  is  mild  in  taste,  and  has  the 
odor  of  cacao-butter.  It  fuses  at  42°C.  (107.6°  F.).  Olein  and  palmilin  are  its  constituents,  and 
when  saponifii-il  it  yields  a  large  amount  of  palmitic  acid.  The  oil  is  obtained  in  tropical  Africa 
by  boiling  the  seeds  in  water. 

OLEUM  THYMI  (U.  S.  P.)— OIL  OF  THYME. 

"A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  leaves  and  dowering  tops  of  Thymus  vulgaris, 
Linne  (Xnt.  Ord. — Labiatie).  It  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles, in  a  cool 
place,  protected  from  the  light" — (('.  S.  P.). 

Preparation. — This  oil  is  chiefly  obtained  in  southern  France,  where  the 
plant  grows  in  immense  quantity-.  Spain  also  produces  oil  of  thyme,  although 
this  is  of  somewhat  diflerent  physical  and  chemical  characters.  The  crude  prod- 
uct is  known  as  red  oil  of  thyme,  and  is  usually  sold  under  the  name  of  oil  of  origa- 
num (see  (Jleum.  Origani).  The  rectified  oil  is  known  as  uhite  oil  of  thyme.  In 
southern  France  these  two  grades  are  known  respectively  as /iUiVe  roMj/e  t/e  <%?>(€ 
&nd  huile  blanche  de  thyme.  In  this  connection,  Gildemeister  and  HoS'mann  (Z)je 
./Etherischen  Oele,  1899,  p.  817)  point  out  that  rectified  oil  of  thyme,  unless  rectified 
under  especial  precautions,  soon  acquires  the  red  color  of  the  crude  oil  again. 
The  permanently  pale  French  oil  is  stated  to  be  produced  by  distilling  the  crude. 
oil  with  an  excess  of  oil  of  turpentine ;  hence  such  oils  contain  at  most  5  per  cent 
of  phenols,  as  against  20  to  25  jper  cent,  sometimes  42  per  cent  in  normal  oils.  The 
yield  of  oil  of  thyme  varies  from  0.3  to  0.4  per  cent  (fresh  herb,  German)  to  1.7 
per  cent  drv,  German),  and  0.9  per  cent  (fresh,  French)  to  2.5  and  2.6  per  cent 
(dry,  French  i. 

Description. — "A  yellowish  or  yellowish-red  liquid,  having  a  strong  odor  of 
thyme,  and  an  aromatic,  pungent,  afterward  cooling  taste.  It  becomes  darker 
and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air.  Specific  gravity,  0.900  to  0.930  at 
15°  C.  (59°  F.).  It  does  not  fulminate  with  iodine.  The  oil  is  soluble  in  half  its 
volume  of  alcohol,  forming  a  clear  solution  which  is  neutral  or  only  very  slightlv 
acid  to  litmus  paper.  The  oil  is  also  soluble,  in  all  proportions,  in  carbon  disui- 
phide,  and  in  glacial  acetic  acid.  With  a  drop  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.  the  oil  yields  a 
greenish-brown  color,  which  changes  to  reddish  " — ( f '.  S.  P.).  French  and  German 
oil  of  thvme  is  soluble  in  1  or  2  volumes  of  alcohol  of  80  per  cent,  but  15  to  30  vol- 
umes of  70  per  cent  are  required  for  complete  solution,  while  the  Spanish  oil,  prob- 
ably from  another  botanical  source,  forms  a  clear  solution  with  the  latter  solvent. 

Chemical  Composition  and  Tests. — The  characteristic  constituents  of  oil 
of  thvme  are  the  .-iolid  thi/mol  himI  the  liquid  mrwcro/,  two  isomeric  phenols  of 
the  formula  C,oH,.0  (see  Thymol).  As  .stated  l>efore,  the  total  amount  of  phenols 
in  oil  of  thyme  (French  aiid  German  oils)  is  20  to  25  per  cent,  seldom  as  high  as 
42  per  cent';  thymol  is  usually  the  only  phenol  present;  sometimes  it  is  either 
entirely  or  to  a  small  extent,  replaced"  by  carvnrrol.  The  Spanish  oil  contains 
from  50  to  70  per  cent  of  carvacrol  exclusively  (compare  Oleum  Orignni).  The 
correct  formula  for  thymol  was  established  by  Lallemaiid  (1853).  He  also  found 
oil  of  thyme  to  contain  the  hydrocarbons  r(/"/iio/ (C|„H|,),  and  a  small  quantity  of 
l-thymene,  which  was  identified  by  Schimmel  A-  Co.  ( 1894)  as  l-ninene.  The  latter 
.•Uso  established  the  presence  ofhoDirol  and  limdrxd  \\\  the  higner  fractions  of  oil 
(if  thyme:  these  results  were  confirmed  by  I.abl»'' ( lS98j. 


1400  OLEUM  TIGLII. 

The  presence  of  oil  of  turpentine  in  oil  of  thj'nie  may  be  recognized  by  the 
specific  gravity  being  lower  than  0.900,  or  by  the  diminished  solubility  in  alcohol, 
and  the  deficiency  in  the  phenol  contents  of  the  oil.  A  convenient  method  for 
determining  the  amount  of  phenols  in  oil  of  thyme  consists  in  shaking  a  given 
volume  of  the  oil  (e.  g.,  10  Cc.)  in  a  burette  with  an  equal  volume  of  a  5  pt- r  cent 
caustic  soda  solution,  allowing  to  stand  from  12  to  24  hours,  and  rueasuring  the 
volume  of  the  remaining  non-phenols  (compare  Oil  oj  Cassia).  By  drawing  off 
the  aqueous  phenolate,  and  rendering  acid  with  sulphuric  acid,  the  regenerated 
l)henols  will  solidify  upon  standing  when  consisting  of  thymol,  but  will  remain 
fluid  when  they  consist  of  carvacrol.  An  iodometric  method  for  the  estimation  of 
phenols  in  oil  of  thyme  was  devised  by  E.  Kremers  and  0.  Schreiner  '^see  Pharm. 
Rci-irw.  1896, p.  221).  The  C  S.  P.  directs  the  following  test:  "If  1  Cc. of  the  oil 
be  shaken  with  10  Cc.  of  hot  water,  and,  after  cooling,  the  liquid  be  pa.-sed  through 
a  wet  filter,  the  filtrate  should  not  assume,  with  a  drop  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.,a 
bluish  or  violet  color  (absence  of  carbolic  acid)" — ( U.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Thymus  and  Thymol.) 

Related  Oils. — Oleum  Serpylli,  Oil  of  wild  thynu.  The  essential  oil  distilled  horn  Thy- 
mus Sirpi)lhim,  Linn^.  A  colorless  or  golden-yellow,  lievogyrate  oil  of  the  specific  gravity  0.905 
to  0.930. '  Odor  slightly  like  thyme,  but  more  like  melissa.  Constituents,  chiefly  cijiwA  (CioHu), 
with  1  per  cent  of  thymol,  ccn-vncnl,  and  probably  other  phenols. 

Oil  OF  Thymus  capitatus. — Has  a  pronounced  thyme-like  odor;  specific  gravity,  0.901 ; 
constituents,  thymol  (6  per  cent),  cymol,  pinene,  dipentene,  bornyl-acetate,  and  possibly  cnn-acrol 
(.Schimmel  &  Co.'s  Report,  October,  1889).     Produced  in  Spain. 

,     Oil  op  Thv.mus  camphoratus. —  Specific  gravitv,  0.904.     Constituent,  carmcrol  (Power, 
Essential  Oils). 

OLEUM  TIGLII  (U.  S.  P.)— CROTON  OIL. 

The  expressed  fixed  oil  of  the  seeds  of  Croton  Tujlium.  Linne;  Tiglium  officinale, 
Klotzsch. 

Nat.  Or(?.— Euphorbiaceaj. 

Illustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plant,^,  239. 

Botanical  Source. — Croton  Tiglium  is  a  middle-sized  tree,  the  young  branches 

of  which  are  terete,  smooth,  shining,  and  somewhat  furrowed  toward  the  extremi- 

■p.    j^gg  ties.     The  leaves  are  alternate,  petiolate, 

oval,  oblong,  acute,  3  to  5-nerved  at  the 

base,  acuminate  at  the  apex,  with  shallow, 

glandular  serratures;  thin,  memljranous. 

with  2  glands  at  their  base,  and  covered 

when  young  with  very  minute,  scattered 

hairs,  dark-green  above,  and  paler  below. 

The  petioles  are  about  one-third  the  length 

of  the  leaf,  channeled,  having  stellate  hairs 

when  quite  young,  but  soon  losing  them. 

The  flowers  are  downy,  in  erect,  terminal 

racemes:  male  flowers  at  the  apex,  female 

below.     The  male  flowers  have  a  5-cleft 

calyx,  5  lanceolate,  woolly,  straw-colored 

petals,  and  15  distinct  stamens:   female 

have  a  5-cleft,  permanent  calyx,  with  long 

and  bifid  styles.     The  fruit  is  a  smooth, 

oblong,  obtu.«ely  triangular  capsule,  about 

the  size  of  a  hazel-nut,  closelv  covered  with 

<^*°"'''^'"  minute,  stellate  hairs,  with  3  cells,  each  of 

wliiih  is  completely  filial  with  a  solitary  seed.    The  skin  of  the  seeds  is  of  a  pale, 

dull-liriiwn  col(M-,  niul  nvi'rlics  a  harder,  dark  integument  (L. — \Vi.). 

History  and  Preparation. — This  tree  is  a  native  of  the  East  Indies,  growing 
in  Ceylon,  in  the  Molucca  Islands,  in  China,  etc., and  is  cultivated  in  Japan  ana 
ICuropean  countries.  The  tree  was  probably  first  known  in  Ciiina.  Its  wood 
h'/iittm  paro>i!i)  and  seei.h  (pini  nwlci  mi>lurrnni)  wer^  made  known  t<>  the  Euro- 
uans  in  lri7S,  hy  the  Portuguese  physician. Christobal  Acosta.     Like  the  various 


OI.EU.M  TIGLII.  1401 

plants  of  tliis  natural  order,  it  is  inilnied  in  all  its  parts  (root,  bark,  leaves,  seeds) 
with  a  sharp,  energetic,  drastic  cathartic  element.  The  oil  obtained  from  the 
seeds  is  the  official  part.  The  seeds  are  of  an  ovoid  form,  about  the  size  of  a  pea, 
reddish-brown  when  recent,  grayish-brown  when  old,  sometimes  brownish-black. 
Tiiey  consist  of  a  thin,  brittle,  ligneous  shell;  a  delicate,  white,  membranous  in- 
tegument; and  an  oleaginous  kernel  composed  of  a  pale,  yellowish-white  albu- 
men, and  a  beautiful  embryo,  with  large,  leafy  cotyledons.  The  oil,  which  con- 
stitutes about  50  to  60  per  cent  of  the  kernels,  is  obtained  by  removing  the  shells 
from  the  seeds,  bruising  these  to  a  pulp,  and  subjecting  the  pulp  to  a  strong 
pressure.  By  digesting  the  residue  with  suljihuric  ether,  filtering,  and  expelling 
the  etiier  by  a  gentle  heat,  an  additional  quantity  of  oil  is  often  obtained.  The 
residual  jn-e.ss-cakes  must  be  burned  up  in  order  to  guard  against  accidents  that 
might  jwssibly  result  from  handling  them.  Or,  the  seeds  may  be  extracted  alto- 
gether with  sulphuric  ether,  or  with  carbon  disulphide,  and  the  solvent  evapo- 
rated. These  methods,  however,  are  not  recognized  by  the  V.  S.  P.  A.H.Allen 
{Com.  Org.  vln<(/.,Vol.  II,  Part  I,  1S99,  p.  161)  reports  that  extraction  with  ether 
removes  three  times  as  much  oil  as  when  the  oil  i.s  expressed,  or  extracted  with 
alcohol.  Expression  yields  a  pale  oil,  ether  a  light-brown,  and  alcohol  a  dark- 
brown  oil,  containing  twice  as  much  free  acid  as  the  specimens  obtained  by  the 
other  methods.     Its  saponification  value  is  also  much  higher. 

Description  and  Tests.— The  croton  oil  of  commerce  is  partly  imported 
from  India,  and  partly  expressed  in  England  from  the  imported  seeds.  English 
rroinn  oil  IS  of  a  reddish-i)rown  color,  and  forms  a  uniform,  transparent  mixture 
with  equal  parts  of  ab.solute  alcohol,  without  the  aid  of  heat.  The  East  Indian 
croton  oil  is  pale-yellow,  like  Canada  balsam,  and  mixed  with  equal  parts  of  abso- 
lute alcohol,  forms  an  opaque,  milky  solution,  which  is  rendered  transparent  and 
uniform  upon  the  application  of  heat.  The  East  Indian  is  the  official  oil,  and 
is  described  as  "a  pale-yellow  or  brownish-yellow,  somewhat  viscid,  and  slightly 
fluorescent  liquid,  having  a  slight,  fatty  odor,  and  a  mild,  oily,  afterward  acri<l 
and  burning  taste  {ijreat  rautinn  is  nfccAmrij  in  tasting).  When  applied  to  the  skin, 
it  produces  rubefaction  or  a  pustular  eruption.  Specific  gravity,  0.940  to  0.960 
at  15°  C.  (59"  F.).  It  reddens  blue  litmus  paper  moistened  with  alcohol.  When 
fresh,  it  is  soluble  in  about  60  parts  of  alcohol,  the  solubility  increasing  by  age. 
It  is  freely  soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  carbon  disulphide,  and  in  fixed  or  volatile 
oils.  When  gently  heated  with  twice  its  volume  of  absolute  alcohol,  it  forms  a 
dear  solution  from  which  the  oil  usually  separates  on  cooling" — (f.  S.  P.).  The 
r.  .S.  P.  also  directs  that  "croton  oil  should  be  kept  in  small,  well-stoppered  bot- 
tles, and  should  be  handled  with  caution  " — {U.  S.  P.). 

Croton  oil  ha.s  the  highest  specific  gravity  (see  above)  of  all  fatty  oils,  except 
castor  oil.  It  is  also  soluble  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  soluble  in  petroleum  ether, 
while  castor  oil  is  insoluble  in  the  latter  solvent.  Croton  oil  is  intermediate 
Ijetween  the  drying  and  non-drying  oils,  and  does  not  give  the  elaidin  reaction. 
Accordingly  the  U.  S.  P.  directs  that  "  if  to  2  Cc.  of  the  oil  1  Cc.  of  fuming  nitric 
acid  and  1  Cc.  of  water  be  added,  and  the  mixture  vigorously  shaken,  it  should 
not  solidify,  either  completely  or  partially,  after  standing  for  1  or  2  daj's  (ab.sence 
of  other  non-drying  oils)" — (U.  S.  P.).  The  presence  of  castor  oil  may  probably 
be  detected  by  its  insolubility  in  petroleum  ether. 

It  is  stated  that  an  oil  not  quite  as  active  as  the  pure  croton  is  obtained  from 
the Barbmb&i  nuts.or  the  seeds  of  Ctircas purgans,  Adanson  {J(ttrop/iaCurr<i.i,L\un() 
(see  CurciLi) ;  it  is  an  active  purgative  in  a  dose  of  3  to  o  drops.  The  seeds  of  the 
CVo^ou  ;/((yf(»i,T,  Hamilton,  are  likewise  supposed  to  furnish  some  of  the  commer- 
cial croton  oil.  An  inferior  oil  which  has  been  recommended  as  a  substitute  for 
croton  oil  is  ol)tained  from  the  Caper  spurge,  or  Garden  spurge  ( /vi(;//(o;7//<i  iMtlniriK, 
Linnu)  of  south  Euroi>e.  It  is  extracted  with  carbon  disuiphide,  and  deposits  a 
crystalline  body  on  standing.  Crntun  oblongijolius,  Roxburgh,  has  similar  seeds, 
wiiile  the  seeds  of  C'rotun  morij'olius,  of  Mexico,  yield  an  oil,  mildly  catiiartic  in 
2  or  Sdroj)  doses. 

Chemical  Composition. — I.  The  Seeds.  These,  according  to  Fliickiger,  con- 
sist of  .31.6  p(  r  cent  of  iiu.sks,  and  6S.4  per  cent  of  kernel.-;,  the  latter  containing 
from  50  to  60  j.er  cent  of  croton  oil.  The  husks  hold  about  1.6-5  ]Mr  cent  of  oil 
(^Zinnel,  Anur.Jour.  I'l,.i>-„,  .  ],s'.mi,  ]..  \2'I'.     'I'lip  -^ 1-i  contain,  beside  tli.'  cil  :nid 


1402  OLEIM  TIGLII. 

the  usual  seed  constituents,  two  powerfully  poisonous  albuminous  bodies,  croton- 
glohuUii  and  croton-albumin  (Ufstrand,  1897).  The  poisonous  principle  remains  to 
some  extent  in  the  press-cake  (H.  Stillmark"s  Dissertation,  Ueber  Rkin,  1889,  p.  146). 

II.  The  Oil.— Croton  oil  was  found  by  Schlippe  (18.58)  to  contain  the glycrr- 
idcs  of. stearic,  palmitic,  lauric,  myristic,  and  oleic  acids,  and  a  vesicating  resinous  prin- 
ciple crotonol.  The  additional  angelic  acid,  of  Schlippe,  was  found  by  Guenther 
and  Fnjhlich  (1870)  to  differ  from  true  angelic  acid  in  melting  point,  and  was 
named  ti'jlinic  acid.  Schmitt  and  Berendes  (1878)  found  this  acid  to  be  identical 
with  Frankland  and  Duppa's  metfiylcrotonic  arid  (C5H^0,),and  also  established  the 
presence  of  isohutyric  and  isovaleric  acids  in  croton  oil.  Acetic  acid  was  previously 
shown  by  Guenther  and  Frohlich  to  be  present. 

Regarding  the  active  principles  of  croton  oil,  it  has  long  been  known  (Nimmo, 
1823)  that  alcohol  differentiates  the  oil  into  an  alcohol-soluble  vesicant  part  and 
an  alcohol-insoluble,  purgative  part  (Harold  Senier,  Pharm.,  Jour.  Trans.,  1878, 
p.  705  ;  and  1883,  p.  446).  In  1857,  Buchheim  and  Krich,  by  saponification  of  the 
purgative  portion,  isolated  therefrom  a  vesicant  principle;  hence  a  close  relation 
must  exist  between  the  alcohol-soluble  and  insoluble  portions  of  the  oil.  Kobert 
and  von  Hirschheydt,  in  1890  {Ueber  die  Crotonol-suure,  R.  Buchheim's),  came  to 
the  conclusion  that  the  efficacy  of  the  alcohol-soluble,  vesicant  part  is  due  to  the 
l)resence  of  free  crotonoleic  acid,  a  rather  unstable  body,  while  the  alcohol-insoluble 
part  contains  it  as  a  glyceride.  The  authors  also  demonstrated,  by  experiment, 
that  the  neutral  oil  (insoluble  in  alcohol)  is  decomposed  bj-  the  pancreatic  fer- 
ment, whereby  the  vesicating  crotonoleic  acid  is  liberated.  More  recentl}'.  Prof. 
W.  R.  Dunstan  and  Miss  L.  E.  Boole  {Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.,  1895,  p.  5)  investigated 
crotonoleic  acid.  After  separating  therefrom  some  inert  oily  acids,  the  last  frac- 
tion contained  a  powerfully  vesicating  resin,  croton  re^in,  a  hard,  light-yellow,  brit- 
tle substance,  nearly  insoluble  in  water,  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  and 
chloroform.  Prolonged  boiling  with  caustic  alkalies  destroys  its  vesicating  power. 
(Adapted  from  an  article  on  Croton  Tiglium,  by  J.  U.  Lloyd,  in  The  Western 
Druggist,  April,  1898.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Croton  oil  is  a  powerful  irritant  and 
cathartic.  In  large  doses  it  is  a  dangerous  poison,  occasioning  emesis,  painful 
gripings,  hypercatharsis,  and  other  serious  symptoms.  Its  action  is  prompt,  fre- 
quently causing  catharsis  within  an  hour;  and,  from  the  smallness  of  its  dose,  it 
is  especially  adapted  to  cases  where  medicines  requiring  large  doses  can  not  be 
given,  as  in  trismus,  coma,  insanity,  congestive  apoplery,  etc.  In  most  cases,  catharsis 
may  be  produced  by  placing  a  drop  or  two  on  the  "back  part  of  the  tongue.  It  is 
principally  used  as  a  purgative  when  the  bowels  are  very  torpid;  in  comatose  con- 
ditions a.-i  a  revellant ;  and  in  dropsy  as  a  hydragogue.  It  is  admissible  in  d>stinate 
constipntion  when  no  inflammation  exists,  and  is  the  most  efficient  purgative  in 
lead  colic.  It  is  likewise  asserted  that,  irrespective  of  its  cathartic  property,  it 
possesses  efficacious  influences  in  spasmodic  a.m\  painful  nervous  affections.  It  may 
be  used  in  all  cases  where  prompt  and  active  purgation  is  indicated.  It  is  distin- 
guished from  other  powerful  cathartics  by  occasioning  much  borborygmus  or 
rumbling  of  wind,  by  its  action  commencing  speedily  and  ending  soon,  and  by 
the  ]nirgative  effect,  however  exhausting  at  the  tinie,  being  followed  bv  little 
(ioliility.  In  certain  forms  of  diarrhwa  and  other  enteritic  nffectinns.  I  have  derived 
gnat  l)enefit  by  dissolving  croton  oil,*  fluid  drachm,  in  alcohol,  2  fluid  ounces, 
and  administering  it  in  doses  of  from'5  to  15  drops,  according  to  circumstances 
(.1.  King).  Externally,  it  produces  erythematic  redness,  intense  burning,  and  an 
eruption  of  minute  vesicles. 

A  croton-oil  liniment  is  made  by  mixing  1  part  of  croton  oil  with  4  or  5  parts 
of  olive  oil,  or  6  parts  of  turpentine ;  it  is  rubbed  on  the  skin  several  times  a  day, 
to  cause  redness  and  a  pustular  eruption;  it  is  very  beneficial  \i\  follicular  dise^v^ 
of  the  throat,  affections  of  the  larynx,  bronchial  vessels,  and  lungs,  indolent  tumors,  and  all 
painful  attacks.  The  dose  of  croton  oil  is  from  1  to  6  drops,  which  is  best  given  on 
sugar,  or  made  into  a  pill  with  crumb  of  bread,  in  order  to  avoid  the  dis;igreeable, 
acrid  sensation  it  occasions  in  the  throat,  with  a  constant  tendency  to  hawk,  as 
well  as  to  prevent  nausea  or  vomiting.  Four  drops  of  the  oil,  thoroughly  rubbed 
around  the  navel,  will,  it  is  said,  produce  catharsis.  Croton  oil  is  now  seldom 
used  externally;  it  was  once  very  po]nilar  as  a  counter-irritant.    ?oul>eiran  rec- 


ULKl'.M  VAI.EKIAX.K— ULIBANTM.  1403 

omnieiuls  the  following  lozenges:  Take  of  vanilla  chocolate,  A  ounce;  sugar,  2 
drachms:  starch,  40  grains;  croton  oil,  10  drops;  mix  thoroughly  together,  and 
form  into  60  lozenges. 

Related  Bmg.—Bocconia.  South  American  natives  emplov  several  species  of  this  genus 
!is  i)ur:rativf,  :ibortitaiii-uts,  ami  topical  irritant?  ill.  H.  Rusby,  6h//.  o/"/V«(r»i.,1891). 

OLEUM  VALERIAN^.— OIL  OF  VALERIAN. 

Tlie  f.*sential  oil  di.-lilkHl  iVoiii  the  root  of  Valeriana  officinalis,  Lim\e. 

Xit.  '/'■'/.  —  \';ileriaii:U'fa-. 

Preparation  and  Description. — The  root  of  Valeriana  oflScinalis  distilled 
with  watf  r  yields  about  1  per  cent  of  volatile  oil.  When  freshly  prepared  it  is  a 
yellowisii-irreen,  faintly  acid,  thin  liquid,  the  odor  of  which  is  not  unpleasant. 
Upon  cxpo.sure  to  the  air  it  becomes  dark-brown,  viscid,  strongly  acid,  and  of  a 
very  disagreeablf  (xlor.  i>winfr  to  the  liberation  of  valerianir  arid  (C-^}i,jO..).  Fresh 
oil  of  vaitTJan  lia>  a  specific  gravity  of  0.93  to  0.96  and  is  optically  lievo-rotatory. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  characteristic  constituent  of  oil  of  valerian  is 
bontyl-^honienl-)  m/(r(-(/i<(^  (Hruylants,  1878),  an  ester  which  undergoes  spontaneous 
decomposition  into  borneol  and  valerianic  acid  when  the  oil  is  exposed  to  air. 
The  stearopten  sometimes  deposited  in  old  oil  is  borneol.  According  to  Gerock 
(1892),  alwut  9.5  per  cent  of  this  ester  is  present,  with  1  per  cent,  each,  of  bornyl- 
fonnintf.  nrttate.  and  hutyrate.  Upon  saponification  of  these  esters  with  caustic  alkali 
and  fractionating  the  resultant  oil,  the  hydrocarbons  l-pinene  and  l-camphene  were 
found  in  the  lowest  fractions,  then  foWowed  l-horneol,terpineol,  a  sesquiterjjene,  and 
an  alcohol,  C,,H,jO  (Olivieri,  1893).  From  the  saponification  water,  Olivieri  iso- 
lated a  crystaliizable,  l»vo-rotatory  alcohol  (C,„H.^,0.,),  melting  at  132°C.  (269.6° F.). 
The  highest  fractions  of  oil  of  valerian,  according  to  Prof.  Fliickiger  (1876),  con- 
tain a  blue  oil  (Gildemeister  and  Hoflmann,  Die  ^Etherigchen  Oele,  1899);  its  taste 
is  warm  and  camphoric.  Caustic  alkalies  saponify  the  oil  uniting  with  its  vale- 
rianic acid  to  form  valeriiuiates. 

Action,  MedicalUses,  and  Dosage. — Oil  of  valerian  possesses  the  properties 
of  the  r.Mt  in  a  concintniti d  ilc-irree.  and  uiaj'  be  substituted  for  it  in  all  cases 
where  the  ro<it  is  ai'plicable.  It  has  lieen  found  especially  useful  in  hysteria,  chorea, 
rcislk-isnc-'g,  etc.  An  efficient  preparation  for  nervous,  sleepless,  and  hysterical  cases 
is  composed  of:  Tincture  of  lupulin,  tincture  of  hyoscyamus,  of" each,  4  fluid 
ounces;  camphor,  1  drachm  ;  and  oil  of  valerian,  22  minims.  Mix,  and  give  1  or  2 
fluid  drachms  for  a  dose.  The  dose  of  the  oil  (jf  valerian  is  2  to  6  drops  in  alcoholic 
solution,  pill,  or  emulsion. 

OLIBANUM.— FRANKINCENSE. 

A  dry  gum-resin  obtaineil  i'lom  Boswel'iaCnrlerii.Budv:ood,\^ith  its  varieties, 
and  several  other  species  of  Boi:uel I ia. 

X^at.  Ord. — Burseracete. 

SvsoxvMs:  Gummiresiim  olibanum,  Thus. 

Ii.i.rsTRATiox  :  (Bostrellin  Cartei-if)  Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  58. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— The  individual  species  of  Boswellia  yield- 
ing tills  ]ir'.iliict  are  not  well  known.  Several  trees,  possil)ly  distinct  species,  are 
classed  as  varieties  of  B.  Cirirrii.  The  genus  comprises  trees  having  odd-pinnate 
leaves,  with  leaflets  serrate,  flowers  small,  10-stamened,  and  borne  in  racemes,  and 
succeeded  by  3-celled,  drupe-like  capsules,  each  cell  of  which  is  3-seeded.  The  trees 
are  found  in  East  Africa  (Somali  country).  South  Arabia,  and  India.  (For  an 
account  of  the  several  species  consult  Phannacographia,  2d  ed.,])}).  133  and  139.) 
Olibanum  is  the  frankincense  of  the  ancients  and  was  among  the  offerings  of  the 
Magi  to  the  infant  Savior.  It  constituted  a  large  part  of  the  inrmxe  so  frequently 
alluded  to  in  the  Scriptures.  It  is  collected  in  the  Somali  country  by  making  deep 
incisions  into  the  trunk  of  the  tree  from  which  the  milky  gum-resin  exudes  and 
soon  concretes.  The  clear  tears  are  first  gathered,  and  the  i)ortion  which  has  run 
down  the  side  of  the  tree  or  has  fallen  to  the  ground,  constitutes  an  inferior  sort. 

Description. — Olibanum  is  a  translucent,  brittle,  whitish-yellow  substance, 
in  roundish,  clul>shaped,  pear-shaped,  or  irregular  tears,  and  usually  covered  by 


1404  OXOS.MODIUM. 

a  whitish,  farinaceous  substance  produced  by  the  pieces  rubbing  agains-t  each 
other.  It  has  a  sub-acrid,  terebinthinate,  bitter  taste,  and  a  pleasant,  resinous 
odor,  and  wlien  burned,  it  produces  a  brilliant  flame,  and  diffuses  an  agreeable 
aroma.  It  melts  with  difficulty,  not  without  decomposition,  becomes  soft  and 
adhesive  by  chewing,  forms  an  incomplete,  white  emulsion  when  rubbed  up  with 
water,  and  is  dissolved  by  alcohol  to  the  amount  of  about  65  per  cent.  It  has  a 
specific  gravity  of  1.22. 

Chemical  Composition. — Olibanum  consists  chiefly  of  an  acid  resin  (56  per 
cent),  soluble  in  alcohol  and  having  the  formula  C.,„H,.,0,  (Hlasiwetz.  lS67j;  it 
yields  no  benzene  derivatives  when  fused  with  caustic  potash.  When  burned,  it 
emits  an  agreeable  odor.  Water  removes  from  it  a  bitter,  viscid  substance,  little 
soluble  in  ether.  Olibanum  ako  contains  yum  (30  to  36  per  cent),  insoluble  in 
alcohol,  and  resembles  ordinary  gum  arable.  With  3  parts  of  water  it  forms  a 
thick  mucilage  (Pharmacographia).  Finally,  olibanum  contains  about  3  per  cent  of 
ash,  and  from  4  to  7  per  cent  of  a.  volatile  oil.  According  to  Kurbatow  (1874),  it  con- 
sists chiefly  of  a  terpene  olibene  (C|„H,s),  boiling  at  158°  C.  (316.4°  F.).  Fluckiger 
found  it  hevo-rotatory,  and  Wallach  (1889)  identified  it  as  l-pineue,  and  in  addition 
found  dijifiiti-iii.  Sehininiel  it  Cu.also  report  the  occurrence  of phellandrene  in  the 
oil  (Gildeni.-ist.M-  and  H.-ti'iuaiin.  Di,  .Kthcrischcn  Oele,  p.  641). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Olibanum  is  a  stimulant,  producing 
results  similar  to  those  from  the  tolu  and  Peru  balsams;  it  is  principally  used  as 
a  fumigating  article,  and  occasionally  forms  an  ingredient  of  plasters.  The  dose, 
when  used  internally,  is  from  5  to  40  grains,  in  emulsion. 

Related  Species. — Another  gum-resin  is  obtained  from  an  unidentified  tree  inhabiting 
the  neighljorhood  of  the  Red  Sea;  it  k'ows  upon  the  bare  rocks,  without  any  otiier  support 
than  the  virv  round,  thick  substance,  of  a  nature  hetweeu  bark  and  wood,  w'hicli  is  thrown 
out  from  the  I'asi'  i.f  the  trunk,  and  which  adheres  very  firmly  to  the  rocks.  Kempthorne 
(18431  alhi.lis  tn  this  species  as  being  the  tree  furnishing  olibanum. 

Bdfii;  III. I  f,  n-.ila,  Koxburgli,  is  tlie  Bosivellia  llnirifera,  Colelirooke,  a  leafy  forest  tree  of  the 
Coromaudel  coatts  and  other  parts  of  India.  Though  formerly  thought  to  furnish  olibanum, 
this  tree  is  not  the  source  of  that  drug,  but  yields  a  soft  odorous  resin  which  slowly  banlens 
within  a  period  of  a  year,  and  is  used  only  by  the  natives  as  incense. 

Bosviilin  pnpi/nfem,  Richard,  yields  a  transparent  resin,  probably  destitute  of  gum,  though 
thought  t<  i  fi  ntnin  a' volatile  oil.    It  grows  in  western  Abyssinia. 

Bi"'  r  '.  Wrdwood,  the  Ffffcinr  of  the  Somklis,  yieldsafragrant  resin  of  a  lemon 

odor.    It  r  -  1      _iiiii,  and  is  employed  in  the  East  as  a  masticatory. 

//</'  ;  '  ""(•  /'(. — An  alcoholic  extract  of  this  plant,  administered  hypodermatically. 
proved  a  nerve  ani  1  cardiac  poison.  A  convulsing  alkaloid  is  contained  in  it,  and  a  resin  capable 
of  lowering  the  body  heat  and  inducing  paralysis  {Arm.  de  r/i<T(ip.,  1889).  (See  also  p.  1318.) 

ONOSMODIUM.— FALSE  CROMWELL. 

The  root  and  seeds  of  Onosnwdium  virginianum,  A.  f^tiCawiXoWt;  \Li'.i('"'p(rinuvi 
virgininimm,  Linne) . 

CoMMOX  Names  :  Fhisc  gromwell,  Gravel  weed,  Wild  Job's  tears. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  is  a  perennial  herb,  clothed  all  <«ver  with 
harsh  and  rigid  appressed  bristles.  The  stems  are  rather  slender,  1  or  2  feet  in 
height.  The  leaves  are  oblong,  or  oblong-lanceolate,  often  oval,  and  even  ovate- 
lanceolate,  sessile,  minutely  strigose,  o  to  5-veined  ;  lower  ones  narrow  at  base, 
1  inch  to  2i  inches  long,  i  or  J  of  an  inch  iiroad.  The  flowers  are  yellowish- 
white,  in  terminal,  leafy  racemes,  which  are  recurved  at  first,  but  finally  become 
erect  and  elongated.  Calyx  5-cleft,  lobes  lanceolate,  pilose  on  both  >ides,  half  as 
long  as  the  corolla.  Corolla  oblong-tubular,  with  a  ventricose,  half  o-cleft  limb, 
with  lance-subulate  segments  clothed  externally  with  long  hispid  hairs.  Sta- 
mens 5,  with  very  short,  flattened  filaments  supporting  included,  sagittate  apicu- 
late  anthers.  Style  much  exserted  and  smooth.  Achenia  ovoid,  smooth  and 
shining,  fixed  by  a  flat  base(G. — W.). 

History. — This  plant  is  found  growing  from  New  York  to  Florida,  in  dry, 
hilly  grounds,  flowering  from  June  to  September.  The  root  and  seeds  are  the 
parts  employed,  and  yield  their  virtues  to  water.  There  are  two  other  species  of 
this  genus  which  possess  similar  properties  (see  next  page). 


OPiVM.  14(1.5 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Diuretic  aiul  t«>nic.  Said  to  (lis.<olv«.' 
riil'-ii'i.  A  strong  int'usinii  of  tlie  root  and  seeds,  taken  in  doses  of  4  Hiiid  ounces, 
every  2  hours  for  about  a  daj-,  or  until  it  purges,  is  highly  extolleil  as  a  cure  for 
rnlfuloifs  iiftWtions.  It  occasions  excessive  urination,  hence  care  must  he  taken 
that  it  he  not  employed  too  long,  for  fear  of  producing  too  great  a  flow  of  urine. 
It  is  worthy  of  a  full  investigation.  Otu}-*mo(1ium  rnrnliniamim,  DeCandolle,  and 
0)in»m'^<liuiii  stririnmin.\iossess  similar  properties  (see  aUo  Litho^periiidm  offirinale). 

OPIUM  (U.  S.  P. i— OPIUM. 

"  The  concrete,  milky  exudation  ohtained  liy  incising  the  unripe  capsules  of 
Papafcrsuiiinit'erum,  Linne  (X((l.  Ord. — Papaveract'a),  and  yiekling,  in  its  normal, 
moist  condition,  not  less  than  nine  (9)  per  eent  of  crystallized  morphine,  when 
assayed  hy  the  process  given  below" — {U.  S.  P.).  (For  botaniecd  desrrijjtion  of 
jiopjiy.  see  PajiaverU  C'ljmihr.) 

Sv.soNYMs:  Merniiiuin.  Succtistliebaicus. 

Official  Forms  of  Opium.— T.  Opum  (as  above  indicated).  II.  Opii  Pulvis, 
Poiv'J,  .-.d  njniiin.  III.  OriTM  Deodoratvm,  0/'/i'»i  denarcotimtum,  Deodorized  opium, 
Denarrnli-..dopi'n,>. 

History,  Commercial  Sources,  and  Description.— Opium  was  known  to 
the  ancient  Greeks,  being  mentioned  in  the  writings  of  Theophrastus  (about  370 
to  2><t)  B.C.),  and  by  the  writers  of  the  first  century,  e.  f/.,  Dios-  j.^^  ^qq 

corides  and  Pliny.  Its  most  probable  geographical  source  was 
then  Asia  Minor.  Egyptian  (Thebaic)  opium  is  recorded  as 
early  as  the  sixth  century.  The  knowledge  of  the  drug  was. 
spread  eastward  by  the  Arabs.  During  the  middle  ages  it  was 
used  in  Europe  only  as  a  medicine,  and  entered  into  most  of 
the  narcotic  preparations  known  as  therinc.  In  eastern  Asia, 
however,  its  use  as  a  stimulant  gradually  increased  and  re- 
ceived a  powerful  impetus,  since  about  1770,  by  the  exporta- 
tions  of  opium  from  India  into  China.  This  trade  has  fallen 
off  considerably,  owing  to  extensive  production  of  the  drug 
by  the  Chinese  themselves.  The  most  notable  event  in  the 
chemical  history  of  the  drug  was  the  discovery  of  the  first 
alkaloid  known",  morphine,  by  Sertiirner,  in  1811. 

The  opium   met  with  in  commerce  is  principally  that 
from  Asia  Minor,  which  was  the  kind  expressly  demanded  bv      „  ., 

the  r.  .-•.  p.,  1880,  and  the  Br.  Phnrm.,  1885,  and  which  is  still      ""P"^"^'  somnUeram. 
required  by  the  Go:  Phann.,18dO.     The  present  U.  S.  P.  and  British  Pharmaropaia 
do  not  specify  the  origin  of  opium;  still,  most  of  the  opium  entering  this  country, 
comes  from  Asia   Minor.    Other  opium-producing  countries  are  Persia,  India, 
Egypt,  China,  Australia,  and  some  parts  of  Europe. 

Asi.\  Minor  Opium,  Turkey  opium,  Smyrna  opium,  ComtantinopAe  opium. — This 
is  obtained  ixom  Papnver  somniferum,\Ann%,\&v.  ghd>ri(m,'Kohs\ex.  In  the  north- 
western provinces  of  Asia  Minor,  opium  cultivation  is  in  the  hands  of  small 
holders  of  land,  owing  to  the  scarcity  of  hired  labor.  The  poppy  requires  a 
naturally  moist  and  rich  soil,  much  manure,  and  diligent  hoeing  and  weeding, 
which  i.s  done  mostly  by  women  and  children,  yet  the  opium  crop  is  very  uncer- 
tain, because  the  poppy  may  be  injured  or  destroyed  by  spring  frosts,  drought  or 
locusts.  About  the  eiul  of  May  the  plants  begin  to  ripen,  and  a  few  days  after 
the  petals  have  fallen,  the  head'or  capsule  is  ready  for  incision.  This  is  done  on 
hot  afternoons  in  order  that  the  exuding  juice  may  dry  rapidly.  A  transverse 
cut  is  made  with  a  knife  in  the  lower  part  of  the  capsule,  the  incision  being  car- 
ried round  to  near  its  starting  point.  Great  care  must  be  taken  not  to  cut  too 
deep,  (.f.,  to  avoid  penetrating  the  interior  wall  of  the  seed-vessel,  because  in 
this  case  the  juice  would  flow  into  the  inside  and  be  lost.  The  following  niorn- 
ing,  the  capsules  are  scra|ied  off  with  a  blunt  instrument  and  the  dried  juice 

E laced  on  a  leaf.  Night-dew  promotes  tlie  flow  of  juice  and  increases  the  yield, 
ut  the  opium  is  darker  than  when  the  night  is  dry.  A  high  wind  is  also 
harmful,  becau.-e  of  the  dust  it  throws  on  the  opium.  A  crop  of  .5  to  ^i  pounds 
of  opium,  and  200  pounds  of  poppy-seed,  from    1  t<>h},.in  of  land  (IGtX)  stjuare 


1406  OPIUM. 

yards),  is  considered  a  good  yield  ;  in  some  years  only  a  litile  over  i  pound  has 
been  obtained.  After  the  opium  i.s  collected,  the  seeds  are  shaken  out,  expressed 
in  hand  presses,  and  the  oil  thus  obtained  is  used  for  burning  and  for  eating  pur- 
poses. Part  of  the  poppy-seeds  are  sold  to  Smyrna  merchants  who  find  a  market 
for  them  in  Europe.  The  opium,  before  it  is  marketed,  is  wrapped  in  poppy 
leaves,  and  dried  in  the  shade,  and  then  put  into  thin  cotton  bags  which  are 
sealed  and  placed  into  round  baskets.  These  are  sent  to  Smyrna,  carried  by  mules, 
each  animal  carrying  two  baskets,  weighing  from  130  to  162  pounds  each.  Most 
of  these  baskets  also  contain  about  5  per  cent  of  inferior  grade.*,  partly  adul- 
terated with  sand,  pounded  poppy-heads,  half-dried  apricots,  dried  grape-juice 
mixed  with  flour  and  sometimes  turpentine,  figs,  or  gum  tragacanth.  The  bags 
are  opened  in  Smyrna,  examined  by  a  government  official,  and  the  Uiwest  grades 
{chicantee,  chikinti)  are  rejected  and  sold  at  cheaper  rates  to  manufacturers  of  mor- 
phine. Upon  repacking,  the  seeds  of  some  Rumex  species  are  strewn  between 
the  opium  cakes,  in  order  to  prevent  their  agglutinating  together.  Mr.  Sidney 
H.  Maltass,  who  gives  the  foregoing  information  {Phann.  Jour.  Trnns..\o\.  XIV, 
1855,  pp.  395-400),  also  states  that  the  distinction  usually  made  between  Constan- 
tinople and  Smyrna  opium  does  not  really  exist,  as  the  opium  from  the  inter- 
mediate districts  may  be  sent  to  both  places.  At  the  time  of  his  report,  prefer- 
ence was  given  to  Smyrna,  because  the  opportunities  for  smuggling  were  greater 
in  the  latter  place.  (For  additional  information  on  Smyrna  opium,  see  an  excel- 
lent article  by  E.  R.  Heifter,  Amrr.  Jour.  Pharni.,  1S68,  p.  362,  and  translation  of  an 
official  Turkish  bulletin  on  poppy-growing,  Amer.  Jour.  Pkarm.,  1S83.  p.  413,  from 
Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.) 

Good  commercial  opium  is  described  by  the  U.  S.  P.  as  occurring  "in  irregu- 
lar or  subglobular  cakes,  with  the  remnants  of  poppy  leaves  and  fruits  of  a  spe- 
cies of  Rumex  adhering  to  the  surface  ;  plastic,  or  of  a  harder  consistence;  chest- 
nut-brown or  darker,  and  somewhat  shining;  internally  showing  some  tears  and 
fragments  of  vegetable  tissue.  It  has  a  sharp,  narcotic  odor,  and  a  peculiar,  bitter 
taste" — (  U.  S.  P.).  The  Smyrna  opium  cakes  vary  in  weight  from  about  300  to  700 
grammes,  or  about  i  to  2  pounds;  in  rare  cases,  they  weigh  as  much  as  3  kilo- 
grammes, or  over  6  pounds  (Fluckiger,  Ph a rmaro(inosie,dd  ed.,1891,  p.  178).  The 
only  change  that  good  opium  undergoes  by  keeping,  is  that  of  becoming  gradu- 
ally hard ;  too  moist  varieties  are  apt  to  become  moldy. 

Persian  Opium. — This  variety  first  appeared  on  the  market  in  the  later 
fifties.  It  is  chiefly  grown  in  the  provinces  of  Kermanshah  and  Ispahan,  from 
the  variety  Pnpnvcr  somnifeniin,  Linne.  var.  album  (Papuver  officinale,  Gmelin ),  and  is 
said  to  contain,  when  pure,  from  13  to  16  per  cent  of  morphine,  while  the  Smyrna 
opium  contains,  at  best,  little  over  13.5  per  cent  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm..  185-5,  p." 36). 
Persian  opium,  however,  has  greatly  lost  in  favor,  owing  to  its  being  frequently 
adulterated.  It  is  mixed,  for  example,  with  evaporated  grape  must,  or  linseed  oil 
(8  to  10  per  cent),  probably  in  order  to  facilitate  its  being  rolled  into  small  balls 
or  cylinders.  W.  Stoeder  {Jahreab.  dcr  Phann.,  1884,  p.  335)  found  the  best  variety 
to  contain  about  12  per  cent  of  morphine.  It  occurs  in  commerce  in  the  form 
of  cones,  weighing  about  180  to  300  grammes,  or  in  brick  shape,  or  in  circular, 
flat  cakes  of  600  grammes  weight,  or  in  the  form  of  small  cylinder.*  wrapped  in 
glazed  paper,  and  weighing  about  15  grammes  (see  Reveil,  P/m/-)ii.  J.xo-.  Tm»i.<., 
Vol.  II,  1860,  p.  271).  It  is  shipped  from  the  Persian  ports  Bushahr  and  Bender 
Abbas,  and  now  and  then  reaches  the  London  market,  it  being  used  chiefly  in 
the  preparation  of  pure  morphine. 

East  India  Opium.— About  1770  the  Calcutta  authorities  embarked  upon  the 
cultivation  of  opium  and  its  exportation  into  China,  in  order  to  raise  revenue 
for  the  benefit  of  the  government  ofiicials.  The  astonishing  financial  success  of 
this  measure,  however,  induced  the  East  Indian  Company  to  assume  entire  control 
of  this  trade,  and  to  exercise  strict  supervision  over  the  production  and  disposi- 
tion of  opium  (see  K.  von  Scherzer,  Fuch.  Bcrichte  u.  d.  (E>t.  I 'np.  K>]i.  ii.  Siam,  China 
and  Japan,  1872).  For  the  last  30  years,  this  trade  has  been  gradually  falling 
off,  owing  to  the  competition  of  the  Chinese  products  (see  Phann.  Jour.  Tram., 
Vol.III,  1896,  p.465). 

Altlu>ugh  East  India  opium  is  raised  in  greater  quantity  than  any  other  kind 
of  opium.  i)robably,  except  the  Chinese,  it  reaches  tiie  western  markets  only  in 


oniM.  1-107 

>iniill  quantities.  The  principal  varieties  are  the  Bcnt/fil  ami  Mulimfi  opiums.  The 
/>'<  ngttl  o)num  is  raised  in  the  Central  (Jangt-s  territory  between  Patna  and  Benaret^, 
and  is  fully  controlled  by  the  government.  The  opium  growers  must  obtain  a 
license,  and  must  sell  their  product,  which  must  jiossess  a  specified  consistency 
(70  per  cent  of  dry  substance\  to  the  gtuernment.  It  is  produced  in  nearly  the 
same  manner  and  under  the  same  precautions  as  Smyrna  opium.  The  capsules 
are  repeatedly  cut  by  means  of  a  knife  with  several  parallel  blades  tied  together. 
The  opium  growers  bring  their  product  to  the  government  factories  where  it  is 
roughly  assayed,  mixed  in  vats  and  filled  into  previously  prepared  shells  of  agglu- 
tinated poppy  leaves.  The  balls  thus  formed  weigh  about  2  kilogrammes  each; 
they  are  then  rolled  in  '' poppy-trash," /.  c,  broken  leaves,  capsules,  and  stalks, 
then  dried  by  exposure  to  the  air  and  in  drying  rooms,  and  finally  put  in  chests, 
each  holding  40  balls.  (See  an  explicit  description  of  the  Bengal  opium  manu- 
facture, and  the  mode  of  its  official  supervision,  bv  W.  C.  B.  Eatwell,  Plinrm.  Jour. 
7'/7(H.^.,Vol.  XI,  18.51,  pp.  269,  306,  and  359;  also  J.R.  Jackson,  Pliann.  Jour.  Trans., 
Vol.  1,1871,  p.  782.)  This  opium  is  a  rather  inferior  grade,  owing  to  possible  fer- 
mentation, during  the  several  months  which  are  consumed  in  its  manufacture. 
It  contains  only  from  3  to  4  per  cent  of  morphine,  and  about  as  much  narcotine. 
A  better  grade  "is  the  Fatna  c/arden  opium  (see  Guibourt,  Hist.  d.  Drogues.  1876), 
which  is  said  to  reach  Smyrna  opium  in  quality.  Mahcah  opium  is  made  in  Central 
India ;  its  cultivation  is  free,  only  the  product  has  to  pay  a  tax  upon  delivery  at 
Bombay,  from  whence  it  is  shipped.  It  is  formed  in  balls  of  about  300  grammes 
each.  Malwah  opium  has  been  most  esteemed  by  the  Chinese.  The  opium  in- 
tended for  export  to  China,  is  called  in  India  provi.-<ioii  ojiium;  that  grown  for  local 
consumption  is  called  cxri.se  opium  (Benarea  Akbori).  In  recent  years  the  latter 
yielded  to  the  Indian  government  an  annual  revenue  of  about  £1.000,000.  During 
1S93  the  value  of  the  total  exports  of  opium  from  India  was  about  £8.(  00  0(X)  (P.  L. 
Simmonds.  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 1895,  Tp.d'lo).  The  cultivation  of  opium  in  other 
parts  of  India  is  insignificant.    In  the  Madras  presidency  it  is  prohibited. 

Chi.vesk  Opium. — Opium  was  hardly  known  in  China  until  the  importations 
from  India  began,  about  1780,  notwithstanding  the  protests  of  the  Chinese  govern- 
ment. The  drug  being  admitted  into  China  since  18.58,  the  Chinese  production 
has  been  greatly  stimulated  by  the  high  import  duties  jilaced  upon  the  foreign 
drug.  The  Chinese  government,  although  without  avail,  has,  from  time  to  time, 
issued  proclamations  placing  the  penalty  of  death  upon  the  cultivation  of  opium, 
"  which  covers  the  nourishing  rice-fields  with  useless  and  harmful  plants'"  (Scherzer, 
lor.  cit.).  The  chief  provinces  where  opium  is  now  grown  are  Ssuchuan  and  Yiin- 
nan.and  in  recent  years  the  import  into  Shanghai  from  the  western  provinces 
seems  to  correspond  with  the  decrease  in  the  imports  of  the  English  drug  (see 
statistics  in  Phorm.  Jour.  Tran.'<..Xo].  Ill,  1896,  pp.  465  and  532).  The  Chinese  opium 
was  at  one  time  inferior  to  the  English  opium,  while  also  much  cheaper,  20  to  50 
per  cent;  but  its  quality  has  since  improved.  (For  some  interesting  information 
regarding  the  smoking  of  opium  bv  the  Chinese,  see  editorial  in  the  Pfinrm.  Jour. 
T/vow., Vol.  XIII,  1882. p.  225 ;  G.  Birdwood,  i6jV/.,Vol.  XII,  1881, p. .500;  and  S.  Culin, 
Amer.  Jour.  Pl,nrm.,189l,]).  497.) 

Egypti.ax  Opium. — This  is  now  used  only  by  the  natives,  and  is  produced 
at  Aknnm,and  at  Assiout,  both  on  the  river  Nile.  Mr.  Martin  dale  (.-Ihk  v.  ,/()»/•. 
PAa cm.,  1889.  p.  187)  reports  the  former  to  contain  7.24  per  cent,  the  latter  only 
0.6  per  cent  of  morphine. 

Australian  Opium. — Poppy  was  first  grown  in  Australia  in  1871,  and  is  sown 
and  cultivated  in  the  same  manner  as  Smyrna  onium,  exce|)t  that,  on  account  of 
the  antipodal  seasons,  sowing  is  done  at  three  (liffcreiit  times  in  the  months  of 
June  and  Julv,  instead  of  from  November  to  February,  as  practiced  in  Asia  Minor. 
An  analysis  of  Bacchus  Marsh  opium  showeil  10.(>5  per  cent  morphine,  and  6  4« 
per  cent  narcotine  (W.  E.  Matthews,  yl»i<r.  Jour.  Phiirm.,  1888,  p.  4.5). 

European  Opium.— Poppy  has  been  planted  in  various  j.arts  of  Germany; 
but  while  it  yields  a  high  percentage  of  morphine  (8.7,  14.8,  and  22  per  cent  in 
Wurtemberg  "opium.  E.  Dieterich.  1888 1,  the  culture  of  opium  is  not  jjromising 
on  account  of  the  great  value  of  ground,  and  the  large  cost  of  lalior.  Guibourt 
(Jour.  Phnrtn.  T/i, 771. ,1862,  p.  199)  reports  on  a  number  of  French  ojiiums  of  high 
percentage  in  morphine  (from  12  to  22.8  per  cent;. 


American  Opium. — Attempts  have  been  made  to  cultivate  poppy  in  Mif;:-i.«- 
.«ippi,  Louisiana,  Virginia,  Tennessee,  Illinois,  California,  and  other  statt.~;  but 
wliili'  an  opium  rich  in  morphine  may  be  obtained  from  the  capsules,  the 
lab(ir  it  requires  would  make  the  cultivation  unprofitable.  Poppy  grown  in  New 
Ulm,  Minn.,  yielded  15.23  per  cent  of  morphine,  0.325  per  cent  narcotine,  0.416 
per  cent  codeine,  and  3.5  per  cent  meconic  acid  (E.Weschcke,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharin.. 
1886,  p.  407). 

Pharmaceutical  Preparations  of  Opium.— (See  also  other  opium  prepara- 
tions under  their  respective  heads.)  Opii  Pv  lv  is  {U.S.P.),  Pondered  opium:  ''Opium 
dried  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  85°  C.  (185°  F.),  and  reduced  to  a  very  fine 
(No.  SO)  powder.  Powdered  opium,  for  pharmaceutical  or  medicinal  purposes, 
when  assayed  by  the  process  given  under  opium,  should  yield  not  le.ss  than  13 
nor  more  than  15  percent  of  crystallized  morphine.  Any  powdered  opium  of  a 
higher  percentage  may  be  brought  within  these  limits  by  admixture  with  pow- 
dered opium  of  a  lower  percentage,  in  proper  proportions" — (f.  S.  P.). 

Opium  Deodoratum  {U.S. P.),  Deodorized  opixim,  Opium  denarcotisntumiV.S.P.. 
1880),  Denarcotized  opium. — "  Powdered  opium,  containing  13  to  15  per  cent  of  mor- 
phine, one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,231  grs]  ;  ether,  fourteen  hun- 
dred cubic  centimeters  (1400  Cc.)  [47  flg,  163  lU]  ;  sugar  of  milk,  recently  dried 
and  in  fine  powder,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  hundred  grammes  (100 
Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,231  grs.].  Macerate  the  powdered  opium  with  seven  hundred 
cubic  centimeters  (700  Cc.)  [23  fig,  321  lU]  of  ether,  in  a  well-closed  fla.sk,  during 
24  hours,  agitating  from  time  to  time.  Pour  off  the  clear,  ethereal  solution  as  far 
as  possible,  and  repeat  the  maceration  with  two  further  portions  of  ether,  each  of 
three  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (350  Cc.)  [11  fig.  401  111],  first  for  12 
hours,  and  the  last  time  for  2  hours.  Collect  the  residue  in  a  weighed  dish,  dry 
it,  first  by  a  very  gentle  heat,  and  finally  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  8-5°  C. 
(185°  F.),'and  mix  it  thoroughly,  by  trituration,  with  enough  sugar  of  milk  to 
make  the  product  weigh  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,231  grs.]  "— 
(U.  S.  P.).  The  purpose  of  this  process  is  to  remove  narcotine  from  opium  by 
means  of  ether,  in  which  it  is  soluble,  while  morphine  is  nearly  insoluble  (see 
Mo7-phii)ii). 

Adulterations  and  Tests. — In  addition  to  the  adulterants  before  enumerated, 
opium  may  be  falsified  with  stones,  sand,  clay,  gypsum,  litharge,  starch,  gum 
Arabic,  ashes,  fragments  of  poppy  capsules,  resins,  wax,  licorice  juice,  etc.  Some 
of  these  additions  may  be  recognized  by  closer  ocular  or  microscopic  examina- 
tion ;  others  may  be  more  difficult  to  detect.  Inorganic  matter  will  be  indicated 
by  the  increase  in  ash,  of  which  good  opium  yields  not  more  than  5  or  6  per  cent. 
Gum  would  be  indicated  by  a  gelatinous  consistency  of  a  hot  aqueous  infusion  of 
opium;  starch  by  the  iodine  test;  licorice  extract  by  a  dark  coloration  of  the 
moderately  diluted  aqueous  infusion. 

The  presence  of  morphine  alone  in  a  vegetable  extract  does  not  suffice  to 
prove  the  extract  to  contain  opium;  it  must  also  give  the  tests  for  ni«-oH/<- nriW. 
This  is  done  in  the  following  manner:  Filter  the  aqueous  infusion  of  the  sup- 
posed opium,  treat  it  with  excess  of  solution  of  acetate  of  lead,  and  set  aside  in  a 
tall  vessel  for  the  precipitate  of  meconate  of  lead  to  subside;  the  clear  liquor  holds 
in  solution  acetate  of  morphine.  Pour  oiY  the  supernatant  fluid,  and  collect  the 
precipitate  on  a  filter.  Test  the  clear  filtrate  for  morphine  by  evai>orating  to  dry- 
ness with  potassium  carbonate,  abstracting  the  moridiine  with  alcohol,  and  ajiply- 
ing  to  it  the  tests  as  given  under  morphine  (see  .Mnrjiliiun).  Test  the  nrecipitate 
for  meconic  acid  by  suspending  it  in  water  and  decomposing  the  lead  salt  l>ya 
current  of  hydrogen  sulphide  gas  or  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid:  filter,  ami  in  the 
first  case,  expel  the  excess  of  gas  by  warming  on  tlie  water-bath,  and  apply  to  the 
solution  the  tests  for  meconic  acid  (see  Meconic  Acid.\>.  1413). 

Purchasers  of  opium  in  former  years  relied  almost  exclusively  on  external 
characters,  as  color,  odor,  taste,  texture,  moisture,  and  freedom  from  obviou- 
admixture.  In  recent  years,  the  quality  of  a  given  opium  is  judged  mainly  by  it< 
mori)hine  contents,  ascertained  by  reliable  assay  methods. 

As  stated  above,  the  ['..'?.  P.  demands  good  opium  to  contain,  in  its  nntuniL 
moist  condition,  not  less  than  9  per  cent  of  morphine.  This  is  to  be  ascertaiiie<l 
by  the  following  official  jirocess: 


OFIUM.  14(J'J 

Assay  of  Oimiji  {('.  S.  /'..—'-Opium,  in  any  condition  to  be  valued,  ten 
grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154.3  grs.l ;  ammonia  water,  three  and  five-tenths  cubic  centi- 
meters (3.5  Cc.)  [57  111]  ;  nlconol,  ether,  water,  each,  a  sutticient  quantity.  Intro- 
duce the  opium  Ovhicli.  if  fresh,  should  be  in  very  small  pieces,  and  "if  dry,  in 
very  fine  powder)  into  a  hottle  having  a  capacity  of  about  300  Co.,  add  100  Cc. 
of  water,  cork  it  well,  and  agitate  frequently  during  12  hours.  Tiien  pour  the 
whole  as  evenly  as  possil>le  upon  a  wetted  "filter  having  a  diameter  of  12  Cm., 
and,  when  the  liquid  has  drained  ofl",  wash  tiic  residue  with  water,  carefully 
drojtped  upon  the  edges  of  the  filter  and  the  contents,  until  150  Cc.  of  filtrate-  an- 
obtained.  Then  carefully  transfer  the  moist  opium  back  to  the  bottle  bv  means 
of  a  spatula,  add  50  Cc.  of  water,  agitate  thoroughly  and  repeatedly  during  15 
minutes,  and  return  the  whole  to  the  filter.  When  the  liquid  has"drained  oH', 
wash  the  residue,  as  before,  until  the  second  filtrate  measures  150  Cc,  and  finally 
collect  about  20  Cc.  more  of  a  third  filtrate.  Evaporate  in  a  tared  capsule,  first, 
the  second  filtrate  to  a  small  volume,  then  add  tin-  first  filtrate,  rinsing  the  vessel 
with  the  third  filtrate,  and  continue  the  evaporation  until  the  residue  weighs 
14  Gm.  Rotate  the  concentrated  solution  about  in  the  capsule  until  the  rings  of 
extract  are  redi.*solved,  pour  the  liquid  into  a  tared  Erlenmeyer  flask  having  a 
capacity  of  ahout  100  Cc.  and  rinse  the  capsule  with  a  few  drops  of  water  at  a 
time,  u"ntil  the  entire  solution  weighs  20  Gm.  Then  add  10  Gm.  (12.2  Cc.)  of 
alcohol,  shake  well,  add  25  Cc  of  ether,  and  shake  again.  Now  add  the  ammonia 
water  from  a  graduated  pipette  or  burette,  stopper  the  flask  with  a  sound  cork, 
shake  it  thoroughly  during  10  minute.*,  and  then  set  it  aside,  in  a  moderately 
cool  place,  for  at  least  6  hours,  or  over  night. 

"Remove  the  sto]iper  carefully,  and.  sliould  any  crystals  adhere  to  it,  brush 
them  into  the  flask.  Place  in  a  small  funnel  two  rapidly  acting  filters,  of  a 
diameter  of  7  Cm.,  plainly  folded,  one  within  the  other  (the  triple  fold  of  the 
inner  filter  being  laid  against  the  single  side  of  the  outer  filter),  wet  them  well 
with  ether,  and  decant  the  ethereal  solution  as  completely  as  possible  upon  the 
inner  filter.  Add  10  Cc.  of  ether  to  the  contents  of  the  flask,  rotate  it,  and  agaiii 
decant  the  ethereal  layer  upon  the  inner  filter.  Repeat  this  operation  with 
another  portion  of  10  Cc.  of  ether.  Then  pour  into  the  filter  the  liquid  in  the 
flask,  in  portions,  in  such  a  way  as  to  transfer  the  greater  portion  of  the  crystals 
to  the  filter,  and,  when  this  has  passed  through,  transfer  the  remaining  crystals 
to  the  filter  by  washing  the  flask  with  several  portions  of  water,  using  not  "more 
than  about  10  Cc.  in  all.  Allow  the  double  filter  to  drain,  then  apph- water  to 
the  crystals,  drop  by  drop,  until  they  are  practically  free  from  mother  water,  and 
afterward  wash  them,  drop  by  drop,  "from  a  pipette,  with  alcohol  previously  satu- 
rated with  powdered  morpHine.  When  this  has  passed  through,  displa"ce  the 
remaining  alcohol  by  ether,  using  about  10Cc.,or  more  if  necessary.  Allow  the 
filter  to  dry  in  a  moderately  warm  ))lace,  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  60°  C. 
(140°  F.),  until  its  weight  remains  constant,  then  carefully  transfer  the  crystals  to 
a  tared  watch-glass,  and  weigh  them. 

••  The  weight  found,  multijilied  by  10.  represents  the  percentage  of  crystallized 
morphine  obtained  from  the  opium  " — (U.  S.  P.). 

The  characteristic  feature  of  the  foregoing  process,  which  is  practically  that 
of  Dr.  E.  R.  Squibb  (see  Eplicmeris.  1888,  p.  0G7),  consists  in  precipitating  the  mor- 
phine, l>y  aqua  ammonia',  from  a  hydro-alcoholic  .solution  of  about  30  i>er  cent 
alcohol.  "The  addition  of  the  latter  h"as  the  purpose  of  keejjing  the  coloring  matter 
dissolved.  The  addition  of  alcohol  is  objected  to,  by  E.  Dietrich  and  others, 
because  alcoholized  mother  liquors  will  retain  a  certain  quantity  of  morphine  in 
solution,  at  least  more  than  an  aqueous  mother  licjuor  would  hold  ;  tlie  addition 
of  alcohol  also  facilitates  the  precipitation  of  calcium  meconate  which  will  i)e 
added  to  the  weiglit  of,  and  counted  as,  morphine.  It  is  believed,  however,  that 
these  oppf)site  sources  of  error  about  balance  each  other.  Ether  is  used  in  the 
assay  in  order  to  remove  narcotine,  which  is  soluble,  while  morphine  is  nearly 
insoluble,  in  this  solvent  (.see  Morphiiui)- 

Tlie  U.  S.  P.  assay  process  lacks  directions  for  testing  the  i)urity  of  the  mor- 
phine ol)tained.  Tlie  degree  of  its  purity  may  be  judged  by  several  nuthods: 
(1)  Titration  with  volumetric  acid  solutions  ;  (2)  incinerating  the  assay  morphine, 
calculating  the  weight  of  the  ash  as  calcium   meconate,  and  deducting  this  value 


1410  OPIUM. 

from  the  weight  of  morphine  employed ;  (3)  treating  the  assay-morphine  with 
100  parts  of  lime-water  and  weighing  the  non-morphine  residue;  (4»  separating 
the  morphine  from  inorganic  salts  by  means  of  alcohol.  Regarding  th<--e  methods, 
and  the  desirability  of  perfecting  the  U.  S.  P.  as.=av  method  in  general,  see  L.  F. 
Kebler,  Amer.  Jmir.  Pharm.,  1895,  j).  398,  and  1896,  p.  257  ;  al^o  F.  X.  Moerk,  ihul., 
1894,  pp.  433-446,  and  1897,  pp.  343-.350.  The  German  Pharmnro,.^nn.  following 
Dieterich's  process  (see  Pharm.  Cmtrnih.,  1886,  p.  541,  and  1890,  p.  597;,  avoids  the 
use  of  alcohol.  An  aqueous  infusion  of  opium  (which  contains  the  morphine  as 
sulphate  and  meconate)  is  first  treated  with  just  sufficient  diluted  ammonia  water 
to  precipitate  the  bulk  of  narcotine ;  the  filtrate  is  then  treated  with  ether  and 
sufficient  ammonia  water  to  precipitate  the  morphine. 

Among  the  recently  proposed  methods  for  the  assay  of  opium,  the  volu- 
metric method  of  H.  M.  Gordin  and  A.  B.  Prescott  (Pharm.  Arrhiv€'<,  1S98,  p.  121) 
stands  conspicuous.  Its  principle  is  as  follows :  The  opium  alkaloids  are  set  free 
by  trituration  of  the  opium  samjile  with  a  mixture  of  stronger  ammonia  water 
and  alcohol,  of  each  1  part,  ether  4  parts,  and  chloroform  2  parts.  The  free  nar- 
cotine, papaverine,  codeine,  and  theba'ine,  are  then  removed  by  percolation  with 
benzol,  after  which  the  morphine  is  taken  out  by  percolation  with  acetone  or 
pure  amyl  alcohol.  This  solvent  is  evaporated,  the  residue  taken  up  with  lime- 
water  which  completely  dissolves  and  purifies  the  morphine.  Filter  the  lime 
solution,  acidulate  it,  to  a  very  slight  excess,  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  deter- 
mine the  morphine  as  periodide  (CjjHuNOj.HI.Ij)  by  adding  an  excess  of  deci- 
normal  iodine  volumetric  solution,  shaking  thoroughly  until  the  precipitate  has 
subsided  and  the  liquid  is  clear  ;  the  excess  of  iodine  is  then  titrated  back  in  an 
aliquot  part  of  the  liquid,  with  decinormal  sodium  thiosulphate  solution.  One  Co. 
of  decinormal  iodine  solution  corresponds  to  0.00947937  gramme  of  morijhine. 
This  method  gives  higher  results  than  the  U.  S.  P.  assay  method  (see  Pror.  Amer. 
PA«rm.4^«"-..  IWl''^,  1'.  o7L>). 

Chemical  Composition. — The  characteristic  constituents  of  opium  are  its 
alkaloid.-^,  of  whicli  about  20  have  been  discovered.  They  occur  mostly  combined 
with  sulphuric  acid  and  with  vieconic  arid;  narcotine,  being  a  weak  base,  seems  to 
occur  in  the  free  state.  Some  opiums  do  not  contain  all  these  alkaloids.  For 
example,  specimens  of  French  opium,  according  to  Decharnie  (1862).  were  free 
from  narcotine,  narce'ine  and  theba'ine.  E.  Kauder  (^rr/i it)  rfo- P/ccih..  1890,  pp. 
419-431)  found  eleven  crystnllizdhle  alkaloids  in  opium,  viz.:  morphine,  codeine, 
narceine,  narcotine,  papaverine,  thebaine,  and  the  rarer  alkaloids,  cryptopine  (70), 
laudanine  (20),  protopine  (3.5),  laudanosine  (1),  and  a  new  alkaloid,  tritnpine  (2); 
the  relative  proportions  of  the  latter  being  indicated  by  the  numbers  affixed.  The 
alkaloids  lanthopine,  codaniine,  and  hydrocotarnine  of  0.  Hesse  (1870  and  1871), 
were  not  observed  in  E.  Kauder's  opiuiu  material.  Morphine,  however,  occurs  in 
all  opiums.  Indifferent  substances  in  opium  are  vieconin  (C,„H,„0.),  and  meeo- 
noiosin  (C,H,|,0,).  According  to  Fliickiger  (Pharmdcogwisie da  jyianzenreirh^",  3d  ed., 
1891,  p.  182),  opium  contains  also  small  amounts  of  caoutchouc,  wax,  and  sugar; 
mucilage,  not  identical  with  gum  Arabic,  albumen,  pectin,  coloring  matter,  and 
inorganic  matter  (3  to  5  per  cent  of  ash).  Starch,  fat,  and  tannin,  seem  to  be 
absent.    The  following  table  enumerates  the  peculiar  constituents  of  opium  ; 


ALKALOIDAL 

Xarcotine 

Morphine 
Codeine 
Narceine 
Thebaine 


OffiHasXO, 
( Matthiessen  and 
Foster,  1863) 
CkHisXOj  +  HjO 

(Laurent) 
CsHjiNOj  +  H.O 

(Gerhardtl 
CaiHjsNO, 
1  .Vnderson) 

Cl...H;,N03. 

I  .Xnilcrson) 


Perosne,  1.S03 
Robiciui't, 

1817 
Sertiirner, 

1811 
Robiqnot, 

1S.S1' 
Pelletier, 

1832 
Thibounu^rv, 

ls:V> 


•2  to  10 

■2.7  to  22.8 
0.2  to  0.75 
O.l  to  0.4 
0.2  to  1 


Ofylaiiiiif  of   Ilinterber- 
ger;  weak  base. 

(See  Murfthi lui.  I 

Methvl-niorphine   (see 

OxfrinnK 
WeAk   basn';    not   very 

jHiisonous. 
Strongly  luisic. 


Name. 

Formula. 

Iliseoverer. 

Kt  «nt. 

Nolc- 

Alkaloidai. 

rseu.lomorphine 

I'apaveiiue 
Kl'.ea.line 

Cryptopiue 

Codaiuine 

Lau.lanine 

I^mthopine 

Meconuline 

Protopine 

Hydrocotarnine 

•Laiulanosine 
Oxy-narootine 

Gnoscopine 

Tritopiue 

Xanthaline 

Xox-Alkaloidal 

Meconif  acid 

Meconin 

Meconoiosin 
Opionin 

C«H3sX,0, 

CjoHoiXO, 
C-,H.,XO, 

CsiHaXOj 

.0.  Hesse,  1871) 
CooHaXO^ 
Ca,HaXO, 
CaHr.XO, 
C-iHoaXO, 
Ca,H,sX0t 

CiiHuXOa  +  JHjO 

CiiH^XO, 
C-H-sXO, 

CffiHssXO, 

C«H«X,0, 

C37H=6X,0, 

C,H,0,+3HjO 
Ck.H,oO« 

C,H,0, 
Xitrogen  free 

Pelletior  and 
Thiboinn^rv, 
is:!5 
Merck,     1S48 
Hesse,      18(i5 

T.vt  H.Smith 
1S117 
O.He.sso,lS70 
O.Hegse,1870 
0.  Hesse,1870 
O.Hesse,  1870 
O.Hesse,1871 

O.He68e,1871 

O.Hesse,  1871 
Beckett   and 
Wriiiht.   1S7.-S 
T.itH..>^iiiitli 

187S,  18ii;5 
E.  Kauder, 

181I0 
T.&  H.Smith 

1881,1893 

Serturner, 

180.i 
Dublanc,1828 
Couerbe,1832 

T.&  H.Smith, 

1878 

O.Hesse,  1885 

0.02  or  traces 
0.5  to  1 

0.0(13   hydro- 
chloride 

IdenticalwithPolstorff's 

O.iH-itimorchiiu'  (1880) 

(see  J/o)7</ii/«ii. 
Not  very  jioisonous. 
From  reil  poppy  \  J'iiiki- 

(■(■)•  ;7i(i<i»);  weak  base; 

snblimable. 
I'hanii.  Join:  Traiis.,\'o]. 

VIII,  I).  .-.9.5. 

Acts  like  strychnine. 

Xotba.ic.     • 

Amorphous. 

Also  in  ('helido)iiui)i  and 

Satigniiuinn  i  see.lmcr. 

Jo«r./Vmn».,'90,p.l3). 

Obtainable  from  narco- 

tine. 
Resembles  tritopine. 
From  the  mother  liquors 

of  narceine. 

Amer.Jonr.  Pharm.,\S90, 

2.5  to  5..^ 
0.01  to  0.080 

p.  4112. 
.•l»i.?c.  Jour.  Pharm.,1893, 
p.  240. 

Or  opianyl;  bitter,  neu- 
tral; by  reduction  of 
narcotine. 

Phwm.Jour.Tiau«.,yo\. 

VIII.  p.  981. 
Amer  Jour.  P/i<irHi.,188o, 

p.  425. 

The  separation  of  these  substances  is  effected,  according  to  the  method  of 
Gregory.  Robiquet,  and  Anderson  (see  Mo)-phina).  (For  details,  see  Husemann  and 
Hilger,  Pfianzemtoffe,  j).  669.)  An  analytical  scheme  of  separating  opium  alkaloids 
has  Ijeendevised  by  P.C.Plugge  (Amer.  Jour.  Pkami., }8S7,Y>.  511,  and  Pharm.  Jour. 
Trnn.^.,Vol  XVIII, "l888,  j).  692). 

I.  X.\RCOTiNE  (Niurotia)  (C„Hj,N0„Matthies8en  and  Foster)  may  be  obtained 
by  extracting  opium,  first  with  cold  ether,  \vhich  removes  wax  and  fatty  matter, 
then  with  warm  ether,  and  recrysta-llizing  tiie  narcotine  from  alcohol.  It  crystal- 
izes  in  rhombic  prisms,  is  tasteless  and  odorless,  little  soluble  in  iioiling  water, 
.soluble  in  100  parts  of  cold,  in  20  parts  of  boiling  85  jier  cent  alcohol,  in  166  parts 
of  cold,  in  48  parts  of  warm  ether,  and  in  2.69  parts  of  chloroform,  in  60  parts  of 
acetic  ether,  in  22  parts  of  benzol,  and  300  parts  of  aniyl  alcohol:  ins^oluble  in 
cold,  but  soluble  in  hot  solution  of  caustic  potash  or  lime. 

Narcotine  is  a  weak  base,  forming  with  acids  uncrystallizable,  bitter,  and 
soluble  salts  of  acid  reaction,  decomposable  by  excess  of  water,  or  by  evain. ration 
if  combined  with  a  volatile  acid.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  di.^.-^olves  narco- 
tine first  colorless  and  then  yellow,  and  later  reddish-yellow;  the  colorless  suliition, 
gradually  heated,  turns  orange-red  and  exhibits  beautiful  blue-violet  streaks, 
finally  a  red-violet  color.  Neutral  narcotine  solutions,  e.  9.,  in  chloroform,  are 
optically  hevo-rotatory ;  in  acid  solution  the  rotation  is  reversed  to  the  right. 
.Xonnline,  when  oxidized  with  sulphuric  acid  and  manganese  dioxide,  yields 
needles  of  r»/<(riuW  (C,,H„NO,+ H,0),  little  solulde  in  water,  and  crystallizal)le, 
bitter  ofjtnnir  (irid  (0,^11,^0^),  soluble  in  hot  water  (\V(>hler,  1844).  The  hitler  acid 
vields  upon   further  oxidation  A<wi>((i/V -.•/./ (C,„H,„(),),  and  upon  reduction  with 


nascent  hydrogen  meconin  (C,(,H,„0,).  Cotnrnine  is  a  soporific,  and  is  also  a  motor 
paralyzant.  The  coinplete  graphic  formula  of  narcotine  is  now  known;  according 
to  Roser,  it  is  closely  related  to  hydrastine  (see  A.  R.  L.  Dohme's  report  in  Western 
Dnujgist,  1895,  p.  58).  The  effects  oi  narcotine  upon  the  system  are  but  imperfectly 
kno'wn.  Magendie  states  that  a  grain  of  it  dissolved  in  olive  oil  and  adniini.stered 
to  a  dog,  wr.s  followed  by  death  in  about  24  hours,  while  24  grain.*,  dis-solved  in 
acelic  acid,  diluted,  produced  no  effect.  It  is  very  probable  that  i)ure  narcotine 
does  not  possess  any  very  active  narcotic  powers,  and  that  the  firi^t  experiments 
were  made  with  an  impure  article.  Undoubtedly,  some  morphine  is  often  present 
ill  narcotine.  Three  grains  of  narcotine,  dissolved  in  diluted  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  repeated  3  times  daily,  have  been  strongly  recommended  as  a  powerful  anti- 
l)eriodic,  acting  without  occasioning  constipation,  uneasiness,  and  cephalalgia,  but 
frequently  causing  copious  diaphoresis  {Br.  and  For.  Med.  /2<'i;.,Vol.  VIII,  p.  263). 
Upon  animals  narcotine  exhibits  convulsive  effects,  but  not  upon  man.  Bar- 
tholow  compares  its  action  upon  man  to  the  actions  of  the  alkaloids  of  the  ber- 
berine  class;  upon  animals  to  those  of  strychnine,  etc. 

II.  Morphine  (Morphia)  (CiiHisNOj)  (see  Morphina). — Aj)omorphine  (Apomor- 
p/iiii)  (C^H.jNO^)  is  the  name  given  to  an  artificial  base  derived  from  morphine 
by  Matthiessen  and  Wright.  It  is  white  or  grayish-white,  non-crystalline,  but 
soon  turns  green  when  exposed  to  the  air,  is  partly  soluble  in  water,  soluble  in 
alcohol,  ether  and  chloroform,  yielding  different  colored  solutions  with  each 
menstruum,  and  in  very  small  doses  is  a  powerful,  non-irritant  emetic  and  con- 
trastimulant.  Its  crystallized  hydrochlorate  is  now  official  (see  Apomorphina; 
Hydrochloras). 

III.  Codeine  (Codeia,  Methyl-morphine)  (C,8H„N0,.H,0).    (See  Codeina.) 

IV.  Narceine  (Narceia)  (Cj^H^aNOs). — It  is  obtained  from  the  mother  liquors 
remaining  from  the  preparation  of  morphine.  It  crystallizes  in  rhombic  prisms 
or  needles,  is  first  bitter,  afterward  styptic,  and  without  odor.  Very  divergent 
melting  points  have  been  found.  The  crystals  contain  some  water  which  it  is 
difficult  to  expel  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.).  They  are  soluble  in  boiling  water  and  boil- 
ing alcohol,  insoluble  in  ether,  benzol,  petroleum  ether,  slightly  soluble  in  amyl 
alcohol  and  chloroform.  Narceine  is  more  soluble  in  diluted  alkalies  and  ammo- 
nia water  than  in  cold  water.  Narceine  is  a  weak  base,  but  forms  with  diluted 
acids  crystallizable  and  soluble  salts.  When  exposed  to  heat,  a  smell  resembling 
that  of  herring-brine  {trimethylamine)  is  evolved.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
colors  pure  narceine  brown,  but  the  solution  is  light-yellow,  and  changes  to  deep 
red.  If  rhoeadine,  thebaine,  or  papaverine  are  present,  a  blood-red  or  blue  color 
will  result.  Narceine  dissolves  in  concentrated  nitric  acid  with  blood-red  color. 
Diluted  solution  of  iodine  colors  it  blue.  If  narceine  is  treated  with  a  little  con- 
centrated sulphuric  acid,  and  a  small  amount  of  sodium  nitrite  is  added,  a  brown- 
green  coloration  is  formed,  turning  blue  at  the  edges;  upon  heating,  a  blue-violet 
color  arises.  The  therapeutical  properties  of  narceine  are  not  well  known;  it  is 
supposed,  however,  to  influence  the  inferior  part  of  the  spinal  marrow,  dimin- 
ishing sensation  and  mobility  in  the  inferior  extremities.  It  was  once  thouglit 
to  be  eciual  to  morphine,  but  free  from  the  unpleasant  effects  of  the  latter.  Five 
grains  or  more  of  it  act  as  a  feeble  hypnotic  in  man.  It  is  not  convulsant.  and 
by  some  is  regarded  as  whollj'  inert. 

V.  Theb.\un"k  {Thehaina  of  Couerbe,  1835;  pnrnmorjihia  of  Pelletier,  I832» 
(C.gH.iNOs),  was  discovered  by  Thiboumery.  in  1832,  in  I'elletier's  chemical  estal)- 
lishmeiit.  It  may  occur  in  rectangular  scales  or  needles,  or  crystalline  granuK's. 
It  has  an  acrid,  styptic  taste,  and  is  of  a  strong  alkaline  reaction,  forming  water- 
soluble  salts  with  acids,  crj'stallizable  from  alcohol  and  ether.  Thebaine  melts  at 
li)3°  C.  (379.4°  F.),  and  becomes  negatively  electric  upon  friction.  It  is  insolubl>» 
in  water  and  diluted  alkalies;  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol,  and  ether,  in  about  l!' 
parts  of  benzol  and  60  parts  of  aniyl  alcohol ;  little  soluble  in  cliloroform,  insoluble 
in  petroleum  ether.  Boiling  with  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  converts  thebaine 
into  the  amorphous  h-d^es  thcbcnitic  nnd  tlicha'irinc.  Both  turn  blue  with  conc-on- 
trated  sulphuric  acid.  Thebaine  is  dissolved  by  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  witii 
blood-red  color,  changing  to  yellow-red.  (See  additional  reactions  of  this  and 
all  other  opium  buses  in  Charles  E.  Sohn,  Diet  i,>,uini  of  the  Active  Princlpl,.-<  •>/ Pianl.-). 
London.  1894;  also  see  discussion   of  the  jirobable  graphic  formula  <«!"  W., /....„.• 


oi-ii  M.  1413 

bv  Prof.  Freund.  in  C/,em.  Ccntrnll>latt,\'u\.  II,  1897,  i..  314.)     T/iebenine  ha.-;   the 
fonmihi  C,.H„y03  (Freund). 

Tliebaine  is  considered  to  be  a  poison  analogous  to  strychnine,  occasioning,  in 
a  small  do.*e.  tetanic  symptoms  resembling  those  produced  by  that  alkaloid.  One 
and  one-half  grains,  hypodermatically,  produce  in  man  anodyne  and  hypnotic 
effects  without  nausea  or  headache,  being  equal  in  power  to  }  grain  of  morpiiine. 

VI.  P.\p.\VERi.\E  (jiapaverinii)  (C.,,H,|NO,). — Pure  papaverine  crystallizes  from 
alcohol  in  the  form  of  a  network  of  acicular,  white  crystals,  insoluble  in  water, 
but  readily  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol  or  ether,  in  37  parts  of  benzol  and  76  parts 
of  amyl  alcohol;  also  soluble  in  warm  petroleum  ether.  Chloroform  abstracts 
it  both  from  acid  and  alkaline  solutions  (Dragendorff).  It  melts  at  147°  C. 
(291.4°  F.).  Papaverine  forms  crj-stallizable  salts  with  acids,  soluble  with  diffi- 
culty in  water.  From  solution  of  papaverine  in  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  addi- 
tion of  strong  hydrochloric  acid  precipitates  a  heavy  oil,  thehydrochloride,  which 
soon  solidifies  to  a  crystallized  mass.  Papaverine  is  colored  "a  deep  blue  by  con- 
centrated sulphuric  acid;  the  solution  becomes  violet  and  slowly  fades.  Potas- 
sium permanganate  colors  this  solution  green,  which  changes  to  a  slate  color. 
Strong  sulphuric  acid  containing  0.1  per  cent  of  sodium  molybdate,  jiroduces 
with  papaverine  a  beautiful  violet  coloration  changing  to  blue,  and  fading  within 
24  hours.  Papaverine  has  been  recommended  as  a  sedative  and  soporific  in 
mental  affections,  mania,  etc.,  by  certain  physicians;  while  on  the  other  hand, 
others  state  that  it  does  not  pos.«ess  any  therapeutical  virtues.  The  graphic  for- 
mula of  papaverine  has  been  elucidated  by  Goldschmidt  (.^^ee  Dohiue.  (or.  cit.). 

VII.  Rhceadixe  (C,,H,,NOs)  was  discovered  by  Hesse  in  1865.  Besides  being 
a  constituent  of  opium,  and  the  ripe  capsules  ofPapaver  somniferum,  it  is  found 
in  all  parts  of  Papaver  rhaens.  It  forms  tasteless,  non-poisonous,  white,  prismatic 
crystals,  melting  at  232°  C.  (449.6°  F.),  and  sublimes  in  the  form  of  long  crystals  at 
a  slightly  higher  heat.  It  is  indistinctly  alkaline,  almost  insoluble  in  water,  alco- 
hol, ether,  benzene,  chloroform,  and  ammonia  water.  Moderately  strong  hydro- 
chloric or  sulphuric  acids  dissolve  rhcendine  with  a  deep  purple-red  color.  This 
alkaloid  is  thereby  differentiated  into  a  colorless,  crystallizable  isomer  of  rhoeadin 
called  rhieagenine.  and  a  red  coloring  matter.  Rhtngenine  is  distinctly  basic  to  lit- 
mus, and  forms  salts  with  acids.  The  coloring  matter  is  sufficiently  "intense  to  be 
still  visible  in  a  dilution  of  1  in  8(X),(X)0.  Rhmidine  is  dissolved  by  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  with  olive-green,  bv  concentrated  nitric  acid  with  yellow  color. 

_  VIII.  Crvptopixe  (Ci-yplopia)  {C.,,U,^'SO,)  was  discovered,  in  1867,  by  T.  &  H. 
Smith,  of  Edinburgh  (see  process  in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1867,  p.  421),  in  minute, 
silky,  white,  hexagonal  prisms  or  plates,  inodorous,  slightly  bitter,  but  soon  fol- 
lowed by  a  peculiar  sense  of  coolness  recalling  the  taste  of  oil  of  peppermint. 
When  heated  it  is  %'olatile  without  residue;  it  fuses  at  217.3°  C.  (422°  F.).  It  is 
decidedly  alkaline,  perfectl}'  neutralizing  the  strongest  acids,  and  forming  salts, 
of  which  the  sulphate,  acetate,  hydrochlorate,  etc.,  have  been  obtained  in  distinct 
crystals ;  however,  they  all  have  a  tendency  to  form  a  jelly.  Cryptopine  is  almost 
insoluble  in  water,  ether,  and  benzol;  it  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  or  chloroform; 
insoluble  in  benzin,  oil  of  turpentine,  ammonia  water,  and  caustic  mineral  alka- 
lies, but  readily  .soluble  in  diluted  acetic,  nitric,  sulphuric,  or  hydrochloric  acids. 
Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  gives  a  blue  color  with  it;  but  the  slightest  tinge  of 
purple  (or  blood-red)  indicates  the  presence  of  thebaVne.  A  small  particle  of  niter 
(potassium  nitrate)  added  to  the  blue  acid  solution  produces  a  permanent  green 
color.  Papaverine  would  change  through  green  to  orange-red.  Cryptopine  is 
anodyne  and  hypnotic,  acting  upon  man  similarly  to  morphine  without  tiie  dis- 
advantages of  the  latter.  Said  to  be  four  times  weaker  than  morphine;  upon  the 
lower  animals  it  is  reputed  tetanizing  and  convulsant. 

As  regards  the  rarer  opium  bases,  lini.htniiu\  laudnnosine.  cndamine,  ^votopiue, 
etc.,  see  O.  Hesse  (Liebig's  Ai)iiiilfii,\'o\.  CLIII,  p.  47,  and  Supplement,  \  ol.N  III, 
p.  261):  and  O.  Kauder  (ylrcAiiu/cr  P/irtDH.,  1890,  p.  419),  as  well  as  the  references 
given  in  the  aliove  table. 

IX.  MEfo.Nic  A(  ID  (C,H,0,.3H,0). — This  acid  may  be  obtained  from  an  ai|ue- 
OU8  infusion  of  opium  by  precii)itating  it  with  calcium  or  barium  cliloride,  aa 
calcium  or  barium  meconate,  and  decomposing  these  salts  by  means  of  sulphuric 
or  oxalic  acids  (compare  Mnip}iin,i\.     Meconic  acid  crystallizes  from  water  in  the 


1414  OPll'M. 

form  of  micaceous  scales  or  rhombic  prisms,  which  lose  their  water  of  crystalli- 
zation at  100°  C.  (212°  F.).  Meconic  acid  tastes  sour,  and  reddens  blue  litmus 
paper.  It  is  little  soluble  in  cold  water, easily  soluble  in  4  parts  of  boiling  water, 
also  in  alcohol;  insoluble  in  chloroform,  not  easily  soluble  in  ether.  Meconic  acid 
is  dibasic,  and  accordingly  forms  two  series  of  salts  with  bases ;  only  the  neutral 
alkali  and  ammonium  meconates  are  soluble  in  water;  the  salts  of  other  metals 
are  insoluble.  Thus  meconic  acid  forms  insoluble  white  meconates  with  silver 
nitrate,  barium  chloride,  and  lead  acetate,  the  precipitates  being  soluble  in  nitric 
acid.  A  green  precipitate  of  copper  meconate  is  formed  when  solution  of  meconic 
acid  is  mixed  with  solution  of  ammoniated  copper  sulphate.  Morphine  seems  to 
combine  with  meconic  acid  only  in  one  proportion,  forming  the  neutral  dimor- 
phine  meconate  ([C,;H,<,N03],.C,H,0;.5H,,0)  (nee  Morphinfp  Binieconas). 

A  characteristic  reaction  for  meconic  acid  consists  in  the  blood-red  coloration 
it  yields  with  a  neutral  solution,  of  ferric  chloride.  This  reaction  is  similar  to  that 
produced  when  ferric  chloride  is  mixed  with  potassium  sulphocyanate  {rhnrhuiate). 
The  ferric  meconate,  however,  is  insoluble  in  ether,  while  the  ferric  rhodaiiate  is 
soluble;  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate  destroys  the  rhodanate  of  iron,  while  it 
does  not  affect  the  meconate.  Boiling  the  solution  of  ferric  meconate  does  not 
cause  a  precipitate  or  discoloration  ;  while  solution  of  ferric  acetate  which  i.<  of  a 
similar  color,  would  precipitate  brown  ferric  oxyacetate,  while  the  solution  would 
become  colorless. 

When  exposed  to  about  120°  C.  (248°  F.),  meconic  acid  is  decomposed  into 
carbonic  dioxide  and  crystallizable  comenic  acid  (CgH.Oj),  upon  further  heating, 
sublimable  ■pyromeconic  acid  (CjH^Oj)  is  formed,  with  additional  loss  of  carbon 
dioxide,  water,  acetic  acid,  and  benzol.  Meconic  acid  parti}'  undergoes  the  first- 
named  decomposition  even  when  heated  in  aqueous  solution. 

Action  and  Toxicology. — Opium  is  narcotic  and  stimulant,  acting  under 
various  circumstances  as  a  sedative,  antispasmodic,  febrifuge,  diaphoretic,  and  an 
inspissant  of  the  mucous  secretions.  Topically,  it  is  a  direct  stimulant  and  indi- 
rect sedative  of  the  nervous,  muscular,  and  vascular  S3-stems.  A  medium  dose, 
taken  while  in  health,  augments  the  volume  and  velocity  of  the  pulse,  increases 
the  heat  of  the  surface,  gives  energy  to  the  muscles,  renders  the  mind  more  acute, 
and  produces  a  general  excitement  of  the  whole  system:  the  brain  is  especially 
acted  upon,  the  faculties  becoming  more  clear,  the  ideas  more  brilliant,  precise, 
and  under  control,  the  power  of  application  more  intense,  the  conversational  ener- 
gies augmented,  and  frequently  a  state  of  frenzy  or  hallucination  is  induced. 
After  a  time  this  stimulation  abates,  leaving  a  calm,  careless,  indilft-rent,  pleasur- 
able sensation,  with  a  series  of  obscure  Ueeting  ideas,  which  is  succeeded,  after  a 
longer  or  shorter  period,  by  sleep,  which  may  continue  for  .several  hours,  and  is 
followed  by  giddiness,  languid  pulse,  sickness'at  stomach,  cephalalgia,  tremblings, 
want  of  ajipetite,  and  other  indications  of  derangement  of  the  nervous  system. 
Other  effects  likewise  occur  during  the  period  of  its  influence  upon  the  system, 
thus — the  mucous  secretions  become  suspended,  constipation  is  induced,  the  cuta- 
neous secretion  is  increased,  and  the  urinarj-  and  biliary  secretions  may  be  un- 
affected, or  merely  inspissated,  in  consequence  of  their  discharges  being  impeded. 
The  retention  of  urine  and  constipation,  sometimes  exist  for  several  days.  Gener- 
ally, no  serious  results  occur  from  this  action  of  opium,  except  from  a  repetition 
of  the  dose,  so  often  as  to  impair  the  vital  jwwers  by  continuous  over-stimulation. 
The  unpleasant  symptoms  following  the  sleep  caused  by  opium  may  be  removed 
by  lemon-juice,  strong  coffee,  or  a  cathartic. 

The  effects  of  opium  vary  in  different  persons,  and  not  unfrequently  in  the 
same  individual  under  dissimilar  circumstivnces.  In  some  persons  the  smallest  dose 
will  cause  nausea,  emesis,  and  gastro-intestinal  spasm;  in  others  it  will  occasion 
feverishness,  headache,  watchfulness,  restlessness,  startling,  disagreeable  visions, 
delirium,  anxiety,  and  afterward,  an  aggravated  degree  of  the  more  familiar  sub- 
sequent effects  of  this  drug;  these  phenomena  con.-titute  what  is  calletl  the  iWio 
s7/tirnitic  action  of  opium.  Though  commonly  the  result  of  idiosyncrasy,  yet  these 
symptoms  are  often  induced  in  persons  with  whom  oi>iura  in  general  agrees, 
simply  because  the  siH-citic  indications  for  the  druo;  are  unheeded.  Lt-mon-juice 
or  vinegar  renders  the  action  of  opium  more  favorable  and  less  liable  to  produce 
the  above  disagreeable  consequences.    An  unpleasant  prickling  sensation  on  the 


ul'ITM.  1415 

surface  of  the  body,  or  a  trouhlesome  itching,  occasionallj"  accompanied  with  a 
slight  eruption,  is  sometimes  produced  by  opium,  or  more  readily  by  salts  of  nior- 
jihine.  Occasionally,  the  rash  resembles  that  produced  by  scarlatina,  and  desqua- 
mation follows.  Again,  the  efflorescence  may  be  of  an  urticarial  nature.  The 
narcotic  power  of  opium  is  lessened  liy  certain  states  of  disease,  as  in  the  advanced 
stage  of  pneumonia,  or  peritonitis,  by  piofuse  hcmorrliage,  especially  uterine,  by 
severe  dysentery,  delirium  tremens,  some  varieties  of  mania,  tetanus,  and  severe 
pain  or  spasm  of  anj'  kind.  It  is  also  modified  by  the  conjunction  of  other  reme- 
dies; camphor  is  thought  to  diminish  the  chance  of  its  subsequent  or  idiosyn- 
cratic effects;  and  given  with  ipecacuanha,  three  or  four  times  the  ordinary  hyp- 
notic dose  may  be  administered  without  inducing  sleep,  but  with  the  effect  of 
bringing  on  sweating  with  much  greater  certainty.  Belladonna  is  antagonistic 
in  its  etiects  to  those  of  opium  and  has  been  used  in  cases  of  poi.soning  by  the 
latter  agent,  as  an  antidote;  but  when  used  for  this  purpose  the  means  hereafter 
named  must  not  be  omitted.  Persons  who  are  ordinarily  very  nervous  are  very 
susceptible  to  the  effects  of  opium.  Females  are  more  easily  impressed  by  it 
than  males,  and  it  should  be  remembered  that  infants  are  extremely  susceptible 
to  it,  even  very  small  doses  having  been  energetic  enough  to  produce  death. 
Nursing  inf:\nts  may  be  narcotized  by  the  mother's  milk  while  opiates  are  being 
taken.  On  account  of  the  imperfect  eliminative  powers,  opium  and  its  deriva- 
tives should  be  cautiously  used  upon  the  aged. 

Through  whatever  channel  opium  is  introduced  into  the  body — the  stomach, 
the  rectum,  a  wound,  vein,  excoriation,  blistered  surface,  etc. — its  remote  action  is 
exerted  on  the  brain.  It  acts  most  energetically  when  it  is  promptly  absorbed. 
When  opium,  or  any  of  its  preparations,  is  applied  freely  to  a  blistered,  excoriated, 
or  inflamed  surface,  its  effects  should  be  attentively  watched,  for  dangerous  acci- 
dents have  occasionally  happened  in  this  way. 

In  large  doses,  opium  is  a  poison,  producing  death  if  the  proper  remedies 
are  not  promptly  and  unremittingly  resorted  to.  The  state  of  stimulation  and 
vivacity,  if  caused  at  all,  is  of  short  duration,  being  speedily  followed  by  depression 
of  the  circulation,  and  of  the  functions  of  the  brain,  as  manifested  by  diminu- 
tion of  the  freiiuency  of  the  jmlse,  but  not  of  force,  prostration  of  muscular  power, 
slow,  stertorous,  and  afterward  soft  or  almost  imperceptible  respiration,  fiaccidity 
of  the  extremities,  languor,  drowsiness,  torpor,  or  coma,  first  livid  or  turgid,  after- 
ward pale  features,  livid  lips,  excessively  contracted  ])upils,  coldness  of  the  limbs, 
generally  retention  of  the  urine,  and  freq'uently  profuse,  cold  perspiration,  together 
with  an"  almost  entire  apathy  to  external  agencies.  This  state  ends  in  death, 
unless  speedily  relieved.  Convulsions  may  precede  death,  especially  in  children, 
and  the  pupils  dilate  just  previous  to  death.  It  is  said  that  in  children  the 
strong  pupillary  contraction  may  persist  until  dissolution.  Death  is  due  to  respi- 
ratory paralysis  or  asphyxia.  Post-mortem  examination  maj'  reveal  cerebral  con- 
gestion, the  brain  sometimes  being  ecchymosed  in  spots.  The  cerebral  convolu- 
tions have  been  ob.served  to  be  flattened,  and  serum  may  or  may  not  be  collected 
in  the  ventricles  and  at  the  ba.«e  of  the  brain,  between  the  membranes.  Extra- 
vasation of  blood  on  the  brain  is  rarely  found,  but  ujion  cutting  the  cerebral  sub- 
stance minute  drops  of  dark  blood  may  ooze  from  the  divided  capillaries.  The 
vessels  of  the  spinal  cord  may  be  engorged  with  blackish  blood.  The  spleen, 
liver,  heart,  and  lungs  are  sometimes  filled  to  distension  with  dark  blood,  and 
this  is  especially  true  when  convulsions  have  preceded  death.  Great  lividity 
of  the  skin  is  frequently  observed,  and  the  pupils  are  often  dilated.  Taylor 
observes  ( .!/(?'-/.  Jurisprudence,  p.  180)  that  there  is  nothing  specially  indicative  of 
opium  poisoning  but  "fullness  of  the  vessels  of  the  brain;"  and  this  is  not  always 
|)resent.  If  vomiting  freely  occurs  before  stujuir  supervenes,  there  is  a  fair  chance 
of  recovery.  Four  grains  of  opium  killed  a  man  of  thirty-two,  convulsions  pre- 
ceding death,  while  2  drachms  of  laudanum  have  pro<luced  death  in  an  adult. 
Hypodermatically,^  grain  of  morphine  has  killed  an  adult.  Instances  are  com- 
mon where  persons  addicted  to  the  morphine  or  opium  habit  have  taken  enor- 
mous doses  without  injury;  but  in  those  unaccustomed  to  these  drugs,  the  ordi- 
narily recognizeil  medicinal  doses  should  never  be  exceeded,  and  treatment  should 
always  be  begun  with  the  minimum  amounts.  When  atoxic  dose  of  imiri)hine  is 
inject<d,  narcotism  ensues  very  speedily.    Opium  may  kill  within  2  hours,  though 


from  6  to  18  hours  usually  lapse  before  death  ensues  (Taylor).  The  majority  die 
in  from  6  to  12  huurs.  It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  death  may  occur  after  the 
patient  has  apparently  recovered,  this  being  due  to  syncope,  or  to  pulmonary 
congestion. 

The  remedies  are,  emetics  of  mustard  and  lobelia  seed,  zinc  or  copper  sulphate, 
ipecac,  or  apomorphine  subcutaneously,  with  strong  coflee,  stomach-pump,  exter- 
nal counter-irritation,  cold  applications  to  the  head  and  spine,  forced  exercise, 
espiration.    As  soon  as  the  stomach 


galvanism,  and  artificial  respiration.  As  soon  as  the  stomach  has  been  pr 
evacuated  by  emesis,  internal  stimulants  must  be  administered,  the  best  of  which 
are  brandy  and  carbonate  of  ammonium.  Alcoholic  stimulants  should  be  given 
in  small  amounts,  lest  they  increase  the  narcosis.  The  importance  of  keeping 
the  patient  in  motion  must  not  be  overlooked.  This  may  be  accomplished  by 
walking  the  patient  between  two  attendants.  The  pleadings  of  the  patient  to 
rest  must  not  be  heeded,  but  he  should  be  forced  to  move  and  keep  awake  by 
flagellations,  electric  shocks,  and  alternate  dashings  of  warm  and  cold  water  upon 
the  spine.  Tickling  the  throat  with  a  feather  may  assist  in  provoking  emesis. 
Sometimes,  when  vomiting  can  not  be  produced,  the  shock  to  the  nervous  system 
produced  by  the  means  employed  to  prolong  wakefulness,  will  so  impress  the 
nerve  centers  that  they  will  so  far  recover  their  powers  as  to  allow  emesis  to  be 
produced.  The  respiration  must  not  be  allowed  to  flag.  Ammonia  may  occasion- 
ally be  inhaled.  As  before  stated,  belladonna  is  antagonistic  to  opium.  Indeed, 
atropine  is  regarded  as  the  best  antagonist  to  poisoning  by  opium  and  morphine. 
Repeated  small  doses,  J^  to  ^'^  grain  of  atropine  should  be  sulicutaneously  injected 
at  intervals  until  the  pupils  begin  to  dilate.  This  method  is  preferaUe  to  giving 
a  large  dose  at  once,  and  is  attended  with  re.sults  not  otherwise  obtainable.  Stra- 
monium maybe  used;  also  gelsemium,  giving  it  short  of  sedation.  Strychnine 
and  cocaine  have  also  been  advised,  and  nitrate  of  amyl  has  some  advocates. 
Permanganate  of  potassium  is  said  to  destroy  the  activity  of  morphine,  and  thus 
prevents  its  toxic  effects.  This  requires  further  confirmation.  As  soon  as  con- 
sciousness is  once  fairly  restored,  an  active  cathartic,  with  the  continuation  of  the 
forced  exercise,  generally  completes  the  cure.  The  same  toxicological  treatment 
should  be  pursued  in  case  of  poisoning  by  any  of  the  salts  of  morphine. 

Physiologically,  opium  and  its  chief  alkaloid  affect  chiefly  the  functions  of 
the  cerebro-spinal  tract.  In  man,  the  cerebral  functions  are  most  impressed;  in 
animals,  the  spinal  axis.  The  motor  and  sensory,  as  well  as  the  higher  nerve- 
centers,  are  affected,  and  the  terminal  nerve-organs  respond  to  its  action.  It,  at 
first,  stimulates  and  then  paralyzes  the  cardiac  motor  ganglia  and  the  end-organs 
of  the  vagus.  The  action  of  the  heart  and  arteries  are,  at  first,  increased,  and, 
secondarily,  lowered  by  these  drugs.  The  overstimulation  of  the  spinal  cord 
observed  in  the  lower  animals  is  not  generally  observed  in  the  human  species, 
and,  when  occurring,  children  being  generally  the  individuals  so  afl'eited.  Opium 
depresses  the  sexual  functions,  and  impotence  in  the  male  and  cessation  of  the 
mensfs  are  nut  unconniicin  in  ojiium  habitues. 

Medical  Uses  and  Dosage.— The  special  uses  of  opium  are  so  numerous  that 
it  is  imii(is>ilile  to  do  iiiorL-  hure  than  mention  the  most  important  of  them.  In 
aU  febrile  and  injlnnuimtory  dm-ase-'',  it  was  formerly  given  either  alone,  or  in  com- 
bination with  ipecacuanha  to  produce  diaphoresis.  While,  in  some  instances,  it 
will  j)rove  useful,  as  a  rule  it  is  now  seldom  used  in  fevers,  as  we  possess  better 
agents  to  accomplish  the  results  formerly  sought  from  the  use  of  opium.  In  cases 
(){ j"i infill  iiifhiiniiKilnr;/  afferli'ins,  however,  it  is  of  considerable  value.  But  to  pre- 
scribe opium  ami  its  clerivatives  intelligently,  it  is  necessary  to  understand  the  con- 
ditions which  are  benefited  liy  them,  and  "those  in  which  they  produce  harmful 
effects.  The  patient  with  the /((in/,  small  pulse,  the  dry  tongue,  dry.  contracted 
skin,  the  flushed  face,  bright  eye,  and  contracted  pupil, "is  always  injured  by  the 
administration  of  opium.  On  the  contrary,  the  patient  will  be  beuefiteil  when 
the  pulse  is  ti'ft  and  open,  or  when  small,  the  waves  are  short  and  give  a  sensation 
of  fullness  and  always  lacking  hardness,  the  .*kin  is  soft,  the  tongue  moist,  the 
face  pale,  and  the  eyes  dull,  expressionle.-^s,  immobile,  or  dilated.  In  the  last  case 
the  drugwill  act  kindly, both  in  relieving  p(i/»i  and  .«/"i.<)ii,  as  a  cerebral  and  spinal 
stimulant,  and  as  a  stimulant  to  the  vegetative  processes,  and  one  need  not  fear 
the  untoward  effects  usually  attributed  to  idiosyncrasy.     When,  in  ry;>/i"iJ  and 


other  lotpfev€r>>,  an  exhausted  state  of  tlu-  nervous  system  supervenes,  then  oiduni, 
in  stimulant  doses  only,  may  be  employtd.  In  intermiltcnls,  it  sometimes  aids  tlie 
action  of  quinine.  While  it  has  been  u.sed  in  the  exaiitfu'iiuUoii-n  (//«''(.«'.«,  to  liasten 
the  appearance  of  the  eruptions,  this  u<i-  of  it  is  not  extensive,  for  better  agents 
are  possessed  by  us,  and  the  use  of  opium  in  children's  affections  should  be 
avoided  as  far  as  possible. 

As  an  anodyne-diaphoretic  opium,  with  ipecac,  is  likewise  beneficial  in  rlien- 
mntic,  nenriilgu;  and  gouty  di.'<e<i'>e-',  in  nervous  irrUability,  viorbid  vigilnnci;  refl!<8-^iie''i<, 
tiuinhced,  and  (h/senten/.  Opium,  as  a  pain-reliever,  is  of  inestimable  value  when 
properly  used,  while,  when  improperly  administered,  it  still  relieves  the  pain,  but 
may  mask  conditions  of  disease  so  that  the  physician  may  be  unable  to  properly 
watch  the  progress  of  the  case,  the  amount  of  pain  often  being  his  best  guide 
to  the  seriousness  and  extent  of  the  trouble.  When  opium,  in  stimulant  doses, 
relieves  pain,  no  untoward  results  need  be  expected,  for,  in  these  cases,  it  does  not 
relieve  the  pain  unless  indicated.  The  danger  lies  in  its  employment  as  a  seda- 
tive and  narcotic.  Fortunately,  ueumlgia,  in  which  opium  is  so  extensively  and 
beneticially  used,  depends,  as  a  rule,  upon  a  state,  the  symptoms  of  which  are 
those  in  which  the  drug  is  specifically  indicated.  There  is  nervous  debility  and 
often  anemia,  and  opium  or  morphine  acts  kindly. 

As  an  antispasmodic,  opium  is  valuable  in  asthma,  colic,  cholera,  hysteria, 
tetanus,  some  forms  of  dyspepsia,  spasmodic  and  convulsive  affectionx,  especially  in 
spasms  accompanying  the  pa.ssage  of  biliary  and  other  rd/rn/i,  or  which  are  present 
during  an  attack  of  nephritis  or  gout.  Not  only  does  opium  relieve  the  pain,  but 
it  also  relaxes  the  spasm  attending  the  passage  of  the  concretions.  Here  large 
doses  may  be  necessary.  In  fact,  when  no  contraindications  are  jtresent,  it  is  one 
of  our  most  valued  agents  in  spasmodic  disorders.  Morphine  is  generally  employed 
in  place  of  opium  where  pain  and  spasm  are  very  severe.  Hypodermatic  injec- 
tions of  full  doses  of  morphine  form  the  best  known  treatment  of  puerperal 
eclampsia;  it''  action  may  be  assisted  by  the  inhalation  of  chloroform  and  other 
internal  treatment  as  indicated.  When  opium  or  morphine  are  previously  admin- 
istered, ana-sthetization  is  more  easily  accomplished  with  chloroform,  and  much 
less  of  the  latter  is  required.  Opium  is  often  useful  after  severe  surgical  operations 
to  prevent  shock  and  irritative  febrile  reaction.  In  respiratory  and  digestive  affec- 
tions opium,  when  indicated,  will  allay  cough,  soothe  pain,  relieve  nausea,  over- 
come tenesmus,  and  calm  nervous  irritability.  It  is  of  much  utility  in  checking 
abnormal  and  increased  discharges,  as  in  chronic  catarrh,  excessive  secretions  from  the 
pulmonary  murous  memhranes,  diarrhua,  uterine  and  other  hemorrhages,  etc.  In  those 
painful  conditions  of  the  digestive  tract,  in  which  the  food  acts  as  an  irritant  and 
causes  distress,  bismuth  or  nux  with  opium  generallj'  relieves.  Morphine  with 
bismuth  subnitrate  is  frequently  demanded  in  gustralgia.  In  diarrhcea,  opium  is 
frequently  indicated,  and  its  tincture  injected  into  the  rectum,  with  starch-water,  is 
the  only  agent,  sometimes,  that  will  give  relief  from  tenesmus  in  acute  dysentery.  At 
the  same  time,  the  proper  internal  treatment  must  be  pursued.  An  injection  of 
morphine  is  the  promptest  agent  for  the  relief  of  rAo/ent  morbus.  In  the  exhausting 
choleraic  diarrhea,  rendering  one  liable  to  an  attack  of  ivwe  Ai<iatic  r/io/fco,  during 
the  prevalence  of  that  dreaded  disease  in  this  country.  Prof.  Locke  employed  the 
following  combination  with  the  best  of  results:  R  Tincture  of  opium,  tincture 
of  camphor,  essence  of  peppermint,  tincture  of  kino,  aa,  flgj;  tincture  of  capsi- 
cum, fi.5.-'s;  neutralizing  cordial,  fl.5iijs.'i.  Mix.  Dose,  a  teaspoon ful  every  i  hour 
in  severe  cases,  3  times  a  day  in  mild  cases.  But  little  of  fluids  should  be  taken, 
and  a  mustard  plaster  applied  to  the  abilomen.  In  true  cholera,  stimulant  injec- 
tions of  morphine  often  check  the  cramps,  vomiting,  and  diarrhu-a.  When  roii- 
"tifiation  is  due  to  spasm  of  the  bowels,  opium  relieves  it.  Opium,  in  well-selected 
ca.«e.'J,is  one  of  the  ht-^i  reujedjes  in  juritiHiilit  and  enteritis.  Aconite,  veratrum,  and 
bryonia  will  also  usually  be  indicated,  but  opium,  in  the  form  of  tbe  diaphoretic 
or  Dover's  powder,  or  even  morphine,  will  give  rest  from  pain  and  peristaltic 
movements.  In  nervous  affectiowt.  opium  is  a  very  inii)ortant  remedy,  and  many 
of  the  .eyniptonis  of  other  disorders  i>artake  largely  of  the  nervovs  element.  In- 
deed, it  will  be  found  valuable  in  all  .symptoms  or  forms  ofdisea.se  characterized 
by  pain,  wakefulness,  inflammation,  increased  nervous  excitability,  increased 
mucous  secretions,  or  spasmodic  action. 


1418  OPIUM. 

Probably  opium  foiiut-rly  killed  more  individuals  sufiFering  from  delirium  tre- 
mensi\\a.n  all  otherageiits  cuinbined.  This  was  owing  to  theenormous  dosesadmin- 
istered  without  regard  to  conditions.  If  the  patient  can  not  .sleep  or  can  not  take 
food,  he  will  die ;  if  there  is  kidney  disease,  opium  will  probably  kill  the  patient ; 
if  there  is  a  flushed  countenance,  bloodshot  eyes,  wild  and  furious  delirium,  pain 
in  the  head,  red  and  turgid  tongue,  and  full,  bounding  jjulse,  opium  will  kill  the 
delirium  tremens  patient;  if,  on  the  contrary,  the  skin  is  relaxed  and  moist,  the 
circulation  feeble,  the  face  pale,  and  the  tongue  moist  and  dirty,  opium  is  a  safe 
remedy,  for  here  it  stimulates  and  sustains  the  nervous  powers,'and  favors  sleep. 
Here  morphine  is  generally  employed  in  a  ^  or  not  more  than  \  grain  do.se,  every 
3  or  4  hours  until  sleep  is  induced' (Locke,  j)/r(<.  TIM.,]). 241;.  In  traumatic  tetanus, 
opium  is  less  valuable  than  morphine ;  the  patient  should  be  kept  fully  under  the 
influence  of  the  latter  until  the  spasms  are  over.  Though  opium  and  its  prepara- 
tions should  be  carefully  used  in  affections  of  the  heart,  it  is  one  of  the  very  best 
agents  for  the  relief  of  angina  pectoris.  Here  it,  or  morph  ine,  which  is  usually  pre- 
ferred, is  to  be  given  in  stimulant  doses  only.  Under  its  use  the  pain  and  dysp- 
noea are  relieved,  and  the  action  of  the  heart  strengthened.  Opium  is  not  a  remedy 
for  continuous  and  persistent  (li/-^]/nufa,  but  that  form  which  is  paroxysmal  anil 
occurring  particularly  upon  going  to  bed.  In  a.-<thrna,  morphine  is  one  of  the  pal- 
liatives, and  may  be  employed  until  the  action  of  other  agents  may  be  obtained. 
It  is  occasionally  resorted  to  in  alleviating  tlie  distressing  cough  of  jihtlii.ns.  In 
threatened  abort  ion,  from  over-exertion  or  nervous  agitation,  ^  drachm  of  tincture  of 
opium,  injected  into  the  rectum,  frequently  prevents  the  accident.  Dover's  powder 
may  also  be  used.  Opium  may  be  employed  in  in--:omnia,  where  cerebral  stimula- 
tion is  required.  Of  all  conditions,  it  is  here  that  the  specific  indications  must  be 
closely  followed.  The  small  or  stimulant  dose  only  should  be  given.  The  same 
may  be  said  of  it  in  inxanitjj,  in  the  puerperal  form  of  which  it  seems  to  give  the 
best  service.  Opium  and  morphine  are  the  direct  antagonists  to  the  poisonou.i 
effects  of  atropine,  belladonna,  physostigma,  stramonium,  and  strychnine. 

Opium  should  not  be  used  internally  in  cases  of  excessive  inflammatory 
action,  without  having  first  allayed  this  action  considerably  by  other  means;  or. 
if  opium  be  administered,  it  should  be  combined  with  ipecacuanha,  as  in  the 
compound  powder  of  ipecac  and  opium,  for  the  purpose  of  modifying  its  influ- 
ence and  promoting  a  determination  to  the  surface.  In  phrenitis.  cerebral  con- 
gestion, accumulation  of  blood  in  the  vessels  of  the  head,  inflammation  of  the 
raucous  tissues  with  diminished  secretion,  and  in  ordinary  states  of  costiveness. 
its  employment  is  not  proper.  If  the  costiveness  be  due  "to  spasmodic  action,  it 
may  then  be  given  as  an  antispasmodic  in  combination  witii  a  laxative.  Opium 
is  often  eaten  by  persons  until  it  becomes  a  habit  exceedingly  diflicult  to  over- 
come; when  taken  to  excess  in  this  manner  it  may  be  known  by  the  deadly  pale 
or  sallow  aspect,  with  tokens  of  emaciation,  and  a  gradual  loss  of  the  energies  and 
activity  of  the  whole  system.  A  morphine  habitue  does  not  regard  truth,  and 
will  say  and  do  anything  to  get  the  coveted  drug.  Nervousness,  trembling,  neu- 
ralgic pains,  insomnia,  loss  of  appetite,  spasms,  hypera-sthesia,  hallucinations, 
impotence,  cessation  of  the  menses,  excessive  perspiration,  and  tendency  to  self- 
destruction  are  among  the  effects  of  the  habitual  use  of  opium  or  its  alkaloid,  by 
mouth  or  subcutaneously.  Some,  however,  take  them  for  years  witiiout  uncom- 
fortable effects  only  when  the  supjily  of  the  drug  is  deficient.  When  the  habit 
can  be  cured  it  is  usually  accomplished  by  the  gradual  withdrawal  of  the  drug, 
and  the  substitution  of  small  amounts  of  atrojune  until  the  full  eflects  of  the 
latter  are  obtained.  Tonics,  capsicum,  good  feeding,  amusements,  exercise  in  the 
open  air,  and  pleasant  society  do  much  to  assist  in  the  cure.  There  is,  however, 
a  strong  tendency  to  return  to  the  habit.  When  the  nervous  system  can  with- 
stand tiie  shock  it  is  best  to  wholly  withdraw  the  drug  at  once.  Murrell  very 
projierly  remarks  that  "a  good  cook  is  half  the  battle."  for  gooil,  stimulating.and 
nourishing  food  must  be  taken  and  assimilated  if  giiod  results  are  to  be  expected. 
DeQuincy,  in  his  work  entitled  ''  Cnnf(s.-<ions  of  an  Engli-^h  Oja'u m-eatrr,"  siales  that 
he  has  taken  S.CKX)  drops  of  laudanum,  or  'ilO  grains'of  opium  daily;  and  attrib- 
utes his  cure  of  this  lamentable  vice  to  the  use  of  the  ammoniated  tincture  of 
valerian  as  a  substitute  for  his  opiate  stimulant.  Prol>ably  any  other  stimulant 
■  would  have  answered  the  same  jnirpose  (see  also  :V'i?7</i(ii.-(  .^ul/'has'^. 


Kxtenially,  opium  is  employed  chiefly  to  subdue  ^ru'ii,  and  arrest  load  infum- 
vmtnry  action;  "it  is  applied  in  the  form  of  lotion,  liniment,  or  plaster,  and  is  of 
service  in  Keurdhiitt,  r/u'tiiiutti.<m,  some  forms  of  cutiiiuouf:  dif:aisi><,  irritnhle  blistered 
yiirfdcei:,  dLfai-icd  iitucoit'<  f:urf(ict'!<,  and  in  rn)!<ipcla(oug  ivjidiniiuitioiis.  It  is  likewise 
added  to  topical  preparations  for  in^dinni'ition  of  the  eye,  and  to  gonon-liaid  injec- 
tions. There  is  much  variety  of  opinion  among  physicians  as  to  the  use  of  this 
drug  as  a  medicine,  some  contending  against  its  use  and  others  in  its  favor.  That 
it  is  a  useful  agent  in  many  diseases,  and  exerts  an  influence  not  possessed  by 
any  other  one.  no  person  will  attempt  to  deny;  neither  does  it,  when  given  in  the 
proper  medicinal  doses,  leave  the  seeds  of  after-disease  in  the  system,  as  is  the 
case  with  mercurial  preparations,  which  in  small  doses  decompose  the  constitu- 
ents of  the  body;  therefore,  although  its  present  results  may  be  disagreeable,  yet. 
as  they  are  not  permanent,  there  is  no  good  reason  why  we  should  dispense  witii 
an  agent  so  well  calculated  to  lessen  the  eflects  of  disease  upon  the  human  sys- 
tem. When  we  administer  the  almost  death-like  prostrating  emetic,  lobelia,  the 
energetic,  prostrating,  and  nauseating  hydragogue,  resin  of  j)odophyllum,  etc.. 
etc.,  it  is  too  much  like  prejudice  without  reason  to  oppose  opium  because  its 
effects  continue  for  a  few  days,  or  improper  doses  and  carelessness  in  its  use  have 
resulted  in  death,  and  which  may,  in  a  degree,  be  said  of  every  active  remedy  in 
the  materia  medica  (J.  King),  "in  suppository  it  is  useful  in  hctaorrhoidid  and 
other  rectal  troubles,  as  well  as  some  bladder  and  urethral  disorders,  and  to  allay  reflcr 
vomiting  therefrom. 

Dose  of  opium  in  pill  or  powder,  from  J  to  3  grains,  according  to  its  influ- 
ence upon  the  patient,  the  character  of  the  disease,  and  the  object  to  be  accom- 
l>lished.  Sometimes  larger  quantities  are  given,  as  in  severe  tetanic,  or  other 
nervous  affections,  and  in  cases  of  severe  pain.  The  medium  dose  to  ease  pain 
and  produce  sleep,  is  I  grain.  The  dose  of  the  tincture  is  from  10  to  50  drops. 
When  it  can  not  be  taken  by  mouth,  as  in  cases  of  persu^tent  vomiting,  and  in 
stningtiri/,  severe  pain  accompanying  diseases  of  the  kidneys,  bowels,  or  uteinis,  and 
painful  ienesnius,  it  may  be  injected  into  the  rectum  with  much  benefit,  adding  to 
it  a"  small  quantity  of  water,  flaxseed  or  elm  infusion,  stanh-wattr,  mucilage  of 
gum  Arabic,  etc.  When  thus  given  the  quantity  may  be  twice  that  exhibited  by 
the  mouth — yet  the  practitioner  should  be  cautious,  as  some  patients  are  more 
jiowerfully  influenced  by  it  than  others.  (For  the  action  of  the  opium  constitu- 
ents, see  respective  alkaloids  under  the  chemical  composition  of  opium,  and  under 

MOKPHINA  and  CoDEINA.) 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — To  give  rest  from  pain  and  spasm,  and  to 
stimulate  tlie  veiietative  functions  and  restrain  secretions  when  the  pulse  is  soft 
and  open,  or  with  short  waves,  the  skin  soft  and  moist,  and  the  tongue  moist  and 
sometimes  dirty. 

Some  Opium  Preparations.— Poppy  capsules  are  luucli  weaker  in  their  action  than 
opium  ;  tliey  are  occa.sionally  u.^ed  iu  the  form  of  syrup  or  decoction  among  children,  hut  are 
in  every  way  inferior  to  opium  itself  prepared  similarly.  The  decoction,  or  the  poppy  capsules, 
are  usell  for  emollient  and  anodyne  fomentations  (see  Papaverin  t'<(;«i(/;t). 

Syrcp  of  Poppie-s. — X  si/nip  of  jWjipii's  raay  he  made  by  depriving  of  their  seeds,  poppy- 
heads,  9  ounces;  reduce  them  to  a  coarse  jiowder,  moisten  them  thoroughly  with  dilutcil  alco- 
hol and  digist  lor  4.S  hours;  then  transfer  the  whole  to  a  percolator,  and  gradually  jniur  upon 
it  diluted  alcohol  until  2  ))intsof  the  filtered  liquor  are  obtained;  then  evaporate  by  niean.'^  of 
a  water-bath  to  8  fluid  ounces,  filter,  add  sugar,  1.5  ounces;  proceed  in  the  manner  directed  for 
simple  syrup.  When  cool,  add  best  French  brandy,  2  fluid  ounces,  and  mix  (C.W.  Kptingi. 
(See  also  S;ii-)ijiu.<  I'ajxnvris.) 

Svi)f.nha.m"s  I,ACi).\xfM. — .Sydaiham's  laudanum  is  a  vinous  tincture  of  opium,  made  accord- 
ing to  the  I'ai-ifiiin  Cwlix,  bv  macerating  for  2  weeks  in  1  pint  of  .sherry  wine,  2  ounces  of  opiuin. 
1  ounce  of  saffron,  and  1  drachm  each  of  bruised  cinnamon  and  cloves;  then  filter.  .\  fluid 
drachm  of  this  laudanum  is  equivalent  to  3  grains  of  opium  (see  also  Tinrliiru  OjtiiK 

Riii'vsEAc's  Lai'daxcm. — Roiutxenu'^  ItiKilmiitm  is  maile  by  e.xposing  a  ve.«sel,  in  which  G 
ounces  of  honey  have  been  dissolved  in  U  jjounds  of  hot  water,  to  a  temperature  of  alxmt 
26.6°  C.sO°F.),  until  fermentation  commences;  then  a.ld  2  ounces  of  go<Ml  opium  previously 
ditruse<l  in  1  p<mn<l  of  water,  and  again  expuse  to  a  temperature  of  2ti.i;°C".  (,'^0°  K.),  for  a 
month  ;  express,  filter,  and  evaporate  to  rt  ouni-es,  to  which  1  ounce  of  alcolml  should  be  added. 
Six  drops  of  this  preparation  are  equivalent  to  1  grain  of  opium. 

Bla(  K  r>Rop. — Jiliirk,  OT  Qii'iker's  ilinp,  is  variously  made;  the  Eilinburgh  formula  is: 
"  Take  of  opium,  4  ounces;  diistilled  vinegar,  Hi  fluiil  tiunces.  Cut  the  opium  into  small  frag- 
ments, triturate  it  into  a  pulp  with  a  littl<'  of  the  vineg-ar,  add  the  rest  <>f  th.'  vin.-uar,  macerate 


14-20  ORIGANUM. 

in  a  closed  vessel  for  7  days,  and  agitate  occasionally.  Then  strain  and  express  strongly,  and 
filter."    Tlif  aromatics  added  in  some  formulee  are  unnecessary  (see  also  Acetum  Opii). 

Related  Preparation. — Papixe.  A  specialty  of  Battle  &  Co.,  of  8t.  Louis,  Mo.,  contain- 
ing the  ;uii"l\  111-  iniiiiiiplc  "1  opium  without  the  narcotic  and  convulsive  constituents.  Used 
to  control  /""/<  iiml  >"  "/<  inil'iiimudory  disorders.  One  fluid  drachm,  the  dose  for  an  adult,  equals 
in  pain-o  licviiit.'  i"iw«r  1  .nain  of  morphine;  for  infants  under  1  year,  from  2  to  10  drops. 

Related  Species  and  Product.— £8cfec/io/(2io  caii>Vnica,' Chamisso;  California  popptf. 
This  papavi  iar((ins  plant,  tin-  a'tcptcd  flower  of  the  state  of  California,  is  reputed  analgesic 
and  .sop(jrilic  «  ith..ut  tin-  ilaiiKirs  attending  opiates.  Prof.  G.  F.  Walz  years  ago  1 1844)  found 
in  it  two  alkaloids,  one  acrid,  the  other  hitter,  besides  sanguinarine  and  some  succinic  acid. 
Bardet  and  Adrian,  in  1888,  found  in  it  a  glucosid  and  two  alkaloids,  one  of  which  gave  the 
reactions  for  morphine.  According  to  E.  Schmidt  and  L.  Renter  {Pliarm.  CentralhaUe,  1889,  pp. 
590  and  Oil ),  the  morphine-like  body  is protopitje,  one  of  the  alkaloids  of  opium.  By  some  the 
alcohcilir  .  \ti;i.t  li  i*  been  used  to  the  extent  of  1S.5  grains  in  a  day,  commencing  with  a 
12-graii!  !        .  tion  is  pronounced  valuable,  quieting  pain  and'jiroducine  calm  sleep. 

Kespir;ii  ■  —111  by  large  doses,  while  toxic  quantities  impress  the  spinal  cord. 

.Mini,;  I  Mil;  ,  i  \  i:  iCsoHosNOa),  a  derivative  of  thebaine,  found  by  physiological  teste  to 
act  similarly  to,  Iput  k-ss  energetically,  than  tlieliaine. 

ORIGANUM.— ORIGANUM. 

The  plant  Origanum  vulr/are,  Linne. 

Nat.  Orel. — Labiatie. 

Common  Name:  Wild  marjoram. 

Botanical  Source. — Origanum  vulgare,  or  Wild  marjoram,  is  a  perennial  herb, 
with  erect,  Icaty,  liairy,  purple,  quadrangular,  corymbose  stems,  from  6  inches  to 
2  feet  in  height.  The  leaves  are  opjjosite,  petiolate,  broad-ovate,  obtu.se.  subser- 
rate,  hirsute,  rounded  at  the  base,  green  on  both  sides,  sprinkled  with  resinous 
dots,  and  paler  beneath;  the  petioles  hairy,  and  one-fourth  as  long  a.<  the  leaves. 
The  flowers  are  numerous,  purplish-while,  in  smooth,  erect,  roundish,  panicled, 
and  fasciculate  spike.s,  accompanied  with  ovate,  purplish  bracts  longer  than  the 
calyx.  Calyx  ovate-tubular,  striated,  with  5  nearly  equal  teetli,  and  hairy  in  the 
throat.  Corolla  funnel-shaped,  about  the  length  of  the  calyx,  and  slightly  2-lip- 
ped;  upper  lip  suberect,  flat,  and  emarginate,  the  lower  tritid,  with  lobes  "nearly 
equal.  Stamens  4,  exserted,  .somewhat  didynamous,  with  double  anthers  ;  stigma 
bifid  and  reflexed.     Aclienia  dry  and  somewhat  smooth  (G. — W. — L.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— Wild  marjoram  is  common  to  Europe 
and  America.  It  is  found  in  limestone  regions,  on  dry  banks,  and  in  dry  fields 
and  woods,  flowering  from  May  to  October.  The  whole  herl)  is  medicinal,  but  it 
is  seldom  collected,  except  for  the  purpose  of  procuring  its  volatile  oil  (^see  Oleum 
Origuni),  on  which  its  virtues  depend,  and  which  may  be  separated  by  distilla- 
tion with  water.  The  plant  has  a  strong,  peculiar,  rather  agreeable  balsamic 
odor,  and  a  warm,  bitterish,  aromatic  taste,  which  properties  are  imparted  to 
alcohol,  or  boiling  water  by  infusion.  This  plant  contains  a  bitter  body  and 
some  tannin. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Origanum  is  gently  stimulant,  tonic,  and  em- 
menagoguc.  A  warm  inl'iision  jiroduces  diaphoresis,  and  tends  to  promote  men- 
struation, when  recently  suppressed  from  cold.  It  is  sometimes  employed  exteiv 
nally  in   fonicntation. 

Related  Species. — Origanum  Majorana,  Linn^  ( Majorana  hortemif,  Moench  ,  or  Sitrrt  mar- 
jdniiii,  p.issrsscs  properties  similar  to  the  above  species.  It  is  a  native  of  Portugal,  but  cul- 
tivate<l  in  our  gardens,  and  much  used  in  cookerv  as  a  seasoning.  Its  leaves  are  oval  or 
obovate,  obtuse,  entire,  petiolate,  liairy,  puliescent,  flowers  pink-i'olon.-d,  in  i-orapact,  rt^uudish, 
pedunculate,  terminal  spikes,  with  roundish  bracts.  It  flowers  a  month  earlier  than  the  pre- 
ceding species.  Its  odor  is  stronger  and  more  agreeable,  and  its  taste  more  cauiphora«\Hius  i  W. ). 
It  yields  a  volatile  oil  (see  OUimi  Majura)uc,  under  Oleum  (h-!giiiii\.  Used  in  txH>kery  nml  for  the 
same  purposes  as  origanum. 

Ongitnum  creliciiin,  ]Ann6. — South  Kurope.  Leaves  pungent  and  aromatic.  Kluwers  whitish. 
It  yields  a  volatile  oil,  used  like  tho.se  above. 

Oritiniiiiiii  hirlKiii,  Link.— This  plant  yields  an  essential  oil.  often  substituted  in  iinuuierce 
for  the  oil  of  the  preceding  species  isee  under  HUiiin  Origniii^. 

OrigiiDiiin  liiitaiiuins,  Linne,  Levant. —  l>eep-purple  flowers.    Plant  pungent  and  aromatic 

Lipiiia  origoiiuidr.i,  Kunth  i  Xul.  On/.— Verhenaceie).  Jlexico.  This  plant  is  known  among 
tlie  native  Mexicans  as  origano. 

Lippia  Mt:cini mi. —.\i\  evergreen  shrub  of  Mexico.  In  J  to  1  drachm  iloses  a  .sjilurated 
tincture  ( 1  in  4)  of  the  stalks  and  leaves  has  been  used  as  a  denuilivnt  ex|>ectonint. 


OlIYZA— (iSMiiKKUl/.A  1421 

ORYZA— RICE. 

Tlie  seeds,  deprived  of  their  husk^.  ol  (Jn/za  mtiva,  Liniie. 

X,ii.  Old. — Graminea>. 

Cmmmon   Name:  Rirc. 

Botanical  Source. — Rice  is  an  annual  plant,  with  several  jointed  culms  or 
Ptfiu-.  iVoin  J  to  lU  feet  in  height.  The  leaves  are  long,  slender,  and  clasping. 
'I'lie  iiunick'  is  tirminal,  diffuse,  and  bowing  when  the  seed  is'  weighty.  The 
>|iikeltt  is  hermajihrodite  and  ]-tiowcred.  Glumes  2,  and  small.  Palea-  2, and 
adlu'iing  to  the  ovary.  Scales  2,  smooth;  stamens  6;  ovaries  sessile;  styles  2; 
.-tigma  leathery.    Caryo]isis  compresseil,  and  inclosed  by  the  ]>alea»  (W. — G. — P.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— Rice  is  sujiposed  to  liave  been  origi- 
nally a  native  of  China.  I'nim  whi-me  it  came  to  the  East  Indies;  it  is  at  present 
cultivated  in  nearly  all  i>arts  of  the  world  where  the  soil  and  climate  are  favor- 
able. The  harvesting  of  the  new  rice  in  India  is  introduced  by  religious  worship. 
Rice,  in  order  to  thrive,  requires  a  marshy,  moist  soil,  and  is  accordingly  now 
grown  with  success  in  Florida.  Several  species  of  cultivated  rice  are  recognized. 
The  husked  seeds  of  the  plant  constitute  the  ordinary  commercial  rice.  When 
boiled  with  water,  the  grains  swell  up,  become  soft,  and  absorb  about  twice  their 
weight  of  water.  Carolina  rice,  on  analysis,  has  been  found  to  consist  of  85.07 
l)er  cent  of  starch,  3.60  of  nitrogenous  matter.  0.71  of  gum,  0.29  of  uncrystallizable 
sugar.  0.13  rpf  fattv  oil,4.S0  of  woodv  fiber,5.00  of  water,  and  0.40  of  saline  matters 
(Braconnot,  Jo>„-.  P/^yrm.  Chim.,  18lt,  p.  314). 

J.  Konig  i^Die  Meiurhl.  Nahrungs-'uiid  Genu$smitt€l,Sd  ed.,1893,  p.  527)  records 
the  average  of  35  analyses  of  ordinary  cooking  rice  as  follows:  Water,  12.55  per 
cent;  nitrogenous  matter,  mostly  albuminous  substance,  7.88  per  cent;  fat,  0.53 
per  cent ;  nitrogen-free  extractive  matter,  77.79  per  cent  (containing  75.79  per  cent 
of  starch.  1.3  i)ercent  of  sugar,  gum,  etc.);  crude  fiber,  0.47  per  cent,  and  ash,  0.78 
per  cent.  Of  all  cereals,  the  rice  grain  is  richest  in  pure  starch.  The  ash  of  rice 
grain  contains  much  jjotassium  phosphate  and  magnesium  salts.  Manganese  is 
also  contained  in  the  ash.  Rice  is  used  as  food  by  millions  of  people  in  China  and 
certain  parts  of  India  (see  consular  report  on  the  rice  crop  in  India.  .4//i«7-.Jo7(r. 
P/tarm.,  1898,  p.  272).  In  addition  to  its  employment  for  culinary  and  medicinal 
purposes,  it  is  used  in  making  ardent  spirits  {Arrack,  see  Alcohol),  or  rire  hen;  \\\ 
Japan,  a  wine  is  made  from  it,  called  soke  or  soki.  What  is  known  as  Chinese 
"rice  paper."  is  obtained  from  the  pith  of  ^Iro/w  jua;rt/>-i/e)-n,  bv  skillfull v  slicing 
it  with  a  shar).  knife  ( .see  Amer.  Jmn:  Phnrm.,  1878,  p.  340). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Rice  is  nutritious,  and  boiled  in  water  until  per- 
fectly soft,  is  verv  useful  in  cases  of  debilitated  stomach  or  boweh,  and  diarrhaa;  it  is 
likewise  reputed  a  valuable  article  of  food  to  overcome  the  diarrhrea  so  common 
to  those  who,  for  the  first  time,  use  the  river  waters  of  the  western  states.  It  is,  by 
some,  considered  injurious  to  the  eyes  when  used  in  any  quantity,  but  this  is  aii 
erroneous  opinion,  as  many  nations  employ  it  almost  exclusively  as  a  diet,  without 
any  such  effects.  A  decoction  of  rice  (rice-water)  is  an  excellent  soothing  and  nutri- 
tive drink  in  febrile  dimi^ef.  and  likewise  in  inflammations  of  the  interna!  onvnis. 

OSMORRHIZA.— SWEET  CICELY. 

The  root  of  Osmorrh izn  (ongistylis,  DeCandolle  ( L'raspermum  Clnytoni,  Xuttalli. 

Nat.  0»v/.— Umbellifera". 

Common   Names:  Svect  cicely.  Smoother  mrcct  cicely. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  has  a  perennial,  thick,  fleshy,  branching  root. 
of  an  aLT'ial.li-,  aromatic  flavor,  and  an  erect,  nearly  smooth  stem,  branching 
aliov.-.  and  from  2  to  3  feet  high.  The  leaves  are  large," decompound,  the  ultimate 
divisiuns  often  pinnate;  radical  leaves  on  long,  slender  petioles,  cauline  -sessile. 
The  leaflets  are  irregularly  divided  by  clefts  and  sinuses  into  lobes  and  teeth; 
tlie  lolies  broadly  ovate  and  slightly  pubescent.  Tlie  flowers  are  white,  in  axillary 
and  terminal  umbels,  about  5-rayed ;  central  ones  barren,  outer  ones  fertile.  Calyx- 
margin  obsolete;  petals  ol)long,  nearly  entire,  with  a  short  inflexed  point.  In- 
volucres of  linear  bracts  longer  than  the  rays.     The  style  is  as  long  as  the  villose 


1422  OSMINDA. 

germ,  lilifcirm,  erect,  and  deflexed.  The  fruit  is  linear-oblong,  about  an  in<h  in 
length,  angled,  tapering  downward  into  a  stalk-like  base,  contracted  at  the  side?, 
blackish,  and  crowned  with  the  persistent  styles.  Carpels  with  5  equal,  acute, 
upwardly  bristly  ribs;  commissure  with  a  deep,  bristly  channel;  intervals  without 
vittie(W.— G.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant  grows  in  various  parts  of 
the  Uiiiled  Statis,  in  rich  nioi.st  woods,  on  the  sides  of  low  meadows,  on  the  banks 
of  running  stnanis,and  on  the  borders  of  low  woodlands.  It  flowers  in  May  and 
June.  The  root  is  the  part  employed;  it  has  a  sweet  smell  and  taste,  resembling 
anise  seed.  By  distillation  of  the  root  with  water,  L.  Eberhardt  (Pharm.  Rund- 
schau, 1887,  p.  149)  obtained  0.63  per  cent  of  an  oil  heavier  than  water,  of  specific 
gravity,  1.0114  at  10°C.  (50°F.).  The  oil  solidified  at  10°  to  12°C.(.50°  to.53.6°  F.), 
and  was  chiefly  composed  of  anethol  (see  Oleum  Anlsi).  The  air-dry  rout  contained 
about  12  percent  of  moisture,  much  sugar,  some  fat,  resin,  tannin,  but  no  alka- 
loids. The  ash  referred  to  diieil  substance  was  4.6  per  cent.  Mr.  H.  L.  Green 
(^Amer.Jour.  I'/iiirm ..  l.s,S2,  ]■.  1 1'.ii  iccoiils  6S..5  percent  of  moisture  in  the  fresh  root. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Sweet  cicely  is  aromatic,  stomachic, 
carminative  and  expectorant.  Useful  in  coughs, flatulence,  and  as  a  gentle  stimulant 
tonic  to  debilitated  stomachs;  the  fresh  root  may  be  eaten  freely,  or  it  may  be  used  in 
infusion  with  brandy  or  water. 

OSMUNDA.— BUCKHORN  BRAKE. 

The  rhizome  of  Osmunda  regalls,  Michaux  (O-iinunda  .ipectabilw.  Willdenow). 

Nat.  Ord. — Filices. 

Common  Names:  Buckhorn  brake.  Royal  flowering  fern. 

Botanical  Source. — This  fern  has  a  hard,  scaly,  tuberous  rhizome,  beset  with 
numeriius  Hlicrs,  and  having  a  whitish  core  in  the  center.  The  fronds  are  several, 
erect,  3  or  4  feet  high,  doubly  pinnate,  smooth,  bright  green;  primary  divisions 
or  pinnie  from  6  to  10,  nearly  opposite,  remote,  and  hardly  a  span  long.  The 
leaflets  are  more  numerous,  often  alternate,  sessile  or  nearly  so,  oblong,  bluntish, 
entire  or  obscurely-crenate,  with  1  rib,  and  n  umerous  transverse  veins ;  base  dilated, 
heart-shaped,  or  somewhat  lobed.  Some  of  the  upper  leaflets  are  cut,  and  as  it 
were,  partially  transmuted,  into  dense  clusters  or  spikes  of  innumerable,  small, 
light-brown,  veiny,  globular,  2-valved  theca',  entirely  covering  the  segments;  sev- 
eral of  the  upjier  divisions  of  the  leaf  consisting  entirely  of  such  thecte,  com- 
posing a  compound  panicle.     Spores  green  (L. — W. — G.). 

History  and  Description. — This  beautiful  fern  is  found  in  meadows  and 
low  moist  grounds,  throughout  the  United  States,  flowering  in  June.  The  main 
root  or  caudex  is  the  medicinal  part;  it  is  about  2  inches  long,  and  has  the  shape 
of  a  buck's  horn.  It  is  composed  of  a  number  of  layers  or  scales,  which  are  elon- 
gated, imbricated,  with  satiny,  translucent  margins,  and  throws  out  a  mass  of 
entangled,  delicate  radicles.  It  contains  an  abundance  of  mucilage,  which  is 
extracted  by  boiling  water.  The  ash  of  osmunda  consists,  to  about  50  per  cent,  of 
silica.  The  roots  should  be  collected  in  August,  or  about  the  latter  part  of  May, 
and  dried  with  great  care,  as  they  are  apt  to  become  moldy. 

The  Osmunda  rinnainotnca.orCinnnmnn-colorrdJ'frn,  is  inferior  to  the  preceding, 
but  is  frequently  used  for  the  same  purposes.  Its  root  is  similar,  but  much  larger, 
and  when  its  stems  are  young,  during  the  spring  months,  they  iire.<eut  a  white 
or  cinnamon-colored,  pubescent  appearance,  with  the  leaves  circinute  and  downv. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Mucilaginous,  tonic,  and  styptic.  Used 
in  chronic  niu<ihs  with  profuse  perspiration,  di'irrha:<t,  and  di/senl>n/;  also  as  a  tonic 
during  convalescence  from  exhausting  diseases.  One  root,  infused  in  a  pint  of 
hot  wiiU'i-  for  half  an  hour,  will  convert  the  whole  into  a  thick  jelly.  Very  valu- 
able in  leucorrhiva,  and  other  female  weaknesses,  and  said  to  be  an  almost  certain 
cure  for  rickets,  in  doses  of  3  drachms  of  the  root,  3  times  a  day.  The  mucilage 
mixed  with  brandy  is  a  popular  remedy  as  an  external  application  for  *«A/uxa- 
tions  and  debility  of  the  vuiscks  of  the  back.  For  internal  use.  the  roots  may  be 
infused  in  hot  water,  sweetened,  and  ginger,  cinnamon,  brandy,  etc.,  added,  if  not 
contraindicated. 


OSTIIYA  -dXAMS.  1423 

OSTRYA.— IRON- WOOD. 

The  inner  wood  and  bark  of  Osln/n  (•/;v/i"yar<(,\Vill<U'now. 

Xni.  O/f/.— Cupulifera\ 

CoMMiiN   Namks:    Inm-irnnil.  Hop-hnnilienm,  lATerirond. 

Botanical  Source.— This  is  a  small  tree  from  25  to  30  feet  in  height,  remark- 
able for  its  tine,  narrow,  longitudinally  divided,  and  brownish  bark.  The  wood 
is  white,  hard,  and  strong.  The  leaves  are  oblong,  ovate,  subcordate,  acuminati-, 
unequally  serrate,  and  somewhat  downy;  the  buds  acute.  The  sterile  flowers 
are  in  cylindrical  anients;  scales  orbicular-ovate,  acuminate,  ciliate,  1-Howered; 
filaments  somewhat  united  irregularly;  anthers  bearded  at  the  summit.  The 
fertile  floweis  are  in  pairs,  numerous,  in  a  siiort,  oblong,  jienduldus,  loosely  im- 
bricated, linear,  terminal  anient,  with  small,  deciduous  bracts;  scales  none,  but 
each  flower  is  inclosed  in  a  membranous  sac-like  involucre,  bristi\-  hairy  at  the 
base,  and  which  enlarges,  forming  a  bladdery  closed  bag  in  fruit,  these  being  im- 
bricated to  form  a  sort  of  strobile  appearing  like  that  of  the  hop.  The  ovary 
is  2-celled,  2-ovuled,  crowned  with  entire  and  bearded  border  of  the  perianth, 
forming  a  small  and  seed-like,  smooth  nut.  Styles  2.  united  at  the  base;  nut 
lance-oblong,  somewhat  compressed,  and  included  in  the  enlarged,  imbricated, 
bladder-like  sae  (G.— W.). 

History. — This  is  a  tree  common  to  the  United  States,  growing  in  rich  woods, 
and  flowering  in  April  and  May.  The  flowers  are  green,  and  appear  with  the 
leaves,  and  the  large  and  handsome  oval-oblong  strobiles  are  matured  in  August. 
The  inner  wood  and  bark  are  the  parts  used;  they  are  bitter  and  yield  their  vir- 
tues to  water.  Prof.  Trimble  found  it  to  contain  6.5  per  cent  of  tannin  referred 
to  dried  substance  {Bu'/.  ofPharm..  189.5,  p.  412). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.^  Iron-wood  is  antiperiodic,  tonic,  and 
.ilterative.  It  has  been  used  with  t'\\\vAvy  \\\  inU'rmittent  fevers,  neurahjir  ciffectwns, 
ilyi'pcp-'iii,  sn-nful<i,  and  all  diseases  where  an  antiperiodic  tonic  is  indicated.  Dose 
of  the  decoction,  1  or  2  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day;  of  the  fluid  extract, 
1  fluid  drachm. 

Related  Species.  -Curpinus  ((Hicrioajin,  Miohaux.  This  is  another  tree  known  as  Irun- 
ivocxi  ail. I  /'  -■  ly  n'sembling  tlie  above.     It  grows  frmn  10  to  L'O  feet  high,  has  a 

smooth  L'!  -   an   irrepiularly  riilged  trunk,  nml  very  fine-graiufd,  compact,  wliite 

woo<l.  Ill'  -■:>'•  -  :  tiif  fertile  aments  are  3-parteii,  tlie  middle  segment  being  much  the 
largiest,  obliqu.-,  witti  a  lateral  tooth,  persi.stent,  and  becoming  foliaceous.  Tlie  nut  small, 
ovoid,  bony,  ribbed,  with  a  simple,  one-sided,  enlarged,  and  open  leaf-like  involucre.  This 
tree  is  not  bitter,  and  must  not  l>e  confounded  with  tlie  OMnja  iG. — W.). 

OXALIS.— WOOD-SORREL. 

The  whole  herb  ofOxalis  AcctoacUa,  Linne. 

Nnt.  Ord. — Geraniacea?. 

Common  Name:  Wond-sorrel. 

Botanical  Source. — Wood-sorrel  is  a  small,  perennial,  acaulescent  herb,  with 
a  creei)ini:.  scaly-toothed  root-stock.  The  leaves  are  numerous,  r.idical,  ])almately 
:Vfoliate.  on  jonj;.  weak,  hairy  stalks;  leaflets  broadly  obcordate,  with  rounded  lobes 
entire,  i)ube.«cent,  of  a  yellowish-green  color,  but  frequently  jiurplish  beneath; 
they  close  and  droop  at  night-fall.  The  scape  is  longer  than  the  petioles,  and 
1-flowered,  with  2  scaly  bracts  near  the  middle.  The  flowers  are  white,  yellowish 
at  the  base,  delicately  veined  with  purple,  and  scentless.  Stamens  10,  monadel- 
jihous  at  the  ba.se,  alternately  shorter;  sepals  5,  persistent;  style  as  long  as  the 
inner  stamens.  Capsule  5-lobed,o-celled,and  oblong;  seeds  several,  with  an  elastic 
testa  .G— W.), 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— Wood-sorrel  is  indigenous  to  Europe 

and  this  coiiniry,  gn>wiii>^  in  w ly  and  shady  plac*-s,  and  flowering  (roxn  April 

to  .luiie.  It  is  inodorous  and  has  a  pleasantly  acid  t;iste,  which  is  somewhat  im- 
paired by  drying.  The  acidity  is  due  to  the  presence  ofoxtilu:  in-id  in  combination 
with  potassium  forming  ncid  pntuMtiim  ornlate,  sometimes  called  juitaxKhnn  hiituxolntc 
(HKC  ,0,).  In  some  parts  of  Europe  this  salt  was  formerly  separated  from  the  plant, 


1424 


OXYDEXDROX. 


and  sold  under  the  name  o^  salts  of  sorrel  (sometimes  under  the  name  salt  of  lemons), 
for  the  purpose  of  removing  ink  spots  and  iron  marks  from  linen.    Tliis  salt  is 

_      poisonous  when  taken  interiially.  It  can  now 

be  conveniently  piciiared  fmm  oxalic  acid. 
Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— 
The  several  varieties  of  sorrel  are  cooling 
and  diuretic.  Useful  in  febrile  di'-eases,  hem- 
orrhages, gonorrhaia,  chronic  catarrh,  urinary 
affect ions,'s.nd  in  scurvy;  it  may  be  used  in 
infusion,  or  it  may  be  infused  in  milk  to 
form  whey,  or  the  herb  may  be  eaten,  but 
in  neither  case  to  excess,  on  account  of  the 
potassium  binoxalate  they  contain.  Exter- 
nally, the  bruised  leaves  or  inspi-ssated  juice 
have  been  found  useful  as  an  application  to 
srrnfvlous,  malignant,  and  indolent  v.h-ers.  The 
Rumcj:  Aretosa,  or  Garden  sorrel,  R.  Acetosella, 
or  Sheep  sorrel,  and  R.  resicarius,  possess 
similar  i)roperties  (which  see).  The  antidote 


Oxalis  Acetosell 


to  jMii.soning  by  any  of  the  species  of  Oxalis, 
or  by  oxalic  acid  or  potassium  binoxalate, 
is  a  mixture  of  chalk  with  water. 

Related  Species.— There  are  other  species  of  Oj-alis  possessing  analogous  properties,  as 
the  O.mlis  niricta,  Linne,  and  0.  vwlaren,  Linn^.  They  all  Iiave  ternate  leaves  with  obcordate 
leaflets,  and  with  the  exception  of  0.  riolacea,  bear  yellow  flowers. 

Oxalis  crMKicaulis. — Peru.  Root  edible;  the  syrup  of  an  astringent,  acidulous  juice  ex- 
pressed from  the  leaves,  has  been  employed  in  catarrJial  troiihl(.'t,(ioiiorr}iaa, and  htiiiorrhnijef. 

Oxalis  comiculata,  Linne. — Europe.    This  species  has  properties  similar  to  Oxalis  AcetoieUa. 


OXYDENDRON.— SOURWOOD  TREE. 

The  leaves  of  Oxydendmn  arhorevm,  De  CandoUe  {Andromeda  arhorea.  Linnej. 

Nat.  Orf?.— Ericaca?. 

Co:\iMON  Names:   Sounvood,  Sorrel  tree. 

Botanical  Source. — Oxydendron  arboreum  is  a  tree  growing  from  40  to  50 
feet  high,  with  a  trunk  from'lO  to  15  inches  in  diameter.  The  leaves  are  oblong- 
lanceolate,   acuminate,   serrate,    petiolate, 

deciduous,  from  5  to  6  inches  long,  from  '*"  ^^® 

1  to  2  inches  broad,  villous  when  young, 
at  length  smooth,  with  a  distinctly  acid 
taste,  and  early  in  autumn  they  turn 
bright  scarlet.  The  flowers  are  pedicel- 
late, secund,  spreading,  at  length  reflexed; 
panicles  terminal,  consisting  of  numerous 
spicate  racemes.  Calyx  without  bractlets. 
The  corolla  is  ovate-oblong,  narrowed  at 
the  summit,  5-toothed,  and  pubescent  ex- 
ternally. The  filaments  are  thickened; 
anthers  awnless,  the  cells  long  and  ]iointed. 
The  capsule  pyramidal  and  pentangular; 
the  seeds  are  ascending  from  the  base, 
linear,  with  a  loose  coat  and  tajier-pointed 
at  biith  ends;  and  bracts  and  bractlets 
minute  and  deciduous  (  \V. — G.). 

History. — This  elegant  tree  inhabits 
rich  woods  from  New  York  to  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  and  in  the  Alleghenv  valleys,  and 
bears  white  flowers  in  July,  "the  leaves  are 
the  parts  used.    They  have  an  agreeable 

tartness,  and  yield  their  ^u-operties  to  water.    According  to  Plugge 
(1889),  no  andromedotoxin  occurs  in  this  plant. 


Oicyilomln-in  «rborenm. 


OXY(iEXirM.  14'2o 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Sorrel  tree  leaves  are  tonic,  refVigerant. 
ami  j^troagly  iliuretii .  Ft-vi-r  paiii  nts  will  fiiul  a  decoction  of  the  leaves  a  pleas- 
ant, cooling,  and  diuretic  drink.  A  tincture  of  the  leaves  and  twigs  in  whiskey 
is  said  to  have  been  a  popular  remedy  in  Kentucky  for  the  kidney  ami  blmhhroU- 
«l<'l/^>' of  aged  men,  being  employed  to  increase  the  renal  secretion,  and  to  relieve 
the  unpleasant  symi)tonis  attending  jirnstaHr  enlnniemeut,  vesical  ciilruli,  and  chronic 
irril(tlii)ii  i if  lite  neck  <if  the  blmliler.  The  remedy  was  specially  recommended  in  the 
treatment  at  droj/fie-i  l>y  Pr.  J.  W.  Davis,  of  Lewisburg,  Ky.,in  18S1  {Ec.  Med.  Jour., 
1881,  p.  407).  Its  strong  diuretic  jiowers  were  generally  recognized,  and  several 
experimenters  reported  remarkable  success  from  its  employment  in  anasnrca, 
hi/drorelc,  jihurilic  effu.-'inth'i,  and  h i/d roper icurd in m.  It  was  asserted  to  give  marked 
relief  in  urinary  trouliies.  with  frequent  desire  to  urinate,  with  burning  pain  at 
urethral  outlet,  and  the  urine  pa.«sing  in  drops,  mixed  with  blood.  It  was  subse- 
quently employed  in  Imir,!  troubles  from  exposure  to  cold,  as  when  a  determina- 
tion of  blood  to  the  viscera  occurred,  causing  (/wj-r/ffm  or  fh/.-rd/cn/.  It  undoubt- 
edly acts  by  giving  increased  tone  to  relaxed  cajjillaries.  Pills  of  a  solid  extract, 
containing  8  to  6  grains  may  be  given  every  2  hours;  sjjecitic  oxydendron,  1  to  20 
minims  cvt-rv  2  or  3  hours. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Anasarca,  ascites,  and  other  forms  of  dropsy ; 
the  nrinaiy  difficulties  of  old  men;  painful  micturition,  with  scanty  renal  secretion. 

Related  Species.— i  Compare  Knlmia  and  Hhododendron.)  .Some  species  oi  Andromeda 
are  \Miifiiiuins,  i.g.,  Androin.da  nilida,  Bartram,  an  elegant  evergreen,  known  as  FelterJnisli ; 
AiulnniKilii  pijlu folia,  Linne,  tliellVW  ro^mani,  growing  in  boggy  situations,  and  containing 
a)idroiiuJi'tuj:in ;  Aiidroiiitda  mnrUiiia,  Linn^,  SUujger-Uush ,  a.  seaboard  plant,  found  also  in  Ten- 
nessee and  Arkansas,  and  sjiid  to  proiluce  staggers  in  calves  and  lambs  (see  illustration  in 
Meelian's  Xatiie  Floiferg  and  />^l-•!,^  ol.  II,  p.  1.S.5 1;  and  Andnimrda  an/iwitifuliuiii,  Pursh,  a  swamp 
growth.  The  blossoms  and  leaves  of  the  Andromeda  ^eiosa,  Michaux,  have  a  pulverulent  sub- 
stance upon  their  surface,  which  is  reputed  a  strong  sternutatory. 

OXYGENIUM .  —OXYGEN. 

.SvMBor.:  C.     Atomh   Weh-ht:   1-5.96. 

History. — Ox\-gen,  the  most  abundant  of  the  elements,  was  discovered,  in 
1774,  by  Priestley,  of  England,  and  Scheele,  of  Sweden,  independently  of  each 
other.  Lavoisier,  of  France,  first  recognized  its  function  in  the  phenomena  of 
combustion.  He  named  it  oxygen  from  two  Greek  words,  meaning  "  I  produce 
sour" — i.e.,  a  generator  of  acids.  The  waters  of  the  globe  consist  of  88.87  per 
cent  of  oxygen.  From  33  to  4-5  per  cent  of  the  whole  weight  of  the  earth  has 
been  estimated  to  consist  of  this  element.  It  is  one  of  the  chief  constituents 
of  animal  and  vegetable  structures.  In  gaseous  form,  it  constitutes  about  21  per 
cent,  by  volume,  of  the  atmosphere,  the  balance  being  nitrogen,  argon,  ancl  a 
email  portion  of  carbon  dioxide. 

Preparation. — Oxygen  is  prepared  from  certain  oxides  or  other  oxygen  com- 
pounds, which  readily  part  with  their  oxvgen  under  the  influence  jof  heat  or  re- 
agents. Thus  oxygen  may  be  produced  by  subjecting  mercuric  oxide  to  a  red 
heat  in  a  glass  retort:  2HgO=^Hgj+0.,.  Likewise  manganese  dioxide  is  decom- 
]iosed  by  heat  with  evolution  of  oxygen,  thus:  3MnO,=Mn30,-^0,.  The  usual 
mode  of  obtaining  oxygen  is  to  heat,  in  a  retort,  powdered  potassium  chlorate 
(KCIO.J,  tlie  reaction  being  broadly  expressed  by  the  equation :  2KC103=2KC1 
-1-30,.'  In  jiractical  operation,  the  powdered  chlorate  is  mixed  with  about  one- 
fifth  or  one-fourth  its  weight  of  pure  manganese  dioxide.  This  must  previously 
be  "ascertained  to  be  free  from  charcoal  or  antimony  sulphide,  else  dangerous 
explosions  may  occur.  The  purpose  of  the  addition  of  manganese  dioxide  is  to 
bring  the  temperature  at  which  the  oxygen  commences  to  be  given  ofl,  below  the 
melting  point  of  the  salt,  which  is  about  350°  C.  (fi62°  F.);  tlie  gas  is  then  dis- 
engaged at  as  low  a  temperature  as  200°  C.  (392°  F.).  The  manganese  dioxide 
remains  unchanged  in  this  process.  Otto  Brunk  has  shown  (Amer.Jimr.  Pharin., 
18!)4,  p.  144)  that  the  chhirine-like  odor  observed  in  this  process  is  due  to  ozone, 
the  quantity  of  wiiicii  is  0.3  per  cent  of  the  oxygen  evolved,  if  equal  amounts  of 
l>ota.*sium  chlorate  and  manganese  dioxide  are  taken.  Pure  potassiuin  chlorate, 
when  heated,  vields  no  ozone,  Init  when   it  <(>ntain>;  traces  of  impurities,  even 


l)Otassiiiin  clihjride,  evolution  of  ozone  takes  place.  The  gns  must  he  washed  by 
passing  it  through  a  strong  solution  of  caustic  soda. 

Oxj'gen  (containing  ozone)  is  also  produced  by  the  electroly.'^is  of  water, being 
liberated  at  the  positive  pole.  Other  methods  of  producing  oxygen  are  enumerated 
in  every  text-book  on  chemistry.  Several  methods,  based  on  the  action  of  hj'dro- 
gen  peroxide  upon  reducible  substances,  such  as  potassium  permanganate,  or  fer- 
ricyanide,  or  chlorinated  lime,  have  also  been  proposed  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
1882,  p.  407;  1889,  p.  565;  1890,  p.  489;  also  see  paper  on  oxygen  and  its  medicinal 
applications,  by  Mr.  J.  W.  England,  ibid,  1892,  p.  11 ). 

Description. — Oxygen  is  a  colorle.«s,  odorless,  and  tasteless  gas,  whose  density 
when  compared  to  air,  is  1.1056.  The  weight  of  1  liter  oxygen  at  n°C.  (32°  F.') 
and  760  Mm.  atmospheric  pressure  is  1.43028  grammes.  Cailletet  and  Pictet,  in 
1878,  succeeded  in  condensing  oxygen  to  a  liquid,  a  pressure  of  475  atmospheres 
and  a  temperature  of — 130°  C.  (—202°  F.),  being  necessary  to  accomplish  it.  Met- 
als in  the  molten  state,  especially  silver,  absorb  oxygen,  but  give  it  ofl' again  upon 
cooling.  It  is  slightly  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol  With  the  possible  exception 
of  fluorine  it  combines  with  all  the  elements,  forming  oxides.  When  a  substance 
combines  with  oxygen,  the  process  is  called  oxidatwn.  If  this  process  is  accom- 
panied with  emission  of  light  or  flame,  it  is  termed  combv-^tion.  Processes  of 
oxidation  producing  no  light  or  flame,  are  termed  sloiv  combristion.  An  instance 
of  the  latter  is  the  chemical  change  in  the  human  body  of  venous  to  arterial 
blood,  effected  by  the  oxygen  taken  in  during  respiration.  The  chief  supporter 
of  combustion  is  oxygen,  and  substances  burn  more  readily  in  pure  oxygen 
than  in  ordinary  air.  A  piece  of  wood  glowing  without  flame  ignites  when  held 
into  a  current  or  an  atmosphere  of  oxygen.  The  gas  is  recognized  by  this  reac- 
tion. A  glowing  piece  of  iron  wire  held  in  pure  oxygen  gas,  burns  with  a  display 
of  brilliant  sparks. 

Oxides  are  of  three  classes,  according  to  the  chemical  nature  of  the  element 
with  which  the  oxygen  combines,  and  according  to  the  combining  quantity  of  the 
latter.  Thus  we  have:  (I)  ha  sir  oxides,  mostly  those  of  the  metals.  c._(/.,  sodium 
oxide  (Na.,0),  calcium  oxide  (CaO),  chromic  oxide  (Crj03);  they  form  bn.-<es  or 
hydroxides  with  the  elements  of  water;  (2)  acid-forming  oxides,  mostly  those  of 
non-metallic  elements,  such  as  sulphur  trioxide  (SO3),  forming  with  water  sulphu- 
ric acid  (H^SO,);  phosphorus  pentoxide  (Pj05),  forming  phosphoric  acid  (H^PO,); 
chromic  trioxide  (CrOj),  forming  chromic  acid  (CiO.H.,),  etc.  These  oxides  are  also 
called  anhydrides,  e.g.,  chromic  anhydride;  (3)  peroxide.^,  mostl^v  those  of  uietaLs. 
rarely  of  non-metals,  as  sodium  peroxide  (Na^O,);  barium  dioxide  (BaOJ;  lead 
dioxide  (PbO,,);  manganese  dioxide  (MnOj),  etc.  They  contain  an  excess  of  com- 
bined oxygen,  with  which  they  easily  part.  They  are  therefore  t.yp\ci\\  oxidizer:). 
Oxidizers  should  not  be  triturated  with  easily  combustible  material.  It  is  dan- 
gerous to  triturate  together  such  substances  as  chlorate  or  nitrate  of  potassium 
and  sulphur. 

Other  well-known  oxidizers  are  chromic  acid  or  pota.«sium  bichromate  in  sul- 
phuric acid  solution,  potassium  permanganate,  ozone  (see  below),  hydrogen  per- 
oxide, etc.  The  term  oxidizer,  in  its  broadest  sense,  includes  also  substances  capable 
of  producing  oxygen  available  for  oxidation  ;  thus  chlorine,  although  it  contains 
no  oxygen,  is  a  strong,  though  indirect  oxidizer,  in  the  presence  of  water,  beca«.*e 
it  combines  with  its'hydro^en,  for  which  it  has  great  aflSnity,  thus  .setting  free 
the  oxygen  of  the  water.  Substances  which  have  a  tendency  to  combine  with 
oxygen  and  to  abstract  it  from  oxygen-bearing  comi)ounds.  are  called  rrduring 
■•'nbxttrnres or  deoxidizei-s,  such  as  glowing  charcoal,  sulphurous  acid  (H.SO,).  nascent 
hydrogen,  etc. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Since  the  researches  a  few  years  ago  of 
Smith,  Riclinrdsdii,  lUu  lihriin.  Mud  others,  proving  tliat  no  more  oxygen  than  that 
proportion  wliich  is  present  in  atmospheric  air  could  be  aupropriated  by  the  blood 
through  the  respiratory  organs,  the  use  of  oxvgen  as  a  food  to  tlie  system  and  vivi- 
fying agent  seems  to  have  been  on  the  wane.  Large  doses,  instead  of  acting  as  a  vivi- 
fying stimulant,  appear  to  relax  and  consequently  debilitate  the  system,  and  even 
induce  a  narcotic  condition  if  carried  suHiciently  far.  That  a  certain  amount  of  it 
inhaled  admixed  with  the  air,  however,  apnears  to  increase  the  appetite,  quicken 
the  circulation,  increase  bodilv  weight,  and  slightly  elevate  temperature,  seonis 


OXYMKI..  1-127 

established.  Notwillistaiuliiig  the  fact  that  it  is  asserted  to  have  been  overrated 
as  a  therapeutic  agent,  it  has  been  successful!}'  employed  in  several  forms  of 
anemia,  particularly  those  resulting  fmrn  /icinorrhafus  and  supj/uralivc  dimiseg.  It 
is  also  thought  useful,  though  not  curative,  in  many  exhausting  and  wasting 
conditions.  Some  claim  that  it  augments  the  ap[)etite,  lessens  expectoration, 
hectic,  and  coHiquntue  mraU,  and  increases  weight  in  phthUiK,  but  does  nothing 
more.  In  aMhmatic  seizures  and  (U-<ea^cs  of  the  lungs  attended  with  symptoms  of 
asphyxiation,  life  is  occasionally  saved,  and  often  prolonged  by  its  judicious  in- 
halation. Asphyxia  from  carbonic  acid  fumt's,  narcotic  poi.-^onimi,  and  voxious  </"••-(■< 
have  been  reported  restored  by  oxygen  inhalations.  In  diabetes  it  decreases  tlie 
renal  secretion  and  lessens  the  production  of  sugar,  but  fails  to  cure;  the  quan- 
tity of  albumen  appears  to  be  lessened  by  it  in  nlbumiituria.  Tlie  disorders,  how- 
ever, in  which  the  oxygen  treatment  appears  to  possess  real  merit,  are  post-sear- 
Uitinal  vep/trifii,  and  in  chlorotic  dyxpepxia.  Oxygen  water  (water  charged  with 
oxygen  gas)  may  be  given  by  mouth,  and  the  pure  gas  inhaled  from  the  rubber 
bag  in  which  it  is  usually  stored.  This  bag  should  be  furnished  with  a  tube 
supplied  with  valves  and  a  stoj)-cock.  Ozone  has  similar  uses,  and  is  particularly 
lauded  in  anemia. 

Ozone. — AcTivK  O.xvuKN.  Formula:  O3.  Jlolecular  Weight:  47.88.  Ozone  was  observed 
as  early  as  17So  by  Van  Maruin,  wlio  passed  an  electric  spark  through  oxygen  and  noticed 
the  peculiar  smell  of  the  g-a.s  aivl  its  pi.  .piity  of  tarni.shing  a  bright  surface  of  lutrcury. 
In  1840  Schoiihein  made  a  (U'tnili  J  stu.ly  ..f  "ozone,  and  gave  it  its  name,  from  a  Greek 
verb,  meaning '•  to  smell."  Ozoiu-  is  pr.  ..liircil  by  slow  oxidation  of  phosphorus,  or  by  the 
jKissage  of  a  silent  electrical  ilisiliari:e  tlin .ugh  "oxygen  gas.  Electrical  ilischarges  during 
thunder  showers  produce  ozone  in  the  atmosphere,  altliough  the  fact  niuft  not  be  over- 
looked that  the  higher  oxiiles  of  nitrogen  are  also  formed,  and  behave  toward  potassium 
ioilide  starch  paper  in  the  same  manner  as  ozone.  Ozone  is  also  generated  when  manganese 
dioxide  is  heated  in  a  current  of  oxygen  or  with  pota.ssium  chlorate  lO.  15ruuk,see  O.ii/yen). 
1.0.5  per  cent  cent  of  ozone  wag  pro<lueed  when  the  proportion  of  manganese  dioxide  and 
potassium  chlorate  was  2.5  to  1.  Ozone  has  not  been  obtained  in  the  pure  state;  it  is  always 
diluted  with  oxvgen.  In  recent  years  the  manufacture  of  ozone  by  electric  discharges  is 
being  very  greatly  perfected. 

Ozone  is  quite  soluble  in  many  essential  oils,  e.  g.,  oil  of  turpentine,  oil  of  cinnamon,  etc., 
and  is  sparingly  soluble  in  water.  It  is  a  powerful  oxidizer,  decolorizes  indigo  and  blood,  and 
destroys  albumen  an'!  even  caoutohonc  and  gutta-percha,  tarnishes  bright  metallic  surfaces, 
(■.7., silver  or  mercury,  and  converts  alc.ilml  CjHuO)  into  alilehyde  (C2H40i.  From  potas- 
sium iodide  it  liberates  iodine;  tlius  tli.'  st  delicate  test  for  ozone  I  which  distinguishes  it 

from  hydrogen  peroxide)  is  the  bhu-  .  ..l..ra!i.«n  imparted  to  a  paper  saturated  with  a  solution 
of  potassium  iwiide  in  starch  water.  It  c.l.irs  ale.jholic  tincture  of  guaiac  blue  (see  (riialacum ). 
Ozone  is  a  colorless  gas,  but  may  lie  liquetied  by  pressure  to  an  indigo-blue  liquid!  Hautefeuille 
ami  Chappuis).  Liquiil  ozone  boils  at  — 119°C.  ( — \S2.'2°  F.),  at  atmospheric  pressure  ( L. Troost, 
Chfin.  Zeitung,  1  svis,  p.  .-)4S  1. 

The  rest>arches  ol  Andrews  and  Tait  (ISfiO)  have  shown  that  ozone  is  an  allotropic  modi- 
fication of  oxygen,  I.  ».,cousisting  of  the  same  substance,  but  i)o.ssessing  different  properties. 
The  formation  of  ozone  from  oxygen  is  attended  by  a  condensation  of  3  volumes  ( or  molecules) 
of  oxygen  to  2  volumes  (or  molecules)  of  ozone,  according  to  the  equation :  302=203 ;  hence 
the  niolecule  of  ozone  must  be  regarded  as  consisting  of  3  atoms  of  oxygen,  and  has  been  aptly 
called  prroxiih  of  o.n/gen  (0,0).  A  ice  versa,  2  volumes  of  ozone,  when  lieated  to  about  300°  V. 
(•572°F.  1,  yield  again  3  volumes  of  ordinary  oxygen.  In  its  chemical  reactions,  only  one-thinl 
of  the  oxygen  isavailable.  Thus,  for  example,  when  ozone  acts  ujion  potassium  iodide  solution 
only  one-third  of  its  oxygen  liberates  io<iine,  while  ordinary  oxygen  is  formed  as  follows: 
03-^IK  +  H2O=O3  — 2K(")H  +  I.  The  resultant  volume  of  oxygen  is  tlie  same  as  the  original 
volume  of  ozone,  because  one-third  of  the  latter,  being  in  combined  form,  has  disappeared 
as  a  gas.    The  medicinal  uses  of  ozone  are  the  same  as  those  of  oxygen. 

OXYMEL.^OXYMEL. 

1^ V .v  iNY.M s :   Orymel  simplex,  Mel  acetatum. 

Preparation.— This  is  prepared  according  to  the  British  Pharmacopeia  (1898), 
by  heating  to  liquefaction  40  ounces  (Imp.),  or  800  grammes,  of  clarified  honej', 
and  mixing  with  it  5  fluid  ounces  each,  or  100  cubic  centimeters  each,  of  acetic 
acid  and  distilled  water,  the  finished  product  to  have  the  specific  gravity  1.320. 
The  German  Phann(icop(.eiti  (1.S72)  directed  a  simple  mixture  of  acetic  acicl,  sp.  gr. 
1.040  (1  part),  with  clarified  honey  (40  parts).  The  French  C'of/ea: orders  virgin  honey, 
4  ]»arts,  and  white  wine  vinegar,  1  part.    Concentrate  and  clarify  with  paper  pulp. 


14l)S  OXYMEL  SCILL.E.— P^OXIA. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  represents  a  popular  gargle  for  >>ore  thront. 
It  is  also  used  as  a  vehicle  for  expectorant  preparations,  such  as  ipecacuanha,  squill, 
etc.,  and  in  feA'er-drinks. 

OXYMEL  SCILL^ffl.— OXYMEL  OF  SQUILL. 

Preparation.— Mix  2  pounds  (av.)  of  clarified  hone_v,  with  1  pint  (Imp.j  of 
vinegar  of  squill.  Evaporate,  hy  means  of  water-bath,  until  the  product  when 
.  old,  has  a  specific  gravity  of  1.32.  This  accords  with  the  Br.  Phann..  ISSo  and 
1898.  Honey  (2  parts),  vinegar  of  squill  (1  part).  Evaporate  to  2  parts  and  strain 
(Ger.  Pharm.',M  ed.).  Honey  (4  parts),  vinegar  of  squill  (1  part).  Clarify  with 
pulp  of  paper  and  evaporate  to  specific  gravity  1.26  {French  Codex). 

The  National  Formulary  directs:  "Vinegar  of  squill  (f.  S.  P.),  fifty  grammes 
(50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  334  grs.]  ;  honey,  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av., 
231  grs.].  Mix  them  in  a  tared  porcelain  capsule  or  enameled  iron  vessel,  and 
apply  the  heat  of  a  water-bath  until  the  mixture  has  been  reduced  to  the  weight 
of  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,231  grs.].  Then  strain,  allow  it 
to  cool,  and  transfer  it  to  liottles,  whirli  should  be  well  corked  "—{Xat.  Form.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Used  for  the  same  purposes  for  which 
squill  is  employed  (see  Sril/<().  Dose,  as  an  expectorant,  for  infants,  1  to  15  drops; 
for  an  adult,  20  to  60  drops. 

P.fflONIA.— PEONY. 

The  root  of  Pseonia  officinalis,  Linne. 

Nat.  Ord. — Ranunculacea^. 

Common  N-\mes:  Peony,  Pin ey. 

Botanical  Source. — Peony  has  many  thick,  long-spreading,  perennial  roote, 
running  deep  into  the  ground,  with  an  erect,  herbaceous,  large,  green,  and  branch- 
ing stem,  2  or  3  feet  high.  The  leaves  are  large;  the  lower  ones  bipinnately  di- 
vided; the  leaflets  ovate-lanceolate,  smooth,  and  variously  incised.  The  flowers 
are  large,  red,  terminal,  and  solitary;  the  sepals  5,  find  unequal.  Petals  red.  cordi- 
form  ;  stamens  numerous,  mostly  changed  to  petals  by  cultivation.  Carpels  3; 
sti^'nias  double  and  persistent;  follicles  fleshy,  and  many-seeded;  seeds  black, 
numenius.  dry.  and  round  (W. — R.). 

History  and  Description. — This  plant  is  indigenous  to  southern  Europe, 
and  is  cultivated  in  gardens  in  the  United  States  and  elsewhere,  on  account  of 
the  elegance  of  its  large  flowers,  which  appear  from  May  to  August.  The  root  is 
the  medicinal  part;  it  consists  of  a  root-stalk,  from  i  to  1  inch  in  diameter,  from 
wliich  proceed  fusiform  tubers,  gradually  terminating  in  delicate  fil)ers.  These. 
together  with  the  seeds,  have,  when  recent,  a  strong,  rather  unplea.«ant  odor,  and 
a  sweetish,  mawkish  taste,  succeeded  by  a  sub-acrid  bitterishness  and  slight  astrin- 
gency ;  drying  nearly  removes  these  properties.  The  recent  flowers  have  a  similar. 
but  feebler,  odor,  and  a  more  herbaceous  taste.  They  all  yield  their  virtures  to 
diluted  spirits. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  fresh  root  has  the  odor  of  bitter  almonds,  and 
contains  starch,  fat,  sugar,  a  small  quantity  of  tannin,  oxalates,  malates,  and  phos- 
j)hates  (Morin).  Wiggers  (Handhnch  der  P/iarmacocinosic,  1864>  obtained,  l\v  distilla- 
tion of  the  fresh  root  with  water,  a  distillate  possessing  tlie  odor  of  bitter  almonds. 
Ether  removed  therefrom  a  small  (luantityof  an  oil  having  the  .same  odor,  and 
producing,  in  aqueous  or  alcoholic  solution,  a  blood-red  ctilor  with  ferric  chloride. 
Dragendorfl'  found  in  the  seeds  of  Piionia  officiiinti.'>  tannin  and  peo»i(i-tiunn\''ci» 
(see  Related  ,S'/„r/r..). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Peony  is  antispasmodic  and  tonic.  I* 
is  asserted  to  have  been  successfully  emploved  in  chorea,  qiileim;/.  *;Hi,<m.v,  and 
various  ncn-ous  affection-').  In  combination  witli  white  snakeroot.or  lilack  cohosh. 
it  has  proved  valuable  in  pertums.  An  infusion  may  be  made  by  adding  1  ounce 
of  the  I'oot,  in  coarse  powder,  to  1  pint  of  a  boiling  liquid,  composed  of  1  part  of 
good  gin,  and  2  parts  of  water,  which  may  be  sweetened.  Dose.  2  or  3  fluid  ounces. 
3  or  4  times  a  day.  Dose,  of  the  expressed  juice  of  the  recent  root.  1  or  2  drachms; 
of  the  ])ow<lered  root,  1  draclim.  3  or  4  times  a  day;  of  the  powdered  seeds,  from 


I'A.NAX.  1429 

30  to  40  grains.  The  seeds,  taken  night  and  morning,  have  been  successfully 
used  in  removing  nigkhnare  attendant  upon  dropsical  persons.  They  are  also 
reputed  emetic,  cathartic,  and  antispasmodic.  It  undoubtedly  relieves  nervoua 
in-itdlion,  and  should  be  restudied.  A  tincture  of  the  fresh  root  (sviii  to  alcohol, 
76  per  cent,  Oj)  may  be  given  in  doses  of  1  to  30  drops. 

Related  Species.— fa-o/im  Mouhm,  Simson ;  Botan-rool.  Japan.  The  root  of  this  plant 
yieMeil  Jagi  (l!S7Si,  bv  extraction  with  ether,  a  crystallizable  body,  ^«'i»io/,  melting  at  4.5°C. 
(113°  Fj,  said  to  be  closely  i-elated  to  caprinic  acid.  It  is  readily  dissolved  by  alcohol  and 
ether,  and  believed  to  be  a' ketone. 

Pxonia  ijntyrina,  Miller. — The  root  of  this  species,  according  to  analysis  of  Mandelin 
and  Johannson  [Aivhii-  lUr  Pliann. ,  \S79,  p.  .5351,  contains  starch  (14.25  per  cent i,  moisture 
(15.5  iier  cent),  sugar,  gum,  resins,  tannin,  fat,  ash,  and  a  small  quantity  of  an  alkaloid.  The 
seeds,  according  to  Dragendorff  and  Stahre  (ibid..  1879, pp.412  and  531 '.  contain  fatty  oil  (23.6 
per  cent  K  pfonia-remiic  acid,  with  indifTerent  peonia-resiii  ( 1.13  per  cent  i,  taiuiic  acid  { less  than 
1  per  cent!,  the  coloring  matters,  ;x"m((-rt«orc,«ci'n  and  peonia-bwwn  (a  phlobaphene)  (of  each 
about  4  piT  cent),  kgiunin,  sugar,  mucilage,  and  an  .ilkaloid. 

PANAX.— GINSENG. 

The  root  of  Aralia  quinnuefoiM,  Decaisne  and  Planchon  (Panax  quivquefolium, 
Linne;  Ginseng  quinquffolia.sV ood). 

Nat.  Ord. — Araliacea\ 

C0.M.M0N   N.\aie:   Gimcnri. 

Ilhtstration  :   .Johnson,  Mid.  But.  of  X.  A.,  Fig.  132. 

Botanical    Source. — Ginseng  has  a  perennial,  fusiform,  whitish,  thick,  and 
fleshy  root,  transversely  wrinkled,  and  terminating  in  fibers;  its  upper  portion 
slender  and  marked  with  the  scars  of  the  former  shoots.    The  stem         p.    j^gg 
is  round,  smooth,  green,  often  with  a  tinge  of  red,  about  1  foot 
high,  regularly  divided  at  top  into  3  petioles,  with  a  flower-stalk  in 
their  center.     The  petiole  is  round,  smooth,  and  swelling  at  the 
base.     Leaves  3,  ternate,  quinate,  or  septentate.     Leaflets  i)edicel- 
late,  obovate,  sharply  serrate,  acuminate,  smooth  on   both   sides, 
with  scattered  bristles  on  the  veins  above.    Flowers  small,  green- 
ish, in  a  simple  umbel,  supported  by  a  round,  slender  peduncle, 
which  rises  from  the  top  of  the  stemj  in  the  center  of  the  petioles. 
The  involucre  is  composed  of  a  lunltitude  of  short,  subulate  bracts, 
interspersed  among  the  flower-stalks,  which  are  so  short  as  to  give    l^ 
the  appearance  of  a  head  rather  than  an  umbel.     Calyx  with  5     Aralia  ouinque- 
small,  acute  teeth.     Petals  5,  oval,  reflexed,  and  deciduous.     Sta-  '' '*' 

mens  5,  with  oblong  anthers.  Styles  2,  reflexed  and  persistent.  Ovary  large, 
inferior,  ovate-cordate,  and  compressed.  The  berries  are  kitlney-shaped,  retuse  at 
both  ends,  compressed,  of  a  bright-scarlet  color,  crowned  with  a  calyx  and  styles, 
and  contain  2  and  sometimes  3  .semicircular  seeds.  The  outermost  florets  ripen 
first,  and  their  berries  often  obtain  their  full  size  before  the  central  ones  are 
expanded;  the  central  florets  are  frequenth' abortive  (L. — W.). 

History  and  Description. — Ginseng  is  a  native  of  most  of  the  middle  and 
northern  states,  and  extends  on  the  mountains  far  south,  growing  in  rich  soil  and 
in  shaded  situations,  and  flowering  in  July.  C.  S.  Raflnesque  (  Med.  Flora  of  the  U.S., 
Vol.  IT,  1830,  p.  .53)  states  that  the  Jesuits",  knowing  the  plant  from  their  sojourns 
in  Tartary,  found  it  afterward,  toward  1718,  in  Canada,  and  instituted  the  trade 
in  this  root  with  China.  The  root  is  somewhat  fusiform,  2  or  3  inches  in  length, 
and  about  ^  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  sends  ofl'a  few  delicate  fibers.  When  dried, 
it  consists  of  a  soft,  yellowish-white,  corrugated  bark,  inclosing  a  central,  woody 
substance.  It  has  a  faint  smell,  and  its  taste  is  sweetish,  somewhat  bitter,  muci- 
laginous, and  feebly  aromatic.  Water  or  alcohol  takes  up  its  properties.  Large 
quantities  of  it  are  now  gathered  and  sent  to  China,  where  it  commands  an 
enormous  price,  as  the  Chinese  ascribe  wonderful  medicinal  virtues  to  it.  The 
American  drug  is  cheapest  (aixiut  81.86  per  pound),  next  ranks  Corea  ginseng 
(,816. -50  per  pound),  and  liighest  in  price  is  the  genuine  Chinese  ginseng.  The 
latter  is  seldom  found  in  the  stores,  and  the  finest  qualities  connr.and  the  price 
of  from  860  to  8100  for  a  weight  of  altoul  580  grains.     In  Corea,  the  cultivation 


1430  PANCREATiyrSI. 

and  trade  in  ginserg  is  a  government  monopoly  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1887,  p.  597; 
1897,  p.  551,  and  1898,  p.  251).  Ginseng  is  also  grown  in  Japan,  but  is  considered 
inferior  to  Corea  ginseng.  The  genuine  C^iriese  ghiseng  is  the  root  of  Aralia  Gin- 
seng, A.  Meyer  {Panax  Ginseng,  Nees),  an  east  Asia  plant.  Altogether,  5  commer- 
cial grades  of  ginseng  are  distinguished  in  China.  It  is  often  adulterated  by  mix- 
ing it  with  the  root  of  some  species  of  Convolvulus  and  other  roots.  (On  the 
cultivation  of  ginseng  in  America,  see  Ame-r.  Jour.  Phnrm., 1891,}).  ill.)  Ginseng 
is  becoming  very  scarce  and,  unless  a  method  of  cultivation  becomes  practical, 
bids  fair  to  be  exterminated.  The  price  now  is  from  84.00  to  87.50  per  pound 
and  advancing. 

Chemical  Composition.— Rafinesque  (loc.  cU.)  states  that  the  roots  have  a 


pleasant,  camphorated  smell,  and  that  they  owe  their  active  properties  to  a  pecu- 
liar substance  similar  to  camphor,  which  he  caWs  pannrine — white,  pungent,  solu- 
ble in  alcohol  and  water,  more  fixed  than  camphor.     The  roots  also  contain 


volatile  oil,  sugar,  mucilage,  resin,  etc.  S.  S.  Garrigues  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1&54, 
p.  511)  obtained  from  an  aqueous  infusion  a  sweetish-bitter,  amorphous  yellow 
principle,  which  he  caXis panaquHon.  It  is  soluble  in  ether  and  alcohol,  insoluble 
in  water.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  dissolves  it  with  purple-red  color.  If  the 
solution  is  poured  into  water,  a  white  precipitate  (panacon)  results  (see  Davydow, 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  338). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — A  mild  tonic  and  stimulant.  Useful 
in  loss  of  appetite,  slight  nervou-'i  debiliti/,  and  weak  stomach.  Continued  for  some 
length  of  time,  for  its  temporary  administration  gives  but  little  benefit,  it  is  a 
very  important  remedy  in  nervous  dyspepsia,  and  in  mental  exhaustion  from  over- 
work. It  gives  fairly  good  results  in  nervous  prostration,  and  in  cerebral  anemia. 
By  some,  it  is  considered  useful  in  asthma,  gravel,  convulsions,  paralysis,  to  invigor- 
ate the  virile  powers,  etc.  It  gives  fairlj'  good  results  in  atonic  laryngiiU,  bron- 
chitis, and  some  relief  in  phthisis,  being  a  secondary  remedy  for  these  complaints. 
Dose,  of  the  powder,  from  10  to  60  grains ;  of  the  infusion,  from  2  to  4  fluid 
ounces  ;  specific  panax,  5  to  60  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Nervous  dyspepsia;  mental  and  other 
forms  of  nervous  exhaustion  from  overwork. 

PANCREATINUM  (U.  S.  P.)— PANCREATIN. 

"A  mixture  of  the  enzj'mes  naturally  existing  in  the  pancreas  of  warm- 
blooded animals,  usually  obtained  from  the  fresh  pancreas  of  the  hog  {Sus scrof a, 
Linne  [C/a.«.-  Mammalia.    Order:  Pachydermata])  "— (f.  5.  P.). 

Source. — The  pancreas  (meaning  (dl  fc-ih')  is  a  long,  flat,  conglomerate  gland, 
analogous  in  its  structure  to  the  salivary  glands,  and  which  is  situated  trans- 
versely across  the  posterior  wall  of  the  abdomen,  behind  the  epigastric  and  the 
two  hypochondriac  regions.  It  secretes  a  fluid  termed  the  pancrentic  juice,  which 
is  injected  into  the  duodenum,  and  there  mixing  with  the  bile  from  the  liver,  and 
the  chyme  from  the  stomach,  it  helps  to  convert  the  latter  puljjy  substance  into 
chyle.  The  pancreatic  juice  is  a  colorless,  odorless,  strongly  alkaline,  viscid  liquid 
(specific  gravity  1.008  or  1.009),  containing  from  1.5  to  2.5  per  cent  of  soluble 
albuminous  matters  {enzyme.^),  resembling  ptyalin  in  action.  They  may  be  pre- 
cipitated from  aqueous  solution  by  aliohol,  and  still  be  soluble  again  "in  water 
(difference  from  albumen).  Pancreatic  juice  has  the  power  to  emulsify  fats.  aUo 
to  dissociate  them  into  glycerin  and  fatty  acids,  to  convert  starchy  matters  into 
dextrin  and  sugar,  and  to  dissolve  albumen  and  fibrin  (see  below). 

Pa.ncre.^ti.v  is  the  name  given  to  the  purified  dried  juice  of  the  pancreas,  or 
to  the  precipitated  albuminoids  of  this  juice. 

Preparation.— The  Xational  Foinnulary  (1st  ed.,  1888)  directs  as  follows :  '•  Take 
pancreas  of  the  hog,  fresh,  water,  alcohol,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Reduce  tlie 
fresh  pancreas  of  tlie  hog,  freed  as  much  as  possible  from  fat  and  membranes,  to  a 
fine  i>aste  by  means  of  a  suitable  chopping  machine.  Mix  it  with  half  its  weight 
of  cold  water,  and  knead  it  thoroughly  and  frequently  during  1  hour,  then  tnins- 
fer  the  mass  to  a  strainer  of  canton  flannel,  and  add  to  the  filtrate  an  eijual  vol- 
ume of  alcohol.     Collect  the  precipitate,  drain  it,  and  free  it  by  i)ressure  from  as 


I'AXCREATINIM.  1431 

much  of  the  adherent  liquid  as  possible.  Then  spread  it  on  shallow  trays,  and 
dry  it  by  exposure  to  warm  air,  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  40°  C.  (104°  F.j. 
Triturate  the  dry  product,  in  a  mortar,  with  4  times  its  weight  of  pure  benzin; 
transfer  the  mass  to  a  dry  filter,  and  when  the  liquid  has  ])assed  below  the  sur- 
face of  the  j>owder,  follow  it  with  enough  fresh  benzin  to  disjilace  the  retained 
portion.  Lastly,  dry  the  powder  between  bibulous  paper.  Note.—li  larger  quan- 
tities of  pancreas  are  operated  upon,  and  there  is  risk  of  its  decomposition  in 
presence  t>f  the  water,  it  is  advisable  to  saturate  the  latter  with  chloroform,  which 
will  retard,  decomposition  for  a  long  time.  *  *  *  In  place  of  pancreatin, 
prepared  by  the  formula  above  given,  any  other  commercial  pre{>aration  of  the 
pancreas  may  be  used,  provided  it  reaches  the  standard  of  peptonizing  power 
prescribed  for  the  former" — {Xii I.  Form.,  1st  ed.).  (See  also  note  to Pulvig  Pan- 
crentirm  Co)npo.<ilu.^.) 

For  R.  V.  Mattison's  process  of  preparing  sacchn rated  pancreatin,  based  on  the 
precipitation  of  pancreatin  by  sodium  chloride  solution,  see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
187o, )(. -"^'iJ.  Pancreatin  possesses  the  power  of  emulsifying  a  very  large  amount 
of  fat  or  ..il. 

Description  and  Tests. — The  U.  S.  P.  describes  pancreatin  as  "  a  yellowish, 
yellowish-white,  or  grayish,  amorphous  powder,  odorless,  or  having  a  faint,  pecu- 
liar, not  unpleasant  odor,  and  a  somewhat  meat-like  taste.  Slowly  and  almost 
completely  soluble  in  water,  insoluble  in  alcohol.  Pancreatin  digests  albumin- 
oids, and  converts  starch  into  sugar;  prolonged  contact  with  mineral  acids  renders 
it  inert.  If  there  be  added  to  100  Cc.  of  tepid  water,  contained  in  a  flask,  0.28 
Gra.  of  pancreatin  and  1.5  Gm.  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  and,  afterward,  400  Cc.  of 
fresh  cow"s  milk,  previously  heated  to  38°  C.  (100.4°  F.\  and  if  this  mixture  be 
maintained  at  the  same  temperature  for  30  minutes,  the  milk  should  be  so  com- 
pletely peptonized,  that,  if  a  small  portion  of  it  be  transferred  to  a  test-tube  and 
mixed  with  some  nitric  acid,  no  coagulation  should  occur.  Peptonized  milk,  pre- 
pared in  the  manner  just  described,  or  even  when  the  process  is  allowed  to  go 
on  to  the  development  of  a  very  distinct,  bitter  flavor,  should  not  have  an  odor 
suggestive  of  rancidity'' — {U.S.  P.). 

Pancreatin  absorbs  moisture  from  the  atmosphere  and  deteriorates  when 
exposed  to  air  for  a  long  time;  it  becomes  inert  when  heated  to  temperatures 
higher  than  .")n'C.(122°  F.). 

Chemical  Composition.— Pancreatin  is  a  proteid  substance  containing  solu- 
ble tVnn.nt-  ./-:(///»-,.  The  pancreatic  juice  holds  at  lea.st  4  ferments,  as  fol- 
lows: (1)  Tri/p.-iiit  (of  Kiihne),  which  digests  albuminoids,  changing  them  to 
peptones,  hucin,  tyfosin,  etc.,  and  acting  best  in  neutral  or  alkaline  media,  unlike 
pepsin,  which  requires  an  acid  medium.  It  also  acts  in  feebly  acid  solution,  but 
stronger  acids  and  the  gastric  juice  render  it  wholly  inert.  The  most  favorable 
temperature  for  its  action  is  at  about  38°  C.  (100.4°  F.)  (see  above  toO.  (2)  Amy- 
Injisin  digests  carbohydrates  and  acts  upon  starch  with  greater  energy  than  ptya- 
lin,  whicli  it  resembles,  producing  maltose  and  dextro-glucose.  It  also  closely 
resembles  diastase.  (3)  Stetipgin,  the  digester  of  fats,  is  probably  the  chief  emul- 
sifying agent,  and  resolves  fats  into  fatty  acids  and  glycerin  and  esters — e.q.,salol 
— into  their  comjionent  alcohol  and  acid — in  this  case,  phenol  and  salicylic  acid 
(see  Aiii'f.  J'liir.  Pharm..  ]S'.i2,  \i.  4<>4).  i 4)  A  milhcoagulnting  or  rennet-Hie  ferment, 
l)robably  the  s:niie  as  that  runtaincd  in  the  fourth  stomach  of  the  calf. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Pancreatin  has  been  recommended  in 
atonic  dy--<pe]i«ia,  due  either  to  impaired  secretion  or  defective  composition  of  the 
juices  secreted;  in  arid  dy-^^pejisia,  the  result  of  the  abnormal  transformation  of  the 
food  in  the  stomach,  from  morbid  conditions  of  the  gastric  juice;  in  flatulent  dy-<- 
]irpsia,  a.nd  in  the  dyspqma  of  cliiMren,  who  are  fed  chiefly  upon  milk  and  amy- 
laceous diet,  and  who  often  suffer  therefrom,  with  emaciation  and  diarrhoea.  It 
may  be  employed  where  there  is  chylous  or  fatty  diarrhaa,  with  abdominal  uneasi- 
ness, and  in  intiatinal  dyitpepsia.  Infantile  dyspcpxin,  jmtndire,  with  imperfect  diges- 
tion of  fats,  scrofula,  dial>rte>>,  rirketn,  anemia,  leuhtmia,  clilorogifi,  iiiripimt  tuhcrculosis, 
and  dyxpep!<ia,  with  nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhrea,  flatulence,  and  alidoniinal  pain, 
are  ca.ses  in  which  it  has  been  administered  by  stomach.  In  orrianic  dineafes  of  the 
'r»opha<jus  and  utomarh,  and  in  nervou.-<  vomitinr/  and  vomiting  of  pregnancy,  a  pancreatic 
enema  has  been  administered  with  the  effect  of  being  absorbed  and  sustaining 


1432  PAXCREATINUM. 

the  life  of  the  patient.  Luebe's  enema  consists  of  about  equal  parts  of  lean  meat, 
grated  to  a  fine  pulp,  and  chopped  pancreas,  beaten  in  a  mortar  or  bowl,  gradu- 
ally adding  luke-warm  water  until  a  pap-like  mixture  results.  If  fat  is  needed, 
it  may  be  added  in  proportion  of  one-sixth  of  the  quantity  of  meat  employed. 
From "5  to  10  ounces  may  be  u.«ed  as  an  enema,  and  should  be  injected  per  rectum 
with  a  large-mouthed  syringe  and  retained  as  long  as  possible. 

As  nature  has  furnished  the  pancreatic  juice  to  efiect  the  conversion  of  chyme 
into  chyle,  in  the  duodenum,  and  probably  with  the  aid  of  the  presence  of  bile; 
and  as  the  pancreatin  must  certainly  undergo  some  change  from  the  action  of  the 
juices  of  the  stomach  previous  to  its  entrance  into  the  duodenum,  it  is  somewhat 
puzzling  to  clearly  understand  the  utility  of  pancreatin  in  the  stomach,  at  least 
until  the  food  has  been  wholly  converted  into  chyme;  besides,  when  digestion  is 
sluggish  or  becomes  difficult,  this  is  not  entirely  owing  to  the  deficiency  of  the 
gastric,  pancreatic,  or  intestinal  juices,  but  generally  to  a  more  radical  change  in 
the  secretion  and  composition  of  these  juices,  dependent  upon  an  abnormal  con- 
dition of  the  organ  secreting  them.  However,  pancreatin  is  an  inofiensive  agent, 
and  may  be  conveniently  tested  in  the  cases  in  which  it  has  been  advised;  and 
if,  after  10  or  12  days,  no  benefit  is  derived  from  it,  its  use  should  be  suspended. 
It  should  be  remernbered  that  it  gives  temporary  aid  onh',  and  that  it  has  failed 
to  fulfil  all  the  demands  for  which  it  was  introduced.  Its  dose  is  3  or  4  grains, 
about  an  hour  after  meals.  It  may  be  made  into  pills  of  3  grains  each,  with  a 
sufficient  amount  of  honey;  or  1  drachm  of  it  may  be  mixed  with  1-5  grains  of 
phosphate  of  calcium,  and  the  mixture  be  divided  into  10  doses.  Chopped  pan- 
creas may  be  given  in  desertspoonful  doses  with  the  food.  The  latter  shoula  not 
be  hot.     It  is  frequently  given  with  sodium  bicarbonate. 

Trypsin  is  a  reputed  solvent  for  diphtheritic  memhrnnes,  a  spray  of  30  grains  of 
trypsin  and  10  grains  of  sodium  bicarbonate  in  1  fluid  ounce  of  water,  being 
employed  for  this  purpose.  An  injection  of  it  has  been  proposed  to  dissolve 
blood-clots  in  the  liladder  (Webster). 

Specific  Indications. and  Uses. —  Intestinal  indigestion,  with  diarrhoea  of 
fatty  or  chylous  feces,  and  with  flatulence,  abdominal  pain,  nausea,  and  vomit- 
ing ;  in  diseases  of  mesenteric  glands.     For  temporary  effects  only. 

Preparations. — Liquor  Pancreaticcs  (X.  F.),Pancrmlic  sohiiion.  "  Pancre.-itin  (  f.  .9.  P. 

nteen  and  one-half  grammes  (17.5  Gm.)  [270  grs.];  sodium  bicarbonate,  fifty  jirammes  ^5 

Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,334  grs.];  glycerin,  two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters   L'-"iO  C'c. i  [8  fl: 


seventeen  and  one-half  grammes  (17.5  Gm.)  [270  grs.];  sodium  bicarbonate,  fifty  jirammes  '50 
I  [1  oz.  av.,334  grs.];  glycerin,  two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters   2-"iO  C'c. i  [8  flg, 
218  TH.];  compound  spirit  of  cardamom  (F.  347),  thirty-five_  cubic  centimeters    35  Cc.  i  [1  fls, 


iTli.];  alcohol,  thirty-five  cubie  centimeters  i35  Cc.i  [1  flS,88lTt];  purified  talcum  .  F. 
fifteen  grammes  (15  Gm.)  [231  grs.];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic 
centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  391 1TI].  Triturate  the  pancreatin  and  the  sodium  bicarbonate 
gradually  with  six  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  i6.50  Cc.)  [21  fig,  470  1T1]  of  water,  add 
the  alcohol,  compound  spirit  of  cardamom  and  purified  talium ;  mix  them  thoroughly  by  shak- 
ing, and  pour  the  mixture  upon  a  wetted  filter,  returning  the  first  portions  of  the  filtrate,  until 
it  runs  off  clear.  Wash  the  filter  with  enough  water  to  obtain  seven  hundred  and  fifty  cubic 
centimeters  1 750  Cc.)  [25  fig,  173  tTt]  of  filtrate.  To  this  add  the  glycerin.  Each  fluid  drachm 
represents  1  grain  of  pancreatin  (  f^.  S.  P.) " — ( Xat.  Form.). 

PcLvis  Vaxcreaticcs  Compositcs  (X.  F.),  Comixmnd  pancreatic  potpder,  Peptonizing  pou^ 
der.—"  Pancreatin  (  ('.  .V.  P.),  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.  i  [309  grs.] ;  sodium  bicarbonate,  eighty 
grammes  (80  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  3G0"  grs.].  Mix  them  by  trituration.  .Vi>?. .— ll  i^tncreatin  of 
proper  St  renfrtli  is  not  available,  any  other  commercial  prei>aration  of  pancreas,  as,  for  instance, 
the  extract,  niav  be  used  in  place  of  it,  provided  it  attains  the  requircil  standaril.  Twenty-five 
(25)  grains  of  this  powder  are  sufficient  to  peptonize  1  pint  of  fresh  cow's  milk, by  pr.M-eedine 
in  the  following  manner:  Add  the  coniiMiund  pancn-atic  jKiwderto  4  fluid  oum-es  of  tepid 
water  contained  in  a  suitable  flask,  and,  afterward,  add  1  pint  of  fresh  cow's  milk,  previously 
heated  to  38°  C.  ( 100.4°  F. K  Maintain  the  iiiixtuix>  at  this  temperature  during  30  minutes, 
then  transfer  the  flask  to  a  cold  place.  Milk  tlius  peiitonizcd  sliould  not  be  used  when  it  has 
been  kept  over  24  houi-s,  or  when  it  has  devi'lopi'd  a  bitter  taste  "^  -Vx/.  t'unti.K 

E.VTRACTUM  Pancreatis  presents  the  digestive  ferment.s  of  the  pancreas  in  the  form  of 
a  dry,  whitish  powder.  It  contains  these  principles  in  such  a  degree  of  activity,  that  their 
action  upon  various  food  substances  can  be  quickly  demonstrateil— viz.,  the  action  of  tryj^iii 
upon  albumen,  of  diastase  upon  starch,  of  the  emulsive  ferment  upon  fats  and  oiis,  and  the 
milk-curdling  ferment.  Extractum  pancreatis  is  a  specialty  of  Fairchild  Bros.  A  Foster,  Xew 
York,  who  also  offer  Triii>.<'<ilin,a  preparation  which  presents  the  ferment,  trypsin,  in  a  form 
csjiecially  designed  for  application  to  the  throat  and  mucous  menihrane. 

Enzvmoi.. — .V  purified  solution  of  the  proteolvtic  en7:vme  o)>tained  by  dinn't  solution  from 
the  gastric  glands  in  sterilized  and  anunatized  menstruum.  It  is  practically  an  artificial  gastric 
juice,  intended  for  external  use  onlv,  being  a  painless  solvent  for  all  dead  tissues  and  septic 


l'Ai'AVi:i;is  cArsiL-E.  1433 

matter,  and  a  corrector  of  offensive  o<lors.  It  may  be  used,  diluted  with  an  enual  bulk  <if 
water  and  applied  by  a  spray,  compress,  or  injection,  upon  all  ulcere,  uounde,  or  in  n(»(-.«  nn-i- 
r.i.s.    A  specialty  of  FairchildBros.  <s  KostiT,  New  York  t'ity. 

PANoi'EeToN. — This  is  a  prediijcsteii,  albuminous,  aiul  farinaceous  artificial  food-product, 
prepared  from  bread  and  beef  peptones,  anil  preserveil  in  agreeable  solution  in  sherry  wine. 
It  is  specially  adapted  as  a  food  for  delicate  individuals,  convalescents,  ami  infants  with 
faulty  digestion.  It  is  very  readily  retaiiuil  by  the  most  irritable  of  stomachs.  It  is  :i  ■;jii- 
cialty  of  Fairchild  Bros,  tt  Foster.  New  York  City. 

PAPAVERIS  CAPSULE.— POPPY  CAPSULES. 

The  nearly  ripe  capsules  o(  Pupmrr  gDiiinijintni,  Linnc 

Xat.  Ord. — Papaveraceie. 

Synonyms  :  I'aparer  {['.  .9.  P.,  1870),  Pructm  papaverifi,  Poppy-heads. 

Illustration  :    Bentle)-  and  Trinien,  Med.  Plant.f,  18. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— Tiie  poppy  is  an  annual  plant  with  a  taper- 
ing and  white  root.  Tlie  stem  is  round,  erect,  smooth,  with  occasionally  a  few  hairs 
on  its  upper  part,  glaucous,  branched,  leafy,  and  from  2  to  4  or  5  feet  in  height. 
The  leaves  are  alternate,  4  to  8  inches  in  length,  2  or  3  inches  broad,  amplexi- 
raul,  slashed,  repand,  with  rather  blunt  teeth,  sessile,  ovate-oblong,  and  glaucous 
beneath.  The  tiowevs  are  large,  brilliantly  white  or  silvery  gray,  double  by  culti- 
vation, on  long,  terminal,  leafless  peduncles,  with  bristly  hairs.  The  calyx  con- 
sists of  2  smooth,  convex,  deciduous  sepals.  The  corolla  is  composed  of  4  petals, 
very  large,  sometimes  with  a  deep  purple  spot  at  the  base.  Stamens  numerous; 
anthers  oblong  and  compressed;  style,  1 ;  stigmas,  4  to  20,  radiating,  and  sessile 
upon  the  crown  of  the  nearly  globular  ovary.  The  capsules  are  obovate  or  glo- 
bose, smooth,  about  the  size  of  a  middling  apple,  rather  hard  and  brittle,  1-celled, 
opening  b\-  pores  beneath  the  lobes  of  the  stigma,  and  filled  with  numerous 
(parietal  placenta?.  Placenta;  many-seeded.  The  seeds  are  reniform,  oily,  white, 
or  gray,  sweet,  and  edible  (L. — W.). 

Formerly,  distinction  was  made  between  the  black  and  the  w/nVe  variety  of 
poppy,  based  on  the  color  of  the  seeds,  and  to  some  extent  on  that  of  the  petals, 
those  of  the  latter  variety  being  white,  of  the  former  violet  or  red.  Cultivation 
lias  produced  grades  intermediate  between  these  varieties  sometimes  diflieult 
to  distinguish.  Boissier  (1867)  established  three  well-marked  varieties,  viz: 
(1)  Pa/iiiver  somnifenun,  Linn^,  var.  t<€ti(ieruin  {Papnver  setigei-inn  of  De  CandoUe). 
This  is  the  wild  variety  of  poppy,  beset  with  long,  stiff  bristles;  leaves  acutely 
toothed ;  7  to  8  stigmas.  This  variety  occurs  in  the  Peloponnesus,  Corsica,  Cy- 
jirus,  and  the  Hit-res  Islands;  (2)  P.  ■somnifcrum,  var.  glabrum,  smooih,  whh  sub- 
globular  capsule  and  from  10  to  12  stigmas,  cultivated  in  Asia  Minor  and  Egypt 
(see  Opium);  and  (3)  P. snmniferum,  var.  albiim  (Papaver  officinale  of  Gmelin),  with 
more  or  less  egg-shaped  capsules  devoid  of  apertures;  it  is  cultivated  in  Persia 
(see  Phurinacofjraphia). 

The  white  poppy  is  considered  the  official  variety ;  it  is  probably  a  native 
of  Persia,  but  is  also  extensively  cultivated  in  many  of  the  warmer  parts  of  the 
world.  In  Asia  the  flowering  season  is  in  February;  in  this  country  and  Europe 
it  is  during  the  months  of  June,  July,  and  August;  the  official  parts  of  the  plant 
are  the  capsules,  an<l  opium,  or  the  concrete  juice  from  the  capsules  (see  Opium); 
tiie  seeds  are  employed  for  obtaining  their  fatty  oil  (see  page  1434). 

Description.— Papaveris  Capsi'l.?;.  The  capsules  of  the  poppy,  or  }>i>ppy- 
lieiuh.  should  always  be  gatiiered  before  they  have  ripened;  at  this  time  they 
abound  in  the  juice  from  which  opium  is  formed,  and  which  becomes  greatly 
diminished  when  the  capsule  has  fully  matured.  When  dried,  the  unripe  cap- 
sules po.ssess  the  peculiar  bitterness  and  narcotic  qualities  of  opium,  which  are 
hardly  observable  in  those  that  are  allowed  to  ripen.  The  drieil  capsules  are  of 
various  sizes,  from  that  of  a  small  egg  to  that  of  a  large  orange;  they  are  of  an 
ovate  or  globular  form,  flattened  underneath,  and  surmounted  by  the  persistent 
stigma.  The  cajjsules  of  the  irhite  poppy  are  larger  than  those  of  the  hhwl:.  They 
owe  their  virtues  entirely  to  the  opium  contained  in  them.  The  i(7()Vecai>snles  are 
usually  devoid  of  apertures  (indehiscent)  under  the  crowning  circular  disk,  gen- 
erally oblong,  though  sometimes  so  depressed  as  to  be  broader  than  long.    Some 


1434  PARALDEHYDUM. 

varieties  have  the  lower  end  narrowed  and  prolonged.  Where  the  fruit  joins  the 
stalk  there  is  a  tumid  ring.  The  stigmas  are  peltate  and  sessile,  from  8  to  20  in 
number,  constituting  sharp,  angular  ridges  agreeing  in  number  with  the  carpels. 
The  placentas  are  also  of  the  same  number,  projecting  into  the  1-celled  interior 
so  as  to  form  incomplete  partitions.  On  their  faces  and  edges  are  borne  the 
minute  kidney-shaped  seeds  in  immense  numbers. 

The  black  capsules  are  smaller,  globular-ovate,  broadest  below,  usuallj'  about 
U  inches  in  diameter,  and  exhibit  underneath  the  circular  disc  of  stigmas,  the 
apertures  (dehiscences)  which  allow  the  seeds  to  be  shaken  out. 

Semina  Pap.weris. — Poppy-sf'eds  or  Mcm-secds  are  verj-  numerous,  a  single 
capsule  containing  many  thousands.  They  are  reniform,  white,  bluish,  grayish, 
or  blackish,  finely  net-veined,  oleaginous  and  emulsive,  and  yield  by  expression 
nearly  50  per  cent  of  a  yellowish  fixed  oil  (Oleum  Pnpaverk,  Oil  of  poppy-mds). 
Sacc,  in  1849,  obtained  about  55  per  cent  of  oil  from  the  seeds,  with  23  per  cent  of 
mucilage  and  12.6  per  cent  of  protein  matter.  The  oil  is  odorless,  has  a  pleasant, 
mucilaginous,  bland  taste,  is  pale-yellow  and  transparent,  and  destitute  of  narcotic 
properties.  It  has  a  specific  gravity  of  0.925,  and  becomes  solid  at  — 18°  C.  (0°  F.). 
It  is  soluble  in  25  parts  of  cold  and  6  parts  of  boiling  alcohol,  and  in  ether.  Upon 
saponification  it  yields  9i  per  cent  of  glycerin.  Upon  exposure  to  the  air  for  some 
time  it  easily  dries,  forming  a  varnish;  it  is  therefore  used  by  painters,  also  for 
culinary  and  for  burning  purposes,  and  as  an  adulterant  of  higher-priced  oils, 
as  olive  oil.  Its  chief  constituent,  according  to  Hazura  and  Friedrich  (1887),  is 
the  glyceride  of  fnnnahinokir  arid  {C^^^fi^. 

Chemical  Composition.—  The  largest  quantity  of  opium  alkaloids  is  formed 
in  the  plant  at  the  time  when  the  seeds  begin  to  accumulate  oil  and  albuminous 
matter.  The  alkaloids  are  distributed  over  all  parts  of  the  plant,  except  the  seeds, 
which,  when  clean  from  adhering  particles  of  the  capsule,  are  absolutely  free  from 
alkaloids.  Young  plants  do  not  contain  them  (Clautrian,  Jahre^h.  der  Pfiarm., 
1889,  p.  80).  The  unripe  capsules  contain  the  constituents  of  opium,  only  in  a 
more  diluted  form;  thus  morphine  is  present  to  the  extent  of  1  to  2  per  cent,  and 
narcotine,  codeine,  rhosadine,  narceine,  and  meconic  acid  in  correspondingly  less 
quantities.  The  capsules  also  contain  ammonium  salts,  tartaric  and  citric  acids, 
mineral  acids,  mucilage  and  wax  (Deschamps  d'Avallon,  1864).  Ripe  capsules 
dried  at  10(1°  C.  (212°  F.)  yielded  Fliickiger  14.28  per  cent  of  ash,  chiefly  consist- 
ing ofehloridps  ami  sulphates  of  alkali  metals. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Poppy-heads  are  occasionally  used  externally  in 
fomentations,  though  both  for  topical  and  internal  use  they  have  been  supplanted 
by  opium  and  its  preparations,  which  are  now  prepared  ofdefinite  strengths. 

PARALDEHYDUM  (U.  S.  P.)— PARALDEHYDE. 

Formula:  C^H.^O^.     MoLEcrLAR  Weight:  131.7 

"A  polymeric  form  of  ethylic  aldehyde  (C.;H,0=43.9).  Paraldehyde  should 
be  kept  in  well-stoppered,  dark,  amber-colored  bottles,  in  a  cool  place  "■^(f'.  .9.  P.). 

Preparation. — When  hydrochloric  acid,  zinc  chloride,  sulphur  dioxide,  or 
cail)()nyl  chloride  (COCl.,)  is  allowed  to  act  upon  ethylic  aldehyde  at  ordinary 
tcniiK'rature,  the  liquid  becomes  heated  and  paraldehyde  is  foriiicd  by  a  process 
of  polymerization.  The  new  product  is  an  agglomeration  of  3  molecules"  of  ethylic 
(acetic)  aldehyde,  whereby  contraction  of  volume  takes  place.  It  is  generally  pre- 
pared by  acting  upon  aldehyde  with  hydrochloric  acid  gas,  or  with  a  small  amount 
of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  until  the  liquid  no  longer  dissolves  in  an  equal 
bulk  of  water.  The  product  thus  obtained  is  purified  bv  alternate  crvstallization 
in  the  cv.M  and  subsr,iuent  distillation. 

Description  and  Tests. — Paraldehyde  is  officially  described  as  "a  colorless, 
transparent  liquid,  having  a  strong,  characteristic,  but  not  unpleasant  or  pungent 
odor,  and  a  burning  and  cooling  taste.  Soluble  in  8.5  parts  of  water  at  15°  C. 
(59°  F.),  and  in  16.5  parts  of  boiling  water;  miscible,  in  all  propt>rtions,  with  alco- 
hol, ether,  and  fixed  or  volatile  oils.  When  cooled  to  near  0°  C.  (,3-°  F.).  paral- 
deiivde  solidifies  to  a  crvstalline  mass,  wiiich  becomes  liquid  again  at  10.5°  C. 
(51°  F).     It  boils  at  123°  to  125°  C.  (,253.4°  to  257°  F.).  giving  otl"  inflammable 


PAl;AI,l>i:HYDrM.  14o". 

vapors.  ParaUlehyde  is  neutral,  or  slightly  acid,  to  litmus  paper.  When  distillid 
with  a  small  portion  of  sulphuric  acid,  paraldehyde  is  converted  into  ordinary 
aldehyde,  boiling  at  about  21°  C.  (70°  F.).  On  warming  some  silver  ammoniuiii 
nitrate  T.S.  saturated  with  paraldehyde,  in  a  test-tube,  a  silver  mirror  will  form 
on  standing.  On  heating  some  paraldehyde  on  a  water-bath,  it  should  completely 
volatilize  without  leaving  any  disagreeable  odor  (absence  of  aldehyde  derivecl 
from  fusel  oil).  One  Cc.  of  paraldehyde  should  form,  with  10  Cc.  of  water,  a  clear 
solution,  free  from  oily  drops  (absence  of  aniylic  alcohol,  etc.),  and  this  solution, 
when  acidulated  with  nitric  acid,  should  not  be  aflected  by  silver  nitrate  T.S. 
(ab.'sence  of  hydrochloric  acid),  or  barium  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  sulphuric 
acid).  A  mixture  of  8  Cc.  of  paraldehyde  and  8  Cc.  of  alcohol  with  1  drop  of 
phenolphtalein  T.S.  should  acquire  a  jiink  color  upon  the  addition  of  0.5  Cc.  of 
normal  potassium  hydrate  T.S.  (limit  of  free  acid)"— (T.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Paraldehyde  is  soporific  rather  than 
anodyne,  acting  better  when  wakefulness  is  pronounced  than  when  a  person  en- 
joys the  customary  sleep.  The  sleep  produced  is  peaceful  and  approaches  a  natu- 
ral slumber,  the  individual  upon  awakening  experiencing  no  headache  nor  tired 
sensations.  The  appetite  is  not  disturbed  by  it,  but  the  functions  of  circulation 
and  respiration  are  slowed  and  the  bodily  heat  lowered.  It  is  eliminated  chiefly 
by  the  breathing  organs,  and  to  some  extent  by  the  kidneys,  imparting  to  both 
the  urine  and  the  breath  the  characteristic  odor  of  one  in  drunkenness.  It  very 
much  resembles  chloral  in  action,  though  it  is  less  depressing.  Pain  interferes 
somewhat  with  its  action,  for  it  is  less  anodj-ne  than  soporific.  Its  long-continued 
use  may  produce  fatty  changes  in  the  liver  and  heart,  and  in  disorders  of  the 
latter  with  feebleness,  and  especially  cardiac  dilatation  accompanying  emphy- 
sema, it  is  contraindicated.  Like  chloral,  it  produces  disturbances  of  nutrition, 
resulting  in  obstinate  nasal  ulcerations,  scarlatinoid,  desquamative  eruptions, 
ocular,  faucial,  and  rectal  irritation,  and  ulcers  about  the  nails.  Respiratory  par- 
alysis is  the  cau.se  of  death  from  toxic  doses.  Paraldehyde  has  been  chiefly  used 
as  a  hypnotic,  being  for  this  purpose  comparatively  safe,  though  it  is  not  adapted 
to  bring  sleep  when  pain  or  fever  exists.  It  is  nauseous  and  apt  to  disturb  the 
stomach,  though  the  appetite  generally  remains  unaffected.  It  has  been  success- 
fully used  to  calm  and  jiroduce  sleep  in  anite  mnnin^  melancholia,  and  other  forms 
of  hunniti/.mentol  exhmtstinn,  and  delirium  tremens.  It  is  said  to  be  suited  to  all 
forms  of  insanity,  and  all  ages,  but  appears  best  adapted  to  acute  cases,  exhibiting 
maniacal  excitement  and  inwmnia  vith  great  agitnticm.  It  is  generally  contraindi- 
cated in  cases  lacking  this  excitement.  It  has  been  especially  used  in  violent 
forms  of  chronir  insanity,  dementia,  etc.  The  ordinary  dose  ranges  from  5  to  60 
grains,  in  water  (sweetened),  or  flavored  whiskey,  brandy,  or  other  alcoholic  fluid, 
or  masked  in  some  tincture  of  a  bitter  drug.  An  elixir  is  often  prescribed.  One 
after  Wearn  is  prepared  as  follows:  "Take  of  paraldehyde  3  parts,  alcohol  10 
parts.  Solve.  Add  orange-flower  water  4  parts,  simple  syruj)  10  parts,  and  enough 
distille<l  water  to  make  32  parts.     Color  with  5  minims  of  burnt  sugar. 

Related  Preparations.— .^.i-deiivde,  ytc^/c  aldelnjde,  Acetahlehyde  (C,H,0=CH3.CH0). 
Moli-ciilar  weiL'lit ;  44.  A klehyile  is  an  oxidation  product  of  alcohol,  and  was  isolated  and  its 
ffhitiiin  to  alcohol  shown  by'Lifbiji,  in  183.5,  who  gave  it  its  present  name  [iitcoUol  dehydrn- 
geiKitiiiii,  from  2  atoms  of  hviirojien  being  oxidized  away  I.  It  was  previously  observed  by 
Si-heele  in  1774.  Acetic  aldehyde  may  be  formed  in  various  ways.  On  a  large  scale  it  i.s 
obtaineil  in  the  manufacture  of  alcohol,  being  found  in  those  fractions  distilling  at  lowest 
temperatures.  In  the  laboratory,  acetic  aldehyde  may  be  prepared  by  the  dry  distillation  oi 
a  mi.Kt lire  of  calcium  aceUite  and  formiate,  as  follows :  iCHa.COOi^Ca  — (H.COOijt'a^  JCH3. 
CHo  — L'C'aCOj,  or  more  fn-quently  in  the  wet  way,  by  carefully  di.stilling  alcohol  witli  an 
oxidizing  mixture,  f.  3.,  sulphuric  acid  and  potassium  bichromate.  Alcohol.  aMehydi-,  ether, 
and  other  products  pass  over.  The  distillate  is  rectified  by  cautious  redistillation  with  cal- 
cium chloride,  and  pure  aldehyde  is  obtained  by  converting  it,  in  ethereal  solution,  into  a 
crystallizable  ammonium  compound  by  means  of  dry  ammonia  ga.s,  decomposable  into  its  con- 
stituents by  distillation  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid.  1  For  iletails  of  these  operations,  see 
Roscoe  and'  Schorlemmer's  nin,ii«try,\'o\.  Ill,  Tart  1, 1882,  p.  475. 1 

Aldi'hvde  is  a  clear,  colorless  liquid,  of  a  peculiar  and  jwwerful  ethereal  o<lor,  of  specific 
gravity  0.79  at  18°  C.  1(5.5°  F. ',  and  lioiling  at  21°  C.  (70°  F.  1.  It  is  neutral,  inflammable,  and 
mixes' in  all  proportions  with  water,  alcohol,  and  ether.  It  rapidiv  absorbs  oxvgen,  being 
oxidize.l  to  acetic  aciil  as  follows:  CHj.C'lIO-o  C1I,,.< '0(>H.  Ablehyde  also  has  the  nrop- 
erty  of  reducing  metallic  silver  from  its  aiiiinoiiiati-d  nitr.ite  8<jlution;  the  silver  (irmly  adlierts 
to  the  glass  wherein  it  is  reduc-ed,  and  forms  a  mirror  uiK)n  it.    Silver  mirrors  may  be  made 


143(}  PAREIRA. 

in  tliis  manner.  Acetic  aldehyde  combines  with  ammonia  gas,  forming  a  crj-stallizable  com- 
poun.I,  akMiyde-ammonia,  as  follows:  CH3CHO+XH3=CH3CHOH.XHj.  When  heated  with 
caustic  potash,  aldehyde  is  rapidly  converted  into  resin  of  aldehi/de,  vihich  swims  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  liquid  in  the  retort  in  the  shape  of  a  brownish,  plastic  substance,  which,  when 
heated  to  boiling,  evolves  a  disagreeable  odor. 

Aldehyde  inhaled,  even  in  small  amounts,  asphyxiates,  but  when  mixed  with  air  it 
acts  as  an  ansesthetic,  though  its  irritant  action  upon  the  tissue.s  has  led  to  the  abandonment 
of  the  idea  of  ever  again  using  it  as  such  on  man.  Taken  into  the  stomach  it  irritates,  and  has 
produced  dangerous  results.  It  quickly  and  deeply  intoxicates,  and  it  is  to  the  presence  of 
aldehyde  that  the  first  distillate  of  inferior  grades  of  ppirits  owe  their  rapid  and  dangerous 
action.  The  heart's  action  is  but  little  interfered  witli  by  its  inhalation,  but  even  small  doses 
quicken '  respiration,  and  larger  doses  may  induce  respiratory  paralysis.  Aldehyde  possesses 
greater  anti-putrefactive  qualities  than  alcohol,  a  verj-  dilute  solution'of  it  perfectly  preserving 
meat  from  decay. 

Metaldehyde  (Ci2H2406),a  reputed  hypnotic  sometimes  used  like  aldehyde,  is  occasion- 
ally deposited  in  the  form  of  crystals  from  "aldehyde  at  ordinary  temperature.  Liebig  found 
it  to  have  the  same  percentage  composition  as  aldehyde,  and  to"l)e  a  polymerized  form  of  the 
latter.  It  is  produced  by  acting  upon  acetic  aldehyde  with  polymerizing  agents,  such  as  acids, 
carbonyl  chloride,  etc.,  at  the  freezing  point  of  water,  or  with  calcium  chloride  at  ordinary 
temperatures.  It  crj-stallizes  in  white  needles,  is  not  soluble  in  water,  but  dissolves  easily  in 
ether  or  alcohol.  It  sublimes  without  fusing  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.  i,  but  when  heated  in  a  closed 
tube  to  a  higher  temperature,  it  is  converted  into  ordinarj-  acetaldehyde. 

PAREIRA  (U.  S.  P.)— PAEEIEA. 

"  The  root  of  Chondodendron  tomentosum,  Ruiz  et  Pavon" — (U.  S.  P.).  {CocciUus 
Chondodendron,  De  Candolle;  Cissampelos  .^6u<««,  Vellozo;  Botryopsi^  platyphyUa, 
Miers.) 

Nat.  Ord. — Menisperniacefe. 

Co.MMON   Names:   Pareirabrava,  Pareira  root. 

Illustration  :   Bentley  and  Trinien,  Med.  Plants,  11. 

Botanical  Source. — This  phint  is  "a  lofty  climbing  shrub,  with  long,  woody 
stems,  and  leaves  as  much  as  a  foot  in  length.  The  latter  are  of  variable  form, 
but  mostly  broadly-ovate,  rounded  or  pointed  at  the  extremity,  slightly  cordate  at 
the  base,  and  having  long  petioles.  They  are  smooth  on  the  upper  side  ;  on  the 
under,  covered  between  the  veins  with  a  fine,  close  tomentuni  of  a,*liy  hue.  The 
flowers  are  unisexual,  racemose,  minute,  produced  either  from  the  young  shoots 
or  from  the  woody  stems.  The  fruits  are  |  of  an  inch  long,  oval,  black,  and  much 
resembling  grapes  in  form  and  arrangement"'  {Hanhury,  Pharmacogiiijdiia). 

History  and  Description. — This  plant  was  introduced  into  Europe  by  the 
Portuguese  in  the  secniid  half  of  the  seventeenth  century.  Its  true  origin  waa 
made  known  by  Hanbury,  in  1873,  after  it  having  been  believed,  for  more  than  a 
hundred  years,  to  be  the  product  of  Cmampelog  Pareira,  Linne  (see  D.  Hanbury, 
Ainer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1873,  p.  449).  It  is  a  woody,  climbing  vine  of  Brazil  and 
Peru,  being  plentiful  in  the  neighborhood  of  Rio  Janeiro.  In  Brazil  it  is  called 
abutua.  It  is  much  subject  to  adulteration,  one  of  the  most  frequent  substitutions 
at  one  time  having  been  the  worthless  stem  for  the  root  (see  E.  R.  Squibb.  J i/itr. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  1872.  p.  107;  and  .lohn  Moss,  ibid.,  1874,  p.  33-5).  Occasionallv.  sub- 
stitutes of  unknown  origin  turn  up  (see  Ringer  and  Brooke,  on  "True  and  Com- 
mercial Pureini,  Amer.^)ur.  P/nirm.,lS':y2,\>. '255).  Spurious  drugs  may  be  known 
by  their  non-conformity  to  the  pharmacopnial  requirement*. 

True  pareira  brava  is  olHcially  described  as  follows:  "In  subcylindrical, 
somewhat  tortuous  pieces,  about  10  to  15  Cm.  (4  to  6  inches)  long,  varying  in 
thickness  from  2  to  10  Cm.  (i  to  4  inches);  externally  dark  brownish-griiv, with 
transverse  ridges  and  fissures  and  longitudinal  furrows;  internally  pale  brown, 
and,  when  freshly  cut,  having  a  waxy  lustre;  bark  thin;  wood  porous,  in  2  or 
more  somewhat  irregularly  concentric  circles,  with  rather  large  medullary  niys, 
and  no  distinct  central  i)ith;  inodorous;  taste  bitter.  Pieces  having  a  bright- 
vellow  color,  or  tlie  woody  i)ortion  of  which  is  gravish,  hard,  and  iiearlv  tiisteless, 
should  be  nj.Tt.d  ••— ,  r:  .V. />.). 

Chemical  Composition.— F.  A.  Ringer  and  E.  Brooke  (Amer.  Jour.  Phamu, 
1892,  ]).  255)  made  a  comparative  analysis  of  true  pareira  and  a  spurious  variety 
from  Bahia,  i^f  unknown  botanical  origin.  The  distinguishing  feature  was  the 
l)etroleuni-ctlier  extract  (fats  and  fatty  acids),  which  amounted  in  the  truenwt  to 


I'AKEIKA.  .  lo7 

8.67  per  tvnt :  in  the  false  to  onl}-  0.28  per  cent.  Both  diuf.'.-  al.<ii  coiuained  .^tanh, 
gum,  tannin  (1.26  per  cent  in  the  true),  phlobaphene  (0.52  per  cent),  and  an  alka- 
loid (0.819  percent).  The  spurious  drug  contained  only  0.143  per  cent  of  the  lat- 
ter.   Both  alkaloids  were  insoluhle  in  water,  hut  .'^i)lul>le'  in  alcohol  and  ether. 

Charlis  Morri.^on  i  A)mr.  Jour.  P/mnu.,  1N7M.  p.  4:>(.ii  records  the  i)re.-;eiice  of  two 
alkaloids  in  a  specimen  of  false  pareira  hrava,  havin>r  a  bright-yellow  wood  ;  one 
of  the  alkaloids  was  similar  to,  but  not  quite  identical  with  lierberine.  Wiggers, 
in  ISoO,  named  an  amorphous,  white  alkaloid,  which  he  found  in  a  probably 
undetermined  species  of  pareira  brava,  jielosine;  it  was  insoluble  in  water,  soluble 
in  alcohol  and  acids,  and  of  an  intensely  bitter  taste.  Pcloftitie  was  subsequently 
found  liy  FMwk'iger  (Xeuf  Jtihrbitrh  der  P/ummtcie,  1869,  pp. 257-276)  in  notoriously 
genuine  CUitimju-los  Pareira,  associated  with  an  indifferent  hoiXy,  deyamittin.  Pelo- 
sine  was  proven  by  Fliickiger  to  be  identical  with  the  alkaloids  heberine  and 
huxine  ( which  see). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Tonic,  diuretic,  and  aperient.  To  the 
kidneys  it  is  a  (biiiied  >iinnilant  ami  tonic,  relieving  irritation  of  the  urinary 
tract,  l>ein:j  indicated  i>y  aluioiuinal  uneasiness,  with  desire  to  pass  urine  fre- 
quently. I'sed  in  chronic  injluinmntion  of  the  bladder,  jit/elitis.  and  various  disorders 
of  the  urinary  organs.  Also  recommentfed  dn  calculous  affcctioii>i,leucorrhit<i,  drop/ty, 
rheuni'ition.  and  jautidice.  Dose,  of  the  infusion,  from  1  to  4  Huid  ounces;  of  the 
extract,  from  10  to  2("»  grains.  A  strong  tincture  (hark,  sviii  to  alcohol,  76  per 
cent,  C»J  ■  may  lie  adniini.-tcreil  in  doses  of  from  1  to  10  drops  fur  specific  purposes. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Chronic  cystitis  and  pyelitis;  irritation  of 
urinary  tract,  with  abdominal  uneasiness;  frequent  desire  to  urinate,  which  act 
is  accomi)lished  with  pain  in  urethra  and  glans  penis. 

Other  Drugs  Known  as  Pareira  Brava.— Roots  .and  Stems  of: 

I.  (  K^AMi  Kio-  I*utnn\.  l.iiiu.-  ('  .  //-'.  /."viiYx/,  DeCamloUei;  illustration  in  Bentleyand 
Trinu'ii'^  .1/.'.  ri'i,it.<.  l.">.— Tlii^  ums  th.>iic;lit  inifiinally  to  be  the  source  of  pareira  brava.  It 
is  also  trriucl  V,lnt-U'if  ami  Ic,  ri,,, ,  ainl  is  a  shrub  with  a  round,  ligneous  root,  stems  either 
smooth,  or  with  close-pressed  down,  and  diiuhiiig  over  trees.  Leaves  large,  nearly  orlncular, 
I)€ltate,  aristate  at  the  point,  when  full  grown  smooth  alxive,  underneath  covered  with  silky 
pubescence,  but  not  truly  downy.  Flowers  dicecious,  hispid,  in  racemes;  sepals  8,4  inner 
united  into  a  cup,  with  usually  an  entire  margin;  peduncles  solitary  or  in  pairs,  branching 
from  the  base,  as  long  as  the  petiole,  or  longer,  racemose  corvmbose,  with  divaricating,  downy 
ramitications.  Racemes,  in  the  female  plant,  longer  than  the  leaves,  bearing  the  tiowers  in 
spiked  fascicles.  Bracts  sessile,  somewhat  orbicular,  scarcely  mucronate.  Ovary  solitarj-,  and 
surmounted  with  3  stigmas.  Berries  scarlet,  round,  renifofm,  compre.ssed,  shriveled,  th'inncil 
to  the  edge,  all  over  hispid  with  long  hairs  (L.I.  This  plant  is  a  native  of  the  West  India 
Islands  ami  the  Spanish  Main.  The  root  and  stem  seldom  attain  the  diameter  of  1  inch,  and 
are  more  often  the  size  of  a  quill.  Xo  concentric  rings  are  shown  on  cross-section.  It  is 
verj-  bitter,  not  sweetish  nor  astringent.  This  variety  is  made  up  chiefly  of  stems  with  some 
sections  of  root. 

II.  Common  False  P.\reir.\  Br.kva.— This  is  derived  from  undetermined  plants  of  the 
natural  order  .Vmisjtennaceir,  and  is  the  drug  that  yielded  pelosiue  to  AViggers,  in  1S39.  .\ccord- 
ing  tc)  Hanbury,  "the  ilrug  consists  of  a  ponderous,  woody,  tortuous  stem  and  root,  occurring 
in  pieces  iroui  a  few  inches  to  a  foot  or  more  in  length,  anil  from  1  to  4  inches  in  thickness, 
coateii  with  a  thin,  hard,  dark-brown  bark.  The  pieces  are  cvlindrical,  4-sided,  or  more  or  less 
flattened,  sometimes  even  to  the  extent  of  becoming  ribbon-like.  In  transverse  section,  their 
slnjcture  appears  very  remarkable.  Supposing  a  piece  to  be  stem,  a  well-defined  pith  will  !« 
found  to  occupy  the  center  of  the  first-formed  wood,  which  is  a  column  about  }  of  an  inch  in 
diameter.  This  is  succeeded  by  10  or  15  or  more  concentric,  oroftener  eccentric,  zones.  iVto  ^V 
of  an  inch  wiile,  each  8e))arated  from  its  neighbor  by  a  layer  of  parenchyme,  the  outermost 
beiuK  coated  with  true  bark.  In  pieces  of  the  Iriie  root,  the  pith  is  reduced  to  a  mere  point. 
Soiuctiines  the  de%-elopment  of  the  zones  has  been  so  irregular  that  they  have  formeil  them- 
selves entirely  on  one  side  of  the  primitive  column,  the  other  being  coate<l  with  bark.  The 
/.oni's.  including  the  layer  around  the  pith  (if  pith  is  present  l,  are  croe.sed  l>v  numerous  small 

:idullary  rays.  These  do  not  run  from  the  ci'nter  to  the  circumference,  hut  traverse  only 
'lii'lr  resp»-i-tive  zones,  on  the  outside  of  which  they  are  arche<l  together.  Tlie  drug,  when  of 
-'■lod  c|uality,  has  its  wood  firm,  compact,  and  of  a  ilusky,  yellowish-brown  hue.  and  a  well- 
"i.irk'-d.  bitter  taste.  It  exhibits,  under  the  knife,  notion;;  of  the  close,  waxy  texture  seen  in 
111.-  r..Mt  o|  ru„nili>-hndr<m.  but  cnt.s  as  a  tou»;li,  libn.us  woo.1"— i  Ph<iniinc«gri'ii,hi.i\.     This  root 

-  unatrii-tid  by  iodine.  This  kind  pos.se.sses  medicinal  value,  but  has  l«-en  largi-ly  supersedeil 
'  y  an  inert  drug,  devoid  of  bitterness,  in  cylindrical  sticks  of  light  weight,  dull  color. splitting 
readily,  .ind  havint;  two  easily  detached  layers  of  bark.  O.  Ilanbury  advocates  returning  to 
the  uiJe  of  the  original  pareira  brava,  which"  \»\v  the  drug  its  ri'putation. 

III.  Srr.M*  i<r  <'iiom>"OkniiiioN  tomkntosim.— I'v  far  less  i-tlicient  than  the  root  (See 
|-,   H.  >,,iiil,I,      1,,,.,    ./.,„r.  /'/i((n;l.,1872.  J..  lo:   .       It   is  :,U',.  k,„.vvii  as  /'„,•,  „-,i  / „. 


.  J4?.S  PARTHE.VIUM. 

IV.  White  I'akkira  Brava.— Stems  and  roots  of  Abuta  rufetvn*,  Aublet.  A  tasteless 
and  odorless  drug,  not  found  in  commerce,  whose  decoction  turns  strongly  blue  when  treated 
with  iodine.  The  root,  on  transverse  section,  shows  white,  amylaceous,  concentric  zones, 
marked  with  han(lsome,  dark,  wedge-shaped  medullarj'  rays. 

V.  Yellow  Pareira  Brava. — Probably  derived  from  Ahula  amarn,  Aublet,  of  Guiana. 
Internally,  it  is  bright-yellow,  and  has  eccentric  zones.  It  is  probably  the  sjjecimen  analyzed 
by  Morrison  (see  above i. 

PARTHENIUM.— FEVERFEW 

The  flowering  herb  of  Pyrethrum  Parthenmm,  Smith  {Matricaria  Pyrethrum, 
Linne;  Chrt/santhemuiii  Pai-thenium,PeTsoon;  Taruxetum  Pyrethrum  Schultz). 

Nat.  O/'v/.— Coiupositffi. 

CoMMiiN   Xa.mks:  Feverfew,  Featherfew. 

Botanical  Source. — Feverfew  is  a  perennial,  herbaceous  plant,  with  a  taper- 
ing root,  and  an  erect,  branched,  leafy,  round,  furrowed  stem,  about  2  feet  high. 
The  leaves  are  alternate,  petiolate,  flat,  bipinnate,  or  tripinnate,  hoary  green,  the 
segments  or  leaflets  inclining  to  ovate,  decurrent,  gashed,  and  dentate.  The 
flowers  are  white  and  compound.  The  panicle  is  corymbose,  sometimes  com- 
pound; peduncles  long-naked,  singje-flowered,  and  swelling  upward.  Flower- 
heads  erect,  about  ^  inch  broad,  with  a  convex,  yellow  disk,  and  numerous  short, 
broad,  abrupt,  2-ribbed,  white  rays;  often  wanting;  sometimes  multiplied,  and 
the  disk  being  obliterated,  constitutes  a  double  flower.  The  iiivoluire  is  hemi- 
spherical, imbricate,  pubescent, with  the  scales  scarious  at  the  edge;  the  receptacle 
flat  or  convex,  and  naked;  the  achenia  wingless,  angular,  uniform,  crowned  by  a 
coronetted  pappus, which  is  usually  toothed,  and  occasionally  auriculate  ( L. — \\  .). 

History. — This  is  a  European  plant,  and  is  common  to  the  United  States; 
found  occasionally  in  a  wild  state,  but  is  generally  cultivated  in  gardens,  and 
flowers  in  June  and  July.  It  imparts  its  virtues  to  water,  but  much  better  to 
alcohol.  Bees  are  said  to  dislike  this  plant  very  much,  and  a  handful  of  the 
flower-heads  will  cause  them  to  keep  at  a  distance. 

Chemical  Composition.— J.  Chautard,  in  1863,  obtained  from  this  plant,  by 
distillatinii  with  water,  an  oil  which  deposits  upon  standing  in  the  cold,  a  lajvo- 
rotatory  (•ann)h()r,  j,i/rit/niiin-mvi])hor  (C,„H,gO),  distinguished  from  ordinary  cam- 
phor by  its  opiKisite  niitical  rotation.  Besides,  the  volatile  oil  contains  an  oxy- 
genated liquid,  nii<l  jiDssilily  a  ter]icne  hydrocarbon. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Tonic,  carminative,  emmenagogue, 
vermifuge,  and  stimulant.  This  agent  is  one  of  the  pleasantest  of  the  tonics, 
influencing  the  whole  intestinal  tract,  increasing  the  appetite,  improving  diges- 
tion, and  promoting  secretion,  besides  having  a  decided  action  upon  the  renal  and 
cutaneous  functions.  The  warm  infusion  is  an  excellent  remedv  in  iirent  coUU, 
flatuleiu-y,  tvomis,  atonic  dyspepsia,  irregular  memtruaUon,  nervous  dehility.  hysteria, 
suppression  of  the  urine,  and  in  some  febrile  disease.^.  In  hysteria  or  fi'itulcnry,  1  tea- 
s|)Oonful  of  the  compound  spirits  of  lavender  forms  a  valuable  addition  to  the 
dose  of  the  infusion,  which  is  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces.  The  cold  infusion  or 
extract  makes  a  valuable  tonic.  The  leaves  in  poultice  are  an  excellent  local 
application  in  severe  jiain  or  sweUinfi  nf  the  bowels,  etc. 

Related  Species.  —  Parlheniiiin  inlegrifolium,  Linn^;  Cutting  almoiij.  This  plant,  alfo 
known  by  the  name  of  Ne/ihritic  (ilaiit,  is  indigenous  and  perennial,  with  an  erect,  striate, 
pubescent  stem,  from  3  to  6  feet  in  height.  I.*'aves  alternate,  lance-ovate,  hispid-scabrous, 
coarsely  dentate-crenate,  coriaceous,  lower  ones  petiolate,  upper  sessile,  sometimes  clasping, 
4  to  11'  inches  long,  about  half  as  wide.  Radical  jpetioles  a  fiK>t  long.  Heads  manv-flowered, 
tonientosc.  coryiiibed  :  ray-flowers  5,  somewhat  ligulate,  fertile;  disk-Howers  tubular,  sterile. 
Invobiirr  h.  nii<|ilii  rical,  .Vleaved;  scales  in  2  series,  outer  ovate,  dilated,  inner  orbicular ; 
receptac  li'  iniiiiu.  ,  c   .iiiial,  chafly  ;  achenia  .5,  obovate,  conn)ressed.  cohering  with  2  ivntiguous 

paleie.     ll    is  - iinues  known  ns /Viu'Wc  </iK'i- i  W.  i.     This  plant  grow.«  in  the  middle  and 

western  states,  in  dry  soils,  flowering  from  .hily  to  September.  The  riH>t  is  the  part  used.  Its 
growth  is  singular;  i't  issues  from  a  heail  or  caiidex,  at  first  small,  but  gradually  incn-ases  in 
size,  and  terminates  very  abruptly,  giving  oil'  other  nxtts  of  a  similar  form,  each  being  a  dis- 
tinct root,  about  the  size  ami  shape  of  a  radish,  but  growing  horizontally.  an<l  sending  up  stems 
from  near  the  large  ends  of  the  jirineipal  nmls,  which  are  blackish  t'mtside.  and  bluish-gray 
within,  .\ccording  to  analysis  by  I'rank  B.  Meyer  ulwur.  Jour.  I'luinn..  1S81,  p. -J'.m,  the  bitter- 
ness of  the  drug  is  due  to  a  crvstallizjible  substance  obtained  by  al>stracting  the  powdentl 
drug  first  with  petroleum  benzin,  which  removes  a  dark-gn-en  wax;  then  with  ether,  and 


taking  up  the  ethereal  extract  with  boihug  wat.r.  The  crystals  turn  .iitp-re<l  with  leiric  chlo 
riile,  and  do  not  reduce  Fehling's  solution.  The  liquid  preparations  ul  the  drug  possess  an 
agreeable  orau^like  oiler.  Diuretic.  A  cold  inlusioii  of  the  root,  in  wineglasslul  doses,  3  or  4 
times  a  day,  w ill  be  found  very  beneticial  iu  luul  of  the  urine,  ftiiiiigury,  dymr'ui,  y„iio>rluia, 
gnnvl,  and  i/wa*-*  0/  the  kidneys  and  bladder  generally.  It  is  highly  reconunentieU  bv  some 
practitioners  ni  these  diseases.  Likewise  saiil  to  be  an  aromatic  bitter  and  stimulant.  The 
tiowering  tops  have  been  used  as  an  antiperiodic.  Two  fluid  ounces  of  their  infusion  have  no 
unpleasant  influemv  on  the  nervous  system,  and  are  said  to  be  equal  to  L'O  grains  of  sulphate 
of  quinine  (Houlton  >. 

Parthmiion  Ilysttewphortis,  Linn^,is  employed  like  feverfew.  It  resembles  cutting  almono, 
and  is  indigenous  to  Louisiana,  Florida,  and  the  West  Indian  Islands.  It  is  a  coninion  weed  in 
Jamaica.  l)r.  Jos^  R.  Tovar,  of  Cuba,  employed  /•■(rll„,iii,  obtained  from  this  plant,  in  cases 
oi  facial  )wural(ii<i  with  much  success  1  Tliera/i.  <l<i:,ll,.  1,S8.3,  p.  :5o!li.  M.  Guyt-t  { I'ror.  Amer. 
PAarm.  .4.1.-100.,  ist*»>,  p.  41li I  points  out  the  comple.x  composition  of  this  active  constituent, 
which  he  states  is  not  a  definite  body.  Dr.  Carlos  I'lrici  isee  .Imtr.  Jour.  I'hnnn.,  1,S86,  p.  451, 
and  Merck's  i}«//rfiH.  Oct.,  1888,  p.  5.^ r  found  in  the  drug  five  alkaloids, //art/it-HiVo'if  being  the 
active,  bitter  and  crystallizable  j>rinciple,  quite  readily  soluble  in  hot  water.  Uucrystallizable 
parihtnic  acid  is  likewise  present.  Dr.  Harry  V.  .\rnv  observed  that  the  plant  is  richest  in  the 
active  bitter  principle  in  the  months  of  June  and  July,  when  about  1  ])er  cent  may  be  obtained 
therefrom  in  large  crystals.  It  is  not  a  glucosid  a.s  was  first  supposed,  nor  an  alkaloid.  A 
volatile  oil  containing  a  camphor  was  obtained  by  distillation  with  steam  ( .Uncr.  Juur.  Pharm., 
1897,  !>.  Iti9).  Small  doses  (3  grains)  of  the  tota'l  active  principle  quicken,  and  larger  doses 
(15  grains!  retard  cardiac  movements.  Large  doses  (50  grains)  slow  the  respiration,  reduce 
arterial  tension,  and  bring  down  the  temperature. 

PASSIFLORA.— PASSION  FLOWER. 

The  root  and  stem-base  of  Pa.isiflom  incnrnata,  Linne. 

Nat.  OriL — Passifloracea'. 

Common  Nam  ks  :  Pa-mon  ffou-er,  May  pops. 

Botanical  Source. — A  pubescent,  climbing  .<hrub,  reaching  a  height  of  from 
20  to  oO  tttt.  aiul  sujiporting  3  to  5-cleft  leaves,  the  lobes  being  serrated,  and  the 
|)etiole  bearing  above  2  glands.  The  involucre  is  3-parted.  The  iJowers  are  large, 
wonderful,  and  handsome,  being  about  2  inches  broad,  and  of  a  nearly  wliite 
odor,  the  crown  being  triple  and  of  a  purplish  and  flesh-colored  or  roseate  hue. 
The  fruit  is  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg,  oval,  and  orange-vellow.  It  is  a  perennial 
h.rh  :G.-\V.^. 

Botanical  History. — The  genus  Passiflora  inhabits  mainly  the  tropical  por- 
tions of  .\nieriia.  They  are  climbing  herbs  or  slirubs,  usually  with  tendrils  hav- 
ing alternate,  generally  pahnately  divided  (^soine  undivided)  leaves,  with  stipules' 
The  flowers  are  perfect;  the  calyx  is  of  5  sepals  united  at  the  base  to  form  a  cu^^ 
and  usually  have  the  color  of  the  petals  at  least  on  their  inner  surface.  The  5  pe^ 
als  are  inserted  on  the  calyx  throat,  which  is  a  complex,  double  or  trijile  filamen- 
tous crown.  The  filaments  of  the  5  stamens  are  united  to  form  a  tul>uhir  sheath 
for  the  long-stalked  ovary,  upon  which  are  the  3  club-shaiied  styles.  The  anthers 
are  large  and  fixed  by  their  middle.  The  many-seeded,  1-celled  berry-like  fruit 
is  often  edible.     The  seeds  are  invested  by  a  pulpy  sulxstance  (Gray). 

Two  species  of  this  genus  have  been  used  to  some  extent  in  this  country, 
P.  inrnrnatn  and  P.  luten.  The  former  has  now  become  an  important  remedy. 
This  species  is  found  within  our  borders,  thriving  in  dry  soils  from  Virginia  to 
Florida,  and  from  thence  westward  to  Mi-ssouri  and  Arkansas.  The  common 
name  in  our  southern  states  for  the  fruit  is  Mmj-popx.  The  generic  name  Pns»i- 
H'lra  is,  according  to  Gray,  "an  adaptation  of  Jlos  fxissionis,  a.  translation  of  fior 
iliila  pnxiiiitne.  the  popular  Italian  nanie  early  applied  to  the  flower  from  a  fancied 
iv-eiiiblance  of  its  parts  to  the  implements  of  the  crucifixion."  The  fruit  i.s 
urange-colored.  about  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg,  and  filled  with  a  sweetish-yellow 
jiulp.  The  juice  of  the  leaves  of  this  species,  together  with  those  of  Pdxsiflora 
C'lUlda  and  Pni<.-'lflorfi  iiuilij>,rmi.'<,  were  long  ago  u.^ed  by  the  Brazilians  for  inter- 
mittent fevers.  The  entire  plant  is  used  in  medicine.  Prof.  Goss,  who  intro- 
•  lui'ed  it  to  the  Eclectic  i)rofession,  employed  the  root  and  its  pre]iaratii>ns.  We 
kiii>w  of  physicians  who  prefer  the  tincture  of  the  leaves,  and  otiiers  still,  who 
desire  the  root  with  a  few  inches  of  the  stem  attached.  Passiflora  contains  small 
amounts  foften  traces  only)  of  an  alkaloid.  Its  constituents  seem  not  to  possesa 
any  decided  chemical  characteristics. 


1440  PASSIfLOKA. 

Passiflora  was  introduced  into  medicine  in  1839  or  1840  hy  Dr.  L.  Phares,  of 
Mississippi,  who,  in  the  Xeir  Orleans  MedkulJournnI,  records  some  trials  of  the  drug 
made  b}-  Dr.W.  B.  Lindsay,  of  Bayou  Gros  Tete,  La.  The  u.se  of  the  remedy  has 
been  revived  within  recent  year.<.  Prof.  I.  J.  M.  Goss,  M.  D., of  Georgia,  having  intro- 
duced it  into  Eclectic  ^jractice. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  physiological  action  of  passiflora 
has  not  been  well-studied.  Medicinal  doses  produce  no  special  physiological  im- 
pressions, but  we  have  observed  even  small  doses  to  occasionally  provoke  emesis. 
Some  individuals  appear  to  be  very  susceptible  to  this  efifect.  Moderate  doses  act 
as  an  antispasmodic  and  are  somew-hat  narcotic.  Dr.  Phares.  who  introduced 
the  drug,  stated  that  he  was  satisfied  that  it  possessed  no  narcotic  properties.  It 
is,  at  least,  hypnotic.  Excessive  doses  are  said  to  have  produced  in  animals  both 
spasms  and  paralysis. 

The  clinical  application  of  passiflora  has  been  with  most  observers  satisfac- 
tory. Its  force  is  exerted  chiefly  ujjon  the  nervous  system,  the  remedy  finding  a 
wide  application  in  sjjosmodic  disorders  and  as  a  rest-producing  agent.  It  is  best 
adapted  to  debility  and  does  not  act  so  well  in  sthenic  conditions,  although  not 
contraindicated  in  such.  It  is  specially  useful  to  allay  restle-^me-'^s  and  overcome 
wakejidness,  when  these  are  the  result  of  exhaustion,  or  the  nervous  excitement  of 
debility.  It  proves  specially  useful  in  the  imomnin  of  infants  and  old  people.  It 
gives  sleep  to  those  who  are  laboring  under  the  efiects  of  mental  worry  or  from 
mental  overwork.  It  relieves  the  nervous  symptoms  due  to  reflex  .sexual  or  men- 
strual disturbances,  and  the  nervous  irritabdity  resulting  from  prolonged  illness. 
We  have  employed  it  with  good  results  to  allay  the  restlessness  of  It/j-hoid  fercr, 
although  its  action  appears  to  be  slow,  but  sure.  "  The  sleep  induced  by  passiflora 
is  a  peaceful,  restful  slumber,  and  the  patient  awakens  quiet  and  refreshed.  A 
further  study  of  the  drug  will  undoubtedly  give  us  a  better  guide  to  its  adaptation 
as  a  nerve  sedative  and  hypnotic.  An  atonic  condition  appears  to  be  the  keynote 
to  its  selection. 

Passiflora  is  a  remedy  for  convulsive  movements.  One  of  its  first  successful  appli- 
cations in  medicine  was  for  the  relief  of  WfDii**,  both  in  man  and  the  horse.  l!' 
given  in  full  doses  in  epile])'<y  when  the  aura  gives  warning  of  an  approaching  at- 
tack, the  remedy  is  said  to  be  of  considerable  value,  but  after  the  convulsions  have 
begun  it  has  little  or  no  eflect.  Some,  however,  have  reported  success  in  all  stage.- 
of  the  disease.  Passiflora  is  pn^i^ed  lor  its  control  over  the  s]>e(sm.s  of  rhildhofxl, 
whether  from  dentition,  "on?!*,  or  undigested  aliment;  it  has  also  been  success- 
,fullv  emplo3-<'<^l  in  trismus  nascentium.  Spasms,  dependent  upon  meningeal  iuflnm- 
^•nniMn,  havB  been  controlled  with  it.  It  appears  not  to  be  contraindicatetl  in  any 
form  of  spasm.  Dr.  Holmes  (Ee.  Med.  Jour. ,  1896,  p. 55)  reports  a  case  of  f>ost-}><irtum 
puerpercd  eclamj)sia  relieved  after  but  two  convulsions  by  the  hypodermatic  use 
of  2  drachms  of  passiflora.  The  remedy  has  given  good  results  in  rhortn.  espe- 
cially in  girls  approaching  the  menstrual  age.  When  tchoopimi-rough  is  associated 
with  convulsions,  passiflora  has  given  relief,  and  in  hysteria  with  spasmodic  move- 
ments it  is  reputed  equally  successful. 

Passiflora  is  a  remedy  for  pain,  particularly  of  the  neuralgic  type.  Thus  it 
has  relieved  neuraUjir  and  spiasmodic  dysmcnorrhan,  rcrtal  jmin,  ranliac  }>aiu,  facial 
and  other  forms  of  ncurnlgiti,  many  reflex  jxtinful  conditions  incident  to  pregneiitry 
and  the  menopause,  and  other  forms  of  pain  accompanied  or  not  with  spasmodic 
action.  Sick  or  nervous  headache,  the  headache  of  debility,  or  from  cerebral  fullness 
are  often  relieved  by  passiflora.  All  such  cases  show  marked  atony  of  some  part 
or  function. 

Passiflora  has  been  employed  to  relieve  many  of  the  nervous  phenomena 
attending  la  grijjpe,  nn<.\  both  internally  and  externally  has  been  given  to  mitigato 
the  ravages  of  erysipelii'<  (particularly  when  facial) and  syphilis.  Prof  Scudder  long 
ago  characterized  passiflora  as  a  remedy  to  relieve  irritation  of  the  nerve  centers, 
and  to  improve  sympathetic  innervation,  improving  the  circulation  and  nutri- 
tion, and  stated  that  it  might  be  i\»ed '' in  torpidity  of  the  liver  whh  heniorrlioids, 
and  in  congelation  of  ovaries  and  ntenw."  Reemployed  for  the  latter  purpose  frac- 
tional doses  of  the  drug  {Si'cr.  Med.,]i.  197).  It  has  been  used  to  check  di/o-rhaa 
and  dysenten/.  An  aqueous  extract  has  been  lauded  as  an  application  to  recent 
hums  and  srald.-<,  and  to  lieinorrhoid.'':  also  to  ulcerating  rarcinomala,  jtainful  ulcfr*. 


PENTHORVM.  1441 

chancres  ami  rhaiuToidx.  A  pledget  of  cotton  saturated  with  pu^siHora  ami  intro- 
duced into  a  earious  tooth  ha:~  inonijitly  allayed  violent  liMitlmcht'.  The  ilose  of 
specific-  pussillora  i;;  fmni  a  t'laclinii  of  a  (lr<)p  to  2  fluid  drachms. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Irritation  of  brain  and  nervous  system 
with  atony;  sleeples-.-^ness  from  overwork,  worry,  or  from  febrile  excitement,  and 
in  the  young  and  aged;  neuralgic  pains  with  debility;  exhaustion  from  cerebral 
fullness,  or  from  excitement;  convult^ive  movements;  infantile  nervous  irrita- 
tion; nervous  he:idache;  tetanus;  hysteria;  oppressed  breathing;  cardiac  palpi- 
tation from  excitement  or  shock. 

Related  Species. — Ai.wirfoi'i /utoi,  Linne.  Smooth  and  slender;  summit  of  tin-  leaves 
obtusely  ;>-liil)e'l  aiitl  lobes  euiire;  glanilless  petioles  and  greenish-yellow  tlowers  an  iuch 
broad.  '  Damp  thicket.s  from  Pennsylvania  to  Florida,  and  west  to  Illinois,  Missouri  and 
lx>ui8iana.  The  fruit*  are  acidulous  and  edible.  Tsed  by  Dr.  Phares,  of  >Iissi!-sippi,  like 
PaasiHora  iiicanniUi. 

' Passijloni   lurult'ii,  Linne.  —  Leaves  5-lol)ed  and  entire;   tlowers   friogeil   and   greenish, 
bluish,  purplish,  or  white;  fruit,  orange-yellow.     .\  native  of  Brazil,  and  often  cultivated  in 
warm  countries  for  ornamental  coverings  for  walls,  houses,  and 
arbors.    Tlie  fndt  is  not  eaten.  '^^-  ^^"• 

Piisflrt'ini  hn:iioliu,Tassac. — Leaves  unequally  3-cleft  at  top; 
flowers  red  ;  fruit  like  a  elierr)-. 

Ptissijloia  rnhrit,  Linne.— "Leaves,  2-lobed ;  flowers  whitish 
and  light  red;  scarlet  berries.  Reputeil  narcotic  by  inhabi- 
tants of  Jamaica  and  the  Carihbee  Lslamis. 

Paxsijlurii  ,<i)ilit.  —  Fruit  large,  orange-purple  externally, 
orange-coiored  within.  Has  an  acidulous,  orange-flavored  taste. 
Edible. 

PdSfijiorii  iiUita. — An  extract  of  the  leaves  with  alo«'s  was 
reputed  beneficial  in  atrophy  of  various  parts. 

Puiisijioni  i-apiiularix. — Reputed  emmenagoguc. 

Pu^iftom  fietida,  Cavanilles. — Leaves  3-lobed;  flowers  whit- 
ish, with  purple  crown;  odor  fetid.  Said  to  be  antispasmodic, 
emmenagogue.  and  expectorant.     Used  in  poultices.^ 

Piissifiira  tnurifi/liii,  Lmtrel-leared  gramidilla. — West  Indies.  _, 

Known  also  as  Water  Irmou  and  Honey-gurkle  by  the   Englisli,  Passiflora  earulea. 

Pominede  Liane  by  the  French,  and  in  .South  America  as  (inma- 
dilla  and  ilurunija.  Fruit  about  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg.  Yellow  and  dotted' with  white  ;  the 
pulp  is  whitisli  and  vraterv,  and  the  juice,  which  is  peculiarly  flavored  and  agrecablv  acid,  is 
sucked  by  Europeans  and  natives  through  an  openmg  made  in  the  tough,  thin  rind.  "  It  is 
said  that  it  quenches  thirst,  allays  heat,  induces  an  appetite,  and  elevates  the  spirits  "( Hogg). 
.  The  leaves  are  bitter,  and  considered  anthelmintic  and  moderately  astringent. 

piiMiJlora  iimtiformif,  lAnne,  Applf-fruited  granadilla,OT  Street  cahthush. — Flowers  white  and 
fringed  with  blue.  Fruit  is  dull  yellow  and  resembles  an  apple  in  size  and  shape.  Pulp 
gelatinous,  pale  yellow,  very  agT«?e'ably  acid,  and  usually  eaten  with  wine  and  sugar.  Juice 
of  the  leaves  used  in  Brazil  in  intermitlent frrens  (Hogg). 

Pnsxijiiii-ii  coiitriii^errtt.—Koot  sweetish,  pungent  and  fragrant.  Reputed  "  counter-poison, 
deobstruent  and  cordial." 

Pdmtliira  r/undrangularh,  Linn^. — Branches  4  angleil  and  winged.  Fruit  large  as  a  goose 
egg,  and  of  a  greenish-yellowish  color.  Native  of  Jamaii'a  and  South  America  and  known  as 
the  Coiiiiiion  granadilla'  or  flrnnndiUa  riiie.  The  sweet,  acidulous,  purple-colored  pulp  is  the 
eilible  portion.  The  root  is  reputed  verv  poisonou.s,  causing  emesis,  convulsions,  paralysis  and 
death.  Small  doses  of  the  root  are  said  to  act  as  an  anthelmintic.  An  active  principle,  some- 
what like  morphine,  has  been  isolated  from  the  root  and  named  paiviijlorine. 

Mwiicuja  uceltitta. — West  Indies.  "Anthelmintic,  diaphoretic  and  antihysteric"  (Hoggi. 
An  infusion  and  syrup  are  useil  in  Jamaica,  like  laudanum.  \  vinous  or  spirituous  tincture 
of  the  flowers  is  employed  under  the  name  of  Biill-houf  or  iMchimin'/  laudanum,  as  an  efficient 
and  easy  narcotic. 

Moderca  pulmeltn. — Reputed  tonic  and  pectoral,  and  Modecra  integrljoUa,he&tvn  with  butter, 
is  said  to  '■  heal  liemorrhoidg." 

Adeniarevenata.—.Kir'xcaL.  .\  climber  known  a.-i /'(w/oii //<"'•«'/•  in  its  habitat.  Lauded  as  a 
vesicant  by  Schweinfurth. 

PENTHORUM.— PENTHORUM, 

The  whole  herb  of  PetUhoru in  xedoUkx,  Linne. 

Sat.  Oril. — CrR.ssulacea». 

CoM.MoN   X.\.\rKs:    Virijinia  nlom-rrop,  Dilrli  ulime-rrop. 

Botanical  Source.— This  is  an  erect,  jierennial  herb,  about  a  foot  high,  found 
growing'  in  (ii-.k.<  and  wet  situations  tliroughout  the  United  States  niul  Canada. 
The  stem  is  smootli,  round  at  the  base,  luit  angular  aliove.  and  often  branched. 
91 


1442 


PEXTHOKUM. 


It  has  numerous  scattered,  thin  leaves,  from  2  to  3  inches  long,  about  J  as  wide, 
and  attached  to  the  stem  at  an  acute  angle.    The}-  are  lanceolate,  smooth,  finely 
and  sharply  serrate,  tapering  regularly  to  an  acute  apex. 
Fig.  191.  g^jj  J  ^j  l^jjg  jj^gg  ^Q  ^  ^,Qj.y  gjjort  leaf-stalk.     The  tiowt  rs 

are  small,  inconspicuous,  and  arranged  in  terminal  naked 
cymes,  consisting  of  from  2  to  4  slender,  .simple,  1-sided 
branches,  which  unroll  as  the  flowers  e.\pand.  Tin-  flow- 
ers are  supported  on  short  peduncles  about  i  of  an  inch 
long,  and  consist,  each,  of  a  5-parted  calyx,  10  stamens, 
and  5  pistils,  which  are  united  at  the  base.  The  petals 
are  general  ly  wanting.  The  fruit  consists  of  5  dry, 
1-celled  capsules,  beaked  with  the  persistent  style,  and 
united  at  tiie  base.  They  open,  when  ripe,  at  the  sum- 
mit, and  are  filled  with  numerous  minute  seeds.  The 
genus  Penthorum,  which  differs  from  its  allies  of  the 
Crassulace;i;  in  not  having  fleshy  stems,  consists  of  only 
2  species — the  one  described  above,  indigenous  to  North 
Amerira,  the  nthi-r  tnund  only  in  China. 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— Penthorum 
sedoides  was  mentioned  by  some  of  the  older  authori- 
ties, but  its  more  recent  introduction  into  medicine  may 
be  ascribed  to  Dr.  F.  H.  Briggs  (Ec.  Med.  Jour..  1875,  p. 
479).  The  fresh  herb  has  an  astringent,  slightly  acid 
Penthorum  sedoides,  taste,  and,  when  bruised,  an  herb-like  odor.    The  proper- 

ties of  the  fresh  plant  are  best  extracted  by  alcohol,  and 
seem  chiefly  to  depend  upon  a  form  of  tannin  which,  in  alcoholic  solution  with 
ferrous  sulphate,  first  turns  blue  and  then  precipitates  black.  With  ferric  sul- 
phate, it  forms  a  deep-green  solution.  Neither  the  tincture.  ni>r  the  tincture 
freed  from  tannin,  shows  the  slightest  indication  of  an  alkaloid  with  the  ordi- 
nary reagents.  When  the  herb  is  distilled  with  water,  the  distillate  is  free  from 
volatile  oil. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Dr.  Briggs  states  that  '•  the  older  au- 
thorities gave  this  agent  as  a  demulcent  and  laxative,  and  it  does  not  seem  to 
exert  the  astringent  action  common  to  agents  containing  tannic  acid.  The  im- 
pression upon  the  mouth  is  that  of  an  astringent,  but,  on  examining  the  mucous 
membrane,  it  does  not  seem  corrugated,  but  very  fresh  and  rosy,  and  it  would 
undoubtedly  prove  a  valuable  tooth  and  mouth  "wash."'  The  fluid  extract  and 
specific  medicine  have  been  employed  successfully  in  the  treatment  of  cholera 
infantum,  lUarrhmi,  and  hemorrhoids.  Prof.  J.  M.  Scudder  observes  that  mucous 
membranes,  especially  when  they  have  suffered  from  inflammatory  action,  are 
peculiarly  influenced  bj^  this  agent,  which  gradually  removes  irritation,  promotes 
normal  functional  activity,  and  restores  the  tissues  to  their  normal  condition. 
He  found  it  not  only  an  excellent  remedy-  in  dln)-rh<vn,  but  likewise  in  chronic 
nasal  catarrh,  in  chronic  phan/ngitin,  in  chi-onir  6co»<7( <>/.>-,  with  increased  secretion, 
and  in  chronk  vayitiitus,  with  or  without  leucorrhoeal  discharge.  He  employs  it 
internally  and  locally,  when  this  can  be  eflfected,  in  spray;  also  as  a  topical  appli- 
cation to  chronic  ulcers.  It  is  not,  as  a  rule,  as  well  adapted  to  acute  as  to  chronic 
disorders,  and  must  be  used  for  a  length  of  time  to  obtain  its  best  effects.  As  a 
reliever  of  irritation  of  mucous  surfaces,  its  best  results  have  been  ol>taineil  in 
chronic  dffection.^  of  (he  posterior  nares.  phan/ngeal  rattlf,  and  Euiitachion  tulx.-'.  It  nniy 
be  used  l)(>th  internally  and  by  atomization.  It  has  been  of  benefit  in  ituiigcslion 
and  )iervints  dysjirpsia.  Its  effects  upon  the  gastric  membranes  have  been  com- 
pared to  those  of  small  doses  of  ipecac.  The  dose  of  the  fluid  extract  is  from 
10  to  60  minims,  repeated  everj-  3  or  4  hours;  of  the  specific  penthorum,  1  to  30 
minims,  in  a  teaspoonful  of  water.  Penthorum  is  a  remedy  of  undoubted  power, 
and  deserves  a  more  careful  study  than  hiis  been  hitherto  bestowed  upon  it.  It  is 
best  adapted  to  chronic  conditions,  being  of  little  service  in  acute  pliases. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Pharyngeal  and  nasjil  disorders  of  a  chronic 
type,  witli  lulhuss,  chyntss,  and  irritation,  with  a  purplish,  congestetl  aupearani-e; 
catarrhal  inlhimmations.  with  profuse  secretions;  catarrhal  gastric  disorders;  catar- 
rhal diarrhua:  spongy  gums. 


PEPO  (U.  S.  P.I— PUMPKIN  SEED. 

"The  -seeil  a(  Cucudiita  J'ijk..  l.imK"'— (T.  .'<'.  /'.). 
.Y.(',  O,-,/,— Cucurbitacca-. 
Common    NaMK:    Fiiinjliil  sei'it. 

Botamical  Source.— Ciuurbita  Pepo  is  an  annual  plant,  hispid  and  scali- 
rous,  with  a  piocunibent  .«teiii  and  branching  tendrils.  Its  leaves  are  large,  cor- 
date, pahiiately  5-lobed,  or  angletl  and  denticulate.  The  flowers  are  yellow,  large, 
axillary,  and  the  males  long-pedunculate.  Corolla  canipanulate  ;  the  "petals  united 
and  coherent  with  the  calyx.  The  calyx  of  the  male  flowers  is5-toothed;  of  the 
female  the  same,  the  upper  part  being  deciduous  after  flowering;  the  stigmas 
are  3,  thick,  and  2-lobed ;  the  pepo,  or  fruit,  subligneous,  very  large,  roundisii,  or 
oblong,  smooth,  yellow  when  rijie,  furrowed  and  torulose,  containing  yellowisli 
seeds,  somewhat  resembling  those  of  the  watermelon  in  form  (W.). 

History. — The  pumpkin  flowers  in  July,  and  matures  its  fruit  in  September 
and  October.  It  is  a  native  of  the  Levant,  and  is  extensivel}'  cultivated  as  a 
kitchen  vegetable,  and  for  cattle.  The  seeds  of  this  plant  are  used  in  medicine, 
and  have  long  been  popular  with  the  laitj'as  a  remedy  for  worms.  An  oil  may  be 
obtained  from  the  pumpkin  seeds  by  expression.  The  West  India  seeds  are  more 
active  as  an  anthelmintic  than  our  own. 

Description. — The  seeds  are  "about  2  Cm.  (|  inch)  long,  broadly-ovate,  flat, 
white  or  whitish,  nearly  smooth,  with  a  shallow  groove  parallel  to  the  edge;  con- 
taining a  short,  conical  radicle,  and  2  flat  cotyledons;  inodorous;  taste  bland 
and  oily" — (  ('.  S.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition. — Pumpkin  seeds  are  composed  of  25  per  cent  of 
husks  and  To  per  cent  of  kernels,  and  contain  upward  of  33  per  cent  of  a  red- 
dish flxed  oil,  which,  according  to  Kopylow  (Avier.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1877,  p.  23),  con- 
sists of  the  glycerides  of  palmitic,  myristic,  and  oleic  acids.  These  also  occur 
partly  in  the  free  state.  No  alkaloid  was  found  in  the  seeds,  nor  the  glucosid, 
cucurbit  in,  of  Dorner  and  Wolkowitsch  (1870).  According  to  Dr.  L.  Wolff  (ylwitr. 
Jour.  Phnrm., 1882,  p.  382),  the  active  ( tienifuge)  principle  is  a  greenish-brown,  acrid, 
bitter  resin  (Heckel,  1875)  not  contained  in  the  petroleum-benzin  extract  of  the 
seeds,  but  in  the  extract  obtained  with  ether.  It  is  also  soluble  in  alcohol  and 
chloroform.  Its  dose,  as  a  tanifuge,  is  15  grains,  in  pill  form.  The  fatty  oil  is 
soluble  in  absolute,  but  not  in  95  per  cent  alcohol  (W.  E.  Miller,  IhitL,  1891,  p. 
38.5).  Air-dried  pumpkin  seeds  contain  about  3.7  per  cent  of  ash.  The  juice  of 
pumpkin  pulp  contains  1.6  per  cent  of  dextrose  and  0.9  per  cent  of  cane  sugar 
(Mr.  Both,  in  Ftragendorff's  Hn7pfJ,nnm,  1899,  p.  650).  The  coloring  matter  of  the 
pumpkin  is  diu-  to  r.n-nim  (.h,hr,sh.  ,1,  r  Phnrm.,  1896,  p.  84). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Mucilaginous,  tienicide,  and  diuretic, 
and  of  service  in  MnuKiKri/  imd  uriudri/ (iffectuy7h9,ii\ii()  m  g(tstriti^,enta-i(is, and  febrile 
(li-iefiiies.  The  infusion  may  be  drank  freely.  The  expressed  oil  of  the  pumpkin 
.seeds,  in  doses  of  6  to  12  drops,  several  times  a  day,  is  said  to  be  a  most  cer- 
tain and  eflicient  diuretic,  giving  quick  relief  in  scalding  of  urine,  spasmodic  fiffer- 
tions  of  the  urinart/  passages,  and  has  cured  gonorrkna.  Half  a  fluid  ounce  of  oil 
of  i)umpkin  seeds,  taken  upon  a  fasting  stomach,  repeated  in  2  hours,  and  in 
another  2  hours  followed  by  a  dose  of  castor  oil  containing  h  fluid  ounce  of  the 
pumpkin-seed  oil,  has  been  effectual  in  removing  tajjciconn.  The  following  mix- 
ture has  been  found  efficient  in  the  removal  of  tapeworm:  Take  of  the  ethereal  oil 
of  pumpkin  seeds,  1  fluid  ounce;  ethereal  extract  of  male  fern,  1  fluid  drachm; 
sugar,  2  drachms;  water,  4  fluid  ounces;  rub  the  oil  with  the  sugar,  then  the 
extract,  and  finally  add,  gradually,  the  water.  One-fourth  of  this  is  a  dose,  to  be 
repeated  every  hour.  An  infusion  of  the  seeds  has  also  been  found  effectual  in 
removing  tapeworm.  The  method  now  chiefly  i)ursued  is  to  have  the  patient 
fast  for  a  day  and  take  a  saline  cathartic  to  wa.s"h  the  intestinal  mucus,  etc.,  from 
the  worm.  Then,  the  patient  being  kept  in  bed  to  prevent  emesis,  administer  to 
him  3  doses  of  J  of  a  pint  each,  every  2  hours,  of  an  emulsion  prepared  from  the 
fresh  seeds  beaten  with  pulverized  sugar  and  diluted  with  milk  or  water.  After  a 
few  hours,  a  purgative,  like  ca.stor  oil,  may  be  administered  to  aid  in  the  expulsion 
of  till-  worm.    This  is  also  effectual  in  removing  the  roHiiduonii.     It  was  formerly 


believed  that  the  tfenifuge  properties  resided  in  the  external  covering  of  the 
seeds,  but  latfr  invostitrations  do  not  confirm  this  view. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Tapeworm;  roundworm;  ardor  urina;. 


Related  Species.— <Mriili,<.<  vuhjarit,  f^chrader  {Cucvrbita  CitnillmJAnn^;  Cueunm  Citrul- 
lux  of  Sfiiiitrt) ;  W'litn-iniltiu.  This  is  a  native  of  Africa  and  southern  Asia,  and  is  cultivated  in 
this  c'oiiiurv  for  its  large  and  delicious  fruit,  which  is  usually  ripened  in  August,  the  flowers 
aiiprariiij;  in  .June  and  July.  The  fruit  contains  many  obovate,  smooth,  compres.sed  seeds, 
thirkined  at  the  marj^in,  and  of  a  black  or  yellowish-white  color  i  \V. ).  The  flesliy,  juicy  pulp 
of  the  watermelon  is  diuretic,  and  forms  a  grateful  article  of  <liet  for  febrile  patients,  when 
not  contraiudicated.  Watermelon  seeds  possess  properties  similar  to  pepo,  and,  as  a  diuretic 
(nifusion  of  liruised  seeds)  is  one  of  the  mildest  and  best  we  possess.  Acetate  of  potassium 
added  to  it,  increases  its  efficiency  and  augments  the  excretion  of  the  solid  con-stituents  of 
the  urine.  F.  Popow  (/aftresi.  rffc/'/mmi.,  1888,  p.  51)  found  the  edible  portion  of  the  wat»-r- 
nielon  to  consist  of  water  (94.96  per  cent)  and  drj' substance  (5.04  per  centi;  the  latter  was 
composed  of  iiitrogi-novi?  matter  lO.iiT  per  ctiiti.  dextrose  (3.67  per  cent',  lievulose  (0.46  per 
cent),  niucili-i  nn,  |„i  ,,i;:  i  i  nii,,i  i  ,  m  .  cellulose  (0.10  per  cent),  and  mint  ral  matter 
(O.L'S  per  (    III         1        -  -    i-  I        Ml,  j.r  cent  I,  albumen  (6  per  cent),  and  dextrose 

(3  per  cent       I  M  ;ij.  >    .    ■  1  -  //  '  "  '  '   :     '■■'>"'• 

L<(./,,/'     (        ;/  ^,111  J,      '  '      I  "•,,ini-iu,  Linn^i;  Gourd, or  Calabash.  —  Pulp   is 

occasionally  bitter  "and  purgative  (A.  De  Candulle,  1882). 

Ciicumis  satims,  Linn^;  Cucumber. — This  plant  is  too  well  known  to  require  description. 
Both  the  fruit  and  seeds  are  employed.  The  latter  contain,  besides  mucilage,  a  bland,  fixed 
oil,  of  a  pale-yellow  color,  to  the  amount  of  about  32  per  cent.  Prof.  Procter  proposed,  in  1853, 
acunimbrr  ointtnent,  prepared  as  follows:  Take  green  cucumbers,  7  pounds;  suet,  15  ounces; 
lard,  24  ounces.  Grate  the  fruit  and  express  the  juice.  Then  melt  together  the  lanl  and  suet, 
and,  wlien  sufficiently  cooled  so  as  to  form  a  semisolid  mass,  gradually  incorporate  with  it  the 
cucumber  juice,  adding  about  one-third  of  it  each  time.  After  some  time,  melt  the  whole 
mixture,  strain,  and  keep  in  glass  containers,  covering  the  ointment  with  rose-water.  Close 
the  jar  securely.  When  needed,  take  out  a  portion,  and  mix  it  to  a  white,  creamy  paste  by 
triturating  it  with  a  small  amount  of  rose-water.  Cucumber  seeds  have  been  used  for  iliuretic 
purposes  like  other  seeds  of  this  class.  The  ointment  is  emollient,  ami  may  be  applied  to 
CK/.s,  abrasions,  etc.  Dr.  J.  M.  Scudder  (Spec.  .l/erf.,p.  119)  advised  a  tincture  of  green  cucumber, 
prepared  with  98  per  cent  alcohol  for  "  irritation  of  tlie  urinarj-  passages,  sliarn  pain  in  the 
loins,  and  rheumatic  pains  in  the  shoulders."  Cramp-like  pains  in  the  shoulder  and  loins, 
with  inability  to  urinate,  are  the  indications  given  bv  Dr.  O.  H.  Rohde  (  Tram,  of  X.  Y.  Ec. 
Med.  Assoc,  Vol.  XVII,  p.  165 ). 

Momordica  balsnmina,  Linui;  Balsam-apple. —  This  long-ovate  fruit,  tapering  at  each  ex- 
tremity, has  been  used  considerably  as  a  vulnerarj-.  It  is  verrucose,  orange  or  bright-red, 
rather  angular  and  spontaneously  divides  laterally,  displaying  an  interior  containing  oval,  flat, 
brown  seeds,  somewhat  rugose,  and  imbedded  in  a  fleshy  ariUus  of  a  red  color.  The  root  and 
fruit  are  both  purgative.  Two  drachms  of  balsam-apple  are  said  to  have  killed  a  dog.  A 
preparation  of  the  fruit  (^^nthout  the  seeds),  infused  in  almond  or  olive  oil,  has  been  employed 
considerably  in  prolapsus  ani,  hemorrhoids,  burns,  scalds,  chapped  hands,  and  old  ulcerations.  'An 
extract  of  it  has  been  praised  for  its  curative  efiects  in  dropsi/.  Balsam-apple,  infuse*!  in 
whiskey,  is  quite  largely  employed  by  the  German  population  of  this  country  as  a  vulnerary. 
It  is  often  applied  to  chilblains.  Internally,  an  alcoholic  tincture  and  a  jelly  have  been  em- 
ployed for  the  relief  of  pain  in  the  chest  from  acute  coUl.^.  and  in  imtmonani  contiestion.  Proper 
doses  relieve  gastro-intestinal  irritation,  and  give  relief  in  gastro-intestinal' pains,  particu- 
larly in  colic. 

C((c((rhil(i  Mchipepo,  Linn^-;  .SVy»(((./i. 

Ciicuiiiif  Mill,,  I.nui^;  ilnskmelon. — The  seeds  of  this  and  the  foregoing  species  possess 
similar  properties  to  those  of  pejio,  but  in  a  milder  degree.  The  seetls  contain  39  per  cent  of 
fatty  oil.  From  the  root  an  emetic  principle,  iiiWuii-fHirfiiif,  was  isolateil.  in  1887  iP/iarm.  C«-ii- 
tralhalle,  p.  600),  by  Heberger  and  Jorosiewicz. 

Cucurbita  maxima,  Duchesne. — Improperlv  called  Gourd.  See^ls  contain  sugar,  gum.  an 
aromatic  body,  a  soluble  organic  acid,  yellow,  hland  fixed  oil  1 25  jht  cent ),  and  emulsin.  but 
no  alkaloiil  nor  a  glucosid  (Cadenberj:,  f  SSI ).  The  seeds  give,  on  rubbing  with  w.iter,  a  bland. 
white  emulsion. 

PEPSINUM  (U.  S.  P.)— PEPSm. 

''A  proteolytic  ferment  or  enzyme  obtained  from  the  glandular  layer  of  fresli 
stomachs  from  healthy  pigs,  and  capable  of  digesting  not  less  than  30(X)  tinies  its 
own  weight  of  freshly  coagulated  and  disintegrated  egg  albumen,  wiien  testinl  by 
the  process  given  below.  If  it  be  desired  to  use  a  diluent  for  reducing  pepsin  of  "a 
higher  dige.^tive  powerto  that  required  bv  the  Pharmacopoeia,  sugar  of  milk  should 
be  employed  for  this  purjiose"— (  T.  .•<.  P'). 

Source,  History,  ajid  Preparation. — Pepsin  is  a  peculiar,  probably  non-albu- 
niiiious  principle,  occurring  in  the  ga-^tric  juice,  and  possessing  the  pow.  r  ir.  ti..' 


PEPSIXUW  1445 

presence  of  hydrochloric  or  otheracids,  toilisjolveeuagiiLitnl  mIIhiiiicu  and  muscu- 
lar fiber,  converting  ihcm  into  the  modilied  proteids  kuDwn  as  jm>Ui)ux.  The  name 
pepsin  was  first  used  about  1836,  by  Schwann,  who  obtaineil  the  "digestive  prin- 
ciple" b}'  macerating  cleaned  stomachs  in  acid  water,  precipitating  the  li<|uid  with 
mercuric  chloride,  and  separating  the  mercury  with  sulphide  of  hydrogen.  Com- 
mercial pepsin  was  first  prepared  by  drying  the  granular  layer  of  the  stomach  of  the 
pig  or  calf,  at  low  temperatures,  and  jiowdering  the  product.  Pepsin  is  not  known 
in  the  absolutely  pure  state.  Besides  being  soluble  in  water,  it  is  also  soluble  in 
glycerin;  accorcfing  to  Wittichs,  it  may  be  extracted  from  the  mucous  membrane 
of  the  stomach  by  means  of  glycerin  acidulated  with  0.1  per  cent  of  hydrochloric 
acid  and  then  precipitated  bv  alcohol.  By  the  process  of  the  BritM  Phurntacopaia 
( 188.5  I,  the  washed  mucous  lining  of  the  fresh  stomach  of  a  sheep,  calf,  or  pig,  is 
scraped  with  a  blunt  instrument,  the  viscid  pulp  is  immediately  spread  in  a  thin 
layer  on  glass  jJates  or  glazed  earthenware,  and  dried  at  a  temperature  not  to 
exceed  37.8°  C.  (^100°  F.).  This  product  is  sparingly  soluble  in  water,  because  it 
naturally  contains  much  inert  animal  matter.  A  more  active  pepsin  may  be 
obtained  by  this  method  if  the  inner  coating  of  the  stomach  wherein  the  pepsin 
glands  are  imbedded,  be  utilized,  /.  c.  washed,  dried,  and  powdered.  (For  .Scheffer's 
process,  based  u])on  the  precipitation  of  pepsin  by  sodium  chloride  solution,  see 
Fepsimnn  Siirrfiiti-'ititm;  see  also  an  interesting  article  on  the  manufacture  of  pepsin, 
in  Ain>,-.  Jour.  P/mnn..  1  s;«.  p.  1  to,  tVoni  /'//,(/•»!.  Jnur.  Tram.,  and  ibid..  1892,  p.  562.) 

Description  and  Chemical  Properties.— 'A  fine,  white,  or  yellowish-white, 
amorphous  powder,  or  thin,  pale-yellow  or  yellowish,  transparent  or  translucent 
grains  or  scales,  free  from  any  oflfeusive  odor,  and  having  a  mildly  acidulous  or 
slightly  saline  taste,  usually  "followed  by  a  suggestion  of  bitterness.  It  slowly 
attracts  moisture  when  exposed  to  the  air.  Soluble,  or  for  the  most  part  soluble, 
in  about  100  parts  of  water,  with  more  or  less  opalescence;  more  soluble  in  water 
acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid;  insoluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  or  chloroform.  On 
heating  a  solution  of  pepsin  in  acidulated  water  to  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  it  becomes 
milky,  or  yields  a  light,  flocculent  precipitate,  and  loses  all  proteolytic  power.  In 
a  dry  state  it  can  bear  this  temperature  without  injury.  Pepsin  usually  has 
a  slightly  acid  reaction.  It  may  be  neutral,  but  should  never  be  alkaline" — 
(U.S.  P.).  Pepsin  having  a  foul  odor  should  be  rejected.  Aqueous  solution  of 
pepsin  will  to  a  slight  extent  dissolve  coagulated  albumen,  but  the  addition  of 
a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  (about  0.1  to  0.3  per  cent)  renders  it  at  once  an 
active  solvent;  while  pancreatin  is  active  only  in  alkaline  media.  Pepsin  is  not 
destroyed  by  the  process  of  digestion.  After  it  has  ceased  to  act,  the  addition 
of  another  suppl}'  of  acid  apparently  regenerates  it,  and  renders  it  capable  of 
again  performing  the  part  of  a  digestive  agent.  Pepsin  curdles  80,000  parts  of 
milk  (Ain^r.  Jour.  P/inrm.,  1872,  p.  49).  Neutralization  sus))ends  the  action  of  pep- 
sin; alkalies  and  alcohol  injure  it;  boiling  destroys  it.  Precipitated  dry  pepsin, 
obtained  according  to  Mr.  Scheffer's  method,  resembles  parchment  paper,  or ''sole 
leather,"' the  color  ranging  from  light-straw  to  brown.  Pejisin,  after  having  been 
dried,  swells  in  water,  dissolves  slowly,  but  in  small  proportion.  When  freshly 
precipitated,  it  is  very  soluble.  Solution  of  pepsin  is  almost  neutral,  yields  a 
transparent,  gelatinous  precipitate  with  alcohol  without  losing  its  peptonizing 
power,  and  coagulates  on  boiling.  Bichloride  of  mercury  and  nitrate  of  lead  give 
white  precipitates  with  it. 

Valuation  of  Pepsin. —  '  Prepare,  first,  the  following  three  solutions:  ,4.  To 
294  Cc.  of  water  add  6  Cc.  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid.  B.  In  100  Cc.  of  solution  A 
dissolve  0.II67  Gm.  of  the  pepsin  to  be  tested.  C.  To  9.5  Cc.  of  solution  ,1.  brought 
to  a  temperature  of  40°  C.  (104°  F,),  add  5  Cc.  of  solution  B.  The  resultinir  100 
Cc.  of  the  liquid  will  contain  2  Cc.  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  0.003:W  (Jm.  of 
the  pepsin  to  be  tested,  and  98  Cc.  of  water.  Immerse  and  keej)  a  fresh  hen's 
egg  during  1-5  minutes  in  boiling  water;  then  remove  it  and  place  it  in  cold 
water.  When  it  is  cold,  separate  the  white,  coagulated  albumen,  and  rub  it 
through  a  clean  sieve  having  30  meshes  to  the  linear  inch.  Reject  the  first  por- 
tion passing  through  the  sieve.  Wei^h  offlOGm.  of  the  second  cleaner  portion, 
place  it  in  a  flask  of  the  capacity  ol  about  200  Cc.,then  adtl  one-half  of  solu- 
tion C,  and  shake  well,  so  a.s  to  distribute  the  coherent  albumen  evenly  through- 
out the  liquid.    Then  add  the  .second  half  of  solution ''',  a'ld  shake  again,  guarding 


1446  PEPSIXUM. 

against  loss.  Place  the  flask  in  a  water-bath,  or  thermostat,  kept  at  a  tempera- 
ture of  38°  to  40°  C.  (1C»0.4°  to  104°  F.),  for  6  hours,  and  shake  it  gently  every  15 
minutes.  At  the  expiration  of  this  time  the  albumen  .should  have  disappeared, 
leaving  at  most  only  a  few,  thin,  insoluble  flakes.  fTrustwortby  results,  particu- 
larly in  comparative  trials,  will  be  obtained  only  if  the  temperature  be  strictly 
maintained  between  the  prescribed  limits,  and  if  the  contents  of  the  flasks  be 
agitated  uniformly,  and  in  equal  intervals  of  time.)  The  relative  proteolytic 
power  of  pepsin  stronger  or  weaker  than  that  described  above  may  be  determined 
by  ascertaining,  through  repeated  trials,  how  much  of  solution  B  made  up  to  100 
Cc.  with  solution  A  will  be  required  exactly  to  dissolve  10  Gm.  of  coagulated  and 
disintegrated  albumen  under  the  conditions  given  above" — (U.  S.  P). 

The  Nidioital  Formulary  (1st  ed.)  made  less  strict  requirements,  demanding 
only  that  pepsin  should  be  capable  of  dissolving  not  less  than  500  times  its  own 
weight  of  hard-l)oiled  egg-albumen,  giving  explicit  directions  for  its  valuation. 
(For  the  results  of  the  valuatidn  of  15  commercial  samples  of  pepsin  by  the 
U.  S.  P.  assay  ni.-thod.  >.-e  I'm,:  Au„  ,-.  Phann.  Asgoc,  1895,  p.  244.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Previous  to  the  introduction  of  pepsin, 
it  was  a  common  course  among  several  nations,  and  in  domestic  practice,  to  col- 
lect the  gizzards  of  chickens,  ducks,  turkeys,  pigeons,  and  other  birds,  remove 
their  inner  mucous  membranes,  dry  them,  and  then  reduce  them  to  powder;  and 
this  powder,  now  called  ingluvin,  either  alone  or  in  combination  with  other  sub- 
stances, was  administered  in  derangements  of  the  digestive  organs.  Pepsin,  prop- 
erly prepared,  answers  a  much  better  purpose,  but  to  be  of  efficacy,  it  must  not 
be  united  with  starch,  bismuth,  wine,  alcohol,  or  other  substances  that  impair  or 
destroy  its  peculiar  properties.  The  articles  with  which  it  may  be  combined 
without  injury  are,  in  the  form  of  powder,  sugar  of  milk,  or  silica,  and  in  fluid 
form,  glycerin",  or  acidulated  water  and  glycerin,  which  will  preserve  it  for  a  con- 
siderable period.  Pepsin,  while  aiding  or  correcting  digestion,  exerts  no  influence 
upon  the  various  lesions  upon  which  the  impaired  digestive  process  depends ; 
though  it  may,  in  certain  cases,  afi"ord  such  relief  to  this  process  as  to  permit 
the  natural  recuperative  energies  of  the  system  to  eSiect  recovery.  It  frequently 
affords  relief  in  various  forms  of  indk/estion,  or  of  dyspepsia.  Infants  of  delicate 
constitution,  suffering  from  gastric  derangements  either  previous  to  or  during  the 
period  of  dentition,  as  manifested  by  tumid  abdomen,  emaciation,  diarrhoea,  and 
often  a  tendency  to  vomit,  will  derive  much  benefit  from  its  use,  during  the 
administration  of  which  these  symptoms  will  disappear,  and  the  sufferings  from 
dentition  will  be  greatlj'  mitigated.  Among  those  infants  raised  artificially  upon 
cow's  milk,  and  with  whom  this  fluid  does  not  readily  digest,  pepsin  has  likewise 
been  recommended;  it  may  be  serviceable  in  some  instances  of  tins  kind,  though 
it  appears  to  me  that  liquid  rennet  would  answer  a  much  better  purpose  (J.  King). 
It  should  be  remembered  tlial  its  continued  use  tends  to  enfeeble  gastric  digestion, 
and  thus  defeats  tlie  purposes  for  which  it  is  given. 

In  cases  of  sick  headache  due  to  gastric  acidity,  large  doses  of  jjepsin,  taken 
shortly  after  meals,  will  tend  greatly  to  postpone  or  prevent  the  cephalalgic  attack. 
It  will  also  be  of  value  in  the  feeble  or  tardy  digestion  attending  convalescence 
from  exhausting  febrile  or  inflammatory  di-iordcrs,  and  that  present  during  long- 
standing chr(xnic  diseases.  According  to  M.  Liebreich,  pepsin  is  contraindicated  in 
carcinoma,  and  ulceration  of  the  stomach,  in  which  its  administration  would 
tend  to  hasten  the  process  of  thinning  the  diseased  portion  of  the  gastric  walls. 
JI.  Castro  (1868)  has  successfully  used  hypodermatic  injections  of  an  acid  solution 
of  pepsin  for  the  removal  or  diminution  of  ^(hioo,  passing  the  injection  directly 
into  their  substance.  Pepsin,  to  be  of  service,  must  be  pure  and  reliable,  and  the 
more  recent  its  preparation  tlie  more  satisfactory  will  be  its  effects.  The  dose  of 
saicharated  pepsin  is  from  10  to  GO  grains,  takeii  shortly  after  each  meal ;  it  may 
be  taken  alone,  washed  down  with  "a  draught  of  water,  or  it  may  be  mixed  in 
eciual  parts  of  water  and  pure  glycerin;  of  pure  pepsin,  from  2  to  10  grains;  of 
litpiid  pepsin,  from  2  fluid  drachms  to  2  fluid  ounces. 

Related  Preparations.— iSee  /V/.s/hkhi  .<vjrr-/mivi/ii»i  [ C.  .•^.  /'.].an.l  I'imim  P<vi»ini[N.K.].) 
LiQiiii  I'KisiN  SchetiVr  .— -Take  of  smi-harated  iH-psiii.  64  giiiins;  water,  5  fluid  ounct?s: 
liyilriMliloiic  ii.i.l,  1  tliiiil  .Iracliin;  after  solution,  add  glvceriiuo  fluid  ouiuv.s  then  mix  ami 
filter.    One  ihiiU  ounce  dissolves  !H)  grains  of  coagulated  albumen" — {Sat.  Fvnf. 


PKl>iM M   SACniAUATlM.  1447 

I'epsini-m  AROMATicrM  (X.  F.\  Annnntic  pepsin. — "  Saccbarateil  pepsin  (  I'.  S.  P.),  iiinety- 
sfven  grammes  (97  Gm.)  [3  ozs.av.,  IS4  grs,];  aromatic  fluid  extract  (  r.  *'.  P.),  six  cubie  cen- 
timeters (6Cc.)  [97111];  tartaric  acid, one  nn<l  one-half  grammes  ( 1 .5  tjm.)  [23  grs.];  sodium 
chloride,  one  and  one-naif  grammes  (1.5  liiii.)  [23  ^rs.].  .Mix  the  ingredients  by  trituration, 
dry  the  product  by  exposure  to  warm  air,  and  keep  it  in  well-stopi)ered  bottles" — {ytit.Furm.}. 

Pn.vis  Pepsim  Com  11.1S1TIS  (  N  .  F.\,  ('oiii/ii>iiiitl  }H'mlir  of  pepsin,  I'ulvig  digestirtts. — "Saccha- 
rated  pepsin  {  I'.  S.  P.),  fifteen  grammes  (1")  tim.i  [231  grs.1;  pancreatin  (U.S.  P.),  fifteen 
grammes  1 15  t4m.)  [231  STs.];  diastase,  one  grumme  d  Gm.l  [15  grs.];  lactic  acid  ( C.  S.  P.), 
one  cubic  centimeter  (1  Cc.l  [10111];  hydrochloric  acid i  f..S'. /".j.twocubic centimeters  (2Cc.l 
[32  HI];  sugar  of  milk,  sixty-six  grammes  (Wi  Gin.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  143  grs.].  Add  the  acids  gradu- 
ally to  the  sugar  of  milk,  and  triturate  until  theyare  thoroughly  mixed.  Mix  the  pei)siii,  pan- 
creatin, and  diastase,  and  then  incorporate  this  inixture,  by  trituration,  with  the  sugar  of  milk. 
Finally,  rub  the  mixture  through  a  hair-sirvi.  and   pi-i.^eVve  the  powder  in  bottles,    yolc— 

The  best  commercial  variety  of  dnistase.  ( :ii' iln ..n  verting  the  largest  comparative  amount 

of  starch  into  dextrin  and  glucose,  shouM  i       s-    I  i    i  i  his  preparation  "—(i\"<(f. /■'(/)■»(.). 

Gi-YCEHiTiM  Pepsi.vi  (N.  F.,lst  ed.  . '■  .-III. — Pepsin,  640  grs. ;  hydrochloric  acid, 

80  ITl  :  purified  talcum,  120  grs.;  glyceiiu.  >  il., .  ii.iu  j,  eiiougli  to  make  16  fluid  ounces.  Mix 
the  jiepsin  with  7  fluid  ounces  of  water  auil  the  hydrochloric  acid,  and  agitate  until  solution 
h;is  been  ellected.  Then  incorporate  the  purified  "talcum  with  the  liquid,  filter,  returning  the 
first  ]iortious  of  the  filtrate  until  it  runs  through  clear,  and  pass  enough  water  through  the 
filter  to  make  the  filtrate  measure  8  fiuid  ounces.  To  this  aild  the  glycerin,  and  mix.  Each 
fluiil  draelini  represents  5  grains  of  pepsin  (N.F.).  Xote.— For  filtering  the  aqueous  solution  of 
pei)siii  first  obtained  bv  the  above  formula,  as  well  as  for  filtering  other  liquids  of  a  viscid  char- 
acter, a  filter  paper  of  loose  texture  (preferably  that  known  as  '  Textile  Filtering  Paper'),  or  a 
laver  of  absorbent  cotton  placed  in  a  funnel,  or  percolator,  should  be  eniploved  — i  A'-ir.  Form., 
Is'ted.'. 

PEPSINUM  SACCHARATUM  (U.  S.  P.)— SACCHARATED  PEPSIN. 

Preparation  and  History. — "Pepsin,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.];  sugar 
of  milk  receiitlv  dried,  and  in  No.  30  powder,  ninety  grammes  (90  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av., 
76  grg.].  To  niake  100  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.].  Triturate  the 
pepsin  with  the  sugar  of  milk  to  a  fine,  uniform  powder.  Keep  the  product  in 
well-stoppered  bottles.  Saccharated  pepsin,  when  tested  by  the  process  given 
under  Pepsin  (se<.'  Peps tnurn),  with  the  modification  that  0.67  Gm.  of  it  are  to  be 
taken  in  jireparing  solution  B,  should  digest  300  times  its  own  weight  of  freshly 
coagulatelv  and  disintegrated  egg  albumen." — (C.  S.  P.). 

In  1872  iAmer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1872,  p.  49),  Prof.  E.  Scheffer,  of  Louisville,  an- 
nounced the  formula  for  making  saccharated  pepsin  now  generally  used  by 
manufacturers,  a  process  that  is  easy  and  practical.  It  is  carried  out  as  follows  : 
Dissect  the  mucous  membrane  from  well-cleaned  hogs'  stomachs,  chop  it  fine,  and 
macerate  it  for  several  days,  in  water  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid;  strain 
the  resulting  liquid,  and  mix  it  with  its  bulk  of  saturated  solution  of  chloride 
of  sodium.  The  pepsin  now  separates,  will  rise  to  the  surface,  and  must  be 
skimmed  oflf,  drained  upon  a  muslin  strainer,  and  submitted  to  strong  pressure 
to  rid  it  of  salt;  then,  while  still  moist,  it  is  to  be  mixed  with  milk  sugar,  in  such 

Eroportion  that  ten  grains  dissolved  in  one  fluid  ounce  of  water  acidulated  with 
ydrochloric  acid,  will  dissolve  one  hundred  and  twenty  grains  of  coagulated 
albumen,  at  alMuit  38°  C.  (100°  F.),  in  from  4  to  6  hours. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Those  of  Pepsin.  (SeePepsinum.) 

Related  Preparations. — The  following  preparations  and  plant  are  emploved  as  aids 
to  digestion: 

I.Kii'oK  Pei'sixi  (  r.  .">'.  P.)  (X.  F.),  Solution  of  pepsin. — "  Saccharated  pepsin  (  ('..S'.  P.),  forty 
grammes  (40  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  180  grs.];  hydrochloric  acid  (  U.  S.  P.),  twelve  grains  (12  Gm.i 
[185  grs.];  glvcerin,  three  hundred  and  twentv-five  cubic  centimeters  (325  Cc.)  [10  fl,^, 
475 in.];  water,  .six  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  eentiiiieters  (6.50  Cc.)  [21  fl5,  47011^).  Dissolve 
the  saccharated  pepsin  in  the  water,  previously  mixed  with  the  hydrochloric  acid,  add  the 
glycerin,  let  the  mixture  stand  24  hours,  and  filter  "-     Sut.  Form.). 

Liquor  Pei>sixi  Aro.matici-s  (N.  F.i,  .1/<../»'0V  .•^.^'('"ii  o/pe/A»in.—"  Pepsim  f. .5.  P. ),  seven- 
teen and  one-half  grammes  il7.5  Gm.i  [27(1  grs.];  oil  of  cinnamon,  four  i4i  drops;  oil  of 
liimenla,  four  <  4.  drops;  oil  of  cloves,  eight  iSi  drops;  purified  talcum  i  F.  :!!I5. fifteen  grammes 
(15  Gm.)  [231  gre.];  alcohol,  thirty-five  cubic  centimeters  (.35  Co  [1  t\^,  ss]]\];  hydrochloric 
acid  (  r.  S.  P.  I,  ten  cubic  centimeters  (10  i.'c. )  [1(12  11]  ] ;  glycerin,  two  hundred  an<l  fifty  cubic 
centimeters  i2.50  Cc.)  [8  fl,5,  218111];  water,  a  sullieieiit  (|uantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic 
centimeters  1 1000  Cc.)  [33  fl.^,  3lil  fn  ).  Mix  the  pipsin  with  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters 
(.500  Cc.  I  [16  fl^,  43.5111'  of  water  "nd  the  hydr<K'hloric  acid,  and  shake  the  mixture  frequently 
until  the  p<  psin  is  dissolved.    Then  add  the  purified  talcum  and  the  oils,  prt-viously  dissolved 


1448  PETKOLATUM. 

ill  tlie  alcohol ;  mix  the  whole  thoroughly,  by  agitation,  and  filter  it  through  a  wetted  filter, 
returning  the  first  portions  of  the  liquid  until  it  runs  through  clear.  Pass  enough  water  through 
the  filter  to  wake  the  filtrate  measure  seven  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (750Cc.) 
[25  fl5,  178  in.].    To  this  add  the  glycerin.     Each  fluid  drachm  reprefeents  1  grain  of  pepsin 

LuiioR  .SERip.\Rfs  {^.¥.1,  Llijiikl  r-ennel. — "  Calves' rennet,  fresh,  one  hundreil  grammes 
(100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.];  so<lium  chloride,  forty  jrammes  1 40  Gm.)  [1  oz.av.,  ISO  grs.]; 
alcohol,  two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (200  Co  [6  65,  *i6  TTl,] ;  water,  eight  hundred  cubic 
centimeters  (800  Cc.  1  [27  fig,  25  TT[].  Dissolve  the  sodium  chloride  in  the  water,  add  the  alco- 
hol, and  macerate  in  this  mixture  the  rennet  lor  the  washed  mucous  membrane  of  the  fresh 
stomach  of  a  suckling  calf  1,  during  3  days,  under  frequent  agitation,  then  filter.  SuU. —  If  this 
liquid  is  to  be  used  merely  for  curdling  the  milk,  without  separating  the  whev  as  a  distinct 
layer,  it  should  be  added  to  the  milk,  previously  warmed  to  a  temperature  of  about  35°C. 
i9o°F.),and  the  mixture  should  then  be  set  aside "undisturlx-d,  until  it  coagulates.  If  the  whey 
is  to  be  separated,  the  liquid  rennet  should  be  added  to  the  milk  while  cold,  and  the  mixture 
heated  to  about  o5°C.  (95° F.),  but  not  exceeding  40''C.  (104°  F.)  One  part  of  the  liquid  should 
coagulate  between  200  and  300  parts  of  cow's  milk  " — t  Xat.  Funn.  1. 

IsGLUvix. — This  is  the  essential  digestive  principle  of  the  domestic  chicken,  introduced 
to  physicians  by  Wm.  R.  Warner  &  Co.,  of  Philadelphia  and  New  York.  It  is  said  to  depend 
npona  hitter  principle  for  its  therapeutic  effects.  Ingluvin  has.  for  a  numljer  of  years,  been 
sucessfully  used  as  a  gastric  tonic  and  dige8tant,in  ind'njrjiiion  awA flatulent  dyfpeiJiia,  and  is  one 
of  the  fe  wagents  which  have  been  found  most  successful  in  controlling  the  itmiiliug  ofprrgnancy. 
It  has  superseded  pepsin,  to  some  extent,  in  the  treatment  of  imliyeftion.   Dose,  5  to  20  grains. 

Atianrma  mtira,  Schult. ;  Pi'/(^a/)p/c.— This  well-known  fruit  has  been  proven  an  active  di- 
gest.int  of  albuminous  material  1  Marcano,  ChittendenK  Its  active  ferment,  to  which  the  name 
hromeliii  1  from  Bromelia,  the  name  given  the  plant  by  Linnei.  is  said  to  resemble  trypsin  more 
nearly  than  it  does  jiepsin.  Fresh  pineapple  juice  is  a  quick  digestant,  acting  Ijest  in  neutral 
■sohitiou,  though  still  active  in  acid  or  alkaline  media.  Between  50°  and  60°  C.  1 122° and  140°  P.), 
it  shows  greatest  digestive  power,  and  at  70°  C.  ( 158°  F. ),  its  effects  are  arrested.  It  has  been 
considerably  employed  in  gastric  dehUUy,  and  to  dissolve  the  diphtheritic  membrane. 

PETROLATUM.— PETROLATUM. 

Source  and  History. — Three  varieties  01  petrulatum  are  now  official,  as 
follows : 

I.  PETROL.A.TUM  LiQUiDUM  (U.  S.  P.),  Liquid  petrolatum. — "A  mixture  of  hydro- 
carbons, chiefly  of  the  marsh-gas  series,  obtained  by  distilling  off  the  lighter  and 
more  volatile  portions  from  petroleum,  and  purifying  the  residue  when  it  has  the 
desired  consistence" — (U.  S.  P.). 

II.  PETROL.\Tt'M  MoLLE  {U.  S.  P.),  Soft  petrolntum  {Petrolatum,  Pharm.,18S0), 
Soft  petroleum  ointment. — "A  mixture  of  hydrocarbons,  chiefly  of  the  marsh-gas 
series,  obtained  by  distilling  off"  the  lighter  "and  more  volatile  portions  from  petro- 
leum, and  purifying  the  residue  when  it  has  the  desired  melting  point.  When 
petrolatum  is  prescribed  or  ordered  without  further  specification,  soft  petrolatum 
IPetroliitum  Molle)  is  to  be  dispensed" — {V.  S.  P.). 

III.  Petrol.\tum  Spissi-m  (T.  S.  P.\  Hard  ])€trolatum  (Petrolatum.  Pharm., 
1880),  Hard  petroleum  ointment. — "A  mixture  of  hydrocarbons,  chiefly  of  the 
marsh-gas  series,  obtained  by  distilling  off  the  lighter  and  more  volatile  portions 
from  petroleum  and  purifying  the  residue  when  it  has  the  desired  melting 
point"— (T.  .s'.  P.). 

These  forms  of  petrolatum  are  obtained  by  distilling  off  the  more  volatile, 
lighter  portions  from  petroleum,  either  in  a  vacuum  or  by  means  of  sui^)erheated 
steam.  The  residual  oil  is  termed  reduced  o(7.-.-,aiul  is  luirified  by  passing  it  through 
long  columns  of  granular,  well-dried  animal  charcoal  while  being  warmed  to  from 
40°  to  55°  C.  (104°  to  131°  F.).  At  first  a  colorle.*s  portion  passes,  subsequently 
followed  by  colored  products.  Or,  petrolatum  may  be  obtaiiieil  from  deposits 
sometimes  formed  in  crude  petroleum.  Commercial  varieties  of  petrolatum  are 
known  as  vageline.  rosmoline,  eic.  (For  a  detailed  account  of  the  manner  of  obtain- 
ing iietrolatum,  see  S.  P.  Sadtler's  Handhook  of  Indu.ft.  Ore/.  Chein..  'Jd  ed  .ISO-^.I 

Description  and  Tests.— I.  Petkol.\tim  LiyiiDixi  (T.  S.  P.).  Liquid  /xfro- 
latum  (Liijuid  j,:iriifti,},(;>r.  Pharm.):  "A  colorless  or  more  or  less  yellowish,  oily, 
transparent  liiiuid,  witliout  odor  or  tiiste.  or  giving  off  when  iieated,  a  faint  odor 
of  petroleum.  Specific  gravity,  about  0.875  to  0.!»4.5  at  15°  (.'.  (59°  F.\  Insorubh? 
in  water,  scarcely  soluble  in  cold  or  hot  alcohol, or  in  cold  absolute  alcohol;  but 
soluble  in    boiling  absolute  alcohol,  and    readily  soluble  in   ether,  chloroform, 


I'KTlIci.ATlM.  1449 

carbon  ilisulphide,  oil  of  tiupeiitiiu',  lunziii.  Ix-nznl,  and  fixed  or  volalilr  oils. 
Wln-n  lifuted  on  platinum,  liquid  pi-trolatuni  is  completely  volatilized,  without 
emitting  any  acrid  vapor-;.  The  alcoholic  solution  ot"  liquid  petrolatum  is  neutral 
to  litmus  pa"per.  If  5  Gm.  of  liquid  petrohituni  I.e  digested,  for  half  an  hour  with 
■'>  Gm.  of  sodium  hydrate  and  25  t'c.  of  water,  the  aqueous  layer  separated,  and 
supersaturated  with  sulphuric  acid,  no  oily  substance  should  sei)arate  (absence  of 
fixed  oils  or  fiits  of  animal  or  vegetable  origin,  or  of  resin).  If  2  volumes  of  con- 
centrated sulphuric  acid  be  added  to  1  volume  of  liquid  petrolatum,  in  a  test-tube, 
jilaced  in  hot  water,  and  the  contents  occasionally  agitated  during  15  minutes, 
the  acid  should  not  acquire  a  deeper  tint  than  brown,  nor  lose  its  transparency 

limit  of  readily  carbonizal)le,  organic  impurities)  " — (  f '.  5.  P.).  Mr.  G.  M.  Berin- 
iier  {Amfi:  Jour.  Plidnii.,  1894.  yi.  15)  points  out  that  liquid  petrolatum  is  nearly 
insoluble  in  castor  oil.     The  analogous  preparation  oi  the  Brilt''h  F/inriufiropctia 

1S9S)  U  Punijinum  Liquidum,a  non-Huorescent  liquid  of  specific  gravity  0.88.5  to 
<t.8iXt,  boiling  at  a  temperature  not  below  360°  C.  (.680°  F. ).  ".\  mixture  of4Cc. 
with  2  Co.  of  absolute  alcohol,  and  2  drops  of  a  clear  satuvuttd  solution  of  lead 
oxiile  in  solution  of  sodium  hydroxide,  should  remain  colorless  when  kept  at  70°C. 

158°  F.)  for  10  minutes  (absence  of  sulphur  compounds)"— (/ic.  P//"?-ni.,  1898). 

II.  Petrol.\ti-m  Molle  {U.  S.  P.),  Soft  petrolatum  {Pclroliitinn,  U-  S-  PAUm), 
Soft  petrnleum  ointment,  Aih-ps  petrotfi,  PdraffinHin  unguinomm,  Puniffimnn  tnolle.  Soft 
P'iraffin.  Pdniffiajell}/. — "A  fat-like  mass,  of  about  the  consistence  of  an  ointment, 
varying  from  wliite  to  yellowish,  or  yellow,  more  or  less  fluorescent  when  yellow, 
especially  after  being  melted,  transparent  in  thin  layers,  completely  amorphous, 
and  without  odor  or  taste,  or  giving  off,  when  heated,  a  faint  odor  of  ])etroleum. 
If  a  portion  of  soft  petrolatum  be  liquefied  and  brought  to  a  temperature  of  60°C. 
(140°  F.),  it  will  have  a  specific  gravity  of  about  0.820  to  0.S40.  The  melting 
]>oint  of  soft  petrolatum  ranges  between  about  4<)°and  45°  C.  (104°  and  113°  F.). 
In  other  respects  soft  petrolatum  has  the  characteristics  of,  and  should  respond 
to  the  tests  given  under  liquiii  jietrolatum  (see  Pt'troldtum  Liquidwn)'' — (f.  S.  P.). 
None  of  nine  samples  of  commercial  Petrolatum  MoUe  analyzed  by  Mr.  L.  F. 
Kebler  (.4((i(;-.  Jour.  Plinrm.,  1895,  p.  142),  contained  any  saponifiable  matter,  while 
the  melting  points  conformed  more  nearly  to  the  requirements  of  the  l'.  S.  P. 
(1880)  (40°  to  51°C.or  104°to  125°  F.)  than  to  those  of  the  present  Pharmaco- 
p.eia.  P'in,(fin»m  Molle  of  the  Britiik  Pharmaropoin  ( 1898),  melts  at  35.5°  to  38.9°  C. 
(96°  to  102*  F.),  and  has  a  specific  gravity  of  0.840  to  0.870  at  the  melting-point. 

III.  PETR0i,.\TrM  Spissum  (V.  S.  P.),  Hard  petrolatum  (Petrolatum,  {V.  S.  P., 
1880),  Hnrd  petroleum  ointment. — "A  fat-like  mass,  of  about  the  consistence  of  a 
cerate,  varying  from  white  to  yellowish  or  yellow,  more  or  less  fluorescent  when 
yellow,  especially  after  being  melted,  transparent,  in  thin  layers,  completely  amor- 
phous, and  without  odor  or  taste,  or  giving  off,  when  heated,  a  faint  odor  of  petro- 
leum. If  a  portion  of  hard  petrolatum  be  liquefied,  and  brought  to  a  temperature 
of  60°C.  (142°F.),  it  will  have  a  specific  gravity  of  about  0.820  to  0.850.  The 
melting  point  of  hard  petrolatum  ranges  between  about  45°  and  51°C'.(113°  and 
12-5°  F. ).  In  other  respects  hard  petrolatum  has  the  characteristics  of.  and  should 
respond  to  the  tests  given  under  liquid  petrolatum  (t^ee  Petrolatum  Lifjuidum)" — 
(U.S.  P.).  (For  the  Pnalfinum  Durum  of  the  British  Phannacopaia,  1898,  see 
Paraffin,  under  Prtrolrum.)  " 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Petrolatum  is  employed  chiefly  as  a 
non-irritating  ointment  b:i-se,  for  which  it  is  admirably  adapted.  It  docs  not  turn 
raucid  like  fats.  It  may  be  employed  wherever  an  oily  (irotective  is  demanded, 
and  also  for  lubricating  purposes.  A  semisolid,  crude  form,  known  as  " /'«/ i/<i.i-,' 
that  which  concretes  on  the  casings  of  the  oil  wells,  has  been  administered  in 
3grain  pills,  in  rhronir  hronrhial  affrrtion><  anil  in  phthinx.  Vaseline,  cosmoline, 
etc.,  are  slightly  laxative,  and  are  said  to  allay  gastrointestinal  irritation,  and 
even  inflammation.  Used  with  a  spray  .'ipparatus,  liquid  petrolatum  is  employed 
locally  to  allay  iutfammntori/  ronditimoi  of  l/ic  uk.^hI,  jJuiri/iKjcdl,  tari/ntiKil.  and  bron- 
rfiinl  mucouji  surfares.  Soft  petrolatum  is  an  excellent  agent  to  prevent /((///ofif  qft/ie. 
/lair,  and  for  that  dry  condition  of  the  scalp  which  allows  the  formation  of  dan- 
druff. For  this  j)urpose  it  is  not  sullicient  that  it  be  merelv  applied  to  the  hairaaa 
pomade,  but  it  should  be  rubbed  in  tipon  the  scalp,  at  the  roots  of  the  hair,  tak- 
ing small  areas  that  it  may  be  well  applied.    It  should  be  used  about  once  a  week. 


PETKOLEUM. 


PETROLEUM.— PETROLEUM. 


A  bituminous,  combustible  fluid  issuing  from  the  earth. 

Synonyms  :  Oleum  petras,  Rock  oil,  Naphtha. 

History  and  Source. — This  fluid  now  so  universally  used,  has  come  into 
prominence  only  since  the  boring  of  the  first  oil  well  in  tiie  Penns\-lvania  oil 
fi>'lds,  at  Titusville,  in  1859,  although  oil  had  previously  been  observed  in  the 
United  States  to  exude  with  salt  springs.  Bituminous  exudations  from  the  earth 
liave  been  known,  moreover,  from  early  historical  times.  Pliny  and  Dioscorides 
report  on  the  use  of  petroleum  in  certain  parts  of  Sicily  for  lighting  purposes. 
It  occurs  in  the  earth  in  all  strata,  from  the  lower  silurian  to  the  tertiary  period, 
in  limestone  and  sandstone  formations,  mostly  collected  in  large  subterranean 
cavities.  When  freshly  struck,  the  oil  sometimes  gushes  forth  to  a  considerable 
height.  American  oil  fields  are  those  in  western  Pennsylvania  and  Xew  York 
(Seneca  Lake)  ;  in  Ohio,  near  Lima;  in  West  Virginia,  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  and 
California,  and  the  Canadian  province  of  Ontario,  near  Euniskillen.  The  Russian 
petroleum  district  of  Baku,  on  the  Caspian  Sea,  began  to  be  exploited  in  1866, 
and  now  ranks  second  in  importance  to  the  Pennsylvania  fields.  Petroleum  is 
also  obtained  in  large  quantities  in  Galicia,  and  is  found  in  Hannover,  Alsatia, 
in  Italy,  Persia,  Java,  Burmah  (Rangoon),  Japan,  and  the  West  Indies. 

The  geological  origin  of  petroleum  is  not  known  with  certainty.  Some  claim 
that  it  is  formed  by  the  dry  distillation  of  beds  of  coal,  which  is  disputed  by 
others.  Advocates  of  the  chemical  theory  believe  it  to  be  formed  by  chemical 
processes,  e.  jr.,  the  interaction  of  water  and  iron  carbide  at  a  white  heat  (Men- 
delejeff),  while  others  assume  it  to  be  formed  bv  the  decompo.^ition  of  organic 
bodies.  Thus  C.  Engler,  in  1888  and  1889,  showed"  that  by  destructive  distillation 
of  fish-oils  under  pressure,  a  distillate  is  formed  possessing  all  the  qualities  of 
petroleum;  accordingly',  he  believes  that  petroleum  is  formed  under  similar  con- 
ditions from  huge  fish-like  animals.  This  theory  should  be  enlarged  so  as  to 
include  the  possible  formation  of  petroleum  from  vegetable  oils.  Prof.  S.  P.  Sadtler 
(Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 1896,  p.  466)  observed  in  the  destructive  distillation  of  lin- 
seed oil  some  40  per  cent  of  a  neutral  hydrocarbon  oil  of  greenish  fluorescence, 
from  which  paraffin  oil  and  paraffin  could  be  isolated.  Prof.  Edward  Orton 
(Pharm.  Jour.  Truns.,Yo].  XXII,  1891-92,  p.  1066)  believes  the  Lima  and  California 
oils,  which  contain  nitrogen  and  sulphur,  to  be  of  animal,  the  Pennsylvania  oil 
of  vegetable  origin,  i.  e.,  indirectly  derived  from  the  resinous  spores  of  marine 
vegetations.  Quite  recently,  G.  Kraemer  (Chrmtkrr  Zeitumj,  Xo.  80,  1S99,  p.  843) 
shows  the  formation  of  petroleum  and  paraffin  by  the  vegetative  action  of  diatoms. 
Petroleum  is  now  extensivelv  used  in  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  and  lubri- 
catint:  oils  and  i.aralHn. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— Crude  petroleum  is  an  oily  liquid 

varying  iVoni  the  thinness  of  water  to  the  consistency  of  butter,  and  has  all  shades 
of  color  from  light  to  dark-red  and  black.  It  often  has  a  blue  fluorescence.  The 
specific  gravity  of  the  oil  varies  from  0.78  to  0.91.  The  Russian  and  German  oils 
have  a  higher  specific  gravity  than  the  Pennsylvania  oil.  The  American  petro- 
leum is  also  chemically  diti'erent  from  the  Russian  oil.  It  consists  chiefly  of 
hydrocarbons  of  the  paraffin  series  (CnHj^-f-,),  which  vary  from  the  gaseous  meth- 
ane (CH,),  to  the  solid  paraffin  (C3(,Hg.;)!  Besides,  hydrocarbons  of  the  unsiUu- 
rated  series  (olefines,  C„H.,„)  are  present.  Petroleum,  when  exposed  to  the  air, 
loses  its  volatile  constituents;  the  residue,  by  partial  oxidation,  thickens,  and  is 
converted  into  fts;?Ao/?«»i  (see  below).  The  oil  obtained  near  Linui,  Ohio,  has  a 
l)eculiar  unpleasant  smell,  and  contains  sulphur  compounds,  on  account  of  which 
special  methods  for  purification  are  re(iuired.  The  Russian  petroleum  contains 
10  j)er  cent  of  benzol  hydrocarbons  and  90  per  cent  of  peculiar  hydrocarbons 
(C„H,„)  calUd  nap/itriir.f  (  Markownikoff').  (See  detailed  pai>er  on  these  naphtenes 
by  Dr.  R.  Wisdiin,  Haku,  in  ChnniWr  '/.,  iUn,p,  1899.  pp.  916-926.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Petroleum,  or  rock  oil,  is  not  an  active 

goison,  unless  it  contains  suli)hur,  which  is  the  case  with  crude  petroleum  from 
anada  and  Lima,  Ohio.     Even  with  chiUlren,  the  fatal  dose  must  be  very  lariie. 
death  being  due  to  its  secondary  gastro  intestinal  effects,  rather  than  to  any  results 


rETROLKlM.  14.51 

of  alisorjjtioii  of  the  hydrocarbons  (Taylor,  3/«/.  Jwn«p.)-  The  toxic  effects  are 
vomiting,  liizziiiess,  a  sense  of  fuUnetiii.  pain  and  constriction  in  the  head,  thirst, 
burning  in  fauces  and  stomach,  cardiac  palpitation,  faintness,  pallor  and  coldness 
of  surface,  cold  sweats,  weak  pulse  and  .symptoms  of  collapse,  occasionally  fol- 
lowed by  si>ninolence.  Sometimes  tetanic  convulsions  take  place,  and,  as  a  rule, 
diarrbii-a  does  not  occur.  Often  vomiting  does  not  ensue.  The  vapor  of  the 
various  products  included  under  the  name  petroleum  intoxicate,  and  various 
cases  of  intoxication  have  lately  been  recorded  from  the  intentional  inhalation 
of  gasoline.  The  local  application  of  coal  oil  must  be  guarded,  for,  if  air  be  ex- 
cluded extensive  and  dangerous  blistering  and  ulceration  may  result  (Felter, 
Ec.Me<lJou,:.lS97,ix  110)." 

Therapeutically,  petroleum  appears  to  possess  stimulating  properties,  and  has 
been  recommended  as  a  remedy  in  various  disea.ses.  It  is  decidedly  antiseptic,  and 
somewhat  antispasmodic,  expectorant,  and  diuretic.  A  mixture,  composed  of  16 
drops  of  petroleum  and  24  drops  of  tincture  of  asafaetida,  to  be  taken  at  1  dose, 
and  repeated  3  times  a  daj-,  has  been  advised  in  the  treatment  of  tapeworm.  Pe- 
troleum has  also  been  recommended  in  various  diseases  of  the  Iwigs  and  a ir-tub&i, 
when  not  accompanied  with  inflammatory  symptoms.  Internally,  it  has  been 
advised  in  bronchitis,  and  in  other  conditions  attended  with  increased  secretion 
of  mucus.  For  internal  use,  the  crude  oil  is  preferred  to  the  purified,  and  has 
been  used  for  the  relief  oi  uhooping-cough  and  croup.  Its  dose  is  from  10  to  30 
drops,  in  wine,  milk,  syrup,  etc.  Externally,  it  has  been  employed  as  a  stimula- 
ting embrocation  in  lepra,  pgonasii',  and  other  scaly  disea.'ies  of  the  skin,  atonic  chronic 
rheumatism,  chilblains,  sprains,  synovitis,  tumors,  burns,  stiffness  and  contraction  of  the 
joints,  local  par(dysis,  etc.  It  is  asserted  to  dissolve  the  diphtheritic  membrane.  It 
destroys  the  itch  insect  and  pedvndi. 

British  oil  is  composed  of  4  fluid  ounces,  each,  of  oil  of  turpentine  and  oil  of 
linseed;  2  fluid  ounces,  each,  of  oil  of  amber  and  oil  of  juniper;  li  fluid  ounces  of 
Barbadoes  petroleum,  and  i  fluid  ounce  of  American  petroleum  or  Seneca  oil. 

Coid.  oil  (Kerosene,  see  Derivatives,  below)  is  reputed  to  drive  away  crickets,  cock- 
roaches, bedbugs,  rats,  mice,  etc.,  if  sprinkled  around  their  haunts.  It  is  consider- 
ably used  as  a  popular  local  remedy  for  />/fo,  itch,  rheumatism,  painful  affections, 
sprains,  etc..  And  has  been  recommended  internally  in  several  diseases. 

Mecca  oil,  a.  mineral  oil  from  a  place  named  Mecca,  Ohio,  is  said  to  be  useful 
in  bronchial,  laryngeal,  &nd  pidmonary  affections,  and  was  formerly  sold  at  most  ex- 
travagant prices  for  such  purpose.  The  dose  varies  from  5  to  30  drops,  repeated 
2  or  3  times  a  day. 

Dr.  Amlreosky  asserts  to  have  used pjetroleum  naphtha,  in  doses  of  10  to  20  drops, 
in  2  or  3  fluid  ounces  of  wine  or  mint-water,  with  benefit  in  Asiatic  cholera. 

Derivatives  of  Petroleum. — Crude  petroleum,  by  rectification,  is  differentiated  into 
several  constituents  of  commercial  imixirtanee.  The  most  valuable  constituent  is  the  l>urniug 
oil  fraction,  which  formerly,  in  American  oil,  amounted  to  from  3.5  to  5.5  per  cent,  while  from 
20  to  :iO  pt-r  cent  of  lubricating  oil  was  obtained.  By  niean.s  of  a  peculiar  process,  whereby  the 
vapors  are  allowed  to  Ix-come  superheated  tcrackimjK  the  yield  of  bin-ning  oil  is  increased  at 
the  e.\pen.se  of  tlie  lubricating  fraction.  Thus  the  yield  is  "now  75  to  80  per  cent  of  the  former 
and  about  ij  per  cent  of  the  latter  (Prof.  S.  P.  Sadtler,  JlaiidlxHik  o/ Lidmt.  Org.  Chem.,-2d  ed.. 
1895,  p.  lit  .  Tile  principal  fractions  of  the  crude  oil  are  the  betizine  (listillale,  buniiug  uil  illg- 
tiUatf,  and  rexiduum ;  the  latter  is  redistilled  in  so-called  tar-stills,  and  yields  block  paraffiu, 
hihricaliiiij  oil,  yellow  wax  and  coke.  In  Baku,  distillation  is  continuous,  and  is  not  carried  to 
coking;  the  residual  mass  is  used  in  the  same  process  as  fuel. 

Benzink  Distillate  amounts  to  12  per  cent  of  the  crude  oil,  and  is  separated  into  a  great 
numl>er  of  eommercially  important  fractions— f.  ^.,  (1)  ('i/uitigem-,  boiling  at  0°C.  (32° F.), hence 
a  ga.s  at  ordinary  temperature.  It  is  used  in  the  making  of  artificial  ice.  (21  Rhli^ulent;  boiling 
at  1H.:;°C.  ((^5°'?.  i,  hence  an  exceedingly  volatile  and  inflammable  liquid,  having  a  specific- 
gravity  of  0.1)0.  As  it  reduces  the  temperature  to  — 28.3°  C".  (  —  1!)°  F.  i,  by  evaporation,  it  is 
recom'menileil  in  the  form  of  a  .spray  by  Pr.  H.  J.  Bigelow  ( .limr.  Jour.  I'hnnii.,  ISWi,  p.  363i,  as 
a  sulistitute  for  ether  as  a  local  freezing  ana?8tiietic.  It  has  not  conn-  into  giiK-raf  use.  (3) 
Petroleum  ,lher  (Sherir<»j<l  oil),  Ixjiling  from  40°  to  70°  C.  ( 104°  to  158°  K.  1 1  i-  n-  1  as  a  solvent, 
especially  for  caoutchouc  and  fats,  and  to  propel  gas  motors.     \Ai  '■  '  •/  ,  lioiling 

from  70°'toitO°C.(158°to  I94°F.i.  It  is  used  as  a  solvent  for  oil  from  -  .-  :  i  ■  is  suggested 
a."  an  etTi-ctive  and  cheap  agent  to  free  the  cutaneous  surfaces  and  siiljn  ,  i  i  i  --  i.  <.  (5)  /V/m- 
Irinn  nii,.hilm  boils  from  80*^to  110°C.  1 17<)°  to  2.30°  F.),  and  has  a  specifie  gravity  of  O.tiO  to  0.70. 
It  dissolvi-H  wax,  raoutchouc.  oils,  pitch,  etc.,  and  is  use<l  in  the  manufacture  of  oil-cloth  and 
of  varnishi-s.  ili  I.iijroiue  boils  from  80°  to  120°C'.  (176°  to  248° F.),  has  a  specific  gravity  of 
0.71  to  0.7:;.  and  is  chiefly  used  as  a  .solvent. 


1452  PETROLEUM. 

BiRN-iNii  Oil  Fractiux  t  Keru^nif,  Cuul  oil). — The  commercial  illuminatiiig  and  burning 
oils  occur  under  varied  and  often  fanciful  names.  They  are  distinguished  mainly  by  theif 
color  and  their  fire  test.  In  order  to  remove  color  and  empyreumalic  odor  from  the  crude 
fractions,  they  must  be  purified  by  shaking  with  li  to  2  per  cent  of  sulphuric  acid,  washing 
with  water  and  with  solution  of  caustic  soda.  The  most  important  test  for  burning  oils  is 
that  which  ascertains  the  degree  of  safety  iu  burning;  it  is  known  an  the  fire-test,  anil  includes 
the  determination  of  theflasliltig  poitU  and  the  burning  ffjiiU  of  the  oil.  The  flashing  jxiint  is 
that  temperature  at  which  the  oil  gives  off  vapors  which,  when  mixed  with  air.  will  explode 
in  the  presence  of  an  open  light — e.  g.,  a  spark — yet  without  igniting  the  oil ;  at  a  somewhat 
higher  temperature — the  burning  point — the  oil  will  be  ignited  by  the  explosion.  Many  methods 
have  been  devised  to  determine  the  flashing  point  of  petroleum  with  greatest  possible  accu- 
racy, for  which  see  details  in  Prof.  S.  P.  Sadtler's  Hrimllnxik  of  Induai.  Onj.  ('hem.,  2d  ed.,189o, 
p.  34.  The  official  apparatus  used  in  England  and  Germany  is  that  devised  by  Sir  Frederick 
Abel,  and  the  operation  is  known  as  the  Abel  test ;  in  this  a  elbseil  oil-cup  is  used.'  In  the  United 
States,  a  modified,  open-cup  test  is  used;  this  gives  results  somewhat  too  high  as  compared 
with  the  other  test.  It  is  stated  that  the  oils  going  to  the  continent  of  Europe,  to  China  and 
Japan,  have  a  flashing  point  of  43.3°  C.  (110°  F.) ;  the  "head-light,"  used  in  America,  a  flash- 
iuu'  iiiiint  rif  (io..5°  C.  (150°  F.).  It  is  a  matter  of  regret  that  the  oflicial  standard  in  (jenuany 
mi  1  i:n;.'l;in  1  and  other  countries  is  as  low  as  21°  C.  i69.S°  F.)  by  the  Abel  te.<t.  In  this  con- 
nertidii,  sir  an  exceedingly  interesting  article  on  the  flashing  point  of  petroleum,  by  Lobrj'  de 
Bruyu,  iu  '  lumiker  Zeitung,  1896,  pp.  251-265  and  62:3-626,  wherein  it  is  earnestlv  advocated  to 
raise  the  oflicial  flashing  point  to  40°  C.  (104°  F. )  by  the  Abel  test. 

P.\R.\PFi\-  is  a  solid  mixture  of  hydrocarbons  of  the  paraffin  series  (CnHjn  — 2  .occurring 
chiefly  in  crude  petroleum,  especially  the  thick  variety,  from  which  it  is  often  deposited  upon 
standing.  It  was  discovered,  in  1830,  by  Reichenbach  in  the  tar  resulting  from  the  destructive 
distillation  of  beech  wood;  it  is  also  formed  by  the  dry  distillation  of  peat,  bituminous  shales, 
and  coals— e.(?.,cannel  coal,  boghead  coal — and  occurs"  in  nature  in  the  form  of  the  "minerals" 
ozokerite  or  eaiih  wax,  in  Galizia,  and  neft-gil,  in  Persia ;  of  the  former  it  constitutes  about  50 
per  cent,  and,  w'hen  obtained  from  it,  resembles  wax,  and  is  called  ceresine.  Paraffin  also  oc- 
curs native  in  Utah  and  Texas.  On  a  commercial  scale,  it  is  obtained  either  from  petroleum, 
by  fractionally  distilling  the  burning  oil  residue  in  tar  stills,  purifying  the  distillate,  and  .sepa- 
rating the  solid  paraffin  from  the  liquid  paraffin  oil  by  chilling  and  pressing,  or,  as  is  done  in 
C4ermany  and  iu  Scotland,  by  the  dry  distillation  of  bituminous  shales  at  low  temperatures, 
whereby  benzene,  naphtha  '•  iihiltujen'e),  and  burning  oil  [fdar  oih  are  likewise  obtained  (see 
details  in  Prof.  Sadtler's  Iliuclhunk.-Jd  ed.,  pp.  21,  25,  and  27).  The  preparation  of  petrolatum 
(  U.  .S'.  P.),  from  petroleum,  is  c(jnsideied  under  Petrolatum. 

Paraffin  is  a  white,  microcrystjilline  mass,  resembling  wax  or  spermaceti,  inodorous  and 
tasteless,  and  slightly  greasy  to  the  touch.  The  melting  point  of  paraffin  varies  consMerably, 
according  to  its  origin.  The  Br.  Pharm.  ( 1898 1  deniands  for  Purafiiiuni  Durum  1  Hurd  ixir'ifin  Ta 
melting  point  of  .54.4°  to  .57.2°  C.  (130°  to  13-5°  F.l,  while  the  GVc.  P/idrm.  (ISnOi  requires  for 
Pdraffiiiiiin  S,:lidii„i  tlie  unusually  high  melting  [Kiint  of  74°to  S0°C.  1 165.2°  to  )76°F.  1.  Paraffin 
varies  in  spicific  gravity  frmn  0.S2  tu  0.04  (  Br.  Phann.  1.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  slightly  solu- 
ble in  absolute  alcohol,  a'.nio.st  entirely  soluble  in  ether.  It  is  also  soluble  in  oil  of  turpen- 
tine, ether,  benzol,  and  hot  olive  oil;  does  not  dissolve  camphor,  naphtalin,  or  pitch, when 
fused  with  them,  but  may  be  readily  mixed  with  stearin,  spermaceti,  beeswax,  and  common 
resin.  Lard  and  suet  separate  from  it  on  cooling.  Sulphide  of  carlion  dissolves  its  weight  of 
paraffin,  and  chloroform  about  one-fifth  its  weight.  It  is  a  good  insulator  of  electricity. 
When  ignited,  it  burns  witli  a  l.ritrlit  rlaine.  leavingno  residue.  When  heated  to  temperatures 
above  300°  C.  (572°  F. ',  it  may  In-  distilled  without  l)eing  decomposed.  The  (»'<)•.  Pharm. 
directs  that,  if  3  Itiu.  of  paLiilin  \u-  h.  ated,  on  the  water-bath,  with  3  Cc.  of  concentrated  sul- 
phuric aeid  for  10  minutes,  with  repeated  shaking,  the  acid  should  but  slightly  turn  brown, 
and  the  paraffin  should  not  be  altiTed.  One  ^art  of  alcohol,  boiled  with  1  part  of  i>araf)in, 
shiiiild  not  reilden  blue  litmus  paper.  Paraffin  is  indittereiit  toward  acids  and  alkalies  at 
■  irdiuary  teinperatures,  hence  its  name,  from  parutn  affinis,  meaning  <if  little  aflSnity.  Bromine, 
however,  readily  evolves  hydrobromicacid  upon  warming  with  paraffin,  chlorine  als<i  acts  upon 
this  substance  at  a  higher  "temperature.  Paraffin  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  paraffin  cau- 
dles and  Swedish  matches;  in  the  manufacture  of  sugar,  to  prevent  the  syrup  from  foaming 
and  lioiling  over,  to  [iroduce  gloss  on  paper  and  fabrics,  to  prevent  surfaces  of  vees<-ls  from 
being  attacked  by  cornisi\i>  liqniils,  and  for  many  other  purp<Tees. 

.\spii  u  iim!  .l.^■/'/l'('^  also  known  as  Miii, ml  i^itrli.  I'iich  n/Jmlea,  is  a  bituminous  pnnluct, 
resulting  Ircmi  pctmleiim  by  evaporation  of  the  lighter  hydr<">carlKins  and  partial  oxi<1ation  of 
the  resiilue.  lit  liquid  I'onu  {nmlllia)  it  is  found  in  Alsalia.  in  California,  Utah,  Kentucky, 
Tennessee,  and  Texas.  Solid  asphalt  is  chiefly  obtained  fi..ni  the  ;u<phalt  lake  of  Trinidad,  i'u 
the  West  Indies,  which  supjilies  most  of  the  a.sphalt  used  in  the  Init.d  States. and  fr».m  Vene- 
zuela..Siuth  America  ;  Berunidez  as|ihalt'.  Oilier  deposits  of  solid  asphalt  an-  iu  Cuba,  SwiUter- 
land,  Hannover,  and  the  Dead  Sea  iu  Palestine,  .\sphalt  has  the  apivanince  of  pitch,  and  is 
brownish-black  in  color.  Its  bituminous  part  is  insoluble  in  aciils,  alkalies,  water,  and  alcohol, 
and  soluble  in  fatty  oils,  oil  of  turpentine,  petroleum,  carbon  disul^>hide,  chlori^form,  acetone, 
and  ether.  The  total  quantity  of  bitumen  is  determineil  by  extraction  with  carl><>n  disulphide. 
That  part  of  the  extracteil  bitumen,  soluble  in  [H'tnilcum  naphtha,  called  ;«(r. J.  iif.  is  tough 
and  elastic,  and,  for  paving  purposes,  is  the  only  valuable  part;  the  rest  is  \mu\e  nffJinllfff. 
Trinidad  asphalt  contains  about  ;35).8  per  cent  of  bitumen,  and  34  }>er  cvnt  of  mineral  matter, 
while  Beruiuilez  asphalt  contains  over  W  per  cent  of  bitumen  and  only  2.t>  jht  cent  of  mineral 
matlers  (,.S  1'.  Sailtler,  lite.  ci(.,p.  17i.     For  paving  purposes,  asphalt  is  mixtnl  with  limestone 


PETROSELINl'M.  14o3 

mul  tiiiiul.  This  iutilition  prevents  the  nisiss  from  hi'inj;  iiiflaiiinialile,  ami,  when  iiroperly  nre- 
paretl,  perniits  expansion  anil  enntractii'n.  in  lii>t  nrcnlil  weather,  withont  eraeking.  Asphalt 
is  also  iiseil  in  the  luaking  ol  varni^he?. 

PETROSELINUM— PARSLEY. 

The  root  of  Petroselinuin  ■-•(i^ci/i/i,  IIoliiiKum  {^Ajntnii  Pctroseliitum.  Linne). 

X,it.  0,v/.— Umbellifera". 

I'.iMMDN   Namk:   Pin:<eh/,Commoi)  parsley. 

Botanical  Source. — Paisley  is  a  biennial  plant  with  a  fleshy,  sijiiulle-shaped 
uHit,  ami  a  nuind,  striated,  erect,  smooth,  branching  stem.  The  radical  leaves 
arc  biternate,  bright-green,  and  borne  on  long,  channeled  petioles;  the  leallets  are 
rhoml>oi(lal-ovate,  wedge-shaped  at  the  base,  deeply  incised,  the  segments  niucro- 
nate  and  sometimes  rounded.  The  upper  leaves  gradually  become  more  entire 
and  narrower,  till  the  uppermost  are  simply  ternate  with  linear  segments.  Um- 
bels terminal  and  axillary,  pedunculated,  with  5  to  8  rays.  General  involucre 
none,  or  1  or  2  subulate,  minute  bracts;  partial  involucre  with  6  or  8  setaceous 
bracts,  much  shorter  than  the  pedicels,  erect,  forming  a  perfect  whorl.  The 
flowers  are  white  or  greenish;  the  petals  rounded,  incurved,  and  scarcely  emar- 
ginate;  the  calyx  with  the  limb  obsolete;  the  disk  short,  conical,  and  somewhat 
crenulate ;  the  styles  diverging.  The  fruit  is  ovate,  about  a  line  long,  compressed, 
pale  greenish-brown,  the  back  occupied  by  three  elevated,  pale  primary  ridges, 
the  two  others  quite  on  the  margin  at  the  side.  The  stamens  are  longer  tljan 
the  corolla  .  L.). 

History. — Parsley  is  a  European  plant,  and  was  known  as  early  as  the  first 
century.  It  is  now  cultivated  in  nearly  all  moderate  climates  as  a  culinary  vege- 
table. The  plant  has  a  grateful  aroma.  The  seeds,  herb,  and  root,  are  the  medici- 
nal parts:  the  root  has  rather  an  agreeable  odor,  and  a  saccharine,  slightly  spicy 
taste,  and  should  be  used  while  fresh.  The  root  and  herb  contain  small  quantities 
of  a  volatile  oil ;  larger  (quantities  are  contained  in  the  seeds. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  root,  besides  sugar,  starch,  mucilage,  and  0.08 
per  cent  of  e:<sential  oil,  contains  a  peculiar  bodj%  named  by  Braconnot  (1843) 
apiin.  The  essential  oil  from  the  root  has  a  specific  gravity  of  1.049,  and  upon 
standing,  deposits  crystals,  probably  of  apiol  (see  below).  Parsley  seeds  contain 
fatty  oil  (about  22  per  cent.  Rump,  1836),  volatile  oil  containing  the  well-defined 
crystallizable  body  apiol,  tannin,  gelatinous  rt;>u'»i  (of  Braconnot),  and  an  oily  sub- 
stance apio!  (.Joret  and  Homolle,  Jour.  F/iarm.  Chim.,  18.55,  p.  212).  Parsley  seeds 
yield,  upon  distillation  with  water  about  2.8  per  cent  (4.27  per  cent,  H.  C.  Whit- 
ney, 1880)  of  an  essential  oil  (oj7  o//wj-.s/rj/),  part  of  which  is  heavier  than  water. 
Crystals  of  apiol  (formerly  called  parsley  camphor)  are  formed  by  exposing  the  oil 
to  a  low  temi»erature.  Some  oils  are  semisolid,  owing  to  the  presence  of  large 
quantities  of  apiol.  Apiol  (C„H„0,)  melts  at  30°  C.  (86°  F.),  and  boils  at  294°  C. 
(561.2°  F.),  hence  is  not  easily  volatilized  with  the  vai)ors  of  boiling  water.  It 
has  the  characteristic  taste,  but  only  a  faint  odor  of  parsley.  Its  chemical  com- 
l)Osition  was  cleared  up,by  Ciamician  and  Silber  (1888  and  1890).  It  is  solul>le  in 
alcohol  and  ether;  almost  insoluble  in  water.  Oil  of  parsley  also  contains  la;vo- 
pinene  (v.  Gerichten,  1876). 

Apiol,  of  Joret  and  Homolle,  is  an  oily  liquid  which  has  the  odor  and  taste 
of  parsley;  it  is  not  miscible  with  water,  has  a  specific  gravity  of  1.078,  and  was 
introduced  as  a  febrifuge  capable  of  supplanting  quinine.  It  is  probably  not  a 
uniform  i)ody,  and  is  prepared  by  abstracting  an  alcoholic  extract  of  the  .seeds, 
with  chloroform  or  ether,  removing  fat  by  triturating  the  evaporated  residue  with 
lead  oxide,  and  after  48  hours  filtering  through  charcoal.  The  oil  thus  obtained 
is  probably  identical  with  the  heavv  part  of  the  volatile  oil  from  the  seeds.  Also 
Bee  paper  <".n  this  subject  by  II.  C.  \Vhitney  (AVw  Reiimlie-s  1880,  p.  7). 

Apii.n  may  be  isolated  from  the  seeds  by  extracting  them  with  alcohol  and 
removing  apiol  from  the  alcoholic  extract  by  means  of  ether.  The  residue  is 
purified  by  repeated  solution  in  alcohol  and  precipitation  with  water.  Similarly, 
apiin  may  be  ol)tained  from  the  herb,  wherein  it  Avas  first  discovered.  It  is  a 
white,  tasteless,  microcrystalline  powder,  soluble  in  warm  alcohol  and  boiling 
water.     Tpun  cooling  it   falls  out.  forming  a  jelly  in  as  dilute  a  solution  as  1  in 


1454  l-HELLAXDKH.M. 

1500.  It  is  soluble  in  alkalies,  and  is  precipitated  therefrom  h)y  acids.  Aqueous 
solutions  of  apiin  produce  a  deep  blood-red  coloration  with  ferric  chloride  (Bra- 
connot).  It  is  a  glucosid,  and  is  decomposed  by  the  action  of  diluted  acids  into 
dextrose  and  aj,i<ieitin  rLindentiDrn,  1867;  v.  (ierichten,  1876). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— P.^ksley.  Diuretic,  relieving  urinary 
irritation.  Very  n.-eful  in  (/,v,y,v,/.  espeiiiilly  that  following  S'-nrlatinn,  and  other 
exantlii  niiitniis  (/;.>£><;.«■.<.  Also  u.~i-d  in  rekiUion  of  urine,  strnngury,  and  gonoirlmfi. 
Parsley  seeds  have  a  (lowerful  odor,  somewhat  like  that  of  turpentine,  and  a  spicy, 
pungent  taste,  and  have  been  used  as  a  carminative,  and  for  the  same  purpose 
as  the  root — they  are  said  to  be  very  poisonous  to  the  parrot.  The  seeds  as  well 
as  the  leaves,  sprinkled  on  the  hair^  in  powder,  or  in  the  form  of  an  ointment, 
will  effectually  destroy  vermin;  the  leaves,  applied  as  a  fomentation,  will,  it  is 
asserted,  cure  the  bites  or  slings  of  iii-sects.  The  leaves,  bruised,  are  a  good  applica- 
tion to  contusions,  sioelled  brefi-^ts,  and  enlarged  glonds— reputed  to  •'  dry  up  the  milk" 
of  wet-nurses.  The  oil  is  efficient  as  a  diuretic,  in  doses  of  3  or  4  drops  a  day; 
dose  of  the  infusion,  2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day. 

Apiol. — In  doses  of  from  7  to  15  grains  apiol  occasions  a  cerebral  excitement 
similar  to  that  caused  by  coffee,  a  sensation  of  vigor  and  composure,  and  warmth 
about  the  stomach;  in  doses  of  from  30  to  60  grains  it  causes  intoxication,  giddi- 
ness, flashes  of  light,  vertigo  and  ringing  in  the  ears,  etc.  It  is  highly  recom- 
mended as  a  substitute  for  quinine  in  intermittent  fevers,  and  has  proved  very  effi- 
cient. It  has  likewise  been  found  valuable  in  menstrual  derangements;  us  fetid  men- 
struation, neuralgic  dysmenorrhcea,  neuralgic  uterine  colic,  amenorrhua,  etc.:  also  in  the 
night-siceats  of  consumption.  The  dose  is  3  to  6  grains,  several  times  a  day,  begin- 
ning a  couple  of  days  prior  to  menstruation,  given  in  gelatin  capsules,  or  formed 
into  pills  with  medicinal  amygdalin  soap,  and  magnesia,  gum.  or  yellow  of  egg. 

Belated  Species. — Apium  graveolem,  Linn^;  Celery.  This  well-known  ganlen  plant  ia 
indigenous  t<j  Kunipean  countries,  where  it  is  found  growing  wild  in  meadows  and  ditches. 
The  fruit  is  usetl  uiidtT  tlie  nume  fntctiis  apii  or  cekry-sred.  The  leaves  and  root  contain  man- 
nit;  the  whole  plant  contains  mucilage,  fat,  sugar,  and  essential  oil.  The  latter  has  the  char- 
acteristic odor  of  celery,  a  specific  gravity  of  0.870  to  0.895,  and  contains  iK.)  per  cent  of  hydro- 
carbons, among  these  dfxlro-limonene  but  no  pinene.  The  odor  of  celerv  oil  is  due  to  f^dawiliit 
(CioHisOj),  and  the  anhydride  of  s^danonk  mid  (CisHisO,)  (Ciamician  and  .<ill>er,  1897  i.  Both 
substances  are  volatilized  with  difficulty,  and  the  greater  part  of  them  may  often  be  obtained 
from  the  resiilue  of  distillation  (see  Giidemeister  and  Hoffmann,  Dii  .IJUtrifi-hru  Odt;  1S!»9, 
p.  713).  An  infusion  of  the  roots  or  herbs  has  been  employed  for  rlifitnutlic  cu,iijiliiii>lt,cbrvnic 
bronchial  affecli'in:!  and  in  intermitleuls.  The  seeds  and  plant  are  reputeil  nerve  tonics,  and  aro 
used  for  about  the  same  purposes  as  parsley.  The  seeds  enter  into  the  formation  of  many 
medicines  intended  as  nerve  tonics.  Locally,  the  infusion  or  the  bruiseil  plants  have  been 
employed  as  a  stimulant,  anodyne  poultice. 

Conioselinum  canadense  [Selimun  ranadense,  B.  and  H.).  Wet  woods  of  northern  I'nited 
States.    Used,  under  the  name  Uemlock  parsley,  in  dysentery. 

PHELLANDRIUM.— WATER  FENNEL. 

The  fruit  o{  (Emintlie  P/icllanilrium.  Lamarck  i  I'ia  ilnndriinn  nquaticum.hmne). 

A-,„.  0,.,/._U„ibellilcra'. 

CoMMo.N   Names:     ]Vater fennel.  Fine-leaved  water  hemlock,  ir<i/<c  drojiirort. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant  is  a  biennial  or  perennial,  uml>elliferous  herb, 
having  a  thick,  spindle-shaped  root,  with  many  whorled  fibers.  The  stem  is  hol- 
low, furrowed,  half  immersed  in  the  water,  very  bushy,  with  numerous  spreail- 
ing,  leafy  branches,  and  from  2  to  4  feet  in  height.  The  leaves  are  petioletl, 
spreading,  repeatedlj'  pinnate,  cut,  with  innumerable  fine,  expanded,  dark-green, 
shining,  acute  segments.  The  umbels  are  opposite  to  the  leaves,  on  shortish 
stalks,  about  5-rayed,  without  any  general  bracts.  Partial  umbels  are  very  dense, 
of  numerous  short  rays,  accompanied  by  many  narrow,  taper-pointed  bracts.  The 
flowers  are  white,  numerous,  all  fertile,  outer  ones  largest  and  most  irregular; 
innermost  more  certainly  prolific.  Styles  long,  filiform,  spreading,  and  capitate. 
Fruit  ovate,  rather  compressed,  purplish,  smooth,  oblong,  cn>wn«>d  with  the  min- 
ute spreading  calyx,  and  rather  short,  permanent,  slightly  spreading  styles;  the 
dorsal  ridi;es  distinct,  but  little  elevateil.  the  lateral  oiies  much  liroader  and 
thicker:  all  confluent  below  the  calyx.    The  pedicels  are  shorter  than  the  tV>iit  i  L.). 


iilKNACETlNl-.M.  14.")0 

History  and  Description.— This  jilant  is  common  v<  Kiiroiie,  growing  in 
ililolies  and  wet  places,  and  its  leaves  are  reputed  harnitul  to  cattle,  causing  a 
species  of  palsy  after  eating  it.  It  is  poisonous,  but  not  so  dangerously  so  as  the 
(Hnnnthe  Cromta  (^Dead-tongue,  or  Hemlock  drojiworf;  see  Rclnlol  .S^vfc/o),  which  is  con- 
siilered  the  most  energetic  poison  of  the  narcotico-acrid  Umbelliferie.  By  desic- 
cation, they  lose  much  of  their  poisonous  properties.  The  (K  Phellainlrimn  is  occa- 
sionally found  in  this  country.  The  seeds  are  the  j.arts  used.  They  are  ulnml 
f>j  inch  long,  of  a  yellowish-green  color,  elliptical,  slightly  curved,  flat  on  one  side 
and  gibbous  on  the  other,  striated  with  10  filiform  ribs.'and  terminate  in  small, 
5-toothed  heads,  the  remains  of  the  calyx  and  styles.  They  have  a  peculiar, 
strong  odor,  .somewhat  reseiuhling  aiunHca,  and  an  acrid,  spic}'  taste,  owing  to  a 
volatile  nil.  whirli  they  iDiitain  in  abundance. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  seeds  contain  about  1.5  per  cent  of  volatile  oil 
and  iy.5  i)er  cent  of  fatty  oil.  Indications  of  an  alkaloid  have  been  variously 
observed  (see  Fliickiger,  Pharmacoijnosie,  3d  ed.,  1891,  p.  9-53).  It  is  probably  the 
poisonous  f//if7/(Oi(/(()i  of  earlier  chemists.  The  volatile  oil  has  a  penetrating,  aro- 
matic odor,  a  specific  gravity  of  about  0.87,  and  contains  SO  percent  of  the  ter- 
pene  iiydrocarlion  pficllniidrcnf.  It  was  discovered  by  Pesci  (l'^S3)  in  tlie  seeds  of 
this  plant,  from  which  it  was  named.  It  is  present  asi  d/'rtro-l>/lellandl■ene,^\■h\^■h 
also  occurs  in  other  oils,  while  brvophellnndrene  is  the  chief  constituent  of  certain 
Eucalyptus  and  other  oils — e.  g.,  Eundi/plus  ami/gdaliva.  Phellandrene  forms  a 
characteristic  nitrite,  melting  at  103°  0.  ("217.4°  F.).  It  is  an  unstable  teri)ene, 
capable  of  polymerization  into  solid  diphellandrene,  or  of  being  converted  into  the 
optically  inactive  i-nmpr.  'Uji/nl,  ,„:. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Water  fennel  is  a  mild  narcotic  stimu- 
lant, expectorant,  alterative,  and  tliuretic.  In  large  doses,  it  produces  dizziness, 
inebriation,  and  dull  i>ains  in  the  head.  The  seeds  have  been  most  success- 
fully used  in  chronic  affections  of  the  air-passages,  as  laryiujitiH,  adhma^hemojAyxis, 
ratitrrh,  etc.;  also  in periodictd  febrile  di.'iea^ei'jdt/speptic  (iffectk>ng,iini\  in  indolent  ulcera- 
tions. They  are  given  in  powder,  commencing  with  4  or  5  grains,  every  1  or  2 
hours  throughout  the  day,  cautiously  increiising  the  dose  to  8  or  10  grains.  Two 
parts  each  of  powdered  gum  Arabic  and  sugar  of  milk  may  be  mixed  with  1  part 
of  the  powdered  seeds,  and  divided  into  doses  of  2-5  grains  each,  which  may  be 
repeated  every  2  or  3  hours.  Dr.  TurnbuU,  of  Liverpool,  used  the  following  tinc- 
ture and  extract:  Take  of  well-bruised  seeds  of  phellan<lrium,  16  ounces;  alco- 
liol.  a  sufficient  quantity  to  displace  by  percolation  32  fluid  ounces.  The  dose  is 
from  h  to  1  fluid  drachm.  For  the  alcoholic  extract,  take  of  the  seeds  of  phelian- 
drium,  bruised,  16  ounces;  a'.cohol,  3  parts;  displace  by  percolation,  distill  otf  2A 
l)ints  of  alcohol,  and  evaporate  the  remainder  to  the  consistence  of  an  extract. 
The  dose  is  from  3  to  5  grains,  in  pill.  He  recommended  it  liighly  in  coit-vtiiiiifioii. 
and /'/•o/ir/(//i>,  to  relieve  troublesome  cough,  render  expectoration  less  and  easier, 
and  produce  sleep  at  night.  He  believed  the  above  preparations  to  contain  all 
the  beneficial  properties  of  the  seeds,  and  to  act  with  more  certainty  and  power. 

Related  Species.— fEnntUhe  Crocnta,  Linn(5  [rtnanthe  anii/olia),  Xat.  Or(7.— Umbellifene; 
Wilier  liniiliH-k,  H'liler  linage,  Wuler  drDjrwort,  Ilemloek ilrniimnl,  Deiiil-loiigue.  liuligenous  to  Kii>;- 
lantl.  Kraiiiv,  Spain,  and  Sweden,  thriving  in  swanip.s  and  moist  situations.  The  root  of  this 
species  is  medicinal.  This  is  an  excee<linglv  poisonous  plant.  Tlie  active  poisonous  priiiciple 
is  a  resinous  matter,  soluble  in  ether  and  alcohol,  insoluble  in  water.  An  alkaloid  could  not 
l)e  isfilated  <  .\.  Vincent,  Jour.  Pharm.  Cliiiii.,  1864,  p.  140;  also  see  microscopical  investigiUion 
l)y  II.  \V.  Jone-s,  I'Imrm.  Jmir.  Tra/u..  Vol.  XVI,  1885,  p.  :»7).  The  plant  produces  severe  pis- 
tPi-int.'Stinal  disturbances  and  convulsions.  A  number  of  cases  of  poisoning,  some  fatal,  are 
reconled  in  Hale's  Sew  Rrntedien — Thertipeuticis.  Small  doses  of  tlie  tincture  have  been  advised 
in  eiiileusy  by  several  writers  in  the  Eclerlk  Medical  Jimntal,  Ecleclir  Meiliail  Glenner,  and  other 
journals.  Doses  of  even  o  droi)s  sometimes  prmluce  violent  headache  and  other  unpleasant 
symptoms,  in  which  case  the  dose  will  have  to  be  lessened. 

PHENACETINUM. -PHENACETIN. 

FoKMii,.\:  (•„H,()(' n..NlIC,H,().     Moi.K.rr..Mt  Wkkmit:  17S.63. 
Sy.nonvm*  :    l',ini-iii ,  ij,/,,  iiitldin,  Pnrit-ct/ii>j-)/-iiretiniilid,  Pheniiretiiic. 
History  and  Preparation.— This  compound  was  introduced  to  the  jirofession 
by  Kast  and  Hinsberg,  in  lx.S7.     It  is  proijuced  by  a  series  of  chemical  prcicesses, 


1-J56  PHENACETINUM. 

by  which  its  molecule  is  gradualij-  built  up.  The  successive  steps  are  as  follow.*: 
Phenol  (carbolic  acid,  CgHj.OH)  is  converted  into  para-nitro-phenol  (C,H,.OH. 
NOj)  by  means  of  nitric  acid;  of  this  compound  the  sodium  salt  (CeH,.ONa.NO,) 
is  prepared,  and  converted  by  double  decomposition  with  cthyl-iudide  (CJl-l) 
into  para-nitro-phenetol  (CeH^.OCjHj.NO,),  which  yields,  upon  reduction,  of  the 
nitro-group  by  means  of  nascent  hydrogen,  para-amitJo-jJienetol,  or  parnetlioxy-ani- 
Une  (CV,Hj.0C,iH5.NHj).  Upon  boiling  this  compound  with  glacial  acetic  acid 
(CH,CO.OH),  the  amido-group  is  acetvlized,  and  phenacetin  (CsH,.0CMl5.NH. 
CH3CO)  results. 

Description  and  Tests. — Phenacetin  consists  of  white,  tasteless,  inodorous, 
glistening,  scaly  crystals,  neutral  to  litmus.  It  dis.solves  in  boiling  alcohol  (1  in  2). 
cold  alcohol  (1  in  6j,  boiling  water  (1  in  70),  and  very  sparingly  in  cold  water 
(1  in  1400);  melting  point  135°  C.  (275°  F.).  When  heated  on  platinum  foil,  it 
should  volatilize  without  leaving  a  residue.  It  dis.solves  withr)ut  color  in  sul- 
phuric acid.  When  0.1  Gm.of  phenacetin  is  boiled  with  2  Cc.  of  hydrochloric 
acid  for  half  a  minute,  the  liquid  diluted  with  20  Cc.  of  water,  cooled  and  filtered, 
the  filtrate  assumes  a  deep-red  coloration  upon  the  addition  of  solution  of  chromic 
acid  {Br.  Pharm.,  1898).  In  this  reaction,  phenacetin  is  hydrolyzed  into  acetic 
acid  and  para-phenet  id  in  (CgHj.OCjHj.N'H,,),  which  yields  red  color-reactions  with 
oxidizers.  This  test,  slightlj'  modified,  is  also  official  in  the  Gennnn  Phm-nuico- 
pveia.  To  establish  the  absence  of  para-phenetidin,  the  Briti--<h  Pharmanijjftia  gives 
the  following  test:  "A  mixture  of  0.3  Gm.of  phenacetin  with  1  Cc.  of  alcohol 
(90  per  cent),  should  not  acquire  a  red  tint  when  diluted  with  3  times  its  volume 
of  water,  and  boiled  with  1  drop  of  volumetric  solution  of  iodine  (absence  of  para- 
phenetidin)  "—(Br.  Pharm.,  1898).  The  German  Pharmacnpcein  tests  for  acetanilifl 
as  follows:  Dissolve  0.1  Gm.  of  phenacetin  in  10  Cc.  of  hot  water,  allow  to  cool. 
filter,  and  add  to  the  filtrate  bromine  water,  until  the  solution  is  yellow.  The 
absence  of  turbidity,  which  would  consist  of  para-brom-acetanilid,  will  indicate 
the  absence  of  acetanilid.  The  latter  is  more  readily  soluble  in  water  than 
phenacetin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Phenacetin  is  probably  the  best  of 
the  coal-tar  products  which  have  been  introduced  and  so  wonderfully  multiplied 
in  the  last  few  years.  However,  while  ordinarily  safe  in  proper  doses,  in  large 
amounts,  "and  sometimes  even  with  the  regulation  doses,  it  is  capable  of  produc- 
ing serious  S3'mptoms,  if  not  death.  Among  the  toxic  symptoms  are  vomiting. 
chills,  profuse  sweating,  quickened  respiration,  sleepiness,  marked  reduction  of 
the  temperature,  and  almost  stoppage  of  the  heart's  action.  Cyanosis  is  marked. 
After  the  internal  administration  of  phenacetin,  the  urine  contains  a  substance 
reducing  Fehling's  solution. 

Therapeutically,  it  is  analgesic,  diaphoretic,  and  antipyretic.  In  hml  conges- 
tions and  iiijinintnatinn,  it  has  a  tendenc.v  to  reduce  the  swelling  in  proportion  as  it 
controls  the  i)ain.  The  sweating  produced  is  not  as  severe  as  that  caused  by 
antipyrin,  nor  is  it  so  apt  to  produce  the  cutaneous  eruptions  and  aural  symp- 
toms that  sometimes  follow  the  use  of  the  latter  and  other  antipyretics.  It  is  of 
of  some  value  in/riws,  and  gives  comfort  in,  but  does  not  in  the  least  shorten  the 
duration  oi  typhoid  fever.  Here  the  smaller  doses  should  be  employed.  In  2-grain 
doses,  it  controls  the  high-temperature  of  phthisical  patievts.  without  producing 
excessive  diaphoresis.  One  of  its  most  imjiortant  uses  with  us  is  to  produce  tliat 
moistened  condition  of  the  skin  and  tongue  neces.<ary  to  render  the  patient  cap- 
able of  being  benefited  by  the  action  of  quinine.  A  dry  skin  an<l  tongue  and  an 
irritable  nervous  system  are,  with  us,  contraindications  for  the  latter  drug.  But 
in  malaria  and  other  disorders,  in  which  quinine,  when  properly  administered, 
does  good  service,  phenacetin  readily  puts  the  jiatient  in  condition  for  the  kindly 
reception  of  the  anti|n'riodic.  Its  use.  however,  as  a  primary  antipyretic  is  not 
favored  by  the  Eclectic  profession. 

Phenacetin  promptly  controls ^rtiH,  noting  best  when  independent  of  struc- 
tural change.  It  is  adapted  to  either  acute  or  chronic  conditions.  It  is  one  of 
the  popular  remedies  for  /icadnrhcs,  particularly  of  the  nervo-congestive  and  caiar- 
rhal  forms.  As  an  antiilieuniatio,  its  action  iii  relieving  jwin  is  pronounced,  and 
for  the  property  of  controlling  nuiscularpain.it  has  been  extensively  empK>yed 
in  la  firi)tpr,  aijuc,  tnti.-<il/ilis.  -AuA   fchri',-  and  iuttammatori/ diiioisis.     It  controls  the 


PHESACETINTM.  1451 

pains  of  (hf-^menorrhcea,  articular  r/icumaliftit,  neuralgia,  pletirisy,  and  acute  xtj, /iritis, 
l)Ut  .-^hDulil  tie  u?ed  with  tare.  Muscular  .fjiaum  is  relaxed  by  it,  and  it  lessens  the 
irritaMlity  of  tlie  congested  larynx  in  jtertiutgis  and  Iniimo'H-^,  and  is  claimed  of 
value  in  fn/steria,  aMhina.  and  epilepsy,  acting  as  an  antispasmodic.  As  an  anti- 
therniic,  the  dose  is  froiu  1  to  5  grains;  as  an  analgesic,  '6  to  20  grains,  beginning 
always  with  the  smaller  dose.  It  may  be  given  in  powder  upon  the  tongue,  or 
Hoating  ui»>n  water,  or  preferably,  in  capsules.  If  given  in  powder,  in  water,  it 
should  be  lirst  moistened  with  a  few  drops  of  some  alcoholic  fluid  to  prevent  its 
adherence  to  the  glass  or  spoon.  Owing  to  its  sparing  solubility  phenacetin  is 
somewliat  unmanasiiable  (  Murrell).    Contraindicated  by  debility." 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Sthenic  conditions;  severe  muscular  pain; 
pain  tV.'iii  roiii;esti<Mi ;  neuralgic  pains;  nervo-congestive  or  catarrhal  headache ; 
liigh  temperature;  prcparator  for  quinine  administration. 

Related  Compounds  and  Derivatives.— Meth.^cetix  (C,H,.OCH3.XHC2H30i,  Para- 
i'.v7<i)<;.<i</i/(.  l'iirii-iii:llii,xii-ii'-il'iiiiliit.  This  compouiul  is  analogous  to  phenaretin,  the  ethyl  group 
oi  the  latter  lK-iu«  replaced  liy  the  methyl  group.  Hence  it  is  [n  ..it;  ■.■-1  ixai-lly  in  the  saiiie  man- 
ner as  phenaivtin.exeeiiting  tliat  methyl  iodide  lor  chloii  I  -  ■•  ■  .1  foretliyl  iodide(or 
chloride).  It  forms  eoloriess  or  faintly  reddish,  odorl.  >~  -  -  -  1.  >.  fusing  at  127° C. 
(2t>0.ti°  K.  i.and  vaporizing  unchanged  a't  a  greater  heat.  It  ;  --  ,  -  i,  i.lily  in  boiling  water 
tl  in  12i.bat  sparingly  in  cold  water  il  in  526).  Alcohol,  chioroinnii,  acetone,  glycerin,  and 
the  tixe^l  oils  dissolve  it  n-adily.  If  heated  with  less  water  than  is  required  to  dissolve  it,  it 
nu'lts  t'liiii  oily  liquid,  which  hecomi-s  solid  again  when  cooled.  This  serves  to  distinguish  it 
from  phenacetin.  which  falls  out  in  the  form  of  crystals.  Methacetin  is  reputed  antipyretic, 
antiseptic,  and  analgesic.  It  is  an  unsiuV  remedy,  however,  for  it  powerfully  reduces  the  tem- 
l)erature  and  pulse-rate  in  febrile  conditions,  frequently  producing  excessive  sweating,  cyano- 
sis, and  dangerous  collapse.  It  lias  been  employe<l  h\  jihlhixi^,  articular  rhtmnatism,  neuralgia, 
and  tiijthnid  feiYr,  with  rather  unfavorable  results.  It  should  never  be  given  to  debilitateti 
individuals.     The  dose  for  one  day  is  from  7  to  15  grains. 

L.vcTOPHEXix  is  an  antipyretic,  analgesic,  and  antineuralgic  agent,  the  specialty  of  C.  F. 
Boehringer  A  Soehne,  Xew  York  City.  It  is  a  derivative  of  phenetidin,  containing  a  lactic 
acid  constituent  in  place  of  the  acetic' acid  constituent  of  phenacetine.  Chemicallv  it  is  lactyl- 
parapheueti.Uu  iO,H,OC,Hj.XH.CO.CH[OH]CH3 1.  It  is  a  crystalline  powder,' slightly  bit- 
ter, and  soluble  in  about  3(X)  parts  of  water ;  acids  and  alkalies  decompose  it.  Therapeutically, 
it  acts  as  an  antipi/retic,  reducing  temperature  gradually,  with  no  effect  on  the  heart;  and  as 
an  awtlgtsir,  and  as  a  mild  luipnotic.  Its  range  of  application  is  indicated  by  these  properties; 
according  to  clinical  reports  it  has  been  used  with  marked  success  in  typhoid  ferer.  articular 
rlt:ii„iiili.vii,  neuralgia,  headache,  migraine,  influenza,  etc. ;  reports  of  its  safety  and  desirability  in 
children's  practice  have  been  frequent.  "The  dose  for  adults  is  from  4  to"l5  grains,  with  daily 
maximum  of  .".0  to  45  grains. 

PiiENoroi.i,  Hvpkochi.oride,  Glycocoll  parapheneledin  hudrochloride,  Phenocoll  hudrochlorate 
(C,Hj.t)C;llj.XH.C(>(H3.NH,.HCl".— Phenocoll  results  from  the  interaction  of  glycocoll 
(amido-acctic  acidl  and  phenetidin  (para-aniidonhenetol)  isec  Plienacetin).  Its  hydrochloride 
forms  a  verv  fine  white,  crystalline  powder  soluble  in  cold  water  (1  in  20 1  with  neutral  reaction. 
.\lcohol  anA  hot  water  dissolve  it  more  freely.  From  liot  water  it  crystallizes  in  cubical  crys- 
tals; from  boiling  alcohol  in  acicular  crvstals.  It  is  practically  insoluble  in  benzol,  chloro- 
form, and  etiier.  Volatile  and  fixed  alkalies  and  their  carbonates  precipitate  the  base  pheno- 
coll from  solutions  of  phenocoll  hydrochloride.  When  anhydrous  the  base  fuses  at  100.5°  C. 
(213°  F.);  the  hydrated  compound'  (with  1  molecule  of  water)  at  95°  C.  (2a3°F. i.  Acetate 
(soluble  in  water,  1  in4i,  carbonate,  and  salicylate  of  phenocoll  have  also  been  proiluced. 
This  compound  has  been  employed  as  an  antipyretic  and  analgesic.  It  is  said  to  be  a  fairly 
safe  remedy  for  rlieumatic  anil  neuralgic  conditions,  allaying  pain,  reducing  the  temperature,  and 
promoting  sleep.  The  urine  becomes  dark-colored  under  its  administration.  It  is  apt  to  pro- 
duce excessive  sweating.  Its  use  in  influenza,  malarial  itiiermitlents,  phthisis,  and  typhoid  ferers 
is  hardly  justified  by  results.  From  5  to  15  grains,  administered  in  powder,  capsules,  or  in 
water,  from  :i  to  5  times  a  day,  is  the  usual  dose. 

loixii'HEXiN,  lo'hipUiniiic,  loihi-phenacetin. — This  product,  which  contains  about  50  per  cent 
(if  iodine,  is  closely  related  to  phenacetin,  probably  being  an  iodine  addition-compound  of  the 
latter  i3  atoms  of  "iodine  to  2  molecules  of  phenacetin).  It  is  prepared  by  adding  an  aqueous 
l>otassium-ioiIide  solution  of  iodine  to  a  mixture  of  aqueous  solution  of  phenacetin  (cold  and 
siturat.d)  and  hydro<'hloric  acid.  The  presence  of  the  latter  is  essential.  This  gives  a  clioco- 
late-colored  precipitate  composeil  of  tine  crystals.  Warm  glacial  acetic  acid  is  substituted  for 
water  as  a  better  solvent  for  phenacetin;  in  this  case,  steel-blue  crystals  result.  lodojiheniu 
has  a  burning,  sharp  ta.«te,  a  faint  ioiline  oilor,  and  fuses  under  decomposition  at  1:50°  C. 
i2(>«>°  F. '.  It  imparts  a  yellow  stain  to  the  skin.  Water  does  not  dissolve  Jt.  The  compound 
is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  l>oiling  hydrochloric  acid,  and  glacial  acetic  acid,  little  soluble  in 
chloroform  and  benzol.  This  agent  is  anti8ej)tic  and  a  topical  irritant.  It  is  not  of  much 
value  in  medicine.  It  is  us<m1  locally  only.  When  internally  administered  ioiline  is  liberated 
in  the  intestines,  resulting  in  iodine'poisonini;.  Iinjine  is  readily  split  oH' upon  boiling  with 
water  or  upon  treatment  with  soilium  tliiosuli>hale  or  caustic  8o<la  (/Vi<in/i.  (Vii/r(i//i(i//<,  18!il, 
1>.  312 ;  also  compare  iUid.,  p.  40«!). 
02 


1458  PHOSPHORUS. 

Hydracetin,  Acdylpluiiylhylmzint^CaiiiWS— 'SB.C^H^O).— To  prepare  tliis  comixjiiiid, 
acetic  anhydride  and  phenylhydraziue  are  lieated  together,  the  product  is  dissolved  in  boiling 
water,  and  allowed  to  crystallize.  It  forms  nearly  tasteless,  odorless,  colorless,  prismatic  crys- 
tals, melting  between  128°  and  129°  C.  (262.4°  and  264.2°  F.).  Boiling  with  concentrated  acid 
decomposes  it  into  its  constituents,  phenylhydrazint-  ami  acetif  acid.  The  commercial  com- 
pound known  ua  jiymdin  or  pyrodine,  ia  impure  hylraiiiiii.  It  is  (soluble  in  alcohol,  cold  water 
(1  in  50),  and  in  boiling  water  (1  in  8  or  10).  Sulpluiiii- :n  i.l  .li>-..lv(sitcolorles.s,but  the  solution 
becomes  blood-red  when  a  drop  of  nitric  acid  is-  li.ldcd  tu  it  'lill'erence  from  methacetin  and 
])li('iKi(etin).  Like  phenylhydraziue,  hydracetin  reduces  Kehling's  solution.  It  is  a  cumuhi- 
tivf  ] II lison,  destroying  the  blood-corpuscles.  It  has  nevertheless  been  employed  for  a  brief 
l)i'iiiiil  in  f-grain  doses,  twice  a  day,  as  an  antipyretic  and  antirheumatic  agent.  Even  exter- 
nally applied,  as  has  been  recommended  for  jji^wiuKis  (5  to  1.5  per  cent  lanolin  ointment  of 
hydracetin),  it  has  pinduced  deleterious  effects.     It  should  have  no  place  in  medicine. 

PHE^vl.H^  id;  AziNE  (CeHj.NH.NH  j). — This  is  an  oily,  colorless  fluid  obtainable  by  vari- 
ous methdils,  (.;/.,  Iiy  reduction  of  diazobenzene  chloride"(('i,Hs.N:X.l  1),  with  stannous  chlo- 
ride and  livdiiithliiiic  acid.  The  following  reaction  takes  place:  CsHJ^■:^'.CH-2SnC"l2-^ 
4HCl=CeHsNH.NH2.HCl  (phenylhydraziue  hydrochloride) +2.SnCl4.  Phenylhydrazine  Ijoils 
at  233°C.  (4.51.4°  F.).  At  a  low  temperature  it  solidifies  in  the  form  of  tabular  crystals,  which 
fuse  at  23°  C.  (73.4°  F.).  Alcohol  and  ether  ea.sily  dissolve  it,  while  it  is  suluble  w'ith  difficulty 
in  water.  It  is  a  basic  substance,  forming  salts  with  acids.  It  has  the  characteristic  property 
of  entering  into  combination  with  aldehydes  and  ketones  and  their  derivatives,  notaoly  with 
members  of  the  sugar  group.  The  remarkable  achievements  in  the  chemistry  of  the  sugar 
group  by  Prof.  Emil  Fischer  are  due  to  the  discovery  of  the  characteristic  behavior  of  phenyl- 
hydrazine  toward  the  sugars.  With  dextrose  it  forms  a  characteristic  crj-stallizable  yellow 
compound  called  phfiiy!-<jliicosazone,  and  is  recommended  accordingly  as  a  delicate  test  for  sugar 
in  urine.  Phenylhydrazine  enters  into  the  manufacture  of  antipyrine  and  allied  substances. 
This  body  ia  too  poisonous  for  use  in  medicine. 

PHOSPHORUS  (U.  s.  P.)— Phosphorus. 

Symbol  :  P.     Atomic  Weight  :  30.96. 

A  non-metallic  element,  obtained  from  calcium  phosphate  by  reduction  with 
charcoal. 

"  Phosphorus  should  be  carefully  kept  under  water,  in  strong,  well-closed  ves- 
sels, in  a  secure  and  moderately  cool  place,  protected  from  the  Hglit" — (f'.5.  P.). 

Source  and  History. — Phosphorus  was  accidentally  discovered  in  1669,  by 
Brandt,  of  Hamburg,  as  he  was  attempting  to  extract  from  human  urine  a  liquid 
capable  of  converting  silver  into  gold.  In  the  year  1769,  Gahn  (.liscovered  it  in 
bones,  and  very  soon  after,  Scheele  devised  a  process  for  obtaining  it  from  them, 
which  is  essentially  the  process  now  pursued.  It  is  a  constituent  also  of  nerves, 
brain,  etc. ;  it  is  also  found  in  the  form  of  phosphates  in  various  plants. combined 
with  calcium,  potassium,  or  iron,  etc.,  and  in  this  form  is  also  met  with  in  the 
mineral  kingdom. 

Preparation. — Take  animal  bones,  calcine  them  in  an  open  fire  till  all  the 
charcoal  is  burned  out  and  they  become  white.  In  this  state  they  contain  from 
75  to  80  per  cent  of  phosphate  of  calcium  (P0,)jCa3.  Reduce  the  calcined  bones 
to  a  fine  powder,  and  to  10  parts  of  this  powder  add  30  or  40  parts  of  water,  and 
gradually  stir  in  6  parts  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  After  24  hours,  50  or  60 
parts  of  water  are  added  to  the  mixture,  and  the  whole  well  stirred  and  digested 
for  1  or  2  days.  The  liquid  is  then  strained  and  evaporated  to  the  consistence 
of  thick  syrup,  and  then  contains  acid  phosphate  of  calcium,  wliich  is  formed 
according  to  the  following  equation:  C[PO.],C;i,+2H,J^O.=2CaSO.-[PO.rH,Ca). 
The  syrup  is  now  mixed  with  one-fourtli  of  its  weight  of  powiUrcd  cnarcoal, 
]) laced  in  an  iron  pot,  and  dried  by  exposure  to  a  dull  red  heat,  which  converts 
the  acid  phosphate  into  calcium  metaphosphate  (PtWCa.  This  dried  mass  ia 
then  placed  in  a  stoneware  or  iron  retort,  the  neck  of  which  ends  in  a  wide  bent 
tube  which  dips  a  little  under  water,  in  a  bottle  or  receiver,  and  is  gradually 
lieated  to  whiteness.  Two-thirds  of  the  pliosphoric  acid  in  the  mass  is  reduceil 
by  the  charcoal,  and  phosphorus  is  set  free,  wliich  distills  over  and  condenses 
under  the  water.  The  reduction  takes  place  as  follows:  3(,PO,\Ca+10C=10CO+ 
(  PO,),Ca3-|-4P).  This  equation  also  sliows  that  carbonic  oxide  gas  (CO)  is  dis- 
engaged in  large  quantity.  Owing  to  tlie  presence  of  water  in  the  mass,  part  of 
the  phosphorus  is  liable  to  be  disengaged  in  combination  with  hydrogen,  forming 
a  spontaneously  combustible  gas.     Care  iuu?t.  therefore,  be  taken  to  avoid  explo- 


I'HOSI'HOKUS.  14.jy 

sions.  The  phosphorus  first  obtained  is  usually  of  a  reddish-brown  color,  owing 
to  the  presence  of  plio.»phide  of  c:irl»>n,  formed  during  the  process;  to  purify  it,  it 
is  nielteil  under  water.and  while  liiiuid,  Htpieczed  through  chamois  leather,  which 
separates  impurities.  It  is  lastly  melted  under  water  and  molded  into  sticks  by 
running  it  under  water  inti>  glass  tubes  and  allowing  to  cool.  To  make  the 
process  more  economical,  the  organic  matter  of  the  bones  is  previously  utilized 
(see  (rflnU'n) ;  or  the  bones  are  first  subjected  to  dry  distillation  whert-hy'lmu-black 
{anim^il  r/tnrcoal)  is  yielded,  which  is  used  on  a  large  scale  in  sugar  refineries;  after 
it  has  liecome  useless  for  this  purpose,  it  may  be  completely  incinerated  and  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  phosphorus  as  described. 

Wiihler  obtained  phosphorus  bv  distilling  2  parts  of  bone-black  with  1  of 
ijuartz  sand  at  a  white  heat.  The  silicic  acid  of  the  sand  decomposed  the  phoi*- 
phate  of  calcium  contained  in  the  bone-black,  and  disengaged  the  phosphoric 
acid  which  was  reduced  by  the  carbon.  A.  Rossel  (1893)  prepares  phosphorus 
by  reducing  glacial  phosphoric  acid  or  sodium-  or  calcium-metaphosphate  with 
aluminum  or  zinc.  This  requires  a  much  lower  heat  for  the  liberation  of  phos- 
phorus than  the  older  method.  In  recent  years,  phosphorus  is  obtained  by  dis- 
tilling a  mi.Kture  of  calcium  phosphate  and  coke  in  an  electrical  furnace  Qlmer. 
Jniir.  Pharm.,  1898,  p.  595,  from  S<-ient.  Amer.). 

Description.— Phosphorus  exists  in  three  allotropic  modifications — namelj', 
:i.s  the  Drdinary,  octoliedral,  poisonous;  the  red,  amorphous,  non-poisonous;  and 
the  metallic,  or  rhombohedral  phosphorus. 

Ordinary,  or  yellow  phosphorus  is  produced  in  the  form  of  cylindrical  sticks 
of  a  light-amber  color,  and  a  crystalline  structure.  The  V.  S.  P.  describes  it  as  a 
"translucent,  nearly  colorless  solid,  of  a  waxy  lustre,  having,  at  ordinary  tempera- 
tures, about  the  consistence  of  beeswax.  By  long  keeping,  the  surface  becomes 
red,  and  occ;isionally  black.  It  has  a  distinctive  and  disagreeable  odor  and  taste 
{but  should  not  he  tasted,  except  in  a  state  of  great  dilution).  When  exposed  to  the  air, 
it  emits  white  fumes,  which  are  luminous  in  the  dark,  and  have  an  odor  some- 
what resembling  that  of  garlic.  On  long  exposure  to  the  air,  it  takes  fire  sponta- 
neously. Specific  gravity  1.830,  at  10°  C.  (,50°  F.).  Melting  point,  44°  C.  (111.2°  F.). 
Phosphorus  is  insoluble  or  nearly  so  in  water,  to  which,  however,  it  imparts  its 
characteristic,  disagreeable  odor  and  taste.  Soluble  in  350  parts  of  absolute  alco- 
hol at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  240  parts  of  boiling  absolute  alcohol,  in  80  parts  of  abso- 
lute ether,  in  about  50  parts  of  any  fatty  oil,  and  very  soluble  in  chloroform,  or 
in  carbon  disulphide,  the  latter  yielding  a  solution  which  must  be  handled  with 
the  greatest  of  care  to  prevent  danger  from  fire" — (U.  S.  P.).  From  solutions  in 
the  latter  two  solvents  phosphorus  may  be  obtained  in  the  form  of  well-developed 
crystals  of  the  regular  system. 

Phosphorus  is  somewhat  flexible  at  ordinary  temperatures, and  maybe  easily 
cut  with  a  knife,  but  is  brittle  at  0°C.  (32°  F.).  The  presence  of  0.3  per  cent  of 
sulphur,  or  even  much  le.ss,  renders  it  brittle  at  ordinary  temperatures.  Friction 
will  cause  phosphorus  to  ignite.  When  the  atmosphere  is  excluded,  phosphorus 
boils  when  heated  to  290°  C.  (554°  F.),  but  evaporates  and  sublimes  at  a  much 
lower  temperature  (about  104°  C,  or  219.2°  F.).  Phosphorus  combines  with  chlo- 
rine, bromine,  and  iodine,  spontaneous  combustion  taking  place  in  the  reaction. 
The  luminosity  of  phosphorus,  when  exposed  to  moist  air,  is  due  to  slow  oxida- 
tion, whereby  phosphorous  acid  (H^PO,)  is  formed.  It  is  strange,  however,  that 
jihosphorus  is  not  in  the  least  oxidized  when  in  contact  with  pure  oxygen  even 
for  months.  The  luminosity  produced  by  phosphorus  is  destroyed  by  alkalies, 
alcohol,  carbolic  acid,  etc.  Phosphorus  also  imparts  luminosity  to  the  vapors  of 
water,  with  which  it  is  distilled,  and  may  thus  be  identified.  Heated  in  oxygen, 
pliosphorus  burns  with  a  dazzling  light.  The  heavy,  white  cloud  which  forms 
when  phosphorus  burns  in  the  air,  consists  of  ;'/(os/y/io?-!/.<  pmtoridc  (P.O5),  the 
anhydride  of  ],ho.*]>horic  acid  (P.Oj-f  3H,0=-2PO.H,)  (also  nee  Aridmn  Fhof^jihorirvm). 
Tpon  slow  oxidation  of  phosjjhorus,  the  volatile,  white  tri-ii.iid<  (P.O^)  is  formed, 
which  is  the  anhydride  r>{  pfio^ihorous acid(PX>,+ZU,0-2?0,B.^).  The  anhydride 
"f  fi</i>oi)>ioxphomic-<  arid  (PO.H,)  fsee^«V/itHi  Hi/po]tho»phorosum),  which  would  have 
tlie  formula  (P,0),  does  not  exist. 

Yellow  phosphorus  is  a  very  dangerous  substance  to  handle,  and  occasions 
painful  ami  slow-nealing  sores  when  in  contact  with  the  skin.  When  small  pieces 


1460  PHOSPHORUS. 

are  dried  between  filtering  paper,  they  soon  ignite.  Phosphorus  should  be  pre- 
served under  water  in  well-stoppered  vessel.*,  and  kept  in  a  dark  place. 

Phosphorus  is  used  as  a  poison  for  rats  and  vermin,  and  finds  extensive  appli- 
cation in  the  manufacture  of  matches.  In  the  laborator}-,  it  is  eniploj-ed  for 
man}'  chemical  processes,  <.  fy.,  the  preparation  of  pure  phosphoric  acid  and  other 
pharinaceuticai  ccmi pounds. 

Impurities  and  Tests. — Pho.sphorus  sometimes  contains  arsenic  or  sulphur 
or  botli.  "To  test  for  arsenic  and  sulphur,  proceed  as  follows:  Add  3  Gm.of 
phosphorus  to  15  Cc.  of  nitric  acid  diluted  with  15  Cc.  of  distilled  water  in  a  flask 
having  the  capacity  of  50  Cc.,and  digest  the  mixture  at  a  gentle  heat  on  a  water- 
bath,  until  the  phosphorus  is  dissolved.  Transfer  the  solution  to  a  capsule,  and 
evaporate  it  until  no  more  nitrous  vapors  are  given  off, and  then  dilute  the  solu- 
tion to  30  Cc.  with  distilled  water.  Heat  20  Cc.  of  the  diluted  solution  to  about 
70°  C.  (158°  F.)  for  half  an  hour,  passing  hydrogen  sulphide  through  it  during 
the  half-hour's  heating,  and  then  until  the  liquid  has  become  cold.  If  the  liquid 
be  now  allowed  to  stand  at  rest  during  24  hours,  not  more  than  a  very  small 
quantity  of  lemon-yellow  precipitate  should  be  visible  (limit  of  arsenic).  On  add- 
ing barium  chloride  T.S.  to  the  remainder  of  the  liquid,  not  more  than  a  slight 
opalescence  should  !«•  produced  (limit  of  sulphur)"— (f'.  &  P.). 

AUotropic  Modifications. — Amorphous,  or  Red  Phosphorus.  Ordinary,  or 
yellow  phosphorus,  exposed  to  sunlight  or  violet  light,  turns  into  red  phos- 
phoru.?.  Exposure  to  temperatures  between  240°  and  250°  C.  (464'' and  4S2°  F.) 
accomplishes  the  same  result,  while  a  heat  above  260°  C.  (500°  F.)  revives  ordi- 
nary phosphorus.  The  best  method  to  obtain  the  red  modification  is  to  heat 
ordinary  phosphorus  in  a  closed  vessel  above  its  boiling  point.  L  e.,  to  300°  C. 
(572°  F.).  It  forms  a  deep-reddish  powder  or  mass,  having  a  metallic  lustre,  is 
absolutely  stable  in  the  atmosphere,  does  not  ignite  when  rubbed,  is  insoluble  in 
the  solvents  for  ordinary  phosphorus,  has  a  higher  specific  gravity  (2.106).  and  is 
non-poisonous,  because  it  is  not  absorbed  bv  the  system.  It  is'not  fusible,  but 
vaporizes  at  260°  C.  (500°  F.).  When  heated  "in  the  presence  of  nitrogen  to  450° C. 
(842°  F.),  it  is  converted  into  vitreous  (ordinary)  phosphorus.  Commercial  red 
phosphorus  is  liable  to  contain  traces  of  ordinary  phosphorus,  which  should  be 
removed  by  boiling  with  caustic  soda.  The  crude  article  should,  therefore,  be 
kept  under  water. 

Metallic,  or  Rhombohedric  Phosphorus,  is  obtained  by  exposing  phos- 
phorus with  metallic  lead  in  closed  vessels  to  a  red  heat  for  40  hours,  allowing 
to  cool,  and  dissolving  out  the  lead  with  diluted  nitric  acid.  It  forms  lustrous, 
dark  scales,  or  microscopic  rhombohedra,  has  a  specific  gravity  of  2.34,  and  is  con- 
verted into  ordinary  phosphorus  again  by  heating  it  to  358°  C.  (676.4°  F.). 

Bl.\civ  Phosphorus. — The  so-called  black  phosjihorus  of  Theuard,  obtained 
by  rapidly  cooling  melted  phosphorus,  is  due  to  the  probable  formation  of  metal- 
lic phosphides.  Another  variety-  of  "  black  phosphorus"  obtainable  by  the  action 
of  ammonia  and  heat  upon  ordinary  powdered  phosphorus,  was  shown  by  Fliicki- 
ger  (1.S92)  to  be  arsenic  originating  from  the  sulphuric  acid  employed,  and  held 
dissolved  in  the  ]iho-;phorus. 

Action  and  Toxicology. — In  minute  doses,  and  properly  diluted,  phosphorus 
becomes  absorbed  and  acts  as  a  stimulant  and  tonic  to  the  nervous,  vascular, 
and  scircting  oigans.  It  excites  the  mental  faculties  and  the  sexual  feelings, 
raises  the  temperature  of  the  skin,  increases  the  frequency  and  volume  of  the  pulse, 
and  ))romotes  the  secretions.  Cell  growth,  particularly  of  the  skin,  is  quicKened 
by  it.  In  large  doses,  it  operates  as  a  poison,  causing  gastro-enteritis.  becomes 
absorbed,  and  produces  tissue  changes  and  convulsions,  insensibility,  and  death. 
Tardieu  and  Roussin  state  that  phosphorus  is  poisonous  of  itself,  and  acts  only 
on  tlie  economy  in  a  state  of  isolation  and  puritv.  Fatly  degeneration  of  the 
liver  and  heart,  are  chief  among  its  results.  Accon"ling  to  Mialbe,  the  absorptii.n 
of  phosphorus  (and  also  of  suljjhur)  is  due,  not  to  the  chemical  action  of  the 
alkalies  present  in  the  intestinal  juices,  but  to  the  fatty  matters  continued  in  the 
alinunitary  substances,  which,  after  ejecting  its  solution,  serve  as  the  vehicle  for 
its  introduction  into  the  economy.  The  phosphorus  so  absorbed  may  remain 
several  days  within  the  body  without  undergoing  anv  sensible  change,  as  its 
union  witli  the  fatty  matters"enables  it  to  almost  completely  escape  the  action  of 


PHOSPHORUS.  HGl 

the  cheniiial  agents  with  which  it  comes  in  contact,  and  to  dirtuse  itsiflf  tlirmijjh- 
out  the  system  in  the  same  manner  as  poisons  soluble  in  water.  Hence,  the  rea.'iou 
for  the  phosphoresence,  and  the  garlicky  odor  observed  at  the  autopsy  of  persons 
who  have  been  poisoned  by  phosphorus.  Phosphoretted  hydrogen  acts  similarly, 
as  when  introduced  into  the  blood,  it  gives  rise  to  the  production  of  water,  and 
t(i  a  precipitate  of  phospiiorus  in  a  state  of  minute  division  eminently  suited  for 
the  clevelopment  of  its  deleterious  action. 

As  a  poison,  phosphorus  acts  both  locally  (as  an  irritant)  and  specifically. 
The  symptoms  of  acute  poisoning  from  the  ingestion  of  j)hosphorus  are  as  fol- 
lows: Within  a  few  minutes,  or,  more  generally,  after  a  lew  hours,  the  victim 
experiences  a  ilisagreeable,  alliaceous,  or  garlicky  taste,  and  the  breath  is  observed 
to  be  alliaceous.  Burning  pain  (not  intense)  in  the  stomach,  with  a  sense  of 
oppression  in  that  organ  follow-;,  and  there  is  general  malaise  and  eructations  of 
garlicky  vapors  of  the  drug.  The  vapors  may  show  luminosity  if  the  room  be 
dark.  Vomiting  of  luminous,  coH'ee-colored,  yellowish,  or  bilious  material  is  com- 
mon, and  often  violent  and  frequent.  The  abdomen  is  hot,  distended,  and  ten- 
der upon  palpation.  Purging  is  not  a  common  occurrence  (constipation  at  first 
being  the  rule),  but  when  taking  place  the  stools  are  loose,  dark,  or  sanguineous, 
and  painful.  The  stools  are  often  phosphorescent  in  the  dark.  When  death 
occurs  early,  the  symptoms  rapidly  intensify  until  collap.-e,  followed  by  death, 
takes  place.  Should  death  be  delayed,  however,  for  several  days,  as  is  frequently 
the  case,  and  particularly  when  active  symptoms  are  late  in  developing,  jaundice 
supervenes  and  becomes  rapidly  progressive.  The  irritant  symptoms  usually  sub- 
side, forming  an  apparent  intermission  for  the  better,  but  the  danger  is  as  great  as 
ever.  The  pulse  and  temperature,  which  are  at  first  above  normal,  soon  become 
subnormal,  great  prostration  ensues,  the  i)ulse  becomes  feeble  and  rapid,  and  some- 
times the  radial  pulse  is  almost  imperceptible,  the  skin  is  cold,  the  urine  scanty, 
albuminous,  and  contains  tube-casts.  At  this  stage  the  stools  are  usually  abun- 
dant and  dark-greenish  or  bloody.  The  skin  may  show  hemorrhagic  areas  and 
petechial  spots,  and  wounds  or  sores  upon  the  surface  bleed  freel^y  and  easily. 
The  nervous  symptoms  follow  the  establishment  of  jaundice.  Coma  ensues,  asso- 
ciated with  jactitation  or  convulsive  muscular  movements,  and  death  occurs  usu- 
ally about  5  or  6  days  after  the  ingestion  of  the  poison. 

When  phosphorus  vapors  come  in  direct  contact  with  bone,  necrosis  of  the 
part  generally  results.  Formerly,  it  was  quite  common  for  those  manufacturing 
fucifer  matches  to  be  thus  affected  (particular  the  jaw  bones),  but  improved  meth- 
ods have  largely  overcome  the  danger  from  this  source.  This  necrosed  condition 
is  now  believed  to  be  rare,  unless  the  phosphorus  can  come  into  direct  contact 
with  the  bare  bone,  as  through  carious  teeth,  or  ulcers  of  the  mouth.  HOwever, 
it  has  been  known  to  produce  caries  of  the  teeth,  with  abscesses,  and  thus  become 
extended  to  the  alveolar  processes.  The  foregoing  bone  effects  and  the  following 
symptoms  constitute  chronic  phosphoms  pommitig:  Nauseous  eructations,  vomit- 
ing, purging,  burning  pain  in  the  stomach,  hyper.sensitiveness  to  cold,  stiffness, 
numbness,  and  pain  in  the  limbs  and  joints,  wasting,  dyspepsia,  straw-colored  or 
grayish  skin,  and  hectic  fever,  with  respiratory  irritation  and  cough.  The  patient 
may  die  of  the  effects  of  the  phosphorus  direct,  or  he  may  die  of  dyspepsia  or 
phthisis.  The  chief  post-mortem  changes  from  phosphorus  poisoning  are  fatty 
degeneration  of  the  liver,  heart,  kidneys,  and  other  organs,  as  well  as  of  the  volun- 
tary muscles;  some  surface  disorganization  of  tissue  may  be  observed,  chiefly  in 
the  stomach.  The  blood  is  thick  and  dark-colored.  The  liver  is  deep-yellow,  inter- 
spersed with  reddish  patches,  and  altogether  closely  resembles  the  effects  of  yellow 
atrophy  of  the  liver,  which  disease  poisoning  by  phosphorus  nmst  nearly  resem- 
bles. The  whole  interior  of  the  body  is  phosphorescent,  and  the  lumintisity  may 
persist  for  months.  (For  further  post-mortem  appearances,  consult  Taylor's  ^yet/- 
iral  Jurisprwienre.) 

In  phosphorus  poisoning,  death  does  not  usuallv  take  jilace  until  several  days 
have  elapsed.  The  shortest  period  on  record  is  one-fialf  hour  {  Habershon,  in  Tay- 
lor's Med.  Juru^h).  Less  than  1  grain  (J  grain,  Wurmley )  has  caused  death.  Only 
white  or  ordinary  phosphorus  is  poisonous,  red  or  aiuorplious  ;)hosphorus  being 
non-to.\ic.  Locally,  phosphorus  produces  dangerous  burns  quite  dillicult  to  heal. 
The  pregnant  woman  invariably  aborts  when  poisoned  by  phosphorus. 


14C2  PHOSPHORUS. 

In  poisoning  by  phosphorus  the  stomacli  bhoulil  be  uvucuated  as  speedily  as 
possible.  For  this  purpose  sulphate  of  copper,  which  i.s  itself  one  of  its  best 
chemical  antidotes  (forming  the  black  phosphide  of  copper),  may  be  given  in  2  or 
3-grain  doses,  every  5  minutes,  until  vomiting  ensues.  Aponiorphine  hydrochlo- 
rate  may  be  used  subcutaneously  if  desired,  to  induce  emesis.  After  vomiting 
lias  freely  occurred,  small  doses  of  the  copper  sulphate  (2  grains)  should  be  con- 
tinued every  half  hour,  so  that  any  free  phosphorus  may  be  converted  into  the 
black  phosphide,  at  the  same  time  endeavoring  to  prevent  further  vomiting  by 
means  of  ice  or  of  small  doses  of  morphine  sulphate.  After  full  emesis  by  copper 
sulphate,  copper  carbonate  followed  by  vinegar,  has  been  successfully  used  as  an 
antidote.  Following  the  use  of  the  copper  sulphate,  administer  French  oil  ol 
turpentine,  2  fluid  drachms  of  which  may  be  given  in  mucilage  of  acacia  every 
15  minutes  until  1  ounce  has  been  taken.  Old  (ozonized)  oil  should  be  prefer- 
red. Ordinary  turpentine  is  not  effective  unless  old  or  ozonized.  (For  Dr.  P.  E. 
Andant's  use  of  turpentine,  see  previous  editions  of  this  Dispensatory.)  The  use 
of  magnesia  (Pareira,  X.  Landerer)  has  been  advised,  as  has  a  draught  of  calcined 
magnesia,  4  grains;  chlorine  water,  16  grains,  and  distilled  water,  224  grains. 
The  alkalies,  however,  are  but  feebly  effective.  In  phosphorus  poisoning  no  albu- 
minous or  oily  bodies  (except  French  oil  of  turpentine)  should  be  given,  lest  Ijy 
their  attenuation  of  the  poison  they  favor  its  toxic  action.  Oxygenated  water 
and  the  inhalation  of  oxygen  have  been  advised  as  true  antidotes,  as  has  also 
potassium  chlorate.  M.  Mialhe  advised,  in  cases  of  poisoning  bj' phosphorus,  to 
expel  this  agent  as  rapidly  as  possible  from  the  system  by  means  of  acidulated 
laxative  drinks,  with  abstinence,  or,  at  all  events,  a  prohibition  of  any  kind  of 
food  containing  fatty  matter.  He  considered  the  solution  of  phosphorus  in  ether 
or  chloroform  as  more  apt  to  act  dangerously  than  the  solution  in  oil.  After  the 
use  of  the  antidote  free  purgation  should  be  produced  by  means  of  magnesium 
sulphate,  magnesium  citrate,  or  Rochelle  salts.  No  remedy  is  effective  as  an  anti- 
dote after  degeneration  of  tissue  has  begun.  The  best  preventives  of  chronic 
phosphorus  poisoning  among  those  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  lucifer  matches 
are  a  wetted  sponge  over  the  mouth,  good  ventilation  of  the  factory,  and  per- 
sonal  I'lcanliiicss. 

Medical  Uses  and  Dosage.— Though  accredited  with  various  therapeutical 
properties,  phosphorus  may  be  said  to  be  chiefly  a  remedy  for  nerve  exhaustion 
with  prostration  of  the  vital  powers.  Though  a  powerful  nerve  stimulant,  it  is 
still  a  question  whether  its  action  is  temporary,  tiding  the  patient  over  a  critical 
period,  or  whether  it  primarily  produces  a  permanent  tonic  effect.  That  its 
effects  are  but  temporary  is  the  view  held  by  most  observers,  and  tonic  efiects  fol- 
low thisireassertion  of  nerve  power.  The  cases  for  phosphorus  are  those  of  atony, 
adynamia,  debility,  low  nerve  force,  or  nerve  exhaustion.  The  phosphorus  pa- 
tient is  weak,  digestion  and  blood-making  are  imperfect,  the  glandular  secretions 
and  the  excretions  are  defective,  there  is  languor,  lassitude,  sexual  debility  in  the 
adult,  brain-fag,  and  general  apathy.  Sympathetic  innervation  is  below  par,  the 
skin  is  dull  and  inactive,  the  tongue  lifeless  in  appearance,  and  the  whole  system 
shows  alack  of  activity  and  evidence  of  imperfect  elaboration  of  the  blood,  and 
defective  nutrition  of  the  nerve  centers.  In  such  conditions,  through  its  primary 
stimulating  power,  it  may  prove  tonic  and  restorative.  Prof.  Locke  says  of  phos- 
phorus that  "it  bears  the  same  relation  to  the  nervous  system  that  iron  does 
to  the  blood." 

Bearing  in  mind  the  indications  above  given,  phosphorus  becomes  an  impor- 
tant remedy  in  many  nervous  <Use<i.ses.  It  was  early  employed  as  a  stimulant  in 
eonvuUive  and  old  paralytic  case-^,  i\nd  for  progrei<)<ite  locumolor  ataxia.  In  all  such 
cases  inflammation  should  be  absent.  When  paral;/$is  of  spinal  origin  is  functional, 
it  is  often  more  serviceable  than  strychnine  (Locke).  It  frequently  proves  the 
best  remedy  for  long-standing,  obstinate  neuralgia,  particularly  in  the  aged.  In 
such  cases  nerve  exhaustion  is  a  marked  sym))t<)m.  It  occasionally  benefits  in 
epilep^ij  with  the  same  nerve  debility,  or  when  due  to  sexual  excesses,  or  abuse. 
Ordinarily,  however,  it  is  of  little  value  in  this  disease.  In  neurasthenia,  due  to 
debility  or  to  physical  or  mental  overwork,  or  to  sexual  weaknesses,  and  in  dnjcn- 
erative  nerve-rhange.-i  dne  to  senility,  it  often  proves  a  good  remedy.  When  insomnia. 
is  due  to  cerebral  anemia,  jihosphorus  frequently  gives  rest  and  sleep,  and  it  occa- 


I'HOSPHORIS.  1463 

bionallv  proves  useful  in  the  debility  due  to  acute  and  chronic  alcoholism,  the 
morphine  habit,  and  in  meUoicholia,  demeulin,  and  hysteria.  For  vieiitdl  failun, 
viental  aberrntiom.  paralysis  a(/itons  due  to  imperfect  nutrition  or  to  degenerative 
changes,  and  in  ntheroma  nfthcccrebrdi  vessels,  the  remedy  has  been  highly  endorsed. 
Though  not  an  analgesic  proper,  it  relieves  imitt  of  a  neuralgic  and  rheumatic 
character,  particularly  rlieumatic  headaclie,  when  due  to  great  debility,  and  when 
the  pain  suddenly  subsides  in  some  other  part  of  the  bodj'  and  quickly  attacks 
the  head.  It  is  a  good  remedy  for  interrnstal  neuralgia  in  the  debilitated,  and  a 
good  agent  for  the  relief  of  JirrroK*'  headache  in  similar  subjects. 

The  sexual  and  urinary  apparatus  are  impressed  by  phosphorus.  Its  effects 
in  sexual  weakness  are  probably  not  due  so  much  to  a  special  athnitv  for  these 
parts  as  to  its  general  stimulating  effects  upon  the  body  at  large,  flowever,  it 
appears  to  improve  the  circulation  and  innervation  of  the  genitourinary  tract, 
and  it  is  a  good  remedy  to  improve  cesiral,  pro.'<tatir,  and  testicular  irritation,  whether 
arising  from  or  associated  with  sexual  excesses  (Scudder).  It  has  given  good 
results  in  "  chronic  r)/sti(is,  chronic  prostatitis,  enlarged  and  pendidous  testes,  gleet,  chronic 
ovaritis,  and  vaginitis"  (Scudder).  To  these  we  may  add  chronic  irritation  of  the 
kidneys  and  ovaries,  and  atonic  dysinenorrhcea;  also  chronic  nephritis,  with  atony  and 
the  voiding  of  milky  urine.  "In  the  treatment  of  disease  from  sexual  abuse,  as 
in  involuntary  ■■'eminal  emissions  with  marked  atony  and  morbid  irritability,  it  is 
the  very  best  remedy  known  "  (Locke,  Syllab.  of  Mat.  Med.,  p.  199).  It  has  long  been 
used  as  a  remedy  for  impotency  due  to  excesses  or  to  debility  of  sexual  organs  or 
of  the  whole  system. 

Phosphorus  in  minute  doses  (gtt.  iij  to  v  in  aqua  5iv;  teaspoonful  every  hour) 
is  a  valuable  agent  in  low  grades  of  pneumonia  and  bronchitis.  It  is  a  better  agent 
in  the  second  stage  of  pneumonia  than  aconite.  It  is  an  agent  of  great  power  in 
lung  hepatization.  In  chronic  pneumonia  with  secretion  of  muco-pus  and  expec- 
toration of  blood — the  patient  hastening  on  to  consumption — this  remedy  or  the 
hypophosphites  will  be  found  of  great  value.  In  the  extreme  debility  oi  typhoid 
pneumr)nia,  no  agent  is  more  eflScient  than  phosphorus.  Rust-colored  sputa  is 
one  of  the  strongest  indications  for  phosphorus;  hacking,  dry  cough  in  the  earl}- 
stage  of  phthisi.t  is  also  an  indication  for  this  drug.  Chronic  bronchitis,  with  bloody 
and  muco-i>urulent  expectoration  and  chronic  l(u-yngitii,  with  marked  dryness  and 
sense  of  heat  in  the  throat,  and  associated  with  nervous  depression,  call  for  small 
doses  of  phusphorus.  Pleurisy,  in  some  subjects,  and  especially  in  the  chronic 
form,  may  require  phosphorus  to  assist  in  the  absorption  of  the  efiFusion.  In  such 
cases  the  patient  is  extremely  weak,  the  pulse  feeble,  tongue  pasty,  and  appetite 
and  digestion  much  impaired. 

Pho,<phorus  has  been  used  as  a  stimulant  to  the  nervous  centers  in  Imo  fevers 
with  low.  muttering  delirium,  unconsciousness,  and  involuntary  passage  of  the 
fecal  and  urinary  discharges.  It  is  also  useful  as  a  cutaneous  stimulant  in  some 
exanthematous  diseases  in  which  the  eruption  has  receded  from  the  skin.  It  has 
also  been  advised,  chiefly  in  conjunction  with  arsenic,  for  boils,  carbuncles,  scrofu- 
lous abscesses,  acne,  herpes  zoster,  .scald-head,  lepra,  lupus,  psoriasis,  fistulie,  osseous  caries. 
and  enlarged  glands.  In  the  so-called  scrofulous  diathesis  it  is  sometimes  useful, 
and  in  such  a  state  it  relieves  anienorrhoea,  dysmenorrha!a,  leucorrhcea,  chlorosis,  n<md 
catarrh,  colliqualire  sweating  and  other  debilitating  discharges  in  phthisis,  especially 
tiie  diarrh<e<i  of  phtltisis.  Ten  or  20  minims  of  specific  phosphorus,  added  to  4  fluid 
ounces  of  water,  and  given  in  teaspoonful  doses  every  2,  3,  or  4  hours,  have  been 
found  by  Prof.  J.  M.  Scudder,  M.  D.,  very  useful  in  cholera  infantum,  where  there 
was  nervous  exhaustion,  the  discharges  from  the  bowels  being  slimy  and  frothy, 
with  tj'm])anites.  Pho.-^jihorus  has  been  endorsed  as  a  remeily  for  ^jct-jhWoks  noc- 
inin,  but  often  fails.  Prof.  Locke  advises  minute  doses  "of  phosphorus  for  "  muscular 
wcakneJis,aA  in  children  who  are  slow  in  learning  to  walk."  In  fatty  degenerations 
of  the  brain,  sjanal  cord,  heart,  liver,  and  kidneys,  it  has  been  with  some  physicians  a 
favorite  remedy.  In  fatly  henntir  degeneration  with  a  pale,  waxy  countenance,  and 
in  malignant  jaundice,  with  delirium  and  marked  prostration,  it  is  a  serviceable 
remedy.  In  fatty  degenerations  the  dose  must  be  minute.  It  is  a  remedy  for  osteo- 
malaria  and  rickets,  and  has  been  advised  in  prortiti'<  and  in  <li(d)eles  mellUus. 

In  ocular  and  aural  therapeutics,  nhosnhorus  is  sometimes  useful.  Thus,  in 
functional  inner  ear  ditorder.^.  associated  with   iieneral   neurasthenia,  it  sometimes 


1464  PHYSALIS. 

benefits,  and  tinnitis  aunum,  is  occasionally  overcome  by  it.  The  dose  is  about  y^ 
grain,  4  times  a  day  (Foltz).  In  eye  affections  it  frequently  aids  in  a  cure,  particu- 
larly if  there  be  a  scrofulous  or  tubercular  taint.  It  quickly  relieves  retinalJiyper- 
emin  and  rrtivids.  It  has  also  benefited  dhsemiiuited  choroiditis  and  retinochoroiditis. 
Foltz  (Dywvni.  Themp.)  declares  that  it  will  rapidly  increase  visual  acuity  m  func- 
tional ox  reflex  nmhlyopia,  provided  no  morbid  process  is  present,  and  that  it  is  the 
best  remedy  for  inmfficiency  of  the  internal  recti  and  paralysis  of  the  ocular  muscks. 
The  dose  for  this  purpose  is  from  ^^  to  ^  grain.  Others  have  pronounced  it  a 
good  remedy  for  asthenic  amaurosis  of  functional  character. 

Phosphorus  may  be  given  in  solution  in  alcohol,  ether,  olive,  almond,  or  cod- 
liver  oil,  chloroform,  glycerin,  or  in  pill.  An  elixir  of  phosphorus  and  phospho- 
rated oil  are  now  ofl[icial.  The  dose  of  phosphorus  ranges  from  ^^  grain,  cau- 
tiously and  gradually  increased  to -jig^  grain,  from  j^  to  ^\;  grain  being  the  usual 
range  of  dosage.  Elixir  of  phosphorus,  15  minims  to  Hsj^fTeir  to  j'^- grain);  pho.'--- 
phorated  oil  (1  per  cent  phosphorus)  1  to  10  minims;  specific  phosphorus  is  the 
form  usually  employed  in  Eclectic  practice,  the  most  common  prescription  read- 
ing:   R  Specific  phosphorus  gtt.  v  to  xx,  aqua  flsiv.     Dose,  1  teaspoonful,  every 

2  to  4  hours.  One  minim  of  specific  phosphorus  represents  ytu  g''ain  of  white 
phosphorus.  As  phosphorus  appears  to  accumulate  in  the  system,  its  action 
should  be  carefully  watched,  and  as  soon  as  vomiting,  diarrhoea,  or  other  symi>- 
toms  of  derangement  of  the  digestive  organs  appear,  the  use  of  the  remedy  should 
be  temporarily  ceased,  and,  after  2  or  3  days,  be  again  commenced  with  the  smallest 
dose,  as  before.  Indeed,  when  no  symptoms  whatever  manifest  themselves,  it  will 
be  prudent  to  cease  its  administration  every  15  or  20  days,  recommencing  its  use 
in  4  or  5  days,  and  so  on. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Nervous  exhaustion;  atony;  vesical  and 
prostatic  irritation,  with  mucoid  discharges;  sense  of  fullness  and  dragging  in 
the  perineum;  sense  of  weariness  in  lower  extremities;  mucoid  rectal  discharges; 
■-.'W  muttering  delirium  in  low  fevers,  with  involuntary  discharges;  chronic  bron- 
chial and  pulmonic  affections,  with  heat,  dryness,  hacking  cough,  and  difficult 
expectoration  of  muco-purulent  or  sanguineous  sputa;  rust}'  sputa;  pulmonary 
hj'peremia;  pinkish  countenance  with  staring  eyes;  expressionless  pasty  tongue; 
insufficiency  of  the  internal  recti  muscle  of  the  eye;  sexual  debility. 

Preparations  of  Phosphorus. — Aqua  Fhosvuorica, Phwphorus  water.  M.Stanislas  Mai> 
tin,  has  suKcested  tlie  intenial  use  of  aqua  phosphorica,  the  water  which  is  kept  standing 
over  phospliorus.  I  have  derived  benefit  from  it  in  cases  o(  iiiifiotenci/,  preiitatitre  aeminaJ  emw- 
sions,  and  in  some  nen-ous  afeclions.    It  maybe  taken  in  doses  of  from  o  to  10  minims,  repeated 

3  times  a  day,  in  some  syrup  of  the  hypophosphites  (J.  Kingl. 

Pii>.  .\piiKor)isiACA,  or  Pil.diimianii  cum  phosphoro  d  nuce  lomicjc. — This  pill  is  a  specialty 
of  Eli  Lilly  it  Co.,  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  and  contains  extract  of  damiana,  extract  of  nux  vomica, 
and  phosphorus.  It  is  extensively  prescribed  as  an  aphrodisiac  and  nerve  tonic  in  iinpoteney, 
sexual  (Idiility,  nervousness,  and  mental  oienvorh. 

Phosphorus  Paste. — Phosphorus  is  very  useful  for  destroying  rats,  mice,  cockroaches, 
bugs,  and  other  vermin;  the  following  paste  is  considered  the  best  for  this  purpose,  as  it  does 
not  ferment  on  keeping:  Triturate  to  liquefaction  <>  parts  of  phosphorus  and  1  part  of  pure 
sulphur,  with  0  parts  of  cold  water,  that  is  added  in  portions;  afterward  add  2  parts  nf  mustunl 
flour,  10  parts  of  cold  water,  8  parts  of  sugar,  and  12  parts  of  rve  flour.  Stir  it  to  the  i-onsist- 
ence  of  a  soft  paste,  and  keep  it  in  pots  closely  covered  [Amrr.  Jf,ur.  Pharm. .Vol.  XXVII,  p.  473). 

PHYSALIS.— GROUND  CHERRY. 

The  berries  oi Physalis  viscosn,LimiL 

Nat.  Ord. — Solanacea'. 

Common  Names:   Ground  cherry,  Yellow  henbane. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  is  indigenous,  perennial  and  pube.<cent,  hav- 
ing an  heibaceous,  decumbent  stem,  about  a  foot  iiigli,  and  which  is  often  viscid  as 
well  as  the  whole  plant.  The  branches  are  somewliat  dichotoniinis  and  angular. 
The  leaves  are  very  variable,  even  in  the  same  plant,  solitary  or  in  paii-s.  ovate  or 
lanceolate-ovate,  cordate  or  acute  at  base,  often  obtuse  at  theapex.  repand-toothed 
or  entire,  petiolate,  from  1  to  4  inches  in  length,  and  i  or  §  as  broad,  or  even  of 
equal  breadth;  when  they  occur  in  pairs,  one  of  them  is  much  smaller.  The 
flowers   are  .solitary,  axillary,  and    pendulous;   tlic   corolla   canipanulate-rotate, 


PHYSOS^TIGMA.  1465 

twice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  tube  very  short,  limb  obscurely  5-lobed,  greenish-yel- 
low, witli  5  brownish  spots  at  the  base  inside.  Calyx  5-cleft,  persistent,  enlarged, 
inflated,  and  angular;  stamens  5,  connivent;  anthers  opening  lengthwise.  The 
fruit  is  a  yellow  or  orange-colored  berry,  inclosed  in  the  calyx.  There  are  many 
varieties  of  this  plant,  some  of  which  have  been  unnecessarily  divided  into  spe- 
cies, as  P.  nl,»-in-n,  P. pubcficcns,  P. prnnsijloinir,,,  and  P. philudelphia  {\V.—Qi.). 

History. — This  plant  is  common  in  many  parts  of  the  country,  and  is  found 
growing  in  dry  fields,  hillsides,  and  roadsides,  flowering  in  Julyand  August.  Its 
root  is  fusiform,  white,  and  bitter,  and  will  probably  act  as  a  bitter  tonic.  The 
fruit  or  berries  are  slightly  acid  and  edible,  with  a  faint  bitterness.  Water  or 
proof-spirit  extract  their  properties. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Tonic,  laxative,  and  diuretic,  said  also 
to  be  sedative.  The  juice  of  the  hurries,  or  a  strong  infusion,  is  reputed  very  bene- 
ficial in  firavel.  dijji'-uli  urimttion.  and  several  urinary  disorders.  Dose,  of  the  juice  of 
the  berries,  1  or  2  fluid  ounces.  It  will  be  found  very  useful  m  febrile  and  inflam- 
matory diseases,  attended  with  considerable  va.scular  excitement,  high-colored  or 
scanty  urine,  restlessness  or  wakefulness,  and  torpor  of  the  bowels. 

Belated  Species. — yicandra  phymhides,  Gaertner,  is  known  as  Apple  of  Peru. 

iri'//i<(»i(i  i(,(ii;i(/<ui.'',  Dunal,  of  India. — .Sometimes  confused  with  alkekengi.  It  contains  a 
powerful  cuaijulating  principle,  and  is  used  by  the  natives,  in  place  of  rennet,  to  coagulate 
milk.    (For  medical  uses  in  India,  see  Dyinock.  .\[attri<i  Medina  u/  Wattfrn  bidia.) 

Phi/sidi.i  Alkt'keiigi,  .[Ikrkengi,  or  UVn(ti-  rhrrr;/,  of  Kurope,  lias  the  stem  somewhat  branching 
below,  the  leaves  in  pairs,  entire,  acute ;  fiowef.«  white ;  caly.x  of  the  fruit  red  or  reddish,  with 
acid  and  somewhat  bitter  berries.  It  grows  about  a  foot  high,  and  possesses  similar  properties 
to  physalis,  anil  is  reoonimemied  as  a  febrifuge  (W.).  It  is  naturalized  and  sometimes  culti- 
vated' in  the  United  .States,  l)eii;g  known' as  <S'<row6(?rri/  tomato.  Dessaignes  and  Chautard,  iu 
J852,  obtaine<I  the  bitter  principle  of  Phymlig  Alkekengi,  which  they  call  ph'js'din  1C14H16O5), 
and  whicli  has  been  employed  with  success  in  intermittent  fner.  Pure  phi/salln  is  a  white, amor- 
phous powder,  with  a  faint" tinge  of  yellow;  its  taste  is  at  first  faintly,  afterward  permanently 
bitter.  It  is  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  more  soluble  in  hot  water,  chloroform,  and  alco- 
hol, and  sparingly  soluble  in  ether  and  acids.  It  is  dissolved  without  chemical  alteration  by 
ammonia,  but  is  precipitated  from  alcoholic  solution  by  an  ammonical  solution  of  acetate  of 
lead.    The  fruit  of  Physiilis  Alkekengi  contains  citric  acid  and  sugar. 

PHYSOSTIGMA   (U.  S.  P.)— PHYSOSTIGMA. 

"The  seed  of  Physo.<ilirima  rencnostt?)!,  Balfour" — if.  .s'.  P.). 

Nut.  Oril. — Leguminosa;. 

Common   N.\mes  :    Calabar  bean  (Faba  cnlabarica).  Ordeal  bean  of  Calabar. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  large,  herbaceous,  climbing  perennial,  with  the 
stem  woody  at  the  base,  about  2  inches  in  diameter,  twining,  and  sometimes  50 
feet  long.  "The  leaves  are  large  and  pinnately-tri-  Pig.  192. 

foliate;  and  the  leaflets  ample,  ovate,  and  acumi- 
nate, with  stipels.  The  flowers  are  large,  about  an 
inch  long,  in  pendulous,  fascicled  racemes,  on  axil- 
lary peduncles,  pale-pink  or  purplish,  and  beauti- 
fully veined.  The  bracts  generally  fall  early,  and  the 
flower-stalk  or  rachis  is  covered  with  tuber-like 
knots.  Corolla  cre.'scentiform,  papilionaceous;  vexil- 
lum  round-ovate,  recurved;  apex  bilobed,  ba.«e  an- 
gustate,  ni  a  r  g  i  n  s  auriculate;  alic  oblong-obovate, 
free,  incurved;  keel  obovate  and  produced  into  a 
twisted  beak.  The  calyx  is  campanulate,  quadrifid, 
•5-toothed,  short,  broad,  the  two  uitpcr  nearly  united. 
Upper  stamens  free;  anthers  all  alike.  Ovary  raised 
on  a  stipe,  2  or  3-ovuled.  Style  thickened  within 
the  beak  of  the  keel,  ami  twisted  with  it,  bearded 
along  the  inner  side,  and  bearing  a  hood-like  ap|iend- 
age  at  the  apex  covering  the  stigma.  The  legume 
is  broad-linear,  flattened,  but  convex  on  both  sides,  Piiy<«»tigiiia  1 

2-valved,  and  slightly  constricted  between  the  seeds,  which  are  oblong,  with  a 
long,  linear  hilum. 


1466  I'HYSOSTIGMA. 

History. — This  plant,  the  Ordeal  bean  of  Calabar,  is  a  native  of  Calabar,  in 
the  Gulf  of  Guinea,  on  the  western  coast  of  Africa,  and,  according  to  Dr.  Mery, 
p.    j^gg  around  the  pourcis  df  the  river  Coma,  near  Gabon.    It  is 

'*■■       ■  the  only  known  sihi  i.-  of  the  genus,  unless  we  include 

the  Munnm  ry/iinlni.-^jji  ruKi,  Welwitsch,  by  some  called  Phy- 
sostigma  cxjUndrD^pifnnum,  whose  seeds  were  found  with  the 
commercial  drug  bj'  Holmes,  in  1879.  It  grows  along  the 
banks  of  rivers,  climbing  upon  the  adjacent  trees  and 
shrubs,and  when  the  seeds  become  ripe  they  frequently  fall 
into  the  rivers,  are  carried  down  the  stream,  and  collected 
by  the  natives  residing  on  the  borders.  The  Calabar  negroes 
call  the  seed  esere,  and  use  it  as  an  ordeal  for  the  purpose  of  deciding  the  guilt 
or  innocence  of  persons  accused  of  crimes.  It  has  been  a  very  difficult  matter 
to  procure  these  beans,  as  the  natives  were  averse  to  giving  tliem  to  foreigner.-, 
hence  their  high  price.  In  this  connection,  see  a  more  detailed  account  of  th' 
Calabar  bean  and  its  uses,  by  J.  U.  Lloyd,  in  the  Western  Druggist,  1897,  p.  249. 
Calabar  bean  is  a  violent  poison,  but  did  not  attract  attention  on  the  part  of  the 
medical  profession  until  its  power  of  contracting  the  pupil  of  the  eye  was  dis- 
covered. The  first  important  notice  on  the  subject  was  made  by  Dr.  Christison 
before  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh,  February  5,  1855,  and  which  is  published 
in  their  proceedings.  Dr.  Thomas  R.  Fraser  was  the  first  to  discover,  in  1862,  its 
peculiar  property  of  contracting  the  pupil,  and  subsequently  Dr.  Argyll  Robinson 
made  a  more  complete  analysis  of  its  ophthalmic  properties.  The  present  botan- 
ical name  of  the  plant  was  given  to  it  by  Dr.  Balfour,  of  Edinburgh.  The  pow- 
der, the  tincture,  specific  physostigma,  eserine,  and  the  extract  of  Calabar  bean 
(see  E.iintrtum.  Pfiysostigmatis)  are  employed  for  internal  use. 

Description. — The  bean  or  seed  is  the  part  used,  and  is  ofliciallj-  described  as 
"about  25  to  30  Mm.  (1  to  IJ  inches)  long,  15  to  20  Mm.  (f  to  f  inch)  l>road,  and 
10  to  15  Mm.  (f  to  f  inch)  thick;  oblong,  and  somewhat  reniform;  testa  granular, 
chocolate-brown,  with  a  broad,  black  groove  extending  over  the  entire  length  of 
the  convex  edge;  embryo  with  a  short,  curved  radicle,  and  2  large,  white,  con- 
cavo-convex cotyledons;  inodorous;  taste  bean-like.  On  moistening  the  embryo 
with  potassium  hydrate  T.S.,  it  becomes  pale-yellow" — {U.  S.  P.).  The  latter  test 
serves  to  distinguish  this  bean  from  that  of  Pliym.-<tigma  cylindrospei-nunn,  vrhich 
produces  with  the  alkali  an  almost  orange  color,  turning  to  greenish  (seeE.  M. 
Holmes,  Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.,Yol.  IX,  1879,  p.  913).  The  average  weight  of  the 
seed  is  about  4.1  grammes  (63  grains).  Alcohol  takes  up  its  virtues  entirely, 
water  but  partially.  The  kernel  is  brittle  and  constitutes  the  most  poisonous 
])art  of  the  seed,  the  episperm  being  nearly  inert ;  but  it  is  exceedingly  difficult 
to  completely  sejiarate  the  latter. 

Chemical  Composition.— Calabar  bean  contains  starch  (48  per  cent),  muci- 
lage, aliiunieii  i  L':!  \M-r  ctnt),  fatty  oil  (2.5  percent),  and  salts,  mainly  potassium 
phosi)hate.  The  chief  active  principle  of  physostigma  is  the  alkaloid  ^iAi/jfo.t^j;;- 
viiiii .  >liseovered,  in  1864,  by  Jobst  and  Hesse.  Vie  and  Leven  (1S6.5)  claimed  to 
h;i  vc  obtained  it  in  crystallized  form,  and  named  it  e.^ei-ine,  from  esere,  the  African 
term  for  the  ordeal  bean.  Jobst  and  Hesse  prepared  it  by  treating  an  alcoholic 
extract  of  the  seeds  with  solution  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  and  shaking  out  the 
alkaloid  with  ether,  abstracting  it  with  diluted  suli>huric  acid  and  again  treating 
this  solution  with  sodium  bicarbonate  and  ether.  The  French  Codex  uses  the  name 
e.firine  exclusively. 

FHVsosTUiMiNE  (CisHjiNjOj)  (Esei~ine)  forms  colorless,  hygroscopic,  thin  i>lates. 
sliglitly  soluble  in  water,  easily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  benzol  and 
carl)on  disulphide.  It  is  strongly  basic,  and  forms  salts  with  acids,  some  of  which 
are  crystallizable.  Physostigmine  is  an  unstable  body  when  exposed  to  light  and 
air,  and  especially  at  a  higher  temperature  (100°  C.  or  212°  P.),  it  turns  red.  and 
is  converted  into  Duquesnel's  rubrenerine  (C„H„N,0,,  Ehrenberg,  1894),  a  deejvred 
substance  insoluble  in  ether,  but  soluble  in  chloroform.  Free  alkali  and  ammo- 
nia favor  this  change,  while  sodium  bicarbonate  hardly  aflects  the  alkaloid.  The 
salts  of  physostigmine  yield  precipitates  with  alkaloidal  reagents  (see  color  re- 
actions under  Phyxnstigmin.r  Sulphait  and  Snlin/lns).  Tills  alkaloid  is  too  poisonous 
for  general  use.     It  may  cause  deatli  when  absorbed  by  the  conjunctiva;  thef>r 


PHYSOSTIGMA.  1467 

of  a  grain  injected  hypodermaticallj-,  or  ,'^  of  a  grain  introduced  into  the  stomach, 
will,  with  the  adult,"  cause  symptoms  of  intolerance;  a  larger  dose  will  produce 
graver  symptoms.  It  is  not  a  counter-poison  to  strychnine.  It  merely  changes 
the  symptoms  of  the  poisoning  and  the  results  of  the  autopsy  without  retarding 
the  death. 

A  second  alkaloid,  calnlxirine,  was  discovered  in  Calahar  bean,  in  1876,  by 
Harnack  and  Witkowski,  distinguished  from  eserine  principallj' by  its  being  in- 
soluble in  ether.  It  is  soluble  in  alcohol  and  water,  and  its  toxic  power  is  about 
one-sixth  that  of  eserine.  It  resembles  strychnine  in  its  physiological  action 
more  nearly  than  physostigmine,  producing  tetanic  movementsin  animals  of  the 
lower  order.  Ehrenberg  i^C/iem.  Cenlnilblutt,  1894,  p.  439)  believes  that  calabarine 
is  a  decomposition  product  of  phy.sostignia  alkaloids.  Eber,  in  1888,  found  in  the 
Calabar  bean  an  alkaloid,  eserkU'ne  (CY^H.^XjO,,),  distinguished  by  its  property  of 
liberating  iodine  from  iodic  acid.  Ehrenl>erg  (/oc  c//.)  finally  isolated  the  crys- 
tallizable  alkaloid,  esermnine  (C,jH,jNjO,,),  which  is  physiologically  inactive.  By 
extracting  Calabar  bean  with  petroleum  ether,  Hesse  (1878)  ohiaiweA.  phytosterin, 
a  substance  closely  related  to  the  alcohol  cholesterin  in  animal  fats. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Calabar  bean,  when  administered  in 
poisonous  doses  to  animals,  apiit-ais  tn  produce  a  depressing  influence,  as  mani- 
fested by  a  slight  tremor,  followtd  by  paralysis  of  the  limbs,  slow  and  irregular 
respiration,  with  stertor,  muscular  twitchings,  more  or  less  complete  loss  of  sen- 
sation, contraction  of  the  puiiils.  frothy  mucus  escapes  from  the  mouth,  and 
finally  there  is  only  a  gasping  insjiiration  i)revious  to  death.  Consciousness  is  pre- 
served during  the  whole  time,  until  the  power  of  expression  is  lost.  Reflex  action 
can  not  be  produced  by  either  pricking  or  pinching  the  skin.  Immediately  after 
death  the  pupils  dilate.  With  4.5  children  who  were  accidentally  poisoned  by 
the  Calabar  bean  and  taken  to  the  Southern  Hospital  of  Liverpool,  the  more 
prominent  symptoms  were  loss  of  mobility,  extreme  prostration,  slowness  and  fee- 
bleness of  pulse,  profuse  sweats,  coldness  of  the  extremities,  vomitings,  and  with 
some,  severe  diarrhoea.  One  of  the  children  died,  with  whom  there  was  neither 
nausea  nor  vomiting.  These  symptoms,  with  most  of  the  children,  disappeared 
in  the  course  of  6  or  7  hours.  Some  look  upon  Calabar  bean  as  a  respiratory  poi- 
son causing  asphyxia;  others,  as  interfering  with  contractions  of  the  heart  and 
producing  syncope.  Calalnir  bean  appears  to  be  a  spinal  paralyzer,  lessening 
excitability  of  the  peripheral  extremities  of  the  motor  nerves,  destroying  excita- 
bility of  the  muscles,  and  directly  diminishing  reflex  action.  Its  action  on  blood- 
vessels is,  firstly,  to  contract  them;  secondly,  to  dilate  them.  It  diminishes  the 
pulsations  of  the  heart  (Eraser).  Retention  of  the  urine  is  sometimes  produced 
owing  to  the  sphincter  contraction  induced  by  the  drug. 

There  is  no  known  antidote  to  poisoning  by  Calabar  bean  except  atropine, 
which  should  be  injected  in  ^  grain  doses;  one  indispensable  condition  is  an 
evacuation  of  the  poison;  for,  when  used  as  an  ordeal  among  the  Calabar  negroes, 
those  who  vomit  do  not  die;  so  it  was  with  the  children  above  referred  to.  As  to 
other  measures,  they  must  be  based  upon  general  principles  according  to  the  symp- 
toms presenting,  such  as  artificial  respiration,  electricity,  coffee,  stimulants,  etc. 

Calabar  Ijcan  was  introduced  into  medical  practic'C  as  a  valuable  local  agent 
in  certain  conditions  of  the  eyes,  since  which  it  has  been  successfully  employed 
internally  in  certain  nervous  disorders.  The  alcoholic  extract  of  the  bean  was 
the  preparation  formerly  used  in  ophthalmic  practice  as  a  local  application  to  the 
eye,  while  at  the  present  day  the  alkaloid  eserine  has  largely  supplanted  the  use 
of  the  extract;  when  brought  into  contact  with  the  conjunctiva,  physostigmine 
causes  lachrymation,  and  in  about  5  minutes  later  contraction  of  the  pupil,  fol- 
lowed by  contraction  of  the  ciliary  muscles;  this  contraction  reaches  its  height 
ill  half  an  hour,  and  continues  for  about  12  hours  (sometimes  less  pronounced 
for  days),  without,  however,  producing  complete  immobility  of  the  jiupil.  It 
counteracts  the  effect  of  atropine,  and  also  acts  if  there  is  paralysis  of  the  pupil. 
The  contraction  of  the  pupil  and  ciliary  muscle  thus  produced,  generally  causes 
pain,  which  may  be  ver}'  severe  and  continue  for  hours.  If  the  eye  be  used,  or 
efforts  at  accommodation  be  made,  the  pain  increases.  It  appears,  according  to 
the  views  of  some  ol)servers,  to  act  by  depressing  the  functions  of  the  spinal  cord, 
and  thus  preventing  the  transini—'ion  of  ncrvnus  impul.ses  tlirongli  the  cord  to 


1468  PHYSOSTIGMA. 

and  from  the  iris;  others,  however,  believe  that  it  does  not  primarily  affect  the 
spinal  axis,  but  acts  directly  upon  the  muscles  and  their  controlling  nerves. 
The  pupillary  contraction  is  thought  to  be  due  to  dilatation  of  the  blood  vessels 
supplying  the  iris.  The  effects  of  physostigmine  may  be  confined  to  the  eye  to 
which  it  is  applied.  It  has  been  successfully  employed  as  a  local  application  in 
mydriasis,  from  atropine  or  other  cause,  in  irilii  and' inflammations  of  neighbor- 
ing structures,  when  desirable  to  produce  alternate  contraction  and  dilatation  of 
the  pupils,  thus  preventing  adhesions;  paralysis  of  the  cilidnj  mtisde,  ret  in  If  i.-<  with 
photophobia,  photophobia  with  strumous  ophthalmia,  granular  and  irritable  lids,  ulcera- 
tion of  the  margin  of  the  cornea,  prolapsus  of  the  iris,  and  in  all  cases  where  pupillary 
contraction  is  indicated,  or  where  it  is  desired  to  improve  the  accommodative 
power  of  the  eye  for  distant  vision.  Glaucoma  is  palliated  by  the  use  of  physos- 
tigmine, especially  if  it  be  induced  by  the  use  of  atropine.  It  is  a  remedy  for 
episcleritis.  In  corneal  ulcerations  with  feeble  recuperative  powers,  in  indolent,  non- 
vascular, coriKal  ulcers,  and  in  hypopyon  ulcers,  it  is  extremely  valuable. 

Physostigmine  is  the  agent  to  be  selected  to  control  excessive  ocular  tension 
after  traumrltisms.  It  snhdues  neuralgic  pains  in  the  eyeball,  somei'umes  relieves  con- 
vertjent  strabismus,  and  is  often  employed  to  overcome  spasm  of  the  inusrlcf  of  accom- 
modation when  persistent.  Gelatin  discs  of  physostigmine  (Lamella;  Physnstigniinas) 
containing  about  y^Vr  grain  of  the  alkaloid  are  occasionally  used,  and  readily 
dissolve  when  placed  upon  the  conjunctiva  of  the  lower  lids.  The  local  efifect^ 
ceases  in  from  12  to  24  hours.  Generally,  the  solution  (1  in  1000)  is  employed.  A* 
glycerin  solution  (1  part  in  5)  of  the  extract  was  formerly,  and  is  still  used  to 
some  extent. 

The  internal  administration  of  the  extract  has  also  been  found  useful  in 
chorea,  centric  or  eccentric  tetanus,  epilepsy,  reflex  neuralgia,  reflex  paralysis,  etc.  How- 
ever, its  therapeutical  effects  in  these  diseases,  are  not  fully  decided.  It  is,  how- 
ever, a  useful  remedy  in  diseases  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  when  administered 
in  minute  doses,  the  usual  prescription  being:  R  Specific  })hysostigma  gtt.  v, 
aqua  siv.  Mix.  Dose,  a  teaspoonful  every  2  to  4  hours.  The  indications  for  its 
use  here  are  a  cool  surface,  cold  extremities,  feeble,  tremulous  pulse,  and  con- 
tracted pupils.  Occasionally  the  dilated  pupil  will  lead  to  its  use  if  the  associate 
symptom  is  a  rapid,  small,  tense  pulse.  Dullness  of  intellect,  pupillary  contrac- 
tion, and  the  small,  weak  pulse  are  the  symptoms  of  cerebrospinal  menimiitis,  which 
call  for  its  exhibition.  The  same  state  of  the  pulse  with  a  forcible  upturning  of 
the  eyes,  points  to  its  use  in  puerperal  convulsions,  which  it  sometimes  relieves. 
Larger  doses  than  for  the  above-named  nervous  conditions  are  required  in  tetanus. 
As  large  a  dose  as  5  drops  of  specific  physostigma  may  be  repeated  every  1  or  2 
hours  in  this  complaint. 

In  one  case  of  traumatic  tetamt^,  Watson  gave  2  grains  every  hour.  Fraser  does 
not  think  the  powder  advisable  in  tetanus,  the  functions  of  the  stomach  being 
considerably  impaired  in  this  disease.  The  ordinary  tincture  is  an  uncertain 
preparation,  and  should  not  be  used.  The  alcoholic  extract  must  be  adminis- 
tered with  great  care;  its  commencing  dose  should  not  exceed  |  of  a  grain  in 
24  hours,  and  at  no  time  should  its  dose  exceed  2  grains  in  24  hours,  "it  may 
be  given  in  pill  form,  or  dissolved  in  diluted  alcohol,  spirit,  wine,  or  glycerin. 
Watson  advises  a  preparation  made  by  dissolving  8  grains  of  the  alcoholic  extract 
in  i  fluid  ounce  of  boiling  water,  then  gradually  adding  U  fluid  ouiuos  of  alco- 
hol,and  filtering;  10  minims  of  tiiis  contain  yV  of  a  grain  of  the  extract,  which  isa 
good  dose  to  begin  with  in  an  adult.  When  used  in  subcutaneous  injection  the 
extract  may  be  rubbed  up  in  water,  and  a  little  chloride  of  soilium  or  a  fewdroj>s 
(if  liquor  potassa?  be  added.  In  a  severe  case  of  traumatic  tetanus,  Ashdown  made 
use  of  a  Hulicutaneous  injection  of  J  of  a  grain  of  the  extract  in  18  niininis  of 
wati'r;  repeating  the  injn  lion  every  2  hours.  But  great  care  is  require<l  in  deter- 
mining the  amount  of  extract  necessary  in  any  given  case;  when  jdiy.«:<tiijn>iite  is 
rmpliiyeil  for  this  purpose,  a  solution  of  1  part  to  1000  is  amply  suflicient,  of 
which  a  few  drojis  only  should  be  injected,  repeating  the  operation  according  to 
the  effects  jiroduced. 

Physostigmine  has  also  been  proposed  as  an  antagonist  to  juufoniiig  by  bella- 
dnnna  or  atropine.  I  have  found  its  internal  use  decidedly  successful  in  several 
cases  of  imjmlenre.  the  result  of  masturbation,  also  in  cases  of  iin]>erfect  erection 


PHYSOSTIGMIX.E  SALICYLAS.  1469 

witli  prt--inatuie  seminal  discharge  cm  attemiiting  coition;  in  which  affections  I 
am  not  aware  its  use  lias  been  heretofore  testtil.  Tlie  dose  of  the  powder  is  usu- 
ally about  4  or  5  grains,  during  the  24  hours,  in  water,  emulsion,  or  pill  form 
(J.  King).  Extract  of  physostigmine  {^  grain)  and  eserine  (^'^  grain)  have  been 
successfully  employed  in  exccsice  smntinri,  ^^yhile  the  internal  use  of  the  former 
has  been  suggested  in  cholera,  diai'rfnea,J'eci(lnrruinulalinn  due  to  intfglinal  dilatation, 
and  in  ga.<tnihiia,  chronic  con^tipati'm,  inlcsliwil,  renal,  and  cystic  catarrh,  phthisical 
vi(jht  swcal.'i,  di/.-<pn(ea,  enijihj/sentn,  bronchial  dilatation,  and  asthma.  Commencing 
dose  of  the  extract, -i^j grain;  of  the  powder,  1  grain;  for  specific  uses  in  nervous 
diseases,  a  fraction  of  a  ilrop  of  specific  physostigma ;  for  other  purposes  a  fraction 
of  a  drop  to  5  drojis;  of  e.-ierine,T-Jir grain,  carried  as  high  as ^ grain;  for  local 
ocular  purposes,  a  few  drops  of  a  solution  of  eserine  (1  in  1000);  for  hypodermatic 
use,  a  solution  of  eserine  (1  in  1000). 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Eserine:  Locally  to  induce  contraction  of 
the  puiiil  ill  niydiia>is  or  injuries  to  the  eye;  iritis, corneal  ulcers,  iridal  prolapse, 
and  ocular  iiillaiuiiiaiiniis.  Physostigma:  Pulse  feeble  and  tremulous,  surface 
cool,  extremities  cold,  and  pupils  contracted;  or  pupils  dilated  with  small,  rapid, 
tensive  pulse;  mental  torpor  in  cerebro-spinal  meningitis;  breathing  difficult 
with  sense  of  constriction. 

Related  Drugs  and  Substitutions.— ANTi.vRis,[/>n«an/ia)-.  A  gummy-resinous  exudate 
from  .■l)l^'<^■^<  Inxinuia,  Lischtnault  (  X'll.  Onl. — Urticacesei.  The  tree  furnishing  this  poison  is 
one  of  the  lar^'e  forest  tives  of  Java.  Celebes,  and  the  islands  near  by.  It  is  well  known  on 
account  of  the  term  VeatUij  !<;«i.<  applied  to  it,  for  it  is  said  to  exliale,  like  the  poisonous  species 
of  Rhus,  a  VI  ilatile  matter  which  ati'eets  some  iiulividuals,  causing  swellings  and  eruptions  upon 
the  skin.  The  milk-white  or  yellowish  exudate  flows  when  the  tree  is  wounded;  this  upon 
exposure  becomes  brownish  in  color.  It  forms  tlie  bulk  of  tlie  Vpa.^  anfun-  or  so-called  Jarmi,.^,- 
an-oir-iioi.oijii,  and  is  identical  with  the  Ijjuh  pn'i^on  of  the  M:ila>>  i  -.  e  .V -  .  T'.,«-Va  i.  Upns  antiar 
is  a  waxy,  reddisli-hrown  body  having  an  acrid,  and  ex..-~~r,^  \y  1  lur  taste.  Alcohol  and 
ether  partially  dissolve  it;  with  water  it  forms  an  emul:?i..ii.  It  c  ;it;ili,~  liesidcs  aHmnien,  wax, 
and  gum,  the  followina-  i..-.iili:ir  i.rin.-iiiles:  (1  i  The  tuxic,  cr\->t;i!lizalile,  glucosid,  aii/'ViWii 
(Cj7H«Hio-r4H20,  Kilia;  ■     -  -       •  n-l  in  l.si>4  bv  Pelletier'and  C'aventou;  it  is  soluble 

in  27.4  parts  of  boilint'  :  ,  .  „    t  ■,   nt-  ..f  water  a't  22.5°  C.  {72..5°F.),  and  in  2792  parts  of 

ether  (Mulderi.  It  has  a  i.  ...  i...  ..'  i.nuit  i2l'.5°  C.or437°F.,Kilianit.  AVhen  heated  with 
diluted  hydrochloric  ai  I'i.  it  is  ileoLupuM-d  into  antiarigenin  and  autiarose,  isomeric  with 
rhamnose'(Kilianii.  (2)  Autiarol  1C9H12O4,  Kiliani),  soluble  in  warm  water,  melting  at  146°  C. 
(294.8° F.K  (;5)  Jntiare^in  (CsiHjeO,  Kiliani),  crvstalliziug  from  hot  alcoholic  solution  in  long 
needles,  melting  at  17;5..5°  C.  (:544.:r  F. )  (see  Jaliresb.  der  Pkarm..  189(5,  p.  4t)). 

The  effects  of  upas  antiar  and  antiarin  are  decidedly  difleient  from  those  produced  by 
other  bo.lies  also  known  as  u/his.  Thus  the  I'pas  TU»ti  1  which  see)  gives  the  tetanizing  etiects 
of  strychnine,  which  it  contains.  Vp:\s  antiar  does  not  appear  to  act  upon  the  brain  or  spinal 
axis,  imt  upon  voluntary  and  involuntary  muscles  and  the  larger  nerve  trunks.  It  does  not 
pro<luce  convulsions  or  tetanize,  but  all  voluntary  movements  are  impaired  or  wholly  sus- 
pendeii  by  it  according  to  the  amount  of  the  poison  absorbed.  Even  small  doses  act  upon  the 
vasomotor  centers,  producing  increased  arterial  tension,  while  large  doses  paralyze  the  heart 
muscle,  death  taking  place  from  this  effect.  In  etiects  it  more  closely  resembles'physostigma 
than  any  other  agent,  but  has  not  yet  been  applied  therapeutically. 

CA.v.roCKA.— The  seeds  of  a  creeper  of  Salvador,  from  which  the  inhabitants  prepare  a 
paste,  said  to  act  violently  ui)on  the  nervous  system.  A  state  of  delirium  lasting  a  week  or 
more  is  said  to  have  beeninduced  by  it. 

Cali  Xcts,  orC'Ai.i  Bea.vs.— These  are  worthless  substitutes  for  Calabar  beans,  mostly 
derive'l  from  certain  papilionaceous  plants  of  the  pmxis  Entada,e.q.,E.scandens  (see  article 
with  illustration  bv  W.  B.  Hav,  in  the  WeMern  Druf/gisl,  1898,  p.  101).  "they  bear  no  resemblance 
to  Calabar  beans  (see  articles  on  Cali  beans  in  Cluin.  Zti{ung,lSS7,i\G":.):  ISOO.p.  34  ;  lS',iI.p.823). 

PHYSOSTIGMINE  SALICYLAS  (U.  S.  P.)— PHYSOSTIGMINE 
SALICYLATE. 

Fokmlla:  C,jH„N,OAHA-    Moi.kcilak  Weight:  412.17. 

"  The  salicylate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained  from  physostigma.  It  should  be  kept 
in  small,  dark,  amber-colored  and  well-stoppered  vials" — {U.  S.  P.). 

S  V  N '  I N  V  M  :    Esrrine  saliri/late. 

Preparation. — This  salt  may  be  jirepared,  according  to-Hager,  by  dissolving 
in  boilini;  distilled  water  (35  parts)  pure  salicylic  acid  ( 1  part)  and  physostigmine 
(2  part- 1,    ."^train  the  solution,  if  necessary,  and  allow  the  salt  to  crystallize. 


1470  PHYSOSTIGMIX.E  SULPHAS. 

Description  and  Tests. — This  salt  is  officially  described  as  "colorless  or 
faintly  yellowish,  shining,  acicular,  or  short,  columnar  crystals,  odorless,  and  hav- 
ing a  bitter  taste.  It  acquires  a  reddish  tint  when  long  exposed  to  light  and  air. 
.Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  ¥.),  in  150  parts  of  water, and  in  12  parts  of  alcohol;  in  30 
parts  of  boiling  water,  and  very  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol.  When  heated  to  about 
179"  C.  (3-54.2°  ¥.),  the  salt  melts.  Upon  ignition,  it  is  consumed,  leaving  no 
residue.  The  .salt  usually  has  a  faintly  acid  reaction  on  litmus  paper.  On  add- 
ing a  small  portion  of  the  salt  to  colorless,  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  the  latter 
assumes  a  tint  not  deeper  than  yellow.  If  a  minute  portion  of  the  salt  be  added 
to  a  few  cubic  centimeters  of  ammonia  water,  in  a  small  capsule,  the  liquid  will 
acquire  a  yellowish-red  color.  On  evaporating  the  liquid  on  a  water-bath,  a  blue 
residue  will  be  left  which  yields,  with  alcohol,  a  blue  solution,  becoming  violet- 
red  upon  supersaturation  with  acetic  acid,  and  exhibiting  a  strong,  reddish  fluo- 
rescence. The  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt,  wlien  mixed  with  ferric  chloride  T.S., 
assumes  a  deep-violet  color" — (f.  ,S'.  P.).  The  solutions  of  this  compound,  both 
alcoholic  and  aqueous,  exposed  to  light,  turn  reddish  more  quickly  than  tlie  dry 
s.'ilt.  This  compound  has  the  advantage  over  the  sulphate,  particularly  in  not 
being  deliquescent.  The  blue  color  formed  in  the  above  test  is  known  as  physos- 
tigmine  blue. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  agent  is  designed  for  hypoder- 
matic use,  but  as  it  does  not  readily  dissolve  in  water,  and  is  apt  to  decompose 
when  exposed  to  light,  its  utility  is  d(jubtful.  Diarrhoea  and  (!;/■<( idrri/  have  been 
treated  with  it.  Its  other  uses  are  those  of  phy.sostigma.  The  dose  should  not  be 
more  than  ^'j grain,  though  as  high  as ^ grain  has  been  recommended;  for  local 
use  upon  the  eye,  a  solution  of  from  i  grain  to  2  grains  to  the  ounce  of  distilled 
water  may  be  employed. 

Other  Physostigmine  Salts. — PHVSOsTions.E  Hydrobromas,  PhygoKtlgmine  hydrtjhnmiale. 
This  salt  is  iisiil  like  the  preceding.  It  is  less  stable  than  the  salicylate,  but  more  permanent 
than  the  sulphate.     It  is  crystalline. 

PhysosiUjmitie  tartrate  anil  P.hydrochhrate  have  uses  ami  doses  similar  to  those  of  the  sal- 
icylate. 

PHYSOSTIGMINE  SULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— PHYSOSTIGMINE 
SULPHATE. 

Formula:  (C,5H.„N30,),H,,SO<.    Molecular  Weight :  646.82. 

"The  sulphate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained  from  physostigma.  It  should  oe  kept 
in  small,  dark,  amber-colored  and  well-stoppered  vials" — (f.  5.  P.). 

Sv.NONYM :    F.sci-ine  mlphate. 

Description  and  Tests. — This  salt  is  more  soluble  than  the  salicylate,  but 
on  exposure  it  deliquesces  and  assumes  the  consistence  of  an  extract,  therefore  it 
is  not  so  convenient  to  dispense  as  the  latter  salt.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  physos- 
tigmine sulphate  as  "a  white  or  yellowish-white,  micro-crj'stalline  powder;  odor- 
less, and  having  a  bitter  taste.  It  is  very  deliijuescent  when  exposed  to  moist. 
air,  and  gradually  turns  reddish  by  exposure  to  air  and  light.  Very  soluble  in 
water  and  in  alcohol,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  still  more  so  at  the  boiling  tempera- 
ture of  these  liquid.s.  At  105°  C.  (221°  F.),  the  salt  melts,  and  upon  ignition  it 
is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The  salt  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  On  add- 
ing a  small  portion  of  the  salt  to  coiorle.'is,  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  the  latter 
should  not  assume  a  tint  deeper  than  yellow.  If  a  minute  porti'ni  of  the  salt  be 
added  to  a  few  cubic  centimeters  of  ammonia  water,  in  a  small  capsule,  the  liquid 
will  ac(juire  a  yellowish-red  color.  On  evaporating  this  liquid  on  a  water-bath,  a 
blue  or  bluish-gray  residue  will  be  left  which  yields,  with  alcohol,  a  blue  solution 
becoming  violet-red  upon  supersaturation  with  acetic  acid,  and  exhibiting  a 
strong  reddish  fluorescence.  The  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  yields,  with  barium 
chloride  T.P.,  a  white  precipitate,  insoluble  in  hydrochloric  acid  "— ( I'.  S.  P.  >.  It 
is  distiniiuishcd  from  the  salicvlnte  bv  not  protlucing  a  violet  coloration  with 
I'.'rric  cliioride. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Used  like  the  salicylate  of  physostig- 
;iiine,  and  in   the  same  doses. 


1471 


PHYTOLACCA.— PHYTOLACCA. 


Fig.  194. 


The  root,  leaves,  and  berries  of  I'liijiiihirrn  ihraiulrn,  Liiine. 
Sii(.  (JM. — Phytolaccacea;. 
COMMON  Xamks:   /'ott',  etc.  (see  below). 

Botanical  Source. — Phytolacca  is  a  hand.-^onie  plant  growing  from  o  t< 
feet  high.  It  is  iiuligenous,  with  a  perennial  root  of  large  size,  frequently  exue 
ing  a  man's  leg  in  diameter,  usually  branched.  Meshy,  tibrous, 
whitish  within,  e;\^ily  cut  or  broken,  and  covered  with  a  ver^' 
thin  brownish  bark  or  cuticle.  When  young  the  stem  is 
green,  but  as  the  plant  matures  it  becomes  more  or  less  pur- 
ple. The  stem  is  annual,  about  1  inch  in  diameter,  much 
branched,  smooth,  stout,  and  hollow.  The  leaves  are  oppo- 
site, scattered,  ovate,  entire,  5  inches  long  by  2  or  3  wide, 
smooth  on  both  sides,  with  ribs  underneath.  The  flowers 
are  numerous,  arranged  in  long  racemes  opposite  the  leaves. 
There  are  no  peta)f,  but  5  rounded,  incurved,  petaloid  sepals, 
whitish,  or  greenish-white  in  color.  Stamens  10,  slmrter  than 
the  .sepals.  Styles  10,  recurved.  Ovary  of  10  carpels,  green, 
and  united  in"  a  ring.  The  fruit  is  a  handsome,  flattened, 
black,  or  blackish-purple  berry,  10-seeded,  and  contains  a 
beautiful  crimson   juice. 

OflScial  Parts."— Phytolacca  FurcTrs  (U.  S.  P.),  Phyto- 
lacca fciiit  (Pln,i,>l„rr;e  hacca.  Phucm.ASSO;  Poke-berrij).     "The  fruit  of  Phytolacca 
dcnuulra,  Linn'e  {Xat.  On/.— Phytolaccacea> )"—({'.  S.P.). 

Phvtolaoc.e  Radix  (^U.  S.' p.),  Phi/tnlacca  root,  Poke-root. — "The  root- of  Phyto- 
laccn  ilccamha,  Linne  (Nat.  Orrf.- Phytolaccaceic)  "— (T.  S.  P.). 

History. — Phytolacca  is  the  North  American  representative  of  a  small  family 
of  plants— the  Phytolaccacex.    The  plant  also  grows  in  North  Africa,  China,  south- 
ern Europe,  the  Azores,  and  in  the  Sandwich 
^"'^®®'  Islands.     Phytolacca  is  known  by  many  com- 

mon names,  as  Poke,  Poke-weed,  Poke-root,Vir- 
ginian  poke,  Garget,  Garget-weed,  .Scoke,  Scoke- 
weed,  Coacum,  Coakum,  Cocum,  Meehoacan, 
I'igeon -berry,  Cancer-root,  Jalap  cancer-root, 
Red  nightshade,  American  nightshade.  Red- 
weed,  and  Scoke  jalap.  The  name  Phytolacca  is 
M-ived  from  the  (Jreek  phyton — a  plant — and 
the  modified  Latin  lacca.ov  French  lac,  meaning 
ike,  having  reference  to  the  crimson  color  of 
the  juice  of  the  berries.  Poke  is  common  in 
the  United  States,  growing  in  hedges,  and  along 
tlie  borders  of  fields 
and  clearings,  along 
roadsides  and  in  un- 
cultivated fields  and 
moist  grounds.  Its 
root  is  very  tenacious 
of  life.  In  this  coun- 
try it  is  regarded  only 
as  a  weed,  but  in  Europe  is  valued  as  an  ornamental 
garden  plant.  The  plant  flowers  from  July  to  Sei)tem- 
ber,  and  the  berries  ripen  in  autumn.  The  young,  green 
shoots,  as  they  start  in  the  spring  and  before  the  leaves 
have  developed,  are  used  as  a  table  vegetable,  being  con- 
sidered the  best  substitute  for  asparagus.  They  become 
cathartic  as  they  advance  to  maturity.  E.  Preston 
(1884)  calls  attention  to  the  peculiar  and  little-known 
property  of  phvtolacca  leaves  to  emit,  in  autumn,  a  phosphorescent  licht  in  the 

■   "     Vif.  k.s.  -   -      - 


Pig.  106. 


.Section  of  Poke 


dark,    ^r 


•liiir  found  the  i)henomen(in  to  be  dtie 


ig  enzyme. 


1472  PHYTOLACCA. 

which  he  succeeded  in  isolating  (see  Jahresb.  der  Pharm.,  1896,  p.  534j.  The  official 
parts  of  this  plant  are  the  root  and  berries.  The  roo^,  which  is  more  commonly 
employed,  should  be  gathered  in  the  latter  weeks  of  autumn,  cleansed  from  dirt 
and  impurities,  sliced  trans verselj',  and  carefully  dried.  The  leaves,  if  they  are  to 
he  used  medicinally,  should  be  gathered  just  previous  to  the  ripening  of  the  ber- 
ries. The  berrie-s  must  be  gathered  when  they  are  fully  matured ;  they  have  a 
disagreeable,  mawkish  taste  with  a  faint  degree  of  acrimony,  and  are  nearly  in- 
odorous. They  contain  an  abundance  of  a  beautiful  dark-purple  juice,  which  is 
turned  yellow  by  an  alkali,  while  an  acid  reinstates  its  purple  color;  the  latter  is 
of  a  very  fugitive  nature.  The  juice  is  said  to  have  been  used  by  the  Turks  fcr 
tinting  sweetmeats  (Landerer).  The  berries,  though  poisonous,  lose  their  toxic 
qualities  somewhat  when  cooked,  and  some  have  gone  so  far  as  to  make  pies  of  the 
fruit — a  practice  which,  however,  should  be  condemned.  Severe  purging  has  fol- 
lowed the  eating  of  the  flesh  of  pigeons  which  ha<l  fed  upon  the  berries.  Poke  has 
long  been  used  in  domestic  practice,  principally  as  a  poultice  to  discuss  tumors. 
The  berries  steeped  in  gin  have  long  been  popular  as  a  remedy  for  chronic  rheu- 
matism. The  American  Indians  made  use  of  this  plant,  but  it  must  not  be  con- 
founded with  the  plant  known  as  Indian  poke,  which  is  the  Vcnitnun  viride.  It  is 
much  used  for  the  inflammatory  condition  of  cow"s  udders,  known  as  "garget," 
hence  one  of  the  names  for  this  plant.  Phytolacca  yields  its  virtue  to  water  and 
alcohol.  The  leaves  and  berries  possess  some  medicinal  activity,  but  the  root  is 
the  part  principally  used.  This  root  loses  its  medicinal  properties  with  age,conse- 
quentlv  only  recent  material  should  be  used  for  making  the  fluid  preparations. 
According  to  E.  H.  Cressler  ( Jnier.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1875,  p.  196),  the  inhalation  of  the 
powdered  root  produces  soreness  of  the  throat  and  chest,  severe  coughing  and 
inflammation  of  the  eyes. 

Description. — I.  PHYXOLACCyE  Frvctvs  (C  S.  P.),  Poke-herrks.  "A  depressed- 
globular,  dark-iiurple,  compound  berry,  about  8  Mm.  (J  inch)  in  diameter,  com- 
posed of  10  carpels,  each  containing  1  lenticular  black  seed;  juice  purplish-red: 
inodorous;  taste  sweet,  slightly  acrid  " — (['.  S.  P.). 

II.  Phytolacca  Radix  (U.  S.  P.),  Poke-root. — "  Large,  conical,  branched  and 
fleshy :  mostly  in  transverse  or  longitudinal  slices,  wrinkled,  grayish,  hard ;  frac- 
ture "fibrous,  the  wood-bundles  in  several  distinct,  concentric  circles;  inodorous: 
taste  sweetish  and  acrid  " — (f.  .S'.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition.— The  berries,  according  to  Terrell  (Comptes  Rendus. 
1880),  contain  phytolacric  acid,  which  is  gummy,  non-deliquescent,  soluble  in 
water  and  alcohol  with  acid  reaction,  hardly  soluble  in  ether.  Haverland  {Dis- 
sert., 1892)  likewise  obtained  it,  with  small  quantities  of  acetic,  citric,  and  tartaric 
acids.  W.  Cramer  (Am&:  Jour.  Pharm.,  1881,  p.  598)  found  the  juice  of  the  berries 
to  contain  gum,  sugar,  malic  acid,  and  coloring  matter.  The  coloring  mutter  was 
isolated  in  comparatively  pure  form  by  Herman  Harms  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1893, 
p.  1)  as  a  purplish-red  powder,  insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol,  ether,  and  chloro- 
form, but  readily  soluble  in  water.  It  is  destroyed  by  ferric  chloride,  chlorine 
water,  hydi-ogen  sulphide,  etc.  It  reduces  Fehling's  solution  direct.  Alkalies 
dissolve  it  with  yellow  color  which  is  turned  red  by  acids.  Phi/to!<irrin  is  an  indif- 
ferent crystallizable  princii)le  isolated  by  Edo  Claassen  CJ\>tci?<')/i( (/(*'*-,  1879,  p.  326' 
from  the  seeds  of  phytolacca  berries;  it  is  solulile  in  chloroform  and  alcohol. 
slightly  soluble  in  water.  It  was  also  obtained  bv  Harms  (loc.  cit.)  and  analyzed  by 
Haverland  (1892),  who  found  it  to  be  free  from  nitrogen  and  related  to  the  tannins. 

The  root  of  phytolacca  is  remarkable  for  the  great  amount  of  potassium  it 
contains.  A  splinter  of  the  root  imparts  to  the  Bunsen  flame  a  violet  coloration. 
G.  B.  Frankforter  {Amei:  Jour.  Pharm.,  1897,  p.  134)  found  in  the  dried  root  13.3S 
per  cent  of  ash,  of  which  41.6  per  cent,  or  5.56  per  cent  of  the  dried  root,  are 
potassium  oxide.  Part  of  the  latter  exists  in  the  form  of  potassium  nitrate  (Pape. 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,\SSl,\^.5d7).  A  quantitative  analysis  of  poke-root  by  G.  F. 
Frankforter  (;7)«?.,  p.  281),  showed  it  to  liave  the  following  percentage  composi- 
tion: Fatty  oil  and  wax  0.6,  bitter  resin  1.  non-reduoing  sugar  9.46,  reducing 
sugar  0.4,  proteids  1.94,  amido  compounds  1.6,  proViably  free  formic  acid  0.36, 
l)otassium  formate  1.9,  starch  11.68,  calcium  oxalate  6.2,  nitrates  2.4.  cellulose  16.4, 
lignin  3.2.  gum  coloring  matter,  a.-^h.  moisture  42.75.  The  absence  of  acetic,  citric. 
malic,  tartaric,  benzoic,  and  salicvlic  acids  are  aflirmcd.  likewise  the  absence  of 


PHYTOLACCA.  1473 

tanmn  and  of  chlorides.  P/ii/lnlocric  tirid  is  possibly  present,  but  no  alkuloid  or 
glucosid  (-■oiiUl  be  isolated,  altinuigh  reactions  were  obtained  with  same  alkaloidal 
reagents.  Kdniond  Preston  (Amer.  Jour.  Plutrm.,  18S4,  p.  507)  had  obtained  an 
alkaloid  from  the  root,  wiiicii  he  named  jthi/toliirrini;  while  N.  Coscera  (Cfiem. 
Ceiilatllil..  1SS7)  fmind  a  LHiuosid.  The  root  contains  a  substance  probably  closely 
allied  to  s„j,n„n,  ,  -,-,•  11.  tiimbh-.  .1,,,. ,-.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1893,  p.  273). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Physiologically,  phytolacca  acts  upon 
the  skin,  the  glandular  structures,  e.-pecially  those  of  the  buccal  cavity,  tliroat, 
sexual  system,  and  very  markedly  upon  the  niainmary  glands.  It  further  acts 
upon  the  fibrous  and  serous  tissues,  and  mucous  membranes  of  the  digestive  and 
urinary  tracts.  The  drug  is  principally  eliminated  by  the  kidneys.  Applied  to 
the  skin,  either  in  the  form  of  juice,  strong  decoction,  or  poultice  of  the  root,  it 
produces  an  erythematous,  sometimes  pustular,  eruption.  The  powdered  root 
when  inhaled  is  very  irritating  to  the  respiratory  passages,  and  often  produces  a 
severe  coryza,  with  headache  and  prostration,  pain  in  chest,  back,  and  abdomen, 
conjunctival  injection  and  ocular  irritation,  and  occasionally  causes  violent 
emeto-catharsis.  Phytolacca  slows  the  heart's  action,  reduces  the  force  of  the 
pulse,  and  lessens  the  respiratory  movements.  It  is  a  paralyzer  of  the  spinal 
cord,  acting  principally  on  the  medulla.  In  poisoning  by  this  agent  tetanic  con- 
vulsions may  ensue.  Death  results  from  carbonic  acid  poisoning,  the  result  of 
respiratory  paralysis.  Upon  the  gastro-intestinal  tract  doses  of  from  10  to  30 
grains  of  it  act  as  an  emetic  and  drastic  cathartic,  producing  nausea  which  comes 
on  slowly,  amounting  almost  to  anguish,  finally  after  an  hour  or  so,  resulting  in 
emesis.  It  then  continues  to  act  upon  the  bowels,  the  purging  being  prolonged 
for  a  considerable  length  of  time.  It  is  seldom  used  for  emeto-cathartic  purposes, 
on  account  of  its  tardy  action,  which,  when  established,  continues  for  some  time. 
It  rarely  causes  cramps  or  pain.  Large  doses  produce  powerful  emeto-catharsis, 
with  loss  of  muscular  power — occasionally  spasmodic  action  takes  place,  and  fre- 
quently a  tingling  or  prickling  sensation  over  the  whole  surface.  Dimness  of 
vision,  dii)lopia,  vertigo,  and  drowsiness  are  occasioned  by  large  doses  not  suffi- 
cient to  jjroduce  death. 

Therapeutically,  phytolacca  is  emetic,  cathartic,  narcotic,  and  alterative.  In 
certain  conditions  of  the  system  which  might  come  under  the  head  of  di/crasia, 
it  proves  a  most  valuable  alterative.  Scrofulous,  syphilitic,  and  rheumatic  conditions 
are  invariaiily  benefited  by  it.  It  is  best  suited  to  chronic  rheumatism,  and  syphilitic 
and  rheumatic  joint  affections.  As  an  antirheumatic  quite  large  doses  are  necessary. 
The  specific  phytolacca  may  be  used,  or  a  saturated  gin  tincture  of  the  berries. 
Preparati(ms  of  the  root  are  excellent  for  the  removal  of  those  severe  ^>'(/?is  attend- 
ing mercurio-syphilitic  affections  (osteocopus), often  being  more  beneficial  than  oi)ium. 

Phytolacca  plays  an  important  part  in  dermatological  practice.  It  destroys 
the  "i>A"  i/i.«''V,  consequently  it  is  of  value  in  «>(/))>.<*.  The  condition  which  calls 
for  it  is  one  of  indolent  action  of  the  skin,  usually  associated  with  vitiated  blood. 
There  is  a  glandular  difficulty — a  scrofulous  condition.  There  may  he  scaly,  vesicu- 
lar, pustular,  or  tuberculous  erujitions,  and  lymphatic  enlargements  with  pain.  The  skin 
maybe  inflamed,  but  does  not  itch  because  there  is  not  activity  enough  in  the 
l)art.  It  is  often  indicated  in  chronic eczenut,  syjihilitic  eruptions, psoriasi.'<,  tinea  capitis, 
/<ji'«»,  and  varicose  &nd  other  viccrs  of  the  ley.  Associated  with  iris,  it  is  a  valuable 
agent  in  acute  sycosis,  fi.ssures,  fistula',  Imils,  carbuncles,  dermal  abscesses,  and  all  ulcera- 
tions of  the  outlets  of  the  body.  It  relieves  the  pain  of  bums  and  promotes  rajvid  heal- 
ing. Fur  skin  diseases  it  should  be  employed  internally  and  locally.  R  Specific 
l)hytolacca  .^ss,  aqua  giv.  Sig.  Teaspoonful  every  3  hours.  Locally:  R  Specific 
Phytolacca  .,ij,  glycerin  sj.    Mix.    Apply. 

In  diseases  of'the  mouth  and  throat  it  is  highly  esteemed.  It  is  useful  in  acute 
and  chronic  raucous  afiections,  as,  in  tracheitis,  laryngitis,  injlumza,  catarrh,  and 
especially  in  those  affections  where  there  is  a  tendency  to  the  formation  of  false 
im-mbrani',  as  diphtheria.  There  is  a  pallid,  somewhat  leaden-colored  tongue,  with 
but  little  coating,  being  a  slick,  glutinous  coat,  if  covered  at  all.  The  mucous 
membranes  i)resent  whitish  erosions,  or  vesicular  patches.  With  these  conditions 
it  may  be  employed  in  tou-iilliti-',  follicular  phoryngitix,  stomatitis,  aphthte.  uursing  sore 
mouth,  or  ordinary  sore  moufh.  and  syphilitic  faucial  ulcerations.  It  should  be  taken 
internally  and  used  locally  ns  a  gargle.     It  is  one  of  our  most  valuable  acenfs  in 


1474  1'1IYT(JLACCA. 

non-malignant  diphtheria.  It  is  indicated  by  diphtheritic  deposits.  It  stimulatfs 
the  mucous  surfaces,  promotes  glandular  activity,  and  removes  the  diphtheritic 
membrane.  It  is  a  good  remedy  in  chronic  tomillar  hypertrophy.  It  is  beneficial 
in  difficult  respiration  produced  by  bronchocek  (iris  is  useful  here  also)  and  asso- 
ciated with  baptisia,  does  good  service  as  a  local  wash  in  ozena  and  other  forms  of 
nasal  catarrh.  Cough  resulting  from  inflamed  or  irritated  sore  throat  is  cured  by 
it  when  the  other  indications  for  the  drug  are  present. 

In  diseases  of  the  glandular  apparatus  phytolacca  and  iris  are  our  best  drugs. 
Unlike  iris,  though,  the  former  is  best  suited  to  hard,  lymphatic  enlargements. 
It  is  not  the  remedy  for  suppurative  conditions  of  the  glands.  In  such  cases  iris 
with  baptisia  renders  the  best  service.  No  other  remedy  equals  phytolacca  in 
acute  mastitis.  If  employed  early  it  prevents  suppuration,  yet  it  acts  kindly  even 
when  the  abscess  has  to  be  opened,  and  the  diluted  specific  phytolacca  may  be 
injected  into  the  cavity.  The  remedy  should  be  administered  internally,  alter- 
nated with  specific  aconite.  Locally,  specific  phj-tolacca  and  glycerin  may  be 
applied  when  suppuration  has  not  laegun.  Or  the  powdered  root  may  be  em- 
ployed, moistened  with  water.  Parotitis  is  almost  always  cured  with  phytolacca 
and  aconite.  Metastasis  of  mumps  to  the  testes,  as  well  as  orchiti.%  from  other  causes, 
indicate  this  drug.  Sore  nijyples  and  mammary  tendernes.^,  or  morbid  sensitiveness 
of  the  breasts  during  the  menstrual  period  call  for  phytolacca.  It  is  a  good 
remedy  for  ovaritis.  Lymphoma  has  been  cured  b}'  it.  Subinvolution  of  the  uterus, 
uterine  and  vaginal  leucorrhaia,  and  some  cases  of  membranous  dysmennrrhaa  are 
cured  by  this  agent.  Applied  as  a  poultice  it  has  been  greatly  beneficial  in  the 
treatment  of  felons,  and  internallj'  administered  has  cured  bronchocele  when  iodine 
has  failed. 

Ulceration  of  the  mucous  crypts  of  the  stomach  &ViA  oi  Peyer's  patches  call  for  Phy- 
tolacca. Nasal  catarrh,  ozena,  and  other  ulcerated  conditions  of  the  nasal  mem- 
branes are  benefited  by  phytolacca  associated  with  specific  baptisia.  It  has  been 
used  with  success  in  gonorrhcea  and  copious  noctumnl  urination.  It  relieves  conjunc- 
tival inflammations,  and  gonorrhceal  and  mjphilitic  sore  eyes.  In  granular  conjuncliviti-* 
1  have  derived  much  advantage  by  bathing  the  eyes  daily  with  a  decoction  of  the 
root,  applying  it  to  the  affected  conjunctiva  by  means  of  a  camel's  hair  pencil,  at 
the  same  time  administering  the  tincture  of  the  recent  root  internally  (J.  King). 
It  has  been  used  for  the  cure  of  piles,  hydrophobia,  and  angina  pcrt^ri.^.  but  we  pos- 
sess better  agents  for  these  conditions.  Headache,  whether  rheumatic,  nervous, 
syphilitic,  or  sympathetic  (as,  sick  headache  from  gastric  acidity  ami  debility),  is 
much  benefited  by  it.  It  is  also  one  of  our  most  useful  remedies  in  a-<thenic  hyper- 
emia of  the  uterus,  spleen,  liver,  and  other  organs.  Good  results  have  followed  its 
internal  administration  in  albuminuria,  and  in  those  dropsies  attended  with  albu- 
men in  the  urine.  The  root,  roasted  in  hot  ashes  until  soft,  and  then  mashed 
and  applied  as  a  poultice,  is  unrivaled  in  felons  and  ^(((iior.f  of  various  kinds.  It 
discusses  them  rapidly,  or,  if  too  far  advanced,  hastens  their  supjuiration.  Asso- 
ciated with  iris  it  may  be  employed  in  me-^enteri^:  and  s^plenic  tubrrculo.-tis.  Several 
years  ago  it  was  noticed  that  birds  lost  their  adipose  tissue  when  feeding  vipon 
poke-berries.  Recently,  this  agent,  in  the  form  of  an  extract  of  the  berries,  has 
been  employed  to  reduce  obesity.  Reports  for  and  against  its  virtues  in  this  line 
are  now  appearing  in  journals,  but  its  action  is  still  doubtful.  Some,  believing 
that  it  does  act  in  this  way,  have  suggested  its  use  in  fatty  degeneration  of  the  heart. 
Probably  it  would  be  more  clearly  indicated  if  associated  with  a  rheumatic  dia- 
thesis. "The  root  or  leaves  finely  powdered,  and  added  to  lard  to  form  ar  oint- 
ment, in  the  proportion  of  60  grains  to  1  ounce  of  lard,  is  very  efficient  in  f-rld- 
head,  and  many  other  obstinate  skin  diseases,  occasionally  causing  a  slight  degreo 
of  irritation  when  applied. 

An  infusion  of  the  leaves  taken  internally  is  slightly  cathartic :  when  bruised 
and  applied  locally,  thev  are  beneficial  in  indolent  ulcers.  A  strong  decoction  of  the 
leaves  is  of  much  benefit  in  henwrrhoids;  if  injected  into  the  rectum  '2  or  3  times 
a  day,  and  a  fomentation  of  the  leaves  applied  to  the  part,  it  will  almost  always 
give  relief,  and  eventually  effect  a  cure.  A  fluid  drachm  or  two  may  be  taken 
internally  at  the  same  time,  and  vei)eated  2  or  3  times  a  day;  should  any  narcotic 
.'fleets  be  produced,  its  u.<e  may  ln'  omitted  for  1  or  2  days,  and  then  commenct  <l 
i:i  smaller  doses.     The  inspissated  juice  of  the  leaves  has  be«n  reconiniendtHl  in 


ricuoToxiNrM.  1471 

indoUiit  u!ca:i,  aiul  as  a  ixiuedy  in  canctr;  in  this  last  disease,  Dr.  Bone  coiubiiud 
it  with  gunpowder.  Quite  recently,  the  inspissated  juice  of  the  leaves  has  been 
lauded  as  a  new  local  remedy  lor  the  removal  o{  cdrcinoma.  The  treatment,  how- 
ever, is  nut  new,  having  been  referred  to  by  American  medical  writers  early  in  the 
present  century  (see  Felter,  AV.  il/«/.  Johv.,  1S96,  p.  33.5).  The  usual  prescription 
for  specific  uses  is :  R  Specific  phytolacca  gtt.  x  to  xxx,  aqua  siv.  Mix.  Sig.  Tea- 
spoonful  every  1,  2,  or  3  hours.  As  a  glycerole:  R  Specific  Phytolacca  sii,  glyc- 
erin .si.  Mix.  Ap|>ly  in  chronic  skin  diseases.  The  dose  of  specific  phytojacca 
ranges  from  1  to  10  driijis. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Pallid  mucous  membranes  with  ulceration  ; 
sore  mouth  with  small  blisters  on  tongue  and  mucous  membrane  of  cheeks;  sore 
lips,  blanclied,  with  separation  of  the  epidermis;  hard,  painful,  enlarged  glands; 
mastitis;  orchitis;  parotitis;  aphtha;;  soreness  of  mammary  glands,  with  impaired 
respiration;  faucial,  tonsillar,  or  pharyngeal  ulceration;  pallid  sore  throat,  with 
cough  or  respiratory  difficulty;  secretions  of  mouth  give  a  white  glaze  to  surface 
of  mouth,  especially  in  children;  white  pultaceous  sloughs  at  corners  of  mouth 
or  in  the  cheek  ;  and  diphtheritic  deposits. 

Related  Species  and  Phannacal  Preparations.  —  P/iyto/occa  dioica,  Linn^  (Pinunia 
dioica,  Moqiiin-TanJon  I.  A  tri'e  about  L'.j  ftet  liigli  and  from  6  to  10  feet  in  circumference; 
native  of  Brazil  or  Mexii-o,  and  naturalized  in  Algeria.  The  wood  is  spongj-.  The  berries 
grow  in  raoenu-s,  are  yellowish-green,  12  to  l.j-eelU'd,  each  cell  containing  a  flattened  seed. 
According  to  Balland  (Jour.  I'hnrm.  Chim.,  1881,  p.  2::!l'l,  the  berries  are  sweet  and  edible,  and 
yield  by  exjiression  74  per  cent  of  a  juice  which  contains  resin,  volatile  oil,  dextrose  (3.20  per 
cent),  saccharose  (11.2  per  cent),  an  uudeterniined  organic  acid  ( perhaps  ;>/ii/<o/<(cc(c  acid)  (2.G 
per  cent  I,  gum  i4.4  per  cent),  etc.  The  resin  is  soluble  in  ether,  and  very  acrid,  but  exists  only 
in  minute  quantity.    (  Also  see  Aitur.  Juur.  Phann.,  1882,  p  13. ) 

PhytoUicca  ucinosa. — This  plant  is  said  to  be  violently  toxic.  The  Japanese  use  it  as  a 
diuretic.  A  non-crystalline  resin,  iiln/lnlm-coturin  (Ca^HasOgi,  has  been  isolated  from  it  hyDr. 
Kasbimura.  It  proiluces  spinal  convulsions  and  is  reputed  to  impress  the  vasomotor  system, 
acting  thereby  as  a  stimulant  to  the  circulatory  apparatus. 

Arthrosia.  -This  specialty  of  Wm.  R.  Warner  &  Co.  (Philadelphia  and  New  York)  is  a 
combination  in  pilular  form  of  salicylic  acid,  extracts  of  colchirum  and  Phytolacca,  resin  of 
potlophyllum,  quinine,  and  capsicum.  It  is  antirheumatic,  antilithie,  tonic,  and  alterative,  and 
is  prescribed  in  aciUe  and  chnmic  gout,  rhenmotiion,  neumUjki,  scintim,  rlttumatic  headache,  and  in 
some  i-enal  and  hepatic  ajTeciiim*.    Dose,  2  pills,  3  times  a  day,  an  hour  before  meals. 

Sccccs  Alteraxs  is  a  combination  of  vegetable  alteratives  prepared  after  the  formula  of 
Dr.  George  W.  McDaile,  by  Eli  Lilly  &  Co.,  of  Indianapolis,  Ind.  It  is  very  extensively  used 
as  an  alterative  in  nii/thili^iicrufula,  aurmia,  eczema,  and  other  diseased  conditions  the  result  of 
impoverishment  ofthe  blood.  It  contains  in  combinjition,  the  juices  of  Stillingia  sylvatica, 
Smilax  Sarsaoarilla,  Phytolacca  decandra,  Lappa  minor,  and  Xanthoxylum  carolinianuni. 

PICROTOXINUM    U.  S.  P.i— PICROTOXIN. 

Formula:  C„H3.0,3.    Molecular  Weight:  600.58. 

"A  neutral  principle  obtained  from  the  seed  of  Annmirla  pan icidala,Co]e- 
orooke  " — (  C  S.  P.).  {Anami.rtd  Cocnil uSjWight  and  Arnott ;  Mcnisjjermum  Cocculus, 
Linne;  Corcus  suhem-nis,  DeCandolle.) 

Nat.  Ord. — Menispermacea?. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — The  seeds  furnishing  this  body  are  known 
SisCorrulits  iiidiru-f  {Frur(u.<i  corruli),  tkhberrifg  or  Indian  hcrric-''.  The  jilant  furnish- 
ing them  is  a  strong,  climbing  shrub,  with  a  corky,  ash-colored  bark,  with  deep 
cracks  or  fissures.  The  leaves  are  dense,  smooth, "shining,  coriaceous,  roundish, 
acute,  very  slightly  cordate,  if  at  all,  sometimes  truncate  at  the  base,  with  .")  digi- 
tate riljs,  about  6  inches  long,  and  as  many  broad.  The  stalks  are  a  little  shorter 
than  the  leaves,  tumid  at  both  ends,  especially  the  lower.  Flowers  dio'cious  ;  the 
female  flowers  being  in  lateral  compouml  racemes.  The  calyx  is  comj)Osed  of 
6  sepals  in  a  double  series,  with  2  closely-pressed  bractii>les.  The  stamens  are 
united  into  a  central  column  dilated  at  the  apex.  Anthers  numerous,  covering 
the  whole  globose  apex  of  the  column.  The  drupes,  from  1  to  3  in  numl)er,  are 
globose,  1-cellcd  and  l-seeded.  The  seed  is  globose  and  deeply  excavated  at  the 
hilum.  All)umen  fleshy.  Cotyledons  very  thin,  linear-oblong,  distant,  diverging, 
and  verv  membranous  (  L. — W. — A.). 


1476  PICROTOXIXCM. 

Cocculus  intlicus  inhabits  Malabar,  the  Eastern  Islands,  etc.,  of  India.    Otlier 
plants,  espeeiallv  the  Coccus  lanmosus  of  Celebes  and  the  Molucca  Isles,  and  a 
"     Malabarspecies,Cwru/«s^)/M/iA-«ie<n,  are  stated  by  some  authors 
'^'        ■  to  furnish  a  portion  of  commercial  fishberries. 

The   Fruit  (Fructus  cocculi). — The  fruit,  as  met  with  in 

commerce,  consists  of  a  drj',  light.,  roundish  nut.  nearly  i  inch 

in   diameter,  of  a  grayish-black  color,  ^^^  ^^^ 

wrinkled,  inodorous,  subreniform,  and 

composed  of  an  external,  slightly  bitter 

shell  or  layer,  beneath  which  is  a  white, 

thin,   ligneous   endocarp,   containing   an 

oleaginous,  whitish-yellow,  odorless,  but 

intensely  bitter  nucleus  or  seed  of  a  semi- 
lunar form,  within  which  arises  a  central 

placenta  contracted  at  the  base,  but  enlarged  and  divided  into 

two  cells  superiorly. 

Preparation  of  Picrotoxin. — According  to  Prof.  E.  Schmidt 

(1883),  the  grains,  coarsely  powdered,  are  deprived  of  most  of 

their  fatty  oil  by  warm  pressure,  boiled  out  with  water,  the  solu- 
Anamirta  panicuiata.  ^-^^^  precipitated  with  lead  acetate,  filtered,  the  lead  removed 
from  the  filtrate  by  means  of  hydrogen  sulphide,  the  liquid  again  filtered  and 
evaporated  to  crystallization.  The  crude  picrotoxin  is  recrystallized  from  water 
and  strong  alcohol.  Picrotoxin  maj'  also  be  extracted  bj-  means  of  alcohol  or 
petroleum  ether.  (For  Wittstein's  process,  see  details  in  this  Di^penmtory,  preced- 
ing editions.  The  yield,  according  to  this  process  is  1  ounce  or  li  ounces  from 
8  pounds  of  berries,  or  about  1.2  per  cent.) 

Chemical  Composition.— The  hmk  of  cocculus  grains  contains  two  isomeric, 
non-poi.sonous,  non-l>itter,  crystallizable  alkaloids — menispermine  and  pnra-meni- 
spermine  (CigH^^NjO,,  Pelletier  and  Couerbe,  1834).  The  former  is  soluble  in  ether, 
the  latter  insoluble.  Both  are  insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble  in  warm  alcohol. 
Menispermine  is  also  soluble  in  diluted  acids,  forming  well-crystallizable  salts;  it 
melts  at  120°  C.  (248°  F.).  The  husk  also  contains  a  yellow  resin,  fat.  wax,  chloro- 
phj'll,  and  the  problematical  hypo-picrotoxic  acid  of  Pelletier  and  Couerbe,  insoluble 
in  boiling  water  and  ether,  readily  soluble  in  alkalies  with  brown  color. 

The  seeds,  or  nuclei,  of  cocculus  grains  contain  resin,  gum,  starch,  and  large 
amounts  of  fat  (23.6  per  cent,  Romer,  1882),  of  which  more  than  one-third  consists 
of  free  fatty  acid,  ])rincipally  stearic  acid.  The  seeds  also  contain  the  very  poison- 
ous, bitter  principle,  picrotoxin  {C^Ji^fit,,  Schmidt  and  Loewenhardt ;  Paterno  and 
Oglialoro,  1881;  picrotoxic  ncid  of  Pelletier  and  Couerbe).  which  was  first  isolated 
by  P.  Boullay  (1812).  It  is  accompanied  by  the  crystallizable,  tasteless  cocculin  or 
annmirtin  {C^^.J)^„,  E.  Schmidt  and  E.  Loewenhardt.  1884),  crystallizable  from 
hot  water,  insoluble  in  alcohol  and  ether. 

The  chemical  composition  of  picrotoxin  agrees  best  with  the  formula  C^H^O,,. 
Barth  and  Kretschy  (1884)  asserted  that  picrotoxin  is  not  a  uniform  body,  being 
a  mixture  of  the  poisonous  picrotoxinin  {C^^^fi^  and  the  bitter,  non-poisonous 
picrolin,  separation  being  eflected  by  boiling  with  benzol,  in  which  picrotoxinin 
is  soluble,  picrotin  very  little  soluble.  Schmidt  and  Loewenhardt  (Jahre^b.  drr 
P/irt»-m.,  1883-84,  p.  774),"  on  the  other  hand,  maintained  that  picrotoxin  is  a  defi- 
nite bodv,  being  decomposed  by  boiling  benzol  into  the  constituents  named,  as 
follows:  "C3„H.„0„(picrotoxin)=C,jH,50j(picrotoxinin)  +  C,iH,.0.( picrotin).  Quite 
recently,  Richard  Joseph  Mever  succeeded  in  obtaining  picroK^xin.  with  all  its' 
characteristics  synthetically,  liy  the  mere  crystallization  of  a  mixture  of  2  molf- 
cules  of  picroto.xinin  and  1  molecule  of  picrotin.  and  concludes  that  picrotoxin  is 
a  mixture  of  picrotoxinin  (C,.H,eO(i-t-H,0)  and  picrotin  (C,5H,jO.)  in  the  approxi- 
mate proportion  of  2  molecules  of  the  former  and  1  molecule  of  the  latter  (ficnV-/((c 
rf</'  Dculsch.  Pharm.  Gcs.,  1807,  p.  16).  He  has  also  shown  that  the  molei'ular  weight 
of  picrotoxin,  as  determined  by  the  kryoscojtic  method,  is  only  one-third  of  that 
rejiresented  by  the  formula  C,,H,,0„:  that  the  above  decomposition  is  not  etjuimo- 
lecular,  Init  picrotin  invariably  fmins  only  one-third  of  the  picrotoxin  employed. 
Description  and  Tests. — Picrotoxin  is  olficially  described  as  forming  "col- 
orless, llcxiblc,  siiining,  prismatic  crystals,  or  a  microcrystalline  pow.l.r:  odor- 


riuxARriN.K  ]iYiii:o(Hi,(iRAS.  1477 

less,  anil  having  a  very  bitter  taste:  permanent  in  the  air.  Soluhle,  at  1.5°  C. 
(59°  F.),  in  240  parts  of  water,  and  in  9  parts  of  alcoliol ;  in  2.5  parts  of  tioiling 
water,  and  in  3  parts  of  boiling  alcohol;  also  soluble  in  solutions  of  the  alkalies, 
and  in  acids.  Very  slightly  soluble  in  ether  or  chloroform" — (U.S.  P.).  It  \a 
also  soluble  in  amyl  alcohol  and  glacial  acetic  acid.  "Piorotoxin  is  neutral  to 
litmus  paper.  When  heated  to  200°  C.  (392°  F.),  picrotoxin  melts,  forming  a 
yellow  liquid,  and  upon  ignition  it  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  Concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid  dissolves  picrotoxin  with  a  golden-yellow  color,  very  gradu- 
ally changing  to  reddish-brown,  and  showing  a  brown  fluorescence.  Onniixing 
about  0.2  Gm.  of  powdered  sodium  nitrate  with  3  or  4  drops  of  sulphuric  acid,  in 
a  small,  flat-bottomed  capsule,  sprinkling  a  minute  quantity  of  picrotoxin  over 
it,  and  then  adding,  from  a  pipette,  concentrated  solution"  (1  in  4)  of  sodium 
hydrate,  drop  by  drop,  until  it  is  in  excess,  the  particles  of  picrotoxin  will  acquire 
a  "brick- red  to  deep-red  color,  whicli  fades  after  some  hours.  On  diluting  2  Cc.  of 
alkaline  cupric  tartrate  V. 8.  with  10  Cc.  of  water,  and  adding  a  small  portion  of 
picrotoxin,  red  cuprous  oxide  will  be  separated  within  half  an  hour  at  ordinary 
temperatures,  and  much  more  rapidly  upon  the  application  of  heat.  The  aque- 
ous solution  of  picrotoxin  should  remain  unafiected  by  mercuric  or  platinic  chlo- 
ride T.S.,  tannic  acid  T.S.,  mercuric  potassium  iodide  T.S,  or  other  reagents  for 
alkaloids  (absence  of  alkaloids)  "— (f.  8.  P.). 

The  fact  that  picrotoxin  may  be  shaken  out  from  acidulated  aqueous  liquids 
by  means  of  ether  or  amyl  alcohol,  facilitates  its  detection  in  certain  articles  of 
food,  <■.<;., beer,  to  which  i"t  has  been  fraudulently  added  in  order  to  impart  bitter- 
ness to  it.  Fluckiger  {Pharmfirogno.<:ie,  3d  ed.,"l891,  p.  790)  recommends  evapo- 
rating the  sample  to  dryness  with  calcined  magnesia,  extracting  with  alcohol,  dis- 
solving the  evaporated  alcoholic  extract  with  hot  distilled  water,  acidulating  with 
sulphuric  acid,  and  shaking  out  with  ether;  recrystallize  from  water,  and  apply 
the  tests  for  picrotoxin  as  given  al)Ove. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Cocculus  indicus  is  occasionally  given 
internally,  though  very  poisonous.  Given  to  animals  it  acts  on  the  cerebro-spinal 
system,  causing  giddiness,  staggering,  tetanic  convulsions,  and  coma.  It  also  pro- 
duces gastric  irritation.  The  powder,  or  an  ointment,  has  been  applied  in  barher\i 
itch,  sriild-keatl,  itch,  and  other  unyielding  diseases  of  the  skin,  as  well  as  to  kill 
lice.  Given  to  fish,  it  poisons  them,  depriving  them  of  sensibility,  and  has  been 
used  for  the  purpose  of  catching  them.  Extraordinary  claims  have  been  made  by 
Planat  for  cocculus,  as  an  agent  in  spasmodic  disorders,  including  epilepsy,  infantile 
ronvul&ions,chiirc'i.  etc.  Others,  however,  claim  that  it  aggravates,  at  least  in  epi- 
lepsy. It  has  likewise  been  employed  in  paralysis  of  the  s/Jiincters  and  limbf.  By 
some  physicians,  cocculus  and  picrotoxin,  in  minute  doses,  are  recommended  in 
disorders  for  which  strychnine  and  nux  vomica  are  employed.  It  is  also  an  an- 
tagonist to  these  drugs,  and  may  be  u.sed  in  cases  of  poisoning  by  them.  Xcrvous 
debility,  paresis,  mild  forms  oi  paralysi-t,  facial  paralysi-^,  jjaralysis  a<iitans,  and  alco- 
holic tremor  are  conditions  in  wliich  minute  doses  have  rendered  good  service. 
Spagnis  of  the  mu-^cles  of  locomnt ion,  with  cold  skin  and  deficient  capillary  circula- 
tion, are  said  to  be  benefited  by  cocculus.  It  has  also  been  advised  in  gastric  atony 
and  intestinal  dyspepsia,  with  torpor  of  the  parts  involved.  Dr.  John  Fearn  recom- 
mends 2-grain  doses  of  the  3  x  trituration  as  a  certain  remedy  for  profuM  sweating. 
It  has  been  endorsed  by  others  as  exceedingly  efficient  in  night-s^reats,  the  above 
doses  being  given  every  2  hours,  in  the  evening,  for  3  or  4  days.  An  attenuation 
of  cocculus,  as  employed  by  HoiiKPopaths,  is  an  efficient  remedy  to  prevent  the 
nausea  and  sickness  incident  to  travel  by  rail  and  upon  water  (sra-sirknr.-^s).  The 
dose  of  picrotoxin  ranges  from  f i^y  to  g'j  grain. 

PILOCARPINE  HYDROCHLORAS  (U.  S.  P.  —PILOCARPINE 
HYDROCHLORATE. 

Fukmii.a:  l„II„N,()JI(  1.     .Mui.K.  ui.AK  \Vki..iit:  24;5.'.is. 

■'The  hydrochlorate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained  from  pilocarpus.  It  should  be 
kept  in  small.  well-stop])ered  vials'" — {I'.S.P.). 

Preparation.— The  free  alkaloid  is  first  nrepared.c.j/.,  by  Petit's  process.  The 
coarsely-[)owdered  leaves  are  i>ercolated  with  alcohol  of  80  per  cent,  containing 


1478  PILOCARPUS. 

about  0.8  per  cent  of  hj-drochloiic  acid.  Tlie  alcohol  i.^^  distilled  off  under  reduced 
pressure,  the  aqueous  hydrochloride  .'solution  separated  IVihu  the  fatty  layer,  the 
Bolution  rendered  alkaline  with  aqua  ammonia;,  and  shaken  out  with  chloroforni. 
The  crude  bases  thus  obtained  are  converted  into  the  nitrates  by  carefully  adding 
diluted  nitric  acid  to  very  slight  excess,  and  evaporating  the  solution  to  dryness. 
The  crude  nitrate  is  then  repeatedly  crystallized  from  alcohol,  whereljyjV(6ortTi€, 
which  forms  no  crystallizable  nitrate,  and  the  small  quantities  of  jjiktcorjiidiru 
present  remain  in  solution.  Pilocarpine  is  then  liberated  from  the  purified  salt, 
dissolved  in  slight  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  solution  evaporated  to 
crvst;illizntinn. 

Description  and  Tests.—"  Small,  white  crystals,  odorless,  and  having  a  faintly 
Vjittcr  taste;  deliquescent  on  exposure  to  damp  air.  Very  soluble  in  water  and 
in  alcohol;  almost  insoluble  in  ether  or  chloroform.  When  heated  to  197°  C. 
(386. G°  F.),  the  salt  melts,  and  upon  ignition  it  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue. 
The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  100)  of  the  salt  is  neutral,  or  has  a  faintly  acid  reaction 
upon  litmus  paper"— (L^.  S.  P.).  It  is  practically  insoluble  in  carbon  disulphide 
and  in  benzol.  It  is  soluble  in  1^  parts  of  water,  both  cold  and  boiling,  the  solu- 
tion remains  clear,  even  after  having  been  kept  for  some  length  of  time.  But 
7  parts  of  cold  alcohol  and -f  part  of  boiling  alcohol  are  required  to  dissolve  it 
(Schuchardt).  "  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  dissolves  the  salt  to  a  colorless  liquid, 
■with  evolution  of  hydrochloric  acid  vapor.  If  a  small  fragment  of  potassium 
dichromate  be  added  to  a  few  drops  of  this  solution,  on  a  white  porcelain  surface, 
the  dichromate  will  gradually  dissolve  with  a  vivid,  dark-green  color.  Fuming 
nitric  acid  dissolves  the  salt  with  a  faintly  greenish  tint.  The  aqueous  solution 
(1  in  100)  of  the  salt  is  precipitated  by  iotline  T.S.,  bromine  water,  mercuric  chlo- 
ride T.S.,  and  most  other  reagents  for  alkaloids.  If  the  aqueous  solution  be 
slightly  acidulated,  the  subsequent  addition  of  ammonia  water  will  produce  no 
precipitate.  Sodium  hydrate  T.S.  produces  a  precipitate  only  in  a  concentrated 
solution  of  the  salt.  The  aqueous  solution  yields  with  silver  nitrate  T.S.  a  white 
))recipitate  insoluble  in  nitric  acid"— ([;  S'.  P.).  (Regarding  the  melting  point  of 
the  hydnx  hloiide,  see  paper  by  Paul  and  Cownley,.4»if/-.  Jmir.  Phm-m..  1897, p.  108.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  PfYocarjjw*-.)  Dose,  i  to  J  grain ; 
hypoderniatically,  ^  to  \  grain. 

Related  Compound.— Pilocarpis.«  Nitras  (CnHieXjOsHXOj).  This  salt  is  official  in 
the  Bi-itM  I'luinintrujuria.  According  to  the  BritUh  Pharmacopma  (18S5>,  it  is  prepared  from 
extract  of  jaborandi  by  agitating  the  latter  with  chloroform  and  an  alkali,  evaporating  the 
chloroform  sohition,  neutralizing  the  residue  with  nitric  acid,  and  recrystallizing.  It  forms  a 
crystalline,  white  powder  or  needles.  Nitrate  of  pilocarpine  is  soluble  in  8  or  9  parta  of  water, 
at  15° C.  (59°F.K  freely  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol,  but  slightly  soluble  in  cold  alcohol.  The 
solution  of  this  salt  is  precipitated  bv  chloride  of  gold,  in  fine  needles,  and  by  chloride  of  plati- 
num, iu  prismatic  crystals.  It  should  leave  no  ash  when  burned  with  free  access  of  air.  A 
diluted  solution  applied  to  the  eye,  causes  contraction  of  the  pupil.  I'ses  and  doses,  same  as 
for  Pilocarpine  hyurochlorate. 

PILOCARPUS  (U.  S.  P.)— PILOCARPUS. 

"The  leaflets  of  Pihrarpvs  .SeWoantw,  Engler  (Rio  Janeiro  Jaborandi).  and  of 
Pilocarpus  Jaborandi,  Holmes  (Pernambuco  Jaborandi)" — (T.  S.  P.). 

Nat.  Orrf.— Rutacea\ 

Co.MMON  Name:  Jaborandi. 

Illustrations:  Pilocarpus  Jaborandi—  Plinrm.  Jour.  Trans.,  M  series,  Vol.  V, 
187  1-7.'),  p.  582;  and  H.  Geiger,  Boirhte dcr  Dcuhrh.  Pluinn.  (tV«.,1897.  p.  424,  Plates. 
P..KII,..niii.<  and  P.  j.nii,<iilu>liiL<—I'li<irm.  Jour.  rn/ii.*..4th  serie.*.  Vol.  I.p.fvJl. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — The  jaborandi  shrub  is  a  native  of  Brazil, 
and  grows  to  the  height  of  from  6  to  10  feet.  The  genus  is  representetl  by  about 
19  described  species,  for  an  enumeration  of  which,  see /"Aiin/i.  .Amr.  rra»i.*.,V(>l.  I, 
189."),  p.  541.  They  are  natives  of  South  America  and  the  West  Indies.  Jabo- 
randi was  introduced  to  the  medical  profession  by  Dr.  S.  Coutinho,  of  Pernambuco, 
in  1S74.  The  leaves  were  examined  by  Prof.  Baillon.and  the  plant  referreil  to 
the  Pdnrarjiu^pennatifolius  of  Leniaire,  described  bv  him,  in  1S.V2.  Engler  (1874) 
states  tliat  its  leaves"  are  pilose  (hairy)  beneath,  wliile  E.  M.  Holmes  (1S75)  calls 


FILOCARPUS. 


1479 


attention  to  the  fact  tliai  cimiint'icial  leaves  are  glabrous  (devoid  of  hair).  How- 
ever, not  much  importance  can  be  attached  to  this  distinction,  because  Planchoa 
(187-">  J  has  observed  that  the  leaves  of  Pilor(irjjui<jje)in<Uijuliut<,  grown  in  Paris,  may 
occur  partly  in  the  glabrous,  partly  in  the  pilose  form.  In  1875  {I'/iana.  Jour. 
rfnju-..,Vol.  V.  pp.  581  and  641),  Mr.  E.  M.  Hohncs  referred  one  of  ti)e  two  grades 
then  in  coninii-rce  (Rio  Janeiro  jaborandi)  to /'i7"/(()7/hs  Sf//'((iHM«,  Engler,  and,  in 
1S03  (,7>iV/..Vol.  XXIII,  p.  KK18;  also.  jV„W.,Vol.  I,  1895,  j).  520)  establL-hed  for  the 
other  (Pernambuco  jaborandi)  a  new  si>ecies,  P/Zordry/K.'*  ./(i/yo/vuK/i,  Holmes,  which 
he  described  from  a  specimen  grown  in  the  Cambridge  Botanical  Garden. 

Englcr's  botanical  description  of  P.  Selloanus,  as  communicated  by  E.  M. 
Holmes,  is  as  follows:  The  stem  is  covered  with  thin,  purple  bark,  and  leafy  toward 
the  apex.  The  leaves  are  imparipinnate.  The  petiole  of  the  leaf  is  semiterete, 
flattened  a  little  above,  quite  glabrous.  The  leaflets  are  trijugate,  oblong,  distinct, 
nearly  equal,  obtuse,  margin  rt'Hexed,  membranaceous  or  subcoriaceous,  grayish- 
green,  quite  glabrous  on  both  sides,  pellucid-punctate;  mid-rib  sulcate  above,  very 
prominent  beneath;  lateral  nerves  rather  prominent  beneath;  petiole  of  leaflets 
short.  The  racen)e  is  terminal,  nearly  three  times  longer  than  the  leaves,  terete, 
purple,  quite  glabrous,  with  slender  pedicels,  horizontally  patent  and  slightlj- 
hairy,  six  times  longer  than  the  buds,  and  furnished  at  the  middle  and  base  with 
2-minute,  ciliolate  bracts.  The  calyx  is  very  short,  with  broad,  rounded  lobes, 
which  are  ciliolate.  The  petals  are  coriaceous,  lanceolate,  acute,  furnished  with  a 
prominent  mid-rib,  inflexed  at  the  upper  margin  and  at  the  apiculus.  The  sta- 
mens are  shorter  than  the  petals.  The  ovary  is  depressed,  globose,  very  smooth, 
half  included  in  the  disk,  and  crowned  with  a  short,  rather  thick  style  (Pkarm. 
Jour.  Tr<,ns.,yo\.\\  1875,  p.  641). 

The  new  species,  P.  Jahoramli,  Holmes,  differs  from  P.  SeUonnm,  to  which  it  is 
most  nearly  allied,  in  having  4  pairs  of  leaflets;  in  the  elliptic-oblong  shape  of 
the  leaflets  and  their  more  fleshy  consistence;  in  the  veinlets  being  more  promi- 
nent on  the  upper  surface;  in  "the  .slender,  glabrous  pedicels,  only  three  times 
longer  than  the  leaf-buds;  in  the  minute  bracts,  being  situated  near  the  apex  of 
the  pedicel:  in  the  rose  color  of  the  ovate  petals,  pedicels,  and  upper  part  of 
rachis;  and  in  the  rugose-crenate  disc.  The  calyx  is  pentagonal,  not  lobed  {Pharm. 
Jour.  rm/i,'!.,Vol.  XXII,  1892,  p.  875). 

The  subsequent  investigations  of  E.  M.  Holmes  (ibid.,  1895,  pp.  520  and  539), 
and,  more  lately,  those  of  H.  Geiger  {Bericfile  der  DeuUch.  Phann.  Ga.,  1897,  pp. 
356  and  425),  have  shown  that  commercial  jaborandi  leaves, 
at  present  in  the  market,  are  to  be  referred  to  the  following 
5  species:  (DP.  Jahorandi,  Holmes  (Pernambuco  jaborandi), 
identical  with  P.  offirinuli^  (Poehl,  1879);  (2)  P.pennatifolius, 
Lemaire  (Paraguay  jaborandi),  which,  according  to  Geiger, 
is  identical  with  P.  Selloanu-s,  Engler;  (3)  P.  trachylophus, 
Holmes  ( Ceara  jaborandi);  (4)  P.  microphyllus,  Stapf  (Maran- 
ham,  or  Small  jaborandi);  and  (5)  P.  s]iiralus,  Saint-Hilaire 
(Aracati  jaborandi).  In  1896, a  spurious  jal)orandi  was  refer- 
red, by  Holmes,  to  a  hitherto  unknown  plant,  Svnrtzin  decipi- 
CDS.  The  nomenclature,  according  to  the  places  of  export,  as 
adoi>ted  by  Holmes, is  al>andoned  by  Geiger.  because  thecom- 
mercial  bab-s  rarely  even  contain  leaves  of  a  single  species. 

Description.— "Oflicial  jaborandi  is  thus  described  by 
the  r.  .<  P. :  -About  10  to  15  Cm.  (4  to  6  inches)  long,  and 
4  to  6  Cm.  (  1J5  to  2^  inches)  broad,  short-stalked,  oval  or 
ovate-oblong,  entire,  and  slightly  revolute  at  the  margin, 
obtuse  and  emarginate,  unequal  at  the  base;  dull-green, 
coriaceous,  pellucid-punctate,  mostly  smooth  ;  when  Ijruised 
slightly  aromatic;  taste  somewhat  bitter  and  pungent" — 
(f.  .S.  P.).  Commercial  jaborandi  is  usually  mixed  with 
leaf-stalks,  twigs,  and  bark.  The  leaflets  are  almost  odor- 
less when  entire;  have  a  slightly  aromatic  taste,  followed 
by  a  persistent  acridity.  (  For  a  com])arative  histological 
studv  of  jaborandi  leaves,  see  Albert  i:chu>-\<\i-T.  .Ifur,,,,/  ,,{ 
Pharmarolofjy.  1897,  p.  141.) 


1480 


PILOCARPUS. 


Chemical  Composition. — The  active  principle  of  jaborandi  leaves  is  the 
alkaloid  pilocarpine,  which  was  discovered  almost  simultaneously  by  E.  Hardy, 
in  France,  and  A.  W.  Garrard,  in  England,  in  1875.  Several  other  active  princi- 
ples were  subsequentl}'  isolated  from  the  mother  liquors  of  pilocarpine — namely, 
the  alkaloids  jaborine  (Hardy,  1875;  Harnack  and  Meyer,  1880  i,  pilorarpidine 
(Merck,  1885),  jfl6or(V/M!e  (Harnack,  1885),  and  volatile Ja6o>u'/ie(C,Hj,X„  Hardy  and 
Calmels,  1887),  as  well  asjaboric  and  pnlocarpic  acids;  but  it  is  somewhat  doubtful 
whether  these  derivatives  of  pilocarpine  preexist  in  the  leaves.  Other  constitu- 
ents are  a  volatile  oil  (0.56  per  cent,  Hardy),  an  acrid  resin,  tannin,  and  a  volatile 
acid,  forming  large  crystals. 

Pilocarpine  (C„H,eN,Oj,  Harnack  and  Meyer,  1880)  may  be  obtained  as  de- 
scribed under  pilocarpine  hydrochlorate  (which  see).  It  forms  a  viscid  liquid, 
optically  dextro-rotatory,  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  slightly  soluble  in  cold 
ether  or  chloroform,  and  in  acids,  forming  a  series  of  .salts,  of  which  the  acetate 
is  soluble  in  ether.  The  nitrate  crystallizes  well ;  the  hydrochloride  is  very  deli- 
quescent. Pilocarpine,  boiled  with  water,  is  decomposed  into  trimethylamine 
(NfCHj],)  and  beta-pyridine-aljjha-lactic  acid  (C^H.N.CCOH.CH^J.COOH).  Its  syn- 
thesis was  effected  bv  Hardy  and  Calmels,  in  1887  (.see  graphic  formula  in  Pharm. 
Jour.  Tram.,Yo\.  XVIII,  p.  89).  These  observers,  as  well  as  Merck  ( I8a5),  consider 
it  to  be  methyl-pilocarpidine  (see  below).  According  to  J.  van  de  Moer  (1895),  pilo- 
carpine also  stands  in  close  connection  with  the  alkaloid  cytisine  (see  Baptisid). 

Jnhorine  (C^jHjjN.O,,  Hardy  and  Calmels,  1887)  is  a  strongly  basic,  amor- 
phous alkaloid,  indicated  by  Hardy  (1875),  and  shown  by  Harnack  and  Meyer 
(Chetn.Centralblatt.  1880)  to  correspond  in  its  physiological  action  with  atropine, 
while  pilocarpine  in  this  respect  resembles  nicotine.  It  is  formed  when  alcoholic 
or  acid  solutions  of  pilocarpine  are  concentrated  by  evaporation,  and  is  not  con- 
tained originally  in  the  fluid  extract  of  jaborandi.  Its  formation  explains  the 
lack  of  uniformity  of  the  physiological  action  of  pilocarpine  as  first  obtained. 
When  pilocarpine"  is  rapidly  heated  to  175°  C.  (347°  F.j,  and  kept  at  this  tem- 
perature for  half  an  hour,  it  is  decomposed  into  ether-soluble  jaborine  and  water- 
soluble  pilocarpidine  and  jnboric  acid  (CuHjjNjOj,  Hardy  and  Calmels.  Pharm. 
Jour.  Tram., Vol.  XVTI,  1887,  p.  550).  Jaborine  is  a  bri"ttle  mass,  insoluble  in 
water,  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  and  a  solution  of  jaboric  acid.  Its  salts  are  un- 
crystallizable.  Boiling  with  aqueous  solution  of  caustic  potash,  converts  it  into 
pilocarpidine. 

Pilocarpidine  (C,„H„NA,  Harnack,  1885)  was  discovered  by  Merck  (1885), 
and  was  considered  by  him  and  others  to  be  the  lower  homologue  of  pilocarpine. 
This  simple  relation,  however,  does  not  seem  to  exist  between  these  two  bases 
(E.  Merck,  Archiv  der  Pharm..  1898,  p.  141),  nor  are  thev  isomers,  as  was  asserted 
by  Petit  and  Polonowsky  {Pharm.  Jour.  7'rr()is.,Vol.  V,  1897,  p.  83).  The  aqueous 
solution  of  its  salts  is  not  precipitated  by  chloride  of  gold  (difference  from  pilo- 
carpine). It  is  a  syrupy  liquid,  forming  a  well-crystallizable  nitrate.  The  for- 
mula of  7iM-o<«i«  being  C,oH„Nj,  pilocarpidine  maybe  regarded  as  dioxy-nicotine. 
It  has  been  obtained  synthetically  as  an  intermediary  product  in  the  synthesis  of 
pilocarpine  (see  above).  It  is  easily  converted  into  jnhnridinc  (C,„H,jN,03.  Harnackj 
Chem.  Centralblatt,  1885),  which  is  probably  identical  with  jaborandine  of  Parodi 
(1875)  from  Piper  Jaborandi.  It  may  also  be  formed  from  pilocarpine  by  treat- 
ment with  fuming  nitric  acid  (Chastaing,  1S82).  The  chemistry  of  pilocarpine 
and  derivatives  is  held  by  Petit  and  Polonowsky  (1897)  to  be  still  doubtful. 

The  following  table  states  the  yield  of  total  alkaloid  and  nitrate,  as  recorded 
by  several  observers: 


.\imlyst. 

Source  of 
Jaborandi. 

Percent  Pilo- 
carpine. 

Per  cent  crystal-    Per  cent  recn-st«l- 
liiable  nitrate.        litable  nitrate. 
MelUng  point.         MeUing  point. 

A.  Poehl,  1870 
F.  Budee,  18.S0 

Hairv 
Non-"hairy 
I.  Hairv 

1.97 
0.19 

1.26                 1  0.77                          .irfh.d.  Pharm., 
0.56                 1                                       ISSt),  p.25. 
0.609 

Xon-hairv 
New  lot 
Stems 

1.00 
1.01 
0.060 

FlLULAKl-fS. 


F.  Budee,  ISai 


.\.li<.)lime,lS93 
1894 
1895 
1894 
1895 

Paul  &  Cown- 
lev,      1894 


Paul  &  Cown- 
lev,     1896 


II.  Xon-hairv 

III.  Mostly     ■ 
noii-liairv 


.Miller,  1S80  !  lla 


Non-hairy 
J'.jniiiKilifoliiis 
P.  jii'nntitifoliui 
P.  /tenmitifoliiis 
P.  microphylhis 
P.  microphullus 

P.  Jaborandi 
P.  pennatifoliug 
P.  microphijllus  . 
P.  microphyllus ' . 

P.  trachuhphus  \ 
I 
P.  spicatns 
P.  trachylophiis  ' 
P.  Jaborandi  \ 
P.  microphyllui 


0.35 

0.67 
I  1 .21 
\1.L'65 
(0.87 
\0.93 
0.33 
O.IS 
0.19 
0.16 
0.19 


0.02  (new- 
alkaloid) 


0.4 
0.72 
0.84 


Per  cent  crystal- 
llzable  nitrate. 
Melting  |>oiut. 


0.198 
0.34 


0.5  to  0.8  pil. 

nitrate 
0.18,0.19;  0.38 

pil.  nitrate 
0.16  to  0.19 

pil.  nitrate 
UptoO.Salk. 

nitrate 


0.02 

0.67atl61°C, 

0.45atl60°C. 


Per  cent  recrystnl- 
Uzable  nitrate. 
Melting  point. 


151 .5°  C. 
,  ISO.S'C. 


37  at 
30  at 
23  at 
22  at 


162.7°C. 
158.3°C. 
162.7°  C. 
147.7°  C. 


Proc.A.P..U<oc., 
1895,  p.  266. 


Phr.  Jr.  Trans., 
Vol.  I,  1895, 
p.  542. 


/fci(/..Vol.  Ill, 
1896,  p.  1. 


Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Jaborandi  acts  upon  the  glandular 
.-system,  increasing  the  .<fcret(ir\-  aitinn  of  the  glands;  however,  its  influence  is 
more  especiall^v  exerted  upon  the  sudoriferous  and  salivary  glands.  A  drachm 
or  two  of  the  powdered  leaves  and  smaller  branches  infused  in  a  cupful  of  boil- 
ing water,  and  the  whole  taken  at  a  draught,  will,  in  about  10  or  2U  minutes 
afterward,  occasion  a  tingling  sensation  with  redness  of  the  cutaneous  surface; 
this  sensation  is  at  first  experienced  in  the  face,  but  soon  extends  over  the  whole 
surface,  and  is  quickly  followed  by  an  abundant  perspiration,  which  is  apt  to  con- 
tinue for  4  or  5  hours.  Almost  .simultaneously  with  the  sweating,  the  secretion 
of  saliva  increases  to  such  an  extent  as  to  greatly  embarrass  speech,  the  person 
being  often  obliged  to  assume  an  inclined  position  that  the  escape  of  the  saliva 
may  be  facilitated.  During  its  salivary  action  1  or  2  pints  of  saliva,  and  even 
more,  may  be  seci-eted,  and,  not  infrequently,  there  will  be,  in  addition,  an  aug- 
mentation of  the  bronchial  and  lachrymal  secretions.  At  times  the  mucous 
glands  of  the  intestines  will  be  so  influenced  as  to  occasion  a  diarrhwa,  and  it  is 
not  a  rare  circumstance  that  the  submaxillary  glands  enlarge.  After  the  admin- 
istration of  jaborandi,  patients  are  often  attacked  with  nausea,  vomiting,  vertigo, 
hiccough,  heaviness  of  the  head,  and  contraction  of  the  pupils.  According  to 
S.  Ringer  and  A.  Gould,  the  temjjerature  of  the  body  becomes  greatly  lessened 
during  the  sweating,  falling  1.4°  F.;  on  tlie  other  hand.  Green,  Rabuteau,  Gubler, 
Robin,  Ambrosoli.aud  Riegel,  state  that  it  becomes  considerably  elevated.  As  the 
rule,  at  the  termination  of  the  diaphoresis,  the  temperature  becomes  the  same  as 
it  was  at  the  time  the  jaborandi  was  administered;  in  a  few  cases  it  has  bfcn 
slightly  lower,  but  returned  to  the  normal  degree  in  the  course  of  from  12  !■>  24 
hours.  From  the  commencement  of  the  perspiration,  the  face  becomes  pale,  the 
pulse  fuller,  and  more  freipicnt;  the  i)ulsatioiis  of  the  heart  become  irregular,  and, 
with  persons  laboring  under  some  canliac  aflTection,  a  kind  of  asystoliii  is  observed. 
The  effects  of  this  agent  have  been  found  to  occur  more  readily  with  ailults  than 


14<S2  PILOCAKPCS. 

with  children.  In  the  exhibition  of  this  article  as  a  diaphoretic,  the  use  of  warm 
drinks,  and  other  aids  toward  facilitating  the  sweating,  are  not  required. 

During  the  sudorific  action  of  jaborandi,  the  quantit}^  of  urine  is  lessened, 
to  a  greater  or  lesser  extent,  and  micturition  frequently  proves  painful.  As  urea 
exists  to  a  large  extent  in  the  saliva  and  sweat  caused  b}'  jaborandi  (no  uric  acid 
l)oing  found),  a  diminution  of  it  occurs  in  the  urine  voided  ;  but,  after  sweating, 
it  gradually  returns  to  its  normal  figure  in  the  urine,  and  from  this  it  would 
appear  that  the  drug  does  not  increase  the  combustions  of  the  economy.  Experi- 
ments with  the  sphygmograph,  made  at  various  periods  during  the  action  of  the 
(liug,  have  shown  an  almost  complete  a.systolia  with  a  very  considerable  diminu- 
tioii  of  vascular  tension.  M.  Robin  is  led  to  believe  that  jaborandi  has  an  espe- 
cial action  upon  the  vasomotors,  which  it  paralyzes;  from  whence  results  the 
cardiac  asystolia  and  the  copious  secretions  of  sweat  and  saliva.  M.  Gubler,  while 
admitting  this  paralyzing  action  upon  the  vasomotors,  maintains  that  it  has, 
in  addition,  a  special  irritating  influence  upon  the  sudoriferous  and  salivarj- 
glands,  and  upon  the  renal  glomerules,  which  stimulates  their  functional  activity. 
Dryness  of  the  mouth  and  throat,  with  a  sense  of  fatigue  and  depression,  most 
usuallj'  follow  the  cessation  of  its  active  effects.  Administered  in  divided  doses, 
jaborandi,  instead  of  acting  as  a  diaphoretic  and  sialagogue.  becomes  an  active 
diuretic.  When  given  in  cases  where  there  is  a  diminished  secretion  of  milk, 
contrary  to  what  might  be  anticipated,  it  increases  the  quantity  of  this  mammary 
secretion.  Martindale  dissolved  extract  of  jaborandi  in  glycerin,  and  applied  it 
around  the  eye;  a  marked  contraction  of  the  pupil  ensued.  A  similar  result, 
with  impaired  vision,  is  apt  to  follow  its  internal  administration  in  large  dose.?, 
but  this  disappears  on  the  cessation  of  the  medicine.  Pilocar^jine  is  the  active 
princijile  of  jaborandi,  having  an  action  nearly  identical;  however,  it  causes  less 
.salivation,  less  vomiting,  and  is  more  certain  in  its  efifects — the  hydrochlorate 
and  the  nitrate  of  this  alkaloid  are  used;  they  may  be  employed  internally,  or 
by  subcutaneous  injections. 

Therapeutically,  jaborandi  has  been  found  of  value  in  the  removal  of  serous 
effusions,  as  in  hydro! horax,  (inasarco,  mcites,  chronir  pleiirU-)/.  etc.,  whether  these  be 
due  to  disorders  of  the  heart,  liver,  kidneys,  to  chronic  intlammatory  conditions, 
to  albuminuria,  or  exist  as  a  sequence  of  exanthematous  affections,  etc.  While  in 
t'ertain  of  these  effusions  it  acts  as  a  curative  agent,  in  others  it  will  prove  useful 
as  affording  temporary  relief,  from  time  to  time,  until  other  indicated  remedial 
agents  have  been  enabled  to  overcome  or  to  modify  the  abnormal  conditions  giv- 
ing rise  to  such  effusions.  In  cardiac  dkenses,  from  its  tendency  to  diminish  the 
contractility  of  the  heart  and  arteries,  and  to  favor  their  dilatation  (diastole), 
thus  conducing  to  dyspnoea  and  even  to  asphyxia;  if  used  at  all.  great  care  and 
prudence  should  be  observed.  In  those  disorders,  in  which  its  employment  from 
time  to  time  is  followed  by  persistent  debilitj',  it  is  contraindicated. 

.laborandi  has  been  used  with  more  or  less  success  in  the  following  diseases : 
AMhiiinJii-nnrhitiii  (with  or  without  emphysema),  oftHmniOH*  diabetes.  dmp»ies,\n 
casts  (if  iHiisoning  and  diseases  due  to  miasms  or  morbid  poisons  {puerperal  eep- 
tirciiiiii/i  ,  ni/ it  ire  fevers  impeded  in  their  evolution,  etc.  (Gubler);  in  vieta^^atic 
orr/iilis  (Czernicki);  in  polyuria  (Laycock);  in  ehrnnir  rhrumati-^m,  in/philitie  r/ieuma- 
ti.fiii,  and  in  acute  articular  rheumatii:m,  but  in  which  the  endocarditis  was  aggra- 
vated (Fereol) — this  author  has  also  observed  an  attack  of  gout,  and  an  increase 
of  the  intensity  of  hemicrania,  in  cases  where  it  was  administered:  in  the  albu- 
minuria of  i)regnancy  its  use  was  followed  with  hematuria  (Langlet);  in  nrtite 
alhinnliioH.s  nephriti.'i  (Bloch) — this  author  likewise  states  that  jaliorandi  will  lie 
found  efficient  in  chronic  parencln/mntou't  ucjihritis,  especially  when  the  nMial  lesions 
arc  not  of  long  standing;  that  the  existence  of  uneniic  phenomena  is  not  an 
al)solute  contraindication  of  the  drug;  that  it  is  seldom  of  service  in  iiiter^itinl 
iiip/iritis;  and  that  it  should  be  employed  witli  the  greatest  caution  when  cardiac 
lesions  are  present.  Petithau  advises  its  employment  in  all  sxibamlc  or  chrotiir 
catarrhal  or  rheumatic  affections;  in  dropsies,  when  there  is  no  morbid  change  of  tht* 
kidneys,  and  anemia  is  but  slight ;  in  pernicious  inteimittenl  feveis;  in  psoriasis  and 
other  dry  forms  of  rutaiteous  diseases;  in  chronic  »i/philitic  affections,  etc. 

According  to  M.  Rabuteau,  coffee  is  an  antagonist  of  jaborandi :  when  given 
concurrently   with   it,  it    will    prevent  the  nausea  and  vomiting,  and   likewise 


I'lLUfAlU'L'S.  1483 

appears  to  diminish  the  perspiration  as  well  as  the  excretion  of  the  urea.  The 
effects  of  jaborandi  upon  the  human  system  are  also  counteracted  by  subcuta- 
ueous  injections  of  solution  of  atropine;  while  those  of  belladonna  or  atropine 
are  overcome  by  subcutaneous  injections  of  ^jilocarpine.  But  this  antagonism 
does  not  invariably  appear,  as  the  symptoms  following  the  administration  of  one 
of  these  substances,  are  not  always  counteracted  by  the  employment  of  the  other: 
besides  while  the  dose  of  jaborandi  or  pilocarpine  may  alwavs  be  readily  deter- 
mined, that  of  belladonna,  and  especially  of  atropine,  is  so  difficult  to  regulate, 
that  extreme  circumspection  is  required\J.  King).  Where  depressing  effects  are 
produced  by  jaborandi,  as  sometimes  occurs  where  there  are  valvular  disease  or 
fatty  degeneration  of  the  heart,  or  morbid  pulmonic  circulation,  strychnine  hypo- 
derinatically  may  sustain  the  heart-action.  Digitalis,  cactus,  caffeine,  or  stro]jhan- 
thus  may  also  be  used.  The  profuse  sweating  may  be  checked  by  atropine.  When 
pilocarpine  acts  like  atropine,  such  effects  are  probably  due  to  contaminatiug 
jaborine. 

Since  the  foregoing  uses,  as  recorded  by  the  earlier  investigators  of  jaborandi, 
were  established,  the  drug  has  come  into  prominence  in  Eclectic  practice  chiefly 
through  the  writings  of  Webster,  Ketchum,  and  Foltz.  Added  to  its  diuretic  and 
sudorific  qualities,  jaborandi  is  sedative  and  antisj)asmodic,  many  preferring  it 
to  veratrum  for  the  former  purpose,  and  to  lobelia  or  gelsemium  for  the  latter. 
The  indications  for  this  drug,  specifically  considered,  may  be  summed  up  as  fol- 
lows: It  is  a  remedy  for  sthenic  conditions,  and  must  be  avoided,  or  its  u.se  care- 
fully guarded,  in  weakened  conditions  of  the  heart.  Jaborandi  is  efficient  in 
disorders  exhibiting  a  dry,  hot  skin,  with  febrile  reaction,  especially  when  accom- 
l)anied  by  acute  suppression  of  the  secretioniJ,  dry,  parched  mouth,  full,  strong, 
hard,  and  sharp  pulse,  deficient  renal  activity  with  deep-red  urine,  scanty  in 
quantity  and  of  high  specific  gravity;  restlessness,  and,  with  any  of  these  symp- 
toms, pain.  Jaborandi  is  claimed  by  Prof.  Webster  to  be  adapted  to  almost  any 
febrile  or  inflammatory  condition,  sthenic  or  asthenic,  with  or  without  a  dry  skin. 
Most  observers  however,  prefer  to  limit  its  use  to  sthenic  conditions  only.  As  a 
remedy  for  pain  and  inflammation  it  has  been  highly  endorsed  in  mammitU,  with 
dry  skin  and  sui)pressed  lacteal  secretion,  in  acute  articular  inflamnwtion  and  acute 
articular  rheumatism,  the  joint  being  extremely  painful  and  swollen.  In  erysipelas 
with  dry  skin  and  elevation  of  temperature,  it  has  rendered  good  service,  and  is 
particularly  of  value  when  locally  applied.  Webster  declares  that  in  cei-ebro-spinal 
meningitis,  it  has  no  equal.  In  rheumatic  complaints  its  value  is  enhanced  by  its 
power  to  eliminate  urea  and  uric  acid  from  the  .system.  Jaborandi  is  indicated 
b_v  stiffness,  soreness,  and  swelling  of  the  joints,  whether  the  parts  show  redness 
or  pallor.  One.  of  its  chief  indications  in  such  disorders  is  puffiness  of  the  tissues. 
For  acute  (preferablv)  or  chronic  muscular  pain,  pleurodynia,  lumbago,  muscular  spa»m, 
cardiac  rhcuinatism  and  angina  pectoris,  few  remedies  are  more  efficient.  The  spe- 
cific indications,  must,  of  course,  be  observed. 

Jaborandi  is  recommended  for  c(n(gh  when  the  throat  is  very  drj'  and  secre- 
tion checked.  It  is  well  recommended  in  bronchial  asthma  and  whooping-cough 
with  dryness  of  the  respiratory  passages.  Small  doses  relieve  ^' ivintcr  cough," and 
the  cough  of  chronic  bronchitis  witii  lack  of  secretion,  and  dry.  irritable,  hoarse 
cough.  In  the  earlv  stage  o{  bronchiti-i,  and  in  the  congestive  stage  of  pneumonia, 
it  rapidly  relieves  the  local  inflammation,  and  reduces  the  fever  if  it  be  given  in 
diaphoretic  doses.  In  respiratory  troubles  it  does  best  service  when  associated 
with  other  indicated  remedies,  as  bryonia,  asclepias,  lobelia,  etc.  In  acute  tonsillitis 
with  secretion  of  tenacious  pharyngeal  mucus,  it  serves  an  excellent  purpose. 
Foltz  values  it  highly  in  pharyngitis  sicca  {Eclectic  Med.  (ileancr,\i)\.\ ,  p.  193). 
When  exudation  hixs  taken  place  in  ufeitrixi/,  jaborandi  is  one  of  the  best  agents 
to  effect  the  removal  of  the  fluid  and  promote  resolution.  It  finds  al.so,  a  place 
in  the  treatment  of  dry  croup,  laryngismus  slrlduhts,  laryngeal  diphtheria,  and 
Bo-called  membranous  croup.  In  the  "latter  two  affections,  if  the  child  is  strong, 
jaborandi  maybe  administered  in  doses  sufficient  to  increase  the  secretions  of 
the  throat,  aiul  thus  loo.«en  the  false  membranes.  Jaljorandi  has  given  good  serv- 
ice in  metastatic  and  gonorrheal  orchitis,  ovaritis,  and  metritis,  the  specific  indica- 
tions for  it  being  pre.«ent.  Jaborandi  is  one  of  the  most  useful  of  agents  in  prop- 
erly selected  cases  of  la  gripijic  or  rjiidniii'- iiiHuenza,  -And  of  catarrhal  fcrrr.     In    fact 


1484  I'lLOCARPUS. 

the  drug  acts  adinirabh-  as  a  non-stimulating  diaphoretic  and  sedative  in  ujany 
inflammatory  and  febrile  conditions,  provided  the  stomach  is  not  too  irritable  to 
retain  the  medicine. 

In  diseases  of  the  kidneys,  jahoreindi  does  effective  work  in  throwing  a  part  of 
the  burden  of  elimination  upon  the  skin.  In  this  way  the  kidneys  are  relieved 
of  excess  of  watery  secretion,  and  of  the  elimination  of  a  portion  of  urea.  For 
this  reason  it  has  been  employed  in  various  forms  of  nephritis,  particularly  in 
acute  albuminuria,  and  in  so-called  Brighl's  disease.  It  i.s  undoubtedly  the  best 
remedy  (using  pilocarpine  preferably)  we  possess  for  urasmic  poiimiing,  but  the  full 
diaphoretic  action  must  be  obtained  if  good  results  are  to  be  expected.  Diapho- 
retic doses  also  benefit  the  albuminuria  of  pregnancy.  It  has  been  successfully 
employed  in  conjunction  with  ergot  to  control  the  excessive  secretion  of  urine  in 
diabetes  inxipidus. 

Acting  upon  the  theory  that  the  act  of  parturition  is  favored  by  free  diapho- 
resis, jaborandi  and  its  alkaloid  have  been  successfully  used  in  cases  of  tedious 
labor  due  to  a  rigid,  hard  os  uteri.  In  these  cases  the  pains  are  severe  yet  inef- 
fectual, the  skin  dry,  pulse  full,  sharp,  and  hard,  and  there  is  some  febrile  re- 
action. These  conditions  are  rectified  by  diaphoretic  doses  of  the  drug.  A  full 
dose  or  a  couple  of  broken  doses  of  jaborandi  is  accredited  with  the  cure  oi puer- 
peral eclampsia.  In  such  ca.ses  it  may  be  advantageously  combined  with  other 
indicated  agents. 

Jaborandi  has  proved  a  useful  drug  in  exanthematous  diseases  with  tardy  appear- 
ance or  tendency  to  recession  of  the  eruption,  and  by  this  action  has  been  thought 
to  avert  the  danger  of  post-scarlatinal  dropsy.  Many  .ikin  disordeis  of  a  dry  char- 
acter appear  to  be  benefited  by  the  internal  and  external  use  of  jaborandi. 
Among  these  disorders  are  eczema,  pruriti-^,  particularly  when  occurring  in  a  jaun- 
diced skin,  prurigo,  hj/perhi/drosis  pedum,  pi'ioriasis,  and  rhvs  poi.-«ming.  In  the  lat- 
ter affection  grin'delia  has'  been  employed  locally  with  jaborandi.  This  drug  is 
accredited  with  the  rather  singular  eflect  of  causing  the  hair  to  become  darker 
in  color;  and  it  is  likewise  said  to  be  useful  in  alopecia  to  promote  the  growth  of 
the  hair.  For  this  purpose  pilocarpine  ma}' be  employed,  with  or  without  can- 
tharides,  and  mixed  with  lanolin.  Copious  and  annoying  night-suoits  are  said  to 
be  relieved  by  minute  doses  of  jaborandi.  Locally,  the  drug  has  given  relief  in 
burm  and  scalds,  and  internally  and  locally  is  of  considerable  value  in  parotitis. 
In  small  doses  it  has  been  lauded  as  an  effective  agent  in  ptyalism  and  aphthous 
stomatitis.  In  local  and  general  dropsies  the  drug  is  sometimes  useful,  but  as  cau- 
tioned by  Ellingwood,  it  should  be  used  discretely,  particularly  in  hydrocephalus, 
lest  harm  be  done  to  the  patient. 

Pilocarpus  and  its  alkaloidal  salts  have  been  used  to  counteract  ihe  jtoisonous 
effects  (f  belladonna,  atropine,  stramonium,  daturine,  and  poisonous  bites  i>r  stl)ig.-<.  and  in 
ptomaine  jioisoning  from  canned  fish  and  meats.  In  the  latter  instances  it  has  no 
antidotal  power,  but  favors  elimination  of  the  offending  material.  While  often 
failing  to  counteract  the  toxic  effects  of  atropine,  it  nearly  always  relieves  the 
unpleasant  dryness  of  ti.ssue  following  the  use  of  that  alkaloid  or  of  belladonna. 
Prof.  Foltz  is  an  enthusiastic  advocate  of  the  use  of  jalmrandi  in  eye,  ear,  nose, 
and  thriHit  disorders,  particularly  where  there  is  a  lack  of  the  natural  secretions  of 
these  parts.  Full  doses  of  jaborandi  contract  the  pupils,  impair  accommodation, 
diminish  intraocular  tension,  and  increase  secretion.  Locally  applied,  the  action 
is  similar,  the  effects  upon  the  pupil,  however,  being  much  less  pronounced  when 
the  drug  is  internally  administered.  Dr.  Foltz  praises  it  in  rheumatic  iritis,  and 
for  the  absorption  of  "non-organized  vitreous  oimcities."  in  iritis  he  always  uses  it<, 
and  believes  that  it  shortens  the  duration  of  the  disease,  and  if  adhesions  are 
jircsent,  assists  in  their  absorption.  Optic  neuritis,  retinal  detachment,  choroiditis, 
ejiisrieriti.'',  tobacco  and  alcoholic  amblyopia,  and  atrophy  of  the  ofttic  nerrc  are  also 
conditi(ms  in  which  he  advises  its  use.  .After  ^-dcmo^/.tHi,  with  increa.*ed  ocular 
tension,  the  latter  as  well  as  the  pain,  will  be  relieved  by  the  local  u.-e  of  pilocar- 
jiine  hydrochlorate.  Instilled  in  the  eye  the  same  is  useful  in  kaatitisand  vhlyc- 
ItnHbir'conjunrticitis.hcith  in  the  early  .s"tao:e.  For  ocular  affections  Foltz  advises 
MS  a  dose  from  3  to  10  drops  of  specific  jaborandi,  every  2  or  3  hours;  and  as  a 
Killyrium,  1  to  2  grains  of  pilocarpine  hydrochlorate  to  2  tluid  ounces  of  water. 
Iiwn<//.ion/«(x  jaborandi  imjirovos  by  inci-easing  the  secretions  of  the  aural  cavi- 


PILOCARPUS.  14S5 

ties  and  canals.  ("H/«ii/(/i(/C(r«meH  is  frequentl}' restored  to  its  natural  condition 
l)y  the  continued  use  of  juljoraudi.  Jaoorandi  is  the  best  remedy  in  non-<fu/ijju 
rntive  injlmnmotitm  of  the  miiltlle  car,  of  thti  prolilerous  ty|>e  (Foltz),  and  it  provi  ~ 
a  good  drug  for  nervous  deajiiey.'*,  thn/neg.'^  fullinrinij  scarlet  fn'ci'  auil  dqildhiriu,  :nii! 
with  appropriate  adjunct  treatment,  in  iiiihi-  mr  (li^ease^  of  xriphilitir  oihjin  (Foltz  . 
The  alkaloidal  salts  (J  to  ^  grain  subcutaneously)  have  been  enipldved  in  the.^u 
disorders,  hut  the  parent  drug  is  to  be  jjreferred  in  doses  of  3  to  10  drops  every 
3  or  4  hours. 

Pilocarpine. — The  alkaloid  pilocarpine  has  been  used  in  the  forms  of  hydro- 
chlorate  and  nitrate  in  the  same  diseases  as  the  infusion  and  alcoholic  prepara- 
tions of  the  leaves.  The  eflects  of  the  alkaloid  are  said  to  be  more  certain  than 
when  the  leaves  are  used,  and  the  tendency  to  nausea  and  vomiting  is  greatly 
diminished.  Pilocarpine  may  be  used  in  many  of  the  aforementioned  disorders, 
although  jaborandi  is  preferred  by  the  Eclectic  profession.  Outside  of  the  special 
mentions  of  the  use  of  the  alkaloids  giren  above,  they  may  be  used  in  the  fol- 
lowing conditions:  Yor  urainir  convulsions  and  in.  puerjicral  convuUinns'xX  is  pre- 
ferred l)y  many  to  jaborandi.  (Edema  of  the  larynx  is  said  to  be  promptly  relieved 
by  pilocarpine. 

Beranger  considers  the  hydrochlorate  of  pilocarpine  of  great  value,  therapeu- 
tically, in  certain  eye  di.seases;  he  uses  it  in  instillations,  and  in  subcutaneous 
injections,  two  very  distinct  effects  being  obtained,  according  to  the  methods  em- 
ployed. By  injections,  profuse  discharges  follow,  accompanied  with  a  diminution 
of  ocular  tension,  and  a  more  rapid  renovation  of  the  media  of  the  eye;  this 
form  of  use  he  considers  indicated  in  acute  and  chronic  glaucoma,  iritis,  flouting 
Imdies  in  the  vitreous  humor,  certain  opacities  of  the  cornea,  and  in  poisonings.  Some- 
times complete  recovery  will  ensue;  at  others,  great  relief  follows.  His  solution 
was  made  by  dissolving  3  grains  of  the  hydrochlorate  of  pilocarpine  in  75  nuninis 
of  cherry-laurel  water,  of  which  solution  from  10  to  15  drops  were  injected  at  a 
time.  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  pilocarpine  injected  into  a  tumor 
of  the  eye,  has  produced  great  weakness  and  emaciation,  without  in  the  least 
aflfecting  the  size  of  the  growth  (see  Armaingaud,  in  previous  editions  of  this  Di.y- 
jiensatory).  By  instillations,  he  employs  it  as  a  powerful  myotic  in  mydriasis,  and 
prefers  it  to  eserine,  as  it  is  accompanied  with  no  irritation.  He  likewise  prefers 
it  in  instillation,  to  eserine,  in  disturbances  of  vision  associated  with  secondan/ 
paralysis  and  characterized  by  asthenopia,  with  feeblenesg  of  the  intrinsic  muscles  of  the 
eye,  and  also  in  certain  cases  of  presbyopia  which  is  not  constant  but  returns  at 
different  periods.  Dr.  Landesberg,  of  Philadelphia,  found  both  the  Huid  extract 
of  jaborandi,  internally,  and  the  hydrochlorate  of  pilocarpine,  by  subcutaneous 
injection,  more  effective  and  reliable  than  any  other  known  remedy,  in  intraocubrr 
heniorrhages,  and  in  opacities  of  the  vitreous  and  aipwous  fluiils;  but  he  prefers  eserine 
to  pilocarpine,  as  a  myotic,  on  account  of  the  increased  action  of  the  lachrymal 
and  salivary  glands  occasioned  by  the  latter,  when  absorbed.  Gillet  de  Grantl- 
mont,  of  France,  has  used  the  nitrate  of  pilocarpine,  by  subcutaneous  injection, 
in  the  forearm,  of  from  i  to  i  grain,  in  solution;  and  has  found  surprisingly  good 
results  to  follow  in  gpjecific  or  rheumatic  iritis,  either  simple,  or  complicated  with 
alterations  of  the  cornea,  in  the  keratitis  of  Hutchinson,  in  dimness  and  hemorrhage 
of  the  vitreous  body,  in  glaucoma,  in  atrophy  of  the  choroid,  in  hemorrhages  and  plastic 
exudations  of  the  retina,  and  in  commencing  atrophy  of  the  optic  nerve.  In  all  the  above- 
named  affections,  the  agent  produced  its  usual  results,  as  sweating,  increase  of  the 
cardiac  pulsations,  etc. 

The  dose  of  jaborandi  in  infusion  (45  grains  to  2  fluid  ounces  of  water)  is 
1  fluid  ounce,  which  may,  if  necessary,  be  repeated  every  10  or  15  minutes;  of  the 
(luid  extract,  from  10  drops  to  1  drachm;  of  specific  jaborandi,  1  to  30  drops;  of 
pilocarpine  or  its  salts,  internally,  from  j  to  J  grain;  by  subcutaneous  injection, 
Jj  to  i^  grain,  in  solution.  In  cases  where  the  internal  exhibition  of  jaborandi 
f)y  mouth,  occasions  nausea  or  vomiting,  this  may  be  avoided  in  giving  the  dose 
by  reiial  enema. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Deficient  secretion  ;  marked  dryness  and 
heat  (if  >kin  and  uiuikus  tissues;  pulse  full,  hard,  sharp,  and  strong;  muscular 
pain  :  iiiu-cul;ir  .•-|i:i^m  ;  urine  sujiiiressed,  of  deep  color  and  high  s|H'citic  gravity  : 
eleviUe.j  iciiipcratur'-.  witii  deficient  secretion  :  ))ufliness  of  tissues:  rigid,  liaril  us 


uteri;  marked  restlessness;  dry,  harsh  cough;  tenacious  sputum;  oedema;  uneinie 
poisoning  and  convulsions;  "increased  ocular  tension;  itching,  with  jaundice. 
Adapted  chiefly  to  sthenic  cases.    Minute  doses  relieve  colliquative  sweating. 

PILUL.ffl.— PILLS. 

Preparation  and  History. — Eclectic  physicians'prefer  liquid  remedies  when 
practicable,  objecting  to  any  form  of  pill,  tablet,  or  confectionary,  especially  of 
galenicals.  "The  points  demanded  to  prepare  a  proper  pill  mass  are,  to  obtain  suf- 
ticient  consistency  that  the  particles  may  cohere  together,  and  to  have  them  firm 
enough  to  retain  a  globular  form;  their  component  parts  should  be  such  as  to 
prevent  any  tendency  to  moldiness,  or  any  absorption  of  moisture  when  exposed 
to  the  atmosphere.  Medicines  which  are  deliquescent  should  never  enter  into  a 
pill  mass,  and  efflorescent  salts  should  be  previously  exposed  to  heat  so  as  to  fall 
to  powder,  by  the  removal  of  their  water.  Ingredients  which  have  a  chemical 
reaction  upon  each  other  should  not  be  added  together  in  a  pill  mass,  unless  it 
be  desired  to  secure  the  influence  of  the  resulting  compound. 

"Gum-resins  and  inspissated  extracts  are  sometimes  soft  enough  to  be  made 
into  pills  without  addition;  where  any  moisture  is  requisite,  a  few  drops  of  alco- 
hol is  more  proper  than  syrups  or  conserves,  as  it  unites  more  readily  with  them, 
without  sensibly  increasing  their  bulk.  In  some  instances,  where  alcohol  will  not 
act  upon  the  mass,  water  may  be  substituted"  (Coxe). 

Substances  which  do  not  admit  of  being  made  into  a  pill  mass  by  themselve.*, 
must  have  certain  inert  matters  added  to  them,  called  cxcipknts,  and  such  excipi- 
ents  only  should  be  employed  as  will  give  the  proper  degree  of  consistence  and 
tenacity  to  the  mass,  without  interfering  in  any  way  with  the  action  of  its  medici- 
nal agents  or  rendering  the  pills  too  large  or  hard.  Excipients  vary  much  in 
their  character,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  articles  to  be  made  into  jiill  form  ; 
the  most  common  are  syrup,  glycerin,  mucilage,  soap,  bread-crumb,  conserve  of 
roses,  water,  spirit,  gum,  sugar,  magnesia,  starch,  molasses,  etc.  The  dry  excipi- 
ents are  used  to  give  the  required  firmness  to  extracts,  confections,  oils,  and  other 
fluid  or  soft  substances,  while  the  moist  excipients  are  intended  for  dry  medi- 
cines, or  agents  which  are  insoluble,  and  among  these  molasses,  syrup,  and  con- 
serve of  roses  are  the  most  esteemed,  especially  when  the  pills  are  to  be  kept  for  a 
length  of  time. 

The  addition  of  too  much  gum  Arabic  or  tragacanth  to  the  pill  mass,  is  objec- 
tionable, as  it  often  causes  the  pill  to  become  so  hard  as  to  materially  modify  its 
operation,  or  perhaps  cau-se  it  to  pass  through  the  intestines  without  being  dis- 
solved. Whenever  the  excipient  is  named  by  the  physician  in  his  prescription, 
the  apothecary  .should  adopt  it  if  practicable";  but,  if  it  be  not  practicable,  then 
he  must  follow  his  own  judgment.  Indeed,  it  would  always  be  better  in  prescrib- 
ing extemporaneous  preparations  of  pills,  if  the  physician"  would  omit  the  excipi- 
ent, and  leave  it  to  the  more  practical  knowledge  of  the  apothecary  to  supply 
the  appropriate  excipient. 

The  best  excipients  for  dry  powders,  as  jalap,  rhubarb,  ipecacuanha,  ginger, 
digitalis,  conium,  etc.,  are  molasses  or  conserve  of  roses;  those  for  resinous  extracts, 
resins  and  gum-resins,  are  soap,  proof-spirit,  alkaline  solutions,  and  sometimes 
mucilage;  and  those  for  the  volatile  oils  and  oleoresins,  are  soap,  magnesia,  white 
wax,  etc.  The  proper  .selection  of  these,  however,  depends  entirely  upon  the  pecu- 
liar nature  of  the  medicines  ordered,  and  requires  a  considerable  degree  of  prac- 
tical knowledge,  not  expected  to  be  posse.ssed  by  the  jiracticing  physician. 

The  medicinal  ingredients  of  the  i>ill  mass  should  be  perfectly  mixed  and  in- 
cori)orated,  usually  combining  together  the  active  ingredients  first,  and  afterward 
the  excipient,  and"  the  mass  should  be  worked  in  the  hand,  on  a  pill  slab,  or  in  a 
mortar,  until  it  is  thoroughly  homogeneous.  If  the  mass  be  too  hard,  it  may  not 
be  dissolved  in  the  juices  of  the  stomach  ;  if  too  soft,  there  will  l>e  difficulty  in 
forming  it  into  pills.  The  i>ill  mass  being  properly  formed,  is  now  to  be  divided 
into  pills;  certain  portions  of  it  are,  by  means  of  a  spatula,  or  by  the  pill-machine, 
made  into  long,  round,  slender  rolls,  of  the  desired  thickness,  wliich  are  then  dU 
vided  into  pills.    If  the  pill-machine  be  used,  the  pills  are  accurately  divided  &m\ 


iiiaiK-  gliibular  at  tlie  Muue  lime;  if  tlie  spatula  he  used,  tlie  pill.s  are  to  he  rounded 
hy  tlie  tiiigei-s.  Most  apothecaries  are  funushed  with  the  pill-niachiiies,  which 
serve  to  expedite  the  process,  as  well  as  to  secure  a  greater  depree  of  accuracy. 

Pills  containing  vegetable  drugs  usually  weigh  from  1  to  5  grains;  containing 
heavy  mineral  preparations,  5  to  lU  grains."  A  larger  pill  than  the.se  i.s  denomi- 
nated a  holus;  a  very  small,  sugar-coated  pill,  n.<jr(iuule. 

Pill-coating.— In  order  to  cover  the  taste  and  odor  of  pills  many  plans  have 
been  devised;  formerly  they  were  covered  with  gold  or  silver  leaf,  but  this  is  a 
very  objectionable  method,  as  pills  thus  prepared  frequently  pass  through  thf 
bowels  without  being  dissolved.  Another  mode  is  to  dip  each  pill  in  a  melted 
solution  of  pure  glue,  but  this  plan  is  tedious  and  requires  considerable  time  for 
the  drying  of  the  pills.  Collodion  has  been  recommended  as  an  agent  for  covei^ 
ing  piils,  but  as  the  collodion  will  not  readily  dissolve  in  the  stomach,  its  employ- 
ment would  be  improper.  Sugar  is  frequently  used,  combined  with  gum  Arabic, 
and  sometimes  starch  is  likewi-se  added,  the  pro]>ortioiis  of  each  article  being  the 
same;  the  pills  to  be  dipped  in  a  thin  syrup,  and  tlien  rolled  in  the  mixture. 
This  process  is  most  applicable  to  disagreeably  odorous  substances,  as  castor,  asa- 
fpetida,  valerian,  etc.,  which  are  comj)letely  masked  by  it.  When  the  gelatin  is 
previously  colored  with  carmine,  the  pills  resemble  hawthorn  berries. 

M.  Calloud  treats  of  the  subject  of  enveloping  medicinal  substances  in  a  cov- 
ering to  prevent  unpleasant  taste,  in  Jour,  de  P// «/•»(., Vol.  XXIII,  ]).  oOl.  He  had 
recourse  to  the  dried  mucilage  of  flaxseed  prei)ared  with  sugar.  His  method  is: 
Take  of  flaxseed,  1  part;  white  sugar,  3  parts;  spring  water,  a  sufficient  quantity. 
A  thick  mucilage  is  obtained  by  carefully  boiling  the  seeds,  the  sugar  is  added, 
and  the  whole  of  the  moisture  evaporated  by  careful  desiccation.  The  mixture  is 
but  slightly  hygroscopic,  may  be  reduced  to  fine  powder,  and  employed  for  cover- 
ing pills.  This  operation  is  effected  extemporaneously  with  great  facility.  The 
pills,  slightly  moistened,  are  rolled  in  the  mucilaginous  powder,  hy  which  they 
are  coated  with  a  layer  of  the  compound. 

M.  Calloud  suggests  another  process,  applicable  in  certain  cases,  which  is  the 
use  of  butter  of  cacao  as  a  covering  for  pills,  where,  owing  to  gastric  irritation,  the 
unmasked  pills  will  cause  disagreeable  symptoms.  The  process  is  very  simple; 
the  prepared  pills  are  thrown  into  melted  butter  of  cacao,  then  removed  with  a 
perforated  skimmer,  and  finally  rolled  in  finely-jjowdered  sugar,  or  what  is  better, 
sugar  of  milk.  He  also  prepares  a  powder,  in  which  the  pills,  previously  damj)- 
ened  externally  with  water,  are  agitated  until  suHiciently  coated;  it  is  prepared 
by  mixing  a  clear  mucilage  of  tiagacanth  (made  of  tragacanth,  I  part;  water, 2 
parts)  with  sugar  of  milk,  20  parts;  spreading  this  thinly  upon  ))lates,  and,  when 
thoroughly  dried,  pulverizing  it. 

Blanchard's  method,  as  improved  by  Baildon,  consists  of  using  a  solution  of 
balsam  of  tolu,  1  drachm,  in  chloroform,  3  drachms.  Some  of  this  is  placed  in  a 
suitable  box,  the  pills  agitated  in  it,  then  turned  upon  a  slab,  and  so  arranged 
that  they  do  not  touch  each  other.  In  about  20  minutes  they  are  dry  and  non- 
adhesive,  and  present  a  finished  appearance.  It  not  onlj'  conceals  any  unpleas- 
ant taste  or  smell,  but  it  prevents  the  pills  from  becoming  too  hard  (.4ni('/-.  Jour. 
Fharm.yol.  XXIX,  p.  350;. 

The  foregoing  remarks  are  largely  historical,  and  record  the  method  of  pill- 
coating  in  the  apothecary  shops,  and  may  be  useful  still  when  it  is  desirable  to 
coat  a  few  pills  extemporaneously.  But,  at  present,  the  coating  of  ])ills  is  done  on 
a  large  scale  by  manufacturing  pharmacists,  who  supply  not  only  simi>les,  but 
compounds  of  every  descripti(Mi  capable  of  being  made  into  pills.  Two  forms  of 
|iill-coating  are  used — sugar  and  gelatin — of  which  we  prefer  the  latter.  Sonie- 
liiiies  admixtures  of  foreign  bodies  are  employed,  such  as  chalk  or  starch,  and,  in 
.>^ome  c:ises,  the  pills  are  given  a  coating  of  shellac  or  rosin  previous  to  the  sugar. 
This  is  to  prevent  coloring  of  the  sugar-coat,  and  is  to  be  objected  to  because  of 
its  insoluble  nature.  The  methods  of  each  manufacturer  are  in  part  peculiar  to 
himself,  and  are  derived  from  his  experience  and  skill,  but  all  are  an  outgrowth 
of  the  hand-coating  processes  mentioned  in  this  article. 

Mr.  H.  C.  Archibald  describes  the  method  pursued  by  manufacturers  in  sugar- 
coating  pills  and  granule.'*,  in  Amrr.  Jour.  Phiiriii.,\XG7,  ]>.  199;  'and,  in  the  same 
journal,  1867,  !>.  12.  Prof.  E.  Parrish   makes   known  a  m-w  process   for  preparing 


1488  piLUL.E  Acoxrri  composite. 

sugar-coaied  pills,  but  which  is  only  practicable  on  a  large  scale.  (,For  other 
cccipieiits  and  coatings,  see  following  pill  formula'.) 

Pill-dusting. — Several  substances  are  used  for  covering  pills  to  prevent  them 
from  adhering  to  each  other,  as  powdered  elm-bark,  powdered  orris  or  liquorice 
roots,  lycopodiuni,  carbonate  of  magnesium,  starch,  etc.,  and  the.se  powders  are 
also  used  during  the  formation  of  the  pill  to  prevent  them  from  sticking  to  the 
fingers  or  to  the  apparatus  on  which  they  are  made.  The  powders  ordinarily 
used  are  liquorice,  lycopodium,  and  elm.  Carbonate  of  magnesium  can  only  be 
used  in  tho.se  instances  where  it  occasions  no  decomjjosition  with  one  or  more 
active  constituents  of  the  pill. 

GcMPREssED  Pills. — This  class  of  preparations  is  usually  prepared  by  means 
of  a  proper  instrument,  by  compression  of  the  desired  material,  in  powder,  with- 
out the  addition  of  an  excipient.  Powders  which  are  not  deliquescent,  yet  easily 
soluble  in  water,  are  best  adapted  for  compressed  pills.  Occasionally,  for  the  sake 
of  rendering  the  substance  more  easily  compressible,  or  to  facilitate  the  removal  of 
the  pills  from  the  mold  or  instrument  employed,  very  dry  materials  are  combined 
with  a  very  little  of  petrolatum,  sugar,  cacao  butter,  or  alcohol.  These  pills  are 
generally  of  lenticular  shape.    (See  Remington's  and  Cohlentz's  Prac.  of  Pfifirm.) 

Preservation. — Pills  are  much  better  preserved  in  small,  loosely-stoppered 
glass  bottles  than  in  the  common  wood  or  pasteboard  boxes,  and  should  oe  dis- 
pensed in  glass  vials  by  the  apothecary.  As  it  is  not  always  convenient  to  make 
a  large  amount  of  pill  mass  into  pills  at  one  time,  the  balance  may  be  kept  in  a 
bladder,  which  should  be  moistened  occasionally  with  some  of  the  same  kind  of 
liquid  the  ma.ss  was  made  up  with,  or  with  some  aromatic  oil. 

Tablet  Triturates. — These  are  made  by  compressing  mixtures  of  powders 
or  of  simple  substances  in  powder  form  into  discs  of  variable  size  and  shape 
They  are  open  to  many  objections  as  medicinal  representatives  of  drugs,  and  car 
not  carry  the  values  of  substances  which  either  disintegrate  or  evaporate  on  dry 
ing.  For  this  reason,  they  can  not  correctly  represent  a  large  class  of  natural 
drugs.  Tablets  are  easily" made,  and  their  manufacture,  on  a  large  scale,  might 
properly  become  a  part  of  the  confectioners  art.  In  our  opinion,  for  all  plant 
preparations,  such  as  extracts,  gelatin-coated  pills  are  preferable  and  fully  as  ele- 
gant. For  such  simples  as  chemicals,  that  do  not  alter  by  action  of  the  air,  tab- 
lets are  suitable,  providing  they  are  not  stamped  so  hard  as  to  prevent  them  from 
dissolving.  Great  discrimination  should  be  employed  in  the  use  of  tablets,  and 
if  the  physician  is  not  qualified  to  judge  of  the  remedy's  nature,  he  sh.nild  be 
very  cautious  concerning  its  use  in  tablet  form.  Sugar  and  other  inert  substances 
are  employed  in  the  making  of  tablets  to  give  bulk  to  energetic  bodies.  In  our 
opinion,  much  injury  has  been  done  by  the  indiscrete  attempt  of  tablet  makers 
to  put  into  tablet  form  remedies  that  deteriorate  or  are  destroyed  by  drying. 
These  general  remarks  on  tablets  are  offered  in  this  place  because  of  the  fact  that 
we  have  no  special  department  for  them. 

PiLULiE  (N.  F.),  Pilln. — "In  giving  the  formulas  for  pills,  the  quantities  of 
the  several  ingredients  required  for  one  hundred  (100)  pills  are  given  in  metric 
weights  in  the  first  column,  while  the  ijuantities  required  for  each  single  pill  are 
given  in  apothecaries'  weight  in  the  second  column.  When  it  is  desirable  to  pre- 
pare a  number  of  pills  by  the  proportion  given  for  the  single  pill,  it  is  recom- 
mended that,  upon  multi|)lying  by  the  number  of  pills  require*!,  the  nearest  whole 
number,  or  nearest  convenient  fraction,  in  each  case,  be  chosen" — (Xal.  FormA. 

This  arrangement  has  been  altered  in  this  work  so  that  the  figures  represent- 
ing the  amount  in  each  pill  follow  the  general  formula.   Tliis  is  done  to  save  space. 

PILUL.ffi  ACONITI  COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND  PILLS  OF 
ACONITE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  extract  of  aconite,  A  drachm  ;  extract  of  stramonium. 
4  grains;  valerianate  of  (juinino,  '20  •.'rains.  Mix  thoroughlv,  form  a  pill  mass, 
and  divi.lc  into  GO  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— These  pills  are  very  etticient  m/fbriU 
and  iiijhuiiiiuiluri/  aniijilalnl.wvhviv  )iii(utu<  //•r(V(j6i7i/i/,  restlessness,  or  wakefulness  is 


¥UXL£  ALOES.— PILri,.E  ALOES  ET  FERRI.  1489 

present ;  also  iu  tterrou^  fienditrhe,  iiiul  otlier  nervous  affections.  They  are  but  little 
used  at  the  present  time.  The  close  i.<  1  pill  every  2,  3,  or  4  hours,  according  to  the 
urgency  of  the  symptoms,  and  the  effect  caused  by  the  use  of  the  pills  (J.King). 

PILUL.ffi  ALOES    U.  S.  P.  i— PILLS  OF  ALOES. 

Synonym  .  /'///.-  nj  s,n,iri,„  ii(o€.< 

Preparation. —  'PuriHed  aloes,  in  fine  powder,  thirteen  grammes  (13  Gm.) 
[201  gr.-J;  soap,  iu  fine  powder,  thirteen  grammes  (13  Gm.)  [201  grs.];  water,  a 
sufficient  quaiuitv  to  uiaki-  liKJ  pills.  Beat  the  powders  together  with  water,  so 
as  to  fona  a  mass"  and  divid.-  it  into  KX)  pills"— (T.  8.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Aloe.-'.)    Dose,  from  1  to  3  pills. 

PILULE  ALOES  CO]yiPOSIT.ffi.— COMPOUND  PILLS  OF  ALOES. 

Syn(pNY.m  :  Aiiti-dyspqttir  pilU. 

Preparation. — Take  of  extracts  of  boneset,  mandrake,  and  ginseng,  each,  2 
drachms;  alofs.  in  powder.  8  drachms;  gamboge,  castile  soap,  of  each,  in  powder, 
4  drachms;  capsicum  and  lobelia  seed,  of  each,  in  powder,  1  drachm;  oil  of  cloves, 
2  minims.  Mi.\  the  extracts  together,  then  add  the  soap,  beating  it  well  in  a  mor- 
tar, and  finally  thoroughly  beat  and  work  in  the  powders,  and  when  the  whole  is 
well  incorporated,  add  the  oil  of  cloves.  Divide  the  mass  into  pills  of  4  grains 
each  (T.  V.  Morrow,  M.  D.). 

This  pill  is  by  many  considered  superior  to  the  one  originally  given  in 
Beach's  Jm«-.  Prar.,  of  which  the  following  is  the  formula:  Take  of  Socotrine 
aloes,  in  powder,  4  ounces;  castile  soap,  colocynth,  gamboge,  of  each,  2  ounces; 
extract  of  gentian.  4  ounces  ;  oil  of  cloves,  2  drachms.  Mix  as  above.  Dose,  same 
as  above. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  pill  is  cathartic  in  doses  of  from 
2  to  4  pills.  It  has  l)t^fii  found  very  useful  in  dyspepsia, constipation,  jaundice, amen- 
orrhcea,  and  in  all  ordinary  cases  where  cathartics  are  required. 

PILUL.ffi  ALOES  ET  ASAFCETID,®  lU.  S.  P.  i— PILLS  OF 
ALOES  AND  ASAFETIDA. 

Preparation. — "Purified  aloes,  in  fine  powder,  nine  grammes  (9  Gm.)  [139 
grs.];  asat'etida.  nine  grammes  (9  Gm.)  [139  grs.];  soap,  in  fine  powder,  nine 
grammes  (9  Gm.)  [139  grs.]  ;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  100  pills.  Beat 
the  solids  together  with  water,  so  as  to  form  a  mass,  and  divide  it  into  1(X) 
pills'— (f.-S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  pill  is  applicable  in  constipation 
in  nervous  and  hysterical  individuals  who  suffer  from  gastric  debilitr/  and  flatulence. 
Dose,  2  to  .5  pills. 

PILULE  ALOES  ET  FERRI    U.  S.  P.)— PILLS  OF 
ALOES  AND  IRON. 

Preparation. — "Purified  aloes,  in  fine  powder,  seven  grammes  (7  Gm.)  [108 
grs.];  dried  ferrous  suliihate,  seven  grammes  (7  Gm.)  [108  grs.];  aromatic  pow- 
der, seven  grammes  (7Gm.)  [108  grs.];  confection  of  rose,  a  sufficient  quantity  to 
make  liX)  pills.  Beat  the  powdei-s  together  with  confection  of  rose,  so  as  to  form 
a  mass,an<l  divide  it  into  KX)  i)iils"— (  C.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  pill  is  employed  in  treatingrtnieii- 
orrhiKi.  ar(uMi|i.niiiil   by  ri,i,.'iii,'iii-n,.  in  debilitated  and  anemic  women.     Dose, 
1  to  3  pills.    Small  doses  should  bo  administered  for  some  little  time  previous  to 
the  menstrual  periods. 
y4 


1490  PILUL.E  ALOES  ET  MASTICHE.S. 

PILULE  ALOES  ET  MASTICHES  (U.  S.  P.)— PILLS  OF 
ALOES  AND  MASTIC. 

Preparation. —  'Puiified  aloes,  in  tine  powder,  thirteen  grammes  (13  Gm.) 
[201  grs.J;  mastic,  in  fine  powder,  four  grammes  (4  Gm.j  [62  grs.];  red  rose,  in 
tine  powder,  tlnee  grammes  (3  Gm.)  [46  grs.]  ;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make 
100  pills.  Beat  the  powders  together  with  water,  so  as  to  form  a  mass,  and  divide 
it  into  100  pills"— (  l'.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  a  modification  oi  Lady  Web- 
ster's Dinner  Pills.  The  miisliche  retards  the  solubility  of  the  pill  so  that  its  chief 
action  is  exerted  on  the  large  intestine,  hastening  rectal  evacuation.  Used  for 
constipation  and  gastro-intestinal  torpor.  Dose,  1  pill  (each  pill  contains  about  2 
grains  of  aloes)  at  dinner  or  at  bedtime. 

Related  Pills.— 'Anderson's  Scots  Pills.  Take  Barbadoes  aloes,  12  ounces;  colocynth, 
J  ounce ;  gamboge,  i  ounce.  All  in  very  fine  powder.  Beat  them  with  soap,  2  ounces,  a  little 
water,  and  oil  of  anise,  fl3ii.     Divide  into  3-grain  pills. 

Hooper's  Jemale  Pills. — Take  aloes,  40  parts;  ferrous  sulphate  i crystallized),  20  parts; 
myrrh,  extract  of  black  hellebore,  and  soap,  aa,  10  parts;  ginger  and  canella,  both  in  powder,  aa, 
5  parts.   Beat  into  a  mass  with  water.    Divide  into  2]-grain  pills.   Cathartic  and  emmenagogue. 

Pilule  AD  Prandium  (N.  F.),  Dinner  pills. — ''I.  When  'dinner  pills,'  under  this  or  some 
other  equivalent  name,  are  prescribed  without  further  specification,  it  is  recommended  that 
the  Pilulie  Aloesel  Mastiches  of  the  U.  S.  P.,  also  called  LadyWebster's  Dinner  Pills,  Ije  dispensed. 
Note. — Of  other  combinations  bearing  similar  names,  or  used  for  similar  purposes,  the  follow- 
ing appear  to  be  those  most  commonly  in  use:  II.  Chapman's Dinntr  Pilh. — "Purified  aloes 
(  ['.  .S'.  P.), nine  and  seven-tenths  grammes  (9.7  Gm.)  [1.50  grs.];  mastic,  nine  and  seven-tenths 

frammes  (9.7  Gm.)  [150  grs.];  ipecac,  in  fine  powder,  six  and  one-half  grammes  '6..i  Gm.  I 
100  grs.];  oil  of  fennel,  one  and  one-half  cubic  centimeters  (1.5Cc. i  [2-5 til].  To  make  100 
pills.  Each  pill  contains  li  grains  of  aloes,  IJ  grains  of  mastic,  1  grain  of  ipecac  and  about 
}  minim  of  oil  of  fennel "  (se'e  Pihilx,  N.  F. ).  III.  Co^s  Dinner  PiH«.— '•  Purified  alf«-s  (". .?.  P.  i, 
seven  and  eight-tenths  grammes  iT.SOm.)  [120  grs.];  mass  of  mercun,- 1  (".  .S. /".i,  seven  and 
eight-tenths  grammes  (7.8  Gm.l  [120  grs.];  jalap,  in  fine  powder,  seven  and  eight-tenths 
grammes  (7.8  Gm.)  [120  grs.];  antimony  and  potassium  tartrate,  thirteen  centigrammes  (0.18 
Gm.)  [2  grs.].  To  make  100  pills.  Each  pill  contains  H  grains  of  aloes.  Ingrains  of  blue  mass, 
li  grains  of  jalap,  and  -^g  grain  of  tartar  emetic  "  (see  Pihtls,  N.  F. ).  IV.  i/uW.-.  Dinner  PilU. — 
"Purified  aloes  {U.  S.  P.),  six  and  one-half  grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100  grs.];  extract  of  glycyr- 
rhiza,  six  and  one  half  grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100  grs.];  soap,  in  powder,  six  and  one'-h'alf 
grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100  grs.];  molasses,  six  and  one-half  grammes  i6.5(;m. '  [1(X>  grs.].  To 
make  100  pills.  Each  pill  contains  1  grain  of  aloes,  1  grain  of  extract  of  liquorice,  1  grain  of 
soap,  and  1  grain  of  molasses"  (see  PiluLr,  X.  F.).     Adapted  from  Sal.  Form. 

PILUL.E  Aloes  et  Podopiiylli  Co.mposit.e  (N.  F.),  Cotnpounti  pills  of  aloes  and  podophyllum, 
Janeivay's  pills. — "  Purified  aloes  i  U.  S.  P.),  six  and  one-half  grammes  i6.5  Gm. '  [100  grs.]; 
resin  of  podophyllum  (  U.  S.  P.),  three  and  one-fourth  grammes  (3.25  Gm.  >  [.50 grs.];  alcoholu- 
extract  of  belladonna  leaves  (  f.  >.  P.  >.  imo  and  six-tenths  grammes  1 1.6  Gm.'  [25  grs.];  ex- 
tract of  nux  vomica  (  U.S.P.),odi-  an.i  six-tenths  grammes  (1.6  Gm.)  [25  grs.].  To  make  100  pills. 
Each  pill  contains  1  grain  of  aloes.  ;  LTain  i  .1  resin  of  poilophyllum,  }  grain  of  extract  of  bella- 
donna leaves,  and  i  grain  of  extract  oi  mix  v.  miioa  "  (see  Pilul^,  N.  F.  i.  .\dapted  from  .Y<i/.  Funn. 

Pilul.e  Triplices  (N.  F.),  TripU-.r  ),ilh,  Pilnla  triplex.— I.  "  Purified  aloes  i  f '.  .-.■.  P.  >,  thir- 
teen grammes  (13  Gm.)  [200  grs.J;  mass  of  mercury  (  T.  .S.  P.),  six  and  onelialf  gr.tmmes 
(6.5  Gm.)  [100  grs.];  resin  of  podophyllum  (P.  S.  P.),  "one  and  six-tenths  gramme.*  il.6Gm.) 
[25  grs.].  To  make  1(K1  pills  Each  pill  contains  2  grains  of  aloes,  1  grain  of  blue  mass,  and 
}  grain  of  resin  d  |ioil..|,i,ylhim  (see  PilnUe,  N.  F.).  .V(rf<'.— When  J'ihila  trijilej-.  under  this 
name  or  some  r.|ui\  al.  ni.  i-  prescribed  without  further  siiecification,  it  is  recommended  that 
the  above  preparai  ion  l.c  .lispensed.  A  formula  devised  by  Dr.  John  W.  Francis  is  also  in 
use:  II.  Francis'  triplet  /i/V/.v.— Purified  aloes  (  U.S.  P.  i,  five  and  one-half  gnimmes  lo.o  Gni.) 
[85  grs.];  scammony,  five  and  one-half  grammes  (5.5 (im.)  [85 grs.];  mass  of  mercurj- 1  I'.S.  p. i, 
five  and  one-half  grammes  (5.5  Gm.)  [85  grs.];  croton  oil,  tliirty-two  one-lnindrvdths  cubic 
centimeter  (0.32  Cc.)  [oTTl];  oil  of  caraway,  one  and  six-tenths  cubic  centimeters  1 1.6  Co 
[25  in.];  tincture  of  aloes  and  myrrh  (  ('.  S.'P.\,  a  sutficient  quantity  to  make  UK)  pills.  Eaih 
uill  contains  ^  grain  of  aloes,  |  grain  of  scammony,  i  grain  of  blue  mass.  ^V  minim  of  croton  oil, 
}  minim  of  caraway  oil,  and  a  sufficient  quantitv  of  tincture  of  aloes  and  mvrrh  "  (see  PiluLr, 
N.  F.).    Adapted  from  Xal.  Form. 

Pn.i  1..K  (.JiADiit  plices  (N.  F.I,  Qidnlrnple.r  pilb<.  (inatunr  pilh,  Pilul.r  J,;-ri  ,l  ,juiniii.-r  rum- 
positx. — "  Dried  sulphate  of  iron,  six  anil  one-half  grammes  (6.5  Urn.  i  [1IK>  grs.l ;  quinine  sul- 
phate, six  and  nne-lialf  grammes  (l>.5Gm.i  [100  grs.];  purified  akn-s  (  {■.."«.  P.  '.six  and  oiK'-lialf 
grammes  (6. .5  (im.)  [100  grs.] ;  extract  of  nux  vomica  ( f '.  N.  P.  >,  one  and  six-tenths  grammes 
(1.6  (im.1  [25  grs.] ;  extract  of  gentian  (  f.  N.  P.  i,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  100  nills.  Each 
pill  contains  1  grain  of  sulphate  of  iron,  1  grain  of  quinine  sulphate,  1  grain  of  ali>es,  J  (train 
of  extract  of  nux  vondca,  and  a  sufficient  quantity  of  extract  of  gentian"  s»e  Pi7ii/«-, X. F. i. 
.Vdapted  from  X^il.  Funn. 


FILri..i;  ALOES  KT  MYRKH.K.— PILIL.E  A^A1  'KTllM;.  1491 

PILULiE  ALOES  ET  MYRRHiE  (U.  S.  P.)— PILLS  OF 
ALOES  AND  MYRRH. 

Sy.nii.nym  :  Ri(J'h.-<' j'Uls. 

Preparation.— "riiritied  aloet;,  in  tine  powder,  thirteen  grammes  (13  Gm.J 
[201  ^rs.];  iiiyirli,  in  fine  powder,  six  grammes  (6  Gm.)  [93  grs.]  ;  aromatic  pow- 
iter,  four  grammes  (4  (im.)  [(i2  grs.];  syrup,  a  suHicieiit  quantity  to  make  100 
l)ills.  Beat  the  j>owdiis  together  with  svrup,  so  as  to  form  a  mass,  and  divide  it 
into  100  \M^"—{i:s.l':). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— As  a  laxative,  1  to  2  pills;  purgative, 
2  to  6  {lills.     Also  employed  in  iUerinc  dusorders  marked  by  comtipation  and  torpor. 

Related  Pill. — I'ilul.e  Fekri  Compo8it.i:(X.  F.),  Compouud  pilk  of  iron  (  U.  S.  P.,  1880). 
I'Myrrli.  nine  ami  three-fourtlis  grammes  (9.75  Gm.)  [150  pis.J ;  sodium  carbonate,  four 
grammes  aii'l  eiKlity-tive  ceiitigi-auimes  (4.8o  dm.)  [75  grs.];  sulphate  of  iron,  4  grammes  and 
eighty-five  eentigrammes  (4.85  Gm.)  [75  grs.] ;  syrup,  a  sulficieut  quantity.  To  make  100  pills. 
Each'  pill  Contains  1 J  grains  of  myrrh,  i  grain  of  sodium  carbonate,  and  i  grain  of  sulphate  of 
iron"  (see  I'iluia:,  X.  F.K     Adapted  from  Xat.  Form. 

PILUL.E  ALOINI,  STRYCHNIN-«,  ET  BELLADONNiE  (N.  F.) 
PILLS  OF  ALOIN,  STRYCHNINE,  AND  BELLADONNA. 

Preparation.— "Aloin,  one  and  three-tenths  grammes  (1.3  Gni.)  [20  grs.]; 
strychnine,  alkaloid,  five  centigrammes  (0.05  Gm.)  [|  gr.] ;  alcoholic  extract  of 
belladonna  leaves  (f/.  S.  P.),  eight  decigrammes  (0.8  Gm.)  [12.5  grs.].  To  make 
100  pills.  Each  pill  contains  I  grain  of  aloin,  ^^  grain  of  strychnine,  and  |  grain 
of  extract  of  helladonna  leaves  (see  PiluLr,  N.  F.).  Note. — These  iiills  are  also  pre- 
pared with  (loulile  the  amount  of  strychnine.  It  is  recommended  that  the  stronger 
pills  be  dispensed  only  when  specially  demanded."   Adapted  from  Nat.  Form. 

Action,  MedicalUses,  and  Dosage.— These  pills  are  very  popular  with  phy- 
sicians at  the  present  day  for  the  treatment  of  fiabitual  constipation.  Dose,  1  to  2 
pills  a  day. 

Belated  Pills. — Pilule  Ai.oini,  Strvchn'is^  kt  Belladonna  Composit.e  (N.  F.),  Com- 

End  piJlA  of  aloin,  sirychniiii',  and  b<lliHlon)i!e.  "Aloin,  one  and  three-tenths  grammes  (1.3  Gm.) 
grs.];  strychnine,"alkaloid,  five  centigrammes  1 0.05  Gm.i  [f  gr.];  alcoholic  extract  of  bella- 
ina  leaves"  (  ('.  .S'.  P.  i,  eight  decigrammes  (0.8 Gm.  I  [12.5  grs.];  extract  of  rhamnus  purshiana, 
three  anil  one-fourth  grammes  (3.25  Gm.)  [50  grs.].  To  make  100  pills.  Each  pill  contains 
i  grain  of  aloin.  j^  grain  of  strychnine,  i  grain  of  extract  of  belladonna  leaves,  and  A  grain  of 
extract  of  rhamnus  (see  Pilulse,  X.  F.).  Xote. — If  extract  of  rhamnus  purshiana  is  not  available, 
take  fluid  extract  of  rhamnus  purshiana  (  V.  S.  P.  I,  and  evaporate  it  on  a  water-bath,  to  a 
pilular  consistence.  These  pills  are  also  prepared  with  double  the  amount  of  strychnine.  It  is 
recommended  that  the  stronger  pills  be  dispensed  only  when  specially  demanded."  Adapted 
from  Xni.  Form. 

PiLCL.B  Aloixi  Vo}ivosns.\'S.'E.\,  Compound  pilh  of  aloin. — "Aloin,  three  and  one-fourth 
grammes  i3.25  Gm.)  [50  grs.];  resin  of  podophyllum  (ft&P.),eight  decigrammes  (0.8  Gm.) 
[12.5  grs.];  alcoholic  extract  of  belladonna  leaves  (  ['.  iS.  P.t.one  and  six-tenths  grammes  (1.6 
Gm.)[25grs.].  To  make  lOOpills.  Each  pill  contains  J  grain  of  aloin,  J  grain  of  resin  of  pwlophyl- 
lum,  and  J  grain  of  extract  of  belladonna  leaves  "  (see  PiM.r,N.  F.).  Adapted  from  riat.  Form. 
PiLCi..«  .AxTinvsPEiTic.E  iN.  V .) ,  Antidygpeptic  pills. — "Strychnine,  alkaloid,  sixteen  cen- 
tigrammes lO.lrt  Gm.)  [21  grs.];  ipecac,  in  fine  powder,  sixty-five  centigrammes  (O.CiS  Gm.) 
[10  grs.J;  alcoholic  extract  of  belladonna  leaves  (  C  S. P. I, sixty-five  centigrammes  lO.lio  Gm.) 
[10  grs.J;  mass  of  mercnrv  (  U.  .S.  P.),  thirteen  grammes  ( 13  Gm'.  i  [200  grs.]:  coiiiivmnd  extract 
of  colooynth  (  U.  S.  P.),  thirteen  grammes  (13  Gm.)  [200  grs.].  To  make  100  pill,*.  Each  i>ill 
contains  -,V  grain  of  strychnine.  iV  grain  of  ipecac,  ^V  grain  of  extract  of  belladonna  leaves, 
2  grains  of  blue  mass,  and  2  grains  of  extract  of  colocvntb  "  (see  Pilulie,  N.  F. '.  Adapted  from 
Xat.  Form. 

PILUL.ffi  ASAF(ETIDiE  (U.  S.  P.)— PILLS  OF  ASATETIDA. 

Preparation.— "Asafetida,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [309  grs.]  ;  soap,  in  fine 
l)0wdtr.  -i\  irrammes  (6  Gm.)  [92  grs.];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make 
100  pills.  HiMt  the  solids  together  with  water,  so  as  to  form  a  mass,  and  divide  it 
into  100  iiills"— (r.  S.  P.).  This  pill  should  be  coated  with  sugar.  Each  pill  con- 
tains 3  grains  of  a«affrtida. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Same  as  Amfcrtidn.   Dose,  1  to  3  pills. 


1492  PILUL-E  ASAFCETID.E  COMP.-PILUL^  CAMPHORS  COMP. 

PILULJE  ASAF(ETID-«  COMPOSITE  (ECLECTIC  i— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  ASAFETIDA. 

Preparation. — Take  of  asafoetida.  opium,  carbonate  of  ammonium,  each,  1 
drachm.  Mi.\  tlie  asafoetida  and  opium  together  by  aid  of  a  gentle  heat,  and, 
while  s^oft,  add  the  ammonium  carbonate.     Divide  the  mas.s  into  75  pilLs. 

Medical  Uses  and  Dosage.— This  pill  is  useful  in  many  nervom  and  hys- 
teririil  disor(lt'i\^.  Each  pill  contains  |  of  a  grain  of  opium.  The  dose  is  1  or  2 
pillt-,  according  to  the  severity  of  the  case. 

PILULiE  BAPTISI^  COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  WILD  INDIGO. 

Preparation. — Take  of  extract  of  leptandra,  4  grains;  resin  of  podophyllum, 
8  grains;  san>,'uinarine,  1  grain  ;  alcoholic  extract  of  wild  indigo  root,  a  .'^utiicient 
quantit\-  tu  foitii  a  \n\\  mass.     Mix  thorouglily  together,  and  divide  into  16  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— These  pills  are  cholagogue,  laxative, 
and  antiseptic;  they  were  formerly  considered  especially  useful  \n  typhoid  fevers, 
and  in  all  typhoid  conditions,  where  it  was  required  to  keep  the  liowels  regular. 
The  dose  is  1  pill,  to  be  repeated  every  2,  3,  or  4  hours  until  a  mild  operation  ia 
produced;  to  be  given  daily,  or  every  other  day  (J.  King). 

PILUL.ffl  CAMBOGI-ffi  COMPOSIT.ffi.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  GAMBOGE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  gamboge  and  scannnony,  each,  in  powder,  12  grains; 
elateriuni,  2  grains;  croton  oil,  8  minims;  extract  of  hyoscyamus,  a  sufficient 
quantity.     Mix  together,  and  divide  into  12  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  a  quick  and  certain  cathartic, 
useful  in  </(7);kv,  oh^tiiint,:  nnistifitimi.  etc.  The  dose  is  1  }>ill.  repeated  every  1  or  2 
hours,  until  it  (>]>(ratcs.  It  is  contraindicated  when  inflammation  of  any  of  the 
abdominal  viscera  is  present. 

PILULiE  CAMPHOR-«  COMPOSIT-ffi.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  CAMPHOR. 

Synonym  :  Cholera  pill. 

Preparation. — Take  of  camphor,  opium,  kino,  of  each,  in  powder,  30  grains; 
capsicum,  5  grains;  conserve  of  roses,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Mix  together,  and 
form  a  pill  mass,  and  divide  into  3(1  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — These  pills  were  much  employed  in 
Adalir  rholera,  as  a  stimulant,  antispasmodic,  anodyne,  and  .astringent,  and  with 
much  success.  One  ))ill  to  be  given  after  each  discharge  from  the  bowels,  or 
oftener,  if  the  urgency  of  the  case  requires  it.  Wlun  powders  are  preferred,  the 
conserve  of  roses  may  be  omitted,  and  the  mixture  be  given  in  powder. 

Related  Pills.— Pilulje  Cm  et  C.\MrnoR.s  (S.TJ.Pilh  o/onium  aud romphnr.  "Pow- 
dered opium,  six  and  one-half  grammes  i(i..'>  Gm.)  [UX)  prs.];  camphor,  thirtefii  grammes  (1:: 
Gm.)  [200  grs.].  To  make  100  pills.  Kacli  inll  containe  1  grain  of  opium  an.l  '2  grains  of  cam- 
phor" (sre  PiluUi;  N.  F.  I.  Adapted  from  Xal.  Form.  Uses,  similar  to  those  of  A.ivrVpomfw. 
Dose,  1  to  2  pills. 

I'n.iTL.K  .Vntineuk.vloick  (N.  F.),  .4ii/iiiciir<i/<;ic  pitts. — I.  fr'ross'dHdWeini/^ii-  pUh.  "  Quinine 
sulphate,  thirteen  grammes  (13  Gm.)  [JOO  grs.];"  morphiu  sulphate,  thirty-two  ceutigninimee 
(0.32  (iin.)  [r,  grs.];  stryelniiue, alkaloid,  twenty-two  contigramiues  (0.22  Gm.'  [3.3  grs.]:  arse- 
noiia  acid,  thirty-two  centigrammes  (0.32  Gm.^  [5  grs.] ;  extract  of  aconite  leaws  i  V.  S.  /'..  i,>570  , 
three  and  two-tentlis  grammes  (3.2  Gm.)  [."lO  grs.].  To  make  UK!  pills.  FjjcIi  pill  onitains  2 
grains  of  quinine  snlphate,  j^k  grain  of  morphine  snli'liate,  j^v  gniin  of  strychnine,  jv  grain  of 
arscnous  acid,  iind  J  grain  of  extract  of  .tconite  leaves  (8«>e  PiUiljt.  N.  F.^.    .Vi-*,.— W  hen  'anti- 


PILUL.E  CATHARTIC.E  COMP.-PILUL^  CATHARTICJi  VEQET.  1493 


lU'uralfflc  pills,"  or  '  neuralgia  pills,'  without  other  spocificatiuu,  an-  prescribt'd,  it  is  rt-com- 
iiit'udea  that  the  above  preparation  be  dispensed.  .Souietiuiee  the  morphine  tiulphate  is 
directed  to  1h>  omitted.  II.  Browii-f>^(juard's  auliiuuralyic  [OT  luuralyiu)  ^jills. — Extract  ui  hyoe- 
cyamus  ( I'.  >.  y'..,iuur  and  oue-lialf  grammes  i4.5  Gm.)  [67  grs.];  extract  of  couium  \  (..S.  I'.), 
lour  and  one-hali  grammes  i4..'>  Gm.i  [G7  grs.];  extract  of  iguatia  i  f.  .S.  y.  ,  three  and  two- 
tenths  grammes  (3.2  Gni.  i  [50  grs.] ;  extract  of  opium  i  ('.  S.  P.  >,  three  and  two-tenths  grammes 
(3.2  Gra. )  [50  gn..]  ;  extract  of  aconite  leaves  (  f '.  .S.  P..  IS'Ol,  two  and  two-tenths  grammes  (2.2 
Gm.)  [33  grs.]:  extract  of  Indian  cannabis  ( ('.  .S.  P.),  one  and  six-tenths  grammes  (1.6  Gm.) 
[25  grs.];  extract  ..f  stramonium  (  T.  .V. />.  l,  one  and  three-tenths  grammes  1 1.3  Gm.)  [20  grs.]; 
alcoholic  extract  uf  belladonna  leaves  (  I'.S.  P.), one  anil  one-tenth  grammes  (1.1  Gm.i[17  gre.]. 
To  make  100  pills.  Each  pill  contains  j  grain  of  extract  ui  hyoscyamus,  §  grain  of  extract  of 
conium.  1  grain  of  extract  of  ignatia,  J  grain  of  extract  of  opium,  |  grain  of  extract  of  aconite 
leaves,  \  grain  of  extract  of  cannabis,  i  grain  of  extract  of  stramonium,  and  i  grain  of  extract 
of  belladonna  leaves"  (see  Pihtla:,  N.  F.).    Adapted  from  Xat.  Form. 

PILULE  CATHARTIC-ffi  COMPOSITJE    ECLECTIC).— COMPOUND 
CATHARTIC  PILLS. 

Preparation. — Take  of  extract  of  leptandra,  gamboge,  scammony,  each,  in 
powder,  1  drachm  ;  resin  of  podophvlluin,  castile  soap,  each,  i  drachm.  Triturate 
the  powders  thoroughly  tojiether,  tVien  add  the  soap;  mix  and  beat  the  whole 
together  till  they  are  tliomughlv  incorporated.  Divide  the  mass  into  100  pills 
(J.  KiiigV 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  a  valuable  pill  in  all  cases 
where  a  cathartic  is  refjuired.as  in  coiiMijHitionJorpnr  nf  the  biliary  apparatus,  hepatic 
disease,  inttrmittent  and  remittent  fer<;ri>,  jaundice,  etc.  One  pill  will  generally  be 
found  sufficient  for  a  dose,  rarely  2  pills  will  be  required. 

PILUL.ffi  CATHARTICffi  VEGETABILES  (U.  S.  P.)— VEGETABLE 
CATHARTIC  PILLS. 

Preparation. — "Compound  extract  of  colocynth,  sixty  grammes  (60  Gm.) 
[2  ozs.  av.,ol  grs.];  extract  of  hyoscyamus,  thirty  grammes  (30  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av., 
25  grs.];  extract  of  jalap,  thirty  grammes  (30  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,2.5  grs.];  extract  of 
leptandra,  fifteen  grammes  (15  Gm.)  [231  grs.];  resin  of  podophyllum,  fifteen 
grammes  (15  Gm.)  [231  grs.];  oil  of  peppermint,  eight  cubic  centimeters  (8  Cc.) 
[130  TTl];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  1000  jiilis.  Mix  the  compound  ex- 
tract oicolocynth  intimately  with  the  resin  of  podophyllum  and  incorporate  the 
oil  of  peppermint.  Rub  the  extracts  of  hyoscyamus,  jalap,  and  leptandra  with 
enough  water  to  render  them  plastic,  then  beatthem  together  with  the  mixture 
first  prepared,  u«in2  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  to  form  a  mass,  to  be  divided 
into  10<K>  pills-— (r..v'.  />>. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— As  the  name  indicates,  this  is  a  vege- 
table cathartic.     Dose,  as  a  laxative,  1  pill;  as  a  cathartic,  2  to  3  pills. 

Belated  Pills.— PiLri..E  C.\thartic.e  Composite  ( V.  S.  P.),  Compound  cathartic  pills,  AiUi- 
bilion^  pilh.  ■•  Compound  extract  of  colocynth,  eighty  grammes  (80  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  360  grs.] ; 
mild  mercurous  chloride,  sixty  grammes  (60  Gra. )  [2  ozs.  av.,  51  grs.];  extract  of  jalap,  thirty 
grammes  i30<im.l  [1  oz. av.,  25  grs.];  gamlmge,  in  line  powiler,  fifteen  ^mmes  (ISGm.i  [231 
grs.] ;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  1000  pills.  Mix  the  i>owders  intimately,  then  gra<lu- 
ally  incor|)orat«'  them  with  the  extract  of  jalap  and  a  snfficient  qnantitv  of  water  to  form  a 
mass,  t-.  be  divided  into  1000  pills"— (  V.  S.  P.).  Often  repeated,  this  pill  will  salivate.  Duse, 
as  a  laxative,  1  pill  labout  3  grains) ;  as  a  brisk  cathartic,  3  pills.  Kxtensively  used  by  mem- 
bers of  the  iild  st'hool  of  prat'tiee  as  a  laxative  and  cathartic.  It  is  not  employed  in  f^clectic 
medicine. 

PlLCI.X  .\nti>io.mi  CoMI-osiT.E  ((".  .S'.  P.  I,  ('(impiiuml  pilU  of  anlimonxj,  Plummer's  pilh,  Com- 
I'liinii  pillt  of  tultchluri'le  of  nurrcurii,  Coinpounii  ciil'itiifl  pilh. — "8ulphurateil  antimony,  four 
-•rammes  i4  Gm.)  1^62  grs.];  mild  iiiercurtius  <'hlorir|e,  four  grammes  14  Gm.  i  [62  grs.];  guaiac, 
111  fine  piw.ler,  eight  grammes  8  Gm.  i  [123  grs.] ;  castor  oil,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  100 
pill".  I{.-.it  the  powd.TB  together  with  castor  oil,  added  a  few  drops  at  a  time,  so  as  to  form  a 
m.is8,  and  .livide  u  int..  100  pills  "— (  V.  .S'.  P.  i.   This  pill  is  not  emplovetl  bv  the  Eclectic  profes- 

Sicm.      It  is   u-^ed   in   ol.l   s<-b..(il    prai-tice  inr  rh.innalii-  u\\>\  n,l„, i<>  ilif.r.i,  ,->  ..f  fuvhililir  nrir^n. 

Dose,  1  to  4  pills  a  day. 


1494  PILULE  CIMICIFUG^  COMPOSITE.— PILUL^E  COPAIB.E. 

PILULE  CIMICIFUG-S  COMPOSITE— COMPOUND 

PILLS  OF  BLACK  COHOSH. 

Preparation. — Take  of  the  alcoholic  extract?  of  black  cohosh  and  Scutellaria, 
each,  1  drachm  ;  valerianate  of  quinine,  ^  drachm.  Mix  thoroughly  together,  form 
into  a  1)111  mass,  and  divide  into  60  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — These  pills  will  be  found  very  useful 
in  chorea  and  other  derangements  of  the  nervous  system,  also  in  fevers  or  other  dis- 
eases, attended  with  much  restle-'isness  or  wakefulness,  and  in  several  uterine  affections. 
The  dose  is  1  pill  every  1,  2,  or  3  hours,  daily,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the 
Bymptoms  (J.  King). 

PILUL.ffl  COLOCYNTHIDIS  COMPOSIT.®  (N.  F.)— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  COLOCYNTH. 

Synonyms  :   Pilul-ie  coccise,  Cochia  pills. 

Preparation. — "Extract  of  colocynth  (C  S.  P.),one  and  one-tenth  grammes 
(1.1  Gm.)  [17  grs.];  purified  aloes  (T.  S.  P.),  thirteen  grammes  (13  Gm.;  [200 
grs.];  resin  of  scammony  (('.&  P.),  thirteen  grammes  (13  Gm.)  [200  grs.];  oil  of 
cloves,  one  and  one-half  cubic  centimeters  (1.5  Cc.)  [25111].  To  make  100  pills. 
Each  pill  contains  ^  grain  of  extract  of  colocynth,  2  grains  of  aloes,  2  grains  of 
scammony,  and  J  minim  of  oil  of  cloves  (see  Pilule,  N.  F.).  Note. — The  Pilula 
Colocynthidis  Composita  of  the  British  Pharviacopceia,  for  which  the  above  is  an 
equivalent,  is  prepared  with  colocynth  pulp,  and  contains  potassium  sulphate, 
which  was  originallj'  added  as  an  aid  to  reduce  the  ingredients  to  powder.  With 
the  use  of  extract  of  colocynth  this  becomes  unnecessarj'.  The  British  Pharmaco- 
poeia directs  the  above  to  be  kept  as  a  pill  mass,  to  be  made  into  pills  of  such 
weight  as  may  be  prescribed.  When  such  specification  is  omitted,  it  is  recom- 
mended to  dispense  pills  containing  the  quantities  above  directed."  Adapted 
from  Xat.  Form. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  pill  is  employed  as  a  purgative. 
Dose,  1  to  2  jiills. 

Related  Pills.— PiLULa:  Colocynthidis  et  Hyoscyami  (N.  F.),  PUU  of  colocynth  and  hyo$- 
cyamm.  "  Extract  of  colocynth  (  V.  S.  P.),  sixty-five  centigrammes  i0.65  Gm.  i  [10  grs.];  puri- 
fied aloes  (  r.  N.  P.),  nine  and  seven-tenths  grammes  (9.7  Gm.  i  [150  grs.];  resin  of  soamniony 
{U.  S.  P.),  nine  and  seven-tenths  grammes  (9.7  Gm.)  [150  grs.];  oil  of  cloves,  one  cubic  centi- 
meter (1  Cc.l  [17111.];  extract  of  hyoscyamus  (  U.  .S'.  /'.),  nine  and  seven-tenths  gramuips  (9.7 
Gm.)  [150  grs.  I.  To  make  100  pills.  Each  pill  contains  iV  grain  of  extract  of  colocynth,  IJ 
grains  of  aloes,  U  grains  of  scammony,  i  minim  of  oil  of  cloves,  and  li  grains  of  extract  of 
nyoseyamus  (see  Puulx,  N.  F.).  Ao(<'.— The  Pitnla  Colocynthidis  et  Ifi/o.<icyami  of  the  British  Phar- 
macopoeia is  directed  to  be  made  by  mixing  2  parts  of  compound  pill  of' colocynth  F.  2ViK  .  with 
1  part  of  extract  of  hyoscyamus,  and  is  directed  to  bo  kept  as  a  pill  mai«,  to  he  made  into  pills 
of  such  n-eigUt  as  may  be  directed.  When  such  specification  is  "omitted,  it  is  recommended  to 
dispense  pills  containing  the  quantities  above  directed."    Adapted  from  Xat.  Fonii. 

Pilule  Colocynthidis  kt  Podophylli  (X.  F.).  Pills  of  cnloonilh  nud  podophyllum.— "  Cova- 
pound  extract  of  colocynth  (  U.S.  P.),  sixteen  and  two-tenths  grammes  (16.2  Gm.i  [250  grs.]; 
resin  of  podophvllum  (f.  .9.  P.l,one  and  six-tenths  grammes  (1.6  Gm.)  [25  grs.].    To  make  100 

fiills.    Each  pill  contains  2i  grains  of  extract  of  coloomth,  and  }  grain  of  reein  of  podophvl- 
um  "  (see  Pilulse,  N.  F.).     Adapted  from  Xat.  Form. 

PILUL.ffl  COPAIB.ffi.— PILLS  OF  COPAIBA. 

Preparation. — Take  of  copaiba  and  white  wax,  of  each.  1  drachm.  Melt  the 
wax,  mix  in  the  copaiba,  and  divide  into  30  pills  (compare  Ma.<sa  Copnibir). 
These  pills  are  frequently  combined  in  other  proportions,  and  with  the  acldition 
of  cubebs.  Thus:  take  of  copaiba  1  part;  white  wax,  li  part*;  cubebs,  in  pow- 
der, 2  parts.  Melt  the  wax,  add  the  copaiba  and  cubebs,  and  divide  into  4-grain 
pills.  This  combination  is  suitable  to  warm  climates.  Another  combination  is: 
take  of  copaiba,  1  part;  white  wax,  2  parts;  cubebs,  in  powder,  3  parts.  Prepare 
as  above,  and  divide  into  4-grain  pills. 

Copaiba  is  usually  solidified  into  a  pill  mass  by  the  use  of  the  recently  cal- 
cined magnesia.     The  magnesia  absorb.*  the  oil  of  copaiba,  and  at  the  same  time 


PILUL.E  COPAIB.K  COMPOSIT.i:.— PILULE:  FERRI  CARBUXATIS.  1495 

forms  with  the  acid  of  the  copaiba  a  copaivate  of  magnesium.  The  time  requireil 
to  eflect  the  solidification  of  the  copail)a  will  be  several  hours,  and  the  quantity 
of  magnesia  required  will  depend  upon  the  amount  of  copaivic  acid  present. 
Ordinarily,  16  parts  of  magnesia  to  1  of  copaiba  will  eflect  the  solidification;  and 
the  ina.-i.-;  -houM  not  he  alIo\v<(l  to  harden  too  much  before  it  is  divided  into  pills. 
The  addition  i<(  the  inatrnesia  ilors  not  materially  increa.se  the  .size  of  the  pill. 

Action,  MedicalUses,  and  Dosage.— These  jiills  are  n>eful  in  (lown-rlKea, &nd 
other  attectitins  where  the  medicinal  agents  are  indicated.  The  dose  is  2  to  4  pills, 
3  times  a  day. 

PILULE  COPAIBA  COMPOSITJE.— COMPOUND 

PILLS  OF  COPAIBA. 

Preparation.  — Take  of  solidilied  copail)a,  I  drachm  ;  ethereal  extract  of  cubebs, 
i  draclini ;  resin  of  podophylhuu.  11  iirains;  gum  myrrh,!  drachm;  alcoholic 
extract  ot'  nux  vomica.  15  grains.    Mix  thoroughly,  and  divide  into  o-grain  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— These  pills  are  useful  in  (jonorrhfea, 
gleet,  struiuir.  aw\  '■hnmii-  injluinination  nj  l/if  jiroKUitc  The  dose  is  from  2  to  4  pills, 
twice  a  day.  For  ordinary  cases,  the  following  preparation  will  be  found  bene- 
ficial: Take  of  solidified  copail>a,  2  drachms;  ethereal  extract  of  cubel)S,  1  drachm ; 
oil  of  juniper,  a  suttieient  quantity,  not  to  impair  the  pilular  consistency  of  the 
mass.    Mix, and  divide  into  pills  of  4  grains  each.    The  dose  is  the  same  as  above. 

PILULiE  FERRI  CARBONATIS  (U.  S.  P.)— PILLS  OF 
FERROUS  CARBONATE. 

Synony.ms  :  Ferruginous  pilU,  Chalybeate  pills,  BlauiVs  Pills,  Pills  nf  irmi,  Grif- 
fitKs  pills. 

Preparation. — "Ferrous  sulphate,  in  clear  crystals,  sixteen  grammes  (16 
Gm.)  [247  grs.];  potassium  carbonate,  eight  grammes  (8  Gm.)  [123  grs.];  sugar, 
four  grammes  (4  Gm.)  [62  grs.];  tragacanth,  in  fine  powder, one  gramme  (1  Gm.) 
[15  grs.];  althaia,  in  ^To.  60  powder,  one  gramme  (1  Gm.)  [15  grs.];  glycerin 
water,  each,  a  sutiieient  quantity  to  make  100  pills.  Rub  the  potassium  carbon- 
ate, in  a  mortar,  with  a  sufficient  quantity  (about  10  drops  each)  of  glj'cerin  and 
water,  then  add  the  ferrous  sulphate  and  sugar,  previously  triturated  together  to 
a  uniform  powder,  and  beat  the  mass  thoroughly,  until  it  assumes  a  greenish 
color.  When  the  reaction  ajjpears  to  have  terminated,  incorporate  the  tragacanth 
and  althica,  and,  if  necessary,  add  a  little  more  water,  so  as  to  obtain  a  mass  of 
a  pilular  consistence.  Divide  this  into  100  pills.  These  pills  should  be  freshly 
prepared,  when  wanted" — (T.  S.  P.). 

History. — This  pill  is  the  modified  Blaud's  pill,  and  has  the  official  name 
formerly  iriven  to  Vallet's  mass  {Pihthi  Ferri  Carbmnitis),  and  also  differs  much 
from  the  pill  of  similar  name  directed  by  the  British  Phannacopceia.  Hence,  a 
confusion  of  names  and  the  pills  they  represent  will  be  likely  to  occur  among 
physicians. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Its  uses  are  those  of  compound  mix- 
ture of  iron  (see  Mistura  Ferri  Coinposita).  This  pill  is  a  ferruginous  tonic,  an<l 
may  be  employed  in  all  cases  where  iron  is  required.  It  is  esi>ecially  valuable  in 
an/'mia,  alonir  amenorrha-a,  chlorosis,  and  hysterical  affections;  also  in  the  hectic  fever 
nf  /ihthinis  and  rhronir  mucous  catarrhs.  It  appears  to  have  the  usual  effects  of  iron 
on  the  blood,  increasing  its  coloring  ])articles  and  rendering  it  of  a  more  scarlet 
color.  It  may  be  divided  into  3  or  5-grain  pills,  of  y\huh  from  2  to  6  may  be 
given  3  timesa  day,  and  continued  for  several  weeks,  particularly  if  their  use  is 
followed  liy  an  amelioration  of  the  symptoms  of  disease. 

Related  Pills.— Pi i.ri-.r.  Fekri  Cakhonatis  (N.  F.l,  Pilh  of  carbonatt  of  iron,  Ferru- 
gino'u  pill*.  lUaml't  fiillf.  Clitih/hfiile  pilh.  '  ."S|il))hnte  of  iron,  in  dear  crystals,  240  prains; 
tairljonate  of  potassium,  140  ^raiijs;  su^ar.  4K  (.'rains;  tni>.Meantli,  in  line  |HHViler,  HI  p-nins; 
glycerin,  10  minims;  water,  a  sufficient  ipiantity.  Triturate  the  Hulpliatc  nf  inm  with  the 
Bn«i\r  to  a  uniform  |)Ow<lfr.  In  anotlier  innrtar  triturate  tlie  carbonate  of  pntapsium  witli  the 
glvcorin  anil  10  minims  of  water.     AM  to  this  Mi'Ttnrp  tl\e  previously  prepared  poniler,  and 


1496  PILUL.E  FERRI  COMPOSIT.E.— PILULE  FERRI  lODIDI. 

beat  the  mass  thoroughly  until  it  assumes  a  greenish  color.  AVhen  the  reaction  appears  to 
have  terminated,  incorporate  the  tragacanth,  and,  if  necessary,  add  a  little  more  water,  so  as 
to  obtain  a  mas3  or  a  pilular  consistence.  Divide  this  into  96  pills.  Each  pill  represents  about 
1  grain  of  carbonate  of  iron  (ferrous).  Note. — Sometimes  so-called  '3-grain'  Bland's  pills  [Fihdse 
BUiudii  Uimres)  are  prescribed  or  demanded.  These  may  be  prepared  by  using  the  quantities 
given  in  the  above  formula,  and  dividing  the  mass  into  108  pills   — ( Nat.  Form.,  1st  ed.). 

PiLUL.E  JlETALLoniM  (X.  F.),  Metallic  Pillt,  Piluke  mttalloruin  amarse,  Bitter  metallic  pills.— 
"  Reduced  iron,  six  and  one-half  grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100  grs.];  quinine  sulphate,  six  and  one- 
half  grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100  grs.];  strychnine,  alkaloid,  thirty-two  centigrammes  (0.32  Gm.) 
[5  grs.];  arsenous  acid,  thirty-two  centigrammes  (0.32  Gm.)  [5  grs.].  To  make  100  pills.  Each 
pill  contains  1  gi-ain  of  reduced  iron,  1  grain  of  quinine  sulphate.  ^,j  grain  of  strychnine,  and 
'20  grain  of  arsenous  acid  (see  Pilulee,  N.  F. ).  Xote. — A  similar  combination  is  known  under  the 
name  of  .-IfUvn's  tonic  pills:  "Reduced  iron,  four  and  one-half  grammes  i4.5  Gm.i  [67  grs.]; 
quinine  sulphate,  six  and  one-half  grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100  grs.];  strychnine,  alkaloid,  thirteen 
centigrammes  (0.13  Gm.l  [2  grs.];  arsenous  acid,  thirteen  centigrammes  i0.13  Gm.)  [2  grs.]. 
To  make  100  pills.  Each  pill  contains  j  grain  of  reduced  iron,  1  grain  of  quinine  sulphate, 
/li  grain  of  strychnine,  -}^  grain  of  arsenous  acid  "  (see  Pilulie,  N.  F. ).    Adapted  from  Xat.  Form. 

PILUL,ffl  FERRI  COMPOSIT,®.— COMPOUND  PILLS  OF  IRON. 


Synonym  :   Emmenagogue  pills. 
Preparation.— Take  of  Val 


Preparation. — Take  of  Vallet's  carbonate  of  iron,  1  drachm ;  resin  of  podo- 
phylluni,  15  grains;  white  turpentine,  i  drachm.  Mix  well  together,  and  divide 
into  30  pills.  This  pill  should  not  be  confounded  with  Pilulse  Ferri  Compositee  of 
the  U.  S.  P.  of  1880  (which  see  under  Plhihe  Ahes  et  Mi)rrh{e). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  pill  is  used  chiefly  as  an  em- 
menagogue.   The  do.se  is  1  pill  every  3  or  4  hours. 

PILUL-ffi  FERRI  FERROCYANIDI  COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  FERROCYANIDE  OF  IRON. 

Preparation. — Take  of  ferrucyanide  of  iron,  sulphate  of  quinine,  and  alco- 
holic extract  of  black  cohosh,  each,  40  grains.    Mix,  and  divide  into  40  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— These  pills  are  tonic,  alterative,  and 
antiperiodic,  and  may  be  used  in  all  diseases  attended  with  periodicity,  as  !«/«•- 
■Ill ittent  fever,  chorea,  epilepsy,  etc.  They  will  be  found  an  excellent  remedial  agent. 
The  dose  is  1  pill,  3  or  4  times  a  day,  or  oftener  if  required  (J.  Kins '. 

PILULE  FERRI   lODIDI  (U.  S.  P.)— PILLS  OF  FERROUS  IODIDE. 

Synonym  :   Pills  of  iodide  of  iron. 

Preparation. — "Reduced  iron,  four  grammes  (4  Gm.)  [62  grs.];  iodine,  five 

frammes  (5  Gm.)  [77  grs.];  glycyrrhiza,  in  No.  60  powder,  four  grammes  (4  Gm.) 
62  grs.]  ;  sugar,  in  fine  powder,  four  grammes  (4  Gm.)  [62  grs.];  extract  of  glyc- 
yrrhiza, in  fine  powder,  one  gramme  (1  Gm.)  [15.5  grs.] ;  acacia,  in  fine  powder, 
one  gramme  (1  Gm.)  [15.5  grs.];  water,  balsam  of  tolu.  ether,  each,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  100  pills.  To  the  reduced  iron,  contained  in  a  small  mortar, 
add  six  cubic  centimeters  (6  Cc.)  [97  Til]  of  water,  and  then,  gradually,  the  iodine, 
constantly  triturating,  until  the  mixture  cea.<es  to  have  a  reddish  tint.  Then  add 
the  remaining  powders,  previously  well  mixed  together,  and  mix  the  whole  thor- 
oughly. Transfer  the  mass  to  a  porcelain  capsule,  and  evaporate  the  excess  of 
moisture,  on  a  water-bath,  with  constant  stirring,  until  the  ma.«s  has  acquired  a 

t)ilular  consistence.  Then  divide  it  into  100  pills.  Ois.-^olve  ten  grammes  ( lOGm.) 
154  grs.]  of  balsam  of  tolu  in  fifteen  cubic  centimeters  ( 15  Cc.)  [240  111]  of  ether, 
shake  the  pills  with  a  sutticient  quantity  of  this  solution  until  tliey  are  uniformly 
coated,  and  put  them  on  a  plate  to  dry,  occasionally  rolling  them  about  until  the 
drying  is  completed.     Keep  tiie  pills  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle"— (,('.  .">•■.  P.). 

Tests. — "  Pills  of  ferrous  iodide  should  be  dev.nd  of  the  smell  of  iodine.  If 
a  few  of  tiie  pills  be  triturated  with  water,  the  filtrate  should  not  assume  more 
than  a  light-blue  tint  on  the  addition  of  starch  T.S.  (^absence  of  more  than  traces 
of  free  iodine)  "— (f.  .<^.  P.). 


PILIL.E  GALliAXI  COMl'Msrr.K-l-lLl  L.E  LEPTASDR.E  COM  POSIT.i:.  1497 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Thit;  pill  possesses  the  same  meiliciiial 
properties  as  the  solution  of  iodide  of  iron, ami  may  he  piven  in  the  same  diseases. 
About  li  grains  of  the  iodide  of  iron  enters  into  each  pill,  1  of  which  may  he  given 
for  a  dose,  and  repeated  2  or  3  times  a  day.  The  U.  S.  P.  pill  contains  about  I  grain 
of  ferrous  iodide. 

PILUL.ffl  GALBANI  COMPOSURE  (N.  F.)— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  GALBAITOM. 

Preparation.— "Galbanum,  nine  and  three-fourths  grammes  (9.75  Gm.)  [150 
grs.];  myrrli,  nine  and  three-fourths  grammes  (9.75  Gm.)  [150  grs.] ;  a.-^afietida, 
three  and  one-fourth  gramme.-;  (3.25  Gm.)  [50  grs.];  syrup,  a  suHicient  quantity 
lo  make  100  pills.  Each  pill  contains  1^  grains  of  galbanum,  H  grains  of  myrrh, 
and  i  grain  of  asafi^tida  "  (see  Pilule,  N. F.).  Adapted  from  Nat.  Form.  This  agrees 
with'the  r.  .'.•.  /'.  ,  ISSd)  formula. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Formerly  much  employed  in  hysterical 
nuinijeitutionn,  Mi'l  as  a  stimulant  in  mucous projiuvia.    Dose,  2  to  5  pills. 

PILULE  GLONOINI  (N.  F.)— PILLS  OF  GLONOm. 

Synoxym  :   Pi/Is  of  nitroglycerin . 

Preparation.— "Spirit  of  glonoin  (U.  S.P.),six  and  one-half  grammes  (6.5 
Gm. »  [lUU  grs.] ;  altha;a,  in  fine  powder,  six  and  one-half  grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100 
grs.];  confection  of  rose  (  U.  S.  P.).  a  sufficient  quantity.  Mix  the  spirit  of  glonoin 
intimately  with  the  powdered  althfea,  expose  the  mixture  for  a  short  time  to  the 
air,  so  that  the  alcohol  may  evaporate,  then  make  a  pill  mass  by  means  of  confec- 
tion of  rose,  ami  divide  it  into  100  pills.  Each  pill  contains  yj^  grain  of  glonoin 
(nitrosrlyceriii  i  " — <  Xat.  Form.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dos&ge.—i'^ee  .'^piritus  Glomini.) 

PILULiE  HYOSCYAMI  COMPOSIT^ffi.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  HYOSCYAMUS. 

Preparation. — Take  of  extract  of  hyoscyamus.  extract  of  valerian,  each,  2 
drachms;  extract  of  aconite,  sulphate  of  quinine,  of  each,  1  drachm.  Mix  thor- 
oughly tnu'ethcr.  and  divide  into  pills  of  3  grains  each. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— These  pills  will  be  found  advantageous 
in  neumlgin,  rheumnti-iin,  chorea,  dysmenorrhasa,  and  many  affections  of  a  similar 
character.  The  dose  is  1  pill  every  2,  3,  or  4  hours,  according  to  circumstances. 
As  the  virtue  of  valerian  resides  in  its  oil,  it  is  probable  the  extract  is  nearly  use- 
less, and  one-half  the  quantity  of  the  oil  of  valerian,  or  of  valerianic  acid,  should 
be  substituted  for  the  extract,  and  forms  a  much  more  efficient  pill  (J.  King). 

PILULE   LEONURI  COMPOSIT.ffi.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  MOTHERWORT. 

Preparation. — Take  of  the  alcoholic  extracts  of  motherwort  and  unicorn-root, 
each,  2  drachms;  extract  of  leptandra,  resin  of  cimicifuga,  each,  1  drachm.  Mix 
thoroui.'lily  tosrethcr,  form  a  pill  mass,  and  divide  into  60  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— These  pills  are  useful  in  many  uterine 

nffrrtloi,-<,  ■.u-{\\\)y  a<  a  utt-riiie  tonic  and  alterative.    One  pill  maj' be  given  every 
1,2,  or  4  hou:-,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case  (.1.  King). 

PILUL.«  LEPTANDR.®  COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  LEPTANDRA. 

Preparation.— Take  of  extract  of  leptandra,  1  drachm;  resin  of  podophyl- 
lum, A  ilracliiii  :    extract  of  rhubarb,  a  sufficient  quantity.     Mix    together,  and 


1498       PILULJi  OLEORESIX.E  EUPATOIill  COMPOsilTJ:.— PILUL.K  PHOiPHOPJ. 

divide  into  60  pills.  Some  prefer  making  these  pills  with  extract  of  dandelion 
instead  of  rhubarb. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— TI.Ih  is  a  valuable  cholagogue  pill, 
very  beneficial  in  llcrr  (iffivlinns.  iili.<iiiint,'  ri,ii.-<ii'j,atirm,  or  wherever  catharsis  is  re- 
quired. It  will  likewise  be  found  useful  in  <Ji/srnlery.  The  do.se  is  from  1  to  3 
pills,  once  or  twice  a  day.  A  very  useful  and  effectual  pill,  that  will  not  occasion 
ga.stro-intestinal  irritation,  may  be  made  by  thoroughly  mixing  together  resin  of 
podophyllum,  30  grains;  extract  of  leptandra,  60  grains;  extract  of  hyoscyamus, 
45  grains ;  and  dividing  the  mass  into  60  pills.  The  compound  cnthartic'pill  of  some 
of  our  practitioners  is  composed  of  resin  of  podo])hyllum,  15  grains;  dry  extract 
of  leptandra,  extract  of  hyoscyamus,  each  1  drachm.  Mix,  and  divide  into  60  pills. 

PILULE  OLEORESINiE  EUPATORII  COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  OLEORESIN  OF  QUEEN  OF  THE  MEADOW. 

Preparation. — Take  of  oleoresin  of  Eupatorium  purpureum  (eupurpurin), 
40  grains;  (iltoiesin  of  xanthoxylum,  20  grains;  strychnine,  1  grain.  Mix  thor- 
oughly tdK'-tliiT,  and  divide  into  20  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  forms  a  stimulating  diuretic, 
and  will  be  found  useful  in  suppression  of  urine,  torpor  or  paralysis  of  the  kidneys  or 
bladder,  rheumntkm,  hepntic  torpor,  derangements  of  the  digestive  functions,  etc.  The 
dose  is  1  pill,  to  be  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day  (J.  King). 

PILUL.ffl  OPII  (U.  S.  P.)— PILLS  OF  OPIUM. 

Preparation.— "Powdered  opium,  six  and  one-half  grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100 

grs.];  soap,  in  fine  powder,  two  grammes  (2  Gm.)  [31  grs.];  water,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  100  pills.  Beat  the  powders  together  with  water,  so  as  to  form 
a  mass,  and  divide  it  into  100  i.ills  '  — (T.  S.P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (Same  as  Opium.)  Old  pills  of  opium 
are  bett(  i  ilian  fresh  pills  or  licjuid  preparations  of  the  same  when  a  local  action 
and  pioloiiged  contact  of  the  drug  is  desired  in  painful  gastric  nnd  other  visceral 
disanlirs.  \',y  their  slow  solution  they  are  effectual  in  gastric  ulcers, gastralgia,  etc. 
Do.se.  1  {)ill,  which  contains  1  grain  of  opium. 

Related  Pills.— Piui.a  Saponi.s  Composita  (  f.  S.  P.,  1S70).  Opium,  in  fine  powder,  60 
grains  ;  soap,  in  fine  powder,  \  troy  ounce.  Beat  together  with  water  so  as  to  form  a  pilular  mass. 

PILULE  OPII  ET  PLUMBI  (N.  F.)— PILLS  OF  OPIUM  AND  LEAD. 

Preparation. — "Powdered  opium,  six  and  one-half  grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100 
grs.];  lead  aeetate,  six  and  one-half  grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100  grs.] ;  to  make  100 
l)ills.  Each  pill  contains  1  <rrain  of  opium  and  1  grain  of  lead  acetate"  (see  Pilulx, 
N.F.).    A.lapt.Ml  from  \„f.  F„nn. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  agent  is  used  chiefly  by  members 
of  the  old  school  as  an  astringent  and  anodyne  in  lined  and  bronchial  disorden. 
Dose,  3  to  5  grains. 

PILUL.ffi  PHOSPHORI  (U.  S.  P.)— PILLS  OF  PHOSPHORUS. 

Preparation.— Phosphorus,  six  centigrammes  (0.06  Gm.)  [1  gr.]:  altha?a,  in 
No.  60  ixiwder,  six  grammes  (6  Gin.)  [93  grs.];  acacia,  in  fine  powder,  six  grammes 
(6  (im.)  [93  grs.]  ;  chloroform,  glycerin,  water,  balsam  of  tolu,  ether,  each,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  make  100  pills. "  Dissolve  the  phosphorus  in  a  test-tube  in  five 
cubic  centimeters  (5  Cc.)  [81  111]  of  chloroform,  with  the  aid  of  a  very  gentle  heat, 
replacing  from  time  to  time  any  of  the  chloroform  which  may  be  lost  by  evapo- 
ration.    Mix  the  iiltha'a  and  acacia  in  a  mortar,  next  add  the  solution  of  phos- 


I'lLlL.E  I'HYTOLACC.E  COMTOSIT.E.— PILl'L.K  POLYGOXI  COMPOSITE.        1493 

phorus,  then  immediately  afterward  a  sufEcient  quantity  (about  four  cul'j  centi- 
meters [4  Cc.,6.5  X{[J)  of  a  mixture  of  2  volumes  of  glycerin  and  1  volume  of  water, 
and  quicklv  form  a  mat;s,  to  be  divided  into  100  pills.  Dissolve  ten  grammes 
(10  Gm.)  [io4  grs.]  of  balsam  of  tolu  in  fifteen  cubic  centimeters  (lo  Cc;  [243  Til] 
of  ether,  shake  the  pills  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  this  solution  until  they 
are  uniformly  coated,  and  put  them  on  a  plate  to  dry,  occasionally  rolling  thim 
about  until  "the  drying  is  completed.    Keep  the  pills  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle. 

Tiie  U.  S.  P.  pill  contains  yj^  grain  of  phosphorus,  that  of  the  Brituih  P/unina- 
ropieia  (ISflS)  ^^  grain  of  phosphorus,  which  is  twice  the  strengtli  of  the  i)hos- 
phorus  pill  in  BritM  Phitniiornpigin,  1885.  It  is  necessary  in  handling  phosphorus 
that  its  o.^idatioii  be  prevented  if  possible,  and  this  is  accomplished  by  dissolv- 
ing it  in  a  closed  tube  in  chloroform,  the  vapor  of  which  prevents  its  oxidation. 
It  may  also  be  melted  under  water  as  is  directed  by  the  Britig/i  P/idrmani/.a  in, 1885. 
The  present  Briti.<!i  Phdniiaroficeia  employs  a  solution  of  phosphorus  in  carbon 
disulphide.  Besides  tolu  balsam,  rosin  lias  been  proposed  as  an  excipient  (A.W. 
Gerrard);  cacao  butter  (Walling)  has  also  been  successfully  employed. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Same  as  for  Phosphorus  (which  see;. 
Dose,  1  to  2  iiills. 

PILUL.S:  PHYTOLACCA  COMPOSITiE.— COMPOUND 

PILLS  OF  POKE. 

Preparation.— Take  of  extract  of  poke,  2  drachms;  alcoholic  extract  of  stil- 
lingia.  1  draclim  ;  extract  of  stramonium.  8  grains.  Mix  thoroughly  together,  form 
into  a  pill  mass,  and  divide  into  64  pills. 

Action,  MedicalUses,  and  Dosage.— These  pills  will  be  found  of  value  in 
osteocn),iis.o\  {iiiins  in  the  h'>i,>.<  lA'  &  nHirnrial  or  syphilitic  character,  and  are  also 
beneficial  in  rh(ti>iutti-'<iii.  .■'•i/jJiili.'<  and  ■■<rrojulo.  The  dose  is  one  pill  every  2,  3  or  4 
hours,  as  tiie  urgency  of  the  case  may  require.  The  fluid  extract  of  ."stillingia 
may  be  substituted  for  the  alcoholic  extract,  and  pulverized  poke  root  added  as  an 
excipient  (•!.  King). 

PILULiE   PODOPHYLLI  BELLADONNiE  ET   CAPSICIiN.  F) 
PILLS  OF  PODOPHYLLUM,  BELLADONNA,  AND  CAPSICUM. 

Sy.no.nym  :   Squibb's  podophyllum  pills. 

Preparation. — " Resin  of  jjodophy Hum  {U.S. P.),  one  and  six-tenths  grammes 
(1.6  Gm.)  [25  grs.];  alcoholic  extract  of  belladonna  leaves  (('.  .S.  P.),  eight  deci- 
grammes (0.8  Gm.)  [12.5  grs.];  capsicum,  in  moderately  fine  powder,  three  and 
two-tentlis  grammes  (3.2  Gm.)  [50  grs.];  sugar  of  milk,  in  fine  powder,  six  and 
one-half  grammes  (6.5  Gm.)  [100  grs.]  ;  acacia,  in  fine  powder,  one  and  si.\-tenths 
grammes  ( 1.6  Gm.j  [25  grs.];  glycerin,  syrup  (('.  S.  P.),  each,  a  sufficient  quantity 
to  make  KX)  pills.  Each  pill  contains  J  grain  of  resin  of  podophyllum,  ingrain 
of  extract  of  belladonna  leaves,^  grain  of  capsicum,  1  grain  of  milk  sugar,  j grain 
of  acacia,  glycerin,  syrup,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity"  (see  PiluUe,  N.  F.).  Adapted 
from  .Y'(/.  Form. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Efficient  laxative  and  cathartic.  Dose, 
1  to  2  pills. 

PILUL.ffi  polygon:  COMPOSIT.®.— COMPOUND 

PILLS  OF  WATER  PEPPER. 

Preparation. — Take  of  dried  sulphate  of  iron,  and  resin  of  cimicifuga,  each, 
1  dra(lim;  oleoresin  of  iris,  15  grains ;  extract  of  water-pepper,  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity.    -Mix  well  together,  and  divide  into  60  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —These  pills  are  emmenagogue,  and 
exert  an  especial  intluence  on  the  fimalc  organs  of  generation.  Tlu-y  liave  been 
u.sed  with  advantage  in  rhloronU,  iniu-ii"rr/nia,  dysmenorrhcta,  uterine  leucorrhoia,  etc. 
The  di«sp  ia  1  pill  every  2  or  3  hours  (J.  King). 


1500  PILUL.E  QUIXIX.-E  COMP.-PILUL.K  RESIX.i:  PODOPHYI.LI  COMP. 

PILULE  QUININE  COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  QUININE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  .sulphate  of  quinine,  extract  of  cornus,  and  tartaric 
acid,  earii,  in  iinwder,  1  drachm;  alcoholic  extract  of  Vjlaek  cohosh,  a  sufficient 
quantity.     Mix  ti>g,-ther,  and  divide  into  4-grain  pill.s. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — These  pills  are  tonic  and  antiperiodic, 
and  maybe  employed  in  inttriniUc'iit  (ind  remittent  farrg,  und  in  all  diseases  at- 
tended with  symptoms  of  periodicity.  The  addition  of  the  tartaric  acid  renders 
the  quinine  more  readily  solulde  in  the  juices  of  the  stomach.  The  dose  is  1 
pill  every  1,2,  or  3  hours,  according  to  the  severity  or  urgency  of  the  symptoms. 
A.  compound  quinine  pill  \B  occasionally  employed,  which  is  composed  as  follows: 
Take  of  sulphate  of  quinine,  hydrochlorate  of  berberine,  each,  1  drachm  ;  resin  of 
podophyllum,  10  grains;  extract  of  nux  vomica,  8  grains.  Mix,  and  divide  into 
60  pills  (J.  King). 

PILULE  QUININE  SULPHATIS.— PILLS  OF 
SULPHATE  OF  QUININE. 

Preparation.— Take  of  sulphate  of  quinine,  1  drachm ;  aromatic  sulphuric 
acid,  45  drops;  drop  the  acid  into  the  quinine  on  a  tile  or  slab,  and  triturate  with 
a  spatula  until  it  assumes  a  pilular  consistence;  then  divide  into  60  pills.  The 
same  can  be  effected  much  more  readily  by  substituting  a  very  small  quantity  of 
tartaric  acid  in  solution  for  the  aromatic  sulphuric  acid  (J.  King).  This  pill 
should  be  coated  with  either  sugar  or  gelatin. 

This  method  of  forming  quinine  into  a  jiill  mass  was  made  known  by  Mr.  E. 
Parish.  The  ingredients,  when  mixed,  form  a  fluid,  which  soon  thickens  into  a 
paste,  and  finally  becomes  quite  solid,  and  so  adhesive  as  to  be  readily  divided 
and  rolled  into  pills;  care  must  be  taken  not  to  allow  the  mass  to  becom"e  too  dry 
and  brittle  before  dividing  it,  as  it  is  liable  to  do  if  allowed  to  remain  too  long. 
In  this  form,  a  portion  of  the  neutral  sulphate  being  converted  into  the  soluble 
bisulphate,  the  preparation  more  nearly  resembles  the  solutions  in  composition, 
and  is  believed  to  be  more  certain  and  rajiid  in  its  action.  When  it  is  desired  to 
incorporate  other  substances  in  powder  with  the  quinine  thus  prepared,  as  ferro- 
cyanide  of  iron,  etc.,  they  should  be  added  to  the  mass  when  it  is  just  so  soft  that, 
upon  their  addition,  it  will  immediately  assume  the  proper  consistence.  It  is  not, 
however,  advisable  to  employ  this  process  when  any  considerable  quantity  of 
other  ingredients  are  prescribed  with  the  quinine,  uidess  a  little  syrup  or  honey 
is  also  added  to  prevent  the  too  lapid  hanlening  and  consequent  crumbling  of 
the  mass. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (For  the  u.ses  of  these  pills,  see  Quininse 
Sulph/if).)  Each  jiill  contains  1  grain  of  sulj>liate  of  quinine,  and  12  are  equivalent 
to  1  ounce  of  good  Piruvian  bark.  'Die  above  i)ill  mass  may  be  made  into  2  or 
5-grain  pills  if  desired,  which  will  not  be  found  inconveniently  large. 

PILULE.   RESIN^ffi  PODOPHYLLI  COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND 

PILLS  OF  RESIN  OF  PODOPHYLLUM. 

Preparation. — Take  of  resin  of  podophyllum,  scammony,  gamboge,  each,  in 
powder,  1  drachm;  castile  soap,  ^ drachm.  'Triturate  the  powders  thoroughly  tiv 
gether  for  about  half  an  hour,  then  add  the  soap.  Mix,  and  beat  the  whole  together 
until  tiny  arc  thoroughly  incorporated.    Divide  the  mass  into  120  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  a  most  valuable  ]>ill  for  all  dis- 
eases where  cathartii's  are  required,  and  has  cured  many  cases  of /ityxi^iV  n/?rcf»oii« 
by  a  continued  use  of  them.  The  dose  is  1  or  2  pills  every  night.  They  have  no 
tendency  toward  producing  constipation,  but  rather  the  "reverse,  and,  after  using 
them  for  several  days  in  succession,  they  will  generally  be  found  so  active  that  it 
will  be  necessary  to  omit  them  for  a  number  of  days  before  resuming  their  admin- 


PILUL.E  KHEI.-l'lLlL.K  SCAMMONII  COMPOSIT.E.  1501 

ietration.  Thej'  may  be  safely  used  in  all  ordinary  cases  where  purgation  is  de- 
sired ;  they  operate  freely  and  thoroughly,  and  usually  without  causing  nausea, 
griping,  or  deljility. 

In  consequence  of  the  difficulty  with  which  pure  scamniony  i:<  obtained  in 
this  country,  many  practitioners  substitute  for  it,  in  these  pills,  extract  of  aj)Ocy- 
num,  or  extract  of  rhubarb,  or  oleoresin  of  iris,  either  of  which  will  probably  be 
found  preferable  to  an  impure  or  counterfeit  scamniony  (J.  King).  A  very  useful 
pill  for  .■"(/'( '-(un^  mn.'^tijtatio))  is  the  following:  Take  of  resin  of  podophyllum,  6 
grains ;  extract  of  nux  vomica,  7  grains ;  extract  of  belladonna,  4^  grains.  Mix,  and 
divide  into  10  pills.  Dose,  2  or  3  pills  a  day,  accompanied  with  suljihurous  baths 
(Van  den  Corput). 

PILUL.ffi  RHEI  (U.  S.  P.)— PILLS  OF  RHUBAEB. 

Preparation.—"  Rhubarb,  in  No.  60  powder,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [309 
grs.];  soap,  in  line  powder,  six  grammes  (6  Gm.)  [93  grs.];  water,  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity to  make  100  pills.  Beat  the  powders  together  with  water  so  as  to  form  a  mass, 
to  be  divided  intu  100  i>ills"— (f.  .S.  P.).    This  pill  contains  3  grains  of  rhubarb. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Mildly  laxative  in  3-grain  doses  (1 
pill).    Of  value  in  mild  forms  of  conMipation  {seeK/ieum).    Dose,  1  to  3  pills. 

PILULE  RHEI  COMPOSIT.«    U.  S.  P.)— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  RHUBARB. 

Synonym  :    Cmnpound  rhubarb  pills. 

Preparation.—"  Rhubarb,  in  No.  60  powder,  thirteen  grammes  (13  Gm.)  [201 
grs.]  ;  puritied  aloes,  in  fine  powder,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.] ;  myrrh,  in 
fine  powder,  six  grammes  (6  Gm.)  [93  grs.];  oil  of  peppermint,  one-half  cubic 
centimeter  (0.5  Cc.)  [8 Til];  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  KXI  pills.  Mix 
the  oil  of  peppermint  with  the  powders,  then  beat  the  mixture  with  water  so  as 
to  form  a  mass,  to  be  divided  into  100  pills  "—{C.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Tonic  laxative  (see  Myi-rh,  Aloes,  and 
Rhubnih).  U.-^eful  in  chronic  constipation  and  gastric  and  iiUestinal flatulence.  Dose, 
1  to  4  pills. 

PILULiE  SAPONIS  COMPOSITE  (ECLECTIC).— COMPOUND 

PILLS  OF  SOAP. 

Synonym:  Diuretic  pills. 

Preparation  — Take  of  oils  of  spearmint,  juniper,  and  sassafras,  each.  1  fluid 
drachm;  castile  soap,  H  drachms.  Beat  the  soap  in  an  iron  mortar,  gradually 
adding  ihe  oils,  and,  when  the  ingredients  are  thoroughly  incorporated,  <livide 
into  18  pills  (Beach's  .<4»i('r. /Vac).  This  is  not  the  Compound  Pill  of  Soap  (Pilula 
Saponw  Oompo.iita)  of  the  BritUh  Pharmacopoeia  or  the  U.  S.  P.,  1870  (for  which,  see 
Related  Pilh,  under  PUuLr  Opii). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — These  pills  are  stimulant  and  diuretic, 
and  are  very  beneficial  in  (irttril  and  r/imnir  urinary  affections.  The  do.<e  is  3  iiills, 
3  times  a  ilav.  or  1  jiiil  everv  b.uir  through  the"  day.  Thev  were  tirst  recom- 
mended by  the  lite  Prof.  T.  V.  Morrow.  M.  D. 

PILULE  SCAMMONII  COMPOSITE.— COMPOUND 
SCAMMONY  PILLS. 

Preparation. — "  Take  of  resin  of  scamniony.  1  ounce ;  resin  of  jalap,  1  ounce ; 
curd  S"ai),  ill  ])owder,  1  ounce;  strong  tincture  of  ginger,  1  fluid  ounce;  rectified 
Spirit.  2  tiuid  <ninces.  Add  the  spirit  and  the  tincture  to  the  soap  and  resins,  ami 
dissolve  with  the  aid  of  a  little  heat;  then  evaporate  the  spirit  by  the  beat  of  a 
water-bath  until  the  mass  has  acquired  a  suitable  consistence  for  forming  pills" — 


;.502  PILUL.E  TARAXACI  COMPOSITE.— PIMEXTA. 

{Br.  Pfiarm.,188o).     The  Britl-li  Pharmacopoeia  (1898)  replaces  the  rectified  spirit 
with  an  equal  ijuantity  of  timture  of  ginger. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Scammonium.)  A  drastic  purgative. 
Dose, 5  to  15  grains. 

PILULE  TARAXACI  COMPOSITiE— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  DANDELION. 

Preparation. — Take  of  bloodroot,  in  powder,  1  drachm ;  resin  of  podophyl- 
lum, 10  grains;  extract  of  dandelion,  1  drachm;  oil  of  spearmint.  5  minims.  Mix 
the  powder  with  the  extract,  add  the  oil,  beat  up  thoroughly  together,  and  divide 
into  50  ]>i lis. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Laxative,  nauseant,  and  diuretic.  They 
are  of  much  efficacy  in  jaundice,  hepatic  dL?eage.-<,  and  affrrtinris  of  the  kidneys.  The 
dose  is  1  or  2  pills,  3  times  a  day,  sufficient  to  produce  a  slight  sensation  of  nausea. 
This  pill  is  superior  to  the  one  made  after  the  old  formula  (T.  V.  Morrow,  M.  D.). 

PILUL.ffi  VALERIANA  COMPOSIT.®.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  VALERLAJI. 

Preparation.— Take  of  the  alcoholic  extract  of  scuUcap.and  extract  of  chamo- 
mile, each,  2  drachms ;  extract  of  boneset,  sulphate  of  quinine,  of  each.  1  drachm  ; 
capsicum,  20  grains;  oil  of  valerian,^  drachm,  by  weight.  Mix  the  articles  to- 
gether, liiat  tlicm  until  thoroughly  incorporated,  and  divide  into  90  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— These  pills  are  tonic  and  nervine,  and 
may  be  used  in  all  cases  where  such  a  combination  of  action  is  desired.  The  dose 
is  1  pill,  every  2  or  3  hours. 

PILULE  VIBURNI  COMPOSIT.ffi:.— COMPOUND 
PILLS  OF  HIGH  CRANBERRY. 

Preparation. — Take  of  alcoholic  extracts  of  high  cranberrv,  blue  cohosh,  and 
unicorn  root,  each,  ^  drachm ;  extract  of  partridge-berry,  1  drachm.    Mix  together, 

and  divide  into  40  pills. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— These  pills  are  of  superior  efficacy  in 
uterine  ilisen.os.  a<  mnninrrhn  a,  ili/s,iitiinrrh(ea,  leucorrhmi,  etc.;  as  a  uterine  tonic  in 
habitual  ntiscarriarirs:  and  may  i)e  given  during  pregnancy  to  relieve  cramps  and 
many  other  unpleasant  sensations  occurring  at  that  period.  The  dose  is  1  or  2 
pills,  3  times  a  day  (J.  King.) 

PIMENTA  (U.  S.  P.)— PIMENTA. 

"The  nearly  ripe  fruit  of  Pimenfa  officinalis,  Lindley" — (f.  S.P.).  {Eugenia 
Pimenta,  De  Candolle;  Myrtus  Pimenta,  Linne ;  Pimenta  VK/^nr/.s, Wight  and  Arnott.) 

Nat.  Ord. — Myrtacete. 

Co.MMON   Names  :   AlUpice,  Pimentn,  Pimento,  Javwica  pepper. 

Illustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  HI. 

Botanical  Source. ^This  tree,  the  Euftenia  Pimenta  of  De  Candolle,  is  an 
evergreen,  reaching  to  the  height  of  25  feet,  or  more.  The  trunk  is  erect,  with 
many  round  brandies  toward  the  summit;  twigs  compressed,  the  younger  and 
the  pedicles  downy.  The  leaves  are  opposite,  entire,  oblong  or  oval,  with  pel- 
lucid dots,  and  somewhat  opaque  and  smooth.  The  tiowers  are  small,  in  axillary 
and  terminal,  trichotomous  panicles;  some  Howers  are  fourtid  and  subsessile  in 
the  forks  of  the  panicle.  Calyx-tube  is  nearly  globose,  the  limb  being  divided 
down  to  the  ovary  into  4  roundish  segments.  Petals  4.  greenish-white.  Stamens 
numerous,  distinct;  ovary  2-celled.  Berry  globose,  i-seeded,  black,  the  sixe  of  a 
pea.    Embryo  roundish,  with  the  cotyledons  consolidated  (I..). 

Histonr. — The  allspice,  or  pimento  tree,  is  a  native  of  South  America  and 
the  West  India  Islands,  especially  Jamaica.  The  tree  completes  its  growth  in 
about  seven  vears,  though  fruit  mav  be  had  from  it  in  its  third  voar:  it  flourishes 


ni'KR.  1503 

best  in  a  limestone  soil.  The  unripe  berries  are  the  official  part,  and  are  more 
generally  known  by  the  name  of  All^-jiiir.  Other  namei^,  i\s  Jumttira  jicppev,  Bay- 
t>rrr}/,  etc.,  have  been  given  to  them.  They  are  gathered  just  before  maturity, 
thoroughh"  dried,  and  then  packed  for  foreign  markets.  When  these  trees  are  in 
blossom  they  emit  a  most  delicious  fragrance.  The  pimento  tree  is  not  improved 
by  cultivation.  After  the  old  groves,  or  »(•<(//.•.■*,  as  they  are  called,  are  exhausted, 
a  clearing;  is  made  in  the  forest  near  the  old  groves,  and,  through  the  agency  of 
birds  and  the  winds,  seeds  are  scattered  in  this  open  area,  and  a  new  grove  springs 
up.  When  the  young  trees  are  two  or  three  years  old  the  weaker  ones  are  cut  down. 
After  thus  thinning  the  grove,  it  requires  no  further  attention.  The  fruit  is 
gathered  in  July  and  August,  the  young  fruit-laden  tips  of  the  branches  being 
broken  oft"(^^hich  benefits  the  trees)  and  thrown  upon  the  ground,  where  they 
are  stripped  of  the  berries  by  women  and  children  and  placed  in  bags,  carried  to 
a  sunny  e.xposure  and  dried,  either  by  solar  or  artificial  heat,  and  again  bagged 
for  the  market.  The  steins  of  young  pimento  trees  at  one  time  were  exported 
from  Jamaica  to  England  and  the  United  States,  to  be  used  for  umbrella  sticks. 
They  came  in  bundles,  containing  from  500  to  800  sticks,  each  representing  a 
young  pimento  tree  ( Aim r.  Jour.  Phnnii., 1882,  p.  11,  from  S<-ient.  Amer.,  1881). 

Description. — Pimento,  or  allspice,  also  known  as  Pipe)-  Jnmaicense,  and  Semen 
Anurtni,  when  dried,  becomes  brownish-black,  round,  wrinkled,  and  umbilicate  at 
the  apex.  Its  odor  and  taste  combines  that  of  cinnamon,  nutmegs,  and  cloves; 
hence  its  name,  cilUpire.  Boiling  water  takes  up  the  aroma,  and  alcohol  all  the 
active  properties.  The  infusion  is  brown,  and  has  an  acid  reaction  on  litmus 
paper.  The  I'.  S.  P.  describes  pimenta  as  being  "about  5  Mm.  (i  inch)  in  diameter, 
nearly  globular,  crowned  witli  the  short,  4-parted  calvx  or  its  remnants,  and  a 
short  style;  brownish  or  brownish-gray,  granular  and  glandular,  2-celled ;  each 
cell  containing  1  brown,  plano-convex,  roundish-reniform  seed;  odor  and  taste 
pungently  aromatic,  clove-like" — (['.  .S'.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition.— Two-thirds  of  the  fruit  consists  of  the  shell,  and 
one-thinl  of  tlu'  si-.  .Is.  Tiie  berries  contain  a  volatile  oil  (see  Oleum  Pimenta?), 
which  may  be  obtiiiiieil  by  distillation,  a  green,  soft  resin,  of  a  burning  aromatic 
taste,  a  concrete  fatty  suostance,  tannic  acid,  gum,  sugar,  malic  and  gallic  acids, 
etc.  (Bonastre).  They  also  loiitain  starch  (Braconnot).  Dragendorff  (1871)  found 
a  minute  portion  of  an  alkaiojil  in  the  fruit.  The  latter,  ujjon  incineration,  leaves 
6  per  cent  of  ash.  W.W.  Abtll  (  Amer.  Jour.  P/iarm.,  1886,  p.  163)  obtained  from  the 
leaves  i  per  cent  of  an  essential  oil  bearing  a  close  resemblance  to  oil  of  bay  (J/yrcia 
nrrig).    The  leaves  also  contain  0.4  per  cent  of  tannin  and  11.25  per  cent  of  ash. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Pimento  is  a  hot,  aromatic  stimulant, 
and  carminative,  and  may  be  usimI  wiuie  such  agents  are  indicated.  It  is  seldom 
employed  in  medicine,  but  is  us<d  largely  as  a  hot  aromatic  in  cookery ;  and  some- 
times it  is  added  to  other  medicines  to  render  them  more  agreeable.  A  tincture 
has  been  advised  as  a  local  remedy  in  rhilblaim.  Dose  of  the  powder,  from  10  to  30 
grains;  of  the  tincture,  from  1  to  2  fluid  drachms;  of  the  oil,  from  2  to  5  drops. 

PIPER  (U.  S.  P.)— PIPER. 

"The  unripe  berries  oi  Piper  nir/rum,  Lmni'." — {I'.S.P.). 

Nat.  Oril. — Piperacea'. 

CV)MMON   N.\.\iK  :   BUirk  pe])per. 

Ii.i.rsTUATio.v  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Phxts,  245. 

Botanical  Source. —  i'iper  nigrum  is  a  perennial  vine  with  a  trailing  or 
climbing  stem,  round,  smooth,  shrubby,  Hexuose,  dichotomously  branched, 
jointed,  swelling  at  the  joints,  and  often  thrcjwing  out  radicles  there  which 
iulhere  to  bodies  like  the  roots  of  ivy,  or  become  roots  striking  into  the  ground. 
The  leaves  are  from  4  to  6  inches  long,  alternate,  distichous,  broad-ovate,  acumi- 
nate, of  a  dark-green  color,  glossy  above,  paler  beneath.  5  to  7  nerved,  the  nerves 
connected  by  le.sser  transverse  ones  or  veins,  and  jironiinent  beneath:  the  petioles 
are  round,  and  from  i  to  1  inch  long.  The  flowers  are  whitish,  small,  not  stalked, 
and  borne  in  spikes  opposite  the  leaves,  chieflv  near  the  upper  ends  of  the 
branches,  pedunculate,  3  to  6  inches  long,  slender,  drooping,  apparently  some 


1504  PIPER. 

male,  others  female,  while  sometimes  the  flowers  are  furnished  with  both  stamens 
and  pistils.  Stamens  3.  The  fruit  ripens  irregularly  all  the  year  round,  is  sessile, 
the  size  of  a  pea,  at  first  green,  then  red,  and  afterward  black,  covered  by  pulp  (L.). 

History  and  Description. — I'iper  nigrum  is  a  native  of  the  East  Indian  con- 
tinent, notiil)ly  the  Malaliar  coast,  as  well  as  of  many  islands  in  the  Indian  ocean, 
where  it  is  extensivily  cultivated,  as  well  as  in  the  West  Indies.  Commercial 
grades  are  known  as  Mdlobar.  Singapore,  Penang,  Sumatra  pepjjer,  etc.  The  berries 
are  collected  while  red,  before  they  have  fully  matured,  and  when  dried,  form  the 
black  pepper  of  commerce;  when  allowed  to  ripen,  and  then  divested  of  their  husks 
by  being  soaked  in  water,  dried,  rubbed  and  winnowed,  they  constitute  u/iite  peji- 
per,  which  is  less  pungent  and  aromatic  than  the  black.  Sumatra  and  Java  fur- 
nish the  principal  portion  of  the  black  pepper  met  with  in  this  country  and 
Europe.  The  berries,  which  are  about  the  size  of  a  currant,  are  oflicially  described 
as  "globular,  about  4  Mm.  (^  inch)  in  diameter,  reticulately  wrinkled,  brownish- 
black  or  grayish  black,  internally  lighter,  hollow,  with  an  undeveloped  embryo; 
odor  aromatic;  taste  pungently  spicy" — ({.'.  S.  P.).  Alcohol  or  ether  extracts  their 
virtues  completely;  water  only  jiartially. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  sharp  taste  of  pepper  is  due  to  the  presence  of 
about  6  to  8  per  cent  of  the  weak  alkaloid  jji/jernie  (CuH^NOj)  which  in  substance 
is  almost  tasteless,  but  develops  its  sharp  taste  when  in  solution.  White  pepper 
seems  to  contain  even  more  piperine  than  black.  Piperine,  when  boiled  with 
alcoholic  caustic  potash,  is  decomposed  into  the  potassium-.salt  of  piperic  acid 
(CijH.dOj),  and  into  the  posvenuWy  basic  piperidine  (C^H^^y^)  (see  Pipcrinum).  Ac- 
cording to  T.  Weigle  (Chem.  Zeitung,  1893,  p.  1365),  the  sharp  taste  of  the  fresh 
fruit  is  produced  by  the  piperine  being  dissolved  in  the  essential  oil;  old  fruits 
taste  less  sharp  owing  to  partial  resinification  of  the  essential  oil  and  consequent 
partial  crystallization  of  piperine.  The  odor  of  the  fruit  is  due  to  the  essential 
oil  {oil  oj  pepper)  which  is  devoid  of  sharp  taste.  From  1  to  2.3  per  cent  may  be 
obtained  from  the  powdered  fruit  by  distillation  with  water.  It  is  colorless  to 
yellowish  green,  slightly  Iffivo-rotatory  and  has  a  specific  gravity  of  0.880  to  0.905. 
Its  principal  constituent  is  Ifevo-phellnndrene  (Schimmel  tt  Co.,  1890).  The  pepper 
fruit  also  contains  cellulose,  large  quantities  of  starch  (as  much  as  32  per  cent), 
some  coloring  matter  and  a  viscid,  non-saponifiable.  tasteless  and  almost  odorless 
oil  (C,oH,eO,),  probably  formed  from  the  essential  oil  by  oxidation.  It  is  soluble 
in  alcohol  of  90  percent,  in  ether,  and  petroleum  ether;  piperine  is  hardly  soluble 
in  the  latter  solvent  (Weigle).  Pepper  fruit  dried  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  leaves  from 
3.2  to  5.7  per  cent  of  ash;  its  average  is  4.5  percent.  Tannin  is  absent  in  the 
pepper  fruit.  Buchheim  (1876)  obtained  from  the  pepper  fruit,  besides ^t;>CT-i?if. 
an  amorphous  alkaloid  chnvicine  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and  petroleum  ether. 
Alcoholic  caustic  alkali  decomposes  it  into  the  alkali  salt  of  chavicic  acid,  and 
piperidine  (compare  Piperinnm). 

Adulterations  and  Tests.— Falsification  of  the  whole  pepper  fruit  is  of  rare 
occurrence.  It  may  be  found  occasionally  admixed  witii  the  fruit  of  cubebs,  all- 
spice, piper  longum,  etc.  A  globular  iron  ore  (heon-ore)  has  been  reported  as  an 
adulterant  of  whole  pepper  (C/iem.  Zeitung,  1889,  p.  1030).  Adulteration  of  pow- 
dered pepper  may  be  recognized  by  the  microscope  and  by  chemical  methods. 
The  determination  of  ether  extract,  representing  the  piperine  and  resin,  in  con- 
junction with  the  determination  of  ash  may  be  useful  in  deciding  the  purity  of  a 
given  sample.  Mr.  J.  E.  S.  Bell  {Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1888,  p.  481)  found  sixteen 
out  of  twenty  samples  of  pepper,  mostly  from  American  markets,  to  be  pure.  The 
ether  extract  in  the  four  impure  samples  varied  from  3.29  to  4.11  per  cent,  the 
ash  from  7.25  to  8.59  per  cent,  while  in  pure  pepper  it  varies  from  3  to  5  per  cent. 
The  highest  yield  of  ether  extract  was  7.8o  per  cent.  Genuine  black  pepper 
should  yield  7.66  per  cent  piperine  (Niederstadt).  T.  F.  Hanausek  (1884)  men- 
tions aniong  adulterants  of  powdered  peiijier,  crust  of  bread,  flour,  linseed  cake, 
acorn  meal,  sawdust,  powdered  olive  kernels;  of  late  (1898),  powdered  exhausted 
coriander  fruit,  less  frequentlv  mineral  matters,  such  as  sand,  gypsum,  etc.  Mr. 
F.  A.  Hennessy  {Amer.Jour.  Pharm. ,IS90,  p.  276)  reports  on  the  wholes;Ue  manu- 
facture of  "spice  mixture"  from  a  low  grade  of  wheat  flour.  Also  see  an  interest- 
ing article  on  "p.oivrette,"  an  adulterant  of  powdered  wepper  nnule  from  olive 
kernels,  in  Amcr.  Jour.  Pharm..  1887,  p.  146.    (For  a  detailed  consideration  of  the 


PIPER  .MHTHYSTKIM.  1505 

nni:io.s(.ii]>iial  and  chemical  aiialy.>^is  of  pepper,  see  J.  Ktinig,  Die  MeimhI.  Xahr- 
uiiri-^- mill  (i'tM)(.s.</yii«</,  oil  ed.,  1893,  p.  673;  also  see  literature  in  Fliickiger's /-"/far- 
H«<('v>;/;i-w,V,  3d  id..  ISyi.  p.  914.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Pain  and  redness  are  the  results  of  the 
local  ai>plie:itii>M  ot"  jiuwdered  pepper.  Internally  administered  it  excites  in  the 
moiUli  and  fauces  a  burning  f^en.sition,  warms  the  stomach  and  slightly  quickens 
the  circulation.  Abdominal  heat  and  burning,  marked  thirst,  vomiting,  fever, 
and  sometimes  convulsions  follow  an  excessive  dose.  It  may  produce  an  urticaria, 
which,  however,  soon  disappears.  Large  do.^es  increase  renal  activity  and  irritate 
the  urinary  tract.  Black  pepper  is  a  gastrointestinal  stimulant,  and  is  much 
used  as  a  condiment  to  improve  the  flavor  of  food,  and  to  favor  its  digestion  by 
stimulating  the  stomach.  It  has  been  advantageously  used  as  a  carminative  to 
remove  fidlnltncy,  and  to  correct  the  nauseating  or  griping  quality  of  otlier  drugs, 
and  is  sometimes  added  to  quinine  in  cases  where  the  stomach,  from  torpidity  or 
other  cause,  is  not  acted  upon  by  the  quinine  alone.  It  has  been  recommended 
as  a  remedy  in  intcrmittenls,  but  very  often  fails,  though  it  nearly  always  mate- 
rially assists  the  action  of  quinine.  As  a  giustric  stimulant  it  is  very  valuable  in 
rongeMirc  rhill.  rhnlera  m((;-6«,s,  and  associated  with  hydrastis,  nux  vomica,  or  other 
stomachic  bitters  is  effectual  in  utonir  dy.viejysia.  Combined  with  macrotys  it  has 
rendered  good  service  in  atonir  nm''norrha'(i  and  dysmenorrhcea.  The  unbroken 
seeds  of  white  pepper  taken  in  teaspoonful  doses  2  or  3  times  a  day,  have  been 
recommended  to  overcome  the  obstinate  constipation  of  dyspeptics;  they  are,  however, 
rarely  used  at  present. 

The  dose  of  black  pepper  is  from  1  to  15  grains.  Prof.  Scudder,  with  whom 
black  pepper  was  a  favorite  drug,  directs  from  1  to  10  drops  of  the  following  tinc- 
ture :  Take  finely  ground  black  pepper,  sviii;  alcohol,  98  per  cent,  Oj.  Pack  the 
drag  in  a  percolator,  moisten  with  a  portion  of  the  alcohol,  allow  it  to  stand  a 
day,  and  then  piss  through  it  tlie  remaining  portion  of  alcohol. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Gastric  atony;  congestive  chills. 

Related  Peppers. — Loxt;  Peim-kk.  This  pepper  is  derived  from  two  species  of  Piper,  Piper 
officinitiiitii.  1  ii'  ( ';in.i..llr  [  Clmrica  officinnruin,  .Miquel),  producing  the  Java  long  pepper,  and  Pi/xr 
hiujum,  l.iiiiu-  I '/(.new  Kojburyliii.  .Miquel'  producing  the  India  long  pepper.  Both  species 
grow  in  the  islands  ol  the  Indian  t)i\:in,  the  latter  species  also  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  in 
southern  India.  Malabar,  Bengal  and  Cex  Ic.n. 

The  ./.(I  I  hniti  jujijier  grows  in  eyiindrioal  anients  consisting  of  a  multitude  of  minute 
ovoid  h-riies.  each  j\rof  an  inch  long,  densely  arranged  in  spiral  form  around  a  common  axis, 
the  whole  spike  being  about  li  to  2  inches  long  and  }  inch  thick  and  of  an  ashen  gray  color. 
When  w.ished  they  are  reddish  brown.  The  fruits  are  collected  l^efore  maturity,  dried"  in  the 
sun,  and  have  a  mild  aromatic  odor  but  a  pungent,  aromatic  taste. 

Iiulin  Iniiij  pepi^er  is  of  similar  growth,  but  its  spikes  are  shorli  r.  only  iioin  1  to  U  inch  in 
length,  and  the  fruits  are  les-s  pungent.  Its  aromatic  taste  and  i.il.i  ;in-  ^.'i  iliially  developed 
upon  drying.  It  is  less  esteemed  than  the  Java  variety.  Lciiil;  (.c  i  |m  r  .  niuains  piperine 
( Winkler,  1S2S;  Fliickiger,  Pharmacognoine,  1891),  and  yiel<38  upon  distiUatiuu  with  watiT,  1  per 
cent  of  a  bland,  thickish,  yellow-green  oil  of  specific  "gravity  0.8C1,  and  resembling  ginger  in 
odor.     Long  jiepper  is  rarely  used  medicinally  in  the  United  States. 

PifMT  Sitrie-HoUumlx. — Australia.  The  berries  of  this  pepper  contain  an  essential  oil 
reputed  useful  in  gimurrhjcu  and  relate.l  disorders. 

PIPER  METHYSTICUM.— KAVA-KAVA. 

The  root  of  Piper  methysiiniin,  Forster  {Macropiper  methyftirum,  Miquel). 

Nat.  Ord. — Piperacea". 

CoM.Mi).\   Names:   Avu,  Kara-kavn,  Intoxicating  long  pepper,  Aia  pepper  fhrub. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— This  is  "a  shrub  about  6  feet  high,  some- 
what resembling  the  bamboo  in  growth,  a  native  of  and  common  in  cultivation 
in  the  South  8ea  Islands.  It  was  discovered  by  James  Cook,  the  celebrated  ex- 
plorer, in  1769,  in  the  Tahiti  Islands.  The  leaves  (see  illustration  in  Pharm.  Jour. 
Trann..  1876,  p.  149)  are  alternate,  cordate,  witli  a  wavy,  entire  margin,  and  an 
abrupt,  acute  point.  The  petiole  is  about  an  inch  long,  dilated  at  the  base,  and 
furnished  with  linear,  erect  stipules.  The  veins  are  prominent,  about  12,  diverg- 
ing from  the  base  of  the  leaf-blade.  Tiie  flowers  are  small,  apetalous,  and  arranged 
on  slender  spikes.  Tliose  bearing  male  (lowers  are  axillary  and  solitary.  The 
female  spikes  are  numerous.     This  shrub  is  known  in  its  native  rountry  under  . 


150G  VlfKR  ilETHYSTICUM. 

the  names  Kava,  Ava,  Arwa,  Ava-kava,  Kava-knvn,  etc.,  and  is  the  "Intoxicating 
Long  Pepper,"  from  which  a  disgusting  drink  is  prepared  l)y  the  native?,  and  even 
by  the  whites,  of  these  ishinds.  This  drink  is  invariably  made  by  chewing  the 
root  of  the  phmt  to  a  pulp,  covering  this  with  water,  macerating  a  short  time,  and 
then  straining  it  through  "fow,"  a  fibrous  material  obtained  from  the  bark  of  a 
certain  native  tree.  The  taste  is  said  to  resemble  soap-suds  and  tannin.  (For  the 
methods  of  its  preparation  by  the  natives  and  its  uses,  see  an  interesting  illus- 
trated paper  by  Dr.  R.  H.  True,  in  Pharm.  Review,  1896, p.  28;  also  see  T.  R.  X. Mor- 
son's  abstract  from  Mariner's  History  of  the  Tonga  Islands,  in  Phnnn.  Jour.  Tram., 
Vol.  Ill,  1844,  p.  474;  and  Dr.  Seeman's  Letters  from  the  Fiji  Islands,  in  the  Althe- 
nieum,  1861.)  The  leaf  is  chewed  with  the  betel-nut,  and  the  dried  root,  under  the 
name  pipula  moola,  forms  an  article  of  commerce  in  India. 

Description. — The  root  is  the  part  recommended  for  use  in  medicine.  Of  the 
lot  inspected  by  us,  the  main  root  seems  to  have  grown  horizontally  beneath  the 
surface  of  the  ground,  sending  up  stalks  at  intervals  of  from  2  to  4  inches.  Each 
stalk  is  from  ^  to  3  inches  in  diameter  at  the  base,  and  is  hollow.  The  cavity 
extends  through  the  main  root,  thus  giving  to  a  longitudinal  section  of  the  root 
the  appearance  of  several  separate  roots  having  grown  together.  Externally,  the 
main  root  is  brown,  and  covered  with  a  thin  bark.  From  the  sides  and  lower 
part  are  secondary  roots,  about  ^  to  f  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  These  appear  to  be 
arranged  about  the  bases  of  the  stalks ;  in  some  cases  they  are  quite  long,  and  com- 
mence to  send  out  rootlets  at  a  distance  of  6  inches  from  "the  main  root.  Inter- 
nally, the  large  root  is  covered  with  a  network  of  fibers  beneath  the  bark.  Coarse 
medullary  rays  compose  the  body.  The  root  breaks  with  a  fibrous  fracture;  it 
is  frequently  much  worm-eaten  internally,  though,  to  an  external  examination, 
apparently  sound.  After  chewing  a  little  of  it,  a  peculiar,  acrid,  benumbing  sen- 
sation is  im|iartt'd  to  the  parts  of  the  mouth  with  which  the  pulp  comes  in  con- 
tact.   This  innprrty  is  possessed  in  a  much  greater  degree  by  the  small  rootlets. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  chief  constituent  of  kava-kava  root,  amount- 
ing to  49  per  cent,  is  starch  (Gobley,  1860).  It  also  contains  about  1  per  cent  of 
a  neutral,  tasteless,  crystallizable  principle  called  karahin  or  methy.'<tu-in  (Morson, 
1844;  Cuzent,  1860).  It  is  hardly  soluble  in  cold  water,  easily  soluble  in  alcohol 
and  ether.  C.  Pomeranz  (Chem.  Centnilbl.,  1890,  p.  124)  found  methy.'<tirm  {C,.^H„0^) 
to  be  the  methyl  ester  of  viethy-stiric  acid  {C^Jd,X>^)  which  stands  in  close  relation- 
ship io piperic  arid  of  Fittig  and  Mielck  (see  Pip<rinu)n).  Dreigendorff  {Heilpflanzen, 
1899)  differentiates  methysticin  from  knvakin,  stating  the  latter  to  he  methylene  prolo-, 
eatechuic  aldehyde  (which  is  the  chemical  name  for  hel iotropin  or piperonal).  An  alka- 
loid, iaw(i?i€,  was  isolated  in  1889  by  Lavialle  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharvi., 1889.  p.  136). 
The  active  principle  of  kava-kava  consists,  however,  in  an  acrid  resin  (2  j>er  cent, 
Gobley,  1857)  which  was  differentiated  by  Lewin  {Phnmi.  Centralhalle,lSSii,p.  72) 
into  alpha-rc.-tin,  which  is  a  strong  local  anaesthetic,  and  the  less  active  (xta-refin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  root  of  Piper  methysticum  has  a 
pleasant,  sunn  what  lilac  cidor,  and  a  sliiihtly  pungent,  bitter  and  aj?tringent  taste, 
which  augments  the  salivary  discharge.  It  has  marked  general  and  local  ana'S- 
thetic  properties.  It  has  been  employed  as  a  pleasant  remedy  in  hr^'urhiti-'',  rheu- 
matism, gout,  (jonnn-ha^n,  and  gleet,  und  has  also  been  recommended  as  a  powerful 
sudorific.  It  appears  to  exert  its  influence  more  especially  upon  disea.^ed  mucous 
membranes,  and  may  be  found  useful  in  rhronir  catarrhal  affotimxs  of  various  organs, 
and  in  chronic  wJUunmatioii  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder.  The  action  of  the  root  varies, 
according  to  the  amount  taken;  in  small  doses.it  is  tonic  and  stimulant:  while 
in  large  doses  it  produces  an  intoxication,  which,  unlike  that  from  alcolml.  is  of 
a  reserved,  drowsy  character,  and  attended  with  confu.<ed  dreams.  The  natives 
who  use  its  infusion  as  an  intoxicating  beverage  for  a  considerable  length  of  time, 
are  said  to  become  affected  with  a  dry,  scaly,  crack-'d,  and  ulcerated  skin,  and 
vision  becomes  more  or  less  ol)scured.  According  to  Kesteven,  leprous  ulcerations 
may  be  produced  by  its  habitual  use.  M.  Dupouy.  who  has  given  considerable 
attention  to  the  therapeutical  virtues  of  this  drug,  arrives  at  the  following  con- 
clusions: Given  in  drink,  kava  is  a  sialagogue,  but  is  not  sudorific.  In  medicinal 
doses,  it  acts  upon  the  stomach,  similar  to  the  bitter  stiniulantv*.  increasing  the 
appetite,  without  occasioning  diarrhwa  or  constipation,  and  may  prevent  catarrhal 
affections  of  this  portion  of  the  digestive  tube.     It  exerts  a  special  stimulation 


PIPEKAZINTM.  1507 

upon  the  central  nervous  system,  diflcring  essentially  from  ethylic  intoxication; 
and,  as  its  taste  is  agreeable,  one  soon  becomes  a  proselyte  to  it.  It  has  a  very 
f.owerful  action  upon  aqueous  diuresis,  and  may  be  classed  among  the  most  effi- 
cient diuretics.  It  does  not  occa.":ion  priapism,  but,  on  the  contrary,  antagonizes 
it.  It  is  endowed  with  remarkable  and  prompt  blennostatic  properties,  augmint- 
ing  the  discharge  previous  to  effecting  its  cure.  It  is  of  uncioubted  efficiency  in 
(irule  vaginitis  or  iircthril i.^,  allaying  the  infianimation,  causing  the  pain  during 
micturition  to  disappear,  when  dysuria  is  present,  and  suppressing  the  muco- 
purulent catarrh  from  the  vesico-urethral  mucous  membrane.  It  has,  over  other 
blennostiitic  agents,  the  marked  advantages  of  being  pleasant  to  take,  of  juigment- 
ing  the  appetite,  of  occasioning  neither  diarrhrea  nor  constipation,  of  alleviating 
or  entirely  subduing  pain  during  urination,  of  completely  changing  the  character 
of  the  discharge,  and  of  eflfecting  the  cure  in  a  very  short  time — 10  or  12  days.  He 
can  not  too  highly  recommend  its  employment,  especially  in  the  treatment  of 
(jimorrhea.  EUingwood  {Mat.  .IW.,  1898)  declares  it  of  great  value  in  subacute  and 
slow  forms  of  gonorrhiiea,  and  especially  in  gleet.  It  is  a  remedy  for  nortumal  incon- 
tinem-eofurinem  the  young  and  olil,\vhen  due  most  largely  to  muscular  weakness. 

The  anticatarrhal  action  is  probably  due  to  the  resin  present,  and  the  diuretic 
eflfects  to  the  neutral  crystallizable  principle,  methysticin  or  kavain.  There  may 
likewise  be  i>resent  some  other  active  principle,  not  yet  detected,  to  account  for  cer- 
tain other  influences  following  its  employment.  Piper  methysticum  has  been  suc- 
cessfully em])ioyed  in  nionir  (h/sjiepsia  and  in  nenrnhjir  or  sixuitiwiUr  (h/s)iu'nori-hce(i. 
Prof.  Webster  (lh/n<i)n.  Thernp.)  regards  it  as  our  most  reliable  remedy  for  neural- 
gia, particularly  of  the  parts  supplied  by  the  fifth  cranial  nerve,  as  in  dental  neu- 
ralgia (when  not  due  to  exposure  of  the  dental  pulp),  neuralgic  ajfections  of  the  eyes, 
ears,  etc.,  and  in  reflex  neuralgias  in  other  parts  of  the  body,  as  gastric  and  intrstinal 
neuralgia,  abdominal  netirosr.^,  from  prostatic,  urethral,  or  testicular  disorders,  and 
pectoral  pain  due  reflexly  to  litri-ou.s  dyxpepsia.  He  also  suggests  its  employment 
in  renal  colic.  Piper  methysticum  has  proved  useful  in  drnps-y,  intestinal  catarrh. 
and  in  hemorrhoids.  Sixty  or  70  grains  of  the  scraped  root,  macerated  for  about 
5  minutes  in  a  quart  of  water,  may  be  taken  in  the  course  of  24  hours,  repeating 
this  quantity  daily,  as  long  as  required.  The  dose  of  the  fluid  extract  of  the 
root  is  from  15  to  90  minims,  in  a  glass  of  water,  repeating  the  dose  every  3  or  4 
hours;  sj)ecific  iiijier  methysticum,  5  to  30  minims. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Neuralgia,  particularly  of  the  trifacial  nerve; 
toothache;  earache;  ocular  pain;  reflex  neuralgia;  anorexia;  dizziness  and  des- 
pondency; gonorrhn-a;  chronic  catarrhal  inflammations;  vesical  irritation:  pain- 
ful mictiiriliiin  ;  dysuria. 

Related  Species — Piper  Belle,  lAnui.  Au  indigenous  East  Indian  creeper,  the  leaves  of 
which,  tiijictluT  H  itli  the  areca  nut  (also  called  betel  nut),  and  the  addition  oi  lime  and  some- 
times catechu,  constitute  the  celebrated  masticatory  of  the  Asiatics,  the  richer  natives  adding 
such  aroniatics  as  cloves,  camphor,  cartlamoms,  nutmegs,  etc.  Betel  leaf,  masticated,  exerts  a 
gently  stimulant  and  exhilarant  effect,  and  such  is  its  power  that,  when  deprived  of  it,  its 
habitat  experiences  a  sense  of  languor  and  fatigue.  (See  an  interesting  illustrated  article, hy 
Hr.  Rodney  H.  True,  on  the  subject  of  betel  chewing,  in  Phorm.  Review,  1896,  pp.  130  and  177.) 
It  has  Bt-vera!  medicinal  applications  among  the  natives,  being  especially  used  to  harden  the 
gums,  presen-e  the  teeth,  and  sweeten  the  breath.  It  is  said  to  improve  the  voice,  and  is  re- 
pat«'d  aphrodisiac.  (For  Indian  uses  of  the  drug,  see  either  Dyniock's  MnUria  Medira  of  West- 
'Tii  India,  or  Dutt's //iiidu  Malerin  .Vedira.)  Piper  Belle  leaves  are  about  5  inches  lon^,  broad- 
ovate,  obliuuely  heart-shaped  at  base,  acuminate,  5  to  7-nerved,  ami  leathery.  Their  upper 
surface  is  glossy.  They  have  an  aromatic,  bitter,  burning  taste.  Betel  leaves  ojntain  an  essen- 
tial oil,  the  coiiiposition  of  which  differs  according  to  the  geographicjd  source  of  the  leaves. 
Kvkman  (18S9)  found  the  oil  froni  Java  leave.s  to  contjiin  a  peculiar  jphenul  which  he  called 
rhnricol  (C,H,.C3Hi.<")H,;«(m-<j//y/-/»/i<no/).  The  characteristic  constituent  of  all  betel  oils, 
however,  ia  bOel phenol { l^ertTam  ami  Cihlemeister.  1889),  an  isomer  of  <'i(;/<ii<)/ (see  "iV  of' (7oiy*). 
>;iam  betel  oil  also  contains  the  sesquiterpene  rrKlincne  (C'liHm).  (For  interesting  details,  see 
•  iildi-meister  and  Ilotrniann,  Die  J-kheritchrti  Oele,  1899,  p.  426;  also  see  Dymock,  Mat.  Med.<^ 
W'iUtii  India;  and  article  under  .Ireca). 

PIPERAZINUM.— PIPERAZINE. 

FoK.Mri.A:  C,H,„N\.     MoiKn  i.  ah  Wkicht  :  ^''.'X 

Syno.nyms:  Piperazidinc,  Dielhylene-diamine,  Klhi/lnic-imine,  Difjtermine.  Hexa- 
hydro-pyrazine. 


li)08  PU'KniNUM. 

Preparation.— This  substance,  once  thought  to  be  identical,  chemically,  with 
speniiiiic,  may  Ik-  produced  when  ethylene  bromide  (or  chloride;  is  acted  upon 
by  auiuiuiiia,  and  the  product  of  the  reaction  subjected  to  fractional  distillation. 
The  fraction,  distilling  between  130°  and  180°  C.  (266°  to  356°  F.),  deposits,  on 
cooling,  crystals  of  piperazine  (A.W.  Hofmann).  (For  the  process  ofW.Majert 
and  A.  Schmidt,  see  Amer.  Jour.  Fhnrm.,  1893,  p.  188.) 

Description. — Piperazine,  a  patented  preparation  of  R.  Schering,  forms  crys- 
talline, colorless  masses;  when  crystallized  from  water,  it  forms  lustrous,  gla.ss- 
iik(^  tabular  crystals.  Exposed  to  the  atmosphere,  it  rapidlj'  absorbs  carbon  di- 
o.Kide,  and  is  very  deliquescent.  It  fuses  between  104°  to  107°  C.  (219.2°  to  224.6° 
F.),  although  the  true  melting  point  seems  to  be  112°  C.  (233.6°  F.).  It  boil.-;  at 
about  145°  C.  (293°  F.).  Alcohol  does  not  dissolve  it  as  readily  as  water,  in  which 
it  is  very  soluble.  Its  aqueous  solution  has  a  distinctly  alkaline  reaction.  Chem- 
ically, it  stands  in  close  relation  to  piperidine  (see  Piperinum).  as  the  two  formula- 
here  given  will  show:  CH,:(CH,.CH,)j:NH  (piperidine);  NH:(CH,.CHj,:NH 
(piperazine).  It  forms  a  characteristic,  insoluble,  red  double  salt  with  bismuth 
iodide.  It  unites  with  uric  acid  to  form  a  compound  soluble  in  50  parts  of  water, 
hence  is  thought  to  be  more  valuable  than  lithium  carbonate,  for  the  removal  of 
uric  acid  in  excess  from  the  body,  on  account  of  its  greater  solvent  action.  Its 
hydroclilorati'  forms  lustrous,  silky  needles,  and  is  likewise  very  soluble  in  water. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Marked  physiological  effects  are  not 
produced  Ijy  '.inliiiary  doses  i)f  j)ij)<'razine.  This  agent  appears  to  be  a  solvent  of 
great  power  for  uric  acid,  and  is,  therefore,  a  remedy  for  the  conditions  hinging 
upon  a,  uric  acid  diathesis.  It  also  dissolves  phosphntk  and  oxalic  conrrctiom.  The 
cases  for  its  exhibition  are  those  in  which  there  is  a  persistent  oversecretion  of 
uric  acid  and  urates,  with  dry  skin,  sickening  backache  and  general  muscular 
aching,  and  scanty  secretion  of  urine  of  high  specific  gravity  and  with  brick-dust 
deposits.  With  such  conditions,  it  relieves  acute  rheumati.-^m,  rlieuiiKilic  /n  ricardtti^, 
gout,  and  chronic  rheumatic  arthritis.  It  has  recently  been  found  of  mucli  value  in 
acute  and  chronic  gonorrhoea,  and  in  purulent  cystiti-'^,  daily  doses  of  10  grains  having 
been  employed  in  carbonated  water  (Tison  and  Attaix,  Gaz.  Med.  dc  Stntsbourg, 
1896V  For  ordinary  use,  about  3  grains  every  3  hours,  or  5  grains  3  times  a  day, 
in  water  or  carbonated  water,  will  be  the  proper  dosage  (EUingwood). 

Belated  Preparations. — Lycetoi.,  Diiniitttiliilpirazme  imimtf.  A  permanent  white  pow- 
der, raehing  at  243°  C.  (4(i9.4°  F.),  and  obtainfd  by  uxpellin*;  the  water  of  crystallization  (.3 
molecules)  from  the  well-crystallizable  salt;  it  is  ri-adily  sohible  in  water,  with  a  pleasant, 
acidulous  taste  (For  its  preparation  and  properties  in  detail,  see  Phann.  Ce>Uralhall(,  1894,  p. 
180.)  This  remedy,  in  doses  of  15  to  30  grains,  well  diluted,  daily,  is  praised  as  a  decided  uric 
acid  solvent,  and  of  therapeutic  value  in  the  various  phases  of  tjuul,  litliainia,  chronic  rheuma- 
tism, renal  calculus,  and  reual  colic. 

Ukdtkopix,  Hcramfthylfne  tetramine  (CjHuN,). — Tliis  agent  is  produced  by  the  action  of 
ammonia  upon  formaldehyde.  It  forms  white  crystals,  readily  soluble  in  water,  but  diffi- 
cultly soluble  in  alcohol.  The  aqueous  solution  has  a  pleasant,  sweetish  taste,  and  the  drug 
is  excreted  by  the  kidneys  unchanged.  This  agent,  in  doses  of  15  to  .'JO  grains,  is  said  to  Ix- 
a  very  positive  remedy  in  phufphitturia,  and  pundcnl  ci/.^lilis  and  pyflitif.  .Sixty  grains,  well 
diluted  with  water,  may  be  given  in  a  day. 

PIPERINUM  (U.  S.  P.)— PIPERIN. 

Formula:  C„H,5N0,.    Molecular  Weight:  284.38. 

"A  neutral  principle  obtained  from  pepper,  and  obtainable  also  from  other 
plants  of  the  natural  order  Plj^rrnrr;,-"—!  .  S.  P.). 

Source,  History,  and  Preparation.— Piperin,  the  active  principle  of  pepper 
(.see  J'i/nr},  exists  in  tiie  black,  white  and  long  pepper, and  in  tlie  berries  o( CuMfi 
Clmii,  Miquel.  It  was  first  obtained  by  Oersted,  of  Copenhagen,  in  1819,  who 
believed  it  to  bean  organic  ba.<e.  Pelletier  (1821)  proved,  however,  that  it  is  a 
non-basic  principle.  It  mj\y  be  isolated  by  various  methods.  According  to 
Cazeueuve  and  Caillol  {Jahrcsh.  dtT  P/inrin.,  IStT.  p.  68),  powdered  pepper  is  mixed 
with  milk  of  lime,  the  mixture  evaporated  to  dryness  on  the  water-bath,  and 
extracted  with  ether.  This  solvent  upon  evaporation  leaves  piperin  in  the 
f(U-m  of  impure  crystals,  which  are  purified  best  by  crystallization  from  acetone 
(Fh'ickiger.  1891V     Sumatra  pepper  yielded  Cazeneuve,  on  an  average.  8.10  per 


cent;  Sinj^aiioie  wliile  jn-pper,  9.15  perconl  of  piperin.  T.Stevenson  {see  Amer. 
Jour.  I'liiirm.,  1885,  p.  513)  prepares  an  extract  from  50  grammes  of  pepper  with 
methyl  alcoliol,  iiis.s(>lves  out  tlie  resinou.<  portion  by  mean;*  of  pota.-^iiiuni  car- 
bonate; the  residual  piperin  is  washed  with  water  and  recrystallizeii  from  alcohol. 
Description  and  Chemical  Composition. ~Pi>e/t/i  (C,.1I,„N0,)  is  tlescribed 
by  the  I '.  S.  P.  as  forming  "  lolorless  or  puk'  yellowish,  shining,  prismatic  crystals, 
odorless,  and  almost  tasteless  when  fust  put  in  the  mouth,  but  on  prolonged  con- 
tact producing  a  sharp  and  biting  sensation.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Almost 
insoluble  in  water;  soluble  in  30  parts  of  alcohol  at  15°  C.  (51)°  F.),  and  in  1  part 
of  boiling  alcohol ;  very  soluble  in  hot  acetic  acid;  only  slightly  soluble  in  ether. 
When  heated  to  130°  C.  {'HM°  F.)  piperin  melts;  upon  ignition  it  emits  alkaline 
vapors,  and  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The  alcoholic  solution  of  piperin 
is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  dissolves  j)iperin  with  a 
ilark  blood-reil  color,  which  di-sappears  on  dilution  with  water.  When  treated 
with  nitric  acid,  piperin  turns  rapidly  first  orange  and  then  red,  and  the  acid 
acquires  a  yellow  color,  dee|>ening  to  reddish  as  the  crystals  di.ssolve.  On  adding 
to  this  solution  an  excess  of  potassium  hydrate  T.S.,the  color  is  at  first  yellow, 
but  upon  boiling  it  becomes  blood-red  ' — {U.S.  P.).  Piperin  is  also  soluble  in 
chloroform,  benzol,  carbon  disulphide,  but  almost  insoluble  in  petroleum  ether. 
Piperin  has  only  weak  l)asic  properties,  being  hardly  soluble  in  dilute  acids. 
With  hydrochloric  acid  and  platinic  chloride,  however,  it  forms  a  well  crystal- 
lizable  double  salt.  Piperin  is  not  decomposable  even  by  boiling  solution  of 
caustic  potash  (Gerhardt);  but  prolonged  heating  with  alcoholic  solution  of 
caustic  potash  decomposes  it  into  pipei'idine  and  the  pntassium  salt  of  piperir  acid 
(v.  Babo  and  Keller),  according  to  the  following  equation:  CpHj^NOj+KOH^ 
CijHjO.K+CjHi.N.  Piperin,  reversedly,  was  synthetized  from  these  constituents 
by  L.  Riigheimer  (1882).  Piperic  aridXC^M^fi',),  being  nearly  insoluble  in  water, 
may  be  precipitated  from  the  solution  of  its  potassium  salt  by  the  addition  of 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  recrystallized  from  alcohol.  The  acid  forms  vellow 
crystals,  melting  at  150°  C.  (302°  F.).  According  to  Fittig  and  Mielck  (1869),  it 
has  the  formula:  CH,:0,:C,H3.CH:CH.CH:CH.C00H.  The  potassium  salt  by  oxi- 
dation yields piperon a!  (whith  see).  Pijjeridine  (C'^HuN)  is  a  volatile,  strong  base, 
which  may  be  separated  in  the  above  reaction  by  distillation  with  steam  and  col- 
lecting the  vapors  in  dilute  acid.  It  has  the  odor  of  ammonia  and  pepper,  and 
forms  well  crystallizable  salts  with  acids.  Ladenburg,  in  1885,  succeeded  in 
obtaining.'  |.i pyridine  by  synthesis,  jiroving  it  to  be  hexu-/i>/dro-iiyridine  (C.H-^ .li- 
Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Formerly  this  agent  was  frequently 
substituted  for  or  used  in  conjunction  with  the  cinchona  alkaloids  in  the  treat- 
ment of  uialarial  fevers.  Piperin  is  now  occasionally  employed  in  intermittent 
fever,  but  will  be  found  less  efficient  than  the  alcoholic  extract  of  black  pej)per. 
Its  use  has  also  been  advised  in  colir,  diarrhoea,  cholera,  scarlatina,  chronic  gonorrhira, 
and  in  solution  as  a  wash  for  tinea  capiti.'i.  Piperin  should  not  be  administered 
with  a.stringents,  as  it  is  thereby  rendered  nearly  inert.  The  dose  is  1  to  8  grains, 
3  or  4  times  a  day  (see  Piper). 

Derivative  of  Piperin. — I'iperoxal,  or  Hkliotropis  (CsHdOs).  This  compouiul  ia  an 
alJeliyili-,  the  luethvlene  ether  of  protocatehuic  aldelivtle,  and  has  the  formula:  Cn5:0j:Cj 
H3.CIIO.  Its  correspuiiding  acid  (CH2:0,:C,H3.COOHi  is  called  ;>i><Toni//ic  ao/d.  Piperonal  ia 
obtained  by  oxidizin<^  the  potassium  salt  oi  piperic  arid  {see  Piiierimim;  a\so  see  Piper  ileOiij*- 
tirnm)  with' potassium  permanganate  in  neutral  solution.  It  forms  small,  white  crystals,  solu- 
Mein  alcohol  and  ethfr,  hut  sparingly  soluble  in  enid  wati'r(l  in  about  tiOO).  It  resenililes 
couuarin  andvaniUin  in  odor, and  is  now  nianiilac-turcd  forpiirposos  of  perfumer}-;  but  it  has 
also  been  given  nieclicinally  in  10  to  15-grain  dose.-,  every  3  liours,  as  au  antipyretic  and  an 
antiseptic. 

PISCIDIA.— JAMAICA  DOGWOOD. 

The  bark  of  the  root  of  Piscidia  Erythrina,. liu-iiuiu. 

Xnt.  Ord. — Leguniino.sic. 

Co.MMo.S    X.\MK:    .laiiiaini  dofiirond. 

Im  1  -TR.\TIoN  :     Niittall's  .\orlh  Ameriran  Sljlva,  Plate  52. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— This  is"a  small  tree,  native  of  the  West  In- 
dies,and  known  as  .Jamaica  dogwood.   It  is  rarelv  found  in  southern  I'lorida.  The 


1510 


PISCIDIJ 


Plscidia  Erythrina. 


Fig.  200.  flowers  are  in   lateral  clii.~teis, 

appearing  in  profusion  before 
tlie  leaves.  They  have  a 
broad,  bell-shaped,  5-toothed 
calyx,  and  a  papilionaceous 
corolla,  of  a  dirty  white  color 
tinged  with  purple.  The 
leaves  are  unequally  pinnate, 
with  entire,  oval,  acute  leaf- 
lets, resembling  those  of  the 
cofifee-nut  tree.  The  fruit  is  a 
4-winged  legume.  Tlie  bark 
of  the  tree  is  very  a.ctringent. 
and  is  said  to  have  been  used 
in  tanning.  It  is  much  em- 
ployed in  its  native  country 
as  a  fi.sh  poison  (whence  the 
generic  name  of  the  trie).  It 
Beems  to  act  upon  the  lower  ani- 
mals as  a  poisonous  narcotic. 
Description.— Piscidia  bark 
comes  in  quilled  pieces,  ur  in 
curved  or  flat  sections.  The 
corky  layer  is  of  a  vivid 
orange  (occasionally  whitish) 
color,  and  is  rugose,  or  appears 
fissured.  Upon  removal  of 
the  cork  a  deep  a-~hen-gray 
surface  ajipears.  suniewhat 
tinted  with  a  brownish  or  blackish  shade,  and  is  marked  with  sinuous,  longi- 
tudinal strife,  as  well  as  by  small  ridges  transversely  arranged.  Internally,  it  is 
smooth  (sometimes  fibrous)  and  of  a  brownish  hue.  The  interior  of  the  baVk 
is  bluish-green  or  brown-green,  probably  due  to  chlorophyll.  It  breaks  with  a 
fibrous,  tough  fracture,  giving  a  narcotic,  opium-like  odor,  and  its  taste,  though 
slight  at  first,  soon  becomes  acrid  and  bitter. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  bark  exhibits  crystals  of  apparently  oxalate  of 
calcium,  which,  however,  are  phosphate  of  calcium  (Berberich,  1898).  According 
to  Edward  Hart  (Avier.  Jour.  Phorm.,  1883,  p.  36S1),  the  active  principle  is  a  neutral 
body,  piscidin  (C^H^^O,),  which  is  neither  a  glucosid  nor  an  alkaloid.  It  is  pro- 
duced by  mixing  1  jiound  of  the  fluid  extract  of  piscidia  with  30  grammes  of 
slaked  lime,  digesting  for  ^  hour,  filtering,  adding  water  in  small  amounts  until 
the  liquid  becomes  turbid;  upon  standing  for  2  or  3  days  the  crystalline  prin- 
ciple falls  out,  contaminated  with  some  resin.  They  are  finally  recrystallized  by 
means  of  alcohol.  The  principle  occurs  in  prismatic,  nearly  colorless  crystals, 
readily  soluble  in  chloroform,  boiling  alcohol,  and  benzol,  sparingly  in  cold  alco- 
hol and  ether,  insoluble  in  water.  Tlie  crystals  are  also  dissolved  bv  strong  acids, 
and  from  this  solution  are  precii>itated,  apparently  unchanged,  bv  tlie  addition  of 
water.  Its  melting  point  is  192° C.  (377.6°  F.).  These  results  were  fully  confirmed 
more  recently  by  H.  Berberich  (^Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1898,  p.  424),  who  made  a  com- 
l)lete  analysis  of  the  bark.  Beside  the  active  principle,  ;)i".sri(/iVi  (pisriditi),  ^ome 
resin,  caoutchouc,  wax  and  fat,  starch  (1.34  per  cent),  were  present;  tannin  was 
not  found. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Jamaica  dogwood  possesses  active 
properties,  its  chief  uses  being  to  control  pain  and  to  produce  sleep.  Dr.  Isaac 
Ott  (see  Phamiacoloijij  of  Ncuyr  Mntcrm  MaUra.  p.  597),  who  made  extensive 
exi)eriments  with  the  drug,  declares  its  physiological  efl'ects  to  be  essentially  as 
follows:  It  increases  the  salivary  and  cutaneous  secretions;  slows  the  pulse, 
increases  the  arterial  tension,  succeeded  bv  a  fall  of  tension  due  to  a  weakening 
of  the  heart;  dilates  the  pui)ils,  except  wlien  passing  into  a  state  of  asphyxia. 


when  contraction  takes  nlace;  it  does  not  afli^wt  the  irritability  of  the  motor  nerve 
it  attack  the  peripheral  sensory  nerve  endings ;  it  reiluees  retiex 


fibei 


FIX   lURGlXDRA.  1511 

action  by  stimiiliiting  Setsclienow's  centers,  and  induces  a  tetanoid  condition  by 
stimulation  of  the  spinal  marrow;  finally,  lie  pronounces  it  narcotic  to  frogs,  rabbits, 
and  men.  Piscidia  destroys  life  by  causing  heart  failure  or  by  arresting  respiratory 
iii'tion.  Unpleasant  results  have  been  occasioned  by  even  small  doses  of  piscidia; 
among  these  are  nausea,  vomiting,  headache,  etc.  Convulsions  were  provoked 
ill  the  case  of  a  woman  who  had  been  given  a  i-drachra  dose  for  hemicrania.  The 
drug  is  recommended  to  replace  opium,  chloral,  and  similar  narcotics.  Dr.  Ham- 
ilton (Burnett's  Outlines,  p.  684)  states  that  a  tincture  of  the  bark  of  this  tree  is, 
the  same  as  the  bark  itself,  astringent  and  irritating.  He  also  observes  that  it  is 
most  powerfully  and  remarkably  narcotic  and  diaphoretic,  and  that  its  local 
application  is  a  specific  in  removing  toothache.  For  the  latter  purpose  it  has  also 
been  applied  locally  and  given  internally  at  the  same  time,  in  irritatuni  of  the 
dentid  pidjK  inflamiiintion  of  the  peridental  membrane,  alveolar  abscess,  as  well  as  in 
other  painful  affections  of  the  mouth.  Burns,  scalds  and  hemorrhoids  have  been 
relieved  by  it,  while  a  solution  of  it  has  been  recommended  as  an  injection  in 
gonorrhira  (Fearn).  Internally  administered,  it  relieves  pain,  overcomes  spasm, 
allays  nervous  e.xcitabiliti-.  and  induces  sleep.  It  is  a  favorite  remedy  in  pro- 
longed insomnin.  particularly  in  the  aged,  and  in  those  of  an  excessively  nervous 
tem|>ernment.  It  should  at  least  be  given  the  preference  over  opiates  until  its 
utility  or  non-utility  is  established.  It  has  rendered  good  service  in  nein-nlgm — 
particularly  sciaiica,  abdominal  neuralgia,  renal  neuralgia,  migraine,  and  tic-doulou- 
reux.  It  allays  the  pain  o{  cholera  morbus,  a.nA  the  pas^ro-ai^fra/^ja  sometimes  fol- 
lowing enteric  fever.  It  also  relieves  painful  spasms  of  the  muscles  and  acute  artindar 
and  other  forms  of  rheumatism.  In  the  disorders  of  women  it  has  rendered  excel- 
lent service  in  alleviating  neuralgic  and  other  forms  of  dysmenorrhaa  and  in 
\&T\o\i8  pelvic  neuroses.  With  viburnum,  it  has  been  administered  to  check /atee 
labor-pnins  and  threatened  abortion.  Hysterical  convulsions,  delirium  tremens  and  the 
imomnia  of  insanity  have  yielded  to  it.  In  the  pain  of  carcinoma  and  that  attend- 
ing fractures,  it  has  been  preferred  by  some  to  opium  and  other  anodynes.  It 
relieves  the  spasmodic  element  of  pertussis  und  a-ithmn,  a.nd  has  been  lauded  for 
reflex  coughs  and  the  cough  of  sptismodic  and  chronic  bronchitis,  and  pulmonary  con- 
sumption. Foltz  (Webster's  Dynam.  Therap.,p.  595)  praises  it  in  neuralgia  of  the 
eyeball  (where  opium  was  not  tolerated)  and  in  supraorbital  neuralgia,  the  dose  given 
being  from  10  to  20  drops  of  the  fluid  extract  every  2  or  3  hours.  He  speaks 
lightly  of  it  for  the  relief  of  pain  in  acute  catarrh  of  the  tympanum.  Others  speak 
highly  of  it  in  acute  abscess  of  the  external  auditory  canal  and  in  iritis,  panophthal- 
mitis, and  other  inflammatory  and  painful  affections  of  the  eye.  The  dose  of  the 
fluid  extract  ranges  from  10  drops  to  2  fluid  drachms;  of  specific  Jamaica  dog- 
wood, 10  to  GO  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. —  Insomnia  and  nervous  unrest;  to  allay 
spasm,  control  jniin  and  allay  nervous  excitability:  migraine;  neuralgia. 

PIX  BURGUNDICA  (U.  S.  P.)— BURGUNDY  PITCH. 

"The  prepared,  resinous  exudation  of  Abies  excelsa,  Poiret " — {U.  S.  P.).  (Abies 
excelsa,  De  CandoUe;  Pinus  excetea,  Lamarck;  Picea  excelsa.  Link;  Pinus  Picea,  Du 
Roi;  Pinus  Abies,  Linne.) 

Nat.  Ord. — Coniferaj. 

Common  Names:  Nonray  pine,  Spruce  fir,  Norway  sjimre fir. 

Illtstrations  :  Bentleyand  Trinien,  Med.  Plants,  261 ;  Woodville,  Med.  Bnt.,208. 

Botanical  Source.— This  tree  inhabits  northern  Germany,  the  Alps,  Russia, 
Norway,  and  ntlier  northern  parts  of  Europe,  as  well  as  of  Asia,  and  also  grows 
now  in  this  country.  It  is  a  large  tree,  often  having  a  diameter  exceeding  4  feet, 
and  attaining  an  altitude  of  140  feet.  The  leaves  are  somewhat  tetragonal,  short, 
scattered,  mucronate,  dark-green,  and  glo.ssy  above.  The  male  catkins  are  soli- 
tary, growing  out  of  the  axils,  and  purplish  ;  the  scales  staminiferous  at  the  apex. 
The  female  catkins  are  sim))le,  purple,  growing  from  the  summit;  the  ovaries  2; 
the  cones  cylindrical,  pendent,  with  oval,  imbricated,  slightly  indented  scales. 
The  Pnh/pnrus  officlmdis,  or  Larch  agaric,  is  a  fungus  nourished  on  this  tree. 


1.j1-2  fix  canadensis. 

Though  only  the  Alms  exceha,  Poiret,  is  given  as  the  official  source  of  this 
drug,  it  is  also  prepared  from  the  concretions  formed  upon  Abie-^  Ficen  (Piini^  Piren, 
Linne;  Pinw<  pecllnata,  De  CandoUe)  (see  below).  The  term  Burgundy  pitch  is  a 
misnomer,  since  no  such  substance  has  ever  been  produced  in  Burgundj'.  In 
France,  resin  is  produced  from  Pinus  marUima,  Poiret  {P.  PinaMer,  Aiton  and  Lam- 
bert). The  bulk  of  true  Burgundy  pitch  comes  from  Finland,  and  smaller  quan- 
tities at  one  time  came  from  the  Black  Forest  in  Germany,  and  from  Vienna  (see 
D.  Hanhnry,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 1867,  p.  547).  The  resin  from  which  Burgundy 
pitch  is  prepared,  is  collected  by  making  longitudinal  incisions  into  the  bark  of 
the  trees.  The  exudate  is  called  Abietis  renna,  Thus,  or  FrankinceMe  (a  term  al.«o 
applied  to  OUbnnuni),a.nA  forms  concrete  tears,  consisting  of  resin  and  volatile  oil 
similar  to  oil  of  turpentine.  An  exudate,  formerly  collected  in  Alsatia  from  the 
same  tree,  and  known  under  the  name  of  Stmssburg  turpentine,  is  now  obtained 
on  a  small  scale  only  (see  Terebinthina).  Burgundy  pitch  proper  is  prepared  from 
the  exudate  by  boiling  it  in  water  and  straining  it.  In  composition,  it  largely 
consists  oi  ahietic  acid. 

Description. —  Burgundy  pitch  is  officially  described  as  being  ''hard,  yet 
gradually  taking  the  form  of  the  vessel  in  which  it  is  kept;  brittle,  with  a  shin- 
ing, conchoidal  fracture,  opaque  or  translucent,  reddish-brown  or  j'ellowi.<h-brown, 
odor  agreeably  terebinthinate;  taste  aromatic,  sweetish,  not  bitter.  It  is  almost 
entirely  soluble  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  or  in  boiling  alcohol,  and  partly  soluble  in 
cold  alcohol" — (U.  S.  P.).  Burgundy  pitch  softens  by  the  warmth  of  the  hand. 
Much  of  the  article  now  found  in  commerce  is  a  concoction.  D.  Hanbury  (1867) 
believes  it  to  be  obtained  by  melting  together  common  resin  with  palm  oil  or 
other  fats,  water  being  stirred  in  to  produce  an  opaque  appearance.  The  charac- 
teristic odor  of  true  Burgundy  pitch,  and  its  nearly  complete  solubility  in  alco- 
hol, and  es]i('(iallv  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  ma}'  aid  in  establishing  some  of  its  pos- 
sible suphistiraticuis. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Burgundy  pitch  is  generally  used  externally  for 
the  purpose  of  producing  a  redness  of  the  surface  with  a  slight  serous  exhalation. 
Occasionally,  it  produces  an  eruption  of  pimples,  sometimes  minute  blisters,  and 
in  some  rare  instances  has  been  known  to  cause  hardness,  considerable  suffering, 
and  irritation,  terminating  in  one  or  more  ulcers.  It  has  been  principally  em- 
ployed as  a  counter-irritant  in  chronic  di^tease.?,  especiallj'  of  the  lungs,  stomach,  in- 
testines, etc.,  as  well  as  in  local  rheumatic  affections.  It  enters  into  the  composition 
of  several  salves  and  plasters. 

Related  Species. — Abien  Pirea  (Pinm  peclinala,  De  Candolle;  Abie»  pectinala,  Lamarck; 
Pmiw.UiiV.'i,  Du  Koi;  Abies  alba,  Miller;  Allien  e.rcelsa ,  Link ;  Pinm  Picea,Linn^;  Pinu*  taxi/oliaol 
French  Cudex),  European  filverjir,  Silrrr  pine.  This  tree  grows  in  the  mountains  of  Siberia,  Ger- 
many, and  Switzerland  (L.).  Branches  horizontal;  leaves  copious,  linear,  either  acute  or  eniar- 
ginate,  entire,  spreading  more  or  less  perfectly  in  two  rows,  sometimes  curved  to  one  side ;  upper 
surface  of  a  dark,  shininj;,  rather  glaucous  green;  under  glaucous  white.  Male  (lowers  numer- 
ous, axillary,  solitary,  about  as  long  as  the  leaves,  yellow ;  their  axis  the  length  of  the  toothed 
involucre;  anthers  remarkable  for  their  rounded,"2-lobed  crest,  crowned  with  a  pair  of  divari- 
cated horns.  Female  catkins  lateral,  erect,  cylindrical,  green ;  bracts,  much  narrowt-r  than  the 
capillary  scales,  distinguished  by  a  long,  projecting,  awl-shaped  point,  ver\'  consiiicuous  in  the 
full-grown  cones,  which  are  also  erect,  3  or  4  inches  long,  cylindrical,  of  a  reddish-green,  till 
they  turn  brown  in  drying  (L. ).  According  to  Tingley,  this  "species  alone  furnishes  the  tn\c 
Burgiimli/  pitch. 

Retinoi.. — This  product,  obtained  in  18;?S,  as  n-sin  oil  or  resinol,  from  Burgundy  pitch,  by 
destructive  distillation,  is  a  yellowish,  oleaginous  fluid,  boiling  alx)ve  280°  C.  !•">;!<;'  K.  .  It  is  n.i 
soluble  in  water,  hut  is  itself  a  solvent  for  many  substances,  such  as  numemus  alkaloids,  pirns 
phorus,  phenol,  iodol,  cocaine,  aristol,  salol,  etc'.  It  is  a  non-irritating  antis*'i>lic,  and  in  S-grain 
doses,  in  capsule,  it  has  been  used  in  gonorrhaa.  Besides  being  a  vehicle  lor  the  appliiiitioii 
of  the  substances  named  above,  it  has  been  injected  (3  to  10  per  cent  solution)  in  cytlitit,  and 
used  locally  in  raginili.i. 

PIX  CANADENSIS.— CANADA  PITCH. 

The  prepared  juice  or  resinous  exudation   from   Abic<  cnnndnuoi.'i.  Michaux 
{Tsuc/n  canndensiji,  Carri&re;  Pinus  canadensis,  Linne;  P/coi  f<in(i(/r»i.«M.  Link^i. 
'Nat.  0/-(/.— Conilera>. 
Ci>MMo.\  N.\Mi:s  :  (^tuiidit  pilch.  Hrmlork  pilch,  Gum  ht'inlock  (^improperlyV 


I'lx  i.uoriDA.  1513 

Botanical  Source  and  Preparation.— Canada  pitch  is  ohtained  from  the 
oleorfsinoiLs  exudate  'if  tlit-  hcmh)ck  spruce  tree  {ifC(.'  Al>u-^  caruulensii  for  botanical 
source).     It  is  sometimes  improperly  termed  gum  hemlork. 

Mr.  F.  Stearns  (l.'^^iO)  reports  that  the  resin  is  collected  by  two  methods — 
either  by  cutting  a  cup-like  cavity  in  the  tree,  allowing  the  oleoresin  to  accumu- 
late therein,  from  which  it  is  then  collected;  the  more  common  method  of  pro- 
ducing pitch,  however,  is  that  of  removing  the  bark  and  wood  around  the  pitch- 
laden  knots  an<l  gnarle<l  portions,  putting  the  pieces  together  into  boiling  water, 
skimming  the  resinous  product  from  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  purifying  by 
melting  and  straining  a  second  time. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— Purified  Canada  pitch  or  gum 
liemlock.  is  at  tirst  whilisli.  but  gradually  I K'comes  darker  colored,  clianging  to  a 
yellow,  lirown,  or  blackish  color.  It  is  [lulverabie,  almost  insipid,  of  a  faint  char- 
acteristic odor,  unlike  that  of  turpentine,  and  has  the  specific  gravity  1.033.  A 
gentle  heat  renders  it  soft  and  tenacious,  and,  when  elevated  to  nearly  93.3''C. 
(200°  F.),  liquefies  it.  It  consists  of  resin,  the  composition  of  which  has  not  been 
studied,  with  a  small  quantity  of  volatile  oil.  An  essential  oil  is  also  obtained  by 
distilling  with  water  the  branches  and  leaves  of  the  tree,  about  8  pounds  of  which 
yield  an  ounce  of  the  oil.  It  is  known  us  oil  of  hemlm-k,  or  oil  of  "pnice.  The  oil, 
according  to  Bertram  and  Walbaum  (1893),  contains  L-n-o-fjinene  and  Isevo-bomyl- 
nretate.  This  result  was  verified  by  C.  G.  Hunkel  {Phann.  Review,  1896)  on  a  genu- 
ine specimen  of  oil  distilled  by  himself.  About  51  percent  bornyl-acetate  was 
jiresent  (also  see  Abies  ranadenxi--".  The  leaves  and  bark  of  the  root  and  the  trunk 
also  contain  notable  amounts  of  tannin  (see  analyses  and  description  of  hemlock 
tannin  by  Prof  H.  Trimble,  in  Some  Sorth  American  Coniferse,  1897,  pp.  111-118). 
An  aijueous  e.xtraot  of  the  bark  is  used  by  tanners. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Canada  pitch  is  a  mild  stimulant,  and,  when  in 
contact  with  the  skin  for  a  few  hours,  causes  a  slight  degree  of  redness.  It  is  fre- 
quently substituted  for  Burgundy  pitch,  as  it  possesses  similar  virtues.  The  tinc- 
ture of  hemlock  pitch  is  diuretic  and  stimulant.  It  is  not  so  eligible  for  plasters, 
however,  on  account  of  its  softness. 

PK  LIQUroA  (U.  S.  P.)— TAR. 

"An  erapyreumatic  oleoresin  obtained  by  the  destructive  distillation  of  the 
wood  of  Pinus  pfdustris,  Miller,  and  of  other  species  of  Finus  {Nat.  Ord. — Conifera?)" 
—(U.S.  PA. 

Synonym:   Rr.^inn  rmpyrcumntira  liquidn. 

Source  and  Preparation.— The  trees  generally  employed  in  producing  tar 
are,  besides  the  above-numcil  Pinii-s  paht.'<tri.%  Miller,  the  American  species,  Pinus 
rigiiln,  Miller,  Pinus  Tuda,  Linne;  and  al.so  the  European  species,  Pii)U.s  eylveslris, 
Linn^;  and  [.,ariz  siltirim,  Ledebour  (see  Terehinthinn).  Tar  is  made  in  several 
northern  countries  of  Europe  (e.  ^7.,  Stockholm  tar),  and  in  the  United  States, 
especially  in  North  Carolina  and  Virginia,  from  the  waste  of  pine  or  fir  timber; 
it  is  usually  prepared  by  making  a  conical  cavity  in  the  earth,  communicating  at 
the  bottom  with  a  reservoir.  Logs  or  billets  of  wood  are  then  placed,  so  as  not 
only  to  fill  the  cavity,  but  to  form  a  conical  pile  over  it,  which  is  covered  with 
turf  or  earth,  and  kindled  at  the  top.  The  admi.ssion  of  air  is  so  regulated,  that 
the  wood  burns  from  above  downward,  with  a  slow  and  smothered  combusti'i'. 
The  wood  itself  is  reduced  to  charcoal,  and  the  smoke  and  vapors  formed  an- 
obliged  to  descend  into  the  excavation  in  the  ground,  where  they  are  condensed, 
and  pass  along  with  the  lii^uefied  matters  into  the  receivers.  This  mixture  is 
termed  tar,  Pix  lifpiula.  By  long  boiling  or  distillation  in  retort.*,  tar  is  dejmved 
of  it-  vnJMtili-  ingre<lients  (Oil  oj  Tar;  see  Oleum  Pieis  Liquidse),  and  converted  into 
pitch,  R'<inii  iiiiirn.  or  /'//  ninni. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition. — The  U.  S.  P.  describes  tar  as 
"thick,  viscid,  seruiHuid,  l)lackish-brown,  heavier  than  water,  transparent  in 
thin  layers,  becoming  granular  and  opaque  with  age;  odor  empyreumatio,  tere- 
binthinate;  Uiste  sharp,  empyreumatic.  Tar  is  slightly  soluble  in  water,  soluble 
in  alcohol,  fixed  or  volatile  oils,  and  solution  of  potassium  or  sodium   hydrate. 


1614  PLANTAGO. 

Water  agitated  with  tar  acquires  a  pale  yellowish-brown  color  and  an  acid  reac- 
tion, yields  with  ferric  chloride  T.S.  a  transient  green  color,  and  is  colored  brown- 
ish-red by  an  equal  volume  of  calcium  hydrate  T.S." — (i'.  S.  P.).  Upon  pro- 
longed standing,  tar  becomes  granular  from  the  deposition  of  pyrocatechin. 
Tar  is  a  very  complex  substance  and  varies  in  composition  according  to  the 
method  of  preparation  and  the  kind  fif  wood  employed.  The  tar  from  leaf-trees, 
e.  g.,the  beech,  is  rich  in  phenols  (st-e  Creosotum)  while  pine-wood  tar  contains 
more  resinous  matters.  Pine-wood  tar  also  diti'ers  from  beech-wood  tar  in  being 
miscible  with  melted  lard.  Coal  tar  difJ'ers  from  wood  tar  principally  in  contain- 
ing more  basic  substances,  such  as  aniline  and  quinoline,  while  wood,  upon  dry 
distillation,  yields  more  acid  products,  e.g.,  pyroligneous  acid.  (For  constituents 
of  wood  tar,  see  Aretir  Arid  and  Creonotum.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Tar  is  stimulant,  diuretic  and  dia- 
phoretic. It  lias  Ijet-u  advantageously  used  in  chronic  coughs,  chronic  bronchial 
and  laryngeal  (iffc-tions;  the  inhalation  of  its  vapor  acts  as  a  stimulant  and 
irritant  to  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane,  promoting  its  secretion,  but  is 
seldom  used.  It  is  chiefly  used  externally  as  a  local  application  to  some  cuta- 
neous affections,  as  porrigo,  tinea  capitis,  lepra,  ]).soriasis,  prurigo,  eczema,  and  herpes 
circinatus.  Excellent  results  sometimes  follow  its  employment  in  .«uppurating 
burns,  excoriations,  furuncles,  cracked  nipples,  and  piles.  Oakum,  a  dressing  some- 
times impregnated  with  tar  forms  a  good  antiseptic  absorbent  for  pus-bathed 
surfaces,  and  also  to  obstinate  ulcers.  It  is  an  excellent  antipruritic  and  that  is  its 
specific  use.  A  tar-water  has  been  recommended  in  cnugh  and  bronchial  affections, 
and  to  prevent  the  reproduction  o( boils.  It  is  prepared  as  follows:  To  i  gallon  of 
boiling  water,  add  1  pint  of  tar  and  1  pint  of  honey;  stir  the  mixture,  and  when 
cold  strain  off"  the  liquid.  It  is  stimulant  and  diuretic,  and  may  be  taken  3  or  4 
times  a  day,  in  doses  of  a  wineglassful.  It  will  also  be  found  beneficial  as  a  wash 
in  some  forms  of  cutaneous  disease.  B.  J.  Crew  recommends  the  following  :  Rub 
2  drachms  of  oil  of  tar  with  40  grains  of  carbonate  of  magnesium,  add  a  portion 
of  14  ounces  of  water,  mix  well;  and  then  add  the  balance,  filter,  and  add  simple 
syrup,  2  ounces.  The  dose  is  a  small  wineglassful,  3  times  a  day  (Ainer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,Vol.  XXVII,  p.  13).  (See  also  Aqua  Picis.)  M.  Adrian  gives  the  following 
formula  for  a  gr/yrf rmnted  <ar,  which  has  the  consistence  of  an  ointment,  and  the 
advantage  of  being  soluble  in  water,  and  of  not  adhering  to  the  skin  :  Take  of  tar, 
15  parts;  glycerin, .15  parts;  water,  30  parts.  Mix.  The  French  employ  emulsions, 
syrups,  wine,  and  concentrated  alkaline  solutions  of  tar,  which,  however,  have 
not  been  introduced  into  the  medical  practice  of  this  countrj'.  Internally,  the 
dose  of  tar  is  from  30  to  60  grains,  3  or  4  times  a  day,  or  even  oftener,  but  it  is 
commonly  used  in  the  form  of  tar-water,  1  pint  of  which  may  be  taken  in  a  day. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Locally  to  itching  surfaces. 

Related  Product.  I'lx  X  wai.is,  Pi.r  nigra,  Resinn  niffra,  Pij- solida,  Resina  pint  cmptfreu- 
mntica;  Pitch,  or  Black  pilrli.  Tliis  substance  is  obtained  by  evaporating  or  distilling  oflf  the 
more  volatile  constituents  of  wood  tar;  in  the  second  case,  oil  of  tar  (see  Otctim  Picii  Liijuidx) 
distills  over  and  pitch  remains  as  residue.  It  is  a  black,  tirm  substance,  havine  a  faint,  tarry 
odor,  a  brilliant  fracture,  softening  by  the  warmth  of  the  hand,  melting  in  boiling  water.  It 
is  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  in  alkaline  solatious,  and  consists  of  empyreumatic  reein  and  colo- 


phony (rosin). 

Pix  nigra  has  been  useil  internally  in  ic/i«ivo.»w 
its  dose  is  from  10  to  60  grains,  ami  may  be  made  into  pills  with  flour  or  other  fiirinace<iU8 


has  been  used  internally  in  ic^iyo-fw,  and  certain  ohstinnle  di-ofatef  of  thf  fttn 


substance.  Pereira  says  it  may  be  taken  to  a  great  extent,  not  only  without  injury,  but  with 
advantage  to  the  general  health.  In  piles  it  has  been  used  with  great  advantage  in  "tlio  form  of 
the  following  ointment:  Take  of  pitch,  wax,  resin,  each,  10  ounces;  olive  oil.  1  pint.  Melt  them 
together,  and  express  through  linen,  and  when  nearly  cool,  stir  in  four  ounces  of  Scotch  snuff. 

PLANTAGO.— PLANTAIN. 

The  root  and  tops  of  Plantago  major,  Linne. 

Nut.  Ord.  —  Plantaginaceie. 

Common  Names:    Plantain,  Rib  grass,  Rippte-grns.-<,  Ribuxrrt. 

Botanical  Source.— This  is  a  perennial  acaiilescent  plant  with  a  round  scaoe 
1  to  3  feet  in  height,  arising  from  a  fibrous  root.  The  leaves  are  ovate,  smooth- 
ish,  somewhat  toothed,  5  to  7-nerved,  each  of  which  contains  a  stnmg  fiber  wliich 


PLAXTAUO.  1515 

may  be  jmllod  out,  and  abruptly  narrowed  into  a  long,  channeled  petiole.  The 
flowers  are  white,  very  small,  imbricateil,  numerous,  and  borne  on  a  cylindrical 
spike  5  to  20  inches  long.  Small  plants  are  frequently  found  with  the  spikes  only 
i  to  2  inches  lony;,  and  the  leaves  and  stalks  proportionately  small.  The  stamens 
and  styles  are  lonsr:  the  seeds  numerous  ((i.— \V.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— Plan  tai.n  is  a  well-known  herb,  growing 
in  rich,  nioi.-t  i>l;ice-,  in  lieMs,  Ky  tlie  roadsides,  and  in  grass  plats,  and  is  common 
in  Europe  ancl  America.  It  flowers  from  May  to  Octoi)er.  The  root  has  a  some- 
what sweetish,  salty  taste;  the  leaves  are  bitterish  and  unsavory.  The  plant  loses 
its  medicinal  activity  by  drying.  All  its  ])reparations  should  be  made  from  the 
freshly-gathered  roots  and  tops.  Water  or  alcohol  extracts  the  virtues  of  the 
plant.  The  leaves  contain  chlorophvU,  resin,  wax,  albumin,  pectin,  citric  and 
oxalic  acids  (Th.  Koller,  X.  Jahrh.  f.  'Phm^m.,  1868,  p.  139).  Upon  incineration, 
they  leave  12.8  percent  ash.  Sugar  is  present,  while  alkaloids  and  glucosids  are 
absent  (D.  Rosenbaum,  Amer.  Jour.  Phnnn.,  1886,  p.  418).  The  root,  according  to 
Strawinsky  ijbid.,  1898,  p.  189),  contains  starch,  wax,  fatty  matter,  dextrose,  sac- 
charose, mucilage,  traces  of  tannin,  but  no  alkaloid  or  glucosid.  The  ash  was  24.7 
per  cent,  moist  n re  6.9  per  cent. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Plantain  is  alterative,  diuretic,  and 
antiseptic,  once  considered  vulnerary.  The  tops  and  roots,  in  strong  decoction, 
have  been  highly  recommended  in  s;/philitic,  mercurial,  a.na  scrofulous  diseases,  in 
the  dose  of  from"2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day.  It  is  "likewise  reputed 
beneficial  in  menorrhagia,  leucorrhtxa,  hematuria,  colir,  cholera  infantum,  aphihse,  diar- 
rhiva,  dysentery,  incipient  phthisis,  pulmonary  hemorrhage,  dysuria,  and  hemorrhoids. 
The  specific  medicine  may  be  erajjloyed  in  these  disorders.  The  juice  taken  in- 
ternally, in  doses  of  1  fluid  ounce  every  hour,  and  also  applied  to  the  wound,  is 
in  high  repute  as  an  antidote  to  the  bites  of  venomous  serpents,  spiders,  a.nd  insects. 
It  is  a  remedy  for  toothache  from  dental  caries,  the  cavity  being  cleansed  and  spe- 
cific plantago  major  applied  on  cotton  to  the  sensitive  pulp,  renewing  every  half 
hour.  Its  internal  use  is  said  to  control  toothache  through  its  effects  upon  the 
trifacial,  t  if -douloureux  being  benefited  in  the  same  manner.  The  same  prepara- 
tion, locally  ap|)lied,  often  relieves  earache.  Bedwetting  in  children,  due  to  relaxed 
vesical  sphincter,  with  profuse  colorless  discharge  of  urine,  is  said  to  be  relieved  by 
plantago.  Externally,  the  bruised  leaves,  or  an  ointment  made  with  them,  is 
useful  in  wound.s,  idrers,  ophthalmia,  eczema,  erysipelax,  and  some  other  cutaneous 
affections.  The  best  forms  of  administration  are  the  juice  dissolved  in  diluted 
alcohol,  and  evajiorated  by  gentle  heat  to  the  consistence  of  an  extract;  and  spe- 
cific plantaL'"  major,  the  d.ise  of  which  is  from  1  to  5  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Locally,  toothache  and  earache. 

Belated  Species. —  I'lantiujo  lanceolaia,  Linn6;  Lanc^-Uared  plantain,  has  properties  simi- 
lar to  comiunu  plantain.  Its  leaves  contain  much  bitter  matter.  Locally  applied,  it  has 
proved  a  luemostatic  for  small  bleedimj  wrfares. 

PloiUd'/i)  rordala,  Lamarck. — This  is  an  indigenous  perennial  plant,  known  likewise  as  the 
Heart-leaved  pin litain.  It  is  an  acaulescent  herb,  with  stout,  naked  scapes,  1  or  2  feet  in  height. 
I.*aves  radical,  cordate-ovate,  broad,  smooth,  somewhat  toothed,  thickish.  about  6  inches  long, 
(>  or  8-riblK-d  below,  with  a  thick  miiirib,  on  long,  stout  petioles.  Flowers  small,  whitish, 
somewhat  imbricate,  the  lower  one  scattered,  and  on  elongated  spikes  whicli  are  from  6  to  8 
inches  \i>n)i\  bracts  ovate,  obtuse.  Calyx  and  corolla  lobes  very  obtuse.  Pyxis  a  third  longer 
than  the  calyx,  2-relled,  with  2  seeds  in  each  cell  (G.— W.i.  This  plant  grows  in  moist  places, 
and  along  the  liaiiks  of  rivers,  from  New  York  and  New  Jersey  to  Tennes.see,  also  frt)m  Ohio 
to  Wisconsin,  and  Howers  I'rum  .\pril  to  August.  The  root  is'the  part  useil,  and  it  yields  its 
properties  to  water.  The  root  of  Plantago  cordata  is  astringent,  anodyne,  antispasmoilic,  and 
antiemetic.  The  decoction  and  extract  have  been  successfully  used  iu'.-l)tia(icc/io^(i, checking 
the  disease  in  a  short  time  ;  they  have  likewise  proveil  beneticial  ill  di/aeiUery.  The  plant  is 
certainly  deserving  of  more  extended  investigation,  f(  ir  it  directly  influences  the  ner^-ous  system, 
controlling  irritation.  A  poultice  of  the  roots  is  reconimended  as  an  application  to  old,  indo- 
lent idrerf.  I.niif,^,  iniundu,  etc.     It  allays  inflammation  and  reduces  swelling. 

I'ldiitnif,  /V////iu»i,  Linne;  Flen-vort,  Flea-need  ]ilant.~i''Oynh  Europe  and  Barbary.  The 
Hee<l8  of  this  sp'cies  are  flea-colored,  hoat  shaped,  and  shining  on  the  convex  surface.  They 
yield  a  mucilage,  used  in  southern  Kurope  aa  that  of  f)ax.M-ed,  slippery  elm,  etc.,  is  useii  in 
this  country.  Tlie  8>>eds.  in  tablespoonful  doses,  in  a  glass  of  water,  before  dinner,  liave  been 
successfully  employed  to  relieve  chronic  con/liixiliun.  The  I'laiitago  arenaria,  Waldstein  and 
Kittail>el,  and  Plnutnijn  Ci/iuipt,  Linne.  also  contain  mucilage. 

f'tniiliKjo  hpaijUuln,  Hoxburgh  i  I'lmilaijo  denimlMim,  Korskal),  Spogel  or  I»paghul  teed — This 
little  plant  is  common  throughout   northwestern   India,  .\rabia,  and  neighboring  countries. 


1516  PLASMA.— PLASMA  ACIDI  CARBOLICI. 

The  seeds  are  the  parts  used.  They  are  about  J  of  an  inch  in  length,  and  half  as  broad, 
concave  on  one  side,  convex  upon  the  opposite,  and  according  to  the  Pharmarogmphia,  are  so 
light  as  to  require  100  to  weigh  a  single  grain.  Spogel  seed  have  long  been  employed  in  India, 
and,  in  1868,  were  admitted  to  a  position  in  the  Pharmaaipitia  of  that  countrj-.  "For  an  illus- 
tration of  this  plant,  see  New  Remedies,  1878,  p.  68.)  Spogel  seed  are  \ery  mucilaginous,  and 
form  a  thick  jelly  with  water.  They  are  employed,  either  in  substance  or  in  decoction,  in  India, 
for  the  treatment  of  diarrhoea  and  dysentery,.  In  chronic  diarrhcea,  they  are  often  given  whole, 
in  doses  of  from  1  to  2  drachms,  mixed  with  a  little  syrup,  or  powdered  and  mixed  with  sugar 
and  water.  When  bruised  and  moistened  with  water,  the  seeds  are  often  used  by  physicians, 
in  India,  as  an  emollient  poultice. 

Dr.  O.  S.  Laws  [Calif.  Med.  Jour.,  1899)  calls  attention  to  a  plant  of  the  Plantago  family, 
growing  in  damp  situations  in  southern  California  and  Arizona,  as  a  valuable  local  remedy  for 
nasal,  catarrh.  He  applies  equal  parts  of  the  tincture  of  the  root.s,  water  and  glycerin,  on 
cotton  placed  in  the  nasal  fossae.     He  calls  it  Plantago  aquatica;  it  is  probably  Alisma  Plantago. 

PLASM.ffi:.— PLASMAS. 

History. — In  1858,  G.  F.  Schacht  proposed  glycerin  a.s  a  substitute  for  oils  and 
fats  in  ointments,  the  glycerin  being  heated  with  starch,  and  the  compounds  thus 
formed  being  termed  "Plasmas."  Tliis  term  we  propose  to  employ  here  forall  solid 
or  semisolid  preparations  for  external  use,  excepting  glycerite.%  in  which  glycerin 
forms  an  important  basis.  These  preparations  are  more  costly  than  the  ordinary 
fatty  ointments,  but  there  are  certain  cases  in  which  the  latter  irritate  the  parts 
to  which  they  are  applied,  and,  consequently,  aggravate  the  disorders  tor  which 
they  are  used,  which  is  not  the  case  with  the  plasmas,  the  glycerin  being  compara- 
tively unirritating,  not  possessed  of  any  rancidity,  nor  of  any  irritating  fatty 
acids,  etc.  In  addition  to  these  advantages,  it  can  be  removed  at  any  time  with- 
out the  use  of  soap  and  friction,  and  its  application  does  not  involve  soiling  and 
greasing  the  garments  or  bed-clothing  (see  Glycerifa).  The  formula  of  Mr.  Schacht 
is  to  take  powdered  starch,  70 grains;  glycerin,  1  fluid  ounce;  mix  the  ingredients 
and  heat  to  115.5°  C.  (240°  F.),  constantly  stirring.  If  a  large  quantity  (6  or  8 
pounds)  is  to  be  prepared,  he  advises  that  the  starch  be  triturated  witli  one-twelfth 
of  the  glycerin,  placing  the  remainder  on  the  fire,  heating  it  to  1 26.6°  C.  1 260°  F.), 
and  then  stirring  it  thoroughly  into  the  mixture  previously  made.  By  this  means 
much  time  is  saved,  as  well  as  labor,  in  stirring  the  mass.  He  states  that  the 
plasma  does  not  mold  by  keeping. 

Other  formulae  besides  that  of  Mr.  Schacht's  have,  at  various  times,  been  of- 
fered to  the  profession,  thus  :  Mr.  H.  Seymour  has  offered  the  following :  ( 1 )  Take 
of  Fuller's  earth,  iounce;  palm  oil,  2  drachms.  (2)  Take  of  Fuller's  earth, i  ounce; 
oil  of  sweet  almonds,  2  fluid  drachms;  water,  2  fluid  drachms;  glycerin.  1  fluid 
drachm.  More  recently,  Mr.  T.  B.  Groves  has  proposed  a  new  basis  for  ointments, 
which  he  calls  Glycclamm.  It  is  made  by  triturating  together  almond  meal  (^from 
oil-cake,  or  decorticated  pressed  sweet  almonds),  ^  ounce;  glycerin,  1  ounce;  olive 
oil,  3  ounces.  Mix  by  trituration  in  a  mortar.  It  forms  a  si>rt.  semi-izelatinous 
paste,  which,  when  mixed  gradually  with  water  or  a  watery  fluid,  readily  forms 
an  emulsion.  As  it  remains  unattected  by  the  ordinary  temperatures  of  the  body, 
its  softness  is  not  an  objection  to  its  use,  which,  in  fact,  is  an  advantage,  as  it 
leaves  plenty  of  room  for  powdery  admixtures  ol  everv  kind  (Trans.  Brit.  Conf., 
1867;  Chem.  and  Drug..  Sept.  14). 

PLASMA  ACIDI  CARBOLICI.— PLASMA  OF  CARBOLIC  ACID. 

Preparation.— Take  of  carbolic  acid  6|  parts:  glycerin,  27^  parts:  prepared 
chalk,  lincly  powdered,  94  parts.  Mix  ti\getlier  the  carbolic  acid  and  glycerin,  and 
then  add  the  i  lialk;  mix  thoroughly  by  kneading,  and  enclose  in  closely  stopped 
jars  (Tlionias  E.  .Jenkins,  Amer.  Jour.  P'/i(inn..  18t50,  p.  292).  This  gives  a  prepara- 
tion possessing  the  projter  consistence,  and  preserving  its  properties  unimpaired 
for  a  long  time,  when  kept  in  closed  jars.  It  is  oflered  a.«  a  substitute  for  Dr. 
Lister's  preparation  made  with  putty,  which  dries  very  rapidly  and  bei-onie  hard. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  plasma  is  used  as  a  surgical  dressing  to 
wounds,  ttr.ell'ii  tually  excluding  the  action  of  tiie  air  and  other  external  agencies, 
and  at  the  same  time  i)reventing  any  tendency  to  gangrene  or  putrefaction. 


PLASMA  Cl'VRl  SULFHATIS.-PI.ATINIM.  1517 

PLASMA  CUPRI  SULPHATIS— PLASMA  OF  COPPER  SULPHATE. 

Preparation. -T.ike  n[  linily  powilfivil  sulphate  of  ooppfr,  20  grains; 
glyofiiu.  1  tluiil  oiiiii.e;  finely  powdered  stareli,  70  grains.  Dissolve  the  eopper 
palt  in  ihe  glycerin,  then  add  the  starch  ;  heat  the  mixture  to  115.o°C.  (210°  F.), 
constantly  stirring,  and  continue  the  heat  and  stirring  until  the  consistence  of  a 
soft  ointment  is  uc(|uiie(l.     Keep  in  closely  stopped  jars. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  forms  an  excellent  local  application  to 
(jrnimliit,!!  liii.-^.  -.iwd  in  <,n\\ev  npfilliiilinir  (ifftctimis;  also  as  a  stimulant  to  chancren, 
ulrers,  etc. 

PLASMA  PETROLEI.— PLASMA  OF  PETROLEUM. 

Preparation. — Take  of  finely  powdered  starch,  70  grains;  petroleum,  1  fluid 
drachm:  -.'lycerin,  1  fluid  ounce.  Triturate  the  starch  and  petroleum  together 
until  ciuite  smooth,  gradually  add  the  glycerin,  and  heat  to  11&.5°  C.  (240°  F.), 
constantly  stirring  {(}.  F.  Schucht). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— This  is  very  valuable  as  a  local  application  in 
many  ciUaneoiu^  (li.-<(aH)<,  and  in  /iimorrfioi<I.-<. 

PLASMA  PICIS  LIQUID^.— PLASMA  OF  TAR. 

Preparation. — Take  of  finely  powdered  starch,  2  drachms;  glycerin,  puri- 
fied tar.  eacli.  6  ounces.  Add  the  glycerin,  warm,  to  the  starch,  stir  well  together, 
heat  til  llo.-i"  C.  (240°  F.),  gradually  add  the  tar,  and  stir  constantly  until  thor- 
oughly incori)orateil  (Brady). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  will  be  found  useful  as  a  local  application 
to  wouiiil.^.  nlrtr.i,  and  in  several  forms  of  cutaneous  diseases. 

PLASMA  POTASSII  lODIDI.— PLASMA  OF  POTASSIUM  IODIDE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  finely  powdered  starcli,  140  grains;  glycerin,  2  fluid 
ounce.-;  iodide  of  potassium,  2  drachms.  Dissolve  the  iodide  of  potassium  in 
the  glycerin,  then  add  the  starch  gradually  with  trituration,  and  heat  to  115.5°  C. 
(240°  F. ),  constantly  stirring  until  it  is  of  the  proper  consistence. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — A  local  application  to  scrofulous  and  other  tximors, 
several  forms  of  rut(iiio)U.-<  Jisemes,  and  wherever  the  ejfternal  use  of  iodide  of 
potassium  is  indicated. 

PLASMA  ZINCI   OXIDI.— PLASMA  OF  ZINC  OXIDE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  finely  powdered  starch,  140  grains;  glycerin,  2  fluid 
ounces;  oxide  of  zinc,  1  drachm.  Triturate  the  starch  and  oxide  of  zinc  together, 
gradually  add  the  glycerin,  then  heat  to  115.5°  C.  (240°  F.),  constant!}'  stirring 
until  thuriiiiL'hly  incori)orated. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— A  local  application  for  severe  bums,  and  in 
rutdiiiiin.i  i/<'.vt-(M.-i.  as,  /wrfie-s,  eczema,  pemphifiu.i,  chafes,  chaps,  etc. 

PLATINUM— PLATINUM. 

Symhoi.  :  Pt.     Atomic  Wf.igiit  :  104.3. 

Source  and  History.— Platinum  occurs  in  nature  only  in  its  elemental  form, 
but  is  almost  invariably  contaminated  with  other  metals,  r.  g.,  iridium,  osmium, 
rhodium,  iron,  copper,  etc.  It  hits  ])robab]y  been  known  for  centuries  in  Mexico 
and  iitherCentral  American  countries.  The  Spanish  gave  it  the  name,  "  Platina 
del  I'into."  from  its  .silver-like  appearance,  jind  its  occurrence  in  the  gold-bearing 
s  uid  of  ih.-  River  Pinto,  in  Brazil.     In  ISIH  platinum  was  discov<-red  in  the  I'ra'l 


1618  I'i.ATINUM. 

mountains,  its  pieseiit  chief  source.  Platinum,  in  addition  to  the  countries 
named,  also  occurs  in  Borneo,  Australia,  in  Canada  and  in  some  parts  of  the 
United  States,  e.(/.,  North  Carolina,  California,  and  Oregon.  Occasionally,  though 
rarely,  it  is  found  in  the  form  of  cubical  or  octahedral  crystals.  Platinum  is 
obtained  pure  from  its  ore  in  the  same  manner  as  spongy  platinum  (see  below)  is 
prepared.  The  metal  obtained  is  melted  down  by  means  of  the  oxyhydrogen 
blowpipe  flame. 

Description. — Platinum  is  a  tin-white  metal,  somewhat  darker  than  silver, 
ductile,  malleable,  unalterable  in  air  or  water,  and  lias  a  specific  gravity  of  21.5 
(Deville  and  Debray).  It  is  only  fusible  by  the  highest  heat  that  can  be  arti- 
ficially produced.  It  may  be  drawn  into  wires  of  extreme  thinness.  Platinum 
utensils  (crucibles,  dishes,  retorts)  have  become  indispensable  to  analytical  and 
technical  chemists.  Pure  platinum  is  indifferent  toward  boiling  sulphuric, 
hydrochloric  or  nitric  acids.  The  presence  of  impurities,  e.  g.,  nitrous  acid  in 
sulphuric  acid  or  a  concentration  of  the  latter  acid  greater  than  9i  per  cent  are 
liable,  in  large  operations,  to  cause  notable  quantities  of  platinum  to  be  dis- 
solved. The  presence  of  iridium,  though  it  renders  the  platinum  Itrittle,  causes 
it  somewhat  to  resist  the  corrosive  action  of  the  acid  (see  in  this  connection  an 
interesting  paper  by  M.  Scheurer-Kcstner  in  P/iarm.  Jour.  TraTj-s.jVol.  VI.,  1875-76, 
p.  505).  Platinum  is  readily  dissolved  by  a  mixture  of  hj'drochloric  and  nitric 
acids  (nitrn-murintic  arid,  aqua  regia),  and  is  also  attacked  by  free  chlorine,  bromine, 
and  iodine.  Platinum  forms  fusible  alloys  with  lead:  tin,  etc. ;  hence,  if  platinum 
crucibles  be  heated  with  lead,  etc.,  they  become  readily  perforated. 

H.  Hager  {Handburh  der  Pharm.  Prarii,  1886,  p.  710)  enumerates  the  following  operations 
which  should  not  be  carried  out  in  platinum  vessels:  (1)  The  fusion  of  alkali  sulphides,  or 
the  reduction  of  sulphates  with  charcoal;  {2}  contact  with  liquids  containing  chlorine,  bro- 
mine, iodine,  aqua  regia;  (3)  heating  platinum  to  redness  on  a  sand-bath,  i.  «■.,  in  contact  with 
silicic  acid,  which  would  cause  the  platinum  to  become  brittle;  (4)  fusion  of  lithium  salta 
and  of  alkali  nitrates ;  (.i)  fusion  of  caustic  alkalies  or  alkaline  earths,  oxides  of  calcium,  ba- 
rium, strontium,  magnesium;  (6)  fusion  of  such  metals  as  bismuth,  lead,  tin,  cadniiuui,  or 
the  heating  of  reducing  mixtures  which,  upon  fusion,  yield  these  metals;  ("I  exposure  of 
the  metal  to  a  white  heat  in  contact  with  metallic  oxides'giving  off  oxygen  under  this  condi- 
tion, e.  g'.,  oxides  of  lead,  bismuth,  nickel,  copper,  etc. ;  (8j  heating  phosphoric  acid  and  acid 
phosphates  when  mixed  with  carbon,  owing  to  the  liberation  of  phosphorus,  which  would 
form  platinum  phosphide;  (9)  boiling  down  such  de(()mposable  liquids  as  ferric  chloride; 
flO)  fusion  of  iodides  and  bromides ;  ( 11 1  the  heating  of  all  minerals,  etc.,  yielding  a  volatile 
film  (Beschlag),  upon  charcoal  when  heated  bv  means  of  the  blow-pipe.  Nor  should  platinum 
utensils  be  heated  in  a  sooty  flame,  owing  to  tlie  possible  formation  of  platinum  carbide,  which 
blisters  the  metal.     Arsenic  and  melting  potassium  cyanide  are  likewise  harmful. 


Platinum  in  the.  form  of  wire,  especially  when  warmed  to  about  50°  C. 
(122°  F.),  has  the  property  of  condensing  oxygen  gas  on  its  surface;  this  property 
is  possessed  to  an  even  more  remarkable  degree  liy  the  two  forms  of  platinum 
known  as  spongi/  platinum  and  platinum  black.  Spoiigi/  platinum  is  a  soft,  gray, 
porous  mass  of  platinum,  obtained  by  igniting  ammonium  platinic  chloride 
(PtClj[NHJj).  It  rapidly  condenses  oxygen  on  its  surface.  Bv  directing  a 
current  of  hydrogen  upon  spongy  platinum,  tlie  oxygen  contained  in  it  causes 
the  hydrogen  to  ignite.  On  this  jirinciple  Doebereiner's  lamp  is  based.  Mix- 
tures of  oxygen  with  the  vapors  of  alcohol  or  ether,  or  other  inflammable  vapors, 
may  likewise  be  ignited  by  means  of  spongy  platinum;  or  slow  oxidation  may 
be  induced.  Platinum  black  is  an  even  more  finely  divided  form  of  platinum, 
and  may  be  obtained  in  various  ways,r.  <;.,  by  rediuiiiir  platinic  chloride  solution 
(PtClsH^)  with  glycerin  anil  caustic  potash;  or  by  treating  an  alloy  of  jilatinum 
and  zinc  or  copper  with  nitric  acid,  whereby  platinum  remains  undissolved  in 
the  form  of  platinum  black.  This  substance,  when  washed  out  and  thoroughly 
dried,  absorbs  800  times  its  volume  of  oxygen,  thereby  becoming  red-hot.  In 
>;he  form  of  platinum-asbestos  (finely  diviiled  jilatinuni  deposited  upon  asbes- 
tos fibre),  platinum  black  is  being  used  with  success  in  organic  analysis  in  the 
place  of  oxide  of  copper;  likewise  in  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid  by  a  new 

Srocess,  which  consists  in  conducting  an  absolutely  dust-free  mixture  of  sulphur 
ioxide  and  oxygen  over  jtlatinum  asbestos  at  a /oir  temperature  (see  Von  Warthn, 
C/it'Hi. /f((7 !«»(/,  1S!)1),  p.  977).  Platinum  black  also  has  the  property  of  oxidizing 
alcohol,  forming  acetic  acid,  a  reaction  that  might  lu-  carried  out  on  a  larger  scale. 


PLUMBI   ACETAS.  LJUJ 

Two  oxides  of  platinum  are  known — the  wflnor/f/e  (,PlO),  forming  with  atiils  tin- 
brownish-green />/(ia'««i«f  salts,  and  the  (//"j/i/c  ( I'tO,),  which  furnif*  tlie  yellow  or 
Lirown  ;</'(0'hjc  salts.  Platinum  dissolved  in  nit ro-hydroi-hloric  acid  U>rms}il(ilinir 
rA/ori'./f,  supposed  to  be  PlC'l„hut  in  reality  a  double  compound  (PtClsHj+Gll.O^. 
Platiuio  chloride  causes  insoluble  crystalline  precipitates  in  solutions  of  pot:!.--- 
sium,  rubidium,  ca?siuni  or  ammonium  ^alts  (c.  </.,  PtClcK,,  or  PtCls[XHJj),  but 
not  in  sodium  or  lithium  salts,  which  form  water-soluble  crystals  («;.(;.,  PtC'l,Na.^T 
611,0).  Precipitates  are  also  produced  with  solutions  of  many  alkaloids ;  in  ordei 
to  test  for  these,  the  absence  of  potassium  and  ammonium  salts  must  be  pre 
viously  established. 

Salts  of  Platinum.— Platixi  Chloridum,  Plalinic  chloride.  Platinum  tetrachloride,  Platini 
birhloridum  iPtCl,  i,  Xilnimuriaie  of  plalinum.  The  term  bichloridum  has  reference  to  the  old 
nomenclatvire  ol  the  salt  and  must  not  be  confuseil  with  platinum  bichloride  (PtCl,)  as  ac- 
cepted to-thiy.  The  tetrachloride  is  prepared  by  dissolving  platinum  in  nitro-hydrochloric 
acid,  and  cautiously  evaporating  the  solution  on  the  sand  bath  to  drive  off  all  excess  of  acid 
and  the  water  of  crystallization.  The  heat  must  not  exceed  1L'0°C.  (248°  F. ).  A  dark,  reddish- 
brown,  deliquescent,  saline  mass  is  obtained,  which  is  soluble  in  water,  alcohol  or  ether.  It  is 
a  p<;>werful  caustic  poison.  It  was  formerly  often  recommended,  in  doses  of  from  i  to  i  of  a 
Krain,  3  or  4  times  a  day,  in  secondary  si/pliilit.  It  may  be  administered  in  aqueous  solution,  or 
in  |)ill  form.  An  ointment,  composed  of  5  grains  of  the  bichloride,  10  grains  of  extract  of  bella- 
donna, and  160  grains  of  lard,  has  been  applied  to  indvUiil  and  gyphililic  uk-trs  (Hafen. 

By  evaporation  of  the  platinic  chloride  solution  on  the  water-bath,  brown-red  delique- 
scent crystals  of  the  comix)8ition  (PtCljHj^-OHjO)  are  obtained.  By  precipitating  from  tlii.s 
compound  the  excess  of  HCI  by  means  of  silver  nitrate,  and  evaporating  the  supernatant 
liquid,  non-deliquescent  crystals  of  the  composition  (PtClj+oHjO)  result.  The  compound 
PtCljlIj-^tjHjO  has  action  and  uses  similar  to  the  bichloride,  being  employed  in  doses  about 
one-half  the  size  of  those  of  the  latter. 

Platini  it  Sodu  Chloridcm,  .So<iii  plalino-bichloridum,  Phtino-hichluride  of  godiiim,  chloro- 
/Wa<infl/<o/8o<fi"<im.— This  salt  mav  be  procured  by  dissolving  170  parts  of  pure  bichloride  of 
platinum  (platinum  tetra-chloriile,  see  above!,  and  5S.5  of  pure  cliloride  of  sodium,  in  sepa- 
rate portions  of  distilled  water.  Mix  the  solutions,  and  cautiously  evaporate  to  crj-stallization. 
The  crvstals  are  red,  soluble  in  water  or  alcohol,  and  have  the  fornmla,  l'tCl4.2XaClH-6HjO. 
AVhenlieated  they  lose  their  water  of  crystallization,  and  become  anhydrous,  forming  a  yellow 
IKiwder.  This  is  recommended  in  si/philitic  and  srrnfiilom  dixea.<es,  in  doses  of  J  grain  to  i" grain, 
3  times  a  day,  in  powder  with  starch,  pill,  or  a  mucilaginous  solution.  It  is  milder  in  its  action 
than  the  bichloride  of  platinum.  Half  a  drachm  of  the  sodium  salt  of  platinum  dissolved  in 
J  pint  of  decoction  of  poppies,  has  been  used  as  an  injection  in  gonorrhaa ;  or,  2  grains  to  1  ounce 
of  oil  or  fat  has  also  been  used. 

Pl.vtixi  IoDn>UM,  Platinic  iodide  (PtI,).— A  blackish  or  brown-black  non-crystalline 
tasteless  powder,  not  soluble  in  water,  but  dissolving  with  a  light-red  color,  in  either  potas- 
sium iodide,  or  carbonate. 

Platini  et  Potas,sii  Cvanidum,  Potassium  platitio-cyanide  (2KCN.Pt[CN]2.3H20).— In 
long  acicular  or  prismatic  crystals,  yellow,  with  a  handsome  blue  surface  reflection.  Exposed 
to  air  they  become  rose-colored  and  opaque.  Hot  water  freely  dissolves  it.  In  solution  it 
precipitates  ferrous  salts  blue-white,  cupric  salts,  green-blue,  and  mercurous  nitrate,  blue. 
Its  barium  compound  (BaPt[CN]4-f  4H2O)  is  sensitive  to  the  Koentgen  rays,  and  is  used  in  the 
preparaticm  of  the  fluoroscope  by  means  of  which  the  effects  of  the  rays'are  reniler<-d  visible. 

None  of  the  platinum  compounds,  which  are  said  to  resemble  therapeutically  the  salts  of 
gold,  are  employed  in  Eclectic  practice.  Platinum  forms  an  excellent  material  for  laboratorv 
utensils. 

PLUMBI  ACETAS  (U.  S.  P.)— LEAD  ACETATE. 

Formula:  Pb(C,HA),+3H,0.     Molecular  Weight:  378.0. 

Synonym  :  Sugar  of  lead,  Aretas  plumhinui,  Cerui^sa  acetata,  S<irr/i(irum  fcatunu. 

"Le;id  acetate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles"'--'  ('.  S.  P.). 

Preparation. — Acetate  of  lead  is  prepared  in  considerable  quantities  in  tlii.~ 
■  iinlry,  Ku-laiid,  Holland  and  France,  and  may  beobtaineil  by  several  methods; 
eitiier  carboiuite  of  lead  (see  Phunbi  C'drbomis)  clr  litharge  {Phnnbi  Oxidum)  is  dis- 
solved ill  acetic  acid,  or  the  hot  vapors  of  acetic  acid  are  made  to  act  upon  lead 
oxide;  the  product  is  dissolved  in  water,  and  the  solution  obtained  is  evaporated 
to  crystallization.  In  the  latter  o|)er:ition  a  slight  excess  of  acetic  acid  is  always 
necessary  (.see  directions  in  Br.  P/itinii.,lf^^'i).  As  prepared  for  use  in  the  arl«, 
wood-vinegar  and  litharge  Ixiiig  employed,  the  salt  is  impure  and  generally 
ranges  in  color  fmm  w  bite  to  reddish  or  brown.  Lead  acetate  is  largely  used  ii^ 
calico  printing  and  dyeing  as  a  mordant. 


1520  PLUMBI   ACETAS. 

Description. —Lead  acetate,  as  required  by  the  U.  S.  P., should  form  "color- 
less, shining,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms  or  plates,  or  heavj-,  white,  crystalline 
masses,  or  granular  crystals,  having  a  faintly  acetous  odor,  and  a  sweetish,  astrin- 
gent, afterward  metallic  taste.  Efflorescent,  and  absorbing  carbon  dioxide,  on 
exposure  to  the  air.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  2.3  parts  of  water,  and  in  21 
parts  of  alcohol;  in  0.5  part  of  boiling  water,  and  in  1  part  of  boiling  alcohol. 
When  heated  to  40°  C.  (104°  F.),  the  salt  loses  its  water  of  crystallization  (14.25 
per  cent;.  It  fu.ses  at  200°  C.  (392°  F.)  with  the  loss  of  acetic  acid,  and  when 
strongly  heated  it  is  completely  decomposed,  with  the  evolution  of  carbon 
dioxide  and  acetone,  leaving  a  residue  of  finely  divided  metallic  lead  mixed 
with  o.xide  and  carbonate.  On  heating  the  salt  with  sulphuric  acid,  vapors  of 
acetic  acid  are  evolved.  The  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  has  a  slightly  acid 
reaction,  and  yields  a  black  precipitate  with  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.,  a  yellow 
one  with  potassium  iodide  T.S.,  and  a  white  one  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid"' — 
(f/.  S.  P.).  When  lead  acetate  is  dissolved  in  water,  a  sm:ill  quantity  of  a  white 
precipitate  is  usually  formed,  consisting  of  carbonate  of  lead,  due  to  the  carbonic 
acid,  which  is  usually  present  in  water,  or  to  the  action  of  the  carbon  dioxide  con- 
tained in  the  air,  if  the  salt  has  not  been  kept  in  well-stoppered  vessels;  a  small 
quantity  of  acetic  acid  will  redissolve  this  deposit,  and  render  the  solution  clear. 
When  exposed  to  a  vacuum  kept  dry  by  sulphuric  acid  or  quicklime,  the  acetate 
of  lead  falls  into  a  white  powder,  which  is  completely  anhydrous.  Acetate  of  lead 
is  incomi)atible  with  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths,  and  especially  with  those  acids 
or  their  soluble  salts  which  form  a  precipitate  with  soluble  lead  salts,  as  sulphuric, 
phosphoric,  hydrochloric,  hydriodic,  oxalic,  malic  acids,  etc.,  and  partially  even  by 
water  containing  carbonic  acid. 

Tests. — Acetate  of  lead  dissolved  in  distilled  water  is  precipitated  as  white 
carbonate  of  lead  when  treated  with  sodium  carbonate.  The  above  precipitate  of 
lead  sulphate,  produced  by  the  addition  of  sulphuric  acid  is  quite  characteristic 
for  lead  salts ;  it  is  soluble  in  basic  ammonium  tartrate  (difference  from  barium 
sulphate).  Lead  sulphate  also  differs  from  barium  sulphate  by  turning  black  in 
contact  with  ammonium  sulphide.  Complete  solubility  of  lead  acetate  in  distilled 
water  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  shows  the  absence  of  sulphates,  and,  to  some 
extent,  of  chlorides.  "A  10  per  cent  solution  of  the  salt,  prepared  with  water 
which  has  recently  been  boiled,  should  be  clear,  or  only  slightly  opalescent  (limit 
of  carbonate),  and  should  yield,  with  potassium  ferrocyanide  T.8.,  a  pure  white 
precipitate  (absence  of  iron  or  copper).  If  to  the  aqueous  solution  hydrochloric 
acid  be  added  until  no  further  precipitate  is  produced,  and  the  remainder  of  the 
lead  removed  from  the  filtrate  by  hydrogen  sulphide,  a  portion  of  the  new  filtrate 
should  not  be  affected  by  the  addition  of  a  slight  excess  of  ammonia  water  (ab- 
sence of  zinc  or  iron).  If  another  portion  of  the  last  filtrate  be  evaporated  to 
dryness,  it  should  leave  no  residue  (absence  of  salts  of  the  alkalies  or  of  zinc)" — 
(r.  .s'.  p.).     (  For  PliuiJu  S,:h,urf<,s.  see  Lhiuor  Plumbi  Sulnicetatu^.} 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— I.  Lead.  (For  description,  etc.,  see 
under  Plumlii  U.ritlum.)  Ltad  is  a  poison,  though  not  specially  active,  and  when 
taken  internally  it  is  absorbed,  and  may  be  detected  in  the  Huids  and  solids.  In 
acute  lead  poisoning  there  is  a  burning,  prickling  sensation  in  the  fauces,  thirst, 
dryness  of  tissues,  gastric  uneasiness  anil  vomiting  and  severe  intermittent  colic 
relieved  by  pressure.  Obstinate  constipation  is  the  rule.  The  abdomen  is  tense 
with  the  skin  retracted  and  cold.  The  stools  are  dark,  due  to  tlie  formation  of 
lead  sulphide.  If  protracted,  the  nervous  system  is  involved,  giddines.*,  torpor, 
and  coma  sometimes  being  present,  while  numbness,  cramps  of  calves  of  the  leg 
and  inner  side  of  thighs,  and  paralysis  may  take  place.  A  blue  line  may  some- 
times be  observed  ui>on  the  gums.  For  acute  poisoning  the  soluble  sulphates 
mentioned  below,  under  Lend  Acetate,  are  the  proper  antidotes.  When  the  system 
is  impregnated  with  lead  (chronic  lead  poisoning)  it  is  said  to  jiroduce  a  leaden 
discoloratii)n  of  the  gums,  teeth,  and  mucous  nunibrane  of  the  month,  a  jK-cuiiar 
lead  taste  and  odor,  jaundice,  emaciation,  and  a  feeble,  irregular,  state  of  the  cir- 
culation, the  pulse  being  often  reduced  to  40  or  45  beats  per  minute.  In  large 
doses,  or  when  continued  for  some  time  in  small  doses,  lead  gives  rise  to  certiun 
abdominal  pains,  termed  leml  rolir;  sharp  pains  in  the  limbs,  unaccompanied  by 
either  redness  or  swelling,  and  \vlii<'b  are  increased  bv  motion,  ami  dimiuisho*l  l>y 


PLl-Ml'.I   ACKTAS.  1521 

pressure,  and  are  frequently  accoMipaniicl  by  hardness,  and  cramps  in  the  affected 
parts,  and  which  condition  is  tcrniid  laid  orthralyiu;  lead  paralysis,  which  attacks 
the  extremities,  more  commonly  the  sui)erior,  and  whicli  appears  to  affect  the 
extensor  muscles  principally,  the  hands  l)tin>;  hint  or  dropped  {wri.'<f-drop)  and 
the  arms  dangling  by  the  side.  There  may  al.~o  he  a  paralysis  of  sensation.  The 
brain  may  also  become  affected  with  what  is  tcruiea  lend  enrephtddputhy,  mani- 
fested by  furious  or  tranquil  delirium,  more  or  less  profound  coma,  or  convul- 
sions, hiiuters'  colic  (coliea  pu-toiium)  is  a  peculiar  affection  attacking  painters  and 
other  workers  in  lead.  Its  most  characteristic  symjitoms  are  severe  colic  with  a 
sense  of  sinking  about  the  region  of  the  navel,  and  a  peculiar  form  of  j>aralysis 
allowing  the  hands  to  drop  (wri.-<t-drnp).  General  paralysis  may  occur,  the  skin  be- 
comes yellow,  and  on  the  abdomen  retracted,  constipation  is  obstinate,  emaciation 
marke<l,the  blue  line  is  pronounced,  and  if  severe  enough  epiieptoid  convulsions 
ending  in  death,  may  ensue.  When  convulsions  occur  death  is  very  apt  to  fol- 
low. Painters  and  workirs  in  lead  are  more  commonly  poisoned,  but  occasionally 
families  are  jtoisoned  by  drinking  water  from  new  lead  pipes  (allowing  .solutions 
of  suljihuric  acid  or  soluble  sulphates  to  stand  in  the  pipes  will  prevent  this); 
typesetters  are  )irone  to  lead- poisoning,  and  flour  has  been  known  to  contain  enough 
lead  (from  repairing  holes  in  the  mill  stones  with  lead)  to  act  as  a  poison.  Lead 
chromate  used  to  color  pastry  has  produced  serious  results.  In  cases  of  chronic 
poisonin!:  by  lead,  the  antidotal  treatment  is,  to  place  the  patient  in  a  bath  made 
by  dissolving  sulphide  of  potassium,  4  ounces  in  30  gallons  of  warm  water,  which  . 
converts  the  lead  on  the  surface  to  a  black  sulphide,  which  must  be  removed  by 
means  of  soap  and  water,  and  a  good  stiff  brush,  and  which  should  be  repeated 
every  few  days  until  tiie  skin  no  longer  becomes  discolored  by  the  sulphuretted 
bath.  Internally,  water  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid  should  be  drank;  or  solu- 
tions of  the  sulphates  of  sodium,  magnesium,  or  alum.  A  decoction  of  ground 
ivy  (Xepetn  Glfrhoma)  may  be  drank  freely;  or,  water  acidulated  with  the  juice  of 
preserved  barberries.  Iodide  of  potassium  has  been  recommended,  and  is  said  to 
render  the  lea<l  with  which  it  comes  in  contact  more  soluble,  so  that  it  can  be 
more  readily  passed  from  the  system.  The  latter  salt  is  by  far  the  most  common 
antidote  now  employed  for  chronic  lead  poisoning.  The  bowels  must  be  kept  regu- 
lar by  castor  oil,  to  which  croton  oil  may  be  added  if  necessary;  opiates  maybe 
given  to  relieve  pains  and  cramps;  tonics  to  improve  the  strength  when  there  is 
much  debility;  and  nux  vomica  or  strychnine,  with  electro-magnetism  and  fric- 
tions or  shampooing,  to  overcome  the  paralysis.  (For  a  record  of  wholesale  poi- 
soning through  flour  containing  metallic  lead,  see  American  Journal  of  Pharmacy, 
1888,  p.  14S.  I 

II.  Lead  Acetate. — Acetate  of  lead,  in  doses  of  from  1  to  4  grains,  every 
1,  2,  or  4  hours,  is  an  eflicient  astringent  and  sedative.  It  is  usually  given  in  pill 
form.  In  large  doses,  it  is  an  irritant;  and  in  long-continued,  small  doses,  it  may 
induce  the  iieculiar  constitutional  action  of  the  preparatiims  of  lead.  Its  best 
antidote  is  sulphate  of  sotlium,  sulphate  of  magnesium,  or  phosphate  of  sodium, 
which  should  i)e  followed  by  emetics,  if  necessary,  and  then  by  alternate  purga- 
tives and  opium.  Generally,  an  excess  is  followed  by  vomiting,  which  prevents 
:iny  sfciious  injury,  and,  as'long  as  the  bowels  are  kei)t  regular,  its  effects  upon 
the  constitution  are  seldom  experienced.  Large  doses  have,  at  times,  been  taken, 
even  to  several  drachms,  without  occasioning  more  than  severe  sickness,  some 
pain  in  the  stomach,  vomiting,  etc.  Few  fatal  cases  have  been  recorded.  Some 
practitioi;eis  make  extensive  use  of  it  in  active  or  pn.ii'ire  hemorrhnries  froni  the  lungs, 
lioicels,  vomi, etc.,  in  which  it  is  employed  with  the  view  of  diminishing  the  cali- 
ber of  the  bleeding  vessels,  thereby  cheeking  the  flow.  It  is  generally  given  in 
connection  with  opium.  It  has  also  been  exhibited  in  colli<iuatiiediarrha'a, chronic 
dygenler>j,X»  Q\\ec\i.  excessive  secretion  in /ir'xicAtVw,  to  remove  obstinate  »Hfrct/rin/ 
ptynlivm,  and  in  gastric  irritability  attending  certain  forms  of /crer.  In  pn^xive  hem- 
orrhages, the  following  has  been  found  eflicient:  Take  of  acetate  of  lead,  2  grains; 
opium,  \  to  1  grain;  capsicum,  2  grains;  form  into  a  pill  with  conserve  of  roses, 
and  give  I  every  hour  or  two,  in  urgent  cases  every  10  minutes.  While  adminis- 
tering this  agent,  the  gums  should  be  frequently  examined,  and  as  soon  as  a  blue 
line  is  observed  along  their  edge,  indicative  of  its  constitutional  influence,  its  use 
should  be  stopped.     Many  practitioners,  however,  denounce  its  internal  adniinis- 


1521  PLUMBI  CAKBUXA.S. 

tration,  and  employ  it  occasionally,  in  solution,  as  an  external  application,  in 
cases  oi superficial  inflammations,  as  in  erythema,  erysipelas,  spreading  inflammation 
of  the  subcutaneous  cellular  tissue,  and  in  many  cutaneous  diseases.  The  solution 
may  be  made  by  dissolving  1  drachm  of  the  salt  in  5  or  8  fluid  ounces  of  distilled 
water,  to  which  1  fluid  drachm  of  distilled  vinegar  may  be  added  to  prevent  the 
oxide  from  being  thrown  down;  1  or 2  grains  dissolved  in  1  fluid  ounce  of  pure 
water  forms  a  common  collyrium,  but  should  not  be  used  when  the  cornea  is 
ulcerated,  lest  a  deposit  of  lead  leave  an  opacity  after  the  parts  are  healed.  In  in- 
flammations, opium  is  often  conjoined  with  it,  4  grains  of  each  being  added  to 
every  fluid  ounce  of  water.  So  much  improvement  has  been  recently  made  in 
American  practice,  that  we  believe  even  the  external  use  of  this  agent  can  be,  in 
a  great  measure,  dispensed  with.  It  forms  a  favorite  injection  among  the  laity 
for  the  cure  of  gonorrhoia,  and  is  undoubtedly  the  most  universally  successful 
application,  when  used  in  alcoholic  solution,  for  the  relief  of  pouioning  by  Rhus 
Toxicodendron. 

PLUMBI  CARBONAS  (U.  S.  P.)— LEAD  CARBONATE. 

Formula:  (PbC03),Pb(0H),.    Molecular  Weight  :  772.82. 

Synonyms:  White  lead,  Cerussa,  Fluke  xchite,  Magistery  of  lead.  Plumbum  carbon- 
icum,  Carbonas  plumbicus,  Plumbum  hydrico-carbonieum. 

Lead  carbonate  should  be  kept  in  well-closed  vessels. 

Preparation. — Lead  carbonate  is  found  in  nature  in  the  form  of  certain  rare 
minerals,  and  may  be  prepared  artificially  by  causing  a  current  of  carbonic  acid  ga.s 
to  pass  through  a  certain  quantity  of  solution  of  subacetate  of  lead,  prepared  by 
boiling  solution  of  acetate  of  lead  with  litharge.  This  is  Thhiard's  process, oiv;h\ch 
Benson's  process  is  a  modification.  Washed  litharge,  with  a  little  acetate  of  lead, 
is  made  into  a  thin  paste  with  water,  and,  with  continual  stirring,  a  current  of 
carbon  dioxide  is  conducted  into  the  mixture  until  absorption  ceases.  The  best 
mode  of  preparation,  even  at  this  day,  and  yielding  a  product  of  great  "covering 
power"  for  the  purposes  of  painting,  is  the  olditime  Dutch  process.  This  consist.s 
in  placing  rows  of  earthenware  j)ots  under  sheds,  pouring  into  each  pot  a  little 
acetic  acid,  placing  above  this,  inside  of  each  i)ot,  a  roll  of  sheet  lead,  and  cover- 
ing the  entire  arrangement  with  tan-bark.  The  heat  of  the  decomposing  bark 
causes  evaporation  of  the  vinegar,  this  unites  with  the  lead  to  form  basic  acetate  of 
lead,  and  the  carb(Mi  dioxide  supplied  from  the  decomposing  organic  matter  of 
the  bark  converts  this  into  white  lead. 

Description  and  Tests.— Carbonate  of  lead  is  described  by  the  f.  5.  P.  a.s 
"a  heavy,  white,  opaque  powder,  or  a  pulverulent  ma.ss,  without  odor  or  taste. 
Permanent  in  the  air.  Insoluble  in  water  or  alcohol,  but  soluble  in  acetic  or 
diluted  nitric  acid,  with  efiervescence.  When  strongly  heated,  the  salt  turns  yel- 
low without  charring,  and,  if  heated  in  contact  with  charcoal,  it  isTeduced  to  me- 
tallic lead" — (('.  S.  P.).  In  the  latter  case,  the  metallic  globule  is  surrounded  by 
a  volatile  zone  (Beschlag)  of  the  yellow  oxide.  The  salt  parts  with  its  combined 
water  at  15.5°  C.  (311'  F.),  but  Soes  not  lose  weight  at  100°  C.  (-212°  F.).  The 
salt  is  somewhat  soluble  in  water  containing  carbonic  acid.  It  is  blackened  by 
sulphide  of  hydrogen,  and  by  ammonium  sulphide.  The  composition  of  white 
lead  is  variable,  but  should  correspond  to  an  oxycarbonateof  lead(,Pl>CO,  >;Pb(,OH\. 
This  formula  allows  for  a  loss  in  weight  of  about  14  per  cent  upon  igniting  the 
salt,  while  the  official  requirements  (see  below)  fixes  the  limit  at  15  per  cent. 
Barytes  (barium  sulphate)  is  a  common  adulterant  of  the  white  lead  employe<l  in 
the  arts.  A  mixture  of  barytes  (1  part)  and  white  lead  (1  part)  is  known  as  Vene- 
tianwhitc;  barytes  (2  parts)  and  white  lead(l  part),  a.s  Hamburg  uhitc;  and  barytes 
(3  parts)  and  white  lead  (1  part),  as  Dutch  white.  Barytes  is  easily  detectetl  by  its 
insolubility  in  nitric  acid.  "If  2  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  a  mixture  of  2 Co. 
of  nitric  acid  and  10  Cc.  of  water,  it  should  not  leave  more  than  0.02  Gm.  of  residue 
(limit  of  insoluble  foreign  salts).  This  solution  yields  a  black  precipitate  with 
hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.,  a  yellow  one  with  potassium  iodide  T.S..  and  a  white 
one  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid.  On  completely  prwipitating  the  solution  with 
hydrogen  sulphide,  the  filtrate  should  not  leave  more  than  a  trifling  rt-sidue  on 
evaporation  (limit  of  salts  of  the  :dkalies.  alkaline  earths,  or  of  zinc").     If  1  Gm. 


rH'MBI  lOniDUM.  I'iTi 

of  the  salt  be  strongly  ignited,  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  it  should  leave  a  residue 
of  lead  oxiile  weighing  n..t  less  than  0.85  Gni."— (f.  .S'. /'.). 

Action  and  MecUcal  Uses.— Carbonate  of  lead  is  never  used  internally.  It 
has  been  apidieil  externally  as  an  astringent  and  desiccative  to  irritated  8urfarci<, 
burns,  srnlili,  etc.  It  may  be  dustetl  over  the  ])arts.  Applied  in  the  form  of  oint- 
ment, 1  part  to  8  of  simple  cerate;  or,  as  a  lotion,  1  jiart  to  3  parts  or  more  of  lin- 
seed oil.  Being  a  very  poisonous  compound,  it  should  not,  as  it  occasionally  is. 
be  applied  to  excoriated  surfaces.  It  maybe  used  on  hral  congestion  of  the  skin. 
Its  absorption  is  said  to  be  attended  with  considerable  danger. 

PLUMBI  lODIDUM  (U.  S.  P.)— LEAD  IODIDE. 

Formula:  PbL.    Moi,K<ri,.\K  Wkight:  459. 4t). 

Synonyms:   Phtmhum  iodatiun,  Ixlnretvm  plumliicum. 

•'  Lead  iodide  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  protected  from  light" — 
iU.S.P). 

Preparation. — Iodide  of  lead  is  prepared  by  dissolving  4  ounces  (av.)  of  ni- 
trate of  lead  in  Ih  pints  of  hot,  distilled  water,  and  then  mixing  with  it  a  solution 
of  4  ounces  iav.)of  iodide  of  jiotassium  in  ijiint  of  water;  allow  the  precipitate  to 
subside,  throwing  it  on  a  filter,  washing  it  well  with  cold  water,  and  drying  on  bibu- 
lous pa])er,  by  exposure  to  the  atmosphere.  The  reaction  is  as  follows :  Ph^XO^jj-f- 
'2KI=2KN0^+Pblj.  This  equation  represents  equal  parts,  by  weight,  of  the  two 
salts  employed.  An  excess  of  potassium  iodide  would  hold  some  lead  iodide  in 
solution.  The  yield  is  about  133  parts  of  lead  iodide  from  each  100  parts  of  ni- 
trate employed.  Acetate  of  lead  should  not  i)e  substituted  for  the  nitrate,  as  the 
resulting  acetate  of  potassium  is  a  solvent  of  iodide  of  lead.  Lead  iodide  may 
also  be  obtained  by  the  action  of  hydriodic  acid  upon  lead,  which  dissolves  quite 
readily  in  tliis  fluid. 

Description. — Iodide  of  lead  is  officially  described  as  "a  heavy,  bright-yellow 
powder,  without  odor  or  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble  in  about2000  parts 
of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),and  ift  about  200  parts  of  boiling  water,  separating  from 
the  latter  solution  in  brilliant,  golden-yellow  spangles  or  crystalline  laminae.  Very 
slightly  soluble  in  alcohol,  but  soluble,  without  color,  in  solutions  of  the  fixed  alka- 
lies, in  concentrated  solutions  of  the  acetates  of  the  alkalies,  of  potassium  iodide, 
and  of  sodium  hyposulphite,  and  in  a  hot  solution  of  ammonium  chloride.  When 
moderately  heated,  the  salt  fuses  to  a  thick,  reddish-brown  liquid,  which  congeals, 
on  cooling,  to  a  yellow,  crystalline  mass.  At  a  higher  temperatm-e  it  is  decom- 
posed, with  the  evolution  of  violet  vapors  of  iodine,  leaving  a  lemon-yellow  residue 
of  leail  o.xy  iodide'" — (U.S.  P.).  Boiling  ether  decomposes  lead  iodide,  the  iodine 
dissolving  in  it,  while  pale-yellow  lead  oxyiodide  is  left  behind  (Vogel).  Exposure 
to  moisture  and  light  tends  to  the  decomposition  of  salt  with  liberation  of  iodine. 

Tests. — ""If  1  Gni.  of  the  salt  be  triturated  with  2  Gra.  of  ammonium  chlo- 
ride and  2  Cc.  of  water,  a  nearly  white  mixture  will  result.  If  this  be  transferred 
to  a  test-tube,  and  heated  in  a  water-bath  for  a  few  minutes,  a  clear  and  almost 
colorless  .solution  should  be  formed  (absence  of  chromate  and  of  other  insoluble 
foreign  .salts).  On  cooling  this  solution,  a  solid  mass  of  nearly  colorless,  fine,  silky 
crystals  will  be  produced,  and,  on  adding  water  or  diluted  sulphuric  acid  to  this 
mass,  yellow  lead  iodide  will  be  separated.  If  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  l>e  boiled  for  a 
few  minutes  with  20  C'c.  of  water,  the  mixture  then  cooled  and  filtered,  the  lead 
removed  from  thi-  filtrate  by  hydrogen  sulphide,  and  the  new  filtiate  somewhat 
concentrated  by  evaporation,  a  portion  of  this  liquid  when  mixed  with  a  little  sul- 
phuric acid,  and  tinted  with  a  drop  of  indigo  T.S.,  should  not  liecome  decolorized 
on  heating  (absence  of  nitrate).  If  another  jiortion  of  the  liquid  be  carefully  neu- 
Malized  with  ammonia  water,  it  should  not  become  colored  red  by  a  drop  of  ferric 
liloride  T.S.  (alis<  nee  of  acetate).  If  the  remainder  of  the  filtrate  be  evaporated 
•  dryness,  it  should  leave  no  residue  (absence  of  soluble  foreign  salts)" — (CS.P.). 
\s  to  the  cheinistrv  of  the  ntictjon  between  lead  iodide  and  ammonium  chloride, 

H.C.C.  M:ii>.-lK  .\m.r..In„r.  /'/<./,■»,.,  1  SS4,  p.  91 . 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Lead  iodide  has  been  used  both  inter- 
nally and  externally  in  the  treatment  of  iirriyfulon.t  and  syphiliiic  tunwrii.  indolent 


1524  rUMBI  NITRAS. 

ulcers,  periostitis,  etc.  It  is  now  seldom  used  internally,  except  by  a  few,  who 
believe  it  efficient  in  reducing  splenic  hypertrophy  of  malariul  origin.  The  dose  in- 
ternally is  from  ^  to  i  grain,  cautiously  increased  to  3  or  4  grains,  in  pill  form, 
with  confection  of  rose.s.  Externally,  an  ointment  may  be  used,  composed  of  1 
part  of  iodide  of  lead  and  8  parts  of  lard;  to  be  applied  to  the  tumors  by  friction. 
The  application  of  the  ointment  is  reported  to  have  cured  &  dermoid  cyst  of  the 
nrbit  (Foltz,  in  Webster's  [hjnnm.  Therap.).  It  is  liable  to  produce  the  ordinary 
effects  of  the  lead  preparations,  in  consequence  of  which,  as  an  external  appli- 
cation, iodide  of  cadmium  has  been  preferred. 

PLUMBI  NITRAS  (U.  S.  P.)— LEAD  NITRATE. 

Formula:  Pb(N03)j.    Molecitlar  Weight:  330.18. 

Synonyms  :  Normal  lead  nitrate,  Plumbum  nitricum,  Nitras plumhicus,  Azotasplum^ 
bicus.  Lead  xnltpetre. 

Preparation. — This  salt  may  be  obtained  by  dissolving  litharge  (PbO),  in 
fine  powder,  4i  ounces,  in  diluted  nitric  acid,  1  pint,  by  the  aid  of  a  sand-bath 
hiat.  Filter,  and  set  the  liquor  aside  to  crystallize,  concentrate  the  residual  liquid 
to  obtain  more  crystals.  Dry  the  crystals,  on  bibulous  paper,  in  a  warm  atmos- 
phen-,  and  jireserve  in  a  well-closed  bottle. 

Description  and  Tests. — "  Colorless,  transparent,  octahedral  crystals,  when 
obtained  by  the  spontaneous  evaporation  of  cold  solutions,  or  white,  nearl^Vopaque 
crystals,  when  formed  by  the  cooling  of  hot  solutions;  without  odur,  and  having 
a  sweetish,  astringent,  afterward  metallic  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble 
in  2  parts  of  water  at  15"  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  0.75  part  of  boiling  water;  almost 
insoluble  in  alcohol.  When  strongly  heated,  the  salt  decrepitates,  emits  nitrous 
vapors,  and  finally  leaves  a  residue  of  lead  oxide.  The  aqueous  solulion  has  an 
acid  reaction,  and  yields  a  black  precipitate  with  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S., a  yel- 
low one  with  potassium  iodide  T.S.,  and  a  white  one  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid" 
— {U.S.  P.).  Lead  nitrate  is  almost  insoluble  in  strong  nitric  acid.  Diluted 
alcoholic  liquids  dissolve  it.  Triturated  with  sulphur  in  a  hot  mortar,  a  feeble 
detonation  is  produced,  and  the  lead  is  reduced  to  the  metallic  state.  Trituration 
of  this  salt  with  oxidizable  substances  should,  therefore,  be  avoided.  Iron  occa- 
sions no  precipitate  when  kept  in  solution  of  nitrate  of  lead.  It  forms  a  precipi- 
tate with  fibrin  and  albumen,  also  with  sul])hates,  chlorides,  and  sulphides. 

This  compound  is  largely  employed  in  the  arts,  in  making  chrome  yeliotc 
and  chrome  red  (neutral  and  basic  lead  chromate),  in  preparing  mordants  for 
dyeing  purposes,  and  in  the  preparation  of  iodide  of  lead  for  medicinal  use. 
"A  10  per  cent  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  should  give,  with  potassium  ferro- 
cyanide  T.S.,  a  pure  white  precipitate  (absence  of  iron  or  copper).  If  hydro- 
chloric acid  be  added  to  the  aqueous  solutii>n  until  no  further  precipitate  is  pro- 
duced, and  the  remainder  of  the  lead  be  removed  from  tlie  filtrate  bv  hydrogen 
sulphide,  a  portion  of  the  new  filtrate  should  not  be  affected  by  the  aildition  of  a 
slight  excess  of  ammonia  water  (absence  of  zinc  or  iron).  If  another  portion  be 
evaporated  to  dryness,  it  should  leave  no  residue  (absence  of  the  salts  of  tlie  alka- 
lies, or  of  zinc)" — (f.  S.  P.).  The  presence  of  copper  would  also  be  indicated  by 
the  blue  solution  produced  by  the  addition  of  excess  of  aqua  ammonia?  to  the 
aqueous  solution  of  the  salt,  after  the  white  precipitate  of  lead  hvdroxide  (Pb 
[OH],)  has  subside.]. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Lead  nitrate  produces  tlie  general  ef- 
fects of  the  soluble  salts  of  had.  It  is  rarely  used  internally,  though  recom- 
mended, in  doses  of  ^  to  1  grain,  in  pill  or  solution,  many  vears  since,  in  nsthmo, 
q)ilepsy,  and  to  check  hcmoirhiigcs.  Externally,  a  solution  has  bwn  employed  as 
a  topical  application  to  wounds,  ulcers,  sore  nipples,  rrtiic<Toits  tumors,  cltit]ij>ed  hands, 
niliuienus  (iffcctiniis,  and  phagedaiic  ulcers;  also  as  an  injection  in  offcu-^'iir  discharqfs 
from  the  viKjiiui,  urcthro,  etc.  It  destroys  the  odor  of  gangrenous  affo-tiong.  Tne 
powder  is  a  good  application  to  destroy  tbe/Kiij/o/'W  t(/crni^(o»i,<,  witli  Sitneous  dis- 
cbarges, arising  from  oiD/chia,  and  is  accredited  with  the  cure  of  rjiilhcHumn,  When 
applied  to  .<f»c  »/;)/'/<.<,  tliese  should  always  be  waslied  with  warm  water  each  time 
before  the  ehild  is  put  to  the  breast.     From  10  grains  to  1  drachm  of  the  nitrate, 


PLUMBI  oxiniM.  1525 

diobolved  in  1  fluid  ounce  of  distilled  water,  aioording  to  the  strength  desired, has 
been  used.  Nitrate  of  lead  is  likewise  used  as  a  disinfectant.  It  conipletelj'  de- 
stroys the  unpleasant  odor  of  animal  and  vegetable  substances  which  are  evolving 
sulphide  of  hydrogen,  or  sulphide  of  ammoniutn.  Ledm/en's  d  in  infect  ivg  fluid  is  a 
solution  of  8  drachms  of  nitrate  of  lead  in  A  [lint  of  distilled  water. 

PLUMBI  OXIDUM  (U.  S.  P.)— LEAD  OXIDE. 

FoRMi-i..^:  PbO.    Molecular  Weight:  222.36. 

Sy.nonyms  :    Lithari/e.  Son  ir  it  rifled  oxide  of  lead. 

'■  Lead  oxide  should  be  kept  in  well-closed  vessels" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Preparation.— When  lead  is  heated  in  the  air  so  as  to  be  converted  into 
vapor,  it  burns  with  a  white  light  and  forms  oxide  of  lead,  which,  when  thus 
obtained,  is  termed  flowers  of  lead.  If  melted  lead  be  exposed  to  a  current  of  air, 
it  is  rapidly  oxidized  on  its  surface;  if  the  latter  be  renewed  by  continual  stirring, 
the  whole  mass  becomes  converted  into  gray  lend  ash,  this  being  a  mixture  of  an 
amorphous  yellow  oxide  (PbO),  termed  mas{:irol,  and  gray  particles  of  unoxidized 
metallic  lead.  Upon  further  oxidation,  the  latter  also  becomes  converted  into 
the  oxide.  If  oxidation  <>f  the  lead  is  carried  out  at  a  temperature  above  the 
melting  point  of  the  resultant  oxide,  the  latter,  upon  cooling,  solidifies  in  the 
form  of  a  brick-red  mass,  called  litharge,  consisting  of  crystalline  scales.  It  is  largely 
obtained  in  the  process  of  cupellation,  i.  c.,  the  obtaining  of  silver  from  argen- 
tiferous galena.  Pure  lead  oxide  may  be  obtained  by  igniting  pure  lead  carbonate 
or  oxalate  to  constant  weight  in  a  porcelain  crucible. 

Description. — The  official  requirements  for  lead  oxide  are :  "A  heav^',  yellow- 
ish or  reddish-yellow  powder,  or  minute  scales,  without  odor  or  taste.  On  expo- 
sure to  the  air  it  slowly  absorbs  moisture  and  carbon  dioxide.  Almost  insolu- 
ble in  water,  to  which  it,  however,  imparts  a  faintly  alkaline  reaction  ;  insoluble 
in  alcohol;  but  soluble  in  acetic  or  diluted  nitric  acid,  and  in  warm  .solutions 
of  the  fixed  alkalies.  When  heated,  the  oxide  assumes  a  brownish-red  color,  be- 
coming yellow  again  on  cooling.  It  fuses  at  a  red  heat.  When  heated  in  contact 
with  charcoal,  it  is  reduced  to  metallic  lead" — {_U.  S.  P.).  It  is  likewise  reduced 
to  metallic  lead  at  a  dull-red  heat  by  hydrogen  and  by  carbon  monoxide  gaa. 
Litharge  is  commercially  distinguished  by  its  color,  as  yellow  or  .niver  litharge,  and 
red  or  gold  litharge.  Oxide  of  lead  is  soluble  in  water  to  the  extent  of  only  1  in 
about  7000  parts  (A.  M.  Comey,  Dift.  Inorg.  Solubilities,  1892).  Glycerin  and  sugar 
solutions  also  slightly  dissolve  it,  and  acquire  the  odor  of  caramel  and  a  brownish 
color  upon  being  digested  with  it.  Lead  oxide  is  also  soluble  in  warm  solution 
of  lead  acetate,  basic  lead  acetate  being  formed  (see  Limior  Plumbi  Suharetati--<). 
Lead  oxide  dissolves  in  caustic  alkali  with  formation  of  a  plumbite,  e.g.,  PhOJ^. 
The  specific  gravity  of  oxide  of  lead  is  about  9.5. 

Tests. — Litharge  is  liable  to  contain,  among  other  impurities,  the  following: 
Metallic  lead,  minium  (red  lead),  iron,  copper,  oxide  of  antimony,  silicic  and 
carbonic  acids,  etc.  Brick  dust  and  yellow  ochre  (an  earthy  iron  silicate)  have 
been  used  as  adulterants.  A  pure  article  conforms  to  the  following  pharmaciv 
preial  requirements :  "  Lead  oxide  should  be  soluble  in  diluted  nitric  acid  with 
but  little  eServescence  (limit  of  carbonate),  and  without  the  development  of  the 
odor  of  nitrous  acid,  leaving  not  more  than  a  trifling  residue  (absence  of  silicate, 
barium  sulphate,  etc.).  The  solution,  which  should  be  colorless,  yields  with 
hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  a  black  precipitate,  with  potassium  iodide  T.S.  a  yellow 
one,  and  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid  a  white  precipitate,  the  latter  being  .soluble 
in  a  strong  solution  of  sodium  hydrate.  If  from  the  solution  in  diluted  nitric 
acid  the  lead  be  precipitated  by  sulphuric  acid,  the  filtrate,  after  the  addition  of 
an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  should  not  a.ssume  more  than  a  slight  bluish  tint 
(limit  of  copper),  nor  yield  more  than  traces  of  a  reddish-yellow  precipitate  (limit 
of  iron).  If  5  (im.of  the  oxide  contained  in  a  small  flask  be  shaken  with  5  Cc. 
of  water,  then  20  Cc.  of  acetic  acid  added,  and  the  mixture  boiled  for  a  few 
minutes  and  filtered,  the  insoluble  residue,  when  well  washed  and  drietl,  should 
not  weigh  more  than  0.075  Gm.  (absence  of  more  than  1.5  percent  of  insoluble 
impurities).    When  strongly  heated,  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  the  oxide  should  not 


1526  PLUMBI  OXIDUM. 

lose  more  than  2  per  cpnt  of  its  weight  (limit  of  carbonate  and  of  moisture)" — 
([/.  S.  P.).  Mr.  F.  W.  Haussmann  {Amer.  Jour.  PJiann.,  1897,  p.  572j  found  nearly 
all  of  25  commercial  specMinens  examined  tolerably  pure. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Oxide  of  lead  "is  u.'^ed  in  the  preparation  of 
lead  plaster  and  otlier  compounds  of  lead.  It  is  sometimes  employed,  sprinkled 
on  ulcers,  etc  ,  as  an  astringent  and  desiccative,  though,  as  a  rule,  care  should  be 
taken  not  to  use  it  where  the  skin  is  broken.  It  enters  into  the  composition  of 
several  plasters  and  ointments.  A  mixture  of  sweet  oil  and  litharge  may  be 
applied  to  burTis,  provided  the  skin  is  intact,  and  a  superficial  caustic,  prepared  of 
litharge  and  caustic  potash,  is  sometimes  employed  to  destroy  genital  tcnrtx.  When 
boiled  with  cream  of  lime,  it  forms  a  plumbite  of  calcium,  which  has  been  em- 
ployed as  a  hair-dye. 

Lead  and  Its  Compounds.— Plumbi-m,  i>ad.  Symlx)l:  Pb.  Atomic  Weight :  20r).4.  This 
metal  lias  been  known  from  earliest  antiquity,  and  is  frequently  mentioned  in  the  Bible.  It 
exists  in  nature  occasionally  as  an  oxide ;  and  in  the  form  of  normal  lead  carln^nate  ( irhite 
lead  ore)  it  constitutes  the  mineral  ceruggite.  Its  most  common  ore  is,  however,  sulphide 
of  lead,  termed  galena  (galenite,  PbS),  from  which  it  is  extracted  by  roasting  the  sidpbide 
in  a  reverberatory  furnace,  which  drives  off  the  greater  part  of  the  sulphur  in  the  form 
of  sulphurous  acid  (sulphur  dioxide  gasi;  it  is  then  smelted  with  coal  and  lime,  the  lead 
collected  and  cast  into  large  ingots,  called  "  pigit."  By  another  method,  galena  is  roasted 
so  aa  to  convert  part  of  it  into  load  oxide  (PbO),  another  into  lead  sulphate  (PbSO,'. 
By  now  elevating  the  heat  the  remaining  lead  sulphide  acts  on  these  oxygenated  ores, 
wherebv  sulphurous  acid  escapes  and  metallic  lead  melts  out.  The  reaction  is  as  fol- 
lows: 2Pb^PbSO=Pb3+SO,,  and  PbS04-|-PbS=Pbj-i-2SOj.  When  silver  is  present  in 
galena  it  is  separated  by  cupellation  (see  Argentum).  Lead  is  of  a  bluish-white  color,  and 
when  newly  scraped  is  very  bright,  but  soon  tarnishes  (oxidizes)  when  exposed  to  the  air.  It 
is  almo.st  tasteless,  and  emits  a  peculiar  odor  on  friction.  It  is  one  of  the  softest  of  the  metals, 
is  malleable,  but  not  very  ductile,  and  has  the  specific  gravity  11.35.  It  enters  into  alloys 
with  other  metals.  It  fuses  at  334°  C.  (633.2°  F.)  and  at  a  very  strong  heat  boils  and  evapo- 
rates. The  vapors  ignite  when  in  contact  with  air,  lead  oxide  being  formed.  The  fused  metal 
crystallizes  upon  slowly  cooling.  Tlie  beautiful  phenomenon  known  as  the  ''lead  trc-e"is 
produced  by  the  action  of  zinc  upon  a  solution  of  acetate  of  lead  ( for  directions  see,  e.p., 
Merck's  Report,  1898,  p.  17).  Lead  drawn  across  paper  produces  a  gray  streak,  thus,  by  pnor 
use,  leading  up  to  the  term  "  lead  pencil,"  although  this  is  now  made  from  graphite  (see 
Carbon),  not  from  lead.  This  metal  forms  several  oxides:  (1 1  Lead  suboxide  (rbjOi ;  (2)  lead 
oxide  (PbO)  (see  Plumhi  Oxiclum) ;  (3)  lead  sesquioxide  (PhjOa);  (4)  red  lead  or  minium 
(PbaO, ) ;  (5)  lead  dioxide  or  peroxide  ( PbOa)  (see  below).  Dilute  acids  and  concentrated  nitric 
acid  scarcely  affect  lead;  it  is  dissolved,  however,  by  diluted  nitric  acid  with  evolution  of 
nitrous  vapors.  It  is  also,  though  slowly,  dissolved  by  strong  sulphuric,  hvdrochloric  and 
hydriodic  acids  when  warm.  Organic  acids,  e.  g.,  acetic,  tartaric  and  citric  acids,  in  a  strength 
of  about  G  per  cent,  at  temperatures  between  25°  and  35°  C.  ( 77°  and  95°  F.),  will  dissolve  lead 
suflSciently  to  make  the  use  of  lead  utensils  for  cooking  purposes  dangerous  to  health  (see 
experiments  by  F.  P.  Hall,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1884,  p.  115).  The  corrosive  action  oi  water 
on  lead  pipes  seems  to  depend  on  the  simultaneous  presence  of  oxygen  and  carbon  dioxide. 
Small  quantities  of  chlorides,  nitrates,  ammonia  and  organic  matter  in  wattr  free  from  these 
gases  do  not  attack  lead.  A  trace  of  sodium,  or  calcium  bicarbonate  added  to  distilled  water, 
completely  prevents  the  solution  of  lead,  a  protecting  crust  being  formed  on  the  metal.  Like- 
wise, a  bard  white  crust  (basic  lead  sulphate)  is  formed  in  solution  of  calcium  sulphate,  if  free 
from  an  excess  of  carbon  dioxide.  No  lead  is  then  dissolved  (see  M.  MuUer,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
1888,  p.  250).  The  presence  of  ammonium  nitrate  especially  induces  corrosion  of  le.ad  (see 
M.  M.  P.  Jluir,  in  Roscoe  and  Schorlemmer's  Chemigtri/,  p.  2!H>i.  These  ami  other  exnerimenta 
tend  to  show  that  for  hard  water,  not  liable  to  contjiiu  inucli  free  carbonic  acid  gas,  lead  pipes 
are  a  safe  hydrant  material  for  potable  waters.  I^ad  in  solution  may  be  detected  by  the  black 
precipitate  of  lead  sulphide,  yieldeil  in  acid  or  neutral  .solution,  by  hydrogen  sulphide  g-.us;  by 
the  white,  insoluble  precipitate  of  lead  sulphate  produced  when  diluted  sulnhuric  acid  or  a  solu- 
ble sulphate  is  added;  the  precipitate  is  somewhat  soluble  in  hydrochloric  or  nitric  acids, 
and  readily  soluble  in  ammonium  tartrate  or  acetate;  from  this  solution  yellow  (H^tafsium 
chromate  preciiiitates  lead  chromate  (Pbt'rO,  K  Lead  sul)>hate  is  ct^loretl  black  by  ammonium 
sulphide  or  hydrogen  sulphide,  which  is  not  the  case  with  barium  sulphate.  Iodide  of 
potassium,  with  soluble  lead  salts,  prinluces  a  vellow  precipitate  (see  Pliimbi  Jo<Udum.  Also, 
see  methods  for  the  detection  of  lead  in  potjible'water  in  ./.i/iro').  rfrr  P;ion».,l.<9(>,pp.801-S03K 
Medicinally,  the  preparations  of  lead  are  rarely  used  internally,  excent  as  sedatives  and 
astringents"  in  hemorrhages  and  dysaiierii:i.  The  acetate  is  more  "generally  eniploye<l.  Their 
internal  use  is  very  apt  to  produce  constipation,  loss  of  appetite,  iniligestion,  gri'ping  pains, 
etc.  They  are  more  commonly  used  as  topical  applicsitions  in  jin/xiftVid/  iii//(i»i/>i(i/i'(iii.'!,  coii- 
liiiiiom.friirliinn.rrriirlalioii.t  (rarely),  etc.,  and  some  forms  of  cutaiieoiig  (li.vafe.  (For  action  of 
lead  anil  lead  poisoniiii;  see,  Pliimhi  Acelas.'i 

PiiMm  (HnuM  UrnmM  (PbjO,),  TJfrf  on'./,- Of" /(•<!</.— Red  oxide  of  lead,  alsi-v  known  by 
names  ol  Ii'nt  Inul.  Minium,  etc.,  is  prepareil  on  a  large  scale  from  the  oxide  of  lead  i  v^'Aur  rnni- 
ticot),  by  alxsorption  of  oxygen,  i.  i-.,by  ex|x>sing  il,  with  the  ajt-ess  of  air,  to  a  temperature 
just  short  of  what  is  n-quired  to  cause  fusion,  stirring  it  occasionally,  for  a  day  and  a  h:ilf  or 


pi.r.Miii  (ixiDi-M.  1527 

upwartl,  anil  allowing  the  product  to  cool  slowly.  A  fino  crade  of  reil  load  is  procured  by  cal- 
cining till'  oxide  of  lead  oUtained  from  the  ear'lwnate,  and  is  known  as  J'aris  nd.  It  is  not  so 
densf  as  the  common  red  lead,  and  hia  a  vivid,  orange-red  color.     It  is  also  known  as  Hatidix 

Kid  Irad  is  a  tasteless  powder,  of  an  intense  scarlet-red  color,  often  inclining  to  orange, 
and  very  heavy,  its  specific  gravity  being  ".t.O'.iO.  It  does  not  sensibly  lose  weight  at  400°F.,bit 
when  heated  to  redness,  it  gives  out  oxygen  gsis,  ami  gradually  runs  into  a  dark-brown  glass  tf 
consiilerable  hardness.  Red  lead  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  flint  glass,  which  is  a  «i7(ca<* 
o/Uiitl,  and  which  is  an  exceedinglv  brilliant  and  fusible  glass.  Ued  lead  is  insoluble  in  water. 
Nitrous  acid  dissolves  it  entirely,  forming  nitrite  of  lead.  Diluted  acetic  acid,  or  nitric  acid, 
also  a  solution  of  Icail  acetate,  instantly  render  it  dark-brown,  resolving  it  into  two  oxides,  one 
of  them,  the  lead  oxide  (PbOt,  wliidi  is  dissolved,  and  the  other,  the  peroxide  or  dioxide 
( PbO;  t.  which  remains.  Addition  of  oxalic  acid  or  sug-ar  will  effect  complete  solution  by  these 
acids  (ir  lead  acetate.  Any  insoluble  foreign  matter  that  may  be  present — C..7., brick  dust, 
Dxi.le  of  iron,  etc. — is  thus' left  as  residue.  Dilntid  .sulphuric  acid  does  not  afl'ect  minium. 
The  only  pharmaceutical  purposes  for  which  this  article  is  used,  is  in  plasters,  as,  for  instance, 
the  liliir'l:  jiltu^ter  or  Jihick-  so/iv.a  useful  and  efficient  agent  in  cuts,  troimd.i,  ulcers,  some  cutaneous 
iijectioiia,  vtc.  It  is  u.sed  in  the  arts  for  fine  painting,  for  coating  metals,  cementing  joints  in 
metals,  and,  as  stated  above,  in  preparing  flint  glass. 

Plimbi  DioxiniM  iPbO,  ),  lA'ad  dUuiilf,  J^ad  peroxide,  I'uce  oxide  of  lead. — ^This  is  a  dark  or 
flea-bMwn,  insoluble  powder.  When  red  lead  is  treated  with  diluted  nitric  acid,  lead  per- 
nxide  is  left  undissolved.  It  is  also  obtained  by  adding  to  solution  ol  a  lead  salt  solution  of 
chlorinateil  soda  or  chlorinate<l  lime.  When  a  lead  salt  is  ;Ktcd  U|miii  l.y  the  electric  current, 
lead  dioxidi',  or  rather  its  hydrate,  p/wHiftio  acid  (PbOsH, :,  is  deposited  at  the  positive  pole. 
U^ail  dioxide  is  slowly  decomposed  in  difTused  light;  oxygen  is  evolved,  and  red  lead  remains. 
If  the  dioxide  is  heated,  litharge  and  oxygen  are  produced.  Lead  dioxide,  warmed  with  hy- 
drochloric acid,  produces  chlorine,  and  is  converted  into  plumbic  chloride  (PbCU).  The  di- 
oxide is  insoluble  in  nitric  acid,  but  becomes  soluble  in  this  acid  upon  addition  of  oxalic  acid 
or  sugar  and  warming.  I^ead  dioxide  is  soluble  in  alkalies,  forming  therewith  crystallizable 
lilumb(il(!t,e.g.,pot<ixsliim  phimbate  ( Pb03Kj-t-2H20).  head  dioxide  is  employed  in  analytical 
ehemistrv  as  an  oxiilizing  agent,  also  in  tlie  manufacture  of  matches. 

PLOim  Chi.ohiuim  (PbCUi.  niorlde  of  lead,  Horn  lead.— hem}  chloride  may  be  formed 
when  lead  is  dissolved  in  concentratcil,  boiling  liydrochloric  acid,  and  thi-  solution  diluted 
with  water.  It  is  readily  obtained  by  dissolving  4  parts  of  acetate  of  lead  in  12  parts  of  dis- 
tilleil  water,  and  then  adding  pure  liydrochloric  acid,  as  long  as  a  precipitate  i.s  formed  (about 
:{  parts'.  Throw  the  precipitate  on  a  filter,  wash  it  a  few  times  with  distilled  water,  and  dry 
it  with  a  gentle  heat;  the  yield  will  be  about  2S  parts.  It  is  a  white  powder,  consisting  of 
fine  needles,  odorless,  of  a' sweetish,  astringent  taste,  and  permanent  in  the  air.  Heated,  it 
fuses,  forming,  when  cold,  a  horny,  semi-transparent  mass  [plumbum  corueum);  at  a  higher 
temperature,  it  is  completely  volatile  without  decomposition.  The  salt  requires  about  140 
parts  of  cold,  and  not  quite  30  parts  of  boiling  water  for  solution.  The  solution  has  an  acid 
reaction.  It  is  completely  soluble  in  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  from  which  solution  it  is  pre- 
cipitated by  the  addition  of  water.  Alcohol  does  not  dissolve  the  salt.  If  it  contains  copper, 
it  acquires  a  greenish  tint  on  becoming  moist  in  the  air ;  and  ntyia  ammonise  causes  a  deep- 
blue  solution.  There  are  several  oxychlorides  (basic  chlorides)  of  lead,  the  minerals  matlockite 
(PbjOCIj)  and  mendipile  (PbjOsClj).  Commercial  preparations  are  know^n  as  Turner's  yelloiv, 
Paris,  Verona,  OTCa.<!iel  j/fWoiv  (PbClj.'PbO).  They  are  obtained  by  heating  together  lead  oxide, 
or  carlionate,  or  re<l  lead,  with  chloride  of  lead  in  varying  proportions,  or  ammonium  chloride, 
or  even  sodium  chloride  may  replace  lea<l  chloride.  Pattijisons  white  lead  (1849)  is  also  an  oxy- 
chloride  of  lead  1  Pb[OH].Cl )  obtained  by  precipitating  solution  of  chloride  of  lead  with  lime- 
water  in  definite  proportions  (Roscoe  and  Schorlemmer's  ('lieiiii.iliii,\\i\.  1 1,  Part  I,  p. 287). 

Chloride  of  lead  is  employed  externally,  as  an  astrinj.-.  nl  and  c  anstic  application.  It 
combines  with  fibrin  and  albumen  forming  insoluble  coniiioiinds,  and,  when  absorbed  into 
the  system,  it  produces  the  usual  effects  of  the  compounds  of  lead.  When  applied  to  cancerous 
ulcerations,  and  in  painful  neuralgic  affections,  it  is  said  to  allay  pain  and  restrain  morbid  action, 
and  alfo  to  allay  inflammation.  It  may  be  used  in  the  form  of  lotion,  1  drachm  of  the  chlo- 
ride dissolved  in  a  pint  of  water;  or, as  an  ointment,  1  part  of  the  chloride  to  8  parts  of  lard. 
It  is  ai.so  a  disinfectant. 

PriMiti  Ta.nnas,  Tannate  of  lead. — This  salt  maybe  obtained  by  adding  a  solution  of  tan- 
nic acid,  drop  by  drop,  to  a  solution  of  acetate  of  lead,  until  a  ])recii)itate  is  no  longer  formed. 
Cnllect  the  jirecipitate  on  a  filter,  wash  and  dry  it.  The  salt  thus  formed  is  a  bitannate  of  lead, 
an  aliMo.-t  white  powder,  which  subsequently  changes  to  a  brown  color.  It  has  been  recom- 
mended as  an  apjilication  in  exe<>riatiuns,sluuijh(ng  bed  siirrs,  chronic  ulcers  of  the  feet,  sure  nipples, 
eti-.  It  may  be  (lusted  on  tlie  parts,  applieil  in  the  form  of  liniment,  composed  of  ?>  ounces  of 
the  siilt  moistened  with  2  fluid  drachms  of  alcohol,  and  applied  while  moist;  or  used  in  oint- 
ment. 2  part.'*  of  the  tannate  to  .'>  parts  of  lard. 

The  '.■.,).(. (II  I'harmaropaiit  directs  the  extemporaneous  preparation  of  UN(iUKNTiM  I'i.umri 
Tannki  {iiil'i/ihtsina  ad  I>ecubilum,  or  I'lunibum  Tannicum  t'ulttforme) :  Tannin  (I  parti,  lead 
subacetate  solution  (2  partsi,  lard  ( 17  jiarts). 

I.FAO  CnuoMATKiPbCrO,),  Chrome  yelhne.  t.em.n,  ,,.lhne,  Paris  i/elhae,  hipsic  uell.ae,  Chro- 
male  if  had,  I.eiwiii  chrome.  — .K  neutral  had  compoiind  formed  when  a  solution  of  lead  salt, 
usually  till-  nitrate,  is  precipitated  with  potassiiiiii  chroiiiate  or  bichromate.  It  is  a  beautiful 
canary  or  lemon-yellow  powder.  If  digested  with  a  weak  potjish  solution,  or  with  solution  of 
potassium  ciiroiiiate,  alxiut  half  its  chromic  acid  is  taken  up  aud  a  basic  lead  chromate  I  I'bO, 


1528 


PODOPHYLLUM. 


PbCrO,)  results.  This  is  a  brigbt-red  compound,  which  is  used  alone  or  mixed  with  varying 
quantities  of  neutral  lead  chromate  (chrome  yellow),  producing  the  pigment  known  as  Chrome 
red,  Chrome  orange,  and  American  vermilion.  Chrome  green  is  a  mixture  of  Prussian  blue  and 
chrome  yellow.  Chrome  yellow  must  not  be  used  for  coloring  food  materials.  Ijeeause  of  its 
poisonous  nature.  Fatalities  have  resulted  from  its  use  by  bakers  to  give  color  to  cakes  and 
pastries  (see  Amer.Jour.  Pharm. ,\8SS,  p.  151). 

Naples  Yellow. — A  yellow  pigment  consisting  of  lead  stibiate.  It  may  be  obtained  by 
fusing  a  mixture  of  tartar  emetic  (1  part),  nitrate  of  lead  (2  parts),  and  sodium  chloride  (4 
parts),  or  by  roasting  a  mixture  of  litharge  and  antimony  trioxide. 

Mineral  Yellow,  Patent  yellow. — A  pigment  containing  principally  lead  oxvchloride  (see 
Plumbi  Chlorldum). 


PODOPHYLLUM  (U.  S.  P.)— PODOPHYLLUM. 


"The  rhizome  and  rootlets  of  Podophyllum  peltatum,  Linne" — {U.S.  P.). 
Nat.  Orel. — Berberidese. 

Common  Names  :    May  apple,  Mandrake,  Wild  lemon,  Raccoon-berry.  Wild  mnn- 
drake,  etc. 

Illustrations  :   Bentley  and  Trimen.  Med.  Plants,  17 ;  Johnson,  Med.  Bot.  of 
N.  A.,  Plate  I. 

Botanical  Source. — May  apple  is  an  indigenous,  perenniai  herb,  with  a  long, 
jointed,  dark-brown  rhizome  or  root,  about  half  the  size  of  the  finger,  spreading 
j,^^  gjj^  extensively  in  rich  grounds  in  which 

it  is  introduced,  and  giving  off  fibers 
at  the  joints;  internally,  it  is  yellow- 
isli.  The  stem  is  simple,  round, 
smooth,  erect,  dividing  at  top  into 
2  round  petioles,  from  3  to  6  inches 
ong,  each  petiole  supporting  a  leaf; 
s  about  a  foot  high,  and  invested  at 
its  base  by  the  sheaths  which  cov- 
ered it  when  in  bud.  The  leaves  are 
arge,  peltate-palmate,  oftener  cor- 
date, in  from  5  to  9  wedge-shaped 
lobes,  each  lobe  6  inches  long  from 
the  insertion  of  tlie  petiole,  S-lbbed 
and  dentate  at  the  apex;  smooth,  yel- 
lowish-green on    the   upper  surface. 


Podophyllum  peltatum ;  with  rhizome  aurl  fruit. 


paler  and  slightly  pubescent  beneath.  In  barren  stems  which  support  but  one 
leaf,  the  peltate  character  is  the  most  perfect.  The  flower  is  solitary  in  the  fork 
of  the  stem,  on  a  round,  nodding  peduncle,  1  to  2  inches  long,  white,  large,  about 
2  inches  in  diameter,  and  somewhat  fragrant.  The  calyx  consists  of  3  oval,  obtuse, 
concave,  caducous  sepals,  which  cohere  in  the  bud  by  their  scarious  margins.  The 
corolla  is  composed  of  from  6  to  9  white,  obovate,  obtuse,  smooth,  concave  petals, 
curiously  netted  with  slight,  transparent  veins.  Stamens  from  9  to  20,  snorter 
than  the  petals,  curving  upward,  with  yellow,  oblong  anthers  twice  as  long  as  the 
filaments,  not  opening  by  perfect  uplifted  valves.  Ovary  oval,  compressed,  and 
obscurely  angular.  Stigma  subsessile,  convex,  its  surface  rendered  irregular  by 
numerous  folds  and  convolutions.  The  fruit  is  fieshy,  ovoid-oblmig.  1-celled,  1  or  2 
inches  in  lengtli,  of  a  lemon  color,  with  brownish  spots  when  ripe,  and  crowned 
with  the  large,  persistent  stigma  ;  the  flavor  of  the  mucilaginous  pulp  is  somewhat 
similar  to  that  of  a  strawberry,  and  incloses  12  seeds  in  pulpy  arils  (L. — W. — G.). 
(For  paper  on  microscopical"  structure  of  the  rhizome  of  podophyllum,  bv  Prof. 
E.  S.  Bastin,  see  ^mer.  Jowr.  P^arm.,  1894,  p.  417.) 

History. — Intimately  associated  with  the  ]>rogres8  of  Eclecticism  is  the  drue, 
podophyllum  and  its  re»\u,podojihyllhi.  The  introduction  of  the  latter  to  the  mea- 
ical  jjrofession  by  Prof.  .lohn  King,  wlio  first  prepared  it  and  indicated  it.<  therany 
at  a  time  wlien  improved  and  reliable  pharmaceuticals  were  most  ur«;ently  cio- 
manded,  and  when  the  introduction  of  indigenous  remedies  that  could  l>e  admin- 
istered in  small  doses,  freed  from  extraneous  and  inert  materials,  with  certain  and 
definite  results,  was  a  necessity,  marks  an  epoch  in  the  history  of  Ecleetic  me<li- 
cine.    Podophyllum  was  one  of  the  earliest  favorites  of  our  school  of  practice,  and 


PODUPHYLl.rM.  15-29 

before  the  introduction  o{ podophyllin,\\as,  much  more  extensivel}' employed  than 
at  present.  By  many,  in  the  treatment  of  certain  disorders,  its  use  is  still  pre- 
ferred to  that  of  its  resin. 

This  plant,  which  grows  abundantly  from  Canada  to  Florida,  and  throughout 
tlie  middle  and  western  states,  is  one  of  the  most  attractive  of  our  medicinal 
plants.  It  is  said  to  be  scarce  in  the  New  England  states.  In  the  middle  states, 
it  is  familarly  known  as  Mandrake,  and  farther  west  as  the  May  apple.  It  has 
also  home  the  names  of  Wild  mandrake  and  MayHower,  and,  on  account  of  its 
fruit.  Raccoon-berry,  Indian  apple,  and  Wild  lemon.  The  name pod'}jiliyllum  is 
derived  from  two  Greek  terms — poys,  foot;  phyllon.  leaf — either  on  account  of  its 
resemblance  to  the  webbed  foot  of  some  acjuatic  bird,  or  in  allusion  to  its  long, 
firm  stalk,  which  bears  the  leaves.  Making  their  appearance  in  the  early  spring, 
the  conical  shoots  may  be  seen  piercing  the  ground  in  large  patches,  and,  in  a 
short  time,  expanding  into  wide-spread,  umbrella-like  leaves,  which  almost  com- 
jdetely  hide  the  ground  beneath  them.  The  plant  is  found  growing  in  rich, 
moist  soil,  along  the  border  of  woodlands  and  on  the  banks  of  streams,  as  well  as 
in  low  meadows  and  marshy  situations.  The  rhizomes  occur  in  great  abundance, 
from  1  to  2  inches  underneath  the  surface  of  the  soil.  May  apple  is  hardy  and 
will  thrive  in  fence  corners  of  cultivated  fields,  often  resisting  the  advance  of 
agricultural  improvements,  when  other  common  fence-weeds  have  been  exter- 
minated, it  is  not,  as  is  the  case  with  many  other  valuable  medicinal  plants, 
likely  to  be  very  soon  eradicated. 

The  creeping  rhizome,  which  often  attains  a  length  of  1  to  6  feet,  and  is  about 
one-fifth  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  sends  up  a  stem  to  the  height  of  aliout  1  foot. 
This  stem  then  forks  at  the  top  and  each  petiole  so  created  bears  a  single  peltate 
leaf  of  palmate  variety,  having  6  or  7  lobes.  Flowerless  plants  have  only  1  leaf, 
generally  centrally  peltate,  with  from  7  to  9  lobes.  In  the  fork  of  the  stem  the 
flower  appears— a  single,  fragrant,  beautiful,  waxy-white  blossom,  about  2  inches 
wide.  The  flowers  are  eagerly  sought  for  by  the  children  of  cities,  and  on  account 
of  their  beauty  and  delightful  fragrance,  find  read)'  purchasers  among  the  lovers 
of  "wild  lieauties."  The  bloom,  which  appears  in  May,  hence  the  names  May 
flower  and  May  apple,  is  followed  in  August  and  September  by  a  small,  yellow- 
ish-green, lemon-like,  succulent  berry,  about  the  size  of  a  plum.  Its  flavor  is 
agreeable  to  many  persons,  and  its  taste  is  sub-acid  and  sweetish.  It  maybe 
eaten  with  impunity,  though  all  other  parts  of  the  plant  produce  pronounced 
physiological  effects.  It  is,  however,  slightly  laxative,  and  possesses  diuretic 
properties.  The  young  shoots,  it  is  said,  were  used  by  the  aborigines  for  suicidal 
purposes.  Like  most  drugs  of  the  order  Berberideae,  podophyllum  has  a  bitter,  acrid 
taste.  Its  therapeutic  activity  is  due  to  a  resinous  principle  of  a  compound  nature, 
known  as  podopbyllia  (see  Re'>ina  PudophyUi).  The  root  was  well  known  to  the 
Indians  as  an  active  cathartic;  the  proper  time  for  collecting  it  is  in  the  latter 
part  of  October,  or  early  part  of  November,  soon  after  the  ripening  of  the  fruit. 
The  medicinal  pro|)erties  of  the  leaves  are  not  satisfactorily  determined,  though 
by  some  deemed  poisonous  (see  Chemical  Composition). 

Podophyllum  has  been  extensively  used  in  domestic  practice,  oftentimes  to 
the  detriment  of  the  patient.  The  Cherokee  Indians,  according  to  Rafinesque, 
employed  the  "fresh  juice  of  the  root  for  deafness,  putting  a  few  drops  of  the  juice 
in  the  ear."  Settlers  learned  from  the  Wyandottes,  that  roasting  the  root  deprived 
it  .somewhat  of  its  drastic  qualities.  The  famous  "Indian  Doctor'"  Hough  recom- 
mended the  ''powdered  root  as  an  escharotic  to  cleanse  foul  and  ill-conditioned 
ulcers,  and  to  dispose  them  to  heal  and  to  promote  tiie  exfoliation  or  removal  of 
carious  or  rotten  bones."'  The  powder  was  sprinkled  on  the  parts  once,  and  again, 
if  necessary,  in  from  2  to  .5  days.  In  domestic  veterinary  (?)  practice,  which  often 
amounts  to  barl)arity,  the  driig  was  emphiyeil  to  cure  ])oll-evil  in  horses,  the  root 
being  plunged  into  the  sore  and  allowed  to  remain  several  days.  Both  Bigelow 
and  Kberie  jiraised  the  purgative  qualities  of  this  drug. 

Description.— The  !'.S.  P.  thus  describes  the  root:  "Of  horizontal  growth, 
consisting  of  joints  about  5  Cm.  (2  inches)  long,  flattish,  cylindrical,  about  5  Mm. 
(4  inch)  thick,  but  somewhat  enlarged  at  the  end,  which  lias  a  circular  scar  on 
the  u|>per  side,  a  tuft  of  aitout  ten,  nearly  simple,  fragile  roots,  on  the  lower  side, 
and  is  sometimes  l)ranched  latterly;  smooth  or  somewhat  wrinkled,  orange-brown, 


1530  PODOPHYLLUM. 

internally  white  and  mealy,  with  a  circle  of  small  wood-bundles;  pith  large; 
nearly  inodorous;  taste  sweetish,  somewhat  bitter  and  acrid" — (U.S.  P.).  It  is 
readily  reduced  to  a  grayish  powder,  having  somewhat  the  odor  of  ipecacuanha, 
and  breaks  with  a  short  fracture.  Its  active  principles  are  readily  taken  up  by 
alcohol,  or  ether;  water  takes  up  only  a  portion  of  its  activitj'. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  active  principle  of  the  root  is  a  resinous  body, 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  practically  insoluble  in  cold  water.  It  wa.s  discovered  by 
])r.  Jiiliii  King,  in  1844  (see  historical  notes,  by  J.  U.  Lloyd,  .4»H£T.JbMr.  P^«»-ni.. 

1890,  p.  242j,  and  named  by  him  "/Zmn  of  Podophyllum."  It  was  afterward  known 
as  poili)phylHn  (also  see  Reslnn  Podophylli).  Mr.  John  R.  Lewis  (ibid.,  1847,  p.  1&5) 
found,  in  addition,  gum,  starch,  albumen,  gallic  acid,  fixed  oil,  etc.  Prof.  F.  B. 
Power  (Proc.  Amer.  Pharm.  Asgoc,  1877,  p.  420)  disproved  the  statement  of  Prof 
F.  F.  Mayer  (1863)  that  berberine  and  saponine  occur  in  the  root.  The  resin 
of  podophyllum  was  thoroughly  investigated  by  Podwissotzky  (see  Prof.  F.  B. 
Power's  abstract  in  A?n«r.  ,/ow/-."PArtn)i.,  1882,  pp"  102-115).  According  to  this 
authority,  the  resin  may  be  differentiated  by  ether  into  the  insoluble,  inert  brown 
resin  podnphyllic  cu-id,  which  is  also  insoluble  in  petroleum  ether  and  water,  solu- 
ble in  alcohol  and  chloroform;  and  the  soluble  active  pT'mc\p\e,podophyllotoxi'n. 
This  substance  is  a  white,  resinous,  amorphous  powder,  very  bitter,  of  slightly 
acid  reaction,  soluble  in  diluted  alcohol  and  hot  water,  completely  soluble  in 
chloroform,  also  soluble  in  ether  when  free  from  the  aforenamed  podophyllic  acid. 
It  is  insoluble  in  petroleum  ether;  hence  pure  podophyllotoxin  may  be  obtained 
by  treating  a  chloroformic  extract  of  the  rhizome  with  ether,  and  precipitating 
the  ethereal  solution  with  petroleum  benzin,  which  keeps  fatty  matters  dissolved. 
Both  chloroform  and  ether  must  be  alcohol-free,  as  far  as  possible,  otherwise  the 
podophyllotoxin  will  be  contaminated  with  the  yellow  crystallizable  coloring 
matter,  podophyllo-quercetin,  which  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and  alkaline  solu- 
tions, sparingly  soluble  in  chloroform,  insoluble  in  water.  It  produces  a  dark, 
greenish-brown   coloration,  with  ferric  chloride.     R.  Kiirsten  (Arrhiv  der  Pharm., 

1891,  p.  220)  obtained  0.2  per  cent  o^  j)odophiiU'>toxin  in  well-defined  crvstals  melting 
at  93° to 95°C.  (199.4°  to  203° F.)  and  having  the  composition, CaH,.0J-|-2H,0.  Podo- 
phyllotoxin, according  to  Podwissotzky,  is  not  a  uniform  body,  but  is  a  mixture  of 
inert,  resinous  pirmpodophyllir  acid  and  the  cathartic,  crystallizable,  bitter  principle 
pirropodnph;iJliii.\\w  latter  i)eing  held  in  solution  by  the  former  and  falling  out 
when  the  solvent  is  neutralized  by  an  alkali.  From  the  filtrate  the  acid  is  pre- 
cipitated upon  the  addition  of  mineral  acid.  Pirropodophyllin,  the  active  principle, 
crystallizes  in  silky  needles,  and  is  a  neutral  body.  It  shares  in  general  the  solu- 
bilities of  podophyllotoxin  except  that  it  is  insoluble  in  water.  For  this  reason 
Podwissotzky  prefers  the  more  soluble  ]x>d'iphylloto.rin  as  a  therapeutic  agent. 
Pirropodophyllin  is  soluble  in  90  to  95  per  cent  alcohol,  but  hardly  soluble  in 
alcohol  of  50  to  80  per  cent.  It  also  dissolves  readily  in  glacial  acetic  acid.  By 
warming  its  alcoholic  solution  or  evaporating  this  solution  with  excess  of  ammo- 
nia, it  is  converted  into  an  inert,  amorphous,  acid  substance. 

Podophyllotoxin  was  found  by  Dunstan  and  Henry  (see  Atmr.  Jour.  Pharm., 
1898,  ]).  246)  to  he  the  active  principle  of  both  the  Indian  and  American  podo- 
phyllum, but  these  authors  consider  it  to  he  a  well-defined  body  of  the  compo- 
sition C',5H„0j,  which  difiiers  from  the  formula  arriveil  at  by  Kiirsten  (ISOH.  It 
is  strongly  lajvo-rotatory,  and  acts  as  a  powerful  purgative  and  intestinal  irritant. 
When  heated  with  alkalies  it  takes  water  and  is  converted  into  the  salt  of  an 
unstable  gelatinous  acid  {podophyllic  acid,  CisH^O,).  This  readily  loses  water  again, 
being  converted  into  the  crystalline  picrojmdophyllin  of  Podwissotzky,  which,  as 
Kiirsten  (loc.cii.)  has  ascertained,  is  an  isomer  of  podophyllotoxin.  Warming 
with  aqueous  alkalies  again  converts  it  into  podophyllic  acid.  Picropodophyilin 
is  claimed  by  Dunstan  and  Henry  to  be  thera^)eutically  inert.  An  uncrystalii- 
zable  res-xn,  pndophylhnr^in  was  also  isolated  and  found  to  be  purgative. 

The  leaves  of  Podoiihyllum  jieltatum  were  analyzed  by  T.  J.  Husband  {Amfr. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  1860,  p.  200),"  who  states  that  they  are  devoid'of  cathartic  properties, 
and,  when  dried,  are  probably  non-i)oisonous.  B.  F.  Carter  {ibid..  ISSii.  ]>.  44!1>  ool- 
lected  leaves  soon  after  flowering  and  found  them  to  contain  6  percent  of  a  green- 
ish-black hitter  resin,  all  of  which  was  soluble  in  alkali  and  alcohol,  90  per  cent 
being  soluble  in  ether,  a  hard  resin  remaining;  86  per  cent  in  chloroform,  40  \>er 


PODOPHYLLUM.  1531 

cent  in  petroleum  benzin,  etc.,  and  a  considerable  quantity  being  soluble  in  boil- 
ing water.    Tbis  resin  seems  to  exert  a  milder  action  than  tbat  from  the  rhizome. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Physiologically,  podophyllum  acts  as 
a  certain,  Init  slow  cathartic.  Small  and  repeated  do.ses  short  of  catharsis  may 
induce  ptyalism;  on  this  account  both  podophyllum  and  podophyllin  have  been 
called  "vegetable  mercury"  and  "vegetable  calomel."  Under  the  influence  of  a 
cathartic  dose,  the  intestinal  and  hepatic  secretions  are  augmented  and  after  a 
consiilerable  time  copious  alvine  evacuations  result.  Considerable  pain  and  grip- 
ing may  attend  its  action,  which,  however,  may  be  modified  by  such  agents  as 
leptandra,  hyoscyamus  and  belladonna.  Common  salt  increases  its  purgative 
power.  Unlike  other  cathartics,  its  effects  are  permanent  and  leave  the  bowels 
in  an  inijiroved  condition.  If  the  dose  be  too  large,  violent  emeto-catharsis  may 
result.  Although  the  cholagogue  value  of  this  drug  was  a.sserted  by  our  prac- 
titioners for  years,  it  took  extensive  phy.siological  investigations,  conducted  by 
Rutherford  and  Vignal,  to  convince  our  regular  friends  that  it  really  possessed 
such  a  property.  The  green  root  internally  administered,  acts  as  an  irritant  poi- 
son, causing  hyjiercatharsis,  hyperemesis,  gripings,  and  other  unpleasant  symp- 
toms; even  the  recently  dried  root,  in  doses  of  from  30  to  60  grains,  is  a  drastic 
cathartic  and  emetic:  but  the  violence  of  its  action  is  materially  modified  by  age, 
or  roasting.  Either  the  green  or  the  dried  root  continuously  applied  to  the  cuta- 
neous structure,  occasions  irritation,  followed  by  suppuration.  Irritation  of  the 
mucous  membrane  is  the  result  of  contact  with  the  powder,  and  workers  in  this 
drug  and  its  resin  are  liable  to  conjunctival  intlammation.  Overdoses  of  podo- 
])hylUiin  have  produced  death,  and  the  drug,  when  contraindicated,  may  give  rise 
to  prolonged  gastro-intestinal  irritation  and  even  inflammation.  As  a  cathartic, 
very  little  tormina  is  produced  by  it  when  compared  with  the  completeness  of  its 
purgative  action.  It  acts  somewhat  like  jalap,  though  more  slowly.  To  render 
Its  hydragogue,  it  should  be  administered  with  potassium  bitartrate  on  which 
account  it  has  been  found  serviceable  in  drnpairal  affections. 

Podophyllum  may  be  used  in  nearly  all  cases  in  which  podophyllin  is  useful, 
though  there  are  some  conditions  where  the  former  gives  better  results  than  the 
latter.  These  conditions  we  will  briefly  notice.  It  is  conceded  that  as  an  altera- 
tive it  is  infinitely  more  decided  in  its  action  than  the  resin.  It  exerts  a  powerful 
influenee  upon  the  whole  glandular  system.  Associated  with  proper  hygienic 
mea,sures  and  the  indicated  tonics  and  other  alterative  drugs,  it  will  give  good 
results  in  cnnstitutional  s^yphilis,  rheumatism  and  scrofula.  The  dose  should  be  small, 
not  sufii<ient  to  produce  any  marked  intestinal  activity.  In  stomach  troubles, 
podophyllum  is  superior  to  podophyllin.  It  acts  as  a  gentle  stimulant  tonic, 
improves  the  appetite,  and  is  particularly  valuable  in  atonic  dyspepsia,  gastric  and 
intestinal  catarrh,  and  all  atonic  forms  of  iiKJi'icftion,  when  the  patient  complains  of 
dizziness,  loss  of  appetite  and  heavy  headache.  There  is  indisjxjsition  to  exertion, 
the  movements  being  heavy  and  sluggish,  the  tongue  is  dirty  and  flabby,  and 
the  superficial  veins,  abdomen,  and  tissues  in  general,  are  characterized  hy  fuU- 
vesn.  Its  action  on  the  hepatic  viscus  renders  it  particularly  serviceable  where 
gastric  disturbances  are  due  to  hepatic  torpor.  In  stomach  troubles,  hydrastis, 
iris,  lobelia,  agrimonia  and  ipecac  may  also  be  indicated  and  associated  with  this 
di-ng.  Poilophyllum,  iris,  cbionanthus  and  chelidonium  are  excellent  agents  for 
chronic  ticpatitii.  By  its  slow  and  thorough  action,  yet  permanent  in  its  effects  in 
restoring  and  maintaining  the  normal  hepatic  and  intestinal  secretions,  podo- 
phyllum is  one  of  the  very  best  agents  to  overcome  hahitwd  ron.stijKitioti.  and  more 
especially  if  it  l>e  due  to  portal  engorgement.  The  small  dose  should  be  given 
and  continued  until  the  evacuations  become  regular  and  normal.  Formerly  this 
drug  was  much  employed  in  bilious,  remittent  and  intermittent  fevers.  Cathartic 
and  somi'times  emeto-cathartic  doses  were  employed  with  the  result  of  producing 
K(j  profound  an  impression  on  the  hepatic  function  and  on  the  jiortal  circle  and 
general  glandular  system  that,  it  is  asserted,  the  disease  was  often  aborted,  or 
at  least  rendered  milder  and  of  short  duration.  It  is  never  so  employed  at  the 
present  day.  As  an  emeto-catbartic  it  should  be  given  in  warm  ginger  tea.  When 
a  cathartic  is  needed,  which,  however,  is  not  often,  the  specific  podojihyllum  may 
be  combined  with  compound  syruj)  of  rbul>arb  and  pota.ssa  (neutralizing  cordial), 
or  to  r<iider  it  milder,  lobelia,  ipecac,  leptandra,  hyoscyamus  or  belladonna'  may 


1532  POLEMOXIUM. 

be  administered  with  it.  As  a  cathartic  in  dropsy  it  has  done  good  service,  and 
should,  in  this  disease,  be  given  with  cream  of  tartar.  It  has  likewise  been  found 
very  beneficial  in  dysmerwrrhoea,  amenorrhcea,  inmntinenre  of  urine,  uorms,  and  some 
affections  of  the  bladder.  Further  uses  of  this  drug  will  be  given  when  considering 
podophyllin.  The  usual  medicinal  dose  of  specific  podophyllum  ranges  from 
1  to  10  drops.  Dose  of  the  powdered  root,  as  a  cathartic,  from  10  to  30  grains;  of 
the  tincture,  from  10  to  60  drops;  asasialagogue  and  alterative,  from  1  too  grains 
of  the  powder,  or  frdin  1  to  10  drops  of  the  tincture. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. —  Podophyllum  is  specifically  indicated  by 
fullnes-^  (if  tissues,  ami  particularly  by  fullness  of  superficial  veins;  oppressed  full 
pulse;  dirty  3'ellowish  coating  of  tongue  and  dizziness.  It  is  cr)utraindicated 
by  pinched  features  and  tissues,  contracted  skin  and  tongue. 

Related  Species.— Pofiop/ij/Huw  Enwdi,  Wallich.  Dymock  and  Hooper  repfjrt  (Pharm. 
Jour.  Trans.,  1889,  Vol.  XIX,  p.  585)  that  this  plant  of  the  Kashmere  valleys  and  othir  Hima- 
layan pouits  contains  in  its  rhizome  12jper  cent  of  a  cathartic  resin.  It  is  altogether  probable 
that  the  constituents  of  the  latter  are  identical  with  those  of  our  podophyllin.  One-half  grain 
of  it  purges.  It  was  thought  that  the  Indian  drug  might  supplant  P.fM'ltnlum,  owing  to  its 
supposed  superiority  in  active  principle.  John  C.  Umney,  however,  points  out  ■  .Ij/kt.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  1893,  p.  24)  that  while  P.Emodi  yields  11.4  per  cent  and  P.pellalum  only  5.9  per  cent  of 
resin,  the  latter  contains  nearly  twice  as  much  of  the  active  podophylhtoxin  as  the  resin  ob- 
tained from  the  Indian  drug.  The  inferior  me<licinal  action  of  the  latter  agrees  with  tliis  result. 

Podophiillum  moiitfimim  of  Rafinesque,  lia\ang  a  slender,  deeply  furrowed  stt-m ;  the  leaves 
with  sharp,  bifid  segments,  palmate,  not  peltate,  with  narrow  sinuses,  and  many  unequal  teeth; 
the  petals  6  to  7,  oblong,  obtuse;  stamens  7  to  9,  and  berry  yellowish,  oblong,  is  possessed  of 
similar  medicinal  properties. 

POLEMONIUM.— AMERICAN  GREEK  VALERIAN. 

The  root  of  Polemonium  reptans,Linn6 . 

Nat.  Ord. — Polemoniacese. 

Common  Names:  American  Greek  valerian,  and  sometimes  called  Blue  hells  and 
Jacob's  ladder. 

Botanical  Source. — This  indigenous  perennial  plant  has  a  creeping  root  and 
a  smooth,  erect,  we.ak,  fleshy,  diS'usely-branched  stem  from  12  to  20  inches 
high.  The  leaves  are  alternate  and  pinnately  divided;  leaflets  7  to  11,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acute,  subopposite,  smooth,  entire,  sessile,  an  inch  long  and  half  as 
wide;  upper  leaflets  sometimes  confluent.  The  flowers  are  numerous,  terminal, 
rather  large,  nodding,  on  short  petioles,  blue,  and  nearly  bractless.  Calyx  cam- 
panulate,  5-cleft;  segments  lanceolate-acute,  persistent,  much  shorter  than  the 
tube  of  the  corolla.  Corolla  rotate-campanulate,  limb  5-lobed,  erect,  tube  short, 
closed  at  the  base  by  5  staminiferous  valves.  The  stamens  are  5,  eiiually  inserteil 
at  the  summit  of  the  corolla  tube;  the  filaments  slender,  declined,  anil  hairy- 
appendaged  at  the  base;  tlie  anthers  introrse.  The  capsules  are  3-celled  and 
3-valved;  the  cells  from  2  to  3-seeded  (W.— G.). 

History. — This  is  a  handsome  plant,  growing  in  woods,  damp  grounds,  and 
along  shady  river  banks,  from  New  York  to  Wisconsin,  bearing  blue  flowers  in  May. 
The  root  is  the  jiart  used,  and  yields  its  virtues  to  water;  it  has  not  been  analyzed. 

Action,  MedicalUses,  and  Dosage.— Alterative,  diaphoretic  and  astringent. 
A  warm  infusion  oi  the  root  will,  it  is  said,  produce  copious  persi>iration,and  has 
been  found  sevvK-nMe  in  ph'uri.ti/.fihriU  aui.\  intiammntory  di.-ietukf.  The  tincture, 
made  of  whiskey,  in  doses  of  from  i  to  2  fiuiil  ounces.  2  or  0  times  a  day,  has  been 
found  valuable  in  scrofulous di.-<eas(.<,  and  other  chronic  disea-^^es  where  an  alterative 
is  indicated.  The  infusion  is  recommended  in  the  biie^s  of  vcuomou.s  snakes  and 
tWv^x,  and  in  bowrl  mm/ilaints  requiring  the  use  of  astringents.  Reported  to  have 
cured  consuiiiptio)},  but  these  cases  were  probably  of  severe  bnmrharrlKto.  Useful 
in  briaicliial  and  lari/ngeal  affection.'<.    The  plant  deserves  investigation. 

Related  Species.— Po/«hoiiii(»i  rreruleum,  or  Gre,k  itilerian,  is  a  native  of  Kngiand.  It  has 
been  fduiid  in  swamps  in  New  York,  Vermont,  lunl  New  Jersey.  It  is  larger  and  more  numer- 
ously-Hinvend  than  the  above,  and  is  often  found  cultiv:iled"in  ganlens.  Stems  al><>ut  2  feiH 
high,  stout,  hollow,  several  from  the  same  root,  each  dividing  at  top  into  a  corymlx\<o  panicle. 
I^MVis  nuistly  radical,  on  long,  grooved  petioles,  pinnately  11  to  17  foliati';  segments  8«-8sile, 
ovate-laneenlate,  suboi)po.site,  acuminate,  oblique,  odii  one  laiicetilate.  Flowers  bhie,  terminal, 
Buberect.    This  plant,  pral)ably.  pos,sesses  medicinal  virtues  similar  to  the  one  above    W. ». 


POLYGONUM.  1533 

POLYGONUM— WATER  PEPPER. 

The  fresh  herb  o(  Poli/ijoiiimi  Hi/dmpqicr.lAnni:. 

Nat.  Old. — Polygonacea^. 

Common   Names:  Smart  rveed,  Water  jiepper. 

Ili.istration:  Britton  and  BTov:n,lllti.itTated  Flora  of  Northern  United  States, 
Caiuvhi.nml  the  Briti.-'h  Pos.<>es.tions,  Fig.  1333. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  annual,  gUvbrous  plant,  with  a  simple  or 
branched,  erect  stem,  of  a  red,  reddish,  or  i^ometimes  greenish  color,  from  8  inches 
to  2  feet  high.  The  lanceolate,  or  olilon<.'-hinceol:ite,  leaves  are  from  1  to  4  inches 
long,  acute  or  acuminate  at  apex,  cilialL-,  undulate,  or  slightly  crisped,  punctate, 
and  very  acrid.  The  ocreje  are  cylindric,  fringed  with  short  bristles,  or  occasion- 
ally slightly  pubescent,  generally  swollen  at  the  base  on  account  of  the  develop- 
ment of  flowers  within.  The  flowers  are  borne  in  a  panicled  raceme,  which  is 
narrow,  drooping,  interrupted,  and  from  1  to  3  inches  long.  The  green  calyx  is 
usually  4-parted  (3  to  5),  and  conspicuously  punctate;  stamens  4,  occiisionally  6; 
style  2  (u-  3-parted,  short;  fruit  a  lenticular  achene,  triangled,  broad-oblong  or 
ovoid,  slightly  gibbous,  dull  and  granular  (Britton  and  Brown). 

History. —  Polygonum  Hydropiper  is  a  well-known,  intensely  acrid  plant, 
found  srniwing  in  nearly  all  parts  of  the  United  States,  in  ditches,  low  grounds, 
aninni:  rulitiish,  and  about  brooks  and  water-courses,  flowering  in  July,  August, 
and  September.  That  growing  in  our  section  of  the  country  being  naturalized 
from  Europe;  Britton  and  Brown  state  that  it  is  perhaps  indigenous  in  the  far 
northwest.  There  are  many  species  of  Polygonum  (at  least  38),  some  of  which, 
although  pos.sessing  similar  virtues,  differ  materially  in  medical  potency.  The 
whole  plant  (P.  Hi^dr&piper)  is  medicinal,  and  has  a  biting,  pungent,  acrid  taste. 
and  imparts  its  virtues  to  alcohol  or  water.  Age  renders  it  inert,  and  heat  im- 
pairs it-  nit'dicinal  qualities.     It  should  be  collected  and  made  into  a  tincture 

Whilr    fv,-h. 

Chemical  Composition.— According  to  analysis  by  H.  Trimble  and  H.  J. 
Schuchard  >  Amer.  Jmir.  P/tann., 1885, p.2l), the  tops  and  leaves  contain  3.46  per 
cent  of  tannin,  7.4  per  cent  of  ash,  and  resin,  wax.  gum,  sugar,  etc.  The  active 
(pungent)  principle  was  found  to  di.xappear  upon  heating;  it  was  contained  in 
he  alcoholic  extract  of  the  drug,  after  successive  treatment  with  petroleum  spirit 


and  ether.  Dr.  C.  J.  Ra.lemaker,  however,  as.*erted  {ibid.,  1871,  p.  490;  and  1886, 
)>p.  279  and  373)  that  the  active  principle  consists  of  crystallizable  po/ygrojuV  acid, 
which,  when  pure,  diSers  in  its  reactions  from  those  for  tannic  or  gallic  acids.    It 


is  soluble  in  water,  less  soluble  in  ether,  and  insoluble  in  petroleum  spirit.    The 
heat  of  the  watei-liath  does  not  destroy  any  of  its  properties. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Water  pepper  is  stimulant,  diuretic, 
emmenagngue,  antiseptic,  diaphoretic,  and  vesicant.  Dr.  Eberle  found  it  very 
efficient  in  the  dose  of  a  teaspoonful  of  the  saturated  tincture,  repeated  4  or  5 
times  a  day,  or  from  2  to  5  grains  of  the  aqueous  extract,  in  amenorrhaa;  Y)roh- 
ably,  an  alcoholic  extract  would  be  found  more  active.  He  states  that  the  use  of 
it  caused  an  increase  of  the  heat  of  the  body  with  a  kind  of  formication,  with 
bearing  down  and  sense  of  fullness  in  the  pelvic  region.  The  infusion,  in  cold 
water,  has  been  found  serviceable  in  gravel,  colds,  ana  roughs,  and  in  m ilk-airkiie-^s, 
and,  mixed  with  wheat-bran,  in  Imrel  complaints.  In  A.-iiotic  cholera,  the  patients, 
wrapped  in  a  sheet  moistened  with  a  hot  decoction,  are  said  to  have  been  much 
benefited,  and  to  have  recovered.  In  combination  with  sulphate  of  iron  and  guni 
myrrh,  it  is  said  to  have  cured  <7)(7^/>.f,(/  — probably  dei)endent  on  some  uterine 
derangement.  Externally  used  as  fomentation  (simmered  in  water  and  vinegar) 
in  gdiigirtie.  The  infusion,  or  a  fomentation  of  the  leaves,  has  been  beneficially 
ajiplied  in  chronic  ulcers  and  hemorrhoidul  tumors,  also  as  a  wash  in  chronic  cn/sijielas 
and  iiiflnmnuitions,  and  as  a  foraentaliou  in  tympanites  and  flatulent  colic.  The  fresh 
leaves,  bruised  with  the  leaves  of  Mav-weed,  and  moistened  with  the  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, and  applie<l  to  the  skin,  will  speedily  vesicate.  The  ashes  of  the  plant 
combined  with  the  ashes  of  the  garden  thyme  (  Thmnw  vulgaris)  are,  it  is  said, 
used  by  many  empirics,  injected,  in  solution,  into  the  bladder  as  a  solvent  for 
grave!  and  stone;  hazardous  and  doubtful  treatment.     The  infusion,  in  cold  water. 


1534  roLYMXiA. 

forms  an  excellent  local  application  in  the  sore  viouth  of  nursing  vomen,  and  in  mer- 
curidl  ptyalism.  The  decoction  or  infusion,  in  hot  water,  is  not  so  active  as  when 
prepared  in  cold  or  warm  water.  Dose,  of  the  infusion,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces; 
of  the  saturated  tincture,  from  1  to  4  fluid  drachms,  3  or  4  times  a  day:  specific 
polygonum,  1  to  60  drops. 

Belated  Species. — Polygonum  Persicaria,  Linn^,  called  Smart  weed.  Lady's  thumb,  or  Sjjotted 
knotu'ood,  |i(ississc8  Biiiiilar  but  inferior  medicinal  properties,  and  may  be  distingui»he<l  from 
tbe  above  liy  tlie  deepcr-grcen  or  purplish  color  of  the  whole  plant,  a  brownish,  heart-shaped 
spot  near  the  center  of  the  leaf,  and  its  rose-colored  flowers,  in  short,  dense,  terminal  spikes. 
It  has  a  fcfbly  astringent,  saline  taste,  and,  at  one  time,  was  considered  antiseptic. 

Puh/i/iiniim  arlfoliiim,  Linn6,  Sickle  grass,  Ifalberl-leaied  tear-thumb,  or  Hntlate  knot  grass. — 
This  plant  grows  in  low  and  wet  grounds  throughout  the  United  States,  flowering  from  June 
to  Septeudjcr.  An  infusion,  in  cold  water,  is  a  powerful  diuretic,  useful  in  uric  odd  and  phos- 
phatic  gravel,  straiujiu-ii,  gnuni-rhcea,  and  all  urinary  affections;  it  must  be  drank  freely.  Also  of 
service  in  cninn-lt  uf  flu  hi, aider,  and  in  muscular  debility  of  this  organ. 

Fai/njii/niin  rxrni,  ninui,  Mcench  I  Polygoiiuiu  Fagopyrum,  Linn^;  Fagopyrum  Fagopyrmn  [I..], 
Karsten ),  nr  '  'nimndu  hurhirlunl,  may  be  used  as  follows,  to  recall  the  flow  of  milk  in  the  breasts 
of  nurses,  whire  it  lias  liisappeareii  for  several  davs.  Stir  into  any  amount  of  buckwheat  flour, 
a  sufficient  quantity  ot  liuttermilk  to  form  a  poultice;  warm  it,  but  be  careful  not  to  Iwil  or 
make  it  hot.  --^pply  it  thus  warm,  over  the  whole  breast,  and  renew  it  every  4  or  6  hours. 
Sometimes  it  requires  to  be  thus  used  for  'A  or  4  days  before  its  effect  will  be  proiluced  ;  usually, 
however.  24  hours  will  be  suftieirnt.  Thr  v.eds,  deprived  of  their  husks,  contain  about  70  per 
cent  of  starch  and  13  per  cent  111  J  'In  i;  i  nn.ck). 

Polygonum  ereHum,  Erect  k'  .  /      i  knut  grass,  Goose  grass,  Bird  weed. — This  is  a  peren- 

nial herb,  common  to  the  we-  :;     !   ■      1  lie  states  and  British  America.     It  is  found  in 

abundance  about  country  doon  ii  i-,  i  a  '-is,  waste  places,  damp  soils,  etc.,  blossoming  from 
June  to  October.  This  plant,  "in  infusion,  has  been  foimd  highly  eflicient  in  the  treatment  of 
diarrhcea,  and  especially  in  mmmer  complaint  of  children. 

Polygonum  amphihium,  Liim6,  Water  persicaria. — A  variable  plant  growing  in  wet  situa- 
tions. It  may  be  readily  cultivated,  and  has  been  recommended  for  tanning  iiurposes,as  the 
dried  stems  yield  over  17  and  the  root  above  21  per  cent  of  tannin. 

Polygonum  punctatum,  Elliott  ( Polygonum  acre,  H.  B.  K.,  not  of  Lamarck  ,  r><'tl(d  or  Water 
smart  weed. — A  smooth  annual  or  perennial,  aei  id  species,  found  in  swamps  and  other  wet  places 
throughout  the  most  of  North  America.    Has  been  used  for  similar  purposes  as  smart  weed. 

Polygonum  hydropiperoides,  Michaux  (Polygonum  mite,  r<>rsoon),  is  Mild  water  pep/^r,  found 
in  wet  soil  and  swamps  throughout  the  United  States,  and  flowering  from  June  to  September. 
It  has  decided  stimulating  properties.  Eberle  pronounces  it  a  most  active  and  certain  em- 
menagogue  (see  Amer.Jour.  P/iarm.,  1,SS3,  p.  19.5 1. 

BisTORTA,  Bi.ftorl. — The  rhizome  of  Polygonum  Bislorta,  Linn^.  or  Snakeuwd.  This  plant  is 
found  in  swampy  places  throughout  the  northern  countries  of  the  globe,  being  present  in  the 
United  States  northward  from  Colorado.  The  rhizome, which  is  recognized  in  some  European 
pharmacopoeias,  is  blackish-brown,  peculiarly  distorted,  S-shaped,  sub-annulate,  reddish  inter- 
nally, and  breaks  with  an  almost  smooth  fracture.  Wlien  broken  it  exhibits  a  large  pithy 
center,  surrounded  by  a  single  circle  of  many  small,  woody  bundles,  enveloped  l>y  a  thicker 
bark.  It  is  odorless,  but  powerfully  astringent  in  taste,  as  it  contains  tannin  to  the  extent  of 
21  percent  (Bowman,  IStlO).  P.  Krebs  found  tannin  (15  per  cent),  resin  i0.30  per  cent\wax 
and  fat,  starch,  dextrin,  dextrose,  mucilage,  gallic  acid,  etc.  [.imer.  Jnur.  Pharm. ,1S9\.  p.  476i. 
It  is  employed  where  a  vegetable  astringent  such  as  geranium,  is  indicated. 

POLYMNI  A.  — UVEDALIA- 

The  root  of  Polymnin  Uvedalia,  Linne. 

Nat.  Ord. — Composita;. 

Co.MM(iN  Names:  Bcarsfoot,  Leaf-ntp. 

Botanical  Source.— Tiiis  is  a  large,  perennial  plant,  from  3  to  6  feet  in  height, 
and  found  in  ravines,  on  the  edges  of  woods,  etc.,  in  the  central  states,  from  Illi- 
nois to  Florida.  The  stems  are  erect,  stout,  branched,  and  covered  with  a  rough, 
hoary  pubescence.  The  leaves  are  large,  thin,  opposite,  deltoid  in  outline,  and 
abruptly  contracted  at  the  base  to  short  dilated  leaf-stalks.  They  are  3-lobed, 
with  acute,  sinuate-angled  lobes, bright  green  on  both  surfaces,  and  studded  below 
with  numerous  rough  points.  The  flower  heads  appear  late  in  summer,  and  are 
disposed  in  loose,  corymbose  clusters.  The  involucre  is  double;  the  outer  consist- 
ing of  about  5  ovate,  obtuse,  leaf-like  scales,  which  are  ciliate  on  the  margin:  and 
the  inner,  of  the  smaller  thin  bracts  of  tlie  pistillate  flowers.  The  flower  heads 
are  radiate,  and  the  recej>tacle  chalTy.  The  ray  flowers  are  about  10,  in  a  single 
row,  each  being  nearlj'  1  inch  in  length;  they  are  oblong,  of  a  bright-yellow  color, 
and  equally  3-toothed  at  the  apex.     The  ray  flowers  arc  pistillate,  and  alone  fer- 


roLYMNiA.  1. ■).?.■; 

tile,  as  the  di:«k-florets,  although  ptrlVrt,  do  not  produce  fruit.  The  fruit  i.-;  au 
nbovoid.blarkadieniiini,  slightly  llatl^iie,!,  an.!  rlM^.d  l-ngthwise. 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.  — I'olymnia  Uvedalia 
\v;i;!  iiitu)(liued  as  a  medicine,  about  lS7n,  by  Dr.  .I.W.  I'ruilt,  the  root  being  the 
part  employed.  This,  when  dry.  is  from  6  to  12  inches  in  length,  and  from  ^  inch 
to  i  inch  in  diameter  at  the  base  of  the  plant.  It  extends  downward  into  the 
ground,  and  running  parallel  with  it  several  small  roots  springing  from  the  l)n.«e 
of  the  plant  are  often  observed.  The  shape  is  somewiiat  like  that  of  dandelion, 
hut  longer,  not  so  tapering,  and  more  flattened  from  the  efi'ect  of  drying.  Towani 
he  lower  end  it  often  divides  into  several  fleshy  rootlets,  and  secondary  roots 
frequently  spring  from  the  main  root.  The  outer  sur'aee  is  of  a  leather-color,  and 
very  much  wrinkled  longitudinallv.  Internally,  it  is  white,  or  of  a  greenish  cast, 
and  soft,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  woody  fibers  near  the  bark.  It  contains  a 
large  amount  of  resin,  and  exhales  an  unpleasant,  animal-like  odor  when  broken. 
Alcohol  extracts  from  the  root  ail  its  medicinal  principles,  the  extractive  matter 
mainly  consisting  of  glucose  in  considerable  proportion;  a  form  of  tannin  which 
precipitates  ferrous  sulphate,  black;  an  odorous  principle,  soluble  iu  water  and 
alcohol;  and  a  mixture  of  two  resins, which  is  present  in  greater  amount  than 
any  other  of  its  characteristic  constituents;  this  resinous  compound  is  heavier 
than  water,  of  a  brownish-yellow  color,  soft  and  sticky  at  ordinary  temperatures, 
and  possesses  the  odor  of  "the  root.  It  dissolves  completely  in  chloroform,  ether, 
and  alcohol,  imperfectly  in  benzin,  which  separates  it  into:  (1)  A  dark-brown, 
hard  resin,  of  an  acrid  t^uste,  which  remains  undissolved;  this  is  insoluble  in  car- 
bon disulphide,  but  freely  dissolves  in  chloroform,  ether,  and  alcohol.  (2)  A  light 
straw-colored,  balsam-like,  resinous  body,  heavier  than  water,  rather  thicker  than 
Canada  balsam,  which  it  otherwise  very  nearly  resembles;  it  readily  dissolves  in 
ether,  alcohol,  benzin,  chloroform,  and  carbon  disulphide,  has  the  odor  of  polym- 
nia  root,  and  likewise  an  acrid  taste.  Undoubtedly,  polymnia  depends  upon  these 
resinous  bodies  for  its  medicinal  virtues.  The  a(iueous  solution  of  the  evaijorated 
tincture  yields  a  precipitate  with  phospho-molybdate  of  ammonium,  but  not  with 
other  alkaloidal  reagents,  and  after  precipitation  of  the  tannin  with  either  ferrous 
sulphate  or  gelatin,  the  filtrates  give  negative  results  with  the  pbospho-molybdaie 
of  ammonium.  Polymnia  Uvedalia  is  used  in  medicine  in  form  of  tincture  and 
ointment. 

OiXTMEST  OF  PoLYMXi.\. — Take  of  fresh  polymnia  root  S  troy  ounces;  lard 
or  mutton  suet  16  troy  ounces;  cut  the  root  into  small  ]iieces,  and,  having  added 
the  lard,  heat  the  mixture  until  water  ceases  to  evaporate,  and  then  strain  while 
hot.  The  ointment  is  of  a  light-greenish  color,  and  possesses  the  disagreeable 
odor  of  the  root. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Polymnia  was  introduced  to  the  med- 
ical profession,  in  1870,  l)V  Dr.  J.  W.  Pruitt,  although  it  had  several  years  pre- 
viously been  highly  lauded,  under  the  name  of  Bear's  foot,  as  a  remedy  in  rhcumn- 
tUm.  Dr.  Pruitt  recommended  it  in  the  form  of  ointment,  as  a  local  application  in 
inumiiviri/  and  other  (/hndular  (unior.<!  or  abscesses,  in  »ii(enic  enlargement,  and,  indeed, 
in  all  piiinjul  sicellinfis  and  loral  inHummatums.  Subsequently,  he  employed  a  tinc- 
ture of  it  internally,  in  connection  with  its  external  use,  and  found  its  efficacy 
to  be  thereby  augmented.  The  tincture  alone,  was  likewise  found  efficient  in 
the  treatment  of  chronic  intermittent  fever,  ozana,  scrofulous  o/ihthalmia,  and  similar 
atlections.  According  to  Dr.  Pruitt,  it  may  be  considered  a  specific  in  splenie 
entari/enu;nt  from  malarial  influence.  Prof.  j".  M.  Scudder,  M.  D.,  has  used  it  with 
good  eflFect  in  chronic  qaMr  it  in,  chronic  hepatic  enlargement,  hypcrtrophii  <f  the  cervix 
H'eri,  chronic  metritis  tcith  hj/jiertrophi/,  titerine  subinrohitiun,  and  emjorgi  nn  id  of  the 
l/Hoer  loticjt  of  the  lungi<;  according  to  him  the  indications  for  its  use  are  full,  flabby, 
sallow  tissues,  inn^aired  circulation,  atonic  impairment  of  function, and  glandular 
enlargement.  The  eflicacy  of  this  drug  in  the  eli'ections  named  has  been  corroVu)- 
rated  i)y  many  other  practitioners  who  have  tested  it.  It  stands  to-day  at  th(? 
head  of  spleen  remedies,  influencing  not  only  the  splenic  circvilation  and  reducing 
hypertrophies  of  that  organ,  but  has  more  or  less  control  over  the  other  distribu- 
tive branches  of  the  oeliac  axis.  It  is  a  remedy  for  cnnge^lice  or  engonjiil  states  of 
the  spleen  and  oiher  ductle-^s  glaiiiU.  When '/.'/•</"'»''i''J  tlepends  upon  a  sluggish  cir- 
<  ulation  in  the  ga.stric  and  hepatic  arteries,  and  is  attendeil  with  full,  heavy,  aud 


1536  POLYPODirM. 

burning  sensations  in  the  parts  supplied  by  those  branches,  we  have  in  uvechilia 
an  efficient  remedy.  It  even  exerts  a  beneficial  action  in  some  ciises  of  that  in- 
tractable malady,  lewon/l hernia,  though  it  more  often  fails.  The  remedy  to  be  of 
benefit  in  all  glandular  difficulties  should  be  used  for  several  weeks.  Fur  its 
influence  in  splenic  engorgevient  {ague  cake)  the  ointment  should  be  applied  warm 
over  the  spleen,  while  specific  polymnia  uvedalia  should  be  given  in  from  5  to 
10-drop  dose.s  every  '^  or  4  hours.  It  is  a  remedy  for  imperfect  blood-elal)oration, 
with  tumid,  sodden  abdomen,  and  for  the  removal  of  low  inflammatory  deposits. 
With  Prof.  Scudder  the  following  was  a  favorite  hair  tonic:  R  Specific  uvedalia, 
^ii;  bay  rum,  §vi.  Mix.  Rub  thoroughly  into  the  scalp  once  or  twice  a  day. 
White sxoelling  '\^  stated  to  have  been  cured  by  the  use  of  polymnia,  both  internally 
and  as  a  local  application,  but  we  know  of  no  authentic  cases.  The  ointment 
appears  to  be  a  stimulating  discutient.  The  dose  of  the  tincture  is  from  10  to  60 
minima,  "i  or  8  times  a  day;  of  specific  polymnia  uvedalia  from  2  to  20  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Full,  smlden,  inelastic,  flabby  tissues;  splenic 
and  hepatic  enlargements,  fullness,  weight  and  burning  in  the  region  of  liver, 
stomach  and  spleen;  congestive  states  and  impaired  functions  of  the  parts eujv 
plied  by  the  coeliac  axis;  impaired  blood-making  with  tumid  abdomen;  low  in- 
flammatory deposits. 

Related  Species. — Polymnia  caruidenti»,  Linn6,  is  a  smaller  plant  than  the  precetlin^r, 
ami  is  found  in  similar  lot^alities.  The  stems  are  clammy,  pubescent,  and  have  long  inter- 
nodes.  The  lower  leaves  are  pinnately-parted,  the  upper  ovate,  tive-lobed.  aVirupt  at  the  base, 
sub-regularly  sinuate-toothed,  and  on  slender,  horizontal  leaf-st;«lks.  The  flower-heads  are 
smaller  than  those  of  the  P.  Uvedalia,  and  have  acute  involucral  scales.  The  rays  are  of  a  pale, 
sulphur-yellow  color,  and  are  not  longir  th:m  the  involucre;  they  are  three-toothed  at  the 
apex,  the  middle  tooth  being  longer  than  the  others.  The  two  plants  we  have  just  descriljed, 
are  the  only  other  indigenous  species  of  Polymnia,  and,  together  with  a  few  .<outh  .\merican 
species,  constitute  the  genus. 

POL YPODIUM.— COMMON  POLYPODY. 

The  rhizome  and  tops  of  Polyjwdium  vulgare,  Linn6. 

Nat.  Orri.— Filices. 

Common  Names:  Common  polypody.  Rock  polypod.  Fern-root,  Rock-brake,  Brake- 
root,  Female  fern,  etc. 

Botanical  Source. —  Polypodium  has  a  perennial,  creeping,  irregular,  brown 
rhizome,  with  membranous  scales  extending  to  the  caudex  or  ba.«e  of  the  stipe. 
The  fronds  are  6  to  12  inches  high,  distiched,  green,  smooth,  deeply  pinnatihd, 
being  divided  into  alternate  segments,  nearly  to  the  mid-vein,  which  are  linear- 
oblong,  obtuse,  crenulate,  the  upper  ones  gradually  smaller,  parallel,  a  little  curved, 
about  a  quarter  of  an  inch  wide.  The  stipe  is  naked  and  smooth.  The  fruit  is 
borne  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  frond,  in  large,  distinct,  golden  dots,  sori,  or 
capsules,  without  any  indusium,  round,  in  a  double  row,  and  becoming  finally 
brownish  (W. — Eatony 

History  and  Description. — Polypody  is  common  on  shady  rix'ks,  in  woods, 
and  mountains  throughout  the  Unitetl  States.  The  root  and  tops  are  used  in 
medicine.  The  rcxit  is  of  .some  length,  2  to  4  lines  in  diameter,  frequently  crooked, 
with  chafly  .scales,  which  are  readily  removed,  and  having  many  delicate,  knobby 
rootlets,  it  ha-ta  jx>culiar,  rather  unpleasant  odor,  and  a  saccbaronuicilaginous. 
somewhat  sickening  t;i.stt\  Wat^^r  extracts  its  proj>erties.  Its  constituent.*,  accord- 
ing to  Hager  {Handbiu-h  der  Pharm.  Praris),  are  fatty  oil  (about  8  per  cent),  resin, 
some  tannin,  mannit,  dextrose,  dextrin,  starch,  malic  acid,  and  a  sweet  substance 
resembling  glycyrrhizin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  plant  is  pectoral,  demulcent,  pur- 
gative, and  anthelmintic.  \  decoction  or  syrup  nas  been  found  very  valuable  in 
pulmonai-ii  and  hepatic  d is,a.-<t:-i,  and  a  strong  <lecootion  is  recommended  as  a  purga- 
tive, and  for  the  exjuilsion  of  tiniin  and  other  icorm.s-.  Pose  of  the  p«iwdered  plant, 
from  1  to  4  drachms;  of  the  decoction  or  syrup,  from  1  to  4  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4 
times  a  day. 

Related  Species.  — Po/vporfiiim  nrfimi/i/nrmr,  a  West  Indian  plant,  is  n'pinliHl  by  the  na- 
tives as  a  pronouneed  antisyphilitic,  and  inedioal  testimony  seems  to  rondrm  its  r»>pntation  in 


poLYTKicurM.— roiTi.rs.  t:,:',7 

tliat  ilirection.  The  Central  American  feru,  I'olypodiumfriedi'richgthalkimim,  is  said  to  possess 
likf  virtues,  anil  to  be  a  reme<Iy  against  tUe  bite  of  the  Mexican  insect,  ioboba  {Sew  Ideu,  1885; 
from  DrageudortTs  Ueitpjiiin:tH  . 

POLYTRICHUM.— HAIR-CAP  MOSS. 

The  whole  plant  of  Pnh/trii'humjunipcrum. 

Nat.  Ord.—Pohitrirl,  i,t,r:i: 

Common"  Names  and  Synonyms  :  Hdir-rctp  mos^^,  Bear'g  bed,  Ground  vioss,  Robin  s 
rye,  Herbn  (uUanthi  iiurei. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant  is  in<liginous  and  i)ereniiial,  with  a  simple 
or  iliviiU'd  sti-ni,  more  generally  simple,  sleniler,  of  a  reddish  color,  from  4  to  7 
inches  in  height.  The  leaves  are  linear-lanceolate,  awn-pointed,  entire,  flattish, 
appressed,  somewhat  spreading,  with  the  margins  infiexed.  'i'he  capsule  is  ob- 
long, 4-sided,  and  the  angles  acute;  the  caiyptra  densely  hairy  and  white;  the 
lid  or  operculum  short-beaked  from  a  convex  base;  and  the  apophysis  depressed 
and  discoidal.  The  peristome  is  single,  of  64  teeth,  adherent  by  their  summits  to 
the  membranous-dilated  apex  of  the  columella.  InHorescence  dioecious;  sterile 
dowers  terminal  and  cup-shaped  (\V. — G.). 

History.— This  is  an  evergreen  plant,  found  on  high,  dry  places,  along  the 
margins  of  dry  woods,  ami  exposed  places,  mostly  on  poor,  sandy  soil,  and  is  of  a 
darker-green  color  than  the  mosses  in  general.  Tlie  leaves  are  closelj'  set  on  the 
stem  about  one-half  its  length,  above  which  the  stem  is  naked,  terminating  in  a 
capsule,  covered  with  a  white,  hairy  hood  or  calyptre.  The  whole  plant  is  medici- 
nal. It  yields  its  properties  to  boiling  water  by  infusion.  It  has  not  been  ana- 
lyzed, but  is  deserving  of  chemical  investigation.  The  similar  species,  P.fomio- 
mm,  according  to  Reinsch,  contains  fatty  oil,  a  crystalline  substance,  resins,  a 
trace  of  tannin,  etc.  (Wittstein,  Handw'Oi-terbuch  d.'Phm-makogn.  d.  Pflavzenreichs, 
Breslau.  1S>^2>. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  is  a  very  valuable  and  important, 
but  soni'Mvh  It  ni-irleeted,  remedial  agent.  It  is  a  powerful  diuretic  in  strong  infu- 
sion. In  do.-(s  of  2  lluid  ounces  of  the  infusion,  every  i  hour,  it  has  been  known 
to  remove  from  a  dropsical  patient  from  20  to  40  pounds  of  water  in  the  space  of 
24  hours.  It  ))o.*sesses  but  very  little  smell  or  taste,  and  never  produces  any 
n  msi-a  or  disagreeable  sensation  in  the  stomach.  It  may  be  used  in  connection 
with  hydragogue  cathartics,  or  even  alone,  in  dropsies;  with  the  most  decided 
a  Ivantag'-;  and  is  a  very  useful  article  in  uric  acid  and  phoxjihntic  gravel,  and  other 
iiiiniinj  otiMfHftions,  and  especially  urinal  suppression  from  cold.  Prof.  Jones  consid- 
ered it  worthy  to  be  ranked  among  the  first,  if  not  at  the  head,  of  the  class  of 
iliuretics.  Notwithstanding  the  reputation  of  this  plant,  as  a  diuretic,  I  have 
known  it  frecpiently  lo  fail  in  producing  the  slightest  increase  of  the  urinary 
discharge  (.1.  King).  A  strong  infusion  of  the  fresh  plant  should  be  used  when 
possible  to  obtain  it;  give  specific  polytrichum,  5  to  60  drops,  every  1  to  3  hours. 

POPULUS.— AMEBIOAN  POPLAB. 

The  bark  of  the  Populus  tremuloides,  Michaux. 

Nat.  Ore/.— Salicacea>. 

Common  Nam  es  :   American  poplar,  American  a.'spen,  Quakinr/  0.-7)01,  White  poplar. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— Tliis  tree  attains  the  height  of  20  to  50  feet, 
with  a  diaiiii  t'  r  of  N  to  12  im  h,s.  It  is  covered  with  a  smooth,  greenish-white 
bark,  except  on  the  trunks  of  very  old  trees.  The  leaves  are  orbicular-cordate, 
abruptly  aruminate.  dentate-serrate,  smooth  on  both  siiles,  pubescent  at  the  mar- 
;:iiis,  dark-green,  3-nerved,  2  to  2i  inches  long,  and  \\  as  wide,  on  long,  slender, 
and  laterally  compressed  petioles,  which  accounts  for  the  continual  agitation  of 
the  leaves  bv  the  slightest  breeze.  The  aments  are  plumed  with  silken  hairs,  and 
are  about  2  inches  long  and  pendulous,  appearing  in  April,  long  before  the  li-aves. 
The  scales  are  cut  into  3  or  4  deep,  linear  divisions,  and  fringed  with  long  hairs 
( W. — (;.).  This  tree  is  conimon  in  lower  Canada  and  in  the  northern  and  mid- 
dle slates.  The  bark  is  the  medicinal  part,  and  should  he  collecte<l  in  the  sjiring, 
97 


1538  POPULis. 

just  as  the  sap  begins  to  rise.  Its  virtues  are  imparted  to  alcohol,  water,  or  acetic 
acid.  There  are  several  varieties  of  this  tree,  all  of  which  possess  similar  proper- 
ties, as  the  Pnpulus  gmwlidentntn,  Michaux;  P.candicari",  Aiton,  etc. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  glucosids,  populin  and  mlicin,  are  constituents 
common  to  the  harks  of  nearly  all  species  of  Populus,  as  P.  <renit(/oiV/f.«,  P.tremula, 
P.alha  (for  the  latter,  see  analysis  by  M.  F.  Schaak,  Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,1892,  p. 
226).  The  leaf-buds  of  P.  nigra.,  P.  dilntata  (P.  pyramidnlis),  and  P.  bnlsamiferii,  were 
found  by  Piccard  {Jahresb.  der  Pharm.,  I8G0,  p.  24;  and  1873,  p.  39)  to  contain  a 
yellow  coloring  matter,  chrysin  {aretyl-henzoyl-phloroglucin  \Q^-^.f)^),  tertorhrysin 
(C|„H,,0,),  snlicin  and  poptilin,  resin  and  essential  oil,  which  he  believes  (ibid., 
1875,  p.  70)  to  contain  dijientene  (C,oH,6).  The  buds  of  the  American  aspen  (Poy/«- 
lus  tremuloides),  according  to  R.  Gleiik  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm. ,1882,  p.  240),  contain 
an  acid  resin  of  a  hop-like  odor,  soluble  in  alcohol,  caustic  potash,  glacial  acetic 
acid,  acetic  ether,  and  amyl  alcohol ;  slightly  soluble  in  chloroform,  ether,  carlx)n 
disulphide,  oil  of  turpentine,  and  benzol ;  insoluble  in  water.  For  description  of 
the  bitter  glucosid,  salicin  (C^H.A,  or  C,H,0.[CeH„05].CH  ,0H),  see  Saticinum. 

Populin  {hemm/l-salicin,  C,„H,,p,.2H,0,  or  C,3H,,.[C\H,0]0;.2H,0)  was  discov- 
ered, in  1831,  by  Braconnot,  and  occurs,  together  with  salicin,  in  the  bark  and  the 
leaves  of  several  species  of  Populus,  The  leaves  of  P.  tremula  contain  more  populin 
than  the  bark,  and  may  be  employed  to  advantage  in  its  isolation.  To  prepare 
both,  an  aqueous  decoction  of  the  bark  is  precipitated  by  subacetate  of  lead,  the 
filtrate  freed  from  lead  by  carefully  adding  sulphuric  acid,  filtered  again,  treated 
with  charcoal,  and  evaporated  to  a  smaller  bulk.  The  salicin.  upon  cooling,  crys- 
tallizes out ;  the  filtrate,  upon  the  addition  of  potassium  carbonate,  yields  a  precipi- 
tate of  populin,  which  is  obtained  pure  by  recrystallization  from  water.  Populin 
is  a  very  light  substance,  snow-white,  with  a  sweetish  ta^te  not  unlike  that  of 
liquorice.  It  requires  about  2000  times  its  weight  of  cold  and  about  70  times  its 
weight  of  boiling  water  to  dissolve  it.  Alcohol,  when  boiling,  dissolves  it,  deposit- 
ing the  populin  on  cooling  in  the  form  of  a  crystalline  magma.  It  is  suluble  in 
acetic,  nitric  and  phasphoric  acids,  from  which  solutions  it  is  precipitated  by  alka- 
lies. It  is  hardly  soluble  in  ether.  Boiling  with  diluted  mineral  acids  decom- 
poses it  into  dextrose,  benzoic  acid  and  saligevin  (CjH,OH.CH,OH).  which  is  fur- 
ther converted  into  resinous  saliretin.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  gives  with 
populin  a  purple-red  solution.  When  heated  on  platinum  foil  it  burns  with  a 
strong  flame,  emitting  an  aromatic  odor.  By  oxidation  with  a  mixture  of  sul- 
phuric acid  and  jiotassium  bichromate,  the  odor  of  salicylic  aldehyde  (C,H,. OH. 
CHO),the  principal  constituent  of  the  oil  of  Spir.ra  Ulmarin,  is  evolved. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Poplar  bark  is  tonic  and  febrifuge, 
and  has  been  used  in  intermittent  fever  with  advantage.  An  infusion  of  it  is 
reputed  a  valuable  remedy  in  emaciation  and  debility,  after  protracted  fevers  and 
reproductive  disorders  of  the  nervous  and  hysterical,  lumbricoid  wonn.i,  impaired 
digestuyn,  chronic  diarrhaa,  intei'mittent  ferers,  etc.  As  a  diuretic,  it  has  been  bene- 
ficially used  in  urinary  affectiong,  gonorrhoea,  gleet,  etc.  Both  populus  and  populin 
have  a  decided  atlinity  for  the  genito-urinaltract.  It  is  thought  to  aid  the  recu- 
perative powers  of  the  kidney  when  undergoing  granular  degeneration.  In  tenes- 
mic  vesical  irritation  and  in  tenesmus  after  urination  it  is  decidedly  effective. 
Minute  doses — fraction  of  a  drop — are  most  beneficial  here.  It  is  suggested  by 
Prof.  Webster  for  trial  in  stubborn  titerine  congestion  and  prostatic hy{>iiiro]ihies.  The 
Larg(!  aspen,  P. grand idcntata,  is  said  to  be  the  most  active  and  bitter.  Dose  of  the 
powdered  bark,  1  drachm,  2  or  3  times  a  day  ;  of  a  saturated  tincture  of  the  fresh 
bark,  from  a  fnution  of  a  dro])  to  30  drops;  of  populin,  1  x  trituration,  1  grain 
every  2  or  4  hdurs. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Marked  debility  with  impairment  of  diges- 
tion ;  tenesmic  vesical  irritation  ;  tenesmus  after  micturition. 

Related  Species. — Several  species  of  PopuUis  K'sidos  Amorioan  poplar  have  been  em- 
ployoil  inoro  or  lis.s  in  iiiotliciiie,  and  probably  most  of  them  tlopeuil  uuon  lx)th  salicin  and 
popnlin  for  their  virtues.  .Vmong  those  emiiroyed  are  Populus  iiij/ra,OT  £iiroi<t<iii  Nad  poplar; 
I'ojiulii.t  Irrniiiln,  l'nro)KaH  a.'>fx'n;  Populus  altia,  sil ty r-Uaf  iioplar,  etc.  ^!?ee  the  alwve-named 
species  fur  chemical  composition.) 

Populus  baUam  if  era,  hinn^,  Baham  jioplar. — This  tree,  also  called  Tacantahac,  or  Tammahae 
poplar,  attains  the  height  of  50  to  70  feet,  with  a  trunk  about  IS  inches  in  diameter.    Branches 


roTASSA.  1539 

smooth,  ronnd,  deep-brown;  bmla  acuminate,  smooth,  covered  in  tlie  spring  with  an  almn- 
dance  of  fniiiriint,  viscid,  bMlsaiiiic  juice.  Leaves  ovate,  gra<hially  tapering  and  pointed,  Binooth 
on  both  Bides,  with  fine  >,'laudiilar  serratures,  deei)-green  above,  whitish  and  reticulate-veined 
beneath,  on  long  petioles;  sonietiuies  2  glamis  at  tlie  apex  of  the  petiole.  Scak-s  dilated, 
slightly  hairy  (L.— W.).  This  tree  is  found  in  Cana(la,tlie  northern  parts  of  the  I'nitcd  suites, 
ana  in  Sil)i'i"ia.  In  this  country  it  is  in  blossom  in  April.  The  leal-buds  arc  the  medieinal 
parts,  and  should  be  collected  in  the  si>ring;  tliey  are  covereil  \\  ith  a  fragrant  resinous  matter, 
which  may  be  separated  in  boiling  water,  and  upon  which  tluir  virtues  depenil.  They  have 
an  agreeable,  incense-like  odor,  and  an  unpletisant,  bitterish  taste.  The  balsamic  juice  is  col- 
lected in  Canada  in  slu'lls,  and  sent  to  Europe,  under  the  name  of  tacamaliaca.  Alcohol  or 
spirits  is  the  proper  solvent.     (For  chemical  composition,  see  Piccard,  loc  cil..) 

Popvlns  camlirniis,  Alton. — The  buds  of  the  Pujnilns  candiraiis,  Alton,  or  J?'i'»!  of  Oilead, 
po8.se,ss  virtues  similar  to  the  above.  The  tree  is  of  less  stature  than  the  P.  ^'i/.'-vo/(';7Vra,the 
leaves  are  broader,  and  lienrt-shaped,  with  a  distinct  sinua  at  the  ba.-<e;  the  petioles  ;'ie  hairy 
and  the  branches  tente  (<!.)  r.plar  hiuls  are  reputed  stimulant,  tonic,  diuri'tic,  ami  anti- 
scorbutic. A  tincture  has  }■  .  n  1  ;  .  il,  i.illy  tuiployed  in  affirtiuiis  (iftlw  vlicst,  sIoiikicIi,  and  kid- 
H«/s,and  in  rhfumnli.vn  ;in  1  W  ;  h  hir.l  or  oil  they  form  a  useful  external  application  in 

bntige>,!:uvlli>tij)i,iiiiiimh.>  ^i   .■■<..<.  rlienmulic pciin-^etc.     Added  to  ointments  they 

prevent,  in  a  gn^at  meMsu  ,  tl;.  ir  r  i!  iliiy  !■>  lieconie  rancid,  but  in  this  respect  are  not  equal 
to  parafSn,  which  will  win  illy  prevent  raiicidity  in  cerates  and  ointiiunls  |)reiiared  with  it,  as 
discovered  by  Prof.  E.  S.  Wayne.  The  bark  is  said  to  be  tonic  and  c^ii  liMitie,  and  to  have  proved 
of  service  in'gout&ndrhinmiiiism.  Dose  of  a  tincture  of  the  buds,  from  1  ti  4  lliiiil  drachms;  this 
is  excellent  for  c<>/<feaMd  jxiin  in  the  c/(l^<^  An  extract  of  the  bark  made  with  diluted  acid, 
in  the  dose  of  from  5  to  15  grains,  3  times  a  day,  is  a  useful  tonic  in  debilily,  inlermitteiU/ecer, 
rheumatitm,  etc. 

POTASSA  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSA. 

FoRMfi.A:  KOH.    Molecular  Wkight:  55.99. 

Synonyms  :  Caustic potciKh,  Potassium  hijdrnte,  Potassium  hydroxide,  Pofassa  cans- 
tica,  Potiisitii  hydras,  Potos^x  hydras,  Oxydum  potassirum,  Kali  hydrimm  Jusum,  Lapis 
causti'us  c/iincrr/onivi,  Caustic  potussa,  Kali  jmrum,  Vegdahle  alhili,  Fixed  albdi. 

'■  Potassa  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles  made  of  hard  glass" — 
{U.S.  P.). 

Preparation. — Caustic  potash  is  prepared  by  the  interaction  of  potassium 
carbonate  or  bicarbonate  and  calcium  hydroxide,  the  solution  of  caustic  potash 
thus  obtained  (see  Liquor  Potassii)  being  rapidly  evaporated  in  a  clean  silver  vessel 
until  there  remains  a  clear  fluid  of  oily  consistence,  a  drop  of  which,  when  removed 
on  a  warm  glass  rod,  solidifies  on  cooling.  The  liijuid  is  then  poured  into  molds 
of  proper  shape  and  allowed  to  cool,  care  being  taken  to  exclude  the  carbon 
dioxide  of  the  air  as  much  as  possible.  Evaporation  should  not  be  conducted  in 
an  iron  vessel,  becaiisi!  the  concentrated  li(iiiid  dissolves  notable  quantities  of 
iron.    This  jirodiut  is  now  hardly  ever  ])repared  by  the  pharmacist. 

Description.— The  officially" recognized  caustic  potash  is  described  as  occur- 
ring in  ''dry,  white,  translucent  pencils,  or  fused  masses,  hard  and  brittle,  show- 
ing a  crystalline  fracture ;  odorless,  or  having  a  faint  odor  of  lye,  and  a  very  acrid 
and  caustic  taste.  Great  caution  is  necessary  in  tasting  and  handling  it,  as  it 
rapidly  destroys  organic  tissues.  Exposed  to  the  air,  it  rapidly  absorbs  carbon 
dioxide  and  moisture,  and  deliquesces.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F),  in  about  0.5 
part  of  water,  and  in  2  parts  of  alcohol;  very  soluble  in  boiling  water,  and  in 
boiling  alc(diol ;  slightly  soluble  in  ether.  When  heated  to  about  530°  C.(9,S6°  F.), 
potas.sa  melts  to  a  clear,  oily  liquid,  and  at  a  bright  red  heat  it  is  volatilized  un- 
changed. When  introduced  into  a  non-luminous  flame,  it  imparts  to  it  a  violet 
color.  A  solution  of  potassa,  even  when  greatly  diluted,  gives  an  intensely  alka- 
line reaction  with  litmus  jiaper" — (U.S.  P.).  It  dissolves  in  water  and  combines 
witha -i.is  V  ith  evolution  of  much  heat,  and  formsanumber  of  crystallizable  salts. 

Impurities  and  Tests.— Commercial  caustic  potash  is  liable  to  contain  as 
impurities:  i)otassium  chloride,  potassium  carbonate,  alumina,  lime,  iron,  sul- 
phates, admixed  common  salt,  etc.  Prof.  W.  Dunstan  {Anwr.  Jour.  Phanii.,  1886, 
p.  173)  found  five  specimens  of  commercial  caustic  potash  in  sticks  to  contain 
from  0.34  to  1  per  cent  of  pota.ssium  nitrite,  on  account  of  which  it  liberated 
iodine  from  acidulated  potassium  iodide  solution.  The  specimens  contained 
from  78  to  79  per  cent  of  total  alkali.  All  the  impurities  mentioned  are  insoluble 
in  alcohol,  hence  purified  caustic  potash  ("potash  by  alcohol")  may  be  obtained 
l>y  dissolving  the  alkali  in  alcohol,  (b-canting,  evaporating  the  clear  fluid   to 


1540  POTASS A. 

dryness  and  melting  the  dried  mass.  Mr.  Carl  E.  Smith  (Amer.  Jour.  Pkarm. ,189H, 
p.  392)  calls  attention  to  a  probably  fraudulent  substitution  of  commercial 
caustic  potash  by  caustic  soda.  Both  the  present  U.  S.  P.  and  that  of  1880  de- 
mand caustic  potash  to  contain  90  per  cent  of  potassium  hydroxide,  the 
remainder  to  consist  of  carbonate,  water  and  other  impurities,  the  quantities  of 
which  are  limited  by  the  pharmacopoeial  tests  subjoined.  This  standard,  how- 
ever, has  never  been  attained  on  a  manufacturing  scale.  E.  Goebel  (Proc.  Amer. 
Phanii.  ^.ssor.,1885,p.  472)  reports  eight  specimens  of  potassa  in  sticks  to  contain 
75.5  to  79.5  per  cent  total  and  63.3  to  72.3  caustic  alkali.  Prof.  E.  L.  Patch  (ibid., 
p.  474)  found  in  seven  specimens  from  57  to  86  per  cent  total  and  from  52  to  81 
per  cent  caustic  alkali  One  specimen  of  German  origin,  "purified  by  alcohol," 
gave  70  per  cent  of  total  al.kali  and  8.57  per  cent  of  carbonate,  with  traces  of 
sulphates,  chlorides,  silica  and  iron.  As  recently  as  1892  Prof.  J.U.  Lloyd  found 
the  total  alkali  (calculated  as  hydroxide)  in  30  casks  of  crude  commercial  Ameri- 
can potash  to  vary  from  16  to  84  per  cent.  By  insisting  in  his  purchases  on  a 
minimum  amount  of  70  per  cent  total  alkali.  Prof.  Lloyd  secured  a  marked  im- 
provement of  the  quality  (see  Proc.  Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc,  1892,  p.  192).  Mr.  Carl 
E.  Smith  reports  {lor.  cit.)  on  a  sample  of  the  best  crude  potassa  in  sticks  of  the 
New  York  market,  finding  it  to  be  not  much  below  the  pharmacopoeial  standard. 
It  contained  86.4  per  cent  of  potassium  h3'droxide  (KOH),  4.85  per  cent  of  potas- 
sium carbonate  (KjCO.,),  1.8  per  cent  of  sodium  hydroxide  (NaOH),  1.4  per  cent 
of  potassium  chloride  (KCl),  0.1  per  cent  of  potassium  silicate  (KjSi.O,),  and 
5.55  per  cent  of  water.  The  U.  S.  P.  directs  for  caustic  potash  the  following  tests  : 
"The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  be  perfectly  clear  and  colorless  (absence 
of  organic  matter).  After  acidulation  with  hydrochloric  acid  it  yields  bright 
yellow  precipitates  with  platinie  chloride  T.S.,  and  with  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite 
T.S."— (L'.  S.  P.).  The  precipitate  with  platinie  chloride  (PtCl.)  consists  of  octa- 
hedra  having  the  composition  PtCljK.;;  they  are  insoluble  in  alcohol  and  nearly 
insoluble  in  water.  The  corresponding  sodium  compound  is  soluble  in  water 
and  alcohol.  The  precipitate  with  sodium  cobaltic  nitrate  has  the  composition 
Co2(NO.^),jK5,  combined  with  varying  quantities  of  water.  According  to  Mr.  Carl 
E.  Smith  (loc.  cit.),  a  dilution  of  0.3  to  0.2  per  cent  of  potassium  hydroxide 
(KOH)  is  the  approximate  limit  of  the  sensitiveness  of  this  test.  "A  concen- 
trated aqueous  solution  (1  in  10),  when  dropped  into  tartaric  acid  T.S.,  pro- 
duces a  white,  crystalline  precipitate,  which  redissolves  when  the  potassa  is 
added  in  excess"— (T.  5.  P.).  This  precipitate  (C,H,OjKH)  is  the  well-known 
c7-eam  of  tartar  or  acid  potassium  tartrate  (see  Potassii  Biturtras).  The  added 
excess  of  potassa  produces  the  soluble  neutral  tartrate  (C,H,OsK,j.  "If  1  Gm.  of 
potassa  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  and  slightly  supersaturated  with  acetic 
acid,  10  Cc.  of  the  solution  should  not  be  colored  or  rendered  turbid  by  the  addi- 
tion of  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead, 
etc.),  nor  by  the  subsequent  addition  of  ammonia  water  in  slight  excess  (absence 
of  iron,  aluminum,  etc.).  The  remainder  of  the  acidulated  solution  should  not 
be  rendered  turbid  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium).  If  a  solu- 
tion of  1.5  Gm.  of  potassa  in  10  Cc.  of  water  be  slightly  supersaturated  with 
nitric  acid,  then  0.5  Cc.  of  decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  added,  and  the  pre- 
cipitate, if  any,  removed  by  filtration,  the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  unaftected 
by  the  addition  of  more  silver  nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of  chloride).  If  to  a  solution  of 
3.5  Gm.  of  potassa  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  strongly  sui>ersatu rated  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  0.1  Cc.  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  be  added,  and  the  precipitate,  if  any,  re- 
moved by  filtration,  the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  unaffected  by  the  further 
addition  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate).  If  1  Gm.  of  pota.<sa  l>e 
dissolved  in  2  Cc.  of  water,  and  added  to  10  Cc.  of  alcohol,  not  more  than  a  slight, 
colorless  precipitate  should  occur  within  10  minutes  (limit  of  silicateY  After 
boiling  this  alcoholic  solution  with  5  Cc.  of  calcium  hydrate  T.S.  and  filtering, 
not  the  slightest  etl'ervescence  shouhl  take  place  on  a'dding  tiie  filtrate  to  an 
excess  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  (limit  of  carbonate)" — (C.  5.  P.).  Mr.  Carl 
E.Smith  (/oc.  (■(■<.)  justly  points  out  that  this  test  for  silicate  and  carbonate  is 
insufficient,  because  the  precipitate  produced  by  alcohol  may  largely  consist  of 
carbonate  which  may  thus  be  mistaken  for  silicate  and  lit'sides  "impair  the 
test   for  carbonate.      The  author  suggests   that  silica  be   tested  for  separately, 


POTASSA.  1541 

hy  repeatedly  evaporating  on  the  water-bath  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  sample 
with  exce^:^s  of  hydrochloric  acid  to  perfect  dryness,  whereby  silicic  acid  becomes 
insoluble  and  may  be  filtered,  washed  out.  ilried  and  weighed.  The  carbonate 
and  total  alkali  may  be  determined  in  one  operation  by  titrating  a  dilute  solu- 
tion of  the  sample  (1  Gm.  in  2oO  Cc.  of  water)  with  normal  sulphuric  or  hydro- 
chloric acids,  employing  phenolphtalein  as  indicator,  adding  the  acid  until  the 
purple  color  disappears,  then  adding  methyl  oiaiige  and  titrating  until  the  color 
changes  to  red.  The  acid  consumed  with  nietbyl  orange  as  indicator  is  equivalent 
to  half  the  quantity  of  carlxniate  present,  while  tiie  quantity  of  acid  consumed 
with  phenolphtalein  as  indicator,  minus  that  consunu'd  with  methyl  orange,  is 
equivalent  to  the  caustic  alkali  present.  Tiiis  procedure  is  based  on  the  fact 
that  potassium  carbonate  (KjCO,)  becomes  neutral  toward  phenolphtalein  at 
the  point  where  it  is  converted  into  bicarbonate  (KHCO,),  i.  <■.,  when  half  of  its 
potassium  is  converted  into  neutral  sulphate  or  chloride.  The  bicarbonate,  how- 
ever, is  still  alkaline  toward  methyl  orange;  if  this  be  added  to  the  colorless 
liquid,  the  change  to  red  takes  place  at  the  point  where  the  remaining  half,  i.e., 
all  of  the  bicarbonate,  is  converted  into  the  neutral  salt.  "If  0.2  Gm.of  potassa 
be  dissolved  in  2  Cc.  of  water,  and  carefully  mixed  with  4  Cc.  of  pure  sulphuric 
acid  and  2  drops  of  indigo  T.S.,  the  blue  color  should  not  be  discharged  (limit  of 
nitrate).  To  test  for  soda,  dissolve  0.56  Gm.  of  potassa  in  5  Cc.  of  water,  add  a  few 
drops  of  phenolphtalein  T.S.,  and  then,  from  a  burette,  enough  tartaric  acidT.S. 
(3  Gm.  in  20 Cc.)  to  accurately  neutralize  the  solution.  Next  add  another  volume  . 
of  the  tartaric  acid  T.S.,  equal  to  that  first  used,  and  then  enough  absolute  alco- 
hol to  completely  precipitate  the  potassium  bitartrate  formed.  Separate  the  pre- 
cipitate by  filtration  and  wash  it  with  a  little  alcohol.  The  filtrate  should  not 
require  more  than  0.2  Cc.  of  normal  potassium  hydrate  V.S.  to  restore  the  red 
color  (absence  of  more  than  1.5  per  cent  of  soda).  To  neutralize  0.56  Gm.  of 
potassa  should  require  not  less  than  9  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (each  cubic 
centimeter  c<^rrespniuling  to  10  per  cent  of  pure  potassium  hj'drate),  phenolphta- 
lein being  used  as  iiidicatdr" — (  ('.  .'^',  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Caustic  potash  is  powerfully  corro- 
sive ;  when  applied  lu  soil  animal  textures,  it  first  attracts  their  water,  and  then 
rapidly  disorganizes  them,  producing  with  the  fatty  constituents,  a  soapy  solu- 
tion, after  which  extensive  inflammation  ensues  around  the  part,  previous  to  the 
separation  of  a  deep  slough.  It  has  no  action  as  a  poison,  except  what  depends 
directly  on  the  local  injury  occasioned  ;  no  direct  inlineiice  being  exerted  through 
the  medium  of  absorption.  The  symptoms  of  poisoning  from  its  ingestion  are:  In- 
tense burning  j>ain  from  mouth  to  stomach  and  bowels;  acrid, caustic  taste;  vomit- 
ing of  alkaline  and  bloody  material,  diarrhcea,  delirium,  convulsions,  and  cold, 
clammy  surface.  If  the  dose  is  large  and  not  vomited,  death  quickly  takes  place ;  if 
death  is  not  immediate,  it  may  result  later  from  laryngeal  and  gastro-intestinal  in- 
flammation and  ulceration,  or,  after  many  months,  death  may  be  due  to  starvation, 
due  to  stricture  of  the  cesophagus,  produced  by  the  healing  of  the  lesions  caused 
by  the  poison  in  passing  through  that  tube.  Acids,  as  vinegar,  lemon-juice,  etc., 
and  the  fixed  oils,  are  antidotes  to  its  injurious  action,  producing  with  it  harmless 
salts  of  pota.«sium  or  soapy  solutions.  The  long-continued  use  of  liquor  potassaj 
may  occasion  a  cachexia  closely  resembling  scurvy. 

It  is  administered  internally  only  when  in  solution,  as  an  antacid,  antilithie, 
and  diuretic  (.«ce  Liquor  Pot(i»!<se) .  Externally,  it  is  used  in  its  solid  state  for  mak- 
ing caustic  issues,  opening  nhxcesses,  and  destroying  tumnr.i,  and  is  applied  for  the 
cure  of  infjroim  iiaiU, paronyrhia,  sinuses,  ailloit.i  ulceratious,  and  to  destroy  unhealthy 
(jramdatinng,  but  from  its  extreme  deliquescence,  it  is  very  apt  to  spread  and  act 
on  parts  not  desired.  To  obviate  this,  the  integuments  around  the  parts  to  be 
acted  on  should  be  protected  by  2  or  3  layers  of  cloth,  spread  with  adhesive  phuj- 
ter,  and  perforated  with  a  hole  in  the  center,  of  the  nece.s.sary  size.  Then  a  rod  of 
potassa,  slightly  moisitened  at  the  end,  is  to  be  gently  rubbed  over  that  portion 
of  the  skin  embraced  in  the  perforation  of  the  plaster.  It  must  be  rubbed  until 
the  skin  becomes  discolored,  when  an  elm  or  bread-and-niilk  poultice  must  be 
applied.  In  a  few  days  tiie  eschar  will  be  detached.  Al'ter  the  slough  .separates, 
the  retraction  of  the  surrounding  skin  always  makes  the  surface  of  the  issue 
niuch  larger  than  the  circle  originally  cauterized,  the  extent  of  which  must  be 


irA2  POTA8SA. 

regulated  accordingly  (C).  In  apph'ing  the  caustic,  wrap  it  with  paper.  Occa- 
fiionally  this  caustic  is  employed  in  the  destruction  of  tiunors,  cnncers,  etc., and  on 
the  surface  of  unhealthy  or  malignant  ulcers.  A  very  unscientific  application  of 
a  solution  of  this  caustic,  applied  to  the  spine,  has  been  recommended  in  the 
treatment  of  tetanus. 

Potassium  and  Its  Compounds. — Kalium,  or  Potassium.  Symbol:  K.  Atomic  Weight: 
3i).03.  .Metallic  putassiuiu  was  discovered,  in  1807,  by  Sir  Humphrey  Davy,  who  obtained  it  by 
passintr  a  powerful  galvanic  current  through  a  small  piece  of  caustic  potash,  the  metal  being 
lilKiatiil  at  the  negative  pole  in  the  form  of  quicksilver-like  globules.  Subsequently, Gay- 
I.ussac  and  Th^nard  obtained  it  bypassing  melted  potassium  hyilroxide  over  iron-turnings, 
heated  to  whiteness  in  an  iron  tube.  Potassium  is  now  usually  prepared  by  reduction  of  potas- 
sium carbonate  with  carbon  at  a  white  heat,  according  to  the  equation:  K2C03  +  C2=K2  + 
oCO.  An  intimate  mixture  of  both  substances  is  first  obtained  by  igniting  cream  of  tarUir  in 
a  covered  crucible,  which  leaves  a  mixture,  well  known  as  black  flitjc.  This,  while  still  warm, 
is  mixed  with  a  considerable  proportion  of  charcoal,  in  coarse  powder  and  small  fragments 
recently  ignited,  and  allowed  to  cool  in  a  covered  crucible.  The  whole  is  then  introduced  into 
an  iron  retort,  which  is  then  subjected  to  a  white  heat.  The  potassium  distilling  over  is  con- 
ducted into  pure  naphtha  cooled  by  ice.  In  recent  years,  potassium  is  also  obtained  by  the 
electrolytic  decomposition  of  potassium  salts,  e.g.,  the  chloride. 

Potassium  is  a  solid,  soft,  bluish-white  metal,  of  bright  metallic  luster  when  freshly  cut, 
but  becoming  instantly  tarnished  and  oxidized  when  exposed  to  the  air,  from  which  it  absorbs 
oxygen.  It  should,  therefore,  be  kept  in  purified  naphtha  or  petroleum  benzin,  liquiils  which 
contain  no  oxygen.  At  the  temperature  of  10° C.  (.50° F. ),  it  is  soft  and  malleable  like  wax; 
at  58°  C.  1 1:56.4°  F.),  it  becomes  perfectly  fluid;  and  at  0°  C.  (32°  F. ),  it  is  hard  and  brittle,  ex- 
hibiting a  crystalline  structure.  It  is  lighter  than  water,  its  specific  gravity  being  0.8tjo,  and 
is  an  excellent  conductor  of  heat  and  electricity.  Thrown  upon  the  surface  of  water,  it  de- 
<-omposes  that  liquid  with  rapiditv,  with  evolution  of  an  intense  heat,  the  following  reaction 
taking  place:  Kj  +  H20=K20-f-H", ;  K20+H20=^2KOH.  The  hydrogen  gas  evolved,  carrj-- 
ing  with  it  small  particles  of  the  metal,  takes  fire,  and  communicating  the  combustion  to  the 
potassium,  the  whole  burns  with  a  kind  of  explosion,  emitting  a  purplish, violet,  or  rose-tinted 
light.  Heated  in  oxygen  gas  it  burns  with  a  brilliant  white  light.  Metals  and  metalloids, 
whose  attraction  for  oxygen  are  too  strong  to  be  overcome  by  the  usual  means,  are  isolated  by 
potassium.  Thus,  it  decomposes  the  oxides  or  chlorides  of  aluminum,  glucinuin,  yttrium, 
thorium,  and  zirconium,  and  the  boracic  and  silicic  oxides,  in  each  case  the  element  result- 
ing. Potassium  is  found  chiefly  in  the  ashes  of  land  plants,  as  oxide  of  potassium  united  to 
carbonic  acid,  and  is  also  contained  as  chloride  in  the  ashes  of  sea  plants.  Many  rocks,  miner- 
als, and  soils  contain  it;  indeed,  it  is  necessary  to  the  growth  of  plants.  It  occurs  as  silicate 
in  granite,  feldsjiar  (ortlioUase),  mica  {mw<covite],as  chloride,  near  Stiissfurt,  Germany,  in  fylriiie 
(KCli,  caniallih  (.MgClj-f  KCl+eHjO),  and  in  the  waters  of  the  sea.  In  the  form'  of  nitrate 
it  constitutes  ndltpeter.  Potassium  forms  chiefly  two  compounds  with  oxygen — a  dry.  erayish- 
white  iHo)u>.ri<lf  (KjO),  and  an  orange-yellow  telroride  (KjO^l,  which  is  formed,  r.  p..  In  com- 
bustion of  metallic  potassium  in  absolutely  dry  oxygen.  Its  monoxide  unites  with  acids, 
forming  salts  of  potassium,  some  of  which  are  usedin  medicine.  Potassium  also  combines 
with  hydrogen,  sulphur,  and  mercurv,  forming  an  amalgam  with  the  latter.  Pota.-jsium  salts 
are  generally  colorless,  unless  the  cfiaractenstic  acid  has  a  peculiar  color.  Nearly  all  potas- 
sium salts  are  readily  soluble  in  water ;  the  sulphate  is  less  soluble ;  very  little  soluble  are  the 
bitartrate,  the  platinic  hydrochloride  (see  Potassa\,Xhe  silicofluoride  ("SiFl<|K,i,  the  picrate 
(CjH2[N02]30K),  and  the  perchlorate  (KCIOJ.  Among  the  compounds  of  potassium  not 
mentioned  in  our  main  articles  are  the  following: 

PoT.\.ssiuM  Silicate  (KjSi^Oo),  or  " Soluble  glass,"  is  prepared  after  the  method  of  mak- 
ing the  corresponding  sodium  salt,  by  fusing  together  potassium  carbonate  (10  part.«  .  fine  sand 
(1.5  parts  I,  and  charcoal  (1  part),  (iuul  and  rlieumalhm  have  been  treated  with  it,  but  without 
results  to  commend  it.     Its  local  surgical  uses  are  those  of  sodium  silicate  (which  seei. 

PoTASSiu-M  CoBALTic  NiTKiTE  (UOj[N02]i2Kj -f-SHjO ). — Upou  adding  to  a  solution  of  a 
cobaltous  salt,  previously  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  an  excess  of  solution  of  potassium  nitrate, 
nitrogen  monoxide  is  liberated,  and,  after  a  time,  a  crystalline,  yellow,  double  salt  (cobaltic- 
polassium  nitritel  is  precipitated.  The  n-action  takes  place  a.s'  follows:  CojCl, -^4NO,K-t- 
4.N()2ll  1  (INOoK  ('(>,(  NO,  i„.ilN(),K  -4(1K  •  2IU»l  J.Nti.  Solutions  of  acid  hardly  di.<»olve 
it.  It  has  the  llierapeutic  innpeities  <if  tlie  nitrites,  and  lias  lutn  employed  in  <i.«//iiiiii,  iii/ni/iir 
hi'iirt  (//.* .(.<(,<,  and  in  mud  dlforilns,  in  which  arterial  tension  is  hiBli,  iuid  dyspiuva  marked 
(  Koosevell),  1.1  ill-  ]>ri  l(  rred  to  other  nitrites  on  account  of  its  limited  solubility  and  more  j.>er- 
manent  elKu:ii  l.  r    i  lil.lisi.     l)ose,  ',  to  i  grain  every  2  hours. 

I'liTAs-ii  I  )>MA->  I  K,()s(),.2H3()i,  PotaKfiinii  atmaU: — To  a  solution  of  osDiinni  tetroxide  in 
caustic  1  iotas  h  a. Id  alcohol;  the  resulting  red  liquid,  when  concentrated,  deposits  jxitawium 
osmate  as  a  ciystalline  powder.  If  slowly  evaporated,  dark-garnet  crystals  form.  This  salt  is 
jiernument  in"  a  drv,  but  deliquescent  in  a  moist  atmosphere,  at  the  siune  time  un>ler>!oing 
decomposition.  Sofutions  in  water  are  likewise  unstable.  It  has  an  a.stringent  and  sweetisS 
taste,  and  is  used  as  a  suo.stitute  for  o«inic  acid.  It  is  employed  hypodermatioilly  chiefly  in 
the  form  of  a  1  per  cent  solution,  or  it  niav  be  given  by  n\outh  in  doses  of  j's  to  j^j-  gniin. 

Ds.Mic  .\cii),or  yViiwwiV  nciil  lOsO,  — 2.">4.14l  i  .icitluni  (WiinViim.or  jKitwiiictiiii  >,is  tlie  ai-O'pted 
name  for  (hmiuin  telro.ritle,  from  which  potassium  inmate  mav  Ik-  prepan'd  as  statetl  ul>ove. 
Osmic  acid  ]>roi)er  i()s(),ll,i  is  not  known  in  the  free  state.    Tlie  tetroxide  is  intensely  jniison- 


POTASSA  CUM  CALCE.— POTASSA  SULPHrRATA.  1543 

oils.  It  is  prepared  by  heating  metallic  and  finely  divided  osmium  to  a  temperature  of  near 
4110° C.  (7M'  I".  .  in  a  current  of  air,  or  in  the  presence  of  oxyjien.  The  metal  then  burns  and 
the  tetr.ixiili-,  being  vaporized,  is  eolleeteil  in  a  o>oled  receiver.  Thus  sublimed,  it  loruis  ex- 
Ci'edinxly  byj;n>si-opie,  yellow  neeilles,  which  lurni  neutral, colorless,  acrid  solutions  with  water. 
Osmium'  tetruxide  boils  at  about  the  same  temperature  as  water,  and  sublimes  at  somewhat 
above  the  ordinary  temperature,  giving  otf  intensely  poisonous  vapors,  which  attack  the  lungs 
and  the  eyes  most' violently.  Organic  compounds  are  oxidized  by  it,  and  iodides  are  decom- 
posed with  liberation  of  icnline.  Its  solution  in  alcohol  or  ether  deposits,  upon  standing  for 
1  day,  all  the  osmium  in  the  form  of  the  tetrahydroxide  (O8O4II4).  Sulphurous  acid  produces 
with"  the  aqueous  solution  a  series  of  colors,  changing  from  yellow  to  red,  green,  and  blue.  A 
freshly-made,  1  per  cent  solution  is  use<l  hypodermaticaily\3  to  5  drops',  or  js^j  grain,  inter- 
nally, for  the  (lire  o(  yiiilre,?arcoma,  aneroid  tumors,  scroj'tiloux  uinrg,  epiltpfi/.  and  lumbago.  It  is 
a  dangerous  drug.    It  is  used  in  microscopy  for  staining  and  hardening  purposes. 

l'oT.\.v>iii  (.'axtii.\rid.\s  (CioHijK,Os.2II,Oi,  Potaggium  roiiJ/iarit/aJf.— Cantharidin  (1  part), 
potitssium  hydroxide  ( 2  parts),  water  ( 100  parts).  Heat  together  on  a  water-bath.  By  concen- 
trating the  clear  solution,  the  salt  may  be  obtained  in  the  form  of  crystals.  Twenty-five  parts 
of  cold  water  and  12  parts  of  boiling  water  dissolve  the  salt.  Acid  precipitates  cantharidin 
from  the  solution  'also  compare  Cantharis).  This  compound  has,  in  recent  years  (1891),  been 
liniposel.  l.y  l.iebreich.  for  some  varieties  of  tuberculosis'.  It  is  injected  hypodermatically  in 
doses  of  a  solution  representing  y^-r  to  y{-j  grain  of  cantharidin. 

PoTASSii  Tei-li-r.^s  iKjTeOj-i-aHjO),  Potamum  <<//i(rn^c.— Neutralize  a  solution  of  pure 
crystjillized  telluric  acid  (H2Te04+2H20i  in  water  with  potassium  hydroxide.  Evaporate  to 
dryness,  and  wash  with  alcohol.  It  forms  a  crystalline,  white  powder,  not  soluble  in  alcohol, 
but  freely  so  in  water.  This  salt,  in  doses  of  from  ]  to  3  grain,  in  pill  or  in  alcoholic  mint-julep, 
at  bedtime,  has  been  given  in  pulmonary  comumpiioi}  to  control  colliauatire  su-eating.  A  similar 
sodium  salt  is  prepared  by  substituting  caustic  soda  for  caustic  potasn.  Both  give  to  the  breath 
a  strong  alliaceous  odor. 

POTASSA  CUM  CALCE  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSA  WITH  LIME. 

Synonyms:  Vietum  paste,  Vienna  cmistir,  Pulvis  causlicus  Vieiinensk  {or  London- 
nic)).«(.<),  Piilri!'  cnustinis  cum  calre. 

Preparation.— "Potassa,  five  hundred  grammes  (500  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  1  oz., 
279  grs.] ;  lime,  rive  hundred  grammes  (500  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  1  oz.,279  grs.];  to 
make  one  thou.^and  grammes  (1000  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.].  Rub  tnem 
together,  in  a  warm  iron  mortar,  so  as  to  form  a  powder,  and  keep  it  in  a  well- 
Ptoppered  hcittle"— (f.  S.  P.). 

Description. — "A  grayish-white  powder,  deliquescent,  having  a  strongly 
alkaline  reaction,  and  responding  to  the  tests  for  calcium  and  potassium.  It 
ehould  be  soluble  in  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  without  leaving  more  thanasmall 
residue" — (V.  S.  P.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  agent  is  used  like  potassa  as  a  caustic, 
thougli  it  is  slower  and  milder  in  action,  and  more  readily  controlled  than  the 
former.  It  is  best  applied  as  a  paste  prepared  with  a  little  alcohol.  Filho's  ramtic 
is  an  improvement,  being  in  sticks,  and  is  in  good  form  to  treat  disorders  of  the 
uterine  rcrrir. 

Related  Preparations.— Causticum  Commcxe  JIitis,  Common  milder  caustic.  This  is  an 
old  preparation.  It  is  made  by  dis.solving  caustic  potash  in  ;i  parts  (by  weight  1  of  water, 
and  brin^ini.'  it  to  the  consistence  of  a  paste  by  adding  suflicient  lime.  Another  method  is 
that  of  mixing  burned  lime  (powdered)  with  an" equal  part  (by .weight)  of  soft  soap. 

SoiiA  CUM  Calce  (X.  F.I,  .Soda  u-itit  lime,  London  paste.— Soda,  lime,  each,  equal  parts. 
Reduce  them  to  powiler  in  a  clean  iron  mortar,  previously  warmed,  and  mix  them  intimately. 
Keep  the  powder  in  small,  well-stoppered  vials. 

Caustici-m  cfM  Potassa  et  Cai.ce,  Fiiho's  caustic  {  CavMiquede  Filhos). — This  preparation  is 
made  by  adding  to  fused  caustic  potash  (100  parts)  burned  lime,  in  powder  ( 10  parts  1,  and  mold- 
ing in  sticks  by  pouring  the  fused  mass  into  leaden  tubes.     It  is  otKcial  in  the  French  Codex. 

POTASSA  SULPHURATA  (U.  S.  P.)— SULPHURATED  POTASSA. 

A  mixture  of  essentially  potassium  trisulphide  (K^S,)  with  potassium  hypo- 
sulphite and  some  potassium  sulphate. 

Sy.nony.ms:  f.iver  oj  xidfJiur,  Suljihuret  of  iiotuMtiiuin,  Hepnr  Kulphurie,  Potassii 
mlphunluin.  Siilf.hiile  of  j,ol<i.^.^ium. 

History  and  Preparation. — This  substance  was  known  as  early  as  the  eighth 
century.  Tiic  name  "  beiiar  sulphuris — liver  of  sulphur,"  was  given  it  by  the 
celebrated  monk,  Basil  \'alentine.     To  prejjare  it  take  of  "sublimed  sulphur,  one 


1544  POTASSA  SULPHURATA. 

hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,231  grs.];  potassium  carbonate,  dried,  two 
hundred  grammes  (200  Gm.)  [7  ozs.  av.,  24  grs.].  Mix  the  powdered  and  dried 
potassium  carbonate  thoroughly  with  the  sublimed  sulphur,  and  gradually  heat 
the  mixture,  in  a  covered  crucible,  which  should  be  only  about  half  filled  with  it, 
until  the  mass  ceases  to  foam  and  is  in  a  state  of  perfect  fusion.  Then  pour  the 
fused  mass  on  a  cold  marble  slab,  and,  after  it  has  cooled,  break  it  into  pieces, 
and  keep  it  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle" — (U.  S.  P.).  The  reaction  is  usually 
stated  to  take  place  according  to  the  following  equation:  3K.^C03(414  parts)+8S 
(256  parts) =KjS203+K2S3-|- SCO.;.  The  pharmacopoeial  proportion  of  2  parts  of 
carbonate  to  1  part  of  sulphur  does  not  conform  to  this  equation,  unless,  as  was 
formerly  the  case,  the  carbonate  is  of  80  per  cent  or  less.  In  the  present  U.  S.  P., 
which  demands  a  strength  of  i/5  i  er  3eni,  tha  qu:.ntity  of  sulphur  directed  is 
insufficient,  and  should  be  raised  ".Tm  100  to  atleast  124  parts  of  sulphur.  By 
the  present  formula,  the  pharm  -ccpceial  product  necessarily  contains  a  notable 
quantity  of  unacted-upon  potassium  carbonate  (see  B.  Hir.'^ch,  Pharm.  Rundschau, 
1893,  p.  281).  The  formation  of  sulphate  takes  place  by  oxidation  of  the  hypo- 
sulphite when  the  crucible  is  opened  too  often  for  the  purpose  of  watching  the 
progress  of  the  reaction.  The  latter  may  be  judged  by  dissolving  a  sample  of  the 
mass  in  water;  it  should  entirely  dissolve  (absence  of  free  sulphur). 

Description  and  Tests. — "  "When  freshly  prepared,  sulphurated  potassa  forms 
irregular  pieces  of  a  liver-brown  color,  which,  by  exposure  to  the  air,  gradually 
absorb  moisture,  oxygen,  and  carbon  dioxide,  and  change  to  a  greeni.-h-yellow 
and  finally  to  a  gray  mass  containing  potassium  carbonate,  hyposulphite,  and 
sulphate.  The  compound  has  a  faint  odor  of  hydrogen  sulphide,  and  a  bitter, 
alkaline  taste.  Soluble  in  2  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  with  the  exception 
of  a  small  residue.  Alcohol  dissolves  only  the  potassium  sulphide,  leaving  the 
other  constituents  (hyposulphite  and  sulphate)  undissolved.  The  aqueous  solu- 
tion (1  in  10)  is  of  an  orange-yellow  color,  is  strongly  alkalme  to  litmus  paper, 
and  gives  off  the  odor  of  hydrogen  sulphide.  On  adding  to  it  acetic  acid  in  slight 
excess,  an  abundance  of  hydrogen  sulphide  is  evolved,  while  sulphur  is  precipi- 
tated. In  this  liquid,  after  filtration,  sodium  bitartra.e  T.S.  produces  an  abun- 
dant, white,  crystalline  precipitate.  On  triturating  1  Gm.  of  suli)luiratpd  potassa 
with  1  Gra.  of  crystallized  copper  sul])hate  and  10  Cc.  of  water,  and  filtering,  the 
filtrate  should  remain  unafiected  by  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S. ,corresponiling  to  at 
least  12.85  per  cent  of  sulphur  combined  with  potassium  to  form  sulphide" — 
{U.S.  P.)  A  white  deposit  in  the  aqueous  solution,  unaltered  by  a  large  quantity  of 
water,  denotes  the  presence  of  silica  or  alumina;  a  black  or  gray  one  is  probably 
iron;  a  yellow  one  free  sulphur.  Carbonate  of  potassium  is  detected  by  the  addi- 
tion of  lime-water,  which  renders  the  solution  turbid.  If  the  liver  of  sulphur 
when  treated  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  ett'ervesces  without  evolving  any  hydro- 
gen sul[)hide,  it  has  become  useless.  A  characteristic  test  for  sulphides  of  altalies 
and  alkaline  earths  consists  in  the  formation  of  a  beautiful  deep-violet  coloration 
with  solution  of  sodium  nitroprusside  (Na,Fej[C'X],„[N0],-|-4H,,0). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  true  ''hijmr  Mtl}>hur"  {^mlphuria), 
and  should  not  be  confoun.lrd  with  the  preparation  (calcium  sulphide)  used  by 
homoeopaths  under  the  same  name.  In  large  doses  it  is  an  energetic,  narcotico- 
acrid  poison,  causing  acrid  taste,  vomiting,  mortal  faintness,  and  convulsions, 
with  an  emission  of  the  odor  of  suli)liurctted  hydrogen.  In  small  doses,  from 
2  tt)  10  grains  in  solution,  or  in  pill  with  soap  or  liquorice,  and  repeated!  3  or  4 
times  a  day,  it  acts  as  a  general  stimulant,  increasing  the  frequency  of  the  pulse 
as  well  as  the  heat  of  the  body,  and  promoting  the  different  secretions,  especially 
those  of  the  mucous  membranes.  It  is  likewise  antacid,  alterative,  and  anti>pas- 
modic,  and  has  been  used  in  whoopiug-cough,  rhronic  rheumatisni,  a^hmn,ob)^tiiuUe 
diseases  of  the  skin,  jiaintcr.t'  colic,  gout,  etc.  (P.)  Externally  it  has  been  very  efficient 
in  chronic  diseases  of  the  skin,  as  eczema,  ."cahirs,  lehra.  pityriasis,  etc.,  in  which  it  is 
used  in  the  form  of  ointment,  wash,  or  bath.  Haifa  dradim  of  the  sulphide  to 
1  ounce  of  lard  forms  an  ointment;  the  same  quantity  to  1  fluid  ounce  of  water, 
forms  a  wash  or  lotion.  One  part  of  the  sulphide  to  iOOO  parts  of  water,  lorinsa 
bath.  This  bath  is  employed  in  Irad  pal.fy.  It  should  not  be  useil  when  there  is 
fever  or  hemorrhages.  By  prolonged  use  vesicular  or  papular  skin  eruptions  are 
apt  to  occur.    Dose,  1  to  10  grains. 


l'OTA:<s;iI   ACETAS.  l.')4-5 

Belated  Compounds.— Potassh  Sili'uidim  ^KjS),  Polmtium  mmiosnlphUle,  is  loruii'il  l(y 
passing  into  a  (jolutiiui  oi  (.■austio  potash  a  strfuui  of  BulplmretU-d  liyilrogi-n,  until  it  is  satu- 
rate<l,  aim  lastly  adding  to  tbi'  pioiluct  a  like  quantity  of  solution  of  potassa.  Tlu-  following 
reaition  takis  'pliioe:  KOH  r U,!S=KSH ^  II jO;  K^;^-^KOH  =  K,^;-(- II jO.  Tbis  alkaline, 
bitter  solution,  yields,  by  eoneentration  in  n/r»..,  prismatic  crystals,  colorless  and  deliquescent, 
and  coiitiunini,'  5  molecules  of  water  of  i-rystaliization.     Alcobol  partially  dissoUes  it. 

I'oTA-^sii  Sri.i'Ho<.\tRBON.\s  (Kjl'Sji,  /V'i)i.-i»m  sitl])hi>c(trh<inate  {thiocarbouule I,  ia  produced 
by  airitatiiig  p.itassiuni  monosulpbide  in  aqueous  solution  with  carbon  disulpbiile.  The  yel- 
lowish or  red-brown  fluid,  carefully  concentrated  at  S0°  (.'.  (86°  F.)  giyes  deliiiuesco  it.  yellow, 
hydmted  crystals,  or  if  the  red-brown  fluid  be  treated  with  alcohol,  a  cry.-taliim-  iF.posit. 
.Soluble  in  alcohol,  and  of  a  sharp,  cooling,  sulphur-like  taste.  When  carlion  disn  (.liide  is 
shaken  togi'tber  with  au  alcoholic  solution  of  caustic  pota.sh,  a  compound  iCS.(  »(',llj.SK)  ia 
formed,  called  iHtlumum  xanOuHjmnte.  The  crude  compound  was  recommended  by  I'uinas  as  a 
means  to  destroy  the  phylloxera  on  grapevines.  In  moist  condition, it  slowly  evolves  carbon 
disulphide.    The  above  compound  (KjCSj^  is  also  a  constituent  of  its  solution. 

POTASSII  ACETAS  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  ACETATE. 

Formula  :  KC,H,0,.    MoLECfLAR  Weight  :  97.89. 

Syxo.nyms:  Ardaa  potnssim^,  Aretns  knlinis,  Acetate  of  potash,  Acetate  of  potassium, 
Aret'ifr  of  j„,f,is.<,i,  Trrni  fnliiita  turtari,  Sal  diuretirum,  Diuretic  salt. 

History  and  Preparation.— This  salt  in  solution  was  known  to  Pliny, and  was 
first  obtained  liy  Kayinoud  LuUy.  Its  properties  were  described  in  1610  by  Philip 
Miiller,  of  Freil>erg.  The  salt  is  prepared  simply  by  dissolving  carbonate  or  bicar- 
bonate of  potassium  in  solution  of  acetic  acid,  keeping  the  latter  in  slight  excess, 
and  evaporating  the  solution  to  dryness  by  carefully  heating  it  on  a  sand-bath. 

Description. — As  met  with  in  commerce,  the  salt  often  has  a  foliaceous 
appearance,  not  unlike  spermaceti,  which  gave  rise  to  its  former  name,  foliated 
earth  of  turtur,  acetic  and  tartaric  acids  having  been  at  one  time  believed  to  be 
identical.  The  salt  is  officially  described  as  "a  white  powder,  or  crystalline 
masses  of  a  satiny  lustre,  odorless,  and  having  a  warming,  saline  taste.  Very 
deliquescent  on  exposure  to  the  air.  Soluble  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  0.36  part  of 
water,  and  in  1.9  parts  of  alcohol;  with  increasing  temperature  it  becomes  much 
more  soluble  in  both  liquids.  When  heated  to  292°  C.  (.557.6°  F.),the  salt  fuses. 
At  a  higher  temperature  it  decomjtoses,  blackens,  and  evolves  vapors  having  an 
empyreumatic  odor  (an  alliaceous  odor  would  indicate  the  presence  of  arsenic), 
and  finally  leaves  a  white  residue  of  potassium  carbonate,  which  should  be  com- 
pletely soluble  in  water" — (f.  S.  P.).  Acetone  is  among  the  products  of  volatili- 
zation. Owing  to  its  ready  deliquescence,  the  salt  should  be  kept  in  well-stop- 
pered bottles.  The  aqueotas  solution  of  the  salt  soon  becomes  moldy,  and  the 
acetate  is  converted  into  carbonate.  "The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  colors 
litmus  paper  blue,  but  does  not  redden  phenolphtalein  T.S.  Upon  the  addition 
of  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.,a  copious  yellow  precipitate  is  formed.  The  addi- 
tion of  sodium  bitartrate  T.S.  to  the  aqueous  solution  causes  a  white,  crystalline 
l)recipitate.  When  the  salt  is  heated  with  a  small  amount  of  sulphuric  acid,  vapors 
of  acetic  acid  are  evolved.  The  addition  of  a  little  ferric  chlorideT.S.  to  a  solution 
of  the  salt  produces  a  deep  red  color,  and,  upon  the  ai>plication  of  heat,  a  pale 
brown,  floceulent  precipitate  of  basic  ferric  acetate  separates" — (f.  S.  P.).  Potas- 
sium acetate  is  contained  in  many  vegetable  juices,  and  ui>on  incineration  i.s  found 
in  their  ashes  in  the  form  of  potassium  carbonate.  Potassium  acetate  is  incom- 
patil)le  with  the  sulphates  of  sodium  and  magnesium,  tartaric  acid,  the  stron<:er 
acids,  earths  ami  tlieir  salts,  bichloride  of  mercury,  and  some  other  metallic  salts. 

Impurities  and  Tests.— Impurities  are  rarely  i)resent;  the  most  probable  are 
carboii.ite  of  iMit.issiiim,  if  this  is  left  in  excess  during  tiie  i)reparation  of  the 
salt  ;  sulphate  (d"  potassium,  cliloride  of  potassium,  alumina,  lime,  magnesia,  iron, 
lead,  copper,  tin,  etc.,  which  may  respectively  be  detected  by  the  pharmacopoeial 
tests  as  given  below.  If  lime  is  jireseiit,  ammonium  oxalate  will  produce,  in  the 
aqueous  solution  of  the  salt,  a  white  precipitate,  insoluble  in  diluted  acetic  acid. 
Magnesium  is  recognized  by  adding  to  the  a(|Ueous  solution  of  the  salt,  ammo- 
nium chloride,  atjua  ammonite,  and  ammonium  carbonate,  filtering,  and  adding 
to  tiie  filtrate  ammonium  phosphate.  ,\  crystalline  inecipitate  denotes  the  pres- 
ence of  n)agnesium.    "Having  prepared  a  solution  of  2.5  Gm.of  tlie  salt  in  50  Co. 


l.')46  POTASSII  ACETAS. 

of  water,  use  10  Cc.  of  it  for  each  of  the  following  tests :  After  a  portion  has  been 
acidulated  with  a  few  drops  of  hj-drochloric  acid,  the  addition  of  an  equal  volume 
of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  should  produce  no  precipitate  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead, 
etc.)-  In  another  portion,  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  1  Cc.of  barium  chlo- 
ride T.S.  should  produce  no  visible  change  (absence  of  sulphate).  If  to  a  portion 
of  the  solution,  acidulated  with  nitric  acid,  0.1  Cc.  of  decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S. 
be  added,  the  liquid  should,  after  filtration,  show  no  further  change  on  the  addi- 
tion of  more  silver  nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of  chloride).  The  addition  of  0.3  Cc.  of 
potassium  ferrocyanide  T.S.  should  effect  no  change  in  the  solution  within  15 
minutes  (limit  of  iron).  No  coloration  or  precipitate  should  be  produced  by  add- 
ing 1  Cc.  of  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  iron,  aluminum,  etc.).  Frag- 
ments of  the  salt  sprinkled  upon  sulphuric  acid,  should  produce  no  effervescence 
(absence  of  carbonate),  nor  impart  any  color  (absence  of  readily  carbonizable, 
organic  impurities).  If  1  Gni.  of  potassium  acetate  be,  by  thorough  ignition,  con- 
verted into  carbonate,  the  residue  should  require,  for  complete  neutralization,  not 
less  than  10  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (corresponding  to  at  least  98  per  cent  of 
pure  potassium  acetate),  methyl  orange  being  used  as  indicator" — (['.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Acetate  of  potassium  is  one  of  the 
most  important  of  the  salts  cmiilKyed  in  Eclectic  medicine.  In  the  dose  of  2  or  3 
drachms,  it  causes  mild  purging,  which  is  occasionally  attended  with  griping; 
and,  in  drops;/,  it  will  often  cause  copious  watery  discharges  by  stool  and  urine. 
In  doses  of  from  10  to  40  grains,  it  causes  diuresis,  to  which  eSect  is  due  its  for- 
mer name  of  Sal  Diuretirum.  It  is  the  ideal  renal  depurant,  for  it  not  only  in- 
creases the  watery  constituents  of  the  urine,  but,  by  inducing  retrograde  meta- 
morphosis, it  augments  the  solid  constituents  as  well.  It  acts  not  only  upon  the 
renal  organs,  but  upon  the  remote  parts  of  the  body,  serving  to  eliminate  from 
the  system  much  of  the  broken-down  elements  upon  which  diseased  conditions 
depend.  From  the  fact  that  it  is  decomposed  before  leaving  the  body,  with  the 
formation  of  potassium  carbonate,  it  has  been  used  in  drnpsi/,  to  render  the  urine 
alkaline  in  uric-arid  d-iatfwsid,  SLud  in  other  ca.ses  where  diuresis  is  indicated.  It  is 
a  remedy  for  lithemin.  By  its  depurant  action,  it  has  cured  intermittent  and  remit- 
tent fevers,  when  the  usual  treatment  has  failed.  Not  only  does  it  remove  the  mor- 
bid products  of  fevers,  but  it  also  acts  as  a  refrigerant.  It  should  be  well  diluted, 
lest  it  irritate  the  gastric  membranes.  It  should  be  remembered  that  all  of  the 
potassium  salts  act  best  when  largely  diluted,  and  the  acetate  is  often  given  best 
in  water  to  which  a  little  vinegar  has  been  added. 

In  scrofulous  conditions,  when  old  and  broken-down  tissues  stand  in  the  way  of 
recovery,  this  salt  acts  as  a  true  alterative  in  ridding  the  system  of  these  obstruc- 
tions, and  the  same  is  true  in  all  inflammations  marked  by  deposits  of  cacoplastic 
material.  In  chronic  diseases  of  the  spleen  and  liver,  especially  hepntie  congestimi,  with 
limited  secretion  of  bile,  it  is  often  the  best  remedy.  In  chronic  jaundice.  30  or  40 
grains  of  the  salt  should  be  given  every  4  hours.  It  is  a  remedy  for  dropsies  when 
the  liver  is  inactive,  or  after  scarlatina,  but  generally  not  otlierwise,  and,  to  in- 
crease its  diuretic  power,  it  may  be  given  with  parsley,  spearmint,  or  queen  of 
the  meadow. 

It  has  likewise  been  found  beneficial  in  anite  and  chronie  rheumati^i,  cmite 
vaginitis,  gonm-rhosa,  and  in  several  obstinate  cutaneous  affections,  when  given  in 
doses  to  increase  the  urinary  discharge.  It  may  be  given  with  confidence  in  the 
early  stages  of  ovaritis,  mastitis,  or  orchitis.  Prof.  Locke  recommends  the  following 
for  acute  rheumatism,  with  increase  of  temperature,  swelling  of  tlie  joints,  and  dirty 
tongue:  R  Potassium  acetate,  .•5VJ;  salicylic  acid,  .•^ii ;  aqua,  fl  Si  v.  Mix.  Sig. 
Dose,  a  teaspoonful  in  a  wineglassful  of  water,  every  3  or  4  hours.  It  should  not 
be  given  when  the  tongue  is  pointed  and  red.  With  the  special  sedatives,  it  is 
often  useful  in /XK-Hmojua,  and,  given  early,  it  may  influence  ;i/iMi>i.<  by  prevent- 
ing the  dej)ositi(Ui  of  tubercular  matter.  In  s}fphiiis.  it  may  be  administered 
awhile  in  alternation  with  the  iodide  of  potassium.  In  chronic  ague,  it  maj'  be 
given  to  assist  the  antiperiodic.  In  sicin  affections,  where  the  urinary  secretion  is 
in) perfect,  it  aids  other  remedies,  and  is  of  itself  often  sufticient  in  pimples. funtn- 
cuhus  eruptions,  seal]/  tetter,  and  psoriasis.  It  should  oe  borne  in  mind  that  to  act 
properly  the  kidneys  should  be  in  ^od  condition,  otherwise  too  much  should  not 
be  expected  of  the  drug.    It  aids  in  curmg  carbuncle.    Locally,  it  has  been  used 


POTASjSU  IUCAKBOXAS.  1.")47 

to  cure  iicne,  the  pimples  being  firsit  emptied  of  their  contents,  and  the  pai  ts 
touched  with  tlie  deliquesced  salt.  The  us-ual  dose  of  potassium  acetate  ranges 
Irom  5  to  40  grains,  well  diluti'd;  as  a  laxative,  4  drachms,  though  it  is  seldom 
used  for  this  imrpose.     From  SO  grains  to  3  drachms  may  be  taken  in  a  day. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.  -Retention  of  worn-out  material  in  the  body; 
imperfect  r.'ual  txrritions  of  tlic  Kroken-down  solids;  deposits  of  cacophistic  male- 
rial,  giving  ri.'ie  to  inllanimations  and  fevers,  especially  malarial  fever;  tongue 
pallid,  with  light,  pasty  fur;  scanty  urine,  with  dull  headache  ;  sluggish  lymphatic 
action;  rheumatism,  with  swollen  joints,  dirty  tongue,  and  fever;  hepatic  torpor 
anil  infnntion. 

POTASSII  BICARBONAS  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  BICARBONATE. 

FoRMri.A:  KHCO3.    Molecular  Weight:  99.88. 

Sy.nonym  :  Kali  airbotikum  ncidulum,  Arid  potassium  rarhanate.  Hydrogen  j)otas- 
gium  rfirhtiiiiiti;  Bicdrbonas  ])Ota--'.<i<:us,  Bicarbonas  hdicus. 

"  Potiissium  bicarbonate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — (U.S. P.). 

Preparation  and  History.— As  originally  prepared  by  Cartheuser,  in  1757, 
this  salt  was  produced  by  the  interaction  between  caustic  poti'sh  and  ammonium 
carbonate.  It  is  now  frequently  prepared  by  a  method  introduced  by  Cavendish, 
that  is,  by  passing  a  current  of  carbon  dioxide  into  a  solution  of  potassium  car- 
bonate until  saturated,  then  filtering  from  precipitated  impurities  (silicic  acid), 
and  evaporating  to  crvstallization  at  a  heat  not  to  exceed  70°  C.  (158°  F.).  The 
reaction  which  takes  place  is  as  follows:    K,C03-(-H30+C02=^2KHC03. 

Another  method  of  obtaining  potassium  bicarbonate  consists  in  exposing  a 
moistened  magma  of  potassium  carbonate,  in  shallow  dishes,  to  the  prolonged 
action  of  carbonic  acid  gas  until  a  sample,  diluted  with  water,  produces  a  white 
precipitate  with  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate,  consisting  of  mercuric  bicarbon- 
ate; a  3'ellow  precipitate  would  indicate  unaltered  carbonate.  (For  details  regard- 
ing this  method,  as  well  as  another,  whereby  solution  of  potassium  carbonate  is 
warmed  with  sohition  of  ammonium  carbonate  to  a  temperature  not  exceeding 
75°  C.  [167°  F.],  see  Hager,  Hnndbwh  der  Pharm.  Pmxi.s  Vol.  II,  1886,  p.  250.) 

Description. —  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  the  salt  as  in  "colorless,  transparent, 
monoclinir  prisms,  odorless,  and  having  a  saline  and  slightly  alkaline  taste.  Per- 
manent in  the  air.  Soluble  in  8.2  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  1.9 
parts  at  50°  C.  (122°  F.).  At  a  higher  temperature,  the  solution  rapidly  loses  car- 
bon dioxide,  and,  after  being  boileil,  contains  only  potassium  carbonate.  Almost 
insoluble  in  alcohol.  The  dry  salt  begins  to  lose  carbon  dioxide  at  100°  C.  (212°  F), 
and  this  loss  increases  at  a  higher  temperature,  until,  at  a  red  heat,  the  salt  has 
lost  30.97  per  cent  of  its  original  weight,  leaving  a  residue  of  carbonate" — (U.S. P.). 
The  salt  does  not  dissolve  or  disorganize  animal  textures.  In  contact  with  acids, 
it  briskly  effervesces.  An  impure  bicarbonate  of  potassium,  in  powder  form, 
known  as  .^"1  ;irahi.-<,  was  once  used  extensively  in  baking. 

Impurities  and  Tests. — Bicarbonate  of  potassium  is  liable  to  contain  as  im- 
I)urities  the  suli)hate  or  chloride  of  potassium,  arising  from  an  impure  carbonate 
employed  in  its  preparation.  The  sulphate  and  chloride  may  be  detected  by 
llie  use  of  chloride  of  barium  or  nitrate  of  silver,  these  causing  a  white  precipi- 
tate in  its  solution  acidulated  with  nitric  acid.  Carbonate  of  potassium  may 
be  known  by  adding  a  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate,  which  will  cause  a  brown- 
ish-red precipitate,  if  as  little  as  1  per  cent  of  the  carbonate  be  present  (see 
Preparation  above). 

The  U.  S.  P.  gives  the  following  identity-reactions  and  tests  for  purity : 
''The  pure  salt,  when  dissolved  in  water,  is  at  first  neutral  to  litmus  paper  and 
to  phenolphtaleinT.S.jbut  the  solution  soon  becomes  feebly  alkaline  by  partial 
conversion  of  the  salt  into  carbonate.  Sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.  produces  in 
the  aqueous  solution  a  copious  yellow  precipitate.  Tartaric  acid  T.S. ,  added  to 
the  aqueous  solution  in  excess,  causes  a  white,  crystalline  precipitate.  A  solution 
of  0.5  (im.  of  pola.ssium  bicarbonate  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  should  not  at  once  be  col- 
ored reil  by  1  drop  of  phenolphtalein  T.S.  (limit  of  carbonate).  Dissolve  2.5  Gm. 
of  the  salt  in  30  Cc.  of  diluted  acetic  acid,  and,  having  made  up  the  volume  to 
50  Cc.  with  water,  use  10  Cc.  for  each  of  the  following  tests:    No  visible  change 


1548  POTASSII  BICARBOXAS. 

should  occur  in  a  portion  of  this  solution  upon  the  addition  of  an  equal  volume 
of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  metallic  impurities).  The  addition  of 
0.3  Cc.  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  T.S.  to  another  portion  should  not  produce  a 
blue  color  within  15  minutes  (limit  of  iron).  After  adding  a  few  drops  of  nitric 
acid  and  0.1  Cc.  of  decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  to  another  portion,  and  filtering, 
the  further  addition  of  silver  nitrate  V.S.  should  not  affect  the  filtrate  (limit  of 
chloride).  To  neutralize  1  Gm.of  potassium  bicarbonate  should  require  10  Cc. of 
normal  sulpluuic  acid  (corresponding  to  100  per  cent  of  pure  salt),  methvl  orange 
being  u<<;]  as  indicatur  "— (T.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Bicarbonate  of  potassium  is  antacid, 
antilithic,  and  diuretic,  is  less  irritating  and  unpleasant  than  the  carbonate  and 
liquor  potassaj,  and  may  be  used  in  larger  doses.  It  is  preferred,  as  a  general  rule, 
to  the  carbonate,  for  which  it  may,  in  nearly  all  cases,  be  used  as  a  substitute. 
The  indications  for  this  salt  are  those  for  jpotash — "  a  leaden  pallor  of  the  tongue, 
and  tremulous  muscles."  Following  this  indication,  it  is  a  good  drug  in  gout, 
fevers,  syphilis,  scrofula,  and  rheumntism,  with  deposits  of  lithic  acid  in  the  urine. 
It  may  be  given  with  mint  water  and  sj-rup  of  stillingia.  In  gonorrhoea,  it  relieve.'? 
the  irritation  produced  by  acid  urine  and  other  di.'^charges.  In  combination  with 
gentian,  rhubarb,  and  mint  water,  it  is  a  good  remedy  in  atonic  dysjiepsia,  with  in- 
dications for  an  alkali,  and  in  the  form  of  neutralizing  cordial  with  rhubarb  and 
peppermint  herb  (Locke's  formula),  it  is  an  excellent  antacid  in  infantile  diar- 
rhoea with  green,  offensive  discharges.  It  is  of  value  in  ctitnnemt^  disorders,  depend- 
ing upon  a  malarial  cachexia  and  errors  in  diet.  Dose,  10  to  30  grains,  well  diluted, 
as  an  antacid  and  antilithic ;  1  to  2  drachms,  as  a  diuretic.  Potassium  bicarbonate, 
in  well-diluted  solution,  forms  an  excellent  agent  ff)r  softening  and  removing  the 
scales  formed  upon  the  palpebral  margins  in  cilianj blepharitis. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Leaden  pallor  of  tongue  and  mucous  mem- 
branes, and  tremulous  action  of  the  voluntary  muscles;  fullne.ss  of  muscles:  de- 
bility out  of  proportion  to  diseased  conditions. 

Related  Products.— Potassii  Sesquicakbosas,  Sesguicarbonate  of]>otamum,  J/iA/  \.>j,hilU 
caustic.  When  a  solution  of  potassium  bicarbonate  {KHCO3)  in  water  18  evaporated  by  Injil- 
ing,  half  of  its  carbonic  acid  is  gradually  given  off  and  the  normal  carbonate  (KjCOs  1  results. 
If  evaporation  is  carried  to  the  point  where  only  one-fourth  of  its  carbonic  aciil  i?  given  oS, 
the  solution  contains  potassium  sesquicarbonate,  which  cry.stallizes  out  upon  standmg.  It  is 
claimed  by  some  to  be  a  crystallizable,  deliquescent  substance  of  definite  composition,  while 
others  claim  that  the  product  is  a  mixture  of  mono- and  bicarbonate  of  potassium.  As  pre- 
pared by  the  process  mentioned,  this  mild  caustic  ia  sold  in  the  form  of  a  white  jKiwder,  having 
an  alkaline  odor,  a  sharp,  strongly  alkaline  taste,  is  permanent  in  dr\-  air,  ven.-  soluble  in  water, 
but  insoluble  in  alcohol.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  carbonate  of  potassium  i.sdeliouescent,an<l 
that  this  preparation  contains  that  salt,  the  bottle  containing  this  salt  must  be  well  dosed. 

The  above  preparation  differs  materially  from  the  original  VfijtUihle  fdii.^/iV.  which  was  pn"- 
pared  by  making  a  strong  lye  of  hickory  or  oak-wood  ashes,  and  evaporating  it  in  an  iron  ket- 
tle to  dryness.  This  formed  an  imj>ure  caustic  potash,  of  a  ilingy-gray  or  greenish  color  very 
caustic,  but  less  so  than  the  hydroxide  of  potassium,  very  deliquescent,  and  soluble  in  water. 
It  is  more  severe  in  its  action  than  the  mild  caustic,  and  "has  to  be  employeil  occa.*ionally  in 
cases  where  the  latter  exerts  but  little  or  no  beneficial  influence.  As  it  rapidly  extracts  mois- 
ture from  the  atmosphere,  it  must,  as  soon  as  prepared,  be  placed  in  glass  bottles  with  go<^><l 
corks  or  stojipers.  Each  of  these  jireparations  is  escharotic,  but  they  do  not.  like  the  hy- 
droxide of  potassium,  destroy  or  decompose  the  healthy  tissues;  their  action  appears  to  he 
altogether  exerted  upon  abnonnal  growths  and  comlitions  of  parts.  Tliey  an-  employe«l  :ia 
local  applications  to  fistulas,  cancen.fimgoux  arou1h.<i,  imioletit  iilcen,  iiiihraWiu'roiulitiintit  u/'mucont 
tissuen,  as  in  ophthalmic  affections,  diseases  of  Uie  tkhnfidirian  memhranf,  ot  the  inuiilh  ami  Ihroal, 
urethra,  roffinal  wall.i,  and  cerrix  uteri.  Prof.  Scudder,  who  was  very  partial  to  this  nr»^j>aratinu, 
says  (.*>>■(•.  Mnl.):  "In  chronic  (/iVn.v  0/ ftoii^,  and  in  caricf,  it  exerts  a  m<-kst  fcimily  uifluentv 
upon  tlic  diseased  tissues,  promoting  the  removal  of  the  dead  bone,  and  at  the  same  time 
stimulating  the  living.  In  di.ica.ie  of  the  soft  li.i.<!ues  going  on  to  suppuration,  the  same  may  lie 
said,  the  local  application  prdinnting  the  removal  of  dying  tissue  in  suppur.ilinn,  vet  strv-ngth- 
eiiing  the  tissues  ailjoiuiiig.  Tl.i-  \i,a\  '.  n..li,-.d  especially  intlie  tn^atiiient  of  t-<i--)'"N./,,as  the 
thorough  injection  with  a  salm  !  -  ,:: n  .■!  sesquieuiriouate  of  potash  arnsis  the  prngn-ss 
of  the  disease,  and  (•staMi^ll.  -  i  1  ,  ~  ,;  i.nratioii."  In  solution,  it  ha.*  Iven  iiijrctoi  into 
the  uterus  in  (///.-/-i- ;<.r,/i„.i.  i^r  .etc..  witliout  an  v  unpleasant  svniptoins  arisinn. 

In  these  latter  eas.s  the  milder  causti.'  should  he  used,  eomnn-iieing  with  a  weak  s..Uiti..ii.  au.l 
gradually  iucnasim;  in  strength  until  tin-  niaxiinuni  degi>>e  that  can  be  usol  i.<  oi:  rn.  .1. 
Tpon  healthy  tissues  these  agi-nis  exert  hut  very  I'eehle  action  ;  and  in  uuhealthy  eoi,, ;,!;,. ns 
they  briiig  ahout  a  normal  action  without  excitjni:  undue  degr<'e  ol  inllamiualion.  li..  v  an' 
agents  of  great  value. 


1'0TA.S5^1I  liKHltUMAS.  154!) 

POTASSII  BICHROMAS    U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  BICHROMATE. 

Formula:  K,Cr,0;.    Molkcii-ak  Wkkiht  :  2!»o.78 

Synoyms:  Pnta-'^^ium  dirhroiuote,  Birlnnma.-i  kalii^s,  Birhromate  of  potash.  Red 
chronvih  ofjintniih,  or  potdssn.  Kali  rhromirum  rubniin,  Knli  hichromifum. 

Source  and  Preparation. — The  chief  source  of  all  ehromiuni  compoumls  is 
the  m\iier:\\  chrome  iron  ((re  which  is  essentially /wtoms  r^nwiiV*',  ?.«•.,  a  con) pound 
of  ferrous  oxide  and  chromic  oxide  (FeO.C'rX),).  It  occurs  in  Russia,  Sweden, 
and  many  parts  of  the  United  States.  Bichromate  of  potassium  is  made  on  the 
large  scale  oy  the  decomposition  and  oxidation  of  chromic  iron  ore.  The  latter 
is  mixed  with  lime,  and  roasted  with  free  access  of  air  in  a  reverberatory  furnace 
until  decomposition  of  the  ore  has  taken  place.-  Formerly  nitrate  of  potassium 
was  employed  to  oxidize  the  ore.  The  mass  is  then  lixiviated  with  water,  and 
the  resultant  solution  of  chromate  of  calcium  (CrO.Ca)  decomposed  by  the 
addition  of  carbonate  of  potassium,  and  filtered  from  the  calcium  carbonate; 
the  yellow,  neutral  chromate  solution  is  then  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid, 
and  the  bichromate  solution  evaporated  to  crystallization.  Thus  it  is  seen  that 
the  bichromate  may  be  obtained  from  the  neutral  yellow  chromate  by  acidulating 
the  solution  of  the  latter  with  sufficient  sulphuric  or  acetic  acids  to  convert  half 
of  the  potassium  of  the  neutral  chromate  into  sulphate  or  acetate,  as  follows: 
•2K,CrO,  +  H,SO.=^K,SO.+  H,0+K.,Cr.A-  The  solution  upon  sufficient  evapora- 
tion yiciiU  larj.'e  crystals  of  bichromate  (see  0.1^0  Related  CoiDjmunds). 

Description  and  Tests. — "Large,  orange-red,  transparent,  triclinic  prisms, or 
4  sided  tables,  oilorless,  and  having  a  bitter,  metallic  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air. 
Soluble  in  10  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  1.5  parts  of  boiling  water; 
insoluble  in  alcohol.  The  salt  fu.ses  below  a  red  heat,  without  loss  of  weight, 
forming  a  dark  brown  liquid.  At  a  white  heat  it  evolves  oxygen  and  leaves  a 
residue  of  neutral  potassium  chromate  and  green  chromic  oxide.  The  aqueous 
solution  (1  in  20)  has  an  acid  reaction  upon  litmus  paper.  On  mixing  4  Cc.  of 
the  aqueous  solution  with  0.5  Cc.  of  alcohol,  and  then  with  1  Cc.  of  sulphuric 
acid,  the  liquid  will  assume  a  green  color  and  emit  the  odor  of  aldehyde.  Sodium 
cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.  produces  in  the  aqueous  solution  a  copious  yellow  precipi- 
tate''— (i'.  S.  P.).  Solutions  of  potassium  bichromate  form  colored  precipitates 
with  salts  of  the  various  heavy  metals,  e.  g.,  salts  of  lead  (chrome  yellotc),  mer- 
cury, silver,  barium,  etc.  These  precipitates  are  soluble  in  diluted  nitric  acid  ;  but 
silver  chloride  and  barium  sulphate  are  insoluble,  hence  the  presence  of  chlorides 
or  sulphates  as  impurities  may  be  easily  recognized  by  this  test.  The  orange-red 
solution  of  potassium  bichromate,  especially  when  acidulated,  is  reduced  to  green 
by  orgaTiic  substances,  e.  17.,  alcohol  (see  above),  hydrogen  sulphide,  sulj)hurous 
acid, ferrous  suli)hate,etc.  When  heated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  chlorineisevolved. 
The  chromate  in  these  processes  is  reduced  to  salts  of  the  chromic  oxide  (CrjO,). 
The  British  Phnrmaropiieia  (1898)  directs  the  following  quantitative  test  for  the 
]Hirity  of  pota.ssium  bichromate:  "5.66  grammes  of  ferrous  sulphate,  dissolved 
in  a  little  water  and  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid,  should  not  cease  to  yield  a 
blue  color  with  solution  of  potassium  ferricyanide  until  such  a  quantity  of  solu- 
tion as  contains  1  gramme  of  the  potassium  bichromate  has  been  added  "—(/?/•. 
Phnnn..  1898).  This  reaction  takes  place  according  to  the  equation  6(FeS0,+ 
7H.,0)4-7H,SO,-fK.,Cr.A=3Fe,(SO,),+K.,SO,+Cr.XSO.),+49H,0.  The  proportions 
directed  by  the  British  Pharmaropreia  correspond  to  99.7  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt. 

Pota-i<iiiiii  bichromate  is  extensively  employed  in  the  arts,  being  used  in  dye- 
ing operations  and  tanning  industries,  as  well  as  for  other  minor  purposes. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Internally,  this  salt  is  a  poison, 
though  it  ii.is  been  used  as  an  alterative  in  venereal  and  scroj'uloH-f  affections,  in 
doses  of  I'j  to  1^  or  J  of  a  grain,  3  or  4  times  a  day.  In  excessive  doses  this  salt  is 
a  violent  irritant  and  corrosive  poison,  and  may  quickly  produce  death.  An 
ounce  is  said  to  have  occasiijned  death  in  about  half  an  hour,  insensibility  liaving 
iccurredo  minutes  after  its  ingestion.    The  symjitoms  are  vomiting,  dark  kemor- 


rhagic  mucus,  purging,  violent  pain  in  the  abdomen,  excessive  tiiirst,  cold 

";lenes8  of  speech,  with  nui 
tion,  coma,  cardiac  failure,  collapse,  and  deatli.     If  death  does  not  occur,  urinal 


face,  cold  breath,  feebleness  of  speech,  with  quick,  feeble  pulse,  hurried   rcspir 


1550  POTASSII  BICHROMAS. 

suppression  may  last  for  many  days.  As  small  a  dose  as  2  drachms  has  produced 
death.  Calico  printers  suffer  from  ulcers  on  the  hands  and  the  dt-struction  of  the 
nasal  membranes  and  septum  from  inhalation  of  its  dust.  When  this  salt  is 
applied  in  solution  to  the  skin,  habitually,  it  first  produces  an  eruption  of 
papulaj,  which  become  pustular,  and,  provided  the  exposure  be  continued,  forms 
deep  sloughs  under  the  pustules,  of  a  peculiarly  penetrating  character.  Ex- 
ternally it  is  a  caustic,  and  one  of  its  chief  therapeutical  uses  is  as  an  external 
api)lication;  it  may  be  used  in  aqueous  solution,  from  30  to  60  grains  to  the  ounce 
of  fluid,  or  in  the  state  of  powder.  Its  solution  possesses  very  powerful  anti- 
septic properties,  and  will  be  found  advantageous  in  cases  of  gmigrene,  dry  moHi- 
Jication,  etc.  It  is  milder  than  chromic  acid,  and  may  be  used  for  many  of  the 
purposes  for  which  the  acid  is  emj)loyed  (see  Chromic  Acid).  Bichromate  of 
potassium  in  saturated  solution  has  been  recommended  as  a  local  application  to 
icarts,  excrescences,  and  tubercular  elevations;  it  causes  but  little  pain,  and  often 
removes  these  growths  by  absorption  without  any  slough;  or  if  a  slough  has 
formed,  it  serves  to  expedite  the  cure,  and  it  is  not  followed  by  deep,  unman- 
ageable ulcers.  Internally,  it  is  emetic  and  irritant  in  doses  of  |  of  a  grain.  In 
doses  of  j'j  of  a  grain,  repeated  3  times  daily,  it  acts  as  an  alterative,  and  occasion- 
ally as  a  sialagogue,  and  has  been  advantageously  used  in  syphilis;  gradually 
increasing  the  dose  to  J  of  a  grain.  It  should  be  used  in  pill  form  in  combina- 
tion with  some  tonic  or  alterative  vegetable  extract.  It  is  much  used  in  calico 
printing,  and  in  preparing  artificial  valerianic  acid  from  fusel  oil.  Paper  impreg- 
nated with  solution  of  it,  and  dried,  forms  excellent  tinder.  The  alkaline  carbon- 
ates, magnesia,  soap, etc.,  are  its  antidotes.  Of  recent  years  potassium  bichromate 
has  been  used  for  its  specific  action  upon  the  throat  and  alimentary  canal.  Upon 
the  former  its  specific  effects  are  exerted  upon  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
fauces,  larynx,  and  trachea,  seemingly  not  extending  to  the  smaller  bronchioles. 
Hoarseness  and  exudation,  with  cough,  are  the  special  guides  to  its  selection.  With 
these  conditions,  it  may  be  used  to  relieve  the  hoarseness  following  acute  affections 
of  the  larynx  from  cold,  singing  or  speaking.  In  diphtheria  and  pseudo- membranous 
croup  it  may  be  added  to  the  remedies  employed,  while  in  the  latter  stillingia 
liniment  is  to  be  externally  applied.  It  acts  also  upon  the  bronchi  and  larger 
bronchioles,  controlling  irritation,  and  relieving  hard,  rasping  cough  of  the  sub- 
acute, bronchial  type.  It  should  be  thought  of  in  any  inflammation  with  a 
tendency  to  low  grades  of  deposit,  and  in  laryngeal  iirUation,  with  hoarseness  and 
dryness  of  the  laryngeal  tissues.  It  is  a  remedy  for  croupous  ronjuiirtiritLi  and 
indolent  corneal  ulcers  with  stringy  secretions,  and  in  granulated  lids  with  tenacious 
discharges.  Locally,  a  strong  solution  may  be  applied  in  acute  trachoma  with  large 
granulations.  Potassium  bichromate  is  a  remedy  for  muscular  pain.  In  non- 
inflammatory chronic  j-heiimatism,  with  deficient  force  to  the  circulation,  this  agent 
sometimes  does  good  service,  and  is  particularly  valued  by  some  practitioners  in 
syj^ihilitic  rheumatism.  It  relieves  the  cramping,  rheumatoid  pAms  o{  muco-<^nteritis 
and  acute  diarrhaia  occurring  in  cold  weather  (Webster).  The  recuperative  power 
of  the  drug  is  shown  in  chronic  diarrhma  and  in  chronic  dysentery,  with  ulceration 
of  the  colon.  Chronic  pharyngeal  ulcers,  ttyphilitic  or  otherwise,  r/iro/i/c  gastritis,  and 
round  gastric  idcei;  are  reputed  cured  b}'  it.  A  yellow-coated  tongue  and  catarrh  of 
the  stomach  are  the  indications  for  it  in  dyspeptic  troubles.  Tiie  dose  for  specific 
purposes  should  Vie  about  2  or  3  grains  of  the  3  .\  trituration,  every  "2  to  4  liours. 
Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Respiratory  irritation,  with  hoarseness, 
harsh  or  croupal  cough,  .scanty  exptctoration,  or  thick,  tenacious  sputa,  ditticult 
respiration,  and  subacute  inthimnialion;  inflamnuUions  with  low  grade  of  de- 
posits; muco-enteritis  and  irritative  diarrlnea.  with  tenesniic  rheumatoid  pain; 
dyspepsia  with  gastric  catarrh  and  yellow-coated  tongue:  corneal  ulcers  with 
stringy  discharges;  croupous  conjunctivitis;  trachoma  with  tenacious  discliargea; 
non-inflammatory,  rheumatic  or  muscular  pain;  pseudo-membranous  croup; 
laryngeal  irritation  and  hoarseness  from  singing  or  speaking. 

Related  Compound.— roin^wiiim  o^iroiiid/,-  (KjCK>,).  Molecular  Weight :  Hi3.9.  Tea 
hot  solution  of  |)..i:issiiiiu  ilicliroinnte  ailil  potassium  oarlwnato  until  ollervi'Si-eniv  ct^asifs. 
The  soliitioii  hrcoiiKs  \  illow,  and,  upiL>n  evaporation,  yields  canary-yellow,  (►^iiini  crystals, 
which  nult  without  ilcVom|K>sition.  Two  parts,  or  les.-i.  of  water  effe-l  their  solution.  The 
salt  in  solution  turns  red  litnuiB  paper  blue.     It  is  employed  as  a  hilHiratory  roavi'nt. 


l'OTAt^,<lI  lilTAl-.TKAS.  lool 

POTASSII  BITARTRAS  (U.  S.  P. i— POTASSIUM  BITARTRATE. 

FoKMri.A;  KIIC.H.O.-    Molecti.ak  Wek;ht:  187.67. 

Syno.ny.ms:  Cre<im  of  tiirt(tr,  Cn/stnk  of  tiirliir,  Tartarus  depurntu«,  Potnssii  tartras 
cwitlii  {Br.),  Arid  ftottt.'t.tium  fnrtrntf,  Supcrtartrate  of poto^iia,  Cremor  tartari,  BUarlrns 
Av(//V».s  Bitnrtr,i:i  pnUi.'<suu.'<.  Kali  bitartarirum. 

Source,  History,  and  Preparation.— This  salt,  commonly  called  Cream  «f 
Uirtar.  \va.-<  known  to  the  ancient  Greek.-;  luul  Romans  as  a  deposit  froi.i  fernieiil- 
ing  grape  juice.  Its  chemical  nature  was  cleared  up  by  Scheele  in  1769.  It  is 
obtained  from  the  crude  tartar,  argol,  or  uinegtone  of  commerce,  a  constituent  of 
many  vegetable  juices,  especially  of  grape  juice.  When  the  sugar  contained  in 
the  latter  is  converted  into  aleoliol,  in  which  the  tartar  is  insoluble,  it  becomes 
deposited  upon  the  sides  of  the  fermenting  casks  in  the  form  of  a  grayish  or 
brownish,  indistinctly  crystalline  substance.  The  tart  wines  deposit  it  in  the 
largest  quantity;  it  is  comj)osed  of  bitartrate  of  potassium  (good  commercial 
grades  contain  SO  to  8-5  per  cent),  tartrate  of  calcium  (about  5  to  10  per  cent), 
coloring  matter,  alumina,  and  other  accidental  impurities.  The  red  wines  give  a 
red  tartar  {Red  argol).  and  the  white  wines  a  irhite  tartar  (White  argol),  the  first 
being  brown-red  in  color,  the  second  more  gray.  From  the  crude  argol,  purified 
cream  of  tartar  {tartarus  dcjmratu.i)  is  obtained  b)'  recrystallization  from  boiling 
water.  In  order  to  remove  the  coloring  matter,  a  hot  aqueous  solution  is  agitated 
with  charcoal,  or  aluminum  hydroxiile,  or  the  white  of  egg,  etc.  If  a  hot,  satu- 
rated solution  of  tartar  be  cooled,  the  surface  of  the  liquid  becomes  coated  by  a 
layer  of  very  fine  crystals  of  bitartrate;  hence  this  crust  was  called  a-eam  of  tartar. 
An  easy  mode  of  purifying  cream  of  tartar  is  to  convert  it  into  Rochelle  salt  by 
dissolving  it  in  solution  of  sodium  carbonate,  the  solution  is  then  purified  by  ani- 
mal charcoal,  and  the  cream  of  tartar  precipitated  by  means  of  hydrochloric  acid. 

Description. — As  officially  described  potassium  bitartrate  forms  "colorless  or 
slightly  opaque,  rhombic  crystals,  or  a  white,  somewhat  gritty  jiowder,  odorless, 
and  having  a  jileasant,  acidulous  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble  in  about 
"201  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.(59°  F.),and  in  about  16.7  parts  of  boiling  water;  very 
sparingly  soluble  in  alcohol.  When  a  small  portion  of  the  salt  is  heated  on  plati- 
num foil,  it  chars  and  emits  intlammable  vapors  having  the  odor  of  burning 
sugar.  At  a  higher  temperature,  witli  free  access  of  air,  the  carbon  of  the  black 
rf-sidue  is  oxidized,  and  a  white,  fused  mass  of  potassium  carbonate  remains, 
which  has  an  alkaline  reaction,  and  effervesces  stronglj'  with  acids.  The  aqueous 
.solution  of  the  salt  has  an  acid  reaction  upon  litmus  paper.  With  sodium  cobaltic 
nitrite  T.S.  it  yields  a  copious  yellow  precipitate.  In  the  aqueous  solution  of  the 
salt,  rendered  neutral  by  potassium  or  sodium  hydrate  T.S.,  silver  nitrate  T.S. 
produces  a  white  precipitate  which,  on  boiling,  becomes  black  by  the  separation 
of  metallic  silver.  If,  before  applying  heat,  enough  ammonia  water  be  added  to 
dissolve  the  white  precipitate,  upon  boiling  the  solution  a  mirror  will  be  deposited 
on  the  sides  of  the  test  tube" — (U.  S.  P.).  Cream  of  tartar  is  readily  soluble  in 
water  to  which  borax  or  boracic  acid  has  been  added,  forming  a  solution  termed 
aoluhle  cream  of  tartar,  or  horotartrate  of  jiota-isium.  It  is  incompatible  with  all  alka- 
line sub>tances,c.<7.,  ammonia  water,  carbonates  of  sodium  or  potassium,  ma;uH- 
sium  oxide,  with  all  of  whi(.'h  it  forms  soluble  compounds;  salts  of  heavy  metals, 
<;.<;.,  lead  acetate,  likewise  decompose  it,  insoluble  tartiates  being  formed. 

Adulterations  and  Tests.— As  found  in  commerce,  bitartrate  of  potassium  is 
always  contaminated  with  from  3  to  10,  or  even  14  per  cent  of  tartrate  of  calcium; 
also  frequently  with  copper,  which  gives  it  a  green  tint.  These  impurities  nun- 
be  removed,  without  any  great  loss  of  material,  by  finely  powdering  the  cream  of 
tartar,  and  digesting  it  at  a  gentle  heat,  with  very  dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  To 
detect  the  tartrate  of  calcium  agitate  the  cream  of  tartar  with  a  solution  of  aqua 
ammonia^,  then  filter  and  add  oxalate  of  ammonium,  wiiich  causes  a  white  pre- 
cipitate if  a  calcium  salt  1)6  pre-sent.  If  a  large  amount  of  tartrate  of  calcium  be 
present,  the  ammonia  will  not  dissolve  all  of  the  powder.  If  copper  be  present, 
ferrocyanide  of  potassium  added  to  an  aqueous  solution  will  give  a  chocolate  or 
reddish-brown  precipitate.  The  latter  is  bluish-green  when  iron  is  present.  Inten- 
tional adulterations  of  cream  of  tartar  usually  consist  of  starch,  chalk,  clay,  or 


1552  POTA.'.-n   Br.OMIDUM. 

alum.  Some  samples  have  been  found  to  consist  for  the  greater  part,  or  almost 
entirely,  of  calcium  sulphate  or  phosphate.  The  presence  of  carbonate  of  calcium 
will  cause  an  effervescence  with  weak  acids;  starch  may  be  known  by  the  blue 
color  caused  upon  the  addition  of  iodine;  mineral  substances,  by  their  insolu- 
bility in  boiling  water;  alum,  by  the  white  precipitate  caused  upon  "the  addition  of 
chloride  of  barium,  and  which  is  insoluble  in  nitric  acid.  The  tests  of  the  U.  S.  P., 
in  addition  to  the  characteristics  given  under  De^rrj/^^iwi,  are  as  follows:  "If  1.5 
Gm.  of  the  salt  be  shaken  with  30Cc.  of  water  and  the  mixture  filtered,  10  Cc.  of 
the  filtrate,  after  being  acidulated  with  nitric  acid,  should  not  be  rendered  turbid 
by  0.5  Cc.  of  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (absence  of  chloride),  nor  by  0.5  Cc.  of  barium 
chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  sulphate).  A  solution  of  0.5  Gra.  of  the  salt  in  3Cc.  of 
ammonia  water  should  leave  no  insoluble  residue  (absence  of  insoluble  matter), 
nor  be  affected  by  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  copper,  lead,  iron,  etc.). 
If  1.2  Gm.  of  potassium  bitartrate  be  repeated)}'  agitated,  during  half  an  hour, 
with  a  mixture  of  5  Cc.  of  acetic  acid  and  1  Cc.  of  water,  and  the  mixture  be  then 
diluted  with  30  Cc.  of  water,  and  filtered,  the  clear  filtrate  should  not  be  rendered 
turbid,  within  one  minute,  by  the  addition  of  0.5  Cc.  of  ammonium  oxalate  T.S. 
(limit  of  calcium  salt).  The  odor  of  ammonia  should  not  be  evolved  on  heating 
the  salt  with  a  slight  excess  of  potassium  or  sodium  hydrate  T.S.  If  1.88  Gm.  of 
potassium  bitartrate  be  thoroughly  ignited  at  a  red  heat,  it  should  require  for 
complete  neutralization  not  less  than  9.9  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (each  Cc. 
corresponding  to  10  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt),  phenolphtalein  being  used  as  indi- 
cator"— {U.  S.  P.).  With  regard  to  the  last-mentioned  test.  Mr.  Carl  E.  Smith 
(^Digest  of  Criticisms,  ('.  S.  P.,  Part  II,  1898)  points  out  that  direct  titration  of  the 
salt  with  caustic  alkali  is  preferable  to  titration  with  acid  after  ignition,  because 
in  the  latter  case  the  presence  of  calcium  tartrate  affects  the  accuracy  o'f  the  result, 
and  because  nf  tin*  crriatcr  CDiivenic-nc  of  the  former  method. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Bitartrate  of  potassium  is  diuretic  and 
laxativf.  l)iis<s  I  if  about  20  grains  generally  act  as  a  diuretic.  In  large  doses 
it  0(1  a-inii.;  .^ivere  and  long-continued  purging  of  watery  discharges,  seldom, 
howcM  r.  L'liiiiiii:,  or  producing  subsequent  debility;  on  this  account,  it  forms  an 
invaluaMe  :i;,'.,iit  in  dropsy.  Excessive  doses  cause  gripings  and  flatulence,  with 
symptoms  of  gastro-enteritis.  Its  continued  use  deranges  the  digestive  functions, 
and  produces  emaciation.  A  combination  of  sulphur,  bitartrate  of  potassium, 
and  confection  of  senna,  is  frequently  used  with  advantage  as  a  laxative  in  piUs, 
prolapsus  roit,  etc.,and  in  some  diseases  of  the  skin.  Equal  parts  of  sulphur  and 
cream  of  tartar  in  teaspoonful  doses  are  often  employed  {or  piles  vith  constipation. 
It  is  frequently  combined  with  jalap,  the  compound  powder  of  jalap,  resin  of 
podophyllum,  sulphur,  etc.  In  solution,  sweetened  with  sugar,  or  in  lemonnde,  it 
forms  an  agreeable,  cooling  drink,  very  useful  in  many  ferers.  As  a  hydragogue 
in  post-scarlatinal  dropsy.  Prof.  Locke  (Syllab.  of  Mat.  MeJ.)  recommends:  R  Cream 
of  tartar,  gss;  juniper  berries,  gss;  boiling  water,  Oj.  Mix.  Filter  after  standing 
a  couple  of  hours  and  give  in  wineglassful  doses,  3  or  4  times  a  day.  Equal  parts 
of  bitartrate  of  potassium,  powdered  rhatany  root,  and  myrrh,  form  a  g^^od  den- 
tifrice. Two  drachms  of  cream  of  tartar  added  to  1  pint  of  milk,  form  a  cream  of 
tartar  whe]/,  which, -when  diluted  with  water,  is  sonietimes  given  in  dro}>sical  and 
febrile  complaints.  Dose,  as  a  cathartic,  from  4  to  6  drachms;  as  an  aperient,  1  or  2 
drachms;  and  in  dropsy,  it  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  1  to  3  drachms,  in 
water,  4  or  5  times  a  day. 

POTASSII  BROMIDUM  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  BROMIDE. 

FoRMiTL.\:  KBr.    MoLEcri-.-VR  Weight:  118.79. 

Sv.NOXYMs:  Bromide  of  potash,  Bromide  of  potassium,  Bromurtium  potagsicum. 
Bromnntiii,,  bilicum. 

Preparation.— Bromide  of  potassium  may  be  prepared  by  several  niethod- 
Tho  r.  S.  P..  1S70,  obtained  it  by  double  decomposition  of  pure  potassium  car- 
bonate with  solution  of  ferrous  bromide  previously  prepared  by  the  action  of 
bromine  upon  iron  filings  in  the  presente  of  water.  The  reaction  takes  place 
with  precipitation  of  insoluble  ferrous  carbonate  as  follows:  FeBr,-|-K,CO,=- 
FeC03+2KBr.     The  resulting  solution  of  potassium  bromide  is  then  evaporated 


I'UTASSH  BROMIDUM.  1653 

to  crystalli/.aiion.  Tlie  process  of  the  Bn'tisfi  rhaitnacofain  (1885)  consists  in  the 
action  of  bromine  upon  caustic  potasli,  wlicicKv  potassium  broniiilt'  and  bromate 
are  formed,  according  to  the  equation  :  6Br+6KOH^-5BrK  +  BrO,K+oH,0.  The 
solution  is  evaporated  to  dryness,  the  salts  mixed  witli  charcoal  and  exposed 
to  a  red  heat;  the  bromate  is  thus  reduced  to  bromide,  carl)onic  oxide  beine 
evolved.  The  fused  ma«s,  when  cold,  is  dissolved  in  water,  filtered  and  evaporated 
to  crystallization.  Potassium  bromide  may  also  be  prepared  bj'  neutralizing 
hydroliromic  acid  with  caustic  potasli. 

Description.  — Hromide  of  ]»otassium  is  officially  described  as  occurring  in 
"colorle.-s  or  wliit'  ,  cubical  crystals,  or  granules,  odorless,  and  having  a  pungent 
saline  ta.-^tc.  I'.rmanent  in  the  air.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  about  1.6 
parts  of  water,  ami  in  200  parts  of  alcohol :  in  less  than  1  part  of  boiling  water, 
and  in  l(i  parts  of  boiling  alcohol ;  also  soluble  in  4  parts  of  glycerin.  On  heat- 
ing the  salt  ui)on  platinum  foil,  it  decrepitates;  near  700°  C.  (1290°  F.)  it  fuses 
without  decomposing,  and  at  a  bright  red  heat  it  volatilizes,  communicating  a 
violet  color  to  the  flame.  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  is  neutral,  or  has,  at 
most,  only  a  scarcely  perceptible  alkaline  reaction  upon  litmus  paper.  The  addi- 
tion of  tartaric  acid  T.S.,  or  sodium  bitartrate  T.S.,  produces  in  it,  after  some 
time,  a  white  crystalline  precipitate.  Sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.  produces  in  it 
at  once  a  co|)ious  yellow  precipitate.  If  to  10  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  of  the 
salt  a  few  drops  of  chloroform  be  added,  then  1  Cc.  of  chlorine  water,  and  the 
mixture  be  agitated,  the  liberated  bromine  will  dissolve  in  the  chloroform,  im- 
parting to  it  a  yellow  or  browiiish-yellow  color  without  a  violet  tint" — {U.S.  P.). 
A  violet  tint  would  di-note  the  presence  of  iodine.  Potassium  bromide  is  pre- 
cipitated also  by  acetate  of  lead  and  by  mercurous  and  mercuric  salts. 

Impurities  and  Tests. — The  commercial  article  frequently  contains  iodide  of 
potassium,  and  the  chloride  is  a  regular  constituent  for  which  the  U.  S.  P.,  by  the 
test  given  below,  fixes  an  upper  limit  of  3  per  cent.  Commercial  samples  have 
been  found  to  contain  as  much  as  7  or  8  per  cent  of  chloride.  The  alkaline  reac- 
tion of  bromide  of  potassium  is  due  to  adhering  carbonate  of  potassium;  if  it  is 
present  in  an  appreciable  quantity  the  salt  becomes  moist  in  the  air,  and  eflfer- 
vesces  with  acid.  If  bromate  of  potassium  is  present,  the  addition  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  will  liberate  both  bromic  and  hydrobromic  acids,  which  at  once  act 
upon  each  other  with  liberation  of  bromine;  hence  a  brown  color  is  developed 
upon  the  addition  of  the  acid.  The  reaction  takes  place  as  follows:  5BrH-(- 
BrOjH=^:Br5.-i-3H20.  Of  eight  sam])les  of  commercial  potassium  bromide  ana- 
lyzed by  Mr.  G.  H.  Charles  Klie  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1894,  p.  382)  none  contained 
bromate,  but  five  failed  in  the  test  for  chlorides,  as  given  below,  and  one  contained 
api)reciable  quantities  of  sulphate.  The  I'.  S.  P.  directs  the  following  tests  for 
impurities:  "If  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  lOCc.  of  a  mixture  of  100  Cc. 
of  water  and  0.2  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid,  no  red  tint  should  be  imparted 
to  the  solution  by  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  phenolphtalein  T.S.  (limit  of 
potassium  carbonate)" — (U.S.  P.).  These  proportions  correspond  to  about  0.138 
yier  cent  of  carbonate.  Prof.  V.  Coblentz  {Amer.  Jour.  Pluifm.,  1884,  p.  548)  found 
the  carbonate  to  vary  from  O.OI  to  3  10  per  cent.  "  If  a  little  of  the  salt  be  held 
in  a  non-luminous  flame  on  a  perfectly  clean  platinum  wire,  the  flame  should  be 
colored  violet  at  once,  without  anj'  api)earance  of  yellow  (absence  of  sodium).  If 
diluted  sulphuric  acid  be  dropped  upon  crushed  crystals  of  the  salt,  they  should 
not  at  once  assume  a  yellow  color  (absence  of  bromate).  If  10  Cc.  of  the  aqueous 
solution  (1  in  20)  of  the  salt  be  mixed  with  a  little  starch  T.S.,  the  addition  of  a 
few  drops  of  chlorine  water  should  not  produce  a  blue  color  (absence  of  iodine). 
Ten  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  12)  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  the 
addition  of  0.5  Cc.  of  ammonia  water  and  of  0.5  Cc.  of  ammonium  sulphide  T.S. 
(ab.sence  of  iron,  aluminum,  etc.);  nor  should  10  Cc, after  being  slightly  acidu- 
lated with  acetic  acid,  be  rendered  turbid  i)y  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sul- 
l)lii<le  T.S.  (absence  of  ar.«enic,  lead,  copper,  etc.);  nor  by  0.5  Cc.  of  ammonium 
oxalate  T.S.  (calcium)-  nor  by  0.5  Cc.  of  potiu«sium  sulphate  T.S.  (barium);  nor 
by  0.5  Cc.  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  (sulphate);  nor  be  colored  blue  by  0.5  Cc.  of 
potiU<sium  f»*rrocyanide  T.S.  (iron).  If  0.5  Gm.  of  the  well-dried  salt  be  dissolved 
in  10  Cc.  of  water,  and  2  drops  of  j)otassium  chromate  T.S.  lye  ndiled.  it  should 
not  nquirc  more  than  42  85  Cc.  ot  decinormal   .  ilver  nitrate  VS.  lo  proihice  a 


1554  I'UTASSII  BROMIDUM. 

permanent  red  color  of  silver  chromate  (absence  of  more  than  3  per  cent  of 
chloride)"— (^■•'S--P-)- 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  salt,  whose  therapeutic  proper- 
ties were  discovered  by  accident  while  the  drug  was  being  tried  as  a  substitute 
for  the  iodide,  is  the  most  important  and  most  powerful  of  the  bromides.  The 
bromides  as  a  rule  have  a  bitterish  and  sharply  saline  taste,  and  wlien  ingested 
are  rapidly  diffused  throughout  the  system,  and  are  eliminated  by  the  kidneys, 
skin,  salivary  and  intestinal  glands  and  bronchial  membranes.  When  the  kid- 
neys are  inactive  the  effects  of  the  bromides  are  much  more  pronounced.  The 
effects  of  bromide  of  potassium  on  the  system  appear  to  be  slightly  similar  to 
those  of  iodide  of  potassium,  with  the  addition  of  a  sedative  influence  upon 
irritable  or  excited  conditions  of  the  nervous  system.  When  given  in  small 
doses  and  continued  daily  for  several  months  it  does  not  exert  any  injurious 
effect,  and  may  be  detected  in  the  urine  by  the  application  of  starch,  and  a  few 
drops  of  chlorine,  which  impart  a  yellow  color.  If  the  alimentary  canal  is  in 
an  irritable  condition  its  use  is  apt  to  produce  diarrhoea.  The  same  effect  is  pro- 
duced by  concentrated  doses,  and  gastric  catarrh  is  one  of  the  untoward  results 
of  the  long-continued  administration  of  large  doses  of  the  bromides.  It  generally 
produces  diuresis.  The  bromides  derive  their  therapeutical  efhciency  from  sev- 
eral effects,  the  chief  of  which  probably  is  their  sedative  influence  upon  the 
sympathetic  system  of  nerves.  They  are  known  to  slow  the  action  of  the  heart, 
and  in  the  case  of  the  potassium  salt  the  base  undoubtedly  adds  to  the  heart- 
depression;  they  diminish  the  supply  of  blood  to  the  tissues,  and  reduce  tempera- 
ture. Two  drachms  of  the  potassium  salt  have  reduced  the  temperature  a  half 
degree  in  a  healthy  adult;  the  tension  of  the  arterioles  is  diminished  and  breath- 
ing is  depressed  by  the  bromides.  The  long-continued  use  of  the  bromides  in- 
duces a  diminished  sensibility  of  the  fauces,  which  is  also  produced  by  a  solution 
locally  applied,  and  a  disturbed  action  of  the  muscles  of  deglutition.  This  action, 
as  well  as  the  impaired  tactile  sensation  of  all  parts  of  the  mucous  tissues,  the 
skin,  and  the  palmar  and  plantar  surfaces  is  thought  to  be  due  to  the  local  action 
of  the  salt  in  being  eliminated  by  these  parts.  Sexual  desire  and  tlie  power  of 
erection  are  diminished  by  the  bromides  in  large  doses,  the  potassium  salt  being 
the  most  active  in  this  respect.  The  protracted  use  of  the  salt  in  doses  of  from 
J  to  2  drachms  a  day  intensify  the  hypnotic  effects  which  are  ])roduced  b\'  a  few 
doses  and  a  continual  drowsiness  is  experienced.  The  breath  becomes  bromous 
and  fetid,  the  fauces  red  and  swollen  and  a  condition  known  as  hromism  becomes 
established.  This  condition  differs  from  the  effects  stated  only  in  intensity,  and 
among  the  chief  symptoms  are  the  following:  Fetid  breath,  acneiform  and  other 
cutaneous  eruptions,  including  boils,  pustules  and  ulcers,  diminished  sensibility 
of  the  fauces,  base  of  tongue,  epiglottis  and  skin;  slow,  feeble  heart-action,  marked 
pallidity,  anemia,  cold  extremities,  general  sense  of  coolness,  breathles.-^ness  and 
quickened  heart-action  on  the  slightest  exertion,  tremulous  and  uncertain  loco- 
motion, suppression  or  repression  of  sexual  desire;  complete  genital  relaxation, 
disordered  menstruation  and  a  general  inertia  and  heaviness  of  movement;  drow- 
siness, generally  with  natural  sleep,  sometimes,  however,  lethargic:  weakness  of 
intellect,  enfeebled  memory,  silly  or  meaningless  laughter,  headaches,  mental  con- 
fusion, and  occasionally  insanit}',  are  among  its  effect.s.  Pulmonary  and  gastric 
catarrh,  with  diurrhiea,  or  sometimes  constipation,  are  common.  Finally  death, 
preceded  by  fever  and  coma,  relieves  the  wreck  of  humanity  of  all  his  sufferings. 

Of  the  bromides,  the  sodium  salt  is  least,  and  the  pota.«siuni  compound  the 
most  toxic;  lithium  bromide  is  most  active  as  a  h^-pnotic,  sodium  bromide  next, 
and  potassium  bromide  least  in  hypnotic  power  (Bartholow).  Ammonium  bro- 
mide is  the  quickest  to  produce  its'effects. 

Bromide  of  potassium  is  a  very  valuable  therapeutical  agent,  but,  in  many 
respects,  it  has  been  greatly  overrated.  It  is  a  very  powerful  nervo-sanguine  seda- 
tive (Locke).  As  an  alterative,  for  which  it  was  first  used,  it  is  very  inferior  to 
the  iodide.  For  this  purpose,  it  has  been  successfully  used  in  cnlivfied  «;)/<-ru 
and  liver,  mt'cUinti  of  the  h/mphntir  glniidxy  srroftilti,  ncarian  cnlorgemaiU,  goitre,  catar- 
rhal affcrtinns,  and  hi/ptiini/iln/  of  the  cardiac  viiilricleju.  Potassium  bromide  is  not  a 
remedy  in  anemia  and  dehiiity,  but  is  eUicient  and  applicable  only  in  plethoric 
and  sthenic  conditions.     Owing  to  its  decided  control  over  the  genital  organ.-,  it 


roTAssii  BROMinrM.  15o.5 

is  one  of  the  bt-.-it  of  remedies  for  nortiirnal  emissions,  when  the  patient  is  full- 
blooded  or  j)lethoric,  and  there  is  excitation  of  the  nervous  system  and  the  circu- 
lation. It  does  not  benefit,  and  may  even  harm  the  pale,  Bloodless  individual. 
The  remedy  acts  best  when  the  jierson  is  in  fairly  good  health,  but  who,  from 
lascivious  dreams,  and  vascular  e.xcitement,  and  nervous  irritability  of  the  ejacu- 
latory  ducts,  is  an  easy  victim  to  .-(permHtori/KKi.  Often  the  venereal  excitation  is 
so  pronounced  as  to  more  nearly  resemble  snlyri(it<is.  It  is,  therefore,  a  remedy 
for  sexwtl  In/periethesia,  with  determination  of  blood  to  the  genitalia. 

If  administered  in  proper  cases,  in  gimorrhmi,  it  will  prevent  rhnrdee,  and  may 
be  given  when  that  condition  has  already  supervened.  Priaputm,  due  to  various 
causes,  in  infants  and  young  men,  is  relieved  by  this  drug.  i/ysto-iVj,  bordering 
upon  nr/mpfinmiinia,  or  when  as.sociated  with  sexual  irritation,  regular  twitchings 
ol  the  facial  muscles,  and  abdominal  or  uterine  throbbing,  is  signally  relieved  by 
this  drug.  It  is  equally  efficient  in  many  of  the  nervous  disorders  of  the  menopause, 
when  plethora  is  prominent.  In  actual  nymphomania,  it  is  one  of  our  best  agents. 
For  genital  troubles,  large  doses  are  required — 20  to  40  or  60  grains  in  plenty  of 
water, 3  or  4  times  a  day  ;  in  nervous  disturbances  of  females,  10  to  20  grains,  3  or  4 
times  a  day.  Bromide  of  potassium  is  not  employed  as  an  antipyretic  by  mem- 
bers of  our  school.  It  is,  however,  valued  by  some  in  urethral  fever,  caused  by  the 
introduction  of  instruments  into  the  urethra,  and  by  operations  upon  that  canal. 
It  may  be  used  in  the  delirium  of  fevers,  and  in  cerebral,  spinal,  or  cerebrospinal  in- 
fliimnuUions,  when  these  conditions  are  sthenic.  A  very  important  property  of  the 
drug  is  its  control  over  certain  spasmodic  affections.  Thus  it  is  frequently  of  value 
in  puerperal  and  infantile  convulsions,  from  teething  or  nervous  irritation.  After 
infantile  convulsions  have  been  controlled  by  chloroform,  their  return  may  be 
prevented  by  grain  doses  for  each  year  of  the  child's  age,  every  1  or  2  hours.  It 
has  proved  successful  in  pertu.-<sis;  and  also  in  spasmodic  asthma,  in  doses  of  20  or  30 
grains,  repeated  2  or  3  times  a  day. 

It  is  useful  in  nervous  jialpUation  of  the  heart,  especially  when  there  is  cerebral 
fullness.  It  controls  the  vomiting  nf  pregnancy,  when  not  due  to  gastric  wrongs;, 
also  acting  well  in  seasickness  and  the  vomiting  of  conge.'ftion  of  the  brain.  Furious 
puerperal  mania,  the  night  terrors  of  children,  with  somnatnbulism.  reflex  irritations 
in  infantile  complaints,  and  headache,  from  congestion,  are  conditions  in  which  it 
has  rendered  very  effectual  service.  The  headache  relieved  by  it,  is  associated 
with  a  flushed  face,  throbbing  and  fullness  of  the  cerebral  vessels,  and  great  men- 
tal agitation.  Sthenic  in.'<omnia,  with  the  same  symptoms  without  the  headache, 
is  promptly  overcome  by  the  drug.  It  is  often  combined  with  chloral  and  the 
other  bromides  in  such  disorders,  and  it  may  be  used  where  opium  would  do 
harm.  As  a  rule,  cold  applications  to  the  head  assist  its  action  in  headache.  The 
dose  should  be  about  2-5  grains  to  start  with,  followed  every  \  hour  by  10-grain 
doses.  In  acute  mania,  with  violent  manifestations,  from  20  to  40  grains  may  be 
given  every  hour  with  excellent  calmative  effect,  and  in  delirium  tremens,  with 
great  excitation  of  the  nervous  and  vascular  systems,  from  10  to  20  grains,  each, 
of  bromide  of  potassium  and  chloral  hydrate,  form  an  excellent  treatment.  It 
has  cured  in  tetanus  a.nd  tetanus  neonatorum,  and  is  antagonistic  to  strychnine.  The 
amblyopia  of  the  intemperate,  and  the  tinnitus  from  the  effects  of  quinine,  are  often 
relieved  by  it.  Elixir  of  bromide  of  potassium  is  a  favorite  agent  in  some  quar- 
ters to  quickly  overcome  the  effects  of  drunkenness.  Entc-algia  of  children,  with 
intense  colicky  pain  and  contraction  or  knotting  of  the  intestines,  purely  nervous 
in  character,  and  spasmodic  cesophageal  stricture,  are  relieved  l)y  this  salt.  Headache, 
due  to  eyestrain,  is  relieved  by  10  to  15-grain  doses  of  this  drug,  every  3  hours, 
but  its  protracted  use  is  charged  with  causing  recurrent  corneal  ulcers  (Foltz). 

Bromide  of  pota-ssium  is  generally  conceded  to  be  the  best-known  remedy 
for  rpiUpxif.  It  appears  to  protract  the  frequency,  and  render  lighter  attacks  of 
epilepsy  from  any  cause,  but  a  cure  can  not  be  expected  when  the  malady  depends 
upon  organic  lesions  or  tumors,  or  upon  sexual  disorders,  remediable  only  b}' 
operative  procedures,  as  phimosis,  or  when  congenital.  It  does,  however,  act  better 
than  any  other  agent  when  the  trouble  depends  upon  genital  irritation,  or  irrita- 
tion of  the  cerebellum,  or  fright.  In  the  cases  to  which  it  i.s  especially  applicable, 
there  is  extreme  susceptibility  to  external  impressions  and  plethora.  It  must  be 
given  in  from  15tn40-grain  doses,  well  diliilcil,4  times  a  day,  and  continued  until 


lo.JG  POTASSII  CARBONAS. 

a  complete  saturatii)ii  of  the  system  is  acquired,  as  evidenced  by  the  acneifonn 
eruptions.  These  cutaneous  blemishes  are  said  to  be  diminished  or  prevented  by 
administering  Fowler's  solution  with  the  salt.  In  cases  of  epilepsy,  apparently 
cured,  the  drug  should  be  continued  for  some  time  afterward. 

Owing  to  its  power  of  blunting  the  sensibility  of  the  mucous  tissues,  it  has 
been  used  to  prepare  the  way  for  the  passage  of  urethral  bougies,  and  the  use  of 
the  laryngoscope.  Twenty  to  forty  grains  of  the  salt,  mixed  with  an  ounce  of 
lard,  forms  an  ointment  useful  in  hronchocele,  enlarged  spleen,nnd  srrofulou-i  tumors; 
and  this  should  be  conjoined  with  the  internal  use  of  iodine,  or  the  bromide. 
Solutions,  ointments,  or  suppositories  containing  this  salt,  and  introduced  into 
the  rectum,  relieve  nj><fir  irritnhility,  and  are  said  to  reduce  prostntic  hypertrophy. 
The  dose  of  liromidt-  nf  [jotassium  ranges  from  1  to  60  grains,  3  or  4  times  a  day. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. —  Plethoric  conditions,  with  vascular  and 
nervous  excitation;  headache  or  insomnia,  with  throbbing  pain  and  fullness  in 
the  cerebral  vessels,  and  great  mental  excitation;  spasmodic  muscular  contrac- 
tions; restlessness  and  nervousness  from  sthenic  conditions;  violent  mania;  sper- 
matorrhoea in  the  plethoric;  nymphomania;  satyriasis;  epilepsy  from  sexual 
irritation  or  irritation  of  the  cerebellum;  strong  sexual  excitement;  disorders 
associated  with  a  vigorous  circulation,  without  fever;  extreme  susceptibility  to 
external  impressions. 

Related  Compound. — Bromidia.  A  specialty  of  Battle  &  Co.,  of  St.  Louis,  Mo.  contain- 
ingclilnral  hydrate,  iiotassiuui  bromide,  and  extracts  of  cannabis  indica  and  hyoscyamus.  The 
touditi<ins  in  which  it  is  iiseil  are  wxumnin,  ji/rmumifss,  headache,  neuralgia,  neriotvs  irritabilitij, 
colic,  iniiiiiii,  ciiiniUiiiiia,  and  e/jlli'/i.^i/.  As  a  sli-cp  jiroducer,  the  dose  is  from  A  to  1  fluid  drachiii, 
in  water  or  syni]),  every  liniir  until  sleep  is  induciil. 

Caesium  and  Rubidium  Salts.  Thisr  salts  closely  resemble  the  salts  of  potassiiim. 
Some  of  tliem  are  oeeasionally  employed  in  meilieine. 

C.E.SIUM  AND  Ammo.n'ium  Bromide  (CsBr.SNHjBr). — Crystalline,  whit«  powder.  Dissolves 
in  water. 

Cj;sium  Hydroxide  (CsOH). — A  somewhat  deliquescent,  grayish-white  mass.  With 
water,  or  alcohol,  its  behavior  is  similar  to  that  of  caustic  pot;i6h. 

C^sii^M  Carbonate  (CbjCOj). — Very  hygroscopic,  white,  sand-like  compound,  soluble  in 
alcohol,  and  easily  so  in  water. 

Ca;.siuM  SuLPHATB  (CsjSO,). — Colorless,  permanent,  anhydrous  prisms,  insoluble  in  alco- 
hol, but  very  soluble  in  water. 

CjESIUM  Chloride  (CsCl). — According  to  Botkin,  this  salt  retanls  cardiac  movements  and 
increases  the  arterial  pressure. 

Cesium  Bromide  (CsBr). — Prof.  Laufenauer  claims  for  this  compound  better  results  in 
epilepsy  than  from  the  other  bromides. 

Rubidium  and  Am.monium  Bromide  (RbBr.SNH^Br). — A  crystalline  powder,  white  or  yel- 
lowish-white, having  a  cooling,  sharply  saline  taste,  and  esisily  dissolving  in  water.  Rubidium 
has  been  fotind  to  exert  medichial  actions  similar  to  cwsium,  and  laufenauer  has  used  the 
above  salt  in  doses  of  1  to  2  drachms. 

POTASSII  CARBONAS  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  CAEBONATE. 

Formula:  K,C0,.    Molecular  Weight  :  137.91. 

Synonyms  :  Salt  of  tartar,  Carbonate  of  potassium,  Carbonate  of  potash,  Carbonntr 
ofpotnssa,  Snl  tartari,  Potassii  carbonas  ^>itn«,  Carbonas  potasaicus,  Carbonai<  kaiicufi. 
Kali  Cdrbonicum. 

Source,  History,  and  Preparation. — Potassium  carbonate  is  a  natural  con- 
stituent of  the  waters  of  certain  mineral  springs.  It  is  also  one  of  the  ciiief  inor- 
ganic constituents  of  ashes,  from  inland  plants,  while  plants  growing  near  the  sea 
yield  more  sodium  carbonate.  Other  constituents  of  ashes  are  sodium,  potassium, 
magnesium,  and  calcium,  in  the  form  of  chlorides,  sulphates,  silicates,  and  phos- 
phates.    Ferric  oxide,  alumina,  manganese,  etc.,  are  often  present. 

In  former  years,  much  potash  was  produced  in  the  United  States  and  Canada, 
but  owing  to  the  destruction  of  the  woods,  the  manufactun-  luis  gradually  de- 
clined; thus,  the  Canadian  exports,  in  1850,  were  more  than  twenty  times  Uioso 
of  the  present  day.  (In  this  connection,  .«ee  an  interesting  article  on  Canadian 
l>otash,  by  Dr.  T.  I).  Reed,  in  Proc.  Amer.  Ph<irm.  A.ti:oc.,  1893,  p.  126.)  Ru.<sia  and 
other  countries  around  the  Baltic  Sea  and  of  Europe  furnisii  much  of  the  pres- 
ent su]iply.  Large  quantities  of  potassium  carbonate  are  now  obtained  as  a  by- 
product in  the  manufacluiv  of  sugar  from  sugar  beets,  these  Wing  rich  in  various 


P0TA.SH1I  CARBON  AS.  1557 

potassium  salts,  which  are  accumulated  in  the  uncrystallizable  molasses.  Another 
source  of  potassium  carbonate  is  mint,  ihe  dried  sweat  of  sheep  contained  in  their 
wool.  B}'  evaporating  the  washings  of  the  wool  to  dryness,  and  distilling  the 
residue  in  iron  retorts,  an  illuminating  gas  is  obtained,  and  the  charred  residue 
in  the  retort  yields  to  water  carbonate  of  potas.sium  (Clarke).  The  Stassfurt  salt 
deposits  are  an  indirect  source  of  pota.ssium  carbonate.  The  chloride  and  sulphate 
of  potassium  there  obtained  are  converted  into  carbonate  by  a  process  analogous 
to  tliat  of  LeBlanc,  for  the  manufacture  of  sodium  carbonate  (which  see). 

Potash,  or  PoT.\SHEs  or  Oru(/e  Po^f.'-/),  is  the  brown  mass  obtained  by  lixivia- 
ting wood-ashes  and  evaporating  to  dryness,  or  to  crystallization,  in  iron  pots. 
The  product  is  often  melted  in  reverberatory  furnaces  in  order  to  burn  out  car- 
bonaceous matter.  The  resultant  ma.*s  is  yellow,  brown,  or  greenish;  the  latter 
color  is  due  to  the  presence  of  manganate.  The  American  potash  is  often  made 
by  the  use  of  lime,  hence  contains  large  quantities  of  caustic  potash  (see  article 
on  Pot<i.-<sn,  for  Prof.  Lloyd's  report  on  American  potash). 

Pearl  Ash  is  purified  crude  pota.«li,  and  is  obtained  by  lixiviating  the  mass, 
allowing  impurities  (pota.-sium  sulphate)  to  crystallize  out,  boiling  down  to  crys- 
tallization, freeing  the  crystals  from  adhering  mother  liquor  (containing  chlo- 
rides and  silicates)  by  washing  with  a  small  amount  of  cold  water,  and  finally 
heating  the  salt  to  redness.  Pearl  ash  is  the  Potassii  Cakbonas  Impura  of  the 
r.  .'^.  P..  1870.  According  to  its  directions,  it  contained  about  75  per  cent  of  an- 
hvdrous  p<ita.ssium  carbonate. 

PoT.\ssii  Cakboxas  (U.  S.  p.,  1890).— The  potassium  carbonate  of  the  U.  S.  P., 
1880,  was  directed  to  be  the  compound  (K.CO.Oj.SH.O,  which  contains  83.7  per 
cent  of  the  anhydrous  salt;  a  minimum  amount  of  81  per  cent  was  permitted, 
corresponding  to"a  purity  of  96.7  per  cent.  The  present  ('.  i*''.  P.  demands  the  salt 
K,CO,,  and  allows  for  aii  impurity  of  5  per  cent  (see  Tests  below).  The  purest 
potassium  carbonate  may  be  obtained  in  several  ways — by  heating  crystallized 
bicarbonate  of  potassium" to  redness,  or  by  heating  recrystallized  potassium  bitar- 
trate  to  red nes.s,  until  fumes  are  no  longer  disengaged,  dissolving  the  carbonate  in 
water,  filtering  from  the  charcoal  formed,  and  evaporating  the  filtrate  to  crystal- 
lization. From  this  mode  of  preparation,  potassium  carbonate  has  received  the 
name  m!t  of  ((I, ■fur. 

Description  and  Tests. — Carbonate  of  potassium,  when  exposed  to  the  air, 
attracts  moi.-^lure,  speedily  deliquesces,  and  forms  an  oleaginous  fluid,  termed  by 
the  earlier  chemists  oleum  tartar i  per  del iquhm.  Owing  to  its  deliquescence,  the 
r.  S.P.  directs  that  potassium  carbonate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles. 
The  official  salt  is  "a  white,  granular  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  strongly 
alkaline  taste;  very  deliquescent.  Soluble  in  1.1  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.), 
and  in  about  0.65"part  of  boiling  water;  insoluble  in  alcohol.  When  heated  to 
130°  C.  (266°  F.),the  salt  loses  all  the  water  which  it  may  have  retained  or  ab- 
sorbed; at  a  l)right-red  heat  it  melts,  and  at  a  white  heat  it  volatilizes,  commu- 
nicating to  the  flame  a  pure  violet  color.  Its  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  has  a 
strongly  alkaline  reaction  upon  litmus  paper,  and  effervesces  with  acids" — 
{U.  S.  P.).  The  efiervescing  gas  is  characterized  as  carbonic  acid  by  the  turbidity 
it  will  cause  in  a  drop  of  lime-water  held  into  it  at  the  end  of  a  glas.>~  rod.  The 
pota.ssium  in  the  above  s<ilution  mav  be  recognized  by  the  precipitate  yielded  with 
solution  of  platinic  chloride,  as  welfas  bvthe  following  I'.S.P.  tes^U:  "With  excess 
of  tartaric  acid  T.S.  it  slowly  yields  a  w'hite,  crystalline  precipitate;  with  .sodium 
cobaltic  nitrite  T.S. ,  a  copious'yellow  jirecipitate  is  formed  at  once"—{l'.S.P.). 

Impurities  in  potassium  carbonate  are  recognized  by  the  following  l'.  S.  P. 
tests:  "When  a  small  portion  of  the  salt,  treated  with  a  drop  of  hydroehkinc 
acid,  is  introduced  into  a  non-luminous  flame  on  a  perfectly  clean  platinum  wire, 
the  flame  should  be  colored  violet  at  once,  without  any  apjiearance  of  yellow 
(absence  of  sodium).  No  residue  should  be  left  on  dissolving  1  Gm.of  the  salt  in 
20Cc.  of  water  rabsence  of  earthy  iin|.urities).  No  precipitate  or  coloration  should 
be  produced  in  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  by  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen 
sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  metallic  impurities  ).  On  neutralizing  the  solution  with 
hydrochloric  acid,  no  odor  of  burning  suli)hnr,  nor  any  white  precipitate,  should 
appear  (absence  of  hyposulphite).  If  2  Cc  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  be 
carefully  mixed  with'an  equal  volume  of  c<mcentrated  sulphuric  acid,  and.  after 


1558  POTASSII  CARBONAS. 

cooling,  1  Cc.  of  ferrous  sulphate  T.S.  be  poured  upon  it  so  as  to  form  a  separate 
layer,  no  brown  color  should  appear  at  the  line  of  contact  (absence  of  nitrate).  If 
0.5  Gm.  of  potassium  carbonate  be  di.ssolved  in  5  Cc.  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid 
and  5  Co.  of  water,  the  addition  of  1  Cc.  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  should  not  pro- 
duce any  turbidity  (absence  of  sulphate).  A  solution  of  0.5  Gm.  of  the  salt  in  5 
Cc.  of  diluted  hydrochloric  arid  mixed  with  5  Cc.  of  water,  should  not  be  colored 
blue  within  15  minutes  by  0.3  Cc.  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  T.S.  (limit  of  iron). 
If  0.5  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  6  Cc.  of  diluted  nitric  acid  and  4  Cc.  of  water, 
then  0.1  Cc.  of  decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  be  added,  and  the  mixture  filtered, 
no  change  should  be  produced  in  the  filtrate  by  the  further  addition  of  silver 
nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of  chloride).  If  10  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  be 
mixed  with  2  drops,  each,  of  ferrous  sulphate  T.S.  and  ferric  chloride  T.S.,  and 
the  mixture  heated,  and  slightly  supersaturated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  no  blue 
color  should  appear  (absence  of  cyanide)" — {U.S.  P.).  This  important  test  is 
based  on  the  conversion  of  potassium  cyanide  into  potassium  ferrocvanide  when 
in  contact  with  ferrous  sulphate,  as  follows:  2FeSO.-|-12CNK=Fe,{CN),,K,-f 
2H2SO,.  The  potassium  ferrocyanide  then  reacts  in  acid  solution  with  ferric  chlo- 
ride, forming  Pru-ssian  blue  (see  Ferri  Ferrocynnidum) .  "The  addition  of  a  few 
drops  of  lead  acetate  T.S.  to  the  aqueous  solution  should  produce  a  pure  white 
precipitate  (absence  of  sulphide).  To  neutralize  0.69  Gm.  of  potassium  carbonate 
should  require  not  less  than  9.5  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (each  cubic  centi- 
meter corresponding  to  10  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt),  methyl  orange  being  used 
as  indicator  " — (U.  S.  P.).  (For  a  convenient  method  of  determining  potassium 
carbonate  and  ]iotassinm  hydroxide  in  one  operation,  see  Po^i««r(.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— All  the  carbonates  of  potassium  are 
BufRciently  corni.^ive  to  be  enrrji;etic  pni.sons.  They  occasion  destruction  of  the 
mucous  membranes  of  the  fauces,  oesophagus,  stomach,  and  sometimes  of  the  in- 
testines— indicated  at  first  by  violent  burning  pain,  prostration  and  vomiting, 
which  is  sometimes  bloody,  and  if  death  does  not  ensue  in  consequence,  in  a  few 
days,  excessive  emaciation  follows,  and  constant  irritation  of  the  stomach  and 
bowels.    The  proper  antidotes  to  them  are  vinegar,  lemon  juice,  or  fixed  oil. 

Medicinally,  carbonate  of  potassium  is  antacid,  antilithic,  and  diuretic.  Use- 
ful in  urinary  affections,  where  the  morbid  secretion  consists  of  lithic  acid,  and  the 
lithates,  for  which  about  35  grains,  in  divided  doses,  should  be  given  in  the  course 
of  a  day.  Some  prefer  the  potassium  carbonates  to  the  corresponding  sodium 
salts,  for  antilithic  purposes,  on  the  supposition  that  they  are  the  more  energetic 
solvents.  It  is  sometimes  used  in  solution  as  an  injection  into  the  bladder  for 
calculus.  It  has  also  been  employed  to  remove  acidity  of  stomach,  nud  to  increase 
the  urinary  discharge  in  dropskal  affections.  It  has  also  been  found  occasionally 
available  in  jaundice.  Mascagni  has  used  it  in  pneumonia  and  other  iitffnmtnatory 
dketises,  with  benefit,  especially  in  those  forms  where  there  is  a  tendency  to  the 
deposition  of  falsei  membranes.  Combined  with  cochineal,  it  has  considerable 
reputation  in  the  treatment  of  pertussis.  The  Cochineal  mixture  is  made  as  follows: 
Dissolve  carbonate  of  potassium,  20  grains,  in  a  gill  of  water,  and  add  to  it  10 
grains  of  powdered  cochineal,  sweeten  with  loaf  sugar,  and  give  to  an  infant  a  tea- 
spoonful  4  times  a  day;  to  a  child  2  or  3  years  old,  2  teaspoonfuls;  4  years  and 
upwards,  a  tablcspoonful  or  more.  To  this  preparation  5  to  15  drops  of  tincture 
of  belladonna  is  sometimes  added.  Externally,  it  has  been  used  in  the  form  of  a 
solution  to  ?w)ini(/s,  as  a  collyrium  in  s^owxe  affections  i\f  the  cornea,  »s  an  injection 
in  gonorrhoea,  and  as  an  application  to  some  obstinate  cutaneotis  eruptions.  Dose,  of 
the  powder,  in  solution,  from  5  to  30  grains.  For  external  use,  i  to  1  pound  is 
usually  employed  for  a  bath;  from  6  to  12  grains  to  the  fluid  ounce  of  water,  for 
a  lotion;  and  from  10  to  60  grains  to  an  ounce  of  lard,  for  an  ointment. 

Carbonate  of  potassium,  free  from  impurities,  is  used  in  making  the  common 
efifervescent  draught,  or  citrate  of  potassium,  l.itptor  /V(i.wr  Carbonatis  {^Solution  of 
rarhonatc  of  potassium)  is  made  by  dissolving  20  ounces  of  carbonate  of  jxitassium 
in  distilled  water,  1  pint  (Imp.  meas.),  and  then  filtering  the  solution.  The  dose  is 
from  10  to  60  drops,  in  a  sidluMont  «|uantity  of  water  or  mucilaginous  fluid. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Lea"den  pallor  of  the  tongue  and  mucous 
surfaces;  muscular  tremors;  debility,  all  out  of  proportion  to  the  dise.ised  condi- 
tion ;  articular  pains. 


roTASSU  C-lll.uUAS. 


POTASSII  CHLORAS  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  CHLORATE. 

Fok.mi'la:  KClOj.    Molecular  Weight:  122/28. 

Synonym?  :  Vhlomle  of  jjot(i.<tli,  Chlorug  pulasitirus,  Clilords  kn/icuK,  Kali  muriaticum 
(>ri/grniiliiiii.  Knit  o.ri/niuriatiniii>,  Hi/peroxi/muriate  nfpotdssa. 

History  and  Preparation.— this  salt  wns  prei>ared  as  early  as  1786  by  Hig- 
(jins,  l)ut  its  chemical  ciiaracter  was  distinctly  pointed  out  in  the  same  year  by 
JJerthoilet.  This  author  prepared  it  by  the  action  of  chlorine  gas  upon  caustic 
potash,  the  following  reaction  taking  place:  GKOH  +  eCUoKCl  +  KCR^+SH^O. 
The  present  methods  are  modifications  of  this  process,  intended  to  improve  the 
yield,  because,  as  the  formula  shows,  only  one-sixth  of  the  potassium  is  converted 
into  chlorate.  According  to  Liebig's  proposition,  an  aqueous  solution  of  chlo- 
rinated lime  is  evaporated  to  dryness.  The  calcium  hypochlorite  which  it  contains 
is  thereby  converted  into  calcium  chlorate  as  follows:  3Ca(OCl)j=Ca(C103).^-|- 
2CaClj.  The  calcium  chlorate  is  then  dissolved  in  water  and  treated  with  potas- 
sium chloride;  bv  double  decomposition,  potassium  chlorate  results,  according  to 
the  equation  Ca(C10,),-|-2KCl=CaCl.,+2KC10,.  The  present  methods  of  making 
potassium  chlorate,  on  a  large  scale,  are  based  on  these  reactions.  Chlorine  gas  is 
con<Ujcted  into  milk  of  lime  to  saturation,  the  solution  is  evaporated  to  a  certain 
bulk,  treMted  with  potassium  chloride,  and  allowed  to  crystallize. 

Description  and  Tests. — As  officially  described,  potassium  chlorate  forms 
"colorless,  lustrous,  luonoidinic  prisms  or  plates,  or  a  white  powder,  odorless, and 
having  a  cooling,  saline  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble  in  16.7  parts  of 
water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  1.7  parts  of  boiling  water;  insoluble  in  absolute 
alcohol,  and  but  slightly  soluble  in  mixtures  of  alcohol  and  water.  At  234°  C. 
(453.2°  F.).  the  salt  fuses,  and  above  352°  C.  (665.6°  F.),  it  is  decomposed  into  oxy- 
gen and  potassium  perchlorate;  above  4(X)°C.  (752°  F.),all  its  oxygen  is  liberated, 
and  a  white  residue  of  potassium  chloride  remains,  amounting  to  60.8  per  cent  of 
the  chlorate  employed.  The  residue  is  readily  soluble  in  water,  and  the  solution 
yields  a  white,  curdy  precipitate  with  silver  nitrate  T.S.  The  aqueous  solution 
(1  in  20)  of  the  salt  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  With  excess  of  tartaric  acid  T.S., 
the  solution  slowly  yields  a  scant,  white,  crystalline  precijntate;  with  sodium  co- 
baltic  nitrite  T.S.,  or  with  platinic  chloride  T.S.,  a  copious  yellow  precii)itate  is 
produced  at  once.  When  introduced  into  a  non-luminous  flame  on  a  clean  plati- 
num wire,  potassium  chlorate  communicates  to  the  flame  a  pure  violet  color  with- 
out admixture  of  yellow  (absence  of  sodium).  When  heated  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  the  aqueous  solution  assumes  a  greenish-yellow  color,  and  evolves  chlorine" 
— (U.  S.  P.).  Triturated  with  combustible  substances,  chlorate  of  potassium  is 
highly  dangerous,  even  in  small  quantities,  hence  the  pharmacopceial  caution: 
'■  Potassium  chlorate  should  be  kept  in  glass-stoppered  bottles,  and  flrro/^  rai(Yio)i 
g/tould  be  obgerved  in  handling  the  salt,  as  dangerous  explosions  are  liable  to  occur, 
when  it  is  mixed  with  organic  matters  (cork,  tannic  acid,  sugar,  etc.),  or  with  sul- 
phur, antimony  sulphide,  phosphorus,  or  other  easily  oxidizable  substances,  and 
either  heated  directly,  or  subjected  to  trituration  or  concussion  " — ({'.  S.  P.).  Mr. 
Charles  Bullock  reports  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  385)  that  a  mixture  of  chlo- 
rate of  potassium  and  chloride  of  ammonium  gradually  undergoes  decomposi- 
tion with  evolution  of  chlorine  compounds.  In  one  instance,  some  tablets,  com- 
posed of  the  two  salts  mentioned,  and  more  than  one  year  old,  underwent  a 
sudden  explosion,  prol)ably  due  to  the  formation  of  the  liighly  explosive  chlo- 
ride of  nitrogen.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  when  acting  uiwn  pota.ssium  chlo- 
rate, evolves  free  chloric  acid,  which  at  once  yields  the  highly  explosive  r/ifor»i<' 
dioxide  (ClOj).  At  a  comparatively'  low  temperature  it  decomposes,  with  explo- 
sion, into  chlorine  and  oxygen.  The  chlorine  evolved  when  potassium  chlorate 
is  mixed  with  hydrochloric  acid,  contains  some  chlorine  dioxide,  and  was  believed 
by  Sir  Humphrey  Davy  to  be  a  new  oxide  of  chlorine,  which  he  named  euchloritie. 
In  reducing  chlorate  of  potassium  to  powder  by  trituration,  a  little  water  siiould 
be  added,  enough  to  cover  the  salt,  in  order  to  prevent  an  explosion.  Strain,  and 
dry  the  powiler.  In  order  to  test  potassium  chlorate  for  imjiurities,  tlie  T.  6".  P. 
directs  as  follows:  "Separate  portions,  each  of  5  Cc,  of  the  aciueous  solution 
(1  in  20)  should  not  he  reiulered  turbid  by  0.5  Cc.  of  barium  chloride  T.S. (absence 


1560  P0TA8SII  CHLOKAS. 

of  sulphate);  nor  by  0.5  Cc.  of  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (calcium);  nor  by  0.5  Co. 
of  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (chloride);  nor  should  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sul- 
phide T.S.,  produce  either  a  precipitate  or  a  coloration  (absence  of  metalsj.  If  a 
mixture  of  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  with  0.5  Gm.,each  of  iron  and  of  zinc,  in  coar.se 
powder  or  filings,  he  heated  with  5  Cc.  of  potassium  hydrate  T.S.,  no  evolution 
of  ammonia  should  be  perceptible  either  by  moistened  red  litmus  paper  or  by 
odor  (absence  of  nitrate  or  nitrite)" — (U.S. P.).  (For  Jorisen's  test  for  nitrate, 
see^m.^*-.  Jour.  Phnrm..  1888,  p.  489.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  theory,  formerly  entertainfd,  that 
chlorate  of  iintas-iuin  ueted  li\-  giving  to  the  blood  oxygen,  and  thereby  imparting 
to  it  a  tbirid  I'lijcir,  has  bwn  disproved,  as  it  is  now  known  that  the  salt  is  elimi- 
nated unchanged  from  the  system,  and  that  largely  by  the  salivary  glands.  In 
very  large  doses,  it  is  extremely  poisonous,  producing,  besides  the  effects  of  pot- 
ash, violent  local  inflammation.  Gastro-intestinal  inflammation,  with  violent 
pain  and  vomiting,  and  finally  ending  in  death,  was  produced  by  300  grains  of 
the  salt.  Death,  when  caused  by  it,  is  believed  to  be  due  to  the  disorganization 
of  the  corpuscles,  rendering  them  incapable  of  carr^'ing  oxygen,  and  from  the  ob- 
struction of  the  renal  eraunctories  with  these  broken-down  discs,  and  the  presence 
of  crystals  of  the  salt.  The  blood,  though  remaining  fluid,  is  changed  to  a  choco- 
late color,  due  to  the  transformation  of  oxyhaemoglobin  into  methamoglobin. 
The  organs  containing  blood  also  show  this  discoloration.  Splenic  and  hepatic 
enlargements  may  ensue.  Autopsies  have  revealed  the  following  results  of  poi- 
soning with  this  salt:  The  changes,  besides  the  hypertrophies  referred  to  above, 
were  found  chiefly  in  the  gastro-intestinal  tube  and  the  kidneys.  In  the  former 
were  hyperemic,  or  inflamed,  or  eroded  tracts,  and,  in  the  latter,  the  organs  were 
found  greatly  enlarged,  with  adherent  capsule  and  cedematous  infiltration,  over- 
distension of  the  renal  vessels,  and  brownish  plugs  with  adherent  epithelial  de- 
tachments in  the  uriniferous  tubules.  A  physician,  who  took  an  ounce,  died  after 
7  days  of  suSering  from  gastro  enteritis.  At  first  diuresis  was  free,  but  finally 
suppressed.  Daily  doses  of  160  grains  have  produced  hot  skin,  headache,  quick 
hard,  and  full  pul.se,  white  tongue,  and  increase  of  urine. 

A  typical  case  of  poisoning  by  the  drug  may  present  the  following  symptoms: 
Faintness,  great  thirst,  vomiting,  hypochondrial  and  renal  pain,  headache,  con- 
stipation or  diarrhoea,  chills,  lowering  of  temperature,  anemic  skin,  slight  jaun- 
dice, and  cyanosis.  The  urine  is  almost  or  quite  suppressed,  and,  when  voided  at 
all,  is  very  albuminous,  and  deposits  tube-casts  and  a  sediment  of  brown,  altere<l 
blood  discs.  These,  filtered  out,  leave  the  urine  cherry-red  in  color.  The  chief 
lesions  then  are  gastro-intestinal  inflammation  and  acute  nephritis,  death  being 
chiefly  due  to  the  blood  destruction,  producing  profound  anemia,  and  the  plug- 
ging of  the  renal  tubules,  causing  nephritis.  The  treatment  of  chlorate  of  potas- 
sium poisoning  recommended,  consists  in  the  use  of  hot  baths,  saline  cathartics 
and  diuretics,  and  the  transfusion  of  blood. 

Chlorate  of  potassium  is  a  very  important  remedy,  particularly  where  there 
is  a  tendency  to  septicaemia.  Besides  its  marked  antiputrefactive  properties,  it 
seems  to  hold  a  position  between  chloride  of  ammonium  and  nitrate  of  potas- 
sium, and  has  been  used  in  mnliqiwnt  febrile  diseases,  and  in  cholera.  It  is  diuretic, 
and  is  n'cognizod  in  the  urine  of  those  to  whom  it  has  been  administered.  The 
keynote  to  its  selection  is  a  cadaverous  fetor  of  the  secretions  and  breath.  I'nder 
such  circumstances,  it  is  very  useful  in  the  affections  named  herein.  It  has  been 
efticientlj'  emplo^'ed  in  scorbutus,  hepatic  affections,  in  aphthous  ulcei'ations  of  the 
viouth,  caiuTuni  oris,  mercurial  mlication,  absccs^s,  boils,  eiiiptions,  ulcers,  purpura  hem- 
orrhdifica.  etc.  In  ulcerative  stonmtitU,  where  the  ulcers  spread  to  the  tongue,  gums, 
and  lips,  smell  badly,  and  the  gums  are  spongy  and  bleeil  easily,  it  is  especially 
applicable.  In  these  cases,  there  are  pseudo-membranous  deposits,  and  tlie  lesions 
show  very  little  disposition  to  recovery.  Here  a  wash  of  the  chlorate,  with  the 
drug  taken  internally,  will  promptly  efl'ect  a  cure.  Associated  with  stillinpia,  it 
is  a  good  agent  in  syphilis  'awA  xiiphilitic  ulcerations  oi  the  mouth  with  cadaveric 
fetor.  It  is  a  useful  agent  in  diphtheria,  with  the  special  indication  referred  to, 
l)ut  the  kidnevs  should  be  carefully  watched,  and,  if  atlected,  the  drug  should  b«- 
withdrawn.  Chlorate  of  potassium  is  a  much  abu.^ed,  but  excellent  agent.  It 
has  long  been   in   domestic  repute  as  a  renieily  for  ordinary  sore  throat,  and   its 


POTASSII  CHLORAS.  1561 

imlisfriminale  and  misapplied  use  lias  often  fuiled  in  curing  the  troulile,  l>ut  liiis, 
at  tinieti,  led  to  serious  renal  disturhanees.  When  indicated  l>y  the  cadaverous 
odor  of  the  breath,  and  bluish,  pallid  nicnibranes,  or  ulcerated,  foul  discharging 
mucous  surfaces,  it  is  an  excellent  therapeutic  agent  in  respiratory  lesions.  Und-r 
these  conditions,  it  may  be  used  locally  in  influenza,  oz:i mi,  and  in  the  various 
forms  ai  phiinimiitis.  Ajiplied  early,  it  often  aborts  UvmlUtU.  In  pnmmnnin,  with 
hot,  pungent  skin,  putrid  odor  of  breath,  and  increased  secretion,  it  may  be  given 
in  5  or  lO-grain  doses,  every  3  hours.  It  is  al.so  useful  \n  fetid  purulent  hronehitix. 
As  a  remedy  for  rough,  it  is  serviceable  if  the  indications  are  followed,  but  should 
not  be  used  when  the  mucous  surfaces  are  dry,  or  when  the  urinary  secretion  is 
scanty.  In  membranous  croup,  it  tends  to  prevent  the  formation  of  the  membrane, 
and  to  favor  its  detachment  when  formed.  For  the  ajihihous  roiidition  of  the  vwut/i, 
with  extensive  tissue  destruction,  in  p/ithL^i.i,  and  where  the  patient  can  not  take 
food.  Prof.  Locke  recommends  (Locke's  Syllabus)  the  following:  R  Saturated 
solution  of  potassium  chlorate,  siv;  colorless  hydrastis,  glycerin,  syrup  of  mor- 
phine and  simple  syrup,  aa,  si.  Mix.  Sig.  Dose,  1  teaspoonful  every  3  hours. 
In  scrofula,  it  may  be  given  with  chloride  of  iron  and  syrup;  in  chronic  cystituf, 
with  putrid  urine,  it  may  be  given  in  infusion  of  buchu.  Use  the  drug  in  ery- 
sipeku-',  threatening  (/(in^rf)!?.  When  large  doses  are  administered,  they  should  be 
given  at  meal-time,  and  in  a  large  quantity  of  broth  or  other  fluid.  JI.  Isambert 
considers  it  a  sedative  to  the  nervous  system,  and  to  the  circulation;  a  stimu- 
lant to  the  digestive  organs  and  kidneys;  and  a  stimulant  and  alterative  to  mu- 
cous tissues.  It  certainly  proves  very  useful  in  leucorrhoea,  excoriations  of  the  os  uteri, 
chronic  dysentery,  nursing  sore  mouth,  some  forms  of  chronic  ophthalmia,  and  gleet. 
Its  solution,  used  in  injection,  has  effected  cures  of  leurorrhoea,  erosion  of  the  os  uteri, 
and  gonorrhmi.  It  controls  salivation.  Perhaps  its  most  important  use  is  in  ob- 
stetric practice,  to  correct  the  tendency  to  scjitii-  conditions,  where  there  is  offensive 
lochia  and  fetid  discharges  from  retained  clots  and  fragments  of  placenta.  The 
better  practice  is  to  remove  these  disturbers  by  curetting  and  douching,  but  when 
this  has  not  been  done,  the  chlorate  serves  the  purposes  of  controlling  the  tend- 
ency to  putrescency.  The  offensive  odor,  reminding  one  of  the  dissecting  room, 
here  plainly  points  to  the  use  of  it,  as  in  other  conditions.  It  may  be  used  both 
locally  and  internally,  well  diluted.  As  a  rule,  its  use  should  be  avoided  in  scar- 
latina, lest  a  nephritic  complication  should  occur,  and  it  is  contraindicated  when 
the  mucous  tissues  are  dry  and  secretion  scanty.  Applied  in  the  form  of  powder 
with  starch,  or  oxide  of  bismuth,  it  causes  but  little  pain.  In  gangrene  and  ulcera- 
tion of  the  mmith,  it  removes  the  ofiensive  odor,  lessens  the  discharge  of  saliva,  and 
favors  granulation.  Daily  applied,  the  powder  has  cured  smM  epithelial  groirths 
of  the  eyelid-'  (  Fottz).  Externally,  it  may  be  applied  in  solution  as  awash  or  injec- 
tion ;  from  6  to  15  grains  being  dissolved  in  a  fluid  ounce  of  water.  It  answers 
thus,  in  aflections  of  the  mouth,  aided  by  its  internal  administration.  The  dose 
ranges  from  1  to  30  grains,  well  diluted  with  water. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — The  puerperal  antiseptic;  troubles  arising 
from  JfioiMpositinii  (,t'  fia<;iii(  iit<  of  placenta,  blood-clots,  and  absorption  of  lochia; 
fetid  loiiiia;  fetid  biealii ;  tlie  fetor,  as  of  decaying  animal  tissues;  pallid  tongue, 
pale  or  Miiish  membranes;  ulcerated,  foul-discharging  mucous  surfaces;  tender 
mouth  and  gums,  with  fetid  salivation;  tongue  coated,  dirty,  and  thick;  cough, 
with  i)urulent  expectoration;  hot.  pungent  skin;  cadaverous  odor  of  discharges. 

Belated  Salts.— Potaswii  Perchloras  (KC104=138.24i,  Pntammn  perchlorate,  Hyperchlo- 
rule  nf  }Kilii!vinin.  Mi-lt  potas.siiim  chlorali-.anil  continue  heating  until  the  evohitiun  of  oxygi-u 
nearly  rcasc",  anil  the  niiUvs  bcconii-s  solid.  Tin-  following  rcactlDn  takes  phuv:  L'KC'rU3  = 
Kl'lO, -rKC'l-rOj.  l)i  riiiupiisition  of  the  chlorate  is  nearly  complete  when  a  Bauiple,  tnated 
with  Ptrong  hydrdclili.ric  aiid,  produces  only  a  light-yellow  <-olor.  Remove  the  chloride 
formed  by  washing  with  icild  water,  the  jierrhlorate  heing  not  easily  soluMe,  The  la.sf  traces 
of  eldonite  are  removid  hy  warming  with  livdrochloric  acid.  When  crystallizeil.  iwitassiuni 
perehlorate  funu:^  cf>lorle.sH,  rhonihie  crystals,  feebly  saline  to  the  taste,  insoluble  in  alcohol, 
tre.lv  soluble  in  hot  water,  hut  n<it  e.i'slly  soluble'  in  cold  water.  .At  a  high  heat  (400°  C. 
["oi^F.]'  it  splits  into  pota/wiuni  chloride  and  oxygen.  It  is  enii>loyeil  in  the  prei)aration  of 
perchloric  aciil,  and  lis  a  medicine.  Aciording  to  Rjibuteau  (.l/iii'<i/.  de  Th-'rap.,  IHtlll),  it  is 
useful  as  a  diuretic-  ami  sedative  in  cases  where  ipiinine  and  |H>tassiuin  nitrate  are  applicable. 
It  haj-  been  given  in  jf-rnxrinm J'errm,  and  in  inhrinillriilf. 

PoT\s«ri  C'ni-oi!ii)f.M  (KCf=74.40i,  J'uhiK/ium  tiiloride,  Sal  Jigmlimm  ti/li-ii,  Kalium  chloriJtim 
or chlonitnm, <  'hlnruretuiii  }iutntmaim.—'V\\\»  salt  is  U8«'il  to  a  iHjusiderable  extent  in  the  preparation 


1562  POTASSll  CITRAa 

of  potassium  compounds.  It  occurs  native  abundantly  88  gyhnne  (KCl)  and  camaUUe  (KCl- 
MgClj  fGHjO),  in  tlie  Stassfurt  deposits,  in  the  form  of  colorless  or  white  cubes,  without  odor, 
but  resembling  sodium  chloride  in  taste.  It  is  but  little  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  freely  so  in  s' 
parts  of  hot  and  3  parts  of  cold  water.  Care  should  be  taken,  on  account  of  its  obsolete  name. 
Kalium  cfdoraium,  not  to  confuse  this  salt  with  Potasnium  chlorate.  It  is  said  to  be  a  nervous 
and  arterial  sedative,  and,  in  large  doses,  is  poisonous.  >Sufh  doses  produce  a  jaundiced  or  a 
slate-hued  skin,  suppress  the  urine,  which  is  dark  in  color  and  sometimes  contains  albumen, 
and  also  diarrlicea  and  vomiting.  One  hundred  and  fifty  grains,  in  divided  doses,  killed  a 
strong  individual.  It  is  employed  as  a  medicine  much  as  common  Kdt  is.  It  is  inoperate  in 
epikpsij,  for  which  it  has  been  tried.  Potassium  chloride  is  one  of  the  Schuessler  tissue  salts, 
and  is  valued  by  Schuessler's  followers  to  prevent  tlie  deposition  of  plastic  exudates  in  acute 
disorders,  as  pneumonia,  and  in  chronic  hepatic  affections,  where  fibrous  changes  are  anticipated. 
It  is  claimed  that  it  reduces  congestion  of  the  Iker,  and,  if  given  early,  will  prevent  suppuration 
in  acute  hepatitis.  It  has  been  overestimated  as  a  remedy  to  prevent  diphtheritic  deposits.  It  is 
also  given  in  hoUs, pimples,  carbuncles,  etc.  Five  grains  of  the  3x  trituration  are  added  to4  fluid 
ounces  of  water,  and  the  solution  administered  in  teaspoonful  doses,  every  2  to  4  hours. 

POTASSII  CITRAS  (U.  S.  P. —POTASSIUM  CITRATE. 

Formula:  K3CeH50,+H,,0.    Molecular  Weight :  323.59. 

Synonyms  :  Citrate  of  potassium,  Citrate  of  potash,  Potassae  cUrag,  Kali  citricum, 
Cilra.i  kalicus,  Citras  potassicus,  Kalium  citricum. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  carbonate  of  potassium,  8  ounces  (av.),  or  a  suflB- 
ciency;  citric  acid,  in  crystals,  6  ounces,  or  a  sufficiencj-;  distilled  water,  2  pints 
(Imp.).  Dissolve  the  citric  acid  in  the  water,  add  the  carbonate  of  potassium 
gradually,  and,  if  the  solution  be  not  neutral,  make  it  so  by  the  cautious  addition 
of  the  acid  or  the  carbonate  of  potassium.  Tlien  tiller,  and  evaporate  to  dryness, 
stirring  constantlj'  after  a  pellicle  has  begun  to  form,  til!  the  salt  granulates. 
Triturate  in  a  drj^  mortar,  and  preserve  the  powder  in  stoppered  bottles"' — (Br. 
Phnnn.,1885}.  The  process  is  one  of  simple  neutralization,  as  follows:  3K,C0j-(- 
2HAHA  ■■^KAHA+BH.O+SCO,.  If  evaporation  is  conducted  on  a' sand- 
bath,  can  •  >\tu\\\<\  !..■  tak.n  not  to  burn  the  salt. 

Description  and  Tests. — "  Transparent,  prismatic  crystals,  or  a  white,  granu- 
lar powdur,  u(lurk>.<,  and  having  a  cooling,  saline  taste.  Deliquescent  on  exposure 
to  air.  Soluble  in  0.6  part  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  very  soluble  in  boiling 
water;  sparingly  soluble  in  alcohol.  When  heated  above  1(10°  C.  (212°  F.),  the 
salt  begins  to  lose  water;  at  200°  C.  (392°  F.),  the  water  of  crystallization  (5.55 
per  cent)  is  completely  lost.  At  230°  C.  (446°  F.),  the  salt  begins  to  decompose, 
turns  brown,  and,  at  a  higher  temperature,  carbonizes  and  emits  inflammable 
gases,  which  have  a  very  pungent,  acid  odor.  At  a  red  heat,  a  blackened  mass 
of  potassium  carbonate  and  carbon  is  left,  which  has  an  alkaline  reaction,  and 
strongly  efifervesces  with  acids.  The  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  is  neutral  to 
litmus  paper.  The  salt  yields  a  white,  crystalline  precipitate  with  sodium  bitar- 
trate  T.S.  With  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S..  a  yellow  precipitate  is  formed.  On 
mixing  10  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  with  2.5  Cc.  of  calcium  chloride 
T.S.,  the  liquid  remains  clear  until  it  is  boiled,  when  a  white,  granular  precipitate 
is  produced" — (U.  S.  P.).  This  precipitate  consists  of  neutral  calcium  citrate 
([CjHjOjl.t^f^i+^HjO),  and  is  distinguished  from  the  corresponding  tartrate  by 
being  insoluble  in  exce.ss  of  caustic  potash.  It  is  soluble  in  acetic  acid  (difference 
from  calcium  oxalate  and  racemate)  (.see  Tartaric  Arid). 

The  U.  S.  P.  directs  the  following  tests:  "The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20) 
should  not  be  colored  red  by  a  drop  of  phenolphtalein  T.S.,  nor  effervesce  on  the 
addition  of  an  acid  (absence  of  carbonate).  Separate  portions  of  this  solution 
acidulated  with  nitric  acid  should  not  be  affected  by  barium  chloride  T.S.  (ab- 
sence of  sulphate),  nor  by  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (absence  of  chloride).  A  solution 
of  1  Gm.of  potassium  citrate  in  1  Cc.  of  water  should  not  deposit  any  precipitate 
on  the  addition  of  1  Cc.  of  acetic  acid  (absence  of  tartrate)" —i  ('..'?. /\).  This 
test  is  liased  on  the  formation  of  cream  of  tartar  (potassium  bitartrate)  upon  the 
addition  of  acetic  acid.  "  If  1.08  (1.079)  Gm.  of  potassium  citnite  bo  thoroughly 
ignited  at  a  red  heat,  it  should  require  for  complete  neutralization  not  le.*s  than 
10  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (corresjionding  to  UXl  per  cent  of  the  pure  sail), 
methyl  orange  being  used  as  indicator  " — (T.  v>f.  P.). 


POTASSII  CITR.VS  EFKKUVESCKNS.-POTASSII  CYANIDUM.  1563 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — (See  Liquor  Potasaii  Oitratis.)    Dose, 

20  in  4ii  Lrrains.  well   ililulr.l  with  water. 

POTASSII  CITRAS  EFFERVESCENS  (U.  S.  P.)— EFFERVESCENT 
POTASSIUM  CITRATE. 

Preparation. — "Citric  acid,  sixty-tlm  .•  uranimes  (63Gm.)[2  ozs. av.,97grs.]; 
pota.^siuiii  bicarbonate,  ninety  grammes  (DO  (lui.)  [3  ozs.  av.,76  grs.];  sugar.forty- 
spven  grammes  (47  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,'28S  grs.].  Powder  the  ingredients  separately, 
and  mix  them  thomughlj' in  a  warm  mortar.  Dry  tlie  resulting,  uniform  paste 
rapidly  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  120°  C.  (248°  F.),  and,  when  it  is  pertectly 
dry,  reduce  it  to  a  powder  of  the  desired  degree  of  fineness.  Keep  the  product  in 
well-stoppered  bottles "—(U.  S.  P.). 

This  eflervescing  salt,  when  made  into  solution,  is  pleasantly  acidulous.   Lest 


decomposition  take  place,  the  temperature  above  directed  should  not  be  exceeded, 
for,  under  such  circumstances,  fusion  and  discoloration  of  the  salt  takes  place, 
and  an  unpleasant,  bitter  taste  develops. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — A  pleasant  form  of  administering  potas- 
sium citrate.     As  a  laxative,  100  grains  may  be  dissolved  in  a  glass  of  water. 

POTASSII  CYANIDUM  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  CYANIDE. 

FoRMri..\:  K('X.    Miii.Kt  ti.AU  Weight:  6.5.01. 

SvxONY.Ms :  CyauuU  ofpotn-th,  Potasaii  njanurctum,  Cyanurel  of  potassium,  Potassii 
cyanidum,  Knlium  cynnntum,  Cyanvretum  l-ali<-itm,  Cynnuretum potaasicum. 

Preparation. — Chemically  pure  potassium  cyanide  may  be  prepared  by  con- 
ducting the  vapors  of  hydrocyanic  acid  into  an  alcoholic  solution  of  potas.'sium 
hydroxide.  The  cyanide,  being  nearly  insoluble  in  alcohol,  is  precipitated  in  the 
form  of  a  crystalline  powder.  The  hydrocyanic  acid  is  obtained  hy  the  action  of 
diluted  sulphuric  acid  upon  potassium  ferrocyanide  (yellow  prussiate  of  potash) 
(see  U.  S.  P.  process  under  Aridum  Hydroryanirvm  Dilutum).  Usually  i)otassium 
cyanide  is  prepared  by  Liebig's  method,  which  consists  in  melting  together  pre- 
viously dried  potassium  ferrocyanide  (yellow  prussiate  of  potash)  8  parts,  with 
pure  potassium  carbonate  (dried),  3  parts.  The  T.  .9.  P.  (1870)  directs  as  follows: 
"  Mix  the  salts  intimately,  and  throw  the  mixture  into  a  deep,  iron  crucible,  pre- 
viously heated  to  redness.  Maintain  the  temperature  until  effervescence  ceases, 
and  a  portion  of  the  fused  mass,  of  a  pure  white  color,  concretes  upon  a  warm 
gla-ss  rod  dipped  into  it.  Then  pour  the  liquid  carefully  into  a  shallow  dish  to 
solidify,  ceasing  to  pour  before  the  salt  becomes  contaminated  with  the  precipi- 
tated iron.  Break  up  the  mass  while  yet  warm,  and  keep  the  pieces  in  a  well- 
stoppered  bottle"'— (f^.  S.  P.,  1870). 

The  reaction  takes  place  with  formation  of  potassium  cyanate(KOCN)  and 
liberati(m  of  carbonic  acid  gas  and  iron,  as  follows:  Fe,_,(CN),,Kj,-|- 2K.;CO,=  10 
KCNV2K0CN-!-C0.,+  Fe,.  The  formation  of  the  cyanate' may  be  prevented  by 
adding  charcoal,  or  the  potassium  cyanate  may  be  dissolved  out  by  means  of 
alcohol.  The  French  Codex  prepares  a  purer  potassium  cyanide  by  strongly  heat- 
ing potassium  ferrocyanide  alone,  whereby  nitrogen  is  evolved  and  iron  carbide 
formed,  as  follows:  ■Fe,(CN),,K,=8KCN+2FeC,-f  N..  The  U.  S.  P.  demands  an 
article  of  90  jier  cent  strength. 

Description  and  Tests.— As  officially  demanded,  it  forms  "white,  opaque, 
amorphous  i)ieccs,  or  a  white,  granular  powder,  odorless  wlien  perfectly  dry,  but, 
in  moist  air.  exhaling  the  odor  of  hydrocyanic  acid.  The  taste  is  sharp,  and 
somewhat  alkaline,  but  should  be  a.scertained  with  great  care,  as  the  salt  is  very 
poisonous.  In  moist  air  the  salt  deliquesces.  Soluble  in  about  2  parts  of  water 
at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  Boiling  water  dis.solves  its  own  weight  of  the  salt,  but  rapidlv 
decom])0.«es  it.  In  alcohol  it  is  but  sparingly  solul)le.  At  a  low  red  heat  the  saft 
fuses.  Its  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  has  a  strongly  alkaline  reaction,  and  emits 
the  odor  of  hydrocyanic  acid.  With  an  equal  volume  of  sodium  bitartrate  T.S., 
it  yields  a  white,  crystalline  precipitate.  With  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.,  a 
coilious  yellow  precipitate  is  produced  " — (T.  S.  P.).  With  soluble  salts  of  heavy 
metals,  potassium   cyanide  forms  jirecipitates  of  metallic  cyanides,  soluble,  as  a 


1564  POTASSII  ET  SODII  TARTRAS. 

rule,  ill  excess  of  potassium  cyanide,  with  the  formation  of  double  salts  (aee Potn.^- 
sium  Ferroryanide) .  The  salt,  when  fused  with  access  of  air,  attracts  oxygen,  and 
forms  potassium  cyanate.  The  salt  is  decomposed  by  the  weakest  acid?,  even 
carbonic  acid,  hence  its  odor  of  hydrocyanic  acid.  "Potassium  cyanide  should 
be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — (U.  S.  P.).  Possible  impurities  in  potassium 
cyanide  consist  in  unchanged  carbonate,  ferrocyanide,  potassium  cyanate,  etc., 
which  are  detected  by  the  following  official  te.sts:  A  few  drops  of  an  aqueou.s 
solution  (1  in  20)  "give  with  silver  nitrate  T.S.,  a  white  precipitate,  which  is 
soluble  in  an  excess  of  the  solution  of  potassium  cyanide,  also  in  ammonia  water, 
and  in  concentrated  nitric  acid  (distinction  from  silver  cidoride).  If  5  Co.  of 
the  solution  be  shaken  with  a  few  drops  of  ferrous  sulphate  T.S.,  and  a  slight 
excess  of  hydrochloric  acid  then  added,  a  blue  precipitate  (Prussian  blue)  will 
be  produced.  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  not  produce  more  than  a 
slight  effervescence  on  the  addition  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  (limit  of  carbon- 
ate). After  the  acid  has  been  added  in  slight  excess,  a  drop  of  ferric  chloride 
T.S.  should  produce  neither  a  blue  (absence  of  ferrocyanide)  nor  a  red  color  (sul- 
phocyanate).  A  solution  of  0.65  Gm.  of  potassium  cyanide  in  12  Cc.  of  water 
should  require  the  addition  of  at  lea.st  45  Cc.  of  decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S. 
before  the  precipitate, which  at  first  redissolves  on  agitation,  becomes  permanent 
(each  cubic  centimeter  of  the  volumetric  solution  indicating  2  per  cent  of  the 
pure  salt) "—(T.  S'.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  salt  ranks  in  activity  as  a  poison 
next  to  hydrocyanic  acid  (see  Aridutn  Hydrocyanicum  for  action).  Medicinally,  it 
has  been  preferred  to  hydrocyanic  acid,  on  account  of  its  not  eo  readily  becoming 
decomposed,  and  being  more  constant  in  its  strength.  It  is  used  in  all  instances 
where  hydrocyanic  acid  is  indicated,  in  the  dose  of  about  ^  of  a  grain,  or  less,  and 
should  be  given  in  a  tablespoonful  of  pure  water,  or  diluted  aromatic  syrup. 
Great  care  must  be  employed  in  using  it,  if,  indeed,  it  should  be  used  at  all.  It 
adds  to  the  efficiency  of  some  cough  remedies.  Externally,  it  has  been  etViciently 
used  in  sirk  headache,  neuralgia,  scifitim,  rheumatism,  etc.,  being  applied  to  the  part 
on  lint  or  linen,  in  the  proportion  of  8  grains  of  the  cj^anide  to  2  fluid  ounces  of 
distilled  water,  keeping  the  part  constantly  moistened  with  it.  This  solution  is 
one  of  the  promptest  agents  for  the  removal  of  silver  nitrate  stains.  The  dark 
spots  produced  by  nitrate  of  silver  on  the  conjunctiva,  are  obliterated  by  dropping 
the  solution  of  the  cyanide  into  the  eye  on  each  alternate  day  (Guthrie).  As  this 
salt  is  extensively  used  in  photography,  silver  plating,  etc.,  numberless  cases  of 
poisoning  have  occurred  from  its  use.  Three  grains  internally  have  produced 
death.  The  treatment  is  the  same  as  for  hydrocyanic  acid  (which  see).  Atropine 
may  be  employed  to  antagonize  its  effects. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Same  as  for  Hydrocyanic  JriV?(  which  see). 

POTASSII  ET  SODII  TARTRAS  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  AND 
SODIUM  TARTRATE. 

Formula:  KNaC,H.O,+-lII,0.    Molecil.\h  Weight:  281.51. 

Synonyms  :  Rnchclle  salt.  Tart  a  rated  soda.  Soda  tartarnta,  Xatrokali  tartarirtim^Tar- 
tras  pntii.-<.-<in>-sndicu.-i.  Sal  poh/chrestuiii  Seignetli,  S<'igiiette's  salt,  Sodie  et  ^w/rt.svs?  Uirtrns. 

History  and  Preparation. — This  salt  was  introduced  as  a  secret  medicine, in 
1672,  liy  Sfii^nctte.  an  apothecary  of  Rocheiie,  France.  Its  composition  and  prepa- 
ration was  made  known,  in  1731,  by  Boulduc  and  Geoffroy.  It  is  a  double  salt, 
tartrate  of  potassium  and  sodium  ((',H,0,KXa+4HjO),and  is  prepared  by  neu- 
tralizing acid  potassium  tartrate  {s^eePotasfii  Bitartras)  with  sodium  carbonate.  The 
following  jirocess  agrees  with  that  of  the  formula  of  tiie  British  Pharmaeoporiii 
(1808):  Takeof  bitartrateof  i)otassium,in  powder,  16  ounces;  carbonate  of  sodium, 
12  ounces;  boiling  water,  4  pint.s  (Imp.  meas).  Dissolve  the  carbonate  in  the 
water,  add  the  bitartrate  to  neutralization;  boil  and  filter.  Concentrate  the  liouor 
till  a  pellicle  forms  on  its  surface,  and  then  set  it  aside  to  cool  and  crvstalliie. 
The  residual  liquor  will  vield  more  crvstals  bv  further  concentration  ani^  cooling 
(Ed.).  The  r.  S.  P.  (1870)  emploved  the  same  "weights  (troy)  and  5  pints  of  water; 
in  other  respects  the  jirooess  is  the  same. 


I'OTASSII  KT  SODII  TAKTRAS.  15C5 

Description  and  Tests.— Tartrate  of  potassium  and  sodium  often  forms  crys- 
tals of  a  c«>iisi(ieral>ie  si/.e.  The  V.  S.  P.  i]csl-t'\\>vs  the  salt  as  in  "colorless,  trans- 
parent, rhombic  prisms,  or  a  white  powder,  odorless,  and  liaving  a  coolinfi,  valine 
taste.  Tin;  crystals  slightly  eflloresce  in  dry  air.  Soluble  in  1.4  parts  of  water  at 
15°  C.  loO"  F.),and  in  less  than  1  \K\Tt  of  boiling  water;  almost  insoluble  in  alco- 
hol. When  heated  to  74°  C.  Cl&^).2°  F.),  the  salt  fu.ses  to  a  colorless  li(|ui(l,  which, 
at  a  higher  temperature,  froths,  becomes  brown,  and  graduall}'  carbonizes,  while 
inflammable  vapors  are  emitted,  having  the  odor  of  uurning  sugar.  Finally,  a 
black  residue  is  left,  consisting  of  alkaline  carbonate  mixed  with  carbon.  The 
aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  A  10  per  cent  aqueous 
solution  yields,  with  an  equal  volume  of  acetic  acid,  a  white,  crystalline  precipi- 
tate. With  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.,  the  solution  yields  a  copious  yellow  pre- 
cipitate. With  silver  nitrate  T.8.,  it  produces  a  white  precipitate,  which  becomes 
black  on  boiling.  To  a  non-luminous  flame  it  communicates  a  yellow  color 
(sodium),  which,  when  viewed  through  a  blue  glass,  appears  violet-red  (potas- 
sium)'" — (U.  S.  P.).  Sulphuric  acid,  ailded  to  the  aqueous  solution,  combines 
with  the  sodium,  and  replacing  it  by  hydrogen,  causes  a  precipitate  of  small  crys- 
tals of  bitartrate  of  potassium;  perchloric  acid  precipitates  perchlorate  of  potas- 
sium; platinum  tetrachloride  gives  a  yellow  j)recipitate.  The  solution  of  the  salt 
is  incompatible  with  acetate  of  lead,  soluble  barium  and  calcium  salts,  many 
acids,  and  salts  containing  e.xcess  of  acid. 

To  test  for  impurities,  the  U.S.  P.  directs:  "The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20) 
shonlii  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  the  addition  of  a  small  amount  of  ammonium 
oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium),  nor  by  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide 
T.S., either  before  or  after  acidnlation  with  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  (absence  of 
arsenic,  lead,  copper,  etc.).  When  heated  with  potassium  hydrate  T.S. ,  the  solu- 
tion should  not  give  oft"  the  odor  of  ammonia.  If  10  Cc.  of  the  solution  (1  in  20) 
be  mixed  with  1  Cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid,  the  addition  of  1  Cc.  of  barium  chloride 
T.S.  should  produce  no  turbidity  (absence  of  sulphate).  If  0.36  Gm.  of  the  salt 
be  dissolved  in  9  Cc.  of  water,  and  then  1  Cc.  of  nitric  acid  and  0.2  Cc.  of  deci- 
normal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  be  added,  and  the  mixture  filtered,  the  filtrate  should 
remain  clear  upon  the  further  addition  of  silver  nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of  chloride). 
If  1.41  Gm.  of  potassium  and  sodium  tartrate  be  completely  decomposed  by  igni- 
tion, the  alkaline  residue  should  require  for  complete  neutralization  not  less  than 
10  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (corresponding  to  100  j>er  cent  of  the  pure  salt), 
methyl  orange  being  used  as  indicator" — ( I'.S.  P.).  Mr.  F.  W.  Haussmann  (Amer. 
Jour.  Phrmii.,  1S94,  p.  296),  reporting  on  about  10  samples  of  commercial  Rochello 
salt,  both  in  crystals  and  powder  form,  found  them  to  be  of  a  high  degree  of 
purity,  especially  free  from  lead. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Tartrate  of  potassium  and  sodium  is 
a  mild,  laxative,  cuiiiing  salt,  rather  more  agreeable  than  most  neutral  salts,  and 
adapted  for  irritable  or  fastidious  stomachs.  Its  dose  is  from  2  drachms  to  an 
ounce,  dis.-olved  in  8  to  10  parts  of  water.  When  given  in  the  form  of  dilute 
solution,  and  so  as  not  to  excite  purging,  it  becomes  absorbed,  and  produces  alka- 
linity of  the  urine;  consequently,  its  use  should  be  avoided  in  phosphatic  urine, 
but  is  of  advantage  in  excesnice  acuUty  of  the  urine,  and  has  been  employed  with 
success  in  amte  rheumatism,  with  acidity  of  the  urine.  Two  drachms  of  tartrate  ol' 
potassium  and  sodium  added  to  40  grains  of  bicarbonate  of  sodium,  and  i)ut  up 
in  one  (blue)  paper,  and  35  grains  of  tartaric  acid,  placed  in  the  other  (white) 
paper,  form  the  gentle  laxative  known  HHSeiiUilz poirder.  Dissolve  the  contents 
of  each  i)aper,  separately,  in  half  a  tumbler  of  water,  nnx  the  two  solutions,  and 
drink  immediately,  while  it  is  effervescing.  The  necessity  for  using  two  i)apers 
mav  be  otiviated,  and  a  very  satisfactory  preparation  obtained,  by  mixing  2  part.s 
of  bitartrate  of  sodium  with  1  part  of  bicarbonate  of  sodium.  Tlie  mixture  keeps 
well  even  in  paper,  and  effervesces  briskly  when  mixed  with  water. 

Related  Salts.— ■'^onn  Citras,  .Siwiium  citrate  (2C,niNa,0,.ll  H,Oi.  Siitunite  a  solution 
of  cilrir  aciil  with  Bodiiiiu  bicarbonate,  evaporate,  ami. set.  usiile  for  iTj-stalliz»ti<)n.  Forms 
white,  rliombi<'  pyramidrt  of  a  non-bitter,  wiline  taste.  \  pleasant  cathartic  in  (loue.s  of  from 
1  to  1*  ouriee«. 

S<iiiii  Tartkas,  S(Hliiim  Inrlrale  (Na5C,H,f)|,.2H,Ol.— .\  white,  cr>'stalline  salt,  nearly 
laHt^li'.ss,  anil  acting' as  a  pleasant  iiurgative.     Dose,  «  to  10  ilraclinis. 


1666  POTASSII  FERROCYAXIDUM. 

POTASSII  FERROCYANIDUM  (U.  S.  P.  i— POTASSIUM 
FERROCYANIDE. 

Formula:  K,Fe(CNX-|-3HjO.    Molecular  Weight:  421.76. 

Synonyms:  Yellow prunsinte  of  jiotush,  Kalium  ferrocynnntuni,  Cyanuretum ferrom- 
potassinnii,  Potnssfe  'prumas  flavn,  Kuliumborxisxicvm,  Prus»i<ite  of  potassa,  Pnussiate 
ofpotd-sli,  Frrniriiniiiirif  <if  pnidssium,  Ferroprv^'fsidle  of  polassa. 

History  and  Preparation. — Macquer,  in  1752,  by  boiling  Prussian  blue  with 
caustif  jHitiisli,  was  the  lir.st  to  obtain  this  salt,  and  Berthollet,  in  1787,  qualita- 
tivel}' established  its  composition,  stating  it  to  contain  iron,  alkali,  and  prussic 
acid.  Potassium  ferrocyanide  may  be  obtained  by  several  methodt;.  Ferrous  salts, 
treated  with  excess  of  potassium  cyanide,  first  yield  a  light-brown  precipitate 
(Fe,[CNlK),  formerly  thought  to  be' ferrous  cyanide  (Fe^CCN].).  The  precipitate 
is  soluble  in  excess  of  potassium  cyanide,  with  yellow  color,  potassium  ferro- 
cyanide resulting  as  follows:  Fe,(CN)5K  +  7CNK"=Fe,(CN),,K,  (compare  tests 
under  Potassii  Carbonas).  Until  within  recent  years,  the  following  old  method  has 
been  exclusively  employed  on  a  large  scale.  It  consisted  in  exposing  a  mixture  of 
pearl  ash  (impure  potassium  carbonate)  and  organic  matter,  such  as  hoofs,  horns, 
and  other  nitrogenous  animal  matters  to  a  cherry-red  heat,  in  an  iron  crucible, 
and  constantly  stirring  the  mass.  The  calcined  product  is  then  cooled,  lixiviated 
with  water,  and  concentrated  by  evaporation;  upon  standing, crystallization  takes 
place.  The  crystals  are  purified  by  repeated  crystallization.  This  method,  within 
recent  years,  is  being  largely  supplanted  by  the  manufacture  of  yellow  prussiate 
of  potash  from  waste  products  in  the  purification  of  illuminating  gas.  This  salt 
was  formerly  very  popular  as  a  medicine. 

Description  and  Tests.— Potassium  ferrpcj'anide,  as  oflScially  described,  oc- 
curs in  "laiiiH,  soft,  transparent,  yellow,  4-sided,  monoclinic  tables,  odorless,  and 
having  a  mild,  saline  taste.  Slightly  efflorescent  on  exposure  to  dry  air.  Soluble 
in  4  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  2  parts  of  boiling  water;  insoluble 
in  alcohol.  When  heated  to  60°  C.  (140°  F.),  the  salt  begins  to  turn  white  from 
loss  of  water,  and  when  heated  to  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  it  is  rendered  anhydrous. 
The  aqueous  solution  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper" — (U.  S.  P.).  A  low,  red  heat 
decomposes  the  salt,  converting  it  into  cyanide  of  potassium,  Ciirbide  of  iron,  and 
other  compounds,  while  distillation  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid  yields  vapors 
of  hydrocyanic  acid  {s^ee  PoUissii  Cynnitlam').  "With  sodium  hi  tartrate  T.S.,  the 
aqueous  solution  yields  a  white,  crystalline  precipitate.  Sodium  col)altic  nitrite 
T.S.  produces  a  copious  yellow  precipitate.  The  color  of  the  precipitate  produced 
by  ferric  chloride  T.S.  is  dark  blue;  that  produced  by  copper  sulphate  T.S.  is  red- 
dish-brown ;  while  lead  acetate  T.S.  or  silver  nitrate  T.S.  throws  down  a  pure 
white  precipitate" — {U.  S.  P.).  These  precipitates  are  salts  of  the  crystallizable 
water- and  alcohol-soluble/ccron/'! (uV  ar/ii  (Fe,[CN],,,Hj),  which  mav  be  obtained 
in  the  form  of  a  precipitate  by  adding  solution  of  nydrochloric  acid  to  a  concen- 
trated solution  of  pota.ssium  ferrocyanide.  The  iron  salt  is  the  well-known  Prus- 
sian blue  (see  Fcrri  Ferrnn/miidu III).  The  copper  precipitate  is  characteristic  for 
this  metal.  The  aforenamed  ferrocvanides  of  heavy  metals  are  insoluble  in  di- 
luted mineral  acids,  but  decomposable  by  caustic  alkalies.  The  precipitate  formed 
in  silver  nitrate  solution  with  potassium /rnirvnuWe'  is  orange-red. 

The  U.  S.  P.  directs  the  following  tests  for  impurities:  "No  effervescence 
should  be  caused  by  the  adtlition  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid  to  a  concentrated  solu- 
tion of  the  salt  (ai).sence  of  carbonate).  The  aqueous  solution  (I  in  20\ acidu- 
lated with  hydrochloric  acid,  should,  upon  the  addition  of  Viarium  chloride  T.S., 
remain  clear,  or  at  most  show  but  a  trilling  turbidity  (limit  of  sulphate).  If  a 
mixture  of  0.5  Gm.  of  the  salt  with  1.5  Gm.  of  pure  potassium  nitrate  and0.5Gni. 
of  pure,  anhydrous  sodium  carbonate  be  heated  to  redness  in  a  porcelain  crucible, 
the  residue  dissolved  in  water,  the  filtered  solution  supersatunxied  with  nitric 
acid,  mixed  with  0.1  Cc.  of  decinornial  silver  nitrate  V.S,  and  again  filtered,  no 
turbidity  should  be  produced  in  the  filtrate  by  the  further  addition  of  silver 
nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of  cnloride).  The  precipitate  produwd  in  the  aqueous  solution, 
acidulated  with  nitric  acid,  by  silver  nitrate  T.S.  should  be  of  a  pure  while  color, 
without  a  tinge  of  red  (absence  of  ferricyanide)" — (('.  S.  P.). 


POTASS  11  IIYPOPHOSPHIS.  1567 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Ferrooyanide  of  potas^iuin  is  not  poi- 
sonous, being  absorbed  and  carried  otl' quickly  with  tbe  urine.  Large  doses  are 
said  to  cau.se  giddiness,  debility,  occasional  non-fetid  salivation,  and  ulceration 
of  tbe  mouth.  From  5  to  12  grains,  dissolved  in  water,  and  repeated  2  or  3  times 
a  day,  have  been  found  ellicient  as  a  sedative  and  calmative  in/ebi-ile  dii<f'ise'<,per- 
tu»<ij<,  (irdouhurcuT,  etc.  It  has  also  proved  advantageous  in  chronic  bronchitis  and 
nif/ht-sxcfats.  Its  special  place  in  therapeutics  is  to  act  as  a  sedative  to  the  circu- 
lation, and  to  lessen  nervous  irritation,  and  it  is  indicated  in  chronic  diseases  with 
excitation,  frequent  pulse,  marked  nervous  irritability,  with  impairment  of  the 
nerve  centers.  This  agent  is  repute<l  useful  in  genital  hyper,'esthe--<in  at  the  meno- 
pause, and  in  ovuriun  irriUition.  It  relieves  the  manifestations  of  hi/pochumlria  of 
the  male,  and  /ii/>tcria  iij  chronic  female  disorders.  Another  indication  fur  its 
use  is  a  pale, lax  condition  of  the  mucous  tissue,  with  over-secretion  of  mucus,as 
of  chrcmif  vaginiti--',  i7ite-<tin(il  catarrh,  and  catarrhal  affections  of  the  vose,  throat,  and 
bronchuT.  Dose,  5  to  15  grains,  every  3  hours.  It  is  much  used  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  hydrocyanic  aciil,  and  as  a  reagent  for  detecting  iron  in  solution.  A  mere 
trace  of  iron  in  solution  occasions  a  blue  precipitate  with  it. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Nervous  irritability,  with  excited  circula- 
tion; impairment  of  lurve  centers;  hysteria  or  hypochondriasis,  with  slow,  im- 
perfect waste  and  nutrition;  ovarian  irritation;  genital  hyperaesthesia;  lax,  pale 
mucous  tissues,  with  mucorrhcea. 

Related  Compounds.— PoT.\s!in  Ferricy.\.vidim  ( K, Fe,[CN]i2),  Po<o»ium  j'erricyanide, 
Potatsiuiii  jfrrUlcyanidi,  J^id  ptitiiMimii  prusskite,  litd  pntssiale  of  poiash.  This  salt  is  obtaineil 
from  the  foregoing  salt  by  oxidation.  Into  a  cold  solution  of  ferrooyanide  of  potassium,  pa.«s 
a  current  of  chlorine  gas  until  the  liquid  ceases  to  furm  a  blue  precipitate  or  a  blue  color  with 
ferric  chloride.  Evaporate  and  allow  to  crystallize.  The  reaction  is  as  follows:  FejiCNjis 
Kg  -f  Clj^FcjiCN  ii2K,-2KCl.  It  forms  large,  dark-red, or  hyacinth-red  prisms,  transparent, 
anhydrous,  saline  and  feebly  astringent  to  the  taste.  Four  parts  of  water  eflert  its  solution. 
Exposure  to  light  causes  it  to  be  reduced  again  to  potassium  ferrooyanide,  at  the  same  time  a 
bine  pieoipitate  being  formed.  Lead  and  nu-rcuric  salts  produce  no  precipitates  with  it.  It  is 
the  prominent  test  ioT  ferrous  salts,  with  which  it  strikes  a  deep-blue  color,  forming  ferrous 
ferrieyanide  or  Tiimhuirs  blue,  while/e/Tic  salts  prfKluce  only  a  brown  coloration.    SiU 


form  with  it  an  oraiijie,  cupric  salts  a  greenisli-vellow,  and  mercurous  compounds,  a  red-hrown 

■    "  ■  "     ialt  wa    " "     ■■ 

IDE  (N'a4Fe2[CN]io[NO]2.4H20).— The  salts  of  hydrogen-nllro-pr\ 
or  nilro-prumc  acid  (H4Fe2[CN]io[XU]2),  are  characterized  by  the  beautiful  violet  coloration 


precipitate.    This  salt  Wiis  first  obtained  by  Guielin. 

Sodium  XiTRtvpiiussiDE  (N'a4Fe2[CN]io[NO]2.4H20).— The  salts  of  hydrogen-nitro-prusgiil,. 


ey  vie 

by  dissolving  jxiwdered  potassium  ferrooyanide  in  diluted  nitric  acid,  and  warming  on  the 
water-bath.  The  reaction  is  accompanied  by  evolution  of  much  g;is,  consisting  especially  of 
carbon  dioxide  and  hydrocyanic  acid.  When  the  reaction  is  completed,  nitrate  of  potassium 
falls  out  npon  cooling.  The  mother  liqucir  is  then  neutralized  with  sodium  carbonate,  and 
after  filtration  and  further  crystallization  of  nitrate,  the  salt  is  allowed  to  crystallize.  .SWium 
nitrt^pru^fide  forms  permanent,  ruby-red  prisms,  soluble  in  2]  parts  of  water.  Exposure  to 
light  decomposes  the  solution,  Prussian  blue  being  precipitated,  and  nitric  oxide  evolved.  The 
\-iolet-blue  color  produced  with  soluble  sulphides,  as  mentioned  above,  is  a  delicate  test  for 
the  latter. 

PoTASsirM  .SrLPHOcYA.VATE  [OT  Sulphoci/atiide,  as  it  was  formerly  called,  Po(c«i»ii(m  thio- 
cyanatf,  Potcmium  rhndanate  (KSCX=^.99).— Melt  together,  at  a  low  red  heat,  anhydrous  potas- 
sium ferrooyanide  (46  parts  .sulphur  (32  parti*,  and  potassium  carbonate  (17  parts).  Cool  and 
treat  the  mass  with  boiling  alcohol,  in  which  the  salt  dissolves,  crystallizing  out  upon  cooling; 
it  forms  colorless  prisms  of  a  biting,  saline,  cooling  ta,«te.  The  salt  deliqiiesct-s  on  exposure, 
and  is  easily  dissolved  by  w  ater  or  alcohol.  This  substance  is  a  te.st  for  ferric  s:dts,  with  which 
it  provinces  a  blo<Kl-red  color,  Sfjluble  in  ether.  The  color  is  not  readily  aflected  by  liydro- 
ehloric  acid,  but  is  dissipated  by  mercuric  chloride  (compare  ferric  chloride  tests  for  iliomic 
Acid,  under  Opium  I.  This  reaction  al-^o  serves  as  a  test  for  cyanides.  By  melting  pot;i.«siuni 
cviiniile  with  sulphur,  combination  takes  plaee  with  formation'of  pota&«iuiii  thiocyanate, which 
may  be  n-cognizt'd  by  the  above  test.  Likewise,  sulphur  may  be  tested  for  by' this  reaction 
Potassium  sulphocyauate  has  been  suggested  (.'^omnieringi  as  a  substitute  forcvanide  of  potas- 
sium and  prussic  acid  in  therapy,  on  the  ground  that  it  is  fully  as  effective  without  the  mcou- 
veniences  attending  those  drugs. 

POTASSII   HYPOPHOSPHIS    U.  S.  P.  —POTASSIUM 
HYPOPHOSPHITE. 

Formila:  KPHA-    Molkci-lar  Weight:  103.91. 

Synonyms:  PntoMue  hypojthni<jihijt,  Hiijxifihoirphite  of  jioiaminm,  Hftjioj,hoKj,hiie  of 
potodh,  Hijpoiihoxjihit  kaliruK.  Uyiiojiho>tjihi.<  jiofoMiirun,  Kalinin  hyjiophoxjihoroisum. 


1568  POTASSII  HYPOPHOSPHIS. 

Preparation. — This  salt  may  be  produced  by  neutralizing  hypophusphoiou- 
acid  (which  t^et-j  with  potassium  carbonate,  and  carefully  evaporating  the  solu- 
tion to  dryness,  or  it  may  be  prepared  by  double  decomposition  of  solutions  i>f 
potassium  carbonate  and  calcium  hypophosphite,  whereby  potassium  hypophos- 
phite  goes  into  solution,  while  calcium  carbonate  precipitates  as  follows:  K,CO,-|- 
Ca(P02H,),=2KP02H3+CaC03.  The  salt  may  also  be  obtained  by  the  action  of 
phosphorus  upon  a  warm,  concentrated  solution  of  caustic  potash,  the  following 
reaction  taking  place  with  evolution  of  inflammable  hydrogen  phosphide  gas: 
P8-f6KOH+6H.p=2PH,+  6PO,lI,K.  When  evaporating  a  solution  of  this  salt, 
the  temperature  should  be  far  h)elow  boilinp,  lost  an  explosion  occur. 

Description  and  Tests. — Potassium  hypophosphite  forms  "white,  opaque, 
hexngonal  plates,  or  crystalline  masses,  or  a  granular  powder,  odorless,  and  hav- 
ing a  pungent,  saline  taste;  very  deliquescent.  Soluble  at  15°  C.  (59""  F.),  in  O.G 
part  of  water,  and  in  7.3  parts  of  alcohol ;  in  0.3  part  of  boiling  water,  and  in  3.6 
parts  of  boiling  alcohol;  insoluble  in  ether.  When  heated  in  a  dry  test-tube,  thn 
salt  at  first  loses  moisture,  and  then  evolves  spontaneously  inflammable  hydro- 
gen phosphide  gas,  which  burns  with  a  bright-yellow  flame.  On  triturating  or 
heating  the  salt  with  nitrates,  chlorates,  or  other  oxidizing  agents,  it  detonates 
violently.  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper,  and  yields, 
with  sodium  bitartrateT.S.,a  white,  crj'Stalline  precipitate.  \\  ith  silver  nitrate 
T.S.  a  white  precipitate  is  formed,  which  rapidly  turns  brown  and  black,  owing  to 
the  separation  of  metallic  silver.  If  a  small  quantity  of  an  aqueous  solution  of 
the  salt  be  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  mercuric  chloride  T.S.  added, 
so  that  the  latter  remain  in  excess,  a  white  precipitate  of  mercurous  chloride  will 
at  first  be  produced,  which,  upon  further  addition  of  the  acidulated  solution,  is 
reduced  to  metallic  mercury" — (U.  S.  P.).  The  latter  two  reactions  are  in  conse- 
quence of  the  reducing  qualities  of  potassium  hypophosphite.  The  second  reac- 
tion takes  place,  with  the  formation  of  phosphoric  acid,  as  follows:  4HgCl.— 
HPO,H,+  2H,0  =  4HgCl+4HCH-H3PO,  and  4HgCl  +  HPO,H,-f-2H,0  =  2Hg;-i- 
4HCI+H3PO,.  The  salt  should  be  kept  in  close-stoppered  bottles,  and,  owing  t^ 
the  danger  involved  in  mixing  it  with  oxidizers,  should  not  be  used  in  combi- 
nation with  the  latter  class  of  bodies. 

The  r.  .9.  P.  directs  the  following  tests  for  this  salt:  "The  aqueous  solution 
of  the  salt  (1  in  20)  should  not  eftervesce  on  the  addition  of  an  acid  (absence  of 
carbonate),  nor  should  it  be  rendered  turbid  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence 
of  calcium).  Separate  portions  of  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20),  heated 
with  I  Cc.  of  nitric  acid,  should  remain  clear  upon  the  addition  of  silver  nitrate 
T.S.  (absence  of  chloride),  or  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  sulphate).  Not 
more  than  a  slight  cloudiness  should  be  produced  in  the  aqueous  solution  of  the 
salt  by  the  addition  of  magnesia  mixture  (limit  of  phosphate).  If  0.1  Gm.  of  dry 
potassium  hypophosphite  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  then  mixed  with  7.5  Cc. 
of  sulphuric  acid  and  40  Cc.  of  decinormal  potassium  permanganate  V.S.,and  the 
mixture  be  boiled  for  15  minutes,  it  should  not  require  more  than  2  Cc.  of  deci- 
normal oxalic  acid  V.S.  to  discharge  the  red  color  (corresponding  to  at  lea^t  98.7 
per  cent  of  the  pure  salt)" — {U.S.  P.).  Mr.  Frank  X.  Moerk  found  one  of  two 
samjile;;  of  ]iotassium  hvpophosphite  to  contain  over  13  per  cent  of  pot^assium 
phosphite  (I'O  IlK,)  {Ani,r.'.Jn,n-.  ^arm.,  1SS9.  p.  391). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  salt  is  usually  prescribed  in  the 
combination  known  as  the  comjwund  svrup  of  the  hyp<iphosphites.  The  hypi>- 
phosphites  are  particularly  useful  in  allaying  pi(/i?irt)i(i)7/ //ti/hNVxi  in  atonic  sub- 
jects, and  in  controlling  roKpA  and  giving  incresised  freedom  of  respiration.  At 
the  same  time,  the  digestion,  blood-making,  and  the  nutrition  of  the  body  are 
improved  by  it.  They  are  useful  in  phtht'.iis,  bronchitis,  convalescence  from  debili- 
tating diseases,  the  disorders  produced  by  mcutnl  strnini',»rTiial  eicejtxes,  eXc.  The 
salt  under  consideration  is  especially  u.«eful  in  rAroHir  roiij/A,  with  thoracic  paii  . 
and  in  the  neurnkiia  following 7)/<v(rm/)/"'ir,  rhnitiuitism,  vuisruhr  crainp^^.eic.  Tl. 
indicaticuis  are  soreness  or  lameness,  with  pain  and  tenderness  in  the  muscle>. 
Dose,  1  to  25  grains, 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Atony,  with  pallid  tonjtue  and  membranes; 
muscular  soreness,  tenderness,  pain,  or  lameness;  chronic  cough, with  irritation 
and  pain  in  the  chest,  pulse  weak  and  rapid:  emaciation. 


roTASsii  KiniprM.  1569 

Related  Salt.  — Potassh  Phosimias  (KjUPO^),  Potum'ium  phosjihnte,  Dipotamc  urlhupliof- 
phtiU.  Tlii.s  salt  may  hi-  i>rrpiireil  by  8,iliinitiiif;  solution  ol"  orthophosphoric  acid  witli  potas- 
Biiiio  carbonate  until  effervescence  ceases,  filterinj;.  ami  allowing  to  crvstallize.  It  forms  a 
white,  deliquescent  |)o»der,  which  crystallizes  with  ditricully.  Potassium  phosniiate,  from 
10  to  30  prains,  in  water,  3  times  a  day,  is  employed  in  /.'./',  w.-.i/  and  scrofulous  ilineaxeD  as  an 
alterative.  Aeconling  to  the  Sehuessler  treatiin  iii.  it  i^  .1  t  imdy  for  mental  depreiisiun,  tiene 
fj-haitition,  ami  in  brain  ami  cord  lesions.  KxcessiM  |.i..-ii;!ii..ii  iiio'rbi<l  fear,  and  rapid  bloo<l- 
decay,  are  guides  to  its  selection.  The  usual  nutli..!  ..1  |ii.>.  liliing  it  is  to  add  o  pruins  of  the 
3  X  trituration  to  4  ouncvs  of  water,  the  dose  of  whidi  is  a  teasj.oonful  every  2  hours  in  acute 
troubles,  and  every  4  hours  in  chronic  affections. 

POTASSII  lODIDUM  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  IODIDE. 

Formila:  KI.    Moi.eci-lak  Weight:  165.o6. 

Syxo.vy.ms:  Iodide  of  pi>ta.i.'<iitm,  Iodide  of  jiotash,  Kalium  iodatuvi,  Kali  hydri- 
odirtim,  lodiiretum  kalifum,  lodurduin  potamicwn. 

Preparation. — Potassium  iodide  is  obtained  either  by  neutralization  of  hy- 
driodic  acid  with  caustic  potash,  or  potassium  carbonate,  or  by  the  action  of 
potassium  carbonate  upon  ferrous  iodide,  previously  prepared  by  the  action  of 
iron  filings  upon  iodine  in  the  presence  of  water;"or  iodine  isallowed  to  act 
upon  caustic  potash,  whereby  potassium  iodide  and  iodate  are  formed,  according 
to  the  equation:  31,-|-6KOH=oIK-t-10.,K-|-3H.,0.  The  iodate  is  then  reduced  to 
iodide  bv  mixing  the  salts  with  charcoal  and  exposing  to  a  dull-red  heat  (compare 
Polas.-'iiBronuduiii). 

Description. — "Colorless,  transparent,  or  translucent,  cubical  crystals  (the 
white,  opaque,  commercial  variety  being  crystallized  from  an  alkaline  solution, 
and  less  pure),  or  a  white,  granular  powder,  having  a  peculiar,  faint,  iodine-like 
odor,  and  a  pungent,  saline,  afterward  bitter  taste.  Penuanent  in  dry  air,  and 
but  slightly  deliquescent  in  moist  air'" — ( f.  S.  P.).  If  it  contain  a  small  portion 
of  carbon  lie  of  potassium  or  sodium  iodide,  it  gradually  attracts  moisture  from 
the  air,  becoming  entirely  liquid  and  yellowish  from  the  liberation  of  iodine. 
"Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  0.75  part  of  water,  and  in  18  parts  of  alcohol;  in 
0.5  partof  boiling  water,  and  in  6  parts  of  boiling  alcohol;  also  soluble  in  2.5  parts 
of  glycerin.  When  heated,  the  salt  decrepitates.  At  a  low,  red  heat  it  fuses,  and 
at  a  bright-red  heat  it  is  volatilized  without  decomposition.  Its  aqueous  solution 
is  neutral,  or  has,  at  most,  a  scarcely  perceptible  alkaline  reaction  upon  litmus 
l)aper.  The  salt  yields  a  white,  crystalline  precipitate  with  sodium  bitartrate  T.S. 
If  to  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  of  the  salt,  1  Cc.  of  chlorine  water  be 
added,  iodine  will  be  liberated,  and  impart  to  the  solution  a  yellow  color.  On 
agitating  tlie  mixture  with  a  few  droi)s  of  chloroform,  this  will  acquire  a  violet 
color'' — (  r. .'«.  P.).  Other  substances  liberating  iodine  from  potassium  iodide  are 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  nitrous  acid,  ferric  chloride,  etc.  The  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  potassium  iodide  readily  dissolves  iodine,  forming  a  dark,  reddish-brown 
fluid  (seaDerinorrtvU  Iodine  Volumetric  Solution).  Potassium  iodide  forms  character- 
istic coiiipounds  with  the  salts  of  heavy  metals.  With  mercuric  chloride,  a  ver- 
milionred  precipitate  of  mercuric  iodide  is  formed,  soluble  in  excess  of  potassium 
iodide.  The  solution,  containing  the  double  salt,  mercuric  potassium  iodide  (  Hgl,. 
2  IK),  is  known  as  Miiyersi<ohitioii,\.hfi  well-known  test-reagent  for  alkaloids.  Xessler's 
solution,  the  delicate  test-reagent  for  ammonia,  is  the  sjime  fluid  rendered  alkaline 
by  the  addition  of  caustic  potash  (see  Aqun  Ammonin'  and  V.  S.  P.  Trst  Solutions). 
Soluble  mercurous  salts  produce  with  small  amounts  of  potassium  iodide  a  green 
l)recipitate  of  mercurous  iodide  (Hg;I..).  soluble  in  excess  of  pota,ssium  iodide  as 
mercuric  potassium  iodide,  with  preci])itation  of  mercury,  as  follows:  Hg,I,-|- 
21K  =  Hg-mgI,  21K.  From  cupric  salts,  i)ota.«sium  iodide  precipitates  white, 
cuprous  iodide,  with  liberation  of  iodine,  as  follows:  2CuSO,-f--lKI  -CuJ,-|-I,-|- 
2K,S0,.  Acetate  of  lead  produces,  witii  potassium  iodide,  a  yellow  precipitate  of 
iodide  of  lead  (which  see).  Nitrate  of  silver  precipitates  jiale-yellow  iodide  of 
silver,  which  is  almost  insoluble  in  aqua  ammoniic  (diS'erence  from  silver  chlo- 
ride); insoluble  in  diluted  nitric  acid. 


Tests,  loilide  of  pofa.ssium  is  often  rendered  imiiure  bv  the  presence  of  for- 
eign substances.  Carbonate  of  i)otassium  may  be  detected  by  lime-water,  which 
would  render  the  solution    imlkv,  or  bv  alcohol,  which   does  not  dissolve  the 


1570  I'UTA.SSII  lODIDUM. 

carbonate,  but  dissolves  tlie  pure  iodide.  Other  impurities  liable  to  be  present 
are  sulphate  of  potassium,  iodate  of  potassium,  chlorides  of  potassium  or  sodium. 
nitrates,  metallic  impurities,  etc.  The  cr^'Stallized  salt  is  naturally  purer  than 
the  granulated  (see  analyses  by  G.  II.  Charles  Klie,  Amer.  Jour.  Pluirm.,  1894,  p.  380). 
The  L'.S.  P.  directs  the  following  tests  for  potassium  iodide:  "No  residue  should 
bo  left  when  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  is  dissolveil  in  2  Cc.  of  diluted  alcohol  of  specific 
gravity  0.928  (absence  of  less  soluble  salts)"— (f. ,'-'.  P.).  The  strength  of  this 
alcohol  is  about  52.5  per  cent  bj*  volume.  "  If  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissulved  in 
water  and  0.0.5  Cc.  (1  drop)  of  decinormal  oxalic  acid  V.S.  be  addeil,  no  color 
should  be  produced  by  the  subsequent  addition  of  a  drop  of  j)henolphialein  T.S., 
even  after  heating  (limit  of  alkali).  When  a  fragment  of  the  salt  is  brought  into 
a  non-luminous  flame  on  a  clean  platinum  wire,  a  violet  color  should  appear  at 
once  (absence  of  sodium).  If  to  a  solution  of  the  salt  (1  in  20)  in  distilled  water, 
from  which  all  gases  have  been  expelled  by  boiling,  a  little  starch  T.S.  be  added, 
and  then  a  few  drops  of  pure  diluted  sulphuric  acid  T.S.,no  blue  color  should 
appear  at  once  (absence  of  iodate)" — {U.  S.P.).  This  test  is  based  upon  the  action 
of  hydriodic  acid  upon  iodic  acid,  which  takes  place  according  to  the  equation  : 
5IH  +  I03H=3I,+3H,0.  "The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  not  be  colored 
or  precipitated  by  the  addition  of  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S., 
either  before  or  after  acidulation  with  hydrochloric  acid  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead, 
copper,  etc.).  The  aqueous  solution  should  remain  clear  after  the  addition  of 
barium  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  sulphate)" — (U.S.  P.).  Mr.  L.  F.  Kebler  points 
out  that  in  the  latter  test  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid  should  be  directed, 
because  the  U.  S.P.  allows  a  trace  of  carbonate  to  be  present,  which  causes  turbidity 
with  barium  chloride  (Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1896,  p.  197).  "  If  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  be 
mixed  with  0.5  Gm.,each,  of  iron  and  of  zinc,  in  coarse  powder  or  filings,  and 
heated  in  a  test-tube  with  5  Cc.  of  sodium  hydrate  T.S.,  no  ammoniacal  vapors 
should  be  evolved  (absence  of  nitrate  or  nitrite).  No  blue  color  should  be  com- 
municated to  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  by  0.1  Cc.  (2  drops)  of  potas- 
sium ferrocyanide  T.S.  (absence  of  iron).  If  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  be 
gently  heated  with  1  drop  of  ferrous  sulphate  T.S.  and  0.5  Cc.  of  potassium  hy- 
drate T.S.,  no  blue  color  should  appear  after  acidulating  the  mixture  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  (absence  of  cyanide).  If  0.5  Gm.  of  the  well -dried  salt  be  dissolved 
in  10  Cc.  of  water,  and  2  drops  of  potassium  chromate  T.S.  be  added,  it  should 
require  not  more  than  30.25  Cc.  nor  less  than  30  Cc.  of  decinormal  silver  nitrate 
V.S.  to  produce  a  permiineut  red  color  of  silver  chromate  (corresponding  to  at 
least  90,5  per  cent  of  tlic  inire  salt)"— (  f.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  In  very  large  doses,  iodide  of  potas- 
sium is  an  irritant,  though  Dr.  Elliotson  states  that  6  drachms  may  be  given  daily 
and  continued  for  many  weeks  without  inconvenience.  In  small  doses,  it  is  diu- 
retic and  alterative.  Iodine  has  been  detected  in  the  urine  a  few  minutes  after 
the  exhibition  of  the  iodide.  (Iodide  of  potassium,  or  iodine,  may  be  detected  in 
urine,  by  first  adding  starch  to  the  suspected  urine,  then  a  few  drops  of  nitric 
acid,  or  solution  of  chlorine;  the  blue  iodide  of  starch  will  be  precipitated.)  A 
drachm  of  the  iodide,  taken  in  divided  doses,  has  caused  vomiting,  colicky  pains. 
slight  diarrhoea,  fre(iuency  of  pulse,  and  slight  exhaustion,  and  Dr.  Laurie  has 
known  small  doses  to  i)roduce  serious  and  even  fatal  results  in  certain  constitu- 
tions. Mercurial  salivation  is  frequently  occasioned  by  the  administration  of 
this  salt  to  ))ersons  who  had  been  subject  to  mercurial  treatment  at  some  prior 
time.  In  some  constitutions  iodide  of  potassium  produces  certain  symptoms 
termed  w(/(sw,  as  "violent  vomiting  and  purging,  with  fever;  great  thirst;  palpi- 
tation; rapid  and  extreme  emaciation;  cramps,  and  small,  frequent  pulse,  occa- 
sionally with  a  dry  cough,  and  terminating  in  death"  (P.)  (see  also  lodhu). 
Usually,  the  unpleasant  symptoms  occasioncil  by  the  use  of  io(iide  »>f  notassium 
graduallv  pass  away  up<ui  ceasing  its  use.  A  common  result  from  the  aiiministni- 
tion  of  this  salt,  is  the  condition  produced  simulating  "summer  catarrh."  Being 
excreted  partially  l>y  the  air  passages,  it  .sets  uji  a  severe  coryza,  with  bronchor- 
rha'a,  and  swelling,  congestion  or  even  inflammation  of  the  jiharyngeal,  larvn- 
geal,  and  conjunctival  membranes.  The  skin  and  kidneys  are  al.-;"o  more  or  le-^^s 
irritated.  The  action  may  be  so  severe  a.*  to  inflame  the  antrum  of  Highmon* 
and  the  frontal  ^inus.  to  cause  hoarseness,  dyspn«i>a,  ipdenia  of  .the  larynx,  im- 


POTASSII   lODIDl'M.  1071 

pairiueiit  of  sight  and  speech,  and  a  iwresis  of  the  organs  of  speech.  Even  viry 
small  doses,  in  susceptible  individuals,  have  produced  symptoms  of  iodism.  It 
is  not  uncommon  for  the  iodide  to  produce  an  indurated  form  of  acne,  and,  less 
commonly,  urticaria,  watery  or  bloody  blisters,  and  iodic  purpura.  The  latter 
consists  of  purple  spots, chiefly  upon  the  legs,  which  disappear  after  a  short  time. 
Rarely,  large  blebs  form,  which  are  extremely  painful  to  the  touch,  and  are  filled 
with  watery  or  bloody  serum.  These  are  termed  hydnni.  and  have  produced 
death.  Tiie  indides  pa.«s  with  exceeding  rapidity  into  the  blood,  and  are  elimi- 
nated by  the  faucial,  salivary,  and  broncho-pulmonary  glands,  but  chiefly  by  tiie 
renal  organs,  the  urine  having  been  known  to  contain  at  least  90  per  cent  of  the 
amount  ingested.  That  it  contaminates  the  milk  of  nursing  mothers,  is  proven 
by  its  emaciating  effects  upon  suckling  infants.  Iodide  of  potassium  is  more 
liTkely  to  do  mischief  when  the  kidneys  are  inactive;  it  should  be  very  cautiously 
used,  if  at  all,  when  the  kidneys  are  diseased.     As  small  a  dose  as  5  grains  have 

Produced  decided  iodic  symptoms,  while,  as  above  stated,  very  large  doses  have 
een  taken  without  apparent  harm.  It  should  always  be  given  largely  diluted 
with  water,  and  the  initial  doses  of  the  salt  should  always  be  small  lest  laryngeal 
oedema  should  result. 

As  a  therapeutical  agent,  iodide  of  pota.«8ium  has  been  widely  and  variously 
used.  Properly  employed,  it  is  an  agent  capable  of  great  good,  but  if  improperly 
ailministered,  may  do  irreparable  harm.  It  increases  retrograde  metamorphosis, 
and  the  detritus  is  eliminated  with  the  salt.  If  given  beyond  this  action,  it 
attacks  the  healthy  tissues.  Prof.  Scudder  has  laid  down  the  indication  for  its 
selection  as  "a  broad,  pallid,  leaden-colored  tongue,  rather  full.  With  this  indi- 
cation, it  is  a  very  certain  antisyphilitic,  whilst,  with  a  red  and  contracted  tongue, 
it  is  pretty  sure  to  do  the  patient  injury"  {Spec.  Med.,  159). 

Iodide  of  pota.ssiuni  is  usually  given  in  all  cases  where  iodine  is  indicated, 
being  less  irritating  in  its  action.  It  appears  to  be  more  especially  useful  in  goitre, 
strn7nous  enlnif/ciufnt  of  the  glands,  stniinous  sores  and  eruptions,  gtrumons  npihthalmia, 
syphilitic  (iffertions,  iiuimmary  tumors,  enlargement  of  the  liver,  amenorrhan ,  leueorrhaa, 
meretirio-syphilitic  sore  throat,  mercurial  cachexia,  and  tubercular  affections  of  setvus 
tissues.  It  is  extensively  employed  in  the  above  forms  of  disease,  alone,  or  in  com- 
bination with  the  compound  syrup  of  stillingia,  in  the  proportion  of  4  drachms 
of  the  salt  to  a  pint  of  the  syrup. 

Owing  to  its  chemical  action,  it  is  the  remedy  relied  upon  in  chronic  lead, 
inernirial,  and  arsenical  poisoning.  It  must,  however,  be  very  cautiously  used,  lest 
in  its  union  with  these  minerals  it  aggravates  so  as  to  renew  the  poisonous  effects 
of  the  original  poisons.  Not  more  than  20  grains  should  be  given  during  the  day. 
It  is  regarded  as  a  singular  fact  that  some  cases  of  mercurieU sore-mouth  are  relieved 
by  it,  while  others  are  not;  but,  in  the  light  of  specific  indications,  this  is  not  at 
all  surpri.--ing.  As  an  agent  for  syphilis,  it  is  one  of  the  most  important  remedies 
for  the  tertiary  stage.  It  does  harm,  and  is  never  indicated  in  the  primary  stage. 
Gooii  hygienic  and  dietetic  care  are  required  in  the  first  stage;  small  doses  of  the 
iodide  in  syrup  of  stillingia,  as  mentioned  above,  may  be  given  in  the  second 
stage;  but  in  the  third  stage,  when  the  ulcerative  proces.ses, and  the  periosteal  and 
bone  complications  ensue,  the  drug  may  be  given  in  heavy  doses  with  the  greatest 
«pf  benefit.  Its  efficiency  in  ulcerative  syphilitic  destruction,  caries,  periostitis,  nocturnal 
hone-pain.*,  nnrturnal  tri-facial  neuralgia,  all  due  to  the  syphilitic  infection,  is 
promntly  ami  thnroughly  declared.  While  large  doses  may  here  be  exhibited, 
care  snoiild  be  taken  nut  to  produce  iodism,  lest  a  worse  than  the  syphilitic  con- 
dition be  provoked.  The  vegetable  alteratives,  as  phvtolacca,  berberis  ai|uifo- 
lium,  etc.,  are  sometimes  given  with  it.  Potassium  iodide  has  a  marked  action  in 
reducing  enlargements, and  especially  when  due  to  hyyxrcmin  of  the  part.  Hnincho- 
ccle  has  been  cured  by  it.  A  ityphititic  or  scrofu'ous  cachexia  is  usually  behind  these 
troubles  when  so  relieved,  for  it  does  not  affect  solid  growths  unaccompanied  with 
a  cachectic  state.  The  many  nervous  disorders  experienced  by  those  affected  by 
syphilis  at  the  time  or  some  remote  period,  are  benefited  by  the  iodide.  Thus 
ejiilepsy,  severe  neuralgia,  headache,  arthritic  pains,  chronic  rheumatism,  and  gout  are 
relieved  by  it.  Lumbago,  parapti gin,  and  sciatica  have  been  cured  by  it,  when  due 
to  syphilis  or  chronic  mineral  poisoning.  In  scrofulous  conditions,  give  it  with  cod- 
liver  oil.     The  eye  disorders  of  syphilis,  rhcum'ilijtm.  and  scrofula,  such  as  scrofuloua 


1572  POTASSII  NITRAS. 

corneal  ulceration  and  opacity,  scrofulous  conjunctivitis,  and  rheum/itic  or  syphilitir 
iritis,  are  well  treated  with  5-grain  doses  after  each  meal.  The  lacteal  secretions 
are  dried  by  this  salt,  and  though  in  health  not  a  pronounced  diuretic,  and  ordi- 
narily harmful,  where  the  kidneys  are  diseased  it  appears  to  relieve  the  dropsy  of 
BriyhVs  disease  by  acting  efficiently  as  a  diuretic,  washing  away  the  morbid  prod- 
ucts, though  it  does  not  cure  or  lessen  the  amount  of  albumen  excreted.  Owing 
to  its  action  upon  the  mucous  tissues  in  increasing  secretion,  it  is  of  value  in  dry 
asthma,  dry  cough,  and  chroi\ic  bronchitis  of  a  congestive  or  purulent  type.  As  soon 
as  its  effect  of  increasing  secretion  is  observed,  it  should  be  lessened  in  dose  or 
withdrawn,  so  that  it  will  not  prove  too  debilitating.  It  has  been  thought  of 
value  to  prevent  the  formation  of  the  diphtheritic  membrane,  where  there  is  marked 
dryness  of  the  membranes.  It  has  been  used  successfully  in  curing  (ineurufm, 
by  inducing  thrombosis  in  the  aneurismal  sac.  As  a  remedy  for  skin  di-->easei,  it 
is  useful,  when  dependent  upon  a  scrofulous  or  syphilitic  taint.  Upon  a  like 
cachexia  probably  depend  those  fibrous  thickenings  and  deposit^,  inflammatory 
in  character,  which  take  place  about  joints,  upon  nerve-trunks  and  tendons,  and 
the  periosteal  membranes,  which  are  also  relieved  by  the  drug.  Syphililir  gummata 
of  the  brain  and  elsewhere  are  often  promptly  dissipated  by  its  use.  It  should  be 
remembered  that,  when  taken  for  a  length  of  time,  and  especially  if  used  in  rather 
large  doses,  it  will  excite  ptyalism,  and  frequently  an  aflection  of  the  mucous 
membranes  of  the  air  passages,  very  much  resembling  a  cold  in  the  head.  The 
dose  of  it  is  from  2  to  30  grains,  3  times  a  day;  the  larger  doses  being  employed 
in  ulcerative  syi)hilitic  disorders.  It  should  always  be  given  in  solution  (water 
or  milk)  and  well  diluted,  and  should  also  be  prescribed  in  the  simplest  possible 
form,  on  account  of  its  numerous  chemical  relations  with  other  bodies,  many  of 
which  (lecomjiose  it,  and  form  insoluble  iodides. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Pale,  leaden-colored,  rather  full  tongue; 
dryness  of  iniicdu^  nunihranes;  nocturnal  pains;  scrofulous  and  syphilitic  (ter- 
tiary) iiiaiiit'istations,  with  the  above-mentioned  tongue;  blue  line  on  the  gums 
(chronic  lead   pDisoning). 

Related  Compounds. — Potassii  Iodas  (KI03=213.44),  Po<a.'»i«m  lorfate.  There  are  sev- 
eral nietlHiils  of  prcniaring  this  salt.  Iodine  is  allowed  to  react  with  caustic  potash,  and  the 
resulting  mixture  of  ioilide  and  iodate  is  treated  with  alcohol,  which  leaves  potassium  iodate 
undissolved;  or  it  may  l>e  prepared  by  the  action  of  iodine  (in  the  form  of  its  chlorine  com- 
pound, ICl)  upon  potassium  chlorate,  as  follows:  ICl-|-KCK)3=Cl2-hKI03.  The  salt  forms 
translucent  or  porcelain-like,  cubical  crystals,  soluble  in  cold  |13  partsi  and  boiling  (3.1  part.":) 
water.  Alcohol  does  not  dissolve  it,  but  it  is  freely  soluble  in  solution  of  pot;issiuni  iodide: 
This  solution,  acidulated,- sets  iodine  free  (see  I'oUmii  lodidum).  The  salt  is  fusible,  and  when 
strongly  heated,  gives  off  oxygen,  while  potassium  iodide  remains.  This  agent  has  been  sub- 
stituted for  potassium  chlorate  in  tucerated  cotiditiotn  of  the  mouth  and  fauces.  Gatigrenuus  iluma- 
iilis,  mlivatioH,  and  diphtheria  have  been  treated  with  it,  the  usual  dose  being  4  to  8  grains.  It 
appears  to  restrain  the  secretions  of  the  mucous  surfaces. 

loDiA. — X  combination  of  the  active  constituents  of  the  green  roots  of  stillingia,  helonias, 
saxifraga.  and  menispermum ;  iodide  of  potassium,  phosphate  of  iron,  and  aroniatics.  Em- 
ployed in  uterine  debility  and  menstrual  derangemenls,  and  in  syphUitic,  cutaneous,  and  scrofulnus 
diseases.  Dose,  1  to  2  fluid  drachms,  3  times  a  day,  before  meals.  lodia  is  a  specialty  of  Battle 
&  Co.,  of  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Ei.ixiR  Salicylic  Compound. — A  specialty  of  Wm.  R.  Warner  &  Co.  (Philadelphia  and 
New  York),  containing  salicylic  acid,  gelsemium,  sodium  bicarbonate,  and  p<^tassium  iodide. 
It  is  designed  for  use  in  rheu'matigm,  lumbago,  goiU,  and  like  diseases.   Poe»>.  1  to  •_'  teas^toonfuls. 

POTASSII  NITRAS  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  NITRATE. 

Formula;  KNO,.    Molectlar  Weight:  IOtl.92. 

Synonyms :  Saltpetre,  Sdltpeter.  Xiler,  Xitre,  yUnite  ofpokuJi,  XUras  kalictin,  Xitrnn 
pota^sicu.-<.  Xitriim  depurnlum,  Sal  iwtr.r,  .'vi/  )>itri,iim\  S<il  prniulle  (when  fused). 

Source,  History,  and  Preparation.  — Nitrate  of  pouu-sium  is  a  sj\lt  which 
was  known  to  the  aucicnts.  tiiouL'ii  probably  not  sharply  distinguished  from 
other  salts  formed  on  the  surfuoo  of , -oil,:  by  e(flor»*.«cence.  It  is  found  in  various 
parts  of  the  globe,  as  in  Europe,  Kgypt,  South  America,  India,  and  in  several 
parts  of  the  United  States.  The  greater  part  of  the  commercial  article  was  at  one 
time  obtained  from  India,  but  is  now  largely  supidanted  by  the  artificial  prinluct. 
Potassium  nitrate  is  also  found  in  several  plants,  as  tobacco,  crawley  root,  sun- 


POTAStiU  N'lTRAa  1573 

flower,  nettle,  etc.  The  process  of  obtiiining  it  from  the  soil,  or  from  heajis  of 
earth  containing  decaying  animal  matter,  consists  in  lixiviating  the  soil  in  an 
apparatus  containing  wood  ashes.  The  resulting  solution  of  nitrate  of  calcium 
is  made  to  pass  through  the  wood  ashes,  and  reacts  on  the  carbonate  of  potas- 
sium, producing  nitrate  of  potassium  and  carbonate  of  calcium.  The  Huid  thua 
obtained  is  evaporated  and  crystallized,  and  the  crystals  purified  by  recrystalli- 
zation.  The  nitrification  of  soils  is  now  known  to  be  due  to  the  presence  of  fer- 
ments and  bacteria,  which  convert  ammonium  salts  into  nitrites  and  nitrates  in 
the  presence  of  sullicient  alkali  and  the  oxygen  of  the  air. 

Large  amounts  of  nitrate  of  potassium  are  now  produced  by  treating  the 
chloride  of  potassium  oljtained  from  the  mines  at  Stassfurt,  Germany,  with  Chili 
saltpetre  (^.sodium  nitrate).  By  double  decomiiosition,  sodium  chloride  (common 
salt)  and  potassium  nitrate  (saltpetre)  are  formed  as  follows:  KCl+NaX03=: 
KNOj+XaCl.  Saltpetre  from  this  source  is  called  rnnrrr-iinn  saltpetre.  It  is  an 
almost  absolutely  pure  potassium  nitrate.  During  the  American  war  with  Eng- 
land (1812),  large  quantities  of  saltpetre  were  prepared  from  the  deposits  in  the 
Mammoth  Cave  of  Kentucky.  The  wooden  vats  employed  are  still  to  be  seen  in 
that  cavern.  The  salt  erroneouslv  termed  South  American  saltpetre,  is  a  nitrate  of 
sodium  (Cliiti  Kdllpetre)  {see  Sodii  I\\tras}. 

Description. — Pota.«sium  nitrate  occurs  in  the  form  of  "colorless,  transpar- 
ent, 6-sided,  rhombic  prisms,  or  a  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  cool- 
ing, saline,  and  pungent  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble  in  3.8  parts  of 
water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  0.4  part  of  boiling  water;  verv  sparinglv  soluble 
in  alcohol.  When  heated  to  353°  C.  (667.4°  F.),  the  salt  m'elts.  At  a  higher 
temperature  it  is  decomposed,  giving  off  oxygen  at  first,  and  then  some  of  its 
nitrogen,  leaving  a  residue  of  potassium  nitrate,  nitrite,  and  oxide.  Thrown 
upon  red-hot  coals,  the  salt  deflagrates.  The  aqueous  solution  is  neutral  to  lit- 
mus paper" — (U.S.  P.). 

Cold  is  generated  during  solution  of  tne  salt  in  temperate  or  cold  water.  Alco- 
hol, of  specific  gravity  0.878,  dissolves  about  1  per  cent  of  this  salt ;  it  is  not  soluble 
in  pure  alcohol.  When  held  in  the  non-luminous  Bunsen  flame,  on  a  platinum 
wire,  it  imparts  to  it  a  violet  color.  When  allowed  to  cool  from  a  state  of  fusion, 
it  concretes  into  a  hard,  fibrous,  opaque,  white  mass,  known  in  commerce  by  the 
name  of  iSiil  }>riii)elle  or  Cn/Mal  iniiu'ral.  Saltpetre,  obtained  by  agitating  the  solu- 
tion from  which  it  crystallizes,  recurs  in  the  form  of  fine  crystals,  and  is  called 
saltpetre  flour.  Saltpetre,  being  a  powerful  oxidizer,  should  not  be  triturated  to- 
gether with  easily  combustible  substances.  Its  most  important  use  is  in  the 
manufacture  of  gunpowder,  and  of  nitric  acid. 

Tests. — The  presence  of  chloride  of  sodium  or  common  salt  renders  nitre 
unfit  as  a  constituent  of  gunpowder,  owing  to  its  tendency  to  absorb  moisture 
from  the  air.  When  nitre  is  fused  and  allowed  to  cool,  it  assumes  a  radiated 
texture;  the  broader  the.se  radii,  the  purer  the  salt.  If  mixed  with  3^  part  of 
common  salt,  the  radiated  appearance  is  completely  destroyed.  Commercial  sam- 
ples of  saltpetre  have  been  found  to  contain,  occasionally,  as  much  as  75  per  cent 
of  sodium  chloride  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Phann.,  1886,  p.  288).  " 

The  f.  .'^. /*.  gives  the  following  tests  for  potassium  nitrate:  "With  sodium 
bitartrate  T.S.,  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  yields  a  white,  crystalline  precipi- 
tate; with  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.,  a  yellow  precipitate.  If  a  small  crystal  of 
ferrous  sulphate  be  dissolved  in  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20),  and  then  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid  be  poured  in,  so  as  to  form  a  separate  layer,  a  dark-brown 
color  will  appear  at  the  line  of  contact" — (U.S.  P.).  This  is  a  general  test  for 
nitric  acid  and  its  salts,  and  is  based  upon  the  reduction  of  nitric  acid  by  ferrous 
sulphate  with  evolution  of  nitric  oxide,  which  dissolves  in  unattacked  ferrous  sul- 
phate solution  with  brown  color.  The  reaction  takes  place  as  follows:  6FeSO,-|- 
3H,S0.-f  2H.\0,=3Fe,(SO,),,+  H,0+2NO.  "If  a  drop  of  diphenylamine  T.S.  be 
mixed  with  the  a(iueous  solution,  and  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  be  poured  in, 
as  in  the  jjreccding  test,  a  deip-blue  color  will  appear  at  the  line  of  contact" — 
(U.  S.  P.).  This  test  is  biused  upon  the  formation  of  diphenylnmine  blue.  "The 
aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  remain  unaH'ected  by  the  addition  of  a  few 
drops  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  T.S.  (absence  of  iron) ;  or  of  barium  chloride  T.S. 
(sulphate),  or  of  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (chloride);  or  of  ammonium  airbonate  T.S., 


1574  i'uTASSlI  NITRAS. 

ammonium  oxalate  T.S., or  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium,  zinc, 
etc.);  or  by  the  addition  of  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S. ,  either 
before  or  after  acidulation  with  hydrochloric  acid  (ab.sence  of  arsenic,  lead,  copper, 
etc.).  If  to  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt,  1  Cc.  of  chlorine  water  and  a 
few  drops  of  starch  T.S.  be  added,  no  blue  color  should  appear  (absence  of  iodine). 
No  yellow  color  .sliuuld  ajipcar  whiii  1  Cc.  of  pure,  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  is 
added  to  0.1  Gni.  ..f  the  dry  salt  (:il)>ence  of  chlorate)"— (  U.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Nitrate  of  potassium  is  irritant,  cathar- 
tic, refrigerant,  and  diuretic.  If  the  body  be  kept  cool,  it  acts  chiefly  as  a  diu- 
retic; if  warm,  as  a  diaphoretic.  In  doses  of  from  ^  to  2  ounces,  in  s'olution,  it 
occasions  heat  and  pain  in  the  stomach,  vomiting,  excessive  nervous  depression, 
and  sinking  of  the  pulse,  and  has  proved  fatal  in  a  few  hours  ;  some  of  the  effects 
being  purging,  bloody  stools,  cold  extremities,  and  convulsions.  On  account  of 
the  uncertainty  of  its  cathartic  effects,  it  is  seldom  used  for  that  purpose.  Its  most 
comnKjn  actions  are  to  increase  the  cutaneous  and  renal  secretions;  to  diminish 
the  temperature  of  the  system,  and  the  frequency  of  the  pulse;  to  keep  the  bowels 
gently  open,  and,  in  consequence  of  these  influences,  to  lessen  febrile  and  inflam- 
matory action. 

In  the  A))ier.Jour.  Med.  Sci.,Yo\.  XVIII,  p.  204,  an  account  is  given  of  experi- 
ments by  five  students  on  their  own  persons  while  in  health.  The  salt  was  taken 
in  .solution,  with  the  addition  of  a  little  mucilage,  in  quantities  increasing  gradually 
from  1  to  5  drachms  daily;  the  proportion  for  each  day  being  divided  into  5  doses. 
After  from  8  to  12  days'  use  of  it  in  this  manner,  it  was  found  to  produce  general 
weakness,  indisposition  to  mental  or  physical  exertion,  fatigue  from  the  least  exer- 
tion, low  spirits,  a  bruised  sensation  of  the  muscles  and  joints,  constant  disposi- 
tion to  sleep,  slow  and  weak  pulse.  The  appetite  continued  good,  and  digestion 
was  not  disordered;  occasionally  pain  in  the  bowels, with  purging.  Blood  drawn 
from  the  veins  at  this  time  had  the  color  and  density  of  cherry -juice,  the  white 
blood-corpuscles  were  increased  in  number  and  size,  the  blood-globules  were  paler, 
and  the  blood  coagulated  very  quickly.  There  was  an  increase  of  the  water,  and 
a  decrease  of  the  solids  of  the  blood,  with  a  dimunition  of  its  fat  and  an  increased 
proportion  of  ash  in  the  serum.  The  pulse  did  not  assume  its  natural  strength 
and  frequenc)'  for  several  days  after  the  discontinuance  of  the  medicine.  Potas- 
sium nitrate  is  extensively  employed  as  a  diuretic,  and  especially  in  dropsical 
affections.  It  has  also  been  found  beneficial  in  acute  rheumati»in  and  in  actire  hemor- 
rhages; and  in  these  cases  it  may  be  given  to  the  amount  of  1  or  2  ounces  in  the 
course  of  24  hours,  dissolved  in  2  quarts  of  cold  water,  and  flavored  with  lemon- 
peel,  and  which  must  be  divided  into  several  doses.  In  acute  inflammatory  rheu- 
matism, with  excessive  tenderness,  from  5  to  20  grains,  well  diluted,  may  be  given 
4  times  a  day.  In  some  cases  of  acute  dysenteiy,  given  in  association  with  resin 
of  podophyllum  and  leptandra,  it  will  be  found  very  valuable  in  facilitating  the 
cure.  From  3  to  5  grains  of  nitre,  dissolved  in  a  little  water,  and  this  dose  re- 
peated 3  times  a  day,  I  have  found  very  efticient  in  removing  the  achiitfj }>ain  in  the 
testicles,  complained  of  by  onanists  and  persons  who  commit  excessive  venery.  I 
am  not  aware  that  this  action  is  named  in  any  other  medical  work  (J.  King).  In 
sore  throat,  mtK  mixed  with  white  sugar,  and  gradually  swallowed,  has  given  great 
relief;  it  also  forms  a  useful  addition  to  gargles  m  quinsy,  and,  in  3-grain  doses, 
well  diluted,  it  sometimes  aborts  this  trouble.  A  mixture  of  nitre  and  gum  Arabic 
lessens  the  scalding  of  j70Hor?-/Vea.  Urinal  incontinence  is  relieved  by  nitre.  The 
fiiiacs  produced  by  the  deflagration  of  nitrate  of  potassium  with  paper,  have  been 
iiitiale(l  with  i)cnefit  in  spasmodic  asthma.  To  obtain  tiieni,  blotting  paper  must 
!)(■  moistened  with  a  saturated  solution  of  the  salt,  and  then  dried;  by  burning  the 
])aper  or  smoking  it  in  a  pipe,  the  fumes  maj'  be  inhaled  ;  relief  usually  follows  in 
about  15  minutes.  It  is  frequently  substituted  for  the  bitartrate  of  potassium  in 
our  powder  of  ipecacuanha  and  opium.  Sal  prunelle  (fused  nitrate  of  potassium) 
has  i)een  found  useful  as  an  application  to  cracked  lips.  The  dose  of  nitre  as  a  seda- 
tive refrigerant,  is  from  10  to  20  grains,  well  diluted;  as  a  diuretic.  fn>m  20  to  60 
grains.  There  is  no  certain  antidote  known  to  tlie  more  serious  influences  of 
nitre.  The  treatin(>nt  generally  pursued  is  to  evacuate  the  stomach  by  free  emesis, 
giving  water  freely,  and  to  combat  gastric  irritation  by  external  counter-irritanta, 
mucilage  and  opiates  internally,  and  stimulants  to  overcome  any  tendency  to 


POTASSII   I'KltMAXGAXAS.  lOVO 

Erostration.  When  used  as  a  medicine,  nitre  should  be  largely  diluted  with  water, 
arge  doses,  or  a  continued  use  of  it  for  some  time,  will  cause  gastro-intestinal 
pain.  .V  paste  of  the  powder,  prepared  with  a  little  water,  is  said  to  remove /rerites, 
if  ai>]ilii(l  to  the  face  twice  a  day. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Renal  atony ;  scanty  urine,  with  diflScult 
breathing;  dysphagia,  as  if  from  paralysis  of  the  throat  muscles;  acute  inflamma- 
tory rheumatism,  with  excessive  tenderness;  spasmodic  asthma  (vapor);  tonsillar 
hypertrojiliy;  aching  testicular  pain. 

Belated  Preparations. — CJixpowder  (Pulris  pyriusi,  PuMsnilrali»\.  Gunpowder  is  pre- 
pared !)>•  lornliiiiiiii;  tojfetlier,  5  or  6  parts  of  nitre,  witli  1  part,  each,  of  charcoal  and  Bulpliur. 
However,  these  proporliuns  vary  with  the  diflferent  manufacturers  of  the  article,  so  that  there 
is  no  rt'gular  or  otlieial  nietliod  for  its  preparation.  Tlie  uses  of  gunpowder,  aside  from  medi- 
cine, are  too  well  known  to  require  description.  Recommended  as  a  detergent  and  alterative 
in  chlorosis  and  dii/prpsin,  also  as  a  corrective  of  morbid  s»HTetions  of  the  p-astro-mucous  mem- 
brane, depemlent  on,  or  accompanied  with  subacule  inflatnmalion.  Dose,  10  grains,  3  or  4  times 
a  day,  gradually  increased,  occasionally  using  a  mild  laxative.  Externally,  applied  in  powder 
or  ointment  to'imlolint  ulcerx,  and  several  forms  of  cutan^owi  difeages.  Gunpowder,  dissolved  in 
water,  and  tlie  solution  taken  in  teaspoonful  doses,  3  or  4  times  in  24  hours,  and  continued 
daily,  iii-  i  ;;  ^  !  /«ia.    Dr.  Bone  and  Dr.  Henry,  two  celebrated  Iwtanic  practitioners  of 

the  'e:i :  i  1  ' '  :  t  ; -  century,  made  considerable  use  of  this  article  in  the  treatment  of  some 
forms  .  !  i.-v,  iiululeiil  ii/cers,  and  even  cancers.    (For  the  formula  they  employed, 

see  i>ri  \  i  -  i  !;ii  iis  of  American  Digpensatory.)  The  ointment  applied  twice  a  day,  was  re- 
puted t')  d.-^tn.y  C'liKVi: 

PoTAssii  NiTRis  (  Ky 0^^84.96),  Potas-iium  nitrite. — This  salt  is  obtained  by  heating  potas- 
sium nitrate,  either  alone,  or  with  addition  of  lead,  copper,  or  iron  (N03K=N0^K+<)i.  When 
lead  is  used,  the  liberated  oxygen  oxidizes  the  metal,  forming  litharge.  It  is  amorphous  and 
fusible,  and  often  is  put  on  the  market  in  the  form  of  white  sticks,  resembling  those  of  caustic 
potasli;  also  in  cr>'.=talline,  granular  form.  Besides  being  exceedingly  deliquescent,  it  also 
absorbs  carbonic  acid  pis  from  the  atmosphere.  It  is  readily  soluble  in  water,  insoluble  in 
alcohol.  The  salt  is  used  in  the  testing  for  potassium  or  cobalt  by  the  formation  of  potassium 
cobaltic  nitrite  isee  Pola»sa},  also  in  the  preparation  of  diazo  compound.^  (see  ,l»i7!)ii(»i).  Its 
physiological  and  therapeutical  effects  are  those  common  to  the  nitrites,  particularly  those 
of  amy]  nitrite.  The  usual  dose  is  3  grains,  doses  of  10  grains  ha^nng  produced  dangerous 
toxic  symptoms. 

POTASSII  PERMANGANAS  lU.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM 
PERMANGANATE. 

Formula:  KMnO..    Molkcil.\r  Weight:  157.67. 

Synonyms  :  Pi'i-mnnganate  ofjwta.sh,  Fota-'mx  permangaTias,  Kali  hypermangcmicum 
crystaUiziihnn.  Hiijicrpcnnnwinnas  hiliens,  Hyperpermanganas potasmnis. 

History  and  Preparation.— As  early  as  1659,  this  salt  was  produced  by 
Glauber,  while  fusing  together  caustic  potash  and  black  oxide  of  manganese.  The 
Bn'ti.'<h  Phnrmnrnptein  (1898)  gives  it  the  formula  K^Mn^O,.  and  states  that  it  may 
be  obtained  by  the  interaction  of  potassium  chlorate,  j>otas.<ium  hydroxide,  and 
manganese  dioxide.  (For  this  process,  full  directions  are  given  in  the  Br.  Pkarm., 
1885.)  Accordingly,  an  evaporated  mixture  of  4  parts  of  black  oxide  of  manga- 
nese, 3i  parts  of  potassium  chlorate,  and  5  parts  of  caustic  potash,  previously 
dissolved  in  A  parts  of  water,  is  exposed  to  a  dull-red  heat  in  a  covered  crucible, 
the  fused,  (lark-green  mass,  boiled  out  with  water,  and  the  solution,  decanted 
from  insoluble  manganese  dioxide,  is  saturated  with  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  evapo- 
rated to  crystallization.     Purify  by  recrystallization. 

In  this  process,  jiotassium  manganate  (K,MnO,)  is  first  formed,  according  to 
the  equation:  3MnO,-f  6KOH-f  KC10,,+3K,MnO,-|-KCl4-3H,0.  This  comjiound, 
upon  boiling  with  water,  is  decomposed  into  potassium  permanganate  and  hv- 
drated  manL-anese  dioxide,  as  follows:  3K,MnO.-|-3H,0.  K3InO,-t-MnO,H,+ 
4K01I.     Tiie  free  caustic  potash  formed  is  neutralized  by  carbonic  acid  gas. 

Description  and  Tests. — The  T.  .'>'.  F.  describes  potassium  permanganate  as 
"slender,  monoclinic  prisms,  of  a  dark-purnle  color,  almost  opaque  by  trans- 
mitted, and  of  a  blue,  metallic  lustre  by  reflected  light,  odorless,  and  having  a 
taste  at  first  sweet,  but  afterward  disagreeable  and  astringent.  Permanent  in  the 
air.  Siduble  in  16  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  3  parts  of  boiling 
water.  In  conta<t  with  alcohol,  it  is  decomposed.  When  heated,  the  salt  de- 
crepitates, and  .nl  240°  C.  (4(i4°  F.),  it  decomposes,  yielding  oxygen,  potassium 


1576  POTASSII  PERMANGAXAS. 

nianganate,  and  manganese  dioxide.  The  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  is  of  a 
deep,  violet-red  color  when  concentrated,  and  of  a  rose  color  when  much  diluted, 
and  this  color  is  discharged  by  hydrogen  sulphide,  ferrous  sulphate,  oxalic  acid, 
alcohol,  and  manv  other  readily  oxidizahle  substances,  especially  if  the  solution 
be  fiist  rendered"  acid  by  sulphuric  acid.  The  solution  is  neutral  to  litmus 
paper"— (f7.  &P.). 

Potassium  permanganate  is  one  of  the  most  energetic  oxidizing  agents  known. 
It  is  readily  decomposed  when  in  contact  with  organic  and  oxidizahle  inorganic 
bodies,  especially  the  substances  before  mentioned.  By  oxidation  in  acid  solution, 
5  atoms  of  oxygen,  from  each  2  molecules  of  the  salt,  become  available,  accord- 
ing to  the  following  equation:  MnAK,+3H,SO.+2MnSO.-f  K,S0.+  3H,0+0,. 
The  available  oxygen  oxidizes  ferrous  to  ferric  salts,  oxalic  acid  to  carbonic  acid, 
hydrochloric  acid  to  chlorine,  etc.  On  account  of  the  definiteness  of  these  reac- 
tions, potassium  permanganate  finds  a  most  important  application  in  volumetric 
analysis  (see  U.  S.  P.  Volumetrir  Soiutions).  When  its  solution  is  warmed  with 
strong  alkali  it  turns  green,  oxygen  being  evolved  and  potassium  manganatc 
formed  as  follows:  2MnO.K+2KOH=2MnO,K,+  H,0+0.  Permanganate  of  potas- 
sium should  be  kept  in  well-closed  bottles,  and  secure  from  impure  air  and  light. 
Its  solution,  not  being  permanent,  should  be  made  as  required  and  should  not  be 
allowed  to  come  in  contact  with  caoutchouc,  upon  which  it  acts,  being  at  the 
same  time  decomposed  by  it.  On  account  of  its  action  on  organic  bodies,  a  writer 
in  the  British  Medical  Journal  (1862)  has  recommended  it  as  calculated  in  an  emi- 
nent degree  to  meet  every  case  of  poisoning  by  organic  poi.«ons,  as,  by  aconite, 
strychnine,  veratrine,  cyanide  of  potassium,  etc.  Recently,  this  view  has  been 
revived  and  put  into  practice,  but  probably  without  any  .satisfactory  results.  In 
this  manner,  it  is  reputed  an  antidote  for  morphine  poisoning. 

The  U.  S.  P.  directs  the  following  tests  for  potassium  permanganat*:  "If 
0.5  Gm.of  the  salt  be  boiled  with  10  Cc.  of  ammonia  water  and  10  Cc.  of  water 
(or  with  20  Cc.  of  water  and  4  Cc.  of  alcohol)  until  it  is  completely  decomposed, 
and  the  liquid  then  filtered,  the  clear,  colorless  filtrate  will  serve  for  the  following 
tests:  If  to  5  Cc.  of  the  filtrate,  acidulated  with  nitric  acid,  barium  chloride  T.S. 
be  added,  not  more  than  very  slight  turbidity  should  be  produced  (limit  of  sul- 
phate). In  another  portion  of  5  Cc,  acidulated  with  nitric  acid,  silver  nitrate 
T.S.  should  produce  no  precipitate  or  cloudiness  (absence  of  chloride).  If  to 
another  portion  of  5  Cc.  of  the  filtrate  1  drop  of  diphenylamine  T.S.  be  added,  and 
then  1  Cc.  of  i)ure,  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  be  poured  in,  so  as  to  form  a  layer 
beneath,  no  blue  color  should  appear  at  the  line  of  contact  (absence  of  nitrate  or 
chlorate).  If  0.1  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  boiling  distilled  water, 
and  1  Cc.  of  sulphuric  acid  be  cautiously  added,  the  solution  should  require  for 
complete  decoloration  not  less  than  31.3  Cc.  of  decinormal  oxalic  acid  V.S.  (corre- 
sponding to  at  least  98.7  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt)"' — {U.S.  P.).  A  delicate  test 
for  manganous  salts  (except  when  chlorides  are  present)  is  based  on  the  forma- 
tion of  a  purple-colored  solution  of  permanganic  acid  (MnO.H),  when  warming 
a  small  quantity  of  the  manganous  salt  with  lead  dioxide  and  nitric  acid.  The 
following  reaction  takes  place:  2MnSO,+5PbO,+  6HNO,=2Pl)SO.+3Pb(  N0,),4- 
2H,0-f2MnO.H. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Locally,  permanganate  of  potassium 
imparts  a  brown  stain.  Unbroken  nuuous  sui faces  are  unaflected  by  its  applica- 
tion, but  a  hot,  smarting  pain  is  felt  when  the  surface  is  denuded.  Internally.it 
produces  a  disagreeable  form  of  heartburn  and  gastric  uneasiness,  and  a  sense  of 
l^ressure  beneath  the  sternum.  Irritant  poisoning  has  resulted  from  as  small  a 
(lose  as  2  grains  when  concentrated,  while  4  or  5  times  that  quantity  have  been 
taken,  well  diluted,  without  ai>parent  injury. 

Permanganate  of  potassium,  in  powder  or  a  concentrated  solution,  is  a  caustic, 
stimulant,  and  disinfectant.  In  weak  solutions,  it  is  a  stimulant  and  disinfectant. 
It  has  proved  very  useful  in  the  treatment  of  various  offensive  and  infectious  dis- 
eases, as  in  foul,  indolent,  and  gangrenous  ulrcrs,  or  abgirsses,  Ifucorrhaa,  <^orrh<ra, 
amrerous  ulrers,  nnml  catarrh,  oz(r)tii,  tie., desiroying  the  fetid  odor  in  these  cases, 
checking  exuberant  granulations  wlien  present,  and  inducing  a  healthy  api>ear- 
ance  of  ulcerated  surfaces.  It  has  likewise  been  found  a  very  efficient  local  a j>- 
plication  in  pkkffmmwiis  en/^iju'Utu,  hoxpUal  gangrctit,  and  ctjrbtnicU.     In  these  affec- 


POTASSII  rKRMANOANAS.  1577 

tions  it  may  be  applied  locally,  as  a  wash,  by  injection,  or  by  means  of  spray,  and 
lit"  difl'ereiit  strengths,  varying  from  10  prains  to  2  drachms  or  more  to  a  i)iMt  of 
water,  ao<'<irding  to  circumstances.  In  o/r/u/;)!-/^  and /c/oh,  these  must  first  be  in- 
cised slightly,  and  then  the  solution  be  applied,  having  the  strength  of  1  part  of 
the  salt  to  2  of  water,  or  the  fluid  may  be  injected  without  incision.  One  part  of 
the  salt  dissolved  in  9  parts  of  distilled  water,  has  been  suggested  as  a  standard 
solution ;  of  this  from  i  to  2  parts  may  be  added  to  16  parts  of  water,  as  required, 
though  it  is  always  betler  to  commence  with  the  weaker  solution.  The  standard 
solution  of  full  strength  may  be  used  in  inilolent  ulrers,  gancirme,  raiirer,  and  com- 
mencing diphthcrin.  As  it  becomes  more  or  less  decomposed  bj'  contact  with  or- 
fanic  bodies,  the  solution  is  best  applied  by  means  of  a  glass  brush  or  syringe, 
n  KlomatitU,  diphtheritir  affectinny,  rroup,  and  other  fetid  or  unhealthy  conditions 
of  the  mouth,  throat,  and  fauces,  diphtheroid  and  mnlignant  sore  throat,  ulcerated  fau- 
ces, catarrhal  hi/persenriion,  phari/ntiitis,  laryngitis,  tori/iillitif:,  and  ulcerated  catarrhal 
conditions  of  the  hronrho-jnttmonar)/  tracts,  it  may  be  used  in  spra\'  or  as  a  gargle,  1 
part  of  the  standard  solution  to  16  parts  of  distilled  water.  No  other  water  should 
be  employed  in  forming  its  solutions,  on  account  of  the  organic  matters  they  con- 
tain. This  fluid  may  also  be  used  to  correct  the  odor  of  decayed  teetli,  to  free 
the  hands  fnun  any  bad  smell  contracted  during  ])ost-mortera  examinations,  and 
to  correct  any  bad  odor  from  the  feet  or  axilla.  From  the  fact  that  serpent  poison 
is  destroyed  by  this  drug,  it  has  been  recommended  as  a  local  agent  in  bites  of 
aerpents.  It  must  be  in  direct  contact  with  the  poison  to  be  of  any  service.  It 
has  been  proposed  for  dog-bites,  to  prevent  rahies. 

The  indications  for  the  local  use  of  permanganate  of  potassium  are  clearly 
defined  by  Prof.  Scudder  (Sjier.  Med., p.  209)  as  follows:  "The  indications  for  its 
use  are  wliere  the  tissues  are  swollen  from  infiltration  into  the  connective  tissue. 
In  cases  of  wow(k/.<,  we  will  notice  that  the  edges  are  swollen,  and  the  process  of 
repair  stops.  The  infiltration  continuing,  the  pus  becomes  watery  and  ichorous, 
granulations  pale  and  flabby;  the  parts  separate,  and  finally  slough.  In  inflam- 
mation we  have  very  nearly  the  same  indications  for  its  use — the  inflammation 
always  being  of  a  low  grade,  and  showing  infiltration  of  cellular  tissue."  Prof, 
f.ocko  (  M(t.  Med.,  p.  413)  tersely  puts  the  indications  as  "fetid  surfaces  with  granu- 
lations half  rotten  and  half  alive."  A  drachm  of  the  permanganate  in  half  a 
fluid  ounce  of  water,  and  placed  in  a  saucer  under  a  table,  bed,  or  other  conve- 
nient place,  destroys  all  odor,  and  has  this  great  advantage  over  other  deodorants, 
that  it  has  no  odor  of  its  own.  Six  grains  of  permanganate  of  potassium  dis- 
solved in  a  fluid  ounce  of  water,  and  used  as  an  injection  3  times  a  day,  has 
proved  very  successful  in  the  treatment  of  gonorrhoea,  to  destroy  the  infi?ctive 
material,  after  which  a  weak  solution  (2  grains  to  1  ounce  of  water)  should  be 
employed  until  a  cure  is  effected.  The  stains  of  potassium  permanganate  may 
be  removed  with  diluted  hydrochloric,  sulphurous,  or  oxalic  acids,  or  solution  of 
ferrous  sulphate. 

Internally,  it  has  been  recommended  in  diabetes,  in  doses  of  about  3  grains, 
given  in  3  or  4  tablespoonfuls  of  water,  3  times  a  day,  a  little  before  meals:  but  its 
results  have  not  been  very  encouraging.  Its  internal  use  in  diphtheria,  scarlatina, 
and  zynvttic  di.-<ease.t,  generally  has  been  found  serviceable,  though  but  seldom  em- 
ployed at  the  present  day.  One  part  of  the  salt  to  10  of  water,  has  been  extolled 
as  a  remedy  against  cholera.  One  or  2  parts  to  500  of  water  has  been  termed 
ozonized  vater,  the  do.se  of  which  is  a  fluid  drachm  in  2  fluid  ounces  of  water,  to 
be  repeated  4  or  5  times  a  day;  as  an  oxidizing  agent  in  the  l)lo(id,  transforming 
lactic  acid  into  carbonic  acid.  Administered  in  ^.-grain  do.ses,  jH'rmanganate  of 
potassium,  dissolved  in  water  and  raspberry  syru]),  and  re]»eated  3  times  a  day, 
has  cured  acute  rheumati.-<m.  Within  a  very  few"  vears,  the  agent,  in  doses  of  1  to  2 
grains,  4  times  a  day,  near  the  menstrual  period,  has  been  lauded  as  an  efficient 
emmenagogue  in  atonic  amennrrhwa  from  cold  anil  other  causes.  Some  declare 
it  u.seless.  Certain  it  is,  that  very  uncomfortable  and  even  painful  gastric  svmp- 
toms  often  overbalance  the  good  it  maydo  in  this  direction.  The  dose  of  this 
salt  is  from  1  to  2  grains,  in  pill,  every  4  or  6  hours.  Solutions  for  topical  use 
range  in  strength  from  1  in  500  to  1  in  10  parts  of  water,  accordingly,  as  a  stimu- 
lant antiseptic  or  a  caustic  is  required.  This  salt  is  claimed  to  be  an  antidote 
for  poisoning  hy  morj^hinr. 


1576  I'OTASSII  SULPHAS. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Flabby,  pale,  unhealthy,  half-rotten  granu- 
lations; fetid  surfaces;  swollen,  infiltrated  tissues,  with  lack  of  reparative  force; 
low  inflammations,  with  infiltration  of  connective  tissues;  phlegmonous  erysipe- 
las; inflammations,  with  low  vitality  and  inclined  to  slough;  early  in  boil's  and 
felons  (to  abort);  watery,  ichorous  pus;  atonic  amenorrhcea,  from  cold,  mental 
strain,  or  following  sea-sickness,  with  mental  depression  and  j)elvic  weight  and 
dragging  (?). 

POTASSII  SULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— POTASSIUM  SULPHATE. 

Formula:  K.^SO,.     Molecular  Weight:  173.88. 

Syniinyms:  SiiJphdte  of  potash,  Sulfas  potassicus,  Sulfas  kalicit.^,  Tartarus  vitria 
latus,  Arriiiui III  iliii>/ii-ntiim.  Neutral  sulphate  of  fjotnssium. 

Source  and  Preparation. —  Potassium  sulphate  occurs  in  volcanic  lava,  in 
sea-water,  and  the  water  of  mineral  springs,  and  in  the  a.shes  of  plants.  In  com- 
bination with  magnesium  salts,  it  forms  the  mineral  kainile  in  the  Stassfurt  salt 
deposits.  The  salt  has,  at  different  times,  been  known  as  Vitriolated  tartar,  Sal 
polychrestum,  Sal  de  duobus,  etc.  The  medicinal  salt  may  be  prepared  in  difierent 
ways,  either  by  neutralizing  diluted  sulphuric  acid  with  caustic  potash  or  potas- 
sium carbonate,  and  evaporating  to  crystallization,  or  by  exposing  to  a  red  heat 
potassium  bisulphate  (KHSO,),  obtained  as  a  by-product  in  the  manufacture  of 
nitric  acid  (see  Acidum  Nitrim m  ^  Sulphuric  acid  is  expelled,  and  neutral  sul- 
phate remains,  as  follows:  2K11SO,  K  S0,4-H,S0i.  Potassium  sulphate  may  also 
be  prepared  on  a  large  scale  IVoiu  kauiiU'  CK,S6,.MgSO..MgCL,+  6HjOj  by  several 
methods,  one  of  which  consists  in  boiling  a  solution  of  this  salt  with  a  calculated 
quantity  of  potassium  chloride,  whereby  potassium  sulphate  crystallizes  upon 
cooling,  and  rnrnallite  CMgClj.KCl  +  eH^O)  remains  in  solution. 

Description  and  Tests. —  Pota.ssium  sulphate  forms  "  hard,  colorless,  trans- 
parent, 6-siili(l,  ihi)niliic  piisms,  terminated  by  pyramids,  or  a  white  powder,  odor- 
less, and  having  a  somewliat  bitter,  saline  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble 
in  about  9.5  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  4  parts  of  boiling  water; 
insoluble  in  alcohol.  When  heated,  the  crystals  decrepitate.  At  a  bright-red  heat 
they  fuse,  and  at  a  white  heat  the  salt  suffers  partial  decomposition.  The  aque- 
ous" solution  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  The  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  yields 
a  copious  yellow  precipitate  with  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S., and  a  white!  crys- 
talline precipitate  with  excess  of  tartaric  acid  T.S."— (P.  8.  P.).  Heated  with  car- 
bonaceous matter,  the  salt  is  deoxidized,  and  sulphide  of  potassium  is  formed.  A 
solution  of  sulphate  of  potassium,  slightly  acidulated  with  nitric  acid,  yields  a 
white  precipitate  with  chloride  of  barium,  consisting  of  barium  sulphate,  insolu- 
ble in  water  and  acids.  Potassium  sulphate  is  seldom  adulterated,  though  it  may 
contain  impurities  from  carelessness  in  preparation. 

The  U.  S.  P.  directs  the  following  tests:  "When  held  in  a  non-luminous  flame 
on  a  clean  platinum  wire,  the  .salt  should  at  once  impart  to  the  flame  a  violet 
color  (absence  of  sodium).  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  remain  unaf- 
fected by  the  addition  of  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.,  either  before 
or  after  acidulation  with  hydrochloric  acid  (absence  iif  arsenic,  lead,  copper, etc.); 
or  by  the  addition  of  a  small  amount  of  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of 
zinc,  iron,  aluminum,  etc.).  Other  portions  of  the  aqueous  solution  should  not  he 
renilercd  turbid  by  the  addition  of  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium); 
or  of  sodium  phosphate  T.S.  and  ammonia  water  (magnesium);  or  of  silver  nitrate 
T.S.  (chloride).  The  addition  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  T.S.  should  produce 
neither  a  blue  (absence  of  iron")  nor  a  red  color  (copper)" — (T.  .*?.  P.\ 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Sulphate  of  potassium  is  a  mild,  un- 
irritating  tathartic,  in  do^ies  of  1.")  to  30  grains,  when  sufliciently  diluted  with 
water.  In  1  or  2-ounce  doses,  it  acts  as  a  powerful  irritant,  and  has  given  rise  to 
fatal  accidents.  It  has  been  used  as  an  aperient  after  delivery,  in  pmrixrul frvrr, 
to  remove  intestinal  accumulations  in  children,  in  dt/ffteima,  and  in  jonndiff. 
Combined  with  5  or  10  grains  of  rhubarb,  it  is  useful  in  hqxUic  di.<nrdcrg  and  han- 
orrhoids.  Given  according  to  the  Sihuessler  plan,  the  3  x  trituration  is  reputed  a 
good  application  in  fugitive  shih'iwg  pains  in  the  mu^clts  &nd  in  rhrttnie  mtu^niinr 
rheumatism,  with  (l(>hility  and  muscular  soreness.     Five  grains  of  the  triturat* 


roTAssii  srLPHAS.  I.";:;) 

are  added  to  4  fluid  ounces  of  water,  the  dose  of  which  is  a  teaspoonful  every 
2  or  8  hours. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Dr.  Bcudder  recommended  this  salt  in  doses 
ofo  to  10  j;riiiii.~,  :>  liims  a  day  in  a  glass  of  water  when  the  skin  is  dirty,  tissues 
full  and  sotldeii.aiul  skin  scaly;  wounds  heal  slowly,  inflame,  and  suppurate. 

Related  Salts. — Potassh  BisrLPH.\s,  Polnnsium  bisulphate,  Potas.ve  bisulphas,  Bixitlpliale  of 
piiki»'ti.  l:isiilf_,h,ii,- ,,/  fHila.tsium,  Acid  iiotasfium  mlphate.  Formula:  KHSO,.  Molei'iihir  Weight: 
13.>.S5.  This  salt  iiiay  he  prepared  as  follows:  Take  of  sulphate  of  putassiuui,  in  powder,  3 
oiiiiees;  pure  sulphuric  aciii,  1  fluiil  ouiiee.  Haoe  the  acid  and  the  salt  in  a  small  porcelain 
capsule,  and  to  tills  apply  a  heat  capable  of  li(^uefyiug  its  contents;  the  heat  should  he  con- 
tinued until  acid  va|Kirs  cease  to  be  given  oB.  The  Insulphate,  which  concretes  as  it  cools, 
shoul<l  be  reduced  to  a  line  powder,  and  preserved  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle.  The  salt  may 
also  be  obtained  by  recrystallizin^  from  water  the  residue  of  potassium  bisulphate  which 
rnnains  in  the  preparation  of  nitric  acid.  Precaution  must  be  taken,  however,  to  acidulate 
the  sohitinn  with  sulphuric  acid,  because  otherwise  the  neutral  salt  will  crystallize,  a  corre- 
spoiidiiii.'  (|iiai\tity  i.f  sul|iliiii  ir  a.  id  passing  into  solution.  According  to  the  quantity  of  free 
sulphuric  aciil  pt.  ~.  it,  tin-  i.illo\niiLr  x-ries  of  crvstallizable  double  salts  niav  be  obtained: 
K,S(.>,;    K,80,-  kll-o,;   KIISO.;   KI1SU,^1I,80^. 

Bisulphate  ut  i)"tassiuin,  loriiu  rly  called  Sil  eiiixum,  forms  a  white,  crj'stalline  powder, 
or  small,  obliipie,  Uibular,  4-sidcd  piisius;  or,  when  obtained  by  extreme  concentration  and 
cooliufr,  it  forms  an  apparently  firm,  fibrous  mass.  It  is  cnlorless,  of  a  very  acid  taste,  is  per- 
manent in  the  air  (but  the  concreted,  fibrous  mass  effloresces),  and  is  soluble  in  2  parts  of  cold 
and  A  part  of  boiling  water.  Alcohol  decomposes  it  into  the  neutral  salt,  which  is  insoluble, 
and  sulphuric  acid,  which  is  soluble  in  alcohol.  Exposed  to  a  moderate  heat  the  salt  fuses; 
at  a  red  heat  it  loses  half  its  acid,  and  neutral  sulphate  of  potassium  remains  (which  see).  It 
Ls  incompatible  with  aiustic  soda  and  ammonia,  the  carbonates  of  these  bases,  earths  and 
earthy  salts,  ami  most  metals  and  their  oxides.  Bisulphate  of  potassium  is  laxative  and  tonic, 
and  is  verv  useful  to  keep  the  bowels  regular  during  recovery  from  acute  attacks,  as  well  as  to 
improve  the  appetite.  Conjoined  with  rhubarb,  it  covers  the  bitter  taste  of  the  latter  without 
injuring  its  medicinal  properties.  Seventy-two  grains,  each,  of  the  bisulphate  of  potassium 
and  carbonate  of  sodium,  separately  dissolved  in  2  fluid  ounces  of  water,  form,  when  com- 
bineil,  a  cheap  efTervescing  purgative.  Bisulphate  of  potassium  may  be  taken  in  doses  of  from 
20  grains  to  2  drachms,  properly  diluted. 

PoT.vssii  .Si-Li>HAS  CUM  ^vu'uvRE,  Sulphate  of  potansiiim  with  sulphur.— Take  of  nitrate  of 
potassium,  in  powder,  and  of  sublimed  sulphur,  equal  weights.  Mix  them  well  together,  and 
throw  the  mixture,  by  small  portions  at  a  time,  into  a  re<l-hot  crucible.  When  the  deflagra- 
tion is  over,  allow  the  salt  to  cool  and  place  it  in  a  glass  vessel,  well  stopped  (  Eil.).  In  this 
process  the  sulphur  burns  with  a  blue  flame,  and  becomes  oxidiz.  1  at  tlie  expense  of  the  oxy- 
gen of  the  nitre  i  nitric  acidi;  the  resulting  grayish- white  cini  'im  1  <  mi-ists  principally  of  sul- 
phate of  potassium,  mixed  probably  with  some  sulphite.  It  i-  .  iiiin.  1  to  be  much  more  solu- 
ble than  the  sulphate  of  potassium,  and  it  crystallizes  from  soiution  in  rhombic  prisms.  Both 
the  substance  itself  and  its  yellowish  solution  have  a  sulphurous  odor,  and  an  acid  reaction. 
Hydrogen  sulphide  is  not  obtained  on  the  addition  of  an  acid  to  it,  nor  is  sulphide  of  lead 
thrown  down  by  the  salts  of  that  metal.  Eight  parts  of  cold  water  dissolve  one  of  this  com- 
pound. It  was  formerly  called  Sal  polychregtum  G'hseri,  Glaivr'a  sal  polychrtd  (C.—P.).  This 
preparation  is  considereJl  a  mild  cathartic,  resembling  very  much  in  its  action,  that  of  the  sul- 
phate of  potassium.  It  was  foriuerly  much  in  vogue  as  a  purgative  in  di/npfpsia,  chrouic  ctiUi- 
iifoiw  ernptiijiw,  etc.  The  dose  is  from  \  to  1  drachm,  and  generally  given  with  some  other  gentle 
laxative,  as  bitartrate  of  potassium. 

PoTAssii  .';ri.i'Hls,P.)(a«ini(m»i</;)Ai<f.— Formula:  K2SO3.2HJO.  :Molecular  Weight:  193.84. 
This  salt  is  prepared  by  allowing  sulnhur  dioxide  to  pa.ss  into  a  solution  of  potassium  carbon- 
ate until  all  the  carbon  dioxide  is  driven  ofT;  upon  slowly  evaporating,  potassium  sulphite 
crystallizes;  or  the  acid  salt  (KH.SO3)  is  prepared  by  continuing  the  current  of  sulphur  di- 
oxide to  s;ituration ;  an  equal  quantity  of  potassium  ciirbonate  is  then  ailded,  which  produces 
the  neutral  .salt,  the  solation  of  which  is  then  c;irefully  evaporateil.  Sulphite  of  potassium  was 
official  in  the  f.  .S.  P.,  1880,  which  describes  it  as  forming  "white,  opaoue,  obliquely-rliombie, 
octahedral  crj-stals,  or  a  crystalline  powder,  somewhat  deliquescent,  odorless,  having.a  bitter, 
saline,  and  sulphurous  taste,  and  a  neutral  or  feebly  alkaline  reaction.  Soluble  in  4  parts  of 
water  at  1.")°  C.  (.5!»°  F. ),  and  in  5  parts  of  boiling  w'ater;  only  sparingly  soluble  in  alcohol. 
When  gently  healed,  the  salt  lo.ses  its  water  of  crysUiUization  (18..^  percent);  at  a  red  heat  it 
is  di'coNiposed,  and  leaves  a  residue  of  an  alkaline  reaction.  The  aiiueous  solution  of  the  salt 
yii-lds  a  white,  crystalline  precipitate  on  the  addition  of  a  saturated  solution  of  bitartrate  of 
sodium.  .\d.litio'n  of  diluted  hvdrochloric  acid  to  the  aqueous  solution,  gives  rise  to  the  odor 
of  burning  sulphur,  and  this  solution  does  not  become  cloudy  (difference  from  hyposulphite)" 
— (  v.  S.  ]'.,  1880).  This  salt  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  as  it  slowly  absorbs  oxy- 
gen, being  converted  into  potassium  sulphate.  To  establish  the  absence  of  t lie  latter,  or  its 
presence  in  small  amountx,  the  ('.  S.  P.,  18S0,  ilirects  that  a  few  drops  of  barium  chloride  T.S. 
shnnlil  cause  no  preci|)itate,  or  prfnluce  but  a  white  turbidity  in  a  1  percent  solution  c  f  the 
s;ilt  iiiaile  stronglv  acid  with  hydrochloric  acid.  The  I'.  S.  /'".,  IS.SO,  demaniled  for  this  salt  a 
miniiiiniii  strength  of  90  percent  of  the  pure  salt  ( KjSOj-f  2HjO),  whii-h  was  to  be  ascer- 
tained by  the  following  test:  "If  0.4.85  Gni. of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  2.5  Ce.  of  water,  and  a 
little  g'latinized  starch  adde<l,at  least  4.1  CV.  of  the  volumetric  solution  of  ii"line  should  be 


1580  POTASSII  TARTRAS. 

reciuired  until  a  penii;inent  blue  tint  appears  after  stirring  (corresponding  to  at  least  90  per 
cent  of  pure  sulphite  of  potassium)"-?  f.,S'.  P.,  1880).  This  agent  is  reputed  to  possess  the 
same  antifermentative  and  antiputrefactive  qualities  as  the  corresponding  salte  of  sodium  and 
magnesium  (which  see).     From  3i  to  sss  may  be  given,  well  diluted,  in  'JA  hours. 

Potassium  Bisulphite  (KHS03=119.89). — Pass  an  excess  of  sulphurous  acid  gas  into  a 
strong  solution  of  potassium  carbonate,  and  add  strong  alcohol,  which  causes  this  salt  to  be 
precipitated.  It  forms  white  needles  of  neutral  reaction,  yet  with  a  sulphurous  taste.  It 
slowly  evolves  sulphur  dioxide  when  exposed  to  the  air.  Its  properties  and  uses  are  similar 
to  those  of  potassium  sulphite. 

Potassium  Pyrosuli'iiite  (KjCSOjIjOi. —  Forms  smooth,  hard,  glossy  plates,  having  a 
saline  taste.  When  heated,  both  sulphur  dioxide  and  sulphur  are  evolved,  the  residue  being 
sulphate  of  potassium.  It  is  produced  by  passing  into  a  hot  and  saturated  solution  of  salt  ol 
tartar  a  stream  of  sulphur  dioxide.     Its  uses  are  similar  to  those  of  potassium  sulphite. 

POTASSII  TARTRAS.— POTASSIUM  TARTRATE. 

Formula:  K,C<H,Os.H.,0.    Molecular  Weight:  243.66. 

Synonyms:  Tartarus  solubilis,  Tartrate  of  potash,  Soluble  tartar,  Tartrm  kalicva, 
Tartrux  /,iitii.-<.--ini.<.  Pdt'i^s:,  fartras. 

History  and  Preparation. — Tartrate  of  potassium,  also  known  by  the  names 
of  Soluble  Uirtiir,  Siil  rnjclnbile,  And  Tartarized  kali,  was  known  as  early  a.*  the  seven- 
teenth century.  Boerhaave,  in  1742,  called  it  Tartarus  tartarisatus,  obtaining  it 
by  the  action  of  potassium  carbonate  {mlt  of  tartar)  upon  pota^-sium  bitartrate 
(rream  of  tartar),  which  is  the  method  now  usually  employed.  The  reaction  takes 
place  with  formation  of  the  readily  soluble,  neutral  tartrate,  as  follows:  2KHC, 
H,06+K.,C03=CO.,+  H,0+2K2C,H,Os.  In  order  to  obtain  a  purer  product,  the 
bicarbonate  is  often  employed.  (For  detailed  directions,  see  preceding  edition  of 
this  Dispensatory.) 

Description. — Neutral  tartrate  of  potassium  forms  fine,.white,  or  transparent 
crystals,  consisting  of  4  or  6-sided  prisms,  or  a  white  powder,  odorless,  somewhat 
deliquescent,  and  of  a  saline,  slightly  bitter  taste,  and  a  neutral  reaction  to  litmus. 
It  is  soluble  in  0.7  part  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  0.5  part  of  boiling 
water;  almost  insoluble  in  cold  alcohol.  Its  aqueous  solution  decomposes  upon 
keeping.  When  heated,  the  salt  melts,  becomes  black,  and  evolves  inflammable 
vapors,  having  the  odor  of  burnt  sugar.  On  moderate  ignition,  it  leaves  a  black- 
ened residue  of  an  alkaline  reaction,  strongly  efiervescing  with  acids,  on  account 
of  the  formation  of  carbonate.  Diluted  acids  precipitate  crvstals  of  cream  of  tartar 
from  solutions  of  the  salt,  as  follows:  K,C.H,0,+  HC1=KH('.H.0,+KC1.  Hence, 
the  neutral  potassium  tartrate  is  incompatible  with  acids,  or  acid  fruit  juices;  also 
with  the  salts  of  barium,  magnesium,  calcium,  etc.,  owing  to  the  formation  of 
insoluble  tartrates  of  these  elements.  A  concentrated  solution  yields  with  test 
solution  of  silver  nitrate  a  white  precipitate,  which  becomes  black  upon  boiling. 

Tests. — Potassium  tartrate  is  probably  very  seldom  adulteratec!,  l>ut  may  con- 
tain accidental  impurities.  Mr.  Haiissmann  {Amer.  Jour.  Phurm..  1894,  p.  297) 
found  several  commercial  specimens  to  contain  appreciable  quantities  of  lead.  If 
the  salt  does  not  yield  a  perfectlj'  clear  solution  with  water,  tjirtrate  of  calcium  is 
to  be  suspected  ;  the  filtered  liquid,  which  will  still  retain  a  portion  of  the  calcium 
salt,  gives  in  this  case  a  precipitate  with  oxalate  of  ammonium  ;  if,  when  filtered 
from  this,  a  fresh  [irecipitate  is  caused  by  phosphate  of  ammonium,  magnesium 
.salts  are  pre-ent.  If  the  residue,  after  dissolving  the  salt  in  water,  is  not  entirely 
soluble  in  hyilrochloric  acid,  silica  is  probably  present.  The  presence  of  heavy 
metals,  such  as  lead  and  copper,  may  be  detected  by  the  brown  or  black  colora- 
tion or  precipitate  produced  with  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  in  an  aqueous  solution 
of  the  salt.  Copper  gives  a  reddish-brown,  iron  a  blue  precipitate  or  color  with 
ferrocyanide  of  pota.ssium;  alumina  may  be  detected  by  carbonizing  the  salt,  boil- 
ing the  residue  with  excess  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  filtering,  and  then  super- 
saturing  with  ammonia,  when  a  white,  Hoceulent  precipitate  occurs,  which,  being 
washed,  dried,  and  heated  with  soluticm  of  cobaltous  nitrate, on  charcoal, acquires 
a  blue  color  {Tliinanrs  blue).  Sulphuric  and  hydrochloric  acids  are  also  liable  to 
be  present  in  the  form  of  salts. 

The  r.  .9.  P.,  18S0,  directed  for  this  salt  the  following  testes:  "A  10  per  cent 
aqueous  solution  should  yield  no  iirecipitate  with  test  solution  of  oxalate  of  am- 


PKIMILA.  l.")Sl 

raonium  (absence  of  oalciuniV  Ou  ;i(l<liiig  nitric  acid  tn  a  I  per  cent  solution  of 
the  salt,  until  the  precijiitate  first  fornieil  is  redis.-olved,  the  resulting  solution 
should  yield  no  precipitate  with  test  solution  of  chloride  of  barium  (sulphate), 
and,  at  "most,  only  a  cloudiness  with  test  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver  (limit  of 
chloride).  If  2.93.8  Gm.of  tartrate  of  potassium  are  ignited,  until  gase.-<  cease  to 
be  evolved,  the  alkaline  residue  should  require,  for  complete  neutralization,  not 
less  than  25  Cc. of  the  volumetric  solution  of  oxalic  acid  (corresponding  to  100 
per  cent  of  i)ure  tartrate  of  p.^tassium)"— (T.  &  P..  1880). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  salt  is  a  gentle  purgative  and  diu- 
retic, coiunuuiitatinj,'  alkaline  properties  to  the  urine, owing  to  the  fact  that  it 
is  eliminated  as  a  carbonate.  It  has  been  employed  in  dyspep.'<in.  diarrhcea,  liver 
<■onl;)Al(?^^  in  «(•(>  ac(V/ dty/osfV."!,  and  sometimes  as  an  adjunct  to  other  more  active 
purgatives,  as  infusion  of  senna.  It  may  be  given  in  doses  varying  from  1  or  2 
drachms  to  ^  ounce,  or  even  an  ounce,  in  sufficient  water. 

PRIMULA.— PRIMROSE 

Primula  officinalis,  Jacquin  {Primula  veris,  Linue). 

Xat.  Ord. — Primulaceie. 

CoM.Mo.N   N.\.\ie:    Primro.'^e. 

Botanical  Source.— The  primrose  is  a  perennial,  stemless  plant,  having  a 
short.  u|irii.'bt.  scaly  root-stalk,  of  a  brownish  color,  and  giving  oil'  numerous  fleshy 
roots,  wliicli  contain  a  yellow  medituUium  and  are  covered  with  a  thick  and  mealy 
bark.  The  pendulous  flowers  (fores  primuhr)  are  borne  in  umbels  of  10  or  12  upon 
scapes,  which  are  either  short  or  long.  The  5-angled  caly.x  is  pale-yellow,  while 
the  corolla  is  of  a  lemon-yellow  hue,  and  is  marked  in  the  throat  with  5  blotches 
of  a  safiFron  color.  The  fresh  root  is  slightly  sweet  in  odor,  while  the  taste,  at  first 
sweetish,  is  afterward  acrid  and  bitterish.  "The  flowers,  when  fresh,  have  a  sweet- 
ish taste,  and  an  odor  suggestive  of  honey.  When  dry  they  have  a  deep-greenish 
color.  Primrose  is  well  known  as  a  garden  plant,  and  is  native  to  the  grassy  and 
wooded  lands  of  Europe  and  north  Asia. 

Chemical  Composition. —  The  root  of  Primula  veris,  according  to  Saladin 
(1830),  contains  an  acrid,  neutral  principle,  which  he  called  a»-<Ao/uVi//,  and  which 
he  had  jireviouslv  discovered  in  the  root  of  0/''/f(>H«i  CT()o^;ri(»i,  Linne.  Buchner 
and  Herberger  {kepert.  f.  d.  Pharm.,Xo\.  XXXVI.  1831,  p.  36)  named  it  njdnmin 
(C,.„H„0,o,  Hilger  and  Mutsehler).  It  is  a  white,  cry.stallizable  powder,  soluble  in 
alcohol,  insoluble  in  ether, chloroform,  and  oils;  soiuble,  with  difficulty,  in  water. 
The  aqueous  solution  foams  upon  shaking.  Upon  drying  the  root,  cyclamin  de- 
composes to  some  extent.  De  Luca  and  Hilger  found  this  substance  to  be  a  glu- 
cosid.  By  boiling  with  diluted  acids,  it  splits  into  sugar  and  cyrlamiretin  (C,5H.,.,0j). 
Saladin  also  found  the  root  to  contain  a  semisolid,  yellowish  essential  oil,  having 
the  odor  of  fennel.  It  deposits  primula  camphor  (C„H,j05,  Hilger  and  Mutsehler), 
melting  at  49°  C.  (120.2°  F.),  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  benzol,  soluble  with  diffi- 
culty in  water,  and  producing  a  violet  color  with  ferric  chloride. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  plant  constituted  an  important 
remedy  in  the  early  days  of  nudiiine.  Under  the  names  Radii  jynralyseos  and 
Radix  nrtlirid'-ti,  it  was  formerly  in  great  repute  in  pnr<dysi.s  and  gout,  and  the 
))lanl  was  valued  as  a  remedy  in  mu-trular  rheumatism,  neuralgic  headache  {hemi- 
rrania),  d)/.*menorrhaea,  toothache,  gravel,  and  insomvia.  Primula  possesses  sternuta- 
tory, astringent,  vermifuge,  antispasmodic,  and  jmin-relieving  properties.  It  is 
now  seldom  employed  in  medicine.  Prof.  J.  M,  Scudder  (Spec.  Med.,  p.  212)  sug- 
gests a  tincture  of  the  fresh  idant  in  bloom  (gviij  to  alcohol,  98  per  cent,  Oj),  the 
doiJe  of  which  should  range  from  the  fraction  of  a  drop  to  10  drops.  He  gives  the 
following  indications:  "Extreme  sensitiveness,  pain  from  slight  impressions, 
restlessness,  and  insomnia."  Infusion  may  i)e  made  of  5  to  10  per  cent  strength, 
the  dose  being  i  fluid  ounce;  dose  of  the  flowers,  5  to  15  grains. 

Related  Species.— Pnmu/n  auricula.  Linn*''.  Europe,  in  the  mountains  ami  cultivated. 
Kraj.Tiint  l.rM..n-v.'ll.iw  flowere.  The  aqueous  ilistillate  of  the  riKit  deposits  fragrant  "iirim/n 
ciimplmr  illuiu'i'elil  .  Tliis  species  has.  for  ag>-8,  been  used  in  certain  parts  of  Gerninny  as  a 
remedy  tor  jiUtliinii  jjiiliiKmalU.     Other  plants  rclati-d  to  piiniroee  are: 


1582  PRINOS. 

Pniifdn  eliitinr,  .lacciuin. — Europe.     I^irge  odorless  flowers. 

LyfiiiKU'liiii  tjiiciili-ifdllK,  Linne,  (.'mmv-ort. — North  Aineric-a.     Flowers  yellow. 

Lijxiiiiiirliin  uKiniiiiiliiiid.  Linne,  Moneywort. — Europe,  and  naturalized  in  North  Aiueiic-j. 
Flower  lartri-  an.l  bri^'hf  y.-llow. 

Priinulu  ubcwiica,  Kiif;land,  is  said  to  produce  an  eruption  similar  to  that  produced  by  poi- 
son ivy  (Hhus  Toxicodendron ).  Dr.  J.  H.  Neale  {eeeAmer.  HomcopalltistfVec..  1897,  p. 429)  reports 
an  interesting  severe  case  of  poisoninK  by  this  plant.  Lotions  of  glycerin  and  alcohol  (contain- 
ing tincture  of  belladonna  i  gave  relief. 

PRINOS.— BLACK  ALDER. 

The  l)ai-k  and  berries  of  Prhws  vertirillatm,  Linne  ( Ilex  vertu-illdUi,  Gray). 

Nat.  Ord. — Aquifoliacese. 

Common  Na.mes:  Black  alder,  Wint£rberry,  Feverbush. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  indigenous  shrub  of  irregular  growth,  some- 
times known  as  winterberry,  having  a  .stem  6  or  8  feet  in  height,  with  a  graj'ish 
bark,  and  alternate  branches.  The  leaves  are  alternate  or  scattered,  on  short  peti- 
oles, oval,  acute  at  the  base,  pointed,  sharply  serrate,  of  an  olive-green  color, 
smooth  above,  and  downy  beneath,  particularly  on  the  veins.  The  fluwers  are 
small,  white,  dioecious,  on  very  short  peduncles;  the  fertile  ones  .sonjewhat  clus- 
tered or  solitary;  the  sterile  ones  sub-umbellate,  and  sometimes  the  flowers  are 
monoecious.  Calyx  small,  6-cleft,  and  persistent.  Corolla  nionopetalous,  spreading, 
without  a  tube,  the  border  divided  into  6  obtuse  segments.  Stamens  equal  in 
number  to  the  segments  of  the  corolla,  erect,  with  oblong  anthers;  in  the  fertile 
flowers  they  are  shorter  than  the  corolla,  in  the  sterile  they  are  equal  in  length  to 
it.  The  ovary  is  large,  green,  and  roundish,  with  a  short  style  and  obtuse  stigma. 
The  fruit  consists  of  bright-scarlet,  globular  berries,  about  the  size  of  a  i)ea,  sap- 
ported  by  the  persistent  calyx,  and  crowned  with  the  stigma.  They  are  6-celled, 
containing  6  long  seeds,  which  are  convex  outwardly,  and  sharp-edged  within. 
The  berries  are  in  scattered  groups  on  the  stem,  forming  small,  aj)parently  verti- 
cillate  bunches  (L. — W.i. 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— Black  alder  is  common 
througliout  the  United  Statet>,  growing  in  moist  woods,  swamps,  edges  of  streams, 
etc.,  flowering  from  May  to  July,  and  maturing  its  fruit  in  the  latter  part  of 
autumn.  Tiie  bark  and  berries  are  medicinal.  The  dried  bark  of  commerce  is  in 
pieces,  either  flat  or  slightly  quilled,  thin,  white,  with  a  greenish  tint  within, 
brownish-gray  externally,  readily  pulverizable,  inodorous,  but  of  a  bitterish,  sub- 
astringent  taste.  It  yields  its  properties  to  water  by  infusion  or  decoction.  The 
berries  h.nve  a  saccharine,  bitterish  taste,  and  yield  "their  virtues  to  water  or  alco- 
hol. They  should  not  be  substituted,  in  practice,  for  the  bark.  They  have  not 
been  analyzed.  The  bark  contains,  according  to  L.C.Collier  (.■l»i<»r.  ./our.  Phorm., 
1880,  p.  437),  resin,  wax,  tannin,  chlorophyll,  starch,  sugar,  albumen,  and  a  yellow, 
amorphous,  bitter  princi])le.  (For  a  (juantitative  analysis  of  the  bark  of  this 
shrub,  by  .J.  Stewart    Smitli.  <re  An„r.  .hnu:  PAarm.,  1890.  p.  275.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Black  alder  is  tonic,  .alterative,  and 
astringent.  It  .-itnugtheiis  the  circulation,  improves  nutrition,  and  aids  in  the 
removal  of  waste  material,  thus  eftectually  aiding  the  vegetative  processes.  It  has 
been  used  witli  good  effi'tt  '\n  jaundice,  ditrrhcea,  _(/(( iij/rcjK-, and  all  di.<eases  attended 
with  great  weakness.  It  has  also  been  of  service  in  droj.sy.  Two  drachms  of  the 
powdered  bark  and  1  drachm  of  golden-seal,  infused  m  a  pint  of  boiling  water, 
and,  when  cold,  taken  in  the  course  of  a  day,  in  doses  of  a  winegl:w;sful,  and  re- 
peated daily,  has  proved  very  valuable  in  dy.*pepi>ia.  Externally,  the  decoction 
forms  an  excellent  local  application  to  (latupote,  to  indoleut  ulcern,  some  offcctwiig 
of  the  Kk hi,  etc.  The  berries  are  cathartic  ami  vermifuge,  and  form,  with  cedar- 
apples,  a  pleasant  and  effectual  worm  medicine  for  children  (see  ■/hh/;«thj»  I'lr- 
ghiiann).  Dose,  of  the  powdered  bark,  from  A  to  1  drachm  ;  of  the  decoction,  4 
fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day.  A  tincture  o"f  the  recent  bark  i  ^viii  to  alcohol, 
76  per  cent,  Oj)  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  5  to  30  drops.  Black  alder  bark  is 
an  ingredient  of  several  alterative  syrups. 

Related  S'peciea.--Prin<»  glaber.}.\nn6  { Ili.r  (ilahm.Oray^.  Tnkbfny.  This  !>i>^ei<>s  )(mw8 
alonj;  the  .\tlantio  .seaboard,  from  Massachusetts  sduth,  beinii  most  abuudtuit  in  the  southern 
states.     Its  berries  are  black. 


PRUNUM  -PRINTS  VIRGINIANA.  158r5 

PriiioK  hriiiiulii.-.  Pnrsli  i  f/i:r  ^i ri</<i/i(.<,Gravi.  — In  northern  slates,  in  marshes  and  south- 
vvar.1,  ami  in  the  Allegheny  .Mountains. 

PRUNUM  (U.  S.  P.  I— PRUNE. 

•'The  fruit  o( Prunm  domegtica,  Linae"—{U.  S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord.—lio^M-eiv. 

Common  Namks:  Prune  tree.  Plum  tree. 

li.i.rsTKATK.N  :    Bentley  and  Tri.n.-n,  Mnl.  P/n„t.%  96. 

Botanical  Source,  History,  and  Description.— This  tree  is  about  20  feet  in 
height,  tliorniess,  aiitl  lias  senate.  ()Viil-elli|itic  leaves,  and  pedunculated,  whitisli 
flowers,  appearing  singly  or  paired.  A  great  number  of  varieties  have  been  pro- 
duced so  tnat  the  fruits  differ  in  size,  shape,  and  color.  Its  native  country  i.s 
western  Asia,  but  it  is  now  cultivated  in  most  temperate  countries. 

The  dried  or  prepared  fruit  is  the  only  official  part,  and  furnishes  the  pnmes 
of  commerce.  The  best  prunes  come  from  Boideau.x  ;  an  inferior  grade  is  received 
from  Germany.  Calitornia  prunes  are  of  superior  quality.  Prunes  are  ])repared 
in  warm  countries  by  placing  them  on  hurdles  and  drying  them  by  solar  heat;  in 
colder  climates,  artificial  heat  is  employed.  They  have  a  faint,  peculiar  odor,  and 
a  sweetish,  slightly  acidulous^,  and  viscid  taste.  The  official  prunes  are  "oblong 
or  subglobular,  about  3  Cm.  ( li  inches)  long,  shrivelled,  blackish-blue,  glaucous; 
the  surcocarp  brownish-yelluw,  sweet,  and  acidulous;  jiutamen  hard,  smooth,  or 
irregularlv  ridged;  the  seeds  almond-like  in  shape,  but  smaller,  and  of  a  bitter- 
aim.. n. I   taste"— (T.  S.P.). 

Chemical  Composition. — The  fresh  fruits  contain  about  80  or  85  per  cent  of 
water.  Dried  prunes,  analyzed  by  Bertram  (Ji7Ar&'!6.c/«-PAa?-ni.,1878,p.l84),had  the 
following  composition:  Kernels,  13.7;  pulp,  86.3  per  cent.  The  latter  contained 
water(30.03),  albumen  (1.31), crude  fiber  (1.34), ash  (1.18),  nitrogen-free  extractive 
matter  (.52  44) ;  the  latter  consisting  of  giai)e  sugar  (42.28),  cane  sugar  (0.22), 
starch  (0.22),  free  acid  (1.74),  pectin  matter  (4.22).  undetermined  substance  (3.76). 
The  acid  occurring  in  prunes,  according  to  Scheele  and  later  observers,  is  malic 
acid.  The  crushed  seeds  yielcl  upon  maceration  and  subsequent  distillation  with 
water,  an  essential  oil  containing  hydrocyanic  acid;  this  is  due  to  the  presence  of 
amygdalin  (about  1  per  cent)  and  the  ferment,  eHM(M»i,  in  the  seeds  (see  Amygdala). 
They  also  contain  a  brown-yellow,  non-drying,  fixed  oil.  Gum  sometimes  exudes 
from  the  ripe  fruits. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — In  Germany,  a  sort  of  brandy  is  made 
from  tills  tVuit.  Dried  prunes  are  niiliUy  laxative,and  are  frequently  emploj'ed  in 
decoction,  or  the  fruit  eaten  stewed,  in  convalescence  from  acute  diseases,  forming 
a  nourishing  and  agreeable  diet.  They  are  often  added  to  cathartic  decoctions,  to 
improve  the  flavor,  and  promote  the  purgative  efiect.  They  enter  into  the  com- 
position of  the  confection  of  senna.  In  large  quantities,  and  with  some  dyspe])- 
ti&s,  they  are  apt  to  disorder  the  bowels.  The  following  preparation  has  been  ad- 
ministered with  much  success  in  (eurnrrhaen,  irrequldr  menstniatinn.  and  in  dchi'iti/ 
from  frequent  ahortioDx:  Take  of  small  raisins,  or  dried  currants,  2  ounces,  anise- 
seed,  mace,  and  cinnamon,  of  each,  i  ounce;  and  1  nutmeg,  in  powder.  To  these 
add  1  quart  of  prune  brandy,  and  let  them  macerate  for  2  weeks,  frequently  agi- 
tating. This  is  the  formula  as  originally  given.  Of  the  clear  tincture  thus  made, 
1  fluid  ounce  may  be  giv<'ii  previous  to  a  meal,  and  repeated  3  times  daily. 

PRUNUS  VIRGINIANA  <U.  S.  P.)— WILD  CHERRY. 

"The  bark  u{  Pruiia.'i  M-ntiiui,  Ehrhart,"  *  *  *  "collected  in  autumn"— 
(T.  .S.  P.).  {Ceraswi  serotina,  De  CandoUe ;  CVnwtw  virginkina,  Michaux  ;  Prunus  vir- 
giniana.  Miller.). 

Nn  t.  On  I. — R  f  i.'sacese . 

Com  Mi  in    N  a  m  k  :    Wild  cherry. 

Ii.i.i  sTH atiun:    Bentlev  and  Trimen,  Afed.  Hants,  97. 

Botanical  Source.— f  he  wild  cherry  is  a  large  tree,  generally  from  .50  to  SO 
feet  high,  from  2  to  4  fc-t  in  diameter,  being  of  uniform  size,  and  undivided  to 


1 0  84  PRUNUS  VIRGINIAN  A. 

the  height  of  20  or  30  feet.  The  bark  is  black,  rough,  and  separates  naturall\- 
from  the  trunk  in  thick,  slender  laminae.  The  wood  is  compact,  fine-grained,  re- 
ceives a  fine  polish,  and  is  extensively  employed  Vjy  cabinet  manufacturers.  The 
leaves  are  deciduous,  oval-ol)long,  acuminate,  finely  and  unequally  serrate,  with 
incurved,  short,  and  callous  teeth,  thickish,  smooth,  no  hairs  on  the  under  .-ride, 
shining  above,  3  to  5  inches  long,  half  as  wide,  and  borne  on  petioles  which  are 
furnished  with  1  or  2  pairs  of  reddish  glands.  The  flowers  are  white,  in  long, 
erect,  terminal  racemes,  with  a  small,  solitary  flower  now  and  then  in  the  axil  of 
the  leaves  next  to  the  raceme.  Bracts  incon'spicuous.  Calyx  with  sharp,  .^hallow 
segments.  The  fruit  is  a  globular  drupe,  about  as  large  as  a  pea,  of  a  purplish 
black  color,  edible,  l)ut  having  a  bitter  tqste  (L. — W. — G.). 

History  and  Description.— This  tree  is  the  Cerasm  »erotinn  of  De  CandoUe, 
and  the  Cernsas  rirqiiiiinid  (if  Michaux.  It  was  long  confused  with  and  went  by 
the  name  of  Prunu/i  vlri/iniann,  which  properly  belongs  to  the  Choke  cherry,  as  given 
by  Linnteus  (see  Related  Species). 

The  wild  cherry  tree  is  found  in  many  parts  of  the  United  States,  but  is  most 
abundant,  and  attains  the  greatest  magnitude,  in  the  southwestern  states.  Its 
fiowers  appear  in  May,  and  the  fruit  ripens  in  August  and  September.  The  offi- 
cial portion  is  the  bark,  and  that  of  the  root  should  be  preferred  to  that  of  the 
trunk  and  branches.  It  should  be  renewed  annually,  as  its  properties  are  much 
impaired  by  age.  As  officially  described,  wild  cherry  bark  is  "in  curved  pieces 
or  irregular  fragments,  2  Mm.  (-j'j  inch)  or  more  thick,  outer  surface  greenish- 
brown,  or  yellowish-brown,  smooth  and  somewhat  glossy,  marked  with  transverse 
scars;  if  the  bark  is  collected  from  old  wood,  and  deprived  of  the  corky  layer,  the 
outer  surface  is  nut-brown  and  uneven  ;  inner  surface  somewhat  striate  or  fissured. 
Upon  maceration  in  water  it  develops  a  distinct  bitter-almond  odor.  Its  ta^te  is 
astringent,  aromatic,  and  bitter.  The  bark  of  the  very  large  and  of  the  very  small 
branches  is  to  be  rejected" — (U.S.  P.).  Water  and  alcohol  take  up  its  virtues; 
boiling  impairs  its  medicinal  properties,  by  driving  ofl"  the  hydrocyanic  acid. 
That  gathered  in  the  fall  of  the  year  is  the  best,  inasmuch  as  it  yields  more  hy- 
drocyanic acid  than  that  collected  at  any  other  season ;  the  bark  collected  in  the 
spring  being  the  least  desirable.  In  order  to  establish  whether  a  given  specimen 
of  bark  was  collected  in  autumn,  Grace  E.  Cooley  {Journal  of  Phannacolngy,  1897, 
p.  167)  recommended  to  test  it  for  starch  and  tannin.  The  starch  contained  in 
bark  reaches  a  maximum  in  spring  (April)  and  in  autumn  (October),  and  disap- 
pears almost  entirely  in  summer  and  in  winter.  Tannin  occurs  in  spring  bark 
in  a  notably  greater  quantity  than  in  bark  collected  in  autumn.  The  distinction 
is  recognizable  by  means  of  "the  ferric  chloride  test  for  tannin  (for  details,  see  the 
original  paper).  Hence,  the  bark  collected  in  autumn  is  characterized  chemically 
by  containing  much  starch  and  little  tannin,  and  yielding  the  largest  amount  of 
hydrocyanic  acid. 

Chemical  Composition.— Dr.  Stephen  Procter  (^m^.  Jowr.  P/irtmi.,Vol.VI, 
1834,  p.  8),  made  the  first  detailed  analysis  of  this  bark,  and  found  it  to  contain 
starch,  resin,  tannin,  gallic  acid,  fatty  matter,  etc.,  and  a  straw-colored,  volatile 
oil,  analogous  to  that  from  bitter  almonds,  and,  like  the  latter,  containing  priissic 
acid.  Prof  W.  Procter  (tftiJ.,  Vol.  X,  1838,  p.  197)  showed  that  the  volatile  oil  is 
the  decomposition  product  of  (imi/gdalin  {see  Amygdala),  vihich  he  isolated  from 
the  bark.  A  ferment,  analogous  to  emulsin,  is  probably  present.  Tiie  yield  in 
essential  oil,  according  to  Schimmel  it  Co.  {Report,  April,  18SK)),  is  0.2  per  cent. 
Prof.  F.  B.  Power  and  Mr.  Henry  Weimar  (P/xinn.  Rund,-<rhiiu,  1887,  p.  2(^)  state 
that  wild  cherry  bark  does  not  contain  crystallizable  amygdalin,  but  an  analo- 
gous substance,  obtainable  only  in  an  extract-like  form,  and  probably  more  clo.<ely 
related  to  laurocerasin  (see  F^aurocerani  Folia).  According  to  the  same  authors,  the 
fluorescent  principle  contained  in  the  bark,  is  a  crystallizable  glucosid.  which  is 
probably  also  the  cause  of  the  peculiar  bitterness  of  the  bark  (compare  R.  Hother, 
Ainer.  Jour.  P/iarm.,  1887,  p.  286).  The  amount  of  h  vdrocyanic  ncid  obtainable  from 
the  bark  varies  from  O.d-")  per  cent,  in  April,  to  0.l4  percent  in  October  (J.  S.  Perot, 
Amr.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1852,  p.  111).  More  recently,  A.  B.  Stevens  and  J.  N.  .hidy 
(Pror.  Aiiwr.  Pharm.  A.iifoc.,l89'),  p.  226)  found  notably  higher  results — vii.:  0.32  to 
0.34  per  cent  for  thick  bark,  and  0.24  to  0.27  per  cent  for  thin  bark,  the  iiiglier 
results  being  probably  due  to  a  more  perfect  exhaustion  of  the  bark,  owing  to 


PSOKALEA.  1585 

repealed  distillation.  The  same  authors  found  4.12  per  cent  of  amygdalin-like 
substancf  in  thick  bark,  and  3.16  per  cent  in  thin  bark.  (For  an  admirable 
review  of  thi-  earlier  chemical  and  the  botanical  history  of  wild  cherry  bark,  see 
R.  BeiUley.  /'/,.(,•//(.  Jour.  Trnns.,\o\.\,  1863.  p.  97.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Wild  cherry  bark  has  a  tonic  and 
stimulatinu'  inlhiciue  on  tiie  digcstiv.-  apparatus,  and  a  s"imultaneous  sedative  ac- 
tion on  the  nervous  system  and  circulation.  It  is,  therefore,  valuable  in  all  those 
cases  where  it  is  desirable  to  give  tone  and  strength  to  the  system,  without,  at  the 
same  time,  causing  too  great  an  action  of  the  heart  and  blood  vessels,  as,  during 
convalescence  fri)m  pleurm/,  pneumonia,  <irute  hqxitilis,  and  other  inflammutory  and 
febrile  disensex.  Its  chief  property  is  its  power  of  relieving  irritation  of  the  mucous 
surfaces,  making  it  an  admirable  remedy  in  many  gmtro-inteMinnl,  pulmonic,  &n<l 
urinary  troiible.<<.  Like  lycopus,  it  lessens  vascular  excitement,  though  it  docs  not 
control  hemorrhages  like  that  agent.  It  is  best  adapted  to  chronic  troubles.  It 
ia  also  useful  in  hcrtic  fever,  rouqh,  rnlliqtuitive  diarrhtrn,  some  forms  of  irritative  dys- 
pepsia, whoojiiiig-rnugh,  iiritabilili/  of  the  nervous  system,  etc.,  and  has  been  found 
nil  excellent  palliative  in  jilithisis.  the  syrup  being  employed  to  moderate  the 
cough,  lessen  the  fever,  and  sustain  the  patient's  strength.  It  has  likewise  been 
of  service  in  s'-ro/it'a  and  other  diseases  altentled  with  much  debility  and  hectic 
fever.  Wild  cherry  is  an  excellent  sedative  in  cardiac  palpitation,  not  due  to  strnc- 
tural  wrongs.  It" is  particularly  useful  in  this  disorder  when  there  is  nervous 
fever,  tuberculosis,  or  the  debility  consequent  upon  irritative  dyspepsia,  anemia,  chlo- 
rosis, or  /if/Tou.s  diseases.  Externally,  it  has  been  found  useful,  in  decoction,  as 
a  wash  to  ill-conditioned  xdcers  and  acute  ophthalmia.  Dose  of  the  powdered  bark, 
1  or  2  drachms;  of  the  infusion,  1  ounce  of  bark  to  1  pint  of  cold  water,  and 
allowed  to  stand  a  few  hours,  from  1  to  4  fluid  ounces,  4  or  5  times  a  day,  and 
which  is  the  best  mode  of  using  it;  syrup  of  wild  cherry,  1  fluid  drachm.  This 
agent  may  be  used  as  a  vehicle  for  Fowler's  solution  and  other  medicines.  Specific 
prunus,  I'to  20  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Rapid,  weak  circulation;  continual  irrita- 
tive couirh,  with  |)roluse  muco-purulent  expectoration;  cardiac  palpitation,  from 
debility;  dyspncjta;  pyrexia;  loss  of  ap})etite;  and  cardiac  pain. 

Related  Species. — Prunus  virginiana  of  Linn6  and  Marshall  ( Priimis  obmata,  Bigelow ; 
Cerasm  lirgiitiniin.  IK-  CandoUe;  Pntnits  demUsa,  Walt*^rs),  Choke  cherry.  Common  in  the  United 
States  aii'T Canada,  and,  according  to  Prof.  Sargent,  "the  most  widel}'  distributed  of  any  Ameri- 
can species  of  tree"  (Prof.  E.  S.  Bastin,  .Imer.  Jour.  Phurm.,  1895,  p.  5951.  A  small  sh  nib,  some- 
times arboresci-nt.  usually  from  6  to  10  feet  high,  having  thin,  oval,  or  obovate,  sharply-serrate 
leaves,  terminating  in  an  abrupt  point.  The  flowers  are  white,  and  borne  in  short,  dense 
racemes.  Th.-  fruit  is  a  red,  or  purplish-reti,  bitterish,  and  exceedinely  a.stringent  berry.  The 
latter  is  ■illi-ii  .inployt..],  in  combination  with  cider,  in  domestic  medication. 

Belated  Preparation.— /'/'.'(i'  Piiiii.-<  Cumfjositm.  This  is  a  cough  mixture,  representing 
the  combin.-.l  \  irtius  of  whitt-  pine  i  IresU  bark  i,  balm  of  gilead  buds,  spikenard,  cherry  bark, 
ipecac,  sangniiiarine  nitrate,  chloroform,  morphine  acetate,  and  ammonmm  chloride.  It  is  an 
excelleni  piiparatiou,  was  intrmiuced  under  this  name,  and  is  prepared  only  bv  the  Wai.  8. 
Merrell  Cli.inical  Co.,  of  Cincinnati,  O. 

The  drieil  and  powdered  alcoholic  extract  known  as  the  "  concentration,"  "prunin,"  or 
"ifrajwi/,"  prepared  from  both  wild  cherry  and  ihoke  cherry,  is  an  ineflScient  agent,  seldom 
now  used. 

PSORALEA.— PSORALEA. 

The  root  and  leaves  of  Psora  lea  vielilotoides.yUchnux. 

Nat.  Urd. — Leguminos». 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— The  genus  Psoralea  comprises  an  exten- 
sive faniilv  oi   iiiants,  niu-tlv  found  in  America,  and  in  the  neighborhood  of  Cape 

of  G 1   Ilopi-.     It  consists," generallv,  of  glandular-dotted  herbs,  with  from  3  to  5 

foliate  leaves,  and  short,  thick,  indehiscent,  1-secded  legumes.  The  H.iwers, which 
are  white  or  blue,  are  disposed,  in  all  our  indigenous  species,  in  axillary  spikes  or 
racemes.     The  tubular  calyx  is  5-part(d, with  the  lowest  lobe  longest. 

Pstmden  rnelilotoidrK.  Michaux  (/'.  ef/landulosa,  Elliott),  is  the  most  common 
native  species,  found  in  ojjen  woods  from  Ohio  ami  Kentucky,  southward.  The 
plant  is  pubescent  and  nearly  glandless.  The  pale-blue  flowers  are  borne  on 
jieduncles  about  4  inches  long.    The  leaves  are  trifoliate,  wiih  entire  lanceolate 


l.",,S6  ITKLLA. 

leaflets.  The  root  is  variously  known  as  Bob's  root,  Samson  snake-root,  and  Congo 
rout.  The  fresh  root  has  an  agreeable,  aromatic  odor,  and  a  bitterish,  spicy,  even 
acrid  taste.  Odor  and  taste  are  weaker  after  drying  the  root.  It  contains  about 
2  per  cent  of  a  volatile  oil,  starch,  and  a  bitter  principle,  probably  also  a  substance 
resembling  tannin. 

Psoralen  e^'ulenta,  Pursh,  is  indigenous  to  the  elevated  plains  of  the  north- 
west. It  has  5  leaflets  and  capitate  spikes  of  blue  flowers.  The  root  is  Ijulbous, 
and  is  said  to  act  as  a  diuretic,  although,  when  boiled,  it  is  used  as  food  by  the 
natives.  It  is  called  Bread  root,  Prairie  turnip, -.ind  sometimes  (erroneously)  Indian 
turnip.  According  to  Mr.  Clifford  Richardson,  tlie  root  of  tliis  species  contains 
nearly  70  per  cent  of  starch  (see  Prof.  J.  M.  Maisch's  interesting  nport  on  useful 
plants  of  the  genus  Psoralea,  in  An\er.Jour.  Pharm.,  1889,  pp.  345-3o'2). 

Besides  these,  there  are  several  other  species  of  Psoralea,  among  them  the 
following:  P.  bituminosa,  Linne,  of  the  south  of  Europe,  a  tonic  enimenagogue; 
P.  glandulosa,  Linne,  to  which,  at  one  time  Paraguay  tea  or  Yerva  mate  was  erro- 
neously referred  (see  J.  M.  Maisch,  loc.  cit., and  analysis  by  Lenoble.  Jour.  d.  Pharm., 
1850);  P.  pentaphylla,  Linne,  of  Mexico,  the  root  of  which 'is  sometimes  called  White 
contrayerva  (see  analysis  by  Mariano  Lozano  y  Castro,  in  Prof.  Maisch"s  report,  lor. 
cit.);  and  P.  coryliJolia,\Anne,oi  India  and"  Arabia.  The  seeds  of  this  species 
(bauchee  seeds)  are  employed  as  a  tonic  in  cutaneous  afifections. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  root  and  leaves  of  these  plants 
appear  to  po.ssess  the  properties  of  a  mild,  stimulating,  bitter  tonic,  and  have 
been  advantageously  employed  in  cases  of  languor  or  feebleness  from  mental  or 
physical  exertion,  in  certain  forms  of  chronic  dyspeps^ia,  to  relieve  anorexia,  and 
as  a  stimulating  tonic  in  strumous  affections  of  the  mesentery,  accompanied  with  diar- 
rhosa,  tumid  abdomen,  etc.  The  Psoralea  melilotoides  is  the  plant  employed  in  this 
country,  in  infusion,  or  made  into  a  tincture. 

PTELEA.— WATER  ASH. 

The  bark  of  the  root  o^  Pteleatrifoliala,l.\nn{:. 
Nat.  Ord. — Rutacea?. 

CoM.Mo.N  N.^MEs:    Wafer  a,th,  Shrublnj  trefoil.  Hop  tree.  Swamp  dognvod,  Wingseed. 
Botanical  Source. — This  plant  is  a  shrub  from  6  to  8  feet  in  height,  leaves 
trifoliate,  marked  with   pellucid   dots;    leaflets   sessile,  ovate,  short,  acuminate, 
downy  beneath  when  young,  crenulate,  or 
'  obscurely  toothed;    lateral  ones  inequi- 

lateral, terminal  ones  cuneate  at  the  base, 
3  to  4i  inches  long  by  1^  to  If  inches  wide. 
The  flowers  are  polygamous,  greenish- 
white,  nearly  ^  inch  in  diameter,  of  a  dis- 
agreeable odor,  and  borne  in  terminal  cor- 
ymbose cymes.  Stamens  mostly  4;  style 
short.  The  fruit  is  a  'i-celled  samara,  nearly 
1  ineli  in  diameter,  winged  all  around,  and 
nearly  orbicular  (,G.— \V.). 

History  and  Description.— WaiVr  ash. 
or  ptelea,  is  a  shrub  eomnioti  to  this  coun- 
try, growing  more  abundantly  west  of  the 
AUeghanies,  in  shady,  moist  hedges,  and 
edgesof  wood;-,  and  in  rocky  places:  it  flow- 
ers in  June.  The  hark  of  the  n^ot  is  medici- 
nal, and  yields  its  properties  to  boiling 
water,  but  alcohol  is  its  l>est  solvent.  It 
is  when  dried,  of  a  light,  brownish-vellow 
Ptelea  trifoliate.  ^^,,,,^  externally,  in  cylindrical    rolls  or 

quills,  1  or  2  lines  in  thickness,  and  from  1  to  several  inches  in  length,  irregularly 
wrinkled  and  furrowed  externally,  with  broad,  transverse  lines  or  rings  at  short 
but  irregular  intervals,  and  is  covered  with  a  thin  epidermis:  internally  it  is  vel- 
lowish-white,  but  becomes  darker  on  exposure,  anil  is  wrinkled  longitudina'lly. 


PTERIS.  lo87 

It  is  brittle,  with  an  almost  smooth,  resinous  fracture  ;  granular  umler  the  miuro- 
scope,  resemliling  wax.  It  has  a  peculiar  sur-II,  somewhat  similar  to  that  of 
liquorice  root,  and  a  peculiar,  bitter,  resinous,  pungent,  acrid,  and  rather  disagret-- 
able  taste,  speedily  and  powerfullj'  acting  upon  the  mouth  and  fauces,  and  of  per- 
sistent pungt-ncy,  which  is  probably  owing  to  its  oleoresin.  The  leaves  and  fruit 
have  also  liei'ii  ustd  in  medicine.  A  related  i^pucies,  Ptelea  anguMifoli(i,Bentham, 
is  indigciMus  to  Colorado. 

Chemical  Composition. — Mr.  George  M.  Smyzer  (Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1862,  p. 
200)  found  the  bark  of  the  root  to  contain  gum,  albumen,  starch,  volatile  oil,  of 
disagreeable  ta^^te  and  odor,  fi.\ed  oil,  and  probably  potassium  nitrate.  No  tan- 
nin was  present.  The  active  properties  of  the  root  he  believes  to  be  due  both  to 
the  volatile  oil  and  an  acrid,  soft  resin,  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether;  another  brit- 
tle resin,  soluble  in  elher,  but  insoluble  in  alcohol,  is  inert.  The  leaves  yield  to 
water  a  bitter  infusion,  resembling  in  taste  that  of  hops,  and  containing  tannic 
and  gallic  acids.  The  fruit  is  likewise  bitter,  and  yields  the  same  resins  as  the 
root.  Justin  Steer  {ibid.,  1867,  p.  337)  believes  the  bitterness  of  the  root-bark  and 
its  virtues,  as  a  tonic,  to  be  due  to  berbcrine.  More  recently  (Jahre.sb.  der  Pharm., 
1896,  J).  510),  E.  8chulze  found  the  root  of  Ptekn  trifoliata,  to  contain  the  base 
arginine  (.CjH„N,0.,),  a  constituent  of  germinating  Lapinus  luteus,  and  other  plants, 
and  one  of  the  decomposition  products  of  horn,  obtained  when  treating  it  with 
hvdrochloric  acid  and  stannous  chloride  (S.  G.  Hedin,C/if»j.  CnUralblntt, Vol.  II, 
1894.  p.  993;  and  Vol.  I,  1896,  p.  118).  It  is  characterized  by  a  dark-blue  crystal- 
lizable  compound  with  copper  nitrate  ([C5H|,N,OJj.Cu[NOJ,.3H,0). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Ptelea  is  tonic,  and  surpassed  in  this 
line  only  by  hydnuitis.  Usoil  alter  iiitrnnittent  fevers,  remittent  ferers,  and  all  cases  of 
debUity  where  tonics  are  indit'ated.  .'^aid  also  to  be  anthelmintic.  Equal  parts  of 
ptelea  and  Euonymus  atropurpureus,  have  been  found  very  useful  in  pulinoiiar;/ 
'iffectioivi.  A  tincture  of  ptelea,  made  in  whiskey,  is  reputed  to  have  cured  sev- 
eral cases  of  ««t^mrt,  and  is  said  to  cause,  in  many  instances  where  it  has  been 
used,  a  troublesome  external  erysipelatom  inflommation,  either  general  or  local,  but 
which,  if  the  use  of  the  tincture  be  persisted  in,  finally  disappears,  and  the  patient 
becomes,  at  the  same  time,  permanently  cured  of  the  disease  for  which  he  was 
treated.  This  would  certainly  indicate  other  valuable  properties  in  this  plant, 
than  those  with  which  we  are  acquainted,  which  deserve  a  further  and  thorough 
investigation.  Prof  I.  G.  .Jones  stated  that  this  bark  is  a  pure,  unirritating  tonic, 
having  rather  a  soothing  influence  when  applied  to  irritated  mucous  membranes. 
He  h:xs  employed  it  advantageously  in  convalescence  after  fevers,  and  in  debility 
connected  with  gastro-enteric  irritation.  It  promotes  the  appetite,  enables  the 
stomach  to  endure  suitable  nourishment,  favors  the  early  reestablishment  of 
digestion,  and  will  be  tolerated  by  the  stomach  when  other  tonics  are  rejected. 
He  employed  it  in  cold  infusion!  of  which  ^  fluid  ounce  may  be  given  every 
2,  3,  or  4  hours,  according  to  circumstances.  It  is  also  said  to  cure  intermittent 
fever,  and  is  considered  by  some  to  be  equal  to  quinine.  It  may  be  used  in  pow- 
der, tincture,  or  extract.  Dose  of  the  powder,  10  to  30  grains,  3"or  4  times  a  day; 
of  the  tincture,  1  or  2  fluid  drachms;  of  the  extract,  5  to  10  grains ;  specific  ptelea, 

1  to20.1r,,ps. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Asthmatic  breathing;  chronic  diseases, 
with  sense  of  constriction  in  the  chest,  and  short  breathing. 

PTERIS.— PTERIS. 

The  whole  plants  of  PteriK  atropiirpurea,  Linne,  and  other  species  of  Pterin. 

X'lt.  Or</.— Filices. 

Common   N.ames:   (I)  Roekbrake;  (2)  Common  brnke. 

Botanical  Source.— Rockbrake  is  an  indigenous  perennial  fern,  with  a  frond 
6  to  lU  inches  in  height,  twice  as  long  as  wide,  of  a  grayish  hue,  pinnate,  the  two 
lower  divisions  consisting  of  1  to  3  i)airs  of  leaflets,  with  a  large  terminal  seg- 
ment. The  stipe  and  rachis  are  dark-purple, shinin<;,  with  <lense,  paleaceous  hairs 
.at  base.  The  lower  leaflets  are  ternate  or  pinnate,  lanceolate,  obtuse,  distinct, 
iiblic^uely  truncate  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  with  margins  conspicuously  revolntc. 
The  involucre  is  rather  broad,  and  formed  of  the  inflected  margin  of  the  fromJi 


1588  PULSATILLA. 

opening  inwardly.  The  .sori  are  in  a  broad,  continuous  line  along  the  margin  of 
the  frond.  The  several  varieties  of  this  species  possess  similar  properties,  as  the 
Reris  venom, yiiih  the  stipe  angled,  and  the  leaflets  veined  beneath;  P.punctnta, 
with  the  stipe  terete,  and  the  leaflets  punctate  beneath  (W. — G.). 

The  Pteris  aquilinn,  Linne,  or  Common  brake,  likewise  possesses  analogous  vir- 
tues. It  is  a  fern  2  to  5  feet  in  height,  upon  a  smooth,  dark-purple,  erect  stipe. 
The  frond  is  pinnate,  3-parted,  broad-triangular  in  outline;  the  branches  bipin- 
nate;  the  leaflets  linear-lanceolate;  the  lower  ones  pinnatitid,  upper  ones  entire; 
the  segments  oblong  and  obtuse.  The  sori  are  covered  by  the  folding  back  of  the 
margins  of  the  segments  (W.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition. — Rockbrake  is  common 
to  the  United  States,  usually  growing  on  limestone  rocks;  the  common  brake  is 
found  in  great  abundance  in  woods,  pastures,  waste  grounds,  and  stony  hills.  The 
whole  plant  is  used  in  medicine,  and  imparts  its  virtues  to  water.  As  found  in 
commerce,  the  dried  root  consists  of  a  long  cylindrical  caudex,  of  a  dark-brown 
color  externally,  and  a  light  brownish-red  internally,  of  an  astringent,  leathery 
taste,  and  around  which  are  closely  arranged,  overlapping  each  other  like  the 
shingles  of  a  roof,  the  remains  of  the  leaf-stalks  or  stipes,  which  are  1  or  2  inches 
in  length,  from  2  to  4  lines  thick,  somewhat  curved  and  directed  upward,  angu- 
lar, dark-brown,  furrowed  longitudinally,  and  from  between  which  emerge  numer- 
ous small,  radical  fibers.  The  dried  leaves  are  of  a  light-grayish  or  greenish-yel- 
low color,  of  an  odor  resembling  that  of  sole-leather,  and  a  leathery,  astringent, 
not  disagreeable  taste.  As  sold,  it  is  usually  in  broken  fragments.  According  to 
Wackenroder,  the  root  of  the  common  brake  contains  a  bitter  substance,  fatty 
oil,  mucilage,  starch  (33.5  per  cent),  tannin,  etc.  It  also  contains  volatile  oil  anil 
filicin,  a  derivative  of  the  phenol  phlorrirjlucin  (CgH3[OH]3). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Rockbrake  is  astringent  and  anthel 
raintic.  A  deecntion  (if  it,  taken  moderately,  has  proved  efticient  in  dinrrhan. 
dysentr.ri/,  niij/it-.'ureiit.f,  and  li<:iniin-h(iyc-<;  and,  used  as  a  local  application,  it  is  bene- 
ficial in  ob.-^tinate  and  ill-conditioned  ulcers,  ulceratwvs  of  the  mouth  andfaures,  and 
as  a  vaginal  injection  in  leucorrh<xa.  A  strong  decoction  is  in  repute  as  a  remedy 
for  ivorms.  A  powerful  astringent  infusion  may  be  made  by  adding  4  drachms  of 
the  plant  to  1  pint  of  boiling  water,  and  which  has  been  used  in  diarrhcea  and 
dysentery,  in  ^  fluid  ounce  doses,  repeated  every  2  or  3  hours,  with  success.  A 
tincture  of  the  fresh  entire  plant  (sviii  to  alcohol,  76  per  cent,  Oj)  is  suggested  in 
from  1  to  10-drop  doses  (Scudder).  Pteris  aquilina  is  sometimes  called  Female  J'eni, 
and  has  been  used  to  expel  tapeworm. 

A  plant  called  Winter  fern,  or  Brake,  is  ranch  employed  in  amenorrhcea  SluA  in 
suppression  of  the  lochia;  it  is  used  in  infusion  and  taken  freely.  By  some  it  is  sup- 
posed to  be  the  Ptei-is  ntropurpurea,  but  of  this  I  am  not  positive,  not  having  been 
able  to  obtain  a  perfect  specimen  of  the  plant  for  examination.  Both  the  roots 
and  tops  are  used,  and  are  worthy  the  attention  of  the  practitioner  in  the  above- 
named  derangeiuents  (.1.  King). 

PULSATILLA  (U.  S.  P.)— PULSATILLA. 

"The  herb  of  Anemo^ie  PulsatilUi  and  Aneiiwne praien^is,  hinne,  collected  soon 
after  flowering.  It  should  be  carefully  preserved,  and  not  be  kept  longer  than 
1  year'— (U.S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Ranunculaceffi. 

Common  Names:  Pasque  flower,  Pa^se  flower,  Wind  floirer,  M<ruiow  anentone. 

Ilhtstkation  :   Meehan,  Native  Flou'crs  and  Fcr/J,  Vol.  1,49. 

Botanical  Source. — Ank.mo.ne  PRATEtisis  {^PulsiUillu  ni()riratu:,Pid^atiUapm- 
tensis,  Miller),  True  or  Sinnll  numlow  anemone.  This  is  a  handsome  species  of  this 
genus  of  perennial  plants,  witii  simple,  erect,  rounded  stems,  from  3  to  5  inches 
high.    The  leaves  are  radical,  pinnatifid,  and  downy;  the  segments  many-parled, 


with  linear  lobes.  The  flowers  are  solitary,  terminal,  pendulous,  deep-purple  i 
violet-brown,  having  6  sepals,  somewhat  narrow,  point«d,  retiexed  at  the  point 
erect  and  converging  at  tne  base.     Stalked  glands  or  sterile  stamens  are  found 


between  the  fertile  stamens  and  sepals  (L.).    The  proximity  of  the  in volucre  is 
such  that  it  has  a  ealy.x  like  appearance. 


ITLSATILLA.  1589 

Anemone  Pii..-atili.a  {Puinatilla  vulgariis,  Miller). — This  plant  differs  from 
the  preceding  by  having  the  involucre  more  remote  from  the  flower,  at  least  in 
the  mature  plant,  in  being  more  hairy,  and  in  possessing  a  scape 
curved  above  and  more  shaggy  than  that  of  the  preceding  plants.  **' 

Its  flower  i.s  but  half  the  size  and  of  a  deeper  color  than  that  of 
Aneni'ine  jinitensig. 

History. — Pulsatilla  or  Pasque  flower  grows  in  Turkey,  in 
Russia,  and  in  other  parts  of  Europe,  as  in  Germany,  France, 
Denmark,  Sweden,  and  southern  England.  It  also  grows  in  Asia, 
in  open  fields,  plains,  hills,  sandv  pasture  grounds,  and  open 
pine  woods,  exposed  to  the  sun,  flowering  early  in  the  spring, 
and,  according  to  some  writers,  again  in  the  latter  part  of  sum- 
mer or  early  in  the  fall.  Owing  to  its  early  blooming  period,  at 
about  Eastertide,  it  has  been  named  by  the  French  Pasque flouer, 
having  reference  to  the  Passover  and  Paschal  ceremonies.  The 
plant  has  a  very  slight  odor,  and  an  acrid,  pungent  taste.  The 
leaves  are  not  fully  matured  at  the  early  flowering  period.  The 
whole  plant  is  covered  with  soft,  silky,  wiiite  hairs,  giving  to  it 
a  lax,  shaggy,  woolly  appearance.  All  species  of  Anemone  wilt 
verj'  quickly.  An  acrid,  volatile  constituent  is  emitted  when  the 
fresh  plant  is  bruised,  suflicientlv  powerful  to  produce  lachrvma-     .  ,    ,     .„ 

',  •      .'  rrt*'*^iiii  i*  \'  Anemone  rulsatilla. 

tion  and  even  vesication.  To  give  its  best  therapeutic  action, 
the  plant  should  be  put  into  alcohol  before  being  allowed  to  dry.  Alcohol  appears 
to  be  its  best  menstruum.  The  tincture  may  be  prepared  by  macerating  2  pounds 
of  the  fresh  plant  in  4  ]>ints  of  strong  alcohol,  then  expressing  and  filtering.  It 
has  a  brownish-green  color,  and  an  acrid,  pungent  taste.  Even  fluid  prepara- 
tions.of  Pulsatilla  become  altered  with  age,  consequently  the  physician  should 
frequently  renew  his  stock. 

Description.— The  U.  S.  P.  thus  describes  the  drug:  "Leaves  radical,  petiolate, 
silky-vilhius,  twice  or  thrice  deeply  3-parted,  or  pinnately -cleft, with  linear,acute 
lobes,  ap])iaring  after  the  large,  purple  flowers;  inodorous,  very  acrid" — {C.  S.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition. — Pulsatilla,  in  fresh  condition,  yields  upon  distilla- 
tion with  water,  a  culorkss  to  yellow,  acrid  oil,  from  which  chloroform  abstracts 
crystallizable,  acrid,  vesicating  anemone  camphor.  It  is  an  unstable  body  and 
readily  decomposes  into  anemonin  a-nA.  honnemftnic  acjV?,  especially  when  in  moist 
condition.  (For  further  details,  see  Anemone  patens  var.  Xuttalliana.)  The  formula 
(Cn,H,0,)  given  to  anemonin  by  Beckurts  (1892)  was  confirmed  by  Hans  Meyer 
(Jnhresb.  der  Pharm.,  1896,  p.  509),  who  believes  it  to  be  related  to  cantharklin 
(C,|,H„0,>.    Pulsatilla  also  contains  iron-greening  tannin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Topically  applied,  the  fresh  plant  of 
Pulsatilla  is  irritant,  and,  if  kept  lonj;  in  contact  with  the  skin,  may  produce  vesi- 
cation. When  chewed,  it  produces  a  benumbing  sensation  and  tingling  formica- 
tion, somewhat  like  that  produced  by  aconiie  or  prickly  ash.  Taken  internally 
in  overdoses,  it  acts  as  a  gastric  irritant,  producing  a  sense  of  rawness,  burning, 
pain  in  stomach,  with  endeavors  to  vomit,  all  accompanied  with  marked  prostra- 
tion. A  case  of  poisoning  with  these  symptoms  is  on  record  in  the  Medical 
Gleaner,  Vol.  IV,  p.  173.  A  sense  of  constriction  and  tightness  of  the  chest,  with 
chilliness,  marked  weakness,  and  some  congestion,  has  been  produced  by  large 
doses.  Full  doses  depress  the  action  of  the  heart,  lower  arterial  tension,  and  re- 
duce temperature.  Sensory  and  motor  paralyses  have  followed  large  doses  of  Pul- 
satilla, while  toxic  doses  may  produce  mydriasis,  stupor,  coma,  and  convulsions. 
In  medicinal  doses,  pulsatiliii  increases  the  power  and  regulates  tiie  action  of  the 
heart, and  gives  a  better  ciiaracter  to  the  pulse  rate,  particularly  slowing  the  irri- 
table, rapid  and  feeble  pulse  due  to  nervous  depression.  It  improves  tlie  sym- 
pathetic system  and  cerel)ral  functions,  and  especially  strengthens  sympathetic 
innervation,  this  action  being  very  marked  in  troubles  of  the  reproductive  organs 
of  male  and  female. 

Pulsatilla  forms  an  important  remedy  with  the  Eclectic  physicians  as  well 
as  with  the  Honiipopaths,  who  make  extensive  use  of  it.  According  to  t lie  late 
Prof.  J.  M.  Scudder,  M.  I).,  who  used  it  largely  in  his  practice,  its  nsost  important 
use  is  to  allay  irritation  of  the  nervous  system  in  persons  of  feeble  healtii,  thus 


1590  PULSATILLA. 

giving  sleep  and  rest,  preventing  unnecessary  expenditure  of  nerve  force,  and,  by 
this  means,  facilitating  the  action  of  tonics  and  restoratives.  In  feeble  women, 
and  men  who  have  become  nervous  from  sedentary  habits  or  mental  over-exer- 
tion, as  well  as  in  the  nervousness  and  restlessness  of  masturbators,  or  persons 
addicted  to  the  excessive  use  of  tobacco,  he  has  found  it  very  certain  in  its  action. 
It  is  t/ie  remedy  for  nervous  women,  when  there  is  debility  and  faulty  nutrition 
of  the  nerve  centers. 

Pul.satilla  is  a  remedy  of  wide  applicability,  but  more  particularly  for  those 
conditions  in  which  the  mind  is  a  prominent  factor.  A  gloomy  mentality,  a  state 
of  nerve  depression  and  unrest,  a  disposition  to  brood  over  real  or  imagined  trouble, 
a  tendency  to  look  on  the  dark  side  of  life,  sadness,  mild  restlessness,  and  a  state 
of  mental  unrest  generally  denominated  in  broad  terms  "nervousness,"  are  factors 
in  the  condition  of  the  patient  requiring  Pulsatilla.  A  Pulsatilla  patient  weeps 
easily,  and  the  mind  is  inclined  to  wander — to  be  unsettled.  The  pulse  requiring 
Pulsatilla  is  weak,  soft,  and  open,  and  the  tissues  have  a  tendency  to  dryness 
(except  when  the  mucous  tissues  are  discharging  a  thick,  bland  material),  and, 
about  the  orbits  the  parts  appear  contracted,  sunken,  and  dark  in  color.  The 
whole  countenance  and  movements  of  the  body  depict  sadness,  moroseness,  des- 
pondency, and  lack  of  tone.  Hysteria  of  the  mild  and  weeping  form  may  be 
a  symptom.  The  whole  condition  is  one  of  nervous  depression,  the  nutrition  of 
the  nerve  centers  are  at  fault.  With  such  symptoms,  Pulsatilla  may  be  confi- 
dently prescribed  in  the  conditions  and  disorders  enumerated  in  this  article. 
Pulsatilla  may  be  given  to  produce  sleep,  when  there  is  great  exhaustion  and 
opiates  are  inadmissible.  If  the  insomnia  depends  upon  determination  of  blood 
to  the  brain,  Pulsatilla  will  not  relieve,  but  when  due  to  nervous  exhaustion  it  is  a 
prompt  remedy  to  give  rest,  after  which  sleep  obtains.  Where  sleep  is  disturbed  by 
unpleasant  dreams,  and  the  patient  awakens  sad  and  languid,  pul.^atilla  should  be 
given.  Pulsatilla  has  a  large  field  in  troubles  incident  to  the  reproductive  organs 
of  both  sexes.  As  an  emmenagogue,  it  serves  a  useful  purpose  in  amenorrhcea  in 
nervous  and  anemic  subjects,  with  chilliness  a  pirominent  symptom.  When  mei 
struation  is  suppressed,  tardy  or  scanty  from  taking  cold,  or  from  emotional  causes, 
Pulsatilla  is  the  reined}'.  In  dysmenorrhmt,  not  due  to  mechanical  causes,  and 
with  the  above-named  nervous  symptoms,  no  remedy  is  more  eflective.  Leuror- 
rh(va,\\ith  a  free,  thick,  milky,  or  yellow,  bland  discharge  and  pain  in  the  loin;-, 
and  particularly  in  scrofulous  individuals,  calls  for  Pulsatilla.  It  is  a  remedy  for 
mild  forms  of  hysteria, -where  the  patient  is  weak  and  weeps  easily,  has  fears  of 
impending  danger,  and  passes  large  quantities  of  clear,  limpid  urine,  and  men- 
struation is  suppressed. 

The  long-continued  use  of  Pulsatilla  as  an  intercurrent  remedy,  is  accredited 
with  curative  effects  in  uterine  colic,  but  it  is  of  no  value  during  an  attack.  Pulsa- 
tilla fn(iuently  proves  a  good  remedy  in  ovaritis  and  ovaralgin  with  tensive,  tear- 
ing pain.  Sluggish,  ineffectual,  and  weak  labor-pains  are  sometimes  remeilied  by 
this  drug.  It  is  frequently  a  remedy  for  ;>««!,  when  dependent  on  or  associated 
with  debility,  and  sometimes  when  due  to  acute  inflammation.  It  is  a  leading 
remedy  in  epididymitis  and  orchitis,  wheXhex  due  to  gonorrhipal  infection  or  to 
metastasis  from  mumps.  The  dark-red,  congested,  enlarged,  and  sensitive  testicle 
indicates  it.  It  relieves  the  pains  of  orrhialgin,  and  subdues  mnrnmar;^  strellinff 
from  the  metastasis  of  mumps.  Pulsatilla  increases  sexual  power,  but  lessens 
iiKirliidsi.nutlcrritcment.  It  is  especially  valuable  in  relieving  urethral  irritation 
:u\d  vni\!ivqufut  spermntorrhaa  and  pro.statorrha'a.  In  these  troubles  it  overcomes 
tlie  nervous  apprehensions  so  frequently  a  troublesome  feature.  It  also  alleviates 
the  nervous  irritability  accompanying  or  produced  by  rnricordc.  In  gonorrhim. 
particularly  of  the  chronic  tvpe,  Pulsatilla  is  of  value,  when  the  urethral  mem- 
brane is  swollen.  Pulsatilla  Vias  been  used  by  some  for  the  relief  of  hydroi-elf,  but 
for  this  affection  we  possess  better  remedies.  Many  unpleasant  conditions  of  the 
urinary  apparatus  are  relieved  by  Pulsatilla,  as  frequent  but  ineff.etual  attempts 
at  urination,  the  bladder  giving  a  sensation  as  if  bloated;  dribbling  of  urine  from 
movement,  the  dymria  of  preyimncy,  and  in  involuntary  micturition  from  colds  or 
from  nervous  debility. 

Pulsatilla  frequen 
relieves  the  frontnl  headac, 


tly  proves  a  useful  remedy  in  htn^arhe  of  various  types.    It 
dnche  from  7ifl.''fi/  citarrh,  ucrvous  hemlnche,  particularly  when 


PULSATILLA.  1 -Di 

due  to  gastric  disturbances,  with  greasy  taste,  menstrual  headache,  with  chilliness 
and  suppressed  menses,  bilu)us  and  ga.'<lric  headaches,  of  a  dull  and  heavy  character, 
with  greasy  taste  and  nausea,  and  headaches  due  to  uterine  irregularities  or  to  a 
rheumatic  diathesis.  These  headaches  are  all  of  anemic  cl)aracter — the  opposite 
of  tiiose  relieved  by  gelsemium.  Though  ordinarily  not  a  remedy  for  acute  in- 
flammations (contraindicated  in  gastro-intestinal  inflammation),  there  are  some 
conditions  where  small  doses  of  pulsatilla  are  beneficial  when  the  usual  symp- 
toms calling  for  the  drug  are  present.  These  conditions  are  acule  inflnmmntion  0/ 
the  nose,faure~i,  lan/nx,  or  brmichur.  It  is  especially  effective  in  the  secondary  stage 
oi  acute  naml  nitittrh,  \fhtm  the  naso-pharynx  is  affected  and  there  is  a  sense  of 
rawness  and  moisture,  and  an  abundant  discharge  of  thick,  yellow,  bland,  inoffen- 
sive mucus  or  niuco-pus.  Pulsatilla  frequently  serves  a  good  purpose  in  asthma 
superinduced  by  i)regnancy,  or  by  suppressed  menses,  and  it  favorably  influences 
whoopiwi-coufih  in  properly  selected  cases.  So-called ''stowuirA  co«jr^  "  is  frequently 
cured  by  pulsatilla. 

Pulsatilla  sliould  be  remembered  as  a  remedy  of  much  value  to  control  the 
catarrhal  symptoms  of  the  exanthemata;  it  also  controls  the  irritability  frequently 
accompanying  the.se  disorders.  In  mcasle^,il  has  done  good  service  in  checiiing 
the  coryza  and  profuse  lachrymation,  as  well  as  the  drj^  tight,  painful  cough,  and 
when  retrocession  of  the  eruption  has  taken  place,  it  has  reversed  this  unpleasant 
condition.  It  relieves  the  irritable  condition  in  varicelkt.  Pulsatilla  is  very  effi- 
cient in  real  and  imaginary  cardiac  affections.  It  has  proved  useful  in  cardiac 
hypertrophy  and  in  dilatation  of  the  venous  heart.  It  is  especiall}'  efiecti  ve  in  functional 
heart  disorders  with  giddiness,  imperfect  voluntary  motion,  impaired  vision,  and 
with  a  symptom  described  as  a  sense  of  pressure  over  the  larvnx  and  trachea, 
with  imperfect  respiratory  movement,  and  sense  of  impending  danger;  the  symp- 
toms just  preceding  are  those  not  unfrequently  associated  with  functional  heart 
disease,  dyspepsia,  uterine  disease,  or  over-excitation  of  the  sexual  system,  and  are 
generally  very  unpleasant  and  annoying.  It  often  relieves  that  form  ofvenotis  con- 
gestion which  stops  short  of  inflammation,  as  in  threatened  ovaritis,  orchitis,  vari- 
cocele, and  crural  phlebitis.  Varicocele  and  other  varicoses  are  frequently  improved 
by  its  administration  with  other  indicated  remedies.  Its  chief  advantage,  outside 
of  some  control  over  the  venous  structure,  is  its  relief  of  the  nervous  complica- 
tions.   It  has  been  used  to  good  advantage  for  the  relief  of  hemorrhoids. 

Constipation  in  the  hysterical  female  yields  to  nux  vomica  and  pulsatilla,  and 
the  latter  has  a  pleasing  action  in  some  forms  of  indige.'it ion  and  dysjjcpsia.  These 
cases  are  those  in  which  there  is  a  thick,  creamy  paste  upon  the  tongue  and 
a  greasy  taste.  Such  troubles  are  frequently  brought  about  by  indulgence  in 
pastries  and  fatty  food.  Pain  is  not  marked,  but  there  is  pyrosis  and  grea.sy  eruc- 
tations, gastric  distension,  uneasy  gnawing  sensations  in  the  stomach,  and  chilli- 
ness may  be  a  pronounced  symptom.  The  patient  is  nervous,  sad,  and  may  have 
a  soft,  yellow  diarrhea.  For  such  cases  pulsatilla  is  an  excelleiit  remedy.  It  is 
also  said  to  relieve  alternating  constipation  and  diarrhaa  with  venous  congestion. 
Pulsatilla  is  a  prompt  and  decisive  agent  in  earache,  brought  on  by  cold,  wet,  and 
exposure  to  winds.  There  is  an  absence  of  fever,  the  pulse  is  open  and  soft,  the 
child  sobs,  the  face  is  pale,  the  tissues  full  and  waxen,  the  pain  is  intense  and 
frequently  paroxysmal  and  tearing  in  character — evidently  a  neuralgic  condition, 
for  physical  signs  of  local  disturbance  are  seldom  observed.  In  purulent  otiiis  nudi/t, 
with  tiiick,  yellow,  bland  discharge,  and  impaired  hearing,  and  tinnitus  aurium, 
Pulsatilla  is  the  indicated  remedy. 

One  i)f  the  earliest  uses  of  this  plant  was  for  the  relief  of"  amauro.<<u>,  cataract, 


and  opa<-ily  of  the  cornea,"  conditions  in  which  the  reputed  value  of  pulsatilla  is  very 
much  overrated.  There  is  a  condition,  sometimes  known  as  "H/rmu-s-  blindness," 
which  has  been  benefited  by  pulsatilla,  and  this  is  probably  the  condition  for- 
merly referred  to  under  the  elastic  term  amaurosis.  Pulsatilla  stands  out  promi- 
nently as  a  remedy  for  hordeolum  or  ".'>tye."  It  is  also  a  prompt  remedy  when  the 
conjunctiva  is  hyperemic  and  the  vision  weakened,  es))ecially  after  reading,  or 
from  sexual  abuse  or  sexual  excesses,  and  in  profttJic  lachrymation  from  exposure 
to  winds  or  when  in  the  wind.  It  should  be  used  locally  (gtt.  x  to  a()ua  sij)  and 
also  given  internally  in  small  dases.  In  chronic  conjuncticitis,  with  bland,  yellow 
discharges,  in  scrofulous  individuals,  or  due  to  the  exanthemata,  and  in  ophthalmia 


1592  PULVERES. 

neonatorum,  with  like  discharge,  Pulsatilla  has  been  used  with  signal  success.  It 
relieves  deep-seated,  heavy  pain  in  the  globe  of  the  eye,  and  has  been  recom- 
mended in  inflammation  of  the  lachrymal  snc.  Storek,  who  was  one  of  the  first  to 
use  ])ulsatill!i,  considered  it  useful  in  secondary  syiihilis,  and  in  some  forms  of  <-w^- 
neous  diseases,  as  well  as  in  amaurosis  and  other  ocular  affections. 

This  drug  has  been  used  with  much  succes.s  in  rheumatism,  when  the  pains 
were  shifting  and  relieved  by  cold  and  aggravated  by  warmth.  Depression  of 
spirits  is  here  a  prominent  feature.  It  has  also  aided  in  restoring  the  flow  of  milk 
in  af/alactin  in  nervous  and  fear-depressed  women,  whose  breasts  wore  painful  and 
swollen.  Prof.  W.  E.  Bloyer  emphasizes  its  value  in  ^'jerking''  or'"  jumjAng''  tooth- 
ache, usually  due  to  the  formation  of  a  pus  cavity  near  the  nerve.  He  applied 
the  full  strength  specific  pulsatilla,  or  diluted  one-half  with  water,  besides  giving 
the  drug  internally.  He  also  recommends  this  treatment  as  "especially  useful  in 
inflammntion 8  canseA  by  dead  teeth,  and  the  inflammatory,  painful,  and  unjileasant 
conditions  of  the  pulp  cavity  in  those  in  which  the  nerve  has  been  destroyed" 
{Ec.  Med.  Jour.,  1895,  p.  248).  The  dose  of  specific  pulsatilla  is  from  a  fraction  of 
a  drop  to  10  drops,  administered  in  water;  of  the  fluid  extract,  from  1  to  15  drops; 
of  the  extract,  from  ^  to  1  grain  ;  of  anemonin,  ^  to  J  grain. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Nervousness  and  despondency,  sadness, 
unnatural  tVar,  tcndeiK  y  to  weep,  morbid  mental  excitement,  marked  dejiression 
of  spirits;  pain,  with  dt-iiility,  nervousness,  headache,  not  dependent  on  determi- 
nation of  blood  to  the  head;  insomnia,  from  nervous  exhaustion;  neuralgia  in 
anemic,  debilitated  subjects;  pasty,  white,  or  creamy,  thick  coating  uj>on  the 
tongue,  with  greasy  taste;  stomach  disorders  from  indulgence  in  fats  and  pastries; 
thick,  bland,  inoffensive  discharges  from  mucous  surfaces;  alternating  diarrhoea 
and  constipation,  with  venous  congestion;  amenorrlia»a  and  dysnienorrha'a.  with 
gloomy  mentality  and  chilliness;  severe  pains  in  the  ear,  non-inflammatory  and 
evidently  neuralgic;  pain  from  exposure  to  wind  ;  jumping  toothache,  from  abscess 
near  the  dental  pulp ;  styes. 

PULVERES.— POWDERS, 

Medicines  which  have  no  nauseous  or  unpleasant  taste,  no  acrid  or  destruc- 
tive action,  which  are  not  deliquescent,  and  which  can  be  given  in  not  too  bulk}- 
doses,  are  usually  more  advantageously  administered  in  tine  powder.  When  an 
article  is  reduced  to  powder,  it  has  a  much  greater  surface  exposed  to  the  influ- 
ence of  light  and  of  the  atmosphere  than  when  in  the  crude, aggregate  mass;  and 
as  most,  if  not  all  vegetable  powders,  are  injured  by  the  action  of  these  agents, 
it  is  always  better  to  keep  them  in  well-closed  tin  cans,  or  in  well-stoppered  bot- 
tles, which  are  covered  externally  with  a  coat  of  black  paint,  varnish,  or  black 
paper.  Some  agents  become  damp  or  lose  their  virtues  rapidly  when  in  the  state 
of  powder;  such  should  be  pulverized  in  small  quantities  at  a  time,  and  only  as 
they  are  required.  As  a  general  rule,  the  finer  the  powder,  or  the  longer  it  is 
triturated,  the  more  active  it  becomes. 

M.  Dorvault  think.s  that  the  operation  of  pulverization  effect.*  an  actual 
change  in  the  chemical  and  therapeutical  properties  of  many  agents.  Sugar  is 
less  soluble  in  water,  and  less  sweet,  when  long  pulverized  or"  triturated,  and,  he 
inquires,  is  this  to  be  referred  to  an  altered  electrical  condition  of  the  sugar,  as 
the  phosphorescence  developed  during  the  act  of  pulverization  in  the  dark  would 
lead  us  to  suppose?  Gum  Arabic,  powdered,  lias  not  the  s;»nie  tat-te.  nor  the 
same  solubility  as  when  in  the  entire  state,  if  a  given  quantity  of  water  may  Im> 
made  to  dissolve  40  parts  of  arsenous  acid  in  the  vitreou,"  state,  the  same  quan- 
tity of  water  can  be  made  to  dissolve  only  14  parts  after  pulverization  {Ai>uaUof 
Pharmacy,  May,  1852).  Changes  of  this  kind  may  ensue  from  tlie  action  of  light, 
the  oxygen  of  the  atmospiieie,  its  nitrogen,  or  its  electricity,  etc.,  upon  matter 
reduced  to  a  state  of  great  fineness. 

When  but  one  article  is  reduced  to  powder,  it  is  termetl  a  simple y>omler,yi\\en 
several  articles  in  powder  are  rubbed  together,  the  mixture  is  termed  a  r>w\]mutd 
powder.  As  the  substances  entering  into  the  formation  of  a  compound  powder 
may  be  of  various  textures  and  densities,  it  is  generally  preferable  to  reduce  each, 
separately,  to  a  powder,  and  then  mix  and  triturate  them  thoroughly  together. 


Some  articles,  however,  reouire  the  intervention  of  another  before  they  can  be 
reduced  to  powder,  as  camphor,  which  is  pulverized  by  the  addition  of  a  few  drops 
of  aKohol;  others,  again,  are  powdered  with  facility  by  the  aid  of  a  harder  sub- 
stance. Medicines  that  contain  consiileral)le  fixed  oil,  or  which  are  deliiiuescent, 
should  never  be  prescribed  in  the  form  of  powders,  more  especially  when  they  aro 
to  be  retained  for  any  length  of  time,  as  the  former  may  injure  the  powder  in 
consequence  of  rancidity,  wliile  the  latter  may  render  it  ilamp,  moldy,  and  inert. 
Articles  which  are  inrom/iitliblr  should  never  be  united  together,  unless  the  decom- 
position product  is  required.  When  volatile  or  deliquescent  sul)Stances  are  pre- 
scribed in  powders,  as  camphor,  carbonate  of  ammonium,  or  carbonate  of  potas- 
sium, they  should  be  wrapped  in  wax  papers,  and  enclosed  in  tin-foil,  a  tin  box, 
or  a  wide-mouth  vial.  The  paper  used  for  powders  of  ordinary  character,  should 
be  very  smooth,  or  glazed,  to  prevent  the  powder  from  adhering  to  it,  ami  suffi- 
ciently soft  and  yielding  to  be  opened  ami  closed  readily,  without  s[iringing,  .so  as 
to  throw  out  any  portion  of  the  powder.  Some  apothecaries  fold  their  powders  in 
foolscap  jiaper,  and  these,  when  opened  by  the  patient,  in  consequence  of  their 
stitthess,  spill  or  throw  out  a  very  material  proportion  of  the  medicine.  When 
a  powder  is  prescribed  in  bulk,  leaving  it  to  the  patient  to  apportion  the  dose, 
unless  otherwise  desired,  it  should  always  be  j>ut  into  a  wide-mouthed  vial. 

The  old  absurd  and  unscientific  style  of  combining  eight  or  ten  articles  in 
one  preparation  is  fortunately  becoming  unpopular,  and,  though  a  few  prepara- 
tions of  the  kind  are  retained,  yet  the  major  amount  of  our  present  compounds 
consist  of  but  two  or  three,  and  rarely  exceeding  four  substances.  In  the  former 
the  articles  were  too  frequently  thrown  together  without  any  guide  or  rule,  or 
any  regard  to  compatibilities,  and,  though  benefit  might  have  been,  haphazardly, 
derived  from  these  heterogeneous  mixtures,  it  was  always  diflicult  to  ascertain 
upon  which  article  or  articles  the  effect  depended,  or  whether  it  was  owing  to  ;i 
third  agent,  the  result  of  decomposition. 

In  preparing  powders,  it  will  be  best  to  dry  the  article,  beat  it  in  an  iron  oi 
brass  mortar  for  a  time,  then  sift  it  through  a  fine  sieve;  again  beat  the  coarser 
l)arts  in  a  mortar  for  a  short  time,  sift  again;  and  so  continue  alternately  pulver- 
izing and  sifting  until  the  whole  is  reduced  to  fine  powder,  the  product  beingwell 
mixed.  When  very  active  articles,  such  as  strychnine,  chloride  of  gold,  atropine, 
etc.,  are  to  be  given  in  tlie  form  of  powders,  gum,  sugar,  sugar  of  milk,  starch,  or 
marsh-mallow  should  be  triturated  with  them,  in  order  to  facilitate  their  reduc- 
tion to  minute  division.     Milk  sugar  is  the  most  desirable  diluent. 

The  usual  vehicle  for  taking  the  lighter  powders  is  an  agreeable,  thin  liquid, 
as  water,  gruel,  milk, -etc.  Heavy  powders  require  a  more  consistent  vehicle,  as 
syrup,  molasses,  thick  mucilage,  etc. ;  always  bearing  in  mind  whether  the  vehicle 
be  compatil)le  with  the  active  ingredients  of  the  powder.  Small  amounts  of  pow- 
ders of  a  disagreeable  taste,  may  be  conveniently  administered  in  gelatin  capsules. 
An  elegant  form  of  administration  is  that  proposed,  in  1862.  by  Limousin.  This 
is  ijy  means  nf  imfer  c(t}mde.'<,  or  Cachctn  de  Pain.  These  are  wafers  of  unleavened 
bread,  into  which  has  been  pressed  a  concavity.  One  wafer  is  filletl  with  the 
powder,  and  the  second  wafer,  wetted  upon  the  inner  surface,  is  pressed  down 
upon  the  first  with  sufficient  force  to  cause  them  to  adhere.  To  adminitter,  wet 
the  capsiili',  ]ilai  e  it  upon  the  tongue  posteriorly,  and  wash  it  down  with  a  drink 
of  water  or  other  desired  fluid.   Similar  recept.acles  are  also  made  of  rice  flour. 

Granular  Powders. — Many  methods  have  been  suggested  for  the  prei)arati()n 
of  granular  jjowders.  (Granules  of  vegetable  and  like  powders  were  introduced 
by  Dr.  Thomas  Skinner,  in  1S62.  They  were  prepared  by  rubbing  the  desired 
l)owder  with  mucilage  to  form  a  non-adhesive,  crummy  mass,  which,  after  drying 
and  bruising,  could  he  passed  through  sieves  of  any  desired  size.  Th(se  granules 
were  sometimes  cojxted.  (inundar  iffri-ve-'<rent  powilers,  now  jiopular,  may  be  pre- 
pared by  pulverizing  separately  the  acids,  alkaline  compounds,  and  sugar,  mix- 
ing, and  passing  them  through  sieves,  moi.stening  with  a  little  alcohol,  to  cause 
the  particles  to  adhere,  and  then  passing  them  with  slight  i>ressure  through  a 
sieve  having  suitable  sized  me.shcs.  After  drying,  the  granules  are  again  passed 
through  sieves  of  different  sizes,  to  obtain  the  various  size<l  granules. 

CJksek.\l  Formulas. — Formula  A  (Fine ])oir(ler).  "Medicinal  agent,  in  fine  pow- 
der, fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,3:i4  grs.];  saccharated  eodium  bicarbonate 


(F.  341),  four  hundred  and  seventy-five  grammes  (475  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,334  grs.]; 
saccharated  tartaric  acid  (P.  8),  four  hundred  and  seventy-five  grammes  (475  Gm."! 
[1  lb.  av.,  330  grs.].  Triturate  the  ingredients,  previously  well-dried,  until  a  uni- 
formly mixed  powder  is  obtained. 

Formula  B  { Grmvi I nr  powder). — "Medicinal  agent,  in  fine  powder,  fifty 
grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,334  grs.];  saccharnted  sodium  bicarbonate  (F.  34lj, 
four  hundred  and  seventy-five  grammes  (475  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,330  grs.];  saccha- 
rated  tartaric  acid  (F.  8),  two  hundred  and  thirty-seven  and  one-half  grammes 
(237.5  Gm.)  [8  ozs.  av.,  165  grs.];  saccharated  citric  acid  (F.5),  two  hundred  and 
and  thirty-seven  and  one-half  grammes  (237.5  Gm.)  [8  ozs.  av.,  165  grs.].  Mix 
the  ingredients  in  a  mortar,  transfer  them  to  an  evaporating  dish,  and  heat  upon 
a  water-bath,  keep  at  60°  to  71°  C.  (140°  to  160°  F.),  under  constant  stirring  with 
a  wooden  spatula,  until  dry  and  uniformly  granular.  The  saccharated  citric  acid, 
being  made  from  crystallized  citric  acid  containing  1  molecule  of  water  of  crystal- 
lization, supplies  the  moisture  necessary  to  cause  the  powder,  when  heated,  to 
cake  and  adhere  together.  If  the  somewhat  pasty  mass  is  then  stirred  with  the 
spatula,  small  granules  are  readily  formed,  and  these  become  firm  when  com- 
pletely dried.  Throughout  the  process  the  contact  of  the  powder  with  metals 
should  be  carefully  avoided.  Effervescent  powders  should  be  preserved  in  well- 
stoppered,  wide-mouthed  vials.  Note. — To  make  these  effervescent  compounds  it 
is  not  necessary  to  have  the  saccharated  alkali  and  saccharated  acids  in  stock. 
The  quantities  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  of  tartaric  acid,  of  citric  acid,  and  of  sugar, 
required  for  each  formula,  are  readily  ascertained  by  simple  calculation,  accord- 
ing to  the  following  rule:  Multiply  the  number  of  grammes  of  the  saccharate 
prescribed  by  the  figures  indicating  the  percentage  of  alkali  or  acid  it  contains, 
and  divide  the  sum  of  this  by  100.  The  quotient  is  the  quantity  of  alkali  or  acid, 
expressed  in  grammes,  and  by  deducting  this  quantity  from  the  total  quantity 
of  the  saccharate,  the  quantity  of  sugar  necessary  is  ascertained.  Applying  this 
rule,  by  way  of  example,  to  General  Formula  B,  we  have  the  following  result:  (1 ) 
475  Gm.  of  saccharated  sodium  bicarbonate,  containing  75  per  cent,  require  356.2-5 
Gm.  of  sodium  bicarbonate  and  118.75  Gm.  of  sugar.  (2)  237.5  Gm.  of  saccha- 
rated tartaric  acid,  containing  67.5  per  cent,  require  160.3  Gm.  of  tartaric  acid  and 
77.2  Gm.  of  sugar.  (3)  237.5  Gm.of  saccharated  citric  acid,  containing  62.5  per 
cent,  require  148.4  Gm.  of  citric  acid  and  89.1  Gm.  of  sugar.  And  the  formula 
would  then  be:  Medicinal  agent,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,334  grs.]; 
sodium  bicarbonate,  three  hundred  and  fifty-six  and  one-fourth  grammes  (356.2-5 
Gm.)  [12  ozs.  av.,  248  grs.];  tartaric  acid,  one  hundred  and  sixty  and  three- 
tenths  grammes  (160.3  Gm.)  [5  ozs.  av.,  286  grs.];  citric  acid,  one  hundred  and 
forty-eight  and  four-tenths  grammes  (148.4  Gm.)  [5  ozs.  av.,  102  grs.];  sugar,  two 
hundred  and  eighty-five  and  five  one-hundredths  grammes  (285.05  Gm.)  [10 
ozs.  av.,24  grs.];  "to  make  one  thousand  grammes  (lOOO  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs., 
120  ^TP.y— (Nat.  Form.). 

The  National  Form ulnry  directs  the  preparation  of  Ffferve-^rent  Poxrders  as  follows : 

Pn.VERES  Effervescentes,  Efferve><rcnt  Potvders. — "The  effervescent  powders 
for  which  formulas  are  given  in  the  Formulary,  are  most  conveniently  and  effi- 
ciently dispensed  in  the  form  of/«i?;/o!((/< /■•>■,  because  in  this  condition  they  can 
be  made  extemporaneously  and  with  assurance  of  their  freshness  and  efficiency. 
The  popular  demand,  however,  seems  to  be  for  granular  effervescent  powders,  the 
]»reparation  of  which  requires  certain  modifications  of  the  formulas,  important 
only  in  so  far  as  they  enable  the  dispenser  to  granulate  the  powder  in  a  conve- 
nient and  expeditious  manner. 

Gener.\l  Observ.\tio.n3  and  Directions. — "Effervescent  powders  are  com- 
posed of  the  medicinal  agent  in  admixture  with  an  alkaline  bicarlxmate,  an  or- 
ganic acid,  and  sugar.  The  proportion  of  the  medicinal  agent  is  dependent  ujHin 
its  dose,  that  of  the  alkaline  bicarbonate  and  of  the  organic  acid  is  dependent 
upon  their  molecular  relation  to  each  other,  while  the  projwrtion  of  sugar  is 
dependent  ujion  the  quantity  necessary  as  a  sweetening  agent  and  diluent.  The 
ingredients  lor  making  the  fine  pulveriil^ut  form  of  eSi-r\ei>cent  po\vdei-s  are:  The 
medicinal  agent,  sodium  bicarbonate,  tartaric  acid,  and  sugar,  and  it  is  necessary 
that  these  be  well  dried  before  mixing  them.  To  nuike  the  grni)ulnrjnnn  of  effer- 
vescent powders  the  ingredients  need  not  be  dried,  unless  sj>ecially  directeil,  and 


the  ingredients  are  the  same  as  for  the  pulverulent  form,  with  the  single  exception 
that  one-hiilf  the  molecule  of  turtarir  acid  in  7-cplaced  by  one-half  a  molecule  of  cn/stnllizcd 
citric  acid.'  With  the  view  to  simplifying  the  formulas  of  efl'ervescent  powders, 
three  new  preparations  have  heen  embodied  in  this  Formulary, viz.:  Acidum 
Cilriciim  S<icchanttum  (.Saccharated  Citric  Acid),  Formula  No.  5;  Aridum  Tartnr- 
irnm  &iccharatHm  (Saccharated  Tartaric  Acid),  Formula  No.  8;  Sodii  Birarbonas 
iiiccharatus  (Saccharated  Sodium  Bicarbonate), Formula  No.  341.  The  proportion 
of  sugar  in  these  new  saccharates  is  so  adjusted  that  when  either  of  tlie  acid  sac- 
charates  is  mixed  with  an  equal  weiglit  of  the  alkaline  saccharatc,  tlie  acid  and 
alkali  are  in  molecular  relation  to  each  other,  and,  when  dissolvt-d  in  water,  will 
form  the  neutral  tartrate  and  citrate  of  sodium  re.«pectively.  With  these  three 
saccharates  in  stock,  it  becomes  possible  to  mnke  effervescent  powders  quickly 
with  any  medicinal  agent  that  may  be  prescribed,  while  they  simplify  the  for- 
mulas for  the  efl'ervescent  preparations  now  in  the  Formulary,  their  use  being 
exem)>lilied  by  the  following  (ieiieral  ForiniiUi.'::'' 

Efifervescent  Powders  of  the  National  Formulary.— Pilvis  Ferri  et  Qui.\ik.«;  Citra- 
TIS  Efkervescexs  (N.  K.  1.  Kfirtexctnt  jtinidtr  nj  cili'ili:  of  trim  and  quinine,  EffervegcenI  citrate  of 
iron  ami  giiiiiiiir.  ".^olublo'  citrate  of  iron  aiiil  quiuine  (T.  S.  P.),  in  very  fine  powder,  ten 
grammes  (10  Cim.  i  [1.54  grs.];  saccharated  sodium  bicarbonate  (F.  3411,  four  hundred  and 
ninety-five  grammes  (495  Gm.)  [17  ozs.  av.,  202  gi-s.];  saccharated  tartaric  acid  (F.  8),  four 
liundred  and  ninety-five  grammes  (49.5  Uiii.)  [17  ozs.  av.,  202  grs.].  Mix  the  ingredients,  pre- 
viously well  dried,  "and  triturate  them  until  a  uniform  powder  is  obtained.  To  make  Granular 
EffiTttsctnl  Cili'ite  of  Iron  and  Quiiiin<-,  substitute  saccharated  citric  acid  I  F.  ,3),  not  dried,  two 
hundred  and  forty-seven  and  one-half  grummes  (247.-5  Cim.)  [8  ozs.  av.,  320  grs.]  for  an  equal 
weight  of  the  saccharated  tartaric  acid,  and  |)repare  the  granulated  compound  as  directed 
under  the  general  formula  (  F.  319,  B.  i.  Ninety  (9u)  grains  (nr  about  a  heaped  teaspoonful)  of 
this  preparation  represent  about  one  (1)  grain  of  citrate  of  iron  and  quinine" — (SaLFonn.). 

Pii.vis  Ferri  Phosph.\tis  Effervesckxs  (X.  F.  l,  EJ'frii  scent  powder  of  phosphate  of  iron, 
Efferrescent  plia^phate  of  iron.— "  Phosphate  of  iron  (  U.  S.  J'.), in  very  fine  powder,  twenty-four 
grammes  1 24  Gm.)  [370  grs.];  saccharated  sodium  bicarbonate  (F.  341),  four  hundred  and 
eighty-eight  grammes  (488  Gm.)  [17  ozs.  av.,  93  grs.];  saccharated  tartaric  acid  (F.  8),  four 
hundred  and  eighty-eight  grammes  (488  Gm.)  [17  ozs.  av.,  93  grs.].  Mix  the  ingredients,  pre- 
viously well  dried,  and  triturate  them  until  a  uniform  powder  is  obtained.  To  make  Granular 
Effereenrent  Phosphate  of  Iron,  substitute  saccharated  citric  acid  (F.  5),  not  dried,  two  hundred 
and  forty-four  grammes  (244  Gm.)  [8  ozs.  av.,  206  grs.]  for  an  equal  weight  of  the  saccharated 
tartaric  acid,  and  prepare  the  granulated  compound  as  directed  under  the  general  formula 
(F.  319,  B.  I.  Ninety  (90)  grains  (or  about  a  heaped  teaspoonful)  of  this  preparation  represent 
about  two  (2)  grains  of  phosphate  of  iron  " — \  Sat.  Form.  I. 

Pfl.vis  PoT.\s.sii  Bromidi  V.r¥V.i\\v.iiQ)c.iiS  {'S.  v.).  Efferrencenl  powder  of  potassium  bromide, 
Efferivscenl  potas.-!iuin  bromide. — "  Potassium  bromide,  in  very  fine  powder,  one  hundred  and  ten 
grammes  1 110  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  38.5  grs.];  saccharated  sodium  bicarbonate  (F.  341 ),  four  hun- 
dnni  and  forty-five  grammes  (445  Gm.)  [15  ozs.  av.,305  grs.];  saccharated  tartaric  acid  (F.  8), 
four  hundred 'and  forty-five  grammes  (445  Gm.)  [15  ozs.  av.,305  grs.].  Mix  the  ingredients, 
previouslv  well  dried,  and  triturate  them  until  a  uniform  powder  is  obtained.  To  make 
Groiinlar'Efen-eKent  PoUissiiim  Bromide,  substitute  saccharated  citric  acid  (  F.  5),  not  dried,  two 
hundred  and  twenty-two  and  one-half  grammes  (222.5  (ini.)  [7  ozs.  av..  370  grs.]  for  an  equal 
weight  of  the  saccharated  tartaric  acid,  jind  iirepare  tlii>  >j':inninted  compound  as  directed 
under  tlie  general  formula  (F.  319  R.).  Xiii.  ly  "ii  jruin^  r  :\1>  .nt  a  heaped  teaspoonful)  of 
this  preparation  rejiresent  aliout  ten  do    /iims  ..i  |.ui;,  — lum  In    imlc" — (iV<((.  Form.). 

Pci.vis  PoTASsii  Bromidi  Efkervk-i  i  n~  i  i  m  (  afi-i;i  n  a  yi.lJleerencentpou-derofjMtat-- 
rium  bromide  with  caffeine,  Effeneseeul  ;<..M,wi»)/i  bromide  inih  rtn/eiiie.—--  Potassium  bromide,  in 
very  fine  powder,  one  hundred  and  ten  grammes  (110  lim.i  [3  ozs.  av.,3.S5  grs.];  cafleine, 
in  verv  fine  powder,  eleven  grammes  (11  (im.)  [170  grs.];  saccharated  sodium  bicarbonate 
( F.  341' I,  four  hundred  and  forty  grammes  ( 440  Gm.  I  [15  oz.«.  av.,  228  grs.] ;  saccharated  tartaric 
acid  (F.  8',  four  hundred  and  forty  grammes  (440  Gm.)  [15  ozs.  av.,  228  gn<.].  Mix  the  ingre- 
dients, previously  well  dried,  and  triturate  them  until  a  uniform  powder  is  obtained.  To  make 
Granular  Efferrescetd  Pobmium  Bromide  vilh  rn/",-iiie,  substitute  saccharated  citric  acid  (F.  5), 
not  dried,  two  hundred  and  twenty  grammes  (220  Gm.)  [7 ozs.  av.,:;33  grs.]  for  an  equal  weight 
of  the  saccharated  tartaric  acid,  and  prepare  the  granulate<l  compound  as  directed  under  tlie 
general  formula  i  F.  319,  B.).  Ninety  (90)  grains  (or  about  a  heape<l  teaspoonful)  of  this  prepa- 
ration represent  atxiut  ten  ( 10)  grains  of  potassium  bromide  and  one  ( 1 )  grain  of  cafifeine  — 
( Nat.  Form.  1.    I  See  also  under  Ai/ii:r  .Minn-aleii. ) 

Other  Powders.— The  following  iiowders  are  not  employed  in  Eclectic  medicine: 

PcLvi-:  IIvDRAiii.vHi  Ciii.oHiDi  MiTis  ET.I.vi.AP.E  (N.  I".),  Ponder  if  iiilld  cldoride  of  vicrcun/ 
and  jahiii.  Oilomel  awl  /-i/.i/).— "  .Mild  cidoriile  of  mercury,  thirty-four  giamines  CM  Gm.)  [1 
oz.  a  v..  87  grs.];  jalap,  in  fine  powder,  sixty-six  grammes  ((ifi  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  143  grs.].  Mix 
them  intimately.  .%'«;<»■.— When  '  Caloiiier  and  ,Ialap'  is  prescribed  for  an  adult,  without 
any  specification  of  quantities,  it  is  recomniemleil  tliat  about  30  grains  lie  dispensed  as  a 
dose" —  .V"'.  Form.  I. 


159G  I'ULVIrf  ACETANILIDI  C0MP0SITC8.— PULVIS  AROMATICUS. 

Pm,vi8  Antimoxialis  (  U.  S.  P.),  Antimonitd powder,  Jnmet' pmcder,  Pulvis  Jacobi,  Puhlg  aiiti- 
monii  composilm,  James'  pulver. — "Antimony  oxide,  thirty-three  grammes  (33  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av., 
72grs.];  precipitated  calcium  phosphate,  sixty-seven  grammes  (67  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  159  grs.]  ; 
to  make  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.].  Mix  them  intimately" — 
( U.  S.  P.).  The  foregoing  is  tlie  official  suhstitute  for  a  no.struni  tirst  prepared  by  Dr.  James, of 
England,  who  died  in  1776.  The  original  secret  powder,  upon  being  analyzed,  revealed  it?* 
constituents  sufficiently  to  lead  Dr.  Pearson,  of  London,  to  recommend  to  the  Dindon  Collegeiln- 
following  formula:  It  is  prepared  by  calcining,  in  an  iron  crucible,  1  part  of  tersulphide  of 
antimony,  and  2  parts  of  horn  shavings,  stirring  constantly  until  vapors  cease  to  rise.  Then 
rub  the  residue  to  powder,  put  it  in  a  criirilil(>  with  a  perf"ora;ed  cover,  and  raise  it  gradually 
to  red  heat, which  must  be  maintained  fnr  '_'  h  ims.  Iteduce  the  product,  when  cold,  to  fine 
powder.  It  forms  a  white,  gritty,  odork'.<s,  la-t'  li  >-  pnsv.ler,  partially  soluble  in  boiling  water, 
and  which  solution  gives  an  orange-yellfiw  ]iii'(  ipitati-  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  It  pos- 
sesses the  general  properties  of  the  antimuiiials  according  to  the  doses  in  which  it  is  adminis- 
tered, and,  like  them,  is  very  uncertain  in  its  operation.  It  was  principally  used  as  a  sedative 
and  diaphoretic  in  febrile  diseaaes,  in  doses  of  from  1  to  4  grains,  in  powder  or  bolus,  repeating 
them  every  3  or  4  hours,  as  required.     It  is  not  employed  in  Eclectic  practice. 

PULVIS  ACETANILIDI  COMPOSITUS  iN.  F.i— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  ACETANILED. 

Preparation. — "Acetanilid,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  334  grs.];  caf- 
feine, two  grammes  (2  Gm.)  [31  grs.];  tartaric  acid,  three  gram  lies  (3  Gm.)  [46 
grs.];  sodium  bicarbonate,  forty-five  grammes  (45  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.. 2-57  grs.].  Re- 
duce the  ingredients,  separately,  to  a  fine  powder,  and  mix  them  thoroughly. 
Xoie. — This  preparation  is  popularly  prescribed  in  New  Orleans,  under  the  name 
of  'Kanina-Fniia,'  as  an  antii>yretic,  and  is  claimed  to  have  some  advantages  over 
acetaniliil  it.-pH'"  — f  .V"/.  Fnnn.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Analgesic  and  antipyretic.  Consider- 
ably employed  in  headache  {megriin),  in  doses  of  5  to  10  grains.  Uses  practically 
those  enumerated  respectively  under  acetanilid  and  caffeine. 

PULVIS  AMYGDALAE  COMPOSITUS  (N.  F.)— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  ALMOND. 

Preparation. — "Sweet  almond,  sixty  grammes  (60  Gm.)  [2  ozs.av.,51  grs.]; 
sugar,  in  fine  powder,  thirty  grammes  (30  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,25  grs.];  acacia,  in  fine 
powder,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.].  Blanch  the  sweet  almond,  then  dry 
them  thoroughly  with  a  soft  cloth,  and  rub  them  lightly  in  a  mortar,  until  they 
form  a  mass  of  smooth  consistence.  Mix  the  acacia  and  sugar,  add  them  to  the 
mass  previously  prepared,  and  rub  the  whole  to  a  coarse  powder,  wliich  is  to  be 
preserved  in  a  lightly-covered  jar.  Xote. — If  820  grains  of  this  preparation  be 
tho.-jughly  triturated  with  17  fluid  ounces  of  water,  gradually  added,  and  the 
mixcare  finally  strained,  the  product  will  be  about  16  fluid  ounces  of  Mistura 
Amycidalw  (U.  S.  /".)" — (j\'((/.  Form.). 

Uses. — To  prepare  almond  mixtures.  For  almond  mixture  use  2i  ounces 
(av.)  to  1  pint  of  water. 

PULVIS  ANTICATARRHALIS  [N.  F.)— CATARRH  POWDER. 

Synony.m  :    Catarrl,  .-otiiff. 

Preparation. — "  Morphine  hydrochloraie,  forty-one  centipramints  ^0.41  Gm.) 
[6.8  grs.J;  acacia,  in  fine  powder,  twenty-five  grammes  (25  Cim.)  [3S6  prs.];  bis- 
muth sul)nitrate,  seventy-five  grammes  (75  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  282  grs.].  Mix  them 
intimately  by  trituration  '" — (Xat.  Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— As  its  name  indicates,  this  powder  is  designed 
by  the  framers  of  the  fonnnla,  as  a  soothing  snuff  for  i)oi«i(  citanh. 

PULVIS  AROMATICUS  (U.  S.  P.)— AROMATIC  POWDER. 

Synonyms:    Pulris  rinnainiiml  compn.-'ilu.-',  (\>iii}iouihI  /oiahr  nj  i-ii,iuni>ot>. 

Preparation. — 'Ceylon  cinnamon,  in  No.  60  powder,  thirty-five  grammes  (35 
Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  103  grs.]  ;  ginger,  in  No.  60  powder,  thirty-five  gramnus  (35  Gm.) 
[1   i)z.  av.,  103  grs.];  cardamom,  deprived   of  the   capsules  and   crusinil    tifti.  m 


PCLVI8  ASCLKI'I.VDIS  LOMl'.-riLVlS  (.AlUiuMri  LU.Nl  (  ii.Ml'.  1597 

grammes  (15  Gm.)  [231  grs.];  nutmeg,  in  No. 20  powder,  fifteen  grammes  (15  Gm.) 
[231  grs.];  to  make  one  huiulred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  gr.'*.].  Tritu- 
rate the  canlamom  ami  nutmeg  witli  a  portion  of  tlie  Ceylon  cinnamon,  until 
tliey  are  reduietl  to  tine  powder;  then  add  tlie  remainder  of  the  cinnamon  and 
the  ginger,  ami  rub  them  together  until  they  are  thoroughly  mixed."     (U.  S.P.). 

CoNFEcTio  AKOMATUA,or  AROMATIC  Co.NFEiTioN  (Ekctuariuin  aruiiiallnim). — 
The  f '.  .^.  P.,  1870,  directed  to  rub  with  aromatic  powder  an  equal  quantity  (or 
sufficient)  of  honey  to  obtain  a  uniform  mass  of  proper  consistence  for  confections. 
This  is  siiniewJKit  In moscoiiio,  and  slowly  becomes  granular.  It  may  be  restored 
by  the  incori..Mati.ui  of  additional  honey. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — These  preparations  are  employed  tor 
the  n-lief  of  fl'idtient  rolir,  nnu.-ien,  and  didrrlnm.  Dose, 5  to  20  grains.  The  powdei'. 
enclosed  in  a  bag  and  moistened  with  hot  whiskey  or  other  alcoholic  liijuids,  may 
be  employed  as  a  fomentation  in  painful  affrrtiuns  of  the  bowels.  It  indelibly  stains 
the  linen  if  allowed  to  come  in  contact  with  it. 

PULVIS  ASCLEPIADIS  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  PLEURISY  ROOT. 

Preparation. — Take  of  jilt-urisy  root,  spearmint,  and  sumach  berries, each,  in 
powder.  2  numts:  baybcrry  liark,an<i  skunk  cabbage,  each,  in  powder,  1  ounce; 
pulverized  iringer,  ^  ounce.     Mix  them. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Very  useful  diaphoretic  in  roughs,  colds, 
and  as  a  diink  in  febrile  diseases.  Two  drachms  of  the  powder  may  be  infused  in 
J  pint  of  boiling  water,  sweetened,  and  drank  in  wineglassful  doses,  every  1  or  2 
hours.  Or  in  common  colds,  the  i  pint  of  warm  infusion  may  be  taken  at  a  draught, 
and  repeated  in  an  hour  if  necessary  (Wni.  S.  Meirell). 

PULVIS  CAMPHORiE  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  CAMPHOR. 

Preparation. — Take  of  tannic  aoid,  kino,  camphor,  each,  in  powder,  20  grains; 
opium,  in  powder,  10  grains.    Mix  well  together,  and  divide  into  20  powders. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — These  powders  are  stimulant,  antispas- 
modic, anodyne,  and  astringent,  and  have  proved  highly  successful  in  the  treat- 
ment of  Asiatic  cholera,  cholerine,  and  severe  cholera  morbus.  They  speedily  check 
tlie  discharges,  and  relieve  the  j)ains  or  cramps.  The  dose  is  1  powderafter  each  dis- 
charge from  the  bowels,  or  oftener,  if  the  urgency  of  the  case  requires  it.  Tlie  pow- 
ders may  be  given  in  molasses,  quince  syrup,  or  blackberry  jelly.  When  more  stimu- 
lus is  ri>|uired.  1  or  2  grains  of  cap.sicum  may  be  added  to  each  dose  (J.  King). 

Belated  Powders. — Pui.vis  C.\tbchu  Compositus  (X.  F.),  Compoioid  powder  of  catechu. 
"Catechu,  in  tiue  powder,  forty  grammes  (40  Gm.)  [I  oz.  av.,  ISO  grs.];  kino,  in  fine  powder, 
twenty  granunes  (20  Gm.)  [309  grs.];  krameria,  in  fine  powder,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.) 
[309  grs.];  cinnamon,  in  fine  powiler,  ten  grammes  { 10  Gm.)  [1.54  grs.];  nutmeg,  in  fine  pon- 
der, ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [1.14  grs.J.  Mix  them  intimately,  pass  the  powder  through  a  fine 
sieve,  and  afterward  rub  it  lightly  m  a  mortar.  Keep  it  in  a  stoppert'd  bottle.  Xote. — This 
preparation  is  otBcial  in  the  Br.  Phnrm." — i Nat.  Form.).    Dose,  10  to  tiO  grains. 

Pui.vis  Kixo  Compositcs  (N.  F.),  Compouyid  ponder  of  kino,  PulrU  kiuo  cum  onio.—"  Kino, 
in  fine  powder,  seventy-live  grammes  (75  Gm.)  ['2  ozs.  av,,  282  grs.];  powilereo  opium,  five 
grammes  (-i  (im.i  [77  grs.];  cinnamon,  in  fine  powiler.  twenty  grammes  (20  (iiii.i  [30it  grs.]. 
Mix  them  intimately,  pass  the  mixeil  powder  through  a  inoilerati'ly  fine  sieve,  and  afterward 
rub  it  lightly  in  a  mortar.  Kei-p  it  in  a  stopi)ered  Imttle.  Every  20  grains  of  this  prepi.ration 
contain  1  grain  of  powilenvl  (i|iiiiin.  .V.i/<. — 'I'lii.s  |ire|iai'aliiin  i.'j  otru'ial  in  t\tr  llr.  I'litirm." — 
[Sat.  Fonn.}.     I '".-^i  .  .')  til  -O  •.'rain-. 

PULVIS  CARBONIS  LIGNI  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  CHARCOAL. 

Preparation.  Take  of  charcoal,  2  ounces;  rhubarb,  in  powder,  1  ounce;  bicar- 
bonate of  sodium,  bounce.     Mix  t(Jgether. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and   Dosage. — This  preparation  is  very  beneficial 

in   di/.</"j'-i".  .iHrndecl   wilii   ariilili/  ni'  the  .^•^)l»//<■/l.  loss  of  appetite,  cnn.ttijinlion,  or 


1598        PULVIS  CRET^K  AR0MATICU8.-PULVIS  EFFERVESCENS  COMPOSITUS. 

diarrhoea,  and  distress  of  the  stomach  after  eating.  It  will  prove  u:-eful  in  all 
derangements  of  the  digestive  functions  where  acidity  of  the  stomach  is  present. 
The  dose  is  a  teaspoonful  in  water  or  Indian-meal  gruel,  3  or  4  times  a  day.  If 
cream  of  tartar,  1  ounce,  be  substituted   for  the   bicarbonate  of  sodium,  it  will 

form  an  excellent  laxative  jiowder  for  jiilus  (J.  King). 

PULVIS  CRETiE  AROMATICUS  (N.  F.i— AROMATIC 
POWDER  OF  CHALK. 

Synonym  :   Cnnfertio  aromtttiai  (Lond.). 

Preparation. — "Cinnamon,  eight  grammes  (8  Gm.)  [123  grs.];  saffron,  six 
grammes  (6  Gm.)  [98  grs.];  nutmeg,  six  grammes  (6  Gm.)  [93  grs.]  ;  cloves,  three 
grammes  (o  Gui.)  [46  grs.];  cardamom,  two  grammes  (2  Gm.)  [31  grs.];  jireparcd 
chalk,  twenty-three  grammes  (23  Gm.)  [355  grs.];  sugar,  fifty-two  grammes  (52 
Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,365  gis].  Mix  the  ingredients  and  reduce  them  to  a  tine  powder. 
Pass  this  through  a  fine  sieve,  and  afterward  rub  it  lightly  in  a  mortar.  Keep  it 
in  a  stoppered  bottle.  Note. — This  preparation  is  equivalent  to  the  Pulvi.-<  Gretas 
Aromnticus  of  the  Br.  P/iann.  This  authority  adds  the  following  note:  "If  a 
product  of  bright  color  be  desired,  the  saffron  may  previously  be  moistened  and 
triturated  with  a  little  water  or  alcohol,  or  the  fresh  and  faintly  damp  mixture  may 
be  subjected  to  coiisideiNililf  pns-nrc  in  the  triturating  process" — (Xat.  Form.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  agent  is  employed  in  dkirrhaa 
caused  by  offentling  material  in  the  stomach,  which  should  first  be  removed  by 
gentle  catharsis,  after  which  the  powder  may  be  administered.  It  is  also  useful 
in  diarrhoea  produced  by  changes  of  temperature  and  water.    Dose.  30  to  60  grains. 

Related  Powder.— Pulvis  Cretx  Aromaticus  cum  Opio  (i^.F.),  Aromatic  puutler  of  chalk 
with  opium,  '■.^romatio  powder  of  chalk  I  F.  817),  ninety-seven  and  cue-half  grammes  197.5 
(Tin.)  [:}  (zs.  av.,  192  grs.];  powdereil  opium,  two  and  one-half  grammes  il'.o  Cini.  [:W.6  grs.]. 
^lix  tliem  intimately.  Every  40  grains  of  this  preparation  contain  1  grain  of  powdered  opium. 
Xote. — This  preparation  is  official  in  the  Br.  Pharm." — (Nnl.  Form.).  Used  like  the  iireceding. 
Dose,  10  to  20  grains. 

PULVIS  CRET^  COMPOSITUS  (U.  S.  P.)— COMPOUND 
CHALK  POWDER. 

Preparation. — "Prepared  chalk,  thirty  grammes  (30  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,25  grs.]; 
acacia,  in  fine  powder,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [309  grs.];  sugar,  in  fine  pow- 
der, fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,334  grs.];  to  make  one  hundred  grammes 
(100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,231  grsj.     Mix  them  intimately "—(f.S. P.). 

Uses. — This  powder  is  designed  as  a  ready  ingredient  for  the  preparation  of 
chalk  mixture.    Precipitated  chalk  should  nut  be  u.sed.    Dose,  10  to  40  grains. 

PULVIS  CYPRIPEDII  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND  POWDER  OF 
YELLOW  LADIES-SLIPPER. 

Synony.m  :  Nei've  powder. 

Preparation.— Take  of  yellow  ladics"-slipper  root,  pleurisy  root,  skunk  cab- 
bage root,  .'ukI  scuUcnp,  each,  in  ])owilcr.  1  ounce.    Mix  them. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage— This  powder  is  useful  to  allay  imV<i- 
hili.lf/  or  I  rritaliiliti/  nf  th,-  ii(rviiii-<  xii^l<iii.  to  relieve  .s7)rt.vHi.<,  and  to  protluce  sleep  in 
restlc-s,  wakeful,  or  cxciteil  ct)nditions.  When  <tri<litii  of  the  xtomorh  is  present,  it  is 
common  to  add  bicarbonate  of  sodium,  1  ounce.  The  dose  is  from  i  to  1  drachm,  3 
times  a  day,  or  as  required.    It  is  usually  administered  in  tea  or  water  (J.  King). 

PULVIS  EFFERVESCENS  COMPOSITUS  (U.  S.  P.— COMPOUND 
EFFERVESCING  POWDER. 

Synonyms:  SeidlUz  potpder,  Apaient  effervescing  itotoders,  Pulvcres  tffcrif.vfiitt't 
aperientes  {U.  S.  P.,  1870),  Efferwsrent  tartrated  soda  potcder,  Pulvi4  ifoiix  tartonil.t 

effervcuccns,  Pulria  (urojJioni.-'  seydlitzen.ii.^. 


PX'LVIS  GLYCYltKHlZ.K  COMPOSITIS.  1590 

Preparation. — "Sodium  bicarbonate,  in  fine  powder,  thirty-one  grammes  (,31 
Gm.)  [1  i)z.  av.,41  grs.];  jiotassium  and  fodiuin  tartrate,  in  tine  jiowder,  ninety- 
three  grammes  (93  (ini.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  123  grs.]  ;  tartaric  aciil,  in  tine  jiowder,  twenty- 
seven  grammes  (27  Gm.)  [417  grs.].  Mi.x  the  sodinm  iiicarlionate  intimately  with 
the  potassium  and  sodium  tartrate,  divide  the  mixture  into  twelve  (12)  equal 
parts,  and  wrap  each  part  in  a  separate  paper  of  some  i)ronounced  color,  as  6/i(e, 
Then  divide  tiie  tartaric  acid  also  into  twelve  (12)  equal  parts, and  wrai)  each 
l)art  in  a  separate  paper  of  a  color  distinctly  different  from  that  used  for  wriiji- 
ping  tlif  mixture,  as  (cAiVc.  Keep  the  powders  in  well-dosed  vessels" — (C.S.P.). 
"History.— Thi.-;  powder  received  its  name  from  the  Seidlitz  Saline  Springs  of 
Bohemia,  though  the  foregoing  laxative  constituents  do  not  represent  those  of 
the  springs  named.  As  found  upon  the  market,  the  Seidlitz  powder  is  very  vari- 
able in  regard  to  ])roi)ortion.  To  proj)crly  prepare  them,  each  part  should  be 
weighed,  strictly  following  the  official  directions,  making  the  Seidlitz  mixture  of 
3  parts  of  Rochelle  salts  and  1  part  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  and,  as  is  directed, 
placing  the  alkaline  powder  in  a  blue  paper.  Then  in  a  white  psper  place  the 
tartaric  acid.  The  tv/iite  paper  should  contain,  by  weight,  35  grains  of  tartaric 
acid;  the  fc^Mepa^pr,  160  grains  of  Seidlitz  mixture.  When  the  powders  are  sepa- 
rately dissolved  in  water,  and  the  solutions  shiwly  mixed,  the  acid  reacts  with 
the  sodium  bicarbonate,  liberating  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  forming  sodium  tar- 
trate, which  adds  somewhat  to  the  laxative  action  of  the  Rochelle  salt.  The 
powders  should  be  kept  in  a  dry  place,  lest  the  acid  should  absorb  sufiBcient 
moisture  to  dissolve  it. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  saline  laxative,  Seidlitz  powder, 
is  very  p<'i>ular  as  a  laxative,  oiu'cially  where  there  is  a  slight  rise  of  tem])crature, 
and  particularly  in  warm  weather.  Tluy  should  be  used  with  care  in  very  young 
children  and  the  aged  and  debilitated.  Preferably,  the  powders  should  be  dis- 
solved in  separate  glasses,  using  about  5  or  6  ffuid  ounces  of  water  for  the  saline 
powder,  and  1  or  2  fluid  ounces  for  the  acid  powder.  The  two  solutions  should 
then  be  gradually  mixed  together  and  taken  whilfe  effervescing.  Under  no  cir- 
cumstances should  one  solution  be  swallowed  after  the  other,  lest  the  liberation 
of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  stomach  should  give  rise  to  serious  distension,  if  not 
rupture,  of  that  organ.  The  usual  dose  for  an  adult  is  the  contents  of  a  white  and 
blue  pajjer  (see  also  Potassii  et  Sodii  Tartras). 

Belated  Powder. — Pulvkkes  Effervescentes  ( I'.  S.  P.,  1870),  Efferresci.i^  pmi'ders,  Soda 
pou'derx.  "Take  of  bicarbonate  of  soiliuin,  in  fine  powder,  3t>0  grains;  tart.inc  acid,  in  fine 
powder,  300  grains.  Divide  each  of  the  powders  into  12  equal  parts,  and  kt-ep  the  parts, 
severally,  of  the  bicarl)f)nate  and  of  the  and  in  separate  papers  of  different  colors  ' — ( U.  i>.  1'., 
1870).  Each  acid  powder  contains  2.t  grains;  each  alkaline  powder  30  grains.  They  may  be 
administered  in  water,  l)oth  being  dissolved  at  one  time  in  one  solution,  or  separate  solutions 
may  be  prepared  and  mixed.  Tlie  acid  reacts  upon  the  alkaline  compound,  producing  sodium 
tartrate,  while  carbon  dioxide  escapes. 

PULVIS  GLYCYRRHIZ.ffi  COMPOSITUS  (U.  S.  P.)— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  GLYCYRRHIZA. 

Sy.no.nvm:    Compound  liquorue powder. 

Preparation. — 'Senna,  iu  No.  80  powder,  one  hundred  and  eighty  grammes 
(ISOGm.)  [<j  ozs.  av.,  1-53  grs.];  glycyrrhiza,  in  No.  80  powder,  two  hundred  and 
thirty-six  grammes  (236  Gm.)  [8  ozs.  av.,  142  grs.];  wa.shed  sulphur,  eighty 
grannnes  (80  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  oGO  grs.];  oil  of  fennel,  four  grammes  (4  Gm.) 
[62  grs.] ;  sugar,  in  fine  powder,  five  hundred  grammes  (500  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,  1  oz.. 
279  grs.];  to  make  one  thousand  grammes  (RH.IO  Gm.)  [2  lbs.  av.,  3  ozs.,  12ii 
grs.].  M^ix  the  oil  of  feniul  thoroughly  with  about  one-half  of  the  sugar,  then 
add  the  remainder  of  the  sugar  and  the  other  ingredients,  and  mix  thoroughly. 
Finally  pass  the  powder  through  a  No.  60  sieve,  and  keep  it  in  well-closed  ves- 
seW—d'.S.P.). 

Formerly  powdered  fennel  was  employed  in  the  preparation  of  this  powder. 
It  has  now  been  replaced  with  oil  of  fennel,  which  renders  the  powder  les.s  liable 
to  take  on  an  unpleasant  odor.  Moreover,  the  ii;'o|>ortion  of  li()Uorice  is  increa-eil 
over  that  of  the  ['.  S.  P.  (1880)  formula,  giving  ■<■  pleasanter  and  more  easily  pre- 
pared  preparation. 


](iUU  I'lLVIS  HYDRASTIS  COM  POSITrS— PULVIS  IPECACUAXH.'E  ET  OPII. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— A  very  efficient  laxative,  operating 
kindly  in  doses  ofSd  t<i  00  ]Lcrains.  adiuinistered  in  plentj'  of  cold  water. 

PULVIS  HYDRASTIS  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  GOLDEN  SEAL. 

Preparation. —Take  ol  golden  neal,  blue  cohosh,  and  helonias,  each,  in  pow- 
der,iounrr.     Mix  to^'ctlier. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  powder  is  tonic  and  antispa.s- 
niodic.  It  is  very  ellicienl  in  dyspepsia^  rhronk  inflammatkm  of  the  viueous  membrane 
ofthegtoiDKcli,  and  will  afford  much  relief  in  cases  of  distress  of  the  stomacli  alter 
eating,  and  in  aphthous  inflammations  of  the  mouth.  It  may  also  be  administered, 
to  prevent  a  relapse,  in  hilinus  colic.  The  dose  is  from  J  to  1  drachm,  3  or  4  times 
a  day,  in  water,  tea,  or  wine,  as  the  case  may  require  (J.  King). 

PULVIS  lODOFORMI  COMPOSITUS  (N.  F.)— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  IODOFORM. 

Synonym  :   Iodoform  and  naphthalin. 

Preparation.— "  Iodoform,  in  fine  powder,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [309 
grs.];  boric  acid,  in  fine  powder,  thirty  grammes  (30  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  2-5  grs.] ; 
naphthalin,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  334  grs.] ;  oil  of  bergamot,  two  and 
one-half  cubic  centimeters  (2.5  Cc.)  [41  TTl].  Triturate  the  naphthalin  with  the 
oil  of  bergamot,  then  mix  it  with  the  iodoform  and  boric  acid,  and  triturate  until 
a  homogeneous  [towder  is  produced.  Note. — This  powder  is  used  in  many  cases. 
where  a  diluted  preparation  of  iodoform,  for  external  purposes,  is  desired.  The 
odor  of  the  iodoform  is  masked  both  by  the  oil  of  bergamot  and  by  the  naph- 
thalin"—  (Xat.  Form.). 

Medical  Uses.— The  object  of  this  powder  is  sufKciently  set  forth  in  the 
preceding  note. 

PULVIS  IPECACUANHA  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 

POWDER  OF  IPECACUANHA. 

Preparation. — Take  of  pleurisy  root,  bloodroot,  ipecacuanha,  nitrate  of  potas- 
sium, eath.  in  jiowder,  1  drachm.    Mix  them. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  powder  has  diuretic  and  dia- 
phoretic eilects  upon  the  system.  It  is  useful  in  febrile  ^nd  inflavimotnry  diseases, 
and  especially  in  cases  where,  from  idiosyncrasy  or  other  causes,  opium  is  inad- 
missible.   The  dose  is  6  or  10  grains,  every  1  or  2  hours. 

PULVIS  IPECACUANH.®  ET  OPII  (U.  S.  P.)— POWDER  OF 
IPECAC  AND  OPIUM. 

Synonyms  :   Dcrver's  powder,  Compound  poudrr  of  i}>ecaru<inha,  PuJvis  ij'ifrartianh^ 

COnijIOsitllf:. 

Preparation  and  History.—"  Ipecac,  in  No.  60  powder,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.) 
[154  grs. J;  pi.wdeieil  opium,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.];  sugar  of  milk, 
in  No.  30  powder,  eighty  grammes  (80  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  360  grs.];  to  make  one 
hundred  grammes  (100' Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.].  Rub  them  together  into  a 
very  fine  powder" — (T.  S'.  P.). 

Each  10  grains  of  Dover's  powder  contain  of  opium  and  ipecaouanlia,  each. 
1  grain,  and  su^ar  of  milk,  8  grains.  Formerly  potiv<siuni  sulphate  w.i,-^  enipIoye<l 
in  the  place  of  milk  sugar.  The  potas.-iium  salt  is  still  directed  in  the  Bn'ti^ 
Pharmaropii  ill,  L'iving  to  the  preparation  of  the  latter  a  somewhat  saline  taste. 
The  sugar  <if  milk  in  this  preparation  is  employed  simply  as  a  diluent.  By  tritu- 
rating it  in  coarse  powder,  it  serves  to  further  divide  the  vegetable  constituents. 
For  its  nicelianical  eflVcts,  however,  the  snli^^"'*'    -^f  potassium  is  preferable  on 


in-LViri  iiM:t\(  lANii  K  i:t  opu  compositl.s.  1601 

account  of  the  greater  hardness  of  its  particles.  Dover's  powder  was  named  from 
its  introducer,  Dr.  Dover.  As  originally  proposed  by  him,  and  as  now  directed  in 
the  French  Corf cr,  with  but  little  modification,  pota.s.sium  nitrate  and  sulphate 
(4  parts  each)  were  mixed  in  a  crucible,  at  red  lieat,  and  cooled;  sliced  opium 
(1  part)  was  added  and  thoroughly  rubbed  to  a  powder,  after  which  ipecacuanha 
and  liquorice,  both  powdered  (1  part  each),  were  incorporated  with  the  other  ingre- 
dients. Dover's  powder  is  a  light-brown  powder,  having  the  odors  of  both  opium 
and  ipecac,  and  a  bitterish  and  nauseous  taste. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Hovers  powder,  according  to  the  dose 
adminisli  reel.  !.■<  an  excellent  stimulant,  sedative,  anodyne, and  narcotic.  It  has  a 
better  aitinn  than  either  of  its  chief  ingredients  administered  separately.  It  is  a 
very  good  agent  to  improve  the  quality  of  the  skin,  the  necessary  moisture  being 
induced  by  the  ipecac  to  ensure  the  favorable  action  of  opium,  for  the  specific 
indication  for  the  latter  is  a  moist  skin  and  tongue,  and  soft,  open  pulse.  Asapain- 
relieving  agent  and  to  promote  sleep,  it  niay  be  used  where  opium  alone  would 
not  he  tolerated.  Though  profuse  perspiration  may  be  produced  by  it,  it  is  also 
capable  of  checking  that  secretion  as  shown  by  the  favorable  action  of  5-grain 
doses  of  the  powder  given  io  canirol  iha  roUiquative  mmits  of  j)hthi)<is.  It  should 
be  given  a  half  hour  before  the  sweating  begins.  Dover's  powder  sometimes 
causes  sickness  at  the  stomach,  and  should  never  be  followed  immediately  after 
its  administration  with  warm  drinks,  but  they  may  be  used  later,  if  desired.  As 
a  pain-reliever,  or  stimulant  to  the  internal  organs,  or  as  a  hypnotic,  it  is  admis- 
sible when  there  is  no  nausea,  inflammation  of  the  brain,  or  high  temperature. 
It  is  an  efficient  drug  in  rheumatism,  the  inripient  stage  of  inflammntions,  and  to  con- 
trol cough.  Hot  applications  to  the  abdomen  and  5-grain  doses  of  Dover's  powder 
with  1  grain  of  camphor,  every  i  or  1  hour,  give  marked  relief  in  dysmenorrhea. 
Without  the  camphor,  it  is  very  efficient  in  amenorrhea  from  cold,  being  used  to- 
gether with  external  heat.  It  allays  nervous  excitation  in  cases  of  rt6ortw«,and 
assists  in  controlling  uterine  and  pulmonary  hemorrhages;  2  or  3  grains  of  the  pow- 
der, with  a  like  quantity  of  quinine,  forms  an  efficient  treatment  in  neuralgia, 
with  hot,  dry  skin.  In  dysentery,  it  assists  the  action  of  other  remedies,  as  well  as 
controlling  ]>eristaltic  movements,  while  in  irritative  diarrhcea,  after  a  mild  laxative, 
it  controls  any  spasmodic  bowel  complications  that  may  supervene.  It  may  be  used 
in  enteritis,  both  to  control  the  inflammation  and  the  movements  of  the  bowels.  It 
is  useful  in  the  early  stage  of  renal  catarrhal  inflammations  and  \n  gramdar  degen- 
eration of  the  kidneys,  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  maintaining  a  good  circulation  and 
a  moist  condition  of  the  skin.     Dose,  2  to  10  grains,  preferably  in  capsules. 

PULVIS  IPECACUANH.*:  ET  OPII  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  IPECACUANHA  AND  OPIUM. 

Sy.nony.m  :   Diaplioretic  pou-dcr. 

Preparation.— Take  of  opium,  in  powder,  lU  grains;  camphor,  in  powder, 
40  grains :  iiiecacuanha,  in  powder,  20  grains;  bitartrate  of  potassium,  160  grains; 
Mix  them  (  Beach's  Amcr.  Frac). 

In  jjreparing  the  powder,  the  camphor  must  first  be  reduced  to  powder  by 
trituration  with  a  few  drops  of  alcohol,  then  add  a  small  portion  of  the  bitartrate 
of  potassium,  continue  the  trituration  until  the  camjihor  has  been  still  further 
divided,  add  tlie  oi)ium  in  powder,  then  the  ipecacuanha,  and,  lastly,  the  remain- 
der of  til''  bitartr.ite,  and  triturate  all  together  for  15  or  20  minutes. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  powder  is  an  excellent  anodyne 
and  diaphonlie,  and  is,  perluqis,  sniH-rior  to  any  other  prejiaration  in  its  diapho- 
letic  efl'ects  upon  the  system.  It  is  of  great  efficiency  in  Mfchrile  and  inttammatmy 
diseases,  diarrhcea.  dysentcn/,  cholera  morbus,  gout,  rheuiiuitisin,  aftcr-iniins,  all  cases  of 
nervous  irritability  or  ex<iiemcnt,  and  whenever  an  anodyne  conjoined  with  a  dia- 
nhoretic  is  indicated.  It  favors  persjiiration  without  augmenting  the  lieat  of  the 
body.  The  above  is  the  original  formula,  but  practitioners  vary  in  pre])aring  it 
according  to  their  favorite  views;  thus  some  omit  the  cream  of  tartar  and  sulisti- 
tute  nitrate  of  jjotassium  or  bicarbonate  of  sodium,  while  others  omit  the  opium, 
substituting  in  its  place  lactucarium  or  twice  the  quantity  of  oleoresin  of  cypri- 
pedium.  rendered  dry  by  the  addition  of  magnesia.  Dose,  3  to  5  grains  every 
101 


1602  PULVIS  JALAPJ5  COMPO.SITLS.— PILVIS  LOBELl.E  COIIPOSITUS. 

3  or  4  hours  in  febrile  or  inflammatory  diseaseB,  and,  in  some  cases,  10  grains, 
3  times  a  day.  Its  action  may  be  materially  promoted  as  a  diaphoretic  by  warm 
drinks,  such  as  catnip,  balm,  or  sage  tea,  lemonade,  etc.,  which,  however,  should 
not  be  given  immediately  after  the  administration  of  the  powder,  le.«t  vomiting 
be  provoked.  In  rheumatism,  pneumnvia,  cerebrnt  affrrdnyis,  hepatic  diseas&f.  etc.,  it  is 
frequently  combined  with  small  doses  of  resin  of  podophyllum. 

PULVIS  JALAPiE  COMPOSITUS  (ECLECTIC).— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  JALAP. 

Synonym  :  Antibilivus  phytic. 

Preparation. — Take  of  Alexandria  senna,  in  powder,  2  ounces;  jalap,  in 
powder,  1  ounce;  cloves  or  ginger,  in  powder,  1  drachm.  Mix  them  (Beach's 
Amer.  Prac). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  forms  an  excellent  purgative, 
useful  in  nearly  all  cases  where  such  action  is  required.  It  acts  with  mildness 
and  efficiency,  influencing  the  whole  alimentary  tract,  cleansing  it  of  all  abnor- 
mal accumulations,  and  stimulating  the  whole  biliary  apparatus  to  healthy 
action.  It  may  be  given  to  either  sex,  and  at  all  ages,  and  is  used  in  a,\\  febrile, 
inflammatory,  or  chronic  diseases,  being  contraindicated  in  severe  gastric  or  intes- 
tinal inflammation,  and  requires  to  be  used  cautiously  and  in  moderate  doses 
during  pregnancy,  menorrhagia,  and  certain  other  diseases.  Dose.  1  drachm,  put 
into  a  gill  of  boiling  water,  and  allowed  to  stand  till  cold,  then  sweeten,  if  desired, 
stir,  and  drink  the  whole  contents.  Milk,  wine,  cider,  lemonade,  or  coffee,  etc.,  may 
be  substituted,  in  proper  cases,  for  the  water.  In  febrile  diseases,  its  utility  will  be 
much  increased  by  adding  about  10  grains  of  bitartrate  of  potassium  to  each  dose. 

Related  Preparations.— Pulvis  Jai.ap.e  Compositis  (  f.  .S'.  P. ),  Compowid  ))<>mltT  of  jalap, 
Pulfiii  pniynHK,  I'u!ci)<  oilliarticu^,  Puli'is  jalnpie  tartaraiws.  "Jalap,  in  No.  BO  powder,  thirty-five 
gramiUfB  lo.")  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,  lOSgrs.];  potassium  bitartrate,  in  tine  powder, sixty-five  grammes 
(65  Gm.)  [2ozs.  av.,  128  ers.];  to  make  one  hundred  grammes  (100  <Tm.i  [3  ozs.av..2:n  grs.]. 
Rub  them  together  until  they  are  thorouglily  mixed— i  V.S.P.K  This  preparation  is  em- 
ployed as  a  liydragogue  cathartic  in  agcUe^,  associated  with  portal  and  splenic  obstructions. 
Dose,  10  to  30  grains. 

PuLvis  Aloes  et  Canell.e  (N.  F.  i,  Potvder  of  aloeg  atid  catteUa,  Uiera  lyiVrn.— "  Purifieil 
aloes  (  U.  S.  P. ),  in  fine  powder,  eighty  grammes  (80  Gm. )  [2  ozs.  av., .360  grs.] ;  canella,  in  fine 
powder,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [309  grs.].  Mix  them  intimately  "—' .V>»r.  Form.).  Dose, 
3  to  12  grains. ' 

PULVIS  LEPTANDR^  COMPOSITUS —COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  LEPTANDRA. 

Preparation. — Take  of  dried  alcoholic  extract  of  leptandra,  in  powder,  1 
drachm;  resin  of  podophyllum,  in  powder,  i  drachm  ;  sugar  of  milk,  5  drachms. 
Mix  and  triturate  well  torrether. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  preparation  is  a  cholagogue  cathar- 
tic, and  was  lornierly  regarded  of  immense  benefit  in  epidemic  dysoilen/,  in  doses 
of  8  grains,  repeated  every  1  or  2  hours,  until  it  operates  freely,  after  which  it 
may  be  given  2  or  3  times  a  day.  It  was  also  used  with  asserted  advantage  in 
typhoid,  remittent,  and  intermittent  fevers,  with  or  witiiout  tlie  addition  of  quinine 
sulphate;  also  in  biliary  derangements.  The  addition  of  3  grains  of  santonin  to 
each  dose,  and  given  twice  a  day,  forms  an  admirable  anthelmintic  (J.King). 

PULVIS  LOBELIA  COMPOSITUS— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  LOBELIA. 
SYN0NY.^f :   Emetic  powdtr. 

Preparation.— Take  of  lobelia,  in  powder,  6  drachms;  bloodroot  and  skunk 
cabbage,  in  powder,  each,  3  draciims;  ipecacuanha,  4  drachms;  capsicum,  in  pow-' 
der,  1  draclim.    Mi.x  them. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Tliis  is  an  excellent  emetic,  and  may  be 
employed  in  all  cases  where  an  emetic  is  indicated.    It  vomits  easily  and  promptly. 


I'l  I.VIS  MOKI'lllN.K  tU.Ml'USlTl-.S.-l'ri,VI8  NUiKl  M.  lCO.i 

without  causing  cramps  or  excessive  prostration.  The  dose  is  2  drachms,  i^uf 
which  (i  drachm)  must  be  given  every  15  minutes,  in  an  infusion  of  Loneset. 
Warm  boneset,  drank  freely  during  the  time  of  taking  it,  will  very  much  facili- 
tate its  operation,  and  it  will  also  be  found  that,  in  many  cases,  teniperati-  water 
fat  6(.)°  F.)  will  be  equally  as  effective  in  assisting  the  induction  ofemesisasan 
infusion,  and  much  more  agreea!)le  (J.  King).  Compound  powder  of  lobelia  is  an 
exceedingly  efficient  local  application  to  the  chest  in  cnlds  and  bmnrho-puhnonu- 
trouble^  in  general.  For  this  |)urpose  it  should  be  sprinkled  ui)(>n  a  larded  or  j)etro- 
latcd  cloth  and  applii d  warm. 

PULVIS  MORPHIN.ffi  COMPOSITUS  (U.  S.  P. i— COMPOUND 
POWDEE  OF  MORPHINE. 

Sv.soNYMS:    Tulli/'.'i  pDirdtr,  Paid.-'  aunjihonv  coniptmtm  Tully. 

Preparation  and  History. — "Morphine  sulphate,  one  gramme  (1  Gm.j  [b5.4 
grs.];  camphor,  niiietten  grammes  (19  Gm.)  [293  grs.];  glycyrrhiza,  in  No.  60 
powder,  twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [309  grs.];  precipitated  calcium  carbonate, 
twenty  grammes  (20  Gm.)  [o09  grs.];  alcohol,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  sixty 
grammes  (60  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,51  grs.].  Rub  the  camphor  with  a  little  alcohol, 
and  afterward  with  the  glycyrrhiza  and  precipitated  calcium  carbonate,  until  a 
uniform  powder  is  produced.  Then  rnb  the  morphine  sulphate  with  this  powder, 
gradually  added,  until  the  whole  is  thoroughly  mixed.  Finally,  pass  the  powder 
through  a  No.  40  sieve,  and  transfer  it  to  well-stoppered  bottles" — (U.  S.  P.). 

One  grain  of  this  powder  contains  j^ grain  of  sulphate  of  morphine  and  about 
J  grain  of  camplior.  It  was  introduced  by  Dr.  William  Tully,  of  New  Haven, 
Conn.,  as  a  substitute  for  Dover's  powder.  The  directions  of  the  formula  should 
be  rigidly  followed,  as  great  care  is  necessary  that  the  morphine  salt  ma\'  be  uni- 
formly distributed.  It  is  best  to  prepare  sjnall  amounts  only,  as  by  age'the  vola- 
tile camphor  is  likely  to  become  dissipated,  leaving  the  powder  of  uncertain 
strength.     Keep  in  well-closed  bottle,  in  a  cool  situation. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  powder  is  used  for  the  same  pur- 
poses a-  I  ii.vii '■-  powder  and  morpiiine  sulphate.  The  dose  is  from  5  to  10  grains, 
represt  iitiii::  r< -ut-ctively  yVand  ^  grain  of  morphine  sulphate. 

PULVIS  MYRICfi  COMPOSITUS  (ECLECTIC).— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  BAYBERRY. 

Synonym :   Cep/mlic  powder. 

Preparation. — Take  of  liavberrv  bark  and  bloodroot,  each,  in  powder,  1 
drachm.     Mix  th,-m  -  Hea<i|-<  .I,,,-,-.  PWir.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  powder  is  used  either  alone  or 
combined  witii  an  i-iiuai  part  of  common  snuff,  as  a  snuff,  in  catarrh,  headache, 
polypiM,  etc.  In  obstinate  affections  of  the  nasal  mucous  membrane,  it  is  frequently 
combined  with  sesquicarbonate  of  potash,  1  or  2  drachms,  and  golden  seal,  ^ 
ounce;  or,  with  finely-powdered  chloride  of  ammonium,  1  drachm.  This  powder 
should  not  be  confused  with  the  composition  powder  bearing  the  same  name  (see 
Related  Powder). 

Related  Powder.— Fclvi.s  Mvric.k  CoMi-asirrs  (X.  F.),  Com/MntTuI  powder  of  batibrm/, 
Coiiti>oKiliiin  jKiiiihr.  "  BayU'rry,  bark  of  the  roi>t,  sixty  grammes  (60  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  5l"grs.); 
ginger,  tfiirty  gramme.s  ('.W  (Jm.i  [1  oz.  av.,  2-i  grs.];  capsicum,  five  grammes  i5  Gm.)  [77  grs.]; 
rlove.s,  five  graaimes  (.5  Gm.)  [77  grs.l.  Keiliii'e  the  substjinces  tea  iiuxlerately  fine  jxiwdiT. 
Xotf. — Bayberry  root  l)ark  is  derived  from  Myrica  ccri/crd,  I,in lie  i  Wax  myrtle, Oamlli-lierry)" — 
( Xat.  Form. ).  Tliis  powiler  i.s  practically  tlie  same  as  the  Thomson  Com/iOKilion  Powder,  or  .Vmiiifr 
Sic.  It  is  a  valuable  diaphoretic  when  given  in  teaspoonful  doses,  in  warm  infusion.  Useful 
in  br>--aking  up  aciUe  colfh  and  in  the  consequences  arising  tlierefrom. 

PULVIS  NIGRUM.— BLACK  POWDER. 

SvNO.NYM  :  Emmenngogu,  poirder. 

Preparation. — Take  of  flowers  of  sulphur,  myrrh,  steel  filings,  loaf  sugar, 
each,  in   lim.-  powder,  1  ounce;  white  wine,  A  pint.     Mix  together,  and,  by  means 


1604  I'ULVIS  OPII  COMP.— PULVIS  KESIX.E  PODOPHYLLI  COMP. 

of  a  gentle  heat,  evaporate  till  nearly  dry.  Pulverize  the  mass  when  cold,  and 
keep  it  in  well-stoppered  bottles  (Beach's  Avier.  Prac).  Reduced  iron  may  be 
substitutiMl   f,,r  the  st<-el  filings. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  not  very  scientific  compound  has 
been  used  witli  much  succtss  in  the  treatment  of  primary  or  idiojiathic  a»(i«ior- 
rhosn,  chlorosis,  etc.  The  dose  is  i  drachm,  to  be  repeated  3  times  a  day;  it  may 
be  taken  in  syrup,  or  molasses,  or  in  the  form  of  pills.  It  will  also  be  found  an 
excellent  remedy  in  several  forms  of  cutaneous  disease. 

PULVIS  OPII  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND  POWDER  OF  OPIUM. 

Preparation. — "Take  of  opium,  in  powder,  1^  ounces  (av.);  black  pepper,  in 
powder,  2  ounces  (av.);  ginger,  in  powder,  5  ounces  (av.);  caraway  fruit,  in  pow- 
der, 6  ounces  (av.)  ;  tragacanth,  in  powder,  \  ounce.  Mix  them  thoroughly,  pass 
the  powder  through  a  fine  sieve,  and  finally  rub  it  lightly  in  a  mortar.  Keep  it 
in  a  stoppered  bottle" — {Br.  Phnrin.,  1885  and  1898).  This  contains  the  dry  con- 
stituents of  confection  of  opium,  10  per  cent  of  the  latter  being  pre.sent. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Used  like  confection  of  opium.  Dose, 
2  to  5  grains. 

PULVIS  PODOPHYLLI  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  MANDRAKE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  blue  flag,  mandrake,  bitter  root,  swamp  milkweed, 
each,  in  powder,  1  ounce;  bloodroot,  A  ounce.    Mix  together. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  powder  is  cathartic  and  altera- 
tive, and  is  useful  in  cases  of  obstinate  constipation,  liepatic  derangements,  di/spepsia, 
worms,  and  in  scrofulous,  rheuvuUic,  and  si/philidc  affe/:tions.  The  dose  is  ^  or  1 
drachm,  repeated  3  times  a  day.    It  may  be  administered  in  water  or  tea  (J.  King). 

PULVIS  QUININE  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  QUININE. 

Preparation. — Take  of  sulphate  of  quinine,  ferrocyanide  of  iron,  each,  1 
drachm.     Mix  thoroughly  together. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  powder  is  tonic,  febrifuge,  and 
antiperiodic.  It  was  formerly  much  employed  by  American  practitioners  in  febrile 
and  infinmmatory  diseases,  and  in  all  diseases  in  which  there  is  a  least  tendency 
to  periodicity.  As  a  tonic,  it  is  either  used  alone,  or  frequently  in  combination 
with  other  tonics,  as  hydrochlorate  of  berberine,  etc.  The  dose  is  from  3  to  6 
grains  of  the  powder,  repeated  2,  3,  or  4  times  a  day,  according  to  symptoms.  It 
was  introduced  to  the  profession,  as  an  agent  in  the  above  diseases,  by  the  late 
Prof.  I.  G.  Jones,  M.  D.,  of  Columbus,  Ohio. 

PULVIS  RESINS  PODOPHYLLI  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  RESIN  OF  PODOPHYLLUM. 

Synonym  :  Hi/dragogne powder. 

Preparation.— Take  of  resin  of  podophvllum.  4  giains;  bitartrate  of  potas- 
sium, ."^  (Iraclims.     Mix   intimately  together.  ' 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  is  an  active  hydragogue,  and  may 
be  emiiloyeil  in  ilropsi/,  ohstrnrtal  m,  nstrtnition,  etc.  Do.'^e.  20  grains,  administered 
every  2  hours,  until  it  operates  sulliciently.  The  addition  of  about  1  or  2  gniins 
of  capsicum  to  each  dose,  will  render  it  much  more  speedy  in  its  operation. 

Related  Powder.—  Sweet's  Red  Powper.  A  prt>pnration  tonned  Sirrri'.t  n-/  i»>inrfrr.  has 
been  consid.  i:il)lv  einployeil  liy  iiuiny  iiriietitioiiers.  It  causes  eiiiesisas  well  asoatharsis.  and, 
a.s  an  :ill(r:iti\  >.  is  fcpnti'il  <if  "oonsiileraMe  ettieacv  in  many  chronie  diseases.  It  is  j>rrnare»i 
as  follows:   Take  of  mandrake  root,  iu  line  jiowder,  o  oilnw-B;   bloodroot,  in  tine  i>owder, 


PULVIS  UHEI  COMl'OSrns.-PULVIS  STYI'TICL-S.  1605 

1  ounce.  Place  the  powders  in  u  percolator  and  tliorouehly  exhaust  with  alcohol.  Evaporate 
the  tincture  oUtainea  to  the  consistence  of  molasses,  and,  while  hot,  add  to  it  finely-powdered 
white  sugar,  6  ounces;  croton  oil,  to  which  a  little  salt  of  tartar  has  been  added  to  neutralize 
tlie  acrid  principle,  1  drachm  ;  and  oil  of  cloves,  J  drachm.  Mix  thoroughly  together,  spread  on 
glass  or  on  a  plate  to  dry,  finely  powder,  and  bottle.  The  dose  is  from  5  to  30  grains.  I'robubly 
this  powder  might  be  prepared  as  follows:  To  6  ounces  of  finely-powdered  white  sugar,  add 
1  drachm  of  croton  oil,  prepared  as  above,  and  J  drachm  of  oil  of  cloves;  mix,  triturate  thor- 
oughly together,  and,  continuing  the  trituration,  add,  gradually,  160  grains  of  resin  of  podophyl- 
lum and  4»i  grains  of  sanguinarine. 

PULVIS  RHEI  COMPOSITUS  (ECLECTIC).— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  RHUBARB. 

Synony.m  :   Xeutralizing  pouder. 

Preparation. — Take  of  rhubarb,  bicarbonate  of  potassium,  and  peppermint 
leaves,  each,  in  powder.  1  oiince.    Mix  together  (Beach's  Amer.  Prac). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  powder  is  an  invaluable  remedy 
in  diari/ia'(i.chol(>-a  morhu--',  ili/.<entrn/,  ^utiimer  complaint  of  children,  acidity  of  stomnch, 
?iearthuin,  and  a.^  a  mild  cathartic  during  pregnancy.  The  dose  is  from  ^  to  2 
drachm.*,  every  1,  2,  or  3  hours,  as  may  be  required  (see  Symp  of  Rhxibarb  and 
Polassn^. 

Related  Preparations.— Pclvis  Riiei  Coyivosnvs  {I'.  S.  P.),  Compound  powder  of  rhubarb, 
Gregorii's  iiouder,  .\fagi)eiia  and  rhubarb,  Pulris  antacidits,  Pulvis  infantum,  Pulvis  magnesix  cum 
rhei.  "  Rhubarl),  in  No.  60  powder,  twenty-five  grammes  (25  Gm.l  [386  grs.];  magnesia,  sixty- 
five  grammes  (65  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  128  grs.] ;  ginger,  in  Xo.  60  powder,  ten  grammes  ( 10  Gm.) 
[154 grs.];  to  make  one  hundred  gramme8(100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,231  grs.].  Rub  them  together 
until  they  are  thoroughly  mixed  — (  ('.  -S.  P.).  To  properly  prepare  this  powder,  the  rhubarb 
and  ginger  should  first  be  rubbed  together,  and  the  magnesia,  on  account  of  its  lightness,  be 
gradually  added  and  incorporated,  after  which  the  whole  should  be  put  through  a  bolting- 
cloth  sieve.  When  fresh  and  dry  the  powder  is  of  a  yellowish  color ;  upon  absorbing  moisture, 
or  in  aqueous  or  alcoholic  suspension,  a  deep-red  color  ensues,  owing  to  a  reaction  between 
the  magnesia  and  rhubarb  constituents.    Dose,  5  to  60  grains. 

Pi-Lvi.s  Rhei  et  M.vgxe.si^  Anis.\tI'S  (N.  F.),  Anisaled  pouder  of  rhubarb  and  magnesia.  Com- 
pound anise  pouder.  "Rhubarb,  in  fine  powder,  thirty-five  grammes  (.35  Gm.)  [1  oz. av.,103grs.]; 
neavy  magnesia,  calcined,  sixty-five  grammes  (65  Gm.)  [2  ozs.  av.,  128  grs.];  oil  of  anise,  eight 
cubic  centimeters  (8  Cc.)  [130 "ITI];  alcohol,  ten  cubic  centimeters  (10  Co.)  [162 TTl]-  -^I'x  the 
powders,  add  the  oil  of  anise,  previously  dissolved  in  the  alcohol,  and  triturate  until  a  uniform 
mixture  results" — iXat.  Funn.). 

PULVIS  SPIGELLS:  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  SPIGELIA. 

Sy.voxym  :   King's  entoznic  poicder. 

Preparation.— Take  of  pink  root,  bitter  root,  swamp  milkweed,  mandrake, 
each,  in  very  fine  powder,  2  ounces;  balmony,  in  very  fine  powder,  4  ounces.  Mix 
intimattly  totrether. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  is  a  very  bitter,  but  certain  remedy 
for  any  kind  of  laina.i  that  may  exist  in  the  human  alimentary  canal.  It  not 
only  destroys  the  worms,  but  also  removes  the  morbid  mucous  secretion  in  which 
they  aliound,  and  which  is  so  favorable  to  their  production.  The  dose  for  a 
child  a  year  old  is  from  5  to  8  grains,  in  a  teaspoonful  of  molasses  or  syrup;  for 
an  adult,  from  10  to  20  grains,  in  ^  tablespoonful  of  molasses.  The  dose  is  to  be 
repeated  every  1  or  2  hours  until  it  operates  freely,  after  which  repeat  the  dose 
only  3  times  a  day  for  several  days  in  succession.  "Wlien  worms  are  present,  the 
stools  produced  by  this  powder  will  be  mucous  or  slimy,  often  whitish,  containing 
particles  resembling  the  external  integuments  of  the  entozoa,  or  the  appearance 
of  worms  cut  up.  An  infusion  of  this  powder,  to  which  a  small  portion  of  tinc- 
ture of  asaf(Ptida  has  been  added,  forms  an  excellent  injection  for  the  removal  of 
ai<carides  or  thread  rrortm;  it  may  be  repeated  whenever  desired  (see  Compound  Fluid 
Extrarl  of  Spigelia). 

PULVIS  STYPTICUS.— STYPTIC  POWDER. 

Preparation. — Take  of  sulphate  of  iron,  in  powder,  2  ounces;  alum,  in  pow- 
der, 1  ounce.    Mix  them,  and  calcine,  by  a  red  heat  until  a  reddish  substance  is 


1606  PULVIS  TALCI  SALICYLICUS.— PYCN'AXTHEMl'M. 

formed.    It  undoubtedly  contains  a  portion  of  acid.    When  cold,  pulverize  the 
mass,  and  keep  it  in  well-stopped  bottles. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  powder  is  st,vptic,  and  is  fre- 
quently enipUned  in  the  treatment  of  external  hemorrhages  and  bleeding  piks,  either 
alone,  or  in  combination  with  stramonium  ointment,  poke  ointment,  oil  of  fire- 
weed,  etc.  Given  internally,  in  doses  of  3  grains,  combined  with  capsicum,  1  grain, 
it  has  proved  efifectual  in  passive  hemorrhages  from  the  lungs  and  litems. 

PULVIS  TALCI  SALICYLICUS  (N.  F.i— SALICYLATED 
POWDER  OF  TALCUM. 

Preparation. — "Salicylic  acid,  thirty  grammes  (30  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,2o  grs.]; 
boric  acid,  in  fine  powder,  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,231  grs.J; 
talcum,  in  fine  powder,  eight  hundred  and  seventy  grammes  (870  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.. 
14  ozs.,  301  grs.J.  Mix  them  intimately.  Note. — The  corresponding  preparation 
of  the  German  Pharmacopain  has  the  title  Pulvis  Snli^'ylicus  cum  Talco,  and  contains 
10  parts  of  wheat  starch  in  place  of  boric  acid  " — {Nat.  Form.). 

Medical  Uses. — This  agent  is  used  as  a  dusting  powder  for  irritated  surfaces, 
intertrigo,  excoriations,  etc.  (see  Talcum,  under  Liquor  Sod ii  Silicatis). 

PULVIS  TRAGACANTHiE  COMPOSITUS.— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  TRAGACANTH. 

Preparation. — "  Take  of  tragacanth,  gum  acacia,  starch,  each,  in  powder,  1 
ounce  (av.);  refined  sugar,  in  powder,  3  ounces.  Rub  them  well  together" — (Br. 
Pharm..  1885  and  1898). 

Uses.— This  preparation  forms  a  good  pill  excipient,  especially  for  ferrous 
carbonate,  and  may  be  used  to  form  a  mucilage  in  which  to  suspend  the  heavier 
powders. 

Related  Preparation. — Pilvis  Acacije  Compositus  (N.  F.),  Compound  powder  of  acacia. 
Pull-is  gnmiiiumx  {Gcr.  Pliann.).  "Aoacia,  in  fine  powder,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,334 
grs.];  glycyrrhiza,  in  fine  powder,  thirty-four  grammes  (34  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,87  grs.];  sugar,  in 
fine  powde"r,  sixteen  grammes  (16  Gm.)  [247  grs.].    Mix  them  intimately"— (JVh/.  Form.). 

PULVIS  XANTHOXYLI  COMPOSITUS— COMPOUND 
POWDER  OF  XANTHOXYLUM. 

Preparation.— Take  of  oleoresin  of  prickly  ash  bark,  hydrochlorate  of  ber- 
Derine,  and  sulpliate  of  quinine,  each,  1  drachm;  sugar  of  milk,  a  sufficient  quan- 
tity. Mix  together,  adding  just  enough  sugar  of  milk  to  form  the  mass  into  a 
powder,  and  tlit-n  diviilt'  into  C>0  [Miwders. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  is  a  valuable  stimulating  tonic 
and  alterative,  and  may  be  enniloyed  in  cases  requiring  such  action,  as  in  rfeftiVi'/y 
of  the  digestive  functions,  dyspepsia,  convalescence  from  fevers,  diarrhcva,  and  dysentery, 
hepatic  torpor, periodical  headache,  scrofula,  and  other  chronic  dise;ises  accompanied 
with  excessive  debility.  The  dose  is  1  powder,  to  be  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day.  It 
may  be  given  in  water,  milk,  molasses,  syrup,  or  wine,  as  symptoms  may  indicate. 
One  jiowder  contains  a  grain,  each,  of  the  three  medicinal  agents  entering  into  it* 
composition  (J.  King). 

PYCNANTHEMUM.— PYCNANTHEMUM. 

The  \>\i\nt  Pi/cnanthemum  piUmim.  Xuttall.  ^ 

Nat.  On/.— Labiatie. 

Common  N.\mks:  Basil,  ot  Wild  basil. 

Botanical  Source.— This  is  an  indigenous  perennial  plant,  with  long  and 
soft  whitish  hairs,  and  a  subsimple  stem,  from  1  to  2  feet  in  height.  The  leaves 
are  sessile,  nearly  entire,  lanceolate,  acute  at  both  ends,  pilose  beneath ;  floral  ones 


PYKETHIMM.  1607 

not  whitened.  The  flowers  are  white,  in  large,  terminal,  sessile  heads.  Calyx 
teeth  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  and  with  the  lanceolate  bracts  canescently  villous 
and  awnless.    Corolla  pubescent;  stamens  exsertcd  (G. — W.). 

History. — This  plant  is  found  in  low  grounds,  dry  hills,  and  plains,  from 
Ohio  and  Illinois  extending  southward,  and  flowering  in  July  and  August.  The 
whole  ]ilant  i<  used,  and  yields  its  virtues  to  boiling  water.  It  has  the  taste  and 
odor  iv.nliar  to  the  mint  "faiiiily. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Pycnanthemum  is  diaphoretic,  stimu- 
lant, antisiiasmodic,  carminative,  and  tonic.  A  warm  infusion  is  very  useful  in 
puerperal,  remittent,  and  other  forms  of  Jeier,  coughs,  colds,  catarrhs,  etc.,  and  is  of 
much  benefit  in  spasmodic  diseases,  especially  colic,  cramp  of  the  stomach,  and  s]mm)< 
of  infants.  The  cold  infusion  is  a  good  tonic  and  stimulant  during  convalescence 
from  exhausting  diseases.  Dose  of  the  infusion,  either  warm  or  cold,  from  1  to  4 
fluid  ounces,  3  or  more  times  a  day. 

Related  Species. — There  are  several  species  of  this  genus,  which  possess  similar  medici- 
nal iin'|i,Ttii  s,  as  tlu'  Pt/cnanthemuin  clinopoioilt'S,  Turrey  and  Gray;  Narroiv-lenf  Virginian 
</i.VW<,(ir  y  .'.,„  /,,,w,y,,  a  pubescent  plant  with  white  flowers,  sessile,  lance-linear,  entire,  and 
punctate  Kavis.  tnimnal  and  corymbed  heads,  and  acuminate  bracts.  Also  the  P.aristatum, 
Michaus,  or  ItVW  6(isi7,  with  lance-ovate,  subserrate,  pubescent,  acuminate,  and  short  petio- 
late  leaves;  hirsute,  terminal,  capitate,  and  subterminal  verticils;  bracts  lanrc  subulate,  the 
calyx  terminated  by  awns  (U.— W.).  P.  iticonutn,  also  called  Wild  basil,  Moimtnin  mint,  imd 
sometimes  llorsemiiii,  is  used  like  Mtmarda.  P.  lini/olium,  Pursh,  is  a  smooth  plant,  also  called 
Virginia  thyme.  This,  as  well  as  the  P.  lanceolatum,  Pursh,  which  resembles  it  in  its  bitter, 
resinous  taste,  has  been  employed  in  di/npepwi  and  hydroptwbia .  Dr.  Charles  Slohr  found  in 
P.  linifoliuin  volatile  oil,  a  caoutchouc-like  resin,  a  bitter,  greenish-yellow  resin,  soluble  in  6.5 
per  cent  alcohol,  gum,  some  sugar,  and  tannin  closely  related  to  caffeotnnnic  acid;  no  alkaloid 
(Proc.  Amir.  Ptiarm.  .•!.««■.,  1S7(),  p.  51.51.  Mr.  Harold  C.  Barker,  making  a  complete  analysis 
of  this  species  collected  while  in  flower,  confirmed  the  absence  of  alkaloids  or  glucosids  ( Amer. 
Jour.  Phanit.,lS9-i,p.  169).  The  same  author  found  P.kinreolatiim  to  contain  at  least  1.5  per 
cent  of  volatile  oil,  the  odor  of  which  resembles  that  of  pennyroyal.  Alkaloids,  glucosids,  and 
starch  were  absent,  while  tannin  and  small  amounts  of  inulin'and  sugar  were  present  {ibid., 
1894,  pp.  65  and  172). 

PYRETHRUM  (U.  S.  P.)— PYRETHRUM. 

The  root  of  AnaryrlH.s  Pi/rdhruin  (Linne),  De  Candolle  (Anffiemis  Pyrethrum, 
Willdenow;  Matricaria  Pyrethrum,  Baillon). 

Nat.  Ord. — Composita;. 

Common  Names:   Pellitnn/.  Peltitnrii  rnnt.  Pellitoi-y  of  Spain,  Spanish  chamomile. 

Ir.i.r~TRATi()N  :  Bentley  and  Triiii<n.  .Mr<!.  P/ants,  151. 

Botanical  Source,  History,  and  Description. — This  is  the  Anthemi^  Pyreth- 
rum of  Willdenow,  the  name  of  whicii  has  been  changed  by  De  Candolle,  and  the 
plant  placed  in  a  new  genus  on  account  of  a  difiference  in  the  structure  of  its 
seeds.  The  stems  are  numerous,  procumbent,  somewhat  branched,  and  pubes- 
cent. The  radical  leaves  are  spreading,  petiolated,  smoothish,  and  pinnately  di- 
vided; the  segments  much-cleft  into  linear,  subulate  lobes;  and  the  cauline 
leaves  sessile.  Branches  1-headed.  Receptacle  convex,  with  oblong-obovate,  obtuse 
j>alea3;  ray  sterile,  ligulate,  and  white;  of  the  disk,  fertile,  with  5  callous  teeth, 
and  yellow  (L.).  Pellitory  of  Spain,  or  Spanish  chamomile,  inhabits  Barbary, 
Arabia,  Syria,  etc.  The  root  is  the  official  part,  and  is  officially  described  as  "from 
5  to  10  Cm.  (2  to  4  inches)  long,  and  1  to  2  Cm.  (J  to  f  inch)  thick,  somewhat  fusi- 
form, nearly  simple,  annulate  above,  wrinkled  below;  externally  dark  grayish- 
brown;  internally  brownish-white;  fracture  short;  bark  rather  thick,  containing 
2  circles  of  resin  cells,  and  surrounding  the  slender  wood-bundles  and  medullary 
rays,  the  latter  having  about  4  circles  of  shining  resin-cells;  inodorous,  pungent, 
and  very  acrid'" — (U.  S.P.).  The  root,  when  chewed,  produces  a  peculiar  sensa- 
tion of  pricking  in  the  lips  and  tongue,  and  a  glow  of  heat,  with  an  increase  of 
the  salivary  discharge.  It  maybe  readily  distinguished  from  False  pellitory  root, 
identified  by  Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,1892,  p.  90),  as  derived  from 
Corriciiolii  tr'ephii folia,  a. 'Morocco  plant,  chiefly  by  the  appearance  of  its  cross-sec- 
tion (see  illustration,  lor.cil.). 

Chemical  Composition.— In  183.5,  Koene  found  it  to  contain  a  brown  acrid 
resin,  iii-olulile   in  cau.-lic  potash;  an  acrid,  brown  fixed  oil,  soluble  in  caustic 


1G08  PYRETHRUM. 

potash;  a  yellow,  acrid  oil,  also  soluble  in  this  solvent;  a  trace  of  tannic  acid; 
gum,  inulin,  various  salts,  and  lignin.  Alcohol  or  ether  dissolves  its  active  prin- 
ciple. This  is  claimed  by  Buchheim  (1876)  to  be  an  a,\ka\oid,  pyrethrine,  a.  hody 
splitting  into  piperidine  and  an  acid,  resembling  piperlc  add,  called  pyrethric  acid, 
when  treated  with  alcoholic  solution  of  caustic  potai^h  (nee  Piperinum).  The  py- 
rdhrin  of  Thompson  {Pharm.  Jour.  Tram.,  Vol.  XVII,  1887,  p.  567)  is  an  ether- 
extract,  composed  of  acrid  fat  and  resin.  This  author  found  the  cortical  portion 
of  the  root  to  contain  5  per  cent  of  pyrethrin.  Volatile  oil  is  likewise  present. 
Dunstan  and  Garnett  (Jahresb.  der  Phann.,  1895,  p.  64)  isolated  from  the  resin 
crystallizable  pellitorin,  insoluble  in  water,  diluted  acids,  and  alkalies,  soluble  in 
alcohol.  It  resembles  j9tp«-oya<i?i  (C,jH.;,NOj,  the  non-basic,  active  principle  iso- 
lated by  the  same  authors  from  the  resin  obtained  from  the  leaves  oi  Piper  ovalum. 
Both  are  pyridine  derivatives. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— It  is  an  energetic  local  irritant  and 
sialagogue,  and  acts  as  a  rubefacient  when  applied  externallj'.  Its  ethereal  tinc- 
ture relieves  toothache.  The  root  chewed  has  been  found  u.seful  in  some  rheumatic 
and  neuralgic  affections  of  the  head  and  face,  a.nd  in  palsy  of  the  tongue.  The  decoc- 
tion has  been  used  as  a  gargle  in  relaxation  of  the  uvula.  Severe  acronarcotic  symp- 
toms, with  inflammation  of  the  alimentarj^  tract  and  blood}'  stools,  were  produced 
in  a  j'oung  child  by  less  than  a  drachm  of  the  tincture.  The  dose  is  from  30  to  60 
grains  as  a  masticatory.  Oil  of  pellitory  is  made  by  evaporating  the  ethereal 
tincture;  it  is  an  excellent  lemedy  for  toothache. 

Related  Species  and  Dlllgs. —AnMydus  officinarum,  Hayne,  German  pellitonj.  A  culti- 
vated plant  of  Ciermany.  By  some  considered  an  annual  form  of  Anacydus  P>irethrum.  Its 
action  is  the  same  as,  but  weaker  than,  the  latter. 

Sweet  Pellitory,  ascertained  by  Dr.  Dymock  to  be  derived  from  Tanacetum  umMliferum, 
Boissier,  is  a  Persian  drug,  imported  into  Bombay,  of  a  sweetish  taste  and  an  cuXot  resembling 
that  of  Chaulmoogra  oil.  It  contains  only  a  small  amount  of />yrf;/iriii  (see  D.  Hooper,  .4m*r. 
Jour.  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  504). 

Insect  Powders. — These  are  yellowish  or  drab-colored  powders,  obtained  i-hiefly  from  the 
flowers  of  two  plants — Chrysanthemum  (Pyrelhrum)  roseum,  with  rosy  flowers,  a  native  of  the 
Caucasus,  and  yielding  the'Pergianingect poivder  {Persian pellilory,GvLiT\\&r,  and  Chryxinthemuin 
cinerariicfolium,  Visiani,  with  white  flowers,  yielding  Dalmatian  insect  pvicder. 

The  Persian  insect  powder  is  now  almost  entirely  displaced  in  commerce  by  the  superior 
Dalmatian  powder,  which  is  exported  from  Trieste.  "When  well  kepL  free  from"  moist  are,  the 
powder  retains  its  activity  for  years.  The  mode  of  its  cultivation  and  collection,  in  Dalmatia, 
is  jealously  guarded  as  a  secret.  The  powder  destroys  aphides,  house  flies,  mosquitoes,  and, 
in  the  form  of  a  dust  spray,  is  applied  to  keep  insects  from  hot-house  plants.  The  powder,  in 
order  to  be  effectual,  must  come  into  actual  contact  with  the  insect.  The  class  of  liemipttra 
( true  bugs)  spiders,  hairy  caterpillars,  and  other  insects,are  proof  against  it  ( A'dcBii/ZtYiii,  through 
Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.,Xo\.  VII,  1898,  p.  505).  Insect  powdere  are  considerably  subject  to  adul- 
terations. A  bright-yellow  color  indicates  the  presence  of  curcuma,  fustic,  chrome  vellow, 
etc.  ( For  detection,  see  W.  L.  Howie,  .\mer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1883,  p.  3til. )  The  addition  of  10  per 
cent  of  powdered  quillaja  bark  in  commercial  powder,  while  it  produces  sneezing  in  man, 
merely  dilutes  the  powder  with  inert  matter  iis  far  as  its  action  on  insects  is  concerneil  (Ca>sar 
and  Loretz,  1898).  Another  adulteration  consists  in  substitution  by  the  Hungarian  daisy. 
The  latter  yields  9.30  per  cent  of  ash,  while  the  flowors  of  ('.  cinerariirfulium  vield  only  6.5  per 
cent.  (For  botanical  and  chemical  distinctions,  see  H.  M.  Beringer,  .^»l(T.  ./our.  PAiirm.,  1885), 
p.  1 ;  also  J.  Schrenk,  ibid.,  p.  295.)  According  to  tJeorge  K.  Durrant  i  il>l<i.,  1897,  pp.  359-366), 
the  insect  powders  of  commerce  are  grossly  adulterated.  The  toxic  properties  are  due  partly 
to  volatile  (lil  (0.5  per  rent  in  picked  specimens  of  closed  flowers,  less  in  open  flowers),  but 
priiui|i:illy  to  a  soft  aciil  nsiii,  4.8  per  cent  of  which  is  found  in  selected  dosed,  less  than  4  \m-t 
ct'iit  in  half  (ipeii.and  still  less  in  fully  open  (lowers.  The  whole  plant  contains  but  traces. 
.Xilniixturc  with  the  inert  stems  is  recognized  by  the  pres»MU-e  of  chlorophyll — 0.5  percent  of 
tlie  lattrr  was  lii\iiicl  in  a  mixture  of  flowers,  but  commercial  powders  yieMeil  from  50  to  80 
per  cent  of  chlovopliyll,  referred  to  total  ether  extract.  Thus  the  powders  may  l>e  assjiyed  by 
iletciuiiiiiiii;  the  weight  of  ether-extract  obtainable  therefrom  ;  good  jwwders  should  yield  not 
less  than  ,S.75  per  cent  of  a  pure  yellow  color  and  the  pleasant  and  dianicteristic  odor  of  the 
flowers.  The  nest  powders  examined  yielded  5.5  wr  cent  of  pure  extract.  Prof.  J.  M.  Francis 
(Pharm.  Jour.  Trails.,  from  Bull,  of  Pharm. ,\'o\.  XII,  1,S98,  p.  5)  contends  that  this  standard  of 
purity,  while  correct,  is  too  strict,  and  would  have  the  effect  of  incn.>asiiig  the  price  of  tlie 
powders.  Samjiles,  of  which  one-third  consists  of  stems,  are  stated  to  yielil  practicjilly  the 
same  effect,  (I'ora  n^ume  of  the  chemical  history  of  the  powders,  which  is  cmitradictory, 
probably  owing  to  the  dilliculty  of  obtaining  pure' specimens,  see  tJ.  R.  Durnim,  i'-r.cit.)  A 
tincture"  of  the  flowers  is  said,  by  JIaisch,  to  cause  vesication  like  Khus  Toxiixxli-uilmn.  Insert 
powder  is  not  poisonous  to  man",  but,  as  .stated  above,  is  destructive  to  certain  insect  j>ests.  It 
maybe  used  in  nowder,  in  aqueous  solution,  and  in  fumigations.  (For  a  list  of  less  ai-tive 
plants,  see  H.  Kaibruner,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1875,  pp.  L'5  and  399.) 


PYROGALLOL  (U.  S.  P.      PYROGALLOL. 

Formula:  C'^HjIOHIj.    Molkiilak  Wkkiht  :  Ti.j.T. 

"A  triatomic  plu'iiol  obtained  cluefly  by  tlie  dry  distillntion  of  pallic  acid. 
Pyroixallic  acid  s)iould  be  kejit  in  dark  aiubercoiored  bottles" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Synoky.m.s:  Pi/riifiallic  arid,  Ariilitm  pi/rn(inllirum. 

Preparation. — Pyrogallol  was  first  obtained  by  Scheele,  in  1786,  by  the  dry 
distillation  of  gallic  acid,  hence  the  name  pyrogallic  acid.  Upon  heating  well- 
dried  gallic  acid,  in  a  retort,  to  a  temperature  of  from  200°  to  210°  C.  (892°  to 
410°  F.),  by  means  of  an  oil-bath,  the  yield  will  be  onl}-  30  per  cent,  while  the 
theoretical  yield  should  be  74  per  cent,  according  to  the  equation:  CsHj(OH),. 
C0,H-|-CjHJ(0H)3-|-C0,,.  A  quantitative  yield  is  obtained  on  heating  gallic  acid 
with  water,  for  half  an  hour,  to  the  temperature  of  from  210°  to  220°  C.  (410° 
to  42S°  F.),  in  a  closed  vessel,  with  provision  for  the  carbon  dioxide  to  escape. 
The  resultant  solution  of  pyrogallol  is  purified  by  boiling  with  animal  charcoal; 
it  is  then  filtered  and  evaporated  to  crystallization.  An  absolutely  pure  product 
is  obtained  by  sublimation  under  reduced  pressure.  Prof.  T.  E.  Thorp's  j)rocesa 
(Amrr.  Jour.  P/mrm. ,\8Sl,  p.  236)  consists  in  heating  10  Gm.  of  gallic  acid  with 
30  Cc.  of  i)ure  glycerin,  on  a  sand-bath,  to  a  temperature  of  from  190°  to  200°  C. 
(374°  to  392°  F.).  When  carbonic  acid  gas  is  no  longer  given  oS",  all  the  gallic 
acid  will  be  quantitatively  converted  into  pyrogallol.  This  method  is  especially 
adapted  for  photographic  needs;  the  final  product,  when  diluted  with  water,  to 
make  one  liter,  is  ready  for  use.  P.  Cazeneuve  (ibid.,  1892,  p.  604)  heats  a  mixture 
of  gallic  acid  (1  part)  a"nd  aniline  (2  parts)  to  120°  C.  (248°  F.)  until  carbonic  acid 
gas  ceases  to  be  given  ofi";  on  cooling,  aniline  pyrogallate  crystallizes.  Benzol  or 
toluol  di.ssolves  its  aniline  constituent,  while  pyrogallol  remains. 

Description  and  Tests. — Pyrogallol  consistsof"  light  white,  shining  laraina>, 
or  fine  needles,  odorless,  and  having  a  bitter  taste;  acquiring  a  gray  or  darker  tint 
on  exposure  to  air  and  light.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  1.7  parts  of  water, 
and  in  1  i>art  of  alcohol;  very  soluble  in  boiling  water,  and  in  boiling  alcohol; 
also  soluble  in  1.2  parts  of  etlier.  When  heated  to  131°  C.  (267.8°  F. ),  pyrogallol 
melts,  and  may  be  sublimed  unchanged.  When  ignited,  it  is  consumed,  leaving 
no  residue.  The  aqueous  solution,  wliich  is  at  first  neutral  and  colorless,  gradu- 
ally acijuires,  by  exposure  to  the  air,  a  brown  color  and  an  acid  reaction,  due  to 
absorption  of  oxygen.  The  same  change  of  color  takes  place  very  rapidly  if  the 
solution  contains  a  caustic  alkali"— (('.  S.  P.).  On  account  of  this  propertj-,  an 
alkaline  solution  of  pyrogallol  is  made  use  of  in  gas  analysis,  for  the  purpose  of 
absorbing  oxygen.  "The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  10)  of  pyrogallol  reduces  solu- 
tions of  the  salts  of  silver,  gold,  and  mercury,  even  in  the  cold.  When  ireshly 
prepared,  1  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  is  colored  brownish-red  by  a  few 
drops  of  ferric  chloride  T.S., and  this  color  is  changed  to  deep  bluish-black  on 
the  addition  of  1  or  2  drops  of  ammonia  water.  A  bluish-black  color  is  also  pro- 
duced in  the  aqueous  solution  of  pyrogallol  by  freshly  prepared  ferrous  sulphate 
T.S." — (I'.S.P.).  By  the  latter  reaction,  pyrogallol  is  distinguished  from  gallic 
acid,  which  remains  unaltered  by  ferrous  sulpl)ate,  if  the  air  be  excluded.  Agi- 
tated with  lime-water,  pyrogallol'  gives  a  purple  coloration,  changing  to  brown 
and,  finally,  to  black,  at  the  same  time  becoming  turbid.  Chemically,  pyrogallol 
is  a  triatomic  phenol,  the  three  hydroxyl  groups  being  in  consecutive  position, 
while  in  its  isomer,  phloroglucin,  these  groups  are  symmetrically  arranged.  As 
stated  above,  pyrogallol  is  distinguished  by  its  affinity  for  oxygen,  to  which  is 
due  its  reducing  action  upon  salts  of  metals.  It  is  much  used  in  photographv  to 
develop  the  latent  imago  upon  the  collodion  film  after  it  has  been  exposed  to 
the  action  of  light.  It  is  also  employed  in  dyeing  hair  black.  Pyrogallol  is 
intensely  poisonous. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — That  pyrogallol  is  an  intense  jioison,  has  been 
demonstrated  by  cxinriments  upon  animals  and  acciilenlal  poisoning  by  its  ab- 
sorption when  use<l  locally  upon  man.  Hepatic  changes,  similar  to  those  pro- 
duced by  phosphorus,  have  bei  n  oliserved  in  lower  animals.  In  man,  Danilevsky 
states  that  doses  of  5  to  10  grains,  twice  daily,  appeared  to  produce  no  serious 
symptoms,  but   cases  of  death  are  on   record    from   its   absorption,  when   used 


1610  PYROLA. 

topically  in  skin  afifections.  The  chief  symptoms  have  been  rigor,  followed  by 
headaches,  general  malaise  and  fever,  vomiting  of  mucus,  diarrhoea,  black  or  brown 
urine  of  an  acid  character  and  containing  albumins,  pallid,  cyanotic  lips,  greenish 
skin,  rapid  action  of  heart  and  lungs,  restlessness,  sleeplessness,  coma,  and  death 
from  collapse.  Disorganization  of  the  red  corpuscles  also  takes  place.  Pyrogallol 
stains  clothing  permanently  and  the  skin  transiently.  It  is  not  used  as  an  inter- 
nal medicine,  but  in  ointments  and  solutions  of  from  5  to  20  per  cent  strength, 
it  has  been  very  successfully  applied  to  -psoriasix,  lupus,  epithelioma,  and  similar 
diwrdera  of  the  slcin.  It  should  be  applied  only  to  the  lesions  and  not  to  the  sound 
skin,  and  but  limited  areas  should  be  treated  at  a  time,  lest  absorption  of  suflB- 
cient  of  the  drug  to  produce  poisoning  takes  place.  In  psoriasis,  of  course,  only 
benefit  is  derived,  for  the  disease  is  not  wholly  a  local  one.  In  lupus,  it  acts  best 
in  the  diffuse  superficial  forms,  causing  the  nodules  to  become  destroyed  and 
separate  from  the  sound  tissues.  In  epithelioma  its  action  is  slow.  Waruj  poul- 
tices, repeatedly  applied,  hasten  its  action,  and  hydrochloric  acid,  internally,  tends 
to  prevent  or  lessen  its  liability  to  produce  toxic  efiects.  An  ointment  of  it 
(20  per  cent)  is  said  to  have  served  well  in  syphilitic  phagedena. 

Derivative  of  Pyrogallol. — GK\A.\CKtovHwsoTiTE,,TrkixyaceU)phenone,  Alizarin-yellow  {C^U.^. 
[OHJsCjHjO).  This  substitution  compound  may  be  considered  as  pjTOgallol,  in  which  1  atom 
of  hydrogen  of  the  benzene  ring  is  replaced  bj-'the  acetyl  group  (CH3CO).  It  wa.«  prepared 
by  Nencki  and  Sieber  by  heating  together  a  mixture  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  pyrogallol,  and  zinc 
chloride.  The  substance  forms  a  yellow,  crystalline  powder,  melting  at  168°  C.  ( 334.4°  F.i,  or 
170°  C.  (338° F.).  It  dissolves  easily  in  boiling  water,  ether,  alcohol,  and  glycerin.  Its  reaction 
is  neutral  or  but  feebly  acid.  Cold  water  sparingly  dissolves  it  (1  in  600).  This  substance  is 
not  so  poisonous  as  pyrogallol,  produces  no  stains,  and  has  been  used  as  a  substitute  for  that 
body.    A  solution  (10  per  cent)  has  been  employed  with  success  in  psoriam. 

PYROLA.— PYROLA. 


Pig.  204. 


The  herb  o{  Pi/rola  rotund ifolia,Lmm\ 

Nat.  Onl. — Ericacea;. 

Com  Ml  IN  Xamk.s;   Canker  lettuce.  Shin-leaf,  False  winter  green.  Pear-leaf  unntergreen. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  perennial,  low,  scarcely  sufifruticose  evergreen 
herb.  The  leaves  are  radical,  or  nearly  so,  orbicular-ovate,  nearly  2  inches  in 
diameter,  smooth,  shining,  thick,  entire,  or  crenulate,  usu- 
ally shorter  than  the  petiole,  with  conspicuous,  reticulate 
veins.  The  petioles  are  margined,  and  as  long  as,  and  usu- 
ally much  longer  than  the  leaf.  The  scape  is"  mostly  race- 
mose, 3-angled,  6  to  12  inches  high,  with  scaly  bracts  at  the 
base  and  in  the  middle.  The  flowers  are  niany,  large,  fra- 
grant, white,  drooping,  about  f  inch  broad,  and  borne  in  an 
oblong,  terminal  r.aceme.  Calyx  o-jiarted,  persistent;  lobes 
lanceolate,  acute,  with  somewhat  spreading  tips,  i  or  J  the 
length  of  the  petals.  Petals  5,  roundish-obovate,  nearly 
spreading,  concave,  deciduous.  Stamens  10,  ascending;  fila- 
ments awl-shaped,  naked;  anthers  large,  pendulous  ;  stigmas 
exsertcd  beyond  the  ring;  style  declining  and  curved,  and 
longer  than  the  jietals.  The  capsule  is  5-celled,  5-valved, 
opcniiiLT  at  the  anirles,  and  many-seeded  (\V. — G.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— Tliis  plant  is 
luininon  in  (lamp  an<l  .-liady  W(hh1.'<  tlu-nugliout  various  parts 
of  the  rnittdStMtcs.luaiininunH'rnus  white  flowers  in  June 
and  .1  uly.  The  whole  plant  is  used. and  imparts  its  medicinal 
properties  to  water.  P.clliptica,'i\uUi\\\;  P.fccundn,  Linne; 
and  P.chloranthd,  Swartz,  possess  like  properties.  Mr.  E.  N. 
Smith  (^1hi<t.  Jour.  Pbarm.,  1881,  p.  549)  found  the  leaves  of 
P.  dliptica,  P.  chlorantha,  and  P.  rotviidifolia  var.  n-wr/fo/ui, 
Michaux,  to  contain  arhutin,erirolin,  ttrsou,  timnic,  gallic,  and 
malic  acids,  gum,  sugar,  alluinun,  little  volatile  oil,  and  some  coloring  matter. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Round-leaved  pyrola  is  tonic,  astrin- 
gent, dinritic,  and  antispasmodic.    r>ed  in  decoction,  both  internally  and  cxter- 


Pyrola 


PYKOXYLINIM.  UUl 

nally,  in  various  cutaiieous  eruptions,  likewise  in  &  carcinanuitous  or  scrofulous  taiiU  of 
the  system,  a.\id  in /«t<:o»*rA<i?a,  and  some  uterine  diseases.  As  a  local  application,  it 
will  be  found  of  service  in  sore  thmut,  and  ulcerations  of  the  mouth,  indolent  ulcers, 
ojjhthalmia,  etc., and  forms  an  excellent  sootliing  poultice  (ov  boils,  carbuncUs,  and 
all  ptiinful  tumors  or  swellings.  The  decoction,  taken  internally,  is  valuable  in 
many  urinary  affections,  relieving  irritation,  and  is  reputed  very  useful  in  gravel, 
hrinnturia,  and  ulrcration  of  the  bladder,  and  in  some  nervous  diseases.  The  decoction 
and  extract  have  been  used  with  success  in  con cuUions,  and  once  formed  a  large 
portion  of  a  popular  no-strum  for  epilepi<y.  Dose  of  the  decoction,  1  or  2  Huid 
ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day;  of  the  extract,  from  2  to  5  grains.  A  strong  tincture 
of  the  fresh  plant  (5viii  to  alcohol,  76  per  cent,Oj)  mav  be  given  in  doses  of  from 
1  to  ;^0  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— To  relieve  irritation  of  the  urinary  tract. 

PYROXYLINUM  (U.  S.  P.^— PYROXYLIN. 

Synonyms:    Soluble  gun-rottoK,  Colloxijlin,  Collodion  cotton,  Luna  collodii. 

Preparation. — "Purified  cotton,  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av., 
231  prs.J  ;  nitric  acid,  fourteen  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (1400  Cc.)  [47  fls, 
ll>3TTl]:  sulphuric  acid,  twenty-two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (2200  Cc.)  [74  fls, 
187  Til]  ;  alcohol,  ether,  water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Mix  the  acids  gradu- 
ally in  a  glass  or  porcelain  vessel,  and,  when  the  temperature  of  the  mixture  has 
fallen  to  32^  C.  (90°  F.),  add  the  purified  cotton.  By  means  of  a  glass  rod  imbue 
it  thoroughly  with  the  acids,  and  allow  it  to  macerate,  until  a  sample  of  it,  taken 
out,  thoroughly  washed  with  a  large  quantity  of  water,  and  subsequently  with 
alcohol,  and  pressed,  is  found  to  be  soluble  in  a  mixture  of  one  (1)  volume  of 
alcohol  and  three  (3)  volumes  of  ether.  Then  remove  the  cotton  from  the  acids, 
transfer  it  to  a  larger  vessel,  and  wash  it,  first,  with  cold  water,  until  the  wash- 
ings cease  to  have  an  acid  taste,  and  then  with  boiling  water,  until  they  cease  to 
redden  blue  litmus  paper.  Finally,  drain  the  pyroxylin  on  filtering  paper,  and 
dry  it  in  small,  detached  pellets,  by  means  of  a  water-bath  or  steam-bath,  at  a 
temperature  not  exceeding  60°  C.  (140°  F.).  Keep  the  pyroxylin,  loosely  packed, 
in  well-closed  vessels  containing  not  more  than  about  25  Gm.,  in  a  cool  and  dry 
place,  remote  from  lights  or  fire" — (f.  S.  P.). 

In  this  process,  the  cellulose  of  the  cotton  is  converted  into  cellulose  nitrates 
of  variable  composition.  If  nitric  acid  of  the  highest  concentration  (specific 
gravity  1.4S  to"1..5)  be  used,  a  rcllulose  hern-nitrate  (C,,H„[N03]jO|(,)  is  formed,  which, 
together  with  the  penta-nitratr,  constitutes  gun-cotton  proper.  These  nitrates  are 
insoluble  in  a  mixture  of  alcohol  and  ether,  also  in  methyl  alcohol  and  acetic 
ether,  hence  can  not  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  co/to/Zwm  (which  see).  When 
the  nitric  acid  is  allowed  to  act  upon  the  cotton  for  a  shorter  time,  or  if  a  weaker 
acid  be  used  for  a  correspondingly  longer  time,  as  in  the  above  U.  S.  P.  process, 
the  di-.tri-. and  tetra-n  it  rates  of  cellulose  are  formed,  which  are  soluble  in  the  above 
alcohol-fther  mixture,  also  in  acetic  ether  and  in  methyl  alcohol.  It  is  important 
regarding  the  keeping  qualities  of  both  gun-cotton  and"  pyroxylin,  that  the  nitric 
acid  or  the  pota-ssium  nitrate  (which  is  sometimes  employed  in  the  place  of  the 
acid)  be  free  from  chlorides,  and  the  cotton  be  absolutely  deprived  of  its  fatty 
and  waxy  matter  previously,  otherwise  slow  decomposition,  with  evolution  of  red, 
nitrous  vapors,  or  even  dangerous  explosions  will  occur.  For  the  same  reason 
the  finisheil  jiroduct  must  be  absolutely  freed  from  its  adhering  acid  by  thorough 
washing. 

Description  and  Uses. — Pyroxylin  does  not  materially  differ  in  appearance 
from  ordinary  cotiim.  It  is,  perhap.s^ somewhat  rougher  to  the  touch.  Pyroxylin 
and  gunrotton  were  formerly  termed  7i(7;v>c<'//«/o.-<(',  which  name  is  inappropriate, 
because  these  products  do  not  contain  the  nitro  group  (NO,)  as  does,  for  example, 
nitrobeiizol  (C.HjNOJ.  They  are  cellulose  ethers  of  nitric  acid— 2,  3,  or  4  atoms 
of  hydrogen  of  the  cellulose  molecule  (C„II,„0,„)  i)eing  replaced  by  the  nitric  radi- 
cal; "thus  the  tri-nitrate  has  the  formula  C„H„(NOj)30,o.  Cellufose  hexa-nitrate 
differs  from  cellulose  also  by  being  insoluble  in  cupric  ammonium  sulphate 
(Schweitzer's  reagent). 


1612  PYRUS. 

The  various  cellulose  nitrates,  when  treated  with  warm  alkalies,  are  gradu- 
ally deprived  of  their  nitric  acid.  Cold,  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  also  expels 
nearly  all  nitric  acid.  Treatment  of  these  nitrates  with  reducing  agents,  such 
as  potassium  sulphydrate  (KSH)  or  ferrous  acetate,  etc.,  likewise  denitrates  these 
compounds  with  regeneration  of  cellulose  (see  Durand  Woodman,  Amer.  Jour. 
Phdrm.,  1892,  p.  481).  When  the  nitrate  is  boiled  with  ferrous  suli)hate  and 
hydrochloric  acid,  all  of  the  nitrogen  is  expelled  in  the  form  of  nitric  oxide  (NO), 
the  volume  of  which  maybe  measured  (Schloesing's  method)  by  means  of  this 
reaction;  the  degree  of  nitration  of  pyroxylin  or  gun-cotton  may,  therefore,  be 
determined. 

Pyroxylin  should  be  kept  free  from  moisture,  and  should  be  put  loosely  into 
the  container.  Gun-cotton,  when  subjected  to  a  sudden  percussion,  especially  by 
the  intervention  of  fulminating  mercury,  explodes  violently.  When  ignited  in 
small  quantities,  it  quietly,  although  rapidly,  burns  off;  when  thoroughly  satu- 
rated with  water,  it  is  perfectly  harmless.  The  chief  products  of  its  combustion 
are  nitrogen,  nitric  o.xide,  carbon  monoxide,  carbon  dioxide,  water  vapor,  meth- 
ane, etc.  As  it  leaves  no  residue  upon  burning,  the  combustion  may  be  said  to  be 
practically  smokeless;  for  this  reason  gun-cotton  is  used  in  the  preparation  of 
smokeless  powder.  Gun-cotton  has  also  been  recommended  as  a  filtering  medium 
for  strong  oxidizers,  such  as  solution  of  potassium  permanganate,  nitric  acid, 
chromic  acid,  etc.  Pyroxylin  is  not  used  in  medicine,  but  is  chieflj'  employed 
in  preparing  collodion  (which  see). 

PYRUS.— APPLE  TEEE. 

The  bark  of  F;/rus  mnlus. 

Nat.  Onl. — Rosacea?. 

Common   N.ame:  Common  apple  tree. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  well-known  tree,  growing  from  20  to  40  feet 
high,  with  rigid,  crooked,  spreading  branches,  and  a  rough,  blackish  bark.  The 
leaves  are  from  2  to  3  inches  long,  about  f  as  wide,  ovate,  or  oblong-ovate,  serrate, 
acute,  or  short-acuminate,  pubescent  above,  tomentose  beneath,  and  on  petioles 
from  i  to  1  inch  in  length.  The  flowers  are  large,  fragrant,  expanding  with  the 
leaves,  of  pale-rose  color,  and  borne  in  subumbellate  corymbs.  The  calyx-tube  is 
urn-shaped,  with  limb  5-cleft;  the  pedicels  and  calyx  villose-tonientose.  Petals 
5,  roundish,  or  obovate,  with  short  claws.  Stamens  numerous;  styles  5,  united, 
and  villose  at  base.     Fruit  or  pome  globose  (W.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. — The  apple  tree  is  a  native  of  Europe, 
naturalized  in  this  country,  and  flowers  from  April  to  June.  There  are.  prob- 
ably, nearly  1000  varieties  cultivated  in  the  United  States,  and  all  of  which  are 
said  to  be  derived  from  the  Wild  crah  (Pi/rus  coronaria,  Linne).  From  the  fruit 
cider  is  manufactured,  and  both  the  fruit  and  its  cider  are  much  used  for  domestic 
and  medicinal  purposes.  The  percentage  composition  of  non-dried  apples,  accord- 
ing to  the  average  of  36  analyses  communicated  by  J.Kon\g(Chemie  d<r  McnschL 
NdhrunrjsundGenu'ixmittel^dd  ed.,l89'i)  is  as  follows:  Water  (84.79),  nitrogenous 
matter  (0.36),  free  acid  (chiefly  in  ripe  fruits;  malic  arid,  0.82),  sugar  (invert  sugar, 
with  notable  amounts  of  cane  sugar,  7.22),  nitrogen-free  matter  (starch,  gum, 
pectin  matter,  5.81),  woody  fiber  and  seeds  (l.ol),  ash  (0.49V  Apples  are  used  in 
the  preparation  of  E£tr(irtum  Frrri  Pomatum  and  Tinrtiira  Fcrri  Pomatn,  which  are 
official  in  the  German  Pharmarnpaia.  The  bark  of  the  apple  tree  is  bitter, and  has 
also  been  employed  in  medicine.  It  contains  a  principle  called /<A/orj<f;n).  The 
root  bark  is  the  most  active,  and  yields  its  virtues  to  l)oiling  water.  Rochleder 
obtained  a  yellow  coloring  matter,  which  he  named  qucnrtin.  The  leaves,  accord- 
ing to  Rochleder,  contain  a  well-crystallizable  body,  isomeric  with  phloridzin, 
called  i.-<np/doridzin.    The  seeds  contain  ami/fiilnlin  (about  0.6  per  cent). 

P/iloridzin,  phlorizin,  or  phloridzite  {C,,U,,0,„.2U.O),  was  discovered,  in  1S35,  by 
De  Koninck  and  Stas.  It  is  a  bitter  glucosiil  which  exists  in  the  bark  of  the 
trunk  and  roots  of  the  apple,  pear,  cherry,  and  plum  trees.  The  fresh  root-bark 
of  the  apple  tree  contains  about  3  to  5  per  cent,  the  leaves  about  0.8  per  cent  of 
this  principle,  while  the  dry  root-bark  does  not  contain  it.  To  prepare  it,  the 
fresh  bark  of  the  root  of  the  apple  tree  is  boiled  for  2  itours  in  a  quantity  of  water 
suflicient  to  cover  it.     This  water  is  decanted  off,  and  the  Iwiling  repeated  with 


PYurs.  1613 

a  second  portion.  This  last  decoction  must  be  kept  separate  from  the  fir.-i.  It 
commonly  depos^its  in  24  hours  a  considerable  quantity  of  granular  crystals  of 
phloridzin.  which,  when  dissolved  in  distilled  water  and  treated  with  animal 
charcoal,  are  rendered  quite  pure.  Another  jjrocess  is  to  digest  the  fresh  bark  of 
the  root  in  weak  alcohol  at  about  the  temperature  of  50°  C.  (122°  F.),  continuing 
the  digestion  for  8  or  10  hours.  The  greater  part  of  the  alcohol  is  then  distilled 
off,  and  the  residue  set  aside  to  crystallize.    Purify  as  in  tlie  other  process. 

Phloridzin  forms  small,  white,  silky  needles,  has  a  bitter  taste,  followed  by 
sweetishness,  is  soluble  in  1000  parts  of  cold  water,  but  at  temperatures  fi-om  24.4° 
to  100°  C.  (76°  to  212°  F.),  it  dissolves  in  all  proportions.  It  is  very  soluble  in 
absolute  alcohol,  but  little  soluble  in  ether,  has  a  neutral  reaction,  and  a  specific 
gravity  of  1.4298.  Its  alcoholic  solution  is  optically  hcvo-rotatory.  At  100° C. 
(212°  F.),  it  loses  its  water  of  crystallization,  which  is  not  absorbed  again  even 
in  a  moist  atmosphere.  It  melts  at  about  107°  C.  (224.6°  F.).  solidifving  upon 
further  heating  at  130°  C.  (,266°  F.),  and  melting  again  at  160°  C.  (320°  F.).  Its 
aqueous  solution  is  precipitated  by  basic  acetate  of  lead.  Boiling  with  diluted 
mineral  acids  converts  it  into  dextrose  and  crystallizable  phtoretin  (CijHjjOj), 
hardly  soluble  in  water  and  ether,  easily  soluble  in  alcohol  and  alkalies.  Boiling 
with  concentrated  alkali  converts  it  into  phlomglucin  (C5H,[OH]3)  and  phloretir 
arid  (L\H,fi,).  (For  further  details,  .see  Husemann  and  H.i\geT,  h\  Pflanzenstnffe, 
1884,  p.  U> II.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Apple  tree  bark  is  tonic  and  febrifuge, 
and  a  decmlinii  of  it  has  been  ust-d  with  advantage  in  intermittent,  remittent,  and 
biliou.</(V(i:-:,  and  in  convalescence  from  exhausting  diseases.  It  may  be  given  in 
doses  of  1  to  4  Huid  ounces,  3  times  a  day.  A  strong  decoction  or  syrup  of  the 
sweet  apple  tree  bark  has  been  employed  with  success  in  some  cases  of  gravel. 
The  fruit,  or  apple,  contains  both  malic  and  acetic  acids,  has  a  pleasant  and  re- 
freshing ilavor,  and  is  a  useful  and  healthy  article  of  diet.  However,  it  should 
not  generally  be  eaten  by  dyspeptics,  or  patients  afflicted  with  gout,  rheumatism, 
renal,  and  rutaneous  dL-ieases.  If  indications  for  an  acid  are  present,  however,  it  is 
not  especially  contraindicated  by  7-heumiiti-sm  and  dyspepsia.  When  baked,  stewed, 
or  roasted,  it  becomes  valuable  as  an  agreeable  and  healthy  diet  in  febrile  dineases, 
exanthemata,  etc.,  and  is  more  easily  digested  than  when  raw;  it  is  also  slightly 
laxative,  and  is  beneficial  in  cases  of  habitwd  constipation.  Raw  apples  should 
always  be  well  masticated  before  being  swallowed,  as  otherwise,  they  may  become 
a  source  of  serious  difficulties,  especially  with  children.  An  apple  tea  may  be 
made  for  fever  patients,  by  boiling  a  tart  apple  in  i  pint  of  water,  and  sweetening 
with  sugar. 

Cider  forms  not  only  a  refreshing  and  agreeable  drink  for  patients  with  fever, 
but  actually  exerts  a  salutary  medicinal  influence,  especially  where  tiie  tongue  is 
coated  deep-red,  brown,  or  black.  I  have  used  cider,  in  which  horseradish  has 
been  steeped,  as  an  efficient  remedy  in  dropsy,  for  many  years;  and  it  is  now 
used  in  the  preparation  of  a  valuable  agent  for  this  disease,  the  Compound  Infxi- 
Kion  oj Par4eij.  Cooked  apples  form  an  excellent  local  application  in  ophthalmic 
inflnnimatiiin,  erysipelatous  injlamvuitiong,soi-e  and  sivelUd  throat  in  )^carlatinu,xdcers, 
etc.  (J.  King). 

Phloridzin  is  tonic  and  antiperiodic,  and  has  cured  cases  oiintermittent Jever, 
even  where  quinine  has  proved  ineffectual;  its  dose  is  from  5  to  20  grains.  Unlike 
quinine,  it  does  not  cause  gastralgia. 

Related  Species.— Crateyn*  oxyncantha,  Linnd  {Nat.  Od.— Rosacea),  Haw,  Hawthorn, 
EuglUh  Imiitliont.  The  fruit  and  bark  of  this  shrub, or  small  tree,  liave  been  introduced  into 
medicine  as  a  heart  reme<ly.  The  shrub  grows  abundantly  in  woods  and  thickets  throughout 
Europe,  central  and  northern  Asia.  In  England  it  is  cultivated  for  heilging  purposes,  and  is 
fanuliarly  known  a.s  Hawthorn.  The  fresh  i)ark  of  the  yoinig  branches  contains  a  bitter  crys- 
talliziible  principle,  soluble  in  wati-r,  insoluble  in  ether,  little  soluble  in  alcohol.  Claims  are 
ujadi-  for  this  drug  as  a  curative  remedy  for  uiyiiiii'  and  finn-tiiinal  hfnrl  di-iordirg,  including  c<if- 
tliac  hiijiii-truiihii,  with  iiiitrtit  irinnyit-iliuii  ironi  valvular  insulliciency, and  nuginn  pntarix.  .'Some- 
times >7ii'.i'i/ /i.i//«(Ymm  is  associaleil  witli  the  latter,  when  both  are  oaiil  to  be  relieved  by  the 
drug.  The  ilrug  should  be  studied  with  a  view  to  its  adaptability  to  cases  "characterized  by 
pain,  pneeonlial  oppression,  dyspuiea,  rapid  and  feeble  heart-action,  evidence  of  cardiac  hyper- 
trophy, valvular  insufliciency,  and  uuirked  anemia"  1  ICc.  Med.  Jour.,  18118,  p.  17()).  I'rof.  ,1.  A. 
Jean(;ou,  .M.  1).,  employs  it  for  iv/iotot  slimi.     The  dose  is  from  1  to  20  drops,  3  or  4  times  a  day. 


1614 


QUASSIA  (U.  S.  P.)— QUASSIA. 


r.  S.  r.)  (Picrcusma  excelm, 


Picnena  excelsa. 


"  Tlie  wood  oi  Picntna  exceha  (Swartz),  Lindley 
Planchon). 

Nat.  Ord. — Simarubeae. 

Common  Names:    Quassia  wood,  Bitter  tvood,  Bitter  ash,  etc. 
iLi.rsTRATiON  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  57. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  the  Quassia  exeelm  of  Linnseus,  and  the  Sima- 
ruba  cxceUa  of  De  l';indolle,  and  is  known  by  the  various  names  of  Lofty  qufUffia, 
Bitter  vood,  Bitter  a.s7(,  etc.  This  is  a  tree, 
growing  from  50  to  100  feet  high,  with 
an  erect  stem,  3  feet  or  more  in  diameter 
at  the  base,  gradual!}'  becoming  smaller 
as  it  ascends.  The  bark  is  grayish  and 
smooth.  Leaves  alternate  and  unequally 
pinnate;  leaflets  opjtosite,  short-petioled, 
oblong,  acuminate,  unequal  at  the  base, 
blunt  at  the  apex,  and  veiny-glabrous. 
Flowers  small,  pale  or  yellowish-green, 
polygamous ;  racemes  toward  the  end  of 
the  branchlets,  axillary,  very  compound, 
panicled,  sub-corymbose,  dichotouiously 
"iranched,  spreading,  and  many-flowered. 
Peduncles  compressed,  downy,  and  rufes- 
cent.  Sepals  5,  minute.  Petals  5,  longer 
than  the  sepals.  Filaments  of  the  male 
flowers  much  longer  than  the  petals ;  in 
the  fertile  of  the  same  length.  In  the 
male,  merely  the  rudiments  of  the  pis- 
til; in  the  fertile,  ovaries  3 ;  style  longer 
than  the  stamens,  triquetrous,  and  trifid.  Anthers  roundish.  Stigmas  simple 
and  spreading.  Fruit,  3  drupes,  one  only  being  perfected,  size  of  a  pea,  black, 
shining,  fixed  on  a  hemispherical  receptacle;  nut  solitary  and  globose,  with  the 
shell  fragile  (L.). 

History  and  Description. — Picrsena  excelsa  is  common  on  the  plains  and 
lower  mountains  of  Jamaica  and  other  neighboring  islands.  It  flowers  in  Octo- 
ber and  November,  and  in  the  two  succeeding  numths  matures  its  fruit.  The 
wood  of  this  tree  furnishes  the' quassia  of  commerce,  being  substituted  for  the 
true  Surinam  qnas^ia,  ( Qiuuisia  amara) .  Though  the  Pharmacopana  retains  the 
genus  name,  Pirr;ena,  the  latter  has  now  been  united  to  the  genus  Simantba 
(Lloyd,  IfVsi. /)ru(7.,  Jan.,lS97,  p.  7).  It  is  imported  in  logs  and  sticks,  varying 
from  2  inches  to  1  foot  in  diameter,  and  from  1  to  6  or  8  feet  in  length,  occasion- 
ally larger  than  a  man's  body,  and  split  into  quarters,  and  frequently  retaining  a 
friable  and  feebly  attached  cortex,  which  has  similar  medicinal  powers  with  tlie 
wood.  These  are  undoubtedly  obtained  from  portions  of  the  tree  it.self,  instead 
of  from  its  root.  The  wood  is  white,  but  changes  to  yellow  under  the  action  of  the 
air.  The  bark  is  thin,  dark-brown,  or  thick,  grayish-brown,  wrinkltHl,  and  trav- 
ersed by  reticulating  lines.  The  wood  is  often  turned  into  cups  and  sold  as 
qiia.isia  or  bitter  cups,  for  when  water  is  poured  into  them,  it  partakes  of  tlie  bitter- 
ness of  the  wood.  Tiie  U.  S.  P.  descril>es  it  as  occurring  "in  billets  of  various 
sizes,  dense,  tough,  of  medium  hardness,  porous,  with  a  minute  pitli,  and  narrow, 
medullary  rays;  inodorous,  and  intensely  bitter.  In  the  shops  it  is  u>ually  met 
with  in  the  form  of  chips  or  raspings  "of  a  vellowish-white  color" — (I'.S.P.). 
Quassia  was  introduced  into  medicine  by  Dr.  John  Lindsay,  of  Jamaicji,  in  1791. 
It  was  used  on  that  island  as  a  domestic  remedy  for  fluxes  and  fevers,  and  }'ields 
its  medicinal  virtues  to  water  and  alcohol. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  chief  constituent  of  quassia  is  the  bitter 
qun-^siin  or  (yua.-.M/i.  It  was  first  obtainetl  by  Winckler,  in  1835.  from  the  wckkI 
of  Qiui.isia  amara.  Subsequently,  it  was  studieil  by  Wigpers  (1^7)  who  ^»ve  a 
detailed    metliod    for  its   j)reparation  (see   this  A>;xii#«/<)ri/,  preceding   edition). 


A.  Christensen  {Arc/iiv  der  Phnrm.,  1S82,  p.  481)  obtained  pure  quas.-iiin  l)y  pre- 
cipitating an  aqueous  infusion,  concentrated  by  evaporation,  with  tannic  acid, 
decomposing  tlie  precipitate  with  lead  carbonate,  and  extracting  with  alcohol.  The 
yield  troni  Pimma  excelm,  in  one  instance,  was  0.06  [kt  cent.  Qunnfiiu  thus  ob- 
tained, crystallizes  in  thin,  rectangular  scales,  of  an  intensely  bitter  taste,  pernia- 
nent  in  the  air,  and  forming  neutral  solutions  with  water.  It  melts  at  205°C. 
(401°  F.), and  is  soluble  in  735  parts  of  water,  at  lo°  C.  (o!)^  F.),  when  saturated 
at  a  higher  temi)erature.  It  is  more  soluble  in  boiling  water,  easily  soluble  in 
boiling  alcohol,  and  in  warm  alkalies,  also  in  chloroform,  in  30  parts  of  84  per 
cent  alcohol  at  15"  C.  (59°  F.),  soluble,  with  difficulty,  in  ether  and  petroleum 
ether.  It  is  notaglucosid.  Pure  solutions  of  quassiin  "are  not  fluorescent.  Fried. 
Massute  {An-hicdtrP/turm.,  1890,  pp.  147-171 )  pronounces  the qua.ssiins  of  different 
observers,  including  those  obtained  by  himself,  to  constitute  an  homologous  series, 
the  bitter  principles  of  Qfw.^xiVi  aiiuirn  [(lud-i.-^iiii)  and  of  Pirrasiiid  ezceUa  {jticmsmin) 
probably  belonging  to  different  groups.  Both  are  mi.xtures  of  several  quassiins 
(see  also  formulas  in  .4»icr.  Joi/r. /Vi</n)i.,  1890,  p.  338).  The  precipitates  obtained 
in  solutions  of  quassiin,  with  alkaloidal  reagents,  are  due  to  the  presence  of  a 
crystallizable  base  discovered  in  the  wood  of  Quassia  amara.  This  substance  is 
in.«oluble  in  chloroform  and  ether,  soluble,  with  difficulty,  in  water  and  cold  alco- 
hol, readily  soluble  in  acidulated  alcohol,  with  ultraniarine-blue  fluorescence.  It 
seems  to  occur  also  in  the  bark  of  Picrwna  errelsa  in  comparativel}'  large  quantity. 
Oliveri  and  Denaro  (1885)  established  qtMSsiin  (Cj.H^O, j  to  be  a  derivative  of  the 
hydrocarbon  authmcene  (C„H,„).  Merck  {Jahresh.  der  Pharni. ,1895,  p.  457)  obtained 
crystallizable,  tasteless  (/("'.«')/  in  the  manufacture  of  (juassiin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Qua.ssia  is  tonic,  febrifuge,  and  anthel- 
mintic. The  stoniaih  is  diraiigeil  liy  its  long-continued  use.  A  strong  infusion, 
by  enema,  produced  serious  narcotic  syniptonis  and  collapse  in  a  child  of  4  years. 
It  is  used  sometimes  in  remittent  and  iiitrnnilteiit  Jeeers;  likewise  in  dyspepsia,  debility 
during  convalescence  from  e.\hausting  diseases,  and  for  M'ornu*.  It  preserves  ani- 
mal matters  from  decay,  which  is  a  property  possessed  more  or  less  by  all  simple 
bitters.  The  decoction,  administered  by  way  of  injection,  will  remove  asrnride.'^. 
An  infusion  may  be  made  by  macerating  for  12  hours  3  drachms  of  the  rasped 
or  ground  quassia  in  a  pint  of  cold  water;  the  cold  water  does  not  dissolve  the 
extractive  matter.  Of  this  a  wineglass  half  full  may  be  taken  3  times  a  day, 
either  alone,  or  with  some  ginger  tea,  and  will  be  found  useful  for  feeble,  emaciated 
persons,  with  imjiaired  digestive  organs.  Or  an  extract,  made  by  evaporating  the 
decoction  to  a  pilular  consistence,  may  be  given  in  doses  of  1  grain,  3  or  4  times 
a  day,  and  which  will  be  found  less  offensive  to  the  stomach  than  the  infusion  or 
decoction.  Quassia,  in  connection  with  sulphuric  acid,  enters  largely  into  the 
compcjsition  of  an  anti-bacchanalian  elixir,  for  the  cure  of  dnmkenne^s. 

Dr.  W.  Ferguson  gave  to  Dr.  John  King  the  following  formula  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  this  elixir,  which  he  has  used  with  much  advantage:  Take  of  tincture  of 
calumba, compound  tincture  of  gentian,  tincture  of  cascarilla, each,  1  fluid  ounce; 
infusion  of  quassia,  1  pint;  elixir  of  vitriol,  2  fluid  drachms  and  40  minims. 
Mix.  The  dose  is  a  tablespoonful  every  1  or  2  hours,  or  it  may  be  taken  every 
4  or  6  hours,  in  doses  of  2h  fluid  ounces.  Frequent  bathing  of  the  head  in  cold 
water  is  a  valuable  auxiliary.  It  acts  as  a  tonic;  in  some  cases  its  first  action  is 
that  of  emesis.  Its  use  must  be  persisted  in  for  some  time,  that  the  stomach  may 
retain  tone  and  vigor.    It  frequently  destroys  the  appetite  for  alcoholic  drinks. 

On  flies  and  other  in.sects,  quassia  acts  as  a  powerful  narcotic  poison,  and  the 
alcoholic  extract  when  introduced  into  the  cellular  ti.ssue  kills  small  animals. 
Mr.  Brande,  in  his  work  on  chemistry,  recommends  a  strong  decoction  of  quassia, 
well  sweetened  with  brown  sugar  or  molasses,  a.s  an  effectual  poison  for  flies,  and 
far  preferable  to  the  poisonous  articles  generally  used  to  destroy  them.  It  is  cer- 
tainly worth  the  trial.  A  very  excellent  injection  for  itscarides  (thread-worms), 
is  a  strong  infusion  of  3  parts  of  quassia,  and  1  of  mandrake  root,  to  every  ounce 
of  which  a  fluid  drachm  of  tincture  of  a.«af(rtida  may  be  atlded.  For  a  child  2 
vear.-)  old,  2  fluid  ounces  may  be  injected  into  the  rectum  twice  a  day.  Diluted  car- 
bolic acid  may  be  substituted  for  the  asaf<i-tida,  if  desired.  Dose  of  the  powtler, 
;>0  grains;  of  the  infusion,  from  1  to  3  fluid  punces;  of  the  tincture,  1  or  2  fluid 
drachms:  of  the  extract,  from  2  to  in  irrains;  and  of  quassiin,  i  to  1  grain. 


16U,  i^UASSIA. 

Related  Species  and  Drugs.— Qwis-<'«  ("'""-a,  Liun6,  fitter  9«<m»i<j,  is  a  shrub,  or  moder- 
ately-sized branching  trcf,  liavinga  grayish  bark.  Leaves  alternate,  unequally  piDnate;  leaf- 
lets in  2  pairs,  opposite,  entire,  smooth,  elliptical,  acute  at  each  end;  petiole  winged,  joined, 
with  the  joints  obovate.  Flowers  large,  scarlet,  distant,  hermaphrodite,  in  long,  1-sided,  niinple, 
terminal,  rarely  branched  racemes.  Pedicels  bracteate  at  the  base,  jointed  below  the  apex, 
and  there  having  2  little  bracts  Calyx  short,  o-parted.  Corolla  of  5  petals,  longer  than  the 
sepals,  arranged  in  a  tubular  manner.'  Stamens  10,  longer  than  the  petals.  Ovaries  5,  placed 
on  a  receptacle  broader  than  themselves;  styles  .5,  distinct  at  the  ba.se,  there  united  into  a  very 
long  one,  terminating  in  a  nearly  equal,  5-furrowed  stigma.  Fruit  drupaceous  (L.).  Quassia 
amara  inhabits  Surinam,  Guiana,  Colombia,  Panama,  and  the  West  Indian  Islands,  flowering 
in  November  and  December.  A  negro,  residing  in  Surinam,  named  Quassi,  had  obtained  a 
very  great  reputation  in  the  cure  of  epidemic  malignant  fevers  of  that  place.  His  remedy  was 
kept  secret,  until  1756,  when  he  was  induced  to  make  it  known  to  Daniel  Kolander  and  to 
C.  G.  Dahlberg  (see  account  in  Western  Druggist,  1897,  p.  7 1.  The  bark,  wood,  and  root  are  in- 
tensely bitter,  and  have  proved  very  efficient  in  malU/nant  fevers.  The  medicinal  parts  of  this 
tree  seldom  reach  this  country  at  present,  and  the  wood  of  Picrxna  excelna  is  now  substitute<l 
for  it.  Its  bitter  principle  is  probably  quassiin,  though  Massute  (1890)  states  that  there  are 
four  principles,  all  difTering  from  those  of  Picriena  exc.eha,  and  varying  in  solubility  and  fusing 
points  (see  Picrxna  eicehn  above  for  further  details). 

SuRiN.\M  Ql-assia  Bark  and  Jamaica  Quassia  Babk  are  both  possessed  of  the  bitterness 
of  the  woods. 

Samadera  indica,  Gaertner,  a  tree  belonging  to  the  same  order  as  the  quassia  tree ;  it  is 
indigenous  to  Ceylon,  and  has  a  very  bitter  bark ;  also  the  wood  and  the  seeds  are  bitter.  The 
bark  is  used  as  a  febrifuge  on  the  Malabar  coast ;  the  leaves  are  externally  applied  in  erysipe- 
las (Dy  mock.  Warden,  and  Hooper,  Pharmacographia  Indica,\o\.  1,  1890,  p.  294).  DeVrij.in 
1872,  obtained  from  the  seeds  33  per  cent  of  a  bitter,  light-yellow,  non-drying  fixed  oil,  and 
a  bitter  principle,  mmaderin,  which  is  amorphous,  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  and  can  be 
removed  from  its  aqueous  solution  by  animal  charcoal.  It  turns  violet-red  with  sulphuric  acid. 
Tonningen  ( 1858)  had  obtained  a  scaly,  bitter  substance,  giving  the  same  reaction.  Fluckiger 
believes  it  to  be  identical  with  quami'n. 

Simaba  cedron,  Planchon. — Cedron  Seed  is  the  fruit  of  Simnba  cedron,  a  species  of  Sima- 
riibea;,  closely  allied  to  the  tree  that  produces  qu:issia  bark.  This  is  a  small  tree,  native  of  New 
Granada  and  neighboring  parts  of  South  America.  It  is  characterized  by  having  large  pinnate 
leaves,  consisting  of  numerous  narrow  leaflets  and  very  large  panicles  of  flowers.  All  parts  of 
the  tree  are  bitter.  The  fruit  is  about  the  size  of  a  "swan's  egg,"  and  conUiins  a  single  seed. 
The  seeds  are  intensely  bitter,  and  are  esteemed  by  the  natives  as  an  antidote  in  the  bilet  of 
poisonous  snakes,  insects,  etc.  The  seeds  appear  to  possess  tonic  and  febrifuge  properties,  and  are 
recommended  for  malarial  diseases,  and  to  improve  the  conditions  of  the  digestive  powers  when 
enfeebled,  and  in  dyspepsia.  For  these  purposes,  an  infusion  may  he  employed,  or  a  fluid  ex- 
tract may  be  taken,  in  doses  of  from  1  to  10  minims,  repeated  3  or  4  timesa  day.  Vedrin,  in 
bitter,  silky,  acicular  crystals,  was  obtained  by  Lewy,  in  18.51,  from  the  seeds,  by  removing  the 
fat  with  ether  and  extracting  the  residue  with"  alcohol.  Tanret  (1880)  believes  it  identical  with 
an  emetic  principle  obtained  by  him  from  the  seed  oi  Simaba  riWiriVi,  Planchon,  which  lie 
named  raldirin  (CseHwOjo-l-SHjO).  It  is  crystalline,  neutral,  soluble  in  chloroform  and  alco- 
hol, and  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water  (1  in  600),  insoluble  in  ether.  The  aqueous  solution 
foams  when  shaken.     The  principle  is  decomposed  by  alkalies. 

SImiibn  firrnginea,  St.  Hilaire, of  Brazil  and  Central  America,  is  similar  to  the  preceding 
(see  Amer..r'„ir.  /''/,((cw.,.1880,  p.  326). 

Simiiniliir  ii[tiriiiiilis,  De  CandoUe. — Simamha,  called  in  Jamaica  Mountain  dam/on,  is  a  tree 
with  long,  horizontal,  creeping  roots,  and  a  trunk  about  60  feet  in  height,  alternately  branched 
at  the  summit ;  the  old  bark  is  grooved  and  blackish ;  the  young  smooth,  ash-colored,  spi>tted 
yellow.  Leaves  alternate  and  abruptly  pinnate,  with  a  loiig,  naked  petiole,  sometimes  nearly 
14  inches  long;  leaflets  alternate,  2  to  9  on  each  side,  about  2  inches  long,  oval,  smooth,  firm, 
mucronate,  on  sliort  foot.stalks,  and  whitish  underneath.  Flowers  yellowish-white,  some 
male,  others  female,  mixed  upon  branched,  scattered  panicles, very  small  (Dr.  Wright  states 
that  the  iiialr  and  female  flowers,  in  Jamaica,  are  on  different  trees,  or  diceciousi.  Calyx 
small,  ciip-sliaiird,  .")-]>artcd.  Petals  stiff,  sharp-pointed,  whitish,  fixed  between  a  membnuio'ua 
disk  and  tlie  calyx.  Stamens  10,  nearly  equal ;  filaments  each  arising  out  of  a  small,  rounded, 
velvety  scale;  anthers  oblong,  iiunimhent.  Capsules  5,  ovate,  blackish,  disjointed.. placed  on 
>a  fleshy  disk,  with  a  rather  tlisby  pericarp  1 1-. — Wi.).  Simaruba  grows  in  Jamaica.  Guiana, 
/and  other  parts  of  Sonth  Anurica.  It  is  found  in  SJindy  platvs,  flowering  from  Octol>er  to 
'January.  1  he  root  bark  is  the  medicinal  part.  The  bark  is  rough,  s«-aly.  luberciilated,  light, 
tough,  yellowish-brown  in  its  substance,  but  tinged  with  gray  externally,  odorless,  not  easily 
powdered,  and  intensely  bitter  (C.—/X).  Water  or  alcohol 'takes  up  its  properties.  Morin 
found  it  to  contain  bitter  7ii(iA«ioi.  gummy  matter,  resin,  and  traces  of  a  volatile  oil.  having  a 
benzoic  odor.  .SV/m/i-ufca  nudiciuali.t,  Kndl'icher,  has  a  similar  mot  bark,  and  is  similarly  em- 
ployed. Simaruba  is  apt  to  excite  vomiting  and  purging  when  taken  in  larve  diises.  In 
smaller  doses  it  is  tonic,  and  may  be  used  in  infusion  in  all  cases  where  simple  bitter  tonics 
are  indicated.  It  may  be  used  in  all  cases  as  a  sul>stitute  for  quassia.  It  was  at  firsit  intru- 
dui'ed  to  the  profession  as  a  calmative  astringent  in  rhroiiic  di/iniiliry  anil  (finrr/iiru.  However, 
it  merely  acts  as  a  tonic,  proving  very  useful  in  weakened  conditions  of  the  <lig»«:tive  apjia- 
ratus,  but  injurious  in  dysentery  wlien  imoMiu'rly  Bilministered.  The  infusion  is  the  n«st 
form  for  exhibition ;  a  drachm  or  so  may  be  atldiMl  to  i  pint  of  Ixiiling  water,  and  ziveii  in 
do.ses  of  a  tablespoouful  every  2  hours.     Foy  reivmniends  a  compound  infusion,  niavle  by  plac- 


QUERCUb  ALBA  1G17 

ing  in  1  pint  of  boiling  water,  2  drachms,  each,  of  coarsely-bruised  simaruba  and  wormwood; 
iligt-sting  lor  lo  or  20  minutes,  then  straining,  ami  adilinj;  1  fluid  ourice  of  syrup  of  gentian. 
The  dose  is  a  wineglassful,  '2, :?,  or  4  times  a  day,  iiiul  may  be  used  in  ili/^pepsia,  atiorexia,  and 
in  convalescence  from  iiUcniiitlr-iiln.     Siinariiba  is  siMoiii  used  at  present. 

ricidfinii  (jiKiAiiiiitlff.—X  Hiiualavan  Ircf,  nsiiuUiing  ailanthns,  and  possessing  a  very 
bitter  wood  aii.l  l.aik,  in  whieh  Uyiuo.-k  and  Wanlcu  i  y'A.i,-,,,.  J,,,,,:  3Vuns., Vol.  XX,  1S89, p. 41) 
found  a  crystallizaMi-  principle,  probably  f/icis-v/iii,  a  lliiorescing,  hitter,  resin-like  jirinciple.  and 
at  li-ast  one  other  aiiiorpbous,  l)itter  .>*ubstanee,  probably  the  amorphous  quassiin  of  Adrian 
and  Moivaux  i./'ihresl,.,!, ,-  /7i.(r;)i.,  1.SS3,  p.  L'ys  .  Tlie  wood  yielded  1.7  per  cent  of  ash.  They 
also  inlimateil  tlie  probable  presence  ot  an  alkaloid.  The  bark  has  been  suggested  as  a  substi- 
tute for  quasisia. 

Cascaka  Amarga.— This  is  the  Honduras  Bark,  supposed  to  come  from  a  species  of 
Picrasnui.  Mr.  V.  A.  Thompson  i  r/im(/«-i(/iV  Ga:elle,  18S4,  p.  S ;  also  see  J.  Moeller  and  A.  Atkin- 
son, in  Jiilu-tgl,.  ,1a-  Phnnv.,  1S8:;-S4,  p.  209)  found  it  to  eontain  3  per  cent  of  a  brownish-yellow, 
amorphous  alkaloid  of  a  sweetish,  afterward  bitter,  taste.  He  gave  it  the  name  picramnine. 
Honiluras  bai  k  has  been  rei'i>mmended  lor  si/filillilic  dlliriiinis. 

Bi/IUki  j,biijii,jix,0T  BiUti-  utsh,  of  M.  l}i'lauger,\Vest  Indies,  is  now  thought  to  be  the  Quatsia 
excel.w  of  Liiine. 

Cliapiirm  iim<irgoso(N(U.  Orrf.— Simarnbacero).— This  is  a  small,  thorny  bush  growing  on 
thin  raesquite  land  in  southwestern  Texas.  The  flowers  are  pink  and  the  fruit,  when  ripe, 
eherry-reil.  All  parts  of  the  shrub  have  a  peculiar  and  intensely  bitter  taste,  and  possess 
medicinal  properties,  though  the  tendrils  are  selected  for  use,  as  they  contain  the  most  ac'ive 
constituents.  It  yields  its  virtues  fully  to  water  on  prolonged  boiling  t2  hours).  Chaparro 
was  introduced  into  medicine  by  Sharp  &  Dohme,  of  Baltimore,  Md..  upon  the  statement  ol 
l)r.  J.  W.  Nixon,  of  Wrijihtsboro,  Texas,  and  indorsed  by  numerous  other  physicians  who  have 
used  it  in  |)rivate  as  well  as  hospital  practice,  that  it  was  an  efficient  antidysenteric  rem  dy, 
especially  applicable  to  those  intractable  forms  of  Mexican  dysentery  or  "campfliu:."  It  is  a  pli- 
canle  to  both  acute  and  chronic  conditions.  Under  the  names  of  BMn  anil  Amargosa,  it  has 
long  been  used  by  the  natives  in  liowel  Jkorckrs.  A  plain  and  aromatic  fluid  extract  have  been 
put  upon  the  market  by  Sharpe  &  Dohme,  the  dose  of  which  is  15  drops  to  2  fluid  ilrachms. 

QUERCUS  ALBA  (U.  S.  P.)— WHITE  OAK. 

The  bark  of  Qiwrcus  alba.  Linne. 

Nat.  Urd.—Cu\m\\fvra: 

Common  Name:   Uak  bark. 

Illustrations:  White  oak  and  others  in  Bentley  and  Trimen's  Medical 
Plants,  248,  250.  251. 

Botanical  Source. — Quercus  alba  is  a  forest  tree,  varying  in  size  according  to 
the  cliiiKite  ami  the  soil,  attaining  the  height  of  from  60  to  90  feet,  with  a  diame- 
ter of  3  to  6  feet.  It  is  covered  with  a  whitish  bark,  often  interspersed  with  dark 
spots.  The  leaves  are  oblong,  pinnatitid,  sinuate,  smooth,  bright-green  above, 
pale  or  glaucous  beneath,  dilated  above,  and  obliquely  divided  into  from  3  to  5 
lobes,  which  are  oblong,  or  linear,  obtuse,  mostly  entire,  and  sometimes  tapering 
at  their  base.  The  flowers  are  moiKPcious  and  amentaceous.  Cup  hemispherical, 
naked,  much  shorter  than  the  acorn,  deep,  and  tuberculate.  Acorns  are  large, 
ovate,  coriaceous,  1  celled,  1-seeded,  surrounded  at  base  by  the  cup,  and  are  soli- 
tary, or  ijonie  in  i)airs  upon  long  petluncles  (W. — G.). 

"  History  and  Description.— Quercus  is  a  very  extensive  and  valuable  genus, 
consisting  of  many  species,  a  large  proportion  of  which  grow  in  the  United  States. 
Their  usual  character  is  that  of  astringents,  and  the  one  above  described,  also 
Querrm  rubra  and  Quercus  tinctoria,  are  those  which  have  been  more  particularly 
employed  in  medicine.  The  bark  of  the  tree  is  the  official  portion,  ^\'hiteoak 
grow.s  throughout  the  Union,  but  is  more  abundant  in  the  middle  states.  Its 
wood  is  strong  and  durable,  and  is  extensively  employed  in  ship-building, coop- 
erage, carriage-making,  etc.  (W.).  Tanners'occa.sionally  make  use  of  its  bark,  but 
that  of  the  Q.7-((6ra,  Linne  {lied  oak),  Q.tinrtoriu,  IJartram  {lilark  aak),  Q.cocchua, 
Wangenheim  {Scurkl  oak),  and  Q.  ebinrjnta,  Willdenow,  are  commonly  used.  White- 
oak  bark  is  the  one  chiefly  used  in  medicine.  Its  epidermis  contains  no  astrin- 
gency,  and  should,  therefore,  be  removed.  The  bark  thus  ])repared  is  of  a  pale- 
brownish  color,  faintly  odorous,  very  astringent,  with  a  slight  bitterness,  tough, 
breaking  with  a  stringy  or  fibrous  fracture,  and  not  readily  jxtwdered.  Its  astrin- 
gency  is  imparted  to  water  or  alcohol.  The  best  time  for  gatliering  the  bark  is  in 
the  spi  ing.  when  it  contains  the  most  tannic  acid. 

The  liark  of  (^terrm  albn  is  described  by  the  U.  S.  P.  as  "in  nearly  flat  pieces, 
deprived  of  the  corky  layer, about  5  }<\m.  (.^  inch)  thick:  ])ale-brown;  inner  surface 


1618  QUERCVS  ALBA. 

with  short,  sharp,  longitudinal  ridges;  tough;  of  a  coarse,  fibrous  fracture,  a  faint, 
tan-like  odor,  and  a  strongly  astringent  taste.  As  met  with  in  the  shops,  it  is 
usually  an  irregularly  coarse,  fibrous  powder,  which  does  not  tinge  the  saliva  yel- 
low"— (U.  S.  P.).  The  latter  provision  aims  to  exclude  black  oak  ( Que  reus  tinc- 
toria).  The  bark  of  Qwercus  /^ofewr,  Linne,  is  official  in  the  GcniKni  Ph<iriiincopcei(L, 
and  was  official  in  the  British  Pharmacopoeia,  1885,  but  is  excluded  in  the  present 
edition  (1898). 

Chemical  Composition. — In  addition  to  the  chief  constituent,  quercitannic 
acid,  nud  its  decomposition  product,  oafc-re^Z,  oak  bark  contains  terpene-resin,  fat, 
wax,  chlorophyll,  bitter  matter,  ellagic  and  gallic  acids ;  all  of  the  latter  substances 
are  soluble  in  ether.  Pectin,  the  carbohydrate  lievulin  (C^HijOj),  and  the  sng&r.quercU 
(CsHi.Oj),  are  also  present.  Que-rcita'nnic  acid  (C.-H^fi,,  Etti,  Amer.  Jour.  P/mrm., 
1884,  p.  135;  C,,H,,0,..  water-soluble;  and  C,.H,,0,„  much  less  soluble,  L.jwe,  1881) 
is  not  identical  with.gallotannic  acid,  and  is  an  unstable  substance,  having  a  tend- 
ency to  give  off  water,  forming  anhydrides,  which  are  coloring  matters  (phloba- 
phenes),  one  of  which  is  oak-red  (Cj^H^jO,,).  According  to  Prof  Trimble  (  The  Tun- 
TOws, Vol.  II,  p.  49),  each  species  of  oak  has  its  characteristic  phlobaphene,  e.gr., 
quercitrin  is  that  which  characterizes  Qtwrcus  tinctoria.  Prof  Trimble  (lor.  cit.)  f> )u  nd 
the  dried  inner  bark  of  white  oak,  collected  in  March,  to  contain  6.96  per  cent  of 
tannin,  while  a  specimen  of  galls  from  leaves  of.  the  same  species  yielded  17.89 
percent.  The  highest  percentage  of  oak-bark  tannin  recorded  is  14.21,  found  in 
the  bark  oi  Qitrrnis  },!<;,U,r.  (.\lsn  f^ct'  investigation  on  the  tannin  oi  Qucrcus  alba, 
by  Prof  Henry,  Kiacnj.-r,  .1  nu  ,:  J<n,r.  Phmn.,  1890,  p.  236.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Oak  bark  is  slightly  tonic,  powerfully 
astringent,  and  antiseptic.  It  is  useful  internallj'  in  chronic  diarrhaa,  chronir  mu- 
cous discharges,  passive  hemorrhages,  &nd  wherever  an  internal  a.^tringent  is  required. 
i'n  colliquative  sweats,  the  decoction  is  usually  combined  with  lime-water.  It  is. 
however,  more  generally  used  in  decoction,  as  an  external  agent,  which  forms  an 
excellent  gargle  for  relaxed  uvula  and  sore  throat,  a.  good  stimulating  astringent 
lotion  for  ulcers  with  spongy  granulations,  and  an  astringent  injection  for  leucr 
rhasa,prola}is-us  ant,  hemorrhoids,  etc.  The  ground  bark,  made  into  a  poultice,  Im- 
proved useful  in  gangrenous  or  mortified  conditions.  In  sickly,  debilitated  children, 
and  in  severe  diarrhceas,  especially  when  the  result  offerers,  the  decoction,  given 
internally,  and  used  as  a  bath  to  the  body  and  limbs,  2  or  3  times  a  day,  will  hr 
found  very  efficient.  When  given  for  dinrrhcea  or  dysentery,  \i  should  be  coil; 
bined  with  aromatics,  and  sometimes  with  castor  oil.  A  bath  is  often  advanta- 
geous in  some  cutaneous  diseases.  The  green  bark  of  elder  and  white  oak  bruiscil 
together,  or  in  strong  decoction,  forms  a  very  useful  and  valuable  application  to 
abrasions.  Dose  of  the  decoction,  1  to  2  fluid  ounces;  of  the  extract,  from  5  to  20 
grains.  A  coffee  made  from  roasted  acorns,  has  been  highly  recommended  in  the 
treatment  ot'smifula. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.  —  Relaxation  of  mucous  membranes,  with 
unhealthy  discliarge;  ulcerations,  with  spongy  granulations. 

Related  Species.— (jH«roH.«  rubra,  Linn4.  or  Rrd  oak,  is  a  lofty,  wide-spreading  tree,  attain- 
ing the  heiglit  of  nbout  70  feet,  with  a  diameter  of  '.i  or  4  feet,  l^-aves  (j  to  10  iiu-hes  in  length, 
on  long  petioles,  oblong,  smooth  on  both  sides,  pale  beneath,  obtusely  sinuate,  with  short  and 
entire,  or  sparingly  dentate,  mucronate  lobes,  4  to  6  on  each  side.  Fructification  biennial. 
Acorns  oblong-ovoid,  about  an  inch  long,  surrounded  at  base  by  a  sauci-r-shamH),  shallow,  even 
cup,  very  much  shorter  than  the  acorn,  of  very  small  and  dose' scales,  and  suU«essile  (G.— W.  . 
Jii'd  iKik'in  more  common  in  the  northern  states  and  Canada;  its  wixkI  is  reddish  and  coarst- 
grainc<l.  and  used  principally  for  fuel.  Its  bark  is  extensively  used  in  tanning.  It  contains 
considerable  tannin,  and  is  generally  employed  as  an  external  agent.  An  extract  of  the  bark, 
as  well  as  the  pota.sh  obtained  from  its  ashes,  were  both  formerly  much  employed  jis  kx-al 
applications  in  the  treatment  of  cancer,  induloit  ulcrm,  etc.  Prof.  t>cudder  valueii  a  combination 
of  rumex,  red-oak  bark,  and  alnus,  both  locally  and  internally,  in  rccfiim,  and  obstinate  tcrofuhi, 
with  "  old  ulcers,  feeble  tissues,  and  cicatrices. 

Qneiru.t  tincloria,  Bartram  I  (?.  nlntiua,  Laman-k»,  Qufrritnv),  or  lilark  oak.  is  one  of  the 
loftiest  trees  in  the  forest,  frequently  attaining  the  height  of  80  to  100  feet,  with  a  diameter  of 
4  or  .5  feet.  Bark  deeply  furrowed,  lilack  or  deep-brown.  lA>aves  l>  to  S  inclu-s  long,  obovate, 
oblong,  more  or  less  riisty-pubescent  bcnealli,  finally  glabmus,  slightly  or  .'ouutimes  deeply 
sinuate-lobed,  with  oblong,  obtuse,  mucronate,  somewhat  tootheil  lol>es.  .AcMrns  brown, 
nearly  spherical  or  ilepressed-globose,  about  one-half  immersed  in  a  deep,  thick,  flat,  o>nspicii- 
ously" scaly  cup,  which  is  sulisessile.  The  leaves  turn  dark-n-d  after  frost  i  ti. — \V.  >.  This  sih"- 
cies  was  regarded  by  Prof.  Asa  Gray  as  a  vari<>ty  of  the  .Scarlet  (Kit  i  <^.  nicciii<n. Wangvnheim  i. 


i^UILLAJA.  .J  19 

JUackoak  is  common  fo  the  Fnited  Stflt(>B;  the  bark  of  this  forest  tree  is  much  useil  in  tanniii); 
ami  for  dyeiiit;.  ll  lias  a  strong  odor,  a  wry  bitter,  styptic  taste,  and  whrii  niasticatetl  im- 
parts a  yel'low  tinge  to  the  salivii  i compare  Ui'urrtis alba).  It  is  sehlom  employed  internally  on 
account  of  its  <lisposition  to  (lcr;uif.'e  tlic  bowels,  but  is  valuable  a.s  an  external  astrinnent.  It 
contains  tannin,  'iinixitfin.  and  •/".  mltn.  Tl»-  .Ivc-slutl',  called  ■/(urcitron,  is  the  inner  baj-k  of 
this  tree,  and  is  much  used  in  Ijiropi^  as  a  vrllow  dvc-stull'.  C'licvrcul  (dilained  therefrom 
the  coloring  priniii)lc,  which  he  named  (/"/ /vi7(..(i  ,•  it  has  since  been  named  yi(./ri(i-i'c  (ici'tZ 
[(/un-rilriii  i,  on  account  of  its  forminj;  siilts  with  bases.  It  is  obtained  by  allowing  a  concen- 
trated aqueous  inl'usion  or  decoction  to  crystallize;  the  substance  is  puriBed  by  recrystalliza- 
tion  from  diluted  alcohol.  By  another,  method,  the  bark  is  exhausted  with  aIcohol,"aud  the 
tannin  removed  by  means  of  a  moistened  animal  membrane;  after  fjltering,  the  alcohol  is 
distilled,  and  the  residue  recrystallized.  Quticilrin  (CaeHasOao,  Lieberniann  and  HamburKer, 
1879;  CsiHosOis,  J.  Herzig,  1893)  forms  sulphur-yellow,  microscopic  plates,  in  aqueous  or  alco- 
holic solution  of  neutral  reaction  an<i  faintly  bitter  taste.  It  is  little  soluble  in  ether  and  cold 
water  (24&i  parts),  more  soluble  in  hot  water  (14:'.  parts;  425  parts  by  another  stitenient). 
Soluble  in  23  parts  of  cold,  3.'.)  parts  of  boiling  alcohol,  readily  soluble  in  alkalies  and  aqua  am- 
moniae.  Neutral  lead  acetate  precipilMti  s  it  from  .solution.  Its  .solution  is  colored  dark-green 
by  ferric  chloride.  It  is  a  glucosid,  luing  hydrolyzcd,  by  boiIin.r  with  ilihitrd  acids,  into  crys- 
tiillizable  9«<ir('(iii  (CsiHieOji,  Liebennann  and  HambuiL-  i  '   II   i/Il-   l^''    and  i«o- 

rfii/rrtf  (CjHuOj),     Qu/TCi'/Wii,  or  similar  principles,  occm  -  '    I.  .Ions 

of  the  horse-chestnut,  in  the  leaves  of  the  asn  tree,  in  ~  :  i    ^jilini-a 

japonica{aophi)mi),  Viola  triaihr, Thuja uccittmtdliK  [llnijiti. :  i    i    im  .  Ii.  uucal 

relationship  to  one  another  (see  Kud.Wachs,  Amer.Jour.  /  ;~       i  l-,>  g,jr  graphic 

formula  of  quercitrin  given  by  J,  Herzig,  in  t'/icHi.  r«i/n(///./,7.  1^'i     I     ;  /oi  is  likewise 

frequently  found  in  nature,..;/,,  in  the  horse-chestnut,  in  i''^h,,.i,        •    ,i    ,  i     ^  .  i,  in  the  outer 

skin  of  tlie  onion  (Perkin  and  Hummel,  1893),  in  fustic  \\ 1    n        ,'  >,  in  the  bark 

of  the  apple  tree,  in  Ganibier  catechu  (A.  G.Perkin,  ('/(...(   '  \        1  I    >'>7,  p.  1047),etc. 

Qttercus  Jfcfcur,  Linn6,  is  the  species  official  in  thi'  /  !  s,S5,  the  bark 

being  collected  in  the  spring  time.  QioTCi'ii,  a  neutral  Inn.  i  i  im  i|.i  ,.  i  i:,iii..i  irom  the  Euro- 
pean oak  bark  (  Quercus  Robtir),  by  Gerber  (1831),  wa-  pr.  il.  n  ii\  impm  e  7"-  int,  i  »t'vQiurcit.t  alba). 

Qiiercm  subtr,  Linn6. — The  Live  oak;  growinj  m  tin  Miditerranean  region,  especially 
Algeria  and  Spain.  Its  suberous  laver  furnishes  .  nmi. n  lal  n,rk.  According  to  K.  Kiigler 
{Disseii.;  see  Amer.  Jour.  Pliarm.,  1884",  p.  240;  also  Ar.hu-  .1.  ,•  I'htinn.,  1884,  pp.  217-230),  air-dry 
cork  leaves  about  0.58  per  cent  of  ash,  one-fourth  of  which  is  manganese,  and  another  fourth 
is  lime.  Chloroform  extracts  about  12.5  percent  of  soluble  matter, of  which  one-third  con- 
sists of  omu  (C'ajIIssO)  (not  the  cerotic  acid  or  cerin  of  beeswax).  It  is  imbedded  in  the  cork- 
cells  in  the  form  of  small  prisms  (HiJhnel,  1877).  Boiling  alcohol  now  takes  up  from  5  to  6 
I"  1  ■  III  '!  '  '»  and /)/i/()/ii(/)/;.;i/' (coloring  matters  due  to  altered  tannin).  Alcoholic  caustic 
]'  '      "lives  the  peculiar  fat,  »!(6erm,  which  is  saponifiable,  upon  heating  the  solvent, 

):  -  :  1-.'.;")  i)tr  cent  I  and  fatty  acids  (30  per  cent"),  the  latter  consisting  of  stearic  and 
y:.   ,  .  I'   I  [J  I;  i;  a  little  eorii/ifrm  wasalso  extra. ted  ;\nd  converted  into  vanillin.  Water 

nowe.\;i         ;    I  the  cork8  per  cent  of /110//0.         ,  and  left  22  per  cent  of  cellulose. 

Gilson    I-         -       I        ki.'er,  vlm^r.  7o«r.  P,'>anH.,  l-- I  .:    iiils  that  solution  of  sodium  car- 

bonate al-i  i  -  tia  .loringmatter  of  cork,  while  n  a  m  .  ~  < . ,.»  unatlecteil.  The  latter  may 
then  be  e.Miacie.)  oy  a  hot, 3  per  cent  alcoholic  pola.-ii  soluuun.  By  oxidation  of  cork  with 
nitric  acid,  a  mixtun-  of  acids,  possessing  a  waxy  appearance,  is  obtained  (co/iiic  nc/i/).  from 
which  mheric  acl,l  (C<,Hu[C'00H]2)  was  isolated  by  Brugnatelli.  The  fat,  ^iibfrh,.  should  not 
be  confoundeil  with  the  cork,  reduced  to  a  fine  powder,  sold  under  the  name  suberlti.  This 
tree  has  been  introfluced  into  our  southern  states.  Suberin  has  been  used  as  a  dusting  pow- 
der for  intmtrigo,  chapiied  surfacei,  etc. 

Quercm  vireius,  Alton,  Live  oak,  and  Quercus  falcaia,  Michaux,  Spanish  oak,  yield  bsrk  very 
rich  in  tannin. 

Qitfrciig  agrifolia,  N^e ;  Quercua  chrysolepsit,  Liebman  ;  and  Quercus  oblmigifolius,  Torrey,  all 
of  the  Pacific  slope,  are  known  as  Lire  oaks. 

Semen  Qi'erci's,  .Icorn^,— Contain  fixed  oil,  volatile  oil,  bitter  substance,  starch  (alxwt  38 
per  rent ), citric  acid,  uncrystallizable  sugar,  and  a  crystallizable  sugar,  called  by  Dess;tignes  ( 18.51 ) 
quercit  ( CjH,[OH]s),  Koasted  acorns  (Semen  Quercus  Tostum)  were  formerly  used  to  check  Iwmor- 
rlux'je,  and  to  cure  scrofula  and  indigestion. 

QUILLAJA  (U.  S.  P.)— QUILLAJA. 

'•The  inner  bark  of  Quillajn  Saponaria,  Molina" — {U.  S.  P.). 

Nut.  Ord. — Ro.saceiP, 

CoMMo.v  N'.\MKs  AND  Sy.nonym:  Sonp-tree bark,  Sonpbark;  Quillaia  (Phami., 1880). 

Botanical  Source. — The  soap-bark  tree  is  a  medium-sized  tree,  bearing  alter- 
nate, ent  in-,  or  subdenticulate,  oval,  or  oblong  leaves.  The  flowers  are  pedunculate 
and  axillary,  have  no  corolla,  the  same  branch  bearing  both  male  and  female 
flowers.    Thick  bark  and  a  very  hard  wood  are  furnished  by  it. 

History  and  Description.— This  tree  is  a  native  of  Chili,  and  is  known  as 
Cullay,  Q«illilia,(iuillaja,  and  Soap  tree.  The  bark  is  the  part  employed;  it  is 
rough,  dark-colored  externally,  and  very  tough.     It  has  no  odor,  but  workmen 


1620  QUINIDIN^E  SULPHAS. 

dislike  to  powder  it,  in  consequence  of  the  irritating  properties  of  the  dust.  The 
taste  is  acrid  and  disagreeable.  Quillaja  bark  is  said  to  be  used  in  its  native  country 
for  washing  clothes,  and  removing  grease  spots,  and  in  this  country  it  is  employed 
for  cleaning  delicate  ribbons,  garments,  and  wool.  It  depends  upon  saponin  for 
its  value  in  this  respect,  foaming  when  rubbed  with  water.  It  is  also  used  by  the 
natives  of  Chili  and  Peru  for  washing  the  hair,  thus:  Soap-tree  bark,  in  powder, 
100  i)arts;  alcoljiil.  400  parts;  essence  of  bergamot,  20  drops.  Mix.  Saponin  is  a 
ver^'  energetic  .■^ternutatury,  and  acts  as  an  emeto-cathartic  and  diuretic.  This  tree 
has  l)een  introduced  in  Hindustan.  The  U.S.  P.  describes  the  bark  as  in  "  flat, 
large  pieces,  about  5  Mm.  (iinch)  thick;  outer  surface  brownish-white, often  with 
small  patches  of  brown  cork  attached,  otherwise  smooth;  inner  surface  whitish, 
smooth;  fracture  splintery,  checkered  with  pale-brownish  bast  fibers  imbedded  in 
white  tissue;  inodorous;  taste  persistently  acrid;  the  dust  very  .sternutatory.  The 
infusion  of  quillaja  foams  like  soap-water"— (T.  .S.  P.).  (On  the  microscopical 
appearance  of  powdered  quillaja,  see  L.  E.  Sayre,  ^»Her.  Jour.  Pharm.,189~,  p.  438.) 

Chemical  Composition. — The  foaming  properties  of  an  aqueous  infusion  of 
quillaja  Kaik  arc  partly  due  to  saponin  (C„B.j:>,„  E.  Stutz,  1884).  It  is  a  non- 
poisonous,  tasteless,  amorphous,  white  powder,  and  does  not  cause  sneezing.  It 
is  readily  soluble  in  water,  insoluble  in  pure  ether  and  alcohol.  It  is  a  glucosid, 
and  is  decomposed  into  sugar  and  crystallizable  sapogen in,  upon  boiling  with  di- 
luted acids.  Stiitz  found  2  per  cent  of  saponin  in  the  bark.  The  poisonous  irri- 
tant and  sternutatory  properties  of  the  latter  are  due  to  amorphous  quillujic  acid 
(also  C,9H.,|,0,o,  R.  Kobert,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm. ,1889.  p.  142)  and  snpotoxin  (Robert 
and  Pachorukow,  1888).  Quillajic  ncid  is  insoluble  in  ether,  quite  soluble  in  cold 
alcohol  and  in  chloroform,  soluble  in  water.  It  is  precipitated  from  solution  both 
by  neutral  and  basic  lead  acetate,  while  sapotoxin  is  precipitated  only  by  basiclead 
acetate.  The  latter  constituent  is  soluble  in  water,  insoluble  in  ether,  and  soluble 
only  in  boiling  alcohol.  Its  aqueous  solution  foams  upon  shaking.  The  total 
quantity  of  saponin-like  bodies  is  about  8.8  per  cent.  The  bark  also  contains 
small  quantities  oi  tannic  acid  and  a  bitter  principle.  Upon  incineration,  the  bark 
yields  not  less  than  13  per  cent  of  ash,  the  wood  onl}'  1.48  per  cent ;  the  bark  con- 
tains 11.5  per  cent  of  calcium  oxalate  with  some  tartrate  (Fliickiger,  Pharmacog- 
nosie  des  Pflanzenreichs,  3d  ed.,1891,  p.  616). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Powdered  soap  bark,  when  inhaled, 
provokes  violent  sneezing.  Internally,  it  acts  somewhat  like  senega,  rendering 
expectoration  easy,  while  upon  the  gastro-intestinal  tract,  it  does  not  produce 
irritating  effects.  Being  less  acrid  than  senega,  it  is  more  agreeable  to  administer, 
and  may  be  used  in  infusion  or  syrup  (fluid  extract,  2  parts;  syrup,  10  parts).  It 
has  been  employed  to  quiet  coitq'h,  with  tenacious  secretions;  in  chronic  bronchitis, 
with  bronchial  dilatation ;  emphy-iema,  etc.  Dropsy  is  also  reputed  to  have  been 
cured  with  it.  Locally,  a  saponaceous  aqueous  solution  is  valued  for  use  upon 
the  skin  where  soap  is  objectionable,  to  correct  fetid  exhalations  of  the  axilla,  feet, 
etc.,  and  to  remove  the  greasiness  of  the  skin  in  treating  ri/?(ijifo!(.<  i(/<Yr»-and  erup- 
tions. The  scalp  may  be  cleaned  with  it,  and  a  tincture  of  it  is  reputed  useful  in 
alopecia.  A  snuff  of  powdered  quillaja  is  .said  to  be  u.'^eful  in  <v)ri/:'i,  and  to  have 
effected  a  permanent  cure  in  chronic  rhinitis.  A  watery  solution  of  the  dried  aque- 
ous extract  is  considerably  used  in  pharmacy  as  an  emulsifying  agent  for  oils — 
castor  oil,  cod-liver  oil,  etc. — and  as  a  froth-jtroducer  for  soda-water  syrups.  Dose 
of  infusion  (bark  gss  to  water  Oj), it  to  1  ounce,  several  times  a  dav;  of  the  svrup, 
fl.-i  to  fl,-ij. 

QUINIDIN^  SULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— QUINIDINE  SULPHATE. 

Formula:  (C„H,.N.A),H.,S0.+2H,0.    Molecular  Weight  :  780.42, 

"The  neutral  sulphate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained  from  the  bark  of  several  sj)e- 
cies  of  Cinchona  (iN*!//.  On?. — Rubiaceie).  Quinidine  sulphate  should  be  kept  in 
well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  dark  place" — ( l'.  S.  P.). 

Synonyms:  Chinidimtm  sulfurinnn,  Sulphate  of  coniptinine,  Conchininutn  siU- 
phurintiii. 

Source  and  History. — The  base,  quinidine,  occurs  in  tlie  bark  of  Oinrhmia 
Caligiii/<i,  in  Pitni/it  bark)'  (as  much  as  1.(5  per  cent,  Hesse),  and  in  other  speiies  t>f 


QUINIDIN.E  t;lLl'llAS.  1621 

Cinchona.  The  alkaloid  was  discovered  by  Henry  and  Delondre,  in  1833,  but  was 
subsequently  regarded  by  them  as  a  hydrate  of  quinine.  Later  (1847),  Winckler 
applied  the  name  quinidine  to  a  base  which,  through  the  researches  of  Pasteur 
(18-53),  is  now  known  as  cinrhon'uUne.  Pasteur  also  established  the  physical  and 
chemical  characteristics  oi  quinidine,  pronouncing  it  isomeric  with  quinine.  It 
was  j)reviou.^ly  (1849)  called  hetn-chinin  by  van  Heijningen,  and  subsequently 
received  the  names  rj/i'7(o^»e  (Hlasiwetz),  6<'((-fW)i  ('(//»<•  (G.Kerner),  and  the  much - 
contested  name  conchinine  (Hesse,  1865).  (For  interesting  historical  details,  see 
G.  Kerner,  Airhiv  ,kr  Phurm.,  1880,  p.  259.)  The  sulphate  of  this  base  is  the  oflicial 
.salt.  The  oKler  Chinidinum  siilp/turirum  of  commerce  was  a  variable  mixture, 
mostly  containing  cinchoniiline  sulphate. 

Preparation.— Quinidine  is  prepared  from  the  mother  liquors  resulting  from 
the  pre}>aration  of  quinine  sulphate,  especially  from  the  mixture  of  alkaloids 
known  as  c/iinoidine  {see  Chinoidinum).  DeVrij  (1857)  isolated  it  by  means  of 
the  characteristic  hydriodate,  which  is  little  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  very  little  in 
water  (1  in  1200  at  ordinary  temperature).  O.  Hesse  (1865)  removed  quinine  and 
cinchonidine  by  means  of  the  insoluble  tartrate,  and  precipitated  ([uinidine  from 
the  filtrate  in  the  form  of  the  hydriodate.  (For  details, see  Husemanu  and  Hilger, 
/^^u,:,,/.^^./?;^  1SS4,  p.  1467.) 

Description  and  Tests.— Quinidine  (C.„Hj,N.jO,)  crystallizes  from  alcohol 
with  2^  nioKcules  of  water,  in  the  form  of  monoclinic  prisms,  which  effloresce 
upon  exposure  to  the  air,  losing  i  molecule  of  water.  From  ether,  quinidine 
crystallizes  with  2  molecules  of  water,  in  the  form  of  rhombohedra,  which  are 
permanent  in  the  air.  From  a  hot,  aqueous  solution,  it  also  falls  out  in  the  form 
of  efflorescent  crystals  (DeVrij,  18-56).  Tlie  water  of  crystallization  is  expelled 
at  a  temperature  of  120°  C.  (248°  F.).  Quinidine  is  bitter  to  the  taste,  and  has 
an  alkaline  reaction.  It  has  the  same  formula  as  quinine,  and,  like  the  latter, 
forms  a  fluorescent  solution  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid;  but  is  optically  dextro- 
rotatorv,  while  quinine  is  Iffivo-rotatory.  It  is  soluble  in  2000  parts  of  water  at 
15°  C.  (5i1°  F.),  and  in  750  parts  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.);  it  is  likewi.se  dissolved  by 
26  parts  of  80  per  cent  alcohol,  by  22  parts  of  ether  at  20°  C.  (68°  F.),and  by  ?,.7 
parts  of  boiling  absolute  alcohol.  It  is  hardly  soluble  in  chloroform.  With  acids 
it  forms  two  series  of  crystallizable  salts,  viz. :  neutral  and  acid  salts.  They  arc, 
as  a  rule,  more  soluble  than  the  quinine  salts.  With  chlorine  water,  followed  by 
ammonia,  it  gives  the  green  Ihalleioquin  reaction  like  quinine  (see  Tests  below), 
but  it  differs  from  the  latter  by  forming  a  rather  soluble  mono-tartrate,  and  a 
characteristic,  nearly  insoluble  hydriodate  (see  Preparation  above). 

QriNiDiNE  Sulphate  (the  neutral  salt)  is  oflicially  described  as  follows: 
"White,  silky  needles,  odorless,  and  having  a  very  bitter  taste;  permanent  in  the 
air.  Soluble",  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  100  parts  of  water,  and  in  8  parts  of  alcohol; 
in  7  parts  of  boiling  water,  and  very  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol ;  also  in  1 4  jiarts  of 
chloroform,  and  in  acidulated  water;  almost  insoluble  in  ether.  When  heated  to 
120°  C.  (248°  F.),  the  salt  lo.ses  its  \yater  of  crystallization  (4.6  per  cent).  Upon 
ignition,  it  is  slowly  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The  salt  is  neutral  or  faintly 
alkaline  to  litmus  paper.  An  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt,  when  acidulated  with 
sulphuric  acid,  has  a  decided  blue  fluorescence.  On  treating  10  Cc.  of  an  aque- 
ous solution  (about  1  in  1600)  of  the  salt  with  2  drops  of  bromine  water,  and 
tlien  with'an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  the  liquid  will  ac(|uire  an  emerald-green 
color.  With  proper  adjustment  of  the  reagents,  more  dilute  solutions  will  give  a 
paler  tint,  while  more  concentrated  ones  will  acquire  a  deeper  color,  or  dejto.sit  a 
green  precipitate.  A  cold,  saturated,  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  yields  a  white 
j)re<ipitate  with  potassium  iodide  T.S.  (diflierence  from  quinine  sulphate).  An 
aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  yields,  with  l)arium  chloride  T.S. , a  white  precipitate, 
insoluble  in  hyilrochloric  acid.  Quinidine  sulphate  should  not  impart  more  than 
a  faintly  yellowish  tint  to  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  (limit  of  readily  carboni- 
zable,  organic  impurities),  nor  produce  a  red  color  with  nitric  acid  (difference 
from  morphine).  If  a  small  quantity  of  ammonia  water  be  added  to  3  Cc.  of  an 
a<iueous  solution  of  the  salt  saturated  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.\a  white  precipitate  (quini- 
dine) will  be  produced,  wliich  requires  more  than  30  Cc.  of  ammonia  or  more 
than  30  times  its  wt-ight  of  ether  to  dissolve  it  (absence  of  more  than  small  pro- 
portions of  other  cinchona  alkaloids)  " — (V.  S.  P.}.    (Compare  Quinina.) 


162-^  QrixiNA. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Quinidine  appears  to  possess  similar 
medicinal  properties  to  quinine,  in  similar  duses,  being  regarded,  however, a  little 
less  powerful.  Its  salts  (as  the  sulphate)  appear  to  be  best  adapted  for  medicinal 
use,  principally  on  account  of  their  ready  solubility.  Dose,  from  1  to  5  grains, 
3  times  a  day,  or  oftener,  if  required.  In  severe  intermittents,  as  high  as  10  grains 
may  be  administered  for  a  dose.  In  malignant  cases,  40  grains  may  be  given  in 
divided  anKnints. 

Related  Salts.— Quinidine  Bi81i.pha.s  <  (;a,H24X20j.HjSO,.4H20),  ^cid  quinidine  ml- 
pliiil..  This  t^alt  is  produced  by  dissolving  neutral  quinidine  sulphate  in  the  equivalent  quan- 
tity (il  cliluttil  sulphuric  acid, "and  slowly  evaporating  the  solution.  It  forms  long,  asbestos- 
like,  colcjilfg.s  crvstals,  readily  soluble  in  water,  and  losing  their  water  of  cr>-stallization  (14.5 
\>er  cent)  at  a  teraperature  near  120°C.  (248° F.). 

QiixiDi.v^  Hydriod.^s  (C20H24N2O2.HI  I,  Quinidine  hydr^odate.—lSeutnl  soltitions  of  potas- 
sium iodide  and  quinidine  sulphate  react  upon  each  other,  producing  a  crystalline,  white  pre- 
cipitate; or,  if  the  solutions  be  dilute  and  warm,  scale-like,  colorless  prisms.  Cold  water  spar- 
ingly dissolves  it  (1  in  1270,  at  10°  C.  [50°  F.]),  hot  water  and  alcohol  but  little  more  freely.  It 
does"  not  crystallize  with  water,  and  the  proportion  of  iodine  is  a  little  over  28  per  cent. 

QiixiDixiE  BiHYDRiODAS  (C2oH24N202.[HI]2..3H20),  Quinidine  hihydriodaie.—\  salt  con- 
taining nearly  44  per  cent  of  iodine  and  8..5  per  cent  of  water,  produced  like  the  preceding, 
excepting  that  the  quinidine  sulphate  is  employed  warm  and  acidulated  with  diluted  sulphuric 
acid.  It  forms  an  orange-colored, crystalline  powder,  or  shining,  crystalline  prisms  of  a  golden- 
yellow  color.  It  is  quite  freely  soluble  in  hot  water  and  alcohol,  and  in  cold  water  (90  parts). 
When  heated  to  120°  C.  (248°  F. ),  the  water  of  crystallization  is  expelled,  and  the  color  clianges 
to  brownish-yellow.    If  the  salt  be  exposed  to  inoist  air,  part  of  the  water  will  be  reabsorbed. 

QUININA  (U.  S.  P.)— QxnNINE. 

Formula:  CjoH,,NA+3H,0.    Molecular  Weight  :  377.22. 

"An  alkaloid  obtained  from  the  bark  of  various  species  of  Cinchona  {Nat. 
o?(?.— Rubiaceaj).  Quinine  should  be  kept  in  weU-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  dark 
place"'— (t'..'^.  P.). 

Source,  History,  and  Preparation.- Quinine  was  first  identified  and  differ- 
entiated from  cinchonine  by  Pelletier  and  Caventou,  in  1820.  It  always  occurs 
together  with  cinchonine,  and  frequently  also  with  quinidine  and  cinchonidine. 
in  the  barks  of  all  species  of  Cinchona,  especially  C.  Calisnya,  C.  officinalis,  and 
C.  Ledcjeriana.  ■  A  hybrid  of  the  latter  species,  and  C.mccirubra,  grown  in  Java,  are 
remarkably  rich  in  quinine  (see  J.  B.  Nagelvoort,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1898,  pp.  345 
and  424;  also  see  table,  p.  549).  The  alkaloids  are  combined  in  the  bark  with 
kinotannic  acid,  and  can  not  be  extracted  bj'  means  of  a  cold,  aqueous  infusion 
(see  Qaininx  Sulphas  for  the  isolation  of  quinine  from  Cinchona  barks).  From 
aqueous  solutions  of  quinine  salts,  the  anhydrous  base  may  be  precipitated  in 
the  form  of  a  curdy,  amorphous  mass,  by  the  careful  addition  of  aqua  ammonia^; 
when  allowed  to  remain  in  contact  with  the  precipitant  fluid,  the  amorphous 
precipitate  absorbs  3  molecules  of  water,  and  becomes  crystalline.  From  solution 
in  diluted  alcohol,  quinine  likewise  crystallizes  with  combination  of  water  in  the 
form  of  tine  needles. 

Description. — Quinine,  as  demanded  by  the  U.  S.  P.,  is  "a  white,  flaky,  amor- 
phous, or  crystalline  powder,  odorles.s,  and  having  a  very  bitter  taste;  permanent 
in  the  air.  "Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  1670  parts  of  water,  and  in  6  parts  of 
alcohol;  in  760  parts  of  Ijoiling  water,  and  in  2  parts  of  boiling  alcohol;  in  23 
pints  of  ether,  5  parts  of  chloroform,  and  2(X)  parts  of  glycerin;  also  soluble  in 
enrboii  (lisulphide,  benzin,  benzol,  ammonia  water  and  diluted  acid.s" — {U.S. P.). 
(Quinine  is  less  soluble  in  diluted  fixed  alkalies  than  in  water,  which  is  shown  by 
the  turbidity  produced  when  a  solution  of  sodium  hydroxide  is  added  to  a  satu- 
rated Sdlution  of  quinine  in  water.  It  dissolves  in  about  2150  parts  of  lime-water, 
and  crystallizes  from  benzol  solution  with  benzol  chemically  combined.  The 
r.S.P.  makes  for  quinine  the  further  requirements:  "When  heated  to  about 
57°  C.  (134.6°  F.),  it  melts;  at  100°  C.  (212°  F. ),  il  loses  about  9  per  cent  (^or  alwut 
2  molecules)  of  its  water  of  crystallization,  the  remainder  being  expelled  at  125°  C> 
(257°  F.).  The  anhydrous  alkaloid,  when  pure,  melts  at  173°  C.  (,343.4°  F.).  Ujwn 
ignition,  it  is  consumed,  leaving  no  residue" — {U.S.  P.).  When  heattd  in  a  dry 
glas.s  tube,  either  by  itself,  or  together  with  sugar,  starch,  etc.,  quinine  salts  yielil 


quixi:;a.  1G23 

a  tar  of  carmine-red  color  (compare  Grahe's  test,p.550;  also  see  Fliickiger,  Phnrm. 
r/icHiiV,  Vol.  II,  18S8,  p.  5-58).  "Quinine  has  an  alkaline  ivattion  upon  litmus 
]>aper.  A  eolution  of  quinine  in  diluted  sulphuric  acid  has  a  vivid,  blue  fluores- 
cence"— (f'.S.P.). 

The  Huorescence  is  probahlj'  the  most  delicate  test  for  quinine,  and  may  still 
1)6  observed  in  a  solution  of  1  in  50,(X)0  e'f.  G.  Wormley,  Amcr.  Jour.  Pli,um.,\%M, 
]i.570);  but  its  sensitiveness  is  impaired  by  the  presence  of  small  quantities  of 
sodium  chloride  or  hydrochloric  acid,  also  by. potassium  ferrocyanide,  potassium 
thiocyanate,  sodium  hyposulphite,  and  by  phenacetine  (Sestini  and  Campani 
1892).  Solutions  of  quinine  are  optically  laivo-rotatory,  the  rotation  being  in- 
creased bv  acids. 

Chemically,  quinine  (C,H,[OCH,,]N.C,H„[OH]N.CH0  is  a  derivative  of  the 
base  quinoline  ((7//»(>/<>if,C5H,N), -com prising  2  molecules  of  the  latter,  both  of  un- 
equal basicity.  As  a  strongly  diacid  base,  quinine  forms,  with  acids,  two  series 
of  salts — neutral  (in  reaction)  and  acid  salts— or,  according  to  the  French  nomen- 
clature, which  assumes  two  equally  basic  nitrogen  atoms  in  the  quinine  mole- 
cule—ftds/c  and  neutral  (the  really  acid)  salts.  Thus  the  normal  quinine  sulphate 
of  the  V.  S.  P.  (which  see)  is  called  basic  quinine  sulphate, or  quinine  sub-sulphate 
in  the  Fn  nrh  Coder.  At  water-bath  heat,  quinine  expels  ammonia  from  ammo- 
nium sulphate  with  formation  of  quinine  sulphate.  Some  of  the  quinine  salts, 
'■."/.,  the  neutral  tartrate,  are  characterized  by  being  sparingly  soluble  in  water. 
Tiie  neutral  quinine  sulphate  is  less  soluble  in  water  than  the  sulphates  of  the 
related  alkaloids  {^ee  table,  p.  1625).  Quinine  solutions  exposed  to  direct  sunlight, 
(juickly  turn  yellow,  and  gradually  deposit  a  brown  flocculent  body,  which  is  de- 
void of  alkaloidal  characteristics.  Fliickiger,  who  first,  observed  it,  named  this 
precipitate  (/((//iiVrfj*!.  Heated  with  glj-cerin  to  190°-C.  (374°  F.),  quinine  is  con- 
verted into  an  isomeric,  amorphous  body,  quinicine.  Its  solutions  are  dextro- 
rotatory. By  distilling  quinine  or  cinchonine  with  caustic  potash,  quinoline,  pyri- 
dine, its  homologues  are  formed.  By  oxidation  of  quinine  with  chromic  acid 
or  potassium  permanganate,  a  series  of  compounds  is  formed,  viz.:  the  weak  base 
ijuitc»ine  (C,5Hj,XjO,),  (juinunc  acid  (CnHgNOj),  and,  ultimatelv,  cincliomvronic  acid 
(C,H,N-0.),  which  is  a  dibasic  pyridine  acid  (C5H3X[COOH],)." 

Tests. — Quinine  and  quinine  salts,  in  aqueous  solution,  form  amorphous 
precipitates  with  alkaloidal  reagents,  e.t/.,  tannin,  iodine.in  solution  of  potassium 
iodide,  Mayer's  solution,  picric  acid,  phosphomolybdic 'acid,  etc.  A  characteristic 
te.«t  for  quinine,  which,  however,  is  also  given  by  quinidine,  consists  in  the  forma- 
tion of  hen  I  pi  I  til  He,  or  iodo-sidphate  of  quinine,  discovered  byBouchardat  (1845),  and 
further  studied  by  Dr.  W.  B.  Herapath,  in  England  (1852).  It  is  obtained  by  add- 
ing an  alcoholic  solution  of  iodine,  drop  by  drop,  to  a  warm  solution  of  quinine 
sulphate  in  glacial  acetic  acid.  A  black  jtrecipitate  is  formed,  which,  when  washed 
with  ciild  alcohol  and  recrystallizetl  from  warm  alcohol,  is'deposited  in  large,  rect- 
angular plates,  which  are  brilliant  green  and  of  a  metallic  lustre  by  reflected  light, 
and  olive-green  by  transmitted  light.  They  have  the  property  possessed  by  tour- 
maline, of  polarizing  the  light  passing  through  it.  Its  composition,  according  to 
.Iorgensen,is  (C„H,,N,0,),.3H,S0..2IH.4I.  It  is  "soluble  in  acetic  acid,  and  in  650 
parts  of  cold,  and  50  parts  of  hot  alcohol.  A.  Christeiisen  finds  that  quinine  ma^' 
be  determined  quantitatively  by  converting  it  into  this  compound,  as  suggested 
by  De  Vrij  {Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1882,  p.  58). 

Another  characteristic  test  for  quinine,  which,  however,  is  also  obtained  with 
quinidine,  consists  in  the  formation  of  the  emerald-green  compound, //»i//<'(o(/itni, 
by  the  action  of  chlorine,  followed  by  ammonia,  upon  quinine.  Tiie  reaction 
was  first  ooserved  by  Alexander  Roper,  in  London  (1832),  and  rediscovered  by 
.1.  J.  Andre,  in  Metz  (1835),  and  by  II.  A.  Mee.'ion,  in  London  (1835).  Brandes 
and  Leber  (1838)  gave  it  the  above' name  (Fliickiger,  Phami.  Chemie,  Vol.  II,  1888, 
p.  564).  The  test  was  modified  by  Fliickiger  (bromine  being  used  instead  of 
chlorine^  and  is  given  by  the  ('.  S.  P.  as  follows:  "On  treating  10  Cc.  of  an 
a(iueous,  acidulated  solution  (about  1  in  1500)  of  quinine  with  2  drops  of  bromine 
water,  and  tiien  with  an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  the  liquid  will  acquire  an 
emerald-green  color.  With  proper  adjustment  of  the  reagents,  more  dilute  solu- 
tions will  give  a  paler  tint,  while  more  concentrated  ones  will  acquire  a  deeper 
color,  nr  ilejiosit  a  green  i)recipitaUi" — {^U.a.P.).    Prof.  Fliickiger  (A/crtV  )  places 


the  sensitiveness  of  this  test  at  more  than  1  in  20,000.  This  test  is  interfered 
with  by  phenacetine  (Sestini  and  Campani,  1892).  Vogel's  test  consists  in  the 
formation  of  a  rich-red  color,  which  is  obtained  when  chlorine  water  is  added 
to  the  quinine  solution,  followed  by  potassium  ferrocyanide,  and,  hi.etly,  aqua 
ammoniie.  (For  further  details  regaVclingthe.se  tests,  see  T.  G.Wormley, /or.  rt<.) 
The  r.  S.  P.  further  directs :  "Quinine  should  not  impart  more  than  a  faintly  yel- 
lowish tint  to  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  (limit  of  readily  carbonizable,  organic 
impurities),  nor  produce  a  red  color  with  nitric  acid  (difference  from  morphine)" — 
(f.  S.  P.).  The  absence  of  morphine  may  al.so  be  e.stablished  by  allowing  the  sub- 
stance to  act  upon  a  mixture  of  potassium  ferricyanide  and  ferric  chloride;  if  no 
blue  precipitate  (Prussian  blue)  is  formed,  morphine  can  not  be  present.  How- 
ever, the  formation  of  a  blue  precipitate  may  be  due  to  the  presence  of  some  re- 
ducing substances  other  than  morphine;  therefore,  additional  tests  for  morphine 
must  be  ai>])\ied  (Amer.  Jour.  Pkarm.,  1^72,  \k  5^0).  To  test  quinine  for  the  pres- 
ence of  other  Cinchona  alkaloids,  the  f '.  S.  P.  gives  the  following  directions,  which 
are  based  on  Kerner's  trst  for  Cinchona  alkaloids :  "  If  2  Gm.  of  quinine  be  mixed, 
in  a  small  mortar,  with  1  Gm.  of  ammonium  suli)hate  and  10  Cc.  of  distilled 
water,  the  mixture  thoroughly  dried  on  a  water-bath,  the  residue  (which  should 
be  strictly  neutral  to  test-paper)  agitated  with  20  Cc.  of  water,  then  allowed  to 
macerate  for  half  an  hour  at  1-5°  C.  (59°  F.),  with  occasional  agitation,  and  filtered 
through  a  pellet  of  glass-wool,  5  Cc.  of  the  filtrate,  transferred  to  a  test-tube,  and 
gently  mixed,  without  shaking,  with  7  Cc.  of  ammonia  water  (specific  gravity 
0.960),  should  produce  a  clear  fiquid.  If  the  temperature  during  the  maceration 
has  been  16°  C.  (60.8°  F.),  7.5  Cc.  of  ammonia  water  may  be  added;  if  17°  C. 
(62.8°  F.),  8  Cc.  In  each  case,  a  clear  liquid  indicates  the  absence  of  more  than 
small  proportions  of  other  Cinchona  alkaloids  "— (f '.  S.  P.).  This  test  depends  on 
the  fact  that  those  Cinchona  alkaloids  whose  sulphates  are  soluble  in  water,  are 
themselves  insoluble,  or  nearly  so,  in  ammcjnia  water;  quinine,  which  forms  a 
very  little  soluble,  neutral  sulphate,  is  quite  soluble  in  ammonia  water.  The 
.above  directions,  especially  with  regard  to  the  tem|)eratures  and  the  strength  of 
ammonia,  must  be  strictly  observed,  in  order  to  arrive  at  trustworthy  results  (see 
comment  on  Kerner's  as  well  as  other  tests,  bv  E.  Jungfleisch,  Amer.  Jour.  Phnnn., 
1887,  pp.  136-146;  and  O.  Hesse,  ibid.,  pp.  404-414).  Hesse's  te.*t  differs  from 
Kerner's  in  the  employment  of  e»her,  instead  of  ammonia,  as  a  precipitant  of  the 
Cinchona  alkaloids  other  than  quinine.  Sh  imoy  am  a  (^m^r.  joio. /"/(on?!.,  1885, 
p.  630)  and  L.  Bchaefer  (ihid.,  IS87,1>.  153)  make  use  of  the  comparative  insolu- 
bility of  quinine  oxalate  in  water,  in  order  to  determine  the  quantity  of  the  latter 
alkaloid.  (See  review  of  this  and  other  processes,  by  W,  Lenz,  ibiJ.,  1889,  p.  146.) 
The  following  table  (page  1625)  gives  the  principal  distinctive  characteristics  of 
the  alkaloids  quinine,  quinidine,  cinehonine,  and  cinchonidine. 

Uses.— (See  Qidnime Sulphas.)  The  alkaloid  quinine  is  used  in  practical  medi- 
cine in  the  form  of  its  salts,  the  sulphate  and  hydrochlorate  being  mostly  employed. 

Quinine  Salts,— Qrixis-je  Acet.xs,  Quinine  acetate  (CjoHmNjOj.CjH.Oj  .  Mix  a  hot 
solution  of  17  part*)  of  quinine  sulphate  (dried  bv  spontaneous  efflorescence  i  with  a  hot  solu- 
tion of  0  parts  of  sodium  acetate,  and  allow  to  cool.  Long,  wliite  needles  of  tin-  salt  will  foru. 
containing  84  per  cent  of  quinine.  They  are  freely  soluble  in  hot  water  and  dihited  acids,  but 
not  readily  soluble  in  colil  water.  The  sjilt  loses  aci-tie  acid  when  warnuil  on  the  water-bath. 
(See  also  remarks  on  quinine  acetate,  bv  Prof.  Maiscli,  .inter.  Jour.  I'hann..  18.58,  p.  :t'<o.) 

Q1TININ.B  Benzo.\s,  Quinine  l>en:'i(iie  (CooHjiNjOj. 0^11, 0,  >.— Obtained  by  allrwing  a  hot 
alcoholic  solution  of  (juinine  (8  parts)  and  btMizoic  acid  (S  parts  1  to  crj-stalliie.  .^mall  pris- 
matic crystals,  containing  about  72.5  per  cent  of  base,  and  sparingly  soluble  in  water  1  in  .S7:? 
part8,at"lO°C.  [oO-'F.]). 

QuiNiN.B  AR.SENAS,  Qiiiniue  arsenate,  Qiiini.r  ameniaf,  Arseniate  of  quinia  ([l"aiH«NiOjLH, 
A804,8Il20).— In  a  glass  vessel  place  arsenic  acid,  IJ  drachms;  quinine, 5  drachms;  distilleil 
water,  (>  fluid  ounces.  Boil  till  all  is  dissolved,  tilter,  and  allow  to  cr\-stallizo  siHintaneonsly. 
To  purify,  redissolve,  and  again  crystallize.  This  salt  was  introduce*!,  in  l.'vTi.liy  Bourieres, 
and  rfcoin mended  in/cccr  «/irf  oi/iie",  and  other /x-n'ix/iVn/i/i.sr'd.v.*,-  also  used  in  (•/•s/n, ii/<  ni(((ii«ii<!i 
affection.^.  Its  dose  is  i  grain,  2,  3,  or  4  times  a  day.  The  alxive  formula  is  that  of  O.  Hesse, 
who  obtains  the  salt  in  tlie  form  of  long,  white  prisms,  sparingly  dissolve*!  bvcold  water,  but 
readily  sohible  in  hot  water.  It  contains  12. S  imt  cent  of  arsenicum  icounte<f  as  arsenic  pent- 
oxide,  .VsjOj  I  and  69.4  per  cent  of  quinine. 

QUININ.K  Arsenis,  Quinine  ar-ienite  ([CsoHmNiO,],!!,  Ast^,.4H,0K— For  Dr.  Ringdon't  old 
process  (1847l,8ee  this  Dinvt'nfutory,  preceiling  edition.  O.  Adlcr  (l.'<7;>)  obtains  this  salt  in  the 
lorm  of  white  needles  by  digesting,  for  24  hours,  a  mixtnn'  of  quinine  hydro«'hloride   S  |\arlsl 


I 

n^ 

1 

r- 

1=5 

s 

;§■ 

9 

■r 

■:=3 

u 

1 

J 

iii 

-1  = 

J 

o 

< 

^ 

s 

s 

-1 

-X- 

1 

13 

r^i 

-==a 

1?- 

M 

-^ 

X 

S. 

a 

.s? 

=  o 

_^i 

^ 

22 

3 

3 

1=2 

4£-g 

i  c. 

3 

1 

-=22. 

]E  3  - 

g2 

:;: 

= 

cri 

K 

^ 

» 

s 

3 

essl--;- 

_= 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1^ 

i 

^ 
5 

3 

J 

00 

? 

51-1 

5 

|3 

^ 

s 

a  =^ 

h 

—  t. 

z. 

1 

1 

e 

1 

lltiij 
Shifts' 

till 

c    -2 

a'i:  <  5 

a^^  ~S£ 

pr?<2  = 

fe 

= 

ii 

^i 

11 

1 

1 

3 

=1  ^ 

_3 

11 

1 

c 

-y. 

■- 

1 

t 

>• 

CO 

in 

fx 

o 

£; 

p> 

« 

t- 

S 

^^ 

s 

i 

1 

1 

II 

s. 

5 

5 

c 

?5g 

r 

= 

a>  x^ 

. 

~ 

S 

Ik 

b 
a 

t 

3 

1 

iill 

1 

■   i 

1 

-' 

•* 

~ 

5 

1    il' 

h   M' 

C     IP 

I  w 

1G26  QTIXIXA. 

and  silver  arsenite  (I  part),  in  the  presence  of  diluted  alcohol  (of  70  per  cent).  This  com- 
pound is  soluble  in  alcohol  (cold,  15;  hot,  6),  chloroform  (8),  benzene  (20),  ether  (25),  and 
boiling  water  (150  parts). 

Quinine  Citras,  Quinine  citrate  ([C-jM,,^  '  it,  II  .O.j.THjO,  O.  Hesse).— This  salt  may 
be  obtained  either  bydoubledeconipositi'ii  i  cjuinine  hydrochlorate  and  an  acidu- 

lated solution  of  sodium  citrate,  or  by  sisn;  -a  heated,  aqueous  solution  of  citric 

acid  with  the  theoretical  quantity  of  q'uinim  .  L  i-.;;  i  ...ling,  white,  prismatic  cry.stals  are  ol> 
tjiined,  which  are  very  sparingly  soluble  in  coUl  water  i  see  K.  F.  Mandelin,  on  the  citrates  of 
quinine,  Archiv  der  Pharm.,  ]879,  pp.  129-144). 

Qii.NiN-.E  Lactas,  Quinine  hiclaie. — Obtained  by  dissolving  quinine  in  lactic  acid  to  satura- 
tion, ancl  evaporating  the  solution.  Silky,  acicular  crystals  are  proiluced,  soluble  in  water  and 
alculiol  (see  Vigier,  Pharm.  Jour.  Tmm.,  Vol.  XIX,  iss'j,  ]>.  8t>2).  This  salt  is  adapted  for  hypo- 
dermatic uses,  and  has  been  used  locally  in  qon'irrha'i. 

QiiNix.E  PiiospnAS,  Quinine phoipUate  ([(:,, II.mN,<  i2],H3P04.8H20,  O.  Hesse).— Prepared 
by  saturatinj  warm,  ililuted  phosphoric  acid  with  <4iiiiiiue,  or  by  double  decomposition  between 
sodium  pliii-phiti'  aii'i  quinine  nydrochlorate.  From  hot,  aqueous  solution,  it.  forms  long, 
silky,  aciculai  c  r\  -talf,  containing  72.7  per  cent  of  base,  and  is  very  sparingly  soluble  in  water. 

QiiNiN  i:  I'liiNvi.-SiLPHAS,  Phenylaled  or  Cnrbolated  quinine  sulphate  ([CaiHaiNjOjlj.SOj. 
C6He0.2M20,  O.Hesse,  1889).— Dissolve  crystallized  quinine  sulphate  (10  parts)  in  alcohol, 
and  add  to  the  solution  carbolic  acid  (nearly  1  part),  also  dissolved  in  alcohol.  Colorless 
needles  are  precipitated  which  contain  over  75  per  cent  of  base.  By  washing  with  alcohol 
and  ether,  the  taste  and  odor  of  phenol  may  be  entirely  removed.  The  salt  is  somewhat  solu- 
ble in  cold  water,  but  insoluble  in  alcohol.  An  acid  phenol-sulphate  (C2oH24N202.S03.C,H, 
O.SHoO)  was  similarly  obtained  by  O.  Hesse,  by  adding  to  a  hot,  aqueous  solution  ol  quinine 
bisulphate   CooH24N262.H2S04+7H20)  an  equivalent  quantity  of  carbolic  acid. 

QuiNiN.E  Carboi.as,  Carbolate  of  quinine  (CaoHsiNBOj.CjHjO),  was  prepared  by  J.  Jobst 
(1875),  by  bringing  together  molecular  quantities  of  quinine  and  carbolic  acid  in  aqueous  or 
alcoholic  solution.  Crystals  are  obtained,  which,  when  dried  at  130°  C.  ( 266°  F.  i,  have  the 
above  composition.  It  dissolves  in  400  parts  of  water  at  16°C.  (60.8°F.),  in  80  parts  of  90  per 
cent  alcohol  at  13°  C.  (55.4°  F.),and  slightly  in  ether.  By  an  earlier  formula,  a  carbolate  in 
pills  was  made  as  follows:  Twelve  pai-ts  of  carbolic  acid  and  20  parts  of  quinine  are  dissolved 
in  60  parts  of  stronger  alcohol.  The  solution  is  then  filtered,  distilled,  and  evaporate*!  to  the 
consistence  of  turpentine,  when  some  extract  of  acorus,  or  gentian,  and  some  pulveria-d  cin- 
namon may  be  added  to  it,  to  form  it  into  a  pill  mass.  This  may  be  made  into  pills  contain- 
ing, each,  1  grain  of  carbolic  acid  and  ^  of  a  grain  of  quinine,  of  which  from  3  to  6  pills  may 
be  given  daily  in  puerperal  disea^s,furunfuli,  carbuncles,  typhous  cotulitiom,  and  pyxinia  (  Braun). 
It  is  found  that  the  irritating  properties  of  carbolic  acid  are  much  diminished  when  iii  com- 
bination with  bases,  and  even  when  combined  with  a  base  as  weak  as  quinine,  it  can  be  given 
in  much  larger  relative  doses  than  when  administered  in  its  isolated  form  [JahrbUcher  der 
Geaaiiiiiiti'n  Medizin,  Aug.,  1867). 

Iodide  of  Quinine. — The  iodide  of  quinine  is  obtained  by  adding  a  solution  of  24  parts 
of  iodide  of  potassium  (4  molecules)  in  8  parts  of  water,  by  drops,  to  a  stiong  solution  of  20 
parts  (1  molecule)  of  bisulphate  of  quinine  (Ca)H24X202.H2SO,-!-7H20i.  Wash  the  precipi- 
tate quickly,  and  dry  it,  avoiding  operation  iu  the  light.  It  is  topic,  alterative,  and  resolvent, 
and  has  been  found  efficient,  in  doses  of  from  i  to  2  grains,  iu  scrofulous  enlargements  of  the 
tjhdtih;  or  it  may  be  made  by  decomposing  a  solution  of  1  molecule  of  hydrochlorate  of  quinine 
with  a  solution  of  4  molecules  of  iodide  of  potassium.  When  dry,  iodide  of  quinine,  thus  pre- 
jparcil,  has  the  properties  of  a  resin,  is  easily  reduced  to  a  white,  inodorous  powder,  extremely 
liitttr,  and  permanent  in  the  air.  It  is  soluble  in  warm  water,  alcohol,  orether,  forming  clcsu- 
anil  colorless  solutions,  which  deposit  the  iodide  of  quinine  on  'jvaporation.  Concentrated  sul- 
phuric and  nitric  acids,  and  chlorine,  decompose  it  instantly,  with  elimination  of  iodine  icom- 
1  .are  Amir.  Jour.  Pharm. ,\'n\ .  I  \ .  1  s:'.7-:;.s,  p. 853 1.  The  compiwition  of  these  iodides  is  variable. 
The  substance  known  as  \\<  i  \i  >.!m    i     -.e  (^iiiinHfj),  is  reKited  to  this  class. 

QuiNiN.E  loDAS,  Q"'^  '     II  iN^Oa.HlOj).— To  a  warm,  aqueous  solution  (1  in  10) 

of  iodic  acid,  add  the  iil.K  n  n  ii  ,  riion  of  freshly  precipitated,  moist  qtiinine,  with  con- 
tinued agitation.  Evaporate  tin-  mass  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  l.i.o°C.  it)0°  F.).and 
place  it  in  a  vacuum  over  sulphuric  acid  to  dry.  AN  hite,  pearly  needles,  soluble  in  boiling  water 
without  decomposition,  sparingly  soluble  in'cold  water  (1  in  70Oi.  in  ether  and  chloroform. 
rcadilv  dissolved  by  alcohol  (C.  A.  Cameron,  .luur.Jour.  Pharm.,  1SS2,  p.417i.  A  bijodate  (CjoHn 
>;.,0,.[111(V,1,),  prepared  by  E.Mcr  k,  i>  .  .MI^  -oUible  iu  water  (./.(/„■,■»/-.  (/«T/'A.ir)/,..lS't7'. 

t^i  iM.s  E  llvoRioDAS  AciDis,    I  /  /../.if-  ( Ca,Hs,N.A).[l  1  Ijj.oHjO).— Transi^r- 

ent,  f,'lossv,  prismatic,  or  scale-lik'    i  i    m  n~  i   rmed  when  (mtassium  iodide  is  ndde<l  to  an 

aciihilated,  warm  solution  of  quiniii-  in  uh. l,riilar  proportion.  At  120°  C.  (2iS°  F.I  the  salt 
li.-comcs  anhydrous,  Imt  when  c.xpo.<,.,|  to  a  moist  atmosphere,  2H20arv>  agsiin  taken  up.  The 
salt  niav  also' he  olitaiiu'd  liv  dissolvina;  (piinini'  in  exces,s  ,,1'  aqueous  hvdriodic  acid. 

t^-iNiN  K  llvDKioiiAs,  Qniiiiiie  hii,irin,bil,-  ( C,vl UjN -O , .  1 1 1 ).— This  salt  may  lx>  obtaimnl  by 
di8.solving  (pniiine  in  the  molecular  .]nai\tiiv  ..f  :i,|iri-..ii-  hydriinlic  acid,  ami  allowing  the  solu- 
tion to  evaporate  spontaneoiLsly.  r  1. -.  ix  I  I,  1  —  v.lricHlates)  must  not  Ih' confused  with 
the  io(/i</<'.s  (;f"</i(i»j/u',  which  are  aiMi;  -  u.- and  quinine  ise<- alwvei. 

Quixix.E  fSALicvLAS,  Q'limii.  ;     li    \     '    (;II,Oj  i.— This  salt  may  bo  obtained 

by  double  decomposition  of  ammonnim  ,sa»ii\kitc  »nli  t|uinine  hydrochloriile;  a  curily  pre- 
cipitate of  this  salt  is  formed,  while  from  alcoholic  solution  it  forms'  prismatic  anhydrous  crys- 
tals. Sk)luble  in  alcohol  of  90  per  cent  (20  parts),  ether  1 120),  and  water  (225  parts').  >l.  Yvon 
prepares  the  salt  by  dissolving  1.6  Gm.  of  sodium  s;dicylate  in  50  Co.  of  wau-r.  heating  to  boil- 


IJUIXIX.K  Blsil^LrilAS.  1(!27 

injr,  ami  additiK  4.36  Gm.  of  quinine  siilpliate.  After  boiling  a  few  minutes,  decomposition  is 
ccimulete.  Cool  to  35° C.  (9o°F.  i.anil  filter  rapidly,  wash  with  luke-warm,  then  with  cold  water, 
until  all  sodium  sulphate  is  washed  out  {Jahresli.  'der  J'harm.,  1879,  p.  174). 

(ji  iNiN.F.  QiiNAS,  (^ii'm'df  qiilimle  [hitialfK — Obtained  by  double  decomposition  of  liarium 
kinate  and  qiiiniue  sulphate,  and  evaporatiu;;  to  dryness.  It  is  neutral,  non-crystallin<,  and 
nadilv  solubK'  in  water.  A  solution  m  water  (1  in  4)  has  been  recommended  by  Collier  for 
liyi>odVriiiatif  use  (  Aiiii-r.  Juur.  I'honn..  1S7S,  p.  4S7). 

Qri.vix.F.  ."^ii.PMoviN  AS,  Quinine  siilpluniiuUi: — Prepared  by  mixing  asolution  of  sodium  sul- 
phovinate  ( Iti.d  parts  i  in  90  per  cent  alcohol  i  '200  parts),  and  asolution  of  quinine  sulphate  (42.8 
partsi  in  alcohol  of  the  same  strenfrth  ilKK)  parts).  Filter  from  the  precipitated  sodium  sul- 
phate, and  evaporate,  it  forms,  with  dithcuUy,  prismatic  crystals,  very  bitter,  readilv  soluble 
in  alcohol  and  water  (1  in  3 1,  as  well  as  in  glycerin  and  acetic  ether,  insoluble  in  ether,  ben- 
zol, and  fixeil  oils,  and  perfectly  neutral  (P.  Carles, --Imf/-.. /our. /"/larm.,  1878,  p.  34:>).  The  sul- 
pliovinate  of  s<xiium  employed  herein,  is  prepared  by  carefully  adding  to  1000  (im.  of  strong 
alcohol  1000  (.im.  of  sulphuric  acid,  with  continuous  agitation,  setting  aside  for  several  hours, 
diluting  with  4  litere  of  distilled  water,  neutralizing  with  barium  cai-lx)uate,  and  decomposing 
the  filtrate  with  sodium  carbonate,  evaporating  on  a  water-bath,  and  allowing  to  crystallize 
(i7-i</.,1877.  p.443i. 

Qnsix.v.  Tanxas,  Quinine  lannate  (Chinimun  taunicum). — The  (ier.  Pharin.  ( 1870)  directed  : 
Take  of  quinine  sulphate,  1  part;  dissolve  it  with  a  few  drops  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid  in  distilled 
water,  30  parts  ;  and  add  gradually  a  solution,  previously  made,  of  tannic  acid,  3  parts;  cold 
water,  30  parts.  Let  the  precipitate  subsiile  in  a  cool  place,  collect  it  on  a  filter,  wash  with  a 
small  quantity  of  water,  and  dry  it  at  a  very  gentle  heat.    The  product  is  a  yellowish,  amor- 

fihous  powder,  of  a  peculiar  odor,  and  bitter,  astringent  taste.  It  is  sparingly  soluble  in  alco- 
lol,  and  verv  sparingly  in  water.  In  hot  water  it  melts  into  a  mass.  The  product,  by  analysis 
of  J.  Jobst  I  Airhii-  del-  Plmrm.,  1878,  p.  334).  corresponds  to  the  formula  CooH2<N-.!Oj.3Ci4HioO,-f 
8H;(>,  and  contains  about  22..5  percent  of  quinine,  while  a  neutral  tannate,  prepared  by  the 
autiiof.  hail  31  per  cent  of  quinine,  corresiwnding  to  the  formula  CaiH24N2*J2.2CnHioO,-|- 
4H2O.  .V  tasteless  quinine  tannate  was  introduceil  by  M.  Kozsnyay  (1875).  It  is  prepared 
by  dissolving  the  quinine  sulphate  in  boiling  water,  and  adding  to  the  solution  the  tannin, 
neutralized  with  diluted  ammonia.  The  pro<iuct  is  entirely  tasteless.  ( For  the  process  of  the 
Hungarian  Pharmacojxeia,  sec  Amer.  Jour,  y/iorm.,  1888,  p.  515.)  J.  Jobst  (luc.cit.)  found  some 
tasteless  quinine  tannates  deficient  in  quinine,  probably  r)wing  to  the  employment  of  boiling 
water  in  preparing  them.  DeVrij  (Amer.  Jour.  J'Uunn..\f>'.>'2,  p.  142)  obtains  quinine  tannate, 
containing  20  per  cent  of  quinine,  by  triturating  pure  quinine  (1  i)arti  with  tannic  acid  (4  parts), 
and  water  1 10  parts),  and  evaporating  to  dryness  at  a  tiiopeiature  not  exceeding  (iO°C.(140°F.) 
(also  see  R.  Rother,  .1hi«t.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1883,  p.  173).  Quinine  tannate  is  much  less  bitter  than  the 
other  quinine  salts.  Its  administration  should  be  at  once  followed  by  some  acidulous  draught, 
as  lemonade,  etc.,  in  order  to  insure  its  solution  in  the  stomach.    It  is  subastringent. 

Qfixix.E  Ferrocvasas,  Quinine  ferrocyanale. — Four  parts  of  quinine  sulphate  and  enough 
distilled  water  to  form  not  too  thick  a  mixture,  are  mixeil  with  a  concentrated  solution  of  one 
part  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  ;  the  whole  is  heated  to  boiling  for  a  few  seconds,  then  allowed 
to  cool.  The  mother  liquor,  which  yields  more  of  the  salt  upon  concentration,  is  poured  off 
from  the  resin-like  mass,  the  latter  washed  with  hot  water  anil  crystallized  from  boiling  alco- 
hol. Siiiiil],  vellowish  needles,  bitter,  slightlv  soluble  in  water,  freely  in  alcohol,  efliorescent 
in  the  ail-    .T.'M.  Mais.Ii,  Amer.  Jour.  Phwm.,  1877,  p.  442). 

Allied  Principles.— I^AXTAXIXE,  an  alkaloid  from  Ijontana  brasiliensi^,  Brazilian  verbena, 
Yirliii  fi'ioi,hi,  i;;iid  t"  resemble  quinine  in  action,  has  been  isolated  from  this  plant  by  Negrete 
(ls,S.Ti.  'Fn.m  15  to  :!0  grains  are  administered  in  a  day  as  an  antiperiodic,  preferably  imme- 
diattdy  after  a  paroxysm. 

ViEiRiN. — A  lx>dy  obtainetl  from  the  bark  of  a  Brazilian  tree.  Remijia  veUuzii.  Substi- 
tuted, in  doses  of  1  to  4  grains,  in  Brazil,  for  quinine  as  an  antiperioilic  and  tmiic. 

Beki;exix,  a  crystallizable,  bitter  principle,  has  been  isolati  H   fi.  in  >  /,/<(  cordifoUa, 

.S'.»t5inVa,  and.S'.C)-ajwyo/i«,  byGarreau  and  Machelart  (1881).    Il  i^~l    1  i  _:  ; I. !i- in  alcohol 

(165  parts  I  and  water  ( 830  parts,  at  15"  C.  [59°  F.]).  Said  to  be  a  v.il  .  ;  k  i.  1  nie.  its  action 
Ix-ing  intermediate  between  quinine  and  salicin.  It  occurs  togetlui  uiiii  t.iuuiu  ami  starch. 
Siixifraiju  llgulata  contains  an  abundance  of  tannic  and  gallic  acids  (Hooper).  In  India,  it  is  used 
as  a  remedy  for  dytenlery. 

QUININJE  BISULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— QUnnNE  BISULPHATE. 

FoKMiL.v:  C„H,.N'X)JI,S0.-j-7H,0.    Molecit.ar  Wkkuit:  54(J..sS. 

Syno.n VMS :  Acid  quiniup  .iiilplidtc,  Qicinmas  sulphas  acidm, Chiniiium  bi.-<ulfuricum, 
Sulfate  (h  Quinine  nmtre  (Frenrh  Codex). 

"Quinine  bisulphate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  dark 
place' —if.  S.  P.). 

Preparation. — In  warm  distilled  water  (1000  grains),  suspend  quinine  sul- 
phate (20<).grain.s).  Then  to  the  mixture  add  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid  (official) 
'230  grains.  Filter  and  set  aside  in  a  warm  place.  The  crystals  which  form 
should  then  be  dried  over  sulphuric  acid,  at  a  temperature  of  from  10°  to  lo°('. 
(•")0°  to  50°  F.).   The  yield  is  '250  grains.    This  corresponds  about  to  the  theoretical 


1628  QUINIX.E  HYDROBROMAS. 

yield  according  to  the  equation:  (Cj„H„NA)rHaSO,+  7H,0+H,SO,=2C»H,,N,0,- 
HjSOj+TH.O.  Keep  the  product  in  a  dark,  cool,  place,  in  a  well-stoppered  vial 
(see  Quiiiiii:i:  Bi-^uJphdS,  under  Related  Compounds). 

Description  and  Tests. — "Colorless,  transparent  or  whitish,  orthorhomhic 
crystals,  (ir  small  needles,  odorless,  and  having  a  very  bitter  taste.  Efflorescing 
on  exposure  to  the  air.  Soluble  at  1-5°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  10  parts  of  water,  and  in 
32  jjarts  of  alcohol;  very  soluble  in  boiling  water  and  in  boiling  alcohol.  When 
heated  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  the  salt  loses  all  its  water  of  crystallization  (nearly  23 
per  cent);  at  135°  C.  (275°  F.),  it  is  converted  into  quinicine  sulphate,  which  dis- 
solves in  diluted  sulphuric  acid  with  a  yellow  color  without  any  blue  fluorescence. 
On  ignition,  the  salt  is  slowly  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  the  salt  has  a  strongh' acid  reaction,  and  a  blue  fluorescence" — (U.S.F.). 

"On  treating  10  Cc.  of  an  aqueous  solution  (about  1  in  lOOOj  of  the  salt  with 
2  drops  of  bromine  T.S.,  and  then  with  an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  the  liquid 
will  acquire  an  emerald-green  color.  With  proper  adjustment  of  the  reagents, 
more  diluted  solutions  will  give  a  paler  tint,  while  more  concentrated  ones  will 
acquire  a  deeper  color,  or  throw  down  a  green  precipitate" — (C.  S.P.).  (See  Thal- 
leioquin  reaction,  under  Quinine.)  "Ammonia  water  added  to  the  aqueous  solution 
of  the  salt  throws  down  a  white  precipitate,  soluble  in  an  excess  of  ammonia 
water,  and  also  in  about  20  times  its  weight  of  ether.  The  aqueous  solution  of 
the  salt  yields,  with  barium  chloride  T.S.,  a  white  precipitate  insoluble  in  hyilro- 
chloric  acid.  Quinine  bisulphate  should  not  impart  more  than  a  faintly  yellowish 
tint  to  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  (limit  of  readily  carbonizahle,  organic  iin)iurities). 
If  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dried  at  a  temperature  of  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  until  it  ceases 
to  lose  weight,  the  remainder,  cooled  in  a  desiccator,  should  weigh  not  le.^s  than 
0.77  Gm.  (corresponding  to  7  molecules,  or  23  [22.98]  per  cent  of  water  of  crvstal- 
lization).  If  2  Gm.  of  tbe  salt,  dried  at  100°  C.  (212°  F. ),  be  agitated  with  16  C. 
of  water,  the  mixture  made  exactly  neutral  with  ammonia  water,  then  brought 
to  the  volume  of  20  Cc.  by  tlie  addition  of  water,  and  macerated  for  half  an  hour 
at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  upon  proceeding  further  as  directed  for  the  corresponding  test 
underQuininf(see(j(//»//r'/Kthe  results  there  given  should  be  obtained'" — (  U.S. P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Same  as  Quinine  Sulphate.  When  the 
latter  is  made  iutu  sdlution  by  means  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid  or  aromatic  sul- 
phuric acid  and  water  a  solution  of  quinine  bisulphate  is  formed. 

Related  Compound. — Quininss  tetrasulphas,  Quinine  letragulphate,  Quininxbifulphaf,  Quiniite 
bisulphatf,  according  to  tlie  French  nomenclature  (see  Quinina}.  Quinine  tetrasulphate  ob- 
tained by  Hesse  i  Li>h.  Ann.,  1S7.3),  has  the  composition  CajHsiNjOjiHjSOj  i2'~H,(>.  When 
exposed  to  light  tin  ct  ystals  assume  a  brownish-red  color.  Water  n-adily  dissolves  them  with 
marked  blue  flunnsc  curr.  When  boiled  in  alcohol  and  the  solution  cooled  a  ifclatinous 
magma  is  formed,  wbicli,  wlieu  dried,  produces  verj'  small  prismatic  crystals  cmtaining  5 
molecules  of  water. 

QUININ.ffl  HYDROBROMAS  (U.  S.  P.)— QUININE  HYDROBROMATE. 

Formula:  C,oH„NAHBr4-H,0.    Molecular  Weight:  422.06. 

Synonyms:  Chininum  hydrohron}icun),  Chininum  hydrobrovuitum. 

"Quinine  hydrobromate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  dark 
place   -(r'..^'.  P.). 

Preparation. — Tiiis  salt,  the  neutral  hydrobromate  of  quinine,  mav  be  pre- 
pared liyaddiiigten  grammes(10Gm.  )[154  grs.]  of  quinine  sulphate  to  eiglity  cubic 
centimeters  (SO  Cc.)  [2  flg,  339111]  of  water,  boiling,  and  slowly  adding  a  solution  of 
three  and  four-tenths  grammes  (3.4  Gm.)  [54  grs.]  of  barium  bromide  in  twenty 
cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.)  [325111]  of  water.  A  precipitate  of  barium  sulphate  is 
formed.according  to  the  equation:  (C«H,,N,OJ,H..SO,-|-7H,0-hBaBr.=-2C„H„X.Or 
HBr+lI,0+RaS0,-h6H,0.  The  supernatant  solution  which  should  -al her  con- 
tain a  very  slight  excess  of  quinine  sulphate  than  barium  bromide  (.tested  by 
quinine  sulphate  solution),  is  then  evaporated  to  crystallization.  M.  Boille  (,.4m«T. 
Jouf.  /Vkuhk,  1874,  p.  563)  obtains  the  salt  in  the  same  manner,  except  by  operating 
with  alcoholic  instead  of  aqueous  solutions:  barium  bromide  is  solubUMn  alcohol 
wliile  any  admixid  chloride  would  remain  undissolved. 

Description  and  Tests. — This  salt  is  oflicially  descrilied  as  occurine  in 
"white,  light,  silky  needles,  odorle.ss,  and  iiaving  a  very  bitter  ta^te.    The  salt  is 


(iUIXIN'.K  HYDRdfllLOKAS.  1G29 

liable  to  lose  water  on  exposure  to  warm  or  dry  air.  Soluble  at  15°  C.  (59°F.  i, 
ill  54  parts  of  water,  and  in  0.6  part  of  alcohol;  very  soluble  in  boiling  water  ami 
in  boiling  alcohol;  also  soluble  in  6  parts  of  ether,  and  in  12  parts  of  chloroform. 
When  heated  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  the  salt  loses  its  water  of  crystallization  (4.25 
per  cent).  At  152°  C.  (305.6°  F.),  it  begins  to  fuse,  and  becomes  a  syrupy  liquid 
at  2tX)°  C.  (392  F.).  Upon  ignition,  it  is  slowly  consumed,  leaving  no  "residue. 
The  salt  is  neutral  or  faintly  alkaline  to  litmus  paper.  An  aqueous  solution, 
when  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid,  has  a  vivid,  blue  fiuoreseence'' — (U.  S.  P.). 
"On  treating  10  Cc.  of  an  aqueous  solution  (about  1  in  13U0)  with  2  drops  of 
bromine  water,  and  then  with  an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  the  liquid  will  ac- 
quire an  emerald-green  color.  With  proper  adjustment  of  the  reagents,  more 
diluted  solutions  will  give  a  paler  tint,  while  more  concentrated  ones  will  acquire 
a  deeper  color,  or  throw  down  a  green  precipitate" — (T.  S.  J'.).  (See  Tliullcioquin 
reaction,  under  Quinine.)  "Ammonia  water  added  to  the  aqueous  solution  throws 
down  a  white  precipitate,  soluble  in  an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  and  also  in 
about  20  times  its  weight  of  ether.  On  precii)itating  a  saturat<'d  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  the  salt  with  sodium  hydrate  T.S.,  filtering,  supersaturating  the  filtrate 
with  acetic  acid,  adding  chloroform  and  a  little  chlorine  water,  and  shaking,  the 
chloroform  will  separate  with  a  yellow  color.  If  1  Gra.  of  the  salt  be  dried  at 
100°  C.  (212°  F.)  until  it  ceases  to  lose  weight,  the  residue  should  not  weigh  less 
than  0.957  Cim.  (corresponding  to  1  molecule,  or  4.24  per  ceni  of  water  of  crystalli- 
zation). Quinine  hydrobromate  should  not  impart  more  than  a  faintly  yellowish 
tint  to  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  (limit  of  readily  carbouizable,  organic  impu- 
rities), nor  produce  a  red  color  with  nitric  acid  (difference  from  morphine).  If 
3  Gm.  of  the  salt  (which  must  have  been  previously  ascertained  to  be  strictly 
neutral,  or  have  been  rendered  so)  be  mixed,  in  a  small  capsule,  with  1.2  Gm.  of 
crystallized  sodium  sulphate  and  30  Cc.  of  water,  the  mixture  thoroughly  dried 
on  a  water-bath,  the  residue  agitated  with  30  Cc.  of  water,  and  allowed  to  macer- 
ate for  half  an  hour  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),with  occasional  agitation,  upon  proceeding 
further  as  directed  under  Quinine  (see  Quinind)  the  results  there  given  should  be 
obtained"— (r..S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  salt  may  be  administered  in  neu- 
rulgin  of  congestive  form,  with  tendency  to  congestion  of  the  brain,  and  especially 
to  females  during  the  menstrual  period.  The  dose  is  from  4  to  6  grains,  in  pill 
form,  given  6  hours  before  the  expected  paroxysm ;  or  1  grain  every  hour.  The 
dose  of  this  salt  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  sulpnate. 

Belated  Salts.— Quinix.e  Hydrobbom.\.s  Acidus,  ^Icirf  quinine  hydrobromate  (C'm'R'u'Sfi^ 
[nBr]2.:;H,()i.  Di.«solvf  quinine  sulpliate  (10  Gm.)  in  water  (80  Cc.),addof  a  10  per  cent  sul- 
phuric aoiilasufficient  quantity  I  alxjut  11.8  Gm.)  to  convert  the  neutral  into  the  acid  sulphate; 
then  precipitate  witli  solution  of  6.80  Gm.  of  barium  bromide  in  25  Cc.of  water.  Care  must  be 
taken  that  barium  bromide  be  not  iu  excess  (see  Quinine  hydrobromas) .  Filter  out  the  barium 
sulphate  formed  anJ  evaporate  the  solution  to  crystallization.  The  crystals  are  freely  soluble 
in  alcohol  ami  in  water  (1  in  6).  This  salt  was  intro<luced  as  a  preferable  form  for  hypoder- 
matic use.     It  may  also  be  prepared  by  dissolving  quinine  in  an  excess  of  hydrobroniic  acid. 

QciNix.K  Br6>hs,  Qxiinine  bromale  (Ca)H2<N202.HBr03). — Prepared  either  by  neutraliza- 
tion of  quinine  with  bromic  arid,  or  by  double  decomposition  of  barium  bromate  and  quinine 
sulphate  (C.  A.  Cameron,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1882,  p.  418;  also  see  C.  G.  Johnson,  ibid.,  1889, 
p.  119 1.  It  forms  long  needles  aggregated  into  asbestos-like  masses.  Freely  soluble  in  warm 
water,  alcohol  and  diluted  acids;  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water  (1  in  250).  lu  contact  with 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  it  detonates. 

QUININ.®  HYDROCHLORAS  (U.  S.  P.)— QumiNE  HYDROCHLORATE. 

FoRMrL.\:  C„H,.N,0,HC1+2H,0.    Molecular  Weight:  395.63. 

Sv.No.NVM  :  Muriate  of  quinine. 

"Quinine  hydrochlorate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  dark 
place"— I  f.S.F.). 

Preparation.— This  salt  (the  normal  hydrochlorate)  may  be  prepared  by  dis- 
sohiiig  (|iiiiiine  in  warm  hydrochloric  acid  and  allowing  to  crystallize.  It  has 
also  been  prepared  by  the  double  decomposition  of  quinine  sulphate  with  barium- 
or  calcium  chloride.  In  order  to  avoid  contamination  with  barium  salt,  quinine 
sulphate  in  alcoholic  solution  and  sodium  chloride  are  allowed  to  react  with  each 


1630  QUINIX.E  HYDROCHLORAS. 

other  (R.  Rother,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1883,  p.  173).  D.Vitali  {ibid.,  1899,  p.  231)  pre- 
pares the  normal  hydrochlorate  by  warming  17  parts  of  potassium  chloride  with 
an  aqueous  solution  of  100  parts  of  normal  quinine  sulphate,  and  evaporating 
to  dryness  on  a  water-bath;  the  residue  is  then  extracted  with  95  per  cent  alcohol 
which  dissolves  the  quinine  salt  while  potassium  sulphate  remains  undissolved. 
The  yellow  solution  is  decolorized  by  animal  charcoal  and  evaporated  to  crystalli- 
zation.   Siiuiiaily,  the  acid  salt  is  obtained  (see  Related  Salts). 

Description" and  Tests. — "White,  silky,  light  and  line,  needle-shaped  crys- 
tals, odorless,  and  having  a  very  bitter  taste.  The  salt  is  liable  to  lose  water  when 
exposed  to  warm  air.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  34  parts  of  water,  and  in 
3  parts  of  alcohol;  in  1  part  of  boiling  water,  and  very  soluble  in  boiling  alco- 
hol; also  soluble  in  9  parts  of  chloroform.  When  heated  to  120°  C.  (248°  F.), 
the  salt  loses  its  water  of  crystallization.  At  about  156°  C.  (312.8°  F.),  it  begins 
to  melt,  but  it  is  not  fully  melted  until  the  temperature  reaches  190°  C.  (374°  F.). 
On  ignition,  it  is  slowly  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The  aqueous  solution  of 
the  salt  is  neutral  or  faintly  alkaline  to  litmus  paper.  The  saturated  aqueous 
solution  of  the  salt  does  not  give  any  blue  fluorescence,  which,  however,  appears 
to  some  extent  upon  diluting  the  solution  with  water,  and  markedly  so  upon 
addition  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid" — (U.  S.  P.).  "On  treating  lOCc.ofan  aqueous 
solution  (about  1  in  1400)  of  the  salt  with  2  drops  of  bromine  water,  and  then 
with  an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  the  liquid  will  acquire  an  emerald-green  color. 
With  proper  adjustment  of  the  reagents,  more  dilute  solutions  will  give  a  paler 
tint,  while  more  concentrated  ones  w'ill  acquire  a  deeper  color,  or  throw  down  a 
green  precipitate.  Ammonia  water  added  to  the  aqueous  solution  throws  down  a 
white  precipitate,  soluble  in  an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  and  also  in  about  20 
times  its  weight  of  ether.  The  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  yields,  with  silver 
nitrate  T.S.,  a  white  precipitate  insoluble  in  nitric  acid'" — {U.S.  P.).  Dr.Vulpius 
(Anier.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1882,  p.  409)  reports  that  10  Gm.  of  a  1  per  cent  silver  nitrate 
solution,  added  drop  by  drop  to  60  Gm.of  a  1  per  cent  quinine  hydrochloride 
solution,  did  not  produce  a  silver  chloride  precipitate  when  the  quinine  solution 
was  kept  in  a  rotating  motion;  but  the  first  drop  precipitated  immediately  when 
the  solution  was  at  rest.  The  possible  formation  of  a  soluble  double  saltis  sug- 
gested. The  U.S.  P.  further  directs:  "If  1  Gm.of  the  salt  be  dried  at  100°  C. 
(212°  F.)  until  it  ceases  to  lose  weight,  the  residue  should  not  welsh  less  than 
0.9  Gm.  (corresponding  to  2  molecules,  or  9  per  cent  of  water  of  crystallization). 
Quinine  hj'drochlorate  should  not  impart  more  than  a  faintly  yellowish  tint  to 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  (limit  of  readily  carbonizable,  organic  impurities), 
nor  produce  a  red  color  with  nitric  acid  (ditl'erence  from  morphine).  The  aque- 
ous solution  of  the  salt  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  diluted  sulphuric  acid 
(absence  of  barium),  and  should  not  be  rendered  more  than  slightly  turbid  by 
barium  chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate).  If  3  Gm.  of  the  salt  (which  must  have 
been  previously  ascertained  to  be  strictly  neutral,  or  have  been  rendered  so)  be 
mixed,  in  a  small  capsule,  with  1.5  Gm.  of  crystallized  sodium  sulphate  and 
30  Cc.  of  water,  the  mixture  thoroughly  dried  on  a  water-bath,  the  residue  agitated 
with  30  Cc.  of  water,  and  allowed  to  "macerate  for  half  an  hour  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.), 
with  occasional  agitation,  upon  i)n>ct("ding  further  as  directed  uiuler  Quinine 
(see  Qiiininn).  tli.'  results  their  L'lvni  should  be  obtained"— (T.  .'^•.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— On  account  of  its  ready  .«olubilitv  this 
agent  is  eligible  lor  liypodermatic  employment,  the  dose  so  administered  Wing 
from  1  to  4  grains.  For  general  use  by  uiouth  it  is  not  inferior  to  quinine  sul- 
phate and  may  be  given  in  about  i  lesJ  dose  than  that  salt. 

Related  Salts. — Quinin-.E  Hvdrochix)B.vs  Acidi-s,  Acid  ouhiiiu'  hydrochloratf,  BimuriaU  of 
quinine  [Vj,<U-2i'S ,()2.[liC\],).  This  salt  may  be  obtained  by  Vitali's  proces.*  tor  qtiinine  hifdrn- 
cJilomte  {which  see);  only  instead  of  17part«  t;iko  25  parts  of  potassium  cbloride.  Mr.  G.  M. 
Beringer  {Anur.Jour.  /"/larm.,  1891,  p.  117)  advises:  Take  of  ouinine,  prei'ipitate*!.  washed  ami 
dried  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  50°  to52°  C.  ( V2(f  to  125°  F. ), ;57.8  Cini. ;  livdnx-hloric  acid 
(Bpecific  gravity  1.16)  22.82  Gm. ;  water,  60  Co.  Mis  the  acid  and  wafer,  add  tlie  quinine,  filter 
if  necessary,  and  carefully  evaixirate  to  dryness.    Tlie  sjdt  is  \-en'  readily  soluble  in  water. 

Cni.oRiiYDRO-si'LPHATK  OK  Qi'iNixK.— Tln.«  reprt'sents  a  line  of  double  salts  ix^ntainins 
quinine  ebeniically  combined  with  hydrocblorie  and  sulphuric  acids,  c  <;..  (C»H5»X,0,)j2H 
Cl.lIjSO, -f.UIjO. "  Thev  are  very  easily  soluble  in  water  (see  Amer.  Joiir.  Phomi.,  ISitS,  pp. 
174  and  402 1. 


1681 


QUININE  SULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— QUININE  SULPHATE. 


Formula :  (C«,H„N,0,),H,S0.+  7H,0.    Molecular  Weight:  870.22. 

Syno.nyms:  Sulphate  of  quinia,  SulJ'dS  quinirm,  Quiniie  »M(/;<Aft8  (formerly  called 
Dii<ul])hiilc  of  quinine),  Basic  mlphate  of  quinine  of  the  French  Codex,  Diquinine  sulphate. 

•Quinine  sulphate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  dark 
place"— (T.  ."^■.  P.). 

Preparation. —  From  barks  containing  relatively  small  amounts  of  cincho- 
nine,  quinine  sulphate  is  obtained  by  boiling  the  powdered  barks  with  water 
acidulated  with  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid,  precipitating  the  bases  with 
caustic  soda,  whereby  kino-tannio  acid,  kino-red,  etc.,  remain  in  solution,  boiling 
out  the  quinine  and  nmall  amounts  of  cinchonine,  with  75  to  80  per  cent  alcohol, 
and  adding  to  the  solution  dilute  sulphuric  acid  to  a  very  slight  excess.  After 
the  alcohol  is  distilled  ofl",  the  residue  consists  of  a  crystalline  mass  of  crude 
(ininiue  sulphate,  which  is  pressed  off  and  purified  by  washing  with  a  little  water, 
and  treated  with  animal  charcoal,  then  recrystallized  from  hot  water.  Drying 
the  salt  must  be  efl'ected  in  the  shade  to  prevent  coloration.  When  barks  are  em- 
ployed containing  relatively  large  amounts  of  cinchonine,  most  of  this  base  will 
be  precii>ilateil  in  the  above  process  upon  cooling  the  solution  of  the  crude  bases 
in  85  to  90  per  cent  alcohol.  The  mother  liquor,  upon  distilling  off  part  of  the 
alcohol,  yields  an  additional  quantity  of  cinchonine;  the  mother  liquor  now 
resulting,  is  treated  as  above.  In  order  to  obtain  quinine  as  much  as  possible 
free  from  quinidine,  the  latter  is  precipitated  from  alcoholic  solution  by  means 
of  hydriodic  acid  (see  table  under  Quininn).  Other  iiHt!i  m!s  of  obtainingquinine 
sulphate  are  detailed  in  Huseniann  and  Hilger, /7/''/'>  /(',;;/' .Vol.  II,  1884,  p.  1421, 
and  the  preceding  edition  of  this  Digpenmtory.  la  iiioie  recent  years,  preference 
is  given  to  the  following  process:  The  powdered  bark  is  intimately  mixed  with 
caustic  lime,  the  mixture  moistened  with  water,  and  the  liberated  bases  extracted 
with  such  solvents  as  amyl  alcohol,  petroleum  hydrocarbons  and  parafBn  oils. 
These  solvents  do  not  take  up  the  coloring  and  tannin  substances  of  the  barks. 
From  the  solution  thus  obtained,  diluted  acid  abstracts  the  cinchona  bases  which 
are  then  precipitated  by  sodium  carbonate,  and  subjected  to  further  purification 
(see  B.  Hirsch  and  A.  Schneider,  Commentar  f.  d.  Arzneibuch,  Gottingen,  1895;  also 
Fliickiger  and  Power,  Cinchona  Barks,  1884,  p.  79). 

Description. — Two  sulphates  of  quinine  are  official,  that  under  present  con- 
sideration being  the  neutral  salt,  or  diquinine  .sulphate  (compare  Quinina).  Pure. 
'luinine  sulphate  forms  hard,  heavy  crystals,  while  the  commercially  preferred 
■  juinine  sulphate  occurs  in  feathery,  light  crystals,  a  quality  which  was  long  be- 
lieved to  be  due  to  the  presence  of  a  small  quantity  of  cinchonidine  sulphate. 
P.  Carles  (Anier.Jnur.  Phnrm., 1892,  p.  314)  finds,  however,  that  the  salt  may  also 
be  obtained  in  the  feathery  form  by  allowing  it  to  crystallize  in  the  presence  of 
ammonium  sulphate.  The  official  salt  is  described  as  occuring  in  "white,  silky, 
light  and  fine,  needle-shaped  crystals,  fragile  and  somewhat  flexible,  making  a 
very  light  and  easily  compressible  mass,  lustreless  from  suj)erficial  efflorescence 
after  being  for  some  time  exposed  to  the  air,  odorless,  and  having  a  persistent, 
very  bitter  taste.  The  salt  is  liable  to  lose  water  on  exposure  to  warm  air,  to 
absorb  moisture  in  damp  air,  and  to  become  colored  by  exposure  to  light.  Solu- 
ble, at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  740  parts  of  water,  and  in  6-5  parts  of  alcohol;  in  30 
parts  of  boiling  water,  and  in  3  parts  of  boiling  alcohol;  also  in  40  parts  of 
L'lycerin,  in  about  680  parts  of  chloroform,  and  freely  in  dilute  acids.  When 
long  exposed  to  the  air,  or  when  kept  at  50°  to  60°  C.  (122°  to  140°  F.)  for  some 
li')urs,  it  loses  most  of  its  water  of  crystallization  (all  except  2  to  3  molecules, 
or  about  4.1  to  6.2  per  cent),  the  last  portion  being  slowly  expelled  at  100°  C. 
.212°  F.),  more  rapidly  at  115°  C.  (239^  F.).  Upon  ignition,  the  salt  is  slowly 
lonsunied,  leaving  no  residue'' — (U.  S.  P.).  Mr.  A.  J.  Cownley  {Pharm.  Jour. 
Trnn-H.,  Vol.  III.  1896,  p.  52-5)  recommends  that  the  air-dry  (effloresced)  salt 
{"„H„Np,),HjS0,.2H,0,  containing  4.6  |)er  cent  of  water,  be  recognized  as  the 
official  salt;  a  definite  standard  would  thus  be  established.  "The  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  the  salt  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper,  and  has,  especially  when  acidulated 
with  sulphuric  acid,  a  vivid,  blue  fluorescence" — (I'.  S.  P.).     (See  also  Quinina.) 


1632  QVINIX.K  SULPHAS. 

Quinine  sulphate  is  incompatible  with  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths,  such  as 
caustic  potash  and  soda,  aqua  ammonise,  lime-water,  magnesia,  etc.,  on  account  of 
the  precipitation  of  quinine  produced  bj-^  these  agencies.  It  is  also  precipitated 
by  the  carbonates  of  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths;  by  soluble  barium  and  lead 
salts  (insoluble  sulphates  being  formed);  it  is  likewise  incompatible  with  potas- 
sium iodide,  potassium  chromate,  oxalate,  and  all  soluble  tartrates,  mercuric 
chloride  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1887,  p.  403),  tannic  and  gallic  acids  and  a  number 
of  other  com])Ounds.  (See  enumeration  in  E.  A.  Ruddiman,  Incompatibilities  in 
Prescrij.'i',,,...  New  York,  1897.) 

'  Adulterations  and  Tests. — The  former  high  price  of  quinine  sulphate  (see 
interesting  list  of  prices  since  1823  in  Druggists''  Circular,  1896,  p.  32)  has  occasion- 
ally led  to  adulterations  or  substitutions,  such  as  the  addition  of  sugar,  starch, 
salicin,  or  inorganic  material  such  as  calcium  phosphate,  gypsum  ("tasteless 
quinine."  Druggists'  Circular,  1896,  p.  297),  magnesia,  potassium  nitrate  (Avw.  Jour. 
Pharm.,i876,  p.  571),  sodium  sulphate  (J.  Biel,  *jd.,1872,  p.  540),  etc.  Substitu- 
tion by  cinchonine  hydrochlorate  has  been  repeatedly  noted  (ibid. ,1871,  p.  92; 
1880,  p.  473).  The  presence  of  inorganic  impurities  is  readily  recognized  by  the 
residue  left  upon  incineration.  Treatment  with  boiling  alcohol  likewise  leaves 
them  undissolved,  as  well  as  sugar  and  starch.  The  latter  is  recognized  by  the 
iodine  test,  the  former  by  precipitating  the  quinine  with  ammonia;  the  filtrate 
upon  concentration  should  not  possess  a  sweet  taste.  Starch  and  sugar  also 
would  carbonize  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  Salicin  if  present,  would 
form  a  blood-red  solution  with  the  latter  reagent  (see  U.S.  P.  Tests  below).  The 
presence  of  other  cinchona  bases  (cinchonine  and  quinidine)  may  be  ascertained 
by  the  tests  of  the  U.  S.  P.  subsequently  given,  in  conjunction  with  those  under 
Quinina.  "On  treating  10  Cc.  of  an  aqueous  solution  (about  1  in  1300)  of  the 
salt  with  2  drops  of  bromine  water,  then  with  an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  the 
liquid  will  acquire  an  emerald-green  color.  With  proper  adjustment  of  the  re- 
agents, more  dilute  solutions  will  give  a  paler  tint,  while  more  concentrated  ones 
will  acquire  a  deeper  color,  or  throw  down  a  green  precipitate" — (C.  .S'.  P.).  This 
is  the-thnlleioquin  test  already  recorded  under  Quinina.  According  to  Hyde,  this 
reaction  succeeds  best  when  calcium  hypochlorite  is  used  instead  of  bromine  or 
chlorine.  Acidulate  the  quinine  solution  with  1  drop  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid 
(1:4),  filter  the  hypochlorite  solution  into  the  quinine  solution  until  the  blue 
fluorescence  is  just  discharged.  Now  add  to  the  faintly  golden-yellow  liquid  a 
few  drops  of  dilute  ammonia  (1:3);  a  brilliant  emerald  color  will  then  appear 
(Digest  of  Criticisms  on  the  U.  S.  P.,  Part  II,  1898).  The  U.  S.  P.  further  directs  for 
quinine  sulphate:  "A  cold,  saturated  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  remains  un- 
afiected  by  potassium  iodide  T.S.  (difference  from  quinidine  sulphate)" — (U.S.P.). 
(Compare  table  under  Quinina.)  "Ammonia  water  added  to  the  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  the  salt  throws  down  a  white  precipitate,  soluble  in  an  excess  of  ammo- 
nia water,  and  also  in  about  20  times  its  weight  of  ether.  The  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  the  salt  yields,  with  barium  chloride  T.S.,  a  white  precijntate  insoluble  in 
hydrochloric  acid.  Quinine  sulphate  should  not  impart  more  than  a  faintly  yel- 
lowish tint  to  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  (limit  of  readily  carbonizable,  organic 
impurities),  nor  produce  a  red  color  with  nitric  acid  (diflierence  from  morphine)" — 
((7.  S.  P.).  (Also  see  Quinina.)  "If  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dried  at  a  temperature 
of  115°  C.  (239°  F. ),  until  it  ceases  to  lose  weight,  the  residue  should  not  weigh 
less  than  0.838  Gm.  (absence  of  more  than  8  molecules,  or  16.18  per  cent  of 
water)" — (U.  S.P.).  Tliis  test  for  the  presence  of  water  is  quite  necessary j^ because 
the  light  powder,  even  when  effloresced  and  seemingly  dry,  is  capable  ofineohan- 
ically  holding  quite  large  quantities  of  water;  thus  Dr.  Kerner  records  18  per  cent 
in  an  apparently  dry  sample  {s^ee  Amer.  Jcntr.  Pharm. .1S80,  y>.  425).  "If  2  Gm. 
of  the  salt  (which  must  have  been  previously  ascertained  to  be  strictly  neutral  to 
litmus  paper,  or  have  been  rendered  so)  be  dried,  as  far  as  possible,  at  100°  C. 
(212°F.\the  residue  then  agitated  with  20  Cc.  of  wa^er,  and  the  mixture  mac- 
erated fori  an  hour  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  witli  occasional  agitation,  ujK>n  proceeding 
further  as  directed  under  Quinine  (see  Quinina)  the  results  there  given  should  he 
obtained"— (r.  .9.  P.).  B.  Hirscli  {Pharm.  Rund.^rhnu.  1893.  p. 240^  p.unts  out  that 
the  employment  of  7  Cc.  of  ammonia  in  this  test  indicates  an  allowance  of  aKmt 
4  per  cent  of  alkaloids  other  than  <iniiiine  (Digest,  loc.  cit.).    The  Rriti.'J»  Ph>"-'tii)- 


(^  iNiN.r.  siLi'iiAs.  •  1633 

copoeia  (1898)  ikinaiuls  the  absence  of  more  than  traces  of  ciaclionine,  quinidine, 
cupreine,  ami  amorphous  alkaloid,  and  makes  an  allowance  of  3  per  cent  of  total 
bases,  chiefly  cinchonidine,  as  obtained  by  Liebig's  test  (precipitation  with  ether 
and  amnioiiia)  for  which  detailed  directions  are  given,  as  well  as  for  the  determi- 
nation of  quinidine,  cinehonine,  amorphous  alkaloid,  and  cupreine  (see  Cinchona). 
In  this  eonni  cti'iii,  see  scheme  of  analysis  of  rjuiuine  sulphate  and  hj'droclilorate, 
l.yC.  Hielbii.',  in  .\„i, ,:  .hnn.  Phnrm..  ISSS,  1..411. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (.Compare  Cinchmn.)  To  the  taste, 
quinine  sulphate  is  extremely  bitter.  It  does  not  fully  represent  Cinchona,  whose 
as.sociated  principles  possess  properties  not  present  in  quinine  alone.  In  small 
doses,  quinine  is  a  nervous  and  vascular  stimulant.  In  large  doses,  it  is  a  seda- 
tive and  muscular  and  cardiac  depressant,  and,  if  given  in  suflieient  amounts, 
which,  however,  must  be  very  large,  it  is  capable  of  producing  death.  Upon  de- 
nuded surfaces,  quinine  acts  as  an  irritant.  It  is  antiseptic  and  antiputrefactive, 
and  for  these  purposes  Cinchona  bark  was  applied  to  ulcers  by  Sir  John  Pringle 
as  early  as  1765.  In  variwus  strengths,  quinine  checks  fermentation  in  milk, 
urine,  alcoholic  fluids,  etc.,  and  prevents  decomposition  of  the  same.  Upon  enter- 
ing the  stomach,  quinine  is  dissolved  by  the  gastric  fluid,  such  portions  as  are 
not  dissolved  passing  into  the  intestines,  where  the  alkaline  juices  also  precipi- 
tate su<h  portions  of  the  dissolved  salt  as  may  come  into  contact  with  them.  In 
small  doses,  the  movements  of  the  stomach  are  increased,  and  the  flow  of  gastric 
juice  augmented.  Large  doses  check  the  flow  of  the  latter  and  cause  irritation  of 
tiie  stomach.  If  the  stomach  be  already  irritable,  even  small  doses  of  (juinine  or 
cinchona  increase  the  difficulty.  In  immoderate  quantities,  it  first  constipates 
and  then  causes  diarrhoea.  Upon  the  blood,  quinine  appears  to  impress  the 
ha-moglobin,  impairing  its  function,  with  the  result  of  lessening  the  oxidizing 
(ozonizing)  powers  of  the  blood.  The  activity  of  the  white  blood-corpuscles  are 
also  said  to  be  inhibited  or  lessened,  and  the  discs  even  destroyed  by  this  salt. 
It  has  also  been  shown  that  the  ameboid  movements  of  these  bodies  are  in- 
hibited. Small  doses  increase  the  action  of  the  heart,  while  large  doses  depress 
it.  The  feeble  cardiac  movements,  from  large  doses,  are  due  to  its  action  upon 
the  cardiac  motor  ganglia;  the  vaso-motor  system  is  also  depressed  bj' it.  In 
health,  very  little  effect  is  produced  upon  the  body-heat  bj' quinine,  though,  in 
febrile  conditions,  it  tends  to  bring  down  the  temperature.  It  has  a  tendency  to 
restrain  tlie  cutaneous  secretions.  The  cerebrum  is  stimulated  by  small  doses, and 
a  hyi>ereniic  state  of  the  brain  induced.  Large  doses,  however,  produce  a  partial 
anemia  of  the  organ,  due  to  contraction  of  the  arteries  and  feeble  heart-action. 
After  death,  however,  the  brain  is  found  to  be  engorged  with  blood.  Deafness  is 
a  common  result  after  the  injudicious  use  of  quinine,  but  it  is  seldom  permanent. 
The  optic  nerve  and  retina,  through  ischsemia,  become  perfectly  white,  resem- 
bling white  atrophy,  and  temporary  blindness  results.  Occasionally,  permanent 
atrophy  of  the  nerve,  with  blindness,  remains.  Upon  the  spinal  cord,  the  chief 
I'ffects  are  a  lessening  or  abolishment  of  reflex  excitability.  This  is  attributed, 
not  to  a  primary  action  upon  the  cord,  but  to  stimulation  of  Setschenow's  center 
of  inhiliition,  situated  at  the  base  of  the  brain.  Quinine  first  stimulates  the 
lungs,  increasing  the  respiratory  functions.  Toxic  doses,  however,  produce  dysp- 
noea and  a  variety  of  abnormal  respiratory  movements,  finally  ending  in  death, 
with  symptoms  of  asphyxiation.  The  spleen  is  contracted  by  quinine,  and,  upon 
the  uterus,  it  probably  has  no  ])ower  to  originate  contractions,  though  it  appears 
to  assist  normal  uterine  contractions  when  they  have  once  begun.  For  this  pur- 
])ose  it  is  valued  in  feeble  and  intermittent  uterine  action  during  labor.  Notwith- 
standing this,  it  is  the  general  opinion  that  it  is  a  perfectly  safe  agent  to  admin- 
ister in  threatened  abort  ion ,  due  to  miasmatic  influence,  or  occurring  in  malarial 
districts. 

Quinine  rapidly  diffuses  itself  into  the  blood  in  jjroportion  to  the  quantity 
taken.  It  is  found  in  all  the  secretions,  the  tears,  the  saliva,  milk,  sweat,  and 
urine.  Though  some  of  it  is  probably  eliminated  by  the  bowels,  the  chief  amount 
—at  least  one-half — pa.sses  out  by  way  of  the  kidneys,  hence  the  irritant  effects 
sometimes  proiluced  upon  the  urinary  tract.  In  acute  inflammation  of  the  renal 
organs,  it  increases  the  difficulty  and  may  give  rise  to  complete  suppression,  or  to 
retention  of  urine.  Small  doses  increase  the  elimination  of  urea,  uric  acid,  and 
10:! 


1634  .  QUIXIN.E  SULPHAS. 

creatinin,  while  the  excretion  of  these  products  is  diminished  by  larger  doses. 
Quinine  occasionallj-  produces  skin  eruptions,  among  which  maj'  be  mentioned 
erythema,  urticaria,  herpes,  roseola,  and  rarely  purpura.  The  physiological  action 
of  quinine  throws  but  little  light  upon  the  practical  applications  of  the  drug. 
No  absolute  explanation  can  be  given  of  its  mode  of  action  in  malarial  and  other 
periodical  fevers.  That  it  antagonizes  the  miasmatic  poison  is  accepted,  this 
poison  probably  consisting  of  low  forms  of  organic  life — micro-organi.'^ms  (P/ft*- 
vwdmm  malaria;) — the  multiplication  of  which  it  prevents,  and  the  destruction  of 
which  it  accomplishes.  Quite  recent  investigations  give  weight  to  the  opinion 
that  it  destroys  the  plasmodium  in  the  system,  for,  when  isolated,  these  micro- 
organisms have  been  destroyed  by  so  dilute  a  solution  as  1  part  of  quinine  in 
20,000  parts  of  water.  _ 

Sulpbate  of  quinine  is  febrifuge,  tonic,  and  antiperiodic.  Small  doses-,  fre- 
quently repeated,  act  as  a  stimulant  tonic,  strengthening  the  pulse,  increasing 
muscular  force,  and  invigorating  the  tone  of  the  nervous  system.  In  some  per- 
sons it  induces  headache,  sickness,  or  irregular  action  of  the  bowels,  which  efiFects 
are  generally  obviated  by  combining  it  with  morphine,  extract  of  stramonium, 
or  both,  and  these  effects  will  be  almost  certain  to  follow  if  gastro-enteritic  irrita- 
tion preexists.  Large  doses,  as  20  grains,  or  h  drachm,  produce  many  unpleasant 
symptoms,  and  ought  never  to  be  used,  except  in  the  malignant  conditions  here- 
after mentioned.  Among  these  may  be  named  sickness  and  pain  at  the  stomach, 
mental  confusion,  giddiness,  flushed  countenance,  palpitation,  a  sense  of  fullness, 
throbbing,  and  distension  in  the  head,  intense  weighty  headache,  ringing  in  the 
ears,  vomiting,  numbness  in  the  feet,  twitchings  of  the  limbs,  deafness,  blindness, 
delirium,  and  nervous  excitation  and  restlessness.  If  this  amount  be  adminis- 
tered for  several  days,  muscular  debility,  with  tremulousness,  uhsteadv  gait,  som- 
nolence or  apathy,  obtuse  sensibility,  and  dilated  pujiils,  may  also  te  present. 
In  toxic  doses,  deafness  and  blindness  may  be  complete,  the  limbs  become  .power- 
less, and  unconsciousness  supervenes.  Upon  discontinuing  the  u.~e  of  the  salt, 
the  effects  gradually  pass  off,  occasionally,  however,  the  aural  and  ocular  disturb- 
ances persist  for  some  time  if  the  drug  has  been  long  administered.  It  is  seldom 
that  the  severer  symptoms,  above  mentioned,  are  observed,  for,  as  soon  as  slight 
cinchonism  has  been  produced,  known  by  giddiness,  a  buzzing  or  ringing  in  the 
ears,  slight  headache,  etc,  the  drug  is  usually  discontinued. 

"The  evil  results  following  large  doses,  or  the  injudicious  administration 
of  quinine,  has  caused  many  physicians  to  reject  it  altogether  in  their  practice. 
This  is  wrong.  Quinine  is  a  safe  and  very  superior  remedy,  in  proper  hands,  and 
when  the  specific  indications  are  observed.  As  well  might  we  reject  all  active 
and  useful  agents,  because,  when  improperly  used,  they  produce  deleterious  con- 
.sequences.  It  must  also  be  remembered,  that  many  of  the  symptoms  following 
the  use  of  quinine,  are  the  legitimate  results  of  disease  itself,  as  an  enlarged  spleen, 
a  deranged  condition  of  the  nervous  system,  etc.,  or  were  formerly  the  deplorable 
consequences  of  a  combined  mercurial  treatment,  which  has  been  and  still  con- 
tinues to  be  a  fashionable  practice  in  many  portions  of  this  section  of  the  coun- 
try. No  sensible  or  well  educated  physician  will  ever  object  to  the  proper  em- 
ployment of  the  pure  sulphate  of  quinine''  (J.  King"). 

Since  the  development  of  specific  medication,  a  better  understanding  of  the 
uses  of  quinine  has  been  established.  While  the  earlier  Eclet'tic  physicians 
recognized /ie)-Wf/(V%  as  its  unquestionable  indication,  and,  while  they  recognized 
the  fact  that  "symptoms  of  irritability,  wakefulness,  or  restlessness,  must  be  first 
subdued,"' they  carried  the  eflect  of  tfie  drug  to  such  an  extent  as  to  "affect  the 
head"  daily.  This  would  indicate  that  they  did  not  always  employ  it  in  the 
same  conditions  in  which  it  is  now  recognized  with  us  as  a  specific  agent.  When 
quinine  is  specifically  indicated,  it  will  act  kindly,  and  the  head  need  not  nec- 
essarily be  impressedi.  The  indications  for  tlie  agent,  and  which  they  closely 
approached,  as  now  understood  by  us,  and  followed  with  prompt  resultfs,  are: 
Periodic  it  I/,  the  fever  taking  the  form  of  reiniltntt  or  ititermittetit;  the  pul.'f  m  oprn 
(Did  soft,  the  skin  soft  mid  moi.tl,  the  toiujue  inol.it  nnd  elcnnini).  and  the  nerrous  gi/sfem 
free  from  marked  irritation.  To  act  kindly,  the  stomach  must  not  be  irritable,  and 
must  be  in  a  condition  to  receive  and  absorb  the  drug.  If  the  general  condition 
of  the  system  be  such  that  there  is  marked  nervous  excitation,  as  dry  tongue  and 


QriNiN.K  sri.piiAS.  1G:15 

skin,  and  a  frequent,  hard  pulse,  an  aggravation  of  the  existing  condition  is  likcljr 
to  take  place  under  the  use  of  quinine  and  its  salts.  When,  however,  these  un- 
favorahle  conditions  can  be  rectified  by  other  agents,  then  the  quinine  salt  will 
be  kindly  received,  and  will  do  good  work.  Generally,  when  such  untoward  con- 
ditions are  present,  there  is  some  unrecognizcil  complication  of  the  liver,  spleen, 
or  stomach.  The  following  exceri>t  from  the  last  edition  of  this  work,  will  serve 
to  illustrate  the  manner  in  which  the  drug  was  usctl  by  the  earlier  Eclectics: 

"Sulphate  of  quinine,  in  American  practice,  is  used  in  all  febrile  diseases, 
without  regard  to  the  violence  of  the  fever,  or  the  degree  of  congestive  cnlarg«  - 
nient  of  tiie  liver  or  spleen;  it  is  usually  given  during  the  intermissions  or  re- 
missions, in  doses  sufficient  to  affect  the  head,  each  day;  when,  for  that  day,  its 
administration  is  omitted  ;  but  should  there  be  no  aiiparent  remi.s.'rions,  it  is  then 
given  daily  to  produce  the  same  influence  upon  the  head,  without,  as  before  said, 
regard  to  the  violence  of  the  fever,  etc.  Previous  to  its  administration,  however, 
any  symptoms  of  irritability,  wakefulness,  or  restlessness,  must  l)c  first  subdued. 
It  is  frequently  given  in  the.se  cases,  as  well  as  in  many  other  forms  ofdisea.se,  in 
combination  witii  ferrocyanide  of  iron;  which  was  first  introduced  to  the  profesr 
sion,  as  a  safe  and  elhcient  remedy  in  this  class  of  maladies,  by  Prof.  I.  (i.  .Jones. 
In  typhus  and  typhoid  fevers,  it  will  be  found  of  much  service,  in  conjunction 
with  small  doses  of  extract  of  leptandra,  or  resin  of  podophyllum,  sufficient  to 
produce  a  daily  alvine  evacuation.  In  febrile  relapses,  acute  rheumatism,  neu- 
ralgia, dyspepsia,  debility,  convalescence  from  most  acute  and  chronic  diseases, 
dysentery,  and  in  all  epidemic  diseases,  and  every  disease  characterized  by  perio- 
dicity, it  may  be  given  with  every  expectation  of  success.  Combined  with  mor- 
phine, 1  have  used  it  successfully  in  epilepsy,  delirium  tremens,  and  the  convul.s- 
ive  diseases  of  intemperate  persons.  In  dysmenorrha'a,  in  conjunction  with  ex- 
tract of  stramonium  or  belladonna,  and  resin  of  black  cohosh,  it  proves  almost  a 
specific.  It  is  generally  contraindicated  during  the  presence  of  gastric  inflamma- 
tion, or  unusual  irritation  of  the  stomach,  though  the  addition  of  morphine,  in 
such  ca.ses,  will  sometimes  prevent  any  hurtful  consequences"  (J.  King). 

Quinine  is  the  great  remedy  for  vinlarinl  fevers.  It  is  seldom  now  employed 
in  other  fevers  without  periodicity,  excejjt  as  a  tonic  to  prevent  prostration.  The. 
rule  for  the  administration  of  quinine,  as  an  antiperiodic,  is  as  follows:  "When- 
ever an  acute  disease  exhibits  periodicity,  we  administer  the  agent  during  the 
intermission,  or  when  there  is  the  least  excitement  of  the  circulation ;  but  if  this 
can  not  be  done,  owing  to  the  shortness  of  the  intermission,  we  give  it  during  the 
reaction"  (Scudder,  Materia  Medica,  p.  436).  In  all  cases  the  specific  indications,  as 
given  above,  are  to  be  observed.  If  given  when  a  chill  is  on,  it  is  likely  to  aggra- 
vate it,  while,  during  the  sweating  stage,  it  is  neither  necessary  nor  productive 
of  much  good.  As  to  the  manner  of  administration,  there  is  some  difference  of 
opinion — S(jme  preferring  broken  doses,  others  the  single  dose.  Probably,  if  the 
indications  are  correct,  tiie  manner  of  administering  it  does  not  make  any  mate- 
rial difference,  as  the  effect  of  the  drug  seems  to  have  been  as  certain  when 
given  in  either  manner.  Prof.  Scudder,  after  getting  the  patient  in  the  proper 
condition,  jireferred  to  give  a  single  dose  of  10  grains  in  1  or  2  ounces  of  water, 
using  sufficient  sulphuric  acid  to  effect  a  .solution.  This  he  believed  to  be  the 
most  certain  and  ))leasantest  mode  of  administration.  Prof.  Locke  advises  from 
15  to  30  grains,  depending  upon  the  condition  of  the  patient,  5-grain  doses  being 
admini!<tered  during  the  intermission,  every  3  hours,  so  that  the  last  dose  may  b-- 
taken  an  hour  before  the  expected  chill.  The  following  solution  is  recommended 
by  Prof  Locke:  R  Quinine  sulphate,  .^i;  diluted  hydrochloric  acid.  gtt.  xxx  ; 
water,  flgii.  Mix.  Dose,  a  tcasi)oonful  or  more,  every  3  hours;  each  teaspoonful 
contains  about  4  grains  of  quinine.  Fluid  extract  of  liquorice  maybe  added,  if 
desired.  It  must  be  remembered  that  all  cases  oi  Mjue  are  not  cured  by  quinine; 
but,  as  a  rule,  uncomplicated  ague  yields  to  it,  and  for  congenlive  chill  it  is  the  best 
remedy  in  use.  In  vialignnnt  intermittent,  it  is  the  remedy  which  gives  the  best 
results.  But  in  some  of  these  cases  the  stomach  is  not  in  a  condition  to  receive  tiie 
medicine.  When  such  is  the  case  a  sinapism  may  be  anplied  to  the  epigiistrium, 
and  capsicum  or  black  pepper  may  be  freely  given  witii  the  quinine.  The  latter 
must  be  used  in  large  quantities,  and  without  regard  to  time.  From  10  to  20-grain 
doses  may  be  given  until  40  to  GO  grains  ;ire  taken  (Locke).    In  nntillintjcrci; give 


1G;36  quixix.e  sulphas. 

it  ill  the  larger  or  smaller  doses  during  the  remission,  accordingly,  as  the  disease  is 
of  a  inaligiiaiit  or  non-malignant  type.  In  typhoid  fever,  quinine  is  not,  as  a  rule, 
indicated.  In  fact,  as  ordinarily  prescribed  in  this  affection,  it  does  much  harm 
to  the  vascular  and  nervous  systems,  as  well  as  to  the  stomach.  When,  however, 
the  specific  indications  for  it  are  present,  and  prostration  is  imminent,  it  may  be 
given  in  1  or  2-grain  do.ses,  about  4  times  a  day,  and  usually  with  the  mineral 
acids,  unless  the  latter  are  otherwise  contraindicated.  The  mixed  type  of  fever, 
known  as  typho-inalarial  fever,  is  benefited  by  quinine,  in  proportion  to  the  pre- 
dominance of  the  malarial  infection,  provided  the  indications  for  the  drug  are 
present.    It  is  less  effective  as  the  typhoid  element  predominates. 

Quinine  and  its  salts  are  not  always  curative  in  the  so-called  malarial  cachexin; 
it  often  fails  here,  when  arsenic,  ceanothus,  boletus,  eupatorium,  etc.,  succeed. 
Generally,  however,  it  proves  useful  in  many  troubles  depending  upon  a  malarial 
origin.  It  is  useful  in  ague-cake.  It  is  frequently  of  value  in  children's  diseases 
occurring  in  malarial  districts,  particularly  when  periodic  in  type.  Other  dis- 
eases supervening  in  one  subject  to  ague,  are  often  benefited  by  the  judicious  use 
of  quinine.  Thus  it  forms  the  whole  or  a  part  of  the  treatment  in  mwcular  pain, 
rheumatism,  etc.  We  have  had  excellent  results  in  severe  rheumatic  conditions 
of  the  shoulders,  wrist,  and  fingers  in  several  instances,  from  the  use  of  a  weak, 
hydrochloric  acid  solution  of  quinine  sulphate,  to  which  is  added  specific  cap- 
sicum. Here  it  will  aid  macrotys  and  other  antirheumatics.  It  is  a  remedy 
{or  periodical  neuralgias  and  periodical  headaches.  There  is  no  doubt  that  quinine 
prophylactic  powers  in  preventing  malarial  manifestations. 

In  obstetrical  practice,  quinine  is  frequently  serviceable.  Here  it  maybe  em- 
ployed to  remedy  irregular  and  ineffective  pains,  and  in  cases  where  complica- 
tions of  a  periodical  nature  arise.  As  with  its  antiperiodic  virtues,  small  doses 
of  opium  associated  with  it,  increase  its  oxytocic  power.  By  its  tonic  and  con- 
tractile action,  it  minimizes  the  danger  of  post-partum  hemorrhage.  In  ocular  thera- 
peutics, it  meets  periodical  tieiM-algic  pain,  and,  locally  applied,  occasionally  relieves 
follicular  conjunctivitis  and  trachmna.  Quinine  is,  with  some  physicians,  the  remedy 
most  relied  upon  in  sunstroke. 

That  the  nervous  system  is  fironouncedly  affected  by  quinine,  is  evident 
from  the  great  damage  done  by  the  improper  and  untimely  administration  of  the 
drug.  When  indicated,  however,  it  is  one  of  the  most  important  of  stimulants 
of  the  cerebro-spinal  centers.  Thus,  in  many  chronic  forms  of  disease,  with  im- 
paired nutrition  and  functional  torpor,  we  find  that  quinine,  administered  ac- 
cording to  its  indications,  will,  in  small  doses  (i  to  2  grains),  restore  the  proper 
innervation  and  aid  in  a  cure.  In  fact,  in  chronic  affections  there  are  two  main 
conditions  in  which  it  always  does  good,  and  those  are  cases  with  enfeebled  in- 
nervation, as  mentioned,  and  those  of  malarial  infection,  with  "obscure  perio- 
dicity" (Scudder).  Not  only  does  it  stimulate  the  cerebro-spinal  centers,  but  so 
impresses  the  sympathetic  ganglia,  that  waste  and  excretion  are  better  performed 
and  digestion,  nutrition,  and  blood-making  are  improved.  Thus  it  is  frequently 
combined  with  iron  and  strychnine  in  cases  of  general  debility.  An  exceedingly 
useful  preparation  for  this  purpose  is  the  "compound  tonic  mixture."  Quinine, 
in  small  doses,  is  effectual  in  dyspepsia,  depending  upon  a  nervous  derangement 
of  the  stomach.  It  counteracts  the  poison  of  erysipelas.  In  intennittent  tieuralgia, 
with  severe  pain,  and  particularly  when  affecting  the  fifth  nerve,  quinine,  com- 
bined with  small  doses  of  morphine,  is  one  of  tlie  most  certain  of  drugs.  The  colli- 
quative sweating  of  pulmonary  affections  is  checked  by  the  following:  R  Quinine 
sulphate,  grs.xxx;  aromatic  sulphuric  acid,  H.^ss;  water,  flsiv.  Mix.  Dose,  a  tea- 
spoonful  3  times  a  day,  the  last  dose  being  taken  at  bedtime  (Locke).  Quinine 
is  occasionally  of  value  in  puerperal  fever,  septic;rmin,nnd  <lii>hthena.  It  is  particu- 
larly useful  for  the  debility  following  surginil  (/(U<W(.-,  where  the  discliarges  are 
copious  and  exhausting.  It  also  tends  to  clieck  the  formation  of  pus.  Sometimes 
it  is  indicated  in  pneumonia,  but  not  for  antipyretic  effects.  As  a  tonic,  .-iulphate 
of  quinine  will  be  found  useful  in  all  diseases  connei-ted  with  an  enfeebled  state 
of  the  sj'stem,  and  especially  in  the  debility  resulting  from  exhausting  diseases; 
in  chlorosis,  and  in  anemic  ronditi-ons  it  should  be  given  in  union  with  chalyl>eate6. 
Ext<>rnally,  suli>li,ite  of  quinine,  in  solution,  has  formed  a  valuable  application  to 
iiiihilcit  ulcers,  btihn,.-:.  rhrinccs.  and  chronic  i}iiirnii.-<  i}ilhi}iim,itiints. 


QriXlN.r.  VALKKIAXAS.  1637 

We  have  received  good  results  in  the  treatment  of  hay  fever,  by  the  internal 
administration  of  a  solution  of  quinine  in  water  and  hydrochloric  acid,  each  dose 
containing  2  grains  of  the  salt,  and  being  administered  4  times  a  da j-.  A  solu- 
tion of  ^  grain  of  quinine  sulphate  in  an  ounce  of  water,  is  recommended  by 
some  as  a  douche  in  this  aflection.  Quinine  solution  is  often  of  service  in  drph- 
tfieria,  being  applied  locally  to  the  membrane,  and  in  gonorrhoea,  it  has  done  good 
service  by  injecting  it  into  the  urethra. 

Many  times  quinine,  even  when  indicated,  is  not  well  borne  by  the  stomach. 
In  such  cases,  and  particularly  in  children's  diseases,  most  excellent  results  are 
obtainable  from  an  inunction  of  quinine  and  lard  or  petrolatum,  applied  to  the 
abdomen,  groin,  and  arm-pits.  Some  physicians  never  employ  it  in  any  other 
manner  in  the  disorders  of  childhood. 

The  dose  of  quinine  sulphate,  internally,  is  from  ^  to  3  grains,  repeated  every 
1,  2,  3,  or  4  hours,  as  the  urgency  of  the  case  may  require.  Large  doses  are  im- 
proper, except  in  remittent  and  intermittent  fevers,  when  the  dose  may  range 
from  5  to  20  grains.  A  popular  mode  of  administering  quinine  is  in  capsules. 
This,  while  pleasanter,  is  less  etl'ectual  than  the  acidulated  solutions.  A  solution 
of  quinine  sulphate  may  be  made  by  adding  20  grains  of  the  salt  to  1  fluid  drachm 
of  elixir  of  vitriol,  and,  when  dissolved,  add  2  fluid  ounces  of  water.  The  dose  of 
this  solution  is  20  drops  every  hour,  in  about  i  ounce  of  water,  or  syrup  of  ginger. 
Another  solution  may  Ite  made  by  dis.solving  sulphate  of  quinine,  tartaric  acid, 
of  each,  20  grains,  in  2  fluid  ounces  of  water.  The  dose  is  as  above.  A  number 
of  agents  have  been  employed  to  mask  the  taste  of  quinine.  Among  these  are 
liquorice,  yerba  santa,  and  yerbazin.  The  practice  of  using  tannic  acid  is  to  be 
condemned,  as  it  converts  the  most  of  the  quinine  into  an  insoluble  and  practi- 
cally inert  quinine  tannate.  The  acetate,  nitrate,  phosphate,  ferrocyanide,  citrate, 
and  hydrochlorate  of  quinine,  possess  similar  properties,  but  are  not  usually  pre- 
ferred in  iiraetiee. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Periodicity,  pulse  soft  and  open,  tongue 
moist  and  cleaning;  skin  soft  and  moist, and  nervous  system  free  from  irritation; 
intermittent  and  remittent  fevers;  periodical  neuralgia;  enfeebled  innervation. 

Yerb.\zin,  a  preparation  prepared  by  Eli  Lilly  &  Co.,  is  said  to  be  free  from  many  of  the 
objection.s  of  other  quinine  maskers.  It  is  a  syrupy  prop.Tnitinn,  containing  the  quinine  mask- 
ing principle  of  yerba  santa.  It  perfectly  disgui.-^is  tli'  l.iit.  r  ta.ste  of  quinine  without  decom- 
posin]^'  that  salt,  or  converting  it  into  a  tannate.  Twi  r.ty  nr  moii'  grains  of  quinine  are  rendered 
palatable  by  a  fluid  ounce  of  yerbazin,  the  .salt  hi-im:  .siisp.  iiird  in  the  latter  by  rubbing  in 
a  mrirtar,  or  violentlv  shaking  in  a  partially  tilled  vial.  Virliazin  is  a  specialtv  of  the  above- 
named  drni. 

QUININiE  VALERIANAS  (U.  S.  P.)— QUININE  VALERIANATE. 

Formula:  C„H„NAC5H,oO,-|-H,0.    Molecular  Weight:  443.07. 

Synonyms  :  Chininum  vnlerianicum,  Qiiinue  valerianns.  Valerianate  ofquinia. 

"Quinine  valerianate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  dark 
place"— (r..?.  P.). 

Preparation. —  Quinine  valerianate  may  be  prepared  by  warming  moist 
quinine  with  a  solution  of  valerianic  acid  in  water  (for  Wittstein's  directions, 
see  this  Di.-'pen.-<atnr)/,  preceding  edition).  Another  process  consists  in  the  double 
decomposition  between  quinine  hvdrochlorate  and  sodium  valerianate  in  ai|ue- 
ous  solution  (process  of  the  old  t)uhlin  Pharmnro])cna) .  R.  Rother  recommends 
as  the  most  advantageous  process  the  double  decomposition  of  quinine  sul|)bate 
and  calcium  valerianate  in  the  presence  of  weak  alcohol  (see  formula  and  details 
in  Amer.  .Join:  PA'irm.,  1RS3.  p.  177). 

Description  and  Tests. — Valerianate  of  quinine  is  described  by  the  U.  S.  P. 
as  occurring  in  '  white,  or  nearly  white,  pearly,  lustrous,  triclinic  crvstale,  having 
a  slight  fxlor  of  valerianic  acid,  and  a  bitter  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Solu- 
ble, at  1.5°  C.  (59°  F.},  in  100  parts  of  water,  an<l  in  5  parte  of  alcohol;  in  40  parts 
of  boiling  water,  and  in  1  part  of  i)oiling  alcohol " — (T.  .S'.  P.).  The  .«alt  is  readily 
soluble  in  ether.  According  to  Or.  Landerer  (1875)  the  dry  salt  when  triturated 
in  a  mortar,  exhibits  in  the  dark  a  beautiful  jihosphorescence.  "Wiien  heated 
to  about  90°  C.  (194°  F.),  the  salt  melts,  forming  a  colorless  liquid.     At  100°  C. 


1638  RANUNCULUS. 

(212°  F.),  it  loses  its  water  of  crystallization,  and  also  begins  to  lose  valerianic 
acid.  On  ignition,  it  is  slowly  consumed,  leaving  no  residue.  The  aqueous 
solution  of  the  salt  is  neutral  or  slightly  alkaline  to  litmus  paper.  The  aqueous 
solution,  when  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid,  exhibits  a  blue  fluore.scence,  and 
emits  the  odor  of  valerianic  acid" — (U.S.  P.).  A  spurious  valerianate  ha.s  been 
met  with,  made  by  adding  a  few  drops  of  oil  of  valerian  to  sulphate  of  quinine. 
This  dissolves  in  about  30  parts  of  boiling  water,  depositing  crystals  of  the  sul- 
phate on  cooling.  A  thin  film  of  oil  will  be  seen  on  the  surface  of  the  water. 
"On  treating  10  Cc.  of  an  aqueous  solution  (about  1  in  1300)  of  the  salt  with  2 
drops  of  bromine  water,  and  then  with  an  excess  of  ammonia  water,  the  liquid 
will  acquire  an  emerald-green  color.  With  proper  adjustment  of  the  reagents, 
more  diluted  solutions  will  give  a  paler  tint,  while  more  concentrated  ones  will 
acquire  a  deeper  color,  or  throw  down  a  green  precipitate.  Ammonia  water  added 
to  the  aqueous  solution  throws  down  a  white  precipitate,  .soluble  in  an  excess  of 
ammonia  water,  and  also  in  about  20  times  its  weight  of  ether.  Quinine  vale- 
rianate should  not  impart  more  than  a  faintly  j-ellowish  tint  to  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  (limit  of  readily  carbonizable,  organic  impurities).  The  aqueous 
solution  of  the  salt  should  not  be  rendered  more  than  slightlv  turbid  by  barium 
chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate)"— (^"^  &  R). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Valerianate  of  quinine  is  tonic,  febri- 
fuge, and  sedative,  and  may  be  employed  similarly  to  the  tartrate  of  quinine  and 
morphine.  It  was  highly  recommended  by  the  late  Prof.  1.  G.  Jones  in  hemi- 
cra/udy  and  in  febrile  or  other  diseases,  to  relieve  restlessness,  wakefulness,  and  nerv- 
ous irritability.  It  is,  however,  an  unstable  and  disagreeable  salt  and  is  but  little 
employed.  The  dose  is  from  ^  grain  to  2  grains,  every  1, 2, 3,  or  4  hours,  according 
to  the  nature  of  the  case. 

RANUNCULUS.— CROWFOOT. 

The  fresh  bulbous  base  and  flowering  tops  of  Ranunculus  hulbosus.  Linne. 

Nat.  Orel. — Ranunculacese. 

Common  Names  :  Crowfoot,  Bulbous  crowfoot.  Buttercup. 

lLLrsTR.\TioN  :  Lloyd's  Drugs  and  Medicines  of  North  America,Xo\.  I,  Plate  VII. 

Botanical  Source. —  Ranunculus  hulbosus  has  a  perennial,  solid,  fleshy, 
roundish,  depressed  Inilbous  base,  resembling  a  cormus,  sending  out  radicles  from 
its  under  side;  in  autumn  it  gives  off  lateral  bulbs  near  its  top, which  afford 
plants  for  the  following  year,  while  the  old  bulb  decays.  The  root  sends  up 
annually,  several  erect,  round,  hairy,  and  branching  stems,  from  6  to  18  inches 
in  height,  which  are  furrowed,  hollow,  and  bulbous  at  the  base.  Radical  leaves 
on  long  petioles,  ternate,  sometimes  quinate ;  segments  variously  cut,  lobed  and 
toothed  and  hairy.  Cauline  leaves  sessile  and  ternate;  upper  ones  more  simple. 
Each  stem  supports  several  solitary,  golden-j-ellow  flowers,  upon  furrowed,  angu- 
lar, and  hairy  peduncles.  Sepals  oblong,  hairy,  reflexed  against  the  peduncle. 
Petals  5,  inversely  cordate,  longer  than  the  sepals,  and  arranged  so  as  to  represent 
the  shape  of  a  small  cup.  At  the  inside  of  the  claw  of  each  petal  is  a  small  cavity, 
which  is  covered  with  a  minute  wedge-shaped  emarginate  scale.  The  stamens  are 
numerous,  and  yellow,  with  oblong,  erect  anthers.  Ovaries  numerous,  with  re- 
flexed  stigmas.  Receptacles  spherical.  Carpels  acute,  naked,  diverging,  tipped 
with  very  short  recurved  beaks  (L. — G. — W.). 

History. — This  plant  is  common  to  Europe  and  the  United  States,  growing 
in  fields  and  pastures,  and  flowering  in  May,  June  and  July.  There  are  several 
species,  possessing  similar  properties,  and  designated  by  the  general  name  of  Bui- 
tercup;  among  these  the  R.acris,  Linne,  R.repcns,  Linne,  R.  scehratu^,  Linn^,  and 
R.  Fhmmula,  Linne,  may  be  indiflerently  substituted,  the  one  for  the  other.  The 
leaves  and  unripe  germens  of  these  species  are  acrid,  occasioning,  when  chewed, 
a  singular,  intense  cutting  sensation  in  the  point  of  the  tongue,  wliich  quickly 
ceases  when  the  plant  is  removed.  This  acrid  principle  is  entirely  lost  by  dry- 
ing, however  carefully  this  process  be  managed;  and  it  also  disappears  in  iixe 
gcniiens  as  the  seeds,  which  are  themselves  bland,  ripen.  It  pas-^es  over  in  the 
distillation  of  the  fresh  plants  with  water.  When  any  part  of  these  plants  is 
chewed,  it  occasions  much  pain,  inflammation,  and  sometimes  excoriation  of  the 


RKSINA.  1639 

several  parts  of  the  mouth,  and  much  heat  and  pain  in  the  stomach,  if  it  be 
taken  internally.  The  distilled  water  of  i?.  FtoumM/a,  Linne,  is  said  to  act  as  an 
instantantous  enu'tie. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  i*crid  principle  of  these  plants  resides  in  a 
j-ellow  viilaiili-  oil  having  the  pungency  of  oil  of  mustard  or  horseradish.  Ether 
and  chlorofurni  extract  its  active  principle,  crystallizable  anenwnol  or  anemone 
ffimphdr,  an  unstable  body,  decomposing  spontaneously  into  inert  anevionin  and 
aneiiionir  (^isoniuiiioiiif)  arid  (see  PuUat'Ua  and  Anemone;  also  Drugs  and  Medicines  of 
North  A,„n;n,.yo\.  I,i>.oO). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  above-named  plants  are  too  acrid 
to  use  internally,  especially  when  fresh  ;  but  when  applied  externally,  are  power- 
fully rubefacient  and  epispastic.  Rnnuncuhis  bulbosus  is  employed,  in  its  recent 
state,  in  rhetimntic,  ncuntlgu;  and  other  dUeciaes  where  vesication  and  counter-irri- 
tation are  indicated.  Its  action,  however,  is  so  uncertain,  and  sometimes  so  vio- 
lent, causing  very  obstinate  ulcers,  that  it  is  seldom  used.  It  is  sometimes  used 
by  the  beggars  of  Europe  to  produce  and  keep  open  sores,  for  the  purpose  of  ex- 
citing sympathy.  "I  have  cured  two  obstinate  cases  of  nursing  sore-mouth,  with 
an  infusion  made  by  adding  2  drachms  of  the  recent  root, cut  into  small  pieces, 
to  1  pint  of  hot  water;  when  cold,  a  tablespoonful  was  given  3  or  4  times  a  day, 
and  the  mouth  frequently  washed  with  a  much  stronger  infusion"  (J.  King). 
Prof.  Scudder  suggested  a  fraction  of  a  drop  largely  diluted  of  a  tincture  of  the 
fresh  root  (sviii  to  alcohol,  76  per  cent,  Oj)  as  a  stimulant  to  the  vegetative  pro- 
cess. Acting  upon  homoeopathic  principles  it  has  been  employed  with  asserted 
benefit  in  herpes  .-vod  eczema.  The  dose  is  a  fraction  of  a  drop,  well  diluted,  every 
2  to  4  hours. 

RESINA  (U.  S.  P.)— RESIN. 

Synoxy.ms  :  Crlophony,  Rosin. 

Source. — The  term  Renn  (see  Re»inas)  here  has  a  special  meaning,  being  ap- 
plied to  "the  residue  left  after  distilling  off  the  volatile  oil  from  turpentine" — 
{U.  S.  P.).  It  is  better  known  by  the  names  of  Rosin  or  Colophony.  The  manu- 
facture of  this  artich  is  one  of  the  leading  industries  of  the  southern  states  (see 
Terehinthinn  and  Olerm  Terebinthinas).  Resina  fiava,  or  Yellow  rosin,  contains  some 
moisture,  in  consequence  of  the  distillation  not  being  carried  to  dryness;  if  this, 
while  in  a  melted  state,  be  shaken  with  water,  it  forms  a  lighter  colored  resin, 
termed  Resinn  nlha,  or  White  redn.  Fiddlers'  rosin,  or  Colophony,  is  a  translucent, 
brownish-yellow  substance,  the  result  of  the  distillation  being  continued  until 
all  water  is  exi)pUed,  or  without  the  use  of  water. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— As  officially  required,  resin  is  "a 
transparent,  amber-colored  substance,  lianl.  brittle,  pulverizable;  fracture  glossy 
and  shallow-conchoidal;  odor  and  taste  faintly  terebinthinate.  Specific  gravity 
1.070  to  1.080.  Soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  and  fixed  or  volatile  oils;  also  in  solution 
of  jjotassiura  or  sodium  hydrate" — (f'..S'.  P.).  It  is  heavier  than  water  and  melts 
at  a  moderate  heat.  When  kept  in  powdered  condition,  it  is  liable  to  undergo 
spontaneous  combustion  (H.  Hager,  Amer.  Jour.  Phartn.,  1888,  p.  455).  When 
melted,  it  can  be  united  with  wax,  fats,  spermaceti,  etc.  Prof  OJmstead  (Amer. 
Jour.  Phtirm..  1850,  p.  325)  states  that  rosin  added  to  lard  gives  it  a  degree  of 
fluidity  not  before  possessed  by  the  lard,  and  also  prevents  the  latter  from  form- 
ing those  aciils  which  corrode  metals.  A  compound  of  1  part  of  rosin  to  4  of 
lard,  may  be  used  for  various  purposes;  by  incorporating  a  certain  amount  of 
black-lead,  and  applying  a  thin  coating  to  iron  stoves  and  grates  it  prevents 
tlieni  from  rusting,  forming  a  complete  protection.  The  principal  constituent  of 
rosin  is  abietic  anhydride  (C„Hj„0,,  Maly,  1861-64)  which  dissolves  in  warm  70  per 
alcohol  with  alxsorption  of  water  and  formation  of  abietic  acid  (C^H^Pj),  which 
falls  out  upim  cooling.  This  acid  forms  colorless  small  crystals  soluble  in  alco- 
hol, wood  alcohol,  chloroform,  ether,  benzene,  carbon  disulphide  and  glacial  acetic 
acid.  It  also  dissolves  readily  in  caustic  alkali  with  formation  of  a  resin  soap 
(f.  51. .sodium  al)ietate).  The  acid  absorbs  oxygen  upon  exposure  to  the  air.  A 
series  of  esters  (ethyl,  methyl  and  glyceryl  esters)  of  abietic  acid  has  been  pre- 
pared which   have  been  used  in  the  preparation  of  varnishes.     By  destructive 


1640  RESIN.E.— RESINA  CATLOPHYLLI. 

distillation  of  the  acid  with  reducing  agents  (zinc  dust;,  homologues  of  benzene, 
naphtalene,  and  anthracene  are  formed. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Rosin  is  seldom  given  internally.  Its 
principal  u.-e  is  to  Un-xi  jila-lcr.-  and  ointments,  to  which  it  is  an  excitant  ingre- 
dient, and  renikr.s  tlieni  more  adhesive.  Internally,  pulverized  rosin  will  be  found 
very  useful  in  do.ies  of  30  to  60  grains  in  molasse.?,  or  linseed  oil,  3  or  4  times  a 
day,  in  bleed  in//  piles.  Applied  locally,  on  lint  or  cotton,  it  will  be  found  a  very 
valuable  styptic.  The  vapor  from  rosin  has  been  inhaled  in  chronic  bronchiiui, 
and  certain  atonic  affections  of  the  lungs -with  benefit;  and  the  fumes  of  burning 
rosin,  if  received  upon  the  parts,  will,  it  is  said,  remove  the  irritation  attending 
piles  and  prolapsus  ani.  Half  a  drachm  of  powdered  rosin,  dissolved  in  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  of  chloroform,  so  as  to  make  a  thick  solution,  will  relieve  neumlgia 
of  the  teeth,  or  toothache,  by  introducing  a  piece  of  cotton,  which  has  been  impreg- 
nated with  the  solution,  into  the  hollow  teeth. 

RESIN.*:.— RESINS. 

Medicinal  resins,  sometimes  termed  resinoids  or  concentraiirms,  are  a  class  of 
agents  obtained  from  medicinal  plants  or  roots,  etc.,  by  precipitation  from  their 
alcoholic  tinctures,  either  by  means  of  water  alone,  or  aided  by  distillation. 
Those  at  present  in  use  are  generally  impure,  and  contain  one  or  more,  but  not 
all,  of  the  therapeutic  virtues  of  the  plants  from  which  they  are  made.  .Vo/f .— The 
"Strong  Tincture"  of  the  different  resins,  referred  to  in  their  preparation,  is  usu- 
ally made  by  exhausting  any  quantity  of  the  root,  or  bark,  etc.,  of  the  crude  agent, 
by  percolation  with  official  alcohol.  The  subsequent  evaporation  is  to  be  car- 
ried on  by  distillation  until  the  residue  is  of  a  syrupy  consistence.  Most  of  the 
Eclectic  resinoids  are  now  discarded  in  favor  of  liquid  preparations  of  the  drugs 
yielding  them,  but,  for  obvious  reasons,  it  is  best  to  record  again  the  processes  to 
be  found  in  former  editions  of  this  work.  Resinoids,  as  a  rule,  are  no  longer 
of  importance  to  Eclectic  phy.sicians.  The  exceptions  to  the  above  remarks  are 
resins  of  cimicifuga  and  podophyllum,  and  the  alkaloids  found  in  hydrastis  and 
sanguinaria,  which  were  introduced  originally  as  Eclectic  resinoids. 

RESINA  CAULOPHYLLI.— RESIN  OF  CAULOPHYLLUM. 

Synonym  :  Caulojyhyllin. 

Preparation. — Take  of  strong  tincture  of  blue  cohosh  root,  1  pint;  water,  1 
gallon.  Distill  oil  the  alcohol,  and  pour  the  syrupy  residue  into  the  water,  allow 
the  mixture  to  stand  for  24  hours,  or  until  there  is  no  further  precipitate,  collect 
the  precipitate  on  a  filter,  and  then  allow  it  to  dry  in  a  moderately  warm  place. 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— As  blue  cohosh  root 
contains  but  very  little  resin,  this  preparation  is  not  deserving  the  name  of  resin, 
but  as  it  has  been  heretofore  considered  the  resinous  principle  of  the  root,  I  give  it 
a  place,  for  the  present,  among  the  resins.  Mr.  \V.  8.  Merrell  first  manufactured 
this  article.  Mr.  A.  E.  Ebert  found  it  to  consist  of  two  resins,  both  soluble  in 
alcohol,  but  one  only  of  them  soluble  in  ether,  and  an  extractive  body  analogous 
to  saponin,  which,  when  shaken  with  water,  jiroduced  a  very  thick  and  persistent 
froth,  was  freely  soluble  in  alcohol  and  in  alkaline  solutions,  and  tlie  aqueous 
solution  of  which  reddened  litmus  (Amn:  Jour.  Pharm. ,IS64,  p.  206). 

Dr.  T.  L.  A.  Greve  states  in  relation  to  this  agent:  "Cauloi>hyllin  is  th< 
name  given  by  our  pharmaceutists  to  the  dried  and  powdered  alcoholic  extract  c; 
blue  cohosh  root.  It  can  hardly  be  termed  a  resinoid.as  the  root  contains  bui 
little,  if  any,  resin,  nor  would  it  be  proper  to  name  it  the  active  principle  in  the 
sense  that  this  term  is  api>lied  to  strychnine,  santonin,  and  other  proxinmte  prin 
ciples  of  a  definite  chemical  constitution.  It  is  simply  a  coiweittrtUed  uifdiciiu. 
representing  the  medicinal  activity  of  the  crude  drug  in  a  condensed  and  con- 
venient form."  It  will  be  seen  from  these  remarks,  coming  from  a  reliable  source, 
that  the  article  now  jjrejiared  for  the  profession  as" Canlophi/lUn," is  fimytly  the 
dry  alcoholic  extract  of  the  root  (J.  King). 


KKSINA  (.IMICirrCE.  1641 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Resin  of  caulophyllum  appears  to 
exert  a  dinct  inHueiice  upon  tlie  uterus,  aetiuj^  a<  an  alterative,  uterine  tonic,  and 
jtarturient,  according  to  the  pi-riods  in  which  it  is  employed,  in  the  more  com- 
mon unhealt'ny  conditions  ot"  tliis  organ  and  its  appendages,  known  as  am^nor- 
r/uea,  dysmennn-hitn,  jKi.-mire  mennrrhaffin,  leurorrliiKi,  rnngcKled  cervix,  etc.,  it  it-  equal 
to,  if  not  surpai-sinsr,  the  re.<in  of  black  coiiosh.  A  combination  of  equal  parts  of 
resins  of  blue  and  l)lack  cohosh,  and  carbonate  of  ammonium,  will  be  founil  espe- 
cially valuable,  not  only  in  the  above-named  affections,  but  likewise  in  e}>ilep»ii, 
hysteria,  in  which  diseases  it  is  recommended  as  an  antispa.<nio(lic,  and  in  rheuma- 
ttmn  and  drop.*i/.  This  resin  may  also  be  advantageously  combined  with  alcoholic 
extract  of  aletris,  oleoresins  of  asclepias,  senecio,  etc.,  in  many  forms  of  disease  of 
the  female  generative  organs.  It  has  been  spoken  of  as  a  parturient,  but  we  have 
no  personal  knowledge  of  its  influence  as  such,  tliough  we  are  aware  that  the  root 
from  which  it  is  prepared  does  exert  a  parturient  effect.  Added  to  resin  of  ])odo- 
phyllum.  or  other  active  j)urgatives,  it  prevents  tormina,  and  is,  probably,  the  best 
agent  that  can  be  employed  for  this  purpose.  I  have  found  it  of  decided  benefit 
in  severe  ajler-pnim,  neuralgic  (ii/»menorr/ia'a,  and  in  several  dernngements  of  the  men- 
strual/unction. The  ordinary  dose  is  from  J  to  1  grain,  2,  3,  or  4  times  a  day.  As 
a  parturient,  it  should  be  given  in  doses  of  from  2  to  4  grains,  and  repeated  at 
intervals  of  15  to  30  or  60  minutes,  after  actual  labor  has  commenced.  Resin  of 
caulophyllum  may  be  advantageously  combined  with  extract  of  dioscorea  in  biliom 
rolic  and  flatulenre.  With  resin  of  podophyllum  and  chloride  of  ammonium,  it 
forms  an  excellent  combination  for  some  ?i<7)/i/vV(Vw?/.>tYj.«f.<,  accompanied  with  pains 
of  a  spasmodic  character  (J.  King).    It  is  Imt  little  used  at  the  i>resent  time. 

RESINA  CIMICIFUGiE.— RESIN  OF  CIMICIFUGA. 

Sy.nonvms  :  Rej<in  ofblnck  cohosh,  Cimicifugin,  Macrotin. 

Preparation. — Take  of  strong  tincture  of  black  cohosh  root,  1  pint;  water, 
1  gallon.  Distill  the  alcohol  from  the  tincture,  and  pour  the  syrupy  residue  into 
the  water,  allow  the  mixture  to  stand  24  hours,  or  until  there  is  no  further  pre- 
cipitate, collect  the  precipitate  on  a  filter,  wash  it  with  water,  and  then  allow  it 
to  dry  in  a  cool  jilace. 

History  and  Description. — This  valuable  and  useful  remedy  I  have  used 
with  much  success  in  my  practice  since  1835,  and  had  the  honor'of  calling  the 
attention  of  practitioners  to  it  in  1844,  and  again  in  the  Western  Medical  Reformer, 
of  1846,  but  it  was  not  received  into  general  use  among  practitioners  until  its 
preparation  on  a  large  scale  by  Mr.  W.  S.  Merrell.  Resin  of  cimicifuga  is  a  dark- 
brown  or  yellow  suljstance,  lighter  colored  after  pulverization,  of  a  faint,  narcotic 
odor,  a  slightly  bitter,  feebly  nauseous  taste,  and  soluble  in  alcohol  (J.  King). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  resin  of  black  cohosh  possesses 
alterative,  nervine,  and  antiperiodic  properties,  without  having  the  narcotic  vir- 
tues of  the  root,  which  are  to  be  had  in  the  alcoholic  or  the  ethereal  extract.  It 
also  appears  to  exert  a  peculiar  influence  upon  the  uterus,  on  which  account  it 
has  been  termed  a  "uterine  tonic."  Prof.  T.  V.  Morrow,  M.  D.,  during  his  life, 
expressed  bim-self  as  having  made  an  extensive  use  of  this  preparation  in  various 
affections  peculiar  to  the  female  sex,  and  with  success.  Prof.  Morrow  writes: 
"My  experience  in  the  use  of  the  resin  of  black  cohosh,  has  demonstrated  to  my 
mind  that  there  is  a  slight  difference  in  the  vwdus  operandi  of  this  form  of  the 
medicine,  when  compared  with  the  usual  forms  in  which  the  Cimicifuga  race- 
mosa  hiis  been  u.sed.  That  difference  princii)ally  consists  in  the  increased  lia- 
bility of  the  latter  to  produce  a  heavy,  dull,  and  aching  sensation  in  the  forehead, 
in  connection  with  a  feeling  of  dizziness,  while  the  former  appears  to  manifest  a 
greater  tendency  to  produce  aching,  and  somewhat  painful  sensations  in  the  joints 
and  limbs  generally."  Resin  of  cimicifuga  has  been  employed  advantageously  in 
intermittent  fever,  periodic  dixenxcji,  leurorrho'n .  nmeiwrrhati,  (h/sinenorrhati,mriiorrhagin, 
threatened  nbnrtiim,  Merilily,  rheumatism.  srrofnlnw<  affertions,  and  in  jirolapxu:^  uteri, 
not  accompanied  with  an  inflammatory  condition  of  that  organ  or  of  its  liga- 
ments. It  has  also  been  successfully  used  in  dyirjicpsia ,  chronic  gonnrrhcea,  gleet, 
wwWpox,  etc.,  and  its  tincture  has  been  found  an  excellent  local  application  in 


1642  RESIXA  COPAIB.E— RESIXA  DRACONIC 

chronic  conjunctivitis.  It  may  be  advantageously  combined  with  other  uterine 
tonics  and  alteratives — as,  extract  of  aletris,  resin  of  caulophyllum,  oleoresins  of 
*enecio,  or  asclepias,  etc.;  witli  extract  of  dioscorea  it  often  improves  the  action  of 
this  agent  in  flatulency,  and  in  bilious  colk,  rendering  its  influence  more  prompt 
and  certain  in  certain  obstinate  cases.  Made  into  a  pill,  with  equal  part.s  of  ex- 
tracts of  dioscorea  and  cramp  bark,  it  will  be  found  highly  beneficial  in  flatulency, 
hilious  colic,  cramps  of  pregnant  women,  painful  dysmenorrhcea,  spa.<modic  affections, 
horborygmi,  and  in  cholera  morbus,  to  remove  the  cramp.*.  As  a  parturient,  it  is 
inferior  to  the  powdered  root,  or  to  the  resin  of  caulophyllum.  In  pulmonary, 
rheumatic,  and  dyspeptic  affections,  where  there  is  a  want  of  tone  in  the  nervous  sys- 
tem, it  will  prove  a  most  valuable  medicine,  especially  as  an  adjunct  of  other 
remedies.  Its  usual  dose  is  from  i  to  3  grains,  and,  in  some  cases,  even  to  6  grains, 
repeated  3  times  a  day  (J.  King).  It  is  but  little  used  at  the  present  day,  but 
when  employed,  the  specific  indications  for  its  use,  practically  those  given  under 
Cimicifuga  (which  see),  should  be  regarded. 

The  preparation  obtained  by  Prof.  Wayne's  process  (see  previous  editions  of 
this  Dispensatory)  appears  to  possess  more  of  the  active  properties  of  the  root  than 
the  ordinary  resin,  and  may  be  used  in  all  cases  w^here  the  root  or  its  tincture 
is  indicated,  in  doses  varying  from  J  to  1  grain  (J.  King). 

RESINA  COPAIBA  (U.  S.  P.)— RESIN  OF  COPAIBA. 

"  The  residue  left  after  distilling  oif  the  volatile  oil  from  copaiba  " — (C  S.  P.). 

Synonyms:   Copaivic  acid,  Acidum  copaibicum. 

Description. — "A  yellowish  or  brownish-yellow,  brittle  resin,  having  a  slight 
odor  and  taste  of  copaiba.  Soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  carbon  disul- 
phide,  benzol,  or  amyl  alcohol" — {U.S. P.).  This  is  a  mixture  of  copaivic  acid 
and  neutral  resinous  matter.  Its  solution  in  alcohol  reddens  litmus,  and  has  an 
acrid,  bitterish  taste.    (For  further  details,  ^eeCopaibn.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Copaiba.)  Dose,  1  to  15  grains, 
preferably  in  emulsion. 

RESINA  DRACONIS.— DEAGON'S  BLOOD. 

A  resin  derived  from  the  fruit  of  Calavuis  Draco,  Willdenow  (Dfemonorops 
Draco,  Blume). 

Nut.  O/v/.— Palmae. 

Botanical  Source. — Calamus  Draco  is  a  small  palm  growing  in  the  islands 
of  the  Indian  archipelago.  While  the  plants  are  young  the  trunk  is  erect,  and 
resembles  an  elegant,  slender  palm  tree,  armed  with  innumerable  dark-colored, 
flattened  elastic  spines,  often  disposed  in  oblique  rows,  with  their  biu^cs  united. 
By  age  they  become  scandent,  and  overrun  trees  to  a  great  extent.  The  leaves 
.are  pinnate,  their  sheaths  in  petioles  armed  as  above  described;  leaflets  single, 
alternate,  ensiform,  margins  remotely  armed  with  stiff",  slender  bristles,  as  are  also 
the  ribs;  12  to  18  inches  long  and  about  f  inch  broad.  The  spadix  of  the  female 
is  hermaphrodite  and  inserted  by  means  of  a  short,  armed  jietiole  on  the  mouth 
of  the  sheath  opposite  to  the  leaf,  and  is  oblong  and  decompound,  resembling  a 
common  oblong  panicle.  Spathes  several,  one  to  each  of  the  4  or  5  primary  rami- 
fications of  the  spadix,  lanceolate  and  leathery;  all  smooth  except  the  exterior 
or  lower  one,  which  is  armed  on  the  outside."  Calyx  turbinate,  ribbed,  mouth 
3-toothed,  by  the  swelling  of  the  ovary  split  into  3  portions,  and  in  this  manner 
adhering,  togetlier  with  the  corolla,  Ui  the  ripe  beiries.  Corolla  li-cleft;  divisions 
ovate-lanceolate,  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  and  permanent.  Filament^s  6,  very 
broad,  and  inserted  into  the  ba.se  of  the  corolla.  Anthers  filiform,  and  seemingly 
al>ortive.  Ovary  oval;  style  short;  stigmas  3-cleft;  divisions  revolute  and  glan- 
dular on  the  inside.  The  berrv  is  round,  i)ointed,  and  of  the  size  of  a  cherry 
(L.-Roxb.). 

History  and  Description.— Dragon's  blood  is  a  dark-red  substance,  which 
is  imported  from  the  Kast  Indies,  and  wliich  is  procured  from  tlie  berries  of  the 
Calamus  Draco,  hy  rubliing  or  agitating  them   in  a  bag,  .softening  by  heat  the 


RESIXA  JALAP.E.  lti4o 

resinous  exudation  obtained,  and  making  this  up  into  masses.  An  inferior  grade 
is  obtained  by  boiling  the  crushed  fruits  in  water  (/'A<ir»?iaro(/rn;j/itVi).  There  are 
several  sorts  of  it,  one  (Hed  driifion'-'*  blood),  occuring  in  dark  reddish-brown  sticks, 
a  foot  or  more  in  length,  and  from  3  to  6  lines  in  diameter,  enveloped  with  palm 
leaves,  and  l)oiind  with  narrow  slips  of  cane;  another  occurs  in  reddish-brown 
lumps  of  the  size  and  shape  of  an  olive,  also  covered  with  leaves  in  a  moniliform 
row;  another,  of  very  fine  quality,  is  a  reddish  powder;  a  fourth  occurs  in  large, 
irregular  pieces  or  tears,  while  an  inferior  kind  is  in  very  large  masses  or  lumps. 
Lump  tlraijon's  bhnd,  j)resenting  a  heterogeneous  fracture  (P.).  Dragon's  blood  is 
brittle,  feebly  sweetish,  or  almost  tasteless,  and  odorless.  It  is  not  acted  upon  by 
water,  but  is  almost  all  dissolved  by  alcohol,  wood  alcohol  and  ether,  only  impu- 
rities lifing  left  undissolved;  partly  soluble  in  chloroform  and  benzene.  It  fuses 
by  heat,  and  emits  a  benzoic-acid-like  fume  on  burning.  Its  solution  stains 
marble  a  fine  deep-red  color. 

Chemical  Composition. — Herberger  found  dragon's  blood  to  consist  chiefly 
of  a  red  rt-sin  (90.7  per  cent)  which  he  called  dnirnnin.  He  al.^o  established  the 
presence  of  benzoic  acid.  Hlasiwetz  and  Baith  by  fusing  dragon's  blood  with 
caustic  potash  obtained  bnizoir,  pdni-oiy-benz'iir^  oxalic  and  iiTohahly  protocaterhuic 
(irids.  E.  Hirschsohn  (Jahresb.  der  Pharm.,  1877,  pp.  54  and  404)  established  the 
behavior  of  genuine  dragon's  blood  toward  solvents  and  reagents.  It  is  soluble 
in  alcohi>l  and  ether  with  red  color,  less  so  in  chloroform;  if  tne  article  is  derived 
from  P'crnnirpus  Draco  of  the  West  Indies,  it  will  be  but  little  soluble  in  chloro- 
form. Petroleum  ether  abstracted  only  from  1  to  7  per  cent  of  soluble  matter. 
Dragon's  blood,  in  connection  with  other  resins,  was  investigated  in  recent  years 
by  Prof.Tschirch  and  his  pupils.  K.  Dieterich  (Jahre-fb.  der  Pf)arm.,189&,p.  159) 
examined  a  specimen  derived  from  Divmonornpn  Draco  (.Java  and  Sumatra)  and 
found  it  to  contain:  (1)  DracnalhanQl.o  percent)  an  amorphous  indifferent,  not 
fusible  body,  abstracted  by  ether  and  precipitated  by  alcohol;  it  has  the  formula, 
C„H„0,;  (2)  dracoresin  (13.58  per  cent)  soluble  in  petroleum. ether,  alcohol,  and 
ether,  of  the  formula.  C,,H„0.,,  fusing  at  74°  C.  (165.2°  F.);  (3)  red  resin  (56.8  per 
cent),  a  mixture  of  two  esters,  namely,  comjiounds  of  the  alcohol,  CgH,,,©^  {draco- 
res  inn-tan  no!)  with  benzoic  acid  (CjHj.COOH)  and  with  benzoyl  acetic  acid  (Cji^.CO. 
CH,.COOH);  (4)  a  renin  soluble  in  alcohol,  insoluble  in  ether  (0.33  per  cent);  (5) 
phlnhapficnes  (0.03  per  cent);  (6)  woody  fragments,  etc.  (18.40  per  cent);  (7)  ash 
(8.30  )>er  cent).  Draco-resino-tannol  yields,  uj>on  dry  distillation,  benzene  (benzol), 
toluene,  styrol,  phenyl  acetylene,  phenol,  resorcin,  pyrogallol,  phloroglucin,  acetic 
acid  and  creo.=ote. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Dragon's  blood  was  formerly  consid- 
ered an  astringent,  and  used  in  doses  of  from  10  to  30  grains  in  passive  hemorrhages, 
dinrrlfin,  etc.  Its  principal  use  is  to  color  tooth  powders,  plasters,  tinctures  and 
varnishes,  and  to  produce  a  mahogany  wood-stain  (aloes  1  part,  dragon's  blood 
1  part,  alcohol  15  parts). 

Belated  Drags. — Socotr.^  Dbagos-'s  Blood, or  .Srn/iV,is  the  product  ol  Dracsma  Schi^anlha, 
Baker,  or,  a<ior<lin>,'  to  Hunter, the  Dracxna  Ombet  of  Kotscby.  It  is  produced  in  Soeotra.  It 
differs  from  tin-  .Sumatra  drug  in  the  absence  of  scales,  and  in  not  evolving  benzoic  acid  vapors 
when  heatfd  i  Phunitacographia  ■. 

C.\x.\RV  LsL.v.Mj  1)h.\gox'.s  Blood  is  the  product  obtained  by  incising  tbe  stem  of  Dracxna 
Draco,  Linne,  of  tbe  Canary  Isles.  Pterocarpus  Draco,  Linne,  of  West  Indies  and  South  America, 
yields  a  resin  known  also  as  dragon's  blood,  as  does  Vrolon  Draco,  8chlecbtendal,  the  product 
of  the  lattir,  however,  b<'ing  more  of  the  nature  of  kino  {Pltnrmanyraphin).  According  to 
Prof.  H.  Trimble  {  Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,\Si)b,  p.  5161,  a  speiimiii  received  from  Jamaica  was  for 
the  most  part  soluble  in  warm  water  and  containeil  4H.7  percent  of  tannin,  n-ferred  to  dry 
substance,  hence  it  closely  resembled  kino.  The  foregoing  are  not  in  general  commerce,  i  For 
an  analvtical  study  of  the  various  red  resins  known  as  dragon's  blood,  see  J.  J.  Dobbie  and 
G.  G.  Henderson,  Amer.  Jour.  Phartn..  1884,  p.  3L>7). 

RESINA  JALAP.«  (U.  S.  P.)— RESIN  OF  JALAP. 

Preparation.  ■. I alap,  in  No.  GO  powder,  one  thousand  grammes  (1000  Gm.) 
[2  lbs.  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.];  alcohol,  water,  each,  a  sufhcient  (luantity.  Moisten 
the  powder  with  three  hundred  (300)  cubic  centimeters  [10  fl.s.  GillTl]  of  alco- 
hol, and  pack  it  firmly  in  a  cylindrical  percolator;  then  add  enough  alcohol  to 


1644  KESINA  PODOPHYLLI. 

saturate  the  powder  and  leave  a  stratum  above  it.  When  the  liquid  begins  to 
drop  from  the  percolator,  close  the  lower  orifice,  and,  having  closelj-  covered  the 
percolator,  macerate  for  48  hours.  Then  allow  the  percolation  to  proceed,  gradu- 
allj'  adding  alcohol,  until  twenty-five  hundred  (2500)  cubic  centimeters  [84  flg, 
257  TH]  of  tincture  are  obtained,  or  until  the  tincture  ceases  to  produce  more 
than  a  slight  turbidity  when  dropped  into  water.  Distill  off  the  alcohol,  by  means 
of  a  water-bath,  until  the  tincture  is  reduced  to  four  hundred  (400;  grammes 
[14  ozs.  av.,48  grs.],  and  add  the  latter,  with  constant  stirring,  to  nine  thousand 
(9000)  cubic  centimeters  [304  flg,  155  TTL]  of  water.  When  the  precipitate  has 
subsided,  decant  the  supernatant  liquid,  and  wash  the  precipitate  twice,  by  de- 
cantation,  with  fresh  portions  of  water.  Place  it  upon  a  strainer,  and,  having 
pressed  out  the  liquid,  dry  the  resin  with  a  gentle  heat,  stirring  occasionally  until 
the  moisture  has  evaporated" — (U.S.  P.).  The  yield  by  this  process  is  oHicially 
required  to  be  not  less  than  12  per  cent  (see  Jalapa),  but  this  figure  is  now  seldom 
attained  with  jalap  imported  from  Mexico,  about  7  to  8  per  cent  being  the  average 
yield.  Prof.  Fliickiger  ascribes  the  decrease  in  yield  to  fraudulent  abstraction 
of  resin  by  means  of  alcohol,  probably  practiced  by  some  Mexican  dealers.  He 
advocates  the  cultivation  of  jalap  in  Europe,  pointing  out  that  the  tubers  in  one 
instance  where  jalap  was  cultivated,  yielded  22.7  per  cent  of  resin,  referred  to  dry 
material  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,l8Q0,  p.  141;  also  see  E.  R.  Squibb,  Eijhemeri-gjXol. 
Ill,  pp.  1095  and  1248).  Mr.  F.  H.  Alcock  proposes  an  assay  of  jalap  for  resin 
by  means  of  ainyl  alcohol  (AnK-r.  Jmir.  Phnmi., 1892,  p.  534). 

Description  and  Tests.— As  officially  demanded  resin  of  jalap  should  be  in 
"yellowish-brown,  or  brown  masses  or  fragments,  breaking  with  a  resinous,  glossy 
fracture,  translucent  at  the  edges,  or  a  yellowish-gray  or  yellowish-brown  powder, 
having  a  slight,  jieculiar  odor,  and  a  somewhat  acrid  taste.  Permanent  in  the 
air.  Its  alcoholic  solution  has  a  faintly  acid  reaction.  Soluble  in  alcohol  in  all 
proportions;  insoluble  in  carbon  disulphide,  benzol,  and  fixed  or  volatile  oils. 
Not  more  than  about  10  per  cent  of  it  is  soluble  in  ether.  On  evaporating  the 
ethereal  solution,  and  dissolving  the  residue  in  potassium  hydrate  T.S..  a  red- 
dish-brown liquid  is  formed,  from  which  the  resin  is  reprecipitated  by  acids.  If 
that  portion  of  resin  of  jalap  which  remained  undissolved  by  ether  be  dissolved 
in  potassium  hydrate  T.S.,  the  addition  of  an  acid  does  not  precipitate  it" — 
(U.S.  P.).  The  resinous  portion,  not  soluble  in  ether,  is  usually  called  omvolrulin 
(W.  Mayer).  (For  details  regarding  the  chemistry  of  the  resin,  see  Jalapn.)  "  Resin 
of  jalap  should  not  suffer  any  material  loss  of  weight  when  heated  at  100°  C. 
(212°  F.)  (absence  of  water).  Water  triturated  with  it  should  neither  become 
colored,  nor  take  up  anything  soluble  from  it  (absence  of  soluble  impurities). 
On  digesting  1  Gm.  of  resin  of  jalap  for  about  an  hour,  with  frequent  agitation, 
in  a  glass-stoppered  vial,  with  10  Cc.  of  ammonia  water,  at  a  temperature  of  about 
80''  C.  (176°  F.),  it  should  yield  a  solution  which  does  not  gelatinize  on  cooling 
(absence  of  common  resin)" — (U.S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Jalap  owes  its  cathartic  powers  to  its 
resin;  while  its  unioilage  or  gum  has  been  reputed  diuretic.  The  dose  of  the 
resin  prepared,  as  stated  above,  is  from  1  to  6  or  8  grains;  it  is  apt  to  occasion 
much  pain  and  griping,  which  maybe  frequently  obviated  by  trituration  with 
castile  soap,  resin  of  caulophyllum,  or  loaf-sugar. 

RESINA  PODOPHYLLI  (U.  S.  P.)— RESIN  OF  PODOPHYLLUM. 

Synonyms:   Pnd'jp/it/llin.  Risiii  qfmnniirdkc,  P(.-^in  of  Majz-dpf,!,-. 

Preparation.— The  r.  S.  P.  process  for  preparing  poc'lophylliu  is  jis  follows: 
"Podophyllum,  in  No.  (50  powder,  one  thousand  grammes  (KXXHJni.^  [2  11^.  av., 
3ozs.,  120  grs.];  bydrocliloric  acid,  ten  cubic  centimeters  (lOCo. )  [1(52  lUJ  :  alcohol, 
water,  each,  a  sufiicient  quantity.  Moisten  the  powder  with  four  hundred  and 
eighty  cubic  centimeters  (480  Cc.)  [16  tij,.  111  ITIJ  of  alcohol,  and  pack  it  firmly 
in  a  cylindrical  percolator;  then  add  enough  alcohol  to  saturate  the  powder  and 
leave  a  stratum  above  it.  When  the  liquid  begins  to  drop  from  the  percolator, 
close  the  lower  orifice,  and,  having  closely  covered  the  percolator,  macerate  for 
48  hours.     Then  allmv  the  percolation  to  proceed,  gradually  adding  alcohol,  until 


RESINA  PODOPHYLLI.  1645 

sixteen  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (1600  Cc.)  [54  fig,  49111]  of  tincture  are  ob- 
tained, or  until  the  tincture  ceases  to  produce  more  than  a  slight  turbidity  when 
dropped  into  water.  Distill  off  the  alcohol,  by  means  of  a  water-bath,  until  tlie 
tincture  is  reduced  to  a  syrupy  consistence,  and  pour  it  slowly,  with  constant 
stirring,  into  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (,1000  C'c.)  [33  Hg,  391  111]  of  water, 
previously  cooled  to  a  temperature  below  10°  C.  (50°  F.),  and  mixed  with  the 
hydrochloric  acid.  When  tne  precipitate  has  subsided,  decant  the  supernatant 
liquid,  and  wash  the  precipitate  twice,  by  decantalion,  with  fresh  portions  of  cold 
water.  Spread  it,  in  a  thin  layer,  upon  a  strainer,  and  dry  the  resin  by  exposure 
to  the  air  in  a  cool  place.  Should  it  coalesce  during  the  drying,  or  aggregate  into 
lumps  having  a  varnish-like  surface,  it  should  be  removed,  broken  in  pieces,  and 
rubbed  in  a  mortar.  As  this  is  liable  to  happen  during  warm  weather,  resin  of 
podophyllum  is  preferably  made  during  the  cold  season" — {U.  S.  P.). 

The  original  process  of  this  Z>/>7)fH.«(i/on/ directs  us  to  take  of  strong  tincture 
of  mandrake  root  (see  Ret:in;i-),  1  pint;  water,  acidulated  with  18  fluid  drachms 
of  hydrochloric  acid,  1  gallon.  Mix  the  tincture  and  the  acidulated  water  to- 
gether, allow  the  mixture  to  stand  for  24  hours,  or  until  there  is  no  further  pre- 
cipitate, collect  the  precipitate  on  a  filter,  wash  it  with  water,  and  then  allow  it  to 
dry  in  a  warm  place  not  exceeding  26.6°  or  29.4°  C.  (80°  or  85°  F.).  Or,  the  alco- 
hol maj'  first  be  removed  by  evaporation  in  a  warm  bath;  and  the  resin  then  be 
allowed  to  precipitate.  The  resin  has  also  been  obtained  by  precipitation  without 
heat,  by  adding  a  solution  of  alum  to  a  saturated  tincture  of  the  root.  This 
makes  a  yellow  alum  lake.  Podophyllin  prepared  by  means  of  alum  has  never 
been  popular  with  Eclectic  physicians. 

History. — The  resin  of  podophyllum  has  enjoyed  a  far  more  extensive  use  in 
medicine  tlian  the  crude  drug  from  which  it  is  prepared.  Though  official  in  the 
U.  S.  P.,  and,  strange  to  saj',  now  more  extensively  used  by  members  of  the  regu- 
lar school  of  medicine  than  by  our  own  practitioners,  ^^(/opAi/Wtn  is  an  Eclectic 
drug,  having  been  first  discovered  and  introduced  to  the  profession  by  Prof.  John 
King.*  The  practitioners  of  the  old  school  employ  this  resin  in  nearly  all  of  their 
vegetable  cathartic  pills.  Of  its  introduction.  Prof.  John  King  says  :  '"This  valu- 
able agent  I  had  the  honor  of  introducing  to  the  profession  26  years  since.  In 
1835, 1  was  first  leu  to  an  examination  of  the  resinous  principle  of  this  plant,  as 
well  as  of  the  iris,  cimicifuga,  aletris,  and  several  other  plants,  in  consequence  of 
some  information  given  me  by  Prof.  Tully,  of  Yale  College,  New  Haven,  Conn., 
relative  to  the  resinous  constituent  of  the  Cimicifuga  racemosa.  And  since 
August,  1835,  I  have  prepared  and  used,  more  or  less  in  my  practice,  in  the  treat- 
ment of  various  forms  of  disease,  the  resins  of  podophyllum,  iris,  cimicifuga,  alco- 
holic extract  of  aletris,  and  several  other  medicinal  plants.  In  July,  1844, 1  first 
called  public  attention  to  the  resins  of  podophyllum  and  iris,  in  the  New  York 
Philosophiral  MedicalJmimal, Vol.  I,  No.  7,  pp.  157-161,  in  which  I  recommended 
the  mandrake  resin  in  combination  with  an  alkali,  for  hepatic  diseases,  scrofula, 
dropsy,  leucorrhoea,  syphilis,  gonorrhoea,  gleet,  obstructed  menstruation,  etc.,  but 
of  which  it  appears  but  little  notice  was  taken  by  the  profession.  In  April,  1846, 1 
again  called  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  this,  as  well  as  many  other  concen- 
trated prejiarations,  in  the  Western  Medical  Reformer,  Vol.  V,  No.  12,  pp.  175-178. 
Now,  as  dates  are  the  only  reliable  source  of  correct  information  in  such  mattere, 
unless  some  one  can  show  an  earlier  notice  of  these  articles,  and  of  their  prac- 
tical utility,  than  the  al)ove,  their  claims  will  naturally  be  considered  doubtful. 
The  credit  of  first  preparing  resin  of  podophyllum,  and  other  concentrated  prepa- 
rations, for  the  use  of  the  profession  generally,  it  being  part  of  his  avocation,  be- 
longs to  Mr.  W.S.  Merrell,  druggist  and  chenii.st,  of  Cincinnati,  who  first  manu- 
factured it  in  June,  1847,  since  which  time  it  has  become  an  indispensable  and 
highly  important  American  remedy,  and  is  used  by  all  classes  of  uhysicians,  being 
generally  preferred  to  mercurials  by  those  who  have  fairly  tested  it"  (J.  King,  in 
College  Jounuil,  1857,  p.  557). 

^J  p^  1  .  1...,,,..  ..,,,,  ,,,,.  f.^.  ,,,  ,,,,,  .,  I-,  ,  .,;  .  ,.,  ,;,„,i,i„  iM-ing  lUsrovertvl  by  I'rot  Jobn  Kin(!.  iii  18.V.,  and 
■  I  .     1  lAi'h      iMh  ti  iii    I    ii     ...r.sina  of  Iris  oiul  all-iris.    Thi-sc  substniuis  wiTO  iniro- 

1  liiiia  to  at  oiirc  brliiK  them  before  thf  comiiuTclnl  wiirlil. 

I  '  I  uiuilcaspcclalty  ofrenlnofdB."  (JroverCoeoomrlbiiii-)! 

t  ■  I        II,   VII         ii-Mi    111     1  I      .1,     ■     unlnilai  Orgiinic  Mnliciiin.    But  the  hintoryof  ".Vmericmi 

r.  -.1 i ,.  1  i.,„k.  a  \ 1...  .  Ml.  I  .  .Ill  I...I  I..   I,  riiikeii  hcri'lii.    We  hove,  therefore. carried  from  former 


164G  r.ESIXA  PODOPHYLLI. 

Pruf.  King  further  adds:  "I  am  indebted  to  the  late  F.  D.Hill  &  Co., of  Cin- 
cinnati (A.  D.,  1852),  for  the  following  process  of  manufacturing  resin  of  podo- 
phyllum. Exhaust  coarsely  powdered  mandrake  root  with  alcohol,  b}'  percola- 
tion. Place  the  saturated  tincture  in  a  still,  and  distill  off  the  alcohol;  the  resi- 
due will  be  a  dark  fluid  of  the  consistence  of  molasses;  sometimes  it  i.s  thicker, 
and  when  this  is  the  case  add  a  small  portion  of  it  to  some  water,  and  if  it  does 
not  form  a  yellow-whitish  precipitate,  a  small  quantity  of  alcohol  must  be  added 
to  it,  or  enough  to  cause  the  light  precipitate.  Then  warm  the  thick  residual 
fluid,  and  slowly  pour  it  into  three  times  its  volume  of  cold  water,  which  mu.<t 
be  constantly  agitated  during  the  process.  If  poured  in  too  fast,  or  without  agi- 
tation, the  fluid  will  fall  to  the  bottom  unchanged.  Allow  it  to  stand  for  24 
hours,  at  which  time  nearly  all  the  resin  of  podophyllum  will  be  precipitated,  the 
addition  of  a  sufficient  quantity  of  muriatic  acid  will  precipitate  the  remainder. 
The  precipitated  resin  of  podophyllum,  of  a  whitish-yellow  color,  is  now  to  be 
removed  and  placed  on  a  linen  filter,  and  washed  several  times  with  water,  to 
remove  any  remaining  acid,  gum,  etc.,  after  which  it  is  to  be  placed  in  thin  layers 
on  paper,  and  dried  in  a  room  of  a  temperature  between  6.5°  and  90°  F.,  or,  if  in 
summer,  at  the  natural  atmospheric  temperature.  It  becomes  a  shade  or  two 
darker  by  drying  in  this  manner,  but  if  artificial  heat  be  employed  to  hasten  the 
process,  or  a  higher  temperature,  the  resin  becomes  quite  dark." 

Description.— Resin  of  podophyllin  varies  in  color  according  to  its  mode  of 
precipitation,  bring,  when  precipitated  by  heat,  dark-brown ;  and  when  by  acid, 
alight  brownish-yellow;  or  greenish-olive  if  by  alum.  It  is  insoluble  in  water, 
oil  of  turpentine,  and  diluted  nitric  acid;  soluble  in  alcohol.  By  partial  oxida- 
tion of  the  resin,  soon  after  its  preparation,  a  portion  of  podophyllum  resin  ceases 
to  be  dissolved  by  alcohol.  From  3  to  6  per  cent  of  resin  is  obtained  from  the 
mandrake  root. 

J.U.  Lloyd  has  previously  printed  the  following  description  of  podophyllin: 
"As  made  by  precipitation  of  the  residue  of  a  pure  alcoholic  tincture  in  cold  dis- 
tilled water  it  presents  the  following  characteristics:  If  alcohol  is  present,  the 
resin  separates  as  a  light-colored,  porous  powder.  If  it  be  not  present,  the  resin 
precipitates  in  a  dark,  nearly  black,  resinous  cake.  This,  when  powdered,  is  of  a 
dark-gray,  or  often  nearly  brown  color,  and  is  the  description  preferred  by  Prof. 
King.  If  the  alcoholic  percolate  be  poured  into  alum  water  instead  of  pure  water, 
the  resin  precipitates  of  a  bright-yellow  color,  and  dries  easily.  This  yellow  podo- 
phyllin is  in  reality  an  alum  lake,  and,  while  it  is  easier  to  make  it  (for  it  dries 
like  chalk)  than  to  make  the  pure  resin,  it  has  been  strongly  opposed  by  Prof. 
King,  and  has  never  been  recognized  by  the  Phdrmacojio'ia  of  the  United  State--'. 
Podophyllin  has  a  strong  odorof  May-apple,  and  is  intensely  active  when  made 
without  alum." 

As  described  by  the  J7. 5^.  P.,  resin  of  podophyllin  occurs  as  "an  amorphous 
powder,  varying  in  color  from  grayish-white  to  pa"le-greenish-yellow  or  yellowish- 
green,  turning  darker  when  expcsed  to  a  heat  over  35°  C.  (95°  F.);  having  a  slight, 
peculiar  odor,  and  a  jjcculiar,  faintly  bitter  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  It.< 
alcoholic  solution  has  a  faintly  acid  reaction.  Soluble  in  alcohol  in  all  propor- 
tions; ether  dissolves  15  to  20"per  cent  of  it;  boiling  water  dissolves  about  80  per 
cent,  and  deposits  most  of  it  again  on  cooling,  the  remaining,  clear,  aqueous  solu- 
tion having  a  bitter  taste,  and  turning  brown  on  the  addition  of  ferric  chloride 
T.S.  Resin  of  iiii(li)i)iiyllum  is  also  soluble  in  poia.-^.-iium  or  sodium  hydrate  T.S. 
forming  a  di'i|i  yellow  liiiuid,  which  gradually  becomes  darker,  and  from  which 
the  resin  is  niirtciiiitatecl  by  acids" — (('.  S.  P.).  Mr.  G.  M.  Beringer  (.-Imfr.  Jok 
PAarm.,  1894,  ]).  9)  jKiints  out  that  the  pharmacopo?ial  statement  regarding  the 
solubility  of  the  resin  in  ether  is  erroneous,  and  the  statement  of  its  solubilii\ 
in  boiling  water  (adopted  from  experiments  by  Prof,  F.  B.  Power,  1877),  due  to 
abnormal  exiM-rimentation.  The  solubility  of  the  resin  in  ether  is  about  80  per 
cent,  and  in  boiling  water  about  23  per  cent.  These  conclusions  are  confirmed  b\ 
Nagelvoort  (ihiil.,  lSi)4,  p.  279).  According  to  Beringer,  chloroform  dissolves  about 
80  per  cent  of  the  resin. 

Chemical  Composition.— For  details  regarding  the  chemistry  of  resin  of 
podophyllum  (jioildji/ii/llin),  we  refer  the  reader  to  tne  &Tik'\e  Podo'vhyllunt.  The 
name  jiodopliyUin  was  not  coined  by  Eclectics,  but  was  suggestea  by  Mr.  J.  P. 


RESIXA  rODOPHYLLI.  1647 

Hodgson.  Podophyllin  may  be  assayed  for  podnphyllotoxin  by  extracting  1  Gm. 
with  cold  chloroform,  evaporating  the  greater  j>ortion  of  the  solvent,  and  pouring 
tlie  solution  into  20  volumes  of  petroleum  ether.  The  podophyllotoxin  is  col- 
lected on  a  tared  filter,  dried,  and  weighed.  A.  Kremel  found  commercial  sam- 
ples of  resin  of  podophvlluni  to  vield  from  20  to  30  per  cent  of  podophyllotoxin 
{Amer.  Jour.  Plmrm..  iss'i),  p.  177  ,. " 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Podophyllin  possesses  the  cathartic 
properties  of  the  crude  drug  in  an  exalted  degree.  While  it  is  slow  in  action,  it 
is  certain  in  its  results.  Some  persons  are  so  susceptible  to  the  action  of  the 
drug,  that  a  dose  of  i  grain  will  actively  purge  them.  The  ordinary  cathartic 
dose  of  this  resin  generally  requires  i'rom  4  to  8  hours  to  act,  but  this  action 
is  quite  persistent,  often  producing  copious  alvine  discharges  for  1  or  2  day.s,  and 
when  over  leaves  the  intestines  in  a  normal  condition,  seldom  being  followed  by 
the  after-constipation  so  common  from  the  use  of  ordinary  purgatives.  As  with 
the  crude  drug  the  cathartic  action  of  podophyllin  is  increased  by  common  salt. 
From  4  to  8  grains  operate  as  an  active  emeto-cathartic,  with  griping,  nausea, 
prostration,  and  watery  stools;  from  2  to  4  grains,  as  a  drastic  cathartic,  with 
nausea  and  griping;  from  A  to  2  grains  generally  operates  as  an  active  cathartic, 
leaving  the  bowels  in  a  soluble  condition;  in  verj'  small  doses,  it  is  gently  aperi- 
ent and  alterative.  In  doses  of  ^  or  1  grain,  it  is  one  of  our  most  valuable  chola- 
gogue  cathartics,  operating  mildly,  yet  effectually,  arousing  the  whole  biliary  and 
digestive  apjiaratus  to  a  normal  action,  and  which  is  very  persistent  in  its  char- 
acter. "The  action  of  this  resin  in  affections  of  the  liver  has  been  doubted  or 
denied  by  some  practitioners,  but,  as  we  think,  on  erroneous  grounds,  judging  from 
the  beneficial  results  following  its  use  in  these  affections,  whether  those  results  be 
due  to  direct  influence  upon  the  liver,  or  to  an  indirect  one.  Certainly,  its  effects 
in  this  class  of  diseases,  are  superior  to  those  of  the  so-termed  cholagogue  mercu- 
rials" (.J.  King).  It  likewise  exerts  a  favorable  influence  on  the  cutaneous  func- 
tions, producing  and  maintaining  a  constant  moisture  on  the  skin.  In  doses  of 
from  J  to  ^  grain,  or  rather  in  sufficient  doses  not  to  purge,  it  acts  as  a  powerful 
alterative,  and  will  induce  ptyalism  in  some  persons.  This  drug  should  not 
be  given  in  bulk,  but  should  be  combined  with  ginger,  hyoscyamus,  leptandra, 
or  resin  of  caulophj-Uum,  or  some  form  of  alkali,  which  renders  it  less  liable  to 
nauseate  or  gripe.  Should  catharsis  be  too  severe,  an  alkaline  solution,  with 
aromatics,  by  mouth  or  enema,  will  check  it.  A  popular  and  good  method  of  pre- 
paration is  that  of  triturating  it  with  milk  sugar  (Imiin).  This  not  only  obviates, 
to  a  certain  extent,  its  irritant  action,  but  singularly  increases  its  purgative  quali- 
ties. During  its  administration,  all  articles  of  food  difficult  of  digestion  should 
be  avoided.  According  to  Prof.  Locke,  podophyllin  prepared  by  alum  water  is 
apt  to  gripe.  Eclectics  long  made  use  of  this  agent  in  those  cases  where  mercurials 
were  used  by  other  practitioners,  and  found  the  result  vastly  in  favor  of  resin 
of  podophyllum.  It  appeared  to  fulfil  all  the  indications  for  which  mercurials 
were  recommended  and  used. 

It  is  not,  however,  for  its  cathartic  u.se  that  podophyllin  is  most  valued  by 
the  Eclectic  profession,  but  rather  for  its  specific  effect  when  given  in  small  doses. 
Properly  administered  it  is  a  stimulant  to  the  sympathetic  nervous  system,  act- 
ing principally  upon  the  parts  supplied  by  the  solar  plexus.  It  improves  diges- 
tion and  blood-making  and  stimulates  normal  excretion.  For  its  action  upon 
the  liver,  rejjeated  small  doses  of  the  trituration  (1  to  100),  or  a  daily  ]iill  of  podu- 
phyllin  (j'f  grain)  and  hydrastin  (J  grain)  is  much  to  be  preferred  to  its  cathartic 
dose.  It  should  be  given  in  the  same  manner  when  its  action  on  the  pancreas 
and  spleen  is  desired. 

Few  physicians  appreciate  the  action  of  this  drug,  in  small  doses,  in  gastric 
and  intfuliiKil  disorders.  It  exerts  a  peculiarly  sjjecific  action  on  all  forms  of  stom- 
ach and  bowel  trouble  with  atony,  characterized  by  full  and  relaxed  tissues,  with 
mucous  discharge.  The  case  is  never  one  of  loss  of  function  from  irrital)ility,but 
from  atony.  In  the  summer  dUorders  of  children,  especially  rfiaki-a  iiunvlmn,  it  will 
be  often  indicated,  and  is  quick  to  restore  normal  action  when  the  bowels  are 
loose,  with  pa.ssages  of  mucoid,  slimy  material.  The  movements  of  the  child  are 
sluggish,  the  tongue  is  coated  a  dirty  yellowish-white,  the  superficial  veins  are 
full,  and  the  countenance  is  dull  and  expressionless.    In  many  cases  of  chronic 


RESINA  PODOPHYLLI. 

i,  associated  with  feeole  digestive  power,  which  is  but  little  improved  by 
the  ordinary  stomach  tonic,  this  remedy  will  render  excellent  service.  The 
trouble  is  usually  atony  of  the  upper  part  of  the  small  intestines,  and  the  stimu- 
lant dose  of  triturated  podophyllin  overcomes  the  difficulty.  Fodophyllin  is  a 
favorite  anti-constipation  remedy.  It  is  equally  valuable  in  costiveness  of  the 
y»ung  child  and  in  the  aged.  In  very  young  babies  this  trouble  will  yield  to: 
R  Podophyllin,  2d  dec.  trit.,  grs.  xxx;  brown  sugar,  gii;  aqua,  giv.  Mix.  Sig. 
Teaspoonful,  4  times  a  day.  For  adults  the  daily  use  of  from  1  to  2  of  the  podo- 
phyllin and  hydrastin  pills  (^and  J  grain)  will  generally  be  sufficient  to  over- 
come the  trouble.  The  cathartic  dose  should  never  be  employed  for  the  relief  of 
costiveness,  or  when  a  cholagogue  action  is  required.  When  the  stools  are  hard 
and  grayish-white  or  clay-colored,  and  float  upon  water,  the  remed}'  is  peculiarly 
effective,  as  it  is  also  in  drv  stools,  with  tympanitic  abdomen  and  wandering, 
colicky  pains.  Flatulent  colic  of  children,  when  associated  with  constipation,  will 
readily  yield  to  small  doses  of  this  drug,  while,  as  a  remedy  for  dysentery  and  both 
acute  and  chrmiic  diarrhoea,  accompanied  by  portal  sluggishness  and  hepatic  torpor, 
few  remedies  will  excel  it.  Dyspepsia,  with  atony  and  thickened  mucous  mem- 
branes secreting  abundantly,  calls  for  stimulant  doses  of  podophyllin.  The  head 
feels  full,  the  tissues  and  veins  appear  full  and  doughy,  the  skin  is  sodden,  and 
a  dirty  coating  covers  the  tongue  from  tip  to  base.  R  Podophyllin,^  grain.  3 
times  a  day.  Cardialgia,  accompanied  with  constipation,  yields  to  the  trituration 
(1  to  100).  This  drug  has  been  justly  valued  in  hepatic  disorders.  In  that  state 
ordinarily  known  as  ^' biliousness,"  this  drug  or  specific  iris  can  usually  be  de- 
pended upon.  Indeed,  they  act  very  nicely  in  combination.  There  is  dizzines,-:;. 
a  bitter  taste,  the  stools  show  an  absence  of  bile,  and  greenish,  bitter  material  i.< 
vomited.  The  remedy  is  often  indicated  in  both  acxite  and  chronic  hepatitis,  though 
usually  contraindicated  in  inflammations  of  the  gastro-intestinal  tract.  Fullnes.< 
in  the  region  of  the  liver,  with  aching  under  the  scapula  and  in  the  back  of  the 
neck,  with  dizziness,  usually  calls  for  this  drug.  In  icteric  states,  with  clay -colored 
stools,  it  may  be  alternated  with  chionanthus.  The  unpleasantness  attendant 
upon  the  retention  or  passage  of  biliary  calculi,  is  frequentlj'  relieved  by  tlii- 
agent.  There  is  great  pain  in  the  region  of  the  gall  bladder  coursing  to  the  left 
and  downward.  Sometimes  there  is  constipation,  as  often  diarrhoea.  There  is  a 
bad  taste,  and  the  patient  is  often  jaundiced.  R  Podophyllin,  gr.  ij,  at  night, 
followed  in  the  morning  with  a  large  quantity  of  olive  oil.  In  hemorrhoids,  de- 
pendent on  biliary  insufficiency  with  portal  inactivity,  it  may  be  given  in  alter- 
nation with  sulphur,  the  podophyllin  being  particularly  desired  when  there  is 
constipation  with  tenesmus.  The  small  dose  alone  is  required,  from  ^^  to  ^V  grain. 
3  or  4  times  a  day, 

Podophyllin  may  do  good  service  in  those  forms  of  cough  characterized  by 
hrnnchorrhiea,  especially  if  it  be  associated  with  gastric  catarrh.  Here  minute  doses 
of  sulphur  are  also  valuable.  In  heart  di''ra.<e,  when  aggravated  by  hepatic  inac- 
tivity and  portal  torpor,  the  cardiac  remedy  will  be  rendered  more  efficient  if  asso- 
ciated with  minute  doses  of  this  drug.  It  has  long  been  recognized  as  a  remedy 
for  rhcniniili.-!m,  when  the  patient  is  sallow  and  inactive,  presents  fullness  of  tissue, 
and  complains  of  dull  pain  and  heaviness  in  the  right  hypochondrium.  In  renal 
disorders,  when  the  general  specific  indications  for  its  use  are  present,  it  will 
restore  the  secretory  power  of  the  kidneys,  Podophyllin  has  long  enjoyed  the 
reputation  of  exerting  a  powerful  action  upon  the  whole  glandular  system.  For 
a  long  time  it  was,  and  is  still  with  many,  a  favorite  remedy  in  .syphilitic  inanifi.'- 
tations.  For  persistent  mtsttdar  conditions,  enema,  and  cracked  or fi.«ured  skin,  Ellin^:- 
wood  declares  it  a  good  remedy.  It  acts  powerfully  as  an  alterative,  one  of  thi 
best  in  the  whole  domain  of  medicine,  at  the  same  time  aiding  and  improvinii 
the  digestive  process, 

P()doi)hyllin  is  a  remedy  for  p<tin,  according  to  Prof.  Scudder — that  deejv 
seated  pain  in  the  ischiatic  notches.  It  has  served  a  good  purpose  in  injiavi- 
matioiis  (when  not  of  the  digestive  tract),  accompanied  with  great  constipation. 
Here  the  cathartic  action  is  required,  as  it  is  also  in  the  forming  stage  of /r6ri'/( 
dineases,  with  the  exceiition  of  typhoid  fever.  Still,  if  indicative  lullness  be  pr»\-- 
ent,  the  small  dose  will  assist  very  materially  in  overcoming  these  disorders.  For 
its  derivative  action  in  brain  di.<orders.  large  doses  will  be  neoe.*.'y»ry,  as  is  also  tlu 


i;i:.rINA  SCAMMOXII.— RKSORCINUM.  1649 

case  in  (lroj,.-y.  In  iimliuiiU  troubles,  small  doses  of  podophyllin  should  be  alter- 
nated, or  given  with  cinchona.  For  all  of  the  preceding  uses  specific  podophyl- 
lum may  also  be  used,  but  the  dose  must  be  correspondingly  larger.  For  the  gas- 
tric disorders  many  prefer  it  to  the  resin.  Cathartic  doses  are  required  in  bilinry 
caU-iili,  apoplexy,  dropsy,  and  in  some  forms  of  iufldinnuition.  Younkin  advises 
cathartic  doses  (^  grain,  every  2  hours,  with  10  grains  of  potassium  bitartrate)  for 
the  relief  of  gononhwal  cpididyinilin.  The  dose  of  podophyllin,  as  a  cathartic,  is 
from  i  to  2  grains;  as  an  altiTative  and  stimulant,  y^  to  ^ij  grain ;  as  a  chola- 
gogue,  Ato-j^  grain.  A  good  torm  in  most  disorders  requiring  the  small  dose, 
is  the  following:  R  Podophyllin  trituration  (1  in  100),  grs.  v  to  xxx;  aqua,  giv. 
Dose,  1  teasiHjonful,  every  1  to  3  hours. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Podophyllin  is  specifically  indicated  by 
fullness  of  tissm  s.  fullius.s  ui  veins,  sodden,  expressionless  countenance,  dizziness, 
tongue  coated  dirty  yellowish-white,  heavy  headaches,  indisposition  to  bodily 
exertion,  intestinal  atony,  with  sense  of  weight  and  fullness,  full  open  pulse; 
"  pain  deep  in  ischiatic  notches,"  and  as  an  ideal  cholagogue;  cla\'-colored  stools, 
floating  upon  water;  stools,  hard,  dry,  and  accompanied  with  distended  abdomen 
and  colicky  pain.  It  is  contraindicated  by  pinched  features,  and  small,  wiry 
pulse,  or  when  the  pulse  has  a  sharp  stroke. 

RESIN  A  SCAMMONII    U.  S.  P.)— RESIN  OF  SCAMMONY. 

Preparation. — "'Scammony,  in  No.  60  powder,  one  thousand  grammes  (1000 
Gm.)  [2  ll)s,  av.,3  ozs.,  120  grs.];  alcohol,  water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Digest 
the  scaiiimiiny  with  successive  portions  of  boiling  alcohol  until  it  is  exhausted. 
Mix  the  tinctures,  and  reduce  the  mixture  to  a  syrupy  consistence  by  distilling 
off  the  alcohol.  Then  add  the  residue  in  a  thin  stream,  with  activestirring,  to 
twenty-five  hundred  (2500)  cubic  centimeters  [84  fls,  257111]  of  water,  separate 
the  precipitate  formed,  wash  it  thoroughly  with  water,  and  dry  it  with  a  gentle 
heat" — (U.S.  P.).  The  resin  of  the  Briikh  Pharmoi-opceia  differs  in  regard  to  the 
source,  being  prepared  from  the  root  direct  instead  of  the  resin,  though  the  final 
product  is  essentially  the  same,  except  that,  as  found  by  Hess  (1875),  it  contains 
some  tannin  (compare  Scammonium). 

Description. — "Yellowish-brown  or  brownish-yellow  masses  or  fragments, 
breaking  with  a  glossy,  resinous  fracture,  translucent  at  the  edges;  or  a  yellowish- 
white  or  grayish-white  powder,  having  a  faint,  peculiar  odor,  and  a  slight,  pecu- 
liar taste.  Soluble  in  alcohol  in  all  proportions;  also  wholly  soluble  in  ether 
and  in  oil  of  turpentine.  Ammonia  water  and  solutions  of  alkalies  dissolve  it 
with  the  aid  of  a  gentle  heat;  from  these  solutions  the  resin  is  not  reprecipitated 
by  acids" — (I'.S.P.).  (For  report  on  commercial  resins  of  scaramony,  see  .4»/i€r. 
Jour.  P/.nni,..  1S9-2.  p.  122  :  and  1SS2,  p.  543.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Uses  same  as  for  scammony  (see  Scam- 
moniuiii  >.  the  mirf  resin  beintr  aliout  twice  the  strength  of  the  latter.  Dose,  3  to  8 
grains,  rubbed  up  with  milk,  or  in  combination  in  pills. 

RESORCINUM  (U.  S.  P.)— RESOECIN. 

F<)KMUL.\:  C,H.(OHj,.    M()I.kci'l.\r  Weight:  109.74. 

Synonyms:  Remrciiiol,  Metadioj-yhenzol. 

"A  diatomic  phenol.    Resorcin  should  be  kept  in  dark  amber-colored  vials" — 

(r..s. />,. 

Source,  History,  and  Preparation. — This  suKstance  was  discovered  in  1864 
byHla^iwetz  and  Barth  in  the  ))roce.ss  of  fusing  galV)anum  resin  {»ee  (ralbtinum) 
with  caustic  pota.^h,  neutralizing  with  sulphuric  acid  and  extracting  with  ether. 
The  ethereal  extract  yielded  upon  di.stillation  besides  fatty  acids  an  oily  body 
which  crystallized  in'the  retort.  Owing  to  its  similarity  "to  Orciv,  the  mother 
substance  of  several  lichen  coloring  matters  (see  fAimm.'*),  discovered  in  1829  by 
Robiquet,  the  authors  named  the  new  suV>stance  rei»>rrin.  This  process  yielded 
104 


1660  RESORCINITM. 

6  per  cent.  Similarly,  resorcin  may  be  obtained  from  other  resins,  such  as  ammo- 
niacum,  guaiacum,  sagapenum,  asafretida,  acaroid,etc.,and  b\'  the  dry  distillation 
of  brfusilin  or  dry  extract  of  brazil  wood.  It  is  now  prepared  on  a  large  scale  by 
fusing  the  sodium  salt  of  benzene-meta-disulphonic  acid  (CsH,[SO,,HJj)  "ith  caus- 
tic soda,  neutralizing  with  acid  and  extracting  with  ether.  The  following  reaction 
takes  place:  C,H,('S03Na),+2NaOH=CeH,(OH),+2S03Na.,  (sodium  sulphite). 

Description  and  Tests. — Resorcin  forms  "colorless  or  faintly  reddi^h,  needle- 
shaped  crystals  or  rhombic  plates,  having  a  faint,  peculiar  odor,  and  a  disagree- 
able, sweetish  and  afterward  pungent  taste.  Re.«orcin  acquires  a  reddish  or 
brownish  tint  by  exposure  to  light  and  air.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.j,  in  0.6 
part  of  water,  and  in  0.5  part  of  alcohol;  very  soluble  in  boiling  water,  or  in  boil- 
ing alcohol;  also  readily  soluble  in  ether  o"r  glycerin;  very  slightly  soluble  in 
chloroform.  When  heated  to  a  temperature  between  110°  and  119°  C.  (230°  and 
246.2°  F.),  resorcin  melts,  a  higher  melting  point  indicating  a  greater  degree  of 
purity.  At  a  higher  heat  it  is  completely  volatilized.  The  aqueous  solution  is 
neutral  or  only  faintly  acid  to  litmus  paper "—(['.  .*?.  P.).  Resorcin  is  meta- 
diphenol,  i.e.,  benzene,  substituted  by  two  hydroxyl  groups  in  the  meta  position 
(1,3).  It  is  isomeric  with  pyrocntechin  (ortho-diphenol,  1,  2)  and  hytlmquinone 
(para-diphenol,  1,  4).  The  name  resorcinol  was  also  given  to  resorcin  to  indicate 
its  phenol  nature;  it  must  not  be  confused,  however,  with  the  noncrystalline, 
brown  substance  introduced  by  Bielaiew  (see  Pharm.  Centralhalle,  1892,  p.  714) 
under  the  same  name.  This  new  resorcinol  is  obtained  by  heating  together 
resorcin  and  iodoform,  to  the  point  of  fusion.  It  has  an  unpleasant  taste,  and 
somewhat  the  odor  of  iodine,  and  is  said  to  be  efficient  in  certain  skin  diseases,  etc. 
Resorcin  is  chemically  very  active.  It  reduces  both  silver  nitrate  and  Fehling's 
solution  upon  boiling.  When  bromine  water  is  added  to  its  aqueous  solution, 
small  colorless  needles  of  trihromremrrin  (C6HBr,[0H],)  are  precipitated,  which 
are  sparingly  soluble  in  cold,  more  readily  in  hot  water  and  in  alcohol  (see 
analogous  reaction  with  phenol  under  Acidum  CarboUrum).  Unlike  jiyrogallol 
(which  see),  resorcin  is  not  precipitated  by  ferrous  sulphate,  or  by  neutral  lead 
acetate;  it  is  precipitated,  however,  by  basic  lead  acetate.  Resorcin  blnrk,  a  dye  for 
wool  and  silk,  is  obtained  in  the  form  of  a  black  solution  by  adding  sulphate  of 
copper  to  an  aqueous  solution  of  resorcin,  then  sufficient  ammonia  to  redissolve 
the  precipitate.  Lacmoid,  a  possible  substitute  for  litmus  as  indicator,  is  obtained 
by  heating  resorcin  with  sodium  nitrite;  for  use  as  indicator,  di,<.*olve  lacmoid 
(0.5  Gm.)  in  water  (100  Cc.)  and  alcohol  (100  Cc).  Resorcin  produces  some  char- 
acteristic color  reactions.  The  f.  i'^.  P.  enumerates  the  following:  '"On  adding  a 
few  drops  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.  to  10  Cc.  of  a  diluted  aqueous  solution  ( 1  in  200) 
of  resorcin,  the  liquid  assumes  a  bluish-violet  color.  If  0.1  Gm.  of  resorcin  be 
dissolved  in  1  Cc.  of  potassium  hydrate  T.S.  and  a  drop  of  chloroform  added,  the 
mixture,  upon  being  heated,  will  assume  an  intense  crimson  color.  If  a  slight 
excess  of  hydrochloric  acid  be  then  added,  the  color  will  change  to  a  pale  straw- 
yellow.  On  cautiously  heating  0.0.5  Gm.  of  resorcin  with  0.1  Gm.of  tartaric  acid 
and  10  drops  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  a  thick,  carmine-red  liquid  will  be 
formed,  becoming  pale  yellow  when  diluted  with  water" — {V.S.P.y  Wlien  the 
latter  test  is  carried  out  with  oxalic  acid,  a  blue  mixture  is  obtained  which  turns 
red  upon  dilution  with  10  Cc.  of  water  and  20  Cc.  of  alcohol  of  91  per  cent  (by 
volume).  Upon  now  adding  aqua  ammonia?,  the  solution  is  c;>rmine-red  in  trans- 
parent light,  and  greenish-yellow  in  reflected  light.  Citric  acid  gives  a  blue-green 
fluorescence  (Fliicfciger,  Pharm.  Chsmie.Vo].  II,  1SS8,  p. 329).  These  coloring  mat- 
ters are  analogous  to  those  known  as  plilnleiix-':  (si-e  Anilhir  Di/e^  nnd  Fluore^rin, 
page  16.52).  Resorcin  should  wholly  volatilize,  witliout  residue,  when  lieated  in  a 
platinum  or  porcelain  vessel.  "A  concentrated  aqueous  solution  (1  in  2)of  re.<or- 
cin  should  be  colorless  (absence  of  empvreunintic  bodies),  and  when  tjentlv  heated 
should  not  emit   th.-  odor  of  plicnor— ( T.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Resorcin  has  been  c<unpare<l  to  car- 
bolic acid  in  pbysioloj^'ical  cHccts.  riiougb  regarded  as  le.*s  valuable  than  the 
latter  as  an  antiseptic. a  1  percent  solution  will  preserve  the  normal  acidity  of  the 
urine  for  weeks,  and  will  prevent  changes  in  animal  structures  and  solutions  of 
organic  material.  Applied  to  the  skin  in  1  or  2  per  cent  solutions  it  does  not 
induce  irritation  of  the  integument  and  is  free  from  the  toxic  effects  which  some- 


RESORCINVM.  1(>')1 

tiiiH'S  follow  ihe  K)cul  use  of  carbolic  acid.  It  may  also  be  applied  to  conual 
wounds,  the  conjunctiva  and  gums  and  favors  the  union  of  wounds  by  first 
intention.  Upon  animals  it  has  proved  a  narcotic  and  convulsive  poison  pro- 
ducing death.  No  lethal  eflects  have  been  reported  from  its  use  upon  man, 
though  it  has  induced  decided  narcosis  and  convulsions.  In  the  case  of  a  woman 
who  took  120  grains  (Murrell,  1S81)  no  spasms  occurred,  the  patient  first  becom- 
ing dizzy,  and  then  losing  consciousness.  Relaxation  of  the  limbs,  almost  im- 
perceptible pulse  and  respiration,  subnormal  temperature,  pallor,  olive-green 
urine,  and  excessive  cold  sweating  were  the  other  synij)toms.  Complete  recovery 
took  place  in  a  day's  time.  The  larger  therapeutic  doses  may  occasion  a  flushed 
face,  tinnitus  aureum, dizziness,  acceleration  of  the  pulse  and  respiration,  and  pro- 
fuse sweating.  Sixty  grains  have  produced  the  added  symptoms  of  collapse  and 
insensibility.  Andeer's  two  experiments  distinctly  show  the  effects  of  the  drug. 
Deep  narcosis  was  produced  by  160  grains  of  resorcin,  in  a  quart  of  water,  taken  in 
the  course  of  a  couple  of  hours.  Upon  a  second  trial  a  like  amount  was  dissolved 
in  1  pint  of  water  and  taken  within  15  minutes.  He  experienced  ocular  tlisturb- 
ances,  such  as  light  flashes  with  dimness  of  sight  and  palpebral  heaviness. 
Loss  of  smell  and  hearing  followed;  the  tongue  became  thick,  extremities  cold,  a 
profuse  cold  sweat  bathed  his  body  and  he  fell  in  epileptiform  convulsions,  with 
irregular  respiratorj'  movements;  the  limbs  flexed  spasmodically,  and  finally  opis- 
thotonos occurred.  Deep  unconsciousness  prevailed  from  which  he  was  aroused 
after  five  hours'  treatment,  with  the  result  of  absolute  lapse  of  memory  as  to  what 
had  taken  place.  No  after-effects  were  observed  after  24  hours.  Alcohol  is  the 
antidote  for  poisoning  by  resorcin. 

Resorcin  has  been  used  as  an  antipyretic  but  has  been  abandoned  for  the 
purpose  by  the  majority  of  physicians  as  a  dangerous  agent.  It  is,  however,  at 
the  present  day,  given  for  its  antiseptic  and  healing  effects  in  destructive  diseases 
of  the  stomach,  such  as  gastric  ulcer,  cancer,  etc.  It  is  also  said  to  control  vomiting 
l)roduced  by  various  causes,  such  as  sea-sickness,  gastric  ulcers,  jiregnancy,  drunken- 
ness, metisti-unl  disorders  and  renal  and  hepatic  colic.  It  has  also  been  used  in 
ti/phoid  fever, pneumonia,  inflammatory  fevei's  during  the  pus-forming  stage,  in  6ron- 
chorrhcea,  gastric  catarrh,  and  advised  in  diphtheria  (Andeer).  These  uses  of  the 
drug  (except  in  gastric  ulcer)  have  not  been  generally  imitated  by  eclectic  prac- 
titioners, and  about  the  only  internal  use  of  the  drug  made  by  them  has  been  the 
following:  In  1  to  2-grain  doses  every  6  hours  in  gastric  irritation  from  fermenta- 
tion, in  ^  grain  doses  in  cholera  infantum,  and  in  2  grain  doses  in  gastric  ulcer,  the 
drug  always  being  administered  well  diluted  with  water. 

Locally,  however,  resorcin  is  a  valued  remedy.  In  spray  it  may  be  used  in 
whooping-cough,  hay  fever,  laryngeal  tuberculosis  and  ulceration  of  the  larynx.  Washes 
of  from  1  to  3  per  cent  strength  have  proved  useful  in  catarrhal  profluvia,  as 
nzcena,  otorrhoea,  fetid  leucorrhwa  and  gonorrhoea.  A  10  per  cent  solution  applied 
directly  to  the  membrane  has  been  lauded  in  non-lnnjngeal  diphtheria,  but  prob- 
ably it  possesses  no  marked  advantages  over  other  antiseptic  applications,  none  of 
which  can  be  relied  upon  to  the  exclusion  of  internal  treatment.  In  eye  di.'<ea.-«s 
a  3  per  cent  ointment  of  resorcin,  or  an  ointment  containing  an  addition  of  3  per 
cent  of  suli>hur,  or  a  1  to  3  percent  solution  is  useful  in  nnn-dlrertitive  bleji/iariti.i, 
in  cornea!  wounds,  and  in  conjunctivitis  in  both  the  acute  and  chronic  forms.  The 
solutions  are  beneficial  in  suppuration  of  the  middl£  ear  and  have  the  advantage 
over  many  other  agents  in  not  causing  maceration  of  the  drum  membrane  (Foltz). 
A  petrolatum  resorcin  ointment  (equal  parts)  has  been  reported  efficient  in  car- 
cinomn.  The  chief  use  that  has  been  made  of  resorcin  is  in  xkln  disea.^cs.  Here  it 
gives  its  best  results.  It  is  used  very  much  in  the  same  disorders  as  those  bene- 
fited by  carbolic  acid.  In  from  5  to  30  per  cent  ointment  it  has  Vieen  success- 
fully applied  in  pityriasis  capitis^  alopecia  pityroides,  squamous  ecwma  of  the  scalp  and 
"chorrhieal  eczenui.  A  10  to  20  i)er  cent  ointment  has  acted  well  in  psoriasis.  It  is 
useful  \nparasUic  eczema,  resembling  psoriasis  and  pityriasis  versicolor,  the  papules 
being  depressed  and  itching  severely.  Arnciform  eczema,  eczetna  flam  in  and  lichen 
rircumscriptus,  particularly  if  facial,  are  well  treated  with  a  weak  ointment  of 
resorcin  (Thin  s  Report;  see  Eclertic  Medical  Journal,  1888,  p.  37).  Prosl-hite.fl.isures, 
erythema,  iind  erysipelas  are  conditions  relieved  by  resorcin,  applied  in  .solution 
or  ointment. 


1652  EESORCINUM. 

The  internal  dose  of  pure  resorcin  should  range  from  1  to  5  grains  well  diluted 
with  water,  though  larger  doses  have  been  given  without  danger.  As  a  rule  its 
internal  employment  is  contraindicated  by  cardiac  afiections,  diphtheria,  men- 
strual disorders,  pneumonia,  pulmonary  cedema,  last  stages  of  continued  fevers, 
typhoid  fever,  tuberculosis  (last  stages),  arterio-sclerosis,  and  all  exhaustive  and 
d'ebilitating  diseases  (Blake,  Ec.  Annual,\o\.  lY,  p.  18j.  Solutions  may  be  used 
from  1  to  20  per  cent  in  strength;  ointment,  2  to  50  per  cent. 

Res'iroin,  in  the  form  of  ointment  orsolution,  has  been  successfully  employed 
.upon  (list-ast's  aV)Out  the  feet  of  horses. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Gastric  irritation  from  fermentative  food- 
change.s;  gastric  ulcer.  Locally  in  fetid  mucous  profiuvia;  eczematous  and  para- 
sitic skin  affections,  with  pruritis,  and  in  papules  with  depressed  center  and  much 
itching. 

Related  Compounds. — Thioresorcix  (0511402821,  a  yellowish  amorphous  powder  solu- 
ble in  taiwtic  alkalii'S,  ami  their  carbonates  and  sulphides.  It  is  prepared  by  lieating  resorcin 
(1  moll  (ule  ,  sulphur  I  !  ,and  sodium  hydroxide  (3 1,  in  the  presence  of  water."  It  is  precipitated 
from  this  bulutiun  by  an  acid.  This  agent  is  used  like  iodoform  but  has  not  superseded  that 
article,  and  it  is  reputed  not  wholly  innocuous. 

Resopybine. — Rhombic  crystals  produced  by  severally  dissolving  antipyrine  (30  parts) 
and  resorcin  (11  parts)  in  water  (3  parts  in  each  case).  A  crystalline  ma.ss  results  which  is 
dissolved  in  alcohol  and  crystallized.  It  is  odorless  and  has  a  feebly  pungent  taste.  Alcoliol 
(5  parts),  chloroform  (30),  and  etlu  r  (imi,  .li^^solve  it;  it  is  insoluble  in  water. 

Pyroc.\techin,  Catechol,  Orthmi:,,.,  u-i'f  n:,  ». . — This  substance  occurs  in  the  products  of  the 
dry  distillation  of  wood  and  of  in'n-giiiiiiiig  tannins,  e.  <7.,catechtn.  kino,  while  the  iron- 
bluing  tannins  yield  dioxy-benzene,  or  pvrogallol.  It  cri-stallizes  in  needles,  soluble  in  alco- 
hol, water  and  ether.  It  inelts  at  104°O."(219.2°F.),  and  "boils  at  245°C.  (473°F.).  It  is  best 
prepared  from  its  methvl  ether  gnaiacol  (which  see)  bv  heating  it  witli  hvdriodic  acid.  The 
reaction  is  as  follows:  08H4(OCH3).OH-f-IH=C,H4dH.OH+ICH3  (methyl  iodide).  Pyro- 
catechin  strikes  emerald-green  with  ferric  chloride,  the  color  changing  to  a  handsome  violet- 
red  upon  treatment  with  sodium  bicarbonate.  Introduced  as  an  antipyretic  but  discarded  on 
account  of  its  pernicious  effects. 

HvDRocHixoN'E,  Hydroquintme,  Hydroquinol,  Paradioxy-hemene .  This  body  is  generaUv 
prepared  by  oxidizing  aniline  with  a  mixture  of  potassium  bichromate  and  sulphuric  acid, 
whereby  quinone  (CjHiO.O)  is  formed.  The  latter  is  then  reduced  to  hydroquinone  by 
means  of  sulphurous  acid.  It  was  first  obtained  in  1844  by  Wohler  by  destructive  distillation 
of  quinic  (kinic)  acid  and  maybe  prepared  in  like  manner  from  oxvsalicylic  and  succinic 
acids.  It  is  isomeric  with  resorcin  and  pyrocatechin.  It  forms  long,  dimor"phous  crystalline 
leaflets  without  color  or  odor.  Alcohol,  ether  and  hot  water  readily  dissolve  it :  cold  water 
less  readily.  In  concentrated  solution  it  forms  dark  green  crystals  of  quinhydrone  when  ferric 
chloride  is  added ;  if  the  latter  be  in  excess  yellow  quinone  results,  the  crystals  lieiugredis- 
Bolved.  Hydrochinone  is  largely  employed  to  develop  photographic  plates.  A  1  per  cent  solu- 
tion checks  alcoholic  fermentation  and  putrefactive  processes.  Upon  man  the  symptoms  pro- 
duced by  doses  of  40  or  more  grains  are  cerebral  fullness,  giddiness  and  ringing  in  the  ears, 
accompanied  with  a  reduction  of  the  frequency  and  force  of  the  heart  action.  It  is  decidedly 
antipyretic  in  the  smaller  doses  (3  to  10  grains),  but  larger  amounts  tend  to  protlui-e  nervous 
phenomena,  chills,  and  profuse  perspiration.  Its  power  of  quickly  reducing  tlie  temperature 
is  marked  and  has  been  taken  advantage  of  in  the  febrile  exacerbations  of  ^/i//ii>i«  and  in  the 
excessive  temperature  of  septicemia,  erysipelas,  acute  rheumatism  of  the  joints  and  ijeneral  tnheivtilar 
affectiotis.  Its  employment  in  pneumonia,  pleurisy,  scarlatiua,  etc.,  is  not  to  be  commended.  Occa- 
sionally it  is  used  as"  a  gastro-intestinal  antiseptic.  The  urine  is  colored  deep  brown  or  green- 
ish-brown by  hydrochinone  taken  internally,  and  the  drug,  when  mixed  with  solution  ol  urea 
rapidly  decomposes  the  latter.     Dose,  2  to  2"0  grains. 

Fluorescein,  Fluorescin  (CsoHuOi),  Resorcio-phtalein.— This  body  is  formed  when  phtalic 
anhydride  (5  parts)  and  resorcin  (7  parts)  are  melted  together.  It  forms  a  deep  rv>l  or  brown- 
ish powder  or  crystals.  It  is  not  easily  soluble  in  cold  water,  but  dissolves  in  alivhol  with  a 
yellowish-red  color  and  in  ammonia  with  a  red  color,  both  solutions  exhibitina  a  beautifnl 
green  fluorescence.  This  substance  is  analogous  to  phenolphtalein  (see  Aitiliuel>yfs;  also  se^ 
Eosin,  below).  Used  in  ophthalmic  practice  to  diagnose  oonK-n/ o?<m.<ion,<  and  to  locate /or^-ij/ii 
bodies  imbediled  in  the  surface  of  the  eyeball.  It  does  not  aftVrt  the  corneal  epitheliuui,  but 
wherever  this  is  absent  it  produces  a  green  spot ;  and  around  foreign  Iwdies  it  shows  a  givtMi 
encircling  line.  Recent  corneal  abrasions  may  lie  ditterentialed  fr<-iin  old  ones,  the  Tatter 
taking  no  stain;  also  in  cornealinjiliration  the  stain  maybe  proihiced,  while  no  discolor«tion 
occurs  in  hypopyon  keratitis  ( Foltz). 

KosiN,  Tetrabrom-Fluorescfin  (CaoIlBBrjOj). — This  boiiy  is  formed  by  acting  upon  rcforrin- 
jihthalein  (fluorescein)  with  bromine,  and  it  is  the  potassium  salt  of  this"  substance  iCjoH.Br 
OjKj)  that  is  used  under  the  name  suluhle  rtwm.     It  is  a  bronze-ooloriMl  crystalline  pnwde 


with  a  greenish  reflection.  In  water  it  dissolves  red  with  a  ereen  ttuor»-s«vnce  which  is  de- 
stroyed by  hydrochloric  acid,  the  flniil  assuming  a  yellow  c«ilor.  hxisin  is  larg»dy  used  as  a 
dye  materialand  as  a  coloring  reaginit  in  microscopy.    Eosiu  5  grains,  gum  acacia  10  grains, 

aiiil  water  1  fluid  ounce  make  a  tine  red  ink. 


UHAMNUS  CATHARTICA.  1653 

RHAMNUS  CATHARTICA.— BUCKTHORN. 

Thp  fruit  (berries)  of  Rhamnus  cathartica,  Linno  {Cervispina  cathartica,  Moench). 

Nat.  t ii-il. — Hhamnacea'. 

Ii.i.rsTiiATioN  :   Bcntlej'  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  64. 

Botanical  Source. —  Buckthorn  is  a  shrub  from  6  to  15  feet  in  height.    Its 
branches  are  alternate  or  nearly  opposite,  spreading,  straight,  round,  smooth,  hard, 
and  rigid,  each  terminating  in  a  strong  spine,  after  the  first 
year.   The  leaves  are  1  to  2  inches  long,  about  two-thirds  as  '*' 

wide,  deciduous,  bright-green,  smooth,  simple,  and  ribbed  ; 
the  young  ones  downy;  the  earlier  ones  in  tufts  from  the 
flowering  buds;  the  rest  opposite,  on  the  young  branches. 
Petioles  downy.  Stipules  linear.  Flowers  yellowish-green, 
on  the  last  year's  branches,  and  numerous;  the  fertile  ones 
with  narrow  petals,  rudiments  of  stamens,  and  a  deeply 
4-cleft  style;  the  barren  ones  with  an  abortive  ovary  and 
broader  petals.  The  berries  are  globular,  bluish-black, 
nauseous,  with  4  cells,  and  as  many  elliptical,  plano-convex 
seeds  (L.l 

History  and  Description. — Buckthorn  is  indigenous 
to  Europe,  and  has  been  oljserved  in  this  country  as  an 
introduced  plant.  It  flowers  from  April  to  July,  and  ma- 
tures its  fruit  about  the  middle  of  autumn.  The  parts  used 
are  the  berries;  they  are  globular,  3  or  4  lines  in  diameter, 
slightly  compressed  at  the  apex,  black,  glossy,  and  inclose 
a  green  pulp  in  which  the  seeds  are  imbedded.  The  juice  Rhamnus  cathartica. 
becomes  gradually  red,  owing  to  the  development  of  acetic 

acid,  and  may  be  preserved  long  unchanged  in  the  form  of  a  syrup.  It  is  soluble 
in  water.  When  evaporated  to  dryness  with  alum,  or  lime  and  gum  Arabic,  it 
forms  the  color  called  sap-green.  Carbonate  of  sodium  and  caustic  potash  change 
the  solution  of  sap-green  to  yellow.  Sulphuric,  nitric,  and  hydrochloric  acids 
turn  it  red.  Hence,  paper  tinged  with  sap-green  might  be  used  as  an  indicator 
in  place  of  litmus. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  cathartic  principle  of  this  shrub  is  rhamno- 
cathnrtin,  a  bitter,  amorphous  substance,  isolated  from  the  juice  of  the  berries 
by  Binswanger  (1849),  and  previously  by  Hubert  and  Winckler.  Mr.  George 
W.  Kennedy  (^mer.  JoM?-.  P^ami.,  1885,  p.  497)  observed  the  same  substance  as  a 
brownish  deposit  from  a  fluid  extract  of  the  bark.  It  was  amorphous,  soluble  in 
caustic  alkali  with  deep-puriilish-red  color,  rejirecipitated  by  acids,  solul>le  in  di- 
luted and  strong  alcohol,  insoluble  in  chloroform  and  ether,  nearly  so  in  water, 
and  possessing  strongly  laxative  properties  in  3-grain  doses.  The  resin,  held  in 
solution  by  the  fluid  extract,  differed  from  that  mentioned,  by  being  soluble  in 
ether  and  chloroform.  Rharnnotannw  arid -was  also  isolated  from  the  berries  by 
Binswanger.  The  coloring  matters  of  the  berries  were  frequently  investigated,  and 
consist  of  the  crystallizable  glucosid  rhnmnin  (Stein,  1868  and  1869;  rhumncqin  of 
Lefort  and  Schutzenl)erger),  and  especially  its  decomposition  product,  ?-/((i/»Hrfm 
(rhamnin  of  Fleury  and  Lefort),  which  is  also  crystallizable.  This  substance  is 
likewise  a  constituent  of  the  unripe  berries  of  Rhamnus  wfertoria  (see  Related 
Species).  Rhamnin  cry siaWizes  in  pale-yellow,  or  golden-yellow,  tasteless  needles, 
readily  soluble  in  water,  diluted  alcohol,  and  boiling  alcohol,  nearly  insoluble  in 
ether,  chloroform,  benzol,  and  carbon  disulphide.  Soluble,  with  yellow  color,  in 
caustic  alkalies.  Rhnmnetin  (methyl  querniin,  J.  Herzig,  1891)  crystallizes  in  small, 
golden-yellow  plates,  nearly  tasteless,  hardly  soluble  in  water,  soluble  in  boiling 
alcohol'  (58.5  parts),  and  iii  ether  (76  parts).  It  is  soluble,  with  yellow  color,  in 
alkalies,  and  reduces  Fehling's  solution  and  silver  nitrate  solution  in  the  cold. 
(For  details  regarding  the  earlier  ch(>mistry  of  the  constituents  of  rhamnus,  see 
Husemann  an.l   Ililgcr,  lyianznislnff,-.  Vol.  if,  1884,  pp.  889-896.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Buckthorn  berries  (Rhnmni  bnrrse)  are 
powerfully  catliartii-;  2<>  of  tin-  recint  berries  cause  brisk,  watery  purging,  with 
nausea,  dryness  of  the   throat,  thirst,  and    tormina.     These   eflTects   are   partly 


16.54 


KHAMNUS  PUESHIANA. 


removed  by  giving  the  juice  (Rhamni  succus)  in  the  form  of  syrup,  and  which  for- 
merly enjoyed  much  reputation  as  a  hydragogue  in  gout,  rheumatism,  and  dropsy; 
at  present  it  is  seldom  employed  in  practice,  but  is  occasionally  employed  as  an 
adjunct  to  other  cathartic  and  diuretic  mixtures.  Prof.  Scudder  suggests  a  trial 
of  small  doses  of  a  tincture  (berries,  gviii,  to  alcohol,  76  per  cent,  Oj)  as  a  stimu- 
lant to  the  vegetative  processes,  for  its  influence  on  the  digestive  tract,  and  in 
disemes  of  the  nose,  throat,  and  lungs.  Dose  of  the  syrup,  from  i  to  1  fluid  ounce. 
Dose  of  the  tincture,  2  to  30  drops,  well  diluted  with  water.  A  tincture  of  the 
bark,  made  in  the  same  proportions  as  that  of  the  berries,  may  be  given  in  doses 
of  from  6  to  30  drops. 

Belated  Species. — Rhamnus  infectoria,  Linn^.  Berries  resemble  in  appearance  buck- 
thorn berries,  except  that  their  color  is  green-brown  or  brown.  They  are  Icnown  as  French 
berries,  and  yield  several  vellow  coloring  matters.  According  to  Liebermann  and  Hermann 
(/((/(/vs/*.  (/f,"p/irt)-ni.,  1878,  p.  433;  and  1879,  p.  195)  the  berries  oi  R.  infectoria  and  R.tinctoria 
contain  about  12  per  cent  of  g:lucosidal  coloring  matters.  One  of  these  glucosids  is  Kane's 
xanthorhamnm  (rhamnin  of  Stein;  see  R.  cathartica).  Diluted  acids  split  it  into  rhamnetin 
(Ci2Hiii<-l5)  and  isodulcit  (CsHuOio).  The  decomposition  is  also  brought  about  by  ferments  ex- 
isting in  tlie  berries,  hence  rhamnetin  is  a  prominent  constituent  of  the  latter.  More  recently, 
J.  Herzig  ( C/i«m.  Centralblai(,Yo\.  n,18i)l, p.  306)  established  rhamnetin  to  be  the  methyl  ether 
of  quercetin,  and  to  have  the  formula  C16H12O7,  or  CisHgOei  OCH3 ). 

Persian  Berries,  the  fruit  of  several  species  of  Rhamnus  (iJ.nnii/pdo/iiM,  Desfontaines; 
R.  saxatalis,  Linn^,  etc.)  skirting  the  Mediterranean,  also  yield  these  color  pigments. 

RHAMNUS  PURSHIANA  (U.  S.  P.)— CASCARA  SAGRADA. 


The  bark  of  Rhamnus  Purshiana,  De  Candolle  (Rhamnus  alnifolius,  Pursh  ; 
Frangiiln  Purshiana,  Cooper). 
Nat.  Ord. — Rhamnacese. 
Common  Names  :  Chiftem  bark,  Sacred  bark. 
Illustration:    Hooker,  Flora  Bor.  Amer.,Yo\.  I,  Plate  43. 
Botanical  Source  and  History. — This  is  a  small  tree,  found  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  and  westwardly  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  extending  north  into  Brit- 
Pig  207  '^'^  America.    According  to  Mr.  James  G.  Steele,  the  country 
producing  the  tree  extends  over  1000  miles  in  length.    The 
branches  are  round  and  pubescent.    The  leaves  are  from  3  to  5 
inches  long,  about  one-half  as  broad,  and  are  borne  on  leaf- 
stalks nearly  an  inch  in  length.     When  young  they  are  cov- 
ered with  a  dense  pubescence  on  the  under  surface,  but  become 
glabrous   and   bright-green  when   old.     In   outline,  they  are 
broadly  elliptical,  obtuse,  and  entire  at  the  base,  and  generally 
with  a  blunt,  acute  apex.     The  margin  of  the  leaf  is  regularly 
dentate,  with    numerous   small,  serrate  teeth,  except  at  the 
base.    The  lateral  veins  are  many,  subparallel,  prominent  un- 
derneath, and  proceed  from  the  midrib  at   an   acute  angle. 
The  leaves  closely  resemble,  but  are  not  so  slender  as  those  of 
the  Alder  buckthorn,  or  Southern  buckthorn,  of  our  southern 
states  (Frangula  caroliniana.  Gray,  or  Rhamnus  caroliniaiia,  Wal- 
ter).    The  flowers  are  small,  white,  and  appear  after  the  leaves 
have  matured;  they  are  borne  in  close,  unibellar  clusters,  on 
pubescent  peduncles,  slightly  longer  than  the  leaf-stalks.    The 
pedicels  are  short,  about  }  inch  in  length  when  in  flower,  but, 
in  fruit,  elongate  to  an  inch  or  more.     The  calyx  is  small, 
5-cleft,  and  pubescent  on  the  outer  surface.    The  petals  are  5, 
minute,  white,  shorter  than  the  calyx  lobes,  and  2-cleft  at  the 
apex.     The  stamens  are  5,  opposite,  and  embraced  by  the  con- 
cave petals.     The  pistil,  which  is  much  shorter  than  the  calyx- 
tube,  consists  of  a   free,  IVcelled,  and  3-ovuled  ovary,  a  short 
Mi/rn.iii              .style,  and  a  3-lobed  stigma.    The  fruit  is  a  small  black  drupe, 
obtusely  o-angled,  about  the  size  of  a  large  pea,  and  contains  3  black,  shining 
seeds.    The  genus  Rhamnus  is  represented  by  6  native  species,  and  all,  excepting 
R.  lanceolatn,  Pursh,  and  R.  alnifolia,  L'Heritier,  are  found  on  the  Pacific  coast 


Ck!nuine  Cascara 


RHAMXUS  PURSHIANA.  1655 

A  few  of  the  western  species  have  evergreen  coriaceous  leaves.  Rhamnus  call- 
/o)-)!/f<i,  Eschscholtz  {Frmiguln  califnruicn,  Gray),  known  as  California  buckthorn, 
or  Ciilifornia  coffee  tree,  jirobably  furnishes  a  portion  of  the  Cascara  sagiada  of 
commerce  (see  Rekiled  Spcries).  The  bark  of  California  mountain  holly  (Hkammis 
crocea)  is  aromatic  and  bitterish,  and  has  both  tonic  and  laxative  qualities. 

Cascara  sagrada  was  discovered  by  an  Eclectic  physician,  Dr.  J.  H.  Bundy, 
its  virtues  being  tirst  extolled  in  ".Vuw  Pirparatiom,''r>etToit,  1877.  Parke,  Davis 
A  Go.  introduced  the  fluid  extract  to  the  medical  profession  and  gave  it  great 
conspicuity.  It  may  be  confidently  said  that  to  their  efforts  is  due  the  wide- 
spread celebrity  of  tlus  drug  and  its  preparations. 

Description. — The  bark  is  the  part  used  in  medicine,  and  has  long  been 
known  in  domestic  practice  among  western  people  as  a  mild  cathartic.  Cascara 
sagrada  is  officially  described  as  "  in  quills  or  curved  pieces,  about  3  to  10  Cm. 
(l|  to  4  inches)  long,  and  about  2  Mm.  (-^  inch)  thick;  outer  surface  brownish- 
graj'and  whitish;  the  young  bark  having  numerous,  rather  broad,  pale-colored 
warts;  inner  surface  yellowish  to  light  brownish,  becoming  dark  brown  by  age; 
smooth  or  finely  striate;  fracture  short,  yellowish,  in  the  inner  layer  of  thick 
bark  sonu'wh;it  tilinuis;  inodorous;  taste  hitter"— {U.S.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition. —  Prof.  Prescott  (Amer.  Jour.  Phami.,  1879,  p.  165)  de- 
scribed the  Miicro!;ct>pical  structure  and  the  chemical  composition  of  the  bark, 
which  he  finds  to  contain:  (1)  A  brotcn  rciiin,  bitter  to  the  taste,  soluble  in 
alcohol,  chloroform,  benzol,  and  carbon  disulphide;  insoluble  in  ether;  slightly 
soluble  in  water.  Solution  of  caustic  alkalies  dissolve  it  with  purple-red  color, 
from  which  solution  acids  precipitate  it.  Charcoal  removes  it  from  its  alcoholic 
solution.  It  occurs  chiefly  in  the  middle  and  inner  layers  of  the  bark.  (2)  A  red 
resin,  nearly  tasteless,  insoluble  in  water;  slightly  soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  and 
carbon  disulphide;  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  in  caustic  alkali  with  a  brown  color. 
Animal  charcoal  does  not  remove  it  from  its  solution  in  alcohol.  It  occurs  in 
the  corky  layer  of  the  bark.  (3)  A  light-yellow  resin,  neutral,  tasteless,  insoluble 
in  water;  soluble  in  hot  alcohol,  chloroform,  and  carbon  disulphide;  not  colored 
by  potassium  hydroxide  solution. 

In  addition,  Prof.  Pre.«cott  obtained  a  tannic  acid,  oxalic  acid,  malic  acid,  a 
yellow  fixed  oil,  volatile  oil,  wax,  starch,  and  a  neutral  crystallizable  body.  The 
latter  substance,  from  solution  in  absolute  alcohol,  crystallized  in  the  form  of 
white,  double  pyramids,  which  were  almost  insoluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  and 
petroleum  ether;  soluble  in  benzol.  They  melt  and  sublime,  unchanged,  at  a 
temperature  little  above  the  heat  of  a  water-bath,  condensing  into  crystalline  form. 
The  substance  does  not  give  alkaloidal  reactions.  Prof.  Prtsci'tt  believes  that 
some  of  these  substances  are  closely  related  to  constituents  of  AVi(u/(/i((.>//((7i(7M/fl. 
P.  Schwabe  {Archiv  dcr  Pharm.,  1888,  p.  591)  found  the  bark  to  contain  emodin 
(CyU,„llJ  (see  Rhubarb),  but  was  unable  to  confirm  the  statement  of  Prof.  W.  T. 
Wenzell  (1886),  that  a  crystallizable  glucosid  (not  identical  with  frangulin)  is 
present  in  the  bark  (see  Frangula).  A.  R.  L.  Dohme  and  H.  Engelharilt  (Proc. 
Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc,  1897,  p.  198)  succeeded,  however,  in  isolating  from  cascara 
sagrada  a  glucosid,  which  they  named  purghianin.  Leprince,  in  1892,  obtained 
an  orange-red  substance,  which  he  named  cascarin  (C„H,oOs),  and  which  F.  L. 
Phipson  {Comptes  Rendus,  1892)  believes  identical  with  rhamnoxanthin  of  Buchner 
(see  Frangula).  Messrs.  H.  F.  Meier  and  J.  LeRoy  Webber  (Pharmacology  of  the 
Neirrr  Materia  Medlca,  Detroit,  1892)  found  the  bark  to  contain  a  ferment,  occur- 
ring especially  in  recent  bark,  and  being  destroyed  by  heat.  To  this  principle, 
it  is  claimed,  the  unpleasant  griping  and  vomiting  effects  of  recent  bark  are 
due.  The  authors  also  state  that  a  glucosid  is  present,  which  is  not  bitter,  but 
yields  a  bitter  principle  upon  hydrolysis  with  acids  or  the  gastric  juice.  Dr. 
R.  G.  Eccles  (Pruggi.ft«'  Cirndur,  1888,  p.  54)  reported  the  presence  of  an  alkaloid 
in  ca.>icara  bark. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Cascara  sagrada,  when  introduced  as 
a  medicine,  wms  highly  reconimendeil  as  a  certain  remedy  in  cases  of  habitual  con- 
8tipatit>ii,m^d  in  some  forms  of  indigr^timi.  Further  trial  has  substantially  sus- 
tained these  assertions,  and  it  is,  undoubtedly,  a  valuable  addition  to  our  list 
of  therapeutical  agents.  It  does  not.  however,  succeed  in  all  ca.^es,  but  acts  best 
where  a  tonic  to  the  intestines  is  required.    As  it  tones  the  whole  intestinal  tract, 


1C56  RHAMXUS  PIRSHIAXA. 

it  is  valuable  in  doses  of  10  drops,  after  meals,  for  that  dyspeptic  condition  which 
depends  most  largely  upon  constipation,  and  is  due  to  intestinal  weakness.  Ad- 
ministered in  large  doses,  it  has  served  us  nicely  in  sick  headache,  due  to  like 
causes.  Loss  of  tone  in  the  rectum,  with  constipation,  giving  rise  to  hemorrhoids, 
is  benefited  by  it.  In  chronic  constipation  it  may  be  necessary  to  begin  with  the 
larger  doses,  and  gradually  reduce  the  quantity  to  a  few  drops,  3  times  a  day, 
though,  as  a  rule,  it  is  better  to  give  repeated  small  doses,  gradually  increased, 
until  the  desired  action  is  obtained,  and  then  to  graduall\'  withdraw  the  drug. 
It  acts  kindly  without  irritating  or  griping,  and  produces  stools  of  a  semifluid 
consistence.  Occasionally,  but  rarely,  have  reports  of  harsh  action  been  m«de, 
such  as  cramps,  colic,  vomiting,  and  inordinate  catharsis,  while  a  sorene-ss  of  the 
bowels,  persistent  in  character,  has  been  attributed  to  it.  These  efifects,  however, 
are  not  common.  The  remedy,  in  10  to  15-drop  doses,  has  been  u.sed  with  asserted 
success  in  rheumatism.  Chronic  diarrhoea,  when  due  to  hepatic  sluggishness,  has 
been  checked  by  this  agent,  and  it  is  said  to  be  of  some  value  in  gastric,  duode- 
nal, and  biliary  catarrh,  with  jawndice.  It  is  commonly  prepared  in  the  form  of  a 
fluid  extract,  the  dose  of  which  is  from  10  to  60  minims,  repeated,  as  required, 

2  or  3  times  a  day.  The  powder  may  be  given  in  5-grain  doses;  the  solid  extract 
in  2  or  3-grain  doses. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Constipation,  due  to  neglect  or  to  nervous 
and  nui.scular  atony  of  the  intestinal  tract;  lesser  ailments,  depending  solely  upon 
constipation,  with  intestinal  atonj'. 

Related  Species  and  Pharmaceutical  Preparations.— iyjamniw  califomica,  Eschscholtz 
(Framjula  califomica,  Gray),  California  coffee  tree,  California  buckthorn.  This  agent  constitutes  a 
portion  of  sotne  commercial  lots  of  cascara  sagrada.  (For  its  differentiation  from  other  species 
of  Rhamnus,  in  powder,  see  Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1897.)  It  was  introduced  as  a  remedy  for  rheu- 
matism  by  Prof.  H.  T.  Webster,  M.  D.,  of  California,  who  contributed  an  article — '■  Rhamnug 
Califomica  in  Rheumatism  " — to  the  Eclectic  Medical  Journal,  in  July,  1895.  Prof.  Webster  ( Ec.  Ann. 
of  Med.  and  Stirg., 1895,  p.  30)  says  of  it:  "Rhamnus  califomica  is  commonly  known  as  the 
Califomia  coffee  tree.  It  is  a  shrub,  which  grows  to  the  height  of  20  feet  in  som'e  instances,  and 
bears  a  berry  which  is  first  green,  then  red,  and  finally,  when  ripened,  black  in  color.  This 
berry  contains  2  seeds,  resembling  coflee-beans  in  shape,  the  flattened  and  grooved  sides  'of 
the  two  lying  in  apposition,  and  being  covered  with  a  thin,  swfeetish-bitter  pulp,  resembling 
the  choke  cherry  in  taste,  though  the  berry  is  as  large  as  a  marrowfat  pea.  It  grows  in  the 
Sierras,  in  the  coast  range,  and  along  the  coast  from  Santa  Barbara  as  far  north  as  southern 
Oregon."  In  this  connection,  Dr.  Rusby  states  [Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  532)  that  Rhamnut 
califomica  grows  sparingly  in  northern  Califomia, but  becomes  more  abundant  southward  and 
eastward,  through  JNIexico  and  Arizona,  while  Rhamnus  Purshiaua  is  abundant  fri.>m  northern 
California  northward,  so  that  the  place  of  collection  forms  presumptive  evidence  of  the  botan- 
ical origin  of  the  bark.  "It  has  been  used  in  domestic  practice  as  a  substitute  iorKhammts 
Purshiana,  and  it  has,  doubtless,  been  a  common  practice  to  sophisticate  the  latter  with  the 
bark  of  Rhamnus  califomica,  the  resemblance  between  the  two  barks  being  very  great,  except 
that  the  bark  of  Rhamnus  califomica  is  thinner.  California  wholesale  druggists  designate  the 
bark  of  the  Rhamnus  califomica  as  'thin  cascara  bark'.'  Rhamnus  califomica  (the  bjirk)  seems 
to  me  to  be  the  most  positive  remedy  for  rheumatism  and  muscular  pain  of  rheumatoid  rhnractrr 
that  I  have  ever  employed.  A  saturated  tincture  of  the  fresh  bark,  made  in  alcohol,  may  be 
administered  in  1.5  or  20-<lrop  doses,  every  3  or  4  hours,  in  ordinary  cases  of  actile  rheumatism; 

3  or  4  doses  a  day  will  answer  in  chronic  cases.  The  preferable  form  of  administration  is  that 
of  a  decoction  of  the  recently  dried  bark.  A  heaping  tablespoonful  of  the  finely-broken  bark 
is  covered  with  a  pint  of  cold  water  and  steeped  over  a  slow  fire,  it  being  allowed  to  simmer 
15  or  20  minutes  after  reaching  the  boiling  point.  Of  this  1  or  2  tablespoonfnls  may  l>e  admin- 
istered every  3  or  4  hours.  If  a  laxative  effect  follows  this  dose,  the  amount  to  be  administered 
must  afterward  be  reduced  until  the  cathartic  ettect  is  avoided.  Catharsis  is  not  neoessarj- 
for  its  effective  action.  I  have  found  it  very  effectual  in  long-standing  and  obstinate  di/fmenor- 
rhira  (not  requiring  surgical  interference).  It  may  l)e  administered  in  the  manner  already 
ilescribed,  and  should  be  continued  3  or  4  months," about  4  times  a  day.  The  dose  i>f  sjHH-ific 
Rhamnus  califomica  ranges  from  10  to  30  drops.  .V  variety  of  this  plant,  with  white,  tomen- 
tose  leaves,  is  said  to  grow  in  New  Mexico  ana  Arizona"  ( Wel>8teri. 

K.\s.\GRA. — This  is  a  palatable  preparation  of  cascara  sagrada  (a  mild  laxative),  prepared 
exclusively  by  Messrs.  Frederick  Stearns  &  Co.,  Detroit,  and  was  introtlueetl  by  this  firm  nnder 
the  name  of  "'Oa.scara  Aromatic." 

Elixir  Pi-k(.!.\.ns.— This  compound  is  prepared  exclusively  bv  Eli  Lilly  &  Co.,  Indiana- 
polis, Ind.,  and  is  extensively  used  as  a  pleasant  purgative  and  laxative.  It  contains  and 
fully  represents  Rhamnus  Purshiana,  Euonymus  atropurpun-us.  Cassia  acutifolia  (purified), 
Iris  versicolor,  and  Hyoscyaiuus  leaves  combined  with  aroiualics. 

CoUilirina  clliinla,  Bron^. .  Mal>ee  Mr*.— South  America.  Contains  9.7  per  cent  of  a  bit- 
ter gluc.»iid  (W.  KUxirne  and  H.  Wilson, /Vmrm.  ^tmr.  Trtiiui.,  Vol.  XV,  1885,  p.  831),  and  ia 
employed  in  the  West  Indies  as  a  gastric  stimulant. 


RHEL'M.  1657 

Colubrinaasialica,  Brongn.  (Ceanothiigofidlica,  Linn^;  Hhamntu  Ixfigatui,  Sol.). — Fiji  iRlnncIs 
and  Australia.  The  leaves  are  uaed  by  natives  of  the  Fijis  to  cleanse  the  hair  an<l  (legtroy 
vermin  (Maiden). 

Al/jliituiiia  excflsa,  Reissek  iColuhrina  e.rceb(i,  FenzU,  Ked  ash,  Leather  jacket.  —  Australia. 
Used  occasionally  in  tannins  ( Maiden*. 

RHEUM  (U.  S.  P.)— RHUBARB. 

"The  root  of  Rhmm  ojfirituiu',  Baillon  "—^L'.  S.  P.). 

Nut.  Ord. — Polygonacea'. 

Co.M.MON  \.\ME.-^:   Rhnbnrh  root  (R/iei  radix, Br.). 

Iliatstration  :    H..ntley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants  213,  214, 215. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— The  botanical  orij;in  of  the  species  which 
yieldt'il  thr  I'-st  iliuKarl',  rnmitrly  known  in  commerce  as  the  Russian  rhubarb, 
iniportiil  friHu  Cliiiia  via  Kiachta,  in  Siberia,  is  not  known ;  no  competent  observer 
lias  ever  been  able  to  see  the  growing  plant  in  its  native  habitat,  the  mountain- 
ous country  Tangut,  in  Chinese  Tartary,  near  the  source  of  the  Hoang-ho  River. 
Chinese  rhubarb  is  probably  derived  from  more  than  one  species;  the  closest  ap- 
proach to  it  is  that  described  by  Baillon,  in  1872,  as  Rhmm  officinale,  the  descrip- 
tion being  taken  from  a  plant  successfully  grown  at  Montmorency.  This  origi- 
nated from  leaves  and  cuttings  forwarded  to  Dr.  Soubeiran,  of  Paris,  in  1867,  by 
the  French  Consul  at  Hankow,  China,  Mr.  Dabry  de  Thiersant,  who  obtaineil  them 
from  southeastern  Thibet  through  French  missionaries.  Offsets  of  the  French 
plant  were  also  forwarded  to  England,  in  1876,  and  cultivated  with  success  by 
kufus  Usher,  in  Bodicote,  in  Oxfordshire.  The  common  garden  rhubarb  (from 
R.  rhnpnnlirum  a.ni\  R.nndulatum)  had  been  in  cultivation  in  England  since  1608. 
The  official  rhubarb  is  that  from  Rhcinii  officinale,  which  grows  in  southeastern 
Thibet,  and  probably  other  localities  of  the  Chinese  Empire. 

Rheum  Officinale,  Baillon,  according  to  Pharmarographia,  is  a  "  perennial, 
noble  plant,  resembling  the  common  garden  rhubarb,  but  of  larger  size.  It  dif- 
fers from  the  latter  in  several  particulars.  The  leaves  spring  from  a  distinct 
crown,  rising  some  inches  above  the  surface  of  the  ground;  they  have  a  sub-cylin- 
drical petiole,  which,  as  well  as  the  veins  of  the  under  side  of  the  lamina,  is" cov- 
ered with  a  pubescence  of  short,  erect  hairs.  The  lamina,  the  outline  of  which  is 
orbicular,  cordate  at  the  base,  is  shortly  5  to  7-lobed,  with  the  lobes  coarsely  and 
irregularly  dentate.  It  attains  4  10  4^  feet  in  length,  and  rather  more  in  breadth. 
The  first  leaves  in  spring  display,  before  expanding,  the  peculiar,  metallic-red 
hue  of  copper"  (p.  492). 

In  addition,  we  quote  from  Mr.  W.  Elborne  (Pharm.  Jour.  Tra')is.,Vo\.  XV, 
1884-8.5,  p.  136):  "The  best  distinguishing  character  of  Rheum  officinale  is  the 
strong  development  of  the  sympodium  or  root-stalk,  a  large  portion  of  which 
projects  conically  above  the  ground,  being  provided  with  a  few  lateral  roots, 
about  the  thickness  of  a  finger.  Also  the  first  epidermis  of  the  radical  portion 
is  remarkable  for  the  bright  brownish-red  color,  the  roots  of  the  other  species 
being  yellowish-brown." 

Tile  mirro.<scopiral  structure  of  the  official  root  is  described  by  Mr.  W.  Kirkby 
(seeW.  Elborne, /or.  «V.)  as  follows:  "The  outer  layer,  immediately  beneath  the 
epidermal  portion,  consists  of  about  8  rows  of  the  tabular  parenchyma,  extended 
tangentially.  Within  this  is  abroad  zone  of  loose  parenchyma,  containing  starch, 
into  which  the  medullary  rays  entered  about  half  way  across.  Next  comes  the 
dark  cambial  line,  made  up  of  several  rows  of  closely  compacted,  oblong  paren- 
chyma, exhibiting  the  radial  arrangement  of  the  medullary  rays.  Between  the 
medullary  rays  are  seen  groups  of  large,  reticulated  vessels,  consisting  of  from 
I  to  5  vessels,  arranged,  for  the  most  part,  in  a  radial  manner.  They  are  surrounded 
by  unthickened,  elongated  parenchyma.  The  coloring  matters  are  found  in  the 
medullary  rays.  The  center  of  the  "root  shows  no  definite  arrangement  of  the  tis- 
sues, being  a  mass  of  parenchymatous  cells,  interspersed  irregulaily  by  the  medul- 
lary rays.  The  whole  root  is  loaded  with  starch.  The  granules  are  generally 
compound.  The  larger  single  granules  have  a  diameter  of  about  20  micro-milli- 
meters. The  hilum  is  generally,  but  only  slightly,  eccentric,  and  is  seen  as  a 
small,  black  dot.  When  mounted  in  Canada  balsam,  the  black  cross  is  distinctly 
visible  with   jiolarized    light.     Ra|iliides  (crystals  of  calcium  oxalate)  are  fairly 


1658  RHEUM. 

numerous,  and  vary  considerably  in  size.  In  the  loose  tissue  of  the  root,  just 
within  the  zone  of  radial  medullary  rays,  are  found  scattered  the  stars  so  charac- 
teristic of  Chinese  rhubarb;  these  exhibit  all  the  anatomical  features  of  the  root. 
K.ojjiriwde  differs  chiefly  from  Chinese  rhubarb  in  that  it  contains  more  starch, 
.  aiuV  from  E.  rhapontlcum  in  the  vessels  and  cells  of  the  medullary  rays  being  larger, 
:ind  the  arrangement  of  the  various  tis.sues  being  less  distinct  and  regular."  (Also 
see  microscopical  study  of  several  species  of  Rhubarb,  by  Prof  L.  E.  Sayre,  JIt/ict-. 
Jour.  Phnrm.,\m^,  pp.  129-1.35.) 

Cultivation  and  Collection. — Little  is  known  about  the  cultivation  and  col- 
lection of  (liincsf  ilniljaili.  tlii'  lu-stof  which  seems  to  be  obtained  from  wild  varie- 
ties (Fliickiger,  Phnnnacijnusir  ,/<.s  Pflanzenreichs,  3d  ed.,  1891,  p.  399).  According  to 
Pereira,  "  the  method  of  curing  or  preparing  Asiatic  rhubarb  for  the  market  varies 
somewhat  in  different  localities.  In  China  it  is  as  follows:  The  roots  are  dug  up, 
cleansed,  cut  in  pieces,  and  dried  on  stone  tables,  heated  beneath  by  fire.  During 
the  process,  the  roots  are  frequently  turned.  They  are  afterward  piferced,  strung 
upon  cords,  and  further  dried  in  the  sun.  In  Tartary  the  roots  are  cut  in  small 
pieces,  in  order  that  they  may  dry  the  more  readily,  and  a  hole  is  made  in  the 
middle  of  every  piece,  through  which  a  cord  is  drawn,  in  order  to  suspend  them 
in  any  convenient  place.  They  hang  them,  for  the  most  part,  about  their  tents, 
and  sometimes  on  the  horns  of  their  sheep.  Sievers,  however,  states  that  the 
roots  are  cut  in  pieces,  strung  upon  threads,  and  dried  under  sheds,  so  as  to  pro- 
tect them  from  the  rays  of  the  sun.  He  also  tells  us  that  sometimes  a  year  elapses 
from  the  time  of  their  collection  until  they  are  ready  for  exportation."  The  best 
grade  is  that  known  as  Shensi  rhubarb. 

As  regards  cultivation  in  Europe,  Mr.  Elborne  remarks  (loc.cit.)  that,  as  a 
general  principle,  forced  cultivation  produces  a  plant  inferior  in  medicinal  value, 
because  it  is  chiefly  inert  tissue  which  is  benefited  by  such  cultivation.  Propa- 
gation is  effected  from  offsets  or  lateral  shoots  of  4-year-old  plants,  set  at  distances 
of  6  to  8  feet  apart,  and  left  to  grow  from  5  to  7  years,  then  tlie  roots  are  ready 
for  collection.  They  are  dug  up  in  dry  weather,  between  July  and  September, 
peeled,  sliced  into  pieces,  known  in  trade  as  "flats"  and  "rounds."  The  rootlets 
furnish  "small  rounds,"  or  "sticks."  They  are  then  exposed  to  a  current  of  dry 
air  in  an  open  bedding  for  several  days,  and  the  drying  is  completed  by  exposure 
to  artificial  heat  of  90°  F.,oi-,  pn'ffrably,  80°  F.  for  i?/iram  o^V/Hn/e. 

Description  and  Commercial  History. — As  described  by  the  U.  S.  P.,  rhu- 
barb occurs  "in  cylimlrical,  cimical,  nr  llattish  segments,  deprived  of  the  dark- 
brown,  corky  layer,  smoothish  or  somewhat  wrinkled,  externally  covered  with  a 
bright,  yellowish-brown  powder,  marked  with  white,  elongated  meshes,  contain- 
ing a  white,  rather  spongy  tissue,  and  a  number  of  short,  reddish-brown  or  brown- 
ish-yellow striae;  compact,  hard;  fracture  uneven;  internall}'  white,  with  numer- 
ous red,  irregularly  curved  and  interrupted  medullary  rays,  which  are  radially 
parallel  only  near  the  cambium  line;  odor  somewhat  peculiar,  aromatic;  taste 
bitter,  somewhat  astringent.  When  chewed,  rhubarb  feels  gritty  between  the 
teeth,  and  imparts  a  yellow  color  to  the  saliva.  Rhubarb  which  is  very  porous, 
or  has  a  prominently  mucilaginous  taste,  or  is  of  a  dark-brown  color  internally, 
should  be  rejected  " — (U.  S.P.).  The  grittiness  observed  when  rhubarb  is  chewed 
is  due  to  the  oxalate  of  calcium  present.  Commercial  rhubarbs,  according  to  their 
geograpliical  and  botanical  origin,  may  be  classed  as  follows  (Elborne,  /or.  cit.^ : 

Asi.vTic  RiiUB.\RBS. — C/i/«('*e  (Russian,  Muscovy  or  Turkey  ;  Canton  or  East 
Indian  ;  Batavian  or  Dutch-trimmed),  yielded  by  R.pnlmaticum  var.  tonguticurn  and 
R.offirinnle  (?).  Sibnian,  from  R.rli<ipot)lirum.  Himalayan  (large),  from  R.  Emodi; 
i<inall,  from  R.  Wcbbtanum.     Burhariai),  from  R.  rotd^ilatum. 

EuROPE.\N  Rhubarbs. — English,  from  R.  rhapmUicum  and  R.  officinale.  Frtnch, 
from  R.  rhapnnticum,  R.  compactum,  and  R.  unduUUum.  AuMrian  (^Moravian),  from 
jR.  rhapontimm. 

The  former  trade  in  Ritssian  rhubarb  was  a  government  monopoly  and  the 
article,  called  crmrn  rhid>nrb,  has  disap])eared  from  commerce.  It  was  collected  in 
Chinese  Tartary  and  sold  to  the  Russian  government,  at  the  frontier  town  of 
Kiachta,  where  it  was  sorted  by  especially  ajipointed  apothecaries,  and  only  the 
best  grade  accepted,  the  inferior  grade  being  destroyed.  It  came  to  Eurojie  by 
way  of  Asia  Minor,  and  for  this  reason  the  term,  Tiirke)/  rAi«i(ir6,  established  itself. 


KHKIM.  16.59 

Since  the  opening  of  the  Chinese  ports  to  European  commerce  in  the  "GOs,  the 
trade  via  Kiachta  rapidly  declined.  (For  interesting  details  regarding  Russian 
rhubarb  and  its  trade,  see  A.  Fero,  Ainer.  Jour.  Phanu.,  1867,  j).  212  ;  also  Dnir/gists^ 
Circuliir.  \S97.\i.27S.)  Chinese  or  Eiv<t  Indian  rhubarb  is  that  now  mostly  in  use. 
It  is  the  ollicial  kind  of  rhubarb.  It  was  formerly  brought  from  Canton,  but  is 
now  collected  u\  Hankow  and  exported  from  Tien-Tsin  (see /l?nf-/-.  Jowr. /%nn?i., 
1866,  p.  153,  for  details  regarding  this  grade).  The  European  rhubarb  (see  English 
Rhubarb  above)  is  produced  in  quite  considerable  quantity.  Mr.  Elborne  (1884) 
reports  that  12,000  pounds  of  English  rhubarb  were  being  gathered  annually. 

In  selecting  rhubarb,  roots  only  should  be  taken  which  are  sound  and  hard, 
of  a  bright-yellow  color,  of  a  strong  rhubarb-aromatic  smell,  of  a  bitterish,  slightly 
astringent  taste,  without  viscidity,  which  feel  gritty  under  the  teeth,  and  which 
communicate  a  bright-yellow  color  to  the  saliva;  they  should  present,  when  frac- 
tured, a  marbled  appearance  of  red  and  whitish  veins,  and  be  easily  reduced  to 
a  bright-yellow  powder,  sometimes  tawny-tinged  {Ed. — T.).  Inferior  rhubarb  is 
sometimes  colored  with  turmeric,  which  may  be  detected  by  placing  the  rhubarb 
in  powder  on  filtering  paper,  and  moistening  with  chloroform,  drop  by  drop.  The 
turmeric  color  is  thus  transferred  to  the  paper;  dry  the  latter,  moisten  with  solu- 
tion of  borax,  then  with  hydrochloric  acid.  A  brown-red  tinge  is  formed  if  tur- 
meric is  present  (see  E.  L.  Howie,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1874,  p.  16). 

Rhubarb,  if  boiled  in  water  till  it  becomes  soft,  then  crushed  and  agitated 
in  the  water,  deposits  pale-gray  sandy  crystals  of  oxalate  of  calcium.  Continued 
boiling  injures  its  virtues.  Proof-spirit  is  a  more  ready  solvent  of  the  active  in- 
gredients of  rhubarb  than  water.  Solution  of  caustic  potash  iS  colored  blood-red 
by  rhuljarb.  Lime-water  causes  at  first  a  pale  cherry-red  haze,  which  slowly  gives 
place  to  a  red  precipitate.  Ferric  chloride  produces  a  green  precipitate,  and  solu- 
tion of  isinslass  a  yellow,  curdy  deposit,  owing  to  the  presence  of  tannin. 

Chemical  Composition. — G.  Dragendorfi"  (Jahresb.  der  Pharm.,  1878,  p.  74) 
analyzed  ■">  species  of  rhubarb,  partly  historical  specimens,  and  found  them  to 
contain  uiuislure  (S.7  lo  11.3  per  cent),  ash  (3.2  to  24  per  cent),  mucilaginous 
matters  (11  to  17  per  cent),  starch  (6.2  to  16.5  per  cent),  sugar  (3.7  to  5.5  per 
cent),  cellulose,  pectose,  lignin,  etc.  (21  to  30  per  cent),  cathartic  acid  (2.03  to  5.25 
per  cent),  oxalic  acid  (occurring  as  calcium  oxalate,  1.12  to  4.6  per  cent),  malic 
acid  (a  trace  to  1.24  per  ceni),  free  chrysophanic  acid  soXuhla  in  petroleum  ether, 
absent  or  traces — in  one  instance  1.01  per  cent — chrymphan  and  tannin  (4.8  to  17.1 
per  cent),  emodia,  and  resins  soluble  in  alcohol,  c  (/.,  ei-ythroretin,  phxoretin,  etc. 
(1.15  to  6.29  per  cent),  white  crystalline  resin  soluble  in  ether,  in.soluble  in  alco- 
hol (IM5  to  2.32  per  cent),  fatty  matter  (traces,  to  0.32  per  cent),  albuminous 
bodies  (3.17  to  4.39  per  cent).  The  results  of  an  analysis  of  the  species  Rheum 
officinale,  R.rh'iponticum  (both  being  English  rhubarbs)  and  Ea-H  Indian  and  Russian 
rhubarbs,  by  Mr.  William  Elborne  (Pharm.  Jour.  Tran.'^.,\o\.  XV,  1884,  p.  137)  prac- 
tically agree  with  those  of  Dragendorfif.  The  latter  considers  cathartic  acid,  a  glu- 
cosidal,  nitrogenous  substance,  to  be  the  purgative  principle  of  rhubarb,  greatly 
resembling  that  occurring  in  the  leaves  of  senna  and  the  bark  of  frangula.  Quite 
recently,  A.  B.  Stevens  (Pror.  Amer.  Phnrm.  ^««or.,  1898,  ]i.  339)  again  laid  stress 
upon  cathartic  acid,  and  gave  a  method  for  its  preparation.  The  tonic  action  of 
rhubarb,  Dragendorfi"  considers  due  to  the  tannin  present  {rheo-tannic  acid  [C^jHjg 
0„]  of  Kubli ),  and  the  unmistakable  antiseptic  action,  in  cases  of  catarrhal  affec- 
tions of  the  intestines,  due  to  the  coloring  matters  chn/.<:ophanic  acid,  emodin  and 
allied  substances.  Tschirch,  however,  finds  the  action  of  even  chrysophanic  acid 
to  be  decidedlv  purgative  (Archiv  dcr  Pharm.,  1899,  p.  632).  Chrysophanic  acid 
(C,jH,„0.j  was  first  isolated  by  Rochleder  and  Heldt,  in  1843,  from  the  wall-lichen 
ParmeUa  parielinn.  In  1844  its  presence  in  rhubarb  was  recognized  by  Schloss- 
berger  and  Drepping,  who  also  isolated  several  resins,  apnretin,  phaorctin,  and 
en/thrnrrtin,  all  solulile  in  alkalies.  Chrysophanic  acid  likewise  occurs  in  the 
roots  of  certain  species  of  Rumex  (which  see)  and  in  goa  powder  (see  Acidum 
Chryso/jhanicuin).  It  crystallizes  from  alcohol  in  orange-yellow  needles,  soluble 
with  yellow  color  in  ether,  alcohol  (in  224  parts  of  86  percent);  in  petroleum 
benzin  ami  amylic  alcohol, almost  insoluble  in  cold  water.  It  dissolves  in  caustic 
alkali  with  beautiful  dark-red  color,  but  is  insoluble  in  .oolution  of  .«odium  car- 
bonate.    According  to  M.  Kubli  (Amer.  Join:  I'harm..  1SS.5,  \\.  (il4 V  chrysophanic 


acid  usually  does  not  exist  as  such  in  rhubarb,  but  occurs  in  the  form  of  a  gluco- 
sid  called  chrysophan  (also  see  Dragendorfif,  previous  page).  Treatment  of  rhubarb 
with  water  seems  to  dissolve  a  ferment  capable  of  converting  chrysophan  into 
chrysophanic  acid.  The  same  conversion  with  liberation  of  sugar  in  both  cases, 
takes  place  upon  boiling  with  diluted  acids.  Chry.sophan  is  soluble  in  warm 
water,  insoluble  in  ether  and  benzin.  Chrysophanic  acid  is  gradually  deposited 
when  a  tincture  of  rhubarb  weak  in  alcohol  is  allowed  to  stand.  Warren  de  la 
Rue  and  Midler,  in  1857,  discovered  in  rhubarb  a  substance  analogous  to  chryso- 
phanic acid  which  they  called  emodin  (compare  Frangula  and  Rhamnus  Purshiana). 
It  crystallizes  in  long,  red,  monoclinic  prisms,  more  easily  soluble  in  alcohol  than 
chrysophanic  acid,  but  less  soluble  in  benzol.  It  also  differs  by  being  soluble  in 
solution  of  sodium  carbonate.  It  has  the  formula  C,3H,(,0=,,  and  is  trioxy-methyl- 
anthrn-quinone,  while  chr3'sophanic  acid  is  dioxy-nvethyl-anthra-quinone,  both  deriva- 
tives of  the  hydrocarbon  anthracene  (C„H,(,)  (Liebermann  and  Waldstein,  1876). 

In  addition,  J.  O.  Hesse  {A-mer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1895,  p.  615)  obtained  a  third 
crystallizable  principle  7-Aem  (CisHioOg),  which  seems  to  he  tetra-ory-methyl-anthra- 
quinone.  Like  emodin,  it  dissolves  in  sodium  carbonate  solution  at  ordinary 
temperature  with  deep  purple-red  color,  but  dififers  from  it  in  being  insoluble  in 
hot  toluene.  It  is  physiologically  inert.  Hesse  finds  the  purgative  principle  of 
rhubarb  to  reside  in  that  portion  of  its  ether  extract  which  is  dissolved  by  80  per 
cent  alcohol  and  from  the  latter  extract  dissolved  by  a  weaker  alcohol.  The  prin- 
ciple thus  obtained  is  resinous,  non-glucosidal,  not  yielding  chrysophanic  acid 
upon  boiling  with  acids.  It  is  somewhat  acrid  and  bitter,  acid  in  alcoholic  solu- 
tion, and  strongly  purgative. 

These  results,  however,  do  not  seem  to  be  final  (see  J.  O.  Hesse,  Lieb.  Annnlen 
Vol.  CCCIX,  1899,  p.  32 ;  also  A.  Tschirch,  Archiv  drr  Pharm.,  1899,  p.  632).  Tschirch 
takes  the  ground  that  in  the  group  of  Frangula,  Rheum,  Senna  and  Aloe  the  pur- 
gative action  is  due  to  the  presence  of  glucosids  which  are  decomposed  by  the 
alkaline  fluid  of  the  intestines,  whereby  sugar  and  oxy-methyl-anthraquinonea 
are  formed.  Of  the  latter,  emodin  in  particular  is  decidedly  active.  In  rhubarb, 
this  glucosid  is  chrysophan  (see  above),  the  presence  of  which  is  confirmed  also  by 
Gilson  (1898). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Rhubarb  is  cathartic,  astringent  and 
tonic;  as  a  cathartic,  it  acts  by  increasing  the  muscular  action  of  the  intestines, 
rather  than  by  augmenting  their  secretions,  and  affects  the  whole  intestinal  canal, 
especially  the  duodenum.  Its  cathartic  eflect  is  succeeded  by  a  mild  astringency, 
which  has  gained  for  rhubarb  the  reputation  of  being  secondarily  a  calmative,  as 
well  as  a  stimulant  of  the  digestive  canal;  with  its  astringent  inflmnce,  it  like- 
wise exerts  for  the  most  part,  a  tonic  action  on  the  stomach,  improving  the  appe- 
tite and  digestive  powers.  It  is  absorbed  in  the  course  of  its  operation,  making 
the  serum  of  the  blood  yellow,  the  sweat  tawny,  and  the  urine  red,  which  may 
be  distinguished  from  bloody  urine  by  heating  it.  If  blood  be  present  it  will 
coagulate,  and  remove  the  red  color,  which  will  not  happen  if  the  tint  be  owing 
to  rhubarb.  Rhubarb  applied  moist  to  the  skin,  or  wlien  used  to  dress  ulcers, 
as  it  sometimes  is,  has  produced  its  peculiar  purgative  ettects.  Rliubarb  is  much 
used  as  a  laxative  for  infants,  in  many  infantile  diseases;  its  mildness  and  tonic 
qualities  rendering  it  peculiarly  applicable,  especially  when  enfeebled  digestion 
and  irritation  of  the  aliraentarv  canal  are  present.  In  acute  or  chnutir  dinrrhaa 
or  dysentery,  in  convalescence  from  exhausting  diseases,  and  in  some  irritable 
habits,  where  the  mildest  of  all  other  laxatives  are  apt  to  e.Kcite  hyj>en\atharsis, 
rhubarb  is  an  appropriate  medicine.  Its  combination  with  soap  or  an  alkali 
tends  to  counteract  its  astringent  eflects,  and  it  thus  becomes  valuable  in  cases 
of  constipation.  It  is  useful  in  all  cases  of  feral  acrumulntions,  as  it  produces  fecal, 
more  than  watery  discharges.  Sometimes  it  produces  griping,  which  may  be 
obviated  by  aromatics.  The  following  pill  I  have  found  very  beneficial  in  dy$- 
pcp.tia  attcndoil  with  constipation,  cAronic  diarrhaa  and  dysentert/,  hahitunl  cou^i- 
])ntion,hrj><ilir  diT(inii,in<iil.^,pilc.f,elc.:  Take  extract  of  rhubarb,  extract  of  leptan- 
dra,  hydrochlorate  of  berberine,  and  Ciiittile  soap,  of  each,  A  drachm.  Mix  them 
well  together,  and  divide  into  30  pills.  Of  these,  1,  2,  3,  or  4  mav  be  taken  daily, 
suflicient  to  keen  the  bowels  regular,  without  causing  catharsis.  When  more  than 
1  an>  recjuired  daily,  they  should  Vie  given  in  doses  of  1  pill  at  a  time  at  regular 


KHEUM.  1661 

intervals  through  the  day  (J.  King).  Prof.  Locke  recommends  it  in  the  ron at ipa- 
tion  of  dy.tpeptirs  with  hepatic  torpor,  combining  the  neutralizing  cordial  with 
specifac  podophyllum  or  aloes.  He  also  recommend.s  it  in  gout  and  rheuvintma 
with  constipation,  and  as  a  gentle  la.xativo  after  parturition.  The  cordial  is  rec- 
ommended in  the  nursing  sore  viouth  of  inf<nit-'<.  Rhubarb  is  efficient  in  the  bowel 
disorders  following  the  excessive  use  of  alcoholics.  The  following  is  eflicient  dur- 
ing convalescence  from  delirium  tremens:  R  Leptandra,  rhubarb,  gentian  aii,  in 
powder,  si ;  ginger,  3ii;  diluted  alcohol,  Oj.  Macerate.  Sig.  Dose,  1  tea.<poonful 
(Locke).  Rhubarb  is  generallj'  contraindicated  in  severe  febrile  or  inflamma- 
tory atJections.  Toasting  dissipates  its  purgative  property  considerably,  but 
without  diminishing  its  astringency,  and  it  is,  thus  prepared,  recommended  by 
some  practitioners  in  diarrhwa,  dysentery,  cholera  morbus,  a.i\(\.  other  diseases  where 
astringi-nts  are  indicated.  In  the  ordinary  summer  diarrhoea  of  both  children  and 
adults,  and  particularly  when  an  acid  condition  presents,  the  neutralizing  cordial 
(Locke's  formula  preferred)  is  a  most  excellent  corrective. 

Specifically  rhubarb  is  employed  for  a  diflerent  action  from  that  given  above 
which  represents  the  old  but  excellent  uses  of  the  drug.  The  specific  object 
sought  is  the  conixol  oi  gastro-intejitinal  irritation,  a.n(l  this  is  nicely  accomplished 
by  the  u.*e  of  small  doses  of  specific  rheum.  The  red-pointed  "tongue,  eviden- 
cing gastro-intestinal  irritation,  is  the  direct  indication  for  its  use.  Add  to  this 
vomiting,  nervous  irritability  as  manifested  by  restlessness,  screaming  and  con- 
vulsive muscular  contractions,  and  the  specific  field  of  rhubarb  is  clearly  set 
forth.  The  common  method  of  administration  is  as  follows:  R  Specific  rheum,  gi; 
water,  siv.  Dose,  a  teaspoonful  every  i  or  1  hour.  The  same  doses  given  less 
often  act  as  an  excellent  gastro-intestinal  tonic,  giving  better  digestion  and  con- 
trolling the  papesreiU  diarrhoea  of  indigestion  when  present.  In  chronic  constipation 
with  a  sense  of  constriction  in  stomach  and  bowels  and  contraction  of  the  abdomi- 
nal muscles,  10  drops  of  specific  rheum  may  be  given  in  a  full  glass  of  cold  water 
in  the  morning.  Fatty  inunction  of  the  abdomen  adds  to  its  eflicacy.  In  con- 
junction with  cod-liver  oil  and  phosphorus  preparations  Prof.  Scudder  adminis- 
tered rhubarb  where  an  "increased  nutrition  of  nerve  tissue"  was  demanded. 

Dose  of  the  powder  as  a  purgative,  from  10  to  30  grains;  as  a  laxative,  from 
5  to  10  grains;  as  a  tonic,  from  1  to 5  grains;  of  the  tincture  or  syrup,  1  or  2  fluid 
drachms ;  of  neutralizing  cordial,  1  to  4  fluid  drachms.  For  specific  eSects,  from 
■^  to  o  drops  of  specific  rheum. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Gastric  irritation,  nausea,  vomiting,  elon- 
gated tongue  reddened  at  tip  and  edges;  irritative  diarrhoea  with  tenderness  on 
pressure;  sour  smelling  discharges  imparting  to  the  child  a  sour  odor;  gastro- 
intestinal irritation  with  nervous  irritability,  restlessness,  screaming  and  convuls- 
ive muscular  contractions;  constipation,  with  a  sense  of  intestinal  constriction 
and  abdominal  contraction;  light-colored  fecal  discharges. 

Related  Species.— flA^u/n  £modi,  Wallich  (R.auslrale,  Von.)  R.  Moorcrofiianum,  R.  speci- 
forme  and  R.  Wehbiiiniim  are  Himalayan  species  of  rhubarb.  (For  description  of  these  and  the 
loUowiiii;  species  see  Lindley,  Flora  Medica,  p.  3.54.) 

A'/k'o/i  imlmalnm,  Linn^'. — This  plant  inliabite  the  country  near  the  sn^eat  wall  of  China. 
It  was  cultivated  in  Russia  soon  after  1750,  wlien  a  Tartarian  merchant  supplied  Dr.  Boerhaave, 
physician  to  the  emperor  of  Rus.sia,  with  what  were  believed  to  be  the  seeds  of  genuine 
rliuliarb.  Guilx)urt  strongly  held  that  R.  patmatum  was  the  botanical  source  of  genuine 
rhubarb  of  China,  a  view  supported  by  the  Russian  Colonel  Przewalski,  who  observed  this 
speciis  anil  collected  specimens  thereof  in  1.H72-73  in  the  Chinese  province  of  Kan.«u.  The 
speciini-tis,  however,  bv  analysis  of  Dragendorff  (see  Riieum)  proved  to  be  different  from 
autbi'ntic  spwimens  of  the  genuine  root. 

Rlieiim  hijhridum,  Murray, and  its  varietv  Colinianum  are  cultivated,  the  former  in  Europe 
and  thf  latter  in  Asia.   Their  roots  agree  witli  rhubarb. 

Rliema  uiulnlalum  (Buchanan  rhuliarh)  and  R.compactum  are  two  species  cnltivated  in 
France.     The  petioles  of  the  latter  species  are  used  for  pies. 

Rheum  rhufmntieunt,  Linne,  Common  yanlrn  Hniharh. — This  plant  inhabits  the  borders  of 
the  Black  .'^a  and  is  more  abundant  north  of  the  Caspian,  in  the  deserts  between  the  Volga 
and  tlieYaik;  also  on  the  inount^tins  of  Knfnojar  in  Silieria.  This  has  a  more  disagreeame 
smell  than  rhid)arb,  and  is  not  so  gritty  to  the  taste.  It  i.s  cultivated  in  this  conntn,-  and 
Europe,  for  pies,  etc.  The  prepared  root  has  the  re.semblanoe  of  true  rhubarb,  but  not  its 
medicinal  iimperties.  R.  Otto  believes  the  continued  use  of  the  petioles  of  rhubarb  for  pies, 
etc.,  to  lie  injurious  to  health  owing  to  the  o.xalic  acid  (0.2  to  0.3  per  centi  it  contains  in  soluble 
form  in  addition  to  insoluble  calcium  oxalate  i  Drug.  Cir.,  1895,  p.  150). 


1662  RHODODEXDEON. 

Perezin  adnata,  Gray  (  Trixis  PipHzahoac,  Schaffner)  {Nat.  Ord. — Compositae  . — Tlie  rhizome 
of  this  phint  is  employed  as  a  laxative  and  contains  a  violently  purgative  acid,  which  also  im- 
parts to  the  urine  a  greenish  color.  Pipilzahoic  acid  (C15H10O3)  is  obtained  by  extracting  the 
roots  with  alcohol  of  82  per  cent  and  precipitating  with  water.  It  forms  beautiful  yellow  or 
reddish  scales  {vegetable  gold)  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform  and  carbon  disulphide, 
nearly  insoluble  in  water.  It  is  sublimable.  In  alkali  it  dissolves  witli  beautiful  violet  color. 
It  has  also  been  obtained  from  Perezia  Wrightii,  Gray,  and  Perezia  nana,  Gray,  both  from  south- 
western Texas.  As  a  drastic  cathartic  the  dose  is  from  4  to  8  grains.  The  acid  is  an  oxy- 
quinone  (Anschutz). 

Khinacanthus  communis,  Nees  ( Acanthacese). — Indiaand  China.  Root-bark  of  this  shrub  con- 
tains viscous,  tasteless,  ?7i (/((«■««(/( if!  (CuHisOiJiUot  a  glucosiil  (Liborius).  In  some  respects  it 
resembles  chrysophanic  acid.  The  leaves  and  woody  root  have  been  employed  in  ringworm  and 
other  sldn  affections  (see  complete  analysis,  by  P.  Liborius,  in  Jahresb.  der  Pharm.,  1883-84,  p.  152). 

RHODODENDRON.— ROSEBAY. 

The  leaves  of  Rhododendron  chrysanthum,  Linne. 

Nat.  Ord. — Ericacete. 

Common  Names  :   Yellow-floivered  rhododendron,  Ro.sebay,  Snow  rose. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  small  bush,  with  the  stem  from  1  to  H  feet 
high,  spreading,  very  much  branched,  often  almost  hidden  among  moss,  from 
which  the  tips  only  of  its  shoots  are  protruded.  The  leaves  are  alternate,  of  the 
texture  of  a  laurel  leaf,  ovate,  somewhat  acute,  tapering  into  the  stalk,  reticulated 
and  very  rough  above,  and  paler  and  smoother  underneath.  The  flowers  are 
large,  showy,  nodding,  and  borne  on  clustered,  terminal,  loose  peduncle.^,  emerg- 
ing from  among  large  downy  scales.  Corolla  campanulate,  5-cleft,  with  rounded 
segments,  of  which  tlie  three  upper  are  rather  the  largest,  and  streaked  with  livid 
dots  next  the  tube,  the  lower  unspotted.  Stamens  10,  unequal,  and  deflexed;  the 
anthers  oblong,  incumbent,  and  without  appendages,  opening  by  two  terminal 
pores.  Capsule  ovate,  rather  angular,  5-celled,  o-valved,  and  septicidal;  seeds 
numerous  and  minute  (L.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— Rhododendron  is  an 
elegant  evergreen  shrub,  inhabiting  the  mountains  of  Siberia,  with  large,  yellow 
flowers,  which  appear  in  June  and  July.  The  leaves  are  the  parts  used  in  medi- 
cine, and  should  be  gathered  as  soon  as  the  capsules  have  ripened.  They  have  a 
faint  odor  when  recent,  which  is  lost  by  drying;  their  taste  is  somewhat  bitter, 
slightly  acrid  and  astringent.  Water  or  alcohol  extracts  their  projierties.  Besides 
tannic  acid  and  the  other  usual  plant  constituents,  a  small  amount  of  essential 
oil  is  present,  as  well  as  the  poisonous  andromedotoxin  (Plugge  and  De  Zaayer, 
Amer.  .hur.  Pharm.,  1889,  p.  361). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Yellow  rhododendron  contains  a 
stimulant,  nanntic  jninciple;  for  it  increases  the  heat  of  the  body,  excites  thirst, 
and  products  diaiihorebis,  or  an  increased  discharge  of  the  other  secretions  or  ex- 
cretions, and  which  are  generally  followed  by  a  decrease  of  action  of  the  arterial 
system.  With  some  persons  it  causes  emeto-catharsis,  inebriation,  and  delirium. 
The  Siberians  use  a  decoction  of  it  in  chronic  rheumati.fm  and  got((.  They  put 
about  2  drachms  of  the  dried  shrub  in  an  earthen  pot,  with  about  10  ounces  of 
boiling  water,  keeping  it  near  a  boiling  heat  for  a  night,  and  this  they  take  in  the 
morning.  Beside  its  otlier  effects,  it  is  said  to  produce  a  sensation  of  prickling  or 
creeping  in  the  painful  parts;  but  in  a  few  hours  the  pain  and  disagreeable  symp- 
toms are  relieved,  and  2  or  3  do.ses  generally  complete  the  cure.  The  use  of 
liquids  is  not  allowed  during  its  operation,  as  this  is  apt  to  induce  vomiting 
(Ed. — Coxe).  It  is  a  valuable  remedj%  used  in  Russia,  Germany,  and  sometimes 
in  France  and  England,  but  scarcely  at  all  in  this  country.  That  it  possesses  a 
decided  control  over  the  circulation,  acting  like  tiie  special  sedatives,  slowing  the 
quickened  pulse  by  giving  increased  heart  ]>ower  and  removing  capillary  oVistruc- 
tion,  seems  well  established.  ;)/?/(i/;//r  ^w/h.-,  whether  rheumatic  or  not.  but  espe- 
cially of  the  facial  and  ocular  region,  appear  to  be  the  special  indication  for  its 
use.  It  has  been  employed  in  actilc  lci>ticular,i\ni.\  ovnrimt  affrrtintif,  as  well  as  in 
chronic  orchitiii  and  hi/drocele.  The  dose  should  be  minute,  from  a  fraction  of  a 
drop  to  a  drop  of  a  saturated  tincture.  Probably  our  native  si>ecies  would  be 
fullv  as  effective. 


RHOEADOS  PETALA.— RHUS  AROMATICA: 


Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Myalgia  pain,  particularly  of  the  face; 

raee-aolR' ;!'•''"  '"  tlie  ocular  uiuscles. 


Belated  Species.— Our  native  species,  tlie  iJ.  »iaa:ini«m  and  J?.punc/a<((m.  aceonline  to 
Barton,  pi>ssess  properties  similar  to  the  ti.chrysaiUlium,  but  milder.  According  tu  Bigelow, 
they  are  astringent,  but  not  narcotic. 

RhiyUKlendron  maj-imum ,  Linn^,  Rosehay  iref,  or  Great  laurel,  is  a  tall,  evergreen  shrub,  or 
small  tree,  found  growing  along  mountainous  streams  in  tlie  eastern  section  of  the  Unite<l 
States.  The  leaves  are  verj-  thick  and  leathery,  entire,  oblong,  acuU',  smooth,  and  borne  mi 
short  wrinkled  stalks.  The  flowers  appear  in  midsummer,  an<l  are  very  large  and  showy,  ih 
terminal,  umbellate  clusters.  Tannin,  gallic  acid,  wax,  resin,  albumen,  a  little  essential  oil, 
and  several  bodies  peculiar  to  the  Kricncea; — viz.:  arbntin.ur,^one,  et-icolin,  etc. — were  found  in 
the  leaves  by  Kuelinel  {Amer.  Jour,  /'/lan/i.,  1S85,  p.  164).  Andrumedotorin  was  isolated  by 
Plugge,  in  I8S9.  Tliis  agent  was  introduced  to  the  profession  by  Dr.  J.  M.  MulhoUand,  of 
Pennsylvania,  in  1S77,  as  a  remedy  for  ohslinate  cough  in  elderly  persons,  in  diphllurilic  croup, 
and  for  the  cure  of  those  cutaneous  affections  in  which  arsenic  is  frequently  prescribed.  In 
cougli,  he  found  it  more  efficiicious,  when  this  was  severe  without  expectoration,  and  was 
accompanied  with  a  sweetish  or  mawkish  odor  of  the  breath,  and  a  tremulous  pulse.  The 
dose  is  a  teaspoonful  every  hour,  of  a  mixture  of  20  minims  of  the  fluid  extract  with  4  fluid 
ounces  of  water. 

Rhododendron  ferrugineum,  Linn^,  of  Europe,  has  bitter,  astringent  leaves,  which  con- 
tain tannin  as  well  as  ericolin  and  arbutin.  Said  to  contain  no  andromedotoxin  (Drageudorff, 
ffeilpflanzen). 

RHffiADOS   PETALA.— RED-POPPY  PETALS. 

The  fresh  petals  o( Papairr  Hhaa.<:.\Ann(-. 

Nat.  Onl. — Papaveracea?. 

Common  Names  axd  Synonym:  Corn  poppy.  Corn  rose;  Flores  rhceados. 

Ii.LrsTRATioN  :   Bentlej'  and  Triraen,  Med.  Plants,  19. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  an  annual,  herbaceous  plant,  growing  to  a  height 
of  about  2  feet,  beset  with  diverging  hairs,  and  having  deeply  5-cleft  leaves,  the 
segments  being  cut-toothed  and  lance-shaped.  The  flowers  are  red  and  showy. 
The  capsules  arc  truncate  at  the  top,  smooth,  short,  obovate  in  shape  and  contain 
manv,  very  sniull,  blackish  seeds. 

iSistory  and  Description. — The  red  poppy  grows  in  Europe,  North  Africa, 
and  western  half  of  Asia,  thriving  in  grain  fields.  The  petals  are  the  parts  em- 
ployed, being  used  in  the  preparation  of  syrup  of  red  poppy.  They  are  2  or  more 
inches  in  width,  roundish,  and  in  2  pairs,  one  of  which  is  always  larger  than  the 
other,  a  rich-scarlet  in  color,  and,  when  dry,  becoming  purplish.  They  are  thin, 
marked  near  their  base  with  a  deeper-colored  spot,  and  are  attached  by  a  short 
claw.  When  dried  the  heavy,  rather  narcotic  odor  is  dissipated.  They  are  feebly 
bitter  and  mucilaginous  to  the  taste. 

Chemical  Composition.  —  Red-poppy  petals  contain  dark-red,  amorphous 
rhaadir  anil,  whi.h  is  ilissolved  by  water  and  alcohol,  but  not  by  ether,  dissolv- 
ing witii  violet  color  in  alkaline  liquids;  and  bright-red,  deliquescent  papaveric 
nrid,  soluble  in  water  and  diluted  alcohol,  insoluble  in  strong  alcohol  and  ether. 
With  alkalies,  the  latter  acid  likewise  produces  a  violet  solution  (L.  Meier,  1846). 
The  alkaloid,  rhmidine,  was  found  in  the  fresh  petals  by  Hes.se,  in  1865  (see 
Opium).  One  kilo  of  old  and  dry  petals  yielded  Hesse  no  alkaloid  whatever 
(Amer.  Jour.  Ph/irm.,  1890,  Tp.  179),  while  the  "expressed  juice  of  300  grammes  of 
fresh  petals  yielded  a  small  quantity  of  crystallized  alkaloid,  not  morphine,  and 
containing  but  little  rhcmdine. 

Uses. — Used  in  preparing  syrup  of  red   poppy. 

RHUS  AROMATICA.— FRAGRANT  SUMACH. 

The  bark  of  the  root  of  Rhus  aromntiai,  Alton. 

Nut.  Onl. — Anacardiaceaj. 

Common   Name:   Fnigranl  sumarh.  Sweet  sumach. 

Ilhstkation  :    Gray's  Genera,  Plate  160. 

Botanical  Source.  -This  is  a  small,  bushy  shrub,  growing  from  2  to  6  feet 
high,  and  tound  in  clumps  throughout  sections  of  the  eastern  United  States,  in 
rocky  situations.  The  leaves  are  trifoliate,  and  on  stalks  about  1  inch  in  length. 
The  3  leaflets  are   sessile,  and  covered  with  a  short  velvety  pubescence  when 


1664  EHUS  AROMATICA. 

young.  The  terminal  leaflet  is  considerably  larger  than  the  lateral  leaflets,  from 
1  to  2  inches  in  length,  and  about  two-thirds  as  wide.  They  are  entire  and  taper- 
ing at  the  base,  acute,  and  have  8  or  10  crenate  teetli  at  the  apex.  The  flowers 
are  small,  greenish-yellow,  and  open  in  April  before  tlie  leaves;  they  are  in  stalked, 
spiked,  araent-like  clusters,  and,  before  flowering,  have  the  appearance  of  an  un- 
expanded  catkin.  The  Ecpals,  petals,  and  stamens  are  in  fives,  and  the  pistil  is 
a  1-ovuled  ovary,  with  3  short  styles.  The  fruit  is  a  small  red  drupe,  about  the 
size  of  a  ])ea,  covered  with  dense,  white  pubescence.  The}'  are  produced  in  clus- 
ters of  about  a  dozen,  and  are  on  stalks  about  ^  inch  long;  each  one  contains  a 
single  flattened  seed.  A  variety  (var.  trilobiata,  Gray)  with  small,  smooth  leaflets, 
generally  less  tlian  an  inch  in  length,  is  common  throughout  Texas  and  the 
western  states  and  territories. 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  part  employed  in 
medicine  is  the  rii<it,orthe  bark  of  the  root.  It  has  attained  some  little  local 
reputation  heretofore,  but  was  unknown  to  the  medical  profession  until  intro- 
duced by  Dr.  McClanahan,  in  1879.  When  dry,  the  root  is  from  |^  to  1  inch  in 
diameter,  and  appears  in  the  market  in  pieces  of  from  6  inches  to  2  feet  in  length. 
The  bark  is  of  a  dark,  rusty-brown  color  externally,  and  a  pink  or  walnut  color 
below  the  cork.  It  is  about  ^  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  and  throughout  the  inner 
bark  of  a  prime  article  are  little  cavities  containing  a  transparent  balsam,  some- 
what resembling  balsam  of  fir.  The  wood  is  white  or  yellowish.  When  fresh, 
the  wounded  bark  exudes  a  turpentine-like  balsam,  or  solution  of  a  resin  in  some 
volatile  oil,  which  dries  to  a  glossy  tear  or  layer.  The  bark  is  astringent,  but,  un- 
doubtedly, the  turpentine-like  balsam  likewise  possesses  considerable  medicinal 
value.  Alcohol  extracts  this  substance,  and  the  addition  of  water  to  the  tincture 
produces  a  milkiness.  In  making  the  tincture  of  either  the  fresh  or  dry  bark, 
alcohol  alone  should  be  used,  and  any  addition  of  water  is  objectionable.  Quan- 
titative analysis  of  the  drug  by  H.  W.  Harper  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharrn.)  showed  the 
presence  of  volatile  and  fixed  oils,  several  resins  and  wax,  butyric  acid,  tannin, 
glucose,  gum,  starch,  oxalates,  etc.,  and  13.8  per  cent  of  ash.  The  berries  were 
examined  for  acids  by  Edo  Claassen  (^Pharm.  Rundschau,  1890,  p.  262),  and  yielded 
10.65  per  cent  of  citric  and  a  small  quantity  of  malic  acids. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosag^e. — This  exceedingly  valuable  medicine 
was  introduced  by  J.  T.  McClanahan,  M.  D.,  Booneville,  Mo.  {Ec.  Med.  Jour.,  1879. 
p.  317).  At  first,  the  use  of  this  remedy  was  confined  to  the  treatment  of  diabttf-<, 
and  other  excessive  discharges  from  the  kidneys  and  the  bladder,  as  well  as  to 
cases  of  incipient  albuminuria.  More  recently,  in  addition  to  the  above-named 
diseases,  it  has  been  largely  employed  with  advantage  in  urethral  irritationn. uterine 
leucorrhcea,  cholera  infantum,  dinrrhcea,  di/scntety,  chronic  laryngitis,  chronic  bronchitU, 
and  especially  in  the  enuresis  of  children  and  of  aged  persons. 

While  it  is  of  undoubted  value  in  many  hemorrhagic  states,  particularly  in 
chronic  hematuria,  a  malarial  form  of  which  is  quite  common  in  the  southern 
states,  its  chief  value  is  in  enure^^is,  with  marked  atony  and  chronic  irritability  of 
the  urinary  passages,  whether  in  young  or  old  subjects.  The  favorite  remedif.< 
for  "bed-wetting"  are  Rhus  aromatica,  belladonna,  and  thuja.  Sometimes  thi.- 
affection  yields  to  Rhus  aromatica  alone;  sometimes  a  combination, as  indicated, 
must  be  used.  Fragrant  sumach  is  indicated  in  all  cases  of  over-activitj*  of  the 
kidneys,  but  is  always  contraindicated  when  there  is  active  inflammation.  A 
patient  suffering,  for  several  years,  from  catarrh  of  the  bladder  &iu\  hypertrophy  of  th. 
prostate,  vfiih  excruciating  pain  during  micturition,  necessitating  the  continued 
use  of  a  soft  catheter,  the  introduction  of  which  invariably  proved  painful,  was 
relieved  by  fragrant  sumach.  After  exhausting  the  employment  of  all  recognizeii 
remedies  for  the  patient's  condition,  together  with  the  use  of  the  water  at  the 
Hot  Springs  of  Arkansas,  etc.,  without  the  least  benefit,  as  a  dernier  re-'^sort,  the 
patient  was  placed  upon  teaspoonful  doses,  3  or  4  times  daily,  of  the  fluid  extract 
of  Rhus  aromatica.  In  3  weeks' time  the  sj-mptoms  were  all  removed,  and  the 
prostate  so  far  reduced  that  the  use  of  the  soft  catheter  became  unnecessary.  The 
patient  was  65  years  old  and  subsequently  voided  urine  as  freely  and  as  pain- 
lessly as  a  boy  of  18  years  (.1.  King). 

Inflammatory  symptoms  being  absent,  it  may  be  employed  in  passive  uteriu, 
hemorrhage,  hemorrhage  of  the  loirels,  as  in  chmnic  hloody-Jlux  (not  in  acute  dj-sen- 


RHUS  GLABRA.  1665 

tery),  chronic  painful  resieal  catarr/i,  and  in  phthisis,  to  control  lieniorrhage  when 
small  in  amount,  and  to  restrain  the  accompanying  iliai-rhcea  and  niy/il-streats.  In 
bronchitis,  v;hh  profuse,  hlood-streaked  expectoration,  it  may  be  given  with  confi- 
dence. A  good  form  of  administration  is  as  follows:  R  Specific  fragrant  sumach, 
3ss;  glycerin,  siijss.  Mix.  Sig.  Dose,  from  i  to  1  teaspoonful  every  3  or  4  hours. 
This  remedy  is  reputed  useful  in  piirjmni  hemorrhayicd.  The  forms  of  adminis- 
tration now  preferred  are  specific  fragrant  sumach  and  the  fluid  extract,  of  which 
the  dose  of  either  varies  from  5  to  60  minims,  repeated  every  3  or  4  hours.  It  may 
be  taken  in  water,  in  glycerin  and  water,  and  in  solution  of  pure  gelatin,  nr  in 
syrup,  when  these  vehicles  are  not  contraindicated. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Not  the  remedy  for  active  conditions.  As 
given  l)y  its  introducer.  Dr.  McClanahan,  the  specific  indications  are:  "Stools  pro- 
fuse, skin  cool  and  sallow,  pulse  small  and  feeble,  loss  of  flesh,  abdomen  flabby, 
tongue  pale,  trembling  an(l  moist,  trembling  in  lower  limbs;  general  sense  of  las- 
situde and  languor.  Dose  for  infants,  10  to  20  drops  in  a  half-glass  of  water,  tea- 
spoonful  as  often  as  necessary;  for  children,  perhaps  5  drops  of  the  first  dilution" 
(£<:.  Med.  Jour.,  1879,  p.  317).  To  these  may  be  added  large,  painless  diarrhoeal  dis- 
charges; nocturnal  enuresis,  from  weakness  of  spincter  vesicae;  prostatic  enlarge- 
ment; and  malarial  haematuria. 

RHUS  GLABRA  (U.  S.  P.)— RHUS  GLABRA. 

The  fruit  of /?/(«.<!  pr/oira,  Linne. 

Nat.  0»-(/.— Anacardiea>. 

Common  Names:  Smooth  sumach,  Upland  sumach.  Pennsylvania  sumach. 

Illtstration  :   Willdenow,  Sp.  Plant,  1, 1478. 

Botanical  Source. — Great  care  is  necessary  in  the  selection  of  the  several 
species  of  Rhus,  as  many  of  them  are  extremely  poisonous.  Rhus  glabra,  or 
Smooth  sumach,  is  a  shrub  6  to  15  feet  high, 

consisting  of  many  straggling,  glabrous  Fig.  208. 

branches,  with  a  pale-gray  bark,  having  oc- 
casionally a  reddish  tint.  The  leaves  are  | 
alternate,  odd-pinnate,  of  from  6  to  15  leaf-  ' 
lets,  about  3  inches  long  and  one-fourth  as  , 
wide,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  acutely  serrate, 
smooth,  shining,  and  green  above,  whitish 
beneath,  and  sessile,  except  sometimes  the 
terminal  odd  one;  during  the  fall  they  be- 
come red.  Flowers  greenish-red,  in  termi- 
nal, thyrsoid.  dense  panicles.  Calyx  of  3 
sepals,  united  at  base;  petals  5;  stamens  5, 
inserted  into  the  edge  or  between  the  lobes 
of  a  flattened  disk  in  the  bottom  of  the 
calyx;  styles  3;  stigmas  capitate.  The  fruit 
is  a  small  red  drupe,  hanging  in  clusters, 
and,  when  ripe,  is  covered  with  a  crimson 
down,  which  is  extremely  sour  to  the  taste, 

owing  to  the  jjre.sence  of  malic  acid  in  com-  Rhus  glabra, 

bination  with  calcium  (\V. — G.). 

History  and  Description.— Rhus  glabra,  sometimes  called  Upland  or  Penn- 
lylvanin  "lunnrh,  is  common  to  the  United  States  and  Canada,  growing  in  thickets 
and  waste  grounds,  and  on  rocky  or  barren  soil,  flowering  in  June  and  July,  and 
maturing  its  fruit  in  September  and  October.  The  druites  or  berries  only  are 
ofticial.  They  should  be  gathered  before  the  rains  have  removed  their  external 
downy  efflorescence,  for  when  this  is  washed  ofl'  the  berries  are  no  longer  acid. 
The  bark  is  likewise  used  to  some  extent  in  medicine.  The  berries  are  officially 
described  a.s  "subglobular,  about  3  Mm.  (J  inch)  in  diameter,  drupaceous,  crim- 
son, denselv  hairy,  containing  a  roundish-oblong,  smooth  i)utamen;  inodorous; 
taste  acidulous"— ({,'.  S.P.). 

Sumach  leaves  have  been  used  in  tanning,  and  a  concentrated  decoction  of 
the  bark  is  used  as  a  mordant  for  <lyeing  red   colors.    Sumach  root  bark  is  of  a 


1666  RHUS  TOXICODENDRON. 

light-gray  color,  with  a  tinge  of  red  externally,  yellowish-white  internally,  and  of 
a  very  astringent  and  slightly  sweet  taste.  When  broken  on  the  plant,  a  milky 
fluid  exudes  from  the  bark  as  well  as  from  the  leaves,  which  subsequently  forms 
a  solid,  gum-like  body.  Both  the  bark  of  the  branches  and  root  are  used.  Both 
the  bark  and  berries  of  sumach  yield  their  active  properties  to  water.  The  excres- 
cences (graWs)  which  form  upon  the  leaves  are  reddish-brown  externally,  grayish- 
white  internally,  varying  in  size  and  appearance,  being  usually  very  irregular  in 
their  outline,  hollow,  and  sometimes  consist  of  a  mere  shell,  of  a  line  or  less  in 
thickness,    'i'luir  trt.«te  is  slightly  bitter,  and  ver}'  astringent. 

Chemical  Composition. — Sumach  berries  have  an  agreeably  acid,  slightly 
styptic  ta.stu,  whicli  is  due,  according  to  W.  J.  Watson,  to  malic  acid  and  tannic 
acids,  beside  which  they  contain  malate  of  calcium,  gallic  acid,  fixed  and  volatile 
oils,  red  coloring  matter, etc.  The  bark  of  the  root  contains  albumen,  gum,  starch, 
tannic  and  gallic  acids,  caoutchouc,  soft  resin,  coloring  matter,  and  probably  a  vola- 
tile odorous  principle  (^wier.Jowr.P/fanii.,  1853,  p.  193).  The  leaves  of  Rhus  glabra, 
collected  in  Iowa,  contained,  according  to  Jos.  A.  Palen  (/6k/.,  1888,  p.  389),  about 
16  per  cent  of  tannin.  Virginia-grown  leaves  usually  yield  20  to  25  per  cent.  The 
excrescences  upon  the  leaves  contain  tannic  and  gallic  acids,  albuminous  and  col- 
oring matter,  and  are  fully  equal  to  nutgalls  in  medicinal  power.  Prof.  Trimble 
{The  Tannins)  found  one  specimen  to  contain  61.7  per  cent  of  tannin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Sumach  bark  is  tonic,  astringent,  anti- 
septic,  and  deriilnlly  alterative;  the  herries  are  refrigerant  and  diuretic.  In  de- 
coction or  syruji,  tlie  ))ark  of  the  mot  lias  been  found  valuable  in  gonoi-rhaa,  leu- 
corrhcea,  diarrhcea,  dysentery,  heetir  fern;  scrofula,  and  in  profuse  perspiration  from 
debility.  Combined  with  the  barks  of  slippery  elm  and  white  pine,  in  decoction, 
and  taken  freely,  it  is  said  to  have  proved  highly  beneficial  in  syphilitimlcerations. 
Externally,  the  bark  of  the  root  in  powder,  applied  as  a  poultice  to  old  ulcers, 
forms  an  excellent  antiseptic.  A  decoction  may  also  be  used  in  injection  for  pro- 
lapsus uteri  and  ani,  and  leucorrhmi,  and  as  a  wash  in  many  cutaneous  diseases;  sim- 
mered in  lard  it  is  valuable  in  scald  head.  A  decoction  of  the  inner  bark  of  the 
root  is  serviceable  in  the  sore  mouth  resulting  from  mercurial  salivation,  and  was 
formerly  much  used  internally  in  mercurial  dimises.  A  saturated  tincture  is  use- 
ful in  ulcerative  stomatitis,  and  for  spongy  gums  attending  j>Mr/>ir/Y(  hemorrhagica  and 
scorbutus.  Diarrhoea  and  dysentery,  with  intestinal  ulceration,  seem  to  he  well 
controlled  by  it.  Dose  of  the  tincture,  from  5  to  20  drops.  The  berries  may  be 
used  in  infusion  in  diabetes,  strangury,  bowel  complai) its,  febrile  diseases  {as  a  pleasant 
acidulous  drink  where  acids  are  indicated),  etc.,  as  a  gargle  in  quin.9y  and  ulcera- 
tions of  the  mouth  and  throat;  and  as  a  wash  for  ringworm,  tetter,  offensive  ulcos,  etc 
Excrescences  are  frequently  formed  on  the  leaves  of  this  plant,  and  which  are 
very  astringent;  when  powdered  and  mixed -with  lard  or  linseed  oil,  they  are 
said  to  prove  useful  in  hemorrhoids.  In  hot  weather,  if  the  bark  be  punctured,  a 
gummy  substance  flows  out,  which  has  been  used  with  advantage  in  gonorrhoea 
and  g1^,  and  several  urinary  affections.  Dose  of  the  decoction  of  sumach  bark, 
or  infusion  of  the  berries,  from  1  to  4  fluid  ounces.  A  free  use  of  the  bark  will 
produce  catharsis. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Relaxation  of  mucous  tissues,  with  un- 
healthy di.s(hari;es;  mercurial  uheiations;  aphthous  stomatitis:  spongv  gums; 
ulcerative  sure  throat,  with  fetid  discharges;  flabbiness  and  ulceration  of  tissues. 

Related  Species.— There  are  several  species  of  Rhus,  as  the  Shm  ti/phiun,  Suighoni  or 
Velvet  .iiiiniuh:  and  tlie  Rhus  copallina,  Mountain  or  Dtrarf  mmach ,  which  pi^ssess  similar  virtiiep, 
and  which  iiiust  lie  carefully  distinguished  from  those  which  posses.*:  poisonous  properties. 
The  non-poisonous  species  have  their  fruit  clothed  with  acid  criuison  hairs,  and  their  panicles 
are  compmind,  dense,  and  terminal ;  the  poisonous  varieties  have  axillary  panicles  and  smooth 
fruit  (see  also  Bhiui  Toxicodendron  and  Jielaled  Species;  and  Coriaria,  p.  607). 

RHUS  TOXICODENDRON  (U.  S.  P.)— RHUS  TOXICODENDRON. 

The  fresli  leaves  of  Rhus  radicans,  Linne  {Hhu.'f  Toxicodendron.  Linne). 

Nat.  Ord. —  Anacardiea\ 

CoM.Mo.N  N.\MEs:  Poison  ivy,  Pou>on  oak.  Poison  vine. 

Ilm'.stu.\tion  :   .Johnson,  Medical  Botany  of  Xorth  .4m«TiV'<i,  Fig.  117. 


RHUS  TOXICODENDRON. 


Botanical  Source. — Rhus  Toxicodendron,  or  Poison  oak;  is  a  creeping  shrub  from 
1  t  )  3  feet  higli,  witli  long  cord-like  shoots,  eiuitting  strong  lateral  libers;  the 


Pig.  209. 


stems  are  either  erect  or  decumbent.  The  bark 
is  brownish-gray.  The  leaves  are  ternatc,  on 
long,  semi-cylindrical  petioles;  the  leaflets  are 
broadly  oval  or  rliomboidal,  2  to  6  inches  long, 
fas  wide,  petiolate,acuminate,.smooth  and  shin- 
ing above,  slightly  downy  beneath,  especially  on 
the  veins;  the  margin  is  sometimes  entire,  and 
sometimes  variously  toothed  and  lobed,  in  the 
same  plant.  Tlie  flowers  are  small,  greenish- 
white,  dioecious,  and  grow  in  axillary,  subsessih% 
racemose  panicles  on  the  sides  of  the  new  shoots. 
Barren  flowers  have  a  calyx  of  5  erect,  acute 
segments,  and  a  corolla  of  5  oblong  recurved 
petals;  stamens  erect  with  oblong  anthers;  in 
the  center  is  a  rudiment  of  a  style.  Fertile  flow- 
ers about  half  the  size  of  the  preceding,  with 
calyx  and  corolla  similar,  but  more  erect.  They 
have  5  small  abortive  stamens,  and  a  roundish 
ovary,  crowned  by  a  short,  erect  style  bearing  S  *'""*  i.>M,ocicn.iron. 

small  capitate  stigmas.    The  fruit  is  a  roundish,  smooth,  dry  berry,  of  a  pale-green 
color,  approaching  to  white,  and  contains  a  solitary  bony  seed  (L. — W.— G.). 

History. — Rhus  radicans,  or  Poison  ivy,  and  sometimes  called  Poison  vine,  is 
considered  by  botanists  to  be  merely  a  variety  of  the  above  species;  it  has  a 
climbing  stem  from  3  to  20  or  more  feet  in  length,  and  climbs  trees,  fences  and 
neighboring  objects,  to  which  it  becomes  attached  by  its  myriads  of  radiating 
tendrils.  The  leaflets  are  quite  entire,  smooth  and  shining  on  each  side,  with  the 
exception  of  the  veins  beneath.  These  plants  grow  throughout  the  United  8tates 
and  Canada  along  fence-rows,  in  thickets,  etc.,  flowering  from  May  to  August. 
They  yield  an  abundance  of  yellowish  narcotic  acrid  milky  juice,  which  becomes 
black  when  exposed  to  the  air, and  forms  an  indelible  ink  when  applied  to  linen; 
it  is  soluble  in  ether.  The  genus  Rhus  belongs  to  an  interesting  family  of  plants 
— the  Anarardi£x  {Anacardiaceiv)  or  Cashcio  fainih/,a.  group  of  frequent  occurrence 
in  the  tropical  sections  of  both  the  eastern  and  western  worlds,  diminishing  in 
distril)ution,  liowever,  as  we  approach  the  northern  and  southern  sections  of  the 
temperate  zones.  Species  of  this  family  produce  some  of  the  most  valued  of 
tropical  fruits,  yet  the  group  is  chiefly  distinguished  for  its  gum-resinous  juices, 
that  from  the  majoritj'  of  the  species  being  caustic,  becoming  black  on  exposure 
to  the  air,  and  charged  with  an  acrid,  poisonous  principle.  This  family  includes 
not  only  the  species  of  Rhus  but  also  the  plants  yielding  the  Pisfarhin  nvt  (Pisfa- 
c/iia  ri'iri)  Cashcir-nut  (Anacnrdium  occidentnle),  Marking  fruit  or  Orimtal  msheiv-nul 
{fk'meciirpxis  Anarardium),  Manc/o  {Mnnrjifcra  indira),  the  Mastich  tree  (Pistachix 
Tjcntiscus)  and  other  proclucts  interesting  from  a  medicinal  or  economic  stand- 
l)oint.  As  before  intimated,  several  species  of  Rhus  have  been  used  in  medicine 
and  in  the  arts.  Many  of  these  are  nuw  obsolete  as  medicines.  However,  a  brief 
enumeration  of  them  and  their  cliief  characteristics  and  uses  may  not  be  out 
of  place.  The  bark  of  the  Wild  olire  or  Venetian  sumach  (Rhus  Cniinns)  is  both 
astringent  and  aromatic.  It  was  at  one  time  employed  as  a  substitute  for  cin- 
chona. Under  the  name  of  Sinoke  tree  it  is  frequently  observed  in  cultivation  for 
ornament  in  American  yards  and  gardens.  The  wood  of  this  species  is  known 
:\s  young  fii.ttic  and  is  much  used  in  Greece  to  impart  a  beautiful  yellow  hue  to 
woolen  fal^ricfi.  In  Italy,  where  it  is  known  as  sro^t»?o,  the  whole  plant  is  used 
for  tanning  leather.  Doctor's  gum  or  Gum  hog  of  Jamaica,  is  one  of  tlie  substances 
once  considerably  used  as  a  pla.ster-base,  and  substituted,  in  some  instances,  for 
copaiba  balsam.  It  has  been  referred  to  Rhiia  Mctopium,  though  as  is  often  the 
case,  the  same  common  names  have  been  applied  to  the  products  of  widely  differ- 
ent siH'cies,  therefore  there  seems  to  be  no  certain  evidence  that  the  species  of 
Rhus  referred  to  produces  it.  Doctor's  gum,  when  dissolved  in  water,  is  power- 
fully cathartic  and  emetic,  and  was  formerly  in  great  reitute  as  a  diuretic.  The 
most  poisonous  species  of  Rhus  is  the  recently  rediscovered  Rhus  Michauxii.  Sargent 


1668  RHUS  TOXICODENDRON. 

(Rhus  pumila,'Miehaux).  Occupying  a  second  place  in  toxic  power  is  the  Rhug 
venenata,  well  known  as  Poison  dogwood,  Poison  mnmch,  or  Poison  elder.  The  Rhus 
w?-H«- of  Japan  yields  a  whitish  resinous  varnish  in  small  amount,  which  turns 
black  on  exposure  to  air.  An  oil,  known  aa  Japanese  tvax,  is  expressed  from  the 
seeds  of  Rhus  succedaneum,  which  is  employed  by  the  Japanese  in  the  making  of 
candles  to  be  u.sed  in  times  of  special  pagan  festivities  and  in  preparing  certain 
kinds  of  food  (Thunberg).  A  like  oil  is  obtained  from  the  fruit  of  the  Lacquer  tree. 
The  Japan  varnish  or  Lacquer  tree  is  the  Rhus  vernicifera  of  DeCandoUe.  From  this 
plant  exudes  the  gum-resinous  substance  used  in  making  the  celebrated  Japanese 
idcquer-um-k.  At  first  this  juice  is  of  a  light  color,  and  about  as  thick  as  cream. 
It  is,  however,  so  transparent  that  when  laid  unmixed  with  any  other  material 
upon  wood  even  the  faintest  natural  marking  of  the  wood  is  plainly  discernible 
through  it.  Generally  a  dark  or  reddish  surface  is  first  prepared  and  upon  it  the 
varnish  is  spread.  This  gives  a  mirror-like  effect.  The  gum,  when  hardened,  is 
difficultly  soluble,  even  withstanding  treatment  with  boiling  water,  but  on  the 
other  hand  is  so  brittle  as  to  be  very  easily  destroyed  by  striking  it  against  any 
hard  body.  The  Rhus  Coriaria  is  powerfully  astringent,  and  is  much  employed 
in  tanneries.  According  to  Lindley,  its  acid  fruit  is  eaten  by  the  Turks,  who 
also  employ  it  to  add  sharpness  to  vinegar.  In  Tripoli  the  seeds  are  sold  as 
appetizers.  The  leaves  are  reputed  astringent,  tonic,  cooling,  and  styptic,  and 
boiled  with  broom  (Genista  tinctoria)  were  formerly  employed  by  the  Russians  in 
hydrophobia.  Smooth  sumach  (Rhus  glabra)  leaves  are  sufficiently  astringent  to 
be  of  importance  in  an  economic  sense,  as  in  tanning.  The  fruit  is  employed  as 
a  mordant  in  dyeing  red.  The  under  surfaces  of  smooth  sumach  leaves  produce 
excrescences  which  contain  an  abundance  of  tannic  and  gallic  acids,  and  are 
considered  equal  in  value  to  common  galls.  Staghorn  or  Virginian  sumach  (Rhus 
typhina)  is  sometimes  called  Vinegar  plant  from  the  fact  that  vinegar  may  be  pro- 
duced from  it,  and  that  when  added  to  vinegar  it  increases  its  strength.  Boiled 
with  alum,  the  ripe  fruit  formerly  furnished  a  hat  dye.  Yellow,  green  and  black 
are  the  colors  that  may  be  produced  from  it.  With  green  vitriol  it  forms  a  black 
.ink.  All  parts  of  the  plant  are  valued  for  tanning  white  glove-leather.  The  milky 
•juice  is  said  to  furnish  a  varnish  comparing  favorably  in  value  with  that  from 
Japan.  It  has  been  stated  that  honey-bees  gather  more  honej-  from  its  flowers, 
when  accessible,  than  from  those  of  any  other  species  of  plants.  The  leaves  were 
used  like  tobacco  by  the  American  Indians. 

Indigenous  Species. — The  medicinal  species  of  Rhus  indigenous  to  North 
America  are  distributed  as  follows: 

I.  NoN-poisoNous  Species. 

Rhus  glabra,  Linne.— A  smooth  shrub,  known  as  Smooth  or  Upland  sumach, 
found  throughout  the  United  States  and  Canada,  flourishing  in  dry,  barren  or 
rocky  situations,  fence  corners,  etc.  (see  Rhus  glabra). 

Rhus  typhina,  Linne,  Staghorn  or  Virginian  sumach. — A  shrub  or  small  tree  of 
Canada  and  the  United  States,  growing  in  the  rich  soil  of  uplands. 

Rhus  copallina,  Linne,  Dwarf  or  Mountain  sumach.  — A  small  shrub  found 
throughout  Canada  and  the  United  States,  growing  in  rocky  and  barren  places. 

Rhus  aromatica,  Alton,  Sueet  or  Fragrant  sumach. — Eiistern  United  States.  A 
variety  (R.  aromatira  var.  trilobiata.  Gray)  is  found  in  Texas  and  in  the  western 
states  and  territories  (see  Rhus  aromatica). 

II.  Poiso.xous  Species. 

Rhus  Michauxii,  Sargent  (Rhus  pumila,  Michaux). — A  rare  shrub,  recently  re- 
discovered in  North  Carolina,  regarded  by  Prof.  C.  S.  Sargent  as  our  most  poison- 
ous species  of  Rims.    Grows  from  North  Carolina  to  Georgia  (Wood). 

Rhus  venenata,  De  Candolle,  Poison  sumach.  Poison  dogwood,  or  Poisnn  elder. — 
Grows  in  swamps  and  other  wet  situations  from  Canada  southward  to  Florida 
and  thence  westward. 

Rlim  diversiloba,  Torrey  and  Gray. — Closely  allied  to  Rhus  Toxicodendron,  and 
growing  on  the  Pacific  coast. 

Rhus  Toxicodendron,  Poison  ii^y,  or  Poison  onk. — Either  a  small  shrub  or  a  tall 
climbing  vine  growing  from  10  to  ICK)  feet  high,  found  plentifully  from  Canada 
to  the  Mexican  Gulf  and  from  tlienoo  westvvard.    Dr.  Asa  Gray,  in  his  essay  on 


RHUS  TOXICODENDRON.  1669 

'^Seqiwia  and  Jl.^  Hislon/,"  says:  "Our  Rfins  To.ricndcn(lrnn,  or  Poison  vine,  is  very 
exactly  repeated  in  Japan,  but  is  found  in  no  other  part  of  the  world,  although 
a  species  much  like  it  abounds  in  California.  Our  other  poisonous  Rhus  (R.  vene- 
nata) commonly  called  Poison  dogwood  is  in  no  way  represented  in  western 
America,  but  has  so  close  an  analogue  in  Japan  that  the  two  were  taken  for  fne 
same  by  Thunberg  and  Linna'us,  who  called  them  both  Rhus  remix."  This  ex- 
plains why  our  older  writers  on  the  American  Rhus  irncnatd  called  it  R.  remix. 
The  species  often  spoken  of  as  Rhus  radirnns,  from  the  fact  that  it  is  a  tall  climber 
clinging  by  means  of  its  numerous  radicles  to  any  object  of  support,  is  probably 
identical  with  Rhus  Toxicodendron,  or  Poison  r/)ic,  and  is  so  considered  in  this  article. 

Description.— Folia  Toxicodendri.  The  U.  S.  P.  thus  describes  the  drug: 
"Long-petioiatc,  trifoliiilate;  the  lateral  leaflets  sessile  or  nearly  so,  about  10  Cm. 
(4  inches)  long,  obliciucly  ovate,  pointed;  the  terminal  leaflets  stalked,  ovate  or 
oval,  pointed,  with  a  wedge-shaped  or  rounded  base;  the  leaflets  entire  and  gla- 
brous, or  variously  notched,  coarsely  toothed  or  lobed,  more  or  less  downy;  when 
dry,  papery  and  brittle;  inodorous;  taste  somewhat  astringent  and  acrid.  The 
fresh  leaves  abound  with  an  acrid  juice,  which  darkens  when  exposed  to  the  air, 
and,  when  ai)plied  to  the  skin,  produces  inflammation  and  swelling.  The  leaves 
should,  therefore,  not  be  touched  with  bare  hands.  Rhus  Toxicodendron  should 
not  be  confounded  with  the  leaves  of  Ptelea  trifoliata,  Linne  {XatOrd. — Rutacea;), 
which  are  similar  in  appearance,  but  have  all  the  leaflets  sessile" — (U.  S.  P.).  The 
leaves  of  the  R.  Toxicodendron  are  the  only  parts  of  the  plant  used,  although  the 
whole  plant  is  highly  active.  When  dried  they  have  no  odor,  and  an  insipid 
taste  with  acridity.    Water  or  alcohol  extracts  their  properties. 

Chemical  Composition. —  Dr.  Joseph  Khittal  (Wittstein's  Vierteljahrsschrift, 
1858,  p.  348)  found  tlie  leaves  to  contain  chlorophyll,  wax,  resin,  starch,  tannin 
{rhu-s-tannic  arid),  etc.,  and  a  volatile  alkaloid  which  exists  in  the  plant  com- 
bined with  acids,  and  to  which,  he  asserts,  the  toxic  properties  of  the  leaves  are 
due.  This  opinion  is  contradicted,  however,  by  Prof.  Maisch.  According  to  this 
authority,  the  exhalations  of  vigorous  leaves  redden  blue  litmus  paper  previously 
moistened,  and  contain  volatile  toxirodendric  arid,  the  active  principle.  Its  reac- 
tions do  no  coincide  with  those  of  formic  acid  (Amer.  Jour.  Phami.,  1866,  p.  6). 
Dr.  PfaflFand  S.  S.Orr,  however,  state  this  acid  in  pure  condition  to  be  non-toxic, 
and  that  the  real  active  principle  is  a  non-volatile  oil,  toxicodendrol,  allied  to 
cardol,  from  cashew-nut.  The  oil  is  soluble  in  alcohol  and  forms  an  insoluble 
lead  compound.  Thus  the  authors  recommend  the  use  of  an  alcoholic  solution 
of  lead  acetate  as  a  wash  in  cases  of  poisoning  (P/ionH.Jowr.  Tmns.,  1894-95,  Vol. 
XXV,  ]).  818;  also  see  V.  K.  Chesnut,  in  Yearbook  U.  S.  Dq>t.  Agr.,  1896,  p.  139). 
The  efficiency  of  this  antidote  has  long  been  known  (see  Mnisch,loc.cit.);  among 
other  remedies  suggested  are  ammonium  chloride,  washing  soda,  sodium  hypo- 
sulphite, potassium  permanganate,  aqua  ammonise,  or  the  bruised  plant  of  PZ/rn 
pumila  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1888, -p.  390),  fluid  extract  of  serpentaria  (ibid.,  I88i, 
p. 355),  etc.  Also  compare  interesting  article,  bv  G.  M.  Beringer,  on  Rhus  poison- 
ing ((V/ZJ.,  IS!)*;, ),.  IS). 

Early  Medical  History  of  the  Species  of  Rhus.— Medical  interest,  in  the 
species  of  Rhus,  during  the  early  history  of  this  genus,  seems  to  have  centered 
chiefly  in  two  species — R.  Toxicodendron  and  R.  glabra.  Rhus  venenata  (as  R.  vemix), 
was  quite  fully  considered,  more  however,  with  a  view  to  studying  its  juice  from 
an  economic  view,  and  its  poisonous  qualities  and  the  remedies  therefor.  We 
are  not  aware  that  it  has  been  medicinally  em()loyed,  to  any  extent  at  least. 
Rhus  glabra  received  a  good  share  of  attention  from  the  profession  and  probably 
had  its  medicinal  starting  point  from  its  aboriginal  and  domestic  uses.  One  of 
the  most  interesting  accounts  of  some  species  of  Rhus  is  '■'An  Experimental  Di-'^ser- 
tation  on  the  Rhus  vernix  {venenata),  Rhus  radicans,  and  Rhus  glahrtim;  commonly 
known  in  Pennsvlvaiiia  by  the  names  of  Poixon  nsh.  Poison  rine,  and  Common 
su mach,  by  Thom-.ia  Horsfield,  of  Bethlehem,  Pa.,"  publi.shed  in  1798.  This  inter- 
esting SS-page  book  gives  a  most  excellent  resume  of  the  knowledge  of  tho.se  spe- 
cies aciiuired  up  to  that  date,  and  we  might  add  that  the  descrijjtion  of  the  effects 
of  the  poisonous  species  has  not,  in  our  oi)inion,  bfcn  excelled  to  this  day. 

Rhus  Toxicodendron  is  almost  universally  ailmitted  to  have  been  introduced 
to  the  profession,  in  1793,  by  Dr.  I.  Aldcrson,  of  Hull,  England,  that  gentleman 


1670  RHUS  TOXICODENDRON. 

first  using  it  as  a  remed}'  in  paralytic  states.  Dr.  Du  Fresnoy,  of  France,  how- 
ever, previous  to  this  had  employed  Rhus  radicnns  in  paralytic  and  herpetic  dis- 
orders. This  was  in  1788,  and  if  we  consider  Rhus  radicaiu  and  Rkxis  Toxicoden- 
dron as  identical,  this  gives  Du  Fresnoy  prioritj-.  It  further  seems  that  Gleditsch, 
in  1782,  wrote  an  article  (in  French)  on  "Novel  Effects  Concerning  a  Dangerous  Ameri- 
can Plant,"  referring  to  Rhus.  Du  Fresnoy  first  experimented  on  himself  before 
administering  the  leaves  to  his  patient.  His  experience  with  an  infusion  of  12 
leaves  lie  thus  records:  "At  this  dose  I  observed  a  slight  pain  in  mj' stomach, 
and  my  perspiration  and  urine  were  increased  in  quantity."  Alderson  observed 
that  wlien  the  drug  acted  beneficially  in  paralj'sis,  "the  first  signs  of  improvement 
were  an  unpleasant  feeling  of  pricking  and  twitching  in  the  paralytic  limbs  " 
(Thaclier's  Dispensatory,  1821).  Du  Fresnoy's  dissertation  was  the  first  publication 
in  regard  to  the  medical  uses  of  Rhus.  Horstield  (1798)  experimented  on  con- 
sumptives with  the  infusion.  In  some  cases  benefit  seemed  to  be  derived  from 
its  use,  while  other  cases  were  aggravated  by  it.  He  states  of  the  wife  of  a  con- 
sumptive patient  that,  "  invited  by  the  agreeable  odor  of  the  infusion,  she  drank 
a  teacupful.  It  produced  an  unusual  degree  of  cheerfulness,  and  a  copious  dis- 
charge of  urine"  (Diss., p.  87).  In  a  case  of  anasarca,  it  relieved  the  patient  by 
"producing  copious  perspiration"  (tfiirf).  He  concluded  from  his  results  that  it 
"acts  slightly  as  an  incitant  and  diuretic."  A  tincture  was  used  by  Baudelocque 
in  scrofulous  chronic  ophthalmia  of  infants  (Porcher). 

Rhus  glabra  was  used  early  by  American  practitioners  as  an  astringent  in 
diarrhoea,  dysentery,  and  in  ulceration  of  the  throat,  etc.  The  fruit  (sumach  bobs) 
infused  in  water,  was  employed  as  a  cooling  drink  in  febrile  afiections.  The 
whitish  substance  covering  the  berries,  known  as  Indian  salt,  has  acid  properties, 
rendering  the  infusion  pleasantly  sour.  Rhus  copalUna  and  Rhus  typhina  were 
used  for  like  purposes,  while  the  first  was  valued  by  the  Chippewa  Indians  in 
gonorrhoea,  and  the  gall-like  excrescences  on  the  leaves,  powdered  and  made  into 
an  ointment,  afforded  the  white  settlers  a  remedy  for  piles  (see  Rhus  Glabra). 

Rhus  diversilnba  appears  to  have  been  effectual  in  dysmenorrhoea.  A  case  (in 
California)  is  reported  (&.  ilM.  Join-.,  1865,  p.  314)  of  an  anemic  girl,  who  usually 
suffered  greatly  during  menstruation,  the  'fiow  being  scanty,  cured  by  having  been 
poisoned  at  the  menstrual  epoch  by  contact  with  this  plant.  An  easy  menstrua- 
tion followed.  When  the  next  monthly  period  was  due  a  return  of  the  eruption 
came  also,  and  with  it  again  an  easy  catamenial  flow.  This,  so  far  as  we  are 
aware,  is  the  extent  to  which  this  plant  has  been  known  to  act  medicinall}-, 
though  nearly  all  old  works  state  that  its  properties  are  similar  to  those  oi  Rhus 
Toxicodendron  and  Rhus  venenata.  The  latter,  we  believe,  has  not  been  employed 
in  medicine  (see  Related  Species) . 

Rhus  aromatica  was  introduced  to  the  profession  by  an  Eclectic  physician.  Dr.' 
J.  T.  McClanahan,  of  Booneville,  Mo.,  in  1879,  who  stated  that  the  remedy  had 
been  employed  by  members  of  his  family,  several  of  whom  were  doctors," for  a 
quarter  of  a  century,  for  the  relief  of  urinary,  bowel,  and  hemorrhagic  disorders, 
with  uniform  success  (see  i?/n(s  ..4ro»?(7/(Vf7). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Locally,  rhus  is  a  powerful  irritant 
poison.  Tlie  toxic  manifestations  produced  from  the  diflerent  species  is  of  pre- 
cisely the  same  nature,  diflfering  only  in  degree  of  intensity.  Rhus  Toxicodetutron 
ranks  next  to  poison  dogwood  in  point  of  virulence.  Whilst  locally  poisonous  to 
some  persons,  some  individuals  are  totally  unaffected  by  it.  Many  are  but  mildly 
poisoned  by  it;  many  more,  however,  sliow  serious  evidence  of  its  great  activity. 
Contact  is  not  always  necessary  to  obtain  its  effects.  Indeed  many  individuals 
.ire  poisoned  merely  by  exposure  to  an  atmosphere  contaminated  with  the  toxic 
exlialations  of  the  plant.  This  is  especially  true  wlicn  the  air  is  heavy  and 
luimid,  or  when  the  susccptil)le  individual  is  freely  perspiring.  Alcoholic  solu- 
tion of  the  toxic  principle  retains  its  virulence  for  many  years  (Johnson).  The 
dried  leaves  are,  as  a  rule,  inert.  A  young  lady  in  the  employ  of  Prof.  J.  U.  Lloyd, 
is  always  notified  to  remain  at  home— not  even  being  allowed  in  the  building — 
on  the  days  when  specific  rhus  is  being  bottled,  so  intense  are  poisonous  effects 
in  this  case  that  mere  exposure  to  flie  emanations  is  sufficient  to  cause  the  indi- 
vidual to  be  confined  to  her  bed.  Peter  Kalin,  the  Swedish  traveler,  who  visite<.i 
this  country  during  its  colonial  days — a  man  who  investigated  our  plant  resources 


RHUS  TOXICODENDRON.  1671 

and  made  large  collections  of  the  same — writes:  "I  was  acquainted  with  a  person, 
who,  merely  by  the  noxious  exhalation  of  the  Rhus  vemix  {veuenata},yf as  swelled 
to  such  a  degree,  that  he  was  as  stiff  as  a  log  of  wood,  and  could  only  be  turned 
about  in  j^lieets." 

A  singular  feature  connected  with  rhus  poisoning  is  its  recurrence  from 
month  to  month,  and  from  year  to  year,  even  when  the  affected  individual  is  far 
remote  from  all  exhalations  of  the  plant.  This  was  early  noted  by  Barton,  who 
personally  experienced  such  recurrence  for  5  successive  years — a  portion  of  which 
time  was  passed  in  Europe  far  from  proximity  to  the  plant  in  question.  We 
have  also  observed  this  phenomenon.  The  smoke  from  burning  rhus  wood,  was 
noticed  as  early  as  1720,  by  Sherard,Wangenheim,  and  Kalm,  to  produce  poison- 
ous effects.  It  appears  (Barton)  that  horses  eat  the  plant  with  imjjunity.  Ac- 
cording to  William  Bartrani,  they  are  very  fond  of  the  leaves.  Cows  are  wholly 
unaffected  by  the  ingestion  of  the  plant.  Thunberg  observed  that  sheep  ate  of 
the  leaves  of  Rhus  luridum,  a  similar  species,  without  harm.  To  dogs  and  guinea 
pigs,  on  the  other  hand,  poison  vine  is  fatal.  The  statement  that  the  infusion 
of  the  leaves  was  administered  to  consumptives  with  non-poisonous  results,  may 
seem  contradictory,  but  we  can  not  but  believe  that  a  portion  of  the  poisonous 
principle  is  volatile,  in  spite  of  the  assertion  that  non-volatile  toxiendendrol  is  the 
toxic  agent,  and  consequently  driven  off  in  heating.  The  poisonous  properties 
are  likewise,  in  a  measure,  dissipated  in  drying  the  plant,  hence  the  necessity  of 
preparing  the  fluid  preparations  from  fresh  material.  It  is  not  surprising,  there- 
fore, that  certain  individuals — "eminent  therapeutists" — have  decried  the  use  of 
rhus  as  of  no  value,  when  fluid  extracts  and  tinctures  from  dried  materials  had 
failed  to  give  good  results. 

The  nature  of  poisoning  by  rhus  has  always  partaken  somewhat  of  the  mys- 
terious, and  it  has  been  the  subject  of  much  speculation.  Various  reasons  have 
been  assigned  as  to  why  it  poisons  at  all,  and  as  to  why  it  affects  only  certain 
individuals.  It  has  been  customary  to  attribute  the  deleterious  effects  to  emana- 
tions from  the  living  plant.  Later,  Prof.  Maisch  announced  a  volatile  substance 
of  acid  character  as  the  offender,  and  named  it  toxicodendric  acid.  Still  later,  a 
bacterium  was  charged  with  creating  the  mischief.  The  latter  cause,  however, 
has  now  been  satisfactorily  disproved.  An  oil  has  now  been  isolated,  and  this, 
even  when  purified,  excites  exactly  the  same  form  of  dermatitis  as  the  growing 
plant.  This  discovery  was  made,  in  1895,  by  Dr.  Franz  Pfaff,  of  Harvard  Uni- 
versity. It  is  present  in  every  part  of  the  ivy  plant,  and  even  the  dried  wood  is 
said  to  retain  it.  It  has  been  named  toxiendendrol,  and  is  asserted  to  be  in  reality 
the  only  tangible  substance  found  thus  far  to  which  may  be  attributed  the  toxic 
I'ffects  of  the  vine.  Still,  this  does  not  explain  why  individuals  are  poisoned 
when  not  in  contact  with  the  plants.  Alcohol  freely  dissolves  this  oil,  but  water, 
as  with  oily  bodies,  does  not,  nor  does  it  wholly  remove  it  from  the  skin  ;  hence 
the  reason  why  washing  after  contact  with  ivj'  does  not  prevent  the  appearance 
of  the  characteristic  eruption.  Experimentation  (seeY.K.Che^nut.  United  States 
Yearbook  of  Department  of  Agriculture,  1896,  p.  141)  has  shown  that  if  the  oil  be 
placed  upon  the  skin,  and  immediately  removed  with  alcohol,  but  slight  effects 
are  observed.  The  longer  the  interval,  however,  the  more  pronounced  the  effects 
liecome.  In  all,  the  eflects  were  less  marked  than  when  no  such  treatment  was 
given.  From  the  fact  that  several  portions  of  the  skin  could  be  impressed  with- 
out coalescence  of  the  areas,  it  has  been  concluded  that  the  action  of  the  oil  is 
wholly  local,  and  that  the  poison  does  not  enter  the  blood.  We  are  not,  however, 
satisfied  with  this  view  of  the  matter,  for  if  so,  how  are  we  to  explain  the  recur- 
rence of  the  trouble  after  weeks  and  months,  and  even  years,  in  persons  who  have 
not  for  some  time  been  near  the  plants  or  in  the  neighborhood  of  their  growth? 
There  are  many  agents  that  might  be  used  for  the  relief  of  this  species  of  derma- 
titis, as  lobelia,  grindelia,  sulphate  of  iron  orco])]icr,  both  of  which  have  served 
us  well,  and  the  more  recently  recommended  ecliafolta. 

The  loral  effects  of  rhus  are  well  known.  Briefly  stated,  it  occasions  an  ecze- 
matous,  sometimes  erysipelatoid,  inflammatory  eruption,  characterized  l>y  intense 
itching,  redness,  and  tumefaction,  followed  by  burning  oain,  sympathetic  febrile 
excitement,  and  vesication.  The  vesicles  are  a't  first  small  and  filled  with  a  watery 
fluid;  sometimes  they  liecome  yellow,  as  if  |)ns  were  present.     Finally,  as  they 


1672  KHU8  TOXICODENDRON. 

mature,  they  rupture,  when  a  yellow  scab  forms.  The  tongue  is  coated  white, 
and  headache  and  delirium  are  often  symptoms.  The  effects  are  observable  a 
short  time  after  exposure  to  the  poison,  the  affection  usually  spending  its  force 
in  the  course  of  4  or  5  days,  and  is  followed  by  desquamation  of  the  cuticle.  The 
face  and  genitalia  seem  to  be  favorite  localities  for  the  most  pronounced  swelling 
to  appear.  One  case  of  poisoning  by  Rhus  veitenatu  came  under  our  observation, 
in  which  the  swelling  of  the  face  was  so  great  as  t(j  wholly  obliterate  the  features, 
giving  to  the  individual  a  swine-like,  rather  than  human,  appearance.  Domestic 
medication,  in  the  shape  of  bruised  Impatiens  pullida  and /h/ik  (Jewel  weeds;  gave 
great  relief  in  this  instance.  Lack  of  space  forbids  more  than  the  partial  enumera- 
tion,of  the  many  remedies  that  have  been  extolled  for  the  cure  of  this  malady. 
The  chief,  however,  are  lobelia  (infusion),  veratrum,  gelsemium,  hamamelis,  grin- 
delia,  stramonium,  eupatorium,  serpentaria,  lindera,  sassafras  bark,  dulcamara, 
oak  bark,  tannic  acid,  alnus  (boiled  in  buttermilk),  carbolized  olive  oil,  sodium 
bicarbonate,  borax,  alum  curd  (especially  to  be  used  near  the  eyes),  and,  perhaps 
the  best  of  all,  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate  (green  vitriol).  Sugar  of  lead  (lead 
acetate)  has  long  been  a  favorite  agent  for  the  relief  of  this  trouble,  but  as  it  haa 
most  frequently  been  applied  with  water,  it  has  very  often  failed  to  give  relief  It 
has  now  been  shown  that  a  solution  in  weak  alcohol  (50  to  75  per  cent)  gives 
immediate  and  permanent  relief  Occasionally,  zinc  and  copper  sulphates,  oxalic 
acid,  potassium  chlorate,  and  other  salts  are  eflectual.  Echafolta  has  recently 
been  extolled  in  this  affection. 

All  treatment  should  be  accompanied  with  a  light,  cooling  regimen,  and  cool- 
ing purgatives  or  diuretics.  The  bruised  leaves  of  the  Co//iHj-o /hVi  «(/i«f/«i*iji,  ex- 
ternally, and  an.  infusion  of  the  Verbena  urtirifolin,  internally,  have  been  success- 
fully used  in  internal  or  external  poisoning  by  these  plants.  A  solution  of  caustic 
potash,  sufficiently  strong  to  render  the  skin  soapy,  has  been  advised  as  a  local 
application.  Sodium  carbonate,  sodium  sulphi.  chlorinated  lime,  weak  ammo- 
nia solution,  and  lime-water  have  been  similarly  employed. 

Internally,  administered  in  small  doses,  Rhus  Toxicodendron  is  slightly  stimu- 
lant, increasing  the  renal  and  cutaneous  secretions,  and  proving  feebly  laxative. 
Employed  in  paralytic  states  it  is  reputed  to  have  effected  a  return  of  sensiition 
and  power  of  movement,  the  good  effects  being  ushered  in  with  a  sensation  of 
pricking  and  burning,  with  twitchings  of  the  affected  parts.  Large  doses  occasion 
stupefaction,  or  .a  sort  of  intoxication,  exhibited  by  vertigo,  impairment  of  the 
special  senses,  pupillary  dilatation,  chilliness,  sickness  at  the  stomach  with  thirst 
and  burning  pain,  and  a  feeling  of  constriction  in  the  temporal  regions.  The 
pulse  becomes  slow,  irregular  and  small,  the  activity  of  the  skin  and  kidneys 
increases,  weakness,  trembling,  and  fainting  occur,  and  sometimes  convulsions 
ensue.  Apintofrhus  berries  induced  drowsiness,  stupor,  delirium,  and  convul- 
sions in  two  children  who  partook  of  them.  The  infusion  of  the  rout  taken  in- 
ternally is  asserted  to  have  produced  the  characteristic  local  eruptions  besides 
producing  a  harsh  cough,  scanty  urine,  and  severe  gastro-intestinal  symptoms. 
Rhus  Toxicodendron  is  one  of  our  best  medicinal  agents.  Its  range  of  appli- 
cation, specifically  considered,  is  only  excelled  by  few  drugs.  It  is  an  ideal  seda- 
tive, controlling  the  circulation,  and  acting  prinuirily  and  most  pronouncedly 
upon  the  nervous  system.  Fortunately  specific  "medication  does  not  require  the 
enumeration  of  special  diseases  to  show  when  and  where  a  remedy  sliould  be 
employed.  Indeed,  tlie  action  of  riius  is  best  under.'^tood  by  its  fitness  for  condi- 
tions rather  than  for  certain  disajite-roiKlition  grnuj,.^  which  we  know  as  particular 
diseases.  The  general  specific  indications  and  uses  for  rhus  are:  The  small,  mod- 
erately quick  and  vibratile  pulse,  especially  cxhil>iting  sharpness  in  stroke  and 
associated  with  burning  sensations.  There  is  a  peculiar  nervous  erethism  which 
always  indicates  it.  The  sick- infant  requiring  rhus.'sleeps  disturl>edly,  fre- 
quently .'starting  suddenly  from  ou!  its  slumbers,  and  uttering  a  shrill  cry  (rry 
encc)>h(ilintic)  as  if  from  fright.  Many  of  these  conditions  are  inet  with  iii  the 
cerebral  irritatitm  of  children  suffering  from  rfioU'ra  infintluti)  and  other  summer 
bowel  troubles  and  ii\> cerebro-spimtl  vieniuiiiti'i.  The  circulatory  disturbance  re- 
quiring rhus  upon  which  tiie  nervous  nlienoniena  ciiieHy  depend  is  usii.illy  local- 
ized and  not  general;  small  areas  of  tlie  brain  or  nerve  centers  only  may  have  a 
disturbance  of  the  blood  supply.     As  a  rule  the  marked  restlessness  i>  all  out 


RHUS  TOXICOPEXDRON.  1673 

of  proportion  to  the  apparent  circulatory  derangement.  Frontal  pain,  and  more 
especially  if  confined  to  the  left  orl)it,  and  sharp  in  character,  is  a  prominent 
indication  for  this  drug.  The  rhus  tonftue  is  retldened  on  the  tip  and  edge.-;,  and 
even  may  take  on  the  strawberry  characttr,  typical  of  gastric  irritability,  tyi)hoid, 
and  scarlatinal  states.  Associate  with  the  kind  of  pulse  mentioned,  and  with  tym- 
panites, brown  sordes  and  reddened  mucous  surfaces,  and  the  indication  is  still 
more  direct.  Discharges  of  an  acrid  character,  and  ichorous  flow  from  tissues 
which  seem  to  disappear  by  mere  drainage,  are  further  guides  to  its  use.  It  is  a 
certain  remedy  for  vomiting  when  the  tongue  is  of  the  kind  above  referred  to.  In 
fact,  great  unrest  with  vomiting  is  one  of  the  most  direct  indications  for  its  selec- 
tion. Pain  of  a  burning  character,  whether  deep  or  superficial,  is  relieved  by 
rhus  quicker  than  by  any  other  agent.  It  may  be  of  the  head,  abdominal  or 
thoracic  viscera,  of  the  urinary  organs,  of  the  eyes,  or  of  the  skin,  no  matter  where 
the  pain  or  what  the  name  may  be,  neuralgia,  rheumatism,  erysipelas,  pleurisy,  or 
cyst  it  is,  etc.  If  there  be  burning,  and  if  of  the  surface  an  erysipelatoid  redness, 
rhus  will  cure.  Rheumatic  pain,  aggravated  by  the  warmth  of  the  bed,  is  usually 
relieved  by  it.  It  is  more  valuable  in  acute  than  chronic  rheumatism  and  is 
serviceable  in  rheumatic  paralysis  and  articular  stiffness  after  rheumatic  attacks.  It 
is  particularly  useful  to  control  the  feeling  of  restlessness  of  rheumatic  subjects. 
Rheumatic  toothache,  aggravated  by  warmth  or  warm  liquids,  is  relieved  by  it.  It 
is  a  valuable  drug  in  the  bowel  disorders  of  infants,  as  diarrhcea  and  typhoid  dysen- 
tery, with  head  symptoms,  and  in  typhoid  and  other  fevers,  such  as  remittent  and  inter- 
mittent gastric  fever,  and  especially  when  typhoid  symptoms  are  present.  It  is  a 
fine  remedy  in  cholera  7norbus. 

Rhus  is  a  valuable  agent  in  pneumonia,  bronchitis,  la  grippe,  and  phthisis,  when 
the  patient  is  extremely  irritable  and  suffers  from  gastric  irritation.  With  the 
small  wiry  pulse  as  a  guide  it  controls  that  restlessness  and  delirium  in  adynamic 
fevers, which  is  probably  caused  by  irritation  and  local  hyper-vascularization  of 
limited  areas  in  the  cerebral  and  other  nerve  centers.  It  is  indicated  in  typhoid 
pneumonia,  with  red,  glazed  tongue,  and  offensive  muco-purulent  expectoration. 
Uncontrollable,  dry,  spasmodic,  and  tickling  cough  is  frequently  relieved  by  it. 
Rhus  is  an  extremely  useful  remedy  in  the  various  disorders  of  the  skin  presenting 
the  characteristic  rhus  indications.  Redness,  intumescence,  and  burning  are  the 
indications  in  cutaneous  diseases. 

For  vivid,  bright-red,  glistening  eri/sipelas,  especially  when  confined  to  the 
upper  part  of  the  face,  with  marked  puttiness,  it  is  one  of  the  most  successful  of 
remedies.  In  fact  in  acute  infammations  of  the  skin  it  is  often  more  serviceable 
than  aconite  and  veratrum.  It  is  of  great  service  in  herpes  ■where  there  are  burn- 
ing, itching,  and  exudation  of  serum.  Eczema,  pcmjihigus,  and  many  irritable  and 
inflammatory  skin  affections  are  relieved  by  it  when  redness,  intumescence,  and 
burning  are  prominent  symptoms.  Associated  with  iron  it  has  proved  useful 
in  purpura  hemorrhagica.  Erythematous  and  erysipelatous  inflammation  of  the  vulva, 
with  burning  pain,  and  the  itching  and  vulval  irritation  following  micturition, 
are  permanently  relieved  by  rhus.  In  the  exanthemata,  as  in  all  zymotic  diseases, 
rhus  appears  to  exert  a  special  antizymotic  influence,  for  which  it  may  be  given  in 
.scarlatina  and  measles  where  the  vital  powers  are  greatly  depressed,  and  in  variola, 
with  livid  color  of  the  surface  and  foul  discharges.  Tumid,  reddened,  and  glis- 
tening enlargements,  and  ulcerations  with  red  glistening  margins,  syphilitic  or  non- 
syphilitic,  likewise  call  for  rhus.  In  the  ulcerative  forms  the  parts  seem  to  melt 
away  without  sloughing.  It  is  of  much  value  in  parotitis,  and  in  sicclling  of  the 
submaxillary  gland  with  great  induration  few  remedies  are  better  (Locke).  Its 
constitutional  effects  are  often  manifested  in  carbuncle  and  carhunculousfuru7iclcs. 
In  ocular  thcra])eutics  rhus  is  an  important  drug.  It  is  sometimes  administered 
to  prevent  inflammatory  action  after  calantct  operations.  Palpebral  o>flcma,  with 
marked  redness  is  relieved  by  H,v:h\\c  neundgic  and  other  pa  ins  in  the  globe  of  the  eye, 
and  aggravated  by  motion  and  warmth  are  often  banished  under  its  use.  Acute 
and  subacute  forms  of  conjunrtivilis  are  relieved  by  it  on  account  of  its  .special 
aftinity  for  the  blood  ves.'^els  of  the  orbit.  In  the  catarrhal  ophthalmia  of  scrofulous 
children  with  strongly  inflamed  palpebral  edges  and  conjunctiva'  and  marked 
photophobia  and  burning  lachryiuation,  the  action  of  the  remedy  is  decided 
and  prompt.    There  is  usually  a  -iii-ation  as  of  foreign  particles,  such  as  sand, 


1674  RHUS  TOXICODEXDROX. 

etc.,  in  the  eye.  Rhus  has  been  employed  successfully  in  poropfegria  without  any 
actual  organic  lesion,  and  in  paralysis  of  the  bladder  and  of  the  rectum.  In  paralytic 
states,  however,  it  is  of  little  value  except  in  those  conditions  which  follow  attacks 
of  rheumatism.  Its  efficiency  in  sciatica,  however,  is  admitted  by  some  who  think 
the  drug  practically  valueless  as  a  medicine. 

'  The  proper  dose  for  specific  effects,  and  it  is  scarcely  employed  in  any  other 
manner,  is  the  fraction  of  a  drop  of  specific  rh  us,  thus:  R  Specific  rhus,gtt.  v  to  xv; 
aqua,  flgiv.  Mix.  Dose,  1  teaspoonful  every  hour  in  acute  disorders;  4  times  a 
da^'  in  clironii-  affections. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Small,  moderately  quick,  sAarp  pulse,  some- 
time.s  vibratik-  or  wiry;  great  restlessness;  child  starts  from  sleep  with  a  sharp, 
shrill  cry  as  if  from  fright;  great  restlessne.-s  with  vomiting;  tongue  red  and 
irritable,  showing  red  spots;  strawberry  tongue;  burning  pain;  pain  in  or  above 
left  orbit;  rheumatic  pain  aggravated  by  warmth;  bright,  superficial  redness  of 
the  skin  with  burning,  itching,  or  tingling;  bright-red, glistening  erysipelas  with 
burning  pain;  pinched  countenance;  burning  urethral  pain  with  dribbling  of 
urine;  redness  of  mucous  tissues;  brown  sordes;  tympanites;  acrid  discharges 
from  bladder  or  bowels;  inflammation  with  bright-red  tumid  surfaces  and  deep- 
seated  burning  pain;  inflammation  with  ichorous  discharges,  the  tissues  seem- 
ingly melting  away;  tumid  red  swellings;  old  ulcers  with  shining  red  edges; 
induration  of  submaxillary  gland;  conjunctival  inflammation  with  burning  lach- 
rymation,  pain,  and  photophobia. 

Related  Species. — Rhus  vemnata,  De  Candolle  {R.  vemix,  Linn6),  or  Poiaon  sumach,  also 
known  as  Pokon  wood,  Swamp  sumach.  Poison  ash,  and  inappropriately  as  Poison  elder  and 
Poison  dogwood,  has  been  confounded  with  the  Rhus  vemix  of  Linn^,  a  species  which  grows  in 
Japan.  It  is  a  shrub  or  small  tree,  10  to  20,  and  even  30  feet  in  height,  with  the  trunk  1  to  o 
inches  in  diameter,  branching  at  the  top,  and  covered  with  a  pale  grayish  bark,  wliich  is  red- 
dish on  the  leaf-stalks  and  young  shoots.  Leaves  pinnate,  with  3  to  6  pairs  of  opposite  leaflets, 
and  an  odd  terminal  one,  which  are  oblong  or  oval,  entire  or  slightly  sinuated,  acuminate 
smooth,  paler  underneath,  and  nearly  sessile,  except  the  odd  terminal  one;  they  are  about  3 
inches  long,  and  nearly  half  as  wide.  Flowers  dictcious  and  polygamous,  very  small,  green, 
and  in  loose,  axillary,  pedunculate  panicles.  Paniclfs  of  the  barren  flowci-s  are  downy,  the 
largest  most  branched.  Sepals  5,  ovate;  petals  5,  obli>ng;  stamens  longer  than  the  petal's,and 
projecting  through  their  interstices;  the  rudiment  of  a  3-cleft  style  in  the  center.  In  the 
fertile  flowers  the  panicles  are  much  smaller,  sepals  and  petals  resemble  the  last,  while  the 
center  is  occupied  by  an  oval  ovary,  terminated  by  3  circular  stigmas.  Fruit  a  bunch  of  dry 
berries  or  drupes,  about  the  size  of  peas,  smooth,  greenish-j-ellow  or  greenish-white,  sometimes 
marked  with  slitrht  purple  veins,  and  becoming  wrinkled  when  old;  roundish,  a  little  broadest 
at  the  upper  end,  aii.l  0'>iii pressed,  containing  1  white,  hard,  furrowed  see.l  (  L.— G.— 'W.l. 

Rhus  veneiiiita  .-inws  in  low  meadows  and  swamps  from  Canada  to  the  tJulf  of  Mexico, 
flowering  from  .May  ti  Aiii:u-t.  The  milky  juice  which  flows  when  the  plant  is  wounded,  is 
similar  in  its  action  to  that  uf  Rhus  Toxicodendron,  and  may,  according  to  Bigelow,  be  made 
into  a  beautiful,  shining  and  permanent  varnish,  by  boiling,  very  analogous  to  that  obtained 
in  Japan  from  the  Rhus  remix.  It  is  much  more  poisonous  than  Rhus  Toxicodendron,  and  its 
volatile  principle  taints  the  air  for  some  distance  around  with  its  pernicious  influence.  pro<luc- 
ing  in  manv  persons  severe  swellings  of  an  erysipelatous  nature;  sometimes  the  biMly  becomes 
greatly  swollen,  and  the  person  unable  to  move.  Some  persons  are  hardly,  or  not  at  all,  affected 
even  by  handling  it.  The  atfection  caused  by  it  generally  abates  after  several  days,  and  may  be 
treated  in  the  same  manner  as  named  for  the  poisonous  effects  of  the  iJ/iiis  Toxicodendron. 

Rhus  Miclunu-ii,  Sargent  (RItus  jiumila,  Michauxi. — This  is  the  nn.st  poisonous  Rhus  in 
this  eountry.  It  is  an  extensively  procumbent,  villous-pubescent  shrub,  about  1  foot  high. 
with  piiuiate  leaves;  leaflets  about  11,  oval  or  oblong,  slightly  acuminate,  coarsely  t<xithe<l, 
with  a  velvety  pubescence,  the  3  upper  leaflets  often  confluent,  the  terminal  one  when  dis- 
tinct attenuate  at  base.  Panicles  terminal,  thyrsoid,  nearly  sessile ;  drupes  covered  with  a  red 
silky  pubescence  (T. — G.).  It  is  a  rare  shrub,  confined  to  the  south,  and  is  found  in  North 
Carolina  and  Georgia,  and  was  recently  rediscovered. 

Rhus  direrfitoba,  Torrey  and  Gray.— Dr.  C.  A.  Canfield  describes  a  very  poisonous  shmb, 
growing  in  California,  which  is  very  similar  in  appearance  and  poisonous  qualities  to  our 
Rhu.-i  To.rlciilmdron.  It  is  the  Rhus  diremilolm  of  Torrey  and  tiray,or  Rhus  lohtUi  oi  Hooker. 
The  remedy  that  he  has  found  invariably  8ucce.*!sful  as  ail  antidote'to  its  Wal  iwisonons  eflerts 
is  anotiier  plant  of  California,  of  the  coniposit*'  family,  and  somewhat  resend^ling  a  small  sun- 
flower, the  driinlilift  hir.^ululii.  A  strong  decoction  of  the  herb  may  be  use«l  as  a  wash  to  tlie 
poisoned  stirfaies,  or  the  bruised  fresh  herb  may  be  rubbed  over"  the  att'ected  parts.  One 
application  i>iten  cures,  but  in  olistinate  cases  several  <lav8  mav  be  required  i  .Inter.  Jour.  Pharm.. 
]8(i0,  p.412). 

Rhus  .\fetopium,  Linn(?,  is  found  in  the  south  of  Florida,  and  more  abundantly  in  the  West 
Indies.  It  is  known  variously  as  Coral  sumarh,  .Vouiitain  manchinerl,  or  Rum  inux/.'  It  is  a  tre«' 
about  30  feet  high,  and  its  wood  contains  an  abundance  of  tannin.     Its  leaves  :ir.>  l^>llux1s.^l 


RIBES.  1675 

of  5  leaflets,  which  are  entire  ami  smooth,  and  borne  on  long  petioles.  An  acriil,  red  fruit  is 
produced  upon  the  tree.  A  gum-resin,  known  as  Hog  gum,  or  Doctor's  gum,  of  Jamaica,  is  said 
to  be  Yielded  by  this  tree.  In  aqueous  solution,  it  is  reputed  purgative  and  diuretic,  and  is  an 
iugrei\ient  ot  strengthening  plasters  (Hogg,  iVa/. //i.<<.  o;' rt^p.  A'liiy.,  p.  241). 

For  fuitlier  interesting  matter  regartling  the  Rhus  family,  consult  Thomas  Horsfield's 

llr/ierimeiital  l>i.-.--  /.'  inuix,  R.  radicaus,  and  A*,  (//(itriim,  published  in  1798;  see  also 

jiaper  on  Kim/  /'  V       ."^,  by  H.  W.  Felter,  M.  D.,  in  Annual  of  Ec.  Med.  and  Surgery, 

Vol.  V,  a  portion  .  :  .v  i     ii  i-  inckided  in  this  article. 

CumochtJi'i  (/.  ■  '.  .I:h  [iiin  (Nal.  Ord. — .Vnacardiacea),  Guao,  Bastard  Brazil  wood,  Tooth- 
h  •n;tl  maiden  plum.-  A  small  tree,  6  to  8  feet  high,  common  in  Cuba,  thriving  in  stony  and  bar- 
ren soils.  The  leaves  are  a  beautiful  deep-green,  with  a  brownish  margin.  The  bluish-brown 
li'iwiis  are  small  and  borne  in  clusters.  The  branches  and  trunk  contain  a  milky  juice,  which, 
ujion  exposure  to  sunlight,  becomes  black,  and  leaves  a  stain  upon  clothing  and  the  skin.  It 
is  a  native  superstition  that  if  one  sleeps  in  the  shade  of  this  tree,  death  will  be  the  penalty. 
The  bark  is  the  part  employed,  preferably  when  fresh.  The  action  of  this  agent  upon  tlie 
skin  is  said  to  resemble  Rhus,  and  it  has  some  reputation  as  a  remedy  for  leprosy. 

FrsTir. — Under  this  name  several  woods,  from  diverse  sources,  have  entered  commerce. 
Thus  Young  fustic,  or  Hungarian  fustic,  is  derived  from  Ulius  Cotinus,  while  Old  fustic  is  the  wood 
ol  Moms  tinctoria  (Broitssonetiatinctoria).  The  latter  contains  the  dye-stufT,  JHoWn  (CijHioO,),  or 
moric  acid,  and  moritannic  acid  {C13H9O,) ;  the  former  contains  fisetin  (C23Hio03[OH],),  which, 
in  combination  with  sugar  (the  glucosid,/»s/i')ii  and  tannic  acid,  forms  the  yellow  coloring 
matter  of  the  wood.  Some  of  the  West  Indian  Xanthoxylums  and  allied  species  enter  com- 
merce under  the  name  fustic.  Fustic  is  not  used  in  medicine  and  pharmacy,  but  as  a  dyeing 
material  in  the  arts. 

RIBES.— CURRANT. 

The  fruit  of  Ribes  iiigrum,  Linne,  and  Rihe.s  rubrum,  Liiin^. 

Nat.  Onl. — Saxifragaceaj. 

CoMMo.N  Names:  (1)  Black  cun-nnt,  (2)  Red  currant. 

Botanical  Source. — Ribe.^  Nigrum.  The  Black  currant  is  a  woody  bush  or 
shrub,  from  3  to  5  feet  in  height,  with  steins  unarmed,  and  leaves  3  to  5-lobed, 
punctate  beneath,  dentate-senate,  and  longer  than  their  petioles.  The  racemes  are 
lax,  hairy,  and  somewhat  nodding.  Calyx  campanulate,  with  reflexed  segments; 
petals  oblong,  yellowish  ;  bracts  minute,  subulate,  or  blunt,  nearly  as  long  as  the 
pedicels.     The  fruit  is  large,  roundish-ovoid,  and  nearly  black  (W. — L.). 

Ribe-'  Ruhrum,  or  common  Red  currant,  has  unarmed,  straggling,  or  reclined 
stems,  with  leaves  obtusely  3  to  5-lobed,  smooth  above,  pubescent  beneath,  subcor- 
date  at  base,  with  margin  mucronately  serrate.  The  racemes  are  from  lateral  buds, 
distinct  from  the  leaves,  pendulous,  and  nearly  glabrous.  Bracts  blunt,  shorter 
than  the  pedicels.  Calyx  flattened  out,  short,  spreading,  with  obtuse  lobes;  petals 
obcordate  and  green.     Fruit  globuse.  siiiiioth,  and  r.d  (  W. — L.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  /"/<«/;  ((/rrcni^isanative  of  Europe 
and  Siberia,  growing  in  woods,  cultivated  in  Europe  and  this  country,  and  flower- 
ing in  May.  The  Red  currant  grows  in  cold,  damp  woods  and  bogs  in  this  coun- 
try and  Europe,  and  is  extensively  cultivated  in  gardens.  It  also  flowers  in  May. 
The  fruit  of  these  two  plants  is  the  part  used,  and  imparts  its  virtues  to  water. 
The  juice  of  Red  currant.'i  contains  free  acids  (malic,  citric,  and  tartaric  acids, 
1.5  to  3  per  cent),  sugar  (4  to  7  per  cent),  vegetable  jelly  (pectin  matter),  gum,  etc. 
That  uf  BInrk  currants  contains  the  same,  with  the  addition  of  a  peculiar  volatile 
principle,  and  a  violet  coloring  matter. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  juice  of  these  berries,  especially 
of  the  black  currant,  is  said  to  be  diuretic  and  diaphoretic.  They  may  be  made 
into  a  jelly,  a  jam,  paste,  etc.,  and  are  very  useful  in  febrile  and  inflammatory  dis- 
eases, and  in  hoarseness  and  affections  of  the  throat.  The  raw  juice  is  an  excellent 
refrigerant  beverage  in  febrile  diseases.  A  decoction  of  the  Viark  of  the  black  cur- 
rant has  proved  useful  in  calculous  affectinns,dropsi/,  and  hemorrhoidal  tumors.  It 
may  be  freely  used.  The  French  jirepare  from  tlie  berries  an  aromatized,  fermented 
liquor  called'  cassis  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1888,  p.  337). 

Related  Species.— iJi'w'S  floridum,  L'Heritier,  the  IIVW  6/«cit  currant  of  this  country,  pos- 
8e8.ses  similar  jiroperties.  It  is  a  handsome  shrub,  giowing  from  3  to  5  feet  high,  with  leaves 
1  or  2  inches  long,  an<l  somewhat  wider,  subcordate,  from  3  to  .'i-lnbi'd;  lobes  acute,  si>reading, 
sprinkled  on  both  sides  with  yellowish,  resinous  dots,  just  visible  to  the  naked  eye.  Flowers 
greenisb-yellow,  subcampanulate,  in  pendulous,  pubescent,  many-flowered  racemes.  Calyx 
cylindrical;  bract,s  linear,  longer  than  the  pedicels;  petioles  1  or  2  inches  long.  Fruit  6b- 
ovoid,  smooth,  black,  insipid.     It  flowers  in  May  and  June(W.— G.). 


1676  KOBINIA. 

Shepherdui  urynJ.ii,  Hnjfoln  herrtj,  Bull  /jcmy.— This  slirnb  produces  an  acidulous  fruit, 
resembling  cunants,  iK-iiig  a  little  more  acid  iTrimblel.  The  fruit  is  largely  used  as  a  food 
along  the  Upper  Missouri,  where  it  occurs  in  abundance. 

ROBINIA.— LOCUST  TREE. 

The  bark  and  leaves  of  Robinia  Pseudacacia,  Linne. 

Nut.  Oril. — Leguminosse. 

Common  Names:  Locust  tree,  Black  locust,  Yellow  locust.  False  acacia. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  tree  from  50  to  80  feet  in  height,  and  from  1  to  4 
feet  tliick;  the  bark  is  rough  and  dark.  The  branches  are  numerous,  smooth, 
and  armed  with  stipular  prickles.  The  leaves  are  unequally  pinnate;  the  leafleta 
in  from  8  to  12  pairs,  ovate  and  oblong-ovate,  thin,  nearly  sessile,  and  very  smooth; 
the  stipules  minute,  bristle-form,  and  partial.  The  flowers  are  white,  fragrant, 
showy,  and  borne  in  numerous,  axillary,  pendulous  racemes.  Calyx  5-cleft,  short, 
campanulate,  slightly  2-lipped.  Standard  large  and  rounded,  turned  back,  scarcely 
longer  than  the  wings  and  keel.  Stamens  diadelphous;  style  bearded  inside.  The 
fruit  is  a  legume,  or  linear,  compressed  pod,  2  to  4  inches  in  length,  and  about 
6  lines  wide,  margined  on  the  seed-bearing  edge.  Seed  several,  small,  brown,  and 
reniform  (G. — W.).  When  young,  the  tree  is  armed  with  thorns,  which  disappear 
in  its  maturity. 

History. — This  tree,  known  by  the  names  of  Black  locus<t  and  Yellow  locust,  is 
found  in  several  parts  of  the  United  States,  principally  west  of  the  Allegheny 
Mountains,  being  seldom  found  north  of  Pennsylvania,  or  in  tiie  Atlantic  south- 
ern states;  it  blossoms  in  May.  It  is  valued  for  the  durability,  hardness,  and 
lightness  of  its  wood.  The  bark  and  leaves  are  used,  and  yield  their  properties 
to  water  or  alcohol.  The  bark  of  the  root  is  the  most  active.  The  .eeeds  are 
slightly  acrid,  and  contain  much  oil,  which  may  be  obtained  by  expression.  By 
steeping  in  water,  their  acridity  is  removed,  and  a  very  mild,  useful  meal  may  be 
then  prejiared  from  tbem.     The  inner  bark  is  tough  and  fibrous 

Chemical  Composition.— From  the  root  of  this  plant  Hlasiwetz  (1852)  iso- 
lated aspiii-dgin.  The  linwers,  according  to  Zwenger  and  Dronke  (1861 ;  see  Huse- 
mann  and  \i\\ge\\  Pjiaiizemtnffe,\>.\OA&),  conia.m  a  j'ellow,  crystallizable  glucosid, 
robinin  (C.^^Hj^Oie),  which,  upon  hydrolysis,  is  split  into  qu^Tcelin  and  a  non-fer- 
mentable sugar.  The  bark  of  the  locust  tree,  when  chewed,  produced  violent 
emeto-catharsis  (Amer.  Jour.  Plinrm.,  1887,  p.  153;  F.  B.  Power  and  Jacob  Cambier, 
Pharm.  Rundschau,  1890,  pp.  29-38).  The  latter  authors,  .searching  for  the  poison- 
ous principle,  found  it  in  an  albuminous  body  (phytnlbumo.^^c,  1.66  ))er  cent\  which 
is  tasteless,  soluble  in  water,  insoluble  in  alcohof,  and  coagulated  by  heat,  with 
complete  loss  of  its  toxic  properties;  for  this  reason  some  declare  a  decoction  of 
the  bark  is  inert.  It  is  precipitated  by  tannic  acid  and  by  solution  of  potassium 
bismuth  iodide.  It  is  allied  to  ricin,  the  poisonous,  albuminous  constituent  of 
the  castor-oil  seed.  (For  further  reactions,  see  the  original  paper.)  The  authors, 
in  addition,  found  an  inert  albumin  {(jlnbulin,  characterized  by  being  insoluble 
in  concentrated  salt  solution);  small  quantities  of  the  poisonous  alkaloid,  rAo^'jir 
(of  the  class  known  as  ptomaines),  fatty  matter,  inert  resin,  cane  sugar  (4.57  per 
cent,  referred  to  air-dry  bark),  starch,  gum,  some  tannin,  coloring  matter,  and 
probably  ((■■^jinnniiii.  The  poisonous  jirinciple,  in  the  form  of  an  alliuminous  Iwdv, 
was  likewise  olltained   by  K.  Robert  f .hilnrsb.dcr  Phann.,lS9\,l^.\■i6^. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— A  decoction  of  the  bark  of  the  root  is 
tonic  in  small  doses,  but  emetic  and  purgative  in  large  ones.  An  ounce  of  the 
bark  boiled  in  3  gills  of  water,  operates  as  a  cathartic  in  do.ses  of  i  ounc<',  given 
morning  and  evening.  The  bark  is  supposed  to  possess  some  acro-narcotio  prop- 
erties, as  the  juice  of  it  has  been  known  to  produce  coma  and  slight  convulsions. 
An  overdose  has  produced  symptoms  very  similar  to  those  resulting  from  an 
improper  dose  of  belladonna,  and  at  the  same  time  cured  a  case  ot'/cvtr  and  agur. 
The  flowers  possess  antispasmodic  )iroperties,  and  form  an  excellent  and  agree- 
able syrup.  Tiie  leaves,  in  doses  of  30  grains,  every  20  minutes,  operate  niiliUy 
and  efliciently  as  an  emetic.  The  drug  should  be  tested  for  its  etVects  upon 
gastro-intcstinal  and  nervoiui  nffeclhxs. 


KO.SA  CANINA.-UOSA  CEXTIFOLIA.  1677 

ROSA  CANINA.— DOG  ROSE. 

The  recent  ripe  fruit  of  Rosa  Cnnina,  Liniie,  ami  other  related  indigenous 
specie*;. 

ym.  Urd. — Rosacea'. 

Common  Names  and  Synonyms:  Dog  rose,  Hip-tree,  Wild  brier;  Cynosbata,  Fnirius 
cynosbnd. 

Ilu'stration  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  103. 

Botanical  Source. —  bog  rose  is  a  soft,  branched,  smooth  bush,  with  long 
green  curved  root  shoots,  covered  with  equal,  remote,  strong,  compressed,  falcate 
prickles.  The  leadets,  5  to  9  in  number,  are  ovnte.  firm,  without  glandular  pubes- 
cence, and  have  acute,  incurved  and  ofter  double  serratures.  Flowers  with  leafy 
bracts.  Sepals  partly  pinnated,  and  usuallj'  naked  as  well  as  the  tube  of  the 
calvx.  Petals  white  or  pink,  obcordate,  and  fragrant;  throat  of  the  calyx  thick 
ami  quite  closed  up.  Fruit  red,  succulent,  ovoid,  truncated,  in  consequence  of 
the  fall  of  the  sepals  (L— \V.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition. — This  plant  is  indige- 
nous to  Euro])e,  and  introduced  into  this  country;  it  usually  attains  the  height 
of  6  or  10  feet,  and  flowers  in  June  and  July.  The  flowers  are  succeeded  by  a 
scarlet  fruit  called  hip.  The  fruit  (Rosie  Canime  Frurtus)  was  official  in  Br.  Pharm., 
1885.  It  is  inodorous,  but  possesses  a  rather  pleasant,  sweetish,  acidulous  taste, 
which  is  increa-sed  by  the  action  of  frost.  The  hip  or  fruit  (not  a  true  fruit)  con- 
sists of  the  developed  tube  of  the  calyx,  inclosing  within  its  cavity  numerous 
carpels  or  true  fruits;  these  must  be  carefully  removed  before  it  is  used  for 
pharmaceutical  purposes.  After  having  been  dried  it  contains  gum,  citric  acid, 
malic  acid,  a  large  proportion  of  uncrystallizable  sugar,  various  salts,  and  traces 
of  wax,  resin,  and  volatile  oil.  Its  properties  are  preserved  by  beating  the  pulp 
with  sugar  (C).  The  vanilla-like  fragrance  of  the  fruits  is  due  to  the  presence  of 
vunilliii  ( Schneegans^  Jnhresb.  der  Pharm.,  1890,  p.  148). 

Pharmaceutical  Uses. — The  conserve  made  by  beating  the  pulp  with  sugar, 
is  called  conserve  of  dog  rose,  or  conserve  of  hips  (ConJectioRosse  Caninse,  £r.),and 
is  tenacious,  retaining  its  softness  for  a  long  time,  even  under  exposure  to  the  air. 
It  is  a  useful  material  for  forming  pill  masses,  and,  as  it  contains  less  tannic  acid, 
may  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  the  conserve  of  red  roses,  when  preparations  of  iron 
are  to  enter  into  the  jiill  mass. 

ROSA  CENTIFOLIA  (U.  S.  P.)— PALE  ROSE. 

"The  petals  of /?osa  cen^f/o/m,  Linne" — (U.S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Rosacese. 

Com.mon  Names  and  Synony-m  :  Hundred-leaved  rose,  Cabbage  rose-petals;  Flares 
rosarum  inrornatarinn. 

iLi.rsTRATioN .  Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  105. 

Botanical  Source.— This  is  an  erect  shrub,  3  to  6  feet  in  height,  having  the 
branches  closely  covered  with  nearly  straight  prickles,  scarcelj'  dilated  at  base, 
and  glandular  bristles  of  various  forms  and  sizes;  the  large  ones  are  falcate. 
Shoots  erect.  Leaves  unequally  pinnated;  leaflets  5  to  7, oblong  or  ovate, glandu- 
lar-ciliate  on  the  margin,  and  subpilose  beneath.  The  flowers  are  large,  usually 
of  a  pink  color,  but  varying  in  hue,  form,  size,  etc.,  through  100  known  varieties, 
several  together,  and  drooping,  with  leafy  bracts:  flower-bud  short  and  ovoid. 
Sepals  leafy,  compound,  viscid,  and  spreading  in  flower.  Petals  5,  and  usually 
pale-re<l.  Fruit  ovoid;  calvx  and  peduncles  glandular-hispid,  viscid,  and  fra- 
grant rr,.—\V.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— Tlie  native  country  of 
this  ros.-l.u-li  is  uiikiiciwn;  hut  it  is  extensively  cultivated  in  nearly  all  parts  of 
the  worjil,  foniiing  a  valuaMe  ornament  to  gardens.  Tiicre  are  many  varieties, 
the  most  fragrant  of  which  are  the  best  adajited  for  use.  (For  some  accounts  of 
the  cultivation  of  roses,  see  Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1887,  p.  33,  and  1893,  p.  603.)  The 
parts  em |)loyed  are  the  petals,  which  are '"roundish  obovate  and  retu.«e,  or  obcor- 
date, i>ink.  fragrant,  sweetish,  slightly  bitter  and  faintly  astringent" — (T.  ^.  P.). 


1678  ROSA  GALLICA. 

They  should  be  gathered  before  thej'  are  fully  blown,  freed  from  the  calyx  cups 
and  stamens,  and  dried  in  the  air.  To  preserve  them  they  are  frequently  salted. 
The  petals  contain  volatile  oil  {otto  of  roses,  see  Oleum  Rosie),  tannic  acid,  coloring 
matter,  saccharine  matter,  mineral  salts,  salts  of  malic  and  tartaric  acids,  etc. 
(J.  B.  Enz,  WittPtein's  Vierteljahrsschrift,  1867,  p.  53). 

Pharmaceutical  and  Medical  Uses. — This  rose,  on  account  of  its  delightful 
fragrancy,  is  principally  employed  in  France  for  the  distillation  of  rose-water,  so 
much  used  in  collyria  and  other  lotions;  taken  internally,  it  is  said  to  be  gently 
aperient,  but  is  seldom,  if  ever,  administered  for  this  purpose. 

ROSA  GALLICA  lU.  S.  P. —RED  ROSE. 

"The  petals  of  Rom  (jallira,  Linne,  collected  before  expanding" — (<.'.  &  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Rosacea. 

Common  Names  and  Synonyms:  Red  rose  petals,  French  rose,  Provence  rose;  Flores 
rosarum  rubrnrum,  Rosm  gallicfe  petnla  {Br.). 

Illustration  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  104. 

Botanical  Source.— The  Red,  French  or  Provence  rose  is  a  dwarfish,  short- 
branched  bush,  2  to  3  feet  high,  with  the  stem  and  petioles  armed  with  numer- 
ous fine,  nearly  equal,  uniform  prickles  and  glandular  bristles  intermixed;  the 
leaflets,  mostly  5,  are  stiff,  elliptical,  and  rugose.  The  flowers  are  large,  erect,  and 
several  together,  with  leafy  bracts;  sepals  ovate,  leafy,  and  compound.  Petals  5 
or  more,  obcordate,  large,  spreading,  and  of  a  rich  crimson  color.  The  fruit  is 
oblong  or  ovoid,  glossy,  and  very  coriaceous  (L. — W.). 

History  and  Description.— This  plant  is  indigenous  to  Austria  and  other 
parts  of  the  middle  and  south  of  Europe,  and  is  common  in  the  gardens  of  that 
country  and  the  United  States.  There  are  a  great  many  varieties  known  in  culti- 
vation. With  this  plant  as  with  other  species,  cultivation  multiplies  the  petals 
very  much,  by  the  conversion  of  stamina.  The  official  parts  are  the  petals.  They 
should  be  collected  previous  to  the  expansion  of  the  flowers,  freed  from  their 
calyces  and  claws  or  heels,  and  speedily  dried  in  tlie  sun  or  by  artificial  heat. 
When  dried  they  are  sifted  to  remove  the  stamens  and  insects,  and  should  be 
kept  in  a  dry  place,  as  for  instance,  in  well-covered  tin  canisters  or  bottles. 
"When  dried  they  have  a  velvety  appearance;  their  color  is  purplish-red;  their 
odor  is  much  improved  by  desiccation"  (Pareira).  A-s  officially  described  they 
are  "usually  in  small  cones,  consisting  of  numerous  imbricated,  roundish,  retuse, 
•deep  purple-colored,  yellow-clawed  petals,  having  a  roseate  odor  and  a  bitterish, 
slightly  acidulous  and  distinctly  astringent  taste" — {U.S.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition.— Infusion  of  red  rose  yields  a  black  precipitate  with 
ferric  salts,  and  is  clianged  to  a  scarlet  color  by  sulphuric  acid.  Water  takes  up 
their  properties.  Cartier  found  in  the  jjctals  volatile  oil,  coloring  matter,  tannic 
and  gallic  acids,  fatty  matter,  albumen,  soluble  potassium  salts  (.the  ash  contain- 
ing 42  to  44  per  cent  of  potassa,  Niederstadt),  calcareous  insoluble  salts,  silica,  and 
oxide  of  iron.  Filhol  found  a  notable  quantity  of  <j'((')(/7//ii  in  them,  to  which 
he  attributes  their  astringency,  also  a  large  an)onnt  (20  per  cent)  of  non-crystalli- 
zable  sugar.  Bowman  {Amcr.  jmtr.  Phunit..  1S69,  p.  194)  finds  5.4  per  cent  of  "tannin 
present.  The  coloring  nuitter,  according  to  H.  Senier  i  lcS77),  is  insoluble  in  ether 
which  dissolves  quercitrin  and  fat,  soluble  in  much  alcohol,  precipitated  by  lead 
,  acetate.  Acids  color  it  a  more  vivid  red,  while  alkalies  turn  it  dark-red  with  green 
reflection,  then  yellow.  Adulteration  sometimes  consists  in  artificially  dyeing 
rose  leaves  withaniline  colors  (.•!»«•?•.  Jour.  P/xirm.,  1881,  p.  314). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses.— Red  roses  are  tonic  and  mildly  astringent.  They 
have  been  used  m  pas.^ivc  hemorrhages,  luul  exce.-<xive  mucous  di^hargcs.  They  have 
also  been  found  beneficial  in  bowel  mmplaints,  and  are  more  commonly  used  in 
ophthalmic  diseases  as  a  poultice,  or.  the  pith  of  .sassafras  and  infusion  of  roses  as  a 
collyrium  in  anite  ophthalmia.  The  infusion  is  also  used  as  a  vehicle  for  various 
other  remedies.  The  confection  is  mostly  employed  as  a  basis  for  making  nills. 
If  iron  be  added  to  the  confection,  or  any  of  its  preparations,  it  forms  a  haro 
black  pill,  which  passes  through  tlie  alimentary  canal  unchanged. 


ROSMAKIMS— lU-BIA.  1679 


ROSMARINUS.— ROSEMARY. 


The  tops  and  leaves  of  Ro.-imnrinus  nffirinnlis.  Limit-. 

Xdl.  Ord. — Labiatffi. 

C!<).MMON  Name  AiND  Synonyms:  Rosemary;  Folia  rosiiiarini,  Folin  ror is  viarivi, 
Folin  aiil/io^. 

iLi.rsTKATid.N  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  207. 

Botanical  Source. — Ilo!<eman'  is  an  erect,  perennial,  evergreen  shrub,  2  to  4 
feet  higli,  with  numerous  branches  of  an  ash  color,  and  densely  leafy.  The  leaves 
are  sessile,  opposite,  linear,  over  an  inch  in  length,  and  about  2  ^^  ^^^ 
lines  broad,  entire,  obtuse  at  the  summit,  revolute  at  the  margins, 
of  a  firm  consistence,  dark-green  and  shining  above,  and  downy 
and  sometimes  whitish  beneath.  The  flowers  are  few,  bright-blue 
or  white,  subsessile,  and  borne  in  short,  opposite,  axillary,  and  ter- 
minal racemes;  the  bracts  are  shorter  than  the  calyx;  the  calyx 
purplish,  campanulate,  and  villose;  the  corolla  not  ringed  in  the 
inside,  somewhat  inflated  in  the  throat,  with  2  equal  lips,  the 
upper  of  which  is  erect  and  emarginate,  the  lower  trifid,  with  the 
middle  lobe  very  large,  ccmcave,  and  hanging  down.  Stamens  2; 
filaments  minutely  toothed  near  the  base;  anthers  linear,  with 
2  divaricating,  confluent  cells.  Upper  lobe  of  style  very  short. 
Seeds  4,  oblong,  naked  at  the  base  of  the  calyx  (L. — W.). 

History. — Rosemary  is  a  native  of  the  countries  surrounding 
the  Mediterranean,  and  is  cultivated  in  nearly  every  garden  for 
its  beauty  and  fragrance,  flowering  in  April  and  May.  The  parts 
used  in  medicine  are  the  flowering  tops,  which  have  a  powerful, 
diff"usive,  camphoraceous  odor,  and  an  aromatic,  bitter  taste ;  they  Rosmarinus  offi- 
yield  their  properties  to  water  or  spirits,  but  more  effectually  to  """  '^' 

alcohol.  The  leaves  are  likewise  used.  Age  and  drying  impair  their  odor  and  vir- 
tues, which  are  due  to  a  volatile  oil  {Oleum  Rosmarini), and  w'hich  may  l)e  procured 
by  distiUation.  On  standing  for  some  time,  the  oil  deposits  crystals  of  stearopten 
(rosemari/  rniirjJior).    Tannin,  a  hitter  body,  and  resin  are  also  constituents. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Rosemary  is  stimulant,  antispasmodic, 
and  emiu'-nagngue;  seUlom  used  in  this  country,  except  as  a  perfume  for  oint- 
ments, liniments,  embrocations,  etc.  The  oil  is  principally  employed.  Dose,  inter- 
nally, from  3  to  6  drops. 

RUBIA.— MADDER. 

The  root  oi Ruhiatinctorum,'L\v\i\(t. 

.\,if.  On/.— Rubiacea>. 

Com m.  in   X  a m  ks  :  Madder,  Dyer's  madder. 

Botanical  Source. — Dyer's  madder  has  a  perennial,  long,  cylindrical  root, 
about  the  thickness  of  a  quill,  branched,  externally  deep,  reddish-brown.  Tiie 
stems  are  several  in  number,  herbaceous,  diffuse,  brittle,  branched,  tetragonal,  and 
very  rough,  with  sharp  hooks.  The  leaves  are  4  to  6  in  a  whorl,  lanceolate  or 
()l)long-lanceo!ate,  mucronate,  somewhat  membraneous,  with  pinnated  veins,  2  or 3 
inches  long,  and  nearly  one-third  as  wide.  Flowers  small  and  yellow.  Corolla 
rotate  and  5-])arted;  hibes  ovate-lanceolate,  apiculate.  Stamens  5,  short;  styles  2 
short;  anthers  ovate-oblting;  stigmas  conical.  Fruit  didymous,  globose,  baccate, 
shining,  and  juiiv  (I.. —  W'i.). 

History  and  Description. —  Madder  is  a  native  of  the  Mediterranean  and 
soutliein  European  counlries,  and  was  extensively  cultivated  for  the  use  of  the 
dyer  in  various  parts  of  that  continent.  The  drug  was  chiefly  imported  from 
Holland  and  France,  but  its  u.'<e  is  now  largely  supplanted  by  that  of  the  artificial 
alizarin  dye-stuffs.  The  root  is  collected  in  the  third  year  of  the  plant,  is  freed 
from  its  epidermis  and  then  dried.  It  consists  of  a  dark,  easily  separable  cortex, 
whose  epidermis  is  thin,  and  of  a  ligneous  meditullium,  which,  in  the  fresh  state, 
is  yellow,  but  becomes  reddish  by  drying.  It  has  a  feeble  odor,  and  a  l)itter  and 
astringent  taste,  which  properties,  together  with  its  color,  are  communicated  to 


1680  RUBDS. 

alcohol  or  water.  The  microscope  discovers  numerous  needle-shaped  crystals,  or 
raphides,  in  the  cells  of  the  root-bark  (P.). 

Chemical  Composition. — The  color-producing  principles  of  madder  root  are 
chieli}'  tiUznria  (CnHjO,)  Awdpurpurin  (C^HgOj),  which  exist  in  the  root  partly  free, 
but  mostly  combined  with  sugar,  in  the  form  of  more  or  less  easily  decomposable 
glucosids.  Decomposition  is  effected  through  the  agency  of  the  water-soluble, 
nitrogenous  ferment,  erryihrozym,  when  solutions  of  madder  extract  are  exposed  to 
the  air  (Schunck,  1851).  The  alizarin-glucosid  is  the  ruberythric  acid  of  Rochleder 
(18-51)  (rubianic  acid  of  Schunck),  and  is  itself  probably  a  decomposition  product 
of  rubian  (Schunck).  In  the  formation  of  purpurin  from  the  glucosid,  an  inter- 
mediarj'  product  is  pse^ido-purpurin  (purpur in-carbonic  acid),  which  also  exists  in 
the  root  in  free  condition.  Upon  exposure  to  the  air,  it  loses  carbonic  acid,  and 
becomes  purpurin.  Additional  constituents  of  madder  root  are  sugar  (10  to  15 
per  cent),  pectin,  albuminous  bodies,  yellow  xanthine  of  Kuhlmann  (1824),  and 
rubichloric  acid  of  Rochleder  {chlorogenine  of  Schunckj,  which  is  a  glucosid  yield- 
ing an  undesirable  brownish -green  coloring  matter.  Xanthine  and  chlorogenine 
can  be  removed  with  cold  water,  which  dissolves  from  dried  madder  a  total  of 
55  per  cent,  while  boiling  water  abstracts  about  3  per  cent,  consisting  of  nearly  all 
the  valuable  color-giving  constituents  of  madder. 

Aliz.\rin  (CnHjjO,)  was  discovered  in  madder,  in  1826,  b}'  Colin  and  Robi- 
quet,  and  was  obtained  synthetically  from  the  hydrocarbon,  anthracene  (C„H,„), 
by  Graebe  and  Lieberraann,  in  1869.  According  to  these  chemists,  it  is  dioiy- 
anthraquinone.  Alizarin  crystallizes  in  dark-yellow  or  red  prisms,  or  in  scales,  is 
freely  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  wood  alcohol,  benzol,  carbon  disulphide,  oil  of  tur- 
pentine and  glycerin,  very  little  soluble  in  boiling  water  (1  in  2940).  It  is  insolu- 
ble in  cold,  verj' little  soluble  in  hot  solution  of  alum,  differing  in  this  re.-^pect 
from  purpurin.  At  a  temperature  of  237.7°  C.  (460°  F.),  it  sublimes  in  the  form  of 
orange-colored  prisms.  It  dissolves  in  caustic  alkali  with  purple-blue  color;  with 
calcium,  barium,  aluminum  salts,  also  with  the  salts  of  heavy  metals,  it  forms 
insoluble  colored  compounds.  With  alumina,  fixed  in  fabrics,  it  yields  red  and 
pink;  with  ferric  salts,  purple  and  black  colors;  calico  impregnated  with  oil  and 
alum  produces,  with  alizarin,  Turkey-red. 

Purpurin  (CnHgOj)  is  oxyalizarin  or  trimy-anthraquinmie.  It  was  formerly  desig- 
nated as  madder-purple.  It  crystallizes  from  alcohol  in  red  needles,  is  more  soluble 
in  boiling  water  than  alizarin,  and  dissolves  readily  in  hot  solution  of  alum  with 
cherry-red  color.  By  heating  purpurin  in  sealed  glass  tubes  to  about  215°  C. 
(400°  F.),  it  is  converted  into  alizarin  (Bolley). 

As  to  other  coloring  principles  of  madder,  e.g.,7nunjistin  (C^JiS^i)  and  pur- 
puro-xanthine  (CnHjO,),  see  A.  Wurtz,  .4?)!^-.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1883,  p.  365  ;  and  Huse- 
mann  and  Hilger,  Pftcinzenstnffe.  Also  see  admirable  paper  on  madder  bv  Dr.  Crace- 
Calvert,  Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.,Yo\.  II,  1871-72,  pp.  394  and  414 ;  and  by  W".  J.  Russell, 
ibid.,\o\.  IV,  1873-74,  pp.  346  and  382. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Madder  is  supposed  to  promote  the 
menstrual  and  urinary  discharges,  and  has  been  recommended  for  such  purposes 
by  various  practitioners.  However,  it  is  not  in  general  use,  as  the  profession  lack 
confidence  in  its  action.  The  dose  is  30  grains,  3  or  4  times  a  day.  Animals  fed 
upon  madder  have  their  bones  colored  red  by  it. 

Aliz.\rin  Ikk. — Leonhardi  obtained  a  patent  for".l/i>ann  JnJl-"  which  does  not  contain 
glim,  is  prevented  from  becoming  moldy  by  its  indigo  and  acetate  of  imn.  and  in  which  the 
sulphate  of  indigo  prevents  the  tannate  of  iron  from  separating.  It  is  prepared  bv  ditrt-stiug 
24  parts  of  aleppo  galls  and  3  parts  of  Dutch  madder  with  I'JO  parts  of  water.  Yhe  liquid 
is  filtered  and  mixed  with  1.2  parts  solution  of  indigo,  t).2  sulphate  of  iron,  and  2  parts  crude 
acetate  of  iron  solution.    It  is  said  to  be  a  superior  ink. 

RUBUS  (U.  S.  P.)— RUBUS. 

The  bark  of  the  root  oi  Ruhus  villosm,  k'lKon:  Rubus  canadensis,  Linne:  and 
Rubus  trivialis,  Michaux. 
Nat.  0/-(/.— Rosacea'. 

Co-MMo.N   Names:    Blackberry/,  eic.  (s^ee  next  page). 
Illustration  :   Bentley  anil  Trinien,  Med.  Plants,  100. 


Botanical  Source. — Ruhus  villosiis  is  a  perennial,  half  shrubby  plant,  pubes- 
cent and  prickly.  Its  root  is  woody,  knotty,  and  horizontal,  and  sends  up  a  tall, 
branching,  slencler,  prickly,  more  or  less  burrowed  and  angular  stem,  recurved 
at  top,  and  from  3  t«  6  feet  high.  The  leaves  are  mostly  in  threes,  sometimes 
fives,  often  solitarj',  on  a  channeled,  hairy  petiole;  leaflets  ovate,  acuminate, 
sharply  and  unequally  serrate,  covered  with  scattered  hairs  above,  and  with  a 
thick,  soft  pubescence  underneath;  terminal  stalked;  2  side  ones  sessile;  petiole 
and  back  of  the  midrib  commonly  armed  with  short,  recurved  prickles.  Branch- 
lets,  stalks,  and  lower  surface  of  the  leaves  hairy  and  glandular;  leaflets  from 
2^  to  4  inches  long,  by  1^  to  2i  inches  wide.  Flowers  large,  in  erect  racemes,  with 
a  hairy,  prickly  stalk";  pedicels  slender,  1  or  2  inches  long,  with  glandular  hairs 
and  lanceolate  bracts.  Petals  5,  white,  ovate  or  oblong,  concave,  contracted  into  a 
short  claw  at  base.  Calyx  short,  with  ovate,  hairy  segments,  ending  in  an  acumi- 
nate point,  or  a  lanceolate  leaflet.  Stamens  numerous,  inserted  on  the  caly.x 
along  with  the  petals;  filaments  slender;  anthers  small.  The  fruit  is  large,  at 
first  green,  then  red,  and,  when  matured,  black;  it  consists  of  about  20  roundish, 
shining,  black,  fleshy  carpels,  closely  collected  into  an  ovate  or  oblong  head,  sub- 
acid, well  flavored,  and  ripening  in  August  and  September  (L. — W. — G.). 

Rubus  canadensis,  sometimes  called  Low  or  Creejiing  blackberry,  has  a  slender, 
prickly  stem,  procumbent,  or  trailing  several  yards  upon  the  ground.  The  leaves 
are  petiolate,  of  three  (or  pedately  5  or  7)  leaflets,  which  are  elliptical,  or  rhom- 
boidal-oval,  acute,  thin,  membranaceous,  sharply  and  unequally  cut-serrate,  often 
somewhat  incised,  somewhat  pubescent,  1  to  li  inches  long,  and  al)0ut  one-half 
as  wide.  The  flowers  are  large,  white,  nearly  solitary,  on  slender,  elongated, 
prickly,  somewhat  corymbed  pedicels,  with  leafy  bracts;  lower  peduncles  distant; 
upper  crowded.  Petals  obovate  and  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx.  The  fruit  is  large, 
black,  Very  sweet,  and  juicj-  (W. — T. — G.). 

Rubus  tririalis,  or  Tyyic-bush  blackberry,  of  the  southern  states  {Southern  dewberry). 
has  a  procumbent,  shrubby  stem,  arrned  with  both  prickles  and  bristles.  The 
leaves  are  trifoliate,  or  pedately  5-parted,  evergreen,  leathery,  and  almost  smooth. 
The  leaflets  are  sharply  serrate,  and  of  the  ovate-oblong  or  lanceolate  form. 
Flowers  large,  and  from  1  to  3  to  the  peduncles.    They  blos.«om  in  March. 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition. —The  Dewberry  grows 
wild  in  dry.  stony  fields,  gravelly  soil,  and  neglerted  grounds,  and  is  common 
from  Canada  to  Virginia,  flowering  in  May,  and  rijjening  its  fruit  in  July  and 
August.  The  root  is  the  oflicial  part;  it  is  "generally  smaller  than  the  blackberry 
root,  with  its  external  covering  transversely  cracked,  of  a  dark,  brownish-gray 
color,  odorless,  and  woody  internally.  The  Southern  deu-berry  blooms  in  March, 
and  matures  its  fruit  in  May.  It  is  found  in  sandy  soils  from'Virginia  to  Florida, 
and  from  thence  westward.  Blackberry  grows  abundantly  in  most  parts  of  the 
United  States,  in  old  fields,  by  the  roadside,  and  on  the  borders  of  thickets,  flower- 
ing from  May  to  July,  and  maturing  its  fruit  in  August.  The  bark  of  the  root  is 
the  part  used.  As  demanded  by  the  f.  S.  P.,  it  is  "in  thin,  tough,  flexible  band.s, 
outer  surface  blackish,  or  blackish-gray,  inner  surface  pale-brownish,  sometimes 
with  strips  of  whitish,  tasteless  wood  adhering;  inodorous;  taste  strongly  astrin- 
gent, somewhat  bitter" — (U.S.  P.). 

The.?e  plants  po.ssess  astringent  medicinal  properties,  and  maybe  substituted 
the  one  for  the  other.  The  bark  of  the  old  roots,  or  the  smaller  roots,  of  dew- 
l>erry  and  blackberry,  should  always  be  preferred,  as  the  woody  portion  is  inert. 
Their  properties  are  similar,  and  they  impart  their  virtues  to  water,  alcohol,  or 
port  wine.  The  fruits  of  these  plants  (and  Ruhu.'<  strigo.nts)  are  much  esteemed  as 
an  article  of  diet,  and  have  been  manufactured  into  cordials,  jams,  jellies,  and 
syrups.  They  contain  volatile  oil,  coloring  matters,  citric  and  malic  acids,  sugar, 
mucilage,  etc.  The  root-bark  of  Rubus  villosus,  according  to  analysis  by  G.  A. 
Krauss  (.4»i^r.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1889,  p.  605,  and  1890,  p.  161 ),  contains  a  crystal! izable, 
bitter  glucosid,  pi/fo8i7i,  sparingly  soluble  in  water  and  petroleum  beiizin;  freely 
soluble  in  alcohol,  insoluble  in  chloroform,  nearly  so  in  ether.  It  is  rather  un- 
stable, being  readily  hydrolyzed  into  sugar  and  resinous  villo.nr  arid,  soluble  in 
alcohol,  ether,  and  chloroform.  Herman  Harms  (t6(V/.,  1894,  p.  580)  believes  vil- 
losin  to  lie  allied  to  sapoiun.  This  author  found  the  dry  bark  to  contain  from 
12  to  19  per  cent  of  tannin. 

106 


1682  Ri'prs  iD.Ers. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— These  plants  are  useful  as  astringents. 
An  infusion  or  decoction  of  the  leaves  of  raspberry  (see  ii!('i>us /(/«>!<»•),  or  the  bark 
of  the  roots  of  the  other  two,  has  been  found  an  excellent  remedy  in  diarrhcea,  dysen- 
tery (chronic),  cholera  infantum,  relaxed  conditions  of  the  intestines  of  children,  passive 
hemorrhage  from  the  stomach,  bowels,  or  uterus,  and  in  colliquative  diarrhoea.  The  de- 
coction, used  as  an  injection,  is  useful  in  gonorrhoea,  gleet,  leucorrhwa,  and /M-ofeps«.s 
uteri  and  ani.  In  prolapsus  uteri,  it  may  be  used  either  alone  or  combined  with 
the  internal  use  of  a  decoction  of  equal  parts  of  black  cohosh  and  blackberry  roots, 
taken  freely.  Rubus  villosus  is  especially  adapted  to  children's  di/irrhuas,  tlie  stools 
being  copious,  watery,  and  clay-colored.  Such  children  are  pale,  fretful,  without 
appetite,  there  is  deficient  glandular  activity,  and  the  gastro-intestinal  tract  shows 
evidence  of  enfeeblement  and  relaxation.  The  leavt  of  raspberry,  in  decoction 
with  cream,  will  allay  nausea  and  vomiting,  and,  combined  with  aromatics,  have 
been  found  useful  in  diarrhoea,  cholera  morbus,  and  cholera  infantum.  It  is  said  that 
raspberry  will,  during  labor,  increase  the  activity  of  the  uterine  contractions  when 
these  are  feeble,  even  in  instances  where  ergot  has  failed,  and  that  it  has  been 
found  serviceable  in  after-pains.  The  fruit,  especially  that  of  the  blackberry, 
makes  an  excellent  syrup,  which  is  of  much  service  in  dysentery,  being  pleasant 
to  the  taste,  mitigating  the  accompanying  tenesmus  and  sufferings  of  the  patient, 
and  ultimately  effecting  a  cure.  The  fruit  of  the  raspberry  contains  very  little 
nourishment,  but  is  an  agreeable  acidulous  article,  rarely  disturbing  the  stomach, 
and,  when  eaten  freely,  promotes  the  action  of  the  bowels.  Raspberry  syrup, 
added  to  water,  forms  a  refreshing  and  beneficial  beverage  foT  fever  putient-i,  and  dur- 
ing convalescence.  The  jelly  or  jam  may  likewise  be  used  in  similar  cases;  that 
of  the  blackberry  being  more  astringent,"  is  better  adapted  to  cases  of  diarrhoea, 
dysentery,  and  cholera  ii\fantum.  Dose  of  the  decoction  of  these  plants,  from  1  to  4 
fluid  ounces,  several  times  a  day ;  of  the  pulverized  root-bark,  20  to  30  grains. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — (Ruhm  villosus.)  Gastro-intestinal  atony, 
with  copious,  watery,  and  pale  alvine  discharges. 

RUBUS  IDiEUS  (U.  S.  P.)— RASPBERRY. 

"The  fruit  of  Rubus  Idxus,Linn6" — ([".  S.  P.),  and  fruit  and  leaves  of  i?u')».'? 
strigosus,  Michaux. 

Nat.  Old. — Rosacese. 

Common  Names:    {I)  Raspberry,  (2)  Red  ra-ipbemj. 

Botanical  Source. — Rubus  Idieus.  This  plant  grows  to  a  height  of  6  feet. 
The  young  Ijianches  are  glaucous,  somewhat  bristly  and  spinous,  with  odd-pin- 
nate leaves,  bearing  1,  2,  or  3  pairs  of  serrate,  ovate,  sessile,  whitish,  pubescent 
leaflets.  The  flower-petals  are  white,  about  the  length  of  the  calyx-lobes,  and 
5  in  number.     The  plant  is  believed  to  be  derived  from  the  following  plant. 

Rubus  strigosus,  Michaux,  is  a  shrubby,  strongly  hispid  plant,  about  4  feet 
in  height.  The  leaves  are  pinnately  3  or"5-foliate;'the  leaflets  oblong-ovate  or 
oval,  ontuse  at  base,  pointed,  coarsely  and  unequally  serrate,  green  above,  canes- 
cent  tomentose  beneath,  lateral  ones  sessile,  odd  one  often  subcordate  at  base,  and 
distinctly  petiolate,  li  to  2h  inches  long,  and  about  one-third  to  two-thirds  as  wide. 
The  flowers  are  white,  and  borne  in  panicled  corymbs.  Corolla  cujishaped,  about 
the  length  of  the  calyx.  Fruit  a  red  berry,  hemispherical,  composed  of  many 
juicy,  1-si'pdtd  acini,  on  a  dry  receptacle,  of  a  rich,  delicious  flavor  (W.>. 

History  and  Description.— /?»/»i'^-  ldnu.<'.  or  cultivated  raspberry,  is  indige 
nous  to  Europe  and  to  Asia, eastward  to  Japan,  where  the  red  raspberry  is  likewi-.' 
found.  The  iJerf  ra.>!j()6en-i/ grows  wild,  and  is  common  to  Canada  and  the  norlii- 
ern  United  States,  growing  in  hedges,  neglected  fields,  thickets,  and  hills,  flower- 
ing iix  May,  and  ripening  its  fruit  from  June  to  August.  The  leaves  and  fruit 
are  the  medicinal  parts.  The  leaves  impart  their  properties  to  water,  giving  to 
the  infusion  an  odor  and  flavor  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  some  kinds  of  black 
tea.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  Rubus  Ida'us  fruit  as  follows:  "Deprived  of  the  coni- 
cal receptacle,  and,  therefore,  hollow  at  the  base;  hemispherical,  red.  finely  hairy, 
composed  of  from  20  to  30  coalesced,  small  drupes,  each  one  crowned  with  the 
withered  style;  juice  red;  of  an  agreeable  odor,  and  a  pleasant,  acidulous  taste. 


UIMKX.  1()S3 

The  closely  allied,  light-red  fruit  of  Rubus  strigosus,  Michaux,  and  the  purplish- 
black  fruit  of  Rubus  occide)itali.<,  Linne,  may  be  employed  in  place  of  the  above" — 
(U.S.  P.).  The  Ruhus  occidental i.^  is  the  Blurk  rn.^])birr)/,  or  Thhiihkbemj,  common 
in  waste  places  and  fence  corners  from  Canada  to  (Georgia,  and  west.  Its  fruit  is 
inferior  to  that  of  the  pn'ceding  varieties. 

Chemical  Composition.  — According  to  analysis  by  SeyflFert  {Archiv  der 
Pluinii..  1N7!',  ]'.  '.^2-1).  garden  rMsi)herries  yielded  9  per  cent  more  juice  than  a  wild- 
growing  variety.  Acidity  was  about  equal  in  both  specimens  (1.4  per  cent).  The 
cultivated  variety  contained  4.5  per  cent  of  sugar,  while  the  other  had  only  2. S 
per  cent  (referred  to  fresh  berries).  According  to  Papst  (see  Dragendorff 's  i/(?(7- 
jiflanzen,  p.  278),  the  acids  of  raspberry  juice  are  chiefly  malic  and  citric  acids; 
the  sugar  consists  of  laevulose  (4.6  per  cent)  and  dextrose  (2.5  per  cent).  Rdspbcrry 
camphor  is  a  volatile  solid,  which  forms  in  an  aqueous  distillate  from  pressed 
raspberries  (Blcy  ;  see  Husemann  and  Hilger, /^7ueu.s?q^(?,  p.  1005). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Same  as  for  Rvbus.  A  syrup  is  pre- 
pared from  R.  /(/;tiw. 

Belated  Species. — Rubus  odorntus,  Linn^,  Rose-flowering  raspberry,  or  Mulberry,  has  an 
erect  or  ir.liniii;.',  uiiarined,  glandular-pilose, shrubby  stem,  from  3  to 5  feet  in  heif^ht.  Leaves 
4  to  8  iuclus  ioiij;,  nearly  as  wide,  cordate  at  base,  palmately  3  to  5-lobed,  unequally  serrate; 
lobes  acuminate,  the  middle  cue  prolonged  ;  petioles  2  or  3'inches  long,  and  with  the  pedun- 
cles, calyx,  and  branches  clothed  with  viscid  hairs.  Flowers  many,  large,  nearly  2  inches  in 
diameter,  in  terminal  corymbs.  Petals  orbicular,  purple-rose  color;  stamens  numerous,  whit- 
ish. Fruit  broad  and  thin,  bright-red,  sweet.  This  plant  grows  on  rocky  banks  and  in  up- 
land woods  in  the  Unite<l  States  and  Canada,  fiowerins  in  June  and  July,  and  ripening  its 
fruit  in  August.  A  decoction  of  it  is  said  to  be  powerfully  diuretic,  and  may  be  used  freely  in 
affecUoivs  of  the  urinary  organs,  and  dropsy  (W. — G.). 

Rubus  Cliamxmorus,  Lian6,  or  Cloudberry,  is  a  small,  herbaceous  plant,  found  in  ourWhitfi 
Mountains.  Mr.  C.  O.  Cech  found  the  berries  to  contain  much  sugar,  citric  acid,  and  an 
orange-yellow  coloring  matter.  In  Russia,  where  it  is  indigenous,  the  infusion  of  the  leaves 
is  succe'ssfuUy  employed  in  cystic  debility  and  dropsy. 

RUMEX  (U.  S.  P.)— RUMEX. 

"  The  root  of  Rumex  crispus,  Linne,  and  of  some  other  species  of  Rumex  " — 
(C7.  S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Polygonacese. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — Ruviex  crispus,  Linne,  or  Yellow  dock,  is  the 
species  of  dock  most  commonly  used  by  physicians.  It  has  a  deep  spindle-shaped, 
yellow  root,  with  a  stem  2  or  3  feet  high,  angular,  furrowed,  somewhat  zigzag, 
smooth  to  the  touch,  panicled,  and  leafy.  The  leaves-  are  lanceolate,  acute, 
strongly  undulated,  and  crisped  at  the  edges,  of  a  light-green  color;  radical  ones 
on  long  petioles,  truncate,  or  subcordate  at  base;  uppermost  narrower,  and  nearly 
se.ssile.  Flowers  numerous,  pale-green,  drooping,  in  a  large  panicle  consisting  of 
many  wand-like  racemes  of  half-whorls,  interspersed  with  leaves  below.  Inner 
sepals,  or  valves,  much  larger  than  the  outer,  veiny,  waved,  entire,  ovate,  each 
bearing  a  large  ovate  brown  grain  or  tubercle  on  the  back.  Nut  contracted  at 
each  end,  with  three  blunt  or  tumid  angles.  This  plant  is  introduced  into  this 
country  from  Europe,  growing  in  cultivated  grounds,  waste  grounds,  about  rub- 
bish, etc.,  flowering  in  June  and  .July  (L.^G. —  W.). 

Ramfx  nqiK I tlr II >',V\xrBh  {R.nrbicuUUus,  Gray),  or  Great  water  dock,  has  a  stont 
black  root,  whitish  internally,  with  a  thick,  erect  stem,  3  to  5  feet  high.  Leaves 
1  foot  or  more  in  length,  3  to  5  inches  wide,  smooth,  lanceolate,  and  pointed ;  lower 
ones  cordate,  on  long  petioles.  Flowers  verticillate,  in  a  terminal,  leafy  panicle. 
Pedicels  capillary,  drooping.  The  3  petals,  or  as  termed  by  some  botanists,  the 
3  inner  divisions  of  the  calyx,  which  form  a  kind  of  triangle,  and  are  termed 
valves,  are  large,  broadly-ovate,  obtuse,  entire,  and  minutely  granular  along  the 
center.  This  is  an  European  plant,  but  introduced  into  this  country,  growing  in 
wet  places,  ditches,  ete.,an<l  flowering  in  .Tuly  (\V.— G.). 

Ruiiiex  britannicii,  Linne,  or  Y'elloic-rooted  irater  dock,  has  a  large  root,  exter- 
nally dark,  internally  yellowish,  with  an  angular,  furrowed,  branching  stem, 2  or  3 
feet  high.  Leaves  broad-lanceolate,  acute  at  both  ends,  3  to  5  inches  long,  petio- 
late,  flat,  smooth,  with  the  sheathing  stipules  slightly  rent.     Flowers  pert'eet.  in 


verticillate  fascicles  collected  into  a  large,  terminal  panicle,  the  spikes  of  which  are 
nearly  leafless;  pedicels  capillary  and  nodding  in  fruit.  Calyx  valves  large,  cor- 
date, entire,  graniferous,  2  of  the  grains  small  or  abortive.  This  is  an  indigenous 
plant,  growing  in  muddy  places,  along  banks  of  streams,  etc.,  in  various  parts  of 
the  United  States,  and  bearing  flowers  from  May  to  August(W. — G. — Wi.j. 

Rumex  obtusifolius,  Linne,  or  Blunt-leaved  dock,  has  its  root  brown  outside 
and  yellow  within;  the  stem  is  2  or  3  feet  high,  furrowed,  somewhat  roughish. 
branching,  and  leafy.  Radical  leaves  about  1  foot  long,  and  5  or  6  inches  in 
width,  ovate-cordate,  obtuse,  rather  downy  on  veins  underneath,  somewhat  wavy 
margined,  often  with  stock  and  veins  red;  upper  ones  oblong-lanceolate,  and 
acute.  Flowers  in  long,  nearly  naked  racemes;  whorls  loose  and  di.'^tant;  valves 
ovate-halbert-shaped,  sharply  denticulate  at  the  base,  strongly  reticulated,  one  of 
them  principally  bearing  a  granule  on  the  back.  This  is  a  common  weed,  intro- 
duced from  Europe,  growing  about  houses  and  fields,  and  flowering  from  May  to 
August  (G.— W.). 

History  and  Description. — These  four  species  of  dock  possess  similar  medic- 
inal i)roperties.  The  roots  of  several  other  species  have  been  medicinally  employed, 
and  may  be  used  indiscriminately  with  the  above,  as  the  R.  patietUia  and  R.  alpi7ius 
of  Europe,  and  the  R.  acutus  and  R.  sanguineus  of  this  country.  These  various  dock- 
roots  have  hardly  any  odor,  an  astringent,  bitterish  taste,  and  yield  their  virtues  to 
alcohol,  or  boiling  water.  The  young  leaves  of  some  of  the  species  are  sometimes 
used  as  greens.  Yellow  dock  root  varies  in  length  from  4  to  6  inches,  or  more,  and 
has  an  epidermis  easily  removed,  beneath  which  are  the  bark  layers,  the  -woody 
part,  and  the  medulla.  The  bark  of  Yellow  dock  root  is  the  most  active  part, 
though  the  whole  root  is  generally  employed.  Occasionally  the  root  is  divided 
longitudinally  into  halves  or  quarters;  it  is  sometimes  called  Sour  dock,  yarrow  dock, 
or  Curled  dock.  The  term  Sour  dock  has  been  given  to  it  probably  on  account  of 
the  sourness  of  the  petioles,  and  which  is  due  to  the  oxalic  acid  they  contain.  As 
ofl5cially  described  rumex  is  "from  20  to  30  Cm.  (8  to  12  inches)  long,  about 
10  to  15  Mm.  (§  to  f  inch)  thick,  somewhat  fusiform,  fleshy,  nearly  simple,  annu- 
late above,  deeply  wrinkled  below;  externally  rusty  brown,  internally  whitish, 
with  fine,  straight,  interrupted,  reddish,  medullary  rays,  and  a  rather  thick  bark; 
fracture  short;  odor  slight,  peculiar;  taste  bitter  and  astringent" — (f.  S.P.). 

Chemical  Composition. —  Yellow  dock  root  has  been  found  to  contain  a  small 
amount  of  sugar,  gum,  albuminous  substance,  starch,  tannin  forming  green  pre- 
cipitates with  iron  salts,  etc.  Riegel  (1841)  found  in  the  root  of  R.  obtusifolius 
(Radix  lapathi  acuti)  resin  and  the  aforenamed  substances,  and  a  principle  which 
he  named  rumicin,  and  which  Karl  von  Thann  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1859,  p.  152) 
believed  to  be  identical  with  chrysophanic  acid  of  rhubarb  (see  Related  Species,  next 
page).  Rumicin  was  first  obtained  in  an  impure  condition  by  Buchner  and  Her- 
berger  in  1831.  Oxalic  acid  is  present  in  the  petioles  of  Yellow  dock.  Prolonged 
boiling  injures  the  properties  of  the  roots. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  dock  roots  are  decidedly  altera- 
tive, tonic,  mildly  astrin;4ent,  ami  detergent,  and  are  eminently  useful  in  scor- 
hutk,  ciitdiicoiis,  .sT/7;f"/(/()((.s,  scirrfiDii.^  and  .^j/philitir  affections,  leprosy,  elephautiasis, 
etc.;  for  which  purpose  we  prefer  the  Rumex  crispy^,  which  is  principally  em- 
ployed for  its  alterative  and  tonic  influences  in  all  cases  where  these  are  desired. 
Preparations  from  old  material  are  worthless,  but  very  efiicient  medicines  are 
produced  from  the  green  root.  The  drug  induces  retrograde  metamorphosis, 
increases  innervation,  and  improves  nutrition.  In  bad  blood  with  skin  disorders 
it  is  exceedingly  eflicient,  acting  decidedly  upon  the  glandular  system,  remov- 
ing r/(ro«(r  lymphatic  enlargen\ents,  and  especially  influencing  those  conditions  in 
which  there  is  a  tendency  to  indolent  uleerations  and  low  injiommatory  defH>sits.  The 
most  direct  indication  for  its  use  is  a  scrofulous  condition  with  low  deposits  in 
the  cellular  tissues  and  glands  with  a  tendency  to  break  down  and  but  little 
tendency  to  repair.  It  should  be  used  both  locally  and  internally.  Small  doses 
of  specific  rumex  are  useful  in  nervous  dy.Y'epsia,  with  enigastric  fullness  and 
pain,  and  aching  or  darting  pain  in  the  left  chest,  with  flatulent  distension  of 
the  stomach  and  eructations  of  gas.  It  is  said  to  check  painless  uxittry  diarrhiml 
disr/iari/ix.  Rumex  is  employed  for  "'cough  with  a  sensation  of  fullness  in  tlie 
chest,  with  sighing,  yawning,  and  efforts  "to  take  a  full  inspiration."    It  is  nii>st 


ra-MKX  ACKTOSA.  1685 

viiluabk*  in  respiratory  affections  showing  impoverished  and  vitiated  blood.  It 
maybe  employed  in  lari/ngcnl,  h-achcal,  i\nd  bninc/iinl  catniTh,  a.nd  in  chronic  sore 
(hront  with  hypersecretion,  and  is  not  without  good  effects  in  incipieiU  phthisis. 
Summer  roughs,  of  a.  dry  and  stubborn  character  have  yielded  to  it  (Uebster). 
The  traction  of  the  drop  acts  best  here.  Internally  in  doses  of  from -[^j  to  ^  drop 
specific  rumex  may  be  employed  for  the  relief  of  n/-»!^  itch  (contagious  prurigo). 

The  fresh  root  bruised  in  cream,  lard,  or  fresh  butter,  forms  an  excellent  oint- 
ment for  scrnfulou^  ulcers,  scrofulous  ophthahnin,  itch,  and  a  discutient  for  indolent 
glnndular  tumors.  An  ointment  of  the  root  of  R.  crispus,  and  the  root-bark  of 
Celastrus  scandens,  with  gunpowder,  is  said  to  prove  a  certain  cure  for  the  itch, 
as  well  as  being  of  value  in  other  cutaneous  (li.<enses  and  ulcers.  Its  efficacy  (of  the 
ointment)  in  itch  is  probably  chiefly  due  to  the  sulphur  in  the  gunpowder.  The 
powdered  root  is  recommended  as  a  dentifrice,  especially  when  the  gums  are 
spongy.  Dose  of  the  decoction  or  syrup,  from  1  to  4  fluid  ounces,  3  times  a  day; 
specific  rumex,  fraction  of  a  drop  to  30  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Bad  blood  with  chronic  skin  diseases;  bu- 
bonic swellings;  low  deposits  in  glands  and  cellular  tissues,  and  tendency  to  indo- 
lent ulcers;  feeble  recuperative  power ;  irritative,  dry  laryngo-tracheal  cough  ;  stub- 
born, dry,  summer  cough;  chronic  sore  throat,  with  glandular  enlargements  and 
hypersecretion;  nervous  dyspepsia,  with  epigastric  fullness  and  pain  extending 
through  left  half  of  chest;  cough,  with  dyspnoea  and  sense  of  pra?cordial  fullness. 

Belated  Species. — Rxtmex  nepaletisif.WaWich.  This  plant  grows  abundantly  in  Madraa 
and  otlier  parts  ot  India,  and  is  used  by  the  natives  for  its  astringent  qualities,  and  for  dyeing 
purposes.  According  to  O.  Hes.se  (Amer.  Jo'a:  I'hana.,  1896,  p.  443),  this  root  contaiu-s  a  series 
of  homologous  substances  (differing  by  niuhiples  of  tlie  group,  CH,).  The  autlior  found 
ntmicin  (CijHioO,)  difTering  from  chrysophanic  acid  (see  Rheum)  chiefly  in  melting  point; 
tiepniin  (CkHmO,  )  in  largest  quantity,  and  nepodin  (CigHieO,  i.  (Compare  the  series  chryso- 
phanic acid,  eiiiodin,  and  rhein,  under  Rheum.) 

Rumex  hymetiosepahis,  Torrey. — This  species  of  dock  is  plentiful  in  sandy  soils  along  the 
Rio  Grande  in  Mexico,  western  Texas,  New  Mexico  and  California.  The  root,  called  Canaigre, 
has  come  into  prominence  in  recent  years,  on  account  of  the  large  amount  of  tannin  it  con- 
tains. It  was  used  by  the  Indians  as  "a  tanning  material  and  a  dye-stufT;  its  Mexican  name  ia 
Raiz  del  India.  The  root  contains  23.16  per  cent  of  tannin  (Voelcker,^-lm«T.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1876, 
p.  49)  and  18  jier  cent  of  starch  (Cliflford  Richardson,  ibid.,  1886,  p.  265).  The  coloring  matters 
isolated  by  both  chemists  are  analogous  to  those  of  rhubarb  (see  Rheum).  Prof.  Trimble  (  The 
Tannijns)  found  the  tannin  to  agree  with  that  from  mangrove,  rhatany  and  perhaps  mimosa. 

RUMEX  ACETOSA.— SORREL. 

The  leaves  of  R\ime.r  Aceto<a,L\Bm'. 
Xut.  Old. — Polygonacea?. 
Common  N.ame:  Sorrel. 

Botanical  Source. — Rumex  Acetosa  has  a  long  and  tapering,  somewhat 
woody  root,  with  an  erect,  simple,  leafy,  striated  stem,  1  or  2  feet  high.     The 


lower  leaves  are  petiolate,  somewhat  ovate,  and  narrow 
shaped,  with  2  lateral  teeth;  the  upper  ones  sessile,  more 
oblong,  and  narrower.  The  stipule  is  tubular,  membranous, 
and  fringed.  Clusters  erect,  compound,  whorled,  and  leaf- 
less. Flowers  dioecious;  males  green,  with  a  reddish  tinge; 
inner  sepals  ovale,  rather  larger  than  the  outer;  females 
rather  redder;  inner  sepals  ovate,  obtuse,  red,  entire,  each 
bearing  an  oblong,  pale  tubercle.  The  whole  herb  is  smooth 
and  powerfully  and  agreeably  acid.  The  root  is  astringent. 
The  plant  is  common  to  England,  and  is  sometimes  culti- 
vated in  this  country  ( I..). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  leaves  of 
this  and  the  following  plant  (see  BumexAcctosella,  next  page) 
are  the  parts  used  in  medicine.  They  are  inodorous,  and 
have  an  agreeable,  acid,  slightly  astringent  taste.  The  leaves 
<hiefly  contain  acid  oxalate  (binoxalate)  of  jiotassium,  tan- 
nic acid,  and  nitrogenous  matter.  By  drying,  their  acidity 
is  lost.  Thev  are  used  alone,  or  in  the  form  of  an  infusion 
of  the  fri"-li  lenvcs.     The  root  contains  a  substance  allied  to 


Fig.  211. 


Pig.  212. 


1686  EUTA. 

crysophanic  acid,  and  an  iron-greening  tannin.  In  the  early  stage  of  its  growth, 
it  abounds  in  oxalic  acid  (5  per  cent  soluble,  and  about  9  per  cent  insoluble). 
(As  to  the  distribution  of  oxalic  acid  at  different  seasons  of 
the  growth  of  the  plant,  see  Berthelot  and  Andre,  Amer.  Jour. 
Phann.AS86.\>.5Q0.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Fresh  sorrel  leave.- 
are  retVi-t-iaiit  and  iliuivtic  .Vn  infusion  is  useful  infebrilr 
and  iiiflninmntnrii  (//.sm/^.s,  and  in  sr,,ri,uiic  diseases.  They  may 
likewise  be  used  as  a  salad,  or  boiled  like  spinach.  The  leaves, 
eaten  freely,  have  produced  poisonous  effects,  owing  to  the 
potassium  binoxalate  they  contain  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
1887,  p.  7).  In  poisoning  by  this  agent  the  same  treatment 
should  be  pursued  as  for  poisoning  by  oxalic  acid,  viz.:  the 
free  administration  of  chalk  suspended  in  an  abundance  of 
water;  this  should  be  followed  by  an  emetic  or  stomach-pump, 
and  subsequently  by  lenitives.  Wrapped  up  and  roasted,  the 
leaves  form  an  excellent  application  to  indolent  tumors,  teens, 
hoih,  etc.,  hastening  suppuration.  The  inspissated  juice,  ap- 
plied on  leather,  is  said  to  form  an  effectual  but  painful  cure 
for  tumors,  and  the  improbable  claim  has  been  made  that  it 
will  cure  incipient  cancers.  Acting  upon  this  hint,  the  follow- 
ing preparation  has  been  used  as  a  remedy  in  cutaneous  cancers, 
viz.:  Take  of  burnt  alum,  1  drachm;  citric  or  tartaric  acid, 
2  drachms;  oxalic  acid,  2  drachms;  rain-water,  ^  pint.  Mix. 
To  be  applied  by  means  of  a  camel's-hair  pencil. 

Related  Species.— Iiunie.(  Acetosella,  Linn^,  Field  or  Sheep  sorrel, 
has  a  leafy  stem,  from  6  to  12  inches  in  height,  with  lanceolate-hastate, 
pleasantly-acid  leaves.  The  flowers  are  small,  reddish,  in  panicled 
racemes.  Valves  ovate,  scarcely  enlarging  in  fruit,  destitute  of  granules. 
Stamens  and  styles  on  separate  plant.s;  styles  adherent  to  the  angles  of 
the  ovary.  This  weed  is  found  in  abundance  throughout  the  I  nited 
pastures,  waste  grounds,  and  worn  fields,  flowering  all  summer  (G. — \V.). 


Rumex  Acetosella 
States,  growing 


A  strong  tincture  o'f  the  fresh  plant  (gviii  to  alcohol,  76  per  cent,  Oj  i,  in  doses  ranging  from 
"   ■     ""    '  '       been  suggested  by  Dr.  Scudder  {Spec.  Me 


]  to  30  drops,  „^  .  . 

"  tendency  to  degeneration  of  tissue,"  and  he  states  that  whether 

the  indication  for  its  use  is  the  replacement  of  tissue  with  lower  organizations.'    The  urinar>' 

apparatus  and  renal  secretions  are  influenced  by  it. 


remedy  where  there 
'  in  guphilis,  scrofxda,  or  cancer, 

if    TV 


RUTA.— RUE. 


The  leaves  and  unripe  fruit  of  Ruta  graveolens,  Linn6. 
Nat.  Ord. — Rutacete. 
Common  Name:    Garden  rue. 

Tlt-T'stration  :    Rentley  and  Trimen,  Afed  P/n»ite,  "i-i. 

Botanical  Source. — Rue  is  a  glaucous,  hairless,  erect,  suffruticose,  perennial 
plant,  with  branching  stems,  2  or  3  feet  injieight,  woody  below,  with  a  grayish, 


Fi£.  213. 


rough  bark;  herbaceous  and  smooth  above.    The  leaves 

are  alternate, 2  and  3-pinnately  divided;  leaflets  sessile, 

oblong,  obtuse,  dotted,- glaucous,  or  bluish-green,  6  to  10 

lines  long,  by  2  to  4  wide  ;  terminal  ones  obovate-cune- 

ate.    The  floAvers  are  yellow,  or  pale  greenisli-yellow.  in 

terminal,  corymbose  racemes;   peduncles  subdividing. 

Petals  4,  yello"w,  unguiculate,  concave,  wavy,  and  a  little 

irregularly  toothed.    Stamens  8,  longer  than  the  jietals; 

filaments  subulate;  anthers  ovate,  obtuse,  and  yellow. 

Styles  4,  distinct  at  the  base,  where  they  spring  from 

the  inner  angle  of  the  carpels  above  the  common  axis; 

united  upward  into  asingle  pistil,  which  is  attenuated 

toward  the  apex;  stigma  4-furrowed.    Carpels  terminal, 

leatle.ss,  trichotomous,  and  cymose.    The  fruit  is  a  roundish  capsule,  warted,  and 

4-lobed,  each   lobe  opening  into  2  valves (L.—W.).     It   is  remarkable  that  the 

anthers  move  in  turns  to  the  pistillum,  and  after  having  shed  their  pollen  retire. 


Rut*  RTaveolem. 


SAHADILLA.  1687 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition. — Rue  is  a  well-known 
evergn-en.  halt'-slirubby  plant,  coninion  to  southern  Europe,  and  introduced  into 
this  country  as  a  garden  plant.  It  tlowers  in  July  and  August.  The  whole  plant 
has  a  strong,  heavy,  unpleasant  smell,  and  a  bitter,  acrid,  pungent  taste,  which 
is  due  to  its  volatile  oil.  The  leaves  are  the  parts  used,  and,  when  fresh,  are 
said  to  irritate  and  even  vesicate  the  surface  to  which  they  are  applied.  They 
should  be  gathered  when  the  seed-vessels  are  well  developed,  yet  still  green  ;  the 
seed-vessels  of  the  unripe  fruit  are  covered  with  large  oil  vesicles,  and  may  like- 
wise be  used  for  medicinal  purposes.  Rue  yields  its  properties  to  boiling  water 
in  infusion,  but  alcohol  is  its  best  solvent.  The  plant  loses  much  of  its  activity 
by  drying.  Its  chief  constituents  are  volatile  oil  (see  Oleum  Rutee),  coumarin,  the 
crystallizable.  vellow  glucosid,  rutin  (rutic  acid),  and  a  volatile  alkaloid  (Dragen- 
dorfiPs  Heilpd'ur.o,  1898,  p.  351). 

Rutin  (C,,,H^O.jj)  was  discovered,  in  1842,  by  Weiss,  in  the  leaves  of  the  gar- 
den rue,  and  also  occurs  in  the  flower-buds  (capers)  of  Cappari-s  spinom,  Linne, 
Sophora  japoitim,  Linne,  and  other  plants.  Boiling  with  diluted  acids  converts  it 
into  qxterirtin  ( I  molecule)  and  iMdufcite  (3  molecules).  (For  further  details,  see 
Husemann  and  Hilger,  Pflanzcmtoffc,  p.  830;  and  Watt's  Dictionary  of  Chemistry, 
Vol.  IV.  1S04.  p.41'.t.r 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Rue  is  emmenagogue,  ecbolic,  anthel- 
mintic, and  antispasmodic.  In  large  doses  it  seems  to  be  a  narcoticoacrid  poison. 
It  is  asserted  to  cause  abortion,  and  such  effect  is  accompanied  with  inflammation 
of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  with  cerebral  disturbance.  Among  the  symptoms  are 
retching  and  vomiting,  violent  pain  in  the  stomach,  headache,  cerebral  oppression 
and  fullness,  heat  flushes,  uncertain  locomotion,  somnolence,  prostration,  pulse 
feeble,  at  first  rapid,  then  slow,  coldness  and  twitching  of  the  extremities,  and 
frequent  desire  to  pass  urine,  which  is  strongly  impregnated  with  the  peculiai- 
odor  of  rue.  Its  action  is  chiefly  directed  upon  the  uterus,  and  is  capable  of 
exciting  menoi-rhagia,  inflammation,  and  miscarriage.  It  has  been  successfully  used 
in  flatulent  coliv,  hygieria,  some  7iervous  complaints,  epilepsy,  and  as  an  excellent  ver- 
mifuge. Rue  is  a  stimulant  to  the  genito-urinary  tract,  and,  in  small  doses,  might 
prove  a  remedy  in  atonic  conditions  of  these  parts.  Owing  to  its  affinity  for 
the  nervous  sj-stem.  it  relieves  irritation  and  pain  when  administered  in  small 
amounts.  It  deserves  study;  and  from  1  to  10  drops  of  the  strong  tincture  (fresh 
herb,  s^'iii  to  alcohol,  98  per  cent,  Oj)  may  be  given,  well  diluted  with  water,  at 
a  single  dose.  Dose  of  the  leaves,  from  10  to  20  grains;  of  the  decoction,  firom 
1  to  4  fluid  ounce?'  of  the  oil,  from  2  to  6  drops. 

SABADILLA.— CEVADILLA. 

The  seeds  of  Schcenocaulon  oflicuiak,  Asa  Gray  ( Veratrum  officinale,  Schlecht- 
endal:  Sabadilla  offirinannn,  Brandt;  Helonias  officinalis,  Don;  Asagrssa  officinalis, 
Lindley),  deprived  of  and  unmixed  with  their  pericarps. 

Xi'it.  OnJ. — Melanthaceae. 

CoM.Mox  Names:  Cevadilla,  Sahnditl. 

Illusthatiox:  Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  PlanU,  287. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — The  precise  origin  of  this  remedy  is  yet 
somewhat  obscure ;  by  some  cevadilla  is  referred  entirely  to  Veratrum  officinale,  with 
the  synonyms  as  given  above,  while  others  consider  it  the  product  of  V.  Sabadilla, 
Retzius,  with  otlier  plants  of  allied  species.  It  is  not  probable,  however,  that 
Verotrum.  Sabadilla  furnishes  much  of  the  commercial  seed.  The  Briti.th  Pharma- 
copeia (1885)  gave  Schwnoraulon  officinale  (A.-tagnva  officinalis)  as  the  only  plant 
from  which  the  seeds  are  procured.  It  is  not  official  in  the  edition  of  1898.  The 
following  is  a  description  of  two  plants  from  which  the  seeds  are  reputed  to 
be  obtained  : 

Vcriitnnn  Sahndilla  of  Retzius,  is  a  plant  3  or  4  feet  high,  with  a  simple,  erect, 
round  scape.  The  leaves  are  numerous,  spreading  on  the  ground,  all  radical, 
ovate-oblong,  and  obtuse,  with  from  8  to  14  ribs,  glaucous  underneath.  Tiie 
flowers  are  blackish-purple,  rather  nodding,  on  spreading,  simple,  or  a  little 
branched  panicles;  pedicels  very  short,  approximated  in  twos  and  threes;  those 


1688  SAEADILLA. 

of  the  fertile  flowers  eventually  becoming  turned  to  one  side;  those  of  the  sterile 
flowers  deciduous,  and  leaving  a  scar.  Segments  of  the  perianth  ovate-lanceolate, 
and  veinless.  Ovaries  3,  oblong,  connate,  and  obtuse;  st3'les  acute,  and  dilated 
downward  ;  stigmas  simple.  Capsules  3,  in  form  resembling  those  of  Larkspur, 
occupying  only  one  side  of  the  stem,  opening  at  the  apex  inside.  Seeds  3  in  each 
cell,  imbricated,  curved,  blunt  on  one  side,  sooty,  and  acrid.  This  plant  inhabits 
Mexico  and  the  West  Indian  Islands  (L.). 

Schoenoeatdon  officinale,  Gray  {Asngrxa  officinalis,  Lindley,  Verntrum  officinale, 
Schlechtendal,  and  Helonias  officinalis  of  Don  j,  is  a  cajspitose  plant,  bulbous,  with 
tlie  leaves  linear,  tapering  to  a  point,  even,  smooth,  entire,  channeled  above,  cari- 
nate  at  the  back,  and  about  4  feet  long,  by  3  lines  broad.  The  scape  is  naked, 
the  height  of  a  man,  quite  simple,  and  terminated  by  a  raceme  18  inches  long. 
Perianth  deeply  6-parted,  spreading,  yellowish-white,  permanent,  with  linear, 
thick,  veinless,  obtuse  segments,  3  of  which  are  rather  broader  than  the  others. 
Filaments  6,  somewhat  clavate,  those  opposite  the  broad  segments  of  the  perianth 
longer  than  the  others,  and  all  longer  than  the  perianth.  Anthers  large,  yellow, 
cordate,  and  obtuse.  Ovary  formed  of  3  cells,  united  by  their  sutures,  with  an 
obscure  stigma.  Fruit  tricapsular;  the  carpels  united  by  their  suture  separable. 
Seeds  winged,  and  wrinkled.  The  lower  flowers  are  hermaphrodite  and  fertile; 
the  upper  male  and  sterile.  This  plant  is  a  native  of  the  eastern  side  of  the 
Mexican  Andes,  near  Barranca  de  Tioselo,  by  the  Hacienda  de  la  Laguna,  in 
grassy  places  (L.). 

Description. — Cevadilla  seeds  are  said  to  be  brought  from  the  Antilles,  from 
Mexico  (ripe  capsules),  and  from  Venezuela  (seeds  only),  and  are  generally  asso- 
ciated with  the  tri-foUicled  fruit,  each  division  of  which  is  composed  of  a  slender 
elastic,  membranous  follicle,  and  from  1  to  3  black,  shining,  flat,  shriveled, 
winged,  elastic  seeds.  The  seeds  are  odorless,  but  have  a  bitter,  acrid,  tingling 
taste,  which  is  intense,  persistent,  and  disagreeable;  and  their  powder  excites 
violent  sneezing  and  discharge  from  the  nostrils.  They  yield  their  properties 
with  difficulty  to  water,  but  readily  to  alcoliol.  They  are  used  as  a  source  of  the 
alkaloid  nratrine.  i)f  wlii.h  the  j'ield  is  one-third  of  1  per  cent. 

Chemical  Composition. — Sabadilla  seeds  contain  fixed  oil  (24.6  per  cent), 
resin  (lU  [ler  ci'iit.of  which  <S.5  per  cent  is  insoluble  in  etlier),  the  alkaloid  vera- 
trine  (Meissner,  1818j  (see  Veratrina),  a  peculiar  volatile  and  crystallizable  fatty 
acid  called  sahadillic  or  cevadic  acid  (Pelletier  and  Caventou,  1819),  etc. 

The  alkaloidal  constituents  have  been  frequently  investigated.  C.  R.  A. 
Wright  and  A.  P.  LuS"  (Amer.  Jour.  Phann.,  1878,  p.  489,  from  L^nd.  Jour.  Chem. 
Soc,  Aug.,  1878,  p.  358)  come  to  the  following  conclusions:  The  Seeds  of  Vera- 
trum  Sabadilla  contain:  (1)  amorphous  verntrine  (C3,H53NO„),  first  isolated  by 
Couerbe  (1834);  upon  saponification  it  splits  into  ceratric  acid  {dimct/n/lproto- 
catechuic  acid)  and  a  new  base,  verine  (Cj^H^^NOj) ;  (2)  crystallizable  cevndine 
(Ca^H^NO,,),  the  principal  alkaloid,  first  isolated  by  Merck  (1855)  and  named  by 
him  verairine.  It  melts  at  about  20.5.5°  C.  (402°  F. ),  and  upon  saponification 
splits  into  the  base  cecinc  (C,,H„NO,)  and  mtihylrrotonir  arid  (C,H,0^)  with  wliich 
the  above  cevadic  acid  is  identical.  The  authors  could  not  ol)tain  the  crystalli- 
zable, non-sternutatory  (3)  mhadillinc  of  Couerbe  (1S34),  Hubschniann  ( 1852),  and 
Wt'igelin  (  Jk/ovW;.  der  P/iann.,  1871,  p.  34),  the  existence  of  which,  however,  is 
uplicld  by  Masing  (ibid.).  Wright  and  Luft'  found  instead  a  similar  body,  like- 
wise insoluble,  or  nearly  so,  in  ether,  iiut  amorphous  and  insoluble  in  water,  and 
named  it  cevadilline.  The  amorphous  alkaloid  sahatrine  of  Weigelin  (/oc.  cil.)  is 
believed  by  the  authors  to  be  a  mixture.  They  likewise  disbelieve  the  state- 
7nents  of  former  authors  (Weigelin,  E.  Schmidt  and  R.  Kiippen,  Archie  der  Phnrm., 
1877,  |>.  1)  that  cevadine  (veratrine)  occurs  in  two  isomeric  modifications,  one 
crystiilline,  the  other  amorphous.  Bo.fetti,  however  (Arc/iiv  der  Pharm.,lSSS,pT>. 
81-l()(i),  differentiated  commercial  veratrine  into  a  crystallizable  base,  nearly 
ins(>lul>le  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  and  identical  with  cfvadiiie 
(C|,ll,„NOg),  which  he  names  veratrine,  and  an  isomer  of  the  latter,  soluble  in 
water,  which  he  calls  veralridine  (also  see  Veratrina).  E.  Merck  (.liiK-r.  Jour.  Phnrm., 
1891,  p.  33S)  isolated  from  cevadilla  seeds  two  new  alkaloids  *"rt/wi(7iHC  (CaHjiNGJ 
and  nabiuUirine  (C..H„NO,,  orC„;H,jNOj.  Both  are  crvstallizable  and  non-sternu- 
tatory.   Wright  and  Luff'  believe  the  sabadilla  alkaloids  to  be  closely  related  to 


SABBATIA.  1689 

the  alkaloids  of  aconite.  Sabadilla  seeds,  when  assayed  by  Keller's  method 
(Jnhre.'<b.  der  Phnnn..  1S92.  ]>.  14),  yield  from  4.25  to  4.35  per  cent  of  total  alkaloid, 
while  the  yield  is  u-ually  stated  to  \>v  tmly  from  1  to  2  per  cent. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Cevadilla  seeds  have  been  used  as  a 
verniifiijie,  and  to  destroy  i'^/hk/i  in  the  hair,  but  their  dangerous  drastic  and 
irritating  properties  have  caused  them  to  be  dismissed  from  practice.  They  are 
principally  used  in  the  manufacture  of  veratrine;  and  rarely,  but  with  great 
caution,  in  some  nervous  diseases,  tapeivoi~m,  etc.  The  dose  is  from  5  to  15  grains, 
for  the  expulsion  of /;ra(n,  and  other  worww.  An  extract  has  proved  beneficial  in 
painful  rlieumatir  and  neurilgir  affections.  Cevadilla  is  now  used  only  as  a  source 
of  veratrine,  to  which  all  of  its  activity  and  toxic  properties  are  due. 

SABBATIA.— AMERICAN  CENTAURY. 

The  herb  of  Sahbatia  angularis,  Pursh  (Chironia  angularus,  Linne). 

Nat.  Ord. — Gentianea?. 

Common  Names:   American  centaury,  Rose-pink. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant,  also  called  Rose-pink,  has  a  yellow,  fibrous, 
biennial  root,  with  an  erect,  smooth,  quadrangular  stem,  the  angles  of  which  are 
winged,  having  many  opposite  branches,  and  1  to  2  feet  in  height.  The  leaves  are 
opposite,  sessile,  ovate,  cordate  at  base,  clasping  the  stem,  5-veined,  smooth,  entire, 
1  or  2  inches  in  length,  by  ^  to  li  inches  in  width.  The  flowers  are  numerous, 
IJ  to  li  inches  in  diameter,  of  a  rich-rose  color,  terminal,  on  elongated  peduncles, 
greenish  or  whitish  in  the  center,  forming  a  large  corymbose  panicle.  Calyx  with 
5  lanceolate  segments;  tube  of  calyx  angular.  Corolla  rotate,  5-parted,  with  oval 
segments  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx.  Stamens  5;  filaments  slender;  anthers  j^el- 
low,  oblong,  slightly  recurved  when  the  flower  first  opens,  after  shedding  their 
l)ollen,  they  become  revolute  and  curl  up.  Ovary  ovate;  style  longer  than  the 
stamens,  and  declined.  Stigma  2  parted,  the  segments  separate  at  first,  but  gradu- 
ally become  twisted  spirally  together.  The  capsule  is  1-celled  and  2-valved,  with 
numerous  seeds  (L. — W.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. — This  plant  is  common  in  most  parts 
of  the  United  States,  gniwiui;  iu  ni'iL-t  meadows,  among  high  grass,  on  the  prai- 
ries, and  in  damp,  rich  soils,  tlowtiiug  Ironi  June  to  September.  The  whole  plant 
is  used.  It  has  a  very  bitter  taste,  and  yields  its  virtues  to  water  or  alcohol. 
The  best  time  for  gathering  it  is  during  its  flowering  season.  It  is  preferable  to 
the  European  centaury  {Erythrxa  Centaurium,  Persoon).  M.  Mehu  obtained,  in 
1866,  crystallizable  erythrocentaurin  from  European  centaury.  It  is  neutral,  color- 
less, odorless,  tasteless,  and  dissolves  in  1630  parts  of  cold,  35  parts  of  boiling 
water,  in  48  parts  of  alcohol,  of  86  per  cent  strength,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  245 
parts  of  ether,  and  13  parts  of  chloroform ;  it  is  easily  soluble  in  fixed  and  volatile 
oils.  Direct  sunlight  causes  it  to  turn  red  (Jahresb.  der  Pharm.,  1866,  }).  70).  Mr. 
J.  F.  Huneker  (Anier.  Jour.  Phami.,  1871,  p.  207)  detected  a  probably  analogous 
substance  in  the  American  plant.  As  obtained  in  an  impure  form,  it  was  soluble 
in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether,  but  insoluble  in  fixed  and  volatile  oils,  of  a  sharp, 
acrid  taste,  and  an  odor  resembling  that  of  nicotine.  The  crystals  turn  red  when 
exposed  to  sunlight.  Mr.  William  T.  Hankey  (ibid.,  1891,  p.  335)  made  a  com- 
plete analysis  of  the  Ik  rh,  and  obtained  the  same  substance,  and,  in  addition  3.75 
per  cent  of  a  liitt^  r  )>rin<  iple. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Tonic.  Used  in  autumn  periodic  febrile 
diseases,  both  as  a  preventive  and  as  a  remedy.  It  is  also  serviceable  as  a  bitter 
tonic  in  dyspqmn,  and  convale.%enre  from  fevers.  When  administered  in  warm  in- 
fu.sion,  it  is  a  domestic  remedy  for  worms,  and  to  restore  the  menstrual  secretion. 
Dose  of  the  powder,  from  J  to  1  drachm;  of  the  cold  infusion,  4  fluid  ounces, 
every  2  or  3  hours;  of  the  tincture,  1  to  2  fluid  drachms;  and  of  the  extract, 
from  2  to  6  grains. 

Related  Species.— .SW/)6a<ia  EUioUii,  Rteudel  {.Sabbalia  pnniculaUi ,  Elliott),  Qii i n i ik' flower. 
This  i.s  ail  inct  lierl),  about  12  inches  in  heitiht,  and  is  common  to  the  pine  oarrens  of  the 
eouthern  I'nited  ."^tati'S.  It  does  not,  probably,  oceur  farther  north  than  the  Carolina.s.  The 
Stem  ia  smooth,  slendiT,  round,  with  but  few  leaves,  anil  alturuatelv  branched.    Tlie  k-aves  are 


small,  opposite,  entire,  without  leaf-stalks,  and  from  J  to  1  inch  in  length;  the  upper  leaves 
are  very  uaiTow  and  linear,  the  lower  are  broader;  they  are  attached  at  nearly  a  right  angle 
to  the  stem.  The  flowers  are  white,  nearly  an  inch  broad,  and  quite  showy ;  they  are  borne 
on  slender  peduncles,  and  appear  late  in  the  summer.  The  calyx  has  a  short  tube,  and 
5  linear  lobes,  about  one-third  tlie  length  of  the  corolla  segments.  The  corolla  is  flat,  rotate, 
and  has  5  obtuse  lobes.  The  stamens  are  5,  and  attached  to  the  corolla  tube.  The  fruit  is  a 
dry,  1-celled  capsule,  opening  by  2  valves,  and  containing  many  small  seeds.  This  plant  was 
noticed  in  the  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 1876,  p.  455,  by  Dr.  Palmer,  of  ^Monticello,  Florida.  It  had 
been  previously  used  in  domestic  practice,  and  during  the  civil  war.  .Some  little  demand  was 
created  after  tlie  publication  of  Dr.  Palmer's  article,  but  the  remedy  has  since  almost  fallen 
into  disuse.  This  plant,  as  the  name  "quinine  flower"  would  show,  was  supposed  to  possess 
tonic  and  antiperiodic  properties,  somewhat  analogous  to  those  of  quinine.  It  was. lauded 
as  a  remedy  for  all  malarial  fevers,  as  a  tonic  during  convalescence  from  exhausting  diseases, 
and  in  various  forms  of  debility.  It  is  seldom,  if  ever,  employed  at  the  present  day.  The  dose 
of  the  fluid  extract  is  from  5  to  60  minims,  repeated  every  1,  2,  3,  or  4  hours,  according  to 
circumstances. 

Erythriea  Ceviaurium,  Persoon  (Gentiana  Centaurium,  Linn6),  European  centaury. — A  bitter 
tonic  (see  Sabbatia,  preceding  page).  Several  South  American  and  Mexican  species  are  em- 
ployed as  bitter  tonics  under  the  name  of  Canchahigua.  Among  them  aTe  Erythriea  chilenm, 
Persoon;  E.  jorulleiisis,Kunth ;  E.stricta,  Schiede,  etc. 

Plearogyne  rolala,  Grisebach. — Japan  and  the  Pacific  states.    A  bitter  tonic. 

SABINA  (U.  S.  P.)— SAVmE. 

The  tops  oi  Junipsrus  Sabina,  Linne" — (^U.  ti.  F.j  (^Sahina  officinalu,  G&rcke). 

Nat.  Ord. — Coniferaj. 

Common  Name  :  Savin-tops. 

Illistr.\tios  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  254. 

Botanical  Source. — Juniperus  Sabina  is  an  evergreen,  very  compact  shrub, 
growing  from  4  to  16  feet  in  height,  with  a  disposition  to  spread  horizontally 
rather  than  to  form  a  stem.  Its  branches  are  slender,  round  and  tough,  with  the 
bark  of  the  young  branches  pale-green,  of  the  trunk  rough.  The  leaves  are  very 
small,  ovate,  convex,  dark-green,  densely  imbricated,  erect,  decurrent,  and  oppo- 
site; the  oppositions  pyxidate.  Flowers  dioecious.  The  fruit  is  a  deep-purple, 
almost  black,  ovoid  berry,  about  the  size  of  a  whortleberry,  and  smaller  than  that 
of  J.  communis  (L. — W.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant  is  indige- 
nous to  mi^ldle  and  southern  Europ.-.  Siberia,  and  in  the  northern  United  States, 
in  rocky  situations.  Tlie  parts  used  are  the  tups  and  leaves.  They  have  a  power- 
ful, peculiar,  rather  disagreeable  odor,  a  bitter,  acrid,  biting  taste,  and  yield  their 
properties  to  alcohol,  or  hot  water  in  infusion.  Desiccation  renders  them  of  a 
lighter  color.  The  drug  is  officially  described  as  "short,  thin,  subquadrangular, 
branchlets;  leaves  rather  dark-green,  in  4  rows,  opposite,  scale-like,  ovate-lanceo- 
late, more  or  less  acute,  appressed,  imbricated,  on  the  back  with  a  shallow  groove 
containing  an  oblong  or  roundish  gland;  odor  peculiar,  terebinthinate;  taste  nau- 
seous, resinous,  and  bitter" — (U.S.  P.).  Gardes  found  them  to  contain  volatile 
oil  (see  Olmm  Sabina?),  resin,  gallic  acid,  chlorophyll,  extractive,  lignin,  and  cal- 
careous salts.  In  addition  to  these,  Mr.  C.  H.  Needles  found  fixed  oil,  gum,  and 
salts  of  potassium  (Amn-.  Jmir.  Phar,n..yo].  XIII,  1841,  p.  15). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Savin  is  emmenagogue,  diuretic,  dia- 
phoretie,  and  antlulniintif.  In  large  doses  it  will  produce  gastro-enteritis.  Care 
must  be  taken  in  its  administration,  as  it  has,  in  several  instances,  produced  fatfll 
results.  It  should  never  be  given  when  there  is  any  general  or  local  intlauima- 
tion  present,  and  it  should  never  be  used  during  pregnancy,  on  account  of  its 
tendency  to  cause  abortion,  and  yet,  notwithstanding  this  eflect,  it  is  reputed 
efficient  in  checking  the  tendency  to  abort,  and  to  be  beneficial  in  menorrfiagin, 
when  carefully  exhibited  in  small  doses.  It  is  also  serviceable  \n  atouir  lettcor- 
rhcea,  amenorrka'O,  with  torpor,  irritative  ttni/a-al  disrases.  and  vtsical  ratarrh,  in  all 
cases  being  contraindicated  by  an  excited  circulation.  The  oil  (Oleum  Sabina-), 
given  2  or  3  times  a  day,  in  doses  of  from  10  or  15  drops  on  sugar,  will,  in  most 
cases,  cause  abortion,  but  it  is  apt  to  violently  afleot  the  stomach  and  bowels  at 
the  same  time,  bringing  life  into  extreme  danger.  It  is  sometimes  combined  with 
oils  of  tansy,  pennyroyal,  or  hemlock,  as  an  emmenagogue  and  abortivant,  and 
given  in  doses  of  2  to  5  drops.     Sometimes  the  leaves  of  savin  are  combined  with 


SACCHARINUM.  1691 

pink  and  senna  and  given  to  remove  ivonns.  Savin  oil  will  also  frequently  re- 
move them,  but  we  have  more  efficient  and  much  safer  remedies  for  this  purpose. 
Externally,  the  leaves,  made  into  a  cerate,  have  been  used  as  a  stimulant  to  indo- 
linl  utnr.'i,' and  to  promote  a  discharge  from  blistered  parts.  Mixed  with  an  equal 
weight  of  verdigris,  the  powdered  leaves  have  been  used  for  destroying  venereal 
■inirt.^.  Dose  of  the  powcfered  leaves,  from  5  to  15  grains  in  syrup,  3  times  a  day; 
of  the  fluid  extract,  from  5  to  10  drops;  of  the  strong  tincture  (sviii  to  alcohol, 
76  per  cent,  Oj\  from  1  to  5  drops;  of  the  infusion,  from  i  to  2  fluid  ounces. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— "Suijpressed  menses,  with  colicky  pains, 
general  fullness  of  veins,  headache  "  (Watkins,  Ec.  Comp.  of  Prac.  of  Med.). 

Related  Species. — Jimiptrw  rirffiniana,  Linne,  is  a  tree  which  attains  the  height  of  35 
feet,  or  evi-n  more.  It.s  trunk  varies  from  10  to  14  inches  in  diameter,  is  straight,  and  decreases 
rai>i(lly  from  tlie  firound,  giving  ofl"  many  horizontal  branches;  its  surfaces  are  generally  un- 
ciiual,  and  ilisti}.'und  by  knots,  and  by  the  crevices  and  protuberances  they  occasion.  Small 
twigs,  covered  with  minute,  dcnwly  iiiiltricated  leaves,  which  are  fleshy,  ovate,  concave,  rigidly 
acute,  with  a  .email  diprcsseil  gland  on  the  middle  of  their  outer  side,  growing  in  pairs  wliich 
are  united  at  the  lia.se  to  each  otlier,  and  to  the  pairs  above  and  below  them.  (A  singular 
variety  sometimes  appears  in  tin  \  .luig  shoots, especially  those  which  issue  from  thebaaeof 
the  trees;  this  consists  in  an  .  i  njin  in  i.f  the  leaves  to  5  or  6  times  their  usual  length, while 
they  become  spreading,  ac.  i  -  v,  ,  i,  m  .te  from  each  other,  and  irregular  in  their  insertion,  being 
either  opposite  or  ternate  ;  sui  h  sliouts  are  so  dissimilar  to  the  parent  tree,  that  they  have  been 
repeatedly  mistaken  for  individuals  of  a  different  species.)  Barren  flowers,  in  small  oblong 
amenta,  fomie<i  by  peltate  scales  with  the  anthers  concealed  within  them.  Fertile  flowers 
form  a  small  roundish  galbus,  with  2  or  3  seeds,  covered  on  its  outer  surface  with  a  bright-blue 
powder  (  L. — B.  i.  The  red  cedar  is  a  tne  which  inhabits  almost  all  parts  of  the  United  States, 
especially  the  southern,  jin  ft-rrini:  diy,  rocky  situations,  and  barren  soils.  It  is  evergreen, 
growing  verj- slowly,  and  H'weriui.- in  April  and  May.  The  internal  wood  is  of  a  dull-reddish 
hue,  fine-grained,  and  conipart,  v.  'y  lit;lit  and  durable,  and  is  much  used  for  tubs,  pails,  lead- 
pencils,  fences,  etc.  The  [lartN  n~^<l  are  the  leaves  and  twigs.  They  have  a  characteristic, 
rather  agreeable  odor,  aivl  a  ["ruliai.  ^nua  what  airid  and  amarous  taste.  Their  virtues  are 
taken  up  by  alcohol  or  etiui,  ami  |  ai  ily  by  hot  water,  and  are  due  to  essential  oil  (see  Oleum 
.fnniperi  Virginiatw;).  The  leaM.-  :iv  often  eoiilotiiided  with  those  oi  Junipenis  Sabina,whk'h 
have  an  entirely  different  smell.  According  to  Jeuks,  tlie  leaves  yield  gum,  albumen,  volatile 
oil,  tannic  acid,"  resin,  bitter  extractive,  chlorophyll,  fatty  matter,  woody  fiber,  etc.  (Amer.Jout: 
l'liiinii.,\'o\.  XIV,  p.  235*.  Excrescences  knownas  cedar  apples,  are  frequently  formed  on  the 
branches,  and  occasioned,  like  galls,  by  the  pricking  of  an  insect;  they  have  a  somewhat 
agreeable  odor,  and  an  austere  taste.  These  are  sometimes  powdered  and  administered  suc- 
cessfully as  a  vermifuge,  the  dose  being  from  10  grains  to  J  drachm,  in  some  convenient  vehi- 
cle, and'  repeated  every  4  hours  through  the  day.  The  medical  properties  and  uses  are  the 
same  as  ioT  the  Juniperus  Sabina ;  less  enertretic,  but  used  in  the  same  diseases;  also  with  spear- 
mint and  marshmallows,  in  soaWiHj;  o/ »( ';  .  and  'Ic  i msements  of  the  kidneys  and  blauder. 
The  oil  makes  a  valuable  external  stimulaiin_'  aijilj.  ation  for  rheuviatic  paim,bniiges,  etc.  Dose 
of  the  leaves,  from  1  to  2  drachms;  of  the  "il,  iy,  mi  ici  to  1.5  drops.  The  excrescences,  or  cedar 
apples,  are  decided  anthelmintics.  The  foU.iwini.'  makes  a  pleasant  and  excellent  vermifuge 
and  tonic  for  pale,  sickly  children ;  I  have  useil  it  with  much  success:  Take  of  cedar  apples, 
1  pound;  of  black  alderberries  ( Pmio,*  irrtirtlhiins].  1  pint,  by  measure,  Digest  these,  for  14 
days,  in  1  quart  of  alcohol  and  1  pint  of  molasses.  The  more  recent  the  articles,  the  better. 
Dose,  1  fluid  drachm,  3  times  a  day,  for  a  child  1  or  2  years  old ;  it  is  a  laxative,  tonic,  and 
vermifuge  (J.  King; 

SACCHARINUM.— SACCHAHIK. 

Formula:  CjH.COSO.NH.    Molecular  Weight:  168.65. 

SvNo.SY.Ms:  G!u.sidum,  Glunde,  Gl-unisimide,  Benzoyl-.mlphonimide  Call  in  Br. 
Phann.,  ISQS);  Benzoic  mlphimide,  Benzoic  suiphinide,  Orthosulphamine-bensoic  anhy- 
dride. 

Source  and  History.— The  sweet  taste  of  saccharin  (gluside)  was  discovered 
by  Cunstantin  Falilberg  in  his  researches  on  this  substance  (see  Fahlberg  and 
Renisen,  .!»!//■.  Chem.  Jour.,  187d  and  1880).  It  is  the  anhydride  of  ortho.'ndph- 
mnido-benzok  acid  (0,11.  COOH.SO.NH,)  and  has  the  formula  C,H.:(CO)(SO.j:NH. 
It  is  prepared  from  the  benzene  hydrocarbon  toluene  (CsHj^CH,)  by  a  series  of 
reactions,  for  which  see  explanatory  details  \n  Pharvi.  Jour .  J'rrt)i.>-.,Vol.  VII,  1898, 
p. 593.  Commercial  saccharins,  when  first  introduced,  were  frequently  a  mixture 
nf  sacchttrin  (the  ortho  compound)  with  para-indj)hainido-henzoir-<icid  (see  TeaU,  next 
iiage;  and  di.s.sertation  by  Ur.  A.  R.  L.  Dohme,  on  Ortho-Sidplio-Benzoic  Arid,  etc., 
Haltimore,  Md.),  In  recent  years,  purified  saccharins  are  being  obtained,  which 
consust  of  the  ortho  compound  only  (see  Chem.  C'entriilbl<Ut,\'o\.  II,  1.S96,  j).  690). 


1692  SACCHARINUM. 

Description  and  Tests. — The  most  characteristic  feature  of  this  substance 
is  its  intense  sweetness,  hence  the  names  gluside,  saccharin,  although  the  latter 
name  properly  belongs  to  another  substance  previously  so  named,  a  bitter,  crystal- 
lizable  derivative  of  the  sugar  group,  of  the  formula  CcHljOj. 

Saccharin  (gluside)  is  a  light,  white,  minutely  crystalline  powder  having  an 
intensely  sweet  taste  in  dilute  solutions.  Asolution  of  1  in  10,000  is  said  to  be  still 
decidedly  sweet.  The  sweetening  power  of  the  absolutely  pure  ortho  compound 
is  stated  to  be  from  500  to  550  times  that  of  sugar.  According  to  the  British  Phar- 
maco//ft>/rt,  glu.?ide  is  "soluble  in  400  parts  of  cold  water,  in  24  parts  of  boiling 
water,  in  25  parts  of  alcohol  (90  per  cent),  and  but  slightly  in  ether  or  chloroform." 
It  is  sufficiently  soluble  in  ether,  however,  to  enable  its  abstraction,  for  analytical 
purpases,  from  its  acidulated  aqueous  solution.  "It  is  very  soluble  in  diluted 
solution  of  ammonia;  also  in  solution  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  with  evolution  of 
carbonic  anhydride.  A  warm  solution  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  when  neutralized 
with  gluside  and  evaporated  to  dryness,  yields 'soluble  gluside'  or 'soluble  sac- 
charin,'which  is  very  soluble  in  water,  100  parts  of  gluside  yielding  nearly  113 
parts  of  neutral  'soluble  gluside'" — {Br.Pharm.,  1898).  When  saccharin  is  heated, 
it  melts  and  then  sublimes  with  partial  decomposition,  the  vapors  po.ssessing 
an  intensely  sweet  taste.  When  saccharin  is  heated  with  caustic  soda  to  about 
250°  C.  (482°  F.)  salicylic  acid  is  formed  which  may  be  detected  by  dis.^olving  the 
mass  in  acidulated  water,  shaking  out  with  ether,  evaporating  to  dryness  and 
producing  the  characteristic  violet-blue  coloration  by  adding  ferric  chloride.  If 
saccharin  and  salicylic  acid  are  simultaneously  present  in  a  lirjuid  (p.  jr.. beer;,  the 
amount  of  saccharin  may  be  determined,  according  to  A.  H.  Allen  {Amer.  Jour. 
PAarw.,  1888,  p.  360),  by  igniting  the  isolated  mixture  of  the  two,  with  addition 
of  caustic  alkali  and  a  little  nitre,  and  determining  the  sulphate  formed  by  means 
of  barium  chloride.  By  another  method,  salicylic  acid  may  be  separated  from 
saccharin  in  acidulated  sulution  by  means  of  bromine  water  which  precipitates 
all  the  salicylic  acid  as  a  bromine  compound;  from  the  supernatant  liquid, sac- 
charin may  be  conveniently  extracted  with  ether,  after  the  excess  of  bromine  is 
removed  by  a  current  of  air  (Hairs,  Amer.  Jovr.  PIi(irm.,lH^^,  p.  554).  Saccharin 
is  distinguished  from  sugar  by  not  being  charred  by  sulidiuric  aci<l  even  when 
warmed  with  it  for  a  short  time.  To  test  for  para-sulphamido-benzoic  acid  which 
melts  at  about  288°  G.  (5S6°  F.),  the  Brit M  Pharnuirnpie in  (1898)  directs  that  a 
solution  of  0.5  gramme  of  gluside  in  80  cubic  centimeters  of  warm  water,  set  aside 
for  12  hours,  should  deposit  tabular  crystals  which  melt  between  218.8°  and  220°  C. 
(426°  and  428°  F).  and  it  slmulil  not,"  even  when  briskly  shaken,  deposit  crystals 
melting  :it  a  higher  teni]ierature  (absence  of  sulphamido-benzoic  acid). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Saccharin  has  come  into  u>e  some- 
what as  a  sweetening  agent  to  rei)lace  sugar  where  the  latter  is  for  any  reason 
contraindicated.  It  has  been  demonstrated  that  even  in  large  doses  it  does  not 
affect  the  system  in  the  least.  It  does  not  augment  or  diminish  the  secretions, 
disturb  the  respiratory  or  circulatory  functions,  nor  interfere  with  nutrition. 
Elimination  takes  place  almost  wholly  by  the  kidneys,  and  the  urine,  while  not 
increased  in  quantity  is  rendered  decidedly  sweet  and  its  putrefactive  tendency 
is  markedly  delayed.  Saccharin  passes  from  the  system  unchanged.  Owing  to 
its  power  over  putrefaction  it  has  been  employed  in  fa-meiitatiredi.'inriliT.'ioftfif 
stomach  and  bowels,  with  distension,  in  stipptinitive  otili.->,  and  in  (li/>o,<l,rs  of  the  tui- 
miry  traH\y\i\\  purulent  urine.  On  account  of  retarding  the  digestive  action  of 
the  pancreatic  and  salivary  fluids  in  experiments  conducted  without  the  bodj'  it 
has  been  concluded  by  some  physicians  that  it  may  retard  or  di.«order  stomachic 
and  intestinal  digestion,  but  clinical  experience  does  not  appear  to  support  sudi 
a  view.  It  is  emjiloyed  principally  in  lieu  of  sugar  and  millv  sugar  in  furrharine 
(U.aheles,ferme»t(itiir  (ii/.'<pi'psi<i.  ohrsil)/,  ami  other  disorders  in  which  the  sugars  are 
contraindicated.  Its  sweetening  power  is  ex<'ce<lingly  great,  from  1  to  lA  grains  of 
saccharin  in  combination  with  sodium  bicarl>i>nate  being  sutliciont  to  sweeten  an 
ordinary  cup  of  coti'ee.  For  sweetening  purposes  it  should  be  mixed  with  sod'um 
bicarbonate  in  the  proportion  of  2  parts  of  the  saccharin  to  3  parts  of  the  sodium 
salt.  A  glycerin  solution  prepared  by  heating  togctlier  saccharin.  30  grains,  and 
glycerin,  5viij  (by  weight),  is  an  efficient  sweetening  prepanUion  for  lemonade 
and  acid  fruits.     The  dose  of  saccharin  is  from  1  to  4  grains,  in  capsules.  4  or  5 


SACCHARl'M.  1693 

tiiiu-#  a  day.     The  tat^te  of  many  disagreeable  medicines  may  be  disguised  by 
saiviiarin:  anmng  them  are  quinine,  cod-liver  oil,  guaiacum,  etc. 

Related  Preparation.— l>iLriN,  Sttcwl,  or  Paraphetutol<arl>ami(ie  (C9H4.OC2H5.NH. 
C'ONH;'.  Colorl.'ss  lu-edlt'iJ  of  a  sweet  compound  prepareii  synthetically  bv  acting  with 
aiuuuuiia  upon  the  product  of  the  reaction  between  the  ga.-ieous  carbonyf  chloride  it'OClj) 
(1  niolecuk-  .and  paraphenetidin  iCjHJOCjHilNH,  I  {2  nioUciile.si,  IkjUi  in  toluene  solu- 
tion. Tlie  crystals  fuse  at  160°C.  (:Jl'0°  F.  -  isee  Johr.yl,.  J,  ,■  /Voir,,,.,  1S92,  p.  407;  and  Amer. 
hmr.  /'Aurm,  1893,  p.  28S  . 

SACCHARUM  (U.  S.  P.)— SUGAR. 

Formula :  C,.^H„0„.    Molecular  Weight:  341.2. 

''The  refined  sugar  obtained  from  Sarchamm  officinarum,  Linn^,  and  from 
various  species  or  \a.nei\esoi  Sorghum  (^Nat.Ord. — Gramineee);  also  from  one  or 
more  varieties  of  Beta  vulgaris,  Linne  (iVa<.  0/-f/.— Chenopodiacea;)  " — (U.  S.  P.). 

Common  Names  and  Synonyms:  Cane-sugar,  Sucrose,  Refined  mgar,  Saccharum 
purifiratiiin,  Whit('  ■■<ugar. 

History,  Source,  and  Preparation.— Sugar,  which  at  present  constitutes  so 
importiuit  an  article  in  the  food  of  all  civilized  nations,  seems  to  have  been  known 
at  a  very  early  period  to  the  inhabitants  of  India  and  China.  It  was  used  only 
as  a  medicine  for  ages  after  its  introduction  into  the  West.  But  it  was  not  until 
after  the  discovery  of  America,  and  the  introduction  of  the  sugar-cane  into  the 
West  Indies  by  the  Spaniards,  that  its  use  as  an  article  of  food  became  common. 
.\bout  one-half  of  the  total  sugai  production  of  the  world  is  from  sugar-cane;  an- 
other equally  important  source  is  the  sugar-beet  (Beta  vulgarv';  Linne)  cultivated 
chiefly  in  Germany  and  Austria,  and  nov,'  to  some  extent  also  in  this  country. 
The  occurrence  of  sugar  in  the  beet  was  demonstrated  by  Marggraf,  as  early  as 
1747,  but  only  since  about  1840,  the  manufacture  from  this  source  began  to  flour- 
ish. Minor  quantities  of  cane-sugar  (sucrose)  are  produced  from  several  species 
of  Sorghum  (e.g..  Sorghum  saccharalvm,  Persoon,  and  Holcus  sacchnraiu.<!,  Linne),  a 
Chinese  plant,  and  from  the  sap  of  the  sugar-maple  (Acer  saccharinum,  Linne,  and 
other  species),  as  well  as  the  sap  of  the  date  palm  (Phcenix,  dwtylifera) ,  and  other 
palm  trees.  The  crude  sugar  obtained  in  India,  from  the  latter  source,  is  called 
jaggery.  Cane-sugar  also  occurs  in  corn-stalks,  and  in  the  roots  of  many  plants, 
e.g.,  parsnips,  carrots,  and  such  drugs  as  ipecacuanha,  scopolia,  etc.;  in  the  nectar 
of  flowers,  and,  together  with  other  sugar,  in  ripe  fruits,  such  as  pineapples,  pears, 
apples,  bananas,  dates,  strawberries,  etc.,  while  it  is  entirely  replaced  by  other 
sugars  in  figs,  grapes,  gooseberries,  and  sweet  cherries. 

Saccharum  officinarum,  Linne,  Sugar-cane,  is  a  plant  having  an  articulated, 
juicy  root,  from  which  proceed  several  erect,  solid  stems,  10  or  12,  sometimes  15  or  20 
feet  high,  1  or  2  inches  in  diameter,  of  a  hard,  shining  rind,  which  is  green,  while 
the  cane  is  immature,  but  turning  yellow,  purple,  red,  or  striped  when  the  cane 
ripens.  Internally  it  is  whitish,  juicy,  saccharine,  and  pithy.  The  leaves  are 
situated  at  the  jo'ints,  at  intervals  of  about  2  or  3  inches,  flat,  sheathing  at  the 
base.  2  to  4  feet  in  length,  about  one-fourth  as  wide,  the  margins  being  armed 
with  numerous  small,  sharp  teeth.  The  panicle  is  terminal,  spreading,  erect, 
oblong,  1  to  3  feet  in  length,  and  grayish  from  the  quantity  of  long,  loose  hairs 
surrounding  the  florets;  the  branches  are  alternate  and  very  spreading.  Rachis 
striated.  Florets  diuicious  in  pairs.  Glumes  smooth.  Pale:e  smooth,  membra- 
iiou.s,  and  of  a  pink  color.  This  plant,  a  native  of  tropical  and  subtropical  cli- 
mates, is  cultivated  in  the  East  and  We.'it  Indies,  Mauritius,  Tahiti,  the  Sandwich 
Islands,  and  in  some  of  the  southern  United  States. 

In  cultivation,  the  canes  are  not  allowed  to  flower,  because  the  yield  of  sugar 
is  greatest  from  non-llowering  canes.  (For  interesting  details  regarding  the  culti- 
vation of  sugar-cane,  ami  connected  matters,  see  Henry  Pocklington,  Pharm.  Jour. 
Trnm.,Vol.  V,  1875,  p.  7-J<i.)  When  the  canes  turn  yellow,  they  are  cut  and  trans- 
Ijorted  to  the  sugar-mills,  where  the  juice  is  obtained  by  crushing  the  canes  be- 
tween revolving  cylinders  of  stone  or,  preferably,  iron.  The  resultant  cane-straw 
is  calleil  h<ig<i»><e,  and  is  used  as  fuel.  Sugar-cane,  when  matured,  contains  about  i>0 
per  cent  of  juice,  which  holds,  on  an  average,  18  per  cent  of  cane-sugar,  with  small 
quantities  of  uncrystallizable  (invert)  sugar.     The  latter  kind  occurs  mostly  in 


1694  8ACCHARUM. 

the  upper  part  of  the  stem;  it  is  more  abundant  in  rapidlj'-growing  cane  than  in 
cane  of  slower  growth.  Cane-juice  also  contains  about  9  percent  of  a  peculiar 
albuminous  matter,  which  readilj'  undergoes  putrefaction  ;  likewise,  small  quan- 
tities of  organic  acids,  e.  jr.,  oxalic  and  malic  acids,  and  aconitic  acid  (A.  Behr, 
1877),  a  derivative  of  citric  acid,  are  present.  These  constituents  cause  cane-juice 
to  be  rapidly  decomposed  in  warm  climates;  the  acids  tend  to  convert  sucrose 
into  uncrystallizable  invert  sugar.  Hence, the  juice  must  be  immediately  worked 
for  sugar,  by  neutralizing  the  free  acid  with  a  calculated  quantity  of  milk  of  lime; 
after  boiling  and  removing  the  scum  (defrmting),  the  juice  is  gradually  evaporated 
in  a  series  of  open  pans  (old  method),  or  by  means  of  vacimm  pans,  i.  e.,  under 
diminished  pressure  at  a  lower  temperature  (modern  method).  By  the  old  method, 
the  raw,  hroien,  or  muacovado  sugar  is  separated  from  the  mother  liquor,  or  molasses, 
by  simple  draining  in  perforated  vessels;  by  the  modern  method,  the  molasses  is 
separated  from  the  sugar  in  centrifugal  machines,  and  the  raw  sugar  thus  obtained 
is  frequently  pure  enough  for  many  purposes.  From  molasses  additional  quanti- 
ties of  sugar  are  frequently  obtained;  the  residual,  impure  molasses  is  fermented 
and  used  in  the  distillation  of  rum.  To  produce  refined,  white  or  loaf-sugar,  the 
raw  sugar  is  sent  to  refineries,  where  it  is  dissolved  in  water,  purified  by  means 
of  bullock's  blood  and  bone-black,  and  decolorized  by  passing  the  syrup  through 
filters  of  animal  charcoal.  It  is  then  evaporated  in  vacuum  pans  to  crystalli- 
zation, and  the  mass  is  run  into  conical  molds,  wherein  the  molasses  (treacle)  is 
either  allowed  to  drain  or  is  separated  by  centrifugal  force.  According  to  Dr.  S.  P. 
Sadtler  {Indust.  Org.  Chem.,  2d  ed.,  1895,  p.  152),  the  hard  commercial  sugars  (dried 
by  artificial  heat)  contain  over  99  per  cent  of  pure  sucrose,  while  the  softer  sugars 
(merely  centrifugated)  hold  about  4  per  cent  of  water,  due  to  traces  of  mother 
liquor  adhering  to  the  crystals. 

The  Sugar-beet  contains  from  12  to  15  per  cent  of  sucrose.  Unlike  sugar- 
cane, it  is  free  from  uncrystallizable  invert  sugar,  but  contains  the  sugar  ?-aJ^HOe.r. 
The  presence  of  about  1.25  percent  of  nitrogenous  matter  {betaine,  nsparagiti,  etc.) 
and  a  comparatively  large  amount  of  salts,  make  the  purification  of  the  raw  beet- 
sugar  a  more  complicated  operation  than  that  of  the  sugar  from  sugar-cane.  Th'' 
molasses  from  beet-sugar,  unlike  that  from  cane-sugar,  can  not  be  used  for  table 
syrups,  on  account  of  its  bad  taste  and  smell.  It  contains  about  50  per  cent  of 
sucrose,  which  can  be  recovered  for  the  most  part  by  precipitating  the  sugar  in 
the  form  of  calcium  sucrate,  or  strontium  sucrate  (strontivm  process).  (For  further 
details,  we  must  refer  the  reader  to  special  works  on  technology — e.g., see  S.  P. 
Sadtler, /.«■.  r/V.,  i,p.  119-166.) 

Description  and  Tests. — Cane-sugar  (sucrose),  as  demanded  by  the  U.  S.  P., 
occurs  in  "white,  dry,  hard,  distinctly  crystalline  granules,  odorless,  and  having 
a  purely  sweet  taste."  Permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  0.5 
part  of  water,  and  in  175  parts  of  alcohol;  in  0.2  part  of  boiling  water,  and  in 
28  parts  of  boiling  alcohol;  also  soluble  in  80  parts  of  boiling,  ab.solute  alcohol, 
but  insoluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  or  carbon  disulphide.  The  aqueous  solution, 
saturated  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.j.  has  the  specific  gravity  1.34.5,  and  is  miscible  with 
water  in  all  proportions.  The  aqueous  or  alcoholic  solution  of  sugar  is  neutral  to 
litmus  paper " — ( U.  S.  P.). 

An  aqueous  solution  of  850  parts  of  sugar  in  water,  sufiicient  to  make  1000  Cc, 
has  a  specific  gravity  of  1.317;  this  solution  is  the  official  syrup  (formerly  called 
!^!/7-u.pus  Simplex).  Cane-sugar  melts  at  about  160°  C.  (360°  F.),  and  solidifies  on 
cooling,  forming  a  glossy,  amorphous  mass,  called  barlei/  sugar;  its  specific  gravity 
,is  only  1.509,  while  that  of  cane-sugar  is  1.606.  When  heating  cane-sugar  to 
about  200°  C.  (392°  F.),  a  brown-coloring  matter,  called  caramel,  is  formed.  Cane- 
sugar,  upon  dry  distillation,  yields  acetone,  aldehyde,  acetic  acid,  formic  acid, 
carbonic  dioxide,  some  monoxide,  methane,  tarry  products,  etc.  Concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  converts  sugar  into  a  charred  mass,  suliihurous  acid  being  evolved. 
Boiling  with  nitric  acid  produces  saccharic  ari<l  (C,H,[01I],.[C00H]  ',  tartaric  and 
oxalic  acids.  By  the  action  of  concentrated  nitric  and  sulphuric  acid  upon  sugar, 
explosive  iiitm-sugai-s  are  formed,  analogous  to  nitro-cellulose  (see  Pj/roiyliny 
With  bases,  as  calcium  and  strontium  oxide,  sugar  forms  characteristic  coni- 
jiounds,  called  saccharates,  or  stin-atcs,  e.  g..  tri-calcium  sucrate  (CuH^On-SCaO"*, 
which  are  technically  important  (see  Pir/xirn/ioii,  preceding  pageV 


SACCilAlUM.  1G9.3 

Cane-sugar  is  oi)tio<ally  dextro-rotatory,  but  upon  warming  with  diluted  acids, 
it  is  converted  into  imrrt  giuiar,  which  is  a  mixture  of  equal  molecules  of  dex- 
trose and  hevulose,  the  combination  of  wiiich  is  slif;htly  Uvvo-rotatory.  Measure- 
ment of  the  optical  rotation  by  means  of  especially  devised  instruments,  is  of 
fireat  importance  in  the  analysis  of  the  various  sugars.  (For  details  on  this  sub- 
ject, with  index  of  literature,  see  H.  \V.  Wiley,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Agricul- 
tiiriil  Anidysi-s,  Vol.  Ill,  Easton,  Pa.,  1S97.)  Cane  sugar  (sucrose)  does  not  reduce 
Fehling's  solution,  nor  ammoniated  silver  nitrate,  except  in  traces;  reduction 
takes  place  freely  after  inversion  by  means  of  acids.  Cane-sugar  as  such  ferment.^^, 
only  after  it  is  transformed  by  the  action  of  yeast  into  invert  sugar;  the  latter  i.s 
capable  of  being  fermented. 

The  r.  S.  P.  gives  the  following  tests  for  the  purity  of  cane-sugar:  "Both 
the  aqueous  and  the  alcoholic  solution  of  sugar  should  be  clear  and  transparent. 
When  kept  in  large,  well-closed  and  completely  filled  bottles,  the  solutions  should 
not  deposit  a  sediment  on  prolonged  standing  (absence  of  inaoluble  salts,  idtrama- 
rine,  Prujisinn  biiw,  etc.).  If  1  Gm.  of  sugar  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  boiling  water, 
tile  solution  mixed  with  4  or  5  drops  of  silver  nitrate  T.S.,then  about  2  Cc.  of 
ammonia  water  added,  and  the  liquid  quickly  brought  to  the  boiling  point,  not 
more  than  a  slight  coloration,  but  no  black  precipitate,  should  appear  in  the 
liquid  after  standint;  at  re.^t  for  5  minutes  (absence  oigrape-mgar, or  of  more  than 
a  slight  amount  nf  ii,r,rted  s,n,ar)"—i.  I'.  S.P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Sugar  is  nutritive,  alterative,  demul- 
cent, diuretic,  and  topically  antiseptic.  It  belongs  to  the  class  of  "elements  of 
respiration,"  contributes  to  the  formation  of  fat  and  lactic  acid,  and,  by  its  oxida- 
tion, furnishes  heat.  It  has  been  detected  in  the  tissue  of  the  liver.  As  it  is  void 
of  nitrogen,  it  can  not  sustain  life  alone,  and  only  becomes  eminentlj'  nutritive 
when  combined  with  other  alimentary  proximate  principles.  Used  in  large  quan- 
tities, it  is  injurious  to  digestion.  In  relation  to  both  vegetable  and  animal  mat- 
ters, it  acts  powerfully  in  preventing  putrefaction;  the  former  of  which  maybe 
preserved  indefinitely  in  syrup,  so  long  as  the  syrup  is  secured  against  fermenta- 
tion; while  the  latter,  after  long  immersion  in  syrup,  or  in  moistened  sugar,  may 
be  perfectly  mummefied.  On  this  account  it  is  now  used  considerably  in  the 
preservation  of  fish,  and  various  meats,  instead  of  salt,  to  which  it  is  superior, 
requiring  a  smaller  amount,  and  not  materially  affecting  the  flavor  nor  the  nutri- 
tive properties  of  these  meats.  Sugar  or  molasses,  when  freely  eaten  by  children, 
prove  excellent  anthelmintics,  and  have  also  proved  efficient  in  scorhu.tic affections. 
Powdered  white  sugar  is  sometimes  S])rinkled  over  w/<-e?-s  to  remove  fungus  or 
proud  flesh,  and  has  been  blown  upon  the  ball  of  the  eye  to  remove  specks  on  the 
cornea.  As  a  local  application  in  aphtha',  it  is  quite  efficient,  and  cures  have  been 
wrought  with  it  in  trachoma.  It  favors  the  detachment  of  diphtheritic  vietnbrancs, 
and  may  be  employed  as  an  antiseptic  dressing  for  various  kinds  oi  wounds.  On 
account  of  its  property  of  correcting  fetor,  a  snufl'  of  finely-powdered  sugar  has 
been  used  in  ozcena.  As  a  demulcent,  sugar  may  be  employed  in  various  form.s, 
in  cough,  hoarseness,  soreness  of  the  throat,  etc.  When  taken  to  the  extent  of  12  or  16 
ounces  per  day,  dissolved  in  water,  sugar  is  said  to  powerfully  increase  the  sexual 
passion.  It  has  long  been  supposed  that  the  teeth  are  injured  or  acted  upon  by 
sugar,  in  a  manner  calculated  to  cause  their  decay,  but  this  opinion  is  erroneous; 
if  i)articles  of  sugar  become  lodged  between  the  teeth,  and  are  allowed  to  decom- 
pose, decay  will  inevitably  ensue,  but  if  the  particles  be  removed  at  an  early 
period,  sugar  will  be  found  to  exert  a  beneficial  influence  upon  the  teeth  and 
gums.  The  use  of  it,  however,  is  mainly  confined  to  the  preparation  of  syrups,  to 
conceal  the  unpleasant  taste  of  several  drugs,  to  render  water  and  oils  miscibli', 
to  suspend  certain  medicines  in  the  form  of  mixture  or  emulsion,  to  prevent  the 
oxidation  of  .some  chalybeate  compounds,  and  also  for  converting  some  agents 
into  the  state  of  conserve,  confection,  electuary,  pill,  or  lozenge.  For  pills,  molasses 
is  most  generally  preferable  to  syrup,  as  it  does  not  so  readily  harden,  and  pre- 
serves them  in  a  soft,  moist  state,  for  a  long  time,  while  its  antiseptic  properties 
prevent  them  from  becoming  moldj'. 

Sugar,  in  solution,  absorbs  a  very  large  quantity  of  lime.  A  sarcharatc  of  lime 
has  been  found  very  beneficial  in  the '/(/■')»/'•  (//firr/(ff(i.'»  of  children,  as  well  as  to 
prevent  acidity  of  the  stomach,  and  the  di>po.'^ition  to  diarrhuja  so  common  in 


1690  BACCHARUSl. 

children  of  a  certain  age  at  particular  seasons.  It  is  made  by  saturating  ^imjue 
S3'rup  with  lime,  and  then  filtering  it.  It  forms  a  transparent  mixture  of  an 
extremely  alkaline  taste,  and  may  be  added  to  water  or  milk.  It  is  altogether 
superior  to  the  bicarbonate  of  sodium.  Dose  for  an  infant,  from  |^  to  §  drachm, 
given  in  some  of  the  mother's  milk;  for  an  adult,  from  1  to  21  drachms. 

Related  Sugars. — Glucose; or  Gbape-sfgar  (C|,Hi20,=179..58i, known  also  bsDextrosk. 
or  8tai!(  ii-sL'GAR,  is  found  in  grapes,  cherries,  plums,  fi<;s,  lioney,  always  associated  wiili 
Isevulose  ami  sometimes  cane-sugar  (which  see).  Dextrose  is  the  sugar  of  diabetic  urine, and 
frequently  occurs  combined  in  the  form  oi  glucogkls,  such  as  umygdalin,  »iHcin,  ijliloriilziii,qii,  ,- 
cilriii,  etc!  (which  see).  Chemically  pure  dextrose  may  be  obtained  by  adding  finely  pow- 
dered cane-sugar,  in  small  portions,  to  a  mixture  of  1.5  parts  of  alcohol  (80  per  cent  I  and  1  part 
of  fuming  hydrochloric  acid,  until  the  cane  piiL'ar  is  no  longer  dissolved.  Inrert-gngar  is  formed, 
and  from  the  solution  obtained,  dextrosi-  i  ,  lli^i  >„  fIjO)  crystallizes,  while  ljevuli>se  remains 
in  solution.  On  a  commercial  scale,  grap'  -n-ai  is  obtained  from  starch  by  boiling  it  under 
pressure  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid  until  tlie  cun\  uision  of  the  starch  into  dextrin  and  finally 
into  sugar  (dextrose  and  some  maltose)  is  complete.  The  acid  solution  is  neutralized  witii 
calcium  carbonate,  the  solution  decolorized  with  animal  charcoal  and  concentrated  in  vacuo, 
either  to  form  commercial  "grape-sugar,"  or  the  syrup  known  as  "glucose."  Coniniercial 
grape-sugar  contains  from  72  Vo  about  73.5  per  centdextrose,  from  0  to  'i.b  per  cent  maltose,  and 
from  about  4  to  9  per  cent  dextrin  ;  "glucose  syrup"  contains  from  34  to  42  per  cent  dextrose, 
from  0  to  19  per  cent  maltose,  and  from  30  to  45  per  cent  dextrin.  Maltoae  (CisHssOni  is  the 
sugar  formed  when  dirvttn»e,  the  ferment  of  malt  extract,  is  allowed  to  act  upon  solution  of 
starch.  Grape-sugar  (dextrose)  is  soluble  in  water  and  diluted  alcohol,  insoluble  in  ether  ami 
chloroform,  and  crystallizes  without  combined  water,  in  the  form  of  warty  masses,  from  hot 
ab.solute,  and  from' methyl  alcohol,  also  from  aqueous  solution  at  30°to  3o°C.  iS(>°  to  95°  F.  >; 
otherwise  it  crystallizes  with  1  molecule  of  water.  In  solution,  it  is  optically  dextro-rotatory 
(see  Cane-mgar).  Pure  dextrose  is  less  sweet  than  sucrose  ( cane-sugar  i,  11  parts  of  the  former 
being  equivalent  to  1  part  of  the  latter.  Unlike  cane-eugar,  dextrose  is  not  charred  by  con- 
centrated sulphuric  acid,  and  is  permanent  toward  acids,  while  sensitive  toward  warm'  alka- 
lies; the  latter  darken  and  decompose  it,  with  formation  of  lactic,  formic,  acetic,  glucic,  and 
saccharic  acids  {Moure's  Test).  Solutions  of  grape-sugar  (dextrose)  easily  ferment  when  yeast  is 
added,  chiefly  alcohol  and  carbonic  acid  being  formed,  according  to  the  equation  :  C,HijO,— 
2C02  +  2C,H60H.  Upon  this  reaction  Dr.  Wm.C.  A  Ipers  ( Merck's  ft-porf,  1898,  p.  468)  bases  a 
gravimetric  method  for  determining  the  quantity  of  grape-sugar  present  in  diabetic  urine,  by 
allowing  it  to  ferment  by  mea;»g  of  yeast,  and  collecting  the  carbonic  acid  formed,  in  a  weighed 
quantity  of  caustic  potash.    One  Gm.  of  carbonic  acid  is  equivalent  to  2.0458  Gm.of  dextrose. 

Grape-sugar  forms  a  crystallizable  compound  with  sodium  chloride  (2CeHisO,.2NaCl  — 
HjO)  which  has  been  incidentally  obtained  in  the  isolation  of  dextrose  from  diaV>etic  urine. 
Grape-sugar  (dextrose)  in  alkaline  solution  is  a  strongly  reducing  agent.  It  reiluces  Fehlin^'s 
.solution,  ammoniated  silver  solution  and  alkaline  mercuric  cyanide  (Knapp's)  solution,  et. 
In  these  and  other  reactions  it  behaves  as  an  aldehyde,  and  is  believed  to  have  the  graplii. 
formula  CH, OH. (CHOHU-CHO,  while  lievulose  is  considered  to  be  a  ketone,  CH,OHjC1I 
OH  I3.CO.CII2OH.  Both  sugars  are  reduced  to  the  alcohol  manjiii  with  nascent  hydrogen  in 
alkaline  solution.  An  important  test  for  dextrose  is  that  with  phen!illiyiiraj:iiu-  (CjHj'XH.XH ,  . 
With  2  molecules  of  the  latter  it  f(irms  dextrosazone  which  crystallizes  in  yellow  needles,  is 
almost  insoluble  in  water,  crystallizable  from  warm  alcohol,  ancl  can  be  identified  by  its  melt- 
ing point  which  lies  at  204° C.  (399.2°F.i.  It  is  prepared  by  prolonged  heating  of  1  part  of 
dextrose,  2  parts  of  the  hydrochlorate  of  phenylhydrazine,  and  3  parts  of  sixlium  acetate  on 
the  water-bath,  and  recrystallizing  the  precipitate"  formed.  (For  an  exceedingly  interesting 
summary  of  the  more  re'cent  chemistry  of  the  sugar  group,  see  Amer.  Jour.  Phanii.,  1893,  p.  32, 
from  Pharm.  Jour.  jTroji*.,  1892.) 

Detection  of  Sro.tR  in  Urine. — A  rapid,  qualitative  test  for  sugar,  if  much  is  present, 
consists  in  adding  to  the  warmed  suspected  liquid  a  warmed  saturated  solution  of  potassiuni 
bichromate  mixed  with  sulphuric  acid  in  slight  excess.  A  brisk  etlervescence  ensue.-*  if  sugai 
is  present, the  chromate  being  reduced  to  green  chromium  Kilt.  The  presence  of  albumen, 
urea,  or  uric  acid  does  not  interfere  with  this  test.  The  most  certain  test  fi>r  sugar  is  undoubt- 
edly that  by  means  of  the  optical  methoil,  but  can  be  i>ractically  enniloyed  only  in  rare  cas«'s. 
since  a  polarizing  appiuatus  is  not  always  available  isee  remarks  undt  r  SiicrhanimK 

Fermentation  of  the  slightly  acid  "specimen  with  pure  yeast  at  a  tenijx'rature  of  alioiii 
30°  C.  (86°  F.  I,  and  collecting  the  gas  over  mercury  lor  watfr.'iu  qualitative  analysis)  is  a  gtH>i 
test  for  sugar  in  urine.  A  parallelexperlment  with  yeast  and  a  sugjir-free  urine  should  alwa>  - 
be  made.  .\lso  compare  the  gravimetric  method,  mentioned  alH)ve.  A  good  qualitative  t<>; 
consists  in  the  formation  of  the  crystals  of  (/<M(;i»ii<iri»i<' which  must  show  the  melting  ixnnt 
204°  ('.  (399.2°  F.)  (see  abovei.  The  In'st-known  test  which  still  gives  much  satisfaction,  i- 
that  with  Fehling's  solution.  For  the  preparation  of  the  latter,  see  U.S.  P.  WJumrtric  S>J' 
lioii.1.  When  testing  for  sugar,  mix  in  a  test-tube  equal  volumes  of  the  coppjT  and  the  tjir 
trated  alkali  solution,  and  heat  to  boiling;  no  reduction  must  take  place.  Then  add  to  the 
deep-blue  liquid  a  few  drops  or  more,  of  the  suspectol  urine.  Mix,  and  boil  again.  If  a  .«nmll 
quantity  of  sugar  is  present,  the  liquid  Ivconies  (luorescent,  and  i\yxM\  staniling  deposits  a 
r,ii>ner-red  precipitate;  if  much  sugar  is  i>resent.  the  lii|uid  uiMin  warming  rapidly  tunis  bright 
yellow,  then  cinnabar  n-il,  ami  prt-cipilates  at  once  a  i<./);x"r-rrrf  pn-cipitale  of  cupnnis  oxiiU- 
(CujO>.    If  uric  acid  or  urates  occur  in  the  urine,  these  must  be  removed  by  the  addition  of  a 


SACrilAlU-M  I.ACTIS.  1697 

few  drops  of  liyJrocliloric  aciil,  setting  aside  for  IL'  liours  and  filtering.  ( For  llie  qiianlitative 
detiTiuiiiation  of  siif-ar  liv  lueans  of  tliis  and  otiier  tests,  see  for  example,  llanmiuniteu  and 
Mandel,  .1  T,.il-t»:ok  uf  I'h'ysiokHjical  VhemiMiy,  2d  ed..  New  York,  189S.) 

L.IVI-LOSE,  I'xiuYsTALLizABi-E  Or  FKi-iT-sixi AK  (C,H|20,  =  179.58),  fulU'd  l)j,'  Soiibeiran 
CAj//ario!'c,  is  found  in  sweet  fruits  and  honi'V,  along  with  grape-sugar;  it  is  likewise  obtained 
with  dextrose  (grape-sugnr>  by  subjecting  cane-sugar  to  the  action  of  aciils.  From  invert- 
sugar  it  may  be  isolated  by  means  of  its  calcinm  saecharate  which  is  less  soluble  in  cold  water 
thantliatofdexlro.se.  It  is  not  usually  crystjdlized,  but  it  has  been  obtained  in  long  silky 
needles,  has  a  very  sweet  taste,  is  di.«solved  in  water  or  alculidl,  ami  wholly  parts  with  its 
water  when  heated  upon  the  water-bath.  Its  solution  in  water  rotates  the  plane  of  jwlarized 
light  to  the  left.     Like  grape-su^r,  it  is  capable  of  direct  vinous  iVrnHntatioii  i  see  Iluiityt. 

IsosiT,  or  Phaseo-ma.nnit,  i.«  a  peculiar  sujiar  foun<l  in  musile  and  otlur  organs  of  the 
body.  The  fruits  of  several  leguminous,  and  otlur  plants,  when  green,  also  yield  this  sugar. 
It  is  not  fermentable,  is  very  sweet.. soluble  in  water  i  1  in  (it,  not  soluble  in  absolute  alcohol  or 
ether,  crystallizino;  easily  from  the  tii-st  two.  With  diluted  nitric  acid,  oxalic  acid  is  formed; 
with  concentrated  nitric  acid   explosive  nitrates  result. 

SACCHARUM  LACTIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SUGAR  OF  MILK. 

Formula:  C„H„0„-|-H,0.    Molecular  Weight:  359.16. 

Sy.ndxyms  :  Milk-sugar,  Lartin,  iMctose. 

"A  peculiar,  crystalline  .sugar,  obtained  from  the  whey  of  cow's  milk  bj' evapo- 
ration, ami   piirifuil  by  reerystallization  " — (U.S. P.). 

Preparation  and  JDescription. — Remove  from  milk  its  fat  and  casein  by  pre- 
cipitali(.>n  with  rennet.  The  residual  thin  fluid  is  called  "  whey ;"  this,  evapo- 
rated to  the  consistence  of  molasses,  clarified  by  white  of  eggs,  strained  and 
evaporated,  forms  sugar  of  milk  crystals  on  cooling.  To  purify  them,  redissolve 
in  boiling  water,  decolorize  by  animal  charcoal,  and  recry.stallize,  repeating  the 
process  as  often  as  may  be  necessary.  Or,  the  whey  is  decolorized  by  running 
it  through  animal  charcoal  and  concentrated  in  vacuum  pans.  Neutralization 
of  the  free  acid  is  stated  to  increase  the  yield  of  milk-sugar.  It  is  met  with  in 
commerce  in  pnwder  form,  or  in  crystallized  cylindrical  pieces  of  various  lengths, 
and  from  2  to  4  inches  in  diameter.  Until  about  1890,  most  of  the  milk-sugar  in 
the  American  market  came  from  Switzerland;  since  then,  sugar  of  milk  is  being 
manufactured  in  America  on  a  large  scale  and  is  competing  even  in  the  European 
markets  (^see  Anier.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1897,  p.  161,  1892,  p.  386,  and  1893,  p.  158).  As 
described  by  the  ('.  S.  P.,  it  is  "in  white,  hard,  crystalline  masses,  yielding  a  white 
powder  feeling  gritty  on  the  tongue,  odorless,  and  having  a  faintly  sweet  taste. 
Permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble  in  about  6  parts  of  water  at  15"  C.  (59°  F.),  and 
in  1  part  of  boiling  water;  insoluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  or  chloroform.  The  aque- 
ous solution  of  sugar  of  milk  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper" — (U.  S.  P.).  Milk-sugar 
loses  its  water  of  crystallization,  without  melting,  when  heated  to  130°  C.  (266°  F.), 
leaving  a  white  hygroscopic  mass.  A  higher  heat  causes  it  to  become  yellow.  At 
170°  C.  (338°  F.)  or  above  it  is  converted  into  lacto-cnramel  (CeH^OJ. 

Milk-sugar,  by  boiling  with  diluted  acids,  is  converted  into  galactose {CJi„0^ 
and  dextro.-)e  (CsH„0,),  hence,  like  cane-sugar,  belongs  to  the  compound  group 
called  sarrharobu)se«.  Milk-sugar  as  such  is  probably  not  capable  of  undergoing 
vinous  fermentation;  it  ferments,  however,  after  conversion  by  acids,  c  f;., lactic 
acid  which  is  formed  in  the  presence  of  lactic  ferments.  Alcohol  and  niannit  are 
additional  products  of  milk-sugar  fermentation.  Sugar  of  milk  reduces  Fehling's 
solution  more  slowly  than  grape-sugar.  "On  adding  to  a  few  Cc.  of  a  hot,  satu- 
rated aqueous  solution  of  sugar  of  milk  an  equal  volume  of  sodium  hydrate  T.S., 
and  gently  wanning,  the  liquid  will  turn  yellow  and  brownish-red.  On  the 
further  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  copper  sulphate  T.S.,  a  brick-red  precipitate 
will  appear'— (r'..S'.  P.). 

To  test  milk-sugar  for  cane-sugar,  the  l'.  S".  P.  directs  the  following  lest:  "If 
about  1  Gm.of  powclered  sugar  of  milk  be  sprinkled  upon  about  5  Cc.  of  cold 
sulphuric  acid  contained  in  a  flat-bottomed  capsule,  tne  acid  may  ac(iuire  a 
greenish  or  reildish  but  no  brown  or  brownish-black  color  within  half  an  hour 
(absence  of  <v(„--.m/(/i)/i" — (  I'.  S.  P.).  ^ 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  principal  medicinal  use  of  sugar 
of  milk  is  in  the  trituration  of  dniirs;  to  aid  in  rendering  them  finer  and  more 
energetic,  as  well  as  to  assist   in  more  easily  dividing  active  agents  which  are  to 


be  given  in  minute  doses;  thus,  if  we  wish  to  divide  1  grain  of  strychnine  into 
20  doses,  it  may  be  thoroughly  triturated  with  19  grains  of  sugar  of  milk,  and 
1  grain  of  the  mixture  gives  the  required  dose.  Or,  1  grain  of  resin  of  podo- 
phyllum, which,  in  general,  is  a  cathartic  dose,  by  long  trituration  with  10  grains 
of  sugar  of  milk,  will  form  several  purgative  doses.  In  these  cases,  the  trituration 
should  always  continue  for  from  1  hour  to  U  hours.  As  a  medicinal  agent,  sugar 
of  milk  is  thought  to  be  practically  inert,  yet  Germain  See  and  others  declare  it 
a  powerful  hydragogue  diuretic,  and  have  employed  it  in  doses  of  1  to  6  ounces 
well  diluted  with  water,  or  milk,  and  in  a  concentrated  syrup  in  droj/sie^  of  cardiac 
origin.  Though  being  a  non-nitrogenous  substance,  it  has  been  employed  as 
an  article  of  diet  in  pulmonary  and  other  affections  v^here  such  diet  is  desirable; 
also,  as  a  nutrient  in  excessive  gastric  irritability.  On  account  of  its  lesser  liability 
to  fermentation  in  the  stomach  it  is  preferable  to  cane-sugar  for  sweetening 
infant  foods. 

SAGO.— SAOO. 

The  prepared  farina  from  the  pith  of  the  Metroxylon  Rumphii,  Martins  (Sagus 
Rumph i i .\\ \\\t\eni)\v ;  Sagus  genuina,  Blumej,  and  other  species  of  palm. 

K,it.  O/v/.— Palma>. 

Botanical  Source. — Metroxylon  Rumphii,  or  Sago  palm,  has  an  erect  stem,  of 
middling  height,  with  large,  pinnately-divided  leaves,  and  prickly  petioles,  rachi- 
des,  and  spathes;  the  prickles  scattered  or 'confluent.  The  flower.-;  are  polyga- 
momonoecious,  on  the  same  spadix.  The  spadix  is  much  branched,  and  sheathed 
by  many  incomplete  spathes.  The  amenta  are  terete;  the  calyx  o-cleft;  the  corolhi 
tri-partite.  Stamens  6,  with  anthers  afiixed  by  the  back.  The  fruit  isal-seeded, 
globose  berry,  coated  by  reversed  scales,  and  depressed  on  both  sides. 

History  and  Preparation. — This  tree  is  common  to  New  Guinea  and  the 
Molucca  Islands,  growing  spontaneously  in  low,  swampy  lands,  and  the  sago  is 
obtained  from  its  pith,  or  spongy  medullary  substance,  of  which  it  contains  a 
large  quantity  when  the  tree  is  sufficiently  developed.  Several  species  of  palm 
are  known  to  produce  fine  sago,  among  which  may  be  named  Metroxylon  Sugu, 
Rottboell  {Sagus  /a?OT«,  Blume;  Metrn.n/lon  Sago,  Koenig;  Metroxylon  /#ce.  Martius; 
Sagu,s  inermis),  which  is  the  Spineless  or  Unarmed  sago  palm,  a  native  of  Borneo  and 
Sumatra;  the  Arenga  scwcharijera,  Labillardiere  (Saguerus  Rumphii,  Roxburgh),  the 
sugar  palm,  abounding  in  all  the  i.sles  of  the  Indian  Ocean;  and  the  Sagus  farini- 
/era,  Lamarck,  and  other  palms. 

As  soon  as  the  palm  has  arrived  at  a  sufficient  degree  of  maturity,  which  i.s 
from  5  to  7  years,  it  is  cut  into  pieces  of  5  or  6  feet  in  length  ;  the  woody  part  is 
cut  off  on  one  side,  exposing  the  pith  lying,  as  it  were,  in  the  hollow  of  a  canoe. 
Cold  water  is  poured  in,  and  the  pith  well  stirred,  by  which  mean.*  the  starch  is 
separated  from  the  fibrous  part  and  passes  through  with  the  water,  when  the  whole 
is  thrown  on  a  sieve.  The  sago,  thus  separated,  is  allowed  to  settle;  the  water  is 
poured  oS",  and,  when  it  is  half  dry,  it  is  granulated  by  being  forced  through  a  kind 
of  funnel.  It  is  then  either  air-dried  (sago  four), or  it  is  granulated  by  mechanical 
means,  and  dried  by  artificial  heat,  which  causes  part  of  the  starch  to  become 
gelatinous  (pearl  sago).  A  single  tree  of  some  species,  will  yield  no  less  than  from 
200  to  500  pounds.  (For  an  interesting  description  of  the  cultivation  of  sago  in 
north  Borneo,  see  Amn:  Jour.  I'harm..  1895.  ]..  331.) 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition. — Sago  occurs  in  commerce  either 
in  the  forin  i.f  a  line  aiiiylaccdus  \<o\\\\vr.  vMed  .lago  meal  or  sago  tlour,  or  &s pearl 
sagn.  Sago  nual  is  whitish,  with  a  reddish  tint,  of  a  feeble,  somewliat  unpleasant. 
moldy  odor, and  has  the  general  characters  of  starch.  The  microscope  shows  it 
to  consist  of  irregularly  elliptical  or  oval,  more  or  le.'^s  ovate,  usually  i-sohited  parti- 
cles, often  narrowed  or  tapered  at  one  extremity,  and  appearing  as  if  truncated,  or 
more  or  le.ss  mullar-shaped;  most  of  them  have  an  irregular  surface  as  if  erode<l 
(see  illustration  of  sago-starch  grains,  in  A  ma:  Jour.  fAonfi.,  1876,  p.  297\  Rnr! 
sago  occurs  in  white  or  brownish,  pearl-like  grains,  which  vary  in  sue  from  tliat 
ofa  poppy  seed  to  that^f  a  white  mustard  seed,  or  even  larger.  It  i?  tiie  kind 
usually  met  with  in  commerce,  and  contains  about  86  }>er  cent  of  starch,  13  per 
cent  of  water,  and  small  amounts  of  mineral  and  nitrogenous  matters.  A  facti- 
tious sago  is  fre(Hiontly  prepared  from  potato  starch. 


SALKl'.— SAl.K  INIM.  16!t9 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Sago  is  nutritive  and  demulcent,  and 
is  a  convenient  and  agit'cahU'  artick-  for  making  j)uddings,  gruel,  and  diet  drinks 
for  the  sick-room.  It  siionld  ahvay.s  he  long  boiled  before  it  is  used.  It  is  not  so 
much  used  a.s  formerly,  being  superseded  by  the  purer  arrow-root  and  tapioca. 
For  common  uses,  half  an  ounce  of  sago  may  be  boiled  in  a  pint  of  water  (in  some 
cases  milk  is  preferred),  the  solution  strained,  and  flavored  with  sugar  and  spices, 
lemon,  or  even  with  a  little  white  wine,  when  there  are  no  contraindications  to 
their  use. 

Castii.lon"s  Powders,  a  popular  article  of  diet  for  invalids,  in  cases  of  indige^- 
lion,  chronic  dysenlenj,  etc.,  is  composed  of  sago,  salep,  tragacanth,  each,  in  powder, 
4  drachms;  powdered  prepared  oyster  shells,  1  drachm.  These  are  to  be  well 
mixed,  and  divided  into  12  powders;  sometimes  it  is  colored  with  a  small  quan- 
tity of  cochineal.  For  use,  each  powder  is  to  be  boiled  with  a  pint  of  milk,  which 
may  be  sweetened  and  flavored  to  suit  the  patient's  taste. 

SALEP.— SALEP. 

The  drieil  tubers  (^f  several  species  of  Orc/n.-^  and  related  genera. 

X„t.  r>,-,/-0,vhi.la.-ea'. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — Formerly,  the  tubers  derived  from  Eulophia 
campeMris  ami  K. /it'rliii,r,i,  I.indhy,  and  related  species,  growing  in  Persia  and  the 
Levant,  constituted  the  drug  salep.  South  and  central  Europe  now  furnish  salep, 
and  the  only  kinds  admitted  in  the  German  Phnrmacopceia  are  those  unbranched 
tubers  derived  from  Orckii  ma^cula,  Linne:  Orr/iis  ustulata,  Linne;  Orchis  Morio, 
Linne;  Plntnnthcra  hifoliu.  Reichenbach ;  Anacamjttis  pyramididis.  Richard;  and 
other  related  species.  The  tubers  are  gathered,  scalded,  and  dried  quickly,  which 
process  removes  their  bitterness  and  disagreeable  odor,  as  well  as  renders  them 
somewhat  translucent.  The  Oriental  salep  is  less  translucent  than  that  from 
Europe.  Oriental  salep  is  dark  in  color.  Among  other  species,  the  Orchis  mnscu- 
lata,  Linne;  Orchid  Intifolia,  Linne;  Orchis  sambiicina,  Linne;  and  Gymiuida"nia 
conopsen,  Robert  Brown,  furnish  the  flattish,  palmately-divided  tubers,  having 
3  to  5  divisions.  They  resemble  the  commercial  grades,  excepting  that  they  con- 
tain less  mucilage.     Thoy  were  once  called  Radir  Pahue  Christi. 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— European  salep  is  never  so  large 
as  Oriental  .'■alep,  whirli  ian,t;i  s  from  1  to  If  inches  in  length,  ovoid,  oval,  oblong, 
or  pyriform,  more  or  less  llattcncd  and  corrugated,  and  marked  at  the  apex  with 
a  terminal  bud-scar.  It  is  yellowish  and  translucent,  hard,  and  horn-like,  and 
without  odor,  but  has  a  mucilaginous  and  somewhat  insipid  taste.  In  commerce 
it  occurs  mostly  as  a  yellowish  powder.  The  chief  constituents  of  salep,  accord- 
ing to  Drageiidorff  (186.5),  are  mucilage  (48  per  cent),  starch  (27  per  cent),  albu- 
minous bodies  io  p,r  cent),  etc.  Themucilage  of  salep  is  soluble  in  cold  water, 
this  solutiiin  licing  precijiitated  by  alcohol,  and  by  basic  lead  acetate. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Salep  is  nutrient  and  demulcent.  Ad- 
ministered in  milk,  water,  brcitli.  or  jelly,  it  is  useful  in  the  summer  diarrhims  of 
infants  and  children,  and  in  the  rliroiiir  diarrhoea  of  adults,  particularly  that  form 
associated  with  tuhirculosis.  A  good  mucilage  may  be  prepared  by  macerating  40 
grains  of  salep  in  some  cold  water,  and  subsequently  adding  boiling  water  until 
8  fluid  ounces  of  water  have  been  used.  The  jelly  niay  be  prepared  by  rubbing 
30  grains  of  salep  with  water  until  the  powder  has  "swollen  fourfold,  and  gradually! 
adding,  with  continual  stirring,  8  fluid  ounces  of  boiling  water;  boil  until  but  4 
ounces  remain.    Like  tapioca  and  similar  products,  it  may  be  freely  administered. 

Related  Species.— .IV"*'""  '"'"'»»'«■  Tlie  conn  of  this  plant,  under  the  term"7Viiii>«.'." 
is  useil  in  eastern  countrii-s  as  a  inucilage,  and  to  adulterate  ]>owdcred  salep. 

SALICINUM  (U.  S.  P.)— SALIOIN. 

Formula:  C„H„0,.    Molkcii-ak  Wkkjiit:  2S.5.:!3. 

"A  neutral  principle  obtained  from  several  species  of  .Sa^ij- and /'opu/«,<(A'<it. 
O,-./.— Salicaceffi)"— ((7.  .S".  P.). 


1700  SALICINUM. 

Source,  History,  and  Preparation. —  Salicin  was  discovered,  in  1830,  by 
Lli-oux,  and  its  glucosidal  nature  recognized  by  Piria.  It  occurs  in  tlie  bark  of 
most  of  the  willows  and  poplars  (see  Sa/ix  and  Fo^jm/ms),  and  in  smaller  quantity 
in  the  leaves,  young  twigs,  and  pistillate  flowers  of  the  willows,  and  in  the  leaves 
of  the  poplar.  The  barks  of  Salix  Helix,  Linn e;  S.pentnndra,  Linne;  and  S.prapco/. 
Hoppe,  are  richest  in  salicin,  containing  from  3  to  4  per  cent  of  this  glucosid 
(Herberger). 

Snlicin  maj^  be  prepared  by  concentrating  an  aqueous  decoction  of  willow 
bark,  adding  litharge  to  the  hot  liquid  until  it  is  nearly  colorless;  this  precijii 
tales  tannin,  gum,  and  extractive.  From  the  filtrate  remove  the  lead  by  sulphuric 
acid  and  barium  sulphide  (BaS),  filter  again,  and  evaporate  to  crystallization. 
By  this  process,  Merck  obtained  from  Salix  Helix  a  yield  of  3.2  percent.  (For 
additional  methods,  see  this  Disj)ensatory,  preceding  edition.) 

Description— Salicin  is  described  by  the  U.  S.  P.  as  occurring  in  "colorless, 
or  white,  silky,  shining,  crystalline  needles,  or  a  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and 
havintj  a  very  liitter  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Soluble,  at  1.5°  C.  (59°  F.),  in 
28  parts  of  water,  and  in  30  parts  of  alcohol;  in  0.7  part  of  boiling  water,  and 
in  2  parts  of  boiling  alcohol;  almost  insoluble  in  ether  or  chloroform.  When 
heated  to  198°  C.  (388.4°  F.),  salicin  melts,  yielding  a  colorless  liquid,  which,  on 
cooling,  congeals  to  a  crystalline  mass.  Upon  ignition,  it  is  consumed,  leaving 
no  residue.  Salicin  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper" — {U.S. P.).  Salicin  is  optically 
Isevo-rotatory. 

When  salicin  (CuHigO,)  is  carefully  warmed  with  diluted  sulphuric  or  hydro- 
chloric acid,  or  treated  with  the  ferment  emulsin  (see  Amygdala),  it  splits  into 
dextrose  (CeH,A)  and  crystallizable  saligenin  (C,Hj0j0r  C,H,0H.CH20H),  the  alco- 
hol of  salicylic  acid  (CjH.OH.COOH).  With  ferric  chloride,  the  aqueous  solution 
of  saligenin  produces  an  indigo-blue  color.  Upon  warming  saligenin  with  diluted 
acids,  it  loses  water,  and  is  converted  into  resinous  saliretin  (C„H„0,).  When 
salicin  is  carefully  oxidized  with  concentrated  nitric  acid  (in  the  cold;,  a  new 
glucosid,  helicin  (CjHgOj),  is  formed,  which,  upon  hydrolvsis,  yields  dextrose  and 
salicylic  aldehyde  (C,H,OH.CHO)  (compare  U.  S.  P.  Tests,  below).  The  glucosid 
populin  (see  Popidits)  is  benzoyl-salicin. 

Tests. — "On  heating  a  small  portion  of  salicin,  in  a  test-tube,  until  it  turn? 
brown,  then  adding  a  few  Cc.  of  water,  and  afterward  a  drop  of  ferric  chlorid- 
T.S.,  a  violet  color  will  be  produced.  Cold,  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  dissolves 
salicin  with  a  red  color;  the  solution,  after  the  addition  of  water,  becomes  color- 
less, and  deposits  a  dark-red  powder,  insoluble  in  water  or  alcohol"— (T.  S.  P.). 
This  substance  has  received  the  name  rutilin,  by  Braconnot.  "On  heating  a  small 
portion  of  salicin  with  1  Cc.  of  potassium  dichromate  T.S.,  and  2  Cc.  of  sulphuric 
acid,  the  odor  of  salicylic  aldehyde  (or  of  oil  of  meadow  sweet,  Spiriea  Ulmario. 
Linn6  (Nat.  Ord. — Rosaceaj),  will  become  noticeable.  The  aqueous  solution  of 
salicin  is  not  precipitated  by  tannic  or  picric  acid,  nor  by  mercuric  potassium 
iodide  T.S.  (absence  of,  and  difference  from,  alkaloids)  " — (('.  5.  P.).  (For  further 
details  regarding  salicin,  see  Husemann  and  Hilger,  Pflamenstoffe.  p.  475.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Salicin  is  not  regarded  as  poisonous 
to  man.  However,  large  doses  have  produced  unpleasant  symptoms,  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  a  dusky  countenance,  severe  headache,  nervous  irri- 
tability, extreme  weakness,  tinnitus  aurium,  hurried  breathing,  tingling  of  the 
extremities,  and  huskiness  of  the  voice.  As  a  rule,  the  t^Muperature  in  a  healthy 
individual  is  uninfluenced  by  it.  In  its  passage  through  the  system,  salicin  under- 
goes oxidation,  and  is  converted  into  salicylous,  salicylic,  and  salicyluric  acids, 
which  are  found  in  the  urine.  Their  presence  is  detected  by  a  ferric  salt,  which 
strikes  an  intense  violet  color  with  urine  containing  it.  Salicin  is  tonic,  anti- 
periodic,  and  febrifuge,  and  may  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  quinine,  to  wliich. 
however,  it  is  slightly  inferior.  It  is,  however,  less  likely  to  irritate  the  stomach 
and  excite  the  nervous  system,  for  whicli  nroperties  it  may  bo  administereii  in 
cases  where  cinchonism  would  be  produced  by  the  exhibition  of  quinine.  The 
intcnniltt'Dts-  cured  by  salicin  are  those  showing  distinct  j>eriodicity,  together  with 
rheumatic  pain.  Give  from  10  to  30  grains  in  divided  doses.  It  has  heew  suc- 
cessfully employed  in  }>eriodical  vniratijiu,  lumbago,  dionhna  of  f>hthi.-i,i.  sind  sonii 
forms  of  ?7i('i(»i'i^(V/('r()-.    It  is  often  employed  to  adultenito  quinine,  and  may  b 


sAi.ix  1701 

detecteil  l>y  .-^uliihiiric  acid,  which  will  turn  the  paliiin  red,  even  in  minute  quan- 
tity. S;ilicin  is  iVcquently  etlectual  in  controlling  various  forms  of  pelvic  pain. 
The  dose  of  salicin  is  from  2  to  10  grains,  to  he  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day; 
3  doses  of  G  grains  each,  have  heen  known  to  cut  short  intermittertt  fevers  in' 1 
day.  Salicylous  acid  (salicylic  aldehyde)  and  sulicylite  of  potassium,  in  4-grain 
doses,  have  hcen  found  useful  .sedatives  in  acute  maladies,  acting  without  causing 
any  primary  excitement. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Periodicity,  with  severe  pain,  rheumatic  in 
character,  or  simulating  rheumatism;  anti-rheuinatic,  associated  with  the  special 
sedatives  to  control  the  fever. 

SALIX.— WILLOW. 

The  bark  of  Salizalba,Unnv. 

N<it.  0/(?.— Salicaceffi. 

Common  N.\mes;  Willow,  MTiite  millow,  European  ivillmv. 

Ii,i.rsTK.\Tio.N:   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  234. 

Botanical  Source.— The  wliite  willow  is  a  tree  30  to  80  feet  in  height,  with 
many  round,  widely  spreading  branches,  silky  when  young,  and  a  thick,  brown 
bark,  full  of  cracks;  that  of  the  smaller  branches  smooth  and  greenish.  The 
leaves  are  alternate,  on  short  petioles,  lanceolate,  or  elliptic-lanceolate,  broadest  a 
little  above  the  middle,  pointed,  tapering  toward  each  end,  acutely  serrate,  with 
the  lower  serratures  glandular;  both  sides  of  a  grayish,  somewhat  glaucous,  green, 
beautifully  silky,  with  close-pressed,  silvery  hairs,  especially  on  the  under  sur- 
face, and  which  is  very  dense  and  brilliant  on  the  uppermost,  or  younge.«t  leaves; 
the  lowermost  on  each  branch,  like  the  bracteas,  are  smaller,  more  obtuse,  and 
greener.  Stipules  variable,  either  roundish  or  oblong,  small,  and  often  wanting. 
The  flowers  and  leaves  appear  coincidently.  The  aments  are  borne  on  short 
stalks,  with  3  or  4  spreading,  leafy  bracteas,  and  are  terminal,  cylindrical,  and 
elongated.  Scales  brown,  elliptical,  lanceolate,  pubescent  at  the  margin ;  those 
of  the  barren  aments  narrower  toward  the  base;  of  the  fertile,  dilated  and  convo- 
lute in  that  part.  Stamens  2,  yellow,  rather  longer  than  the  scales,  with  1  obtuse 
gland  before  and  1  behind;  filaments  hairy  in  their  lower  part.  Anthers  round- 
ish and  yellow.  The  ovary  is  very  nearly  sessile,  green,  smooth,  ovate-lanceolate, 
bluntish,  and  longer  than  the  scale.  Style  short;  stigmas  short,  thick,  2-parted, 
recurved,  and  nearly  sessile.  Capsule  ovate,  brown,  smooth,  and  rather  small 
(L.-W,-G.^. 

History  and  Description. — The  white  or  European  willow  is  a  large  tree  of 
rapid  growtli,  native  of  Europe,  and  introduced  into  this  country.  Its  flowers 
appear  from  March  to  June.  The  bark,  which  is  the  medicinal  part,  is  readily 
removed  from  the  stem  during  the  months  of  July,  August,  and  September.  The 
dried  bark  is  met  with  more  or  less  quilled,  pliable  and  tough,  with  a  faint  odor, 
and  a  bitter  taste,  combined  with  some  astringency.  Water  takes  up  its  medici- 
nal properties,  the  decoction  having  a  dark-reddish  color,  and  which  is  precipi- 
tated abundantly  by  gelatin,  carbonates  of  potassium,  and  ammonium.  Lime- 
water  gives  at  first  a  blue,  and  then  a  bufl-colored  precipitate.  Ferric  chloride 
throws  down  a  dark-green  tannate  of  iron.  If  the  decoction  contains  much  sali- 
cin, concentrated  sulphuric  acid  reddens  it.  This  species  belongs  to  the  group 
of  willows  known  as  the  crack  ivillows.  A  species  much  resembling  it  is  the  Salix 
fragilis,lAni\e.  There  are  numerous  species  of  Salix,  many  of  which,  undoulit- 
edly,  possess  analogous  medicinal  virtues.  The  best  rule  to  follow  is  to  select 
those  whose  barks  possess  great  bitterness,  combined  with  astringency.  Aniong 
those  which  have  been  used  are  the  S.alba,  S.capren,  S.riisseUiann,  S.  purpurea, 
S.nigra,  and  S.pentamlrn.  The  Weeping  willow,  or  Babylonian  willow  (Salix  baby- 
lonica)  is  cultivated  as  an  ornamental  tree. 

Chemical  Composition.— White-willow  bark,  according  to  Pelletierand  Cav- 
entou,  consists  of  liittrr,  yellow  coloring  matter,  green  fatty  matter,  tannic  acid, 
resin,  etc.  The  chief  ((justituent,  however,  as  with  all  the  willows,  is  the  glucosid 
salicin  {scij  Snlirinniii).  Tannin  is  also  prominent,  and  is  more  abundant  in  the 
crack  willows,  while  salicin  seems  to  ]>r.-doininati-  in  the  purple  willows.  Johan- 
son  (187o)  showed  the  presence  of /(oco/;///,-//)  (C'.^H„0,),  a  glucosid  previously  ob- 
tained (Piria,  \Hol)  by  acting  u]>on  po])ulin  with  nitric  acid  (comjjare  Sdliciim:   \ 


1702  SALIX  NIGRA. 

Robert  W.  Beck  (Amer.  Jour.  Phami.,  1891,  p.  581)  obtained  from  the  bark  of 
Salix  lucidn,  1.09  percent  of  salicin ;  from  the  leaves,  0.3  percent.  The  bark  of 
S.alhn  yielded  0.56  per  cent,  that  of  S.  nigra,  0.73  per  cent  of  salicin.  The  leaves 
oiS.alhn  contained  6.48  per  cent  of  tannin,  while  the  qiuuititj' of  tannin  in  the 
bark.*  of  S.  (tlhn  and  S.  nigra  varied  from  3.3  to  4.3  per  cent. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Willow  bark  is  tonic,  antiperiodic,  and 
an  astringent  i^itter.  It  has  been  given  in  intermittent,  dy.spepsia,  connected  with 
debility  of  the  digestive  organs,  y/a.wji'c  hemorrhage,  rhronic  mucous  discharges,  in 
convalek-ence  from  acute  disease-'i,  und  in  worm.^.  Although  occasionally  substituted 
for  the  cinchona  bark,  it  is  inferior  in  activity.  In  rhronic  diarrhcea  and  dy.-<enf'^y. 
the  tonic  and  astringent  combination  of  the  willow  renders  it  very  eligible.  It 
may  be  given  in  substance,  in  doses  of  1  drachm  of  the  powder,  repeated  as  indi- 
cated ;  or  of  the  decoction,  1  or  2  fluid  ounces,  4  or  5  times  a  day.  The  decoction 
has  also  proved  efficient  as  a  local  application  to  foul  and  indolent  ulcers- 

SALIX  NIGRA.— BLACK  WILLOW. 

The  bark  and  anients  of  Salix  nigra,  Linne. 

Nat.  Ord. — Salicaceffi. 

Common  Names:  Black  willow,  Pussy  willow. 

Botanical  Sonrce.— Salix  viqra.  Black  or  Pussy  willow,  is  a  tree  growing 
from  15  to  25  feet  high,  covere  >  with  a  rough,  blackish  bark,  and  found  on  the 
banks  of  rivers,  especially  in  ISew  York  and  Pennsylvania.  The  leaves  are  nar- 
rowly lanceolate,  pointed  and  tapering  at  each  end,  serrulate,  smooth  and  green 
on  both  sides;  the  petioles  and  midveins,  tomentose.  The  stipules  are  small, 
deciduous,  and  dentate;  the  aments  erect,  cylindric,  and  villous;  the  scales  ob- 
long, and  very  villous.  Sterile  aments  3  inches  long;  glands  of  the  sterile  flowers 
2,  large,  and  deeply  2  or  3-cleft.  Stamens  4  to  6,  often  but  3  in  the  upjier  scales; 
filaments  bearded  at  base.  The  ovary  is  pedicellate,  smooth,  and  ovoid;  the  style 
very  short;  the  stigmas  bifid.  The  branches  are  pale-yellow,  and  brittle  at  base, 
and  are  much  used  for  the  manufacture  of  baskets  and  other  kinds  of  wicker- 
work  (G.— W.). 

History. — The  medicinal  part  of  the  black  willow,  according  to  the  older 
authors,  anil  particularly  Michaux,  is  the  bark  of  the  root.  The  bark  of  the  tree 
has  also  been  employed  "(compare  .'?a;ix.-l/6a).  But  the  value  of  salix  nigra  bark 
as  a  remedy  has  been  shown  by  Eclectic  physicians  to  be  of  little  value  as  com- 
pared with  preparations  of  the  fre-^h  ament-'^.'  It  is  these  preparations  that  have 
given  salix  nigra  its  place  as  a  remedy  for  sexual  disorders.  The  greatest  of  care 
is  necessary  in  the  production  of  the  fluid  preparations  of  the  aments,  absolutely 
fresh  aments,  gathered  about  the  first  of  May,  being  requisite  to  produce  a  prepa- 
ration of  any  medicinal  value.  Dried  aments  produce  inferior,  if  not  worthless, 
products,  and  especial  care  should  be  exercised  by  the  physician  that  he  procure 
the  iirt'paralions  of  the/m</i  ament-i  and  not  of  the  bark  when  a  sexual  sedative 
and   tunic   is  demanded. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  bark  of  black  willow  is  recom- 
mended as  a  poultice  in  gangrene,  and  as  an  external  application  to  foul  and  indo- 
lent (//(-era  and  rhu,s  poisoning,  m  which  it  stands  unrivaled.  It  is  made  by  sim- 
mering the  powdered  bark  in  cream.  It  has  also  been  successfully  used  in  various 
.twrlling.'i  of  the  neck.  Internally,  the  root  is  a  bitter  tonic,  ett'eotual  in  inlermittents. 
Some  "have  highly  recommended  it  in  asthma  and  gout.  At  liie  present  day  the 
bark  is  seldom  euiployed  and  the  aments  now  furnish  the  preferred  drug.  A  de- 
coction of  the  blaclc  willow  buds  or  aments,  taken  internally  and  applied  U>cally, 
is  useful  in  gangrene;  and  drank  freely  it  proves  a  powerful  anaphrodisiac,  sup- 
pressing venereal  desires  for  a  long  time,  and  is  highly  recommended  in  the  treat- 
ment oi'. ■ipermatorrha^a.  The  last  statement,  written  years  ago  by  Prof.  King,  has 
been  abundantly  verified  in  the  last  few  years  by  practitioners  of  all  selnxils  of 
medicine.  The  drug  is  not  only  anaphrodisiac,  but  by  controlling  genital  irrita- 
bility it  becomes  a  marked  sexual  sedative  and  tonic.  As  Prof.  Blover  has  aptly 
remarked,  it  is  not  a  remedy  for  physiological  losses  nor  is  a  beneficia"!  action  to  tJie 
expected  in  cases  requiring  operative  measures  at  the  hands  of  tlie  orificial  sur- 


SAi.oi,.  1703 

geon.  Its  field  of  action  is  in  those  functional  wrongs  of  the  reproductive  organs 
ilue  nio.^t  largely  to  undue  irritability  of  the  parts,  and  thought  to  be  less  due  to 
mental  or  emotional  causes.  However,  sexual  passion  from  any  functional  causi 
is  moderated  by  it,  and  it  is  especially  adapted  to  the  disorders  of  the  sexually 
intemperate  male  or  female,  and  of  the  youth,  subject  day  or  night  to  libidinous 
suggestions  and  lascivious  dreams  terminating  in  pollutions,  while  for  those  ex- 
treme forms  of  sexual  perversion,  satyriasis,  erntoinania,  and  nymphomania,  it  is 
more  nearly  specific  than  any  other  agent.  Not  only  does  salix  nigra  act  as  a' 
check  to  sexual  passion  and  misuse,  but  it  proves  a  useful  tonic  and  sedative  to 
many  conditions  following  in  the  wake  of  sexual  intemperance,  among  which 
may  be  mentioned  spermatorrhcea  in  its  varied  forms,  prosl'ititis,  q/sdtis,  and  ovaritis. 
Specific  Salix  nigra  is  the  preparation  most  largely  used  by  Eclectic  practitioners, 
and  is  to  be  preferred,  for  the  fresh  aments  can  not  be  procured  at  all  times 
for  the  preparation  of  the  decoction.  The  dose  is  from  10  to  60  drops,  3  or  4 
times  a  day. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — To  moderate  sexual  erethism,  irritability, 
and  passion;  la^<eivious  dreams;  libidinous  thoughts;  nocturnal  emissions; 
nymphomania  and  satyriasis;  cystitis,  urethral  irritation,  prostatitis,  cystitis, 
ovaritis,  and  other  sexual  disorders  arising  from  sexual  abuse  or  excesses. 

SALOL  (U.  S.  P.)— SALOL. 

FoRMrL.\:  CoH.C.HA.    Molecular  Weight:  213.49. 

"The  salievlic  ether  of  phenol"— ((7.  S. P.). 

SVNO.N-Y.M  :  'P/<ein/l  .•<a!in,late. 

History  and  Preparation.— Phenyl  salicylate,  or  salol,  was  brought  into  use 
as  a  medicine  by  Dr.  Sahli  (1886),  of  Basel,  though  previously  prepared  by  Prof. 
Nencki  (1883),  of  Berne.  Salicylic  acid  and  phenol  are  heated  together  "in  the 
l>resence  of  phosphorus  oxychloride  (POCl,);  the  elements  of  water  are  abstracted, 
and  phenyl  salicylate  is  produced  as  follows :  C6H,OH.COOH+C6H,OH=:H,0+ 
CjH,OH.COOC„H^.  A  more  recent,  patented  process  consists  in  heating  salicylic 
acid  in  ;in  atmosiihere  of  carbonic  acid  gas;  carbonic  acid  and  water  are  given 
ofiF, and  jilienyl  salicylate  (salol)  is  formed.  Salol  contains  about  60  per  cent  of 
salicylic-  acid  and  40  jier  cent  of  phenol. 

Description  and  Tests.— Salol  is  "  a  white,  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  or 
having  a  faintly  aromatic  odor,  and  almost  tasteless.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Al- 
most insoluble"  in  water;  soluble  in  10  parts  of  alcohol  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  very 
soluble  in  boiling  alcohol;  also  soluble  in  0.3  part  of  ether,  and  readily  in  chloro- 
form, and  in  fi.xed  or  volatile  oils.  When  heated  to  42°  to  43°  C.  (107.6°  to  109.4°  P.), 
salol  melts.  When  heated  on  platinum,  it  takes  fire,  and  is  consumed,  leaving  no 
residue.  Salol  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper  moistened  with  alcohol.  On  warming 
a  small  portion  of  salol  with  enough  sodium  hydrate  T.S.  to  dissolve  it,  and  then 
supersaturating  the  liquid  with  hydrochloric  acid,  salicylic  acid  will  separate, 
and  the  odor  of  phenol  will  become  "perceptible.  In  an  alcoholic  solution  of  salol, 
bromine  water,  added  in  excess,  jjioduces  a  white  precipitate.  On  adding  a  few 
drops  of  diluted  ferric  chloride  T.S.,  made  by  diluting  the  test-solution  with  20 
volumes  of  water  to  10  Cc.  of  an  alcoholic  solution  (1  in  50)  of  salol,  the  liquid 
will  acquire  a  violet  tint.  If,  however,  a  few  drojis  of  the  alcoholic  solution  of 
salol  be  added  to  10  Cc.of  the  diluted  ferric  clilorii'ie  T.S. ,  a  whitish  cloudiness, 
but  no  color,  will  be  produced  on  shaking.  On  shaking  1  Gm.  of  salol  with  50  Cc. 
of  water,  the  filtrate  should  not  be  affected  by  ferric  chloride  T.S.  previously  di- 
luted with  2  volumes  of  water  (absence  of  uncombined  carbolic  or  salicylic  acid); 
nor  by  barium  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  sulphate  or  phosphate);  nor  by  silver 
nitrate  T.S.  (ab.sence  of  chloride)"— ff.  ,S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Salol,  in  proper  doses,  is  an  important 
medicin'-.  but  if  th<-  dose  be  lar^'c,  toxic  symptoms  may  be  expected  from  it. 
Through  the-  ajriiicy  of  the  pancreatic  juice,  it  is  split  up  in  the  small  intestines 
into  carbolic  and  .salicylic  acids,  and  its  toxic  action  may  nartake  of  the  symp- 
toms common  to  both  of  these  agents.  Undoubtedly,  the  chief  agent  in  poison- 
ing by  it  is  the  phenol.    Circumstances  seem  to  control  the  action  of  the  drug; 


17U-4  HALOL. 

if  the  pancreatic  fluid  be  abundant,  or  the  dose  be  large,  the  toxic  symptoms  are 
quicker  to  manifest  themselves.  Carboluria  (black  or  smoky  urinej  is  a  promi- 
nent symptom  of  poisoning  by  salol.  As  a  rule,  the  drug  is  rather  slowly  absorbed 
and  slowly  eliminated  (kidneys),  on  which  account  doses  of  it  should  not  be  too 
rapidly  repeated,  lest  a  cumulative  efifect  be  produced.  Other  symptoms  which 
have  been  observed  from  its  administration  are  urticaria,  herpes,  vomiting,  per- 
sistent anorexia,  sweating,  and  the  intoxicating  effects  of  salicylic  acid.  The  kid- 
neys are  extremely  susceptible  to  the  drug,  which  should  never  be  administered 
where  there  are  known  acute  or  chronic  structural  diseases  of  those  organs. 
Death,  with  the  symptoms  of  phenol  poisoning,  is  reported,  by  Hesselbach,  to 
have  been  caused  by  120  grains  of  salol.  Albuminuria  has  resulted  from  large 
doses  of  the  drug.  In  view  of  its  evident  power  over  the  kidneys,  the  drug  should 
be  very  cautiou.sly  employed.  The  toxic  renal  symptoms  are  less  likely  to  be 
produced  if  diarrhoea  be  present. 

Externally,  salol  has  been  applied  as  an  antiseptic  in  substance  (triturated 
with  starch),  and  in  an  aqueous  dilution  of  its  alcoholic  solution.  For  this  pur- 
pose it  has  been  used  in  wounds,  erysipelas,  burns,  diphtheria,  otorrhea,  ozcena,  venereal 
diseases,  gangrenous  and  other  ulcers,  and  in  sycosis,  impetigo  contagiosa,  and  other 
skin  affections.  It  is  chiefly  used  intei-nally,  as  an  antir'heumatic  and  intestinal 
antiseptic.  As  an  antipyretic,  it  has  not  met  with  favor  in  our  school.  It  may 
serve  a  useful  purpose  in  all  forms  oi rheiimatwrn,  but  particularly  in  chronic  cases 
and  the  articular  varieties,  when  the  kidnej's  are  functionally  inactive  and  no 
organic  renal  trouble  exists.  The  same  is  true  in  lumbago  and  sciatic  neuralgia. 
Salol  is  useful  in  fermentative  and  jmtrej'artire  disorders  of  the  gastro-inte-stinal  tract, 
particularly  in  fetid  dinrrhcea,  fermentative,  gastrir  and  intestinal  dyspepsia,  And  dila- 
tation of  the  stomach.  It  may  be  useful  in  typhoid  fever  (or  its  effects  as  an  intestinal 
antiseptic,  but  is  of  no  value  here  for  its  antipyretic  action.  Signal  success  has 
attended  the  use  of  salol  in  urinary  disorders  requiring  an  agent  to  prevent 
decomposition  of  the  urine.  For  this  purpose  it  has  given  excellent  results  in 
cystitis,  Vfiih  turbid,  ammoniacal  urine.  As  the  urine  becomes  clear  and  acid  in 
reaction,  the  dysuria  is  relieved  and  the  catarrhal  symptoms  vanish.  It  is  of 
some  value  in  p2/c^*'^*'.  but  care  should  be  taken  that  the  kidneys  are  in  a  condi- 
tion to  act,  though  there  is  manifest  renal  torpor.  Salol,  in  divided  doses,  may  be 
given  to  the  extent  of  20  or  30  grains  a  day.  From  5  to  15  grains  may  be  given 
at  a  single  dose,  though  it  is  far  preferable  to  give  from  2  to  5  grains,  every  3 
hours.  It  maybe  administered  in  milk,  emulsion,  trituration  with  milk-sugar, 
or  in  capsules.  When  given  in  trituration,  it  imparts  to  the  teeth  a  sensation  as 
if  biting  upon  rubl)er.  As  a  dressing  for  irritated  and  inflamed  parts,  it  is  best 
triturated  with  an  equal  bulk  of  starch. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Turbid,  ammoniacal  urine,  with  renal  tor- 
por, when  the  kidneys  are  not  structurally  diseased;  gastro-intestinal  fermenta- 
tive disorders;  some  cases  of  rheumatism,  associated  with  renal  inactivity. 

Related  Compounds.— Saloi.  Camphor,  Camphot.  Gradually  and  completely  melt  a  mix- 
ture of  cainphnr  i  _'  jiarts)  and  salol  (3  partsl.  A  colorless  or  Iight-<.-olor*'d  Hiiiil  it*  obt:iine<l, 
which  readily  dtcoinposes  when  ixpnsi'd  to  air  or  lijiht,  therefore  it  is  directed  to  (m-serve  it, 
hertnotically  sealed,  in  yillow-irli"  ml  -  i  \  i:ils.  This  (iniil  mixes  with  alcohol,  ether,  and 
oils,  but  is  not  soluble  in  watir.      '    i  nisthetic. 

DiioDOHALOi,,  Pheni/I  iliiinl,  :<.  •     I      I  .[tlH]t'()2CjIl5l. — This  conijwund  isproducetl 

by  acting  upon  diiodosalicvlii- :iri.i  wuii  jh  ii.l.  It  is  a  crvstalline  powder,  devoid  of  otlor  or 
taste,  and  melts  at  1,'«°C.  (271.4°  F). 

Chesalol,  Cresol  s«/iev/</te  (C,ll4[OH]('03C,H,CHj>. — Tliis  comjKjund  is  prepannl  like 
salol,  except  thut  melu- or pwu-cmul  iCaIl,[(.'H3].0H)  is  substituted  for  the  phenol  cmployetl 
in  the  ca.se  of  salol.  Accordingly,  either  tlie  uieta-or  para-t-onipound  is  obtained.  .Vloihol 
and  ether  dissolve  these  bodies,  which  are  crystalline,  but  they  an'  not  solnblf  in  water. 
They  are  local  and  internal  antiseptics,  and  are  repntiil  useful  iu  correclinjr  and  checking 
fetid  discharges.    They  are  less  toxic  than  .^alol,  and  are  sometimes  substitiUed  i.ir  it. 

Salicvlamide  (Can4[Oll]C'()XH,).  This  compound  is  formeil  by  the  action  of  dry  am- 
monia gas  upon  oil  of  wintergreeii  (methyl  salicylate).  It  is  a  iMlorles.s  or  faintly  yellowish 
powder,  is  snlulilc  ii\  alcohol,  chloroform,  ether,  and  le.ss  reailily  in  water  (".'.tU  pjirts'  It  is 
nearly  tasteless,  and  produces  a  sensation  of  jirittiiiess  l>et  ween  the  teeth.  In  fmm  :i  to  5-s!r:iiu 
doses  this  componnd  has  l)eon  proposed  as  a  substitute  for  .salicylic  acid.  Ining  favon-d  on 
account  of  its  tastelessness,  greater  solubility,  and  more  powerful  analgesic  powers.  Its  su|>e- 
riority,  however,  has  not  yet  been  satisfactorily  established.     I j>rgo  doses  are  jtoisonous. 


SALVIA.  17U5 

SV1...PHE.N-,  Arflytpara^midoph^nol-Mlieylale  ( C,H,[OH]COj.C,H«NH.COCHj  .— A  sub- 
stance, iatro(luce<l  in  1891,  and  intended  to  reulact-  silul,  because  the  intestinal  fluid  does  not 
convert  it  into  a  poisonous  phenol  as  it  does  salol,  but  resolves  it  into  salicylic  acid  and  acetyl- 
para-ainiduphenol,  which  is  conipunitively  harmless.  It  is  a  mutnil  c»im)huiiii1,  containing 
about  51  per  cent  of  salicylic  acid.  It  is  iKlorless  and  tasteless,  insoluble  in  cold,  but  partially 
soluble  in  boiling  water,  "and  is  readily  dissolved  by  alkaline  solutions,  ether,  and  warm  alco- 
hol, fialoplu-it  should  not  be  confused  with  ««/i>/ieii  t.'<'i/iV-v/-/>/i.H<'(/V/.»i,  CHJOCjll  JN  HCjH, 
[OHJCOi,  a  compound  of  pheuetidin  (C,H,[OC'jH5]NHji  and  salicylic  acid.  Ar.,t,  articular 
rhriiiiKilixin,  iifiiralijin,  lieiiiicrunia,  and  other  /i<'(i</acAi.<  are  reputed  to  yield  promptly  to  this 
druK,  and  no  ill  ellVrts  are  said  to  follow  its  use.  It  is  also  an  intestinal  antise|itic.  Jiose, 
5  to  10  grains,  every  2  hours. 

.S.\i..\cETOL,  Aiwioiii/l-mliajlalf  (C,H,[OH]C<X)CH2.CO.CH3 1,  is  intended  to  replace  salol, 
for  the  same  reason  as  that  given  under  .S(i/op/i»'((,  above.  It  is  prepared  by  heating  niono- 
chloracetone  with  salicylate  of  sodium.  .Salacetol  crystallizes  from  alcohol  in  "needles,  slightly 
soluble  in  cold  wat>'r  and  cold  alcohol,  easily  soluble  in  ether,  chloroform,  benzol,  benzin,  ia 
somewhat  bitter,  and  melts  at  71°  C.  (159.8°  F.). 

SALVIA  (U.  S.  P.)— SALVIA. 

The  leaves  of  Sulcid  (ilfirindli':,  Linne. 

X<it.  Ord. — Labiatese. 

Common  Names:  Sage,  Garden  snge. 

Illi'stkatiox  :   Beiitley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  206. 

Botanical  Source. — Salvia  officinalis,  or  Garden  sage,  is  a  plant  with  a  pubes- 
cent, 4-sided  stem,  with  erect  branches,  hoary  with  down,  leafy  at  the  base,  those 
bearing  flowers  1  foot  or  H  feet  long,  and  toinentose.     The  p^    ^,. 

leaves  are  opposite,  entire,  petioled,  ovate-lanceolate,  crenu-  '^' 

late,  rugose,  the  lowermost  being  white  with  wool  beneath. 
The  flowers  are  blue,  in  whorls,  and  in  long,  terminal,  nearly 
simple  racemes;  whorls  few-flowered,  and  distinct;  floral 
leaves  or  bracts  sessile,  ovate,  acuminate,  membranous,  and 
striated  at  the  base.  The  calyx  is  campanulate,  membra- 
nous, colored,  striated,  downy,  and  bilabiate;  the  upper  lij 
3-toothed ;  the  lower  bifid ;  and  all  the  teeth  subulate  a 
acuminate.  The  corolla  is  2  or  3  times  as  long  as  the  calyx, 
with  a  large  projecting  tube,  ringed  in  the  inside,  and  bila- 
biate; the  upper  lip  is  arched,  the  lower  one  tri-lobed,  the 
lateral  lobes  being  reflexed.  The  stamens  are  affixed  to  short 
pedicels  tnui.sversely  aljout  their  mi<l(lle  (L.— W.).  .......  ™... .,...„. 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— Sage  is  a  native  of 
soutlieni  Europe,  and  has  l)efii  natuializid  in  this  country  as  a  garden  plant;  the 
leaves  and  tops  shoujil  In-  gathered  and  carefully  dried  during  its  flowering  season, 
which  is  in  June  and  .luly.  As  descrilied  by'the  U.S.  P.,  the  leaves  are  "about 
5  Cm.  (2  inches)  long,  petiolate,  ovate-oblong,  obtuse  or  subacute  at  the  apex, 
rounded  or  somewhat  heart-shaped  at  the  base,  finely  crenulate,  thickish,  wrink- 
led, grayish-green,  soft-hairy,  and  glandular  beneath;  odor  aromatic;  taste  aro- 
matic, bitterish,  and  somewhat  astringent"'— (f.  S.  P.).  The  odor  and  aromatic 
taste  of  sage  are  due  to  its  volatile  oil.  Sage  imparts  its  virtues  to  boiling  water 
in  infusion,  but  more  readily  to  alcohol.  The  infusion  becomes  black  on  the 
addition  of  sulphate  of  iron,  which  is  due  to  the  presence  of  tannin.  Oil  of  sage 
is  obtained  by  distilling  the  leaves  with  water;  the  yield  from  Dalmatian  leaves 
ranges  from  1.3  to  2.5  per  cent.  Oil  of  sage  is  "a  yellowish  or  green ish-j-ellow 
liquid,  having  the  penetrating,  characteristic  odor  of  sage.  Specific  gravity, 
0.91.5  to  0.925 ;  optically  dextrogyrate.  The  oil  contains  small  amounts  of  pinene 
and  cineol,  but  its  chief  constituent  (oO  per  cent)  is  thujonc  (C,„H„.0)  (formerly 
termed  salviol),  which  also  occurs  in  the  oils  of  thuja,  tan.sy,  and  wormwood" 
(Prof.  Power,  De^m'/,.  Cnt.  nf  EMcntinI  Oilxand  Orq.  Chnn.  Prepar'atiom,  1894;  also  see 
Gildemeister  and   lloHmaiin,  Di.-  .KHi,  ri.-^rhen  Ode,  1899). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Sage  is  feebly  tonic,  astringent,  expec- 
torant, and  diaphoretic,  and  has  properties  common  to  aromatics.  An  infusion 
is  beneficial  in  //'(/it/<")i/T  connecteil  with  iiii.'<trir  dehiliii/,  nud  will,  when  the  skin  is 
soft  and  relaxed,  the  extremities  cold,  and  the  circulation  enfeebled,  prove  efli- 
cient  in  restraining  cxA/iJM^tnjr  wwi^ji.    Should  the  sweating  be  preceded  by  hectic 


1706  SAMBUCUS. 

fever,  and  diy  harsh  skin,  it  is  less  likely  to  prove  beneficial.  The  infusion  ma\- 
be  taken  cold  throughout  the  day;  it  may  likewise  be  used  warm,  as  an  anthel- 
mintic, and  for  the  purpose  of  causing  diaphoresis  in  some  febrile  disea»e>'.  The 
warm  infusion  will  cause  active  diuresis  b^'  checking  its  diaphoretic  tendencj-. 
Dr.  James  Anton,  of  Lebanon,  Ohio,  con.sidered  it  an  excellent  remedj- for  «per- 
matorrhcea;  also  a  valuable  anaphrodisiac  to  check  excessive  venereal  desires.  It 
may  be  used  in  connection  with  moral,  hygienic,  and  other  aids,  if  neces.sary. 
Van  Swieten  stated  that  a  vinous  infusion  forms  an  excellent  fomentation  to  the 
breasts,  when  it  is  desirable  to  check  the  flow  of  milk.  The  infusion,  either  alone 
or  combined  with  vinegar,  honey,  alum,  or  sumach  Vjerries,  is  much  u.sed  as  a 
gargle  for  inflnmmation  and  vkerat ion  of  the  throat,  and  irlaxed  tivtilti.  The  oil  may 
be  used  in  small  doses  as  a  carminative  and  stimulant;  and  externally,  applied 
with  friction  in  rheumatism.  Dose  of  the  infusion,  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4 
times  a  day;  of  the  powdered  leaves,  20  to  30  grains.  A  strong  tincture  (sviij  to 
alcohol,  76  per  cent,  Oj)  maybe  given  in  from  1  to  60  drop  doses. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Skin  soft  and  relaxed ;  extremities  cold, 
and  circulation  enfeebled;  colliquative  sweating;   urine  of  low  specific  gravity. 

Belated  Species. —  Numerous  other  species  of  Salvia  have  similar  properties,  as  the 
S.srlarea,  or  Clarry,  a  native  of  southern  Europe,  which  is  said  to  be  antispasmodic  and  bal- 
samic. The  foregoing  and  .S.praff »«)'«,  Linn^,  have  been  official  in  Europe.  S.  Uoniiinum, 
S.  beiKjiilensk  of  India,  .S.pomifera  of  Greece,  etc.,  have  also  been  used.  The  seeds  of  .S'.  rerticillata 
and  .S'.  rerhenacea  are  mucilaginous. 

fiiilria  lyrata,  Linn^,  variously  named  Wild  or  Meadow  sage,  Lyre-leaved  sage,  or  Cancer-weed, 
is  a  perennial  plant,  growing  from"  Canada  to  Florida  in  shady  woods  and  meadows,  and  flower- 
ing in  May  and  June.  It  has  an  erect,  quadraiisinLTr,  nearly  leafless  stem,  1  or  2  feet  high, 
branching  iinil  covered  with  hairs  pointing  dowinvinl.  Railica!  lia\fs  obovate,  lyre-shaped 
.)r  sinuate-piiinatifid,  sometimes  almost  entire,  aii'l  p.  ti'ilati-;  raulim  1,-aves  mostlv.  but  1  or2 
pairi^.  just  below  the  raceme,  smaller  and 


pairi^.  just  below  the  raceme,  smaller  and  narrowii  tlian  tin-  raili.al.  Flowers  l>luc,  in  loose 
and  distant  whorls  of  about  6,  forming  a  long,  interrupted  raieine;  bracts  oblong-linear,  not 
longer  than  the  calyx.  Upper  lip  of  the  blue-purple  pubescent  corolla,  short,  straight,  not 
vaulted;  tube  much' exsertedlW. — G.i.  The  fresh  radical  leaves  will,  it  is  positively  asserted, 
when  bruised  and  applied  to  warts,  generally  destroy  them ;  the  application  to  lie  continued 
for  a  day  or  two,  and  renewed  every  12  hours.  It  is  also  reputed  to  have  cured  cancers,  hence 
one  of  its  names. 

Salria  lanceolata,'Wi\\denow,  or  Socky  Mountain  sage,  is  reputed  diaphoretic  and  diuretic, 
and  is  employed  domestically  in  the  eruptive,  malarial,  and  rheumatic  fevers. 

Chia  Seeds. — The  seeds  of  some  Mexican  species  are  known  as  Chio  seed.  The  true  chia 
seed  is  yielded  by  Salvia  polystachya,  OrtegA  {Salvia  Cliiau, 1a  Slave'.  These  seeds  are  useil 
in  sweetened  decoction  by  the  Mexicans  for  sore  tlimat.  fevers,  etc..  and  the  cold  decoction  is 
applied  to  infldined  ei/es.  The  fruit  of  Salvia  Colnmbar.T.  Bentham.  is  also  known  as  Chia  seed 
(Gray  and  liothrock). 

SAMBUCUS  (U.  S.  P.)— SAMBUCUS. 

"The  flowers  of  Sambueus  canadensis,  Linne " — (U.  S.  P.).  In  Eclectic  medi- 
cine, the  fresh  inner  bark  is  preferred. 

Nat.  Ord. — Caprifoliaceie. 

Common  Names:  Elder,  American  elder. 

Ilhtstr.vtion  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plant.-<,  138. 

Botanical  Source. — Sambucus  canadensis  is  a  common,  well-known  native 
plant,  fnmi  •")  tn  12  feet  high,  with  a  shrubby  stem,  filled  with  a  light  and  porous 
l)itii,  especially  when  young.  The  bark  is  rather  scabrous  and  cinerous.  The 
leaves  are  nearly  bipinnate,  and  antiposed ;  leaflets  in  3  or  4  pairs  with  an  odd  one, 
oblong,  oval,  acuminate,  smooth,  serrate,  with  the  lower  ones  often  2  or3-parted. 
Petioles  smooth.  Flowers  numerous,  white,  in  very  large,  level-topped,  5-parted 
cymes,  and  have  a  heavy  odor.  Calyx  small  and  5-parted:  corolla  o-deft, with 
segments  obtuse;  stamens  5;  stigma  obtu.<e,  small,  and  sessile.  The  fruit  con- 
sists of  numerous  purplish-black  berries  (W.). 

History.  — Sambucus  canadensis  is  an  indigenous  shrub,  growing  in  all  |mrts 
of  the  United  States,  in  low,  damp  grounds,  thickets,  and  waste  place.>;,  flowering 
in  .Tune  and  July,  and  maturing  its  berries  in  September  and  Octoln'r.  S.uigrn 
(see  Related  Specien:)  is  indigenous  to  Europe,  growing  in  situations  similar  to  those 
of  the  American  variety.  The  two  plants  jiossess  similar  medicinal  properties. 
Tlie  medicinal  parts  are  the  flowers,  the  berries,  and  the  inner  bark 


Sambucus  canadensis. 


SAMBUCIS.  1707 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition.— The  U.  S.  P.  recognizes  the  flowers 
only,  giving  the  following  dfsciiption :  "The  flowers,  when  fresh,  about  5  Mm. 
(,i  inch)  broad,  and,  after  drying,  shriv-  ^^  ^,^ 

elled;  calyx  superior,  minutely  5-toothed; 
corolla  originally  cream-colored,  after  dry- 
ing pale  brownish-yellow,  wheel-shaped 
and  5-lobed,  with  5  stamens  on  the  short 
tube;  odor  peculiar;  taste  sweetish,  some- 
what aromatic  and  bitterish.  The  ped- 
uncles and  pedicels  of  the  inflorescence 
should  be  rejected  "— (T.  S.  P.).  The  odor 
of  the  flowers  is  characteristic  and  heavy, 
quite  powerful  when  fresh,  but  faint  when 
<lried;  they  are  slightly  aromatic  and  bit- 
terish, and  impart  their  virtues  to  hot 
water.  Boiling  dissipates  a  volatile  oil, 
which  may  be  obtained  by  distillation 
with  water;  when  cold  it  has  the  consist- 
ence of  butter.  Mr.  F.  F.  Lyons  (Amer. 
Jour.  Pharm..l892,  p.  1)  found  the  bitter- 
ness of  the  flowers  to  be  due  to  an  amor- 
phous, yellow,  glucosidal  substance,  solu- 
ble in  chloroform.  The  berries  have  little 
or  no  odor,  an  acid-saccharine  taste,  and  yield  by  expression  a  purple  juice,  called 
elder-rob,  which  turns  a  dark-lilac  color  "with  alkalies,  and  a  scarlet  with  acids; 
acetate  of  lead  added  to  the  juice  causes  a  blue  deposit  of  its  coloring  substance. 
It  contains  malic  acid,  some  citric  acid,  and,  according  to  J.  B.  Metzger  (Amer. 
Jour.  Pharvi.,  1881,  p.  553),  a  dark-brown  resin,  fat,  sugar,  gum,  tannin,  etc.  The 
inner  bark  is  whitish,  with  a  green  tint,  odorless,  of  a  saccharine  taste,  but  subse- 
quentlv  bitterish,  with  some  acrimonv,  and  imparts  its  properties  to  water  or 
alcohol.  Mr.  Charles  G.  Traub  (Amer' Jour.  Pharm.,l8Sl,  p.  392)  found  the  bark 
to  contain  valerianic  acid,  volatile  oil,  fat,  resin,  tanni  n,  sugar,  coloring  matter,  etc. 
Also  see  quantitative  analysis,  by  C.  Otto  Moosbrugger  (*irf.,  1895,  p.  520),  who 
found  tannin,  starch,  alkaloids,  and  glucosids  to  be  absent. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Sambucus  is  stimulant  to  all  of  the 
emunctorie?.  increasing  secretion.  In  warm  infusion,  elder  flowers  are  diaphoretic 
and  gentlv  stimulant;  in  cold  infusion,  they  are  diuretic,  alterative,  and  cooling, 
and  may  \>e  used  in  all  diseases  requiring  such  action,  as  in  hepatic  derangeme^xts 
of  children,  erysipelas,  erysipelatmis  diseases,  etc.  In  infusion,  with  maidenhair  and 
beech-drops,  they  will  be  found  very  valuable  in  all  erysipelatous  diseases.  The 
expressed  juice  of  the  berries,  evaporated  to  the  consistence  of  a  syrup,  is  a  valu- 
able aperient  and  alterative;  1  ounce  of  it  will  purge.  An  infusion  of  the  young 
leaf-buds  is  likewise  purgative,  and  sometimes  acts  with  violence.  The  flowers 
and  expressed  juice  of  the  berries  have  been  benefiiially  employed  in  scrofula, 
cutaneous  diseases,  si/philis,rheumatisvi,  etc.  The  inner  green  bark  is  cathartic;  an 
infusion  of  it  in  wine  or  cider,  or  the  expressed  juice,  will  purge  moderately,  in 
(loses  of  from  i  to  1  fluid  ounce;  large  doses  produce  emesis;  in  small  ones,  it 
j)roveB  an  efficient  deob.strnent,  promoting  all  the  fluid  secretions,  and  is  much 
used  in  dropsy,  especially  that  following  scarlatina,  and  other  febrile  and  exnnthema- 
tous  d i.<eases,  iis  well  as  in  many  chronic  diseases.  Specific  satnliucus  is  largely 
used  as  an  alterative  where  there  is  a  tendency  to  unhealthy  deposits  in,  or  depra- 
vation of  the  tissues.  The  chief  indication  for  sambucus  is  a  fullness  or  oedema- 
tous  condition  of  the  parts,  giving  them  a  watery  and  flabby  appearance.  In 
these  conditions  it  is  a  valuable  agent  in  dropsy.  \Vel)ster  asserts  that  small 
do.ses  of  specific  sambui'Us  are  valuable  in  the  catarrhal  ii(i.-<(d  obstnuiions  of  infants. 
The  juice  of  the  root  in  i  ounce  <lo.ses,  daily,  acts  as  a  hydragogue  cathartic  and 
diuretic, and  will  l)e  found  valuable  in  dropsical  affections  requiring  purgation. 

Externally,  sambucus  is  a  valuable  agent,  especially  for  eruptions  which  ap- 
pear ui)on  the  full,  flabby,  oedematous  tissues  as  described  above,  and  particu- 
larly when  attended  with  "abundant  discharge  of  serum.  Beaten  up  with  lard  or 
cream,  it  forms  an  excellent  discutient  ointment,  which  is  of  much  value  in  bums, 


1708  SANGUINAKIA. 

scalds,  and  some  cutaneous  diseases,  such  as  eczema,  milk-scall,  old  ulcers,  with  soft, 
cjedematous  edges  and  free  secretion  of  serum,  and  in  mucous  patches,  with  free  dis- 
charges. The  dose  of  specilie  nainbucus  ranges  from  1  to  60  drops;  decoction  (inner 
bark,  2  ounces,  to  water,  1  quart,  boiled  down  to  1  pint),  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces. 
Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— In  skin  affections,  when  the  ti.ssu€s  are 
full,  Habby,  and  (jedematous;  epidermis  separates  and  discharge  of  serum  is 
abundant,  forming  crusts;  indolent  ulcers,  with  soft,  oedematous  borders;  mucoua 
patches,  with  free  secretions;  post-scarlatinal  dropsy;  low  deposits  in,  or  depra- 
vation of  tissues. 

Related  Species.— -Samftucu*  nigra,  Linn6,  is  the  species  oflBcial  in  the  BrilUh  Pharma- 
copma.  It  grows  iu  northern  Africa  and  southern  Siberia,  and  throughout  the  larger  part  of 
Europe.  Sninbacus  nigra,  or  European  W<fer,  is  much  larger  tlian  ihe  S.canaJetisig.  The  stem 
is  mucli  and  irregularly,  though  always  oppositely  brancheil,  and  of  quick  growtli:  alter  a 
year's  growtli,  the  branches  become  filled  with  a  ligli't,  spongy  pith,  and  covered  with  a  smooth, 
gray  bark.  The  bark  of  the  stem  is  rough  and  whitish.  The  leaves  are  usually  two  pairs  of 
smooth,  deep-green  leaflets,  with  an  odd  one,  all  smooth,  ovate-lanceolate,  and  serrate.  The 
flowers  are  numerous,  cream-colored,  iu  large,  smooth,  5-parted  cymes,  with  a  sweet  but  faint 
smell;  some  in  each  cyme  are  sessile.  Calyx  5-cleft;  corolla  rotate  and  5-cleft;  lohes  obtuse. 
The  fruit  isa  globular,  purplish-bla<k  berry,  having  reddish  stalks  (L. — DeCand.  i.  H.  Kramer 
(18-Ki)  found  the  bark  to  contain  rUmrnic  acid,  proved,  V)y  Monro,  to  be  valerianic  acid;  a  trace 
of  volatile  oil,  albumen,  tannic  acid,  fatty  matter,  resin,  gum,  wax,  sugar,  starch, etc,  i  Chemical 
GitzHle,  May,  1846),  The  inner  bark  of  Sambucus  nigra  is  hydragogue  and  emeto-cathartic. 
It  has  been  successfully  employed  in  epilepsy,  by  «  ^ing  it  from  branches  1  or  2  years  old, 
scraping  off  the  gray  outer  bark,  and  steeping  2  ounces  of  it  in  5  ounces  of  cold  or  hot  water 
for  48  hours.  Strain,  and  give  a  wineglassful  every  15  minutes  when  the  fit  is  threatening; 
the  patient  fasting.  Resume  it  every  6  or  8  days,  Simon  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  ]s40.  p.  250) 
states  th  it  the  active  principle  of  the  bark  of  the  root  is  a  soft  resin,  which  may  be  obtained 
by  treating  an  evaporated,  syrup-like,  alcoholic  tincture  with  ether,  which  separates  an  inert, 
hard,  and  takes  up  the  soft  resiu;  filter,  and  make  into  an  extract  by  evaporation.  Twenty 
grains  produced  vomiting  4  or  5  times,  and  as  many  stools. 

Saiabwus  Ehnhis,  Linne,  Dwarf  Mir. — The  fruit  of  this  plant  is  4-seeded,  and  bears  some 
resemblance  to  elderberries.  Its  taste,  however,  is  considered  more  agreeable,  and  the  fruit  is 
sometimes  employed  medicinally. 

Lonicera  caprifulium,  Italian  hmieymckte.  Honeysuckle. — Europe.  A  syrup  of  the  flowers  of 
this  well-known  garden  vine  has  been  succes.sfully  employed  in  asthma  and  other  respiratory 
dimrders,  and  the  juice  of  the  plant  is  said  to  give  relief  to  bee-ttings.  The  fruit,  like  all  species 
of  this  genus,  is  emeto-cathartic, 

SANGUINARIA  (U.  S.  P.)— SANGUINAEIA. 

The  rhizome  of  Snur/uinaria  canadensis,  hinn^,  g&theTed  in  autumn  after  the 
leaves  and  scape  have  died  to  the  ground. 
Nat.  Ord. — Papaveracese. 

Common  N.\.mes:  Bloodroot,  Piu-conn,  Red  purcoon,  Tnd inn  paint.  TttUmort. 
iLi.r.sTRATioNs:   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,20;  Johnson's  Med.  Bot.of 
N.A..V\.]\l. 

Botanical  Source. — Bloodroot  is  a  smooth  herbaceous,  j^erennial,  indigenous 
plant,  with  a    horizontal,  truncate  or  premorse,  creeping  rhizome  covered  with 
FiE  216  scattered  fibers,  and  emitting  an  acrid  bright  orange-colored 

juice  when  cut  or  bruised.  It  is  frequently  crooked,  2  or  3 
inches  long,  3  to  6  lines  in  diameter,  brownish-red  exter- 
nally, and  red  internally.  From  each  bud  of  the  root-stalk 
there  springs  a  single  leaf,  and  a  round,  erect  scape  about  6 
inches  high,  with  a  single  flower;  and  as  thev  arise,  the 
folded  leaf  incloses  the  flower-bud,  and  rolls  back  as  the  lat- 
ter amplifies.  The  leaf  is  smooth,  on  long,  channeled  peti- 
oles, reniforni  or  cordate,  with  large  roundish  lobes  separated 
by  rounded  sinuses;  the  underside  strongly  reticulated  by 
orange-colored  veins,  paler  than  the  upper,  and  at  length 
glaucous.  The  flowers  are  white,  scentless,  of  a  quadrangu- 
lar outline,  and  of  short  dunition.  The  c^lyx  is  formed  of 
2  concave,  ovate,  obtuse  sepals,  falling  ofl"  when  the  corolla 
exiiands;  the  corolla  has  S  lor  mort*  bv  cultivation)  petals, 
sanguinari. canadensis  ^^.,^j^,,^  ^^^  spreading,  concave,  obtuse,  t"i)e  external  ones  the 
longer;  sometimes  they  have  a  purple  or  ro!<e  tint,     Stamens  short,  numerous, 


SAXGIINAUIA.  1709 

with  oblong,  yellow  anthers-.  Ovary  obloiip,  and  compressed,  style  none;  t^tignia 
thick  and  somewhat  2-lobed.  Capsule  oblong,  acute  at  both  extremities,  and 
2-valved.  The  seeds  are  numerous,  roundish,  compressed,  dark  shining  red,  half- 
surrounded  by  a  white  vermiform  raphe  (L. — W. — B.). 

Description. — The  root  of  sanguinaria  is  the  official  part,  although  the 
whole  plant  is  actively  medicinal.  The  fresh  root  is  from  1  to  4  inches  in  length, 
Heshy,  round,  alwut  as  thick  as  the  linger  and  tolerably  stout  in  the  uiiddk-, 
abrupt  at  the  end,  often  contorted  and  truncated,  somewhat  curved  at  each  end, 
covered  with  orange-colored  fibers  2  or  more  inches  in  length,  of  a  reddish-brown 
color  externally,  brighter  blood-red  within,  and  containing  an  aimndance  of 
orange-colored  juice,  which  flows  out  when  the  root  is  cut.  Tiie  end  of  the  root 
always  appears  as  if  broken  or  cut  ofi  by  a  dull  instrument  in  removing  it  from 
the  ground. 

A  horizontal  section  of  the  fresh  root  is  a  most  beautiful  object  under  the 
microscope;  it  is  found  to  consist  of  numerous  cells  throughout  its  central  part, 
somewhat  oval  or  hexagonal,  of  nearlj-  equal  diameter,  and  containing :  (1 )  a  large 
proportion  of  the  orange-colored  resin  peculiar  to  the  plant,  presenting  the  most 
l)eautiful  shades  of  transparent  amber;  (2)  a  magnificent  transparent,  garnet  hue, 
not  seen,  however,  in  every  cell,  resembling  dots  of  garnet  scattered  over  the  field, 
with  lateral  facets,  like  a  precious  stone;  and  (3)  a  scarcity  of  white,  transparent 
substance,  consisting  of  a  colorless,  fixed  oil.  The  juice  when  examined  under 
the  microscope,  presents  numerous  transparent  milk-like  globules,  and  many 
colored  granules,  free  and  in  clusters;  with  a  power  of  740  diameters,  multitudes 
of  transparent  monads  are  seen  in  active  motion.  These  globules  and  granules 
are  rendered  thinner  and  more  transparent  by  liquor  potassae,  and  are  mostly  dis- 
solved by  ether;  acetic  acid  dissolved  most  of  the  granules.  The  juice  forms  a 
fine  dye  of  an  orange  color,  the  color  being  fixed  by  various  mordants,  as  per- 
chloride  of  tin,  and  sulphate  of  aluminum  (G.  D.  Gibb). 

As  found  in  commerce,  the  dried  root,  considerably  shrunken,  is  dark  brown 
externally,  bright  yellow  internally,  but  becoming  dark-brown  by  the  action  of 
the  air,  more  or  less  crooked,  compressed,  corrugated,  having  a  short,  uneven, 
pith-like  fracture,  a  peculiar  faintly  vi rose  odor,  and  a  bitter,  acrid,  and  pungent 
taste,  leaving  an  impression  in  the  fauces  for  some  time  after  it  has  been  chewed. 
"Of  horizontal  growth,  about  5  Cm.  (2  inches)  long,  and  1  Cm.  (^It  inch)  thick, 
cylindrical,  somewhat  branched,  faintly  annulate,  wrinkled,  reddish-brown;  frac- 
ture short,  somewhat  waxy,  whitish,  with  numerous  small,  red  resin-cells,  or  of  a 
nearly  uniform,  brownish-red  color;  bark  thin;  odor  slight;  taste  persistently  bit- 
ter and  acrid" — (I'.S.P.).  It  is  readily  reduced  to  brownish-red  powder,  which 
causes  sneezing  when  stirred.  Boiling  water  or  alcohol  takes  up  its  active  prop- 
erties, the  latter,  however,  being  the  best  menstruum;  the  root  should  be  kept  in 
a  dry  place;  age  or  moisture  impairs  its  activity.  The  seeds  are  about  the  size 
of  barley  grains,  of  a  shining  dark  reddish-brown  color,  half  surrounded  with  a 
peculiar  white  vermiform  appendage,  projecting  at  the  lower  end;  they  contain 
a  bland,  nutritious,  and  colorless  fixed  oil. 

History. — Sanguinaria  is  one  of  the  best  known  of  our  vernal-flowering- 
plants,  making  its  appearance  very  early  in  the  spring,  usually  in  this  climate 
in  April,  frequenth*  covering  the  ground  with  large  patches  of  beautiful  white 
flowers.  It  usually  grows  in  open  woods,  but  may  also  be  found  along  fences, 
around  old  stumps,  and  in  recent  clearings.  Though  extremely  common  through- 
out the  eastern  half  of  the  union  it  is  rapidly  becoming  scarce  in  the  New  Eng- 
land states,  where  it  formerly  grew  in  abundance.  It  thrives  best  in  clayey  soils, 
and  rich  loam,  and  is  not  usually  found  in  wet  jjlaces,  as  swamps  and  marshes, 
nor  is  it  fond  of  sand,  consequently  it  is  not  found  near  the  ocean  and  lakes, 
nor  in  the  swamps  of  the  south.  Otherwise  it  is  encountered  from  Quebec  and 
Ontario  on  the  north  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  on  the  south,  and  from  the  Atlantic 
to  the  western  boundary  of  the  tier  of  states  bordering  on  the  west  bank  of  the 
Mississijtpi  River.  It  is  commonly  known  as  Blondroot  and  Red  puccoon,  and 
less  familiarly  as  Bloodwort.  Red-root,  I'uccoon,  Turmeric,  and  Indian  paint.  By 
the  middle  oi' summer  the  whole  plant  diis  to  the  ground.  The  rhizome  is  tksliy. 
fibrous  rooted,  and  breaks  abruptly  with  a  transverse  fracture.  The  first  botanical 
mention  of  bloodroot  was  made  by  Cornuti,  in  163.5,  who  pla<e<l  it   in  the  genus 


1710  SANGUIKARIA. 

Chelidonium.  The  name  sanguinaria  was  first  applied  to  it  by  a  French  botanist, 
Pierre  Morin  (Morinus),  who  published,  in  1651,  a  catalogue  of  plants  in  his  gar- 
den, and  through  John  Jacob  Dillenius,  an  eminent  English  botanist  (of  German 
birth  and  education,  however),  became  established  as  the  generic  name,  though 
it  remained  for  Linna?us  to  define  the  genus.  The  name  sanguinaria  is  from  the 
Latin  saMi5f!(is,  blood;  so  named  because  the  plant  when  wounded  throws  out  the 
copious  blood-like  sap  before  referred  to.  The  name  sanguinaria,  or  "herba  san- 
guinalis"  had  previously  been  used  by  both  Greek  and  Latin  writers,  but  was 
probably  applied  to  other  plants,  as  the  name  had  reference  to  such  plants  as  had 
the  property  of  stopping  the  flow  of  blood— acted  as  hemostatics— and  not  on 
account  of  any  red  coloring  possessed  by  them.  This  plant  was  well  known  to  the 
American  Indians,  who  used  it  as  a  dye.  Through  them  the  Virginians  became 
acquainted  with  it.  Strachey,  who  lived  in  Jamestown  in  1610,  states  that  it  was 
called  by  the  waAiveB^^Miisquaspeivne." 

Perhaps  no  indigenous  plant  created  greater  interest  among  the  early  botan- 
ical physicians  than  the  bloodroot.  While  nearly  every  writer  on  materia  medica 
and  botany  gave  full  descriptions  of  the  plant,  and  commended  it  for  its  beauty 
and  usefulness,  yet  it  never  obtained  tlie  prominence  that  a  drug  of  its  class 
merits.  In  fact,  while  used  to  a  considerahie  extent  in  domestic  and  botanical 
practice,  it  remained  for  the  "Eclectic  fathers"  to  take  it  up  and  tievelop  its  use 
as  a  remedy.  Schoepf  was  among  the  earliest  to  notice  it  as  a  medicine.  He 
speaks  of  15  or  20  grains  of  the  powdered  root  producing  powerful  emesis.  and 
further  notices  its  irritating  action  on  the  fauces,  when  given  in  powder.  He 
advised  a  decoction  or  pill  form  of  administration.  Both  Schoepf  and  Mt'rat 
used  it  for  gonorrhoea,  and  Golden  employed  it  in  jaundice.  Thacher  mentions 
it,  stating  that  it  was  the  chief  ingredient  of  a  nostrum  known  as  "Rawson's 
Bitters."  The  younger  Barton  employed  a  spirituous  tincture  in  connection 
with  the  tinctures  of  bitter  plants  as  a  tonic,  and  used  it  locally  as  a  wash  for 
indolent  ulcers,  with  hardened  edges  and  ichorous  discharges.  He  also  applied 
the  pulverized  root  to  fungoid  growths  and  nasal  polyju.  Bigelow  and  Smith  used 
it  for  the  same  purpose.  Thacher  speaks  of  its  use"  for  coughs  and  pneumonic 
complaints,  being  used  in  place  of  digitalis.  It  was  also  used  for  "  peripneumonia 
trachealis,  cynanche  maligna,  and  cynanche  trachealis."  Barton  ami  Downey 
pointed  out  that  the  leaves  and  seeds  were  possessed  of  a  narcotic  power  similar 
to  that  possessed  by  stramonium  seeds,  which  fact  was  confirmed  by  the  cele- 
brated Dr.  Bard  (in  an  inaugural  address),  who  used  the  root  in  croup,  pneumo- 
nia, whooping-cough,  phthisis,  and  jaundice.  In  1831,  Dr.  Daniel  B.  Smith  pul>- 
lished  in  the  Journal  of  the  Philadelphin  Cnllerje  of  Pfuinnnn/  a  dissertation  on  blood- 
root,  giving  the  natural  and  botanical  history,  and  called  attention  to  Dr.  Dana's 
experiments,  in  1824,  when  the  latter  possibly  first  olitained  ^^ »'/'"''" ''''"■.  Prof. 
Tully,  who  carefully  experimented  with  bloodroot.  classed  it  therapeutii-ally  with 
squills,  seneca,  digitalis,  guaiacum,  and  ammoniacum.  About  the  middle  of  the 
present  century  Dr.  Fell,  of  England,  was  permitted  to  make  a  trial  of  a  secret 
method  of  treating  cancer,  in  the  Middlesex  Hospital  of  London,  an  act  which 
was  severely  condemned  by  the  London  Lancet,  consequently  it  led  Dr.  Fell  to 
publish  a  work  on  '' Cancer  and  Its  Treatment"  in  which  he  said  that  he  used  the 
"bruised  bloody  pulp  of  the  white  flowering  \n\ccoon"  {Dnifis  and  Medicines  of 
North  America).  The  Western  Medical  Reformer,  tlie  jiioneer  Eclectic  medical  jour- 
nal, in  October,  1836,  gave  a  description  of  bloodroot  and  its  uses,  and  from  that 
time  on  it  has  been  a  favorite  remedy  with  our  practitioners.  The  salts  of  san- 
guinarine  were  introduced  into  commerce  by  the  late  William  S.  Merrt-ll,  M.  D. 

Specific  sanguinaria,  the  preparation  principally  employed  by  Eclectic  phy- 
sicians, has  a  deep  rul\v-red  color  and  little  odor.  The  taste  is  sharji  and  acrid, 
or  as  some  might  contend  ])cppery,  the  after-taste  being  disagreeable,  especially 
the  sensation  that  remains  in  the  throat  and  fauces.  Wlien  ammonia  is  added 
to  snecific  sanguinaria  the  reil  color  disappears,  a  buft",  purplish  hue  re.«ulting. 
Acids  restore  the  red  color.  When  specific  sanguinaria  is  dropped  into  water  it 
imparts  a  yellow  color  if  in  small  amount,  wliicii  deepens  to  red  as  the  proportion 
increases.  A  slight  opalescence  also  results  owing  to  precipitation  «>f  r»'sin  in  a 
finely  divided  condition,  and  if  the  specific  be  in  large  amount  tlie  mixture 
l)ccomes  turbid  and  ultimately  precipitates. 


SAXGI'INARIA.  1711 

Chemical  Composition. — G.  KiJnig  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1891,  p.  457)  isolated 
from  tlio  root  of  !>:uiguiiiaria  tiie  following  alkaloids:  Chclerythrine  (C.nii^^i\0^), 
occurring  in  largest  quantity,  and  forming  lemon-yellow  salts  with  acids;  Miuguina- 
rine  (Ca,H,5N0,),  forming  red-colored  salts  with  acids;  (jamm<t-h(mwcltelidoiiine 
(probably  C.„H,,NO,) ;  and  protopine  (Cj„H„N05),  which  is  also  a  constituent  of 
opium  and  chelidonium.  Sduguiixtrim'  (formerly  also  called  iheleryt/iviite)  was 
discovered  in  bloodroot  by  Dana,  in  1829,  and,  afterward,  in  Chelidonium  majus 
(see  Chelidonium)  by  Probst  (1838).  It  crystallizes  in  colorless  needles,  meltin;,' 
at  211°  C.  (411.8°  F.)  (G.  Konig) ;  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether, 
and  in  acids,  forming  red-colored  salt-solutions  of  acrid  taste  (see  Sftnguiii(iriii<\ 
page  1713).  The  bases  above-named  are  combined  in  the  root  with  sanguinaric  acid 
(Newbold,  1866),  which  L.  C.  Hopp  showed  to  be  a  mixture  of  citric  and  malic 
acids  (Anw.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1875,  p.  193).  Mr.  F.  L.  Slocum  (ihid.,  1881,  p.  275)  found 
the  root  to  contain  about  3.5  per  cent  of  resin,  soluble  in  alcohol,  insoluble  in 
water.  Sanguinaria  seeds  were  analyzed  by  John  Culley  (ibid..  1894,  p.  189); 
petroleum  ether  extracted  fixed  oil  and  alkaloids  (28.2  i)er  cent),  ether  then  took 
up  resin  and  alkaloids  (4.47  per  cent),  and  absolute  alcohol  finally  removed  2.9 
per  cent  of  resin.  Mr.  Charles  H.  LaWall  (Amer.  Jour.  Ph<t7-m.,  1896,  p.  305)  recom- 
mends an  assay  of  sanguinaria  by  abstracting  the  powdered  root  with  petroleum 
benzin  and  aqua  ammonia',  an  average  of  1.5  per  cent  of  total  alkaloids  being 
uniformly  olitained.    Other  sulvints  extracted  as  much  as  5  or  6  per  cent. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— I.  Sanguinaria.  The  physiological 
action  of  sanguinaria  is  jnonouneed.  Tiie  powder,  when  inhaled,  is  exceedingly 
irritating  to  the  Schneitlerian  membrane,  provoking  violent  sneezing,  and  free 
and  somewhat  prolonged  secretion  of  mucus.  To  the  taste,  bloodroot  is  harsh, 
bitter,  acrid,  and  persistent,  and,  when  swallow-ed,  leaves  an  acridity  and  sense 
of  constriction  in  the  fauces  and  pharynx,  and  induces  a  feeling  of  warmth  in 
the  stomach.  In  small  doses,  it  stimulates  the  digestive  organs,  and  increases 
the  action  of  the  heart  and  arteries,  acting  as  a  stimulant  and  tonic;  in  larger 
doses  it  acts  as  a  sedative  to  the  heart,  reducing  the  pulse,  causing  nausea,  and, 
consequently,  diaphoresis,  increased  expectoration,  and  gentle  diuresis,  at  the 
same  time  stimulating  the  liver  to  increased  action.  If  the  dose  l)e  large,  it  pro- 
vokes nausea,  with  violent  emesis,  vertigo,  disordered  vision,  and  great  prostra- 
tion. It  also  increases  the  broncho-pulmonary,  cutaneous,  and  menstrual  secre- 
tions. It  is  a  systemic  emetic,  very  depressing,  causing  increased  salivary  and 
hepatic  secretions,  and  hypercatharsis  may  result.  When  an  emetic  dose  bus 
l)een  taken,  the  heart's  action  is  at  first  accelerated  and  then  depressed.  Poison- 
ous doses  produce  violent  gastralgia  of  a  burning  and  racking  character,  which 
extends  throughout  the  gastro-iiitestinal  canal.  The  muscles  relax,  the  skin  be- 
comes cold  and  clammy,  the  pupils  dilate,  there  is  great  thirst  and  anxiety,  and 
the  heart's  action  becomes  slower  and  irregular.  Sjiinal  reflexes  are  reduced  and 
paralysis  of  the  spinal  nerve  centers  follow.  Lethal  doses  produce  death  by 
paralysis  of  medullary,  respiratorj',  and  cardiac  centers,  death  being  sometimes 
preceded  by  convulsions. 

Sanguinaria  fulfils  a  variety  of  therapeutic  uses  according  to  the  size  of  the 
dose  employed.  Though  an  emetic,  it  is  seldom  emplo3'ed  alone,  but  in  combi- 
nation with  lobelia,  as  in  the  acetous  emetic  tincture,  it  forms  one  of  our  most 
efficient  systemic  agents  of  this  class,  and  may  be  employed  in  ivflammatoiy  and 
febrile  states,  where  it  is  thought  necessary  to  thoroughly  cleanse  the  stomach, 
ind  to  excite  the  hepatic  and  general  glandular  system  to  activity.  Upon  the 
liver  it  acts  as  a  gentle  but  relial)le  cholagogue,  and  may  be  employed  in  lorjior 
of  that  viscu-i,  or  in  congestive  states  and  subacute  as  well  as  chronic  hefmlili.-'.  Its 
action  on  the  stomach  is  kindly.  It  promotes  secretion  and  improves  the  appe- 
tite. It  is  a  good  remedy  for  utonir  dt/.'<i>epsi(i,  administering  drop  doses  of  specific 
sanguinaria  every  2  or  3  hours.  By  its  stimulant  action  on  the  mucous  surface, 
it  proves  valuable  in  the  treatment  of  .'/"-"^f'-  and  duodemd  catarrh, and  in  cattirrhal 
Jaundice.  It  is  applicalile  in  all  cases  i>{  hejjalir  debility,  especially  where  the  biliary 
uroduct  is  suppres.fcd,  deficient  or  vitiated,  and  the  general  circulation  is  feeble, 
vvith  cold  extremities  and  sick  headachis.  Its  value  is  often  increased  wlien  com- 
nined  with  either  |)odophyllin  or  specific  iris.  Bloodroot  has  proven  serviceable 
is  rfieuiimtuim,  dysentery,  and  scrofula,  with  imperfect  circulation. 


1712  SANGUIXARIA. 

Bloodroot  is  useful  in  many  troubles  of  the  genital  system.  Amenorrhoeu, 
especially  in  anemic  and  chlorotic  patients,  with  chilliness  and  headache,  is 
benefited  by  it,  as  well  as  dysmenorrhoea  in  debilitated  females.  Hysteria,  when 
due  to  moral  causes,  or  pain,  has  likewise  yielded  to  sanguinaria.  Hemorrhage 
of  the  lung.-i,  depending  on  vicarious  menstruation,  has  been  controlled  by  blood- 
root.  In  the  male,  it  is  a  remedy  for  genital  debility  and  seminal  weakness,  impotence, 
with  seminal  incontinence  and  relaxed  sexual  organs. 

Sanguinaria  is  "a  neglected  drug  in  respiratory  disorders.  Its  action  upon 
the  pulmonary  organs  is  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  lobelia.  It  is  important  as 
a  stimulating  expectorant,  to  be  used  after  active  inflammation  has  been  subdued. 
It  may  be  employed  in  atonic  conditions.  It  restores  the  broncliial  secretions 
when  scanty,  and  checks  them  when  profuse.  It  is  indicated  in  burning,  smart- 
ing, itching  conditions  of  the  throat,  larynx,  and  nares;  tickling  or  burning  in 
the  nasal  passage  with  abundant  secretion,  and  an  irritative,  tickling  cough;  or 
when  from  atony  the  secretions  are  checked,  it  restores  them,  and  removes  the  dry, 
harsh  cough.  It  is  useful  in  both  acute  and  chronic  bronchitis,  laryngitis,  sore  throat, 
and  acute  or  chronic  nasal  catarrh.  It  acts  as  a  sedative  to  the  irritable  mucous 
surfaces,  promotes  expectoration,  and  stimulates  their  functions.  It  has  proved 
very  valuable  as  a  cough  remedy  in  pht/iisis  pulmonalis.  It  is  further  a  valuable 
alterative.  It  has  been  successfully  employed  in  various  forms  of  croup,  particu- 
larly mucous  croup.  It  is  serviceable  in  humid  asthma  and  whooping-cough.  Phaiyn- 
jriVis,  with  red  and  irritable  mucous  membranes,  and  burning,  smarting,  or  tick- 
ling, is  cured  by  it.  As  an  expectorant,  it  may  be  combined  with  other  agents, 
as  lobelia,  etc.  It  enters  into  the  composition  of  the  '  acetous  emetic  tincture,' 
and,  in  powder  form,  is  contained  in  the  'compound  powder  of  lobelia  and  capsi- 
cum.' It  is  too  harsh  to  use  as  an  emetic,  still  good  results  have  come  from  its 
use  in  pseudo-membranous  croup,  first  giving  small  doses  until  profound  nausea  is 
produced,  then  carrying  it  to  emesis.  In  pneumonia,  after  the  inflammatory  stage 
has  passed,  it  may  be  given  in  1  or  2-drop  doses,  frequently  repeated,  or  it  may 
be  combined  with  wild  cherry,  lycopus,  or  eucalyptus.  The  vinegar  of  sangui- 
naria is  a  very  efficient  pectoral  agent.  The  nitrate  of  sanguinarine  is,  with  many, 
a  favorite  remedy  to  fulfil  the  indications  for  bloodroot.  It  may  be  administered 
in  water,  syrup,  or  in  trituration  with  milk-sugar.  The  specific  indications  are  a 
sense  of  burning  in  the  fauces,  pharynx,  larynx,  or  nasal  tissues,  with  redness  of 
surface,  and  thin,  acrid  burning,  smarting  discharge;  post-sternal  constriction,  or 
at  the  supra-sternal  notch,  with  difficult  breathing.  A  decoction  of  bloodroot  is 
of  service  in  scarlatinal  sore  throat "  (Felter,  Ec.  Med.  Jour.). 

Sanguinaria  is  of  value  in  syphilitic  skin  eruptions,  and,  as  an  ointment,  has  been 
employed,  locally,  in  tinea.  The  powder,  made  into  a  cataplasm  with  slippery- 
elm,  has  been  used  in  domestic  practice  as  a  local  dressing  for  frozen  feet .  An  in- 
fusion, made  in  vinegar,  has  been  found  valuable  in  several  cutaneous  diseases,  as 
eczema,  ringworm,  and  warts.  At  one  time  the  root  was  extensively  employed  in  the 
treatment  o{  carcinomata,  and  was  also  applied  to  exuberant  excrescences  for  its  escha- 
rotic  action,  and  to  ill-conditioned  idcers,  to  create  a  healthy  energy  in  the  sores. 
Bloodroot,  with  bayberry,  Wcis  formerly  pojiular  as  an  errhine  in  catarrhal  affec- 
tions of  the  nose,  cephalalgia,  neuralqic  afftrtiotis  of  the  head,  and  to  destrov  nasal  jwlypi. 
Prof.  \V.  Byrd  Scudder  (Ec.  Med.  Jour.,lS92,'y.  86)  reports  a  case  o"f  ht/pcrtrophic 
rhinitis,  cau.«ed  by  irritating  dust  in  a  seed-house,  promptly  relieved  by  -jVgrain 
doses  of  .sanguinarine  nitrate.  The  patient  complained  of  a'  "dryness  of  the  naso 
pharynx  and  throat,  attended  with  sharp  lancinating  pain,  and  a  sensation  as  if 
one  s"ide  of  the  throat  rubbed  against  the  other."  We  have  employed  the  nitrate 
of  sanguinarine  when  the  only  symptom  was  an  irritating  cough,  with  tickling 
low  in  the  larynx,  with  marked  benefit.  The  preparations  of  sanguinaria  in  use 
are  the  powder,  fluid  extract,  tincture,  specific  sanguinaria,  vinegar  of  sanguinaria. 
syrup  of  sanguinaria,  sanguinarine,  and  sanguinarine  nitrate.  The  latter  sliould 
be  given  in  milk-sugar,  or  in  svrup,  on  account  of  its  acridity.  Po.^e  of  the  jiow- 
der,  as  an  emetic,  from  10  to  20  grains;  of  tlie  tincture,  from  20  to  t!0  drops;  as  a 
stimulant  or  expectorant,  from  3  to  o  grains;  as  an  alterative,  from  i  to  2  grains. 
The  dose  of  .^sanguinarine  is  ^'i  to  A  grain ;  of  .-sanguinarine  nitrate.  j*5  to  ^  grain  ; 
specific  sanguinaria,  from  1  to  10  drops.  For  chronic  respiratory  troubles  the 
syrup  may  he  combined  with  wild  cherry  and  liquorice. 


SANGUINARIA.  1713 

II.  Sangi'inarine  Nitrate. — The  action  of  this  agent  is  pnicticjilly  that 
ascribed  to  sanguinaria  (which  see),  though  for  respiratory  affections  it  is  to 
be  preferred  to  that  drug.  The  usual  methods  of  administration  are  the  syrup 
(i  to  2  grains  t()  4  fluid  ounces  of  water  and  syrup),  the  dose  of  which  is  a 
teaspooiiful  every  1  t<>  3  liours;  and  the  2  x  trituration,  the  dose  of  which  ranges 
from  1  to  10  grains. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— I.  Sanguinaria.  For  its  specific  indica- 
tions. Prof.  ,1.  M.  Scuddcr  gives  a  "sensation  of  burning  and  itching  of  mucous 
membrane,  especially  of  fauces,  pharynx,  Eustachian  tubes  and  ears;  less  fre- 
quently of  larynx,  trachea,  and  bronchia,  occasionally  of  stomach  and  rectum,  and 
rarely  of  vagina  and  urethra.  The  mucous  menil)rane  looks  red  and  irritable. 
Sometimes  the  redness  will  be  of  the  end  of  the  nose."  Added  to  this  he  gives 
"nervousness,  redness  of  nose,  with  acrid  discharge,  burning  and  constriction  in 
fauces  of  pharynx,  with  irritative  cough  and  difficult  respiration."  Prof.  Locke 
gives  also  feeble  circulation,  with  coldness  of  extremities. 

II.  SANGriNARiXE  NiTR.\TE. — Tickling or  irritation  of  the  throat,  with  cough, 
burning  or  irritative  sensation  in  the  fauces,  pharynx,  larynx,  or  nasal  tissues, 
with  red  surface  and  thin,  acrid,  burning,  or  smarting  discharges;  dryness  of  the 
nasopharynx  and  throat,  with  sharp,  lancinating  pain,  and  a  feeling  as  if  the 
walls  of  the  throat  were  rubbing  against  each  other;  post-sternal  constriction,  or 
sense  of  uneasiness  at  the  supra-sternal  notch,  with  difficulty  in  breathing;  sense 
of  uneasiness  and  burning  in  the  stomach,  with  nervousness. 

Related  Species.— '"•V.vM'O"""  diphytlum,  Nuttall.  United  States.  E.  Schmidt  (Amer. 
Jour.  Phann.,  Isssi  louiul  the  plant  to  contain  chetktonitte  and  another  alkaloid,  probably  chele- 
rythritu.  Thi.s  plant  was  first  analyzed  by  J.  V.  l^loyd  at  the  suggestion  of  C.  G.  Lloyd,  who 
argued  that  its  botanical  relationship  suggested  an  alkaloidal  constituent.  The  product,  a 
white  alkaloid,  was  obtained  in  considerable  amount,  hut  no  attempt  at  identification  was 
made.  Suh.sfquently,  the  alkaloid  was  sent  to  Prof.  Eyknian,  of  Tokio,  Japan,  who  reported 
in  detail  omoi-rning  it. 

The  following  agent,  though  not  related  botanically,  is  also  used  for  antispasmodic  pur- 
pose. It  may  be  well  to  state  here  that  under  the  subheads  Related  Species  and  Related  Prepa- 
idliom,  we  have  frequently  jdaced  plants  or  drugs  usually  according  to  botanical  or  chemical 
relationship  to  the  subject  of  the  main  article,  but  in  several  instances  physiological  or  thera- 
peutic relationship  only  has  been  taken  into  consideration. 

Adhalfxla  r<i.<iVrt,  Nees  iJuiticia  AdhaUxla,  Linn^)  {Xat.  Ord. — Acanthaceae). — India,  "in 
the  eub-Himalayan  tract,  from  Nepal  westward."  The  Malabar  nut-tree,  also  known  as  Arusa 
( Hindu  I,  ^</hW  (Bombay  I,  ii(U-a^  (Bengalese),  and  Adatodui  (Tam.).  Of  this  plant,  Ainslie 
long  ago  made  the  following  statement:  "  The  tiowers,  leaves,  and  roots  are  supposed  to  pos- 
sess antispasmodic  qualities;  they  are  bitterish  and  snbaromatic"  (Lindley's  Medical  Flora). 
This  shrub  is  largely  employed  in  India  as  an  antispasmodic  and  expectorant,  particularly  in 
niithmn  i  leaves  smoked  also 'in  this  complaint ),  and  in  phtkisi$  and  bronchitis,  and  in  other  catar- 
rhal  and  pectunil  complaints,  with  cough  and  hectic.  There  is  a  saying  in  the  East,  according  to 
I'utt,  "that  no  man  sufTering  from  phthisis  need  despair  as  long  as  the  Vasaka  (Sanscrit)  plant 
exists."  The  flowers  are  also  u.sed  to  purifj'  the  blood,  and  in  gonorrhaa ;  the  wood  makes  a  fine 
ihaR-oal  .for  gunpowder  (Dymock,  Mat.  Med.  of  Western  India).  .Adhatoda  contains  adhatodic 
arid  and  the  alkaloid,  rusicine,  in  combination.  Frogs  and  leeches,  and  fleas,  mosquitoes,  and 
many  other  in.sects  are  destroyed  by  a  solution  of  vasicine.  Adhatoda  has  been  advised  in 
this  country  in  the  treatment  of  diphtheria  and  intermittent  and  typhoid  fevers.  The  leaves  are  the 
p:irt8  chiefly  employed,  of  which  a  fluid  extract  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  'y  to  fiO  drops. 
.Vilhatoda  leaves  are  said  to  be  used  in  rice  cultivation,  being  spread  over  the  recently-flooded 
districts  to  kill  the  lower  orders  of  aquatic  plants  (green  scum),  which  interfere  with  the 
growth  of  the  rice;  they  also  si>rvp  as  fertilizers  to  the  soil. 

Sanguinarine,  Its  Salts,  and  Sanguinarin.— The  Eclectic  name  .SaiK/uninnV  was  affixed 
to  the  mix'd  alkaloids  tljniwii  down  l)y  ammonia  from  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  drug. 
When  purified,  this  inixture,  while  free  ii.iiii  extraneous  matter,  was  still  a  ndxture  of  alka- 
loidal educts  and  never  free  from  decomposition  or  oxidation  products.  Change  rapidly  occurs, 
the  ammoniacal  precipitate  if  white,  soon  changes  to  IniH'and  then  to  blue,  (Irving  dark.  The 
salts  are,  when  first  thrown  out  of  ethereal  solution,  of  a  yellow  color;  they  darken  soon,  and 
on  dryinir  be<'Oine  of  a  deep-red  color.    These  salts  have  long  been  used  in  Eclectic  medicine. 

S.\N<iri.v.\RiN.E.— .SanyHiHnnn*  (CuHkNO,,  Liiiipricht;  ('jciHuNO,,  (i.  Kiniig),  the  alkaloid 
of  bloiMlroot.  Dr.T.  L.  A.Greve.of  Cincinnati,  proposed  the  following  fonimla  for  an  impure 
alkaloid :  "  It  mav  he  obtaineil  by  a<lding  aqua  ammoniie  to  the  licjuor  from  which  the  resin 
{sungninariii)  has  been  precipitated.  It  is  then  separated  from  the  liriuid  hy  straining  or  filter- 
ing, washing  the  mass  on  the  filter  with  water,  then  drying  and  powdering  it.  It  may  also  be 
procured  by  treating  ground  bloodmot  with  water  acidulated  with  sulphuric  mid,  anil  then 
precipitatinL'  with  acpia  »nimoni;e.  as  above  named."  We  have  found  that  a  puri'r  form  of 
sanguinarine  may  be  obtaineil  by  triturating  the  sanguinarine  nitrate  with  an  ethereal  solu- 
tion of  ammonia  gas,  which  yiehls  the  alkaloid  to  ether  which  may  then  be  evaporated  to 
iriK 


1714  SANGUIS. 

dryness.  Sanguinarine  (CigHi?^©,)  is  a  white  or  pearl-gray  body,  having  a  bitter  taste  with 
some  acrimony,  is  hardly  dissolved  by  water,  but  readily  by  ether  or  alcohol,  and  posses-ses 
well-marked  alkaline  characters,  rendering  turmeric  paper  brown  or  red,  and  forming  red- 
colored  salts  with  the  acids.  So  intensely  irritating  is  it  that  even  a  very  minute  amount  of 
the  dust  in  the  room  will  render  the  air  irrespii'able.  It  is  a  strong  base  and  readily  combines 
with  even  the  weaker  organic  acids  to  form  salts.  All  that  is  necessarj'  to  produce  the  salt  is 
to  simply  neutralize  the  alkaloid  with  a  weak  solution  of  the  desired  acid,  and  evaporate  to 
dryness.  The  uses  of  sanguinarine  are  similar  to  those  of  preparations  of  bloodroot.  One  grain 
of  this  alkaloid  maybe  thoroughly  triturated  with  20  or  30  grains  of  sugar  of  milk,  and  divided 
into  10  or  30  doses,  according  to  the  effect  desired.  A  very  excellent  cough  preparation  may 
be  made,  composed  of  chloride  of  ammonium,  2  drachms;  extract  of  liquorice,  2  draclims; 
extract  of  hyoscyamus,  J  drachm;  syrup  of  tolu,  1  fluid  ounce;  water,  6  fluid  ounces;  acetate 
or  sulphate  of  sanguinarine,  1  or  2  grains  Mix.  The  dose  is  a  tablespoonful,  repeating  it 
3  or  4  times  a  day. 

SANGUINARIN.E  Svi.pn AS,  Sanffuirutrine  Sulphate. — Prof.  E.  S.  Wayne  recommends  the  fol- 
lowing mode  of  obtaining  sulphate  of  sanguinarine,  which  is  Dr.  Schiel's  proce.ss:  Exhaust 
bloodroot,  in  coarse  powder,  in  a  percolator,  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  and  then  add  am- 
monia; a  deep  purple  precipitate  occurs,  which  must  be  washed  with  water  upon  the  filter, 
dried,  and  treated  with  ether,  which  dissolves  out  the  sanguinarine.  Treat  this  solution  with 
animal  charcoal,  and  the  alkaloid  is  obtained  as  a  sulphate  of  a  bright  vermilion  color,  on  the 
addition  of  a  solution  of  sulphuric  acid  in  alcohol  (-4»i«r.  Jour.  Phariii.,\'o\.  CXX  V,  p.  n2\ ). 

SanguinarinjE  "SiTBAS,  Sanguinarine  Nitrak. — The  nitrate  of  the  alkaloids  obtained  from 
San/guinaria  canadensis.  Lfnn^.  Prepare  an  alcoholic  extract  of  sanguinaria,  evaporate  to  a 
syrupy  consistence,  mix  it  with  water,  filter,  and  to  the  filtrate  add  ammonia  water  in  slight 
excess.  A  bluish  precipitate  falls  which  must  be  filtered  out  and  dried.  Cautiously  powder 
the  dried  mass,  exhaust  with  ether,  and  filter.  To  prepare  the  nitrate,  cautiously  add  nitric 
acid  to  the  ether  solution,  being  careful  to  avoid  an  excess,  when  sanguinarine  nitrate  will  have 
formed,  and  not  being  soluble  in  ether  precipitates  as  a  yellow-red  magma  which,  when  dried, 
assumes  a  crimson  hue.  This  substance  is  a  salt  of  the  mixed  alkaloids  of  sanguinaria.  It 
forms  a  powder  of  a  crimson  or  briik  color  (according  to  process  employed  ,  almost  entirely 
soluble  in  water,  of  an  acrid  taste,  and  a  slight  odor  like  that  peculiar  to  the  root,  intensely 
irritating  to  the  nasal  mucous  surfaces,  and  is  employed  as  an  expectorant,  and  likewise  used 
where  the  root  is  indicated,  in  doses  of  from  i  to  J  grain.  (For  Action,  and  .Specijic  IndiccUiora 
and  Uses,  see  Sanguinaria.) 

Sanguinarix. — The  alka-resinoid  principle  of  bloodroot.  Under  the  above  name  the 
early  Eclectics  used  an  impure  resinous  product  of  sanguinaria  made  after  the  manner  of 
making  resin  of  podophyllum.  It  possessed  the  qualities,  largely,  of  the  sanguinaria  alkaloids 
which  were  mixed  mechanically  therewith.  When  used  alone  it  should  be  triturated  with 
sugar,  sugarof  milk,  orsome  other  article.  As  a  tonic,  the  dose  is  from  }  to  1  grain.  3  or4  times 
a  day;  as  a  hepatic  and  alterative,  from  J  to  2  grains.  It  may  be  proper  for  me  to  state  here 
that  I  consider  the  resin  of  sanguinaria  nearly,  if  not  quite,  devoid  of  medicinal  principles,  anil 
that  all  the  efiects  stated,  as  above,  to  have  occurred  from  its  administration,  are  entirely 
owing  to  its  containing  a  greater  or  less  amount  of  the  alkaloid.  Consequently,  it  would  be 
better,  both  in  a  therapeutical  and  economical  view,  to  dispense  with  this  resin  altogether,  and 
employ  sanguinarine  only  (J.  King). 

SANGUIS.— BLOOD. 

Description.— Blood  is  an  animal  fluid  somewhat  of  the  character  of  an 
emul.sion.  It  is  the  fluid  which  flows  through  the  circulatory  system  of  animals, 
that  passing  througli  the  arteries  in  the  vertebrate  animals  being  bright  red,  and 
that  returning  to  the  heart  by  the  veins,  of  a  darker  color  and  loaded  with  im- 
purities. In  the  lower  animals  blood  is  white.  This  emulsion-like  fluid,  hold- 
ing in  suspension  the  blood  corpuscles,  is  composed  of  a  liquid  and  solid  por- 
tion; the  co)'}JUt<des,  red  and  white,  form  the  visible  solid  constituent,  and  the  liquor 
sanguini.^,  or  pUmnn,  the  fluid  in  which  they  float.  These  portions  must  not  be 
confused  with  the  fluid  and  solid  portions  of  blood  seen  when  drawn  blood  is 
allowed  to  stand.  The  solid  portion  is  the  "r/')^"or'VofIal''"')l."  and  contains  a 
solid, colorless  material— y(7)r»i — enclosing  the  blood  corpuscles,  while  the  yellowish 
fluid  in  which  the  clot  floats  is  the  sennii,  which  contains  the  salts  and  albumen. 
Blood  has  a  faint  but  characteristic  odor,  a  clammy  somewhat  viscid  feel,  is  salty 
to  the  taste  and  of  alkaline  reaction.  The  coloring  of  blood  corpuscles  is  due  to 
a  complex  proteid  compound  known  as  Invmoglobin.  This  is  crystallizable,  and  is 
capable  of  entering  into  a  loose  molecular  combination  with  oxygen,  called  ory- 
fnvmoijlohin,  and  into  a  more  stable  compound  with  carbon-monoxide.  HaMuo- 
globin  is  converted  by  acids  or  alkalies  into  a  crystiillizable  nnl-coloring  matter, 
hn'mutin.  The  saline  constituents  of  blood  are  iron,  sodium  and  ]>ot:issinm  chl»> 
rides,  sulphates,  and  phosphates,  and  magnesium  and  calcium  pho-^phates.  The 
sodium  cnloride  ])redominates.    When  ox-blood  is  evaporated  to  tlie  consistence 


SANICULA.-SANTALrM   lUBRUM.  1,15 

of  aij  extract,  h  is  Known  as  exinictum  muguinu!;  when  pulverized, p«At>w>fi»v»//(/>; 
when  defibrinatetl  and  dried  as  smifjuw  hnrhuit:  rf-nvntlits. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Outside  of  its  nutritive  valwe  hlood 
has  been  employed  as  a  niediiiiie.  Blood  was  introduced  by  Vacher  (1S73)  as  a 
remedy  for  scrofulous  rondition.'<  of  children  and  lor  the  expulsion  ofentozon,  being 
found  most  efticient  for  reriahisca rides.  Litjuid  blood  has  been  administered  in 
r/iloro»is,  but  the  form  generally  employed  is  defibrinated  blood,  being  adminis- 
tered chiefly  by  rectum  and  hypodermatically,  the  latter  method  being  unat- 
tended with  inflammatory  or  other  ill-results.  The  conditions  in  which  it  has 
been  found  to  exert  a  favorable  and  permanent  influence  are:  Debility  of  infants 
and  children,  due  to  dwpepsin,  anemiu,  dehiUUxiuig  discharges  and  various  chronic 
afliections;  by  the  subcutaneous  method  in  (nieniia  from  hemorrhtige,  leukse-mia.jier- 
nicious  anemin,  and  anemia  from  exhausting  discharges.  By  rectum  from  2  to  3  ounces 
maybe  injected  several  times  a  day. 

SANICULA.— SANICLE. 

The  root  of  Saninda  inarilandica,L\nne. 

.\<it.  0/(/.— Umbelliferse. 

Common  Names:   Sanide,  Blacksnake  root,  Pool-root. 

Botanical  Source. — Sanicle  is  an  indigenous,  perennial  herb,  sometimes 
known  by  the  name  of  Blaeksnake  roo^  with  a  stem  from  1  to  3  feet  high,  smooth, 
furrowed,  and  dichotomously  branched.  The  leaves  are  3  to  5-parted.  digitate, 
mostly  radical,  on  petioles  6  to  12  inches  long;  the  segments  2  to  4  inches  long, 
half  as  wide,  oblong,  and  irregularly  and  mucronately  toothed.  Cauline  leaves  few 
and  nearly  sessile.  The  flowers  are  mosth'  barren  and  white,  sometimes  yellowish; 
the  sterile  flowers  are  borne  on  slender  pedicels;  the  fertile  ones  sessile.  Segments 
of  the  calyx  entire.  Involucre  6-leaved  and  serrate.  Umbels  often  proliferous; 
umbellets  capitate.  Fruit  several  in  each  umbellet,  and  densely  clothed  with  hookecl 
bristles  ( W. — G.).   A  variety  (S.  ranaden-^i.^i)  has  short-pedicelled,  sterile  flowers. 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. — Sanicle  is  common  to  the  United 
States  and  Canada,  and  is  found  in  low  woods  and  thickets,  flowering  in  .June. 
The  fibrous  root  is  the  medicinal  part.  Its  taste  and  odor  are  somewhat  aromatic. 
An  alcoholic  tincture  contains  its  medicinal  properties.  Resin,  essential  oil,  tan- 
nin, coloring  matters,  and  ash  (9  per  cent)  were  obtained  from  the  root  by  C.  J. 
Houck  (.hner.  .Tour.  Phnrm.,  1884,  p.  463). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Sanicle  very  much  resembles  valerian 
in  its  action  on  the  system,  possessing  nervine  and  feebly  anodyne  proi)erties, 
together  with  some  astringency.  It  has  been  used  with  advantage  as  a  domestic 
remedy  in  intermittent  fever.9,  sore  throat,  cynanche  tracheaiis,  erysipelas,  and  some  cuta- 
neous diseases.  It  is  very  eflicient  in  chorea,  in  doses  of  ^  drachm  of  the  powdered 
root,  3  times  a  day,  to  children  8  or  10  years  of  age.  It  has  also  been  beneficially 
employed  in  various  other  nervous  affections.  The  decoction  of  it,  administered  in 
doses  of  from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  and  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day,  is  said  to  be 
valuable  in  gonorrhoea,  dysentery,  passive  hemorrhages,  and  leurorrhcea.  The  decoction 
used  freely,  at  the  same  time  bathing  the  wound  with  it,  is  reputed  a  certain  cure 
for  the  bites  of  poisonmis  snakes  (J.  King). 

Belated  Species. — Sauinda  europuu,  Linn^.  The  root  of  this  plant  is  astrinRcnt,  and 
l)<;>8Scs.s«s  an  acrid,  bitter  taste.     In  the  Old  World  it  is  a  domestic  remedy  for  lu-morrhagis  oi  a 

f (refuse  character,  such  as  from  the  lungs,  uterus,  etc.;  l^tcorrhaa,  dit»enlery,  slqA  <llnrrli<tii  nrt- 
ikewise  treated  with  it.  Externally,  it  is  applied  to  wounds.  An  infusion  in  wine,  or  tlie 
fresh  juice,  is  generally  adiuinistered"  in  }-ounce  dose.s. 

.iftranlin  major,  Linn^.— This  plantlias  a  root  i-imilar  to  the  sanicles,  and  is  cmploycil 
sometimes  as  Black  imperaloria  iBadu  imjieraloriie  tiitjrs).  This  root  is  commonly  known  as 
BUick  S'inicU. 

SANTALUM  RUBRUM  (U.  S.  P.)— RED  SAUNDERS. 

The  wood  of  Ptcrorarpus  santaiinus,  Linne  filius. 
Nat.  Ord. — Leguminosa-. 

CoMMO.N  Names  and  Synony.m:  Red  satinders,  Rvhy  womi.  Red  sandal-wood; 
Lignum  santalinum  nd)rum. 

Il.rA'STRATION  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Mrd.  Plants,  fi2. 


1716  SANTONICA. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  lofty  forest  tree.  The  leaves  are  alternate, 
stalked,  ternate,  and  rarely  pinnate;  the  leaflets  alternate,  petiolate,  the  upper- 
most larger,  ovate-roundish  or  oblong,  entire,  eniarginate  or  retuse,  smooth  above, 
and  hoary  beneath ;  the  stipules  wanting.  The  flowers  are  yellow,  with  red  veins, 
papilionaceous,  and  borne  in  axillary,  simple  or  branched,  erect  racemes.  Bracts 
none.  Calyx  brown  and  5-cleft.  Stamens  10,  combined  into  a  sheath,  split  down 
to  the  base  on  the  upper  side,  and  half-way  down  on  the  lower.  The  legume  is 
roundish,  long-stalked,  falcate  upward,  compressed,  smooth,  and  keeled  on  the 
lower  eil'-'f':  tlic  ki'd  is  membranous  and  undulated.     Seed  solitary  (L.). 

History  and  Description. — This  is  a  large  forest  tree  inhabiting  Ceylon  and 
the  muuiitaius  of  tlie  opposite  Coromandel  coast  on  the  Indian  continent.  Only 
in  the  Madras  Presidency  does  it  grow  wild.  The  wood  is  the  official  Red  saun- 
ders,  or  Red  sandal-ivood .  It  is  "a  hard,  heavy,  dark  reddish-brown,  coarsely  splin- 
tery wood,  deprived  of  the  light-colored  sap-wood;  usually  met  with  in  chips, 
or  as  a  coarse,  irregular,  brownish-red  powder,  nearly  inodorous  and  nearlj'  taste- 
less. Red  Saunders  does  not  impart  any  red  color  to  water  when  macerated  with 
it" — (f.  S.  P.).  Other  dye-woods  generally  communicate  their  color  to  water, 
which  is  not  the  case  with  red  saunders ;  the  latter,  however,  imparts  to  alkaline 
solutions,  ether,  and  alcohol,  a  scarlet  color.  The  alcoholic  solution  produces 
with  solutions  of  lead  a  violet-colored,  with  corrosive  sublimate  a  scarlet,  and  with 
sulphate  of  iron  a  deep-violet,  precipitate. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  coloring  principle  of  red  saunders  is  savtalic 
acid  i^santalin),  discovered  by  Pelletier.  It  is  a  red,  tasteless,  and  odorless,  crystal- 
line powder,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  ether,  with  yellow  color,  and  in  alco- 
hol, with  blood-red  color  (L.  Meyer,  1848).  It  likewise  dissolves  in  alkalies  and 
acetic  acid,  but  not  in  essential  oils.  H.  Weidel  (1869)  obtained  a  similar  sub- 
stance, snntal  (CgHgOj),  by  extracting  the  wood  with  boiling  alkaline  water,  pre- 
cipitating with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  recrystallizing  from  alcohol.  The  yield 
was  0.3  per  cent.  Cazeneuve  and  Hugounenq  {Jahresb.  der  Fhann.,  1887,  p.  159; 
and  1889,  p.  127)  digested  the  powdered  wood  with  milk  of  lime,  extracted  the 
coloring  substance  with  ether,  and  crystallized  from  alcohol.  Carbon  disulphide 
differentiated  the  product  obtained  into  insoluble  pterocarpin  (C.„ll,fi^)  and  solu- 
ble homo-pterocarpin  {C,^'R^^Of,).  Both  substances  are  probably  orcin-derivatives 
(see  Lacmus).    A  small  amount  of  tannin  is  contained  in  red  saunders. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Tonic  and  astringent.  Formerly  used  for  these 
indications,  but  at  present  employed  only  for  coloring  tinctures,  etc. 

Related  Wood. — Cam  Wood.  Red  dye-wood  from  Bnphin  nitida.  De  CandoUe  ( Nai.  Ord. — 
Legiiminosie).  Western  Africa.  It  scarcely  colors  water,  but  readily  gives  its  red  color  to 
alkalies  and  alcohol.     The  coloring  principle  is  thought  to  be  identical  with  sanlalin. 

SANTONICA  (U.  S.  P.)— SANTONICA. 

"The  unexpanded  flower-heads  of  Artemisia  pauciflora,  Weber" — (P.  S.  P.) 
{Artemisia  Lercheana,  Karel  et  Kirel;  Artemisia  maritima,va.T.  a  pauciflora,  Ledebour; 
Artemisia  maritima,xa.T.  a  Siechmanniana,  Besser). 

Nat.  Ord. — Composita;. 

Common  Name  and  Synonyms:  Levant  xoonmeed;  Semen  cinas,  Setneu  sanctum. 
Semen  rontni.  Semen  xantnnici. 

Illustk.\tion:    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  157. 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — The  plant  furnishing  santonica  is  one  of 
the  many  forms  of  Artemisia  maritimn.  a  plant  having  a  wide  distribution,  espe- 
cially in  salty  soils  of  marshes  in  the  northern  hemisphere  of  the  Old  World.  "  It 
is  found  in  the  salt  marshes  of  the  British  Islands,  on  the  coa.sts  of  the  Baltic, 
of  France  and  the  Mediterranean,  and  on  saline  soils  in  Hungary  and  Pixlolia; 
thence  it  extends  eastward,  covering  immense  tracts  in  southern  Rus.<ia,  the 
regions  of  the  Casiuan,  and  central  Siberia,  to  Chinese  Mongt>lia.  Tlie  particular 
variety  which  furnislns  at  least  the  chief  jiart  of  the  drug,  is  a  low,  shrubby,  aro- 
matic itlaut,  distinguished  by  its  very  small,  erect,  ovoid  flower-heads,  having  ob- 
long, obtuse,  invoUicral  scales,  the  interior  scales  being  scarious.  The  stem  in  its 
ui)i>er  half  is  a  fastigiate,  thyrsoid  panicle,  crowned  with  flower-heads.   Tlie  locali- 


SANTONINUM.  1717 

ties  for  the  plant  are  the  neighhorhood  of  the  Don,  the  regions  of  the  lower  Volga, 
near  Sarepta  ami  Zaretzyn,  and  the  Kirghiz  i\e!ierts"—{Pkarmncograplii(i).  The 
great  fair  of  Nishnei-Novgorod  is  the  chief  mart  for  Levant  wormseed,  the  drug 
being  conveyed  there  from  Moscow,  St.  Petersburg,  and  the  western  ports  of 
Europe.  Two  commercial  varieties  of  the  drug  are  known  in  Europe,  the  one 
under  consideration  being  called  Aleppo,  Levant  or  Alcxunihln  icon/i.sfeJ,  the  other 
is  known  as  Barhnry  wormseed,  and  is  the  product  of  other  Artemisia',  growing  in 
Arabia  and  Palestine,  the  exact  species  being  yet  undetermined. 

Description.— '■  From  2  to  4  Mm.  (fV  to"^  inch)  long,  oblong-ovoid,  obtuse, 
smooth,  .-somewhat  glossy,  grayish-green,  after  exposure  to  light,  brownish-green, 
consisting  of  an  involucre  of  about  12  to  18  closely  imbricated,  glandular  scales, 
with  a  broad  midril>,  enclosing  4  or  5  rudimentary  florets;  odor  strong,  peculiar, 
somewliat  eaniphnraceous;  taste  aromatic  and  bitter" — (f/.  S.  P.). 

Chemical  Composition. —  Levant  wormseed  contains  resin,  essential  oil 
(about  2  per  cent),  and  the  crystalline,  active  principle,  santonin  (H  to  2  per 
cent)  (see  Santon intun) .  Oil  of  Levant  wormseed  "  has  a  yellowish  color  and  a  pene- 
trating, disagreeable  odor;  specific  gravity  0.930.  It  consists  chiefly  of  cineol 
(C,oH„0^,  with  some  dipentene"  (.see  E.'<svntiat  Oils,  by  Prof.  F.  B.  Power,  1894). 
Cineol  is  identical  with  rufuhiptol  and  niJKjiutol. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Levant  wormseed  is  seldom  used  in 
substance  in  medicine,  but  is  the  othcial  source  of  santonin.  In  small  doses,  it  is 
a  gastric  stimulant,  and,  in  larger  amounts,  a  nervous  and  circulatory  stimulant. 
Very  large  do.ses  have  produced  a  sense  of  depression  at  the  stomach,  nausea, 
emesis,  purgation,  and  congestion  of  the  brain.  Wormseed  is  a  vermicide,  and  is 
less  apt  than  santonin  to  produce  yellow  vision.  It  is  a  remedy  for  the  expul- 
sion of  lumbricoide^  and  rectal  ascarides.  And  less  eflicient  for  txnia.  The  dose  of 
the  powder  is  from  10  to  40  grains,  3  times  a  day,  in  syrup,  honey,  or  similar 
fluid,  in  combination  with  a  purgative,  such  as  jalap,  etc. 

SANTONINUM  (U.  S.  P.)— SANTONIN. 

FoRMi-i..\:  C„II,A-    ^^loLEccLAR  Weight:  245.43. 

"A  neutral  principle  oKtained  from  Santonica.  Santonin  should  be  kept  in 
dark,  aml)er-colore(l  vials,  and  should  not  be  exposed  to  light" — (U.  S.  P.). 

History  and  Preparation. — Santonin,  the  vermifuge  principle  of  santonica, 
was  discovered,  in  1830,  by  Kahler  and  Alms,  simultaneously.  The  British  P/iar- 
marnpceia  (1885)  gives  detailed  directions  for  its  preparation,  which  consists  in 
lioiling  the  bruised  santonica  seeds  in  water  with  addition  of  slaked  lime,  concen- 
trating the  solution  of  calcium  santonate,  adding  hydrochloric  acid,  and  allowing 
it  to  stand  for  5  days.  Wash  the  precipitated  santonin  (santonic  anhydride)  with 
water  and  ammonia  water,  which  removes  resin,  and  recrystallize  from  alcohol 
after  treating  the  solution  with  animal  charcoal.  Another  method  consists  in 
boiling  out  a  mixture  of  santonica  seeds  and  slaked  lime  with  alcohol  of  50  jter 
cent  (by  volume),  and  decomposing  the  calcium  santonate  with  carbonic  acid  (see 
Fliickiger,  Phannarognn^ie  des  Pflanzenreirh>>,  3d  ed.,  1891, p. 822).  (Also  see  detailed 
Bibliogrnphi/  on  Saulonin,  by  A.  Van  Zwaluwenburg,  Pharm.  ^Ire/;.,  1899,  pp.  1-11.) 

Description. —  Santonin  occurs  "in  colorless,  shining,  flattened,  prismatic 
crystals,  odorless  and  nearly  tasteless  when  first  j)ut  in  the  mouth,  but  afterward 
developing  a  bitter  taste;  not  altered  by  exposure  to  air,  but  turning  yellow  on 
exposure  to  light.  Nearly  insoluble  in  cold  water;  soluble  in  40  ])arts  of  alcolud 
at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),in  250  parts  of  boiling  water,  antl  in  8  parts  of  boiling  alcohol; 
also  soluble  in  140  parts  of  ether,  in  4  parts  of  chloroform,  and  in  solutions  of 
caustic  alkalies.  When  heated  to  170°  C.  (338°  F. ),  .santonin  melts,  and  forms, 
if  rapidly  cooled,  an  amorphous  mass,  which  instantly  crystallizes  on  coming  in 
contact  with  a  minute  quantity  of  one  of  its  solvents.  At  a  higher  temjierature, 
it  sublimes  |>artly  unchanged,  and,  when  ignited,  it  is  omsumed,  leaving  no  resi- 
due. Santonin  "is  neutral  to  litmus  paper  moistened  with  alcohol.  Santonin 
vields,  with  an  alcoholic  solution  of  potassium  hydrate,  a  bright  pinkish-red 
Ii(juid,  which  gradually  becomes  colorless.  From  its  solution  in  caustic  alkalies, 
santonin  is  completely  i)ri-ci|.itat.-,l   l,v  -nin-rsatunilion  witli  nn  aciil  "  -  i  T  .V  P). 


1718  SANTOXINUM. 

Santonin  (C^Jitfi^)  is  the  anhydride  of  santonic  acid  {L_^'H..J3j,  wh:ch  is  i  ae- 
livsiiive  of  dimethyl-niiphtakne  {C,o'H.^[Cll.f'],).  Santonin  dis^solves  in  alkalies  with 
formation  of  salts  of  this  acid.  Santonin,  in  acetic  acid  solution,  when  exposed 
to  sunlight  for  about  a  month,  is  converted  into  (colorless)  jihntosantonic  acid 
(CijHjjOj.  The  ethyl-ester  of  the  latter  is  obtained  when  an  alcoholic  solution  of 
santonin  is  exposed  to  sunlight  (Sestini).  The  j-ellow coloration  developed  upon 
exposure  of  santonin  to  light,  is  believed  to  be  due  to  a  red  resin.  Santonin  ie 
optically  lavo-rotatory. 

Adialterations  and  Tests.— Santonin  has  been  adulterated  by  boric  acid: 
this  substance  may  be  recognized  by  being  insoluble  in  chloroform,  or  by  not 
being  volatilized  when  heated  on  platinum  foil.  If  the  residue  is  dissolved  in 
water,  and  the  solution  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  a  strip  of  yellow  tur- 
meric paper  is  colored  brown  by  it.  Santonin,  turned  yellow  from  exposure  to 
light,  has  been  mistaken  for  picric  acid  ;  the  latter  is  easy  of  detection,  being  solu- 
ble in  cold  and  hot  water  with  yellow  color  (.J.  M.  Maisch,  Aimr.  Jour.  Pharm.. 
1874,  p.  52) ;  or  the  white  crystals  of  santonin  might  be  mistaken  for  strychnine, 
the  latter,  however,  may  readily  be  distinguished  by  the  violet  coloration  it  pro- 
duces with  sulphuric  acid  and  potassium  dichromate  (see  Strychnina).  Other 
substitutions,  P.p.,  salicin,  may  be  recognized  by  the  following  V.  S.  P.  directions 
for  santonin  :  "Its  solution  in  cold,  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  is  at  first  color- 
less (absence  of  easily  carbonizal>le,  organic  substances),  but,  after  some  time, 
turns  yellow,  then  red,  and  finally  brown.  If  water  be  added,  immediately  after 
it  is  dissolved  without  color  in  sulphuric  acid,  it  will  be  completely  precipitated, 
and  the  supernatant  liquid  should  not  have  a  bitter  taste,  nor  should  it  be  altered 
upon  the  addition  of  potassium  dichromate  T.S.  (absence  of  brucine  or  strych- 
nine), or  of  mercuric  potassium  iodide  T.S.  (absence  of  alkaloids  in  general)" — 
{U.S.  P.).  D.  Lindo's  test  for  santonin  is  as  follows:  Dissolve,  in  a  test-tube,  a 
small  quantity  of  santonin  in  strong  sulphuric  acid,  add  a  few  drops  of  a  highly- 
diluted  solution  of  ferric  chloride;  upon  warming  in  the  flame  of  a  Bunsen  burner, 
a  beautiful  violet  coloration  is  developed. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Santonin  is  an  active  agent,  and,  in 
improjier  doses,  i.^  caiiahlc  of  producing  serious  symptoms,  and  even  death.  As 
small  a  dose  as  2  grains  is  said  to  have  killed  a  weakly  child  of  5  years,  and 
5  grains  produced  death  in  about  ^  hour  in  a  child  of  the  same  age.  Among  the 
toxic  effects  may  be  mentioned  gastric  pain,  pallor  and  coldness  of  the  surface, 
followed  by  heat  and  injection  of  the  head,  tremors,  dizziness,  pupillary  dilata- 
tion, twitching  of  the  eyes,  stertor,  copious  sweating,  hematuria,  convulsive 
movements,  tetanic  cramps,  stupor,  and  insensibility.  Occasionally  symptoms 
resembling  cholera  morbus  have  been  produced,  and  in  all  cases  the  urine  pre- 
sents a  characteristic  yellowish  or  greenish-yellow  hue.  We  have  observed  con- 
vulsions caused  by  the  administration  of"  worm  lozenges."  Death  from  santonin 
is  due  to  respiratory  paralysis,  and  post-mortem  examination  revealed  in  one  in- 
stance a  contracted  and  empty  right  ventricle,  and  about  an  ounce  of  liquid,  black 
blood  in  the  left  heart,  an  inflamed  duodenum,  and  inflamed  patches  in  the 
stomach  (Kilner).  The  chief  form  of  treatment  of  poisoning  by  santonin  is  by 
artificial  respiration.  Internal  and  external  stimulation  should  also  be  resorted 
to,  inhalations  of  ether  or  chloroform,  to  control  the  convulsions,  should  be  given, 
and  a  purgative  administered  to  remove  remaining  traces  of  the  poison  from  the 
bowels.  Santonin  often  produces  a  singular  efiect  upon  the  vision,  causing  sur- 
rounding objects  to  appear  discolored,  as  if  they  were  yellow  or  green,  and  occa- 
sionally blue  or  red;  it  also  imparts  a  yellow  or  green  color  to  the  urine,  and  a 
reddish-purple  color  if  that  fluid  be  alkaline.  Prof  Giovanni  was  led  to  believe 
that  the  apparent  yellow  color  of  objects  observed  by  the  eye,  when  under  the  in- 
fluence of  santonin,  did  not  depend  upon  an  elective  action  on  the  optic  nerves, 
but  rather  to  the  yellow  color  which  the  drug  itself  takes  when  exposed  to  the 
air.  Santonin  colored  by  the  air  does  not  produce  this  eflect,  which  only  follows 
the  white  article.  The  air  gives  the  yellow  color  to  santonin,  to  passed  urine  con- 
taining it,  and  to  the  serum  of  the  blood  when  drawn  from  a  vein,  and,  according 
to  Giovanni,  it  is  owing  to  its  direct  action  upon  the  aqueous  humor,  where  it  is 
carried  by  absorption,  that  objects  present  this  color.  The  view  now  held,  how- 
ever, is  that  of  Rose,  that  the  alkaline  serum  dissolves  the  santonin,  which  then 


SAPO.  1719 

iiits  upon  the  perspective  centers  of  the  brain,  producing  the  chromatopsia  or 
xanthopsia.  Santonin  1ms  been  advantageously  given  in  amnwro.-w  following 
acute  inflammation  of  some  of  the  internal  parts  of  the  eye;  also  in  ."ubncute  And 
chronic  irtiiiltis  and  rhoroiflifi!'.  It  is  said  to  have  materially  benefited  cases  of  noii- 
litnl  c'llor-blindness,  being  administered  in  ^V  oi'iV  grain  doses  (Foltz). 

Santonin  is  the  chief  remedy  now  used  for  the  expulsion  of  the  roundworm 
or  nf:airis  Uunhrimide^.  It  acts  less  effectuallv  upon  rrrtal  aamride^,  and  nut  at  all 
upon  the  tapeworm.  As  a  rule,  when  a  single  dose  is  to  be  given,  it  should  be 
administered  upon  an  empty  stom;ioli,  and  tlie  jiatient  should  refrain  from  eating 
for  a  short  time  afterward.  A  purgative  should  precede  and  follow  its  use.  An- 
other method,  which  has  found  much  favor  in  the  Eclectic  school,  is  that  of  giv- 
ing santonin,  in  divided  doses,  as  follows:  R  Santonin,  grs.  v;  podophyllin, 
frs.  j;  milk-sugar,  si.  Mix.  Divide  into  10  powders,  and  administer  1  powder 
times  a  day. 

Santonin  is  an  important  nerve  stimulant.  It  relieves  many  of  those  nerv- 
ous phenomena  which  simulate  the  conditions  produced  by  worms — picking  at 
the  nose,  starting  in  sleep,  intestinal  irritation,  etc.  its  effects  upon  troubles  of 
the  urinary  apparatus,  due  to  disordered  or  deficient  innervation,  make  it  one  of 
our  best  specific  remedies.  In  rettixtion  of  urine,  due  to  atony  of  the  bladder,  no 
remedy  surpasses  it,  and  when  this  occurs  as  a  symptom  of  the  advanced  stage 
of  acute  diseases  of  children,  indicating  an  unfavorable  prognosis,  unless  the  uri- 
nary function  can  be  restored,  santonin  may  be  given  in  \  to  Vgrain  doses  (tritu- 
rated with  sugar),  every  hour,  until  a  free  urinary  flow  is  established.  Retention 
of  urine,  caused  by  opium  preparations,  is  corrected  by  it.  Being  strongly  diu- 
retic, it  maybe  administered  in  renal  colic.  It  reMeves  urethralin-itatimi,clysuria. 
strangury,  noctunml  enuresis,  chronic  vesical  catarrh,  and  vesical  tenesmtis.  It  acts 
promptly  in  the  urethral  irritation,  with  pain  and  scalding,  associated  with  uterin, 
disorders,  and  in  large,  but  unsafe,  doses  (10  grains),  it  has  been  recommended  in 
tUerine  colic  and  <nnennrrh(va  (Berthey).  It  relieves  the  difficult  micturition  and 
urinal  retention  following  parturition,  when  not  due  to  long-continued  pressure 
of  the  child's  head  upon  the  parts.  Many  of  the  unpleasant  urinary  symptoms 
of  albuminuria  and  chronic  nephritis  are  relieved  by  santonin,  and  it  is  a  remedy 
for  impaired  breathing  and  tympanitis  due  to  deficient  spinal  innervation.  The 
dose  of  santonin  for  an  adult  ranges  from  iV  to  4  grains;  for  a  child,  ^  to  2  grains, 
always  avoiding  the  larger  dose  when  possible;  2  x  trituration,  2  or  3  grains,  for 
its  effects  upon  the  urinary  apparatus. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— To  remove  all  kinds  of  intestinal  worms 
but  the  tapeworm;  retenti<in  of  urine  from  atony;  nocturnal  enuresis  from  atony; 
urethral  irritation,  with  pain  and  scalding,  accompanying  uterine  disorders;  re- 
tention of  urine  in  fevers;  deficient  spinal  innervation,  as  evidenced  by  impaired 
respiration  and  tympanitis;  vesical  tenesmus  and  strangury;  retention  of  urine 
from  the  use  of  opiates. 

Related  Products.— Sasto.ninoxime  (CisIIiaXOj,  or  Ci5Hi802:X.OH).  Said  to  be  a  safe 
substitiiii-  i.ii  s;iiit..nin,  and  tlie  dose  given  may  be  3  times  as  large  P.  Guici  (1889)  prepared 
it  by  till-  int>ra(.-tiou  of  santonin  (5  parts),  hj'ilroxylamine  hydrocbloride  (4  parts),  strong  alco- 
hol ViO  parts,  and  precipitated  calcium  carbonate  (4  parts).  These  were  digested  for  8  or  4 
<lavs  at  alx)ut  80°  C.  (176*?.).  It  forms  white  silky,  Isevogyre  needles,  very  sparingly  soluble 
in  liot  water.     It  fuses  at  near  217°C.  (442.6°  F.).  • 

.So»i/o/iii'(  chamx'yparisgui  (Composit«). — Popular  in  Scotland  as  a  remedy  for  round iivrm. 
Half  ounce  of  the  plant  may  be  boileil  with  1  pint  of  water  for  30  minutes,  strained,  and 
brought  to  the  measure  to  1  pint  when  finished.  Of  this  decoction,  2*  ounces  maybe  given 
to  children,  or.")  ounces  to  adults  for  4  successive  days,  and  may  lie  followed  with  an  active 
cathartic-.  Mabeu  finds  in  the  plant  a  bitter  binly,  which  he  iielieves  to  be  the  active  sub- 
t-tance,  resin,  and  an  essential  oil  ij'hiinn.  .hun-.  7'/-<i)i.'<.,Vol.  XVI). 

•     SAPO  (U.  S.  P.)— SOAP. 

"Soap  prepared  from  soda  and  olive  oil" — (U.S.  P.). 

CoMMo.N  Na.mes  and  Synonym  :   .Soap,  White  castile  soap,  Castile  soap,  Hard  soap; 

fi,ip<,dnnis.nr. 

Source  and  Preparation. — Soaps  in  general  are  the  sodium  or  potassium 
salts  cif  tlie  liiglier  fatty  acids  (lauric,  stearic,  jjalmitic,  oleic  acids,  etc.)  occurring 


1720  SAPO. 

in  fats  or  fixed  oils,  these  being  glycerin  esters  of  the  acids  named  (see  OUa  Fixa 
and  Adep-'i).  Sodium  and  potassium  soaps  are  readily  sohiljle  in  water,  while 
calcium  soaps  and  the  soaps  formed  with  heavy  metals  are  insoluble.  The  latter 
are  called  plasters, e.  7. , lead  plaster  (see  Emplastruvi  Plumbi). 

ConuiiiTcial  soaps  are  broadly  classed  as  fuird  soaps  and  soft  soaps.  As  a  rule, 
sodium  soaps  are  hard  soaps,  while  potassium  soaps  are  soft.  The  nature  of  the 
higher  fatty  acid  with  which  the  alkali  is  combined,  has  a  secondary  influence 
on  the  consistency  of  the  soap.  Fats  in  which  the  solid  stearic  acid  is  prepon- 
derant, e.  gi.,  mutton  and  beef  suet,  yield  a  harder  soap  than  those  in  which  the 
fluid  oleic  or  related  acids  are  predominant,  e.g.,  olive  oil,  linseed  oil,  tish  oils. 
The  fats  from  which  soaps  are  prepared  are  chiefly  tallow  and  lard,  palm  oil,  olive 
oil,  cocoanut  oil,  for  hard,  partly  also  for  soft  soaps,  and  hempseed  oil,  linseed  oil, 
cotton-seed  oil,  and  fish  oils,  for  soft  soaps;  castor  oil  for  transparent  toilet  soaps, 
and  commercial  oleic  acid  both  for  hard  and  soft  soaps.  In  the  case  of  oleic  acid, 
soap-making  consists  simply  in  the  neutralization  of  the  free  acid  by  caustic 
alkali  or  by  the  carbonate  of  an  alkali.  The  carbonic  acid  evolved  in  the  latter 
case  is  liable  to  be  a  disturbing  element  in  the  manufacture.  With  neutral  fats, 
decomposition  into  the  fatty  acid  and  glycerin  may  be  effected  in  several  ways 
(see  Glycerinum) ;  of  these,  saponification  by  caustic  alkalies  is  still  the  prevailing 
method  of  making  soap.  Taking  stearin  (glyceryl-tristearate)  as  a  tvpe  of  a  solid 
fat,  the  reaction  with  caustic  soda  will  be  as  follows:  C,H-(C,8H^O.,")3+3XaOH= 
SCijHjjOjNa  (sodium  stearate)  +  C^Hsf OH )3  (glycerin).  White  caetile  soap  is  offi- 
cially recognized  and  is  made  from  olive  oil. 

Hard  Soaps. — In  practical  soap-making,  saponification  of  the  fat  must  be 
started  with  a  weak  lye,  because  soap  being  insoluble  in  strong  alkali,  the  first 
soap  formed  would  envelop  the  fatty  particles  and  prevent  them  from  being  fur- 
ther attacked.  The  heating  is  done  in  copper  boilers  provided  both  with  indi- 
rect and  direct  steam.  After  adding  stronger  lye,  the  mixture  is  boiled  until  a 
sample  becomes  firm  on  cooling;  the  soap  is  then  "salted  out,"' i.  f.,  common  salt 
or  concentrated  brine  is  added,  in  which  the  soap  is  insoluble.  The  latter  rises  to 
the  top,  while  the  liquid  below  ("spent  lye")  contains  all  the  glycerin,  salt  solu- 
tion and  various  impurities,  but  should  not  contain  either  soap  or  free  alkali.  It 
is  drawn  off,  and  the  supernatant  soap  boiled  with  another  quantity  of  strong 
soda-lye,  which  completes  the  saponification.  A  small  quantity  of  weak  lye  is  now 
added  and  the  mass  boiled  for  several  hours  liy  direct  steam.  This  pro(iucesr«r(? 
soap,  composed  of  hard,  granular  particles.  The  soap  is  taken  out  and  allowed  to 
harden  in  wooden  or  iron  frames.  Mottled  soap  is  obtained  when  ferrous  sulphate 
(about  0.25  per  cent)  is  incorporated  into  the  cooling  mass  which  causes  greenish 
streaks  of  ferrous  hydrate  to  form,  turning  red  on  the  surface  of  the  soap.  Other 
substances  are  also  used  for  this  purpo.se.  Yellnio  or  re.*n?  soap,  is  formed  by  add- 
ing a  certain  quantity  of  resin  (see  Resinn)  (as  much  as  50  per  cent  and  more,  of 
the  fat  employed)  to  the  mass  in  the  soap  boiler  toward  the  end  of  the  process; 
a  yellow  soap  of  uniform  texture,  not  curdy  and  granular,  is  produced.  When 
unbleached  palm  oil  is  saponified,  the  soaji  that  is  formed  is  also  yellow. 

Filled  Soaps. — These  are  the  clieapost  soaps  made.  As  they  are  not  salted  out 
they  represent  the  total  contents  of  the  soap  boiler,  including  the  glycerin.  The. 
fats  usually  receive  an  addition  of  a  large  percentage  of  cocoanut  oil.  which  ha.s 
the  remarkable  property  of  being  r^adiiy  sajionifiable  with  a  strong  soda-lye  at  a 
lower  temperature  producing  a  hard  soap  which  can  not  be  separated  from  the 
liberated  glycerin,  and  in  addition  is  capable  of  taking  up  large  amounts  of  extra- 
neous matters,  soluble  silicate  of  sodium  l)eing  especially  used  for  this  i>urpose. 
Thus,  100  kilogrammes  of  cocoanut  oil.  75  to  80  kilogrammes  of  rosin.  300  kilo- 

trammes  of  waterglass.  and   100  to  150  kilogrammes  of  tallow,  yield,  with   240 
ilogrammes  of  soda-lye  of  33°  Beauim',  a  total  of  800  kilogrammes  of  finished 
soap  (S.  P.  Sadtler. /»((fW.  Orfjr.  CAcm.,  2d  ed.,  1895,  p.  62). 

Saponification  of  cocoanut  oil,  even  when  mixed  with  twice  its  quantity  of 
tallow,  takes  place  with  soda-lye  of  the  akive  strength  at  a  temperature  as  Vw 
as  50°  C.  (about  120°  F.)  (cold  prorc-i.-)).  The  soap  known  as  vmriiie  sixip  i-^  made 
from  cocoanut  oil  by  boiling  with  the  calculated  quantity  of  caustic  soda.  It 
retains  all  tlie  glycerin  of  the  fat,  and  ha.-*  the  property  of  forming  a  lather  with 
sea-water  which  ordinary  soap  does  not  do.    Toilet  so<j}^  are  prepared  from  prained 


SAi-o.  1721 

(curd)  soap,  and  according  to  the  process  of  treatment  are  distinguished  as  trans- 
parent soaps,  remelted  soaps,  and  milled  soaps.  The  latter  are  jjroduced  by  slic- 
ing and  drying  the  stock  soap,  grinding  the  niati-rial,  mixing  in  the  ingredients, 
. .  (I..  pert'ninery,  etc., and  pressing  into  cakes.  Transparent  soaps  may  he  obtained 
by  making  an  alcoholic  solution  of  soap  and  distilling  off  the  alcohol. 

Soft  8o.\rs. — These  are  made  by  saiionil'ying  h(.'m|)seed,  linseed  (T.  .S.  P.)  or 
cotton-seed  oil  (Art^  fonu. ,1st  ed.).tish  oils,  etc.,  with  caustic  potash.  They  can 
not  be  salted  out  with  potassium  chloride,  hence  contain  glycerin  and  any  exces.- 
of  alkali  that  may  have  been  employed.  The  f.  S.  P.  ^ives  the  following  direc- 
tions for  making  »]}'(  >:oap  (S.\Po  Mollis):  Take  of  "linseed  oil,  four  hundred 
grammes  (400  Gm.)  [14  ozs.  av.,  48  grs.];  potassa,  ninety  grammes  (90  Gm.) 
[3  ozs.  av.,  76  grs.];  alcohol,  forty  cubic  centimeters  (40  Cc.)  [1  fls,  169111.]; 
water,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Heat  the  linseed  oil  in  a  deep,  capacious  vessel,  on 
a  water-bath  or  steam-bath,  to  a  temperature  of  about  60°  V.  (140°  F.).  Dissolve 
the  potassa  in  four  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (4.50  Cc.)  [15  flg,  104111] 
of  water,  add  the  alcohol,  and  then  gradually  add  the  mixture,  constantly  stirring, 
to  the  oil,  continuing  the  heat  until  a  small  portion  of  the  mixture  is  found  to 
be  soluble  in  boiling  water  without  the  separation  of  oily  drops.  Then  allow  the 
mixture  to  cool,  and  transfer  it  to  suitable  vessels.  The  potassa  used  in  this  pro- 
cess should  be  of  the  full  strength  directed  by  the  Pharmarojxein  (90  per  cent). 
Potassa  of  any  other  strength,  however,  may  be  used,  if  a  proportionately  larger 
or  smaller  quantity  be  taken,  the  proper  amount  for  the  above  formula  being 
ascertained  by  dividing  8100  by  the  percentage  of  absolute  potassa  (potassium 
hydrate)  contained  therein"" — (U.  S.  P.).  (Also  see  formula  for  Sapo  mollii<  from 
olive  oil,  ^/iK-r.  Joifr.  P/i'ir»!.,lS95,  p.  48-5;  and  comment  on  this  and  the  official 
formula,  by  S.  A.  Sicker,  Pharm.  Rnirw,  1898,  ]\  15.) 

Description,  Chemical  Composition,  and  Tests.— Dr.  S.  P.  Sadtler  (loc.  cit.) 
broadly  classifies  the  many  commercial  varieties  of  soaps  as  follows:  (1)  Compart 
ionps,  including  curd  soaps  (tallow  soap  or  S<ipo  anuiudk,  S.domeMicus,  and  toilet 
soaps),  mottled  and  yellow  (palm  oil  and  rosin)  soaps;  they  contain  from  10  to  25 
per  cent  of  water;  (2)  smooth  or  «<<  soo;j.«,  which  are  curd  soaps,  allowed  to  take 
up  more  water;  they  contain  from  25  to  4.5  per  cent;  (S)  filed  or  padded  soaps  (see 
jirevious  page),  from  45  to  75  percent  of  water,  and  glycerin,  spent  lye,  etc.;  (4) 
soft  or  potash  soaps. 

Two  classes  of  medicinal  soaps  are  recognized  by  the  U.S.P.:  I.  S.apo  (C.S.P.), 
Soap;  White  castile  soap. — This  soap,  prepared  from  olive  oil,  is  also  known  as  Hard 
soap  {Siipo  diirus),  S<tpo  okafen.<<.  Sii]>o  irnetus,  Snpo  Hispaninis,  or  Spanish  soap.  As 
described  by  the  U.  S.  P.,  it  is  "a  white  or  whitish  solid,  hard,  yet  easilv  cut  when 
fresh,  iiaving  a  faint,  peculiar  odor  free  from  rancidity,  a  disagreeable,  alkaline 
taste,  and  an  alkaline  reaction.  Soluble  in  water  and  in  alcohol,  more  readily 
with  the  aid  of  heat'"— (['.  .S.  P.). 

Soap  is  insoluble  in  petroleum  ether;  this  permits  the  quantitative  extrac- 
tion of  any  unaltered  .fat  that  may  be  present  in  soap.  Soap  is  incompatible 
with  all  acid  liquids,  with  the  salts  of  heavy  metals,  with  alum,  and  the  solutions 
of  the  alkaline  earths  and  their  salts,e.  i/.,  with  lime-water,  chloride  of  calcium, 
sulphate  of  magnesium,  etc.  Hard  waters  do  not  form  a  lather  with  soap,  be- 
cause soap  forms  granular  compounds  with  the  calcium  salts  of  the  water.  Pre- 
viously boiling  the  wat€r  with  sodium  carbonate  will  precipitate  the  calcium  salts. 
and  the  water  thus  purified  will  foam  with  the  soap.  Or,  sodium  or  potassium 
carbonate  incorporated  with  the  soap,  is  said  to  produce  the  same  effect. 

The  r.  .S'.  P.  directs  the  following  tests  for  hard  soap:  "On  placing  a  small, 
weighed  portion  of  ."soap,  together  with  about  10  Cc.  of  alcohol,  in  a  tared  beaker 
containing  sand,  evaporating  the  resulting  solution  of  the  soap  to  dryness,  and 
drying  the  re.-idue  at  110°  C.  (230°  F.),the  loss  of  weight  should  not  exceed  30 
per  cent  (absence  of  an  undue  amount  of  water).  A  4  jier  cent  alcoholic  solution 
of  .soap  should  not  gelatinize  on  cooling  (absence  of  animal  fats).  An  aqueous 
.«olution  of  soap  should  remain  unafl'ectc<l  on  the  addition  of  hydrogen  sulphide 
or  ammonium  sidphide  T.S.  (absencif  of  metallic  impurities).  On  dissolving 
20  Gm.  of  .«oap  in  aliohol.  with  the  aid  of  heat,  transferring  the  undissolved  resi- 
due, if  any,  to  a  filter,  and  washing  it  thoroughly  with  boiling  alcohol,  it  should, 
aft<r  drying,  weigh  not  more  than  0.6  Gm.  (limit  of  sodium  carbonate,  etc.);  and 


1722  SAPO. 

at  least  0.4  Gm.  of  this  residue  should  be  soluble  in  water  (limit  of  silica  and 
other  accidental  impurities).  If  a  solution  of  5  Gm.  of  soap  in  50  Cc.  of  water  be 
mixed  with  3  Cc.  of  decinormal  oxalic  acid  V.S.,  the  .«ub.sequent  addition  of  a  few 
drops  of  phenolphtalein  T.S.  should  produce  no  pink  or  red  tint  (limit  of  alka- 
linitj')  ■'—(['.  S.  P.).  The  pressence  of  free  alkali  in  soap  may  be  qualitatively  a.^cer- 
tained  by  adding  to  a  concentrated  solution  of  the  soap  either  calomel  or  solution 
of  mercurous  nitrate.    A  black  precipitate  is  formed  if  free  alkali  is  present. 

The  adulterants  that  have  been  found  in  hard  soap  are  China  clay,  fuller's 
earth,  chalk,  pumice  stone,  gypsum,  sand,  bran,  etc.  They  all  remain  undis- 
solved when  the  soap  is  treated  with  alcohol  or  water. 

II.  Sapo  Mollis  {U.  S.  P.),  Soft  snop,  Snpn  viridis  (Pharm.,  1880),  Green  soap.— 
"A  soft,  unctuous  mass,  of  a  yellowish-brown  or  brownish-yellow  color.  Soluble 
in  about  5  parts  of  hot  water  to  a  nearly  clear  liquid;  also  in  2  parts  of  hot  alco- 
hol, without  leaving  more  than  3  per  cent  of  insoluble  residue  " — ( ('.  S.  P.).  This 
Boap  has  been  found  adulterated  with  starch  to  the  extent  of  25  per  cent.  The 
adulteration  may  be  recognized  by  iodine  in  slightly  acidulated  solution.  (For  a 
tabulated  scheme  of  systematic  soap  analysis,  we  refer  the  reader  to  S.  P.  Sadtler, 
Handbook  Indust.  Org.' Chem.,  2d  ed.,  1895,"p.  82;  or  to  A.  H.  Allen.  Commercial 
Organic  Analysis,  3d  ed.,  Vol.  II,  Part  I,  1899,  p.  277.  An  interesting  account  of 
the  analysis  of  five  samples  of  castile  soap  and  four  samples  of  soft  soaji.with 
comment  on  the  above  U.  S.  P.  requirements,  is  given  by  F.  A.  Sieker.  Pharm. 
Revim-,1898,  pp.  15,  94,  and  267;  also  see  S.  R.  Knox,  Proc.  Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc., 
1894,  p.  174;  and  article  by  Alfred  Smethan,  on  "Soap  Manufacture  and  Soaps  of 
Commerce,"  in  Pharm.  Jour.  Tram.,\o\.  XIV,  1883-84,  p.  534.) 

The  following  table,  from  Dr.  S.  P.  Sadtler's  Handbook,  p.  73,  gives  the  results 
of  some  analyses  performed  Ijy  M.  Dechan  {Pharm.  Jour.  Trans. ,Vo\.  XV,  1884-85, 
p. 870),  of  the  soaps  chiefly  emi)loyed  in  pharmacy: 


Name  of  Soap. 


1 

■5 

ll 

1 

> 

2 

H, 

- 

81  ..T 

9.92 

.08 

.00 

70.7 

9.14 

.09 

.00 

(18.1 

8.9 

.19 

.15 

78.3 

9..i7 

.28 

.(K» 

48.5 

12.6 

.38 

.17 

rr 

-t 

N, 

1 

p 

•  o 

28 

0.20 

10.65 

m 

C.90 

13.25 

fis 

0.80 

21.70 

47 

0.40 

12.50 

li.oo 

39.50 

Hard  soap  (Sapo  diints) . . . 

White  castile  soap 

Jlottlcd  castile  soap 

Tallow  soap  (Sapoanimall! 
Soft  soap  (.Sapo  mollis  I 


0.50 
0.60 
1.30 
1.10 
1.60 


Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Soap  taken  internally  is  slightly  laxa- 
tive, and.  externally,  it  is  detersive.  Its  action  is  verj-  much  like  that  of  the  alk.a- 
lies,  but  less  energetic;  hence  it  may  be  administered  in  considerable  doses  with- 
out producing  inflammation,  though  it  readily  disturbs  digestion.  As  an  antacid, 
it  is  useful  in  strong  solution,  in  cases  of  poi^miing  hi/ minrral  acids,  and  also  in 
arid  conditions  of  the  .stomach.  It  has  likewise  been  found  serviceable  in  those  cases 
of  gravel  in  which  uric  acid  prevails,  but  it  does  not  dissolve  the  uric  acid  forma- 
tions. In  cases  of  poisoning  by  acids,  it  may  be  used  until  more  etfective  agents 
can  be  procured,  as  chalk,  lime,  magnesia,  or  the  alkaline  bicarbonates.  It  is  sel- 
dom used  alone  as  a  purgative,  but  is  usually  combined  with  aloes,  gamboge, 
resin  of  podophyllum,  or  other  resinous  cathartics,  whose  irritating  properties 
are  thereby  modified.  United  with  rhuViarb,  it  forms  a  pill  of  much  service  in 
obstinate  coi^tiveness  and  biliai-y  derangements.  It  le.ssens  the  astringent  action  of 
rhubarb.  Externally,  it  has  been  found  serviceable  in  /i»i<vi  cajiHi.-'.  il'h.  boih,  and 
other  cutaneous  diseases,  and  as  a  discutient  in  glandular  enlargenients.  nWf.'wrs,  con- 
tusions, etc.,  in  whicii  it  is  used  either  in  form  of  liniment  or  plaster.  Soft  soap, 
especially,  has  been  found  efficient  in  these  cutaneous  affections,  use<l  either 
alone,  or  in  combination  with  other  suitable  agents.  An  excellent  injection  is 
formed  by  making  a  strong  soap- water  from  soft  soap,  which  will  be  found  useful 
in  obstinate  costiveness,  or  where  it  is  desirable  to  produce  a  prompt  discharge 
from  the  bowels.    In  the  preparation  of  pills,  liniment.*,  or  pla.sters.  we  must  be 


SAPONAKIA.  1(23 

{•articular  not  to  add  agents  which  are  chemically  changed  by  the  soap.  Soap 
may  be  administered  in  a  dose  of  5  to  30  grains,  and  is  commonly  used  in  the 
pilularform;  in  poisoning  by  mineral  acids, ^  pint  of  a  strong  solution  should  l)e 
promptly  administered  and  be  repeated  every  few  minutes,  if  necessary. 

Special  Soaps. — As  such  we  consider  soaps  containing  certain  ingredients  intended  to 
impart  to  tlic  soa^)  special  medicinal  or  economic  cliaracters.  This  includes  the  multitude  of 
iiiediciiloi  .'tnip.i.    'Ihe  following  special  soaps  mav  be  mentioned  : 

Tkan>i'.\ke.\t  Glyceuix  Soap  niav  be  made  by  melting  together  10  kilogrammes  of  tal- 
low, 10  kilogrammes  of  cocoanut  oil,  6  kilogrammes  "of  castor  oil,  10  kilogrammes  of  glycerin, 
heating  to  about  50°  C.  ( V2'2°  F.'),  adding  13  kilogrammes  of  soda-lye  of  40  per  cent,  and  12  kilo- 
gramniis  of  <K>  per  cent  alcohol,  stirring  the  mixture  until  the  soap  becomes  transparent,  then 
add  sugar  snUitiun  (2  kilogrammes  oi'  sugar  boiled  with  *  kilogramme  of  water),  100  grammes 
of  cassia  oil,  50  grammes  of  bergamot  oil,  and  pour  the  tinished  soap  into  tin  molds  ( Aim-i:  Juur. 
J'harm.,  ISTti,  p.  566).  It  is  stated  by  Dr.  Sadtler,  however,  that  the  addition  of  sugar  is  harm- 
ful to  sensitive  hands. 

Okidei.ikx-  is  the  camphorated  soap  liniment  (LinimeiUum  Saponaio  Camphoratum)  of  the 
Gennan  I'hurmocnixi'ia  (also  see  p.  11431. 

!Sapo  Medkatus  of  the  (iirman  Pharmacopma  (which  enters  into  the  composition  of  the 
precedhigi  is  a  ueutral  soda  soap,  prepared  on  the  steam-bath,  with  the  aid  of  alcohol,  from 
a  mixture  of  equal  amounts  of  lard  and  olive  oil. 

Safo  Jai.api.sis I  GtT.  Pharm.). — Dissolve  jalap  resin  (4parts)  and  medicinal  soap  (4  parts) 
in  diluted  alcohol  (8  parts),  evaporate  on  the  steam-bath  to  9  parts,  with  constant  stirring. 

Taxxi.v  .Soap.— ."Miponifv  cocoanut  oil  l9  kilogrammes)  with  sodadye  i4.5  kilogrammes); 
add  solution  of  tannin  iA50  granmies)  in  alcohol;  finally  add  balsam  of  Peru  (30  grammes), 
oil  of  cassia,  oil  of  cloves  (each,  10  grammes). 

loDi.NE  .Soap. — Cocoanut  oil  (10  kilogrammes),  lye  of  38°Beaum6  (5  kilogrammes),  potas- 
sium iodide  (50O  grammes  I,  dissolved  in  water  {'2bO  grammes). 

Gall  .Soap. —  Cocoanut  oil  |25  kilogrammes)  is  mixed  with  galls  (1.5  kilogrammes)  and 
saponified  in  the  cold  with  12.5  kilogrammes  of  soda-lye  of  3.S°  Beaum^.  The  soap  is  colored 
with  350  grammes  of  ultramarine  green,  and  perfumed'with  75  grammes  each  of  oil  of  lavender 
and  caraway. 

Camphorated  Sclpiicr  Soap. — Cocoanut  oil  (12  kilogrammes),  soda-lve  of  .38°  Beaum(5  (6 
kilogrammes  I,  potassium  sulphide(l  kilogramme),  dissolved  in  water  (0.5  kilogramme);  cam- 
phor (160  grammes)  is  to  be  dissolved  in  melted  cocoanut  oil  {  Amer.  Jour.  J'huriii.,\SS2,p.  (i-i). 

Petrolecm  .Soap. —  Heat  white  beeswax  (40  parts,  )iptrol.-iini  (-50  parts),  alcohol  of  90 
percent  (.50  parts)  on  a  water-bath;  when  melted,  add  li  nl  Mn-^  ilU'  soap  (100  parts),  agitate 
and  pour  into  molds.  The  soap  is  said  to  be  firm,  linnMii.  .;  .  i-i!y  and  does  not  leave  the 
■washed  parts  impregnated  with  petroleum  {Amer.Junr.  /V  .  1>^  i.  ji.  287). 

.<AXD  .Soap  may  be  prepared  from  curd  soap  and  coeuanul  oil  tsuap,  each,  7  pounds;  sifted 
sea-sand,  28  pounds;  oils  of  thyme,  cassia,  caraway,  and  French  lavender,  each  2  ounces. 

AsEPsi.N-  .s:oAP  is  a  milled  tallow  soap  medicated  with  asepsin  and  borax  (also  see  A/emin ). 

Antiseptic  Soap  (^-f/x-rcd/,  Johnston)  is  a  medicinal  soap  iu  liquid  form  introduced  and 
manufactured  by  Parke,  Davis  &  Co.,  Detroit. 

SiiAvixG  Cream.— The  Pharm.  Jour.  Trnm.,f^ept.  19, 1896,  p.  248, recommends  the  following 
formula:  Curd  soap,  2  ounces;  fresh  butter,  4  dracnms;  tincture  of  quillaja,  2  ounces;  carbon- 
ate of  pota«sium,  2 drachms;  otto  of  rose,  10  minims;  oil  of  lavender,  10  minims,  oil  of  myrcia 
acris,  5  minims.  Dis-solve  the  soap,  shredded  tine,  in  10  ounces  of  water  by  the  aid  of  heat; 
melt  the  butter,  and  mix  in  a  warm  mortar  with  the  carbonate  of  potassi'irm  dissolved  in  1 
ounce  of  water;  gradually  add  the  soap  solution,  and  stir  uutil  a  paste  is  formed,  then  add  the 
quillaja  tincture  in  which  the  oils  have  been  dissols'ed. 

MoLi.ix. — An  ointment  base  in  use  in  German  dermatological  practice,  and  is  classed  as 
a  soft  soaji  containing  17  per  cent  of  free  fat.  It  is  a  smooth,  soft,  vellowish-white,  non-rancid 
body  not  ea.sily  altered  in  the  air,  and  readily  washed  from  the  skin  with  water,  hot  or  cold. 
To  prepare  it," fresh  fat,  or  cocoanut  oil,  100  parts  is  first  saponified  with  caustic  potash  solu- 
tion (spi-cific  gravity  1.145),  40  parts.  Glycerin,  .30  parts,  is  then  intimately  mixed  with  it  and 
carefully  heated. 

Pi'lvkri-lbnt  Medicinal  .Soaps.— This  form  of  soap  is  recommended  bv  Dr.  P.J.  EichhofT. 


A  netilral  soap-powder  base  (anhydrous,  hygroscopic)  is  obtained  from  beef  tallow;  mper/atleil 
soap  powder  is  obtained  from  the  preceding  by  adding  oleic  acid  i2  per  cent)  and  lanolin 
(3  per  cent).     .Vn  alkalirw  soap-powder  base  is  obtained  by  adding  to  the  neutral  base 


sium  and  sodium  carbonates  (2.5  per  cent  of  each).  A  number  of  medicinal  soaj)s  have  been 
prepared  from  the  three  bases  named,  by  incorporating  with  them  certain  medicinal  constitu- 
ents, c.  7.,  sulphur  (10  per  cent),  balsam  of  Peru,  chrysarobin,  chlorinated  lime;  or  carbolic 
acid,  salicylic  acid,  pyropallol,  iodoform,  aristol,  quinine  sulphate,  etc,  etc.  (see  Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm. .iii'Ji.  p.  68.  from  Pharm.  Zeitung,  1892;  also  see  Amrr.Jour.  Pharm..  1891,  p.  360). 

SAPONARIA.— SOAPWORT. 

The  root  and  leaves  of  Stjpotuirui  offirinolU,  Linne. 

Ndt.  Ord. — Caryophyllacea-. 

C0M.M0.N  Names:  So<ipwort,  Soaproot,  Bouncing  Bel,  Fuller' 8-herb. 


1724  SAPONARIA. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  stout,  perennial  herbaceous  plant,  sometimes 
known  liy  the  name  of  Bounciiig  Bet,  with  a  stem  1  to  2  feet  in  height.    The  leaves 
217         ^''^  lanceolate,  inclining  to  elliptical,  very  acute,  smooth,  2  or  3 
'^'       ■        inches  long,  and  about  one-third  as  wide.    The  flowers  are  many, 
large,  flesh-colored  or  pale  pink,  often  double,  and  borne  in  panicu- 
late fascicles.    Calyx  cylindrical  and  slightly  downy.    Petals  5,  and 
unguiculate;  crowns  of  the  petals  linear.    Stamens  10;  styles  2; 
capsule  oblong  and  1-celled  (G. — W.). 

Description  and  Chemical  Composition— Soapwort  is  found 
growing  in  Euiopt'  and  the  Unit<-d  State.-.  Ky  roadsides  and  in 
waste  places,  fidwcring  in  .July  and  Atigusl.  Thepart^  used  medici- 
nally are  the  root  and  leaves;  they  are  without  odor,  and  of  a 
bitterish,  slightly  saccharine  taste,  with  a  subsequent  per.^istent 
saponana  offlci-  pungency  and  a  benumbing  sensation.  With  water  they  become 
°  ^^'  frothy,  like  soap-suds;  water  or  alcohol  extracts  their  active  prop- 

erties. The  active  principle  of  this  root  was  discovered  in  1808  by  J.  C.  C.  Schrader, 
who  named  it  saponin,  OinA  obtained  it  by  extracting  the  powdered  root  with  boil- 
ing alcohol  and  allowing  to  crystallize.  Closely  allied  substances  have  since  been 
found  in  the  roots  of  Poly fiala  Senega,  Gypsophila  Arrostii  {not  Strut hium;  see  Fliicki- 
ger,  Archiv  dcr  Phurm.,  1890,  p.  192),  in  the  barks  of  Qaillaja  Saponarin  and  Chryso- 
phyllum  glycyphUeum,  in  the  seeds  of  Ayrostemma  Githago,  Snpindus  Saponnria,  and 
in  many  other  plants,  e.g.,  the  fruit  of  horse-chestnut,  the  root  of  the  common 
pink,  etc.  (see  complete  enumeration  by  N.  Kruskal,  DUsert.  Dorpat.  1891). 
Christophson  (1874)  found  Gypsophila  to  yield  the  largest  quantity  of  saponin 
(13  to  15  per  cent).  According  to  C.  Schiaparelli  {Amer.  Jonr.  Pharm..  1SS4.  p.  273), 
saponin  (CjjHj.Oij)  from  Saponaria  officinali-<  is  a  white,  amorphous  powder  which 
excites  sneezing  when  inhaled  through  the  nostrils;  it  has  a  pungent  taste  and 
is  poisonous.  It  dissolves  freely  in  water,  but  is  insoluble  in  ether,  benzene,  and 
chloroform,  only  slightly  soluble  in  alcohol.  A  diluted  aqueous  solution  forms  a 
persistent  froth  upon  shaking.  Saponin  is  a  glucosid,  and  is  hydrolyzed  by  boil- 
ing with  diluted  acids  into  sugar  and  ,wpo«e?/?i,  which  is  insoluble  in  water,  alco- 
hol and  ether.  W.Von  Schulz  {Jahre><h.  der  Phann.,imii,  p.  510)  states  that  the 
active  principle  of  white  soaproot  is  snpotoxin  (see  Quillaja);  that  of  red  .<oaproot  is 
sapo-rubrin  (3.45  per  cent),  a  glucosid  which  he  finds  to  be  melhyl-sapofoxin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Soapwort  is  tonic,  diaphoretic,  and 
alterative;  and  forms  a  remedy  in  tlu-  treatment  of  .v/pliiliiu;  .scrofulous  and  cutor 
neous  diseases,  also  \n  jaundice,  liver  affection.-^,  rfieumatifm,  and  gonorrhcen.  It  is  gen- 
erally used  in  decoction;  although  an  extract  or  the  inspissated  juice  will  be 
found  equally  efficient.  Saponin  has  been  advised  as  a  substitute  for  the  root, 
but  this  is  not  satisfactorily  established;  it  will  likewise  be  found  a  powerful 
sternutatory.  Dose,  from  2  to  6  grains.  E.  Pelikan  believes  that  saponin  is  des- 
tined to  play  a  difi'erent  part  from  that  which  is  now  given  to  it,  and  that  it 
should  lie  submitted  to  further  investigations.  According  to  his  experiments  he 
finds  that  saponin  and  identical  substances  produce  a  local  paralysis  followed  by 
rigidity  of  the  muscles  and  paralysis  of  the  nerves  of  sensation;  and  also  that 
between  saponin  and  agents  that  act  upon  the  pupil,  as  atropine  and  physostig- 
mine,  there  exists  considerable  analogy  {(iaz.  Med.  rfePirinV,  1867).  Decided  emmena- 
gogue  projjerties  are  attributed  to  saponaria.  Dose  of  the  decoction  i^i  to  Oj), 
from  2  to  4  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  limes  a  day;  of  the  extract  or  inspi,-s;»tfd  juice, 
from  10  to  20  grains. 

Related  Drugs.  -Soai-ukkrii.:.'*.  A  tree  of  the  Ainerican  tropics, the. <i»;)iHrf".<.^i;'"><ori<i, 
T.inm-,  of  tlu'  n:itur:il  onlcr  .N''i;);,((f,(c,v)-, yields  an  oninjri'-i'olon'il.  sptu'rical  ortivoiil  friiil.  .i)iout 
the  size  <if  our  <'oiiniioii  chenv.  cimtainiiig  a  tough  endocarp  vielilins;  tart.nrie  ami  f'Tniio  adds, 
ami  fnponhi  (»apiii(liif-siijii>ti>.ilii).  The  fruit  is  known  as  the  .-iOd/j/x/iv/.  The  see<ls  yielil  a  laijie 
quantity  of  fat  of  the  eonsistence  of  Initter.  Other  speeies  of  Supindua  have  similar  fruits 
containing  like  constitncnts.  Atnoni:  those  eniploycif  are  the  fruits  of  .V. /(iMri/<>/ii(,<.V:d>l,  the 
\>oi.\s  oi  S.i-ii>(irg)iinl)i.i,  and  the  fniil-piilp  o(  S.ihhnjrni',  all  of  India. 

Li'iVAN'T  SoAPHooT. — Formerly  believed  to  he  the  root  of  ^i'i/;)»iy./ii7a  Stni/Ai'im.  I.inn^,  hnt 
now  known  to  he  derived  from  G.  .■In-<>,'!<(i,  Gussone,  G.  iMiuiniloUi.  Linn^  (Fluckigvr.  Arrhif 
rf<r  P/m/oi.  ISHO,  p.  Il'i'i.  Asia  Minor,  north  Africa,  and  sonth  KumiH>  (i^ieil.v.  I'ale  brown 
externally,  \\U\U'  iiitirnally.  eorru^rated  longitudinally  ami  transversely,  aud  iibout  1  foot  long 
and  2  inches  in  thieknes.s.     Its  composition  is  similar  to  that  of  saponaria. 


SAKRACEXIA. 


1725 


M^gnrrhiza  cali/omica,  Man-root.— Root  yielded  J.  P.  Heanaey  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1876, 
p.  4ol  I  a  resinous  body  iiiegarrhizilin  and  a  bitter  gliicositl  megarrhhin.  Young  (ihid.,  188;j, 
p.  19.il  ol)tained  another  glucosid  resembling  saponin  and  possessing  niydriatie  qualities,  which 
he  calleil  iiitij-inhin.  An  alcohol-soluble  and  an  ether-soluble  resin  were  also  foun<l  by  Young. 
The  root  is  cathartic. 

MviKAY  Bean;  the  seed  of  Entada  leandens. — Queensland.  A  substance  l)elieved  to  be 
siiponiii  has  been  found  in  these  seeds  by  John  Moss.  In  its  habitat  the  i)lant  is  considered 
verj'  poisonous. 

Rnwliii  dumelorum. — East  Indies.  Phrnb;  a  fish  poison,  and  to  human  beinp*  an  emet  ". 
Fruit  contains  valerianic  acid  ami  saponin.  A  tincture  is  employed  as  an  antispasmodic 
(Sawyer,  Loudon  Lancet,  1891). 

SARRACENIA.— PITCHER  PLANT. 


cup, 


The  root  oi  Sarracenia  purpurea,  Linn(:. 

Xnt.  Orel. — Sarraceniaceffi. 

CtiMMoN  Names:   Pitrhcr  plant.  Side-saddle  plant  oi flower,  Fh/ trap,  Huntsman's 

W.r.r„),. 

Botanical  Source,  Description,  and  History. — This  plant  is  an  indigenous 
perennial,  of  a  very  curious  character.  The  leaves,  or  acidia,  are  6  to  9  inches 
long,  radical,  short-globose,  inflated  or  cup- 
form,  contracted  at  the  mouth,  having  a  broad, 
arched,  lateral  wing  from  i  to  1  inch  in  width, 
and  extended  on  the  outside  of  the  mouth  into 
a  broad-cordate,  erect  lamina,  or  hood,  covered 
above  with  reversed  hairs.     The  scape  is  from 

1  to  2  feet  in  height,  terete,  smooth,  and  sup- 
porting a  single,  large,  purple,  and  nodding 
flower  f  W.), 

This  plant  owes  its  strange  appearance  to 
a  curious  pitcher-shaped  metainorpliosis  of  the 
leaf,  which  resembles  very  much  an  old-fash- 
ioned side-saddle;  6  of  these  generally  belong 
to  each  plant.  The  leaf,  which  springs  from 
the  root,  is  formed  by  a  large,  hollow  tube, 
swelling  out  in  the  middle,  curved  and  dimin- 
ishing downward  till  it  ends  in  a  stem,  con- 
tracted at  the  mouth,  and  furnished  with  a 
large,  spreading,  heart-shaped  appendage  at 
the  top,  which  is  hairy  within,  the  hairs  point- 
ing downward,  so  as  to  cause  everything  which  falls  upon  the  leaf  to  be  carried 
toward  the  petiole;  a  broad,  wavy  wing  extends  the  whole  length  on  the  inside; 
these  lie  upon  the  ground  with  the  mouth  turned  upward,  so  as  to  catch  the 
water  when  it  falls.  They  hold  nearly  a  wineglassful,  and  are  generally  filled 
with  water  and  aquatic  insects,  which  undergo  decomposition  or  a  sort  of  diges- 
tion, and  serve  as  a  nutriment  to  the  plant.  The  root  is  in  the  form  of  stems  or 
fibers,  5  to  7  or  8  inches  in  length,  of  various  diameters,  not  exceeding  that  of  a 
quill,  dented  at  unequal  intervals,  having  a  smooth  fracture,  and  without  root- 
lets or  medullary  sheath  ;  it  is  readily  reduced  to  a  slightly  aromatic  powder  and 
a  fibrous  residue,  and  communicates  its  bitter  taste  to  water,  alcohol,  or  ether. 
Oil  is  colored  light-amber  by  it.  The  stem  rises  direct  from  the  root;  it  is  round, 
quite  smooth,  and  bears  an  "elegant,  deeply  reddish-purple  terminal  flower,  having 

2  flower-rups;  the  external  consisting  of  3  small  leaves;  the  internal  of  .5,  e^'i;- 
."haped,  obtuse  leaves,  shiny,  and  of  a  brownish-purple.  The  blossoms  are  ■'), 
guitar-.shaped,  obtuse,  repeatedly  curved  inward  and  outward,  and  finally  inflected 
over  the  stigma,  which  is  broad  and  .spreading,  divided  at  its  margin  into  •')  liitid 
lobes,  alternating  with  the  petals, and  supported  on  a  short  cylindrical  style;  tliis 
is  .surmounted  bv  the  stamens,  which  are  numerous,  having  short  threads,  and 
large,  2celled,  oblong,  yellow  anthers  attached  to  them  on  the  under  surface.  In 
the  yellow-flowered  species  of  the  southern  states,  the  bottle  is  very  long,  resem- 
bling a  trumpet,  by  which  name  it  is  often  called. 

The  whole  species  are  water  j)lants,  and  are  found  only  in  wet  meadows,  wet, 
boggv  places,  marshes,  mud  lakes,  etc.,  and  grow  from  Labrador  to  Florida,  flow- 


Sarracenia  pnrptuea. 


1726  SARSAPARILLA. 

'ering  in  June.  There  are  several  varieties,  as  the  S.  heterophylla,  found  in  the 
swamps  at  Northampton,  Mass.,  and  the  S. rubra,  S.flava  (trumpet-leaf),  S.vnrio- 
laris,  S.drummondii,  a.nd  S.psyttacina,  which  are  common  to  the  south,  and  all  of 
which,  probably,  possess  similar  medicinal  virtues.  The  attention  of  the  medical 
world  was  first  called  to  Sarrnrenia  pu-rpurea,  by  Dr.s.  Herbert  Miles  and  F.  W. 
Morris,  both  of  Halifax,  N.  S.,  in  1861  and  1862,  both  recommending  its  use  in 
the  treatment  of  smallpox.  In  this  connection,  see  an  interesting  monograph  on 
this  plant,  by  Prof.  Bentley  (PAar?)!.  Jour.  Trans.,'yo\.  IV,  1862,  pp.  294-302). 

Chemical  Composition. — The  root  is  the  part  used ;  it  has  a  bitter  and  astrin- 
gent tii.ste,an(l  yiiUls  its  properties  to  water.  Bjorklund  and  Dragendorflf  f  JaAr.^gft. 
tier  Phartii.,  1864,  \>.  89)  found  the  root  to  contain  a  volatile  base  (snrmririfj,a.'vo\a- 
tile  acid  (acrylic  acid),  starch  (25.5  per  cent),  sugar,  white  resin  (8.8  per  cent),  tan- 
nic acid,  etc.  The  peculiar  leaves  of  this  plant  showed  about  the  same  constituents 
as  the  root,  only  in  different  proportions.  Hetet  (1879)  claims  to  have  observed 
in  the  root  an  alkaloid  resembling  veratrine,  and  E.  Schmidt  found  a  peculiar 
acid  coloring  matter  (mrrncenic  arid),  soluble  in  alcohol,  little  soluble  in  ether  and 
benzin,  and  forming  a  yellow  lake  with  alum  (N.JahrbvA-hf.  Pharm.,  1872,  j).  98). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  therapeutical  actions  of  sarracenia 
are  not  fully  ascertained.  It  is  supposed  to  be  a  stimulating  tonic,  diuretic, and 
laxative;  in  connection  with  Osmunda  regalis  and  blue  cohosh,  it  will  form  a 
valuable  syrup  for  chlorosis,  uterine  demngcments,  dyspepsia,  and  other  gastric  dilii- 
culties.  An  infusion  of  the  leaf  has  been  found  equally  available  with  that  of  the 
root.  The  best  mode  of  employing  it  is  not  well  determined;  though  the  powder 
may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  20  to  30  grains, 3  or  4  times  a  day;  and  the  infu- 
sion or  syrup,  from  1  to  3  fluid  ounces.  Dr.  Porcher,  of  South  Carolina,  institute<l 
some  experiments  upon  himself,  using  the  recent  root.  He  found  it  to  possess 
bitterness  and  astringency,  and  to  produce  diuresis,  gastric  excitation,  moderate 
catharsis,  and,  at  the  same  time,  to  cause  an  increase  and  irregularity  in  the 
heart's  action,  and  a  feeling  of  congestion  about  the  head.  This  wa.s  the  result 
of  180  grains  taken  in  2  hours' time. 

The  root  is  useful  in  all  cases  where  there  is  a  sluggish,  or  torpid  condition 
of  the  stomach,  the  intestines,  the  liver,  the  kidneys,  or  the  uterus,  producing 
costiveness,  dyspepsia,  sick  headache,  ameiwrrhcun,  dysmenoiThcea,  and  the  various  func- 
tional derangements  which  are  so  commonly  to  be  met  with.  The  plant  has  been 
extolled  as  a  prophylactic  in  smallpox,  and  also  to  modify  it  and  shorten  its  dura- 
tion when  present.  Although  many  physicians  have  made  statements  to  this 
effect,  yet  all  are  not  agreed.  We  do  not  think  the  plant  possesses  any  such  cura- 
tive property  as  has  been  attributed  to  it  in  this  disease,  and  believe  those  who 
have  written  in  its  favor,  have  allowed  themselves  to  be  mistaken.  The  plant,  how- 
ever, undoubtedly  possesses  valuable  properties,  which  render  it  well  worthy  atten- 
tion in  this  as  well  as  in  other  diseases  (J.  King).  Dr.  Scudder  suggests  a  strong 
tincture  of  the  fresh  root  (sviij  to  alcohol,  76  per  cent,  Oj)  in  doses  of  1  to  20  drops. 

SARSAPARILLA  (U.  S.  P.)— SARSAPARILLA. 

"The  root  of  Smilax  officinalis,  Kunth;  Smilax  )»i<Y?(V-a, Chamisso  et  Schlechten- 
dal;  Smilax  papyraceu,  Duhamel;  and  of  other,  undetermined,  species  of  Smilax" — 
{U.S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Liliacese. 

Common  Names:  (See  next  page.) 

Ili.i-stkation  :    (1  and  2^  Rentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  289,  290. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— The  8ars:ii>:irillrts  are  all  climbing  plants, 
having  acuh  ate  ipritkly)  stcuis;  there  are  many  species,  but  they  do  not  all  pos- 
sess medicinal  activity.  Most  of  the  drug-yielding  species  grow  in  the  marshy 
forests  of  Mexico  and  the  territory  extending  to  the  northern  portion  of  Brazil. 
The  botanical  sourceof  the  sarsaparillas  of  commerce  is  not  always  exactly  known; 
this,  for  example,  is  the  case  with  Honduras  sai-saparil la,  which  seems  to  be  derived 
from  several  and  partly  uniletermined  species  of  Smilax,  mostly  from  SmUnx 
officinalis.  The  following  species,  however,  are  generally  conceded"  to  yield  the 
drug  in  its  various  commercial  forms. 


SARSAI'ARILLA.  17-27 

Smilfix  offirinalk  has  a  twining,  angular,   prickly,  and   shrubby  stem;    the 
young  shoots  being  unarmed.     The  leaves  are  ovate-ubloiig,  acute,  cordate,  netted^ 
5  or  7-nerved,  coria- 
ceous,  smooth,    1    foot  Fi(C.  219. 

long  and  4  or  5  inches 

broad;  the  young  ones 

are  lanceolate,  oblong, 

acuminate,   and    tri-  „     . 

nerved.  The  petioles  are 

1  inch  long,  smooth,  bearing  tendrils  above  the  base.    Flowers  unknown.    This 

plant  grows  in  New  Granada,  on  the  banks  of  the  Magdalena,  was  collected,  in 

1805,  by  Humboldt,  and  is  called  Snrznparilla  by  the  natives.    Great  quantities  of 

it  are  sent  to  Carthagena,  whence  it  is  shipped  to  Jamaica,  and,  together  with  that 

coming  from  Central  America  (derived  from  Smiinx  ornata,  Lemaire;  see  Pharm. 

Jour.  !rr'()is.,lS89,  p.  889),  constitutes  Jamnica  sntviiparilla. 

Smiinx  medira  has  an  angular,  zigzag,  or  tlexuous  stem,  armed  with  straight 
aeuU'i  at  the  joints,  and  a  few  hooked  ones  in  the  intervals.     The  leaves  are  of 

the  texture  of  paper, 
smooth,  bright-green 
on  each  side,  cordate, 
auriculate,sliortly  acu- 
minate, and  5-nerved, 
with  the  viens  of  the 
underside  prominent; 
they  are  variable  in 
form,  being   ovate, 


Mexican  sarsaparilla. 


somewhat  panduri- 
form,  auriculale,  and 
somewhat  hastate,  with  the  lobes  of  the  base  obtuse,  sometimes  obsolete,  some- 
times divaricating ;  their  edges  not  straight,  but  as  if  irregularly  crenate;  the  peti- 
oles and  midrib  are  armed,  when  old,  with  straight,  subulate  prickles.  The  ped- 
uncles vary  in  length  from  3  lines  to  1  inch  or  more.  The  umbel  is  about  12-flow- 
ered,  with  the  pedicels  about  3  lines  long.  Schiede  (1829)  found  this  plant  on 
the  east  slope  of  the  Mexican  Andes,  where  the  root  is  gathered  and  then  carried 
to  Vera  Cruz;  it  is  supposed  to  furnish  the  Vera  Cruz  or  Mexican  sarsaparilla  of 
commerce  (L.). 

Smilax  papyracea  has  a  4-cornered,  or  plane-angular,  polished,  prickly  stem : 
leaves  somewhat  membranous,  oval-oblong,  obtuse  at  both  ends,  or  usually  point- 
lett«d  at  the  apex,  quite  entire,  unarmed,  and  5-ribbed,  with  3  more  prominent 
ribs.  Cirrhi  are  inserted  beneath  the  middle  of  the  petiole.  This  plant  grows  in 
the  province  of  Rio  Negro  and  neighboring  places,  and  j'ields  the  Brazilian  or 
Para  sarsaparilla. 

Smilax  ityphilitim^  Kunth,  has  a  round,  smooth  stem,  furnished  only  at  th^ 
knots  with  2  to  4  short,  thick,  straight  prickles.  The  leaves  are  a  foot  long,  oh 
long-lanceolate,  acuminate,  shining,  coriaceous,  3-nerved,  and  terminated  oy  a 
long  point  (L.).  Humboldt  and  Bonpland  discovered  this  plant  on  the  rivers 
Cassiquiare  and  Rio  Negro. 

Description.— The  Mexican  and  South  American  sarsaparillas  have  numer- 
ous long,  delicate  roots  proceeding  from  one  caudex  or  rhizome;  they  are  usually 
taken  from  the  ground  with  the  caudex  attached,  and  are  frequently  packed  in  a 
peculiar  manner  for  exportation  (see  commercial  grades,  next  page).  Those  roots 
which  have  a  deep  orange-red  tint  are  pn-ferrcd,  but  more  especially  those  whose 
taste  is  acrid.  The  stronger  this  is,  the  better  is  the  quality  of  the  root.  Water, 
eitlier  cold  or  hot,  and  also  diluted  alcohol,  extracts  its  medicinal  virtues,  which, 
however,are  materially  injured  by  too  great  or  long-continued  heat.  Sarsaparilla 
should  never  be  purcha.scd  unless,  after  having  chewed  it  for  a  fi-w  minutes,  it 
leaves  a  distinct,  persistent  i)ungency  or  acrimony  in  the  mouth  and  fauces;  with- 
out this  effect  it  can  not  be  relied  upon  as  an  eflicient  article. 

The  oflicial  sarsaparilla  is  thus  described:  "About  4  or  5  Mm.  i  jl  to  |  inch 
thick,  very  long,  cylindrical,  longitudinally  wrinkled,  externally  grayish-brown, 
or  orange-brown ;  internally  showing  a  wliitish  and  mealy,  or  somewhat  horny, 


1728  SARSAPARILLA. 

cortical  layer,  surrounding  a  circular  wood-zone,  the  latter  enclosing  a  broad  pith; 
nearly  inodorous;  taste  mucilaginous,  bitterish,  and  acrid.  The  thick,  woody, 
knotty  rhizome,  if  jjresent,  should  be  removed" — (f.  .^.  P.).  Commercially,  the 
sarsaparillas  are  best  distinguished  as  imaly  and  rum-viealy;  the  latter  are  preferred 
for  medicinal  purposes. 

Mealy  Sarsaparillas. — Honduras  Sarsaparilla  is  a  kind  much  esteemed, 
and  more  commonly  employed  in  this  country.  It  is  imported  from  Belize,  and 
other  parts  of  the  Bay  of  Honduras,  in  parcels  2  or  more  feet  in  length;  the  roots 
are  folded  into  a  kind  of  hank,  and  held  neatly  and  clo.«ely  together  by  tying 
some  of  the  roots  transversely  around  those  forming  the  parcel.  These  parcels, 
weighing  from  2  to  20  pounds,  are  formed  into  large  packages,  weighing  from 
80  to  120  pounds,  which  are  partially  enveloped  in  hide  or  skin.  The  roots  have  a 
few  rootlets  attached,  are  bearded,  of  a  grayish  or  reddish-brown  color,  approach- 
ing orange,  and  have  a  very  mealy  cortex. 

Guatemala  Sarsaparilla  closely  resembles  the  Honduras  drug,  being  packed 
in  a  similar  manner.  Its  orange  color  is,  however,  more  decided,  and  its  bark 
has  a  tendency  to  split  and  crack  ofl',  exposing  the  central  ligneous  column.  It 
appeared  in  commerce  about  1852 — {Phannacogruphia). 

Brazilian  Sarsaparilla  {Para,  Lisbon  or  Rio  Negro  sarsaparilla). — This 
variety  is  now  less  esteemed  than  formerly.  "It  is  packed  in  a  very  distinctive 
manner,  the  roots  being  tightly  compressed  into  a  cylindrical  bundle,  3  feet  or 
more  in  length,  and  about  6  inches  in  diameter,  firmly  held  together  by  the 
pliable  stem  of  a  bignoniaceous  plant,  closely  wound  round  them,  the  ends  being 
neatly  shavpil  off" — (Phnrmacographin).    Its  place  of  export  is  Para. 

C  A  KM  AS  Saksaparilla  is  also  a  mealy  variety,  resembling  the  preceding  kind. 

Non-Mealy  Sarsaparillas. —  Jamaica  Sarsaparilla  {Bearded  sarsaparilla. 
Red  sarsaparilla).  "This  drug  consists  of  roots,  6  feet  or  more  in  length,  bent 
repeatedly  so  as  to  form  bundles  of  18  inches  long  and  4  in  diameter,  which  are 
secured  by  being  twined  round  (but  less  trimly  and  closely  than  the  Honduras 
sort)  with  a  long  root  of  the  same  drug.  The  rhizome  is  entirely  ab.><ent,  but  the 
fibre  or  beard  is  preserved,  and  is  reckoned  a  valuable  portion  of  the  drug.  The 
roots  are  deeply  furrowed,  shrunken,  and  generally  more  slender  than  in  the  Hon- 
duras kind;  the  bark,  when  shaved  off  with  a  penknife,  is  seen  to  be  brown,  hard, 
and  non-mealy  throughout.  Yet  it  is  by  no  means  uncommon  to  find  roots  which 
have  a  smooth  bark  rich  in  starch.  In  color,  Jamaica  sarsaparilla  varies  from  r. 
pale  earthy-brown  to  a  deeper  ferruginous  hue,  the  latter  tint  being  the  mosi 
esteemed"— {Pharmncographia).  This  drug  (Sarsas  radix)  is  the  official  one  of  tht 
British  Pharmacojioeia,  and  grows  in  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  upon  the  mountains 
known  as  the  Cordillera  of  Chiriqui,  bordering  on  Costa  Rica.  Being  exported 
through  Jamaica,  it  has  received  the  name  of  that  place.  Botanically,  it  is  de- 
rived from  Smilax  ornata,  Hooker  filius. 

Me.xican  Sarsaparilla  (  Vera  Cruz  or  Tampiro  sarsaparilla). — Roots  thin  and 
shriveled,  very  fragile,  pale  dull-brown  in  color.  Contains  very  little  starch,  but 
possesses  considerable  acridity.  The  plant  grows  in  Papantla,  Tuxpan,  Nantl.i, 
etc.,  and  is  usually  shipped  at  Vera  Cruz  and  Tampico,  being  put  up  in  large  bales 
weighing  from  150  to  200  pounds.  The  roots  are  not  tied  around  the  rhizome 
transversely,  but  merely  envelop  it  longitudinally.  The  inside  often  contains 
earth  and  stone. 

Guayaquil  Sarsaparilla,  from  Ecuador  via  Guayaquil,  is  crudely  jiaoked 
in  large  bales,  and  is  not  generally  made  into  separate  hanks.  "The  rhizome 
(chump)  and  a  portion  of  the  stem  are  often  present,  the  latter  being  round  and 
not  prickly.  The  root  is  dark,  large,  and  coarse-looking,  with  a  good  deal  of  fibre. 
The  bark  is  furrowed,  rather  thick,  and  not  mealy  in  the  slender  portions  of  the 
root,  which  is  near  the  rootstock,  but  as  the  root  becomes  stout,  so  its  bark  becomes 
smoother,  thicker,  and  amylaceous,  exhibiting,  when  cut,  a  fawn-colored  or  pale- 
yellow  iiitrrior" — (  PhitniinciKirttfihia). 

Chemical  Composition.— Besides  volatile  oil  (Pareira,.Viir  .Urtf.>,  resin,  starch, 
coloring  matter,  calcium  oxalate,  etcsai-saparilla  root  contains  several  glucosids, 
to  which  its  peculiar  properties  are  due.  According  to  Robert  vl8!'2\  tne^e  ghi- 
cosids  are:  (1)  Parillin  of  Palotta  (1824\  first  obtained  pure  by  Fliickiger,  pre- 
viouslj'  also  called  smiiarin  (not  ^ilerck's),  salseparin,  and  parillic  o'-id:  it   i~  .-ry-it.il- 


SAlJSAI'AUU.l.A  1729 

line,  nearly  insoluble  in  cold  water,  soluble  in  20  parts  of  boiliufr  \v;iter,  forming 
n  l>itter  solution,  which  froths  upon  shaking ;  it  is  the  least  active  of  tlie  gluco- 
i^iils.  Fliickiger  (see  Husemann  and  Hilger.  PUmizemtoffe,  p.  108)  obtained  about 
0.19  per  cent.  Boiling  with  diluted  sulpliuric  acid  produces  sugar  and  purigcnin, 
insoluble  in  water.  (2)  Siipmiin  {.•^arnapdrill-xapfinin;  swilucin  of  Merck)  is  amor- 
phous, more  active  than  the  preceding,  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol.  (3)  Sarsa- 
mponin.  crystallizing  in  needles,  readily  soluble  in  water;  the  most  poisonous 
of  the  tlin-H. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— 8arsaparilla  is  generally  considered  as 
an  alterative,  tliough  statecl  by  some  to  possess  diuretic,  diaphoretic,  and  emetic 
jtroperties.  Its  mode  of  action,  however,  is  not  well  understood,  as  it  effects  nor- 
mal changes  in  the  system  without  any  ai)preciable  change  in  tlie  operation  of 
the  various  organs.  N'o  medicine  has,  probably,  ever  passed  through  so  many 
changes  of  popularity,  having  been  at  various  times  most  highly  lauded  as  an 
efficient  alterative,  and  as  often  been  pronounced  inert.  There  is  no  doubt,  how- 
ever, that,  when  properly  prepared,  it  exerts  a  favorable  influence  over  the  system. 
The  diseases  in  which  it  has  been  more  particularly  recommended,  are  inveterate 
st)j)hili>i,  pgeudo;*i/philis,  mernirin-.^yphiUs,  and  struma  in  all  its  forms.  It  has  been 
used  in  several  chronic  diseases,  as  of  the  skin,  as  herpes  (best  associated  with 
sodium  sulphite),  rheumntir  affe<-timts  (with  potassium  iodide),  pasnive  general 
dropsy,  gnnorrhceol  rheumatism,  and  other  depraved  conditions  of  the  system  where 
an  alterative  is  required.  The  decoction,  made  acid  with  nitric  acid,  is  service- 
able in  syphilitir  sore  throat.-i,  and,  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  is  of  some 
value  in  chronic  hepatic  disorders,  with  torpor.  A  drink  is  made  in  Angostura, 
which  enjoys  much  reputation  there  as  an  alterative  beverage.  It  is  made  of  Rio 
Negro  sarsaparilla,  1  pound;  rasped  guaiac  wood,  6  ounces;  aniseed  and  bruised 
liquorice  root,  of  each,  2  ounces;  mezereon  root-bark,  1  ounce;  molasses,  1  pound; 
and  i  dozen  liruised  cloves;  pour  upon  these  articles  2  gallons  of  boiling  water, 
and  shake  the  vessel  3  times  a  day.  As  soon  as  fermentation  begins,  it  may  be 
taken  in  doses  of  4  fluid  ounces,  2  or  3  times  a  day  (C. — Trans.  Med.  Hot.  Sac,  1829). 
At  the  present  daj-,  sarsaparilla  is  but  little  used  as  above.  Probably  much  of 
good  that  has  been  accomplished  with  sarsaparilla  mixtures  has  been  chiefly 
due  to  the  active  ingredients  that  have  been  so  frequently  associated  with  it. 
Dose  of  sarsaparilla,  in  powder,  30  grains,  3  or  4  times  a  day;  of  the  infusion  or 
syrup,  4  fluid  ounces.  Some  believe  sarsaparilla  to  contain  an  active  cardiac- 
sedative  principle. 

Related  Species.— .S'mi7a.r8nrsapan7/n,biniit',  is  "of  doubtful  origin,  ami  so  far  as  grow- 
in.'  in  till'  riiiii-.l  States,  it  is  not  now  recognized  "i  Walter 
Il.Kvans.  t.7'//. />'.<//W,h,  Xo.  16,  Aug.,  1891).  -        Fie.  221. 

SiiiUk.i  T,imiioides,hinn6. — Indigenous.  Tubers  used 
like  sarsajiarilla. 

Bamboo  Brier,  Virginia  mrsapnrilla. — Of  this  species 
Prof.  King  {.American  Digpensatory,llth  ed. )  says:  "There 
is  a  plant  in  the  south  extensively  known  as  Bamboo 
brier,  the  rout  of  which  I  have  much  used  in  practice, 
anil  with  di-cidedly  more  successful  results  than  from 
the  use  of  any  of  tlie  sarsaparillas  of  the  shops,  and  I 
invite  tlie  attention  of  physicians  to  it,  as  a  remedy  in 
ever}'  respect  superior  to  the  usual  commercial  article, 
especially  in  primary  and  secomlary  »iiphilitic  (li.ferise!t." 

This  i>lant  is  derived  from  Smihu'lnnrenlald,  \Mii\6, 
and,  according  to  W.  H.  Evans  (loc.  cil.)  has  been  con- 
fused with  Sinila.r  Pseudo-Chitui,  Linnf'.  The  stem  is 
tall,  often  30  to  40  feet,  mostly  unarmed ;  the  branches 
are  round,  unarmed;  leaves  evergreen,  paler  beneath, 
rather  thin,  lanceolate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  acute  at  eacli 
<nd,  3  to  5-rilibed,  margin  smooth,  petiole  short,  most 
often  without  tendrils;  toe  pe<luncle8  are  short;  flowers 
in  May ;  the  berries  are  3-seeded,  black  when  ripe ;  ma- 
ture from  August  to  September.  This  species  grows  in 
lieli  wotids  and  swamps,  where  the  entire  rhizome  fre- 
nniMitlv  weighs  200  to  300  pounds  when  fn-sh.  It  grows 
from  Virginia  to  Florida,  an<l  we.st  to  Arkansas  and 
T.xas  ll.ilhi'f  Bulletin,  Xo.  lb,  Aug..  ISiU  I.  It  was  employed  by  the  Indians  as  an  antisyphi- 
litic,  and  by  the  whites  as  a  "  blood  purifier."  Hlitiiiii(itigm,»cri>j'>ilii,  and  cutaticoux  affediunt  an 
gaid  to  bf  lUred  by  it.  A  decoction  may  !)«•  frci'Iy  used.  (See  ilbistration,  next  page',  i 
1 01* 


1730  SASSAFRAS. 

Linn^,  has  a  lianl,  large,  knotty,  uneven  rhizome,  brown  or  blackish  exter- 
Stem  tapering,  slightly  prickly,  growing  2  or  o  feet  high  without  support, 
hut  acquiring  a  greater  length  if  scrauibliug  among 
bushes.  Leaves  thin,  membranous,  roundii-h, 
5-nerved,  acute  or  obtuse  at  each  end,  mucronate 
at  the  point;  stipules  distinct,  obtuse.  Umbels 
small,  10-flowered,  greenish-yellow.  Fruit  red, 
about  the  size  of  a  bird  cherry-  (L.  i.  This  plant 
glows  in  eastern  Asia  (China  and  Japam,  and 
tarnishes  the  China  root  {Rltuoma  [radu~\  Chiim) 
'  if  commerce.  It  has  been  used  as  a  substitute  ff>r 
sarsaparilla,  but  is  found  oot  to  be  as  active.  It 
nccurs  in  large,  ligneous,  knotty  piece.s,  from  2  to  6 
or  more  inches  in  length,  and  1  to  2  inches  in 
diameter;  externally,  it  is  grayish-brown;  inter- 
nally, a  light-flesh,  or  yellowish-white  color.  It  is 
inodorous,  and  has  a  slightly  astringent  taste  (P.). 
Stnilax  Aipera,  Linn6.— South  Europe.  Em- 
ployed like  sarsaparilla. 

Smiloi-  Pseudo-Cliina,  Linn^,  False  China  root, 
China  brier,  American  China  root,  China  root  of  Mex- 
ico.— Grows  in  New  Jersey  and  we.st-to  southern 
Indiana  and  Missouri,  south  to  Florida  and  the 
West  Indies.  The  root  is  also  used  in  Mexico,  and 
„     .      .   .  .  regarded  as  diaphoretic  and  antisvphilitic.    It  is 

Bamboo  brier  root.  ^J^.j^j   ^^   ^^^  MeMCan  Pharmucoptein ,  under  the 

name  Eaiz  de  China  de  Mexico  (Smilax  Pseudo-China,  Schlechtendal). 

A  False  Jamaica  Sarsaparilla,  a  species  of  Philndendron,  is  describetl  by  C.  Hartwich 
iArchivderPhann.,lS9A;  also  see  P harm.  Jmr.  Tran^., Vol.  VII,  1898,  p. 583). 

Carex  Arenaria,'LiDn6,  Gei-man  sarsaparilla,  Sand  sedge. — Europe.  The  long,  creeping  rhi- 
zome of  this  plant  was  at  one  time  used  like  sarsaparilla  for  its  effects  in  syphilis,  rheumatism, 
gout,  lung  and  skin  diseases,  its  effects  being  exerted  chiefly  through  the  skin  and  kidneys.  The 
decoction  was  employed. 

Carex  hirta  and  Carex  intermedia  were  put  to  similar  uses. 

Arenaria  rubra  is  a  popular  diuretic,  in  use  among  the  Algerians,  In  dropsy  and  affections  of 
the  urinary  organs. 

Carnauba  Root. — The  long  root  of  a  wax-palm  {Corypha  cerifera)  of  Brazil.  It  resembles 
sarsaparilla  in  action,  and  contains  an  alkaloid,  essential  oil  (both  in  small  amounts  stannic 
acid,  an  acrid  resin,  and  red  coloring  principle  i  Cleaver). 


SASSAFRAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SASSAFEAS. 


Fig.  223. 


The  bark  of  the  root  and  the  pith  of  Sassafras  variifnlium  (Salisbury),  0.  Kuntze 
(Snssafm.'<  officinale,  Nees;  Lauras  Sassafras,  Linn^;  Laurus  variifolium,  Salisbury). 

Nat.  Orel. — Laurinese. 

Illusth.\tion  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  PlantJ>,  220. 

Botanical  Source.— This  is  a  small,  indigenous  tree,  varying  in  height  from 
10  to  40  fuel,  with  a  trunk  about  12  inches  in  diameter.  The  bark  i.s  rough  and 
grayish  ;  that  of  the  twigs  smooth  and  green.  The  leaves  are 
alternate,  petiolate,  membranous,  bright  green,  smooth  above, 
finely  downy  beneath,  very  variable  in  form,  some  being 
obovate,  others  deeply  3-lobed,  some  lobed  only  on  one  side, 
all,  however,  tapering'in  a  wedge-like  manner  into  the  petiole. 
The  flowers  which  appear  before  the  leave.*,  are  small,  greenish- 
yellow,  in  terminal  and  axillary,  corymbose  racemes,  with 
linear  bracts.  Calyx  6-parted,  membranous,  and  permanent 
at  base.  The  male  flowers  have  9  stamens;  the  females  ti; 
style  simple.  The  fruit  is  an  oval,  succulent  drupe,  rather 
larger  than  a  pea,  bright-blue  in  color  and  borne  upon  red. 
clavate  jieduncles  (L.). 

History  and  Description.— Sassafras  is  a  well  known  tree 
common  to  the  woods  of  North  America,  from  Canada  to 
Florida,  and  flowering  in  tiie  latter  part  of  April  or  early  in 
May.  The  odor  of  the  flowers  is  slightly  fragrant,  and  they,  together  witli  the 
leaves  and  young  branches,  are  used  in  decoction,  in  many  parts  of  the  country 
as  a  spring  medicine  to  cleanse  the  blood.  Sas.-safras  was  one  of  the  chief  reme- 
dies used  by  the  American  Indians,  and  the  wood  bei'amo  known   in  Europe 


SAS8AKRAS.  1731 

under  tlie  iiaiiic  Liynuiii  pnvunum,  or  Lignum  Floridum,  about  the  year  1582.  (For 
a  detailed  account  of  tlie  liistory  of  passafras,  see  Dr.  Frederick  Hoffmann,  in  Die 
.Etherischen  Oele,  p.  514;  J.  U.  IJoyd,  Anwr.  Driuigist,  1898,  pp.  258  and  295;  and 
Win.  Procter,  Jr.,  Amer.  Join:  W arm.,  1866,  jjp.  481-492.)  The  root,  bark,  and  the 
pith  are  tlie  iiipdicinal  parts  now  in  use,  but  the  bark  of  tlie  root  is  generallj' 
>  iiiployed  in  this  country;  it  is  by  far  the  most  active  part  of  the  whole  tree.  Its 
virtues  are  due  to  a  yellow  essential  oil,  which  may  be  obtained  by  distilling  the 
wood  with  water  (see  Ulcum  Svt--<xtifTas).  Hot  water,  in  infusion,  or  alcohol,  takes 
up  the  active  principles  of  the  bark,  but  boiling  dissipates  them.  Tlie  whole  mot 
of  sassafras  is  oHioial  in  the  British  Pharnuuropceia,  but  only  the  root-bark  and  pith 
are  official  in  this  country. 

I.  Sassafras  {i'.  S.'P.),  Sa^snJ'ra^. — "The  bark  of  the  root  of  SitKsafrii.s  vurii- 
folium  (Salisbury),  O.  Kuntze  (Nat.  Ord. — Laurineaj)"— (T.  S.  P.).  "  In"  irregular 
fragments,  deprived  of  the  gray,  corky  layer;  bright  rust-brown,  soft,  fragile,  with 
a  short,  corky  fracture;  the  inner  surface  smooth  ;  strongly  fragrant;  taste  sweet- 
ish, aromatic,  and  somewhat  astringent" — (i'.S.P.).  (See  microscopical  structure 
of  the  root-bark,  described  by  Prof.  E.  S.  Bastin,  in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1895,  p.  312; 
also  see  microscopical  distinctions  between  root  and  stem  bark  in  powdered  form, 
by  Katharine  C.  Burnett,  Pharm.  Erayol  XVII,  1897,  p.  413.) 

II.  Sassafras  Medi'lla  {U.  S.  P.),  Sa.iisafraspith. — "The  pith  of  Sassafras  varii- 
folium  (Salisbury),  0.  Kuntze  {Nat.  Orel. — Laurinea?)  " — (U.S.  P.).  "In  slender, 
cylindrical  pieces,  often  curved  or  coiled,  light,  spongy,  white,  inodorous,  and  in- 
sipid. Macerated  in  water  it  forms  a  mucilaginous  liquid,  which  is  not  precipi- 
tated on  the  addition  of  alcohol" — (U.  S.  P.).  It  is  stated  that  pith  collected 
before  the  loth  of  October  assumes  a  brown  hue,  probably  on  account  of  the  pres- 
ence of  plant  juices  which  would  have  disappeared  after  that  date  (Amei:  Jour. 
PAarHi..l&'>6,  p.  412). 

Chemical  Composition.— Dr.  Reinsch  (1845)  obtained  from  the  bark  of  the 
root  essential  oil,  fatty  matter,  balsamic  resin,  wax,  tannic  acid,  starch,  and  sassa- 
frid,  a  ])rinciple,  probably  an  oxidation  product  of  tannic  acid  (Amer.Joiir.  Pharm., 
Vol.  XVIII,  ]).  159).  (For  the  chemistry  of  the  essential  oil  see  Oleum  Sassafras; 
also  see  Dr.  Clemens  Kleber,  Amer.  Druggist,Y(A.  XXXIII,  1898, p. 294.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Sassafras  is  a  warm,  aromatic  stimu- 
lant, alterative,  diaphoretic,  ami  diuretic.  It  is  generally  used  in  combination 
with  other  alteratives,  particularly  podophyllum,  whose  flavor  it  improves,  in 
■''liphilitic  affertioiu,  chronic  rhetLiiHiti.^iii,  .<crr,ful<i,  and  many  cutaneous  eriij.iion.-i.  Stub- 
born cases  require  also  the  aid  of  vapor,  spirit  or  sulphur  baths.  The  mucilage 
of  the  pith  (2  drachms  to  1  pint  of  water)  is  used  as  a  local  application  in  acute 
ophthalmia,  und  is  a  demulcent  drink  in  disorders  of  the  chest,  boiccl-i,  kidney.^,  and 
bladder.  The  oil,  in  doses  of  from  5  to  10  drops  on  sugar,  is  used  to  atford  relief  in 
the  distressing  pain  attending  menstrual  obstructions,  and  that  following  parturition; 
also  u.'ied  in  diseases  of  the  kidneys  and  bladder.  I  have  also  derived  some  benefit 
from  its  internal  use"  in  gonorrhmi  and  obstinate  gleet;  5  to  10  drops  on  sugar,  3 
times  a  day  (J.  King),  Externally,  as  a  rubefacient,  in  painful  sivellings,  sprains, 
bruiser,  rheumatism,  etc.,  and  is  said  to  check  the  progress  of  g(tngrene.  An  infusion 
of  the  liark  (sj  to  hot  water  Oj)  administered  internally  and  applied  externally 
is  reputed  an  excellent  treatment  for  rhvs  poisoning. 

Related  Species.  — Umltelliilaria  califomica,  Xnttall.   This  is  a  large  evergreen  tree,  whicli 

isfouiiil  L'l' ■Willi;  ill  iIk-  mountainous  regions  of  Ciilifoniia.    It  is  known  by  various  com i 

names,  'li  which  the  following  have  been  recorded:  }fuuntain  laurel,  Ciili/nniia  laitrcl,  Ciiliinniiu 
.</(/■(■/-/ 1-,. '.  S,i.-i.<,ii'rr.H  tiiiiirl,  Cfijuptil  Irei,  and  (.'ali/uniia  olirc.  Tliere  has  been  some  oonsiderable 
ilifficiilty  in  dc  tcrmining  its  prcci.sc  botanical  ])osition,  and  it  lias  been  varinuslv  ilescribetl 
a-i  I'.iiMlnlftni  rnlifomica,  Onnlaphw  ciilijoruioi.  Drimnpl.iiHiim  pnurlfimim,  Tel ninlhcni  raH/or- 
<iiVi(,;i,  and  Lannu  renia.  The  flowers  appear  in  .Xpril,  in  lateral  clusters,  and  are  of  a  greenish- 
y.-llow  color.  The  leaves  an-  alternate,  lanceolate,  entire,  and  of  a  firm  texture.  They  are 
borne  ou  short  leaf-stalks,  and  enil  in  sUuder,  acuminate  points.  The  fresh  or  dry  leaves  are 
<idorle»H,  unless  broken  or  bruised,  when  they  exhale  a  pungent,  aromatic  odor,  somewhat  re- 
si-nibliiig  caju[>ut  oil.  They  are  sharp  and  biting  to  the  taste,  and  we  find  that  both  the  odor 
and  tide  depend  upon  the  presence  of  a  volatile  oil,  which  we  obtained,  in  the  proportion  of 
(>  fluid  drachms  to  1  pound  of  green  leaves,  by  distillation  with  water.  This  oil  is  the  charac- 
teristic principle,  and  was  previously  examined  by  Mr.  .lohn  1'.  lleaniy.of  C  a  li  lorn  ia  (.Hmfr. 
Joiir.  Pharm.,  1875,  p.  105;  and  Med.  tnul  Snnj.  .Initr'.,  lS75i,  who  obtained  4  per  cent  from  the 
leaves.     He  states  that  the  exhalation  fioiii  the  fresh  leaves  occasions  headache;  and  this 


1732  SATUREJA.— SCAMMOXIUM. 

statement  is  supported  by  a  oommunication  received  by  us  from  Dr.  L.  ilann,  although  we  p'ir- 
ceived  no  ill  effects  when  distilling  the  oil.  The  oil  has  a  sharp,  biting  taste,  an  odor  resem- 
bling cajuput  and  nutmegs,  and  is  of  a  greenish-straw  color.  The  oil  is  composed  of  a  hydro- 
carbon, boiling  at  175°C.  (347°  F.),  and  orfodap/ino/,  boiling  at  210° C.  (410°  F.),  and  containing 
oxygen  (Heamv,  loc.  cit.).  The  latter  is  probably  allied  to  the  umbellol  of  Stillman  {Amtr. 
Jour.  iVi'(-»i.,  1880,  p.  313).  Tlie  sccl.';  contain  a  crystalline  fattv  acid  termed  umbellulic  acid 
(CnH^sOj)  by  Stillman  and  O'X.ill,  iss-. 

Dr.  L.  Mann  sent  a  specini.n  of  this  plant  to  :Mr.  Curtis  G.  Lloyd,  who  forwarded  to  him 
its  botanical  name,  with  de.scriptinn.  Dr.  .Mann  states  that  it  is  a  valuable  remedy  in  nervous 
headache,  cerebrospinal  meningitis,  hilious  ciAic,  and  atonic  diarrhcea.  According  to  his  experience, 
it  certainly  demands  a  careful  investigation.  Dose  of  the  fluid  extract  of  the  leaf  is  from 
5  minims  to  1  fluid  drachm,  repeated  3  or  4  times  a  day,  or  as  may  be  required. 

SATUREJA.— SUMMER  SAVORY. 

The  leaves  of  Satuirja  hoiiemis,  Linne. 

Nat.  On/.— Labiatffi. 

Botanical  Source. —  Summer  savory  is  an  annual  plant,  with  a  branching 
and  bushy  stem,  about  18  inches  in  height,  woody  at  the  base,  and  frequently 
changing  to  purple.  The  leaves  are  numerous,  small,  linear-oblong,  entire,  and 
acute  at  the  end.  The  flowers  are  pink-colored,  and  boine  on  axillary,  cymose 
peduncles.  Calyx  tubular,  ribbed,  and  about  as  long  as  the  corolla.  Corolla 
bilabiate,  with  nearly  equal  divisions;  the  stamens  are  diverging  and  scarcely 
exserted  (W.). 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  well-known  plant  is  a  native 
of  the  south  of  Europe,  and  is  extensively  cultivated  in  the  gardens  of  this  coun- 
try and  Europe  for  culinary  purposes,  flowering  in  July  and  August.  The  leaves 
are  the  parts  employed.  They  have  an  aromatic  odor  and  taste,  analogous  to 
those  of  thyme,  and  impart  their  properties  to  boiling  water  by  infusion,  but  more 
freely  to  alcohol.  Its  virtues  depend  upon  a  volatile  oil,  which  was  found  by 
Jahns  (1882)  to  contain  carvncrol  (30  per  cent)  and  the  hydrocarbon,  cymol  (20  per 
cent),  and  an  undetermined  tcrpene  (50  per  cent). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Summer  savory  is  a  stimulant,  car- 
minative, and  emmenagogue.  A  warm  infusion  is  beneficial  in  colds,  meiutrual 
suppressum,a.ndflatuleiU  colic;  the  cold  infusion  is  a  gentle  stimulating  tonic  dur- 
ing convalescence  from  fevers.  The  infusion  may  be  used  in  doses  of  from  2  to  4 
ounces,  several  times  a  day.  The  oil  is  sometimes  used  as  a  local  application  to 
carious  teeth,  for  relieving  toothache;  and  its  tincture  is  a  valuable  carminative. 

Related  Species. — Saturejamo)itana,hinn&  (Micromeriainontana,  Reichcnbacht.  The  H7i.- 
ter  saiorit,v.ith  mucronate  leaves,  somewhat  l-sided  peduncles, and  acuminate  and  mucronate 
segments  of  the  calyx,  possesses  similar  properties.  Haller  examined  this  plant,  in  1882.  and 
obtained  an  orange-yellow  essential  oil,  having  an  origanum-like  odor.  It  contained  carmcrol 
(about  35  to  40  per  cent)  traces  of  another  phenol,  and  two  hydrocarbons,  probably  terpenes. 

Micromeria  Dougla.mi,  Bentham. — The  Verba  buena  of  California,  is  a  labiate  plant  of  the 
tribe  Satureiueffi,  closely  allied  to  the  common  garden  thyme  (  Thymus  vidgaris^.  It  is  a  native 
of  California,  and  has  a  slender,  creeping,  perennial  stem.  The  leaves  are  opposite,  nearly 
round,  and  are  borne  on  slender  stalks.  The  flowers  are  small,  purple,  and  in  axillary  cUistere 
of  from  1  to  3.  This  plant,  it  is  stated,  is  not  only  a  febrifuge,  but  jKissesses  emmenagogue 
and  anthelmintic  properties.  It  is  very  probable  that  its  virtues  are  simply  those  of  a  stimu- 
lating aromatic  and  tonic,  and  that  its'effects  are  due  to  these  qualities.  It  may  be  employed 
in  decoction,  or  in  doses  of  from  l.i  to  SKI  minims  of  tlie  fluid  extract. 

SCAMMONIUM  (U.  S.  P.)— SOAMMONY. 

"A  resinous  exudation  from  the  living  root  of  Conwhulu,<  Scmnmnnin.  Linn^" — 
{U.S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Convolvulacew. 

Ilu'stkation  :    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  187. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant  has  a  perennial,  fleshy,  fusiform  root,  from 
3  to  5  feet  Ions;;,  and  from  3  to  5  inches  in  diameter,  bninched  towani  the  lower 
end,  with  a  grayish  bark,  and  abounding  in  an  acrid,  milky  juice.  Tlie  stems  are 
annual,  numerous,  slender,  round,  sniootli,  branching,  t  winiiis.'.  very  sliiihtly  angu- 


SCAMMIINIIM.  1733 

lar  near  the  ends,  and  growing  from  12  to  20  feet  upon  the  soil,  or  on  adjacent 
plant?.  The  leaves  are  on  long  petioles,  alternate,  sagittate,  oblong,  acute,  entire, 
quite  smooth,  truncate  and  angular  at  the  base,  with  acute,  spreading  lobes,  an(i 
of  a  bright-green  color.  The  Howers  are  borne  on  axillary,  solitary,  S-flowercd 
peduncles,  scarcely  twice  as  lono;  as  the  leaves.  Sepals  5,  rather  lax,  smootli, 
ovate,  repand,  obtuse,  with  a  renexed  point,  and  covered  at  the  edge.  Corolla 
funnel-shaped,  very  much  expanded,  pale  sulphur-yellow,  thrice  as  long  as  the 
calyx,  an  inch  or  more  in  lengtii;  limb  entire,  and  somewhat  reflexed.  Stamens 
5,  erect,  converging,  thrice  as  short  as  the  corolla.  Ovary  2-celled,  4-seeded,  sup- 
porting a  slender  style  as  long  as  the  stamens,  with  2  linear-cylindrical,  erect, 
oblong,  parallel,  distant,  and  white  stigmas.  Capsule  2-celled;  seeds  small  and 
pyramid-shaped  (L.). 

History. — Scammony  plant  is  a  native  of  Turkey,  Syria,  Greece,  Persia,  etc., 
anil  somewhat  resembles  the  Convolvulus  panduratns.  The  oflicial  portion  is  the 
concrete  juice  of  the  root,  the  other  parts  of  the  plant  yielding  no  milky  juice 
whatever.  It  is  collected  in  the  month  of  June,  the  root  being  cut  across,  oblit[U(ly, 
near  its  crown,  and  shells  fixed  beneath,  into  which  the  milky  juice  gradually 
flows.  This  soon  concretes  under  exposure  to  the  air  and  evaporation,  forming 
the  gum-resin  of  commerce  (scammony  ),  of  which  but  a  few  drachms  are  obtained 
from  a  single  root.  Evaporation  being  necfssarily  slow,  partial  fermentation  seta 
in,  producing  porosity  and  a  somewhat  cheesy  odor.  It  is  seldom  obtained  in  a 
pure  state,  being  more  or  less  adulterated  with  flour,  ashes,  meal,  chalk,  sand, 
tragacanth,  colophony  (resin),  etc.  It  is  imported  directly  from  Smyrna,  or  from 
some  of  the  Mediterranean  ))orts.  There  were  several  varieties  of  scammonj'  for- 
merly known  as  the  Akppn,  Smyrna,  and  Montpclller,  of  which  the  first-named  wa,s 
the  best  (  Virgin  srnmmony),  but,  owing  to  extensive  adulteration  of  the  drug,  it  is 
now  more  feasible  to  distinguish  between  genuine  and  factitinus  srammony,  based 
on  its  resin  contents.  (For  an  interesting  account  of  the  production  of  scammony, 
near  Smyrna,  by  Sidney  H.  Maltass,  see  Anur.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1854,  pp.  139-146;  also 
see  D.  Hanburv,  on  several  commercial  specimens  of  scammony,  ibid.,  18-54.  p.  146; 
and  Jcis.  Cnrson,  Hwl.,  1848,  pp.  1-15.) 

Description  and  Tests. — As  required  by  the  U.  S.  P.,  scammonium  is  "in 
irregular,  antiuhir  pieces  or  circular  cakes,  greenish-gray  or  blackish,  internally 
porous,  and  breaking  with  an  angular  fracture,  of  a  resinous  lustre;  odor  peculiar, 
somewhat  cheese-like;  taste  slightly  acrid;  jwwder  gray  or  greenish-gray.  When 
triturated  with  water,  scammony  yields  a  greenish  emulsion;  it  does  not  effer- 
vesce on  the  addition  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  decoction,  when  cold, 
does  not  assume  a  blue  color  on  the  addition  of  iodine  T.S.  (absence  of  starch). 
Ether  dissolves  at  least  75  percent  of  it;  and,  when  the  ether  has  been  evapo- 
rated, the  residue,  dissolved  in  hot  solution  of  potassium  hydrate,  is  not  repre- 
cipitated  by  diluted  sulphuric  acid" — {U.  S.  P.).  The  latter  test  excludes  rosin, 
which,  when  mixed  with  scammony,  is  precipitated  upon  the  addition  of  acid. 
This  precipitate  also  turns  dark-red  immediately  with  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid.  Scammony  resin  is  but  slowly  changed  by  this  reagent  to  a  light  wine- 
colored  red.  Colophony,  if  present,  may  also  be  separated  by  means  of  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, in  which  scammony  resin  is  nearly  insoluble.  Scammony,  treated  with 
ether,  may  yield  to  this  solvent  as  much  as  90  and  95  per  cent  of  resin  ;  gum  .in.l 
mineral  and  the  other  afore-mentioned  insoluble  adulterants  remain  un(li>>.i:\ ,  .1 
The  resinous  part  of  scammony  is  aLso  .soluble  in  alcohol  (see  A'o/ii'f  Saninn"!',/  <. 

The  RritUh  P/inrmacop(ein  (1898)  directs  for  scammonj'  that  which  is  known 
in  commerce  as  Virgin  scammony.  It  is  very  brittle,  easily  reduced  to  powder, 
should  afford  only  the  slightest  reactions  with  the  tests  for  starch  (allowing  for 
scammony  starch  ;  see  T.  Greenish,  Amer.  Jour.  Phnrm.,  1875,  p.  29),  and  should  not 
yield  more  than  3  \tex  cent  of  ash  on  incineration.  "An  alcoholic  solution  should 
not  aflFord  a  blue  color  with  test-solution  of  ferric  chloride  (absence  of  guuiacuni 
resin)" — (Br.  Pharm.).  The  whitish  powder  occasionally  found  on  scammony  i.s 
calcium  carbonate,  and  effervesces  with  diluted  hydrochloric  acid.  At  Montpellier, 
in  southern  France,  a  factitious  scammony  (.Montpellier  srainmony)  has  been  manu- 
factured, being  prepared  by  evaporating  the  expressed  juice  of  (^/nanr/ium  vwns- 
^)f/jV(ri(m,  Linn<-,  a  plant  lielnnging  to  the  natural  order  Asdepiadaceu'.  Accord- 
ing to  Jessler  (1865),  tlie  air-dried  n«nt  of  this  plant  contains  3.24  per  cent  of  resin. 


1734  SCILLA. 

Chemical  Composition.— Mr.  Charles  A.  T.  Doench  (^Artier.  Jour.  Pharm,  1882. 
p.  54-5)  obtained  from  tlie  root  a  yield  of  5.4  per  cent  of  scamniony  resin  (also  see 
his  analysis  of  commercial  specimens).  Commercial  scammouy  resin,  as  stated 
before,  contains  from  75  to  90  per  cent  and  more  of  resin,  soluble  in  ether  and 
alcohol,  very  little  soluble  in  water,  and  small  quantities  of  gum,  albuminous 
bodies,  wax,  extractive  matters,  traces  of  starch,  etc.  The  active  principle  of  scam- 
niony resin  is  the  glncosid  scammonin  (Spirgatis),  which  is  identical  with  jcdnpin 
of  W.  Mayer  (orizabin  of  Maisch,  1887;  and  Th.  Poleck,  Zeitschr.  d.  allgevi.  Oesterr. 
Apotheker  Vereins,  1892,  p.  451).  Scnmmonin  is  the  anhydride  of  water-soluble  scavi- 
inonic  arid  {jalapic  acid),  and,  by  treatment  with  diluted  acids,  is  decomposed  into 
sugar  and  srammonolic  acid  (jnlapinolir  arid  of  Poleck).  (For  further  details  regard- 
ing these  bodies,  see  Oriznha  root.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.  — Scammony  is  a  powerful  drastic 
cathartic,  operating  with  harshness  and  griping.  It  was  a  favorite  internal  and 
external  remedy  with  the  Arabians.  It  does  not  appear  to  be  poisonous  even  in 
large  doses,  but  is  seldom  used  alone,  except  in  cases  where  a  powerful  impression 
on  the  bowels  is  desired;  most  commonly  it  is  combined  with  other  cathartics, 
whose  action  it  augments,  while  its  own  virulence  is  diminished.  Scammony  is 
usually  given  in  the  form  of  an  emulsion  with  sugar  or  sweet  almonds.  But  when 
triturated  with  milk  it  is  considered  a  superior  preparation,  as  follows:  Seven 
grains  of  pure  scammony  to  be  gradually  triturated  with  3  ounces  of  unskimmed 
milk,  to  which  a  few  grains  of  ginger  may  be  added,  forms  a  safe  purgative.  An- 
other form  of  using  this  gum-resin  is  that  of  biscuit.  A  p.iste  is  made  of  scam- 
mony, 1  drachm;  Venice soap,5  grains;  sugar, 9  grains;  biscuit,  in  powder,  1  ounce; 
and  a  few  drops  of  water.  Mix  together,  divide  into  2  biscuits,  and  let  them  dry; 
1  biscuit  acts  energetically.  The  dose  of  powdered  scammony  is  from  3  to  12 
grains;  of  the  pure  resin, half  this  quantity.  Its  use  is  always  contraindicated  by 
intestinal  inflammation. 

SCILLA  (U.  S.  P.)— SQUILL. 

"The  bulb  of  Urginea  maritima  (Linn^),  Baker"  (^Scilla  maritimn,  LinB(:,Urginea 
Scilla,  Steinheil),  "deprived  of  its  dry,  membranaceous  outer  scales,  and  cut  into 
thin  slices,  the  central  portions  being  rejected" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Liliacese. 

Common  Name:  SqvilU. 

Illustr.\tion:   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  281. 

Botanical  Source. — Squill  is  a  perennial  plant  with  a  roundish-ovate  bulb, 
very  large,  half  above  ground,  with  the  integuments  either  pale-green  or  red,  and 
giving  ofl'  fibrous  roots.  The  leaves  proceed  from  the  bulb,  are  broad-lanceolate, 
channeled,  spreading,  recurved,  shining,  deep-green,  and  make  their  appearance 
long  after  the  flowers.  The  scape  is  2  or  3  feet  high,  and  terminated  by  a  rather 
dense,  long,  ovate  raceme.  The  flowers  are  about  |  inch  in  dianietir,  spreading, 
]>ale,  yellowish-green,  with  a  green  stain  on  the  middle  of  each  segment.  Ped- 
uncles purplish ;  bracts  linear,  twisted,  and  deciduous.  Filaments  shorter  than 
the  spgments  of  the  perianth  (L.— Wi.). 

History  and  Description. — Squill  is  a  native  of  almost  every  part  of  the 
Mciliti'iriuitan  coai-l,  and  is  also  met  with  in  Portugal  and  France.  It  flowers  in 
August  and  Sejitember.  The  only  part  used  is  the  bulb.  When  recent  it  is 
pyriform,  from  3  to  6  inches  in  its  largest  diameter,  and  consists  of  concentric 
.scales,  the  outer  ones  of  which  are  thin  and  membranous,  while  the  inner  ones 
are  wiiitish,  thick,  fleshy,  and  full  of  juice;  they  weigh  on  an  average  from  1  to  4 
pounds,  though  they  have  attained  a  weight  of  lOi  pounds.  Two  kinds  of  squill, 
both  abounding  in  an  acrid  juice,  and  having  a  bitter  taste,  are  met  with  in  com- 
merce, the  it'/i He  and  the  red,  "so  called  from  the  color  of  their  scales.  Tlie  white  is 
preferred.  The  juice  of  the  fresh  bulb  is  very  acrid  and  vesicating,  but  is  ren- 
dered much  milder  by  desiccation.  According  to  Prof.  Schro9"(  1865),. -icilla  irri- 
tates the  skin  when  rubbed  into  it,  and  this  is  due  mainly  to  a  mechanical  effect, 
viz. :  to  the  presence  of  hard  crystals  i)f  oxalate  of  calcium,  sharp  pointed  at  each 
end.  The  crystals  sometimes  attain  a  length  of  1  millimeter.  When  intendeil 
for  medicinal  use,  squill  bulbs  ought  not  to  be  kept  entire,  but  should  be  stripped 


SCILLA.  1735 

of  their  outer  scales,  cut  transversely  into  thin  slices,  and  dried  carefully  at  a 
temperature  of  about  37.7°  C.  (100°  F.).  When  recent,  these  slices  have  a  muci- 
laginous, disagreeably  bitter,  and  somewhat  acrid  taste,  with  a  feeble  radish-like 
odor.  As  ordinarily  met  with,  dried  squill  is  in  scales  or  slices  of  various  sizes. 
They  attract  nioi.*ture  from  tlie  air,  and  then  become  pliable  and  .«i)oiled,  on 
which  account  they,  as  well  as  their  powder,  should  always  be  kept  in  well-closed 
vessels.  The  official  drug  is  "in  narrow  segments,  about  5  Cc.  (2  inches)  long, 
slightly  translucent,  yellowish-white  or  reddish,  brittle  and  pulverizable  when  dry, 
tough  and  flexible  alter  exposure  to  damp  air;  inodorous;  taste  mucilaginous,  bit- 
ter, and  acrid" — (U.  S.  P.)  Squill  yields  its  properties  to  water,  spirit,  or  diluted 
acids;  but  the  best  solvents  are  proof-spirit  or  vinegar.  Squill  kills  rats  almost 
instantly;  2  drachms  of  powdered  squill  may  be  made  into  balls  with  i  pound 
of  strong-smelling  cheese  (or  with  fried  lard),  and  spread  where  they  visit. 

Chemical  Composition. —Squill  contains  mucilage,  calcium  oxalate  (see 
above),  dextrose,  stiucli,  albuminous  bodies,  volatile  oil,  mineral  salts  (leaving 
about  3  to  4  percent  of  ash),  a  peculiar  coloring  matter  in  the  red  variety,  produc- 
ing dark-green  with  ferric  chloride  and  an  evanescent  blue  (Hartwich)  with  caustic 
alkali.  The  peculiar  active  principles  of  squill  have  been  investigated  by  many 
chemists.  E.  Merck  (1879),  by  an  unpublished  process,  obtained  amorphous, 
bitter  scillipicrin  soluble  in  water;  amorphous,  brown  sciUitoxin  insoluble  in  water 
and  ether,  soluble  in  alcohol,  a  cardiac  poison;  and  crystalline  yellow  acillin,  not 
easily  soluble  in  water,  producing  numbness,  vomiting,  etc.  The  bitter  principle, 
vcillnin,  was  also  isolated,  in  1879,  by  E.Von  Jarmerstedt,  and  more  recently  (1894) 
by  Franz  Kurtz.  The  latter  obtained  it  by  digesting  the  aijueous  solution  of  an 
alcoholic  extract  of  squill  with  lead  oxide,  removing  lead  from  the  solution  by 
hydrogen  sulphide,  abstracting  the  bitter  principle  by  animal  charcoal  and  re- 
moving it  from  the  charcoal  with  alcohol.  Sdllain  so  obtained  is  amorphous, 
readily  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  soluble  with  difficulty  in  ether;  intensely 
bitter,  neutral,  and  non-alkaloidal,  containing  no  nitrogen.  It  is  a  glucosid,  yield- 
ing upon  hydrolysis  dextroge,  butyric  acid  and  iso-propyl-nlcohol.  A  glutinous  carbo- 
hydrate (CgHioOJ  resembling  dextrin,  exists  in  squill  in  large  quantity, and  was 
called  sinistrin  by  Schmiedeberg  (1879).  and  scillin  by  Riche  and  Remont  (1880). 
It  differs  from  dextrin  in  being  hevo-rotatory,and  upon  hydrolysis  yielding  chiefly 
Isevulose  and  other  sugars.  (For  an  exoellent  summary  of  the  chemistry  of  squill, 
see  F.  X   M...  rk.  Amer.  Join:  Ph.inn.,  1S94,  pp.  24.5-250.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Squill  is  irritant,  emetic,  cathartic, 
diuretic,  and  expectorant.  In  large  doses  it  is  a  dangerous  irritant  poison,  pro- 
ducing inflammation  of  the  alimentary  canal,  and  urinary  organs,  and  proving 
iiital  in  the  dose  of  only  24  grains  of  the  powder.  Some  constitutions  are  so  sus- 
septible  of  its  irritant  action,  that  it  can  not  be  safely  used  in  any  dose,  unless 
comlnned  with  opium.  The  usual  effects  of  very  large  doses  are  violent  vomiting 
and  purging  attended  with  severe  abdominal  pain.  The  urine  may  be  bloody 
and  is  passed  with  difficulty;  the  skin  becomes  cold,  and  coma  and  convulsions 
supervene.  The  juice  of  fresh  squill  acts  as  a  rubefacient,  and  if  the  skin  be 
broken  its  diuretic  effects  may  be  exhibited.  It  is  seldom  used  as  an  emetic  or 
cathartic,  on  account  of  its  uncertainty  in  producing  these  effects.  In  small  doses 
it  causes  nausea  and  depression  of  the  pulse,  and  never  stimulates  the  circulation. 
It  stimulates  all  of  the  secretory  organs.  Small  doses  of  it  relieve  irritation  of 
the  mucous  surfaces  and  check  excessive  secretions.  Its  expectorant  action  is 
greatly  increased  by  the  addition  of  opium,  and  its  diuretic  by  the  conjunction 
of  digitalis,  or  some  other  vegetable  or  saline  diuretic,  as  potassium  acetate.  It  is 
used  extensively  in  dropsy  not  due  to  organic  changes.  It  acts  better  in  general 
and  passive  than  in  local  dropsies,  and  also  in  those  of  an  asthenic  character. 
Dropaies  of  cardiac  origin  &re  probably  more  often  relieved  by  it.  It  mav  be  used 
in  all  cases  where  no  inflammation  is  present, and  there  is  over-action  of  the  kid- 
neys. According  to  dose  it  may  be  made  to  restrain  or  to  incresise  the  amount  of 
unne  secreted.  To  check  the  renal  flow,  as  in  rZ/.i/^rfe*,  tlie  minute  dose  should  be 
employed.  While  in  the  majority  of  cases  the  drug  has  been  employed  with  digi- 
talis in  the  ca»es  showing  enfeebled  circulation,  yet  in  small  doses  (1  to  10  drops 
of  a  strong  tincture,  bulb.  5viii  to  alcohol,  7(>  per  cent,  Oj)  it  acts  favorably  where 
there  is  a  "dry,  harsh  skin,  parched  tongue,  fevered    lips,  and   contraction  of 


173G  SCOPARIIS. 

features"  (Scudder).  Squill  long  continued  gives  rise  to  gastric  irritation  and 
loss  of  appetite,  and  when  these  efifects  are  the  result  of  its  internal  use  the  tinc- 
ture may  be  rubbed  into  the  skin  or  applied  to  the  abdomen  by  means  of  com- 
presses saturated  with  it.  In  cardiac  dropsy,  when  the  heart's  action  is  feeble  and 
the  pulse  is  weak  and  rapid,  2  grains  of  squill  may  be  given  in  a  fluid  drachm 
of  infusion  of  digitalis  3  times  a  day.  As  an  expectorant  it  will  be  found  useful 
in  chronic  catarrh,  humid  asthma,  pneummiia,  phlhlns,  uinter  coucjh,  and  other  chronic 
brorwhial  nffertions.  In  chronic  respiratory  troubles,  with  but  little  febrile  reaction 
and  no  inflammation,  and  scanty  tenacious  sputa,  1  part  of  syrup  of  squill  may 
be  added  to  3  parts  of  syrup  of  wild  cherry  and  a  teaspoonful  be  administered 
4  times  a  day.  Troublesome  vomiting  or  purging  caused  by  squill  is  best  cor- 
rected by  opium.  Where  there  is  much  inflammation  or  vascular  excitement,  it 
is  contraindicated.  Dose  of  the  powder,  as  a  diuretic  and  expectorant,  from  1  to  3 
grains;  as  an  emetic,  6  to  12  grains;  of  the  syrup,  1  or  2  fluid  drachms  :  tincture, 
1  to  20  drops.    The  i)ilular  form  is  the  best  when  squill  is  given  in  powder. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. —  Chronic  cough,  with  scanty,  tenacious 
sputa;  scanty,  higli-eolored  urine,  with  sense  of  pressure  in  the  bladder;  over- 
activity of  the  kidneys  with  inability  to  retain  the  urine;  dropsy,  with  no  fever 
or  inflammation,  and  a  general  asthenic  condition. 

Related  Species. — The  following  plants  yielil  bulbs  which  may  be  used  like  equill,  but 
ou  account  of  the  cheapness  of  the  latter,  are  not  found  in  coinmeroe  [Bee  Phannacographia  for 
fuller  information). 

Scilla  indica.  Baker  ( Ledebouria  hyacinthina,  Roth ),  India  and  Abyssinia ;  I'rginea  indiea, 
Kuutli  iScUla  /(idicn,  Roxburgh),  India  and  east  Africa;  Urginea  (iltii>i>ima, 'Baker  i  Onithogaluin 
altissimum,  Linn6),  south  Africa,  well  represents  squill;  Crinxtm  Afialirwti, var.  toxicaritim,  Her- 
bert {Crinum  toxicarium,  Roxburgh),  India,  Ceylfu.  and  the  Moluccas:  Drimki  ciVi'nri.*,  Jacquin, 
Ilch  bulb  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.    The  juice  is  a  powerful  local  irritant. 

Medeolii  virginica,  Linn^  tGgromia  virginka,  Nuttalli  iXat.  Ord. — Liliacea-i. — This  is  the 
Indian  cucumber  found  in  shady  situations  and  woods  nf  the  United  State."  from  the  Mississippi 
River  eastward.  It  bears  greenish-yellow  flowers  in  May  and  June.  The  rhizome  is  the  part 
employed  and  resembles,  both  in  ta.ste  and  shape,  onr  cranmon  curnmber.  It  is  horizontal, 
from  1  to  li  inches  in  length  and  J  inch  in  diameter,  lower  end  pointed,  has  a  white  interior, 
and  a  brown-yellow  exterior.  It  is  beset  with  simple  capillary  rootlets.  The  rhizome  con- 
tains starch.  It  is  said  to  have  been  used  as  a  food  by  the  Indians  ( Pursh  i  and  has  been 
employed  in  dropsical  disiorders,  it  possessing  both  diuretic  and  hydragogue  properties.  It  is 
now  seldom  used. 

Oloriosa  siiperba,  Linn6. — The  tuberous  root  of  this  liliaceous  climber  contains,  according 
to  Warden,  two  resins  and  a  hitter  principle,  gtiperbine,  which  is  very  poisonous  and  closely 
allied,  he  believes,  to  the  bitter  principle  of  squill.  Various  statements  are  made  regarding 
the  toxic  nature  of  the  root  and  its  reputed  criminal  uses.  These  reports,  however,  are  not 
well  established  ( Dymock  t. 

SCOPARIUS  (U.  S.  P.)— SCOPARIUS. 

"The  tops  of  Cytisus  Scoparius  (Linn^),  Link" — {U.S. P.)  (Genista  scoparia, 
Lamarck;  Spartium  scopariuvi,  Liune ;  Sarothamnus  Scoparius,  Koch  :  .'inmthnmnn.^ 
vulgar i-^,  W  i  m  m  er) . 

Nat.  Ord. — Leguminosea,. 

Common    Names;   Broom,  Iruh  broom.  Broom  tops. 

Illustr.\tion  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  70. 

Botanical  Source. — This  is  a  large,  bushy  shrub,  growing  from  4  to  9  feet  in 
height,  with  numerous,  long,  straight,  pentangular,  dark-green,  smooth,  tough, 
very  pliant  branches.  The  leaves  are  deciduous,  scattered,  stalked,  and  ternate ; 
the  upper  ones  generally  simple;  leaflets  uniform,  obovate,  obtuse,  entire,  and 
silky  when  young.  The  flowers  are  axillary,  solitary,  or  in  pairs,  ou  simple  stalks, 
longer  than  the  leaves,  papilionaceous,  large  and  handsome,  of  a  deep  golden- 
yellow  color.  The  fruit  is  a  brown  legume,  flat,  above  an  inch  long,  nearly  smooth 
at  the  sides,  fringed  with  hairs  at  each  margin,  and  contains  about  15  or  16  seeds. 
The  swelling  ovary  snon  splits  the  tube  of  the  filaments  (L.). 

History  and  Description.— Tliis  jilant  is  common  to  Europe  and  this  coun- 
try, and  is  frequently  cultivated  in  gardens:  it  grows  on  dry  and  sandy  soil.*, 
and  flowers  in  May  and  .Tune.  The  tops  (SrofKirii  Cnntmina.  Br.  Pharm.;  Hrrb<i 
Scoparii)  are  the  oflicial  parts.  The  seeds  are  also  employed,  and  may  be  preserved 
for  a  longer  time  than  the  former.    .\ll   parts  of  the  plant  have  a  peculiar,  nau- 


SCKOrHULAKIA.  1737 

seously  amarous  taste,  and,  when  rubbed,  have  a  characteristic  odor.  They  yield 
their  virtues  to  water  or  alcohol.  The  young  blossoms,  when  pickled,  are  said  to 
1)6  equal  in  quality  to  capers.  The  I'.  S.  P.  demands  broom  tops  "  in  thin,  flexible, 
branched  twigs,  pentangular,  winged,  dark-green,  nearly  smooth,  tough,  usually 
iVee  from  leaves;  odor  peculiar  when  bruised;  taste  disagreeably  bitter"— (r.S.P.). 
The  seeds  of  SpurtiiDit  jttnrrum,  Linne,  of  Europe,  are  pos.sessed  of  emetic,  purga- 
tive and  diuretic  properties. 

Chemical  Composition.— The  flowers  contain  volatile  oil,  yellow  fat,  wax, 
sugar,  gum,  tannin,  yellow  coloring  matter,  mineral  matter,  etc.  (Cadet  de  Gassi- 
court,  1824).  Stenhouse,  in  1851,  isolated  from  broom  tops  the  volatile,  oily,  nar- 
cotic, and  bitter  alkaloid,  sparteine  (C.^H^jN.^),  and  the  yellow,  crystal lizable" color- 
ing matter,  scojmrin,  which  is  diuretic  and  purgative.  (For  preparation  and 
properties  of  sparteine,  see  Spnrtein;i  Stilpkns.)  Scnparin  is  obtained  by  evapo- 
rating an  aqueous  decoction  of  the  plant  to  a  smaller  bulk,  and  allowing"to  stand 
for  24  hours.  A  jelly-like,  crude  scoparin  is  obtained,  which  is  pressed  out  and 
purified  by  recrystallizing  from  hot  water,  then  from  hot  alcohol.  Hot  alcohol 
converts  it  into  a  jelly-like  insoluble,  and  a  crystalline,  soluble  modification.  It 
forms  a  pale-yellow,  amorphous  mass,  or  yellow  crystals,  quite  soluble  in  hot 
water  and  hot  alcoliol,  ea.sily  soluble  in  aqua  ammonia-,  caustic  alkalies,  and 
alkali  carbonates.  When  fused  with  caustic  yyotush,  p ft lorophicin  and  protnraterhuic 
iirid  ure  formed  (Hlasiwetz,  186(il.  Stenhouse  gives  the  formula  C.,,H,.,0,„,  while 
Goldschniidt  and  v..n  Hrmmelniavr  find  C„„H^O,„,  or  C„H,A(0H)(0CH3)  (C^«». 
Centralhl„tf,  V..I.  II.  ISO.S.  p.  -Jl.S;  and  A„icr.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1894,  p.  37). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Broom  is  not  without  decided  physio- 
logical etlects — a  staggering  gait,  impaired  vision,  and  profuse  vomiting  and  sweat- 
ing have  resulted  from  its  use.  The  physiological  effects  of  sfo/)«ri?i  are  not  yet 
well  studied,  though  it  is  regarded  as  diuretic  and  purgative.  (For  the  action  of 
!>pnrteine,  the  cardiac  principle,  see  Sparteinie  Sulphas.)  In  large  doses,  broom  is 
emetic  and  cathartic;  in  small  doses,  diuretic.  Used  in  all  chronic  forms  oi dropsy; 
said  to  never  fail  in  increasing  the  flow  of  the  urine;  especially  beneficial  in 
dropsy  of  the  thorax,  combined  with  diseases  of  the  lungs.  Scia-vy  Andjaiaidice  have 
been  successfully  treated  with  it.    Dose,  of  a  strong  decoction,  prepared  by  boiling 

I  ounce  of  the  tops  in  a  pint  of  water  for  10  minutes,  4  fluid  ounces  every  hour, 
until  it  produces  some  effect,  using  about  1  pint  in  24  hours  (dandelion  and  juni- 
per berries  may  be  made  into  a  decoction  with  it) ;  of  the  pulverized  seed,  from 
10  to  15  grains,  aided  by  the  free  use  of  diluents;  of  the  tincture,  15  to  30  drops. 
The  latter  is  inferior  to  the  infusion. 

Related  Species.— r/»j-  Kmoiixm,  Gone,  Whin,  Furze.  A  spiny  plant,  bearing  bright- 
yellow  (lowers,  ami  very  coniiiKni  along  the  roadways  and  in  waste  places  in  Great  Britain. 
A.W.  Gerranl  (1886)  isolated  from  tlie  seeds  an  alkaloid, i<terin<.  This  alkaloid,  miordiiiu'  to 
the  views  of  Robert  (18!)0),  Moer(1891l,and  Partheil  (1892),  is  identical  wiXhctitisi,,.    >,  ,    /,,;,,,- 

II  »»i,  for  description;  also  see  .l/nfr. /our.  f/mr»i.,  1893,  p.  296).  The  action  of  iilixin.  i-  simi- 
lar to  that  of  cytisineand  sparteine,  giving  to  the  heart  vigorous  and  slower  action.  It  in.  In.  is 
greater  arterial  contraction,  and  proves  diuretic.  Its  diuretic  effects,  however,  are  leiss  pro- 
noiinced  than  those  of  digitalis,  which  it  most  resembles.  Cardiac  paralysis  is  the  result  of 
toxic  doses.  A  child  was  poisoned  by  milk  from  a  cow  which  had  eaten  g'orse.  The  remedy 
may  be  used  in  rfro/(.«iV»  nf  cnrdiac  orit/in  (Kobert).  Pose,  of  ulexiiic.  ;V  to  xV  grain;  of  the 
nitrate,  ^  to -,'2  grain,  hyi"«lirniatic:dly. 

SCROPHULARIA.— CARPENTER'S  SQUARE. 

The  leaves,  tops,  and  roots  of  Scrophularia  nodosa,  Linne,  var.  marilandica,iir;\y 
(Scronhnlarin  nodosa,  var.  Americana,  Michaux). 

Nat.  Ord. — ScrophularinesE. 

Co.M.MON  Names:  Fir/imrt,  Carpenter's  square, Scrofula  plant,  Square  stalk.  Heal-all. 

Illustkatio.n  :  Lloyd's  Drugs  ayid  Med.  of  N.  A.,  Plate  37. 

Botanical  Source.  -  Scrophularia  nodosa,  Linne,  lias  a  perennial,  whitish, 
tuberous,  and  knotty  root,  with  a  leafy,  erect,  quadrangular,  smooth  stem,  2  to  4 
feet  in  height,  with  paniculate,  opposite  branches  above.  The  leaves  are  opposite, 
lietiolate,  ovate,  ovate-oblong,  or  the  upper  lanceolate,  acute,  sharjjly  and  unecpially 
serrated,  rounded,  acutish,  or  broadly  cordate  at  base,  veined,  of  a  deep-green  color, 
and  3  to  7  inches  in  length.    The  flowers  arc  small,  3  or  4  lines  long,  ovoid,  dark- 


1738 


SCROPHULARIA. 


purple,  slightly  drooping,  on  axillary  and  terminal,  forked,  angular,  glandular 
peduncles  in  oblong,  thyreoid  panicles.  The  calyx  is  in  5  segments,  which  are 
Pj^  22^  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  and  slightly  margined;  the 

corolla  of  a  dull-green  color,  with  a  livid-purple  lip, 
and  subglobose;  the  limb  contracted,  sublabiate, 
having  a  green  scale  or  sterile  filament,  adnate  to 
the  upper  side.  Stamens  didynamoiis;  sterile  an- 
thers, broadly  orliicular.  Capsule  ovate-oblong 
(L. — W. — G.).  The  variety  innrilnndica,  Gray,  differs 
from  the  preceding  chief!}-  in  being  taller  (4  to  6 
feet),  and  in  having  (ibtu.se  angles  to  the  stems. 

History  and  Description. — Figwort  is  a  native 
of  Europe,  and  found  growing  in  different  parts  of 
the  United  States,  in  woods,  liedges,  damp  copses, 
and  banks,  flowering  from  July  to  October.  The 
American  variety  was  formerly  considered  distinct 
from  the  European  plant,  and  was  named  Scrophu- 
InriavuirilnniUra.  Michaux,  however,  did  not  regard 
it  as  such,  but  placed  it  as  a  variety  under  the 
name  ScrnjJtulnria  nodosa,  var.  Americana,  which 
name  should  have  been  retained.  Gray,  in  his  more 
recent  works,  gave  it  as  the  variety  marilandica, 
under  which  it  is  now  known.  The  plant  is  gener- 
ally known  to  Eclectics  as  Carpenter's  square;  to  other 
scrophuiaria nodosa.  branches  of  the  profession  as  Figuort  and  Scrofula 

plant.  A  variety  lacking  the  cordate  leaf-  base,  is 
more  common  in  the  southern  localities  of  this  country.  It  is  the  variety  lanceolata, 
and  the  kind  figured  in  Drugsand  Med.  nf  X.  A.  (see  preceding  page).  Pursh  named 
it  Srrojilndaria  lamvokiia.  The  leaves  and  root  are  the  medicinal  parts,  and  yield 
their  virtues  to  water  or  alcohol.  The  leaves  have  an  ofiensive  odor,  and  a  bitter, 
unpleasant  taste;  the  root  is  slightly  acrid.  Much  of  the  odor  and  taste  are  lost 
by  drying.    The  root  is  generally  employed. 

Chemical  Composition.— J.  U.  Lloyd  (Dninx  and  Med. ofN.  .4.,Vol.  II,  p.  112) 
found  llie  root  to  contain  a  small  quantity  of  an  alkaloid,  fixed  oil,  and  a  brown, 
amorphous  resin  of  a  peppery  taste,  insoluble  in  water  and  benzol,  soluble  in 
alcohol  and  chloroform.  The  herb  yielded  aluindant  mucilage,  but  no  alkaloid. 
F.  Koch  (Archiv  dcr  Phnrm.,lfi95)  foiind  the  ether  extract  of  the  plant  to  contain 
lecithin,  free  ciunamic  acid  and  butyric  acid.  The  alcoholic  extract  contained 
caffeotnnnic  arid,  sugar  (probably  dextrose),  and  a  resin,  from  which  cinnamic  acid 
may  be  isolated.  According  to  van  de  Moer  (1895),  the  aqueous  and  alcoholic 
extracts  of  the  herh  and  the  seeds  are  poisonous.  From  the  alcoholic  extract,  an 
amorphous,  yillow  powder  was  obtained,  resembling  digitalis,  medicinally. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Figwort  i.^  alterative,  diure'tic,  and 
anodyne;  reputed  highly  beneficial  in  hepatic  (//.-((/.-r.s',  srrofii'n.  secondun/  ,-yphilis, 
cutaneous  diseases,  dropsy,  and  as  a  general  deobstruent  to  the  glandular  system, 
when  used  in  infusion  or  syrup.  Prof.  Goss  valued  it  highly  in  conditions  com- 
ing under  the  head  of  .<^/vu/wi,  when  the  fluids  and  solids  are  depraved,  and  ulcera- 
tion readily  follows  contusions.  Externally,  in  the  form  of  fomentation,  or  oint- 
ment, it  is  valuable  in  bruises,  mamniari/  ivflamiwitiou,  ringininn,  jiilej>,  }xii)ifril  sirfU- 
in(j,  itch,  and  cutaneous  eruptions  ofn  ir.<i^-ulnr  character.  The  root,  in  decoction,  and 
drank  freely,  is  said  to  restore  the  lochial  discharge  when  supi>ressed,  and  to 
relieve  the  pains  attending  difficult  menstruation.  This  plant  possesses  valuable  and 
active  medicinal  properties.  Its  alterative  i)roperties  are  pronounced,  though  the 
remedy  is  very  slow  to  produce  its  eflects.  Dose  of  the  infusion  or  syrup,  from 
2  to  4  fluid  ounces;  fluid  extract,  30  to  tW  ilrops  ;  strong  tincture  (sviijto  alcohol, 
76  per  cent.  Oj),  from  10  to  40  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Struma;  ulcerations  about  the  eyes,  ears, 
nose,  or  face;  iuclinatitui  to  ulceration  from  abrasions  or  contusions;  enlarged 
lymphatics,  with  perverted  nutrition  ;  full  lips,  nink  and  white  countenance,  with 
fullness  or  pulliness  of  tlu'  alic  nasi:  ei)iphvseal  thickenings  and  fullness  of  the 
joints  (.Goss,  Dnigis  and  Med.  of  X.  .I.Vol.  II, "p.  115). 


SCUTELLARIA 


1739 


Fig.  836. 


SCUTELLARIA  (U.  S.  P.)— SCUTELLARIA. 

"The  herb  of  Scutellm-ia  lateriflora,  Linne" — (U.  S.  P.).     The   green  herb  is 
preferred  in  Eclectic  pharmacy. 

Xal.  Orel. — Labiala\ 

Common  Namks:  Si-ullfap,  Skullcap,  Madweed. 

Ili.i'stration:   Strong's  American  Flora  (opposite  page  100). 

Botanical  Source  and  History. — We  introduce  this  plant,  accompanied  with 
illustrations,  to  overconn'  tlic  confusion  that  lias  existed  in  commercial  circles  re- 
{larding  the  plant  ordinarily  .<old  as  .soullcap.  The  official 
species  is  the  Si-utdlai-iu  la'tirijlvra,  but  the  larger  part  of 
the  drug  sold  upon  the  market  under  that  name  is  de- 
rived from  two  other  sjjecies  of  Scutellaria.  The  genus 
Scutellaria  is  well  characterized  by  the  calyx,  which  in 
all  the  species  consists  of  2  round  lips  closed  in  fruit,  the 
upper  lip  of  which  has  a  helmet-shape  appendage,  giving 
to  it  the  appearance  of  a  mask  or  cap;  hence  the  common 
name  i^rullcap. 

S<-utellaria  lateriflora,  Linne,  the  official  scullcap,  is  the 
most  widely-distributed  of  the  species.  It  is  common  in 
every  section  of  the  United  States,  and  is  found  grow- 
ing in  damp  places  on  the  banks  of  streams,  and  in  simi- 
lar situations.  Inasmuch  as  this  is  the  proper  scullcap 
to  use  in  medicine,  and  as  it  is  often  confounded  with 
other  species,  we  will  give  a  close  description  of  the  plant 
(see  Fig.  22-5).  The  stem  is  slender,  herbaceous,  4-angled, 
much  branched,  and  from  1  to  2  feet  high;  it  is  smooth, 
green  when  the  plant  grows  in  shady  situations,  but 
turns  brown  on  exposure  to  the  sun.  The  leaves  are 
small,  from  1  to  2  inches  long,  and  about  one-half  as 
wide,  ovate,  rounded  at  the  base,  and  acute  at  the  apex. 
They  are  smooth,  crenate,  and  are  borne  on  opposite  leaf- 
stalks, which  are  about  1  inch  long.  The  flowers  appear  souteUaria  lateriflora. 
lutein  summer,  and  are  borne  in  numerous,  slender,  simple,  one-sided 


Fig.  226. 


ScQtellarla  versicolor. 

color,  and  both  thi."*  and  S.  canescens 


from  the  axils  of  the  leaves;  they 
arc  small,  opposite,  and  have  short 
pedicels,  subtended  at  the  base  by 
small  bracts.  The  calyx  is  about 
the  length  of  the  pedicel,  and  has 
the  peculiar  helmet-shape  charac- 
teristic of  the  genus.  When  the 
fruit  is  mature,  tiie  calyx  splits 
in  the  base,  the  upper  lip  falling 
away,  the  lower  one  remaining. 
The  corolla  is  small,  blue,  about 
one-fourth  of  an  inch  long;  it  has 
a  slander,  oxserted  tube,  and  2  sub- 
equal  lips,  the  upper  of  which  is 
arched,  the  lower,  spreading.  The 
stamens  are  4,  and  included  in 
the  corolla.  The  fruit  coneiste  of  4 
small  nutlets, 

S'-utellaria  versicolnr,  Nuttall, 
and  Srutellaria  ra nvxirm,  Nuttall, 
are  the  species  generally  collected 
by  herlialists,  and  substituted  for 
Scutellaria  later! tlora.  We  present 
an  engraving  of  Scutellaria  versi- 
readily  be  distinguished  from  official 


ecullcap,  by  their  l>eing  much  more  robust,  having  thicker  stems,  and  growing 


1740  SCUTELLARIA. 

from  2  to  4  feet  high.  The  flowers  are  large  in  both,  being  1  inch  long;  and 
instead  of  being  borne  in  very  slender,  lateral  racemes,  as  with  S.  lateriflora,  they 
are  borne  in  a  single,  large,  terminal,  branched  raceme.  The  leaves  are  also  much 
larger  than  those  of  S.  lateriflora,  being  from  2  to  4  inches  long,  and  nearlv  as 
broad.  They  are  cordate  at  the  base,  and  acute  at  the  apex.  The  leaves  of  S.  versi- 
color are  thin,  softly  pubescent,  and  of  a  bright-green  color;  those  of  S.canescens 
are  thick  in  texture,  light-green,  and  often  variegated  with  a  purple  line  around 
the  margin. 

Scullcap  is  an  indigenous  herb,  growing  in  damp  places,  meadows,  ditches, 
and  by  the  sides  of  ponds,  flowering  in  July  and  August.  Besides  the  names 
given  above  it  is  known  by  the  names  of  Blue  xadlrnp,  Side-flourring  .^mllrnp. 
Mad-dog  weed,  and  Hoodwort.  The  whole  plant  is  official,  though  but  the  mature 
leaves  and  flowering  tops  should  be  employed.  It  should  be  gathered  while  in 
flower,  dried  in  the  shade,  and  kept  in  well-closed  tin  vessels.  Alcohol  or  boiling 
water  extracts  its  properties.  It  is  officially  described  as"about50Cm.C20  inches) 
long,  smooth;  stem  quadrangular,  branched;  leaves  opposite,  petiolate.  about 
5  Cm.  (2  inches)  long,  ovate-lanceolate  or  ovate-oblong,  serrate;  flowers  in  axil- 
lary, one-sided  racemes,  with  a  pale-blue  corolla  and  bilabiate  calyx,  clo.^ed  in 
fruit,  the  upper  lip  helmet-shaped;  odor  slight;  taste  bitterish"— (T.  8.  P.  <.  The 
drug  loses  its  properties  largely  when  dried,  and  by  age  becomes  inert;  hence  the 
many  failures  in  therapy  from  the  use  of  Scutellaria. 

Chemical  Composition. — Scutellaria  lateriflora  contains  volatile  and  fixed  oil, 
tannin,  ^um,  sujiar,  ami  a  bitter  principle  (Cadet  de  Gassicourt,  18"24).  C.  0.  Myers 
and  H.  R.  Gillesj)ie  (Ainer.  Jour.  Pharm. ,1889,  p.  555)  obtained  this  bitter  princi- 
ple in  the  form  of  acicular  crystals  by  treating  an  alcoholic  extract  of  the  drug 
with  water  and  abstracting  the  principle  from  the  aqueous  solution  with  ether. 
The  authors  found  it  to  be  a  glucosid;  the  presence  of  tannin  in  the  drug  could 
not  be  verified. 

From  the  root  of  SnUellaria  lanreolaria,  Miquel  (Smtellarin  bnkalensi.^.  Georgi), 
growing  in  Japan.  Takahashi  (1(SS9)  isolated  srulellarin  (CioHjO^), crystallizing  in 
yellow  tasteless  needles,  sparinirly  soluble  in  hot  water,  soluble  in  other  simple 
solvents  and  in  alkalis.    It  is  not  a  glucosid, and  seems  to  be  physiologically  inert. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Scullcap  is  tonic,  "nervine,  and  anti- 
spasmodic. This  is  one  of  those  valuable  agents  which  a  certain  class  of  phj^si- 
cians  consider 'inert;  j'et  it  has  proved  especially  useful  in  chorea,  cohi-uhions, 
tremors,  intermUte^it  fever,  neuralgia,  and  manj'  nervous  affertioni).  In  delirium  tremens, 
an  infusion  drank  freely  will  soon  produce  a  calm  sleep.  In  intennitteutf  h  mav  be 
beneficially  combined  with  lycopus.  Where  teething  has  impaired  the  healtli  of 
children,  an  infusion  may  be  given  with  advantage.  In  all  cases  of  nerrou.-'  errita- 
bility,  restlc'^me3s,QT  wakefulness,  aUending  or  following  acute  or  chronic  diseases, 
from  physical  or  mental  overwork,  or  from  other  causes,  it  may  be  drank  freely 
with  every  expectation  of  beneficial  results.  The  warm  infusion  has  a  tendency 
to  keep  the  skin  moist;  the  cold  has  a  tonic  influence,  and  either  may  l-e  drank 
freely.  When  its  soothing  effects  have  ceased,  it  does  not  leave  an  excitable, 
irritable  condition  of  the  system,  as  is  the  case  with  some  other  nervints.  Scull- 
cap has  been  extolled  as  a  remedy  in  hijdrnpliobia,  hnt  this  is  still  a  matter  of  uncer- 
tainty. That  it  influences  the  cerebro-spinal  centers,  controlling  nervous  irrita- 
tion there  can  be  no  doubt,  and  this  fact  is  well  illustrated  by  its  control  over 
functional  cardiac  di--'orders,  due  to  purely  nervous  causes,  with  or  without  hys- 
terical manifestations,  and  exhibiting  intermittency  of  pulse.  Specific  Scutellaria 
well  represents  the  plant.  Half  an  ounce  of  the  recently  dried  leaves  or  lierb,  to 
i  l)int  of  ixiiliiiD;  water,  will  make  a  verv  stnuiii  infusion.  Dose  of  S]>ecitie  .<cutel 
laria,  1  to  'M)  dr-ips;  of  seutellarin,  1  to  o  jxrains;  fluid  extract.  1  to  60  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Nervousness,  attending  or  following  acute 
or  chronic  diseases,  or  from  mental  or  physical  exhaustion,  teething,  etc.;  nervous- 
ness manifesting  itself  in  muscular  action;  trenmrs,  subsultus.  etc  ;  hysteria, 
with  inability  to  control  the  voluntary  muscles;  functional  cardiac  disonlers  of 
a  purely  nervous  type,  with  intermittent  pulse. 

Related  Species.— ScuteUarin  iiilmta,  lAnn^;  S<-iitfUaria  iiitfffrWia.  lAnn^,  ani\  SiiilfUaria 
7ii/.<s<iy, ;/',./(,(,  l.iniie,  now  repinleil  as  a  variety  of  tlio  liist-nanu'.l  species,  an'  soiuetiuu-s  em- 
ployed.   They  are  ileeiileilly  liitter.     They  jKissi'SS  pnijwrties  siinil.ir  i.i  snillcap. 


SKUIM.  1741 

Scultlhria  galericulaltiy'Linw. — EuroiH-,  Asia.aiul  Nurtli  Aiueiica;  Kurupam  fCidtcnj,.  (.Iilor, 
alliaceous;  taste,  bitter.    Applied  tnold  iilceiuliiniit,  ami  given  internally  in  iiili^-inillenln. 

Bi-'iiiiWi  (or  I'niiielUi)  lulyiirU,  Linne.— .V//-Afu/,  or  J/ail-all,  is  bitter  anti  astringent.  It  is 
a  eouinicin  lierb  in  the  woods  and  grassy  situations  of  .\sia,  Kurope,  and  North  America.  The 
Howers  are  borne  in  dense  bracted  spikes  and  are  of  a  purplish-blue  color.  It  was  once  used 
locally  in  *.rf  lliroat,  and  internally  in  d'mrrhucal  and  hrmonhiujk  uffxliom. 

l)erivative  of  Sctltellaria.— S(TTKLI..\rin  (ficiiUllaniui.  Tlie  preparation,  erroneously 
called  scutellarine.  i.s  one  of  the  concentrations  and  is  to  be  classed  therewith.  It  is  of  a  light 
greenish-brmvn  color,  with  a  faint,  tea-like  odor,  and  a  peculiar,  herbaceous,  somewhat  gritty, 
resinnU!-.  tea-like  taste.  It  is  reputed  a  nervine  and  tonic,  especially  useful  in  cases  of  depres- 
sion (if  till"  nervous  and  vital  powers  after  long  sickness,  over-exercise,  excessive  study,  or 
from  lon^j-continued  and  exhausting  labors.  One  grain  will,  it  is  stated,  frequently  produce  its 
quiet  and  soothing  eflect,  controlling  nervous  agitation,  and  inducing  a  sensation  of  calmness 
an>l  stnngth.  It  has  been  advantageously  combined  with  oleoresin  of  cypripedium,  resin  of 
ciniicifuga,  and  resin  of  caulophyllum,  in  various  female  disorders,  both  in  the  gravid  or  non- 
gravid  state,  accompanied  with  an  excitable  or  irritable  condition  of  the  nervous  system.  It 
may  l)e  used  wherever  scullcap  is  indicated.  Its  dose  is  from  1  to  5  grains,  3  or  4  times  a  day, 
though  an  increased  quantity  will  not  produce  any  unpleasant  effects  (J.  King). 

SEDUM.— MOSSY  STONECROP. 

The  plant  of  S^dum  arre,  Linm^. 

Xut.  Or:!. — C'rassulacea'. 

CoMM'  IN   Nam  ks  :   Mog.^  stoncrrnp,  Biting  stoiifcro]),  Small  houseleek. 

Botanical  Source  and  Description.— This  is  a  low,  moss-like,  fleshy  plant, 
native  of  Europe,  but  very  conmion  in  cultivation,  and  sometimes  naturalized  in 
this  country.  It  ha.s  a  spreading,  thick,  green  stem,  from  1  to  3  inches  high.  The 
leaves  are  fleshy,  small,  sessile,  erect,  and  numerous,  almost  entirely  covering  the 
stems.  The  flowers  are  bright-yellow,  .sessile,  and  arranged  in  3-parted,  terminal 
cymes.  The  sepals,  petals,  and'  carpels  are  in  fives,  in  the  central  flowers  of  the 
cyme,  and  in  fours  in  the  others.  The  stamens  are  in  number  double  the  other 
parts  of  the  flower.  There  are  about  half  a  dozen  native  species  of  Sedum,  mostly 
found  in  dense  patches,  in  rocky  woods,  throughout  the  United  States.  They  all 
have  white  or  light-purple  flowers,  which  appear  in  June  or  July.  Sedum  tematum, 
Michaux.  is  the  mo.«t  common  species  in  Ohio  and  the  neighboring  states. 

Chemical  Composition. —  Sedum  acre  was  analyzed  by  Mylius  (Archiv  der 
Phnrin  .  1>72.  ]ip.  97-1101,  who  found  it  to  contain  wax,  chlorophyll,  acid  resin, 
mucila,i,'>-.  sugar,  an  alkaloid,  and  other  substances  common  to  plants,  but  no 
starch.  He  descritjes  the  alkaloid  as  uncrystallizable,  acrid  and  nauseous  to  the 
taste,  not  volatile,  oxidizable  in  the  air,  soluble  in  ether,  alcohol,  chloroform,  but 
little  soluble  in  water.  It  unites  with  acids  to  form  soluble  salts.  The  hydro- 
chlorate,  in  solution,  is  precipitated  by  excess  of  ammonia,  or  the  hydrate,  or  car- 
bonate of  pota.ssium.  Rutin  or  rutic  acid  (see  Ruta)  is  present  in  the  ether  extract; 
it  produces  dark-green  with  ferric  chloride. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Sedum  acre  has  little  or  no  odor,  and 
its  taste,  at  first  herbaceous,  i.-;  fnllowid  i)y  a  persistent  acrid  pungency.  The  leaves, 
pounded  and  applied  to  the  surface  of  the  body,  will  occasion  a  troublesome  vesi- 
cation. Taken  internally,  the  plant,  or  its  expressed  juice,  has  an  emeto-cathartic 
action,  and  was  recommended  in  scrnfuloiis  nffertions,  vmlarial  fevers,  and  even  in 
rpilepieii;  however,  it  is  rarely  employed  at  the  present  day,  except,  occasionall)', 
as  a  local  application  to  glandular  eTilargement!<,  to  scrofulous  ulcers,  and  to  some 
rhronic  niinneous  maladies — the  fresh  leaves  only  (bruised)  being  used — thus  ap- 
plied to  varts,  corns,  or  similar  growths,  it  is  said  to  ultimately  effect  their  removal. 
It  is  said  to  relieve  "the  extreme  sensitiveness  associated  with  disorders  of  the 
reproductive  function"  (Scudder,  .%)cr.  A/er/.,  p.  238).  Internally,  the  expressed 
juice  has  been  used  in  closes  of  from  1  to  2  fluid  drachms,  taken  in  beer  or  wine. 

Related  Species.— .SW/i/)n-iiri(Hi  tecturum,  l.inne,  Commim  hou»elefk.  Houseleek  has  a  fibrous 
1  iH,t  <  r..H  n.d  witii  «-veral  rosaceous  tufts  of  numerous, oblong,  acute,  keeled,  fringed,  extremely 
MU(ul>iit  ^•avl•^^.     The  stem  from  the  center  of  one  of  these  tufts,  is  aljout  a  foot  high,  erect, 

'•und,  downy,  clothed  with  several,  more  narrow,  sessile,  alternate  leaves,  ami  terminating 
;n  a  sort  of  niany-Howercd  cyme,  with  spiked  branches.  Flowers  large,  pale  rose-coloreil, 
-V  ithout  scent.    .'Segments  of  the  calvx  IL'  or  more,  with  a  similar  number  of  petals,  stamens. 

Mid  pistils.  <  )frsets  spreading  1 1,,  i.  'riiis  is  a  well-known  perennial  plant,  a  native  of  Kurope, 
:  ml  is  S.I  sm-1-ulent  and  hardy  that  it  will  gn.w  on  ilry  walls,  and  on  the  riKjfsof  houses.    It 


1742  SELINUM. 

sends  out  runners  witli  offsets,  rarely  flowering  (W.).  Its  period  of  flowering  is  in  August. 
It  is  much  cultivated  in  some  places.  The  fresh  leaves  are  the  parts  used.  They  are  thick, 
fleshy,  mucilaginous,  somewhat  plano-convex,  smooth,  odorless,  and  of  a  mixed  flavor,  com- 
bining slight  acidity  with  astringency.  Their  most  important  constituent,  accoriling  toVau- 
quelin,  is  calcium  malate.  The  fresh  leaves  are  useful  as  a  refrigerant,  when  bruised,  and 
applied  as  a  poultice,  in  erysipelaiaits  affections,  burns,  atings  o/iKsects,  and  other  injiauunatory  con- 
dittons  of  the  skin.  The  leaf,  sliced  in  two,  and  the  inner  surface  applied  to  varts  or  conis,  and 
changed  twice  a  day,  will,  it  is  said,  positively  cure  them.  The  juice,  applied  locally,  has 
cared  ringworm,  shingles,  and  many  other  cnlamoms  affections.  Erysi/jelas  has  been  benefited  by 
the  free  internal  use  of  the  leaves  bruised  in  milk  and  water,  in  quantity  sufficient  merely  to 
stain  the  liquid.  The  bruised  leaves,  a|)plied  as  a  poultice,  have  cured  severe  cases  of  herpes 
circinata.  The  leaves  also  po.ssess  an  astringent  property,  which  is  beneficial  in  many  cases. 
Minute  doses  of  the  tincture  of  sempervivum  are  said  to  "be  indicated  by  a  flushed  surface 
and  stinunnLT  piins,  ns  from  the  sting  of  a  bee  or  mosquito"  fScudder). 

S.iliiui   T, !,  phijiui,  Linn^,  is  the  common  Live-for-erer,  or  Garden  opine. 

Si'ilu,,,  hiiiiulHiiii  leaves  are  chewed  and  applied  to  wounds  by  the  Cree  Indians,  who  also 
used  the  U-avt-s   fur  tea. 

Sedwn  de.ndriodeum,  Mocino. —  Mexican  species  used  like  Sedum  acre. 

SELINUM.— MARSH  PARSLEY. 

The  root  of  Selinum  palustre,lAnne. 

Nat.  Ord. — Ilinbelliferae. 

Co^nto^'  Names:  Marsh  parsley ,  Marsh  svudlage. 
.  Botanical  Source. — Marsh  parsley  has  a  simple,  tapering,  perennial  root, 
with  loaiu'  long  fibers.  Its  stem  is  erect,  4  or  5  feet  high,  hollow,  deeply  fui- 
rowed,  not  hairy,  branched  and  corymbose  in  the  upper  part,  and  bright  purple 
at  the  base.  The  leaves,  about  5  or  6  on  the  stem,  are  alternate,  remote,  and  ter- 
nate,with  bipinnate  divisions;  the  leaflets  opposite,  deeply  pinnatifid,  dark-green, 
smooth,  their  segments  linear-lanceolate,  never  quite  linear,  acute,  entire,  or  trifid; 
the  petioles  smooth,  striated,  dilated,  and  sheathing  at  the  base,  with  a  reddish 
membranous  margin.  The  umbels  are  large,  horizontal,  of  numerous,  angular, 
general  and  partial  rays.  General  bracts  several,  lanceolate,  pointed,  dependent, 
not  half  the  length  of  the  rays,  with  their  margins  membranous  and  partly  col- 
ored; partial  ones  similar,  but  rather  longer  in  proportion,  and  often  confluent. 
Flowers  white,  numerous,  and  uniform,  with  involute  petals.  The  fruit  is  very 
light  straw-color,  4  lines  long,  shining,  and  obovate;  the  dorsal  ridge.s  very  near 
each  other,  distinctly  elevated,  sharp,  the  lateral  depressed  and  for  within  the 
broad,  thin  margin;  tlie  vittie  of  the  commissure  subulate,  straight,  and  about 
half  the  length'of  the  fruit  (L.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant  is  the  Cni- 
dum  paludre  of  Sprengel,  the  Pi'weda'imni  iiwnlnnwm  of  Koch,  and  the  Conioselinum 
of  Fischer,  also  known  as  Peucedanuvi  palustre  of  Moench.  This  plant  grows  in 
marshes  and  boggy  meadows  in  the  north  and  middle  of  Eurojie.  The  root  i.< 
branched,  fleshy,  deep-brown  e.xternally,  white  and  milky  within,  having  a  strong 
aromatic  odor,  and  an  acrid  and  piquant  taste;  the  dried  root  is  of  a  less  deep- 
brown  color,  yielding  a  bright-yellow,  grayi.^h  powder.  The  root  abininds  in  a 
white,  fetid,  bitter  juice,  which  hardens  into  a  brown,  acrid  resin;  it  is  the  part 
■employed.  It  imparts  its  properties  to  water  or  alcohol.  According  to  Pescnier, 
the  root  contains  a  volatile  oil,  a  fatty  oil,  soluble  in  ether  and  alcohol,  gummy 
matter,  a  yellow  coloring  principle,  a  nitrogenous  principle,  etc. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Marsh  smalluge  is  emmenagogue,  diu- 
retic, and  ;inlisii:\.-niodir,  but  abandoned  as  an  internal  remedy  on  account  of  its 
caustic  and  dangerously  poi.-^onous  proj)erties.  Ten  or  20  grains,  according  to  the 
patient's  age,  repeated  e\  eiy  5  hours,  and,  after  a  time,  gradually  augmented,  have 
cured  several  cases  of  e/iiltpt-y  in  the  course  of  from  3  to  6  months,  but  it  must  not 
boused  where  abdominal  obstruction  exists,  or  where  there  is  an  e.xaited  sen.<i- 
bility  of  the  genital  apparatus.  If  it  produces  diarrhwa  or  colic,  the  doses  must 
be  lessened  to  twice,  or  even  once,  a  day ;  sometimes  it  purges,  nauseates,  or  causes 
gastralgia.  In  nervous  and  sanguine  persons,  especially  those  of  irritable  habit.-^, 
it  increases  the  violence  of  the  disease.  Two-grain  doses,  repeated  twice  daily, 
have  proved  almost  immediately  beneficial  in  the  daUiiian  c<viruUinns  of  children. 
This  agent  generally  exerts  a  favorable  influence  upon  menstruation  and  it.*  dis- 
orders. It  has  also  been  used  with  success  in;vT/«,'i,nf!,7J<Ttww<i//(rti"oiK«.etc.(J.  King). 


PENECIO.  1743 

Related  Species. — (See  Levistutm,  Heuaclei-.m,  and  Imperatobh.1  .Sp/inu»i  canadfnsr, 
r>iiUlKiin  unci  Hooker;  Miinfli  or  llemUiik  iHintliij,  Silhniiii  aiuadeim,  or  I'nidium  C(inadin.*e  oi 
Spifiij;!'!,  ami '  'iiiiiinvlinitta  cunadmiv of  KisoluT.  wliicli  grows  in  8Wani|>8,  wet  woods,  and  around 
till'  months  oi  larjie  rivers  from  Canada  to  Carolina,  and  westward,  is  a  species  of  the  above 
plant,  and  deserves  a  trial  in  the  diseases  just  mentioned.  It  is  a  plant  2  to  4  feet  in  height, 
somewhat  resembling  the  Conium  maeulatum,  and  having  an  anj.'ular,  flexuous,  hollow  stem. 
Leaves  on  large,  inflated  petioles,  ternately  divided;  the  divisions  bipinnate,  with  linear- 
oblong,  acute  lobes.  Umbels  compound.  "iVtala  white,  spreading.  Involucre  wanting,  or 
2  or  :!-leaved.  Styles  slender,  diverging.  Fruit  about  2  lines  long,  oblong,  oval.  VitUe  solitary 
in  the  dorsal  interval,  2  or  3  in  the  lateral.  It  flowers  in  August  and  September  (W. — G.). 
(See  also  page  1454.) 

JEthusa  Cyiidiiiiim,  Linn^  (Nat.  Ord. — Umbelliferse),  Fool's  parsley,  Dog  parsley,  Dog  poison. 
Garden  hemlock,  lAgser  hemlock. — A  European  plant,  having  a  strong  resemblance  to  parsley, 
from  which,  however,  it  may  be  readily  distinguished  by  its  loathsome  taste,  and  its  nauseous 
odor  when  rubbed.  The  root  is  spindle-shaped,  the  flowers  wliite,  and  the  seeds  globular  and 
striated.  A  to.\ic,  crystallizable  alkaloid,  c(//i<j/>"M',  soluble  in  alcohol  and  in  water,  but  not  in 
ether,  has  been  found  in  the  herb  (Ficinus, , -JrcAiy  At  P/tarm.,  182S,p.  251).  The  seeds  yield 
a  volatile,  oilv  biise,  somewhat  like  coniine,  volatile  oil,  fattv  oil,  and  several  resins  (Walz, 
.V,((,)t7<./iW*HrA/.  P/mrm.,  Vol.  XI,  1S.W,  p.  355;  and  \V.  "" 


Bernhardt,  Archiv  der  Phan/ 


having  been  reported  from  it,  but  Harley  believes  that  Conium  jnocii/a/um,  which  closely  re- 
sembles this  plant,  has  been  mistaken  for  it.  /Ethusa  is  recommended  for  the  gastro-iutestinal 
troubles  of  infants,  especially  when  artificially  fed.  The  symptoms  pointing  to  its  use  are 
practically  those  indicating  ipecac.  Cholera  infantum,  summer  diarrhcea,  and  convulsions,  attend- 
in;:  intestinal  disorders  of  children,  have  been  treated  with  it.  Actire  ddirinm.  easily  excited, 
and  with  tendency  to  iiige,  mental  confusion,  dizziness,  simulating  intoxication,  and  violent 
luiidiirhi',  with  dizziness,  are  also  said  to  be  indications  for  the  drug.  A  strong  tincture  oi  the 
flowering  plant  may  be  used,  adding  from  1  to  2  drops  to  4  fluid  ounces  of  water,  and  giving 
1  teaspoonlul  every  2  or  3  hours. 

SENECIO.— LIFE  ROOT. 

The  root  and  herb  of  Senecio  aureus,  Linne. 

Xat.  Ord. — Compositse. 

Common  N.\mes:  Life  root,  Ragwort,  False  valerian,  Golden  senecio.  Square  weed. 
Female  rqinlntnr. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  has  an  erect,  smoothish,  striate  stem,  lor 2 
feet  higli,  tioccose-woollj-  when  young,  .simple  or  branched  above,  terminating  in 
a  kind  of  umbellate,  simple  or  compound  corymb.  The  radical  leaves  are  simple 
and  rounded,  the  larger  mostly  cordate,  crenate-serrate,  and  long-petioled ;  the 
lower  cauline  leaves  lyre-shaped;  the  upper  ones  few,  slender,  cut  pinnatifid,  den- 
tate, se.ssile,  or  partly  clasping,  the  terminal  segments  lanceolate.  The  peduncles 
are  subuml>ellate  and  thick  upward.  Corymb  is  umbel-like.  Rays  from  8  to  12, 
4  or  5  lines  long,  and  spreading.  Flowers  golden-yellow.  Scales  linear,  acute, 
and  purplish  at  the  apex  (W.— <Gr.). 

History. — This  is  an  indigenous,  perennial  plant,  growing  on  the  banks  of 
creeks  and  on  low,  marshy  grounds,  throughout  the  northern  and  western  parts 
of  the  Union,  flowering  in  May  and  June.  The  root  and  herb  are  the  medicinal 
parts,  and  the  medicine  is  peculiar  to  Eclectic  practitioners.  It  yields  its  proper- 
ties to  water  or  alcohol.  It  has  not  been  analyzed,  but  appears  to  contain  both 
an  acrid  and  Ijittcr  jirinciple,  ami  tannin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Senecio  is  diuretic,  pectoral,  diapho- 
retic, tonic,  and  e.\crts  a  peculiar  iulluence  Upon  the  reproductive  organs,  and 
particularly  of  the  female,  which  has  given  to  it,  especially  the  S.grari[i.i,  the 
name  oi' Female  reijulator.  This  is  one  of  our  valuable  remedies  in  the  treatment 
of  female  diseases.  It  relieves  irritation  and  strengthens  functional  activity.  Ova- 
rian or  uterine  atony,  with  impairment  of  function,  increased  mucous  or  muco- 
purulent secretions,  or  displacements  of  the  womb  and  vaginal  prolapse,  are  the 
chief  guides  to  its  use.  It  is  very  elhcient  in  promoting  the  menstrual  How,  and 
may  be  given  alone,  in  infusion,  or  combined  with  equal  parts  of  asarum  and 
.savine,  in  nmenorrhaea,  not  connected  with  some  structural  lesion.  It  will  also  be 
found  valuable  in  dy-impnnrrlura,  sterility,  and  rhlnrnn-t.  In  menorrhagia,  combined 
with  cinnainonand  ras|)birry  leaves,  it  has  been  found  very  serviceable,  when 
administered  during  the  intermenstrual  period,  as  well  as  at  the  time  of  ovula- 
tion. Tenesmic  and  painful  micturition  of  both  sexes  is  often  relieved  by  it. 
Senecio  often  cures  leurorrhcea  when  associated  with   weakness  of  vaginal  walls. 


1744  SENEGA. 

allowing  uterine  displacements,  and  accompanied  with  vascular  engorgement  and 
pelvic  weight.  Senecio  is  of  value  in  many  genital  disorders  of  the  male,  tlie  indi- 
cations being  pelvic  weight  and  full,  tardy,  or  difficult  urination  and  sensation 
of  dragging  in  the  testicles.  Senecio  aids  digestion  when  tardy  from  congested  or 
relaxed  conditions  of  the  gastric  membranes.  It  is  also  useful  in  ccpiUary  hemor- 
rhage, especially  in  heviaturia,  and  in  albuminuria,  with  bloody  urine.  Pu'monnry 
hemorrhage  has  also  been  checked  by  it.  It  has  proved  an  excellent  diuretic  in 
graveZ  and  other  urinary  affections,  either  alone,  or  given  in  combination  with  other 
diuretics,  and  is  said  to  be  a  specific  in  strangury.  In  puhnoiurnj  and  hepnlic  offec- 
iionsii  has  proved  advantageous, and, taken  freely,  the  decoction  has  effected  cures 
oi dysentery.  This  remedy  produces  its  effects  slowly  in  chronic  disorders.  Dose  of 
the  decoction,  4  fluid  ounces,  3  or  4  times  a  day;  specific  senecio,  1  to  30  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Atony  of  the  reproductive  organs,  with 
impairment  of  function;  uterine  enlargement,  with  uterine  or  cervical  leucor- 
rhwa;  difficult  tenesmic  micturition;  dragging  sensations  in  the  testicles;  peri- 
neal weight  and  fullness. 

Varieties  of  Senecio  and  Related  Species.— There  are  several  varieties  of  the  above 
Bpecies,  which  possess  similar  nietiicinal  virtues,  as  the  ,S,'iiecio  bnlmmitse,  or  Balsam  grmindsel, 
with  the  stem  aud  peduncles  villous  at  base;  leaves  few,  eiuall,  distant,  pubescent;  radical 
ones  oblong,  spatulate.or  lanceolate,  sometimes  cut-toothed,  tapering  into  the  petiole ;  canline 
ones  lyrate  or  pinnatifld ;  flowers  subumbellate.  This  variety  grows  in  pastures  and  on  rocky 
hills  (W.-G.) 

Another,  the  Seneciu  gracilis,  Unhurn,  or  Female  regulator,  a  slemler  state  of  the  species,  is 
found  on  rocky  shores.  Radical  leaves  orbicular,  on  long  petioles,  subconlate,  crenate ;  cauline 
ones  very  few,  remote,  linear-oblong,  dilated  at  the  base,  incisely  dentate;  pedtincles  very 
short,  pilose,  subumbelled ;  involucre  smooth ;  rays  few,  very  short. 

The  Senecio  oboratua,  a  variety  of  the  S.  aureus,  with  the  radical  leaves  obovate,  crenate-ser- 
rate,  petioled ;  cauline  ones  pinnatifld,  toothed ;  flowers  subumbelled,  long-peduncled,  bracted, 
with  a  cavity  under  the  receptacle  like  some  other  of  the  genus;  stem  somewhat  glabrous. 
Found  in  the  meadows,  etc.  ( W.).  This  plant,  in  infusion,  has  cured  several  cases  of  ameuor- 
rluea.  Several  cases  of  abortion  are  stated  to  have  followed  its  use,  and  it  has  been  recom- 
mended as  a  substitute  for  ergot.     It  certainly  deserves  further  investigation. 

Senecio  lanceolatvg. — Found  in  shady  cedar  swamps  in  Vermont.  It  has  all  the  leaves 
lanceolate-oblong,  thin,  sharply  and  unequally  toothed,  cither  wedge-shaped  or  somewhat 
cordate  at  the  base,  the  upper  cauline  ones  being  pinnatifidcut  toward  the  base. 

Among  these  varieties,  the  Senecio  graeUu  is  considered  the  most  efficient  in  uterine  difli- 
culties,  and  it  is  from  this  that  the  oleoresin, improperly  called  st»«ri/i,  was  at  first  prejiared. 
The  whole  herb  is  used.  The  root  grows  just  below  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and  run.s  along 
horizontally.  It  is  from  J  to  6  or  8  inches  in  length,  and  about  2  lines  in  diameter,  reddish  or 
purplish  externally,  white-purplish  internally,  with  an  aromatic  taste,  and  having  scattered 
fibers.  When  dried  and  mixed  with  the  lierb,  it  is  fouml  of  various  lengths,  from  |  to  1  or  2 
inches,  greenish-brown  or  yellowish-brown  externally,  with  very  fine  longitudinal  lines,  a  few 
fibers  attached,  short  fracture,  presenting  under  the  microscope  a  shining,  waxy  surface,  with 
a  central  pale-purple  substance,  surrounded  by  a  greenir^li-yellow  one,  with  a  liglit-yellnwish 
ring  between  the  two.  It  is  inodorous,  and  has  a  faintly  l>itter.  herbaceous,  peculiar,  resinous 
taste,  with  a  very  slight  degree  of  pungency.     It  yields  its  properties  best  to  alcohol. 

Senecio  Doronicum,  Senecio  Saracenicus,  Seneei'o  vulgaris,  and  Seiiecio  Jncobiea,  are  among  the 
European  species  which  have  been  employed  in  medicine,  while,  in  Mexico,  the  tnaturin 
(S.cerviarixfolius)  and  matnque  (S.grayanus)  are  saicl  to  furnish  a  dog-poison.  Exalted  tem- 
perature, pupillary  dilatation,  and  convulsions  are  the  reputed  eH'ecIs  of  tliese  species,  which, 
according  to  Henckel  ( .iiKer.  Jour.  /Vuin/i.,  1891,  p.  6),  contain  a  glucosidal  body,  resembling 
digitalin  in  its  action ;  resin,  volatile  nil,  tannin,  etc., are  likewise  present.  Another  Mexican 
dog-poison  is  Yerha  de  la  l'u,•hla,^ll■  S, mrio  canicida,  and  coutainsa  poisonous  organic  acid, *<-iitoic 
acid  (Rio  de  la  Loxa,  Ainer.  Juur.  I'harm.,  ISSG,  p.  170 1. 

SENEGA  (U.  S.  P.)— SENEGA. 

"The  root  oi Polygala  Senega,'Lmne"—{r.  S.P.). 

Nat.  Ord. — Polygalea\ 

Common  X.\mijs:  Scnclca  mot.  Senega  snakeront,  Seneca  mal-rroot. 

Botanical  Source. — Senega  is  an  indigenous  plant,  with  a  perennial,  firm. 
hard,  biaiuliing  root,  consisting  of  a  moderately  solid  wood,  and  a  thick  bark;  it 
sends  up  several  annual  stems,  which  are  erect,  simple,  smooth,  8  to  14  inches 
high,  and  occasionally  tinged  with  red.  The  leaves  are  alternate,  nearly  or  quite 
sessile,  lanceolate,  with  a  shar]dsh  point,  smooth,  paler  underneath.  1  ti>3  inches 
long,  and  about  one-third  as  wide.    The  flowers  are  white,  on  short  pedicels,  in  a 


1745 


close  icrmiiijil  f^pike,  from  1  to  3  inches  in  length.    Calyx  of  5  sepals,  the  two 

largest,  or  wings,  concave,  roundish-ovate,  white,  slightly  veined,  and  larger  than 

the  petals.     Corolla  of  3  petals,  two  lateral  pj^  32^ 

and  obtuse,  and  a  short-crested  extremity; 

they  are  small  and  closed.    Capsules  small, 

obcordate,  invested  by  the  persistent  calyx, 

compressed,  2-celled,  and  2-valved.    The 

seeds  are  2  in    number,  oblong-ovate,  acute 

at  one  end.  slightly  hairy,  curved,  blackish, 

with  a  longitudinal,  bifid,  white  strophiola 

on  the  concave  side.   The  s[)ike  opens  slowly, 

so  that  the  lower  flowers  are  in  fruit  while 

the  imperonrs  are  in  blossom  (1..— \V.). 

History  and  Description.  — Seneka,  or 
Seneca  snakeroot,  as  it  is  usually  called,  is 
found  in  various  parts  of  the  United  States, 
in  rocky  woods,  and  on  hillsides,  {lowering 
in  July.  Distinction  is  sometimes  made  in 
commerce  between  Southern  and  Xorlliem 
iv'/iegn.  The  latter  is  probably  a  botanical 
variety  of  the   former.    Southern   senega 

comes  from  Kentucky,  Virginia,  Tennessee,  „        .  „  ,     ,    ^ 

North    Carolina,  Arkansas    Mis.^ouri,  Ohio,  '*~'  "'  ''°'^^'"''  ^^"'^^• 

Indiana,  and  lUiuois,  while  Northern  senega,  since  about  1871,  was  brought  from 
Minnesota  and  Wisconsin  (J.  U.  and  C.  G.  Lloyd,  Amer.  Jour.  Pknrm.,  1881,  p.  481 ; 
also  see  Related  Sperie-'>,  next  page,  for  False  Setiega).  The  dried  root,  which  is  the 
official  part,  is  described  by  the  f '.  <S.  P.  as  "  about  10  Cm.  (4  inches)  long,  with  a 
very  knotty  crown,  and  spreading,  tortuous  branches,  keeled  when  dry,  fieshy  and 
round  after  having  been  soaked  in  water;  externally  yellowish-gray  or  brownish- 
yellow  ;  bark  thick, whitish  within, enclosing  an  irregular,  porous, yellowish  wood; 
odor  .slight,  but  unpleasant;  taste  sweetish,  afterward  acrid'" — (U.S.  P.).  The 
knotty  crown  seems  to  be  formed  by  the  junction  of  several  stems;  the  keel  line 
extentls  the  whole  length  of  the  roo"t.  The  meditullium,  or  central  portion,  pos- 
sesses but  little  or  no  medicinal  properties,  which  reside  chiefly  in  the  thick,  resin- 
ous bark.  The  recent  root  has  a  disagreeable,  sickening  odor,  which  diminishes 
very  much  by  drying.  Its  taste  is  somewhat  sweetish,  succeeded  by  heat  and 
pungency,  irritating  the  mouth  and  fauces.  It  imparts  its  virtues  to  water  or 
alcohol ;  alcohol  of  specific  gravity  0.935  is  its  best  solvent.  Too  high  a  tempera- 
ture renders  the  acrid  principle  insoluble  in  water. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  acrid  principle  of  seneca  root  was  discovered, 
ill  IHH.  I'V  <;ehlen,  and  named  senegin  by  Gmelin.  It  is  the  pnlygalk  arid  of 
Queveniie  i  1836).  Bolley  (1854)  showed  senegin  to  be  identical  with  the  glu- 
cosid  saponin  (C„U^OJ.  '  \V.  Procter,  Jr.  (Proc.  Amer.  Phann.  Assor., 1859,  p.  297), 
prepared  polygalic  acid  (senegin)  by  exhausting  the  root  with  diluted  alcohol,  dis- 
tilling off  the  solvent,  and  precipitating  by  ether-alcohol.  The  yield  was  about 
5  per  cent.  J.  Atlass  (Ueher  Senegin,  Dissert.,  1887)  differentiated  'pnlygnlic  arid,  of 
acid  reaction,  from  neutral  senegin,  the  former  being  precipitated  by  both  neutral 
and  basic  lead  acetate,  senegin  by  basic  lead  acetate  only.  Senegin  ('saponin)  is  a. 
white  powder,  acrid,  excites  sneezing,  and  is  readily  soluble  in  water;  the  solution 
is  neutral,  and  frothes  upon  shaking.  It  is  insoUilile  in  absolute  cold  alcohol, 
in  ether,  carbon  disulphide,  benzin,  cold  amyl  alcohol,  etc.,  very  little  soluble  in 
chloroform.  By  boiling  with  diluted  acids,  senegin  is  decomposed  into  reducing 
sugar  and  sapngenin.  Atlass  obtained  from  the  root  1.64  per  cent  of  senegin. 
I'oli/galic  arid  closely  resembles  senegin  in  all  its  properties,  except  those  men- 
tioned. Jo.seph  Kain  (Anwr.  Jour.  /Viacm.,  1899,  p.  86)  found  in  senegaanother  glu- 
cosid,  lipvo-rotatory,  and  soluble  in  al)solute  alcohol  and  ether.  J.  H.  Schroeder 
(iJdd.,  1896.  p.  178)  made  a  proximate  analysis  of  the  root,  and  noted  the  absence 
of  tannin  and  starch,  and  the  presence  of  volatile  oil,  fixed  oil,  resins,  dextrose, 
saccharose  (.5.32  per  cent),  asj)aragine  (0.62  per  cent),  ash  (6.(>5  per  cent).  The 
volatile  oil  (0.10  per  cent  on  an  average)  onsists  chiefly  of  methyl  salicylate  and 
valerianic  ester  (\..  Renter,  Arrliir  der  Pharm.,  1889,  ]y3\S;  see  ti(V/.,  j.p.' 452,  540. 
110 


and  927).  Roots  seemingly  exhausted  of  the  oil"  by  distillation  with  water,  pro- 
duced additional  quantities  when  slightly  acidulated;  the  salicylic  ether  is  also 
yielded  by  false  senegas  of  commerce  (E.  Kreniers  and  Martha  M.  James,  PA«rm. 
Revieic,1898,]>A5). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— In  large  doses,  senega  is  emetic  and 
cathartic;  in  ordinary  doses,  it  stimulates  most  of  the  secretions,  acting  especially 
as  a  sialagogue,  expectorant,  diuretic,  diaphoretic,  and  emmenagogue.  Its  expec- 
torant properties  render  it  very  useful  in  clironic  catarrh,  and  protracted  and  fypfioid 
pneumonia,  bronchorrhoea,  chronic  hronchitis,  with  profuse  secretion,  humoral  asthma, 
and  in  the  commencing  stages  oi  croup.  In  active  inflammation  its  use  is  contra- 
indicated.  In  relaxed  sore  throat,  it  is  recommended  as  a  local  stimulant;  also  as 
a  diaphoretico-diuretic  in  rheumatism,  and  as  an  emmenagogue  in  amenorrhcea.  It 
is  not  without  effect  wiion  squamous  skin  diseases,  and  its  action  in  this  direction 
should  be  studied.  Dose  of  the  powdered  root,  from  5  to  20  grains;  of  the  infu- 
sion or  syrup,  from  ^  to  2  flnid  ounces.  The  extract  prepared  from  an  infusion 
of  the  root,  obtained  by  percolation,  and  evaporated  to  tlie  proper  consistence  by 
means  of  a  water-bath,  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  1  to  4  grains;  specific  senega, 
1  to  20  drops.  Polygalic  acid  may  be  given  for  the  same  purposes  as  the  root,  in 
doses  of  from  J  to  i  grain.     It  is  best  taken  in  hot,  sweetened  water. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.  —  Relaxation  of  the  respiratory  mucous 
membranes  and  of  the  skin;  cough  deep  and  hoarse,  with  excessive  secretion, 
mucous  rales,  nausea,  and  sometimes  vomiting;  last  stage  of  typhoid  pneumonia, 
bronchorrhcBa. 

Related  Species  and  Substitutes.— Po/j/gnZa  rubella,  Willdenow,  Bitier  pohgah,  Bluer 
milku-ort.  Tliis  is  tlir  }'nhj,jnht  iinliKjuma  oi  Walter.  It  is  an  indigenous  lierb.  with  a  peren- 
nial, branched,  and  suiiK-what  iiisifurm  root.  .Stems  simple,  crowded,  many  fmni  the  same 
root,  angular,  smooth,  and  erett,  from  (5  to  12  feet  high.  This  plant  inhabits  fields  ami  psistures 
from  Canada  to  Florida,  being  common  to  dry,  sandy,  or  gravelly  soils,  and  bearir.i;  handsome 
rose-purple  flowers  in  July.  The  whole  plant  is  used.  It  is  incKlorou.«,  with  a  persistent  and 
powerfully  bitter  taste,  which  is  imparted  to  water  or  alcohol.  It  has  not  been  analyzed, 
though  its  active  constituent  is  probably  similar  to  senegin.  The  Polygala  amara,  Linne 
( Herba  poh/galie),  a.nd  the  Polygala paud/olia,  or  Fnn^et\  polygala,  possess  similar  properties, 
and  may  lie  employed  as  substitutes.  The  root  of  the  latter  has  a  pleasant,  spicy  flavor,  very 
similar  to  that  of  gaultheria.  In  doses  of  from  3  to  10  grains,  bitter  polygala  is  an  excellent 
bitter  tonic;  from  10  to  30  grains  act  upon  the  bowels,  and  cause  slight  diaphoresis.  An  infu- 
sion has  been  found  beneficial  as  a  tonic  in  debility  of  the  digextire  orgnus.  It  may  be  used  in  all 
cases  where  a  bitter  tonic  is  indicated  (Bigelow). 

Polygala  Nuttallii,  Torrey  and  Gray,  Ground  centaury. — This  plant,  called  Xultall'f  p<^ygah, 
the  Polygala  Nuttallii  of  Torrey  and  Gray,  and  the  Polygala  faftigiata,  or  P.  ganguitun  of  Xuttall, 
is  an  annual  plant,  with  erect,  often  branched-fastigiate  stems,  from  6  to  12  inches  in  height; 
sometimes  1.5  or  more  stems  will  grow  from  one  root,  and  on  the  root  will  be  observed  some- 
thing resembling  a  nearly  developed  flower.  This  plant  grows  in  pine  T)arrens  and  dry.  sandy 
soils,  from  Massachusetts  to  New  Jersey,  and  southward  near  the  coast,  flowering  from  July 
to  October  (G.I.  The  whole  plant  is  lised.  It  yields  its  virtues  to  water  or  au-ohol.  The 
P.  Nuttallii  and  the  P.fastigiata  are  described  by  botanists  as  di(ien>nt  species,  but  tlu-y  i-loseiv 
resemble  each  other,  and  possess  the  same  properties.  Tonic,  alterative,  diuretic,  and  anti- 
furuncular.  It  has  been  used  as  a  domestic  mefficine  on  l/jng  Island.  N.  Y..  where  it  has  fhe 
reputation  of  being  almost  infallible  as  a  remedy  in/civr  and  ague.  Two  or  3  drachms  of  the 
plant  made  into  a  strong  decoction  will  act  as  a  purgative.  It  is  much  used,  also,  as  an  altera- 
tive in  boils,  cutaneous  eruptions,  and  esperially  in  ery.tipelas.  I  have  found  this  plant  decidedly 
efficient  in  erysipela.i  and  boils,  and  would  recommend  it  to  the  profession  as  a  valuable  reme- 
dial agent,  w^hose  powers  are  not  yet  fully  understoo<l  (.1.  King). 

The  following  species  of  Polygala  have  been  employed:  Polygala  fcoparia,  Kunth.  Mexico; 
P.  vulgaris,  Linn^,  Europe;  P.  major,  Jacquin,  .southeastern  EurojH'  (  Radix  imlygniv  huugnricx) ; 
P.  veiieni)m,  Jacquin,  Java  (reputed  to.xic) ;  /'.  Serpintaria,  Ecklon  ami  Zeyher.  south  -AfriVa;  and 
P.hutyracea,  Africa.  The  seeds  of  the  latter  yield  a  fat  eaten  by  the  native  Afrii-ans.  The  P.uinani. 
Linne,  of  Europe,  yields  a  volatile  solid  oil,  wax,  tannin,  \M\tin, ani\  iiolygalamari}>.  a  very  bitter, 
cry.stalline  principle, which  causes  water  to  foam  wlun  shaken  with  it"("Reinsch,  lS:fl»l. ' 

Related  to  tlie.«e  are  .Hmiiilna  iwlyslm-lii/.i.  Kuiz  et  I'avon  '  Peru).  I'sinl  in  metal  jKilishins: 
as  a  soap,  and  as  a  nnuMly  (i\r  dinrrlura.  The  bark  of  the  root  yields  saponin.  .Sjulamea  amar>i. 
Lamarck  (M..lih  ,  n  M,  o,":m  imtiperiodic  bitter. 

Polygal'i  I      u.  .  I'^i, Inning  ixJuqala. — Xew  Jersey  to  Florida.     Possesst-s  similar 

properties  to  s>       _  \  ■  •   >  !.,•  used  as  a  s'ub.«tit>ite. 

Polygaln   /,  \  :!  t:ill.— ( irowiii;;   in  (iforgia  and  southern  Tennessee.     Its  root  is 

smaller  than  that  of  siiuLra.  is  without  ki'i-l,  and  has  a  uniform  bark  anil  cylindrical,  wooly 
column.  i.S'e  its  niicrosconical  and  chemical  rxanunatioii,  by  G.  Goeln-l,  .{iner.  .I,,ur.  Phami'., 
1881,  who  found  it  to  yield  3  jier  cent  of  senegin.  i  i'roi.  M'aisi-h.  who  receive!  a  s(H-cinien 
from  Dr.  Guun,  of  .Vlaljama,  thought  it  to  be  the  plant  which  vi.'l.bd  h\il.<,  ,.r  117,.;,  .4,,„,m, 


.^K.NNA.  1747 

that  hail  been  on  the  market  since  about  1875,  but  deeUled,  in  1889  {Amer.JoHr.  Plinrm..\>.  i-i'-^; 
and  1892,  pp.  181  and  553),  that  this  was  derivod  from  Pali/gala  alba,  Xuttall,  which  grows  in 
Jx>ui8iana,  Texas,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  Arkansas,  Kansiis.Nebraska,  and  Dakota. 

Norther.n  Senega. — According  to  J.  l".  and  (.".  (i.  Lloyd  (.Imcr.  jour.  Phunn.,  1881,  p.  481), 
this  comes  from  .Minnesota  and  Wisconsin,  and  is  hcheved'  to  Ix^  derived  from  a  species  iuter- 
me<liate  between  Pi  it  iiyala  Senega  and  P.lati/olin.  It  furuislies  a  larger  root  than  tlie  official 
drug.  The  crown  is  sometimes  2  or  3  inches  broad,  and  the  upper  portion  of  the  root  nearly 
an  inch  in  thickness.  It  is  more  fleshy,  but  less  contorted  than  senega,  and  the  branches  do 
not  so  distinctly  exhibit  a  keel. 

Concerning  a  Xoiihrrn  Senega,  coUectetl  in  Minnesota,  see  Prof.  L.  E.  Sayre  (Ainer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,\S9-2,p.  1 13),  and  I'rof.  J.  M.  Maisch  (ibid., p.  182).  Prof.  Sayre  reports  it  to  contain  3.5 
per  cent  of  senegin  and  much  methyl  salicylate. 

Admixtures. — Certain  roots  have  been  accidentally  mixed  witli  senega.  Among  these 
are  ginseng,  valerian,  cypripedium,  and  the  r«ota  of  Cynanchum  Vincetoxicum,  Persoon ;  lonidium 
Ipecacuanha, Veuteti&t',  and  GilUtiia  Irifoliaia,  Moench. 

SENNA  (U.  S.  P.)— SENNA. 

"The  leaflets  of  Cassia  acutifolia,  Delile  (Alexandria  Senna),  and  oi  Cassia 
angusti}nU(i,\A\\\  (India  Senna)'" — {U.S.  P.). 

Sat.  Ord. — Leguminosa?. 

Ir.LrsTR.\Tio\:   Bentley  and  Trimen  Med.  Plants,  89,  90,  and  91. 

Botanical  Source  and  History.— There  are  several  species  of  the  cassia  plant, 
which  arc  .<upi><>'^tnl  to  hun\^\i  S>  mm,  as  the  C.  (irvtifolia,  C.obovata,  C.angustifolia, 
C.  lanreitlata  of  For.<kal,  and  C.  ;ii/ii<ipic(i  of  Guibourt,  etc. 

Cn.'^iu  acutifolia,  Delile  (C.  Uutceotata,  De  Candolle;  C.  senna,  Linne;  C.  Imitiva, 
BischoflF;  C.  orie'ntaiis,  Persoon;  Senna  arutifolin,  Batka). 

A  perennial  shrub,  growing  from  2  to  10  feet  high;  stem  erect  and  smooth. 
The  leaves  are  alternate,  narrow,  and  equally  pinnated;  leaflets  in  pairs,  from 
4  to  8  on  each  leaf,  ovate,  nearly  sessile,  smooth  above,  rather  downy  beneath,  with 
the  veins  turning  inward,  forming  a  flexuose  intramarginal  line;  petioles  with- 
out glands;  stipules  softly  spinescent,  semihastate,  spreading,  and  minute.  The 
flowers  are  bright  yellow,  in  erect,  stalked,  axillary  and  terminal  racemes,  and 
rather  longer  than  the  leaves;  the  pedicels  are  without  bracts. ,  Sepals  linear,  and 
obtuse.  Stamens  10,  the  5  lowest  small  and  sterile,  the  next  2  large,  curved,  and 
perfect,  the  3  uppermost  minute  and  gland-like.  The  ovaries  are  linear,  downy, 
and  falcate,  witn  a  smooth  recurved  style.  The  fruit  consists  of  legumes  or  pods, 
which  are  pendulous,  oblong,  flat,  membranous,  about  1  inch  long,  i  inch  broad, 
quite  straight,  tapering  abruptly  to  the  base,  and  rounded  at  the  apex;  the  seeds 
are  many,  a-^h-colored,  and  cordate  (L).  It  grows  in  Nubia  and  upper  Egypt, 
Kordofan,  Sennaar,  and  yields  most  of  the  commercial  Alexandria  senna  consumed 
in  this  country. 

Cassia  angustifolia,\' ah\  (C.elongata,  Lemaire;  C. acutifolia,  Nees;  C.  Innceolata, 
Wight  et  Arnott;  C.  viedicinalis,  BischoflF;  C.  medica,  Forskal;  Senna  angustifolia, 
Batka;  S.  officinal i.-<,  Roxburgh). 

Cassia  angustifolia,  although  an  annual,  may  with  attention  be  kept  alive 
beyond  the  3'ear,  and  made  to  assume  a  suffruticose  character.  It  differs  from 
C.  acutifolia  in  having  its  leaflets  lanceolate  instead  of  ovate,  and  the  legumes 
longer  and  not  so  round.  Its  seeds  are  deep-brown.  It  grows  in  northern  and 
central  India,  Arabia,  and  in  the  Somali  country,  and  is  being  cultivated  from 
African  seeds  in  Tinnevelly,  near  the  southernmost  point  of  India.  It  furnishes 
the  India  senna.  ' 

Cassia  ohornla,  Calladon  (C.  Senna,  Forskal;  C.  ohtusata,  Hayne;  C.  obtusa, 
Wallich;  .*y>7j;ia  o6oi'rt^(,  Batka).  A  perennial  herbaceous  plant,  smaller  than  the 
preceding,  being  about  18  inches  high,  with  an  erect  or  procumbent,  smooth  stem, 
downy  at  the  base.  Leaves  alternate,  equally  pinnate,  smooth,  with  no  gland 
upon  "the  petiole;  leaflets  in  4  to  6  pairs,  opjiosite,  obovate,  rounded,  mucronate 
at  the  apex,  unequal  at  the  base,  the  uppermost  gradually  the  largest;  stipules 
narrowly  triangular,  rigid,  acute,  spreading,  and  persistent.  The  flowers  are  pale- 
yellow,  on  erect,  rather  lax,  axillary,  stalked  racemes.  The  legumes  are  oblong, 
falcate,  membranous,  smooth,  rounded  at  each  end,  with  an  elevated  ridge  upon 
the  valves  over  each  side,  so  as  to  have  an  equally  interrupted  ridge  along  the 
middle,  toward  which  the  veins  of  each  suture  are  directed  nearly  at  right  angles; 


1748  SEXNA. 

the  seeds,  6  to  8  in  number,  are  cordate  (L.).  This  species  grows  in  the  high,  dry, 
uncultivated  lands  of  Mysore,  Egypt,  Nubia,  desert  of  Suez,  central  Africa,  as  far 
west  as  Senegambia,  and  is  cultivated  in  many  parts  of  southern  Europe.  It 
furnishes  an  inferior  senna,  known  as  the  Italian  or  Aleppo,  mrely  to  be  found  in 
the  market.    It  is  called  in  Egypt  Senna  baladi  or  Wild  senna. 

Cassia  Sophera,  Linne  (C.  lanceolata,  Forskal),  resembles  the  above,  having, 
however,  never  more  than  4  or  5  pairs  of  leaflets,  oblong,  and  either  acute  or 
obtuse,  not  at  all  ovate  or  lanceolate,  and  perfectly  free  from  downiness  even  when 
young;  the  petioles  have  constantly  a  small,  round,  brown  gland  a  little  above  the 
base.  The  pods  are  erect,  oblong,  tapering  to  the  base,  obtuse,  turgid,  mucronate, 
and  rather  falcate,  especially  when  young,  at  which  time  they  are  sparingly  cov- 
ered with  coarse,  scattered  hairs.  It  grows  in  Arabia,  and  was  considered  by 
Forskal  as  the  true  Mecca  senna  (L.). 

Description. — The  two  principal  commercial  varieties  of  senna  used  in  this 
country  are  Alexandrian  or  Egyptian  and  the  Indian  or  Tinnevelly  senna. 

Alexandria  Senna  is  collected  from  Senaar,  Nubia,  and  upper  Egypt,  partly 
also  from  tropical  Africa,  near  Timbuctoo,  and  forwarded  to  Alexandria  and  Cairo 
for  the  European  markets.  The  leaves  are  gathered  by  cutting  the  branches  in 
autumn,  commencing  in  September,  exposing  them  to  the  sun  and  atmosphere 
until  they  are  quite  dry,  when  the  branches  are  removed  by  threshing,  the  leaves 
placed  in  sacks,  and  sent  to  the  places  of  export.  A  preliminary  crop  is  harvested 
in  April.  As  received  in  this  country,  Alexandria  senna  is  generally  in  bales  and 
barrels,  and  is  considered  the  finest  and  most  valuable  variety;  the  best  and  most 
esteemed  is  that  which  contains  the  least  quantity  of  cynanchum  leaves,  senna 
leaf-stalks  and  pods,  where  the  entire-lanceolate  leaves  are  numerous,  and  where 
the  odor  and  taste  is  strong  and  pure.  It  has  a  peculiar  but  not  disagreeable 
odor,  with  an  unpleasant,  nauseous,  mucilaginous,  and  sweetish  taste,  with  hardlj- 
any  perceptible  bitterness,  unless  it  be  admixed  with  the  leaves  of  the  Argel 
{Solenostemma  Argel,  Hay ne,  or  Cynanchum  olearfolium),  which  impart  bitterness  to 
the  powder  or  infusion,  and  which  is  the  most  important  impurity  to  remove. 
They  may  be  recognized  by  having  no  visible  lateral  nerves  on  their  under-sur- 
face;  by  being  longer,  thicker,  and  firmer  than  senna  leaves,  and  by  the  greater 
regularity  of  their  base. 

When  conforming  to  the  U.  S.  P.  standard  "Alexandria  senna  consists  of  leaf- 
lets about  25  Mm.  (1  inch)  long  and  10  Mm.  (f  inch)  broad,  lanceolate,  or  lance- 
oval,  subcoriaceous,  brittle,  rather  pointed,  unequally  oblique  at  the  base,  entire, 
grayish-green,  somewhat  pubescent,  of  a  peculiar  odor,  and  a  nauseous,  bitter  taste. 
It  should  be  free  from  stalks,  and  from  argel  leaves  (the  leaves  of  Solenostemmn 
Argel,  Hayne ;  Nat.  Ord. — Asclepiadea>),  which  are  frequently  present ;  these  leaves 
are  thicker,  1-veined,  wrinkled,  glaucous,  and  even  at  the  base" — (t'.S.P.).  The 
German  Pharmacopoeia  allows  the  presence  of  argel  leaves.  Garbled  Alexandria  senna 
is  a  selected  kind,  free  from  stalks,  and  sometimes  free  from  argel  leaves. 

India  Senna  is  of  two  k\nds,  the  Bombay,  or  East  Indian,  and  the  Tiimevelly. 
The  first  is  usually  imported  from  Bombay,  though  it  comes  from  Mocha  and 
other  parts  of  the  Red  sea  (Mecca  or  Arabian  senna  is  frequently  alluded  to  as 
Bombay  senna) ;  the  Tinnevelly  is  the  cultivated  kind  and  is  esteemed  the  best. 
'Yhe  Pharmncopceia  thns  describes  India  senna:  '"India  senna  consists  of  leaflets 
from  3  to  5  Cm.  (1^  to  2  inches)  long,  and  10  to  15  Mm.  (f  to  f  inch)  broad: 
lanceolate,  acute,  unequally  oblique  at  the  base,  entire,  thin,  yellowish-green  or 
dull  green,  nearly  smooth;  odor  peculiar,  somewhat  tea-like;  taste  mucilaginous, 
bitter,  and  nauseous.  It  should  be  free  from  stalks,  discolored  leaves,  and  other 
admixtures" — {V.  S.  P.).  Tinnevelly  senna  is  the  purest  of  all  sennas,  being  free 
from  stalks  and  foreign  leaves.  (For  microscopical  examination  of  Alexandria 
and  India  senna,  see  L.  E.  Sayre,  Amer.,hur.  Pharm.,  1896.  p.  585,  and  1897.  p.  2!>S: 
also  R.  H.  Denniston,  PArtrm.'/^rcwc.  1898,  p.  ia5;  an(j  E.  Latour,  Senna  and  Its 
Adulterants,  Pharm.. loin:  Trrui.s.,  1890,  p.  481.) 

Tripoli  Senna  somewhat  resembles  the  Alexandrian,  but  is  considered  much 
inferior  to  it ;  the  leaves  are  more  fragmentary,  and  the  leaf-stalks  more  numerous. 
It  very  seldom  contains  any  adulter;)tion  with  the  argel  leaves.  It  is  believed  to 
be  derived  from  Ca.-<.tin  aciilifolia.whW'  others  regard  it  as  the  i)roduct  of  Ca-fA/n- 
ptra,  Guibourt,  growing  in  Nubia,  Fezzan,  and  probably  in  Etliiopia.    The  active 


SENNA.  1749 

jiriiuiples  nf  senna  are  taken  up  by  cold  or  warm  water,  glycerin,  alcohol,  and 
proof-sjiirits;  boiling  destroys  its  virtues  unless  it  be  in  vacuo.  It  should  be 
powdered  only  as  wanted,  because  the  powder  absorbs  moisture,  from  which  fol- 
lows moldiness  ami  destruction  of  its  therapeutical  virtue. 

Chemical  Composition. — Senna  leaves  contain  mucilage  (about  10  per  cent), 
calcium  oxalati'  ami  acttali'  (12  per  cent),  and  other  salts  yielding  9  to  12  per 
cent  of  ash;  a  non-puigative  bitter  resin,  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether  (Ran, 
Amet-.  Jour.  Dunm.,  18(56,  p.  193),  yellow  coloring  matter  identified  by  Keussler 
(Jnhresb.  der  P/i<irm.,  1878,  p.  199)  as  dirysnp/ianir  odd  and  cmodiv:'  the  sugar 
rntharlo-manvit  (Kubly  and  Dragendorti",  18(>5),  which  is  dextro-rotatory,  non- 
reducing  and  non-fermentable,  having  the  formula,  C5H;(OH)3  {sennit  of  A.  Seidel, 
Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1885,  p.  557).  The  cathartic  principle  of  senna  leaves  is  a 
glucosid  and  was  first  obtained  in  a  comparativeh'  pure  state  b\'  Kubly  and 
Dragendorti'  (Wittstein's  Vierteljdhrfsclirifl,  1867,  p.  96)"and  named  by  them  cnlhar- 
tir  acid.  It  is  an  amorphous,  black,  solid  ma.xs,  almost  insoluble  in  water  and 
strong  alcohol,  insoluble  in  ether  and  chloroform,  soluble  in  warm  alcohol  of 
40  to  60  per  cent,  and  readil}-  soluble  with  dark-brown  color  in  alkalies  and  alkali 
carbonates;  from  this  solution  it  is  precipitated  in  brown  flakes  by  acids.  Boil- 
ing with  diluted  mineral  acids  decomposes  it  into  sugar  and  rathartogen ir  arid. 
It  lo.-^es  its  purgative  action  by  heat  and  prolonged  exposure  to  air.  It  exists 
in  the  leaves  in  the  form  of  soluble  calcium  and  magnesium  salts.  Kubly  and 
DragendorflF  prejiare  cathartic  acid  bj'  evaporating  in  vacuo  an  aqueous  infusion 
of  senna  leaves  to  a  thick  syrup,  adding  an  equal  bulk  of  strong  alcohol  which 
precipitates  inorganic  salts  and  gum,  evajiorating  and  precipitating  the  filtrate 
with  excess  of  strong  alcohol.  The  precipitate  is  dissolved  in  water,  and  the 
cathartic  acid  liberated  by  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid.  The  precipitate  is 
purified  by  washing  with  absolute  alcohol  and  ether.  Mr.  0.  C.  Dilly  {Amer. 
Druggist,  1893,  p.  13)  obtained  by  this  method  0.9  per  cent  of  cathartic  acid  from 
Alexandria,  and  0.6  per  cent  from  Tinnevellv  senna.  (For  otlier  methods  see 
R.  Stockman,  Amer.  Jour.  Phami.,  1885,  p.  256;' and  A.  Gentz,  ihld.,  1893,  p.  334.) 
A.  Gentz  obtained  a  yield  of  about  0.75  per  cent  (also  see  Rheum  and  Frnngula). 
Senna  pods  are  now  sold  in  the  London  market,  and  are  stated  to  be  richer  in 
the  cathartic  jirinciple  than  the  leaves,  and  to  contain  none  of  the  griping  resin 
of  the  latter  (E.  F.  Salmon,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1889,  p.  581).  C.  Symes  {ibid.,  1890, 
p.  46)  found  0.8  per  cent  of  pure  cathartic  acid. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —Senna  is  a  certain,  manageable,  and 
convenient  cathartic,  very  useful  in  all  forms  of  febrile  di.-eascs  in  which  a  laxative 
action  is  desired,  particularly  in  the  forming  stage  of  biliiins  and  other  frrers,esi)e- 
cially  in  children,  and  in  other  diseases  where  a  severe  impression  on  the  bowels 
is  not  desired.  Constipation  does  not  follow  its  employment.  It  is  also  efhcient 
in  flatulent  and  biliinis  colics.  Its  influence  is  chiefly  exerted  on  the  small  intes- 
tines, augmenting  their  mucous  secretions,  exciting  increased  peristaltic  motion, 
and  producing  loose,  yellowish-brown  evacuations.  A  nursing  infant  maj'be 
purged  by  the  milk  of  the  mother  who  has  taken  senna,  and  so  susceptible  are 
some  persons  to  its  action,  that  its  odor  is  said  to  induce  a  cathartic  action.  It 
does  not  act  as  a  sedative,  as  is  the  case  with  some  other  cathartics,  nor  as  a  refrig- 
erant; but  has  a  slight  stimulating  influence,  insufficient,  however,  to  contra- 
indicate  its  use  in  ca.se  of  general  excitement  or  reaction.  Besides  the  nauseating 
taste  of  senna,  it  is  apt  to  cause  sickness  at  stomach,  and  very  few  persons  can 
u.se  it  alone,  without  experiencing  more  or  less  griping  pains  and  flatulence. 
The  addition  of  cloves,  ginger,  cinnamon,  or  other  aromatics,  are  excellent  correct- 
ives of  these  unpleasant  eflects.  A  teaspoonful  of  cream  of  tartar  to  a  teacujiful 
of  the  decoction  or  infusion  of  senna,  is  a  mild  and  jileasant  cathartic,  par- 
ticularly suited  for  females,  where  it  may  be  required  soon  after  delivery.  The 
addition  of  neutral  laxative  salts,  as  phosphate  of  sodium,  Epsom,  or  Rochelle 
salts,  is  another  mode,  adopted  by  a  certain  class  of  ])ractitioners,  of  preventing 
the  tormina,  and,  at  the  same  time,  increasing  the  activity  of  the  infusion  of 
senna.  These  are,  however,  rarely  used  Ijy  Eclectics.  Saccharine  and  aromatic 
substances  are  also  combined  for  this  purpose,  as  sugar,  manna,  aromatic  seeds, 
electuary  of  senna,  etc.  The  jjurgative  effect  of  senna  is  much  increased  by  the 
addition  of  the  pure  bitters;  the  decoction  of  guaiacum  is  said  to  answer  a  similar 


1750  SEREXOA. 

purpose.  Senna  is  contraindicated  in  au  inflammator}'  condition  of  the  alimen- 
tary canal,  or  even  irritation  of  those  parts,  general  debility,  hemorrhoid?,  pro- 
lapsus ani,  etc.  The  dose,  in  powder,  is  from  30  to  50  grains;  in  tincture,  from 
^  to  2  fluid  ounces;  specific  senna,  1  to  60  drops;  electuary,  2  drachms;  and  of 
the  infusion,  which  is  the  most  usual  mode  of  administration,  from  2  to  4  fluid 
ounces.  But,  according  to  Mr.  T.  B.  Groves,  the  tincture  of  senna  is  without  ac- 
tion; the  decoction  is  of  less  value  than  the  infusion,  and  the  infusion  less  than 
maceration ;  the  solution  by  maceration  alone  purges  without  gripings,  as  by 
this  method  the  larger  portion  of  the  cathartic  principle  is  extracted,  leaving 
behind  the  acrid  constituents.  Cathartic  acid  has  the  same  action  of  senna,  purg- 
ing with  griping  in  doses  of  1^  to  3  grains.  The  seed-pods  and  leaf-stalks  of 
Benna  are  slower  to  act  than  senna,  but  are  freer  from  griping  and  nauseating 
effects  than  the  leaves. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. —  Wind  or  bilious  colics;  a  laxative  for  non- 
inflammatory condition.s  of  the  intestinal  tract. 

Related  Species  and  Adulterants.— (See  Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.,\o\.  II,  1896,  p.  481,  for 
description  of  microscopical  characters  of  true  i:>enna  leaves;  Coriaria  myrtifolia,  Linn^;  .Soleno- 
stemma  Argel,  Heyue;  Yacdnium  I  itU-Idsca,  Linn^;  Globularia  Alypum,  Linn^;  Tephroiia 
appoHnea,  De  Candolle  ;  and  Cauda  marilandica,  Linn6.) 

Cassia  breripes,  De  Candolle. — Central  America.  Apex  blunt,  with  3  veins  running  parallel 
the  whole  length  of  the  leaf;  otherwise  they  resemble  India  senna.  Destitute  of  cathartic 
properties  (E.  M.  Holmes,  187.5). 

Cassia  pubi-scens,  R.  Brown. — Oval  or  ovate  leaflets,  alxjut  an  inch  long,  obtuse  and  mucro- 
nate,  soft  pubescent  on  both  surfaces,  and  with  ciliated  margin.  Occasionally  mixed  with 
Arabian  senna. 

Solenostemmn  Argel , 'Ra.yne  (Cynanchitm  Argel,  TieWle ;  Ciinanrhum  ofer/o/ium,  Nectoux). — 
This  Asclepiad  inhabits  upper  Egypt,  and  constitutes  the  chief  adulterantof  Alexandria  senna, 
■which,  in  shape,  size,  and  color,"  the  leaves  resemble.  They  are,  however,  pubescent,  more 
leathery,  wrinkled,  bitter  to  the  taste,  and  have  an  even  base,  and  indistinct,  lateral  veins.  The 
flower-buds,  blossoms,  and  pyriform  fruit,  containing  pubescent  seeds,  are  often  present  also. 

Tephrosia  appolinea  De  Candolle  {Galega  apollinea,  Delile)  {Xat.  Ord. —  LeguminosseV — 
Southern  Europe.  An  occasional  admixture  in  senna.  Base  uneven,  apex  emarginate,  and 
general  sliape  obovate. 

Ciihilen  arboresceyiSylAnne  {Nat.  Ord. — l,ef:nvaiuosx) ,  Bladder  seima . — Southern  and  eastern 
Europe.  The  leaflets  of  this  shrub,  which  bears  yt-Uow  flowers  and  greenish,  vesicular  pods, 
containing  numerous  blackish-brown,  roundish  seeds,  have  been  substituted  for  and  occasion- 
ally used  to  adulterate  senna.  They  are,  however,  much  feebler  in  cathartic  power.  The 
thin,  smooth  leaflets  (borne  in  pairs  of  4  or  5)  are  oval,  elliptic,  or  obovate,  slightly  emargin- 
ate, deep-green  above,  pale  or  grayish-green  beneath,  the  lower  surface  being  covered  with  an 
appressed  pubescence.    The  odor  "is  not  pronounced,  but  the  taste  is  bitter  and  nauseous. 

Coriaria  myrtifulia,  Lmn6,haB  poisonous  leaves  (containing  rori'(i;H_i/Wiii).  They  are  some- 
times used  as  an  adulterant  of  senna.  Can  be  recognized  by  the  tests  for  tannin  (gelatin, mer- 
curic chloride,  tartar  emetic,  ferric  chloride)  (Charles  Heisch,  ^4hi<t.  Jour.  Phnrm  .  18SS,  p.  4-59i. 

Globularia  Alypum,  Linne  (Xat.  Ord. — Globulariacese). —  Southern  Europe,  in  the  region 
of  the  Mediterranean.  Tliis  plant,  as  well  as  Globularia  vulgaris,  contains  an  amorphous,  bitter 
(([xicosid,  globularl a  (Walz),and  a  peculiar  tannin.  Globularin  (CuHaoO.)  is  soluble  in  water, 
aliohol,  chloroform,  and  ether.  Mineral  acids  split  it  into  glucose  and  globuUiretiu  iC,H,0) 
(Meckel  anil  Scldagdenhauflen,  1883).  Globularetin,  when  heated  with  alkalies,  yields  cinnamic 
acid,  which  is  also  a  constituent  of  the  leaves.  The  leaves  are  useil  as  a  substitute  for  senna, 
and  are  mildly  purgative.  They  are  ovate-oblong,  entire,  or  nearly  so,  almost  sessile,  exhibit 
fine  granules,  and  are  bluish-green  beneath. 

Caseria  esculeuta. — India.  Plant  said  to  yii>l(l  an  acid  closely  analogous  to  cathartic  acid. 
Praised  in  hepatic  tor/mr. 

Alhrminuht  i-ulhrtrlica.—.K  Porto  Rico  shrub,  the  extract  of  the  bark  of  which,  in  doees  of 
from  1  to  L'  gniin.*,  is  rejiuted  a  tine  hydragogue  cathartic. 

Related  Preparation. —  .^pkiiks  Lax.wtks  (X.  ¥.),  Luj-mire  ffiedes,  St.  Germain  lea  (Ger. 
Pharm.i.  "Senna,  cut,  lii  parts;  elder  flowers.  10  jiarts;  fennel,  bruised,  5  parts;  anise,  bruised, 
.")  parts ;  potassium  hitartrate,  in  flue  powder,  4  parts.  Moisten  the  senna  with  a  small  quantity 
of  water,  then  sprinkle  over  it,  as  uniformly  as  possible,  the  potassium  hitartrate.  When  it  has 
become  dry,  mix  it  lightly  and  uniformly  with  the  other  nigredients" — (Xat.  Form.,  let  ed.). 

SERENOA.— SAW   PALMETTO. 

The  fruit  of  Sirnion  .W)-!(/<i/(i.  Bentham  and  Hooker  {.•<<tlHil  seniilata.R.  &  S.; 
ChaiiM'ro]!.^  serrulaUi,  Pursh). 
Xiit.  Ord  —  Vnlmiv. 
Botanical  Source. — This  southern  palm  has  a  creening  and  branching  stem. 


attainiiiL'  a  Icim'th  of  from  6  to  10  feet.     The  leaves,  which  are  from  2  to  4  feet 


s  a  creening 
:>aves,  wnicl 


SERKNOA.  1751 

li'gli,  hav3  a  circular,  fan-shaped  outline,  aiv  bright-green,  and  shorter  than  the 
ulcndfr,  somewhat  spiny-edged,  i)hino-convex  petiole.  They  have  from  15  to  30 
divisiuns,  which  are  erect  and  slightly  cleft  at  the  apices,  and  are  without  the 
thready  tilaments  in  the  sinuses.  The  plant  bears  a  densely  woolly  spadix, 
.■shorter  than  the  lo.ivo.  The  jietals  are  almost  united,  the  style  slender,  and  the 
fruit  is  an  ovoid-ohlong,  .sweetish  drupe. 

History  and  Description.— This  well-known  palm  is  plentiful  along  the 
Atlantic  shores,  fnnii  Florida  to  South  Carolina,  where  it  forms  the ''palmetto 
scrvil)'"  of  tlie  coast.  Parts  of  the  plant  have  been  employed  in  various  economic 
ways,  such  as  the  thatching  of  huts,  making  of  mattresses,  straw  hats,  and  paper. 
The  fruit,  though  sweet  and  edible,  is  not  regarded  as  particularly  palatable.  It 
is  the  medicinal  part.  Animals  show  a  partiality  for  it,  and  are  said  to  become 
fat  and  sleek  when  feeding  upon  the  berries,  (For  an  extended  description,  see 
monograph  on  Sitw  Palmetto,  by  the  late  Dr,  Edwin  M.  Hale,  of  Chicago.)  The 
dried  fruit  is  a  1-seeded,  blackish-brown  drupe,  of  an  ovoid-oblong  form,  from  i  to  1 
inch  long,  and  about  ^  to  i  inch  broad.  The  exterior  has  a  few  wrinkles,  with 
rather  larg<',  smooth,  Hat  areas,  A  single  panicle  may  yield  from  6  to  8  pounds 
of  the  b.-rries. 

Chemical  Composition. — According  to  the  researches  of  P.  L,  Sherman  and 
C,  H.  Hriggs  (P/iarm.  -l/r/i(i«,  June,  1899),  the  pulp  of  the  fruit  yields,  by  pres- 
sure, l.o  per  cent  of  an  aromatic  oil  (Saw  palmetto  oil),  of  a  characteristic  fruity 
odor.  Fresh  saw  palmetto  berries  mixed  with  water  and  distilled  by  us,  yielded 
a  pungent,  greenish  oil.  A  greenish  oil  separates  from  the  fluid  extract  of  the 
fresh  berries.  Both  oils  have  the  characteristic  cheesy  odor  of  the  fresh  berries. 
This  reminds  us  of  oenanthic  ether.  The  nuts  of  the  fruit  amount  to  17.5  per 
cent,  and  contain  about  12  per  cent  of  a  fatty  oil  (oil  of  nuts),  which  is  chemically 
different  from  that  derived  from  the  pulp.  Saio palmetto  nil  is  brownish-yellow  to 
dark-red,  of  acid  reaction,  and  slightly  volatile  with  steam.  It  can  be  distilled  in 
a  vacuum  almost  entirely  without  decomposition.  It  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether, 
chloroform,  and  benzene,  insoluble  in  water  and  acids,  partly  soluble  in  diluted 
a<iueous  potash.  The  oil  consisted  of  about  63  per  cent  of  free  acids  (raprnic  add, 
C,H,.,0.,;  very  little  cnpi-ylic,  CgH,jOj;  some  caprir,  C,oH.;„0.,;  much  lauric,  C,.^IIj,0,; 
and  palmitir  arids,  C^Ji^fl,;  and  some  oleic  acid,  C^Ji^fi.^),  and  37  per  cent  of  ethyl- 
but  no  glyceryl- esters  of  these  acids.  The  oil  of  the  nuts  is  a  thick  liquid  of  a 
greenish  color,  only  slightly  soluble  in  alcohol,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  ben- 
zene, chloroform,  and  ether.  The  specimen  examined  contained  only  2.3  per  cent 
of  free  acids,  the  rest  were  glycerides  o{  caprylic,  capric,  lauric,  palmitic,  stearic,  and 
oleic  acids.  The  fruit  contains  large  amounts  of  sugar,  but  neither  a  glucosid  nor 
an  alk.iloid. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Saw  palmetto  appears,  from  clinical 
reports,  to  lie  a  nutritive  tonic.  It  is  also  an  expectorant,  and  controls  irritation 
of  mucous  tissues.  It  has  proved  useful  in  irritative  cough,  chronic  bronchial  coughs, 
irhonj.i'nij-coufih,  laryngitis,  acute  and  chronic,  acute  catarrh,  asthma,  tubercular  lai-yn- 
giii-^,  and  in  the  cough  of  phthisis  jndmonalis.  Upon  the  digestive  organs  it  acts  kindly, 
improving  the  appetite,  digestion,  and  assimilation.  However,  its  most  pro- 
nounced effects  appear  to  be  those  exerted  upon  the  urino-genital  tracts  of  both 
male  and  female,  and  upon  all  the  organs  concerned  in  reproduction.  It  i.s  said 
to  enlarge  wasted  organs,  as  the  breasts,  ovaries,  and  testicles,  while  the  paradoxical 
claim  is  also  made  that  it  rednceii  hypertrojihy  if  the  prostate.  Possibly  this  may 
be  explained  by  claiming  that  it  tends  toward  the  i)roduction  of  a  normal  condi- 
tion, reducing  parts  when  unhealthily  enlarged,  and  increasing  them  when  atro- 
l>bied.  At  any  rate,  it  has  been  lauded  as  the  "old  man's  friend,"  giving  relief 
from  the  many  annoyances  commonly  attributed  to  enlarged  pro.state.  May  its 
results  not  be  due  to  its  control  over  urethral  irritation,  and  thereby  reducing 
swollen  conditions  not  in  reality  amounting  to  hypertrophy?  Besides  this,  it 
increa.ses  the  tonus  of  the  bladder,  allowing  a  better  contraction  and  more  per- 
fect exj)ulsion  of  the  contents  of  that  viscus.  Thus  it  overcomes  the  tenesmic 
pain  so  dreaded  by  the  sufiferer.  We  would  rather  regard  it  a  remedy  for  jirostatif 
irritation  and  relaxation  of  tissue  than  for  a  bypertropiiied  prostate.  It  is  said  to 
relieve  aching,  dull,  throbbing  pain  in  the  i)rostatic  portion  of  the  urethra,  with 
mucoid  or  prostatic  discharge.     It  relieves  the  irritation  following  a  badly-treated 


1752         ■  SERPEXTARIA. 

gonorrhoea.  Orchitis,  ovaritis,  orchialgia,  ovaralgia,  and  epidymitis  have  been  asserted 
cured  with  it.  It  is  reputed  to  restore  sexual  activity  after  exhaustive  excesses,  and, 
even  in  the  feeble  woman,  strengthens  the  sexual  appetite.  Long-continued  use 
of  it  is  said  to  slow!}'  and  surely  cause  the  mamm-fe  to  enlarge.  Its  reputed  power 
to  reduce  uterine  hypertrophy  is  i)robably  due  to  its  power  over  relaxed  tissues,  the 
organ  being  not  in  reality  hypertrophied,  hut  large,  flabby,  and  actively  leucor- 
rhceal.  The  remedy  needs  a  more  careful  and  extended  study.  The  dose  of  the 
fluid  extract  is  from  1  to  60  drops;  of  specific  saw  palmetto,  1  to  60  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Relaxation  of  parts,  with  copious  catarrhal 
discharges;  lack  (jf  (1<  vclnpinrnt,  or  wasting  away  of  testicles,  ovaries,  or  mammae; 
prostatic  irritation,  with  painful  micturition,  and  dribbling  of  urine,  particularlj' 
in  the  aged;  tenderness  of  the  glands,  and  other  parts  concerned  in  reproduction. 

SERPENT  ARIA  (U.  S.  P.)— SEEPENTARIA. 

The  rhizome  and  roots  of  Aristolochui  Serpentnrin,  Linne.  and  oi  Arktolochia. 
reticulata,  Nuttall"— (T.  S.  P.). 
Nat.  Orel. — Aristolochiaceaj. 

Common  Names:  (1)  Virginia  snakeront,  (2)  Red  River  or  Texas  snakeroot. 
Illustr.\tion:    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plnvts,  246. 

Botanical  Source. — Aristolochia  Serpentaria,  also  called  Snakeroot  and  Snake- 
weed, is  a  perennial,  herbaceous  plant,  with  an  extremely  fibrous,  knotty,  brown 
Fig.  228.         root,  sending  up  numerous  stems.    The  stems  rise  singly  or  sever- 
ally from   the  same  root,  are  erect,  simple  or  branched,  jointed, 
flexuous,  cylindrical,  often  with  a  reddish  tinge,  and  most  com- 
monly under  a  foot  high.     The  leaves  are  alternate,  on  short 
petioles,  oblong,  entire,  acuminate,  heart-shaped,  at  base  3-nerved, 
and  more  or  less  downy  on  the  surface,  having  a  slightly  j-ellow- 
ish  tint.     The  flowers  grow  close  to  the  ground,  curve  downward, 
have  a  stiff',  leathery  texture,  and  a  dull  brownish-purple  color. 
The  jjcduncle,  which  supports  them,  has  one  or  more  bracts,  and 
^^   gradually  enlarges  into  a  furrowed  obovate  ovary.     The  calyx, 
like  others  in  this  singular  genus,  consists  of  a  long,  contorted 
tube,  bent  in  the  form  of  the  letter  S,  swelling  at  its  two  extremi- 
ties, having  its  throat  surrounded  by  an  elevated  edge  or  brim, 
and  its  border  expanded  into  a  broad,  irregular  margin,  forming 
an  under  and  upper  lip,  which  are  closed  in  a  triangular  manner 
in  the  bud,  and  is  dull-purplish  or  red.     Corolla  none.     Anthers 
Aristolochia  Serpen-  ^^  i^^  number,  growing  in  pairs  to  the  sides  of  the  flesliy  style, 
taria.  which  is  situated  in  the  bottom  of  the  calyx,  and  covered  liy  a 

firm,  spreading,  convoluted  stigma,  which  extends  over  the  anthers.  Capsule  ob- 
ovate, 6-angled,  and  6-celled,  with  numerous  small,  flat  seeds  (B. — L.). 

Aristolochia  reticulata,  or  Red  River  snakeroot,  has  a  verj-  flexuous  stem,  oval, 
cordate,  clasping,  subsessilo  leaves,  thickish,  strongly  reticulated,  with  the  lobes 
decussMting.  The  plant  is  not  smootli,  but  hirsute.  The  flowers  are  >mall.  radi- 
cal, densely  ])ubescent,  and  of  a  purplish  hue. 

Description. — Several  species  of  Aristolochia  have  been  confounded  with  the 
above,  l)ut  as  they  are  nearly  identical  in  medicinal  properties,  the  confusion  is 
probably  of  but  little  consecivienee.  These  species  are  the  A.hirmtn.  Muhlenberg, 
growing  in  the  southern  states,  and  strongly  resembling  the  above:  the  .1.  h'lsintn 
of  Nuttall,  or  .,-l.,sYj(/(V/((;7'(i  of  Mulilenberg,  growing  in  the  south;  as  well  as  the 
A.  touwntosa ,  i\  tall  climbing  species  of  Louisiana.  A.  ret icuUita ,  o{  southwestern 
growth,  is  now  orticial. 

Aristolochia  Serpentaria  is  found  in  rich  woods,  hedges,  and  thickets,  from 
Conneetieut  to  Illinois,  and  southward  to  Louisiana,  being  more  common  near 
the  Alleghanies,  and  flowering  from  April  to  July.  In  commerce,  the  dried  root 
consists  of  a  short,  knotty,  premorse  rootstock,  or  head,  with  very  numerous  radi- 
cles, 3  inches  or  more  in  length,  filiform,  flexuous,  interlaced,  and  brittle.  The 
U.  S.  P.  gives  the  following  description:  "The  rliizome  is  about  25  Mm.  1 1  inch) 
long,  thin,  bent;  on  the  upper  side  with  approximate,  short  stem-bases:  on  the 


SEKI'KMAKIA.  1753 

lower  side  with  numerous,  thin,  branching  root?,  about  10  Cm.  (4  inches)  long; 
dull  yellowish-brown,  internally  whitish;  the  wood-rays  of  the  rhizome  longest 
on  the  lower  side;  odor  aromatic,  caiiiphoraceous;  taste  warm,  bitterish,  and  cam- 
|)homceous.  The  roots  of  Ari)<loloi/iia  relirulnln  i\Te  coarser,  longer,  and  less  inter- 
laced than  those  of  AriMolorhia  Sfrjirutariii" — (I'.S.P.).  Pinkroot  and  seneca  are 
sometimes  found  mixed  with  the  A.Serpentariii,as  well  as  some  other  roots,  espe- 
cially golden  s.al  (as  much  as  10  per  cent,  sec  Prof.  Patch,  in  Merck's  Report,  1896, 
]).  403),cypripcdium,  and  ginseng  roots.  These  adulterations  may  be  detected  by 
the  ditierence  in  the  appearance  of  the  roots,  and  of  the  leaves  and  stems  when 
jirt'sent,  as  well  as  by  the  absence  of  the  peculiar  serpentaria  flavor.  The  root  of 
PDlemniiiiim  njjlii  lis  ]\a>i  aho  been  substituted  for  serpentaria  (Jdiec.  Jour.  PAnrm., 
1S87.  [1.  :;74  I.  Tlic  active  principles  of  the  root  are  extracted  by  water,  alcohol, 
nr  pii'iil->pirit.    Tlie  tiiuture  is  bright-green,  and  is  rendered  turbid  by  water. 

Chemical  Composition. — Mr.  J.  A.  Ferguson  (Amcr.Jour.  Pharm., 1887,  p.  481) 
found  tlu'  riiizome  and  roots  of  Ari-ctolorhin  rdicuhitn  to  contain  volatile  oil  (1  per 
cent),  resin,  soluble  in  petroleum  ether  (3.2  per  cent),  resin,  soluble  in  ether  (1.9 
per  cent),  furthermore  tannin,  gum,  starch  (6.48  per  cent),  dextrin,  sugar,  malic 
acid,  calcium  oxalate,  etc.,  and  a  crystallizable  alkaloid,  w^hich  he  named  arktn- 
lochiiic,  perhaps  thenriMnlochin  of  Chevallier  and  Feneulle.  It  is  very  bitter,  solu- 
ble in  water,  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  and  benzol.  The  volatile  oil  of  this  species 
was  investigated  bv  Joseph  C.  Peacock,  (7</(/.,  1891,  pp. '257-264),  who  found  it  to 
contain  a.  terijcne  (C",oHJ,  boiling  at  175°  C.  (314.6°  F.),  and  40  per  cent  of  ,«olid, 
camphor-like  bonuol  (C\oH|,0),  which  exists  in  the  oil,  partly  free,  partly  in  the 
form  of  an  ester.  Spica  (Jahre.-<h.  dcr  Pharm., 18S7, p. 45)  previously  established  the 
])rescnce  of  borneol  in  the  oil  from  Arktolochia  S^rpenturia,  the  lower  fractions  of 
which  have  a  valerian-like  odor. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Virginia  snakeroot,  in  small  doses, 
promotes  till' iippetite  and  gives  tone  to  the  organs  of  digestion,  and  is  very  use- 
ful, esiietially  in  the  form  of  vinous  tincture,  in  cases  of  enfeebled  stomach  fol- 
lowing exhausting  diseases.  In  full  doses,  it  stimulates  the  system,  producing 
increased  arterial  action,  free  diaphoresis,  and  frequently  diuresis.  In  large  doses, 
it  causes  an  uneasy  sensation  at  the  stomach,  with  sickness,  vomiting,  and  purg- 
ing, headache,  drowsiness,  and  disturbed  sleep,  and,  in  warm  infusion,  it  produces 
diaphoresis,  and  is  beneficial  in  ndynamir  eruptive  fevers,  where  the  eruption  is 
tardy,  or  has  receded.  In  the  typhoid  stage  of  febrile  diseases,  where  strong  stimu- 
lants, as  brandy,  etc., can  not  be  borne,  it  will  be  found  very  available.  In  peii- 
odir  fevers,  it  may  be  advantageously  used  with  or  without  its  combination  with 
quinine.  It  is  a  good  remedy  when  the  renal  function  is  suppressed  by  colds, 
and  in  other  troubles  resulting  from  the  same  cause,  with  a  tendency  to  locate  in 
the  vi.icera.  An  infusion  of  it  forms  an  excellent  gargle  in  putrid  sore  throat,  and 
in  atonic  throat  di.'iorders,yi\i\i  a  tendency  to  destruction  of  tissues.  Dyspepsia  has 
been  benefited  by  it  in  tonic  doses,  and  ameuorrhua  has  been  cured,  especiallj' 
when  caused  by  cold.  When  its  use  is  too  long  continued,  it  occasions  sickness 
at  stomach,  emesis,  gripings,  and  tenesmus.  Long  boiling  impairs  its  virtues.  A 
cold  infusion  is  useful  in  convalescence  from  acute  diseases.  Atonic  and  torpid 
conditions  are  those  in  which  serpentaria  is  valuable,  while  severe  inflammations 
and  high  fevers  contraindicate  its  use.  Some  cases  oi' roiliquative  swe(diiig  are  con- 
trolled by  it;  such  cases  are  those  requiring  a  cutaneous  stimulant.  Dose  of  the 
powder,  as  a  tonic,  3  to  6  grains;  as  a  stimulant,  20  to  30  grains;  of  the  infusion, 
1  or  2  fluid  ounces;  of  the  tincture,  1  or  2  fluid  drachms;  specific  serpentaria, 
1  to  .30  drops. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— A  cutaneous  stimulant,  increasing  secre- 
tion; sensation  of  diaf.'(;inf;  and  weight  in  the  loins,  with  scanty  renal  secretion, 
or  urine  containing  triple  plni-i)hates;  renal  and  other  visceral  disorders,  the  di- 
rect result  of  taking  cold;  fullness  in  the  chest,  with  diflicult  respiration  ;  malig- 
nant sore  throat,  with  tendency  to  destruction  of  tissues;  torpid  and  atonic  con- 
ditions only. 

Belated  Species.  — A  mimlifr  of  sjierics  of  .Aristolficliln  have  been  used  in  nidlicine. 
Tliey  all  h;i\e  .-imihir  pnipertics,  Immhk  ptnmilimt,  Innie.  ami  eiiiiiienn^ogiu-.  Of  the  Kuropean 
Bjiet'ifS  tliiri-  are  the  I  I'mtjn,  A.ilfiiuUitit,  A.  fiiMvliii-tiin.  ami  .1.  ;e/i(ii(/(i.  Arinloluf'nin  ('inWw/iw/iic 
ariJ,  Hessi'  i.;  the  aetive  principle  of  the  seeds  of  .1.  c/f  hki/iViji  ami  the  roots  of  .•l.TO/ioii/n  and 


1754  SESAMUM.— SEVUM. 

A.longa  (J.  Pohl,  Amer.  Jour.  Phann., 1892,  p.  82).  It  is  a  yellow  crystalline  acid,  soluble  in 
alcohol,  ether,  and  chloroform,  insoluble  in  petroleum  ether,  little  soluble  in  warm  water. 
Another  plant  having  the  common  properties  of  this  genus,  is  the  jan-a  (jarrhinaj  ot  milhomen 
of  Brazil — the  A.cyinbifem  of  Martins  (see  Jahresb.  derPhann., 1887,  p.  44).  The  Yerba  del  India, 
of  Texas  and  Mexico  (A.  f(elida),  is  applied  toidcers.  A.argmtina,  of  the  Argentine  Republic, 
a  diaphoretic  and  diuretic,  and  A.indica,  of  the  East  Indies,  both  contain  alkaloids.  In  the 
former  species,  O.  Hesse  found  the  alkaloid  aristolochine,  aristinic,  aristidinic  and  arigtotic  acids 
{Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,18m,  p.  141 ;  also  see  Phami.  Jour.  Trans.,\o\.  XXII,  1891, pp.  245  and  551). 

SESAMUM.— BENNE. 

The  leaves  and  seed  of  Sfsamuin  iiidirum,lAnne. 

Nat.  Ord.— Pedaliacea;. 

Common  Names:  Benne,  Sesame  leaves,  Sesame  seeds. 

Illustration:   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  198. 

Botanical  Source. — Sesamum  indicum  is  an  annual  plant,  with  an  erect, 
pubescent,  branching  stem,  2  to  4  feet  in  height.  The  leaves  are  ovate-lanceolate, 
or  oblong;  the  lower  ones  trilobed  and  sometimes  ternate;  the  upper  undivided, 
irregularly  serrate  and  pointed.  The  flowers  are  of  a  pale-purple  color,  axillary, 
and  borne  on  short  glandular  pedicels.  The  fruit  is  an  oblong,  mucronate,  pubes- 
cent capsule,  containing  numerous  small,  oval,  yellowish  seeds  (W. — \Vi.). 

History  and  Description. — There  were  formerly  thought  to  be  two  species  of 
this  genus,  the  S.  indicum,  and  the  S.  orientale,  both  of  which  were  originally  from 
India,  and  are  now  much  cultivated  in  several  parts  of  Africa,  West  Indies,  and 
in  the  southern  United  States.  That  growing  in  the  south  is  the  S.  indicum,  and 
flowers  in  August.  The  latter  species  is  now  regarded  as  identical  with  the  former. 
The  parts  used  are  the  leaves  and  seeds.  The  seeds  are  rather  small,  sulphur- 
colored,  sometimes  very  dark,  and  contain  a  large  quantity  of  a  sweetish,  odorless 
oil,  of  a  light-yellow  color,  mild  to  the  taste,  of  specific  gravity  0.9191,  and  which 
may  be  obtained  by  expression  (see  Oleum  Se^nmi).  It  does  not  readily  acquire 
rancidit}',  and  forms  an  excellent  substitute  for  olive  oil.  The  negroes  of  the 
south  make  considerable  use  of  the  seeds  as  an  article  of  diet.  The  leaves  are 
ovate-oblong,  narrowed  at  base,  with  margin  irregularly  toothed,  or  entire,  the 
lower  ones  often  having  tridentate  lobes  or  leaflets.  They  are  smoothish,  or  pubes- 
cent, and  strongly  veined  underneath.  The  fresh  leaves  contain  a  large  amount 
of  mucilage,  which  may  be  procured  by  macerating  them  in  water  and  precipi- 
tating with  alcohol. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — A  fresh  leaf  or  two  added  to  i  pint  of 
water  foniis  a  pU-asant,  dciuukent  drink,  very  useful  in  calnrrhal  affections,  acute 
diarrha'd  and  d)/senttri/,  ■■<um:ncr  coiiijilaint  of  children,  and  affectiong  of  the  bladder, 
kidneys,  a.nd  urethra.  It  may  be  drank  freely.  When  the  leaves  are  dried,  their 
mucilage  will  be  best  extracted  by  water  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.).  The  mucilage 
forms  an  excellent  soothing  application  in  ophthalmia,  irritations,  cutaneous  affec- 
tions, etc.;  but  is  inferior  to  slippery  elm.  The  oil  may  be  used  topically  in 
eruptions  of  a  scaly  or  bran-like  character,  or,  it  may  be  given  internally  in  the 
same  manner  as  olive  oil  to  produce  a  laxative  eflect.  It  is  stated  that  the 
natives  of  India  employ  it  as  an  abortive,  and  to  promote  the  menstrual  dis- 
charge.    It  is  much  used  as  a  perfumed  oil  for  the  hair. 

SEVUM  (U.  S.  P.)— SUET. 

"The  internal  fat  of  the  abdomen  of  Oris  Aries.  L'mne  (C/fl.w,  Mammalia-. 
0>rfer,Ruminantia),  purified  by  melting  and  straining.  Suet  should  be  kept  in 
well-closed  vessels  imperviou.s  to  fat.  It  should  not  be  used  after  it  has  become 
rancid" — ( l'.  S.  P.). 

CoMNtoN  Names:  Suet.  Mutton  sud.  Shop  tnlhir. 

Preparation,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.  —  Prenared  suet 
(Sermn  j)i;ijHiriilum,  Br.  J'hunn.).  wullou  suet  or  sheen  tallow,  is  the  adipose  mat- 
ter of  tile  domestic  sheeji,  Ori.i  Arifn.  For  medicinal  purposes  the  kidney  fat  is 
melted  at  a  gentle  temperature  and  then  strained,  in  order  to  separate  the  mem- 
branous portions.    It  may  be  rendered  still  purer  by  heating  it  in  water  at  100°C. 


(212°  F.).  By  a  special  process,  the  fatty  substance  in  the  state  in  which  it  is 
removed  from  the  animal  is  heated  with  a  small  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  of 
sjjecitic  gravity  1.3  to  1.45.  The  acid  dissolves  the  membrane  and  other  impu- 
rities pre.sent,  acquiring  a  dark  color  and  thick  syrupy  consistence,  while  the  fat 
separates  in  a  state  of  purity. 

Prepared  suet  is  somewhat  similar  in  its  properties  to  lard,  but  is  harder  and 
more  comjjact.  To  meet  the  demands  of  the  Fhurmacoj^ceia  it  should  be  "a  white, 
solid  fat,  nearly  inodorous,  and  having  a  bland  taste  when  fresh,  but  beconiin;; 
rancid  on  prolonged  exposure  to  the  air.  Insoluble  in  water  or  cold  alcohol; 
soluble  in  44  parts  of  boiling  alcohol,  in  about  60  parts  of  ether,  and  slowly  in 
2  parts  of  benzin.  From  its  solution  in  the  latter,  kept  in  a  stoppered  tlask, 
it  slowly  separates  in  a  crystalline  form  on  standing.  An  alcoholic  solution  of 
suet  is  neutral  or  has  only  a  slightly  acid  reaction  with  litmus  paper  moistened 
with  alcohol.  Suet  melts  between  45°  and  50°  C.  (113°  and  122°  F.),  and  con- 
geals between  37°  and  40°  C.  (98.6°  and  104°  F.)"— (C:  S.  P.).  Suet  consists 
chiefly  of  stearin  and  palmitin  (70  per  cent)  and  olein  (30  per  cent),  with  a  trace 
of  hiran.  which  is  a  liquid  oil,  probably  a  mixture  of  the  glycerides  of  capric  and 
caprylic  acids  uiImi  t^c-  A'hj,^). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Suet  is  nutritive  and  emollient,  but  not  so  easy 
of  digestion  as  the  fat  of  the  pig  or  ox;  yet  it  maybe  made  into  a  broth,  with 
or  without  aromatics,  and  used  in  diarrhcea,  dysmtery,  and  gene)-al  debility.  It  is 
sometimes  used  as  a  dressing  to  blisters,  and  may  be  applied  to  most  of  the  pur- 
poses for  wliich  lard  is  used,  on  account  of  its  superior  hardness,  and  higher 
melting  point.  For  fornung  an  ointment,  it  will  be  found  preferable  to  lard, 
especially  when  it  is  to  be  applied  to  several  forms  of  cutaneous  disease.  The  addi- 
tion of  benzoic  acid,  sulphite  of  sodium,  or  sweet  gum,  will  prevent  its  tendency 
to  become  rancid  and  disagreeably  odorous. 

SILPHIUM.— INDIAN  CUP-PLANT. 

The  root  of  Silphiuvi  perfoliatum,  LiunC. 

Nat.  Ord. — Corapositae. 

C'liMMoN  Names:   Cup-plnnt,  Indian  cup-plftiit,  Ragged  rnp. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  has  a  perennial,  horizontal,  pitted  rhizome, 
beset  with  radicles,  and  a  large,  smooth,  square,  herbaceous  stem,  4  to  7  feet  high, 
and  often  branched  above.  Tlie  leaves  are  opi)usite,  connate-perfoliate,  ovate, 
coarsely  toothed,  abruptly  narrowed  into  winged  jjetioles  at  the  base,  the  upper 
pairs  forming  a  cup-shaped  disk  with  their  connate  bases;  they  are  from  8  to  14 
inches  long,  by  4  to  7  wide.  The  flowers  are  terminal,  with  15  or  25  oblong, 
lanceolate,  yellow  rays,  and  a  large,  dark-colored  disk.  Heads  in  a  trichotomous 
cyme,  the  central  one  on  a  long  peduncle;  the  scales  ovate,  obtuse,  and  squarrose; 
the  achenia  broadly  ovate,  winged,  and  eniarginate  (W. — G.). 

History,  Description,  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  plant  is  common 
to  the  western  states,  and  is  found  growing  in  rich  bottom  or  interval  lands, 
bearing  numerous  yellow  flowers  in  August.  The  root  is  the  medicinal  part. 
It  is  large,  long,  and  crooked,  and  imparts  its  properties  to  water  or  alcohol.  It 
has  a  persistent,  acrid  taste.  There  are  .several  species  of  .SV/p/ia<m,  which  yield, 
l)y  incision  and  exudation,  a  fine,  fragrant,  and  bitterish  gum-like  frankincense, 
(if  white  or  amber  color,  and  which  is  chewed  by  the  Indians  to  sweeten  the 
Ijreath. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Cup-plant  is  tonic,  diaphoretic,  and 
alterative.  .\  .-^Irdug  infusion  of  the  root,  made  by  long  steeping,  or  an  extract, 
is  said  to  l)e  one  of  tlie  l)est  reniedies  for  the  removal  of  ague-rake  or  enlarged  spleen. 
It  is  also  useful  in  intermittent  and  remittent  /eveis,  internal  bruises,  debility,  xdcers, 
liver  iifl'eriinns,  and  as  a  general  alterative  restorative.  The  gum  is  said  to  be 
stimulant  and  antispasmodic.  The  dose  of  the  powdered  root  is  20  grains;  tinc- 
ture (fnsh  root,  gviij  to  alcohol,  76  per  cent,  Oj),  1  to  20  drops,  in  water. 

Related  Species.— -W/y/iiHoi  lacinintum,  JAanHSUphium  anmmiffrum),  Cowii>"i«-/</<in<,  Polar- 
phiiil.  (  'iiiiiiit.'f-'i,(il,  Jicmii-iimt.  Western  anil  suutliwestern  United  .^tates.  Tliis  plant,  which 
gruws  Iruni  .")  to  10  feet  bigh,  exndes  from  the  stein  and  leaves  transparent  or  translncent 


1756 


SINAPIS  ALBA.— SIX  APIS  XIGKA. 


Pig.  220. 


tears  of  an  oloorosin  resembling  gum  mastich,  and  possessing  a  pleasant,  terebintliinate  taste 
and  odor.  It  consists  of  volatile  oil  (20  per  cent),  acid  resin  (37  per  cent),  sugar,  wax,  and  in- 
organic salts  (  L.  J.  Morris,  Amer.  Jonr.  Pharm..  1881,  pp. 487-491).  From 
the  fact  that  the  lower  leaves  of  this  plant  point  directly  north  and 
south,  when  growing  in  open  prairie  lan(L«,  it  has  received  the  name 
"compass-weed."  Rosin-weed  is  said  to  be  emetic  in  decwtioii.  It  has 
ftf'irtdl  cures  in  intennittent  fever,  and  is  beneficial  in  dry.  obstinate 
r.,iui}i.<,  iixthmaiin  affectioru,  and  pulmonary  catarrhal  diaeosfst.  Said  to  cure 
),,,n,.-i  in  horses.  The  resin  secreted  by  this  plant  is  jiossessed  of  dia- 
nlic  |iroperties,  increasing  the  flow  of  urine,  to  which  it  imparts  a 
stn.nj;  ardiuatic  odor.  The  root  has  been  used  to  some  extent  in  cenical 
nil, I, ■I'll,  ij-iiiiirrhaa,  and  gleet.  It  is  a  remedy  for  wtthma,  with  spasmodic, 
dry  cough,  with  sense  of  constriction  and"  dryness  in  the  throat;  not 
useful  if  there  be  congestion  or  profuse  secretion.  It  has  been  em- 
ployed as  an  expectorant  in  cowjh  and  other  pulmonary  difficulties.  It 
has  been  prepared  by  cutting  it  in  small  pieces,  covering  each  layer 
with  loaf-sugar,  and  the  whole  with  brandy.  After  standing  for  several 
days,  express,  strain,  and  bottle  for  use.  A  strong  tincture  of  the  fresh 
plant  (gviii  to  alcohol,  713  per  cent,  Oj)  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from 
1  to  10  drops. 
Silphium  terebinthinaceum,  Linne,  Prairie  burdock. — Also  yields  a  resinous  exudate. 


Silphium  laciniatum. 


SINAPIS  ALBA  (U.  S.  P.)— WHITE  MUSTARD. 

"The  seed  of  Brassicn  alba  (Linn^),  Hooker  filius  et  Thompson" — ([''.  S.  P.) 
{Sinapis  albn,  Linne;  Leiocosinapis  alba,  Spach). 
Nat.  Onl. — Cruci  ferae. 
Illustration:  Bentlev  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants.  23. 


SINAPIS  NIGRA  (U.  S.  P.)— BLACK  MUSTARD. 


"The  seed  of  Brassica  nigra  {Linnt), Koch" — (U.S. P.)  (Sinapis  nigra,  Linn^; 
Brassira  sinapoides.  Roth). 

Nat.  Ord. — Cruciferse. 

iLLi'sTR.^TroN  :   Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  22. 

Botanical  Source.— Sinajiis  alba  is  an  annual  plant,  with  a  thinly  hirsute 
stem,  2  to  5  feet  high.  The  leaves  are  smuothish,  lyrately  pinnate,  irregularly 
dentate,  rugged,  and  pale-green;  the  lower  lobes  oblong  and  p.    ^^^ 

deeper;  the  terminal  larger.  Flowers  large,  pale-yellow;  petals 
ovate,  with  straight  claws;  sepals  linear,  green,  equal  at  base, 
and  spreading.  The  siliques  or  pods  are  spreading,  liispid, 
torose  at  the  place  of  tlie  seeds,  nerved,  shorter  than  the  com- 
pressed, ensiform  beak,  about  4-seeded.  The  seeds  are  glo- 
bose, large,  and  pale  (W. — L.). 

Sinapis  nigra  is  also  an  annual  plant,  with  a  round, 
smooth,  striate,  branching  stem,  3  to  6  feet  high.  The  lower 
leaves  are  large,  lyrate,  rough,  variously  lobed,  and  dentate; 
the  upper  linear-lanceolate,  smooth,  entire,  anil  pendulous; 
all  petiolate.  Flowers  small,  sulphur-yellow ;  calyx  spread- 
ing; petals  obovate.  Pods  very  numerous,  nearly  an  inch 
long,  bluntly  quadrangular,  nearly  even  and  smooth,  ap- 
pre.ssed  close  to  the  rachis  of  the  raceme,  tipped  by  a  small, 
short,  4-sidod  style,  but  wholly  destitute  of  the  ensiform  beak 
of  the  aliovc  specie-'^.  The  seeds  are  numerous,  small,  globose, 
blackish  limwii,  and  veined  (I..— \V.^. 

Description. -Those  plants  are  indigenous  to   Europe,  Bms-Moi  m?™. 

and  have  been  introiluced  into  this  country,  where  they  are  cultivated  for  use, 
and  are  found  growing  in  ohl  fields  and  waste  places,  flowering  in  June  and 
July.  The  T.  .'^.  7'.  describes  W/iile  mi(.v/.inf-.-«w/  as  "about  2  Mm.  .  ^^  '"'^'1'''  '" 
diameter,  almost  globular,  with  a  circuhxr  hilum;  testa  yellowisii,  finely  jutted, 
hard;  embryo  oily,  with  a  curved  radical,  and  2  cotyledons,  one  folded  over  the 
other;  free  from  starch;  inodorous;  taste  pungent  and  acrid"— (T.  S.  P.I.    BlaHi 


SINAPIS  XKiRA.  ITJT 

mii.<iti.i}-seed  is  "about  1  Mm.  (^  inch)  in  diameter,  aln)f>.«t  plolnilar,  with  a  cinu- 
lar  hilum;  testa  blackish-brown  or  graj-ish  l>rinvn,  finely  j)itted,  hard;  embryo 
oily,  with  a  curved  radical,  and  2  cotyledons,  one  folded  over  the  other;  free  from 
starch;  inodorous  when  dry,  but  when  triturated  with  water,  of  a  puiiirent,  pene- 
trating, irritating  odor;  taste  pungent  and  acrid" — (U.  S.  P.).  Both  kinds  of 
mustard-seeds  are  employed  in  medicine,  in  the  foim  of  fluur,  and  the  white  seed 
is  likewise  used  entire.  Table  mustard  is  jjrepared  from  the  white  seed,  but 
tlie  finest  quality  is  prepared  with  the  purest  flour  of  both  the  white  and  black, 
in  nearly  equal  quantities.  Wheat  flour  is  sometimes  added  to  diminish  the 
l)ungency.  and  turmeric  has  been  added  to  improve  the  color.  The  medicinal 
fiour  of  mustard  should  be  made  with  the  black  and  white  seeds  only,  without 
any  adulti-ration. 

Chemical  Composition. — Both  white  and  black  mustard-seeds  contain  mtici- 
liuh  (  r.l  per  (.ent  in  t)laok  mustard-seed),  non-drving /«//V  oil  (an  average  of  25 
jM-rcent;  Hassall  [P/inrm.  Jour.  T)-nH.s.,Vol.  IV,  187'4.  p.  670]  found  35.7  per  cent); 
it  is  li^ht  to  brown-yellow,  and  consists  of  the  glycerides  of  stearic  and  oleic  acids, 
erucir  (or  hnu.-'ir)  arid  (C.„H,,0,),  which  is  the  principal  nci(\,belienic  (C.^,H„0,)  and 
sinapolir  (C„Hj,0^)  acids.  In  both  kinds  of  seeds  much  nitrogenous  matter  is  pres- 
ent (26  to  31  per  cent;  see  methods  of  analvsis  of  black  and  white  mustard  by 
C.  H.  Piesse  and  L.  Stansell,  Ph.mn.  Jour.  Tr<'nu.,Vo\.  XI,  1880,  p.  416).  The  nitro- 
genous ferment.  »)iyroi*(/i,  likewise  occurs  in  both  kinds  of  seeds.  It  is  soluble  in 
water,  insoluble  in  alcohol.  Starch  is  absent  in  ripe  mu.stard-seed,  and  the  ash 
varies  from  4  to  5  per  cent.  The  most  important  constituents  of  mustard  are  the 
glucosids  sinigrin,  in  black,  and  sinalhin,  in  white  mustard-seed,  both  of  compli- 
cated, vet  analogous,  composition. 

SrsiGRiN  (}y)tagsium  myranate,  C.oHijNS.KO,,  orC,H5N:C:[S.C5H„OJ[O.SO.,OK], 
Gadamer)  and  myro»in  were  first  isolated  by  Bussy  (1839),  and  their  behavior 
further  studied  by  Will  and  Korner  (1863).  Dr.  J.  Gadamer  (Archiv  der  Pharm., 
1897,  pp.  44-114)  "obtained  a  yield  of  1.3  per  cent.  It  crystallizes  in  brilliant- 
white  needles,  is  soluble  in  water,  yielding  a  neutral  solution  of  bitter  taste.  It 
is  very  little  soluble  in  cold  alcohol,  insoluble  in  ether.  In  contact  with  mj'rosin 
in  aqueous  solution,  at  a  temperature  not  above  70°  C.  (158°  F.),  it  is  readily  de- 
composed into  all}/lmu.sfard  oil  {allyl-i-^othiocyanide,  or  volatile  oil  of  mustard,  which 
see), dextrose, and  acid  j)otassium  sulphate,  according  to  the  equation:  C,„H,jNS, 
KOj+HjO^CjHjNCS-f-CeH.A+KHSO..  At  and  above  the  temperature  named, 
the  activity  of  the  mvrosin  is  destroyed. 

Si.NWLBiN  (C^,H,,N'jS,0, 5,  Gadamer,"  1897),  so  named  and  investigated  by  Will 
and  Laubenheimer  (1870 1,  may  be  obtained  from  white  mustard-seed  in  the 
(juantity  of  2.5  per  cent  (Gadamer).  It  crystallizes  in  nearly  colorless  prisms, 
is  readily  soluble  in  boiling  water,  little  so"luble  in  alcohol,  insoluble  in  ether. 
In  contact  with  myrosin  and  water,  sinalhin  undergoes  decomposition  analogous 
to  that  of  sinigrin — namely,  into  non-volatile,  pungent  sinalbin-mu4tard-oil  (para- 
ojn/l>i„:i/l-  [or  ocrinyl-']  isothiocyanide,  C5Hj[OH].CH2.NCS),  dextrose,  and  acid  sinapine 
mltihnt,:  according  to  the  equation :  C„H„N.,S,0,,-f  H,0=C,H,O.NCS+C,H,,0.+ 
C,.H,.XO,.HSO,. 

The  basis  sinapine  (C,.^H^NOj,  Gadamer)  was  ascertained  bv  von  Babo  and 
Hirschbrunn  (1&52)  to  be  the  ester  of  choline  (C,,H,i,NO,)  and  sinopic  acid  (C„H,  A) 
see  researches  regarding  the  latter,  Archiv  der  Pharm.,  1897,  pi>.  102-114).  Accord- 
ing to  Gadamer,  the  basis  s/xayy/He  also  occurs  in  black  mustard-seed  in  the  form 
of  an  acid  sulphate,  but  no  sinalhin  occurs  in  the  latter  kind  of  seed.  Neither 
does  sinigrin  occur  in  white  mustard-seed.  Sinapine  mlphocyanide  (rhodanide) 
(C„H„NOj.SCN,  characterized  by  the  V:)lood-red  coloration  of  rhodanides  with  fer- 
ric chloride)  does  not  occur  as  such  in  white  mustard-seed,  as  was  believed  by 
von  Babo  and  Hirschbrunn  (also  see  Ole^im  Sinapis  Volatile). 

The  efficiency  of  commercial  mustard  seeds  and  "mustard  farina"  depends 
on  the  amount  of  volatile  oil  that  is  formed  when  in  prolonged  contact  (5  to  6 
hours,  perhaps  less)  witii  myrosin  and  water.  This  amount  is  determined  by  dis- 
tilling the  mixture  and  <letermining  the  volatile  oil,  in  the  form  o(  thin.^inamine 
(<ee  Oleum  Sinajii*  Volatile).  Piesse  and  Stansell  thus  obtained  from  commercial 
black  mustard-.seed  0.473  percent,  from  black  farina  1.38  to  1.5  percent  of  oil. 
the  hiirliiT  value  in  the  latter  case  being  due  to  a  concentration  of  the  mustard 


1758  SIXAPIS  NIGRA. 

substance  by  loss  of  water.  (For  farther  details  regarding  the  analj'sis  of  white 
and  black  mustard-seeds,  see  Piesse  and  Stansell,  for.  (•«(.,  and  A.  .R.  Leeds  and 
E.  Everhart,  Amer.  Jnvr.  Phnrm.,  1882,  p.  404;  also  see  J.  U.  Lloyd's  tests  for  starch 
in  powdered  mustard,  ihld.,  1898,  p.  433.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Mustard  is  an  irritant,  stimulant, 
rubefacient,  vesicant,  and  diuretic.  It  is  used  in  small  quantities,  internally,  as 
a  condiment  and  mild  but  efficient  excitant  of  the  organs  of  digestion.  In 
drachm  doses,  it  acts  as  an  emetic,  and  will  thus  be  found  serviceable  in  cases  of 
gastric  torpidity,  poisoning  by  narcotics,  to  stimulate  the  stomach,  and  to  aid  other 
emetics  in  fulfilling  their  indications.  In  large  doses,  the  volatile  oil  is  poisonous, 
causing  inflammation  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  impairing  the  normal  char- 
acter of  the  fluids  of  the  system  by  its  absorption.  Externally,  it  quickly  excites 
redness  of  the  skin,  and,  if  too  long  applied,  inflammation,  ulceration,  and  even 
sloughing;  but  if  removed  in  time,  the  redness  is  succeeded  only  by  induration 
of  the  cuticle,  and  occasionally  desquamation.  The  stinging  pain  which  remains 
after  the  removal  of  the  mustard,  maybe  mitigated  by  sponging  the  part  with 
cold  water,  or  dropping  ether  on  it.  Sinapisms  are  beneficially  applied  over  the 
abdomen  and  spine,  in  gastric  and  enteric  inflammations,  and  over  the  epigas- 
trium, in  vomiting  from  irritability  of  the  stomach;  also  to  the  spine,  wrists,  and 
ankles,  to  arouse  the  system  in  apoplectic  and  comatose  conditions,  and  in  typhus 
fever;  to  the  feet  and  legs,  for  pains  in  the  head  during/ercrs  and  other  disea.ses, 
and  in  determinations  to  the  head;  and  to  various  parts  for  removing  pain,  miti- 
gating/omri?i/?a?H)na<wns,  or  arousing  from  stupor.  In  the  treatment  of  cholera, 
mustard  is  an  excellent  rubefacient  application,  likewise  in  dyspepsia  and  obstinate 
constipation.  Applied  to  the  breasts,  it  will  often  reliexe  suppression  of  the  menses, 
as  well  as  menorrhagia;  to  be  applied  intermittingly.  Ellingwood  advises  a  cold 
sitz-bath,  stroug  with  mustard,  to  restore  arrested  menses.  A  mustard-bath,  at 
about  28.3°  C.  (8.5°  F.),  imparts  a  sense  of  coldness,  and  even  distinct  chills  may 
be  felt  in  the  limbs,  abdomen,  and  back.  This  continues  until  the  person  is  re- 
moved from  the  bath,  when  stinging,  glowing,  and  burning  of  the  surface  indicate 
that  reaction  is  established.  Mustard  should  be  cautiously  employed  upon  young 
children,  as  it  has,  in  several  recorded  instances,  induced  suppression  of  the  urine 
or  strangurj'.  The  volatile  oil  of  mustard  is  a  powerful  rubefacient  and  vesica- 
tory; and,  in  the  dose  of  2  drops,  several  times  a  day,  in  some  mucilaginous  vehi- 
cle, it  is  a  good  diuretic,  useful  in  dropsy,  and  has  been  serviceable  in  colic.  The 
usual  dose,  however,  of  volatile  oil  of  mustard  is  from  ^  to  J  drop.  A  liniment, 
composed  of  1  part  of  the  oil,  dissolved  in  16  parts  of  ak-ohol,  or  in  10  parts  of 
olive  or  almond  oil,  is  a  good  substitute  for  a  sinapism,  though  less  manageable. 
White  mustard-seed,  taken  entire,  was  formerly  used  as  a  favorite  tonic  in  dys- 
pepsia,  and  as  a  laxative,  the  seed  passing  unchanged,  and  probably  acting  by 
mechanical  irritation.  Dose  of  mustard,  as  an  emetic,  1,2,  or  3  drachms,  with  6  or  8 
ounces  of  warm  water  (see  Charta  Sinapis  and  Catnplasma  Sinapis).  A  prolonged 
application  of  a  mustard  cataplasm  causes  blistering,  with  even  ulceration  and 
gangrene.  A  mustard  plaster  is  prepared  from  equal  i)arts  of  wheaten  or  rye  Hour 
and  lukewarm  or  cold  water,  spread  upi>n  fabric,  and  applied  with  a  thin  tissue, 
as  of  gauze,  intervening  between  the  plaster  and  skin.  Its  efiects  sliould  be  closely 
watched,  especially  in  delicate  individuals  and  the  old  and  young.  It  often  gives 
relief  in /</()( /-/.sj/ and  the  early  stage  o(  oiher  paiiful  che.-<t  affations.  Acute  cardiuc 
?7r(/)i,  whether  or  not  due  to  angina  pniori.t,  is  often  promptly  relieved  by  a  mus- 
tard ])laster.  The  .same  is  very  eflicient  when  applied  to  the  nape  of  the  neck  for 
tlie  relief  of  A^rtrfrtc^e,  with  fullness  of  the  cerebral  vessels,  or  when  due  to  conges- 
tion. The  application  of  mustard  poultices  to  the  spine — one  to  the  cervical  por- 
tion one  day,  one  to  the  dor.^^al  region  the  next  day,  and  one  to  the  lumbar  the 
third  day,  repeating  the  procedure -from  day  to  day.  has  been  advised  in  the  treat 
merit  oLfpi)^!  irritalimi.  Care  should  be  exercised  tluit  the  skin  be  not  blistered, 
rubefacient  etlect  only  being  desired  (Ellingwood).  Amtc  ccrebro-sjnind  mfningiti.t 
has  been  aborted  by  wrapping  the  patient  in  a  blanket  wrung  out  of  hot  mustard- 
water  (A/J.),  while  to  reestablish  the  eruption  after  recession  in  the  exnnthenmtn, 
a  hot  luustard-bath  is  frequently  all  that  will  be  required. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — A  counter-irritant  and  revulsive  in  local  pain- 
ful aflections  and  internal  congest ion.>-:  a  convenient  emetic  for  narcotic  poisoning. 


SIXAPIS  MGKA.  1759 

Related  Species.— Bra.ss(rajuii«a,  Hooker  filius(.5mn/<i;i^((H<va,Linii^).  Grown  in  ]>lace 
oi  tlie  Jiiiiffuii  Hiijiii  in  India, central  Africa,  and  KuK.«ia.  In  tlie  latter  place  it  furnishes  a  tine, 
yellow  tiour,  known  assarepta  or  Hiu^ian  muitunl.  The  fixed  oil  is  there  used  like  olive  oil.  The 
seetLs  closely  resemble,  and  have  the  same  constituents  as  those  of  black  mustard  {Pharmaco- 
grapUia  ;  also  see  Amer.Juur.  Phann.,  1875,  p.  260). 

Bitifsica  campeslrig,  Linne. — Several  varieties  of  this  species  are  cultivated,  chief  among 
which  are  Brumca  Xapus  and  Brasgica  Papa.  The  roots  furnish  the  vegetable  turnip,  and  the 
si'eds  the  oils  known  as  colza  oil  and  rape-gfed  oil.  These  oils  are  subacrid  ami  brown,  or  green- 
yellow,  before  retining,  but  yellow  and  bland  after  puritication.  11.  Kitthausen  found  a  con- 
siderable quantity  of  potassium  myronate  {sinigrin)  in  yellow  and  brown  turnip-seeds  ( 7ir<(»»(V<( 
Pupa)  from  India  and  east  Prussia,  yielding  oil  of  mustard,  while  seeds  from  B.  Kapun,  grow  n 
in  Russia  and  in  Prussia,  were  free  from  it. 

Bra^ica  sinapistnim,  Boiss\eT  (tiinapis  anrtmg,  Linni),  Charhrh.— Europe  and  the  I'nited 
States.  A  weetl  having  deep-brown,  smoothish  seeds,  not  so  pungent,  and  smaller  than  those 
of  Bmssica  nigra. 

Prassica  sinensis. — The  pelsai  of  the  Chinese.  The  oil  is  purgsitive,  and  has  been  eni- 
ploved  in  cntatieous  affections.  It  is  also  used  for  illuminating  purposes  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Phann., 
18M.7,  D.S06). 

Prassica  oleracea,  Linn^,  var.  capilatn.  Cabbage. — The  leaves  of  cabbage  are  highly  praised 
as  a  topical  remedy  for  indolent  and  fetid  ulcers. 

Rauhamis  saiivm,  Linne,  (Jarden  radish,  cultivated. — This  yields  a  small  quantity  of  a  vola- 
tile oil,  heavier  than  water,  and  containing  sulphur.  It  has"  the  taste  but  not  the  odor  of 
the  garden  radish.  Moreigne  (1896)  obtained  from  Jlaphanus  nigcr  only  0.(X)1.'.5  per  cent  of 
volatile  oil,  from  which  solid  rapMuol  (CssHssO,)  separated  ^Gildemeister  and  Hoffmann,  Die 
.Elherischm  (hie,  ISHt,  p.  544). 

Haiiltiuins  miihnni.-ilntm,  I.iiir.e,  n'(7</  radish.  Jointed  charlock. — Also  yields  oil  of  mustard. 

Other  Agents  Acting  Upon  the  Skin.— Under  this  head  we  'include  methods  and 
agents  used  fen-  their  ellccl^  upon  the  skin  and  upon  the  blood  supply  of  the  visceral  and  other 
parts.  These  methods,  very  popular  at  one  time,  are  not  often  resorted  to  at  the  j)resent  day. 
However,  advantageous  eflects  may  occasionally  be  derived  from  them,  and  especially  from 
the  spirit  vapor-bath. 

Sfikit  VAPOR-B.\TH,ifo<-ai>  boUi. — "A  spirit  vapor-bath  exerts  a  most  powerful,  yet  benc- 
Kcial  influence  upon  the  whole  system,  aiding  very  materially  our  endeavors  to  remove  dis- 
ease. This  highly  valuable  mode  of  producing  activity  of  the  cutaneous  vessels  has  long  been 
practiceil  in  many  sections  of  the  country  as  a  domestic  remedial  agent,  and  was  fii-st  intro- 
duced to  the  notice  of  the  medical  profession  by  myself,  about  twenty-five  years  ago,  since 
which  it  is  in  much  use  among  physicians.  The  advantages  to  be  derived  from  this  method 
of  producing  perspiration  are  very  great,  and  it  is  not  followed  witli  any  of  those  injurious 
consequenees  which  often  attend  the  internal  administration  of  a  sudorific.  It  is  to  be  given 
lus  follows:  The  patient  is  undressed,  ready  for  getting  into  bed,  having  removed  the  shirt  and 
underclothing  worn  through  the  day,  and  put  on  aniglitshirtorother  clothiiii;  t^ibe  worn  only 
while  sweating,  and  during  the  night,  if  the  bath  is  taken  at  bedtime.  He  is  then  seated  on  "a 
liigh  Windsor,  or  wooden-bottomed  chair,  or,  insteail  thereof,  a  bench  or  board  maybe  placed 
(in  a  common  open-bottomed  chair,  care  being  taken  that  the  bottom  is  .«o  covered  that  the 
Hame  will  not  burn  him.  After  seating  himself,  a  large  blanket  or  coverlet  is  thrown  around 
him  from  behind,  covering  the  back  part  of  his  head  and  body,  as  well  as  the  chair,  and 
another  must  be  passed  around  him  in  front,  w  hich  last  is  to  be  i)inned  at  the  neck,  Ido.sely, 
fo  that  he  can  raise  it  and  cover  his  face,  or  remove  it  down  from  his  face,  from  time  to  time, 
as  occasion  requires,  during  the  operation  of  the  bath.  The  blankets  must  re<M'h  down  to  the 
floor,  and  cover  each  other  at  the  sides,  so  as  t<}  retain  the  vapor  and  prevent  it  from  passingofT. 

"  This  having  been  done,  a  saucer  or  tin  vessel,  into  which  is  put  1  or  2  tabK-spoonfuls  of 
whiskey,  brandy,  spirits,  alcohol,  or  any  liquor  that  will  burn,  is  then  placed  upon  the  floor, 
directly  imder  the  center  of  the  bottom"  of  the  chair,  raising  a  part  of  the  blanket  from  behind 
to  place  it  there;  then  light  a  piece  of  paper,  apply  the  flame  to  the  liquor,  and  as  soim  as  it 
kindles,  let  down  the  part  of  the  blanket  w  hidi  has  been  raised,  and  allow  the  liquor  to  burn 
till  it  is  consumed,  watching  it  from  time  tci  time  to  see  that  the  blankets  are  not  burned.  As 
soon  as  consumed,  put  more  liquor  into  the  saucer,  aboutas  much  as  before,  and  again  set  it  on 
fire,  being  very  careful  to  pour  no  liquor  into  the  saucer  while  the  Hame  exists,  as  there  woidd 
be  danger  of  burning  the  patient,  blankets,  ami  perhaps  the  house.  Continue  this  until  the 
patient  sweats  or  perspires  freely,  which  in  a  majority  of  cases  will  be  in  5  or  10  minutes. 

"  If,  during  the  operation,  the  patient  feels  faint  or  thirsty,  cold  water  must  be  sprinkleil 
or  dashed  in  his  face,  or  he  may  drink  1  or  2  swallows  of  it ;  aiid  in  some  cases,  the  heail  may 
be  bathed  with  cold  water. 

"As  soon  as  free  perspiration  is  produced,  wrap  the  blankets  around  him,  place  him  in 
bp<l,  anil  cover  him  up  warm,  giving  him  about  1  pint  of  either  good  tea,  ginger,  or  some  herb 
tea  to  drink,  as  warm  as  he  can  take  it.  After  2  or  A  hours,  remove  the  covering,  piece  by  piece, 
at  intervals  of  20  or  25  ininut<'S  between  each,  that  he  may  gradually  cease  perspiring. 

"There  is  no  danger  of  talking  coM  after  this  liot-air"batli,if  the  patient  u.ses ordinary  pre- 
caution ;  and  if  his  disease  will  allow,  he  can  atteml  to  his  business  on  the  next  day  the" same 
as  usual.  In  fact,  the  whole  is  a  very  easy,  safe,  agreeable,  and  beneficial  oiH'ration.  much 
more  so  than  a  mere  reading  of  the  above  explanation  would  lead  one  to  sujipose.  Chairs 
have  been  manufactured  expressly  for  this  pur|>ose. 

"This  bath  is  much  employed  by  many  physicians,  and  is  highly  beneficial  in  colds,  pleariftt, 
and  all  J'ehrile  and  injtaniniatury  utlai'h,  diarrhita,  ili/stnli ri/,  sluggisliness  of  •■'■linienus  vesseh,aiu\  in 


1760  SIXAPIS  KIGRA. 

all  chronic  disease  where  there  is  an  abnormal  condition  of  the  skin.  In  acute  diseases,  it  may 
be  repeated  once  a  day,  if  required;  in  chronic  diseases,  once  or  twice  a  week,  or  once  in  a 
fortniglit,  according  to  indications. 

"  Where  it  can  be  done,  it  is  always  preferable  to  bathe  the  patient  with  an  alkaUue  wash, 
both  before  and  after  this  vapor-bath"  (J.  King). 

H.EMospAsis. — Cupping,  Hiemospastic  medication,  Dry  cupping.  "This  is  a  powerful  revul- 
sive treatment.  Anything  which  draws  the  blood  to  a  part  may  be  said  to  act  hseinospastic- 
ally.  Dry  cupping  does  so ;  it  not  only  draws  the  bloo<l  from  the  internal  parts  to  the  surface, 
but  likewise  attracts  morbid  action,  and  thus  aflbrds  relief.  Common  ■\  pint  tumblens  will 
answer  for  adults  very  well,  in  place  of  ordinary  cupping  glasses.  A  piece  of  paper  or  cotton, 
rolled  up  and  fired,  and  dropped  into  the  tumbler,  and  allowed  to  burn  a  minute  or  two,  fits 
the  tumbler  for  application  to  the  spot.  One,  two,  or  more  may  he  applied,  and  repeated  so 
often  as  may  be  desirable;  they  should  remain  until  ready  to  fall  off.  Rubber  cups  are  now  to 
be  had  which  are  easily  applied  by  first  compressing  the  bulb  to  create  a  vacuum,  theu  apply- 
ing the  cup  to  the  aflfected  part,  and  finally  relaxing  the  pressure  on  the  bulb.  luU-nuiUent  jerer 
has  been  asserted  to  have  been  invariably  cured  by  il.  Condret,  by  applying  8  to  10  middle- 
sized  cupping-glasses,  on  each  side  of  the  spinal  column,  from  the  neck  downward,  and  allow- 
ing them  to  remain  for  about  30  or  40  minutes.  To  be  applied  at  the  commencement  of  the 
cold  stage.  One  to  4  applications  effect  the  cure.  Also  useful  in  cases  of  difficult  respiration 
from  vuiigeslion  of  the  lungs  or  mucoits  membrane  of  the  bronchii,  etc."  (J.  King  l. 

H.s;M0STA8is"is  a  term  applied  to  the  retention  of  venous  blood  in  the  extremities  by 
ligature.  Tie  a  handkerchief,  or  any  suitable  cord,  around  the  upper  part  of  the  arms,  and 
the  thighs,  and  then,  by  means  of  a  piece  of  wood,  twist  or  turn  the  cord  sufficiently  tight  to 
check  the  circulation  of  the  venous  blood,  but  not  the  arterial,  which  may  be  known  by  the 
action  of  the  pulse.  In  a  short  time  the  legs  and  arms  will  be  much  distended,  and  an  amount 
of  blood  removed  from  the  trunk  and  retained  in  the  limbs,  which  the  most  heroic  practitioner 
dare  not  remove  by  the  lancet.  If  the  subject  faint,  promptly  loosen  or  remove  tlie  ligatures; 
if  he  be  plethoric'and  of  firm,  vigorous  constitution,  he  must  be  reduced  by  cathartics,  diu- 
retics, sudorifics,  and  be  under  the  influence  of  gentle  nauseants,  at  the  tiuie  of  the  opera- 
tion. This  has  been  found  very  useful  in  uteritie  liemorrhage,  hemoptysis,  and  other  hemorrhages, 
inflammations  of  tlie  brain,  lungs,  botvets,  etc.,  congestions,  puerperal  conrulsions,  and  wherever  it  is 
deemed  advisable  to  lessen  the  amount  of  blood  in  the  head  and  trunk,  without  injuring  the 
system"  (J.  King). 

FiRisG.— Firing,  Button  cautery.  "Obtain  a  thick  iron-wire  shank,  about  2  inches  long,  and 
inserted  into  a  small  wooden  handle;  on  its  extremity,  which  must  be  slightly  curved,  affix  a 
disk  or  button  of  iron,  exactly  \  inch  thick,  and  i  inch  in  diameter.  The  whole  instrument  to 
be  only  6  inches  in  length.    The  face  of  the  disk  for  application  must  be  fiat. 

Mode  of  Application. — "  Light  a  small  spirit-lamp  and  hold  the  button  over  the  flame,  keep- 
ing the  forefinger  of  the  hand  holding  the  instrument,  at  the  distance  of  about  <  inch  from  the 
bottom.  As  soon  as  the  finger  feels  uncomfortably  hot,  the  instrument  is  ready  for  use,  and 
the  time  required  for  heating  it  to  this  degree,  will  be  about  i  minute.  It  is  to  be  applied 
as  quickly  as  possible  to  the  parts,  the  skin  being  tipped  successively,  at  intervals  of  *  inch, 
over  the  afi'ected  part,  as  lightly  and  rapidly  as  possible,  always  taking  care  to  bring  the  flat 
surface  of  the  disk  fairly  in  contact  with  tlie  skin.  In  this  way  the  process  of  firing  a  whole 
limb,  or  the  loins,  making  about  100  applications, does  not  occupy  a  minute,  and  the  one  heat- 
ing by  the  lamp  suffices.  To  ascertain  whether  the  heat  be  suflicient,  look  sidewise  at  the 
spots  "as  you  touch  them,  and  each  spot  will  be  observed  to  become  of  a  glistening  white, 
nmch  whiter  than  the  surrounding  skin.  In  from  5  to  30  minutes  the  skin  becomes  bright 
red,  and  a  glow  of  heat  is  felt  over  the  part.  The  iron  must  never  be  made  nnl  hot — it  is  very 
little  hotter  than  boiling  water — should  never  make  an  eschar,  and  rarely  niise  a  blister.  On 
the  next  day  after  its  application  a  number  of  circular  red  marks  will  be  seen  on  the  skin,  the 
cuticle  not  even  being  raised,  and  the  surface  ready,  if  necessary,  for  a  fresh  application. 
There  is  no  discharge  whatever,  and  in  most  cases  the  patient  is  unconscious  of  what  uao  been 
done.  It  is  vastly  superior  to  a  blister  in  many  cases;  even  the  most  delicate  female  will  not 
object  to  its  frequent  repetition  when  required." 

"A  powerful  counter-irritant.  Recommended  by  Dr.  Corrigan  in  paralysis,  local  mugcular 
rheumatism,  sciatica,  lumbago,  neuralgic  pains,  etc.,  i\nd  wherever  a  counter-irritant  is  required. 
Also  applied  each  side  of  the  spinal  column,  in  inlermitlents,  efiiUpsy,  manm.and  other  diseases" 
(J.  King  I.    This  procedure  is  now  seldom  practiced. 

MoxA. — Moxa  is  a  term  derived  from  the  Portuguese  language  and  applying  to  a  variety 
of  cylinders  of  combustible  vegetable  materials  which  burn  without  fusing,  aiid  were  formerly 
used  for  revulsive  efl'ects  in  deep-seated  inflammations,  etc.  Species  of  Arlnnisia  furnish 
Chini'st  iiin.ia.whiU'  the  mature  pith  of  the  sunflower,  Hetianlhus  (iNiiiir(.<.  which  contains  a  largi» 
propiiitiun  of  pnt:i.*siniii  nitrate,  has  also  been  used.  Moxas  are  also  pri"t>an'd  by  s:itur.iling 
pai>er,  hemp,  cotlnn,  etc.  impregnated  with  a  weak  nitre  solution. and  by  means  "of  adhesive 
material  fotiiiin>r  them  into  cylinders,  which  should  Ik'  about  1  inch  long  by  J  to  A  inch  thick. 
The  cnstmn  of  using  the  nioxa  is  a  very  ancient  one.  The  cylinder  is  grasped  by  a  forceps  or 
other  holder  and  the  end  is  applied  to  the  skin.  Protecting  the  surrounding  tissues  by  a 
dam]>  cloth,  ahiMi-papcr,  or  other  means,  the  other  end  of  the  cylinder  is  ignited,  and  com- 
bustion supported  by  blowing  the  breath  upon  it.  or  by  means  of  a  Ixdlows.  .\ny  degree 
of  inflammation,  even  to  destruction  of  the  skin,  may  1h'  pro<luceil  by  rt>gulating  the  time  of 
ajipliciition.  Deep  cauterizatii>n  may  be  prevented  by  applying  ammonia  water  immediately 
after  the  use  of  tlie  moxa.  It  should  be  applied  only  where  the  har>l  ti.s.snes  have  a  gvxxl 
muscular  covering.    The  application  is  said  to  be  at  first  agreeable,  but  finally  l>eoouK'S  quite 


SISYMBRllM.— SODA.  1761 

painful.  It  lias  l)evii  useil  fur  deep-seated  injliinimiitiotxf  and  nrrrotit,  vascular,  ot  othr  forms 
of  local  irritiiliini.  The  trjilvanio  cauten',  which  can  be  bett<'r  used  upon  the  deeper  structures, 
even  to  the  osseous  tissues,  has  Uirgely  superseded  the  uioxa. 

SISYMBRIUM.— HEDGE  MUSTAED. 

The  j^eeds  iuui  iicrl)  «{ Sixi/mhrium  njfiri iuil(\Svo[>o\i  (  Kn/xlinum  officinale, hinne). 

X,ii.  OrJ  — Cniriferie. 

ToMMiiN    Na.mk:    Hedge  iiiui<tnrd. 

Botanical  Origin.— This  is  an  aiuiunl,  herhaccous  phuit.  with  a  round,  more 
or  less  hairy,  branciung  stem,  from  1  to  3  ieet  high.  Tlie  leaves  are  runcinate; 
the  lower  ones  3  to  8  inches  long  by  1  to  3  wide,  the  lower  segments  placed  at 
right  angles  to  the  midvein,or  pointing  backward,  and  the  terminal  segment 
largest;  the  upper  ones  in  3  lanceolate  segments  placed  at  right  angles.  The 
Howers  are  small,  yellow,  and  terminate  the  slender,  virgate  raceme,  which  be- 
comes 1  or  2  feet  long.  Siliques  or  pods  subulate,  erect,  sessile,  and  closely 
appresr;e<l  to  tin-  rachis.  Seeds  in  a  single  row  in  each  cell,  ovoid,  and  margin- 
le,.^,\V_(;., 

History  and  Chemical  Composition.— This  is  an  unsightly  weed,  inhabiting 
the  United  Stalis  and  Europe,  growing  in  waste  places,  and  flowering  from  May 
to  .September.  Its  taste  is  herb-like,  faintly  resembling  that  of  mustard.  The 
seeds,  leaves,  and  flowering  tops  are  used;  the  former  possess  the  greatest  pun- 
gency and  yield  oil  of  mustard  (Pless).  Water  extracts  its  active  properties  by 
infusimi. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Hedge  mustard  is  reputed  expectorant, 
and  has  lieen  u.sed  with  advantage  in  hoarseness,  old  coughs,  asthma,  a.i\d  ulcerated 
throat:  likewise  .^aid  to  exert  some  influence  as  a  diuretic  in  urinary  obstnictions. 
The  powdered  seeds  may  be  used  internally  in  the  dose  of  from  5  to  30  grains,  or 
an  infusion  may  be  given  every  2  or  3  hours  in  tablespoonful  doses.  The  juice 
rubbed  up  with  sugar  or  honej'  is  also  used. 

Belated  Species.— «S'i.«i/''i'>'"'""'  mphia,  or  Fla.v  weed,  witli  bipinnately-divided  leaves,  the 
lobes  ol>loiig-linear,  incised  I'pedicels  four  times  the  length  of  the  calyx;  petals  smaller  than 
the  sepals;  is  a  very  intensely  pungent  plant.  Its  seeds  have  been  recommended  in  gratvl, 
and  to  remove  woriiu;  and  a  fomentation  of  the  leaves  as  an  application  to  obstinate  ulcers. 

Sisyinbrium  muralis  [Diloplaxis  muralis)  has  been  employed  by  the  French  alone  or  in  a 
syrup,  with  potassium  iodide,  as  a  remedy  for  blood  dyscrasia,  especially  in  scorbutic  and  scrofu- 
lous affections. 

."•iisiinihriiiin  .illiaria,  Scopoli  {Erysimum  Atliaria,  Linn6;  AUiaria  officinalis,  Andrew),  or 
Ui'dgf  ijarllc,  contains  a  bitter  body  and  volatile  oil,  consisting  of  oil  of  mustard  (90  per  cent) 
and  oH  ol  garlic  ( 10  per  cent)  ■  it  imparts  to  the  plant  an  alliaceous  odor  (Pless,  1846). 

SODA  (U.  S.  P.)— SODA. 

Formula:  NaOH.    Molecular  Weight:  39.96. 

Sy.\o.ny.M8  :  Sodium  hydrate.  Sodium  hydroxide,  Caitstic  soda,  Soda  caustica,  Natrium 
hydricuni,  Natrum  rausticum,  Sodas  hydras.  Hydrate  of  soda. 

"Soda  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles  made  of  hard  glass" — 
(I'.SP.). 

Preparation. — Caustic  soda  may  be  prepared  by  the  interaction  of  sodium 
( :irl)nii;if  uitli  milk  of  lime  (compare  Po<«.«wi)-  The  ])Voccss  of  the  Brit i.th  Phar- 
niiirnj,,,;,,  (  iss.-,,  is  to  rapidly  evaporate  solution  of  soda  (^et;  Liquor  Sod.r)^  in  a 
silver  or  clean  iron  vessel  until  there  remains  an  oily  fluid,  which  solidifies  on 
cooling.  In  recent  years,  caustic  soda  is  prepared  on  a  large  scale  by  the  electro- 
lytic tlecomposition  of  brine,  resulting  in  chlorine  gas  and  metallic  sodium,  which, 
as  soon  as  formed,  decomposes  water  with  formation  of  solution  of  caustic  soda 
(see  Phnrm.Jonr.  Tra7i»..,Vol.  XXV,  1894-^5;  and  Amer.  Jour.  Phnnn.,  189G,  p.  114). 
The  British  Pharmnropiria  (1898,  appendix)  recognizes  three  grailes  of  sodium  hy- 
droxide: (1)  The  caustic  .soda  of  commerce,  containing  as  impurities  alumina, 
carbonates,  chlorides,  phosphates,  silicates,  and  sulphates.  (2)  Purified  sodium 
hydroxide,  obtained  by  dissolving  caustic  soda  in  cthylic  alcohol,  filtering,  and 
evaporating  to  dryness  in  a  silver  <lish.  The  product  is  free  from  phosphates 
111 


17G2  SODA. 

and  sulphates,  and  contains  but  traces  of  carbonate,  but  is  not  quite  free  from 
alumina.  (3)  A  solution  of  pure  sodium  hydroxide,  free  from  alumina,  is  pre- 
pared either  by  the  action  of  metallic  sodium  on  water,  or  by  the  interaction  of 
pure  barium  hydroxide  and  sodium  sulphate,  as  follows:  Ba(0H)2+Na.,S0,= 
BaS0,+2NaOH. 

Description. — Soda,  as  demanded  by  the  U.  S.  P.,  occurs  in  "  dry,  white,  trans- 
lucent pencils,  or  fused  masses,  showing  a  crystalline  fracture,  odorless,  and  hav- 
ing an  acrid  and  caustic  taste.  Great  caution  is  necessary  in  tasting  and  handling 
it,  as  it  rapidly  destroys  organic  tissues.  Exposed  to  the  air,  it  rapidly  deli()uesces, 
absorbs  carbon  dioxide,  and  becomes  covered  with  a  dry  coating  of  oari>onate. 
Soluble  in  1.7  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  0.8  part  of  boiling  wati-r; 
very  .soluble  in  alcohol.  When  heated  to  about  525°  C.  (977°  F.),  soda  melts  to 
a  clear,  oily  liquid,  and  at  a  bright-red  heat  it  is  slowly  volatilized  unchanged. 
When  introduced  into  a  non-luminous  fiaine,  it  imparts  to  it  an  intense,  yellow 
color.  A  solution  of  soda,  even  when  greatly  diluted  gives  a  strongly  alkaline 
reaction  with  litmus  paper" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Tests. — "The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  be  perfectly  clear  and  color- 
less (absence  of  organic  matter),  and,  after  being  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  sepa- 
rate portions  of  it  should  yield  no  precipitate  on  the  addition  of  platinic  chloride 
T.S.,or  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.,  or  excess  of  tartaric  acid  T.S.  (limit  of  potas- 
sium). If  1  Gm.  of  soda  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  water  and  the  solution  slightly 
supersaturated  with  acetic  acid,  10  Cc.  of  the  solution  should  not  be  colored  or 
rendered  turbid  by  the  addition  of  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S. 
(absence  of  arsenic,  copper,  lead,  etc.),  nor  by  the  subsequent  addition  of  ammonia 
water  in  slight  excess  (absence  of  iron,  aluminum,  etc.).  The  remainder  of  tlie 
acidulated  solution  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S. 
(absence  of  calcium).  If  a  solution  of  1.2  Gm.  of  soda  in  10  Cc.  of  water  be 
slightly  supersaturated  with  nitric  acid,  then  0.5  Cc.  of  decinormal  silver  nitrate 
V.S.  added,  and  the  precipitate,  if  any,  removed  by  filtration,  the  clear  filtrate 
should  remain  unaffected  by  the  further  addition  of  silver  nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of 
chloride).  If  to  a  solution  of  2.5  Gm.  of  soda  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  strongly  super- 
saturated with  hydrochloric  acid,  0.1  Cc.  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  be  added,  and 
the  precipitate,  if  an}%  removed  by  filtration,  the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  un- 
affected by  the  further  addition  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate).  If 
0.7  Gm.  of  soda  be  dissolved  in  1.5  Cc.  of  water,  and  the  solution  added  to  10  Cc. 
of  alcohol,  not  more  than  a  slight,  white  precipitate  should  occur  within  10  min- 
utes (limit  of  silicate,  etc.).  After  boiling  this  alcoholic  solution  with  o  Cc.  of 
calcium  hydrate  T.S. ,  and  filtering,  not  the  slightest  effervescence  should  take 
place  on  adding  the  filtrate  to  an  excess  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  (limit  of 
carbonate).  If  0.2  Gm.  of  soda  be  dissolved  in  2  Cc.  of  water  and  carefully  mixed 
with  5  Cc.  of  pure  sulphuric  acid  and  3  drops  of  indigo  T.S.,  the  blue  color  should 
not  be  entirely  discharged  (limit  of  nitrate)" — {U.S.  P.).  From  2  to  3  percent 
of  sodium  nitrate  has  been  added  to  caustic  soda  by  manufacturers,  in  order  to 
obtain  a  product  of  pure  whiteness  {Amcr.  Jour.  Pharm.,1881,  p.  78,  from  Pharm. 
Centralhalle,  1888).   "To  neutralize  0.4  Gm.  of  soda  should  require  not  less  than 

9  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (each  cubic  centimeter  corresponding  to  10  per 
cent  of  inire  sodium  hydrate*,  phenolphtalein  being  used  as  indicator" — iU.S.P.). 
{Aho  cou,]vArv  Polassii.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Soda  is  largely  employed  in  pharmacy 
in  the  production  of  various  sodium  s.alts.  As  a  medicine,  it  is  but  little  used, 
though  it  might  be  employed  in  place  of  caustic  potash  as  an  esdiarotic.  on 
account  of  its  lesser  deliquescent  projierties.  Its  poisonous  and  chemical  actions 
resemble  those  of  potassium  hydroxide,  and  tlie  antidotes  are  the  same  for  both. 
Internally,  the  carbonate  and  bicarbonate  of  sodium  are  generally  preferred  to 
soda,  which,  however,  may  be  given  in  solution  {Liquor  Sodn'.  I'.S.P.)  in  doses  of 

10  to  30  drops,  largely  diluted  with  water,  or  5  to  15  grains  of  tlie  salt  may  l>e 
given,  dissolved  in  a  large  (juantity  of  water. 

Sodium  and  Its  Compounds.— S«>nirM,  .No/ni/m.  .«vinbol:  Na.  .\toinic  Weight:  2S. 
Sodium  occurs  abiimliuitly  in  nature,  coniMned  witli  chlorine,  in  the  form  of  nx-k-salt,  ami 
dissolved  in  sea  water,  salt  lakes,  etc.  It  occurs  in  tlie  ashes  of  plants  growing  near  tlie  «>«, 
and  is  prepared  by  exposing  to  a  white  heat  a  mixture  of  soiliuin  carbonate,  cv>al,  and  clialk 


SODII  ACF.T.\S  1/63 

(compare  /'ommihui).  A  considerably  lower  heat  is  reqnireil  when  reiluciug  soaium  by  Cast- 
ner's  process  {Amer.  Jour.  /'/i«n;i.,  1SS«),  p.  5411,  whii-h  lonsists  in  heating  the  fuse<l  sotlium 
hydroxide  or  carbonate  with  metallic  carbides,  or  with  carbon  intimately  mixed,  in  definite 
proportions,  with  finely  divideil  metals.  With  iron  carbide,  the  reaction  takes  place  as  fol- 
lows: 6XaOH+i;FeC3=;5Xaj4Fejr2CO-t-2C02  •  "dlj.  Metallic  sodium  was  obtained  by 
Sir  Huniphrr  l>avv,  in  IS07,  bv  the  electrolytic  decomposition  of  sodium  chloride.  .Sodium  is 
a  soft  and  nudlcaVile  metal,  exhibiting  a  silver-white  lustre  on  freshly-cut  surfaces.  Its  spe- 
cific gravity  is  0.i>7.  it  melts  at  ito.uT.  (204°  F.),  and  volatilizes  at  a  red  heat.  It  retains  its 
softness  and  malleability  at  0°C.  ^32°  F.).  ExjMSsed  to  the  air,  it  oxidizes  readily,  but  less  .so 
than  potassium.  Large"  nieces  maybe  kept  in  well-cK>sed  vessels  without  changing,  except 
U'ing  oxidized  on  the  surface.  Smaller  pieces  are  best  kept  under  petroleum  or  petrolatum. 
When  particles  of  sodium  are  thrown  on  water,  they  rapidly  move  about  on  its  surface,  and 
decomixee  the  water  with  formation  of  sodium  hydroxide  (see  .S'w/n)  and  hvdrogen  gas.  Un- 
less the  water  is  warm,  or  thickened  with  gum,  tlie  heat  evolved  is  not  high  enough  to  ignite 
the  gas  (compare  7 Vh.'^mi/i/i  i.  Sodium  and  its  salts  impart  to  the  non-luminous  fiame  of  the 
Bunsen  burner  a  bright-vellow  color,  which  is  not  visible  through  blue  cobalt  glass.  W'ith 
oxygen,  swlium  forms  tw"o  oxides— the  //kkioj  «?.•  (  Nn,( )  .  wliich  combines  with  water  to  form 
the  strong  alkali,  .'wf/iim  hii<lro.tid,,aa  follows:  N:i  (»  •  IKO  JXaOH;  and  the  dioxkle  or  j>er- 
oride  (NajOj  I,  a  yellowish  powder  soluble  in  wat.r  with  rvolmion  of  much  heat  and  liberation 
of  oxvgen,  of  which  it  yields  20  per  cent.  Althoufili  prciiar.-d  as  early  as  1815,  by  Gay  Lussac, 
it  is  only  in  recent  years  that  this  substance  came  into  use  as  a  powerful  bleaching  agent.  It 
is  obtained  by  burning  metallic  sodium  in  dry  air  or  oxygen,  or  liy  strongly  heating  sodium 
oxide  in  a  current  of  air.  Smlium  combines  with  mercurv,  forming  an  amalgam,  which  is  used 
in  the  process  of  extracting  gold  from  auriferous  rocks.  Sodium  also  forms  a  liquid  alloy  with 
metallic  potassium.  The  various  medicinal  sodium  salts  will  be  described  each  under  its 
appropriate  head. 

SODII  ACETAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  ACETATE 

Fr,R.Mi-LA:  N:iC.,H30.,+3H,0.    Molecular  Weight:  135.74. 

Synonyms:  Acetate  of  soda,  Sodse  acetas,  Acetas  sodicus,  Acetas  natricm,  Terra 
foliata,  Tnrtnri  crystal! itiaia. 

"Sodium  acetate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles"— (T.  S.  R). 

Preparation. — Acetate  of  sodium,  formerly  called  Ci-ystallized  foliated  earth  of 
tartar  (J.  F.  Meyer,  1767).  wa.s  first  obtained  by  Duhamel  in  1736,  and  may  be  pre- 
pared in  several  ways,  either  by  dissolving  sodium  carbonate  iri  distilled  pyro- 
ligneous  (acetic)  aci3,  or  by  double  ilecomposition  between  calcium  acetate  (see 
Aridum  Aceticum)  and  sodium  sulphate  (Glauber's  salt),  and  recrystallizing  the 
product,  or  by  the  interaction  of  lead  acetate  and  sodium  carbonate.  (For  details 
see  this  P/.v/jni-^fi^wy,  preceding  edition.) 

Description.— As  described  by  the  ('.  S.  P.,  sodium  acetate  consists  of  "color- 
less, trans])arent,  monoclinic  prisiiis,  or  a  granular,  crystalline  powder,  odorless, 
and  having  a  cooling,  saline  taste.  Efflorescent  in  warm,  dry  air.  Soluble,  at 
15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  1.4  parts  of  water,  and  in  30  parts  of  alcohol;  in  0.5  part  of 
boiling  water,  and  in  2  parts  of  boiling  alcohol.  When  heated  to  60°  C.  (140°  F.), 
the  salt  begins  to  liquefy.  At  123°  C.  (2oZA°  F.),  it  becomes  dry  and  anhydrous; 
at  315°  C.  (599°  F.),  it  "is  decomposed,  with  evolution  of  inflammable,  enipy- 
reumatic  vapors,  leaving  a  black  residue  of  sodium  carbonate  and  carbon,  which 
imparts  to  a  non-luminous  flame  an  intense,  yellow  color,  gives  an  alkaline  re- 
action with  litmus  paper,  and  effervesces  with  acids"— (f.  S.  P.).  (On  an  explo- 
sive mixture  of  sodium  acetate  and  potassium  nitrate,  see  Amer.  Jour.  PUarm., 
1873  ji.  128.) 

Tests.— "The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  of  the  salt  colors  litmus  paper  or  T.8. 
blue,  but  does  not  redden  phenolphtalein  T.S.  unless  carbonate  be  present"— 
(  f.  .S'.  P.).  C.  E.  Smith  (DigeM  of  CrHlrU„i:<  on  the  U.  S.  /'..Part  II,  1898)  and  Fr. 
Collischonn  iChcmiker  Zeitung,  1892,  p.  1921,  and  Amer.  Jour.  P/»(rm.,  1893,  p.  69) 
observe  that  the  salt,  even  when  crystallized  from  solution  slightly  acitluhited 
with  acetic  acid,  distinctly  reddens  i)henolphtalein.  "If  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous 
solution  (1  in  20)  be  heated  with  1  Cc.  of  sulphuric  acid  and  0.5  Cc.  of  alcohol, 
acetic  ether  will  be  formed,  recognizable  bv  its  odor"— (T.  iS".  P.).  The  reaction 
takes  place  as  follows:  2NaC,H,0,-|-2C  jr,()H-fH,S0.-=2CH,.C00C.,H,+  Na.,S0.+ 
2H,0.  When  sodium  acetate  is  treated  with  sulphuric  acid  only,  acetic  acid  la 
evolved.  With  the  above  aqueous  .solution  (1  in  20)  of  the  salt,  the  V.S.P. 
further  directs:  "On  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.,  the  solu- 
tion a-ssumes  a  deep  red  color,  and,  when  boiled,  yields  a  brown  precipitate" — 


1764  SODII  ARSEXAS. 

(U.  S.  p.).  The  deep  red  color  is  that  of  ferric  acetate  (Fe,[C,H30,]s),  and  the  pre- 
cipitate is  basic  ferric  acetate  (Fe2[OH],[CjH30,],).  "If  a  non-luminous  flame  be 
colored  by  the  introduction  of  the  salt,  and  viewed  through  a  blue  glass,  the  yel- 
low color  should  entirely  disappear,  no  red  color  taking  its  place  (absence  of 
poUissium).  If  to  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20),  slightly  acidulated 
with  acetic  acid,  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  be  added,  no  color 
or  turbidity  should  appear,  either  at  once  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead,  zinc,  etc.),  or 
after  adding  ammonia  water  in  slight  excess  (absence  of  iron,  etc.)" — (U.S.  P.). 
The  Gennnn  Plinrmnropceia  directs  that  20  Cc.of  the  solution  (1  in  20)  should  not 
be  altered  by  the  addition  of  0.5  Cc.  of  solution  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  (absence 
of  iron,  copper,  etc.).  "The  aqueous  solution,  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  should 
not  be  rendered  turbid  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium).  If  a 
solution  of  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  in  50  Cc.  of  water  be  slightly  acidulated  with  nitric 
acid,  then  0.5  Cc.of  decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  added,  and  the  precipitate,  if 
any,  removed  by  filtration,  the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  unaffected  by  the 
further  addition  of  silver  nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of  chloride).  If  to  a  solution  of 
2  Gm.  of  the  salt  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  0.1  Cc.  of 
barium  chloride  T.S.  be  added,  and  the  precipitate,  if  any,  removed  by  filtration, 
the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  unafTected  by  the  further  addition  of  barium 
chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate)" — {U.S.  P.).  To  test  for  the  possible  presence 
of  sodium  formiate,  Hager  (Handhuch  der  Pharm.  Praxk,  1886)  recommends  to 
boil  the  aqueous  solution  w^ith  addition  of  silver  nitrate  solution.  A  reduction 
to  metallic  silver  takes  place  if  sodium  formiate  is  present.  "If  1.36  Gm.  of 
sodium  acetate  be  completely  decomposed  at  a  red  heat,  and  the  residue  dissolved 
in  water,  it  should  require,  for  complete  neutralization,  10  Cc.  of  normal  sul- 
phuric acid  (corresponding  to  1(X)  percent  of  the  pure  salt),  methyl  orange  being 
used  as  indicator" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Acetate  of  sodium  possesses  the  diu- 
retic properties  of  acetate  of  potassium,  but  in  a  feebler  degree,  but  it  has  the 
advantage  over  the  potassium  salt,  in  not  being  deliquescent.  Moreover,  being 
milder,  it  is  less  apt  to  provoke  gastric  disturbances.  Its  dose  is  from  20  grains 
to  1  or  2  drachms,  largely  diluted  with  water.  Larger  doses,  and  sometimes  even 
1  drachm  of  it,  proves  laxative. 

SODII  ARSENAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  AKSENATE. 

Formula:  NajHAsO,+7H.,0.     Molecvlar  Weight:  311.46. 

Synonyms:  Sodii  arsenias  (Phann.,  1880),  Sodium  arseniate,  Arseniaie  of  soda, 
Sodas  nrsenias,  Arsenias  nairicus,  Arsenias  sodims,  Natriuvi  arsenieum,  Arsenate  of  soda. 

"Sodium  arsenate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Preparation. — This  salt  is  prepared  by  melting  in  a  clay  crucible  arsenic 
trioxide  {arsenous  anhydride),  dried  sodium  carbonate  and  sodium  nitrate,  lixivia- 
ting the  product  of  fusion  with  water  and  allowing  to  crystallize  (see  detailed 
directions  in  Br.  Pharm.,  1885).  Or,  arsenic  trioxide  may  be  dissolved  in  solution 
of  sodium  hydroxide,  the  solution  evaporated  to  dryness  and  the  ma.*s  fused  with 
sodium  nitrate.  This  avoids  volatilization  of  tlie  noxious  arsenic  trioxide.  The 
fused  mass  contains  sodium  pi/ro-arsenate  (Na,As„0;l,  analogous  to  sodium  pyro- 
pli(is|>h;>te  (Na,PjO,),  but  dissolves  in  water  with  formation  of  the  orlho-ar.-<rnate  as 
fallows:  Xa,A.s,0,-)-HjO:=2AsO.HNa,.  This  arsenate  of  sodium  is  used  to  some 
extent  in  medicine,  as  in  the  preparation  of  Liquor  Si^dii  Artvmiti^,  but  is  more 
largely  used  as  a  clearing  agent  after  the  use  of  mordants  in  calici>-printing.  The 
Briti-ih  PhdrmncDpa'ta  (1898)  recognizes  the  anhydrous  salt  N!t,HAsO,,  obtained 
byexi)(>sing  crystalli/cd  sodium  arsenate  to  a  temperature  of  148.9° C.  (300°  F.\ 

Description  and  Tests.  -So.lium  arsenate  is  described  by  the  U.  S.  P.  as 
occurring  in  "colorKss,  trans{)arciit,  monoclinic  prisms,  odorless,  and  having  ii 
mild,  alkaline  taste  (the  salt  is  very  poi.sonous).  Efflorescent  in  dry  air,  and 
somewhat  deliquescent  in  moist  air.  Soluble  in  4  parts  of  water  at  15°  C. 
(59°  F.),  and  very  soluble  in  boiling  water;  very  sparingly  soluble  in  cold,  but 
soluble  in  60  parts  of  boiling  alcohol.  When  gently  heated,  the  salt  loses  5 
molecules  of  water  (28.8  per  cent),  and  is  converteil  into  a  white  powder.  At 
148°  C.  (298.4°  F.)  the  rest  of  the  water  of  crystallization  is  lost,  the  salt  fuses, 


SODII  BENZOAS.  1765 

and  at  a  red  heat  is  converted  into  pvro-arsenate.  It  imparts  an  intense,  yellow 
color  to  a  non-luminous  ha.me"—{V.S.P.).  Curtmann  and  Power  state  that 
■  the  salt  with  7  molecules  of  water  does  not  readily  effloresce,  while  that  with 
12  molecules,  which  is  generally  sold,  effloresces  readily.  Tlie  salt  does  not  lose 
the  remainder  of  its  water  at  148°  C,  hut  only  2  molecules.  The  rest  is  lost  at 
ahout  690°  C.  (1274°  F.),  or  at  a  bright-red  heat.  Below  30°  C.  (86°  F.)  the  sail 
crystallizes  with  12  molecules  of  water,  of  which  5  are  lost  spontaneously.  Above 
:>o°  C.  (91.4°  F.),  crystals  form  with  7  molecules"'  {DijirM  ofCritirii-m-!  on  (he  U.  S.  P.. 
Part  II,  1898).  "  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  of  the  salt  yields  a  white  precipi- 
tate with  barium  chloride  T.S.,  or  with  calcium  chloride  T.S.,  and  a  dark-red  pre- 
cipitate with  silver  nitrate  T.S.,  all  of  which  precipitates  are  soluble  in  nitric; 
acid" — {U.S.  P.).  These  precipitates  are  the  arsenates  of  the  metals  named,  and 
are  analogous  to  the  corresponding  phosphates.  .  Sodium  arsenate  also  forms  a 
characteristic  crystalline  ammonium-magnesium  salt  (AsO,NH,Mg4-6II„0),  iso- 
morphous  with  the  corresponding  ammonium-magnesium  phosphate  (see  Magnmi 
Siilphiis).  ''If  0.5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  be  mixed  with  2  Cc.  of 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  a  drop  of  this  mixture  be  placed  upon  a  bright  piece  of 
copper-foil,  upon  applying  a  gentle  heat,  a  dark  steel-gray  film  will  be  deposited 
from  the  drop  upon  the  copper" — {U.S.  P.).  This  is  Reinsch's  test  for  arsenic; 
the  gray  film  consists  of  this  element.  "  If  to  2  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20) 
5  Cc.of  decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  be  added,  and  the  precipitate  redissolved 
by  excess  of  ammonia  water,  no  black  precipitate  of  reduced  silver  should  appear 
on  boiling  (absence  of  arsenite).  If  to  5  Cc.of  the  aqueous  solution  1  Cc.of  am- 
monium sulphide  T.S.  be  added,  no  turlndity  or  coloration  should  appear  (absence 
of  lead.  copi>cr,  iron,  etc.)" — i  ('.  S.  P. K 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  uses  of  this  salt  are  similar  to 
those  of  ar.-:enous  acid  and  Fowler's  solution.  It  is  claimed  to  be  less  irritating 
than  the  latter  and  less  likel}'  to  produce  arsenical  phenomena.  It  is  but  little 
employed,  however,  and  chiefly  in  the  form  oi Liquor  Sodii  Arsnmtis.  It  has  been 
used  with  success  in  nervous  affections,  as  chorea,  and  is  asserted  useful  in  saccha- 
rine diabetes.  It  may  be  used  hypodermatically  in  doses  of  from  ^V  to  ^  grain; 
internally  in  double  these  doses.  Antinsthnuitic  cigarettes  are  made  from  paper 
which  has  been  saturated  with  an  aqueous  solution  (1  in  30)  of  sodium  arsenate 
and  dried. 

SODII  BENZOAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIXTM  BENZOATE. 

FoRMri..*:  NaCjHjO,.    Molecul.\r  Weight  :  143.71. 

Syxoxy.ms:    Benzoas  sodicus,  Natrium  hcuzoinim,  Sodiv  bcnzoas,  Benzoate  of  soda. 

"Sodium  benzoate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — (U.S.  P.). 

Preparation. — Take  of  pure  benzoic  acid  (made  from  gum  benzoin), -8  parts; 
bicarbonate  of  .'•odium, 5i  parts;  distilled  water,  6  parts.  Mix  the  benzoic  acid, 
with  the  distilled  water,  in  a  capacious  porcelain  capsule;  raise  the  temperature, 
by  mcansof  a  water-bath,  to  65.5°  C.  (150°  F.),then  add  the  bicarbonate  of  sodium, 
stirring  constantly  with  a  porcelain  spatula.  When  a  clear  solution  is  produced, 
and  effervescence  ceases,  filter;  then  evaporate  the  filtrate  upon  a  watcr-batli,  with 
constant  stirring,  until  a  dry  salt  is  obtained.  The  vield  will  be  12  part;^.  Tlie  reac- 
tion takes  place  according  to  the  equation  CeH,.C60H  +  NaHCO,=::C,H,COONa4- 
H  ()4('0,.  Instead  of  bicarbonate  of  sodium,  the  carbonate  or  the  hydroxide  may 
be  iii]pluy<il.    Benzoate  of  sodium  came  into  use  during  the  latter  part  of  1870. 

Description.— As  obtained  by  the  above  process,  sodium  benzoate  is  a  "  whi  ti', 
amor]>hous  i)uwder,  odorless,  or  having  a  faint  odor  of  benzoin,  and  a  sweetish, 
astringent  ta.ste.  Permanent  in  the  air" — {U.S.  P.).  When  allowed  to  crystal- 
lize, the  salt  has  the  composition  C,HjO,^^a-|- 11,0,  but  loses  its  water  by  efflores- 
<cnce.  The  anhydrous  salt  is  "soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  1.8  ])arts  of  water, 
and  in  45  parts  of  alcohol ;  in  1.3  parts  of  boiling  water,  and  in  20  parts  of  boiling 
alcohol" — {U.S.  P.).  Benzoate  of  sodium  is  insoluble  in  ether  and  chloroform. 
'■  When  heated,  the  salt  melts,  emits  vapors  having  the  odor  of  benzoic  acid,  then 
chars,  and  finally  leaves  a  residue  of  sodium  carbonate  and  carbon.  To  a  non- 
luminous  flame  it  imparts  an  inten.se  yellow  color.  The  aqueous  solution  is  neu- 
tral to  litmus  pai)er" — {U.  S.  P.). 


1766  SODII  BICARBOXAS. 

Tests. — "  If  a  few  drops  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.  be  added  to  an  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  the  salt,  a  flesh-colored  precipitate  will  be  deposited.  If  5  Cc.  of  diluted 
nitric  acid  be  added  to  a  solution  of  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  a  white 
precipitate  of  benzoic  acid  will  be  produced,  which,  after  being  thoroughly  washed, 
should  conform  to  the  test  of  purity  given  under  ^fiV/wm  Benzoimni"—iU.  S.  P.). 
Especially  should  it  not  have  a  urinous  odor,  which  would  indicate  that  hippuric 
acid  was  the  source  of  the  Ijenzoic 'acid  employed.  "The  filtrate  from  the  precipi- 
tated benzoic  acid  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  silver  nitrate  T.S.  ("absence  of 
diloride),  nor  by  barium  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  sulphate).  Five  Cc.  of  the  aque- 
ous solution  (1  in  20)  should  not  give  a  precipitate  with  0..5  Cc.  of  sodium  cobaltic 
nitrite  T.S.  (limit  of  potassium).  If  to  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20) 
an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  be  added,  no  coloration  or  turbidity  be 
perceptible,  either  before  or  after  the  addition  of  1  Cc.  of  ammonia  water  (absence 
of  lead,  iron,  etc.).  If  2  Gm.  of  sodium  benzoate  be  ignited  in  a  porcelain  capsule 
until  most  of  the  carbonaceous  matter  is  destroyed,  and  the  residue  be  then  dis- 
solved in  20  Cc.  of  water,  it  should  require  for  complete  neutralization  not  less 
than  13.9  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (corresponding  to  at  least  99.8  per  cent  of 
the  pure  salt),  methyl-orange  being  used  as  indicator" — (t' .S'.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Benzoate  of  sodium  was  introduced 
into  thenqjcutics  as  an  antipyretic  and  a  decided  antiseptic.  It  is  said  to  reduce 
Jever  less  ra])idly  than  (piinine,  and  more  permanently.  It  has  been  employed 
not  only  as  a  prophylactic  against  diphtheria,  but  likewise  as  a  curative  agent.  It 
has  also  been  used  with  variable  success  in phai-yngitis  'ay\A  tonsillitis.  In  Germany, 
many  cases  of  this  disease  have  been  recorded,  in  which  it  proved  successful. 
Klebs  and  Hoffmann  have  derived  great  benefit  from  its  administration  in  cnj- 
sipelas,  in  albuminuria,  and  in  some  cases  of  acute  rheumatism.  Petersen  succeeded 
in  recovering  a  patient  from  an  almost  hopeless  ;)Merpe7-a//ere;-,  giving  it  in  daily 
doses  of  154  grains  in  solution;  he  advises  its  further  trial.  More  recently  it  has 
been  recommended  in  malarial,  infectious,  and  eruptive  fevers.  Dr.  J.  B.  Berkhart 
reports  the  cure  of  a  case  of  syphilitic  lupus  from  its  use.  Partzersky,  of  Moscow, 
reports  the  drug  a  specific  in  uraemic  poisoning,  as  under  his  administration  of  it, 
it  promptly  controlled  the  headache,  pupillary  dilatation,  albuminuria,  and  con- 
vulsions of  10  cases  of  nephi-itis,  3  of  which  were  of  the  interstitial  variety,  and 
the  balance  of  the  parenchymatous  form.  Webster  (Dynam.  Therap.)  suggests  its 
remembrance  in  the  albuminuria  of  pregnane^/.  From  the  statements  made  by 
many  physicians  who  have  experimented  with  this  agent,  it  appears  to  have  valu- 
able therapeutical  properties.  The  salt  prepared  with  the  natural  benzoic  acid 
should  only  be  employed.  Its  dose  varies  from  10  to  20  grains,  in  solution,  re- 
peated every  1,2,  or  4  hours;  large  doses,  even  when  continued  for  a  long  time, 
give  rise  to  no  unpleasant  after-eflects.  A  6  per  cent  solution  of  this  salt,  inhaled 
into  the. lungs,  has  been  advised  in  the  treatment  of  phthisis  (Rokitansky);  no  con- 
fidence can  be  placed  in  its  inhalation  as  a  remedial  means  in  this  disease.  By  inha- 
lation or  atomization,  it  is  of  service  in  fetid  catarrhal  and  bronchial  discharges. 

Related   Preparations.— Potassh  Bf.nzoas.     Formula:   KCtHjOj.SHjO.     Molecular 

Wciglit :  '_'i:;,ii2.  Potassium  benzoate  is  prepareil  liko  the  corresponding  so<linm  salt,  employinfr 
beiizdio  aiici  1 10  parts)  and  potassium  liitail'iuaii  ^i' pails).  The  yield  is  17.5  parts.  It  crys- 
tallizes, thouKli  not  readily,  in  small,  <lll..i,  ~       :  rasilv  dissolved  by  water  or  alcohol. 

.SoDu  Sii.i'iioBBNZ0.\s,  .Sodi'uni  niijjiliuh. '  I     II     XaSdj'lCOONa). — Twenty-five  grains 

of  this  salt  in  a  pint  of  water,  is  claimi'd  liy  1 1  .  k.  1  .l^  i  ^nperior  and  non-poisonous  antiseptic 
for  uso  upon  imunds. 

SoDU  BoKO-BENZOAS  (N.  F.},Sodium  boro-hemoate. — "Sodium  borate,  in  fine  powder,3  parts; 
sodium  benzoate,  4  parts.    Mix  them  intimately" — {Xal.  Form.,  1st  ed.). 

SODII  BICARBONAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  BICARBONATE. 

FoRMri.A:  NallCOj.    Moi.Erri.AR  Weight:  S;>.8o. 

Sv.NONV.M :  Bicarbonate  of  soda.  Baking  soda.  Acid  sodium  carbonate,  So<1ium  hydro- 
earbonate,  Bicarbonas  sodicus.  Natrium  carbonicum  acidulum,  Sodif  bicarlwnas.  Sodium 
hydrogen  carbonate. 

"Sodium   bicarbonate  should   be  kept   in  well-closed  vessels,  and  in  a  cool 

place"— (r.s.r.). 


SODII  BICARB0NA8.  1767 

Preparation.— Sodium  bicarbonate  may  be  prepared  by  allowing  crystallized 
sodium  ciubdnatf  (N:ijC\)3+ 10H,O)  to  lie  in  contact  with  carbonic  acid  gas, 
evolved  fruu  marble  or  limestone  l)y  means  of  hydrochloric  acid.  The  gas  is 
raiiidlv  ;ibs.)ili('d  bv  the  salt  with  formation  of  bicarbonate,  as  follow.s:  NajC03+ 
10H,l)'--C().,  - -JN'aHCCX+ilHp.  The  bicarbonate  being  much  less  soluble  in 
water  than  the  uionocarbonate,  the  excess  of  the  latter  is  removed  liy  washing 
with  cold  water.  By  this  method  sodium  bicarbonate  may  be  prepared  both  on  a 
small  and  a  large  scale.  The  largest  quantities  of  the  salt  are  made  by  the  Solvay 
or  ammonia-soda  process,  which  is  that  pursued  in  the  Syracuse  (N.Y.)  Soda 
Works,  as  well  as  in  England  and  partly  on  the  continent  of  Europe.  It  consists 
in  saturating  a  mixture  of  sodium  chloride  (common  salt)  and  aqueous  ammonia 
with  carbonic  acid  gas  under  pressure.  Sodium  bicarbonate  being  with  difficulty 
soluble,  precipitates,  while  ammonium  chloride  remains  in  solution.  The  reac- 
tion takes  place  as  follows:  NaCl  +  NH3+CO,+  H,0=XaHC03+NH.Cl.  This 
process  is  also  carried  further,  namely,  to  the  manufacture  of  neutral  sodium  car- 
bonate ( see  Sndii  Carboiuw). 

Description. — The  salt,  as  required  by  the  U.  S.  P.,  must  contain  at  least  98.6 
per  cent  of  bicarbonate.  The  U.  S.  P.  (1880)  admitted,  in  addition  to  the  pure 
compound,  a  commercial  salt  (of  95  per  cent  purity)  under  the  name  SixUi  Bicar- 
boDos  Vcnalis.  A  bicarbonate  u.sed  in  baking  powder,  as  a  substitute  for  commer- 
cial ]5otassium  bicarbonate  (sai  ai'm^H,'?,  which  see),  has  been  called  Sodn  sal  a'trntus. 
Tiie  .sodium  bicarbonate  now  official  is  "  a  white,  opaque  powder,  odorless,  and 
having  a  cooling,  mildly  alkaline  taste.  Permanent  in  dry,  but  slowly  decom- 
posed in  moist  air.  Soluble  in  11.3  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.);  above  that 
temperature  the  solution  loses  carbon  dioxide,  and  at  a  boiling  heat  the  salt  is 
entirely  converted  into  normal  carbonate.  Insoluble  in  alcohol  and  in  ether. 
When  heated,  the  salt  is  decomposed  into  normal  carbonate,  water,  and  carbon 
dioxide,  and  finally,  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  lo.ses  about  36.3  per  cent  of  its  weight. 
At  a  bright-red  heat  it  melts.  To  a  non-luminous  flame,  it  imparts  an  intense, 
yellow  color.  The  solution,  when  freshly  prepared  with  cold,  distilled  water, 
without  shaking,  gives  a  very  faint  alkaline  reaction  with  litmus  jiaper.  The 
alkalinity  increases  by  standing,  agitation,  or  increase  of  temperature.  With  acids, 
the  solution  effervesces  strongly" — (U.  S.  P.).  Bicarbonate  of  sodium  is,  therefore, 
incompatible  with  acids,  acid  salts,  also  with  lime-water,  ammonium  chloride, 
and  the  salts  of  heavy  metals.  Sulphate  of  magnesium  does  not  decompose  it, 
but  jireeiititates  with  not  too  dilute  a  solution  of  monocarbonate. 

Tests. — Sodium  carbonate  is  usually  quite  pure.  It  is  liable  to  contain  traces 
of  sodium  chloride,  ammonium  bicarbonate,  potassium  salts,  etc.,  and  always  con- 
tains a  small  percentage  of  normal  carbonate.  The  U.  S.  P.  test,  given  below,"makes 
allowance  for  about  1.76  per  cent  of  sodium  carbonate.  The  German  Pharmacopoeia 
allows  2  i)er  cent.  Its  presence  is  due  parti}' to  insufficient  saturation,  or  to  loss 
of  carbonic  acid  gas  by  exposure.  The  U.  S.  P.  gives  the  following  tests :  "  If  1  Gm. 
of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  19  Cc.  of  water,  it  should  yield  a  perfectly  clear  and 
colorless  solution,  leaving  no  residue.  If  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20) 
be  slightly  supersaturated  with  hj'drochloric  acid,  the  liquid  should  not  be  colored 
red  by  a  drop  of  ferric  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  sulphocyanate).  If  1  Gm.  of  the 
salt  be  dissolved  in  3  Cc.  of  acetic  acid,  it  should  yield  no  precipitate  within  an 
hour  after  being  mixed  with  0.5  Cc.  of  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.  (limit  of  potas- 
sium). If  0.6  Gm.of  the  salt  be  dissolved,  without  agitation,  in  10  Cc.  of  cold 
water,  and  0.1  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  added,  no  red  color  should  appear 
upon  the  addition  of  2  drops  of  phenolphtalein  T.S.  (limit  of  normal  carbon- 
ate)"— I  U.  S.  P.).  This  test  is  based  ujton  the  conversion  of  normal  sodium  car- 
bonate, which  reddens  [ihenolphtalein.  into  bicarbonate,  which  is  neutral  to  this 
indicator.  The  following  reaction  takes  place:  2X:^CO,-|-H,SO,=2XaHC03-t-Na, 
SO,.  Care  must  be  taken  that  no  carbonic  acid  gas  escapes;  for  this  rea.son,  the 
emplovment  of  50  Cc.  of  water  in  this  test  is  recommended  (C.  E.  Smith. /)i^<'.<< 
of  CrltirUms  on  the  l\  S.  P.,  Part  II,  1S98).  The  U.  S.  P.  further  directs:  "If  5  Cc. 
of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  be  slightly  supersaturated  with  hydrochloric 
aciil,  till-  solution  should  not  be  rendered  turl)id  by  the  addition  of  an  equal  vol- 
ume of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S. , either  at  once  (al)sence  of  arsenic,  etc.),  or  after 
the  ad<lition  of  ammonia  water  in  slight  excess  (absence  of  iron,  aluminum,  etc.). 


1768  SODII  BICARBOXAS. 

Five  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution,  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  should  not  be  ren- 
dered turbid  by  0.5  Cc.  of  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium).  If  1.2 
Gm.  of  sodium  bicarbonate  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  diluted  nitric  acid,  then  0.5 
Cc.  of  decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  added,  and  the  precipitate,  if  any,  removed 
by  filtration,  the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  unaffected  by  the  further  addition 
of  silver  nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of  chloride).  If  2.5  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  11 
Cc.  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  then  0.1  Cc.  of  nitric  acid  and  0.1  Cc.  of  barium 
chloride  added,  and  the  precipitate,  if  an}%  removed  by  filtration,  the  clear  filtrate 
should  remain  unaffected  by  the  further  addition  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  (limit 
of  sulphate,  sulphite,  and  hyposulphite)" — {U.  S. -P.).  The  addition  of  nitric 
acid  is  made  in  order  to  convert  the  sulphite  and  hyposulphite  into  sulphate, 
which  is  then  precipitated  by  barium  chloride.  "  If  sodium  bicarbonate  be  heated 
in  a  test-tube,  no  ammonical  vapor  should  be  emitted" — {U.  S.P.).  If  ammonia 
is  evolved,  white  clouds  are  to  be  seen  when  a  glass  rod,  moistened  with  hydro- 
chloric acid,  is  held  in  the  mouth  of  the  test-tube.  "To  neutralize  0.8-5  Gm.  of 
sodium  bicarbonate  shouLl  require  not  less  than  10  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid 
(corresponding  to  at  least  98.6  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt),  methyl-orange  being  used 
as  indicator"— (t/.  S.  P.).  The  German  Pharmacopmin  directs  that  lOO  parts  of  the 
salt,  previously  dried  over  sulphuric  acid, upon  ignition,  .should  not  leave  more 
than  63.8  parts  of  residue.  This  corresponds  to  the  presence  of  2  per  cent  of 
sodium  carbonate,  as  stated  above.  The  lo.ss,  upon  ignition,  consists  in  the  escape 
of  water  and  carbonic  dioxide,  according  to  the  equation:  NaHC03=Na.,C03+ 
CO,-|-HjO.  Thus,  100  parts  of  the  bicarbonate  yield  63.095  parts  of  sodium  car- 
bonate, 10.714  parts  of  water,  and  26.191  parts  of  carbonic  dioxide.  Mr.  H.  M.J. 
Schroeter  {Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1888,  p.  602)  records  the  analytical  results  obtained 
from  16  specimens  of  commercial  sodium  bicarbonate.  He  ignites  a  weighed  quan- 
tity of  the  commercial  salt  in  a  combustion  tube,  determines  the  quantity  of  water 
and  carbonic  acid  gas  evolved  ;  upon  afterward  detern)ining  the  total  quantity  of 
carbonic  acid  gas  present,  the  amount  of  moisture  and  the  percentage  of  mono- 
and  of  bicarbonate  may  be  calculated.  (Also  see  formula  bv  Prof.  W.  T.  Wenzell, 
ibid.,  1894,  p.  504.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Bicarbonate  of  sodium  possesses  prop- 
erties similar  to  the  bicarbonate  of  juitassium,  tliDUgb  less  actively  diuretic.  It 
also  resembles  the  carbonate  of  sodium  in  its  action,  i)ut  is  much  less  irritating, 
and  milder  to  the  taste.  It  is  an  excellent  antacid,  and  has  been  used  in  vriminf 
(/weoses, attended  with  nrk  acid  format itms;  but  its  use  should  nut  be  continued  too 
long  after  the  removal  of,  these  formations,  else  deposits  of  the  phosjihates  will 
occur.  The  bicarbonate  is,  however,  less  apt  to  produce  this  result  than  the  car- 
Ijonate  of  sodium,  more  especially  when  it  is  administered  in  c^irbonic  acid  water. 
It  has  also  been  recommended  as  a  remedy  in  rroii/),  7)i(»Hifcr(iHoi(j}  ,«;/r  Mron?,  din/i- 
therid,  ioneiltitis,  and  to  diminish  the  saccliarine  matter  o(  di/ilniu-  uriue.  It  is  also 
useful  in  suppresiiion  of  iirbie  from  qnthelinl  nej^firiti^.  In  ixflnmmatory  di^aseJi,  it  is 
supposed  to  remove  any  abnormal  increase  of  fibrin  in  the  blood,  and  thus  aid  in 
effecting  a  solution  of  the  disease.  In  r/uHmdlism,  particularly  of  the  joints,  witli 
acid  and  heavily  loaded  renal  secretions,  acid  perspiration,  high  fever,  pallid 
mucous  membranes,  and  white-coated  tongue.sodiuin  oicarbonate,  both  internally 
and  locally,  is  a  very  useful  agent.  Large  doses  are  required.  Under  such  condi- 
tions, it  is  likewise  valuable  in  many  cases  of  biliary  calculi.  Taken  after  meals, 
sodium  bicarbonate  is  useful  as  a  palliative,  and  only  as  a  palliative  in  acid  rfy.<- 
;«7>/a,  with  cardialgia,  sour  eructations,  flatulence,  vomiting,  and  sour,  fluid  alvine 
discharges.  Continued  for  a  long  time,  as  it  frequently  is  by  i>ersons  troubled 
with  "sour  stomach," it  is  apt  to  increase  the  dithculty  and  produce  an  incurable 
form  of  dyspepsia.  It  is  a  good  agent  to  control  excessive  acidity  in /tTcrs,  and 
a  teaspoonful  of  the  salt,  in  a  glass  of  warm  water,  relieves  sick  licailache,  due  to 
ipistric  aciiliti/.  In  case  there  is  deficient  secretion  of  gastric  juice,  it  should  be 
given  A  hour  before  meals.  Flittule»t  colic  is  quickly  relieved  by  it,  as  is  also  rfwr- 
r^ft'rt,  with  acid,  green  discharges.  Ten-grain  doses,  every  2  hours,  in  infusion  of 
uva  ursi,  have  given  good  results  in  acute  ci/.'<titi^. 

Locally,  a  solution  of  sodium  bicarbonate  forms  an  exceedingly  efficient  ap. 
plication  to  burns  and  scalds,  noi.wning  b;i  Rhus  Toricodeudrou,  and  pruritic  rn/r^, 
due  to  acid  urine.    It  is  useful  in  some  forms  of  indoUnt  ulcers.    A  weak  solution 


placing 


Stilill  HISL  LPHIS.  1769 

has  been  injected  in  fioiwn-fioea.  A  dilute  solution  is  valued  to  sohvu  nruminowi 
(iiiietoc.'',  and  in  iiitJumrndtinii  oj  the  rxlcrmU  car  (iml  attir,  and  a  10  per  cent  solution 
is  useful  to  remove  the  crusts  which  form  \n  cilidry  btijiliaritis.  Large  doses  of 
sodium  bicarbonate  have  recently  been  adviseil  to  break  up  cuntte  cold^,  and  the 
salt  enters  into  the  formation  of  several  a(/(/r/7(  lotions.  In  powder,  sodium  bicar- 
bonate has  been  recommended  to  be  applied  directly  to  the  parts  in  aruletonsillitii', 
and,  with  an  equal  quantity  of  borax,  is  reputed  to  render  diphtheritir  depOKits 
soft.  A  solution  of  it  is  frequently  employed  as  a  wash  \n  acid  leuronhita.  Th< 
An<:'  of  hicailioiiate  of  sodiuni  is  from  5  to  40  grains  in  a  glass  of  common  soda  or 
tailiMiiated  watrr:  tlie  (lose  for  children  ill  proportion. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Pallid  mucous  membranes,  with  a  filmy, 
white  coat  upon  the  tongue;  acid  dyspepsia;  cardialgia;  sour  eructations ;  sour 
green  diarrhiea;  flatulent  colic;  rheumatic  pain,  with  acid  urine  and  sour  sweat 
high  fever  and  sour  diarrhtea;  uric  acid  deposits;  sick  headache, from  sour  stom- 
ach. Locally,  to  burns,  scalds,  and  dermatitis  venenata,  and  to  pruritic  states, 
from  uric  acid  diathesis. 

Related  Preparations. — Soda  Powders,  or  EPFERVEyci.No  Powders,  are  prejiared  b> 
ing  iu  one  paper  tartaric  acid,  25  grains,  and  in  another  bicarbonate  of  sodiuni.  30  grains. 
When  to  be  used,  they  arc  dissolved  in  separate  portions  of  water,  to  which  some  aromatic 
svrup  may  be  added,  and  then  mixed.  Kflervesoenee  immediately  ensues,  during  which  the 
liquid  is  to  tx*  drank.  It  forms  a  cooling  and  slightly  laxative  draught,  which  is  very  agree- 
able anil  invigorating,  especially  in  /tiers.  The  eflervescence  is  occasioned  bv  the  escape  of 
carbcmie  acid  g-as,  which  is  set  free  from  the  bicarbonate  by  the  tartartic  acid,  which  unites 
witli  the  sodiuni,  forming  a  tartrate  of  sodium. 

H\KixG  PowDKits. — These  are  usually  composed  of  sodium  bicarbonate  and  an  acid  ingre- 
dient which,  iu  contact  with  the  former,  decomposes  it  with  evolution  of  carbonic  acid  gas. 
A  uietlioil  of  making  baking  powder,  long  in  use  as  such,  is  l)y  mixing  2  (or  2i)  parts  of  pure 
bitartrate  of  potassium  and  1  part  of  bicarbonate  of  soiiiuui. 

Soon  BiCARBO.NAs  Saccharatcs I X.  F.  I , Saccharaled scxIiiDH  bicoihoiiate. — "Sodium  bicarbon- 
ate {U.f!.P.),  in  very  tine  powder,  seven  hundred  and  fifty  grammes  (750  Gm.)  [1  ll).av.,10 
ozs.,  199  grs.] ;  sugarj  in  very  fine  powder,  two  hundred  and" fifty  grammes  (250  Gni. )  [S  ozs.  av., 
358  grs.].  Triturate  the  powders  together  until  intimately  mixed,  and  preserve  the  product  in 
well-stoppered  bottles.  A'(rf*'.— This  saeeharate,  when  dissolved  in  water  with  an  equal  weight 
of  Siiccharated  citric  acid  (F.  5),  or  of  saccharated  tartaric  acid  i  F.8),  will  form  a  neutral  solu- 
tion, and  it  is  introduced  into  the  fornnitary  for  the  convenient  preparation  of  effervescent 
powders.    This  sacch;""ate  coiit^iins  75  per  cent  of  sodium  bicartxmate    — (.Y(((.  Form.). 

SODII  BISULPHIS  [\J.  S.  P      -SODIUM  BISULPHITE. 

Formula:  NaHSO,.    Molecular  Wkkjht:  103.86. 

Sy.no.nv.ms  :  Sod^£  bisui/i/iis.  Bisulphite  of  soda. 

"Sodium  bisulphite  should  be  kept  "in  a  cool  place,  in  small,  well-stoppered 
bottles,  filled  as  full  as  possilile"— (  V.S.P.-). 

Preparation  and  Uses.— Bisulphite  of  sodium  may  be  obtained  by  passing 
a  current  of  sulphurous  acid  gas  through  a  solution  of  1  part  of  crystallized  car- 
bonate of  sodium  in  2  parts  of  water,  until  the  acid  is  in  excess,  and  then  concen- 
trating, being  careful  to  exclude  the  air.  The  bisulphite  forms  4-sided  rectangular 
prisms  on  cooling.  This  salt  is  Chaudct"s /^icoi/r/if,  and  is  employed  in  the  arts 
for  the  purpose  of  bleaching  wool,  etc.,  and  as  an  antichlor,  instead  of  sodium  hypo- 
sulphite (which  see),  to  remove  excess  of  chlorine  when  used  in  bleaching  wood- 
pulp,  paper,  etc.  It  is  likewise  employed  as  a  jjreservative  for  meats,  eggs,  etc., 
ami  as  an  antiferment.  An  important  use  is  now  made  of  this  salt  in  the  manu- 
facture and  purification  of  essential  oils,  owing  to  its  property  of  fornung  crystai- 
lizable  addition  jiroducts  with  aldehydes  and  ketones,  <■._(;., cinnamic  aldehyde, 
citral,  etc,  (see  Gildemeister  and  Hoffmann,  Die  ^-Etherischm  Oele,  1899,  pp,  212, 
221..')a5,  etc.). 

Description  and  Tests. — "Opaque,  prismatic  crystals,  or  a  granular  powder, 
exhaling  an  odor  of  sulphur  dioxide,  and  having  a  ilisagrecable,  sulphurous  taste. 
Exposed  to  the  air,  the  salt  loses  sulphur  dioxide,  and  is  gradually  oxidized  to 
suliihate.  Soluble,  at  1-5°  C.  (.59°  F.),  in  4  parts  of  water,  and  in  72  "parts  of  alco- 
hol: in  about  2  part*  of  boiling  water,  and  in  49  parts  of  boiling  alcohol.  When 
strongly  heated,  the  salt  decrepitates,  emits  vapors  of  suljibur  and  of  suljihur 
dioxide,  and  leaves  a  residue  of  sodium  sulphate.     To  a  non-luminous  flame  it 


1770  SODII  BORAS. 

imparts  an  intense,  yellow  color.  The  aqueous  solution  gives  an  acid  reaction 
with  litmus  paper.  On  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid,  the  aque- 
ous solution  of  the  salt  evolves  sulphur  dioxide,  which  is  recognized  by  its  odor, 
and  by  its  blackening  a  strip  of  paper  dipped  into  mercurous  nitrate  T.S.  and 
held  over  the  escaping  gas.  If  1.2  Gm.  of  sodium  bisulphite  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc. 
of  diluted  nitric  acid,  and  the  solution  heated  sufficiently  to  expel  the  gases,  then 
0.5  Cc.  of  decinornial  silver  nitrate  V.S.  added,  and  the  precipitate,  if  any,  removed 
by  filtration,  the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  unafl'ccted  by  the  further  addition 
of  silver  nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of  chloride).  If  2.5  Gm.  of  sodium  bisulphite  be  dis- 
solved in  11  Cc.  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  with  the  aid  of  sufficient  heat  to 
expel  the  sulphur  dioxide,  the  solution  should  not  be  turbid  (absence  of  hypo- 
sulphite). After  adding  to  it  0.15  Cc.  of  barium  chloride  T. 8.,  and  removing  the 
precipitate,  if  any,  by  filtration,  a  portion  of  the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  un- 
affected by  the  further  addition  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate).  If 
to  5  Cc.  of  the  preceding  filtrate  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  be 
added,  no  turbidity  or  coloration  should  occur  (absence  of  arsenic,  etc.).  If  0.26 
Gm.  of  sodium  bisulphite  be  dissolved  in  20  Cc.  of  water,  recently  boiled  to  expel 
air,  and  a  little  starch  T.S.  be  added,  at  least  45  Cc.  of  decinornial  iodine  V.S. 
should  l)e  required  t<>  produic  a  pirmanent  blue  tint  after  agitation  (correspond- 
ing to  at  least  l>n  |„t  cut  ut"  pun-  siMliuiu  bisulphite)"— (C  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  salt  has  been  preferred  by  some 
physicians  to  the  sodium  hyposulphite,  in  the  vomitings  and  aphthous  ulcerations 
referred  to  under  magnesium  sulphite  and  sodium  hyposulphite;  it  being  re- 
marked that  when  the  hyposulphite  is  decomposed  l)y  the  hydrochloric  acid  of 
the  stomach,  not  only  is  sulphurous  acid  set  free,  but  sulphur  is  precipitated 
which  is  not  a  desirable  agent  —  that  is  not  the  case  with  the  bisulphite.  The 
dose  of  the  bisulphite  of  sodium  is  from  10  to  60  grains. 

SODII  BORAS  lU.  S.  P.  i— SODIUM  BORATE. 

Formula:  Na,B,O,+10H,O.    Molecular  Weight:  380.92. 

Synonyms:  Borax,  Boras  sodicus,  Sodium  pyroborate,  Sodium  tetraborate.  A^atrium 
pyroborirum,  Natrium  biboricum  or  biboracicum,  Sodas  biboi-as,  Biborate  of  soda,  Borate 
of  soda. 

Source,  History,  and  Preparation. — Borax  occurs  in  nature  in  several 
forms;  as  crystallized  crude  borax  it  is  found  on  the  borders  of  various  lakes  in 
Persia  and  Thibet,  and  is  obtained  in  large  quantities  also  from  ihe  beds  of  the 
borax  lakes  of  Nevada  and  California,  as  well  as  the  sandy  soils  of  these  regions 
(see  account  by  Arthur  Robottom,  ^hi«-.  Jowr.  P/*rt);;i.,  1887.  pp.  S0-S6;  also  see 
ibid.,  1882,  p.  472,  and  188-5,  p.  304).  That  formerly  imported  from  Asia  by  way  of 
Venice  and  Holland,  was  called  tiiikal  or  crude  borax,  and  required  special  methods 
of  purification  owing  to  its  being  coated  with  a  fatty  substance  (see  this  Di.^jiett- 
,srtto?-y,  preceding  edition).  Native  borax  also  occurs  near  Potosi  (Peru).  In  the 
form  of  horo-nntrocnlcite  or  tiza  (hydrated  sodium-calcium  borate)  it  is  found  in 
South  America  (Chili  and  Peru),  and  in  Nevada  and  California  and  other  coun- 
tries. Considerable  quantities  of  the  borax  of  commerce  are  now  prepared  from 
boric  acid,  which  in  turn  is  derived  either  from  the  Tuscany  occurrence  (see.(4ri</Hi/i 
Boricum),  or  from  borate  minerals  {borncitc  [magnesium  borate  and  magnesium 
i-\]\oride],  boro-juitrocalrite,  itlcxine,  etc.)  by  decomposition  with  sulphuric  or  hydro- 
cliloric  acids.  In  order  to  prepare  borax,  coarsely  pulverized  boric  acid  is  addeil 
to  solution  of  sodium  carbonate,  and  the  product  allowed  to  crvstallize.  Tlie 
crude  borax  is  refined  by  crystallization  from  hot  water  with  addition  of  some 
sodium  carbonate.  Another  method  of  preparing  borax  consists  in  fusing  together 
crude  boric  acid  with  a  definite  amount  ot  sodium  carbonate,  dissolving  in  water, 
filtering,'  and  evaporating  to  crystallization. 

Description  and  Tests.— Crystallized  borax  (B.O,^'ii,+  10H,O),  as  U8uallv 
obtained,  ci  \  slallizcs  in  tiie  monoclinic  system  and  is  called  common  or  ;>n>»ia/iV 
borax,  while  ortohedral  borax  (B.0,Na,+5HJ0)  crystallizes  in  the  regular  system,  in 
octohedra,  and  is  obtained  by  allowing  a  concentratetl  solution  of  borax  in  water 
to  crystallize  above  56°  C.  (132.8°  F.).    Prismatic  borax,  as  retjuired  by  the  V.S.  P., 


SOnil  BORAS.  1771 

occurs  in  "colorless,  transipaient,  monoclinic  prisms,  or  a  white  i)o\vder,  inodor- 
ous, and  liaving  a  sweetish,  alkaline  taste.  Slightly  efflorescent  in  warm,  dry  air. 
Soluble  in  16  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  ana  in  0.5  part  of  boiling  water; 
insoluble  in  alcohol.  At  80°  C.  (176°  F.)  it  is  soluble  in  1  part  of  glycerin" — 
(CS.  P.).  fJlycerin  and  other  polyhydric  alcohols,  f.  7.,  sugars,  react  with  borax, 
decomposing  it  into  sodium  metaborate  (N;v.;B,0,)  and  free  boric  acid;  the  libera- 
tion of  the  latter  induces  secondary  reactions,  <•.(/.,  formation  of  ethers  (see  Gl;/r- 
erhnim).  "  When  heated,  the  salt  at  first  loses  part  of  its  water,  then  melts,  and, 
when  further  heated,  swells  up  and  forms  a  white,  porous  mass.  At  a  red  heat  it 
loses  all  its  water  of  crystallization  (47.14  per  cent),  and  fuses  to  a  colorless  glass. 
To  a  non-luminous  tiame  it  imparts  an  intense,  yellow  color" — (I'.S.P.).  The 
transparent  mass  formed  when  borax  is  fused  is  called  vitrified  borax,  glass  of  borax, 
bornx-glass;  it  is  anhydrous  borax  (Na„B,0,).  Borax  glass,  melted  in  the  flame  of 
a  blow-pipe,  dissolves  oxides  of  metals,  some,  c.f/.,  cobalt  salts,  with  characteristic 
color,  hence  its  use  as  a  dry-way  test  fi>r  certain  metallic  salts.  When  borax  is 
fused  with  sodium  carbonate  in  equiinolecular  proportions,  the  fused  mass  upon 
crystallization  from  water  yields  crystals  of  .lodium  metahornte  (Na.,BjO,-f  SH^O). 
When  borax  is  added  to  amucilage  it  soon  thickens  it  into  a  firm,  tremulous 
jelly,  which  is  soluble  in  syrup.  A  few  drops  of  diluted  acetic  acid  added  to  the 
mucilage  or  emulsion  will  prevent  this  action  of  borax. 

Tests  and  Uses. — The  following  tests  are  characteristic  for  borax  and  boric 
acid:  "The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  colors  red  litmus  paper  blue,  and  yellow 
turmeric  paper  reddish-brown.  After  being  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid, 
the  solution  colors  blue  litmus  paper  red;  yellow  turmeric  paper  remains  un- 
changed at  first,  but,  on  drying,  becomes  brownish-red,  and  this  color  is  tempo- 
rarily changed  to  bluish-black  by  moistening  with  ammonia  water.  If  a  drop  of 
the  solution  of  the  salt  in  glycerin  be  held  in  the  flame,  a  transient  bright-green 
color  will  appear" — (P.  S.  P.).  This  coloration  is  due  to  a  glj'cerin  ether  of  boric 
acid.  "If  a  slight  excess  of  sulphuric  acid  be  added  to  a  hot,  saturated,  aqueous 
solution  of  the  salt,  shining,  scaly  crystals  of  boric  acid  will  separate  on  cooling, 
which  impart  a  green  color  to  the  flame  of  alcohol" — {U.S.  P.). 

Borax  i.s  rarely  adulterated.  In  one  instance,  borax  contained  20  per  cent 
of  phosphate  of  sodium.  This  was  separated  mechanically  by  exposing  the  salt 
to  the  heat  of  a  drying-room  for  a  few  hours,  when  the  phosphate  effloresced  and 
could  be  picked  out  and  tested  with  the  usual  reagents. 

Tiie  usual  contaminations  of  borax  are  chloriiles  and  sulphates  which  are 
rarely  absent.  The  U.  S.  P.  gives  the  following  directions  for  the  detection  of 
impurities:  "  With  19  Cc.  of  water,  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  should  yield  a  perfectly  clear 
and  colorless  solution,  leavin"  no  residue.  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should 
not  effervesce  with  acids  (absence  of  carbonate).  It  should  not  be  rendered 
turbiil  by  ammonium  sulphide T.S.  (absence  of  iron,  aluminum,  etc.);  nor  after 
being  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  by  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sul- 
phide T.S.  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead,  etc.).  When  aciilulated  with  acetic  acid,  the 
solution  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of 
calcium).  The  aqueous  solution  ( 1  in  20)  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  mag- 
nesia mixture  (ab-sence  of  phosphate).  If  0.48  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in 
15  Cc.  of  water,  then  1  Cc.  of  diluted  nitric  acid  and  0.2  Cc.  of  decinormal  silver 
nitrate  V.S.  added,  and  the  ])recipitate,  if  an)',  removed  by  filtration,  the  clear 
filtrate  should  remain  unaffected  liy  the  further  addition  of  silver  nitrate  V^.S. 
(limit  of  chloride).  If  2.5  Gm.  of  the  .«alt  be  dissolved  in  50  Cc.  of  water,  then 
10  Cc.  of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  and  0.1  Cc  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  added, 
and  the  precijiitate,  if  any,  removed  by  filtration,  the  clear  filtrate  should  remain 
unaflt-cted  by  the  further  addition  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  suljjhate). 
If  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  20  Cc.  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid  by  the  aid  of 
heat,  and  3  drops  of  indigo  T.S.  be  added,  the  blue  color  should  not  be' discharged 
(absen.e  of  nitrate)  "— (  V.  S.  P.). 

Borax  is  frequently  used  in  the  art.s,  being  employed  in  the  glazing  of  brick, 
tiling,  earthenware  utensils,  etc.,  as  well  as  the  enameling  of  iron  vessels.  Meat 
packers  consume  large  quantities  of  it.  It  is  used  as  a  flux  in  metallurgical 
manipulations,  and  is  employed  in  laundries  to  impart  a  gloss  to  starclic<l  gar- 
ments.   Manv  toilet  and  medicinal  soaps  contain  it.     Borax,  recrvstallizcd,  has 


1772  SODII  BORAS. 

been  suggested  as  a  possibly  useful  agent  in  standardizing  volumetric  acid  solu- 
tions (see  \V.  A.  Puckner,PArt'/-m.  Archives,  1898,  p.  182). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— In  very  large  doses  borax  is  a  poison 
acting  as  a  depressant  upon  the  heart  and  spinal  axis.  In  general  it«  effects 
closely  resemble  those  of  boric  acid.  The  chief  toxic  symptoms  are  mental  de- 
pression, enfeebled  heart  action  with  either  slow  or  rapid,  but  very  weak,  pulsa- 
tion, reduced  temperature,  and  an  erythema  accompanied  with  itching  and  tume- 
faction and  followed  by  exfoliation  of  the  skin ;  ecchymotic  discolorations  are 
sometimes  observed,  the  respiration  is  disordered,  the  urine  and  ficces  are  invol- 
untarily discharged  and  coma,  followed  by  death,  ensues.  The  mental  faculties 
are  usually  active  until  near  dissolution.  Borax  has  been  largely  used  as  an  anti- 
septic agent.  Its  action  upon  bacteria  is  said  to  be  less  pronounced  than  its  power 
of  preventing  putrefactive  changes  (Sternberg). 

The  medicinal  actions  of  borax  are  but  imperfectly  known.  It  is  supposed 
to  be  a  diuretic,  refrigerant,  antilithic,  emmenagogue,  and  aphrodisiac.  It  has 
been  found  an  excellent  remedy  in  rennl  diseases  and  (jmrel,  when  uric  acid  is 
present  in  excess,  and  may  be  used  in  doses  of  from  20  to  40  grains,  well  diluted 
with  water.  It  is  rarely  used  as  a  parturient  agent,  yet  there  is  no  doubt  that  it 
exerts  an  action  on  the  uterus.  It  has  been  successfully  used  in  cimenorrhnen, 
f/?/.<?»wno?TA(£a,  especially  for  the  radical  cure  of  the  membranous  form,  in  uterine 
hemorrhage,  and  to  promote  pnrturitinn,  or  expedite  the  delivery  of  the  placenta. 
In  such  instances  it  has  been  used  alone,  or  combined  with  other  agents,  as  ergot, 
blue  cohosh,  cinnamon,  etc.  Ten  grains  given  for  a  dose,  and  repeated  3  or  4 
times  a  day  for  several  days,  have  produced  abortion,  attended  with  jiains  all 
over  the  system,  and  excessive  debility  of  the  joints,  which  remained  for  several 
months  in  a  greater  or  less  degree.  It  is  an  aphrodisiac,  and  will  excite  the 
venereal  appetite  when  taken  internally;  but  its  aphrodisiac  effects  are  said  to 
be  more  marked  when  a  solution  of  it  is  injected  into  the  rectum,  and  retained 
there  1  or  2  hours.  A  solution  of  10  or  15  grains  to  the  fluid  ounce  of  water, 
injected,  will,  in  2  or  3  hours,  produce  a  powerful  venereal  excitement.  And  if 
the  strength  of  the  solution  be  doubled,  it  will  cause  powerful  erections,  and  sev- 
eral copious  seminal  emissions.  These  aphrodisiac  effects,  however,  will  often  be 
found  to  fail  with  certain  individuals.  Small  dcses  of  borax  (1  grain, 3  or  4  times 
a  day)  have  been  employed  with  asserted  success  in  sterility  where  conception  was 
prevented  by  leucorrhoeal  discharges.  In  nervous  diseases  borax  has  been  used 
somewhat,  particularly  in  epile]iS7/.  The  results,  however,  have  not  been  such  as 
to  warrant  the  extravagant  statements  made  in  favor  of  it.  Small  doses  of  borax 
are  especially  valuable  in  the  summer  (lisarders  nf  children,  and  in  fetid  duseutery.  In 
the  latter  disorder  an  injection  of  solution  of  borax  is  also  of  value.  For  internal 
administration.  Prof.  J.  M.  Scudder,  M.  D.,  recommended  teaspoonful  doses  of  a 
solution  of  from  1  to  5  grains  of  borax  "in  ]>ersistctU  snre  mout/i, ■  dt/.'^pepsia,  viith 
sense  of  constriction;  gnawing  pain;  uneasy  stools;  frequent  desire  to  pass  urine, 
the  last  part  of  the  discharge  being  muco-pus;  dragging  pain  in  the  back,  and 
acrid  leucorrhcea"'  {Spec.  Med., p.  93). 

In  the  strength  of  from  1  to  4  drachms  to  1  pint  of  water,  borax  forms  a  good 
antiseptic  wash  and  dressing  for  "  wounds,  injuries,  and  surgical  oj^ratinus."  It  is  in 
extensive  use  as  an  external  aj)plication  in  aphthom  and  inflammatory  cnndiiions 
of  the  mouth  and  throat,  and  in  sraly  diseases  of  the  skin.  A  solution  of  1  drachm  in 
5  fluid  ounces  of  water,  with  a  little  sugar  or  honey,  forms  one  of  the  best  appli- 
cations for  u.se  as  a  gargle  in  the  early  stage  of  viercurial  salivotion.  and  also  in  ail 
varieties  of  aphthous  xilrernlion  of  the  mouth  and  throat.  No  remedy  is  more  efficient 
in  the  aphthous  sore  mouth  of  infants.  Equal  parts  of  borax  and  loaf-sugar  tritiirated 
together  may  be  employed,  sprinkling  the  mixture  upon  the  sores  several  times 
a  day.  For  older  persons  and  especially  for  the  aphthous  ulcerations  of  phthisis: 
R  Borax,  siii;  honey,  gss;  infusion  of.sage,  q.s.  Oj.  A pplv  freely  (Locke).  With 
myrrh  and  honey  it  is  efficient  in  spon(,ine.'ts  of  the  gums.  It  is  a  good  remedy  for 
thrush  in  infants  and  for  sore  nipples  and  aphthous  conditions  of  the  vtiica  and  raijina. 
Borax  .^ss  to  cold  cream  3ss,  forms  a  good  ap^ilication  for  chilblains,  and  both  in 
lotion  and  ointment  the  salt  is  considered  efficient  for  falling  of  the  hair.  In  liver 
spots  (pityriasis  versicolor)  a  lotion  of  borax  has  also  been  f<nind  beneficial,  as  it  has 
in /rprWx,  and  other  blemishes  of  the  skin,  and  alone  or  oombinetl  with  morphine, 


s.ii'ii  r.KoMuu'M.  I,:;} 

il  i?  all  fxueedingly  sootliing  appliiation  in  pnirilis  vulv;i.  Conibineil  with  sugar 
it  forms  an  excellent  collyrium,  and  enters  into  several  cooling  or  refrigerant 
lotions.  Powdered  borax  blown  into  the  nostrils  will  be  found  useful  in  many 
instances  of  chnmk-  catdrrh,  and  chronic  infliimtnation  of  the  niuroua  membrane  lining 
the  nunnl  and  fdueidl  passages.  Awash  of  borax  is  frequently  used  in  the  s;imo 
affections.  It  forms  a  useful  injection  for  gonorrhaa,  a  bladder  wash  in  eyi<lili.i, 
with  unhealthy  discharges,  and  a  good  dressing  for  the  bites  <>/ animals.  It  is  uni- 
versally ('111  ployed  as  an  injection  for  inflamniutori/  Kt(tles  of  the  vagina.  In  leiicorrhcea 
il  is  be.-t  adapted  where  the  secretion  is  glairy,  colored,  and  profuse;  a  strong  solu- 
tion should  be  employed.  Borax  forms  a  good  dry  dressing  for  c/cnicroM/,  and  in 
solution  is  effective  in  the  treatment  o(  bubo.  It  forms  a  good  wash  in  diphtheria, 
but  of  course  is  not  curative.  In  aural  practice  it  is  used  to  soften  in.-<pis.-<ati'd 
reruminoits  nuisses,ai\d  to  cleanse  the  meatus  and  middle  ear  of  ])us,  being  even 
preferable  to  boric  acid  for  the  latter  purpose.  U\  orular  disonler.'i  it  is  used  in 
removing  corneal  opaciies,  in  miieo-purulent  cuiijunrtivitit,  eornc(d  ulceration,  and  to 
remove  the  crusts  in  ciliary  blejiharitis.  For  use  upon  the  eye  it  should  be  used  of 
the  strength  of  5  grains  to  1  fluid  ounce  of  water.  Sprinkled  around  libraries, 
pantries,  etc.,  borax  will  be  found  effectual  in  driving  away  cockroaches  and  other 
insects.  One  drachm  of  borax  dissolved  in  "2  fluid  ounces  of  distilled  vinegar,  is 
said  to  be  an  expellent  lotion  for  rimncocin  nf  t lie  scalp  (C).  The  dose  of  borax  is 
from  10  to  :'.(>  ixrains,  di-solvcd  in  water,  or  in  infusion  of  elm  or  flaxseed. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Uric  acid  diathesis;  gravel;  persistent  sore 
mouth;  dy.-pe|psia,  with  feeling  of  constriction;  gnawing  pains,  uneasiness  at  stool, 
urging  to  urinate,  the  discharge  being  finally  of  muco-pus;  dragging  pain  in  the 
back;  acrid  leucorrhcea.  Locally  in  aphthous  conditions  of  the  mouth,  throat, 
vulva  and  vagina ;  a  wash  for  catarrhal  discharges;  leucorrhcea  with  glairy,  colored, 
and  copious  discharge;  pruritis  vulva;  freckles;  a  cleansing  antiseptic. 

Derivative  of  Borax. — Soluble  Cre.^m  ofTabtab,  Tartarus  borajcnitts,  Cremor  tartari mlii- 
bilif,  is  iilitaiiieil  by  dissolving  3  parts  of  cream  of  tartar  and  1  part  of  borax  in  8  parts  of 
water,  boiliiif:  for  2  or  3  minutes,  and  filterin};  when  cool.  Upon  evaporating  the  solution  on 
a  steam-l)atli,  a  gummy,  acid  mass  is  obtained,  soluhlein  water.  It  absorbs  moisture  from  the 
atmosphere  anil  must  be  kept  in  a  well-closed  vessel,  The  French  Codex  (1884)  employs  boric 
acid,  and  gives  the  following  directions:  One  part  of  crystallize<l  boracic  acid,  4  jiarts  of  pow- 
dered bitaitrate  of  potassium,  and  10  parts  of  water,  are  exposed,  in  a  silver  vessel,  to  ebulli- 
tion with  constant  agitation,  until  evaporation  has  reduced  the  mixture  to  a  thick  mass;  this 
mass  is  detached  in  portions,  spread  on  plates,  and  drie<l  in  a  heated  stove  at  a  temperature  of 
40°  to  50°  C  (104°  to  122°  F.).  The  dry  product  is  then  broken  into  pieces  and  preserved  in 
well-closed  bottles.  It  is  soluble  in  water  in  all  proportions.  (As  to  the  chemical  comi)06ition 
of  these  preparations,  see  E.  Jalins,  .Irrhir  da-  Phann.,  1878,  p.  224.) 

SODII  BROMIDUM  lU.  S.  P.  i— SODIUM  BROMIDE. 

FoR.\iri..\:  NaBr.    Molecular  Weight:  102.76. 

'"Sodium  bromide  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — (U.  S.P.). 

Preparation. — Sodium  bromide  may  be  prepared  by  the  action  of  bromine 
upon  -oliitioii  of  sodium  hydroxide,  evaporating  the  solution  of  sodium  bromide 
and  lirdiiiatf  to  dryness,  mixing  the  residue  with  charcoal,  and  igniting  in  a 
Hessian  crucible,  dissolving  in  water,  and  allowing  to  crystallize.  Or,  the  salt 
niav  be  obtained  by  double  decomposition  between  solutions  of  sodium  carbonate 
and  ferrous  bromide,  as  follows:  FeBr.,+  Na,C0,=Fe('0,+  2XaBr  (compare  /'o^,.^// 
[iroiniduni).  From  hot,  concentrated  solutions,  the  salt  is  obtaine<l  in  anhyilroiis, 
cubical  crystals;  from  solutions  evaporating  at  ordinary  temperatures,  monoclinic 
prisms  are  formed,  holding  2  molecules  of  water  ( NaBr. 21I.;0).  The  anhydrous 
salt  contains  more  bromine  (77.62  per  cent)  than  its  corresiionding  jiotassiuni 
salt  '<>7.i;'>  per  cent  I. 

Description  and  Tests.— The  U.  .S.  P.  describes  sodium  bromide  as  occurring 
in  '•cc)l<irlc>s  or  white,  cubical  crystals,  or  a  white,  granular  powder,  odorless,  and 
having  a  saline,  slightly  bitter  taste.  From  air  the  salt  attracts  moisture  without 
deliciuescing.  Soluble,"  at  15"  C.  (59°  F.),  in  1.2  parts  of  water,  and  in  1.3  parts 
of  alcohol :  in  0..^  ])art  of  boiling  water,  and  in  11  jiarts  of  boiling  alcohol.  When 
heated  to  a  bright-red  heat,  the  salt  melts,  and,  at  a  somewhat  higher  ti'niiieniture, 


1774  SODII  CARBONAS. 

slowly  volatilizes,  without  decomposition.  To  a  non-luminouH  Haiiie,  it  imparts 
an  intense,  yellow  color.  The  aqueous  solution  is  neutral,  or  at  most  very  feebly 
alkaline,  to  litmus  paper.  If  a  few  drojjs  of  chloroform  be  poured  into  iOCc.  of 
the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20),  then  1  Cc.  of  chlorine  water  added,  and  the  mix- 
ture agitated,  the  liberated  bromine  will  dissolve  in  the  chloroform,  imparting  to 
it  a  yellow  or  brownish-yellow  color,  without  a  violet  tint.  The  aque(jus  solution 
(1  in  20)  should  be  clear  and  colorless,  and  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by 
sodium  bitartrate  T.S.,  nor  by  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.  (limit  of  potassium) ; 
nor  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium);  nor  by  barium  chloride 
T.S.  (absence  of  sulphate).  If  the  aqueous  solution  be  slightly  acidulated  with 
hydrochloric  acid,  it  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  the  addition  of  an  equal 
volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.,  either  at  once  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead,  etc.), 
or  after  adding  ammonia  water  in  slight  excess  (absence  of  iron,  aluminum,  etc.). 
If  diluted  sulphuric  acid  be  dropped  upon  some  of  the  powdered  salt,  no  yellow 
color  should  appear  at  once  (absence  of  bromate).  If  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solu- 
tion (1  in  20)  be  mixed  with  a  few  drops  of  starch  T.S.,and  then  O.o  Cc.  of  chlo- 
rine water  added,  no  blue  color  should  appear  (absence  of  iodine).  If  1  Gm.  of 
the  powdered  salt  be  kept  for  20  minutes  at  a  temperature  of  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  or 
slightly  above  it,  it  should  not  lose  more  than  0.03  Gm.  in  weight  (limit  of  mois- 
ture). If  0.3  Gm.  of  the  well-dried  salt  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  and  2  drops 
of  potassium  chromate  T.S.  be  added,  it  should  not  require  more  than  29.8  Cc.  of 
decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  to  produce  a  permanent  red  color  (corresponding 
to  at  least  97.29  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt" — (f^.  S.  P.).  B3'  this  test,  allowance  is 
made  for  about  2.6  jicr  cent  of  chloride. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Sodium  bromide  is  practically  iden- 
tical with  the  potassium  salt  in  its  effects  upon  the  system,  except  in  point  of 
activity,  being  somewhat  less  of  a  nerve  sedative  and  hypnotic.  It  has  the  advan- 
tage over  potassium  bromide  in  that  it  seldom  occasions  the  dullness  of  mind  and 
lethargy  so  common  to  the  former,  nor  is  its  effect  upon  the  nervous  system  so 
depressing.  It  has  the  further  advantage  of  a  pleasanter  taste,  and  comparative 
freedom  from  the  tendency  to  produce  aeneiforin  eruptions,  fetid  breath,  and 
other  symptoms  of  bromism.  For  the  general  purposes  for  which  tlie  bromides 
are  indicated,  it  may  be  preferred  to  the  potassic  salt,  except  in  severe  cases  of 
epilepsy,  when  the  more  powerful  action  of  the  latter  will  be  required.  In  milder 
cases  the  sodium  salt,  will  answer,  and  it  may  be  substituted  in  ca.«es  where  the 
bromides  are  necessary,  and  yet  the  potassium  compound  can  ntit  be  tolerated. 
It  is  especially  to  be  preferred  in  the  disorders  of  children.  Like  potassium  bro- 
mide, a  condition  of  plethora  is  the  indication  for  it,  and  it  is  especially  useful 
in  insomnia,  with  excitement,  from  bodily  and  mental  fatigue;  the  excitation  of 
delirium  tremens,  cardiac  paljiitations,  j)ureiy  nervous,  and  the  result  of  masturba- 
tion, sexual  excesses,  and  the  immoderate  use  of  alcohol,  tobacco,  cigarettes,  etc., 
and  in  the  various  ))ha.ses  of  nervous  irritability  attending  the  climacteric.  Dose, 
from  2  lo  (10  grains,  and  graduallv  increased,  if  necessary,  to  120  grains.  It  should 
be  well  diluted  with  water. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Practically  the  same  .is  (or  Polas.<ii  Bro- 
mirfuw  (which  see). 

SODII  CARBONAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  CARBONATE. 

FoRMrL.v:  Na,CO,+  10H,,O.    Moi.EcrL.\R  Weioht:  2S.5.4o. 

Synonyms  :  Sal  s(uhr  dqiuratus,  Pure  ra rhnnatc of  Hodiuiii ,  Sodn  rurbonas,  Carbonnn 
sndicus.  Sal  .s,<,/„,  Was/ihif,  soda,  Carbomilc  of  soda. 

''Sodium  carbonate  should  bo  kept  in  well-closed  vessels" — (V.S.P.). 

Source,  Preparation,  and  History.— Carbonate  of  sodium  exists  in  several 
mineral  springs,  in  the  alkali  lakes  of  Egypt,  Venezuela.  Mexico.  California. Wyo- 
ming, etc.,  and  in  the  surface  of  certain  soils  in  the  form  of  an  etlloresoence.  <■.<;., 
near  Tripoli,  in  north  Africa,  and  Hungary.  It  is  also  to  be  found  in  tlie  asiies 
of  seaweeds  and  salt-marsh  plants.  The  soda  from  Egypt  is  called  ^i'hu.  and  is 
composed  of  carbonate  and  liicarbonate  of  sodium.  Barilla  and  kylp  are  prepa- 
rations from  the  ashes  of  marine  jilants:  the  tornier  contains  about  30  per  wnt 


SODII  CAIiHONAS.  177.'> 

111  i-odiuni  carbonate.  At  one  time  20.000  j)eisuiiH  were  engaged  in  the  nuinufac- 
tiire  of  kelp  in  the  Orkneys  and  llebiiiies  Islands. 

The  two  chief  sources  from  which  sodium  carbonate  is  now  made  on  a  large 
scale,  are  .•oninwn  salt  and  the  mineral  cryolite,  occurring  in  Greenland  in  huge 
quantities.  Common  salt  is  converted  into  sodium  carbonate  by  two  different 
methods:  (Ij  The  LebUtnc  process  (1794),  and  (2)  the  (immonia-soda  process  of 
Solvay  ',1861). 

The  Lebl.\sc  process  consists  in  converting  the  sodium  chloride  first  into 
sodium  sulphate  {salt-cake process)  by  means  of  sulphuric  acid,  hvdrochloric  acid 
being  obtained  as  a  by-product,  as  follows:  2NaCl+H,SO.=-^Na,yO,+2HCl.  The 
sulphate,  being  thoroughly  dried,  is  intimately  mixed  with  calcium  carbonate 
(limestone)  and  coal  in  certain  proportions.  The  mixture  is  then  subjecteil  to  a 
strong  heat  in  a  reverberatory  furnace  (or  in  a  large  revolving  drum;  see  illustra- 
tion in  Ro.scoe  and  Schorlemmer's  Chemistri/)  until  a  pasty,  dark  mas.s  is  oljtained, 
called  black  soda-OJih.  The  chief  constituents  of  the  latter  are  water-soluble  sodium 
carbonate  (about  44  per  cent)  and  insoluble  calcium  suljihide  (about  30  per  cent), 
and  are  formed  as  follows:  N:i,S0.-+-C.=Na,,S+4C0;  Na,8+CaC03=Na.,C0,+CaS. 
When  this  mass  is  lixiviated,  and  the  solution  evaporated  to  dryness,  the  sodium 
(■arl)onale  is  obtained  as  a  white  or  gray  compact  substance,  which  is  called  soda- 
iish  or  white  snda-ash.  The  carbonate  of  sodium,  or  .<«/  soda,  of  commerce,  is  ob- 
tained by  dissolving  the  white  soda-ash  in  water,  separating  the  impurities  by 
filtration  or  sedimentation,  running  the  solution  into  vats,  and  allowing  it  to 
crystallize.  This  mode  of  manufacturing  carbonate  of  sodium  was  formerly  em- 
ployed almost  exclusively. 

The  SoLV.w  PROCESS  is  that  pursued  in  the  United  States.  The  bicarbonate 
obtained  in  this  process  (see  Sodii  Bicarbovas)  is  heated  to  redness,  and  the  mono- 
carbonate  formed  is  dissolved  in  water  and  crystallized.  The  bicarbonate,  when 
heated  to  dull-redness,  is  decomposed  according  to  the  equation:  2NaHC03= 
Na,C03+H,0+C0,. 

From  Cryolite  (AljFlj.eNaFl),  sal  soda  is  obtained  by  mixing  the  finely- 
powdered  mineral  with  chalk  or  with  caustic  lime,  and  heating  to  redness,  short 
of  fusion.  Insoluble  calcium  fluoride  and  soluble  sodium  aluniinate  are  formed 
as  follows:  Al,Fl,.6Fl\a  +  6CaO=6CaFl,-|- Al.A  3Na,0.  The  sodium  aluminate  is 
dissolved  in  water,  and  decomposed  by  carbonic  acid  gas  into  insolul)le  alumi- 
num hv<lroxide  and  soluble  sodium  carbonate,  according  to  the  equation:  Al.p,. 
3Xa,0  43CO,-h3H,0  =  Al,(OH),+  3Na,C03. 

Description. ^The  ordinary  form  met  with  in  commerce,  under  the  names 
snl  S'idn  and  washing  soda,  is  the  impure  article,  known  as  Sndii  CarbnnasVenalis 
(Sal  sodie,  Soda  cruda).  When  purified  by  repeated  crystallization  from  hot  water,  it 
yields  the  pharmacopoeial  salt.  The  latter  is  described  as  occurring  in  "colorless, 
monoclinic  crystals,  odorless,  and  having  a  strongly  alkaline  taste.  In  dry  air, 
the  salt  effloresces,  and,  if  left  exposed,  soon  loses  about  half  of  its  water  of  crys- 
tallization (31.46  per  cent  of  its  weight),  and  becomes  a  white  powder.  Soluble 
in  1.6  parts  of  water  at  15^  C.(59°  F.),  and  in  0.09  part  at  38°  C.  (100.4°  F.),  and 
in  0.2  part  of  boiling  water;  insoluble  in  alcohol  and  in  ether;  soluble  in  1.02 
parts  of  glycerin.  VVhen  heated  to  32.5°  C.  (90.5°  F.),  the  crystals  fuse  in  their 
water  of  crystallization,  and  lose  some  water.  At  a  higher  temperature,  the  salt 
.•ontiiiues  to  lose  water,  until,  at  last,  an  anhydrous  residue  is  left,  corresponding 
to  37  per  cent  of  the  weight  of  the  crystals.  At  a  bright-red  heat  tlie  anhydroi  s 
salt  fuses.  To  a  non-luminous  flame  it  imparts  an  intense,  yellow  color.  Tl  e 
aqueous  solution  gives  an  alkaline  reaction  with  litmus  jtaper,  and  efi'ervesci - 
strongly  with  acids.  On  treating  the  salt  with  20  parts  of  water,  a  clear  and  coh  i  - 
less  solution  should  be  formed,  and  no  insoluble  residue  should  be  left" — (.I'.S.P.}. 
Its  incompati1)ilities  are  acids,  metallic  and  earthy  salts,  solutions  of  lime,  bitar- 
trate  of  potassium,  chloride  of  ammoniun).  solutions  of  metallic  salts,  etc. 

Tests. — Carbonate  of  sodium  is  distinguished  from  potassium  carbonate  by 
its  disposition  to  effloresce,  while  the  latter  tends  to  absorb  moisture.  The  potas- 
sium salt,  in  solution,  may  be  readily  identified  by  yielding  a  crystalline  precipi- 
tate with  an  excess  of  tartaric  acid.  From  sodium  bicarlionate,  the  monocar- 
bonate  maybe  roughly  distinguished  tiy  its  greater  solubility  in  water,  by  yield- 
ing a  white  i)recipitate  with  magnesium  sulphate,  and  a  reddish-brown  one  with 


1776  SODII  CARBONAS  EXSICCATUS. 

corrosive  sublimate.  The  U.  S.  P.  ascertains  the  purity  of  sodium  carbonate  bj-  the 
following  tests:  "If  5  Co.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20j  be  slightly  supersatu- 
i-ated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  the  liquid  should  not  be  colored  red  by  a  drop  of 
ferric  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  sulphocyanate).  If  to  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solu- 
tion, slightly  supersaturated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen 
sulphide  T.S.  be  added,  no  turbidity  should  be  i)roduced,  either  before  or  after 
the  addition  of  ammonia  water  in  sliglit  excess  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead,  iron, 
aluminum,  etc.).  If  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  be  slightly  supersaturated 
with  acetic  acid,  the  addition  of  0.5  Cc.  of  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  should  pro- 
duce no  turbidity  (absence  of  calcium).  If  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  .solution  be 
slightly  supersaturated  with  acetic  acid,  the  addition  of  0.5  Cc.  of  sodium  cobaltic 
nitrite  T.S.  should  not  render  it  turbid  within  1  hour  (limit  of  potassium).  If 
1.2  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  diluted  nitric  acid,  then  0.5  Cc. 
of  decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  added,  and  the  precipitate,  if  any,  removed  by 
filtration,  the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  unaffected  by  the  further  addition  of 
silver  nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of  chloride).  If  2.5  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dis.solved  in  10  Cc. 
of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  then  0.1  Cc.  of  nitric  acid  and  0.1  Cc.  of  barium 
chloride  T.S.  added,  and  the  precipitate,  if  any,  removed  by  filtration,  the  cleai 
filtrate  should  remain  unaffected  by  the  further  addition  of  barium  chloride  T.S. 
(limit  of  sulphate,  sulphite,  and  hyposulphite).  If  the  crystallized  salt  be  heated 
in  a  test-tube,  the  vapor  of  ammonia  should  not  be  evolved.  To  neutralize  1  Gm. 
of  anhydrous  sodium  carbonate  (deprived  of  its  water  of  crystallization  by  heat 
immediately  before  being  weighed)  should  require  not  less  than  18.7  Cc.  of  nor- 
mal sulphuric  acid  (corresponding  to  not  less  than  98.9  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt), 
methyl  orange  being  used  as  indicator" — (U.  S.  P.).  (For  method  of  quantitative 
determination  of  monocarbonate,  when  mixed  with  bicarbonate,  see  Sorfu' B/wr- 
bonus;  (m-  determination  of  tarlionate  in  the  caustic  alkali,  see  Potnssa.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— In  large  doses,  carbonate  of  sodium 
will  pruvf  VfTy  injurinu.-;,  jiroducing  a  softening  and  disorganization  of  the  tis- 
sues of  the  stomach.  In  smaller  ones,  it  acts  as  an  antacid  and  diuretic.  The 
antidotes  to  an  improper  dose  are  vegetable  acids,  as  vinegar,  lemon-juice,  sour 
wine,  solution  of  cream  of  tartar,  citric  or  tartaric  acids ;  sweet  oil,  largely  admin- 
istered, will  also  modify  its  destructive  action.  As  a  remedy  it  has  been  used  in 
gastric  acidity,  in  xt,rinary  affections,  with  uric  acid  deposits,  qastro-t-ephal<igia  or  nick 
headache,  pertussis,  goitre,  scrofula,  etc.  It  is  usually  preferred  to  the  potajssium  salt 
on  account  of  its  more  pleasant  taste.  As  with  all  the  alkaline  carbonates,  if 
too  long  employed,  it  may  bring  on  phosphatic  gravel  through  the  alkalinity  of 
the  urine;  on  this  account,  the  bicarbonates  dissolved  in  carbonic  acid  water  and 
taken,  are  preferable,  as  the  excess  of  carbonic  acid  tends  to  keep  the  phosphates 
in  solution.  It  has  been  found  useful  in  some  cutaneous  dii^asts.uS'ei.l  internally 
and  applied  locally,  in  solution,  15  or  20  grains  or  even  more  of  the  carbonate,  to 
2  fluid  ounces  of  water;  or  a  bath  may  be  prepared  of  similar  proportions.  The 
skin  disorders  most  benefited  by  it,  are  those  of  a  dry  or  scaly  character.  The 
strength  of  the  bath  or  lotion  must  be  regulated  according  to  their  effects.  It  is 
regarded  as  less  valuable  in  the  vesicular  and  pustular  skin  diseases,  in  which,  as  a 
rule,  the  bath  must  be  very  much  diluted.  A  weak  solution  is  of  service,  locally, 
in  }»-uritis  vulvw.    Continued  large  doses  of  this  salt  have  produced,  in  a  very  few- 


days,  marked  symptoms  of  a  scorbutic  character.     It  is  but  little  used  at  the 

S resent  day.     The 
iluted  solution. 


resent  day.     The  dose  of  carbonate  of  sodium  is  from  5  to  20  grains,  in  well 


SODII  CARBONAS  EXSICCATUS  (U.  S.  P.  ^— DRIED 

SODIUM  CARBONATE. 

FoR.\iri..\:  Na.,C0,2H,0.    .Moi,Krri..\K  \Veu;ht  :  141.77. 

SvNO.NYMs:   Sodii  carhduas  exsimila.  Dried  carbonate  of  soda. 

Preparation — "Sodium  carbonate,  two  hundred  grammes  (200  Gm.")  [Tozs. 
av.,247  grs.];  to  make  one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.] 
Break  the  crystals  into  small  fragnients,  and  allow  them  to  eflloresce  lor  several 
days  in  warm  air,  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  25°  C.  (77°  F.l.  until  tliey  an' 
completely  disintegrated,  then  dry  the  white  powder  at  a  temperature  of  about 


•1-J°L'.  (,113°  F.),  until  it:;  \veij;ht  is;  ivdiuid  to  one  liundrej  grammes  (lOOGni.j 
[3  ozs.  av.,231  grs.].  Pa^^s  the  powiier  tlinnigli  a  sieve,  and  preserve  it  in  well- 
stoppered  bottles" — (I'.S.P.).  riie  composition  of  the  crystallized  sodium  car- 
bonate being  Na^COj+lOH.O,  a  loss  of  50  per  cent  of  its  weight  results  in  a  com- 
pound retaining  a  little  over  8  molecules  of  water.  By  allowing  the  salt  to  efflo- 
resce at  the  moderate  temperature  directed  (32.5°  C.  [90.5°  F.]),a  light  and  bulky 
powder  is  obtained.  If  the  salt  be  heated  so  as  to  remove  all  its  water  of  crystal- 
lization, as  directed  by  the  Bn'ti.-!h  Pharmncopwin,  a  denser,  heavier,  anhyclrous 
product  is  foniRil. 

Description  and  Tests. — "A  loose,  white  powder,  conforming  to  the  reac- 
tions and  tests  given  under Sotlii CnrhonaK.  To  neutralize  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  should 
reijuire  not  less  than  13.8  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  (corresponding  to  about 
73  per  cent  of  anhydrous  sodium  carbonate),  methyl  orange  being  used  as  indi- 
cator"—(f'- •'^. -f-). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Dried  or  anhydrous  carbonate  of 
sodium  possesses  properties  similar  to  the  crystallized  carbonate.  It  is  antacid 
and  antilithic,  and  is  useful  in  urinnt-;/  affections  vilh  exrcfg  of  uric  acid.  It  maybe 
given  in  powder  or  in  pill,  with  extracts,  soap,  etc.,  though, "on  account  of  its  irri- 
tant properties,  these  are  bad  forms  of  exhibition.  It  is  better  given  very  largely 
diluted  with  water.  The  dose  is  from  5  to  15  grains,  rather  less  than  the  carbon- 
ate, yn  account  of  its  loss  of  water  of  crystallization. 

SODII  CHLORAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  CHLORATE. 

Formlla:  NaClOj.    Molecular  Weight  :  106.25. 

Synonyms:  Xatrium  rhioricum,  Chlorns  sodicus. 

'•Sodium  chlorate  should  be  kept  in  glass-stoppered  bottles, and ^rreoicau/jo?! 
should  be  observed  in  handling  the  salt,  as  dangerous  explosions  are  liable  to 
occur  when  it  is  mixed  with  organic  matters  (cork,  tannic  acid,  sugar,  etc.),  or  with 
sul|ihur,  antimony  sulphide,  phosphorus,  or  other  easily  oxidizable  substances,  and 
either  heated  directly,  or  subjected  to  trituration  or  concussion" — (U.  S.  P.). 

Preparation.— Sodium  chlorate  is  obtained  from  potassium  chlorate  by 
double  decomposition  with  sodium  salts  of  such  acids  as  will  produce  difficultly 
.soluble  potassium  salts,  <>.  (jr.,  sodium  fluosilicate,  or  sodium  bitartrate  ( Wittstein). 
In  the  latttr  case,  the  following  reaction  takes  place:  KC10,+NaHC.H.0e= 
Na(']()-;-KHC,H.O,( cream  of  tartar). 

Description  and  Tests.— This  salt  parts  with  its  oxygen  so  readily  that  the 
caution  above  given  is  exceedingly  appropriate.  The  f.  .'^.  P.  describes  "this  body 
as  occurring  in  ''colorless,  transparent  crystals  (principally  regular  cubes,  with 
tetrahedral  facets),  or  a  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  cooling,  saline 
ta.«te.  Permanent  in  dry  air.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  1.1  parts  of  water, 
and  in  about  100  parts  o'f  alcohol;  in  0.5  part  of  boiling  water,  and  in  about  40 
parts  of  boiling  alcohol;  also  soluble  in  5  parts  of  glycerin.  When  heated,  the 
salt  melts,  then  gives  off  oxygen  (about  45  per  cent  of  its  weight),  and  finally 
leaves  a  residue  of  sodium  chloride,  readily  soluble  in  water,  and  yielding,  with 
silver  nitrate  T.S.,  a  white,  curdy  precipitate,  insoluble  in  nitric  acid.  To  a  non- 
luminous  flame,  it  imparts  an  intense,  yellow  color" — (f.  S'.  P.).  Decomposition 
upon  heat  takes  places  as  follows:  NaC10,=  NaCI  +  0,.  If  a  trace  of  organic  mat- 
ter— '.,f/..])oiassium  or  sodium  tartrate —  is  present  in  the  salt,  some  chlorine  will 
also  lie  given  off.  and  the  residue  has  an  alkaline  reaction  (.«ee  7'<'ji^',  below ;  and 
F.  Holberg,  Amer.  Jour.  P^rjmi.,  1886,  p.  15).  "The  aqueous  solution  is  neutral  to 
litmus  paper.  When  a  crystal  of  the  salt  is  dropped  into  hydrochloric  acid,  the 
liquid  a.«sumes  a  deep  greenish-yellow  color,  and  emits  the  odor  of  chlorine.  A 
saturated,  aqueous  solution  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  sodium  bitartrate 
T.S. '  limit  of  potassium).  An  aqueous  solution  of  the  residue  left  after  igniting 
a  portion  of  the  salt,  should  not  give  an  alkaline  reaction  with  litmus  paper 
(absence  of  tartrate).  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20),  slightly  acidulated  with 
acetic  acid,  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  the  addition  of  an  equal  volume  of 
hydrojien  sulphide  T.S.,  either  at  once  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead,  etc.),  or  after  the 
addition  of  ammonia  water  in  slight  excess  (ab.sence  of  iron,  aluminum,  etc.).  The 


1778  SODII  CHLORIDUM. 

aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  adding  to  it  a  few 
drops  of  ammonia  water,  and  then  sodium  phosphate  T.S. (absence  of  magnesium, 
etc.)-  The  solution  (1  in  20),  slightly  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  should  not  be 
rendered  turbid  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium);  nor  by  barium 
chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  sulphate);  nor  should  silver  nitrate  T.S.  produce  in  it 
more  than  a  sli<_rht  <ii>alesceuce  ( limit  nf  chloride)  "' — (f '.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  only  advantage  this  salt  has  over 
the  correspoiulin.t/  potassium  clilorati-,  whose  properties  are  identical,  but  stronger, 
is  its  greater  solubility,  so  that  stronger  solutions  may  be  employed.  It  is  seldom 
used  in  medicine.  Solutions  of  from  1  to  5  per  cent  may  be  used  as  a  lotion  or 
gargle.     The  dose  ranges  from  1  to  20  grains. 

SODII  CHLORIDUM  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  CHLORIDE. 

Formula:  NaCl.    Molecular  Weight:  58.37. 

Synonyms:  Common  salt,  Sea  mlt,  Table  suit,  Sal  ruUnare,  Sal  rommiine,  Chloru- 
retum  .iodirum,  Muria'c  ofsndn.  Sorlr  murias. 

Source,  History,  and  Preparation.— Chloride  of  sodium  has  been  known 
and  employed  as  an  iiulispeiisaljlt-  seasoner  of  food  since  the  verj- origin  of  the 
human  race.  It  exists  in  unliuiited  quantity  in  the  waters  of  the  ocean,  which 
contain  about  2^  per  cent  of  chloride  of  sodium,  with  other  mineral  salts,  and  is 
also  found  in  many  mineral  waters,  springs,  and  lakes  (Dead  Sea  in  Palestine,  Salt 
Lake  in  Utah).  It  is  also  met  with  in  the  solid  form  as  cubical  Bork-salt  (Fossil- 
salt,  Gem-sidt,  Sal  Genwuv,  etc.)  near  Cardona  in  Spain,  at  Wieliczka  in  Poland,  at 
Stassfurt  in  Germany,  Reichenhall  in  Austria,  in  England,  and  many  other  parts 
of  the  globe.  In  the  United  States  the  salt  wells  of  New  York  and  Michigan 
furni.^h  the  greater  portion  of  the  salt  in  this  country.  Salt  is  contained  in 
marine  plants,  and  in  animal  fluids,  e.  jr.,  the  blood,  sweat,  urine,  etc.  From  sea 
water,  the  salt  may  be  obtained  by  spontaneous  evaporation  in  flat  basins  by 
exposure  to  sun  and  wind.  This  process  is  carried  out  in  France,  and  along  the 
borders  of  the  Mediterranean,  and  the  salt  produced  is  the  sea  suit  or  in;/  salt  of 
commerce.  In  countries  with  cold  winters  the  brine  is  concentrated  by  freezing 
and  removing  the  pure  ice.  The  mother  liquors  from  the  manufacture  of  sea 
salt  are  rich  in  magnesium  and  potassium  chlorides,  sulphates,  and  bromides. 

Salt  from  rock-salt  deposits  is  obtained  by  mining,  that  from  saline  springs 
by  evaporation  in  pans.  In  certain  parts  of  (jrermany,  preliminary  evaporation 
of  diluted  salt  solutions  is  effected  by  allowing  the  latter  to  trickle  down  ovei 
fagots  formed  into  a  high  pile. 

Description, — Chloride  of  sodium,  upon  slow  evaporation,  crystallizes  in 
colorhss,  tiaii8i)arent  cubes,  but  when  rapidly  evaporated,  in  lioUow.  4-sided, 
pyramid-like  bodies.  At  ordinary  temperatures,  salt  does  not  crystallize  with 
water;  at  a  low  temperature  it  crystallizes  with  2,  and  at  still  lower  temperature 
with  10  molecules  of  water.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  sodium  chloride  as  in  "color- 
less, transparent,  cubical  crystals,  or  a  white,  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and 
having  a  purely  saline  taste.  Permanent  in  dry  air" — (T.  8.  P.).  In  a  damp 
atmosphere,  salt  becomes  moist,  especially  when  it  contains  traces  of  magnesium 
or  calcium  chloride.  Sodium  chloride  is  "soluble  in  2.8  parts  of  water  at  15°  C 
(59°  F.),  and  in  2.5  parts  of  boiling  water;  almost  insoluble  in  alcohol :  insoluble 
in  ether  or  chloroform" — (U.  S.  P.).  It  is  also  insoluble  in  concentrated  hydro- 
chloric acid.  A  solution  of  sodium  chloride  in  water  is  precipitated  when  the 
solution  is  saturated  with  hydrochloric  acid  gas.  "When  heated,  the  salt  decrepi- 
tates. At  a  red  heat  it  fuses,  and  at  a  white  heat  it  is  slowly  volatilized  and 
partly  decomposed.  To  a  non-luminous  flame  it  imparts  an  intense,  yellow  color. 
The  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper" — (f.  ^^.  P."*.  Sodium 
chloride  is  incompatible  with  nitric  and  sulphuric  acids,  with  cjirbonate  of  potas- 
sium, nitrate  of  silver  (see  below),  an«l  mercurous  oxide.  Solutions  containing 
salt  should  not  be  kept  in  galvanized  iron  vessels,  owing  to  the  solvent  action 
of  sodium  chloride  on  zinc. 

Tests. — The  usual  impurities  in  s«xliuni  chloride  are  salts  of  potassium,  sul- 
phates of  sodium  and  calcium,  and  chloridi«  of  c«lcium  and  magnesium,  trices 


SODII  CHI-OUIDIM.  1779 

of  bromides,  iudiik-s,  aud  iron,  ilie  latter  impurity  due  to  the  solvent  action  of 
impure  brine  upon  the  iron  of  .the  evaporiiting  pan.  The  i'.  S.  P.  directs  the 
following  tests  for  solution  of  sodium  chUnide:  "With  silver  nitrate  T.S.  the 
solution  yields  a  white,  curdy  precipitate  insoluble  in  nitric  acid'" — {L'.  S.  P.). 
Tlie  precipitated  silver  chloride  (AgCl)  is  soluble  in  aqueous  ammonia.  "No 
turbidity  should  be  produced  in  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  l)y  the 
addition  of  0.5  Cc.  of  sodium  cobaltic  nitrite  T.S.  (limit  of  potassium).  The 
aqueous  solution,  slightly  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  should  not  be  renden  d 
turbid  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium);  nor  by  barium  chlorid. 
T.S.  (absence  of  sulphate);  nor  by  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S., 
either  before  or  after  addition  of  ammonia  water  in  slight  excess  (absence  of 
arsenic,  lead,  zinc,  iron,  aluminum,  etc.).  No  turbidity  sliould  be  produced  in 
llie  aqueous  solution  by  the  addition  of  sodium  pliosphate  T.S.  and  a  few  drops 
of  ammonia  water  (absence  of  magnesium,  etc.).  If  2  Gni.  of  the  finely  powdered 
salt  be  digested  for  some  hours  with  25  Cc.  of  warm  alcohol,  and,  after  cooling, 
the  undissolved  salt  be  removed  by  filtration,  then  the  filtrate  evaporated  to  dry- 
ness and  the  residue  dissolved  in  1  Cc.  of  water  and  mixed  with  a  few  drops  of 
starch  T.S.,  the  addition  of  chlorine  water,  drop  by  drop,  should  product-  neither 
a  blue  nor  a  yellow  tint  (absence  of  iodide  or  bromide).  If  0.195  Gm.  of  well-dried 
sodium  chloride  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  water,  and  the  solution  mixed  with  a 
lew  drops  of  potassium  chromate  T.S.,it  should  require  not  less  than  33.4  Cc.  of 
deciuormul  silver  nitrate  V.S.  to  produce  a  permanent  red  color  (corresponding 
to  at  least  99.9  per  cent  of  the  pure  .salt)" — (I'.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — From  2  to  4  drachms  of  chloride  of 
sodium  will  [)urge,  and  somctiuus  vdniit;  and  in  still  greater  quantity  it  will 
induce  free  emesis  without  causing  prcjstration.  In  smaller  doses  it  is  a  mild 
irritant,  alterative,  and  vermifuge.  It  is  useful  in  all  chronic  diseases  character- 
ized by  a  pale  color  of  the  tongue  with  a  white  coat  or  fur.  A  teaspoonful  or  so 
of  salt,  swallowed  without  being  in  solution,  will  frequently  check  hemorrhage 
from  the  lungs;  and  for  this  purpose,  as  well  as  to  act  as  an  astringent  in  dinrrhmi 
and  dysentery,  it  has  been  combined  with  lemon  juice,  or  a  solution  of  citric  acid. 
As  a  tonic  or  alterative  it  is  very  useful  in  .icrofuln  and  all  sti^umous  diseases.  Used 
moderately  as  a  condiment  it  improves  the  digestive  powers,  and  corrects  the  dis- 
position to  generate  worm^.  It  should  be  freely  eaten  by  strumous  children,  and 
tho.-^e  troubled  with  worms;  it  invigorates  the  digestive  organs.  It  is  service- 
able as  an  antidote  in  pnu^oning  by  nitrate  of  silver.  Certain  kinds  oi  dyspepsia  are 
benefited  by  it.  It  is  most  beneficial  in  those  cases  in  which  the  food  decomposes 
in  the  stomach  giving  rise  to  ga«tralgia,  acidity,  flatulence,  and  eonstipation  or  diar- 
rh'ea.  It  exerts  a  salutary  influence  upon  the  system,  even  during  health,  when 
taken  in  very  small  quantity,  but  an  undue  amount  of  it  used  daily,  does,  un- 
doubtedly, in  many  persons  dispose  to  plethora  and  corpulency.  Excessive 
doses,  long  continued,  give  rise  to  changes  in  the  vocal  cords,  sore  throat,  consti- 
pation, or  chronic  diarrlnea,  catarrh,  ab.scesses,  deposits,  thins  the  blood,  and  give 
a  pale  waxy  color  to  the  individual.  Skin  affections  with  dryness  of  the  cuticle, 
which  sweats  easily  upon  exertion,  and  dandruff,  have  also  been  attributed  to  the 
inordinate  use  of  salt  (£f.  J/cJ.  Jour.,  1895,  p.  412).  In  the  fact  the  symptoms  of 
scurvy  and  those  of  the  sodium  chloride  habit  are  very  similar.  In  .fpasms  of  an 
epileptic  or  apoplectic  ciiaracter,  the  effects  of  intemperance,  salt  and  mustard, 
1  or  2  teaspoon fuls  of  each,  given  in  warm  water,  every  10  or  15  minutes,  until 
free  emesis  is  jjroiluced,  will  be  found  the  most  efficient  emetic.  In  these  cases, 
counter-irritation  may  be  produceil  ijy  bastinadoing  the  feet,  and  after  the  vomit- 
ing, the  patient  may  drink  freely  of  good  fresh  milk.  During  the  cholera  of  184i)- 
50-51,  in  Cincinnati,  much  benefit  wasderived  from  the  following  mixture  :  Black 
pcpi)er,  in  powder,  fine  table  salt,  of  each,  1  teasj)Oonful ;  vinegar,  5  tcaspoonfuls; 
hot  water.  ^  tund)lerful.  Dose,  1  tablespoonful  every  5,  10,  or  15  minutes,  as  cir- 
cumstances required.  It  speedily  checked  vomiting,  al)ated  tlie  watery  discharges, 
and  removed  the  cramps.  It  succeeded  in  many  cases,  where  every  other  means 
had  failed  (J.  King).  A  small  pinch  of  salt  should  occasionallv  be  given  to 
patients  suflTering  with /-7irw  and  other  complaints  in  which  but  little  nourish- 
ment can  be  taken.  As  Dr.  Scudder  aptly  remarks,  attention  to  tliis  matter 
"mav  f)e  the  difTerence  between  life  and  .iealh."    Salt  siiould   be  addeil   in  small 


1780  SODll  CHLORIDUM. 

amounts  to  the  food  of  bottle-fed  children  suffering  from  infantile  dyspepsia  and 
cholera  inj'untum.  Salt  and  bicarbonate  of  sodium  combined  are  frequently  used 
to  allay  sour  stomach  and  check  sick  headache;  sometimes  the  combination  acts 
as  a  gentle  emetic.  A  teaspoon ful  of  salt  in  a  glass  of  cold  water  taken  before 
breakfast  will  often  overcome  obstinate  constipation.  The  specific  indications  for 
its  selection  should  be  observed.  A  solution  of  salt  or  salt  and  mustard  forms  a 
good  emetic  incases  of  narcotic  poisoning.  Atone  time  salt  was  recommended  as 
a  remedy  in  phthisis,  in  which  it  is  needless  to  say  it  proved  a  failure,  and  as  a 
leniedy  for  intermittent  fever.  If  the  stomach  was  loaded  it  was  emptied  with  an 
emetic  dose  of  the  salt,  administered  during  the  apyrexia;  if  not,  from  10  to  30 
grains  of  the  salt  were  given  every  3  hours.  The  cases  benefited  were  those  in 
which  the  tongue  was  broad  and  pale,  or  natural  in  color,  but  easil)'  pitted  by  the 
teeth.  The  entire  absence  of  salt  in  the  food,  gives  rise  to  9,  cachectic  condition, 
and  other  morbid  states,  with  the  formation  of  an  abundance  of  intestinal  worms. 
Externally,  salt  in  solution  in  water  or  whiskey,  is  a  topical  stimulant,  frequently 
useful  in  contusions,  sprains,  and  glandular  enlargements.  Hot  salt  bags  are  useful 
to  allay  local  pains,  as  in  neuralgia,  earache,  toothache,  colic,  rheumatism,  and  di/s- 
menorrhoea.  The  external  application  of  hot  salt  solutions  by  means  of  saturated 
compresses  is  often  very  effectual  in  relieving  visceral  inflammations,  particularly 
acute  kidney  affections,  inflammation  of  brain,  spinal  rord,  glands,  pleura,  etc.  Rheu- 
matic, traumatic,  or  tubeirular  forms  of  arthritis  are  likewise  benefited  by  its  local 
application,  hot  or  cold,  as  is  most  grateful  to  the  patient.  In  powder  or  solution 
it  has  likewise  proved  efficient  as  an  application  in  some  ophthalmic  diseases.  In 
muco-purulent  conjunctivitis  a  1  per  cent  solution  is  very  useful,  and  a  solution  of 
salt  should  be  applied  after  the  use  of  silver  nitrate  upon  the  ocular  membranes. 
It  is  sometimes  useful  in  trachoma.  In  aural  practice  a  solution  is  useful  in  in- 
flammation of  the  attic  and  of  the  middk  ear  resulting  from  scarlet  fever,  using  it  after 
the  discharge  has  become  established.  It  is  also  used  for  irrigating  purpo.*es  after 
mastoid  operations.  In  ear  affections  1  drachm  of  salt  should  be  dissolved  in  1  pint 
of  water.  Added  to  injections  it  renders  them  more  stimulating.  Weak  solu- 
tions are  useful  in  acute  and  chronic  nasal  catarrh,  ozena,  and  pharyngitis  and  ton- 
sillitis; a,nd  stronger  solutions  maybe  used  as  a  wasli  in  leucorrhita,  gleet,  pniritis 
vulvie,  mercurial  and  indolent  xdcers,  bites,  stings,  etc.  A  salt  water  enema  is  useful 
in  ascarides,  and  when  sufficiently  strong  may  be  used  for  its  derivative  eflFects  in 
cerebral  congestion. 

Normal  Saline  Solution,  Physiological  Salt  Solution. — This  solution  is  now 
largely  used  after  surgical  operations  in  the  treatment  of  shock,  and  particularly 
if  much  blood  has  been  lost.  It  is  composed  of  sodium  chloride,  1  drachm'; 
sodium  bicarbonate,  15  grains;  distilled  water,  2  pints  (Amer.  Text-book  of  Surgery). 
In  an  emergency  sodium  chloride  alone  (1  drachm)  may  be  dissolved  in  1  pint 
of  sterilized  water.  The  following  saline  solution  has  also  been  advised  :  Calcium 
chloride,  4  grains;  potassium  chloride,  li  grains;  sodium  chloride,  135  grains; 
sterilized  water,  1  quart  (Amer.  Text-book  of  Surgery).  These  solutions  are  used  in 
extreme  emergencies,  where  death  is  imminent,  by  ^raji.'f/it^i'oji  into  the  veins,  or 
more  generally,  and  in  less  severe  cases,  bj'  hypodermoclysis,  or  injection  into  the 
subcutaneous  areolar  tissue,  changing  the  point  of  injection  as  necessary  and 
rubbing  the  parts  continually  to  aid  dispersion  under  the  skin.  Large  quanti- 
ties, 1  to  2  quarts,  may  be  used,  but  smaller  amounts,  from  10  to  40  ounces,  re- 
peated as  the  effects  of  the  solution  begin  to  wane,  are  preferable.  The  injection 
should  be  used  at  about  104°  F.  to  112°  F.,  according  to  method  of  introduction. 
High  rectal  enema  (held  in  by  means  of  a  compress)  of  the  same  may  be  admin- 
istereil  alone  or  in  conjunction  with  the  above  methods.  The  use  of  the  normal 
saline  solution  is  considered  the  best  and  most  reliable  method  of  stimulation 
after  s/i'icA',  in  ])r<fase  hemorrhage,  violent  diarrhaas,  and  in  Asiatic  cholera.  Other 
indicated  treatment  must  be  followed  at  the  same  time.  i>articularly  the  appli- 
cation of  external  heat.  When  employed  by  transfusion,  care  must  be  taken  that 
no  air  i)asses  into  the  vein.  The  apparatus  required  for  the  use  of  these  solutions 
is  a  funnel  with  rubber  tubing  and  needle  attaduMl.  A  pitcher  and  tubo  may 
be  used  like  a  siphon.     All  apparatus  should  be  thoroughly  sterilized. 

The  dose  of  salt  as  a  tonic  or  alterative,  is  from  10  to  60  grains;  as  an  enema, 
i  to  1  ounce;  as  a  cathartic,  2  to  4  drachms;  as  an  emetic,  i  to  1  ounce. 


fcUUU  (.ITUO-TAliTUAS  EKFERVKSCKXS.— SODII  HYPOPHOSPHIS.  1781 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Tongue  broad  and  pale  with  white  coat  or 
fur;  broad  tongue,  natural  in  color,  but  easily  pitted  by  the  teeth;  poisoning  by 
nitrate  of  silver. 

Abtiku'Ial  .Sea  Water. — .Vrtificial  sea  water,  for  a  viiaritwi  or  marine  aquarium,  in  which 
to  keep  iimrine  auiuialcules.sea  plants,  diatoms,  etc.,  is  conii)08eci  of  chloride  of  sodium,  4:iJ 
oiHices;  sulpliate  of  inagui'sium,  "A  ounces;  chloride  of  magnesium,  6  ounces;  sulphate  of  cal- 
cium, 2^  ounces ;  chloride  of  potassium.  1}  ounces  ;  bromide  of  magnesium,  carbonate  of  calcium 
each,  21  grains;  soft  spring  or  rain  water,  10  gallons.  Mix,  dissolve  and  filter  throuL'h  :' 
sponge  in  a  ghis.-  Iiuinel. 

SODII  CITRO-TARTRAS  EFFERVESCENS.— EFFERVESCENT 
CITRO-TARTRATE  OF  SODIUM. 

Synonyms  :  Sod<r  citro-titrtntu  effi-rvivreius,  Effircescent  citro-tartrate  of  soda. 

Preparation. — This  preparation  is  official  in  the  Br iliah  Pharnuwapa; in.  "Take 
of  soiliuiu  liicarl)onate,  in  powder,  51  ounces  (Imp.);  tartaric  acid,  in  powder, 
27  ounces  (Imp.);  citric  acid,  in  powder,  18  ounces  (Imp.);  refined  sugar,  in  pow- 
der, 15  ounces  (Imp.).  Mix  the  powders  thoroughly;  place  the  mixture  in  a  dish 
or  pan  of  s;uitable  form  heated  to  between  93.3°  and  104.4°  C.  (-200°  and  220°  F.). 
When  the  mixture,  by  aid  of  careful  manipulation,  has  assumed  a  granular  char- 
acter, separate  it  into  granules  of  uniform  and  convenient  size  bj'  means  of  suit- 
able sieves.  Dry  the  granules  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  54.4°  C.  (130°  F.). 
The  product  should  weigh  about  100  ounces" — (Br.  Phorm., 1^8). 

This  preparation,  when  mixed  witli  water,  briskly  eServesces  with  the  escape 
of  carbon  dioxide.  The  same  ingredieiUs,  merely  mixed,  readily  decompose,  but 
if  prejiared  as  described,  the  heat  dispels  all  the  water  so  that  no  reaction  ensues 
until  water  is  added  to  it.  The  preparation  should  be  preserved  in  well-stop- 
pered bottles. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  combination  is  laxative  and  re- 
frigerant, and  is  employed  to  reduce  f((v/-,  cause  diaphoresis,  and  to  correct  ex«s^jt;e 
nc«f(Vj/,  for  these  purposes  being  sometimes  used  in  febi-ile  and  inflammatory  states, 
to  allay  nausea  and  vomiting,  and  in  the  acute  forms  of  rheumati)<m  of  the  joints, 
with  excessively  acid  urine.  Dose,  1  to  2  fluid  drachms  largely  diluted  with  water. 

SODII  HYPOPHOSPHIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  HYPOPHOSPHITE. 

Formi-i.a:  NaPH,A+H..O.    Molecular  Wkight:  105.84. 

Synonyms:  Hypojihosphite  of  soda,  Hypnphosphis  sodims,  Sodte  hypophosphis,  Xa- 
triu  m  hypophosphornsu  m . 

"Sodium  hypophosphite  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles'" — (I'.S.P.). 

Preparation.  ^Hypophosphite  of  sodium  is  prepared  by  double  decompo- 
sition between  hypophosphite  of  calcium  (see  Calrii  Hypnphosphis  and  Aciduiit 
HypojJio.^jihcir'i.sum)  and  crystallized  carbonate  of  sodium.  Take  of  hypophosphite 
of  calcium,  6  ounces;  crystallized  carbonate  of  sodium,  10  ounces;  water,  a  suffi- 
cient quantity.  Dissolve  the  hypophosphite  in  4  pints  of  water,  and  the  carbon- 
ate in  H  pints,  mix  the  solutions,  pour  the  mixture  on  a  filter  and  wash  the  pre- 
cipitate of  carbonate  of  calcium,  after  draining  with  water,  till  the  filtrate  meas- 
ures 6  pints.  Evaporate  this  liquid  carefully  till  a  pellicle  forms,  and  then  stir 
constantly,  continuing  the  heat  until  it  granulates.  In  order  to  crystallize  it, 
treat  the  granulated  salt  with  alcohol  of  specific  gravity  0.835,  evaporate  the  solu- 
tion until  syrupy,  and  set  it  in  a  warm  place  to  crystallize  (Prof  W.  Procter,  Jr., 
1858).  The  reaction  is  as  follows:  Ca(PH.p.,),+  NaXO,=CaC03-f-2NaPH,0,-  I"  a 
moist  state,  under  exposure  to  sand-liath  or  even  water-bath  lieat,  neutral  sodium 
hypophosphite  has  been  known  to  explode  with  violence  (sea  Avier.  Jota:  P/iarm., 
1860,  p.  87).  Therefore  great  care  should  be  taken  in  evaporating  the  solution 
that  the  temperature  be  kept  below  that  of  the  boiling  point  of  water.  It  is 
largely  use<l  in  the  preparation  oi Syrujmfthe  Ilypnphnsjyhites. 

description.— The  U.  S.  P.  ilemands  this  salt  in  "small,  colorless,  transparent^ 
rectangular  plates  of  a  pearly  lustre,  or  a  white  granular  powder,  odorless,  and 
having  a  bitterish-sweet,  saline  taste.    Very  deliquescent  on  exposure  to  moist  air. 


1782  SODII  HYP(JPH0SPH1S. 

Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  1  part  of  water,  and  in  30  parts  of  alcohol;  in  0.12 
part  of  boiling  water,  and  in  1  part  of  boiling  alcohol;  slightl}'  soluble  in  abso- 
lute alcohol;  insoluble  in  ether.  When  heated  in  a  test-tube,  the  salt  at  first  loses 
its  water  of  crystallization,  and  at  about  200°  C.  (392''  F.)  it  is  decomposed,  evolv- 
ing hydrogen  and  hydrogen  phosphide,  which  burn  with  a  bright,  yellow  flame. 
Finallj"  there  is  left  a  residue  of  sodium  pyroi)hosphate  and  metaphosphate,  some- 
times mingled  with  a  little  red  phosphorus.  To  a  non-luminous  flame  the  salt 
communicates  an  intense,  yellow  color.  On  triturating  or  heating  sodium  hypo- 
piiosphite  with  nitrates,  chlorates,  or  other  oxidizing  agents,  it  detonates  violentl}-. 
The  aqueous  solution  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper" — (f.  S.P.). 

Tests. — Sodium  hypophosphite  is  a  strongly  reducing  agent.  Thus, "a 5  per 
cent  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  yields,  with  silver  nitrate  T.S.,  a  white  precipi- 
tate, which  rapidly  turns  brown  or  black,  owing  to  the  separation  of  metallic  silver. 
When  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  (1  in  20),  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid, 
is  added  in  small  quantity  to  an  excess  of  mercuric  chloride  T.S.,  a  white  precipi- 
tate of  mercurous  chloride  is  formed.  On  further  addition  of  the  solution,  the 
precipitate  is  reduced  to  metallic  mercury" — {U.S. P.).  The  hypophosphite  in 
these  reactions  is  oxidized  to  sodium  phosphate  or  to  phosphoric  acid.  With 
mercuric  chloride,  the  following  reactions  take  place:  4HgClj+HP02H.;+2HjO=^ 
4HgCl+4HCl+H,PO,;  and  4HgCl-f  HPO,H,+2H,0=4Hg-f4HCHH3PO..  Like- 
wise, sodium  hypophosphite,  upon  warming  with  cupric  sulphate,  produces  cop- 
per hydride,  and  subsequently,  metallic  copper  (see  Acidum  Hypophosphoro.mm).  A 
delicate  test  for  hypophosphites  is  as  follows:  Nitric  acid  solution  of  ammonium 
molybdate  is  mixed  with  solution  of  a  hypophosphite;  if  a  small  quantity  of 
sulphurous  acid  is  now  added,  a  blue  precipitate,  or  in  diluted  solution,  a  blue 
coloration  is  produced,  which  becomes  more  intense  upon  warming.  Phosphoric 
and  phosphorous  acid  and  their  salts  do  not  give  this  reaction,  which  is  inter- 
fered with,  however,  by  chlorates,  sulphides,  and  thiosulphates;  but  their  effect 
can  be  removed  by  boiling  with  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  (E.  J.  Millard,  Amer. 
Jour.  Ph(inn.,1889,  p.  129).  The  U.  S.  P.  tests  for  possible  impurities  of  sodium 
hypophosphite,  are  as  follows:  "A  solution  of  0.5  Gm.  of  the  salt  in  1  Cc.  of 
water,  should  yield  no  precipitate  upon  the  addition  of  1  Cc.  of  sodium  bitar- 
trate  T.S.  (limit  of  potassium).  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  not  be 
colored  red  by  the  addition  of  a  drop  of  phenolphtalein  T.S.,  nor  effervesce  on  the 
addition  of  an  acid  (absence  of  caustic  alkali  or  carbonate);  nor  should  it  be  ren- 
dered turbid  by  ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium).  In  the  aqueous 
solution  (1  in  20),  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  an  equal  volume  of  hydro- 
gen sulphide  T.S.  should  not  produce  any  turbidity  (absence  of  arsenic,  lead,  etc.). 
After  heating  10  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  with  1  Cc.  of  nitric  acid, 
separate  portions  of  the  solution  should  remain  clear  upon  the  addition  of  silver 
nitrate  T.S.  (absence  of  chloride),  and  of  barium  chloride  T.S.  (absence  of  sul- 
phate). Not  more  than  a  slight  cloudiness  should  be  produced  in  tlic  aqueous 
solution  of  the  salt  by  magnesia  mixture  (limit  of  phosphate).  Potassium  ferro- 
cyanide  T.S.  should  not  produce  in  the  acidulated  solution  any  blue  color  (ab- 
sence of  iron).  If  0.1  Gm.  of  dry  sodium  Iiyi)ophosphite  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc. 
of  water,  mixed  with  7.5  Cc.  of  sulphuric  acid  and  4(1  Cc.  of  decinorma!  potassium 
permanganate  V.S., and  the  mixture  boiled  for  15  minutes,  it  should  require  not 
more  than  3  Cc.  of  decinormal  oxalic  acid  V.S.  to  discharge  the  re<l  color  .corre- 
sponding to  at  least  97.96  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt"— i,r.  S.  P.).  (In  this  connec- 
tion, see  an  extensive  in vestitiation  into  the  ((Uantitative  determination  of  hvpo- 
phospiiites,  bv  Frank  X.  Mcu'ik,  A,„o:  .hnn:  Phnrm.,  1889.  pp.  32(i  and  386.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  hypophospliites  are  administered 
in  Eclectic  practice  when  it  is  desired  to  improve  the  nutrition  of  the  nerve  cen- 
ters, and  thereby  increase  tiie  general  nutrition  of  the  body.  In t induced  along 
with  other  hypophosphites,  by  Or.  Churchill,  lus  a  remedy  for  romumpt'wn.  it  lias, 
like  all  other  agents,  proved  a  failure  in  that  direction,  so  far  as  a  cure  is  con- 
cerned. It  does,  however,  prove  of  benefit  in  this  complaint,  as  well  as  in  chionir 
hriinr/iili^,  unemia,  si/phili^i,  acrqfuld,  and  boue  di^'osea,  with  insullicient  osseous  mate- 
rial, si)  far  as  to  correct  the  serious  loss  of  nerve  power  or  nerve  depression,  which 
accompanies  them.  This,  in  fact,  is  its  chief  value.  The  dose  is  from  2  t"  2i 
grains,  given,  preferably  after  meals. 


SODII  HYI'OSILPHIS.  1783 

Pharmaceutical  Preparation— Nitritive  IIypophosphites  (Syrup  of  hypophogphitn  com- 
pound,  with  niiiniiie,  stryclinine,  uiul  manganese).  This  preparation  is  a  specialty  of  the  Wm. 
S.  Merrell  C'liemical  Co.,  of  Cincinnati,  O.  It  is  a  tonic  and  reconstructive,  repreKenting  the 
conibineil  virtues  of  the  hypophosphites  of  calcium,  sodiuui,  potassium,  iron,  manganese, 
quinine. ;inil  .•strychnine. 

SODII  HYPOSULPHIS  (U.  S.  P.  (—SODIUM  HYPOSULPHITE. 

FoR.\iiL.\:  Na.,S.j05+5H..O.    Molecular  Weight:  247.64. 

Synonyms:  Sodium  thioaulpluite,  NiUrium  siibaulphurosum,  Natrhon  hypomlphu- 
romm,  Hi/pomlphis  sodicm. 

"Socliuin  livposulphite  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — (f.  S.  P.). 

Preparation. — Take  of  crystallized  carbonate  of  sodium,  32  parts;  distilled 
water.  64  parts:  sublimed  sulphur,  10  parts.  Dissolve  the  carljonate  in  the  water, 
add  the  sulphur,  and  pass  a  stream  of  sulphurous  acid  gas  through  the  solution. 
When  the  gas  is  in  excess,  being  no  longer  dissolved,  hyposulphite  of  sodium  is 
in  solution.  Boil  for  a  few  minutes,  filter,  evaporate  by  a  gentle  heat  to  a  third 
of  its  volume,  and  set  aside  in  a  cool  place  to  crystallize.  This  process  pracli- 
callv  consists  in  the  formation  of  sodium  sulphite  and  simultaneous  absorption 
of  sulphur  to  form  hvposulphite,  as  follows:  Na2C034-30,=Na.,SO,+CO,;  and 
Na„SO,+  S=Na,,S.A- 

Description.  —  Sodium  hyposulphite  should,  preferably,  be  named  sodium 
thiomlphate,  because  it  is  not  the  salt  of  hyposulphurous  acid  (HjSGj),  a  deep-yel- 
low liquid,  having  strongly  reducing  properties,  discovered  by  Schiitzenberger,  and 
named  by  him  hydrosuip/iumm  acid.  The  sodium  salt  of  this  acid  has  the  formula 
NaHSO.„  and  is  obtained  when  zinc  is  allowed  to  act  upon  a  cold  solution  of 
sodium  bisulphite  in  water,  while  contact  with  air  is  avoided.  The  salt,  in  aqueous 
solution,  is  spontaneously  converted  into  thiomlphate,  as  follows:  2XaHS02=^ 
SjOjNa,-!- HjO;  hence  the  latter  may  be  regarded  as  the  anhydride  of  the  true 
sodium  hyposulphite.  Similarly,  free  hyposulphurous  acid  decomposes,  in  aque- 
ous solution,  into  water  and  thiosulphuric  acid,  the  latter,  being  very  unstable,  is 
then  decomposed  into  sulphur,  water,  and  sulphur  dioxide,  as  follows:  8^112= 
S-f-H.O+SOj  (see  Tests,  below).  In  commercial  usage,  the  wrong  term,  sodium 
hyposuli)hite  for  the  thiosulphate,  is  firmly  established.  The  salt,  as  described  by 
the  U.  S.  P.,  occurs  in  "colorless,  transparent,  raonoclinic  prisms,  odorless,  and  hav- 
ing a  cooling,  afterward  bitter  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air  below  33°  C.  (91.4°  F.), 
but  efflorescent  in  dry  air  above  that  temperature.  Soluble  in  0.65  part  of  water 
at  15°C.  (59°  P.),  and  in  about  0.5  part  at  20°C.(68°F.);  at  a  boiling  heat,  the 
solution  is  rapidly  decomposed.  Insoluble  in  alcohol,  slightly  soluble  in  oil  of 
turpentine.  When  rapidly  heated  to  about  50°  C.  (122°  F.),  the" salt  melts.  When 
slowly  heated  until  it  is  effloresced,  and  afterward  to  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  it  loses  all 
its  water  of  crystallization  (36.3  ))er  cent),  and  at  a  red  heat  is  decomposed,  sul- 
phur being  evolved,  while  a  residue  of  sodium  sulphide  and  sulphate  remains. 
To  a  non-luminous  flame  it  imparts  an  intense,  yellow  olor.  The  aqueous  solu- 
tion is  neutral  to  litmus  ])apcr" — {U.  S.  P.).  Its  solution,  kept  in  closed  vessels, 
deposits  suli>hur,  and  changes  into  sulphite;  in  warm  air  it  becomes  sul])hate  of 
sodium,  depositing  sulchur.  "An  aqueous  solution  of  the  r-alt  readily  dissolves 
many  salts  of  silver  (chloride,  bromide,  iodide,  oxide,  etc.),  and  discharges  the 
color  of  a  solution  of  iodine  or  of  starch  iodide" — (U.S. P.).  Upon  the  dissolving 
power  of  sodium  hyposulphite  for  silver  chloride,  etc.,  depends  its  well-known  use 
in  photography,  to  fix  the  image  on  an  exposed  plate,  a  process  whicli  consists  in 
dissolving  out'  the  silver  salt  unacted  upon  by  light.  With  silver  chloride  a  solu- 
ble, double  salt  (XaAgS.jO,)  is  formed.  If  iodine  acts  on  sodium  hyposulphite, 
the  following  reaction  takes  place:  2Nay9.p,-fI.,=2NaI-|-Na,S,0,  (sodium  tetra- 
thionate).  Upon  this  reaction  depends  its  useful  application  in  iodometry  (.see 
Tests,  hfUixf).  Similarly,  the  salt  converts  chlorine  into  sodium  chloride;  hence 
it.  is  used  as  an  antir/tlnr,  to  remove  from  paper-pulp  and  fabrics,  the  chlorine 
which  may  have  been  retained  in  the  bleaching  process  (comua.re  Sodii  Bisidjihix). 

Tests.— The  r.  S.  P.  directs  for  sodium  hyposuliihite  tlie  following  t«sts: 
"If  ferric  chloride  T.S.  be  dropped  into  the  a(|ueous  solution  (1  in  20),  a  dark 
violet  color  will  be  produced,  which  disaj)pears  rapidly  upon  agitation,    .\ddition 


1784  SODII  HYPOSn.I'HIS. 

of  suli)huric  or  hydrochloric  acid  to  the  aqueous  solution  liberates  from  it  sul- 
phur dioxide  (known  by  its  odor,  and  by  its  blackening  a  strip  of  paper  mois- 
tened with  mercurous  nitrate  T.S.,  and  held  in  the  escaping  gasj,  and  causes  a 
white  precipit-:ite  of  sulphur  (distinction  from  sulphite  or  bisulphite).  If  to 
5  Co.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide 
T.S.  be  added,  no  coloration  or  turbidity  should  be  perceptible  either  before  or 
after  the  addition  of  1  Cc.  of  ammonia  water  (absence  of  lead,  iron,  etc.).  The 
aqueous  solution  should  not  be  rendered  turbid  by  the  addition  of  ammonium 
oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium).  The  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  (1  in  20) 
should  not  be  colored  red  by  a  drop  of  ))henolphtalein  T.S.  (absence  of  caustic 
alkali  or  carbonate) ;  nor  should  a  drop  of  silver  nitrate  T.S.  produce  a  brown  or 
a  black  precipitate  in  5  Cc.  of  this  solution  (absence  of  sulphide)" — (U.  S.  P.). 
It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  sodium  hyposulphite  (thiosulphate)  pro- 
duces with  silver  nitrate  a  white  precipitate  of  "silver  hyposulphite  f  Ag.;S,03), 
which  turns  black  upon  warming,  silver  sulphide  (Ag^S)  being  formed  as  follows: 
Ag,,S.A+H.,0+Ag,S+H,SO,.  "In  a  dilute  aqueous  solution  (1  in  80j,  barium 
chloride  T.S.  should  produce  no  turbidity  (absence  of  sulphate).  If  0.25  Gm.  of 
sodium  hyposulphite  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  water  and  a  few  drops  of  starch 
T.S.  added,  it  should  require  at  least  9.9  Cc.  of  decinormal  iodine  V.S.  to  produce 
a  permanent  blue  color  (corresponding  to  at  least  98.1  per  cent  of  the  pure 
tia.\t"~(U.S.P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Hyposulphite  of  sodium  acts  as  a  re- 
solvent, alterative,  and  siidoritlc.  It  iia.s  been  used  asa  substitute  for  the  natural 
sulphurous  waters,  in  r/n-diiic  (//Nf<(.M.<  of  the  t<kiii,  m.vndary  fi/philis,  gout,  rheunuuism, 
piles,  etc.,  and  in  bili<n-y  calculi,  in  which  it  is  said  to  exert  a  solvent  action.  Later 
it  was  introduced  and  has  been  advantageously  used  as  an  azymotic,  etc.  (see 
Magnesii  Sulphis  for  full  description  of  its  antizymotic  uses).  AH  fungous  and 
low  forms  of  vegetation  are  destroyed  by  sodium  thiosulphate,  and  it  will  arrest 
fermentative  and  putrefactive  changes  within  or  without  the  body.  It  deodorizes 
putrid  discharges  from  any  part  of  the  system.  For  this  deodorizing  prupi-rty,  it 
has  been  very  successfully  employed  in  carrinonuilous  affn'tianx,  and  in  jiuhiionary 
gangrene  and  fetid  bronchitis,  ohen  curing  the  last-named  complaint.  Here  it  is 
u.sed  internally  and  by  atomization.  Internally,  it  has  been  found  efficient  in  a 
species  of  water-brush,  in  which  the  fluid  ejected  is  very  frothy,  and  contains  a 
fungous  growth,  or  plant,  called  sarcina  ventrimli.  Any  ariditi/  of  the  stmmirh  must 
fn-st  be  removed,  after  which  give  a  tablespoont'ul  of  a  mixture  composed  of  infu- 
sion of  quassia,  3  fluid  ounces;  hyposulphite  of  sodium,  1  or  lA  drachms.  If  given 
before  acidity  has  developed,  it  will  prevent  the  fluids  of  the  stomach  becoming 
sour,  and  check  any  fermentative  changes  that  may  be  going  on  in  the  stomach 
or  bowels.  It  has  also  been  emi)lo3'ed  successfull\'  in  diphthnitir  and  njihlhnua 
ulcerations  of  the  mouth,  both  internally  and  as  a  local  application.  Externally,  it 
has  been  employed  in  prurilis  vulva!,'favus,  s>/cosis,  impetigo,  etc.  For  many  of  the 
purposes  to  which  the  salt  is  applied,  sodium  sulphite  will  be  found  preferable. 
Sodium  hyposulphite  will  remove  the  stains  of  iodine  from  garments,  bedding, 
utensils,  etc.  Its  dose  is  from  10  to  60  grains  in  pills  or  aqueous  solutii^n.  A 
syrup  is  composed  of  1  drachm  of  the  liyposulphite,  2  ounces  and  7  drachms  of 
sugar,  and  1^  fluid  ounces  of  water;  di.ssolve  with  gentle  heat,  and  filter.  The 
do.se  is  from  1  to  4  tablespoon fu Is.  A  bath  {Balneum  S<id;r  Hi/posulphiti^)  is  also 
))repared  from  it  as  follows:  From  1  to  4  ounces  of  the  sodium  salt,  as  m;iy  l>e 
required,  is  added  to  enough  water  to  form  a  bath.  If  a  small  quantity  of  diluted 
sulphuric  acid,  or  of  vinegar,  be  added  to  the  bath  while  the  patient  is  immersed, 
suli)hurous  acid  and  sulphur  are  set  free. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Fermentative  dyspepsia,  with  yeasty  vomit- 
ing; pallid  mucous  membranes,  with  white,  pasty,  or  uirtv-white  exudate  upon 
the  tongue. 

Related  Salt. — Sodii  et  .\roknti  Hvposulphis,  ScxiiHin  and  si'/irr  hi/posiilpliili-  i  N.l.\gS, 
O-i-fltjO).  'nils  salt  is  sai«l  to  act  loi^ally  like  silver  nitrate,  thoupli  loss  8even>ly.!in<l.  when 
imre,  stiiins  neither  the  .»kiu  nur  clothing."  It  is  -.iseful  in  iiniliml  (fiVx-Aiirofti,  nsohition  of  I  ori 
parts  ill  200  parts  of  water  being  about  the  proper  strength.  The  salt  is  pn-parcU  \>y  <li.«- 
Kolving  freshly  prepareil  silver  oxiile  in  an  aipieous  solution  of  sucliuiu  hyposulphite  and  crys- 
tullizing  by  careful  evaporation  at  the  orilinary  temperature. 


soDii  uiiunrM 


SODII  lODIDUM  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  IODIDE. 

Formit-a:  Nal.    Moleculau  Weujht:  14!I..")o. 

''Siiiliuni  iodide  should  be  kept  in  well  stojipcred  bottles" — {U.S.  P.). 

Preparation. — Sodium  iodide  may  be  prepared  by  the  action  of  iodine  upon 
solution  ol' caustic  soda  in  the  manner  descrilied  under  Pntniisii  lodidum;  or,  ]iTt{- 
eralily,  obtained  by  double  decomposition  between  solution  of  ferrous  ioilido 
(previously  prepared  by  the  action  of  iodine  upon  iron  filings  in  the  presence 
of  water)  and  sodium  carbonate,  as  follows:  Fel^+Na^COj— FeCOj+^Nal.  After 
filtering  from  the  precipitated  ferrous  carbonate,  the  solution  of  sodium  iodide  is 
evaporated  to  dryne.-is,  and  the  salt  is  at  once  put  into  dry,  well-stoppered  bottles 
(compare  Sfxlii  Sromuhtm).  Like  sodium  bromide,  this  salt  crystallizes  in  two 
forms,  dependent  on  the  temperature  of  the  crystallizing  solutions.  From  hot 
solutions,  cubical,  anhydrous  crystals  are  produced.  If  allowed  to  crystallize 
spontaneously,  at  ordinary  temperatures,  monoclinic  prisms  or  plates  are  formed, 
containing  2  molecules  of  water,  and  efflorescent  in  dry  air. 

Description. —  Sodium  iodide  of  the  T.  .<^.  P.  forms  '"colorless,  cubical  crys- 
tals, or  a  white,  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  saline  and  slightly 
bitter  ta.-^te.  In  moist  air,  it  deliquesces  and  becomes  partially  decomposed  into 
sodium  carbonate  and  free  iodine,  assuming,  therebj',  a  reddish  color.  Soluble, 
at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  0.6  part  of  water,  and  in  about  3  parts  of  alcohol;  in  0.33 
part  of  boiling  water,  and  in  1.4  parts  of  boiling  alcohol.  When  heated,  the  salt 
melts,  and  at  a  bright-red  heat  it  is  slowly  volatilized  and  partly  decomposed. 
To  a  non-luminous  flame  it  imparts  an  intense,  j'ellow  color.  The  aqueous  solu- 
tion is  neutral  or  but  feebly  alkaline  to  litmus  paper" — (  {'.  .9.  P.). 

Tests. — "  If  to  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  1  Cc.  of  chlorine  water 
be  added,  iodine  will  be  liberated,  and  impart  to  the  solution  a  yellow  color.  On 
agitating  this  mixture  with  a  few  drojis  of  chloroform,  the  latter  will  acquires 
violet  color.  If  the  salt  be  in  distinct  crystals,  only  few  monoclinic  prisms  (con- 
taining 2  molecules  of  water)  should  be  found  among  the  regular  cubes  of  the 
anhydrous  salt.  On  drying  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  it  should  not  lose 
more  than  0.05  Gm.  in  weight  (absence  of  more  than  5  per  cent  of  water.).  A 
solution  of  1  Gm.of  the  salt  in  1  Cc.  of  water,  should  yield  no  precipitata  with  1  Cc. 
of  sodium  bitartrate  T.S.  (limit  of  potas.^ium).  The  aqueous  solution  ( 1  in  20), 
slightly  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  should  remain  clear  after  the  addition  of 
ammonium  oxalate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium),  or  of  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen 
sulphide  T.S.  (absence  of  arsenic,  etc.).  The  addition  of  ammonium  sulphide 
T.S.,  should  not  produce  either  a  coloration  or  a  turbidity  in  the  aqueous  solution 
(absence  of  zinc,  iron,  aluminum,  etc.).  If  1  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in 
water,  and  0.05  Cc.  (1  drop)  of  decinormal  oxalic  acid  V.S.  added,  no  red  color 
should  be  produced  by  the  addition  of  a  drop  of  phenolphtalein  T.S.  (limit  of 
alkali).  The  aqueous  solution,  slightly  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  should 
not  be  colored  blue  upon  the  addition  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  T.S.  (absence  of 
iron).  If  0.5  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  freshlv  boiled,  distilled 
water,  and  the  solution  mixed  with  a  few  drops  of  starch  T.S.,  no  blue  color  should 
appear  either  at  once  (absence  of  free  iodine),  or  after  the  addition  of  a  drop 
of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  (absence  of  iodate) " — ( ('.  .*?.  P.).  The  addition  of 
hvdrochloric  acid  liberates  both  iodic  and  hvdriodic  acids,  which  react  upon  each 
other  with  liberation  of  iodine,  as  follows :"I03H  +  51H=6I+3H,0.  "If  5  Cc.  of 
the  aqueous  solution  ( 1  in  20)  be  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  0.5  Cc. 
of  barium  chloride  T.S.  added,  no  immediate  turbidity  should  appear  (limit  of 
sulphate).  If  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  be  gently  heated  with  1  drop  of  ferrous 
sulphate  T.S.  and  0.5  Cc.  of  pota.=sium  hydrate  T.S.,  no  blue  color  .«hould  api)ear 
after  .-ifidulating  the  mixture  with  hydrochloric  acid  (absence  of  cyanide)'" — 
(U.S.  P.).  Cvanide  may  possibly  be  present,  because  iodine  nearly  alwavs  con- 
tains iodine  cyanide  (PlrieM  of  (Viii-i>n„x  on  the  U.  S.  /"..Part  I,  1897)."  "  If  l"Gm.of 
the  salt  be  mixed  with  0.5  Gm.of  iron  filings  and  0.5  Gm.of  powdered  zinc,  and 
heati'd  in  a  test-tube  with  5  Cc.  of  .sodium  hydrate  T.S. ,  no  ammoniacal  vapors 
should  be  evolved  Oibsence  of  nitrate  or  nitrite).  If  0.5  Gm.of  the  well-dried  salt 
be  dissolved  in  10  Cc.  of  water.  :in.l  2  drops  of  potassium  .hromate  T.S.  added,  it 


1786  SODII  XITEAS. 

should  not  require  more  than  34.5  Cc.  nor  less  than  33.4  Cc.  of  decinormal  silver 
nitrate  V.S.  to  produce  a  permanent  red  color  (corre.«ponding  to  at  least  98  per 
cent  of  the  pure  salt)" — (T.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Locally,  this  salt  is  stimulant,  anti- 
septic, and  deodorant,  and  for  the.?e  purpo.ses  it  has  been  used  upon  offensive  ulcers. 
It  has  been  proposed  as  a  substitute  for  potassium  iodide  internally,  its  admirers 
claiming  that  it  is  less  likely  to  produce  gastro-intestinal  and  broiicho-pulmonic 
irritation,  and  skin  eruptions.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  claimed  to  be  a  much 
iVebler  therapeutic  agent.  It  is  especially  recomnif-nded  in  csa-ee  of  syphilis  and 
eczema,  in  which  the  potassium  salt  is  apparently  indicated,  but  where  the  system 
is  greatly  depressed. 

SODII  NITRAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  NITRATE. 

Formula:  NaNOj.    Molecular  Weight:  84.89. 

Synonyms  :  Chili  saltpetre.  Cubic  nitre,  Nitrv.m  cubicum.  Sodas  nitras,  Xitras  sodicus, 
Azotas  sodicus,  Nitrate  of  soda. 

"Sodium  nitrate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — (U.S.P.^. 

Source  and  History. — Sodium  nitrate  was  prepared  as  earl}'  as  1683,  by 
Bohn.  A  commercial  grade  was  later  termed  South  American  saltpetre,  although 
the  term  saltpetre  properly  belongs  to  the  potassium  salt.  It  is  found  in  south 
Peru  and  Chili,  imbedded  in  large  tracts  of  soil  a  few  feet  below  the  surface.  The 
nitrate  deposits  occupy  a  stretch  of  about  120  miles  in  length  and  2  miles  wide, 
and  are  found  below  a  layer  of  clay  and  sand.  The  nitrate  occurs  mixed  with 
about  20  to  30  per  cent  of  sodium'  chloride,  also  with  calcium  and  magnesium 
sulphates  and  chlorides,  bromides,  and  iodides.  This  saline  deposit,  known  to 
the  natives  as  caliche  or  teri-a  salitrosa,  is  removed  by  blasting.  After  undergoing  a 
process  of  crystallization,  the  product  is  put  into  sacks  and  exported  in  the  form 
(if  moist  masses  of  crystals,  containing  from  1  to  2  per  cent  of  sodium  chloride  (see 
Ainer.  Jniir.  Phiirm., 1^72,  p.  S19).  Commercial  grades  have  been  difl'erentiated  as 
white  cri/sf(('liii' ,  fjriii/  crji-itnlline,  yellow,  ichite  compact  and  gray  compact.  Upon  reach- 
ing this  couiitiy  till'  salt  is  i)\u-ified  by  recrystallization  from  water. 

Description  and  Tests.— Sodium  nitrate  forms  rhonibohedral  crystals,  re- 
sembling a  culje  {cubical  nitre),  and  isomorphous  with  calcspar.  The  shape  of  the 
crystals,  and  the  yellow  color  it  communicates  to  flame,  distinguish  it  from  nitrate 
of  potassium.  Its  therapeutical  effects  are  similar  to  those  of  nitrate  of  potas- 
sium, without  so  readily  disturbing  digestion.  It  is  chiefly  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  nitric  and  sulphuric  acids,  and  in  the  making  of  fireworks,  but  is 
an  unfit  ingredient  for  gunpowder,  on  account  of  its  deliquescence.  Nitrate  of 
potassium  is  prepared  from  it  by  decomposing  it  with  chloride  of  potassium  (see 
Potii.<-<ii  Nitras).  It  is  also  used  in  preparing  sodium  arsenate  (which  see).  The 
P.  .9. /^.  describes  it  as  in  "  colorless,  transparent,  rhonibohedral  crystals,  odorless, 
and  having  a  cooling,  saline,  and  slightly  bitter  taste.  Deliquescent  in  moist  air. 
Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  1.3  parts  of  water,  and  in  about  100  parts  of  alco- 
hol; in  0.6  part  of  boiling  water,  and  in  40  jiarts  of  boiling  alcohol.  When  heated 
to  312°  C.  (593.6°  F.),  the  salt  melts  without  decomposition.  At  a  higher  tem- 
perature, it  evolves  oxygen,  and  is  reduced  to  nitrite.  On  red-hot  charcoal,  it 
dctlagrates.  To  a  non-luminous  flame,  it  imparts  an  intense,  yellow  color.  The 
aqueous  solution  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  If  tlie  aqueous  solution  be  mixeil 
in  a  test-tube  with  a  drop  of  diphenylamine  T.S.,  and  sulphuric  acid  carefully 
poured  in,  so  as  to  form  a  separate  layer,  a  deep-blue  color  will  appear  at  the  line 
of  contact.  A  solution  of  0.5  Gm.  of  the  salt  in  1  Cc.  of  water,  should  not  be  pre- 
cipitated or  rendered  turbid  by  1  Cc.  of  sodium  bitartrate  T.S.  (limit  of  potas- 
sium). The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  not  be  colored  or  rendered  turbid 
by  the  addition  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S. .  or  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.  (absence 
of  arsenic  and  metallic  impurities);  nor  by  the  addition  of  equal  parts  of  am- 
monia water  and  sodium  phosphate  T.S.  (absence  of  calcium,  magnesium,  etc. >. 
If  the  aqueous  solution  be  mixed  with  a  few  drops,  each,  of  hydrogen  sulphide 
T.S.  and  starch  T.S.,and  tlien  some  chlorine  water  poured  carefully  upon  the 
mixture,  no  blue  color  should  appear  at  the  line  of  contact  (absence  of  iodate  and 
i  idide).     No  turbidity  should  be  produced  within  5  minutes  in  the  aqueous  solu- 


SODII  NITRIS.  1787 

tion,  acidulated  witli  nitric  acid,  on  the  addition  of  either  barium  chloride  T.S. 
(limit  of  =ul]ihate),  or  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (limit  of  chloride)" — {U.S. P.).    (Also 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  action  of  large  doses  of  sodium 
iiitratc  1.  seiiiijli-:;  that  of  lll)ta:^siunl  nitrate.  The  continued  use  of  doses  ranging 
from  20  to  HO  grains,  does  not  affect  the  appetite  and  bowels,  but  slows  and  weak- 
ens the  heart's  action,  causes  emaciation,  pallid  countenance,  mental  weakness, 
and  general  debility.  On  account  of  its  mildly  purgative  action,  it  has  been  suc- 
cessfully u^^ed  in  (li/scntei-y  &nd  diarrhaa,  from  1  to  2  ounces,  largely  dilute<l,  being 
given  in  24  hours.  It  is  likewise  diuretic,  and,  on  account  of  its  marked  property 
of  effecting  a  solution  of  false  membranes,  it  has  been  u.*ed  \nca.\\y  \n  dufeases  of 
thi'  throat,  characterized  by  these  fibrinous  deposits.  Not  only  is  the  salt  diuretic, 
but,  in  doses  of  2  or  3  drachms,  it  greatly  increa.'^es  the  excretion  of  urea,  besides 
acting  upon  the  skin,  and  influencing  the  vegetative  system  of  nerves, "  control- 
ling irritation  and  inflammation"  (Scud Jer).  Concerning  this  agent.  Prof.  Scud- 
der  writes :  "  The  indications  for  its  use  in  acute  diseases  are  a  swollen  and  pufifed 
tongue,  covered  with  a  white  or  yellowish  mucus;  the  mouth  may  be  drj'  or 
moist,  but  the  tongue  must  never  show  contraction,  be  elongated,  or  pointed,  or 
deep-red.  In  other  words,  we  must  observe  the  general  indications  for  the  admin- 
istration of  an  alkali.  Probably  the  special  cases  in  which  it  will  be  found  of 
most  advantage  are  these:  When  the  pulse  is  full,  the  surface  flushed,  slightly 
dusky  or  purplish;  eyes  injected,  though  not  dry;  an  increased  perspiration, 
though  the  skin  remains  \\oV  {Spec.  il/ed,p.  91).  Dose,  1  drachm  to  2  ounces, 
largely  diluted,  in  'li  hours. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — These  have  been  sufliciently  indicated  above. 

SOpiI  NITRIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  NITRITE, 

Formula:  NaNO,.    Molecilar  Weight:  G8.93. 

Synonym  :  Nitrite  of  soda. 

"Sodium  nitrite  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles" — (U.S. P.). 

Preparation. — Sodium  nitrite  is  produced  by  the  reduction  of  sodium  nitrate 
with  charcoal  or  starch,  etc.,  at  a  red  heat.  Tlie  mass  is  lixiviated  with  water 
and  ery.-tallized.  By  another  process,  a  product,  containing  not  less  than  98  per 
cent  of  the  salt,  may  be  obtained  by  melting 7<Hcfi  sheet-lead  (2i  parts,  by  weight) 
with  si'dium  nitrate  (I  part),  in  a  shallow  iron  vessel,  with  continuous  agitation. 
Yellow  oxide  of  lead  (litharge)  is  formed.  Cool  the  mass,  lixiviate  with  water, 
concentrate,  and  alIi)W  to  crystallize.  (For  further  details,  see  Avier.  Jour.  Phann., 
18S9.  i>.  618.)  This  salt  was  made  official  because  of  its  use  in  the  preparation  of 
spirit  of  nitrous  ether. 

Description  and  Tests. — Sodium  nitrite  is  officially  described  as  forming 
"  white,  opaque,  fused  masses,  usually  in  the  form  of  pencils,  or  colorless,  trans- 
jiarent.  hexagonal  crystals;  odorless,  and  having  "a  mild,  saline  taste.  When  ex- 
posed t<i  the  air,  the  salt  deliijue-'ices  and  is  gradually  oxidized  to  sodium  nitrate. 
Solut)le  in  about  1.5  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.j,  and  very  soluble  in  boiling 
water:  slightly  soluble  in  alcohol.  When  heated,  the  salt  melts,  and  at  a  red 
heat  it  is  deeom])osed,  yielding  oxygen,  nitrogen,  nitrogen  dioxide,  and  sodium 
oxide.  To  a  non-luminous  flame  it  imparts  an  int«nse,  yellow  color.  The  aque- 
ous solution  gives  an  alkaline  reaction  with  litmus  pajier.  If  the  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  the  salt  be  mixed  with  some  pota.«siuni  iodideT.S.,  and  a  few  drops  of  an 
acid  added,  iodine  will  be  liberated,  and  nitrogen  dioxide  gas  will  escai)e  with 
effervescence"— (T.."?.  P.).  Upon  this  reaction  is  based  the  quantitative  test  for 
the  i>urity  of  the  salt  as  given  below.  The  reaction  takes  iilace  as  follows:  I1N0^-|- 
IH=-H,0+I+NO.  "The  salt  should  readily  di.'.solve  in  20  parts  of  water,  form- 
ing a  colorless  solution,  and  leaving  no  insoluble  residue  (absence  of  insoluble 
impurities).  If  1  drop  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  a  few  drops  of  starch  T.S.  be 
added  to  5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution,  no  blue  coloration  should  appear  (absence 
of  iodide  .  If5Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  be  mixed  with  nn  equal  volunieof 
hvdrogen  sulphide  T.S.,  no  coloration  or  precipitate  should  he  ]iroduced  (absence 
of  lead,  arsenic,  copper,  etc.).     If  0. 15  Gni.  of  sodium  nitrite  be  dissolved  in  5  Co. 


1788  SODII  PHOSPHAS. 

of  water,  and  introduced  into  a  nitrometer,  then  followed  by  a  solution  of  1  Gua. 
of  potassium  iodide  in  6  Cc.  of  water  and  15  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid,  the 
liberated  nitrogen  dioxide  gas  should  measure  not  less  than  50  Cc.  at  15°  C. 
(59°  F.),  or  51.7  Cc.  at  25°  C.  (77"  F.),  corresponding  to  not  less  than  97.6  per 
cent  of  the  pure  salt"— (['.  .S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Sodium  nitrite  acts  upon  the  system 
exactly  as  aniyl  nitrite  and  nitroglycerin  do,  except  that  its  effects  are  more  uni- 
form, less  pronounced,  and  continue  longer.  This  is  accounted  for  by  the  lesser 
solubility  of  the  drug  and  from  the  fact  that  it  is  less  rapidly  eliminated  from 
the  system  (see  Amyl  Nitris).  Serious  symjjtoms  have  been  observed  from  the 
use  of  the  drug,  for  when  first  introduced  it  was  given  in  doses  but  little  short 
of  toxic.  The  conditions  in  which  it  is  of  value  are  those  in  which  the  other 
nitrites  have  been  found  so  serviceable,  viz.:  It  relieves  the  pain  and  spasm  of 
angina  pectoris  in  which  its  action  is  more  prolonged  than  that  of  glonoin  or 
amyl  nitrite,  nervous  asthma,  dyspnoea  from  transient  pulmonic  obstruction,  hemi- 
crania,  and  other  headaches  depending  chiefly  upon  cerebral  anemia  and  in  the 
milder  forms  of  convulsions  a,na  epileptoid  seizures  where  the  bromides  are  contra- 
indicated.  In  the  latter,  its  efiects  have  been  unsatisfactory.  It  has  been  used 
with  marked  results  in  double  aortic  disease,  insomnia,  from  cardiac  afiections,  ronU 
disorders,  with  relaxed  blood  pressure,  and  in  gramdar  disease  of  the  kidney,  asso- 
ciated with  a  diluted  heart.  The  indications  are  dyspnoea,  frontal  headache,  or 
dizziness.  As  a  heart  stimulant,  it  may  be  used  whenever  the  innervation  of 
that  organ  is  impaired;  when  the  heart  muscle  is  undergoing  degeneration  or 
when  the  valves  are  diseased  or  imperfect  in  action.  As  the  salt  does  not  de- 
compose in  water  it  has  been  preferred  to  other  nitrites.  The  dose  is  from  1  to  2 
grains,  repeated  as  necessary,  or  gradually  increased  until  the  desired  effect  is 
produced.  A  single  dose  should  not  exceed  2  grains.  Potassium  Xitrite  haa 
been  found  to  j)ossess  similar  projierties. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — (See  Amyl  Xitris.) 

SODII  PHOSPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  PHOSPHATE. 

Formula:  Na,HPO,+  12HjO.    Molecular  Weight:  357.32. 

Synonyms  :  Sodium  orthoplioxphate,  Phosphate  n/.-^oda,  Sodfe phosphas, Phosphas natrU 
cus,Phosphassndicus,Dviodium  hi/drogen phosphate,  MedirimdtribasicphosphateoJ sodium. 

"Sodium  phosphate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool 
place"— (T.S.  P.). 

Source  and  Preparation. — Sodium  phosphate  is  a  constituent  of  the  urine 
of  the  carnivora,  and  is  prepared  from  the  calcium  phosphate  of  bone.s  by  treating 
the  latter  material  with  sulphuric  acid  and  water,  which  produces  soluble  acid  cal- 
cium j)]ii>spliate  and  insoluble  calcium  sulphate,  as  follows:  Ca,(P0,).-|-2H.jS0,^ 
2CaS0,-|-(i'0.II,),CM.  After  filtering,  the  solution,  while  hot,  is  neutralized  with 
solution  of  sodium  oarhoiuite,  until  it  is  distinctly  alkaline  to  litmus  jiaper,  the 
desired  phosphate  l)eing  formed  according  to  the  equation:  (P0,H,),Ca-r2Xa,C0j= 
2Pf),HNa,+Ca,CC)  +  C0,-)-H,0.  The  litjuid  is  then  evaporated  to"crystallization. 
For  analytical  purposes,  it  is  better  to  add  pure  crvstallized  carbonate  of  sodium 
to  pure  phosphoric  acid  solution,  in  a  porcelain  di.<l),  as  long  as  it  causes  an  eflei^ 
ve.scence,  and  until  the  reaction  is  alkaline.  It  is  placed  in  the  cold  to  crystallize, 
the  crystals  are  separated,  spread  on  filtering  paper  to  dry,  and  kept  in  a  cool 
place.    The  mother  liquor,  on  evaporation,  yields  fre.«h  quantities  of  crystals. 

Description. —Sodium  phosphate  occurs  in  "large,  colorless,  monoclinic 
prisms,  odorless,  and  having  a  cooling,  saline  taste.  The  crystals  efHorvsee  in 
the  air,  and  gradually  lose  5  molecules  of  their  water  of  crystallization  '25. 1  per 
cent).  Soluble  in  5.8  parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  somewhat  Kss  than 
1.5  parts  of  boiling  water;  insoluble  in  alcohol.  When  heated  to  alwut  40"'C. 
(104°  F.\  the  salt  Yus.s,  yielding  a  colorless  liquid.  At  100°  C.  (212°  F.)  it  loses 
all  its  water  of  crystallization  ((JO.3  per  cent),  and  at  a  red  heat  it  is  converted 
into  sodium  )>yroplu)sphate.  It  imparts  to  a  non-luminous  tlame  an  intense, 
yellow  color.  The  aqueous  solution  is  sliglitly  alkaline  to  litmus  paper,  but  not 
to  phenolphtalein  i)aper" — (('.  ^'.  P.). 


Acconling  to  more  recent  experiment?,  however,  pure  sodium  phospliate  does 
redden  piienolphUilein  (see  ('.  K.  Smith,  Diijext  oj'  Cntici^ms  0)i  the  U.S.  P.;  and 
Brunner.  .liHcc. /<(«/•.  P/i(/?-»i..  1898,  p.  548).  "A  5  per  cent  aqueous  solution  of  the 
.silt  yield.'^  a  wliite  i)recipitate  with  magnesia  mixture" — {U.S.  P.).  The  latter  is 
a  niixturi'  of  magne.^ium  sulphate,  ammonium  chloride,  and  ammonia  water 
{i~ee  Ttsl  .^oluti'Dhi),  and  the  crystalline  precipitate  ha.s  the  formula  PO,NH,Mg+ 
(JII.,0  ^compare  Sodii  Argenas).  Willi  the  o  per  cent  aqueous  .solution,  (lie  ('.  S.  P. 
furtiicr  directs:  "With  silver  nitrate  T. 8.  it  yields  a  yellow  precipitate,  soluble 
in  ammonia  water  and  in  nitric  acid" — (I'.S.P.).  iMiis  i)rccipitate  is  triliasic 
silver  phosphate  (Ag,PO,);  it  is  formed  according  to  the  e(]uation:  Na.jHPO<-|- 
SAgNOj  — Ag3PO,-f2NaNO,+  HNO,.  Thus,  the  solution  becomes  acid.  Silver  chlo- 
ride differs  from  silver  phosphate  in  being  white,  and  insoluble  in  nitric  acid. 
"If  0.5  Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  be  mixed  with  1  Cc.  of  ammo- 
nium molybdateT.S.jthe  mixture  will  at  once  assume  a  yellow  color,  and,  after 
a  few  minutes,  yield  a  yellow  precipitate,  the  appearance  of  which  is  hastened 
by  a  gentle  heat'" — (T.  S.  P.).  The  precipitate  is  ammonium  phospho-molybdate, 
having  the  approximate  comiiosition  lOMoOj-l-PO.cNHJj.  The  precij)itate  is 
insolul)le  in  diluted  acids,  but  soluble  in  aqueous  ammonia  and  fixed  alkalies. 
From  the  colorless  ammonia  solution,  magnesia  mixture  precipitates  the  crystal- 
line compound  above  mentioned.  Phosphate  of  sodium  is  incompatible  with 
magnesia,  soluble  calcium  salts,  and  solutions  of  metallic  salts,  with  all  of  which 
it  forms  insoluble  phosphates;  it  is  also  incompatible  with  alkaloids,  and  with 
mineral  acids.  Neither  the  commercial  nor  the  pharmacopopial  salt  is  favored  by 
Eclectic  physicians  who  prefer  a  dried  powdered  form  nearly  free  from  water  and 
much  stronger  than  the  crystalline  compound. 

Tests.— Commercial  sodium  phosphate  at  one  time  contained  large  quanti- 
ties (20  to  60  per  cent)  of  sodium  sulphate  {Ame>:  Jour.  Phmin.,  1875,  p.  371,  also 
1881,  p.  511).  To  test  sodium  phosphate  for  impurities,  the  U.  S.  P.  directs  as 
follows:  "  No  residue  should  be  left  on  dissolving  the  salt  in  water  (absence  of 
calcium,  etc.).  No  turbidity  or  coloration  should  be  produced  in  the  aqueous 
solution  by  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  ammonium  sulphide  T.S. ;  or  of 
an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  after  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of 
hj'drochloric  acid  (absence  of  metallic  impurities).  If  1  Gm.  of  the  powdered 
salt  be  shaken  with  3  Cc.  of  stannous  chloride  T.S.  (see  List  of  RcacjenU,  Betten- 
dorfl"s  Test  for  Arsenic),  then  a  small  piece  of  pure  tin-foil  added,  and  a  gentle 
heat  applied,  no  brown  coloration  should  appear  within  15  minutes  (limit  of 
arsenic).  If  0.5  Gm.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  4  Cc.  of  water,  and  1  Cc.  of  sodium 
bitartrate  T.S.  then  added,  the  solution  should  remain  perfectly  clear  (limit  of 
potassium).  No  efifervescence  should  occur  on  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  or 
nitric  acid  to  a  solution  of  the  salt  (absence  of  carbonate).  On  adding  to  5  Cc.  of 
the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  0.5  Cc.  of  silver  nitrate  T.S.,  a  pure  yellow  precipi- 
tate will  be  formed,  which  should  not  become  dark-colored  by  heating  (absence 
of  hypophosphite,  etc.),  and  which,  upon  the  addition  of  nitric  acid,  should  yield 
a  perfi?ctly  clear,  or,  at  most,  only  a  very  slightly  opalescent,  liquid  (limit  of  chlo- 
ride). If  to5Cc.  of  the  aqueous  solution,  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  0.5  Cc. 
of  barium  chloride  T..*^.  be  added,  the  s<ilution  should  not  be  rendered  more  than 
veryslJL'litly  opalescent  (limit  ..f  sulphate)  "-(T.  &  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Phosphate  of  sodium,  formerly  known 
as  ^iib/,lio<pf>ate  of  soda,  is  a  mild,  saline  cathartic,  but  very  apt  to  gripe,  and  at  a 
time  when  cathartics  were  more  in  vogue  than  at  present,  it  was  considered  well 
adapted  to  febrile  and  inflammatory  dineaaeit.  and  for  children  and  others  whose 
stomachs  are  delicate  or'irritable.  As  a  laxative  and  cholagogue,  however,  it  is 
iniM  and  very  eflicient  when  administered  in  small  doses.  In  children's  disor- 
ders it  is  a  particularly  valuable  remedy.  In  infantile  coufstipation  or  <liarr/icea, 
with  wliite  and  green  foul-smelling  stools,  and  especially  in  the  bowel  di.iorders  of 
b,)ttle-fed  children,  from  3  to  o-grain  doses,  3  times  a  day,  act  as  a  mild  laxative 
and  corieet  the  unpleasant  symptoms.  It  is  equally  valuable  in  infantile  di/xpejisia 
with  pallid  tongue  and  meml)ranes,  and  sour  eructations,  and  occasionally  colic. 
Assoeiateil  often  with  inactivity  of  or  irritation  of  the  bowels  is  a  general  eondi- 
tion  of  mahiutritlnn  which  is  corrected  by  this  ilrug,  which,  under  the  specific  con- 
ditions named  above,  acts  as  a  valuable  restorative.     Here  the  dose  should  be 


17&0  SODII    PYROPHOSPHAS. 

from  1  to  3  grains  3  times  a  tiny  administered  with  the  food,  and  particularly 
with  milk.  It  is  a  good  remedy  in  mAny  hepatic  trnublei!.  When  the  pallid  tongue 
and  membranes  indicate  it  it  may  be  given  with  confidence  in  the  jmi„iV,re  of 
small  children  associated  with  impairment  of  nutrition.  It  is  a  good  remedy  for 
jaundice  resulting  from  h'diary  catarrh  in  adults,  using  from  20  to  30  grains  of  the 
.«alt  in  a  day's  time,  and  the  smaller  dose  in  a  wineglassful  of  water  after  each 
meal  persisted  in  from  2  to  3  months,  will  radically  cure  hepatic  colic,  employ wg, 
when  the  paroxysms  come  on,  an  inhalation  of  chloroform  (Locke).  For  habitual 
and  recnvvrngbilious headache  in  weak  and  nervous  individuals, with  loaded  tongue 
and  sallow  skin,  give  from  10  to  15  grains  of  the  salt,  in  water  or  milk,  5  times 
a  day;  and  for  obstinate  or  habitual  coiifitipation,  with  or  without  colic  and  indiyedion, 
give  a  drachm  in  a  couple  of  ounces  of  water,  night  and  morning.  The  dose,  for 
cathartic  purposes,  is  from  6  to  J2  drachms,  in  water,  milk,  soup,  gruel,  or  broth ; 
as  a  laxative  for  adults,  10  to  30  or  60  grains;  for  children,  3  to  5  grains;  as  a 
restorative,  1  to  3  grains.  The  salt  is  best  given  in  water  or  warm  milk.  The 
salt  employed  by  Eclectic  physicians  is  the  dried,  powdered  sodium  phosphate, 
known  as  specific  sodium  phosphate. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Pale  tongue  and  membranes,  general  malaise 
and  inanition;  tendtr  alidominal  muscles  and  anorexia;  restless,  yet  with  strong 
inclination  to  sleep,  Imt  frcquintly  awakening;  dirty  tongue  and  sallow  skin; 
tongue  coated  golden-yellow  and  moist,  or  a  dry,  furred  coating  upon  a  pallicl 
tongue;  white  and  green  diarrhoea,  with  malnutrition;  or  stools,  hard,  white,  pasty, 
or  spongy,  which  float  upon  water;  infantile  constipation,  with  impaired  nutri- 
tion; habitual  constipation,  with  hard,  dry  fieces;  acid  eructations;  biliary  colic; 
bilious  headache;  jaundice. 

SODII  PYROPHOSPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  PYROPHOSPHATE. 

Formula:  Na,P.A+10H,O.    Molecular  Weight  :  445.24. 

Synonyms  :   Xalriuin.  pj/mphosphoricuin,  PyrojJwspkas  nodicus. 

Preparation  and  History. — Allow  crystallized  sodium  phosphate  (10  ounces) 
to  effloresce  in  warm  air,  then  expose  the  salt  to  a  dull-red  heat,  until  a  small 
portion  of  the  ignited  mass,  dissolved  in  water,  causes  a  white  precipitate,  with- 
out a  yellow  tinge,  with  silver  nitrate.  Dissolve  the  mass  in  5  pints  of  water  at 
100°  C.  (212°  F.),  filter,  and  allow  to  crystallize.  This  i)roduces  6  ounces  of  sodium 
pyrophosphate.  (Compare  Sodii  Phosphas;  also  see  Dr.  Squibb's  process,  Amer. 
Jour.  Pfiarin.,  1860,  p.  3(5.) 

Description  and  Tests. — "Colorless,  transpareni,  monoclinic  prisms,  or  a 
crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  cooling,  saline,  and  feebly  alkaline 
taste.  Permanent  in  cool  air,  slightly  efflorescent  in  warm  air.  Soluble  in  12 
parts  of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  1.1  parts  of  boiling  water:  insoluble  in 
alcohol.  When  heated  to  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  the  salt  loses  its  water  of  crystalliza- 
tion (40.34  per  cent)  without  previous  fusion.  At  a  higher  temperature,  it  fuses, 
forming  a  transparent  liquid,  which,  on  cooling,  solidifies  to  a  crystalline  mass. 
To  a  non-luminous  flame,  it  imparts  an  intense,  yellow  color.  Its  a«iueous  solu- 
tion is  feebly  alkaline  to  litmus  and  to  phenolphtalein  paper.  A  5  per  cent 
aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  yields  with  magnesia  mixture  a  white  precipitate; 
with  silver  nitrate  T.S.,  it  yields  a  precipitate  of  a  j>ure  white  color  (  distinction 
from  o/7/(o/i/i(),s;</(((/f),  soluble  in  ammonia  water  and  nitric  acid.  With  ammonium 
molybdate  T.S.,  no  precipitate  is  formed  within  15  or  20  minutes,  even  when  a 
gentle  heat  is  applied  (distinction  from  orthofilioaphtifc)" — {V.  S.  P.).  The  behavior 
of  sodium  pyropnosphate  toward  salts  of  various  metals  can  be  utilized  to  effect 
the  analytical  separation  of  some  of  these  metals  (G.  Vortmann, -Ihkt.  Joiir. 
Pharm.,  1888,  p.  421).  "No  turbiditv  or  coloration  should  be  prothiced  in  the 
aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  by  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  ammonium  sul- 
phide T.S.;  or  of  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.  after  the  addition 
ofa  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  (absence  of  metallic  impuritiesN.  If  l  Gm. 
of  the  junvdered  salt  be  shaken  with  3  Cc.of  stannous  chloride  T.S.  (see  List  of 
RcageniK,  Bettendorft's  Test  for  Arsenic),  then  a  small  piece  of  pure  tin-foil  addeti, 
and  a  gentle  heat  applied,  no  brown  coloration  should  appear  within  15  minutes 


SODII  8ALirYLAS.  I'lftl 

(limit  of  arsenic).  If  0.5  Gni.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  6  Co.  of  water,  and  1  Cc. 
of  sodium  bitartrate  T.S.  then  added,  the  solution  should  renuiin  jierfee-tly  clear 
(limit  of  potassium).  No  effervescence  should  occur  on  the  addition  of  hydro- 
chloric or  nitric  acid  to  a  solution  of  the  salt  (al).sence  of  carbonate).  In  the 
aqueous  solution  of  the  salt,  rendered  acid  by  nitric  acid,  not  more  than  a  very 
slight  opalescence  should  be  produced  bv  silver  nitrate  T.S.  (limit  of  chloride), 
or  by  barium  chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate)"— (T.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  salt  is  of  value  chiefly  on  account 
of  its  use  in  pn-paiiiig  ferric  pyrophosjjhate.  Its  action  and  uses  are  those  of 
sodium  phospluite,  being,  however,  a  thinl  stronger,  consequently  the  dose  should 
be  correspondingly  less. 

SODII  SALICYLAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  SALICYLATE. 

Formula:  NaCjHsOj.    Molecilar  Weight:  159.67. 

"  Sodium  salicylate  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  protected  from 
heat  and  light"— (17. 5. P.). 

Preparation. — Mix  together,  in  a  glass  or  porcelain  vessel,  pure  salicylic  acid 
(33  parts)  and  sodium  bicarbonate  (20  parts),  and  gradually  add  20  parts  of  pure 
distilled  water.  Carbon  dioxide  is  rapidly  disengaged,  and  solution  of  somum 
salicylate  is  formed.  The  proportions  given  insure  a  slight  excess  of  acid,  where- 
by a  perfectly  white  salt  is  obtained.  After  most  of  the  carbonic  acid  gas  has 
escaped,  expel  the  remainder  by  evaporating  to  dryness  on  a  water-bath  at  a  tem- 
perature not  exceeding  60"  C."(140°  F.).  Recrj-stallize  the  residue  from  95  per 
cent  alcohol.  Instead  of  the  foregoing,  pure  salicylic  acid  (100  parts)  and  unef- 
rtoresced  crystallized  sodium  carbonate  (103  parts),  with  suflicient  water  to  pro- 
duce a  paste,  may  be  employed,  and,  after  straining  through  clean  muslin,  if  nec- 
I'ssary,  proceed  as  directed  in  the  first  process.  Excess  of  alkali  would  produce  a 
brownish  product.  Contact  with  iron  must  be  avoided,  and  the  salicylic  acid,  as 
well  as  the  carbonate  should  be  pure. 

Description  and  Tests.— Tliis  compound  is  described  by  the  U.S. P.  as  ''a 
white,  amorphous  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  sweetish,  saline  taste.  Perma- 
nent in  cool  air.  Soluble  in  0.9  part  of  water,  and  in  6  parts  of  alcohol  at  15°  C. 
(59°  F.);  very  soluble  in  boiling  water  or  alcohol;  also  soluble  in  glycerin" — 
(C.  S.  P.).  If  the  s;dt  does  not  entirely  dissolve  in  water,  the  residue  is  liable 
to  consist  of  salicylic  acid.  "When  heated,  the  salt  is  decomposed,  giving  off 
inflammable  vapors  and  an  odor  of  jihenol,  and  finally  1  aves  a  residue  of  sodium 
carbonate.  To  a  non-luininous  flame,  it  imj)arts  an  intense,  yellow  color.  The 
;iqueous  solution  slightly  reddens  blue  litmus  paper.  Ferric  chloride  T.S.  added 
to  an  excess  of  a  concentrated  solution  of  the  salt,  produces  a  red  precipitate,  but 
when  added  to  a  very  dilute  solution  (1  in  100),  it  produces  a  deep  viokt-blue 
color.  If  copper  sulphate  T.S.  be  added  to  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20),  a  green 
color  will  be  produced.  On  adding  to  about  0.2  Gin.  of  the  salt,  in  a  test-tube, 
about  1  Cc.  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  and  then,  cautiously,  about  1  Cc.  of 
methylic  alcohol  in  droj)s,  on  heating  the  mixture  to  boiling,  the  odor  of  methyl 
salicylate  will  be  evolved.  Hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid  produces  in  a  concen- 
trated aquenus  soluti(m  of  the  .«alt  a  voluminous,  white  precipitate,  which,  after 
l>eing  separated  by  filtration,  and  washed,  should  conform  to  the  reactions  and 
test.s  given  uixder  Aciduia  Salicylicuin.  The  aqueous  solution  should  be  colorless, 
even  when  cnncentrated,  and  should  not  effervesce  on  the  addition  of  acids  (ab- 
sence of  carbonate).  When  the  solution  (1  in  20)  is  mixed  with  a  small  quantity 
of  ammonium  sulphide  T.S. ,  or  with  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S., 
no  coloration  or  turi>idity  should  apjiear  (absence  of  metallic  impurities).  If 
1  Gin.  of  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  a  mixture  of  50  Cc.  of  alcohol  and  25  Cc.  of 
water,  then  acidulated  with  nitric  acid  and  filtered,  a  portion  of  the  filtrate  should 
not  be  rendered  turbid  by  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  barium  chloride  T.S. 
(absence  of  sulphate).  Another  portion  of  the  filtrate  should  remain  clear  on  the 
addition  of  a  few  drops  of  .silver  nitrate  T.S:  (absence  of  chloridei.  If  1  jiart  of 
the  salt  be  agitJited  with  1")  i>.irts  of  cold,  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  no  brown 
color  should  be  pro«luced  within  15  minutes  (absence  of  reiidily  carbonizable, 
organic  im]iurities»" — {U.S.  P.). 


1792  801)11  .SALICYLAS. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  action  iin<l  uses  of  sodium  sali- 
cylate are  pnuticall}'  those  of  salicylic  acid  (which  see),  whose  dangerous  quali- 
ties it  also  shares.  From  the  fact  that  salicylic  acid  is  practically  insoluhle  in 
water,  this  salt  has  largely  superseded  it,  for,  as  a  rule,  an  alkali  is  generally 
employed  to  render  the  acid  solulile,  thus  converting  it  into  an  alkaline  salt  of 
salicylic  acid.  Sodium  salicylate  is  much  less  apt  to  prove  irritant  to  the  g:islric 
nienil)ranes  than  the  acid,  which,  in  itself,  is  a  sufficient  recommendation  for  its 
selection.  The  chief  use  for  salicylate  of  sodium  is  in  acute  artiruhir  and  muxrulcir 
rhcniwitmn.  It  does  not,  however,  cure  all  cases,  hut  is  adapted  to  those  in  which 
the  tongue  is  full,  purplish,  or  leaden  in  color,  and  when  the  rheumatic  parts  are 
reddened,  with  a  slight  purplish  discoloration,  when  pressed  upon  (Scudder).  It 
is  said  to  render  relapses  more  frequent,  and  not  to  lessen  mortality  from  rheu- 
matic complaints.  It  is  valuable  in  some  disorders  dependent  \xy on  a.  rheumatic 
diathesis,  as  rheumatic  pharyngitis,  rheumatic  iritis  and  ophthalmia,  and  detarhment 
of  the  retina  of  rheumatic  origin.  The  pains  of  dysmenorrhoea,  pleurisy,  sriatira,  and 
hiliary  colic  are  often  relieved  by  it,  and,  for  its  antiseptic  properties,  it  has  been 
u-ed  in  some  of  the  summer  diarrhceal  disorders.  Locally,  it  is  useful  in  catarrhal 
disorders.  Prof.  Ellingwood  (Mat.  Med.  and  Therap., p. 559)  praises  it  in  a/'ute  coryza, 
with  supraorbital  and  frontal  fullness,  sneezing,  watery  secretions,  chilliness,  mal- 
aise, and  general  depression;  also  in  supraorbital  pain  of  catarrhal,  neuralgic,  or 
rheumatic  origin ;  in  ivhooping-cough  (2  or  3  grains,  2  or  3  times  a  day),  and  in  nerv- 
ous cutaneous  pruritus  (15  grains,  3  times  a  day).  About  5  to  20  grains  are  the  ordi- 
nary doses  for  sodium  salicylate,  repeating,  in  severe  rheumatic  disorders,  every  4 
hours.    The  heart  should  be  carefully  watched  (compare  Acidum  Snlicylicum). 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Antirheumatic,  when  the  tongue  is  full, 
purplish,  or  leaden-hued,  showing  spots  when  the  fur  is  lifted,  fever  is  not  espe- 
cially high,  and  the  affected  parts  are  red,  with  some  purplish  discoloration,  par- 
ticularly when  pressed  upon. 

Belated  Salts. — Potassium  Salicylate  (2KC,Il503.HjOl.  Take  salicylic  acid,  lOOpart^, 
and  potassium  bicarbonate,  72  parts,  proceeding  as  in  the  preparation  of  sodium  salicylate. 
Forms  readily  soluble,  silky  needles,  which  are  stable  in  a  dry  atmosphere. 

SoDio-THBOBROMiNB  SALICYLATE  (C,H7NaN402.NaC,H503 ). — This  is  the  recently  intro- 
duced Diuretin,  a  body  produced  by  mixing  equal  molecular  weights  of  sodium  ealitfrlate  and 
sodium  theobromine,  both  in  aqueous  solution,  and  evaporating  to  dryness.  Theoretically,  it 
should  contain  of  theobromine,  49.7  per  cent,  and  of  salicylic  acid,  38.1  percent.  It  is  a  white. 
odorless  powder,  possessing  a  saline,  bitterish,  alkaline  ta.ste.  It  is  soluble  in  warm  alcohol, 
and  in  half  its  weight  of  warm  water;  upon  cooling,  the  solution  remains  clear.  Kther  and 
ehloroforul  do  not  difsolve  it.  Acids,  and  even  the  carbon  dioxide  of  the  air,  readily  decompose 
it,  freeing  the  theobromine  in  insoluble  form ;  hence,  it  should  be  well  secured  from  nir,  and 
should  not  be  dispensed  in  powders  (compare  Phami.  CentralhalU,  1890,  p.  311;  and  Amer. 
.Tour.  I'liiinn.,  1S90,  p.  617).  According  to  Dr.  W.  Cohnstein  (Berlin.  Klin.  liVA.,  Jan.,  1S93), 
diuretin  acts  by  directly  irritating  the  renal-secreting  elements.  Diuretin  has  little  or  no 
physiological  action  upon  the  heart  and  nervous  system,  except  in  large  doses.  It  occasion- 
ally (lisonlers  the  stomach  and  bowels,  producing  vomiting  and  diarrluva,  headache,  fever, 
eceliyinoses,  etc.  Therefore,  it  should  be  useil  with  caution.  Great  prostration  has  been 
ob.served  from  5  to  7  grammes,  hence,  not  more  than  from  3  to  4  grammes  should  be  given  in 
a  day  (  Askanazy).  Diuretin  is  used  chiefly  as  a  remedy  for  rfro/j.-i/.  Hy  its  stimulating  j>ower 
upon  the  renal  epithelium,  a  pronounced  and  pereistent  tliuresis  is  the  result,  but  the  ki^nevs 
must  \'r  ill  ;\  ^'oo.l  ((iii.lition  to  act.  It  is  of  little  value  in  ascites  of  hepatic  origin,  but  in 
,(/i((?  (/m/,// and  r(i;.//.(c  (/ii//i>7/,  with  valvular  lesions,  it  is  an  efficient  iigt'nt.  Its  diuretic  ac- 
tion i<  I.  ss  wliiii  chiniiii-  iicpliritis  is  present  than  when  dropsy  depends  upon  di.senses  of  the 
h<  art  and  bloiwl  vissils  It  has  jiroved  itself  a  fairly  constant  and  good  remedy  in  amjiwi  prr- 
torh,  C'lrdiac  nullnnn,  iuvi  iliionir  cnrditic  (f_i/</>"<r<J,  when  clue  to  nortiV  rfiVn.<c.<  OT  rhroutc  Ufiihrili.i 
(.\8kanazy).  Acconling  to  Keyes  (  Therap.  (;n2<llt\  is;i;;i,  it  iIih-s  not  uniformly  avert  urethnil 
or  iti-iiKirfi  fever,  a  condition  for  "which  he  first  thought  it  efficient.  Do.-^e.  10  to  L'O  grains,  every 
4  houi-s,  in  water  or  mint-water,  or  in  powder  with  sugar,  and  souietiuies  with  I J  grains  of 
digitalis  leaves,  as  indicated. 

SnouM  SIM-HO.SAT.ICYLATE  (C,H3[OH]CO,HSOjNa I.— "^ulphosalicvlic  acid  (C,H,.!SOjH. 
OH.COjII)  is  first  nrepared  by  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  uiion  pure  salicvlic  acid  ;  then  the 
sulphosalicylic  acid  is  neutralizeil  with  sodium  carbonate.  Colorless  crystals  of  the  «l>ove  salt 
are  formed.  Soluble  in  about  30  parts  of  wafer,  the  solution  being  acid  in  reaction.  LUuployed 
as  a  reiuedv  for  itiiirular  rheinnttti.im  in  placi'  of  soilluin  salicvhite. 

SoDUM  nnooosALUYLvrE  ( SC.IK.OH. I, .CUOXa-i-5rt,OV— Iodine  and  iodic  acid  ure 
allowed  to  act  upon  salicylic  arid  in  alcoholic  solution,  whereby  iliioilosnlicylic  acid  is  pri>- 
<luced.  By  neutralizing  this  acid  with  soiljuiii  carbonate,  long,  flat",  acicnlar  crystals,  or  lanuna'. 
of  a  white  salt  of  the  iiihive  couipo^ition  are  loriiied.  It  is  soluble  in  about  50  (urts  of  sli;;htly 
warmed  water.     It  is  employed  in  broken  doses  i  from  20  to  40  grains  daily)  as  an  aiialgr-sic, 


SUl-11  SANUIMNAS.  1793 

:iuliso[>tu-,  and  aiitipyri  t'c.  It  is  suul  to  foiitml  the  lieart's  action,  projuciug  si-ilation,  ami 
i-*  eiuplovt'd  ill  Jdtiii  ilitttants  of  a  p<iraiiilictiiji>'- 

tJoDiTM  DiTumsALiCYLATK. — If  niolcciilar  aiiiuuDtij  ol  salicylic  acid  and  sulphur  chlo- 
ride be  mixed  and  heated,  for  a  time,  to  a  temperature  between  ll'0°  and  15ii°(.'.  (•-•lf<°and 
30J°F.),  hydro(?en  chloride  is  evolved,  and  yellowish,  resiu-like  (/<//ito8u/tc^<tc  ucit/  isee  below) 
is  foriufd,  which  is,  in  reality,  a  mixture  of  isomeric  acids.  Thi.s  mixture  is  dissolved  in  solu- 
tion of  so<liuni  cartwnate,  and  sodium  chloride  is  now  added,  which  has  the  effect  of  precipi- 
tating unit  Xii.  1.  while  s"ll  Xo.  2  remains  in  solution.  Salt  No.  1  is  non-crystalline,  yellowish, 
hy^roscupic,  alkaline,  and  soluble  in  water  with  a  brown  color.  It  is  employed  chietly  in 
veitTinary  medicine,  a  5  per  cent  solution  beinj;  used.  Salt  No.  L',  the  one  preferred  in  medi- 
cal j.rartiir.  i>  a  non-crystalline,  gray-white,  extremely  hygroscopic  powder,  very  soluble  in 
wat<T  aii'l  f.  .rilling  an  alkaline,  brown-black  solution.  Alcohol  ilissolves  this  salt  but  not  salt 
No.  1.  Sulpliur  liroinide  or  iotlide  may  be  substituted  for  sulphur  chloride  in  the  preparation 
of  these  compounds.  This  agent  is  claimed  to  be  a  better  antiseptic  than  sodium  salicylate, 
and  has  been  employed  in  rlwumntif  ferei\  gonorrliual  rhfumatifin,  and  in  (wute  iirticular  rheuma- 
ti.iin.  It  is  siiiil  iKit  to  produce  unpleasant  tinnitus  and  other  head  symptoms.  Dose,  3  grains, 
night  and  morning.  Larger  doses  i30  to  80  grains)  have  been  given,  however,  but  caution 
should  be  i'xcerci.sed  in  the  use  of  such  larger  do.scs. 

Sooif.M  l-"«pRM.\TE  (  NaCH02.H2()). — Sodium  salicylate  occasionally  induces  renal  conges- 
tion, and  sodium  formate  has  been  proposed  as  a  substitute  under  such  circumstances.  It  has 
not,  however,  been  used  to  any  extent.  It  is  a  colorless,  crystalline  compound,  odorless, 
saline,  and  bitter,  very  deliquescent  in  moist  air,  and  freely  soluble  in  water.  It  melts  in  its 
water  of  crystalliaition.  It  is  produced  by  neutralizing  pure  sodium  carbonate  (or  bicarbon- 
atel  with  formic  acid. 

l)iTHi.>-.u.irYLic  Acid  ([C,H3[0H]C00H.S],  i.— a  light-yellow  powder,  dissolving  easily 
in  alcohol,  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  benzene.  It  is  produced,  as  stated  above,  by  heating 
equal  mnlt-cuiar  quantities  of  salicylic  acid  and  sulphur  chloride  to  a  temperature  between 
120°  and  l.M)^  C.  1 24S°  and  ;}02°  F.  i,  dissolving  the  fused  mass  in  caustic  soda  solution,  and  pre- 
cipitating with  hydrochloric  acid.  It  was  introduced  as  a  substitute  for  salicylic  acid,  anci  its 
sodium  salt  is  even  preferred  by  some  to  the  acid  or  to  sodium  salicylate,  the  advantajre 
claimed  being  the  greater  energy 'of  the  compound,  and  the  comparative  freedom  from  gastric 
disturbances.  Tinnitus  aurium",  nausea,  and  diaphoresis  result  from  10-grain  doses.  The 
usual  dose  for  rheunuUism,  and  as  an  antiseptic,  is  3  grains,  repeated  as  the  exigencies  of  the 
case  may  require. 

Ax"tisp.\smin. — A  white,  some what»  hygroscopic  powder,  said  to  be  composed  of  1  mole- 
cule of  narceine-soilium  and  3  molecules  of  .sodium  salicylate  combined.  Of  narceine  about  50 
per  cent  is  present.  With  water  it  forms  a  quite  permanent  solution.  According  to  Demme, 
m  doses  of  *  to  1  grain,  it  is  analgesic  and  hypnotic,  and  is  recommended  for  cramps  with  pain. 

SODII  SANTONINAS.— SODIUM  SANTONINATE. 

FoRMi-L.\:  2NaC,5H,5,0..7H,0.    Molecvi-ar  Weight:  696.50. 

Preparation.— Add  to  solution  of  soda  (3i  ounces),  water  (1  ounce).  Heat 
the  solution  on  a  water-bath.  Then  add  santonin  (.1  ounce);  digest  until  dis- 
solved; filter;  wash  the  strainer  with  a  small  amount  of  boiling  water;  set  aside 
and  allow  to  crystallize  by  cooling.  By  evaporating  the  decanted  mother  liquor 
to  a  smaller  bulk  more  of  the  salt  is  yielded.  Continue  evaporation  as  long  as 
colorless  crystals  ar6  produced.  Should  colored  crystals  form,  acidulate  the  liquor 
with  hydrochloric  acid  and  recover  the  santonin  which  is  thus  freed.  About 
1}  oance.<  of  the  sodium  salt  an-  ulitained  by  this  method.  Another  process  con- 
sist.* in  converting  santonin  into  calcium  santonate,  and  decomposing  this  by 
sodium  carliiinate  (.-lour.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1877,  p.  174). 

Description. — If  this  salt  be  crystallized  from  alcohol  it  forms  small  prisms, 
or  a  tine  nia.-;s  of  needles.  When  crystallized  from  water  it  corresponds  to  the 
description  given  below.  On  account  of  its  changing  to  a  yellow  color  under  the 
action  of  light,  it  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered,  dark,  amber-colored  bottles, 
in  a  dark  place.  The  U.  S.  P.  (1880)  describes  this  salt  as ''colorless,  transparent, 
tabular,  rhombic  crystals,  slowly  colored  yellow  by  exposure  to  light,  slightly 
elHorescent  in  dry  air,  odorless,  having  a  mildly  saline  and  somewhat  bitter  taste, 
and  a  slightly  alkaline  reaction.  Soluble  in  3  parts  ofV'ater  and  in  12  parts  of 
alcohol  at  lo°  C.  (59°  F.) ;  in  0.5  part  of  boiling  water,  and  in  3.4  parts  of  boil- 
ing alcohol.  When  heated  to  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  until  it  ceases  to  lose  weight,  the 
salt  loses  18  per  cent  of  its  weight  (water  of  crystallization).  At  a  higher  heat  it 
chars  and  finally  leaves  an  alkaline  residue,  which  imparts  an  intense  yellow 
color  to  a  non-luminous  flame.  The  aqueous  solution,  on  the  addition  of  nydro- 
chloric  acid,  deposits  a  (•ry.-talline  precipitate,  which  is  soluble  in  chloroform,  and 


1794  SODII  SULPHAS. 

which  yields,  with  alcoholic  solution  of  potassa,  a  gcarlet-red  liquid.  graduMllv 
becoming  colorless"— (K  S.  P.,  1880). 

Tests.— "A  5  per  cent  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  should  not  be  precipitated 
nor  be  rendered  turbid  by  test  solution  of  carbonate  of  sodium  (absence  of  alka- 
line earths),  nor  by  picric  or  tannic  acids  (absence  of  alkaloids)  " — (,U.  S.  P.,  1880). 
Ferric  chluride  sliould  not  produce  a  violet  coloration  with  its  aqueous  solution 
(absence  df  salicvhiti-s).    (Also  c'(iiii)iarr  Santonin.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  agent  is  more  soluble  than  san- 
tonin, which  property  also  renders  it  niore  liable  to  absorption  and  con.«equent 
poisonous  effects,  and  thereby  leaving  less  of  the  santonin  to  produce  the  eflect 
intended — that  of  expelling  lumbricoid  lennns.  This  it  does,  less  efficiently,  how- 
ever, than  santonin.  The  dose  for  a  child  is  from  1  to  5  grains  with  sugar,  twice 
a  day;  for  adults,  5  to  10  grains.  A  purgative  should  follow  on  the  next  day. 
An  aqueous  enema  of  this  salt  has  been  employed  to  remove  "thread  u-onn.^.'' 

Belated  Compound. — Sodii  Santoninas  Albdminatcs.  Take  santonin  (1  )iari  .  sfxiium 
bicarbonate  (4  iKirts ;.  and  dry,  perfectly  soluble  albumen  (2  parts), and  digest  the  mixture  with 
water  (50  parts  I  at  almut  60°  C.  (140°  F.),  until  dissolved.  Filter,  evaporate  by  gently  heating, 
and  dry  the  proiluct  on  glass  (Pav.esi,  1876).  This  compound  forms  pearly-lustrous,  brilliant 
white  seales,  having  both  an  alkaline  and  bitter  taste.  Water  dissolves  it;  the  solution  when 
treated  with  hydrochloric  acid  precipitates  albumen  and  santonin,  while  carbon  dioxide  es- 
capes with  effervescence.  This  salt  is  an  anthelmintic,  especially  used  locally  for  rectal  u'omu 
((mcarkles)  and  internally  for  lumbriands.  Mixed  with  sugar,  from  2  to  5  grains  may  be  given 
twice  a  day  to  children;  from  5  to  10  grains  to  adults.     Follow  on  second  day  with  a  laxative. 

SODII  SULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  SULPHATE. 

Formula:  Na,SO,+  10H,O.    Molecular  Weight:  321.42. 

Synonyms  :  Glauber's  salt,  Sodse  sulphas,  Sulfas  sodicus.  Sulfas  nairirii^.  Sulphate  of 
soda,  Sal  viirabile  Glauber i,  Vitriolated  soda. 

"Sodium  sulphate  should  be  kept  in  well-closed  vessels" — (U.  S.  P.). 

History  and  Preparation. — Sulphate  of  sodium  is  also  known  as  Vitriolated 
soda  and  Glauber's  salt,  so  n&med  from  Glauber  who  first  described  it  in  16.58.  It 
occurs  more  or  less  abundantly  in  the  mineral  springs  of  Carlsbad,  Cheltenham, 
Sulphur  Springs  of  Virginia,"in  the  Geyser  springs,  and  the  Andes.  Extensive 
deposits  are  found  near  Tiflis  in  the  Caucasus,  and  in  the  small  lakes  of  New 
Mexico  and  other  parts  of  the  United  States.  Sodium  sulphate  is  also  found  in 
the  ashes  of  some  marine  plants  and  in  the  blood,  urine,  and  other  animal  fluids. 
Sodium  sulphate  is  obtained  in  large  quantities  as  a  by-product  in  the  making  of 
sodium  carbonate  by  the  Leblanc  process  (see  Sodii  Carbona.^).  It  is  also  forined  in 
many  other  processes  involving  double  decomposition,  c.q.,  in  the  preparation  of 
ammonium  chloride  by  the  sublimation  of  a  mixture  of  ammonium  sulphate  and 
sodium  chloride;  in  the  preparation  of  nitric  acid, or  of  magnesium  carbonate, 
etc.,  and  on  a  large  scale  by  exposing  a  mixture  of  concentrated  solution  of  sodium 
chloride  and  magnesium  sulphate  as  occurring,  for  example,  in  the  mother  liquors 
obtained  in  the  preparation  of  sea  salt  (sec  Sodii  Chloridum),  at  a  low  temperature, 
the  Ibllowiiig  reaction  taking  place:  2NaCH-MgS0.=MgCl,-f  Na,.SO..  Tlie  salt 
prei)aiitl  tVoni  the  Friedrichshall  Mineral  Spring,  as  early  as  1767,  and  known  as 
S((l  AiHritiruin  Fricili  ririaiiitin,\\\\ii  sodium  sulphate. 

Description. — Sulphate  of  sodium  crysttillizes  in  large,  monoclinic  prisms; 
when  rapidly  crystallized,  the  crystals  are  small  and  acicular,  still  containing  the 
same  quantity  of  water  of  crystallization.  The  salt  resembles  in  api>earance  the 
sulphates  of  magnesium  and  zinc.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  it  as  occuring  in  "large, 
colorless,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms,  or  grantdar  crystals,  odorless,  and  hav- 
ing a  bitter,  saline  taste.  The  salt  effloresces  rapidly  in  the  air,  and  finally  loses 
all  its  water  of  crystallization" — (U.S.  P.).  According  to  the  formula  Na,SO,+ 
10H,0,  it  loses  about  56  per  cent  of  its  weight  upon  efflorescence.  A  salt  of  the 
formula  NajS0,  +  7H,,0,  crystallizing  in  the  rhombic  system,  has  also  been  ob- 
tained. Above  34°  C.  (93'2°  F.),  only  the  anhydrous"salt  (Na,SO.)  can  exist, 
Glauber's  salt  is  "soluble  at  15° C.  (5iJ°  F.\  in  2.8  part*  of  water.  The  solubility 
increases  up  to  34°  C.  (93.2°  F.),  when  its  maximum  is  attained,  1  part  of  the  salt 
then  dissolving  in  somewhat  less  than  025  part  of  water;  from  thence  it  gradually 


SODII  SULPHAS.  1795 

decreases  witli  rising  temperature,  until  1  part  requires  0.47  part  of  boiling  water 
for  .■solution.  InsoiuMe  in  alcoliol ;  soluble  in  irlvcerin.  When  heated  to  33°  C. 
(91.4°  F.),  tiie  salt  lu.«es,  and,  on  being  heated  "to  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  loses  all  its 
water  (55.9  per  cent).  At  a  red  heat  the  anhydrous  salt  fuses  without  decompo- 
sition. To  a  non-luminous  flame  it  imparts  an  intense,  yellow  color.  The  aque- 
ous solution  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper"— ( I '.  .*>'.  /'.  .  Sulphate  of  sodium  is  incom- 
patible with  the  hydroxides  of  barium,  calcium,  and  potassium,  and  soluble  salts 
containing  these  i)a*es,  and  with  nii  reurous  salts  and  the  salts  of  silver  and  lead, 
sulphates  of  these  metals  being  prctipitated. 

Tests.— "A  5  per  cent  aqueous  solution  of  the  salt  yields,  with  barium  chlo- 
ride T.S.,  a  white  precipitate  insoluble  in  nitric  acid.  If  to  5  Co.  of  the  aqueous 
solution  (1  in  20)  1  Cc.  of  sodium  pho.-^phate  T.S.  and  0.5  Cc.  of  ammonia  water 
be  added,  no  turbidity  or  precipitate  should  be  produced,  even  after  agitation 
(absence  of  magnesium,  etc.).  The  solution  should  not  effervesce  on  the  addi- 
tion of  an  acid  (absence  of  carbonate).  It  should  not  be  colored  or  rendered 
turbid  by  the  addition  of  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.;  or  of  an  equal  volume  of 
hydrogen  sulphide  T.S.,  after  being  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid  (absence  of 
arsenic  and  metallic  impurities).  After  acidulation  with  nitric  acid,  the  aqueous 
solution  should  remain  clear,  or  at  most  be  rendered  only  verv  slightly  opalescent, 
on  the  addition  of  silver  nitrate  T.S;.  Miniit  of  chloride)  ""—(r.  6'.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.  — Sulphate  of  sodium  is  a  mild  but  effi- 
cient ciHiling  la.xative  or  purgative,  promoting  secretion  and  exhalation  from  the 
gastro-inte.stinal  membrane,  without  causing  inflammation  or  fever.  It  appears 
to  impede  the  coagulation  of  blood,  and  also  causes  endosmosis  of  the  serum. 
On  account  of  its  disagreeable  taste,  it  has  been  gradually  displaced  by  the  sul- 
phate of  magnesium.  Its  usual  dose  is  6  or  8  drachms  dissolved  in  8  or  10  fluid 
ounces  of  water;  when  its  water  of  crystallization  is  removed  by  drying  or  efflores- 
cence the  dose  must  be  decrea.sed  to  3  or  4  drachms.  As  a  diuretic,  the  dose  must 
be  smaller,  and  diluted  with  considerable  water.  A  few  drops  of  aromatic  sul- 
phuric acid  may  be  advantageously  added  to  lessen  its  bitter  taste;  or  some  citric 
acid,  lemonade,  or  sweetened  carbonated  water.  As  a  purgative  it  has  been  suc- 
cessfully used  to  relieve  plethoric  c<>n(Utioii.-<,  and  it  has  given  good  results  in  gastric 
ufivrs,  dropsy,  and  ilysentery.  In  the  latter  condition  it  was  formerly  much  used  in 
Eclectic  practice  in  the  form  of  the  white  liquid  physic,  which  contains  it.  Accord- 
ing to  M.  de  Luca,  crystallized  sulphate  of  sodium  has  the  propertj'  of  holding 
the  fibrin  of  the  blood  in  solution,  and  acts  favorably  in  causing  opacities  and 
s^iots  on  the  cornea  to  wholly  or  partially  disappear;  he  reduces  this  salt  to  a  very 
hne  ))owder,  and  by  means  of  a  camel's-hair  pencil  deposits  it  upon  the  eyeball, 
repeating  the  i>rocess  twice  a  day;  it  cau.ses  no  unpleasant  sensation,  and  after 
several  days  of  treatment  the  opacities  commence  to  gradually  disappear. 

Sodium  sulphate  has  a  specific  use  outside  of  its  cathartic  application,  and 
that  is  to  stimulate  retrograde  metamorphosis  and  e.xcretion.  Wlien  the  tissues 
are  pale,  full,  and  sodden,  the  tongue  pallid  and  full  and  easily  pitted  by  the 
teeth,  the  remedy  will  be  specifically  indicated.  For  this  purpose  an  aqueous 
solution  (grs.  x  to  xx  to  Oj)  may  be  freely  taken.  In  this  manner  it  forms  a 
good  remedy  for  biliary  calculi.  A  3  x  trituration  is  said  by  Prof.  Web.ster  to  con- 
trol green  dinrrhcm  accompanying  childhood  affections,  as  trdhing,  cholera  infan- 
tum, entero-cnlitis,  etc.  He  also  values  it  in  typhlitis,  and  in  irriUible  conditions  of 
the  liver  bordering  upon  inflammation,  the  organ  being  swollen  and  sensitive 
to  pressure.  Under  the  Schiiessler  doctrine  sodium  sulphate  is  a  good  remedy 
(3  X  trituration)  in  cough  with  thick,  ropy,  greenish  expectoration,  such  as  may 
be  pre.sent  in  bronchitis  and  hianid  nKthma.  This  class  of  practitioners  also  value 
it  in  faulty  elimination  of  the  fluids  of  the  body,  and  especially  where  this  gives 
rise  to  bilious  headache,  thin  bilious  dinrrhira,  bilious  vomitivg,  diid>etes,  gout,  moist 
■■<kiH  erupti/ins,  jutffy  eryaijielas,  and  non-injliuiunalory  cedema.  Solution  of  sodium 
sulphate  is  a  good  antidote  to  acute  poisoning  u'ilh  carbolic  acid  and  with  lead.  In 
chronic  lead  p<,i.ioning  it  will  be  borne  longer  by  the  stomach  than  iodide  of  potas- 
sium. Dose  for  purgation,  4  to  8  drachms,  largely  diluted;  for  specific  purposes, 
the  fraction  of  a  grain  to  2  grains. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Tissues  pale,  full  and  sodden;  tongue  full, 
pallid,  and    easily  pitted    by  the   teeth;  watery  or  greenish    diarrhoea;  hepatic 


1796  SODII  SULPHIS. 

fullness  and  tenderness;  biliousness.     Large  doses  in  dysenterj-,  lead  poisoning 
and  poisoning  by  carbolic  acid. 

Other  Forms  of  Sodium  Sulphate.— Sodii  Silpha.s  Ex-siccati-s,  Dried  sodium  sulpbaii. 
Four  parts  of  the  dried  I'urm  of  sodium  sulphate  are  equivalent  to  8  of  the  crj'stallized  salt. 
According  to  the  German  I'lmnaacopma,  it  is  prepared  by  allowing  the  cry.stalliz"ed  sulphate  to 
effloresce  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  2.5°  C.  i77°  F. ).  It  is  then  dried  at  a  temperature 
between  40°  and  50°  C.  ( 104°  and  122°  F. )  until  it  has  lost  one-half  its  weight.  Hence  it  retains 
some  of  its  water  of  crystallization  (see  .SVk/h  Sulphas).  The  white  powder  is  then  passed 
through  a  sieve  and  placed  in  well-stoppered  vials. 

SoDii  Sulphas  Effervescens  (B>:  Pharm.),  Effervescent  sulphate  of  sodium.— Take  of  sul- 
phate of  sodium,  in  crystals,  50  ounces  (Imp.) ;  bicarbonate  of  sodium,  in  powder,  50  ounces 
(Imp.) ;  tartaric  acid,  in  powder,  27  ounces  (Imp.);  citric  acid,  in  powder,  18  ounces  i  Imp.)." 
Dry  the  sodium  sulphate  until  it  has  lost  56  per  cent  of  its  weight ;  powder  the  product  and 
mix  it  with  the  other  ingredients.  Place  the  whole  in  a  dish  or  pan  of  suitable  form  heated  to 
between  93.3°  and  104.4°  C.  (200°  and  220°  F.>.  When  the  mixture,  by  aid  of  careful  manipu- 
lation of  the  powder,  begins  to  aggregate,  stir  it  assiduously  until  it  has  assumed  a  granular 
character;  then  separate  it  into  granules  of  uniform  size  by  means  of  suitable  sieves.  Dry  the 
granules  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  54.4° C.  (130° F.  I.  The  product  should  weigh  ab<jut 
100  ounces  (Br.  Pharm.,  1898).  This  is  a  laxative  to  be  taken  in  cold  water  while  it  is  still 
effervescing.     The  dose  ranges  from  J  to  }  ounce. 

Related  Salts.— Souii  Sulphovinas,  Sodium  gulphminate  ( NaCjHjSOj.HjO),  Sodium 
ethyhidphate.  To  prepare  this  compound,  1  part  of  sulphuric  acid  is  gradually  added  to  an 
equal  amount  of  alcohol.  The  mixture  develops  heat,  and  sulphovinic  acid  iCjHjHSO,)  is 
formed.  The  sodium  salt  is  obtained  by  removing  the  excess  of  sulphuric  acid  by  means  of 
sodium  carbonate  and  the  addition  of  "sufficient  alcohol  to  precipitate  the  sodium  sulphate. 
The  sodium  sulphovinate  is  in  alcoholic  solution,  and  is  obtained  by  evaporating  the  solution 
to  dryness.  Or,  chalk  is  added  to  the  crude  sulphovinic  acid,  which  precipitates  the  excess 
of  sulphuric  acid  as  calcium  sulphate,  while  in  solution  is  calcium  sulphovinate,  which  is 
then  decomposed  with  sodium  carbonate  (see  Charles  Rice,  J;/i(»r. /our. /"Aan/i.,  1873,  p.  60, 
and  ifcit?.,  1877,  p.  443).  Sodium  sulphovinate  forms  hexagonal  transparent  tables,  or  if  ob- 
tained by  evaporation,  a  granular  powder.  Both  forms  readily  effloresce  on  exposure  to  a  dry 
atmosphere  and  deliquesce  in  moist  air.  The  crystals  fuse  at  about  80°  C.  1 176°  F.  i,  losing 
some  of  their  water  of  crystallization.  If  crystallized  from  alcohol  they  contain  alcohol  in  the 
place  of  water  of  crystallization.  They  decompose  above  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  giving  off  inflam- 
mable alcoholic  vapors ;  the  residue  consists  of  sodium  bisulpbate  (HNaSO,).  To  test-paper 
the  salt  is  neutral.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  glycerin,  and  alcohol,  and  sparingly  in  absolute 
alcohol.  Ether  does  not  dissolve  it.  It  has  a  feebly  bitter,  and  subsequently  sweetish  taste. 
This  salt  is  proposed  as  a  tasteless  laxative  not  likely  to  produce  colic.  It  is,  however,  an 
unstable  preparation.     Dose,  about  i  ounce. 

SoDUM  SuLPHOMETHVLATE  (NaCHaSO,.!!,^.— Prepared  like  the  preceding  salt,  using 
methyl  alcohol  instead  of  ethyl  alcohol  (see  M.  Rabuteau,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1S80,  p.  220 1. 
Its  properties  are  those  of  sulphovinate  of  sodium.  It  is  unstable,  not  unpleasant  in  taste. 
Declared  a  cathartic  without  producing  colicky  pains  or  cramps.     Dose,  about  *  ounce. 

SODII  SULPHIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  SULPHITE. 

Formula:  Na,S03+7H.,0.    Molecular  Weight:  251.58. 

Synonyms:  Nntrum  sulphtrosvm,  Sulfis  sodiciis,  Sulfis  nntrirus. 

"  Sodium  sulphite  should  be  kept  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place" — 
(U.S.  P.). 

Preparation. —  First  produce  sodium  bisulphite  (see  Sodii  Bisulphu)  by  satu- 
rating a  solution  of  a  definite  quantity  of  sodium  carbonate  with  sulphur  dioxide, 
and  then  add  an  equal  quantity  of  sodium  carbonate.  The  following  reaction 
takes  place:  2NaHS03-(-Na,CO,='2Na,S03+H,0+CO,.  Evaporate  to  cry-=talliza- 
tion,  being  careful  to  exclude  the  air.  (^On  the  preparation  of  several  sulphites, 
see  Amrr.  Jmn:  Pharm.,  ISSO,  p.  5S4,  and  1890,  p.  150.) 

Description.— The  U.  S.  P.  describes  the  salt  as  in  "colorless,  transparent, 
monoclinic  prisms,  odorless,  and  having  a  cooling,  saline,  sulphurous  ta-ete.  In 
air  the  salt  effloresces,  and  is  slowly  oxidized  to  sulphate.  Soluble  in  4  jiarts 
of  water  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  and  in  0.9  part  of  boiling  water;  sparingly  soluble  in 
alcoliol.  When  gently  heated,  tlie  salt  softens  somewhat,  but  does  not  fuse. 
Above  100°  C.  (212°  F."),  the  crystals  lose  all  their  water  (50  per  cent\  witliout 
fusing  or  changing  their  shape."  At  a  red  heat,  the  salt  fuses  to  a  reddish-yellow 
ma.ss  of  sodium  sulphate  and  sodium  sulphide.  To  a  non-Unninous  tlanie,  the 
salt  imparts  an  intense,  yellow  color.  The  aqueous  solution  is  neutral  or  feebly 
alkaline  to  litmus  paper" — (U.S.  P.).    The  form  generally  employeil  by  Eclectic 


SOUIl  SILPHOCAKHOLAS.  1797 

physicians  is  liie  finely-powdered  anhydrous  salt  (NajSOJ.  It  is  less  liable  to 
changes  than  the  hydrated  compound  (Na,S0,-|-7H,0). 

Tests. — "Upon  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid  to  the  salt  or  its  solution, 
sulphur  dioxide  gas  is  liberated,  which  is  recognized  by  its  odor,  and  by  its  black- 
ening a  strip  of  paper  moistened  with  mercurous  nitrate  T.S.  and  held  in  the 
escaping  g;^^ ;  the  solution  remains  clear,  no  sulphur  lieing  separated  (distinction 
from  ht/po»ulpliili).  The  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  should  not  be  colored  nr  ren- 
dered turbid  by  tlie  addition  of  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  sulphide  T.S., 
either  before  or  after  the  addition  of  ammonia  water  in  slight  excess  (absence  of 
metallic  imjiurities).  If  a  solution  of  2.5  Gm.of  the  salt  in  11  Cc.  of  diluted  hy- 
drochloric acid  be  heated  sutliciently  to  expel  the  sulphur  dioxide,  then  0.15  Cc. 
of  luuiuni  thloriilc  T.S.  added,  and  tlie  pncii)it:ite,  if  any,  removed  by  filtration, 
the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  unall'ected  by  the  further  addition  of  barium  chlo- 
ride T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate).  If  1:1  Gm.of  sodium  sulphite  be  dissolved  in  10 
Cc.  of  diluteil  nitric  acid,  the  solution  heated  to  e.xpel  the  gases,  then  0.4  Cc.  of 
decinormal  silver  nitrate  V.S.  added,  and  the  precipitate,  if  any,  removed  by  fil- 
tration, the  clear  filtrate  should  remain  unchanged  by  the  further  addition  of 
silver  nitrate  V.S.  (limit  of  chloride).  If  0.63  Gm.  of  the'salt  be  dissolved  in  25  Cc. 
of  water  recently  boiled  to  expel  air,  and  a  little  starch  T.S.  be  added,  at  least 
48  Cc.  of  decinormal  iodine  V.S.  should  be  required  to  produce  a  perinanent  blue 
tint  (each  cubic  centimeter  corresponding  to  2  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt) " — 
([/.  S.  P.).  The  latter  determination  is  based  upon  the  oxidation  of  the  sulphite 
to  sulphate, as  follows:  NajSOj-f-H.jO-t-I,,— 2IH-|-Na.jS0<.  Analysis  of  four  com- 
mercial specimens,  according  to  Wm.  A.  Puckner  {Western  Druf/gist,  1897,  p.  254), 
showed  only  54,  66.5,  74,  and  92.5  per  cent  of  the  pure  salt,  instead  of  96  per  cent. 
Large  amounts  uf  sulphate  were  present. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. —  Sulphite  of  sodium,  as  well  as  the 
bisulphite,  were  iiitnidiutci  to  thi'  iimt'ession,  along  with  other  sulphites,  by 
M.  PoUi,  as  azynnHit's.  as  described  under  Mugnexii  Sidphis  (which  see).  These  sev- 
eral sulphites  are  employed  in  the  same  disea.«es,  and  for  the  same  purposes,  both 
internally  and  externally,  and  their  efficacy  in  the  diseases  in  which  they  have 
been  recommended  is  now  generally  acknowledged  by  the  medical  profession. 
Whether  used  internally  or  externally,  it  evolves  sulphurous  acid,  upon  which 
the  remedial  virtues  of  all  the  sulphites  appear  chiefly  to  depend.  Besides  this, 
the  alkaline  element  is  present,  thus  overcoming  conditions  of  excessive  acidity. 
It  agrees  well  with  the  stomach,  has  no  local  irritating  properties,  and  acts  as  a 
diuretic.  Dr.  Astrie  highly  recommends  the  sulphite  of  sodium  as  a  remedy  to 
the  effects  ofnierrury  upon  the  system  ;  the  thick  precipitate  formed  by  the  union 
of  white  of  egg  and  a  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate,  is  at  once  restored  to  a  trans- 
parent fluid  by  a  few  drops  of  a  solution  of  the  sulphite  of  sodium. 

The  special  use  of  sulphite  of  sodium  in  the  Eclectic  school,  is  in  that  very 
common  condition  met  with  in  many  diseases— the  broad,  pallid  tongue,  with 
white  or  dirty-white  coating,  and  extremely  fetid  breath,  although  the  latter  is 
not  always  present.  With  these  conditions  present,  the  name  of  the  disease  is 
immaterial,  and  the  prompt  response  to  the  action  of  the  remedy  will  do  more 
to  convert  one  to  a  belief  in  the  specific  action  of  medicines  than  all  of  the  argu- 
ments which  may  be  presented.  There  are  special  disorders  in  which  it  is  espe- 
cially recommended,  following  the  indications  as  laid  down  above,  and  these  are 
fermetildtive  and  putrefactive  rmuUtions,  typhoid  and  othrr  fevers,  erysipelas,  smallpox, 
tonsillitis  and  other  forms  of  sore  throat,  herpes,  scabies,  rimjiimrm,  etc.  The  dose  of 
the  sulphite  of  ,«odiuin  is  from  10  to  60  grains,  3  times  a  day. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Pallid,  broad  tongue,  with  white  or  dirty- 
white,  pasty  exudate,  and  jiallid  mucous  membranes;  fetor;  fermentative  and 
|>utrefac-tive  processes;   parasitic  skin  affections. 

SODII  SULPHOCARBOLAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SODIUM  SULPHOCARBOLATE. 

FoH.Mti..^:  .\aS0/',H.(0H)-|-2H,().    Molk.ilak  WKKinr:  231.56. 
Sy MiNVMs  :    Sodium  jtarajihcitiiLulphonale,  SnlphonirMati'  nf.iodiiiii}. 
Preparation.— Dissolve  2  jiarts   of  sulphocarbolate  uf  "calcium  (see  Related 
Compouinh)  in  4  parts  of  di.stillecl  water,  and  stir  into  it   >olutioii  of  sulphate  of 


1798  SODII  SULPHOCARBOLAS. 

sodium  until  in  slight  excess;  rather  more  than  1^  parts  of  crystallized  sulphate 
of  sodium  will  be  required.  Permit  the  mixture  to  stand  a  few  hourSj  then  filter, 
and  wash  the  precipitate  with  distilled  water  until  the  runnings  are  nearly  taste- 
less. Evaporate  tlie  filtrate  to  dryness,  on  a  steam  or  water-bath,  and  dissolve 
the  residue  in  boiling  alcohol  (about  10  parts),  then  filter,  and  place  it  in  a  cold 
situation  to  crystallize.  In  case  a  trace  of  sulphate  of  sodium  is  not  objection- 
al)le,  the  crystallization  from  alcohol  may  be  dispensed  with.  The  aqueous  solu- 
tion should  then  be  evaporated  until  a  skin  forms  upon  the  surface,  and  then  bi 
allowed  to  crystallize. 

Description  and  Tests. — As  thus  prepared,  sulphocarbolate  of  sodium  is  in 
the  form  of  small,  needle-like  crystals,  white,  very  soluble  in  water,  less  so  in  alcfi- 
hoi,  and  insoluble  in  ether.  The  U.  S.  P.  describes  the  salt  as  occurring  in  "color- 
less, transparent,  rhombic  prisms,  odorless,  and  having  a  cooling,  saline,  slightly 
bitter  taste.  Somewhat  efflorescent  in  dry  air.  Soluble,  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.),  in  4.8 
parts  of  water,  and  in  132  parts  of  alcohol;  in  0.7  part  of  boiling  water,  and  in 
10  parts  of  boiling  alcohol.  When  heated  a  little  above  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  the  salt 
loses  all  its  water  (15.5  per  cent)  and  becomes  white.  At  a  higher  temperature  it 
chars,  emits  inflammable  vapors  having  the  odor  of  phenol,  and  finally  leaves  a 
residue  of  sodium  sulphate  amounting  to  30.6  per  cent  of  the  original  weight.  To 
a  non-luminous  flame,  it  imparts  an  intense,  yellow  color.  The  aqueous  solution 
is  neutral  to  litmus  paper" — {U.  S.  P.).  It  does  not  precipitate  with  barium  chlo- 
ride. If  a  small  crystal  be  boiled  with  nitric  acid,  and  the  liquid  be  then  neu- 
tralized with  solution  of  caustic  potash,  a  yellow  color  will  result  (carbazotate  or 
picrate  of  potassium).  This  test  is  not  distinctive,  as  it  applies  to  carbolic  acid 
and  carbolates  as  well  as  sulphocarbolates.  "A  dilute  solution  (1  in  100)  of  the 
salt  is  rendered  pale-violet  by  ferric  chloride  T.S.,  but  remains  clear;  barium  chlo- 
ride T.S.  leaves  the  solution  clear,  but  if  a  portion  of  the  salt  be  ignited,  and  the 
residue  dissolved  in  water,  the  same  reagent  will  produce  in  the  solution  a  copi- 
ous, white  precipitate.  In  the  aqueous  solution  (1  in  20)  neither  hydrogen  sul- 
phide T.S.  nor  ammonium  sulphide  T.S.  should  produce  any  turbidity  or  colora- 
tion (absence  of  metallic  impurities);  nor  should  more  than  a  faint  opalescence- 
be  produced  by  barium  chloride  T.S.  (limit  of  sulphate),  or  by  silver  nitrate  T.S. 
(limit  of  cblorjde)"— (T.  S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Sulphocarbolate  of  sodium  is  simply 
a  disiiirtctaiit.  ,\t  oni>  time  itwas  highly  extolled  as  an  efficient  internal  remedy 
in  sno-fiiiinii,  ili/iliihrn'((.  ////i/ioid  fever,  in  septiriemw  ifww.yf.*  generally,  and  even  ii^ 
jihttii^i^  lAiliiviiKiUs,  but  well-conducted  trials  of  it  in  the.se  afl'ections  have  not  su^- 
tained  such  marvellous  assertions.  It  undoubtedl}'  exerts  a  good  influence  in  thi- 
fermentative  forms  of  dyspepsia  and  diarrhcea,  and  destroys  thrush.  The  romiiin'j 
of  pregnancy  is  sometimes  relieved  by  it.  It  has  been  found  more  useful  as  a  local 
application,  employed  in  aqueous  solution  in  the  form  of  spray  ;  used  in  this  man- 
ner, it  has  been  sometimes  beneficial  in  gnncirenous  coiuU/inns.  and  in  the  removal 
of  the  pseudo-iwmhrnnous  exudations  encountered  in  nphtha\  srarlatina.  and  diph- 
theriii;  and,  in  tlieso  cases,  it  owes  its  properties  to  the  phenic  acid  present.  Its 
dose,  internally,  is  from  5  to  25  grains,  in  solution. 

Related  Compounds.— Sclpuocakholatbs,  Sulu)wi>heiiat(s.  Sulpliooarbolates  are  salts 
prepared  respectively  from  orlko  ami  i»ii(i  phenol-sulphonic  acids  (('ulI^.^^Oj  H.OII).  When 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and  carbolic  acid  are  ini-xed  together  in  equal  prop<irtii>ns,  and  tlii' 
mixture  digested  at  from  40° to  .50°C.  (104°to  122°  K.l,  the  orllto  acid  is  mainly  formed.  When 
tlie  temperature  is  increased  to  149°  C.  (300°  F.  (,  this  acid  changes  to  the  "/Hir<i  phenol-«nl- 
phonic  acid.  Neither  acid  is  known  in  an  absolute  state.  In  commerce,  distinctions  an-  not 
made  in  the  salts  derived  from  the  two,  and,  perhaps,  their  therapeutical  actions  are  identical. 
The  p<ini  sulphocarbolates  are  very  esisily  prepared,  and  consequently  are  found  almost 
exclusively  in  the  markets.  The  salts  of  both  acids  are  all  solulile  in  water,  penerally  soluble 
in  hot  alcohol  aiicl  glycerin,  but  insoluble  in  ether.  Most  of  the  ortho  salts  art'  more  soluble 
than  tlie  corresiionding  para  salts.  Commercial  snlphocarlwlates  art>  made  very  easily  by 
mixing  e<|ual  |iartsof  sulphuric  and  carbolic  aciils,  and  heating  the  niixtun'  to  14!'° I'.  r.Wfi  ¥.'). 
The  uii.\tui'e,  upon  cooling,  is  diluteil  with  water,  neutralized  with  the  uecesssary  quantity  of 
carhoiiate,  and  evaporated  to  crystallizatioii.  Adhering  sulphates  are  removed  by  dissolving 
the  salt  in  warm  water,  and  recrystallizing.  This  forms  the /"irn  sulplnvarlxilates.  which  ar»' 
nsuallv  ohtained  in  nice  large  crvstals.  (Sec  an  extensive  studv  of  tne  sulphocarbolates,  bv 
K   H.  Power  and  E.  J.  Rieuber,  iii  Pharm.  Kundschnu.  1889.  pp.  UW-llO.i 

Cai-cii  Si'HMioi-ARnoi,.\s,  Sulphocarholale  of  calcium.  Formula:  CaiC.UjSO,.  Molecular 
Weight:  .'{8.").18. — Molt  16  troy  uuncea  of  carbolic  acid,  in  a  porcelain  dish,  and,  witli  constant 


SODII  VALEIUANAS— :>OLANU.M  CAROLINKNSE.  1799 

stirring,  pour  into  it  16  troy  ounces  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  and  then  apply  ihe  beat 
(il  an  expanded  steam  or  water-bath  for  1!4  liours.  Dilute  the  mixture  with  S  pints  of  cold 
distilled  water,  and  gradually  stir  into  it  powdere<l  carbonate  of  calcium,  until  eflcrvescencc 
cvases;  tlien  [x-nuit  the  mixture  to  stand  for  a  few  hours,  tiltcr,  wash  the  precii)itate  with 
water,  aud  cvajwirate  the  mixed  filtrates  to  dryness  over  a  water-bath.  The  jiroduct  ialjout20 
troy  ounces  1  will  he  im^JUre  sulphoearbolate  of  calcium,  usually  of  a  i)ink  culur.  To  purify  it, 
reifissolve  it  in  water,  tilter,  and  again  evaporate  to  dryness.  When  the  sulphuric  and  car- 
bolic acids  are  mixed,  the  result  is  a  deep  pink-colored  liquid,  or  often  brownish-re<l,  from  im- 
purities in  the  latter  acid.  This  coloring  matter  adheres  most  persistently  to  the  salt.  The 
yielii  is  never  so  larv'e  as  theory  would  indicate.  To  purify  the  salt,  nncombined  sulphuric 
acid  is  thrown  out  as  sulphate  ot  calcium,  upon  addition  of  the  carbonate  of  calcium,  and  the 
subsequent  heat  evaporates  the  free  carbolic  acid.  iSuljdiocarbolate  of  calcium  may  be  used 
to  prepare  the  other  sulphocarljolates.  The  more  expensive  barium  carbonate  may  be  substi- 
tuted for  calcium  carbonate  in  the  foregoing  operation,  and  sulphoearbolate  of  barium  be 
formed  in  like  manner  as  the  sulphoearbolate  of  calcium.  Neither  sulphoearbolate  of  calcium 
nor  sulphoearbolate  of  barium  are  used  as  medicines. 

SoDii  (.'\RBoL.\s,  fiudiuin  caihoUile,  Sodium  phrnate  (NaCjHsO).— The  alkaline  carbolatee 
have  been  higlily  extolled  for  uses  similar  to  tlie  acid.  The  carbolate  of  sodium  (Plunol  So- 
di(jiu),  is  the  one  more  commonly  used.  It  is  an  easily  decomposed  preparation,  soluble  in 
water  and  carbolic  acid,  and  may  be  made  by  neutralizing  pure  crystallized  carbolic  acid  in 
solution  with  caustic  soda;  press  the  resulting  crystals  between  bibulous  paper,  and  then  dry 
tliem  under  a  bell-ghisa  over  a  dish  of  sulphuric  acid.  As  a  local  application,  this  will  be  found 
very  useful  in  bams,  scalds,  stiitgs  of  bees,  uxisps,  biUs  ofspkliis,  etc.;  in  chilblain,  erysipelas,  many 
cutaneous  nffictiuiis,  hemorrhoids,  aiid  soft,  spongy,  swollen,  or  ulcerated  gums;  when  applied  by 
means  of  compresses,  it  arrests  hemorrhage  from  leech  biles,cuts,  spongy  gums, etc.;  when  sprinkled 
around  places  infested  by  insects,  parasites,  or  anin  alculee,  it  destroys  them,  or  drives  them 
away.  The  fumes  of  this"  preparation  are  said  to  relieve  whooping-cough,  and  it  has  been  used 
internally  in  scarblfeivr.  Dose,  5  to  30  grains.  It  is  a  good  deodorizer  anil  checks  putrefac- 
tion (see  also  Lif/uor  Sodii  Carbolads}. 

M.\G.NESii  Sn.PHOCAKBoL.^s,  Mamiesium  sulphocarbolole  (  MgCSOjCjHj.OHlj.TH^O).— Forms 
in  rhombic  prisms  or  acicular  crystals. 

PoT.ts-^ii  .>^i-LPHOc.vRBOLAS,  'Potossium  sulphocarbulale  (K.';03C|,H4[OH]),  also  forms  shining 
acicular  crystals. 

SODII  VALERIANAS.— SODIUM  VALEEIANATE. 

Formula:  NaCjHjO,.    Molecular  Weight:  123.77. 

Syxonyms:  Sodse  Valerianae,  Natrium  valerianicuvi,  Vateriamis  natricus,  Vale- 
rianae so/li'-iix. 

Preparation. — This  salt  is  prepared  by  very  careful  oxidation  of  amylic  alco- 
hol or  fus,!  o(7  (^CVHjiOH),  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid  and  potassium  bichromate 
in  a  di.^tilling  apparatus,  neutralizing  the  distilled  valerianic  acid  (CsHijO,)  accu- 
rately with  sodium  hydroxide,  and  evaporating  to  dryness.  (For  details  regard- 
ing this  procp.'S,  see  Br.  Pharm.,  1885,  and  this  Z)t.^eri8a<on/,  preceding  edition.) 

Description  and  Tests.— Valerianate  of  sodium  crystallizes  with  difficulty, 
but  may  be  obtained  in  the  form  of  a  cauliflower-like  mass.  It  fuses  at  140°  C. 
(284°  F.),  and  on  cooling  forms  a  white  solid  mass,  which  has  a  greasy  or  soapy 
feel.  Its  odor  is  like  valerianic  acid;  its  ta.'<te  sweet  but  nauseous.  It  is  very 
deliquescent,  soluble  in  alcohol  or  water, and  should  not  be  alkaline  in  reaction. 
When  treated  with  sulphuric  acid  a  powerful  odor  of  valerian  is  evolved.  Neither 
hydrogen  sulphide  nor  ammonium  sulphide  should  produce  colorations  with  its 
aqueous  solution  (absence  of  metals),  nor  should  a  precipitate  be  occasioned  in 
acid  solution  by  barium  chloride  (absence  of  sulphates). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Valerianate  of  sodium  is  not  used  to 
any  extent  as  a  medicine,  init  for  the  preparation  of  the  valerianates  of  iron, 
quinine,  etc.,  by  double  decomposition  of  tbe  .sodium  salt  with  salts  of  the  re- 
spective bases.  It  might  be  used  with  advantage  in  ncrvnu.t  and  irriUilih'  habUs, 
attended  with  aridity  of  the  stomach,  but  probably  has  no  advantages  over  the  corre- 
Hponding  ammonium  compound.     Dose,  1  to  5  grains. 

SOLANUM  CAROLINENSE.— HORSE-NETTLE. 

The  root  and  fruit  o(  Sfjlanum  Carolineim-.Linnf:. 

Nal.  0/(/.— Solanacea'. 

C0.MM0N  Names:  Horse-nettle,  Bull-nettle,  Snnd-brier,  Treadsoft,  Treadmf. 


SOLAXLM  CAROLl.Ni;:' 


Solnine,  from  Solanum 


Botanical  Source. —  Horse-nettle  is  an   herbaceous  perennial    i)lant,  from 
to  18  inclies  high.    The  stem  is  simple  and  erect,  though  sometimes  prostrate 
^.g  23  j_  and  branching  from  the  root. 

The  more  or  less  contorted 
root  is  from  i  to  J  inch  in  di- 
ameter, having  a  thick  bark 
surrounding  a  slender  woody  ' 
center;  it  descends  deeplyand 
vertically  into  the  soil.  The 
leaves  are  alternate,  oblong, 
ovate;  obtusely  lobec'.  wav\-, 
with  yellowish  prickles  oii 
midrib  and  larger  veins  of 
both  surfaces,  and  extending 
along  the  petiole  and  main 
stem, where  they  become  quite 
stout.  The  surfaces  of  stems  and  leaves  are  stellate  (4,  6,  or  8-rayed)  pubescent. 
The  flowers  are  borne  in  simple  cymes  or  racemes,  becoming  lateral  in  fruit. 
Flowers  regular,  calyx  5-parted,  sepals  pointed,  corolla  rotate,  with  5  ovate  lobes 
and  pale-blue,  violet,  or  more  rarely  white.  Stamens  5,  yellow,  inserted  on  the 
corolla;  anthers  4-celled,  4  times  as  long  as  the  filaments,  and  opening  by  pores 
at  the  tip.  They  are  connivent  and  form  a  cone  around  the  pistil.  The  style 
and  stigma  are  single.  The  fruit,  when  ripe,  is  an  orange- or  lemon-colored  berry 
from  i  to  f  inch  in  diameter;  2-celled,  the  seeds  being  attached  to  the  centra"! 
placenta.  The  seeds  are  pale-yellow,  smooth,  shining,  oval,  and  flattened.  The 
dried  fruit  has  a  shrunken  or  reticulated  appearance.  (Also  see  microscopy  and 
illustration  of  Solanum  Carolinense,  bv  C.  .T.  Johnson,  in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm..  1897, 
pp.  76-84,  and  by  M.  C.  Thrush,  ibid,  pp.  S4-89.) 

History. — Horse-nettle  is  a  common  and  abundant  wild  plant  flourishing  in 
waste  i)laces  and  around  cultivated  fields,  frequently  in  patches  in  almost  all 
parts  of  our  country.  It  grows  from  Connecticut  to  Iowa,  and  southward  to  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico.  It  frequently  grows  so  abundantly  as  to  be  a  nui.<ance.  p. infer- 
ring sandy  or  gravelly  slopes,  railroad  grades,  etc.,  with  a  south  sunny  exposure. 
The  root  and  berries  are  employed  medicinally.  Specific  solanum  carolinense  is 
prepared  from  the  root.  Attention  was  called  to  this  plant  hyVovchK-r  (Re}ir,rt  on 
hidigenous  Medical  Plants  of  South  Carolina)  in  the  middle  of  the  present  century, 
who  quotes  from  a  French  work  (Merat  and  DeLem^  Dictionnaire  Univ.  dc  Matih-e 
Mdicaie,  Paris,  Vol.  VI,  1837)  that  M.Louis  Valentin  used  the  berries  in  idio- 
pathic or  non-traumatic  tetanus  (see  also  A.  Clapp,  M.  D.,  Re^mrt  on  Midiml  Botany, 
1850-51 ;  and  Robert  Hogg,  Natural  Histori/  of  the  Vrgetahle  Kingdom.  18-58).  Porcher 
also  refers  to  an  article  {Journal  Gen.  de  Mid.,\'o].  XL,  p.  13),  which  gives  "A  notice 
of  the  different  methods  of  treating  Tetanus  in  America,  with  obserrotions  on  the  good  effects 
of  the  S.  Carolinense."  According  to  Porcher,  it  possessed  "some  reputation  among 
the  negroes  of  this  state  (South  Carolina)  as  an  aphrodisiac."  Its  revival  as  a 
medicine  was  due  to  reports  by  Dr.  J.  L.  Napier,  of  Blenheim,  S.  C.  {Medical  World, 
1889;  and  Amer.  Therapist,  1892). 

Chemical  Composition. — Complete  chemical  analyses  of  the  root-bark,  leaves 
and  berries  of  Si  iliinu  111  Carolinense  were  made  bvG.  A.  Krauss  (.-Imc/-.  Jnnr.  Pharm., 

1890,  p.  601,  and  1S91,  |ip.  t>j  and  216);  of  the  berries,  also  by  Harry  Kahn  {ibid., 

1891,  )).  126).  From  tlie  root-bark  Krauss  obtained  by  consecutive  extraction 
with  petroleum-ether  and  ether,  an  alkaloid  crystallizing  in  hard,  shining  prism.«, 
sokilile  in  ether,  benzol,  and  chloroform,  and  being  non-gluco.<idal.  Alcohni  then 
abstracted  a  glucosidal  alkaloid  which  showed  the  reactions  for  sohmine.  The 
ether-soluble  alkaloid,  the  author  believes  ti>  be  pn>l)alily  solanidine  (compare 
Dulcamara).  The  leaves  and  the  berries  contained  the  same  substances,  rrof. 
J.  U.  Lloyd  {Amei:  Jour.  P/uim.,  1S>)4,  p.  161)  independentlv  obtaine.l  from  the 
root  of  tills  plant  an  ether-soluble,  well-crystallizable  alkaloid  (see  illustration, 
above),  which  he  provisionally  named  sohiine.  It  is  practically  insoluble  in  water 
and  diluted  ammonia  water,  soluble  in  diluted  acids  and  in  cold  chloroform; 
from  boiling  alcohol  it  crystallizes  in  needles  resembling  hydiastine.  Its  melting 
point  is  131°  C.  (267.8°  F.),  thus  difltring  markedly  from  solauiue.  which  melts 


SOLIDAGO.  1801 

at  235°  C.  (400°  F.),  also  differing  from  solan. dine,  the  melting  point  of  whit  li, 
according  to  Watt's  Dictionary,  is  191°  C.  (375.8°  F.).  The  root-bark  contains  aljuui 
0.4  piT  cent,  the  berries  about  1.3  per  cent,  of  total  alkaloids,  the  presence  of  wliii  li 
explains  the  toxic  action  of  the  drug.  (For  further  constituents  of  volatile  oil, 
starch,  ■•^■'hmir  iiri,l,  etc.,  see  the  ita]nis  quoted.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  agent  is  reputed  antispasmodic 
and  ha-  l>.fn  rcc<minu"nde(l  (.hictly  fur  convulsive  disorders.  It  was  early  ust  >! 
by  VaKntin  in  Don-trmiinntic  letaitu.f  (see  Medical  Ili.-<tiiry).  While  succe.«s  with  i' 
has  been  recorded  in  chorea,  puei-jteral  eclampsia,  infantile,  and  hysterical  convulisinn. 
its  chief  use  has  been  in  epikpsi/,  and  particularly  that  form  in  which  thr 
jiaroxysms  are  severest  at  or  brought  on  at  the  menstrual  periods.  The  driij- 
needs  further  investigation.  The  dose  of  the  fluid  extract  is  from  10  to  60 
drops;  of  specific  solanum  carolinense,  10  to  30  drops. 

SOLIDAGO.  —SWEET-SCENTED  GOLDENROD, 

The  tops  and  leaves  of  Sol idago  ndora.  Alton. 

Nat.  Ord. — Composita?. 

Co.M.MON  N.\MES:  Sxceet  goldenrod,  Sweet-scented  goldenrod,  Pragrant-Ienved  golden- 
rod,  Bhw  mountai)!  tea. 

Botanical  Source. — This  plant  has  a  perennial,  woody,  much  branched,  and 
creeping  root,  and  a  slender,  round,  yellowish-green  stem,  smooth  or  slightly 
pubescent  below,  pubescent  at  top,  often  reclined,  and  2  or  3  feet  in  height.  The 
leaves  are  closely  sessile,  linear-lanceolate,  broad  at  base,  entire,  acute,  rough  at 
the  margin,  but  otherwise  smooth,  with  a  prominent  midrib,  and  covered  with 
small  pellucid  dots.  The  flowers  are  of  a  deep  golden-yellow  color,  in  a  ternnnal 
compound,  and  usually  secund-paniculate  raceme,  the  branches  of  which  are  very 
slender,  rigid,  and  spread  almost  horizontally,  are  each  accompanied  by  a  small 
leaf,  and  support  the  flowers  on  downy  pedicels,  which  put  forth  from  the  upper 
side  of  the  peduncle,  and  have  small,  linear,  subulate  bracts  at  their  base.  Scales 
of  the  involucre  oblong,  acute,  smooth,  or  slightly  pubescent,  the  lower  ones  are 
shorter,  and  closely  imbricating  the  rest.  Florets  of  the  ray  few,  with  oblong,  ob- 
tuse, yellow  ligules,  those  of  the  disk  funnel-shaped,  with  acute  segments.  The 
pajipus  is  shorter  than  the  florets  of  the  disk.  The  leaves  of  this  plant  are  from 
U  to  3  inches  long  bv  from  3  to  5  lines  broad,  with  a  strong,  yellowish  midvein, 
but  no  veiiilets  (L.— G.— W.). 

History,  and  Chemical  Composition. — This  plant  is  common  to  the  United 
States,  growing  in  dry,  fertile  woodlands  and  sunny  hills,  and  flowering  from 
July  to  October.  There  are  many  species  of  this  genus  growing  throughout  the 
country,  and  which  differ  from  each  other  in  their  degree  of  astringency  and 
fragrance.  The  leaves  and  tops  are  the  parts  used;  they  have  an  odor,  when 
bruised,  resembling  anise  and  sassafras,  and  a  slightly  a.s"tringent,  spicy,  rather 
pleasant  taste;  they  contain  a  volatile  oil,  which  may  be  procured  by  distilling 
them  with  water;  it  is  of  a  pale-yellowish  color.  The  oil  obtained  from  the  flow- 
ers is  said  to  differ  from  that  yielded  by  the  leaves.  When  properly  dried,  the 
leaves  form  an  excellent  substitute  for  tea,  and  are  collected  and  used  for  this 
purpose,  under  the  name  of''  Blue  mountain  tea,"  among  the  German  population 
in  central  Pennsylvania.  The  leaves  impart  their  virtues  to  alcohol  or  boiling 
water;  but  boiling  injures  their  properties.  From  the  whole  plant  of  Sol  idago 
rugo.ta,\ym.  P.  01)erliauser  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,\S9Z,  ]).  122)  obtained  0.996  pev 
cent  of  volatile  oil ;  the  odor  of  the  oil  from  the  flowers  and  the  leaves  resembles 
that  of  origanum.  The  flowers  of  S.hicolor,  also  growing  in  Pennsylvania,  contain 
volatile  oil  and  2.5  ])er  cent  of  a  l)itter  resin  (Adam  Conrath,  ibid.,  1873,  p.  253). 
The  flowering  an'l  fresh  herb  of  S.ranadenxi^i  yie\d^  0.6Z  percent  of  volatile  oil, 
chiertv  c'onsi.sting  nf  jiinene,  with  honieol,  linrnyCacetate,  and  cndinene  (Gildemeister 
and   Hofl'inann,  f)i>  .Klhcri^chen  Orlr.  1S99). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Sweet-scented  goldenrod  is  gently 
stimulant  and  carminative,  and,  in  warm  infusion,  diaphoretic.  It  may  be  given 
in  infusion  in  ftainlcnt  colic,  ametiorrhaa .  .tirknei<8  at  the  xtomach .  and  as  a  pleasant 
drink  in  convale.siince   from  >i:yt;Tr  dy^ntcry,  di"--' ./"'.,•,>   ""i-'.i'v,  etc:  and 


may  also  be  added  to  nauseating  medicines  to  render  them  more  agreeable  to  the 
taste.  The  oil  is  carminative  and  diuretic;  and  its  tincture  or  essence  has  been 
used  as  a  diuretic  in  suppression  of  urine  among  infants,  and  as  a  local  application 
in  some  forms  of  headache.  Its  essence  is  useful  to  remove  flatulency,  check  vo^nit- 
ing,  relieve  cm?)ip  of  the  stomach,  und  to  mask  the  unpleasant  flavor  of  nauseous 
medicines.  The  flowers  are  said  to  be  aperient,  tonic,  astringent,  and  diuretic 
and  have  been  found  beneficial  in  gravel,  urinary  obstructions,  ulceration  of  the  bladder 
and  in  the  early  stage  of  dropsy;  taken  in  infusion  (herb  §i  to  water  Oj)  in  doses 
of  1  or  2  fluid  ounces;  the  oil,  from  1  to  3  drops. 

Related  Species.— ^o^irfaj^o  rigida,  Linne,  Hani-leaf  goldenrod.  This  plant  is  also  termed 
Rlykl  guldenmd.  It  has  a  simple  stem,  corymbose  above,  terete,  striate,  rough,  minutely  hairy, 
very  leafy,  .3  to  5  feet  in  height.  Leaves  1  to  4  inches  long,  ovate-obloug,  rough,  with  minute 
rigid  hairs;  upper  ones  entire,  veiny,  thick,  rigid;  lower  closely  sessile  by  a  broail  base,  slightly 
serrate;  radical  ones  lanceolate,  acuminate,  nerved,  petiolate,  sometimes  nearly  1  foot  long, 
2  or  2J  inches  broad.  Flowers  yellow,  in  a  teiminal,  compound,  close,  coinpac-t,  paniculate 
raceme.  Heads  very  large,  about  34-flowered;  rays  twice  the  length  of  the  obtuse  involucre, 
deep-vellow,  from  7  to  10,  and  about  3  lines  by  1.  Scales  of  the  involucre  round-obtuse,  nerved, 
memljniiuiceons  at  the  edges  (  W.— G. ).  This  is  a  tall  species,  growing  in  dry  fields  and  rwky 
woods  throughout  the  United  States,  and  is  abundant  in  the  western  prairies,  flowering  in 
.\ugust  and  September.  It  is  the  styptic  plant  of  old  Dr.  Bone,  of  New  Jersey,  who  is  said  to 
have  suppressed  hemnrrhagn  from  large  blood-vessels  by  applying  it  locally,  in  the  powdered 
state;  a  property  likewise  attributed  to  the  variable  Solidago  virga  aurea,  Linn^,  or  European 
goldenrod,  found  in  this  country  and  Europe.  The  leaves  and  blossoms  of  .S.  rigida  are  the  parts 
employed.  They  have  an  astringent  taste,  and  yield  their  virtues  to  water  or  alcohol.  Hard- 
leaf  goldenrod  is  tonic,  astringent,  and  styptic.  In  powder  or  infusion,  it  is  beneficial  in  all 
external  hemorrhages,  epistaxis,  hemoptysis,  hematemesis,  and  hemorrhage  from  the  bowels.  Applied 
with  excellent  effect,  in  form  of  poultice,  to  old  ulcers.  The  oil  is  diuretic.  This  plant  deserves 
furtli' T  iiivestiKiition. 

S,.lidii,io  rii-ga  aurea,  JAuai,  European  goldenrod,  has  been  revived  as  a  diuretic  and  remedy 
inr  uriii'iri/  disiiirders. 

SMkc/u  ijigantea,  Aiton,  Smooth  three-Hbbed  goldenrod,  will  likewise  be  found  to  possess 
similar  virtues. 

Chnj^opsis  argentea,  Silver  aster,  also  named  C.  graminifolia,  Ijelonging  to  this  family  of 
plants,  forms  a  very  powerful  styptic  application  to  tvounds,  and  said  to  be  the  sheet-anchor  in 
field-surgery  among  the  Cherok'ees.  Internally,  it  is  beneficial  in  diarrhaa,  dyseiUery,aphihoui 
ulceration  of  the  mouth,  etc. 

SOPHORA.— SOPHORA. 

The  seeds  of  Sophor a  speclosa,Benthiim . 

Nat.  Ord. — Leguminosete. 

Illustr.\tion  :    Anu-r.  Jnur.  Pharm.,\8S6,  p.  4f>6. 

Botanical  Source,  History,  and  Chemical  Composition. — An  evergreen 
shrub,  or  tree,  with  odd-pinnate,  smooth  leaves,  the  leaflets  of  which  are  in  pairs 
of  3  to  5.     The  leaflets  are  ovate  in  outline,  about  an  inch  long,  either  obtuse  or 

Eointed,  pale-green  below,  and  glossy  and  deep-green  on  the  upper  surface.  The 
owers  are  blue,  sometimes  tinted  with  white,  have  10  stamens,  small  canipanu- 
late  calices,  are  very  fragrant,  and  borne  in  close  racemes.  The  fruit  is  a  nearly 
round,  indehiscent  pod,  2  or  3  inches  long,  tough,  slightly  constricted,  at  intervals 
separated  by  the  seeds,  and  coated  with  a  pubescence  of  a  light  brown-gray  color. 
The  subglobular  seeds  are  of  a  red  color,  are  depressed  at  tlie  hilum.  and  less  than 
^  incli  in  length.  Sophora  sperif)sa  grows  in  Texas,  and  yields  a  bean  which,  it  is 
said,  is  sometimes  employed  as  a  medicine  by  the  Indians  of  southwestern  Texas, 
producing  delirious  exhilaration  and  subsequent  sleep  of  2  or  3  days.  Not  more 
than  V  bean  is  taken,  it  being  as.'serted  that  an  entire  bean  will  kill  a  man. 
Dr.  11."  C.  Wood  (A)wr.  Jnur.  Pharm.,  1877,  p.  617,  and  187S.  p.  2S3)  prepared,  from 
si)e<imens  of  the  bean,  an  alkaloid,  soluble  in  ether  and  diluted  aciils,  ami  named 
it  sophorine.  Prof  Phigge  (Arrhiv  drr  Pharm.,  1S91,  p.  563)  believes  it  to  be  identical 
with  tiie  alkaloi<l  i-)jti.'<ine{^ei^  fMbunutm).  (A  complete  quantitative  analysis  of 
the  seeds,  with  description  and  illustration  of  the  plant,  is  given  bv  M.  Kaltever 
and  \V.  K.  Neil,  in  Amcr.  Join:  Pharm..  ISSfi,  p.  4(«.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Of  the  alkaloid,  fopftorin,-,  a  mere  speck 
paralyzed  a  frog,  and  ^  grain  caused  a  cat  to  sleep  many  hours.  From  an  over- 
dose, death  followed  in  a  few  hours.     Its  action  is  similar  to  that  of  the  calabar 


S0R15US.  1803 

l>ean.  It  appears  to  be  a  spinal  sedative,  and  occasions  death  through  the  respi- 
lation.  This  remedy  deserves  investigation.  According  to  Dr.  Scudder,  "it  may 
be  employed  as  a  stimulant  to  the  cerebro-spinal  centers,  when  there  is  a  defect 
of  reflex  action,  imperfect  respiration,  and  threntenrd  pardlyxia.  It  also  relieves 
the  excited  innervation  from  atony,  and  thus  gives  rest  and  sleep''  (Spec.  Med., 
p.  247).  A  tincture  of  the  seeds,  with  98  per  cent  alcohol,  is  suggested,  5  drops  of 
which  may  be  added  to  4  fluid  ounces  of  water,  the  dose  of  the  dilution  being  a 
tablespoonful. 

Related  Species.— So/>/wra  japonka,  Limi6.  This  is  a  fine  tree,  a  native  of  China  or 
Japan.  The  tiowert;,  under  the  name  M  (ii-/a  or  Wai-hwa,  are  used  in  those  countries  lor  dye- 
inj;  sillv  a  yellow  color,  and  to  produce  a  beautiful  green,  when  mixed  with  a  proper  propor- 
tion of  blue.  .\11  part£  of  the  tree  are  purgative,  and  persons  who  prune  it,  as  well  as  work- 
men who  are  engai;e<l  in  turning  thi-  dry  wood,  are  afj'ected  by  it.  Foerster  (188L'i  obtained 
from  it  the  vellow  gUicosid,  .lo/i/i.iriii*',  which  splits  into  wpliorei'in  and  isodulcite  vfirnn  treated 
with  dilated  "sulphuric  acid  i  also  see  K.  Waclis,  Ainer.  Jour.  J'harm.,  1894,  p.  35). 

Sojthura  sericfu,  Niittall.— Nebraska  to  California.  The  .seeds  and  root  of  this  small  herb 
yielded  F.  A.  Wentz  (  riiited  StaUx  AgricuUural  Seport,  1879)  an  impure  liquid  alkaloid,  thought 
to  be  identical  with  wpliorine. 

Snphorn  («»ini/<x«/  yielded  GreBhoff  ( Pharm.  Jour.  Trn(i.'!.,Vol.  XII)  a  fluid  alkaloid,  which 
Prof.  Plugge  1 1891;  see'Hophora  s/xciW/)  regartled  identical  with  ci/tisine. 

SORBUS.— MOUNTAIN  ASH. 

The  fruit  of  Pf/ntf  aumparia,  Gffirtner  {Sorbus  aiicuparia,  Linne;  Me.-ipilus 
aiwup'iiiii.  Scopoli). 

.V.j'.  Onl. — Kosaceje. 

Botanical  Source. — This  tree,  which  is  of  medium  size,  bears  odd-pinnate 
leaves  composed  of  obtuse  leaflets,  which  are  pubescent  or  downy  upon  their 
under  surface.  The  fruit,  or  part  employed,  is  bright-red,  globular,  berry-like,  and 
of  small  size.  The  remains  of  the  calyx-limb  cap  the  fruit,  which  is  acid  to  the 
taste,  and  contains  3  oi  4  two-seeded  cells. 

History  and  Chemical  Composition. — The  tree  yielding  mountain  ash  ber- 
ries is  indijrenous  to  Europe  and  the  western  portions  of  Asia.  It  is  known  as 
the  Rniran  tree,  and  is  sometimes  cultivated  in  America  for  its  landscape  eflects. 
The  ripe  fruits  contain  much  malic  acid,  with  citric  acid.  The  unripe  fruits 
contain  tartaric  acid  (Liebig).    In  addition,  the  following  principles  were  found: 

(1)  The  sugar  mrbin  {sorbinose,  CsH,.,Oj),  discovered  by  Pelouze  (1852)  in  fer- 
mented juice  of  the  berries;  it  is  isomeric  with  dextrose,  as  sweet  as  cane-sugar, 
non-fermentable,  crystallizing  in  rhombic  prisms,  kevo-rotatory,  and  ca)>able  of 
reducing   Fehling's  solution;  remains  unaffected  liy  boiling  with  diluted  acids; 

(2)  s'irhiir  (CJl^fif)  isomeric  with  mannite  and  dulcite,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble 
in  hoiling  alcohol,  optically  inactive,  not  reducing  Fehling's  solution  ;  discovered 
by  Houssingault  (1872);  (Z)  sorbic  find  (C^B.,0.,)  is  an  unsaturated  crystallizable 
acid,  volatile  with  the  vapors  of  water;  discovered  by  A.  W.  Hofniann  (1859)  in 
the  juice  of  the  unripe  berries.  A  peculiar  tannin  (■•^nrbitnnmr  (teid  of  Vincent 
and  Delachanal)  is  also  present  in  the  fruits.  Wicke  (1852)  found  bitter  amyg- 
dalin  in  tlie  bark  nn<l  the  hnds. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  ripe  fruit  of  sorbus,  when  infused 
with  water,  furnishes  an  acidulous  and  astringent  gargle  for  ^cxiXe  diseases  of  the 
phnriiDfienl  vault  and  tru^sU.'^,  with  excessive  secretion.  The  bark  and  the  unripe 
fruit  are  employed  in  infusion,  or  decoction  in  gm n-y  and  dinrrfurn,  and  topically 
to  relaiatinm  nf  the  annl  or  vaginal  imlh  and  throat,  all  with  profuse  secretion.  The 
very  astringent  qualities  of  sorbus  render  it  a  good  agent  for  poultices  when  one 
of  such  a  character  is  desired. 

Belated  Species.— /"i/ni*  Americana,  DeCandoUe  {.Sorbus  Americana,  Marshall),  and  the 
Pyrii^'  fiimlifirlf.jlia,  Chamigso  et  Schlechtendal  (.Sorfcim  mmbucifoliu,  Ruemer),  are  two  indige- 
nous species  resembling  the  European  tree  but  Ix'aring  snialler  fruits.  Both  are  known  as 
.•!ni<Ti<vi/i  iii'Kinl'iin  nth. 

<'ralte'iiif.—TUe  bark,  fruit,  and  leaves  of  this  genus  of  plants  are  sometimes  employed 
as  a.9tringenta  an<l  tonica.    (."<«<.•  also  CrutsegHn  Oryacantha.) 

f'uriut  roruniirin,  Linne,  Cnih  aupl-;  I'ljriu  arbuli/oli<i,  Linne  filius,  Chokeberrij.  Br)th  of 
these  fi|iecies  have  the  projwrties  of  sorbus. 


1804  SPARTEIX.?;  SULPHAS. 

SPARTEINiE  SULPHAS  (U.  S.  P.)— SPARTEINE  SULPHATE. 

Formula:  C,5HjjN2HjSO<+4HjO.    Molecular  Weight:  403.23. 

"The  neutral  sulphate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained  from  scoparius" — (U.S.P.). 

Preparation. — Sparteine  (C,5H.^Nj),  the  volatile  alkaloid  contained  in  broom 
(see  Scoparius),  was  discovered  in  1853  by  Stenhouse,  and  is  prepared  by  extract- 
ing the  plant  with  water  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid,  concentrating  the  fluid 
and  distilling  with  caustic  soda.  The  distillate  is  neutralized  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  residue  distilled  with  solid  caustic  potash. 
Ammonia  gas  escapes  first,  then  the  base  distills.  Sparteine,  when  freshly  pre- 
pared, is  a  colorless,  thick  oil  of  bitter  taste;  its  odor  resembles  that  of  aniline. 
It  is  heavier  than  water  and  boils  at  288°  C.  (550.4°  F.j.  It  is  soluble  in  alcohol, 
chloroform,  and  ether,  almost  insoluble  in  water,  and  not  at  all  soluble  in  benzol 
or  benzin.  Upon  dry  distillation  it  yields  pyridine  (C5H5N)  and  derivatives  of 
the  latter.  It  forms  salts  with  acids.  To  prepare  the  sulphate,  neutralize  the 
base  witli  sulphuric  acid  and  allow  to  crystallize. 

Description  and  Tests. — Sparteine  sulphate  occurs  in  "colorless, white,  pris- 
matic crystals,  or  a  granular  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  slightly  saline  and 
somewhat  bitter  taste.  Liable  to  attract  moisture  when  exposed  to  damp  air. 
Very  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol.  When  heated  to  about  83°  C.  (181.4°  F.), 
the  salt  begins  to  lose  its  water  of  crvstallization,  all  of  which  escapes  at  100°  C. 
(212°  F.).  At  about  136°  C.  (276.8°  F.)  it  melts,  and,  upon  ignition,  it  is  con- 
sumed, leaving  no  residue.  The  salt  is  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  If  25  Cc.  of 
ether  be  added  to  about  0.1  Gm.  of  sparteine  sulphate  in  a  test-tube,  then  a  few 
drops  of  dilute  ammonia  water,  so  that  the  latter  shall  not  be  in  excess,  and  an 
ethereal  solution  of  iodine  (1  in  50)  be  afterward  added  until  the  liquid,  when 
shaken,  turns  from  an  orange  to  a  dark  reddish-brown  color,  the  bottom  and 
sides  of  the  test-tube  will,  after  a  short  time,  be  found  coated  with  minute,  dark 
greenish-brown  crystals,  distinctly  seen  with  a  lens  after  the  liquid  has  been 
poured  out" — {U.  S.  P.).  In  consequence  of  a  similar  reaction  taking  place,  spar- 
teine sulphate  is  incon:patible  with  potassium  iodide  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
1891,  p.  695).  "On  shaking  0.05  Gm.  of  the  salt,  in  a  test-tube,  with  5  Cc.  of  potas- 
sium or  sodium  hydrate  T.S.,the  liquid  will  at  first  be  turbid,  and  small  drops  of 
sparteine  will  gradually  collect  on  the  surface.  If  a  strip  of  moistened  red  litmus 
paper  be  suspended  in  the  mouth  of  the  test-tube,  and  a  gentle  heat  then  applied, 
the  test-paj)  r  will  gradually  aciiuire  a  blue  color,  but  no  ammoniacal  odor  should 
be  penvptibl.'  (absence  of  ainni..niuni  salts)"— (['.,<?.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Sparteine,  and  scoparius.  from  which 
it  is  derived,  are  employed  to  regulate  the  heart's  action,  and  to  produce  diuresis, 
both  of  whicli  effects  they  sometimes  fail  to  accomplish.  The  diuretic  virtues 
of  the  latter  are  believed  to  reside  more  largely  in  scoparine  than  in  sparteine, 
though  the  former  has  not  been  well  investigated.  .\s  a  rule  sparteine  does  not 
produce  diuretic  effects  in  the  healthy  individual  (Masius).  Dr.  J.  V.  Laborde 
was  the  first  to  point  out  the  action  of  sparteine  upon  {he  heart,  and  his  views 
were  subsequently  confirmed  in  the  main  by  Masius,  Germain  See.  and  others. 
The  toxic  symptoms  in  the  lower  animals  from  the  administration  of  sparteine 
are  muscular  trembling,  incoordinate  movements,  impeded  respiration,  convul- 
sions, both  tonic  and  clonic,  quickened  pulse,  with  feeble  heart-action, while  finally 
all  of  the  functions  are  feebly  performed  and  death  occurs  from  asphyxiatiiui. 
Both  the  centers  of  motion  in  the  s])inal  axis  and  of  respiration  are  paralyzed 
by  it.  A  tendency  to  somnolence  and  dilated  pujiils  has  also  been  ob.«erved  in 
animals.  In  man  the  chief  efl'ects  that  have  been  observed  from  over-doses  are 
nausea,  dizziness,  heaviness  of  the  limbs,  and  irregular  heart-action. 

Therapeutically,  sparteine  is  employed  chiefly  in  ran//.irrfi",«-rt,'if,<  to  augment 
in  force  the  action  of  the  heart  and  arteries,  and  to  regulate  arhythmical  move- 
ments of  the  former.  It  appears  that  when  the  cardiac  action  is  abnormally  slow 
as  from  functional  exhaustion  (See),  and  when  the  pulsations  are  abnormally 
rapid  (Clarke),  the  heart  is  spurred  to  action  by  it  in  the  first  instance  and  gradu- 
ally slowed  to  normal  in  tlie  second.  By  some  it  is  regarded  as  superior  to 
digitalis  as  a  heart  tonic  and  is  free  from  cumulative  efl'ects ;  others  regard  it  as 


SPEUUULARIA.  ISUo 

only  sefoiulary  to  that  drug  as  a  heart  rc-iuedy.  It  ha!<  the  advantage  of  acting 
quickly,  in  liuui  i  to  |  ot  an  ht)ur,  reaching  its  niaxiniuni  power  in  6  or  6  hours, 
and  its  ell'ects  sometimes  hxst  nearly  a  week.  The  allections  in  which  it  has  re- 
ceived [iraise  as  a  remedy  arc:  irnyudtr  heart-act i<m  from  valvular  U«i(n}i<,  ov  lUbilUy 
of  the  '■iinlinr  muscle;  flow  heart-action  chic  to  Junctional  exhauMion;  obt>t7wticc  heart 
disease  trith  jxilpitation,  and  tumultuous  heart-art loy, ,-  functional  palpitation  (]ironipt 
results  >;  mitral  rcijunjitation,  and  aortic  rcciurfiilnlioii  vilh  irrilnhlr  ami  cularried  heart. 
In  mitral  I'tciio.-ii^  its  cHects  are  less  beneficial,  hut  in  cxophthalmii  i/oilrc  its  iiction 
is  said  to  be  pronounced.  In  a-'<thma  with  cardiac  complications  it  lias  proved  a 
good  but  slow  remedy.  In  the  obstructive  heart  diseases  the  smaller  or  fractional 
doses  (t^  to  -^  grain)  produce  the  best  effects,  whereas  large  doses  { 1  to  2  grains) 
are  ai)t  to  induce  pain,  pran^ordial  tightness,  and  other  distressing  syiiii)toms. 
Sparteine  has  favorably  influenced  the  course  of  dropsy  only  when  dependent  upon 
cardiac  diseases,  other  forms  of  dropsy  being  totally  unafilected  by  it.  The  salt  of 
sparteine  usually  administered  is  the  sulphate.  In  the  matter  of  dosage  there  is 
a  wide  variance  among  authorities  on  heart  affections,  the  most  universally  em- 
ployed doses  ranging  from  -^  to  A  grain  4  times  a  day.  The  daily  amount  recom- 
mended by  S6e  was  2  grains  ;  by  Houde,  If  to  7A  grains;  by  Clarte, ^  grain,  which 
may  hi'  gradually  increased  without  toxic  eflects  to  12  grains.  The  dose,  according 
to  Voight,  is  from  ^\  to  ^  grain.  The  beginning  dose  of  sparteine  sulphate  should 
not  l>f  irreater  than  ,';  grain,  to  be  increased  as  circumstances  warrant. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Functional  heart  diseases,  with  enfeebled 
heart-action;  cardial-  paljiitation,  with  tumultuous  heart-action;  weak,  irregular 
heart;  dropsy  of  cardiac  oiigin. 

SPERGULARIA.— SAND-SPURREY. 

The  roots  and  plant  of  Spergtdaria  rubra,  Fres].  (Arenaria  rubra,Lmne;  I^i- 
ganum  rubrum,  Fries;  Spergularki  rubra,  va,i.  cumpestris,GTay's  Manual;  Buda  rubi-a, 
Dumortier). 

Xat.  Urd. — Caryophyllea?. 

CoMMox  Names:   Sand-spurrey,  Red-sandicort,  Spurrey-sandwort . 

Botanical  Source. — The  Spergularia  rubra  is  an  inconspicuous  annual  weed, 
found  both  in  the  United  States  and  Europe,  in  dry,  sandy  situations,  more  com- 
monly near  the  coast,  but  not  in  brackish  places.  The  stems  are  many,  and  from 
the  same  root,  matted,  much  branched,  from  6  to  12  inches  in  length,  and  lying 
l)rostrate  on  the  sand.  The  leaves  are  linear,  fleshy,  and  about  1  inch  long;  they 
are  opposite,  and  have,  generally,  smaller  leaves  clustered  in  their  axils;  thej'  are 
surrounded,  at  the  base,  by  2  dry,  triangular,  scale-like  stipules.  The  flowers  are 
small,  numerous,  axillary,  and  appear  throughout  the  summer;  they  are  borne 
on  slender  peduncles,  about  ^  inch  long,  which  are  reflexed  in  fruit.  The  calyx 
has  5  scarious-edged  sepals.  The  corolla  has  5  rose-colored,  entire  petals,  about  the 
length  of  the  sepals.     The  fruit  is  a  dry,  many-seeded  pod,  opening  by  3  valves. 

Spergularia  salina  (Presl.)  and  Sjiergularia  media  (PresL),  the  only  other  native 
species  of  Spergularia,  are  found  in  brackish,  sandy  places.  They  closely  resemble 
the  S.  rubra,  and  have,  probably,  the  same  properties.  Spergularia  arvends,  Linne, 
a  naturalized  weed,  has  a  similar  api)earance  to  Spergularia  rubra,  but  can  be  dis- 
tinguished by  having  whorlcil  leaves. 

History  "and  Chemical  Composition.  — Spergularia  rubra  has  been  recom- 
mendf'il  as  a  remedy,  ami,  it  is  said,  lias  long  been  i mployed  in  Malta  and  Sicily. 
It  was  analyzed  by  M.  Legout,  of  Algiers,  where  tin-  plant  is  very  abundant ;  by 
Dr.  JacijUenie,  of  Marseilles;  and  by  Vigier,  of  Paris.  The  latter  finds  (Jour.  Pharm. 
Chilli..  1S70,  Vol.  XXX,  p.  375)  that  tiie  medicinal  action  of  the  plant  is  due  to  tiie 
large  proportion  of  alkalies  and  aromatic  resins  which  it  contains.  One  hundred 
parts  of  the  dry  plant  yieldeil,  ujion  incineration,  8.72  grammes  of  a  deliquescent 
a.sh.  87  jMrcent  of  which  was  soluble  in  water.   The  ash  contained  no  lithium. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.  —This  plant  was  employed  in  Sicily 
and  nt-ighborihg  countries  us  a  secret  remedy,  for  many  years,  in  the  form  of  a 
tisam-,  and  sold  at  exorintant  prices.  A  specimen  of  the  plant  having  licen  ob- 
tain>d  by  an  individual,  who  nad  been  benefited  by  the  use  of  the  tisane,  was 
analyzed  by  M.  Legout,  a  pharmacist,  and  its  therapeutic  action  tested  in  some 


1806  SPIGELIA. 

of  the  Paris  hospitals  by  M.  Bertherand  and  others.  It  has  been  found  very 
efficient  in  the  treatment  of  gravel,  having  been  largely  experimented  with  in 
Europe.  The  best  preparation  for  administration  is  a  decoction,  which  i  xerts  a 
stimuhiting  action  upon  the  circulation  and  the  secretions,  especially  those  o!  the 
urinary  organs.  The  discharge  of  gravel  through  the  ureters  is  facilitated  under 
its  use,  a.na  nephritic  colic,  when  present,  is  promptly  relieved.  Five  drachms  of 
the  plant  to  a  pint  of  water  is  the  medium  dose,  to  be  taken  daily;  it  may  be 
sweetened,  if  desired.  Pills  or  syrup  may  be  substituted  lor  the  iecoction,  in 
doses  of  15  grains,  every  1,  2,  or  3  hours.  M.  Vigier  advises  the  following  powder 
as  preferable  to  the  other  preparations:  Take  of  aqueous  extract  of  Spergularia 
rubra,  154  grains;  powdered  white  sugar  (free  from  glucose),  461  grains;  mix 
thoroughly  together,  and  divide  into  5  equal  papers  or  packets;  1  of  these  to  be 
added  to  a  quart  of  water,  and  to  be  drank  during  the  day.  A  similar  quantity 
of  extract  in  1^  fluid  drachms  of  pure  glycerin  and  3  fluid  ounces  of  distilled 
water,  gives  a  solution  that  keeps  well,  and  of  which  the  dose  is  a  teaspoonful,  to 
be  repeated  5  times  a  day — equivalent  to  a  quart  of  the  decoction.  With  regard 
to  this  plant,  as  a  therapeutic  agent,  a  writer  observes :  "  We  can  understand  that 
a  plant  so  rich  in  constituent  elements,  in  chloride  of  potassium  and  .-odium, 
in  alkalies,  and  in  aromatic  principles,  must  have  a  powerful  action  ujion  the 
animal  economy.  Combined  with  the  albuminous  juices  of  the  vegetable,  the 
chlorides  must  act  otherwise  than  in  the  free  state." 

SPIGELIA  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIGELIA. 

The  rhizome  and  roots  oi Spigelia  viarilaiidica,lAui\6. 

Nut.  Ord. — Loganiacea?. 

Common  Names:   Pinkroot,  Carolina  pink,  Maryland  pink,  Worm-grass. 

Illustration:    Bentley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Planig,  180. 

Botanical  Source. — Carolina  pink  is  an  herbaceous,  indigenous  plant,  with 
a  perennial,  very  tibrous,  yellow  root,  which  sends  up  several  erect,  simple,  nearly 
P^^  232  smooth,  4-angled  stems,  of  a  purplish  color, 

6  to  20  inches  high.  The  leaves  are  oppo- 
site, sessile,  ovate-lanceolate,  acute  or  acu- 
minate, entire  and  smooth, with  the  margin 
and  veins  roughish-hairy ;  they  are  3  or  4 
inches  long  by  li  or  2i  inches  broad;  the 
stipules  are  scarcely  perceptible.  The  flow- 
ers are  few  in  number,  in  a  terminal  sec- 
und  spike,  supported  on  short  pedicels; 
they  are  somewhat  club-shaped,  scarlet  ex- 
ternally, yellow  internally,  from  H  to  2 
inches  in  "length.  The  calyx  is  persistent, 
with  5  long,  linear,  subulate,  tinely-serru- 
late  divisions,  which  are  reflexed  in  the 
ripe  fruit.  Tlie  corolla  is  funnel-shaped, 
4  times  a.s  long  as  the  calyx,  the  tube  in- 
flated in  the  middle  and  angular  at  toji, 
divided  into  5  acute,  spreading  segments, 
„.    „         .,    ^.  the  edges  of  which  are  slightlv  tinged  with 

Spigelia manlnndica.  n.  i       .     •         "»     i    ■    ^       ..i 

green.  Stamens  short,  inserted  into  the 
mouth  of  the  corolla  between  the  segments;  anthers  oblong,  heart-shaped,  and 
exserted.  Ovary  small,  superior,  and  ovate;  style  about  the  length  of  the  corolla, 
jointed  near  its  base,  and  terminating  in  a  linear,  fusiform,  fringed  stigma,  pro- 
jecting considerably  beyond  tiie  corolla.  The  capsule  is  double,  consisting  of  2 
cohering.  I-celled,  globular  carpels  attached  to  a  common  receptacle,  and  contain- 
ing numerous,  small,  angular  seeds  (L.— W. — G.— B.). 

History.— Botanists  have  varied  in  their  classification  of  this  plant.  Besides 
the  above-given  order,  L<>g(iinacea,\\e  find  it  classed  in  the  natural  order  (rcdfi'diin- 
ce.r,  aKso  Spigelidcex  and  Riibiaciiv;  suborder,  f^piorliav.  It  is  usually  known  as  the 
Carolina  pink  or  Wvrm-grans.     This  plant  is  a  native  of  the  United  States,  growing 


prTiuci.iA.  Iso; 

ill  dry,  rich  soils,  ami  on  the  borders  c>f  woods  in  the  southern  states, and  tiower- 
iiig  ill  May  and  June.  The  plant,  of  wliich  st-veral  varieties  exist,  was  used  l>y 
lilt-  natives  as  an  anthelmintic  long  before  the  discovery  of  America,  and  througii 
them  a  knowledge  of  it  was  impaited  to  the  early  sieltlers,  who  used  it  for  some 
yrars  before  it  was  introiluced  to  the  profession.  Drs.  Lining,  Chalmers,  and 
Garden,  of  South  Carolina,  acquainted  the  medical  public  with  its  uses,  since 
which  time  it  has  become  an  official  remedy.  It  is  generally  received  in  bales  or 
casks  from  the  westtrn  states,  in  which  siction  it  has  been  found  growing  in  great 
abundance.    The  part  used  is  the  rhizome  and  its  roots. 

Description. — Pinkroot  is  composed  of  a  number  of  delicate,  crooked,  corru 
gated  fibers,  of  a  dark-brown  color  externally,  issuing  from  a  short,  dark-brown 
rhizome.  Age  impairs  the  virtues  of  pinkroot.  Often  the  roots  of  other  plants, 
jiarticularly  those  of  Phlox  Camlinn,  Linne,  also  known  as  Varolii, ii  pink  and 
deorgid  pink,  wiW  be  found  mixed  with  those  of  spigelia;  they,  together  with  the 
stalks  and  leaves  of  the  latter,  should  be  carefully  removed  before  preparing  the 
medicine  for  administration. 

The  f.  S.  P.  describes  pinkroot  as  "of  horizontal  growth,  about  5  Cm.  (2 
inches)  or  more  long,  2  or  3  Mm.  (jVor^inch)  thick,  dark  purplish-brown,  bent, 
somewhat  branched,  on  the  upper  side  with  cup-shaped  scars;  on  the  lower  side 
with  numerous,  thin,  l>rittle,  lighter-colored  roats,  about  10  Cm.  (4  inches)  long; 
the  rhizome  internally  with  a  whitish  wood  and  a  pith  which  is  usually  dark- 
colored  or  decayed;  odor  somewhat  aromatic,  taste  sweetish,  bitter  and  pungent. 
It  should  not  be  confounded  with  the  underground  portion  of  Phlox  Carolina, 
Linne  {Xnt.Ord. — Polemoniacetc),  the  roots  of  which  are  brownish  yellow,  rather 
coarse,  straight,  and  contain  a  straw-colored  wood  underneath  a  readilv  remov- 
able bark"— (T.  &/".).  Prof.  Maisch  suggests  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,l88-i,  p.  631) 
that  the  virtues  ascribed  to  spigelia  might,  in  reality,  be  those  of  phlox,  since  this 
root  has  long  been  u?ed  in  the  southern  states.  Prof  Trimble  (/iiV/.,  lSS(i,  p.  479) 
found  in  the  root  of  phlox  a  peculiar  camphor  (/)/t/oxo/),  which  is  soluble  in  petro- 
leum-ether with  red  fluorescent  color.  Spigelia  does  not  yield  such  a  substance, 
hence  petroleum-ether  may  be  used  to  distinguish  phlox  from  spigelia  chemically. 
(For  the  microscopic  characteristics  of  phlox,  also  see  H.  G.  Greenish,  Phnnn.Jour. 
7'w?i.s.,Vol.  XXI,  1891,  p.  839.)  Phlox  glaherrima,  Linne,  has  like  properties,  and  is 
said  to  resmiljle  s|>igtlia  more  tiian  Georgia  pinkroot  does. 

Chemical  Composition.— Wackenroder  found  in  the  root,  fixed  oil  (a  trace), 
acrid  resin,  tannic  acid,  a  bitter,  acrid  principle,  etc.  Dr.  R.  H.  Stabler,  in  a  later 
analysis  of  pinkroot,  found  it  to  contain  a  volatile  oil,  tannic  acid,  wax,  inert 
resin,  salts,  etc.  He  believes  the  activity  to  reside  in  a  bitter,  acrid  principle, 
which  is  soluble  in  water  or  alcohol,  insoluble  in  ether,  non-volatile,  neutral,  and 
deliquescent.  The  alkaline  carbonates  do  not  diminish  its  activity.  Water  and 
alcohol  are  equallv  good  solvents  for  its  medicinal  virtues  (Amer.  Jour.  Phorm.. 
1857,  p.  511).  In  "1879,  Mr.  W.  L.  Dudley  {Amer.  Chem.  Jour.,\ol  I,  p.  104)  found 
the  active  constituent  to  be  a  volatile  alkaloid,  sjiigeline,  yielding  precipitates  with 
alkaloidal  reagents,  and  resembling  coniine  and  nicotine.  It  was  obtained  bj' 
distilling  ground  jiinkroot  with  calcium  hydroxide. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Pinkroot  is  an  active  and  certain  ver- 
mifuge, espiciaily  among  children.  In  large  doses,  it  is  very  apt  to  purge,  and 
produce  various  unplea.sant  symptoms,  as  increased  action  of  the  heart  and  arte- 
ries, dizziness,  dilatation  of  the  pupils,  imperfect  vision,  and  muscular  spasms, 
often  terminating  in  convulsions,  together  with  various  other  indications  of  narco- 
sis. One  of  its  more  frequent  effects  is  spasmodic  twitchings  of  the  eyelids.  These 
symjitoms  seldom  happen  when  catharsis  is  i)roduced,  either  by  the  drug  alone, 
or  exhibited  in  combination  with  a  purgative.  The  toxic  effects  are  counteracted 
by  the  diffusible  stimulants,  alcohol,  ammonia,  and  ammonium  carbonate.  The 
]iowdered  root  may  be  given  to  a  child  from  2  to  4  years  of  age.in  doses  of  5  to  20 
grains;  or  1  or  2  fluid  ounces  of  a  strong  infu.sion,  administering  it  twice  a  day 
tor  a  few  days,  and  then  giving  an  active  purgative.  A  jelly  has  been  recom- 
mended as  an  agreeable  form  of  administration,  as  follows:  To  16  fluid  ounces  of 
water  add  8  ounces  of  pulverizeil  pinkr<»it,  and  4  drachms  of  Corsican  moss,  and 
boil  down  to  10  fluid  ounces.  Tho  decoction  should  then  be  decanted  intu  a 
saucepan   containing  2^  ounces  of  white  sugar,  and  again   boil  down,  carefully 


stirring  with  a  silver  spoon,  until  4  ounces  of  jelly  are  obtained.  Then  strain 
through  a  sieve  into  ajar  containing  2  drops  of  the  essence  of  citron  or  carawa}-. 
It  will  keep  for  some  time  in  a  cool  place,  and  its  flavor  may  be  improved  bj-  sub- 
stituting syrup  of  raspberries,  strawberries,  gooseberries,  or  mulberries,  etc.,  for  the 
sugar.  It  is  also  useful  in  those  conditions  of  the  system,  caused  b}'  uorim,  which 
resemble  infantile  remittent  and  other  febrile  diieases,  and  hydrocephalus.  A  well- 
known  worm  tea  is  composed  of  pinkroot,  ^  ounce;  senna,  2  drachms;  savine, 
I  drachm;  manna,  2  drachms.  Mix,  and  infuse  in  a  pint  of  water.  Dose,  1  to  2 
fluid  ounces.  Anthelmintic  dose  of  powdered  pinkroot,  for  an  adult,  1  to  2 
drachms.  Spigelia  is  a  remedy  for  endocardial  troubles,  but  is  regarded  as  inferior 
to  the  Spigelia  Anthelmia,  Linn6,  both  being  used  for  the  same  purposes  in  cardiac 
affections  (see  Related  Species). 

Related  Species. — Spigelia  Anthdmia,  Linnd  (Anthelmia  quadriphyUa),  Demerara  pinkroot. 
An  annual  of  the  West  Indies  and  South  America.  The  root  has  been  used  by  the  natives 
of  those  countries  for  centuries  as  an  anthelmintic.  It  is  the  form  of  spigelia  official  in  the 
Homceopathic  Pharmacopteia  (1890),  and  possesses  decided  narcotic  qualities.  It  was  introduced 
into  Europe  by  Dr.  Browne,  in  1751.  The  French  gave  it  the  name  Brinvilliers,  after  the 
Marchioness  de  Brinvilliere,  the  celebrated  poisoner,  executed  in  1676,  and  who  is  said  to  havt- 
used  this  drug  upon  her  victims.  The  fresh  plant  is  very  poisonous,  and  contains  the  volatile 
alkaloid,  spigeliin  (Boorsma,  in  DragendorS's  Heilpflfimen,  1899).  This  drug  is  said  to  act  spi- 
cifically  upon  the  heart,  and  particularly  the  endocardium.  It  is  valued  by  some  practitioners 
in  cardiac  jmlpitalion  and  endocarditis,  especially  the  rheumatic  form,  and  to  guard  against  re- 
lapses of  cardiac  rheumatism.  Painful  conditions  of  the  heart,  the  pain  extending  along  the  arm, 
angina  pectoris,  and  cardiac  neuralgia,  with  palpitation,  are  conditions  in  which  it  is  employed 
with  asserted  success.  Large  doses  debilitate  the  heart.  Browne  (1751 1  compared  its  narcotic 
power  to  that  of  opium.  The  usual  method  of  administering  this  drug  is  to  add  from  10  to  lo 
drops  of  the  Homoeopathic  mother  tincture  to  4  fluid  ounces  of  water,  the  dose  of  which  is  a 
teaspoonfnl  every  2  hours. 

Other  Anthelmintics. —  Vemonia  anlhelmintica.  East  Indies.  The  bitter,  nauseous,  black 
seeds  of  this  plant,  in  doses  of  50  to  60  grains,  are  valued  in  Ceylon  as  an  anthelmintic. 

Selhia  acuminata. — Ceylon.  The  juice  of  this  plant  and  the  dried,  powdered  leaves  are 
reputed  vermifuge.    Dose,  15  grains. 

SPILANTHES.— PARA  CRESS. 

The  herb  and  flower-heads  of  Spilanthes  oleracea,  J acquin. 

Nat.  Ord. — Composite. 

Common  Name  :  Para  cress. 

Botanical  Source  and  Description.— The  genus  Spilanthes  is  a  tropical 
family  of  (mostly)  annual  weeds,  with  opposite  leaves,  and  terminal,  stalked, 
flower-heads.  It  is  closely  allied  to  Bidens,  difl^ering,  chiefly,  in  the  achenia, 
which  are  plano-convex,  with  a  membranous  winged  margin.  The  pappus  con- 
sists of  2  short  awns.  The  receptacle  is  conical  antl  paleaceous.  Spilanthes  olerarea 
is  a  native  of  South  America,  and  is  often  cultivated  in  tropical  countries,  where 
it  is  used  as  a  salad.  It  is  known  under  the  name  Para  cress.  It  is  a  small,  erect 
herb,  of  rapid  growth,  and  has  cordate  stalked  leaves.  The  flowers  are  small,  yel- 
low, and  solitary,  on  terminal  peduncles.  The  Chinese  derive  a  blue  coloring 
matter  from  Spilanthes  tinctoria,  Loureiro,  similar  to  indigo.  Spilanthes  Annelln, 
Linn^,  an  East  Indian  species,  has  properties  akin  to  those  of  Spilanthes  ntcracea. 
Spilanthes  oleracea  has  an  acrid,  aromatic  taste,  resembling,  but  more  powerful 
than,  peppermint.  Analysis  has  shown  it  to  contain  volatile  oil.  an  acrid  resin, 
tannin,  etc.,  and  an  alkaloid  (Buchheim).  When  chewed  spilanthes  occasions  a 
copious  flow  of  saliva. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Spilanthes  is  an  acrid,  aromatic  siala- 
gogue,  and  which,  like  tlx'  gahinga  root,  has  been  recommended  in  Hatnlencr.  to 
improve  the  appetite  and  diiiestive  functions,  and  to  overcome  iiiiii.-ifii  and  romit- 
ing.  It  may  also  be  used  in  non-mtTcurial  pt)iali.<)m,  and  in  inftanunntirms  of  the  tn«uth 
and  thrnnf,  using  fractional  doses  of  a  strong  tincture  (recent  herb,  ^viij  "to  alcohol, 
98  per  cent, Oi).  The  natives  of  the  countries  to  which  it  is  indigenous,  are  stated 
to  have  employed  it  advantageously  in  goiiti/  and  rheumatir  offectious.iix  urir  iirid 
grarel,m  drojisiml  rffn-'inns,  and  even  to  remove  intestinal  worms.  A  tinctun-  of  it 
placed  on  cotton,  and  introduced  into  the  cavity  of  a  decayed  tooth.will.it  ha.s 
been  remarketl,  promptly  relieve /oo^/kk/x.    It  is  "not  employed  in  this  country. 


1809 


SPIR-EA.— HARDBACK. 


The  herb  oi  Spirtra  lomentosa,  I Auiu. 

Xiif.  Ord. — Ro.«acea'. 

Cd.MMi.N  Namks:  Hiirdhacl;  Me^doip-sweet ,  White-leaf,  Silver-leaf,  Steeple-hush, 
W'hiterap. 

Botanical  Source.— This  plant  is  a  small  shrub,  about  3  or  4  feet  in  height, 
with  several  simple,  straight,  round,  ferruginous-tumentose,  hard,  brittle  stems. 
The  leaves  are  alternate,  simple,  ovate-lanceolate,  sniouthisli  and  j,.^  ^^^ 
dark-green  above,  rusty  white  with  a  dense  tomentuni  beneath,  un- 
e(|ually  serrate,  crowded,  on  short  petioles — they  are  lA  to  2  inciies 
in  length,  and  about  one-half  as  wide.  The  flowers  are  small,  very 
numerous,  light-purple  or  rose-colored,  in  a  short,  dense,  slender, 
terminal^  spike,  or  pyramidal  cluster  of  some  beauty.  Stamens  num- 
erous, exserted,  and  conspicuous;  styles  5;  carpels  5,  distinct,  and 
woolly  ;  seeds  awl-shaped  at  each  end  (W. — G.). 

History. — This  is  a  beautiful  shrub,  common  in  low  grounds 
and  moist  meadows,  throughout  the  United  States,  flowering  from 
May  to  .\ugust.  The  herbaceous  part  is  used,  esjiecially  the  leaves  _ 
and  bark.  It  has  an  odor  somewhat  resembling  that  of  black  tea, ' 
and  a  very  astringent,  bitter  taste,  which  properties  it  imparts  to 
boiling  water  in  infusion.  It  appears  to  contain  tannic  and  gallic 
acids,  volatile  oil.  and  bitter  extractive.  The  fruit  is  persistent,  re- 
maining tiuough  the  winter,  and  furnishing  food  for  the  snowbird,  ^p'""  '"""-'itoBa. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Hardback  has  been  found  an  excel- 
lent a-lring:ent  in  finniuer  mmphiint  of  children,  diarrhaa,  and  other  diseases  re- 
quiring this  class  of  remedies,  and  is  le.«3  offensive  to  the  stomach  than  most 
agents  of  this  kind.  It  has  likewise  proved  efficient  as  a  tonic  in  cases  of  debility, 
roiic<tle.'<cenre  J'mm  dinrrhoen.  dynenteri^,  etc., and  to  improve  the  digestive  functions. 
Pii-isiie  hemon-hages,  and  menorrhaciin  have  been  treated  with  it,  while  as  an  injec- 
tion good  results  have  been  obtained  from  its  use  m  gleet  &ndi  leucorrha-n.  It  is 
generally  given  in  infusion,  the  dose  being  1  or  2  fluid  ounces.  A  very  elegant 
extract,  not  inferior  to  catechu,  may  be  made  by  carefully  evaporatingan  infu- 
sion made  by  percolation,  and  which  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  2  to  20  grains. 
A  tincture,  well  representing  the  virtues  of  spira-a,  may  be  prepared  from  8  ounces 
of  the  fresh  leaves  and  bark  to  1  pint  of  76  per  cent  alcohol. 

Related  Species. — Spirxa  I'lmarin,  Linn^.  This  plant  bears  piiiall  white  flowers  in 
corymbs  supported  on  long  peiluneles.  It  is  indigenous  fn  Kuroiie.  where  it  is  known  as 
.\fe<'tiliiir-su(et  and  Queen  of  the  meailoir.  It  has  been  iiitriMhieeil  into  tliis  country  and  is 
fii'<iuently  founil  in  cultivation,  in  which  case  the  flowers  aie  usually  ilouMe.  The  chief  con- 
Htitueiit  of  this  plant  is  oil  o/wi«i<A)ii-.wtf(, first  observed  in  Is '•')  by  I'afreii.steeher.  It  is  heavier 
than  water,  strongly  aromatic,  solidifies  at — 20°C'.  ( — l°R\aiii!  "priKhiees  a  deep-violet  color 
with  Solution  of  ferric  chloride.  It  consists  chiefly  of  «(i/i<7//ic  nhUUinle  (CjUjOILCHOl  i  Dumas, 
Kttling,  ls;Wi,  formerly  calle<l  snlin/lous  acid;  some  free  nulivulic  acid,  a  small  quantity  of  iinlhyl 
ndicijl'ile  iJ^ehneegansand  Gerock,  18<12),  and  traces  of  jiiinnmal  (see  l'ii>inmiui\  and  viinillin; 
also  very  little  of  a  camphor  like  body  and  a  teri)enc  (Ettlingl.  Aeeordinn  to  Schneegans  and 
(ieroek.'sali.-ylie  aldehyde  does  not  preexist  in  the  flowers,  but  is  formed  iluring  distillation 
by  the  action  of  a  ferment  ujwn  a  substance  as  yet  unknown ;  it  is  not  saliein.  (.See  details 
regardinir  the  chemistry  of  the  oils  obtainable  from  the  ilitferent  parts  anil  species  of  Spirtea, 
in  Gildemeister  and  Hoffmann,  Die  .Etheri»chen  Oele,  ISii'l,  ji.  c\:m).  i  This  plant  is  diuretic,  astrin- 
gent, and  tonic.  It  has  been  employed  in/nvrn,  like  Virginia  siiaki-nmt.  in  (/™/w/,  and  in  reli  n- 
liiiit  of  uriiie  due  to  }ini>lalic  eidanjeme'iU.  It  relieves  urinogenital  irritation,  influences  the  i)ros- 
tate  gland  cheeking  ;^ro)c(otorr/i««,  and  is  useful  in  gleet,  chnmic  cervicilii),  and  ehmnic  iat/iitiii»  >rill' 
leticorehtf'd  di^lutrffen. 

S/iir^ia  filiite)idula.\Ann{-. — Europe.  The  jiyriform  or  moniliform  tubers  found  upon  the 
long  radicles  of  this  plant  are  reputed  useful'  in  restraining  excessive  mucous  discharges. 
IlidrojiliiJjia  has  also  been  treated  with  it.  The  root  contains  sugar,  starch,  and  tannin,  and 
wiii'U  recent  an  essential  oil,  probably  that  common  to  other  species  of  Spira-a,  and  salicylic 
aldehyde,  for  the  latter  is  known  to  be  jiresent  in  the  branches  and  leaves  of  this  plant. 

.s'/-ir.Mi  .IniiirKji.  I.iiine.— Europe  and  I'nited  States.  A  perennial  herb,  witii  slender 
raci-nies  of  many,  small  white  bhwwoms.  The  herb  has  an  aromatic,  bitterish,  axtringtMit  taste, 
and  the  <..lnr  is  pleiLs;int.  The  flowers,  upon  distillation  with  water,  yield  salicylic  aldeliyile, 
while  the  herl)  yields  none,  but  priMluces  bvdrocvanic  aciil.  (For  further  details,  see  Gi'lde- 
uieister  and  Hoffmann,  l»e.  rit..-  als,,  sie  Amir.  .I.,,',,:  I'Unrm  .  ISffJ,  p  :i(Mi.  i 
114 


1810  SPIRITUS.— SPIRITUS  .^THERIS  COMPOSITUS. 

SPIEITUS.— SPIRITS. 

Spirits,  as  now  prepared,  are  simply  alcoholic  solutions  of  essential  oils  or 
other  volatile  bodies.  Formerly  they  were  made  by  the  distillation  of  mixtures 
of  water  and  aromatic  substances,  hence  their  name.  As  many  of  the  oils  usu- 
ally entering  into  spirits  do  not  vaporize  at  the  boiling  point  of  alcohol,  it  is  cus- 
tomary, in  distilling  them,  to  dilute  the  alcohol  with  a  sufficient  amount  of  dis- 
tilled water  to  insure  the  volatile  substances  being  carried  over  into  the  condenser 
with  the  aqueous  vapors.  When  aromatic  plants  are  used,  they  should  be  first 
macerated  in  the  alcohol  for  a  few  days,  and  then  distilled  by  means  of  steam  or  a 
salt-water  bath.   In  the  German  Pharmacopaia.  Spiritvs  is  the  official  term  for  alrohol. 

SPIRITUS  ACIDI  FORMICI  (N.  F.)— SPIRIT  OF  FORMIC  ACID. 

Synonyms  :  Spiritus  formicarum  (Ger.  Pharm.),  Spirit  of  ants. 

Preparation. — "Formic  acid,  thirty -five  cubic  centimeters  (35  Cc.)  [1  fls, 
88  TU];  distilled  water,  two  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  (225  Cc.) 
[7  tig,  292TTI];  alcohol,  a  sufficient  qunntity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centi- 
meters (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls, 391  TTl].  Mix  the  formic  acid  with  the  distilled  water, 
and  add  enough  alcohol  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl5, 
391  Tfl].  Note. — Formic  acid  is  required  by  the  German  Pharmncoptein  to  have  a 
specific  gravity  of  1.060  to  1.063"'— (iVn/.  Fo/m.).  Formerly,  Spiritus  Formirannn 
was  made  by  macerating  recently  collected  ants  (10  parts)  with  alcohol  (15  parts) 
and  water  (i5  parts),  and  distilling  ofi'20  parts. 

Uses. — (See  Acidum  Formirum.)    Do.'^e,  10  to  60  minims. 

SPIRITUS  .ffiTHERIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  ETHER. 

Synonym  ;   Liquor  anodynus  mineralis  Hoffmanni. 

Preparation. — "  Ether,  three  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  (325 
Cc.)  [10  11,5,  ^"5  ^n.]  ;  alcohol,  six  hundred  and  seventy-five  cubic  centimeters  (675 
Cc.)  [22  flg,  396  TtlJ.  To  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig, 
391  m].    Mix  them"— (T.  S.P.I 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Spirit  of  ether  is  employed  like  ifo^- 
mann's  Anodyne,  its  pain-relieving  property  being  due  to  the  ether  it  contains. 
The  dose  is  from  1  to  3  fluid  drachms,  in  sweetened  water. 

SPIRITUS  iETHERIS   COMPOSITUS  (U.  S.  P.  i— COMPOUND 
SPIRIT  OF  ETHER. 

Synonym:  Hoffmann's  anodyne. 

Preparation. — "  Ether,  three  hundred  and  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  (325 
Cc.)  [10  fl.^.475  ITl];  alcohol,  six  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (,t>50  Cc.) 
[21  flg,  470111];  ethereal  oil,  twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  (2-3  Cc.)  [406111].  To 
make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (ICKX)  Cc.)  [33  fl5,391111].  Mi\  them"— 
(U.SP.). 

History. — Commercial  HofTmann's  anodyne  is  not  always  jtrepared  bv  the 
official  process,  but  may  be  a  hydro-alcoholic  solution  of  the  last  fraction  of  distil- 
late obtained  in  the  rectification  of  ether,  which  contains  both  light  and  heavy 
oils  of  wine.  Only  that  ]>roduced  by  the  official  directions  (see  OIntm  .Eth/rrtim), 
and  wliich  alone  contains  the  heavy  oil  of  wine,  should  be  cmjiloyed  in  medicine. 

Description  and  Test. — Compound  spirit  of  ether  is  a  colorless  liquid,  hav- 
ing an  aromatic  and  ether-like  odor,  and  a  feebly  sweetish,  pungent  taste.  It  is 
neutral  or  but  slightly  acid  to  litmus  jtaper.  The  almost  imperceptible  residue 
left  upon  igniting  the  fluid,  in  a  porcelain  or  glass  dish,  is  acid  to  both  taste  and 
test-paper.  Water  is  rendered  slightly  opalescent  by  a  very  small  quantity  of  the 
spirit  (40  drops  to  1  pint),  and  larger  amounts  proiiuce  a  turbidity  from  llie  sepa- 


SIMUITIS  .Kill KIMS  MTKOSI.  1811 

ration  of  the  I'tlnreiil  wine.  If  oily  globiilo;  appear  upon  the  surface,  they  are  to 
be  tested  lor  tixi  il  oil  hy  allowing  them  to  he  ali.';<M-hed  by  filtering  paper;  should 
the  luttiT.  when  i'X|»isfcl  to  luat,  nniain  gn-a.-;y,  fi.xed  oil  is  present. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  agent  is  used  very  much  as  ether 
is  used  internally,  but  is  more  permanent  in  its  effects.  It  is  stimulant,  anti- 
spasmodic, and  anodyne.  In  the  al)sence  of  active  fever,  it  may  be  used  to  give 
rest  in  various  finins  o(  nerv'm.iiu'M,^^  /n/.-iterifi,ret:tlc.t.''i)fi<$,v}f!niiinia,  eic.  It  relieves 
pain,  and  is  useful  in  fi'itulcntj>ili'm/,a\u\  menxtriuil  cnlir.  It  is  an  excellent  remedy 
for  dejiro-'sioii  qf-yiin'ls  and  meliinchnliii,  and  is  useful  when  asphyxia  is  threatened, 
.and  as  a  nerve  stimulant  in  the  depression  of  low  forms  of  fever.  It  lowers  tem- 
])erature,  and,  locally  applied,  proves  serviceable  to  check  vascular  excitation, 
and  sometimes  gives  relief  in  strangulated  hernia.  Dose,  Mo  2  fluid  drachms,  in 
sweetened  water. 

SPIRITUS  ^THERIS  NITROSI  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF 
NITROUS  ETHER. 

"An  alcoholic  solution  of  ethyl  nitrite  (CjH5NjO=74.S7;,  yielding,  when 
freshlv  prepared,  and  tested  in  a  nitrometer,  not  less  than  11  times  its  own  vol- 
ume of  nitro.uen  dioxide  (XO=29.97)"— (T.&P.). 

Synonyms:  Spirilm  nitri  dtdcu,  Sweet  spirit  of  nitre  (niter),  Spiritus  nitrico- 
:ith(rr\i.<.  Sf,iritu.'<  setheris  nitrici. 

Preparation. — "Sodium  nitrite,  six  hundred  and  thirty-five  grammes  (635 
Gm.)  [I  lb.  av.,6  ozs.,  175  grs.]  (see  Dr.  Charles  Rice,  Digest  of  Criticisms  on  the 
r.  .'^.  P.,  Part  1, 1897) ;  sulphuric  acid,  five  hundred  and  twenty  grammes  (520  Gm.) 
[1  lb.  av.,2  ozs.,  150  grs.];  sodium  carbonate,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.]; 
potassium  carbonate,  completely  deprived  of  water  by  drying,  thirty  grammes 
(30  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,25  grs.];  deodorized  alcohol,  water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity. 
Dissolve  the  sodium  nitrite  in  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg, 
391 1T1]  of  water,  and  put  the  solution  into  a  suitable  flask,  connected  with  a  con- 
denser kept  cold  by  ice-cold  water;  then  add  five  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centi- 
meters (550  Cc.)  [18  fl.s.  287  ITl]  of  deodorized  alcohol,  and  mix  well.  Through  a 
cork,  fitted  into  the  mouth  of  the  flask,  insert  a  funnel-tube,  dipping  below  the 
surface  of  the  liquid.  With  the  condenser  connect  a  receiver,  and  keep  this  sur- 
rounded by  a  mixture  of  common  salt  and  crushed  ice.  Then  gradually  intro- 
duce into  the  flask,  through  the  funnel-tube,  the  sulphuric  acid,  jjreviouslv  di- 
luted with  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  391111]  of  water. 
Distillation  will  usually  commence  before  the  whole  of  the  acid  has  been  added. 
When  all  the  acid  has  been  introduced,  regulate  the  distillation  by  the  appli- 
cation or  withdrawal  of  a  gentle  heat  until  no  more  nitrous  ether  distills  over. 
Wash  the  distillate,  first,  with  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  fl§, 
1^3  Ttl]  of  ice-cold  water,  to  remove  any  alcohol  which  may  have  passed  over,  and 
then  remove  any  traces  of  acid  by  washing  the  ether  with  one  hundred  cubic 
centimeters  (lOOCc.)  [3  fl.s,  183111]  of  ice-cold  water,  in  which  the  sodium  car- 
bonate had  previously  been  dissolved.  Carefully  separate  the  ether  from  the 
aqueous  liquid,  and  agitate  it,  in  a  well-stoppered  vial,  with  the  potassium  car- 
bonate, to  remove  traces  of  water.  Then  filter  it  through  a  pellet  of  cotton,  in  a 
covered  funnel,  into  a  tared  bottle,  containing  two  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(2000  Cc.)  [67  fi.g,  301  m]  of  deodorized  alcohol.  Ascertain  the  weight  of  the 
nitrous  ether  filtered  into  the  alcohol  by  noting  the  increase  of  weight  of  the  tared 
bottle  and  contents,  and  then  add  enough  deodorized  alcohol  to  make  the  mix- 
ture weigh  twenty-two  (22)  times  the  weight  of  the  nitrous  ether  added.  Lastly, 
transfer  the  product  to  small,  dark,  amber-colored,  well-stoppered  vials,  and  keej) 
them  in  a  cool  place,  remote  from  lights  or  fire" — (f.  S.  P.). 

In  this  process,  sulj>huric  acid  liberates  nitrous  acid  from  sodium  nitrite, 
which  at  once  reacts  with  the  alcohol  present  to  form  ethvl  nitrite, as  follows 
HNO,+C,njOH^C,Hj.NO,+  H.,0.  Instead  of  prenaring  the  pure  ether  as  an  in- 
termediary product,  as  directed  by  the  U.  S.  P.,  rrof.  Fell  {Amer.  Jour.  Phartn  , 
lS99.p.  .")0O)  recommends  the  preparation  of  the  finished  i)roduct  direct,  by  allow- 
ing sulphuric  acid  (20  grammes)  to  flow  into  a  mixture  of  sodium  nitrite  (30 
grammes)  and  alcohol  (300  granimes)  contained  in  a  liter  flask,  and  connected 


1812  SPIRITUS  -ETHERIS  NITROSI. 

with  a  reflux  condenser.  After  the  reaction  is  completed  by  the  aid  of  heat,  the 
product  is  filtered,  and  alcohol  added  to  make  450  grammes,  the  j'ield  being  about 
75  per  cent  of  the  theoretical. 

The  spirit  of  nitrous  ether  of  the  U.S. P.,  1880,  was  prepared  bj'  distillation 
of  alcohol,  nitric  acid,  and  sulphuric  acid.  The  reaction  depended  on  the  reduc- 
tion of  nitric  to  nitrous  acid  by  the  alcohol;  in  consequence,  the  latter  was  partly 
oxidized,  and  a  number  of  by-products,  e.  3., ethylic  aldehyde,  were  formed.  The 
British  Pharmncopceia  prepares  the  spirit  by  distillation  of  alcohol  and  nitric  acid 
in  the  i)resence  of  copper. 

Description  and  Tests. — The  t'.  S.  P.  describes  sweet  spirit  of  nitre  as  "a 
clear,  mobile,  volatile,  and  inflammable  liquid  of  a  pale-3-ellowish,  or  faintly 
greenish-yellow  tint,  having  a  fragrant,  ethereal,  and  pungent  odor,  free  from 
acridity,  and  a  sharp,  burning  ta^-te.  S])ecific  gravity  about  0.836  to  0.842  at 
15°  C.  (59°  F.).  When  freshly  prepared,  or  even  after  being  kept  for  some  time 
with  but  little  exposure  to  light  and  air,  it  is  neutral  to  litmus  ])aper.  When 
long  kept,  or  after  having  been  freely  exposed  to  air  and  light,  it  acquires  an  acid 
reaction,  but  it  should  not  efl'erve.sce  when  a  crystal  of  potassium  bicarbonate  is 
dropped  into  it.  If  a  test-tube  be  half  tilled  with  the  spirit,  and  put  into  a  water- 
bath  heated  to  65°  C.  (149°  F.;,  until  it  has  acquired  this  temperature,  the  spirit 
should  boil  distinctly  upon  the  addition  of  a  few  small  pieces  of  broken  glass.  If 
lOCc.of  the  spirit  be  mixed  with  5  Cc.  of  potassium  hydrate  T. 8.,  previously  di- 
luted with  5  Cc.  of  water,  the  mixture  will  assume  a  yellow  color,  which  should  not 
turn  decidedly  brown  within  12  hours  (limit  of  aldehyde).  If  5  Cc.  of  recently 
prepared  spirit  of  nitrous  ether  be  introduced  into  a  nitrometer,  and  followed, 
first,  by  10  Cc.  of  potassium  iodide  T.S.,  and  then  by  10  Cc.  of  normal  sulphuric 
acid,  the  volume  of  nitrogen  dioxide  generated  at  the  ordinary  indoor  tempera- 
ture (assumed  to  be  at  or  near  25°  C.  or  77°  F.),  should  not  be  less  than  55  Cc. 
(corresponding  to  about  4  per  cent  of  pure  ethyl  nitrite)" — (T.  .S'. /'. ).  This 
method  was  suggested  by  A.  H.  Allen,  in  1885  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1885,  p.  187). 
and  is  based  upon  the  following  reaction  :  2C,H5NO,+2IK+H,S0.^2C,H50H+ 
K.jSO^+NjOj+I,.  Accordingly,  the  volume  of  nitrogen  dioxide  gas  evolved  is  in 
proportion  to  the  quantity  of  i)ure  ether  present.  Other  methods,  based  on  the 
determination  of  the  quantity  of  iodine  liberated  in  this  reaction,  have  not  proved 
successful,  owing  to  secondary  reactions  (see  R.  Fischer  and  J.  A.  Andeison, 
Pharm.  Archives,  1898,  p.  169).  A  more  reliable  method  seems  to  be  that  which 
depends  on  the  reaction  between  ethyl  nitrite  and  potassium  chlorate  in  nitric 
acid  solution,  whereby  hydrochloric  acid  is  formed,  the  quantity  of  which  may  be 
determined  by  silver  nitrate  V.S.  The  reaction  is  principally  as  follows :  SC.Hj 
NO,+HC103+3H,0=3C,H,OH+3HNO,+  HCl.  (For  further  details  regarding  this 
method,  see  Carl  E.  Smith,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1898,  p.  273.)  Spirit  of  nitrous 
ether,  when  kept  for  a  long  time,  even  in  well-closed  bottles,  undergoes  various 
changes — among  these,  decrease  of  ethyl  nitrite,  increase  of  acidity,  formation  of 
aldehyde,  acetic  acid,  and  acetic  ether.  (For  details  as  to  the  keeping  qualities  of 
spirit  of  nitrous  ether, see,  among  other  papers,  P.  MacEwan.  in  Amtr.  Jour. Pharm.. 
1884,  pp.  378-385,  from  Pharm.  Jour.  Trans.;  and  John  C.  Hunter,  ibi,L,lSSS,  p. 349; 
also  see  an  extensive  bibliography  of  spirit  of  nitrous  ether,  by  W.  0.  Ricbtmann 
and  J.  A.  Anderson,  in  Ph,iri„.  .Irr/ih-fs,  July,  1899.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Spirit  of  nitrous  ether,  when  inhaled, 
is  a  narcotic  iioison  ;  its  aceideiital  inhalation  during  sleep  is  said  to  have  caused 
death.  The  symptoms  produced  by  its  inhalation  are  quickening  of  the  pulse, 
arterial  throbbing,  giddiness,  headache,  nausea,  leaden-hued  lividity  of  the  lips 
and  finger  tips,  followed  by  flushed  countenance,  and,  in  excessive  quantities, 
muscular  debility,  mental  confusion,  rapid,  irregular,  thready  pulse,  dyspna>a, 
cyanosis,  and  convulsions.  If  surticiently  prolonged,  death  takes  place.  Inter- 
nally, excessive  doses  cause  gastro-intestinal  irritation,  with  colic  and  vomiting. 
Wlien  the  preparation  becomes  old,  free  nitrous  acid  is  formed,  and  its  internal 
administration  will  be  followed  by  pain  in  the  stomach  and  gripings.  Pareira 
gives  the  following  mode  of  treatment  for  persons  who  have  inhaled  spirit  of 
nitrous  ether,  as  well  as  carbonic  acid  gas:  "Remove  the  patient  immediately 
into  theojien  air,  and  place  him  on  his  l)ack,  with  his  head  somewhat  elevated. 
Produce  artificial  respiration  by  pressing  down  the  ribs,  forcing  up  the  diaphragm. 


SPIKITIS  AMMOXI.E.  1813 

and  then  suddenly  removing  the  pressure.  Dash  cold  water  over  the  body,  apply 
bottlts  of  hot  water  to  the  feet,  with  frictions,  inhalations  of  ammonia,  and  other 
stiniulants. 

When  not  adulterated  with  water  or  alcohol,  spirit  of  nitrous  ether  is  a  stimu- 
lant and  antispjismodic,  in  its  actions  closely  resembling  those  of  sulphuric  ether, 
but  less  energetic.  As  a  diuretic,  it  is  considered  useful  in  (lrn)h<i/,  associated  with 
di,<eas''d  heart,  more  so  than  when  connected  with  diseased  kidney;  being  a 
stimulant  diuretic,  it  is  best  adapted  to  asthenic  conditions.  In  dropsy,  it  may 
be  advantageously  combined  with  syrup  of  siiuiU,  aceUite,  bicarbonate,  or  nitrate 
of  potassium,  or  tincture  of  digitalis.  It  is  useful  in  stranguri/,  especially  that 
produced  by  cantharis,  <(>-(f"r  u/7h,t,  and  is  a  good  addition  to  copaiba  as  a  diu- 
retic for  diminishing  the  acrimony  of  the  urine,  and  in  the  latter  stages  of  gonor- 
rha-a.  However,  it  will  be  found  an  uncertain  diuretic,  not  always  exerting  thia 
influence  in  cases  where  it  is  administered.  If  the  patient  be  kept  warm,  it  is 
more  likely  to  act  upon  the  skin  than  kidneys,  producing  diaphoresis.  It  is  use- 
ful in  inflammdton/  dimrderg  of  the  Hriiuiri/  trnrt.  If  the  inflammatory  condition  is 
mild,  it  "acts  better  than  when  very  active.  It  is  of  service  in  painful  and  difficult 
rirination  of  children,  and  overcomes  urel/iral  »pasm  and  some  cases  of  spa.^modic 
itrieture.  For  these  troubles  it  should  be  given  in  infusion  of  watermelon-seed  or 
spearmint.  For  .<»;7)i(>\<(V);i  of  urine  in  children  it  is  a  positive  remedy.  It  is  not, 
however,  the  remedy  for  retention  of  the  urine,  for,  being  diuretic,  it  increases  the 
flow  into  an  already  over-tilled  bladder,  only  to  increase  the  discomfort  and  pain. 
Here  the  catheter  is  demanded.  In  Bright's  disease,  svith  congestion  and  scanty 
urine,  it  may  be  used  temporarily  only. 

Sweet  spirit  of  nitre  is  often  used  in  fevers  as  a  sedative  and  mild  diaphoretic, 
and  maybe  given  alone,  or  in  conjunction  with  other  agents,  to  cause  diuresis 
and  perspiration.  As  a  rule,  the  dose  administered  is  too  large.  The  small  doses, 
as  a  teaspoonful  of  1  fluid  drachm,  in  4  fluid  ounces  of  water,  are  far  preferable. 
It  thus  slows  the  pulse,  reduces  temperature,  and  promotes  secretion.  It  is  espe- 
cially adapted  to  the  fevers  of  childhood,  where  the  skin,  though  hot,  is  moist.  Its 
effects  in  ephemeral  fevers  are  pronounced.  If  fever  and  inflammation  are  very 
active,  other  agents  will  do  better  work,  but  in  asthenic  conditions,  as  low  grades  of 
fever,  with  marked  irritation  of  the  nerve  centers,  with  tendency  to  spasm,  it  may 
be  used  with  confidence.  When  there  is  unrest,  gastric  irritability,  nausea,  and 
vomiting,  it  allays  the  general  irritability  and  often  induces  sleep.  As  a  carmina- 
tive, it  is  frequently  useful  in  reUexing'jlatulenre.aud  allaying  »k(u.<«(.  It  is  also 
useful  in  gastrod}/nia  and  intestinal  spasms.  On  account  of  its  volatilitj',  it  may  be 
applied  externally  to  produce  cold  by  its  evaporation. 

Locally,  this  agent  may  give  relief  in  local  pains,  as  in  neuralgic  headache.  In 
iiiftamm^itonj  su-ellings,  in  threatened  boils,  carbuncles,  and  abscesses,  in  mumps,  in  glan- 
dular enlargements,  and  in  Hnis  poisoning  \t  is  said  to  be  very  efficient,  and  for  bites 
and  stings,  is  reputed  unequalled.  In  all  tlijese  cases  it  should  be  freely  applied 
and  allowed  to  evaporate,  lest  blistering  occurs.  Only  recently  prepared  sweet 
spirit  of  nitre  should  be  employed  locally,  as  the  free  acid  of  old  preparations  fre- 
quently produces  cutaneous  irritation.  The  dose  of  spirit  of  nitrous  ether  is  from 
a  fracti'on  of  a  drop  to  1  fluid  drachm,  according  to  the  indications  to  be  fulfilled. 
It  should  be  given  w.U  diluted. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Increased  temperature,  frequent  pulse,  dry 
skin,  renal  inactivity,  and  nervous  irritability;  nausea,  flatulence,  and  intestinal 
spasms.     Best  adajjted  to  asthenic  conditions. 

SPIRITUS  AMMONIiE  (U.  S.  P.  i— SPIRIT  OF  AMMONIA. 

"An  alcoholic  solution  of  ammonia  (NH,— 17.01;  containing  10  percent,  by 
weight,  of  the  gas"— (T.S.  P.). 

Sv.NONVMs:  Ammoniated  alcohol,  Spiritus  amvioniaci  raustici  dzondii,  Liquor  am- 
nionii  riiudiri  sjiirituoxuK. 

Preparation. — "Stronger  ammonia  water,  two  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centi- 
meters cJ.jd  Cc.)  [8  II5,  21SniJ;  alcohol,  recently  di.-tilled,  and,  after  distillation, 
ki'pt   in  glass  vessels,  a  sufficient  quantity.     I'our  the  stronger  ammonia  water 


1814  SPIKITUS  AMMONIA  AROMATICTS 

into  a  flask  provided  with  a  safetj'  funnel,  and  connected,  by  means  of  a  gla.'-.s 
condenser,  with  a  well-cooled  receiver  containing  five  hundred  cubic  centimeters 
(500  Cc.)  [16  flg,  435  til]  of  alcohol,  the  delivery  tube  of  the  condenser  reaching  to 
near  the  bottom  of  the  receiver.  Heat  the  flask  carefully,  and  very  gradually,  to 
a  temperature  not  exceeding  60°  C.  (140°  F.),  and  maintain  it  at  that  tempera- 
ture for  about  10  minutes.  Then  disconnect  the  receiver,  and,  having  ascertained 
the  ammoniacal  strength  of  the  contents  by  means  of  normal  sulphuric  acid 
(rosolic  acid  test-solution  being  used  as  indicator),  add  enough  alcohol  to  make 
the  product  contain  ten  (10)  per  cent,  by  weight,  of  ammonia.  Keep  the  spirit  in 
glass-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  place '  — ( U.  S.  P.). 

The  process  of  1870  (f.  .S.  P.)  directed  the  generation  of  ammonia  gas  from 
lime  and  ammonium  chloride,  a  process  which  we  prefer.  Care  should  be  taken 
to  use  redistilled  alcohol  and  to  keep  it  in  glass  vessels  if  it  is  not  to  be  u.sed  at 
once.  Alcohol  from  barrels  contains  organic  matters  which  are  colored  deep  yel- 
low by  the  action  of  ammonia.  The  solution  contains  10  per  cent  (by  weight)  of 
ammonia  gas. 

Description. — "A  colorless  liquid,  having  a  strong  odor  of  ammonia,  and  a 
specific  gravity  of  about  0.810  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.).  When  diluted  with  water,  it 
should  respond  to  the  tests  for  identity  and  purity  mentioned  under  ammonia 
water  (aqua  ammonia).  If  3.4  Gm.(or  4.2  Cc.)  of  spirit  of  ammonia  be  diluted 
with  water,  it  should  require,  for  complete  neutralization,  20  Cc.  of  normal  sul- 
phuric acid  (each  cubic  centimeter  corresponding  to  0.5  per  cent  of  ammonia), 
rosolic  acid  being  used  as  indicator" — (U.  S.  P.). 

It  should  not  eServesce  with  diluted  hydrochloric  acid;  should  it  do  so  it 
has  become  carbonated.  (As  to  its  keeping  qualities,  see  J.  U.  Lloyd,  Amer.  Jour. 
Pharm.,  1896,  p.  301.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  spirit  is  seldom  used  inter«<Ilfy, 
the  aromatic  spirit  being  preferred.  Its  action  is  that  given  under  Aijua  Ammo- 
nia. It  dissolves  resinous  and  other  bodies  precipitated  by  water,  hence  it  is 
frequentlj'  added  to  liniments  of  which  it  should  constitute  not  more  than 
i  part.     Dose,  10  to  30  drops,  largely  diluted  with  water. 

SPIRITUS  AMMONI.ffi  AROMATICUS  (U.  S.  P.)— AEOMATIC 

SPIRIT  OF  AMMONIA. 

Synonyms:  Spiritiis  ammonite  compositus,  Sal  volatile. 

Preparation. — "Ammonium  carbonate,  in  translucent  pieces,  thirty-four 
grammes  (34  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,87  grs.];  ammonia  water,  ninetv  cubic  centimeters 
(90  Cc.)  [3  fl.5,  21111];  oil  of  lemon,  ten  cubic  centimeters  (iO  Cc.1  [162111]:  oil 
of  lavender  flowers,  one  cubic  centimeter  (1  Cc.)  [16  111];  oil  of  nutmeg,  one 
cubic  centimeter  (1  Cc.)  [16111]:  alcoliol,  seven  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (700 
Co.)  [23  U.S.  321  lU]:  distiUed  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand 
culiic  o.iitinuters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls,  391  HI].  To  the  ammonia  water,  contained 
in  a  flask,  add  one  hundred  and  forty  cubic  centimeters  (140  Cc.)  [4  flg,  3521TI] 
of  distilled  w.ater,  and  afterward  the  ammonium  carbonate  reduced  to  a  moder- 
ately fine  powder.  Close  the  flask  and  agitate  the  contents  until  the  carbonate  is 
dissolved.  Introduce  the  alcohol  into  a  graduated  bottle  of  suitable  capacity,  add 
llu^  oils,  then  gradually  add  the  solution  of  ammonium  carbonate,  and  afterward 
(■nousjh  distilled  water  to  make  the  product  measure  one  thousiind  cubic  centi- 
niet.Ts  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl.s,  391  111].  Set  the  liquid  aside  during  24  hours  in  a  cool 
jilace,  occasionally  agitating,  then  filter  it  through  paper,  in  a  well-covered  funnel. 
Keep  the  product  in  glass-stojjpercd  bottles,  in  a  cool  place" — (('.5.  P.). 

It  was  formerly  made  as  follows:  Take  of  chloride  of  ammonium,  5  ounces; 
carbonate  of  potassium,  8  ounces;  cinnamon,  cloves,  e.ach,  bruised,  2  drachms: 
lemon  peel,  4  ounces;  alcohol,  water,  each,  5  pintfi.  Mix  them,  and  distill  off 
7*  pints  (TmiuI.). 

Description. — ".\  nearly  colorless  liquid  when  freshly  prepared,  but  gradu- 
allv  acquiiini;  a  somewhat  darker  tint.  It  h:  j  a  pungent,  ammoniacal  odor  and 
taste.    Specilic  gravity  about  0.905  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.) "— (T.  .<?.  P.).    Oil  of  pimenU 


SPIRITUS  AMMONI.E  FETIUUS.— SPIRITI'S  AROMATICUS.  1815 

was  suHstituted  for  oil  of  mitnieg  in  the  I'.  S.  P.,  1880,  but  caused  the  formation 
of  an  uiiiK'siiahle  deep-red  or  l)ro\vn  color  (see  Andrew  Blair,  yl7/i«r.  Jotir. /"/(an/i., 
1R^'>.  p.  T'.t. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  aromatic' spirit  of  ammonia  is  ant- 
acid, stiiiuilaiit,  and  aromatic;  it  is  a  good  diflusible  stimulant,  and  is  used  in  sick 
hendachejii/nteria,  fiatulent colic, fiiiiUing,  etc.,  in  doses  of  from  30  to  60  drops, or  more, 
in  sweetened  water. 

SPIRITUS  AMMONI.®  FETIDUS.— FETID  SPIRIT  OF  AMMONIA. 

Preparation. — Take  of  asafiptida,  H  ounce  (Imp.);  strong  solution  of  ammo- 
nia, 2  fluid  ounces  (Imp.);  alcohol  (90  per  cent),  a  sufficient  quantity.  "Break 
the  asafietida  into  small  pieces,  and  macerate  it  in  a  closed  vessel  in  15  fluid 
ounces  of  the  alcohol  for  24  hours;  distill  until  alcoholic  vapors  cease  to  be  con- 
densed ;  mix  the  distillate  with  the  strong  solution  of  ammonia,  and  add  sufficient 
alcohol  to  make  1  pint"— (Br.  Phnnn., ISdS). 

Some  oil  of  asafo?tida  passes  over  in  distillation  so  that  the  product  is  an 
ilcohnlic  solution  of  asafnptida  oil  mixed  with  strong  ammonia  water. 

Test. — ''Twenty-live  cubic  centimeters  should  require  for  neutralization  at 
least  42..'i  Co.  of  the  volumetric  solution  of  sulphuric  acid,  corresponding  to  at 
least  2.SS  (;,„.  of  ammonia  (XH,)  in  100  Cc."— (/Jr.  PAnrjH.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— A  general  stimulant  and  nerve  stimu- 
lant i.ouil)ine<l.  Useful  in  hi/st,  rird/  nnnjildivts,  and  in  flatulent  colic  with  gastric 
aciility  anil  intliij^.-'tioi).     Dose,  A  to  1  fluid  drachm,  well  diluted  with  water. 

SPIRITUS  AMYGDAL.®  AMAR.ffl  |U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF 
BITTER  ALMOND. 

Synonym  :   Essence  of  hitter  almond. 

Preparation.— "Oil  of  bitter  almond,  ten  cubic  centimeters  (10  Cc.)  [162  111]; 
alcohol.  ciL'ht  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (800  Cc.)  [27  fl,s,  2.5  111]  ;  distilled  water, 
a  sufiicient  ipiantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  ( 1000  Cc)  [33  fls, 
391  111],  Dissolve  the  oil  in  the  alcohol,  and  add  enough  distilled  water  to  make 
the  product  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (lOOO  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391 TTL]  " — 
{C.S.P.. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  agent  should  be  very  carefully  employed, 
each  fluid  ounce  containing  aljout  5  minims  of  oil  of  bitter  almonds.  It  is  em- 
ployed very  largely  as  a  flavoring  substance,  but  a  few  drops  being  necessary  to 
produce  the  desired  flavor.    It  is  an  unsafe  preparation, 

SPIRITUS  ANISI  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  ANISE. 

Synonyms  :   Tinctura  olei  anisi,  Tincture  of  oil  of  anise,  E^setice  of  anise. 

Preparation.— "Oil  of  anise,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.)  [3  fl3, 
183T111;  deodorized  alcohol,  nine  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (900  Cc.)  [30  flg, 
208  in  J;  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls,  391  TTl].  Mix 
them'— (r.  ,'?.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  preparation  is  aromatic,  anti- 
spasmodic, and  carminative,  and  may  lie  employed  in  flntulenc)/,  couf/h,  cramp  of 
the  Minintrh^AwiX  to  flavor  other  prei)aiations.  The  dose  is  from  20  to  60  drops  for 
an  adult,  in  sweetened  water.  The  following  forms  a  very  pleasant  preparation 
for  cough:  Take  of  aqua  ammonite,  tincture  of  opium,  each,  1  fluid  ounce;  essence 
of  anise, i  fluid  ounce.    Mix.    Dose,  from  20  ti»  60  drops. 

SPIRITUS  AROMATICUS  (N.  F.) -AROMATIC  SPIRIT. 

Preparation.— "Compound  spirit  of  orange  (T.  .S.  P.),  sixty-five  cubic  centi- 
inct- 1- !  •►">  Cc.)  [2  fl.^,9.">lU1;  deodorized  alcohol,  nine  hundred  and  thirty-five 
(ul.i'    centimeters  (9:J.'>Cc.)  [31  flS,272Tll].    Mix  tliem.    Preserve  the  product.if 


1816  SPIRITUS  AURAXTII.— SPIRITUS  AURANTII  COMPOSITUS. 

it  is  to  be  kept  in  stock,  in  completely  filled  and  well-stoppered  vials  or  bottles, 
and  stored  in  a  cool  and  dark  place.  Aromatic  spirit  may  also  be  prepared  in  the 
following  manner:  Sweet  orange  peel,  fresh,  and  deprived  of  the  inner,  white  por- 
tion, six  hundred  and  seventy-five  grammes  (675  Gm.)  [1  lb.  av.,7  ozs.,  354  grs.]; 
lemon  peel,  fresh,  eighty-five  grammes  (8-5  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.];  coriander,  bruised, 
eighty-five  grammes  (8.5  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.];  oil  of  star-anise,  one  and  one-half  cubic 
centimeters  (1.5  Cc.)  [24  Tit];  deodorized  alcohol,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make 
five  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (5000  Cc.)  [169  flg,  33  TU].  Macerate  "the  .'^olids 
during  4  days  with  forty-five  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (4500  Cc.)  [152  fl.5,  78  TJl] 
of  deodorized  alcohol;  then  add  the  oil  of  star-anise,  filter,  and  pass  enough  deo- 
dorized alcohol  through  the  filter  to  make  the  product  measure  five  thousand 
cubic  centimeters  (5000  Cc.)  [169  fig,  33111].  iVo^e.— When  good,  fresh  essential 
oils  can  not  be  readily  obtained  for  preparing  the  compound  spirit  ot  orange,  the 
second  formula  may  be  used.  But  the  product  obtained  by  it  should  not  be 
employed  in  mixtures  containing  iron,  as  the  latter  would  cause  a  darkening  of 
the  mixture" — {Nat.  Form.). 

Uses. — This  agent  enters  into  the  formation  of  many  of  the  elixirs,  being  the 
chief  constituent  of  Aromatic  Elixir  (Elixir  Aromnticum). 

SPIRITUS  AURANTII  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  ORANGE. 

Preparation. — "  Oil  of  orange  peel,  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (50  Ce.)  [1  flg, 
332111];  deoilorized  alcohol,  nine  hundred  and  fiftv  cubic  centimeters  (950  Cc.) 
[32  fl,s,59  m] ;  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  m]. 
Mix  them  "— (  (/.  S.  P.). 

Uses. — Employed  in  flavoring  mixtures. 

SPIRITUS  AURANTII  COMPOSITUS  (U.  S.  P.)— COMPOUND 
SPIRIT  OF  ORANGE. 

Preparation. — "Oil  of  orange  peel,  two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (200  Cc.) 
[6  fls,  366111];  oil  of  lemon,  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (50  Cc.)  [1  fl.s,  332  111];  oil 
of  coriander,  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (20  Cc.)  [325111];  oil  of  anise,  five  cubic 
centimeters  (5  Cc.)  [81  111];  deodorized  alcohol,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one 
thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig,  391111].  Mix  them.  Keep  the 
product  in  completely  filled,  well-stoppered  bottles,  in  a  cool  and  dark  place" — 
(U.S.  P.). 

This  process  is  essentiallj'  that  of  the  Xationnl  Formulary  (1st  ed.).  which  com- 
ments as  follows:  "The  essential  oils  used  in  this  preparation,  particularly  those 
of  orange  and  lemon,  must  be  as  fresh  as  possible,  and  absohitehi  free  from  any 
terebinthinate  odor  or  taste.  They  should  be  diluted  as  soon  asreceived.  with  a 
definite  quantity  of  deodorized  alcohol,  which  will  retard  deterioration.  They 
should  not  be  kept  in  stock,  undiluted,  for  any  length  of  time,  or  should  at  least 
be  kept  in  bottles  completely  filled,  and  in  a  dark  ]>lace.  Tlie  alcoholic  solution 
should  be  kept  in  the  same  manner.  If  oil  of  Cura(,'ao  orange  of  gooil  quality 
can  be  obtained,  it  is  ndvis.Tlile  to  use  this,  in  place  of  ordinary  oil  of  orange,  a.« 
it  imjinrls  to  the  spirit  a  liner  flavor"— (.Vrt/.  Form.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  is  a  pleasant  carminative  and 
flavoring  agmt,  umiI  cliiilly.  for  the  latter  purpose,  in  the  preparation  of  the 
official  Arnriuidr  Elixir  {Elixir  Aromaticum).  Dose,  1  fluid  drachm,  well  diluted 
with  water. 

Related  Preparation.— Spiritis  CrR.\ss.\o  CS.  ¥.),  Spirit  of  Curoi^ao.    "Oil  of  Curacao 

oraiiKc,  niu'  hiiiiilieil  and  sixty-live  luliic  centimeters  i  Um  Cc.)  [5  flg,  27S  ITl];  oil  of  fennel, 
three  cnliic  centimeters  (I!  tV.  i  [A'.*  Ill  1 :  "i'  "'  I'ider  almoml,  three-fourths  of  a  cubic  centimeter 
(0.75  0.)  [H-'Ull;  (leo,loiize.l  aKo)Mil.eii;lit  limnliva  nn,l  thin v-t\vocul>ic centimeters i, 'Cvl' Cc) 
[28  H5, 64  tin.  -Mix  the  oils  with  the  .leudnnzed  alcohol,  and  keep  the  spirit  in  completely 
filled  and  weil-corked  bottles,  and  stored  in  a  i\>ol  and  diu-k  phuf.  Xotf. — The  essenti.al  oih 
used  in  this  case  nuist  he  as  fresh  as  possible,  and  aligiiliilrlit jWf  from  any  terebinthinate  otlor 
or  taste.    Oil  of  Curavao  orange  may  be  obtained  without  ditHeulty  in  the  market,  but  it 


SPIRIXrs  tAMl'HOK.K.-iil'lKITrS  CIILOUOFORMI.  1S17 

should  be  ran-fuUv  examined  as  to  ils  quality,  iuimediately  upon  receipt,  and  should  not 
be  kei>t  in  stook.  lor  anv  length  of  time,  witliimt  special  precautions.  A  still  finer  quality 
of  oil  of  oranj^  is  that  derived  from  Citrus  nobilis,  which  is  l.nown  in  the  market  as  oil  of 
maudariu"— uVd/.  Form.}. 

SPIRITUS  CAMPHORS  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  CAMPHOR. 

Sy.N(1nyms:    Tiiiiiid-ii  nunji/ioni,  Tincture  of  ramp/ior. 

Preparation. — ■'Cainplior.  one  huntlred  grainines  (KA)  Giu.)  [S  ozs.  !iv.,2;il 
grs.];  alcohol,  a  sullicient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (lOCK) 
Cc.)  [33  tl,^.  3!U  111].  Dissolve  the  cainpiior  in  eight  hundred  cubic  centiineters 
(800  Co.)  [27  ri.s,25TTl.]  of  alcohol,  tilter  through  i>aper,  and  pass  enough  alcohol 
through  the  tilter  to  make  the  product  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(lOOO^Cc.)  [33  ti.^.  391  in]'"— (f.  S.  P.).  The  as.say  of  spirit  of  camphor  may 
be  readilv  accomplished  T)v  means  of  tlie  polariscope  (see  Amer.  Jour.  Phann., 
1S93. 1..  ;VS2). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  tincture  is  stimulant  and  anti- 
spa-^modic.  It  is  used  externally  as  a  stimulant  and  anodyne  in  itpniins,  bruises, 
rhilbliiin.-'.  parnh/sis,  and  rhrottic  rheumiili.^m.  Internally,  it  is  used  for  various  pur- 
po.ses,  in  commencing  diarrhcea,  in  fintulcncy,  nausea,  (iripimi  pains,  and  wherever 
a  stimulating  or  antispasmodic  action  is  required.  The  dose  is  from  10  to  60 
drops,  in  mucilage  or  syrup,  or  merely  added  to  water  or  gruel.  (For  other  uses, 
see  Camp  flora.) 

SPIRITUS  CARDAMOMI  COMPOSITUS  (N.  F.)— COMPOUND 
SPIRIT  OF  CARDAMOM. 

Preparation. — "Oil  of  cardamom,  two  cubic  centimeters  (2  Cc.)  [33  TU];  oil 
of  caraway,  three-fourths  cubic  centimeter  (0.75  Cc.)  [12111);  oil  of  cinnamon, 
cassia,  one-half  cubic  centimeter  (0..50  Cc)  [8H1];  alcohol,  five  hundred  cubic 
centiineters  (oOO  Cc.)  [1<3  lis,  43.5  111];  glycerin,  si.xty-five  cubic  centimeters  (65  Cc.) 
[2  fl.5,  95  ITIJ;  water,  a  sullicient  ijuantitv  to  make  "one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000  Cc.)  [33  H.s,  391  111].  Dissolve  the" oils  in  the  alcohol,  add  the  glycerin,  and 
lastly,  enough  water  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  (?c.)  [33  85, 
391111].  Xote. — This  preparation  is  intended  as  a  flavoring  ingredient,  being 
equivalent  to  the  official  Tiii'tuni  Onnhiniomi  Composita,  without  the  coloring 
matter" — ( .\'if.  Form.  1. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  spirit  is  carminative  and  is 
chiefly  employed  in  liavoriu!.'  mixtures.    Dose.  1  fluid  drachm,  diluted. 

SPIRITUS  CARUL— SPIRIT  OF  CARAWAY. 

Sy.so.nyms:  Tinctura  olei  carui.  Tincture  of  oil  of  caraway,  Essence  of  caraway. 

Preparation. — Take  of  oil  of  caraway,  1  fluid  ounce;  stronger  alcobol,  11 
fluid  ounces.     Mix  with  agitation. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  is  aromatic,  carminative,  and 
untisipa.-iiiodic.  It  maybe  used  in  fin  tulennj,  nausea,  eii:.,AnA.  to  flavor  mixtures. 
The  dose  is  from  20  to  GO  drops,  in  sweetened  water. 

SPIRITUS  CHLOROFORMI  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  CHLOROFORM. 

Sy.nu.n  V.MS  :   Chloric  ether,  !>]nrit  of  chloric  ether. 

Preparation. — "Chloroform,  sixty  cnbic  centimeters  (60  Cc.)  [2  ll.^.  Mill]; 
alcohol,  nine  hundred  and  fortv  cubic  centimeters  (940  Cc.)  [31  fl.s,  377  111];  to 
make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  flOOOCc.)  [33  fl.5,3911Tl].  Mix  them"— 
(U.S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.—  At  one  time  this  spirit  was  u.sed  under 
the  name  ,■/,/,„■/«■,//„,•,  as  an  .UKcstlntic.  Imt  as  such  it  is  not  now  emi)loyed.  It  is 
a  good  form  for  the  intern.il  exhilpiiion  of  chloroform,  and  is  particularly  valuable 


1818  SPIKITUS  CINNAMCMI.-SPIRIXrS  FUUMEXTI. 

in  the  various  forms  of  colic— flatulent,  bilinry,  hepatic,  and  mmutrual — and  in  visceral 
neuralgia  and  other  forms  of  abdominal  pain.     Dose,  10  to  40  minims,  well  diluted. 

SPIRITUS  CINNAMOMI  ( U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  CINNAMON. 

Sv.NdNYMs:  Tiiirlin-d  old  ciiiiKiinoiiii,  Tinrlinr  of  oil  of  cinnmiion,  Essence  of  cin- 
niiiiKin. 

Preparation.— "Oil  of  cinnamon,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.) 
[3  fls,  183  Til];  alcohol,  nine  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (900 Cc.)  [30  fl.s,  208m] ;  to 
make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls, 391  111].  Mix  them"— 
{U.S.  P.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  tincture  posses.ses  the  .stimulant 
and  aromatic  innpcitits  ol  linnamim,  and  may  be  beneficially  employed  in  menor- 
rhagin  and  atrrinc  Iiannrrhnije,  for  which  a  teat-poonful  may  be  taken  in  a  wineglass 
of  sweetened  water,  every  5,  10,  or  30  minutes,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the 
symptoms. 

SPIRITUS  FRUMENTI  (U.  S.  P.)— WHISKEY. 

"An  alcoholic  liquid  obtained  by  the  distillation  of  the  ma.sh  of  fermented 
grain  (usually  of  mixtures  of  corn,  wheat,  and  rye),  and  at  least  2  years  old" — 
iU.S.P.). 

Synonym:  Whislij. 

Source  and  History. — According  to  the  Standard  Dictionai-y  the  name 
"^vhi^key^'  is  derived  from  the  Gaelic  uUgebeatha,  meaning  "  water  of  Wfe"  {ui^ge, 
water,+  bentha,  life).  Whiskey,  in  this  country,  is  generally  distilled  from  the  fer- 
mented mash  made  from  mixtures  of  corn,  wheat,  and  rye.  In  Great  Britain 
barley,  rye,  and  oats  are  most  commonly  used,  while  in  Germany  potatoes  are 
the  raw  materials  chiefly  employed.  Whiskey  is  generally  named  from  its  source 
as  Rye  ivhiskei/,  Corn  whiskey,  Potato  ichiskey,  and  when  prepared  from  cider,  as  it 
sometimes  is,  Apple  whiskey  or  Brandy.  Scotch  whiskey  is  distilled  from  barley. 
In  all  cases,  a  certain  quantity  of  malted  barlej-,  must  be  mixed  with  the  cereals, 
etc., in  order  that  their  starch  be  converted  into  sugar  (?H«/to6r)  which  subsequently 
undergoes  fermentation  (see  Alco/iol).  Sometimes  conversion  of  the  starchy  mate- 
rial into  sugar  ((ferf?-o.«f)  is  eflected  bj' means  of  diluted  acids  (see  i*^arr/(((n'»0.  To 
obtain  the  whiskey  from  the  fermented  mash,  distillation  followed  by  rectification 
is  resorted  to.  The  result  of  the  first  distillation  is  called  hw  wiues.  These  are 
rectified  by  a  second  distillation  which  first  yields  a  milky  spirit  containing  oily 
matters  and  is  caUcd  foreshot ;  the  clear  spirit  which  follows  is  called  high  trine."). 
The  freshly  distilled  product,  known  as  rniv  .spirit  or  raw  uhi.^kry,  is  harsh  and 
unfit  for  use.  It  is  put  into  casks  or  tanks  where  it  is  allowed  to  remain  for  at 
least  2  years  (ageing  process),  when  it  becomes  mellowed  and  pleasanter  in  flavor, 
certain  compound-ethers  being  developed. 

Individual  cereals  have  distinctive  volatile  constituents  which  impart  to  the 
whiskey  a  peculiar  flavor  and  odor,  and  an  expert  may  readily  detect  these  dis- 
tinctive differences.  A  most  objectionable  contamination  of  whiskey  is  the  graiv 
oil  or  fiisel  oil  {amyliralrnhol),  which  is  generated  during  fermentation  of  the  mash. 
Its  boiling  point  being  much  above  that  of  water  and  of  ethyl  alcohol,  the  greater 
j)art  of  it  remains  behind  if  the  distillation  be  carefully  conducted.  Still,  traces 
of  fusel  oil  are  generallj'  present  in  whiskey.  Amylic  alcohol  is  the  substance 
which  imparts  to  raw  spirit  its  disagreeable  odor.  In  the  ageing  of  the  spirit, 
fusel  oil  is  believed  to  be  gradually  oxidized  and  forms  valerianic  ether  but  some 
contend  that  it  is  partially  converted  into  free  valerianic  acid.  Among  other 
constituents  present  in  small  quantities  is  a'nanthylic  arid;\i\  old  whiskey  lx)th 
acetic  and  valerianic  acids  are  present,  giving  to  the  liquid  a  feeble  acid  reaction. 
(For  an  interesting  account  of  tlie  manufacture  of  whiskey,  see  C.K.Gallagher, 
Pror.  Aiiin:  Ph,inn.  .■!.>»(•.,  1SS3,  i.]..  37.")  and  477.) 

Description  and  Tests.— Whiskey  varies  in  color  from  pale-amber  to  deep- 
brown.  When  first  prepared  it  is  colorless,  but  upon  standing  in  casks  or  t-iinks, 
it  gradually  assumes  a  brown  color,  which  is  also  sometimes  imparted  to  it  by 


SPIRITI'S  GAn.TIlKltl.K-.^riUITrS  ULONUINI.  1819 

tlie  addition  of  caramel.  Both  the  odor  and  taste  of  aged  whiskey  is  agreeable  to 
luo.-t  persons.  It  is  olhcially  demanded  to  be  at  least  2  years  old,  and  to  conform 
t..  tiie  following  requirements:  '"An  amber-colored  liquid,  having  a  distinctive 
odor  and  taste,  and  a  slightly  acid  reaction.  Its  specific  gravity  should  not  be 
more  than  0.i)30,  nor  less  than  0.917,  corresponding,  approximately,  to  an  alco- 
holic strength  of  44  to  50  per  cent  by  weight,  or  .50  to  58  per  cent  by  volume.  If 
100  Cc.  of  whiskey  be  very  slowly  evajjorated  in  a  tared  capsule  on  a  water-bath, 
the  last  portions  volatilized  should  not  have  a  harsh  or  disagreeable  odor  (alj.?ence 
of  more  than  traces  of  fusel  oil  from  grain);  and  the  residue,  when  dried  at 
100°  C.  (212°  F.),  should  not  weigh  more  than  0.25  Gm.  This  residue  should 
have  no  sweet  or  distinctly  spicy  taste  (absence  of  added  sugar,  glycerin,  or  aro- 
matic substances).  It  should  almost  completely  dissolve  in  10  Cc.  of  cold  water, 
forming  a  solution  which  is  colored  not  deeper  than  light  green  by  a  few  drops  of 
dilute  ferric  chloride  T.S.  made  by  mixing  the  latter  with  10  volumes  of  water 
(absence  of  more  than  traces  of  oak  tannin  from  casks).  To  render  100  Cc.  of 
whiskey  distinctly  alkaline  to  litmus  should  not  require  more  than  1.2  Cc.  of 
potassium  hydrate  V.8.  (limit  of  free  aciil) "— (T.  .S'.  P.).  Mr.  Joseph  \V.  England 
(_Ainer.  Jour.  P/mnn..  1897,  p.  584)  finds  that  the  acid  standard  for  a  good  whiskej- 
sliould  be  at  least  1.4  or  1.5  Cc.  of  rf«'i»o/-)/io/ caustic  potash  solution,  neutralizing 
10  Cc.  of  whiskey,  phenolphtalein  being  used  as  indicator. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. —  Locally,  whiskey  is  applied  to  u-ounck,  etc.,  for 
its  antiseptic  and  stimulant  etfects.  Internally  it  is  emploj'ed  for  the  purposes 
named  under  alcohol  (see  Alcohol).  While  less  agreeable  and  less  efficient  than 
brandy,  and  diflering  considerably  in  action,  even  as  one  grade  of  whiskey  or 
brandy  may  differ  from  another,  it  has  come  into  almost  universal  employment 
instead  of  brandy  on  account  of  its  ine.xpensiveness  and  comparative  freedom 
from  adulterants.  It  is  less  constipating  than  brandy  but  is  more  liable  to  offend 
the  stomach,  and  to  produce  gastric,  renal,  and  hepatic  aflections. 

SPIRITUS  GAULTHERI,ffi  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  GAULTHERIA. 

Sv.soNv.M  :    E.''.-<cnre  of  icintergreen. 

Preparation.— "Oil  of  gaultheria,  fiftv  cubic  centimeters  (50  Cc.)  [1  H.^. 
332  111];  aknhol,  nine  hundred  and  fiftv 'cubic  centimeters  (950  Cc.)  [32  fl.5. 
59171]:  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391 TTIJ.  Mix 
them  '— V  I'.S.P.). 

Uses. — Chiefly  used  as  a  flavoring  essence. 

SPIRITUS  GLONOINI  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  GLONOm. 

'An  alcoholic  solution  of  glonoin  (glyceryl  [or  propenyl]  trinitrate,  or  nitro- 
glycerin; C,H5[N'0,],^22().58),  containing  1  per  cent,  by  weight,  of  the  substance. 
Spirit  of  glonoin  should  be  kept  and  transported  in  well-stoppered  tin  cans,  and 
should  be  stored  in  a  cool  place,  remote  from  lights  or  fire.  Great  care  should 
be  exercised  in  handling,  packing,  transporting,  or  storing  the  spirit,  since  a  dan- 
gi'rous  explosion  may  result  if  any  considerable  quantity  of  it  be  spilled  and  the 
alcohol  be  partly  or  wholly  lost  by  evaporation"— (T.  S.  P.). 

Sy.nony.MS  :  >i->irit  nf  nitroc/lyrerin,  Liquor  trinilrini  ( Br.),  Liquor  glonoini,  Liquor 
ndroqlyrcrit^i,  Salti'tion  of  filonoill,  Solutioii  of  trinitrin.  Solution  of  nitroiilyrerin. 

Description. — "A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  possessing  the  odorand  taste  of  alco- 
hol. Caution  should  be  exercised  in  tasting  it,  since  even  a  small  quantity  of  it 
is  liable  to  produce  a  violent  headache.  The  same  effect  is  produced  when  it  is 
freely  applied  to  the  skin.  It  is  neutral  to  litmus  i)aper.  Specific  gravitv  0.826  to 
0.832  at  15' C  (59°  F.).  On  diluting  10  Cc.  of  the  si>irit  with  15  Cc.  of  water- 
both  liquids,  as  well  as  the  mixture,  when  measured,  being  brought  to  15°  C. 
(59°  F. ) — the  liquid  will  exhibit  at  most  a  faint  cloudiness,  but  the  addition  of  a 
further  portion  of  5  Cc.  of  water  shoultl  iiroducea  white  turbidity.  If  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  spirit  be  higher  than  0.840,  or  if  10  Cc.  of  it  be  rendered  turbid  by 
h'ss  than  10  Cc.  of  water,  the  spirit  siiDuld  be  rejected""— ({'..*<.  P.).  J.  B.  Nagelvoort 
tests  a  10  per  cent  spirit  of  nitroglycerin  by  pouring  a  measured  volume  into 


1820  SPIEITUS  GLONOINI. 

excess  of  water,  and  collecting  and  measuring  the  volume  of  the  oil  after  it  has 
completely  settled  (Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1894,  p.  527).    (See  beloAv.) 

Nitroglycerin. — This  body  is  variously  known  as  glonoin,  glonoine,  pyrogly- 
cerin,  nitroglycerine,  trinitrin,  trinitrine,  and  projienyl  (or  glyceryl)  trinitrate.  It  was 
first  prepared  by  Sobrero,  of  Turin,  in  1847.  It  is  a  very  dangerous  article  to  pre- 
pare, and  we  shall  not  give  the  process.  Nitroglycerin  is  an  oily,  colorless,  or  light- 
yellow  fluid,  having  a  specific  gravity  from  1.595  to  1.600.  At — 20°  C.  i — 4°F.). 
it  solidifies  and  forms  long  needles.  Heated  carefully  to  160°  C.  (320°  F.  i,  it  is 
decomposed,  evolving  red  vapors,  without  any  detonation.  At  about  250°  C. 
(518°  F.),  it  detonates  violently.  By  placing  a  drop  on  an  anvil  and  striking  it 
with  a  hammer,  it  instantly  detonates.  When  properly  prepared  and  free  from 
acid,  it  may  be  kept  for  any  length  of  time.  Sulphuric  acid  added  to  its  ethereal 
solution,  decomposes  it,  precipitating  a  large  amount  of  sulphur.  When  exposed 
to  light  or  a  warm  temperature,  glonoin  undergoes  decomposition.  It  is  an  ex- 
ceedingly dangerous  substance,  and  may  even  explode  spontaneously,  and  always 
by  percussion,  or  when  dropped  on  a  moderately  hot  iron,  althougli  touching  it 
with  a  flame  does  not  cause  its  explosion.  Infusioral  earth,  impregnated  with 
nitroglycerin,  gives  it  a  compact  form,  which  constitutes  the  well-known  sub- 
stance, dynamite.  It  likewise  forms  the  basis  o( glyoxylin,  giant  poirdrr,  dunlin,  and 
similar  blasting  explosives.  It  was  introduced  as  a  blasting  material  by  Alfred 
Nobel,  a  Swede,  in  1862.  According  to  this  engineer,  1  volume  of  nitroglycerin, 
exploded,  liberates  nearly  10.400  volumes  of  gas,  whereas  but  800  volumes  are 
liberated  by  a  like  amount  of  gunpowder. 

Glonoin  (or  nitroglycerin),  for  medicinal  purposes,  is  usually  procured  by 
wholesale  dealers  in  drugs  directly  frf)m  the  factory  where  it  is  made,  in  form  of 
a  10  per  cent  solution  in  alcohol.  Such  a  solution  is  non-explosive,  and  may  be 
diluted,  as  occasion  requires,  to  the  strength  of  1  per  cent.  It  should  be  noted, 
however,  that  exposure  to  a  cold  atmosphere  will  cause  some  nitroglycerin  to 
separate  (see  J.  B.  Nagelvoort,  loc.  cit., who  gives  an  assay  method  for  this  solu- 
tion). The  specific  gravity  of  the  10  per  cent  solution  is  0.863  at  15°  C.  (59°  F.). 
Solutions  of  glonoin,  particularly  the  stronger  (10  per  cent),  sliould  always  l>e 
transported  or  kept  in  tin  cans,  and  never  in  glass  or  other  fragile  vessels.  Should 
the  container  of  a  solution  of  glonoin  be  broken,  and  the  contents  be  soaked  up 
by  wood,  or  packing  material,  the  latter  may  become  dangerousl}'  explosive  when 
the  alcohol  has  evaporated.  Dr.  V.  Coblentz  recommentls  (Handbo'ik  of  Phurmacy, 
1895,  p.  255)  that,  in  case  nitroglycerin  is  spilled,  a  solution  of  caustic  potash  or 
soda  be  poured  over  the  spot,  which  causes  the  decom])Osition  of  nitroglycerin  into 
its  harmless  constituents.  Should  the  proportion  of  glonoin  to  porous  material 
be  not  more  than  70  parts  of  the  former,  and  not  less  than  30  parts  of  the  latter, 
the  compound  will  be  non-explosive  (except  by  a  detonator) ;  and  if  the  propor- 
tions are  not  more  than  52  parts  of  the  former,  and  not  less  than  48  parts  of  the 
latter,  the  compound  can  not  even  be  detonated.  But,  in  the  presence  of  sub- 
stances readily  yielding  oxygen,  such  as  nitrates,  chlorates,  etc.,  so  small  a  pro- 
portion as  5  per  cent  of  glonoin  will  produce  a  dangerously  explosive  combina- 
tion. When  handling  an  alcoholic  solution  of  glonoin.  care  should  be  taken  that 
it  be  not  brought  in  prolonged  or  extended  contact  with  the  skin,  as  it  is  readily 
absorbed,  and  will  then  cause  its  characteristic  physiological  etfects  (^distressing 
headache,  nausea,  etc.).    (AdajUed  from  .V<(^ /•))(•»).,  1st  ed.) 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — The  etfects  of  nitroglycerin  are  pre- 
cisely similar  to  those  o'l  Amyl  Nitris  (_\vhich  see).  Its  etfects,  however,  are  less 
transient,  but  more  slowly  produced.  In  some  individuals,  a  fraction  of  a  drop 
is  sufticientto  cause  distressing  symptoms.  Violent  headache,  with  arterial  throl>- 
bing,  is  frequently^  produced  by  a  1-drop  dose  of  a  1  i>er  cent  solution.  Timi  drops 
have  produced  giddiness,  weariness,  violent-throbbing  headache,  as  if  the  head 
would  burst,  ami  send -unconsciousness.  In  its  administration  the  smallest 
amounts  must  be  first  administered,  the  dose  being  gradually  increased  as  indi- 
cated. Toleration  sometimes  becomes  established,  so  that  8  or  10  drops  may  be 
taken  at  a  do.<e.  The  treatment  for  ovenloses  of  spiritus  glonoini,  or  nitroglyc- 
erin, and  amyl  nitrite  should  consist  in  tlie  use  of  such  remedies  as  jiroduce  con- 
traction of  tiio  blood  vessels,  thus  raising  arterial  tension  and  diminishing  the 
blood  supply  to  the  brain  and  nerve  centers.     Belladonna  (or  atropine^  ergot  (or 


SPIRITIS  jrXIPERI.-SriKlTUS  JINIPERI  COMPOSlTia  1S21 

sclerotinic  acid),  and  strvclinine  are  physiolojiically  antagonistic.  Inhalations  of 
ammonia,  ammonia  internally,  atropine  or  eliier  sulxutaneously,  recumlx-nt  pos- 
ture, warmth  to  the  body  and  cold  to  the  head,  sinapisms  to  epigastrium  or  to 
feet,  may  be  resorted  to  in  case  of  serious  results  from  these  agents.  Fortunately, 
the  efll-cts  of  nitroglycerin  and  amy]  nitrite  are  quite  transient,  and  death  is  not 
likely  to  occur  from  ordinary  doses,  even  though  such  doses  may  occasion,  in  sus- 
ceptible individuals,  alarming  symptoms. 

Spirit  of  glonoin  (or  nitroglycerin  in  pill)  has  come  to  be  an  important 
remedy  in  troubles  due  to  ctrelmildncmifi.  Thus  it  often  proves  a  prompt  remedy 
for  annuir  heudarhe,  and  for  ca.ses  of  itunsti-oke,  where  there  is  a  pale  face  and  other 
evidence  of  anemia  of  the  brain.  In  minute  do.ses  (second  or  third  dilution  of 
spirit  of  glonoin,  gtts.  x  to  xv,  to  water,  4  fluid  ounces;  teaspoonful  every  2  or  3 
hours)  it  lias  been  advised  in  gunheat,  /(r«(/((r/(c, aggravated  by  solar  hea.t,me)istruiil 
heiidarfif.  and  other  non-febrile,  full,  throbbing  he&d;\ches,  Jlv.</nng  of  t/w Jure  at  the 
climacteric,  and  in  neurnhjir  ih/smeuorr/niiu  Foltz  obtained  good  results  from 
nitroglycerin  in  tiuuitus  aitriuin,  dependent  upon  faulty  heart-action  due  to  or- 
ganic changes  in  the  heart.  Its  great  reputation  has  been  acquired  in  the  treat- 
ment of  n inline  pain,  particularly  angina  pectoris,  and  for  dypmm  and  pseudo-nn- 
ginn.  In  these  cases,  it  acts  similarly  to  amyl  nitrite,  and  may  well  follow  the 
more  promjit  eflects  of  that  drug  to  insure  greater  permanency  of  action.  It  is 
less  apt  than  amyl  nitrite  to  produce  flushing  of  the  face,  which,  as  a  rule,  is  but 
slight.  Curdiac  veurnlgin  is  well  treated  with  it.  It  has  an  important  place  in  the 
treatment  of  asthma,  aspifii/riation  h)/  droicning,  cai-hnn  dioxide  or  other  gases,  opium 
poitfoning,  with  ura-mic  symptoms,  poisdning  by  chloroform,  seasickness,  hydrophobia, 
and  tet(tniis.  According  to  A.  W.  Mayo  Robson,  it  is  a  good  remedy  for  acute  and 
chrmiic  mphritis,  with  great  arterial  tension,  and  a  remedy  to  relieve  vascidar 
tension  in  the  aged.  It  ha.s  also  been  advised  to  ward  oS"  the  chill  in  intei-mittents^ 
and  as  a  remedy  for  pernicious  malarial  disease.  Mikhalkine,  of  Russia,  declares 
it  one  of  the  best  of  remedies  for  sciatir  neuralgia.  He  advises  the  following  solu- 
tion :  Spirit  of  glonoin,  5  grammes;  tincture  of  capsicum,  7.5  grammes;  pepper- 
mint-water, 15  grammes.  Dose,  5  to  10  drops,  3  times  a  day.  Nitroglycerin  may 
be  employed  for  the  other  conditions  mentioned  under  .-Imy/ A7^7«.  The  dose  of 
nitroglycerin  ranges  from  ij^j  to  ^  grain,  in  pill ;  of  spiritus  glonoini,  from  a  frac- 
tion ofa  drop  to  8  drops,  the  larger  doses  being  employed  only  where  toleration 
has  become  established.  For  angina  pectoris,  Murrell  (Man.  of  Mat.  Med.  and 
Therap.)  proposes  the  following  formula:  Nitroglycerin, -j-Ju  grain;  amyl  nitrite, 
\  grain  ;  menthol.  J^  grain  ;  capsicum,  ^-^  grain,  these  being  the  proportions  and 
amounts  for  a  single  pill,  which  should  be  coated. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses. — Tensive  spasmodic  disorders  of  the  heart,  as 
in  angina  pectoris;  cardiac  pain;  neuralgic  pain,  with  anemia;  fluttering,  irregu- 
lar pulse:  depression;  cerebral  anemia;  nervous  spasms,  with  cerebral  anemia*; 
nervous  headache,  with  pallor;  dyspncea,  from  cardiac  hypertrophy;  asthmatic 
breathing. 

SPIRITUS  JUNIPERI  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  JUNIPER. 

Preparation.— "Oil  of  juniper,  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (50  Cc.)  [1  flg,  332  tU]  ; 
alcohol,  nine  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (950  Cc.)  [32  fl5,59"ni];  to 
make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fl.s,  391111].  Mix  them"— 
{!'.  S.  P.).  A  more  agreeable  spirit  may  be  prepared  if  oil  of  juniper  berries,  as 
directeil.  instead  of  common  oil  of  juniper,  be  employed.  It  is  improved  by 
keeping. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Diuretic  and  carminative,  and  fre- 
quentlv  added  to  diuretic  medicines,  to  i  nhance  their  value  in  ascites.  Dose.itol 
fluid  .Ini.hni. 

SPIRITUS  JUNIPERI  COMPOSITUS    U.  S.  P.)— COMPOUND 
SPIRIT  OF  JUNIPER. 

Preparation.— "Oil  of  juniiu-r,  eight  cubic  centimeters  (8  Cc.)  [130  ITl];  oil  of 
caraway,  one  cubic  centimeter  (\  Co  [IHlll];  oil  of  fennel,  one  cubic  centimeter 


1822  SPmiTUS  I,AVAyDUL.E.— SPIRITUS  MENTH.E  PIPERIT.E. 

(1  Cc.)  [16Tn];  alcoliol,  fourteen  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (1400  Cc.)  [47  fls, 
163  TTL];  water,  :i  sufficient  quantity  to  make  two  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(2000  Cc.)  [67  tl5,  301  TU].  Dissolve  the  oils  in  the  alcohol,  and  gradually  add 
enough  water  to  make  the  product  measure  two  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(2000  Cc.)  [67  fls,  301'ni]"'— (r.  6'.  P.).  This  preparation  is  closely  related  to 
Holland  gin,  and  is  designed  as  a  substitute  therefor.  Age  improves  it,  its  flavor 
is  pleasant,  provided  good  essential  oils  are  used,  and  it  is  more  uniform  in  com- 
position than  ordinary  gin. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Compound  spirit  of  juniper  is  car- 
minative and  diuretic,  and  is  frequently  added  to  diuretic  mixtures  to  increase 
their  efficiency  in  asrite-i.    The  dose  is  from  1  to  4  fluid  drachms. 

SPIRITUS  LAVANDUL.ffl  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  LAVENDER. 

Preparation. — "Oil  of  lavender  flowers,  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (50  Cc.)  [1  fls, 
332111];  deodorized  alcohol,  nine  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (950  Cc.) 
[32  fls,  59 1TL] ;  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls,  391 TH]. 
mxthem"— (U.S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Spirit  of  lavender  is  a  pleasant  car- 
minative and  stiuuilant.  Externally  it  is  used  as  a  cooling  lotion  in  headache 
Sind  febrile  complaints,  and  as  an  agreeable  perfume.  The  dose  is  from  i  to  1  fluid 
drachm,  in  sweetened  water. 

Related  Preparation.— SpiRixrs  OpHTHALMicrs  |X.  F.),  Ophthalmic  spirit,  Alcoholic  ew- 
trash.  "  Oil  of  lavender,  two  cubic  centimeters  (2  Cc. )  [3.1  Ttl]  J  oil  of  rosemary,  six  cubic  centi- 
meters (6Cc.)[97  IT},];  alcohol,  ninety-two  cubic  centimeters  1 92 Cc.  I  [.3  fls,  53 Ttl].  Mix  them 
by  agitation,  and,  if  uecfssary,  filter  the  liquid  through  paper" —  .Vf((.  Funn.y 

SPIRITUS  LIMONIS  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  LEMON. 

S YNON  YM :  Essence  of  lemon . 

Preparation.— "Oil  of  lemon,  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (50  Cc.)  [1  fls.  332TTI]; 
lemon  peel,  freshly  grated,  fifty  grammes  (50  Gm.)  [1  oz.  av.,334  grs.];  deodor- 
ized alcohol,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters 
(1000  Cc.)  [33  fl5,  391  TTl].  Dissolve  the  oil  of  lemon  in  nine  hundred  cubic  centi- 
meters (900  Cc.)  [30  fls,  208  TTl]  of  deodorized  alcohol,  add  the  lemon  peel,  and 
macerate  for  24  hours.  Then  filter  through  paper,  and  add,  through  the  filter, 
enough  deodorized  alcohol  to  make  the  spirit  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centi- 
meters (1000 Cc.)  [33  fls,  391  m]"— ( r.  S.  P.). 

Uses. — Spirit  of  lemon  is  used  simply  as  a  flavoring  substance  for  medicinal 
mixtures. 

SPIRITUS  MENTHA  PIPERIT.®  tU.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF 
PEPPERMINT. 

Synonyms:  Essence  of  peppermint,  Tinctura  old  incnthse  piperiUe,  Tincture  of  oil  of 
peppermint. 

Preparation.— "Oil  of  peppermint,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Cc.) 
[3  fls,  1.S3TTI];  peppermint,  bruised,  ten  grammes  (10  Gm.)  [154  grs.];  alcohol, 
^a  sufticient  (juantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (lOCiO  Cc.)  [33  fls, 
391  111].  Dissolve  the  oil  of  peppermint  in  nine  hundred  cubic  centimeters 
(900  Cc.)  [30  fls,  208  m]  of  alcohol,  add  tiie  |)ei>i>ermint,  and  macerate  for  24 
hours.  Then  filter  through  paper,  and  adil,  through  the  filter,  enough  alcohol 
to  make  the  si)irit  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls, 
391  TTL]" — (('.  .*^.  P.).  The  i)urpose  of  adding  peppermint  is  to  give  the  prepara- 
tion a  green  color. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— Tincture  of  oil  of  peppermint,  more 
commonly  known  ixse.isence  of  jteppcrmint,  is  carminative  and  antispasmodic.  It 
may  be  used  in  mw.<>ea,  colic,  jfiotulcnn/,  crnvip,  or  gripinfi  of  the  l>o>ceh,etc.  The  do-^e 
is  from  10  to  30  drops,  on  sugar  or  in  sweetened  water. 


SPIRITCS  MEXTH.E  VIRIUIS.— SI'lRITrs  MYHISTIC.E.  1823 

SPIRITUS  MENTHJE  VIRIDIS  (U.  S.  P  )— SPIRIT  OF  SPEAEMINT. 

Synonyms:  Egi<ence  of  spearmint,  Tinctura  olel  mcntfue  viridis,  Tincture  of  oil  of 
speariHuil. 

Preparation. — "Oil  of  spearmint,  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (100  Ce.) 
[3  Hs,  183111];  spearmint,  bruised,  ten  grammes  (10  Gni.)  [154  grs.l;  alcolml.  a 
suflicieiit  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fig. 
391  ITi].  Dissolve  the  oil  of  spearmint  in  nine  hundred  cubic  centimeters 
(900  Cc.)  [30  fl5.  20Sm]  of  alcohol,  add  the  spearmint,  and  macerate  for  24 
hours.  Then  tilter  through  paper,  and  add,  through  the  filter,  enough  alcohol 
to  make  the  spirit  measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (10(X)  Cc.)  [33  fl5, 
39im]"-Cr.5'.P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  preparation  is  antispasmodic, 
carminative,  and  diuretic,  and  may  be  employed  similarly  to  the  essence  of  pep- 
permint. Added  to  solution  of  potassium  acetate  it  adds  to  the  diuretic  efh- 
ciency  of  the  latter,  by  increasing  the  watery  constituents  of  the  urine,  whereas 
the  solid  constituents  are  removed  by  the  potassium  salt.  The  dose  is  from 
20  to  40  drops,  on  sugar  or  mixed  with  sweetened  water. 

SPIRITUS  MYRCI.ffi:  (U.  S.  P.  i— SPIRIT  OF  MYRCIA. 

Synonym:  B'u/  nun. 

Preparation.— 'Oil  of  myrcia,  sixteen  cubic  centimeters  (16  Cc.)  [260111]; 
oil  of  orange-peel,  one  cubic  centimeter  (1  Cc.)  [IGtTl];  oil  of  pimenta,  one 
cubic  centimeter  (1  Cc.)  [16111];  alcohol,  twelve  hundred  and  twenty  cubic  cen- 
timeters (1220  Cc.)  [41  d5,  121111];  water,  a  sufficient  quantitv  to'  make  two 
thousand  cubic  centimeters  (2000  Cc.)  [67  fl.s,  30;  HI].  Mix  the  oils  with  the 
alcohol,  and  gradually  add  water  until  the  solution  measures  two  thousand 
cubic  centimeters  (2000  Cc.)  [67  fls,  301111].  Set  the  mixture  aside,  in  a  well- 
stoppered  bottle,  for  8  davs,  then  filter  it  through  paper,  in  a  well-covered  fun- 
nel"—(f.  .S:.  P.). 

History  and  Description. — Bay  rum  as  prepared  in  the  West  Indies  is  dis- 
tilled (vom  the  fresh  leaves  of  the  i1/)//riVi  firr/s,  Swartz.  The  best  quality  is  pro- 
duced when  the  leaves  and  the  ripe  berries  are  distilled  together  with  a  good 
grade  of  St.  Croix  rum  by  means  of  steam.  (For  an  interesting  article  by  A.  H. 
Kiise,  regarding  the  history  and  manufacture  of  bay  rxim,  see  Amer.  Jour.  P/inrni., 
1882,  p.  278;  also  see  Oleum  Xfj/rciaf.)  But  little  bay  rum  is  prepared  in  this  country 
directly  from  the  leaves,  much  of  the  spirit  now  employed  being  the  substitute, 
the  alcoholic  solution  of  oils  as  directed  by  the  P/iannacopceid.  In  the  official  pro- 
cess the  water  is  directed  to  be  gradually  added;  this  is  to  insure  against  a  milki- 
ness  that  is  apt  to  ensue  when  solutions  of  essential  oils  in  alcohol  are  rapidly 
diluted  with  water.  Treatment  with  paper-pulp  removes  such  cloudiness  as  may 
remain  in  the  liquid  after  unsuccessful  filtration.  Bay  rum,  as  prepared  by  the 
official  i)rocess.  is  an  almost  colorless  or  i)ale-yellowish  liquid  having  a  refreshing 
spice-like  and  cluuartii-i-tir  fragrance. 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — Bay  rum  is  used  almost  exclusively  as  an  agree- 
able perfume  antl  a  cooling  and  refreshing  application  to  the  head,  in  nerrous  hen<1- 
<u-he,  .-iiiifope,  and  various  mild  iwtous  affertiirm.  It  also  soothes  irritated  or  cluifcd 
pnrt^,  and  is  extensively  used  by  barbers  to  subdue  any  irritation  which  may  have 
been  produced  by  shaving. 

SPIRITUS  MYRISTIC-ffi  lU.  S.  P.  i— SPIRIT  OF  NUTMEG. 

Synd.vym:   AW/cf  of  mitmeij. 

Preparation.— "Oil  of  nutmeg,  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (50  Cc.)  [1  tig,  332  HI]; 
alcoliol,  iiiiif  hundred  and  fifty  cubic  centimeters  (O.'iO  Cc.)  [^2  H,5,  59111];  to 
make  one  tlioi^sand  cubic  centimeters  (ICxJOCc.)  [33  fls,  391111].  Mix  them"— 
(('..'?./•... 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— This  spirit  is  employed  occasionally 
for  flavoring  ))urposes.     Dose,  from  A  to  1  lluid  drachm. 


1824  SPIKITUS  ODORATUS.— SPIRITUS  RECTIFICATUS. 

SPIRITUS  ODORATUS.— PERFUMED  SPIRIT. 

SyiN'ONYMs:  Spiritus  coloniensk,  Aqua  coloniensk,  Alcoolntum  fragrans,  Cologne 
water. 

Preparation. — The  formula  of  the  National  Formulary,  which  differs  slightlj' 
in  till'  liidpiiitions  given  by  the  U.  S.  P.,  1880,  is  as  follows:  '"Oil  of  bergauiut, 
fifteen  culiic  centimeters  (15  Cc.)  [243  Ttl];  oil  of  lemon,  eight  cubic  centimeters 
(8  Co.;  [130  TTL];  oil  of  rosemary,  seven  cubic  centimeters  (7  Cc.)  [114111];  oil  of 
lavender  flowers,  four  cubic  centimeters  (4  Cc.)  [6.5  TTL] ;  oil  of  orange  flowers,  four 
cubic  centimeters  (4  Cc.)  [65TT1];  acetic  ether,  two  cubic  centimeters  (2  Cc.) 
[33  tri]  ;  water,  one  hundred  and  twenty  cubic  centimeters  (120  Cc.)  [4  flg,  28  ITl]; 
alcohol,  eight  hundred  and  forty  cubic  centimeters  (840  Cc.)  [28  fls,  194  TTL).  Dis- 
solve the  oils  and  the  acetic  ether  in  the  alcohol,  and  add  the  water.  Set  the 
mixture  aside,  in  a  well-closed  bottle,  for  8  days,  then  filter  through  paper  in  a 
well-covered  funnel" — (Nat.  Form.).  (For  other  iormulis,  see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 
1887,  p.  187,  and  1888,  p.  102,  etc.) 

Uses. — This  spirit  is  used  only  as  a  perfume. 

SPIRITUS  OLEI  VOLATILIS  (N.  F.)— SPIRIT  OF  VOLATILE  OIL. 

Preparation.— "Any  spirit  or  alcoholic  solution  of  a  volatile  oil,  for  which 
no  formula  is  given  by  the  U.  S.  P.,orhy  this  i^or?HM7nr?/,  should  be  prepared  in 
accordance  with  the  following  general  formula:  Any  volatile  oil,  sixty-five  cubic 
centimeters  (6-5  Cc.)  [2  flg,  951U];  deodorized  alcohol,  nine  hundred  and  thirty- 
five  cubic  centimeters  (935  Cc.)  [31  fl3,272Tn].  Dissolve  the  volatile  oil  in  the 
deodorized  alcohol.  Note. — The  strength  of  the  spirit  thus  prepared  is  approxi- 
mately 5  per  cent,  by  weight,  provided  the  specific  gravity  of  the  oil  is  in  the 
neighborhood  of  0.900"— (A'a^  Form.). 

SPIRITUS  PHOSPHORI  (U.  S.  P.)— SPIRIT  OF  PHOSPHORUS. 

Synoxym:   Tincture  of  phosphorus. 

Preparation. — "Phosphorus,  one  and  two- tenths  grammes  (1.2  Gm.)  [19.5 
grs.];  absolute  alcohol,  a  suflicient  quantity  to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centi- 
meters (1000  Cc.)  [33  flg,  391  ni].  Weigh  the  phosphorus  in  a  tared  capsule  con- 
taining water,  then  dry  it  carefully  and  quickly  with  blotting  paper,  and  intro- 
duce it  into  a  flask  containing  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (lO^K)  Cc.)  33  flg, 
391  TTl]  of  absolute  alcohol.  Connect  the  flask  with  an  upright  condenser  sup- 
plied with  cold  water,  and  apply  the  heat  of  a  water-bath,  so  that  the  alcohol  may 
be  kept  gently  boiling,  until  the  phosphorus  is  dissolved.  Then  allow  the  liquid 
to  become  cold,  and,  if  neces.sary,  add  to  it  enough  absolute  alcohol  to  make  it 
measure  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls,  391  HI].  Lastly. 
transfer  the  spirit  to  small,  dark,  amber-colored  vials,  which  should  be  securely 
stoppered,  and  kept  in  a  cool  and  darU  place" — {U.S.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— (See  Phosphont^.)  This  spirit  furnishes 
a  convrnitnt  method  for  the  administration  of  phosphorus,  about j'- grain  being 
■contained  in  1  fluid  drachm.  "This  preparation  is  intended  for  preparing  the 
elixir  of  phosphorus.  It  is  unsuited  for  internal  administration  without  corri- 
gents.  Care  should  be  taken  that  it  be  not  confounded  with  Thompson's  solution 
of  phosphorus  (see  Liquor  Phosphori,l\.F.)" — (A'(^^  Fonii.,  1st  ed.).  The  dose  is 
from  10  to  60  minims. 

SPIRITUS  RECTIFICATUS  (BR.)— ALCOHOL  (90  PER  CENT'. 

"A  liquid  containing  90  jiarts,  by  volume,  of  ethyl  hydroxide  (CjHjOH)  and 
10  parts,  by  volume,  of  water,  obtained  by  the  distillation  of  fermented  saccharine 
liquids"— (iSr.  Phurm.,lS98).    (See  Alcohol.) 

Synonym:  Rectifinl  itpirit. 


sriKIirS  ROSMARIXI.— SPIRITVSVINI  GALLICI.  182.5 

"Alcohol  (90  pir  cent)  is  only  slightly  stronger  than  the  rectified  spirit  of  the 
liiitixh  P/inrnuiiopceia,  1885,  containing,  by  volume,  1.35  per  cent,  or,  by  weight, 
1  li")  percent,  more  ethyl  hydroxide" — {lir.  Phnnn.,  1898). 

DiluUd  alro/iol  is  official  in  the  present  BritUli  Phininacopceia,  in  four  grades, 
mntaining,  respectively,  70,  60,  45,  and  20  per  cent  of  ethyl  hydroxide,  by  volume. 
The  i</,iritt(s  Tcmiior  (Proof  Spirit)  of  the  Brilifih  Pharmdcojiitin,  1885,  containing 
about  57  per  cent  of  absolute  alcohol,  by  volume,  is  no  longer  official. 

SPIRITUS  ROSMARINI.— SPIRIT  OF  ROSEMARY. 

Synoxym:  Spiritus  antlios. 

Preparation.—"  Take  of  oil  of  rosemary,  1  fluid  ounce ;  rectified  spirit,  49 
fluid  ounces.  Dissolve'"— (J5r.  Pha7~m.,  1885).  The  spirit  of  rosemary  of  the  British 
Plinrmaropifia,  1898,  contains  6  times  the  iiroportion  of  oil  of  rosemary  present  in 
the  spirit  of  rosemary  of  the  Brittsli  P/„i,imiropa;iii,1885. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  agent  is  an  efficient  nerve  stimu- 
lant, and  may  he  employed  in  hyattroiddt  affections.  Externally,  it  is  applied  to 
aj^snage  local  pains.     Dose,  1  fluid  drachm. 

SPIRITUS  SAPONATUS  (N.  F.)— SPIRIT  OF  SOAP. 

Preparation. — "Castile  soap,  in  shavings,  one  hundred  and  seventy-five 
grammes  (175  Gm  )  [6  ozs.  av.,  76  grs.];  alcohol,  six  hundred  cubic  centimeters 
(600  C'c. )  [20  fl.s,  138  111] ;  water,  a  sufficient  quantitv  to  make  one  thousand  cubic 
centimeters  (lUX)  Cc.)  [33  fl.^,  391  TTl].  Introduce  the  soap  into  a  bottle,  add  the 
alcohol  and  two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (200  Cc.)  [6  fls,  366  ITl]  of  water,  cork 
the  bottle,  and  immerse  it  in  hot  water,  frequently  shaking.  When  the  soap  is 
dissolved,  allow  the  bottle  and  contents  to  become  cold,  then  add  enough  water 
to  make  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  (1000  Cc.)  [33  fls,  391  ITl],  and  filter. 
Xnfe. — The  Spiritus  Sn]>nnatus  of  the  German  Pharnuicojuria,  is  prepared  by  saponi- 
fying olive  oil  with  potassa,  and  then  adding  alcohol  and  water.  If  time  permits, 
the  spirit  ought  to  lie  set  asiile.  in  a  moderately  cold  place,  for  about  12  hours, 
before  it  is  filtered  "— (  Xut.  Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  agent  is  employed  like  Liniment  of  Soft  Soap 
{Litumciifvm  Snjioni.i  Mollis,  I'.  S.  P.)  in  the  treatment  of  numerous  skin  affe/rtions. 

SPIRITUS  SASSAFRAS.— SPIRIT  OF  SASSAFRAS. 

;^  v.voN  V.MS :   Tinctura  old  sa.s.iafra3.  Tincture  of  oil  of  sassafras,  Essence  of  sassafras. 

Preparation. — Take  of  oil  of  sassafras,  1  fluid  ounce;  stronger  alcohol,  11 
fluid  ounie-.     Mix  with  agitation. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — This  tincture  is  stimulant,  carmina- 
tive, diuretic,  and  alterative.  Its  principal  use  is  to  flavor  syrups  and  other  fluid 
l)rei)arations.  The  dose  is  from  10  to  30  drops  on  sugar,  on  mixed  with  sweetened 
water. 

SPIRITUS  SINAPIS  (N.  F.)— SPIRIT  OF  MUSTARD. 

Preparation. — "Volatile  oil  of  mustard,  two  grammes  (2  Gm.)  [31  grs.];  alco- 
hol, one  hundred  grammes  (100  Gm.)  [3  ozs.  av.,  231  grs.].  Mix  them.  Xotc— 
'I'liis  i>reparation  isoffiiial  in  the  Omnan  Pliamiaropaia" — (Xat.Form.). 

Action  and  Medical  Uses. — This  agent  should  never  be  used  internally. 

l']xteriially.  it  is  a  p-'u.  i  lul  rubefacient,  and  may  be  cautiously  employed  where  a 

.    iint.r-irntant  «ti;-(t  i-  drsired. 

SPIRITUS  VINI  GALLICI    U.  S.  P.) -BRANDY. 

"An  alcoholic  liquid  obtained  by  the  distillation  of  the  fermented,  unmodi- 
fietl  juice  of  fresh  grajies,  and  at  least  4  years  old  " — (T.  .9.  P.). 
."^V.nosv.m:   Sjiiril  of  Freiirfi  n-iuf. 


1526  SPOXGiA. 

Source  and  History. — Brandy  is  the  product  obtained  by  distilling  wine. 
The  U.  S.  P.  formerly  required  that  French  wines  be  used,  but  now  admits  the 
product  of  any  grape  wine  that  meets  the  official  requirements.  The  greatest 
brandy-producing  country  is  France,  and  the  French  brands  most  esteemed  are 
known  as  Cognac  and  Armagnac,  both  of  which  are  mild  and  agreeable  in  flavor. 
Next  in  order  are  the  brandies  of  Bordeaux  and  Rochelle.  Spain,  Portugal,  and 
Germany  also  produce  considerable  brandy.  California  and  the  vine-growing 
sections  of  the  states  now  furnish  large  amounts  of  this  spirit.  As  distilled  from 
the  wine  in  France  it  is  first  colorless  and  is  known  as  uhUe  brandy;  this  is  tijen 
put  into  casks  made  of  new  oak,  which  wood  after  a  time  imparts  to  the  spirit 
ipale  amber  hue,  when  it  is  known  as  pale  brandy.  A  preparation  used  as  an 
addition  to  brandies  or  for  making  the  imitation  of  brandy  by  mixing  it  with 
alcohol,  is  prejjared  in  that  country  from  the  wine-lees  and  grape-marc,  and  has 
the  name  e<iK,  de  vie  de  marr.  It  contains  a  large  amount  of  odorous  constituents, 
and  when  wholly  or  partially  deprived  of  its  alcohol  constitutes  commercial  oil  of 
grapes.  California  now  furnishes  large  amounts  of  good  brandy.  The  chief  Ohio 
and  Mississippi  valley  brandy  is  the  rc^ncin,  which,  when  prepared  from  the  lees, 
has  the  Catawba  wine  flavor,  but  when  prepared  from  the  marc  contains  fusel  oil 
and  at  first  is  unpleasant  to  the  taste,  but  becomes  mellow  as  it  ages.  All  bran- 
dies are  improved  by  age.  There  is  marked  variation  in  the  flavor  of  different 
brandies  depending  upon  the  kind  and  condition  of  the  grapes  employed  in 
making  the  wine,  the  care  exercised  in  the  preparation  of  it,  and  the  age  of  the 
wine  employed.  The  most  fragrant  brandy  is  that  distilled  from  old  wines. 
Compouudrd  1  Handles  are  frequently  on  the  market. 

Description  and  Tests. — The  r.S.  P.  demands  that  brandy  conforui  to  the 
following  (le.-^rription:  "A  pale  amber-colored  liquid,  having  a  distinctive  odor  and 
taste,  and  a  slightly  acid  reaction.  Its  specific  gravity  should  not  be  mure  than 
0.941,  nor  less  than  0.925,  corresponding,  approximately,  to  an  alcoholic  strength 
of  39  to  47  per  cent  by  weight  or  46  to  5-5  per  cent  by  volume" — (T.  .9.  P.  k  Tiie 
odor  of  brandy  is  due.to  certain  ethers  which  occur  in  minute  amounts;  the  chief 
of  these  are  cenanthic  and  acetic  ethers,  and  possibly  propylic  and  related  ethers 
(see  enumeration  of  volatile  constituents  in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharin.,\SS^,  \>.  •^il). 
Tannin  from  the  oak  casks  and  altered  sugar  from  the  caramel  often  employed  to 
color  it  are  present.  The  odor  of  good  brandy  remains  for  several  hours  distin  i 
in  the  glass  from  which  it  has  been  poured. 

"  If  100  Cc.  of  brandy  be  very  slowly  evaporated  in  a  tared  capsule  on  a 
water-bath,  the  last  portions  volatilized  should  have  an  agreeable  odor  free  from 
harshness  (absence  of  fusel  oil  from  grain  or  potato  spirit) ;  and  the  residue, 
when  dried  at  100°  C.  (212°  F.),  should  not  weigh  more  than  1.5  Gm.  This  resi- 
due should  have  no  sweet  or  distinctly  spicy  taste  (absence  of  added  sugar, 
glycerin,  or  aromatic  substances).  It  should  almost  completely  dissolve  in  10  Cc. 
of  cold  water,  forming  a  solution  which  is  colored  not  deeper  than  light-green  by 
a  few  drops  of  dilute  ferric  chloride  T.S.  made  by  mixing  the  latter  with  10  vol- 
umes of  water  (absence  of  more  than  traces  of  oak  tannin  from  casks).  To  render 
100  Cc.  of  brandy  distinctly  alkaline  to  litmus  should  require  not  more  than 
1  Cc.  of  pntassiun".  liy<lrateV.S.  (limit  of  free  acid)  "—(  T.  8.  P.). 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage.— The  general  effects  of  brandy  are  thos. 
mentionrd  under  akoliol  (see  Almfiuh.  It  is,  however,  when  pure,  more  palatabU- 
and  grateful  to  the  stomach  than  other  alcoholics,  and  is  le.«s  likely  to  occasion 
renal  and  hepatic  diseases.  Mixed  with  milk  and  sweetened  with  sugar  it  is 
extensively  used  in  low  forms  offerer,  and  in  (hreateiud  rnllap)ic  it  may  l>e  injected 
hypodermatically.  The  dose  of  brandy  is  determined  largely  by  the  condition  of 
the  patient  demanding  it. 

SPONGIA.— SPONOB. 

The  skeleton  of  Sponpin  offirinnlisJAnnv. 

Clasii:  Poriphera.     Order:  Cerato^poncia. 
iLI.fsTUATION  :    Amer.  Jnur.  Phnr,,,.,  lS81,p.  1.S2. 

Source,  Description,  and  History.— The  familiar  article,  known  aso^xwij^^is 

the  skeleton  of  a  marine  growth  that  was  unci'  rlas^ied  as  a  :ooi,/ii/h.  or  plant  ani- 


SPONGIA.  1827 

nial.  It  grows  alliicheil  lo  submarine  rocks,  ami  consists  of  three  parts — the  horn)' 
skeleton,  tlie  gelatinous,  dark-colored,  Heshy  matter,  called  »arrode,  and  the  curi- 
ous and  beautiful  spicules,  anchor-like  spines  of  calcareous  or  silicious  sub- 
stance, which  hold  the  fleshy  mass  together.  The  latter  is  transversed  by  a  sys- 
tem of  channels,  which  end  in  numerous  surface  pores,  the  larger  ones  being 
called  Oiicula.  Through  these  openings  the  sea  water,  from  which  the  sponge  ■ 
<lraw9  its  nourishment,  is  continually  propelled  by  special  organs  of  the  animal. 
The  shape  of  the  sponge,  the  distribution  of  tiie  oscules  on  the  .surface,  the  fine- 
ness of  the  texture,  and  the  elasticity  of  the  sponge,  determine  its  quality. 
Turkey  or  Mcili/cifdmiin  sponge,  from  Smyrna,  collected  in  tlie  Grecian  Archipelago, 
Syria,  and  the  Red  Sea,  is  the  finest  grade,  usually  cup-shaped,  and  the  oscules 
.kre  crowded  near  the  center  of  the  cup.  The  less  valuable  grades  occur  in  shallow 
waters,  while  the  finest  kinds  grow  at  a  depth  of  20  to  30  fathoms  (120  to  180  feet), 
and  are  secured  bv  divers.  (For  an  interesting  account,  see  Amer.  Jour.  Pharvi., 
1S75,  p.  272,  from  Srienlijic  Ameriran,  and  ibid.,  p.  322;  also  1872,  p.  369.)  ]VeM  India 
or  Bahnmn  xpoiKje,  collected  along  the  Haliama  Islands,  is  much  coarser,  oblong  or 
convex,  and,  according  to  Hyatt  (1876),  is  distinguished  as  reef  or  glove  sponge, 
nheep's-trool  sj'oiige,  (djoro-velret,  rny-velcet,  grass,  hard-head,  and  yellow  sponge  (see  de- 
scription of  each,  by  E.  M.  Holmes,  in  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm., 1887,  pp.  258-262).  Con- 
siderable sponge-fishing  is  also  carried  on  along  the  west  and  south  coast  of 
Florida,  where,  by  means  of  hooks  attached  to  a  long  pole,  the  sponges  are  torn 
from  the  rocks  on  which  they  grow.  They  grow  there  at  a  depth  of  from  3  to  6 
fathoms  (18  to  36  feet),  and  can  be  plainly  seen  from  the  surface  of  the  water 
when  viewed  through  a  glass  plate,  which  forms  the  bottom  of  a  wooden  bucket. 
(For  inuch  interesting  details,  see  W.  B.  Burk,  Amer.  Jour.  Pharm.,  1895,  pp.  21-26.) 

When  first  taken  from  the  sea,  sponge  has  a  fishy  odor,  and  has  to  be  squeezed 
and  washed  to  free  it  from  gelatinous  matter,  otherwise  it  would  speedily  putrefy. 
Sometimes  it  is  first  buried  in  sand  for  a  few  days  to  remove  the  gelatinous  mat- 
ter, and,  afterward,  soaked,  squeezed,  and  washed.  The  sponge  of  commerce  is 
soft,  light,  flexible,  and  compressible,  absorbs  water,  and  thereby  swells  up,  burns 
with  an  animal  odor,  is  dissolved  by  liquor  potassa3,  and  is  colored  yellow  by 
nitric  acid.  To  prepare  it  for  use,  it  should  first  be  beaten  and  well  shaken,  then 
placed  in  water  for  1  or  2  days,  beaten  again,  dried,  and  shaken  to  remove  sand 
and  other  foreign  substances,  after  which  it  may  be  placed  in  ver}'  dilute  hydro- 
chloric or  sulphuric  acid,  to  dissolve  the  earthy  concretions,  and  finallj"  washed 
in  several  waters  to  free  it  from  acid.  Solution  of  sulphurous  acid,  or'chlorine 
gas,  is  usually  employed  to  hlearh  sponge.  A  good  method  is  to  soak  the  sponge 
for  not  longer  than  10  minutes  in  a  solution  of  potassium  permanganate  (2  per 
cent),  and  subsequently  dipping  it  in  a  solution  of  oxalic  acid  (2  per  cent),  pre- 
viously slightly  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid.  Several  other  methods  are  sug- 
gested (see  below). 

Chemical  Composition.— Edward  C.  C.  Stanford  gives  the  following  analysis 
of  true  Turkish  sponge:  Water,  19.4  per  cent;  organic  matter,  69.39  per  cent; 
ash,  soluble  in  water,  2.21  percent  (containing  iodine,  0.2  percent);  ash,  insolu- 
l>le  in  water  (sand, etc.),  9  percent  (Amer.  Jour.  PArt »•»!.,  1884,  j). 584;  also  see  Preu.ss, 
following  page).  The  organic  matter  of  sponge  is  called  «/'0»(/iii.  It  is  a  nitroge- 
nous body  allied  to,  but  (Ufii'rent  from, seriein  (fibroin),  which  composes  silk-cocoon 
and  spider-webs.  Roiling  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid  produces y/yroco/^ and  leucin, 
while  sericin  y\(Ai\^  tyrosin  and  serin. 

Action  and  Uses. —  Sponge,  when  properly  prepared,  is  of  much  utility  lo 
the  surge(jn,  on  account  of  the  facility  with  which  it  absorbs  fluids,  and  is  much 
u.sed  for  removing  bltjod  during  operations,  which  would  otherwise  interfere  with 
their  safe  and  rapid  termination;  to  imbibe  acrid  discharges  horn  wounds  ;md 
'I'rerg,  and  to  check  external  hemorrhages  from  small  blood  vessels,  by  pressing  it 
ujwn  the  bleeding  part.  Sponges  that  have  been  used  in  surgical  operations,  or 
for  any  of  the  above  purposes,  must  l)e  thoroughly  washed  with  boiling  water 
l)efore  being  used  again,  and,  even  then,  should  be  subjected  to  antiseptic  treat- 
ment. (Jauze,  cotton,  or  compre.«sed  lint  are  far  safer  than  sponges  for  the  above- 
named  purposes.  Sponge  has  likewise  been  useil  for  dilating  oiiiK.gf.s.iroH »(?.•*,  etc., 
and  producing  premature  delivery,  by  introducing  a  piece  of  sponge  tent,  of  a 
conical  form,  into  the  mouth  of  the  uterus,  and  allowing  it  to  remain  there  for  a 


1828  SPOXGIA. 

time,  and  then  changing  it  until,  liy  its  swelling  and  the  irritation  it  produces, 
uterine  contractions  are  caused.  The  same  procedure  is  sometimes  instituted  for 
the  relief  of  dysineiiorrluea  (see  also  Sjiongia  L'stn).  However,  for  the  latter  uurpose 
specially  constructed  dilators  are  preferred  to  the  sponge  tent. 

Related  Products  and  Derivatives.— Spongia  L'sta,  ^wmi  «pongf,  Spon^ia  tosta.  Cut 
the  sj"  iiiL'e  ill  i>iicis,  iind  linusc  it,  so  as  to  free  it  from  foreign  matters  adhering  to  it;  bum  it 
inac(jv>n'.l  inju  vess,!,  until  it  becmm's  black  and  friable;  afterward  reduce  it  to  a  very  fine 
powdL-r  (Dune. — Lund.).  The  buniiug  or  roasting  should  not  be  earned  furtherthau  carboni- 
zation,and  until  asample  taken  out  la  easily  pulverizable.  The  yield  of  burnt  sponge  is  about 
50  per  cent.  Accordiug  to  Pert-ira,  its  efficacy  is  due  to  the  presence  of  iodine  and  bromine 
compounds.  Preuss  obtained  from  sponge,  by  calcination,  iodide  of  sodium,  2.14  per  cent; 
bromide  of  magnesium,  0.76  per  cent;  carbon  and  silicious  matter,  32.7 per  cent;  sodium  chlo- 
ride, 11.2  per  cent;  calciumsulphate,  16.4  percent;  calcium  carbonate,  10.3  per  cent ;  calcium 
phosphate,  3.5  per  cent ;  oxide  of  iron,  2.87  per  cent;  magnesia,  0.47  per  cent.  Burnt  sponge, 
if  good,  should  evolve  violet  fumes  (rapof  ofwdiite),  when  treated  with  concentratetl  sulijhuric 
acid  in  a  flask.  Said  to  be  alterative  and  antiserofulous,  and  has  been  efficient  in  scrofula, 
hronchnrrle,  diseases  ojfthe  skin,  and  tubemihms  affectiotu  generally.  Its  dose  is  from  i  to  2  or  even 
3  drachms.  There  is  no  doultt  of  the  efficacy  of  spongia  usta  in  goitre,  but  since  it  was  learned 
that  its  virtues  probably  depended  upon  the  iodine  it  contains,  the  agent  has  been  largely 
superseded  by  iodine  itself.  There  are  some,  however,  who  contend  that  it  will  cure  cases 
that  resist  the  action  of  iodine.  Homoeopaths  employ  burnt  sponge,  under  the  name  of  Spongia 
or  Spungia  tosfa,  in  affections  of  the  Uiryn.t,  particularly  cronp,  croupous  cough,  coughs  of  laryngeal 
phthisis,  in  goitre,  and  many  other  conditions.  In  homoeopathic  pharmacy,  Turkey  sponge  is 
employed  and  roasted  brown  (not  burnt),  and,  finally,  tinctured  in  alcohol  (see  Homoeopathic 
Phannacop<jeia,\%%Q).  This  is  usually  administered  in  the  second  and  third  attenuations.  A 
pill,  which  has  acquired  some  considerable  reputation  in  the  cure  of  scrofula  and  tuberculous 
maladies  generally,  called  the  iodine  pill,  and  which  I  made  known  to  the  profession  several 
years  since,  is  made  as  follows:  Take  of  iodine, 50  grains;  sulphate  of  morphine,  10  grains; 
burnt  sponge,  100  grains.  Triturate  these  well  together,  and  into  a  fine  powder,  and  then 
form  the  mixture  into  a  pill  mass,  by  the  addition  of  molasses  or  other  compatible  medium, 
and  divide  into  100  pills.    To  be  kept  in  a  dry  place.    Dose,  2  or  3  pills,  daily  i  J.  KingK 

Si>oxc!i A  Decolorata  ( X.  F.  I,  Decolorized  xponge.  Bleached  sponge. — "  Sponge,  potassium  per- 
manganate, sodium  hyposulphite,  hydrochloric  acid,  water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity.  Free 
the  sponge  from  sand  and  any  other  obvious  impurities  or  damaged  portions  by  beating,  wash- 
ing, and  trimming;  then  soak  it  for  about  15  minutes  in  a  sutiicient  quantity  of  solution  of 
potassium  permanganate,  containing  fifteen  grammes  (15  Gm.)  [231  grs.]  to  the  liter  (33  fls, 
391  TH,),  wringing  the  sponge  out  occasionally,  and  replacing  it  in  the  liquid.  Then  remove 
it  and  wash  it  with  water,  until  the  latter  ruiis  off  colorless.  Wring  out  the  water,  and  then 
place  the  sponge  into  a  solution  of  sodium  hypo.sulphite,  containing  sixty  grammes  (t>0  Gm.) 
[2  ozs.  av.,  51  grs.]  to  the  liter.  Next  add  for  every  liter  of  the  last-named' solution  used,  sixty 
cubic  centimeters  (60  Cc.)  [2fl3, 1411]^]  of  hydrochloric  acid,  diluted  with  two  hundred  and 
fifty  cubic  centimeters  (250  Cc.)  [S  fl3,218Tr(]  of  water.  Macerate  the  sponge  in  the  liquid 
for  about  15  minutes,  expressing  it  frequently  and  replacing  it  in  the  liquid.  Then  remove 
it,  wash  it  thoroughly  with  water,  and  dry  it.  In  the  case  of  large  an<l  dark-colored  s)X)nges, 
this  treatment  may  be  repeated  until  the  color  has  been  removed  as  far  as  iX)Ssible.   iWi/f-. — If 


it  is  desired  to  keej)  the  sponge  soft,  and  to  prevent  it  from  shrinking  when  dry,  it  may  be 
of  water,  after  which  it  is  to  be  wrung  out  and  allowed  to  dry" — ( Sat.  Fo 


dipped,  after  having  been  finally  washed,  into  a  mixture  of  1  volume  of  glycerin  and  5  volumes 
ater,  after  which  it  is  to  be  wrung  out  and  allowed  to  dry" — (  Sat.  Form.). 
Spongia  Cerata,  or  Sponge  Tent. — The  sponge  tent,  made  by  impregnating  sponge  with 


fepoNGiA  t  ERATA,  Or  bPoNGE  TENT. — Tne  spongc  tent,  made  by  nnpregnatmg  sponge  with 
melted  wax,  pressing  it  between  two  iron  plates,  and  then  forming  it  into  size  and  shape 
required,  is  not  resorted  to  as  frequently  as  formerly,  in  enlarging  sinus  orifices  and  canatf.  psa- 
ticularly  the  os  uteri. 

Spongia  Co.mprbssa,  Compressed  s]K)nge,f!ixinge  tent. — Compressed  sponge  may  be  prepar«>d 
by  cutting  perfectly  clean  sponge,  of  best  quality,  while  still  moist,  into  elongated  strips  of 
desired  size,  and  securely  winding  them  with  twine,  so  that,  when  dried,  a  cylindrical  form  is 
obtained.  Compressed  sponges,  tampons,  etc.,  may  also  readily  be  made  by  first  moistening 
the  sponge  with  water,  then  cut  or  mold  it  into  any  shajx',  or  pre.«s  it  into  a  tulx"  of  the  re- 
quired diameter,  and  immerse  it  in  alcohol  of  95  ]_)er  cent.  The  sponge  v>ermanently  retains 
the  shape  given  to  it.  To  remove  this  firmnes.s,  it  is  only  required  to  moisten  the  si>onge  with 
water.  The  Snilonal  Formulary  directs  as  follows:  '"Spongts  a  sufficient  quantity;  mucilage 
<>f  acacia  (U.S.  y.l,  1  volume;  water,  9  volumes.  Mix  a  sufficient  quantity  of  mucilage  of 
acacia  and  of  water,  in  the  proportion  of  1  volume  of  the  former  (o  9  volumes  of  the  latter,  a.ul 
immerse  in  the  liipiid  the  sponge,  previously  fn>ed  from  sand  and  other  obvious  imourities, 
and  cut  into  suitable  pieces.  When  the  sponge  has  been  thoroughly  imjin-gnatetl,  tirnilv 
wrap  twine  around  it  so  as  to  bring  it  to  the  desired  shape,  and  then  dry  it.  Sole. — S|h>iii;<- 
thus  prepared  is  best  preserved  with  the  twine  wrapped  around  it.  If  the  twine  is  rvmove.!. 
special  care  should  be  taken  to  protect  the  sponge  against  damp  air" — i  Sal.  Form.). 

Vegetahi.b  Spovi^i  lio!  i;i.  'I'owKL.— The  fibrillated  network  of  a  cucurbitaceous  plan- 
the  Luft'a  agi/iiliaca.  M^Wr  i  U  'ta  iiy/ii,  Linn^l.     Used  like  si>ongo.     A\so  Luffa  ftHiii  . 

Cavanilles,  and  /,.././  /         .  >  m   -. 

Antiseptic  Spo\.  i  I  i  in:  .r niation  coiu-erning  antiseptic  s|>ouges. see  for  exiuii)>l' 
Amer.  Jour.  J'hann.,  l.w.  pp.  ::i  and  47;!. 


STANNUM.— TIN. 

Symbol:  Sn.    Atomic  Weight  :  118.8. 

Source  and  Preparation.— This  imUil  is  found  in  nature  in  the  form  of  a 
dioxide  (8nO_)  tcrniod  tiii.-linie  or  c<i--<sUerile,  and  wood  tin,  or  more  rarely  as  a  .«ul- 
jihidc.  mixed  witii  iron,  and  called  tin  pyrites .  It  occurs  in  East  India,  in  Saxony, 
and  in  England  (Cornwall  and  Devonshire),  Austria,  Australia,  and  the  United 
States.  The  bulk  of  the  tin  produced  conies  from  England,  but  the  purest  is  the 
Asiatic (£(i;im /('/().  When  the  oxide  is  found  in  loose  grains,  it  is  called  .N^tviw 
^'(i,  from  which  grain  tin  is  obtained  by  smelting  the  oxide  with  cliarcoal  in  a 
reverberatory  furnace.  Another  variety  of  the  oxide,  mine  tin,  when  crushed, 
washed,  roasted,  and  smelted  with  coal  and  limestone,  yields  block  (in.  Malacca 
linoccuYA  commercially  in  quadrangular  pyramids  with  flattened  bases,  and  Banca 
tin  in  wt-dge-shaped  ]iiccos. 

Description,  Tests,  and  Uses.— Pure  tin  is  of  a  nearly  silver-white  color, 
but  a  freshly  lul  surface,  when  exposed  to  the  air,  soon  loses  its  brilliant  luster 
and  becomes  grayish.  Tin  is  very  malleable  and  may  be  beaten  into  leaves 
ittV^  "f  '^'^  \n(h  thick  {tin-Joil).  Tin  is  flexible,  producing,  when  pure,  a  crackling 
noise  upon  being  bent  (((O-OT/), due  to  the  internal  friction  of  its  crystals.  At  a 
low  temperature,  tin  disintegrates  into  small  crystals.  It  melts  at  235°  0.(455°  F.) 
and  volatilizes  at  a  wliite  heat.  When  heated  to  whiteness  with  access  of  air,  it 
burns  with  a  brilliant  light,  tin  dioxide  (SnO.,)  being  formed.  It  is  sparingly 
ductile,  and  has  a  specific  gravity  of  7.3.  Tin  is  soluble  in  hot  hydrochloric  acid, 
forming  a  colorless  solution  of  stannous  chloride  (SnCl.j);  when  solution  of 
chloride  of  gold  is  added,  a  dark  purplish  preci[)itiite,  purple  of  Cassius,  is  formed. 
Tin  dissolves  in  aqua  regia  with  formation  of  stannic  chloride  (SnClJ.  Nitric 
acid  oxidizes  tin  to  insoluble  metastannic  acid  (SnO.^.H.O).  Tin  forms  two  lines 
of  salts:  ufannous,  derived  from  the  stannous  oxide  (SnO),  and  stannic  salts,  de- 
rived from  stannic  or  dioxide  (SnO.j).  Stannous  salts  form  a  brown  precipitate 
with  hydrogen  sulphide  (.SnS),  stannic  salts  a  light-yellow  precipitate  (SnSj); 
both  are  soluble  in  ammonium  polysulphide  with  formation  of  ammonium  sul- 
pho-stannale  CSnS.,.S[NIIJ,).  Impurities  liable  to  be  present  in  even  the  best 
grade  of  tin,  are  traces  of  copper,  lead,  or  iron.  The  inferior  grades  contain  arse- 
nic, antimony,  lead,  zinc,  bismuth,  copper,  iron,  etc.  Arsenic  or  antimony  may 
be  detected  in  Marsli's  appuratua  (see  Ariduni  Arsenosum).  These  elements  will 
mostly  be  given  ofl'  during  the  solution  of  the  metal  in  hydrochloric  acid,  as 
hydrides  (hydrogen  compounds)  of  arsenum  and  antimony;  any  portion  which 
is  not  thus  volatilized  will  form  a  blackish  deposit  in  the  liquid,  and  when 
washed,  dried,  and  heated  on  charcoal  before  the  blowpipe,  arsenic  will  be  de- 
tected by  the  garlic  odor,  and  antimony  by  the  white  volatile  film  and  metallic 
glolniles  on  tlie  charcoal.  Sulphur,  another  frequent  impurity  in  tin,  is  also 
evolved  in  combination  with  hydrogen,  as  hydrogen  sulphide,  recognizable  by 
its  blackening  a  strip  of  paper  saturated  with  solution  of  lead  acetate.  Copper  is 
detected  by  adding  to  the  solution  of  tin  in  hydrochloric  acid,  excess  of  ammonia 
water;  this  precipitates  the  stannous  hydroxide  while  copper  goes  into  solution 
and  imnarts  to  the  supernatant  liquor  a  blue  color.  Iron  is  discovered  by  the 
deep-red  color  with  sulphocyanide  of  potassium,  if  the  tin  solution  has  been 
treated  with  aiiua  regia  to  convert  the  iron  into  chloride.  If  lead  is  present  in  a 
small  quantity,  it  is  detected  by  solution  of  sulphate  of  sodium,  which  causes  an 
almost  insoluble  jirecipitate  of  sulphate  of  lead.  If  jjrcsent  in  large  quantities, 
chloride  of  lead  will_  crystallize  from  solution  of  the  imjjure  tin  in  liydroehloric 
acid.  Tin  is  much  lised  in  the  arts,  for  tinning  copper  and  iron  vessels,  and  as  a 
constituent  of  some  important  alloys  with  copper  and  other  metals  in  varving 
proportions,  c.  (j., bronze,  (inn-indal,  bctl-mrUil,  mirror-metal,  etc.  With  lead  it  forms 
solder.  In  medicine  tin  has  been  used  as  a  vermifuge,  in  two  or  three  forms.  Pure 
tin  is  not  considered  poisonous,  though  fats,  acids,  etc.,  which  have  remained  for 
some  time  in  tin  vessels,  are  said  to  have  caused  colic  and  vomiting.  The  follow- 
ing preparations  have  been  u.sed. 

Tin  Preparations  and  Salts.— •St.wxi  Pvlxim,  PoinUTn/ii,i,Gratiitlaii'il  tin.  Prepared 
by  irituratiiiK  iiiclteJ  tin  while  it  eools.  Tlie  powiler  tliiis  prodiiceil  has  bt^'on  luliiiiuistered 
for  the  oxpiilsiou  of  Itij.'inTin  ami  the  Inmliririililrn,  ami  lias  al.M)  proved  lieiieficial  in  <7)iV<7«iy 


1830  STAPHISAGRIA. 

produced  by  worms.  The  dose  is  I  ounce,  in  syrup  or  molasses,  repeated  every  morning  before 
breakfast,  and,  after  it  has  thus  been  talien  for  several  days  in  succession,  an  active  purgative 
should  be  given.  Tin  filings  {stanni  limahira)  have  also  been  used.  Powder  of  tin  should  not 
be  administered  when  it  becomes  oxidized  nor  when  it  contains  other  metals,  notably  lead. 
Undoul)tedly  tin  acts  both  mechanically  and  by  some  inherent  quality  of  its  own.  The  prac- 
tice, however,  is  a  barbarous  one  and  has  justly  been  abaudonc-d. 

St.vxni  Bisulphidum  (SnSj),  £wuZj)/(j(/eo/<in. — Also  known  by  the  names  ot  Aurum  rmtsi- 
rum  or  Mosaic  gold.  It  is  obtained  by  placing  a  mixture  of  12  parts  of  tin,  7  parts  of  sulphur, 
3  parts  of  mercury,  and  3  parts  of  sal  ammoniac  in  a  black-lead  crucible,  which  is  adjusted  so 
as  to  form  part  of  a  retort,  and  exposing  the  whole  to  a  strong  heat  for  8  hours.  A  compli- 
cated reaction  takes  place,  as  the  result  of  which  the  mosaic  gold  (SnSj)  remains.  Accord- 
ing to  Pellefier  it  may  also  be  prepared  by  heating  together  in  a  retort,  a  mixture  of  equal 
parts  of  sulphur  and  oxide  of  tin.  It  is  in  the  form  of  light,  golden-yellow  scales,  which  are 
insoluble  in  water  or  alcohol,  soluble  in  hot  liquor  potassse  forming  a  green  solution  of  potas- 
sium stannate  (K.,jSn03)  and  thiostannate  (KjSn.Sj).  It  is  soluble  and  decomposed  when 
boiled  in  nitro-hydrochloric  acid,  stannic  chloriile  (SnCl,)  being  formed,  but  is  not  acted  upon 
by  either  nitric  or  hydrochloric  acids.  Its  specific  gravity  is  from  4.4  to  4.6.  It  forms  a  bronct 
powder  much  used  in  the  arts,  especially  by  the  manufacturers  of  paper  hangings.  In  medi- 
cine, 10  to  20  grains  of  the  bisulphide,  as  a  dose,  mixed  with  honey,  and  repeated  2  or  3  times 
a  day,  have  been  used  to  remove  tapeirorm  (P.). 

Stanni  Bichloridum,  Chloride  of  tin,  Stanmms  chloride  (SnClj.SHjO). — Also  known  as 
Protochloride  of  tin,_  Bichloride  of  tin,  Salt  of  tin,  etc.  It  may  be  prepared  by  dissolving  granu- 
lated tin,  1  part,  in  boiling  hydrochloric  acid  (specific  gravity  1.130 j,  4  parts,  until  no  more 
action  is  perceptible  on  the  metal,  then  evaporating  the  solution  so  that  it  may  crystallize. 
The  crystals  have  the  composition  SnCl2+2H20.  Their  aqueous  solution  decomposes  ujion 
standing  with  formation  of  a  white  insoluble  oxychloride  Sn(OH  tCl.  An  excess  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  prevents  this  decomposition.  Stannous  chloride  is  a  strongly  reducing  agent.  It 
reduces  metallic  mercury  from  solution  of  mercuric  chloride,  as  follows:  2HgCl2-hSnCl2= 
SHgCl-fSnCl,;  2HgClfSnCl2=2Hg-|-SnCl4.  Chloride  of  tin  has  been  used  as  a  vermifuge 
against  tapeworm;  as  an  antispasmodic  in  epilepsy,  chorea,  and  other  spasmodic  diseases;  as  a 


stimulant  to  paralyzed  muscles  in  paraplegia;  as  an  antidote  in  poisoning  by  corrosire  sublimate 
and  as  an  external  application  in  chronic  cutaneous  diseases.  Internally,  the  dose  is  from  -^i 
grain  to  J  grain,  2  or  3  times  a  day,  in  the  form  of  pills,  or  taken  in  the  spirit  of  hydrochloric 
ether.  Externally,  it  possesses  astringent,  irritant,  and  caustic  properties,  and,  after  being 
absorbed,  like  the  antimonials  acts  powerfully  on  the  skin.  It  has  been  used  in  solution, 
i  grain  to  1  grain  in  a  fluid  ounce  of  distilled  water.  As  a  poison,  it  causes  spasmodic  move- 
ments of  the  muscles  of  the  extremities  and  of  the  face,  and  sometimes  paralysis;  its  antidotes 
are  milk,  and  other  albuminous  substances  (P.).  More  recently  this  salthas  been  recom- 
mended as  a  disinfectant  in  surgery. 

Stanni  Tetuachi.oridum,  Tetrachloride  of  tin,  Stannic  chloride,  Spiritus  fumam  Libavii. — Ob- 
tained by  dissolving  tin  in  aqua  regia,  or  by  conducting  chlorine  gas  over  melted  tin.  A 
fuming  liquid  decomposing  upon  boiling.  With  ammonium  chloride  it  forms  a  double  salt, 
pink  salt  (SnCl«.2NH4Cl),  used  as  a  mordant  in  dyeing. 

STAPHISAGRIA  (U.  S.  P.)— STAPHISAGRIA. 

The  seed  of  Delphinium  Staphisagria,  Linne  (Staphisapria  macrocarpa,  SpachX 

Nnt.  Ord. — Ranunculacese. 

Common  Name  and  Synonyms:  Stavesacre;  Semen  siaphi^ag7'Lr,  Siaphkagn'.r 
semina,  Staphidimgi-vr,  Scmiva  pedindaris. 

Illustration  :   Bcntley  and  Trimen,  Med.  Plants,  4. 

Botanical  Source. — beljdihimm  Stajihisngria  is  an  elegant,  stout,  upright 
herb,  and  ab..ut  the  same  height  as  the  Dclphinhim  Comolida  {U  to  2  feet).  The 
stems  and  petioles  are  liisjiid,  with  long,  soft  hairs.  The  leaves  are  broad,  pal- 
mated,  petioled,  and  5  to  9-cleft.  The  flowers  are  bluish-gray,  in  terminal,  lax 
racemes,  with  hairy  pedicels  at  least  an  inch  long,  and  bracts  in.<erted  at  their 
base.  Petals  5,  dirty-white,  the  2  lower  spatulate.  Spur  hardly  2  lines  long.  Cajt- 
siiles  3,  large,  villous,  containing  many  globose,  3-cornered,  tlyck,  black  seeds  (L.). 

History  and  Tiescri-ption.— The  Drlph in ium  Stnplii.-<nriria  is  a  native  of  the 
south  of  Europe,  growing  in  waste  ])laccs.  The  seeds  are  the  oflicial  part.  They 
are  about  the  size  of  rye-grains,  somewhat  triangular,  sonictimes  quadrangular. 
slightly  arched,  blackish-brown,  and  wrinkled  externally,  and  containing  a  white. 
oily  nucleus;  their  odor  is  faint,  but  unpleasant,  and  their  taste  acrid,  hitter,  pun- 
gent, and  disagrceahle.  They  yield  their  properties  to  water  or  alcoliol  (P. — T.). 
They  an>  oflicially  described  as"about  5  Mm.  (^  inch)  long.  3  or  4  Jfm.  ( J  to  i  inch> 
broad,  flattish-tetrabedral,  one  side  convex,  brown  or  brownish -gniy.  with  reticu- 
late ridgos,  containing  a  whitish,  oily  albumen,  and  a  straight   embryo:   nearly 


STAPHlSAIiKIA. 


inoilorous;  tuj^te  bitter  and  acrid"— (C  S.  P.)-    The  roots  and  flowers  have  also 
bi-eii   iiM<l   ill   luc.iiciiK'. 

Chemical  Composition. — The  seeds  of  staphisagria  contain  some  volatile 
and  iMUy  nil,  puiu,  tic, and  several  alkaloids  (a  total  of  about  1  per  cent),  which 
were  discovered  as  early  as  1819  by  Brandes,  234 

and  by  Lassaigne  and  Feneulle,  and  given  «^  '       .' 

t  he  collective  name,  (/e'/;)/u)ii)(e.  Marquis  and 
Drageiidortf  (1877)  isolated  crystal lizable 
delphiuine  and  delphu-'ine,  and  amorphous 
delphinoiiU'tie,si]\  soluble  in  ether,  and  amor- 
phous sl'iji/ii.-«igrine,  very  little  soluble  in 
ether  ( 1  in  &>5).  The  latter  base,  according 
to  Stojauow  {Amcr.  Jour.  Pliann.,  1890,  p. 
394),  is  a  mixture  of  at  least  four  alkaloids. 


Delphinium  Staphisagria. 


F.  B.  Aiirens  {ibid.,  ISm,  p.  413)  obtained 
from  the  seeds  a  new  alkaloid,  staphisn- 
groine  (C.^,H  .,X0,).  Marquis  isolated  his 
alkaloiiis  by  extracting  the  bruised  seeds 
with  aloohdl  acidulated  with  tartaric  acid; 
the  alcohol  is  then  distilled  otf,  the  residual 
acid-liquid  shaken  out  with  petroleum- 
ether,  which  takes  up  a  green,  fatty  oil; 
the  acid-liquid  is  then  neutralized  with 
sodium  bicarbonate,  and  the  solution 
shaken  out  with  ether.  This,  upon  evaporation,  yields  crystals  of  delphinine, 
mixed  with  delphinine  and  delphinnidiiie.  From  the  aqueous  solution  which 
yielded  these  alkaloids  to  ether,  .staph  isagr in  is  al)stracted  by  means  of  chloroform. 
Delphinine  and  delphisine  (both  of  the  formula  CjiH^XO,,  Stojanow)  give  no  color 
reactions  witli  sulphuric  aci<l,  nor  with  Frohde's  reagent;  both  readily  dissolve  in 
chloroform  and  alcohol.  Delphinine  has  an  acrid  and  benumbing  taste,  and  is 
closely  related  to  aconitine  physiologically.  It  is  but  faintly  alkaline,  and  melts 
at  19l°  C.  (37-5.8°  F.)  (Stojanow).  Delphmneis  bitter  in  alcoholic  solution,  with 
burning  after-taste.  It  melts  at  189°  C.  (390.2°  F.).  Delphinoidine is  bitter,  scarcely 
acrid,  and  has  a  narcotic  action.  Witli  sulphuric  acid,  it  produces  red-brown,  with 
Froli'le"s  rcasrent  (molybdic  and  sulphuric  acids),  blood-red,  turning  cherry-red. 
It  melts  at  1-52°  C.  (306.6°  F.).  Staph isagraine,  of  Ahrens,  does  not  give  any  of  the 
above  coliir  reactions. 

Action,  Medical  Uses,  and  Dosage. — Staphisagria  possesses  the  same  prop- 
erties as  tiie  Delphinium  VonsoHda  (see  Related  Sperie.-<),  but  in  a  higher  degree.  In 
large  doses,  they  are  irritant  poisons;  in  medicinal  doses,  the  former  is  emetic, 
cathartic,  and  narcotic,  but  its  action  is  too  violent  and  uncertain  for  these  indi- 
cations. An  infusion  of  the  seeds  of  stavesacre  may,  however,  be  advantageously 
used  both  by  the  mouth  and  in  injection,  as  a  vermifuge.  The  powdered  seeds, 
mixed  with  lard,  have  been  found  useful  in  some  forms  of  cutaneous  disease,  and 
to  destroy  lire  in  the  hair;  a  tincture  or  infusion  of  the  bruised  seeds,  in  vinegar, 
may  be  employed  for  the  same  object.  The  seeds  have  likewise  been  used  in 
some  countries  to  intoxicate  fish. 

Delphinine  possesses  the  peculiar  properties  of  the  seed  in  an  eminent  degree. 
It  is  very  poisonous,  expending  its  force  more  especially  upon  the  brain  and 
nerves;  6  grains  of  it  dissolved  in  vinegar  killed  a  dog  in  40  minutes.  Tiie  symp- 
toms are  vomiting,  giddine.es,  and  convulsions.  Dr.  Turnbull  states  that  "pure 
delphinine  may  be  given  in  doses  of  A  grain,  to  the  extent  of  3  or  4  grains  a  day, 
without  any  unpleasant  results.  It  sometimes  purges,  mostly  promotes  diuresis, 
and  ocrasions  feelings  of  heat  and  tingling  in  various  parts  of  the  body.  If  used 
at  all,  it  should  be  with  excea«ive  caution.  Externally,  it  has  been  successfully 
used  in  neuralgia,  eararhe,  rheunuitism,  and  paralysis.  It  is  applied  by  friction  over 
the  part  in  the  form  of  ointment  or  alcoholic  solution,  in  proportions  varying 
from  10  to  30  grains  of  delphinine  to  1  ounce  of  the  vehicle,  and  the  friction 
should  be  continued  until  some  redness  and  burning  are  produced.  Its  local 
action  much  resembles  that  of  veratrine.  Later  investigators  do  not  seem  to 
agree  as  to  the  action  of  delphinine,  some  contending  that  it  acts  but  little  on  the 


ISa-i  STAPHISAGRIA. 

peripliereal  nerves,  but  chiefly  upon  the  circulation  and  respiration,  and  that  in 
poisoning  by  it,  artificial  respiration  may  avert  fatal  effects;  on  the  other  hand, 
it  has  been  contended  that  it  acts  chiefly  as  an  analgesic,  though  its  asphyxiating 
properties  are  admitted.  Staphisagrine  is  less  energetic  than  delphinine,  does  not 
induce  convulsions,  depress  the  pulse,  nor  aflect  the  cerebrum,  but,  like  the  latter, 
it  kills  by  asphyxiation.  Undoubtedly,  the  action  of  the  combined  alkaloids  of 
staphisagria  closely  resembles  that  of  aconitine  (Robert). 

Staphisagria  is  chiefly  employed  for  its  effects  upon  the  genito-urinal  appa- 
ratus of  both  the  male  and  female,  though  its  action  upon  the  nervous  system 
is  peculiar  and  pronounced.  The  latter  is  best  exhibited  in  hysteriaand  hypochon- 
driasis, with  depression  of  spirits,  despondence,  moroseness,  and  "violent  outbursts 
of  passion"  (Scudder).  It  is  a  remedy  for  chronic  iiiflamnmtion  and  atony  of  the 
renal  and  reproductive  organs,  though  its  use  is  contraindicated  in  active  inflam- 
matory conditions.  Prof.  J.  M.  Scudder,  M.  D.,  considered  staphisagria  almost,  if 
not  quite,  a  specific  in  controlling  irritation  of  the  iirino-genital  apparatus,  as  in 
prostatorrhoea,  res\x\ii\\g  from  masturbation;  in  chronic  irritation  of  the  nrck  of  the 
fetoddgr,  especially  when  the  result  of  gonorrhcea  or  cold,  and  associated  with  tempo- 
rary enlargement  or  irritation  of  the  prostate;  in  chordee;  and  in  gonorrheal  prostatitis. 
He  has  also  found  it  useful  in  uterine  affections,  attended  with  deep-seated  soreness, 
dragging,  bearing-down  pain,  painful  or  scalding  micturition,  and  leurorrhcea;  in 
gonorrhcea,  in  amenorrhosa,  in  mental  irritahillty  and  restlessness  attending  painful 
or  exhausting  diseases,  in  hysteria  and  hypochondria,  and  in  j)rolaj)svs  uteri,  ^shexe 
there  are  evidences  of  feeble  circulation  in  the  reproductive  organs.  He  gave  a 
teaspoonful,  3  or  4  times  a  day,  of  a  mixture  of  1  fluid  drachm  of  specific  staphis- 
agria in  4  fluid  ounces  of  water.  Staphisagria,  in  therapeutical  doses,  appears  to 
be  a  permanent  stimulant,  somewhat  resembling  nux  vomica,  increasing  inner- 
vation, stimulating  free  circulation,  improving  the  appetite  and  digestion,  giving 
tone  to  the  sexual  organs,  and  removing  morbid  mental  depression.  I  have  found 
it  decidedly  useful  in  chronic  irritable  states  of  the  bladder  (J.  King).  It  gives 
marked  relief  in  that  form  of  urinal  incontinence  in  old  men,  with  vesical  and  pros- 
tatic irritation  and  frequent  teasing  or  urgent  desire  to  micturate.  IrritfbiUty  of 
the  vesiculas  seminales  and  the  prostatic  ducts  is  relieved  by  it.  Catarrh  of  the  bladder 
is  often  cured  with  it.  In  menstrual  disorders,  it  is  indicated  when  the  intermen- 
strual periods  are  prolonged,  and  the  flow  continues  too  long  when  established.  It 
lessens  sea-sichiess  and  the  vomiting  of  fregnanry.  As  a  rule,  it  is  not  a  curative 
agent  in  spernvxtorrhcea,  h\xi  does  good  work  when  the  parts  are  irritable  and  the 
patient  is  nervous  and  anemic.  Here  it  is  contraindicated  by  plethora.  Facial 
and  cervical  neuralgia  are  often  relieved  by  staphisagria,  and  it  is  of  some  service 
in  ophthalmic  affections,  evidenced  particuhirly  by  itching  and  irritation.  For  tliis 
purpose,  it  has  been  used  successfully  in  ophthalmia,  amaurosis,  and  in  sn-ofulnus 
affections  of  the  eyes, -with  glutinous  secretions.  Staphisagria  may  be  administered 
when,  in  reading,  black  spots  appear  before  the  eyes  (Locke).  The  dose  of  specific 
staphisagria  (the  preparation  is  most  employed)  is  from  1  to  5  drops,  the  frac- 
tional doses  being  generally  preferred.  Delphinine  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from 
^V  to  tV  g;rain ;  tincture  of  stnpliisagria,  1  to  20  drojts. 

Specific  Indications  and  Uses.— Irritation  and  dironic  inflammatory  condi- 
tion.^ of  till'  gtiiito  urinal  tract;  painful,  scalding  micturition  :  i>rostatorrha>a  ;  uri- 
nal inciintiiuiice  (if  aired  nun;  urethral  irritation,  with  a  sensation  of  incomplete 
urethral  evarnation — a  sensation  as  if  a  drop  of  urine  were  rolling  along  in  the 
canal;  menstrual  derangements,  with  long  intermenstrual  intervals,  and  prolonged 
flow;  spermatorrluea  in  anemic  subjects;  dei)ression  of  spirits;  hyi)ochondriasis; 
hysteria,  with  uterine  or  ovarian  irritation,  despondence,  niorosenes.*,  and  violent 
outbursts  of  passion  ;  black  specks  before  the  eyes  in  reading;  mental  irritaV>ility 
and  restlessness  in  painful  and  exhaustive  diseases;  uterine  disorders,  with  ftebU- 
pelvic  circulation,  deep-.seated  sorene.ss,  dragging,  and  bearing-down  pains;  leucor- 
rhoea;  and  painful  urination.     Contraindicated  by  active  inflammation. 

Related  Species. — Dilpliinlum  Coni>nll<lu,  \Am)6.  variously  known  as  Ixirttpin:  Kuighfs 

simr,  iw>\  l.iirk'sthiir.  n.-lpliinium  ("onsolida  is  an  annual  lierl).  with  n  simple, Mondcr  root, 
and  a  suberoct,  leafy  stem,  I'linii  1  \  \<i  2  lict  liii;li.  witli  alternate  spnailinjt  hrjim-hes.  I^eaves 
sessile,  in  many  deep  divisi.ms,  wliieli  are  ;!-elel"t,  subdivided  into  narrow,  linear,  mnte  seg- 
ments.  Flowers  bright-bine  <iri)urple,in  terminal,  la.\,  few-tlowen-d  raeeuies;  Km.  t^  «i;...I,.  or 


STATUE.  18:^3 

divided,  longvT  than  (ho  jH-dicols.  t'orollii  inonopilaloiis;  two  spurs  combined  in  one.  Carinds 
solitary,  sniootli,  follienlar;  seeds  numerous,  dark-brown  or  black,  angular,  verv  roii-rti  {\..i. 
Delpliiuium  Consolida  isa  native  of  Kunipe,  and  lia.s  become  naturalized  in  the  I  nitetl  States, 
)rro  wing  in  woods  ii  lid  (iilils,  and  Howeruis  in  June  and  July.  The  Howere  of  the  wild  plant 
are  blue  ;  of  the  cultivaied,  blue,  red,  or  white.  The  w  Imleplant  eontjiius  an  acrid  principle, 
more  almndant  in  the  seeds.  The  seeds  furnish  considerable  oil,  and  a  blue  pi^'inent  is  ob- 
taineil  from  the  flower*,  which  is  rendered  permanent  by  alum.  Diluted  alcolxil  is  its  best 
solvent.  The  root,  as  well  jus  the  leaves  [lurhn  i,  Howers  ijions),  and  seeds  {semen  coiiimlidn ,  cim- 
miliihf  ivf/o/i's,  and  c.kw/i./.t  (-((/oi/ri/Ywci,  have  at  various  times  been  used  in  medicine.  As 
••n,ll,luniii,„,"t\i,-  s.Mds  were  olHcial  in  the  I'.  S.  /'.of  1S70.     The  seeds  of  the  D. Consolida 

contain  volatile  oil.  tix.-d  oil,  Hi roiii,  gallic  acid,  etc.  (T.  C.  Hopkins,  -Inicc  Join:  J'liani,., 

is;;'.i,iip.  l-S  ,  and  an  alkaloid,  calriitri/iiiK-.  This  resinous  body,  soluble  in  alcohol,  chloroform, 
and  ctliir,  was  isol:ilcil  from  the  drieil  herb  by  E.  .Masing,  in  188:5.  It  exists  in  small  amount 
(0.02  |>er  ceuti,  ami,  under  the  inttinnce  of  chemical  agents,  readilv  decomposes.  W.  Wickc 
(Amer.  Jour.  J'hanii..  1.S.V,,  p.  l.-iL'i,  ulitained  nainllic  (iriil  iL\U,()„)  'from  D.  Consolida.  The 
llowers  of  D.-Consolida  are  coiLsicleied  <liuretii',  cmmenagogue,  and  vermifuge.  They  were  for- 
merly used  as  a  local  application  to  i/oioicAi,  and  the  decoction  was  recommended  as  efficient 
in  some  ophthalmic  ajf'idioiis.  The  seeds  possess  similar  properties  with  those  of  tlie  D.Staphis- 
agria,  but  less  ener^'etic.  A  tincture  of  them  has  been  recommen<lid  in  c<//.  /i/».<,  as  a  vermi- 
fuge, and  to  destroy  ?iV«  in  the  hair.  It  has  also  been  found  useful  in  fj«isi,i<,'lii:  asthma  und 
iliopgy.  It  is  made'by  ailding  2  ounces  of  the  seed  to  a  quart  of  diluted  alcohol,  of  which  10 
drops  may  be  given  3  times  a  day,  gradually  in(-ieasing  the  quantity  until  the  system  is  influ- 
ence<l  by  it.  The  root  possesses  similar  virtues,  but  is  seldom  employed.  A  drachm  or  2  of 
the  flowers  of  I).  Consolida,  placed  in  1  pint  of  hot  water,  and  slowly  simmered  down  to  i  pint, 
then  etraine<l  ami  sweetenecf,  is  said  to  he  an  excellent  remedy  for  cholera  morbus,  to  be  admin- 
istere<l  in  teacupful  doses,  at  short  intervals,  until  relief  is  obtained.  As  an  antiemetic  in  the 
ivmiting  of  aatumnnl  fevers  &nt\  other  diseases,  this  plant  is  highly  extolled,  calming  the  stomach 
speedily,  and  giving  a  delightful  relief;  it  is  used  in  infusiouj  made  similar  to  the  above,  by 
adding"*  ounce  of  the  leaves  ami  flowers  to  i  pint  of  boiling  water.  The  dose  is  a  wineglassful, 
to  he  repeated  every  i  hour  or  ofteiier,  if  necessary.  This  plant  undoubtedly  deserves  further 
investigation.  Theseedsof  the  1 ). Consolida,  in  tincture,  have  been  found  to  possess  similar 
properties  to  the  1).  Staphisagria,  but  in  a  lesser  degree.  An  infusion  of  the  flowers  has  been 
found  useful  in  dyseulen/. 

Delphinium  Jjacis^ Linn^,  of  south  Europe,  and  the  indigenous  species,  Delphinium  azureum, 
Michaux,  of  central  Vnited  .States,  and  Deljihinium  exaltatum,  Alton,  of  the  middle  states,  seem 
to  possess  properties  siunlar  to  those  of  Dflphinlian  Consolidd. 

A'/inl'ipa  viilijaris,  Columbine. — A  well-known  perennial,  native  of  Europe,  all  parts  of 
which  are  lu.diciiial.  It  has  antiscorbutic,  diuretic,  and  diaphoretic  properties,  and  was  for- 
merly cin|i!oyed  in  scurri/nni\  jaundice.  It  undoubtedly  possesses  active  properties.  Linnseua 
states  that  children  have  been  killed  by  overdoses  of  the  plant.  According  to  Jorissen  \Jahresb. 
der  Pharm.,  1885,  p.  16),  the  plant,  upon'distillation  with  water,  yields  hydrocyanic  acid. 

STATICE.— MARSH  ROSEMARY. 

The  root  of  Statirc  raroliniana,  Walter  {.Statur  Limonium,  Linne,  var.  caroli- 
niana.  Gray). 

Nat.  Ord. — Plumbaginacese. 

Common  Names  :   Marsh  rosemary,  Inkroot,  Sea-lavender. 

Botanical  Source. — Slalice  caroUninna  is  a  perennial  maritime  plant,  indige- 
nous, liaving  a  large,  Heshy,  fusiform,  or  branched,  brownish-red  root,  from  which 
ari.«es,  annually,  a  scape  and  leaves.  The  leaves  are  radical,  petiolate,  cuneiform, 
or  narrow  obovate,  smooth,  veinless,  obtu.'^e,  mucronated,  level  and  flat  on  the 
margin.  The  scapes  are  round,  smooth,  slightly  scaly,  flexuose,  terminated  by  a 
]>anicle  of  numerous  branches,  wliich  bear  the  flowers  on  the  upper  side  only. 
Flowers  pale  bluish-purple,  alternate,  erect,  mostiv  in  pairs,  but  apjiearing  singly 
in  consequence  of  one  expanding  before  the  other.  The  peduncles  are  short, 
forked,  and  concealed  by  several  sneathing  scales.  Calyx  funnel-shaped,  scarious 
and  pink  at  the  edge,'5-angled,  the  angles  ciliate,  ending  in  long  acute  teeth, 
with  sometimes,  not  always,  minute  intermediate  teeth.  Petals  5,  spatulate, 
obtuse,  and  longer  than  the  calyx.  Stamens  5,  inserted  in  the  claws  of  the 
petals;  anthers  heart-shaped.  The  ovary  is  superior,  small,  obovate,  with  5  ascend- 
ing styles,  shorter  than  the  .stamens.  Fruit  an  oblong,  utr